Admiralty Sailing Directions - Tyneside

NP no
Page(s)
IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Title
In force 27 September 2012
4.2
[39/12]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa 1 16th Edition (2012) 29/12
303, 305 Ghana – Abidjan to Aboadi Point — Jubilee Terminal 29/12
2 Africa 2 16th Edition (2011) 12/11
97 Equatorial Guinea – Isla de Bioko – Puerto de Malabo – Arrival information;
prohibited anchorage; submarine cable
121 Cameroun – Limbe – Directions for entering harbour — Obstruction 21/11
187, 188 Angola – Approaches to River Congo – Soyo — Angola LNG Terminal 49/11
188 Angola – Approaches to River Congo – Soyo – Angola LNG Terminal — Pilotage 26/12
202 Angola – River Congo to Ponta das Palmeirinhas — PSVM Terminal 06/12
240, 241, 242 Namibia – Walvis Bay — Controlling depths; arrival information; directions for
entering harbour; berths
241 Namibia – Walvis Bay — Outer anchorage 30/12
3 Africa 3 15th Edition (2010) 20/10
85 South Africa – Mossel Bay — Vessel traffic service; outer anchorage; pilotage 14/12
94 South Africa – South coast – Storm Point — Depth 41/10
102 South Africa – Port Elizabeth – Outer anchorages — Shoal depth 39/11
107 South Africa – Port of Ngqura — Directions; Leading lights 10/11
109 South Africa – Algoa Bay — Directions; depth 17/11
154, 162 South Africa – Durban — Directions; major light; directional light 01/11
157, 158 South Africa – Durban offshore oil terminal — General information; arrival information 39/11
201, 202, 204, 207 Mozambique – Beira — Approach and entry; arrival information; directions 01/12
205 Mozambique – Beira — Berths; SBM 39/12
290, 291, 390, 391 Tanzania – Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 25/10
290 Tanzania – Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 51/10
331, 334 Kenya – Mombasa — Pilotage; buoyage 41/10
349 Kenya – Lamu Bay and approaches — Directions; obstruction 28/11
4 South-East Alaska 7th Edition (2010) 09/11
Nil
5 South America 1 17th Edition (2011) 23/11
85, 86 Brazil – Rio Amazonas — Directions; light 37/12
93 Brazil – Rio Pará — Directions; racon 37/12
121 Brazil – North coast — Directions; light 34/12
142, 143 Brazil – North coast — Directions; platform; light 38/12
144 Brazil – North coast — Guamaré Oil Terminal; platform; light 38/12
201, 212 Brazil – East coast — Directions; offshore marks 25/11
213 Brazil – East coast — Offshore terminal 25/11
6 South America 2 18th Edition (2011) 50/11
220-221 Canal Beagle – West Part – Canal Thomson — General information; directions 25/12
235-236 Bahia Cook – General information — Directions 25/12
243, 244, 252 Chile – Canal Cockburn — Directions; light 10/12
7 South America 3 10th Edition (2009) 41/09
Wk39/12
4 Aids to navigation — Automatic Identification System 12/10
71-72 Pacific Ocean – Outlying dangers — Breakers 13/10
77 South Pacific Ocean – Isla San Ambrosio — Off-lying shoal 51/09
141 Chile – Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place 05/10
30/11
37/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.3
Weekly
Edition
186 Chile – Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place 05/10
205 Chile – Bahía Coronel — Arrival information; pilotage 35/12
223 Chile – Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón — Directions; buoy 05/10
226 Chile – Valparaíso — Arrival information; anchorage 35/12
233 Chile – Quintero — Anchorages 25/12
250 Chile – Puerto Huasco — Pilotage; anchorages 27/10
270 Chile – Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 41/09
275, 276 Chile – Mejillones del Sur — Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal 14/10
315 Peru–IslaAsiatoIslaSanLorenzo — Directions; wreck 41/09
316 Peru – Cerro Azul — Light 41/09
339 Peru – Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck 41/09
346 Peru – Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 41/09
373 Ecuador – Manta — Harbour regulation 47/11
385, 387 Colombia – Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 41/09
388 Colombia – Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 41/09
7A South America 4 5th Edition (2010) 18/10
3 Navigation and Regulations – Charts — Foreign charts 18/10
4 Navigation and Regulations – Radio facilities — DGPS 18/10
73 Guyane Française – Îles du Salut to Fleuve Maroni — Directions 18/10
73 Guyane Française – Fleuve Mana — Charts; description; directions 18/10
73, 74
Guyane Française – Fleuve Maroni — Charts; general information; depth; directions;
landmarks; useful marks; anchorage
74 Guyane Française – Fleuve Maroni — General information; directions 20/10
75
Surinam – Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier — General
information; directions
80, 81 Surinam – Nickerie Rivier — Pilotage; directions; buoyage 40/10
83 Guyana – Corentyn River — General information; directions 40/10
86 Guyana – New Amsterdam to Georgetown — Directions; wreck 18/10
119 Trinidad – East coast — Directions; light 23/10
160, 162, 165, 167 Venezuela – Isla Coche — Major light 23/10
173, 174, 175
Venezuela – Puerto La Cruz — Port authorities; anchorage; harbours; hazards;
directions; berths
173 Venezuela – Puerto La Cruz — Pilot boarding position 18/10
176, 178 Venezuela – Puerto Jose — Pilot boarding position 18/10
187, 190 Venezuela – Puerto La Guaira and Catia La Mar — Anchorages; pilotage 37/10
205, 209 Venezuela – Archipielago Las Aves — Directions; light 33/10
211-212 Nederlandse Antillen – Klein Curaçao — Light 23/10
228 Aruba – South coast — Directions 18/10
229, 230 Aruba – Sint Nicolaas — Pilot boarding position 18/10
280 Colombia – Punta de la Garita — Directions; light 20/10
283, 284
Colombia – Bahía de Cartagena – Directions – Bocachica — Leading lights; useful
mark
284 Colombia – Bahía de Cartagena – Bocachica — Directions; deep-water channel 18/10
292 Colombia – Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy 18/10
292, 293, 294
Colombia – Golfo de Urabá — General information; depths; directions; landmark;
lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths
Wk39/12
18/10
18/10
23/10
35/10
20/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.4
Weekly
Edition
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
12th Edition (2010) 29/10
83 Pacific Ocean – Guardian Bank north-westwards — Depths 29/10
192,193 Mexico – Golfo de California – Guaymas — Directions; lights 23/11
199-200
Mexico – Bahía de la Paz – Bahía Pichilingue and approaches — Depth; leading
lights
37/10
250, 260 United States of America – California – Approaches to San Diego — Directions;
dangerous wreck
47/11
261
United States of America – California – Entrance to San Diego Bay — Directions;
rock
29/10
263, 453 United States of America – California – San Clemente Island — Safety Zone 39/10
266 United States of America – Pacific coast – Begg Rock — Buoyage 49/11
275 United States of America – California – Approaches to Long Beach and Los Angeles
— VTS; precautionary area
30/11
275
United States of America – San Pedro Bay and approaches — Regulations
concerning entry; tankers
49/10
335
United States of America – California – San Francisco Bay – Alcatraz Island —
Directions; fog signal
29/10
338, 339
United States of America – Port of San Francisco – San Francisco-Oakland Bay
Bridge — Directions; passage
50/10
338 United States of America – Pacific Coast – San Francisco — Limiting conditions;
Vertical clearances; San Francisco - Oakland Bay Bridge
51/11
348
United States of America – California – San Francisco Bay – Port of Richmond —
Project depth
39/10
351, 454 United States of America – California – San Pablo Bay — Safety Zone 30/11
390 United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon – Chetco River — Entrance depths 30/11
400, 401 United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon – Yaquina Bay — Directions;
depths
30/11
410, 455
United States of America – West coast – Columbia River — Safety and Security
Zone Regulations
39/10
418, 458 United States of America – Willamette River – Portland — Traffic Regulation 42/11
431 United States of America – Oregon – Grays Harbor — Directions; breakers 29/10
449 United States of America Pacific Coast — Navigation Safety Regulations; electronic
position fixing devices
30/11
454 United States of America – Pacific Coast — Regulated Navigation Areas; Security
Zones
11/12
458
United States of America – Oregon – Columbia River – Port of Portland — Regulated
Navigation Area
29/10
458 United States of America Pacific Coast – Columbia River — Safety and Security
Zone Regulations
30/11
458 United States of America – Willamette River – Portland — Traffic Regulation 22/12
461 United States of America – California – San Diego Bay — Naval Danger Zone 29/10
480, 482, 486, 488 United States of America – Pacific Coast — National Marine Sanctuary Program
Regulations
11/12
487-488, 488 United States of America – Pacific Coast — National Marine Sanctuary Program
Regulations
10/12
9 Antarctic 7th Edition (2009) 31/09
169 South Georgia and Approaches – Cumberland Bay – King Edward Cove —
Directions; light beacons
10/12
173 South Georgia and Approaches – Cumberland Bay to Cape Charlotte – Ocean
Harbour — Directions
10/12
207 South Orkney Islands – Washington Strait — Directions; AIS 27/12
299 Gerlache Strait – South Part – Port Lockroy — Directions; isolated shoal 51/11
368, 369, 372 James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to Cape Longing through Prince Gustav
Channel — Route; directions
04/12
Wk39/12
372 James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to Cape Longing through Prince Gustav
Channel — Directions
04/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
10 Arctic 1 8th Edition (2010) 10/11
463 Russia – Laptev Sea – Reka Lena Delta — Wreck 30/11
11 Arctic 2 10th Edition (2010) 39/10
4 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
95, 109, 112, 114 Iceland – West coast – Faxaflói — Racons 27/12
106 Iceland – Reykjavík – ViÉeyjarsund — Spoil ground 27/12
201 Svalbard – Wedel Jarlsberg Land — Underwater rock 48/10
215 Svalbard – Billefjorden – Pyramiden — Leading lights 27/12
235 Svalbard – Hinlopenstretet — Anchorages 43/11
251 Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash 42/10
12 Arctic 3 9th Edition (2012) 34/12
132 Greenland – Nuup Kangerlua — Directions 36/12
431 Coronation Gulf – Off-lying islands — Depth 36/12
491 Canada – Eureka Sound — Depth 36/12
13 Australia 1 3rd Edition (2011) 40/11
2 Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms 01/12
130, 131 Northern Territory – Bowen Strait — Offshore dangers 18/12
142 Western Australia – Ashmore Reef — Harbour 20/12
231 Western Australia – Port Walcott — Controlling depths 09/12
234 Western Australia – John’s Creek — Approach; buoy 45/11
235 Western Australia – Dampier — Directions; depths 07/12
249 Western Australia – Barrow Island Oil Terminal — Controlling depth 48/11
251 Western Australia – Griffin Marine Terminal — Operational status 44/11
256 Western Australia – Saladin Marine Terminal — Under-keel clearance 48/11
280 Western Australia – Geraldton — Outer anchorages 18/12
318, 319-320, 321 Western Australia – Oyster Harbour — Directions 40/11
331 Western Australia – Esperance — Anchorages 08/12
345 South Australia – Smoky Bay — Directions; marine farms 02/12
346 South Australia – Warburton Channel — Directions; depth 09/12
346 South Australia – Streaky Bay — Directions; depth 09/12
356 South Australia – Spencer Gulf — Directions; caution 04/12
361 South Australia – Point Boston — Directions; marine farms 01/12
364 South Australia – Franklin Harbor — Directions 47/11
367 South Australia – Point Turton — Directions; marine farms 01/12
380 South Australia – Port Augusta — Directions; marine farms 01/12
381 South Australia – Port Augusta — Directions; buoy 45/11
14 Australia 2 11th Edition (2010) 21/10
2 Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms 01/12
103, 104 Victoria – Port Phillip — Pilotage; depths 35/11
104 Victoria – Port Phillip – South Channel — Controlling Depths 11/12
104 Victoria – Port Phillip — transit restictions 35/11
106, 108 Victoria – Port Phillip Heads — Directions; sector light; depth 43/11
114 Victoria – Port Phillip – Swan Island docks — Directions 43/11
115 Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Geelong — Directions; channel 11/12
126 Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Melbourne — Directions; channel 11/12
126 Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Melbourne – West Channel — Directions 43/11
Wk39/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
134 Victoria – Melbourne — Depths 35/11
146 Victoria – Hastings — Arrival Information; regulations concerning entry 49/11
175 Victoria – Lakes Entrance — Directions; buoy 03/12
189 Tasmania – Robbins Passage — Directions; buoyage 08/12
203, 207 Tasmania – Port Dalrymple — Pilotage; anchorages 02/11
228 Tasmania – Cape Sorell — Directions; rock 01/12
259 Tasmania – Hobart — Directions 43/11
274 Tasmania – Spring Bay and approaches — Port limits 36/11
293 New South Wales – Batemans Bay — Directions; fish aggregation device 43/11
301 New South Wales – Jervis Bay — Directions; buoy 43/11
312 New South Wales – Port Kembla — Anchorages 29/11
324 New South Wales – Cape Banks — Fishing; fish aggregation devices 43/11
327 New South Wales – Sydney Harbour — Vertical clearance 45/11
328 New South Wales – Port Jackson — Anchorages 17/12
15 Australia 3 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
2 Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms 01/12
13 Australia – Queensland – Ship reporting systems — Torres Strait and Great Barrier
Reef ship reporting system
28/11
92 Australia – New South Wales – Port Jackson to Broken Bay — Directions; fish
aggregation device
45/11
102 Australia – New South Wales – Newcastle — Outer Anchorages 29/11
116, 117 Australia – New South Wales – Sugarloaf Point to Smoky Cape — Directions; fish
aggregation devices
45/11
116 Australia – New South Wales – Mermaid Reef — Directions 06/11
119, 120 New South Wales – Port Macquarie — Directions; leading lights 39/10
129 Australia – New South Wales – Point Danger — Directions 06/11
140, 141 Australia – Queensland – Gneering Shoals — Directions; depths 01/11
142 Queensland – Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
142 Australia – Queensland – Moreton Bay – North part of Main Channel — Directions 15/11
143 Australia – Queensland – Moreton Bay — Side Channels; directions 51/11
143 Queensland – Moreton Bay – North East Channel — Directions; buoyage 07/10
146 Queensland – Mooloolaba Harbour — Directions; depth 09/12
147, 148 Australia – Queensland – Brisbane — Depths; under-keel clearance 14/12
156 Australia – Queensland – Brisbane River – Hamilton Reach — Berths; depths 16/11
168 Australia – Queensland – Double Island Point — Directions; Wolf Rock 06/12
168 Queensland – Cape Moreton to Breaksea Spit — Directions; wreck 47/10
171 Australia – Queensland – Capricorn Channel — Directions 44/11
175 Queensland – Hervey Bay — Directions; shoal 09/12
184 Australia – Queensland – Kolan River — Directions 11/12
184 Australia – Queensland – Colosseum Inlet — Approach; obstruction 11/12
206 Australia – Queensland – Rockhampton — Directions; wreck 14/12
218, 219, 221, 222, 231, Queensland – Hay Point Port and Mackay approaches — Directions; depths;
22/10
234, 235, 238, 239 anchorage
237 Queensland – Mackay — Pilotage 20/12
Wk39/12
266 Australia – Queensland – Abbot Point — Under-keel clearance 17/12
267 Australia – Queensland – Abbot Point — Directions; leading lights ; berths 51/10
268 Australia – Queensland – Cape Upstart — Directions; wreck 04/12
272 Australia – Queensland – Magnetic Passage — Directions 44/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
279 Australia – Queensland – Goold Island — Directions; wreck 04/12
286 Australia – Queensland – Townsville — Directions; channels 17/12
303 Australia – Queensland – Cairns — Anchorage 04/12
303 Australia – Queensland – Cairns — Pilotage 38/11
310 Queensland – Port Douglas — Pilot boarding position 17/10
312 Queensland – Cape Tribulation — Directions; wreck 09/12
318 Queensland – Cooktown — Pilot boarding position 17/10
338 Australia – Queensland – Owen Channel — Directions; depth 44/11
341 Australia – Queensland – Bow Reef — Directions; light 44/11
364 Australia – Queensland – Adolphus Channel — Directions; Automatic Identification
System
365 Australia – Queensland – Adolphus Channel — Directions; light buoy 17/12
380 Papua New Guinea – Dedele Point — Directions 18/12
395 Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby to Yule Island — Directions; depth 01/11
416 Queensland – Torres Strait – Great North East Channel — Directions; depth 09/12
425 Australia – Torres Strait – Prince of Wales Channel — Directions; approach from
inner route
427 Australia – Torres Strait – Alert Patches — Directions; light buoy 50/11
428 Australia – Queensland – Prince of Wales Channel — Directions 44/11
428 Australia – Torres Strait – Varzin Passage — Directions; depth 05/12
432 Queensland – Torres Strait – Thursday Island — Pilotage 41/10
440 Australia – Torres Strait – Red Island Point — Anchorage 02/12
18 Baltic 1 15th Edition (2009) 02/10
3, 198 Denmark/Sweden – The Sound — SOUNDREP ship reporting system 35/11
8, 72, 74, 127, 128,
128-129, 140, 146, 165,
166, 167, 168, 169, 170,
186, 192, 198, 199
Denmark – Kattegat – Directions — Routes 40/10
11, 12, 80, 101, 103 Sweden – Kattegat – Northern part – Göteborg and approaches — Restricted area 12/12
11, 12 Sweden – Kattegat – Northern part – Göteborg and approaches — Restricted area 13/12
128 Denmark – Kattegat – Læsø SE – Groves Flak – Route T — Buoys and shoal 09/12
141 Denmark – Kattegat E – Halmstad — Approach channel; depth; draught 27/12
147 Denmark – Kattegat S – Isefjord — General Information; pilot boarding; controlling
depths
25/12
148 Denmark – Isefjord – Hundested Havn — Directions 25/12
149 Denmark – Isefjord – Hundested Havn — Anchorages and harbours 25/12
170 Demmark – Kattegat S – Svitringen Rende to Fornæs — General information;
prohibited area
26/12
172 Denmark – Kattegat west – Fornæs to Samsø Bælt — Directions; track; depth 51/11
173 Denmark – Kattegat South – Grenaa Havn — Approach channel; leading lights 30/12
210 Denmark – The Sound – Helsingborg to Lous Flak — TSS; buoyage 14/12
210, 215, 220 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Trekroner Light sector 02/12
215, 220, 221 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Trekroner and Prøvesten Light
sectors
49/11
217 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns — Arrival information; restricted area 49/11
220 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Trekroner Light sector 06/12
220 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Kronløbet directional lights 06/12
223 Denmark – København — Basins and berths; depths 13/11
225 Sweden – The Sound – Lundåkrabukten — Lous Flak to Malmö Redd 10/12
Wk39/12
17/12
50/11

NP no
Page(s)
254, 255, 257, 259, 260,
286, 288
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
Denmark – Storebælt— Directions; lights 43/10
271, 272 Denmark – Århus Bugt – Hov Havn — Lights 34/10
277, 278, 278-279, 279 Denmark – Odense Fjord — Directions; buoyage; beacons; dredged channel 46/11
287 Denmark – Storebælt Link – West section — Vertical and horizontal clearances 06/10
287 Denmark – Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance 22/10
288, 289 Denmark – Storebælt – Østerrenden N — Light replaced by buoy 11/12
424, 427 Germany – Flensburg – Outer Approaches — Directions; anchorage 02/10
442, 445, 446 Germany – Travemünde — Directions; route; leading lights 02/10
19 Baltic 2 15th Edition (2011) 26/11
15, 113, 114, 115, 145,
235, 268, 269, 272, 276,
278, 284, 307
Sweden – East coast — Restricted areas 12/12
15, 113, 115, 145, 268,
269, 272, 284, 307
Sweden – East coast — Restricted areas 13/12
86, 87 Sweden – SE Baltic – Södra Midsjöbanken — Directions; light platform 20/12
121, 141, 145, 146, 147 Sweden – Karlskrona approaches — Directions; buoyage 37/12
127, 128 Southern Baltic – Sweden – Åhus — Draughts 34/12
196, 197, 197-198 Sweden – Västervik approaches — Directions; tracks; lights; buoyage; depth 43/11
215, 221-222, 222 Sweden – Norrköping – Pampushamnen — Directions; lights; buoys; dredged
channel; depths
31/11
20 Baltic 3 11th Edition (2010) 24/10
10 Navigation and regulations – Traffic and operations – Traffic — Recommended
tracks
51/11
19, 360, 417, 418, 422,
450, 489
Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia — Special regulations; restricted area 12/12
89, 91
Gulf of Finland – Russia – Off Rodsher and Off Hogland TSS — Deep-water route
discontinued
34/12
Wk39/12
90 Gulf of Finland – Porkkala to Kalbådagrund — Directions; traffic separation schemes 43/10
91, 117, 119 Russia – Luzhskaya Guba — Directions 06/11
109 Gulf of Finland – Estonia – Muuga sadam and approaches – Approach east of Aksi
— Recommended track
117 Gulf of Finland – Russia – Luzhskaya Guba — Directions 34/12
142 Finland – Koppnäs — Directions; lights 49/10
162 Finland – Helsinki approaches – Björköfjärden — Directions; leading beacons;
authorised draught
29/11
167 Finland – Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 43/10
169 Finland – Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 40/10
188, 192, 193, 194, 195,
196, 204
Gulf of Finland – North shore – Orrengrund to Kotka channel — Directions 30/12
195, 197, 203, 204, 205, Finland – Approaches to Hamina — Directions; routes; buoys, lights; depths;
29/11
207, 208
anchorages
210 Finland – Hamina to Vyborg — Directions; leading lights 24/10
212, 214, 215 Russian Federation – Vyborg and approaches – Gavan Vysotsk — Directions;
depths; lights; beacons; buoys
24/11
214 Gulf of Finland – Russia – Approaches to Vysotsk — Leading Lights 17/12
233 Finland – Förby — Directions; lights 49/10
235 Finland – Utö to Hanko channel — Directions; lights 02/11
235, 238, 239, 240, 244,
245, 246, 248, 253, 254,
255, 256, 260, 261, 264,
265
Finland – Naantali — Directions; lights; depths 24/10
290, 291 Finland – Rauma and approaches — Directions; leading beacons 24/10
08/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
314, 315, 316 Finland – Gulf of Bothnia – North-west approaches to Vaasa — Other aids to
navigation; track guide
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
314, 315, 316 Finland – North-west approaches to Vaasa — Directions; beacons; buoys 43/11
336, 337 Finland – Raahe — Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin; directions 26/10
378, 379 Sweden – Skutskär-Harnäs — Directions; depths 48/10
379, 381 Sweden – Sea of Bothnia – Gävle – Fredrikskanhamnen — Controlling depths 02/12
406 Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia – Stocka — Directions; buoyage; lights 37/12
442 Sweden – Efesgrundet to Väktaren — Directions; light 26/10
442 Sweden – Hörnefors — Authorised draught 26/10
463 Sweden – Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
468 Sweden – Kågehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489 Sweden – Törehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489, 490 Sweden – Törehamn — Directions; lights 43/10
21 Bay of Bengal 11th Edition (2010) 44/10
99 India – Kºkinºda Bay to Vamsadhºra River — Gangavaram Port 21/11
109 India – East Coast – Gopºlpur Port to Puri — Directions; light 37/12
117 India – East Coast — Dhºmra Port 10/12
173, 175, 179 Burma – Yangon River and approaches — Directions; light float 35/12
200 Bay of Bengal – South-Eastern part – Taung Kyun Su — Depths 09/11
22 Bay of Biscay 11th Edition (2010) 34/10
66 France – West Coast – Benodet — Directions; light 05/11
132 France – La Loire Approaches — Prohibited area 34/11
190 France – West Coast – La Seudre — Light 45/11
280 Spain – North coast – Aviles — Directions; light 06/12
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
7-8 Maritime safety information 41/10
196 United States of America – Krenitzin Islands – Akutan Harbor — Berth 27/12
207 United States of America – Unalaska Island – Dutch Harbor — Anchorage 18/10
266 United States of America – Attu Island — Loran tower 49/10
312 United States of America – Alaska – Port Clarence — Loran tower 20/10
318 United States of America – Bering Strait to Cape Krusenstern – Kotzebue — Light 20/12
321 United States of America – Alaska – Red Dog — Directions; racon 33/09
390 Russia – Pacific coast – Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage 35/10
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
3rd Edition (2010) 30/10
100 Turkey – zmit Körfezi — Traffic separation scheme 01/12
117 Turkey – North approaches to stanbul BoÔazÝ — Anchorages 17/12
123 Turkey – Kerpe LimanÝ — Anchorage 18/12
124 Turkey – EreÔli — Anchorages 17/12
141 Turkey – Trabzon — Pipeline 11/11
144 Turkey – Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu – Pazar — Marine farm 30/10
161 Bulgaria – Varna — Wreck 15/12
191 Ukraine – Dnistrovs’kyi Lyman — Approach and entry 04/11
192 Ukraine – Bilhorod-Dnistrovs’kyi — Wreck 47/11
194 Ukraine – Illichivs’k — Obstruction 01/11
195 Ukraine – Illichivs’k — Directions; shoal patch 32/11
249 Russia – Novorossiysk — Outer anchorages 21/12
255 Russia – Sochi — Obstruction 04/11
257, 258 Russia – North-east part of the Black Sea – Sochi to Mys Pitsunda — Imeretinskiy
Port
31/12
284 Sea of Azov – East part – Mys Kamennyy to Mys Achuyevskiy — Directions; area to
be avoided
25/12
Wk39/12
47/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
25 British Columbia 1 14th Edition (2010) 47/10
93 United States of America – Puget Sound – Ports and Inlets West of Puget Sound —
Restricted areas; hazard lights
119 Canada – Hood Canal – Hood Canal Bridge — Vertical clearance 18/12
131 United States of America – Rosario Strait – Belle Rock — Light 49/11
208 Canada – Vancouver – Burrard Inlet — Directions; lights 12/12
209 Canada – Port Moody — Directions; leading lights 40/11
26 British Columbia 2 10th Edition (2011) 12/12
Nil
27 Channel 9th Edition (2011) 17/12
111-112 England – Plymouth — Pilot boarding position 17/12
145 England – Brixham Harbour — Directions; direction light 26/12
174, 176, 177, 178 England – Poole Harbour — Bridges; navigable width; traffic signals 17/12
267 France – L’Élorn – Saint-Nicolas — Prohibited areas 17/12
416, 420 France – Dives-Sur-Mer — Directions; light; buoyage 17/12
28 Dover Strait 9th Edition (2011) 01/12
63, 161, 168, 169 Belgium – Westhinder and West Approaches To Westerschelde — Buoys 38/12
73 England – Littlehampton to Shoreham — Directions; meteorological mast 22/12
100, 102, 103 England – Pegwell Bay — Directions; landmarks 16/12
162 Belgium – Westerschelde and Approaches — Pilotage 31/12
267, 268, 271 United Kingdom – Thames estuary – Margate to The Nore — Directions; depths;
buoyage; channels
268 England – Thames Estuary – Overland Passage — Buoy 39/12
283 England – East coast – Harwich Haven — Pilotage draught limit 21/12
283, 285 United Kingdom – Harwich Haven approaches — Directions; buoyage 13/12
30 China Sea 1 8th Edition (2010) 43/10
247 China – South coast – Chang Jiang – Zhanjiang — Vertical clearance 27/12
266 China – South Coast – Zhujiang Kou – Macao outer anchorage — Wreck 27/12
31 China Sea 2 10th Edition (2012) 25/12
185 Philippines – Luzon – Mariveles — Total Bataan Terminal 30/12
32 China Sea 3 8th Edition (2011) 48/11
Wk39/12
65 Taiwan – Taiwan Strait — Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links 50/11
107 Philippines – North coast of Luzon – Aparri — Dangerous wreck 27/12
117 Taiwan – East coast — Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links 50/11
125 Taiwan – East coast – Su-ao Kang — Anchorage 03/12
146 China – East coast – Xiamen Gang — Approach and entry 48/11
311, 313, 315, 317 China – Yellow Sea – Lianyungang — Directions; buoyage 09/12
350 China – Yellow Sea – Penglai — Anchorages 27/12
381, 382 China – Bo Hai – Huanghua Gang — Directions 15/12
384 China – Bohai – Tianjin Gang – Dagukou South Anchorage — Dangerous wreck 03/12
391 China – Bohai – Jingtang — Directions; racon 51/11
404 China – Boi Hai – Jinzhou Gang — Directions 06/12
405, 407 China – Bo Hai – Yingkou — Vertical clearance; racon 48/11
438 Korea – West coast – Mokp’o Hang — Berths; inner anchorages; depths 29/12
463, 468, 470 Korea - West coast - Inch’än — Directions; anchorages; berths 36/12
08/12
14/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
33 Philippine Islands 4th Edition (2011) 41/11
127 Philippines – Sibutu Passage — Reporting system 35/12
145 Malaysia – Sungai Merotai Kecil — Directions 18/12
269 Philippines – Panay – Juraojurao Island — Directions 20/12
285 Luzon — Pagbilao Power Station 51/11
367, 373, 381 Philippine Islands – Negros – Siquijor Island — Light 33/12
398 Philippine Islands – Mindanao — Container Terminal 03/12
457 Philippines – Leyte – Abuyog — Major Light 21/12
34 Indonesia 2 5th Edition (2009) 47/09
61 Indonesia – South coast of Jawa – Tanjung Intan — Limiting conditions 34/10
65, 102, 103
Jawa – South coast – Semenanjung Blambangan – Tanjung Slokah — Directions;
light
72 Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Pulau Bawean — Directions; major light 17/10
76, 77 Java Sea East-West through routes – Pulau Bawean to Gosong Sakunci —
Directions; moored storage tanker
81 Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya and approaches — Depths 05/12
81
81, 84
Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya – Gresik – Poleng Oilfield —
Submarine gas pipeline
Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya and approaches — Directions;
vertical clearance; buoyage
85 Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya – Gresik — Berths 47/09
87 Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya – Port of Tanjungperak — Wreck 47/09
88, 89 Indonesia – North coast of Madura — Directions; major light 17/10
91, 92
Jawa – Selat Madura – Approaches to Probolinggo – Pulau Ketapang and Karang
Katon — Directions; light beacon; light buoy
122 Indonesia – Nusa Tenggara – Lombok – Teluk Ayang Southwards — Rock 47/09
167 Indonesia – Pulau Sumba – South-east coast — Directions; major light 17/10
192, 193, 194 Indonesia – Selat Flores — Directions; lights 04/10
220, 221, 222 Kalimantab – Sangai Burito — Directions 49/11
245 Indonesia – East coast of Kalimantan – Teluk Balikpapan — Private Terminal 33/11
268 Approaches to Makassar – North-west Approach Channel — Shoal 41/11
350 Sulawesi – Kepulauan Banggai – Karang Vesuvius — Directions; light 20/12
423 Indonesia – Sulawesi – Selat Bangka – Pulau Talisei – Tanjung Arus — Racon 47/09
35 Indonesia 3 5th Edition (2011) 28/11
188, 189 Indonesia – East coast of Halmahera – Teluk Buli – Directions; shoal; lights 32/11
36 Indonesia 1 7th Edition (2012) 19/12
Nil
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
18th Edition (2011) 39/11
65, 66, 67, 76, 79, 80, 83,
84, 87, 93
England – West coast – Bristol Channel — Light 08/12
66, 67 England – Isles of Scilly — Directions; racon 42/11
67 England – South–west coast – Offshore routes — Directions; light buoys 21/12
132 Wales – South-east coast – River Usk — Berths 30/12
162 Wales – South-west coast – Turbot Bank — Directions; buoy 10/12
163 Wales – Milford Haven — Depths 14/12
188 Wales – West coast – Fishguard — Depth 20/12
203 Wales – West coast – Barmouth Bay — Beacon 19/12
Wk39/12
33/12
35/12
47/09
16/10
33/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
218 Wales – North-west coast – Anglesey — Penrhyn Mawr 06/12
235, 237 Wales – West coast – Menai Strait — Directions 39/11
245 England – Liverpool Bay — Directions; buoy 04/12
248, 249 Wales – River Dee Estuary — Directions 15/12
249, 250, 251 Wales – River Dee Estuary — Directions 14/12
251-252 Wales – River Dee Estuary — Berths 11/12
255 England – River Mersey — Arrival information; Vessel traffic service 04/12
279, 282, 296, 297, 298 England – West coast — Directions; buoy 48/11
282 North-west coast of England – Fleetwood — Anchorage; depth 17/12
289 England – West coast – Heysham — Buoy 09/12
290, 292 England – North–west coast – Barrow–in–Furness — Port radio 25/12
292 England – North–west coast – Barrow–in–Furness — Traffic Signals 34/12
313 England – Solway Firth – Silloth Harbour — Maximum draught 14/12
313 England – Solway Firth – Silloth approach — Buoys 30/12
38 West Coast of India 16th Edition (2010) 25/10
141 Sri Lanka East coast – Trincomalee to Pulmoddai Roads — Directions; wreck 44/11
161, 162, 163, 164
Sri Lanka – West coast – Colombo harbour — Limiting conditions; arrival information;
directions; berths
25/10
185 India – West coast – Quilon – Port authority; pilotage 25/10
187 India – West coast – Quilon to Kochi — Directions; obstruction 25/10
190, 191 India – Kochi — Arrival information; anchorages; pilotage 37/12
191 India – West coast – Kochi Harbour — Spoil ground 25/10
194 India – Kochi — Cochin Oil Terminal 37/12
196 India – Kochi to Beypore — Directions; wreck 37/12
203 India – Badagara to Mount Dilli — Azhikkal; storm signals; useful marks 37/12
209, 210 India – New Mangalore — Arrival information; SPM 37/12
223 India – West coast – Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head — Directions; dangerous wreck 25/10
228 India – West coast – Mandºvi River — Pilotage 25/10
248 India – Murud – Janjira Harbour; General information; anchorages; berths 37/12
252
Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port – Bravo (West) anchorage —
Wreck
40/11
261 India – Gulf of Khambhºt —VTS 37/12
268 South approach to Gulf of Khambhºt –Hºzira (Sørat) Port — Pilotage 49/11
276, 277 PØpºvºv Port — Approach and entry; pilotage; directions; recommended track 30/11
281 India – West coast – Dahej — Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream; berths 25/10
281 Gulf of Khambhºt – Dahej — Arrival information; berth 49/11
289 India – West coast – Verºval to Porbandar — Directions; wreck 25/10
290, 291
India – West coast – Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Directions; safety fairways;
wrecks
25/10
291 Porbandar to Kachchigadh – Ghughadwa Creek — SPM 37/11
293 India – Gulf of Kachchh — VTS 37/12
295, 304, 306 West part of Gulf of Kachchh — Major Light 12/12
302, 303 West part of Gulf of Kachchh – Salºya Harbour — Anchorages 37/11
304 India – West coast – Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point — Directions; buoyage 25/10
305 India – Mundra — Port information 38/10
308 India – West coast – VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal — Function; maximum size 25/10
309
India – West coast – Essar VºdØnºr Terminal — Port authority; limiting conditions;
berths
25/10
314, 315, 316
India – West coast – Kandla – Harbour and approaches — Pilotage; spoil grounds;
berths
25/10
337 Pakistan – Sonmiani Bay — SPM 37/12
Wk39/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
39 South Indian Ocean 13th Edition (2011) 36/11
Nil
40 Irish Coast 18th Edition (2010) 01/11
58 Ireland – South coast – Cork Harbour to Tuskar Rock — Directions: light buoy 12/12
70, 78, 80 Ireland – South-west coast – Bantry Bay — Directions 11/12
77 South coast – Castletownbere – Directions — Leading lights 01/11
77 South–west coast – Castletown Bearhaven — Directional light 13/11
82, 83, 84, 85 South-west coast – Dunmanus Bay — Directions 29/11
116 South coast – Cork — Submarine cables 42/11
116 South coast – Cork — Pilot boarding 06/12
118 South coast – Cork Harbour — Directions; buoy 01/11
156 West coast – Approaches to Rosslare Europort – South Shear — Buoyage 12/11
161 Ireland – East Coast – Codling Bank — Directions; buoy 17/12
163 East coast – Glassgorman Banks — Directions; buoyage 12/11
167 East coast — Directions; buoyage 22/11
171, 176, 177, 178 Ireland – East coast – Dublin — Vessel traffic service 07/12
186, 196, 197, 198 East coast – Dundalk — Directions; principal marks 30/11
186, 196, 199, 200, 201,
205
East coast – Carlingford Lough — Haulbowline Light 33/11
217, 218 Northern Ireland – Strangford Lough — Directions 17/11
227 Northern Ireland – East coast – Donaghadee Sound — Directions; buoy 04/12
231, 232 Northern Ireland – North–east coast – Bangor Bay — Directions 23/12
234 East coast of Ireland – Port of Belfast – Pilotage 33/12
234 East coast of Ireland – Port of Belfast – Pilotage 34/12
239, 241 Northern Ireland – Approaches to Larne Lough — Directions 08/12
265 West coast – Valentia Harbour — Directions; directional light 12/11
267 West coast – Valentia River — Directions; leading lights 26/11
272, 282, 284 West coast – Kilcredaun Head — Principal mark 14/11
278, 284 Ireland – South-west coast – River Shannon — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages 05/12
283 West coast – River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 32/11
283 Ireland – South-west coast – Shannon Estuary — Directions; buoyage 12/12
284 Ireland – South-west coast – River Shannon — Anchorages 14/12
319 West coast – Kiggaul Bay — Approach; light 13/11
337 Ireland – West coast – Inishbofin — Bofin Harbour 31/12
370 West coast – Sligo Harbour — Directions; beacon 01/11
372 West coast – Donegal Bay — Directions 35/11
382 West coast – Ballyshannon – Entrance — Leading lights 01/11
382 West coast – Inver Bay — Useful marks 35/11
396 West coast – Bunbeg — Directions; aids to navigation 22/11
402 West coast – Sheep Haven – Breaghy Head — Light 22/11
420, 427 Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle — General information; vertical
clearance
422, 425 Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle — Directions 05/12
426 Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle — Leading lights 05/12
428, 431 Northern Ireland – North coast – The Skerries — Directions 42/11
41 Japan 1 10th Edition (2012) 32/12
63 SEVERO-KURIL’SK climate station diagram 33/12
Wk39/12
05/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.14
Weekly
Edition
42A Japan 2 3rd Edition (2011) 25/11
Nil
42B Japan 3 9th Edition (2011) 11/12
185 Seto Naikai – Aki Nada – Kudako Suido to Kure Ko – East Part — Directions 26/12
42C Japan 4 3rd Edition (2011) 15/11
Nil
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
9th Edition (2011) 33/11
81 Cheju Do – North coast – Aewologot to Cheju Hang — Cheju Hang; pilot station 03/12
81, 82 South Korea - South coast - Cheju Do – Cheju Hang — Harbour; development 49/11
89 South Coast – Offshore Route – Ch’uja Hang — Position and function; directions 11/12
99 South Korea – South coast – Inshore Route – Haenamgak to Somodo — Directions;
wreck
03/12
104 Korea – South coast – Inshore route — Directions; depth; obstruction; wreck 37/12
106 South Korea – South coast – Chungdo Sudo – East entrance — Light beacon 49/11
109 Inshore Route – Chima Do to Sori Do - Approaches to Yãja Man and Kamak Yang —
Directions; depth
06/12
120 Outer Approaches to Yãsu Hang and Kwangyang Hang – Yokchi Do and Chwasari
Chedo — Vertical clearance
05/12
122 South Korea – Approaches to Yãsu Hang and Kwangyang Hang — Directions;
depths
23/12
124,125 South Korea – Yãsu Hang — Limiting Conditions; bridge 29/12
125 South Korea – Yãsu Hang – Sin Hang — Directions; lights 23/12
129 South Korea – Kwangyang Hang — Anchorages 03/12
131 Inshore Route – Paek Sã to Tumi Do – Mijo Hang — Vertical clearance 05/12
134 Chinju Man and approaches — Vertical clearances 10/12
138 Samch’ãnp’o Hang to Nam Man – Kosãng Man — Vertical clearance 05/12
140 Inshore Route – Tumi Do to Pbujido – Offshore Islands – Yãnhwa Yãlto — Vertical
clearance
05/12
140 Tongyãng Haeman and Kyãnnaeryang and Haehyãp — Vertical clearance 05/12
147, 149 South coast of Korea – Okpo Hang — Directions; lights 34/12
159 South Korea - South coast - Chinhae Man — Vertical clearance 12/12
169 South Korea – Pusan Hang — Directions; light 28/12
184 S Korea – East coast – Mip’o Hang — Anchorage areas 12/12
204 Chumunjin Dan to Pisãn Jang — Directions; light 09/12
205 Sokch’o Hang — Directions for entering harbour; light 09/12
206 Pisãn Jang to Suwãn Dan — Directions; light 09/12
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
Nil
10th Edition (2011) 09/12
45 Mediterranean 1 14th Edition (2011) 02/12
198 Spain – Isla de Formentera – Cala Pujols — Light 29/12
266 Algeria – Port of Arzew – Arzew-el Djédid — Directions; berths 29/12
398, 399, 400 Sicilia – Porto di Pozzallo — Traffic Separation Scheme 08/12
459 Sicily – Porto di Messina — Outer anchorage 36/12
46 Mediterranean 2 13th Edition (2011) 18/11
71 France – Le Barcarès, Port-Saint-Ange — Obstruction 18/11
Wk39/12
85 France – Port de Fos — Depths; dredged areas 04/12
96 France – Port de Méjean – Entrance — Underwater rock 18/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
97 France – Marseille-Nord – Anchorage — Obstruction 18/11
119 France – South coast – Port de Cavalaire — Anchorage 48/11
125 France – South coast – Saint-Raphaël — Light 28/12
129 France – Cannes – Golfe Juan — Beacon tower 35/11
148 Italy – North-west coast – San Remo — Wreck 28/11
156 Italy – West coast – Savona — Anchor berths; legends 31/11
161 Italy – Genova – Outer anchorages — Caution 18/11
193 Italy – West coast – Livorno — Anchorage 31/11
298 Italy – Sardegna – La Maddelena — Prohibited areas 33/12
300 Italy – Sardegna – Punta Marmorata — Beacons 41/11
304 Italy – Sardegna – Isola Caprera – Cala Garibaldi — Anchorage 33/12
310 Italy – Sardegna – Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Pilotage 33/11
311 Italy – Sardegna – Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Racon 33/11
319 Italy – Sardegna – Capo Sferracavallo — Prohibited area 06/12
320 Italy – Sardegna – Capo San Lorenzo — Prohibited area 06/12
340 Italy – South-east of Capo d’Anzio – Torre Astura — Obstruction 18/11
368 Italy – West coast – Bagnoli – Isolotto di Nisida — Explosive dumping ground 31/11
369 Italy – West coast – Torre del Greco — Obstruction 04/12
388 Italy – W coast – Agropoli — Anchorage area 43/11
47 Mediterranean 3 14th Edition (2011) 46/11
104, 105 Western Greek Islands – Nisída Kastós — shoal depth 46/11
126, 127 Greece – Pelopónnisos – Pátrai — New harbour 46/11
357 Croatia – Zadarski Kanal – Luka Zadar — Pilot boarding place 17/12
472 Italy – Trieste approaches — Racon 27/12
487 Italy – Brindisi approaches — Shoal depths 46/11
513 Italy – Porto di Vasto — Anchorage 14/12
516 Italy – Adriatic Sea – Pescara — Depths 10/12
523 Italy – Ancona – Falconara Marittima — Wreck 46/11
538 Italy – Rimini — Wreck 49/11
48 Mediterranean 4 14th Edition (2009) 41/09
156 Greece – Saronikós Kólpos – Órmos Keratsiníou — Directions; dangerous wreck 20/10
203 South Aegean – Stenó Antipárou — Dangerous wreck 49/10
213 Nísos Páros – Órmos Plastíra — Obstruction 41/10
297 Turkey – Güllük — Anchorage; pilotage 46/11
365 North Aegean – Thessaloníki — Light 41/09
417 Greece – Chíos — Arrival information 28/11
432, 434 Turkey – zmir — Buoyage 41/09
460 Greece – Kavála — Anchorage 03/12
473 Greece – Alexandroúpoli — Anchorage 32/11
49 Mediterranean 5
Nil
11th Edition (2011) 15/12
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
13th Edition (2011) 36/11
272 Newfoundland – Stevensons Islets — Light 15/12
346 Newfoundland – Sops Arm — Rock 42/11
Wk39/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
51 New Zealand 18th Edition (2010) 51/10
114, 115, 116 Queen Charlotte Sound – Tory Channel — Directions; pilot boarding positions 36/12
119 South Island – North coast – Queen Charlotte Sound — Directions; light buoy 49/11
147 New Zealand – North Island – Doubtful Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
149 New Zealand – North Island – Breaksea Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
151 New Zealand – North Island – Dusky Sound — Directions; beacon 51/10
152 New Zealand – North Island – Cascade Cove — Beacon 51/10
160 New Zealand – Islands South of South Island – Snares Islands — Anchorage 03/11
180, 181 Paterson Inlet and approaches — Directions; depths 23/11
183 North Island – North Cape to Hauraki Gulf — Reporting 27/12
186 North Island – North Cape to Cape Brett – Doubtless Bay — Anchorage 27/12
189 North Island – North Cape to Cape Brett – Whangaroa Harbour — Restrictions;
anchorages
193 New Zealand – North Island – East coast – Kerikeri Inlet — Directions; buoy 01/11
193 North Island – Bay of Islands – Kent Passage — Vertical clearance 27/12
199 Cape Brett to Tutukaka Harbour — Directions; depth 10/12
201 North Island – Tutukaka Head to Bream Tail – Hen and Chicken Islands — Depths 29/12
204 New Zealand – North Island – Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages 51/10
212 Great Barrier Island – East coast — Directions; beacons 06/12
219 New Zealand – Great Barrier Island – Approach to Man of War Passage —
Directions; depth
220 North Island – East coast – Hauraki Gulf – Mairangi Bay — Prohibited anchorage 34/11
226 Auckland — Vertical clearance 06/12
255 East coast of North Island – Tauranga — Prohibited Anchorages 08/12
256 East coast of North Island – Tauranga — Pilotage 08/12
262 East coast of North Island – Tauranga to East Cape — Route 08/12
263-264 Tauranga to East Cape — Directions; coastal routes 08/12
289, 290, 293, 296 South Island – Haumuri Bluffs to Lyttleton Harbour — Directions; light 30/12
52 North Coast of
Scotland
Nil
27/12
01/11
8th Edition (2012) 35/12
54 North Sea (West) 8th Edition (2009) 01/10
59 Scotland – East coast – Peterhead — Anchorage 38/11
Wk39/12
83 Scotland – East coast – Approaches to Isle of May — Directions 45/11
89, 91 Scotland – East coast – Methil — Landmark 26/11
105 Scotland – East Coast – Rosyth — Controlling depth 36/12
106, 108 Scotland – East coast – Firth of Forth — Directions; light 47/11
107 Scotland – East coast – Firth of Forth — Development 45/11
136 England – East coast – Blyth — Pilotage 12/10
136 England – East coast – Blyth — Directions; buoy 24/11
141 England – East coast – River Tyne — Millenium Bridge 07/12
154 England – East coast – River Tees — Breakwaters 25/10
155 England – East coast – Teesport — Outer anchorage; pipelines 15/10
169, 170 England – East coast – Humber Approaches — Pilotage; anchorages 12/10
171, 196 England – East coast – Approaches to River Humber — Outer Rosse Reach Light
Buoy
07/12
174 River Humber – Grimsby — Development 21/12
193, 194, 199 England – East coast — Wind farms; firing practice area 12/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
193 England – East coast — Wind farms 09/11
194, 212, 219, 225, 227,
229
England – East coast — Aids to navigation 01/11
201, 202 England – East coast – The Wash – Boston — Anchorage; directions; buoy 42/11
204 England – East coast – Wisbech — Pilotage 06/12
213, 215, 217 England – East coast – Winterton-on-Sea — Racon 39/10
216, 218, 219 England – East coast – Approaches to Great Yarmouth — Directions; buoyage 44/10
220, 221 England – East coast – Great Yarmouth – Outer Harbour — Directions 11/10
221 England – East coast – Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 38/10
221 England – East coast – Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 01/11
223 England – East coast – Lowestoft — Bridge 34/11
224 England – East coast – Lowestoft — Pilotage 06/12
226 England – East coast – Lowestoft — Directions; Kirkley Light 01/10
55 North Sea (East) 7th Edition (2010) 45/10
67, 71, 123 Germany – Borkum-Riffgrund NE — Wind farm 04/11
91 The Netherlands – IJmuiden to Zeegat van Texel — Directions; platforms 25/12
97 The Netherlands – Zeegat Van Texel — Pilotage 48/10
97 Netherlands – Waddenzee – Zeegat van Texel — Pilotage 23/12
120-121 The Netherlands – Friesche Zeegat – Plaatgat — Directions 13/11
148 The Netherlands – Eemshaven — Limiting conditions; depth 31/11
173, 174, 175, 178 Germany – The Inner Jade – Oldoog to Wilhelmshaven — Directions; leading lights;
buoyage; fairway
183, 186 Germany – The Outer Weser — Depths 10/12
214, 219 Germany – Sea to Cuxhaven — Directions; leading lights 28/11
220, 221 Germany – Cuxhaven to Brunsbüttel – Otterndorf — Buoyage 25/11
277 Germany – The Hever – Rütergat – Norderaue — Directions 48/11
288 Denmark – Lister Tief to Grådyb — Directions; buoyage 07/11
297 Denmark – Passage South of and channels through Horns Rev — Directions;
buoyage
56 Norway 1 15th Edition (2012) 21/12
16-17, 278 Sweden – Älgöfjorden — Restricted area 21/12
67 Norway – South-west coast – Hellvik i Marrenbukta — Leading lights 27/12
118 Norway – Kristiansand – Kongsgårdbukta — Berths 23/12
151 Norway – Brevikfjorden – Brevikstrømmen — Directions; lights 21/12
165 Norway – Sandefjordsfjorden – Sandefjord Havn — Directions; depth; buoy 26/12
194 Norway – Oslofjorden – Drøbaksundet — Prohibited activities 21/12
285 Sweden – Askeröfjorden – Stenungsund — Swept depth 21/12
57A Norway 2A 10th Edition (2011) 30/11
i, xvii, xviii, 1, 73-113 Norway – South-west coast — Lindesnes to Jærens Rev including Farsund and
Egersund
21/12
86 Norway – Færøysundet and Prestøysundet — Anchorages 41/11
88-89 Norway – Farsund and approaches — Anchorages 35/11
128, 136 Stavanger – Dusavika — Light; depths 05/12
147, 148 Gandsfjorden – Sandnes — Depths 06/12
170 Finnøyfjorden – Fjellberg — Overhead cable 08/12
193 Karmsundet – Austdjupet — Light 47/11
210 Karmsundet – Storasundflu — Light 23/12
239 Husnesfjorden – Laukhammarsundet — Lights 51/11
Wk39/12
27/12
07/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
282 Stokksundet – Koløyosen — Anchorage 49/11
312 Lysefjorden – Eidsvågen — Anchorage 21/12
326 Raunefjorden to Hjelteneset – Vatlestraumen — Directions; light 29/12
329, 333, 335, 336 Bergen – Skoltegrunnskaien — Light 07/12
348 Fedjeosen – Hernar – Hernesundet — Overhead cable 04/12
353 Hauglandsosen – Horsøy — Lights 06/12
402 Masfjorden – Duesundet — Vertical clearance 04/12
403 Matresfjorden – Tersundet — Vertical clearance 04/12
415 Brandangersundet – Slovågen — Depths 06/12
489 Askrova – Valvikevågen — Light 06/12
493 Svanøya – Stavfjorden — Depth 14/12
521 Skorpa – Vassøya — Depth 06/12
537 Frøya – Oldersundet — Depth 06/12
545, 546, 561, 562, 563,
564
Norway – Måløy — Lights; directions 38/11
547 Nordfjord – Bryggja — Anchorage 22/12
561, 562 Måloy – Måloystraumen — Lights; directions 51/11
565 Sildegapet – Vågsøy — Directions; depth 25/12
571 Furenes to Stadtlandet – Fureneset — Directions; depth 29/12
57B Norway 2B 9th Edition (2012) 22/12
74, 75, 77 Haugsfjorden - Åramsundet — Route; depths; directions 33/12
107 Norddalsfjorden - Linge – Anchorage 33/12
261, 262 Trondheimsleia – Slåttavika — Anchorage 22/12
266 Trondheimsleia – Nordleksa – Heradsvika — Anchorage 22/12
266 Trondheimsleia – Kongsvoll — Anchorage 22/12
310 Frøya – Inntian — Anchorage 22/12
336 Hopsfjorden — Depths 22/12
58A Norway 3A 7th Edition (2010) 16/10
Wk39/12
9 NOR VTS 16/10
9 Radio navigational warnings 41/10
77 Kvingra – Svinstein — wreck 04/12
110 Torgværet – north-east of Tverrtaren — Depth 13/12
184 Ranfjorden – Finneidfjorden, Forneset and Skjånes — Anchorages 32/12
193 Lovundvika – Lovund — Anchorages 40/11
194, 195 Tomma – Finnvika — Anchorage 40/11
210 Nesøya – Jovika — Directions; leading lights 21/10
217 Stigfjorden – Innerkvarøya Harbour — Anchorage 47/11
235 Meløyfjorden – Kjerkholmen — Light 50/10
238 Meløyvær – Kubakkflua — Light 50/10
240 Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights 50/10
325, 328, 330, 344 Ofotfjorden – Barøya — Barøya Light 04/11
328 Kanstadfjorden – Straumen — Vertical clearance 13/12
334 Tysfjorden – Skrovkjosen – Skarberget — Buoyage 51/10
336 Tysfjorden – Haukøygrunnen and Storlysbotn — Buoyage 51/10
349 Ofotfjorden – Bogen — Directions; light 18/10
350 Ofotfjorden – Ballangen — Directions 04/11
367, 368, 369, 370, 371 Sørlandsvågen – Røssnesvågen — Lights; directions 19/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
379 Lofoten – South-east coast of Moskenesøya – Å — Anchorage 08/11
380 Lofoten south-east side – Sørvagen — Anchorage 47/10
400, 401 Stamsund – Rokkvika — Directions; leading lights 11/12
401 Lofoten – South coast of Vestvågøya – Stamsund — Anchorage 08/11
422, 424 North side of Vestfjorden – Svolvær — Directions 45/10
424 North side of Vestfjorden – Svolvær — Directions 47/10
429 North side of Vestfjorden – Molldøra – Kjepsøyhamn and Litlmolla — anchorages 10/11
447 Lofoten west side – Ramberg — Anchorage 47/10
492 Vesterålen – Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga 16/10
506, 507 Andøya – Nordmela — Depth; directions 16/10
58B Norway 3B 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 48/04
2 Norway – North coast – Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage – General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6, 47 Radio navigational warnings; firing areas 41/10
6 NOR VTS 14/10
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
51 Andfjorden – Andenes — Directions; light 18/10
52, 53 Andefjorden – Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
53 Andfjorden – Risøyrenna — Depth 35/11
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
63, 64 Andfjorden – Nergårdsvika — Anchorage 51/10
74 Tjeldsundet – Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet – Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden – South-eastern part – Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
98 Mefjorden – Mefjordbotn — Anchorage 51/10
99 Senja – Baltsfjord — light 04/12
106 Kattfjorden – Nordre Angstaursundet – Lysgrunnen — Directions; buoyage 03/10
107 Kvaløya – Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden – Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gisundet – Gibostadsundet — Controlling depth 47/11
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø – Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden – Approaches to Skagøysundet — Depth 01/07
158 Vannøya – Torsvåg — Marine farm 04/10
168 Fugløysveet – Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya – Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya – Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden – Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
181 Søndre Bergsfjorden (Sandlandsfjorden) – Sandland — Depth 30/11
191 Maursundet – Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet – Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
Wk39/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
207 Sandøyfjorden – Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228, 229
Sørøysundet – Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions; LNG
Terminal
212 Trollsundet – South-east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North-east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær – Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North-west side of Magerøya – Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet – Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya – Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya – Forsøl – Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
260 Revsbotn – Litlefjorden – Rottnes — Leading lights 45/09
265 North side of Magerøya – Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265 Kamøyfjorden – South-west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors and depths 49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden – Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
273 The head of Porsangen – Kolvik — Anchorage 30/11
275, 276 North-east side of Laksefjorden – Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden — Anchorages 19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden – Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden – Hopsfjorden – Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
293 Båtsfjorden – Båtsfjord — Anchorage 04/12
295 Makkaur to Vardø – Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden – Vadsøya — Light 31/09
313 Kirkenes – Small craft anchorages 41/09
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
29/08
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
58,59 Canada – Sable Island — Directions; light 29/12
67 Larrys River — Light 44/09
70 Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 44/09
93, 94 Sambro Harbour — Directions to Anchorage Area; buoyage 50/11
173
Saint John Harbour and approaches – Limiting conditions; deepest and longest
berths
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches – Arrival information; anchorages 44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches – Arrival information; pilots and tugs 44/09
174, 177 Saint John Harbour and approaches – Harbour; canaport LNG facility 44/09
180 Saint John Harbour and approaches – Berths; canaport LNG facility 44/09
229 Cape Spencer to Martin Head — Directions; buoy 38/10
60 Pacific Islands 1 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
125
Solomon Islands – Manning Strait – Malaghara Island Shoal — Directions; light
beacon
04/10
158, 159 Solomon Islands – New Georgia Island – Hathorn Sound — Lights 12/10
209 Papua New Guinea – Bonvouloir Islands – East Island — Charts; position 50/10
211, 211-212, 212 Papua New Guinea – Louisade Archipelago – Deboyne Lagoon — Directions 51/10
235 Papua New Guinea – Nuakata Passage — Directions; depth 50/10
324 Papua New Guinea – North coast – Manam Island — Directions; rock 03/11
334
Wk39/12
Papua New Guinea – North-East coast – Lapar Point to Cape Concordia —
Directions; light
351 Bismarck Archipelago – New Britain – Kimbe – Kulungi Roadstead — Wreck 06/09
44/09
29/10

NP no
Page(s)
354, 355
Title
IV
Papua New Guinea – Bismark Archipelago – New Britain – Vitu Islands — Charts;
position
4.21
Weekly
Edition
358, 359, 368, 393 Papua New Guinea – Bismark Archipelago – Islands — Positions 44/10
368, 369, 370, 371 Papua New Guinea – Bismark Archipelago – Sae Islands – Kaniet Islands and Manu
Island — Charts; position
418 Federated States of Micronesia – Caroline Islands – Pingelap and Mokil Atolls —
Positions; reference charts
419, 420 Micronesia – Caroline Islands – Senyavin Islands – Pohnpei Island — Marine farms 31/09
424, 432 Micronesia – Caroline Islands – Nukuoro Atoll, Ngatik Atoll, Wat Island and Satawal
Island — Charts; positions
440 Republic of Palau – Tobi Island — Charts; position 51/10
61 Pacific Islands 2 12th Edition (2011) 13/12
177 Vanuatu – Anatom – Anelghowhat Bay — Beacons; leading lines 30/12
367, 369, 370 Îles Wallis - Approaches to Halalo and Mata Utu — Directions; buoyage; depths;
place name changes
62 Pacific Islands 3 12th Edition (2010) 32/10
17 Pitcairn Islands – National limits 33/10
122 Îles Gambier – Port de Rikitea — Directions 03/12
163, 164 Tahiti – Passe de Taapuna — Directions 20/12
184 Polynésie Française – Moorea – Baie de Cook — Charts; directions; leading lights 13/11
238 Republic of Kiribati – Southern Line Group – Vostock Island — Charts; position 50/10
63 Persian Gulf 15th Edition (2010) 08/11
2 Navigational dangers and hazards — Terrorism 09/11
87, 88, 89, 90 United Arab Emirates – Fujairah — Pilotage; prohibited area; directions; Vopak
ENOC Tanker Terminal
124 Western approaches to Khørºn Strait – Directions — Light buoy 09/11
148 Iran–Bøshehr to Ra’s-e Barkan–Bahregan Oil Terminal — wreck 21/11
168, 174 Dubai and Jebel Ali – Arrival information — Outer anchorages 47/11
171, 176 Dubai to Abu Dhabi — Directions; Khalifa Port 21/11
183 JazØrat Dºs Terminals – Arrival information — Anchorage 13/11
183 Abu Dhabi to Jabal Aþ ¹annah including offshore oilfields and terminals – JazØrat
Dºs Terminals — Pilotage
207, 208 Al Shaheen Oil Terminal — FSO’s 09/11
208 Al Rayyan Oil Terminal — FSU 09/11
209 Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Pilotage 23/11
221 Bahrain – MØnº’ Salmºn — Tidal streams 44/11
225 Approaches to Ra’s Tannørah and Ra’s al Ju‘aymah — Hazard; pipe 09/11
241 Saudi Arabia – Jubail to Ra’s as SaffºnØyah — Ra’s al Khair Port 51/11
274 Iraq – Khawr al Kafka and Al Baîrah (Al Bakr) Oil Terminal — Directions; depth 16/11
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
45/10
02/11
09/12
01/11
35/12
31/11
21/11
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
237 ‹ubº Bulk Plant Terminal — General information; limiting conditions; pilotage; berths 44/11
259, 261, 264 Saudi Arabia – Jeddah — Directions; Red Sea Gateway Terminal 31/10
317, 319 Yemen — BalÖºf LNG Terminal 51/09
356, 357, 358, 360, 361 Djibouti – Passe Ouest, Port du Héron, Doraleh Container Terminal — Directions;
leading lights; berth
Wk39/12
37/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
65 St Lawrence 17th Edition (2012) 38/12
120 Îles de la Madeleine – La Passe — depth 38/12
178 Trois-Rivières — vertical clearance 38/12
228 Approach to Chedabucto Bay — Directions; Light 38/12
229 Outer Pilot Position to Eddy Point — Directions; Light 38/12
295 Baie de Chaleurs — Directions; Light 38/12
66 West Coast of Scotland 17th Edition (2011) 03/12
77 Firth of Clyde – Upper Part — Pilotage 35/12
87 Firth of Clyde – Dunoon — Berth 38/12
140 Islay – Port Ellen — Directions 35/12
152, 154, 158, 160 Sound of Jura – North Part – Rèisa an t-Sruith — Position 31/12
163 Sound of Luing and North Approach — Directions; buoy 33/12
184, 185 Scotland – West coast – Kerrera Sound — Directions; light 04/12
193 Scotland – West coast – Lynn of Lorn — Directions; light beacon 20/12
208 Loch Linnhe – Northern part — Directions; buoy 38/12
336 The Little Minch – Loch Maddy — Directions; light 13/12
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
11th Edition (2011) 08/12
135 Portugal – Vila do Conde — Bar 08/12
151 Portugal – Foz do Arelho — Buoy 08/12
213, 214, 215 Spain – South West coast – Puerto de Cádiz — Berth 33/12
214 Spain – Puerto de Cádiz — Directions; light 27/12
228 Morocco – Baie de Tanger — Light buoy 20/12
255 Portugal – Arquipélago dos Açores – Princesse Alice Bank — Depth 11/12
68 East Coast of the
United States 1
13th Edition (2009) 10/10
99, 103 Casco Bay and Portland Harbor — Recommended routes 37/10
103, 106 Portland Harbor — Pilotage 37/10
122 Massachusetts Bay – Gloucester Harbor — Pilotage 27/12
125 Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions; light buoy 10/10
145 Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions; ODAS buoy 35/10
155 Vineyard Sound – South-west approaches — Directions; wreck 10/10
157 Nantucket Sound – Woods Hole – Great Harbor — Directions; light 44/11
157 Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches – Woods Hole — Directions; buoy 10/10
165, 252 New Bedford — Regulated navigation area 41/11
168 Narragansett Bay – Old Harbor – Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
182 Great Salt Pond – Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
187 Long Island Sound – Plum Gut — Dangerous wreck 12/10
194 Bridgeport Harbor — Vertical clearance 35/11
202 Port Chester Harbor — Depths 10/10
210 East Approach to New York Harbor — Directions 32/12
210 East Approach to New York Harbor — Directions; buoy 31/12
216
New York Harbor and adjacent waters – Entrance channels and Lower Bay —
Racons
226 Kill Van Kull — Depths 10/10
231 South Brother Island Channel — Depths 10/10
252
Wk39/12
Approaches to Boston Harbor — Regulated Navigation Areas; safety and security
zones; deepwater ports
10/10
39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
69 East Coast of the
United States 2
12th Edition (2011) 49/11
78 Delaware – Wilmington – Christina River — Depths 51/11
134 Chesapeake Bay – Great Wicomico River — Directions; obstruction; dangerous
wreck
51/11
144 Potomac River – Hallowing Point — Directions; beacon 51/11
150 Chesapeake Bay – Choptank River — Directions; fish haven 51/11
236 Georgia – St Marys Entrance — Anchorages and harbours; anchorage 51/11
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
6th Edition (2012) 23/12
127, 129, 131 Mexico –Gulf of Campeche – Dos Bocas — Directions; light buoy; AIS 27/12
192, 196, 209 United States of America – Calcasieu Pass to Southwest Pass — Directions; light;
AIS
70 West Indies 1 5th Edition (2011) 18/12
130, 287 United States of America – Straits of Florida – Miami — Traffic Regulation; restricted
area
37/12
71 West Indies 2 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
103 US Virgin Islands – Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands – St. Croix – Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
167, 168, 175 Puerto Rico — Pilotage 34/11
190 Sint Maarten – Simson Baai — Anchorage; mooring buoys 44/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique – Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
273 Martinique – Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Directions; buoyage 43/11
275 Martinique – Havre de la Trinité — Directions 42/09
284 Saint Lucia – Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage 47/09
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
2nd Edition (2010) 31/10
6 Radio Navigation Warnings 41/10
67 Barents Sea – NE of Kol’skiy Zaliv — submerged mooring buoys 06/12
186 Barents Sea – Otmel ’ Pakhtusova — Drilling Platform 01/12
Wk39/12
27/12

NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Mozambique – Beira — Berths; SBM
205
After Paragraph 5.182 1 Insert:
Single Buoy Mooring. An SBM has been established in
position 19°56′⋅63S 35°16′⋅08E. It is to be used for
mooring bulk carriers engaged in coal transhipments. A
1 mile exclusion zone exists around the buoy.
SMIT Amandla Marine (Pty) Ltd
(SDD 2012000 161943) [39/12]
4.1
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition)
England – Thames Estuary –
Overland Passage — Buoy
268
[39/12]
Existing Section IV Notice Week 14/12 Paragraph 11.30 5
lines 13-17 Replace by:
...1 mile NNE from the coast. East Spaniard (51°26′⋅58N
1°03′⋅40E), a small shoal, lies N of Overland Passage.
Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 183274) [39/12]
Wk39/12

IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Brazil – North coast — Directions; platform; light
142
Paragraph 4.227 1 line 3 Replace by:
Production Platform PAG II (4°52′⋅45S 36°16′⋅22W).
143
Paragraph 4.229 1 line 3 Replace by:
...positions from Production Platform PAG II (4°52′⋅45S
36°16′⋅22W)):
Paragraph 4.229 2 lines 7-10 Replace by:
NNE of the designated oilfield area (centred 3 miles
SW) (4.178) in which lies Guamaré Oil Terminal
(4.241), thence:
Paragraph 4.229 3 line 2 For Agulha Light Read Production
Platform PAG II
Captain F Carvalho, Petrobras
(SDD 2012000 176359) [38/12]
Brazil – North coast —
Guamaré Oil Terminal; platform; light
144
Paragraph 4.241 1 lines 1-2 For 4°52′⋅00S 36°21′⋅00W
Read 4°52′⋅42S 36°22′⋅45W
Paragraph 4.245 1 line 2 For WNW of Agulha Light
(4°52′⋅8S 36°16′⋅3W) (4.229) Read W of Production
Platform PAG II (4.227)
Captain F Carvalho, Petrobras
(SDD 2012000 176359) [38/12]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition)
Belgium – Westhinder and West Approaches To
Westerschelde — Buoys
Paragraph 2.51 3 line 3 For WH Zuid Read WH S
63
161
Paragraph 7.6 1 lines 7-8 Delete Track Ferry To the N end.
168
Paragraph 7.42 3 line 7 For VG7 Read SVG
Wk38/12
4.1
169
Paragraph 7.47 3 line 1 For SWW Read AW2
Paragraph 7.47 3 line 3 For WBN Read AW1
Paragraph 7.47 4 line 8 For A2 Read AW
[38/12]
Belgian Notices Weeks 16 and 17/2012
(SDD 2012000 156593 and 166151) [38/12]
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2012 Edition)
Îles de la Madeleine – La Passe — depth
120
Paragraph 6.48 1 line 2 For 4⋅7 Read 2⋅0
Canada Eastern Notice 4950/08/12
(SDD 2012000 172164) [38/12]
Trois-Rivières — vertical clearance
178
Paragraph 9.138 2 line 2 For 50 Read 48
Canada Eastern Notice 1313/08/12
(SDD 2012000 172164) [38/12]
Approach to Chedabucto Bay —
Directions; Light
228
Paragraph 12.14 1 line 1 For Useful Marks Read Useful
Mark
Paragraph 12.14 1 lines 2-5 Delete
Paragraph 12.18 1 line 5 For Useful Marks Read Useful
Mark
Paragraph 12.18 1 lines 6-7 Delete
Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12
(SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12]
Outer Pilot Position to Eddy Point —
Directions; Light
229
Paragraph 12.24 1 lines 2-3 Delete
Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12
(SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12]
Baie de Chaleurs — Directions; Light
295
Paragraph 14.104 3 lines 2-4 Delete
Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12
(SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12]

NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2011 Edition)
Firth of Clyde – Dunoon — Berth
87
Paragraph 2.217 4 line 4 After berth, Insert Dunoon Pier,
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SDD 2012000 176068) [38/12]
Loch Linnhe – Northern part — Directions; buoy
208
Paragraph 4.237 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
WNW of a Light Buoy (starboard hand) (56°49′⋅23N
5°07′⋅14W) which marks a commercial dive site
situated close WNW of Underwater Centre Ltd
pierhead (56°49′⋅22N 5°06′⋅86W) (4.241),
thence:
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2012000 174686) [38/12]
IV
4.2
Wk38/12

IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Brazil – Rio Amazonas — Directions; light
85
Paragraph 3.53 2 lines 1-3 Delete
86
Paragraph 3.57 5 lines 4-5 Replace by:
...covered in mangroves. Banks,...
Brazil Notice 15/79/12
(SDD 2012000 166404) [37/12]
Brazil – Rio Pará — Directions; racon
93
Paragraph 3.125 1 line 5 Delete
Brazil Notice 15/80/12
(SDD 2012000 166404) [37/12]
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Sweden – Karlskrona approaches —
Directions; buoyage
121
Paragraph 3.7 3 lines 5-6 For near Karlskrona Angöring
Light Buoy (56°03′⋅2N 15°33′⋅4E) Read in position
56°02′⋅8N 15°33′⋅3E.
141
Paragraph 3.168 1 lines 3-4 For the vicinity of Karlskrona
Angöring light buoy (56°03′⋅2N 15°33′⋅4E) Read
Karlskrona pilot boarding position (56°02′⋅8N 15°33′⋅3E)
145
Paragraph 3.193 1 lines 3-4 For close to Karlskrona
Angöring Light Buoy (56°03′⋅2N 15°33′⋅3E). Read in
position 56°02′⋅8N 15°33′⋅3E.
146
Paragraph 3.208 5 lines 1-3 Replace by:
5 Thence the track leads 6 miles WNW, clear of any
charted dangers, to a position 4 miles SSW of Västra
Försänkningen Light (56°06′⋅5N 15°34′⋅5E).
Wk37/12
4.1
[37/12]
Paragraph 3.209 2-4 & 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 From a position SSW of Västra Försänkningen
Light, the alignment (012⋅5°) of these lights leads
4 miles NNE to the entrance, through a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral) and in the white sector
(001⋅7°–014⋅1°) of Västra Försänkningen Light,
3
passing (with positions from the light):
E of Farstugrund (2½ miles SSW), thence:
WNW of Esten (2¼ miles S), thence:
ESE of Saltknölen (1¾ miles SSW), thence:
WNW of Sundsbåden (1½ miles S), thence:ESE of
Ällebåden (1 mile SSW), thence:
W of Yttre Hjortgrundet (1 mile S).
Paragraph 3.210 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Alternative channel. From a position close E of
Anchor Berth A (3.213) the ....
147
Paragraph 3.213 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained at Anchor Berth A
(56°03′⋅5N 15°31′⋅5E).
Swedish Notice 414/8126/12
(SDD 2012000 170261) [37/12]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia – Stocka —
Directions; buoyage; lights
Paragraph 10.27 Replace by:
406
1 From a position about 3 miles ESE of Britas Klack
(61°53′⋅5N 17°28′⋅0E) head WNW for 5 miles, passing
close S of Britas Klack and Södra Gullgrund, both marked
by buoys (S cardinal). When 1 mile from Ingaskär the track
leads W on the following alignment.
2 Stocka Inlopp Beacons (61°53′⋅6N 17°21′⋅0E). The
alignment (270°) of these beacons (red triangles) leads
through a channel, passing S of Ingaskärsrev, partly awash,
which lies 3 cables E of Ingaskär and N of the foul ground
which extends NNE from Skrakharet, an islet close inshore
lying 4 cables S of the entrance. Pass between the shoal
extending S from Ingaskär marked by a spar buoy
(starboard hand) and the bank extending from the S shore.
3 The track then alters NW to pass through a narrow
channel, into the harbour. The sides of the channel are
indicated by two pairs of beacons (white circles with black
stripes) bearing 324°.
4 Caution. The water immediately NE of the alignment of
the E pair of beacons is very shallow.
Useful mark:
Strömsbruk Chimney (61°52′⋅4N 17°19′⋅3E) (10.16).
Four wind turbines (red obstruction lights) centred on
position 61°52′⋅6N 17°20′⋅9E.
Radio mast (red obstruction light) (61°52′⋅9N 17°20′⋅9E).
Swedish Notice 414/8091/12
(SDD 2012000 170261) [37/12]

NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition)
India – East Coast – Gopºlpur Port to Puri —
Directions; light
109
After Paragraph 3.18 1 line 5 Insert:
Proyºgi Light (white circular tower, 32 m in height)
(19°28′⋅00N 85°10′⋅00E).
2 Major light:
Proyºgi Light (above) (19°28′⋅00N 85°10′⋅00E).
Paragraph 3.19 1 line 13 Replace by:
...extremity of hills surrounding Ganjºm; Proyºgi
Light (3.18) (19°28′⋅00N 85°10′⋅00E) lies 2½ miles
ENE. Thence:
Indian Notice 14/176/12
(SDD 2012000 145256) [37/12]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
India – Kochi — Arrival information;
anchorages; pilotage
Paragraph 5.80 Replace by:
190
5.80
1 Anchorage is available as follows;
(a) For vessels with a draught over 12 m, in an area
bounded by:
9°56′⋅60N 76°03′⋅50E
9°56′⋅60N 76°05′⋅10E
9°54′⋅10N 76°05′⋅10E
9°54′⋅10N 76°03′⋅50E
(b) For vessels with a draught below 12 m, in an area
bounded by:
9°56′⋅60N 76°06′⋅80E
9°56′⋅60N 76°10′⋅60E
9°54′⋅10N 76°10′⋅60E
9°54′⋅10N 76°06′⋅80E
Tankers waiting to discharge at the SPM should anchor
2½ miles S of the SPM.
2 Lightering area. An area where STS operations are
carried out, radius 5 cables, lies centred on 10°03′⋅50N
76°04′⋅50E.
IV
4.2
After Paragraph 5.80 Insert:
Traffic regulations
5.80a
1 Restricted area. The SPM (5.100) lies in a restricted
area with a radius of 7 cables.
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited, in an
area bounded by:
9°58′⋅60N 76°03′⋅50E
9°58′⋅60N 76°05′⋅50E
9°56′⋅60N 76°05′⋅50E
9°56′⋅60N 76°03′⋅50E
191
Paragraph 5.82 Replace by:
5.82
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all merchant vessels
exceeding 100 gt, is advisable for smaller vessels, and
available 24 hours. Pilots board vessels bound for the port
in the following positions:
Boarding ground Position
North 9°58′⋅30N 76°08′⋅70E
South 9°57′⋅30N 76°08′⋅70E
West 9°57′⋅50N 76°05′⋅50E
2 Pilot for the SPM boards from a tug about 2½ miles
from the SPM, between 0600 and 1600 local time, to
complete mooring during daylight. Boarding position
should be confirmed with port control over VHF radio
prior to arrival. Tankers may depart from SPM at any time.
For details see Admiralty List of Signals Volume 6(4).
3 Tugs are available; generally two tugs are used for each
shipping movement. At the SPM a tug remains secured to
the offloading tanker for pull back operations.
Port of Kochi; Indian Notice VI/15/12
(SDD 2012000 151521; 156592) [37/12]
India – Kochi — Cochin Oil Terminal
194
After Paragraph 5.103 1 line 8 Insert:
Depths less than charted were reported (July 2012)
alongside the terminal; the Port Authority should be
consulted for the latest depths.
MV Challenge Polaris
(SDD 2012000 144593) [37/12]
India – Kochi to Beypore — Directions; wreck
196
After Paragraph 5.117 1 line 6 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger) (10°08′⋅11N 76°02′⋅95E), position
approximate, thence:
Indian Notice 15/188/12
(SDD 2012000 144669; 156592) [37/12]
Wk37/12

India – Badagara to Mount Dilli — Azhikkal;
storm signals; useful marks
203
Paragraph 5.168 2 lines 7-8 Delete
Paragraph 5.168 4 lines 4-6 Replace by:
Useful marks. Two breakwaters mark the entrance to
Valapattanam River.
Indian Notice VI/15/12
(SDD 2012000 156592) [37/12]
India – New Mangalore — Arrival information; SPM
After Paragraph 6.49 Insert:
209
Submarine pipeline
6.49a
1 A submarine pipeline is laid between 12°54′⋅56N
74°48′⋅60E and the SPM (6.59a).
After Paragraph 6.50 Insert:
Traffic regulations
6.50a
1 Restricted area. The SPM (6.59a) and oil pipeline lie
within restricted areas.
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited within
500 m of the SPM and 250 m either side of the charted
pipeline.
After Paragraph 6.59 Insert:
210
Single Point Mooring
SPM
6.59a
1 A SPM (lit) is moored in position 12°54′⋅00N
74°39′⋅00E, in a depth of about 31 m.
Indian Notice VI/14/12
(SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12]
Wk37/12
IV
4.3
India – Murud – Janjira Harbour; General
information; anchorages; berths
248
Paragraphs 7.154 to 7.158 including heading Replace by:
Charts 1508, 1487
Dighi Harbour (Murud – Janjira)
General information
7.154
1 Position and function. Dighi Harbour (Murud – JanjØra)
(18°16′⋅70N 72°58′⋅63E) lies at the entrance to Rºjpuri
Creek. The port being developed on both banks of the
creek entrance, will, when completed, be able to handle a
wide variety of cargoes. The harbour also affords good
shelter to vessels of moderate size from all winds except
those from W to NW, during which small craft may shelter
in Rºjpuri Creek. Fishing is a major activity of the port.
2 Topography. Murud, a town lying on the N shore of
Rºjpuri Creek, 2½ miles NNE of Nºnwell Point Lighthouse
(18°16′⋅84N 72°56′⋅17E), is surrounded by a large grove of
palm trees. Dighi, a village 2 miles ESE of the same
lighthouse, situated on the S shore of Rºjpuri Creek, has a
bight SE of it which is fringed with mangroves; a drying
mud-flat fills the bight.
Traffic. Local vessels use the harbour daily.
Port authority. Head of Marine/Operations, AT and
P.O: Dighi, Teh: Srivardhan, District: Raigad, Maharashtra -
402 402.
Internet: www.dighiport.in
Limiting conditions
7.155
1 Controlling depths. The port authority should be
contacted for the latest information on depths in the
channel and alongside berths.
Tidal levels. Maximum range about 4⋅1 m; minimum
range about 0⋅8 m. See information in Admiralty Tide
Tables Volume 3.
Arrival information
7.156
1 Notice of ETA required. At least 24 hours prior to
arrival.
Outer anchorages. There are two designated anchorages
as follows:
Anchorage Limits
Alpha 18°18′⋅30N 72°48′⋅90E
18°18′⋅30N 72°50′⋅90E
18°19′⋅30N 72°50′⋅90E
18°19′⋅30N 72°48′⋅90E
Bravo 18°18′⋅60N 72°47′⋅25E
18°18′⋅60N 72°48′⋅25E
18°19′⋅60N 72°48′⋅25E
18°19′⋅60N 72°47′⋅25E
2 Smaller vessels may also obtain anchorage about 5 miles
W of JanjØra Fort, in depths of 10 m, mud, as shown on
the chart.
Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is mandatory for all vessels.
Pilot boards in position 18°17′⋅40N 72°49′⋅00E, close W of
the fairway light buoy. Two tugs are available.

Harbour
7.157
1 General layout. The harbour comprises a quay, 650 m
in length, on the S bank 2 miles E of Nºnwell Point. There
is a jetty situated 2 cables SE of Dighi; this jetty is
surrounded by drying mud at LW. There are three jetties
on the N shore of Rºjpuri Creek. One lies close SE of
Bandar Hill, another on the point S of the village of
Rºjpuri, 1 mile SE of Bandar Hill and a third jetty lies
close E of Sandy Point (18°16′⋅41N 72°59′⋅61E).
A ferry plies between these jetties during the fine
weather season.
2 Development. Under Phase 1 of the development plan,
three berths, totalling 1100 m in length, are under
construction on the N bank with completion expected in
2013. These berths are to be used for handling containers
and other clean cargo.
Storm signals are displayed from Nºnwell Point
Lighthouse, the brief system is used. See 1.54.
Tidal streams have a rate from 1 to 1½ kn during flood
and ½ to 1 kn during ebb.
Directions
7.158
1 Major light:
Nºnwell Point Light (white 8-sided masonry tower, red
bands, 19 m in height) (18°16′⋅84N 72°56′⋅17E).
Caution. Fishing stakes may be encountered within the
harbour. These usually consist of large poles or stripped
palm trees, however, they generally show well above HW.
Approach. Vessels approaching the harbour from S
should keep in depths of more than 15 m until JanjØra Fort
(7.149) standing 2 miles NE of Nºnwell Point Light is
identified.
2 Entry. From a position about 7 miles W of Nºnwell
Point Light the track leads generally E and SE for about
9½ miles through a buoyed channel marked by 10 pairs of
light buoys (lateral) to a turning circle situated between the
N and S berths, noting that the limits of the dredged area
are marked by light buoys (special).
Useful marks:
Sandy Point (18°16′⋅41N 72°59′⋅61E).
Dighi Hill (251 m high) (18°16′⋅03N 72°57′⋅35E), the
highest point on the peninsula.
Conical Hill (232 m high) (18°15′⋅13N 72°57′⋅25E),
bare.
Berths
7.158a
1 Two multi-purpose berths, each 325 m in length, lie on
the S bank; cargoes handled include containers, bulk,
break-bulk, liquid and LNG.
Port services
7.158b
1 Other facilities. Medical; garbage collection; waste oil
reception.
Supplies. Fuel; fresh water; provisions.
Indian Notice VI/14/12; www.dighiport.in
(SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12]
IV
4.4
India – Gulf of Khambhºt —VTS
After Paragraph 8.2 2 Insert:
261
Vessel traffic service
8.2a
1 A vessel traffic service (VTS) for the control of shipping
is in operation in Gulf of Khambhºt. Participation is
mandatory for all vessels navigating in or intending to enter
Gulf of Khambhºt. For further details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
Indian Notice VIII/14/12
(SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12]
India – Gulf of Kachchh — VTS
After Paragraph 9.3 1 Insert:
293
Vessel traffic service
9.3a
1 A vessel traffic service (VTS) for the control of shipping
is in operation in Gulf of Kachchh. Participation is
mandatory for all vessels navigating in or intending to enter
Gulf of Kachchh. For further details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
Indian Notice VIII/14/12
(SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12]
Pakistan – Sonmiani Bay — SPM
337
After Paragraph 10.143 1 Insert:
Single Point Mooring
10.143a
1 A SPM buoy (lit) is moored in position 24°56′⋅91N
66°34′⋅89E, about 3 miles NNW of Churna Island. It is
connected to the shore by a submarine pipeline which lands
about 8 cables S of Khalifa Point (10.141).
Pakistan Notice 65/23/12
(SDD 2012000 117449) [37/12]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
Korea – South coast – Inshore route —
Directions; depth; obstruction; wreck
104
Paragraph 2.180 1 line 5 For 5⋅4 m Read 5⋅1 m
After Paragraph 2.180 1 Insert:
NW of a shoal (34°16′⋅54N 127°09′⋅08E) with a depth
of 7⋅5 m, thence:
After Paragraph 2.180 3 line 4 Insert:
NW of an obstruction (34°18′⋅21N 127°11′⋅14E) with
a depth of 15⋅4 m, thence:
Wk37/12

After Paragraph 2.180 3 line 6 Insert:
NW of a wreck (34°18′⋅86N 127°13′⋅11E) with a
depth of 15⋅2 m, thence:
South Korean Notice 30/429/12
(SDD 2012000 150499) [37/12]
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2009 Edition)
Îles de la Madeleine – La Passe — depth
133
Paragraph 6.53 1 line 2 For 4⋅7 Read 2⋅0
Canada East Notice 4950/08/12
(SDD 2012000 172164) [37/12]
Trois-Rivières — vertical clearance
198
Paragraph 9.156 2 line 6 For 50 Read 48
Canada East Notice 1313/08/12
(SDD 2012000 172164) [37/12]
Wk37/12
IV
4.5
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
United States of America – Straits of Florida –
Miami — Traffic Regulation; restricted area
130
After Paragraph 5.132 5 line 5 Insert:
For information on regulations covering danger
zones and restricted areas see Appendix VI.
287
After Paragraph §334.600 Insert:
§334.605 Meloy Channel, U.S. Coast Guard
Base Miami Beach, FL; restricted area.
United States Coast Pilot 4 2011 Edition Change 12
(SDD 2012000 165951) [37/12]

NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2012 Edition)
IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Greenland – Nuup Kangerlua — Directions
132
Paragraph 2.346 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Attention is drawn to the note on the chart
regarding two-way routes in Nuup Kangerlua. Mariners
should note that the directions in this volume make
the assumption that electronic navigation aids may not
be available, and should be guided accordingly.
A vessel making for Nuuk from seaward is
recommended to approach from 7 to 10 miles W of
Kitsissut, steering for position 64°00′N 52°20′W.
Danish Chart 1331
(SDD 2012000 097541) [36/12]
Coronation Gulf – Off-lying islands — Depth
431
Paragraph 14.180 1 line 9 Add:
A shoal, least depth 2⋅3 m lies in position
67°58′⋅27N 112°40′⋅34W.
Canadian Notice
(SDD 2010000 179285) [36/12]
Canada – Eureka Sound — Depth
491
Paragraph 17.115 3 lines 7-10 Replace by:
The W part of Slidre Fiord appears to be deep; in
the E part the depths are irregular. A depth of 14⋅8 m
lies about 3 miles SE of Eureka Station.
Canada East Notice 7920/05/12
(SDD 2012000 103960) [36/12]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
Korea - West coast - Inch’än —
Directions; anchorages; berths
463
After Paragraph 12.124 1 line 12 Insert:
The pilot boarding point for the Container Terminal
(12.160) is in position 37°30′⋅57N 126°35′⋅88E, W of
Yulto.
468
After Paragraph 12.158 4 line 6 Insert:
Anchorages W16 and W17 lie W of the buoyed
channel off Yulto (12.160).
Wk36/12
4.1
470
[36/12]
6
After Paragraph 12.160 5 Insert:
Container Terminal (37°33′⋅65N 126°35′⋅87E), N of
Yulto.
Paragraph 12.164 3 lines 1-4 Replace by:
3 Navigational aids. A buoyed channel, with a
minimum depth of 5⋅6 m, extends from Yulto to the
Container Terminal (12.160) NE of the Yängjongdo
Bridge. The channel in Yäm Ha is marked by buoys
and beacons from March to November, but they are
liable to
causes.
drag or be destroyed by floods or other
Korean Notice 25/347/12
(SDD 2012000 123633) [36/12]
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2011 Edition)
Sicily – Porto di Messina — Outer anchorage
459
Paragraph 12.56 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.56
Italian Notice 16.33/12
(SDD 2012000 166566) [36/12]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
Queen Charlotte Sound – Troy Channel —
Directions; pilot boarding positions
114
Paragraph 4.155 1 lines 5-9 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of more than
500 gt within the entire Queen Charlotte Sound, subject to
exemption by law. Pilot normally boards at Alpha pilot
boarding position (41°04′⋅62S 174°18′⋅92E), but in heavy
weather pilot boards at Bravo pilot boarding position
(41°03′⋅65S 174°19′⋅85E).
115
Paragraph 4.162 2 lines 4-7 Replace by:
Thence to a position 2 miles NE of Motuara Island Light
(white metal framework tower, 5 m in height) (41°06′⋅0S
174°16′⋅6E), in the vicinity of Alpha pilot boarding position
(41°04′⋅62S 174°18′⋅92E).
Paragraph 4.163 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
Thence the track continues SW to Alpha pilot boarding
position (41°04′⋅62S 174°18′⋅92E) 2 miles NE of Motuara
Island. A dangerous rock marked by a beacon (N cardinal)
lies about ½ mile N of the island.
Paragraph 4.164 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
From the vicinity of Alpha pilot boarding position
(41°04′⋅62S 174°18′⋅92E), the track...

116
Paragraph 4.175 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 Pilot boarding place. By special arrangement with the
Harbour Authority pilots board in position 41°15′⋅26S
174°22′⋅16E. In view of the heavy ferry traffic...
New Zealand Notice 17/145/12
(SDD 2012000 165047) [36/12]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland – East Coast – Rosyth — Controlling depth
105
Paragraph 4.155 1 line 2 For 8⋅8 mRead 8⋅3 m
BA Chart 728 [36/12]
IV
4.2
Wk36/12

IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Chile – Bahía Coronel —
Arrival information; pilotage
205
Paragraph 6.270 1 line 3 For 1 mile ESE Read 1¼ miles S
Chilean Notice 7/93/12
(SDD 2012000 159653) [35/12]
Chile – Valparaíso — Arrival information; anchorage
226
Paragraph 6.498 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained at 22 alphabetically listed
anchor berths.
Chilean Notice 7/91/12
(SDD 2012000 159653) [35/12]
NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition)
Burma – Yangon River and approaches —
Directions; light float
173
Paragraph 6.39 1 lines 10-13 Replace by:
...until SE of the N part of the shoal. From Krishna Shoal, the
track remains in charted depths from 10 to 18 m until the
approach to Yangon River is made.
Paragraph 6.42 1 line 5 Delete
Paragraph 6.43 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:
SE and E of the dangerous wreck (15°59′⋅78N
96°14′⋅51E) of an earlier light vessel.
Paragraph 6.43 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
3 From a position approximately 4¾ miles E of the
dangerous wreck (15°59′⋅78N 96°14′⋅51E), the track leads
N, passing:
175
Paragraph 6.57 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
...should not attempt to enter the Western Channel unless they
are confident of their position.
4.1
179
Paragraph 6.97 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
[35/12]
1 This offshore route leads, from a position in the S
approaches to Yangon River, 70 miles E across the...
Paragraph 6.100 1 lines 1-2 Delete
Paragraph 6.102 1 line 2 Replace by:
...passage from the S approaches to Yangon River to W of Kyun
Nyi...
Indian Notice 6/86/12
(SDD 2012000 060144) [35/12]
NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition)
Philippines – Sibutu Passage —
Reporting system
127
After Paragraph 5.14 Insert:
Reporting system
5.14a
1 A reporting system is in operation for the Sibutu
Passage area and applies to all vessels in transit. For
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume6(4).
MV British Trader
(SDD 2012000 151563) [35/12]
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Java Sea East-West through routes –
Pulau Bawean to Gosong Sakunci —
Directions; moored storage tanker
76
After Paragraph 4.40 2 line 11 Insert:
Clear of the FPSO Joko Tole (7°15′⋅13S 114°55′⋅07E),
moored at the S extremity of the main channel,
11½ miles SE of Pulau Kamudi. For further details on
restrictions see 1.21. Thence:
77
After Paragraph 4.43 2 line 5 Insert:
Clear of the FPSO Joko Tole (7°15′⋅13S 114°55′⋅07E)
(4.40) 11½ miles SE of Pulau Kamudi. For further
details on restrictions see 1.21.
Indonesian Notice 17/137/12
(SDD 2012000 116293) [35/12]
Wk35/12

NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 (2011
Edition)
Îles Wallis - Approaches to Halalo and Mata Utu
— Directions; buoyage; depths;
place name changes
367
Paragraph 11.46 1 line 7 For Nukuaeta Read Nukuatea
369
Paragraph 11.49 1 line 4 For Île Fenua Fou Read Île
Fenuafo’ou
Paragraph 11.51 1 line 4 For Nukuaeta Read Nukuatea
Paragraph 11.51 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
The alignment (032⋅3°) of these lights leads through
Passe Honikulu, in a least depth of 12⋅2 m,
passing:
Paragraph 11.51 2-3 Replace by:
2 ESE of beacons (port hand) (13°23′⋅34S
176°13′⋅07W and 13°23′⋅20S 176°12′⋅99W)
marking the reef on the NW side, and:
WNW of beacons (starboard hand) (13°23′⋅36S
176°12′⋅94W and 13°23′⋅20S 176°12′⋅86W)
3
marking the reef on the SE side, and on W end of
which lies Île Fenuafo’ou.
This alignment leads very close to the beacon NW
of Île Fenuafo’ou and, when passing through the
narrows, an adjustment of course may be needed to
keep in mid-channel.
Paragraph 11.52 1 lines 6-7 Delete:
...The recommended track is shown on the chart.
Paragraph 11.53 1-3 Replace by:
1 Leading beacons
Front light beacon (starboard hand, 4 m in height)
(13°22′⋅08S 176°10′⋅70W).
Rear beacon (red and yellow, can topmark,
non-IALA) (7 ¾ cables from front light beacon).
The alignment (064⋅8°) of these beacons leads from
the inner end of Passe Honikulu, across Baie de Mua,
to Passe Faïoa, passing:
2 SSE of Pointe Ha’ofa (13°22′⋅81S 176°12′⋅66W),
the SE extremity of Nukuatea (11.46), thence:
NNW of a drying reef (13°23′⋅02S 176°12′⋅49W),
thence:
SSE of a 2⋅5 m patch (13°22′⋅80S 176°12′⋅54W)
which can be distinguished by the green colour of
the water, thence:
3 SSE of a 3⋅9 m patch (13°22′⋅63S 176°12′⋅31W),
thence:
NNW of a drying reef (13°22′⋅74S 176°12′⋅03W).
Mariners may wish to consider giving a bias to the
N of the track into safer water until this reef is
passed.
Wk35/12
IV
4.2
SSE of Nuku Ta’aki Moa (13°22′⋅17S 176°11′⋅93W),
which has the appearance of a boat under sail.
NNW of a 4⋅2 m shoal (13°22′⋅63S 176°10′⋅82W). A
dangerous rock lies close N.
Paragraph 11.54 1-3 Replace by:
1 The track then leads NE through Passe Faïoa,
passing:
SE of a light beacon (port hand) (13°22′⋅07S
176°10′⋅90W) marking the edge of the reef on the
NW side of the channel, and:
NW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (13°22′⋅08S
176°10′⋅70W) marking the edge of the reef
extending W from Pointe Faka’afu at the N end of
Île Faïoa (11.53).
2 From a position close SE of a light beacon (port
hand) (13°21′⋅75S 176°10′⋅52W), the track continues
NE, passing:
NW a light beacon (starboard hand) (13°21′⋅26S
176°09′⋅88W) marking the inner edge of the
barrier reef on the SE side of the channel. Thence:
3 SE of a light beacon (E cardinal) (13°20′⋅76S
176°09′⋅70W) marking a drying reef.
NW of a beacon (starboard hand) (13°20′⋅91S
176°09′⋅47W) marking the inner edge of the
barrier reef on the SE side of the channel.
370
Paragraph 11.55 Replace by:
1 From a position about 1¼ miles E of Pointe
Matalaa (13°20′⋅50S 176°10′⋅53W), the line of bearing
(340⋅5°) of Mata Utu Cathedral, leads towards
Mouillage de Mata Utu, passing:
ENE of a light beacon (port hand) (13°19′⋅96S
176°09′⋅75W), thence:
2 Between a light beacon (port hand) (13°18′⋅95S
176°09′⋅75W) and a Light Beacon (starboard
hand) (13°18′⋅80S 176°09′⋅64W).
Useful mark:
White monument standing on the coast, 2 cables
SSW of Pointe Tepako (13°16′⋅02S
176°09′⋅76W).
Paragraph 11.56 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baie de Mua
(13°22′⋅70S 176°11′⋅44W) in 40 m, sand and coral,
with Nuku Ta’aki Moa (11.53) bearing 342°. However
this anchorage is inconveniently far from the shore.
Paragraph 11.57 Replace by:
Spare
11.57
Paragraph 11.60 2 Replace by:
2 Directions. The channel from Passe Honikulu to
Halalo leads through Canal du Nord Ouest
(13°23′⋅00S 176°13′⋅00W) rounding Pointe Pa’agogo,
the SW extremity of Nukuatea. The reefs on each
side of the passage are marked by beacons, are
steep-to and easily seen. From the N end of Canal du
Nord-Ouest, the track leads NW for 2 miles, passing:

SW of Pointe Puko (13°22′⋅27S 176°13′⋅22W),
thence:
NE of a 4⋅9 m patch (13°22′⋅47S 176°13′⋅64W),
thence:
NE of a reef (13°22′⋅21S 176°13′⋅84W), which dries
at 0⋅3 m, thence:
SW of Nukutapu (13°21′⋅82S 176°13′⋅47W), thence:
SW of a beacon (starboard hand) (13⋅21′⋅76S
176°13′⋅73W) which marks a 0⋅6 m drying reef.
NE of a 4⋅2 m patch (13°21′⋅82S 176°14′⋅16W).
SW of a beacon (starboard hand) (13⋅21′⋅00S
176°14′⋅00W).
The track then continues NW until the alignment of
the leading marks is reached.
Paragraph 11.60 3 line 2 For (018°) Read (018⋅1°)
Paragraph 11.60 4 line 1 For (103¼°) Read (103⋅3°)
Paragraph 11.60 5 line 3 For statue Read church
Paragraph 11.60 5 lines 5-6 Delete
French Chart 6876-12
(SDD 2012000 098561) [35/12]
IV
4.3
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2011 Edition)
Firth of Clyde – Upper Part — Pilotage
77
Paragraph 2.173 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
A pilot boarding area and a military pilot boarding
area are positioned 3½ and 7 cables NW of Kempock
Point (55°57′⋅78N 4°49′⋅06W) respectively.
HMNB Clyde
(SDD 2012000 145310) [35/12]
Islay – Port Ellen — Directions
140
Paragraph 3.63 1 lines 7-8 Delete
Paragraph 3.64 7 lines 9-10 Replace by:
Thence as required for berthing. Vessels should
refrain from anchoring in the approaches to the ferry
terminal and maintain a clear approach for RoRo
ferries and other large vessels.
Harbour Master, Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited
Notice 44/12
(SDD 2012000 162083) [35/12]
Wk35/12

IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Brazil - North coast — Directions; light
121
Paragraph 4.28 1 line 7 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 17/12 For (1°10′⋅10S 45°38′⋅20W) Read (1°10′⋅00S
45°38′⋅10W)
Brazil Notice 14/68/12
(SDD 2012000 154512) [34/12]
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Southern Baltic - Sweden - Åhus — Draughts
127
Paragraph 3.62 1 line 3 For 7⋅1 m Read 6⋅9 m
128
Paragraph 3.62 2 lines 2-4 Delete
Paragraph 3.66 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
2 The dredged outer harbour is about 70 m wide with
a turning basin at each end. The outer turning basin
is for vessels of length up to 120 m with a maximum
recommended draught of 5⋅9 m. The inner turning
basin is for vessels of length up to 110 m with a
maximum recommended draught of 6⋅3 m.
Swedish Notice 411/7963/12
(SDD 2012000 155959) [34/12]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000
UTC on 1st September 2012
Gulf of Finland – Russia – Off Rodsher and Off
Hogland TSS — Deep-water route discontinued
89
Paragraph 2.34 5 line 1-3 Delete
Paragraph 2.43 Replace by:
2.43
1 Spare.
91
Russian Notice 8/1043(P)/12
(SDD 2012000 035349) [34/12]
4.1
Gulf of Finland – Russia – Luzhskaya Guba —
Directions
117
[34/12]
Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/11 Paragraph 3.156 1 lines
1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position in the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy (safe
water) (60°09′⋅10N 28°05′⋅14E), in the Off Ostrov
Sommers TSS, within the area declared by...
Russian Notice 32/4686/12
(SDD 2012000 156311) [34/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
England – North–west coast –
Barrow-in-Furness — Traffic signals
292
Paragraph 9.77 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 Spare.
Harbour Master ABP Barrow & Fleetwood Notice 17/12
(SDD 2012000 154359) [34/12]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
East coast of Ireland – Port of Belfast — Pilotage
234
Paragraph 7.100 2 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
12/11 Replace by:
2 Pilot station and boarding. The pilots are stationed at
Belfast and board vessels at one of three positions:
Vessels with a draught greater than 10⋅2 m
(deep-draught) in position 54°42′⋅90N 5°41′⋅40W.
Vessels of over 100 m LOA off the entrance to the
Victoria Channel in position 54°41′⋅91N 5°44′⋅50W
Vessels over 75 m but less than 100 m in length in
position 54°40′⋅90N 5°48′⋅50W close W of No 3 and
No 4 Light Buoys.
Pilot launches are painted black with orange
superstructure and the word PILOT in white letters on each
side.
A vessel may be led into calmer water before boarding.
Belfast Harbour Master Notice 17/12
(SDD 2012000 150383) [34/12]
Wk34/12

NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
South coast of Korea – Okpo Hang —
Directions; lights
147
After Paragraph 3.219 1 line 9 Insert:
2 Okpo Hang N Breakwater Light (red round
concrete tower, 11 m in height) (34°53′⋅82N
128°43′⋅05E).
Okpo Hang S Breakwater Light (white round
concrete structure, 13 m in height) (34°53′⋅69N
128°43′⋅17E).
Wk34/12
IV
4.2
149
After Paragraph 3.228 1 line 8 Insert:
Okpo Hang N Breakwater Light (red round concrete
tower, 11 m in height) (34°53′⋅82N 128°43′⋅05E).
Okpo Hang S Breakwater Light (white round
concrete structure, 13 m in height) (34°53′⋅69N
128°43′⋅17E).
Paragraph 3.228 2 line 4 and 3.228 3 lines 1-6 Delete
South Korean Notice 30/426/12
(SDD2012000 150499) [34/12]

NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition)
IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Philippine Islands - Negros - Siquijor Island
— Light
367
After Paragraph 10.173 1 line 5 Insert:
Minarcahan Point Light (GRP tower, 4⋅6 m in height)
(9°18′⋅08N 123°37′⋅25E).
373
After Paragraph 10.222 1 line 3 Insert:
Minarcahan Point Light (GRP tower, 4⋅6 m in height)
(9°18′⋅08N 123°37′⋅25E).
381
After Paragraph 10.274 2 line 10 Insert:
Minarcahan Point Light (9°18′⋅08N 123°37′⋅25E)
(10.173).
Philippine Notice 06/104/12
(SDD 2012000 135323) [33/12]
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Jawa – South Coast – Semenanjung Blambangan –
Tanjung Slokah — Directions; light
65
Paragraph 3.84 6 lines 8-10 Replace by:
...weather. A stranded wreck may be visible at Tanjung
Slokah from which a light (white beacon, 30 m in
height) (8°43′⋅00S 114°36′⋅32E) is exhibited.
102
After Paragraph 5.16 2 line 1 Insert:
Tanjung Slokah Light (white beacon, 30 m in height)
(8°43′⋅00S 114°36′⋅32E).
103
Paragraph 5.17 1 line 3 Replace by:
...114°36′E) from which a light (5.16) is exhibited, on account of
a fringing reef and heavy...
Indonesian Notice 25/211/12
(SDD 2012000 134846) [33/12]
Wk33/12
4.1
[33/12]
Jawa – Selat Madura – Approaches to Probolinggo –
Pulau Ketapang and Karang Katon — Directions;
light beacon; light buoy
91
Paragraph 4.177 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:
N of Pulau Ketapang; a light (white post, 10 m in height)
(7°40′⋅50S 113°15′⋅70E) is exhibited from the E of the
island. Thence:
92
Paragraph 4.186 1 line 9 Replace by:
... to the anchorage, is reef-fringed. A light (7°40′⋅50S
113°15′⋅70E) (4.177) is exhibited from the E extremity of the
island.
Paragraph 4.188 1 line 3 Replace by:
...shells and stones marked by a light buoy (isolated danger)
(7°41′⋅50S 113°12′⋅70E), thence to the anchorage (4.190) N of
the...
After Paragraph 4.189 1 line 7 Insert:
Pulau Ketapang Light (7°40′⋅45S 113°15′⋅70E) (4.177).
DG Sea Comm
(SDD 2012000 134194) [33/12]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Port of Belfast – Pilotage
234
Paragraph 7.100 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
Vessels over 75 m but less than 100 m in length, from a
position close W of No 3 and No 4 Light Buoys.
Belfast Harbour Notice 17/12
(SDD 2012000 150383) [33/12]
NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
SEVERO-KURIL’SK climate station diagram
63
Page 63 Replace by: Block diagram for NP41 which is
printed with the chart block amendments at the end of
Section II.
UKHO [33/12]

NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Italy – Sardegna – La Maddelena —
Prohibited areas
298
Paragraph 10.7 1 line 3 Replace by:
... is prohibited. The transit of merchant vessels
over 500 t, used to transport goods and passengers,
is prohibited within 2 miles of the boundaries of these
protected areas; the areas are shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 14/2/12
(SDD 2012000 144271) [33/12]
Italy – Sardegna – Isola Caprera –
Cala Garibaldi — Anchorage
304
Paragraph 10.46 2 lines 5-7 Replace by:
...resort.
Italian Notice 13/16/12
(SDD 2012000 139453) [33/12]
NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (2012 Edition)
Haugsfjorden - Åramsundet —
Route; depths; directions
Paragraph 3.55 4 Delete
74
Paragraph 3.57 1 Replace by:
1 Haugsfjorden is deep, but Åramsundet has a least
depth of 11⋅2 m in the fairway.
Paragraph 3.58 2 Replace by:
2 The track then leads NNE, at night through an area
covered by a white sector (211½°-344½°) of
Terneskjerflu Light (62°10′⋅74N 5°24′⋅03E) (3.32),
passing:
NNW of a rock (62°11′⋅65N 5°27′⋅27E) with a depth
of 7⋅7 m close W of an iron perch marking
Ytstefluda, both of which are covered by a green
sector (047°-060°) of Åramsund Light (post 5 m in
height) (62°12′⋅17N 5°29′⋅05E).
3 The track then leads NE passing:
Clear of a rock (62°12′⋅28N 5°28′⋅11E) with a depth
of 11⋅3 m.
The track then continues NE to a position S of
Kyrholmskjeret Light (lantern) (62°12′⋅51N 5°28′⋅18E).
Clearing marks:
The alignment (053°) of the gap between the two
Langholmane (62°12′⋅60N 5°29′⋅30E) islets with
Hollenupen 1¾ miles ENE, passes NNW of
Ytstefluda; Hollenupen has a steep drop on its NW
side.
IV
4.2
Paragraphs 3.59 and 3.60, including headings, Replace
by:
Spare
3.59
Spare
3.60
Paragraph 3.61, including heading, Replace by:
Åramsundet
3.61
1 From a position S of Kyrholmskjeret Light
2
(62°12′⋅51N 5°28′⋅18E) the track leads ESE through
Åramsundet, passing:
Clear of a rock (62°12′⋅36N 5°29′⋅19E) with a depth
of 11⋅2 m, thence:
SSW of foul ground (62°12′⋅40N 5°29′⋅43E) fronting
Langholmane, thence:
NNE of a rock (62°12′⋅18N 5°29′⋅40E) with a
depth of 5⋅9 m, marked on its E side by a
light buoy (N cardinal), and:
SSW of Rædene (62°12′⋅40N 5°29′⋅80E), a foul
area, where the W-most part is marked by an iron
perch.
The track then leads E into the open waters of
Hallefjorden.
(Directions continue for Hallefjorden at 3.83)
Paragraph 3.62, including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.62
75
Paragraph 3.63, including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.63
Paragraph 3.69 1 lines 4-5 For ...Stabbane Light
(62°12′⋅24N 5°29′⋅78E)... Read ...Åramsund Light
(62°12′⋅17N 5°29′⋅05E)...
Paragraph 3.70 3 lines 2-9 Replace by:
...position E of Åramsund Light (62°12′⋅17N
5°29′⋅05E) (3.58).
(Directions continue for Hallefjorden at 3.83)
Paragraph 3.81 1 lines
77
1-2 For ...Stabbane Light
(62°12′⋅24N 5°29′⋅78E)... Read ...Åramsund Light
(62°12′⋅17N 5°29′⋅05E)...
Paragraph 3.83 1 lines 1-2 For ...Stabbane Light
(62°12′⋅24N 5°29′⋅78E)... Read ...Åramsund Light
(62°12′⋅17N 5°29′⋅05E)...
Paragraph 3.83 2 lines 1-2 Delete
...at night in a white sector (293° - 313°), astern, of
Stabbane Light...
Paragraph 3.83 2 lines 8-10 Delete
...which lies close within the white sector of Stabbane
Light
Norwegian Notice 12/44264/12
(SDD 2012000 128544) [33/12]
Wk33/12

107
Norddalsfjorden - Linge – Anchorage
Paragraph 3.332, including heading, Replace by:
Spare
3.332
Norwegian Notice 12/44137/12
(SDD 2012000 128544) [33/12]
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2011 Edition)
Sound of Luing and North Approach —
Directions; buoy
163
Paragraph 3.211 3 line 3 For (port hand) Read (E cardinal)
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 15/12
(SDD 2012000 149891) [33/12]
Wk33/12
IV
4.3
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Spain – South West Coast –
Puerto de Cádiz — Berth
213
Paragraph 6.205 1 lines 9-10 Replace by:
...de Levante. Cádiz...
214
Paragraph 6.213 1 lines 8-11 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 27/12 Delete
215
Paragraph 6.218 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.218
Spanish Notice 26/173/2012
(SDD 2012000 134548) [33/12]

NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Ranfjorden – Finneidfjorden, Forneset and
Skjånes — Anchorages
184
Paragraph 4.405 4 lines 1-2 Replace by:
4 Anchorage may be obtained S of Kalabukta (66°12′⋅54N
13°46′⋅74E) and at the head of the fjord, WSW of Neset
(66°11′⋅80N 13°46′⋅98E), in depths from 30 to 45 m, as
shown on the chart. Care is needed to avoid the submarine
cable laid across the fjord from Granmoen and another
submarine cable laid along the E side of the fjord in the
vicinity of Neset.
Wk32/12
4.1
Paragraph 4.407 1 lines 4-5 Delete
Paragraph 4.408 and heading Replace by:
Spare
4.408
[32/12]
Norwegian Notice 13/44438/12
(SDD 2012000 139130) [32/12]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1
(2009 Edition)
East Approach to New York Harbor — Directions
210
Paragraph 7.15 1 line 6 Delete
Paragraph 7.16 4 lines 3-5 Delete , passing To TSS
US Notice 30/12326/12
(SDD 2012000 144702) [32/12]

IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010 Edition)
Russia – North-east part of the Black Sea –
Sochi to Mys Pitsunda — Imeretinskiy Port
257
After Paragraph 7.206 2 line 7 Insert:
SW of ImeretinskiyPort (4 miles WNW) (7.207), thence:
After Paragraph 7.206 3 Insert:
Imeretinskiy Port
General information
7.206a
1 Position. Imeretinskiy Port (43°24′⋅6N 39°55′⋅9E) is
situated 1 mile SE of Adler (7.211). The port is a
subsidiary of Sochi (7.182).
2 Function. The port has been constructed to serve the
logistics requirements for the 2014 Sochi Winter Olympic
Games. The port will deliver cargo and construction
materials to the Imeretinskaya Valley, where the main
construction site for the games is based. After the games,
part of the port area will be changed into a yacht marina.
Limiting conditions
7.206b
1 Maximum size of vessel. Vessels up to 10 000 tonnes
dwt can be accommodated.
Arrival information
7.206c
1 Outer anchorage. Adler Roads anchorage is centred
8 cables W of Adler. Cautions. Submarine cables extend
through the centre and to the SE of the anchorage area. A
submarine pipeline extending 2½ cables SW, with an
obstruction at its seaward end, lies in the NE part of the
anchorage area.
2 Pilots. Pilots board in position 43°23′⋅9N 39°54′⋅3E,
1½ miles SSW of Adler.
Harbour
7.206d
1 The NW part of the harbour is protected by a short
breakwater extending 240 m SE. The SE part of the
harbour consists of a short breakwater extending 130 m SW
and an angled breakwater extending 530 m NW, the two
breakwaters are connected by a road bridge 210 m long.
The entrance which opens SW is 135 m wide.
Berths
7.206e
1 1300 m of quay space consisting of eight berths with
depths alongside of 9⋅2 m. Bulk cargoes, cement, containers
and general cargoes.
258
Paragraph 7.211 2 lines 5-7 Delete
Lloyds List July 2012 [31/12]
4.1
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition)
[31/12]
Belgium – Westerschelde and Approaches —
Pilotage
162
Paragraph 7.14 3 lines 1-3 Delete
Paragraph 7.16 1 line 7 Delete
Belgian Notice 14/214/12
(SDD 2012000 134902) [31/12]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Ireland – West coast – Inishbofin — Bofin Harbour
337
Paragraph 11.67 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 Line of bearing. By day the line of bearing 021° and
by night the white sector (020⋅7°- 021⋅2°) of Inishbofin
Directional Light (53°36′⋅78N 10°13′⋅16W) on the N side
of the harbour,...
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2012000 128796 and 135611) [31/12]
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2011 Edition)
Sound of Jura – North Part – Rèisa an t-Sruith —
Position
152
Paragraph 3.148 1 line 4 For (56°07′⋅92N 5°39′⋅70W) Read
(56°07′⋅90N 5°38′⋅70W)
154
Paragraph 3.159 1 line 2 For (56°07′⋅92N 5°39′⋅70W) Read
(56°07′⋅90N 5°38′⋅70W)
158
Paragraph 3.184 3 line 3 For (56°07′⋅92N 5°39′⋅70W) Read
(56°07′⋅90N 5°38′⋅70W)
Paragraph 3.185 1 line 2 For (56°07′⋅92N 5°39′⋅70W) Read
(56°07′⋅90N 5°38′⋅70W)
160
Paragraph 3.194 1 line 2 For (56°07′⋅92N 5°39′⋅70W) Read
(56°07′⋅90N 5°38′⋅70W)
Paragraph 3.198 1 line 2 For (56°07′⋅92N 5°39′⋅70W) Read
(56°07′⋅90N 5°38′⋅70W)
UKHO
(Chart 2343) [31/12]
Wk31/12

NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1
(2009 Edition)
East Approach to New York Harbor —
Directions; buoy
210
Paragraph 7.16 3 line 7 Delete
US Notice 29/12326/12
(SDD 2012000 140213) [31/12]
Wk31/12
IV
4.2

NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Namibia – Walvis Bay — Outer anchorage
241
Paragraph 8.60 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 There are 3 designated anchorages, the limits of
which are shown on the chart. Vessels may anchor as
advised and directed by Port Control. The holding is
generally good on a mud bottom.
South African Notice 5/60/2012
(SDD 2012000 111977) [30/12]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – Kattegat South – Grenaa Havn —
Approach channel; leading lights
Paragraph 5.81 Replace by:
173
Directions for entering harbour
5.81
1 Grenaa leading line. From a position about 2½ miles E
of Fornæs Light (56°26′⋅61N 10°57′⋅44E) (5.57), on the
alignment of Grenaa Havn Leading Lights (241⋅5°) the
main channel, 100 m wide and dredged to 12 m, leads
3½ miles WSW, passing (with positions from Grenaa Front
Leading Light (56°24′⋅84N 10°55′⋅57E)):
2 NNW of a light buoy (port hand) (1½ mile ENE)
marking the entrance to the dredged channel,
thence:
SSE of a 4⋅2 m shoal (1½ mile NE) marked by a buoy
(starboard hand), thence:
3 SSE of Lillerev (9 cables NNE), a shoal extending a
short distance SE from the narrow coastal bank,
and between a pair of light buoys (lateral), and:
NNW of Kalkgrund (7 cables E), a rocky shoal with a
least depth of 1⋅3 m at the E extremity, lying close E of
the E mole head. The shoal is marked by a light buoy
(N cardinal) at its NE extremity, and by a buoy (S
cardinal) at its SE extremity.
4 The track then leads, from a position within the mole
heads about 1 cable WNW of the E mole head light, SW in
the white sector (216°-219°) of Grenaa Havn Directional
light (grey framework tower, 18 m in height) (56°24′⋅53N
10°55′⋅45E) to the ferry harbour.
Danish notice 26/687/2012
(SDD 2012000 129311) [30/12]
4.1
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
[30/12]
Gulf of Finland – North shore – Orrengrund to Kotka
channel — Directions
Paragraph 5.17 3 Delete
188
192
Paragraph 5.45 1 line 6 Delete
193
Paragraph 5.49 1 line 4 Delete
194
Paragraph 5.66 2 line 3 Delete
195
Paragraph 5.70 1 line 7 Delete
Paragraph 5.71 1-7 Replace by:
5.71
1 From a position E of Tiiskeri (60°09′⋅75N 26°15′⋅52E)
the entrance, marked by light buoys and buoys, and
authorised for a draught of 10⋅0 m, initially uses the
alignment (023⋅1°) of Orrengrund Leading Lights, as
described at 5.46, to a position 2¼ miles SSW of the front
leading light.
2 From this position, 4¾ miles SW of Lålätta Light
(60°17′⋅20N 26°33′⋅07E), the recommended track leads
049⋅6° keeping within the white sector (052°-062⋅5°) of
Lålätta Light, passing:
NW of Helsinggrund shoal, marked by light buoys (W
and N cardinal), thence:
3 SE of Orrengrund (60°16′⋅40N 26°26′⋅17E) (5.47)
and Båksören, an islet lying on the foul ground
extending 5 cables SE from Orrengrund, thence:
NW of an area of rocks and shoals, of which the closest to
the track are Nygrund (60°15′⋅05N 26°28′⋅50E) and
Korjusgrund (1 mile NE), marked by a light buoy (N
cardinal).
4 From a position 1¾ miles WSW of Lålätta Light the
recommended track leads 044⋅2° keeping within the white
sector (044°-045°) of Klubbholm Light (60°22′⋅95N
26°42′⋅86E) (5.131), passing:
SE of Ljusasten shoal marked by a light buoy (E cardinal,
thence:
NW of Lålätta Light and shoal, the N end marked by a
light buoy (N cardinal), thence:
5 Between Lålätta Mutka Light Beacon (S cardinal)
(60°18′⋅15N 26°33′⋅12E), standing 6 cables SSE of
Vinbergshäll and a 6⋅2 m patch, marked by a light buoy (N
cardinal) (60°17′⋅91N 26°33′⋅51E).
Wk30/12

196
Paragraph 5.72 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position 1¼ miles NNE of Lålätta, the Winter
Channel, mostly marked by light buoys and buoys, and
authorised throughout this section for a draught of 10⋅0 m
continues on a recommended track of 044⋅2° within the
white sector (044°-045°) of Klubbholm Light (5.131),
passing:
1 NW of Pitkäviiri, an island on whose SW point
stands a fishing light (red hut, occasional)
(60°17′⋅32N 26°37′⋅94E). Viragrund is the closest
of several shoals extending NW, to within 7 cables
of the track, from Pitkäviiri, thence:
SE of Bisagrund Beacon Light (white metal post, red
band) (60°19′⋅14N 26°34′⋅77E).
Paragraph 5.74 5 line 5 Replace by:
...Österhällen, on the recommended track leading 044⋅2° within
the Klubbholm Light white sector (044°-045°) (5.72).
204
Paragraph 5.131 1 line 2 to 6 Replace by:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (60°22′⋅95N
26°42′⋅86E) and is the same structure for the sector
light (5.71 and 5.72).
Rear light (similar structure) (1 mile W of front light)
stands on a rock.
Finnish Notice 15/138(P)/2012
(SDD 2012000 111999) [30/12]
NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2012 Edition)
Philippines – Luzon – Mariveles —
Total Bataan Terminal
185
After Paragraph 8.120 Insert:
Total Bataan Terminal
8.120a
1 General Information. Total Bataan Terminal
(14°25′⋅60N 120°33′⋅80E), part of the port of Mariveles
(8.95), is located at Alasasin Point and consists of a
T-head jetty 530 m in length leading SSE from the
shore.
2 Berth. The berth at the head of the jetty has two
berthing and four mooring dolphins and can
accommodate vessels up to 50 000 dwt at a depth of
9⋅5 m.
Bataan Terminal Marine Handbook
(SDD 2012000 128445) [30/12]
Wk30/12
IV
4.2
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Wales – South–east coast – River Usk — Berths
132
Paragraph 4.116 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
1 General information. Birdport (51°33′⋅70N
2°58′⋅09W) is situated on the E side of the river
4 cables N of Saint Julian’s Pill. It is equipped to
handle processed steel, metals, timber and loose bulk
cargoes using a gantry crane (vertical clearance
21⋅5 m) spanning the dock.
The dock is 225 m long, 19⋅8 m wide with depths of
8⋅5 m at MHWS, 5⋅2 m at MHWN and is entered
between two short jetties. Formerly a dry dock, it has
a flat concrete bottom with a covering of silt. Half-tide
gates at the dock entrance are normally kept closed
and depths up to 6⋅2 m can be maintained. Vessels
up to 8000 dwt and capable of taking the ground can
be accommodated.
Cargo Services (UK) Limited
(SDD 2012000 129749) [30/12]
Paragraph 4.117 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 MIR Steel Wharf, with a jetty close N lies on the E
side of the river about 3 cables SSE of Birdport. The
berth, which dries at low water, can accommodate
vessels capable of taking the ground up to 150 m
LOA and 26 m maximum beam. Vessels of 150 m to
155 m LOA are only accepted after consultation with
the Harbour Master.
ABP South Wales
(SDD 2012000 135037) [30/12]
England – Solway Firth – Silloth approach —
Buoys
313
Paragraph 10.57 3 line 2 For (54°47′⋅30N 3°29′⋅60W) Read
(54°47′⋅50N 3°30′⋅00W)
Paragraph 10.57 3 line 4 For (54°48′⋅65N 3°29′⋅90W) Read
(54°48′⋅90N 3°30′⋅00W)
Paragraph 10.57 4 line 2 For (54°50′⋅30N 3°27′⋅10W) Read
(54°50′⋅30N 3°27′⋅30W)
Associated British Ports Silloth
(SDD 2012000 134511 & 135340) [30/12]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
South Island – Haumuri Bluffs to Lyttelton Harbour
— Directions; Light
289
Paragraph 10.31 and heading Replace by:
Spare
10.31

290
Paragraph 10.33 3 line 6 Delete
..., from where a light (10.31) is exhibited
293
Paragraph 10.68 3 lines 2-4 Delete
296
Paragraph 10.88 1 line 2 Delete
New Zealand Notice 14/123(P)/12
(SDD 2012000 134542) [30/12]
IV
4.3
NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 (2011
Edition)
Vanuatu - Anatom - Anelghowhat Bay —
Beacons; leading lines
177
Paragraph 6.41 1 line 2-5 Replace by:
Front beacon (white triangular topmark, point up)
(20°14′⋅46S 169°46′⋅93E).
Rear beacon (similar construction) (30 m from front
beacon).
Paragraph 6.42 Replace by:
Spare
6.42
Paragraph 6.43 2 line 2-3 Delete
..., on the alignment (060°) with the front beacon
(6.42) 4 cables distant
New Zealand Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2012000 106271) [30/12]
Wk30/12

NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
IV
UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Ghana – Abidjan to Aboadi Point —
Jubilee Terminal
303
Paragraph 10.19 and heading Replace by:
Spare
10.19
Paragraph 10.22 4 line 6 For (10.19) Read (10.27a)
305
After Paragraph 10.27 3 Insert:
Jubilee Terminal
General information
10.27a
1 Position and function. The Jubilee Terminal
consists of a turret-moored FPSO in position
4°36′⋅00N 2°53′⋅40W. Its function is to extract,
process, store and export crude oil from the Jubilee
Field.
Terminal Authority: Tullow Oil Ghana Ltd.
E-mail: gh_fpsomooringmaster@tullowoil.com
Limiting conditions
10.27b
1 Maximum size of vessel handled: 350 000 dwt;
Length 366⋅5 m.
Minimum size of vessel handled: 70 000 dwt;
length 270 m.
Arrival information
10.27c
1 Notice of ETA: Vessels should send ETA 7 days,
72, 48, 24 and 12 hours before arrival.
Pilotage is compulsory; the Mooring Master boards
vessels in the anchorage area.
Tugs are available; a tug is employed as a
holdback vessel secured to the vessels stern during
the loading operation.
Anchorage. An anchorage area with a radius of
3 miles, centred on 4°40′⋅00N 2°40′⋅00W, exists for
vessels awaiting berthing.
Restricted area. A designated Area To Be
Avoided, radius 5 miles, centred on 4°32′⋅10N
2°54′⋅60W has been established.
Regulations. Berthing of export tankers will only
take place during daylight hours, between 0700 and
1800. Berthing must be completed by 1800.
Directions
10.27d
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
4.1
[29/12]
Berths
10.27e
1 Export tankers moor in tandem with the FPSO, with
the export tanker’s bow to the stern of the FPSO, and
a floating hose arrangement between the two.
Services
10.27f
1 None available. Limited medical facilities may be
available in an emergency.
Tullow Oil Ghana Ltd
(SDD 2012000 122777) [29/12]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
Korea – West coast – Mokp’o Hang —
Berths; inner anchorages; depths
438
Paragraph 11.127 2 line 5 For 1⋅54 m Read 15⋅4 m
Paragraph 11.127 2 line 7 For 1⋅69 m Read 16⋅9 m
BA Chart 1558 [29/12]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
South Korea – Yãsu Hang —
Limiting Conditions; bridge
124
Paragraph 3.57 1 lines 5-8 Replace by:
Bridges. The SW end of Yãsu Haehyãp, at its
narrowest point, is spanned by a bridge with a vertical
clearance of 20 m. The bridge links the NW end of
Dolsando with the city of Yeosu.
The E end of Yãsu Haehyãp, is spanned by a
bridge with a vertical clearance of 22 m between
positions 34°44′⋅16N 127°44′⋅95E and 34°44′⋅02N
127°44′⋅91E.
Paragraph 3.64 3 Delete
125
South Korean Notice 25/352/12
(SDD 2012000 123633) [29/12]
Wk29/12

NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2011 Edition)
Spain – Isla de Formentera – Cala Pujols — Light
198
Paragraph 4.73 3 line 1 For (214½°-216½°) Read
(208⋅5°-210⋅5°)
Spanish Notice SD 24.12
(SDD 2012000 129294) [29/12]
Algeria – Port of Arzew – Arzew-el Djédid —
Directions; berths
266
Paragraph 6.93 3 line 6 Add:
...A detached breakwater, aligned approximately E/W and
4 cables long, is centred 5 cables ESE of the E end of the
detached mole.
Paragraph 6.96 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground
(35°49′⋅85N 0°13′⋅65W) (6.87), the track leads
generally SW for about 8 cables, passing:
Paragraph 6.96 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 Between the E end of the detached mole
(35°49′⋅43N 0°15′⋅00W), and the W end of the
detached breakwater.
Paragraph 6.97 3 lines 5-8 Delete
MV British Osprey
(SDD 2012000 129321) [29/12]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
North Island – Tutukaka Head to Bream Tail –
Hen and Chicken Islands — Depths
201
Paragraph 7.113 2 line 2 For 2⋅7 mRead 5⋅9 m
Paragraph 7.113 2 line 3 For 7⋅9 mRead 8⋅0 m
New Zealand Notice 12/98/12
(SDD 2012000 111738) [29/12]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Raunefjorden to Hjelteneset –
Vatlestraumen — Directions; light
326
Paragraph 9.146 7 lines 6-9 Replace by:
NE of Revskoltgrunnen Light Buoy (port hand)
(5½ cables NW), marking the edge of the 10⋅0 m
depth contour. Thence:
Norwegian Notice 12/44277/12
(SDD 2012000 128544) [29/12]
Wk29/12
IV
4.2
Furenes to Stadtlandet – Fureneset —
Directions; depth
571
Paragraph 13.333 3 line 2 For 2⋅0 m Read 1⋅6 m
Norwegian Notice 8/43657/12
(SDD 2012000 084608) [29/12]
NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Canada – Sable Island — Directions; light
58
Paragraph 2.19 1 line 3 For East End Light Read East End Light
tower
59
Paragraph 2.24 including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.24
Canadian Eastern Notice 607/06/12
(SDD 2012000 128379) [29/12]
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2009 Edition)
Approach to Chedabucto Bay — Directions; Light
258
Paragraph 12.14 1 line 1 For Useful Marks Read Useful Mark
Paragraph 12.14 1 lines 2-4 Delete
Paragraph 12.18 1 line 4 For Useful Marks Read Useful Mark
Paragraph 12.18 1 line 5 Delete
263
Paragraph 12.57 1 line 2 Delete
Canadian Eastern Notice 612/06/12
(SDD 2012000 128379) [29/12]
Baie de Chaleurs — Directions; Light
348
Paragraph 14.146 2 lines 4-6 Delete
Canadian Eastern Notice 615/06/12
(SDD 2012000 128379) [29/12]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
South Korea – Pusan Hang — Directions; light
169
After Paragraph 3.371 2 line 8 Insert:
Yongdu San Light (on top of Pusan Tower)
(35°06′⋅07N 129°01′⋅94E).
South Korean Notice 24/334/12
(SDD 2012000 118381) [28/12]
Wk28/12
4.1
[28/12]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
France – South coast – Saint-Raphaël — Light
125
Paragraph 3.85 1 lines 5-7 Replace by:
...½ cable S from the coast. The W-facing entrance is 60 m
wide and...
French Notice 12/22/52
(SDD 2012000 108296) [28/12]

NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2009 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
South Orkney Islands – Washington Strait —
Directions; AIS
After Paragraph 4.64 2 Insert:
207
Other aid to navigation
4.64a
1 AIS:
An AIS transmitter has been established at the Orcadas
Base in Wilton Bay on Laurie Island in position
60°44′⋅29S 44°44′⋅25W.
Agentinian Notice 06/68/12
(SDD 2012000 112915) [27/12]
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Iceland – West coast – Faxaflói — Racons
95
After Paragraph 3.41 1 line 2 Insert:
Grótta Light (64°10′N 22°01′W).
109
Paragraph 3.131 1 line 2 Replace by:
Grótta Light (64°10′N 22°01′W) (3.40).
Paragraph 3.146 1 Delete
112
114
Paragraph 3.154 1 lines 1-2 Delete
Icelandic Notices 2/8/12; 2/9/12
(SDD 2012000 112913) [27/12]
Iceland – Reykjavík – ViÉeyjarsund — Spoil ground
106
After Paragraph 3.113 4 line 8 Insert:
NE of an area of spoil ground with a least depth of 4⋅1 m
which extends 3½ cables E from the S tip of Engey,
thence:
Icelandic Notice 2/7/12
(SDD 2012000 112913) [27/12]
Wk27/12
4.1
Svalbard – Billefjorden –
Pyramiden — Leading lights
215
Paragraph 9.80 1 line 6 For lights Read beacons
[27/12]
Norwegian Notice 11/44102/12
(SDD 2012000 117171) [27/12]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – Kattegat E – Halmstad —
Approach channel; depth; draught
141
Paragraph 4.132 1 line 2 Replace by:
...9⋅5 m.
Paragraph 4.134 1 line 2 For 11⋅5 mRead 10⋅3 m
Swedish Notice 404/7472/2012
(SDD 2012000 117440) [27/12]
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America – Krenitzin Islands –
Akutan Harbor — Berth
196
Paragraph 6.63 5 lines 5-7 Replace by:
...use, at the former whaling station.
US Notice 25/16531/12
(SDD 2012000 117897) [27/12]
NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)
China–Southcoast–ChangJiang–Zhanjiang—
Vertical clearance
247
Paragraph 7.167 1 line 2 For 59 Read 48
Chinese Chart 15732/10
(SDD 2010000103814) [27/12]
China – South Coast – Zhujiang Kou –
Macao outer anchorage — Wreck
266
After Paragraph 8.16 1 line 9 Insert:
A dangerous wreck lies close S of this anchorage,
marked by a buoy (isolated danger).
Chinese Notice 33/1196/11
(SDD 2012000 151046) [27/12]

NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
Philippines – North coast of Luzon – Aparri —
Dangerous wreck
107
After Paragraph 3.17 2 line 2 Insert:
A dangerous wreck, with about 2 m of water over it,
lies N of the port entrance in position 18°23′⋅35N
121°38′⋅19E.
Philippine Notice 086/05/12
(SDD 2012000 112353) [27/12]
China – Yellow Sea – Penglai — Anchorages
350
Paragraph 9.129 1 line 4 Delete
Paragraph 9.129 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 48/11 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorages:
A quarantine anchorage lies N of Penglai, depth 15
to 17 m, bounded by the following coordinates:
37°57′⋅00N 120°53′⋅00E
37°56′⋅45N 120°56′⋅83E
37°54′⋅47N 120°56′⋅83E
37°52′⋅87N 120°53′⋅00E
No 5 quarantine anchorage, depth 17 to 19 m,
bounded by the following coordinates:
37°51′⋅00N 121°20′⋅00E
37°48′⋅00N 121°20′⋅00E
37°48′⋅00N 121°15′⋅00E
37°51′⋅00N 121°15′⋅00E
No 6 quarantine and dangerous goods anchorage,
depth 18 m, bounded by the following coordinates:
37°51′⋅00N 121°09′⋅20E
37°49′⋅50N 121°09′⋅20E
37°49′⋅50N 121°06′⋅00E
37°51′⋅00N 121°06′⋅00E
Paragraph 9.129 5 line 3 For anchorage Read anchorages
Chinese Notice 20/598/12
(SDD 2012000 098907) [27/12]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2011 Edition)
Italy – Trieste approaches — Racon
472
Paragraph 10.172 including heading Replace by:
Spare
10.172
Italian Notice 9.11/12
(SDD 2012000 098936) [27/12]
IV
4.2
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
North Island – North Cape to Hauraki Gulf —
Reporting
After Paragraph 7.5 1 Insert:
183
Reporting
7.5a
1 Any vessel over 100 gt should contact the Regional
Harbour Master before anchoring on the coast or entering
any harbours.
Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]
North Island – North Cape to Cape Brett –
Doubtless Bay — Anchorage
186
Paragraph 7.19 3 lines 4-6 Delete
Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]
North Island – North Cape to Cape Brett –
Whangaroa Harbour — Restrictions; anchorages
189
After Paragraph 7.35 3 line 4 Insert:
Regulations concerning entry. Whangaroa Harbour is
limited to vessels under 100 m LOA, and all vessels over
100 gt must file a passage plan with the Regional Harbour
Master (7.124).
After Paragraph 7.40 2 line 6 Insert:
In summer Pekapeka Bay is frequented by yachts, so
larger vessels are recommended to anchor 3⋅2 cables SSE
of Puketamoi Point in position 35°01′⋅80S 173°45′⋅00E.
Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]
North Island – Bay of Islands –
Kent Passage — Vertical clearance
193
Paragraph 7.65 2 lines 3-4 Delete where To 23 m,
Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
Germany – The Inner Jade – Oldoog to
Wilhelmshaven — Directions; leading lights;
buoyage; fairway
173
Paragraph 6.54 4 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Eckwarden Direction Light (red round tower, two white
bands, 18 m in height) (53°32′⋅40N 8°13′⋅02E).
Wk27/12

174
Paragraph 6.55 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:
Eckwarden Direction Light (53°32′⋅40N 8°13′⋅02E)
(6.54).
Jappensand Leading Lights (front light 53°31′⋅13N
8°11′⋅48E) (6.59).
Paragraph 6.58 2 line 4 For 3½ Read 4¼
Paragraph 6.58 3 line 7 Replace by:
...restricted area (6.48), thence:
After Paragraph 6.58 3 line 7 Insert:
4 ENE of the detached outer jetty (53°37′⋅38N
8°08′⋅45E) of the WRG Refinery Tanker Terminal
(6.100) which stands on the NE edge of
Geniusbank (53°37′⋅00N 8°07′⋅30E) and is
surrounded by a restricted area (6.48). Vessels
should pass at a distance of at least 150 m from
the jetty from which leading lights (occasional)
and traffic signals (1.117) to regulate the speed of
passing vessels are exhibited.
Paragraph 6.59 Replace by:
1 Jappensand Leading Lights:
Front light (white tower, two red bands) (53°31′⋅13N
8°11′⋅48E).
Rear light (white tower, three red bands) (53°30′⋅36N
8°11′⋅79E).
From the vicinity of No 42 Light Buoy (53°37′⋅55N
8°09′⋅22E) the alignment (166¾°) of these lights leads SSE
in the narrow maintained channel for 3¾ miles, passing:
2 WSW of Voslapp Reede (53°37′⋅00N 8°10′⋅00E)
(6.63), thence:
ENE of JadeWeserPort (53°35′⋅60N 8°09′⋅00E), under
construction (6.91).
ENE of Niedersachsenbrücke (53°35′⋅00N 8°09′⋅37E)
(6.101), a deep-water terminal surrounded by a
restricted area (6.48).
Useful marks:
Beacon (isolated danger) (53°36′⋅54N 8°11′⋅05E).
Beacon (53°35′⋅89N 8°12′⋅17E).
Paragraph 6.60 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 50 Light Buoy (53°33′⋅89N
8°10′⋅67E), the white sector (176⋅4°–177⋅4°) of...
Paragraph 6.60 1 lines 6-8 Delete
175
Paragraph 6.63 2 line 7 For Front Leading Read Direction
178
Paragraph 6.96 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Eckwarden Direction Light (53°32′⋅40N 8°13′⋅02E)
(6.54).
Paragraph 6.96 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Eckwarden Direction Light (53°32′⋅40N 8°13′⋅02E)
(6.54).
Wk27/12
IV
4.3
Jappensand Leading Lights (front light 53°31′⋅13N
8°11′⋅48E) (6.59).
Paragraph 6.98 2 line 2 For Front Leading Read Direction
German Notice 24/(21) 7/12
(SDD 2012000 117288) [27/12]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
Norway – South-west coast –
Hellvik i Marrenbukta — Leading lights
67
Paragraph 2.17 3 lines 2-5 Replace by:
Front light (58°28′⋅53N 5°51′⋅35E).
Rear light (109 m from front light).
Paragraph 2.17 4 line 1 For (013°) Read (016⋅5°)
Norwegian Notice 11/44106/12
(SDD 2012000 117171) [27/12]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Spain – Puerto de Cádiz — Directions; light
214
Paragraph 6.213 1 lines 9-11 Replace by:
...(7½ cables NW); thence:
Spanish Notice 23/148/2012
(SDD 2012000 117737) [27/12]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1
(2009 Edition)
Massachusetts Bay – Gloucester Harbor — Pilotage
122
Paragraph 4.16 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:
...board 2 miles SSE of the harbour entrance.
US Coast Pilot 1 42nd Edition 2012
(SDD 2012000 060707) [27/12]
NP69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2012 Edition)
Mexico –Gulf of Campeche – Dos Bocas —
Directions; light buoy; AIS
127
After Paragraph 6.77 1 Insert:
2 AIS:
Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (18°27′⋅74N
93°12′⋅83W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

129
After Paragraph 6.100 1 line 4 Insert:
2 AIS:
Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (18°27′⋅74N
93°12′⋅83W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
131
After Paragraph 6.117 1 Insert:
2 AIS:
Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (18°27′⋅74N
93°12′⋅83W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2
(HH. 69A/200/02) [27/12]
IV
4.4
United States of America – Calcasieu Pass to
Southwest Pass — Directions; light; AIS
2
192
After Paragraph 8.12 1 Insert:
AIS:
Southwest Pass Entrance Light (28°54′⋅36N
89°25′⋅72W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
2
196
After Paragraph 8.56 1 Insert:
AIS:
Southwest Pass Entrance Light (28°54′⋅36N
89°25′⋅72W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
2
209
After Paragraph 8.153 1 Insert:
AIS:
Southwest Pass Entrance Light (28°54′⋅36N
89°25′⋅72W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2
(SDD 2012000 074965) [27/12]
Wk27/12

NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Angola – Approaches to River Congo – Soyo –
Angola LNG Terminal — Pilotage
188
Existing Section IV Notice Week 49/11 Paragraph 6.120a 2
lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 Pilotage. Pilot boarding positions for vessels
destined for Angola LNG terminals are:
For vessels of length 120 m or more in position
06°03′⋅00S 12°12′⋅00E.
For vessels less than 120 m in position 06°03′⋅00S
12°17′⋅00E.
Angola LNG Marine Department
(SDD 2012000 106089) [26/12]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – Kattegat South – Svitringen Rende to
Fornæs — General information; prohibited area
After Paragraph 5.55 2 Insert:
170
Prohibited area
5.55a
1 An area to which entry is prohibited, marked by lighted
buoys (special), is centred 13¼ miles NE of Fornæs
Lighthouse. The area incorporates a wind farm under
construction (2011). A lighted transformer platform
(56°35′⋅75N 11°09′⋅17E) marks the seaward end of a
submarine cable to Grenaa.
Existing Section IV Notice Week 40/10 Paragraph 5.58 2 after
line 6 Add:
3 Anholt wind farm transformer platform (56°35′⋅75N
11°09′⋅17E).
Chart 2108; Danish Notice 23/608/2012
(SDD 2012000 112393) [26/12]
4.1
NP27 Channel Pilot (2011 Edition)
England – Brixham Harbour — Directions;
direction light
145
Paragraph 5.72 1 Replace by:
[26/12]
1 Main Fairway is approached from a position NW of
Victoria Breakwater head. It leads SSE through Outer
Harbour and is marked by numbered light buoys
(lateral).
Tor Bay Harbour Authority Notice 14/12
(SDD 2012000 111695) [26/12]
NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
Seto Naikai – Aki Nada – Kudako Suido to Kure
Ko – East Part — Directions
185
Paragraph 7.168 Replace by:
7.168
1 From a position NW of Uta Saki (34°01′⋅08N
132°38′⋅72E) the track leads N, passing:
E of Suzuki Iwa (34°02′⋅23N 132°36′⋅43E), a
detached rocky shoal close E of Ko-Tachiba
Shima (34°02′⋅19N 132°36′⋅03E), a small island
joined by a shallow bank to O-Tachiba Shima
(7.224), 3 cables SW, thence:
2 W of Ai Shima (34°04′⋅25N 132°42′⋅44E). Itsuki
Dashi (34°04′⋅07N 132°41′⋅90E), a rocky
shoal, lies close off the W side of Ai Shima.
Ai Shima Light (7.167) is exhibited from the
SE part of the island. A light buoy (safe
water), marking the recommended track
through the N part of Aki Nada, is moored
1 mile NW of Ai Shima. Thence:
3 E of Sengai Iwai (34°04′⋅35N 132°33′⋅77E), two
drying rocks lying 2 cables E of the E
extremity of Karoto Shima (7.71); a light
beacon (E cardinal, 12 m in height) stands on
the W rock. Hiyama Dashi (7.71) lies 6 cables
S. Thence:
E of Kame-ga-Kubi (34°06′⋅89N 132°35′⋅58E), a
point at the NE end of a small but prominent
peninsula forming the E extremity of Kurahashi
Shima (7.66), thence:
4 W of Shimo-Guro Shima (34°09′⋅17N
132°39′⋅26E); Kami-Guro Shima (34°09′⋅29N
132°40′⋅24E), a similar islet, lies close E.
Depths in the vicinity of theses islets are
uneven and they should be avoided. Thence:
E of Nasake Shima (34°09′⋅65N 132°34′⋅41E),
thence:
Wk26/12

5 W of the SW extremity of Shimo-Kamagari
Shima (34°10′⋅27N 132°38′⋅67E), an island
which forms the S side of Naka Seto (7.195);
a light buoy (starboard hand) is moored close
off the point. Thence:
E of the shoal area (34°10′⋅89N 132°36′⋅26E), with
depths of less than 10 m, extending E from
Ondo-no-Seto (7.169).
The track then continues a short distance N to a
position SW of Shimoneko Saki (34°12′⋅13N
132°38′⋅13E).
6 Useful marks:
Shira Ishi Light (34°10′⋅65N 132°20′⋅86E) (7.64).
Manaita Iwai Light (34°02′⋅35N 132°31′⋅98E) (7.64).
(Directions continue at 7.194)
UKHO
(HH. 42B/200/01) [26/12]
Wk26/12
IV
4.2
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
Norway – Sandefjordsfjorden – Sandefjord Havn
— Directions; depth; buoy
165
Paragraph 5.71 1 lines 9-12 Replace by:
...NNW, passing:
2 ENE of a 5⋅7 m patch (59°06′·12N 10°13′·84E),
marked at its NE extent by a spar buoy (N
cardinal), thence:
WSW of Langestrandsbåen (59°06′·70N
10°13′·76E) which, with a depth of 6⋅6 m, extends
up to 1 cable from the E side of the fjord to a
position near the centre line.
Norwegian Notice 10/44009/12
(SDD 2012000 107597) [26/12]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP6 South America Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Canal Beagle – West Part – Canal Thomson —
General information; directions
220-221
Paragraph 5.276 to 5.280 including heading Replace by:
CANAL THOMSON
General information
Chart 1373 (undetermined datum), Chilean Chart 12750
(WGS84 datum), 12720 (yendegaia datum) (see 1.10)
Route
5.276
1 From the head of Bahía Cook (55°10′⋅00S
70°10′⋅00W) (5.371) the route leads NNW, NNE, then
N, for about 17 miles, to a position ENE of Isla Timbal
Chico (54°54′⋅20S 70°14′⋅60W) in the W entrance to
Paso Darwin (5.264) and the junction of Canal
Thomson with Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle
(5.257) and Canal O’Brien (5.283).
Depths
5.277
1 The fairway has depths of more than 100 m over a
least width of 1 mile.
Pilotage
5.278
1 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (7)
and 5.54.
Traffic regulations
5.279
1 See 5.285.
Directions
(continued from 5.375)
Track
5.280
1 From a position ESE of Islotes Salientes
(55°08′⋅03S 70°15′⋅16W) the track leads NNW,
passing:
ENE of Islotes Salientes; Islotes Salientes Light
(white GRP tower, red band; 3 m in height)
(55°08′⋅03S 70°15′⋅16W) is exhibited from the E
islet of the group. Thence:
Wk25/12
4.1
[25/12]
2 ENE of Islotes Miño (55°07′⋅25S 70°14′⋅20W),
thence:
WSW of Islote Goddard (55°06′⋅00S 70°09′⋅80W),
thence:
ENE of the islets lying off the E side of Isla Herrera
(55°06′⋅30S 70°15′⋅80W), thence:
WSW of Islote Redondo (55°05′⋅20S 70°11′⋅00W),
thence:
3 WSW of Islotes Pollera (55°04′⋅35S 70°12′⋅90W);
Islotes Pollera Light (red GRP tower, lateral;
3 m in height), is exhibited from the W islet.
Thence:
ENE of the dangers (55°04′⋅10S 70°17′⋅20W) lying
E, and NE, of Punta Mariana, thence:
ENE of the dangers (55°03′⋅20S 70°17′⋅60W) lying N
of Punta González, and:
4 WSW of Bajo Ana Maria (55°02′⋅34S
70°14′⋅00W), a shoal, covered by kelp, lying
W of the W end of Isla Dos Cumbres; a light
buoy (lateral) marks the shoal.
The track then leads NNE, passing:
ESE of the rocks, islets and other dangers
(55°01′⋅00S 70°16′⋅00W) fronting Isla Kelvin
(55°00′⋅40S 70°17′⋅80W), thence:
5 WNW of a dangerous rock (55°00′⋅90S
70°12′⋅60W) lying close off the SW side of
Isla Thomson, thence:
WNW of Islote Uribe (54°59′⋅10S 70°11′⋅80W ) the
largest of the islets and rocks lying off the NW
corner of Isla Thomson, thence:
ESE of the E extremity of Isla Cook (54°57′⋅80S
70°13′⋅80W).
6 The track then leads N, passing:
W of Punta Howard (54°56′⋅45S 70°12′⋅20W), a
point of sheer cliffs, thence:
E of Isla Maruja Light (white GRP tower, red band,
4 m in height) (54°56′⋅03S 70°14′⋅10W) exhibited
from the E extremity of Isla Maruja (54°56′⋅10S
70°14′⋅60W) the largest island of the Islas Ferrer.
Thence:
E of Isla Timbal Chico (54°54′⋅20S 70°14′⋅60W) the
E islet of the Grupo Timbales (5.283).
7 The track continues a short distance N to a position
ENE of Isla Timbal Chico.
Useful mark:
Pico Huemul (54°55′⋅60S 70°80′⋅80W) (5.263).
(Directions for Canal O’Brien continue at 5.287,
Directions for Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle
are given at 5.263,
and for Canal Pomar at 5.292)
Chilean Chart 12750
(SDD 2012000 045357) [25/12]

Bahia Cook – General information — Directions
235-236
Paragraph 5.371 to 5.375 including heading and existing
section IV Notice Week 10/12 Replace by:
BAHÍA COOK
General information
Charts 1373, 554 (undetermined datums), Chilean Chart
12750 (WGS84 datum) (see 1.10)
Description
5.371
1 Bahía Cook (55°10′⋅00S 70°10′⋅00W), bounded SE
by Islas Christmas and Isla Hoste, and NW by Isla
Londonderry, is an extensive arm of the sea forming
probably the best approach from SW to the W part of
Canal Beagle (5.243) and Canal O’Brien (5.283).
Though the bay has not been fully surveyed it is free
of dangers in the fairway.
2 From a position SW of Islotes (Rocas)
Cabrestantes (55°23′⋅80S 70°13′⋅00W) the route leads
NNE for about 25 miles to a position at the junction of
the route with Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle
(5.245) and Canal Thomson (5.276), ESE of Islotes
Salientes (55°08′⋅03S 70°15′⋅16W).
Depths
5.372
1 There is a least depth (55°15′⋅80S 70°18′⋅52W) of
29 m close to track.
Pilotage
5.373
1 A pilot boarding area for vessels entering Chilean
channels from S is situated, as shown on the chart,
about about 2½ miles SE of Islotes Salientes Light
(55°08′⋅03S 70°15′⋅16W). See 5.54.
Directions
Other aids to navigation
5.374
1 Racon:
Rocas Sandwich Light (55°12′⋅55S 70°25′⋅80W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Automatic Identification System:
Rocas Sandwich Light (55°12′⋅55S 70°25′⋅80W).
See Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 2.
Track
5.375
1 From a position SW of Islotes (Rocas)
Cabrestantes (55°23′⋅80S 70°13′⋅00W) the track leads
NNE, passing:
WNW of Islotes (Rocas) Cabrestantes (5.355),
thence:
WNW of Islotes Ripita (55°20′⋅20S 70°12′⋅40W), a
group of islets and rocks, thence:
WNW of Cabo Carfort (55°16′⋅70S 70°12′⋅80W) the
W extremity of Isla Hamond; see 5.372. Thence:
IV
4.2
2 WNW of a shoal (55°15′⋅30S 70°16′⋅70W) with a
depth of 26m, thence:
ESE of Islotes Sandwich (55°12′⋅55S 70°25′⋅80W), a
large group of islets and rocks; Islotes Sandwich
Light is exhibited from the group. Thence:
ESE of a shoal (55°12′⋅60S 70°18′⋅80W) with a depth
of 16 m lying ESE of the Islotes Exterior, thence:
3 WNW of Islote Niño (55°11′⋅40S 70°09′⋅10W),
thence:
ESE of Islotes Salientes (55°08′⋅03S 70°15′⋅16W)
(5.280); Islotes Salientes Light is exhibited from
the E islet of the group.
Useful marks:
Islote Redondo (55°05′⋅20S 70°11′⋅00W).
Islotes Pollera Light (55°04′⋅35S 70°12′⋅90W)
(5.280).
(Directions continue for Canal Thomson at 5.280;
directions for Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle are
given at 5.250)
Chilean Chart 12750
(SDD 2012000 045357) [25/12]
NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Chile – Quintero — Anchorages
233
Paragraph 7.42 2 and 3 Replace by:
Anchorage may be obtained at 17 alphabetically listed
anchor berths.
Chilean Notice 4/38/2012
(SDD 2012000 099496) [25/12]
NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2007 Edition)
Canada – Eureka Sound — Depth
491
Paragraph 17.115 3 lines 7-10 Replace by:
The W part of Slidre Fiord appears to be deep; in the E
part the depths are irregular. A depth of 14⋅8 m lies about
3 miles SE of Eureka Station.
Canada East Notice 7920/05/12
(SDD 2012000 103960) [25/12]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – Kattegat S – Isefjord — General
Information; pilot boarding; controlling depths
147
Paragraph 4.191 1 lines 1–3 Replace by:
1 Pilots can be obtained from Hundested (4.210) in the
entrance to the fjord. Pilots board 1½ cables N of the light
buoy (safe water) (55°59′⋅65N 11°51′⋅01E). For details...
Paragraph 4.194 1 lines 4–5 Replace by:
...channel, 4 miles in length, is entered through a position
7 cables NW of Spodsbjerg Light...
Wk25/12

Paragraph 4.194 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 On the E side of the entrance are the two...
Paragraph 4.196 1 lines 1–2 Replace by:
1 Main channel, N of Sætteriet has depth 8⋅2 m; S over
Lynæs Sand has depth 6 m, but is subject to silting.
Danish Chart 117, Danish Notice 20/533/2012
(SDD 2012000 099278) [25/12]
Denmark – Isefjord – Hundested Havn — Directions
148
Paragraph 4.203 1 lines 3–4 Replace by:
...about 2½ miles, passing close to the light buoy (safe water)
(1 mile N) (4.191), and then S for 6 cables as far...
Paragraph 4.203 3 line 6 Replace by:
...the W mole of Yderhavn (4.204), marked by a...
Paragraph 4.204 1 lines 2–5 Replace by:
West mole head (55°57′⋅91N 11°50′⋅53E) (4.210),
Yderhavn, Hundested Havn.
N entrance light (55°57′⋅59N 11°50′⋅47E) (4.211),
Trafikhavn, Hundested Havn.
Danish Chart 117, Danish Notice 20/533/2012
(SDD 2012000 099278) [25/12]
Denmark – Isefjord – Hundested Havn — Anchorages
and harbours
149
Paragraph 4.210 1 lines 3–4 Replace by:
...Isefjord, is a commercial port with ferries to Rørvig; RoRo,
bulk and cruise ship berths and a fishing harbour.
Paragraph 4.210 2 lines 1–3 Replace by:
2 Controlling depths: 8⋅2 m in the approach channel.
5⋅5 m in the entrance to Yderhavn, the old harbour, subject
to silting, particularly in the area SW and W of the W
mole. From 8⋅2 m to 7 m in Trafikhavn.
Paragraph 4.210 3 line 3 Replace by:
Harbour. Yderhavn, the old harbour, protected by two
moles,...
Paragraph 4.210 3 line 7–8 Replace by:
Trafikhavn, the commercial harbour is protected by a S
mole with an entrance, 150 m in width, facing SW.
Paragraph 4.211 Replace by:
1 Directions for entering harbour. From a position about
5 cables SSW of Yderhavn, the approach channel leads
NNE, passing (positioned from the W mole head light
(55°57′⋅91N 11°50′⋅53E)):
2 WNW of the N end of the cruise pier (2 cables S),
thence:
ESE of a 5 m shoal (½ cable SW), thence:
ESE of a spit (¼ cable SSW) (4.203), and:
3 Between the mole heads (1 cable S), each marked by
a light (aluminium lantern and grey pedestal, 2 m
in height).
Wk25/12
IV
4.3
4 To enter Trafikhavn, the track leads NE between the S
mole head and the new berth, marked by lights:
New berth SW corner (grey pedestal, 2 m in height).
South mole head (grey lantern on pile structure, 4 m in
height).
Paragraph 4.212 1 Replace by:
1 Alongside berths:
Yderhavn, the old harbour, depths of 3⋅0 to4⋅5 m.
Trafikhavn, depth 8⋅2 m on the 300 m new berth; 7⋅0 m
on the 320 m RoRo general cargo berth.
Cruise pier, facing the entrance channel, 260 m with a
depth 8⋅2 m.
Danish Chart 117, Danish Notice 20/533/2012
(SDD 2012000 099278) [25/12]
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010 Edition)
SeaofAzov–Eastpart–MysKamennyytoMys
Achuyevskiy — Directions; area to be avoided
284
After Paragraph 8.168 4 line 3 Insert:
Clear of an area to be avoided (4¾ miles E), 2⋅7 cables
radius, centred on 45°20′⋅50N 37°20′⋅45E, thence:
Russian NM 3343/22/2012
(SDD 2012000 104253) [25/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
England – North–west coast –
Barrow–in–Furness — Port radio
290
Paragraph 9.70 2 line 7 For Control Read Radio
Paragraph 9.71 1 line 5 and line 8 For Control Read Radio
292
Paragraph 9.73 1 line 8 and line 12 For Control Read Radio
Paragraph 9.74 1 line 7 and line 10 For Control Read Radio
Associated British Ports, Barrow
(SDD 2012000 105671) [25/12]
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
The Netherlands – IJmuiden to Zeegat van Texel —
Directions; platforms
91
Paragraph 3.156 2 lines 4-5 Delete
Netherlands Notice 22/267/12
(SDD 2012000 107990) [25/12]

NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Sildegapet – Vågsøy — Directions; depth
565
Paragraph 13.290 7 line 6 For 12⋅0 m Read 10⋅5 m
Norwegian Notice 10/44007/12
(SDD 2012000 107597) [25/12]
IV
4.4
Wk25/12

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
There are no amendments to Admiralty Sailing Directions this week
4.1
[24/12]
Wk24/12

NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Northern Ireland – North–east coast –
Bangor Bay — Directions
231
Paragraph 7.72 1 line 1 For North Breakwater Read
Eisenhower (North) Pier
232
After Paragraph 7.73 1 line 3 Insert:
2 Caution. Vessels exceeding 2⋅0 metres draught are
advised to keep a safe distance, over 45 metres, from
Eisenhower (North) Pier Light Beacon to avoid rock
armour extending from the pier head.
Vessels constrained by their draught should contact
Bangor Harbour in advance.
Paragraph 7.74 1 line 3 For North Breakwater: Read Eisenhower
(North) Pier:
Assistant Harbour Manager, Bangor
(SDD 2012000 102148) [23/12]
NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Hokkaido – SE Coast – Daikoku Shima — Light
294
Paragraph 9.197 2 lines 3-4 Delete
295
Paragraph 9.198 2 lines 7-10 Replace by:
S of Daikoku Shima (42°57′⋅31N 144°52′⋅32E), a rocky
island. A light (white round concrete tower, 8 m in
height) is exhibited from the island. Thence:
Japan Notice 21/409/12
(SDD 2012000 098850) [23/12]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
South Korea – Approaches to Yãsu Hang and
Kwangyang Hang — Directions; depths
122
Paragraph 3.43 2 line 7 For 17⋅1 Read 16⋅6
Paragraph 3.43 2 line 9 For 15⋅2 Read 16⋅6
Wk23/12
4.1
South Korea – Yãsu Hang – Sin Hang —
Directions; lights
125
Paragraph 3.67 3 lines 8-12 Delete
[23/12]
BA Chart 3391; Korean Notice 18/251/12
(SDD 2012000 00089546) [23/12]
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
Netherlands – Waddenzee –
Zeegat van Texel — Pilotage
97
Paragraph 4.26 2 line 4 For 90 m Read 95 m
Paragraph 4.26 2 line 5 For 90 m Read 95 m
Paragraph 4.26 2 line 7 For 60 m Read 65 m
Paragraph 4.26 3 lines 1-2 Replace by:
3 The pilot boards in position 52°57′⋅00N 4°41′⋅40E.
Netherlands Notice 20/247/2012
(SDD 2012000 098643) [23/12]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
Norway – Kristiansand –
Kongsgårdbukta — Berths
118
After Paragraph 3.129 1 line 3 Insert:
Kongsgårdbukta (58°09′⋅44N 8°02′⋅20E), on the W
side of Topdalsfjorden, 7 cables WSW of the
Varodden Bridges (3.120), has two berths with lengths
of 140 m and 160 m. For depths alongside consult the
harbour authorities.
Norwegian Notice 09/43818/12
(SDD 2012000 095033) [23/12]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Karmsundet – Storasundflu — Light
210
Paragraph 6.140 6 Replace by:
6 The track then leads to a position close SW of
Vestre Storasundflu (7 cables NW).
Norwegian Notice 09/43929/12
(SDD 2012000095033) [23/12]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United
States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America – Willamette River –
Portland — Traffic Regulation
458
After existing Section IV Notice 30/11 (§165.1335 and detail)
Insert:
§165.1337 Regulated Navigation Area, Zidell
Waterfront Property, Willamette River, OR.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2012 Edition Change 11
(SDD 2012000 093938) [22/12]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition)
England – Littlehampton to Shoreham —
Directions; meteorological mast
73
After Paragraph 3.31 1 line 5 Insert:
Clear of a meteorological mast (50°41′⋅29N
0°20′⋅59W), thence:
Fugro Seacore
(SDD 2012000 098547) [22/12]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Nordfjord – Bryggja — Anchorage
547
Paragraph 13.185 1 lines 8-10 Delete
Norwegian Notice 08/43633/12
(SDD 2012000084608) [22/12]
NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (2012 Edition)
261-262
Trondheimsleia – Slåttavika — Anchorage
Paragraph 6.192 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.192
Norwegian Notice 3/41914/12
(SDD 2012000 032731) [22/12]
Wk22/12
4.1
266
Trondheimsleia – Nordleksa – Heradsvika —
Anchorage
Paragraph 6.235 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.235
Trondheimsleia – Kongsvoll — Anchorage
Paragraph 6.237 3-5 Replace by:
[22/12]
3 Anchorage.
At the head of Innervågen, close S of the isthmus, in
depths of 13 m, sand and shell; mooring rings are
available.
Berths:
Ytterhamna, concrete quay; length 16 m, depths
from 2⋅8 to4⋅8 m.
Innervågen. Outside a breakwater, within which lies
a marina; a bunkering pontoon, length 40 m,
depths from 4⋅9 to9⋅1 m.
Norwegian Notices 3/41937/12; 3/41941/12
(SDD 2012000 032731) [22/12]
310
Frøya – Inntian — Anchorage
Paragraph 7.178 1 line 5 For is clear Read is encumbered
by a large marine farm;
Norwegian Notice 2/41876/12
(SDD 2012000 022567) [22/12]
336
Hopsfjorden — Depths
Paragraph 8.57 1 line 5 For controlling depth of 12.5 m
Read least depth 11.5 m
Paragraph 8.58 2 line 1 For 4.0 m Read 3.0 m
Norwegian Notice 06/43439/12
(SDD 2012000 064895) [22/12]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010 Edition)
Russia – Novorossiysk — Outer anchorages
249
Paragraph 7.127 after table Insert:
2 Caution. An explosive dumping ground area consisting
of a mine (not charted), centred on position 44°36′⋅30N
37°55′⋅35E (WGS84) with radius 2 cables, lies in the NE
section of anchorage area No 416. Three charted foul areas,
consisting of the remains of wrecks, lie to the S and SW of
the explosive dumping ground area.
Chart 3316 and Russian ENC RU4MDLMO [21/12]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition)
England – East coast – Harwich Haven —
Pilotage draught limit
283
Paragraph 12.58 4 line 5 Delete or under 8 m draught
Harwich Haven Authority
(SDD 2012000 084978) [21/12]
NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition)
Philippines – Leyte – Abuyog — Major Light
457
After Paragraph 12.104 1 line 8 Insert:
2 Major Light:
Abuyog Light (white metal tower, 20 m in height)
(10°44′⋅62N 125°00′⋅89E).
Philippines Chart 1518
(SDD 2012000 040106) [21/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
England – South–west coast – Offshore routes
— Directions; light buoys
67
After Paragraph 2.25 1 Insert:
2 Automatic Identification System:
Wave Hub NW Light Buoy (50°23′⋅06N 5°38′⋅24W).
For details see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Wk21/12
4.1
Paragraph 2.26 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
[21/12]
1 NW of Renewable Energy Development Area
(50°21′⋅84N 5°36′⋅71W) marked by Wave Hub
NW Light Buoy (N cardinal) (50°23′⋅06N
5°38′⋅24W), Wave Hub SE Light Buoy (S
cardinal) (50°20′⋅64N 5°35′⋅01W), a wave
recorder light buoy and six light buoys
(special), thence:
Wave Hub, Hayle
(SDD 2012000 076096) [21/12]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
River Humber – Grimsby — Development
After Paragraph 7.46 Insert:
174
Development
7.46a
1 Grimsby Riverside Terminal is under construction (2012)
NE of West Jetty (53°35′⋅16N 0°04′⋅13W). The
construction area is centred on 53°35′⋅16N 0°04′⋅00W.
Mariners should navigate with caution in the vicinity of the
works.
ABP Humber Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 088487) [21/12]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
Sweden – Älgöfjorden — Restricted area
16-17
Paragraph 1.105 including heading Replace by:
Spare
1.105
278
Paragraph 9.148 including heading Replace by:
Customs
9.148
1 Vessels arriving from abroad are boarded by
Customs officers at Hättan (57°55′·80N 11°39′·37E).
The customs house is in Uddevalla.
Swedish Notice 390/7682/12
(SDD 2012000 035695) [21/12]
Norway – Brevikfjorden – Brevikstrømmen —
Directions; lights
151
Paragraph 4.194 3 lines 12-16 Replace by:
...from which Omborg Leading Lights are exhibited.

Paragraph 4.194 4 lines 4-7 Replace by:
The alignment (148⋅6°) (astern) of these lights then
leads NW for 7 cables to a position in the vicinity of
59°03′·84N 9°38′·98E at the S end of Frierfjorden.
Norwegian Notice 06/43459/12
(SDD 2012000 064895) [21/12]
Norway – Oslofjorden – Drøbaksundet —
Prohibited activities
Paragraph 6.118 3 Delete
194
Norwegian Notice 06/43459/12
(SDD 2012000 064895) [21/12]
Sweden – Askeröfjorden – Stenungsund —
Swept depth
285
Paragraph 9.203 2 line 4 For 14 m Read 13⋅6 m
Swedish Notice 395/7724/12
(SDD 2012000 060169) [21/12]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Norway – South-west coast — Lindesnes to
Jærens Rev including Farsund and Egersund
Title page lines 5-6 Replace by:
i
West coast of Norway
from Jærens Rev to Stadlandet
xvii
Book limit diagram Replace by:
Block A for NP57A which is printed with the chart
block amendments at the end of Section II.
IV
4.2
xviii
Chapter index diagram Replace by:
Block B for NP57A which is printed with the chart
block amendments at the end of Section II.
1
Paragraph 1.1 1 line 3 For Lindesnes (57°58′⋅83N
7°03′⋅22E) Read Jærens Rev (58°45′⋅15N 5°29′⋅40E)
Paragraph 1.1 2 Replace by:
2 From Jærens Rev: 58°45′⋅15 5°29′⋅40
Thence WSW to the
United Kingdom/Norway
Continental Shelf
Boundary:
57°37′⋅00 2°06′⋅00
76 – 113
Chapter 3 and diagrams Replace by:
CHAPTER 3
Delete entire chapter.
Note: The information formerly contained
in this chapter is now published as
Chapter 2 of NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1,
Fifteenth Edition (2012).
Transfer of Chapter 3 from NP57A to Chapter 2 of NP56
15th Edition - May 2012
(HH. 056/200/01) [21/12]
Lysefjorden – Eidsvågen — Anchorage
312
Paragraph 9.80 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Description. Eidsvågen...
Norwegian Notice 08/43640/12
(SDD 2012000 084608) [21/12]
Wk21/12

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Western Australia – Ashmore Reef — Harbour
142
Paragraph 4.13 1 Replace by:
1 Landmarks: West Island has two prominent trees,
visible from 5 miles and the remains of a weather
station, charted as poles, visible from 3 miles (see
1.21).
Approach: A passage to the W lagoon lies 2 miles
NE of West Island (12°14′⋅50S 122°58′⋅00E) and leads
into a lagoon where there are numerous detached
reefs and coral heads with depths of less than 2 m
(charted as dangerous rocks) over them. A marked
channel leads to visitor moorings, however the
channel is not fully surveyed.
Paragraph 4.13 2 line 5 Add:
Securing to a mooring is recommended and
preferable to anchoring.
AA589034 [20/12]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Queensland – Mackay — Pilotage
237
Paragraph 6.194 1 lines 2-3 For 2 miles ESE of the harbour
entrance as shown on the chart. Read in position 21°07′⋅03S
149°17′⋅14E.
Australian Notice 08/382/12
(SDD 2012000 080233) [20/12]
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Sweden – SE Baltic – Södra Midsjöbanken —
Directions; light platform
86
Paragraph 2.10 1 line 2 Replace by:
...of 11 to 18 m. A lighted platform (2.18) has been
established at the N end of the bank. A wreck with a depth
of 15 m lies...
After Paragraph 2.15 2 line 2 Insert:
Södra Midsjöbanken, lighted platform (55°43′⋅20N
17°19′⋅98E) (2.18).
Wk20/12
4.1
After Paragraph 2.16 1 Insert:
[20/12]
2 AIS:
Södra Midsjöbanken platform (55°43′⋅20N
17°19′⋅98E).
For information, see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
87
After Paragraph 2.18 1 line 11 Insert:
Södra Midsjöbanken, lighted meteorological
platform (mast on yellow platform, 100 m in
height) (55°43′⋅20N 17°19′⋅98E).
After Paragraph 2.18 3 line 4 Insert:
Södra Midsjöbanken platform (55°43′⋅20N
17°19′⋅98E).
For information, see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Paragraph 2.19 1 line 10-11 Replace by:
NNW of Södra Midsjöbanken platform (30 miles
SSE) (2.18); thence:
Swedish Notice 396/7793/2012
(SDD 2012000 064614) [20/12]
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America –
Bering Strait to Cape Krusenstern
– Kotzebue — Light
318
Paragraph 9.110 2 line 8 to 3 line 4 Replace by:
Landmark:
Dish aerial (66°50′⋅97N 162°36′⋅44W).
3 Anchorage. Sea-going vessels anchor as close as...
US Notice 18/16005/12
(SDD 2012000 084967) [20/12]
NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition)
Philippines – Panay – Juraojurao Island —
Directions
269
After Paragraph 8.361 1 line 5 Insert:
Clear of a 34 m shoal (10°22′⋅90N 121°58′⋅06E),
thence:
Philippine Chart 4706
(SDD 2012000 039810) [20/12]

NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Sulawesi – Kepulauan Banggai – Karang Vesuvius —
Directions; light
350
Paragraph 14.13 2 lines 5-7 Replace by:
...a light (white metal framework tower 10 m in height)
is exhibited (2°09′⋅67S 122°56′⋅00E) from the SW side
of the SE reef. A conspicuous hut lies 8 cables N of the
light. All three reefs are marked by discoloration when
covered. Thence:
UKHO
(SDD 2012000 45408) [20/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Wales – West coast – Fishguard — Depth
188
Paragraph 5.176 3 line 1 For 3m Read 5m
Harbourmaster, Stena Ports Limited
(SDD 2012000 085588) [20/12]
NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Tahiti – Passe de Taapuna — Directions
Paragraph 6.93 2 Replace by:
163-164
2 Passe de Taapuna to Lagon de Punaauia. From a
position W of Passe de Taapuna (17°36′⋅10S 149°37′⋅60W)
the track leads E, through the entrance, following a buoyed
channel, passing:
164
Paragraph 6.93 3-5 Replace by:
3 Close N of patches, depths 4⋅6 m (17°36′⋅14S
149°37′⋅38W) and 1⋅6 m (17°36′⋅12S
149°37′⋅24W), over which a moderate swell may
cause even boats to ground.
The track then leads NE to a position SE of a light
beacon (E cardinal) (17°35′⋅80S 149°36′⋅85W) which marks
the E extremity of Récif Tepuahono at the entrance to
Lagon de Punaauia.
IV
4.2
Paragraph 6.94 1-5 Replace by:
1 Lagon de Punaauia to Chenal de Faaa. Mariners using
this channel must be aware of the possibility of confusing
the lighted beacons and buoys with those of the adjacent
airport and navigate with caution.
2 From a position at the entrance to Lagon de Punaauia,
the track leads NNW following the buoyed channel,
passing:
ENE of the inner edge of Récif Tepuahono, marked by a
light beacon (17°35′⋅71S 149°36′⋅85W), thence:
SSW of a light beacon (17°35′⋅29S 149°37′⋅00W),
marking a detached reef.
Thence the track leads generally N for 1½ miles to a
position 2 cables W of Toa Mao (17°34′⋅00S 149°37′⋅30W),
a reef island which divides the channel into two. The use
of the E channel is prohibited (6.92).
3 Useful mark:
Tower (17°34′⋅15S 149°37′⋅66W). Charted as an aero
light beacon on chart 1382.
French NM 09/25-P-03; ENC FR674601
(SDD 2009000 049391) [20/12]
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2011 Edition)
Scotland – West coast – Lynn of Lorn —
Directions; light beacon
193
Paragraph 4.136 5 lines 3-4 For black metal framework
tower, red band, Read metal framework structure on white
column,
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2012000 085533) [20/12]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Morocco – Baie de Tanger — Light buoy
228
Paragraph 7.56 4 lines 5-7 Replace by:
... lying 5½ cables N of Pointe Malabata. Pointe ...
Spanish Notice 16/99/2012
(SDD 2012000 084426) [20/12]
Wk20/12

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Wales – West coast – Barmouth Bay — Beacon
203
Paragraph 6.82 2 lines 7-8 For (red tripod tower) Read
(S cardinal)
Harbwr Feistr Abermaw Harbourmaster
(SDD 2012000 079668) [19/12]
4.1
Wk19/12
[19/12]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Northern Territory – Bowen Strait —
Offshore dangers
130
Paragraph 3.58 4 lines 1-5 Replace by:
4 Offshore dangers. A shoal (11°04′⋅04S
132°20′⋅45E), with a depth of 7⋅4 m and Campbell
Reef (11°10′⋅27S 132°23′⋅84E).
131
Paragraph 3.61 3 line 4 Add:
A shoal (11°04′⋅23S 132°11′⋅93E), with a depth of
9⋅9 m. A patch (11°04′⋅62S 132°17′⋅29E), with a depth
of 7⋅7 m.
Australian Notice 07/324/12 [18/12]
Western Australia – Geraldton —
Outer anchorages
280
Paragraph 7.191 1 line 1 For Ten Read Fourteen
Australian Notice 07/328/12 [18/12]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Papua New Guinea – Dedele Point — Directions
380
Paragraph 12.64 3 lines 1-3 Delete
Paragraph 12.64 3 lines 4-5 Replace by:
The line of bearing 098°, astern, of the Cloudy Reef
beacon (port hand) (10°14′⋅30S 148°40′⋅27E), then leads W
to a position...
Paragraph 12.64 4 lines 5-6 Delete A beacon to rocks
Paragraph 12.66 1 lines 6-8 Replace by:
The line of bearing 100°, astern, of Whitish Reef NW
Beacon leads W to a position about 2½ cables N of Twelve
Mile Sandbank...
4.1
[18/12]
Paragraph 12.66 2 lines 6-7 Delete its beacon to 4½ miles.
Paragraph 12.66 3 Replace by:
3 The track then continues W, adjusted as required to lead
to a position about 5 cables N of Galovi (Howard) Reef
(10°11′⋅00S 148°08′⋅60E), passing:
Between a patch (10°10′⋅91S 148°09′⋅31E), with a depth
of 2⋅2 m, and a patch (10°10′⋅52S 148°09′⋅43E), with
adepthof2⋅5 m. A 1⋅9 m patch lies close NW.
This part of the passage is narrow and bordered by
numerous reefs and shoals. The passage should be made in
favourable light conditions when the shoalest patches can
usually be seen. Muddy water flowing out from Marshall
Lagoon (10°02′⋅24S 148°12′⋅59E) sometimes renders these
patches invisible.
Paragraph 12.66 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
From Galovi Reef the track leads W to Toveli Entrance
(12.75). The same track...
Australian Notice 07/320/12; Chart Aus 623 [18/12]
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010 Edition)
Turkey – Kerpe LimanÝ — Anchorage
123
Paragraph 3.28 1 lines 3-5 Delete Anchorage, to (3.23).
Turkish Notice 73/13/12
(SDD 2012000 071145) [18/12]
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)
Canada – Hood Canal – Hood Canal Bridge —
Vertical clearance
119
Paragraph 3.293 1 line 6 For 16⋅8 m(55ft)Read 15⋅2 m(50ft)
US Notice 15/18477/12
(SDD 2012000 071214) [18/12]
NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition)
Malaysia – Sungai Merotai Kecil — Directions
145
Paragraph 5.153 2 lines1to10Delete
BA Chart 2099
(SDD 2011000 105818) [18/12]
Wk18/12

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Brazil – N coast — Directions; light
121
Paragraph 4.28 1 line 7 For (1°10′⋅10S 45°38′⋅20W ) Read
(1°07′⋅49S 45°37′⋅72W)
Brazilian Chart 21500
(SDD 2011000 239361) [17/12]
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
New South Wales – Port Jackson — Anchorages
328
Paragraph 12.144 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Merchant vessels. Designated anchorages are positioned,
as charted, at:
B1 33°50′⋅81S 151°15′⋅65E
B2 33°50′⋅73S 151°15′⋅57E
T1 33°50′⋅66S 151°15′⋅93E
W1 33°50′⋅68S 151°16′⋅47E
Australian Notice 07/317/12 [17/12]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Queensland – Abbot Point — Under-keel
clearance
266
Paragraph 7.163 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Under-keel clearance. A clearance of 6% of the
maximum draught plus 1⋅0 m is required.
AA585591 [17/12]
Australia – Queensland – Townsville —
Directions; channels
286
Paragraph 8.113 3 lines 1-7 Replace by:
3 Sea Channel. Pairs of S-numbered light beacons (lateral)
stand each side of the Sea Channel, which is 92 m wide.
Paragraph 8.114 2 Delete
Wk17/12
4.1
[17/12]
Paragraph 8.114 3 lines 1-5 Replace by:
3 Platypus Channel. Pairs of P-numbered light beacons
(lateral) mark the channel, which is 90 m wide.
AA585589 [17/12]
Australia – Queensland – Adolphus Channel —
Directions; Automatic Identification System
364
After Paragraph 11.130 2 line 7 Insert:
Other aids to navigation
11.130a
1 Automatic Identification System:
Quetta Rock Light Buoy (10°40′⋅25S 142°37′⋅50E).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
AA589140 [17/12]
Australia – Queensland – Adolphus Channel —
Directions; light buoy
365
Paragraph 11.134 1 lines 4-6 Replace by:
SW of Quetta Rock (10°40′⋅21S 142°37′⋅78E), marked by
a light buoy (west cardinal), a small and dangerous
patch marked on the N side by overfalls. An historic
wreck (1.80), Quetta, lies...
AA589140 [17/12]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Gulf of Finland – Russia – Approaches to Vysotsk —
Leading Lights
214
Existing Section IV Notice Week 24/11 Paragraph 5.202
Replace by:
1 Vysotskiy Vkhodnoy Leading Lights
Front light (white panel with red stripe, fixed to tower,
15 m in height) (60°36′⋅92N 28°33′⋅93E) on the W
shore of Ostrov Vysotskiy.
Rear light (white panel with red stripe, fixed to tower,
17 m in height) (2 cables ENE of front light).
2 From Banka Yalkamatala, the alignment (062⋅2°) of
these lights leads 1⋅25 miles ENE, to a position 4 cables
WSW of the front light, passing SSE of Banka Hallikivi,
and the light buoy marking its SSE extent, and NNW of
the shoal water, marked by two light buoys, extending
5 cables NW towards the fairway from Ostrov Vysotskiy
(60°36′N 28°35′E). The outbound track is indicated by
Igrivyy E Light (white rectangle, red stripe, on red
framework tower, 10 m in height) (60°35′⋅40N 28°27′⋅66E),
a directional light standing on the E side of Ostrov Igrivyy,
bearing 244⋅9°.

3 Thence the route, dredged to a depth of 12⋅7 m (2010),
leads ENE through the entrance marked by lights and light
buoys (lateral).
Russian NM 1983/14/2012
(SDD 2012000 065379) [17/12]
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010 Edition)
Turkey – North approaches to stanbul BoÔazÝ —
Anchorages
117
Paragraph 2.417, including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.417
Turkish Notice 66/12/2012
(SDD 2012000 065447) [17/12]
Turkey – EreÔli — Anchorages
124
Paragraph 3.47 1-2 Replace by:
1 Anchorage Areas No 1 and 2 are centred 1½ and
2¾ miles SSW of the head of Kuzey Mendirek breakwater;
Area No 3 lies 3 miles SW. Area No 1 is for cargo vessels
of 1600 gt and over, Area No 2 is for vessels carrying
dangerous goods and vessels in quarantine, Area No 3 is
for military vessels.
2 Within the harbour, Area No 4 has been established for
vessels under 1600 gt; E from the head of the steel works
mole in the E basin, NW to the head of Kuzey Mendirek,
then 6 cables NE to the shore.
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 2¼ miles SSW of
Kuzey Mendirek breakwater, between anchorage Areas
Nos 1 and 2.
Turkish Notices 2/5/12 and 8/43/12
(SDD 2012000 013065; 046599) [17/12]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2011 Edition)
England – Plymouth — Pilot boarding position
111-112
Paragraph 4.150 5 Replace by:
5 Boarding position. Pilots board in the vicinity of
50°18′⋅50N 4°10′⋅50W having first established direct
communication with the vessel requiring pilotage.
Cattewater Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2012000 060493) [17/12]
IV
4.2
England – Poole Harbour —
Bridges; navigable width; traffic signals
174
After Paragraph 6.102 2 Insert:
Navigable width
6.102a
1 Poole Bridge: 18⋅4 m.
Twin Sails Bridge: 19⋅0m.
176
Paragraph 6.112 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.112
Paragraph 6.115 including heading Replace by:
Bridges
6.115
1 Two bascule bridges, Poole Bridge (50°42′⋅76N
1°59′⋅56W) and Twin Sails Bridge (50°42′⋅92N
2
1°59′⋅59W), cross Backwater Channel (6.131) between
Old Town and Lower Hamworthy. Both bridges are
equipped with traffic signal lights (Diagram 6.115) and
LED screens indicating the vertical distance between
the water level and the underside of the lifting spans.
These lights and screens are displayed on either side
of the channel at both bridges and are visible both
upstream and downstream.
To minimise disruption to mariners while keeping
one bridge available to road traffic, the two bridges
are opened sequentially at specified times between
0530 and 2345. Temporary berths are available on the
Hamworthy side of the channel for vessels awaiting
the opening of the second bridge. Full details of the
summer and winter schedules of opening times are
available on the Port Authority website (6.101) and at
www.boroughofpoole.com. Poole Harbour Control and
Poole Bridge may be directly contacted by VHF.
177
Paragraph 6.117 5 line 2 For the bridge Read Poole Bridge
178
Paragraph 6.122 2 lines 6-7 For the bridge Read Poole
Bridge
Poole Harbour Commissioners
(SDDs 2012000 043365; 050763) [17/12]
France – L’Élorn – Saint-Nicolas —
Prohibited areas
267
Paragraph 8.133 5 lines 4-8 Replace by:
Anchoring is prohibited within 50 m above and
below the bridges, as shown on the chart.
Anchoring, stopping, fishing and diving are
prohibited in a ½ mile stretch of the river in the vicinity
of the pyrotechnical works at Saint-Nicolas. In
addition, unauthorised vessels are prohibited from
entering an area which extends up to 1 cable from the
berth.
French Notice 07/34/12
(SDD 2012000 035973) [17/12]
Wk17/12

France – Dives-Sur-Mer —
Directions; light; buoyage
416
Paragraph 13.69 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:
5 E limit, the meridian passing through
Dives-sur-Mer Lighthouse (disused)
0°05′⋅22W.
420
Paragraph 13.92 1 Replace by:
1 From a position WSW of DI Light Buoy (safe water)
(49°19′⋅17N 0°05′⋅84W) the bearing 159½° of
Dives-sur-Mer Lighthouse (disused) (red hut, 5 m in
height) (49°17′⋅80N 0°05′⋅22W) leads in the entrance
channel passing between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (49°18′⋅49N 0°05′⋅67W) and No 2 Light Buoy
(port hand) (49°18′⋅50N 0°05′⋅56W). The channel is
marked by buoys and beacons, some of which are lit.
The channel frequently alters and the bearing of the
lighthouse and the channel markings are adjusted
accordingly.
French Notice 9/29/12
(SDD 2012000 046167) [17/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
North-west coast of England – Fleetwood —
Anchorage; depth
282
Paragraph 9.43 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Vessels can find open anchorage 2¾ cables NW of
No 2 Light Buoy (53°58′⋅56N 3°01′⋅84W) in about
18 m, clear of submarine cables. An area of foul
ground lies 1 mile NW of Wyre Lighthouse (disused)
(53°57′⋅16N 3°01′⋅79W) (9.48).
Paragraph 9.45 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. The controlling depth is 1⋅2 m
(2012) in the channel and is to be found close N of
No 7 Light Buoy. The turning area off the...
Associated British Ports Fleetwood and Navigation Safety
Branch MCGA
(SDD 2012000 064689 and 067028) [17/12]
Wk17/12
IV
4.3
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Ireland – East Coast – Codling Bank —
Directions; buoy
161
Paragraph 5.84 1 line 5 For (53°08′⋅51N 5°47′⋅10W) Read
(51°08′⋅56N 9°46′⋅13W)
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2012000 031056) [17/12]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2011 Edition)
Croatia – Zadarski Kanal – Luka Zadar —
Pilot boarding place
357
Paragraph 8.603 1 line 3 For 6 cables S Read 1¼ miles
WSW
Croatian Notice 1/2/12
(SDD 2012000 046600) [17/12]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Norway – Brevikfjorden – Brevikstrømmen —
Directions, light
109
Paragraph 3.206 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
52/09 Replace by:
Brevikstrømmen
3.206
1 From the vicinity of 59°02′⋅8N 9°43′⋅3E, the track
towards Porsgrunn leads WNW for about 1 mile towards
and under Brevik Bridge where the centre of the 100 m
wide navigable channel is marked by a green light on the
bridge and the edges by red lights on both sides. This track
passes (with positions relative to the centre of the bridge):
SSW of Blokkhusbåen (4½ cables E) (3.196), and:
NNE of the bank extending 1 cable N from
Gjermesholmen Light (4½ cables ESE) (3.196).
NNE of Mølletangen Light (1 cable SE), marking the N
extremity of the bank that extends N from
Mølletangen, thence:
Under Brevik Bridge.
2 Having passed under the bridge, the track leads WNW
for 5 cables, passing:
SSW of Strømtangen Light (post, floodlit) (59°03′·02N
9°41′·51E), thence:
NNE of Krabberødbåen Light (concrete column, floodlit)
(59°03′·04N 9°41′·06E) which marks the E extent of a
shoal with a least depth of 7⋅6 m, to a position 1 cable E
of Grenland Bridge (59°03′·18N 9°40′·54E).
3 From a position 1 cable E of Grenland Bridge, the track
leads W in the white sector (274½°-276°) of
Midtfjordskjær Light (column, 13 m in height) (59°03′·24N
9°39′·34E), exhibited from the N extent of a group of
islets, rocks and shoals, passing:
N of Steinholmen (59°03′·10N 9°40′·61E), an islet on the
S side of the narrows, marked at its N extent by
Steinholmen Light, thence:
Under Grenland Bridge, thence:
N of Omborsnesholmane (59°02′·98N 9°39′·94E), a
shoal area with four islets on the W fringe, from which
Omborg Leading Lights are exhibited.

4 Omborg Leading Lights:
Front light (red lantern) (59°03′·00N 9°39′·92E).
Rear light (red lantern (59°02′·95N 9°39′·97E).
The alignment (148⋅6°) (astern)oftheselightsleadsNW
for 7 cables to a position in the vicinity of 59°03′·84N
9°38′·98E at the S end of Frierfjorden.
Norwegian Notice 06/43459/12
(SDD 2012000 064895) [17/12]
Norway – Oslofjorden – Drøbaksundet —
Restricted area
153
Paragraph 5.131 3 lines 1-8 Delete
Norwegian Notice 06/43459/12
(SDD 2012000 064895) [17/12]
IV
4.4
Sweden – Askeröfjorden – Stenungsund — Pier
242
After Paragraph 8.217 3 line 4 Insert:
Development
8.217a
1 A new pier is under construction at Kraftverkshamnen
(8.220) between positions:
58°05′⋅40N 11°49′⋅20E, and
58°05′⋅42N 11°48′⋅98E.
It is expected to become fully operational by late 2012.
243
Paragraph 8.220 3 line 8 Replace by:
...buoy obstructs passage to the S side of the jetty. See also
8.217a.
Swedish Notice 396/7782/12
(SDD 2012000 064614) [17/12]
Wk17/12

NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
England – Pegwell Bay — Directions; landmarks
100
Paragraph 4.66 3 lines 1-2 Replace by:
3 For marks at Ramsgate see 4.98.
Wk16/12
4.1
102
Paragraph 4.82 Replace by:
4.82
1 Spare.
103
Paragraph 4.98 1 line 2 Delete
[16/12]
(SDD 2012000 053405) [16/12]

V
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY LIST OF LIGHTS AND FOG SIGNALS
Vol A Edition 2012/13. Weekly Edition No. 15, Dated 12 April 2012.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 14, dated 05 April 2012.
TRESCO
A0012 - Hulman. Bryher Channel 49 56·29 N
6 20·30 W
A0012·2 - Little Rag Ledge 49 56·44 N
6 20·43 W
SOUTH COAST
A0220 - Salcombe Harbour.
Sandhill Point. Dir Lt 000°
SOUTH COAST
A0896·5 - Folkestone Harbour. Outer
Harbour. S Quay. Head
50 13·77 N
3 46·67 W
51 04·74 N
1 11·39 E
Fl G 4s . . . . % on beacon TE 2012
Fl(2)R 5s . . . . Red & on red beacon TE 2012
Dir Fl WRG 2s 27 W8Red
and white , on
R8white
mast
G812
Q R . . 3
*
fl 0·5.
Fl G337·5°-357·5°(20°).
Fl W357·5°-002·5°(5°).
Fl R002·5°-012·5°(10°)
* *
A2309·7
EAST COAST
- Great Yarmouth. Haven. 52 35·85 N F R . . . . Yellow Tower
Trinity Wharf
1 43·65 E
7
* * * * * * * *
WEST COAST. FIRTH OF CLYDE. FIRTH OF CLYDE CHANNEL
A4414·5 - Gourock. Station Light 55 57·69 N
4 48·91 W
Fl G 3s . . 3 Pole
* * * * * * * *
WEST COAST. BANTRY BAY
A6439 - Castletown Bearhaven. Ldg
Lts 008°. Front
A6439·1 - Castletown Bearhaven. Ldg
Lts 008°. Rear. 80m from
front
51 39·17 N
9 54·40 W
Oc Bu 6s 4 6 White concrete
column, red stripe
3
ec 2.
Vis 005°-013°(8°)
* *
51 39·20 N
9 54·39 W
Oc Bu 6s 7 6 White U, red stripe
4
ec 2.
Vis 005°-013°(8°)
* * *
Vol C Edition 2011/12. Weekly Edition No. 15, Dated 12 April 2012.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 14, dated 05 April 2012.
C0603 Remove from list; deleted
C0603·001 Remove from list; deleted
C0604 Oxhagen. Ldg Lts 205°.
Front
57 51·19 N
12 00·42 E
C0604·001 Oxhagen. Ldg Lts 205°. Rear 57 51·07 N
12 00·32 E
Q R 5 6 Dolphin
*
Iso R 2s 9 6 Black framework
tower
*
5.1
*
*
Wk15/12

Vol C Edition 2011/12 continued.
C0612 Smörkullen. Ldg Lts 168°.
Front
C0612·001 Smörkullen. Ldg Lts 168°.
Rear
C1440·5
DE, 2, 16030
C1718·3
DK, , 3834B
C1718·31
DK, , 3834A
58 08·77 N
12 07·91 E
58 08·70 N
12 07·94 E
KADETRENDEN
- Darsser Ort. Dir Lt 256° 54 28·30 N
12 31·20 E
LOLLAND ISLAND. NAKSKOV FJORD
- Enehøje. S Ldg Lts 095·5°.
Front
- Enehøje. S Ldg Lts 095·5°.
Rear. 191m from front
54 50·01 N
11 00·99 E
54 50·00 N
11 01·16 E
SJÆLLAND ISLAND. HELSINGØR
C1915 Remove from list; deleted
LANDSKRONA
C2332 - Ldg Lts 125°. Common
front
C5234
FI, , 11587
55 52·05 N
12 48·97 E
V
Oc G 4s 5 7 Black dolphin
*
Oc G 4s . . 7 Black framework
tower
*
Dir Oc WRG
4s
8 W9White
mast on
R6pedestal
G6 5
Iso G 2s 8 4 Red % on pile
4
Iso G 4s 11 4 Red + on framework
tower
9
Oc WRG 4s 6 W11 White %, orange
R9border,
on white hut,
G7red
top, on dolphin
ec 1.
Oc G253·2°-255·5°(2·3°).
Oc W255·5°-256·5°(1°).
Oc R256·5°-259·2°(2·7°).
TE 2012
*
G096·5°-122·2°(25·7°),
W122·2°-125·8°(3·6°),
R125·8°-096·5°(330·7°).
Synchronised with rear C2331·9
- . . By day . . . . . . Shown by day 1/11 to 31/3
- N Lts in line 094°.
Common front
. . Oc WRG 4s 6 W11
R9
G7
. . G096·5°-122·2°(25·7°),
W122·2°-125·8°(3·6°),
R125·8°-096·5°(330·7°).
Marks N edge of channel.
Synchronised with rear C2332·1. Also
synchronised with S Lts in line C2328
& C2328·1
- . . By day . . . . . . Shown by day 1/11 to 31/3
* *
PORVO AND APPROACHES
- Ytter Tjärhällan. Ldg Lts
119·5°. Common front
- - Ldg Lt 001·9°. Common
front
60 08·24 N
25 18·68 E
Q W 1s 9 9 Red U, yellow stripe
6
*
*
fl 0·3.
Vis 115·5°-123·5°(8°).
Rear C5234·1
. . Q W 1s . . . . . . fl 0·3.
Rear daymark approximately 1250m
from front
- - . . Racon . . . . . . ALRS Vol 2 Station 58850
* * * * * * * *
EAST COAST
C6717·85 - Slagsta Marina. Entrance.
N Breakwater
59 15·71 N
17 51·65 E
Q G 3 1 Green post Shown 1/4 to 30/11
* *
5.2
Wk15/12

Vol D Edition 2011/12. Weekly Edition No. 15, Dated 12 April 2012.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 14, dated 05 April 2012.
D2704·1
ILHA DAS FLORES
- Porto das Lajes. Mole 39 22·79 N
31 10·16 W
Fl R 5s . . . . Pile (T) 2012
* * * * * * * *
D2704·2 - Porto das Lajes. Quay 39 22·77 N
31 10·18 W
Fl G 5s . . . . Pile (T) 2012
* * * * * * * *
D2726
PT, I, 624
D2748·2
PT, I, 652·51
D2803·2
ES, I, 12330
ILHA DA MADEIRA
- Ilha de Fora. E end. São
Lourenço
32 43·82 N
16 39·41 W
- Calheta. W. Pier. Head 32 42·99 N
17 10·30 W
ISLA DE GRAN CANARIA
- Puerto de la Luz (Las
Palmas). Puerto Interior.
Muelle Grande. SW corner
28 08·50 N
15 25·27 W
RA'S TANNŪRAH
D7429·2 - S Pier. S arm 26 38·17 N
50 10·23 E
D7429·3 - S Pier. N arm 26 38·30 N
50 10·20 E
V
Fl W 10s 102 20 White tower with red
cupola and white
building
10
Fl R 5s 9 6 Red and white tower
4
Fl G 3s 8 2 Green round tower
6
Fl Y 10s
*
Fl Y 10s
*
Reduced range (T) 2012
fl 0·5.
TE 2012
D8581·8
TULJA OIL TERMINAL
- FPSO Tulja 5 01·28 N
5 07·39 E
Lit . . . . Storage tanker PA
* * * * * * * *
D9162·53
KARAN OILFIELD
- 27 43·10 N
50 00·40 E
Lit . . . . Platform
* * * * * * * *
D9162·55 - 27 40·00 N
50 02·10 E
Lit . . . . Platform
* * * * * * * *
Vol E Edition 2011/12. Weekly Edition No. 15, Dated 12 April 2012.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 14, dated 05 April 2012.
E0069·4
ES, II, 21688
PUERTO DE MÁLAGA
- Muelle Cánovas del
Castillo. Head
36 42·88 N
4 25·07 W
Fl(2+1)G 12s 6 2 Truncated conical
tower, green top
4
5.3
fl 0·5
fl 0·5, ec 1·5, (fl 0·5, ec 4·5) x 2
*
*
*
*
Wk15/12

Vol E Edition 2011/12 continued.
E0092·4
ES, II, 22310
E0300·5
ES, II, 32990
E0308·3
ES, II, 33410
E0455
ES, II, 30950
E2050·5
IT, , 3324·5
Roquetas de Mar. N
Breakwater. Head
36 45·42 N
2 36·22 W
V
Fl(3)G 9s 5 3 Green round tower on
green square base
3
(fl 0·5, ec 1·5) x 2, fl 0·5, ec 4·5.
TE 2012
ISLA DE MALLORCA. BAHÍA DE POLLENÇA
- Puerto de Pollença. Inner 39 54·30 N Fl(3)G 12s 5 1 Green post (fl 0·5, ec 1·5) x 2, fl 0·5, ec 7·5.
Mole. Head
3 05·10 E
4
TE 2012
* *
ISLA DE MALLORCA
- Cala Ratjada. Muelle
Transversal. Head
Puerto de San Feliú de
Guíxols. Dique de refuerzo.
W Head
39 42·61 N
3 27·81 E
41 46·61 N
3 02·06 E
GHAWDEX (GOZO)
- Xlendi Bay 36 01·74 N
14 12·81 E
Fl(2)G 6s 6 1 Green column
5
*
fl 0·3, ec 1, fl 0·3, ec 4·4
Fl(3)G 9s . . 3 Green lantern (fl 1, ec 1·5) x 2, fl 1, ec 3
Q(6)+LFl W
15s
. . 1 " on black beacon,
yellow top
TE 2012
E5847·5 Kaş. Bucak Denizi. Mole. 36 12·30 N Fl Y 10s . . 3
Head
29 37·46 E
* * * * * * * *
E6364·211
TN, , 4370
E6364·212
TN, , 4380
E6364·213
TN, , 4390
E6387·3
TN, , 2510
E6460
TN, , 200
E6717
DZ, , 1201
LOUZA-LOUATA
- Fishing Harbour. No 3 35 02·45 N
11 03·06 E
- Fishing Harbour. No 4 35 02·45 N
11 03·08 E
- Fishing Harbour. No 5 35 02·44 N
11 03·03 E
GULF OF HAMMAMET
- El Kantaoui. Pleasure
Harbour. S Breakwater. Head
35 53·50 N
10 36·00 E
Tabarka. Ile de Tabarka 36 57·96 N
8 45·66 E
Port de Béni Saf. E Jetty.
Head
35 18·41 N
1 23·39 W
Fl G 4s 4 4 Beacon fl 1.
TE 2012
Fl R 5s 4 4 Beacon fl 1.
TE 2012
Fl G 4s 4 4 Beacon fl 1.
TE 2012
Fl R 6s 9 6 Red tower
6
fl 1.
TE 2012
Fl W 5s 72 17 White tower fl 1.
Unreliable (T) 2012
*
Oc(2)R 6s 9 8 Red round metal
column
7
5.4
ec 1, lt 1, ec 1, lt 3.
TE 2012
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Wk15/12

Vol F Edition 2011/12. Weekly Edition No. 15, Dated 12 April 2012.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 14, dated 05 April 2012.
KĀKINĀDA BAY
F0963·1 Remove from list; deleted
F0963·2 Remove from list; deleted
F1904·2
MY, , 7504·2
SUNGAI SARAWAK
- Horseshoe Reach. No 5 1 34·52 N
110 22·32 E
V
Q G . . 10 Concrete structure
* * *
F2105·5
HALMAHERA. TERNATE
-
0 45·50 N Q(4)W 8s 10 . . White beacon TE 2012
(ID)
127 18·80 E
* * *
F2251 Remove from list; deleted
BOHOL SEA. MINDANAO
F2253·85 Remove from list; deleted
F2346
PH, , 0232
BOHOL SEA. NEGROS ISLAND
- Dumaguete. Wharf. Root
(PH:CG)
9 18·81 N
123 18·67 E
BOHOL SEA. SOGOD BAY. LEYTE
F2429·25 Remove from list; deleted
SIBUYAN SEA. SIBUYAN ISLAND
F2511·8 Remove from list; deleted
Fl G 5s 12 8 White concrete tower
10
Vis 198°-359°(161°)
*
F3907·48
BOHAI WAN
- Dagang Power Plant. No 1 38 46·37 N F Y . . . . Yellow x on yellow
CN, G101, 1377
117 35·47 E
beacon
* * * * * * * *
F3907·49
CN, G101, 1377·1
- Dagang Power Plant. No 2 38 46·27 N
117 35·56 E
Mo(C)Y . . . . Yellow x on yellow
frame on concrete
base
* * * * * * * *
F9515·4 BELUM 3 24·87 N
112 39·48 E
Lit . . . . Platform
* * * * * * * *
F9515·5 MEPA 3 28·46 N
112 35·43 E
Lit . . . . Platform
* * * * * * * *
F9515·6 PEMANIS 3 28·25 N
112 30·43 E
Lit . . . . Platform
* * * * * * * *
F9516·385
WEST PATRICIA OILFIELD
- PLEM 3 32·36 N Lit . . . . Platform
* *
112 48·12 E
* * * * * *
F9516·8 GOPB 3 20·46 N
112 47·22 E
Lit . . . . Platform
* * * * * * * *
5.5
Wk15/12

Vol F Edition 2011/12 continued.
F9516·81 GORA 3 21·46 N
112 49·22 E
Lit . . . . Platform
* * * * * * * *
Vol G Edition 2011/12. Weekly Edition No. 15, Dated 12 April 2012.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 14, dated 05 April 2012.
G1333·19
CL, , 1028C
G3469
MX, , 16-020
G3470·67
MX, , 16-115·7
G3470·68
MX, , 16-115·8
CANAL THOMSON
- Islote Salientes 55 08·03 S Fl W 5s 11 9 White GRP tower,
70 15·16 W
red band
3
* *
PUERTO LAZARO CARDENAS
- Lazaro Cardenas (Punta
Mangrove)
17 55·34 N
102 10·13 W
V
Fl W 7s 35 19 White round concrete
tower, black bands
36
5.6
fl 1.
Vis 177°-007°(190°).
Vis 019°-051°(32°)
* * * * * * * *
- E Channel. Ldg Lts 073°.
Front
17 57·08 N
102 09·04 W
Fl W 3s 27 12 Metal pyramidal
tower
10
* * * * * * * *
- E Channel. Ldg Lts 073°.
Rear
17 57·11 N
102 08·96 W
GULF OF FARALLONES. SAN FRANCISCO BAY. SOUTH CHANNEL
G4191 Remove from list; deleted
G4191·1 Remove from list; deleted
G4191·6 Remove from list; deleted
Vol J Edition 2011/12. Weekly Edition No. 15, Dated 12 April 2012.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 14, dated 05 April 2012.
Fl W 2s 30 12 Metal pyramidal
tower
10
* *
J3404
PENSACOLA BAY
- Navy Ldg Lts 273·5°. Front 30 20·08 N Fl G 2·5s 10 . . Red U, white stripe, Intens 1·5° each side of rangeline
US, IV, 4850
87 18·95 W
on framework tower
US, IV, 33060
on piles
- - - . . Fl W 4s 5 3
* * * * * * * *
fl 1
Wk15/12

Vol K Edition 2012/13. Weekly Edition No. 15, Dated 12 April 2012.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 14, dated 05 April 2012.
GEELVINK CHANNEL. HOUTMAN ABROLHOS. EASTER GROUP
K1739·84 - Eastern Passage 28 41·27 S
113 50·18 E
Fl G 3s . . 5 % on green beacon
* *
GULF SAINT VINCENT. YORKE PENINSULA
K2036 - Port Vincent. Surveyor 34 46·63 S F Bu 5 6
Point. Ldg Lts 206°. Front 137 51·68 E
*
K2036·1 - Port Vincent. Surveyor
Point. Ldg Lts 206°. Rear.
53m from front
34 46·66 S
137 51·66 E
*
V
F Bu 7 . . Wooden mast
K2036·4 - Port Vincent. S Breakwater. 34 45·98 S Fl R 3s
Head
137 51·85 E
* * * * * * * *
PORT BUNDABERG
K2958·421 Remove from list; deleted
GREAT BARRIER REEF (COASTAL WATERS). PORT OF GLADSTONE (PORT CURTIS)
K2974·26 - South Channel. Boyne 23 55·91 S Fl R 4s . . . . Red & on beacon
Island Cutting. S14 151 27·42 E
GREAT BARRIER REEF (COASTAL WATERS). GLOUCESTER ISLAND. GLOUCESTER PASSAGE
K3067·52 - No 3 20 03·49 S
148 26·54 E
TORRES STRAIT. THURSDAY ISLAND
K3268·3 Remove from list; deleted
TORRES STRAIT. NORMANBY SOUND
K3271 Remove from list; deleted
Q(9)W 15s . . . . $ on yellow beacon,
black band
MERCURY PASSAGE. SPRING BAY PORT
K3610·21 - No 1 42 31·21 S
147 54·86 E
Fl G 2s . . 2 % on green beacon
* * * * * * * *
K3610·22 - No 2 42 31·21 S
147 54·82 E
Fl R 2s . . 2 & on red beacon
* * * * * * * *
K3610·23 - No 3 42 30·97 S
147 54·81 E
Fl G 4s . . 1 % on green beacon
* * * * * * * *
K3610·24 - No 6 42 30·97 S
147 54·79 E
Fl R 4s . . 1 & on red beacon
* * * * * * * *
K3610·26 - No 8 42 30·76 S
147 54·85 E
Fl R 6s . . 1 & on red beacon
* * * * * * * *
K3610·28 - No 10 42 30·73 S
147 54·89 E
Fl R 8s . . 1 & on red beacon
* * * * * * * *
5.7
*
*
Wk15/12

Vol K Edition 2012/13 continued.
K3610·29 - No 5 42 30·68 S
147 54·89 E
Fl G 8s . . 1 % on green beacon
* * * * * * * *
K4661
FJ, F201, 4661
K4666
FJ, F201, 4666
K4714
FJ, F201, 4714
K4759
FJ, F201, 4759
V
VITI LEVU ISLAND. SOUTH COAST. VATULELE ISLAND
- NW Side 18 30·48 S
177 36·46 E
Fl W 10s 41 17 White concrete tower Vis 051°-304°(253°).
Partially obscured 304°-317°(13°).
Partially obscured 355°-007°(12°) and
obscured elsewhere.
TE 2012
* * *
VITI LEVU ISLAND. SOUTH COAST. KADAVU ISLAND
- North Astrolabe Reef. Solo 18 38·13 S
178 31·64 E
VITI LEVU ISLAND. NORTH-WEST COAST. YASAWA ISLANDS
- Viwa 17 07·18 S
176 55·67 E
SOUTHERN LAU GROUP. VATOA (TURTLE) ISLAND
- Vatoa Island 19 48·44 S
178 14·45 W
LFl W 30s 29 10 Red metal tower,
white bands
32
Fl(3)W 15s 17 12 White metal
framework tower
15
fl 3
TE 2012
* *
Fl W 5s 70 21 Framework tower
30
5.8
Vis 300°-325°(25°).
Vis 340°-005°(25°).
Partly obscured by trees
*
*
Wk15/12

NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
South Africa – Mossel Bay —
Vessel traffic service; outer anchorage; pilotage
85
After Paragraph 2.64 1 line 4 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
2.64a
1 Vessel traffic service is in operation for the control of
shipping. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals 6 (3).
Reporting points are shown on the chart.
Paragraph 2.66 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained as indicated on the chart
3½ miles NNE of Cape Saint Blaize Light (34°11′⋅17S
22°09′⋅38E).
Paragraph 2.67 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 1½ miles ENE of
Cape Saint Blaize in position 34°10′⋅52S 22°11′⋅23E. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).
South African Notice 82/2011, South African Chart 1020
(SDD 2011000 229900, 2012000 036208/050082) [14/12]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Queensland – Brisbane —
Depths; under-keel clearance
147
Paragraph 4.66 2 lines 5-8 Delete
148
Paragraph 4.67 1 lines 7-10 Replace by:
North West Channel: 2⋅3 m between NW Fairway Light
Beacon and NW12 Light Beacon.
AA587233 [14/12]
Australia – Queensland –
Rockhampton — Directions; wreck
206
After Paragraph 5.232 6 line 5 Insert:
Clear of a wreck (23°30′⋅93S 150°56′⋅89E), thence:
Chart Aus 265 [14/12]
4.1
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – The Sound –
Helsingborg to Lous Flak — TSS; buoyage
210
Paragraph 6.90 1 line 5 For W5 Read W5A
Paragraph 6.90 1 line 10 Replace by:
[14/12]
... patch with a depth of 10⋅7 m lies 2 cables NNE of W5A...
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 4 For W5 Read W5A
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 5 For W5A Read W5B
BA Chart 2594
Danish Notice 7/247/2012
(SDD 2012000 040115) [14/12]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition)
United Kingdom – Thames estuary – Margate to
The Nore — Directions; depths; buoyage;
channels
267
Paragraph 11.21 1 line 2 For 12 Read 15
Paragraph 11.23 1 Replace by:
1 Depths vary in the channels. There is a least depth
of 4⋅1m at the W end of South Channel and a least
depth in Copperas Channel of 0⋅9 m in position
51°23′⋅75N 1°12′⋅97E. Near the E end of Overland
Passage there is a least depth of 0⋅9 m in position
51°25′⋅23N 1°06′⋅03E over the submarine cable
between Kentish Flats Wind Farm (10.88) and Herne
Bay.
Paragraph 11.30 1 line 2 For 12 Read 15
268
Paragraph 11.30 3-5 Replace by:
3 Through Gore Channel (51°23′⋅80N 1°15′⋅00E)
which lies between Margate Hook, a drying
shoal (51°24′⋅24N 1°15′⋅02E) and the shoals
bordering the coast. A stranded wreck
(51°22′⋅88N 1°15′⋅63E), marked by Plum
Pudding Buoy (port hand) (51°22′⋅97N
1°15′⋅62E), lies to the S of the channel on the
drying line of the coastal shoals. There are
also drying patches close N and E of the
buoy. Margate Hook, on the N side of the
channel, dries and is marked on its S side by
Margate Hook Beacon (S cardinal)
(51°24′⋅18N 1°14′⋅28E). Thence:
Wk14/12

4 Through Copperas Channel (51°23′⋅75N
1°11′⋅80E) which lies between the W end of
Margate Hook, marked by Copperas Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (51°23′⋅81N 1°11′⋅18E),
and Reculver Sand (51°23′⋅30N 1°12′⋅00E),
marked by Reculver Light Buoy (port hand)
(51°23′⋅63N 1°12′⋅56E). There are rocky
ledges on Reculver Sand including Black
Rock (51°23′⋅20N 1°11′⋅20E) and a drying
patch 1 mile WNW of The Reculvers. Thence:
Through Horse Channel (51°24′⋅50N 1°10′⋅50E),
which is unmarked and the continuation W of
Copperas Channel, thence:
5 To a position at the W end of Overland Passage
(51°25′⋅40N 1°04′⋅00E) to the N of Whitstable
(11.33). Overland Passage is unmarked and
runs 6 miles WNW from Horse Channel to
Four Fathoms Channel (11.44). Pudding Pan
(51°25′⋅60N 1°07′⋅20E) lies on the N side of
Overland Passage and Studhill (51°23′⋅90N
1°06′⋅00E) and Clite Hole Bank (51°23′⋅60N
1°03′⋅60E) to the S. Concrete boulders lie on
the bottom of these patches. An outfall,
marked at its seaward end by a buoy
(special) (51°23′⋅08N 1°04′⋅57E) extends
1 mile NNE from the coast. East Spaniard
(51°26′⋅58N 1°03′⋅40E), a small shoal N of
Overland Passage, is marked on its SE side
by Spaniard Light Buoy (E cardinal)
(51°26′⋅24N 1°04′⋅00E).
Caution. There are no good leading marks on this
route.
271
Paragraph 11.48 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position N of Whitstable (51°21′⋅85N
1°01′⋅50E) (11.33) the route initially leads 3 miles W
through Four Fathoms Channel (51°26′⋅20N 0°57′⋅20E)
passing:
S of Middle Sand (51°26′⋅80N 1°01′⋅00E) which dries
and extends E into East Middle Sand, which also
dries. Middle Sand Beacon (safe water)
(51°26′⋅98N 1°00′⋅03E) lies to the N of Middle
Sand. Several charted wrecks and obstructions
lie off the S side of Middle Sand. Thence:
2 S of Spile (51°26′⋅55N 0°57′⋅20E), a drying patch
lying on the S side of the W end of Red
Sand (51°27′⋅00N 0°59′⋅00E). Spile Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (51°26′⋅40N 0°55′⋅70E) is
moored 9 cables W of Spile.
3 From the W end of Four Fathoms Channel the
route leads 3½ miles NW across The Cant
(51°27′⋅80N 0°51′⋅00E), passing:
SW of East Cant (51°28′⋅00N 0°56′⋅00E), on which
stands the ruin of Cant Beacon (51°27′⋅77N
0°55′⋅36E), thence:
Trinity House
(SDDs 2011000 240248; 2012000 030216) [14/12]
Wk14/12
IV
4.2
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Wales – Milford Haven — Depths
163
Paragraph 5.53 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Depth in West Channel is 16⋅3 m and Main
Channel 16⋅5 m (2012).
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2011000 223683; 2012000 037766) [14/12]
Wales – River Dee Estuary — Directions
249
Paragraph 8.36 2 lines 7-9 Replace by:
SW of Dee Light Buoy (S cardinal) (53°21′⋅95N
3°18′⋅36W), into Wild Road (8.49) and Mostyn
inner pilot boarding position.
250
Paragraph 8.37 4 lines 1-2 For (53°21′⋅99N 3°18′⋅68W)
Read (53°21′⋅95N 3°18′⋅36W)
251
Paragraph 8.42 3 line 2 For (53°21′⋅99N 3°18′⋅68W) Read
(53°21′⋅95N 3°18′⋅36W)
Paragraph 8.44 1 line 1 For (53°21′⋅99N 3°18′⋅68W) Read
(53°21′⋅95N 3°18′⋅36W)
Mostyn Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 054544) [14/12]
England – Solway Firth – Silloth Harbour —
Maximum draught
313
Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/12 Paragraph 10.59 1
lines 8-9 Replace by:
...of 7⋅4 m at MHWS and 5⋅1 m at MHWN. A figure of 1⋅0 m
should be subtracted from the height of HW (above the sill)
to obtain the maximum permissible draught. The quay
height is approximately 9⋅9 m above sill level.
Associated British Ports Silloth
(SDD 2012000 054775) [14/12]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Ireland – South-west coast –
River Shannon — Anchorages
284
Existing Section IV Notice Week 5/12 Paragraph 9.82 2 lines 7-8
Delete
Shannon Foynes Port Company
(SDD 2012000 046551) [14/12]

NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2011 Edition)
Italy – Porto di Vasto — Anchorage
513
Paragraph 11.284 1 lines 5-6 For (1¾ miles E) Read
(2¾ miles NE)
Italian NM 4.28/12
(SDD 2012000 049910) [14/12]
IV
4.3
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Svanøya – Stavfjorden — Depth
493
Paragraph 12.269 4 line 3 For 13⋅0 m Read 9⋅7 m
Norwegian Notice 5/43098/12
(SDD 2012000 051194) [14/12]
Wk14/12

NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Sweden – Kattegat – Northern part –
Göteborg and approaches — Restricted area
11
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.67
including heading Replace by:
Spare
1.67
12
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.68 Replace
by:
1.68
1 Spare.
Swedish Notice 390/7682/2012
(SDD 2012000 035205) [13/12]
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Sweden – East coast — Restricted areas
15
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.89
including heading Replace by:
Spare
1.89
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.90
including heading Replace by:
Spare
1.90
113
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 2.201
including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.201
4.1
115
[13/12]
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 2.223
including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.223
145
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 3.197
including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.197
268
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.8
Replace by:
7.8
1 Spare.
269
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.17
including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.17
272
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.38
including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.38
284
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.128
Replace by:
7.128
1 Spare.
307
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.280
including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.280
Swedish Notice 390/7686; 391/7684 and 7687;
392/7689/2012
(SDD 2012000 035205; 040056; 045644) [13/12]
Wk13/12

NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition)
United Kingdom – Harwich Haven approaches —
Directions; buoyage
283
Paragraph 12.62 1 line 4 For port hand Read W cardinal
285
Paragraph 12.74 4 line 3 For port hand Read W cardinal
Paragraph 12.74 5 line 4 For W cardinal Read special
Trinity House Notice 13/12
(SDD 2012000 030438) [13/12]
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland – North coast – Strathy Point — Light
60
Paragraph 3.17 3 lines 4-5 Delete
61
Paragraph 3.23 4 line 5 For light (3.17) Read lighthouse
(disused)
69
Paragraph 3.75 4 line 2 Delete
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2012000 030827) [13/12]
Scotland – North-east coast – Covesea Skerries —
Light
96
Paragraph 4.51 4 line 6 Delete
106
Paragraph 4.87 2 lines 1-2 For Covesea Skerries Light Read
Covesea Skerries Lighthouse (disused)
119
Paragraph 4.144 1 line 2 For Covesea Skerries Lighthouse Read
Covesea Skerries Lighthouse (disused)
Paragraph 4.144 3 line 4 Delete
Wk13/12
IV
4.2
120
Paragraph 4.147 2 line 2 For Covesea Skerries Light Read
Covesea Skerries Lighthouse (disused)
123
Paragraph 4.159 1 line 3 For Covesea Skerries Light Read
Covesea Skerries Lighthouse (disused)
128
Paragraph 4.178 1 line 3 For Covesea Skerries Lighthouse Read
Covesea Skerries Lighthouse (disused)
Paragraph 4.178 2 line 3 Delete
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2012000 030829) [13/12]
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Torgværet – north-east of Tverrtaren — Depth
110
Paragraph 3.290 1 line 7 For 9⋅4 mRead 8⋅2 m
Norwegian Notice 05/43181/12
(SDD 2012000 051194) [13/12]
Kanstadfjorden – Straumen — Vertical clearance
328
Paragraph 9.33 1 line 2 For 10 m Read 5m
Norwegian Notice 05/43137/12
(SDD 2012000 051194) [13/12]
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2011 Edition)
The Little Minch – Loch Maddy —
Directions; light
336
Paragraph 6.226 7 line 4 Delete reported in 2011 as
unreliable,
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2012000 045711) [13/12]

NP no
Page(s)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Title
In force 31 March 2012
4.3
[13/12]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa 1 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
93, 95 Islas Canarias – Isla de Gran Canaria — Directions; depth; buoy 17/10
99 Islas Canarias – Isla de Gran Canaria – Puerto de La Luz — Directions 11/11
117 Arquipélago de Cabo Verde – Northern Group – Ilha do Sal – Porto da Palmeira —
Directions
44/11
145
Morocco – Mohammedia – Approaches — Directions; buoyage; depth; dangerous
wrecks
37/10
156 Morocco – Safi — Directions; Light 07/10
195 Mauritania – Port de Nouakchott South-westward — Restricted areas; offshore
installation; mooring buoy
01/11
270 Sierra Leone – Freetown — Pepel 45/11
301 Ivory Coast – San-Pédro approaches — Directions; depth 17/10
313, 324, 325, 334, 337,
340
West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage 48/09
315 Ghana – Jubilee Oil Field — Restricted area 02/10
325 Ghana – Tema – Approaches — Dangerous wreck 35/10
344 Nigeria – Lagos – Approaches — Dangerous wreck 32/10
344 Nigeria – Lagos — Directions; buoyage 10/10
344 Nigeria – Lagos – Approaches and Entrance Channel — Depths 34/09
362 Nigeria – Forcados River to Brass River — Directions; dangerous wreck 30/11
367
Nigeria – Forcados River to Brass River – Offshore terminals — Pennington Oil
Terminal
02/10
382 Nigeria – Offshore terminals — Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal 10/10
2 Africa 2 16th Edition (2011) 12/11
Title error correction 38/11
97 Equatorial Guinea – Isla de Bioko – Puerto de Malabo – Arrival information;
Prohibited anchorage; Submarine cable
30/11
121 Cameroun – Limbe – Directions for entering harbour — Obstruction 21/11
187, 188 Angola – Approaches to River Congo – Soyo — Angola LNG Terminal 49/11
201, 202, 204, 207 Mozambique – Beira — Approach and entry; arrival information; directions 01/12
202 Angola – River Congo to Ponta das Palmeirinhas — PSVM Terminal 06/12
240, 241, 242 Namibia – Walvis Bay — Controlling depths; Arrival information; Directions for
entering harbour; Berths
3 Africa 3 15th Edition (2010) 20/10
94 South Africa – South coast – Storm Point — Depth 41/10
102 South Africa – Port Elizabeth – Outer anchorages — Shoal depth 39/11
107 South Africa – Port of Ngqura — Directions; Leading lights 10/11
109 South Africa – Algoa Bay — Directions; depth 17/11
154, 162 South Africa – Durban – Directions — Major light; directional light 01/11
157, 158 South Africa – Durban offshore oil terminal — General information; arrival information 39/11
201, 202, 204, 207 Mozambique – Beira — Approach and entry; arrival information; directions 01/12
290, 291, 390, 391 Tanzania – Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 25/10
290 Tanzania – Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 51/10
331, 334 Kenya – Mombasa — Pilotage; buoyage 41/10
349 Kenya – Lamu Bay and approaches — Directions; obstruction 28/11
4 South-East Alaska
Nil
7th Edition (2010) 09/11
5 South America 1 17th Edition (2011) 23/11
201, 212 Brazil – E coast — Directions; Offshore marks 25/11
213 Brazil – E coast — Offshore terminal 25/11
Wk13/12
37/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.4
Weekly
Edition
6 South America 2 18th Edition (2011) 50/11
235 Chile – Bahía Cook — Pilot boarding position 10/12
235 Chile – Bahía Cook — Directions; racon; Automatic Identification System; light 10/12
243, 244, 252 Chile – Canal Cockburn — Directions; light 10/12
7 South America 3 10th Edition (2009) 41/09
4 Aids to navigation — Automatic Identification System 12/10
71-72 Pacific Ocean – Outlying dangers — Breakers 13/10
77 South Pacific Ocean – Isla San Ambrosio — Off-lying shoal 51/09
141 Chile – Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place 05/10
186 Chile – Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place 05/10
223 Chile – Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón — Directions; buoy 05/10
250 Chile – Puerto Huasco — Pilotage; anchorages 27/10
270 Chile – Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 41/09
275-276 Chile – Mejillones del Sur — Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal 14/10
315 Peru–IslaAsiatoIslaSanLorenzo — Directions; wreck 41/09
316 Peru – Cerro Azul — Light 41/09
339 Peru – Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck 41/09
346 Peru – Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 41/09
373 Ecuador – Manta — Harbour regulation 47/11
385, 387 Colombia – Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 41/09
388 Colombia – Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 41/09
7A South America 4 5th Edition (2010) 18/10
3 Navigation and Regulations – Charts — Foreign charts 18/10
4 Navigation and Regulations – Radio facilities — DGPS 18/10
73 Guyane Française – Îles du Salut to Fleuve Maroni — Directions 18/10
73 Guyane Française – Fleuve Mana — Charts; description; directions 18/10
73-74
Guyane Française – Fleuve Maroni — Charts; general information; depth; directions;
landmarks; useful marks; anchorage
18/10
74 Guyane Française – Fleuve Maroni — General information; directions 20/10
75
Surinam – Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier — General
information; directions
18/10
80-81 Surinam – Nickerie Rivier — Pilotage; directions; buoyage 40/10
83 Guyana – Corentyn River — General information; directions 40/10
86 Guyana – New Amsterdam to Georgetown — Directions; wreck 18/10
119 Trinidad – East coast — Directions; light 23/10
160, 162, 165, 167 Venezuela – Isla Coche — Major light 23/10
173-175
Venezuela – Puerto La Cruz — Port authorities; anchorage; harbours; hazards;
directions; berths
23/10
173 Venezuela – Puerto La Cruz — Pilot boarding position 18/10
176, 178 Venezuela – Puerto Jose — Pilot boarding position 18/10
187, 190 Venezuela – Puerto La Guaira and Catia La Mar — Anchorages; pilotage 37/10
205, 209 Venezuela – Archipielago Las Aves — Directions; light 33/10
211-212 Nederlandse Antillen – Klein Curaçao — Light 23/10
228 Aruba – South coast — Directions 18/10
229-230 Aruba – Sint Nicolaas — Pilot boarding position 18/10
280 Colombia – Punta de la Garita – Directions — Light 20/10
283-284
Colombia – Bahía de Cartagena – Directions – Bocachica — Leading lights; useful
mark
35/10
284 Colombia – Bahía de Cartagena – Bocachica — Directions; deep-water channel 18/10
292 Colombia – Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy 18/10
292-294
Colombia – Golfo de Urabá — General information; depths; directions; landmark;
lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths
20/10
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
12th Edition (2010) 29/10
83 Pacific Ocean – Guardian Bank north-westwards — Depths 29/10
192,193 Mexico – Golfo de California – Guaymas — Directions; lights 23/11
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
199-200
Title
IV
Mexico – Bahía de la Paz – Bahía Pichilingue and approaches — Depth; leading
lights
4.5
Weekly
Edition
250, 260 United States of America – California – Approaches to San Diego — Directions;
dangerous wreck
47/11
261
United States of America – California – Entrance to San Diego Bay — Directions;
rock
29/10
263, 453 United States of America – California – San Clemente Island — Safety Zone 39/10
266 United States of America – Pacific coast – Begg Rock — Buoyage 49/11
275 United States of America – California – Approaches to Long Beach and Los Angeles
—VTS;area
30/11
275
United States of America – San Pedro Bay and approaches — Regulations
concerning entry; tankers
49/10
335
United States of America – California – San Francisco Bay – Alcatraz Island —
Directions; fog signal
29/10
338-339
United States of America – Port of San Francisco – San Francisco-Oakland Bay
Bridge — Directions; passage
50/10
338 United States of America – Pacific Coast – San Francisco — Limiting conditions;
Vertical clearances; San Francisco - Oakland Bay Bridge
51/11
348
United States of America – California – San Francisco Bay – Port of Richmond —
Project depth
39/10
351, 454 United States of America – California – San Pablo Bay — Safety Zone 30/11
390 United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon – Chetco River — Entrance depths 30/11
400, 401 United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon – Yaquina Bay — Directions;
depths
30/11
410, 455
United States of America – West coast – Columbia River — Safety and Security
Zone Regulations
39/10
418, 458 United States of America – Willamette River – Portland — Traffic Regulation 42/11
431 United States of America – Oregon – Grays Harbor — Directions; breakers 29/10
449 United States of America Pacific Coast — Navigation Safety Regulations; electronic
position fixing devices
30/11
454 United States of America – Pacific Coast — Regulated Navigation Areas; Security
Zones
11/12
458
United States of America – Oregon – Columbia River – Port of Portland — Regulated
Navigation Area
29/10
458 United States of America Pacific Coast – Columbia River — Safety and Security
Zone Regulations
30/11
461 United States of America – California – San Diego Bay — Naval Danger Zone 29/10
480, 482, 486, 488 United States of America – Pacific Coast — National Marine Sanctuary Program
Regulations
11/12
487-488, 488 United States of America – Pacific Coast — National Marine Sanctuary Program
Regulations
10/12
9 Antarctic 7th Edition (2009) 31/09
169 South Georgia and Approaches – Cumberland Bay – King Edward Cove —
Directions; light beacons
10/12
173 South Georgia and Approaches – Cumberland Bay to Cape Charlotte – Ocean
Harbour — Directions
10/12
299 Gerlache Strait - South Part - Port Lockroy — Directions; Isolated Shoal 51/11
368, 369, 372 James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to Cape Longing through Prince Gustav
Channel — Route; directions
04/12
372 James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to Cape Longing through Prince Gustav
Channel — Directions
04/12
10 Arctic 1 8th Edition (2010) 10/11
463 Russia – Laptev Sea – Reka Lena Delta — Wreck 30/11
11 Arctic 2 10th Edition (2010) 39/10
4 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
201 Svalbard – Spitsbergen – West coast – Hornsundbanken — Underwater rock 39/10
201 Svalbard – Wedel Jarlsberg Land — Underwater rock 48/10
235 Svalbard – Hinlopenstretet — Anchorages 43/11
251 Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash 42/10
Wk13/12
37/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
12 Arctic 3 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
3 Canada – Traffic Reporting Systems — NORDREG 33/10
6 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
155 Greenland – W coast – Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq — Power cable 48/09
170 Greenland – W coast – Grønne Ejland — Marine reserve 44/09
173 Greenland – West coast – Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description; protected area 18/09
180 Greenland – Vaigat – East coast – Atâ Sund — Depth 40/11
199 Greenland – Torqussârssuk — Rock 40/11
208 Greenland – West coast – Wolstenholme Fjord — Island; rock 42/10
219-220 Canada – Hudson Strait — Grenfell Sound 05/10
280-281 Canada – Hudson Bay – Churchill — Pilot boarding position 51/09
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia 1 3rd Edition (2011) 40/11
2 Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms 01/12
231 Western Australia – Port Walcott — Controlling depths 09/12
234 Western Australia – John’s Creek — Approach; buoy 45/11
235 Western Australia – Dampier — Directions; depths 07/12
249 Western Australia – Barrow Island Oil Terminal — Controlling depth 48/11
251 Western Australia – Griffin Marine Terminal — Operational status 44/11
256 Western Australia – Saladin Marine Terminal — Under-keel clearance 48/11
318, 319-320, 321 Western Australia – Oyster Harbour — Directions 40/11
331 Western Australia – Esperance — Anchorages 08/12
345 South Australia – Smoky Bay — Directions; marine farms 02/12
346 South Australia – Warburton Channel — Directions; depth 09/12
346 South Australia – Streaky Bay — Directions; depth 09/12
356 South Australia – Spencer Gulf — Directions; Caution 04/12
361 South Australia – Point Boston — Directions; marine farms 01/12
364 South Australia – Franklin Harbor — Directions 47/11
367 South Australia – Point Turton — Directions; marine farms 01/12
380 South Australia – Port Augusta — Directions; marine farms 01/12
381 South Australia – Port Augusta — Directions; buoy 45/11
14 Australia 2 11th Edition (2010) 21/10
Wk13/12
2 Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms 01/12
103, 104 Victoria – Port Phillip — Pilotage: depths 35/11
104 Victoria – Port Phillip – South Channel — Controlling Depths 11/12
104 Victoria – Port Phillip — transit restictions 35/11
106, 108 Victoria – Port Phillip Heads — Directions; sector light; depth 43/11
114 Victoria – Port Phillip – Swan Island docks — Directions 43/11
115 Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Geelong — Directions; channel 11/12
126 Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Melbourne — Directions; channel 11/12
126 Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Melbourne – West Channel — Directions 43/11
134 Victoria – Melbourne — Depths 35/11
146 Victoria – Hastings — Arrival Information; regulations concerning entry 49/11
175 Victoria – Lakes Entrance — Directions; buoy 03/12
189 Tasmania – Robbins Passage — Directions; buoyage 08/12
203,207 Tasmania - Port Dalrymple — Pilotage; anchorages 02/11
228 Tasmania – Cape Sorell — Directions; rock 01/12
259 Tasmania – Hobart — Directions 43/11
274 Tasmania – Spring Bay and approaches — Port limits 36/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
293 New South Wales – Batemans Bay — Directions; fish aggregation device 43/11
301 New South Wales – Jervis Bay — Directions; buoy 43/11
312 New South Wales - Port Kembla — Anchorages 29/11
324 New South Wales – Cape Banks — Fishing; fish aggregation devices 43/11
327 New South Wales – Sydney Harbour — Vertical clearance 45/11
15 Australia 3 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
2 Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms 01/12
13 Australia – Queensland – Ship reporting systems — Torres Strait and Great Barrier
Reef ship reporting system
28/11
92 Australia – New South Wales – Port Jackson to Broken Bay — Directions; fish
aggregation device
45/11
102 Australia – New South Wales – Newcastle — Outer Anchorages 29/11
116, 117 Australia – New South Wales – Sugarloaf Point to Smoky Cape — Directions; fish
aggregation devices
45/11
116 Australia – New South Wales – Mermaid Reef — Directions 06/11
119-120 New South Wales – Port Macquarie — Directions; leading lights 39/10
129 Australia – New South Wales – Point Danger — Directions 06/11
140, 141 Australia – Queensland – Gneering Shoals — Directions; depths 01/11
142 Queensland – Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
142 Australia – Queensland – Moreton Bay – North part of Main Channel — Directions 15/11
143 Australia – Queensland – Moreton Bay — Side Channels; directions 51/11
143 Queensland – Moreton Bay – North East Channel — Directions; buoyage 07/10
146 Queensland – Mooloolaba Harbour — Directions; depth 09/12
156 Australia – Queensland – Brisbane River – Hamilton Reach — Berths; depths 16/11
168 Australia – Queensland – Double Island Point — Directions; Wolf Rock 06/12
168 Queensland – Cape Moreton to Breaksea Spit — Directions; wreck 47/10
171 Australia – Queensland – Capricorn Channel — Directions 44/11
175 Queensland – Hervey Bay — Directions; shoal 09/12
184 Australia – Queensland – Kolan River — Directions 11/12
184 Australia – Queensland – Colosseum Inlet — Approach; obstruction 11/12
218, 219, 221, 222, 231, Queensland – Hay Point Port and Mackay approaches — Directions; depths;
22/10
234, 235, 238, 239 anchorage
267 Australia – Queensland – Abbot Point — Directions; leading lights ; berths 51/10
268 Australia – Queensland – Cape Upstart — Directions; wreck 04/12
272 Australia – Queensland – Magnetic Passage — Directions 44/11
279 Australia – Queensland – Goold Island — Directions; wreck 04/12
303 Australia – Queensland – Cairns — Anchorage 04/12
303 Australia – Queensland – Cairns — Pilotage 38/11
310 Queensland – Port Douglas — Pilot boarding position 17/10
312 Queensland – Cape Tribulation — Directions; wreck 09/12
318 Queensland – Cooktown — Pilot boarding position 17/10
338 Australia – Queensland – Owen Channel — Directions; depth 44/11
341 Australia – Queensland – Bow Reef — Directions; light 44/11
395 Papua New Guinea – Port Moresby to Yule Island — Directions; depth 01/11
416 Queensland – Torres Strait – Great North East Channel — Directions; depth 09/12
425 Australia – Torres Strait – Prince of Wales Channel — Directions; approach from
inner route
427 Australia – Torres Strait – Alert Patches — Directions; light buoy 50/11
428 Australia – Queensland – Prince of Wales Channel — Directions 44/11
428 Australia – Torres Strait – Varzin Passage — Directions; depth 05/12
Wk13/12
50/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
432 Queensland – Torres Strait – Thursday Island — Pilotage 41/10
440 Australia – Torres Strait – Red Island Point — Anchorage 02/12
18 Baltic 1 15th Edition (2009) 02/10
3, 198 Denmark/Sweden – The Sound — SOUNDREP ship reporting system 35/11
8, 72, 74, 127, 128,
128-129, 140, 146, 165,
166, 167, 168, 169, 170,
186, 192, 198, 199
Denmark – Kattegat – Directions — Routes 40/10
11, 12, 80, 101, 103 Sweden – Kattegat – Northern part – Göteborg and approaches — Restricted area 12/12
11, 12 Sweden – Kattegat – Northern part – Göteborg and approaches — Restricted area 13/12
128 Denmark – Kattegat – Læsø SE – Groves Flak – Route T — Buoys and shoal 09/12
172 Denmark – Kattegat west – Fornæs to Samsø Bælt — Directions; track; depth 51/11
210, 215, 220 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Trekroner Light sector 02/12
215, 220, 221 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Trekroner and Prøvesten Light
sectors
49/11
217 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns — Arrival information; Restricted area 49/11
220 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Trekroner Light sector 06/12
220 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Kronløbet directional lights 06/12
223 Denmark – København — Basins and berths; Depths 13/11
225 Sweden – The Sound – Lundåkrabukten — Lous Flak to Malmö Redd 10/12
254, 255, 257, 259, 260,
286, 288
Denmark – Storebælt— Directions; lights 43/10
271, 272 Denmark – Århus Bugt – Hov Havn — Lights 34/10
277, 278, 278-279, 279 Denmark – Odense Fjord — Directions; buoyage; beacons; dredged channel 46/11
287 Denmark – Storebælt Link – West section — Vertical and horizontal clearances 06/10
287 Denmark – Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance 22/10
288, 289 Denmark – Storebælt – Østerrenden N — Light replaced by buoy 11/12
424, 427 Germany – Flensburg – Outer Approaches — Directions; anchorage 02/10
442, 445, 446 Germany – Travemünde — Directions; route; leading lights 02/10
19 Baltic 2 15th Edition (2011) 26/11
15, 113, 114, 115, 145,
235, 268, 269, 272, 276,
278, 284, 307
Sweden – East coast — Restricted areas 12/12
15, 113, 115, 145, 268,
269, 272, 284, 307
Sweden – East coast — Restricted areas 13/12
196, 197, 197-198 Sweden – Västervik approaches — Directions; tracks; lights; buoyage; depth 43/11
215, 221-222, 222 Sweden – Norrköping – Pampushamnen — Directions; lights; buoys; dredged
channel; depths
20 Baltic 3 11th Edition (2010) 24/10
10 Navigation and regulations – Traffic and operations – Traffic — Recommended
tracks
51/11
Wk13/12
19, 360, 417, 418, 422,
450, 489
Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia — Special regulations; restricted area 12/12
90 Gulf of Finland – Porkkala to Kalbådagrund — Directions; traffic separation schemes 43/10
91, 117, 119 Russia – Luzhskaya Guba — Directions 06/11
109 Gulf of Finland – Estonia – Muuga sadam and approaches – Approach east of Aksi
— Recommended track
08/12
142 Finland – Koppnäs — Directions; Lights 49/10
162 Finland – Helsinki approaches – Björköfjärden — Directions; leading beacons;
authorised draught
29/11
167 Finland – Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 43/10
169 Finland – Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 40/10
195, 197, 203, 204, 205,
207, 208
Finland – Approaches to Hamina — Directions; routes; buoys, lights; depths;
anchorages
210 Finland – Hamina to Vyborg — Directions; leading lights 24/10
31/11
29/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
212, 214, 215 Russian Federation – Vyborg and approaches – Gavan Vysotsk — Directions;
depths; lights; beacons; buoys
24/11
233 Finland – Förby — Directions; lights 49/10
235 Finland – Utö to Hanko channel — Directions; Lights 02/11
235, 238, 239, 240, 244,
245, 246, 248, 253, 254,
255, 256, 260, 261, 264,
265
Finland – Naantali — Directions; lights; depths 24/10
290, 291 Finland – Rauma and approaches — Directions: leading beacons 24/10
314, 315, 316 Finland – Gulf of Bothnia – North-west approaches to Vaasa — Other aids to
navigation; Track guide
47/11
314, 315, 316 Finland – North-west approaches to Vaasa — Directions; beacons; buoys 43/11
336, 337 Finland – Raahe — Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin; directions 26/10
378, 379 Sweden – Skutskär-Harnäs — Directions; depths 48/10
379, 381 Sweden – Sea of Bothnia – Gävle – Fredrikskanhamnen — Controlling depths 02/12
442 Sweden – Efesgrundet to Väktaren — Directions; light 26/10
442 Sweden – Hörnefors — Authorised draught 26/10
463 Sweden – Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
468 Sweden – Kågehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489 Sweden – Törehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489, 490 Sweden – Törehamn — Directions; lights 43/10
21 Bay of Bengal 11th Edition (2010) 44/10
99 India – Kºkinºda Bay to Vamsadhºra River — Gangavaram Port 21/11
117 India – East Coast — Dhºmra Port 10/12
200 Bay of Bengal – south-eastern part – Taung Kyun Su — Depths 09/11
22 Bay of Biscay 11th Edition (2010) 34/10
66 France – West Coast – Benodet — Directions; light 05/11
132 France – La Loire Approaches — Prohibited area 34/11
190 France – West Coast – La Seudre — Light 45/11
280 Spain – North coast – Aviles — Directions; light 06/12
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
7-8 Maritime safety information 41/10
207 United States of America – Unalaska Island – Dutch Harbor — Anchorage 18/10
266 United States of America – Attu Island — Loran tower 49/10
312 United States of America – Alaska – Port Clarence — Loran tower 20/10
321 United States of America – Alaska – Red Dog — Directions; racon 33/09
390 Russia – Pacific coast – Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage 35/10
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
3rd Edition (2010) 30/10
100 Turkey – zmit Körfezi — Traffic separation scheme 01/12
141 Turkey – Trabzon — Pipeline 11/11
144 Turkey – Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu – Pazar — Marine farm 30/10
191 Ukraine – Dnistrovs’kyi Lyman — Approach and entry 04/11
192 Ukraine – Bilhorod-Dnistrovs’kyi — Wreck 47/11
194 Ukraine – Illichivs’k — Obstruction 01/11
195 Ukraine – Illichivs’k — Directions; shoal patch 32/11
255 Russia – Sochi — Obstruction 04/11
25 British Columbia 1 14th Edition (2010) 47/10
93 United States of America – Puget Sound – Ports and Inlets West of Puget Sound —
Restricted areas; hazard lights
08/12
131 United States of America – Rosario Strait – Belle Rock — Light 49/11
208 Canada – Vancouver – Burrard Inlet — Directions; lights 12/12
209 Canada – Port Moody — Directions; leading lights 40/11
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
26 British Columbia 2 10th Edition (2011) 12/12
Nil
27 Channel 8th Edition (2009) 12/10
14 United Kingdom – HM Coastguard — Emergency Towing Vessels 40/11
68, 75, 78 England – South coast – Isles of Scilly – Round Island — Directions; other aids to
navigation; racon
42/11
69, 70, 71, 374, 390, 393 England – English Channel — Aids to navigation 01/11
71, 374, 392 Channel Islands – Alderney — Directions; light 14/11
80 England – South coast – Isles of Scilly — Pilotage 33/10
92 England – South coast – Penzance Harbour — Limiting conditions 31/10
145 England – South Coast – Salcombe — Limiting conditions; controlling depth 20/11
212, 258 England – The Solent – Port of Southampton — Small Ships Anchorage 24/11
226, 228 England – South coast – Chichester Harbour — Limiting conditions; directions 15/10
259 England – South coast – Port of Southampton — Traffic regulations 13/10
283, 287, 289 France – Approaches to Brest — Buoyage 13/10
284, 298 France – L’Iroise with Brest and Baie de Douarnenez — Pilotage 26/10
295 France – L’Élorn – Saint-Nicolas — Prohibited areas 11/12
372, 399 Channel Islands – Sark — General information; controlled zones 34/11
405, 406, 407 Channel Islands – Approaches to Saint Helier — Directions; light beacon 40/11
432, 433, 434 France – Cherbourg and approaches — Arrival information 12/10
432, 436, 438 France – Cherbourg — Offshore coal terminal 06/11
451, 456 France – Dives-Sur-Mer — Directions; light; buoyage 12/12
485 France – Port du Havre – Antifer and approaches — Outer anchorages; wreck 06/11
28 Dover Strait 9th Edition (2011) 01/12
283, 285 United Kingdom – Harwich Haven approaches — Directions; buoyage 13/12
30 China Sea 1
Nil
8th Edition (2010) 43/10
31 China Sea 2 9th Edition (2010) 22/10
68 Dangerous Ground – Nares Bank and Reed Tablemount — Depths 29/11
71 South China Sea – Dangerous Ground – Fiery Cross Reef — Major Light 34/10
100 Sarawak – Pulau Burong — Light 01/12
116 Sarawak – Kuala Bintulu — Directions 42/11
118 Borneo – North-west coast – Kuala Niah — Directions 29/11
155 Borneo – North-west coast – Emerald Shoal — Depth 24/11
196 Philippine Islands – Luzon – West coast – Manila harbour — Dredged area 38/10
32 China Sea 3 8th Edition (2011) 48/11
65 Taiwan – Taiwan Strait — Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links 50/11
117 Taiwan – East Coast — Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links 50/11
125 Taiwan – East coast – Su-ao Kang — Anchorage 03/12
146 China – East Coast – Xiamen Gang — Approach and entry 48/11
311, 313, 315, 317 China – Yellow Sea – Lianyungang — Directions; buoyage 09/12
350 China – Yellow Sea – Penglai — Anchorage 48/11
384 China – Bohai – Tianjin Gang – Dagukou South Anchorage — Dangerous wreck 03/12
391 China – Bohai – Jingtang — Directions; racon 51/11
404 China – Boi Hai – Jinzhou Gang — Directions 06/12
405, 407 China – Bo Hai – Yingkou — Vertical clearance; racon 48/11
33 Philippine Islands 4th Edition (2011) 41/11
285 Luzon — Pagbilao Power Station 51/11
398 Philippine Islands – Mindanao — Container Terminal 03/12
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
34 Indonesia 2 5th Edition (2009) 47/09
61 Indonesia – South coast of Jawa – Tanjung Intan — Limiting conditions 34/10
72 Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Pulau Bawean — Directions; major light 17/10
81 Indonesia – North Coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya and approaches — Depths 05/12
81
Indonesia – North Coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya – Gresik – Poleng Oilfield —
Submarine gas pipeline
47/09
81, 84
Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya and approaches — Directions;
vertical clearance; buoyage
16/10
85 Indonesia – North Coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya – Gresik — Berths 47/09
87 Indonesia – North Coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya – Port of Tanjungperak — Wreck 47/09
88, 89 Indonesia – North coast of Madura — Directions; major light 17/10
122 Indonesia – Nusa Tenggara – Lombok – Teluk Ayang Southwards — Rock 47/09
167 Indonesia – Pulau Sumba – South-east coast — Directions; major light 17/10
192, 193, 194 Indonesia – Selat Flores — Directions; lights 04/10
220, 221, 222 Kalimantab – Sangai Burito — Directions 49/11
245 Indonesia – East Coast of Kalimantan – Teluk Balikpapan — Private Terminal 33/11
268 Approaches to Makassar – North-west Approach Channel — Shoal 41/11
423 Indonesia – Sulawesi – Selat Bangka – Pulau Talisei – Tanjung Arus — Racon 47/09
35 Indonesia 3 5th Edition (2011) 28/11
188, 189 Indonesia – East Coast of Halmahera – Teluk Buli – Directions; shoal; lights 32/11
36 Indonesia 1 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
85, 86, 159 Java Sea – Gosong Mampango — Light; racon 12/10
108 Indonesia – Pulau-pulau Karimunjawa — Unexploded Ordnance 03/11
119 N coast of Java – Tanjung Leran — Power station and pier 29/11
126 Sumatera – East coast – Tanjung Selokan — Dangerous wreck 31/09
143 Indonesia – Selat Baur – Pulau Kasenga — Racon 06/11
143 Selat Gelasa – Selat Baur — Directions 27/09
164, 165 Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions 32/09
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
18th Edition (2011) 39/11
65, 66, 67, 76, 79, 80, 83,
84, 87, 93
England – West Coast – Bristol Channel — Light 08/12
66, 67 England – Isles of Scilly — Directions; racon 42/11
162 Wales – South-west coast – Turbot Bank — Directions; buoy 10/12
218 Wales – North-west coast – Anglesey — Penrhyn Mawr 06/12
235, 237 Wales – West coast – Menai Strait — Directions 39/11
245 England – Liverpool Bay — Directions; buoy 04/12
251-252 Wales – River Dee Estuary — Berths 11/12
255 England – River Mersey — Arrival information; Vessel traffic service 04/12
279, 282, 296, 297, 298 England – West Coast – Directions — Buoy 48/11
289 England – West coast – Heysham — Buoy 09/12
313 England – Solway Firth – Silloth Harbour — Maximum draught 06/12
38 West Coast of India 16th Edition (2010) 25/10
141 Sri Lanka East Coast – Trincomalee to Pulmoddai Roads — Directions; wreck 44/11
161, 162, 163, 164
Sri Lanka – West coast – Colombo harbour — Limiting conditions; arrival information;
directions; berths
25/10
185 India – West coast – Quilon – Port authority; pilotage 25/10
187 India – West coast – Quilon to Kochi — Directions; obstruction 25/10
191 India – West coast – Kochi Harbour — Spoil ground 25/10
223 India – West coast – Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head — Directions; dangerous wreck 25/10
228 India – West coast – Mandºvi River — Pilotage 25/10
252
Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port – Bravo (West) anchorage —
Wreck
40/11
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
268 South approach to Gulf of Khambhºt –Hºzira (Sørat) Port — Pilotage 49/11
276, 277 PØpºvºv Port – Approach and entry, Pilotage, Directions — recommended track 30/11
281 India – West coast – Dahej — Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream; berths 25/10
281 Gulf of Khambhºt – Dahej — Arrival information; berth 49/11
289 India – West coast – Verºval to Porbandar — Directions; wreck 25/10
290, 291
India – West coast – Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Directions; safety fairways;
wrecks
25/10
291 Porbandar to Kachchigadh – Ghughadwa Creek — SPM 37/11
295, 304, 306 West part of Gulf of Kachchh — Major Light 12/12
302, 303 West part of Gulf of Kachchh – Salºya Harbour — Anchorages 37/11
304 India – West coast – Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point — Directions; buoyage 25/10
305 India – Mundra — Port information 38/10
308 India – West coast – VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal — Function; maximum size 25/10
309
India – West coast – Essar VºdØnºr Terminal — Port authority; limiting conditions;
berths
25/10
314, 315, 316
India – West coast – Kandla – Harbour and approaches — Pilotage; spoil grounds;
berths
25/10
39 South Indian Ocean 13th Edition (2011) 36/11
Nil
40 Irish Coast 18th Edition (2010) 01/11
Wk13/12
58 Ireland – South coast – Cork Harbour to Tuskar Rock — Directions: light buoy 12/12
70, 78, 80 Ireland – South-west coast – Bantry Bay — Directions 11/12
77 South coast – Castletownbere – Directions — Leading lights 01/11
77 South–west coast – Castletown Bearhaven — Directional light 13/11
82, 83, 84, 85 South-west coast – Dunmanus Bay — Directions 29/11
116 South coast – Cork — Submarine cables 42/11
116 South coast – Cork — Pilot boarding 06/12
118 South coast – Cork Harbour — Directions; buoy 01/11
156 West coast – Approaches to Rosslare Europort – South Shear — Buoyage 12/11
163 East coast – Glassgorman Banks — Directions; buoyage 12/11
167 East coast — Directions; buoyage 22/11
171, 176, 177, 178 Ireland – East Coast – Dublin — Vessel traffic service 07/12
186, 196, 197, 198 East coast – Dundalk — Directions; principal marks 30/11
186, 196, 199, 200, 201,
205
East coast – Carlingford Lough — Haulbowline Light 33/11
217, 218 Northern Ireland – Strangford Lough — Directions 17/11
227 Northern Ireland – East Coast – Donaghadee Sound — Directions; buoy 04/12
234-235 Northern Ireland – East coast – Belfast — Pilotage 12/11
239, 241 Northern Ireland – Approaches to Larne Lough — Directions 08/12
265 West coast – Valentia Harbour — Directions; directional light 12/11
267 West coast – Valentia River — Directions; leading lights 26/11
272, 282, 284 West coast – Kilcredaun Head — Principal mark 14/11
278, 284 Ireland – South-west coast – River Shannon — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages 05/12
283 West coast – River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 32/11
283 Ireland – South-west coast – Shannon Estuary — Directions; buoyage 12/12
319 West coast – Kiggaul Bay — Approach; light 13/11
370 West coast – Sligo Harbour — Directions; beacon 01/11
372 West coast – Donegal Bay — Directions 35/11
382 West coast – Ballyshannon – Entrance — Leading lights 01/11
382 West coast – Inver Bay — Useful marks 35/11
396 West coast – Bunbeg — Directions; aids to navigation 22/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
402 West coast – Sheep Haven – Breaghy Head — Light 22/11
420, 427 Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle — General information; vertical
clearance
05/12
422, 425 Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle — Directions 05/12
426 Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle — Leading lights 05/12
428, 431 Northern Ireland – North coast – The Skerries — Directions 42/11
41 Japan 1 9th Edition (2009) 44/09
76 Honshu – Northwest coast – Hagi Ko – Ai Shima — Light 04/10
88 Honshu – Northwest coast – Misumi Ko — Towers 27/10
89 Honshu – Northwest coast – Tako Hana — Wreck 08/10
176, 184, 191, 192 Honshu – Northwest coast — Light 05/10
275, 357, 360 Russia – Pacific Coast – Zaliv Aniva — Prigorodnoye 49/10
284 Hokkaido – South coast – Tomakomai Ko — Prohibited anchorage 11/10
42A Japan 2
Nil
3rd Edition (2011) 25/11
42B Japan 3
Nil
9th Edition (2011) 11/12
42C Japan 4
Nil
3rd Edition (2011) 15/11
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
9th Edition (2011) 33/11
81 Cheju Do – North Coast – Aewologot to Cheju Hang — Cheju Hang; Pilot Station 03/12
81, 82 South Korea - South coast - Cheju Do – Cheju Hang — Harbour; Development 49/11
89 South Coast – Offshore Route – Ch’uja Hang — Position and function; directions 11/12
99 South Korea – South Coast – Inshore Route - Haenamgak to Somodo — Directions;
wreck
106 South Korea - South coast – Chungdo Sudo – East entrance — Light beacon 49/11
109 Inshore Route - Chima Do to Sori Do - Approaches to Yãja Man and Kamak Yang —
Directions; depth
120 Outer Approaches to Yãsu Hang and Kwangyang Hang – Yokchi Do and Chwasari
Chedo — Vertical clearance
129 South Korea – Kwangyang Hang — Anchorages 03/12
131 Inshore Route – Paek Sã to Tumi Do – Mijo Hang — Vertical clearance 05/12
134 Chinju Man and approaches — Vertical clearances 10/12
138 Samch’ãnp’o Hang to Nam Man – Kosãng Man — Vertical clearance 05/12
140 Inshore Route – Tumi Do to Pbujido – Offshore Islands – Yãnhwa Yãlto — Vertical
clearance
140 Tongyãng Haeman and Kyãnnaeryang and Haehyãp — Vertical clearance 05/12
159 South Korea - South Coast - Chinhae Man — Vertical clearance 12/12
184 S Korea - East Coast - Mip’o Hang — Anchorage areas 12/12
204 Chumunjin Dan to Pisãn Jang — Directions; light 09/12
205 Sokch’o Hang — Directions for entering harbour; light 09/12
206 Pisãn Jang to Suwãn Dan — Directions; light 09/12
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
Nil
03/12
06/12
05/12
05/12
10th Edition (2011) 09/12
45 Mediterranean 1 14th Edition (2011) 02/12
398, 399, 400 Sicilia – Porto di Pozzallo — Traffic Separation Scheme 08/12
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.14
Weekly
Edition
46 Mediterranean 2 13th Edition (2011) 18/11
71 France – Le Barcarès, Port-Saint-Ange — Obstruction 18/11
85 France – Port de Fos — Depths; dredged areas 04/12
96 France – Port de Méjean – Entrance — Underwater rock 18/11
97 France – Marseille-Nord – Anchorage — Obstruction 18/11
119 France – South coast – Port de Cavalaire — Anchorage 48/11
129 France – Cannes – Golfe Juan — Beacon tower 35/11
148 Italy – North-west Coast – San Remo — Wreck 28/11
156 Italy – West coast – Savona — Anchor berths; legends 31/11
161 Italy – Genova – Outer anchorages — Caution 18/11
193 Italy – W coast – Livorno — Anchorage 31/11
300 Italy – Sardegna – Punta Marmorata — Beacons 41/11
310 Italy – Sardegna – Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Pilotage 33/11
311 Italy – Sardegna – Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Racon 33/11
319 Italy – Sardegna – Capo Sferracavallo — Prohibited area 06/12
320 Italy – Sardegna – Capo San Lorenzo — Prohibited area 06/12
340 Italy – South-east of Capo d’Anzio – Torre Astura — Obstruction 18/11
362 Italy – West coast – Bagnoli – Isolotto di Nisida — Explosive dumping ground 31/11
369 Italy – West coast – Torre del Greco — Obstruction 04/12
388 Italy – W coast – Agropoli — Anchorage area 43/11
47 Mediterranean 3 14th Edition (2011) 46/11
104, 105 Western Greek Islands – Nisída Kastós — shoal depth 46/11
126, 127 Greece – Pelopónnisos – Pátrai — New harbour 46/11
487 Italy – Brindisi approaches — Shoal depths 46/11
516 Italy – Adriatic Sea – Pescara — Depths 10/12
523 Italy – Ancona – Falconara Marittima — Wreck 46/11
538 Italy – Rimini — Wreck 49/11
48 Mediterranean 4 14th Edition (2009) 41/09
156 Greece – Saronikós Kólpos – Órmos Keratsiníou — Directions; dangerous wreck 20/10
203 South Aegean – Stenó Antipárou — Dangerous wreck 49/10
213 Nísos Páros – Órmos Plastíra — Obstruction 41/10
297 Turkey – Güllük — Anchorage; pilotage 46/11
365 North Aegean – Thessaloníki — Light 41/09
417 Greece – Chíos — Arrival information 28/11
432, 434 Turkey – zmir — Buoyage 41/09
460 Greece – Kavála — Anchorage 03/12
473 Greece – Alexandroúpoli — Anchorage 32/11
49 Mediterranean 5 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
69 Libya – Al Khums 39/10
74 Libya – Surt 41/10
78 Libya – Ra’s Lºnøf to Marsá al Burayqah — Depth 42/11
122 Egypt – MØnº’ Dumyºò — Waiting area 03/11
158 Turkey – Fethiye — Dangerous wreck 48/10
228 Lebanon – Trâblous — Approach and entry 05/12
233 Lebanon – Beyrouth (Beirut) — Approach 05/12
244 Israel – •adera — Regulations 42/09
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
13th Edition (2011) 36/11
346 Newfoundland – Sops Arm — Rock 42/11
51 New Zealand 18th Edition (2010) 51/10
119 South Island – North Coast – Queen Charlotte Sound — Directions; light buoy 49/11
147 New Zealand – North Island – Doubtful Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
149 New Zealand – North Island – Breaksea Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
151 New Zealand – North Island – Dusky Sound — Directions; beacon 51/10
152 New Zealand – North Island – Cascade Cove — Beacon 51/10
160 New Zealand – Islands South of South Island – Snares Islands — Anchorage 03/11
180, 181 Paterson Inlet and approaches — Directions; depths 23/11
193 New Zealand – North Island – East Coast – Kerikeri Inlet — Directions; buoy 01/11
199 Cape Brett to Tutukaka Harbour — Directions; depth 10/12
204 New Zealand – North Island – Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages 51/10
212 Great Barrier Island – East coast — Directions; beacons 06/12
219 New Zealand – Great Barrier Island – Approach to Man of War Passage —
Directions; depth
01/11
220 North Island – East Coast – Hauraki Gulf – Mairangi Bay — Prohibited anchorage 34/11
226 Auckland — Vertical clearance 06/12
255 East Coast of North Island – Tauranga — Prohibited Anchorages 08/12
256 East Coast of North Island – Tauranga — Pilotage 08/12
262 East Coast of North Island – Tauranga to East Cape — Route 08/12
263-264 Tauranga to East Cape — Directions; coastal routes 08/12
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
11 United Kingdom – HM Coastguard — Emergency Towing Vessels 40/11
60, 61, 69 Scotland – North coast – Strathy Point — Light 13/12
64, 65 Scotland – North coast – Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
92, 93 Wick – Harbour and approaches — Depths 08/10
93 Scotland – East Coast – Wick Harbour and approaches — Directions 48/11
96, 106, 119, 120, 123,
128
Scotland – North-east coast – Covesea Skerries — Light 13/12
116 Moray Firth – Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
119, 120 Scotland – North-east coast – Moray Firth – Lossiemouth to Burghead — Directions;
light buoy
11/12
139 Scotland – North-east coast – Cromarty Firth — Invergordon; berth 22/09
142
Scotland – East coast – Moray Firth – Approaches to Inverness Firth – Riff Bank —
Directions; buoyage
29/10
162
Orkney Islands – Scapa Flow – Anchorages; designated berths and prohibited
anchorage areas
22/09
162, 177, 231 Orkney Islands – Pilotage 33/10
169 Orkney Islands – Saint Margaret’s Hope — General information; directions; berths 26/11
254, 256 Shetland Islands – North Channel and Whiteness Voe — Depths 11/10
345 Føroyar – KollafjørÉur — Berths 03/10
54 North Sea (West) 8th Edition (2009) 01/10
59 Scotland – East Coast – Peterhead — Anchorage 38/11
83 Scotland – East Coast – Approaches to Isle of May — Directions 45/11
89, 91 Scotland – East Coast – Methil — Landmark 26/11
106, 108 Scotland – East Coast – Firth of Forth — Directions; light 47/11
107 Scotland – East Coast – Firth of Forth — Development 45/11
136 England – East coast – Blyth — Pilotage 12/10
136 England – East Coast – Blyth — Directions; buoy 24/11
141 England – East coast – River Tyne — Millenium Bridge 07/12
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
154 England – East coast – River Tees — Breakwaters 25/10
155 England – East coast – Teesport — Outer anchorage; pipelines 15/10
169, 170 England – East coast – Humber Approaches — Pilotage; anchorages 12/10
171, 196 England – East coast – Approaches to River Humber — Outer Rosse Reach Light
Buoy
07/12
193, 194, 199 England – East coast — Wind farms; firing practice area 12/10
193 England – East Coast — Wind farms 09/11
194, 212, 219, 225, 227,
229
England – East Coast — Aids to navigation 01/11
201, 202 England – East Coast – The Wash – Boston — Anchorage; directions; buoy 42/11
204 England – East coast – Wisbech — Pilotage 06/12
213, 215, 217 England – East coast – Winterton-on-Sea — Racon 39/10
216, 218, 219 England – East Coast – Approaches to Great Yarmouth — Directions; buoyage 44/10
220, 221 England – East coast – Great Yarmouth – Outer Harbour — Directions 11/10
221 England – East coast – Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 38/10
221 England – East coast – Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 01/11
223 England – East Coast – Lowestoft — Bridge 34/11
224 England – East coast – Lowestoft — Pilotage 06/12
226 England – East coast – Lowestoft — Directions; Kirkley Light 01/10
55 North Sea (East) 7th Edition (2010) 45/10
67, 71, 123 Germany – Borkum-Riffgrund NE — Wind farm 04/11
97 The Netherlands – Zeegat Van Texel — Pilotage 48/10
120-121 The Netherlands – Friesche Zeegat – Plaatgat — Directions 13/11
148 The Netherlands – Eemshaven — Limiting conditions; depth 31/11
183, 186 Germany – The Outer Weser — Depths 10/12
214, 219 Germany – Sea to Cuxhaven — Directions; leading lights 28/11
220, 221 Germany – Cuxhaven to Brunsbüttel – Otterndorf — Buoyage 25/11
277 Germany – The Hever – Rütergat – Norderaue — Directions 48/11
288 Denmark – Lister Tief to Grådyb — Directions; buoyage 07/11
297 Denmark – Passage South of and channels through Horns Rev — Directions;
buoyage
56 Norway 1 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden – West coast – Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
11 Norway — NOR VTS 14/10
14, 59, 60, 67, 73, 81, 92,
96, 102,115, 116, 138,
178
Norway – Skagerrak — Traffic Separation Schemes 22/11
Wk13/12
15, 236 Sweden – Älgöfjorden — Restricted area 12/12
69 Norway – Tregde — Leading Lights 28/11
70 Norway – Tregde — Lights 22/11
84 Norway – Lillesand to Grimstad – Inner Passage — Lights 36/09
84 Norway – Hesnes — Lights 22/11
109 Norway – Brevikstrømmen — Directions; leading lights 52/09
130 Norway – Approach to Tønsberg – Sandøsundsleia — Light 36/09
134 Norway – Husøysundet — Channel 41/11
153, 162 Norway – Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway – Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway – Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
156 Norway – Oslofjorden – Søndre Kaholmen — Depth 32/09
160 Norway – Oslofjorden — Depths 09/10
169 Norway – Svelvikstrømmen — Directions; Lights 07/11
187 Norway – Oslofjorden – Fredrikstad — Lights 44/11
233 Sweden – North Channel to Uddevalla – Björnsundskanalen — Speed limit 44/11
07/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
57A Norway 2A 10th Edition (2011) 30/11
86 Norway – Færøysundet and Prestøysundet — Anchorages 41/11
88-89 Norway – Farsund and approaches — Anchorages 35/11
128, 136 Stavanger – Dusavika — Light; depths 05/12
147, 148 Gandsfjorden – Sandnes — Depths 06/12
170 Finnøyfjorden – Fjellberg — Overhead cable 08/12
193 Karmsundet – Austdjupet — Light 47/11
239 Husnesfjorden – Laukhammarsundet — Lights 51/11
282 Stokksundet – Koløyosen — Anchorage 49/11
329 Bergen – Skoltegrunnskaien — Light 07/12
348 Fedjeosen – Hernar – Hernesundet — Overhead cable 04/12
353 Hauglandsosen – Horsøy — Lights 06/12
402 Masfjorden – Duesundet — Vertical clearance 04/12
403 Matresfjorden – Tersundet — Vertical clearance 04/12
415 Brandangersundet – Slovågen — Depths 06/12
489 Askrova – Valvikevågen — Light 06/12
521 Skorpa – Vassøya — Depth 06/12
537 Frøya – Oldersundet — Depth 06/12
545, 546, 561, 562, 563,
564
Norway – Måløy — Lights; directions 38/11
561, 562 Måloy – Måloystraumen — Lights; directions 51/11
57B Norway 2B 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
3 NOR VTS 14/10
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage – General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 30/05
5 Off Runde — Traffic separation scheme 22/11
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245
Norway – Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant
liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
37 Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage 29/09
40 Runde – Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden – Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden – Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia – Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia – Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla – Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla – Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden – Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway 3A 7th Edition (2010) 16/10
9 NOR VTS 16/10
9 Radio navigational warnings 41/10
77 Kvingra – Svinstein — wreck 04/12
110 Torgværet – north-east of Tverrtaren — Depth 13/12
193 Lovundvika – Lovund — anchorages 40/11
194-195 Tomma – Finnvika — anchorage 40/11
210 Nesøya – Jovika — Directions; leading lights 21/10
217 Stigfjorden – Innerkvarøya Harbour — Anchorage 47/11
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
235 Meløyfjorden – Kjerkholmen — Light 50/10
238 Meløyvær – Kubakkflua — Light 50/10
240 Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights 50/10
325, 328, 330, 344 Ofotfjorden – Barøya — Barøya Light 04/11
328 Kanstadfjorden – Straumen — Vertical clearance 13/12
334 Tysfjorden – Skrovkjosen – Skarberget — Buoyage 51/10
336 Tysfjorden – Haukøygrunnen and Storlysbotn — Buoyage 51/10
349 Ofotfjorden – Bogen — Directions; light 18/10
350 Ofotfjorden – Ballangen — Directions 04/11
367, 368, 369, 370, 371 Sørlandsvågen – Røssnesvågen — Lights; Directions 19/10
379 Lofoten – South-east coast of Moskenesøya – Å — Anchorage 08/11
380 Lofoten south-east side – Sørvagen — Anchorage 47/10
400-401 Stamsund – Rokkvika — Directions; leading lights 11/12
401 Lofoten – South coast of Vestvågøya – Stamsund — Anchorage 08/11
422, 424 North side of Vestfjorden – Svolvær — Directions 45/10
424 North side of Vestfjorden – Svolvær — Directions 47/10
429 North side of Vestfjorden – Molldøra – Kjepsøyhamn and Litlmolla — anchorages 10/11
447 Lofoten west side – Ramberg — Anchorage 47/10
492 Vesterålen – Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga 16/10
506, 507 Andøya – Nordmela — Depth; Directions 16/10
58B Norway 3B 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 48/04
2 Norway, north coast – Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage – General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6, 47 Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas 41/10
6 NOR VTS 14/10
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
51 Andfjorden – Andenes — Directions; light 18/10
52, 53 Andefjorden – Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
Wk13/12
53 Andfjorden – Risøyrenna — Depth 35/11
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
63-64 Andfjorden – Nergårdsvika — Anchorage 51/10
74 Tjeldsundet – Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet – Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden – South-eastern part – Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
98 Mefjorden – Mefjordbotn — Anchorage 51/10
99 Senja – Baltsfjord — light 04/12
106 Kattfjorden – Nordre Angstaursundet – Lysgrunnen — Directions; buoyage 03/10
107 Kvaløya – Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden – Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gisundet – Gibostadsundet — Controlling depth 47/11
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø – Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden – Approaches to Skagøysundet — Depth 01/07
158 Vannøya – Torsvåg — Marine farm 04/10
168 Fugløysveet – Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya – Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya – Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden – Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
181 Søndre Bergsfjorden (Sandlandsfjorden) – Sandland — Depth 30/11
191 Maursundet – Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet – Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden – Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228-229
Sørøysundet – Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions; LNG
Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet – south-east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North-east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær – Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North-west side of Magerøya – Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet – Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya – Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya – Forsøl – Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
260 Revsbotn – Litlefjorden – Rottnes — Leading lights 45/09
265 North side of Magerøya – Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265 Kamøyfjorden – South-west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors and depths 49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden – Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
273 The head of Porsangen – Kolvik — Anchorage 30/11
275, 276 North-east side of Laksefjorden – Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden — Anchorages 19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden – Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden – Hopsfjorden – Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
293 Båtsfjorden – Båtsfjord — Anchorage 04/12
295 Makkaur to Vardø – Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden – Vadsøya — Light 31/09
313 Kirkenes – Small craft anchorages 41/09
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
67 Larrys River — Light 44/09
70 Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 44/09
93, 94 Sambro Harbour — Directions to Anchorage Area; buoyage 50/11
173
Saint John Harbour and approaches – Limiting conditions — Deepest and longest
berths
44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches – Arrival information — Anchorages 44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches – Arrival information — Pilots and tugs 44/09
174, 177 Saint John Harbour and approaches – Harbour — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
180 Saint John Harbour and approaches – Berths — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
229 Cape Spencer to Martin Head — Directions; buoy 38/10
60 Pacific Islands 1 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
125
Solomon Islands – Manning Strait – Malaghara Island Shoal — Directions; light
beacon
04/10
158, 159 Solomon Islands – New Georgia Island – Hathorn Sound — Lights 12/10
209 Papua New Guinea – Bonvouloir Islands – East Island — Charts; position 50/10
211, 211-212, 212 Papua New Guinea – Louisade Archipelago – Deboyne Lagoon — Directions 51/10
235 Papua New Guinea – Nuakata Passage — Directions; depth 50/10
324 Papua New Guinea – North Coast – Manam Island — Directions; rock 03/11
334
Papua New Guinea – North-East coast – Lapar Point to Cape Concordia —
Directions; light
29/10
351 Bismarck Archipelago – New Britain – Kimbe – Kulungi Roadstead — Wreck 06/09
354, 355
Papua New Guinea – Bismark Archipelago – New Britain – Vitu Islands — Charts;
position
45/10
358, 359, 368, 393 Papua New Guinea – Bismark Archipelago – Islands — Positions 44/10
368, 369, 370, 371 Papua New Guinea – Bismark Archipelago – Sae Islands – Kaniet Islands and Manu
Island — Charts; position
02/11
418 Federated States of Micronesia – Caroline Islands – Pingelap and Mokil Atolls —
Positions; reference charts
09/12
419, 420 Micronesia – Caroline Islands – Senyavin Islands – Pohnpei Island — Marine farms 31/09
424, 432 Micronesia – Caroline Islands – Nukuoro Atoll, Ngatik Atoll, Wat Island and Satawal
Island — Charts; positions
01/11
440 Republic of Palau – Tobi Island — Charts; position 51/10
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
61 Pacific Islands 2 12th Edition (2011) 13/12
Nil
62 Pacific Islands 3 12th Edition (2010) 32/10
17 Pitcairn Islands – National limits 33/10
122 Îles Gambier – Port de Rikitea — Directions 03/12
184 Polynésie Française – Moorea – Baie de Cook — Charts; directions; leading lights 13/11
238 Republic of Kiribati – Southern Line Group – Vostock Island — Charts; position 50/10
63 Persian Gulf 15th Edition (2010) 08/11
2 Navigational dangers and hazards — Terrorism 09/11
87, 88, 89, 90 United Arab Emirates – Fujairah — Pilotage; prohibited area; directions; Vopak
ENOC Tanker Terminal
31/11
124 Western approaches to Khørºn Strait – Directions — Light buoy 09/11
148 Iran–Bøshehr to Ra’s-e Barkan–Bahregan Oil Terminal — wreck 21/11
168 Dubai and Jebel Ali – Arrival information — Outer anchorages 47/11
171, 176 Dubai to Abu Dhabi — Directions; Khalifa Port 21/11
183 JazØrat Dºs Terminals – Arrival information — Anchorage 13/11
183 Abu Dhabi to Jabal Aþ ¹annah including offshore oilfields and terminals – JazØrat
Dºs Terminals — Pilotage
21/11
207-208 Al Shaheen Oil Terminal — FSO’s 09/11
208 Al Rayyan Oil Terminal — FSU 09/11
209 Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Pilotage 23/11
221 Bahrain – MØnº’ Salmºn — Tidal streams 44/11
225 Approaches to Ra’s Tannørah and Ra’s al Ju‘aymah – Hazard — Pipe 09/11
241 Saudi Arabia – Jubail to Ra’s as SaffºnØyah — Ra’s al Khair Port 51/11
274 Iraq – Khawr al Kafka and Al Baîrah (Al Bakr) Oil Terminal — Directions; depth 16/11
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
237 ‹ubº Bulk Plant Terminal — General information; limiting conditions; pilotage; berths 44/11
259, 261, 264 Saudi Arabia – Jeddah — Directions; Red Sea Gateway Terminal 31/10
317, 319 Yemen — BalÖºf LNG Terminal 51/09
356, 357, 358, 360, 361 Djibouti – Passe Ouest, Port du Héron, Doraleh Container Terminal — Directions;
Leading lights; Berth
37/11
65 St Lawrence 16th Edition (2009) 46/09
92 Havre de Mingan — Limiting conditions; depths 38/10
109 Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel — Directions; beacons 47/09
130 Pointe de L’Est to Île d’Entrée — Wreck 07/10
198 Trois-Rivières — Limiting conditions; vertical clearances 07/11
208 Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu — Basins and berths; anchorage 47/09
331 Miramichi Bay – Portage Island Channel — Directions; leading line 07/11
66 West Coast of Scotland 17th Edition (2011) 03/12
184, 185 Scotland – West Coast – Kerrera Sound — Directions; light 04/12
336 The Little Minch – Loch Maddy — Directions; light 13/12
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
11th Edition (2011) 08/12
135 Portugal – Vila do Conde — Bar 08/12
151 Portugal – Foz do Arelho — Buoy 08/12
255 Portugal – Arquipélago dos Açores – Princesse Alice Bank — Depth 11/12
68 East Coast of the
United States 1
13th Edition (2009) 10/10
99, 103 Casco Bay and Portland Harbor — Recommended routes 37/10
103, 106 Portland Harbor — Pilotage 37/10
Wk13/12

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
125 Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions; light buoy 10/10
145 Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions; ODAS buoy 35/10
155 Vineyard Sound – South-west approaches — Directions; wreck 10/10
157 Nantucket Sound – Woods Hole – Great Harbor — Directions; light 44/10
157 Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches – Woods Hole — Directions; buoy 10/10
165 New Bedford — Regulated navigation area 41/11
168 Narragansett Bay – Old Harbor – Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
182 Great Salt Pond – Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
187 Long Island Sound – Plum Gut — Dangerous wreck 12/10
194 Bridgeport Harbor — Vertical clearance 35/11
202 Port Chester Harbor — Depths 10/10
216
New York Harbor and adjacent waters – Entrance channels and Lower Bay —
Racons
10/10
226 Kill Van Kull — Depths 10/10
231 South Brother Island Channel — Depths 10/10
252
Approaches to Boston Harbor — Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety and Security
Zones; Deepwater Ports
39/10
69 East Coast of the
United States 2
12th Edition (2011) 49/11
78 Delaware – Wilmington – Christina River — Depths 51/11
134 Chesapeake Bay – Great Wicomico River — Directions; obstruction; dangerous
wreck
144 Potomac River – Hallowing Point — Directions; beacon 51/11
150 Chesapeake Bay – Choptank River — Directions; fish haven 51/11
236 Georgia – St Marys Entrance — Anchorages and harbours; anchorage 51/11
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
96, 97-98 Honduras — Puerto La Ceiba 11/11
106 Honduras — Punta de Omoa 11/11
133, 134 Mexico – Progreso — Chart; Port Authority; Maximum size of vessel handled; Outer
anchorage; Pilotage; Racon; Leading Lights
17/11
153 Mexico – Puerto de Veracruz — Pilotage; tugs 47/09
158 Mexico – Tuxpan — Directions; racon 31/10
166 Mexico – La Pesca to Rio Grande — Directions; light 40/10
173 United States of America – Port Mansfield — Directions; buoyage 23/10
175
United States of America – Corpus Christi Harbor – Viola Channel — Vertical
clearance
33/10
185, 202, 300 United States of America – Freeport and Port Arthur — Security zones 46/11
230 United States of America – Mississippi River – South Pass — Depths 30/11
273, 300 Gulf of Mexico – Pascagoula — Security zone 38/09
70 West Indies 1 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
66, 67, 68, 70, 72, 73 Bermuda — Berths; landmarks; depths 33/10
70 Bermuda – North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda – Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas – Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
115 Bahamas – Freeport — Directions; lights 25/11
147, 148 United States of America – Florida Keys — Directions; buoyage; dangerous wreck 48/11
156, 157 Dominican Republic – Puerto Plata — Pilotage; Directions; track 15/11
157 Dominican Republic – Puerto Plata — Directions; track 18/11
168, 217, 218, 225, 231 Cuba — Directions; aids to navigation 29/11
212, 213, 213-214, 214 Haiti — Port-Au-Prince 10/10
221 Cuba – Puerto de Santiago de Cuba — Vertical clearance 10/11
246, 247 Jamaica – Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
249 Jamaica – Falmouth Harbour — Infrastructure; Directions 01/11
Wk13/12
51/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
252 Jamaica – Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256 Jamaica – Approaches to Kingston Harbour – Wreck Reef — Directions; light 49/08
268, 269, 270 Cayman Islands – Grand Cayman – Sand Cay — Directions; light 29/10
71 West Indies 2 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
103 US Virgin Islands – Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands – St. Croix – Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
167, 168, 175 Puerto Rico — Pilotage 34/11
190 Sint Maarten – Simson Baai — Anchorage; mooring buoys 44/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique – Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
273 Martinique – Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Directions; buoyage 43/11
275 Martinique – Havre de la Trinité — Directions 42/09
284 Saint Lucia – Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage 47/09
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
2nd Edition (2010) 31/10
6 Radio Navigation Warnings 41/10
67 Barents Sea – NE of Kol’skiy Zaliv — submerged mooring buoys 06/12
186 Barents Sea – Otmel ’ Pakhtusova — Drilling Platform 01/12
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
9th Edition (2009) 50/09
39 ECDIS 51/11
60 Navigational Warnings — Different types 10/10
60-62, 61, 63 NAVAREAS/METAREAS 41/10
65 Admiralty Notices to Mariners – Structure of Weekly Edition — Section III – Reprints
of Navigational Warnings
25/11
209 MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas 50/10
209 MARPOL – Environmental Control Areas (ECAs) — North American and US
Caribbean Areas
08/12
210 MARPOL 73/78 – Annex II — Categorisation of Noxious Liquid Substances 03/10
220 Loran-C — Discontinuation of US and Canadian signals 07/10
224 NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) — Gaps in coverage 08/10
315
IALA Maritime Buoyage System – Lateral Marks – Region B – Preferred channels —
characteristics of buoys
07/10
315
IALA Maritime Buoyage System – Lateral Marks – Region B – Preferred channels —
characteristics of buoys
10/10
136 Ocean Passages for the
World
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong – Routes — Low-powered vessels; distance 26/04
Wk13/12

NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Sweden – Kattegat – Northern part –
Göteborg and approaches — Restricted area
11
Paragraph 1.67 including heading Delete
Paragraph 1.68 Delete
12
80
Paragraph 3.24 1 lines 1-3 Delete
101
Paragraph 3.223 4 lines 5-6 Replace by:
thence:
Paragraph 3.229 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
SE of a 1⋅8 mpatch(2½ cables NE), thence:
103
Paragraph 3.239 1 lines 2-3 Delete It is to Area (3.24).
Swedish Notice 390/7682/2012
(SDD 2012000 035205) [12/12]
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Sweden – East coast — Restricted Areas
15
Paragraph 1.89 including heading Delete
Paragraph 1.90 including heading Delete
113
Paragraph 2.201 including heading Delete
114
Paragraph 2.210 1 lines 6-7 Delete
Paragraph 2.210 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Restricted area. The entrance to Slite Hamn lies
within a Restricted...
Wk12/12
4.1
115
Paragraph 2.218 1 lines 7-8 Delete
[12/12]
Paragraph 2.219 1 lines 5-6 Delete It lies within to
Restricted Area.
Paragraph 2.223 including heading Delete
145
Paragraph 3.197 including heading Delete
235
Paragraph 6.6 1 lines 5-8 Delete
Paragraph 6.6 2 Delete
Paragraph 7.8 Delete
268
269
Paragraph 7.17 including heading Delete
272
After Paragraph 7.32 Insert:
Depths
7.32a
1 The greater part of the waters lying NW of
Mysingen, as shown on the chart, are incompletely
surveyed. Uncharted dangers may exist. Similar areas
exist W of Nåttarö and between Råno and Alö.
Paragraph 7.38 including heading Delete
276
Paragraph 7.68 1 lines 1-2 Delete The port to See 7.17.
278
Paragraph 7.90 1 line 1 Delete
Paragraph 7.128 Delete
284
307
Paragraph 7.280 including heading Delete
Swedish Notice 390/7686; 391/7684 and 7687;
392/7689/2012
(SDD 2012000 035205; 040056; 045644) [12/12]

NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia —
Special regulations; restricted area
19
Paragraph 1.75 including heading Delete
Paragraph 9.37 1-4 Delete
360
417
Paragraph 10.119 including heading Delete
418
Paragraph 10.133 including heading Delete
422
Paragraph 10.174 including heading Delete
450
Paragraph 10.378 including heading Delete
489
Paragraph 11.237 including heading Delete
Swedish Notice 391/7690-7691-7692; 392/7689/2012
(SDD 2012000 040056; 045644) [12/12]
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)
Canada – Vancouver – Burrard Inlet —
Directions; lights
208
Paragraph 6.167 2-3 Replace by:
2 N of Second Narrows Directional Light (white square
framework tower on 3-pile dolphin) (49°17′⋅62N
123°02′⋅76W), principally intended for outbound
traffic. The line of bearing (266°), astern, of this
light leads through Second Narrows. Thence:
Under Second Narrows Highway Bridge (6.164). A light
is exhibited from the bridge over the centre line of the
main shipping channel. Four other lights are sited N
and S of the centre line light, two on the W side and two
on the E side. Thence:
IV
4.2
3 Under Second Narrows Railway Bridge (6.164), close
E of the highway bridge. Lights on the piers
supporting the lift span mark the limits of the
channel. A directional light in the centre of the
bridge, with a line of bearing (266°), is intended
for traffic leaving Port Moody. Lights facing E
and W indicate if the bridge is open (green),
opening (isophase green), closing (isophase red) or
closed (red). Thence:
S of two lights (white tower, green band at top, on
dolphin) 2 and 5 cables E of the railway bridge,
marking the limits of a dredged holding area, and S of a
further light beacon (multi-pile dolphin) (49°17′⋅94N
122°59′⋅80W), marking the S edge of an extensive
drying sandbank. Thence:
BA Chart 4964 [12/12]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
France – Dives-Sur-Mer — Directions; light; buoyage
451
Paragraph 13.74 6 lines 1-2 Replace by:
6 E limit, the meridian passing through Dives-Sur-Mer
Lighthouse (disused) 0°05′⋅22W.
456
Paragraph 13.97 1 Replace by:
1 From a position WSW of DI Light Buoy (safe water)
(49°19′⋅17N 0°05′⋅84W) the bearing 159½° of
Dives-Sur-Mer Lighthouse (disused) (red hut, 5 m in
height) (49°17′⋅80N 0°05′⋅22W) leads in the entrance
channel passing between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(49°18′⋅49N 0°05′⋅67W) and No 2 Light Buoy (port hand)
(49°18′⋅50N 0°05′⋅56W). The channel is marked by buoys
and beacons, some of which are lit. The channel frequently
alters and the bearing of the lighthouse and the channel
markings are adjusted accordingly.
French Notice 9/29/12
(SDD 2012000 046167) [12/12]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
West part of Gulf of Kachchh — Major Light
295
After Paragraph 9.14 3 line 6 Insert:
Bhadreswar Light (22°54′⋅49N 69°54′⋅84E) (9.75).
304
After Paragraph 9.75 4 line 3 Insert:
Bhadreswar Light (white masonry tower, 60 m in height)
(22°54′⋅49N 69°54′⋅84E).
306
After Paragraph 9.101 2 line 8 Insert:
Bhadreswar Light (22°54′⋅49N 69°54′⋅84E) (9.75).
Indian Notice 3/62/12
(SDD 2012000 029984) [12/12]
Wk12/12

NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Ireland – South coast – Cork Harbour to Tuskar Rock
— Directions: light buoy
58
Paragraph 2.26 3 lines 1-2 Delete
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2012000 046487) [12/12]
Ireland – South-west coast – Shannon Estuary —
Directions; buoyage
Paragraph 9.74 3 Replace by:
283
NW of Beal Bar Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(51°35′⋅18N 9°39′⋅05W) marking the outer edge of
Beal Bar which is steep-to, thence course is altered to
pass:
S of Doonaha Light Buoy (port hand) (51°35′⋅55N
9°39′⋅01W) which marks a shoal depth of 14⋅9 mand
the S edge of Doonaha Shoal.
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2012000 043247) [12/12]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
South Korea - South Coast - Chinhae Man —
Vertical clearance
159
After Paragraph 3.309 1 line 8 Insert:
A bridge with a veritcal clearance of 20m spans,
Kajodo Sudo (34°55′⋅52N 128°31′⋅63E) between the S
of Kajodo and Kãje Do.
South Korean Notice 9/126/12
(SDD 2012000 0444478) [12/12]
Wk12/12
IV
4.3
S Korea - East Coast - Mip’o Hang —
Anchorage areas
184
Paragraph 4.78 1 lines 4-7 Replace by:
Outer Anchorages. The following designated
anchorage areas are situated E of Mip’o Hang:
T-1 (35°30′⋅62N 129°27′⋅30E), radius 300m for
vessels less than 5000gt.
T-2 (35°30′⋅95N 129°27′⋅30E), radius 300m for
vessels less than 5000gt.
T-3 (35°31′⋅67N 129°27′⋅57E), radius 250m for
vessels less than 2000gt.
Pilotage is compulsory and available from Ulsan
Hang. For details of Ulsan Hang pilotage see 4.44
and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (6).
South Korean Notice 9/124/12
(SDD 2012000 044478) [12/12]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Sweden – Älgöfjorden — Restricted area
15
Paragraph 1.102 including heading Replace by:
Spare
1.102
236
Paragraph 8.156 including heading Replace by:
Customs
8.156
1 Vessels arriving from abroad are boarded by Customs
officers at Hättan (57°56′N 11°40′E). The Customs House
is in Uddevalla.
Swedish Notice 390/7682/2012
(SDD 2012000 035695) [12/12]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United
States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America – Pacific Coast —
Regulated Navigation Areas; Security Zones
454
Paragraph §165.1154 lines 1-2 Replace by:
§165.1154 Security Zones; Moored Cruise Ships, San
Pedro Bay, California.
US Coast Pilot 7 Change 4; US Notice 8/12
(SDD 2012000 040193) [11/12]
United States of America – Pacific Coast —
National Marine Sanctuary Program Regulations
480
Paragraph §922.72 (a)(7) lines 1-7 Replace by:
(7) Disturbing marine mammals or seabirds by flying
motorized aircraft at less than 1,000 feet over the
waters within one nautical mile of any Island,
except to engage in kelp bed surveys or to
transport persons or supplies to or from an Island.
Failure to maintain a minimum altitude of 1,000
feet above ground level over such waters is
presumed to disturb marine mammals or seabirds.
482
Paragraph §922.82 (a)(8) lines 1-6 Replace by:
(8) Disturbing marine mammals or seabirds by flying
motorized aircraft at less than 1,000 feet over the
waters within one nautical mile of the Farallon
Islands, Bolinas Lagoon, or any ASBS, except to
transport persons or supplies to or from the
Islands or for enforcement purposes. Failure to
maintain a minimum altitude of 1,000 feet above
ground level over such waters is presumed to
disturb marine mammals or seabirds.
486
Paragraph §922.132 (a)(6) lines 1-5 Replace by:
(6) Disturbing marine mammals or seabirds by flying
motorized aircraft, except as necessary for valid
law enforcement purposes, at less than 1,000 feet
above any of the four zones within the Sanctuary
described in Appendix B to this subpart. (Not
included in this volume.) Failure to maintain a
minimum altitude of 1,000 feet above ground
level above any such zone is presumed to disturb
marine mammals or seabirds.
Wk11/12
4.1
488
[11/12]
Existing Section IV Notice Week 10/12 Paragraph §922.152
(a)(7) lines 1-10 Replace by:
(7) Disturbing marine mammals or seabirds by flying
motorized aircraft at less than 2,000 feet over the
waters within one nautical mile of the Flattery
Rocks, Quillayute Needles, or Copalis National
Wildlife Refuges or within one nautical mile
seaward from the coastal boundary of the
Sanctuary, except for activities related to tribal
timber operations conducted on reservation lands,
or to transport persons or supplies to or from
reservation lands as authorized by a governing
body of an Indian tribe. Failure to maintain a
minimum altitude of 2,000 feet above ground
level over any such waters is presumed to disturb
marine mammals or seabirds.
US Coast Pilot 7 Change 5; US Notice 8/12
(SDD 2012000 040193) [11/12]
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Victoria – Port Phillip – South Channel —
Controlling Depths
104
After Paragraph 4.12 2 line 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 35/11 Insert:
South Channel E entrance maintained depth 16⋅0 m
within deepwater channel and 13⋅1 m in the adjacent
secondary channel.
AA571850 [11/12]
Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Geelong —
Directions; channel
115
Paragraph 4.75 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 On rounding Middle Ground Bank, vessels with a
draught of greater than 11⋅6 m must use the defined deep
water channel (16 m); vessels with a draught of less than
11.6 m may use the 400m wide secondary channel as
shown on chart AUS 158.
Caution. The alignment (182°), astern, of No 19 Light
Beacon and Rosebud Jetty Light does not serve as a
leading line for either the deep water channel or the
secondary channel.
From a position close E of No.22 Light Buoy (port
hand) (38°19′⋅64S 144°54′⋅20E) the track leads NNW,
passing (with positions from Hovell Pile Light):
Australian Notice 1/44/12
(HH 014/200/02; AA571850) [11/12]

Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Melbourne —
Directions; channel
126
Paragraph 4.122 1 lines 1-8 Replace by:
1 On rounding Middle Ground Bank, vessels with a
draught of greater than 11⋅6 m must use the defined deep
water channel (16 m); vessels with a draught of less than
11.6 m may use the 400m wide secondary channel as
shown on chart AUS 158.
Caution. The alignment (182°), astern, of No 19 Light
Beacon and Rosebud Jetty Light does not serve as a
leading line for either the deep water channel or the
secondary channel.
From a position close E of No.22 Light Buoy (port
hand) (38°19′⋅64S 144°54′⋅20E) the track leads N into the
Shipping Fairway as shown on the chart, passing (with
positions from Hovell Pile Light):
Australian Notice 1/44/12
(HH 014/200/02; AA571850) [11/12]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Queensland – Kolan River — Directions
184
Paragraph 5.146 2 lines 1-6 Delete
Chart Aus 818 [11/12]
Australia – Queensland – Colosseum Inlet —
Approach; obstruction
184
Paragraph 5.147 2 line 4 Add:
...A dangerous obstruction lies in position 23°57′⋅55S
151°26′⋅24E.
Australian Notice 04/181/12 [11/12]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – Storebælt – Østerrenden N —
Light replaced by buoy
288
Paragraph 8.27 1 line 3 Replace by:
Østerrenden N Light Buoy (55°21′⋅81N 11°01′⋅35E).
Paragraph 8.27 3 line 2 Delete
289
Paragraph 8.29 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
...Light Buoy (starboard hand) (55°21′⋅81N 11°01′⋅35E). The
light buoy, which marks the N end of the...
IV
4.2
Paragraph 8.30 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From
(8.29)...
a position NE of Østerrenden N Light Buoy
Paragraph 8.30 1 line 4 Replace by:
...from Østerrenden N Light Buoy):
Danish Notice 5/192/2012
(SDD 2012000 029966) [11/12]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
France – L’Élorn – Saint-Nicolas — Prohibited areas
295
Paragraph 8.151 5 lines 4-7 Replace by:
Anchoring is prohibited within 50 m above and below
the bridges, as shown on the chart.
Anchoring, stopping, fishing and diving are prohibited in
a ½ mile stretch of the river in the vicinity of the
pyrotechnical works at Saint-Nicolas. In addition,
unauthorised vessels are prohibited from entering an area
which extends up to 1 cable from the berth.
French Notice 07/34/12
(SDD 2012000 035973) [11/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Wales – River Dee Estuary — Berths
251-252
Paragraph 8.45 1 lines 4-7 Replace by:
Berths 1, 2 and 3 are 100 m sections of the river
wharf piled quay starting from upriver. Berth 1
dredged to 6⋅0 m (2010).
Berth 4 is the Dee River Craft berth.
Berth 5 is the RoRo terminal.
Mostyn Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 036212) [11/12]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Ireland – South-west coast – Bantry Bay — Directions
70
Paragraph 3.24 3 line 5 For (51°39′⋅16N 9°44′⋅88W) Read
(51°39′⋅18N 9°44′⋅84W)
78
Paragraph 3.85 4 line 7 For 010° Read 008°
Paragraph 3.86 1 lines 2-6 Replace by:
Roancarrigmore Light (stainless steel tower, 7 m in
height) (51°39′⋅18N 9°44′⋅84W) and a disused
lighthouse (white round tower, black band, 18 m in
elevation) stand on Roancarrigmore. The lighthouse
buildings and both towers are enclosed by a white wall.
Wk11/12

80
Paragraph 3.95 1 line 2 For depth of 3⋅7 mRead dredged depth of
6⋅0 m (2012)
Paragraph 3.96 2 line 1 For 010° Read 008°
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2012000 039993; 040194; 040935) [11/12]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
South Coast – Offshore Route – Ch’uja Hang —
Position and function; directions
89
Paragraph 2.81 1 line 5 For ½ Read ¾ to 1
Paragraph 2.81 3 line 2 For (33°57′⋅68N 126°18′⋅35E)
Read (33°57′⋅64N 126°18′⋅37E)
South Korean Notice 8/111/12
(SDD 2012000 039776) [11/12]
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland – North-east coast – Moray Firth –
Lossiemouth to Burghead — Directions; light buoy
119
After Paragraph 4.144 3 line 5 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
4.144a
1 Racon:
Halliman Light Buoy (N cardinal) (57°44′⋅33N
3°18′⋅57W).
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
120
After Paragraph 4.147 1 line 3 Insert:
NNW of Halliman Light Buoy (N cardinal) (1¼ miles
NW), thence:
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2012000 026784) [11/12]
Wk11/12
IV
4.3
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Stamsund – Rokkvika — Directions; leading lights
Paragraph 11.129 Replace by:
400-401
11.129
1 Rokkivika (continued from 11.127). From the position
SSW of Skarvsteinan (68°06′⋅89N 13°50′⋅98E) the track
leads WNW for a short distance, passing SSW of Søre
Joøyskjersnaget (68°06′⋅81N 13°50′⋅11E), a rock with a
depth of 0⋅9 m, marked by an iron perch, lying off the SW
side of Joøyskjæran, to the beginning of the alignment of
Rokkvika Leading Lights:
2 Front light (68°07′⋅42N 13°50′⋅11E) exhibited from
the head of Rokkivika.
Rear light (68°07′⋅38N 13°50′⋅09E).
Thence the track leads N on the alignment (006⋅6°) of
these lights, passing:
W of Søre Joøyskjersnaget (68°06′⋅81N 13°50′⋅11E),
thence:
3 W of Joøyskjæran (68°06′⋅85N 13°50′⋅22E), from the
S part of which Østre Joøyskjeret Light (white
lantern on cairn) (68°06′⋅84N13°50′⋅22E) is
exhibited, and:
E of Vestre Joøyskjeret (68°06′⋅90N 13°49′⋅70E), on
which stands a beacon (black tower, white band),
thence:
4 E of an above-water rock from which a light
(floodlit) (68°06′⋅98N 13°49′⋅82E) is exhibited,
thence:
E of a drying rock, from which Stamsund Havn Light
(post, 6 m in height) (68°07′⋅01N 13°49′⋅80E) is
exhibited, thence:
W of Stamsund Mole (68°07′⋅03N 13°50′⋅16E) from
which a light (floodlit) is exhibited.
5 Thence course may be shaped to approach the district
boat quay (11.131) on the W side of Stamneset
(68°07′⋅24N 13°50′⋅49E), or the W entrance to the inner
harbour, S of Stamneset.
Useful marks:
Drangelholmen Light (68°06′⋅92N 13°49′⋅21E).
Joøyskjæran Vestre Light (68°06′⋅91N 13°49′⋅63E).
6 Joøy Vestre Light (68°07′⋅10N 13°50′⋅42E).
Tankholmen Vestre Light (68°07′⋅16N 13°50′⋅45E).
Norwegian Notices 21/39696, 39677, 39714, 39740, 39754,
39774/11; 03/42574/12
(SDD 2011000 211493; 2012000 032731) [11/12]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Portugal – Arquipélago dos Açores –
Princesse Alice Bank — Depth
255
Paragraph 8.6 4 line 10 Add:
...A shoal depth 54 m has been reported (2011) at
37°37′⋅70N 31°51′⋅20W.
Portuguese chart 43101
(SDD2011000199976) [11/12]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP6 South America Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Chile – Bahía Cook —
Pilot boarding position
235
After Paragraph 5.372 1 line 2 Insert:
Pilotage
5.372a
1 A pilot boarding area for vessels entering Chilean
channels from S is shown on the chart, about
1¾ miles SE of Islotes Salientes Light (55°07′⋅6S
70°13′⋅6W). See 5.54.
Chilean Notices 101/09/11; 145/11/11
(SDD 2011000 192402; 234905) [10/12]
Chile – Bahía Cook — Directions; racon;
Automatic Identification System; light
235
Paragraph 5.373 including heading Replace by:
1
Aids to navigation
5.373
Racon:
Rocas Sandwich Light (55°12′⋅5S 70°24′⋅8W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Automatic Identification System:
Rocas Sandwich Light (55°12′⋅5S 70°24′⋅8W).
See Mariners Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 2.
Track
5.373a
1 From a position SW of Rocas Cabrestante
2
(55°24′⋅2S 70°11′⋅4W) the track leads NNE, passing
(with positions relative to Rocas Cabrestante):
WNW of Rocas Cabrestante (3.355), thence:
WNW of Islotes Ripita (3½ miles N), a group of islets
and rocks, thence:
WNW of Cabo Carfort (6½ miles N), and:
ESE of Islotes Sandwich (12 miles NW), a large
group of islets and rocks, from where Rocas
Sandwich Light (no description) is exhibited,
thence:
ESE of Islote Exterior (12 miles NNW), thence:
WNW of Islote Niño (11¾ miles NNE), an islet,
thence:
ESE of Islotes Salientes (15 miles NNW) (5.280),
from where Islotes Salientes Light (5.280) is
exhibited.
3 Useful mark:
Islote Redondo (55°04′⋅0S 70°10′⋅5W).
(Directions for Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle are
given at 5.250, and for Canal Thomson at 5.280)
Chilean Notices 101/09/11; 145/11/11
(SDD 2011000 192402; 234905) [10/12]
Wk10/12
4.1
Chile – Canal Cockburn —
Directions; light
243
Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
[10/12]
1 From a position NW of Islote Negro (54°31′⋅2S
72°02′⋅8W) the track leads NE, passing (with positions
relative to the SE islet (54°25′⋅3S 71°59′⋅2W) of Islas
Clavel):
Paragraph 6.24 2 lines 3-6 Replace by:
SE of Islas Clavel, a small group of islets, thence:
244
Paragraph 6.28 1 lines 6-7 Delete
252
Paragraph 6.92 1 line 1-6 Replace by:
1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, SSW of Islas
Clavel (6.24), Paso Sur (54°25′⋅0S 72°03′⋅0W) leads
N, between Isla Henry and Islas Clavel, to a position
NE of Isla Ballena (54°20′⋅7S 72°07′⋅3W), passing
(with positions relative to the SE islet (54°25′⋅3S
71°59′⋅2W) of Islas Clavel):
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 1-7 Replace by:
1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, ENE of Islas
Clavel (6.24), Paso Aguila (54°24′⋅0S 71°59′⋅0W)
leads NW, between Islas Clavel and Isla Vidal
Gormáz, to a position NE of Isla Ballena (54°20′⋅7S
72°07′⋅3W), passing (with positions relative to the SE
islet (54°25′⋅3S 71°59′⋅2W) of Islas Clavel):
NE of Islas Clavel, thence:
Chilean Notice 141/11/11
(SDD 2011000 192402; 234905) [10/12]

NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United
States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America – Pacific Coast — National
Marine Sanctuary Program Regulations
487-488
Paragraph §922.152 and detail Replace by:
§922.152 Prohibited or otherwise regulated activities.
(a) Except as specified in paragraphs (b) through (g) of this
section, the following activities are prohibited and
thus are unlawful for any person to conduct or to
cause to be conducted:
(1) Exploring for, developing or producing oil, gas or
minerals within the Sanctuary.
(2)(i) Discharging or depositing, from within or into the
Sanctuary, other than from a cruise ship, any
material or other matter except:
(A) Fish, fish parts, chumming materials or bait
used in or resulting from lawful fishing
operations in the Sanctuary;
(B) Biodegradable effluent incidental to vessel use
and generated by marine sanitation devices
approved in accordance with section 312 of
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as
amended, (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. 1322 et seq.;
(C) Water generated by routine vessel operations
(e.g., cooling water, deck wash down, and
graywater as defined by section 312 of the
FWPCA) excluding oily wastes from bilge
pumping;
(D) Engine exhaust; or
(E) Dredge spoil in connection with beach
nourishment projects related to the Quillayute
River Navigation Project.
(ii) Discharging or depositing, from beyond the
boundary of the Sanctuary, any material or
other matter, except those listed in paragraphs
(a)(2)(i)(A) through (E) of this section, that
subsequently enters the Sanctuary and injures a
Sanctuary resource or quality.
(3) Discharging or depositing, from within or into the
Sanctuary, any materials or other matter from a
cruise ship except clean vessel engine cooling
water, clean vessel generator cooling water, clean
bilge water, engine exhaust, or anchor wash.
(4) Moving, removing or injuring, or attempting to
move, remove or injure, a Sanctuary historical
resource. This prohibition does not apply to
moving, removing or injury resulting incidentally
from lawful fishing operations.
IV
4.2
(5) Drilling into, dredging or otherwise altering the
submerged lands of the Sanctuary; or constructing,
placing or abandoning any structure, material or
other matter on the submerged lands of the
Sanctuary, except as an incidental result of:
(i) Anchoring vessels;
(ii) Lawful fishing operations;
(iii) Installation of navigation aids;
(iv) Harbor maintenance in the areas necessarily
associated with the Quillayute River Navigation
Project, including dredging of entrance channels
and repair, replacement or rehabilitation of
breakwaters and jetties, and related beach
nourishment;
(v) Construction, repair, replacement or rehabilitation
of boat launches, docks or piers, and associated
breakwaters and jetties; or
(vi) Beach nourishment projects related to harbor
maintenance activities.
(6) Taking any marine mammal, sea turtle or seabird in
or above the Sanctuary, except as authorized by
the Marine Mammal Protection Act, as amended,
(MMPA), 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq., the Endangered
Species Act, as amended, (ESA), 16 U.S.C. 1531
et seq., and the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, as
amended, (MBTA), 16 U.S.C. 703 et seq., or
pursuant to any Indian treaty with an Indian tribe
to which the United States is a party, provided
that the Indian treaty right is exercised in
accordance with the MMPA, ESA, and MBTA, to
the extent that they apply.
(7) Flying motorized aircraft at less than 2,000 feet both
above the Sanctuary within one NM of the
Flattery Rocks, Quillayute Needles, or Copalis
National Wildlife Refuge, or within one nmi
seaward from the coastal boundary of the
Sanctuary, except for activities related to tribal
timber operations conducted on reservation lands,
or to transport persons or supplies to or from
reservation lands as authorized by a governing
body of an Indian tribe.
(8) Possessing within the Sanctuary (regardless of where
taken, moved or removed from) any historical
resource, or any marine mammal, sea turtle, or
seabird taken in violation of the MMPA, ESA, or
MBTA, to the extent that they apply.
(9) Interfering with, obstructing, delaying or preventing
an investigation, search, seizure or disposition of
seized property in connection with enforcement of
the Act or any regulation or permit issued under
the Act.
(b) The prohibitions in paragraph (a)(2) through (5), (7),
and (8) of this section do not apply to activities
necessary to respond to emergencies threatening life,
property, or the environment.
(c) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (5), (7),
and (8) of this section do not apply to activities
necessary for valid law enforcement purposes.
(d) (relates to Department of Defense activities - omitted
from this volume).
Wk10/12

(e) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (8) of this
section do not apply to any activity executed in
accordance with the scope, purpose, terms and
conditions of a National Marine Sanctuary permit
issued pursuant to §§922.48 and 922.153 or a Special
Use permit issued pursuant to section 310 of the Act.
(f) (relates to Indian tribe rights - omitted from this
volume).
(g) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (8) of this
section do not apply to any activity authorized by any
lease, permit, license, or other authorization issued
after July 22, 1994, and issued by any Federal, State
or local authority of competent jurisdiction, provided
that the applicant complies with §922.49, the Director
notifies the applicant and authorizing agency that he
or she does not object to issuance of the
authorization, and the applicant complies with any
terms and conditions the Director deems necessary to
protect Sanctuary resources and qualities.
Amendments, renewals and extensions of
authorizations in existence on the effective date of
designation constitute authorizations issued after the
effective date.
(h) Notwithstanding paragraphs (e) and (g) of this section,
in no event may the Director issue a National Marine
Sanctuary permit under §§922.48 and 922.153 or a
Special Use permit under section 310 of the Act
authorizing, or otherwise approve: The exploration
for, development or production of oil, gas or minerals
within the Sanctuary; the discharge of primary-treated
sewage within the Sanctuary; the disposal of dredged
material within the Sanctuary other than in connection
with beach nourishment projects related to the
Quillayute River Navigation Project; or bombing
activities within the Sanctuary. Any purported
authorizations issued by other authorities after July
22, 1994 for any of these activities within the
Sanctuary shall be invalid.
488
Paragraph §922.153 and detail Replace by:
§922.153 Permit procedures and criteria.
(a) A person may conduct an activity prohibited by
§922.152(a)(2) through (8) if conducted in accordance
with the scope, purpose, terms and conditions of a
permit issued under this section and §922.48.
(b) Applications for such permits should be addressed to
the Director, Office of National Marine Sanctuaries;
Attn: Superintendent, Olympic Coast National Marine
Sanctuary, 115 East Railroad Avenue, Suite 301, Port
Angeles, WA 98362–2925.
US Coast Pilot 7 Changes 2 and 3; US Notice 7/12
(SDD 2012000 030808) [10/12]
Wk10/12
IV
4.3
NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2009 Edition)
South Georgia and Approaches – Cumberland Bay –
King Edward Cove — Directions; light beacons
Paragraph 3.73 1 Replace by:
169
1 Outer leading light beacons:
Front beacon (orange triangular topmark, point
uppermost on white metal post with orange bands,
8.5m in height) (54°17′⋅06S 36°30′⋅44W).
Rear beacon (orange triangular topmark, point uppermost
on white metal post with orange bands, 12.5m in
height) (54°17′⋅04S 36°30′⋅59W).
Paragraph 3.73 4 lines 5-8 Replace by:
Inner leading light beacons:
Front beacon (orange triangular topmark, point down on
white metal post with orange bands, 6m in height)
(54°16′⋅86S 36°30′⋅46W).
Paragraph 3.73 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:
5 Rear beacon (orange triangular topmark, point down
on white metal post) (54°16′⋅81S 36°30′⋅57W).
The spire of Grytviken Church (elevation 27m) is in line
with these light beacons .
ADLL G1365, G1365⋅1; G1367, G1367⋅1
(SDD 2012000 022492) [10/12]
South Georgia and Approaches – Cumberland Bay to
Cape Charlotte – Ocean Harbour — Directions
173
Paragraph 3.94 2 line 5 For E Read W
MV Pharos SG
(SDD 2012000 022483) [10/12]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Sweden – The Sound – Lundåkrabukten —
Lous Flak to Malmö Redd
225
Paragraph 6.186 1-2 Replace by:
1 Passage east of Pinhättan. From a position 9 cables W
of Valgrundet Light Buoy (S cardinal) (55°49′⋅14N
12°47′⋅57E), marking a 2⋅2 m shoal at the SW extremity of
Valgrundet (6.102), the track leads SE in the deeper trench
close SW of the charted anchorages.
2 From a postion 1½ miles N of Pinhättan Light
(55°45′⋅25N 12°51′⋅93E) (6.184) the track leads S into the
SW part of Lundåkrabukten (6.190) to pass E of the light
buoy (starboard hand) (55°46′⋅35N 12°51′⋅75E), N of
Pinhättan Light.
Swedish Notice 390/7709/2012
(SDD 2012000 035205) [10/12]

NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition)
India – East Coast — Dhºmra Port
After Paragraph 3.72 Insert:
117
Dhºmra Port
Chart 814, Indian Chart 3037
General information
3.72a
1 Position and function. The Port of Dhºmra (20°49′⋅15N
86°58′⋅21E) is a joint venture between L&T and Tata Steel.
It is located 3 miles N of the mouth of the Dhºmra River
and W of Kanika Sand Island. It is one of the deepest
ports in India and deals with the import and export of coal,
iron ore and limestone.
2 Port authority. Harbour Master, Dhºmra Port Company
Ltd, Dosinga, Dhºmra, Bansada, Bhadrak 756171, Orissa,
India.
Website: www.dhamraport.com
Arrival information
3.72b
1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a day.
Anchorage may be obtained 2 to 3 miles NE of the
Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (20°55′⋅46N 87°07′⋅12E)
in depths no less than 18 m with good holding ground.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels above 200 gt. The
pilot boards 1 mile E of the Fairway Light Buoy.
Harbour
3.72c
1 General layout. The berths are approached through a
9¾ mile long buoyed channel leading to an L-shaped jetty
lying in a NNE/SSW orientation. A 600 m wide turning
circle with a minimum depth of 17 m lies at the S end of
the jetty. The limits of the turning circle are marked by
Light Buoys No 23 (W cardinal) and 24 (N cardinal).
2 Tidal levels. The mean spring range is 4⋅0 m. For
further details see Admiralty Tide Tables.
Directions
3.72d
1 Other aid to navigation.
Racon:
Fairway Light Buoy (20°55′⋅46N 87°07′⋅12E) (3.72b)
2 Approach and entry. From S. After passing E of
Palmyras Shoals (3.72) and remaining outside the 30 m
contour, the approach can be made from the E, passing
close N of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) then
proceeding via the buoyed channel marked by paired light
buoys (port and starboard laterals) numbered 1 to 20. The
channel’s depth is maintained by dredging as indicated on
the chart; it is between 170 and 240 m wide.
Berths
3.72e
1 There are two 350 m long berths with depths alongside
of 19 m which can handle vessels up to 290 m LOA.
IV
4.4
Port services
3.72f
1 Repairs. Minor.
Other facilities. Medical facilities are available.
Supplies. Fuel, fresh water and provisions are available.
Paragraph 3.73 including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.73
Dhamra Port Company Limited
(HH. 021/200/01) [10/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Wales – South-west coast – Turbot Bank —
Directions; buoy
162
Paragraph 5.45 2 lines 7-8 Delete
Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 030857) [10/12]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
Chinju Man and approaches —
Vertical clearances
134
After Paragraph 3.136 6 line 5 Insert:
Channel NW of N÷kto. A power cable with a vertical
clearance of 18m spans the channel between the
NW of N÷kto and NE of Sindo (34°55′⋅70N
128°01′⋅80E).
South Korean Notice 6/98/12
(SDD 2012000 034861) [10/12]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2011 Edition)
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Pescara — Depths
516
Paragraph 11.309 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 Depths. As a result of the gradual and irregular
silting of Porto Canale (2012) the depths on the charts
may not reflect the actual situation. Mariners are to
contact the Maritime Authorities before entering the
port.
Italian Notice 2.10/12
(SDD 2012000 026977) [10/12]
Wk10/12

NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
Cape Brett to Tutukaka Harbour — Directions; depth
199
Paragraph 7.96 4 line 3 For 4.3m Read 1.5m
New Zealand Notice 04/36/12
(SDD 2012000 033723) [10/12]
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
Germany – The Outer Weser — Depths
183
Paragraph 6.150 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Alte Weser is not dredged and has a least charted depth
over the bar of 7⋅8 m in position 53°49′⋅94N 8°07′⋅40E.
Wk10/12
IV
4.5
186
Paragraph 6.159 2 lines 3-5 Replace by:
Upon passing between A7 and A8 Buoys, the boundary
(123°) of the white and red sectors of Alte Weser Light
clears the NE extremity of Roter Grund, where a depth of
7⋅2 m extends into the white sector close NW of A9 Light
Buoy (starboard hand).
German Chart 2
(SDD 2011000 240106) [10/12]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Western Australia - Port Walcott —
Controlling depths
231
Paragraph 6.80 1 line 4 For 16⋅0 m Read 15⋅6 m
Chart Aus 55 [09/12]
South Australia - Warburton Channel —
Directions; depth
346
Paragraph 10.86 3 line 5 For 8⋅5 m Read 7⋅3 m
Chart Aus 121 [09/12]
South Australia - Streaky Bay —
Directions; depth
346
Paragraph 10.87 1 line 4 For 4⋅6 m Read 3⋅6 m
Chart Aus 121 [09/12]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Queensland – Mooloolaba Harbour —
Directions; depth
146
Paragraph 4.55 2 line 10 For 3mRead 2⋅5 m
AA577312 [09/12]
Queensland – Hervey Bay — Directions; shoal
175
Paragraph 5.90 4 lines 5-10 Replace by:
WNW of Ferguson Spit (24°46′⋅31S 153°05′⋅58E),
thence:
WNW of Rooney Point (24°48′⋅91S 153°07′⋅25E), low
and sandy, backed by sand hills.
Chart Aus 817 [09/12]
Queensland – Cape Tribulation — Directions; wreck
312
Paragraph 9.105 1 line 9 Delete
Australian Notice 03/136/12 [09/12]
Wk09/12
4.1
Queensland – Torres Strait – Great North East
Channel — Directions; depth
416
Paragraph 13.31 1 line 2 For 19 Read 18
[09/12]
Chart Aus 839 [09/12]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark - Kattegat - Læsø SE - Groves Flak -
Route T — Buoys and shoal
128
Paragraph 4.19 2 line 5-11 Replace by:
...depths of up to 95 m separates the two banks. An
isolated 19⋅1 m shoal (57°06′⋅4N 11°37′⋅3E) lies near
the E edge of Groves Flak; a 12⋅4 m shoal lies 2 miles
farther SSW. And:
Danish Notice 4/171/2012; BA Chart 2107
(SDDs 2012000 023743; 2009000 044316) [09/12]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyungang —
Directions; buoyage
311
Paragraph 8.19 3 lines 8-9 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34°55′⋅58N 119°57′⋅53E).
Paragraph 8.19 4 lines 2-3 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34°55′⋅58N 119°57′⋅53E).
313
Paragraph 8.41 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34°55′⋅58N 119°57′⋅53E).
Paragraph 8.41 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34°55′⋅58N 119°57′⋅53E).
After Paragraph 8.42 2 line 7 Insert:
Clear of Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy
(superbuoy) (34°55′⋅58N 119°57′⋅53E), thence:
Paragraph 8.42 4 lines 1-4 Replace by:
The track then continues WSW to the vicinity of
No 11 Light Buoy (34°52′⋅26N 119°49′⋅34E);
anchorages (8.32) may be approached directly, or
from the buoyed entrance channel (below).
315
Paragraph 8.60 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34°55′⋅58N 119°57′⋅53E).
Paragraph 8.60 4 lines 2-3 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34°55′⋅58N 119°57′⋅53E).

317
Paragraph 8.68 2 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34°55′⋅58N 119°57′⋅53E).
Paragraph 8.68 3 lines 2-3 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34°55′⋅58N 119°57′⋅53E).
IV
Chinese Notice 5/135/12
(SDD 2012000 025972) [09/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
England – West coast – Heysham — Buoy
289
Paragraph 9.65 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
4 SE of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (54°00′⋅63N
2°58′⋅18W) which marks the edge of shoal
water with depths of less than 5 m and rock
armour protecting submarine cables, thence:
Heysham Port Limited
(SDD 2012000 030391) [09/12]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
Chumunjin Dan to Pisãn Jang —
Directions; light
204
After Paragraph 4.204 1 line 3 Insert:
Daepo Hang Light (white round concrete tower, 18m
in height) (38°10′⋅20N 128°36′⋅70E).
South Korean Notice 3/49/12
(SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12]
4.2
Sokch’o Hang — Directions for entering
harbour; light
205
Paragraph 4.212 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Major lights:
Sokch’o Light (38°12′⋅82N 128°36′⋅01E) (4.204).
Daepo Hang Light (38°10′⋅20N 128°36′⋅70E)
(4.204).
South Korean Notice 3/49/12
(SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12]
Pisãn JangtoSuwãn Dan — Directions; light
206
After Paragraph 4.220 1 line 1 Insert:
Daepo Hang Light (38°10′⋅20N 128°36′⋅70E) (4.204)
South Korean Notice 3/49/12
(SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12]
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 (2007 Edition)
Federated States of Micronesia - Caroline Islands -
Pingelap and Mokil Atolls — Positions;
reference charts
418
Paragraph 11.32 1 line 4 For (6°40′N 159°47′E) Read
(6°41′⋅00N 159°45′⋅00E).
Paragraph 11.33 Delete:
Charts 761, 978 Plan of Pingelap Atoll
Paragraph 11.36 Delete:
Charts 761, 978 Plan of Mokil Atoll
Paragraph 11.36 1 line 1 For (6°40′N 159°47′E) Read
(6°41′⋅00N 159°45′⋅00E).
Admiralty Notice 07/646/12
(HH. 060/200/01) [09/12]
Wk09/12

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Western Australia – Esperance — Anchorages
331
Paragraph 9.142 1 line 1 For E Read H
AA579345 [08/12]
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Tasmania – Robbins Passage — Directions; buoyage
189
After Paragraph 7.27 2 line 4 Insert:
W of a light buoy (port hand) (40°39′⋅28S 144°50′⋅50E),
thence:
Australian Notice 02/108/12 [08/12]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Gulf of Finland – Estonia – Muuga sadam and
approaches - Approach east of Aksi —
Recommended track
109
Paragraph 3.93 1-3 Replace by:
1 Recommended track. From a position W of Rammu
saar, the recommended track leads W in the white sector
(257⋅5°-262⋅5°) of Muuga (Karbimadal) Light (white round
metal tower, red base, with 2 balconies, 15 m in height)
(59°33′⋅00N 24°58′⋅36E), towards the entrance leading
lights (3.97), passing (with positions from Aksi Light
(59°35′⋅74N 25°05′⋅90E) (3.92)):
Estonian Notice 2/12/2012
(SDD 2012000 026191) [08/12]
4.1
[08/12]
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)
United States of America – Puget Sound – Ports and
Inlets West of Puget Sound — Restricted areas;
hazard lights
93
Paragraph 3.73 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
...122°37′⋅20W), to Brownsville (47°39′⋅20N 122°37′⋅00W).
Flashing red lights on Navy range vessels and on buildings at
Keyport indicate that torpedo firings, tests or other operations
hazardous to mariners are in progress.
US Notice 05/18446/12
(SDD 2012000 022303) [08/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
England – West Coast – Bristol Channel — Light
65
Paragraph 2.1 1 line 4 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
66
Paragraph 2.9 3 line 3 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
Paragraph 2.19 1 line 8 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅56W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
67
Paragraph 2.24 4 line 1 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
Paragraph 2.26 3 lines 5-6 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W)
Read (51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
76
Paragraph 2.67 2 line 10 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
79
Paragraph 2.80 1 lines 2-3 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W)
Read (51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
Paragraph 2.84 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
Hartland Point (51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W), with a
lighted beacon (1⋅5 m in height) and disused
lighthouse (white round tower, 18 m in height), ...
Wk08/12

80
Paragraph 2.84 2 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Hartland Point Light — as above.
Paragraph 2.85 4 line 1 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
83
Paragraph 3.1 1 line 2 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
84
Paragraph 3.10 1 lines 1-2 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W)
Read (51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
Paragraph 3.11 1 lines 1-2 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W)
Read (51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
Paragraph 3.16 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:
Hartland Point (51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W), with a
lighted beacon and disused lighthouse (2.84).
Paragraph 3.16 2 line 7 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
Paragraph 3.17 1 line 2 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
87
Paragraph 3.27 1 lines 2-3 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W)
Read (51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
93
Paragraph 3.46 2 line 4 For (51°01′⋅30N 4°31′⋅55W) Read
(51°01′⋅33N 4°31′⋅53W)
Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 004546; 029723) [08/12]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Northern Ireland – Approaches to Larne Lough —
Directions
239
Paragraph 7.127 2 line 2 Delete Rock
Wk08/12
IV
4.2
241
Paragraph 7.143 1 line 6 Delete Rock
Paragraph 7.144 1 line 9 Delete Rock
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2012000 029508) [08/12]
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2011 Edition)
Sicilia - Porto di Pozzallo —
Traffic Separation Scheme
398
Paragraph 9.147 1 lines 1-4 Delete
399
Paragraph 9.156 2 lines 5-7 Replace by:
Approach and entry. The port is approached
through a traffic separation scheme and entered E of
the head of Molo di Sopraflutto.
400
After Paragraph 9.158 3 line 2 Insert:
Traffic Separation Scheme. A TSS has been
established in the approaches to the port. It comprises
inward and outward traffic lanes and a semi-circular
precautionary area, radius 1⋅2 miles, centred on
36°43′⋅47N 14°50′⋅63E.
Restricted areas. Two restricted areas, where
anchoring is prohibited, surround submarine pipelines
which extend 1½ miles and 2¼ miles SSW, from
positions on the shore 1 mile WNW and 3¼ miles
1
ENE of the head of Molo di Sopraflutto, respectively.
Light buoys (special) are located at the seaward ends
of the pipelines.
Paragraph 9.160 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
From a position 1⋅3 miles SSE of the head of Molo
di Sopraflutto, the track leads 1⋅4 miles NNE in the
inbound
position.
lane of the TSS, to the pilot boarding
Italian Notice 1.16.12
(SDD 2012000 022399) [08/12]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
East Coast of North Island – Tauranga —
Prohibited Anchorages
255
Paragraph 9.60 1 lines 6-8 Replace by:
A prohibited anchorage exists within 50 metres of the
commerical wharves. The channels leading from the
harbour entrance to Tauranga and off the berths are
restricted anchorages, except in emergency.
Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]

East Coast of North Island – Tauranga — Pilotage
256
Paragraph 9.62 1 line 2 For 5 miles Read 3 miles
Paragraph 9.62 1 line 5 For 100gt Read 250gt
Paragraph 9.62 2 lines 6-9 Replace by:
There are two pilot launches. One is 16.3m long, painted
yellow and named Arataki. The other is 12.6m long and
painted orange, with the words Survey/Pilot on its side.
Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]
East Coast of North Island – Tauranga to East Cape
—Route
Paragraph 9.87 1 Replace by:
262
1 The coastal route between Tauranga Harbour Entrance
(37°38′S 176°10′E) and East Cape (37°41′S 178°33′E),
about 114 miles E, passes about 3 miles N of Astrolabe
Reef (37°32′⋅5S 176°25′⋅5E), at least 5 miles N of Volkner
Rocks (37°28′⋅6S 177°07′⋅8E) and at least 5 miles N of
Cape Runaway (37°32′S 177°59′E); see 9.3. Thence the
coastal route leads E to Matakaoa Point (37°34′S 178°19′E)
and thence ESE, passing seaward of numerous charted
dangers off East Cape.
Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]
Tauranga to East Cape — Directions; coastal routes
263-264
Paragraph 9.95 1-2 including heading Replace by:
Coastal routes
9.95
1 Main shipping route. From a position ENE of A Light
Beacon (E cardinal) (37°36′⋅07S 176°10′⋅71E), at the
seaward end of No 1 Reach to Tauranga Harbour, the track
leads initially ENE passing clear of Pudney Rock
(37°31′⋅24S 176°19′⋅05E), depending on draught, and NW
of Astrolabe Reef (37°32′⋅50S 176°25′⋅50E). The track
continues ENE to pass N of Volkner Rocks (37°28′⋅60S
177°07′⋅80E). The track then leads E passing N of Cape
Runaway (37°32′⋅32S 177°59′⋅10E), to a position N of
Matakaoa Point (37°33′⋅41S 178°18′⋅82E). The track then
leads ESE, passing NNE of Horoera Point, to a position
between East Island (37°41′⋅5S 178°34′⋅5E) and Ranfurly
Bank (37°36′⋅50S 178°52′⋅00E).
IV
4.3
2 Small vessels. From a position NW of Astrolabe Reef, a
track, which is not recommended by NZ Authorities, but is
suitable for small vessels leads E passing (with positions
from Motiti Island Light (white metal column 4 m in
height) (37°36′⋅43S 176°25′⋅13E)):
North of Astrolabe Reef (above), which breaks in all swell
conditions and in fair weather appears like a boat,
thence:
Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Finnøyfjorden – Fjellberg — Overhead cable
170
Paragraph 5.139 2 lines 1-3 Delete
Norwegian Notice 2/41715/12
(SDD 2012000 022567) [08/12]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Portugal – Vila do Conde — Bar
135
Paragraph 5.33 2 lines 5-6 Replace by:
2 Depths in the river are about 2 m but are subject
to frequent change. The bar is restricted for navigation
as it is silted up; all vessels using this bar are
requested to do so only in the period three hours
either side of high water.
Portuguese Notice 351/11
(SDD 2011000 226083) [08/12]
Portugal – Foz do Arelho — Buoy
151
Paragraph 5.140 2 lines 5-8 Delete
Portuguese Notice 348/11
(SDD 2011000 226083) [08/12]
Wk08/12

NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2009 Edition)
MARPOL - Environmental Control Areas (ECAs)
— North American and US Caribbean Areas
209
After Paragraph 10.7 Table row 14 Insert:
The North American Environmental Control Area (ECA) includes waters adjacent to the Pacific coast,
the Atlantic/Gulf coast and the eight main Hawaiian islands (Hawaii, Maui, Oahu, Molokai, Niihau, Kauai,
Lanai and Kahoolawe). It extends up to 200 miles from the coasts of the United States of America, Canada
and the French territory of Saint-Pierre et Miquelon, except that it does not extend into marine areas subject
to the sovereignty or jurisdiction of other States. The precise coordinates of the ECA are given in IMO
document MEPC.1/Circ.723 dated 13 May 2010.
The United States Caribbean ECA includes the sea area located off the Atlantic and Caribbean coasts of
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands. The precise coordinates of the ECA
are given in IMO document MEPC 62/6/2 dated 17 November 2010.
Paragraph 10.7 Table Note Replace by:
IV
Notes.
1. * The Special Area requirements for these areas have not yet taken effect because of a lack of notifications from
MARPOL. Parties whose coastlines border the relevant Special Areas on the existence of adequate reception
facilities (Regulations 38.6 of MARPOL Annex I and 5(4) of MARPOL Annex V).
2. The North American ECA came into force on 1 August 2011 and will become effective from 1 August 2012.
3. The US Caribbean ECA comes into force on 1 January 2013 and will become effective from 1 January 2014.
211
Paragraph 10.21 1 lines 9-10 Replace by:
The Baltic Sea, North Sea, North American waters
and US Caribbean waters as defined in the table at
10.7 are designated as SOx Emission Control Areas
in the Protocol. North American and US Caribbean
waters will also enforce restrictions on the emissions
of NOx and Fine Particulate Matter (PM2.5) on
becoming effective on 1 August 2012 and 1 January
2014 respectively.
IMO MEPC.1/Circ.723 dated 13 May 2010; IMO MEPC
62/6/2 dated 17 November 2010
(HH. 073/200/6) [08/12]
Wk08/12
4.4
VI
VI

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Western Australia – Dampier —
Directions; depths
235
After Paragraph 6.117 2 line 1 Insert:
Clear of a 12⋅4 m shoal (20°23′⋅05S 117°04′⋅60E),
thence:
Australian Notice 02/99/12 [07/12]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Ireland – East Coast – Dublin — Vessel traffic service
171
Paragraph 5.186 1 Replace by:
1 VTS Dublin is in operation for the control of shipping.
Situated at the head of Eastern Breakwater (53°20′⋅69N
6°12′⋅19W) it maintains a 24-hour watch on VHF. All
traffic is monitored by radar. Positions of reporting points
are shown on the chart. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(1) for further details.
176
Paragraph 5.228 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
...the allocation of berths are controlled through VTS Dublin
(5.186). The...
Paragraph 5.229 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 VTS Dublin: see 5.186
177
Paragraph 5.230 including heading Replace by:
Spare
5.230
Paragraph 5.232 1 line 8 For the Port Radio Read VTS Dublin
Paragraph 5.234 3 Replace by:
3 A vessel intending to navigate stern foremost within the
port should indicate such intention on VHF Channel 12,
through VTS Dublin (5.186). When it is practicable to do
so, radio contact should be established with any other
vessel known to be navigating in the vicinity.
178
Paragraph 5.239 3 line 3 For Dublin Port Radio Read VTS
Dublin
Dublin Port Company
(SDD 2012000 017254) [07/12]
Wk07/12
4.1
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England – East coast – River Tyne —
Millenium Bridge
141
Paragraph 5.181 2 lines 6-13 Replace by:
[07/12]
...and when open a vertical clearance of 24 m. At all
times the following lights are shown from the bridge:
An occulting white light is shown from the centre line.
A flashing green light is exhibited from the N side.
A flashing red light is exhibited from the S side.
A flashing white light is exhibited from the support span
when the bridge is open to indicate the centre of the
bridge and the best point of passage.
Harbour Master, Port of Tyne
(SDD 2012000 020795) [07/12]
England – East coast – Approaches to River Humber
— Outer Rosse Reach Light Buoy
171
Paragraph 7.15 4 line 6 For (54°30′N0°21′E) Read (53°29′⋅89N
0°20′⋅79E)
196
Paragraph 8.20 1 line 2 For (52°29′⋅9N 0°20′⋅8E) Read
(53°29′⋅89N 0°20′⋅79E)
BA Chart 109 [07/12]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Bergen – Skoltegrunnskaien — Light
329
Paragraph 9.166 1 lines 9-11 Replace by:
...Light towards Bergen Havn.
333
Paragraph 9.200 1 lines 1-2 Delete
335
Paragraph 9.202 1 lines 2-4 Replace by:
...the largest of which are as follows:
Paragraph 9.202 1 line 5 For (close ESE) Read
(60°24′⋅09N 5°18′⋅70E)
Paragraph 9.202 2 line 1 For (2 cables SE) Read
(60°23′⋅95N 5°19′⋅00E)
Paragraph 9.202 3 line 1 For (1½ cables SSE) Read
(60°23′⋅99N 5°18′⋅68E)

336
Diagram Bergen Plan B Replace by:
IV
Diagram Bergen Plan B which is printed with the
chart block ammendments at the end of Section II.
Norwegian Notice 01/41494/12
(SDD 2012000 011429) [07/12]
4.2
Wk07/12

NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Angola – River Congo to Ponta das Palmeirinhas
— PSVM Terminal
202
After Paragraph 7.13 Insert:
PSVM Terminal
General information
7.13a
1 Position and function. The PVSM development is
situated 92 miles W of the River Congo entrance.
The FPSO PSVM (6°14′⋅60S 10°43′⋅90E) serves as
an offloading platform.
Terminal Authority. BP Exploration (Angola)
Limited.
E-mail: AngolaB31PSVMTerm@bp.com
Limiting conditions
7.13b
1 Local weather and sea state. See 7.10.
Arrival information
7.13c
1 Terminal opertions. Mooring operations are
normally conducted during daylight hours only,
between 0600 and 1500.
Notice of ETA required. Notice is to be given on
commencement of passage to terminal and 96, 72,
48, 24 and 4 hours prior to arrival.
Waiting area. A designated waiting area lies N of
the FPSO. This is a circular area of diameter 10 miles
centred on 6°07′⋅50S 10°36′⋅70E.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at position
6°10′⋅90S 10°40′⋅30E.
Tugs. A tug will normally be connected prior to the
export tankers final approach to the FPSO, and will
remain connected to the vessels stern throughout the
loading operation.
Restricted area. It is prohibited to approach within
5 miles of the FPSO without a pilot or Terminal
representative on board.
Due to continuing exploration and construction
activities within the vicinity of the Terminal, vessels
due to offload will be advised in pre-arrival
communications of any temporary restricted areas or
areas of high vessel activity.
Terminal
7.13d
1 The FPSO PSVM is situated in a depth of
approximately 2000 m. It is a mounted turret moored
FPSO used as a hub for subsea wells and as an
offloading platform.
4.1
Services
7.13e
1 See 7.13.
[06/12]
BP Exploration (Angola) Ltd
(SDD 2012000 012504) [06/12]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Queensland – Double Island Point —
Directions; Wolf Rock
168
After Paragraph 5.40 3 line 8 Insert:
E of Wolf Rock (25°54′⋅61S 153°11′⋅84E).
Chart Aus 815 [06/12]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn —
Trekroner Light sector
220
Paragraph 6.149 2-3 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
2/12 Delete
Danish Chart 134
(SDD 2011000 238311) [06/12]
Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn —
Kronløbet directional lights
220
Paragraph 6.150 1-2 Replace by:
1 Kronløbet Directional Lights. Two lights (lattice
beacons, 146 m apart) are displayed from Frihavnen
(6.165), between Nordbassinet and Mellembassinet. The
white sectors of these lights (N light 243°-246°, S light
240°-243°) are visible together in a lane 60 m width on a
line of bearing (242⋅8°) leading through the centre of
Kronløbet. To the N of the track the N light displays a
green sector (241°-243°), while S of the track a red sector
(243°-245°) is displayed from the S light.
North light (framework tower, 23 m in height)
(55°42′⋅31N 12°36′⋅01E).
South light (framework tower, 23 m in height) (146 m
farther SW).
2 The track leads from Renden, the N part of Kongedybet
(6.155) which lies between Stubben reclamation work and
N end of Middelgrund, and thence into Kronløbet (6.119),
least width 150 m, passing (positioned from Trekroner
Light):
Danish Notice 2/119/12
(SDD 2012000 012566) [06/12]
Wk06/12

NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2010 Edition)
Spain – North coast – Aviles — Directions; light
Paragraph 11.42 Replace by:
280
IV
1 Entering Canal de Pedro Menéndez (43°34′⋅62N
5°55′⋅28W) the white sector (174⋅9°-175⋅1°) of the direction
light (43°33′⋅51N 5°55′⋅15W) on Muelle Sur leads through
the channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) and a light
beacon (red round tower, 3 m in height) (43°34′⋅29N
5°55′⋅19W) to Dársena de San Agustín.
Spanish Notice 2/7/12
(SDD 2012000 016511) [06/12]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
China - Boi Hai - Jinzhou Gang — Directions
404
Paragraph 10.237 3-10 Replace by:
3 Tankers of 50 000 dwt or less should follow the
temporary tanker channel (10.233) from the vicinity of
No 3 Anchorage (40°14′⋅96N 121°22′⋅04E) (10.227),
passing SW of the oilfields (40°30′⋅00N 121°21′⋅00E),
and E of Dajiulou Jiao (40°43′⋅10N 121°02′⋅00E)
(10.193).
4 Leading Lights:
Front light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 33 m in height)
(40°44′⋅30N 121°03′⋅06E).
Rear light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 55 m in height) (9¾ cables
from front).
5 From a position E of Juhua Dao (40°29′⋅41N
120°49′⋅24E) the alignment (352°) of these lights leads
to a position between Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light
Buoys (lateral) (40°43′⋅54N 121°03′⋅20E).
6 Other vessels continue N passing:
E of a platform (lit) (40°22′⋅62N 121°23′⋅76E); a well,
depth 12 m, lies about 1½ miles N, marked by a
light buoy (special), thence:
E of the oilfields with lit production platforms and
submerged wells, least depth 4⋅8 m,(40°30′⋅31N
121°23′⋅35E).
The track the continues N to the vicinity of
No 2 Anchorage (40°32′⋅96N 121°26′⋅59N) (10.231).
7 The track then leads WNW through the fairway of
the preferred channel to either anchorage No 1
(10.227) or a position about 5 miles E of Huludao
Gaojiao Light (40°42′⋅87N 121°01′⋅32E) (10.190).
The track then continues WNW to Jinzhougang Nos
1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral).
8 Jinzhou Gang Leading Lights:
Front light (circle on white pile) (40°48′⋅73N
121°03′⋅88E),
Rear light (similar construction) 9¾ cables from
front.
Wk06/12
4.2
9 From a position between Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2
Light Buoys (lateral) (40°43′⋅54N 121°03′⋅20E), the
alignment (005¾°) of these lights leads through
Jinzhougang Hangdao, a channel marked by light
buoys and light beacons (lateral) towards the harbour
and into the basins, Nos 1 and 2 Basins being
approached directly from the channel.
10 Tanker Jetty Leading Lights:
Front light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 32 m in height)
(40°48′⋅64N 121°02′⋅27E).
Rear light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 42 m in height) (2¾ cables
from front).
11 From a position about 2½ cables NNE of No 7 Light
Beacon (40°46′⋅37N 121°03′⋅46E), the alingnment
(335°) of these lights leads NNW for about 1 mile to a
tanker jetty marked at S end and N end, by lights (red
and white GRP towers, 10 m in height).
12 No 5 Basin:
From a position about 1½ cables SSE of No 9 Light
Beacon (port hand) (40°47′⋅66N 121°03′⋅65E), the
alignment (060°) of leading lights leads about 7 cables
into the basin:
Front light (white metal pipe) (40°47′⋅92N
121°04′⋅65E),
Rear light (similar structure) (½ cable from front).
13 A new buoyed channel has been established from
the vicinity of Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys
(lateral) (40°43′⋅54N 121°03′⋅20E), leading generally
NW to a position N of the construction work off
Huludao.
Chinese Notices 52/1966-1967/11; ALLFS F3965.61,
F3965.601, F3965.668, F3965.6681
(SDD 2011000 240256) [06/12]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Wales – North-west coast – Anglesey —
Penrhyn Mawr
218
Paragraph 7.60 1 line 6 For (53°18′⋅41N 4°41′⋅98W) Read
(53°17′⋅04N 4°41′⋅19W)
Paragraph 7.61 3 lines 2-3 For (53°18′⋅41N 4°41′⋅98W)
Read (53°17′⋅04N 4°41′⋅19W)
BA Chart 1413 [06/12]
England – Solway Firth – Silloth Harbour —
Maximum draught
313
Paragraph 10.59 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:
...of 7⋅4 m at MHWS and 5⋅1 m at MHWN. A figure of 0⋅8 m
should be subtracted from the height of HW (above the sill)
to obtain the maximum permissible draught. The quay
height is approximately 9⋅9 m above sill level.
Associated British Ports Silloth
(SDD 2012000 016644) [06/12]

NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Ireland – South coast – Cork — Pilot boarding
116
Paragraph 3.352 2 lines 3-8 Replace by:
IV
Pilot boarding. Pilots are available throughout 24 hours,
and should be ordered through Port Operations (3.347)
when reporting ETA. There are three numbered pilot
boarding areas:
No 1 (51°43′⋅50N 8°15′⋅00W), 4 miles S of Roches Point,
for all tankers loaded with crude oil.
No 2 (51°45′⋅10N 8°15′⋅17W), 2½ miles S of Roches
Point, for all vessels over 130 m LOA, excluding
tankers loaded with crude oil.
No 3 (51°50′⋅83N 8°17′⋅29W), Buoy No 20, Cobh, for
vessels less than 130 m LOA.
Cork Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 015823) [06/12]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
Inshore Route - Chima Do to Sori Do -
Approaches to YãjaManandKamakYang—
Directions; depth
109
Paragraph 2.222 3 line 2 For 6.4 Read 5.7
South Korean Chart 240 [06/12]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Italy – Sardegna – Capo Sferracavallo —
Prohibited area
319
Paragraph 10.146 including heading Replace by:
Restricted areas
10.146
1 Entry is prohibited 3½ miles E Capo Sferracavallo
within a radius of 600 m centred on 39°42′⋅50N
9°45′⋅40E. The area contains unexploded ordnance.
2 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area
enclosing Isola di Quirra (39°31′⋅50N 9°39′⋅50E) which
extends SE and up to 5 miles offshore. The area
contains unexploded ordnance.
Italian Notice 23.24/11
(SDD 2011000 240239) [06/12]
4.3
Italy – Sardegna – Capo San Lorenzo —
Prohibited area
320
Paragraph 10.153 1 Replace by:
1 Entry is prohibited 6¼ miles NE Capo San Lorenzo
within a radius of 400 m centred on 39°33′⋅78N
9°44′⋅50E. The area contains unexploded ordnance.
2 Vessels are prohibited from entering an area
extending 100 m from the shore of Costa su
Franzesu, in the vicinity of the mouth of Fiume
Flumendosa (36°25′⋅7N 9°37′⋅7E), within the
jurisdiction of the town of Villaputzu, 2½ miles WNW
of the river mouth, because of the danger of rock
falls.
Italian Notice 23.25/11
(SDD 2011000 240239) [06/12]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
Great Barrier Island – East coast —
Directions; beacons
212
Paragraph 8.13 1 lines 5-10 Replace by:
ENE of Rakitu Island (Arid Island) (36°07′S 175°30′E),
thence:
ENE of Whakatautuna Point (36°11′S 175°30′E), which
is surrounded by cliffs and rises to Whakatautuna, a
hill, thence (with positions from Whakatautuna Point):
Paragraph 8.13 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:
ENE of Oruawharo, a hill, thence:
New Zealand Notice 02/21/12
(SDD 2012000 015949) [06/12]
Auckland — Vertical clearance
Paragraph 8.82 1 Replace by:
226
1 Auckland Harbour Bridge is a fixed road bridge
consisting of seven spans on six concrete piers numbered 1
to 6 from Stokes Point. The Bridge has a vertical clearance
of 39m. A daymark (green triangle, white border) is
painted on the E and W faces of No 1 Pier. No craft
should pass between No 1 Pier and Stokes Point.
New Zealand Notice 02/22/12
(SDD 2012000 015949) [06/12]
Wk06/12

NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England – East coast – Wisbech — Pilotage
Paragraph 8.93 1 Replace by:
204
IV
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all commercial vessels. The
pilot boards in position 52°54′⋅43N 0°14′⋅79E; in bad
weather, the pilot boards S of Holbeach RAF No 4 Light
Buoy (52°52′⋅58N 0°13′⋅08E). See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (1).
Port of Wisbech Authority
(SDD 2012000 012068) [06/12]
England – East coast – Lowestoft — Pilotage
224
Paragraph 9.106 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels:
All vessels or tows of 60 m LOA or over.
All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying dangerous or
noxious liquid substances in bulk.
All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying explosives.
All vessels or tows over 30 m LOA carrying more than 12
passengers.
All vessels of less than 60 m in length, deemed to be a
potential hazard to navigation.
ABP Harbourmaster Lowestoft
(SDD 2012000 014080) [06/12]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Gandsfjorden – Sandnes — Depths
147
Paragraph 4.193 Chart heading Replace by:
Chart 3003
148
Paragraph 4.210 Replace by:
1 The main berthing areas are as follows:
Lurahammaren (58°52′⋅64N 5°44′⋅78E) with two
concrete quays operated by Statoil AS; the largest
is the NE-most quay with a berthing length of 26 m
and depths from 11⋅6 to13⋅1 m alongside.
2 Somanset public industrial quay (58°52′⋅25N
5°44′⋅80E). Consists of a main quay 265 m long with
two dolphins 50 and 100 m S of the quay. There are
depths from 8⋅0 to 10⋅0 m alongside the main quay.
The quay and dolphins form a line giving a total
berthing length of 375 m for large vessels and other
floating structures.
3 Rappaneset (58°51′⋅64N 5°44′⋅85E). There are
three quays in the vicinity of Rappaneset; the deepest
and longest is the S-most with an E face 64 m long
and depths from 5⋅0 to 7⋅8 m alongside.
Wk06/12
4.4
4 Public quays (58°51′⋅30N 5°44′⋅63E) are situated on
the W side of Vågen, this berthing area consists of a
pier, at its N end, and two concrete quays. The SE
side of the pier is 148 m long, with depths from 6⋅0 to
6⋅8 m alongside. South of the pier the largest quay is
314 m long, with depths from 5⋅9 to 8⋅0 m alongside.
149
Delete (Sandnes 4.210) port plan
Norwegian Notice 10/35679/11 and ENC NO6D0711
(SDD 2011000 101160) [06/12]
Hauglandsosen – Horsøy — Lights
353
Paragraph 10.87 4 lines 6-8 Delete
Paragraph 10.87 5 lines 1-2 Delete
Norwegian Notice 01/41514/12
(SDD 2012000 011429) [06/12]
Brandangersundet – Slovågen — Depths
415
Paragraph 11.68 2 line 6 For 4⋅9 to5⋅7 Read 2⋅7 to5⋅5
Paragraph 11.68 2 line 9 Replace by:
...with a depth of 6⋅1 m alongside.
Norwegian Notice 08/35014/11
(SDD 2011000 082181) [06/12]
Askrova – Valvikevågen — Light
489
Paragraph 12.243 2 line 2 Replace by:
Nesodden...
Norwegian Notice 01/41517/12
(SDD 2012000 011429) [06/12]

Skorpa – Vassøya — Depth
521
Paragraph 13.33 6 line 8 For 5⋅4 Read 4⋅6
IV
Norwegian Notice 08/35116/11
(SDD 2011000 082181) [06/12]
Frøya – Oldersundet — Depth
537
After Paragraph 13.129 7 line 3 Insert:
W of a rock (61°46′⋅23N 4°54′⋅03E), with a depth of
4⋅2 m, thence;
Norwegian Notice 09/35256/11
(SDD 2011000 103081) [06/12]
4.5
NP72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot
(2010 Edition)
Barents Sea – NE of Kol’skiy Zaliv — submerged
mooring buoys
67
Paragraph 2.7 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Across Skolpen Bank (70°50′N 36°00′E) (1.86), passing
clear of two submerged mooring buoys above a wreck,
depth more than 20 m, in position 69°54′N 35°11′E,
thence:
Russian Notice 218/3/2012
(SDD 2012000 015298) [06/12]
Wk06/12

NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Australia – Torres Strait – Varzin Passage —
Directions; depth
428
Paragraph 13.87 1 line 4 For 9⋅7 Read 8⋅8
Chart Aus 296 [05/12]
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Indonesia – North Coast of Jawa –
Selat Surabaya and approaches — Depths
81
Paragraph 4.80 1 line 3 For 8⋅4 mRead 3⋅8 m
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 034/200/01) [05/12]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Ireland – South-west coast – River Shannon —
Pilot boarding positions; anchorages
278
Paragraph 9.48 2 line 5 For positions: Read areas:
Paragraph 9.48 2 line 6 For 4 Read 3¾
Paragraph 9.48 2 line 8 For 1½ miles SSW Read 2 miles SW
Paragraph 9.48 3 line 2 For E Read ESE
284
Paragraph 9.81 including heading and existing Section IV
Notice Week 14/11 Replace by:
Spare
9.81
Paragraph 9.82 including heading Replace by:
Anchorages A to L
9.82
1 Eleven designated anchorages lettered A to L (excluding
I) with depths of 23 m to 5 m lie E of a line from Corlis
Point (52°37′⋅09N 9°36′⋅36W) to Beal Point (52°34′⋅83N
9°37′⋅10W), and W of Scattery Island. Anchorage H is for
tankers.
Wk05/12
4.1
[05/12]
2
Clearing marks:
The line of bearing 246° of Kilcredaun Head disused
lighthouse (52°34′⋅80N 9°42′⋅61W) (9.62) just
open SW of the battery on Kilcredaun Point
(5½ cables ENE), passes S of Five Fathom Rock
(1½ miles N of Beal Point) and of Doonaha Shoal
(1 mile W of the rock).
Caution. A foul anchorage lies between anchorages B,
C and D.
Paragraph 9.83 including heading Replace by:
Scattery Roads - Anchorages M to R
9.83
1 Scattery Roads, E of Scattery Island (52°36′⋅76N
9°31′⋅18W), are sheltered from the prevailing W winds and
afford excellent anchorage with good holding of blue mud
with a thin covering of sand. Five designated anchorages
lettered M to R (excluding O) with depths of 6 to 17 m lie
between Scattery Island and Moyne Point (52°36′⋅75N
9°27′⋅80W). Anchorage P is for tankers.
Shannon Foynes Port Company
(SDD 2011000 216202) [05/12]
Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle —
General information; vertical clearance
420
After Paragraph 13.82 1 line 5 Insert:
2 Peace Bridge (54°59′⋅88N 7°18′⋅97W), vertical clearance
3⋅7 m, crosses the river 1 cable S of Queen’s Quay.
427
Paragraph 13.117 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:
Peace Bridge (13.82) crosses the river 1 cable S of
Queen’s Quay.
Londonderry Port and Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2011000 120886) [05/12]
Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle —
Directions
422
Paragraph 13.100 10 line 1 For Bay Light Read Point
425
After Paragraph 13.106 5 line 5 Insert:
SE of Black Point Light Beacon (starboard hand)
(55°08′⋅85N 7°07′·29W) which lies close SSE of a
drying bank.
Paragraph 13.107 1 line 8 For (55°02′⋅78N 7°15′⋅24W) Read
(55°02′⋅77N 7°15′⋅22W)
Londonderry Port and Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2012000 011131) [05/12]

Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle —
Leading lights
426
Paragraph 13.110 2 lines 3-6 Replace by:
Leading lights:
Front. Rosses Bay Light Beacon (topmark white triangle
apex up) (55°00′⋅72N 7°17′⋅50W).
Rear. Gransha Light Beacon (topmark white triangle apex
down) (55°00′⋅73N 7°17′⋅41W).
The alignment (085° astern) of the above lights indicates
the centre of the maintained channel S of Madams Bank,
passing:
Paragraph 13.110 3 lines 5-6 Delete
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 206799) [05/12]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
Outer Approaches to Yãsu Hang and
Kwangyang Hang – Yokchi Do and Chwasari
Chedo — Vertical clearance
120
Paragraph 3.28 5 line 2 For 35m Read 26m
South Korean Notice 01/12/12
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
Inshore Route – Paek Sã to Tumi Do – Mijo Hang
— Vertical clearance
131
Paragraph 3.119 4 line 2 For 29m Read 27m
Paragraph 3.119 4 line 6 For 41m Read 19m
South Korean Notice 01/16/12
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
Samch’ãnp’oHangtoNamMan–Kosãng Man
— Vertical clearance
138
Paragraph 3.159 4 line 2 For 30m Read 26m
South Korean Notice 01/11/12
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
IV
4.2
Inshore Route – Tumi Do to Pbujido –
Offshore Islands – Yãnhwa Yãlto —
Vertical clearance
140
After Paragraph 3.168 1 line 9 Insert:
Vertical Clearance. A power cable with a vertical
clearance of 20m spans the channel between the S of
U do and the N of Yãnhwa Do.
South Korean Notice 01/12/12
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
Tongyãng Haeman and Kyãnnaeryang and
Haehyãp — Vertical clearance
140
Paragraph 3.170 3 line 4 For 28m Read 25m
South Korean Notice 01/10/12
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]
NP49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 (2008 Edition)
Lebanon – Trâblous — Approach and entry
1
228
Paragraph 7.113 Replace by:
From a position about 8 miles WNW of JazØrat RamkØn
(34°30′N 35°46′E) (7.95), the track leads E passing N of
JazØrat RamkØn, to a position about 1 mile N of JazØrat an
Nakhl (34°29′⋅7N 35°46′⋅4E). The track then leads SE to
the pilot boarding position, passing (with positions from the
head of Jetée du Large (34°28′⋅32N 35°49′⋅95E)):
NE of JazØrat an Nakhl (3 miles WNW) and JazØrat Sanâni
(2¾ miles WNW), thence:
2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (1¾ miles NNW), the
position of which is approximate. The masts of
the wreck are visible. Thence:
Clear of two wrecks with a minimum unsurveyed
clearance depth of 20 m (2 miles N and 1¾ miles
NNE, respectively).
3 The track then leads to the pilot station (1 mile NNW).
For vessels bound for the oil terminal the track leads a
further 1½ miles E to the oil terminal pilot boarding
1
position, and thence as required to the berths.
Paragraph 7.114 Replace by:
From the pilot boarding position, the track leads SE to
the entrance channel, passing (with positions from the head
of Jetée du Large):
Clear of a wreck (9 cables NNW), with a depth of 6⋅7 m,
thence:
ENE of a line of islets situated on a bank extending
1½ miles NNW of Al Baqar (1½ miles SW), and:
2 Clear of a series of obstructions (4¾ cables to
3
1¼ miles NNE), thence:
W of a disused oil pipeline (7 cables ENE), to a position
close N of the entrance to the harbour.
The track then leads SW through a channel, 1 cable
wide, marked at its outer end by a buoy (starboard hand)
and dredged to a depth of 12⋅7m (2001), passing:
SE of the head of Jetée du Large, thence:
NW of a second disused pipeline (5½ cables ESE),
thence:
NW of the head of the angled jetty (3 cables S), thence
into the harbour.
Wk05/12

4 An area dredged to a depth of 9⋅7 m lies NW of the
main quay, as shown on the plan. The remainder of the
harbour has depths of 6 m and less.
A dangerous wreck lies close inside the SW end of Jetée
du Large, and another lies near the S shore of the harbour.
French Notice 12/01/79
(SDD 2012000 004725; French ENC 57514A) [05/12]
Lebanon – Beyrouth (Beirut) — Approach
233
Paragraph 7.171 1 line 9 Add:
...Three wrecks with a minimum unsurveyed clearance depth of
20 m, lie 3¼ cables N, 2 cables NNE and 2 cables E of the head
of the breakwater, respectively. Two wrecks, with a minimum
unsurveyed clearance depth of 20 m, lie 7½ cables ENE of the
head of the main breakwater.
French Notice 12/01/80
(SDD 2012000 004725; French ENC 511010) [05/12]
Wk05/12
IV
4.3
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Stavanger – Dusavika — Light; depths
128
Paragraph 4.82 1 lines 3-4 For (59°00′⋅0N 5°40′⋅9E) Read
(58°59′⋅98N 5°40′⋅79E)
136
Paragraph 4.130 2 lines 3-5 Replace by:
...3¾ cables W of Dusavika Light (58°59′⋅98N 5°40′⋅79E),
being the deepest and longest; length 188 m with depths
from 8⋅6 to9⋅8 m alongside.
Norwegian Notice 01/41495/12 and ENC NO5G071
(SDD 2012000 011429) [05/12]

NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2009 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to Cape
Longing through Prince Gustav Channel —
Route; directions
368
Paragraph 7.10 1 line 5 For SE Read SW
Paragraph 7.10 1 line 7 For SSE Read SSW
369
Paragraph 7.15 1 line 5 For (63°48′⋅6S 57°53′⋅0W) Read
(63°43′⋅6S 57°53′⋅0W)
372
Paragraph 7.16 7 line 2 For (63°48′⋅5S 57°53′⋅0W) Read
(63°43′⋅5S 57°53′⋅0W)
Paragraph 7.17 1 line 1 For (63°48′⋅5S 57°53′⋅0W) Read
(63°43′⋅5S 57°53′⋅0W)
BA Chart 227 [04/12]
James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to Cape
Longing through Prince Gustav Channel —
Directions
372
Paragraph 7.19 1 lines 10-11 Delete
(SDD 2009000 021841) [04/12]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
South Australia – Spencer Gulf —
Directions; Caution
356
After Paragraph 11.13 1 line 4 Insert:
Caution. A number of marine farms lie in the
vicinity of Buffalo Reef (34°43′⋅11S 136°27′⋅71E); see
1.8
AA573902 & AA573903 [04/12]
4.1
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
[04/12]
Australia – Queensland – Cape Upstart —
Directions; wreck
268
After Paragraph 7.181 2 line 5 Insert:
NE of a wreck (19°26′⋅84S 147°46′⋅33E), thence:
Australian Notice 24/1238/11 [04/12]
Australia – Queensland – Goold Island —
Directions; wreck
279
After Paragraph 8.58 6 line 4 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (18°10′⋅31S 146°04′⋅91E),
thence:
Australian Notice 24/1240/11 [04/12]
Australia – Queensland – Cairns — Anchorage
303
Paragraph 9.60 including heading Replace by:
Outer anchorages
9.60
1 Trinity Harbour. Designated anchorages are as follows:
CA1 16°46′⋅60S 145°50′⋅40E
CA2 16°48′⋅60S 145°52′⋅70E
CA3 16°48′⋅90S 145°54′⋅20E
CA4 16°49′⋅60S 145°48′⋅00E
CA5 16°51′⋅00S 145°50′⋅00E
CPS1 16°46′⋅40S 145°44′⋅70E
CPS2 16°49′⋅80S 145°51′⋅10E
South west of Fitzroy Island.
CA6 16°57′⋅70S 145°58′⋅00E
2 Mission Bay lies between Cape Grafton (16°51′⋅95S
145°55′⋅0E) (8.141) and False Cape, (16°52′⋅44S
145°51′⋅00E). The latter is rock-fringed, high and wooded,
with ruins on its summit. The bay is shallow as shown on
the chart, and fronted by mainly sandy beaches. At the W
end of its S side, there is a small jetty and a settlement.
Two stranded wrecks lie between the settlement and
Gribble Point (16°53′⋅80S 145°51′⋅78E). Rocky Island,
standing near the middle of the bay, is 42 m in height and
connected at LW to the mainland by a drying flat of mud
and sand.
3 Anchorage, with shelter from SE winds, may be
obtained by vessels of suitable size and draught 5½ cables
N of Rocky Island in a charted depth of 3 m.
Local knowledge is required for entry to Mission Bay.
AA571772 [04/12]
Wk04/12

NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
England – Liverpool Bay — Directions; buoy
245
Paragraph 8.18 4 lines 5-6 Replace by:
...5 cables and 1¼ cables W of Bar Light Float.
IV
Cefas
(SDD 2012000 000206) [04/12]
England – River Mersey — Arrival information;
Vessel traffic service
255
Paragraph 8.68 2 lines 4-7 Replace by:
...Marine Operations Control Centre, call sign: MERSEY
VTS, preferably when rounding The Skerries (53°25′⋅27N
4°36′⋅50W) and not later than the vicinity of Bar Light Float
inward-bound or before sailing. A continuous listening
watch must be maintained when under way or at anchor
within the port.
Mersey Docks and Harbour Company
(SDD 2011000 231833) [04/12]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Northern Ireland – East Coast – Donaghadee Sound
— Directions; buoy
227
Paragraph 7.42 3 lines 7-9 Replace by:
SSW of the light buoy (starboard hand) marking the N
limit of navigable water in the sound and a stony bank
with a depth of 2⋅7 m(54°40′⋅00N 5°32′⋅26W).
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 235511) [04/12]
Wk04/12
4.2
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
France – Port de Fos — Depths; dredged areas
85
Paragraph 2.161 5 line 2 For 14 m Read 18 m
Paragraph 2.161 5 lines4to5Replace by:
... occupies the SW part of the basin. The basin depths are
no longer maintained by dredging and the Port Authority
should be consulted. A ...
French Notice 11/45/31
(SDD 2011000 211227) [04/12]
Italy – West coast – Torre del Greco —
Obstruction
369
Paragraph 12.167 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 Obstruction. An unmarked obstruction reducing
depth to 10 m exists ...
Italian Notice 24.15/08
(SDD 2011000 240328) [04/12]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition)
Fedjeosen – Hernar – Hernesundet —
Overhead cable
348
After Paragraph 10.48 2 line 2 Insert:
Vertical clearance. An overhead cable with a
vertical clearance of 14 m spans Hernesundet S of
Hernar village.
Norwegian Notice 23/40695/11
(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]
Masfjorden – Duesundet — Vertical clearance
402
Paragraph 10.414 1 line 7 For 21 m. Read 19 m.
Norwegian Notice 24/41156/11
(SDD 2011000 240192) [04/12]
Matresfjorden – Tersundet — Vertical clearance
403
Paragraph 10.418 2 line 3 For 87 m. Read 60 m.
Norwegian Notice 23/41020/11
(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]

NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Kvingra – Svinstein — wreck
77
After Paragraph 3.55 2 line 2 Insert:
NW of a wreck (1¼ cables WSW), thence:
IV
Norwegian Notice 23/40994
(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
Supplement 9-2004
Senja – Baltsfjord — light
99
R 49-55 Replace by:
From the position S of Husfallet (69°36′⋅1N 17°42′⋅7E)
the track leads SSE through Baltsfjorden, passing (with
positions relative to Nøringa Light (69°35′⋅9N 17°41′⋅3E)):
ENE of Renneneset (1 mile SSE), a rounded point,
thence:
WSW of Pussegrunnen (2¾ miles SE), an isolated
unmarked rock, thence:
WSW of the shore bank extending S from
Opplandshaugen (3½ miles SE) to the head of the
fjord, and:
ENE of Selvågneset (3½ miles SSE).
The track then leads to the head of the fjord where there
is an anchorage.
Norwegian Notice 23/40734/11
(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]
4.3
R 51-53 Delete
Båtsfjorden – Båtsfjord -— Anchorage
293
Norwegian Notice 24/41236/11
(SDD 2011000 240192) [04/12]
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2011 Edition)
Scotland – West Coast – Kerrera Sound —
Directions; light
184
Paragraph 4.80 3 line 3 Replace by:
...extending SW of Heather Island (56°24′⋅47N 5°30′⋅19W)
from which a light is exhibited.
185
After Paragraph 4.82 6 line 14 Insert:
Heather Island Light (56°24′⋅41N 5°30′⋅24W).
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2011000 213023) [04/12]
Wk04/12

NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Victoria – Lakes Entrance — Directions; buoy
175
After Paragraph 6.92 3 line 5 Insert:
SE of a light buoy (37°54′⋅91S 147°57′⋅94E) (special),
thence:
Australian (Victoria) Notice 124/11 [03/12]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
Taiwan – East coast – Su-ao Kang — Anchorage
125
Paragraph 3.113 2 lines 6-8 Replace by:
...a foul area lies 2 cables N. A second anchorage area lies
between co-ordinates:
24°34′⋅38N 121°53′⋅33E
24°34′⋅37N 121°53′⋅62E
24°34′⋅10N 121°53′⋅62E
24°34′⋅10N 121°53′⋅35E
The recognised quarantine anchorage is within the
outer harbour, clear of the main fairway, in 19 to
21 m, sand.
Taiwainese Notice 208/2011
(SDD 2011000 240184) [03/12]
Wk03/12
4.1
[03/12]
China – Bohai – Tianjin Gang – Dagukou South
Anchorage — Dangerous wreck
384
Paragraph 10.105 2 Replace by:
Name Position Designation Remarks
2 Dagukou
North
Anchorage
Dagukou
South
Anchorage
38°57′⋅43N
118°02′⋅22E
38°54′⋅01N
118°03′⋅55E
All vessels
(except those
below) with
draught less
than 10⋅5 m,
quarantine
anchorage.
Vessels with
dangerous
cargo,
draught over
8 m; other
vessels over
10 m draught,
quarantine
anchorage.
Depths
6to14m.
Entry is
prohibited to
an area
within the
anchorage
containing a
dangerous
wreck
marked to N
by light buoy
(isolated
danger). A
further
dangerous
wreck lies in
position
38°53′⋅53N
118°02′⋅86E
Chinese Notice 48/1802/11
(SDD 2011000 225155) [03/12]
NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition)
Philippine Islands - Mindanao —
Container Terminal
398
After Paragraph 10.403 4 line 7 Insert:
Mindanao Container Terminal
10.403a
1 Mindanao Container Terminal (8°31′⋅20N
124°45′⋅00E) has a 300 m berth face on a NW/SE
axis, 13 m alongside depth and two gantry cranes.
Port Authority. Mindanao International Container
Terminal Services Inc, Phivdec Industrial Estate,
Tagaloan 9001, Misamis Oriental.
Website: www.ictsi.com/operations
Mindanao International Container Terminal Services
(HH. 033/200/02) [03/12]

NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011
Edition)
Cheju Do – North Coast – Aewologot to Cheju
Hang — Cheju Hang; Pilot Station
81
Paragraph 2.32 3 line 3 For 33°31′⋅95N 126°32′⋅55E Read
33°33′⋅50N 126°33′⋅00E
South Korean Notice 51/875/11
(SDD 2011000 239652) [03/12]
South Korea – South Coast – Inshore Route -
Haenamgak to Somodo — Directions; wreck
99
After Paragraph 2.144 6 line 5 Insert:
S of a dangerous wreck (34°16′⋅01N 126°41′⋅09E),
thence;
South Korean Notice 51/872/11
(SDD 2011000 239652) [03/12]
South Korea – Kwangyang Hang — Anchorages
129
Paragraph 3.103 3 lines 1-8 Replace by:
3 North-west of Myodo. Anchorage may be obtained
within the following areas:
34° 53′⋅63 N 127° 41′⋅80 E
34° 53′⋅25 N 127° 41′⋅18 E
34° 53′⋅57 N 127° 40′⋅65 E
34° 53′⋅97 N 127° 40′⋅65 E
34° 53′⋅88 N 127° 42′⋅18 E
34° 53′⋅63 N 127° 41′⋅80 E
34° 53′⋅97 N 127° 41′⋅50 E
34° 54′⋅17 N 127° 41′⋅87 E
South Korean Notice 50/852/11
(SDD 2011000 234881) [03/12]
IV
4.2
NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 (2009 Edition)
Greece – Kavála — Anchorage
460
Paragraph 13.80 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorage: in depths from 30 to 40 m, sand and
mud, S of Ákra Kará Ormán, noting an area where
anchoring and fishing are prohibited, from 1 mile S of the
head of Liménas Ichthyoskalas Kaválas breakwater (13.83),
thence 1 mile E, thence 1¼ miles N, to a position close NE
of the cape.
Greek Notices 220 and 225.2011
(SDD 2011000 235944) [03/12]
NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Îles Gambier – Port de Rikitea — Directions
122
Paragraph 5.36 4-6 Replace by:
4 The track then alters NW into the inner bay area of Port
de Rikitea passing:
Between the beacons (port and starboard hand)
(23°07′⋅14S 134°57′⋅78W), thence:
SW of the beacon (starboard hand) standing on a detached
reef (23°074′⋅4S 134°57′⋅80W), thence:
NW of a beacon (port hand) (23°07′⋅09S 134°57′⋅95W),
thence;
SW of the beacon (S cardinal) standing on an unnamed
detached reef (23°06′⋅93S 134°57′⋅88W).
French Chart 6418 [03/12]
Wk03/12

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
South Australia – Smoky Bay — Directions;
marine farms
345
After Paragraph 10.82 4 line 8 Insert:
Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in
this passage (see 1.8).
Australian Notice 25/1310/11 [02/12]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Torres Strait – Red Island Point —
Anchorage
440
After Paragraph 13.163 1 line 7 Insert:
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
within Red Island Point approach, as shown on chart
Aus 294.
Australian Notice 25/1304/11 [02/12]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn —
Trekroner Light sector
210
Paragraph 6.95 1 line 4 For (207°-210°) Read (207°-211°)
215
Paragraph 6.122 1 line 4 For (207°-210°) Read (207°-211°)
220
Paragraph 6.149 2 line 3 For (207°-210°) Read (207°-211°)
Danish Notice 49/1287/11
(SDD 2011000 231073) [02/12]
Wk02/12
4.1
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Sweden – Sea of Bothnia – Gävle –
Fredrikskanhamnen — Controlling depths
379
[02/12]
Paragraph 9.194 1 and 2 including heading Replace by:
Controlling depths
9.194
1 Channels. The main N entrance of
Holmuddsrännan has a least depth of 10⋅6 m (2010).
The least depths (2010) for the channels to the
areas of the port listed below are as follows:
2 Fredriksskanshamnen new oil quay and
Granudden terminal 10⋅8 m.
Granudden terminal RoRo 9⋅3 m.
Container terminal basin 10⋅5 m.
Basin off berths 12-14, 8⋅9 m.
Basin off berths 4-8, 9⋅3 m.
Fredriksskanshamnen to Gavleån 4⋅2 m (2011),
maintenance dredging no longer takes place W of
Fredriksskans.
381
Paragraph 9.211 Replace by:
1 New oil quay, berth 21, (60°41′⋅56N 17°13′⋅73E)
at the entrance to Fredriksskanshamnen is 200 m long
with a least depth of 10⋅8 m (2010).
2 East basin (60°41′⋅55N 17°13′⋅25E) has ten berths.
Berths 17-19 on the E side of the basin form the
container terminal and have a least depth of 10⋅5 m
(2010). Berths 11-16, with a least depth of 8⋅9 m
(2010) lie in the NW corner of the basin. Berths 9-12
lie on the W side of the basin with a least depth of
10⋅5 m (2010).
3 South and south-west quays (60°41′⋅37N
17°12′⋅90E) have berths totalling 465 m in length,
berths 4-8 have a least depth of 9⋅3 m (2010). At the
W end of the SW quay, berth 3, the fixed RoRo ramp,
with a 20 m width, has a least depth of 7⋅5 m (2010).
4 Old oil quay, berth 1, (60°41′⋅33N 17°12′⋅74E) is
190m long with a least depth of 9⋅3 m (2010).
Paragraph 9.212 1 line 4-5 Replace by:
There are two berths; the W berth has a least depth of 9⋅3 m
(2010) and the E berth 10⋅9 m (2010).
Swedish Notices 348/6823 and 383/7515/11
(SDDs 2011000 061658; 234536) [02/12]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Mozambique – Beira — Approach and entry;
arrival information; directions
201
Paragraph 5.158 1 line 2 For 13 miles Read 9 miles
Paragraph 5.158 1 line 3 For 20 miles Read 24 miles
202
Paragraph 5.167 1 line 3 For (19°56′⋅03S 35°02′⋅46E) Read
(19°53′⋅78S 34°59′⋅21E)
Paragraph 5.168 1 line 3 For (19°56′⋅03S 35°02′⋅46E) Read
(19°53′⋅78S 34°59′⋅21E)
204
Paragraph 5.175 1 line 4 For (19°56′⋅03S 35°02′⋅46E) Read
(19°53′⋅78S 34°59′⋅21E)
Paragraph 5.177 2 lines 3 and 4 For (19°56′⋅03S
35°02′⋅46E) Read (19°53′⋅78S 34°59′⋅21E)
Paragraph 5.178 1 lines 6 and 7 Replace by:
...9 m should make to a position 4 miles ESE of Light Buoy
A, thence follow a WNW course to the vicinity of Light
Buoy A.
Paragraph 5.179 1 line 2 For (19°56′⋅03S 35°02′⋅46E)
Read. (19°53′⋅78S 34°59′⋅21E)
207
Paragraph 5.196 1 line 4 For (19°56′⋅03S 35°02′⋅46E) Read
(19°53′⋅78S 34°59′⋅21E)
Mozambique NM 59/2011
(SDD 2011000 185047) [01/12]
Wk01/12
4.1
[01/12]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Navigation and Regulations –
Traffic and Operations —
Fishing; marine farms
2
Paragraph 1.8 including heading Replace by:
Marine Farms
1.8
1 Marine farms, which may be floating or fixed
structures, and their associated moorings should
be avoided. The farms and beds are generally
marked by buoys or beacons, which may be lit.
Their charted positions are approximate.
Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]
South Australia – Point Boston —
Directions; marine farms
361
Paragraph 11.63 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in
this passage (see 1.8).
From a position SE of Point Boston the track
leads...
Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]
South Australia – Point Turton —
Directions; marine farms
367
After Paragraph 11.91 1 line 10 Insert:
2 A marine farm exists in the vicinity of
34°51′⋅54S 137°21′⋅75E, (see 1.8).
Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]
South Australia – Port Augusta —
Directions; marine farms
380
Paragraph 11.229 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in
this passage (see 1.8).
From a position SE of Point Lowly (33°00′S...
Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Navigation and Regulations –
Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms
2
After Paragraph 1.5 1 line 6 Insert:
Marine Farms
1.5a
1 Marine farms, which may be floating or fixed
structures, and their associated moorings should be
avoided. The farms and beds are generally marked by
buoys or beacons, which may be lit. Their charted
positions are approximate.
Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]

Tasmania – Cape Sorell — Directions; rock
228
After Paragraph 8.51 2 line 2 Insert:
WSW of a rock (42°23′⋅65S 145°12′⋅80E) which
dries, thence:
Australian Notice 24/1255/11 [01/12]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Navigation and Regulations –
Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms
After Paragraph 1.8 Insert:
Marine Farms
1.8a
1 Marine farms, which may be floating or fixed
structures, and their associated moorings should be
avoided. The farms and beds are generally marked by
buoys or beacons, which may be lit. Their charted
positions are approximate.
2
Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2010 Edition)
Turkey – zmit Körfezi —
Traffic separation scheme
100
Paragraph 2.272 1 Replace by:
1 The Turkish government has advised that zmit
Traffic Separation Scheme, consisting of four TSSs,
two precautionary areas, two two-way routes and
inshore traffic zones, leads into zmit Körfezi from the
vicinity of 40°44′N 29°22′E to the head of the gulf,
26 miles E.
After Paragraph 2.274 1 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
2.274a
1 A VTS is established for the regulation of traffic
within the boundaries of the traffic separation scheme.
Paragraph 2.276 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage in zmit Körfezi is compulsory for all
Turkish vessels over 1000 gt, and all foreign vessels
over 500 gt. Pilots board 2 miles S of Yelkenkaya
Burnu Light (40°45′N 29°21′E) (2.267).
IV
4.2
After Paragraph 2.277 1 line 1 Insert:
Inshore traffic zones are established for vessels
that are not required to take a pilot.
IMO Sub-Committee on Safety of Navigation, 57th
session, Agenda item 3, 8th April 2011
(Turkish ENC TR400291) [01/12]
NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Sarawak–PulauBurong—Light
100
Paragraph 4.90 1 line 6 Replace by:
...wooded islet, 71 m high, from which a light
(lattice mast, 27⋅5 m in height) is exhibited, and:
Sarawak Marine Department Notice 72/11
(SDD 2011000 211254) [01/12]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal – Foz do Arelho — Buoy
152
Paragraph 5.170 4 lines 1-3 Delete
Portuguese Notice 348/11
(SDD 2011000 226083) [01/12]
NP72 Southern BarentsSea and Beloye More Pilot
(2010 Edition)
Barents Sea – Otmel ’ Pakhtusova —
Drilling Platform
186
After Paragraph 6.98 1 line 5 Insert:
2 The drilling platform Prirazlomnaya situated in
position 69°15′⋅95N 57°17′⋅29E (2011) has a safety
zone of 3 miles radius centred on that position.
Vessels should not enter the safety zone of the marine
ice-stable platform without permission of the operator
of the platform.
Russian NM 6623/51/11
(SDD 2011000 225619) [01/12]
Wk01/12

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America – Pacific Coast –
San Francisco — Limiting conditions; Vertical
clearances; San Francisco - Oakland Bay Bridge
338
Paragraph 10.70 3 lines 1-9 Replace by:
3 A second bridge, with a design clearance of 34⋅1 m
(112 ft), is under construction (2010) E of Yerba
Buena Island and to the N of the present bridge. The
Coast Guard requests mariners use the temporary main
channel between piers I and J on the existing bridge,
and piers E-3 and E-4 on the bridge under
construction, where the approximate mid-span vertical
clearance is 34⋅1 m (112 ft).
Paragraph 10.70 4 lines 8-10 Delete Vessels to bridge.
Paragraph 10.70 5 lines 4-8 Replace by:
Fixed red light from each side of the bridge at the foot
of towers of Piers I, J and K
Fixed red light from each corner of Pier C and red
axis lights along the channel axis on each side.
US Coast Pilot 7 Change 18; US Notice 49/18649/11
(SDD 2011000 178551; 2011000 221205) [51/11]
NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2009 Edition)
Gerlache Strait - South Part - Port Lockroy —
Directions; Isolated Shoal
299
After Paragraph 5.168 2 line 1 Insert:
Clear of an isolated shoal 17⋅8m (64°49′⋅50S
63°32′⋅50W), position approximate, thence:
Chilean Notice 10/126/11
(SDD 2011000 215405) [51/11]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Queensland – Moreton Bay —
Side Channels; directions
143
Paragraph 4.33 1 line 3 For 300° Read 292°
Chart Aus 235 [51/11]
4.1
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – Kattegat west – Fornæs to
Samsø Bælt — Directions; track; depth
172
After Paragraph 5.75 1 line 5 Insert:
[51/11]
W of a 17⋅3 m shoal (56°19′⋅43N 11°06′⋅38E),
thence:
Danish chart 128
(SDD 2011000 215075) [51/11]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Navigation and regulations – Traffic and
operations – Traffic — Recommended tracks
10
Paragraph 1.9 2 lines 5-12 Replace by:
...measured. In 2011 the Finnish authorities
promulgated procedures revising its channel depth
practice. The channel depth is referred to as the
authorised draught. The authorised draught of a
channel refers to the maximum design draught at
3
which a ship can use the channel. The user of the
channel may, on a case by case basis and after careful
consideration of all relevant factors, exercise discretion
to exceed the authorised draught. On...
Paragraph 1.9 3 Replace by:
The channels affected by the channel depth practice
are distinguished by grey shading on national charts
and are announced in the Finnish Notice to Mariners.
Details of ‘The channel depth practice in Finland -
principles and implementation’ (FTA Instruction
4955/1021/2011) may be obtained from the Finnish
Transport Agency website www.fta.fi.
Finnish Notice 33/633/2011
(SDD 2011000 221059) [51/11]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3
(2011 Edition)
China – Bohai – Jingtang —
Directions; racon
391
Paragraph 10.141 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Jingtang No 2 Light Buoy (39°05′⋅25N
119°09′⋅27E).
Paragraph 10.143 5 line 6 For (39°08′⋅53N
119°04′⋅95E) Read (39°05′⋅25N 119°09′⋅27E).
Chinese Notices 43/1567-1569/11
(SDD 2011000 199946) [51/11]
Wk51/11

NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition)
Luzon — Pagbilao Power Station
285
After Paragraph 9.18 Insert:
Pagbilao Power Station
9.18a
1 Description. Pagbilao Power Station
(13°53′⋅47N 121°44′⋅63E) lies on the SW coast of
Pagbilao Grande Island. Anchorage may be
obtained at the pilot station 1 mile S of Pagbilao
Grande Island.
2 Berth, aligned NNW/SSE, comprises two coal
unloading gantries and is suitable for vessels of
300 m in length, draught 13⋅75 m. A conspicuous
chimney lies close E of the berth.
Southwest Ships Agencies Inc
(SDD 2011000 220765) [51/11]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A
(2011 Edition)
Husnesfjorden –
Laukhammarsundet — Lights
239
Paragraph 7.136 3 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Between the N end of Huglo (1¼ miles NNW),
marked by Seldalsneset Light (floodlit)
(59°52′⋅22N 5°36′⋅41E) and
Laukhammarsundet Vestre Light (floodlit)
(59°52′⋅57N 5°35′⋅72E), and the SW side of
Skorpo. Thence:
Paragraph 7.136 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
4 SW of Paddeborgsneset Light (floodlit)
(2 miles NW), thence:
NE of Store Storsøya (2¼ miles NW), with Litle
Storsøya close NW.
Norwegian Notices 22/40176/11; 22/40194/11:
22/40214/11
(SDD 2011000 221029) [51/11]
Måloy – Måloystraumen — Lights; directions
561
Paragraph 13.254 1 Replace by:
1 The port is approached from the S through
Måløystraumen (61°55′⋅73N 5°07′⋅36E), the stretch
of water 1¼ cables wide which lies between the E
side of Måløyna (61°55′⋅73N 5°07′⋅10E) and the
Kulen peninsula on the mainland; a causeway
joins Måløyna to Sæterneset (61°55′⋅65N
5°06′⋅69E), the SE point of Vågsøy.
Wk51/11
IV
4.2
2 An islet lies in the centre of Måløystraumen,
dividing the fairway into an E and a W passage,
and a bridge (13.259 and 13.260) spans the
fairway, the central pillar of which stands on this
islet. Both E and W passages are well marked by
lights and leading lines (see diagram 13.272b).
3 From the N the port is approached and entered
through Ulvesundet (61°57′⋅40N 5°08′⋅90E).
Existing Section IV Notice Week 38/11 Paragraph
13.257 1 Replace by:
1 In the W passage (13.254), there is a least
depth of 10⋅5 m; the E passage has a least depth
of 7⋅0 m.
561-562
Paragraph 13.270 and 13.270a Including all Existing
Section IV Notices Week 38/11 replace by:
Directions
(continued from 13.171 and 13.172)
East passage
13.270
1 From the vicinity of 61°54′⋅81N 5°06′⋅65E the
track leads NNE for 8 cables and at night initially
within the white sector (004°-062½°) of
Måløysundet W passage SW Light (61°55′⋅66N
5°07′⋅22E), passing:
WNW of Kariskjeret Light (61°55′⋅21N
5°07′⋅24E) (13.171), thence:
ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light,
thence:
2 To the vicinity of 61°55′·57N 5°07′·37E,
1¾ cables S of the bridge (13.259 and 13.260).
Leading lights. From the vicinity of 61°55′·57N
5°07′·37E, the alignment of leading lights (010¾°)
leads through the centre of E passage, with light
beacons marking the edges of the channel, and
under the centre of the E span of the bridge.
Front light: Måloysundet East passage No 1
(61°55′⋅738N 5°07′⋅439E) .
Rear light: Måloysundet East passage No 2
(61°55′⋅748N 5°07′⋅443E) .
3 Once clear of the bridge, in the vicinity of
61°55′⋅78N 5°07′⋅47E, the track continues N into
the centre of the port of Måløy, from where the
harbour berths can be approached directly. Lights
are exhibited from the corners of some of the
berths on the W side of the harbour.
(Directions continue for Ulvesundet at 13.280)
West passage
13.270a
1 From a position in the centre of Måløy harbour,
in the vicinity of 61°56′·10N 5°07′·44E, the track
leads SSW for 3 cables to the entrance to W
passage.
Leading lights. The alignment of leading lights
(190°) leads through the centre of W passage,
with light beacons marking the edges of the
channel, and under the centre of the W span of
the bridge (13.259 and 13.260).

2 Front light: Måloysundet West passage No 1
(61°55′⋅756N 5°07′⋅309E) .
Rear Light: Måloysundet West passage No 2
(61°55′⋅747N 5°07′⋅306E) .
Once clear of the bridge, the track leads SSW
for 8 cables, and at night within the white sector
(004°-062½°), astern, of Måløysundet W passage
SW Light (61°55′⋅66N 5°07′⋅22E), passing:
ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light
(61°55′⋅66N 5°07′⋅22E), thence:
3 WNW of Kariskjeret Light (61°55′⋅21N
5°07′⋅24E) (13.171), thence:
To a position in the vicinity of 61°54′⋅81N
5°06′⋅65E.
(Directions continue for Vågsfjorden at 13.168)
Existing Section IV Notice Week 38/11 Diagram
13.272b Replace by:
New diagram 13.272b which is printed with the
chart block amendments at the end of Section II.
Norwegian Chart 490; Norwegian Notices
21/39856/11; 21/39915/11
(SDDs 2008000 006311; 2011 211403) [51/11]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
Saudi Arabia – Jubail to Ra’s as SaffºnØyah
—Ra’salKhairPort
241
After Paragraph 8.277 1 Insert:
1
Ra’s al Khair Port
Chart 3775 and plan of Ra’s al Khair Port
General information
8.277a
Position and function. Port of Ra’s al Khair
(27°33′⋅35N 49°11′⋅73E) serves more than eighty
industrial projects in the region. The principal
exports are refined products and minerals
including phosphate, low density bauxite,
2
magnesium and carbonate.
Topography. See 8.278.
Approach and entry. The port is approached
from E and entered through a 13 mile long
1
buoyed channel with a navigable width of 175 m.
Port authority. Saudi Seaports Authority.
Website. www.ports.gov.sa
Limiting conditions
8.277b
Controlling depth. The approach channel and
outer
(2010).
harbour have been dredged to 16⋅2 m
Deepest
(8.277f).
and longest berth. Berth No 3
Tidal
Volume 3.
levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables
Maximum size of vessel handled. The port
can handle vessels with a maximum draught of
13⋅50 m at any time or vessels with a maximum
draught of 14⋅25 m during HW.
IV
4.3
Arrival information
8.277c
1 Outer anchorage. Four designated berths,
each with a radius of 1000 m; SA1 (27°42′⋅06N
49°26′⋅58E) with a depth of 25 m is the W-most.
The outer extent of the anchorage is marked by
four light buoys (special).
Unsurveyed area. Fasht Al Kashsh
(27°30′⋅00N 49°30′⋅00E), a large unsurveyed area
with numerous reefs and drying banks, marked by
a light beacon (27°32′⋅28N 49°33′⋅45E) lies S of
the anchorage.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in
27°43′⋅38N 49°24′⋅45E. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Regulations concerning entry. Deep draught
vessels must remain in the centre of the channel.
Spoil ground. A spoil ground lies centred in
27°34′⋅94N 49°19′⋅78E.
Harbour
8.277d
1 General layout. The harbour, open E, contains
a basin, the NE part of which has been dredged
(2010) to 16⋅2 m. The SE part, dredged (2010) to
15⋅0 m, contains three berths. A service jetty
extends 121 m N from the S part of the E half of
the basin.
Development. Works are in progress (2011), in
the W part of the basin, to construct additional
berths; reclamation is also under way (2011), in
both sides of the basin, as shown on the plan.
Directions
8.277e
1 Landmark:
Refinery (27°32′⋅14N 49°11′⋅62E), situated
about 1 mile S of the basin.
Major lights:
Al FºrisØyah Light (27°59′⋅53N 50°10′⋅37E)
(2.22).
Racons:
Al FºrisØyah (27°59′⋅53N 50°10′⋅37E).
TE 1 Light Beacon (27°45′⋅25N 49°24′⋅35E).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
2 Approach. From a position S of Al FºrisØyah
(27°59′⋅53N 50°10′⋅37E) (2.26) the track leads
WSW for about 45 miles to the entrance of the
dredged channel, passing:
NNW of Al ‘ArabØyah (27°46′⋅63N 50°10′⋅47E)
from which a light is exhibited (2.22), thence:
NNW of Middle Shoal (27°49′⋅50N 49°56′⋅50E);
a light buoy (isolated danger) is moored close
E of the shoal; further shoal soundings have
been reported (1982) to lie SW. Thence:
3 NNW of JazØrat Karºn (27°43′⋅18N
49°49′⋅56E), a low islet covered in
brushwood; a light (metal tripod) is
exhibited from the islet. JazØrat Kurayn, a
low sandy islet (27°38′⋅95N 49°49′⋅26E),
lies 4 miles S; a light (metal tripod) is
also exhibited from the islet. Thence:
SSE of JazØrat –arqøî (27°56′⋅15N 49°40′⋅86E)
(8.291), thence:
SSE of a detached shoal area (27°50′⋅03N
49°36′⋅47E), least depth 4⋅9 m, thence:
Wk51/11

4 Between RAZ 1 (27°43′⋅32N 49°25′⋅10E) and
RAZ 2 Light Buoys (lateral), thence:
SSE of TE 1 Light Beacon (27°45′⋅25N
49°24′⋅35E) and clear of a shoal, least depth
6⋅6 m, lying 2½ miles S of the beacon,
thence:
Between RAZ 3 (27°42′⋅68N 49°24′⋅19E) and
RAZ 4 Light Buoys, thence:
Between RAZ 5 (27°42′⋅68N 49°24′⋅19E) and
RAZ 6 Light Buoys which mark the entrance
to the dredged channel.
5 Leading lights.
Front light (15 m in height) (27°33′⋅24N
49°11′⋅16E).
Rear light (29 m in height) (450 m from front).
The alignment (231°) of the above lights leads
for about 13 miles through the centre of the
dredged channel to the turning circle.
Useful marks.
Light Beacon (27°42′⋅93N 49°21′⋅34E),
standing on a drying patch about 2 miles NW
of the entrance to the channel.
Berths
8.277f
1 There are three berths in-line with a total
length of 783 m, on the E side of the basin; Berth
No 3 is the longest with an assigned length of
274 m and depth alongside of 14⋅0 m. Berth No4
is a service jetty with a depth alongside of 6⋅0 m.
Saudi Ports Authority
(SDDs 2011000 034116/155564) [51/11]
NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Delaware – Wilmington –
Christina River — Depths
78
Paragraph 3.156 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 Above Lobdell Canal the project depth to the
Market Street bascule bridge, about 3 miles above
the entrance, is 6⋅4 m (21 ft) with a minimum
channel width of 60 m.
US Notice 34/12311/11
(SDD 2011000 150146) [51/11]
Chesapeake Bay – Great Wicomico River —
Directions; obstruction; dangerous wreck
134
Paragraph 5.22 2 lines 1-5 Delete.
US Chart 12235 New Edition
(SDD 2011000 179449) [51/11]
Wk51/11
IV
4.4
Potomac River – Hallowing Point —
Directions; beacon
144
Paragraph 5.114 4 lines 5-7 Replace by:
E of Hallowing Point (38°38′⋅12N 77°07′⋅84W),
thence:
US Notice (OCS) 43/12289/11
(SDD 2011000 192820) [51/11]
Chesapeake Bay – Choptank River —
Directions; fish haven
150
After Paragraph 5.183 4 line 1 Insert:
Clear of a fish haven (38°39′⋅27N 76°16′⋅97W)
with a minimum depth of 2⋅4 m (8 ft), thence:
US Notice 48/12266/11
(SDD 2011000 215357) [51/11]
Georgia – St Marys Entrance —
Anchorages and harbours; anchorage
236
Paragraph 9.57 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
One mile N of the entrance channel in depths of
about 12⋅8 to14⋅0 m (42 to 46 ft), sand and
shingle.
US Coast Pilot 4/2010 Change 12
(SDD 2011000 144218) [51/11]
NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook
(2009 Edition)
ECDIS
39
Paragraph 2.82 2 lines 10-12 Replace by:
...implications.
3 IMO Safety of Navigation Circular 266 (SN
Circ266) warns that ECDIS that is not updated for
the latest versions of IHO Standards may not
meet the chart carriage requirements set out in
SOLAS regulation V/19.2.1.4.
It also advises that any ECDIS which is not
upgraded to be compatible with the latest version
of the Product Specification or the S-52
Presentation Library may be unable to correctly
display the latest charted features.
4 Additionally, in some cases, the appropriate
alarms and indications may not be activated even
though the features have been included in the
ENC.
An up-to-date list of all the relevant IHO
standards relating to ECDIS equipment is
maintained within the “About ENCs” section of the
IHO website: www.iho.int

After Paragraph 2.82 Insert:
Software anomalies and feedback from users
2.82a
1 Since 2010, warnings have been issued to alert
mariners to anomalies in the operation of some
ECDIS systems. To date, these have related to
display and alarm behaviour in particular system
configurations, in that equipment may not display
certain combinations of chart features and
attributes correctly, and on rare occasions may
fail to display a navigationally significant feature.
This appears to be caused by anomalous
behaviour in some ECDIS software, especially
early versions.
2 The existence of such anomalies is not
surprising given that ECDIS is the first complex,
safety-related computer-based navigational
system, and it is quite possible that further
anomalies remain to be discovered. In the first
instance, mariners are recommended to make
appropriate checks with the equipment
manufacturer. This is of particular importance
where ECDIS is the only source of chart
information available to the mariner.
3 As ECDIS is now in widespread use, and its
carriage about to become mandatory (2.84), it is
important that any anomalies identified by
mariners are reported to flag-state Administrations
so that the appropriate authorities can investigate
them. Mariners are therefore encouraged to make
reports in sufficient detail to permit analysis, and,
when appropriate, to issue alerts when such
anomalies affect the safety of navigation.
4 For UK-flagged vessels, MCA MIN 406 (M+F)
has requested that reports be made to the MCA
by e-mail to ECDISreport@mca.gov.uk with the
following information:
ECDIS: Manufacturer, model name/type, serial
number (if available), software version.
ENC: Issuer (eg UKHO), cell name (eg
GB40282A), edition number, and the latest
update number applied.
Date time group.
5 Description of anomaly, including location (in
lat/long or otherwise), and screen-shots (if
possible).
IV
4.5
Details of system settings at the time of
occurrence, including display mode and
display scale, ideally shown as screen-shots.
Rectifying action (if any).
Additionally, for vessels irrespective of
nationality, it is requested that reports are copied
to UKHO via the Customer Service Desk at
customerservices@ukho.gov.uk
6 Further information will be made available
through Notices to Mariners and within the UK
element of the README.TXT file included on
ENC service media.
40
After Paragraph 2.86 2 line 10 Insert:
3 Particular issues. Mariners using ECDIS are
reminded not to rely solely on automated voyage
planning and monitoring checks and alarms.
Some ECDIS appear only to undertake route
check functions on larger scale ENCs and
therefore alarms might not activate. This may not
be clearly indicated on the ECDIS display.
Mariners should always undertake careful visual
inspection of the entire planned route using the
“other/all” display mode to confirm that it, and any
deviations from it, is clear of dangers.
4 Some ECDIS may not display certain
combinations of chart features and attributes
correctly and on rare occasions may fail to
display a navigationally significant feature. This
appears to be caused by anomalous behaviour in
some ECDIS software, especially early versions. It
is recommended that appropriate checks are
made with the equipment manufacturer. This is of
particular importance where ECDIS is the only
source of chart information available to the
mariner.
5 Further information will be made available
through Notices to Mariners and within the UK
element of the README.TXT file included on
ENC service media.
UKHO
(HH. 073/200/06) [51/11]
Wk51/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Torres Strait – Prince of Wales
Channel — Directions; approach from inner
route
425
After Paragraph 13.80 4 line 3 Insert:
5 Alternative track passing S of Herald Patches.
For shallow draught vessels within the charted
two-way route NE of Strait Rock (10°33′⋅30S
142°22′⋅48E), the track leads WNW for 5 miles and
joins Prince of Wales Channel between Ince Point
(10°30′⋅42S 142°18′⋅78E) and Herald Patches
(10°30′⋅15S 142°20′⋅65E) (13.81) passing:
NNE of Bourne Rock (10°32′⋅89S 142°22′⋅56E)
(13.80), thence:
NNE of an isolated shoal (10°31′⋅52S 142°20′⋅66E)
with a depth of 9⋅4 m, thence:
Across a shoal (10°30′⋅84S 142°19′⋅75E) with a
least depth of 8⋅3 m lying close to the SW
boundary.
Australian Notice 23/1180/11 [50/11]
Australia – Torres Strait – Alert Patches —
Directions; light buoy
427
After Paragraph 13.82 2 line 5 Insert:
N of a light buoy (N cardinal) (10°28′⋅43S
142°22′⋅61E), thence:
Paragraph 13.82 2 lines 6-9 Replace by:
N of Alert Patches (10°29′⋅38S 142°21′⋅42E)
(13.81), and:
Chart Aus 293 & ALL K3267 [50/11]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011
Edition)
Taiwan - Taiwan Strait —
Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links
65
Paragraph 2.7 1 lines 3-10 Replace by:
Taiwan/Mainland Direct Cross-strait Shipping
Links for vessels trading between Taiwan and the
mainland have been established providing
specified pass points and channels leading into
the main Taiwanese ports. Details of these routes
are shown on chart 1760. Vessels bound for ports
in Taiwan should use the charted fairways. The
fairways should be entered via the appropriate
pass point. For further information the Taiwanese
Authorities should be consulted.
BA Chart 1760
(HH. 032/209-02) [50/11]
4.1
Taiwan - East Coast —
Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links
117
Paragraph 3.74 1 lines 3-10 Replace by:
[50/11]
Taiwan/Mainland Direct Cross-strait Shipping
Links for vessels trading between Taiwan and the
mainland have been established providing
specified pass points and channels leading into
the main Taiwanese ports. Details of these routes
are shown on chart 3236. Vessels bound for ports
in Taiwan should use the charted fairways. The
fairways should be entered via the appropriate
pass point. For further information the Taiwanese
Authorities should be consulted.
BA Chart 3236
(HH. 032/209-02) [50/11]
NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Sambro Harbour —
Directions to Anchorage Area; buoyage
93
Paragraph 4.23 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 WSW of Pennel Shoal (8 cables S), the most S
danger on the bank surrounding Sambro
Island. HS2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) is
moored 2 cables SSW. Thence:
WSW of Shag Rock (4 cables SW), marked
2¾ cables SSW by HS2/2 Light Buoy (starboard
hand), thence:
94
Paragraph 4.23 3 lines 1-5 Replace by:
3 WSW of rocky patches (6 cables WSW) and
(9 cables WNW), marked respectively by HS4
and HS4/2 Light Buoys (starboard hand).
Thence:
Paragraph 4.23 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
4 ENE of Fairweather Rock (1¾ miles WNW) and
a bank extending 1½ cables SSE from the
rock. HSE Light Buoy (E cardinal) is moored
2 cables SE of Fairweather Rock. And:
Canadian Eastern Notice 4385/11/2011
(SDD 2011000 216118) [50/11]
Wk50/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Angola - Approaches to River Congo - Soyo
— Angola LNG Terminal
187
Paragraph 6.108 1 line 4 Add:
Vessels should anchor clear of drilling rigs which
may operate off this area and note the
possible existence of underwater pipelines.
188
After Paragraph 6.117 2 line 2-3 Replace by:
...(7.58), noting the pilot boarding position for
the Port of Soyo (Angola LNG) (3¼ miles
WNW). Thence:
N of Ponta Padrão (6.9).
(Directions for the Port of Soyo are at 6.120c)
Paragraphs 6.119 and 6.120, including headings
Replace by:
Port of Soyo
Chart 659
General information
6.119
1 Position and function. The Port of Soyo
(6°06′⋅95S 12°19′⋅90E), comprises a newly
constructed Angola LNG exporting terminal and
the port of Kwanda Base. It lies at the head of
Baía de Diogo Câo.
As well as being a major LNG exporting
terminal, it is also used as a supply base for the
offshore oil industry.
2 Approach and entry. The port is entered via
Pululu Channel, close E of Ponta Padrão to a
basin area N of the town of Kwanda.
3 Port Authority. Capitania do Porto Soyo.
Limiting conditions
6.120
1 Controlling depths. The approach channel is
dredged to 14⋅0 m. Depth in the Basin and
alongside the LNG terminal is 14⋅0 m.
Depths in the approaches to, and at the berths
of Kwanda Base are maintained at 7⋅5 m.
Arrival information
6.120a
1 Outer anchorages. See 6.108.
2 Pilotage. Pilot boarding position for vessels
destined for the LNG terminals is 3¼ miles WNW
of Ponta Padrão.
Pilots for vessels bound for Kwanda Base
board at the entrance to the Pululu Channel.
Tugs are available.
Wk49/11
4.1
[49/11]
Harbour
6.120b
1 General layout. The port consists of Kwanda
Base which lies on the W side at the head of
Baía de Diogo Câo, and the Angola LNG terminal
built on reclaimed land formerly known as Praia
Quanda.
Directions
6.120c
1 Caution. Due to strong surface currents at the
entrance to the approach channel, 2-6 kts
depending on season, vessels transit speed will
be in the region of 8-10 kts to maintain the
required track. Careful attention is to be paid to
the steering of the vessel at this time.
Approach. From the pilot boarding position the
track leads ESE for 3½ miles to a position N of
Ponta Padrão.
2 Port of Soyo. Directional lights.
Entrance Channel Directional Light (6°07′⋅05S
12°20′⋅28E).
Remaining in the white sector (179⋅2°-180⋅2°)
of this light leads into the Pululu Channel marked
by light buoys (lateral) passing:
E of Ponta Padrão
Entrance Channel Directional Light (6°06′⋅79S
12°19′⋅07E).
Remaining in the white sector (199⋅3°-200⋅1°)
of this light continues passage through the Pululu
Channel to the turning basin N of the LNG
terminal.
Thence to required berth.
Berths
6.120d
1 Kwanda Base:
Main Quay - Can accomodate vessels of 150 m
and is used by offshore support vessels, bulk
and container traffic.
Commercial Quay - Can accomodate vessels of
140 m and is used by oil tankers and
passenger vessels.
Texaco Quay - Can accomodate vessels of
100 m and is used by oil tankers
ALNG Quay - Can accomodate vessels of
170 m and is used by container, bulk and
RoRo vessels
2 Angola LNG Terminal:
LNG Jetty - Can accomodate vessels between
125 000m 3 and 215 000m 3 .
LPG Jetty - Can accomodate vessels between
35 000m 3 and 120 000m 3 .
Pressurized Butane Jetty - Can accomodate
vessels between 3 500m 3 and 5 000m 3 .
Minor and river ports
Canal de Soyo
6.120e
1 Canal de Soyo is entered between Ponta
Quengue (6°07′⋅14S 12°21′⋅70E) and Ponta da
Ilha, 1½ cables NE. It is occasionally used by
fishing vessels and small naval craft.
Sociedade Operacional Angola LNG SA
(SDD 2011000 127131,131587,147980.) [49/11]

NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America - Pacific coast -
Begg Rock — Buoyage
266
Paragraph 8.73 2 lines 7-9 Delete
4BR Light Buoy (starboard hand) is moored about 2½
cables NNW of the rock.
US Notice 48/18020/11
(SDD 2011000 215357) [49/11]
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Victoria - Hastings — Arrival Information;
regulations concerning entry
146
After Paragraph 5.37 4 line 4 Insert:
5 Regulations concerning entry. Harbour Master
approval is required for vessels with a draught over
13.0 m or a displacement over 100 000 tonnes.
AA566558; AA566557 [49/11]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark - The Sound - Københavns Havn —
Trekroner and Prøvesten Light sectors
215
Paragraph 6.122 1 line 2 For (220°-223°) Read (221°-224°)
220
Paragraph 6.149 1 line 3 For (220°-223°) Read (221°-224°)
221
Paragraph 6.155 3 line 3 For (178°-180½°) Read
(178⋅2°-180⋅3°)
Paragraph 6.155 6 Delete
Danish Notice 45/1199-1200/11
(SDD 2011000 211598) [49/11]
IV
4.2
Denmark - The Sound - Københavns —
Arrival information; Restricted area
5
217
After Paragraph 6.137 4 line 6 Add:
A restricted area for construction work, marked by
buoys, lies W and SW of a lighted buoy (spar,
starboard) (55°43′⋅35N 12°38′⋅56E).
Danish Notice 46/1226/11
(SDD 2011000 215698) [49/11]
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1
(2010 Edition)
United States of America - Rosario Strait -
Belle Rock — Light
131
Paragraph 4.22 5 lines 1-3 Replace by:
5 E of Belle Rock (48°29′⋅58N 122°45′⋅16W),
marked by BR Light Buoy (isolated danger).
Bird...
US NGA Notice 47/18429/11
(SDD 2011000 214049) [49/11]
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Kalimantab - Sangai Burito — Directions
220
After Paragraph 9.76 1 line 9 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
9.76a
1 Racon:
Tanjung Pedadatua (3°29′⋅96S 114°27′⋅95E).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Paragraph 9.78 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
...position, S of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water)
(3°40′⋅80S 114°28′⋅40E) (9.90), initially leads E then
NE keeping in depths of not less than 11 m, passing:
221
Paragraph 9.84 Replace by:
1 Approach and entry. Sungai Barito may be
approached from S and entered through a dredged
channel marked by light buoys.
Paragraph 9.86 1 line 4 For www.banjarmasin.pp3.co.id
Read http://www.banjarmasinport.co.id/
1
Paragraph 9.89 Replace by:
Outer Anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be
obtained S or SW of the Fairway Light Buoy
(3°40′⋅80S 114°28′⋅40E) (9.95) in depths between 10
and 20 m, mud and sand.
Paragraph 9.90 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for Sungai Barito and
Sungai Martapura for all vessels over 150 gt. The pilot
boards S of the Fairway Light Buoy (3°40′⋅80S
114°28′⋅40E) (9.95). A pilot look-out station stands
close NE of Tanjung Pedadatua, at the W entrance
point to Sungai Barito.
Wk49/11

2 Requests for pilotage should be given to local
agents at least 12 hours before arrival and 6 hours
before departure. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Tugs. Several tugs are available at Trisakti Wharf.
Paragraph 9.95 Replace by:
222
1 From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy
(3°40′⋅80S 114°28′⋅40E), the track leads N through the
dredged channel, marked by light buoys (lateral),
passing:
W of Tanjung Burung Light Beacon (3°32′⋅19S
114°29′⋅67E), thence:
E of Tanjung Pedadatua (3°30′⋅32S 114°28′⋅87E)
(9.76).
BA Chart 3015 Edition 3
(SDD 2011000 171464) [49/11]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
South approach to Gulf of Khambhºt –
Hºzira (Sørat) Port — Pilotage
268
Paragraph 8.53 3 lines 14-15 Replace by:
Pilotage. Pilot boards LNG vessels in position
20°54′⋅00N 72°35′⋅00E, close S of Magdalla Port
Limit. For further details see...
Capt. Ankur Basu, Pilot and Berthing Master, Hazira Port
Pvt. Ltd.
(SDD 2011000 210624) [49/11]
Gulf of Khambhºt –Dahej—
Arrival information; berth
281
Paragraph 8.137 3 line 6, including existing Section IV
Notice Week 25/10 Replace by:
...pilots for GCPTCL and APPPL jetties board
1 mile W of the respective jetties. Pilotage for Petronet
LNG Jetty is compulsory; vessel’s speed to be less
than 5 kn when embarking pilot. Berthing during
daylight slack water. See...
After Paragraph 8.139 1 line 4 Insert:
APPPL (Adani Petronet Port Private Limited) jetty
is a T-headed jetty, consisting of a North Berth with a
length of 206 m and a South Berth with a length of
221 m. The berths can accommodate dry/break bulk
cargo vessels with a maximum LOA of 260 m and
draught of 14⋅5 m.
Mahesh Pillai, Marine
(SDD 2011000 189472) [49/11]
Wk49/11
IV
4.3
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
(2011 Edition)
South Korea - South coast - Cheju Do -
Cheju Hang — Harbour; Development
81
After Paragraph 2.33 2 line 4 Insert:
Major work on a new international passenger
terminal has been completed east of the E
breakwater (33°31′⋅62N 126°32′⋅65E). See
Admiralty Notice 5366(P)/11 for details.
82
After Paragraph 2.34 4 line 6 Insert:
Passenger terminal SE breakwater light (17 m
in height) (33°31′⋅77N 126°33′⋅39E).
Korean Notice 43/664/11
(SDD 2011000 200770) [49/11]
South Korea - South coast - Chungdo Sudo -
East entrance — Light beacon
106
Paragraph 2.193 4 line 1-2 Replace by:
4 East entrance. Yeotdoam (34°21′⋅94N
127°04′⋅70E) a rocky patch, marked by a light
beacon (isolated danger).
Korean Notice 43/671/11
(SDD 2011000 200770) [49/11]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
Italy - Rimini — Wreck
538
Paragraph 12.149 2 line 9 Add:
...A wreck, depth unknown but considered potentially
dangerous to surface navigation, lies 1 cable N of the
outer breakwater light in position 44°05′⋅00N
12°34′⋅60E.
Italian Notice 21.16/11
(SDD 2011000 214683) [49/11]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
SouthIsland–NorthCoast-
Queen Charlotte Sound — Directions; light buoy
119
Paragraph 4.193 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 SSE of Perano Shoal (2¾ miles ENE), marked by a
light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
New Zealand Notice 23/238/11
(SDD 2011000 210868) [49/11]

NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011
Edition)
Stokksundet - Koløyosen — Anchorage
282
Paragraph 8.102 1 lines 2-4 Replace by:
...inlet with Koløystø at its head, lies E of Koløy.
A reef, on the W end of which...
Norwegian Notice 21/40076/11
(SDD 2011000 211493) [49/11]
IV
4.4
Wk49/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Western Australia – Barrow Island Oil
Terminal — Controlling depth
249
Paragraph 6.224 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. 12⋅0 m in the berth and
approach channel.
AA561793 [48/11]
Western Australia – Saladin Marine Terminal
— Under-keel clearance
256
Paragraph 6.292 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
...operator and shall be a minimum of 2⋅8 m
dependent on the swell conditions.
AA561794 [48/11]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011
Edition)
China - East Coast – Xiamen Gang —
Approach and entry
146
After Paragraph 4.106 1 line 8 Insert:
2 Extensive changes to fairways, buoyage,
depths, anchorage areas, wrecks, piers and AIS
are currently taking place in Xiamen Gang. Details
are promulgated in Admiralty Notice to Mariners
5167(P)/11.
(NM 5167(P)/11) [48/11]
China - Yellow Sea – Penglai — Anchorage
350
Paragraph 9.129 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
2 The quarantine anchorage, with depths from
15⋅8 to 16⋅8 m, is bounded by the following
coordinates:
37°57′⋅00N 120°53′⋅00E
37°56′⋅45N 120°56′⋅83E
37°54′⋅47N 120°56′⋅83E
37°52′⋅87N 120°53′⋅00E
Chinese Notices 23/769-770/11
(SDD 2011000 109697) [48/11]
Wk48/11
4.1
China - Bo Hai – Yingkou —
Vertical clearance; racon
405
After Paragraph 10.245 1 line 6 Insert:
[48/11]
Vertical clearance
10.245a
1 The Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (40°41′⋅66N
122°10′⋅91E) crosses the river between Yinkou
and Liaobin. Vertical clearance is unkown.
407
After Paragraph 10.261 1 line 8 Add:
Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (40°41′⋅66N
122°10′⋅91E).
Chinese Notices 33/1180-1182/11
(SDD 2011000 151046) [48/11]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales
Pilot (2011 Edition)
England – West Coast – Directions — Buoy
279
Paragraph 9.19 3 line 2 For 3°24′⋅10W Read
3°22′⋅00W
282
Paragraph 9.39 1 line 2 For 3°24′⋅10W Read
3°22′⋅00W
Paragraph 9.39 1 line 9 For 3°24′⋅10W Read
3°22′⋅00W
Paragraph 9.41 1 line 2 For 3°24′⋅10W Read
3°22′⋅00W
296
Paragraph 9.93 1 line 3 For 3°24′⋅10W Read
3°22′⋅00W
297
Paragraph 9.99 1 line 2 For 3°24′⋅10W Read
3°22′⋅00W
Paragraph 9.100 1 line 2 For 3°24′⋅10W Read
3°22′⋅00W
298
Paragraph 9.108 1 line 2 For 3°24′⋅10W Read
3°22′⋅00W
Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 207314) [48/11]

NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
France – South coast – Port de Cavalaire —
Anchorage
119
Paragraph 3.36 3 lines 1-7 Replace by:
3 Anchorage for vessels less than 24 m in
length can be obtained within Baie de Cavalaire
in a depths of 15 to 20 m, sand; the usual
anchorages are 3 cables NW of Port de Cavalaire
and Jova anchorage, 3 cables NE of Point du
Brouis. Anchoring is prohibited N of a line joining
Cap Cavalaire and Cap Lardier, 2½ miles E, for
cruise ships in depths of less than 40 m and for
ships over 24 m in length in depths of less than
30 m. The bay is sheltered from the Mistral but
untenable in winds from E through S to SW.
Holding ...
French Notice 11/45/33
(SDD 2011000 211300) [48/11]
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland – East Coast – Wick Harbour and
approaches — Directions
93
Paragraph 4.33 3 Replace by:
3 NNE of the extremity of a shallow spit, parts of
which dry, extending 1½ cables NE from the S shore
of the bay and marked by a buoy (N cardinal)
(58°26′⋅28N 3°04′⋅33W). The ruins of a breakwater
extend along the spit. The alignment (285°) of South
Pier Light with the disused light tower (58°26′⋅37N
3°04′⋅91W) (4.31), passes clear NNE of this spit.
Thence:
Wick Harbour Master
(SDD 2011000 210356) [48/11]
IV
4.2
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
Germany – The Hever – Rütergat – Norderaue
— Directions
277
Paragraph 8.196 2 Replace by:
1 Caution. In 2011 a shoal had encroached on the
fairway between No 23 Light Buoy and No 25 Buoy
(both starboard hand). In this stretch deeper water is
located with Nebel Light bearing between 255½° and
258½°, astern, which at night mark the limits of the
red sector of the light.
German Notice 45/107/11
(SDD 2011000 210759) [48/11]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
United States of America – Florida Keys —
Directions; buoyage; dangerous wreck
147
Paragraph 5.264 1 line 3 For Light Read No 2 Light Buoy
148
Paragraph 5.266 1 lines 5-8 Replace by:
S of Twenty-Eight Foot Shoal No 2 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (12½ miles SE); positioned at
the W extremity of Florida Reefs on an 8⋅5 m
(28 ft) patch, on which is a dangerous wreck
(mast visible, reported 2011) (24°25′⋅83N
82°25′⋅35W). Thence:
US Notices 49/11439/09; 47/11439/11
(SDD 2009000 175610; 2011000 211241) [48/11]
Wk48/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Ecuador – Manta — Harbour regulation
373
After Paragraph 11.241 Insert:
Harbour regulation
11.241a
1 No 1 Light Buoy (special) (0°55′⋅97S 80°42′⋅86W)
is for the exclusive use of submarines.
Ecuadorian Chart 10401
(SDD 2011000 082131) [47/11]
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United
States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America – California –
Approaches to San Diego — Directions;
dangerous wreck
250
After Paragraph 7.159 3 line 13 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (32°29′⋅60N
117°13′⋅70W), thence:
260
Paragraph 8.39 3 line 6 For wreck Read wrecks
USNGA Notice 45/18740/11
(SDD 2011000 206156) [47/11]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
South Australia – Franklin Harbor —
Directions
364
After Paragraph 11.77 5 line 3 Insert:
N of a beacon (port hand) (33°44′⋅00S
136°57′⋅48E), thence:
Australian Notice 22/1134/11 [47/11]
Wk47/11
4.1
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
[47/11]
Finland – Gulf of Bothnia – North-west
approaches to Vaasa — Other aids to navigation;
Track guide
Paragraph 7.247 1 Delete
314
Paragraph 7.247 2 lines 1-2 Delete
Paragraph 7.253 1 Delete
315
Paragraph 7.253 2 lines 1-2 Delete
Paragraph 7.256 1 Delete
316
Paragraph 7.256 2 lines 1-2 Delete
Finnish Notice 29-30/586/2011
(SDD 2011000 200888) [47/11]
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2010 Edition)
Ukraine – Bilhorod-Dnistrovs’kyi — Wreck
192
After Paragraph 6.29 1 line 10 Insert:
Caution. A wreck, depth of in 9⋅7 m, lies in the
NE corner of the anchorage area.
Ukrainian Notice
(SDD 2011000 207077) [47/11]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland – East Coast – Firth of Forth —
Directions; light
106
Paragraph 4.165 1 lines 4-5 Delete
108
Paragraph 4.180 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
...is marked by light beacons (white metal posts)
on its E and W sides, and:
Forth Ports PLC
(SDD 2011000 202136) [47/11]

NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011
Edition)
Karmsundet – Austdjupet — Light
193
Paragraph 6.36 title For Austdupet Read Austdjupet
Paragraph 6.36 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
...5°21′⋅7E) (6.22). Thence the track leads N, and
at night in the white sector (009°-016°) of
Austdjupholmane Light (metal column, 11⋅5 m in
height, floodlit) (59°16′⋅30N 5°23′⋅06E), passing
(with positions relative to Boknahovud Light):
Paragraph 6.36 4 lines 4-8 Replace by:
...off the E side of Sauøy.
The track then continues N, passing:
Between Guleskjeret (1½ miles NNW) and
Austdjupholmane; the light is exhibited from
the SW extremity of the NW islet. A light (post,
8 m in height, floodlit) is exhibited from Dyna,
a rock 1 cable NNW of Guleskjeret.
Paragraph 6.36 5 line 1 Replace by:
5 Once N of Austdjupholmane, the track
continues N, at night in the white sector
(183°-186°), astern, of Austdjupholmane Light,
passing (with positions relative to Boknahovud
Light):
Between the W side of Høvring (1¾ milesN)
and...
Norwegian Notice 20/39574/11
(SDDs 2011000 201126, 205199) [47/11]
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Stigfjorden – Innerkvarøya Harbour —
Anchorage
217
Paragraph 5.83 3 lines 1-3 Delete
Norwegian Notice 20/39336/11
(SDD 2011000 200655) [47/11]
IV
4.2
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
Supplement 9-2004
Gisundet – Gibostadsundet — Controlling depth
126
Paragraph 6.85 L 39-40 Replace by:
Controlling depths. For the depth in the channel
(69°18′⋅0N, 17°59′⋅0E) off Leiknesodden see 6.93. In
Gibostadsundet (69°21′⋅4N 18°05′⋅6E) (6.96) there is a
least charted depth of 10⋅0 m.
Norwegian Notice 20/39314/11
(SDD 2011000 200655) [47/11]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
Dubai and Jebel Ali – Arrival information —
Outer anchorages
168
Paragraph 7.130 1 Replace by:
1 The approved anchorages off Dubai are
bounded by the following coordinates:
Coordinates Description
A 25°19′⋅00N 55°01′⋅00E
25°19′⋅00N 55°05′⋅00E
25°22′⋅00N 55°01′⋅00E
25°22′⋅00N 54°05′⋅00E
B 25°22′⋅00N 55°01′⋅00E
25°22′⋅00N 54°05′⋅00E
25°25′⋅00N 55°01′⋅00E
25°25′⋅00N 55°05′⋅00E
C 25°25′⋅00N 55°01′⋅00E
25°25′⋅00N 55°05′⋅00E
25°27′⋅00N 55°01′⋅00E
25°27′⋅00N 55°05′⋅00E
D 25°30′⋅00N 54°53′⋅00E
25°30′⋅00N 54°58′⋅00E
25°33′⋅00N 54°53′⋅00E
25°33′⋅00N 55°58′⋅00E
Port Rashid cargo
berth, Dry Dock
and short term anchorage.
Long term anchorage.
Anchorage for vessels
awaiting STS
and bunkering operations.
Anchorage for vessels
engaged in
STS and bunkering
operations.
There is no protection from the shamºl in this area
which usually blows from WNW with little warning.
2 Anchorages ‘A’ and off Jebel Ali (7.196) may
be used for a maximum period of five days with
prior permission from the respective Harbour
Masters. The use of anchorages ‘B’, ‘C’ and ‘D’ is
subject to authorization from DMCA (Dubai
Maritime City Authority).
Any vessel anchoring outside these anchorages
within Dubai’s EEZ without authorization from DMCA
will be liable to prosecution.
174
Paragraph 7.196 1 line 5 Add:
See 7.130.
Dubai Maritime City Authority
(SDD 2011000 201119) [47/11]
Wk47/11

NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Kerrera Sound – Heather Island — Light
227
After Paragraph 8.156 1 line 3 Insert:
Heather Island Light (metal pole) (56°24′⋅41N
5°30′⋅24W)
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2011000 201826) [47/11]
Wk47/11
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – Odense Fjord — Directions;
buoyage; beacons; dredged channel
277
Paragraph 7.195 1 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. The natural winding channel
through the fjord from the entrance to Lindøterminalen
is maintained at a depth of 11⋅0 m. A number of
sections dredged to 7⋅0 m lie immediately adjacent to
the 11⋅0 m channel; their positions are shown on the
chart. From Lindøterminalen to Odense at the head of
the fjord, the channel is maintained at a depth of
7⋅5 m, subject to silting, with a maximum permitted
draught of 7 m.
278
Paragraph 7.203 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:
NW of a 3⋅1 mpatch(5½ cables NE) lying on the
narrow coastal bank off Skoven and marked by a
buoy (port hand), thence:
NW of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (2½ cables
ENE) marking the NW extremity of the coastal
bank.
Paragraph 7.203 4-5 Replace by:
4 From a position about 2 cables from the front light,
the track leads S in the white sector (164°-173½°) of
Enebærodde Light (55°31′⋅0N 10°33′⋅7E) (7.190) for
about 2½ cables, passing W of the W extremity of the
coastal bank off Skoven (2¾ cables ESE).
5 From a position about 2 cables N of Enebærodde
Light, the track leads SSE in the dredged channel
through Gabet (7.186) passing between Nos 1 and
4 Light Buoys (lateral). The E side of the channel is
dredged to 7⋅0 m in this stretch and the boundary
between it and the main channel, which is dredged to
11⋅0 m, is marked by the alignment (152°) of leading
beacons (white with cross topmarks) (55°30′⋅8N
10°34′⋅1E and 3 cables SSE).
Paragraph 7.204 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 From a position about 1 cable ESE of Enebærodde
Light, the track leads SSW for about 4 cables, passing
(with positions from Enebærodde Light):
WNW of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (2 cables SE)
marking the SE extremity of the 7⋅0 m dredged
channel, thence:
WNW of a 3⋅7 m shoal (4 cables SSE) marked by
No 8 Light Buoy (port hand).
4.1
[46/11]
1
278-279
Paragraph 7.205 1 Replace by:
From a position about 2 cables NE of Lammesø
Hage Front Leading Light (55°30′⋅0N 10°32′⋅3E)
(7.204), the track trends SE for about 4 cables in the
centre of the channel to a position between No 14
Light Beacon (port hand) and No 5B Light Buoy
(starboard hand).
279
After Paragraph 7.205 3 line 4 Insert:
The SW side of the channel is dredged to 7⋅0 m
along this stretch and its SW extremity is marked by
Nos 5B and 7 Light Buoys (starboard hand).
Paragraph 7.205 5 line 6 For 2 cables N Read 2 cables NE
After Paragraph 7.205 5 line 7 Insert:
The SE side of the channel is dredged to 7⋅0 m
along this stretch and its SE extremity is marked by
Nos 20 and 22 Light Buoys (starboard hand).
Danish Notice 42/1144/11 and BA chart 931
(SDD 2011000 196669) [46/11]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2011 Edition)
Western Greek Islands – Nisída Kastós —
shoal depth
104
Paragraph 3.198 1 line 8 Replace by:
20°54′E), steep to, noting a rock awash in
position 38°32′⋅32N 20°53′⋅50E, thence:
105
Paragraph 3.200 2 line 4 Replace by:
E of Ákra Pothóni (7 miles SSW), noting a rock
awash in position 38°32′⋅32N 20°53′⋅50E,
thence:
Greek NM 9/174/11
(SDD 2011000 195657) [46/11]
Greece – Pelopónnisos – Pátrai —
New harbour
126
Paragraph 4.44 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 The harbours are approached directly from
1
Patraïkós Kólpos and entered N or S of their
respective detached breakwaters.
Paragraph 4.47 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Old harbour
North entrance (4.59) about 11 m.
South entrance (4.60) about 7 m.
2 New harbour
North and South entrances limited by depths at
berths of 9⋅3 to10⋅0 m.
Wk46/11

Paragraph 4.52 2 line 4 Replace by:
...of the N head of the old harbour breakwater.
127
Paragraph 4.56 heading For Harbour Read
Harbours
Paragraph 4.56 1 line 1 For The harbour Read The old
harbour
Paragraph 4.56 2 lines 5-6 Delete
After Paragraph 4.56 3 line 3 Insert:
4 The new harbour (2011), 1 mile SSW of the old
harbour S entrance, also has a detached
breakwater, approximately 1220 m long, and
orientated NNE/SSW. Lights are exhibited at the
ends (metal framework towers with a green band
at the N head and a red band at the S head).
There are bollards on the breakwater and depths
along the inner side of between approximately 9⋅5
to 10⋅8 m.
5 A wreck with a clearance depth of 11⋅8 m lies
approximately 270 m S of the N head of the
breakwater, and close to the inward side.
Paragraph 4.59 heading For North entrance Read
Old harbour North entrance
Paragraph 4.60 heading For South entrance Read
Old harbour South entrance
After Paragraph 4.60 1 line 14 Insert:
New harbour
4.60a
1 The N and S sections of the breakwater and
the shore opposite form two entrances to the new
port of Pátrai. The N entrance is 360 m wide and
the S entrance is 450 m wide.
Paragraph 4.62 heading For Basins Read Old
harbour
After Paragraph 4.62 6 line 5 Insert:
4.62a
1 New harbour. The shore inside the breakwater
is quayed in steps in four sections running almost
due N/S. The first section facing the N entrance
is approximately 170 m long and has two ramps.
Depths alongside range from 9⋅5 to 9⋅7 m. The
quay then runs west for 30 m with one ramp and
depths alongside of 9⋅5 to 9⋅9 m.
The second section is 190 m long, including
three ramps and depths alongside of 9⋅6 to9⋅8 m.
It then runs west for 40 m, with one ramp and
depths alongside of 9⋅6 to 9⋅8 m.
2 The third section is 220 m long and has three
ramps and depths alongside of 9⋅6 to 9⋅8 m. It
Wk46/11
IV
4.2
then runs west for 40 m with one ramp and
depths alongside of 9⋅6 to 9⋅8 m.
The fourth and final section facing the S
entrance is 220 m long and has three ramps and
depths alongside of 9⋅6 to 10⋅0 m. It then runs
west for 40 m with one ramp and depths
alongside of 9⋅5 to 10⋅0 m.
Greek NMs 134 and 141/7/11
(SDD 2011000 150452) [46/11]
Italy – Brindisi approaches — Shoal depths
487
Paragraph 11.58 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 Shoal depths and numerous wrecks exist in the
approaches to Brindisi and within the harbour. Off
Capo di Torre Cavallo several shoal depths and
rocks awash exist close inshore within the
10 metre contour. A stranded wreck is situated
1 cable N in position 40°38′⋅64N 18°01′⋅28E. A
dangerous wreck exists 1¼ miles NE of the cape
and 6 cables N of the NW corner of waiting area
BR1.
Italian NMs 11.11/10, 14.9/11 and 16.15/11
(SDDs 2010000 094665,
2011000 148570 & 171794) [46/11]
Italy – Ancona – Falconara Marittima —
Wreck
523
After Paragraph 12.45 1 line 13 Insert:
A prohibited area is centred on a dangerous
wreck in position 43°40′⋅41N 13°21′⋅50E, radius
1 mile.
Italian NM 14.12/11
(SDD 2011000 148570) [46/11]
NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4
(2009 Edition)
Turkey – Güllük — Anchorage; pilotage
297
Paragraph 8.540 2 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Anchorage can be obtained in an area centred
1½ miles NW of the port; an explosives anchorage lies
in an area centred 2¾ miles W.
Paragraph 8.540 3 lines 3-4 Replace by:
Pilot and tugs. Pilotage is compulsory for berthing
and unberthing; the pilot boards in position 37°15′⋅1N
27°35′⋅4E. Tugs are not available.
Turkish Notice 197.40.2011
(SDD 2011000 200386) [46/11]

NP69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America – Freeport and
Port Arthur — Security zones
185
After Paragraph 7.148 1 line 6 Insert:
2 Security zones. A moving security zone extending
1000 yards ahead and astern, and 500 yards on each
side is established around certain designated vessels
bound for Freeport as determined by the COTP. The
zone starts at the limit of US territorial waters and
continues through the entrance channels and into the
port.
3 Security zones have been established surrounding
Brazos Harbor, Dow Chemical plant (7.158), Seaway
Teppco berths, Conoco Phillips berths, the LNG Basin,
and in the Dow Barge Canal.
Entry into or movement within these moving and
fixed security zones is prohibited unless previously
authorized by the COTP.
See Appendix V for further information.
202
After Paragraph 7.314 2 line 6 Insert:
Security zones. A moving security zone extending
2 miles ahead and 1 mile astern is established around
certain designated vessels in the Sabine Bank Channel,
Sabine Pass Channel and Sabine-Neches Waterway.
The zone starts at the limit of US territorial waters
and continues through the entrance channels and into
the port.
Fixed security zones have been established
surrounding the Golden Pass LNG (29°54′⋅78N
93°55′⋅48W) and Sabine Pass LNG (29°44′⋅56N
93°52′⋅26W) basins whenever LNG carriers are
moored within them. Entry into or movement within
these moving and fixed security zones is prohibited
unless previously authorized by the COTP.
See Appendix V for further information.
300
After §165.814 line 2 Insert:
§165.818. Freeport Entrance Channel, Freeport,
Texas - Moving Security Zones for Certain
Vessels.
§165.819. Sabine Bank Channel, Sabine Pass
Channel and Sabine-Neches Waterway, Texas
- Security Zone.
US Coast Pilot 5 39th Ed. 2011 & 33 CFR §165.818/9
(SDD 2011000 109131) [46/11]
IV
4.3
Wk46/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Sierra Leone – Freetown — Pepel
270
Paragraph 8.123 including title Replace by:
Pepel
Chart 623
General information
8.123
1 Position and function. Pepel (8°34′⋅21N
13°03′⋅65W) is an ore exporting terminal situated
12 miles from Freetown up the Sierra Leone River.
2 Approach and entry. Pepel is approached via a
dredged channel which runs from the confluence of
the Sierra Leone and Bunce rivers to the Milton
Margai Pier off Pepel.
Port Authority. See 8.92.
Limiting conditions
8.123a
1 Controlling depths. The channel has a maintained
depth of 10⋅7 m.
Under-keel clearance. 1⋅6 m.
Density of water. Density of water 1.018-1.020
g/m3
Maximumsizeofvesselhandled.51 000dwt, LOA
200 m, Beam 32⋅2 m. Maximum draught on sailing
10⋅6 m.
Arrival information
8.123b
1 Outer anchorage. See 8.94.
Pilotage. See 8.96.
Tugs. Pepel has 3 designated tugs.
Harbour
8.123c
1 General layout. Milton Margai Pier extends in a
SSW direction for 2½ cables from the S of Pepel
Island.
Tidal streams. Strong tidal streams reaching rates
of 5-6 kn may be encountered at MHWS.
Directions
8.123d
1 From a position 6 cables NE off Kissy Oil Fuel
Jetty (8.111) the track leads ESE thence ENE through
a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), (with
positions relative to Robene Point (8°29′⋅13N
13°06′⋅37W)):
NNE of Texaco Oil Barge Jetty (4½ miles W),
thence:
NNE of two stranded wrecks (3¾ miles WSW),
which lie in the entrance to Bunce River, thence:
SSE of Tagrin Point (3 miles NW).
Wk45/11
4.1
[45/11]
2 The track then leads NE, passing:
NE of Robene Point, thence:
SE of Rocky Ledge (2 miles NNW).
The track then leads N, passing:
E of Kakim Island (3½ miles NNW). Hodson Island
lies 5 cables W, thence:
E of Yeliwor Island (4½ miles N)
3 The track then leads E, passing:
N of Peters Point (5¼ miles NNE), the northern
point of Tasso Island, thence:
S of Mayagba Island (5½ miles NNE).
The track then leads to the turning area and the
berth at Milton Margai Pier.
Berth
8.123e
1 The berth is situated at the end of Milton Margai
Pier which forms a L-shaped jetty. Maintained depth
alongside is 11⋅5 m.
Anthony D Bates Partnership LLP
(SDD 2011000 110076, 138162, 195667) [45/11]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Western Australia – John’s Creek —
Approach; buoy
234
After Paragraph 6.107 1 line 6 Insert:
A lit mooring buoy is moored at 20°38′⋅36S
117°12′⋅40E.
Australian Notice 21/1070/11 [45/11]
South Australia – Port Augusta —
Directions; buoy
381
Paragraph 11.229 6 line 2 For starboard hand Read W
cardinal
Australian Notice 21/1073/11 [45/11]
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
New South Wales – Sydney Harbour — Vertical
clearance
327
Paragraph 12.135 2 line 2 For 2⋅5 m Read 3⋅24 m
(AA559932) [45/11]

NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – New South Wales – Port Jackson to
Broken Bay — Directions; fish aggregation
device
92
After Paragraph 3.18 1 line 6 Insert:
Clear of a fish aggregating device (33°47′⋅00S
151°22′⋅70E), (September to June), marked by a
light buoy (special), thence:
Australian Chart 197 [45/11]
Australia – New South Wales – Sugarloaf Point
to Smoky Cape — Directions; fish aggregation
devices
116
Paragraph 3.163 4 line 6 Add:
...And:
After Paragraph 3.163 4 line 6 Insert:
Clear of a fish aggregating device (32°13′⋅22S
152°40′⋅67E), (September to June), marked by a
light buoy (special).
After Paragraph 3.164 5 line 7 Insert:
Clear of a fish aggregating device (31°39′⋅60S
152°56′⋅24E), (September to June), marked by a
light buoy (special), thence:
117
After Paragraph 3.165 1 line 2 Insert:
Clear of a fish aggregating device (31°24′⋅57S
153°04′⋅73E), (September to June), marked by a
light buoy (special), thence:
Australian Charts 810, 811 [45/11]
NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2010 Edition)
France – West Coast – La Seudre — Light
190
Paragraph 7.307 2 lines 1-4 Delete
French Notice 11/42/16
(SDD 2011000 196440) [45/11]
IV
4.2
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland – East Coast – Approaches to Isle of
May — Directions
83
After Paragraph 3.221 5 line 3 Insert:
Caution. Extensive static creel pot fishing is
undertaken to the N and W of Isle of May between
Fife Ness and Pittenweem. Mariners navigating in this
area should avoid fouling the pots, which are marked
by unlit orange floats.
Forth Ports Ltd
(SDD 2011000 196226) [45/11]
Scotland – East Coast – Firth of Forth —
Development
107
After Paragraph 4.174 1 line 7 Insert:
Development
4.174a
1 A new bridge, The Forth Replacement Crossing, is
being constructed (2011). The construction, including
preparatory work and surveys, will take five years.
The bridge is being built west of the Forth Road
Bridge from position 56°00′⋅75N 3°24′⋅45W to
55°59′⋅60N 3°25′⋅17W along a bearing of 019°/199°
through Beamer Rock.
Exclusion zones marked by light buoys (special)
will be placed at the foot of each column prior to
commencement of construction. Additional exclusion
zones will be in place throughout the construction
period.
Forth Navigation Service will broadcast information
regarding any special river operation, but all river
users should maintain a close listening watch on VHF
Channel 71 and navigate with caution within the area.
Forth Ports Ltd
(SDD 2011000 196346) [45/11]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Spain – North-west coast – Corcubión — Light
96
Paragraph 4.28 3 line 3 For the N side Read the S side
Spanish Notice 42/307/2011
(SDD 2011000 195560) [45/11]
Spain – North-west coast – Ensenada de Cangas
— Anchorage
125
Paragraph 4.205 5 lines 1-2 Delete
Spanish Notice 42/309/2011
(SDD 2011000 195560) [45/11]
Wk45/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Arquipélago de Cabo Verde – Northern Group –
Ilha do Sal – Porto da Palmeira — Directions
117
Paragraph 4.14 1 lines 3-8 Delete
Paragraph 4.14 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Entry. Alignment marks:
Paragraph 4.14 4 lines 1-6 Replace by:
4 A distance of 4 cables from Ponta da Pambaiã on
this alignment indicates the anchorage at the entrance
to the bay.
Instituto Hidrográfico Portugal (IHPT)
(SDD 2011000 184889) [44/11]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Western Australia – Griffin Marine Terminal
— Operational status
251
Paragraph 6.240 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
1 Position and function. Griffin Marine Terminal
(21°13′⋅30S 114°38′⋅73E) is the outlet for the
Griffin Oilfield. It is presently non operational, and
is marked by a light buoy, surrounded by a safety
zone (1.11).
Paragraph 6.241 and heading Replace by:
Spare
6.241
Paragraph 6.242 and heading Replace by:
Spare
6.242
Paragraph 6.243 and heading Replace by:
Spare
6.243
(AA558419) [44/11]
Wk44/11
4.1
[44/11]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Queensland – Capricorn Channel —
Directions
171
After Paragraph 5.64 4 line 10 Insert:
W of an ODAS buoy (22°24′⋅49S 151°59′⋅60E)
moored at a depth of 10 m. Thence:
Australian Notice 17/845/11 [44/11]
Australia – Queensland – Magnetic Passage —
Directions
272
After Paragraph 8.17 1 line 4 Insert:
Clear of an ODAS buoy (18°13′⋅18S 147°20′⋅62E)
moored at a depth of 10 m. Thence:
(AA546309) [44/11]
Australia – Queensland – Cape Melville —
Directions
323
Paragraph 9.154 8 line 1 Replace by:
8 NNE of Channel Rocks (9¾ miles NW), marked
by a light buoy (starboard hand), the...
(AA553617) [44/11]
Australia – Queensland – Owen Channel —
Directions; depth
338
Paragraph 10.83 2 line 1 For 4⋅0 m Read 3⋅6 m
Australian Notice 20/1004/11 [44/11]
Australia – Queensland – Bow Reef —
Directions; light
341
Paragraph 10.113 5 lines 1-4 Replace by:
WSW of Bow Reef; a concrete column stands at the
N end of the reef where there is also a drying sand
cay. Thence:
(AA558353) [44/11]
Australia – Queensland – Prince of Wales
Channel — Directions
428
After Paragraph 13.86 2 line 4 Insert:
N of a shoal (10°34′⋅59S 142°05′⋅10E) with a least
depth of 9.2 m, thence:
(AA552922) [44/11]

NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
Sri Lanka East Coast – Trincomalee to
Pulmoddai Roads — Directions; wreck
141
Paragraph 3.146 2 lines 2-3 Replace by:
...headland fringed by a reef with a dangerous
wreck...
Harbour Master, SLPA
(SDD 2011000 192205) [44/11]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Norway - Oslofjorden - Fredrikstad — Lights
187
Paragraph 6.85 1 lines 2-4 Delete It is marked to about
60 m.
Norwegian Notice 19/39000/11
(SDD 2011000 192263) [44/11]
Sweden – North Channel to Uddevalla –
Björnsundskanalen — Speed limit
233
Paragraph 8.129 1 line 8 Replace by:
...Malö Strömmar (58°11′⋅7N 11°29′⋅2E). A seasonal
limit of 5 kn is in force in Björnsundskanalen
(58°12′⋅5N 11°30′⋅3E) (8.139) from 1 June to 31
August.
Swedish Notice 7468/11
(SDD 2011000 192056) [44/11]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
Bahrain – MØnº’ Salmºn — Tidal streams
221
After Paragraph 8.72 1 line 4 Insert:
In 2011 HMS Echo reported that continuous
development and reclamation have affected tidal
streams in the entrance to Khawr al Qulay’ah and
made the current predictions inaccurate. Local
authorities should be consulted for the latest
information.
HMS Echo
(SDD 2011000 192210) [44/11]
IV
4.2
NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2009 Edition)
‹ubº Bulk Plant Terminal — General
information; limiting conditions; pilotage;
berths
237
Paragraph 9.58 1 lines 5-8 Replace by:
1
...terminal consists of a 40 m long platform connected by a
trestle to a causeway which leads to a bulk tank farm. The
berth is used by loaded tankers mainly out of Yanbu‘ al
BaÖr or Jeddah to discharge diesel oil, gasoline and
kerosene.
Paragraph 9.59 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
Maximum size of vessel handled: up to 200 m
LOA; 50 000 dwt; 13⋅5 m maximum draught.
Paragraph 9.61 1 line 4 Replace by:
...unberthing is undertaken on a 24 hour basis.
Paragraph 9.63 Replace by:
The berthing platform lies about 5 cables SSE of
the tank farm. An observation tower and control room
stand on the berthing platform which is equipped with
multiple product unloading arms, crane, hydraulic
gangway and water pumps for fire-fighting. Berthing
facilities include breasting and mooring dolphins
2
connected by walkways.
Another berthing platform, about 100 m E of the
former, is used by service craft. There are several
mooring buoys, best seen on the chart, in the vicinity
of the berths.
The former practice of securing loaded tankers to
multiple mooring buoys is discontinued.
Saudi Aramco ports and terminals
(SDD 2011000 184884) [44/11]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Nantucket Sound – Woods Hole – Great Harbor
— Directions; light
157
Paragraph 5.115 1 lines 6-9 Delete.
Paragraph 5.115 2 line 3 Replace by:
...hand), the line of bearing (344°) of Great Harbor
Directional Light (41°31′⋅65N 70°40′⋅55W) leads NNW ...
US Notice 43/13235/11
(SDD 2011000 192820) [44/11]
Wk44/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Svalbard – Hinlopenstretet — Anchorages
235
Paragraphs 10.53, 10.56 and 10.57 Including headings
Replace by:
Spare
10.53
Spare
10.56
Spare
10.57
Norwegian Chart 537
(SDD 2011000 162370) [43/11]
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Victoria – Port Phillip Heads —
Directions; sector light; depth
106
Paragraph 4.26 3 line 8 For 324¾° Read 342¾°
ALL K2194 [43/11]
108
Paragraph 4.29 4 line 3 For 5⋅0 m Read 1⋅8 m
Aus Chart 144 [43/11]
Victoria – Port Phillip – Swan Island docks —
Directions
114
Paragraph 4.62 1 line 4 For 2⋅4 m Read less than 2 m
ENC AU439144 [43/11]
Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to
Melbourne – West Channel — Directions
126
After Paragraph 4.123 1 line 6 Insert:
Clear of unexploded ordnance (38°08′⋅81S
144°50′⋅66E).
Australian Notice 12/600/11 [43/11]
4.1
Tasmania – Hobart — Directions
259
Paragraph 9.129 4 lines 1-2 Delete
[43/11]
(AA552475) [43/11]
New South Wales – Batemans Bay —
Directions; fish aggregation device
293
Paragraph 11.73 1 line 5 Add:
...A fish aggregation device marked by a light buoy
(special) (35°50′⋅03S 150°22′⋅65E) is seasonally deployed
as charted.
Australian Notice 14/675/11 [43/11]
New South Wales – Jervis Bay —
Directions; buoy
301
Paragraph 11.122 1 lines 5-7 Delete and To headland
Australian Notice 24/1295/10 [43/11]
New South Wales – Cape Banks —
Fishing; fish aggregation devices
324
After Paragraph 12.116 1 Insert:
Fishing
12.116a
1 Fish aggregation devices marked by light buoys
(special), are deployed from September to June in the
following positions:
33°47′⋅00S 151°22′⋅70E
33°59′⋅70S 151°26′⋅70E
33°59′⋅30S 151°20′⋅90E
Australian Notice 14/675/11 [43/11]
Wk43/11

NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Sweden – Västervik approaches —
Directions; tracks; lights; buoyage; depth
196
Paragraph 5.72 2 Replace by:
2 From a position close N of Västerviks Angöring
Light Buoy (N cardinal) (57°44′⋅9N 16°55′⋅0E), the
track leads 5½ miles W through the fairway,
marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral), in the
white sector (268°–269½°) of Västerbådan Light
(red tower, black base, 15 m in height, floodlit)
(57°44′⋅84N 16°44′⋅50E), to a position 1½ cables
E of the light, passing (with positions from
Västerbådan Light):
Paragraph 5.72 4-8 Replace by:
4 N of Norra Per-Mattsbåden (1 mile ESE),
5
thence:
Nofa4⋅8m shoal (7 cables ESE), marked by
No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) which also marks
the junction where the inshore channel briefly
joins the main channel to lead E for 6 cables.
Tallskärshålet Leading Lights:
Front light (green tower, white band) (57°43′⋅5N
16°43′⋅5E).
Rear light (similar structure) (5¾ cables SSW of
front light).
From a position 1½ cables E of Västerbådan
Light the alignment (207°) of the above lights
leads 1¼ miles SSW through Tallskärshålet, a
narrow, straight channel marked by light buoys
(lateral), between Lilla Tallskär on the W side and
Stångskär, on which stands a beacon (white
cairn, red band, 4 m in height) (57°44′⋅0N
6
16°44′⋅3E), on the E side.
Useful mark:
Light (yellow post) (57°44′⋅1N 16°43′⋅3E)
standing close off the SE point of Gränsö.
197
Paragraph 5.78 2-6 Replace by:
2 From a position close NE of Marsholmen
(57°43′⋅6N 16°43′⋅2E) the alignment (279°) of
these lights leads 1 mile W to a position
2½ cables from the front light, passing (with
positions from the front light):
S of a rocky shelf which extends 1½ cables ESE
from the SE extremity of Gränsö, and is
marked by a light buoy (starboard hand),
thence:
3 Sofanislet(3¾ cables E) which is marked
by a beacon on its S side and a light
buoy (starboard hand) close off its W
extremity, thence:
N of Borgö Light (3 cables ESE) (white lantern)
displayed from the NW side of Borgö.
4 Thence the track leads 1½ miles NNW through
the fairway, marked by buoys and light buoys
(lateral), initially in the white sector (154°–158°),
astern, of Borgö Light to a position E of
Källarmästaren Beacon (57°44′⋅6N 16°40′⋅5E), and
Wk43/11
IV
thence in the white sector (347°-350°) of Vitudden
Light (white lantern) (57°45′⋅7N 16°40′⋅5E) to
5
Djuphamnen.
From a position S of Ekholmsgrundet Beacon
(57°45′⋅4N 16°40′⋅6E) the channel leads 2 cables
NW to Blockholmssundet entrance, in the white
sector (301°–307°) of No 1 Light (green tower,
grey base, 6 m in height), exhibited on the N side
of the channel.
After Paragraph 5.79 3 line 4 Insert:
Alternative channel
5.79a
1 From a position N of Borgö Light an alternative
channel leads 1 mile N through Lusärnafjärden in
the white sector (176°-182°), astern, of Borgö
Light to a position between Tärnskär (57°45′⋅0N
16°41′⋅8E) and Tärnskärgrund, 2 cables WSW,
both of which are marked by light buoys (lateral).
Thence the channel leads 6 cables NW in the
white sector (301°–307°) of No 1 Light (5.78) to
rejoin the main channel S of Ekholmsgrundet
Beacon, passing N of Lilla Lusärnagrund
(57°45′⋅1N 16°41′⋅0E), marked on its N side by a
light buoy (port hand).
4.2
197-198
Paragraph 5.80 2-4 Replace by:
2 From a position in the main channel 4½ cables
E of Borgö Light (57°43′⋅8N 16°41′⋅6E) the track
leads 5 cables NNW into Lusärnafjärden through
either of two channels marked by buoys (lateral
and isolated danger) and a beacon standing on a
rock in the centre of the fairway. Thence the track
continues NNW to join the alternative channel
(5.79a) and thence the main channel S of
Ekholmsgrundet Beacon.
3 A branch channel continues NNW to pass N of
Stora Ringholm and enter the inner harbour close
W of the inner end of Blockholmssundet.
Useful mark:
Watch tower (57°45′⋅9N 16°38′⋅7E).
Swedish Notice 372/7297/2011
(SDD 2011000 179661) [43/11]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Finland – North-west approaches to Vaasa —
Directions; beacons; buoys
314
Paragraph 7.248 2 line 2 For (S cardinal) Read (port hand)
Paragraph 7.248 3 lines 3-4 For (N cardinal) Read
(starboard hand) (4¼ miles SE)
Paragraph 7.248 3 line 6 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
Paragraph 7.248 5 line 4 For (N and S cardinal) Read
(starboard and port hand)

315
Paragraph 7.249 3 line 6 For (E cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
Paragraph 7.249 4 line 4 For (E cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
Paragraph 7.249 4 line 9 For (W cardinal) Read (port hand)
Paragraph 7.249 5 line 2 For (E cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
Paragraph 7.249 5 line 5 For (W cardinal) Read (port hand)
Paragraph 7.249 5 line 6 For (W cardinal) Read (port hand)
Paragraph 7.250 5 line 5 For (S cardinal) Read (port hand)
Paragraph 7.250 6 line 3 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
Paragraph 7.250 6 line 5 For (S cardinal) Read (port hand)
316
Paragraph 7.254 2 line 2 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
Paragraph 7.254 5 lines 5-6 For (N cardinal) Read
(starboard hand)
Paragraph 7.254 6 line 6 For (W cardinal) Read (port hand)
Finnish notice 28/563/2011
(SDD 2011000 184683) [43/11]
IV
4.3
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Netherlands – West approach to
Westerschelde — Directions; light
162
Paragraph 7.40 1 line 2 For Nieuwe Sluis Lighthouse Read
Nieuwe Sluis Tower (disused lighthouse)
163
Paragraph 7.45 2 lines 7-8 Replace by:
Nieuwe Sluis Tower (7.40), thence:
Netherlands Notice 40/430/11
(SDD 2011000 183899) [43/11]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Italy - W coast - Agropoli — Anchorage area
388
Paragraph 13.58 3 line 2 For 6 cables Read 8 cables
Italian Notice 18.10/11
(SDD 2011000 183876) [43/11]
NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
Martinique – Cul-de-Sac du Marin —
Directions; buoyage
273
Paragraph 7.86 4 line 1 Replace by:
4 SE of MA6 Light Buoy (port hand)...
Paragraph 7.87 1 lines 5 - 6 Replace by:
...around its SW extremity by MA5 Light Buoy (starboard
hand).
Paragraph 7.87 2 line 5 For buoy Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 7.87 3 line 1 For Beacon Read Buoy
French Notice 11/40/96
(SDD 2011000 184721) [43/11]
Wk43/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America – Willamette River –
Portland — Traffic Regulation
418
Paragraph 13.78 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
Traffic regulation. Regulated Navigation Areas and
a Safety Zone are established on parts of the
Willamette River at Portland; see Appendix V.
458
After existing Section IV Notice 30/11 (§165.1335 and
detail) Insert:
§165.1338 Safety Zone; TriMet Bridge Project,
Willamette River; Portland, OR.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 18
(SDD 2011000 178551) [42/11]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
England – South coast – Isles of Scilly –
Round Island — Directions;
other aids to navigation; racon
68
Paragraph 2.20 1 line 3 Delete
75
Paragraph 3.17 1 line 3 Delete
78
Paragraph 3.31 1 line 3 Delete
Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 167076) [42/11]
NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Sarawak – Kuala Bintulu — Directions
Paragraph 4.228 2 Delete
116
Paragraph 4.228 3 lines1to4Delete
Sarawak Notice 59/11
(SDD 2011000 170975) [42/11]
Wk42/11
4.1
[42/11]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China–BoHai–Yingkou—
Vertical clearance, racon
417
After Paragraph 10.243 Add:
Vertical clearance
10.243a
1 The Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (40°41′⋅70N
122°11′⋅00E) crosses the river between Yinkou and
Liaobin. Vertical clearance is unknown.
419
After Paragraph 10.262 1 line 4 Add:
Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (40°41′⋅66N
122°10′⋅91E).
Chinese Notices 33/1180-1182/11
(SDD 2011000 151046) [42/11]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales
Pilot (2011 Edition)
England – Isles of Scilly —
Directions; Racon
66
Paragraph 2.16 1 lines 3-4 Delete
67
Paragraph 2.25 1 lines 4-5 Delete
Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 167076) [42/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
South coast – Cork — Submarine cables
116
Paragraph 3.351 1 line 7 Add:
...Another submarine power cable area runs across the main
channel, from close S of Corkbeg Island (51°49′⋅69N
8°15′⋅00W) to close S of Paddy’s Point (51°50′⋅12N
8°17′⋅92W), passing between No 5 and 8 Light Buoys.
Port of Cork Company
(SDD 2011000 154128) [42/11]
Northern Ireland – North coast – The Skerries —
Directions
428
After Paragraph 13.127 2 Insert:
Other aids to navigation
13.127a
1 Automatic Identification System:
Skerries Light Buoy (55°13′⋅90N 6°36′⋅90W).
Paragraph 13.128 2 line 8 Replace by:
N of The Skerries (13.139) marked close NE by
Skerries Light Buoy (port hand) (55°13′⋅90N
6°36′⋅90W), thence:

431
After Paragraph 13.139 3 line 8 Insert:
SE of Skerries Light Buoy (port hand) (55°13′⋅90N
6°36′⋅90W), and:
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 159195) [42/11]
NP49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5
(2008 Edition)
Libya – Ra’s Lºnøf to Marsá al Burayqah —
Depth
78
After Paragraph 2.203 2 line 5 Insert:
Clear of a depth of 20 m (reported 2011), in position
30°35′⋅00N 19°00′⋅00E, thence:
FNS Chevalier Paul
(SDD 2011000 159831) [42/11]
IV
4.2
NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2011 Edition)
Newfoundland – Sops Arm — Rock
346
Paragraph 10.42 1 line 9 Add:
...A dangerous rock is reported (2011) in position
49°46′⋅17N 56°52′⋅33W.
Canada Eastern Notice 4584/09/2011
(SDD 2011000 176215) [42/11]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England – East Coast – The Wash – Boston —
Anchorage; directions; buoy
201
Paragraph 8.65 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:
A triangular anchorage area centred on 52°58′⋅10N
0°18′⋅00E, as shown on the chart.
202
Paragraph 8.70 2 lines 2-3 For Boston No 1 Light Buoy
Read No 1 Light Buoy
Port of Boston Ltd
(SDD 2011000 162294, 180987) [42/11]
Wk42/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Approaches to Makassar – North-west Approach
Channel — Shoal
268
Paragraph 11.90 2 line 5 Replace by:
Cautions. In September 2010 a vessel with a
draught of 9⋅7 m reported grounding close S of the
recommended track, 2¼ miles SW of Pulau
Kapoposang Light, in approximate position 4°43′⋅40S
118°55′⋅20E.
This channel is rarely navigated at night.
Hudson Shipping Lines
(SDD 2011000 171563) [41/11]
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2008 Edition)
Sicilia - Trapani — Anchorage
367
Paragraph 9.62 2 line 6 Replace by:
A5 (3 miles ENE). Caution. A wreck swept to a
depth of 13⋅9 m lies 3 cables W of Molo della
Colombaia Light (6.93).
Italian Notice 17.12.11
(SDD 2011000175695) [41/11]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Italy - Sardegna - Punta Marmorata —
Beacons
300
Paragraph 10.15 2 line 12 Replace by:
... the N islet and are marked by a light beacon
(N cardinal). A dangerous wreck with a...
Paragraph 10.15 3 line 6 For buoy (spar) Read beacon
tower (N cardinal)
Italian Notice 17.7/11
(SDD 2011000 175695) [41/11]
4.1
[41/11]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Brindisi approaches — Shoal depths
483
Paragraph 11.57 1 lines 1 to 2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 35/11 Replace by:
1 Shoal depths and numerous wrecks exist in the
approaches to Brindisi and within the harbour. Off
Capo di Torre Cavallo several shoal depths and rocks
awash exist close inshore within the 10 m contour. A
stranded wreck is situated 1 cable N in position
40°38′⋅64N 18°01′⋅28E. A dangerous wreck exists
1¼ miles NE of the cape and 6 cables N of the NW
corner of waiting area BR1.
Italian NM 16.15/11
(SDD 2011000 171794) [41/11]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Norway – Husøysundet — Channel
134
Paragraph 4.166 2 Replace by:
2 The track leads WNW with the dividing line of the
green and red sectors of Jersøy Light (59°14′⋅50N
10°26′⋅52E), bearing 104°, astern.
When Jersøy Light is 5 cables distant astern, the
course alters W with the dividing line of the green and
red sectors of Kalvetangen Light (white lantern,
concrete base) (59°14′⋅70N 10°26′⋅77E), bearing 281°,
ahead, leading through the fairway.
When Kalvetangen Light is 1 cable distant the
course alters NW for 2 cables to stay in the deep
water.
Norwegian Notice 17/38476/11
(SDD 2011000 171248) [41/11]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011
Edition)
Norway – Færøysundet and Prestøysundet
— Anchorages
86
Paragraph 3.57 and heading Replace by:
Spare
3.57
Paragraph 3.58 2 Delete
Norwegian Notice 17/38494/11
(SDD 2011000 171248) [41/11]
Wk41/11

NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Spain - Puerto de Sevilla — New entrance lock
209
Paragraph 6.165 1 lines 4-6 Delete
Paragraph 6.168 1 line 3 For entrance lock (37°20′⋅0N
6°59′⋅7W) Read new entrance lock (37°19′⋅15N
6°00′⋅33W)
Paragraph 6.168 2 lines 1-8 Replace by:
The dimensions of the new lock, and the vertical
clearance underneath the overhead power cables that
span the old lock and S approaches to Canal de
Alfonso XIII in the vicinity of Marina Yachting
Sevilla SA, are reported to be:
Length between caisson gates 290 m
Width40m
Vertical clearance 44⋅5 m
Paragraph 6.168 3-5 Delete
Wk41/11
209-210
IV
4.2
210
Paragraph 6.169 1 line 4 For (1⋅4 miles N) Read
(2 miles NNE)
Paragraph 6.169 2 line 1 For (1⋅8 miles N) Read (2½ miles
NNE)
Paragraph 6.169 2 line 4 For (2⋅0 miles N) Read (2¾ miles
NNE)
Paragraph 6.169 2 line 7 For (2⋅5 miles N) Read (3¼ miles
NNE)
Spanish Notice 27/11
(SDD 2011000 126670) [41/11]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
New Bedford — Regulated navigation area
165
After Paragraph 5.194 1 line 1 Insert:
Regulated navigation area. A regulated navigation
area has been established close S of the hurricane
barrier (5.187).
For definition and general regulations concerning
regulated navigation areas see Appendix V.
252
After Paragraph §165.122 line 2 Insert:
§165.125 Regulated navigation area; EPA Superfund
Site, New Bedford Harbor, Massachusetts.
US Notice 38/13232/11
(SDD 2011000 170299) [41/11]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2007 Edition)
Greenland – Vaigat – East coast -
Atâ Sund — Depth
180
Paragraph 4.142 3 Replace by:
3 The channels which connect Atâ Sund and
Torssukatak are navigable and marked by beacons, but
passage through them can be seriously inconvenienced
by ice from the glaciers just mentioned. The depths in
the channels are not known, but as the current which
carries the ice N is strong, they may not be very great.
A depth of 8 m has been reported (2011) in position
69°46′⋅91N 50°42′⋅05W (Qornoq 1927 datum).
Danish Notice 935/1500/33/2011
(SDD 2011000 156196) [40/11]
Greenland – Torqussârssuk — Rock
199
After Paragraph 5.116 2 line 4 Insert:
A rock, over which the depth is estimated to be
1 m, has been observed in approximate position
73°33′⋅4N 57°01′⋅5W (Qornoq 1927 datum), about
4½ miles S of Horse Head.
Danish Notice 936/1700/33/2011
(SDD 2011000 156196) [40/11]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Western Australia –
Oyster Harbour — Directions
318
Paragraph 9.52 2 lines 4-5 Delete
319-320
Paragraph 9.72 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(35°03′⋅2S 117°58′⋅4E), the initial approach to
Ataturk Entrance leads NNW passing (with
positions relative to King Point Light (35°02′⋅10S
117°55′⋅10E)):
321
Paragraph 9.80 1 lines 4-8 Replace by:
From a position about 2 miles SSE of Emu
Point (34°59′⋅91S 117°56′⋅85E), the track leads
NNW pasing (with positions relative to Emu
Point):
Wk40/11
4.1
Paragraph 9.80 3 line 5 Replace by:
ESE of Emu Point; an historic...
[40/11]
Paragraph 9.80 5 line 6 Delete Direction To Light
Paragraph 9.81 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Useful marks. (Positions are relative to Emu
Point (34°59′⋅91S 117°56′⋅85E)):
Australian Notice 14/689/11 [40/11]
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1
(2010 Edition)
Canada – Port Moody —
Directions; leading lights
209
Paragraph 6.173 2 lines 5-11 Replace by:
Front light (white trapezium, red stripe, on white
mast) (49°17′⋅73N 122°53′⋅94W).
Rear light (similar structure) (218 m E of the front
light).
The alignment (277°), astern, of these lights leads
through the deep-water channel to a position N of
Pacific Coast Bulk Terminals (6.175), passing:
Canadian Western Notice 05/3311/2011
(SDD 2011000 100863) [40/11]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
United Kingdom – HM Coastguard —
Emergency Towing Vessels
14
Paragraph 1.110 including heading Replace by:
Spare
1.110
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SDD 2011000 164177) [40/11]
Channel Islands – Approaches to Saint Helier —
Directions; light beacon
405
Paragraph 11.226 4 lines 1-5 Replace by:
4 The alignment (082°) of these lights with Dog’s
Nest Rock Light Beacon (special, yellow concrete
pillar, yellow X topmark; 5 m in height) (49°10′N
2°07′W), standing on Dog’s Nest Rock, leads in the
inner part of the fairway passing:
Paragraph 11.228 1 line 4 For Dog’s Nest Rock Beacon
Read Dog’s Nest Rock Light Beacon

406
Paragraph 11.231 1 line 5 For Dog’s Nest Rock Beacon
Read Dog’s Nest Rock Light Beacon
407
Paragraph 11.235 3 line 3 For Dog’s Nest Rock Beacon
Read Dog’s Nest Rock Light Beacon
Jersey Harbours
(SDDs 2011000 162694, 167282) [40/11]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
United Kingdom – HM Coastguard —
Emergency Towing Vessels
13
Paragraph 1.109 Replace by:
1.109
1 Spare
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SDD 2011000 164177) [40/11]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru
Port – Bravo (West) anchorage — Wreck
252
Paragraph 7.186 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 38/10 Replace by:
1 An anchorage area centred on 19°06′N 72°32′E lies
21 miles NW of Prongs Reef Light, its limits are
shown on the chart.
Bravo (West) anchorage, centred on 18°45′N
72°29′E, lies between the safety fairways and Neelam
Heera and Ratna Oilfield. Large vessels may anchor in
depths commensurate with draught keeping clear of
the charted disused cables and foul ground.
A dangerous wreck (18°46′⋅22N 72°29′⋅15E) with
exposed masts, lies in the N part of this anchorage. It
is marked by a light buoy (isolated danger) moored
about 7½ cables N.
Bravo (East) anchorage, for use by smaller vessels,
centred on 18°46′N 72°37′E, lies 12 miles WSW of
Prongs Reef Light; its limits are shown on the chart.
Indian Notices 15/202/10, 17/208/11
(SDD 2010000 124269, 2011000 163685) [40/11]
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
United Kingdom – HM Coastguard —
Emergency Towing Vessels
11
Paragraph 1.84 including heading Replace by:
Spare
1.84
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SDD 2011000 164177) [40/11]
IV
4.2
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Lovundvika – Lovund — anchorages
193
Paragraph 4.474 7 lines 3-5 Delete
Paragraph 4.474 8 lines 1-5 Delete
Norwegian Notice 17/38354/11
(SDD 2011000 171248) [40/11]
Tomma – Finnvika — anchorage
194-195
Paragraph 4.484 including headings Replace by:
Spare
4.484
Norwegian Notice 17/38380/11
(SDD 2011000 171248 ) [40/11]
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
United Kingdom – HM Coastguard —
Emergency Towing Vessels
Paragraph 1.84 Replace by:
1.84
1 Spare
11
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SDD 2011000 164177) [40/11]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Spain – Ría de Arousa – Isla Rua westwards —
Data buoy
104
Paragraph 4.76 8 line 7 Replace by:
...extending over 1 cable NW from the island. Attention is
drawn to the ODAS light buoy moored in position
42°32′⋅85N 8°57′⋅12W. And:
Spanish Notice 35/266/11
(SDD 2011000 162581) [40/11]
Wk40/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
South Africa – Port Elizabeth –
Outer anchorages — Shoal depth
102
After Paragraph 2.166 1 line 4 Insert:
Caution. A shoal with a depth of 10⋅5 m (Reported
2011) lies in the SE corner of No 2 anchorage in
position 33°52′⋅37S 25°47′⋅33E.
South African Notice 66/2011
(SDD 2011000 162972) [39/11]
South Africa – Durban offshore oil terminal —
General information; arrival information
157
Paragraph 4.40 1 Replace by:
1 Position and function. Durban offshore oil terminal
(30°00′⋅47S 30°58′⋅41E), is situated 9 miles SW of the
entrance to Durban.
It is used for the discharge of crude oil via a SBM
and subsea pipeline to shore tank farms.
After Paragraph 4.42 1 line 2 Insert:
The SBM is operated independently of Durban port,
and only the vessel’s agent can give advice concerning
operations at the terminal.
157-158
Paragraph 4.42 1 lines 3-6 Replace by:
Notice of ETA required. ETA messages should be
sent at least 10 days prior to the first day of the
allocated SBM berthing date range, with updates every
24 hours. Any changes of ETA in excess of one hour
within the the final 24 hours must be advised
immediately. See also 1.39.
4.1
158
Paragraph 4.42 2 Replace by:
[39/11]
2 Anchorages. The primary anchorage for vessels
waiting to berth at the SBM is at least 6 miles NE of
the Durban Fairway Light Buoy (29°50′⋅02S
31°05′⋅58E) (4.32). Vessels must keep 6 miles to
seaward of the 20 m depth contour.
A secondary anchorage, to be used only if
instructed by the authorities, lies 2½ miles SSW of the
SBM. Vessels must keep 3 miles to seaward of the
20 m depth contour.
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels securing to the
SBM. The pilot will normally board the vessel by
helicopter approximately 2 miles E of SBM, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).
Tugs. A tug is available and is compulsory for all
vessels while moored to the SBM.
SMIT Amandla Marine (Pty) Ltd
(SDD 2011000 165117) [39/11]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales
Pilot (2011 Edition)
Wales – West Coast – Menai Strait —
Directions
235
Paragraph 7.158 1 line 2 For S Read SSW
After Paragraph 7.158 1 line 6 Insert:
Either side of Caernarfon Bar Fairway Light
Buoy (safe water), thence:
237
Paragraph 7.163 3 line 1 For S Read SSW
Paragraph 7.163 3 line 2 For 57°07′⋅37N 4°25′⋅14W
Read 53°06′⋅40N 4°26′⋅01W
Caernarfon Harbour Trust
(SDD 2011000 149390, 155116) [39/11]
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Title
In force 15 September 2011
4.2
[39/11]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa 1 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
93, 95 Islas Canarias - Isla de Gran Canaria — Directions; depth; buoy 17/10
99 Islas Canarias – Isla de Gran Canaria - Puerto de La Luz — Directions 11/11
145
Morocco - Mohammedia - Approaches — Directions; buoyage; depth;
dangerous wrecks
37/10
156 Morocco - Safi — Directions; Light 07/10
195 Mauritania - Port de Nouakchott South-westward — Restricted areas;
offshore installation; mooring buoy
01/11
301 Ivory Coast - San-Pédro approaches — Directions; depth 17/10
313, 324, 325, 334, 337,
340
West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage 48/09
315 Ghana - Jubilee Oil Field — Restricted area 02/10
325 Ghana - Tema - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 35/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 32/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos — Directions; buoyage 10/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and Entrance Channel — Depths 34/09
362 Nigeria – Forcados River to Brass River — Directions; dangerous wreck 30/11
367
Nigeria - Forcados River to Brass River - Offshore terminals —
Pennington Oil Terminal
02/10
382 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal 10/10
2 Africa 2 16th Edition (2011) 12/11
Title error correction 38/11
97 Equatorial Guinea – Isla de Bioko – Puerto de Malabo – Arrival
information; Prohibited anchorage; Submarine cable
30/11
121 Cameroun – Limbe – Directions for entering harbour — Obstruction 21/11
240, 241, 242 Namibia - Walvis Bay — Controlling depths; Arrival information;
Directions for entering harbour; Berths
37/11
3 Africa 3 15th Edition (2010) 20/10
94 South Africa - South coast - Storm Point — Depth 41/10
102 South Africa – Port Elizabeth - Outer anchorages — Shoal depth 39/11
107 South Africa - Port of Ngqura — Directions; Leading lights 10/11
109 South Africa – Algoa Bay — Directions; depth 17/11
154, 162 South Africa - Durban - Directions — Major light; directional light 01/11
157, 158 South Africa - Durban offshore oil terminal — General information; Arrival
information
39/11
290, 291, 390, 391 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 25/10
290 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 51/10
331, 334 Kenya - Mombasa — Pilotage; buoyage 41/10
349 Kenya – Lamu Bay and approaches — Directions; obstruction 28/11
4 South-East Alaska
Nil
7th Edition (2010) 09/11
5 South America 1 17th Edition (2011) 23/11
201, 212 Brazil – E coast — Directions; Offshore marks 25/11
213 Brazil - E coast — Offshore terminal 25/11
6 South America 2 17th Edition (2008) 17/09
223-224 Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; AIS; Useful marks 33/09
226-228 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Light 19/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights 22/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light 32/09
236-237 Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions; lights 22/09
251 Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light 17/09
255 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Shoal 19/09
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.3
Weekly
Edition
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Racon; AIS 29/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; shoals 22/09
267 Chile - Paso Largo — Directions 17/09
376 Chile - Patagonian Channels - Angostura Inglesa — Depth 03/10
404 Chile - Golfo Trinidad - Canal Trinidad — Route; depths 02/10
7 South America 3 10th Edition (2009) 41/09
4 Aids to navigation — Automatic Identification System 12/10
71-72 Pacific Ocean - Outlying dangers — Breakers 13/10
77 South Pacific Ocean - Isla San Ambrosio — Off-lying shoal 51/09
141 Chile - Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place 05/10
186 Chile - Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place 05/10
223 Chile - Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón — Directions; buoy 05/10
250 Chile - Puerto Huasco — Pilotage; anchorages 27/10
270 Chile - Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 41/09
275-276 Chile - Mejillones del Sur — Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal 14/10
315 Peru-IslaAsiatoIslaSanLorenzo — Directions; wreck 41/09
316 Peru - Cerro Azul — Light 41/09
339 Peru - Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck 41/09
346 Peru - Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 41/09
385, 387 Colombia - Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 41/09
388 Colombia - Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 41/09
7A South America 4 5th Edition (2010) 18/10
3 Navigation and Regulations - Charts — Foreign charts 18/10
4 Navigation and Regulations - Radio facilities — DGPS 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Îles du Salut to Fleuve Maroni — Directions 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Fleuve Mana — Charts; description; directions 18/10
73-74
Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Charts; general information; depth;
directions; landmarks; useful marks; anchorage
18/10
74 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — General information; directions 20/10
75
Surinam - Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier —
General information; directions
18/10
80-81 Surinam - Nickerie Rivier — Pilotage; directions; buoyage 40/10
83 Guyana - Corentyn River — General information; directions 40/10
86 Guyana - New Amsterdam to Georgetown — Directions; wreck 18/10
119 Trinidad - East coast — Directions; light 23/10
160, 162, 165, 167 Venezuela - Isla Coche — Major light 23/10
173-175
Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Port authorities; anchorage; harbours;
hazards; directions; berths
23/10
173 Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Pilot boarding position 18/10
176, 178 Venezuela - Puerto Jose — Pilot boarding position 18/10
187, 190 Venezuela - Puerto La Guaira and Catia La Mar — Anchorages; pilotage 37/10
205, 209 Venezuela - Archipielago Las Aves — Directions; light 33/10
211-212 Nederlandse Antillen - Klein Curaçao — Light 23/10
228 Aruba - South coast — Directions 18/10
229-230 Aruba - Sint Nicolaas — Pilot boarding position 18/10
280 Colombia - Punta de la Garita - Directions — Light 20/10
283-284
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Directions - Bocachica — Leading
lights; useful mark
35/10
284
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions; deep-water
channel
18/10
292 Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy 18/10
292-294
Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — General information; depths; directions;
landmark; lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths
20/10
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
12th Edition (2010) 29/10
83 Pacific Ocean - Guardian Bank north-westwards — Depths 29/10
192,193 Mexico – Golfo de California – Guaymas — Directions; lights 23/11
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
199-200
261
263, 453
Title
IV
Mexico - Bahía de la Paz - Bahía Pichilingue and approaches — Depth;
leading lights
United States of America - California - Entrance to San Diego Bay —
Directions; rock
United States of America - California - San Clemente Island — Safety
Zone
275 United States of America – California – Approaches to Long Beach and
Los Angeles — VTS; area
275
United States of America - San Pedro Bay and approaches —
Regulations concerning entry - tankers
335
United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay - Alcatraz
Island — Directions; fog signal
338-339
United States of America - Port of San Francisco - San
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge — Directions; passage
348
United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay - Port of
Richmond — Project depth
4.4
Weekly
Edition
351, 454 United States of America – California – San Pablo Bay — Safety Zone 30/11
390 United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon – Chetco River —
Entrance depths
30/11
400, 401 United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon – Yaquina Bay —
Directions; depths
30/11
410, 455
United States of America - West coast - Columbia River — Safety and
Security Zone Regulations
39/10
431
United States of America - Oregon - Grays Harbor — Directions;
breakers
29/10
449 United States of America Pacific Coast — Navigation Safety Regulations;
electronic position fixing devices
30/11
458
United States of America - Oregon - Columbia River - Port of Portland —
Regulated Navigation Area
29/10
458 United States of America Pacific Coast – Columbia River — Safety and
Security Zone Regulations
30/11
461
United States of America - California - San Diego Bay — Naval Danger
Zone
29/10
9 Antarctic
Nil
7th Edition (2009) 31/09
10 Arctic 1 8th Edition (2010) 10/11
463 Russia – Laptev Sea – Reka Lena Delta — Wreck 30/11
11 Arctic 2 10th Edition (2010) 39/10
4 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
201
Svalbard - Spitsbergen - West coast - Hornsundbanken — Underwater
rock
39/10
201 Svalbard - Wedel Jarlsberg Land — Underwater rock 48/10
251 Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash 42/10
12 Arctic 3 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
3 Canada - Traffic Reporting Systems — NORDREG 33/10
6 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
155 Greenland - W coast - Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq — Power cable 48/09
170 Greenland - W coast - Grønne Ejland — Marine reserve 44/09
173
Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description; protected
area
18/09
208 Greenland - West coast - Wolstenholme Fjord — Island; rock 42/10
219-220 Canada - Hudson Strait — Grenfell Sound 05/10
280-281 Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill — Pilot boarding position 51/09
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia 1 2nd Edition (2008) 39/08
92 Queensland - Weipa — Pilotage 50/10
129, 130, 131 Northern Territory - Cape Stewart to Smith Point — Depths; position 03/11
154-156 North coast - Approaches to Port Darwin — Directions; buoyage 49/09
158 Northern Territory - Darwin — Directions; wreck 51/10
234, 235, 237, 238, 240 Western Australia - Dampier — Directions; anchorage, berth 03/11
Wk39/11
37/10
29/10
39/10
30/11
49/10
29/10
50/10
39/10

NP no
Page(s)
255-256
269
Title
IV
Western Australia - North-east approaches to Exmouth Gulf —
Directions; depths
Western Australia - Shark Bay - Gascoyne Road and Carnarvon — High
speeed craft
4.5
Weekly
Edition
320, 322, 323 Western Australia – Oyster Harbour — Directions 31/11
404 Southern Australia - Adelaide approaches — Directions; approach routes 23/10
14 Australia 2 11th Edition (2010) 21/10
103, 104 Victoria – Port Phillip — Pilotage: depths 35/11
104 Victoria – Port Phillip — transit restictions 35/11
134 Victoria – Melbourne — Depths 35/11
203,207 Tasmania - Port Dalrymple — Pilotage; anchorages 02/11
274 Tasmania – Spring Bay and approaches — Port limits 36/11
312 New South Wales - Port Kembla — Anchorages 29/11
15 Australia 3 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
13 Australia - Queensland - Ship reporting systems — Torres Strait and
Great Barrier Reef ship reporting system
28/11
102 Australia – New South Wales – Newcastle — Outer Anchorages 29/11
116 Australia - New South Wales - Mermaid Reef — Directions 06/11
119-120 New South Wales - Port Macquarie — Directions; leading lights 39/10
129 Australia - New South Wales - Point Danger — Directions 06/11
140, 141 Australia - Queensland - Gneering Shoals — Directions; depths 01/11
142 Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
142 Australia – Queensland – Moreton Bay – North part of Main Channel —
Directions
15/11
143 Queensland - Moreton Bay - North East Channel — Directions; buoyage 07/10
156 Australia - Queensland - Brisbane River - Hamilton Reach — Berths;
depths
16/11
168 Queensland - Cape Moreton to Breaksea Spit — Directions; wreck 47/10
218, 219, 221, 222, 231,
234, 235, 238, 239
Queensland - Hay Point Port and Mackay approaches — Directions;
depths; anchorage
267 Australia - Queensland - Abbot Point — Directions; leading lights ; berths 51/10
303 Australia – Queensland – Cairns — Pilotage 38/11
310 Queensland - Port Douglas — Pilot boarding position 17/10
318 Queensland - Cooktown — Pilot boarding position 17/10
395 Papua New Guinea - Port Moresby to Yule Island — Directions; depth 01/11
432 Queensland - Torres Strait - Thursday Island — Pilotage 41/10
18 Baltic 1 15th Edition (2009) 02/10
3, 198 Denmark/Sweden – The Sound — SOUNDREP ship reporting system 35/11
8, 72, 74, 127, 128,
128-129, 140, 146, 165,
166, 167, 168, 169, 170,
186, 192, 198, 199
Denmark - Kattegat - Directions — Routes 40/10
223 Denmark - København — Basins and berths; Depths 13/11
254, 255, 257, 259, 260,
286, 288
Denmark - Storebælt— Directions; lights 43/10
271, 272 Denmark - Århus Bugt - Hov Havn — Lights 34/10
287
Denmark - Storebælt Link - West section — Vertical and horizontal
clearances
06/10
287 Denmark - Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance 22/10
424, 427 Germany - Flensburg - Outer Approaches — Directions; anchorage 02/10
442, 445, 446 Germany - Travemünde — Directions; route; leading lights 02/10
19 Baltic 2 15th Edition (2011) 26/11
215, 221-222, 222 Sweden - Norrköping - Pampushamnen — Directions; lights; buoys;
dredged channel; depths
31/11
14/09
27/10
22/10
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
20 Baltic 3 11th Edition (2010) 24/10
90
Gulf of Finland - Porkkala to Kalbådagrund — Directions; traffic
separation schemes
43/10
91, 117, 119 Russia - Luzhskaya Guba — Directions 06/11
142 Finland - Koppnäs — Directions; Lights 49/10
162 Finland - Helsinki approaches - Björköfjärden — Directions; leading
beacons; authorised draught
29/11
167 Finland - Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 43/10
169 Finland - Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 40/10
195, 197, 203, 204, 205,
207, 208
Finland - Approaches to Hamina — Directions; routes; buoys, lights;
depths; anchorages
210 Finland - Hamina to Vyborg — Directions; leading lights 24/10
212, 214, 215 Russian Federation - Vyborg and approaches - Gavan Vysotsk —
Directions; depths; lights; beacons; buoys
24/11
233 Finland - Förby — Directions; lights 49/10
235 Finland - Utö to Hanko channel — Directions; Lights 02/11
235, 238, 239, 240, 244,
245, 246, 248, 253, 254,
255, 256, 260, 261, 264,
265
Finland - Naantali — Directions; lights; depths 24/10
290, 291 Finland - Rauma and approaches — Directions: leading beacons 24/10
336, 337 Finland - Raahe — Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin; directions 26/10
378, 379 Sweden - Skutskär-Harnäs — Directions; depths 48/10
442 Sweden - Efesgrundet to Väktaren — Directions; light 26/10
442 Sweden - Hörnefors — Authorised draught 26/10
463 Sweden - Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
468 Sweden - Kågehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489 Sweden - Törehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489, 490 Sweden - Törehamn — Directions; lights 43/10
21 Bay of Bengal 11th Edition (2010) 44/10
99 India - Kºkinºda Bay to Vamsadhºra River — Gangavaram Port 21/11
200 Bay of Bengal - south-eastern part - Taung Kyun Su — Depths 09/11
22 Bay of Biscay 11th Edition (2010) 34/10
66 France – West Coast – Benodet — Directions; light 05/11
132 France – La Loire Approaches — Prohibited area 34/11
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
7-8 Maritime safety information 41/10
207 United States of America - Unalaska Island - Dutch Harbor — Anchorage 18/10
266 United States of America - Attu Island — Loran tower 49/10
312 United States of America - Alaska - Port Clarence — Loran tower 20/10
321 United States of America - Alaska - Red Dog — Directions; racon 33/09
390 Russia - Pacific coast - Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage 35/10
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
3rd Edition (2010) 30/10
141 Turkey – Trabzon — Pipeline 11/11
144 Turkey - Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu - Pazar — Marine farm 30/10
191 Ukraine - Dnistrovs’kyi Lyman — Approach and entry 04/11
194 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Obstruction 01/11
195 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Directions; shoal patch 32/11
255 Russia - Sochi — Obstruction 04/11
25 British Columbia 1
Nil
14th Edition (2010) 47/10
26 British Columbia 2 9th Edition (2005) 29/05
66-67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
Wk39/11
29/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213-214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel 8th Edition (2009) 12/10
69, 70, 71, 374, 390, 393 England - English Channel — Aids to navigation 01/11
71, 374, 392 Channel Islands - Alderney — Directions; light 14/11
80 England - South coast - Isles of Scilly — Pilotage 33/10
92 England - South coast - Penzance Harbour — Limiting conditions 31/10
145 England - South Coast - Salcombe — Limiting conditions; controlling
depth
20/11
212, 258 England – The Solent – Port of Southampton — Small Ships Anchorage 24/11
226, 228
England - South coast - Chichester Harbour — Limiting conditions;
directions
15/10
259 England - South coast - Port of Southampton — Traffic regulations 13/10
283, 287, 289 France - Approaches to Brest — Buoyage 13/10
284, 298 France - L’Iroise with Brest and Baie de Douarnenez — Pilotage 26/10
372, 399 Channel Islands – Sark — General information; controlled zones 34/11
432, 433, 434 France - Cherbourg and approaches — Arrival information 12/10
432, 436, 438 France - Cherbourg — Offshore coal terminal 06/11
485 France - Port du Havre - Antifer and approaches — Outer anchorages;
wreck
06/11
28 Dover Strait 8th Edition (2008) 13/09
58, 61, 62, 65 England - English Channel to Southern North Sea — Routes;
North-east–going route
22/11
61, 63, 64, 250, 253, 255,
272, 280
England - Dover Strait and Thames Estuary — Aids to navigation 01/11
64, 83, 84, 85 England - Bognor Regis to Dungeness — Directions; light 10/11
70, 70-71
England - South coast - Littlehampton — Limiting conditions; arrival
information
20/10
70 England - Littlehampton — Limiting conditions; arrival information 29/11
92-93, 93 England - South coast - Folkestone — Pilotage; directions; leading lights 39/10
94 England - Dover — Limiting conditions; tidal streams 22/11
102 England – Ramsgate — Anchorage 11/11
126 France - North-west coast - Boulogne-sur-Mer — Pilotage 38/10
135 France - North-west coast - Calais — Pilotage 38/10
136 France - Calais — Regulations concerning entry 32/11
152 Belgium - Nieuwpoort — Traffic signals 48/10
158 Belgium - Approaches to Westerschelde — Wind farm 12/11
158, 160-161
Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde - Zeebrugge and Brugge —
Traffic regulations for LNG tankers
32/09
158-159 Belgium - Westerschelde and approaches — Shore-based pilotage 45/10
159 Belgium - Westerschelde — Regulations 08/11
160, 161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage 13/10
177, 178, 189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions; buoyage 19/09
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
177-178 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte — Directions; lights 15/09
181, 183 Belgium - Gent - Terneuzen Canal — Traffic regulations 13/11
187, 187-188 Belgium - Terneuzen to Antwerp — Directions 45/10
187, 189, 190
The Netherlands - Terneuzen to Antwerp - Schaar van Waarde —
Directions; buoyage
27/10
189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat — controlling depth 13/09
217, 219, 221, 223 The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area — Buoyage 24/09
221
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
15/09
221
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
11/10
223
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Outer
anchorages
39/09
246, 247, 250, 256, 257, England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages;
13/09
258, 259
buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
246 England - Thames Estuary — Pilotage 09/10
249 England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS 25/09
250, 257
England - South-east approaches to Thames Estuary — Pilotage;
prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm
26/09
250 England - Approaches to the Thames Estuary — Offshore Wind Farms 10/11
251
England - East coast - Approaches to the Thames Estuary — Directions;
buoyage
02/11
253, 255, 256, 294, 295 England - Thames Estuary — Wind farm 34/10
258, 259 England - Thames Estuary - Knob Channel — Buoyage 48/10
269 England - Thames Estuary – Queens Channel — Anchorages 07/11
278 England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS 13/09
300, 301, 302, England - River Crouch — Directions; buoyage 30/11
305, 306, 310
England - River Thames — Emergency procedures; traffic regulations;
depths
13/09
315, 319 England - Thames Tidal Barrier — Racons 13/11
328, 329, 333 England - River Medway — LNG regulations; berths 44/10
30 China Sea 1
Nil
8th Edition (2010) 43/10
31 China Sea 2 9th Edition (2010) 22/10
68 Dangerous Ground - Nares Bank and Reed Tablemount — Depths 29/11
71 South China Sea - Dangerous Ground - Fiery Cross Reef — Major Light 34/10
118 Borneo North west coast - Kuala Niah — Directions 29/11
155 Borneo - North west coast - Emerald Shoal — Depth 24/11
196 Philippine Islands - Luzon - West coast - Manila harbour — Dredged area 38/10
32 China Sea 3 7th Edition (2009) 04/10
18, 301, 302
China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Taizhou — Port information;
anchorages
12/10
19, 391 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Weifang Gang — New port 05/10
98, 99, 100
Taiwan - West coast - T’aipei Kang — Vessel traffic service; racon;
pilotage
21/10
100
Taiwan - North coast - T’aipei Kang — Directions; traffic separation
scheme
39/10
132 Taiwan - East coast - Ho-p’ing Kang — Lights; directions 04/10
141, 142 China - South-east coast - Approaches to Shantou — Pilotage 25/10
148 China - Taiwan Strait - Dongshan Wan — Pilotage 10/10
152, 153, 154, 155, 156,
156-157, 157, 159, 163
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Pilotage; depths; wreck 04/10
154, 157 China - Xiamen Gang — Directions; wreck; buoyage; racon 03/11
157-158 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Wreck; directions 13/10
159
China - East coast - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions; leading
lights
35/10
Wk39/11

NP no
IV
Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
176 China - East coast - Xinghua Wan — Pilotage 25/10
China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan and Wenzhou Gang and approaches 18/10
207, 208, 211, 212, 213 — Directions; buoyage; vertical clearances; depths; tidal streams;
berths
221 China - East coast - Yushan Liedao south-eastwards — Wrecks 19/10
231, 264
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao east and southeastwards —
Wrecks
05/10
232, 235, 244, 245, 246,
247, 248, 249, 253, 254
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo, Zhoushan and Cezi
Shuidao — Vessel traffic services; pilotage; directions; vertical
clearances
23/10
238, 239, 240, 241, 242, China, East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo and Zhoushan —
43/10
245, 246, 247, 250 Directions; traffic separation scheme
240, 254 China - East coast - Ao Shan — Anchorage 04/10
242, 247, 250, 251
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo Gang approaches —
Wrecks; depths
23/10
245, 246, 261, 270, 271,
272
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao — Wrecks 04/10
263, 268
China - East coast - Yangshan east-southeastwards — Pilotage;
anchorage
04/10
267 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Donghai Bridge — Regulations 13/10
273
China - East coast - Hangkou Wan - Jinshan - Cao Jing — Directions;
wharf
20/10
281, 282, 285, 286, 287
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao and approaches
— Directions; depths; wrecks; precautionary area
19/10
282, 284, 286
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao — Depths; light
float; buoyage; directions
12/10
283, 295, 305 China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Wuhu — Vessel traffic service 04/10
322, 323
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Approaches; anchorages;
pilotage; regulations; directions
11/10
322
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang approaches — Anchorage;
obstruction
19/10
330 China - Yellow Sea coast - Qingdao Gang - Wai Gang — Anchorages 31/10
348 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches — Wreck 04/10
361 China - Yellow Sea - Penglai — Anchorage 31/11
362 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang — Directions 06/10
374 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
386, 388, 400, 401, 402,
403-404
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian — Vessel traffic services; traffic
separation schemes; directions; depths; anchorages; pilotage; port
information
14/10
386, 387, 387-388,
388,393-394
China - Bo Hai - Offshore routes — Directions 04/11
387
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Haixia eastwards - Bo Hai Oilfield — Obstruction;
platforms
13/10
389, 390, 391
China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Longkou — Depths; berths; anchorage;
pilotage; fairways; directions; buoyage; lights
24/10
396,400 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang — Vertical clearance 03/11
397 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin - Outer anchorages — Wrecks 10/10
399-400 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang - Dagusha Hangdao — Directions 32/10
401, 402 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
402, 402-403 China - Bo Hai - Jingtang — Depths; anchorages; lights; directions 24/10
403-404 China – Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian — Anchorages; Pilotage 12/11
408 China - Qinhuangdo - Shiwandunji Hangdao — Dangerous wreck 32/10
416
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Jinzhou approaches - Taiping Jiao north
westwards — Obstruction; platform
15/10
419, 420
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Taiping Jiao north westwards —
Directions; obstructions
13/10
420, 421
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Yingkou - Bayuquan and Xianren — Port;
depths; pilotage; aids to navigation; lights; directions; channels
23/10
423, 425 Korea - West coast - Yellow Sea — Gageocho Ocean Research Station 04/10
424, 425, 426, 427, 428,
437, 448, 449, 450, 451,
452, 454, 456, 459, 461,
462
Korea - West coast — Lights; directions 06/10
4.9
Wk39/11

IV
NP no
Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
435, 440
Korea - West coast - Taiwan Strait - Approaches to Mokp’o -
Myãngnyang Sudo — Directions; wreck
35/10
448, 449, 451, 454, 455, Korea - West coast - Kunsan Hang — Lights; wrecks; depths;
11/10
456
anchorages; directions; berths
452 Korea - West Coast - Songido to Wido — Directions; ODAS light beacon 49/10
459 Korea - West Coast - Boryeong — Directions; wreck 01/11
464, 465, 466, 466-467 Korea - West coast - Approaches to Taesan and T’aean Hang —
25/10
467
Directions; depths; fairways; anchorages; buoyage
472
Korea - West coast - P’yãngt’aek Hang and approaches — Depths;
vertical clearances; anchorages; restricted area
25/10
472 Korea - West coast - P’yãngt’aek Hang approaches — Anchorage 04/10
472 Korea - West Coast - P’almi — Pilot Station 48/10
Korea - West coast - Inch’ãn Hang - Southwest approaches — Fairway; 08/10
474, 475, 476, 477, 479 directions; vertical clearances; bridges; anchorages; regulations;
developments; aids to navigation
476, 477 Korea - West coast - Inch’ãn Hang - Chagyakto — Light 05/10
33 Philippine Islands 3rd Edition (2008) 22/08
151 Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko — Heel Reef Light 35/09
238, 243-244
Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage — Vessel traffic management
system
04/09
241, 242 Philippine Islands - Bantangas Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/10
300
Philippine Islands - Marinduque southwestwards - Tres Reyes Islands —
Shoal depths
03/10
355 Philippine Islands - Pacijan Island — Light 06/10
34 Indonesia 2 5th Edition (2009) 47/09
61 Indonesia - South coast of Jawa - Tanjung Intan — Limiting conditions 34/10
72
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Pulau Bawean — Directions; major
light
17/10
81
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik - Poleng
Oilfield — Submarine gas pipeline
47/09
81, 84
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya and approaches —
Directions; vertical clearance; buoyage
16/10
85 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik — Berths 47/09
87
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Port of Tanjungperak
—Wreck
47/09
88, 89 Indonesia - North coast of Madura — Directions; major light 17/10
122 Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok - Teluk Ayang Southwards — Rock 47/09
167 Indonesia - Pulau Sumba - South-east coast — Directions; major light 17/10
192, 193, 194 Indonesia - Selat Flores — Directions; lights 04/10
245 Indonesia - East Coast of Kalimantan - Teluk Balikpapan — Private
Terminal
33/11
423
Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka - Pulau Talisei - Tanjung Arus —
Racon
47/09
35 Indonesia 3 5th Edition (2011) 28/11
188, 189 Indonesia – East Coast of Halmahera – Teluk Buli - Directions; shoal;
lights
32/11
36 Indonesia 1 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
85, 86, 159 Java Sea - Gosong Mampango — Light; racon 12/10
108 Indonesia - Pulau-pulau Karimunjawa — Unexploded Ordnance 03/11
119 N coast of Java - Tanjung Leran — Power station and pier 29/11
126 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan — Dangerous wreck 31/09
143 Indonesia - Selat Baur - Pulau Kasenga — Racon 06/11
143 Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions 27/09
164, 165 Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions 32/09
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
18th Edition (2011) 39/11
Wk39/11
235, 237 Wales – West coast – Menai Strait — Directions 39/11
4.10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
38 West Coast of India 16th Edition (2010) 25/10
161, 162, 163, 164
Sri Lanka - West coast - Colombo harbour — Limiting conditions; arrival
information; directions; berths
25/10
185 India - West coast - Quilon - Port authority; pilotage 25/10
187 India - West coast - Quilon to Kochi — Directions; obstruction 25/10
191 India - West coast - Kochi Harbour — Spoil ground 25/10
223
India - West coast - Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head - Directions —
Dangerous wreck
25/10
228 India - West coast - Mandºvi River — Pilotage 25/10
252 India - Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port — Anchorages 38/10
276, 277 PØpºvºv Port – Approach and entry, Pilotage, Directions — recommended
track
30/11
281 India - West coast - Dahej — Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream; berths 25/10
289 India - West coast - Verºval to Porbandar — Directions; wreck 25/10
290, 291
India - West coast - Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Directions; safety
fairways; wrecks
25/10
291 Porbandar to Kachchigadh – Ghughadwa Creek — SPM 37/11
302, 303 West part of Gulf of Kachchh – Salºya Harbour — Anchorages 37/11
304 India - West coast - Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point — Directions; buoyage 25/10
305 India - Mundra — Port information 38/10
308
India - West coast - VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal — Function; maximum
size
25/10
309
India - West coast - Essar VºdØnºr Terminal — Port authority; limiting
conditions; berths
25/10
314, 315, 316
India - West coast - Kandla - Harbour and approaches — Pilotage; spoil
grounds; berths
25/10
39 South Indian Ocean 13th Edition (2011) 36/11
Nil
40 Irish Coast 18th Edition (2010) 01/11
77 South coast – Castletownbere – Directions — Leading lights 01/11
77 South–west coast – Castletown Bearhaven — Directional light 13/11
82, 83, 84, 85 South-west coast – Dunmanus Bay — Directions 29/11
118 South coast – Cork Harbour — Directions; buoy 01/11
156 West coast – Approaches to Rosslare Europort – South Shear —
Buoyage
12/11
163 East coast – Glassgorman Banks — Directions; buoyage 12/11
167 East coast — Directions; buoyage 22/11
186, 196, 197, 198 East coast – Dundalk — Directions; principal marks 30/11
186, 196, 199, 200, 201,
205
East coast – Carlingford Lough — Haulbowline Light 33/11
217, 218 Northern Ireland – Strangford Lough — Directions 17/11
234-235 Northern Ireland – East coast – Belfast — Pilotage 12/11
265 West coast – Valentia Harbour — Directions; directional light 12/11
267 West coast – Valentia River — Directions; leading lights 26/11
272, 282, 284 West coast – Kilcredaun Head — Principal mark 14/11
283 West coast – River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 32/11
319 West coast – Kiggaul Bay — Approach; light 13/11
370 West coast – Sligo Harbour — Directions; beacon 01/11
372 West coast – Donegal Bay — Directions 35/11
382 West coast – Ballyshannon – Entrance — Leading lights 01/11
382 West coast – Inver Bay — Useful marks 35/11
396 West coast – Bunbeg — Directions; aids to navigation 22/11
402 West coast – Sheep Haven – Breaghy Head — Light 22/11
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
41 Japan 1 9th Edition (2009) 44/09
76 Honshu - Northwest coast - Hagi Ko - Ai Shima — Light 04/10
88 Honshu - Northwest coast - Misumi Ko — Towers 27/10
89 Honshu - Northwest coast - Tako Hana — Wreck 08/10
176, 184, 191, 192 Honshu - Northwest coast — Light 05/10
275, 357, 360 Russia - Pacific Coast - Zaliv Aniva — Prigorodnoye 49/10
284 Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Ko — Prohibited anchorage 11/10
42A Japan 2 3rd Edition (2011) 25/11
Nil
42B Japan 3 8th Edition (2009) 34/09
56, 57, 69, 72 Kanmon Kaikyo — Directions; light 06/10
156 Seto Naikai - Iyo Nada - Ao Shima — Directions: wreck 34/10
42C Japan 4 3rd Edition (2011) 15/11
Nil
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
Nil
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
Wk39/11
8
69, 71
70
9th Edition (2011) 33/11
9th Edition (2008) 05/09
Indonesia - Sumatera - Nanggroe Aceh Province - North-west, north and
north-east coasts — Restricted area
Malacca Strait - North-western part - Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom
Bank) — Directions; light
Malacca Strait - Pasir Selatan - Gosong Pasir Selatan — Directions; light
buoy
72 Malacca Strait - South-east going traffic lane - Pasir Selatan to Gosong
Raleigh — Light
03/11
76 Malacca Strait - Tanjung Laboh — Light 09/10
76 Malacca Strait — Directions; buoyage 11/10
87 Indonesia - Sumatera - North coast - Pulau Bunta — Light 37/10
107, 108
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Teluk Aru - Kambuna Gas Field —
Prohibited and restricted areas; directions
04/10
110 East coast of Sumatera – Belawan — Offshore oil terminal 05/11
115 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Sungai Asahan — Directions; light 21/10
123, 124 Indonesia - Sumatera - east coast - Approaches to Selat Bengkalis and
Selat Rupat — light; racon; directions
03/11
124, 125, 126
125, 126
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat - Dumai — Oil Terminal 28/10
126 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat — Directions; jetties 08/10
149
Thailand - Ao Krabi - Khlong Si Bo Ya — Directions; buoyed channel;
leading lights; marine farms
09/10
149 Thailand - Ko Muk and Ko Talibong — Submarine cables 10/10
157 Malaysia - Pulau Langkawi - North coast - Teluk Ewa — Depth 13/10
183 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Utara — Directions; wreck 25/10
183
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Barat Laut — Directions;
buoyage; obstruction
25/10
184
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Manjung and Sungai Manjung
— Directions; buoyage
25/10
189, 193, 195, 198
Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Permatang Angsa — Major
light
05/09
200
Peninsular Malaysia - Selangor - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Selat
Klang Selatan — Tanjung Mahang Leading Lights
19/10
200
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang
Selatan — Directions; buoyage; light beacon
40/10
200
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang
Selatan — Directions; light beacon
50/10
25/10
07/10
30/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
203, 204
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat — Directions; buoyage;
light beacon
40/10
204
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Klang Selatan to Port Dickson -
Beting Sepang (Bambek Shoal) — Light beacon
40/10
204
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat — Directions; buoyage;
light beacon
50/10
207
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Approaches to Port Dickson —
Directions; wreck
34/10
223 Singapore Strait and Approaches — Submarine cables 27/09
226 Singapore Strait — Recommendations for vessels crossing the TSS and
precautionary areas during hours of darkness
25/11
235, 238, 274, 282, 283,
284, 285
Singapore Strait and Port of Singapore — Directions; light 08/10
242 Singapore Strait – west-going traffic lane – Horsburgh Light to south of
Johor Shoal — Wreck
05/11
242 Singapore Strait – west-going traffic lane – Horsburgh Light to south of
Johor Shoal — Wreck
07/11
240, 244 Singapore Strait - Karang Selatin — Directions; dangerous wreck 25/10
265 Singapore - West Jurong Channel — Directions; container berth 30/10
272, 292 Singapore — West Coast Ferry Terminal 19/10
280, 281
Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway — General information; harbour for
lighters
31/09
283 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 22/10
285 Singapore — Marina Reservoir; Marina South 31/09
288 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 17/10
288 Singapore - Tuas Power Station — Jetty 33/10
289
Singapore - East Jurong Channel - Vopak (Tanjong Penjuru) Terminal —
Berths
25/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - Pulau Merambong — Light 26/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - West Reach — Directions; buoyage 39/10
313 Pulau Tekong - Pelabuhan Calder leading to Sungai Johor — Controlling
depths
03/11
314
Malaysia - Johor Strait - South-eastern part - Tanjung Pengelih
southward - Malang Berendam — Light beacon
12/10
317 Malaysia - Sungai Johor — Buoyage 37/10
355 Indonesia - Pulau Nias North Channel — Directions; major light 04/10
355, 360, 361 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Pulau Nias — Major lights 16/10
404 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Karang Sipakal — Buoy 07/10
408 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Gosong Bintanggor — Buoy 07/10
413 Sumatera - West coast - Pulaubaai — Depths; directions 33/11
45 Mediterranean 1 13th Edition (2008) 50/08
6, 77, 241
Western Mediterranean Sea - Baie de Camerata, Algeria to Almeria,
Spain — Gas pipeline
37/09
78 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
145 Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage 22/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage 12/09
208 Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada — Anchorage 25/09
260 Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck 21/09
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
351 Malta - Marsaxlokk — Pilotage, directions 47/10
367, 368
Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit;
fishing
51/08
367 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — Arrival information; anchorage 09/10
368 Sicilia – Trapani — Pilotage 30/11
377 Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks 22/09
421, 423, 424, 428, 431,
432
Italy - Stretto di Messina — Traffic Separation Scheme; Vessel Traffic
Service
448, 449 Italy - Sicilia - Catania — Traffic Separation Scheme 06/10
450 Italy - Sicilia - Porto di Giardini-Naxos — Pilotage 22/10
45/09
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.14
Weekly
Edition
456 Italy - Sicily - Porto di Augusta — Restricted area 37/10
508 Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions 19/09
46 Mediterranean 2 13th Edition (2011) 18/11
71 France – Le Barcarès, Port-Saint-Ange — Obstruction 18/11
96 France – Port de Méjean – Entrance — Underwater rock 18/11
97 France – Marseille-Nord – Anchorage — Obstruction 18/11
129 France – Cannes – Golfe Juan — Beacon tower 35/11
148 Italy – North-west Coast - San Remo — Wreck 28/11
156 Italy - West coast - Savona — Anchor berths; legends 31/11
161 Italy – Genova – Outer anchorages — Caution 18/11
193 Italy - W coast - Livorno — Anchorage 31/11
310 Italy - Sardegna - Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Pilotage 33/11
311 Italy - Sardegna - Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Racon 33/11
340 Italy – South-east of Capo d’Anzio – Torre Astura — Obstruction 18/11
362 Italy - West coast - Bagnoli - Isolotto di Nisida — Explosive dumping
ground
47 Mediterranean 3 13th Edition (2008) 01/09
68, 69 Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north-eastwards — FPSO; restricted area 01/09
70 Approaches to Gulf of Venice — Production platforms 50/10
81 Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane operations area 07/09
85 Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
100, 105 Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to Stenó Kastóu — Anchorage 28/09
104 Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal 01/09
112 Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock 01/09
126,127 Greece - Pelopónnisos - Pátrai — New harbour 37/11
178, 180 Albania - Durres — Directions; light 21/10
182 Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck 01/09
191, 194, 206 Montenegro - Rt Oítra — Light 25/10
191, 194, 206 Croatia - Rt Oítra — Light 33/10
465, 470 Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
467 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste — Wreck 16/09
483, 485 Italy – Brindisi - Capo di Torre Cavallo — Wrecks 35/11
497 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta — Dangerous wreck 34/09
499 Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions 01/09
500 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia — Anchorages; pilot boarding position 39/09
509 Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area 07/09
509 Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 01/09
519 Italy - Ancona - Falconara Marittima — Wreck 35/11
526 Italy - Ancona — Wreck 01/09
536 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Cervia — Wreck 01/11
539 Italy - Ravenna approaches — Dangerous wreck 25/11
545-546 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Porto Levante — Directions 28/09
556 Italy - Venezia - Porto di Lido — Dangerous wreck 08/11
48 Mediterranean 4 14th Edition (2009) 41/09
156
Greece - Saronikós Kólpos - Órmos Keratsiníou — Directions; dangerous
wreck
20/10
203 South Aegean - Stenó Antipárou — Dangerous wreck 49/10
213 Nísos Páros - Órmos Plastíra — Obstruction 41/10
365 North Aegean - Thessaloníki — Light 41/09
417 Greece – Chíos — Arrival information 28/11
432, 434 Turkey - zmir — Buoyage 41/09
473 Greece - Alexandroúpoli — Anchorage 32/11
Wk39/11
31/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
49 Mediterranean 5 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
69 Libya — Al Khums 39/10
74 Libya - Surt 41/10
122 Egypt - MØnº’ Dumyº — Waiting area 03/11
158 Turkey - Fethiye — Dangerous wreck 48/10
244 Israel - •adera — Regulations 42/09
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
13th Edition (2011) 36/11
51
Nil
New Zealand 18th Edition (2010) 51/10
147 New Zealand - North Island - Doubtful Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
149 New Zealand - North Island - Breaksea Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
151 New Zealand - North Island - Dusky Sound — Directions; beacon 51/10
152 New Zealand - North Island - Cascade Cove — Beacon 51/10
160 New Zealand - Islands South of South Island - Snares Islands —
Anchorage
03/11
180, 181 Paterson Inlet and approaches — Directions; depths 23/11
193 New Zealand - North Island - East Coast -Kerikeri Inlet — Directions;
buoy
01/11
204 New Zealand - North Island - Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages 51/10
219 New Zealand -Great Barrier Island - Approach to Man of War Passage —
Directions; depth
01/11
220 North Island – East Coast - Hauraki Gulf - Mairangi Bay — Prohibited
anchorage
34/11
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
64, 65 Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
92, 93 Wick - Harbour and approaches — Depths 08/10
116 Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
139 Scotland - North-east coast - Cromarty Firth — Invergordon; berth 22/09
142
Scotland - East coast - Moray Firth - Approaches to Inverness Firth - Riff
Bank — Directions; buoyage
29/10
162
Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths and
prohibited anchorage areas
22/09
162, 177, 231 Orkney Islands - Pilotage 33/10
169 Orkney Islands – Saint Margaret’s Hope — General information;
directions; berths
26/11
254, 256 Shetland Islands - North Channel and Whiteness Voe — Depths 11/10
345 Føroyar - KollafjørÉur — Berths 03/10
54 North Sea (West) 8th Edition (2009) 01/10
59 Scotland – East Coast – Peterhead — Anchorage 38/11
89, 91 Scotland – East Coast – Methil — Landmark 26/11
136 England - East coast - Blyth — Pilotage 12/10
136 England – East Coast – Blyth — Directions; buoy 24/11
154 England - East coast - River Tees — Breakwaters 25/10
155 England - East coast - Teesport — Outer anchorage; pipelines 15/10
169, 170 England - East coast - Humber Approaches — Pilotage; anchorages 12/10
193, 194, 199 England - East coast — Wind farms; firing practice area 12/10
193 England – East Coast — Wind farms 09/11
194, 212, 219, 225, 227,
229
England - East Coast — Aids to navigation 01/11
213, 215, 217 England - East coast - Winterton-on-Sea — Racon 39/10
216, 218, 219
England - East Coast - Approaches to Great Yarmouth — Directions;
buoyage
44/10
220, 221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth - Outer Harbour — Directions 11/10
221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 38/10
221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 01/11
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
223 England – East Coast – Lowestoft — Bridge 34/11
226 England - East coast - Lowestoft — Directions; Kirkley Light 01/10
55 North Sea (East) 7th Edition (2010) 45/10
67, 71, 123 Germany - Borkum-Riffgrund NE — Wind farm 04/11
97 The Netherlands - Zeegat Van Texel — Pilotage 48/10
120-121 The Netherlands - Friesche Zeegat - Plaatgat — Directions 13/11
148 The Netherlands – Eemshaven — Limiting conditions; depth 31/11
214, 219 Germany – Sea to Cuxhaven — Directions; leading lights 28/11
220, 221 Germany - Cuxhaven to Brunsbüttel - Otterndorf — Buoyage 25/11
288 Denmark – Lister Tief to Grådyb — Directions; buoyage 07/11
297 Denmark – Passage South of and channels through Horns Rev —
Directions; buoyage
07/11
56 Norway 1 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden - West coast - Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
11 Norway — NOR VTS 14/10
14, 59, 60, 67, 73, 81, 92,
96, 102,115, 116, 138,
178
Norway – Skagerrak — Traffic Separation Schemes 22/11
69 Norway–Tregde—LeadingLights 28/11
70 Norway–Tregde—Lights 22/11
84 Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad - Inner Passage — Lights 36/09
84 Norway – Hesnes — Lights 22/11
109 Norway - Brevikstrømmen — Directions; leading lights 52/09
130 Norway - Approach to Tønsberg - Sandøsundsleia — Light 36/09
153, 162 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway - Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
156 Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen — Depth 32/09
160 Norway - Oslofjorden — Depths 09/10
169 Norway – Svelvikstrømmen — Directions; Lights 07/11
57A Norway 2A 10th Edition (2011) 30/11
88-89 Norway - Farsund and approaches — Anchorages 35/11
545, 546, 561, 562, 563,
564
Norway – Måløy — Lights; directions 38/11
57B Norway 2B 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
3 NOR VTS 14/10
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 30/05
5 Off Runde — Traffic separation scheme 22/11
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245
Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous and/or
pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
37 Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage 29/09
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway 3A 7th Edition (2010) 16/10
9 NOR VTS 16/10
9 Radio navigational warnings 41/10
210 Nesøya - Jovika — Directions; leading lights 21/10
235 Meløyfjorden - Kjerkholmen — Light 50/10
238 Meløyvær - Kubakkflua — Light 50/10
240 Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights 50/10
325, 328, 330, 344 Ofotfjorden - Barøya — Barøya Light 04/11
334 Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget — Buoyage 51/10
336 Tysfjorden - Haukøygrunnen and Storlysbotn — Buoyage 51/10
349 Ofotfjorden - Bogen — Directions; light 18/10
350 Ofotfjorden - Ballangen — Directions 04/11
367, 368, 369, 370, 371 Sørlandsvågen - Røssnesvågen — Lights; Directions 19/10
379 Lofoten - South-east coast of Moskenesøya - Å — Anchorage 08/11
380 Lofoten south-east side - Sørvagen — Anchorage 47/10
401 Lofoten - South coast of Vestvågøya - Stamsund — Anchorage 08/11
422, 424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions 45/10
424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions 47/10
429 North side of Vestfjorden - Molldøra - Kjepsøyhamn and Litlmolla —
anchorages
10/11
447 Lofoten west side - Ramberg — Anchorage 47/10
492 Vesterålen - Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga 16/10
506, 507 Andøya - Nordmela — Depth; Directions 16/10
58B Norway 3B 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 48/04
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6, 47 Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas 41/10
6 NOR VTS 14/10
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
51 Andfjorden - Andenes — Directions; light 18/10
52, 53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
53 Andfjorden - Risøyrenna — Depth 35/11
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
63-64 Andfjorden - Nergårdsvika — Anchorage 51/10
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South-eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
98 Mefjorden - Mefjordbotn — Anchorage 51/10
106
Kattfjorden - Nordre Angstaursundet - Lysgrunnen — Directions;
buoyage
03/10
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet — Depth 01/07
158 Vannøya - Torsvåg — Marine farm 04/10
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
181 Søndre Bergsfjorden (Sandlandsfjorden) – Sandland — Depth 30/11
191 Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228-229
Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south-east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North-east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North-west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
260 Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes — Leading lights 45/09
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265
Kamøyfjorden - South-west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
273 The head of Porsangen – Kolvik — Anchorage 30/11
275, 276
North-east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light 31/09
313 Kirkenes - Small craft anchorages 41/09
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
67 Larrys River — Light 44/09
70 Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 44/09
173
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Limiting conditions — Deepest and
longest berths
44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information — Anchorages 44/09
174
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information — Pilots and
tugs
44/09
174, 177 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Harbour — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
180 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Berths — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
229 Cape Spencer to Martin Head — Directions; buoy 38/10
60 Pacific Islands 1 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
125
Solomon Islands - Manning Strait - Malaghara Island Shoal — Directions;
light beacon
04/10
158, 159 Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island - Hathorn Sound — Lights 12/10
209 Papua New Guinea - Bonvouloir Islands - East Island — Charts; position 50/10
211, 211-212, 212
Papua New Guinea - Louisade Archipelago - Deboyne Lagoon —
Directions
51/10
235 Papua New Guinea - Nuakata Passage — Directions; depth 50/10
324 Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam Island — Directions; rock 03/11
334
Papua New Guinea - North-East coast - Lapar Point to Cape Concordia
— Directions; light
29/10
351
Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead —
Wreck
06/09
354, 355
Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - New Britain - Vitu Islands —
Charts; position
45/10
358, 359, 368, 393 Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - Islands — Positions 44/10
368, 369, 370, 371 Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - Sae Islands - Kaniet Islands
and Manu Island — Charts; position
02/11
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
419, 420
Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Senyavin Islands - Pohnpei Island —
Marine farms
31/09
424, 432 Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Nukuoro Atoll, Ngatik Atoll, Wat Island
and Satawal Island — Charts; positions
01/11
440 Republic of Palau - Tobi Island — Charts; position 51/10
61 Pacific Islands 2 11th Edition (2006) 10/07
7, 80-81, 137, 161, 164
Nouvelle-Calédonie and Îles Loyauté — Restricted areas around
submarine cables
02/09
75 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
76 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Baie du Prony — Mooring buoys 01/09
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie – Nouméa – Grande Rade — Directions; principal
marks; leading lights
17/11
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
86
Nouvelle-Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and Petite Rade —
Wrecks; obstructions
03/09
100 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102
Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle-Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
161
Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine cable;
anchorage
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164
Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon — Submarine
cable
46/07
262
Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South-eastern part - Suva Harbour — Directions;
light
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south-eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south-eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands 3 12th Edition (2010) 32/10
17 Pitcairn Islands - National limits 33/10
184 Polynésie Française - Moorea - Baie de Cook — Charts; directions;
leading lights
238
Republic of Kiribati - Southern Line Group - Vostock Island — Charts;
position
63 Persian Gulf 15th Edition (2010) 08/11
2 Navigational dangers and hazards — Terrorism 09/11
87, 88, 89, 90 United Arab Emirates – Fujairah — Pilotage; prohibited area; directions;
Vopak ENOC Tanker Terminal
124 Western approaches to Khørºn Strait - Directions — Light buoy 09/11
148 Iran–Bøshehr to Ra’s-e Barkan–Bahregan Oil Terminal—wreck 21/11
171, 176 Dubai to Abu Dhabi—Directions; Khalifa Port 21/11
183 JazØrat Dºs Terminals - Arrival information — Anchorage 13/11
183 Abu Dhabi to Jabal Aþ ¹annah including offshore oilfields and
terminals–JazØrat Dºs Terminals—Pilotage
207-208 Al Shaheen Oil Terminal — FSO’s 09/11
208 Al Rayyan Oil Terminal — FSU 09/11
209 Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Pilotage 23/11
225 Approaches to Ra’s Tannørah and Ra’s al Ju‘aymah - Hazard — Pipe 09/11
274 Iraq;Khawr al Kafka and Al Baîrah (Al Bakr) Oil Terminal — Directions;
depth
13/11
50/10
31/11
21/11
16/11
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
259, 261, 264 Saudi Arabia - Jeddah — Directions; Red Sea Gateway Terminal 31/10
317, 319 Yemen — BalÖºf LNG Terminal 51/09
356, 357, 358, 360, 361 Djibouti – Passe Ouest, Port du Héron, Doraleh Container Terminal —
Directions; Leading lights; Berth
37/11
65 St Lawrence 16th Edition (2009) 46/09
92 Havre de Mingan — Limiting conditions; depths 38/10
109 Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel — Directions; beacons 47/09
130 Pointe de L’Est to Île d’Entrée — Wreck 07/10
198 Trois-Rivières — Limiting conditions; vertical clearances 07/11
208 Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu — Basins and berths; anchorage 47/09
331 Miramichi Bay – Portage Island Channel — Directions; leading line 07/11
66 West Coast of Scotland 16th Edition (2008) 11/09
52, 86 Firth of Clyde - Loch Striven — Anchorages 34/09
92 Firth of Clyde - Helensburgh — Prohibited activities 11/10
110, 111 Campbeltown Loch — Pilotage; depths 21/10
115, 117, 118 Firth of Clyde - Skipness — Directions; useful mark 51/09
165 Hebrides - Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag — Vertical clearances 14/09
217 Firth of Lorn — Buoyage 16/09
284 The Small Isles — Sea state 08/10
285 Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards — Depth 33/09
366 Outer Hebrides - South Uist - Loch Boisdale — Light beacon 36/09
398 Hebrides - Sound of Harris — Passage 11/09
285, 286, 295, 296,297,
299, 310
The Small Isles — Directions; depths 48/09
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
10th Edition (2008) 03/09
8, 155, 156 Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes — Marine nature reserve 21/09
61, 62, 63, 129, 186 Portugal - Vessel traffic service — Mandatory reporting system 23/09
105
Spain - North-west coast - Ría de Arousa - Ensenada de Vilagarcia —
Directions; major light; buoyage
20/10
136, 139 Portugal - Leixôes - Outer approaches — Depth 07/10
138, 139 Portugal - Leixôes — Outer anchorage 21/10
142 Portugal - Porto do Douro - Directions — Leading lights 13/10
147 Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal — Directions: light 33/09
149 Portugal - Porto da Figueira da Foz — Directions; leading lights 30/10
162 Portugal - Porto de Lisboa — Vessel traffic service 48/09
180, 181 Portugal - West Coast - Sines — Terminal Breakwater Light 29/11
205 Spain - Río Guadalquivir — Pilot boarding positions 11/10
215 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service 03/09
217 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz - Directions — Leading lights 14/11
Wk39/11
232, 233 Morocco - North Coast - Tanger — Depths 29/11
235, 247 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
236, 248 Gibraltar — Directions; exclusion zone 04/10
237 Morocco — Tanger-Méditerranée 35/10
241 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Anchorages 26/10
241-242 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Pilot boarding positions 04/10
245 Spain – Bahía de Algeciras — Light 36/11
245 Spain - Mediterranean Sea Coast - Algeciras — CEPSA Oil Terminal -
Buoyage
29/11
247, 248 Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited areas 21/09
248 Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock 24/09
274 Arquipélago dos Açores - Terceira - Praia da Vitória — Light 16/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
68 East Coast of the
United States 1
13th Edition (2009) 10/10
99, 103 Casco Bay and Portland Harbor — Recommended routes 37/10
103, 106 Portland Harbor — Pilotage 37/10
125 Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions; light buoy 10/10
145 Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions; ODAS buoy 35/10
155 Vineyard Sound - South-west approaches — Directions; wreck 10/10
157
Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches - Woods Hole — Directions;
buoy
10/10
168 Narragansett Bay - Old Harbor - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
182 Great Salt Pond - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
187 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Dangerous wreck 12/10
202 Port Chester Harbor — Depths 10/10
216
New York Harbor and adjacent waters - Entrance channels and Lower
Bay — Racons
10/10
226 Kill Van Kull — Depths 10/10
231 South Brother Island Channel — Depths 10/10
252
Approaches to Boston Harbor — Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety
and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports
39/10
69 East Coast of the
United States 2
11th Edition (2008) 42/08
7, 65, 66, 101, 104, 185,
189, 192, 195, 197, 201,
203, 209, 210, 215, 221,
224, 226, 231, 234, 240,
241, 244, 248, 254
North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
mandatory speed restrictions
89-90 Philadelphia — Directions; lights 27/09
97 Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point — Directions; wrecks 51/09
106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions; wreck 49/08
121 James River - Upper part — Directions 14/09
131 Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances 25/09
134
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; buoyage; wrecks; obstructions; shoal; fish haven
01/10
134
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
50/09
134-135
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
51/09
152 Choptank River — Light 38/09
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
194 Bridgeport Harbor — Vertical clearance 35/11
197 Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance 14/09
211, 214, 215, 216 Charleston - Fort Sumter Range — Directions 44/09
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
217 Charleston Harbor - South Channel — Directions; dangerous wreck 48/09
222 Port Royal Sound — Approach and entry 24/10
229 Savannah — Directions; leading lights 31/10
229 Savannah — Directions; lights 14/09
233 Brunswick Harbor — Project depths 49/09
234 Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry 38/09
241 Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights 14/09
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
96, 97-98 Honduras — Puerto La Ceiba 11/11
106 Honduras — Punta de Omoa 11/11
133, 134 Mexico – Progreso — Chart; Port Authority; Maximum size of vessel
handled; Outer anchorage; Pilotage; Racon; Leading Lights
17/11
153 Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz — Pilotage; tugs 47/09
158 Mexico - Tuxpan — Directions; racon 31/10
01/09
Wk39/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
166 Mexico - La Pesca to Rio Grande — Directions; light 40/10
173 United States of America - Port Mansfield — Directions; buoyage 23/10
175
United States of America - Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel —
Vertical clearance
33/10
230 United States of America – Mississippi River – South Pass — Depths 30/11
273, 300 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Security zone 38/09
70 West Indies 1 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
66, 67, 68, 70, 72, 73 Bermuda — Berths; landmarks; depths 33/10
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
115 Bahamas - Freeport — Directions; lights 25/11
156, 157 Dominican Republic – Puerto Plata — Pilotage; Directions; track 15/11
157 Dominican Republic – Puerto Plata — Directions; track 18/11
168, 217, 218, 225, 231 Cuba — Directions; aids to navigation 29/11
212, 213, 213-214, 214 Haiti — Port-Au-Prince 10/10
221 Cuba - Puerto de Santiago de Cuba — Vertical clearance 10/11
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
249 Jamaica - Falmouth Harbour — Infrastructure; Directions 01/11
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256
Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef — Directions;
light
49/08
268, 269, 270 Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman - Sand Cay — Directions; light 29/10
71 West Indies 2 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
103 US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
167, 168, 175 Puerto Rico — Pilotage 34/11
190 Sint Maarten - Simson Baai — Anchorage; mooring buoys 44/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique - Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
275 Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Directions 42/09
284 Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage 47/09
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
2nd Edition (2010) 31/10
6 Radio Navigation Warnings 41/10
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
9th Edition (2009) 50/09
60 Navigational Warnings — Different types 10/10
60-62, 61, 63 NAVAREAS/METAREAS 41/10
65 Admiralty Notices to Mariners - Structure of Weekly Edition — Section III
- Reprints of Navigational Warnings
25/11
209 MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas 50/10
210
MARPOL 73/78 - Annex II — Categorisation of Noxious Liquid
Substances
03/10
220 Loran-C — Discontinuation of US and Canadian signals 07/10
224 NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) — Gaps in coverage 08/10
315
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B - Preferred
channels — characteristics of buoys
07/10
315
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B - Preferred
channels — characteristics of buoys
10/10
136 Ocean Passages for the
World
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong - Routes — Low-powered vessels; distance 26/04
Wk39/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Existing Section IV Notice Week 37/11 Title NP2
Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition) Replace by:
NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
UKHO [38/11]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Queensland – Cairns — Pilotage
303
Paragraph 9.61 1 lines 5-9 Replace by:
...specific areas of the port. Cairns Pilot boarding ground
Alpha (16°47′⋅50S 145°53′⋅50E), is for vessels over 180 m
LOA. Pilot boarding ground Bravo (16°48′⋅60S
145°50′⋅60E), is for vessels less than 180 m LOA. Pilot
boarding ground Charlie (16°50′⋅26S 145°49′⋅04E), is for
vessels 100 m or less LOA in adverse weather. The
boarding places are shown on...
Queensland Notice 786/2011
(AA552124) [38/11]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales – North coast – Liverpool Bay —
Directions
235
Paragraph 8.18 2 lines 3-6 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 23/09 Replace by:
N of Gwynt y Mor Wind Farm (under construction)
(53°26′⋅96N 3°35′⋅10W), marked by light buoys,
thence:
239
Paragraph 8.37 3 line 6 For Thence: Read And:
After Paragraph 8.37 3 line 6 Insert:
SSW of Gwynt y Mor Wind Farm (under
construction) (53°26′⋅96N 3°35′⋅10W), marked
by light buoys, thence:
Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 155958) [38/11]
Wk38/11
4.1
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
[38/11]
Scotland – East Coast – Peterhead — Anchorage
59
After Paragraph 3.37 1 line 8 Insert:
Vessels are advised not to anchor in the area
centred 1 mile E of Keith Inch (57°30′⋅15N
1°46′⋅20W) due to the risk of a fouled anchor from
discarded wires on the seabed.
Peterhead Harbour Master
(SDD 2011000 162692) [38/11]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011
Edition)
Norway – Måløy — Lights; directions
545
Paragraph 13.171 4 lines 9-10 Replace by:
...(004°-062½°) of Måløysundet W passage SW Light
(floodlit) (61°55′⋅66N 5°07′⋅22E) (13.270).
546
Paragraph 13.172 4 lines 10-11 Replace by:
...also into the white sector (004°-062½°) of
Måløysundet W passage SW Light (floodlit)
(61°55′⋅66N 5°07′⋅22E).
561
Paragraph 13.257 1 Replace by:
1 Måløystraumen (13.254) is divided into two
passages by a small islet on which stands the
central pillar of a bridge. In the W passage, there
is a least depth of 10⋅0 m; the E passage has a
least depth of 12⋅0 m.
Paragraph 13.267 2 Replace by:
2 Prohibited anchorage. Vessels are not
allowed to anchor in the fairway E of a line drawn
between Måløysundet W passage NW Light
(floodlit) (61°55′⋅79N 5°07′⋅26E) and the light
exhibited from the E point of Goteberghammaren
(61°56′⋅55N 5°07′⋅69E). The fairway must be open
to coastal through-traffic. Anchorage is also
prohibited near the quays.
Paragraph 13.270 Heading Replace by:
Directions for east passage
1
Paragraph 13.270 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
From the vicinity of 61°54′⋅81N 5°06′⋅65E the
track leads initially NNE for 8 cables and at night
within the white sector (004°-062½°) of
Måløysundet W passage SW Light (61°55′⋅66N
5°07′⋅22E), passing:

561-562
Paragraph 13.270 2 lines 1-7 Replace by:
2 ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light
(61°55′⋅66N 5°07′⋅22E), thence:
From the vicinity of 61°55′⋅57N 5°07′⋅31E the
track continues NNE for 2 cables through the E
passage of Måløystraumen, the sides of which
are marked by lights (lateral), thence:
562
Paragraph 13.270 3 Replace by:
3 Under the bridge (61°55′⋅75N 5°07′⋅31E)
(13.259), from which lights are exhibited
to indicate the centre. Thence:
From the vicinity of 61°55′⋅78N 5°07′⋅47E the
track then leads N for 3 cables to the vicinity of
61°56′⋅10N 5°07′⋅47E, in the middle of the port of
Måløy, from which the harbour berths can be
directly accessed. Lights are exhibited from some
of the corners of the berths on the Vågsøy side
of the harbour.
Paragraph 13.270 4-5 Replace by:
Directions for west passage
1
13.270a
From the vicinity of 61°56′⋅10N 5°07′⋅47E the
track leads SSW for 3 cables through the W
2
passage of Måløystraumen, the sides of which
are marked by lights (lateral), thence:
From the vicinity of 61°55′⋅80N 5°07′⋅35E the
track leads S for 2 cables under the bridge
3
(61°55′⋅75N 5°07′⋅39E) (13.259), from which lights
are exhibited to indicate the centre, thence:
From the vicinity of 61°55′⋅57N 5°07′⋅31E the
track leads SSW for 8 cables and at night within
the white sector (004°-062½°), astern of
Måløysundet W passage SW Light (61°55′⋅66N
5°07′⋅22E), passing:
ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light
(61°55′⋅66N 5°07′⋅22E), thence:
WNW of Kariskjeret Light (61°55′⋅21N
5°07′⋅24E) (13.171), thence:
4 To a position in the vicinity of 61°54′⋅81N
5°06′⋅65E where the directions for Vågsfjorden
(13.168) can be reversed.
Paragraph 13.271 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
...4¼ cables N and 4½ cables NNE of Måløysundet W
passage NW Light (61°55′⋅79N 5°07′⋅26E), and to a
submarine...
IV
4.2
562-563
Paragraph 13.277 1 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 61°56′⋅10N 5°07′⋅47E, in
the middle of the port of Måløy, the route leads
generally NNE for about 3½ miles through
Ulvesundet (61°57′⋅40N 5°08′⋅90E), the channel
between Vågsøy and the mainland, to a position
about 2 cables NNW of Ulvesundet Front Leading
Light (61°59′⋅10N 5°10′⋅12E). The channel has
few dangers.
563
Diagram 13.272 Replace by:
Diagram 13.272a which is printed with the
accompanying chart correcting block.
After diagram 13.272a Insert:
Diagram 13.272b which is printed with the
accompanying chart correcting block.
563-564
Paragraph 13.280 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 61°56′⋅10N 5°07′⋅47E, the
track leads NNE, passing:
Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal
(61°56′⋅60N 5°08′⋅24E) which has been
dredged to a least depth of 12 m, thence:
564
Paragraph 13.281 1 Replace by:
1 At night the track leads NE, from the N end of
Måløystraumen (13.254), passing close NW of
Havnevesnet ISPS Terminal (61°56′⋅23N
5°08′⋅06E) and Trollebø Industriområde.
Norwegian Notices 14/ 37115, 37134, 37135, 37136,
37194, 37195, 37196, 37197 & 37198 /11, Norwegian
Hydrographic Office e-mail
(SDD 2011000 142009, 155970) [38/11]
Wk38/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Namibia - Walvis Bay — Controlling
depths; Arrival information; Directions for
entering harbour; Berths
240
Paragraph 8.49 1 line 1 For 12⋅8 m Read 14⋅0 m
241
Paragraph 8.60 1 line 6 For 6 cables Read 7 cables
Paragraph 8.61 1 line 3 For (22°52′⋅84S 14°30′⋅00E)
Read (22°51′⋅82S 14°30′⋅05E)
242
Paragraph 8.69 2 lines2to4Replace by:
...Buoy (22°51′⋅62S 14°26′⋅87E), the track leads ESE
for about 4¼ miles to the vicinity of the Fairway Buoy
(safe water) (22°51′⋅82S 14°30′⋅05E) and the pilot...
Paragraph 8.70 1 line 2 For (22°52′⋅84S 14°30′⋅00E)
Read (22°51′⋅82S 14°30′⋅05E)
Paragraph 8.70 1 line 5 For 4 miles Read 5 miles
Paragraph 8.74 1 line 3 For 12⋅8 m Read 14⋅0 m
South African Notices 7/58/2011; 7/61/2011
(SDD 2011000 149087) [37/11]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
Porbandar to Kachchigadh –
Ghughadwa Creek — SPM
291
After Paragraph 8.221 1 Insert:
Ghughadwa Creek
8.221a
1 Ghughadwa Creek lies 3 miles NW of Nºvadra
Light (8.217).
A SPM (lit) moored in position 21°55′⋅94N
69°09′⋅91E, is connected to the shore by a submerged
oil pipeline which leads NE to land about 2½ miles
SW of the village of Bhogºt (21°59′⋅50N 69°14′⋅44E).
Anchoring is prohibited within 1000 m of the SPM
and within 500 m of the pipeline.
Indian Notice 187 (14/11)
(SDD 2011000 137740) [37/11]
Wk37/11
4.1
West part of Gulf of Kachchh –
Salºya Harbour — Anchorages
302
Paragraph 9.64 1 lines 5-8 Replace by:
[37/11]
Outer anchorage. The designated anchorage,
2 miles square, lies centred on 22°31′⋅00N 69°33′⋅00E,
with depths ranging from 18 m to 42 m, mud.
303
Paragraph 9.69 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Anchorages. A large vessel may anchor in Salºya
Harbour about 1½ miles WSW or 2 miles S of
Kºlubhºr Tºpu Lighthouse in a depth of 14 m, mud.
Indian Notice 188 (14/11)
(SDD 2011000 137740) [37/11]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Greece - Pelopónnisos - Pátrai — New harbour
126
Paragraph 4.45 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 The harbours are approached directly from Patraïkós
Kólpos and entered N or S of their respective detached
breakwaters.
Paragraph 4.48 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Old harbour
North entrance (4.60) about 11 m.
South entrance (4.61) about 7 m.
2 New harbour
North and South entrances limited by depths at
berths of 9⋅3 to10⋅0 m.
Paragraph 4.53 2 line 4 Replace by:
...head of the old harbour breakwater.
127
Paragraph 4.57 heading For Harbour Read Harbours
Paragraph 4.57 1 line 1 For The harbour Read The old
harbour
Paragraph 4.57 2 lines 4-5 Delete
4
After Paragraph 4.57 3 line 3 Insert:
The new harbour (2011), 1 mile SSW of the old
harbour S entrance, also has a detached breakwater,
approximately 1220 m long, and orientated NNE/SSW.
Lights are exhibited at the ends (metal framework
towers with a green band at the N head and a red
band at the S head). There are bollards on the
breakwater and depths along the inner side of between
approximately 9⋅5 to 10⋅8 m.

5 A wreck with a clearance depth of 11⋅8 m lies
approximately 270 m S of the N head of the
breakwater, and close to the inward side.
Paragraph 4.60 heading For North entrance Read Old
harbour North entrance
Paragraph 4.61 heading For South entrance Read Old
harbour South entrance
After Paragraph 4.61 1 line 13 Insert:
New harbour
4.61a
1 The N and S sections of the breakwater and the
shore opposite form two entrances to the new port of
Pátrai. The N entrance is 360 m wide and the S
entrance is 450 m wide.
Paragraph 4.63 heading Replace Basins by: Old harbour
After Paragraph 4.63 6 line 4 Insert:
4.63a
1 New harbour. The shore inside the breakwater is
quayed in steps in four sections running almost due
N/S. The first section facing the N entrance is
approximately 170 m long and has two ramps. Depths
alongside range from 9⋅5 to9⋅7 m. The quay then runs
west for 30 m with one ramp and depths alongside of
9⋅5 to 9⋅9 m.
The second section is 190 m long, including three
ramps and depths alongside of 9⋅6 to 9⋅8 m. It then
runs west for 40 m, with one ramp and depths
alongside of 9⋅6 to 9⋅8 m.
2 The third section is 220 m long and has three ramps
and depths alongside of 9⋅6 to9⋅8 m. It then runs west
for 40 m with one ramp and depths alongside of 9⋅6 to
9⋅8 m.
The fourth section facing the S entrance is 220 m
long and has three ramps and depths alongside of 9⋅6
to 10⋅0 m. It then runs west for 40 m with one ramp
and depths alongside of 9⋅5 to 10⋅0 m.
Greek NMs 134 and 141/7/11
(SDD 2011000 150452) [37/11]
NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2009 Edition)
Djibouti – Passe Ouest, Port du Héron, Doraleh
Container Terminal — Directions;
Leading lights; Berth
356
Paragraph 14.60 1 line 3 Replace by:
...Tadjoura (14.17). Doraleh Container (14.95a) and Oil
(14.96) Terminals lie 1½ and 3 miles W, respectively,
of the...
Paragraph 14.63 1 line 4 For Doraleh Port Read Doraleh
Container and Oil Terminals
IV
4.2
357
Paragraph 14.72 1 line 5 For Doraleh Oil Terminal Read
Doraleh Container (14.95a) and Oil (14.96) Terminals
Paragraph 14.73 1 line 6 For Small Read Leisure
Paragraph 14.75 2 line 6 Replace by:
3 Doraleh Container Terminal, situated 1½ miles W
of Djibouti, stands on the coastal reef and is connected
to the shore by a causeway about 2 km in length.
Doraleh Oil Terminal is situated 3 miles W of
Djibouti.
358
Paragraph 14.76 1 Replace by:
1 Reclamation was in progress (2010) close SE of the
fishing harbour.
360
Paragraph 14.88 Replace by:
1 Leading marks:
Front mark: Tower (metal framework, 14 m in
height) (11°36′⋅15N 43°08′⋅20E) on Jetée du
Gouvernement.
Rear mark: Cathedral belfry (11°36′⋅01N
43°09′⋅10E), surmounted by white cross, which
stands about 8½ cables E of the tower. This mark
should not be confused with a prominent minaret
about 2¼ cables WNW.
2 The alignment (099°) of these marks leads through
Passe Ouest to the entrance to the main basin (14.90),
passing (with positions given from Môle du
Fontainebleau Light (11°36′⋅38N 43°07′⋅83E)):
3 S of Banc de l’Étoile (2¾ miles WNW), marked
by Etoile Light Buoy (S cardinal), thence:
S of Récif d’Ambouli (1 mile WNW) (14.85),
marked by Nos 8 and 6 Light Buoys (port hand
and S cardinal). A bank, with depths of less than
5 m, extends S from the S side of Récif
d’Ambouli. And:
4 N of Banc des Salines (1 mile WSW), a drying
bank which lies about 3 cables S of Récif
d’Ambouli. This bank is marked at its W end
by BFI-1 Light Beacon (W cardinal), with
No 7 Light Buoy (starboard hand) moored
about 1 cable NE of the beacon, thence:
N of a detached bank (7 cables WSW), depth 5⋅2 m,
marked by No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand); a
shoal with a least depth of 5⋅0 m, lies 1 cable
farther E. Thence:
5 N of Banc des Salines Light (green and white
square beacon, name on side) (3½ cables
SW); several other shoals and drying reefs lie
between the light and the bank. Two mooring
buoys are laid 1 cable W and 2 cables E of
the light. Several wrecks and mooring buoys
lie between the light and the shore.
Thence to the main basin entrance or berths on the
Jetée du Gouvernement.
Wk37/11

Paragraph 14.89 Replace by:
1 Port du Héron Leading Lights:
Front light (black metal framework tower, 9 m in
height) (11°36′⋅90N 43°08′⋅70E).
Rear light (similar structure, 12 m in height) (142 m
from front light).
The alignment (073⋅9°) of these lights indicates the
approach to Berths Nos 13 to 15 (14.95), passing
NNW of an obstruction with a depth of 10⋅4 m (1 mile
WSW of front light).
2 Doraleh Container Terminal Leading Lights:
Front light (lattice beacon) (11°35′⋅99N
43°06′⋅76E).
Rear light (lattice beacon) (390 m from front light).
The alignment (116½°) of these lights leads to the
vicinity of the container terminal noting that the
dredged area between Banc des Salines and the
container terminal is marked by light beacons
(cardinal). Several obstructions, best seen on the chart,
lie in the vicinity of the terminal.
Wk37/11
IV
4.3
After Paragraph 14.90 1 line 14 Insert:
2 Caution. Numerous obstructions, best seen on the
chart, lie off the berths within the basin.
Paragraph 14.91 1 line 4 For 9⋅9 mRead 8⋅6 m
After Paragraph 14.92 1 line 7 Insert:
Two finger piers extending about 85 m W from the
head of the jetty serve leisure craft. The harbour,
called Port des Boutres, between the ferry wharf and
the head is used by dhows.
361
After Paragraph 14.95 1 line 10 Insert:
1
Doraleh Container Terminal
14.95a
The terminal, with a 1050 m long quay, can handle
two post-Panamax container vessels simultaneously.
The corners of the terminal are marked by pylons
from which obstruction lights are displayed.
BA Chart 263 Edition 1 dated 1 Sep 2011 [37/11]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Tasmania – Spring Bay and approaches —
Port limits
274
Paragraph 10.29 1 lines 7-11 Delete
Australian Notice 16/806/2011
(DHDB 1439923) [36/11]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales – West coast – Menai Strait — Directions
225
Paragraph 7.169 1 line 1 For S Read SSW
Paragraph 7.169 1 line 5 For North Read Middle
After Paragraph 7.169 1 line 6 Insert:
Either side of Caernarfon Bar Fairway Light Buoy
(safe water), thence:
227
Paragraph 7.174 2 line 6 For S Read SSW
Paragraph 7.174 2 line 7 For 53°07′N 4°25′W Read
53°06′N 4°26′W
Caernarfon Harbour Trust
(SDD 2011000 149390; 155116) [36/11]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Spain – Bahía de Algeciras — Light
245
Paragraph 7.119 1 lines 9-10 Delete the centre of the T-head
and
Spanish Notice 31/241/2011
(SDD 2011000 149386) [36/11]
Wk36/11
4.1
[36/11]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Victoria – Port Phillip — Pilotage: depths
103
Paragraph 4.4 1 lines 3-4 For 3 to 5 miles Read 5 miles
104
Paragraph 4.12 1 lines 2-5 Delete
Paragraph 4.12 2 line 2 Delete
Port of Melbourne Corporation
(AA548331; AA550227) [35/11]
Victoria – Port Phillip — transit restictions
104
After Paragraph 4.14 1 Insert:
Transit restrictions
4.14a
1 The transit of tankers of 11⋅6 m draught and more
is restricted through Port Phillip Heads when flood and
ebb tidal streams excede 3 kn.
For vessels, other than tankers, exceeding 12⋅1 m
draught: Inbound vessel transit is restricted when the
flood and ebb are 5 kn and greater. Outbound vessel
transit is restricted when the flood is 5 kn and greater,
or the ebb is 4 kn and greater.
Australian (Victorian) Notice 95/2011
(AA545697) [35/11]
Victoria – Melbourne — Depths
134
Paragraph 4.164 1 line 2 For 14⋅5 m Read 13⋅1 m
Port of Melbourne Corporation
(AA548331; AA550227) [35/11]
Wk35/11
4.1
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st September 2011
Denmark/Sweden – The Sound —
SOUNDREP ship reporting system
3
Paragraph 1.11 1-4 Replace by:
[35/11]
1 SOUNDREP. With the object of improving safety
and efficiency of navigation and to increase the
protection of the marine environment a mandatory ship
reporting system (SOUNDREP) has been established
in The Sound between Denmark and Sweden. The
system
Sweden.
is operated by Sound VTS from Malmö,
2
All vessels of 300 gt or greater are required to
participate when navigating within the operational area
of SOUNDREP. The limits of the area, which are
shown on the relevant charts, are as follows:
N limit.
A line joining the following points:
56°06′⋅58N 12°11′⋅00E Rågeleje
56°14′⋅00N 12°11′⋅00E At sea N of Rågeleje
56°18′⋅08N 12°17′⋅39E At sea W of Kullen
56°18′⋅08N
S limit.
12°26′⋅88E Kullen Lighthouse
A line joining the following points:
55°17′⋅44N 12°27′⋅28E Stevns Lighthouse
55°10′⋅00N 12°27′⋅28E At sea S of Stevns
55°10′⋅00N 12°54′⋅50E At sea S of Falsterbo
3 E limit.
A line joining the following points:
55°10′⋅00N 12°54′⋅50E At sea S of Falsterbo
55°22′⋅89N
W limit.
13°01′⋅93E Fredshög
A line joining the following points:
55°19′⋅81N 12°27′⋅30E Mandehoved
55°33′⋅28N 12°35′⋅53E Aflandshage
4 The SOUNDREP area is divided into two sectors at
latitude 55°50′⋅00N; sector 1 lies to the N and sector 2
lies to the S and each sector has been assigned a
separate VHF channel.
Details of the reports required and the positions of
the reporting points are given in Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
198
Paragraph 6.9 1 lines 5-7 Replace by:
For details of SOUNDREP, a mandatory ship
reporting system for vessels navigating through The
Sound, see 1.11 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(2).
Danish Notice 26/767/11
(SDD 2011000 125854) [35/11]

NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
West coast – Donegal Bay — Directions
372
Paragraph 12.93 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.93
UKHO
BA Chart 2702 [35/11]
West coast – Inver Bay — Useful marks
382
Paragraph 12.173 1 line 3 Delete are conspicuous
Paragraph 12.173 1 lines 6-8 Delete
UKHO
BA Chart 2702 [35/11]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
France – Cannes – Golfe Juan —
Beacon tower
129
Paragraph 3.102 3 lines 5-6 For light (green truncated
tower, Read light beacon (black truncated conical
tower, red bands,
ALLFS E0806 [35/11]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Italy – Brindisi - Capo di Torre Cavallo —
Wrecks
483
Paragraph 11.57 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Shoal depths and numerous wrecks exist in the
approaches to Brindisi and within the harbour. Off
Capo di Torre Cavallo a stranded wreck is situated
1 cable N in position 40°38′⋅64N 18°01′⋅28E. A
dangerous wreck exists 1¼ miles NE of the cape and
6 cables N of the NW corner of waiting area BR1.
485
Paragraph 11.74 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:
...of the cape, respectively. A wreck lies close
NW...
Italian Notices 11.11/10 and 14.9/11
(SDDs 2010000 094665 and 2011000 148570) [35/11]
IV
4.2
Italy - Ancona - Falconara Marittima — Wreck
519
After Paragraph 12.43 1 line 11 Insert:
A prohibited area is centred on a dangerous wreck
in position 43°40′⋅41N 13°21′⋅50E, radius 1 mile.
Italian Notice 14.12/11
(SDD 2011000 148570) [35/11]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A
(2011 Edition)
Norway - Farsund and approaches —
Anchorages
88 - 89
Paragraph 3.66 4 lines 1-8 Delete
Norwegian 15/37615/11
(SDD 2011000 149308) [35/11]
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
Supplement 9-2004
L60-62 Replace by:
Andfjorden - Risøyrenna — Depth
53
Depth. There is a least charted depth (68°58′⋅69N
15°45′⋅44E) of 5⋅4 m in Risøyrenna, between U Light
Beacon and V Light Beacon, at the E end of the
channel.
Norwegian Notice 15/37474/11
(SDD 2011000 149308) [35/11]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Bridgeport Harbor — Vertical clearance
194
Paragraph 6.166 1 line 2 For 19⋅8 m(65ft)Read 18⋅3 m
(60 ft)
US Notice 32/12369/11
(SDD 2011000 143892) [35/11]
Wk35/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2010 Edition)
France – La Loire Approaches —
Prohibited area
132
After Paragraph 6.14 1 line 5 Insert:
Prohibited area
6.14a
1 A prohibited area, marked by light buoys (special),
exists 3 miles WSW of Ouest Basse Capella Light
Buoy (W cardinal) (47°15′⋅66N 2°42′⋅79W).
Anchoring, navigating and fishing are prohibited.
French Notice 11/31/24
(SDD 2011000 147387) [34/11]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
Channel Islands – Sark — General information;
controlled zones
372
After Paragraph 11.24 2 line 7 Insert:
3 Controlled zones have been established around the
coast of Sark within which a number of restrictions
apply including restrictions affecting berthing, mooring
and anchoring of vessels. A maximum speed limit of
6 kn applies to vessels within one of the controlled
zones.
Full details may be obtained from the Ordinance of
the Chief Pleas entitled The Harbours (Sark)
Ordinance, 2011 and The Safety in Sark Waters
Ordinance, 2008. The documents may be downloaded
from the following website:
www.gov.sark.gg/Downloads/Agendas_and_Minutes/
110504_Agenda.pdf
399
After Paragraph 11.194 2 line 5 Insert:
For details of controlled zones around Sark see
11.24.
Chief Pleas of Sark
(SDD 2011000 137456) [34/11]
4.1
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
North Island – East Coast - Hauraki Gulf -
Mairangi Bay — Prohibited anchorage
220
After Paragraph 8.54 6 line 4 Insert:
[34/11]
7 Within an area bounded by the following
coordinates:
36° 43′⋅72S 174° 47′⋅10E.
36° 43′⋅82S 174° 47′⋅15E.
36° 43′⋅93S 174° 46′⋅81E.
36° 43′⋅83S 174° 46′⋅76E.
New Zealand Notice 16/184/11
(SDD 2011000 146253) [34/11]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England – East Coast – Lowestoft — Bridge
223
After Paragraph 9.103 2 line 1 Insert:
Caution. The bascule bridge structure imposes
restraints upon vessels transiting the Bridge Channel.
In the fully raised position parts of the bridge structure
are within a few centimetres horizontally of the coping
edge. Contact with the bridge leaves could damage a
vessel, the bridge structure or its control systems. If it
is not certain whether a risk exists the Harbour Master
should be consulted.
Harbour Master Lowestoft
(SDD 2011000 142241) [34/11]
NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
Puerto Rico — Pilotage
167
Paragraph 4.364 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
...1½ miles S of Las Mareas Light Buoy LM (17°53′⋅95N
66°10′⋅59W).
168
Paragraph 4.380 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Pilots, provided from Bahía de Ponce, board vessels
about 3 miles SW of Bahía de Jobos light (17°56′⋅03N
66°16′⋅97W). Vessels are taken in and out by day and
by night.
175
Paragraph 4.444 2 lines 1-6 Replace by:
2 Pilots board about 3 miles S of Bahía de Guayanilla
Entrance Light Buoy 1 (17°57′⋅78N 66°45′⋅93W).
United States Coast Pilot 5 2011 Edition Change 1
(SDD 2011000 125910) [34/11]
Wk34/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Indonesia - East Coast of Kalimantan -
Teluk Balikpapan — Private Terminal
245
After Paragraph 10.162 1 line 11 Insert:
Palm oil, chemical Terminal
10.162a
1 Wilmar Private Terminal (1°08′⋅10S 116°46′⋅10E),
which lies 5 miles NNW of Tanjung Makasar, consists
of a two berth T-head jetty. The outer berth, Alpha,
can accommodate vessels up to 50 000 dwt with a
maximum permitted draught of 11⋅5 m. There is a
minimum alongside depth of 13⋅5 m. The inner berth,
Bravo, has a minimum depth alongside of 10⋅0 m.
Terminal operator: Mekar Bumi Andalas (MBA)
Wilmar Private Terminal.
MSI Ship Management Pte Ltd
(SDD 2011000 138082) [33/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
East coast – Carlingford Lough —
Haulbowline Light
186
Paragraph 6.13 2 line 5 Delete
196
Paragraph 6.70 1 line 8 Delete
199
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 4 For lights Read light
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 5-9 Delete
200
Photograph Haulbowline Light (6.93) For (6.93) Read
(6.97)
Paragraph 6.97 1 line 8-9 Replace by:
On passing Haulbowline Light (grey granite tower,
34 m in height) (54°01′⋅20N 6°04′⋅74W) standing on
the E rock of Haulbowline Rocks, the track turns
WNW and leads into the lough, passing:
201
Paragraph 6.98 4 line 3 For NE Read E
Wk33/11
4.1
205
Paragraph 6.134 2 line 1 For lights Read light
Paragraph 6.134 2 line 2 Delete
[33/11]
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 137282) [33/11]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Sumatera - West coast - Pulaubaai —
Depths; directions
413
Paragraph 12.300 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. There is a least depth of 4⋅3 m
in the entrance channel.
Paragraph 12.300 2 lines 1-3 Delete
414
Paragraph 12.308 2 line 1 For 8⋅9 mRead 7⋅8 m
2
Paragraph 12.310 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
Caution. The above leading line is reported to be
unreliable due to the build-up of sediment in the
entrance
entry.
channel. Local knowledge is required for
The track leads SSE, passing (with positions
1
relative to the head of the E breakwater (3°53′⋅9S
102°16′⋅6E)):
ENE of an 8⋅4 m shoal (1 mile NNW), thence:
ENE of a 1⋅7 m shoal (1¾ cables NW), thence:
Over the entrance bar (1 cable N), with a depth of
4⋅3 m, thence:
ENE of the head of the W breakwater from the head
of which a light (green triangular topmark on
green beacon, 9 m in height) (1½ cables W) is
exhibited, thence:
Close WSW of the head of the E breakwater from the
head of which a light (red beacon, 9 m in height)
is exhibited, thence:
ENE of a 1⋅1 mpatch(2cablesSSE).
The track then leads into Pulaubaai, passing WSW
of a buoy (port hand) (7 cables SSE), marking the S
end of shoal water.
Paragraph 12.312 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
Ocean Wharf on the SW side of the harbour, is
165 m long with depths up to 9⋅6 m alongside.
An Oil Jetty, on the NW side of the harbour, has a
depth of 8⋅6 m at its head; two sets of dolphins lie
each side of the head.
A local wharf on the SE side of the harbour, has
depths from 6⋅5 to 6⋅7m alongside.
BA Chart 2965 (NE 18.08.11) [33/11]

NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Italy - Sardegna -
Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Pilotage
310
Paragraph 10.84 3 line 3 For about 1 mile Read
3 miles
Italian Notice 11.9/22
(SDD 2011000 118417) [33/11]
Italy - Sardegna -
Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Racon
311
Paragraph 10.86 3 Delete
Italian Notice 11.9/11
(SDD 2011000 118417) [33/11]
IV
4.2
Wk33/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010
Edition)
Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Directions; shoal patch
195
Paragraph 6.56 1 line 5 Add:
Caution. A shoal patch with a depth of 12⋅4 m lies
1 cable ENE of the pilot boarding position.
Ukrainian Notice 167.26.11
(SDD 2011000 134245) [32/11]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
France - Calais — Regulations concerning entry
136
Paragraph 6.31 1 line 4 For CA4, CA2 and Calais Approche
Light Buoys. Read CA4 and CA2 Light Buoys.
French Notice 26/10/11
(SDD 2011000 122423) [32/11]
NP35 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
Indonesia – East Coast of Halmahera –
Teluk Buli - Directions; shoal; lights
188
After Paragraph 6.250 3 line 5 Insert:
ENE of a shoal (0°44′⋅03N 128°23′⋅54E)
(6.247), thence;
Paragraph 6.250 3 lines 9-10 Replace by:
ENE of Pulau Gee (Gei) (0°49′⋅80N
128°19′⋅25E), an islet, from where a light
beacon (0°50′⋅71N 128°19′⋅09E) is
exhibited, 2 miles NNW of Pulau Pakal.
Paragraph 6.251 1 Replace by:
1 From E, the track leads W passing:
N of Pulau Leleve (0°43′⋅87N 128°33′⋅21E), a
reef-fringed islet, from where a light (6.249) is
exhibited. Thence:
S of Pulau Parapara (Para Para) from where a
light beacon (0°47′⋅94N 128°30′⋅46E) is
exhibited, thence;
4.1
[32/11]
N of a dangerous rock lying 6 cables E of Pulau
Sain, an islet from where a light beacon
(0°45′⋅68N 128°30′⋅02E) is exhibited, thence
N of this islet.
The track then passes S of Karang Bulat
(Ronde Reef) from where a light beacon
(0°47′⋅70N 128°25′⋅74E) is exhibited, thence NW
direct to the roadstead passing between Pulau
Gee (6.250) and Karang Litin (6.252).
189
Paragraph 6.252 2 lines 9-12 Replace by:
The track then leads WSW as required to pass
S of Karang Litin, a drying reef, from where a
light beacon (0°51′⋅84N 128°22′⋅32E) is exhibited,
thence W to the roadstead. A 2 m (6 ft) shoal
patch lies 2½ miles ESE of Karang Litin.
Indonesian Notices 20/182/11; 20/183/11; 20/184/11;
21/189/11; 21/194/11
(SDD 2011000 117572; 117577) [32/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
West coast – River Shannon —
Directions; buoyage
283
Paragraph 9.74 2 line 1-2 For preferred channel to
starboard Read port hand
Paragraph 9.74 2 line 3 For W cardinal Read starboard hand
Paragraph 9.74 2 line 9 For W cardinal Read starboard hand
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 117467) [32/11]
NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 (2009
Edition)
Greece - Alexandroúpoli — Anchorage
473
After Paragraph 13.218 4 line 4 Insert:
Anchorage may be obtained for a few days in a
position centred 2¼ miles SW of the harbour entrance.
Caution. A dangerous wreck is charted in the SE
corner of the area.
Greek Notice 126.2011
(SDD 2011000 137061) [32/11]
Wk32/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Western Australia – Oyster Harbour —
Directions
320
Paragraph 9.51 2 lines 4-5 Delete
322
Paragraph 9.71 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(35°03′⋅2S 117°58′⋅4E), the initial approach to Ataturk
Entrance leads NNW passing (with positions relative
to King Point Light (35°02′⋅10S 117°55′⋅10E)):
323
Paragraph 9.79 1 lines 4-8 Replace by:
From a position about 2 miles SSE of Emu Point
(34°59′⋅91S 117°56′⋅85E), the track leads NNW
1
passing (with positions relative to Emu Point):
Paragraph 9.79 3 line 5 Replace by:
ESE of Emu Point; an historic wreck...
Paragraph 9.79 5 line 6 Delete
Paragraph 9.80 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Useful marks. (Positions are relative to Emu Point
(34°59′⋅91S 117°56′⋅85E)):
Australian Notice 14/689/11 [31/11]
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Sweden - Norrköping - Pampushamnen —
Directions; lights; buoys; dredged channel;
depths
215
Paragraph 5.198 8 line 5 For (251°-254°) Read
(251⋅1°-253⋅3°)
221-222
Paragraph 5.251 Replace by:
1 Lindökanalen Leading Lights:
Front light (58°37′⋅0N 16°14′⋅9E).
Rear light (4¼ cables WSW of front light).
From a position NE of Stora Juten Light
(58°38′⋅1N 16°19′⋅7E) the track leads 2½ miles
WSW to Pampushamnen entrance passing NNW
of Stora Juten to join the alignment (247°) ofthe
above lights which lead in a 100 m wide channel,
dredged to 14⋅9 m (2011) and marked by light
buoys (lateral). At night the channel leads in the
white sector (066⋅8°-067⋅5°), astern, of Stora
Juten Västra Light (58°38′⋅1N 16°19′⋅7E).
Wk31/11
4.1
[31/11]
2 The Pampushamnen turning basin, with a
diameter of about 400 m, and the dredged area
are marked at their limits by buoys and light
buoys (lateral). The centre of the short channel
through Pampushamnen is indicated by the
alignment (295°) of Pampushamnen Leading
Lights:
Front light (red triangle on red post) (58°37′⋅7N
16°14′⋅3E), displayed from the NE corner of
Händelön.
Rear light (similar structure) (80 m NW of front
light).
3 Caution. In winter an ice-bridge, crossing the
entrance channels, is established from Getå
(58°40′N 16°18′E), on the N side, to Marby,
4 miles S and close E of Lindöhamnen.
222
Paragraph 5.252 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Lindökanalen is entered from Pampushamnen
turning basin from the alignment of Lindökanalen
Leading Lights (5.251).
Paragraph 5.256 Replace by:
1 Pampushamnen. The oil harbour has three
berths with depths of 9⋅0 m, 11⋅9 m and 14⋅2 m.
The multi-purpose terminal has a total length of
610 m with a dredged depth of 14⋅2 m; the NW
end of the quay is a RoRo berth with a dredged
depth of 10⋅4 m. A second RoRo berth, 80 m in
length, lies close S of the main quay and has a
depth of 8⋅8 m.
Swedish Notice 360/7282/11
(SDD 2011000 127250) [31/11]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Penglai — Anchorage
361
Paragraph 9.134 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 The quarantine anchorage, with depths from 16⋅1 to
17⋅2 m, is bounded by the following coordinates:
37°57′⋅00N 120°53′⋅00E
37°56′⋅45N 120°56′⋅83E
37°54′⋅47N 120°56′⋅83E
37°52′⋅86N 120°53′⋅00E
Chinese Notices 23/769-770/11
(SDD 2011000 109697) [31/11]

NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Italy - West coast - Savona — Anchor
berths; legends
156
Paragraph 4.87 2 line 4 For Anchorage Area No 2
Read Anchorage Area A
Paragraph 4.87 3 line 3 For Anchorage Area No 2
Read Anchorage Area A
Paragraph 4.87 4 lines 1-2 For Two deep-water
anchorage berths Read Deep-water anchorage
berths C, D and E
UKHO; IT500053 [31/11]
Italy - W coast - Livorno — Anchorage
193
Paragraph 5.61 2 lines 5-6 Delete
Italian Notice 11.5/11
(SDD 2011000 118417) [31/11]
Italy - West coast - Bagnoli - Isolotto di
Nisida — Explosive dumping ground
368
After Paragraph 12.164 2 line 3 Insert:
In position 40°47′⋅71N 14°09′⋅33E, 2 cables W
of Isolotto di Nisida, lies suspected unexploded
ordnance at a depth of approximately 28 m.
Italian Notice 10.226/11
(SDD 2011000 112886) [31/11]
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
The Netherlands – Eemshaven — Limiting
conditions; depth
148
Paragraph 5.99 1 line 1 For 9⋅6 mRead 8⋅7 m
Netherlands Chart 1460
(SDD 2011000 108760) [31/11]
IV
4.2
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
United Arab Emirates – Fujairah — Pilotage;
prohibited area; directions; Vopak ENOC
Tanker Terminal
87
Paragraph 3.176 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and is available
24 hours. The pilot boards in position 25°08′⋅80N
56°24′⋅00E, for all Port of Fujairah Berths, Oil
Terminals 1 and 2, VHFL Terminal and SPMs.
After Paragraph 3.177 1 Insert:
Prohibited area. An area, marked by light
buoys (special) in which navigation is prohibited,
lies centred in approximately 25°13′⋅78N
56°24′⋅36E where works are in progress (2011) to
lay submarine pipelines and three SPMs.
88
Paragraph 3.181 1 lines 11-15 Delete
Paragraph 3.183 1 Replace by:
1 See 3.177. From the vicinity of 25°08′⋅50N
56°30′⋅00E the track leads 5½ miles W in the
designated approach channel to the pilot boarding
position, 2½ miles SE of the port entrance. The
harbour is entered between the heads of the N
and S breakwaters from where lights (lateral)
(white bands, 4 m high) are exhibited.
Paragraph 3.190 section heading Replace by:
VOPAK HORIZON FUJAIRAH LIMITED
(VHFL) TERMINAL
Paragraph 3.190 1 line 1 including Title For Vopak
ENOC Tanker Terminal Read Vopak Horizon Fujairah
Limited (VHFL) Terminal
Paragraph 3.193 1 line 1 For Vopak ENOC Read
VHFL
89
Paragraph 3.197 1 lines 2-3 For Vopak ENOC Tanker
Read VHFL
Paragraph 3.197 1 line 6 For Vopak ENOC Read
VHFL
Paragraph 3.198 1 line 8 For Vopak ENOC Read
VHFL
Paragraph 3.199 1 line 3 For Vopak ENOC Read
VHFL
Paragraph 3.203 1 line 10 For Vopak ENOC Read
VHFL
90
Paragraph 3.210 1 line 3 For Vopak ENOC Read
VHFL
Paragraph 3.210 2 line 9 Delete ;seeNOTAG
Fujairah Notices to Mariners 145, 147 and 148
(SDDs 2011000 104901; 110084;
112207; 112220) [31/11]
Wk31/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Nigeria – Forcados River to Brass River —
Directions; dangerous wreck
362
Paragraph 12.17 3 line 8 Replace by:
...(1971), thence:
SW of dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(18½ miles S).
French Notice 26/34/2011
(SDD 2011000 122423) [30/11]
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
EquatorialGuinea–IsladeBioko–
Puerto de Malabo – Arrival information;
Prohibited anchorage; Submarine cable
97
Paragraph 3.52 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Ensenada de
Gravina (3°45′⋅40N 8°45′⋅80E), clear of a
submarine cable (3.52a). Anchoring further
offshore where it is cooler, will enable a vessel to
be free of mosquitos. Also, during the tornado
season, it gives more sea room as winds
frequently blow directly towards the land.
Prohibited anchorages exist in the following
areas:
Within 3 cables of the submarine cable (3.52a).
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in Bahia de
Malabo.
After Paragraph 3.52 Insert:
Submarine cable
3.52a
1 A submarine cable runs NE from the W side of
Ensenada de Gravina, as shown on the chart.
French Notice 26/35/2011
(SDD 2011000 122423) [30/11]
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America – California –
Approaches to Long Beach and Los Angeles —
VTS; area
275
Paragraph 8.120 1 line 4 For excluding Read including
United States Coast Pilot 7 2011
(SDD 2011000 003853) [30/11]
4.1
United States of America – California –
San Pablo Bay — Safety Zone
351
Paragraph 10.186 1 line 3 Add:
[30/11]
...A safety zone is established in San Pablo Bay N of the
Pinole Shoal Channel (See Appendix V).
454
After §165.1183 and detail Insert:
§165.1184 Safety Zone; Coast Guard Use of
Force Training Exercises, San Pablo Bay, CA.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 12
(SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11]
United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon
– Chetco River — Entrance depths
390
Paragraph 12.18 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. The project depth for the
entrance channel and turning basin is 4⋅2 m (14ft).
US Notice 27/18602/11
(SDD 2011000 125920) [30/11]
United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon
– Yaquina Bay — Directions; depths
400
Paragraph 12.106 1 line 6 Replace by:
...depths of from 1⋅2 to 7⋅6 m (4 to 25 ft) extending
12 miles...
401
Paragraph 12.106 2 line 2 For charted depth of 1⋅5 m (5 ft)
Read depth of 2⋅4 m (8 ft)
Paragraph 12.107 1 lines 11-13 Replace by:
...Light Buoy (port hand). Between the jetties, numerous
submerged rocks lie along the outside of the charted
entrance channel limits.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 14
(SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11]
Wk30/11

United States of America Pacific Coast —
Navigation Safety Regulations;
electronic position fixing devices
449
Paragraph §164.41 and detail Replace by:
§164.41 Electronic position fixing devices.
(a) Each vessel calling at a port in the continental
United States, including Alaska south of Cape
Prince of Wales, except each vessel owned or
bareboat chartered and operated by the United
States, or by a state or its political subdivision,
or by a foreign nation, and not engaged in
commerce, must have a satellite navigation
receiver with:
(1) Automatic acquisition of satellite signals after
initial operator settings have been entered; and
(2) Position updates derived from satellite
information during each usable satellite pass.
(b) A system that is found by the Commandant to
meet the intent of the statements of availability,
coverage, and accuracy for the U.S. Coastal
Confluence Zone (CCZ) contained in the U.S.
“Federal Radionavigation Plan” (Report No.
DOD–NO 4650.4–P, I or No.
DOT–TSC–RSPA–80–16, I). A person desiring a
finding by the Commandant under this
subparagraph must submit a written application
describing the device to the Coast Guard Deputy
Commander for Operations (CG–DCO), 2100
2nd St. SW., Stop 7471, Washington, DC
20593–7471. After reviewing the application, the
Commandant may request additional information
to establish whether or not the device meets the
intent of the Federal Radionavigation Plan.
Note: The Federal Radionavigation Plan is available
from the National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, Va. 22161, with the following
Government Accession Numbers:
Vol 1, ADA 116468
Vol 2, ADA 116469
Vol 3, ADA 116470
Vol 4, ADA 116471
United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 14
(SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11]
United States of America Pacific Coast –
Columbia River —
Safety and Security Zone Regulations
458
After existing Section IV Notice 29/2010 (§165.1326 and
detail) Insert:
§165.1335 Security Zone; Vessels Carrying
Hazardous Cargo, Sector Columbia River
Captain of the Port Zone.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 14
(SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11]
Wk30/11
IV
4.2
NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)
Russia–LaptevSea–RekaLenaDelta—
Wreck
463
Paragraph 16.135 2 line 13 Replace by:
Lena. Caution. A wreck with a clearance depth of
14 m lies in position 73°01′⋅53N 130°39′⋅81E,
20 miles E of Ostrova Grigoriy. Thence:
Russian Notice 29/3547/2011
(SDD 2011000 122708) [30/11]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - River Crouch — Directions; buoyage
300
Paragraph 14.63 1-6 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of Whitaker Light Buoy (E
cardinal) (51°41′⋅4N 1°10′⋅5E), Whitaker Channel,
marked by light buoys (lateral and cardinal), leads
9 miles in a WSW direction to the entrance to the
River Crouch, passing (with positions from Buxey
Beacon (51°41′N 1°01′E) (14.65)):
2 Over a bar (4½ miles E) formed by the
extension NE of Whitaker Spit which joins
with a similar extension from Buxey Sand.
3 NNW of Whitaker Spit (4¼ miles ESE), which
extends NE from Foulness Sand. Whitaker
Beacon (isolated danger) (3½ miles ESE)
stands at the SW end of the spit close NE of
the drying line which marks the NE limit of
Foulness Sand. The remains of an older
beacon, awash at LW, are 150 m NE of
Whitaker Beacon. Thence:
4 SSE of Buxey Sand (7 cables SE), which dries
and extends 5½ miles ENE from its junction
with Ray Sand (14.65). The bank is
continually changing off its NE end. A drying
patch (2¼ miles ESE), 1 miles in length, lies
ESE of Buxey Sand. And:
5 NNW of Foulness Sand (2½ miles SSE), which
dries and extends 5½ miles ENE from
Foulness Point. Thence:
6 SSE of Sunken Buxey (2 miles SSW), a shoal
with a least charted depth of 0⋅5 m, thence:
SSE of Ray Sand (3 miles SW) (14.65). Thence:
Paragraph 14.63 7 lines 1-2 For Crouch Light Buoy (port
hand) (51°37′⋅6N 0°56′⋅4E) Read Crouch Light Buoy (N
cardinal) (51°37′⋅7N 0°56′⋅6E)
301
Paragraph 14.76 1 line 2 For Crouch Light Buoy (port
hand) (51°37′⋅6N 0°56′⋅4E) Read Crouch Light Buoy (N
cardinal) (51°37′⋅7N 0°56′⋅6E)
302
Paragraph 14.76 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
S of Holliwell Point Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(4 miles E), thence:
Clear of Inner Crouch Light Buoy (safe water)
(3½ miles E), thence:
N of Pinto Light Buoy (port hand) (2 miles E),
marking a dangerous wreck, thence:

Paragraph 14.76 2 lines 3-4 For Branklet Buoy (special)
Read Branklet Light Buoy (lateral; preferred channel to
starboard)
Paragraph 14.76 3 Replace by:
3 Over Horse Shoal (1 mile ESE). Thence:
The Crouch Harbour Authority
(SDD 2011000 109390) [30/11]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
PØpºvºv Port – Approach and entry,
Pilotage, Directions — recommended track
276
Paragraph 8.104 3 lines 12-14 Replace by:
Approach and entry. The port is approached from
S on the charted recommended track which passes E
of the Fairway Light Buoy (20°53′⋅13N 71°29′⋅74E)
(safe water), and entered through the buoyed West
Channel, dredged (2009) to 14⋅5 m.
Paragraph 8.106 2 lines 15-16 Replace by:
...board in position 20°52′⋅60N 71°30′⋅11E, on the
inbound recommended track. Vessels with LOA under
100 m and draught under...
Paragraph 8.106 2 line 18 For UCL Read Ultra Tech
277
Paragraph 8.107 1 lines 4-7 Delete
Paragraphs 8.108 1 line 9 For UCL Read Ultra Tech
Paragraph 8.108 1 lines 12-18 Delete from
The Fairway Light...to...GPPL Jetty.
Paragraphs 8.108 2 and 3 Replace by:
2 Caution — arrival. Due to the current setting
strongly across the channel entrance and to facilitate
safe navigation between inbound and outbound vessels
in the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground, the port
authority have established two one-way recommended
tracks.
Inbound vessels are advised to proceed along the
charted track to embark their pilot. The approach
speed over ground should be restricted to about 4 kn
at the charted pilot embarkation position to allow
vessels to abort the approach by taking all way off
and/or turn about using bold engines and helm if the
pilot is delayed in boarding and reaching the conning
position. If aborting the approach by turning about, it
is recommended that vessels entering on the flood turn
to port and vessels entering on the ebb turn to
starboard.
3 To make good the recommended track, vessels may
have to steer up to 40° across the current depending
on the strength of the stream and engine speed of the
vessel. Vessels should closely monitor their course and
speed over ground so as to proceed along the
recommended track.
Inbound vessels shall allow outbound vessels to
pass well clear of the Fairway Light Buoy prior to
closing in on the pilot boarding position.
IV
4.3
Departure. Outbound vessels should follow the
charted recommended track after passing close E of
the Fairway Light Buoy.
Paragraph 8.108 4 line 4 For UCL Read Ultra Tech
Paragraph 8.109 2 line 8ForUCL Read Ultra Tech
Indian Notices 150/9/11, 157/10/11 and SDO 10/11
(SDD 2011000 082409;093386) [30/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
East coast – Dundalk — Directions;
principal marks
186
Paragraph 6.13 2 line 4 Delete
196
Paragraph 6.70 1 line 7 Delete
197
Paragraph 6.77 3 line 1 For (6.79) Read (6.80)
198
Paragraph 6.79 1 lines 2-7 Delete
Paragraph 6.80 5 lines 1-3 Replace by:
5 The channel is marked by Pile Light (white house
on green piles, 10 m in height) (53°58′⋅56N
6°17′⋅71W) and No 2 Light Beacon (port hand),
thereafter by light beacons and light buoys.
MRCC Dublin
(SDD 2011000 121834) [30/11]
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2008 Edition)
Sicilia – Trapani — Pilotage
368
Paragraph 9.62 6 line 1-4 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt and
is available from 0700 to sunset. See also 1.22.
ENC IT300017
(SDD 2011000 090065) [30/11]
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
Supplement 9-2004
Søndre Bergsfjorden (Sandlandsfjorden) –
Sandland — Depth
181
L62-63 Replace by:
Depth. A rock, with a depth of 2⋅3 m, lies in the
middle of the entrance to the harbour, immediately
inside the moles.
Norwegian Notice 11/35916/11
(SDD 2011000 112779) [30/11]
Wk30/11

The head of Porsangen – Kolvik — Anchorage
R22-36 Replace by:
Spare
13.121
273
Norwegian Notice 12/36499/11
(SDD 2011000 121570) [30/11]
Wk30/11
IV
4.4
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America – Mississippi River –
South Pass — Depths
2
230
Paragraph 8.162 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Depths. The project depth for South Pass has been
significantly reduced due to severe shoaling. The
District Office,...
NGA Notice 27/11361/11
(SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
New South Wales - Port Kembla — Anchorages
312
Paragraph 12.35 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 There are no recommended anchorages. Vessels
have reported the loss of anchors and cables whilst
anchoring off Port Kembla and the adjacent coastline,
particularly within the area bounded by the following
coordinates:
34°22′⋅00S 150°57′⋅00E
34°22′⋅00S 150°59′⋅40E
34°25′⋅70S 150°55′⋅20E
34°25′⋅70S 150°59′⋅40E
Masters are advised to exercise extreme caution
when anchoring in these waters. However at the
Master’s discretion vessels may anchor more than
3 miles off the coast, outside Port Kembla port limits
and not on or near entry leading lines.
Paragraph Paragraph 12.35 3 4 Replace by:
...weigh anchor and proceed to sea without waiting to
receive instructions from Port Kembla Vessel Traffic
Information Centre.
Australian Notice 17/918(T)/2010
(AA540714) [29/11]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – New South Wales – Newcastle —
Outer Anchorages
102
Paragraph 3.92 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
3 Caution. Lost anchors and cables exist in the area
bounded by:
32°56′⋅50S 151°48′⋅00E
32°56′⋅50S 151°56′⋅50E
33°15′⋅00S 151°47′⋅00E
33°15′⋅00S 151°38′⋅00E
Vessels are advised to take appropriate precautions
when anchoring.
Australian Notice 17/919(T)/10
(AA354885) [29/11]
Wk29/11
4.1
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
[29/11]
Finland - Helsinki approaches - Björköfjärden —
Directions; leading beacons; authorised draught
162
Paragraph 4.186 Replace by:
1 From a position NW of Kytö (60°04′N 24°43′E) on
the Gåsgrundet leading line (4.183), the track leads
1¾ miles NNW in a channel, authorised for a draught
of 4⋅3 m, towards the entrance to Björköfjärden.
Thence the track passes between Storaisarn (60°06′⋅1N
24°41′⋅4E) and Torraisarn, 1½ cables SW, and
continues NNW, the track being marked by buoys
(cardinal). It passes between Pentala (60°06′N
24°40′E) and the mainland; thence, marked by buoys
(lateral), 3½ miles NW to Kivenlahti (60°09′N
24°38′E). A bridge crosses the inlet ½ mile above
Kivenlahti.
Finnish Notice 15/296/11
(SDD 2011000 102000) [29/11]
Finland - Approaches to Hamina — Directions;
routes; buoys, lights; depths; anchorages
195
Paragraph 5.68 2 lines 8-10 Replace by:
E of Ristisaari (5 miles SW), an islet with foul
ground extending 1 mile SSE; a beacon stands on
Kakonelli, a rock 3 cables SSE.
(Directions continue for Hamina at 5.128a)
Thence the track continues N, passing:
197
Paragraph 5.80 Replace by:
1 From a position in Mussalo Channel N of
Haapasaari (5.90), the line of bearing 139¼°, astern,
of Kivikari Light (60°17′⋅5N 27°12′⋅5E) (5.78) leads
2¾ miles NW, in a channel authorised for a draught of
8⋅0 m to Merikari, passing NE of Katajakari
(60°18′⋅4N 27°10′⋅2E), SW of Hangonmatala, 6 cables
NE, a rock awash, and between Länsi Hallinkari,
1 mile farther N, an islet on which stands a beacon,
and Piritova, a shoal 8 cables farther W. This section
is covered by the white sector (135°–143°) of Kivikari
Light; buoys and light buoys mark the hazards nearest
the track.
2 Thence the route leads 2¼ miles WNW in the white
sector (290°–295°) of Rankki Light (5.131), passing
between Merikari Light (60°21′⋅1N 27°05′⋅6E) (5.131)
and Vahakari (5.128c), 1¾ miles SSW.
The route then leads about 1¾ miles WNW to a
position SSW of Retonpaasi Light (5.131).
An alternative route is obtained by keeping within
the white sector of Rankki Light until the white sector
(331°–336°) of Lelleri Light (yellow round tower,
black top) (60°24′⋅0N 26°58′⋅5E) is entered; this also
leads SSW of Retonpaasi.

3 Useful marks:
Keskihallinkari Light (60°19′⋅9N 27°11′⋅3E)
(5.131).
Rankin Kivikari Light (60°21′⋅2N 26°57′⋅2E)
(5.128c).
203
Paragraph 5.122 1 Replace by:
1 The deepest route, authorised for a draught of
12⋅0 m, leads E from NE of Ristisaari (60°18′⋅7N
26°48′⋅7E) to briefly join the South Finland Winter
Channel SE of Kirkonmaa (60°23′N 27°03′E) until
SW of Vatinki (60°24′⋅4N 27°18′⋅4E). It then leads N
between Saukko (5.128e) and Rakin Kotka and thence
NW to Hamina.
The W approach to Hamina (60°34′N 27°12′E) is
the continuation of the South Finland Winter Channel
from Kaunissaari (5.72), with an authorised draught of
10⋅0 m. It leads S of Kirkonmaa, then passes E of
Vieskeri (9 miles ENE) before joining the 12⋅0 m route
SE of Uolio (5.128f).
After Paragraph 5.128 Insert:
1
Directions for approach from Ristisaari
(continued from 5.67)
Principal mark
5.128a
Major light:
Ostrov Gogland Light (60°05′⋅6N 26°57′⋅0E)
1
(2.36).
Other aids to navigation
5.128b
Racons:
Rankin Kivikari Light (60°21′⋅2N 26°57′⋅2E).
Veitkari Light (60°16′⋅0N 27°14′⋅4E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Ristisaari to Vatinki
5.128c
1 From a position NE of Ristisaari (60°18′⋅7N
2
26°48′⋅7E) the track leads 7 miles E in a two-way
route, authorised for a draught of 12⋅0 m and marked
by buoys and light buoys (cardinal), to a position SSE
of Ahvenkari, passing (with positions from Vahakari
(60°19′⋅4N 27°04′⋅3E)):
S of Patricia (5 miles WNW) (5.68), thence:
S of Rankin Kivikari (3¾ miles WNW), a shoal
with above-water rocks, from which is
3
exhibited a light (white metal post, red band)
(8 cables SW), thence:
Nofa4⋅8 mpatch(5½cables NW) lying near the
extremity of shoal ground extending NW from
Vahakari, thence:
Sofa4⋅1 m patch (1½miles NNE) lying at the
extremity of shoal ground extending S from
Merikari (5.131) and marked by H5 Light
Buoy (S cardinal), thence:
S of Ahvenkari (2½ miles NE) (5.132).
IV
4.2
5.128d
1 Vatinki Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (60°24′⋅4N
27°18′⋅4E).
Rear light (similar structure) (7½ cables from front
light, on Aarholma).
From a position SSE of Ahvenkari the alignment
(052°) of these lights leads 4½ miles NE to a position
1¾ miles SW of the front light, passing:
2 NW of a 5⋅1 m patch (2¾ miles E), thence:
NW of an 8⋅8 mpatch(3¼ miles ENE), thence:
SE of a 10⋅9 mpatch(4¾ miles NE), thence:
NW of at 11⋅8 mpatch(5¼ miles ENE) marked by
H8 Buoy (N cardinal), thence:
3 SW of a 9⋅9 m patch (5½ miles NE), the
SE-most of a series of shoals with depth less
than 10 m extending 8 cables farther NNW.
Vatinki to Hamina entrance
5.128e
1 From a position 1¾ miles SW of Vatinki Front
Leading Light the route leads 5 miles N in a two-way
route marked by light buoys (lateral), passing (with
positions from Saukko (60°27′⋅2N 27°16′⋅3E)):
Eofan11⋅2 mpatch(1¾ miles SSW), thence:
Wofa6⋅3 mpatch(1¾ miles S).
2 The route then enters a short section dredged to
13⋅8 m between Jallunmatala (8 cables S), a shoal with
a least depth of 0⋅4 m, and a 3⋅7 m patch, 3 cables
farther E, thence:
W of a rock awash (6 cables SSE) lying on shoal
ground extending 7 cables W from Kaiji, an islet.
3 The route then enters a 5½ cables long section
dredged to 13⋅5 m, through shoal ground lying
between Saukko and the W extremity of Rakin Kotka
(5 cables SE), thence:
Wofan8⋅3 mpatch(2½ cables ENE).
5.128f
1 Ravaholma Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe on metal
mast) (60°30′⋅3N 27°11′⋅0E) exhibited from the
NE point of the islet.
Rear light (similar structure) (3 cables NW of front
light, on Pieni-Musta).
From a position NNE of Saukko the alignment
(308½°) of these lights leads 2 miles NW in a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral) to a position 1½ miles
SE of the front light, passing:
2 Through a 4 cables long section dredged to
13⋅5 m (8 cables N), thence:
SW of an 8⋅6 mpatch(1½ miles NNW); an 8⋅9 m
patch lies 1¾ cables farther SE.
The route then enters an 8 cables long section
dredged to 13⋅5 m between Uolio (1½ miles NNW)
and Uoliomatala, a shoal on which stands an islet,
5 cables farther NNE.
3 Uolio Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangles, yellow stripe on metal
mast) (60°28′⋅7N 27°14′⋅3E).
Rear light (similar structure) (1 cable SE of front
light; both lights on Uolio).
Wk29/11

From a position 1½ miles SE of Ravaholma Front
Leading Light, the alignment (145°), astern, of the
above lights leads 2 miles NW in the channel marked
by light buoys (lateral) to a position in the harbour
entrance NE of Pieni Musta.
(Directions continue at 5.155)
204
Paragraph 5.131 2-3 Replace by:
2 From a position N of Kaunissaari (60°22′N
26°46′E), the South Finland Winter Channel leads
6 miles ESE in a two-way route on the alignment
(281½°), astern, of Klubbholm Leading Lights. The
track, marked by light buoys and buoys (cardinal) and
authorised for a draught of 10⋅0 m, passes N of
Patricia (5.68). Thence it leads between Rankki Light
(black round concrete tower, 6 m in height) (60°21′⋅9N
26°58′⋅3E) exhibited from Rankinmatala, the buoyed
shoal area extending up to 4 cables S and SW of
Rankki islet, and Rankin Kivikari, 8 cables SW
(5.128c).
3 The fairway continues 4½ miles ESE to a position
7 cables SSE of Merikari Light (red mast) (60°21′⋅1N
27°05′⋅6E), within the white sector (101°-105°) of
Keskihallinkari Light (white metal tower, red band)
(60°19′⋅9N 27°11′⋅3E), exhibited from the SE end of
the shoal. The track passes SSW of Retonpaasi
(60°21′⋅9N 27°01′⋅1E), a rock from which is exhibited
a light (grey round tower), Pauhakari (8 cables ESE) a
shoal, on which there are rocks awash and marked by
a buoy (S cardinal), and Merikari (1½ miles farther
ESE), the islet from which is exhibited Merikari Light,
and NNE of Vahakari (60°19′⋅4N 27°04′⋅3E) (5.128c).
Paragraph 5.132 Replace by:
1 The track then joins the 12⋅0 m route and leads
1 mile E to a position SSE of Ahvenkari (5.128c)
whence it turns NE onto the alignment (052°) of
Vatinki Leading Lights (5.128d), and leads for
3¼ miles to a position 3 miles SW of the front light,
passing NW of 8⋅8 m and 8⋅0 m patches (5.128d).
2 Tammio Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (60°24′⋅3N
27°24′⋅0E) on S part of Västäri.
Rear light (similar structure) (3 cables ENE of front
light, in W part of Tammio).
3 The track then leaves the 12⋅0 m route and follows
the alignment (070¾°) of these lights which leads
3¼ miles ENE, passing NNW of Velperkari
(60°22′⋅3N 27°16′⋅7E), an islet from which is
exhibited a light (white lantern, concrete base), and a
4⋅2 m shoal, marked by a light buoy (N cardinal),
4 cables NNE, to a position ESE of Enskeri Light
Beacon (port hand, metal structure) (60°23′⋅6N
27°19′⋅2E).
4 Useful mark:
Länsi Hallinkari Beacon (60°19′⋅6N 27°10′⋅1E).
After Paragraph 5.134 4 line 5 Insert:
From a position NNE of Saukko the route then
re-joins the 12⋅0 m route for the final approach to
Hamina entrance.
Wk29/11
IV
4.3
204-205
Paragraph 5.135 including heading Replace by:
Spare
5.135
205
Paragraph 5.136 1 Replace by:
1 12⋅0 m channel north of Kiviletto. From a position
in Mussalo Channel SE of Kaakkoniemi Light Beacon
(60°16′⋅6N 26°52′⋅3E) (5.67) an alternative route,
marked by light buoys (cardinal) and authorised for a
draught of 12⋅0 m, leads 2½ miles NE to a position
NNW of Kiviletto, and thence 3½ miles NE to join the
main 12⋅0 m route NNW of Vahakari.
10⋅0 m channel south of Rankin Kivikari. From a
position 1 mile E of Kaunissaari (60°22′N 26°46′E), an
alternative route, authorised for a draught of 10⋅0 m,
leads 3¾ miles SE to join the main 12⋅0 m route SW
of Patricia (5.68).
Paragraph 5.139 4 line 6 For 10⋅0 mRead 12⋅0 m
207
Paragraph 5.152 3 lines 1-4 Replace by:
3 Anchorage may be obtained in two areas, marked
by light buoys (cardinal and lateral), adjacent to the
12⋅0 m route. The first area, swept to 13⋅8 m, is
centred 1½ miles S of Saukko (5.128e), and the
second area, swept to 13⋅5 m, is centred 3 cables NE
of Uolio (5.128f).
After Paragraph 5.154 continuity legend For 5.135 Read
5.128f
Paragraph 5.155 Replace by:
1 From a position NE of Pieni-Musta (60°30′⋅5N
27°10′⋅7E) the recommended track, authorised for a
draught of 12⋅0 m, leads 6 cables WNW in a channel
swept to 13⋅2 m, passing NNE of Kaurakari, from
which is exhibited a light (white post) (60°30′⋅8N
27°10′⋅5E), to the alignment (344°) of Palokangas
Harbour Leading Lights (red triangles on white square
boards), which lead into the harbour.
2 From a position on the above track N of
Pieni-Musta a branch, authorised for a draught of
12⋅0 m, leads 5 cables W, and thence NW, to No 3
berth of the oil port (5.158), in a channel swept to
13⋅2 m. The W part of this track can be continued
further W into an area swept to 10⋅0 m to access the
LPG jetty in the W part of the oil port. The limits of
the swept areas are marked by buoys (cardinal and
lateral).
208
Paragraph 5.158 Replace by:
1 Situated in the S part of Hillonniemi, the oil port
(60°31′N 27°10′E) is operated by several oil
companies and consists of an LPG jetty, 170 m in
length with a swept depth of 10⋅0 m, and three oil
berths, with the largest, No 3, having a swept depth of
13⋅2 m and handling ships with maximum length
250 m. Swept depths at berths No 1 and 2 are 10⋅0 m
and 11⋅2 m, respectively.

Paragraph 5.159 Replace by:
1 Situated NNE of the oil port, Palokangas has, on
the W side of the basin, three berths each 200 m in
length; the inner berth has a RoRo ramp. The E side
fronts a container terminal and has four berths with a
combined length of 630 m; the inner berth has a RoRo
ramp. The head of the basin provides a fourth berth
for the terminal.
2 The swept depths in Palokangas are 13⋅2 m in the
outer part, 12⋅7 m in the mid part and 11⋅2 m at its
head. The outer two berths on the W side are swept to
the lesser depth of 12⋅3 m for a distance of about 7 m
from the quay.
Finnish Notices 17/351, 352/2011
(SDD 2011000 113474) [29/11]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - Littlehampton — Limiting conditions;
arrival information
70
After Paragraph 3.18 3 line 6 Insert:
4 The maximum wind speed for vessels subject to
compulsory pilotage, whether arriving or departing, is
force 5. Vessels with unusual design features and/or
handling characteristics will be assessed by the
Harbour Manager and the pilot on a case by case
basis, and a more stringent (lower) weather limit may
be applied. Any such restriction will be advised to the
vessel and her operator without delay.
Paragraph 3.19 1 line 3 Replace by:
Notice of ETA required is 24 hours. Message to
include arrival and also proposed sailing draughts
(forward and aft).
Draught and trim. Loaded vessels will normally
arrive or depart close to even-keel. Vessels arriving or
departing without cargo must be adequately ballasted
to ensure that the propeller is fully immersed, and that
the stern trim is minimised. For the size of vessel
normally calling at Littlehampton a forward draught of
around 1⋅5 m to2⋅0m will normally ensure the vessel
can manoeuvre safely.
Littlehampton Harbour Board
(SDD 2011000 117604) [29/11]
NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Dangerous Ground - Nares Bank and Reed
Tablemount — Depths
68
Paragraph 2.79 1 line 3 Replace by:
...(11°22′⋅34N 116°13′⋅28E) has a depth of 17⋅8 m(58ft).
A14⋅6m (48ft) patch lies at 11°30′⋅84N 116°31′⋅56E.
Paragraph 2.80 2 lines6to7Replace by:
...near the N extremity of Reed Tablemount has a least
depthof18m(59ft).
Chinese Chart 104
(SDD 2011000 073341) [29/11]
IV
4.4
Borneo North west coast - Kuala Niah —
Directions
118
Paragraph 4.247 3 lines1to7Delete
Paragraph 4.247 4 lines1to5Replace by:
3 Directions. Local knowledge is recommended for
entry. A sand spit, covered at HW, extends from the S
bank of the entrance; its extremity is marked by a
stake. A stranded wreck lies off Kuala Niah, a light is
exhibited close S of the wreck.
Sarawak Marine Department Notice 35/11
(SDD 2011000 106156) [29/11]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
N coast of Java - Tanjung Leran — Power station
and pier
119
After Paragraph 5.102 3 line 11 Insert:
Leran power station
5.102a
1 Leran power station (6°38′⋅31S 111°28′⋅30E) has
been established 5 cables NE of Tanjung Leran. A
pier extends 7 cables NW from the shore terminating
in a coal unloading berth oriented NE/SW, served by
an unloading gantry. A light buoy (safe water)
(6°34′⋅20S 111°26′⋅40E) marks the approach with light
buoys (lateral) marking the channel. The station
features a conspicuous chimney.
Useful marks:
Tanjung Bendoh Light (6°37′⋅41S 111°29′⋅44E)
(5.100).
Light beacons on the unloading berth (6°37′⋅53S
111°27′⋅79E).
BA Chart 3731
(HH. 036/200/01) [29/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
South-west coast – Dunmanus Bay — Directions
82
Paragraph 3.106 3 line 1 For (51°33′⋅00N 9°43′⋅00W) Read
(51°28′⋅28N 9°49′⋅37W)
83
Paragraph 3.114 1 lines 5-7 Delete
Paragraph 3.116 2 line 3 For Lord Bandon’s Tower Read
Bandon’s Tower
84
Paragraph 3.121 2 line 5 Delete noting the marine farm N of
Furze Island,
85
Paragraph 3.125 2 line 5 For 6⋅7 mpatchRead 5⋅9 m shoal
bank
BA Chart 2552 [29/11]
Wk29/11

NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal - West Coast - Sines — Terminal
Breakwater Light
180
Paragraph 5.358 3 lines 5-7 Replace by:
... chart. A light is exhibited at the NW head of the
breakwater (green column, white bands 7 m in height).
181
Paragraph 5.365 1 lines 6-7 Delete
Paragraph 5.373 1 lines 4-5 Delete , at the head to exhibited,
Portuguese Notice 5/235/11
(SDD 2011000 108372) [29/11]
Morocco - North Coast - Tanger — Depths
232
Paragraph 7.60 3 lines 9-10 Delete ,marked on to (special)
233
Paragraph 7.62 1 line 5 For 5⋅8 Read 5⋅2
Paragraph 7.62 1 line 9 Replace by:
...of 5⋅7 m on its S side and a least depth of 1⋅3 m
on the N side.
French Notice 17/29/11
(SDD 2011000 087144) [29/11]
Spain - Mediterranean Sea Coast - Algeciras —
CEPSA Oil Terminal - Buoyage
245
Paragraph 7.119 1 line 11 For (conical red) Read (can red)
Spanish Notice 23/178/11
(SDD 2011000 087693) [29/11]
Wk29/11
IV
4.5
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Cuba — Directions; aids to navigation
168
Paragraph 7.13 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.13
217
Paragraph 9.8 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.8
218
Paragraph 9.16 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.16
225
Paragraph 9.70 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.70
231
Paragraph 9.119 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.119
Cuban Notices 05/46-48/11
(SDD 2011000 117847) [29/11]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Kenya – Lamu Bay and approaches —
Directions; obstruction
349
After Paragraph 10.117 2 line 7 Insert:
WNW of shoal patch (3¼ miles S), on which the sea
breaks, thence:
(SDD 2011000 062177) [28/11]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia - Queensland - Ship reporting systems
— Torres Strait and Great Barrier Reef ship
reporting system
13
Paragraph 1.94 2 line 3 For 22°00′S Read 24°30′⋅00S.
Australian Notice 12/608(P)/11
(AA539200) [28/11]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
Italy – North-west Coast - San Remo —
Wreck
148
Paragraph 4.34 6 lines 7-9 Delete
Italian Notice 2.10/2011
(SDD 2011000 112886) [28/11]
NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4
(2009 Edition)
Greece – Chíos — Arrival information
1
417
Paragraph 12.82 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilot
boards 1 mile NE of the harbour entrance.
After Paragraph 12.83 1 line 11 Insert:
Anchorage can be obtained 4 cables E of the
harbour entrance.
Greek Chart 334
(SDD 2011000 082120) [28/11]
Wk28/11
4.1
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
Germany – Sea to Cuxhaven —
Directions; leading lights
[28/11]
1
214
Paragraph 7.48 1 Replace by:
Gelbsand Leading Lights:
Front light (white round tower, black bands)
(53°58′⋅3N 8°37′⋅5E).
Rear light (white round tower, black bands)
(53°59′⋅1N 8°36′⋅8E).
Photograph (7.48) caption For Baumrönne Lt. Read
Baumrönne Tower
Photograph (7.48) caption For Leading Lights (151¼_)
(7.48) Read Baumrönne Tower and Altenbruch Light
(7.48)
Paragraph 7.48 2 line 2 For (151¼°), ahead, Read (331¼°),
astern.
219
Paragraph 7.90 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 From a position abreast Cuxhaven, on the 331¼°
alignment, astern, (7.48) of these lights...
German Notice 21/44/11
(SDD 2011000 038544; 103563) [28/11]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Norway – Tregde — Leading lights
69
Paragraph 2.89 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 NNE through Buøysundet (58°00′⋅0N 7°33′⋅5E),
the fairway is marked by buoys and a light
buoy (lateral), with a least depth of 9 m and
a width of 30 m, thence:
Norwegian Notice 8/35074/11
(SDD 2011000 082181) [28/11]

NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
West coast – Valentia River —
Directions; leading lights
267
Paragraph 8.127 1 line 2 Delete indicated by pairs of
leading lights and
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 105891) [26/11]
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
Orkney Islands – Saint Margaret’s Hope —
General information; directions; berths
169
Paragraph 5.58 1 lines 1-8 Replace by:
1 General information. Saint Margaret’s Hope, a bay
opening off the S shore of Water Sound, is entered
between Needle Point (58°50′⋅12N 2°57′⋅65W) and
Knockhall Point (58°49′⋅99N 2°56′⋅88W). A narrow
channel, least depth 1⋅9 m, leads into the bay which
affords shelter to small coasters. The port is a busy
ferry terminal with frequent services to Gills Bay
(3.149). The village of Saint Margaret’s Hope, in
which there is a church with a belfry (58°49′⋅45N
2°57′⋅32W), skirts the head of the bay. Tidal streams
in the bay are negligible.
Paragraph 5.58 5 line 1 Delete diamond topmark
Paragraph 5.58 6 lines 4-7 Replace by:
Berths. Good anchorage can be found for small
craft near the centre of the bay in depths of 6 to 7 m,
as indicated on the chart; permission must be obtained
from the Harbour Master.
Harbour Master, Saint Margaret’s Hope
(SDD 2011000 109864) [26/11]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland – East Coast – Methil — Landmark
89
Paragraph 4.16 3 line 3 Delete
91
Paragraph 4.34 1 lines 4-6 Replace by:
...population about 8000, can be identified by tall chimneys
and three church spires.
Paragraph 4.34 2 lines 5-7 Replace by:
...on both sides. A beacon marking a cooling water intake
stands in position 56°11′⋅25N 2°59′⋅71W. Within the bar
there is a depth of 1⋅5 m in the...
Forth Ports Ltd
(SDD 2011000 105922) [26/11]
Wk26/11
4.1
[26/11]

NP no
Page(s)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Title
In force 16 June 2011
4.2
[26/11]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa 1 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
93, 95 Islas Canarias - Isla de Gran Canaria — Directions; depth; buoy 17/10
99 Islas Canarias – Isla de Gran Canaria - Puerto de La Luz — Directions 11/11
145
Morocco - Mohammedia - Approaches — Directions; buoyage; depth;
dangerous wrecks
37/10
156 Morocco - Safi — Directions; Light 07/10
195 Mauritania - Port de Nouakchott South-westward — Restricted areas;
offshore installation; mooring buoy
01/11
301 Ivory Coast - San-Pédro approaches — Directions; depth 17/10
313, 324, 325, 334, 337,
340
West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage 48/09
315 Ghana - Jubilee Oil Field — Restricted area 02/10
325 Ghana - Tema - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 35/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 32/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos — Directions; buoyage 10/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and Entrance Channel — Depths 34/09
367
Nigeria - Forcados River to Brass River - Offshore terminals —
Pennington Oil Terminal
02/10
382 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal 10/10
2 Africa 2 16th Edition (2010) 12/11
121 Cameroun – Limbe – Directions for entering harbour — Obstruction 21/11
3 Africa 3 15th Edition (2010) 20/10
94 South Africa - South coast - Storm Point — Depth 41/10
107 South Africa - Port of Ngqura — Directions; Leading lights 10/11
109 South Africa – Algoa Bay — Directions; depth 17/11
154, 162 South Africa - Durban - Directions — Major light; directional light 01/11
290, 291, 390, 391 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 25/10
290 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 51/10
331, 334 Kenya - Mombasa — Pilotage; buoyage 41/10
4 South-East Alaska
Nil
7th Edition (2010) 09/11
5 South America 1 16th Edition (2011) 23/11
201, 212 Brazil – E coast — Directions; Offshore marks 25/11
213 Brazil - E coast — Offshore terminal 25/11
6 South America 2 17th Edition (2008) 17/09
223-224 Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; AIS; Useful marks 33/09
226-228 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Light 19/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights 22/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light 32/09
236-237 Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions; lights 22/09
251 Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light 17/09
255 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Shoal 19/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Racon; AIS 29/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; shoals 22/09
267 Chile - Paso Largo — Directions 17/09
376 Chile - Patagonian Channels - Angostura Inglesa — Depth 03/10
404 Chile - Golfo Trinidad - Canal Trinidad — Route; depths 02/10
7 South America 3 10th Edition (2009) 41/09
4 Aids to navigation — Automatic Identification System 12/10
71-72 Pacific Ocean - Outlying dangers — Breakers 13/10
77 South Pacific Ocean - Isla San Ambrosio — Off-lying shoal 51/09
141 Chile - Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place 05/10
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.3
Weekly
Edition
186 Chile - Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place 05/10
223 Chile - Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón — Directions; buoy 05/10
250 Chile - Puerto Huasco — Pilotage; anchorages 27/10
270 Chile - Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 41/09
275-276 Chile - Mejillones del Sur — Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal 14/10
315 Peru-IslaAsiatoIslaSanLorenzo — Directions; wreck 41/09
316 Peru - Cerro Azul — Light 41/09
339 Peru - Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck 41/09
346 Peru - Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 41/09
385, 387 Colombia - Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 41/09
388 Colombia - Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 41/09
7A South America 4 5th Edition (2010) 18/10
3 Navigation and Regulations - Charts — Foreign charts 18/10
4 Navigation and Regulations - Radio facilities — DGPS 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Îles du Salut to Fleuve Maroni — Directions 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Fleuve Mana — Charts; description; directions 18/10
73-74
Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Charts; general information; depth;
directions; landmarks; useful marks; anchorage
18/10
74 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — General information; directions 20/10
75
Surinam - Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier —
General information; directions
18/10
80-81 Surinam - Nickerie Rivier — Pilotage; directions; buoyage 40/10
83 Guyana - Corentyn River — General information; directions 40/10
86 Guyana - New Amsterdam to Georgetown — Directions; wreck 18/10
119 Trinidad - East coast — Directions; light 23/10
160, 162, 165, 167 Venezuela - Isla Coche — Major light 23/10
173-175
Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Port authorities; anchorage; harbours;
hazards; directions; berths
23/10
173 Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Pilot boarding position 18/10
176, 178 Venezuela - Puerto Jose — Pilot boarding position 18/10
187, 190 Venezuela - Puerto La Guaira and Catia La Mar — Anchorages; pilotage 37/10
205, 209 Venezuela - Archipielago Las Aves — Directions; light 33/10
211-212 Nederlandse Antillen - Klein Curaçao — Light 23/10
228 Aruba - South coast — Directions 18/10
229-230 Aruba - Sint Nicolaas — Pilot boarding position 18/10
280 Colombia - Punta de la Garita - Directions — Light 20/10
283-284
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Directions - Bocachica — Leading
lights; useful mark
35/10
284
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions; deep-water
channel
18/10
292 Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy 18/10
292-294
Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — General information; depths; directions;
landmark; lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths
20/10
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
12th Edition (2010) 29/10
83 Pacific Ocean - Guardian Bank north-westwards — Depths 29/10
192,193 Mexico – Golfo de California – Guaymas — Directions; lights 23/11
199-200
Mexico - Bahía de la Paz - Bahía Pichilingue and approaches — Depth;
leading lights
37/10
261
United States of America - California - Entrance to San Diego Bay —
Directions; rock
29/10
263, 453
United States of America - California - San Clemente Island — Safety
Zone
39/10
275
United States of America - San Pedro Bay and approaches —
Regulations concerning entry - tankers
49/10
335
United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay - Alcatraz
Island — Directions; fog signal
29/10
338-339
United States of America - Port of San Francisco - San
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge — Directions; passage
50/10
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
348
410, 455
431
458
461
Title
IV
United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay - Port of
Richmond — Project depth
United States of America - West coast - Columbia River — Safety and
Security Zone Regulations
United States of America - Oregon - Grays Harbor — Directions;
breakers
United States of America - Oregon - Columbia River - Port of Portland —
Regulated Navigation Area
United States of America - California - San Diego Bay — Naval Danger
Zone
4.4
Weekly
Edition
9 Antarctic 7th Edition (2009) 31/09
Nil
10 Arctic 1 8th Edition (2010) 10/11
Nil
11 Arctic 2 10th Edition (2010) 39/10
4 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
201
Svalbard - Spitsbergen - West coast - Hornsundbanken — Underwater
rock
39/10
201 Svalbard - Wedel Jarlsberg Land — Underwater rock 48/10
251 Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash 42/10
12 Arctic 3 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
3 Canada - Traffic Reporting Systems — NORDREG 33/10
6 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
155 Greenland - W coast - Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq — Power cable 48/09
170 Greenland - W coast - Grønne Ejland — Marine reserve 44/09
173
Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description; protected
area
18/09
208 Greenland - West coast - Wolstenholme Fjord — Island; rock 42/10
219-220 Canada - Hudson Strait — Grenfell Sound 05/10
280-281 Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill — Pilot boarding position 51/09
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia 1 2nd Edition (2008) 39/08
92 Queensland - Weipa — Pilotage 50/10
129, 130, 131 Northern Territory - Cape Stewart to Smith Point — Depths; position 03/11
154-156 North coast - Approaches to Port Darwin — Directions; buoyage 49/09
158 Northern Territory - Darwin — Directions; wreck 51/10
234, 235, 237, 238, 240 Western Australia - Dampier — Directions; anchorage, berth 03/11
255-256
Western Australia - North-east approaches to Exmouth Gulf —
Directions; depths
14/09
269
Western Australia - Shark Bay - Gascoyne Road and Carnarvon — High
speeed craft
27/10
404 Southern Australia - Adelaide approaches — Directions; approach routes 23/10
14 Australia 2 11th Edition (2010) 21/10
203,207 Tasmania - Port Dalrymple — Pilotage; anchorages 02/11
15 Australia 3 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
116 Australia - New South Wales - Mermaid Reef — Directions 06/11
119-120 New South Wales - Port Macquarie — Directions; leading lights 39/10
129 Australia - New South Wales - Point Danger — Directions 06/11
140, 141 Australia - Queensland - Gneering Shoals — Directions; depths 01/11
142 Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
142 Australia – Queensland – Moreton Bay – North part of Main Channel —
Directions
15/11
143 Queensland - Moreton Bay - North East Channel — Directions; buoyage 07/10
156 Australia - Queensland - Brisbane River - Hamilton Reach — Berths;
depths
16/11
168 Queensland - Cape Moreton to Breaksea Spit — Directions; wreck 47/10
218, 219, 221, 222, 231,
234, 235, 238, 239
Queensland - Hay Point Port and Mackay approaches — Directions;
depths; anchorage
39/10
39/10
29/10
29/10
29/10
22/10
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
267 Australia - Queensland - Abbot Point — Directions; leading lights ; berths 51/10
310 Queensland - Port Douglas — Pilot boarding position 17/10
318 Queensland - Cooktown — Pilot boarding position 17/10
395 Papua New Guinea - Port Moresby to Yule Island — Directions; depth 01/11
432 Queensland - Torres Strait - Thursday Island — Pilotage 41/10
18 Baltic 1 15th Edition (2009) 02/10
8, 72, 74, 127, 128,
128-129, 140, 146, 165,
166, 167, 168, 169, 170,
186, 192, 198, 199
Denmark - Kattegat - Directions — Routes 40/10
223 Denmark - København — Basins and berths; Depths 13/11
254, 255, 257, 259, 260,
286, 288
Denmark - Storebælt— Directions; lights 43/10
271, 272 Denmark - Århus Bugt - Hov Havn — Lights 34/10
287
Denmark - Storebælt Link - West section — Vertical and horizontal
clearances
06/10
287 Denmark - Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance 22/10
424, 427 Germany - Flensburg - Outer Approaches — Directions; anchorage 02/10
442, 445, 446 Germany - Travemünde — Directions; route; leading lights 02/10
19 Baltic 2
Nil
15th Edition (2011) 26/11
20 Baltic 3 11th Edition (2010) 24/10
90
Gulf of Finland - Porkkala to Kalbådagrund — Directions; traffic
separation schemes
43/10
91, 117, 119 Russia - Luzhskaya Guba — Directions 06/11
142 Finland - Koppnäs — Directions; Lights 49/10
167 Finland - Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 43/10
169 Finland - Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 40/10
210 Finland - Hamina to Vyborg — Directions; leading lights 24/10
212, 214, 215 Russian Federation - Vyborg and approaches - Gavan Vysotsk —
Directions; depths; lights; beacons; buoys
24/11
233 Finland - Förby — Directions; lights 49/10
235 Finland - Utö to Hanko channel — Directions; Lights 02/11
235, 238, 239, 240, 244,
245, 246, 248, 253, 254,
255, 256, 260, 261, 264,
265
Finland - Naantali — Directions; lights; depths 24/10
290, 291 Finland - Rauma and approaches — Directions: leading beacons 24/10
336, 337 Finland - Raahe — Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin; directions 26/10
378, 379 Sweden - Skutskär-Harnäs — Directions; depths 48/10
442 Sweden - Efesgrundet to Väktaren — Directions; light 26/10
442 Sweden - Hörnefors — Authorised draught 26/10
463 Sweden - Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
468 Sweden - Kågehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489 Sweden - Törehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489, 490 Sweden - Törehamn — Directions; lights 43/10
21 Bay of Bengal 11th Edition (2010) 44/10
99 India - Kºkinºda Bay to Vamsadhºra River — Gangavaram Port 21/11
200 Bay of Bengal - south-eastern part - Taung Kyun Su — Depths 09/11
22 Bay of Biscay 11th Edition (2010) 34/10
66 France – West Coast – Benodet — Directions; light 05/11
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
7-8 Maritime safety information 41/10
207 United States of America - Unalaska Island - Dutch Harbor — Anchorage 18/10
266 United States of America - Attu Island — Loran tower 49/10
312 United States of America - Alaska - Port Clarence — Loran tower 20/10
321 United States of America - Alaska - Red Dog — Directions; racon 33/09
390 Russia - Pacific coast - Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage 35/10
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
3rd Edition (2010) 30/10
141 Turkey – Trabzon — Pipeline 11/11
144 Turkey - Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu - Pazar — Marine farm 30/10
191 Ukraine - Dnistrovs’kyi Lyman — Approach and entry 04/11
194 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Obstruction 01/11
255 Russia - Sochi — Obstruction 04/11
25 British Columbia 1
Nil
14th Edition (2010) 47/10
26 British Columbia 2 9th Edition (2005) 29/05
66-67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213-214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel 8th Edition (2009) 12/10
69, 70, 71, 374, 390, 393 England - English Channel — Aids to navigation 01/11
71, 374, 392 Channel Islands - Alderney — Directions; light 14/11
80 England - South coast - Isles of Scilly — Pilotage 33/10
92 England - South coast - Penzance Harbour — Limiting conditions 31/10
145 England - South Coast - Salcombe — Limiting conditions; controlling
depth
20/11
212, 258 England – The Solent – Port of Southampton — Small Ships Anchorage 24/11
226, 228
England - South coast - Chichester Harbour — Limiting conditions;
directions
15/10
259 England - South coast - Port of Southampton — Traffic regulations 13/10
283, 287, 289 France - Approaches to Brest — Buoyage 13/10
284, 298 France - L’Iroise with Brest and Baie de Douarnenez — Pilotage 26/10
432, 433, 434 France - Cherbourg and approaches — Arrival information 12/10
432, 436, 438 France - Cherbourg — Offshore coal terminal 06/11
485 France - Port du Havre - Antifer and approaches — Outer anchorages;
wreck
06/11
28 Dover Strait 8th Edition (2008) 13/09
58, 61, 62, 65 England - English Channel to Southern North Sea — Routes;
North-east–going route
22/11
61, 63, 64, 250, 253, 255,
272, 280
England - Dover Strait and Thames Estuary — Aids to navigation 01/11
64, 83, 84, 85 England - Bognor Regis to Dungeness — Directions; light 10/11
70, 70-71
England - South coast - Littlehampton — Limiting conditions; arrival
information
20/10
92-93, 93 England - South coast - Folkestone — Pilotage; directions; leading lights 39/10
94 England - Dover — Limiting conditions; tidal streams 22/11
102 England – Ramsgate — Anchorage 11/11
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
126 France - North-west coast - Boulogne-sur-Mer — Pilotage 38/10
135 France - North-west coast - Calais — Pilotage 38/10
152 Belgium - Nieuwpoort — Traffic signals 48/10
158 Belgium - Approaches to Westerschelde — Wind farm 12/11
158, 160-161
Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde - Zeebrugge and Brugge —
Traffic regulations for LNG tankers
32/09
158-159 Belgium - Westerschelde and approaches — Shore-based pilotage 45/10
159 Belgium - Westerschelde — Regulations 08/11
160, 161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage 13/10
177, 178, 189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions; buoyage 19/09
177-178 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte — Directions; lights 15/09
181, 183 Belgium - Gent - Terneuzen Canal — Traffic regulations 13/11
187, 187-188 Belgium - Terneuzen to Antwerp — Directions 45/10
187, 189, 190
The Netherlands - Terneuzen to Antwerp - Schaar van Waarde —
Directions; buoyage
27/10
189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat — controlling depth 13/09
217, 219, 221, 223 The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area — Buoyage 24/09
221
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
15/09
221
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
11/10
223
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Outer
anchorages
39/09
246, 247, 250, 256, 257, England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages;
13/09
258, 259
buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
246 England - Thames Estuary — Pilotage 09/10
249 England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS 25/09
250, 257
England - South-east approaches to Thames Estuary — Pilotage;
prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm
26/09
250 England - Approaches to the Thames Estuary — Offshore Wind Farms 10/11
251
England - East coast - Approaches to the Thames Estuary — Directions;
buoyage
02/11
253, 255, 256, 294, 295 England - Thames Estuary — Wind farm 34/10
258, 259 England - Thames Estuary - Knob Channel — Buoyage 48/10
269 England - Thames Estuary – Queens Channel — Anchorages 07/11
278 England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS 13/09
305, 306, 310
England - River Thames — Emergency procedures; traffic regulations;
depths
13/09
315, 319 England - Thames Tidal Barrier — Racons 13/11
328, 329, 333 England - River Medway — LNG regulations; berths 44/10
30 China Sea 1
Nil
8th Edition (2010) 43/10
31 China Sea 2 9th Edition (2010) 22/10
71 South China Sea - Dangerous Ground - Fiery Cross Reef — Major Light 34/10
155 Borneo - North west coast - Emerald Shoal — Depth 24/11
196 Philippine Islands - Luzon - West coast - Manila harbour — Dredged area 38/10
32 China Sea 3 7th Edition (2009) 04/10
18, 301, 302
China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Taizhou — Port information;
anchorages
12/10
19, 391 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Weifang Gang — New port 05/10
98, 99, 100
Taiwan - West coast - T’aipei Kang — Vessel traffic service; racon;
pilotage
21/10
100
Taiwan - North coast - T’aipei Kang — Directions; traffic separation
scheme
39/10
132 Taiwan - East coast - Ho-p’ing Kang — Lights; directions 04/10
141, 142 China - South-east coast - Approaches to Shantou — Pilotage 25/10
148 China - Taiwan Strait - Dongshan Wan — Pilotage 10/10
152, 153, 154, 155, 156,
156-157, 157, 159, 163
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Pilotage; depths; wreck 04/10
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
154, 157 China - Xiamen Gang — Directions; wreck; buoyage; racon 03/11
157-158 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Wreck; directions 13/10
159
China - East coast - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions; leading
lights
35/10
176 China - East coast - Xinghua Wan — Pilotage 25/10
China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan and Wenzhou Gang and approaches 18/10
207, 208, 211, 212, 213 — Directions; buoyage; vertical clearances; depths; tidal streams;
berths
221 China - East coast - Yushan Liedao south-eastwards — Wrecks 19/10
231, 264
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao east and southeastwards —
Wrecks
05/10
232, 235, 244, 245, 246,
247, 248, 249, 253, 254
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo, Zhoushan and Cezi
Shuidao — Vessel traffic services; pilotage; directions; vertical
clearances
23/10
238, 239, 240, 241, 242, China, East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo and Zhoushan —
43/10
245, 246, 247, 250 Directions; traffic separation scheme
240, 254 China - East coast - Ao Shan — Anchorage 04/10
242, 247, 250, 251
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo Gang approaches —
Wrecks; depths
23/10
245, 246, 261, 270, 271,
272
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao — Wrecks 04/10
263, 268
China - East coast - Yangshan east-southeastwards — Pilotage;
anchorage
04/10
267 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Donghai Bridge — Regulations 13/10
273
China - East coast - Hangkou Wan - Jinshan - Cao Jing — Directions;
wharf
20/10
281, 282, 285, 286, 287
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao and approaches
— Directions; depths; wrecks; precautionary area
19/10
282, 284, 286
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao — Depths; light
float; buoyage; directions
12/10
283, 295, 305 China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Wuhu — Vessel traffic service 04/10
322, 323
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Approaches; anchorages;
pilotage; regulations; directions
11/10
322
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang approaches — Anchorage;
obstruction
19/10
330 China - Yellow Sea coast - Qingdao Gang - Wai Gang — Anchorages 31/10
348 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches — Wreck 04/10
362 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang — Directions 06/10
374 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
386, 388, 400, 401, 402,
403-404
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian — Vessel traffic services; traffic
separation schemes; directions; depths; anchorages; pilotage; port
information
14/10
386, 387, 387-388,
388,393-394
China - Bo Hai - Offshore routes — Directions 04/11
387
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Haixia eastwards - Bo Hai Oilfield — Obstruction;
platforms
13/10
389, 390, 391
China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Longkou — Depths; berths; anchorage;
pilotage; fairways; directions; buoyage; lights
24/10
396,400 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang — Vertical clearance 03/11
397 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin - Outer anchorages — Wrecks 10/10
399-400 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang - Dagusha Hangdao — Directions 32/10
401, 402 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
402, 402-403 China - Bo Hai - Jingtang — Depths; anchorages; lights; directions 24/10
403-404 China – Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian — Anchorages; Pilotage 12/11
408 China - Qinhuangdo - Shiwandunji Hangdao — Dangerous wreck 32/10
416
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Jinzhou approaches - Taiping Jiao north
westwards — Obstruction; platform
15/10
419, 420
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Taiping Jiao north westwards —
Directions; obstructions
13/10
420, 421
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Yingkou - Bayuquan and Xianren — Port;
depths; pilotage; aids to navigation; lights; directions; channels
23/10
423, 425 Korea - West coast - Yellow Sea — Gageocho Ocean Research Station 04/10
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
424, 425, 426, 427, 428,
437, 448, 449, 450, 451,
452, 454, 456, 459, 461,
462
IV
Title
Weekly
Edition
Korea - West coast — Lights; directions 06/10
435, 440
Korea - West coast - Taiwan Strait - Approaches to Mokp’o -
Myãngnyang Sudo — Directions; wreck
35/10
448, 449, 451, 454, 455, Korea - West coast - Kunsan Hang — Lights; wrecks; depths;
11/10
456
anchorages; directions; berths
452 Korea - West Coast - Songido to Wido — Directions; ODAS light beacon 49/10
459 Korea - West Coast - Boryeong — Directions; wreck 01/11
464, 465, 466, 466-467 Korea - West coast - Approaches to Taesan and T’aean Hang —
25/10
467
Directions; depths; fairways; anchorages; buoyage
472
Korea - West coast - P’yãngt’aek Hang and approaches — Depths;
vertical clearances; anchorages; restricted area
25/10
472 Korea - West coast - P’yãngt’aek Hang approaches — Anchorage 04/10
472 Korea - West Coast - P’almi — Pilot Station 48/10
Korea - West coast - Inch’ãn Hang - Southwest approaches — Fairway; 08/10
474, 475, 476, 477, 479 directions; vertical clearances; bridges; anchorages; regulations;
developments; aids to navigation
476, 477 Korea - West coast - Inch’ãn Hang - Chagyakto — Light 05/10
33 Philippine Islands 3rd Edition (2008) 22/08
151 Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko — Heel Reef Light 35/09
238, 243-244
Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage — Vessel traffic management
system
04/09
241, 242 Philippine Islands - Bantangas Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/10
300
Philippine Islands - Marinduque southwestwards - Tres Reyes Islands —
Shoal depths
03/10
355 Philippine Islands - Pacijan Island — Light 06/10
34 Indonesia 2 5th Edition (2009) 47/09
61 Indonesia - South coast of Jawa - Tanjung Intan — Limiting conditions 34/10
72
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Pulau Bawean — Directions; major
light
17/10
81
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik - Poleng
Oilfield — Submarine gas pipeline
47/09
81, 84
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya and approaches —
Directions; vertical clearance; buoyage
16/10
85 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik — Berths 47/09
87
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Port of Tanjungperak
—Wreck
47/09
88, 89 Indonesia - North coast of Madura — Directions; major light 17/10
122 Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok - Teluk Ayang Southwards — Rock 47/09
167 Indonesia - Pulau Sumba - South-east coast — Directions; major light 17/10
192, 193, 194 Indonesia - Selat Flores — Directions; lights 04/10
423
Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka - Pulau Talisei - Tanjung Arus —
Racon
47/09
35 Indonesia 3 4th Edition (2008) 29/08
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
184 East coast of Halmahera - Teluk Buli — Depths 06/11
36 Indonesia 1 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
85, 86, 159 Java Sea - Gosong Mampango — Light; racon 12/10
108 Indonesia - Pulau-pulau Karimunjawa — Unexploded Ordnance 03/11
126 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan — Dangerous wreck 31/09
143 Indonesia - Selat Baur - Pulau Kasenga — Racon 06/11
143 Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions 27/09
164, 165 Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions 32/09
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
17th Edition (2008) 44/08
58, 59, 60, 61 England - South-west coast — Offshore routes; directions 23/09
60 South-west coast — General information; restricted area 05/11
Wk26/11
4.9

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
61
England - South-west coast - Cape Cornwall to Saint Agnes Head —
Directions; buoyage
49/09
61, 62 England – South-west coast – Saint Ives Bay — Directions; buoyage 39/10
74, 85 Bristol Channel — Directions; wind farm 24/10
75 England - Bristol Channel - Barnstaple Bay — Buoy 28/09
75, 81 England - Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Light buoys 31/09
82
Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Directions; isolated
danger
30/10
84, 89, 93, 95, 98, 101 Wales - South coast - Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 52/09
105, 107, 109, 111, 119,
121, 122
Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 24/10
107, 123
Bristol Channel - Nash Point to Barry — Directions; racon; wreck;
buoyage
28/10
109 Wales - South coast - Barry — Directions; light 51/09
117, 120, 129, 130 Bristol Channel – Nash Point to King Road — Directions; light 39/10
119 Wales - South coast - Newport — Vertical clearance 31/09
140 England - West coast - River Severn — Landmarks; tower 06/09
152 Bristol Channel - Routes south of the Smalls — Directions; buoyage 30/10
155, 166
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth; depths at
berths
51/08
155, 158 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Limiting conditions 09/09
155, 157, 158, 162, 164,
165, 166
157
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth; depths at
berths
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Regulations concerning
entry
157, 165 Wales – South-west coast – Milford Haven — Principal marks; landmarks 05/11
160 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Buoyage 11/10
162
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven - Approach to Semlogistics
and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals — Depth
07/09
165 Wales – South-west coast – Milford Haven — Depths at berths 05/11
169
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven - River Cleddau above
Pembroke Dock — Vertical clearance
15/09
179 Wales - Fishguard — Directions; useful mark 30/10
222 Wales - North coast - Conwy — Directions; buoyage 33/10
222 Wales - North-west coast - Bangor — Light buoy 12/09
233-235, 244-246, 260 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 51/08
234, 235 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/09
240 England - West coast - Hilbre Swash — Buoyage 44/09
240 England - West coast - River Dee estuary - Hilbre Swash — Buoyage 31/10
243, 245, 246, 247, 254 England – West coast – River Mersey — Buoyage 11/11
247, 271 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Buoyage 42/09
270, 271, 317, 318 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 18/09
271 England - West coast - Morecambe Bay — Racon 44/09
271, 272 England - West coast - River Ribble estuary — Directions 31/10
286
England - West coast - Barrow-in-Furness - Piel Channel — Directions;
dangerous wreck
03/10
289-290
England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; depth
51/09
289, 290, 290-291
England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; wind farms
10/10
290
England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; buoyage
51/09
301 England – West coast – Workington — Limiting conditions; depths 12/11
305 Solway Firth - Directions; buoyage 32/10
38 West Coast of India 16th Edition (2010) 25/10
161, 162, 163, 164
Sri Lanka - West coast - Colombo harbour — Limiting conditions; arrival
information; directions; berths
25/10
185 India - West coast - Quilon - Port authority; pilotage 25/10
187 India - West coast - Quilon to Kochi — Directions; obstruction 25/10
191 India - West coast - Kochi Harbour — Spoil ground 25/10
30/10
07/09
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
223
India - West coast - Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head - Directions —
Dangerous wreck
25/10
228 India - West coast - Mandºvi River — Pilotage 25/10
252 India - Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port — Anchorages 38/10
281 India - West coast - Dahej — Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream; berths 25/10
289 India - West coast - Verºval to Porbandar — Directions; wreck 25/10
290, 291
India - West coast - Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Directions; safety
fairways; wrecks
25/10
304 India - West coast - Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point — Directions; buoyage 25/10
305 India - Mundra — Port information 38/10
308
India - West coast - VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal — Function; maximum
size
25/10
309
India - West coast - Essar VºdØnºr Terminal — Port authority; limiting
conditions; berths
25/10
314, 315, 316
India - West coast - Kandla - Harbour and approaches — Pilotage; spoil
grounds; berths
25/10
39 South Indian Ocean 12th Edition (2008) 21/08
236, 239 Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria — Anchorages; disused cables 05/09
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint-Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast 18th Edition (2010) 01/11
77 South coast – Castletownbere – Directions — Leading lights 01/11
77 South–west coast – Castletown Bearhaven — Directional light 13/11
118 South coast – Cork Harbour — Directions; buoy 01/11
156 West coast – Approaches to Rosslare Europort – South Shear —
Buoyage
12/11
163 East coast – Glassgorman Banks — Directions; buoyage 12/11
167 East coast — Directions; buoyage 22/11
217, 218 Northern Ireland – Strangford Lough — Directions 17/11
234-235 Northern Ireland – East coast – Belfast — Pilotage 12/11
265 West coast – Valentia Harbour — Directions; directional light 12/11
267 West coast – Valentia River — Directions; leading lights 26/11
272, 282, 284 West coast – Kilcredaun Head — Principal mark 14/11
319 West coast – Kiggaul Bay — Approach; light 13/11
370 West coast – Sligo Harbour — Directions; beacon 01/11
382 West coast – Ballyshannon – Entrance — Leading lights 01/11
396 West coast – Bunbeg — Directions; aids to navigation 22/11
402 West coast – Sheep Haven – Breaghy Head — Light 22/11
41 Japan 1 9th Edition (2009) 44/09
76 Honshu - Northwest coast - Hagi Ko - Ai Shima — Light 04/10
88 Honshu - Northwest coast - Misumi Ko — Towers 27/10
89 Honshu - Northwest coast - Tako Hana — Wreck 08/10
176, 184, 191, 192 Honshu - Northwest coast — Light 05/10
275, 357, 360 Russia - Pacific Coast - Zaliv Aniva — Prigorodnoye 49/10
284 Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Ko — Prohibited anchorage 11/10
42A Japan 2
Nil
3rd Edition (2011) 25/11
42B Japan 3 8th Edition (2009) 34/09
56, 57, 69, 72 Kanmon Kaikyo — Directions; light 06/10
156 Seto Naikai - Iyo Nada - Ao Shima — Directions: wreck 34/10
42C Japan 4
Nil
3rd Edition (2011) 15/11
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
8th Edition (2008) 30/08
81 Korea - Cheju Do - Cheju Hang — Anchorages 08/10
86, 87 Korea - Cheju Do - Seogwipo Hang — Directions; light 06/10
122 Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman — Racons 32/09
131, 132 Korea - South coast - Samch’ãnp’o Sudo — Directions; light 05/10
155, 156 Korea - South coast - Masan Hang — Light 11/10
157 Korea - South coast — Chinhae Man — Directions; light 05/10
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
174, 175 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches - Nasa — Major light 05/09
178, 179 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light 05/09
185 Korea - East coast — P’ohang Hang — New fairway 36/09
190, 191 Korea - East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light 05/09
200, 201 Korea - East coast - Chumunjin Hang — Directions; racon 29/10
266
Russia - Pacific coast - Kozmino — Directions; fairways; oil loading
terminal
18/10
267
Russia - Pacific coast - Zaliv Nakhodka - Vostochnyy Port — Leading
lights
11/10
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
9th Edition (2008) 05/09
8
Indonesia - Sumatera - Nanggroe Aceh Province - North-west, north and
north-east coasts — Restricted area
25/10
69, 71
Malacca Strait - North-western part - Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom
Bank) — Directions; light
07/10
70
Malacca Strait - Pasir Selatan - Gosong Pasir Selatan — Directions; light
buoy
30/10
72 Malacca Strait - South-east going traffic lane - Pasir Selatan to Gosong
Raleigh — Light
03/11
76 Malacca Strait - Tanjung Laboh — Light 09/10
76 Malacca Strait — Directions; buoyage 11/10
87 Indonesia - Sumatera - North coast - Pulau Bunta — Light 37/10
107, 108
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Teluk Aru - Kambuna Gas Field —
Prohibited and restricted areas; directions
04/10
110 East coast of Sumatera – Belawan — Offshore oil terminal 05/11
115 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Sungai Asahan — Directions; light 21/10
123, 124 Indonesia - Sumatera - east coast - Approaches to Selat Bengkalis and
Selat Rupat — light; racon; directions
03/11
124, 125, 126
125, 126
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat - Dumai — Oil Terminal 28/10
126 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat — Directions; jetties 08/10
149
Thailand - Ao Krabi - Khlong Si Bo Ya — Directions; buoyed channel;
leading lights; marine farms
09/10
149 Thailand - Ko Muk and Ko Talibong — Submarine cables 10/10
157 Malaysia - Pulau Langkawi - North coast - Teluk Ewa — Depth 13/10
183 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Utara — Directions; wreck 25/10
183
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Barat Laut — Directions;
buoyage; obstruction
25/10
184
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Manjung and Sungai Manjung
— Directions; buoyage
25/10
189, 193, 195, 198
Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Permatang Angsa — Major
light
05/09
200
Peninsular Malaysia - Selangor - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Selat
Klang Selatan — Tanjung Mahang Leading Lights
19/10
200
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang
Selatan — Directions; buoyage; light beacon
40/10
200
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang
Selatan — Directions; light beacon
50/10
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
203, 204
204
204
207
Title
IV
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat — Directions; buoyage;
light beacon
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Klang Selatan to Port Dickson -
Beting Sepang (Bambek Shoal) — Light beacon
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat — Directions; buoyage;
light beacon
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Approaches to Port Dickson —
Directions; wreck
4.13
Weekly
Edition
223 Singapore Strait and Approaches — Submarine cables 27/09
226 Singapore Strait — Recommendations for vessels crossing the TSS and
precautionary areas during hours of darkness
235, 238, 274, 282, 283,
284, 285
Singapore Strait and Port of Singapore — Directions; light 08/10
242 Singapore Strait – west-going traffic lane – Horsburgh Light to south of
Johor Shoal — Wreck
05/11
242 Singapore Strait – west-going traffic lane – Horsburgh Light to south of
Johor Shoal — Wreck
07/11
240, 244 Singapore Strait - Karang Selatin — Directions; dangerous wreck 25/10
265 Singapore - West Jurong Channel — Directions; container berth 30/10
272, 292 Singapore — West Coast Ferry Terminal 19/10
280, 281
Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway — General information; harbour for
lighters
31/09
283 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 22/10
285 Singapore — Marina Reservoir; Marina South 31/09
288 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 17/10
288 Singapore - Tuas Power Station — Jetty 33/10
289
Singapore - East Jurong Channel - Vopak (Tanjong Penjuru) Terminal —
Berths
25/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - Pulau Merambong — Light 26/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - West Reach — Directions; buoyage 39/10
313 Pulau Tekong - Pelabuhan Calder leading to Sungai Johor — Controlling
depths
03/11
314
Malaysia - Johor Strait - South-eastern part - Tanjung Pengelih
southward - Malang Berendam — Light beacon
12/10
317 Malaysia - Sungai Johor — Buoyage 37/10
355 Indonesia - Pulau Nias North Channel — Directions; major light 04/10
355, 360, 361 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Pulau Nias — Major lights 16/10
404 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Karang Sipakal — Buoy 07/10
408 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Gosong Bintanggor — Buoy 07/10
45 Mediterranean 1 13th Edition (2008) 50/08
6, 77, 241
Western Mediterranean Sea - Baie de Camerata, Algeria to Almeria,
Spain — Gas pipeline
37/09
78 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
145 Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage 22/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage 12/09
208 Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada — Anchorage 25/09
260 Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck 21/09
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
351 Malta - Marsaxlokk — Pilotage, directions 47/10
367, 368
Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit;
fishing
51/08
367 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — Arrival information; anchorage 09/10
377 Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks 22/09
Wk26/11
421, 423, 424, 428, 431,
432
Italy - Stretto di Messina — Traffic Separation Scheme; Vessel Traffic
Service
448, 449 Italy - Sicilia - Catania — Traffic Separation Scheme 06/10
450 Italy - Sicilia - Porto di Giardini-Naxos — Pilotage 22/10
456 Italy - Sicily - Porto di Augusta — Restricted area 37/10
508 Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions 19/09
40/10
40/10
50/10
34/10
25/11
45/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.14
Weekly
Edition
46 Mediterranean 2 13th Edition (2011) 18/11
71 France – Le Barcarès, Port-Saint-Ange — Obstruction 18/11
96 France – Port de Méjean – Entrance — Underwater rock 18/11
97 France – Marseille-Nord – Anchorage — Obstruction 18/11
161 Italy – Genova – Outer anchorages — Caution 18/11
340 Italy – South-east of Capo d’Anzio – Torre Astura — Obstruction 18/11
47 Mediterranean 3 13th Edition (2008) 01/09
68, 69 Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north-eastwards — FPSO; restricted area 01/09
70 Approaches to Gulf of Venice — Production platforms 50/10
81 Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane operations area 07/09
85 Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
100, 105 Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to Stenó Kastóu — Anchorage 28/09
104 Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal 01/09
112 Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock 01/09
178, 180 Albania - Durres — Directions; light 21/10
182 Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck 01/09
191, 194, 206 Montenegro - Rt Oítra — Light 25/10
191, 194, 206 Croatia - Rt Oítra — Light 33/10
465, 470 Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
467 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste — Wreck 16/09
497 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta — Dangerous wreck 34/09
499 Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions 01/09
500 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia — Anchorages; pilot boarding position 39/09
509 Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area 07/09
509 Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 01/09
526 Italy - Ancona — Wreck 01/09
536 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Cervia — Wreck 01/11
539 Italy - Ravenna approaches — Dangerous wreck 25/11
545-546 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Porto Levante — Directions 28/09
556 Italy - Venezia - Porto di Lido — Dangerous wreck 08/11
48 Mediterranean 4 14th Edition (2009) 41/09
156
Greece - Saronikós Kólpos - Órmos Keratsiníou — Directions; dangerous
wreck
20/10
203 South Aegean - Stenó Antipárou — Dangerous wreck 49/10
213 Nísos Páros - Órmos Plastíra — Obstruction 41/10
365 North Aegean - Thessaloníki — Light 41/09
432, 434 Turkey - zmir — Buoyage 41/09
49 Mediterranean 5 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
69 Libya — Al Khums 39/10
74 Libya - Surt 41/10
122 Egypt - MØnº’ Dumyº — Waiting area 03/11
158 Turkey - Fethiye — Dangerous wreck 48/10
244 Israel - •adera — Regulations 42/09
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
12th Edition (2006) 37/06
114 Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour — Pilotage 44/09
115 Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour — Wreck 15/10
160 Newfoundland - Grand Bank Harbour — Directions; sector light 49/08
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
300 Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island - Directions; sector light 49/08
304 Newfoundland – Rogers Point to Hare Bay Head — Directions; depths 38/10
308 Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour — Limiting conditions 38/10
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
309 Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour — Directions; depth 38/10
323, 324
Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm — Buoyage
changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage 43/06
406 Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage changed 38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430
Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich Bay —
Buoyage changed
38/06
438
Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South-west of George Island — Buoyage
changed
39/06
451, 452, 453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466, 467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468 Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage changed 39/06
473, 474
Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run — Buoyage
changed
39/06
492 Labrador - Murphy Head to Cape Kikkiviak - Helga River — Wreck 44/09
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
51 New Zealand 18th Edition (2010) 51/10
147 New Zealand - North Island - Doubtful Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
149 New Zealand - North Island - Breaksea Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
151 New Zealand - North Island - Dusky Sound — Directions; beacon 51/10
152 New Zealand - North Island - Cascade Cove — Beacon 51/10
160 New Zealand - Islands South of South Island - Snares Islands —
Anchorage
180, 181 Paterson Inlet and approaches — Directions; depths 23/11
193 New Zealand - North Island - East Coast -Kerikeri Inlet — Directions;
buoy
01/11
204 New Zealand - North Island - Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages 51/10
219 New Zealand -Great Barrier Island - Approach to Man of War Passage —
Directions; depth
01/11
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
64, 65 Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
92, 93 Wick - Harbour and approaches — Depths 08/10
116 Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
139 Scotland - North-east coast - Cromarty Firth — Invergordon; berth 22/09
142
Scotland - East coast - Moray Firth - Approaches to Inverness Firth - Riff
Bank — Directions; buoyage
29/10
162
Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths and
prohibited anchorage areas
22/09
162, 177, 231 Orkney Islands - Pilotage 33/10
169 Orkney Islands – Saint Margaret’s Hope — General information;
directions; berths
26/11
254, 256 Shetland Islands - North Channel and Whiteness Voe — Depths 11/10
345 Føroyar - KollafjørÉur — Berths 03/10
54 North Sea (West) 8th Edition (2009) 01/10
89, 91 Scotland – East Coast – Methil — Landmark 26/11
136 England - East coast - Blyth — Pilotage 12/10
136 England – East Coast – Blyth — Directions; buoy 24/11
154 England - East coast - River Tees — Breakwaters 25/10
Wk26/11
03/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
155 England - East coast - Teesport — Outer anchorage; pipelines 15/10
169, 170 England - East coast - Humber Approaches — Pilotage; anchorages 12/10
193, 194, 199 England - East coast — Wind farms; firing practice area 12/10
193 England – East Coast — Wind farms 09/11
194, 212, 219, 225, 227,
229
England - East Coast — Aids to navigation 01/11
213, 215, 217 England - East coast - Winterton-on-Sea — Racon 39/10
216, 218, 219
England - East Coast - Approaches to Great Yarmouth — Directions;
buoyage
44/10
220, 221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth - Outer Harbour — Directions 11/10
221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 38/10
221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 01/11
226 England - East coast - Lowestoft — Directions; Kirkley Light 01/10
55 North Sea (East) 7th Edition (2010) 45/10
67, 71, 123 Germany - Borkum-Riffgrund NE — Wind farm 04/11
97 The Netherlands - Zeegat Van Texel — Pilotage 48/10
120 The Netherlands - Friesche Zeegat - Plaatgat — Directions 13/11
220, 221 Germany - Cuxhaven to Brunsbüttel - Otterndorf — Buoyage 25/11
288 Denmark – Lister Tief to Grådyb — Directions; buoyage 07/11
297 Denmark – Passage South of and channels through Horns Rev —
Directions; buoyage
07/11
56 Norway 1 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden - West coast - Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
11 Norway — NOR VTS 14/10
14, 59, 60, 67, 73, 81, 92,
96, 102,115, 116, 138,
178
Norway – Skagerrak — Traffic Separation Schemes 22/11
70 Norway–Tregde—Lights 22/11
84 Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad - Inner Passage — Lights 36/09
84 Norway – Hesnes — Lights 22/11
109 Norway - Brevikstrømmen — Directions; leading lights 52/09
130 Norway - Approach to Tønsberg - Sandøsundsleia — Light 36/09
153, 162 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway - Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
156 Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen — Depth 32/09
160 Norway - Oslofjorden — Depths 09/10
169 Norway – Svelvikstrømmen — Directions; Lights 07/11
57A Norway 2A 9th Edition (2008) 27/08
6 Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
7 NOR VTS 14/10
85 Rosfjorden approaches - Ullerøysundet — Lights 36/09
107, 108
Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipelines and cables;
anchorage
03/10
124, 132, 135, 204 Skudenesfjorden - Geitungane — Geitungen Light 03/10
142 Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen 04/09
181 Talgjefjorden - Kingestad — anchorage 22/10
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
235 Bømlafjorden - South-east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
255 Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund — Light; shoal 14/09
281, 282
Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen —
Anchorages
29/08
282 Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage 02/09
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
308 Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance 40/08
334 Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen — Anchorage 04/09
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
353-354, 417 Fedje - Fedjefjorden — pilot boarding points 22/10
353-354, 417 Fedje - Fedjeforden — pilot boarding points 25/10
397 Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances 43/08
424
Nordhordlandsfjordene - Hille South-eastwards - Ålenappflua and
Iverholmane — Directions; lights
32/09
424
Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjømnesundet to Sognejøen - Horsholmsundet
and Bårøyosen — Directions; lights
32/09
427 West coast - Bradangersundet — Underwater rock 21/09
428 Bjorøyosen — Rock 18/09
428 Vassøyna East — Lights 28/09
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
459, 513, 516, 521, 525,
535,538, 567
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 22/10
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 25/10
473-474 Buefjorden — Bulandet 21/10
513 Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet — Directions 22/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Directions 14/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Depths 06/09
517 Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights 17/09
527, 528, 530, 531, 535 Hellefjorden - Aralden — Directions; racon; light 48/09
536 Frøysjøen - Gulenfjordene — Depths 41/09
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
564 West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet — Directions; Nord Vågsøy Light 12/09
57B Norway 2B 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
3 NOR VTS 14/10
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 30/05
5 Off Runde — Traffic separation scheme 22/11
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245
Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous and/or
pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
37 Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage 29/09
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway 3A 7th Edition (2010) 16/10
9 NOR VTS 16/10
9 Radio navigational warnings 41/10
210 Nesøya - Jovika — Directions; leading lights 21/10
235 Meløyfjorden - Kjerkholmen — Light 50/10
238 Meløyvær - Kubakkflua — Light 50/10
240 Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights 50/10
325, 328, 330, 344 Ofotfjorden - Barøya — Barøya Light 04/11
334 Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget — Buoyage 51/10
336 Tysfjorden - Haukøygrunnen and Storlysbotn — Buoyage 51/10
349 Ofotfjorden - Bogen — Directions; light 18/10
350 Ofotfjorden - Ballangen — Directions 04/11
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
367, 368, 369, 370, 371 Sørlandsvågen - Røssnesvågen — Lights; Directions 19/10
379 Lofoten - South-east coast of Moskenesøya - Å — Anchorage 08/11
380 Lofoten south-east side - Sørvagen — Anchorage 47/10
401 Lofoten - South coast of Vestvågøya - Stamsund — Anchorage 08/11
422, 424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions 45/10
424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions 47/10
429 North side of Vestfjorden - Molldøra - Kjepsøyhamn and Litlmolla —
anchorages
10/11
447 Lofoten west side - Ramberg — Anchorage 47/10
492 Vesterålen - Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga 16/10
506, 507 Andøya - Nordmela — Depth; Directions 16/10
58B Norway 3B 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 48/04
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6, 47 Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas 41/10
6 NOR VTS 14/10
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
51 Andfjorden - Andenes — Directions; light 18/10
52, 53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
63-64 Andfjorden - Nergårdsvika — Anchorage 51/10
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South-eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
98 Mefjorden - Mefjordbotn — Anchorage 51/10
106
Kattfjorden - Nordre Angstaursundet - Lysgrunnen — Directions;
buoyage
03/10
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet — Depth 01/07
158 Vannøya - Torsvåg — Marine farm 04/10
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
191 Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228-229
Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south-east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North-east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North-west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
260 Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes — Leading lights 45/09
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
265
Kamøyfjorden - South-west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
275, 276
North-east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light 31/09
313 Kirkenes - Small craft anchorages 41/09
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
67 Larrys River — Light 44/09
70 Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 44/09
173
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Limiting conditions — Deepest and
longest berths
44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information — Anchorages 44/09
174
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information — Pilots and
tugs
44/09
174, 177 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Harbour — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
180 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Berths — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
229 Cape Spencer to Martin Head — Directions; buoy 38/10
60 Pacific Islands 1 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
125
Solomon Islands - Manning Strait - Malaghara Island Shoal — Directions;
light beacon
04/10
158, 159 Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island - Hathorn Sound — Lights 12/10
209 Papua New Guinea - Bonvouloir Islands - East Island — Charts; position 50/10
211, 211-212, 212
Papua New Guinea - Louisade Archipelago - Deboyne Lagoon —
Directions
51/10
235 Papua New Guinea - Nuakata Passage — Directions; depth 50/10
324 Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam Island — Directions; rock 03/11
334
Papua New Guinea - North-East coast - Lapar Point to Cape Concordia
— Directions; light
29/10
351
Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead —
Wreck
06/09
354, 355
Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - New Britain - Vitu Islands —
Charts; position
45/10
358, 359, 368, 393 Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - Islands — Positions 44/10
368, 369, 370, 371 Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - Sae Islands - Kaniet Islands
and Manu Island — Charts; position
02/11
419, 420
Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Senyavin Islands - Pohnpei Island —
Marine farms
31/09
424, 432 Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Nukuoro Atoll, Ngatik Atoll, Wat Island
and Satawal Island — Charts; positions
01/11
440 Republic of Palau - Tobi Island — Charts; position 51/10
61 Pacific Islands 2 11th Edition (2006) 10/07
7, 80-81, 137, 161, 164
Nouvelle-Calédonie and Îles Loyauté — Restricted areas around
submarine cables
02/09
75 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
76 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Baie du Prony — Mooring buoys 01/09
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie – Nouméa – Grande Rade — Directions; principal
marks; leading lights
17/11
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
86
Nouvelle-Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and Petite Rade —
Wrecks; obstructions
03/09
100 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102
Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
111 Nouvelle-Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
161
Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine cable;
anchorage
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164
Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon — Submarine
cable
46/07
262
Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South-eastern part - Suva Harbour — Directions;
light
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south-eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south-eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands 3 12th Edition (2010) 32/10
17 Pitcairn Islands - National limits 33/10
184 Polynésie Française - Moorea - Baie de Cook — Charts; directions;
leading lights
13/11
238
Republic of Kiribati - Southern Line Group - Vostock Island — Charts;
position
50/10
63 Persian Gulf 15th Edition (2010) 08/11
2 Navigational dangers and hazards — Terrorism 09/11
124 Western approaches to Khørºn Strait - Directions — Light buoy 09/11
148 Iran–Bøshehr to Ra’s-e Barkan–Bahregan Oil Terminal—wreck 21/11
171, 176 Dubai to Abu Dhabi—Directions; Khalifa Port 21/11
183 JazØrat Dºs Terminals - Arrival information — Anchorage 13/11
183 Abu Dhabi to Jabal Aþ ¹annah including offshore oilfields and
terminals–JazØrat Dºs Terminals—Pilotage
21/11
207-208 Al Shaheen Oil Terminal — FSO’s 09/11
208 Al Rayyan Oil Terminal — FSU 09/11
209 Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Pilotage 23/11
225 Approaches to Ra’s Tannørah and Ra’s al Ju‘aymah - Hazard — Pipe 09/11
274 Iraq;Khawr al Kafka and Al Baîrah (Al Bakr) Oil Terminal — Directions;
depth
16/11
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
259, 261, 264 Saudi Arabia - Jeddah — Directions; Red Sea Gateway Terminal 31/10
317, 319 Yemen — BalÖºf LNG Terminal 51/09
65 St Lawrence 16th Edition (2009) 46/09
92 Havre de Mingan — Limiting conditions; depths 38/10
109 Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel — Directions; beacons 47/09
130 Pointe de L’Est to Île d’Entrée — Wreck 07/10
198 Trois-Rivières — Limiting conditions; vertical clearances 07/11
208 Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu — Basins and berths; anchorage 47/09
331 Miramichi Bay – Portage Island Channel — Directions; leading line 07/11
66 West Coast of Scotland 16th Edition (2008) 11/09
52, 86 Firth of Clyde - Loch Striven — Anchorages 34/09
92 Firth of Clyde - Helensburgh — Prohibited activities 11/10
110, 111 Campbeltown Loch — Pilotage; depths 21/10
115, 117, 118 Firth of Clyde - Skipness — Directions; useful mark 51/09
165 Hebrides - Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag — Vertical clearances 14/09
217 Firth of Lorn — Buoyage 16/09
284 The Small Isles — Sea state 08/10
285 Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards — Depth 33/09
366 Outer Hebrides - South Uist - Loch Boisdale — Light beacon 36/09
398 Hebrides - Sound of Harris — Passage 11/09
285, 286, 295, 296,297,
299, 310
The Small Isles — Directions; depths 48/09
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
10th Edition (2008) 03/09
8, 155, 156 Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes — Marine nature reserve 21/09
61, 62, 63, 129, 186 Portugal - Vessel traffic service — Mandatory reporting system 23/09
105
Spain - North-west coast - Ría de Arousa - Ensenada de Vilagarcia —
Directions; major light; buoyage
20/10
136, 139 Portugal - Leixôes - Outer approaches — Depth 07/10
138, 139 Portugal - Leixôes — Outer anchorage 21/10
142 Portugal - Porto do Douro - Directions — Leading lights 13/10
147 Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal — Directions: light 33/09
149 Portugal - Porto da Figueira da Foz — Directions; leading lights 30/10
162 Portugal - Porto de Lisboa — Vessel traffic service 48/09
205 Spain - Río Guadalquivir — Pilot boarding positions 11/10
215 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service 03/09
217 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz - Directions — Leading lights 14/11
235, 247 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
236, 248 Gibraltar — Directions; exclusion zone 04/10
237 Morocco — Tanger-Méditerranée 35/10
241 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Anchorages 26/10
241-242 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Pilot boarding positions 04/10
247, 248 Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited areas 21/09
248 Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock 24/09
274 Arquipélago dos Açores - Terceira - Praia da Vitória — Light 16/10
68 East Coast of the
United States 1
13th Edition (2009) 10/10
99, 103 Casco Bay and Portland Harbor — Recommended routes 37/10
103, 106 Portland Harbor — Pilotage 37/10
125 Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions; light buoy 10/10
145 Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions; ODAS buoy 35/10
155 Vineyard Sound - South-west approaches — Directions; wreck 10/10
157
Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches - Woods Hole — Directions;
buoy
10/10
168 Narragansett Bay - Old Harbor - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
182 Great Salt Pond - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
187 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Dangerous wreck 12/10
202 Port Chester Harbor — Depths 10/10
216
New York Harbor and adjacent waters - Entrance channels and Lower
Bay — Racons
10/10
226 Kill Van Kull — Depths 10/10
231 South Brother Island Channel — Depths 10/10
252
Approaches to Boston Harbor — Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety
and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports
39/10
69 East Coast of the
United States 2
11th Edition (2008) 42/08
Wk26/11
7, 65, 66, 101, 104, 185,
189, 192, 195, 197, 201,
203, 209, 210, 215, 221,
224, 226, 231, 234, 240,
241, 244, 248, 254
North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
mandatory speed restrictions
89-90 Philadelphia — Directions; lights 27/09
97 Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point — Directions; wrecks 51/09
106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions; wreck 49/08
121 James River - Upper part — Directions 14/09
131 Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances 25/09
134
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; buoyage; wrecks; obstructions; shoal; fish haven
01/10
134
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
50/09
134-135
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
51/09
01/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
152 Choptank River — Light 38/09
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
197 Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance 14/09
211, 214, 215, 216 Charleston - Fort Sumter Range — Directions 44/09
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
217 Charleston Harbor - South Channel — Directions; dangerous wreck 48/09
222 Port Royal Sound — Approach and entry 24/10
229 Savannah — Directions; leading lights 31/10
229 Savannah — Directions; lights 14/09
233 Brunswick Harbor — Project depths 49/09
234 Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry 38/09
241 Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights 14/09
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
96, 97-98 Honduras — Puerto La Ceiba 11/11
106 Honduras — Punta de Omoa 11/11
133, 134 Mexico – Progreso — Chart; Port Authority; Maximum size of vessel
handled; Outer anchorage; Pilotage; Racon; Leading Lights
17/11
153 Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz — Pilotage; tugs 47/09
158 Mexico - Tuxpan — Directions; racon 31/10
166 Mexico - La Pesca to Rio Grande — Directions; light 40/10
173 United States of America - Port Mansfield — Directions; buoyage 23/10
175
United States of America - Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel —
Vertical clearance
33/10
273, 300 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Security zone 38/09
70 West Indies 1 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
66, 67, 68, 70, 72, 73 Bermuda — Berths; landmarks; depths 33/10
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
115 Bahamas - Freeport — Directions; lights 25/11
156, 157 Dominican Republic – Puerto Plata — Pilotage; Directions; track 15/11
157 Dominican Republic – Puerto Plata — Directions; track 18/11
212, 213, 213-214, 214 Haiti — Port-Au-Prince 10/10
221 Cuba - Puerto de Santiago de Cuba — Vertical clearance 10/11
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
249 Jamaica - Falmouth Harbour — Infrastructure; Directions 01/11
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256
Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef — Directions;
light
49/08
268, 269, 270 Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman - Sand Cay — Directions; light 29/10
71 West Indies 2 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
103 US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
190 Sint Maarten - Simson Baai — Anchorage; mooring buoys 44/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique - Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
275 Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Directions 42/09
284 Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage 47/09
Wk26/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
2nd Edition (2010) 31/10
6 Radio Navigation Warnings 41/10
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
9th Edition (2009) 50/09
60 Navigational Warnings — Different types 10/10
60-62, 61, 63 NAVAREAS/METAREAS 41/10
65 Admiralty Notices to Mariners - Structure of Weekly Edition — Section III
- Reprints of Navigational Warnings
25/11
209 MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas 50/10
210
MARPOL 73/78 - Annex II — Categorisation of Noxious Liquid
Substances
03/10
220 Loran-C — Discontinuation of US and Canadian signals 07/10
224 NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) — Gaps in coverage 08/10
315
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B - Preferred
channels — characteristics of buoys
07/10
315
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B - Preferred
channels — characteristics of buoys
10/10
136 Ocean Passages for the
World
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong - Routes — Low-powered vessels; distance 26/04
Wk26/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2011
Edition)
Brazil – E coast — Directions; Offshore
marks
201
Paragraph 6.106 2 line 8 Delete
3
212
After Paragraph 6.182 2 line 12 Insert:
Offshore marks:
FPSO Espirito Santo (lit) (21°12′⋅41S
39°44′⋅64W) (6.187a).
FPSO Capixaba (lit) (21°14′⋅05S 39°57′⋅50W).
Marine Superintendent FPSO Espirito Santo
(SDDs 2011000 088571; 100562) [25/11]
Brazil - E coast — Offshore terminal
213
After Paragraph 6.187 1 line 6 Insert:
Offshore terminal
Espirito Santo
6.187a
1 General information. FPSO Espirito Santo
(21°12′⋅41S 39°44′⋅64W) is moored within the
BC-10 oilfield.
Approach to FPSO and berthing during daylight
only; unberthing may occur at anytime.
Pilotage from Brazilian mainland ports see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Tugs available. Compulsory for berthing, one
remains secured during loading operations.
2 Tankers loading at Espirito Santo are not
permitted to approach closer than 2 miles without
a pilot.
Berth. In tandem; moored astern of FPSO.
Repairs. None.
Other facilities. None. No garbage is to be
thrown overboard in the vicinity of the terminal.
FPSO Espirito Santo Terminal Regulations
(SDDs 2011000 088571; 092909) [25/11]
Wk25/11
4.1
[25/11]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Singapore Strait — Recommendations for vessels
crossing the TSS and precautionary areas during
hours of darkness
1
226
After Paragraph 7.22 Insert:
Recommendations for vessels crossing the traffic
separation scheme and precautionary areas in the
Singapore Strait during hours of darkness
7.22a
1. Vessels are recommended to display the night
signals consisting of 3 all-round green lights1 vertical line in the following situations:
in a
a) Vessels departing from ports or anchorages when
crossing the westbound or eastbound lane of the
TSS or precautionary areas in the Singapore Strait
to join the eastbound or westbound lane
2
respectively; and
b) Eastbound or westbound vessels in the TSS
or precautionary areas in the Singapore Strait
crossing to proceed to ports or anchorages in
the Singapore Strait.
2. The night signals should be displayed by:
a) Vessels of 300 gt and above.
b) Vessels of 50 m or more in length; and
3 c) Vessels engaged in towing or pushing with a
combined 300 gt and above, or with a
combined length of 50 m or more.
3. Vessels crossing the TSS and precautionary areas
in the Singapore Strait to proceed to or from ports or
anchorages are recommended to comply with the
4
following procedures:
a) A vessel in the Singapore Strait which intends
to cross the eastbound or westbound traffic
lanes in the TSS or precautionary areas
respectively, is recommended to comply with
the following:
i. Report to the VTIS to indicate its intention
in advance.
ii. Display the signals consisting of 3
all-round green lights in a vertical line. VTIS
would alert ships in the vicinity to keep a
good look out for the crossing vessel.
iii. When traffic condition is favourable, alter
course boldly if necessary, (to be readily
apparent to other vessels in the vicinity
observing by sight or radar) and cross the
traffic lane on a heading as nearly as
practicable at right angles to the general
direction of traffic flow.
iv. Report to VTIS and switch off the night
signals when it has safely left/crossed or
5
joined the appropriate traffic lane.
b) Displaying the night signals shall not exempt
the crossing vessel of its obligation to give
way to other vessels in a crossing situation or
any other rules under the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea,
1972.

6 1 The specifications of the lights used in
configuring the “3 green lights” signal are to comply
with positioning and technical details of lights in
Annex I of the International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972.
Singapore Port Marine Circular No 02 of 2011
(SDD 2011000 101370) [25/11]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Ravenna approaches — Dangerous wreck
539
Paragraph 12.199 3 line 6 Delete Thence:
After Paragraph 12.199 3 line 6 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 2 miles E of the S
outer breakwater light in position 44°29′⋅65N
12°21′⋅58E. It is in the vicinity of a light buoy
(special) positioned just to the S of the entrance
channel.
Thence the route continues W, passing (with
positions from Ravenna Light (44°29′N 12°17′E)):
Paragraph 12.199 4 line 1 For S Read Clear
Italian Notice 9.22/2011
(SDD 2011000105635) [25/11]
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
Germany - Cuxhaven to Brunsbüttel - Otterndorf
— Buoyage
220
Paragraph 7.92 3 lines 2-3 Delete
IV
4.2
221
Paragraph 7.103 2 lines 1-6 Replace by:
2 Directions. Light Buoys 45/Otterndorf 1 (53°50′⋅4N
8°54′⋅2E) and Otterndorf 3 (53°50′⋅2N 8°54′⋅0E), (both
starboard hand), mark the approach to the entrance of
the River Medem. The entrance channel, depth 0⋅8 m,
is narrow and marked by stakes, and leads S through
the drying bank bordering the S shore of the Elbe.
Within the shore line the channel divides into two
branches which lead to the respective locks.
German Notice 18/44/11
(SDD 2011000 089679) [25/11]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Bahamas - Freeport — Directions; lights
115
Paragraph 4.266 1 lines 2-5 Replace by:
Front light (two in-line vertical red rectangles each
with central white vertical line, on top red and
white banded metal framework tower)
(26°31′⋅91N 78°46′⋅24W).
Rear Light (similar structure) (6 cables from front
light).
Paragraph 4.266 1 line 7 For 021¾° Read 022°
Freeport Port Director e-mail 25.5.2011
(SDDs 2011000 052827; 101041) [25/11]
NP100 Mariner’s Handbook (2009 Edition)
Admiralty Notices to Mariners - Structure of
Weekly Edition — Section III - Reprints of
Navigational Warnings
65
Paragraph 4.33 1 lines 3-6 Delete Edited reprints to
this Section.
UKHO
(HH. 073/004/02) [25/11]
Wk25/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Russian Federation - Vyborg and approaches -
Gavan Vysotsk — Directions; depths; lights;
beacons; buoys
212
Paragraph 5.189 2 Replace by:
2 The NE-most part of Fairway No 6 leading to
Vnutrenniy Vysotskiy Reyd is dredged to 8⋅0 m
(2010). An alternative deep-water route passing N of
Hallikivi (5.205) is dredged to 12⋅7 m (2010) as is
Vnutrenniy Vysotskiy Reyd. The channel from
Vysotsk to Vyborg is dredged to various depths as
shown on the chart.
214
Paragraph 5.202 Replace by:
1 From Banka Yalkamatala, the line of bearing
244⋅9°, astern, of Igrivyy E Light (white rectangle, red
stripe, on red 4-sided framework tower, 10 m in
height) (60°35′⋅4N 28°27′⋅7E) leads 1 mile ENE to the
vicinity of the harbour entrance, passing SSE of Banka
Hallikivi and the light buoy (port hand) marking its
SSE extent, and NNW of the shoal water, marked by
two light buoys (starboard hand), extending 5 cables
NW towards the fairway from Ostrov Vysotskiy
(60°36′N 28°35′E).
2 By night, the track leads in the white sector
(060°-070°) of Pikhtovyy Light (white truncated
conical structure, red stripe, on white round tower,
16 m in height) (60°37′⋅0N 28°34′⋅4E).
Thence the route, dredged to a depth of 12⋅7 m
(2010), leads ENE through the entrance marked by
lights and light buoys (lateral).
Paragraph 5.204 Delete
215
Paragraph 5.205 Replace by:
1 From a position 1¼ miles SW of Hallikivi Front
Leading Light (60°36′⋅5N 28°31′⋅6E), the deep-water
route, dredged to 12⋅7 m (2010) and marked by light
buoys (lateral), leads 1 mile NNE, passing WNW of
Banka Syvämatala; thence 6 cables ENE, passing
NNW of Hallikivi Front Leading Light and Banka
Karniemen (1¾ cables farther NE), marked by a light
buoy (starboard hand); thence 5 cables ESE to the
vicinity of the harbour entrance.
Wk24/11
4.1
[24/11]
Paragraph 5.208 2 lines 4-5 Replace by:
...of Vnutrenniy Vysotskiy Reyd, dredged to 12⋅7 m
(2010).
Paragraph 5.209 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Berths. The oil pier has two main berths, dredged
to 14⋅5 m (2004).
Paragraph 5.210 1 lines 4-5 Delete
Russian Notice 26/10 and 19/11
(SDD 2010000 103553; 2011000 073882) [24/11]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
England – The Solent – Port of Southampton —
Small Ships Anchorage
212
Paragraph 7.22 3 lines 3-6 Delete
Paragraph 7.22 4-5 Replace by:
4 No vessel may anchor closer to a gas tanker than a
distance equal to twice their combined length and at
no time will more than three gas tankers be permitted
to anchor within the Small Ships Anchorage (7.239)
area between the Hamble Point Light Buoy and the
Coronation Light Buoy in Southampton Water.
5 Further details of the regulations applicable to gas
tankers may be found in the Notice to Mariners on the
Southampton VTS website:
www.southamptonvts.co.uk.
1
258
After Paragraph 7.236 and sub-section heading (Arrival
information) Insert:
Port operations
7.236a
Information regarding port operations including the
latest Notices to Mariners and the Port Users
Navigation Guidelines may be found in the
Southampton VTS website:
www.southamptonvts.co.uk
See 7.6 for further information.
Paragraph 7.239 1 Lines 1-7 Replace by:
1 Small Ships Anchorage. The Small Ships
Anchorage lies between Hamble Point Light Buoy (S
cardinal) and Coronation Light Buoy (special) centred
on 50°49′⋅8N 1°18′⋅2W and is designated for vessels
of less than 91⋅4 m in length. Vessels may only anchor
within the Small Ships Anchorage with prior
permission from the Harbour Master, which may be
obtained through Southampton VTS.
Further details may be found in the Southampton
Port Users Navigation Guidelines. See 7.236a.
Inbound vessels are required to contact
Southampton VTS for permission to anchor in the
Small Ships Anchorage area prior to entering the
Precautionary
Channel.
Area (Thorn Channel) or the North
ABP Southampton
(HH. 027/200/02; SDD 2011000 011825; 011827;
082116; 097163) [24/11]

NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Borneo - North west coast - Emerald Shoal —
Depth
155
Paragraph6.90line4For 7⋅9 Read 1⋅2
Malaysian Chart 872
(SDD 2011000 061734) [24/11]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England – East Coast – Blyth — Directions; buoy
136
Paragraph 5.142 2 line 5 Delete (with positions from the
entrance)
Paragraph 5.142 2 lines 6-7 Delete
Port of Blyth Notice 2/2011
(SDD 2011000 099374) [24/11]
IV
4.2
Wk24/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United
States Pilot (2010 Edition)
Mexico – Golfo de California – Guaymas —
Directions; lights
192
Paragraph 6.59 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.59
1
193
Paragraph 6.60 1 Replace by:
Leading lights:
Front light (red diamond on white concrete
rectangle, 8 m in height), (27°54′⋅79N
110°51′⋅21W) on Isla Morrito (6.56).
Rear light (similar structure) (27°56′⋅10N
110°51′⋅28W) on Isla Tío Ramón.
Paragraph 6.60 2 line 2 For 355° Read 357°
BA Chart 42 [23/11]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
Paterson Inlet and approaches —
Directions; depths
180
Paragraph 6.144 1 line 6 For 7⋅5 mRead 7⋅1 m
Paragraph 6.144 2 line 3 For 9⋅4 mRead 8⋅9 m
Paragraph 6.144 2 line 5 For 8⋅5 mRead 7⋅9 m
Paragraph 6.151 1 line 5 For 8⋅0 mRead 6⋅5 m
Paragraph 6.151 1 line 6 For 5⋅2 mRead 5⋅4 m
Paragraph 6.151 2 line 2 For SSE of a breakwater Read SSE
of the ruins of a breakwater
181
Paragraph 6.152 2 line 2 For 6⋅4 mRead 3⋅4
Paragraph 6.152 3 line 3 Replace by:
...and noting a 4⋅4 m shoal ¾ cable WNW,
thence:
NZ 6825 [23/11]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Pilotage
209
Paragraph 7.493 1 line 7 Replace by:
...in position 25°56′⋅00N 51°43′⋅00E for the North
Channel and in position 25°54′⋅00N 51°43′⋅00E for the
South Channel. The...
Harbour Master, Ra’s Laffºn
(SDD 2010000 186068) [23/11]
4.1
[23/11]
Wk23/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - English Channel to Southern
North Sea — Routes; North-east–going route
Paragraph 2.13 2 Replace by:
2 Also encountered in this gap are vessels leaving the
SW-bound lane of Dover Strait TSS in order to join
the ITZ along the French coast and vessels leaving the
NE-bound lane of the TSS to proceed towards the
Thames Estuary and the E coast of the United
Kingdom.
Mariners leaving the NE-bound lane and planning
to cross the SW-bound lane, between the Varne Light
Buoy (51°01′⋅3N 1°23′⋅9E) and F1 Light Buoy
(51°11′⋅2N 1°45′⋅0E) should be aware of heavy traffic
in the SW-bound lane, as well as ferry traffic, and
alter course and/or speed at an appropriate point.
58
61
After Paragraph 2.38 2 Insert:
Overtaking in the Deep-water Route north-west of
Sandettié Bank
2.38a
1 Vessels using the DW route NW of Sandettié Bank
should avoid overtaking where traffic and navigation
do not allow sufficient sea room and passing distance.
If a vessel does overtake then a safe distance must be
maintained and Rule 13 of The International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
observed.
62
Paragraph 2.44 3 line 10 Add: For information concerning
overtaking in the DW route see 2.38a.
65
After Paragraph 2.66 3 Insert:
Overtaking in the Deep-water Route north-west of
Sandettié Bank
2.66a
1 For information concerning overtaking in the
NE-going traffic lane NW of Sandettié Bank see
2.38a.
International Maritime Organization
(SDD 2011000 010587) [22/11]
Wk22/11
4.1
[22/11]
England - Dover — Limiting conditions;
tidal streams
94
Paragraph 4.36 1 lines 3-6 Replace by:
Tidal Streams: Entry restrictions apply to cruise
vessels exceeding 125 m LOA due to adverse tidal
streams in both entrances. Further information may be
obtained from the Duty Harbour Master. See also 4.50.
Dover Harbour Master
(HH. 028/200/01) [22/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
East coast — Directions; buoyage
167
Paragraph 5.144 2 line 2-3 Replace by:
...(52°56′⋅84N 5°58′⋅47W) which is moored 1¼ miles
offshore marking the E side of Horseshoe, a bank...
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 086426; 082354) [22/11]
West coast – Bunbeg — Directions;
aids to navigation
396
Paragraph 12.278 2 lines 3-7 Replace by:
The channel is marked by light beacons and light
buoys. The positions of these aids to navigation can
best be seen on the chart.
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 087695) [22/11]
West coast – Sheep Haven –
Breaghy Head — Light
402
After Paragraph 12.324 4 line 6 Insert:
Useful mark:
Breaghy Head Light (white beacon) (55°11′⋅47N
7°54′⋅81W).
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 087700) [22/11]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st June 2011
Norway – Skagerrak —
Traffic Separation Schemes
14
Paragraph 1.94 including heading Replace by:
Ships’ routeing scheme
1.94
1 An offshore ships’ routeing scheme has been
established, comprising a series of TSSs at salient
points off the coast, linked by recommended routes, as
shown on the charts. Within the limits of this volume
the following TSSs of the routeing scheme are
IMO-adopted and regulations for navigating in them
are contained in Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972):

2 TSS (57°44′⋅00N 7°50′⋅00E) off Ryvingen.
TSS (58°00′⋅00N 8°50′⋅00E) off Lillesand.
TSS (58°29′⋅00N 9°38′⋅00E) off Risør.
The routeing scheme applies to the following
categories of ships:
3 (a) Tankers as defined under Annex I to the
International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by
the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto
(MARPOL 73/78).
(b) Chemical tankers carrying noxious liquid
substances in bulk assessed or provisionally
assessed as Category X or Y of Annex II to the
International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the
Protocol of 1978 relating thereto (MARPOL
73/78).
4 (c) Ships of 5000 gt and upwards, in transit or
on international voyages to or from
Norwegian ports.
(d) The routeing schemes do not apply to any size or
category of ship in domestic traffic with
passengers and/or goods between Norwegian
ports.
5 Ships of the above categories on international
voyages, to or from ports in Norway, should follow
the routeing scheme until a course to port can be
clearly set. This also applies to ships calling at
Norwegian ports for supplies or service.
59
Paragraph 2.2 1 lines 4-7 Replace by:
Offshore route. See ships’ routeing scheme (1.94).
Paragraph 2.6 1 line 5 For in tankers (2.2) Read using the
ships’ routeing scheme at 1.94
Paragraph 2.7 1 line 2 For tankers at 1.94 Read ships’
routeing scheme at 1.94.
60
Paragraph 2.12 1 line 6 Replace by:
Offshore route. See ships’ routeing scheme (1.94).
67
Paragraph 2.76 1 line 6 Replace by:
Offshore route. See ships’ routeing scheme (1.94).
73
Paragraph 2.120 1 line 2 For tankers at 1.94 Read ships’
routeing scheme at 1.94.
81
Paragraph 3.2 1 lines 4-7 Replace by:
Offshore route. See ships’ routeing scheme (1.94).
Paragraph 3.7 1 line 7 Replace by:
Offshore route. See ships’ routeing scheme (1.94).
92
Paragraph 3.89 1 line 6 Replace by:
Offshore route. See ships’ routeing scheme (1.94).
96
Paragraph 3.111 1 line 6 Replace by:
Offshore route. See ships’ routeing scheme (1.94).
IV
4.2
102
Paragraph 3.155 1 line 2 For tankers at 1.94 Read ships’
routeing scheme at 1.94.
115
Paragraph 4.5 1 line 2 For tankers at 1.94 Read ships’
routeing scheme at 1.94.
116
Paragraph 4.10 2 Replace by:
Offshore route. See ships’ routeing scheme (1.94).
138
Paragraph 5.10 1 lines 2-3 For tankers at 1.94 Read ships’
routeing scheme at 1.94.
178
Paragraph 6.8 1 line 2 For tankers at 1.94 Read ships’
routeing scheme at 1.94.
IMO Sub-committee on Safety of Navigation 56th Session
(SDD 2011000 080412) [22/11]
Norway–Tregde—Lights
70
Paragraph 2.99 1 line 5 Replace by:
... track leads NNE
Norwegian Notice 8/35074/11
(SDD 2011000 082181) [22/11]
Norway – Hesnes — Lights
1
84
Paragraph 3.26 1 line 6-7 Replace by:
...of Kvaløya (58°20′⋅50N 8°39′⋅40E), into the white sector
(226⋅5°–228⋅5°), astern, of Hesnes Light (white lantern,
elevation 4 m) (58°20′⋅62N 8°39′⋅87E).
Paragraph 3.26 2 Delete
Paragraph 3.27 1 line 7 Delete Front Leading
Paragraph 3.28 1 Replace by:
Combined route. The track leads NE for 2½ miles
in the white sector, astern, of Hesnes Light (3.26);
passing close SE of Vestre Midtgrunnen, marked by
an iron perch with light (58°21′⋅06N 8°40′⋅45E) and
Østre Midtgrunnen, marked by a buoy (port hand)
(58°21′⋅27N 8°41′⋅12E), thence over a least depth of
8m (58°21′⋅8N 8°42′⋅2E) and into a white sector
(045°–046°) of Spærrholmene Light (white lantern)
(58°23′⋅00N 8°45′⋅54E).
Norwegian Notice 8/34135/11
(SDD 2011000 054440) [22/11]
Wk22/11

NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 11-2004
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st June 2011
R38 Insert:
Off Runde — Traffic separation scheme
Traffic separation scheme
1.49a
1 A TSS exists in the vicinity of 62°55′N 4°06′E,
about 50 miles NW of Runde.
The TSS applies to the following categories of
vessels:
Tankers as defined under Annex I to the
International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the
protocol of 1978 (MARPOL 73/78).
2 Chemical tankers carrying noxious liquid
substances in bulk assessed or provisionally
assessed as Category X or Y in Annex II to
MARPOL 73/78.
Vessels of 5000 gt or more, in transit or on
international voyages to or from Norwegian
ports.
The TSS does not apply to vessels of any size or
category on passage between Norwegian ports.
5
Norwegian Notice 7/34996 (P)/11
(SDD 2011000 073752) [22/11]
Wk22/11
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Cameroun – Limbe –
Directions for entering harbour —
Obstruction
121
Paragraph 4.63 5 lines7to8Replace by:
Thence the track leads to anchorage D (4.66),
or the required destination, noting an obstruction
with a depth of 7⋅1m (3¼miles NNW).
French Notice 17/30/2011
(SDD 2011000 087144) [21/11]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition)
India - KºkinºdaBaytoVamsadhºra River —
Gangavaram Port
99
After Paragraph 2.164 1 line 5 Insert:
Chart 234
GANGAVARAM PORT
General Information
Position
2.164a
1 Gangavaram Port (17°37′⋅60N 83°14′⋅80E), in the
state of Andhra Pradesh, lies 4½ miles SSW
ofVishºkhapatnam.
Function
2.164b
1 Gangavaram Port has been developed as an all
weather deep water multi-purpose port. The port
handles a variety of bulk cargoes including coal, iron
ore, fertiliser, limestone, food grains, steel products
and petrochemicals.
Port Limits
2.164c
1 The port limits are shown on the chart.
Approach and entry
2.164d
1 Gangavaram Port is approached from the E and
entered through the dredged channel leading between
the N and S breakwaters.
Traffic
2.164e
1 Approximately 8 000 000 tonnes of cargo handled
annually.
Wk21/11
4.1
[21/11]
Port Authority
2.164f
1 Gangavaram Port Limited., Hyderadad 500 033,
Andhra Pradesh.
Internet. www.gangavaram.com
e-mail. port@gangavaram.com
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
2.164g
1 The following depths are maintained by dredging:
Outer channel, 20⋅2 m
Inner harbour and turning circle, 19⋅5 m.
2 Due to siltation and strong currents, the depths in
the outer channel are liable to change.
The mariner should contact the port authorities for
depths maintained in the channel and inner harbour.
Deepest and longest berth
2.164h
1 Deepest, Iron ore berth 4 and Coal berth 5.
Longest, Iron ore berth 4.
Tidal levels
2.164i
1 Mean spring range about 1⋅4 m, mean neap range
about 0⋅6 m. For further information see Admiralty
Tide Tables Volume 3.
Maximum size of vessel handled
2.164j
1 A Capesize bulk coal vessel of 180 199 dwt was
discharged in 2011. The port is capable of handling
vessels up to 200 000 dwt.
Local weather and sea state
2.164k
1 Wind. FromMarchtoMaythewindshiftsSWand
is the precursor to the SW Monsoon, which normally
lasts from mid May until mid October. The SW
Monsoon is usually accompanied by cloudy weather
and includes the wet season. The wind and weather
become more variable after the SW Monsoon but NE
winds prevail between October and December. A NW
wind is usually fresh during the day but at night
become light and W. In October and November
squalls and rain are common. The greatest rainfall
occurs between June and November.
2 Cyclonic storms in the Bay of Bengal normally
occur 4 to 5 times a year. They are most likely in
November but can also occur in May.
Fog. There is a small likelihood of fog between
December and May.
Sea state. There is always a considerable swell
here. The highest sea state is normally between April
and September.
Arrival information
Port operations
2.164l
1 The port operates 24 hours a day.

Port radio
2.164m
1 There is a port radio station, see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Notice of ETA required
2.164n
1 Notice of ETA required at least 48 hrs in advance.
Outer Anchorages
2.164o
1 Within the port limits there are 10 designated
anchorages marked on the charts. Each anchorage is
about 1¼ miles in diameter. There is also an
examination anchorage.
Spoil ground
2.164p
1 A spoil ground (17°36′⋅20N 83°16′⋅80E), within the
outer anchorage, is charted 1 mile SW of the pilot
boarding position.
Pilotage
2.164q
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot
boards in position 17°37′⋅08N 83°17′⋅53E. In bad
weather the pilot will guide the vessel until boarding
becomes possible.
Tugs
1 Tugs are available.
Harbour
General layout
2.164r
1 The main harbour area is enclosed by two
breakwaters to the N and S of the dredged entrance
channel. Berths 1, 2 and 3, W and SW of the turning
circle, are for general and dry cargo; berths 4 and 5 to
the S are for bulk iron ore and coal.
Development
2.164s
1 Further development within the breakwaters
proposes an additional 9 berths. Additional plans are
for ship building with repair facilities and a marine oil
terminal with SPM and an onshore tank farm.
Currents
2.164t
1 Currents of monsoonal origin exist, tending to
follow the coast line. From September to December,
SW current setting with rates from 0⋅5 to 2 kts are
experienced, maximum being September. During the
rest of the year, NE current with rates from 0⋅5 to
1⋅5 kts are experienced with maximum being in May.
IV
4.2
Directions for entering harbour
Principal marks
2.164u
1 Landmarks:
Gangavaram Signal station (17°37′⋅05N
83°13′⋅93E).
Pigeon Island (17°37′⋅19N 83°14′⋅42E).
Water tower (17°37′⋅52N 83°13′⋅61E).
Approaches
2.164v
1 From a position SE of Dolphin’s Nose Light
(17°40′⋅59N 83°17′⋅57E) the track leads WNW into
the roadstead toward the pilot boarding position and
onto the alignment of Gangavaram Port Leading
Lights.
Entrance channel to turning circle
2.164w
1 Gangavaram Leading Lights:
Front transit mark (white 4-sided framework tower,
red bands, 14 m in height) (17°37′⋅48N
83°13′⋅76E).
Rear transit mark (white 4-sided framework tower,
red bands, 29 m in height) (500 m from front
mark).
2 From a position 1¼ miles W of the breakwater
entrance the track, on the alignment (265°), leads
through the buoyed entrance channel to the turning
circle.
Basin and berths
Basin
2.164x
1 The inner harbour enclosed by N and S breakwaters
consists of a turning circle and 5 berths.
Alongside berths
2.164y
1 There are 5 alongside berths; the largest berth, the
iron ore berth, has a length of 340 m and a depth of
19⋅5 m.
Port services
Repairs
2.164z
1 Local workshops can carry out hull and machinery
repairs. Divers are available.
Other facilities
2.164aa
1 Medical facitities are available in Vishºkhapatnam.
Garbage and waste oil disposal can be arranged.
Compass adjustment can be arranged through the
ship agent.
Supplies
2.164ab
1 Marine diesel and fuel oil is available by road
tanker or fuel barge.
Fresh water, provisions and stores are available.
Wk21/11

Communications
2.164ac
1 ThenearestairportisatVishºkhapatnam, 13 km N
of the port.
BA Chart 234; INP 2 Bay of Bengal Pilot (Edition 1 2007)
Amendment 06/2010
(SDD 2010000 045338) [21/11]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
Iran–Bøshehr to Ra’s-e Barkan–
Bahregan Oil Terminal—wreck
148
After Paragraph 6.118 1 line 7 Insert:
2 Dangerous wreck. A dangerous wreck
(reported 2011), marked by two unlit buoys
(non - IALA), lies about 1 mile SW of Berth No 2
in position 29°42′⋅50N 50°09′⋅30E.
Master, MT Grand Sea
(SDD 2011000 081944) [21/11]
Dubai to Abu Dhabi—
Directions; Khalifa Port
171
After Paragraph 7.163 3 line 4 Insert:
NW of Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (safe
water) (24°55′⋅20N 54°35′⋅60E), thence;
176
After Paragraph 7.212 1 line 10 Insert:
KHALIFA PORT
General information
Chart 3752, Khalifa Port and Approaches
Position
7.212a
1 Khalifa Port (MØnº’ KhalØfa) (24°49′⋅00N
54°40′⋅00E) is an island port connected to the
coast between Khawr GhurabØ (24°48′⋅91N
54°42′⋅50E) and Ra’s –anjørah (24°44′⋅40N
54°38′⋅50E) by a causeway and trestle bridge.
The port lies about 24 miles WSW of Jebel Ali
(7.182).
Function
7.212b
1 The function of the port is to accommodate
traffic bound for MØnº’ Zºyid, when it closes in
2012 as well as facilitate exports from and
imports for Khalifa Industrial Zone (KIZAD) which
is being developed along the adjacent coast and
hinterland.
Wk21/11
IV
1
Topography
7.212c
See 7.215.
Port limits
7.212d
1 The port limits are shown on the chart and
include all the waters up to the anchorage area.
Approach and entry
7.212e
1 The Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (safe
water) (24°55′⋅20N 54°35′⋅60E) may be
1
approached from WNW through N to NNE. The
port is entered through a buoyed channel.
Port Authority
7.212f
Abu Dhabi Terminals, PO Box 422, Abu Dhabi,
United Arab Emirates.
Internet: www.adpc.ae
1
Limiting conditions
Controlling depth
7.212g
The entrance channel, width 250 m, has been
dredged to 16⋅3 m (2010) and the harbour basin
to 15⋅8 m (2010). Vessels approaching from the
outer pilot boarding station, positioned in the
anchorage area, should note depths shoaler than
15 m exist between the outer and inner pilot
1
boarding stations.
Tidal levels
7.212h
Mean spring range about 1⋅3 m; mean neap
range
Vol 3.
about 0⋅4 m; see Admiralty Tide Tables
Arrival information
1
Port radio
7.212i
Khalifa Port Control Station controls operations
for the port.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
1
Volume6(4).
Notice of ETA required
7.212j
Vessels requiring a pilot should send ETA and
maximum draught at least 12 hours prior to arrival
to Khalifa Port Control Station and a confirmation
no later than 4 hours prior to arrival.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
1
Volume6(4).
Outer anchorage
7.212k
The anchorage area, centred about 25°01′⋅70N
54°37′⋅20E with a minimum depth of 16⋅1 m, lies
adjacent to the N boundary of Khalifa Port Limit.
Submarine cables
7.212l
1 Submarine cables are laid N and S of the
anchorage area; a submarine cable traverses the
approach channel close NW of the breakwater
head.
4.3

Pilotage
7.212m
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of LOA
100 m and above, vessels of LOA 60 m and
above carrying hazardous cargo in bulk and
passenger vessels of LOA 24 m and above
carrying more than 12 passengers.
Pilot boards in the following positions:
Outer: 25°02′⋅00N 54°39′⋅00E
Inner: 24°56′⋅20N 54°35′⋅61E
Pilot boarding arrangements will be confirmed
by Khalifa Port Control. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Regulations concerning entry
7.212n
1 Due to works in progress at Khalifa Port main
berth, entry into Khalifa Port limits and anchorage
areas is prohibited except for vessels calling at
EMAL berth (7.212s) and those vessels used by
construction companies subject to the Harbour
Master’s approval.
Harbour
General layout
7.212o
1 The harbour consists of a large basin, 800 m in
width, protected by breakwaters. Quayage,
3200 m in length, fronts the N breakwater, joined
on its SW side to the shore by a causeway. The
EMAL (Emirates Aluminium) Jetty, connected to
the shore by a trestle bridge, lies on the S
breakwater.
Future development
7.212p
1 Reclamation works, marked by light buoys
(lateral), are in progress (2011) within the
harbour, as shown on the chart. Khalifa Port is to
develop further offshore in five phases to 2030, to
become one of the largest ports in the world. The
first phase is expected to complete by September
2012.
IV
Directions for entering harbour
Other aid to navigation
7.212q
1 Racon:
Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (24°55′⋅20N
54°35′⋅60E).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
4.4
Entry
7.212r
1 From the outer pilot boarding station
(25°02′⋅00N 54°39′⋅00E) the track leads SSW for
about 6 miles to the inner pilot boarding station
thence S for 1 mile to the fairway light buoy.
From the fairway light buoy the track leads SE for
7 miles through a buoyed (lateral) and dredged
channel to the harbour.
1 Useful marks:
Tower (24°48′⋅19N 54°42′⋅43E)
Numerous chimneys (24°46′⋅11N 54°41′⋅30E)
Basin and berth
1
7.212s
EMAL berth. Emirates Aluminium (EMAL) has
a dedicated berth on the S side of the basin for
reception of alumina, which is transported by
conveyor to the silos adjacent to the smelter. The
berth, 800 m in length, can accommodate two
60,000 dwt vessels.
Abu Dhabi Ports Company
(SDD 2011000 044257) [21/11]
Abu Dhabi to Jabal Aþ ¹annah including
offshore oilfields and terminals–
JazØrat Dºs Terminals—Pilotage
183
Paragraph 7.275 3 lines 1-7 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels; vessels
arriving from N using the JazØrat Dºs Deep Water
Channel (7.270) or from S using Zaqqøm Channel
TSS (7.286) are boarded in position 25°10′⋅00N
52°56′⋅00E. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume6(4).
Das Harbour Master
(SDD 2011000 074230) [21/11]
Wk21/11

NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
England - South Coast - Salcombe —
Limiting conditions; controlling depth
145
Paragraph 4.263 1 line 2 For 1⋅0 mRead 0⋅5 m
Salcombe Harbour Master
(SDD 2011000 073909) [20/11]
4.1
[20/11]
Wk20/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2011 Edition)
France – Le Barcarès, Port-Saint-Ange —
Obstruction
71
After Paragraph 2.35 2 line 12 Insert:
An obstruction exists, at an unknown depth, on
the 10 m contour, approximately 4 cables offshore
in position 42°48′⋅52N 3°03′⋅01E.
French Notice 11/13/31
(SDD 2011000 062307) [18/11]
France–PortdeMéjean–Entrance—
Underwater rock
96
After Paragraph 2.258 1 line 8 Insert:
An underwater rock, depth unknown, lies in
position 43°19′⋅70N 5°13′⋅09E, approximately
1 cable west of Cape Méjean.
French Notice 11/11/31
(SDD 2011000 052211) [18/11]
France – Marseille-Nord – Anchorage —
Obstruction
97
After Paragraph 2.275 2 line 7 Insert:
An obstruction exists at a depth of 25⋅5 m in
the SW corner of the Marseille-Nord anchorage,
1 cable S of Niolon, in position 43°20′⋅17N
5°15′⋅39E.
French Notice 11/08/29
(SDD 2011000 038301) [18/11]
Wk18/11
4.1
Italy – Genova – Outer anchorages —
Caution
[18/11]
161
After Paragraph 4.117 2 line 6 Insert:
Caution. A submarine pipeline extends
3 cables SSW from the E section of Diga di
Cornigliano (4.123). The pipeline extends
1¼ cables into the anchorage area and the
seaward end is marked by a light buoy (special).
A restricted area surrounds the pipeline to a
distance of 100 m.
Italian Notice 1.5/11
(SDD 2011000 023508) [18/11]
Italy – South-east of Capo d’Anzio –
Torre Astura — Obstruction
340
After Paragraph 12.12 2 line 10 Insert:
SSW of an obstruction (8¼ miles ESE),thence:
Italian Notice 3.6/11
(SDD 2011000 034254) [18/11]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Dominican Republic – Puerto Plata —
Directions; track
157
Existing Section IV Notice Week 15/11 Paragraph 6.28 5
Replace by:
5 Track. From the vicinity of the fairway buoy
(19°48′⋅78N 70°41′⋅54W), the track leads on the
bearing 218° in the white sector of a direction light
(19°47′⋅90N 70°42′⋅25W) through the fairway, marked
by light buoys (lateral), to the inner anchorage and
alongside berths.
dickson.rivas@remoldom.com
(SDD 2011000 069479) [18/11]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
South Africa – Algoa Bay — Directions; depth
109
Paragraph 2.203 5 line 1 For 15⋅8 mRead 13⋅2 m
South African Notice 41/2011
(SDD 2011000 061289) [17/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
Northern Ireland – Strangford Lough —
Directions
1
217
Paragraph 6.215 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:
WNW of Craigyouran Light Beacon (W cardinal)
marking the SW end of Craigyouran, thence:
ESE of Long Sheelah Light Beacon (E cardinal)
marking the E side of Long Sheelah.
When past Long Sheelah Light Beacon the route
turns to NNW on to Track H, or NE on to Track G.
Paragraph 6.216 Replace by:
From a position 2¾ cables ENE of Long Sheelah
Light Beacon (54°26′⋅93N 5°35′⋅34W), the line of
bearing 339° of Mahee Point Light Beacon
(54°30′⋅41N
passing:
5°37′⋅09W) leads NNW on Track H,
WSW of Tip Reef Light Buoy (S cardinal)
2
(54°27′⋅45N 5°34′⋅50W) which marks the S end
of Tip Reef, and:
ENE of Hadd (54°27′⋅39N 5°35′⋅81W), thence:
WSW of Slave Rock (54°27′⋅82N 5°34′⋅81W),
which is marked by a pole, thence:
Between Drummond Island (54°28′⋅37N
5°36′⋅46W) and Bird Island (54°28′⋅77N
5°34′⋅79W), thence:
Between Dead Man’s Rock on which stands a light
beacon (E cardinal) (54°28′⋅80N 5°36′⋅41W) and
Michaels Rock (54°28′⋅96N 5°35′⋅46W), which
is marked by a perch.
(Directions for the anchorage in Mahee Roads
are given at 6.218)
Paragraph 6.218 3 lines 1-6 Replace by:
3 Killyleagh Reefs (5 cables E of Town Rock
Light Beacon) (54°23′⋅61N 5°38′⋅47W). The
recommended berth, in 7 to 10 m, mud, is
with Town Rock Light Beacon bearing 264°
and the perch on Barrel Rock (54°23′⋅93N
5°37′⋅65W) bearing 002°.
Wk17/11
4.1
[17/11]
Paragraph 6.219 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:
...3 cables S of Town Rock Light Beacon (54°23′⋅61N
5°38′⋅47W), is navigable as far as the tidal barrier at Hare
Island...
Paragraph 6.220 2 line 3 For Town Rock Beacon Read
Town Rock Light Beacon
218
Paragraph 6.220 4 line 1 For Town Rock Beacon Read
Town Rock Light Beacon
Paragraph 6.222 2-3 Replace by:
2 Caution. When entering Kircubbin Bay, care must
be taken to avoid foul ground extending 2 cables N
from Monaghan Bank, which forms the S side of the
bay.
Directions. From a position in the fairway of the
lough, 3 cables E of Long Sheelah Light Beacon
(54°26′⋅93N 5°35′⋅34W), the channel to Kircubbin
Roads leads NE along Track G between Gransha Point
(54°27′⋅51N 5°33′⋅39W) on the E side, and Slave
Rock Pladdies, on the W, passing:
SE of Tip Reef (54°27′⋅62N 5°34′⋅62W) which is
marked on the S end by Tip Reef Light Buoy (S
cardinal), thence:
3 SE of a depth of 0⋅3 m (54°27′⋅80N 5°33′⋅94W),
thence:
NW of Hoskyns Shoal (54°27′⋅75N 5°33′⋅56W),
marked on the NW side by Hoskyns Shoal Light
Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
SE of Sand Rock Pladdy (54°28′⋅06N 5°33′⋅52W),
marked on the SE side by Sand Rock Pladdy
Light Buoy (port hand).
The route turns N round Sand Rock Pladdy on
Track G, whence the line of bearing 185°, astern, of
the trigonometrical station on Gransha Point leads for
a distance of 1½ miles to the anchorage in Kircubbin
Roads, passing:
Between Kircubbin Roads Light Buoys (lateral),
thence:
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 057496) [17/11]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2007 Edition)
France – Port-Barcarès — Obstruction
62
After Paragraph 2.35 2 line 11 Insert:
An obstruction exists, at an unknown depth, on the
10 metre contour, approximately 4 cables offshore in
position 42°48′⋅52N 3°03′⋅01E.
French Notice 11/13/31
(SDD 2011000 062307) [17/11]

NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle Calédonie – Nouméa– Grande Rade —
Directions; principal marks; leading lights
1
86
After Paragraph 2.161 1 line 5 Insert:
Mont Montravel mast (red lights) (22°15′⋅37S
166°27′⋅22E).
Paragraph 2.161 3 lines 2-3 Replace by:
Grande Rade Front Leading Light (22°15′⋅90S
166°26′⋅49E).
Grande Rade Rear Leading Light (22°16′⋅02S
166°26′⋅74E).
Paragraph 2.162 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 05/08 Replace by:
Grande Rade Leading Lights:
Front light (white column, 12 m in height)
2
(22°15′⋅90S 166°26′⋅49E) exhibited from the
public works building.
Rear light (white tower, 8 m in height) (430 m from
front light).
From a position 3½ cables NW of Pointe Kongou
(22°14′⋅83S 166°23′⋅52E) the recommended track leads
102⋅9° on Mont Montravel mast (2.161). When
3½ cables ENE of Pointe Kongou, the recommended
track leads 117° on the Grande Rade Leading Lights,
passing:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (22°14′⋅74S
3
166°24′⋅12E), position approximate, thence
SSW of an obsruction (22°14′⋅81S 166°24′⋅36E)
with a depth of 10⋅2 m, thence:
SSW of Pointe Kuauri, the E entrance point to Baie
Numbo (2.167). A beacon (elevation 21 m) and
prominent silos lie ¾ and 1 cable NNE of the
point respectively. Thence:
NNE of Banc des Japonais (22°15′⋅50S
4
166°25′⋅00E), the S part of which is foul with
obstructions, thence:
SSW of Pointe Nda (22°14′⋅93N 166°25′⋅46E).
A reef extends 1½ cables SSW from the
point.
Thence to the various berthing areas as required.
Note. The channel is 600 m wide, 300 m on each
side of the leading line.
French Notice 4/38/11
(SDD 2011000 019696) [17/11]
IV
4.2
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
Mexico – Progreso — Chart; Port Authority;
Maximumsizeofvesselhandled;Outer
anchorage; Pilotage; Racon; Leading Lights
133
Chart above Paragraph 6.32 Replace by:
Charts 1220, 1225, 372 plan of Progreso (Terminal
Remota), Mexican Chart 912.4 (see 1.19)
134
Paragraph 6.36 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Address. Administración Portuaria Integral de
1
Progreso, s.a. de c.v.
Viaducto al muelle fiscal, Km 2.
Edificio s/n. C.P. 97320.
Progreso, Yucatán, México.
Website. www.puertosyucatan.com
Paragraph 6.41 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Commercial vessels 210 m LOA, 9⋅75 m draught;
cruise ships 310 m LOA, 9⋅0 m draught. Larger vessels
with enhanced manoeuvrability may be handled.
Paragraph 6.44 1 Replace by:
1 Designated
follows:
anchorage areas are established as
2
Anchorage A (centred 21°26′⋅50N 89°40′⋅00W),
with depths of 12 to 14 m, is for vessels greater
than 7 m draught.
Anchorage B (centred 21°26′⋅50N 89°42′⋅75W),
with depths of 12 to 15 m, is for vessels
carrying dangerous cargo.
Anchorage C (centred 21°22′⋅50N 89°43′⋅00W),
with depths of 8⋅9 to 10 m, is for vessels less than
7 m draught.
Paragraph 6.45 1 line 6 For 3 Read 1½
After Paragraph 6.51 line 2 Insert:
Progreso Light (21°17′⋅14N 89°39′⋅82W).
135
Paragraph 6.52 2 line 5 For 2½ miles Read 5½ cables
www.puertosyucatan.com, BA Chart 372, Mexican Chart
912.4
(HH. 69A/200/02) [17/11]
Wk17/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia - Queensland - Brisbane River -
Hamilton Reach — Berths; depths
156
Paragraph 4.120 1 line 6 For 10⋅0 Read 8⋅8.
Australian Notice 06/289/11
(AA521436) [16/11]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
Iraq;Khawr al Kafka and Al Baîrah (Al Bakr)
Oil Terminal — Directions; depth
274
After Paragraph 9.87.4 line 7 Insert:
5 WSW of an obstruction (29°40′⋅53N
48°49′⋅92E), depth 11⋅0 m, thence:
Offshore Superintendent, MUSC
(SDD 2011000 052973) [16/11]
Wk16/11
4.1
[16/11]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia – Queensland – Moreton Bay –
North part of Main Channel — Directions
142
Paragraph 4.26 1 line 1 For E Read W.
Australian Chart 236 [15/11]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2007 Edition)
France – Port de Méjean – Entrance —
Underwater rock
87
After Paragraph 2.258 1 line 7 Insert:
An underwater rock, depth unknown, lies in
position 43°19′⋅70N 5°13′⋅09E, approximately 1 cable
west of Cape Méjean.
French Notice 11/11/31
(SDD 2011000 052211) [15/11]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Dominican Republic – Puerto Plata —
Pilotage; Directions; track
156
Paragraph 6.26 2 line 4 For 5 cables to 1 mile N Read about
4 cables NNE
157
Paragraph 6.28 5 and 6 Replace by:
5 Track. From the vicinity of the fairway buoy
(19°48′⋅73N 70°41′⋅57W), the track leads SW through
the fairway, marked by light buoys (lateral), to the
inner anchorage and alongside berths.
US Chart 25803 and dickson.rivas@remoldom.com
(SDDs 2010000 131611; 2011000 052683) [15/11]
Wk15/11
4.1
[15/11]

NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Channel Islands - Alderney — Directions; light
71
Paragraph 2.39 2 line 2 Delete
374
Paragraph 11.36 2 line 2 Delete
392
After Paragraph 11.151 2 line 5 Insert:
Alderney Light (white round tower black band, 32 m
in height) (49°44′N 2°10′W).
Paragraph 11.151 3 lines 6-7 Delete
423
Paragraph 11.327 3 line 3 Delete
Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 048968) [14/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
West coast – Kilcredaun Head — Principal mark
272
Paragraph 9.8 3 line 5-6 Delete
282
Paragraph 9.62 2 line 4 For light Read disused lighthouse
Paragraph 9.62 3 line 1 For lights Read light
Paragraph 9.62 3 line 3 Delete
284
Paragraph 9.81 2 line 1 For Light Read disused lighthouse
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 048353) [14/11]
4.1
[14/11]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Spain - Puerto de Cádiz - Directions —
Leading lights
1
217
Paragraph 6.237 Replace by:
Canal Principal (36°33′⋅50N 6°18′⋅00W), the main
entrance channel to the port, leads between the
dangers fringing the N coast of Cádiz up to a distance
of about 8 cables, and the area of shoals centred
2
1¾ miles N of Punta Candelaria at the N extremity of
the city.
Leading lights.
Front light (white and red 4-sided tower on a
concrete post, 6 m in height) (36°32′⋅96N
3
6°14′⋅96W).
Rear light (red square,white bands, on white round
tower on a concrete post, 16 m in height) (379 m
ESE of front light).
From the vicinity of the light buoy (safe water)
(36°33′⋅84N 6°19′⋅90W), the alignment (102°) of the
above lights leads through Canal Principal marked by
light buoys (lateral) to a position S of No 6 light buoy
(port hand), passing (with positions from Punta
Candelaria (36°32′⋅25N 6°18′⋅03W)):
SSW of Bajo El Diamante (1¼ miles
dangerous rocky bank; thence:
N), a
4
NNE of Bajo las Puercas (6½ cables NNW), two
large black drying rocks on which stands a
beacon (black, 10 m in height); thence:
NNE of shoal water extending 7 cables N from the
shore.
The track then leads SE for 9 cables to the entrance
to the commercial harbour, passing:
SW of light buoy (preferred channel to starboard)
(1½ miles ENE), moored on the E side of the
fairway as a reference point for vessels entering
the commercial harbour or continuing into the
lower harbour; and:
NE of the head of Dique de San Felipe (1 mile ENE),
from where a light (green tower, 4 m in height) is
exhibited. From a position 2 cables W of the light,
a breakwater extends 320 m NE from the N side
of Dique de San Felipe; its seaward end is marked
by a light.
Spanish Notice 9/64/2011
(SDD 2011000 042114) [14/11]
Wk14/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark – København — Basins and berths;
Depths
223
Paragraph 6.165 2 lines 2-3 For 9⋅5to10mRead 8⋅5 mto
9⋅5 m
Paragraph 6.165 3 line 5 For 8⋅5 mRead 7⋅5 m
Danish Notice 9/319/2011
(SDD 2011000 046115) [13/11]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
Belgium – Gent – Terneuzen Canal —
Traffic regulations
181
Paragraph 7.217 Replace by:
1 The maximum size of vessel handled is limited by
the dimensions of the locks. The largest lock,
Westsluis (7.222), can handle inbound vessels up to
265 m in length, beam 37 m and draught in fresh
water of 12⋅50 m; maximum draught outbound is
12⋅30 m.
Paragraph 7.220 1 line 8 For 245 Read 230
Paragraph 7.220 1 line 9 For 33 Read 34
Paragraph 7.220 2 line 3 For 500 Read 1000
Paragraph 7.222 1 line 3 For 34 Read 37
Paragraph 7.222 1 line 4 For 12⋅5 Read 12⋅50
Paragraph 7.222 1 line 5 For 12⋅3 Read 12⋅30
183
Paragraph 7.240 1 line 2 For 7.214 Read 7.222
Paragraph 7.241 Replace by:
1 The Dutch and Belgian authorities have established
regulations governing allowable dimensions for
seagoing vessels transiting the Gent-Terneuzen Canal.
Two categories of vessel have been defined:
Seagoing vessels with a beam not exceeding 34 m
and a length not exceeding 265 m.
Article 1. Seagoing vessels navigating the canal,
inbound. Seagoing vessels with a draught between
12⋅25 m and a maximum of 12⋅50 m and with a UKC
of at least 1 m, may navigate the canal if the
following conditions are met:
2 Both the draught and UKC being determined for
fresh water and with the vessel stationary
prior to the vessel entering the canal.
The measurments being carried out by an authorized
company in the Put van Terneuzen (7.199) or at
the latest in the West Buitenhaven of the
Terneuzen Lock complex.
A qualified helmsman is used.
Tugs to be utilized as required by the regulations.
Wk13/11
4.1
[13/11]
3 Article 2. Seagoing vessels navigating the canal,
outbound. Seagoing vessels with a draught between
12⋅25 m and a maximum of 12⋅30 m may navigate the
canal if the following conditions are met:
The draught is measured for fresh water and with the
vessel stationary by an authorized company at the
place of departure.
A qualified helmsman is used.
Tugs to be utilized as required by the regulations.
4 Seagoing vessels with a beam from 34 m up to a
maximum of 37 m and a length not exceeding
230 m.
Article 4. Seagoing vessels navigating the canal,
inbound. Seagoing vessels with a draught not
exceeding 12⋅50 m and with a UKC of at least 1 m,
may navigate the canal if the following conditions are
met:
Both the draught and UKC being determined for
fresh water and with the vessel stationary prior to
the vessel entering the canal.
5 If the vessels draught exceeds 12⋅25 m the
draught is measured by an authorized
company in the Put van Terneuzen or at the
latest in the West Buitenhaven of the
Terneuzen Lock complex.
Two qualified pilots are used.
A qualified helmsman is used.
Tugs to be utilized as required by the regulations.
6 Article 5. Seagoing vessels navigating the canal,
outbound. Seagoing vessels with a draught not
exceeding 12⋅30 m may navigate the canal, with the
draught determined for fresh water and the vessel
stationary, if the following conditions are met:
If the vessels draught exceeds 12⋅25 m the draught is
measured at the place of departure by an
authorized company.
Two qualified pilots are used.
A qualified helmsman is used.
A vessel carrying no cargo is fully ballasted.
Tugs to be utilized as required by the regulations.
7 Article 7. Visibility. When a vessel navigates the
canal, visibility should be 1000 m in all directions.
8 Article 8. Wind force. The following parameters
apply:
A loaded vessel is only allowed to navigate the canal
if the wind does not exceed Force 6 on the
Beaufort Scale.
A vessel in ballast is only allowed to navigate the
canal if the wind does not exceed Force 5 on the
Beaufort Scale.
The wind force and direction are measured at the
Westluis in Terneuzen.
9 Caution. The extracts above are for reference
purposes only and are not to be regarded as a
statement of the applicable regulations. The full text of
the regulations is the sole authoritative statement and it
is recommended that it is consulted. Details of the
regulations above, may be found at the following
website:
www.vlaamsehydrografie.be

10 Passage through the bridges is prohibited to all
vessels if visibility is less than 100 m. If visibility is
less than 250 m, only vessels not exceeding the
following dimensions may pass the bridges: LOA
200 m, beam 28 m, draught 8 m, displacement 16 000
tonnes. Such vessels must be equipped with bow
thruster, turn rate indicator, two radars and two VHF
transceivers.
11 A number of reporting points are established along
the length of the canal. For further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
A small anchorage marked by light buoys (special)
in position 51°11′⋅0N 3°48′⋅0E is reserved for
tugs.
Belgian Notice 04/068/2011
(SDD 2011000 033866) [13/11]
England – Thames Tidal Barrier — Racons
315
Paragraph 15.72 including heading Replace by:
Spare
15.72
319
Paragraph 15.86 including heading Replace by:
Spare
15.86
Port of London Authority
(SDD 2011000 043944) [13/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
South–west coast – Castletown Bearhaven —
Directional light
77
Paragraph 3.84 1 line 7 Including existing section IV Notice
Week 01/11 For (024°-024½°) Read (023°-023½°)
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 043945) [13/11]
West coast – Kiggaul Bay — Approach; light
319
Paragraph 10.115 2 line 1 For metal column on stone
beacon Read white concrete blockhouse on concrete base
Paragraph 10.115 2 line 3 For 359° Read 349°
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 039276) [13/11]
IV
4.2
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
The Netherlands – Friesche Zeegat – Plaatgat —
Directions
120-121
Paragraph 4.249 Replace by:
1 Plaatgat (53°30′⋅3N 6°08′⋅0E), an unmarked channel
off the NW coast of Schiermonnikoog, leads generally
SW into Westgat. Due to reduction in the depth and
width of the fairway safe navigation is not possible
and directions for it are not given.
Netherlands Notices 03/59/11 and 10/110/11
(SDD 2011000 014448; 048086) [13/11]
NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3
(2010 Edition)
Polynésie Française – Moorea – Baie de Cook —
Charts; directions; leading lights
184
Paragraph 6.249 Chart heading Replace by:
Chart 1436 Baie de Cook and Baie d’Opunohu
(Undetermined), ENC FR566570 (See 1.22)
Paragraph 6.250 2 lines 6-9 Replace by:
Front light (white pylon, 8 m in height) (17°29′⋅36S
149°49′⋅06W).
Rear light (similar construction, 10 m in height)
(190 m from front light).
Paragraph 6.250 3-5 Replace by:
3 From a position about 3 miles NNW of Passe
Avaroa, the alignment (149⋅7°) of these lights which
are synchronised, leads SSE through the pass, passing:
Between the light buoys (lateral) (17°28′⋅58S
149°49′⋅49W and 17°28′⋅63S 149°49′⋅57W)
which mark the entrance, thence:
4 WSW of No 4 Light Buoy (17°28′⋅65S
149°49′⋅46W) which marks the NW edge of a
2⋅6 m shoal, lying close to the reef on the E
side of the pass, thence:
5 ENE of No 3 Light Buoy (17°28′⋅94S
149°49′⋅40W) marking the inner end of the
pass on the W side; two beacons standing
close W mark the edges of the reef awash,
and Toatane, a group of remarkable looking
stones lie on the barrier reef 2¼ cables
WNW. Thence:
WSW of a beacon (port hand) (17°28′⋅89S
149°49′⋅10W) marking the inner end of the pass
on the E side and the N side of the entrance to a
boat passage (6.246).
French Notice 7/52/11 and French Notice 6/KB2008/11
(SDD 2011000 033391, SDD 2011000 031533) [13/11]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
JazØrat Dºs Terminals – Arrival information
— Anchorage
183
Paragraph 7.275 1 lines 8-9 Delete:
An optional to the island.
Capt M. Elharidy, PPA, Abu Dhabi
(SDD 2011000 044382) [13/11]
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Title
In force 17 March 2011
4.3
[13/11]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa 1 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
93, 95 Islas Canarias - Isla de Gran Canaria — Directions; depth; buoy 17/10
99 Islas Canarias – Isla de Gran Canaria - Puerto de La Luz — Directions 11/11
145
Morocco - Mohammedia - Approaches — Directions; buoyage; depth;
dangerous wrecks
37/10
156 Morocco - Safi — Directions; Light 07/10
195 Mauritania - Port de Nouakchott South-westward — Restricted areas;
offshore installation; mooring buoy
01/11
301 Ivory Coast - San-Pédro approaches — Directions; depth 17/10
313, 324, 325, 334, 337,
340
West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage 48/09
315 Ghana - Jubilee Oil Field — Restricted area 02/10
325 Ghana - Tema - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 35/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 32/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos — Directions; buoyage 10/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and Entrance Channel — Depths 34/09
367
Nigeria - Forcados River to Brass River - Offshore terminals —
Pennington Oil Terminal
02/10
382 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal 10/10
2 Africa 2
Nil
16th Edition (2010) 12/11
3 Africa 3 15th Edition (2010) 20/10
94 South Africa - South coast - Storm Point — Depth 41/10
107 South Africa - Port of Ngqura — Directions; Leading lights 10/11
154, 162 South Africa - Durban - Directions — Major light; directional light 01/11
290, 291, 390, 391 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 25/10
290 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 51/10
331, 334 Kenya - Mombasa — Pilotage; buoyage 41/10
4 South-East Alaska
Nil
7th Edition (2010) 09/11
5 South America 1 16th Edition (2008) 25/08
4 Radio facilities — Automatic Identification System 12/10
5 Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water management 25/08
87 Brazil - Canal do Norte — Pilot boarding place 05/10
88 Brazil – Canal do Norte — Directions; shoal 40/10
100 Brazil - Ilha Cotejuba — Directions; wreck 26/09
123 Brazil - North coast - Ponta da Praia Grande — Directions; light 35/08
137 Brazil - Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage; submarine cable 32/08
137
Brazil - Ponta da Itapagé to Ponta de Mucuripe - Pecém Terminal —
Directions; buoy
34/09
138 Brazil – Porto de Mucuripe — Outer anchorages; wreck 42/10
139 Brazil, N coast - Mucuripe — Directions; wreck 01/09
144-145
Brazil - North coast - Ponta do Mel to Cabo Calcanhar — Directions;
light; racon
31/09
164 Brazil - Porto de Recife to Porto de Pedras — Directions; wreck 30/09
196 Brazil, E coast - Ponta Itaquena — Directions; wreck 08/09
201
Brazil - E coast - Rio Doce south-eastwards — Directions; offshore
marks
16/09
202 Brazil - Rio Doce to Ponta do Tubarão — Directions; current meter 34/09
210 Brazil - Terminal da Ponta do Ubu — Anchorages 28/08
212 Brazil - E coast - Ponta do Cacurucaia eastwards — Directions; platform 49/08
212, 214 Brazil - E coast - Cabo de São Tomé eastwards — Directions; platform 06/09
222 Brazil – Baía de Guanabara — Pilotage 42/10
253 Brazil - Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck 25/08
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.4
Weekly
Edition
264 Brazil - Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
268 Brazil - South coast - Itajaí — Directions; buoyage 22/09
290 Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata — Directions 25/08
298 Uruguay - Montevideo — Limiting conditions; local weather 33/08
299 Uruguay - Montevideo — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
313 Uruguay - Punta Pavón — Directions; wreck 25/09
349 Argentina - Villa Gesell — Directions; wreck 25/09
362, 364 Argentina - Golfo San Matías — Directions; light 19/09
377, 380, 383 Argentina – Golfo San Jorge — Restricted area 41/10
6 South America 2 17th Edition (2008) 17/09
223-224 Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; AIS; Useful marks 33/09
226-228 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Light 19/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights 22/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light 32/09
236-237 Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions; lights 22/09
251 Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light 17/09
255 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Shoal 19/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Racon; AIS 29/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; shoals 22/09
267 Chile - Paso Largo — Directions 17/09
376 Chile - Patagonian Channels - Angostura Inglesa — Depth 03/10
404 Chile - Golfo Trinidad - Canal Trinidad — Route; depths 02/10
7 South America 3 10th Edition (2009) 41/09
4 Aids to navigation — Automatic Identification System 12/10
71-72 Pacific Ocean - Outlying dangers — Breakers 13/10
77 South Pacific Ocean - Isla San Ambrosio — Off-lying shoal 51/09
141 Chile - Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place 05/10
186 Chile - Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place 05/10
223 Chile - Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón — Directions; buoy 05/10
250 Chile - Puerto Huasco — Pilotage; anchorages 27/10
270 Chile - Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 41/09
275-276 Chile - Mejillones del Sur — Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal 14/10
315 Peru-IslaAsiatoIslaSanLorenzo — Directions; wreck 41/09
316 Peru - Cerro Azul — Light 41/09
339 Peru - Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck 41/09
346 Peru - Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 41/09
385, 387 Colombia - Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 41/09
388 Colombia - Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 41/09
7A South America 4 5th Edition (2010) 18/10
3 Navigation and Regulations - Charts — Foreign charts 18/10
4 Navigation and Regulations - Radio facilities — DGPS 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Îles du Salut to Fleuve Maroni — Directions 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Fleuve Mana — Charts; description; directions 18/10
73-74
Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Charts; general information; depth;
directions; landmarks; useful marks; anchorage
18/10
74 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — General information; directions 20/10
75
Surinam - Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier —
General information; directions
18/10
80-81 Surinam - Nickerie Rivier — Pilotage; directions; buoyage 40/10
83 Guyana - Corentyn River — General information; directions 40/10
86 Guyana - New Amsterdam to Georgetown — Directions; wreck 18/10
119 Trinidad - East coast — Directions; light 23/10
160, 162, 165, 167 Venezuela - Isla Coche — Major light 23/10
173-175
Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Port authorities; anchorage; harbours;
hazards; directions; berths
23/10
173 Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Pilot boarding position 18/10
176, 178 Venezuela - Puerto Jose — Pilot boarding position 18/10
187, 190 Venezuela - Puerto La Guaira and Catia La Mar — Anchorages; pilotage 37/10
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
205, 209 Venezuela - Archipielago Las Aves — Directions; light 33/10
211-212 Nederlandse Antillen - Klein Curaçao — Light 23/10
228 Aruba - South coast — Directions 18/10
229-230 Aruba - Sint Nicolaas — Pilot boarding position 18/10
280 Colombia - Punta de la Garita - Directions — Light 20/10
283-284
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Directions - Bocachica — Leading
lights; useful mark
35/10
284
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions; deep-water
channel
18/10
292 Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy 18/10
292-294
Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — General information; depths; directions;
landmark; lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths
20/10
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
12th Edition (2010) 29/10
83 Pacific Ocean - Guardian Bank north-westwards — Depths 29/10
199-200
Mexico - Bahía de la Paz - Bahía Pichilingue and approaches — Depth;
leading lights
37/10
261
United States of America - California - Entrance to San Diego Bay —
Directions; rock
29/10
263, 453
United States of America - California - San Clemente Island — Safety
Zone
39/10
275
United States of America - San Pedro Bay and approaches —
Regulations concerning entry - tankers
49/10
335
United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay - Alcatraz
Island — Directions; fog signal
29/10
338-339
United States of America - Port of San Francisco - San
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge — Directions; passage
50/10
348
United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay - Port of
Richmond — Project depth
39/10
410, 455
United States of America - West coast - Columbia River — Safety and
Security Zone Regulations
39/10
431
United States of America - Oregon - Grays Harbor — Directions;
breakers
29/10
458
United States of America - Oregon - Columbia River - Port of Portland —
Regulated Navigation Area
29/10
461
United States of America - California - San Diego Bay — Naval Danger
Zone
29/10
9 Antarctic
Nil
7th Edition (2009) 31/09
10 Arctic 1
Nil
8th Edition (2010) 10/11
11 Arctic 2 10th Edition (2010) 39/10
4 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
201
Svalbard - Spitsbergen - West coast - Hornsundbanken — Underwater
rock
39/10
201 Svalbard - Wedel Jarlsberg Land — Underwater rock 48/10
251 Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash 42/10
12 Arctic 3 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
3 Canada - Traffic Reporting Systems — NORDREG 33/10
6 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
155 Greenland - W coast - Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq — Power cable 48/09
170 Greenland - W coast - Grønne Ejland — Marine reserve 44/09
Wk13/11
173
Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description; protected
area
18/09
208 Greenland - West coast - Wolstenholme Fjord — Island; rock 42/10
219-220 Canada - Hudson Strait — Grenfell Sound 05/10
280-281 Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill — Pilot boarding position 51/09
536 Appendix III 41/07

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
13 Australia 1 2nd Edition (2008) 39/08
92 Queensland - Weipa — Pilotage 50/10
129, 130, 131 Northern Territory - Cape Stewart to Smith Point — Depths; position 03/11
154-156 North coast - Approaches to Port Darwin — Directions; buoyage 49/09
158 Northern Territory - Darwin — Directions; wreck 51/10
234, 235, 237, 238, 240 Western Australia - Dampier — Directions; anchorage, berth 03/11
255-256
Western Australia - North-east approaches to Exmouth Gulf —
Directions; depths
14/09
269
Western Australia - Shark Bay - Gascoyne Road and Carnarvon — High
speeed craft
27/10
404 Southern Australia - Adelaide approaches — Directions; approach routes 23/10
14 Australia 2 11th Edition (2010) 21/10
203,207 Tasmania - Port Dalrymple — Pilotage; anchorages 02/11
15 Australia 3 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
116 Australia - New South Wales - Mermaid Reef — Directions 06/11
119-120 New South Wales - Port Macquarie — Directions; leading lights 39/10
129 Australia - New South Wales - Point Danger — Directions 06/11
140, 141 Australia - Queensland - Gneering Shoals — Directions; depths 01/11
142 Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
143 Queensland - Moreton Bay - North East Channel — Directions; buoyage 07/10
168 Queensland - Cape Moreton to Breaksea Spit — Directions; wreck 47/10
218, 219, 221, 222, 231,
234, 235, 238, 239
Queensland - Hay Point Port and Mackay approaches — Directions;
depths; anchorage
267 Australia - Queensland - Abbot Point — Directions; leading lights ; berths 51/10
310 Queensland - Port Douglas — Pilot boarding position 17/10
318 Queensland - Cooktown — Pilot boarding position 17/10
395 Papua New Guinea - Port Moresby to Yule Island — Directions; depth 01/11
432 Queensland - Torres Strait - Thursday Island — Pilotage 41/10
18 Baltic 1 15th Edition (2009) 02/10
8, 72, 74, 127, 128,
128-129, 140, 146, 165,
166, 167, 168, 169, 170,
186, 192, 198, 199
Denmark - Kattegat - Directions — Routes 40/10
223 Denmark - København — Basins and berths; Depths 13/11
254, 255, 257, 259, 260,
286, 288
Denmark - Storebælt— Directions; lights 43/10
271, 272 Denmark - Århus Bugt - Hov Havn — Lights 34/10
287
Denmark - Storebælt Link - West section — Vertical and horizontal
clearances
06/10
287 Denmark - Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance 22/10
424, 427 Germany - Flensburg - Outer Approaches — Directions; anchorage 02/10
442, 445, 446 Germany - Travemünde — Directions; route; leading lights 02/10
19 Baltic 2 14th Edition (2008) 27/08
3, 14, 85, 88, 295, 296 Sweden - Ålands Hav — Traffic separation scheme 52/09
10, 91 Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
13, 17 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
14, 85, 86, 87, 88, 103,
105, 116
Central Baltic - Gotland — Traffic separation schemes 51/10
15, 313, 314
Southern Baltic - awica SÞupska & Adlergrund — Directions; traffic
separation schemes
43/10
87, 108, 109 Sweden - Gotland — Faludden Light 19/09
114 Sweden - Gotland - Fårösund — Directions; Depth 31/09
149, 150 Sweden - Karlskrona — Directions; Authorised draught 46/10
167 Sweden - Kalmarsund — Anchorage 37/09
234 Sweden - Stora Vika — Arrival information 23/09
263, 267, 268 Sweden - Nynäshamn - Danziger Gatt — Directions; buoyage 31/10
295, 296 Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb — Directions; Armbågen Light 15/09
296 Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light beacon 29/08
22/10
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
357 Poland - Kuznica — Directions; wreck 39/09
379 Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information; anchorages 48/08
385 Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage; wreck 27/08
394, 395, 413, 414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; buoyage 35/10
394-395 , 413-414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 08/09
394, 395 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 13/09
394 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; racon 23/09
20 Baltic 3 11th Edition (2010) 24/10
90
Gulf of Finland - Porkkala to Kalbådagrund — Directions; traffic
separation schemes
43/10
91, 117, 119 Russia - Luzhskaya Guba — Directions 06/11
142 Finland - Koppnäs — Directions; Lights 49/10
167 Finland - Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 43/10
169 Finland - Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 40/10
210 Finland - Hamina to Vyborg — Directions; leading lights 24/10
233 Finland - Förby — Directions; lights 49/10
235 Finland - Utö to Hanko channel — Directions; Lights 02/11
235, 238, 239, 240, 244,
245, 246, 248, 253, 254,
255, 256, 260, 261, 264,
265
Finland - Naantali — Directions; lights; depths 24/10
290, 291 Finland - Rauma and approaches — Directions: leading beacons 24/10
336, 337 Finland - Raahe — Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin; directions 26/10
378, 379 Sweden - Skutskär-Harnäs — Directions; depths 48/10
442 Sweden - Efesgrundet to Väktaren — Directions; light 26/10
442 Sweden - Hörnefors — Authorised draught 26/10
463 Sweden - Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
468 Sweden - Kågehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489 Sweden - Törehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489, 490 Sweden - Törehamn — Directions; lights 43/10
21 Bay of Bengal 11th Edition (2010) 44/10
200 Bay of Bengal - south-eastern part - Taung Kyun Su — Depths 09/11
22 Bay of Biscay 11th Edition (2010) 34/10
66 France – West Coast – Benodet — Directions; light 05/11
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
7-8 Maritime safety information 41/10
207 United States of America - Unalaska Island - Dutch Harbor — Anchorage 18/10
266 United States of America - Attu Island — Loran tower 49/10
312 United States of America - Alaska - Port Clarence — Loran tower 20/10
321 United States of America - Alaska - Red Dog — Directions; racon 33/09
390 Russia - Pacific coast - Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage 35/10
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
3rd Edition (2010) 30/10
141 Turkey – Trabzon — Pipeline 11/11
144 Turkey - Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu - Pazar — Marine farm 30/10
191 Ukraine - Dnistrovs’kyi Lyman — Approach and entry 04/11
194 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Obstruction 01/11
255 Russia - Sochi — Obstruction 04/11
25 British Columbia 1
Nil
14th Edition (2010) 47/10
26 British Columbia 2 9th Edition (2005) 29/05
66-67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213-214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel 8th Edition (2009) 12/10
69, 70, 71, 374, 390, 393 England - English Channel — Aids to navigation 01/11
80 England - South coast - Isles of Scilly — Pilotage 33/10
92 England - South coast - Penzance Harbour — Limiting conditions 31/10
226, 228
England - South coast - Chichester Harbour — Limiting conditions;
directions
15/10
259 England - South coast - Port of Southampton — Traffic regulations 13/10
283, 287, 289 France - Approaches to Brest — Buoyage 13/10
284, 298 France - L’Iroise with Brest and Baie de Douarnenez — Pilotage 26/10
432, 433, 434 France - Cherbourg and approaches — Arrival information 12/10
432, 436, 438 France - Cherbourg — Offshore coal terminal 06/11
485 France - Port du Havre - Antifer and approaches — Outer anchorages;
wreck
06/11
28 Dover Strait 8th Edition (2008) 13/09
61, 63, 64, 250, 253, 255,
272, 280
England - Dover Strait and Thames Estuary — Aids to navigation 01/11
64, 83, 84, 85 England - Bognor Regis to Dungeness — Directions; light 10/11
70, 70-71
England - South coast - Littlehampton — Limiting conditions; arrival
information
20/10
92-93, 93 England - South coast - Folkestone — Pilotage; directions; leading lights 39/10
102 England – Ramsgate — Anchorage 11/11
126 France - North-west coast - Boulogne-sur-Mer — Pilotage 38/10
135 France - North-west coast - Calais — Pilotage 38/10
152 Belgium - Nieuwpoort — Traffic signals 48/10
158 Belgium - Approaches to Westerschelde — Wind farm 12/11
158, 160-161
Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde - Zeebrugge and Brugge —
Traffic regulations for LNG tankers
32/09
158-159 Belgium - Westerschelde and approaches — Shore-based pilotage 45/10
159 Belgium - Westerschelde — Regulations 08/11
160, 161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage 13/10
177, 178, 189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions; buoyage 19/09
177-178 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte — Directions; lights 15/09
181, 183 Belgium - Gent - Terneuzen Canal — Traffic regulations 13/11
187, 187-188 Belgium - Terneuzen to Antwerp — Directions 45/10
187, 189, 190
The Netherlands - Terneuzen to Antwerp - Schaar van Waarde —
Directions; buoyage
27/10
189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat — controlling depth 13/09
217, 219, 221, 223 The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area — Buoyage 24/09
221
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
15/09
221
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
11/10
223
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Outer
anchorages
39/09
246, 247, 250, 256, 257,
258, 259
England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages;
buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
246 England - Thames Estuary — Pilotage 09/10
13/09
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
249 England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS 25/09
250, 257
England - South-east approaches to Thames Estuary — Pilotage;
prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm
26/09
250 England - Approaches to the Thames Estuary — Offshore Wind Farms 10/11
251
England - East coast - Approaches to the Thames Estuary — Directions;
buoyage
02/11
253, 255, 256, 294, 295 England - Thames Estuary — Wind farm 34/10
258, 259 England - Thames Estuary - Knob Channel — Buoyage 48/10
269 England - Thames Estuary – Queens Channel — Anchorages 07/11
278 England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS 13/09
305, 306, 310
England - River Thames — Emergency procedures; traffic regulations;
depths
13/09
315, 319 England - Thames Tidal Barrier — Racons 13/11
328, 329, 333 England - River Medway — LNG regulations; berths 44/10
30 China Sea 1
Nil
8th Edition (2010) 43/10
31 China Sea 2 9th Edition (2010) 22/10
71 South China Sea - Dangerous Ground - Fiery Cross Reef — Major Light 34/10
196 Philippine Islands - Luzon - West coast - Manila harbour — Dredged area 38/10
32 China Sea 3 7th Edition (2009) 04/10
18, 301, 302
China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Taizhou — Port information;
anchorages
12/10
19, 391 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Weifang Gang — New port 05/10
98, 99, 100
Taiwan - West coast - T’aipei Kang — Vessel traffic service; racon;
pilotage
21/10
100
Taiwan - North coast - T’aipei Kang — Directions; traffic separation
scheme
39/10
132 Taiwan - East coast - Ho-p’ing Kang — Lights; directions 04/10
141, 142 China - South-east coast - Approaches to Shantou — Pilotage 25/10
148 China - Taiwan Strait - Dongshan Wan — Pilotage 10/10
152, 153, 154, 155, 156,
156-157, 157, 159, 163
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Pilotage; depths; wreck 04/10
154, 157 China - Xiamen Gang — Directions; wreck; buoyage; racon 03/11
157-158 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Wreck; directions 13/10
159
China - East coast - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions; leading
lights
35/10
176 China - East coast - Xinghua Wan — Pilotage 25/10
China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan and Wenzhou Gang and approaches 18/10
207, 208, 211, 212, 213 — Directions; buoyage; vertical clearances; depths; tidal streams;
berths
221 China - East coast - Yushan Liedao south-eastwards — Wrecks 19/10
231, 264
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao east and southeastwards —
Wrecks
05/10
232, 235, 244, 245, 246,
247, 248, 249, 253, 254
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo, Zhoushan and Cezi
Shuidao — Vessel traffic services; pilotage; directions; vertical
clearances
23/10
238, 239, 240, 241, 242, China, East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo and Zhoushan —
43/10
245, 246, 247, 250 Directions; traffic separation scheme
240, 254 China - East coast - Ao Shan — Anchorage 04/10
242, 247, 250, 251
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo Gang approaches —
Wrecks; depths
23/10
245, 246, 261, 270, 271,
272
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao — Wrecks 04/10
263, 268
China - East coast - Yangshan east-southeastwards — Pilotage;
anchorage
04/10
267 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Donghai Bridge — Regulations 13/10
273
China - East coast - Hangkou Wan - Jinshan - Cao Jing — Directions;
wharf
20/10
281, 282, 285, 286, 287
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao and approaches
— Directions; depths; wrecks; precautionary area
19/10
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
282, 284, 286
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao — Depths; light
float; buoyage; directions
12/10
283, 295, 305 China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Wuhu — Vessel traffic service 04/10
322, 323
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Approaches; anchorages;
pilotage; regulations; directions
11/10
322
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang approaches — Anchorage;
obstruction
19/10
330 China - Yellow Sea coast - Qingdao Gang - Wai Gang — Anchorages 31/10
348 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches — Wreck 04/10
362 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang — Directions 06/10
374 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
386, 388, 400, 401, 402,
403-404
386, 387, 387-388,
388,393-394
387
389, 390, 391
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian — Vessel traffic services; traffic 14/10
separation schemes; directions; depths; anchorages; pilotage; port
information
China - Bo Hai - Offshore routes — Directions 04/11
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Haixia eastwards - Bo Hai Oilfield — Obstruction;
platforms
China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Longkou — Depths; berths; anchorage;
pilotage; fairways; directions; buoyage; lights
396,400 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang — Vertical clearance 03/11
397 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin - Outer anchorages — Wrecks 10/10
399-400 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang - Dagusha Hangdao — Directions 32/10
401, 402 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
402, 402-403 China - Bo Hai - Jingtang — Depths; anchorages; lights; directions 24/10
403-404 China – Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian — Anchorages; Pilotage 12/11
408 China - Qinhuangdo - Shiwandunji Hangdao — Dangerous wreck 32/10
416
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Jinzhou approaches - Taiping Jiao north
westwards — Obstruction; platform
15/10
419, 420
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Taiping Jiao north westwards —
Directions; obstructions
13/10
420, 421
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Yingkou - Bayuquan and Xianren — Port;
depths; pilotage; aids to navigation; lights; directions; channels
23/10
423, 425 Korea - West coast - Yellow Sea — Gageocho Ocean Research Station 04/10
424, 425, 426, 427, 428,
437, 448, 449, 450, 451,
452, 454, 456, 459, 461,
462
Korea - West coast — Lights; directions 06/10
435, 440
Korea - West coast - Taiwan Strait - Approaches to Mokp’o -
Myãngnyang Sudo — Directions; wreck
35/10
448, 449, 451, 454, 455,
456
Korea - West coast - Kunsan Hang — Lights; wrecks; depths;
anchorages; directions; berths
452 Korea - West Coast - Songido to Wido — Directions; ODAS light beacon 49/10
459 Korea - West Coast - Boryeong — Directions; wreck 01/11
464, 465, 466, 466-467
467
472
Korea - West coast - Approaches to Taesan and T’aean Hang —
Directions; depths; fairways; anchorages; buoyage
Korea - West coast - P’yãngt’aek Hang and approaches — Depths;
vertical clearances; anchorages; restricted area
472 Korea - West coast - P’yãngt’aek Hang approaches — Anchorage 04/10
472 Korea - West Coast - P’almi — Pilot Station 48/10
Korea - West coast - Inch’ãn Hang - Southwest approaches — Fairway; 08/10
474, 475, 476, 477, 479 directions; vertical clearances; bridges; anchorages; regulations;
developments; aids to navigation
476, 477 Korea - West coast - Inch’ãn Hang - Chagyakto — Light 05/10
33 Philippine Islands 3rd Edition (2008) 22/08
151 Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko — Heel Reef Light 35/09
238, 243-244
Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage — Vessel traffic management
system
04/09
241, 242 Philippine Islands - Bantangas Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/10
300
Philippine Islands - Marinduque southwestwards - Tres Reyes Islands —
Shoal depths
03/10
355 Philippine Islands - Pacijan Island — Light 06/10
13/10
24/10
11/10
25/10
25/10
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
34 Indonesia 2 5th Edition (2009) 47/09
61 Indonesia - South coast of Jawa - Tanjung Intan — Limiting conditions 34/10
72
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Pulau Bawean — Directions; major
light
17/10
81
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik - Poleng
Oilfield — Submarine gas pipeline
47/09
81, 84
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya and approaches —
Directions; vertical clearance; buoyage
16/10
85 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik — Berths 47/09
87
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Port of Tanjungperak
—Wreck
47/09
88, 89 Indonesia - North coast of Madura — Directions; major light 17/10
122 Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok - Teluk Ayang Southwards — Rock 47/09
167 Indonesia - Pulau Sumba - South-east coast — Directions; major light 17/10
192, 193, 194 Indonesia - Selat Flores — Directions; lights 04/10
423
Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka - Pulau Talisei - Tanjung Arus —
Racon
47/09
35 Indonesia 3 4th Edition (2008) 29/08
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
184 East coast of Halmahera - Teluk Buli — Depths 06/11
36 Indonesia 1 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
85, 86, 159 Java Sea - Gosong Mampango — Light; racon 12/10
108 Indonesia - Pulau-pulau Karimunjawa — Unexploded Ordnance 03/11
126 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan — Dangerous wreck 31/09
143 Indonesia - Selat Baur - Pulau Kasenga — Racon 06/11
143 Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions 27/09
164, 165 Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions 32/09
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
17th Edition (2008) 44/08
58, 59, 60, 61 England - South-west coast — Offshore routes; directions 23/09
60 South-west coast — General information; restricted area 05/11
61
England - South-west coast - Cape Cornwall to Saint Agnes Head —
Directions; buoyage
49/09
61, 62 England – South-west coast – Saint Ives Bay — Directions; buoyage 39/10
74, 85 Bristol Channel — Directions; wind farm 24/10
75 England - Bristol Channel - Barnstaple Bay — Buoy 28/09
75, 81 England - Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Light buoys 31/09
82
Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Directions; isolated
danger
30/10
84, 89, 93, 95, 98, 101 Wales - South coast - Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 52/09
105, 107, 109, 111, 119,
121, 122
Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 24/10
107, 123
Bristol Channel - Nash Point to Barry — Directions; racon; wreck;
buoyage
28/10
109 Wales - South coast - Barry — Directions; light 51/09
117, 120, 129, 130 Bristol Channel – Nash Point to King Road — Directions; light 39/10
119 Wales - South coast - Newport — Vertical clearance 31/09
140 England - West coast - River Severn — Landmarks; tower 06/09
152 Bristol Channel - Routes south of the Smalls — Directions; buoyage 30/10
155, 166
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth; depths at
berths
51/08
155, 158 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Limiting conditions 09/09
Wk13/11
155, 157, 158, 162, 164,
165, 166
157
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth; depths at
berths
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Regulations concerning
entry
157, 165 Wales – South-west coast – Milford Haven — Principal marks; landmarks 05/11
160 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Buoyage 11/10
30/10
07/09

NP no
Page(s)
162
Title
IV
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven - Approach to Semlogistics
and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals — Depth
4.12
Weekly
Edition
165 Wales – South-west coast – Milford Haven — Depths at berths 05/11
169
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven - River Cleddau above
Pembroke Dock — Vertical clearance
15/09
179 Wales - Fishguard — Directions; useful mark 30/10
222 Wales - North coast - Conwy — Directions; buoyage 33/10
222 Wales - North-west coast - Bangor — Light buoy 12/09
233-235, 244-246, 260 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 51/08
234, 235 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/09
240 England - West coast - Hilbre Swash — Buoyage 44/09
240 England - West coast - River Dee estuary - Hilbre Swash — Buoyage 31/10
243, 245, 246, 247, 254 England – West coast – River Mersey — Buoyage 11/11
247, 271 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Buoyage 42/09
270, 271, 317, 318 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 18/09
271 England - West coast - Morecambe Bay — Racon 44/09
271, 272 England - West coast - River Ribble estuary — Directions 31/10
286
England - West coast - Barrow-in-Furness - Piel Channel — Directions;
dangerous wreck
03/10
289-290
England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; depth
51/09
289, 290, 290-291
England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; wind farms
10/10
290
England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; buoyage
51/09
301 England – West coast – Workington — Limiting conditions; depths 12/11
305 Solway Firth - Directions; buoyage 32/10
38 West Coast of India 16th Edition (2010) 25/10
161, 162, 163, 164
Sri Lanka - West coast - Colombo harbour — Limiting conditions; arrival
information; directions; berths
25/10
185 India - West coast - Quilon - Port authority; pilotage 25/10
187 India - West coast - Quilon to Kochi — Directions; obstruction 25/10
191 India - West coast - Kochi Harbour — Spoil ground 25/10
223
India - West coast - Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head - Directions —
Dangerous wreck
25/10
228 India - West coast - Mandºvi River — Pilotage 25/10
252 India - Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port — Anchorages 38/10
281 India - West coast - Dahej — Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream; berths 25/10
289 India - West coast - Verºval to Porbandar — Directions; wreck 25/10
290, 291
India - West coast - Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Directions; safety
fairways; wrecks
25/10
304 India - West coast - Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point — Directions; buoyage 25/10
305 India - Mundra — Port information 38/10
308
India - West coast - VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal — Function; maximum
size
25/10
309
India - West coast - Essar VºdØnºr Terminal — Port authority; limiting
conditions; berths
25/10
314, 315, 316
India - West coast - Kandla - Harbour and approaches — Pilotage; spoil
grounds; berths
25/10
39 South Indian Ocean 12th Edition (2008) 21/08
236, 239 Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria — Anchorages; disused cables 05/09
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint-Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast 18th Edition (2010) 01/11
77 South coast – Castletownbere – Directions — Leading lights 01/11
77 South–west coast – Castletown Bearhaven — Directional light 13/11
118 South coast – Cork Harbour — Directions; buoy 01/11
156 West coast – Approaches to Rosslare Europort – South Shear —
Buoyage
12/11
07/09
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
163 East coast – Glassgorman Banks — Directions; buoyage 12/11
234-235 Northern Ireland – East coast – Belfast — Pilotage 12/11
265 West coast – Valentia Harbour — Directions; directional light 12/11
319 West coast – Kiggaul Bay — Approach; light 13/11
370 West coast – Sligo Harbour — Directions; beacon 01/11
382 West coast – Ballyshannon – Entrance — Leading lights 01/11
41 Japan 1 9th Edition (2009) 44/09
76 Honshu - Northwest coast - Hagi Ko - Ai Shima — Light 04/10
88 Honshu - Northwest coast - Misumi Ko — Towers 27/10
89 Honshu - Northwest coast - Tako Hana — Wreck 08/10
176, 184, 191, 192 Honshu - Northwest coast — Light 05/10
275, 357, 360 Russia - Pacific Coast - Zaliv Aniva — Prigorodnoye 49/10
284 Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Ko — Prohibited anchorage 11/10
42A Japan 2 2nd Edition (2009) 35/09
99, 143, 159, 163 Honshu - South coast — Directions; ramarks; buoyage 37/09
134 Honshu - South coast - Nakayama Suido — Directions 50/10
42B Japan 3 8th Edition (2009) 34/09
56, 57, 69, 72 Kanmon Kaikyo — Directions; light 06/10
156 Seto Naikai - Iyo Nada - Ao Shima — Directions: wreck 34/10
42C Japan 4 2nd Edition (2008) 18/09
60, 62, 63, 64, 66
Nansei Shoto - Sakishima Gunto - Yaeyama Retto - Ishigaki Shima —
Light
10/10
385, 386, 388 Tsushima — Directions; light 06/10
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
8th Edition (2008) 30/08
81 Korea - Cheju Do - Cheju Hang — Anchorages 08/10
86, 87 Korea - Cheju Do - Seogwipo Hang — Directions; light 06/10
122 Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman — Racons 32/09
131, 132 Korea - South coast - Samch’ãnp’o Sudo — Directions; light 05/10
155, 156 Korea - South coast - Masan Hang — Light 11/10
157 Korea - South coast — Chinhae Man — Directions; light 05/10
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
174, 175 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches - Nasa — Major light 05/09
178, 179 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light 05/09
185 Korea - East coast — P’ohang Hang — New fairway 36/09
190, 191 Korea - East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light 05/09
200, 201 Korea - East coast - Chumunjin Hang — Directions; racon 29/10
266
Russia - Pacific coast - Kozmino — Directions; fairways; oil loading
terminal
18/10
267
Russia - Pacific coast - Zaliv Nakhodka - Vostochnyy Port — Leading
lights
11/10
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
9th Edition (2008) 05/09
8
Indonesia - Sumatera - Nanggroe Aceh Province - North-west, north and
north-east coasts — Restricted area
25/10
69, 71
Malacca Strait - North-western part - Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom
Bank) — Directions; light
07/10
70
Malacca Strait - Pasir Selatan - Gosong Pasir Selatan — Directions; light
buoy
30/10
Wk13/11
72 Malacca Strait - South-east going traffic lane - Pasir Selatan to Gosong
Raleigh — Light
03/11
76 Malacca Strait - Tanjung Laboh — Light 09/10
76 Malacca Strait — Directions; buoyage 11/10
87 Indonesia - Sumatera - North coast - Pulau Bunta — Light 37/10

NP no
Page(s)
107, 108
Title
IV
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Teluk Aru - Kambuna Gas Field —
Prohibited and restricted areas; directions
4.14
Weekly
Edition
110 East coast of Sumatera – Belawan — Offshore oil terminal 05/11
115 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Sungai Asahan — Directions; light 21/10
123, 124 Indonesia - Sumatera - east coast - Approaches to Selat Bengkalis and
Selat Rupat — light; racon; directions
03/11
124, 125, 126 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat - Dumai — Oil Terminal 28/10
125, 126
126 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat — Directions; jetties 08/10
149
Thailand - Ao Krabi - Khlong Si Bo Ya — Directions; buoyed channel;
leading lights; marine farms
09/10
149 Thailand - Ko Muk and Ko Talibong — Submarine cables 10/10
157 Malaysia - Pulau Langkawi - North coast - Teluk Ewa — Depth 13/10
183 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Utara — Directions; wreck 25/10
183
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Barat Laut — Directions;
buoyage; obstruction
25/10
184
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Manjung and Sungai Manjung
— Directions; buoyage
25/10
189, 193, 195, 198
Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Permatang Angsa — Major
light
05/09
200
Peninsular Malaysia - Selangor - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Selat
Klang Selatan — Tanjung Mahang Leading Lights
19/10
200
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang
Selatan — Directions; buoyage; light beacon
40/10
200
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang
Selatan — Directions; light beacon
50/10
203, 204
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat — Directions; buoyage;
light beacon
40/10
204
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Klang Selatan to Port Dickson -
Beting Sepang (Bambek Shoal) — Light beacon
40/10
204
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat — Directions; buoyage;
light beacon
50/10
207
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Approaches to Port Dickson —
Directions; wreck
34/10
223 Singapore Strait and Approaches — Submarine cables 27/09
235, 238, 274, 282, 283,
284, 285
Singapore Strait and Port of Singapore — Directions; light 08/10
242 Singapore Strait – west-going traffic lane – Horsburgh Light to south of
Johor Shoal — Wreck
05/11
242 Singapore Strait – west-going traffic lane – Horsburgh Light to south of
Johor Shoal — Wreck
07/11
240, 244 Singapore Strait - Karang Selatin — Directions; dangerous wreck 25/10
265 Singapore - West Jurong Channel — Directions; container berth 30/10
272, 292 Singapore — West Coast Ferry Terminal 19/10
280, 281
Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway — General information; harbour for
lighters
31/09
283 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 22/10
285 Singapore — Marina Reservoir; Marina South 31/09
288 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 17/10
288 Singapore - Tuas Power Station — Jetty 33/10
289
Singapore - East Jurong Channel - Vopak (Tanjong Penjuru) Terminal —
Berths
25/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - Pulau Merambong — Light 26/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - West Reach — Directions; buoyage 39/10
313 Pulau Tekong - Pelabuhan Calder leading to Sungai Johor — Controlling
depths
03/11
314
Malaysia - Johor Strait - South-eastern part - Tanjung Pengelih
southward - Malang Berendam — Light beacon
12/10
317 Malaysia - Sungai Johor — Buoyage 37/10
355 Indonesia - Pulau Nias North Channel — Directions; major light 04/10
355, 360, 361 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Pulau Nias — Major lights 16/10
04/10
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
404 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Karang Sipakal — Buoy 07/10
408 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Gosong Bintanggor — Buoy 07/10
45 Mediterranean 1 13th Edition (2008) 50/08
6, 77, 241
Western Mediterranean Sea - Baie de Camerata, Algeria to Almeria,
Spain — Gas pipeline
37/09
78 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
145 Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage 22/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage 12/09
208 Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada — Anchorage 25/09
260 Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck 21/09
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
351 Malta - Marsaxlokk — Pilotage, directions 47/10
367, 368
Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit;
fishing
51/08
367 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — Arrival information; anchorage 09/10
377 Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks 22/09
421, 423, 424, 428, 431, Italy - Stretto di Messina — Traffic Separation Scheme; Vessel Traffic 45/09
432
Service
448, 449 Italy - Sicilia - Catania — Traffic Separation Scheme 06/10
450 Italy - Sicilia - Porto di Giardini-Naxos — Pilotage 22/10
456 Italy - Sicily - Porto di Augusta — Restricted area 37/10
508 Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions 19/09
46 Mediterranean 2 12th Edition (2007) 36/07
58 France - Gulf of Lions - Canet-Plage — Restricted area 07/09
71 France - Palavas-les-Flots — Dangerous wreck 10/10
76
France - Port de Fos and approaches - Entrance channel — Leading
lights
35/10
Wk13/11
88 France – Marseille-Nord - Anchorage — Obstruction 12/11
88, 89
France - Approaches to Marseille - Rade d’Endoume — Submerged
artificial reefs
50/07
90 France - Golfe de Marseille - Cap Croisette - Île Tiboulen — Wreck 32/09
133, 172 Italy - Gulf of Genoa — Vessel traffic service; radio reporting 42/09
138 Italy - San Remo — Wreck 36/07
139 Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited areas 17/08
139
Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine area; submarine cables;
outfall
33/08
146 Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions 49/07
148 Italy - Genova-Outer anchorages — Caution 08/11
148, 149, 151
Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing measures; recognition zones;
prohibited area
10/08
151 Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno — Submarine pipelines 22/08
158 Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria — Marine nature reserve 44/08
172 Italy - La Spezia — Wreck 01/09
198 Corse - Port d’Ajaccio — Dangerous wreck 01/10
228 Italy - Isola del Giglio — Restricted area 39/09
231 Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded ordnance 36/07
240 Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas 08/08
240
Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini-Edison — Anchorage; obstructions;
prohibited area
49/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited area; anchorages 50/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Buoyed fairway 08/08
294 Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded ordnance 31/08
322 Italy – South-east of Capo d’Anzio – Torre Astura — Obstruction 11/11
324 Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power cable 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio — Prohibited areas; wreck 14/09
329 Italy - Golfo di Gaeta — Restricted area 39/09
329 Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions; obstructions 49/07
338 Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree — Protected Marine Area 35/08
346 Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli — Marine parks and reserves 35/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
348 Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 08/08
348 Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 29/08
348 Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area 22/08
349 Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve 09/08
349 Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall 08/08
353 Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion 08/08
355 Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck 28/08
362, 367 Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele — Prohibited areas 19/08
367 Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited area 24/08
47 Mediterranean 3 13th Edition (2008) 01/09
68, 69 Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north-eastwards — FPSO; restricted area 01/09
70 Approaches to Gulf of Venice — Production platforms 50/10
81 Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane operations area 07/09
85 Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
100, 105 Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to Stenó Kastóu — Anchorage 28/09
104 Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal 01/09
112 Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock 01/09
178, 180 Albania - Durres — Directions; light 21/10
182 Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck 01/09
191, 194, 206 Montenegro - Rt Oítra — Light 25/10
191, 194, 206 Croatia - Rt Oítra — Light 33/10
465, 470 Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
467 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste — Wreck 16/09
497 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta — Dangerous wreck 34/09
499 Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions 01/09
500 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia — Anchorages; pilot boarding position 39/09
509 Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area 07/09
509 Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 01/09
526 Italy - Ancona — Wreck 01/09
536 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Cervia — Wreck 01/11
545-546 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Porto Levante — Directions 28/09
556 Italy - Venezia - Porto di Lido — Dangerous wreck 08/11
48 Mediterranean 4 14th Edition (2009) 41/09
156
Greece - Saronikós Kólpos - Órmos Keratsiníou — Directions; dangerous
wreck
20/10
203 South Aegean - Stenó Antipárou — Dangerous wreck 49/10
213 Nísos Páros - Órmos Plastíra — Obstruction 41/10
365 North Aegean - Thessaloníki — Light 41/09
432, 434 Turkey - zmir — Buoyage 41/09
49 Mediterranean 5 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
69 Libya — Al Khums 39/10
74 Libya - Surt 41/10
122 Egypt - MØnº’ Dumyº — Waiting area 03/11
158 Turkey - Fethiye — Dangerous wreck 48/10
244 Israel - •adera — Regulations 42/09
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
12th Edition (2006) 37/06
114 Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour — Pilotage 44/09
115 Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour — Wreck 15/10
160 Newfoundland - Grand Bank Harbour — Directions; sector light 49/08
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
300 Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island - Directions; sector light 49/08
304 Newfoundland – Rogers Point to Hare Bay Head — Directions; depths 38/10
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
308 Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour — Limiting conditions 38/10
309 Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour — Directions; depth 38/10
323, 324
Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm — Buoyage
changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage 43/06
406 Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage changed 38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430
Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich Bay —
Buoyage changed
38/06
438
Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South-west of George Island — Buoyage
changed
39/06
451, 452, 453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466, 467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468 Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage changed 39/06
473, 474
Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run — Buoyage
changed
39/06
492 Labrador - Murphy Head to Cape Kikkiviak - Helga River — Wreck 44/09
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
51 New Zealand 18th Edition (2010) 51/10
147 New Zealand - North Island - Doubtful Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
149 New Zealand - North Island - Breaksea Sound — Directions; buoyage 51/10
151 New Zealand - North Island - Dusky Sound — Directions; beacon 51/10
152 New Zealand - North Island - Cascade Cove — Beacon 51/10
160 New Zealand - Islands South of South Island - Snares Islands —
Anchorage
03/11
193 New Zealand - North Island - East Coast -Kerikeri Inlet — Directions;
buoy
01/11
204 New Zealand - North Island - Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages 51/10
219 New Zealand -Great Barrier Island - Approach to Man of War Passage —
Directions; depth
01/11
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
64, 65 Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
92, 93 Wick - Harbour and approaches — Depths 08/10
116 Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
139 Scotland - North-east coast - Cromarty Firth — Invergordon; berth 22/09
142
Scotland - East coast - Moray Firth - Approaches to Inverness Firth - Riff
Bank — Directions; buoyage
29/10
162
Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths and
prohibited anchorage areas
22/09
162, 177, 231 Orkney Islands - Pilotage 33/10
254, 256 Shetland Islands - North Channel and Whiteness Voe — Depths 11/10
345 Føroyar - KollafjørÉur — Berths 03/10
54 North Sea (West) 8th Edition (2009) 01/10
136 England - East coast - Blyth — Pilotage 12/10
154 England - East coast - River Tees — Breakwaters 25/10
155 England - East coast - Teesport — Outer anchorage; pipelines 15/10
169, 170 England - East coast - Humber Approaches — Pilotage; anchorages 12/10
193, 194, 199 England - East coast — Wind farms; firing practice area 12/10
193 England – East Coast — Wind farms 09/11
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
194, 212, 219, 225, 227,
229
IV
Title
Weekly
Edition
England - East Coast — Aids to navigation 01/11
213, 215, 217 England - East coast - Winterton-on-Sea — Racon 39/10
216, 218, 219
England - East Coast - Approaches to Great Yarmouth — Directions;
buoyage
44/10
220, 221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth - Outer Harbour — Directions 11/10
221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 38/10
221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 01/11
226 England - East coast - Lowestoft — Directions; Kirkley Light 01/10
55 North Sea (East) 7th Edition (2010) 45/10
67, 71, 123 Germany - Borkum-Riffgrund NE — Wind farm 04/11
97 The Netherlands - Zeegat Van Texel — Pilotage 48/10
120-121 The Netherlands - Friesche Zeegat - Plaatgat — Directions 13/11
288 Denmark – Lister Tief to Grådyb — Directions; buoyage 07/11
297 Denmark – Passage South of and channels through Horns Rev —
Directions; buoyage
07/11
56 Norway 1 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden - West coast - Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
11 Norway — NOR VTS 14/10
84 Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad - Inner Passage — Lights 36/09
109 Norway - Brevikstrømmen — Directions; leading lights 52/09
130 Norway - Approach to Tønsberg - Sandøsundsleia — Light 36/09
153, 162 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway - Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
156 Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen — Depth 32/09
160 Norway - Oslofjorden — Depths 09/10
169 Norway – Svelvikstrømmen — Directions; Lights 07/11
57A Norway 2A 9th Edition (2008) 27/08
6 Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
7 NOR VTS 14/10
85 Rosfjorden approaches - Ullerøysundet — Lights 36/09
107, 108
Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipelines and cables;
anchorage
03/10
124, 132, 135, 204 Skudenesfjorden - Geitungane — Geitungen Light 03/10
142 Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen 04/09
181 Talgjefjorden - Kingestad — anchorage 22/10
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
235 Bømlafjorden - South-east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
255 Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund — Light; shoal 14/09
281, 282
Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen —
Anchorages
29/08
282 Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage 02/09
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
308 Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance 40/08
334 Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen — Anchorage 04/09
353-354, 417 Fedje - Fedjefjorden — pilot boarding points 22/10
353-354, 417 Fedje - Fedjeforden — pilot boarding points 25/10
397 Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances 43/08
424
Nordhordlandsfjordene - Hille South-eastwards - Ålenappflua and
Iverholmane — Directions; lights
32/09
424
Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjømnesundet to Sognejøen - Horsholmsundet
and Bårøyosen — Directions; lights
32/09
427 West coast - Bradangersundet — Underwater rock 21/09
428 Bjorøyosen — Rock 18/09
428 Vassøyna East — Lights 28/09
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
4.18
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
459, 513, 516, 521, 525,
535,538, 567
IV
Title
Weekly
Edition
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 22/10
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 25/10
473-474 Buefjorden — Bulandet 21/10
513 Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet — Directions 22/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Directions 14/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Depths 06/09
517 Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights 17/09
527, 528, 530, 531, 535 Hellefjorden - Aralden — Directions; racon; light 48/09
536 Frøysjøen - Gulenfjordene — Depths 41/09
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
564 West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet — Directions; Nord Vågsøy Light 12/09
57B Norway 2B 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
3 NOR VTS 14/10
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 30/05
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245
Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous and/or
pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
37 Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage 29/09
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway 3A 7th Edition (2010) 16/10
9 NOR VTS 16/10
9 Radio navigational warnings 41/10
210 Nesøya - Jovika — Directions; leading lights 21/10
235 Meløyfjorden - Kjerkholmen — Light 50/10
238 Meløyvær - Kubakkflua — Light 50/10
240 Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights 50/10
325, 328, 330, 344 Ofotfjorden - Barøya — Barøya Light 04/11
334 Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget — Buoyage 51/10
336 Tysfjorden - Haukøygrunnen and Storlysbotn — Buoyage 51/10
349 Ofotfjorden - Bogen — Directions; light 18/10
350 Ofotfjorden - Ballangen — Directions 04/11
367, 368, 369, 370, 371 Sørlandsvågen - Røssnesvågen — Lights; Directions 19/10
379 Lofoten - South-east coast of Moskenesøya - Å — Anchorage 08/11
380 Lofoten south-east side - Sørvagen — Anchorage 47/10
401 Lofoten - South coast of Vestvågøya - Stamsund — Anchorage 08/11
422, 424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions 45/10
424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions 47/10
429 North side of Vestfjorden - Molldøra - Kjepsøyhamn and Litlmolla —
anchorages
10/11
447 Lofoten west side - Ramberg — Anchorage 47/10
492 Vesterålen - Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga 16/10
506, 507 Andøya - Nordmela — Depth; Directions 16/10
Wk13/11
4.19

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
58B Norway 3B 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 50/04
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6, 47 Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas 41/10
6 NOR VTS 14/10
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
51 Andfjorden - Andenes — Directions; light 18/10
52, 53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
63-64 Andfjorden - Nergårdsvika — Anchorage 51/10
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South-eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
98 Mefjorden - Mefjordbotn — Anchorage 51/10
106
Kattfjorden - Nordre Angstaursundet - Lysgrunnen — Directions;
buoyage
03/10
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet — Depth 01/07
158 Vannøya - Torsvåg — Marine farm 04/10
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
191 Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228-229
Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south-east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North-east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North-west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
260 Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes — Leading lights 45/09
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265
Kamøyfjorden - South-west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
275, 276
North-east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light 31/09
313 Kirkenes - Small craft anchorages 41/09
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
67 Larrys River — Light 44/09
70 Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 44/09
173
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Limiting conditions — Deepest and
longest berths
44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information — Anchorages 44/09
174
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information — Pilots and
tugs
44/09
174, 177 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Harbour — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
180 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Berths — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
229 Cape Spencer to Martin Head — Directions; buoy 38/10
60 Pacific Islands 1 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
125
Solomon Islands - Manning Strait - Malaghara Island Shoal — Directions;
light beacon
04/10
158, 159 Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island - Hathorn Sound — Lights 12/10
209 Papua New Guinea - Bonvouloir Islands - East Island — Charts; position 50/10
211, 211-212, 212
Papua New Guinea - Louisade Archipelago - Deboyne Lagoon —
Directions
51/10
235 Papua New Guinea - Nuakata Passage — Directions; depth 50/10
324 Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam Island — Directions; rock 03/11
334
Papua New Guinea - North-East coast - Lapar Point to Cape Concordia
— Directions; light
29/10
351
Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead —
Wreck
06/09
354, 355
Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - New Britain - Vitu Islands —
Charts; position
45/10
358, 359, 368, 393 Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - Islands — Positions 44/10
368, 369, 370, 371 Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - Sae Islands - Kaniet Islands
and Manu Island — Charts; position
02/11
419, 420
Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Senyavin Islands - Pohnpei Island —
Marine farms
31/09
424, 432 Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Nukuoro Atoll, Ngatik Atoll, Wat Island
and Satawal Island — Charts; positions
01/11
440 Republic of Palau - Tobi Island — Charts; position 51/10
61 Pacific Islands 2 11th Edition (2006) 10/07
7, 80-81, 137, 161, 164
Nouvelle-Calédonie and Îles Loyauté — Restricted areas around
submarine cables
02/09
75 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
76 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Baie du Prony — Mooring buoys 01/09
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
86
Nouvelle-Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and Petite Rade —
Wrecks; obstructions
03/09
100 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102
Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle-Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
161
Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine cable;
anchorage
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164
Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon — Submarine
cable
46/07
262
Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South-eastern part - Suva Harbour — Directions;
light
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south-eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south-eastwards — buoy 34/08
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands 3 12th Edition (2010) 32/10
17 Pitcairn Islands - National limits 33/10
184 Polynésie Française - Moorea - Baie de Cook — Charts; directions;
leading lights
238
Republic of Kiribati - Southern Line Group - Vostock Island — Charts;
position
63 Persian Gulf 15th Edition (2010) 08/11
2 Navigational dangers and hazards — Terrorism 09/11
124 Western approaches to Khørºn Strait - Directions — Light buoy 09/11
183 JazØrat Dºs Terminals - Arrival information — Anchorage 13/11
207-208 Al Shaheen Oil Terminal — FSO’s 09/11
208 Al Rayyan Oil Terminal — FSU 09/11
225 Approaches to Ra’s Tannørah and Ra’s al Ju‘aymah - Hazard — Pipe 09/11
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
259, 261, 264 Saudi Arabia - Jeddah — Directions; Red Sea Gateway Terminal 31/10
317, 319 Yemen — BalÖºf LNG Terminal 51/09
65 St Lawrence 16th Edition (2009) 46/09
92 Havre de Mingan — Limiting conditions; depths 38/10
109 Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel — Directions; beacons 47/09
130 Pointe de L’Est to Île d’Entrée — Wreck 07/10
198 Trois-Rivières — Limiting conditions; vertical clearances 07/11
208 Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu — Basins and berths; anchorage 47/09
331 Miramichi Bay – Portage Island Channel — Directions; leading line 07/11
66 West Coast of Scotland 16th Edition (2008) 11/09
52, 86 Firth of Clyde - Loch Striven — Anchorages 34/09
92 Firth of Clyde - Helensburgh — Prohibited activities 11/10
110, 111 Campbeltown Loch — Pilotage; depths 21/10
115, 117, 118 Firth of Clyde - Skipness — Directions; useful mark 51/09
165 Hebrides - Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag — Vertical clearances 14/09
217 Firth of Lorn — Buoyage 16/09
284 The Small Isles — Sea state 08/10
285 Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards — Depth 33/09
366 Outer Hebrides - South Uist - Loch Boisdale — Light beacon 36/09
398 Hebrides - Sound of Harris — Passage 11/09
285, 286, 295, 296,297,
299, 310
The Small Isles — Directions; depths 48/09
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
10th Edition (2008) 03/09
8, 155, 156 Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes — Marine nature reserve 21/09
61, 62, 63, 129, 186 Portugal - Vessel traffic service — Mandatory reporting system 23/09
105
Spain - North-west coast - Ría de Arousa - Ensenada de Vilagarcia —
Directions; major light; buoyage
20/10
136, 139 Portugal - Leixôes - Outer approaches — Depth 07/10
138, 139 Portugal - Leixôes — Outer anchorage 21/10
142 Portugal - Porto do Douro - Directions — Leading lights 13/10
147 Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal — Directions: light 33/09
149 Portugal - Porto da Figueira da Foz — Directions; leading lights 30/10
162 Portugal - Porto de Lisboa — Vessel traffic service 48/09
205 Spain - Río Guadalquivir — Pilot boarding positions 11/10
215 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service 03/09
235, 247 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
236, 248 Gibraltar — Directions; exclusion zone 04/10
237 Morocco — Tanger-Méditerranée 35/10
13/11
50/10
Wk13/11

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
241 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Anchorages 26/10
241-242 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Pilot boarding positions 04/10
247, 248 Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited areas 21/09
248 Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock 24/09
274 Arquipélago dos Açores - Terceira - Praia da Vitória — Light 16/10
68 East Coast of the
United States 1
13th Edition (2009) 10/10
99, 103 Casco Bay and Portland Harbor — Recommended routes 37/10
103, 106 Portland Harbor — Pilotage 37/10
125 Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions; light buoy 10/10
145 Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions; ODAS buoy 35/10
155 Vineyard Sound - South-west approaches — Directions; wreck 10/10
157
Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches - Woods Hole — Directions;
buoy
10/10
168 Narragansett Bay - Old Harbor - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
182 Great Salt Pond - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
187 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Dangerous wreck 12/10
202 Port Chester Harbor — Depths 10/10
216
New York Harbor and adjacent waters - Entrance channels and Lower
Bay — Racons
10/10
226 Kill Van Kull — Depths 10/10
231 South Brother Island Channel — Depths 10/10
252
Approaches to Boston Harbor — Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety
and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports
39/10
69 East Coast of the
United States 2
11th Edition (2008) 42/08
7, 65, 66, 101, 104, 185,
189, 192, 195, 197, 201,
203, 209, 210, 215, 221,
224, 226, 231, 234, 240,
241, 244, 248, 254
North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
mandatory speed restrictions
89-90 Philadelphia — Directions; lights 27/09
97 Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point — Directions; wrecks 51/09
106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions; wreck 49/08
121 James River - Upper part — Directions 14/09
131 Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances 25/09
134
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; buoyage; wrecks; obstructions; shoal; fish haven
01/10
134
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
50/09
134-135
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
51/09
152 Choptank River — Light 38/09
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
197 Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance 14/09
211, 214, 215, 216 Charleston - Fort Sumter Range — Directions 44/09
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
217 Charleston Harbor - South Channel — Directions; dangerous wreck 48/09
222 Port Royal Sound — Approach and entry 24/10
229 Savannah — Directions; leading lights 31/10
229 Savannah — Directions; lights 14/09
233 Brunswick Harbor — Project depths 49/09
234 Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry 38/09
241 Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights 14/09
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
96, 97-98 Honduras — Puerto La Ceiba 11/11
Wk13/11
106 Honduras — Punta de Omoa 11/11
01/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.24
Weekly
Edition
153 Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz — Pilotage; tugs 47/09
158 Mexico - Tuxpan — Directions; racon 31/10
166 Mexico - La Pesca to Rio Grande — Directions; light 40/10
173 United States of America - Port Mansfield — Directions; buoyage 23/10
175
United States of America - Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel —
Vertical clearance
33/10
273, 300 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Security zone 38/09
70 West Indies 1 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
66, 67, 68, 70, 72, 73 Bermuda — Berths; landmarks; depths 33/10
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
212, 213, 213-214, 214 Haiti — Port-Au-Prince 10/10
221 Cuba - Puerto de Santiago de Cuba — Vertical clearance 10/11
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
249 Jamaica - Falmouth Harbour — Infrastructure; Directions 01/11
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256
Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef — Directions;
light
49/08
268, 269, 270 Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman - Sand Cay — Directions; light 29/10
71 West Indies 2 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
103 US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
190 Sint Maarten - Simson Baai — Anchorage; mooring buoys 44/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique - Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
275 Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Directions 42/09
284 Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage 47/09
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
2nd Edition (2010) 31/10
6 Radio Navigation Warnings 41/10
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
9th Edition (2009) 50/09
60 Navigational Warnings — Different types 10/10
60-62, 61, 63 NAVAREAS/METAREAS 41/10
209 MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas 50/10
210
MARPOL 73/78 - Annex II — Categorisation of Noxious Liquid
Substances
03/10
220 Loran-C — Discontinuation of US and Canadian signals 07/10
224 NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) — Gaps in coverage 08/10
315
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B - Preferred
channels — characteristics of buoys
07/10
315
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B - Preferred
channels — characteristics of buoys
10/10
136 Ocean Passages for the
World
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong - Routes — Low-powered vessels; distance 26/04
Wk13/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
Belgium – Westerschelde and approaches —
Wind farm
158
Paragraph 7.12 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 42/09 Replace by:
2 Bligh Bank Offshore Wind Farm located on the
N part of Bligh Bank (7.8), comprises 55 wind
turbines centred on position 51°40′⋅3N 2°48′⋅0E. A
submarine cable leads generally SSE from the wind
farm to a position close W of Zeebrugge (7.65). A
500 m safety area is established around the wind farm
installations, in which navigation is prohibited. On the
perimeter, designated wind turbines exhibit flashing
lights.
Belgian Notices 03/062/11 and 04/071/11
(SDD 2011000 024414; 033866) [12/11]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China – Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian —
Anchorages; Pilotage
403-404
Paragraph 10.139a 4-5including existing Section IV Notice
Week 14/10 Replace by:
4 The inner port is entered between the E Breakwater
Head Light (green round GRP tower, 12 m in height)
(38°55′⋅90N 118°28′⋅26E) and the , which marks the
end of a bank extending SE from an area under
reclamation.
5 Anchorage. The designated anchorage for large oil
tankers is bounded by the following coordinates:
38°53′⋅62N 118°24′⋅67E
38°53′⋅43N 118°26′⋅45E
38°52′⋅01N 118°27′⋅39E
38°52′⋅31N 118°23′⋅81E
Depths in the anchorage are 24 to 29 m.
6 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and
available during daylight hours. Pilots board in the
following positions:
No1-38°52′⋅85N 118°29′⋅80E
No2-38°54′⋅13N 118°25′⋅08E
Tugs are available.
Chinese Chart 11761
(SDD 2011000 166598) [12/11]
Wk12/11
4.1
[12/11]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – West coast – Workington —
Limiting conditions; depths
301
Paragraph 10.51 1 line 1 For 1⋅8 mRead 1⋅2 m
Port of Workington
(SDD 2011000 029323) [12/11]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
West coast – Approaches to Rosslare Europort –
South Shear — Buoyage
156
Paragraph 5.35 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
2 These bearings lead into the channel, passing:
SSW of South Long Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(52°14′⋅74N 6°15′⋅80W), thence:
NNE of Splaugh Light Buoy (port hand)
(52°14′⋅36N 6°16′⋅77W).
The lights on the buoys are synchronized.
MRCC Dublin
(SDD 2011000 033654) [12/11]
East coast – Glassgorman Banks —
Directions; buoyage
163
Paragraph 5.103 1 line 5 Replace by:
...(52°37′⋅69N 6°07′⋅46W) which is moored on
the SE...
Paragraph 5.103 2 line 2 For (52°44′⋅51N 6°05′⋅33W) Read
(52°45′⋅35N 6°05′⋅34W)
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 027766; 029773; 029774) [12/11]
Northern Ireland – East coast –
Belfast — Pilotage
234-235
Paragraph 7.100 2 lines 1-7 Replace by:
2 Pilot station and boarding. Pilots are stationed at
Belfast and board vessels at one of three positions:
Vessels with a draught greater than 10⋅2 m
(deep-draught) in position 54°42′⋅90N
5°41′⋅40W.
Vessels of over 100 m LOA off the entrance to the
Victoria Channel in position 54°41′⋅91N
5°44′⋅50W.
Vessels over 75 m LOA off No 12 Light Beacon
(54°38′⋅97N 5°51′⋅42W).
Pilot launches are painted black with orange
superstructure and the word PILOT in white letters on
each side.
Belfast Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2011000 018868; 025250) [12/11]

West coast – Valentia Harbour —
Directions; directional light
265
Paragraph 8.114 1 lines 1-8 Replace by:
1 Directional light (white conical tower, red stripe) is
situated on the N side of Valentia Island, 7½ cables
SE of Fort Point.
The light is shown throughout 24 hours and the
white sector (140°-142°) leads through the entrance,
passing:
Paragraph 8.114 4 line 1 For line Read route
Paragraph 8.114 5 line 1 For line Read route
Paragraph 8.116 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 In the W part of the harbour in position 51°55′⋅70N
10°18′⋅68W, in 12 m, sand and shingle.
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2011000 039470; 2010000 186778) [12/11]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2007 Edition)
France – Marseille-Nord - Anchorage —
Obstruction
88
After Paragraph 2.275 2 line 6 Insert:
An obstruction exists at a depth of 25⋅5 metres in
the SW corner of the Marseille-Nord anchorage,
1 cable S of Niolon, in position 43°20′⋅17N 5°15′⋅39E.
French Notice 11 08029
(SDD 2011000 038301) [12/11]
IV
4.2
Wk12/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Islas Canarias – Isla de Gran Canaria -
Puerto de La Luz — Directions
99
Paragraph 3.106 1 line 8 Replace by:
Puerto Interior. Directional light.
Paragraph 3.106 2 lines 1–9 Replace by:
Puerto Interior directional light (white post on
building, 19 m in height) (28°08′⋅82N
15°25′⋅13W).
Remaining in the white sector (359°-002°) of this
light leads into the inner harbour.
Spanish Notice 49/2011
(SDD 2011000 029836) [11/11]
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2010 Edition)
Turkey – Trabzon — Pipeline
141
After Paragraph 3.250 2 line 3 Insert:
A submarine pipeline extends 4 cables N into the
anchorage area, from a position on the shore
8¼ cables W of Güzelhisar Burnu Light.
Turkish Notice 3/15/11
(SDD 2011000 024499) [11/11]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England – Ramsgate — Anchorage
102
Paragraph 4.109 including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.109
Ramsgate Harbour Master
(SDD 2011000 038308) [11/11]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – West coast – River Mersey — Buoyage
243
Paragraph 8.63 1 line 6 For Floats Read Buoys
Paragraph 8.63 1 line 7 For Floats Read Buoys (safe water)
245
Paragraph 8.83 1 line 4 For Floats Read Buoys
4.1
246
[11/11]
Paragraph 8.89 2 line 4 For Floats Read Buoys (safe water)
Paragraph 8.93 1 line 7 For Float Read Buoy
247
Paragraph 8.93 2 line 1 For Float Read Buoy
Paragraph 8.93 3 line 1 For Float Read Buoy
Paragraph 8.93 4 line 3 For Float Read Buoy
Paragraph 8.93 4 line 6 For Float Read Buoy
Paragraph 8.93 5 line 5 For Float Read Buoy
Paragraph 8.94 1 line 1 For Float Read Buoy
Paragraph 8.95 1 line 1 For Float Read Buoy
Paragraph 8.96 1 line 1 For Float Read Buoy
254
Paragraph 8.114 4 line 6 For Float Read Buoy
Mersey Docks and Harbour Company Ltd
(SDD 2010000 054574; 2011000 033433) [11/11]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2007 Edition)
Italy – South-east of Capo d’Anzio –
Torre Astura — Obstruction
322
After Paragraph 12.11 2 line 9 Insert:
SSW of an obstruction (8¼ miles ESE), thence:
Italian Notice 3.6/11
(SDD 2011000 034254) [11/11]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
Honduras — Puerto La Ceiba
96
After Paragraph 4.34 1 line 4 Insert:
Puerto La Ceiba
Chart 513, US Chart 28144 (see 1.19)
General information
4.34a
1 Puerto La Ceiba (15°47′⋅66N 86°45′⋅62W) lies
1½ miles E of La Ceiba, the administrative centre of
Atlantida Department. The town, with a population of
159 895 in 2008, stands close W of a low, sandy point
at the foot of a mountain range which rises to Cerro
Congrejal (4.27).
Wk11/11

Directions
4.34b
(continued from 4.28)
1 From a position NE of Isla de Utila (16°56′⋅00N
86°56′⋅00W) (4.115) the track leads S for about
24 miles to Puerto La Ceiba, passing:
W of a 11 m shoal depth (15°58′⋅58N 86°44′⋅84W),
the most W of charted dangers to the E of the
track, and:
Clear of a 12⋅5 m isolated shoal depth (15°58′⋅74N
86°49′⋅12W).
Berth
4.34c
1 Quay 300 m in length handles vessels with a
maximum draught of 4 m.
Port services
4.34d
1 Facility. Hospital.
Supplies: fuel; fresh water and stores.
Communications. Ferries to Islas de la Bahía
(4.78). Airport, 10 km distant, with international
connections.
97 - 98
Paragraphs 4.56 to 4.77 including headings Delete
Javier Diaz, Departamento Hidrografia y Ayudas a la
Navegacion, Empresa Nacional Portuaria, Honduras and
Google Earth
(SDD 2011000 028360) [11/11]
Honduras — Punta de Omoa
106
After Paragraph 4.180 1 line 5 Insert:
Punta de Omoa
4.180a
1 General information. A CBM for handling LPG
lies 5 cables N of Punta de Omoa (15°46′⋅90N
88°02′⋅90W).
Directions. From a position 2 miles N of Punta de
Omoa the track leads 1½ miles S to the berth.
Port operations. Berthing and cargo operations are
only carried out in daylight hours and good weather.
2 Pilotage and tugs. Pilots board 1½ miles N of the
berth. Tugs are available.
Berth. CBM, handling LPG, with a least depth of
9m.
Facilities. None available.
Javier Diaz, Departamento Hidrografia y Ayudas a la
Navegacion, Empresa Nacional Portuaria, Honduras
(SDD 2011000 038165) [11/11]
Wk11/11
IV
4.2

V
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY LIST OF LIGHTS AND FOG SIGNALS
Vol A Edition 2010/11. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
SOUTH COAST
A0840 - Beachy Head
(GB:TH)
50 44·04 N
0 14·47 E
Fl(2)W 20s 31 8 White round tower,
red band and lantern
43
fl 1, ec 3, fl 1, ec 15.
Vis 248°-101°(213°)
* *
EAST COAST. THAMES ESTUARY. SOUTH SHORE. RIVER MEDWAY. SHEERNESS HARBOUR. ISLE OF GRAIN
A2009·7 - 51 26·69 N Q W 20 13 Red and white , on Ra refl
0 43·39 E
red tower
20
* * *
EAST COAST. THAMES ESTUARY. NORTH SHORE
A2185·1 - Brightlingsea. Jetty. W 51 48·27 N
1 01·39 E
Fl R 3s
* * * * * * * *
A5962·6 Ardglass Harbour. Ardtole
beacon
54 15·67 N
5 36·03 W
Vol B Edition 2010/11. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
B1780·2
DK, , 44
GRÅDYB
- Fovrfelt N 55 29·29 N
8 23·79 E
Vol C Edition 2010/11. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
C0209·2
DK, , 1881
GRENÅ HAVN
- N Mole. Head 56 25·07 N
10 56·12 E
Fl G 5s . . 2 Concrete pyramid
with green and white
reflective plate
5.1
Fl(2)G 6s (T) 2011
Oc(2)WRG 6s 7 W6Yellow
tower ec 1, lt 1, ec 1, lt 3.
R4
G066·5°-073°(6·5°), W073°-077°(4°),
G4
R077°-085·5°(8·5°), G327°-331°(4°),
W331°-333·5°(2·5°),
R333·5°-342°(8·5°).
Sectors are unreliable (T) 2011
*
Fl G 3s 10 5 Green mast
5
* *
SMAALANDSFARVANDET. STORSTRØM. SJÆLLAND ISLAND
C1799 Remove from list; deleted
C1799·1 Remove from list; deleted
SMAALANDSFARVANDET. STORSTRØM. FALSTER ISLAND
C1801·13 Remove from list; deleted
fl 0·75
*
Wk11/11

Vol C Edition 2010/11 continued.
V
SMAALANDSFARVANDET. SORTSØ GAB
C1850·4 - Farø-Falster Bridge. Centre 54 56·61 N F W 30 7 . . On upstream and downstream sides
DK, , 5439 Span
- - Fog Det Lt
11 58·48 E
* * * * * * * *
C2080
DK, , 3125
C2080·4
DK, , 3130
C2093·2
DK, , 3192
SJÆLLAND ISLAND
- Vallensbæk. Marina. N
Mole
55 36·60 N
12 24·01 E
- Ishøj. Marina. S Mole 55 36·57 N
12 24·06 E
SJÆLLAND ISLAND. KØGE HAVN
- Marina. N Mole. Head 55 28·26 N
12 11·94 E
C2905·4 Remove from list; deleted
Fl G 3s 4 4 Green post
4
Fl R 3s 4 4 Red post
4
Fl G 3s 5 3 Green pedestal
2
fl 0·75.
Floodlit. TE 2011
*
fl 0·75.
Vis 060°-338°(278°).
Floodlit. TE 2011
*
fl 0·75.
Shown 24 hours
SOUTH COAST. BORNHOLMSGAT
C7588 - Brantevik. Ldg Lts 253°. 55 30·70 N F R 7 . . Post Fishing
Front
14 21·00 E
* * * * * * * *
C7592 - Skillinge. Ldg Lts 290°. W 55 28·40 N Fl(2)WRG 6s 5 W9Red
% on post G247°-288°(41°), W288°-293°(5°),
Breakwater. Head. Front 14 17·40 E
R6
G5
R293°-347°(54°)
* * * * * * * *
Vol D Edition 2010/11. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
D1484
ES, I, 00250
D1484·1
ES, I, 00251
NORTH COAST. SAN SEBASTIÁN
- Ldg Lts 158°. Front 43 18·89 N Q R 10 7 Grey post
1 59·46 W
5
* *
- Ldg Lts 158°. Rear. 25m
from front
NORTH COAST. PUERTO DE ORIO
D1488 Remove from list; deleted
43 18·85 N Oc R 4s 16 7 Grey post
ec 1
1 59·45 W
9
* *
D1536
NORTH COAST
- Puerto de Castro 43 23·07 N Fl(4)W 24s 47 20 Truncated conical (fl 0·6, ec 3·4) x 3, fl 0·6, ec 11·4
ES, I, 00970 Urdiales. Castillo de Santa 3 12·88 W
tower
Ana. SE Turret
16
* * * * * * * *
D1561
ES, I, 01140
NORTH COAST. BAJO SANTOÑUCA
- Cabo Mayor 43 29·42 N
3 47·45 W
Fl(2)W 10s 89 21 White round tower on
base
30
5.2
fl 0·4, ec 2·1, fl 0·4, ec 7·1
* * * * * * * *
*
Wk11/11

Vol D Edition 2010/11 continued.
D1563
ES, I, 01495
D1598
ES, I, 01810
D1598·1
ES, 1, 01809
D1641
ES, 1, 02510
D1660
ES, I, 02725
D1686
ES, I, 03100
ES, I, 03110
D1736
ES, 1, 03800
NORTH COAST. RÍA DE SUANCES
- Ldg Lts 149·5°. Front. E
Breakwater
43 26·20 N
4 02·08 W
NORTH COAST. PUERTO DE GIJÓN
- El Musel. Contradique de
Levante. NW Head
- El Musel. Dique de La Osa.
N Corner
43 33·63 N
5 41·18 W
43 33·63 N
5 41·06 W
NORTH COAST
- Cabo Vidio 43 35·61 N
6 14·61 W
V
Fl W 2s
*
8 5 White truncated
conical tower
6
fl 0·3
Fl(2)R 6s 14 5 Red 4-sided column fl 0·5, ec 1, fl 0·5, ec 4.
5
Sync with D1598·1
* *
Fl(2)R 6s 11 5 Red round column fl 0·5, ec 1, fl 0·5, ec 4.
Sync with D1598
* *
Fl W 5s 99 25 Round masonry
tower and building
9
* * * * * * * *
NORTH COAST. GOLFO DE FOZ. RÍA DE RIBADEO
- Isla Pancha 43 33·39 N
7 02·52 W
Fl(3+1)W 20s 26 21 White round tower,
black bands
13
fl 0·3
(fl 0·5, ec 2) x 2, (fl 0·5, ec 7) x 2
* * * * * * * *
NORTH COAST
- Punta Estaca de Bares 43 47·17 N
7 41·06 W
- - 150m 345° . . Siren Mo(B)
60s
NORTH-WEST COAST
- Cabo Villano 43 09·63 N
9 12·69 W
Fl(2)W 7·5s 99 25 8-sided stone tower
and white dwelling
with red roof
10
fl 0·2, ec 1·5, fl 0·2, ec 5·6.
Vis 000°-291°(291°)
. . . . . . bl 6, (si 3, bl 2) x 3, si 39.
TD 2008
* *
Fl(2)W 15s 102 28 8-sided tower, grey
cupola
25
fl 0·5, ec 3·5, fl 0·5, ec 10·5.
Vis 031·5°-228·5°(197°)
- - . . Racon . . . . . . ALRS Vol 2 Station 67760
* * * * * * * *
SOUTH-WEST COAST. BAHIA DE CADIZ. PUERTO DE CÁDIZ
D2362 - Castillo de San Sebastián 36 31·70 N Fl(2)W 10s 37 25 Round metal tower fl 0·3, ec 2·2, fl 0·3, ec 7·2
ES, I, 10250
6 18·96 W
37
* * * * * * * *
D2380
ES, 1, 10267
D2380·1
ES, 1, 10267·1
D2404·5
ES, I, 10653
- Ldg Lts 102°. Front 36 33·00 N
6 15·00 W
Q G 1s 8 7 White and red
4-sided tower on a
concrete post
6
* * * * * * * *
- Ldg Lts 102°. Rear. 379m
from front
36 33·00 N
6 15·00 W
Oc G 3s 19 7 Red &, white
bands,on white round
tower on a concrete
post
16
* * * * * * * *
SOUTH-WEST COAST. BARRA DE SANCTI PETRI
- Piedra Larga 36 23·00 N
6 12·70 W
ec 1
Fl G 5s 7 2 Green round post fl 0·3.
TE 2011
5.3
*
Wk11/11

Vol D Edition 2010/11 continued.
D2775
ES, I, 12020
ISLA LANZAROTE
- Puerto de Los Mármoles.
Wharf. Breakwater. SE Head
ISLA DE TENERIFE
D2821·5 Remove from list; deleted
D3093
FR, CB, 52040
D6410·5
ZA, , Z6148·1
D6410·51
ZA, , Z6148·2
D6410·6
ZA, , Z6148
D6410·61
ZA, , Z6147
28 57·85 N
13 31·69 W
CONAKRY
- Boulbinet 9 30·19 N
13 43·18 W
ALGOA BAY
- Ngqura Harbour. Ldg Lts
342·4°. Front
33 48·35 S
25 40·66 E
- - - - . . By day Oc W
V
Fl G 5s 12 5 Green round tower
3
Oc(2)WR 12s 13 W13 White tower, red
R10 lantern
12
fl 0·5
Oc W 3s 71 7 Orange U, white
stripe on white
framework tower, red
bands
51
. . . . . . ec 1
3s
*
R015°-108°(93°), W108°-112°(4°),
R112°-315°(203°), W315°-015°(60°).
TE 2011
*
* * * * * * * *
- Ngqura Harbour. Ldg Lts
342·4°. Rear. 1011m from
front
33 47·83 S
25 40·47 E
- - - - - . . By day Oc W
Oc W 6s 104 8 Orange U, white
stripe on white
framework tower, red
bands
60
. . . . . . ec 2
6s
* * * * * * * *
Renumbered; was previously D6411.6
- Ngqura Harbour. Ldg Lts
009·5°. Front
33 47·59 S
25 41·75 E
Oc R 4s 37 4 White framework
tower, red bands
18
* * * * * * * *
Renumbered; was previously D6411.61
- Ngqura Harbour. Ldg Lts
009·5°. Rear
33 47·30 S
25 41·81 E
Oc W 4s 57 6 White framework
tower, red bands
7
* * * * * * * *
D6411·6 Remove from list; renumbered to D6410.6
D6411·61 Remove from list; renumbered to D6410.61
FUJAIRAH. PORT OF FUJAIRAH
D7329·5 - Oil Terminal 2 25 11·13 N
56 22·56 E
Fl R 4s 12 3 White metal column,
red bands
10
* * * * * * * *
D8533·335
EBOK TERMINAL
- West Fault Block platform 4 06·54 N
8 10·00 E
Lit . . . . Platform Other structures exist within the Ebok
Terminal
* * * * * * * *
D8533·336 - Virini Prem 4 06·11 N
8 10·45 E
Lit . . . . FSO
* * * * * * * *
5.4
Wk11/11

Vol E Edition 2010/11. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
E0067·5
ES, II, 21630
E0140·7
ES, II, 23960·4
E0140·72
ES, II, 23960·6
E0219
ES, II, 26550
E0222
ES, II, 26620
E0239·4
ES, II, 27260
E0345
ES, II, 36490
E0439·3
ES, II, 30550
PUERTO DE MÁLAGA
- Fishing Harbour. N Pier.
Head
MAR MENOR
- La Isleta. Yacht Club.
Breakwater. Head
36 42·58 N
4 25·24 W
37 38·90 N
0 43·35 W
- La Isleta. Yacht Club 37 38·85 N
0 43·32 W
Puerto de Burriana. E
Breakwater. Head
Islotes Columbretes.
Columbrete Grande. Monte
Colibre
39 51·46 N
0 04·04 W
39 53·99 N
0 41·16 E
V
Q G 5 2 Truncated conical
tower
4
TE 2011
Fl(3)R 9s 5 1 Red mast (fl 0·5, ec 1·5) x 2, fl 0·5, ec 4·5
* * *
Fl(3)G 9s . . 1 Green mast (fl 0·5, ec 1·5) x 2, fl 0·5, ec 4·5
* * *
Fl(2)G 8s 12 5 Green tower
8
Fl(3+1)W 22s 85 21 White round tower on
2-storey white
building
20
*
fl 1, ec 1·5, fl 1, ec 4·5
(fl 0·2, ec 2·5) x 2, (fl 0·2, ec 8·1) x 2.
Reduced range 14M (T) 2011
- - - . . Racon . . . . . . ALRS Vol 2 Station 68500
*
Benicarló. Pier. Head 40 24·90 N
0 26·00 E
ISLA DE MENORCA
- Puerto de Ciutadella.
Entrance. N side. Punta El
Bancal
Puerto de Masnou. E
Breakwater. Head
39 59·82 N
3 49·48 E
41 28·42 N
2 18·67 E
Fl(2+1)G 15s 7 3 Green round tower
3
Fl(3)R 9s 10 5 Red & on red 3-sided
column
4
Fl(2)G 12s 10 5 Green round tower
7
fl 1, ec 2, fl 1, ec 4, fl 1, ec 6
(fl 0·5, ec 1·5) x 2, fl 0·5, ec 4·5
fl 1, ec 2, fl 1, ec 8
GULF OF VENICE. PORTO DI MALAMOCCO
E2462·51 - Approaches 45 20·13 N Fl Y 3s . . 6 Yellow × on yellow
12 27·27 E
beacon
* * * * * * * *
E2520
IT, , 4293
E3118
HR, , 388·3
GULF OF VENICE. LAGUNA MARANO
- Lignano Sabbiadoro.
Entrance. E side
45 41·84 N
13 09·61 E
Otočić Žižanj. E Side 43 52·83 N
15 26·30 E
Fl G 5s 5 4 Green column
3
Q(3) 10s 6 3 * on a black sphere,
yellow band,
5
*
*
*
*
fl 0·5.
Vis 343°-142°(159°)
*
(fl 0·3, ec 0·7) x 2, fl 0·3, ec 7·7
* * * * * * * *
KAŠTELANSKI ZALJEV
E3315 Remove from list; deleted
E3330·8 Remove from list; deleted
5.5
Wk11/11

Vol E Edition 2010/11 continued.
E3601·5
HR, , 726·2
E3602
HR, , 725
E5425·3
RU, 2217, 3806
DUBROVNIK. LUKA GRUŽ
- Rijeka Dubrovačka.
Entrance
42 40·03 N
18 04·83 E
- Harbour. Rt Kantafig 42 39·98 N
18 04·73 E
KERCH'-YENIKAL'SKIY KANAL
- Port Kavkaz. Railway
Ferry. Pier. No 6
(RU)
45 20·44 N
36 40·39 E
V
Fl(2)G 5s 6 4 Green tower, column
and gallery
5
fl 0·5, ec 1, fl 0·5, ec 3.
TE 2011
* *
Fl W 2s 7 5 White tower, column
and gallery
5
fl 0·3.
Vis 325°-247°(282°).
TE 2011
* *
F R 8 2 Red 4-sided metal
framework tower
5
* * * * * *
Vol F Edition 2010/11. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
GULF OF KACHCHH. PORT OF MUNDRA
F0361·62 - Mundra Port. HMEL 22 40·91 N Mo(U) 15s . . 10
SPM-1
69 37·79 E
* * * * * * * *
F0655 Maple. Saint Mary Isles.
North Island
13 20·65 N
74 41·09 E
F0686 Calicut 11 15·51 N
75 46·15 E
PERMATANG SEDEPA (ONE FATHOM BANK) TSS
F1616 - Northbound Route. N 2 53·31 N
side. Permatang Sedepa (One 100 59·72 E
Fathom Bank)
Fl W 3s 28 16 White square
masonry tower
Fl(2)W 6s 17 10 White masonry tower
15
Fl(4)W 20s 43 23 White round metal
tower, red bands on
concrete piles. Dome
shaped roof at base of
tower
5.6
TE 2011
fl 0·3, ec 1·4, fl 0·3, ec 4.
Storm Signals
*
- - - - . . Racon . . . . . . ALRS Vol 2 Station 79880.
TD 2011
*
F1625 Tg Tuan. Northward. Cape
Rachado (Melaka)
(MY)
2 27·79 N
101 50·69 E
Fl(4) 15s 8 5 White single column
* * * * * * * *
SELAT MALAWALI
F1979·7 - Pole Reef 6 45·63 N
117 39·49 E
Fl R 10s . . 5 Beacon
10
F1988·3 Tg Labian 5 08·53 N Fl W 10s 36 15 White metal tower,
119 13·05 E
red bands
- . . AIS . . . . . . MMSI No 005331908
* *
F4605·4 Hai-k'ou Wan. Hai-k'ou. N 22 08·14 N
120 42·03 E
F W
* * * * * * * *
*
*
Wk11/11

Vol F Edition 2010/11 continued.
F4605·5 Hai-k'ou Wan. Hai-k'ou. N 22 08·21 N
120 41·98 E
F W
* * * * * * * *
F4606 Fang-liao. Fishing Harbour.
Jetty. Head
22 21·78 N
120 35·48 E
F4606·1 Fang-liao. Fishing Harbour 22 21·73 N
120 35·68 E
LIU-CHIU YÜ
F4611·65 - SE Coast. S Jetty. Head 22 20·05 N
120 22·62 E
F4611·66 - SE Coast. N Jetty. Head 22 20·10 N
120 22·56 E
F4611·6 Remove from list; deleted
F4611·62 Remove from list; deleted
F4611·67 Remove from list; deleted
F4614 Remove from list; replaced by light buoy
F4672·21 Chi-Lung Tao 25 11·40 N
121 47·15 E
F W
F W
*
V
* *
Fl G 4s . . . . . . Fishing
*
Fl(3)R 10s . . . . . . Fishing
Fl R 4s
Vol G Edition 2010/11. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
EAST FALKLAND. CHOISEUL SOUND. MARE HARBOUR
G1355 - East Cove. Providence
Head. Beacon L
(GB)
51 54·64 S
58 26·45 W
BAJA CALIFORNIA. BAÍA DE LA PAZ. PUERTO DE LA PAZ
G3571 Remove from list; deleted
G3571·5 Remove from list; deleted
*
* *
Fl WR 2s 8 6 White and orange +
3
5.7
fl 0·4.
R098·3°-105°(6·7°) Shore,
W105°-109°(4°), R109°-310°(201°)
Shore.
Sectors unreliable (T) 2011
*
Wk11/11

Vol J Edition 2010/11. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
J3574·05
MISSISSIPPI SOUND
- Chevron Pipeline. L 30 17·17 N
88 35·73 W
Fl Y 2·5s 6 . . . . Private
* * * * * * * *
J3574·16 - Chevron Pipeline. K 30 16·50 N
88 44·08 W
Fl Y 2·5s 6 . . . . Private
* * * * * * * *
J3574·2 - Chevron Pipeline. J 30 15·95 N
88 52·44 W
Fl Y 2·5s 6 . . On piles Private
* * * * * * * *
MISSISSIPPI SOUND. GULFPORT
J3609·6 - Gulfport Channel. Chevron 30 13·74 N Fl Y 2·5s 6 . . . . Private
Pipeline. I
89 00·64 W
* * * * * * * *
BAHÍA DE BANES
J4960·3 - No 7 20 52·70 N
75 40·10 W
J4960·7
CU, P2101, 469
J4960·8
CU, P2101, 474
J5174
CU, P2101, 1170
- No 16 20 53·40 N
75 41·40 W
- No 23 20 54·60 N
75 42·50 W
V
Fl G 5s 3 2 Green & on column
on platform on piles
* *
Fl R 4s 4 2 Red % on concrete
tower on piles
Fl G 5s 4 2 Green & on concrete
tower on piles
GOLFO DE BATABANO. ENSENADA DE LA BROA
- CANAL DEL HACHA. 22 29·10 N Fl G 3s 4 3 Green & on green Destroyed (T) 2011
Cayo Carabela. S side 82 28·70 W
tower on pile
* *
PUERTO LA CEIBA
J6005 Remove from list; deleted
ARCHIPIELAGO SAN ANDRES Y PROVIDENCIA. COURTOWN CAYS. CAYO BOLÍVAR. MIDDLE CAY
J6044 - Middle Cay 12 23·96 N Fl W 15s 35 16 Red tower, white fl 1
CO, , 280
81 28·46 W
bands
* * * * * * * *
Vol K Edition 2011/12. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
K1091·2
CIREBON
- Kejawanan Cirebon 6 45·27 S Fl W 6s 27 12 White post fl 1
ID, , 3006 (ID)
108 37·15 E
25
* * * * * * * *
K1091·22 - Kejawanan Cirebon 6 45·00 S Fl Y 5s 7 5 Yellow post fl 1
ID, , 3006·1 (ID)
108 37·21 E
5
* * * * * * * *
5.8
*
*
Wk11/11

Vol K Edition 2011/12 continued.
K1091·23 - Kejawanan Cirebon 6 44·94 S Fl Y 4s 7 5 Yellow post fl 1
ID, , 3006·2 (ID)
108 37·13 E
5
* * * * * * * *
DENIAL BAY. THEVENARD
K1838·15 - Bosanquet Bay 32 09·28 S
133 39·17 E
Fl G 2s . . . . Beacon
* * * * * * * *
K2574·3 Bermagui River. Entrance.
Ldg Lts 176·7°. Front
36 25·48 S
150 04·40 E
V
F Bu 4 4 Orange %, white
stripe, on white
structure
* * * * * * * *
K2574·31 Bermagui River. Entrance.
Ldg Lts 176·7°. Rear. 101m
from front
36 25·56 S
150 04·41 E
F Bu 9 4 Orange +, white
stripe, on white
structure
* * * * * * * *
K2585 Ulladulla Harbour. Ldg Lts 35 21·35 S F Bu 4 3 Blue %
Neon
269·1°. Front
150 28·48 E
4
* * * * * * * *
K2585·1 Ulladulla Harbour. Ldg Lts 35 21·35 S F Bu 7 3 Blue +
Neon
269·1°. Rear. 30m from front 150 28·46 E
7
* * * * * * * *
MORETON BAY. BRAMBLE BAY
K2866·9 - 27 16·57 S
153 04·29 E
Fl G 3s . . . . Green % on beacon
* * * * * * * *
K2866·91 - 27 16·67 S
153 03·80 E
Fl R 3s . . . . Red & on beacon
* * * * * * * *
GREAT BARRIER REEF (COASTAL WATERS)
K3188·85 Remove from list; deleted
K3188·9 Remove from list; deleted
GULF OF CARPENTARIA. ALBATROSS BAY. PORT OF WEIPA
K3298 - South Channel. Ldg Lts 12 40·02 S F G 14 . . White metal tower
078°. Front
141 50·46 E
- - - - . . By day F W
*
K3298·1 - South Channel. Ldg Lts 12 39·68 S F G 44 . . White metal tower
078°. Rear. 1·7M from front 141 52·08 E
- - - - - . . By day F W
*
K3338
ID, , 6000
K4677
FJ, F201, 4677
SUNGAI MERAUKE
- S side
(ID)
8 30·18 S
140 22·46 E
Fl(4)W 20s 44 27 White metal
framework tower
40
* *
VITI LEVU ISLAND. SOUTH COAST. SUVA HARBOUR
- W Reef. NE end 18 08·04 S
178 23·73 E
Fl R 6s 2 3 Beacon TE 2011
5.9
(fl 1, ec 3) x 3, fl 1, ec 7
*
Wk11/11

Vol K Edition 2011/12 continued.
K4760
FR, KB, 83700
K4965·96
FR, KB, 75440
K4968
FR, KB, 76530
K4968·1
FR, KB, 76531
K5000·12
FR, KB, 71300
K5000·13
FR, KB, 71315
ÎLE UVÉA
- Passe Honikulu. Ldg Lts
032·3°. Front. Île Nukuaeta
ÎLES DU VENT. ÎLE DE TAHITI
- Passe Rautirare
(FR)
13 22·86 S
176 12·67 W
17 46·69 S
149 24·00 W
ÎLES DU VENT. ÎLE DE MOOREA
- Baie de Cook (Paopao).
Passe Avaroa Ldg Lts
149·7°. Front
(FR)
- Baie de Cook (Paopao).
Passe Avaroa Ldg Lts
149·7°. Rear. 190m from
front
(FR)
ATOLL DE ARATIKA
- Passe Tamaketa
(FR)
- Passe Tamaketa. Eastward
(FR)
17 29·27 S
149 49·12 W
V
F Bu 8 3 White column
8
* *
Fl(3)G 6s 6 5 Green % on green
beacon
7
Iso R 4s 8 4 White pylon
8
TE 2011
* * * * * * *
17 29·36 S
149 49·07 W
Iso R 4s 12 4 White pylon
10
*
Synchronized with front
* * * * * * *
15 29·10 S
145 34·80 W
15 29·20 S
145 34·20 W
Vol L Edition 2011/12. NEW EDITION Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
NOTE: These are the first amendments issued for the New Edition.
Oc R 4s 6 5 Red & on red beacon ec 1.
TE 2011
Iso G 4s 5 3 Red and white
beacon
Cut out the above and paste it in the NEW EDITION First Amendments box immediately below the
RECORD OF AMENDMENTS title on the inside front cover of Vol L Edition 2011/12 New Edition.
5.10
TE 2011
L0273 Trefotskjær. Tansøyosen 61 29·83 N Iso G 4s . . . . . . Floodlit
NO, , 247051 (NO)
4 59·58 E
* * * * * * * *
L0273·5
NO, , 247053
L0298
NO, , 251500
L0321
NO, , 257115
Askrova. Off E Point.
Leieskjera
(NO)
61 30·41 N
5 00·03 E
Iso G 4s . . . . . . Floodlit
* * * * * * * *
KINN
- Ytterøyane 61 34·25 N
4 40·80 E
Nordnes. Mole 61 36·10 N
5 00·67 E
FFl(3)W 30s
*
58 11 Red metal tower,
white band
20
Iso G 2s 7 1 Post
6
(fl 2, ec 2) x 2, fl 2, ec 20.
Shown 9/7 to 28/5
Floodlit
*
*
*
Wk11/11

Vol L Edition 2011/12 continued.
L0439
NO, , 275000
L0673
NO, , 312400
FRØYSJØEN
- Berlepollen. Entrance.
Channel W side. S
61 49·49 N
5 07·18 E
FLÅVÆRLEIA
- Penningflu 62 18·82 N
5 33·21 E
V
Q R 4 3 Post
12
Shown 9/7 to 28/5
* *
Fl R 3s 11 4 Tripod
fl 0·3.
15
Shown 16/7 to 21/5
* *
L2403·2
TJONGSFJORDEN
- Brattholmflu 66 42·59 N Q R . . . . Post Floodlit
NO, , 675204
13 14·60 E
* * * * * * * *
L2403·3 - Storosholmen. SW 66 42·72 N Fl(2)W 5s . . . . Post Floodlit
NO, , 675210
13 13·92 E
* * * * * * * *
L2403·4 - Kringleskjæran. W 66 42·69 N Iso R 2s . . . . . . Floodlit
NO, , 675212
13 13·13 E
* * * * * * * *
L3124
NO, , 794600
SORTLANDSUNDET
- Stamnes 68 48·79 N
15 27·54 E
Oc WRG 6s 10 W11 White lantern on base
R8
G8
6
R354°-010°(16°), W010°-021°(11°),
G021°-026°(5°), W026°-039°(13°),
G039°-043°(4°), R043°-159°(116°),
W159°-168°(9°), G168°-199°(31°),
W199°-207°(8°), R207°-227°(20°).
Shown 7/8 to 29/4. TE: To be
replaced (P) 2011
*
L3163
LANGØY - W SIDE
- Monsflua 68 42·52 N Iso G 2s . . . . Metal post
NO, , 803103
14 25·08 E
* * * * * * * *
L3350·6
NO, , 832100
L3350·8
NO, , 832300
L3411·2
NO, , 841800
L4452
DK, , 6940
GULLESFJORDEN
- Våtvollneset 68 33·98 N
15 48·18 E
Iso G 4s 6 3 Post
4
To be removed (P) 2011
- Hundnes 68 33·41 N Iso R 4s 7 3 Post
To be removed (P) 2011
15 47·20 E
4
* *
GISUNDET
- Vestre Leiknesøyra 69 17·89 N
17 58·34 E
VÁGAR (VÅGØ)
- Miđvágur
(DK)
KOL'SKIY ZALIV
L6311 - Mys Retinskiy. Lts in line
009°36′. Front. Centre
beacon
62 02·59 N
7 10·42 W
Iso R 2s 9 1 Column
19
TE; Replaced by green light-buoy
Fl G 3s close E (T) 2011
*
Oc WRG 5s 8 W8Post
ec 1.
R5
G282°-287°(5°), W287°-292°(5°),
G5
R292°-297°(5°).
Shown 15/7 to 1/6
* * * * *
69 06·95 N
33 23·49 E
Oc R 3s 22 3 Black , on red (,
white stripe
12
ec 1.
On request. Common rear L6311·4
* *
5.11
*
Wk11/11

Vol M Edition 2010/11. Weekly Edition No. 11, Dated 17 March 2011.
Last Amendment: Weekly Edition No. 10, dated 10 March 2011.
M4158·92
KR, 410, 3491
INCH'ŎN HANG. APPROACHES. P'YǑNGT'AEK HANG
- W Docks. W Breakwater 36 59·54 N
126 47·91 E
V
Fl(2)G 6s 8 7 White round concrete
tower
7
- - - . . Horn 20s . . . . . . bl 2
M5577·1
MUROTO NADA
- Yuki Ko 33 47·30 N Fl(2)R 6s 13 3 Red tower
JP, 411, 3000·7
134 38·53 E
9
- - . . F R . . 1
* * * * * * * *
M5578·8 - Hiwasa Ko. N Breakwater. 33 43·84 N Fl(2)R 10s 10 3 Red tower
JP, 411, 3006 Head
134 32·56 E
8
- - - - . . F R . . 1
* * * * * * * *
M5581·6 - Shishikui Ko. S
33 33·73 N Fl G 5s 11 3 White tower
JP, 411, 3016 Breakwater. Head 134 18·75 E
8
- - - - . . F G . . 1
* * * * * * * *
M5587
TOSA WAN
- Murotozaki Ko. W 33 15·74 N Fl G 4s 13 7 White tower
JP, 411, 3030 Breakwater
134 09·81 E
11
- - - . . F G . . 3
* * * * * * * *
M5587·2
JP, 411, 3028
M5757·6
JP, 411, 3928
- Murotozaki Ko. W
Breakwater. Head
33 15·74 N
134 09·81 E
Fl R 4s 16 3 Red round concrete
tower
13
- - - - . . F R . . 1
* * * * * * * *
HARIMA NADA. IESHIMA GUNTO. LE SHIMA
- Ozaki Hana 34 41·09 N
134 32·16 E
Iso W 6s 70 8 White tower
9
* *
M5781
HARIMA NADA
- Eigashima Ko. W 34 40·39 N Fl G 7s 12 5 White tower
JP, 411, 3830 Breakwater. Head 134 54·64 E
10
- - - - . . F G . . 2
* * * * * * * *
M5964
JP, 411, 3345
WAKAYAMA-SHIMOTSU KO
- Wakayama Ku. N
Breakwater. Head
34 13·02 N
135 07·66 E
Fl(2)G 7s 15 5 White tower
14
*
5.12
*
Wk11/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
South Africa - Port of Ngqura —
Directions; Leading lights
107
Paragraph 2.192 3 and 4 Replace by:
3 Entry leading lights:
Front (fluorescent orange rectangle with white
vertical stripe on lattice tower, red and white
bands, 51 m in height) (33°48′⋅35S 25°40′⋅66E).
Rear (similar structure, 60 m in height) (5½ cables
NNW of front light).
4 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(33°52′⋅90S 25°42′⋅80E), the alignment (342⋅4°) of
these lights leads through the entrance channel for
2½ miles, passing with positions from the front light:
Clear of fairway buoy (safe water) (3½ miles SSE),
thence:
E of a light buoy (E cardinal) (2½ miles SSE).
South African NM 32/2011
(SDD 2011000 027288) [10/11]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - Bognor Regis to Dungeness —
Directions; light
64
After Paragraph 2.60 2 line 8 Insert:
Beachy Head Light (50°44′⋅0N 0°14′⋅5E) (3.107).
Paragraph 2.60 4 line 7 Delete
2
83
After Paragraph 3.107 1 line 7 Insert:
Beachy Head Lighthouse (white round tower,
red band, 43 m in height) (50°44′⋅0N
0°14′⋅5E). The lighthouse stands on drying
rocks, which extend from the foot of the cliff
below the head. Power cables, marked by red
spheres, run from the lighthouse gallery to
the cliff top close N.
Paragraph 3.107 2 Delete
84
After Paragraph 3.117 1 line 1 Insert:
Beachy Head Lighthouse (50°44′⋅0N 0°14′⋅5E)
(3.107).
85
Paragraph 3.117 6 line 2 Delete
Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 033805) [10/11]
4.1
[10/11]
England - Approaches to the Thames Estuary
— Offshore Wind Farms
250
Paragraph 11.34 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 Greater Gabbard Offshore Wind Farm, a project
comprising 140 wind turbines, is under construction in
the area of The Galloper (51°47′N 1°58′E) (11.38) and
Inner Gabbard (51°55′N 1°56′E) (11.38) shoals. The
project, which is in two parts, straddles Sunk TSS East
(11.27) and interconnecting submarine cables will be
laid on the seabed beneath the TSS.
The following buoys have been laid to mark the
construction area:
GG North West Light Buoy (N cardinal) (51°47′⋅3N
1°55′⋅6E).
GG East Light Buoy (E cardinal) (51°45′⋅3N
2°00′⋅6E).
OG North Light Buoy (N cardinal) (51°58′⋅9N
1°59′⋅7E).
OG East Light Buoy (E cardinal) (51°53′⋅3N
2°00′⋅3E).
OG West Light Buoy (W cardinal) (51°57′⋅6N
1°52′⋅3E).
Limits of the construction areas can best be seen on
the chart. A submarine export cable will be laid
between Inner Gabbard shoal and Sizewell (52°13′N
1°37′E) on the Suffolk coast.
2 London Array Offshore Wind Farm. The project,
comprising 341 wind turbines, will be constructed in
two phases located over a large area and encompasses
the N part of Long Sand (51°40′N 1°30′E), Kentish
Knock (51°38′N 1°36′E) and Knock Deep (51°38′N
1°33′E). Fisherman’s Gat Channel (11.98) will fall
outside the S limit of the wind farm; Foulger’s Gat
(11.101) will be within the limits of the wind farm but
will remain open for the passage of small craft except
during the construction phase of the wind farm.
The first phase, comprising 175 wind turbines and
two offshore sub-stations, is under construction (2011)
and lies in an area between the Black Deep Channel
and Kentish Knock centred on position 51°37′⋅0N
1°31′⋅0E. The boundary of the construction area is
defined by the following positions:
51°42′⋅3N 1°30′⋅0E
51°40′⋅6N 1°33′⋅2E
51°37′⋅5N 1°34′⋅8E
51°34′⋅2N 1°34′⋅6E
51°34′⋅4N 1°27′⋅3E
51°35′⋅7N 1°25′⋅0E
51°38′⋅1N 1°24′⋅1E
Submarine power cables will run SW from the
wind farm to the shore N of Cleve Marshes
(51°20′⋅5N 0°56′⋅3E) (Chart 2482), close SE of The
Swale.
Trinity House and London Array Ltd
(SDD 2009000 038468;
2011000 014403; 033865) [10/11]
Wk10/11

NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
North side of Vestfjorden - Molldøra -
Kjepsøyhamn and Litlmolla — anchorages
429
Paragraph 12.131 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.131
Paragraph 12.132 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.132
Norwegian Notice 3/33376/11
(SDD 2011000 029653) [10/11]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Cuba - Puerto de Santiago de Cuba — Vertical
clearance
221
Paragraph 9.39 1 line 2 For 57 m (187 ft) Read 51 m
(167 ft)
c/s Ile de Batz
(SDD 2011000 029234) [10/11]
Wk10/11
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition)
Bay of Bengal - south-eastern part -
Taung Kyun Su — Depths
200
After Paragraph 7.46 1 line 11 Insert:
Depths
7.46a
1 An uncharted 5 m shoal has been reported (2011) in
position 9°56′⋅77N 97°51′⋅77E. Mariners are advised to
exercise caution when navigating in this area.
MY Andiamo
(SDD 2011000 019782) [09/11]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England – East Coast — Wind farms
1
193
Paragraph 8.8 including existing Section IV Notice Week
12/10 Replace by:
Wind farms exist and are being developed in the
approaches to the Wash.
Inner Dowsing Offshore Wind Farm comprising
27 wind turbines is centred on 53°11′⋅5N 0°26′⋅8E
within a submarine cable area that extends about
3 miles N/S and 1½ miles E/W. Seven wind turbines
marking the outer limits of the wind farm are lit, as
shown on the chart. This area lies within the Lincs
Offshore Windfarm development site.
Lynn Offshore Wind Farm. An area marked by
light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on
53°08′⋅2N 0°27′⋅6E and extends about 2 miles N/S and
2¾ miles E/W. This area lies within the Lincs
2
Offshore Windfarm development site.
Sites under development:
Wind farm Meteorological mast site
Lynn 53°08′⋅1N 0°27′⋅0E
Race Bank 53°18′⋅8N 0°44′⋅9E
Docking Shoal 53°09′⋅5N 0°38′⋅9E
Wind farm Centred on
Lincs Offshore 53°11′⋅0N 0°28′⋅5E
Sheringham Shoal 53°08′⋅1N 1°08′⋅7E
3 Lincs Offshore Wind farm is being developed in an
area centred on 53°11′⋅0N 0°28′⋅5E. This area includes
the already constructed Inner Dowsing and Lynn
Offshore Wind Farms. The limits of the area are
marked by light buoys (cardinal and special).
Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm. A
development area marked by light buoys (cardinal and
special) is centred on 53°08′⋅1N 1°08′⋅7E and extends
about 3¼ miles N/S and 3½ miles E/W.
4.1
[09/11]
4 Caution. While these wind farms are being
constructed, partially built structures may exist within
the area marked by light buoys. The structures may be
submerged or partially submerged and will not be
individually marked.
Centrica Energy, Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 017580; 024908) [09/11]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition)
Navigational dangers and hazards —
Terrorism
2
After Paragraph 1.10 1 line 8 Insert:
Terrorism
1
1.10a
In a Maritime Advisory (MARAD) issued by the
US Maritime Administration in November 2010,
Government and industry sources have confirmed
that the claim by a terrorist group of an attack on
a tanker transiting Strait of Hormuz in July 2010,
is valid. The group remains active and can
conduct further attacks on vessels in areas in the
Strait of Hormuz, southern Persian Gulf and
2
western Gulf of Oman.
It is recommended that all vessels transiting
the above waters exercise increased vigilance and
caution, particularly during night, with increased
monitoring of small craft activity.
MARLO, Bahrain
(SDD 2010000 195794) [09/11]
Western approaches to Khørºn Strait-
Directions — Light buoy
124
Paragraph 5.90 4 line 3 Replace by:
...N end, marked by a light buoy (W Cardinal),
thence:
Iranian Notice No 5/2010
(SDD 2010000 217505) [09/11]
Al Shaheen Oil Terminal — FSO’s
207
Paragraph 7.473 1 line 5 For Knock Nevis Read Asia.
Paragraph 7.473 1 line 7 For Astro Canopus Read
Maran Canopus.
Paragraph 7.473 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 Port Authority. Maersk Oil Qatar AS, Al Jazi
Tower, Asia Street 950, Zone 60, West Bay, PO
Box 22050, Doha, Qatar.
Email: DOH-Shaheen@maerskoil.com
Wk09/11

208
Paragraph 7.473 3 line 4 For Knock Nevis Read Asia.
Paragraph 7.473 3 line 8 For Knock Nevis Read Asia.
Maersk Oil, Qatar
(SDD 2010000 204902) [09/11]
Al Rayyan Oil Terminal — FSU
208
Paragraph 7.474 1 line 3 For Pacific Jewel Read
Falcon Spirit.
(SDD 2010000 219380) [09/11]
Approaches to Ra’s Tannørah and
Ra’s al Ju‘aymah - Hazard — Pipe
225
Paragraph 8.100 heading Replace by: Hazards
Wk09/11
IV
1
Paragraph 8.100 1 line 1 Replace by:
Crossing traffic. All mariners should be aware
that when using Main...
After Paragraph 8.100 1 line 12 Insert:
2 Pipe. A conductor pipe (lit), 15 m in height,
stabilized by 8 anchors, stands in the approaches
to Ra’s Tannørah and Ra’s al Ju‘aymah in
position 27°16′⋅80N 51°02′°⋅95E. Mariners are
rquested to give it a wide berth of at least
1½ miles and avoid anchoring in the vicinity. The
pipe is reported (2010) to be radar conspicuous
at a range of 5 miles.
After Paragraph 8.107 1 line 8 Insert:
Clear of a lit platform (27°15′⋅91N 51°23′⋅07E)
position approximate, reported 2008, and
clear of a pipe (lit) (27°16′⋅80N 51°02′⋅95E).
Thence:
4.2
MV SP5 Eric.G.Gibson; Iranian Notice No 4/2010
(SDD 2010000 199595; 208452) [09/11]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
Belgium - Westerschelde — Regulations
159
Paragraph 7.20 including heading, including existing
Section IV week 10/10 Replace by:
Regulation for vessels with a marginal draught or
whose length exceeds 300 m, proceeding to or
from Antwerp, and Kallosluis.
7.20
1 The Dutch and Belgian authorities have established
procedures for vessels exceeding 300 m LOA
proceeding to and from Antwerp and Kallosluis. Three
categories of vessel have been defined:
2 Category I. Vessels with marginal draught.
I.1. Arriving vessels heading towards the locks on
the right bank, the Schelde terminals and the
Deurganckdok with a draught of 12⋅0 muptoa
draught consistent with a minimum tidal window
of 60 minutes.
I.2. Departing vessels with a draught of 12⋅0 mupto
a draught consistent with a minimum tidal
window of 60 minutes.
3 Category II. Vessels with marginal dimensions in
length and/or width.
II.1. Vessels with a length of 300 m to 340 m
proceeding upstream or downstream.
II.2. Container vessels with a length of 340 m to
360 m and/or a beam of 51 m or greater.
Container vessels exceeding 360 m and/or a beam
of 51 m or greater with which trial runs were carried
out, namely:
Vessels with LOA 366⋅07 m and beam 51⋅20 m.
Vessels with LOA 363⋅57 m and beam 45⋅60 m.
4 Category III. Vessels proceeding to and from
Kallosluis with a draught exceeding 10 m.
Paragraph 7.21 including existing Section IV week 10/10
Replace by:
7.21
1 General remarks. The following general remarks
apply:
Access to the Schelde area by the aforementioned
vessels shall be subject to an authorisation for
arrival/departure, issued by the
Gemeenschappelijke Nautische Autoriteit
(GNA). As far as the Kallosluis is concerned, this
obligation shall apply to vessels with a draught of
10⋅0 m or greater.
All draughts refer to the deepest/maximum draught
and shall apply in fresh water.
All vessel lengths relate to length overall expressed
in metres.
4.1
[08/11]
2 From the Zandvliet-Berendrecht complex,
container vessels may sail on a rising tide
having an under-keel clearance of 1⋅0 m in
the lock. To this end, the Berendrechtsluis
and Zandvlietsluis will be sounded at least
four times annually, the soundings being
made available in digital form for the benefit
of SNMS (Schelde Navigator Marginal Ships)
through ENC charts. This is subject to trial
runs.
With the exception of vessels proceeding to and
departing from the Kallosluis, the use of a
helmsman experienced with the river passage is
recommended.
3 General rules apply for all marginal vessels
(Categories I, II and III) as follows:
Vessels must be equipped with two properly
functioning radars and at least two independent
VHF transceivers that are easily accessible to the
pilot.
When visibility is less than 1000 m on the sea
passage and/or 2000 m on the river passage, the
GNA will decide (after consultation with the pilot
on board), whether the passage can commence or
should be delayed.
4 Prior to arrival at the pilot station or departure
from the berth, written permission must be
requested from GNA. Requests must be
submitted at least 6 hours prior to the arrival
of the vessel at Wandelar or Steenbank pilot
station or 6 hours before departure from the
berth.
5 When issuing authorisation for a vessel’s arrival
or departure, a manoeuvring speed of 12 kn is
assumed. If this condition cannot be met then
additional conditions may be imposed.
6 A departure passage to be completed in two
tides is not permitted.
The minimum tidal window is 60 minutes.
Paragraph 7.22 including existing Section IV week 10/10
Replace by:
7.22
1 Category I Vessels. The following special rules
apply:
I.1 The maximum draught for the locks on the right
bank is limited to 15⋅56 m.
The arriving vessel must commence her passage at
the start of her tidal window. This means that the
vesselmusthaveleftthepilotstationatleastone
hour before the end of the tidal window.
2 I.2 Preferably the vessel should be first to leave
the lock.
Before the tidal window begins a vessel must be
underway, with course set, on the river.
3 The maximum draught permitted is 14⋅5 m. For
container vessels up to 340 m length, deeper
draughts are allowed provided that:
1. The vessel has a tidal window of at least 60
minutes.
2. The draught of 15⋅2 m is not exceeded.
Wk08/11

3. The vessel permitted to make the passage must
submit, on each occasion, a declaration of the
actual guaranteed manoeuvring speed through
the water on the river and sea passage.
4 After submitting their application, vessels with a
draught of between 12⋅0 m and 13⋅5 m will
receive an indicative tidal window from the
GNA as soon as possible.
5 The GNA will take a decision in relation to the
tidal window for a departing vessel with a
draught of 13⋅5 m or more between 12 hours
and 6 hours before the departure of the vessel
from the berth. The GNA will however, issue
an indicative tidal window earlier if requested
by the vessel.
Preferably, the vessel shall commence her passage at
the beginning of her tidal window.
Paragraph 7.23 including existing Section IV week 10/10
Replace by:
7.23
1 Category II Vessels. The following special
conditions apply:
II.1. The rules that apply to Category I.1 and I.2.
vessels apply in full. In addition the following special
rules apply:
A second river pilot is compulsory for arriving at or
departing from locks.
2 For bulk carriers, tankers and vessels with
similar manoeuvring characteristics with a
length of at least 300 m, a reduction of the
allowable draught is applied to the maximum
advised draught of 2⋅5 cm per metre of LOA.
On departure, the maximum draught of this
type of vessel is 14⋅0 m.
3 II.2. The rules that apply under II.1 above apply in
full. In addition the following special rules apply:
Permission to proceed upstream or downstream will
not be granted when the wind strength exceeds
Force 7 on the Beaufort Scale at the Noordzee
Container Terminal and Europaterminal, the
locks in Antwerp, or Deurganckdok.
On the river passage, two pilots are mandatory, one
of whom at least must be of the highest category.
4 Instructions which apply for meeting vessels:
On the seaward section; no restrictions apply in
relation to approaching or crossing when
proceeding upstream or downstream.
On the river section; due to the dimensions of the
vessel in relation to the dimensions of the
shipping channel, vessels proceeding upstream or
downstream must avoid any encounter with the
following type of vessel in the Pas van Borssele
and in the Nauw van Bath:
– Large gas vessels.
– Vessels carrying special cargoes.
– Large vessels.
5 For the vessels with which trial runs were carried
out in addition to the special rules above additional
clauses C.1 and C.2 are applicable. See 7.25.
Paragraph 7.24 including existing Section IV week 10/10
Replace by:
7.24
1 Category III Vessels. In addition to the General
rules the following special rule is applicable:
The maximum dimensions for vessels using
Kallosluis are LOA 275 m and beam 37⋅65 m.
Wk08/11
IV
4.2
Paragraph 7.25 including existing Section IV week 10/10
Replace by:
7.25
1 Additional conditions apply to the container
vessels referred to in these regulations, for which test
runs have been carried out.
2 Clause C.1. The following additional conditions
shallapplyinrelationtothesetypesofvesselswhen
proceeding upstream or downstream:
Minimum visibility for the sea passage at least
1000 m and for the river passage at least 2000 m.
Maximum wind strength Beaufort force 5 at the
Berendrechtsluis when arriving at or departing
from the lock complex.
Maximum draught: Vessels proceeding upstream or
downstream 14⋅5 m.
3 A minimum distance of 3 miles should be
maintained between vessels longer than
300 m and any vessel of the types referred to
in these rules (when sailing in the same
direction).
4 Clause C.2. Certain conditions must be in place
within the Antwerp Port Service (GHA) as contained
in Appendix 1.
Appendix 1.1. (Antwerp Port Service GHA):
The berth in the Port of Antwerp is clear at the time of
a vessels arrival; if not, a waiting quay must be
immediately available.
When proceeding to the docks of the right bank, the
Berendrechtsluis must be empty and available as
from Saeftinghe.
GHA tugs must be available and be deployed on the
binding advice of the pilot.
In case the lock is not ready, an alternative facility
must be available at the Noordzee Container
Terminal, Europaterminal, Deurganckdok or
inside the docks on the right bank.
5 Appendix 1.2. Tug service on the river passage:
For arriving vessels:
Four tugs must be available initially and be fully
deployable on binding advice of the pilot.
For departing vessels:
A minimum of two tugs must be used on binding
advice of the pilot.
Additional tugs will be available if required.
6 Appendix 1.3. Pilotage services:
For both arriving and departing vessels of the class
referred to above, two pilots of the highest category
are compulsory on the river passage.
7.25a
1 Caution. These extracts are for reference purposes
only and are not to be regarded as a statement of the
applicable regulations. The full text of the regulations
(Belgium Notice to Mariners 02/042/2011) is the sole
authoratitative statement and it is recommended that it
be consulted. Full details of the regulations may be
found at the following website:
www.vlaamsehydrografie.be.
Belgian Notice 02/042/11
(SDD 2011000 018877) [08/11]

NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2007 Edition)
Italy - Genova-Outer anchorages — Caution
148
After Paragraph 4.115 2 line 6 Insert:
A submarine pipeline extends 3 cables SSW from
the E section of Diga di Cornigliano (4.123). The
pipeline extends 1¼ cables into the anchorage area and
the seaward end is marked by a light buoy (special).
A restricted area surrounds the pipeline to a distance
of 100 m.
Italian Notice 1.5/11
(SDD 2011000 023508) [08/11]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Italy-Venezia-PortodiLido—
Dangerous wreck
556
After Paragraph 12.336 8 line 8 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies close E of a light
beacon, positioned 7¼ cables NW of the SW
breakwater head.
Italian Notice 1.27/11
(SDD 2011000 023508) [08/11]
IV
4.3
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Lofoten - South-east coast of Moskenesøya - Å —
Anchorage
379
Paragraph 11.18 lines 1-5 Delete
Norwegian Notices 2/33274/11
(SDD 2011000019417) [08/11]
Lofoten - South coast of Vestvågøya - Stamsund
— Anchorage
401
Paragraph 11.131 1 lines 5-7 Delete
Norwegian Notices 2/33314/11
(SDD 2011000 019417) [08/11]
Wk08/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - Thames Estuary –
Queens Channel — Anchorages
269
Paragraph 12.72 Replace by:
1 Pan Sand Hole anchorage. There is good
anchorage in Pan Sand Hole in depths of about 5 m, S
of Pan Sand Beacon (S cardinal) (51°28′N 1°10′E).
Caution. An obstruction (51°27′⋅8N 1°10′⋅0E) depth
2⋅5 m, lies 1½ cables S of the beacon.
2 Queens Channel Bunkering Anchorages
established in the Queens Channel comprise three
designated anchorage berths as follows:
Q1 (51°27′⋅3N 1°15′⋅9E)
Q2 (51°27′⋅5N 1°17′⋅7E)
Q3 (51°27′⋅7N 1°19′⋅7E)
3 The following limitations apply to the berths:
When a vessel over 180 m LOA is anchored in Q3
the maximum size of vessel using Q1 must not
exceed 180 m LOA and a draught of 9 m. In this
case Q2 is not used for anchoring as this allows
room if a vessel drags her anchor. A maximum
draught of 14 m is allowed in Q3.
4 If all three berths are occupied simultaneously
the following maximum limitations apply to
vessel size:
Q1 - 180 m LOA, draught 9 m.
Q2 and Q3 - 180 m LOA, draught 10 m.
5 The anchorage berths above are provided for the
exclusive use of vessels engaged in bunkering
operations, with the permission of London VTS.
Anchorage on the N side of Margate Sand (51°26′N
1°20′E) is sheltered from S winds.
Port of London Authority
(SDD 2011000 000113; 013967) [07/11]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Singapore Strait – west-going traffic lane –
Horsburgh Light to south of Johor Shoal —
Wreck
242
Paragraph 7.148 3 line 6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 05/11 Replace by:
...(1°18′N 104°16′E) lying in the fairway, thence:
Clear of a light buoy (isolated danger (1°17′⋅7N
104°11′⋅1E), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (1°17′⋅7N 104°10′⋅7E),
the position of which is approximate.
Malaysian Notice 99/2010, 95(T)/2010
(SDD 2011000 001628; 001588) [07/11]
Wk07/11
4.1
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
Denmark – Lister Tief to Grådyb —
Directions; buoyage
[07/11]
288
Paragraph 8.308 1 lines 9-10 Replace by:
...the N end of Rømø; the SW side of the bank is...
Danish Notices 3/205/11
(SDD 2011000 015695) [07/11]
Denmark – Passage South of and channels
through Horns Rev — Directions; buoyage
297
Paragraph 8.404 1 line 3 Replace by:
...of Horns Rev passes:
Paragraph 8.404 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 SSW of Vovov (55°33′N 7°35′E), a shoal area,
thence:
Paragraph 8.405 3 lines 6-7 Replace by:
3 NNE of Tuxen (12½ miles W).
Paragraph 8.408 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:
...(55°32′N7°58′E) (8.393). Soundings within the channel
give little warning of danger and care is necessary in the N
entrance which is...
Danish Notices 3/204/11
(SDD 2011000 015695) [07/11]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Norway – Svelvikstrømmen — Directions; Lights
169
Paragraph 5.240 including heading Replace by:
Spare
5.240
Paragraph 5.243 2 lines 8-9 Replace by:
...relative
10°24′⋅5E):
to Svelvik Nedre Light (59°36′⋅7N
4
Paragraph 5.243 3 line 1 For (3½ cables SSW) Read
(1¼ miles SSE)
Paragraph 5.243 4 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Between Svelvikrenna SV and Svelvikrenna SØ
light beacons (floodlit) (1 mile SSE), which
mark the channel entrance, thence:
Paragraph 5.243 4 line 3 For (2 cables NNW) Read
(8 cables SSE)
Paragraph 5.243 4 line 6 For (4½ cablesN)Read (5 cables
SSE)
Paragraph 5.243 4 line 7 For (4 cables N) Read (6 cables
SE)
Paragraph 5.243 5 line 2 For (6½ cables NNW) Read
(3 cables SE)

171
Paragraph 5.247 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:
...available to the S of the harbour, 2 cables WSW
of Svelvikrenna SV light beacon (5.243), in depths
from 7⋅5 m to...
Norwegian Notices 23/1305/08; 2/33315/11
(SDD 2008000 099246; 2011000 019417) [07/11]
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2009 Edition)
Trois-Rivières —
Limiting conditions; vertical clearances
198
Paragraph 9.156 1 line 2 For 45morof37mRead 38 m or
of 26 m.
Canadian Eastern Notice 01/1313/11
(SDD 2011000 018894) [07/11]
Miramichi Bay – Portage Island Channel —
Directions; leading line
331
Paragraph 14.17 1 line 7 For 242½_ Read 243½_
Canadian Eastern Notice 01/4911/11
(SDD 2011000 018894) [07/11]
IV
4.2
Wk07/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia - New South Wales -
Mermaid Reef — Directions
116
After Paragraph 3.164 4 line 7 Insert:
Clear of a fish aggregating device (31°47′⋅00S
152′55′⋅20E), (December to April), marked by a
light buoy (special), thence:
Australian Notice 1/34/11
(SDD 2011000 011410) [06/11]
Australia - New South Wales -
Point Danger — Directions
129
After Paragraph 3.228 3 line 8 Insert:
Clear of a fish aggregating device (28°09′⋅73S
153′41′⋅00E), (December to April), marked by a
light buoy (special), thence:
Australian Notice 1/35/11
(SDD 2011000 011410) [06/11]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Russia - Luzhskaya Guba — Directions
91
Paragraph 2.45 4 lines 1-2 Replace by:
4 SSW of Banka Ryabinina (14¾ miles NW) and
the deeper shoals surrounding it; and through
an area 13 miles ESE of Ostrov Sommers,
declared by the Russian authorities as a
Precautionary Area, at the junction with the
fairway leading to Luzhskaya Guiba (3.156).
Thence:
117
Paragraph 3.156 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 From a position 2 miles E of the Off Ostrov
Sommers TSS No 5 Light Buoy (safe water)
(60°09′⋅56N 28°01′⋅17E), within the area declared by
the Russian authorities as a Precautionary Area, the
track, marked by light buoys (safe water) leads SSE
for 12 miles to a position E of Rif Ostrovnoy Light
(59°56′⋅43N 27°58′⋅76E) (3.133). The track then leads
a further 17 miles SSE to Reka Luga, passing (with
positions from Gorki Light (59°47′⋅99N 28°29′⋅79E)):
119
Paragraph 3.170 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Three anchorage areas are established in the
Luzhskaya Guba region, as follows:
Area 10A. NE of Mys Kolganpya (3.157).
Russian Notices 49/6372/2010; 49/6373/2010
(SDD 2010000 195559) [06/11]
4.1
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
[06/11]
France - Cherbourg — Offshore coal terminal
432
After Paragraph 12.33 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 12/10 Insert:
2 For vessels bound for the Cherbourg Offshore Coal
Terminal (12.63a) the pilot boards in position
49°46′⋅0N 1°45′⋅0W.
436
After Paragraph 12.63 Insert:
Cherbourg Offshore Coal Terminal
12.63a
1 General information. The terminal (49°41′N
1°32′W), capable of accommodating large bulk carriers
of more than 80 000 dwt, is situated 2¼ miles ENE of
Passe de l’Est (12.50). Discharge of cargo is by means
of a floating crane into barges. The barges are then
towed to the N part of Les Flamands area of
Cherbourg.
The terminal comprises two mooring buoys, moored
within a circular manoeuvring area centred on position
49°41′⋅2N 1°32′⋅4W with a diameter of 6 cables.
2 Pilotage. See 12.33.
Regulations. The following regulations apply:
Anchoring is prohibited within the area during
mooring operations.
Vessels are to maintain a safety distance of 150 m for
all activities being carried out on the working side
of the moored vessel and a safety distance of 50 m
on the unworked side.
Fishing is prohibited between and around the
mooring buoys (radius of 300 m for trawled gear
and 100 m for static gear).
438
After Paragraph 12.78 3 line 3 Insert:
Caution. The Cherbourg Offshore Coal Terminal
(12.63a) lies 2 miles N of the entrance, and is centred
close E of the leading line.
French Notice 51/23/10
(SDD 2010000 219097) [06/11]
France - Port du Havre - Antifer and approaches
— Outer anchorages; wreck
485
Paragraph 13.220 1 lines 5-8 Replace by:
An area centred about 20 miles WNW of Cap
d’Antifer for vessels over 25 m draught.
Caution. A wreck with a safe clearance depth of
16 m lies in position 49°46′⋅9N 0°19′⋅0W in the NE
part of this anchorage.
French Notice 03/26/11
(SDD 2011000 014903) [06/11]
Wk06/11

NP 35 Indonesia Pilot Volume III (2008 Edition)
EastcoastofHalmahera -TelukBuli— Depths
184
After Paragraph 5.246 2 Insert:
Depths
5.246a
1 Uncharted shoal depths within Teluk Buli are
known to exist. In 2010 a vessel on passage outbound
from Pulau Mabuli (0°48′N 128°15′E), with a draught
of 12⋅5 m, grounded on an uncharted 5 m shoal in
position 0°44′⋅03N 128°23′⋅54E. Mariners are advised
to exercise caution when navigating in this area.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2011000015242 ) [06/11]
NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Indonesia - Selat Baur - Pulau Kasenga — Racon
143
Paragraph 7.19 Including Heading Replace by:
Spare
7.19
Indonesian Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2011000 000056) [06/11]
Wk06/11
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2010 Edition)
France–WestCoast–Benodet—
Directions; light
66
Paragraph 3.82 1 lines 5-6 Delete
French Notice 11/02/15
(SDD 2011000 011316) [05/11]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
South-west coast — General information;
restricted area
60
After Paragraph 2.32 2 line 6 Insert:
Restricted area
2.32a
1 A safety zone of 500 m radius is established around
position 50°20′⋅8N 5°37′⋅1W, which is the site of a
cable hub, and is marked by a light buoy (special).
South West RDA
(SDD 2010000 141317; 213496) [05/11]
Wales – South-west coast – Milford Haven —
Principal marks; landmarks
157
Paragraph 5.74 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 Chimney (51°42′⋅6N 4°59′⋅4W), standing within the
Semlogistics Refinery.
165
Paragraph 5.97 2 line 3-5 Replace by:
A large tank farm is situated onshore abreast the
terminal; within this complex there is a prominent
chimney (5.74), 6 cables NNE of the jetties.
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2010000 217757) [05/11]
Wales – South-west coast – Milford Haven —
Depths at berths
165
Paragraph 5.96 3 line 7 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 30/10 For 5⋅6 mand 5⋅7 mRead 6⋅2 m
Paragraph 5.96 4 line 2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 30/10 For 5⋅5 m (2009) Read 6⋅0 m (2010)
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2010000 208594) [05/11]
4.1
[05/11]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
East coast of Sumatera – Belawan —
Offshore oil terminal
110
Paragraph 4.128 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
1 An offshore oil discharging terminal, comprising
four mooring buoys and two SBMs (3°51′N 98°47′E),
is connected to the coast 3¼ miles SSE of
Nipahlarrangan Light (4.100) by submarine pipelines
which are laid across Belawan Channel. Another
pipeline is laid from the SW-most SBM across the
shoal water to the E of Belawan Channel, in a general
SW direction, into Kuala Deli (3°47′N 98°43′E).
Vessels of between 17 000 dwt and...
Indonesian Notice 52/494/2010
(SDD 2011000 002796) [05/11]
Singapore Strait – west-going traffic lane –
Horsburgh Light to south of Johor Shoal —
Wreck
242
Paragraph 7.148 3 line 6 Replace by:
...(1°18′N 104°16′E) lying in the fairway, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (1°17′⋅7N 104°11′⋅1E)
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger).
Paragraph 7.148 4 line 1-2 Replace by:
4 Thence the track leads between W and WSW as...
Malaysian Notice 99/2010
(SDD 2011000 001628) [05/11]
Wk05/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010
Edition)
Ukraine - Dnistrovs’kyi Lyman —
Approach and entry
191
Paragraph 6.23 3 lines 1-2 Delete
After Paragraph 6.23 3 line 5 Insert:
Owing to shoaling, the approach to
Dnestrovsko-Tsaregradskoye Hyrlo has been altered to
the N of the leading lights, via two pairs of light
buoys and an unlit buoy; least depth in the fairway is
2⋅6 m (2010).
Ukrainian Notice 374.48.10
(SDD 2011000 002623) [04/11]
Russia - Sochi — Obstruction
255
Paragraph 7.191 2 line 4 Add:
...An obstruction lies in the SE corner of the anchorage
area, 3½ cables SW of Severnyy (North) Mole head.
Russian Notice 233.3.11
(SDD 2011000 00089) [04/11]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Offshore routes — Directions
386
Paragraph 10.14 and heading Replace by:
Routes passing south of Bohai Wan Oilfield
10.14
1 From Miaodao Haixia and Changshan Shuidao.
From a position WSW of Daheishan Dao (37°58′⋅00N
120°36′⋅70E), or in Changshan Shuidao Precautionary
Area 10 miles W of Houji Dao (38°03′⋅52N
120°38′⋅52E), the routes lead NW for about 55 miles
to the vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N 119°30′⋅00E, thence W
for about 40 miles to the vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N
118°40′⋅00E, from where it either alters NW for about
32 miles to the entrance channel for Tianjin or NNW
for about 22 miles to the approaches to Caofeidian.
2 From Longkou and Laizhou. From a position off
the entrance to either harbour the route leads generally
NW for about 35 miles to the vicinity of 37°50′⋅50N
119°27′⋅20E, thence N for about 33 miles, passing
between oilfields, before altering WNW for about
4.1
[04/11]
3
35 miles to the vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N 118°40′⋅00E
where it divides for Tianjin or Caofeidian as above.
From Laotieshan Shuidao. From a position in the
precautionary area (9.158) NNW of Beihuangcheng
Dao (38°23′⋅65N 120°54′⋅60E), and N of the
prohibited area (9.123) centred on Beihuangcheng Dao,
the route leads generally W for about 95 miles to the
vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N 118°40′⋅00E where it divides
for Tianjin or Caofeidian as above.
4 Dongying Gang and Huanghua Gang
approached from these routes.
Paragraph 10.15 and heading Replace by:
may be
Route passing north of Bohai Wan Oilfield
10.15
1 From a position in the precautionary area (9.158)
NNW of Beihuangcheng Dao (38°23′⋅65N
120°54′⋅60E), the route leads generally WNW for
about 95 miles to the W end of the Caofeidian TSS.
Jingtang Gang and QHD 32-6 Terminal may be
approached from the SSE.
387
Paragraphs 10.23 and 10.24 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 13/10 and heading Replace by:
Miaodao Haixia and Changshan Shuidao to south
of Bohai Wan Oilfield
10.23
1 From a position WSW of Daheishan Dao
(37°58′⋅00N 120°36′⋅70E) and S of No 5 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (37°54′⋅90N 120°22′⋅60E), or in
Changshan Shuidao Precautionary Area 10 miles W of
Houji Dao (38°03′⋅52N 120°38′⋅52E), the route leads
NW, passing:
NE of Haiyang (2) Light Buoy (special) (37°57′⋅00N
120°11′⋅00E), thence:
SW of PL19-3F Platform (38°19′⋅05N 120°08′⋅44E)
in Bo Hai Oilfield. Thence:
NE of a light buoy (isolated danger (38°16′⋅73N
119°43′⋅29E); the platforms of BZ29-4 and
BZ28-1 oilfields lie SW of the light buoy.
Thence:
2 The track continues NW to the vicinity of
38°30′⋅00N 119°30′⋅00E when it alters W passing:
S of a dangerous wreck (38°37′⋅12N 119°29′⋅74E),
position approximate, marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger).
10.24
1 For vessels proceeding to BZ25-1 Terminal (10.89)
at Dongying Gang, the track leads SW to the pilot
boarding area centred on 38°20′⋅20N 119°07′⋅00E. For
vessels proceeding to Huanghua Gang (10.83), Tianjin
Gang (10.91) or Caofeidian (10.139), the track
continues W passing:
S of WHPB Platform (lit) (38°33′⋅04N 119°03′⋅92E)
in BZ13-1 oilfield. Thence:
Wk04/11

2 N of a dangerous wreck (38°29′⋅27N
118°51′⋅31E), position approximate, marked
by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
The track continues W to the vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N
118°40′⋅00E, where it joins the routes from Laotieshan
Shuidao (10.25) and Longkou (10.82).
(Directions for Tianjin Gang continue at 10.26,
for Huanghua Gang at 10.83,
and for Caofeidian at 10.27. Directions for
Dongying Gang are given at 10.85)
387-388
Paragraph 10.25 and heading Replace by:
Laotieshan Shuidao to south of Bohai Wan
Oilfield
10.25
1 From a position in the precautionary area (9.158)
NNW of Beihuangcheng Dao (38°23′⋅65N
120°54′⋅60E), the route leads generally W, passing:
S of a dangerous wreck (38°42′⋅31N 120°41′⋅04E),
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
N of PL19-3E Platform (38°24′⋅21N 120°06′⋅13E),
the N platform of Bo Hai Oilfield. Thence:
S of a dangerous wreck (38°35′⋅80N 119°54′⋅60E),
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
2 N of an obstruction (38°23′⋅70N 119°43′⋅15E),
thence:
S of an unmarked dangerous wreck (38°33′⋅45N
119°40′⋅24E), thence:
S of a dangerous wreck (38°37′⋅12N 119°29′⋅74E)
(10.23).
The track continues W to the vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N
119°30′⋅00E.
(Directions continue at 10.24)
388
Paragraph 10.26 and heading Replace by:
South of Bohai Wan Oilfield to Tianjin Gang
10.26
1 From the vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N 118°40′⋅00E, the
track leads NW passing:
NE of Huanghua No 3 Anchorage (38° 30′⋅20N
118°26′⋅80E), thence:
SW of an obstruction (38°42′⋅17N 118°34′⋅70E),
thence:
NE of a light buoy (safe water) (38°34′⋅74N
118°21′′35E), thence:
2 Clear of a 13⋅8 m shoal patch (38°43′⋅78N
118°20′⋅13E), noting an obstruction 3 miles
SW; thence:
NE of a dangerous wreck (38°46′⋅32N
118°13′⋅14E), position approximate, marked by a
light buoy (isolated danger).
The track continues NW to the Pilot boarding
position for vessels over 100 000 dwt (38°49′⋅90N
118°11′⋅30E), within the quarantine anchorage area.
(Directions continue for entering
Tianjin Gang at 10.112
and for coastal passage to
Qinhuangdao at 10.125)
Wk04/11
IV
4.2
Paragraph 10.27 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 14/10 and heading Replace by:
South of Bohai Wan Oilfield to Caofeidian
10.27
1 From the vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N 118°40′⋅00E, the
track leads NNW passing:
WSW of a dangerous wreck (38°35′⋅45N
118°44′⋅06E), thence:
Clear of an obstruction (38°42′⋅17N 118°34′⋅70E),
thence:
WSW of WHP-A Platform (38°42′⋅01N
118°41′⋅10E), thence:
Clear of an obstruction (38°45′⋅80N 118°33′⋅31E).
2 The track then continues NNW to a position in the
precautionary area 5½ miles S of Caofeidian Light
(square on black metal framework structure, 23 m in
height) (38°55′⋅12N 118°30′⋅42E). The precautionary
area is part of the TSS (10.123b) which runs E/W and
lies S of Caofeidian anchorage areas (10.139a). A
wreck, position approximate, lies in the centre of the
area, and two further wrecks lie close S of the
precautionary area.
(Directions for entering Caofeidian continue at
10.130; for passage W towards Tianjin Gang at
10.125 (in reverse), and for passage E towards
Jingtang at 10.128)
Paragraph 10.28 and heading Replace by:
Laotieshan Shuidau to Tianjin Gang passing
north of Bohai Wan Oilfield
10.28
1 From a position in the precautionary area (9.158)
NNW of Beihuangcheng Dao (38°23′⋅65N
120°54′⋅60E), the route leads generally WNW, passing:
S of a dangerous wreck (38°42′⋅31N 120°41′⋅04E),
(10.25), thence:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (38°35′⋅80N
119°54′⋅60E) (10.25), thence:
3 NNE of a dangerous wreck (38°37′⋅12N
119°29′⋅74E), position approximate, (10.25).
Thence:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (38°46′⋅12N
119°10′⋅35E), marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger), thence:
NNE of WHP-E Platform (38°44′⋅61N
118°53′⋅52E) in the Bohai Wan Oilfield.
The track continues WNW through the westbound
lane of the TSS and its associated precautionary area,
passing NNE of an SPM (38°46′⋅34N 118°42′⋅30E),
and S of the anchorage areas off Caofeidian (10.130),
to the Pilot boarding position for vessels over
100 000 dwt (38°49′⋅90N 118°11′⋅30E), within the
quarantine anchorage area.
(Directions continue for entering
Tianjin Gang at 10.112
and for coastal passage to
Qinhuangdao at 10.125)
1
393 - 394
Paragraph 10.76 Replace by:
From Laizhou. From a position N of Laizhou
Gang (37°25′⋅10N 119°56′⋅60E), the route leads
30 miles NW to join the route from Longkou.

From Longkou. From a position W of Longkou
(37°39′⋅40N 120°17′⋅00E), the route leads WNW for
about 35 miles to the vicinity of 37°50′⋅60N
119°27′⋅00E; it then leads N for about 30 miles to a
position NE of BZ26-2 Platform (38°17′⋅55N
119°15′⋅79E), thence alters WNW for about 35 miles
to the vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N 118°40′⋅00E.
Paragraph 10.82 Replace by:
1 From Laizhou. From a position in the vicinity of
either Laizhou No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (37°31′⋅5N
119°59′⋅4E), or Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral)
(37°33′⋅6N 119°52′⋅5E), marking the entrance to
Laizhougang Hangdao (10.73), the route leads
generally NW for about 30 miles to the vicinity of
37°50′⋅60N 119°27′⋅00E.
2 From Longkou. From a position in the vicinity of
No 0 Light Buoy (port hand) (37°38′⋅23N 120°09′⋅88E)
or at the entrance of the NW Channel (37°40′⋅88N
120°12′⋅54E), the route leads WNW, passing:
Clear of a light buoy (isolated danger) (37°39′⋅26N
120°06′⋅98E), moored close ESE of an area of
less water, reported (2007).
The track continues to the vicinity of 37°50′⋅60N
119°27′⋅00E.
3 The combined route then leads N passing:
E of a stranded wreck (37°48′⋅02N 119°17′⋅04E),
lying on the edge of a coastal bank. There are no
navigation features on the shore, and depths are
liable to change and vessels should give the
coastal bank and shore a wide berth. Thence:
E of No 2 Platform (lit) (37°53′⋅85N 119°16′⋅25E),
thence:
Wofawell(37°59′⋅74N 119°33′⋅40E), marked by a
light beacon (isolated danger), thence:
4 W of a well (38°05′⋅51N 119°30′⋅55E), marked
by a light beacon (special), at the SW end of
BZ34 Oilfield. Thence:
E of BZ26-3 WHPB Platform (lit) (38°14′⋅11N
119°16′⋅06E) and:
W of CEP Platform (38°12′⋅81N 119°33′⋅27E),
within BZ28-2 Oilfield. Thence:
5 E of BZ26-2 Platform (38°17′⋅55N 119°15′⋅79E),
and:
W of the BZ28-1NW Platform (38°19′⋅66N
119°37′⋅03E), noting an obstruction 6 miles NW.
6 The track then alters WNW passing:
NNE of BZ26-2 Platform (38°17′⋅55N
119°15′⋅79E), thence:
NNE of WHPB Platform (38°22′⋅49N 119°05′⋅64E)
in BZ19-4 oilfield, thence:
Between a dangerous wreck (38°24′⋅86N
118°48′⋅84E), marked by a light buoy ( isolated
danger) with an unmarked wreck 2½ miles ESE,
position approximate, and a dangerous wreck
(38°29′⋅27N 118°51′⋅31E) (10.24).
IV
4.3
7 The track continues W to the vicinity of 38°30′⋅00N
118°40′⋅00E, where it joins the routes from Laotieshan
Shuidao (10.25), Changshan Shuidao and Miaodao
Haixia (10.23).
(Directions for Tianjin Gang continue at 10.26,
for Huanghua Gang at 10.83,
and for Caofeidian at 10.27, Directions for
Dongying Gang are given at 10.85)
Chinese Notice 51/2242/10; BA chart 1250; Admiralty
Notices 33/3991/10 and 35/4299/10
(SDD2010000 218196) [04/11]
NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
Germany - Borkum-Riffgrund NE — Wind farm
67
Paragraph 2.10 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 The Alpha Ventus Wind Farm lies 24 miles N of
Borkum. The wind farm is centred on position
54°00′⋅6N 6°36′⋅4E and comprises 12 wind turbines.
The area is enclosed within a prohibited area as shown
on the chart. A submarine cable leads generally SE
from the wind farm via Norderney and thence to the
mainland.
71
Paragraph 2.41 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Fino 1 platform (54°00′⋅9N 6°35′⋅2E). The Alpha
Ventus Wind Farm (2.10) lies close E.
123
Paragraph 4.270 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:
The Alpha Ventus Wind Farm (2.10) lies close E.
German Notices 44/87/10; 45/50/10
(SDD 2010000 186067; 190292) [04/11]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Ofotfjorden - Barøya — Barøya Light
325
Paragraph 9.11 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Major light:
Tranøy Light (68°11⋅0N 15°35′⋅9E) (6.13).
Paragraph 9.12 4 line 6 Replace by:
...Barøya Light (white round metal tower, red top, 7 m in
height) (3 miles E).
Paragraph 9.12 5 line 3 For (046°-056°) Read
(046½°-055½°)
Wk04/11

328
Paragraph 9.35 1 Replace by:
Principal mark
9.35
1 Major light:
Tranøy Light (68°11⋅0N 15°35′⋅9E) (6.13).
330
Paragraph 9.46 2 lines 1-2 Delete
Paragraph 9.47 3 line 7 For (160°-174°) Read
(160½°-174°)
344
Paragraph 9.130 2 lines 3-4 Delete
Paragraph 9.132 2 lines 2-3 Replace by:
...of Barøya Light (9.12), the track continues to lead ENE
within the white sector (241½°-248½°), astern, of Barøya
Light...
Norwegian Notice 23/32334/10
(SDD 2010000214711) [04/11]
Wk04/11
IV
4.4
Ofotfjorden - Ballangen — Directions
350
Paragraph 9.169 5-8 Replace by:
5 Thence the track leads SW through Ballangsfjorden,
passing (with positions relative to Kårholmen Light):
NW of a rock (1 mile ESE) with a depth of 8⋅3 m,
thence:
NW of Arnesgrunnen (1 mile SE), marked by an iron
perch, thence:
6 SE of Steingrunnen (5½ cables SSW), marked
by a buoy (starboard hand); a rock with a
depth of 5⋅8 m, lies 1½ cables S of the buoy.
And:
NW of Hattholmgrunnen (9 cables S), consisting of
several dangerous below-water rocks, thence:
NW of Fornesskjeran (1⋅2 miles SSW), marked by
an iron perch, thence:
7 NW of a quay at Fornes (1⋅4 miles SSW)
(9.171), thence:
SE of a rock (1⋅6 miles SSW) with a depth of 8⋅0 m,
thence:
NW of a rock (1⋅9 miles SSW) with a depth of 4⋅0 m.
The track then leads directly to the anchorage and
berth at Ballangen (9.172).
Norwegian Notice 24/32818/10
(SDD 2010000 218916) [04/11]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Northern Territory - Cape Stewart to Smith
Point — Depths; position
129
Paragraph 3.33 6 line 2 For 10⋅4 m (34ft) Read 9⋅6 m
(31 ft)
130
Paragraph 3.36 3 line 1 For 10⋅7 m (35ft) Read 9⋅6 m
(31 ft)
Paragraph 3.38 2 line 4 For 7⋅3 m(24ft)Read 5⋅7 m(19ft)
Paragraph 3.39 1 line 3 For 3⋅7 m(12ft)Read 3m(10ft)
131
Paragraph 3.48 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:
...(13 miles E). The N and larger of the two...
Charts Aus 714 and Aus 719: Australian Notice
22/1154/10 [03/11]
Western Australia - Dampier — Directions;
anchorage, berth
234
After Paragraph 6.98 1 line 7 Insert:
Pluto Channel (20°29′⋅45S 116°43′⋅60E), to Pluto
LNG Jetty (6.138a); 12⋅5 m maintained depth..
235
After Paragraph 6.113 3 line 6 Insert:
Pluto LNG Jetty (20°36′⋅30S 116°45′⋅22E), with a
turning basin, 11⋅5 m maintained depth lying W of the
jetty.
237
After Paragraph 6.128 4 Insert:
Pluto Channel
6.128a
1 From a position within Woodside Channel, the
track leads S and SE through the approach channel
marked by light beacons in a maintained depth of
12⋅5 m to the LNG jetty S of Holden Point.
Leading lights:
Front light No P5 Light Beacon (triangle point up on
beacon) (20°32′⋅91S 116°42′⋅65E).
Rear Light No PR1 Light Beacon (triangle point
down on beacon) (20°33′⋅23S 116°42′⋅56E).
4.1
[03/11]
2 From a position abeam of No 4 Light Beacon
(20°28′⋅59S 116°43′⋅95E) the alignment (195°) of the
above light beacons, leads S for about 4 miles, clear of
dangers, passing between Hamersley Channel and
Woodside Channel.
When abeam No P6 Light Beacon (port hand)
(20°32′⋅68S 116°42′⋅87E), the track alters gradually
SE.
3 Leading lights:
Front light No P21 Light Beacon (triangle point up)
(20°36′⋅40S 116°45′⋅30E).
Rear Light No P22 Light Beacon (triangle point
down) (20°36′⋅52S 116°45′⋅41E).
The alignment (140¾°) of the above light beacons
leads SE for 3 miles to the berth.
238
Paragraph 6.133 3 line 1 Delete about To square
240
Paragraph 6.138 1 line 1 For 16° Read 20°
After Paragraph 6.138 2 Insert:
6.138a
1 Pluto LNG Jetty (20°36′⋅30S 116°45′⋅22E), has a
berthing box length 400 m, width 60 m and depth
13⋅5 m alongside the berth.
Charts Aus 57, Aus 58, and Aus 59
(SDD 2010000 211185; 212588) [03/11]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Xiamen Gang — Directions; wreck;
buoyage; racon
154
Paragraph 4.122 1 line 4 Delete
157
Paragraph 4.133 3 lines 1-10 Including existing Section IV
Notice 13/10 Replace by:
3 NNE of Xiaoqing Jiao (1½ miles SSW), a shoal;
Zhaoyin Matou No 1 Light (white metal pole, red
bands, 5 m in height) is exhibited from the W end of
a jetty, 3 cables farther SSW, Thence
Chinese Notices 14/747/10; 49/2175/10
(SDD 2010000 064818; 208154) [03/11]
China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang — Vertical
clearance
396
Paragraph 10.97 1 line 4 For 39 m Read 34 m
400
Paragraph 10.119 2 line 9 For 39 m Read 34 m
BA Chart 2654 [03/11]
Wk03/11

NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume1 (2009 Edition)
Indonesia - Pulau-pulau Karimunjawa —
Unexploded Ordnance
108
Paragraph 5.24 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Unexploded Ordnance is charted in the following
locations:
5°36′⋅00S 110°49′⋅20E.
5°06′⋅00S 110°52′⋅00E.
5°43′⋅25S 110°32′⋅00E.
5°39′⋅60S 110°37′⋅00E.
5°49′⋅00S 110°54′⋅85E.
Unexploded devices are reported...
ENCs ID 3083R1 and ID100066
(SDD 2011000 199962) [03/11]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malacca Strait - South-east going traffic lane -
Pasir Selatan to Gosong Raleigh — Light
72
After Paragraph 2.86 2 line 8 Insert:
Morong Light (1°55′⋅17N 101°46′⋅42E) (4.266).
BA Chart 3933 [03/11]
Sumatera - east coast - Approaches to Selat
Bengkalis and Selat Rupat — light; racon;
directions
123
After Paragraph 4.253 1 line 7 Insert:
Morong Light (1°55′⋅17N 101°46′⋅42E) (4.266).
Paragraph 4.256 1 line 2 Delete
124
After Paragraph 4.266 1 line 4 Insert:
Morong Light (beacon, 25 m in height) (1°55′⋅17N
101°46′⋅42E).
After Paragraph 4.267 1 line 3 Insert:
Selat Rupat Light Beacon (1°39′⋅5N 101°50′⋅5E).
Paragraph 4.268 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Through the pilot boarding position (1°56′⋅5N
101°51′⋅2E) (4.261), and:
Paragraph 4.268 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
E of the conspicuous house (3½ miles SSE) (4.253)
at the entrance to to Selat Morong, thence:
E of Morong Light (4½ miles S) (4.266).
Paragraph 4.270 including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.270
BA Chart 3933 [03/11]
Wk03/11
IV
Sumatera - east coast - Selat Rupat and Dumai —
racon; landmark; directions; depth; anchorages
125
After heading Directions for entering Selat Rupat Insert:
Aid to navigation
4.287a
1 Racon:
Selat Rupat Light Beacon (1°39′⋅5N 101°50′⋅5E).
126
After heading Directions for Selat Rupat and entering
Dumai Insert:
Principal mark
4.293a
1 Landmark:
Three silos (1°40′⋅9N 101°28′⋅8E) at Dumai.
Other aid to navigation
4.293b
1 Racon:
Selat Rupat Light Beacon (1°39′⋅5N 101°50′⋅5E).
Paragraph 4.296 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
SW of Selat Rupat Light Beacon (white metal
framework tower, 13 m in height) (2¼ miles SE),
thence:
Paragraph 4.298 2 line 3 For 19⋅8 Read 19⋅3
Paragraph 4.300 1 lines 4-6 Including exisiting Section IV
Notice Week 8/10 Replace by:
N of two jetties, projecting up to 650 m N and NW
from the S shore (2 miles SE). The head of the
E-most jetty is marked by two light beacons
(yellow pipes). On the shore close SSE and E of
the afore-mentioned jetty there is another light
beacon (white) and an unlit beacon (white).
Thence:
Paragraph 4.302 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
1 Anchorages. There are designated anchorages for
quarantine, tankers, deep draught vessels and for other
vessels, on the N side of the channel off Dumai; the
holding ground is clay. On the S side of the channel,
adjacent to the alongside berths, there are two cargo
transhipment areas. The limits of the anchorages and
cargo transhipment areas are shown on the chart.
Paragraph 4.302 2 lines 1-3 Delete
4.2
BA Chart 3933 [03/11]
Pulau Tekong - Pelabuhan Calder leading to
Sungai Johor — Controlling depths
1
313
Paragraph 9.177 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
In the fairway of the channel leading E of Pulau
Tekong from seawards to Tanjung Belungkor (1°27′N
104°04′E) there is a least charted depth of 5⋅0 m. The
maximum permissible draught for this passage, which
leads to the ferry terminal at Tanjung Belungkor
2
(9.208) is 4⋅5 m.
In the continuation of this channel from Tanjung
Belungkor to Sungai Johor there is a least charted
depth of 2⋅8 m, 1½ cables WSW of BC5 Light Buoy
(1°26′⋅4N 104°01′⋅5E).
BA Chart 4043 [03/11]

NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 (2008
Edition)
Egypt - MØnº’ Dumyºò — Waiting area
122
Existing Section IV Notice Week 46/10 Paragraph 3.192 1
line 4 For 31°40′⋅0N 31°54′⋅4E Read 31°42′⋅2N
31°38′⋅1E.
Egyptian Notice 311/2010
(SD D 2010000 217463) [03/11]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
Islands South of South Island - Snares Islands —
Anchorage
160
After Paragraph 6.13 2 line 8 Add:
Caution. It is reported (2010) that anchors have
been lost or become fast on obstructions when
anchoring off Seal Point and Ho Ho Bay.
MV Orion
(SDD 2010000 217996) [03/11]
IV
4.3
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam
Island — Directions; rock
324
After Paragraph 8.147 1 line 5 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 06/09 Delete:
SW of a rock (4°07′⋅7S 145°16′⋅2E) which covers
and uncovers, thence:
Australian Notice 9/539/09
(HH. 532/535/02) [03/11]
Wk03/11

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Tasmania - Port Dalrymple —
Pilotage; anchorages
203
Paragraph 7.117 2 line 2 For 41°01′S Read 41°00′S
Paragraph 7.117 2 lines 4-5 For 41°00′⋅7S 146°44′⋅3Ε
Read 40°59′⋅75S 146°43′⋅90E
207
Paragraph 7.137 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in position 40°59′⋅50S
146°46′⋅00E.
Australian Notice 25/1372/10
(AA508139) [02/11]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Finland - Utö to Hanko channel —
Directions; Lights
235
Paragraph 6.71 14 line 3 Delete Turmharu/
Paragraph 6.71 15 lines 1-6 Replace by:
15 Korpskär leading line. The alignment (081½°),
astern of Korpskär Leading Lights, and the narrow
white sector (261°-262½°) ahead, of Turmharu Light
(red rectangle, yellow stripe, on metal framework
tower) (59°50′⋅5N 21°22′⋅4E), leads 6 miles W to a
position ESE of Bokullankivi Light. The track then
leads WSW, in the white sector (247°-252°) of
Eglonskär Light (6.112), for 1 mile to the Stenharun
leading line (6.112).
Paragraph 6.71 16 lines 1-4 Delete
Finnish Notice 35-36/579/2010
(SDD 2010000 214628) [02/11]
NP28 — Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - Approaches to the Thames Estuary —
Directions; buoyage
251
Paragraph 11.38 6 lines 6-8 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 40/10 Replace by:
W of Sunk S 2 Light Buoy (safe water) (51°42′⋅4N
1°46′⋅7E) moored at the inner end of Sunk TSS
South (11.27), thence:
London Array Ltd Stakeholders notice No 4
(SDD 2010000 214357) [02/11]
4.1
[02/11]
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago -
Sae Islands - Kaniet Islands and Manu Island —
Charts; position
368
Paragraph 9.214 Chart heading Replace by:
Chart 4622, Aus Charts 390, 462
369
Paragraph 9.218 4 lines 3-4 Replace by:
SSW of Sae Islands (0°45′⋅46S 145°18′⋅25E),
reported, in 1992, to lie 1⋅8 miles NE of their
charted position, as shown on chart Aus 462, but
shown in the correct position on chart Aus 390, ...
Paragraph 9.219 Chart heading Replace by:
Aus Charts 390, 462
Paragraph 9.219 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Kaniet Islands (0°53′⋅57S 145°32′⋅41E), reported, in
1999, to lie 3 miles NE of their charted position, as
shown on chart Aus 462, but shown in the correct
position on chart Aus 390, consist of five low, flat...
370
Paragraph 9.228 Chart heading Replace by:
Aus Charts 390, 462
371
Paragraph 9.232 1 Replace by:
1 Manu Island (1°18′⋅80S 143°34′⋅80E), reported, in
1985, to lie 1½ miles NW of its charted position, as
shown on chart Aus 462, but shown in the correct
position on chart Aus 390, is wooded and fringed by a
reef.
Charts Aus 390, 462 [02/11]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
Approaches to Ra’s Tannørah and
Ra’s al Ju‘aymah - Hazard — Pipe
211
Paragraph 8.101 heading Replace by: Hazards
For Paragraph 8.101 1 line 1 Read:
1 Crossing traffic. All mariners should be aware that
when using Main...
After Paragraph 8.101 1 Add:
2 Pipe. A conductor pipe (lit), 15 m in height,
stabilised by eight anchors, stands in the approaches to
Ra’s Tannørah and Ra’s al Ju‘aymah in position
27°16′⋅80N 51°02′⋅95E. Mariners should pass with
caution, remaining at least 1⋅5 miles clear. The pipe is
reported (2010) to be radar conspicuous at a range of
about 5 miles.
Wk02/11

212
After Paragraph 8.108 1 line 7 Insert:
Clear of a lit platform (27°15′⋅91N 51°23′⋅07E)
position approximate, reported 2008, and a lit
pipe (27°16′⋅80N 51°02′⋅95E) (8.101). Thence:
MV SP5 Eric.G.Gibson; Iranian Notice No 4/2010
(SDDs 2010000 199595; 208452) [02/11]
Wk02/11
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Mauritania - Port de Nouakchott
South-westward — Restricted areas;
offshore installation; mooring buoy
195
After Paragraph 6.168 Insert:
Restricted areas
6.168a
1 Two safety zones have been established for the
Chinguetti Oilfield.
Area 1 lies between 40 and 48 miles SW of Port de
l’Amitié. A FPSO (17°42′⋅4N 16°44′⋅5W),
position approximate, is situated within this area.
Area 2 is centred on 17°46′⋅3N 16°35′⋅1W with a
radius of 500 m.
A mooring buoy has been established in position
17°39′⋅6N 16°43′⋅0W, approximately 3 miles SSE of
the FPSO.
2 These zones are to protect construction activities
and the installation of underwater equipment for a
petroleum production facility and submarine gas
pipeline.
Unauthorized navigation, fishing and anchoring are
prohibited within the safety zones.
After Paragraph 6.170 1 line 5 Add:
Clear of safety zones established for the Chinguetti
Oilfield (100 miles NNW) (6.168a).
UKHO NM 6002/2010
(SDD 2010000 179141) [01/11]
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
South Africa - Durban - Directions —
Major light; directional light
154
After Paragraph 4.31 1 line 12 Add:
Durban North Breakwater Light (round metal tower
green platform, 10 m in height) (29°52′⋅0S
31°03′⋅5E).
162
After Paragraph 4.69 1 line 10 Add:
Durban North Breakwater Light (29°52′⋅0S
31°03′⋅5E) (4.31).
Paragraph 4.71 3-5 Replace by:
3 From the boarding position the track leads SW
within the white sector (217⋅6°-217⋅8°) of the Port
entry light (grey metal lattice tower with platform,
41 m in height) (29°53′⋅1S 31°02′⋅6E), passing (with
positions from the Port entry light).
4.1
[01/11]
4 NW of the head of South Breakwater (pier)
(1½ miles NE) from which a light (4.31) is
exhibited, thence:
SE of the head of the North Breakwater (1¼ miles
NE), from which a light (4.31) is exhibited,
thence:
5 Through a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral) marking the narrowest part of the
entrance, thence:
Into the harbour and as required for berthing.
South African NM 10/2010 (Lights and Fog Signals)
(SDD 2010000 190238) [01/11]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia - Queensland - Gneering Shoals —
Directions; depths
140
Paragraph 4.19 2 line 2 For 13⋅7 Read 12⋅7
141
Paragraph 4.19 2 line 6 For 6⋅7 Read 5⋅6
Papua New Guinea - Port Moresby to
Yule Island — Directions; depth
395
Paragraph 12.162 3 line 4 Replace by:
SW of a 10⋅4 m patch (13¼ miles WSW), thence:
Australian Notices 24/1298, 1299/10
(SDD 2010000 205143) [01/11]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010
Edition)
Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Obstruction
194
After Paragraph 6.49 1 line 3 Insert:
Caution. An obstruction lies 5¼ miles SSE of the
Traffic Control post (6.47), in the S central area of the
anchorage.
Ukrainian Notice 347.45.10
(SDD 2010000 205525) [01/11]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - English Channel — Aids to navigation
69
Paragraph 2.28 2 lines 1-4 Delete
70
Paragraph 2.34 2 line 4 Delete
71
Paragraph 2.40 2 lines 1-4 Delete
Wk01/11

374
Paragraph 11.37 2 lines 1-4 Delete
390
Paragraph 11.136 2 lines 1-4 Delete
393
Paragraph 11.152 2 lines 1-4 Delete
Trinity House
(SDD 2010000 190271) [01/11]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - Dover Strait and Thames Estuary —
Aids to navigation
61
Paragraph 2.40 2 lines 1-3 Delete
63
Paragraph 2.55 2 lines 1-2 Delete
64
Paragraph 2.61 2 lines 1-5 Delete
250
Paragraph 11.37 3 lines 2-4 Delete
253
Paragraph 11.57 1 lines 8-10 Delete
255
Paragraph 11.68 1 lines 8-10 Delete
272
Paragraph 13.14 1 line 4 Delete
280
Paragraph 13.76 1 lines 4-5 Delete
Trinity House
(SDD 2010000 190271) [01/11]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Korea - West Coast - Boryeong —
Directions; wreck
459
Paragraph 12.9 2 line 3 Replace by:
...Hang No 1 pilot position, and noting the dangerous
wreck close E.
461
Paragraph 12.26 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
...position, noting the dangerous wreck close E, the track
leads E, NNE and N through a channel marked by buoys
(lateral), passing:
Korean Notice 47/733/10
(SDD 2010000 199997) [01/11]
Wk01/11
IV
4.2
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition)
South coast – Castletownbere – Directions —
Leading lights
77
Paragraph 3.84 1 lines 3-8 Replace by:
Directional light. A directional light beacon (white
hut, red stripe, 6 m in height) (51°38′⋅78N 7°54′⋅32W)
stands on the SW end of Dinish Island. The light is
exhibited by day and night with the white sector
(024°-024½°) leading through West Entrance.
Paragraph 3.84 2 lines 1-3 Delete
Castletownbere Harbour Master
(SDD 2010000 109939; 194625; 205498) [01/11]
South coast – Cork Harbour — Directions; buoy
118
After Paragraph 3.361 2 line 1 Add:
E of a wave monitoring light buoy (special)
(51°46′⋅50N 8°15′⋅80W), thence:
Cork Harbour Master
(SDD 2010000 195727; 204375) [01/11]
West coast – Sligo Harbour — Directions; beacon
370
Paragraph 12.81 2 lines 9-10 Replace by:
SW of Yacht Club No2 Light Buoy (port hand)
(54°18′⋅29N 8°34′⋅58W)
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2010000 204547) [01/11]
West coast – Ballyshannon – Entrance —
Leading lights
382
Paragraph 12.169 2 line 1-10 Replace by:
2 Entrance to the river Erne. The entrance is
confined to a narrow passage between North Rock
(54°30′⋅90N 8°15′⋅95W), composed of a heap of
stones, and South Rock (54°30′⋅81N 8°15′⋅95W), a
similar heap of stones which dries.
The alignment of leading lights (092½°) leads over
the bar and between North and South Rock:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on pole)
(54°30′⋅85N 8°15′⋅27W).
Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on pole)
(42 m from front light).
Passage over the bar, depth 0⋅2 m, between the two
rocks, is dangerous to small craft, and the channel,
which is liable to frequent changes and is only
partially marked, meanders between the wide expanse
of Tullan Strand (off Finner Point) and Wardtown
Strand on the N side inside the entrance.
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2010000 178130; 208152) [01/11]

NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Cervia — Wreck
536
After Paragraph 12.167 1 line 6 Add:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in position
44°20′⋅32N 12°23′⋅05E close NW of the obstruction
area shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 22.13/10
(SDD 2010000 202774) [01/11]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
New Zealand - North Island - East Coast -
Kerikeri Inlet — Directions; buoy
193
Paragraph 7.64 3 lines 9-13 Replace by:
...which breaks occasionally. Vessels passing S should
remain clear of the shallow spit, marked by a light buoy
(starboard hand), extending SW from The Brothers.
Thence:
New Zealand Notice 25/211/10
(SDD2010000 208217) [01/11]
New Zealand -Great Barrier Island - Approach
to Man of War Passage — Directions; depth
219
Paragraph 8.47 3 line 8 For buoy Read light beacon
Paragraph 8.47 3 line 9 For 8⋅2 mRead 5m
Chart NZ 5223
(SDD2010000 209052) [01/11]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - East Coast — Aids to navigation
194
Paragraph 8.13 2 line 2 Delete
212
Paragraph 9.13 2 lines 3-4 Delete
219
Paragraph 9.55 1 lines 4-5 Delete
225
Paragraph 9.115 Replace by:
Spare
9.115
227
Paragraph 9.132 Replace by:
Spare
9.132
IV
4.3
229
Paragraph 9.138 2 lines 1-2 Delete
Trinity House
(SDD 2010000 190271) [01/11]
England - East coast - Great Yarmouth —
Traffic signals
221
Existing Section IV Notice Week 38/10 Paragraph 9.79 1
line 6 For Gorleston Pier Read the North Wall (52°34′⋅38N
1°44′⋅35E)
Great Yarmouth Port Company Ltd
(SDD 2010000 209988) [01/11]
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Federated States of Micronesia - Caroline Islands
- Nukuoro Atoll, Ngatik Atoll, Wat Island and
Satawal Island — Charts; positions
424
Paragraph 11.74 Chart heading Replace by:
Chart 762
Paragraph 11.74 1 lines 4-7 Replace by:
...(5°47′⋅45N 157°09′⋅70E) being the largest island situated
at the W end. The islands are inhabited.
Paragraph 11.75 1 line 4 Replace by:
...(5°47′⋅40N 157°20′⋅50E), and Ngatik Island 10¾ miles
W and...
Paragraph 11.77 Chart heading Delete 909 plan of
Nukuoro Islands
Paragraph 11.77 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Description. Nukuoro Atoll (3°51′⋅00N
154°56′⋅35E), consists of more than 40 islands situated
for the...
432
Paragraph 11.136 Chart heading Replace by:
Chart 762
Paragraph 11.136 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Description. Satawal Island (7°23′⋅20N
147°00′⋅75E), is a...
(Admiralty Notices 49/10 Withdrawn Charts and BA Chart
762) [01/11]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Jamaica - Falmouth Harbour —
Infrastructure; Directions
249
Paragraph 10.83 including headings Replace by:
Falmouth Harbour
Charts 256, 459 plan of Falmouth Harbour
General information
10.83
1 Position and function. Falmouth, the chief town of
the parish of Trelawny in the county of Cornwall, is a
holiday resort. Falmouth Harbour (18°29′⋅74N
77°38′⋅79′W) extends NE from the town and contains
a cruise ship terminal.
Port Authority. Port Authority of Jamaica see
10.15.
Wk01/11

Limiting conditions
10.83a
1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel has been
dredged (2009) to a depth of 12⋅6 m.
Navigable width. The entrance channel has a least
navigable width of 200 m.
Deepest and longest berth. North berth (10.83e).
Maximumsizeofvesselhandled.Cruise liners of
360 m in length, 9⋅2 m draught.
Local weather and sea state. Prevailing wind is
NE but strong N to NW winds in the winter months
send a heavy sea into the bay.
Arrival information
10.83b
1 Notice of ETA required is 96, 48 and 24 hours.
Pilotage is compulsory and arranged through the
harbour master at Kingston (10.15). Pilots are
available day and night and board 1 mile NE of the
harbour entrance.
Tugs are available, with sufficient notice, from
Montego Bay.
Quarantine available at the port.
Harbour
10.83c
1 General layout. Falmouth Harbour is a small deep
basin within a break in the reef. The cruise ship
terminal fronts the town of Falmouth and a small craft
jetty lies close NW.
Current. A W set up to 3 kn may be experienced
at the entrance but occasionally an E set has been
observed.
Wk01/11
IV
4.4
Directions
10.83d
1 Leading lights:
Front light (white stripe on orange rectangle)
(18°29′⋅70N 77°38′⋅84W).
Rear light (white stripe on orange rectangle) (77 m
from front light).
From the vicinity of (18°32′⋅10N 77°36′⋅60W) the
alignment (221¼°) of these lights leads through the
dredged channel, marked by light buoys and light
beacons, to the berth.
Basins and berths
10.83e
1 Anchorage (10.101) may be obtained in Montego
Bay. There is no suitable anchorage in or around
Falmouth Bay.
Alongside berths. Two berths 315 m in length with
depths alongside of 11⋅6 m on the N berth and 10⋅6 m
on the S berth. Two mooring dolphins lie NE of the
terminal on the leading line. Vessels normally berth
starboard side alongside on the N berth and port side
alongside on the S berth.
Port services
10.83f
1 Repairs. Minor repairs available.
Other facility. Hospital.
Supplies. Fuel oil; fresh water; provisions.
Communications. Airport.
Anchorage
Port Authority of Jamaica
(SDD 2010000 189203) [01/11]

NP no
Page(s)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Title
In force 31December 2010
4.1
[52/10]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa 1 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
93, 95 Islas Canarias - Isla de Gran Canaria — Directions; depth; buoy 17/10
145
Morocco - Mohammedia - Approaches — Directions; buoyage;
depth; dangerous wrecks
37/10
156 Morocco - Safi — Directions; Light 07/10
301 Ivory Coast - San-Pédro approaches — Directions; depth 17/10
313, 324, 325, 334,
337, 340
West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage 48/09
315 Ghana - Jubilee Oil Field — Restricted area 02/10
325 Ghana - Tema - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 35/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 32/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos — Directions; buoyage 10/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and Entrance Channel — Depths 34/09
367
Nigeria - Forcados River to Brass River - Offshore terminals —
Pennington Oil Terminal
02/10
382 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal 10/10
2 Africa 2 15th Edition (2007) 11/08
67 South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge - Wüst Seamount — Shoals 38/08
138-139 Equatorial Guinea - Cogo — Light 25/10
141, 142, 143, 144,
145, 146, 147, 148
Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 17/08
141, 142, 143, 144,
145, 147
Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 27/09
156-157 Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal 13/08
163 Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions; wreck 17/08
171,172 Republic of Congo - Offshore terminals — Azurite Terminal 08/10
172 Angola - Cabinda - Kuito Terminal — Anchorage 18/10
179 Congo — Moanda Terminal 14/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Kizomba C Terminal 36/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Girassol Terminal 12/09
195 Angola - Offshore terminals - Girassol Terminal — Waiting area 18/10
196
Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa and Greater Plutonio
Terminals
38/08
203 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Anchorage; wreck 23/08
204, 206 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions 14/08
223 Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon 14/08
294 South Africa - Simon’s Town — Directions for entering harbour 30/08
3 Africa 3 15th Edition (2010) 20/10
94 South Africa - South coast - Storm Point — Depth 41/10
290, 291, 390, 391 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 25/10
290 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 51/10
331, 334 Kenya - Mombasa — Pilotage; buoyage 41/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.2
Weekly
Edition
4 South-East Alaska 6th Edition (1993) Supplement No 4 15/06
2, 5 Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage 23/08
9 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
63 Felice Strait - Sealed Passage — Directions; wreck 32/08
78 Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth 09/07
84-85
Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay - Coal Bay and Twelvemile
Arm — Shoal depths
40/06
95 Wrangell Narrows — Depths 36/07
98 Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck 32/08
107 Eastern Passage - Channel Island — Depth 30/06
108 Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage 20/07
179 Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor — Directions; depth 29/08
212 Chatham Strait - Baranof Island - Warm Spring Bay — Rock 26/08
232 Alaska - North Cape to Biorka Island — Directions; depth 21/09
234 Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth 24/08
261 Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock 24/08
305
Prince William Sound - Hinchinbrook Entrance — Submerged
buoy
16/07
305 Valdez Arm — Directions 37/07
314 Prince William Sound - Orca Bay - Port Gravina — Depth 18/08
360 Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula - Port Chatham — Mooring buoy 22/08
377 Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light 15/07
389
US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection
Zones
44/06
5 South America 1 16th Edition (2008) 25/08
4 Radio facilities — Automatic Identification System 12/10
5 Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water management 25/08
87 Brazil - Canal do Norte — Pilot boarding place 05/10
88 Brazil – Canal do Norte — Directions; shoal 40/10
100 Brazil - Ilha Cotejuba — Directions; wreck 26/09
123 Brazil - North coast - Ponta da Praia Grande — Directions; light 35/08
137 Brazil - Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage; submarine cable 32/08
137
Brazil - Ponta da Itapagé to Ponta de Mucuripe - Pecém
Terminal — Directions; buoy
34/09
138 Brazil – Porto de Mucuripe — Outer anchorages; wreck 42/10
139 Brazil, N coast - Mucuripe — Directions; wreck 01/09
144-145
Brazil - North coast - Ponta do Mel to Cabo Calcanhar —
Directions; light; racon
31/09
164 Brazil - Porto de Recife to Porto de Pedras — Directions; wreck 30/09
196 Brazil, E coast - Ponta Itaquena — Directions; wreck 08/09
201
Brazil - E coast - Rio Doce south-eastwards — Directions;
offshore marks
16/09
202
Brazil - Rio Doce to Ponta do Tubarão — Directions; current
meter
34/09
210 Brazil - Terminal da Ponta do Ubu — Anchorages 28/08
212
Brazil - E coast - Ponta do Cacurucaia eastwards — Directions;
platform
49/08
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
212, 214
Title
IV
Brazil - E coast - Cabo de São Tomé eastwards — Directions;
platform
4.3
Weekly
Edition
06/09
222 Brazil – Baía de Guanabara — Pilotage 42/10
253 Brazil - Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck 25/08
264
Brazil - Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival information;
pilotage
33/08
268 Brazil - South coast - Itajaí — Directions; buoyage 22/09
290 Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata — Directions 25/08
298 Uruguay - Montevideo — Limiting conditions; local weather 33/08
299 Uruguay - Montevideo — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
313 Uruguay - Punta Pavón — Directions; wreck 25/09
349 Argentina - Villa Gesell — Directions; wreck 25/09
362, 364 Argentina - Golfo San Matías — Directions; light 19/09
377, 380, 383 Argentina – Golfo San Jorge — Restricted area 41/10
6 South America 2 17th Edition (2008) 17/09
223-224
Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; AIS; Useful
marks
33/09
226-228 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Light 19/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights 22/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light 32/09
236-237 Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions; lights 22/09
251 Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light 17/09
255 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Shoal 19/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Racon; AIS 29/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; shoals 22/09
267 Chile - Paso Largo — Directions 17/09
376 Chile - Patagonian Channels - Angostura Inglesa — Depth 03/10
404 Chile - Golfo Trinidad - Canal Trinidad — Route; depths 02/10
7 South America 3 10th Edition (2009) 41/09
4 Aids to navigation — Automatic Identification System 12/10
71-72 Pacific Ocean - Outlying dangers — Breakers 13/10
77 South Pacific Ocean - Isla San Ambrosio — Off-lying shoal 51/09
141 Chile - Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place 05/10
186 Chile - Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place 05/10
223 Chile - Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón — Directions; buoy 05/10
250 Chile - Puerto Huasco — Pilotage; anchorages 27/10
270 Chile - Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 41/09
275-276
Chile - Mejillones del Sur — Port limit; pilotage; anchorages;
terminal
14/10
315 Peru - Isla Asia to Isla San Lorenzo — Directions; wreck 41/09
316 Peru - Cerro Azul — Light 41/09
339
Peru - Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions;
wreck
41/09
346 Peru - Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 41/09
385, 387 Colombia - Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 41/09
388 Colombia - Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 41/09
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.4
Weekly
Edition
7A South America 4 5th Edition (2010) 18/10
3 Navigation and Regulations - Charts — Foreign charts 18/10
4 Navigation and Regulations - Radio facilities — DGPS 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Îles du Salut to Fleuve Maroni — Directions 18/10
73
Guyane Française - Fleuve Mana — Charts; description;
directions
18/10
Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Charts; general
18/10
73-74
information; depth; directions; landmarks; useful marks;
anchorage
74
Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — General information;
directions
20/10
75
Surinam - Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier
— General information; directions
18/10
80-81 Surinam - Nickerie Rivier — Pilotage; directions; buoyage 40/10
83 Guyana - Corentyn River — General information; directions 40/10
86 Guyana - New Amsterdam to Georgetown — Directions; wreck 18/10
119 Trinidad - East coast — Directions; light 23/10
160, 162, 165, 167 Venezuela - Isla Coche — Major light 23/10
173-175
Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Port authorities; anchorage;
harbours; hazards; directions; berths
23/10
173 Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Pilot boarding position 18/10
176, 178 Venezuela - Puerto Jose — Pilot boarding position 18/10
187, 190
Venezuela - Puerto La Guaira and Catia La Mar — Anchorages;
pilotage
37/10
205, 209 Venezuela - Archipielago Las Aves — Directions; light 33/10
211-212 Nederlandse Antillen - Klein Curaçao — Light 23/10
228 Aruba - South coast — Directions 18/10
229-230 Aruba - Sint Nicolaas — Pilot boarding position 18/10
280 Colombia - Punta de la Garita - Directions — Light 20/10
283-284
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Directions - Bocachica —
Leading lights; useful mark
35/10
284
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions;
deep-water channel
18/10
292 Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy 18/10
Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — General information; depths; 20/10
292-294
directions; landmark; lights; description; anchorages; pilotage;
berths
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
12th Edition (2010) 29/10
83 Pacific Ocean - Guardian Bank north-westwards — Depths 29/10
199-200
Mexico - Bahía de la Paz - Bahía Pichilingue and approaches —
Depth; leading lights
37/10
261
United States of America - California - Entrance to San Diego
Bay — Directions; rock
29/10
263, 453
United States of America - California - San Clemente Island —
Safety Zone
39/10
275
United States of America - San Pedro Bay and approaches —
Regulations concerning entry - tankers
49/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
335
338-339
348
410, 455
431
458
461
Title
IV
United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay -
Alcatraz Island — Directions; fog signal
United States of America - Port of San Francisco - San
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge — Directions; passage
United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay - Port
of Richmond — Project depth
United States of America - West coast - Columbia River —
Safety and Security Zone Regulations
United States of America - Oregon - Grays Harbor — Directions;
breakers
United States of America - Oregon - Columbia River - Port of
Portland — Regulated Navigation Area
United States of America - California - San Diego Bay — Naval
Danger Zone
4.5
Weekly
Edition
29/10
50/10
39/10
39/10
29/10
29/10
29/10
9 Antarctic 7th Edition (2009) 31/09
Nil
10 Arctic 1 7th Edition (1985) Supplement No 8 31/05
6 Navigation Warnings 41/10
11 Arctic 2 10th Edition (2010) 39/10
4 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
201
Svalbard - Spitsbergen - West coast - Hornsundbanken —
Underwater rock
39/10
201 Svalbard - Wedel Jarlsberg Land — Underwater rock 48/10
251 Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash 42/10
12 Arctic 3 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
3 Canada - Traffic Reporting Systems — NORDREG 33/10
6 Radio Navigational Warnings 41/10
155 Greenland - W coast - Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq — Power cable 48/09
170 Greenland - W coast - Grønne Ejland — Marine reserve 44/09
173
Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description;
protected area
18/09
208 Greenland - West coast - Wolstenholme Fjord — Island; rock 42/10
219-220 Canada - Hudson Strait — Grenfell Sound 05/10
280-281 Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill — Pilot boarding position 51/09
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia 1 2nd Edition (2008) 39/08
92 Queensland - Weipa — Pilotage 50/10
154-156 North coast - Approaches to Port Darwin — Directions; buoyage 49/09
158 Northern Territory - Darwin — Directions; wreck 51/10
255-256
Western Australia - North-east approaches to Exmouth Gulf —
Directions; depths
14/09
269
Western Australia - Shark Bay - Gascoyne Road and Carnarvon
— High speeed craft
27/10
404
Southern Australia - Adelaide approaches — Directions;
approach routes
23/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
14 Australia 2 11th Edition (2010) 21/10
Nil
15 Australia 3 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
119-120 New South Wales - Port Macquarie — Directions; leading lights 39/10
142 Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
143
Queensland - Moreton Bay - North East Channel — Directions;
buoyage
07/10
168
Queensland - Cape Moreton to Breaksea Spit — Directions;
wreck
47/10
218, 219, 221, 222, Queensland - Hay Point Port and Mackay approaches —
22/10
231, 234, 235, 238,
239
Directions; depths; anchorage
267
Australia - Queensland - Abbot Point — Directions; leading lights
; berths
51/10
310 Queensland - Port Douglas — Pilot boarding position 17/10
318 Queensland - Cooktown — Pilot boarding position 17/10
432 Queensland - Torres Strait - Thursday Island — Pilotage 41/10
18 Baltic 1 15th Edition (2009) 02/10
8, 72, 74, 127, 128,
128-129, 140, 146,
165, 166, 167, 168,
169, 170, 186, 192,
198, 199
Denmark - Kattegat - Directions — Routes 40/10
254, 255, 257, 259,
260, 286, 288
Denmark - Storebælt— Directions; lights 43/10
271, 272 Denmark - Århus Bugt - Hov Havn — Lights 34/10
287
Denmark - Storebælt Link - West section — Vertical and
horizontal clearances
06/10
287 Denmark - Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance 22/10
424, 427
Germany - Flensburg - Outer Approaches — Directions;
anchorage
02/10
442, 445, 446 Germany - Travemünde — Directions; route; leading lights 02/10
19 Baltic 2 14th Edition (2008) 27/08
3, 14, 85, 88, 295, 296 Sweden - Ålands Hav — Traffic separation scheme 52/09
10, 91 Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
13, 17 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
14, 85, 86, 87, 88,
103, 105, 116
Central Baltic - Gotland — Traffic separation schemes 51/10
15, 313, 314
Southern Baltic - awica SÞupska & Adlergrund — Directions;
traffic separation schemes
43/10
87, 108, 109 Sweden - Gotland — Faludden Light 19/09
114 Sweden - Gotland - Fårösund — Directions; Depth 31/09
149, 150 Sweden - Karlskrona — Directions; Authorised draught 46/10
167 Sweden - Kalmarsund — Anchorage 37/09
234 Sweden - Stora Vika — Arrival information 23/09
263, 267, 268 Sweden - Nynäshamn - Danziger Gatt — Directions; buoyage 31/10
295, 296
Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb — Directions; Armbågen
Light
15/09
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
296 Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light beacon 29/08
357 Poland - Kuznica — Directions; wreck 39/09
379 Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information; anchorages 48/08
385 Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage; wreck 27/08
394, 395, 413, 414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; buoyage 35/10
394-395 , 413-414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 08/09
394, 395 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 13/09
394 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; racon 23/09
20 Baltic 3 11th Edition (2010) 24/10
90
Gulf of Finland - Porkkala to Kalbådagrund — Directions; traffic
separation schemes
43/10
142 Finland - Koppnäs — Directions; Lights 49/10
167 Finland - Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 43/10
169 Finland - Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 40/10
210 Finland - Hamina to Vyborg — Directions; leading lights 24/10
233 Finland - Förby — Directions; lights 49/10
235, 238, 239, 240,
244, 245, 246, 248,
253, 254, 255, 256,
260, 261, 264, 265
Finland - Naantali — Directions; lights; depths 24/10
290, 291 Finland - Rauma and approaches — Directions: leading beacons 24/10
336, 337
Finland - Raahe — Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin;
directions
26/10
378, 379 Sweden - Skutskär-Harnäs — Directions; depths 48/10
442 Sweden - Efesgrundet to Väktaren — Directions; light 26/10
442 Sweden - Hörnefors — Authorised draught 26/10
463 Sweden - Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
468 Sweden - Kågehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489 Sweden - Törehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489, 490 Sweden - Törehamn — Directions; lights 43/10
21 Bay of Bengal
Nil
11th Edition (2010) 44/10
22 Bay of Biscay
Nil
11th Edition (2010) 34/10
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
7-8 Maritime safety information 41/10
207
United States of America - Unalaska Island - Dutch Harbor —
Anchorage
18/10
266 United States of America - Attu Island — Loran tower 49/10
312 United States of America - Alaska - Port Clarence — Loran tower 20/10
321
United States of America - Alaska - Red Dog — Directions;
racon
33/09
390 Russia - Pacific coast - Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage 35/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
3rd Edition (2010) 30/10
144 Turkey - Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu - Pazar — Marine farm 30/10
25 British Columbia 1 14th Edition (2010) 47/10
Nil
26 British Columbia 2 9th Edition (2005) 29/05
66-67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213-214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245
Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows —
Depths
11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel 8th Edition (2009) 12/10
80 England - South coast - Isles of Scilly — Pilotage 33/10
92
England - South coast - Penzance Harbour — Limiting
conditions
31/10
226, 228
England - South coast - Chichester Harbour — Limiting
conditions; directions
15/10
259
England - South coast - Port of Southampton — Traffic
regulations
13/10
283, 287, 289 France - Approaches to Brest — Buoyage 13/10
284, 298 France - L’Iroise with Brest and Baie de Douarnenez — Pilotage 26/10
432, 433, 434 France - Cherbourg and approaches — Arrival information 12/10
28 Dover Strait 8th Edition (2008) 13/09
70, 70-71
England - South coast - Littlehampton — Limiting conditions;
arrival information
20/10
92-93, 93
England - South coast - Folkestone — Pilotage; directions;
leading lights
39/10
126 France - North-west coast - Boulogne-sur-Mer — Pilotage 38/10
135 France - North-west coast - Calais — Pilotage 38/10
152 Belgium - Nieuwpoort — Traffic signals 48/10
Wk52/10

NP no
IV
Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
158
Belgium - Outer banks in the Approaches to Westerschelde —
Wind farm
42/09
158, 160-161
Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde - Zeebrugge and
Brugge — Traffic regulations for LNG tankers
32/09
158-159
Belgium - Westerschelde and approaches — Shore-based
pilotage
45/10
159 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Regulations 10/10
160, 161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage 13/10
177, 178, 189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions; buoyage 19/09
177-178 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte — Directions; lights 15/09
187, 187-188 Belgium - Terneuzen to Antwerp — Directions 45/10
187, 189, 190
The Netherlands - Terneuzen to Antwerp - Schaar van Waarde
— Directions; buoyage
27/10
189
The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat — controlling
depth
13/09
217, 219, 221, 223 The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area — Buoyage 24/09
221
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland —
Directions; buoyage
15/09
221
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland —
Directions; buoyage
11/10
223
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Outer
anchorages
39/09
246, 247, 250, 256, England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding positions;
13/09
257, 258, 259
anchorages; buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
246 England - Thames Estuary — Pilotage 09/10
249 England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS 25/09
England - South-east approaches to Thames Estuary —
26/09
250, 257
Pilotage; prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind
Farm
251
England - East coast - Approaches to the Thames Estuary —
Directions; buoyage
40/10
253, 255, 256, 294,
295
England - Thames Estuary — Wind farm 34/10
258, 259 England - Thames Estuary - Knob Channel — Buoyage 48/10
278 England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS 13/09
305, 306, 310
England - River Thames — Emergency procedures; traffic
regulations; depths
13/09
328, 329, 333 England - River Medway — LNG regulations; berths 44/10
30 China Sea 1
Nil
8th Edition (2010) 43/10
31 China Sea 2 9th Edition (2010) 22/10
71
South China Sea - Dangerous Ground - Fiery Cross Reef —
Major Light
34/10
196
Philippine Islands - Luzon - West coast - Manila harbour —
Dredged area
38/10
32 China Sea 3 7th Edition (2009) 04/10
18, 301, 302
China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Taizhou — Port information;
anchorages
12/10
19, 391 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Weifang Gang — New port 05/10
4.9
Wk52/10

NP no
Wk52/10
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
98, 99, 100
Taiwan - West coast - T’aipei Kang — Vessel traffic service;
racon; pilotage
21/10
100
Taiwan - North coast - T’aipei Kang — Directions; traffic
separation scheme
39/10
132 Taiwan - East coast - Ho-p’ing Kang — Lights; directions 04/10
141, 142 China - South-east coast - Approaches to Shantou — Pilotage 25/10
148 China - Taiwan Strait - Dongshan Wan — Pilotage 10/10
152, 153, 154, 155,
156, 156-157, 157,
159, 163
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Pilotage; depths; wreck 04/10
157-158 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Wreck; directions 13/10
159
China - East coast - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions;
leading lights
35/10
176 China - East coast - Xinghua Wan — Pilotage 25/10
207, 208, 211, 212,
213
China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan and Wenzhou Gang and
approaches — Directions; buoyage; vertical clearances;
depths; tidal streams; berths
18/10
221 China - East coast - Yushan Liedao south-eastwards — Wrecks 19/10
231, 264
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao east and southeastwards
— Wrecks
05/10
232, 235, 244, 245, China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo, Zhoushan and 23/10
246, 247, 248, 249, Cezi Shuidao — Vessel traffic services; pilotage; directions;
253, 254
vertical clearances
238, 239, 240, 241, China, East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo and Zhoushan 43/10
242, 245, 246, 247,
250
— Directions; traffic separation scheme
240, 254 China - East coast - Ao Shan — Anchorage 04/10
242, 247, 250, 251
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo Gang
approaches — Wrecks; depths
23/10
245, 246, 261, 270,
271, 272
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao — Wrecks 04/10
263, 268
China - East coast - Yangshan east-southeastwards — Pilotage;
anchorage
04/10
267
China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Donghai Bridge —
Regulations
13/10
273
China - East coast - Hangkou Wan - Jinshan - Cao Jing —
Directions; wharf
20/10
281, 282, 285, 286, China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao and 19/10
287
approaches — Directions; depths; wrecks; precautionary area
282, 284, 286
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao —
Depths; light float; buoyage; directions
12/10
283, 295, 305
China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Wuhu — Vessel traffic
service
04/10
322, 323
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Approaches; anchorages;
pilotage; regulations; directions
11/10
322
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang approaches — Anchorage;
obstruction
19/10
330
China - Yellow Sea coast - Qingdao Gang - Wai Gang —
Anchorages
31/10
348 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches — Wreck 04/10
362
China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang —
Directions
06/10
374 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10

NP no
Page(s)
386, 388, 400, 401,
402, 403-404
387
389, 390, 391
Title
IV
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian — Vessel traffic
services; traffic separation schemes; directions; depths;
anchorages; pilotage; port information
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Haixia eastwards - Bo Hai Oilfield —
Obstruction; platforms
China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Longkou — Depths; berths;
anchorage; pilotage; fairways; directions; buoyage; lights
4.11
Weekly
Edition
14/10
13/10
24/10
397 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin - Outer anchorages — Wrecks 10/10
399-400 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang - Dagusha Hangdao — Directions 32/10
401, 402 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
402, 402-403
China - Bo Hai - Jingtang — Depths; anchorages; lights;
directions
24/10
408
China - Qinhuangdo - Shiwandunji Hangdao — Dangerous
wreck
32/10
416
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Jinzhou approaches - Taiping
Jiao north westwards — Obstruction; platform
15/10
419, 420
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Taiping Jiao north westwards —
Directions; obstructions
13/10
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Yingkou - Bayuquan and
23/10
420, 421
Xianren — Port; depths; pilotage; aids to navigation; lights;
directions; channels
423, 425
Korea - West coast - Yellow Sea — Gageocho Ocean Research
Station
04/10
424, 425, 426, 427,
428, 437, 448, 449,
450, 451, 452, 454,
456, 459, 461, 462
Korea - West coast — Lights; directions 06/10
435, 440
Korea - West coast - Taiwan Strait - Approaches to Mokp’o -
Myãngnyang Sudo — Directions; wreck
35/10
448, 449, 451, 454, Korea - West coast - Kunsan Hang — Lights; wrecks; depths; 11/10
455, 456
anchorages; directions; berths
452
Korea - West Coast - Songido to Wido — Directions; ODAS light
beacon
49/10
464, 465, 466, Korea - West coast - Approaches to Taesan and T’aean Hang — 25/10
466-467 467
Directions; depths; fairways; anchorages; buoyage
472
Korea - West coast - P’yãngt’aek Hang and approaches —
Depths; vertical clearances; anchorages; restricted area
25/10
472
Korea - West coast - P’yãngt’aek Hang approaches —
Anchorage
04/10
472 Korea - West Coast - P’almi — Pilot Station 48/10
474, 475, 476, 477,
479
Korea - West coast - Inch’ãn Hang - Southwest approaches —
Fairway; directions; vertical clearances; bridges; anchorages;
regulations; developments; aids to navigation
08/10
476, 477 Korea - West coast - Inch’ãn Hang - Chagyakto — Light 05/10
33 Philippine Islands 3rd Edition (2008) 22/08
151 Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko — Heel Reef Light 35/09
238, 243-244
Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage — Vessel traffic
management system
04/09
241, 242 Philippine Islands - Bantangas Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/10
300
Philippine Islands - Marinduque southwestwards - Tres Reyes
Islands — Shoal depths
03/10
355 Philippine Islands - Pacijan Island — Light 06/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
34 Indonesia 2 5th Edition (2009) 47/09
61
72
81
81, 84
85
87
Indonesia - South coast of Jawa - Tanjung Intan — Limiting
conditions
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Pulau Bawean — Directions;
major light
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik -
Poleng Oilfield — Submarine gas pipeline
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya and
approaches — Directions; vertical clearance; buoyage
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik —
Berths
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Port of
Tanjungperak — Wreck
34/10
17/10
47/09
16/10
47/09
47/09
88, 89 Indonesia - North coast of Madura — Directions; major light 17/10
122
167
Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok - Teluk Ayang Southwards
—Rock
Indonesia - Pulau Sumba - South-east coast — Directions; major
light
47/09
17/10
192, 193, 194 Indonesia - Selat Flores — Directions; lights 04/10
423
Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka - Pulau Talisei - Tanjung
Arus — Racon
47/09
35 Indonesia 3 4th Edition (2008) 29/08
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
36 Indonesia 1 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
85, 86, 159 Java Sea - Gosong Mampango — Light; racon 12/10
126 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan — Dangerous wreck 31/09
143 Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions 27/09
164, 165 Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions 32/09
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
Wk52/10
17th Edition (2008) 44/08
58, 59, 60, 61 England - South-west coast — Offshore routes; directions 23/09
61
61, 62
England - South-west coast - Cape Cornwall to Saint Agnes
Head — Directions; buoyage
England – South-west coast – Saint Ives Bay — Directions;
buoyage
49/09
39/10
74, 85 Bristol Channel — Directions; wind farm 24/10
75 England - Bristol Channel - Barnstaple Bay — Buoy 28/09
75, 81
82
England - Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Light
buoys
Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Directions;
isolated danger
31/09
30/10
84, 89, 93, 95, 98, 101 Wales - South coast - Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 52/09
105, 107, 109, 111,
119, 121, 122
Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 24/10
107, 123
Bristol Channel - Nash Point to Barry — Directions; racon;
wreck; buoyage
28/10
109 Wales - South coast - Barry — Directions; light 51/09
117, 120, 129, 130 Bristol Channel – Nash Point to King Road — Directions; light 39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
119 Wales - South coast - Newport — Vertical clearance 31/09
140 England - West coast - River Severn — Landmarks; tower 06/09
152
Bristol Channel - Routes south of the Smalls — Directions;
buoyage
30/10
155, 166
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth;
depths at berths
51/08
155, 158 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Limiting conditions 09/09
155, 157, 158, 162, Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth; 30/10
164, 165, 166
depths at berths
157
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Regulations
concerning entry
07/09
160 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Buoyage 11/10
162
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven - Approach to
Semlogistics and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals — Depth
07/09
169
Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven - River Cleddau above
Pembroke Dock — Vertical clearance
15/09
179 Wales - Fishguard — Directions; useful mark 30/10
222 Wales - North coast - Conwy — Directions; buoyage 33/10
222 Wales - North-west coast - Bangor — Light buoy 12/09
233-235, 244-246, 260 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 51/08
234, 235
England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Traffic separation
scheme
23/09
240 England - West coast - Hilbre Swash — Buoyage 44/09
240
England - West coast - River Dee estuary - Hilbre Swash —
Buoyage
31/10
247, 271 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Buoyage 42/09
270, 271, 317, 318 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 18/09
271 England - West coast - Morecambe Bay — Racon 44/09
271, 272 England - West coast - River Ribble estuary — Directions 31/10
286
England - West coast - Barrow-in-Furness - Piel Channel —
Directions; dangerous wreck
03/10
289-290
England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; depth
51/09
289, 290, 290-291
England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; wind farms
10/10
290
England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; buoyage
51/09
305 Solway Firth - Directions; buoyage 32/10
38 West Coast of India 16th Edition (2010) 25/10
161, 162, 163, 164
Sri Lanka - West coast - Colombo harbour — Limiting conditions;
arrival information; directions; berths
25/10
185 India - West coast - Quilon - Port authority; pilotage 25/10
187 India - West coast - Quilon to Kochi — Directions; obstruction 25/10
191 India - West coast - Kochi Harbour — Spoil ground 25/10
223
India - West coast - Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head - Directions —
Dangerous wreck
25/10
228 India - West coast - Mandºvi River — Pilotage 25/10
252
India - Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port —
Anchorages
38/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
281
Title
IV
India - West coast - Dahej — Port authority; pilotage; tidal
stream; berths
4.14
Weekly
Edition
25/10
289 India - West coast - Verºval to Porbandar — Directions; wreck 25/10
290, 291
304
India - West coast - Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Directions;
safety fairways; wrecks
India - West coast - Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point — Directions;
buoyage
25/10
25/10
305 India - Mundra — Port information 38/10
308
India - West coast - VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal — Function;
maximum size
25/10
309
India - West coast - Essar VºdØnºr Terminal — Port authority;
limiting conditions; berths
25/10
314, 315, 316
India - West coast - Kandla - Harbour and approaches —
Pilotage; spoil grounds; berths
25/10
39 South Indian Ocean 12th Edition (2008) 21/08
236, 239
Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria — Anchorages; disused
cables
05/09
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint-Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast 17th Edition (2006) 50/06
50 Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock South-south-westwards — Depth 11/07
53, 150, 151, 153, 156 Ireland - East coast — Buoyage; clearing mark 39/09
53-54, 150-151, 156,
159
East coast - Saint George’s Channel — Codling Lanby 33/10
53, 150, 151, 153 Ireland - East coast - Blackwater Bank — Buoyage; racon 28/09
54, 57, 58, 174, 195,
208, 211
Ireland - East coast - South Rock — Buoyage 12/09
65, 69, 72 South-west coast - Bantry Bay — Firing practice area 11/09
70, 73 Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock 01/07
71
South-west coast - Bearhaven and Castletownbere - West
entrance — Light beacon
44/09
81 South coast - Black Horse Rock — Light beacon 31/09
135 South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage 01/07
136-137, 139 South-east coast - Saltee Islands — Buoyage 12/07
137 South-east coast - Hook Head — Dangerous wreck 13/07
138-141 South-east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon 27/07
139-140 South coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge; Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy 19/07
141 South-east coast - Black Rock — Buoyage 49/09
185 East coast - Dundalk — Directions 13/09
185 East coast - Port Oriel — Light 03/07
186
Entrance to Carlingford Lough - Directions; Haulbowline turning
light
32/08
186
Northern Ireland - East coast - Carlingford Lough — Directions;
buoy
18/09
191, 192 East coast - Kilkeel — Approach and entry; limiting conditions 08/10
198, 200 East coast - Strangford Narrows — Underwater turbine 23/08
218 Port of Belfast — Traffic Organisation Service 01/07
224 Northern Ireland - East coast - Larne — Pilotage 10/09
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
281 West coast - River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 10/10
281 West coast - River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 03/10
281 River Shannon - South Channel — Buoyage 36/09
307
Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour — Directions; Light
buoy
39/08
312, 330 West coast - Annagh Head — Buoyage 10/10
321 West coast - Killary Harbour — Buoyage 48/09
330 West coast - Annagh Head — Buoyage 49/09
332 West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights; light-beacon 01/07
336 West coast - Broad Haven Bay — Submarine pipeline 49/09
368 Sound of Aran - Burtonport — Dredged channel; rocks 38/07
379, 381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Vertical clearance; directions 49/09
381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Water quality monitoring buoys 49/07
398 Northern Ireland - North coast - Londonderry — Landmarks 42/09
41 Japan 1 9th Edition (2009) 44/09
76 Honshu - Northwest coast - Hagi Ko - Ai Shima — Light 04/10
88 Honshu - Northwest coast - Misumi Ko — Towers 27/10
89 Honshu - Northwest coast - Tako Hana — Wreck 08/10
176, 184, 191, 192 Honshu - Northwest coast — Light 05/10
275, 357, 360 Russia - Pacific Coast - Zaliv Aniva — Prigorodnoye 49/10
284
Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Ko — Prohibited
anchorage
11/10
42A Japan 2 2nd Edition (2009) 35/09
99, 143, 159, 163 Honshu - South coast — Directions; ramarks; buoyage 37/09
134 Honshu - South coast - Nakayama Suido — Directions 50/10
42B Japan 3 8th Edition (2009) 34/09
56, 57, 69, 72 Kanmon Kaikyo — Directions; light 06/10
156 Seto Naikai - Iyo Nada - Ao Shima — Directions: wreck 34/10
42C Japan 4 2nd Edition (2008) 18/09
60, 62, 63, 64, 66
Nansei Shoto - Sakishima Gunto - Yaeyama Retto - Ishigaki
Shima — Light
10/10
385, 386, 388 Tsushima — Directions; light 06/10
43 South and East
Coasts of Korea,
East Coast of Siberia
and Sea of Okhotsk
8th Edition (2008) 30/08
81 Korea - Cheju Do - Cheju Hang — Anchorages 08/10
86, 87 Korea - Cheju Do - Seogwipo Hang — Directions; light 06/10
122 Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman — Racons 32/09
131, 132 Korea - South coast - Samch’ãnp’o Sudo — Directions; light 05/10
155, 156 Korea - South coast - Masan Hang — Light 11/10
157 Korea - South coast — Chinhae Man — Directions; light 05/10
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
174, 175
Title
IV
Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches - Nasa — Major
light
4.16
Weekly
Edition
05/09
178, 179 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light 05/09
185 Korea - East coast — P’ohang Hang — New fairway 36/09
190, 191 Korea - East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light 05/09
200, 201 Korea - East coast - Chumunjin Hang — Directions; racon 29/10
266
Russia - Pacific coast - Kozmino — Directions; fairways; oil
loading terminal
18/10
267
Russia - Pacific coast - Zaliv Nakhodka - Vostochnyy Port —
Leading lights
11/10
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
9th Edition (2008) 05/09
8
Indonesia - Sumatera - Nanggroe Aceh Province - North-west,
north and north-east coasts — Restricted area
25/10
69, 71
Malacca Strait - North-western part - Permatang Sedepa (One
Fathom Bank) — Directions; light
07/10
70
Malacca Strait - Pasir Selatan - Gosong Pasir Selatan —
Directions; light buoy
30/10
76 Malacca Strait - Tanjung Laboh — Light 09/10
76 Malacca Strait — Directions; buoyage 11/10
87 Indonesia - Sumatera - North coast - Pulau Bunta — Light 37/10
107, 108
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Teluk Aru - Kambuna Gas
Field — Prohibited and restricted areas; directions
04/10
115
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Sungai Asahan —
Directions; light
21/10
124, 125, 126
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat - Dumai — Oil
Terminal
28/10
126
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat — Directions;
jetties
08/10
149
Thailand - Ao Krabi - Khlong Si Bo Ya — Directions; buoyed
channel; leading lights; marine farms
09/10
149 Thailand - Ko Muk and Ko Talibong — Submarine cables 10/10
157 Malaysia - Pulau Langkawi - North coast - Teluk Ewa — Depth 13/10
183
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Utara — Directions;
wreck
25/10
183
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Barat Laut — Directions;
buoyage; obstruction
25/10
184
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Manjung and Sungai
Manjung — Directions; buoyage
25/10
189, 193, 195, 198
Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Permatang Angsa
— Major light
05/09
200
Peninsular Malaysia - Selangor - Approaches to Pelabuhan
Klang - Selat Klang Selatan — Tanjung Mahang Leading Lights
19/10
200
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Pelabuhan Klang - Selat
Klang Selatan — Directions; buoyage; light beacon
40/10
200
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Pelabuhan Klang - Selat
Klang Selatan — Directions; light beacon
50/10
203, 204
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat — Directions;
buoyage; light beacon
40/10
204
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Klang Selatan to Port
Dickson - Beting Sepang (Bambek Shoal) — Light beacon
40/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
204
207
Title
IV
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat — Directions;
buoyage; light beacon
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Approaches to Port Dickson
— Directions; wreck
4.17
Weekly
Edition
50/10
34/10
223 Singapore Strait and Approaches — Submarine cables 27/09
235, 238, 274, 282,
283, 284, 285
Singapore Strait and Port of Singapore — Directions; light 08/10
240, 244 Singapore Strait - Karang Selatin — Directions; dangerous wreck 25/10
265 Singapore - West Jurong Channel — Directions; container berth 30/10
272, 292 Singapore — West Coast Ferry Terminal 19/10
280, 281
Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway — General information;
harbour for lighters
31/09
283 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 22/10
285 Singapore — Marina Reservoir; Marina South 31/09
288 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 17/10
288 Singapore - Tuas Power Station — Jetty 33/10
289
Singapore - East Jurong Channel - Vopak (Tanjong Penjuru)
Terminal — Berths
25/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - Pulau Merambong — Light 26/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - West Reach — Directions; buoyage 39/10
314
Malaysia - Johor Strait - South-eastern part - Tanjung Pengelih
southward - Malang Berendam — Light beacon
12/10
317 Malaysia - Sungai Johor — Buoyage 37/10
355 Indonesia - Pulau Nias North Channel — Directions; major light 04/10
355, 360, 361 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Pulau Nias — Major lights 16/10
404 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Karang Sipakal — Buoy 07/10
408 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Gosong Bintanggor — Buoy 07/10
45 Mediterranean 1 13th Edition (2008) 50/08
6, 77, 241
Western Mediterranean Sea - Baie de Camerata, Algeria to
Almeria, Spain — Gas pipeline
37/09
78 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
145 Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage 22/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage 12/09
208 Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada — Anchorage 25/09
260 Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck 21/09
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
351 Malta - Marsaxlokk — Pilotage, directions 47/10
367, 368
Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed
limit; fishing
51/08
367 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — Arrival information; anchorage 09/10
377 Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks 22/09
421, 423, 424, 428, Italy - Stretto di Messina — Traffic Separation Scheme; Vessel 45/09
431, 432
Traffic Service
448, 449 Italy - Sicilia - Catania — Traffic Separation Scheme 06/10
450 Italy - Sicilia - Porto di Giardini-Naxos — Pilotage 22/10
456 Italy - Sicily - Porto di Augusta — Restricted area 37/10
508 Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions 19/09
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
46 Mediterranean 2 12th Edition (2007) 36/07
Wk52/10
58 France - Gulf of Lions - Canet-Plage — Restricted area 07/09
71 France - Palavas-les-Flots — Dangerous wreck 10/10
76
France - Port de Fos and approaches - Entrance channel —
Leading lights
35/10
88, 89
France - Approaches to Marseille - Rade d’Endoume —
Submerged artificial reefs
50/07
90
France - Golfe de Marseille - Cap Croisette - Île Tiboulen —
Wreck
32/09
133, 172 Italy - Gulf of Genoa — Vessel traffic service; radio reporting 42/09
138 Italy - San Remo — Wreck 36/07
139 Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited areas 17/08
139
Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine area; submarine
cables; outfall
33/08
146 Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions 49/07
148, 149, 151
Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing measures; recognition
zones; prohibited area
10/08
151 Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno — Submarine pipelines 22/08
158 Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria — Marine nature reserve 44/08
172 Italy - La Spezia — Wreck 01/09
198 Corse - Port d’Ajaccio — Dangerous wreck 01/10
228 Italy - Isola del Giglio — Restricted area 39/09
231 Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded ordnance 36/07
240 Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas 08/08
240
Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini-Edison — Anchorage;
obstructions; prohibited area
49/07
276
Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited area;
anchorages
50/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Buoyed fairway 08/08
294 Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded ordnance 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power cable 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio — Prohibited areas; wreck 14/09
329 Italy - Golfo di Gaeta — Restricted area 39/09
329 Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions; obstructions 49/07
338 Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree — Protected Marine Area 35/08
346
Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli — Marine parks and
reserves
35/08
348 Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 08/08
348 Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 29/08
348 Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area 22/08
349 Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve 09/08
349 Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall 08/08
353 Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion 08/08
355 Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck 28/08
362, 367 Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele — Prohibited areas 19/08
367 Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited area 24/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
47 Mediterranean 3 13th Edition (2008) 01/09
68, 69 Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north-eastwards — FPSO; restricted area 01/09
70 Approaches to Gulf of Venice — Production platforms 50/10
81 Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane operations area 07/09
85 Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
100, 105
Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to Stenó Kastóu —
Anchorage
28/09
104 Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal 01/09
112 Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock 01/09
178, 180 Albania - Durres — Directions; light 21/10
182 Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck 01/09
191, 194, 206 Montenegro - Rt Oítra — Light 25/10
191, 194, 206 Croatia - Rt Oítra — Light 33/10
465, 470 Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
467 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste — Wreck 16/09
497 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta — Dangerous wreck 34/09
499 Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions 01/09
500
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia — Anchorages; pilot boarding
position
39/09
509 Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area 07/09
509 Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 01/09
526 Italy - Ancona — Wreck 01/09
545-546 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Porto Levante — Directions 28/09
48 Mediterranean 4 14th Edition (2009) 41/09
156
Greece - Saronikós Kólpos - Órmos Keratsiníou — Directions;
dangerous wreck
20/10
203 South Aegean - Stenó Antipárou — Dangerous wreck 49/10
213 Nísos Páros - Órmos Plastíra — Obstruction 41/10
365 North Aegean - Thessaloníki — Light 41/09
432, 434 Turkey - zmir — Buoyage 41/09
49 Mediterranean 5 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
69 Libya — Al Khums 39/10
74 Libya - Surt 41/10
122 Egypt - MØnº’ Dumyº — Waiting area 46/10
158 Turkey - Fethiye — Dangerous wreck 48/10
244 Israel - •adera — Regulations 42/09
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
12th Edition (2006) 37/06
114 Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour — Pilotage 44/09
115 Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour — Wreck 15/10
160 Newfoundland - Grand Bank Harbour — Directions; sector light 49/08
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
300 Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island - Directions; sector light 49/08
304
Newfoundland – Rogers Point to Hare Bay Head — Directions;
depths
38/10
308 Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour — Limiting conditions 38/10
309 Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour — Directions; depth 38/10
323, 324
Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm —
Buoyage changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403
Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point —
Buoyage
43/06
406
Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage
changed
38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430
Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich
Bay — Buoyage changed
38/06
438
Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South-west of George Island —
Buoyage changed
39/06
451, 452, 453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466, 467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468
Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage
changed
39/06
473, 474
Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run —
Buoyage changed
39/06
492
Labrador - Murphy Head to Cape Kikkiviak - Helga River —
Wreck
44/09
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
51 New Zealand 18th Edition (2010) 51/10
147
New Zealand - North Island - Doubtful Sound — Directions;
buoyage
51/10
149
New Zealand - North Island - Breaksea Sound — Directions;
buoyage
51/10
151
New Zealand - North Island - Dusky Sound — Directions;
beacon
51/10
152 New Zealand - North Island - Cascade Cove — Beacon 51/10
204 New Zealand - North Island - Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages 51/10
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
64, 65 Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
92, 93 Wick - Harbour and approaches — Depths 08/10
116 Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
139
142
162
Title
IV
Scotland - North-east coast - Cromarty Firth — Invergordon;
berth
Scotland - East coast - Moray Firth - Approaches to Inverness
Firth - Riff Bank — Directions; buoyage
Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths
and prohibited anchorage areas
4.21
Weekly
Edition
22/09
29/10
22/09
162, 177, 231 Orkney Islands - Pilotage 33/10
254, 256 Shetland Islands - North Channel and Whiteness Voe — Depths 11/10
345 Føroyar - KollafjørÉur — Berths 03/10
54 North Sea (West) 8th Edition (2009) 01/10
136 England - East coast - Blyth — Pilotage 12/10
154 England - East coast - River Tees — Breakwaters 25/10
155 England - East coast - Teesport — Outer anchorage; pipelines 15/10
169, 170
England - East coast - Humber Approaches — Pilotage;
anchorages
12/10
193, 194, 199 England - East coast — Wind farms; firing practice area 12/10
213, 215, 217 England - East coast - Winterton-on-Sea — Racon 39/10
216, 218, 219
England - East Coast - Approaches to Great Yarmouth —
Directions; buoyage
44/10
220, 221
England - East coast - Great Yarmouth - Outer Harbour —
Directions
11/10
221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 38/10
226 England - East coast - Lowestoft — Directions; Kirkley Light 01/10
55 North Sea (East) 7th Edition (2010) 45/10
97 The Netherlands - Zeegat Van Texel — Pilotage 48/10
56 Norway 1 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden - West coast - Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
11 Norway — NOR VTS 14/10
84 Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad - Inner Passage — Lights 36/09
109 Norway - Brevikstrømmen — Directions; leading lights 52/09
130 Norway - Approach to Tønsberg - Sandøsundsleia — Light 36/09
153, 162 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway - Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
156 Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen — Depth 32/09
160 Norway - Oslofjorden — Depths 09/10
57A Norway 2A 9th Edition (2008) 27/08
6 Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
7 NOR VTS 14/10
85 Rosfjorden approaches - Ullerøysundet — Lights 36/09
107, 108
Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipelines and
cables; anchorage
03/10
124, 132, 135, 204 Skudenesfjorden - Geitungane — Geitungen Light 03/10
142 Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen 04/09
181 Talgjefjorden - Kingestad — anchorage 22/10
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
235 Bømlafjorden - South-east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
255 Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund — Light; shoal 14/09
281, 282
Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen
— Anchorages
29/08
282 Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage 02/09
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
308 Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance 40/08
334 Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen — Anchorage 04/09
353-354, 417 Fedje - Fedjefjorden — pilot boarding points 22/10
353-354, 417 Fedje - Fedjeforden — pilot boarding points 25/10
397 Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances 43/08
424
Nordhordlandsfjordene - Hille South-eastwards - Ålenappflua
and Iverholmane — Directions; lights
32/09
424
Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjømnesundet to Sognejøen -
Horsholmsundet and Bårøyosen — Directions; lights
32/09
427 West coast - Bradangersundet — Underwater rock 21/09
428 Bjorøyosen — Rock 18/09
428 Vassøyna East — Lights 28/09
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
459, 513, 516, 521,
525, 535,538, 567
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 22/10
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 25/10
473-474 Buefjorden — Bulandet 21/10
513 Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet — Directions 22/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Directions 14/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Depths 06/09
517 Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights 17/09
527, 528, 530, 531,
535
Hellefjorden - Aralden — Directions; racon; light 48/09
536 Frøysjøen - Gulenfjordene — Depths 41/09
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
564
West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet — Directions;
Nord Vågsøy Light
12/09
57B Norway 2B 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
3 NOR VTS 14/10
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or
polluting goods
30/05
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245
Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous
and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
37 Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage 29/09
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway 3A 7th Edition (2010) 16/10
9 NOR VTS 16/10
9 Radio navigational warnings 41/10
210 Nesøya - Jovika — Directions; leading lights 21/10
235 Meløyfjorden - Kjerkholmen — Light 50/10
238 Meløyvær - Kubakkflua — Light 50/10
240 Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights 50/10
334 Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget — Buoyage 51/10
336 Tysfjorden - Haukøygrunnen and Storlysbotn — Buoyage 51/10
349 Ofotfjorden - Bogen — Directions; light 18/10
367, 368, 369, 370,
371
Sørlandsvågen - Røssnesvågen — Lights; Directions 19/10
380 Lofoten south-east side - Sørvagen — Anchorage 47/10
422, 424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions 45/10
424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions 47/10
447 Lofoten west side - Ramberg — Anchorage 47/10
492 Vesterålen - Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga 16/10
506, 507 Andøya - Nordmela — Depth; Directions 16/10
58B Norway 3B 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 50/04
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6, 47 Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas 41/10
6 NOR VTS 14/10
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or
polluting goods
30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
51 Andfjorden - Andenes — Directions; light 18/10
52, 53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
63-64 Andfjorden - Nergårdsvika — Anchorage 51/10
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South-eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
98 Mefjorden - Mefjordbotn — Anchorage 51/10
106
Kattfjorden - Nordre Angstaursundet - Lysgrunnen — Directions;
buoyage
03/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.24
Weekly
Edition
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146
Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet
— Depth
01/07
158 Vannøya - Torsvåg — Marine farm 04/10
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
191 Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — 29/08
228-229
Directions; LNG Terminal
212 Trollsundet - south-east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North-east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North-west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
260 Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes — Leading lights 45/09
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265
Kamøyfjorden - South-west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light
sectors and depths
49/06
265
Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine
cable
40/08
275, 276
North-east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286
Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet —
Anchorage
19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light 31/09
313 Kirkenes - Small craft anchorages 41/09
59 Nova Scotia and Bay
of Fundy
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
67 Larrys River — Light 44/09
70 Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 44/09
173
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Limiting conditions —
Deepest and longest berths
44/09
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
174
174
174, 177
180
Title
IV
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information —
Anchorages
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information —
Pilots and tugs
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Harbour — Canaport LNG
facility
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Berths — Canaport LNG
facility
4.25
Weekly
Edition
44/09
44/09
44/09
44/09
229 Cape Spencer to Martin Head — Directions; buoy 38/10
60 Pacific Islands 1 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
125
158, 159
209
211, 211-212, 212
Solomon Islands - Manning Strait - Malaghara Island Shoal —
Directions; light beacon
Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island - Hathorn Sound —
Lights
Papua New Guinea - Bonvouloir Islands - East Island — Charts;
position
Papua New Guinea - Louisade Archipelago - Deboyne Lagoon
— Directions
04/10
12/10
50/10
51/10
235 Papua New Guinea - Nuakata Passage — Directions; depth 50/10
324 Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam Island — Rock 06/09
334
351
354, 355
Papua New Guinea - North-East coast - Lapar Point to Cape
Concordia — Directions; light
Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead
—Wreck
Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - New Britain - Vitu
Islands — Charts; position
29/10
06/09
45/10
358, 359, 368, 393 Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago - Islands — Positions 44/10
419, 420
Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Senyavin Islands - Pohnpei
Island — Marine farms
31/09
440 Republic of Palau - Tobi Island — Charts; position 51/10
61 Pacific Islands 2 11th Edition (2006) 10/07
7, 80-81, 137, 161, Nouvelle-Calédonie and Îles Loyauté — Restricted areas around 02/09
164
submarine cables
75 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
76 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Baie du Prony — Mooring buoys 01/09
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
86
Nouvelle-Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and Petite Rade —
Wrecks; obstructions
03/09
100 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102
Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de
Poum — Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle-Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
161
Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine
cable; anchorage
46/07
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.26
Weekly
Edition
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164
Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon —
Submarine cable
46/07
262
Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South-eastern part - Suva Harbour —
Directions; light
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south-eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south-eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands 3 12th Edition (2010) 32/10
17 Pitcairn Islands - National limits 33/10
238
Republic of Kiribati - Southern Line Group - Vostock Island —
Charts; position
50/10
63 Persian Gulf 14th Edition (2008) 02/09
2
Navigation and regulations - Navigational dangers and hazards
— Terrorism
50/10
54 Iran - JazØreh-ye Lºrak — Major light 05/09
54 Strait of Hormuz - West Bukha Oil Platform — Racon 05/09
58
Ra’s ol Moòºf Light Float to Soroosh Oil Terminal and Khawr al
Kafka — Directions; dangerous wreck
05/09
111
Bandar-e ShahØd Bºhonar; Bandar-e ShahØd RajºØ -
South-eastern approach - Directions; major light; racon
05/09
163 Fateh Oil Terminals - Arrival information — Outer anchorage 31/10
168
Abu Dhabi - Arrival information — Outer anchorages; submarine
cables
27/09
168 United Arab Emirates - Abu Dhabi — Outer anchorages 17/10
184, 194, 195 Shah Allum Shoal — Light beacon 05/09
185 Shah Allum Shoal to Doha — Directions; wreck 05/09
194, 195 Cable Bank to Ra’s Laffºn — Directions; AIS 07/10
Qatar - Ra’s Laffºn — Limiting conditions; arrival information; 07/10
196, 197
anchorages; harbour; directions; AIS; leading lights; basins and
berths; port facilities
196, 197 Ra’s Laffºn — Arrival information; SPMs 17/09
202, 203, 204, 205, Bahrain - MØnº’ Salmºnand the Port of Sitrah — Directions; 14/09
206, 207, 208
Sitrah Light Buoy
203-204
Bahrain — Directions; recommended route for deep-draught
vessels; route for other vessels
43/10
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
259, 261, 264 Saudi Arabia - Jeddah — Directions; Red Sea Gateway Terminal 31/10
317, 319 Yemen — BalÖºf LNG Terminal 51/09
65 St Lawrence 16th Edition (2009) 46/09
92 Havre de Mingan — Limiting conditions; depths 38/10
109 Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel — Directions; beacons 47/09
130 Pointe de L’Est to Île d’Entrée — Wreck 07/10
208
Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu — Basins and berths;
anchorage
47/09
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
66 West Coast of
Scotland
Title
IV
4.27
Weekly
Edition
16th Edition (2008) 11/09
52, 86 Firth of Clyde - Loch Striven — Anchorages 34/09
92 Firth of Clyde - Helensburgh — Prohibited activities 11/10
110, 111 Campbeltown Loch — Pilotage; depths 21/10
115, 117, 118 Firth of Clyde - Skipness — Directions; useful mark 51/09
165
Hebrides - Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag — Vertical
clearances
14/09
217 Firth of Lorn — Buoyage 16/09
284 The Small Isles — Sea state 08/10
285 Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards — Depth 33/09
366 Outer Hebrides - South Uist - Loch Boisdale — Light beacon 36/09
398 Hebrides - Sound of Harris — Passage 11/09
285, 286, 295,
296,297, 299, 310
The Small Isles — Directions; depths 48/09
67 West Coasts of
Spain and Portugal
10th Edition (2008) 03/09
8, 155, 156
Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes — Marine nature
reserve
21/09
61, 62, 63, 129, 186 Portugal - Vessel traffic service — Mandatory reporting system 23/09
105
Spain - North-west coast - Ría de Arousa - Ensenada de
Vilagarcia — Directions; major light; buoyage
20/10
136, 139 Portugal - Leixôes - Outer approaches — Depth 07/10
138, 139 Portugal - Leixôes — Outer anchorage 21/10
142 Portugal - Porto do Douro - Directions — Leading lights 13/10
147 Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal — Directions: light 33/09
149 Portugal - Porto da Figueira da Foz — Directions; leading lights 30/10
162 Portugal - Porto de Lisboa — Vessel traffic service 48/09
205 Spain - Río Guadalquivir — Pilot boarding positions 11/10
215 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service 03/09
235, 247 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
236, 248 Gibraltar — Directions; exclusion zone 04/10
237 Morocco — Tanger-Méditerranée 35/10
241 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Anchorages 26/10
241-242 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Pilot boarding positions 04/10
247, 248
Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited
areas
21/09
248 Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock 24/09
274 Arquipélago dos Açores - Terceira - Praia da Vitória — Light 16/10
68 East Coast of the
United States 1
13th Edition (2009) 10/10
99, 103 Casco Bay and Portland Harbor — Recommended routes 37/10
103, 106 Portland Harbor — Pilotage 37/10
125 Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions; light buoy 10/10
145
Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions; ODAS
buoy
35/10
155 Vineyard Sound - South-west approaches — Directions; wreck 10/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
157
Title
IV
Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches - Woods Hole —
Directions; buoy
4.28
Weekly
Edition
10/10
168 Narragansett Bay - Old Harbor - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
182 Great Salt Pond - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
187 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Dangerous wreck 12/10
202 Port Chester Harbor — Depths 10/10
216
New York Harbor and adjacent waters - Entrance channels and
Lower Bay — Racons
10/10
226 Kill Van Kull — Depths 10/10
231 South Brother Island Channel — Depths 10/10
252
Approaches to Boston Harbor — Regulated Navigation Areas,
Safety and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports
39/10
69 East Coast of the
United States 2
7, 65, 66, 101, 104,
185, 189, 192, 195,
197, 201, 203, 209,
210, 215, 221, 224,
226, 231, 234, 240,
241, 244, 248, 254
Wk52/10
11th Edition (2008) 42/08
North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
mandatory speed restrictions
01/09
89-90 Philadelphia — Directions; lights 27/09
97 Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point — Directions; wrecks 51/09
106
Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions;
wreck
49/08
121 James River - Upper part — Directions 14/09
131 Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances 25/09
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No 01/10
134
Point — Directions; buoyage; wrecks; obstructions; shoal; fish
haven
134
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No
Point — Directions; obstruction
50/09
134-135
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No
Point — Directions; obstruction
51/09
152 Choptank River — Light 38/09
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
197 Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance 14/09
211, 214, 215, 216 Charleston - Fort Sumter Range — Directions 44/09
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
217
Charleston Harbor - South Channel — Directions; dangerous
wreck
48/09
222 Port Royal Sound — Approach and entry 24/10
229 Savannah — Directions; leading lights 31/10
229 Savannah — Directions; lights 14/09
233 Brunswick Harbor — Project depths 49/09
234 Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry 38/09
241 Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights 14/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.29
Weekly
Edition
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
153 Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz — Pilotage; tugs 47/09
158 Mexico - Tuxpan — Directions; racon 31/10
166 Mexico - La Pesca to Rio Grande — Directions; light 40/10
173 United States of America - Port Mansfield — Directions; buoyage 23/10
175
United States of America - Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel
— Vertical clearance
33/10
273, 300 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Security zone 38/09
70 West Indies 1 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
66, 67, 68, 70, 72, 73 Bermuda — Berths; landmarks; depths 33/10
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
212, 213, 213-214,
214
Haiti — Port-Au-Prince 10/10
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256
Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef —
Directions; light
49/08
268, 269, 270 Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman - Sand Cay — Directions; light 29/10
71 West Indies 2 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
103 US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
190 Sint Maarten - Simson Baai — Anchorage; mooring buoys 44/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique - Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
275 Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Directions 42/09
284 Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage 47/09
72 Southern Barents
Sea and Beloye More
2nd Edition (2010) 31/10
6 Radio Navigation Warnings 41/10
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
9th Edition (2009) 50/09
60 Navigational Warnings — Different types 10/10
60-62, 61, 63 NAVAREAS/METAREAS 41/10
209 MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas 50/10
210
MARPOL 73/78 - Annex II — Categorisation of Noxious Liquid
Substances
03/10
220 Loran-C — Discontinuation of US and Canadian signals 07/10
224
NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) — Gaps in
coverage
08/10
Wk52/10

NP no
Page(s)
315
315
136 Ocean Passages for
the World
Wk52/10
168
Title
IV
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B -
Preferred channels — characteristics of buoys
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B -
Preferred channels — characteristics of buoys
4.30
Weekly
Edition
07/10
10/10
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong - Routes — Low-powered vessels;
distance
26/04

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Tanzania - Msasani Bay —
Submarine cable; anchorage
290
Existing Section IV Week 25/10 Paragraph 8.92 1 line 2
For N Read S
UKHO [51/10]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Northern Territory - Darwin —
Directions; wreck
158
After Paragraph 4.132 2 line 3 Add:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in position
12°28′⋅14S 130°50′⋅09E, on an extension of the above
leading line.
Australian Notice 1234/23/10
(SDD 2010000 195485) [51/10]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Australia - Queensland - Abbot Point —
Directions; leading lights ; berths
267
Paragraph 7.172 3 Replace by:
3 Front Light (19°51′⋅45S 148°05′⋅10E)
Rear Light (19°51′⋅45S 148°05′⋅06E)
The alignment (273°) of the above lights (also
displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 1.
Front Light (19°51′⋅54S 148°05′⋅34E)
Rear Light (19°51′⋅53S 148°05′⋅29E)
The alignment (273½°) of the above lights (also
displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 2.
Paragraph 7.173 3 lines 2-7 Replace by:
Front Light (19°51′⋅54S 148°05′⋅34E)
Rear Light (19°51′⋅56S 148°05′⋅39E)
The alignment (123½°) of the above lights (also
displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 2.
Front Light (19°51′⋅45S 148°05′⋅10E)
Rear Light (19°51′⋅47S 148°05′⋅13E)
The alignment (124°) of the above lights (also
displayed by day) leads to Wharf No 1.
Paragraph 7.174 Replace by:
1 The berth is T shaped, the wharves lying at the end
of a conveyor extending 1½ miles NNE from Abbot
Point. Wharf No 1 is 268 m in length with mooring
dolphins at the W end; Wharf No 2 is 268 m in length
with mooring dolphins at the E end. Depth in the
mooring pocket is 19⋅1 m.
Australian Notice 23/1227/10
(SDD 2010000 195485) [51/10]
4.1
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
[51/10]
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000
UTC on 1st January 2011
Central Baltic - Gotland —
Traffic separation schemes
14
Paragraph 1.87 1 line 9 Replace by:
Midsjöbankarna (55°56′⋅0N 17°37′⋅0E)
South Hoburgs Bank (56°20′⋅0N 18°47′⋅0E)
North Hoburgs Bank (56°48′⋅0N 18°24′⋅0E)
West Klintehamn (57°27′⋅0N 17°44′⋅0E)
85
Paragraph 2.6 1 including existing Section IV Notice Week
52/09 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes, shown on the chart,
have been established in the approaches to, and in,
Bornholmsgat (55°20′N 14°25′E). Schemes are also
established S of Öland (56°04′N 16°41′E); SE of
Norra Midsjöbanken (55°56′N 17°37′E); SE of
Hoburgs Bank (56°20′N 18°47′E); NW of Hoburgs
Bank (56°48′N 18°24′E); W of Gotland (57°27′N
17°44′E); off Kõpu Peninsula (59°08′N 21°43′E); and
in S Åland Sea (59°44′N 19°48′E). The schemes are
IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
Paragraph 2.6 2 Replace by:
2 Inshore traffic zones, shown on the chart, have
been established between the Swedish coastline and
NW boundary of Bornholmsgat TSS; between the
Bornholm coastline and SE boundary of Bornholmsgat
TSS; between the Öland coastline and the Off Öland
TSS; between the Gotland coastline and the North
Hoburgs Bank TSS; and between the Gotland coastline
and the West Klintehamn TSS. The zones are
IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
86
Paragraph 2.11 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:
...ENE for about 105 miles to a position about 35 miles
ESE of Ölands Södra Grund (56°04′⋅2N 16°40′⋅9E).
Paragraph 2.17 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
...105 miles to a position about 30 miles ESE of Ölands
Södra Grund Lighthouse (56°04′⋅2N 16°40′⋅9E) (2.13) at
the W end of the Midsjöbankarna TSS,...
87
Paragraph 2.18 1 line 4 Replace by:
...NW of Hoburgs Bank (2.8), and NW of Ristna...
Paragraph 2.18 2 line 1 For 45 Read 35
Paragraph 2.19 1 line 1 For Off Gotland TSS Read North
Hoburgs Bank TSS
Paragraph 2.22 1 line 3 Replace by:
...the TSS, the track leads NE for 70 miles to the NE-bound
lane of the TSS close SE of...
Wk51/10

Paragraph 2.26 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 From a position about 13 miles SSE of Norra
Midsjöbanken (56°11′N 17°20′E) (2.8) (an area to be
avoided (2.6)), at the E end of Midsjöbankarna TSS,
the DW route leads ENE for 39 miles to the
NE-bound lane of the South Hoburgs Bank TSS,
passing (with positions from Hoburg Light
(56°55′⋅31N 18°09′⋅06E) (2.13)):
88
Paragraph 2.26 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 From a position about 44 miles SSE of Hoburg
Light the DW route leads 10 miles through the
NE-bound lane of South Hoburgs Bank TSS and then
NNE for about 215 miles, passing (with positions from
Fårö (57°57′N 19°10′E) (2.230)):
Paragraph 2.27 1 lines 1-11 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 52/09 Replace by:
1 From a position in the NE-bound lane of the TSS,
SE of Ölands Södra Grund (56°04′⋅18N 16°40′⋅84E)
(2.15), the track leads NNE for about 175 miles,
through the West Klintehamn TSS, to a position ESE
of Landsort (58°44′N 17°52′E), thence about 72 miles
NE to a position SE of Svenska Björn (59°32′⋅9N
20°01′⋅4E) and the start of the S Åland Sea TSS with
its embedded Deep Water Route (swept to 17⋅9 m).
The route, directions for which are given at 7.255
leads about 20 miles N and NW to Ålands Hav (Baltic
Pilot Volume 3). The route is divided as follows:
Paragraph 2.30 1 line 5 Replace by:
Through the NE-bound lane of the West Klintehamn
TSS (see 2.135a). The track then leads:
103
After Paragraph 2.135 Add:
Traffic regulations
2.135a
1 A TSS is established 15 miles ENE of Klintehamn
(2.149). The area between the landward boundary of
the NE-bound lane and the coast of Gotland is
designated as an Inshore Traffic Zone. The scheme is
IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
Paragraph 2.140 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 56°50′N 18°00′E, the track
leads generally N for about 48 miles to Nyrevsudden,
passing (with positions from Stora Karlsö (57°17′N
17°58′E)):
Paragraph 2.140 3-6 Replace by:
3 W of Lillbriten, Söderpall and Norderpall (9, 8
and 7½ miles SSE) respectively, all shoal
patches, with depths of 8 m to 9 m, lying
within the red sector of Näsrevet Light.
Thence:
W of Nygrund (3½ miles SSE), a 12 m shoal patch,
thence:
4 W of Stora Karlsö, from where a light is
displayed. The island has precipitous
light-coloured sides. It is a nature reserve and
permission must be obtained to land or to
navigate close inshore. Thence:
NNW to the short NE-bound lane of West
Klintehamn TSS (2.135a).
Wk51/10
IV
4.2
5 Once clear of the TSS, the track then leads 9 miles
NE, passing:
NW of Gnisvärdsgrund (12½ miles NNE), a shoal
with a least depth of 5⋅4 m.
Thence, to a position NW of Nyrevsudden (57°32′N
18°07′E), a light-coloured headland.
105
Paragraph 2.151 1 Replace by:
1 From a position NW of Nyrevsudden (57°32′N
18°07′E) (2.140), the route leads NE and then ENE
through the Salvorev recommended two-way route to
the approaches to Fårösund.
Paragraph 2.157 Replace by:
1 From a position NW of Nyrevsudden the route
leads NE for about 25 miles, then ENE for about
20 miles to a position N of Svingrund Lighthouse,
passing (with positions from Stenkyrkehuk Lighthouse
(57°49′⋅2N 18°27′⋅8E)):
NW of the entrance to Visby (12½ miles SW),
thence:
NW of Stenkyrkehuk Light (white round metal
tower, 15 m in height), exhibited from a point of
land, to the Salvorev recommended two-way
route. The scheme has been adopted by the IMO.
2 The track then leads ENE within the two-way route,
passing:
N of Hallshuk Light (white building) (11 miles NE).
N of the approaches to Kappelshamnsviken
(12½ miles NE), thence:
116
Paragraph 2.240 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 W of Salvorev (22 miles SSE) (2.239) and
across the Salvorev recommended two-way
route, thence:
IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; IMO SN.1/Circ 286
Swedish Notice 309/6449/10
(SDD 2010000 101217) [51/10]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
New Zealand - North Island - Doubtful Sound —
Directions; buoyage
147
Paragraph 5.158 2 line 2 Replace by:
NE of Tarapunga Rock (1 mile ESE), marked by a
light buoy (isolated danger), whence the...
New Zealand Notice 21/181(P)/10
(SDD 2010000 170547) [51/10]
New Zealand - North Island - Breaksea Sound —
Directions; buoyage
149
Paragraph 5.171 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 SW of a rock (3¾ cables SSE) with a depth of
5⋅1 m, marked by Rocky Point Buoy (isolated danger),
thence:
New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10
(SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10]

New Zealand - North Island - Dusky Sound —
Directions; beacon
151
Paragraph 5.181 3 lines 7-8 Replace by:
...WSW of East Point; a rock, drying 0⋅7 m and marked by
Paget Passage Beacon (W cardinal), 3¼ cables ENE of the
same point.
New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10
(SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10]
New Zealand - North Island - Cascade Cove —
Beacon
152
Paragraph 5.191 1 lines 9-11 Replace by:
...9⋅3 m bank on which is a rock drying 1⋅5 mmarkedby
Cascade Cove Beacon (isolated danger); shallow patches
extend ½ cable, both NE and SSE, from Heron Island.
New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10
(SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10]
New Zealand - North Island -
Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages
204
Paragraph 7.135 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorage. The following anchorages have
been esablished:
Anchorage area Position
35°52′⋅40S 174°34′⋅50E
35°52′⋅40S 174°36′⋅10E
Area A
35°53′⋅40S 174°36′⋅10E.
35°53′⋅40S 174°34′⋅50E.
Area B
35°55′⋅80S 174°32′⋅30E
35°55′⋅80S 174°33′⋅90E.
35°57′⋅80S 174°33′⋅90E
New Zealand Notice 24/206(P)/10
(SDD 2010000 197929) [51/10]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget —
Buoyage
334
Paragraph 9.64 2 lines 4-8 Replace by:
ESE of Skarberget Indre Light (starboard hand,
floodlit) (½ cable N).
Norwegian Notice 22/31918/10
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
IV
4.3
Tysfjorden - Haukøygrunnen and Storlysbotn —
Buoyage
336
Paragraph 9.73 1 Replace by:
General remarks. There are no specific directions
for Haukøyfjorden, the chart being sufficient guide.
However, attention is drawn to Haukøygrunnen
(68°10′⋅3N 16°15′⋅7E), consisting of a group of
dangerous below-water rocks lying in the middle of
the entrance to the fjord.
Paragraph 9.79 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:
Storlysbotn (5½ cables W), which is unmarked.
Norwegian Notice 22/31918/10
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 2004
Andfjorden - Nergårdsvika — Anchorage
63-64
R69-70, L1-5 Replace by:
Anchorage. Small vessels may anchor SW of
Svinøya and secure to the shore; the anchorage is
especially suitable when NE winds raise a sea in
Nergårdsvika. A mooring buoy is available, moored
between Kleppholmen and the shore W.
Norwegian Notices 22/31876/10
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
Mefjorden - Mefjordbotn — Anchorage
R22-27 Replace by:
Spare
5.61
98
Norwegian Notices 22/31834/10
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Papua New Guinea - Louisade Archipelago -
Deboyne Lagoon — Directions
211
Paragraph 5.181 1 line 6 Delete
211 - 212
Paragraph 5.181 2 Replace by:
2 From a position 10°51′⋅00S 152°31′⋅00E the track
leads NW passing:
Clear of a patch (10°50′⋅86S 152°30′⋅55E) lying in
the middle of the channel, with a depth of 9⋅6 m
(31½ ft).
212
Paragraph 5.181 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:
...is easily navigable with care.
Paragraph 5.181 4 lines 5-6 Replace by:
..the NW extremity of Rara Island.
Wk51/10

Paragraph 5.181 5 lines 5-10 Replace by:
North-east side passage is 2 cables wide, passing
N of Passage Island (10°47′⋅55S 152°29′⋅28E), 12 m
(40 ft) high; the edges of the reefs on either side are
irregular and the tidal streams strong.
Paragraph 5.181 6 lines 4-5 Replace by:
...Nibub Islet 9 m (30 ft) high.
Paragraph 5.181 6 line 7 For 6⋅4 m (21ft) Read 2⋅7 m
(8¾ ft)
Australian Notice 1229/23/10; Aus Chart 512
(SDD 2010000 195485) [51/10]
Wk51/10
IV
4.4
Republic of Palau - Tobi Island —
Charts; position
440
Paragraph 11.206 1 line 1 For (3°00′N 131′11E) Read
(3°00′⋅13N 131°07′⋅02E)
Paragraph 11.207 Chart heading For Chart 977 Plan of
Tobi or Kodgubi Island Read Chart 763
Paragraph 11.207 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Description. Tobi Island (3°00′⋅13N 131°07′⋅02E),
is covered with coconut palms and is fringed by...
BA Chart 763 [51/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America - Port of San Francisco
- San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge —
Directions; passage
338
Paragraph 10.70 2 lines 6-8 Delete
339
Paragraph 10.79 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 Under the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge
(10.70), thence:
Captain W. Lemke - San Francisco Bar Pilots
(HH.008/200/03) [50/10]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Queensland - Weipa — Pilotage
92
Paragraph 2.42 2 Replace by:
2 Boarding places:
Vessels greater than 100 m LOA in position
12°43′⋅90S 141°36′⋅00E.
Vessels of 100 m or less LOA in position 12°40′⋅45S
141°43′⋅33E.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Tugs. Most ship movements require the use of two
tugs and four tugs are available.
Maritime Safety Queensland
(AA504208:AA460546) [50/10]
NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2009 edition)
Honshu - South coast - Nakayama Suido —
Directions
134
Paragraph 5.227 4 line 1 For SSE Read NNW
Chart JP1052; UKHO
(SDD 2010000 146685) [50/10]
4.1
[50/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast -
Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang Selatan —
Directions; light beacon
200
Paragraph 6.207 1 lines 1-4 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 40/10 Replace by:
1 The track continues NE, passing (with positions
from SW end of Star Cruise Terminal jetty (2°59′⋅1N
101°20′⋅0E)):
SE of No 25 Light Beacon (red square topmark on
single pile (1⋅6 miles WSW), thence:
Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 76/10
and Royal Malaysian Navy
(SDD 2010000 166567) [50/10]
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat
— Directions; buoyage; light beacon
204
Existing Section IV Notice Week 40/10 Paragraph 6.233 2
lines 1-5 Replace by:
2 The heading should then be adjusted gradually back
to E, passing N of Kuala Langat Light Beacon (green
square on a single pile) (2°48′⋅07N 101°24′⋅10E) and
Tanjung Tonkah (close E), across the bar and into the
entrance to Sungai Langat.
Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 70/10
(SDD 2010000163644) [50/10]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Approaches to Gulf of Venice —
Production platforms
70
After Paragraph 2.55 4 line 7 Add:
Isabela South production platform (44°57′⋅5N
13°08′⋅8E) from which a light is exhibited.
Isabela North production platform (44°58′⋅8N
13°07′⋅5E) from which a light is exhibited.
BA NM 5846/10
(SDD 2010000181262)
Paragraph 2.59 1 line 8 For NE Read SW
Paragraph 2.59 1 line 12 For NE Read SW
Paragraph 2.59 2 line 1 For NE Read SW
Paragraph 2.59 2 line 3 For NE Read SW
[50/10]
BA Charts 220 and 204 [50/10]
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Meløyfjorden - Kjerkholmen — Light
235
Paragraph 5.181 3 line 7 Replace by:
...from which a light is exhibited, lying W of
Laksbuneset, thence:
Norwegian Notice 06/26709/10
(SDD 2010000063005) [50/10]
Wk50/10

Meløyvær - Kubakkflua — Light
238
Paragraph 5.211 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 W of Kubakkflua (2 miles SSE), marked by an
iron perch and from which a light (S
cardinal) is exhibited. Kubakkflua is the
SW-most danger of several lying off...
Norwegian Notice 20/31296/10
(SDD 2010000189949) [50/10]
Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights
240
Paragraph 5.224 3 lines 1-6 Replace by:
3 E of a point (1¼ miles N) on the E side of
Mesøya, fronted by a rock awash.
Raudsetodden Light is exhibited from the
rock and there are depths of 10 m, 1 cable
SE and 2 cables NNE of the point. And:
W of Skjåholmen (1½ miles NNE), an islet lying
close off the mainland coast, from the W side of
which a light is exhibited. A rock with a depth of
3⋅7 m, fronts the NW side of Skjåholmen.
Thence:
Norwegian Notices 21/31294/10, 20/30779/10
(SDD 2010000189948 and 2010000179949) [50/10]
Paragraph 5.225 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 SE of Grytøya (1½ miles NE) and Risøya
(2 miles NE). A light is exhibited from the E
point of Risøya. Thence:
Norwegian Notice 20/30779/10
(SDD 2010000179948) [50/10]
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Papua New Guinea - Bonvouloir Islands -
East Island — Charts; position
209
Paragraph 5.162 Chart heading For Aus Charts 382, 381
Read Aus Charts 509, 510, 512
Paragraph 5.165 2 lines 1-2 Delete reported To position
Australian Chart 512
(SDD 2009000 031590) [50/10]
Papua New Guinea - Nuakata Passage —
Directions; depth
235
Paragraph 5.330 2 line 8 For 5⋅5 m (18ft) Read 4⋅7 m
(14½ ft)
Australian Chart 628
(SDD2010000 199568) [50/10]
Wk50/10
IV
4.2
NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3
(2010 Edition)
Republic of Kiribati - Southern Line Group -
Vostock Island — Charts; position
238
Paragraph 9.16 Chart heading Add:4653, 4654
After Paragraph 9.16 1 Insert:
Caution. Vostock Island was reported (1985) to lie
4¾ miles ENE from its charted position.
BA Chart 979 [50/10]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
Navigation and regulations -
Navigational dangers and hazards — Terrorism
2
After Paragraph 1.10 Add:
Terrorism
1.10a
1 In a Maritime Advisory (MARAD) issued by the
US Maritime Administration in November 2010,
Government and industry sources have confirmed that
the claim by a terrorist group of an attack on a tanker
transiting Strait of Hormuz in July 2010, is valid. The
group remains active and can conduct further attacks
on vessels in areas in the Strait of Hormuz, southern
Persian Gulf and western Gulf of Oman.
2 It is recommended that all vessels transiting the
above waters exercise increased vigilance and caution,
particularly during night, with increased monitoring of
small craft activity.
MARLO, Bahrain
(SDD 2010000 195794) [50/10]
NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2009
Edition)
MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas
209
Existing Section IV Week 41/10 Paragraph 10.7 Table
Column 1 The Wider Caribbean Region Replace by:
The Wider Caribbean Region, as defined in
article 2, paragraph 1 of the Convention for the
Protection and Development of the Marine
Environment of the Wider Caribbean Region
(Cartagena de Indias, 1983), means the Gulf of
Mexico and Caribbean Sea proper including the
bays and seas therein and that portion of the
Atlantic Ocean within the boundary constituted by
the 30°N parallel from Florida eastward to
77°30’W meridian, thence a rhumb line to the
intersection of 20°N parallel and 59°W meridian,
thence a rhumb line to the intersection of 7°20′N
parallel and 50°W meridian, thence a rhumb line
drawn south-westerly to the eastern boundary of
French Guiana.
MARPOL 73/78 Annex V Regulation 5(1)h;
Roman Dumala
(SDD 2010000 151016, 200597) [50/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United
States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America - San Pedro Bay and
approaches — Regulations concerning entry -
tankers
275
Paragraph 8.123 1 Replace by:
1 State of California regulations have established
escort regulations for tankers, carrying 5000 tonnes or
more of oil, underway in the Los Angeles/Long Beach
harbours and approaches. Escort tugs should be in
position in the S boundary of the pilot boarding area
prior to an inbound vessel arriving within 2 miles of
the breakwaters. Masters are to ensure anchors are
ready for letting go prior to entering pilot boarding
areas. A pre-escort conference will:
2 1. Confirm the number and position of escort
tugs.
2. Establish radio frequencies to be used.
3. Confirm destination.
4. Discuss any other pertinent information.
3 Adverse weather, unusual port/traffic congestion or
other conditions/circumstances may require additional
tugs. Outbound laden tankers are not required to use
tugs once they have cleared the breakwaters but all
tankers shifting within the harbours must comply with
the escort requirements. Full details of the regulations
can be found at www.dfg.ca.gov/Ospr/
US Coast Pilot 7 42nd Edition 2010
(HH.008/200/003) [49/10]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Finland - Koppnäs — Directions; Lights
142
Paragraph 4.30 1 lines 5-7 Replace by:
...by buoys (cardinal), and leads ESE in the white
sector (099⋅3°-101⋅2°) of Koppnäs Light (59°51′⋅0N
22°58′⋅0E) ahead, to the harbour.
Finnish Notice 31/507/2010
(SDD 2010000 190245) [49/10]
Finland - Förby — Directions; Lights
233
Paragraph 6.57 8 lines 3-6 Replace by:
This alignment leads 1 mile NE, and thence
1¾ miles NNE in the white sector (216⋅5°-218⋅5°) of
Västergrundet Light (60°04′⋅6N 22°49′⋅0E) astern,
through a fairway marked by buoys, to Karaholm at
Förby (6.62).
Finnish Notice 31/506/2010
(SDD 2010000 190245) [49/10]
4.1
[49/10]
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America - Attu Island — Loran
tower
266
Paragraph 7.218 6 lines 3-7 Delete
US Notice 45/16431/10
(SDD 2010000 183675) [49/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Korea-WestCoast-SongidotoWido—
Directions; ODAS light beacon
452
After Paragraph 11.164 2 line 5 Including existing Section
IV Notice Week 06/10 Insert:
Clear of an ODAS light beacon (35°27′⋅92N
126°07′⋅77E), thence:
Korean Notice 693/45/10
(SDD 2010000 190275) [49/10]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Russia - Pacific Coast - Zaliv Aniva —
Prigorodnoye
275
Paragraph 8.211 Replace by:
General information
8.211
1 The port of Prigorodnoye (46°37′⋅72N 142°53′⋅69E)
has been built specifically to handle the export of
LNG and oil from the fields off the NE coast of
Sakhalin. To this end the port is connected directly by
a pipeline which runs the length of the island to the
new purpose built SPM storage and export terminal in
position 46°34′⋅70N 142°55′⋅59E.
Limiting conditions
8.211a
1 LNG Berth:
Maximum departure draught is 12 m, maximum
displacement 105 000 dwt.
Crude Oil SPM:
Maximum departure draught is approximately
17⋅5 m, maximum displacement 150 000 dwt.
2 Ice operations: Ice conditions sufficient to require
icebreaker assistance may occur between January and
April. In such circumstances, icebreaker assistance will
be provided by Sakhalin Energy, and ice pilots will be
available to assist Masters as required. Ice conditions
will be monitored by Sakhalin Energy, and advice will
be given on optimum routes for vessels approaching
the terminal.
Wk49/10

Arrival information
8.211b
1 Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation for
the control of shipping. For more detail, see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
Notice of ETA required: 72, 48 and 24 hours
before arrival. See ALRS Volume 6(6) for further
details.
Outer Anchorages:
Oil tanker anchorage (Area 170A) lies in an area
bounded by the following:
Latitudes 46°31′⋅50N to 46°32′⋅50N.
Longitudes 142°55′⋅67N to 142°58′⋅50N.
Designated anchorages 3 and 4 are also sited as
follows:
Anchorage No 3: 46°32′⋅00N 142°56′⋅40E
Anchorage No 4: 46°32′⋅00N 142°57′⋅77E
2 LNG tanker anchorage (Area 170) lies in an
area bounded by the following:
Latitudes 46°32′⋅50N to 46°34′⋅50N.
Longitudes 142°50′⋅50N to 142°52′⋅00N.
Designated anchorages 1 and 2 are also sited as
follows:
Anchorage No 1: 46°34′⋅02N 142°51′⋅25E
Anchorage No 2: 46°33′⋅03N 142°51′⋅25E
Pilotage and Tugs: Pilotage is compulsory; tugs
are available. See ALRS Volume 6(6) for further
details.
Restricted area No 24A lies about 13 miles S of
Prigorodnoye; see Appendix I page 359.
3 Offshore Security Zone has been established
around Prigorodnoye terminal, bounded by the line
joining the following positions:
46°37′⋅20N 142°56′⋅00E
46°35′⋅20N 142°58′⋅00E
46°33′⋅30N 142°58′⋅00E
46°33′⋅30N 142°52′⋅80E
46°36′⋅60N 142°52′⋅80E
46°37′⋅60N 142°53′⋅50E.
357
After Zaliv Aniva - S of Mys Tomari-Aniva 1 line 9
Insert:
Chart 4511, Russian Chart 63102
Zaliv Aniva - S of Prigorodnoye
1 Area No 24A. An area of radius 1½ miles centred
on position 46°24′⋅50N 142°51′⋅10E.
Wk49/10
IV
4.2
360
After Zaliv Aniva - Port Korsakov 1 line 8 Insert:
Zaliv Aniva - Prigorodnoye
1 Oil tanker Anchorage (Area 170A) lies in an
area bounded by the following:
Latitudes 46°31′⋅50N to 46°32′⋅50N.
Longitudes 142°55′⋅67N to 142°58′⋅50N.
Designated anchorages 3 and 4 are also sited as
follows:
Anchorage No 3: 46°32′⋅00N 142°56′⋅40E.
Anchorage No 4: 46°32′⋅00N 142°57′⋅77E.
Zaliv Aniva - Prigorodnoye
1 LNG tanker Anchorage (Area 170) lies in an
area bounded by the following:
Latitudes 46°32′⋅50N to 46°34′⋅50N.
Longitudes 142°50′⋅50N to 142°52′⋅00N.
Designated anchorages 1 and 2 are also sited as
follows:
Anchorage No 1: 46°34′⋅02N 142°51′⋅25E.
Anchorage No 2: 46°33′⋅03N 142°51′⋅25E.
Russian Notices to Mariners Week 48/10
(SDD 2009000 125393/2009000 123347/
2010000 190294) [49/10]
NP 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4
(2009 Edition)
South Aegean - Stenó Antipárou — Dangerous
wreck
203
Paragraph 7.221 2 line 6 Replace by:
...of Nisída Remmatonísi) (7.220); noting a dangerous
wreck 1 cable SW.
Greek Notice 240/10/10
(SDD2010000196293) [49/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Svalbard - Wedel Jarlsberg Land —
Underwater rock
201
After Paragraph 9.23 1 Line 6 Including existing Section IV
Insert:
An underwater rock with a depth of 3m has been
reported off Middagsskjæra in position 77°24′⋅6N
13°47′⋅7E.
Norwegian notice 14/28198/10
(SDD 2010000 123628) [48/10]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Sweden - Skutskär-Harnäs — Directions; Depths
378
Paragraph 9.180 1 lines 1-2 Delete
Paragraph 9.183 3 line 2 Replace by:
...with a least depth of 7⋅7 m, continues on the
alignment of...
Paragraph 9.183 4 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 26/10 Replace by:
4 To reach the berths at Harnäshamnen, the track
leads SW through an area with a least depth of 5⋅8 m,
marked by buoys and light buoys, passing NW of
Sjukantsgrundet.
Paragraph 9.184 2 Replace by:
2 Massakajen (Pulp Quay), is a concrete pier on
the S side of Harnäshamnen with a least
depth of 5⋅7 m. The W side is 245 m long
and the E side is 90 m long. The maximum
authorised draught for Massakajen is 5⋅2 m.
379
Paragraph 9.184 3 line 4 Replace by:
...of 7⋅6 m. The maximum authorised draught for
these berths is 7⋅1 m.
Swedish Notice 329/6797/2010
(SDD 2010000 185898) [48/10]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
Belgium - Nieuwpoort — Traffic signals
152
Paragraph 6.169 1 lines 6-10 Delete
Paragraph 6.169 2 lines 1-4 Delete
Belgian Notice 22/271/10
(SDD 2010000 181109) [48/10]
Wk48/10
4.1
[48/10]
England - Thames Estuary - Knob Channel —
Buoyage
258
Paragraph 11.102 1 lines 4-5 For in the vicinity of Shingles
Patch Light Buoy (N cardinal) (51°33′⋅0N 1°15′⋅4E) Read
N of Shingles Patch
Paragraph 11.103 1 line 4 Replace by:
...to the SW of Shingles Patch. The...
258-259
Paragraph 11.104 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position off the SW extremity (51°34′N
1°16′E) of Long Sand, Knob Channel, unmarked, leads
8 miles WSW to Oaze Deep (11.64), passing (with
positions from Knock John Tower (51°33′⋅8N
1°09′⋅7E) (11.56)):
NNW of Shingles Patch (4 miles ESE), thence:
2 SSE of Tizard Bank (2 miles ESE), thence
NNW of Shingles (3¼ miles SSE), a shoal, thence:
SSE of Knob Shoal (1¼ miles S), thence:
Trinity House Notice to Mariners 34/10 C17
(SDD 2010000 171738, 190653) [48/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Korea-WestCoast-P’almi—PilotStation
472
Paragraph 12.123 1 lines 9-11 Replace by:
...vicinity of P’almido at P’almi pilot station (37°20′⋅37N
126°28′⋅30E), or P’almi (bad weather) station, 4 miles
farther NE.
Korean Notice 666/44/10
(SDD 2010000 186755) [48/10]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5
(2008 Edition)
Turkey - Fethiye — Dangerous wreck
158
After Paragraph 5.64 3 line 4 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (8½ cables E), thence:
Turkish Notice 45.270.2010
(SDD 2010000 189939) [48/10]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2010 Edition)
The Netherlands - Zeegat Van Texel — Pilotage
97
Paragraph 4.26 1 lines 5-7 Delete Vessels To 4°30′E.
Netherlands Notice 41/488/2010
(SDD 2010000 171335) [48/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Queensland - Cape Moreton to Breaksea Spit —
Directions; wreck
168
Paragraph 5.40 7 line 8 Replace by:
...cases of necessity. A dangerous wreck lies 7 miles NNW.
And:
ANTM 1160/2010
(AA501416, AA499392) [47/10]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 (2008
Edition)
Malta - Marsaxlokk — Pilotage, directions
351
After Paragraph 8.137 2 line 8 Add:
Caution. An oil rig is laid up close SE of
Station 3. See 8.148.
353
Paragraph 8.148 10 line 6 Replace by:
...Oil rigs are laid up 2 miles ESE, and 2 miles SSE from
this area; a prohibited area of radius 500 m is centred on the
lay up positions. Thence:
Maltese Notice No 104.2010
(SDD2010000 185896) [47/10]
4.1
[47/10]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Lofoten south-east side - Sørvagen — Anchorage
380
Paragraph 11.26 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in the harbour of
Moskenes in depths of about 10 m, sand. Mooring
rings are available.
Norwegian Notice 20/31154/10
(SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10]
North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions
424
Paragraph 12.96 1 line 3 to 3 line 3 Replace by:
...SW of Rødholmskallen (68°12′⋅8N 14°33′⋅1E), which is
covered by the red sector (319°-341°) of Stretarneset Light
(68°13′⋅2N 14°32′⋅3E). Thence the track leads NNW,
passing (with positions relative to Stretarneset Light):
ENE of Tennholman (68°12′⋅9N 14°32′⋅0E)
(3 cables SSW), and:
2 WSW of an islet (68°13′⋅1N 14°32′⋅8E)
(2¼ cables SE), lying off the W side of
Rødholman, from which Rødholmen Light
(12.60) is exhibited, thence:
ENE of a rock (68°13′⋅1N 14°32′⋅2E) (1½ cables
SSW), with a depth of 9⋅3 m, lying close off the S
side of Stretarneset.
Norwegian Notice 20/31099/10
(SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10]
Lofoten west side - Ramberg — Anchorage
447
Paragraph 13.32 5 lines 1-5 Delete
Norwegian Notice 20/31100/10
(SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10]
Wk47/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
Sweden - Karlskrona —
Directions; Authorised draught
149
Paragraph 3.250 1 line 4 For 9⋅4 mRead 8⋅9 m
150
Paragraph 3.260 1 line 1 For 9⋅4 mRead 8⋅9 m
Swedish Notice 328/6732/10
(SDD 2010000 181110) [46/10]
4.1
[46/10]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 (2008
Edition)
Egypt - MØnº’ Dumyºò — Waiting area
122
Paragraph 3.192 1 line 4 For 31°42′⋅2N 31°38′⋅1E Read
31°40′⋅0N 31°54′⋅4E.
Egyptian Notice 271/2010
(SDD 2010000 179488) [46/10]
Wk46/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
Belgium - Westerschelde and approaches —
Shore-based pilotage
Paragraph 7.16 Replace by:
158-159
1 If, on account of bad weather or other cause,
pilotage is suspended at Wandelaar and Steenbank
Pilot Stations, the Master of a vessel subject to
compulsory pilotage will be notified of the options
available before entering the area in order to choose
from the following possible courses of action:
Pilot transfer by helicopter.
Pilotage with an alternative pilot vessel, a SWATH
vessel.
Shore-based pilotage.
Waiting or anchoring offshore.
2 Shore-based pilotage is a radar-controlled pilotage
service and is conducted in English or Dutch on VHF
radio for vessels bound for Dutch or Belgian ports.
When pilotage is suspended at Wandelaar Pilot
Station, shore-based pilotage is available from a
position between AN and AZ Light Buoys (51°22′N
2°37′E) or from the Akkaert NE Light Buoy
(51°27′⋅3N 2°59′⋅3E), using the Scheur and Wielingen
fairways to Rede van Vlissingen (7.45).
3 The service is limited to vessels with a LOA not
exceeding 175 m and a draught not exceeding 8⋅0 m
but excluding vessels which are carrying dangerous or
polluting cargoes or which are empty and not gas-free.
However, certain tankers with a LOA not exceeding
125 m and a draught not exceeding 6⋅0 m carrying
non-dangerous cargoes may be eligible.
There is no shore-based pilotage for Zeebrugge.
4 When pilotage is suspended at Steenbank Pilot
Station, shore-based pilotage is available from the
Schouwenbank Light Buoy (7.107) to the entrance of
Oostgat off Westkapelle (51°31′⋅8N 3°26′⋅8E). The
pilot vessel will be in the immediate vicinity of the
vessel to be piloted before the vessel to be piloted
passes the OG9 Light Buoy (51°31′⋅1N 3°25′⋅5E).
5 The service is limited to vessels with a LOA not
exceeding 115 m in length and a draught not
exceeding 6⋅4 m but excluding vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting cargoes or which are empty
and not gas-free. However, certain tankers with a LOA
not exceeding 85 m in length and a draught not
exceeding 4⋅5 m carrying non-dangerous cargoes may
be eligible.
6 Vessels which exceed the parameters for Steenbank
Pilot Station but comply with the criteria for
Wandelaar shore-based pilotage can obtain shore-based
pilotage from the Akkaert NE Light Buoy using the
Scheur and Wielingen fairways to Rede van
Vlissingen.
4.1
[45/10]
Shore-based pilotage is available for outbound
vessels using the Scheur and Wielingen fairways in the
event of a suspended roads service or if the pilot
cannot be changed and the pilot is not qualified for
the sea passage to Wandelaar. In this case shore-based
pilotage will commence from a position between W6
and W7 Light Buoys (51°24′⋅9N 3°27′⋅2E). No
shore-based pilotage is available outbound via Oostgat.
7 The Master must acknowledge the receipt of each
message and repeat the courses and speeds given and,
on request, repeat any other messages sent. If the
Master deviates from any advice given by the pilot, he
must immediately inform the pilot this is the case and
of the action he is taking.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(1).
Belgian Notice 20/245/10
(SDD 2010000 164705) [45/10]
Belgium - Terneuzen to Antwerp — Directions
187
Paragraph 7.276 1 lines 8-10 Replace by:
...inbound and outbound shallow–draught vessels. The
track passes (with positions from Oude hoofd Walsoorden
Light (51°23′⋅6N 4°01′⋅9E)):
187-188
Paragraph 7.276 2-6 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 27/10 Replace by:
2 SW of Ferry harbour Kruiningen (7.295)
(2¼ miles N). An embankment between the E
mole of Hansweert and the W mole of
Kruiningen
And:
is marked by buoys (special).
3
NE of the E section of Platen van Ossenisse (2 miles
NW), a drying bank on which there are two islets.
Having entered the white sector (173½°-270°) of
Oude Hoofd Walsoorden Light, course is adjusted S,
passing:
W of the entrance to Schaar van Waarde (7.284)
(2 miles N) marked by No 42A Light Buoy (W
cardinal), thence:
E of the entrance to Schaar van Ossenisse (7.283)
(7 cables NNW), thence:
4 E of Haven Perkpolder (7.295) (6 cables NW),
thence:
E of Oude Hoofd Walsoorden, a mole projecting into
the river and off which there are eddies. Oude
Hoofd Walsoorden Light (green and white
beacon on tetrapod; 12 m in height) stands at the
head of the mole. Thence:
5 W of an obstruction, position approximate, depth
less than 5 m (3 cables SE) close N of 48A
Light Buoy (port hand), thence:
E of Walsoorden (7.296) (7 cables S), where speed
should be reduced to avoid suction and wash, and:
Wk45/10

6 W of Plaat van Walsoorden (1½ miles ESE), a
drying bank in the middle of the river.
Thence in Bocht van Walsoorden the course is
adjusted gradually ESE. The channel here becomes
narrower and is reported to be difficult for long
deep-draught vessels.
Belgian Notice 21/267/10
(SDD 2010000 172149) [45/10]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Directions
422
Paragraph 12.80 1 line 3 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 18/10 For Osan Light Read Kleppfiskholmen
Light
424
3
Paragraph 12.96 3 line 4 to 6 line 6 Including existing
Section IV Notice Week 18/10 Replace by:
The track then leads generally N, and at night
within the white sector (008°-013°) of
Kleppfiskholmen Light (68°13′⋅6N 14°32′⋅6E), passing
(with positions relative to Stretarneset Light
(68°13′⋅2N 14°32′⋅3E)):
E of the point from which Stretarneset Light is
exhibited, thence:
4 W of Stretarholmen (68°13′⋅2N 14°32′⋅6E)
(¾ cableENE),fromtheWsideofwhicha
light (metal column, floodlit) is exhibited,
thence:
Between the mainland shore and Nedre
Steinvikholmen (68°13′⋅3N 14°32′⋅6E)
(1½ cables NE), thence:
Wk45/10
IV
4.2
5 W of Øvre Steinvikholmen Light (68°13′⋅48N
14°32′⋅69E) (2⋅9 cables NNE) exhibited from
a small islet, thence:
W of Salttønna (68°13′⋅5N 14°32′⋅7E) (3 cables
NNE), thence:
E of Kleppfiskholmen Light (68°13′⋅6N 14°32′⋅6E)
(3½ cables NNE) (3¾ cables NNE).
6 The track then leads into Osanpollen, passing W of
Osan Havn Light (68°13′⋅70N 14°32′⋅89E) (5 cables
NNE), marking a rock. Attention is drawn to a sunken
wreck (68°13′⋅9N 14°32′⋅5E) (7 cables N) lying on the
NW side of Osanpollen, with a depth of 1⋅0 m, which
is marked by a buoy (S cardinal).
Norwegian Notices 19/30494/10; 19/30496/10;
19/30487/10; 19/30636/10
(SDDs 2010000 171528) [45/10]
NP 60 — Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 (11th
Edition 2007)
Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago -
New Britain - Vitu Islands — Charts; position
354
Paragraph 9.119 Chart heading For Aus Charts 395, 386,
387 Read Aus Charts 386, 387, 678
355
Paragraph 9.122 1 lines 3-4 Delete reported To position
Australian chart 678
(SDD 2010000 175837) [45/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
United Kingdom - River Medway —
LNG regulations; berths
328
Paragraph 16.11 Replace by:
1 The following regulations, relating to the navigation
of vessels resulting from the operation of the Grain
LNG Terminals (16.46), are applicable when:
A vessel carrying LNG in bulk (LNG Vessel) is
underway inbound or outbound between the
Medway Buoy and the Grain LNG Terminals
situated at Jetties No 8 and 10 (the LNG
Terminals).
No LNG Vessel is berthed alongside the LNG
Terminals.
An LNG Vessel is berthed alongside the LNG
Terminals.
Paragraph 16.12 Replace by:
1 Berth Exclusion Zone. When an LNG Vessel is
not berthed at the LNG Terminals a vessel shall not
navigate within an arc of radius 150 m in any
direction from the cargo transfer arms of the LNG
Terminals. The cargo transfer arms are located as
follows:
Jetty No 10 — 51°25′⋅94N 0°42′⋅54E.
Jetty No 8 — 51°25′⋅93N 0°42′⋅18E.
2 When an LNG Vessel is berthed at the LNG
Terminals no vessel over 50 m LOA, other than
service craft authorised by the Harbour Master or the
operator of the LNG Terminals, shall enter any part of
the River Medway within an arc of radius 250 m in
any direction from the cargo transfer arms of the LNG
Terminals.
In all cases, vessels passing the Berth Exclusion
Zone must not exceed a speed of 7⋅5 kn through the
water.
3 Vessels of less than 50 m LOA may, if considered
necessary by the Master or Pilot for safe navigation,
pass within the Berth Exclusion Zone provided that a
distance of at least 100 m is maintained from any
LNG Vessel berthed at the LNG Terminals. When
within the Berth Exclusion Zone such vessels must not
exceed a speed of 7⋅5 kn through the water.
4.1
[44/10]
329
Paragraph 16.13 4 Replace by:
4 (e) When an inbound LNG Vessel is
manoeuvring in Saltpan Reach to the W of
the Kent Buoys (51°26′⋅1N 0°43′⋅5E), no
inbound vessel of more than 50 m LOA shall
pass the Kent Buoys, and no outbound vessel
of more than 50 m LOA shall pass No 12
Channel Light Buoy (51°25′⋅7N 0°40′⋅3E),
until Medway VTS advises that it is safe to
do so.
333
Paragraph 16.46 1 Replace by:
1 Grain LNG Terminals. Jetty No 10 has a
maintained depth of 12⋅5 m and can accept vessels up
to 318 m LOA and 216 000 m3 . It is connected to
Jetty No 9 for emergency access.
Jetty No 8 is capable of accepting vessels up to
345 m LOA and 58⋅5 m beam.
Peel Ports, Medway Notice 26/2010
(SDDs 2010000 166779; 169848) [44/10]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - East Coast - Approaches to Great
Yarmouth — Directions; buoyage
216
Paragraph 9.36 7 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 W of the W extremity of Corton Sand.
218
Paragraph 9.47 8 line 6 For Corton Read Holm Approach
Paragraph 9.50 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
1 Depths are subject to change and the Port Authority
should be consulted for the latest information.
1
219
Paragraph 9.56 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
From the vicinity of Holm Approach Light Buoy (E
cardinal) (52°30′⋅9N 1°50′⋅2E), the route leads
4¾ miles NW through...
Trinity House Notice 30/10
(SDDs 2010000 150483; 171440) [44/10]
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Papua New Guinea - Bismark Archipelago -
Islands — Positions
358
Paragraph 9.136 Chart heading For Aus Charts 395, 386
Read Aus Chart 386
Wk44/10

Paragraph 9.136 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Narage Island (4°32′⋅73S 149°06′⋅69E) is a
conical-shaped island surrounded by a reef. The..
359
Paragraph 9.148 Chart heading For Aus Chart 576 (see
1.24) Read Aus Chart 391
Paragraph 9.148 1-2 Replace by:
1 Purdy Islands (2°53′⋅00S 146°20′⋅00E) consisting of
Bat, Rat, Mouse and Mole Islands and Lalent Reef are
not permanently inhabited but are occasionally visited.
Bat Islands the W-most, consist of two flat islands and
an islet, covered with coconut palms and encircled by
reef.
368
Paragraph 9.210 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462 Read
Aus Chart 392
Paragraph 9.210 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 Description. Tingwon Group (2°37′⋅00S
149°40′⋅00E) consists of Tingwon, Kolenusa and
Beligila, three wooded islands extending in a NE/SW
direction.
393
Paragraph 10.50 Chart heading For Aus Charts 461, 462
Read Aus Chart 392, 393, 462, 4622
Wk44/10
IV
4.2
Paragraph 10.53 1 lines 5-13 Replace by:
NNE of Tench (Enus) Island (1°38′⋅85S
150°40′⋅43E), the E-most of the Saint Matthias
group. Tench Island is wooded on its W side, with
reefs extending about 1½ cables from its coasts
except at one place on the SW side where landing
may be effected near the village of Tench.
Thence:
Paragraph 10.54 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462 Read
Aus Chart 392
Paragraph 10.57 1 lines 1-8 Replace by:
1 Description. Emirau Island (1°39′⋅60S 149°57′⋅40E)
is undulating and densely wooded; from NW it
appears saddle-shaped towards its N end and flattened
towards the S end. There are several disused air strips,
one of which is maintained for domestic use, on the N
side of the island, and a coconut plantation on the SW
end.
Paragraph 10.58 1 Replace by:
1 Description. Mussau Island (1°25′⋅00S
149°37′⋅00E) is the largest of Saint Matthias Group
and lies within an unsurveyed area. From W it appears
wedge-shaped, the steepest side of the wedge being to
the S.
Australian charts 386, 391 and 392
(HH. 060/200/01) [44/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark - Storebælt— Directions; lights
254
Paragraph 7.12 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 Røsnæs Lighthouse (disused) (white square
tower, 15 m in height) (55°44′⋅62N
10°52′⋅15E).
Paragraph 7.12 2 line 5 Delete
255
Paragraph 7.22 1 lines 3-4 Delete
257
Paragraph 7.32 1 line 3 Replace by:
...2½ miles E of Røsnæs Lighthouse (disused) (7.12),
consists of an...
Paragraph 7.39 1 line 1 Delete
259
Paragraph 7.53 3 line 3 Delete
260
Paragraph 7.60 1 lines 1-2 Delete
286
Paragraph 8.12 1 line 4 Replace by:
...SSW of Røsnæs Puller Light (55°44′⋅99N 10°50′⋅60E)
(7.17) and...
288
Paragraph 8.26 3 line 2 Delete
Paragraph 8.28 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position about 3 miles SW of Røsnæs Puller
Light (55°44′⋅99N 10°50′⋅60E) (7.17), the track leads
S for about 2½ miles, passing (positioned from
Røsnæs Puller Light):
Danish Notice 35/864/10
(SDDs 2010000 146026; 166075) [43/10]
Wk43/10
4.1
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st December 2010
[43/10]
Southern Baltic - awica SÞupska & Adlergrund
— Directions; traffic separation schemes
4
Paragraph 1.87 3 lines 3-4 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 52/09 Replace by:
S Baltic:
Adlergrund (54°37′⋅0N 14°22′⋅0E).
Slupska Bank ( awica SÞupska) (54°51′⋅0N
17°01′⋅0E).
Approaches to the Polish ports in the Gulf of Gdamsk
(54°32′⋅0N 18°48′⋅0E).
15
313
1
After Paragraph 8.11 Add:
Traffic separation schemes
8.11a
Traffic separation schemes have been established
between Adlergrund (8.13) and Oder Bank (8.176) and
S of awica SÞupska (8.296). The schemes are
IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
314
Paragraph 8.13 2 lines 1-6 Replace by:
2 Through the TSS S of Adlergrund (54°47′N
14°24′E), an extensive rocky shoal lying on
the SW end of Rønnebanke, an extensive
shoal bank extending 30 miles SW from
Bornholm, thence:
Paragraph 8.13 3 lines 4-6 Replace by:
Sof awica SÞupska (54°55′N16°39′E) (8.296) via
the TSS, and thence:
IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; Polish Notice 30/591/10;
German Notice 33/10
(SDDs 2010000 122653; 134619) [43/10]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st December 2010
Gulf of Finland - Porkkala to Kalbådagrund —
Directions; traffic separation schemes
90
Paragraph 2.39 1 line 1 After route Insert (via the
Precautionary Area)
Paragraph 2.41 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
NNW of Keri saar Lighthouse (59°42′⋅0N
25°01′⋅3E) (3.92) and through the E section of
the Off Porkkala Lighthouse TSS, thence:

Paragraph 2.41 2 line 4 For the E end Read the W end
Paragraph 2.42 1 line 2 For the E end Read the W end
IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; Finnish Notice 17/263/2010
(SDD 2010000 101433) [43/10]
Finland - Helsinki — Directions; authorised
draught
167
Paragraph 4.209 1 line 2 For 7⋅9 mRead 7⋅3 m
Paragraph 4.209 4 lines 6-8 Delete
Finnish Notice 28/453/2010
(SDD 2010000 165405) [43/10]
Sweden - Törehamn — Directions; lights
489
Paragraph 11.240 8 line 2 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.240 9 lines 4-6 Delete
490
Paragraph 11.241 1 line 1 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 1 line 3 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 1 line 7 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 2 line 1 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 2 line 3 For light-structure Read beacon
Paragraph 11.241 2 line 7 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 3 line 1 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 3 line 6 For lights Read beacons
Paragraph 11.241 4 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons
Paragraph 11.241 4 line 2 For light Read beacon
Paragraph 11.241 4 line 4 For light Read beacon
Paragraph 11.241 4 line 5 For light Read beacon
Paragraph 11.241 4 line 7 For lights Read beacons
Paragraph 11.241 5 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons
Paragraph 11.241 5 line 2 For light Read beacon
Paragraph 11.241 5 line 4 For light Read beacon
Paragraph 11.241 5 line 5 For light Read beacon
Paragraph 11.241 5 line 5 For lights Read beacons
Paragraph 11.241 6 line 2 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 6 line 4 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 7 line 1 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 7 line 2 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 7 line 4 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 8 line 1 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 8 line 2 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 8 line 3 For Light Read Beacon
IV
4.2
Paragraph 11.241 8 line 4 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 11.241 9 line 3 For lights in line Read beacons
Paragraph 11.241 10 Delete
Swedish Notice 325/6735/2010
(SDD 2010000 166886) [43/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China, East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo
and Zhoushan — Directions; traffic separation
scheme
Paragraph 6.53 Replace by:
238
1 Main route through Xiazhi Men. From a position
about 3 miles SE of Xiazhi Men LANBY (red, super
buoy) (29°40′⋅98N 122°32′⋅46E) the route leads
2
generally WNW for about 13 miles to Xiazhi Men
Northern Anchorage (29°45′⋅50N 122°21′⋅50E) (6.56)
and the pilot boarding position, the track passing either
through or N of Xiazhimen Kou deep-water channel
marked by light buoys (lateral).
The route then follows the TSS (6.59) through
Xiazhi Men and Zhitou Yang (29°52′⋅00N
122°11′⋅00E) to a position NNE of Yanyxiaomao Dao
(29°53′⋅91N 122°09′⋅07E). The route continues W,
within the TSS, to a position S of Damao Dao
(29°57′⋅00N 122°02′⋅00E), thence NW to a roundabout
(counter clockwise) (29°58′⋅32N 121°58′⋅40E). The
3
roundabout forms a junction between a TSS leading
NNW through Cezi Shuiado (6.96) and a WSW route
through Jintang Shuidao (6.123).
Alternative route through Tiaozhou Men. Froma
position ESE of Wai Jiao (29°41′⋅32N 122°17′⋅41E),
the track leads WNW to a position in Xiazhi Men
Southern Anchorage (29°42′⋅30N 122°21′⋅20E) (6.56)
S of the pilot boarding position (6.57). The track then
leads generally WNW through Tiaozhou Men to a
position WNW of Daqianmen Dao (29°48′⋅39N
122°09′⋅13E). The track then leads ENE through
4
Zhitou Yang to a position N of Shangliuwangchong
Dao Light (29°50′⋅07N 122°13′⋅15E), where vessels
may join the TSS (6.59), in the vicinity of No 1
precautionary area.
Inshore route. From a position SW of Wenzhou
Zhi (29°42′⋅70N 122°00′⋅34E) the route leads NNE for
about 3 miles, thence generally NE through Qinglong
Men, Fodu Shuidao and Zhitou Yang to a position N
of Shangliuwangchong Dao Light (29°50′⋅07N
2
122°13′⋅15E), where vessels may join the TSS (6.59),
in the vicinity of No 1 precautionary area.
Paragraph 6.55 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
From SE through Xiazhi Men: The TSS has a
least depth of 20⋅8 m.
Paragraph 6.56 2 lines 3-7 Replace by:
Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29°45′⋅50N
122°21′⋅50E), 16 to 25 m, mud; the pilot
boarding position is in the anchorage. An
obstruction (29°45′⋅50N 122°20′⋅01E), position
approximate, lies W of this anchorage.
Wk43/10

Paragraph 6.58 Replace by:
1 Ningbo and Zhoushan VTS centres control traffic in
this area. The use of VTS is compulsory for vessels
using the deep-water channel and TSS; for details,
including the limits, see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
After Paragraph 6.59 3 line 8 Insert:
4 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has been
established for the deep-water route to Ningbo and
Zhoushan ports. The scheme is not IMO adopted, but
the Chinese authorities advise that the principles for
the use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) apply. See also Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
239
After Paragraph 6.62 2 line 2 Insert:
Diandeng Shan (29°52′⋅55N 122°13′⋅84E).
After Paragraph 6.62 2 line 8 Insert:
3 Automatic Identification System:
Xiazhi Men LANBY (29°40′⋅98N 122°32′⋅46E).
Dongtiao Zui Light (29°44′⋅75N 122°18′⋅23E).
For information see the Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
240
Paragraph 6.66 1-2 Replace by:
1 Xiazhi Men. The track follows the TSS through
Xiazhi Men, a strait leading NW for 7 miles between
Taohua Dao to NE, and a chain of islands from
Xiazhi Dao to Shangliuwangchong Dao to SW.
2 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(29°45′⋅50N 122°21′⋅50E) in Xiazhi Men Northern
Anchorage the track enters the TSS from No 0
precautionary area and leads generally NW, passing
(with positions from Xiaoshuang Shan Light
(29°47′⋅80N 122°14′⋅45E)):
Clear of an obstruction (5½ milesESE), position
approximate, thence:
Paragraph 6.66 7 lines 7-8 Replace by:
The track then follows the TSS NNW to No 1
precautionary area, passing (with positions from
Yanyxiaomao Dao Light (29°53′⋅91N 122°09′⋅07E)):
Paragraph 6.66 9 Replace by:
9 The track then continues NNW to No 2
precautionary area NW of Yanyxiaomao Dao (6.61),
from where a light is exhibited.
The Mazhi anchorages and nearby anchorages
(29°55′⋅00N 122°14′⋅00E) (6.147) may be approached
from No 1 precautionary area heading generally N and
passing close W of the Mazi Inspection and Pilotage
Anchorage (29°51′·58N 122°12′·95E) and keeping E of
two dangerous wrecks (6.69). Pilotage details are at
6.149.
(Directions for route to Ningbo continues at 6.67,
and for Aoshan Oil Pier are given at 6.156)
Wk43/10
IV
4.3
241
Paragraph 6.68 2 Replace by:
2 SW of Damao Dao (29°57′⋅00N 122°02′⋅00E)
and through No 3 precautionary area. A light
(white six sided concrete structure, 8 m in
height) (29°55′⋅96N 122°02′⋅06E) is exhibited
from Luotou Jiao, the S point of Damao Dao.
Thence:
Paragraph 6.68 4 Replace by:
4 The TSS then leads to a position NE of Tunimen
Dao (29°57′⋅42N 121°57′⋅90E), a drying bank
extending 2 cables NNE from the N point of Daxie
Dao, from the edge of which a light (white concrete
cone, 8 m in height) is exhibited. The TSS then enters
a roundabout (counter clockwise) (29°58′⋅32N
121°58′⋅40E) with a NNW route through Cezi Shuiado
(6.96) (in reverse) and a WSW route through Jintang
Shuidao (6.123).
242
Paragraph 6.69 9 Replace by:
9 The track then leads ENE to a position N of
Shangliuwangchong Dao Light (29°50′⋅07N
122°13′⋅15E), where vessels may join the TSS (6.59),
in the vicinity of No 1 precautionary area.
The track then follows the TSS NNW (6.66)
passing E of Yanyxiaomao Dao (6.61).
For the approaches to Mazhi anchorages (6.147) see
6.66.
Paragraph 6.70 6-8 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 23/10 Replace by:
6 The track then continues ENE through Fodu
Shuidao, passing:
SSE of two dangerous wrecks (29°47′⋅99N
122°03′⋅56E and 29°48′⋅04N 122°04′⋅13E),
thence:
NNW of the NE coast of Liuheng Dao (29°44′⋅00N
122°07′⋅00E) (6.50) and clear of a dangerous
wreck (29°47′⋅17N 122°05′⋅05E), position
approximate, thence:
7 NNW of Daqianmen Dao (29°48′⋅39N
122°09′⋅13E), thence:
SE of two dangerous wrecks (29°52′⋅17N
122°07′⋅46E and 29°52′⋅07N 122°07′⋅60E),
positions approximate, thence:
The track then continues ENE to a position N of
Shangliuwangchong Dao Light (29°50′⋅07N
122°13′⋅15E), where vessels may join the TSS
(6.59), in the vicinity of No 1 precautionary area.
8 The track then follows the TSS NNW (6.66)
passing E of Yanyxiaomao Dao (6.61). The passage
inshore of the island is deep but has heavy overfalls
and strong eddies and should not be attempted by
vessels unable to maintain a speed of 10 kn when
there is a strong tidal stream against them, see 6.52.
For the approaches to Mazhi anchorages (6.147) see
6.66.
Caution. Vessels may be encountered adjusting
compasses in Fodu Shuidao SE of Qinglong Shan
making use of nearby leading mark beacons.
(Directions continue for Ningbo at 6.67)

245
After Paragraph 6.90 3 line 4 Insert:
4 Automatic Identification System:
Xihou Men Bridge (30°03′⋅85N 121°55′⋅12E).
Yandun No 1 Buoy (30°11′⋅60N 121°52′⋅92E).
No2Buoy(30°09′⋅96N 121°54′⋅71E).
Jintangdaqiaobeikou Buoy (30°07′⋅10N
121°48′⋅15E).
For information see the Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
245-246
Paragraph 6.93 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
23/10 Replace by:
1 From the position W of Dawu Zhi (30°13′⋅01N
121°53′⋅30E) the track leads S, passing:
W of Gualian Shan (30°11′⋅70N 121°56′⋅25E), from
where lights are exhibited (6.168), thence:
W of Yandun No 1 Buoy (30°11′⋅60N 121°52′⋅92E),
thence:
W of No 2 buoy (30°09′⋅96N 121°54′⋅71E), thence:
W of the NW point of Zhoushan Dao (6.98), from
where Guci Light (6.98) is exhibited, thence:
2 W of a dangerous wreck (30°08′⋅95N
121°49′⋅25E), position approximate, and a
second dangerous wreck (30°08′⋅20N
121°49′⋅63E), thence:
Clear of Jintangdaqiaobeikou Buoy (safe water)
(30°07′⋅10N 121°48′⋅15E), thence:
3 W of Daccaihua Shan (Dacaihuashan)
(30°07′⋅01N 121°51′⋅86E), the N of a group
of small islands lying N of Jintang Dao, and
from where a light (6.89) is exhibited, thence:
W of Datiaoguo Shan (30°06′⋅00N 121°50′⋅00E).
The track then follows the TSS, marked by light
buoys (lateral) (AIS fitted), passing:
4 W of Dapeng Shan Light (6.89), exhibited from
NW point of a Dapeng Shan, a hilly island,
lying close off the NW side of Jintang Dao.
The island is mainly surrounded by a drying
bank. An islet, lies 4 cables NNW with a
bank, depth less than 5 m, extending
3½ cables N. A spit, with depths of less than
2 m, extends 1 mile S of Dapeng Shan and
on its extremity lies an islet marked at its
S end by Daochu Light (red and white metal
column, 7 m in height). Thence:
5 Beneath Jintang Great Bridge (6.110), under
construction (2008). The navigation spans are
each marked by lights (two green arrows on a
white square). The depths in the TSS are not
less than 10 m.
6 The TSS passes between Jintang and Qili Zhi
Dangerous Goods Anchorages (6.117). Vessels
proceeding to Yong Jiang should clear the TSS to W
to the pilot boarding position (30°01′⋅50N
121°46′⋅40E) (6.119) in the Qili Zhi anchorage.
The TSS continues S to a position N of
Dahuangmang Dao (29°58′⋅53N 121°48′⋅54E), from
where a light is exhibited (6.126).
(Directions for Jintang Shuidao are given at 6.123
(in reverse) and for Yong Jiang at 6.128)
IV
4.4
246
Paragraph 6.96 1 Replace by:
1 Cezi Shuidao (30°02′⋅00N 121°56′⋅5E) is the strait,
least width 2 miles, between Zhoushan Dao on the E
side and Jintang Dao (6.50) on the W. A TSS operates
through Xihou Men and Cezi Shuidao passing W of
Cezi Dao (30°06′⋅70N 121°56′⋅00E). A secondary
channel, Guci Hangmen, passes E of Cezi Dao and is
further divided by Fuchi Dao (38°05′⋅80N
121°58′⋅30E).
247
Paragraph 6.98 4 Replace by:
4 WSW of Cezi Dao Light Beacon (green triangle
on green beacon, 9 m in height) (30°05′⋅42N
121°54′⋅40E), thence:
ENE of a light buoy (isolated danger) (30°04′⋅81N
121°53′⋅64E), moored close E of Wanzhan Jiao, a
dangerous shoal, which should be given a wide
berth owing to the strength of the tidal streams
and eddies.
Paragraph 6.99 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
1 The track then follows the TSS SE, passing (with
positions from Diao Jiao Light (30°02′⋅86EN
121°57′⋅82E)):
250
Paragraph 6.125 1 Replace by:
1 From a position NE of Tunimen Dao (29°57′⋅42N
121°57′⋅90E) the track leaves the TSS roundabout
(29°58′⋅32N 121°58′⋅40E) leading WSW then generally
WNW through Jintang Shuidao, passing (with
positions from Huangniu Jiao Light (29°57′⋅91N
121°54′⋅03E)):
Chinese chart 13519
(SDD 2010000 142180) [43/10]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
Bahrain — Directions; recommended route for
deep-draught vessels; route for other vessels
203-204
Paragraph 8.38 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
14/09 Replace by:
1 The recommended track is intended for use by
deep-draught vessels. A channel with a width of
260 m is dredged along the track. In the bends the
dredging is extended, especially around Bahrain
Approach Light Buoy (26°21′⋅75N 50°46′⋅63E). It
should not be used by vessels with a draught of less
than 9⋅1 m; such vessels should use the NE approach
(8.37) instead.
2 From the vicinity of Bahrain Light Buoy
(26°33′⋅00N 51°03′⋅58E) the recommended track,
marked by light buoys (lateral), leads initially SW,
then generally S, for about 32 miles, passing:
Wk43/10

SE of PIN Light Buoy (S cardinal) (26°28′⋅31N
50°57′⋅40E), moored S of dangerous
obstructions, thence:
NW of Caisson Wreck Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(26°24′⋅37N 50°52′⋅48E) and SE of the
obstruction, 1½ miles NNW, least depth 12⋅8 m,
lying close NE of No 11 Light Buoy. Thence:
3 NW of Bahrain Approach Light Buoy
(W cardinal) (26°21′⋅75N 50°46′⋅63E), thence:
E of No 21 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(26°21′⋅39N 50°46′⋅26E), thence:
W of Sitrah Inward Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(26°21′⋅15N 50°49′⋅72E), moored about 1 mile
Wofa9⋅8 m shoal patch, thence:
4 E of No 27 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(26°17′⋅07N 50°46′⋅25E), marking the E limit
of the coastal bank, thence:
E of No 29 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(26°16′⋅00N 50°46′⋅10E), moored close SE of a
9⋅3 m shoal, thence:
W of Vidal Light Buoy (port hand) (26°14′⋅19N
50°47′⋅23E) (8.40), thence:
5 E then S of No 37 Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(26°10′⋅75N 50°45′⋅49E), thence:
To the pilot boarding position (26°10′⋅40N
50°44′⋅44E).
Wk43/10
IV
4.5
Paragraph 8.40 including existing section IV Replace by:
1 The route for vessels not authorised to use the
recommended route (8.38) leads from the vicinity of
Bahrain Light Buoy (safe water) (26°33′⋅00N
51°03′⋅58E) for about 30 miles keeping SE and E of
the deep-draught recommended track, passing:
SE of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (26°29′⋅62N
50°59′⋅60E), thence:
2 NW of a dangerous wreck (position
approximate) (reported 1977) (26°24′⋅73N
50°56′⋅86E), thence:
SE of Caisson Wreck Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(26°24′⋅37N 50°52′⋅48E), thence:
NW of a dangerous wreck (26°22′⋅40N 50°53′⋅50E),
thence:
3 N then W of Sitrah Inward Light Buoy
(26°21′⋅15N 50°49′⋅72E) (8.38), thence:
W of Vidal Light Buoy (port hand) (26°14′⋅19N
50°47′⋅23E), moored W of numerous shoal
patches, thence:
E then S of No 37 Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(26°10′⋅75N 50°45′⋅49E), thence:
To the pilot boarding position (26°10′⋅40N
50°44′⋅44E).
Useful marks:
See 8.39.
(Directions continue at 8.74)
Bahrain Marine Notice 1/2010; BA Charts 3734, 3737,
3738
(SDD 2010000 064762) [43/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Brazil – Porto de Mucuripe —
Outer anchorages; wreck
138
Paragraph 4.169 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
No 1. For vessels with a draught more than 7 m,
(1¼ miles W). A dangerous wreck lies 6 cables
WSW.
Brazilian Notice 17/98/10
(SDD 2010000 151063) [42/10]
Brazil – Baía de Guanabara — Pilotage
222
Paragraph 7.28 1 line 5 Replace by:
...(22°58′S 43°09′W) and, for vessels with a draught less
than 12⋅5 m, in position 22°56′⋅50S 43°08′⋅40E.
Brazilian Notice 17/93/10
(SDD 2010000 151063) [42/10]
Wk42/10
4.1
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash
251
[42/10]
Paragraph 11.39 2 line 5 After Freemanbreen. Add: Arock
awash lies off the S coast of Barentsøya in position
78°15′⋅38N 21°41′⋅59E.
Norwegian Notice 17/29576/10
(SDD 2010000 146843) [42/10]
NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2007 Edition)
Greenland - West coast - Wolstenholme Fjord —
Island; rock
208
Paragraph 5.174 2 lines 4-9 Replace by:
Manson Øer (76°39′N 69°10′W), three small
islands, lie close off Kap Abernathy (76°41′N
69°15′W), in an extensive area of water not yet
surveyed, which must be navigated with extreme
caution. A rock, about 5 m high, exists about 1 mile S
of the W island, and a drying rock lies about 5 cables
SW of the S extremity of the W island of Manson
Øer.
Danish Notice 36/293/10
(SDD 2010000 150491) [42/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
South Africa - South coast - Storm Point —
Depth
94
After Paragraph 2.116 1 Insert:
2 S of shoal patch (3½ miles ESE) with a least
depth of 4 m (reported 2010), 5 cables offshore,
over which the sea breaks in heavy weather.
Thence:
South African Notice 77/2010
(SDD 2010000 144921) [41/10]
Kenya - Mombasa — Pilotage; buoyage
331
Paragraph 10.30 1 lines1to5Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels unless
exempted by the port authorities, and is available
24 hours. The pilot boards 4 miles SE of Ras Serani
(10.26), as shown on the chart.
334
Paragraph 10.37 2 lines6to7Delete
Marine Safety Information Kenya
(SDD 2010000 082530) [41/10]
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Argentina – Golfo San Jorge — Restricted area
377
After Paragraph 12.52 Insert:
Restricted area
12.52a
1 An irregular shaped restricted area, in which
navigation and anchoring are prohibited, has been
established off Cabo San Jorge (45°47′⋅27S
67°21′⋅96W). It is defined by lines joining the
following positions:
a) 45°44′⋅20S 67°22′⋅60W
b) 45°44′⋅80S 67°21′⋅30W
c) 45°43′⋅40S 67°13′⋅40W
d) 45°51′⋅00S 67°19′⋅50W
e) 45°51′⋅00S 67°25′⋅20W
f) 45°49′⋅20S 67°26′⋅00W
g) 45°48′⋅93S 67°26′⋅09W.
Wk41/10
4.1
380
Paragraph 12.71 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:
[41/10]
Restricted areas:
A circular area of 2 miles radius around an SBM
(12.78) off Punta Pando (12.69), as shown on the
chart, is restricted for tanker operations only.
An irregular shaped area in which navigation and
anchoring are prohibited, see 12.52a.
Paragraph 12.76 1 lines 5-7 Replace by:
Restricted area in which navigation and anchoring
are prohibited, see 12.52a.
383
Paragraph 12.95 1 line 5 Delete 1½ miles NE,
Paragraph 12.95 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Restricted areas:
Anchorage is prohibited in an area, shown on the
chart, extending 1¼ miles ESE from the head of
Muelle General Mosconi (45°51′·1S 67°27′·3W)
(12.100).
An irregular shaped area in which navigation and
anchoring are prohibited, see 12.52a.
Argentine Notice 9/101/10
(SDD 2010000 146767) [41/10]
NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (1985 Edition) —
Supplement 8-2005
Navigation Warnings
6
Existing Supplement amendment R4-47 Paragraph 1.63
including heading Replace by:
Navigation warnings
1.63
1 The area covered by this volume lies in
NAVAREA XX and XXI of the World-Wide
Navigational Warning Service. NAVAREA warnings
and METAREAs XX and XXI are available via the
international SafetyNET service. The service is
currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully
operational on 1st June 2011. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 3 (1) and Volume 5, and the
Mariner’s Handbook for details.
2 Feedback concerning the reception on broadcasts
above 76°N is encouraged and may be sent to:
Mr Sergey Brestkin
Telephone. +7 812 352 1901
Facsimile. +7 812 352 2688
e-mail: gmdss@aari.ru
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]

NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Radio Navigational Warnings
4
Paragraph 1.18 1 line 3 After Service. Add: The service in
NAVAREA XIX is currently on trial, and is scheduled to
become fully operational on 1st June 2011.
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2007 Edition)
Radio Navigational Warnings
Paragraph 1.33 including heading Replace by:
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service
(WWNWS)
1.33
1 Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological
warnings asnd forecasts for the area covered by this
volume are available via the international NAVTEX
service from Kook Islands and Iqaluit Coast Radio
Stations. NAVAREA and METAREA warnings for
NAVAREAs and METAREAs IV, XVII AND XVIII
are also available via the international SafetyNET
service. The service for NAVAREAs and METAREAs
XVII and XVIII is currently on trial and is scheduled
to become fully operational on 1st June 2011.
2 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3 (1)
and 5 and The Mariner’s Handbook for details.
Paragraph 1.34 Replace by:
Spare
1.34
Paragraph 1.35 Replace by:
Spare
1.35
6
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Queensland - Torres Strait - Thursday Island —
Pilotage
432
Paragraph 13.108.1 lines 1-12 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 50 m LOA
or more throughout the pilotage area, except vessels
exempted by law, and additionally for foreign vessels
of 35 m LOA or more crossing Hovell Bar (13.127).
Pilotage is available 24 hours for vessels less than
85 m LOA, and during daylight hours only for vessels
of 85 m LOA or more.
IV
4.2
2 For vessels entering from W, of 90 m LOA or
more, the Goods Island pilot boarding position
(10°33′⋅9S 142°04′⋅4E) is to be used; for vessels less
than 90 m LOA the Normanby Sound pilot boarding
position (10°34′⋅7S 142°08′⋅7E) is to be used.
3 The pilot launch has a white hull and orange
superstructure. For further details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
Queensland Notices 746/09; 631/10
AA 438069; SDD 2010000 124116) [41/10]
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition)
Maritime safety information
7-8
Paragraph 1.38 Replace by:
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service
1.38
1 West side of Bering Strait and W part of Bering
Sea are within NAVAREAS XIII and XXI of the
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service. Coastal
navigational warnings and meteorological warnings and
forecasts are available via the international NAVTEX
service from Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy Coast Radio
Station.
2 East side of Bering Strait and E part of Bering
Sea are within NAVAREAs XII and XVII of the
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service. Local
navigational warnings for the coasts and harbours of
Alaska are broadcast by NAVTEX and the appropriate
US Coast Guard radio station.
3 NAVAREA and METAREA warnings for
NAVAREAs and METAREAs XII, XIII, XVII and
XXI are also available via the international SafetyNET
service. The service is currently on trial in
NAVAREAs XVII and XXI, and is scheduled to
become fully operational on 1st June 2011.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3
(parts 1 and 2) and Volume 5, and The Mariner’s
Handbook for details.
Paragraphs 1.39-1.43 Replace by:
Spare
1.39 - 1.43
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4
(2009 Edition)
Nísos Páros - Órmos Plastíra — Obstruction
213
After Paragraph 7.294 1 line 7 Insert:
Caution. An obstruction with a depth 1 m lies close
SW.
Greek ENC GR5MAS03
(SDD 2010000 110463) [41/10]
Wk41/10

NP49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5
(2008 Edition)
Libya - Surt
Paragraph 2.155 1-4 including heading Replace by:
74
SURT
General information
Position
2.155
1 Surt (Sirt or Sirte) (31°13′⋅0N 16°35′⋅0E), which
lies in the SW part of the Gulf of Sirte, was probably
the ancient port of Aspis.
Function
2.155a
1 The modern harbour, which part opened in 2010,
will accommodate container, general and RoRo
cargoes; and will be connected to the new railway
system which is currently under construction (2010).
Arrival information
Anchorage
2.155b
1 A designated anchorage to serve the new port is
within 1 mile radius of 31°15′⋅8N 16°40′⋅9E (see also
1.41).
Harbour
General layout
2.155c
1 The harbour, which opens ENE, is protected from
the N by a main breakwater 880 m long and a
secondary breakwater extending 200 m N, from a
position on the shore 500 m SSW from the head of
the main breakwater. The harbour basin, dredged to
9⋅5 m, is almost square with a jetty 150 m long
extending E from the NW corner. A small craft basin
and berths for marine service vessels are located close
W and S of the jetty, respectively. A turning circle of
radius 140 m, is centred 200 m W from the head of
the secondary breakwater.
Development
2.155d
1 Works are in progress (2010) on future berths on
the E (general cargo), S (containers) and W (RoRo)
shores of the harbour basin.
Climate information
2.155e
1 See 1.184 and 1.187.
Wk41/10
IV
4.3
Directions
1
Principal marks
2.155f
Landmarks (positioned from Surt Light (31°12′⋅5N
16°35′⋅6E)):
Minaret (2¾ miles W).
El-Camusk (35 m in height) (2 miles SSW).
Radio tower (2¾ miles S).
Tuila (45 m in height) (2 miles SSE).
2 Major light:
Surt Light (31°12′⋅5N 16°35′⋅6E) (2.144).
Approach and entry
2.155g
1 A channel 150 m wide and dredged to 10⋅5 m runs
SW from the open sea, then WSW between the
breakwater heads.
Berths
Harbour
2.155h
1 Two berths either side of the jetty dredged to 8 m.
Libyan Ports and Maritime Transport Authority
(SDD 2010000 150317) [41/10]
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
1
Radio navigational warnings
9
Paragraph 1.49 1 lines 1-8 Replace by:
Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological
warnings and forecasts for the area covered by this
volume are available via the international NAVTEX
service from Bodø and Vardø Coast Radio Stations.
NAVAREA warnings and METAREA warnings for
NAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also available via the
international SafetyNET service. The service is
currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully
operational on 1st June 2011.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (1)
and Volume 5, and the Mariner’s Handbook for
details.
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
Supplement 9-2004
1
Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas
6
L47-64 Paragraph 1.55 Replace by:
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service
1.55
Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological
warnings and forecasts for the area covered by this
volume are available via the international NAVTEX
service from Bodø, Vardø and Murmansk Coast Radio
Stations. NAVAREA warnings and METAREA
warnings for NAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also
available via the international SafetyNET service. The
service is currently on trial, and is scheduled to
become fully operational on 1st June 2011.

See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (1)
and Volume 5, and the Mariner’s Handbook for
details.
47
R68-70 Replace by:
Rocket firings take place occasionally from
Andøya rocket range (69°17′⋅6N 16°01′⋅3E), as
announced through NAVTEX and the World-Wide
Navigational Warning Service for
NAVAREA/METAREA XIX. See also 1.55.
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
NP72 Southern BarentsSea and Beloye More Pilot
(2010 Edition)
Paragraph 1.31 Replace by:
Radio Navigation Warnings
Radio navigational warnings and weather
messages
1.31
1 Navigational warnings and weather bulletins for
Barents Sea and Beloye More are issued by
NAVAREA/METAREA XX. They are broadcast in
English on the NAVTEX service by Murmansk and
Arkhangel’sk Coast Radio Stations, and on the
SafetyNET service. The latter is currently on trial, and
enters full operational capability on 1st June 2011.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3 (1)
and 5 and The Mariner’s Handbook for details.
Paragraph 1.32 Replace by:
Spare
1.32
6
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
IV
4.4
NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2009 Edition)
NAVAREAS/METAREAS
60 - 62
Paragraph 4.7 Replace by:
1 For the purposes of WWNWS, the world is
divided into 21 geographical sea areas, termed
NAVAREAs, each identified by the roman
numerals I - XXI, and one sub-area (the Baltic
Sea). The authority charged with coordinating and
promulgating long range navigational warnings
within a NAVAREA is called the NAVAREA (or
Sub-Area) Coordinator. The Coordinators are
listed in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes
3 and 5 and are shown in diagram 4.7.
2 The service in NAVAREAs XVII - XXI is
currently on trial and is expected to become fully
operational in 2011.
61
Diagram 4.7 Caption line 3 Replace by:
The service in NAVAREAS XVII - XXI is
currently on trial and is expected to become
fully operational in 2011
63
Paragraph 4.17 lines 6-7 Replace by:
...almost identical to the 21 NAVAREAs (4.7)
within the World-Wide Navigational Warning
Service (WWNWS). The service in METAREAs
XVII - XXI is currently on trial and is expected to
become fully operational in 2011. Each...
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas
209
Paragraph 10.7 Table Column 1 The Wider Caribbean
Region Replace by:
The Wider Caribbean Region, as defined in
article 2, paragraph 1 of the Convention for the
Protection and Development of the Marine
Environment of the Wider Caribbean Region
(Cartagena de Indias, 1983), means the Gulf of
Mexico and Caribbean Sea proper including the
bays and seas thererin and that portion of the
Atlantic Ocean within the boundary constituted by
the 30°N parallel from Florida eastward to the
77°30’W meridian, thence a rhumb line to the
intersection of 7°20’N parallel and 59°W meridian,
thence a rhumb line to the intersection of 7°20′N
parallel and 50°W meridian, thence a rhumb line
drawn southwesterly to the eastern boundary of
French Guiana.
MARPOL 73/78 Annex V Regulation 5(1)h; MV Nanuk
(SDD 2010000 151017) [41/10]
Wk41/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Brazil – Canal do Norte — Directions; shoal
88
Paragraph 3.56 7 lines 1-4 Replace by:
NW of a light buoy (port hand) marking the NW
extremity of a range of banks, large areas of
which dry, extending 7 miles N of Ilha do Cará
(23 miles SSW), thence:
Clear of an uncharted 11 m shoal (0°05′⋅30N
50°58′⋅00W), reported 2010.
UKHO
(SDD 2010000 151114) [40/10]
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2010 Edition)
Surinam - Nickerie Rivier — Pilotage;
directions; buoyage
80
Paragraph 2.133 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:
...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (6°02′⋅06N
57°00′⋅52W). For further details see Admiralty List of...
81
Paragraph 2.134 1 lines 9-10 Replace by:
...position is reached close to V-COR/N Light Buoy (safe
water) (6°02′⋅06N 57°00′⋅52W).
Paragraph 2.134 2 line 3 Replace by:
...by a light buoy and light beacons (port hand). To
the E of the...
Paragraph 2.134 2 line 8 For close SE Read 4 cables ENE
Paragraph 2.134 3 line 3 For Buoy Read Beacon
Netherlands Notice 36/440/10
(SDD 2010000 146226) [40/10]
Guyana - Corentyn River —
General information; directions
83
Paragraph 2.143 3 lines 4-5 Replace by:
...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (6°02′⋅06N
57°00′⋅52W).
Paragraph 2.144 2 line 7 Replace by:
...V-COR/N Light Buoy (safe water) (6°02′⋅06N
57°00′⋅52W).
4.1
Paragraph 2.144 3 lines 4-5 Replace by:
[40/10]
Clear of V-COR/N Light Buoy (6°02′⋅06N
57°00′⋅52W), thence:
SE of CM 1 Light Buoy (6°00′⋅88N 57°02′⋅20W),
thence:
SE of CM 3 Light Buoy (5°59′⋅00N 57°03′⋅84W),
thence:
Netherlands Notice 36/440/10
(SDD 2010000 146226) [40/10]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark - Kattegat - Directions — Routes
Paragraph 1.39 2 line 13 Delete
Paragraph 1.39 2 line 14 For (d) Read (c)
Paragraph 1.39 2 line 16 For (e) Read (d)
8
72
Paragraph 2.12 2 lines 6-8 Replace by:
From E of Anholt, Route D leads SSE to a position
about 13 miles W of Kullen (56°18′N 12°27′E) for
onward passage to The Sound. Directions are given at
4.23.
Paragraph 2.13 2 lines 1-9 Replace by:
From the close vicinity of 56°51′N 10°48′E,
Route B continues SE and then S to join Route A at
Light Buoy No 4 (56°23′⋅8N 11°06′⋅0E). Route A
continues S to join Route T at the N end of Samsø
Bælt. Directions are given at 5.58 and 5.73.
Paragraph 2.30 1 line 2 For Route B Read Route D
74
127
Paragraph 4.2 1 lines 4-5 Delete
Paragraph 4.2 1 line 10 Delete
Paragraph 4.10 1 lines 3-6 Replace by:
...through the E side of Kattegat leads SSE to No 6 Light
Buoy (56°45′N 11°53′E), and thence SSW to a position
12 miles S of Anholt. It is marked on the centreline by light
buoys (safe water).
Paragraph 4.10 2 lines 1-3 Delete
128
Paragraph 4.10 2 lines 4-6 Replace by:
Route A. From No 6 Light Buoy (56°45′N 11°53′E)
at the junction with Routes T and D, the route leads
SW to a position 5 miles S of Anholt.
Wk40/10

Paragraph 4.10 3 lines 1-4 Delete
128-129
Paragraphs 4.20 to 4.26 Replace by:
4.20
1 Thence, the track continues SSE for a further
6 miles to No 6 Light Buoy (safe water), passing ENE
of Fyrbanken (7 miles ENE of Anholt Light (56°44′N
11°39′E)), a small bank lying close NE of Anholt
Østerrev, a narrow spit of sand and large boulders,
extending 4½ miles from the E end of the island,
marked by a light buoy (E cardinal). The middle part
of the spit is called Kobbergrund; the outer end is
called Knoben. The N side and the E end are steep-to.
4.21
1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water)
(56°45′N 11°53′E), the track leads SSW for 18 miles
in clear water, between Routes A (4.22) and D (4.23)
to a position 12 miles S of Anholt.
(Directions continue at 5.12)
Route A
(continued from 4.20)
4.22
1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water)
(56°45′N 11°53′E), the track leads SW, passing SE of
Anholt Østerrev (5 miles W) (4.20) to a position
5 miles S of Anholt.
Route D
(continued from 4.20)
4.23
1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water)
(56°45′N 11°53′E), the track leads SSE for 28 miles,
passing:
WSW of Rødebanke (56°42′N 12°06′E), a small
bank, reddish brown and yellow sand and coral,
thence:
WSW of Store Middelgrund (56°33′N 12°05′E), a
bank consisting of rock, shingle, shell, and brown
sand with several rocky patches in the S part; in
greater depths surrounding the bank, the bottom
is mud. A mast (56°33′⋅7N 12°06′⋅3E), 120 m in
height, stands on the bank. The mast is equipped
with a racon and navigational light. An air
obstruction light is located at the top of the mast.
A dangerous wreck of unknown depth (position
approximate), lies 3 miles SSW and closer to the
track.
2 In this vicinity, the centreline of Route D is marked
by No 2 Light Buoy (safe water) (56°32′N 11°59′E),
whence the track continues SSE as far as No 10 Light
Buoy (safe water) (14 miles farther SSE) at the
junction with the routes from Halmstad (4.139) and
Spodsbjerg (4.184). A wreck, with a depth of 23⋅3 m,
lies 8 cables W of No 2 Light Buoy.
(Directions continue at 6.23
and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184)
Wk40/10
IV
4.2
Other routes
4.24
1 North-west of Anholt to south-west of Lille
Middelgrund (continued from 5.46a). From a position
13 miles NW of Anholt, the track leads E for about
20 miles, passing (positioned from Anholt Light
(56°44′N 11°39′E) (4.17)):
N of a dangerous wreck of unknown depth
(12½ miles WNW), thence:
N of Nordvestrev (5 miles WNW), a narrow reef
stretching 4½ miles NW from the NW end of the
island, marked by a buoy (W cardinal) moored
1½ miles NW of its NW extremity, thence:
2 N of Anholt Østerrev (4 miles E) (4.20), whence
it joins Route T SW of Lille Middelgrund.
4.25
1 Useful marks:
Nordbjerg (56°43′N 11°31′E), highest sandhill at
NW extremity of Anholt.
Anholt Havn Light (56°43′N 11°30′E) (5.23).
4.26
1 South of Anholt to The Sound (continued from
5.63). From a position 12 miles S of Anholt, the track
leads SE for 19 miles, passing NE of Lysegrund
(56°17′N 11°46′E), a sandy and rocky shoal marked at
its NW and SW extremities by N and S cardinal
buoys, respectively. Lysegrund Light (black hut, red
band, on concrete base, 9 m in height) stands on the N
part of the shoal. The discolouration of the water over
the shoal can usually be seen at a short distance. The
N and E sides of Lysegrund should not be approached
within a depth of 20 m, nor its S and W sides within a
depth of 13 m.
2 The track continues as far as No 10 Light Buoy
(safe water) (56°18′N 12°04′E) at the junction with
Route D (4.23) and the routes leading from Halmstad
(4.139) and Spodsbjerg (4.184).
(Directions continue at 6.23
and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184)
140
Paragraph 4.123 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
2 The route SW from Halmstad to No 10 Light
Buoy (56°18′N 12°04′E) in the approach to
The Sound.
146
Paragraph 4.180 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
The route (4.26) from W side of Kattegat leading to
The Sound.
Paragraph 5.2 Replace by:
165
1 Offshore routes, as shown on the chart:
Route T from 12 miles S of Anholt to Samsø Bælt.
Route A from 5 miles S of Anholt to Fornæs.
2 Coastal routes, as shown on the chart:
Route B from Læsø Rende to Fornæs.
Route A from Fornæs to Samsø Bælt.
3 Other routes:
Route from Ålborg Bugt to 12 miles S of Anholt.
Route from Ålborg Bugt to Fornæs.
Route from Ålborg Bugt to 13 miles NW of Anholt.

Paragraph 5.8 1 line 5 For 9 miles Read 11 miles
Paragraph 5.8 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
2 Route A. From a position about 5 miles S of
Anholt (56°42′N 11°34′E), the route leads SW for
20 miles to join Route B.
166
Paragraph 5.16 1 Replace by:
1 From a position about 5 miles S of Anholt (56°42′N
11°34′E), the track leads SW for about 20 miles, as far
as No 4 Light Buoy (safe water) (56°24′N 11°06′E), at
the junction with Route B (5.58).
Paragraph 5.23 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 From a position approximately 13 miles NW of
Anholt, the track over the coastal bank, least depth
4⋅3 m, leads SE for about 13 miles in the white sector
(112°-130°) of Anholt Havn Light (red round metal
tower) (56°42′⋅9N 11°30′⋅5E), which...
167
Paragraph 5.24 1 Replace by:
1 An alternative channel, depth 3⋅2 m, leads NE to
the harbour entrance from a position approximately
8 miles SW of Anholt, passing NW of Stensøre
(56°41′N 11°31′E), a rock which lies on the coastal
bank with irregular depths extending from the SW side
of the island, marked by a light buoy (S cardinal) at
its SW extremity.
Paragraph 5.32 Replace by:
1 Route B. The W channel through Kattegat follows
Route B from Læsø Rende (3.381) to Ålborg Bugt,
No 7 Light Buoy (56°51′N 10°48′E) and thence, to
Fornæs, No 4 Light Buoy (56°23′⋅8N 11°06′⋅0E).
2 Coastal route. A coastal route leads SSW from
Ålborg Bugt to the approaches to Mariager and
Randers Fjords (5.59) and thence SE and SSE to
Fornæs No 4 Light Buoy.
3 From Fornæs, the route leads S for 20 miles to join
Route T at the entrance to Samsø Bælt.
168
Paragraph 5.42 Title For Coastal route Read Route B
Paragraph 5.42 6 Replace by:
6 From No 6 Light Buoy, the track leads SSW for
7½ miles as far as No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) at the
junction with the seaward end of the approach channel
to Limfjorden (5.94).
Paragraph 5.43 1 line 4 Replace by:
(Directions continue at 5.58
and for Limfjorden at 5.107)
IV
4.3
169
After Paragraph 5.46 Insert:
Other routes
5.46a
1 Svitringen Rende to NW of Anholt. From No 7
Light Buoy (56°50′⋅9N 10°48′⋅0E), the track leads E,
in clear water, for 13 miles to a position 13 miles NW
of Anholt.
2 Useful marks:
Anholt Light (56°44′N 11°39′E) (4.17).
Anholt Havn Light (56°42′⋅8N 11°30′⋅5E) (5.23)
(Directions continue at 4.24)
Paragraph 5.52 Replace by:
1 The principal route follows Route B (5.58). The
coastal route leads SW to the approaches to Mariager
and Randers Fjords (5.59) and then SE to Fornæs.
Alternative routes from Svitringen Rende lead E
(5.46a) and SE (5.63) across Kattegat.
170
Paragraphs 5.58 to 5.63 including headings Replace by:
Route B
(continued from 5.43)
5.58
1 From No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) (56°50′⋅9N
10°48′⋅0E), the route leads 10 miles SE to a position
approximately 16 miles W of Anholt, and then
20 miles SSE to Fornæs and No 4 Light Buoy
(56°24′N 11°06′E), at the junction with Route A.
2 Useful marks:
Gjerrild Light (56°31′⋅7N 10°49′⋅8E) (5.60).
Hammelev Church (56°26′⋅7N 10°53′⋅7E).
Bavnehøj Windmill (56°25′⋅3N 10°51′⋅9E),
standing on high ground.
Grenaa Church (56°24′⋅7N 10°52′⋅5E).
(Directions continue at 5.73)
Svitringen Rende to Mariager and Randers Fjord
approaches
5.59
1 From a position about 6½ miles E of Svitringen
Rende S Lighthouse (56°51′⋅0N 10°36′⋅3E) at No 7
Light Buoy (safe water), the track leads SSW in clear
water for 11 miles, to a position approximately 4 miles
E of the approaches to Mariager Fjord (5.165) and
Randers Fjord (5.203).
2 Useful marks:
Als Odde Leading Lights (56°42′⋅7N 10°20′⋅8E)
(5.181).
(Directions continue at 5.180 and 5.214)
Wk40/10

Mariager and Randers Fjord approaches to
Fornæs
5.60
1 From a position 4 miles E of the approaches to
Mariager and Randers Fjords, the track leads SE for
13 miles, passing (positioned from Gjerrild Light
(white tower, 11 m in height) (56°31′⋅7N 10°49′⋅8E),
on Knudshoved):
2 NE of a 4⋅3 m rocky patch (8½ miles NW),
lying about 1½ miles NE of the W part of
Tangen, a large shoal area subject to
considerable and sudden changes, as shoals of
mixed sand and weed may form and become
almost awash. In 1985, Tangen was reported
to be extending N. Thence:
3 Between a 4 m patch (5½ miles N), the N-most
of the numerous small shoals forming the E
part of Tangen, the majority of which lie SW
of the track, and a wreck (3¾ miles N) with
a depth of 5⋅1 m. Thence:
NE of a 5 m shoal (2¾ miles NNE) and an isolated
patch of 5⋅3 m 1 mile ESE lying closer to the
track.
Clear of a 4 m shoal (3½ miles NE), and:
4 NE of Gjerrild Flak (1½ miles E), extending
about 1 mile NE from the coast at Gjerrild
Klint (5.53), with irregular depths up to
2 miles ESE of this shoal.
5.61
1 From a position about 4 miles E of Gjerrild Light,
the track leads SSE for 10 miles to seaward of Gjerrild
Bugt, a bay with numerous wrecks, passing ENE of
Fornæs (6½ miles SE), the E extremity of Jylland, a
wide projecting point, on which stands Fornæs
Lighthouse (5.57), as far as No 4 Light Buoy (safe
water) at the junction with Route B (5.58) and
Route A (5.16).
5.62
1 Useful marks:
Mejlgård Manor House (spire) (56°30′⋅2N
10°39′⋅5E), white, red roof.
Treå Windmill (56°31′⋅8N 10°42′⋅1E), without sails.
Glesborg Church (56°28′⋅6N 10°43′⋅7E), white.
2 Rimsø Church (56°28′⋅7N 10°47′⋅7E), white.
Sostrup Manor House (tower) (56°29′⋅9N
10°49′⋅4E), red building.
Stensmark Manor House (56°26′⋅7N 10°56′⋅7E), red
building with tower, not charted.
Hammelev Church (56°26′⋅7N 10°53′⋅7E), white.
3 Bavnehøj Windmill (56°25′⋅3N 10°51′⋅9E),
standing on high ground.
Grenaa Church (56°24′⋅7N 10°52′⋅5E).
(Directions continue at 5.73)
Other routes
5.63
1 Svitringen Rende to South of Anholt. From No 7
Light Buoy (56°50′⋅9N 10°48′⋅0E), the track leads SE
in clear water for 35 miles, to a position, on Route T,
12 miles S of Anholt.
2 Useful marks:
Anholt Light (56°44′N 11°39′E) (4.17).
Anholt Havn Light (56°42′⋅8N 11°30′⋅5E) (5.23).
Sønderbjerg (56°41′⋅5N 11°32′⋅4E) (4.32).
(Directions continue at 4.26)
Wk40/10
IV
4.4
186
Paragraph 5.180 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 From a position approximately 4 miles E of the
approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords, the track
leads W for about 4 miles to Mariager Fjord Light
Buoy (starboard hand), which marks the seaward end
of the approach to the dredged channel.
192
Paragraph 5.215 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 North-east approaches. From a position
approximately 3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), the track
leads W for 4 miles to the Mariager Fjord Light Buoy.
Paragraph 5.215 4 lines 1-7 Replace by:
4 East approach. From a position approximately
3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), the track leads SW for
5 miles, passing NW of Tangen. The track then leads
W in the green sector (254°-276°) of Udbyhøj Light
(5.214) for about 2 miles, passing S of Boels Plade,
and then WNW for Randers Fjord Light Buoy (safe
water).
198
Paragraph 6.16 1 line 3 For Route B Read Route D
Paragraph 6.19 1 line 1 For Route B Read Route D
199
Paragraph 6.25 1 line 3 For Route B Read Route D
Danish Notices 29/742/10; 35/866/10
(SDD 2010000 122790; 146026) [40/10]
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Finland - Helsinki — Directions;
authorised draught
169
Paragraph 4.219 6 line 1 For 6⋅9 mRead 4⋅0 m
Finnish Notice 25/394/2010
(SDD 2010000 144550) [40/10]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - East coast - Approaches to the
Thames Estuary — Directions; buoyage
251
Paragraph 11.38 6 lines 6-8 Replace by:
W of Sunk S 2 Light Buoy (safe water) (51°42′⋅4N
1°46′⋅7E) moored at the inner end of Sunk TSS
South (11.27), noting a group of five light buoys
(special) lying 2¾ miles farther E. Thence:
Emu Ltd
(SDDs 2010000 139333; 148257) [40/10]

NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast -
Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang Selatan —
Directions; buoyage; light beacon
200
Paragraph 6.207 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 The track continues NE, passing (with positions
from SW end of Star Cruise Terminal jetty (2°59′⋅1N
101°20′⋅0E)):
SE of No 25 Light Buoy (port hand) (1½ miles
WSW). No 25 Light Beacon (red square topmark
on single pile) lies 2 cables NW of the buoy and
the ruined remains of the former No 25 beacon
(red disc on white column) lies 1½ cables W of
the buoy. Thence:
Paragraph 6.207 2 line 5 For 7 cables Read 8½ cables
BA Chart 2152; Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian
Notice 70/2010
(SDD 2010000 145452) [40/10]
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Kuala Langat
— Directions; buoyage; light beacon
203
Paragraph 6.228 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:
Conspicuous tree (2° 46′·36N 101°25′·80E).
204
Paragraph 6.233 Replace by:
1 Directions. The recommended time of entry is
1 hour before HW. From a position SW of the river
estuary, the track leads ENE, passing clear of a light
buoy (special) (2°47′·55N 101°20′·00E) and thence
NNW of Kuala Langat Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(2°48′·04N 101°21′·02E). A light buoy (isolated
danger) (2°47′·15N 101°21′·82E) marks the position of
a dangerous wreck in the estuary approach. When SE
of the E bank of the entrance to Bukit Ayer Hitam
(6.232), the heading should be altered gradually to E
and then ESE to follow the deepest water.
IV
4.5
2 The heading should then be adjusted gradually back
to E, passing N of Kuala Langat Light Beacon (green
square on a single pile) (2°48′⋅09N 101°24′·08E) and
Tanjung Tonkah Light (close E), across the bar, and
into the entrance to Sungai Langat.
Sungai Langat then leads N for 2 miles to Bukit
Jugra (6.232).
3 If approaching Kuala Langat from SE, the coastal
bank off the prominent village of Kampung Morib
(2°45′⋅1N 101°26′⋅8E), which extends 2 miles offshore
and is difficult to see, should be given a wide berth.
Anchorage may be obtained in Sangai Langat, off
Bukit Jugra, but the river bed may be foul.
BA Charts 2139, 3946; Marine Department Peninsular
Malaysian Notice 70/2010
(SDD 2010000 145452) [40/10]
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Klang
Selatan to Port Dickson - Beting Sepang
(Bambek Shoal) — Light beacon
204
Paragraph 6.230 3 line 4 For Beting Sepang Read Beting
Sepang (Bambek Shoal)
Paragraph 6.230 3 line 6 Replace by:
SW of Beting Sepang (6.257), marked at its SE end
by Bambek Light Beacon (2°32′·60N
101°40′·70E) (white platform on single pile),
thence:
Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 70/2010
(SDD 2010000 145452) [40/10]
NP69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
Mexico-LaPescatoRioGrande—
Directions; light
166
Paragraph 6.360 2 lines 8-9 Replace by:
...round concrete tower, 16 m in height) (25°44′⋅00N
97°10′⋅02W).
Mexican ENC MX300711
(SDD 2010000 147716) [40/10]
Wk40/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United
States Pilot (2010 Edition)
United States of America - California -
San Clemente Island — Safety Zone
263
Paragraph 8.55 1 line 5 Replace by:
...including gunfire, rocket fire and bombing. A Safety
Zone extends out to 3 miles around the island and
Security Zones...
453
After §165.1131 and detail Insert:
§165.1141 Safety Zone; San Clemente 3 NM
Safety Zone, San Clemente Island, CA.
(a) Location. The following area is a safety zone:
All waters of the Pacific Ocean surrounding San
Clemente Island, from surface to bottom,
extending from the high tide line on the island
seaward 3 NM. The zone consists of the
following sections (see Figure 1):
G
Wilson
Cove
S a n C l e m e n t e I s l a n d
Figure 1:
San Clemente Island Safety Zone Configuration
Wk39/10
F
A
E
B
D
C
4.1
[39/10]
(1) Section A
Beginning at
3302030N 11835510W; thence to
3304558N 11837042W; thence running
parallel to the shore at a distance of
approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to
3302492N 11830390W; thence
3301174N 11833528W; thence along the
shoreline returning to
3302030N 11835510W.
(2) Section B
Beginning at
3257180N 11830528W; thence to
3259360N 11828198W; thence running
parallel to the shore at a distance of
approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to
3255498N 11824132W; thence to
3253318N 11826312W; thence along the
shoreline returning to
3257180N 11830528W.
(3) Section C
Beginning at
3253318N 11826312W; thence to
3255498N 11824132W; thence running
parallel to the shore at a distance of
approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to
3247162N 11818138W; thence to
3249060N 11821030W; thence along the
shoreline returning to
3253318N 11826312W.
(4) Section D
Beginning at
3249060N 11821030W; thence to
3247162N 11818138W; thence running
parallel to the shore at a distance of
approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to
3248228N 11831414W; thence to
3250420N 11829222W; thence along the
shoreline returning to
3249060N 11821030W.
(5) Section E
Beginning at
3250420N 11829222W; thence to
3248030N 11831408W; thence running
parallel to the shore at a distance of
approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to
3253372N 11835558W; thence to
3256078N 11832570W; thence along the
shoreline returning to
3250420N 11829222W.
(6) Section F
Beginning at
3256078N 11832570W; thence to
3253372N 11835558W; thence running
parallel to the shore at a distance of
approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to
3259570N 11839462W; thence to
3301048N 11836198W; thence along the
shoreline returning to
3256078N 11832570W.

(7) Section G
Beginning at
33°01′04⋅8″N 118°36′19⋅8″W; thence to
32°59′57⋅0″N 118°39′46⋅2″W; thence running
parallel to the shore at a distance of
approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to
33°04′55⋅8″N 118°37′04⋅2″W; thence to
33°02′03⋅0″N 118°35′51⋅0″W; thence along the
shoreline returning to
33°01′04⋅8″N 118°36′19⋅8″W.
(8) Wilson Cove
Beginning at
33°01′16⋅8″N 118°33′52⋅8″W; thence to
33°02′49⋅2″N 118°30′39⋅0″W; thence running
parallel to the shore at a distance of
approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to
32°59′36⋅0″N 118°28′19⋅8″W; thence to
32°57′18⋅0″N 118°30′52⋅8″W; thence along the
shoreline returning to
33°01′16⋅8″N 118°33′52⋅8″W.
(b) Definitions. The following definition applies to this
section: designated representative, means any
commissioned, warrant and petty officers of the
Coast Guard on board Coast Guard, Coast Guard
Auxiliary, and local, state, and Federal law
enforcement vessels who have been authorized to
act on behalf of the Captain of the Port (COTP).
(c) Enforcement.
(1) This regulation will be enforced at all times in
Section G and the Wilson Cove section of the
safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this
section. Mariners must obtain permission in
accordance with the procedure described in
paragraph (d)(2) of this section before
entering either of those sections (paragraphs
(a)(7) and (8)).
(2) This regulation will be enforced in Sections A
through F of the safety zone described in
paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section
except when the Coast Guard notifies the
public that enforcement of the zone in
specified sections is temporarily suspended. At
all other times, mariners must obtain
permission in accordance with the procedure
described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section
before entering either of those sections.
(3) The COTP will provide notice of suspended
enforcement by means appropriate to affect
the widest publicity, including broadcast
notice to mariners, publication in local notice
to mariners, and posting the schedule of
restricted access periods by date, location and
duration at http://www.scisland.org.
(d) Regulations.
(1) The general regulations governing safety zones
found in 33CFR165.23 apply to the safety
zone described in paragraph (a) of this
section.
(2) Mariners requesting permission to transit
through any section of the zone may request
authorization to do so from Fleet Area
Control and Surveillance Facility (FACSFAC)
San Diego by either calling 619-545-4742 or
IV
4.2
establishing a VHF bridge to bridge radio
connection on Channel 16. Immediately upon
completing transit, the vessel operator must
promptly notify FACSFAC of safe passage
through the safety zone. Failure to
expeditiously notify FACSFAC of passage
through the safety zone will result in a
determination by the Navy that the vessel is
still in the safety zone, thereby restricting the
use of the area for naval operations. If the
Navy determines that facilitating safe transit
through the zone negatively impacts range
operations, the Navy will cease this practice
and enforce the safety zones in these two
areas without exception.
(3) All persons and vessels must comply with the
instructions of the U.S. Navy, Coast Guard
Captain of the Port or the designated
representative.
(4)UponbeinghailedbyU.S.NavyorU.S.Coast
Guard patrol personnel by siren, radio,
flashing light, or other means, the operator of
the vessel must proceed as directed.
(5) The U.S. Coast Guard may be assisted in the
patrol and enforcement of the safety zone
described in paragraph (a) of this section by
the U.S. Navy and local law enforcement
agencies.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edn Change 17
(HA. 369/001/003-01) [39/10]
United States of America - California -
San Francisco Bay - Port of Richmond —
Project depth
348
Paragraph 10.160 1 line 3 For 10⋅7 m(35ft)Read 11⋅6 m
(38 ft)
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 24
(HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10]
United States of America - West coast -
Columbia River — Safety and
Security Zone Regulations
410
After Paragraph 13.13 1 line 5 Insert:
Security and Safety Zone regulations for large
passenger vessels may be in force in Columbia River.
See Appendix V for further details.
455
After §165.1310 and detail Insert:
§165.1318 Security and Safety Zone Regulations,
Large Passenger Vessel Protection, Captain of the
Port Columbia River Zone.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 24
(HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10]
Wk39/10

NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Svalbard - Spitsbergen - West coast -
Hornsundbanken — Underwater rock
201
After Paragraph 9.23 1 line 6 Add:
2 An underwater rock with a depth of 6⋅4m lies off
Dunöyane in position 77°02′⋅69N 14°32′⋅79E.
Norwegian Notice 15/28714/10
(SDD 2010000 131056) [39/10]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
New South Wales - Port Macquarie —
Directions; leading lights
119
Paragraph 3.175.1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Directions. From a position ENE of the entrance,
the approximate bearing 250° of Bar Crossing Light
(red triangle point up on beacon) (31°25′⋅6S
152°54′⋅9E) leads across the bar to the harbour
entrance; this approach may need adjusting depending
on the prevailing swell and tide. The track passes,
(with positions from Bird Rock (31°26′S 152°56′E):
Paragraph 3.175.1 line 8 Replace by:
...½ cable N of the rock. Thence:
119-120
Paragraph 3.175.2 line 1 to paragraph 3.175.3 line 2 Delete
Australian Notice 16/825/10
(AA483333; AA493971) [39/10]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - South coast - Folkestone —
Pilotage; directions; leading lights
92-93
Paragraph 4.17 3 lines 1-6 Replace by:
3 Pilotage. There are no pilotage services at
Folkestone.
Paragraph 4.20 Replace by:
1 Approach to harbour mole:
From a position 7 cables ESE from Folkestone
Breakwater Light the track leads WNW, passing (with
positions from the breakwater light):
2 SSW of Copt Rocks (5½ cables NE), a drying
ledge composed of sandstone rocks extending
3 cables E from Copt Point. An unmarked
wreck with a depth of 6⋅6 m lies 4 cables
ESE of Copt Point. Thence:
Wk39/10
93
IV
4.3
3 SSW of a light buoy (port hand) (2¾ cables NE)
marking the end of a submarine outfall. Mole
Head Rocks, which fringe much of the bight
between Copt Point and the harbour mole, lie
about 1 cable inshore of the buoy.
4 SSW of a light buoy (port hand) (2¾ cables NE)
marking the end of a submarine outfall. Mole
Head Rocks, which fringe much of the bight
between Copt Point and the harbour mole, lie
about 1 cable inshore of the buoy.
Folkestone Harbour Notices 4/2010 and 5/2010
(SDDs 2010000 139305, 139307) [39/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Taiwan - North coast - T’aipei Kang —
Directions; traffic separation scheme
100
After Paragraph 2.212 3 Insert:
4 Traffic separation scheme is in operation for entry
and departure from T’aipei Kang. The entrance
channel, 5 cables wide, leads 140° through position
25°15′⋅00N 121°15′⋅00E. The scheme is not
1
IMO-adopted, but the Port Authorities advise that the
principles for the use of the routeing system defined in
Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.
Paragraph 2.216 Replace by:
T’aipei Kang. From a position NW of N Outer
Breakwater Head Light (25°09′⋅31N 121°21′⋅51E), the
track leads SE, through the TSS (2.212), passing (with
positions from N Outer Breakwater Head Light):
Across an explosives dumping ground (4½ miles
NW), thence:
SW of prohibited anchorage area (2.204) enclosing
an outfall pipe (3 miles N).
2 The track continues SE to the vicinity of the pilot
boarding position (1½ miles WNW) (2.212); the edge
of the outer anchorage (2.212) lies 3 cables E.
The track then continues SE for about 8½ cables to
a position WSW of N Outer Breakwater Head Light
(green round concrete tower, 16 m in height).
3 The track leads E into the harbour through a
channel marked by light buoys (lateral), passing
between N Outer Breakwater Head Light and a
breakwater under construction (2008) extending NNW
from the S shore.
Taiwanese Notice 132/10
(SDD 2010000 112530) [39/10]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – South-west coast – Saint Ives Bay —
Directions; buoyage
Paragraph 2.37 4 lines 1-2 Replace by:
4 Outfall.
extends...
An outfall, terminated by diffusers,
61

62
Paragraph 2.46 3 lines 3-4 For a light buoy (port hand) Read
light buoys (lateral)
Saint Ives and Hayle Harbour Masters
(SDDs 2010000 129833; 135394) [39/10]
Bristol Channel – Nash Point to King Road —
Directions; light
117
Paragraph 4.104 2 line 8 Delete
120
Paragraph 4.129 2 line 5 Delete
129
Paragraph 4.188 3 lines 2-3 Delete
130
Paragraph 4.190 2 lines 5-6 Delete ...on which stands a light
(4.188),...
Trinity House Notice 28/10
(SDD 2010000 139300) [39/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Johor Strait - Western part - West Reach —
Directions; buoyage
298
After Paragraph 9.30 1 line 12 Insert:
NW of PL1 Light Buoy (special), thence:
SE of Puteri Harbour Light Buoy (port hand),
thence:
NW of Gedong Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 68/2010
(SDD 2010000 137919) [39/09]
IV
4.4
NP49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5
(2008 Edition)
Libya — Al Khums
69
Paragraphs 2.102 to 2.108 including headings Replace by:
AL KHUMS
General information
Chart 3347
Position
2.102
1 The port of Al Khums (also known as Homs or
Khoms) (32°41′N 14°15′E), an artificial harbour, is
situated 1 mile NE of Ra’s al Misann Light. The town
of Al Khums lies 1½ miles SE, close within Ra’s al
WazØf.
Function
2.102a
1 The port handles motor vehicles, containers and
cruise liners. The port is also a naval base.
Port limits
2.102b
1 The port limits comprise the waters from the
headland 5 cables NW of Ra’s al Misann Light, E for
4½ miles, then S for 2¾ miles, to a position on the
coast 5 cables SSE of Ra’s al WazØf Light (2.106).
Traffic
2.102c
1 In 2007 there were 65 ship calls with a total of
585 482 dwt.
Port Authority
2.102d
1 Socialist Ports Co., Al Khums.
Limiting conditions
Depths
2.103
1 Least charted depth in the approach is 13⋅9 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled
2.103a
1 14 500 dwt, draught 12 m.
Arrival information
Notice of ETA required
2.104
1 Vessels should advise ETA on departure from
previous port and 24 hours prior to arrival, confirming
when 12 miles from the port.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (3).
Outer anchorage
2.104a
1 The designated anchorage is within a 1 mile radius
of 32°42′⋅2N 14°19′⋅1E, clear of the submarine cables.
Wk39/10

Pilots
2.104b
1 Pilotage, which is based in the port, is compulsory
and is available until midnight. The pilot boards in the
vicinity of 32°41′⋅2N 14°18′⋅0E.
Tugs
2.104c
1 Three tugs are available; one is compulsory.
Regulations
2.104d
1 Movement of vessels is restricted to daylight hours.
Harbour
General layout
2.105
1 The harbour consists of a W and E basin separated
by a T-shaped jetty, enclosed on its NE side by a
breakwater and on its SE side by a mole. A spur
extends SW from the breakwater opposite the head of
the mole. The harbour entrance, between the mole and
the spur, is 150 m wide. A naval base is located in the
NW part of the harbour.
Development
2.105a
1 Works are in progress throughout the harbour
(2009) and the port authority should be consulted for
the latest information. Three drydocks are to be
constructed outside the harbour and to seaward of the
direction light.
Climate information
2.105b
1 See 1.184 and 1.186.
Directions
Principal mark
2.106
1 Major light:
Ra’s al Misann Light (32°41′⋅40N 14°13′⋅50E).
Approaches
2.106a
1 From the pilot boarding position (2.104b) the track
leads SW in the white sector of a direction light, then
NW towards the harbour entrance, passing:
SE of a light buoy (starboard hand), thence:
2 SW of the breakwater head, and through the
harbour entrance between the head of the
mole and the spur.
Caution. It is reported that the direction light is
obscured by buildings (2009).
3 Useful marks:
Breakwater light (32°40′⋅90N 14°15′⋅78E).
Ra’s al WazØf Light (32°39′N 14°16′E) (2.100).
Minaret (2½ miles SE of the light).
Wk39/10
IV
4.5
Berths
East basin
2.107
1 There are eight berths with alongside depths of
between 9⋅5 and 11⋅7 m. Total berthing length 1795 m.
Port services
Repairs
2.108
1 Small repairs can be effected.
Other facilities
2.108a
1 Garbage disposal via road vehicle, arranged by
agent; oily water disposal not available.
Supplies
2.108b
1 Fuel and fresh water by road vehicle, arranged by
agent.
BA Chart 3347
(HH. 049/209/01) [39/10]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - East coast -
Winterton-on-Sea — Racon
213
Paragraph 9.22 1 line 3 Delete
215
Paragraph 9.34 1 line 2 Delete
217
Paragraph 9.46 1 line 2 Delete
Trinity House Notice 28/10
(SDD 2010000 139300) [39/10]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Approaches to Boston Harbor —
Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety and
Security Zones; Deepwater Ports
252
Paragraph §165.117 including heading Replace by:
§165.117 Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety
and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports, First
Coast Guard District.
(a) Location.
(1) Regulated navigation areas. All waters within a
1000 meter radius of the geographical positions
set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are
designated as regulated navigation areas.

(2) Safety and security zones. All waters within a
500 meter radius of the geographic positions set
forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are
designated as safety and security zones.
(3) Coordinates.
(i) The geographic coordinates forming the loci
for the regulated navigation areas, safety and
security zones for the Northeast Gateway
Deepwater Port are: 42°23′38′′N.,
070°35′31′′W.; and 42°23′56′′N.,
070°37′00′′W. (NAD 83).
(ii) The geographic coordinates forming the loci
for the regulated navigation areas, safety and
security zones for the Neptune Deepwater Port
are: 42°29′12⋅3′′N., 070°36′29⋅7′′W.; and
42°27′20⋅5′′N., 070°36′07⋅3′′W.
(b) Definitions. As used in this section–
Authorized representative means a Coast Guard
commissioned, warrant, or petty officer or a
Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer
assisting the Captain of the Port (COTP) Boston.
Deepwater port means any facility or structure
meeting the definition of deepwater port 33 CFR
148.5.
Dredge means fishing gear consisting of a mouth
frame attached to a holding bag constructed of
metal rings or mesh.
Support vessel means any vessel meeting the
definition of support vessel in 33 CFR 148.5.
Trap means a portable, enclosed device with one or
more gates or entrances and one or more lines
attached to surface floats used for fishing. Also
called a pot.
(c) Applicability. This section applies to all vessels
operating in the regulated navigation areas set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section, except–
IV
4.6
(1) Those vessels conducting cargo transfer
operations with the deepwater ports whose
coordinates are provided in paragraph (a)(3) of
this section.
(2) Support vessels operating in conjunction
therewith, and
(3) Coast Guard vessels or other law enforcement
vessels operated by or under the direction of an
authorized representative of the COTP Boston.
(d) Regulations.
(1) No vessel may anchor, engage in diving
operations, or commercial fishing using nets,
dredges, traps (pots), or use of remotely operated
vehicles (ROVs) in the regulated navigation
areas set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(2) In accordance with the general regulations in
§§165.23 and 165.33 of this part, entry into or
movement within the safety and security zones
designated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is
prohibited unless authorized by the COTP
Boston, or his/her authorized representative.
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2) of this section,
tankers and support vessels, as defined in 33
CFR 148.5, operating in the vicinity of
NEGDWP are authorized to enter and move
within such zones in the normal course of their
operations following the requirements set forth in
33 CFR 150.340 and 150.345, respectively.
(4) All vessels operating within the safety and
security zones described in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section must comply with the instructions of
the COTP or his/her authorized representative.
US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 8
(HH 078/550/11) [39/10]
Wk39/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP no Page(s) Title
In force 30 September 2010
4.7
[39/10]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa 1 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
93, 95 Islas Canarias - Isla de Gran Canaria — Directions; depth; buoy 17/10
145 Morocco - Mohammedia - Approaches — Directions; buoyage; depth;
dangerous wrecks
37/10
156 Morocco - Safi — Directions; Light 07/10
301 Ivory Coast - San-Pédro approaches — Directions; depth 17/10
313, 324, 325, 334, 337,
340
West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage 48/09
315 Ghana - Jubilee Oil Field — Restricted area 02/10
325 Ghana - Tema - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 35/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches — Dangerous wreck 32/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos — Directions; buoyage 10/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and Entrance Channel — Depths 34/09
367 Nigeria - Forcados River to Brass River - Offshore terminals —
Pennington Oil Terminal
02/10
382 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal 10/10
2 Africa 2 15th Edition (2007) 11/08
67 South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge - Wüst Seamount — Shoals 38/08
138-139 Equatorial Guinea - Cogo — Light 25/10
141-148 Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 17/08
141, 142, 143, 144, 145,
147
Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 27/09
156-157 Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal 13/08
163 Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions; wreck 17/08
171,172 Republic of Congo - Offshore terminals — Azurite Terminal 08/10
172 Angola - Cabinda - Kuito Terminal — Anchorage 18/10
179 Congo — Moanda Terminal 14/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Kizomba C Terminal 36/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Girassol Terminal 12/09
195 Angola - Offshore terminals - Girassol Terminal — Waiting area 18/10
196 Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa and Greater Plutonio
Terminals
38/08
203 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Anchorage; wreck 23/08
204, 206 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions 14/08
223 Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon 14/08
294 South Africa - Simon’s Town — Directions for entering harbour 30/08
3 Africa 3 15th Edition (2010) 20/10
290, 291, 390, 391 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 25/10
4 South-East Alaska 6th Edition (1993) Supplement No 4 15/06
2, 5 Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage 23/08
9 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
63 Felice Strait - Sealed Passage — Directions; wreck 32/08
78 Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth 09/07
84-85 Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay - Coal Bay and Twelvemile Arm
— Shoal depths
40/06
95 Wrangell Narrows — Depths 36/07
98 Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck 32/08
107 Eastern Passage - Channel Island — Depth 30/06
108 Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage 20/07
179 Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor — Directions; depth 29/08
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
212 Chatham Strait - Baranof Island - Warm Spring Bay — Rock 26/08
232 Alaska - North Cape to Biorka Island — Directions; depth 21/09
234 Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth 24/08
261 Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock 24/08
305 Prince William Sound - Hinchinbrook Entrance — Submerged buoy 16/07
305 Valdez Arm — Directions 37/07
314 Prince William Sound - Orca Bay - Port Gravina — Depth 18/08
360 Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula - Port Chatham — Mooring buoy 22/08
377 Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light 15/07
389 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
5 South America 1 16th Edition (2008) 25/08
4 Radio facilities — Automatic Identification System 12/10
5 Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water management 25/08
87 Brazil - Canal do Norte — Pilot boarding place 05/10
100 Brazil - Ilha Cotejuba — Directions; wreck 26/09
123 Brazil - North coast - Ponta da Praia Grande — Directions; light 35/08
137 Brazil - Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage; submarine cable 32/08
137 Brazil - Ponta da Itapagé to Ponta de Mucuripe - Pecém Terminal —
Directions; buoy
34/09
139 Brazil, N coast - Mucuripe — Directions; wreck 01/09
144, 145 Brazil - North coast - Ponta do Mel to Cabo Calcanhar — Directions;
light; racon
31/09
164 Brazil - Porto de Recife to Porto de Pedras — Directions; wreck 30/09
196 Brazil, E coast - Ponta Itaquena — Directions; wreck 08/09
201 Brazil - E coast - Rio Doce south-eastwards — Directions; offshore
marks
16/09
202 Brazil - Rio Doce to Ponta do Tubarão — Directions; current meter 34/09
210 Brazil - Terminal da Ponta do Ubu — Anchorages 28/08
212 Brazil - E coast - Ponta do Cacurucaia eastwards — Directions;
platform
49/08
212, 214 Brazil - E coast - Cabo de São Tomé eastwards — Directions; platform 06/09
253 Brazil - Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck 25/08
264 Brazil - Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
268 Brazil - South coast - Itajaí — Directions; buoyage 22/09
290 Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata — Directions 25/08
298 Uruguay - Montevideo — Limiting conditions; local weather 33/08
299 Uruguay - Montevideo — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
313 Uruguay - Punta Pavón — Directions; wreck 25/09
349 Argentina - Villa Gesell — Directions; wreck 25/09
362, 364 Argentina - Golfo San Matías — Directions; light 19/09
6 South America 2 17th Edition (2008) 17/09
223, 224 Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; AIS; Useful marks 33/09
226, 227, 228 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Light 19/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights 22/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light 32/09
236-237 Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions; lights 22/09
251 Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light 17/09
255 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Shoal 19/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Racon; AIS 29/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; shoals 22/09
267 Chile - Paso Largo — Directions 17/09
376 Chile - Patagonian Channels - Angostura Inglesa — Depth 03/10
404 Chile - Golfo Trinidad - Canal Trinidad — Route; depths 02/10
Wk39/10

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
7 South America 3 10th Edition (2009) 41/09
4 Aids to navigation — Automatic Identification System 12/10
71, 72 Pacific Ocean - Outlying dangers — Breakers 13/10
77 South Pacific Ocean - Isla San Ambrosio — Off-lying shoal 51/09
141 Chile - Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place 05/10
186 Chile - Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place 05/10
223 Chile - Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón — Directions; buoy 05/10
250 Chile - Puerto Huasco — Pilotage; anchorages 27/10
270 Chile - Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 41/09
275, 276 Chile - Mejillones del Sur — Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal 14/10
315 Peru - Isla Asia to Isla San Lorenzo — Directions; wreck 41/09
316 Peru - Cerro Azul — Light 41/09
339 Peru - Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck 41/09
346 Peru - Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 41/09
385, 387 Colombia - Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 41/09
388 Colombia - Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 41/09
7A South America 4 5th Edition (2010) 18/10
3 Navigation and Regulations - Charts — Foreign charts 18/10
4 Navigation and Regulations - Radio facilities — DGPS 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Îles du Salut to Fleuve Maroni — Directions 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Fleuve Mana — Charts; description; directions 18/10
73, 74 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Charts; general information;
depth; directions; landmarks; useful marks; anchorage
18/10
74 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — General information; directions 20/10
75 Surinam - Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier —
General information; directions
18/10
86 Guyana - New Amsterdam to Georgetown — Directions; wreck 18/10
119 Trinidad - East coast — Directions; light 23/10
160, 162, 165, 167 Venezuela - Isla Coche — Major light 23/10
173, 174, 175 Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Port authorities; anchorage; harbours;
hazards; directions; berths
23/10
173 Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Pilot boarding position 18/10
176, 178 Venezuela - Puerto Jose — Pilot boarding position 18/10
187, 190 Venezuela - Puerto La Guaira and Catia La Mar — Anchorages;
pilotage
37/10
205, 209 Venezuela - Archipielago Las Aves — Directions; light 33/10
211, 212 Nederlandse Antillen - Klein Curaçao — Light 23/10
228 Aruba - South coast — Directions 18/10
229, 230 Aruba - Sint Nicolaas — Pilot boarding position 18/10
280 Colombia - Punta de la Garita - Directions — Light 20/10
283, 284 Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Directions - Bocachica — Leading
lights; useful mark
35/10
284 Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions; deep-water
channel
18/10
292 Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy 18/10
292, 293, 294 Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — General information; depths; directions;
landmark; lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths
20/10
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
12th Edition (2010) 29/10
83 Pacific Ocean - Guardian Bank north-westwards — Depths 29/10
199, 200 Mexico - Bahía de la Paz - Bahía Pichilingue and approaches —
Depth; leading lights
37/10
261 United States of America - California - Entrance to San Diego Bay —
Directions; rock
29/10
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
263, 453 United States of America - California - San Clemente Island — Safety
Zone
39/10
335 United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay - Alcatraz
Island — Directions; fog signal
29/10
348 United States of America - California - San Francisco Bay - Port of
Richmond — Project depth
39/10
410, 455 United States of America - West coast - Columbia River — Safety and
Security Zone Regulations
39/10
431 United States of America - Oregon - Grays Harbor — Directions;
breakers
29/10
458 United States of America - Oregon - Columbia River - Port of Portland
— Regulated Navigation Area
29/10
461 United States of America - California - San Diego Bay — Naval
Danger Zone
29/10
9 Antarctic
Nil
7th Edition (2009) 31/09
10 Arctic 1
Nil
7th Edition (1985) Supplement No 8 31/05
11 Arctic 2 10th Edition (2010) 39/10
201 Svalbard - Spitsbergen - West coast - Hornsundbanken — Underwater
rock
39/10
12 Arctic 3 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
3 Canada - Traffic Reporting Systems — NORDREG 33/10
155 Greenland - W coast - Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq — Power cable 48/09
170 Greenland - W coast - Grønne Ejland — Marine reserve 44/09
173 Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description; protected
area
18/09
219-220, 220 Canada - Hudson Strait — Grenfell Sound 05/10
280, 281 Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill — Pilot boarding position 51/09
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia 1 2nd Edition (2008) 39/08
154, 155, 156 North coast - Approaches to Port Darwin — Directions; buoyage 49/09
255-256 Western Australia - North-east approaches to Exmouth Gulf —
Directions; depths
14/09
269 Western Australia - Shark Bay - Gascoyne Road and Carnarvon —
High speeed craft
27/10
404 Southern Australia - Adelaide approaches — Directions; approach
routes
23/10
14 Australia 2
Nil
11th Edition (2010) 21/10
15 Australia 3 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
119, 119-120 New South Wales - Port Macquarie — Directions; leading lights 39/10
142 Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
143 Queensland - Moreton Bay - North East Channel — Directions;
buoyage
07/10
218, 219, 221, 222, 231, Queensland - Hay Point Port and Mackay approaches — Directions; 22/10
234, 235, 238, 239 depths; anchorage
310 Queensland - Port Douglas — Pilot boarding position 17/10
318 Queensland - Cooktown — Pilot boarding position 17/10
Wk39/10

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
18 Baltic 1 15th Edition (2009) 02/10
271, 272 Denmark - Århus Bugt - Hov Havn — Lights 34/10
287 Denmark - Storebælt Link - West section — Vertical and horizontal
clearances
06/10
287 Denmark - Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance 22/10
424, 427 Germany - Flensburg - Outer Approaches — Directions; anchorage 02/10
442, 445, 446 Germany - Travemünde — Directions; route; leading lights 02/10
19 Baltic 2 14th Edition (2008) 27/08
3, 14, 85, 88, 295, 296 Sweden - Ålands Hav — Traffic separation scheme 52/09
10, 91 Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
13, 17 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
87, 108, 109 Sweden - Gotland — Faludden Light 19/09
114 Sweden - Gotland - Fårösund — Directions; Depth 31/09
167 Sweden - Kalmarsund — Anchorage 37/09
234 Sweden - Stora Vika — Arrival information 23/09
263, 267, 268 Sweden - Nynäshamn - Danziger Gatt — Directions; buoyage 31/10
295, 296 Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb — Directions; Armbågen Light 15/09
296 Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light beacon 29/08
357 Poland - Kuznica — Directions; wreck 39/09
379 Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information; anchorages 48/08
385 Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage; wreck 27/08
394, 395, 413, 414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; buoyage 35/10
394-395 , 413-414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 08/09
394, 395 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 13/09
394 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; racon 23/09
20 Baltic 3 11th Edition (2010) 24/10
210 Finland - Hamina to Vyborg — Directions; leading lights 24/10
235, 238, 239, 240, 244,
245, 246, 248, 253, 254,
255, 256, 260, 261, 264,
265
Finland - Naantali — Directions; lights; depths 24/10
290, 291 Finland - Rauma and approaches — Directions: leading beacons 24/10
336, 337 Finland - Raahe — Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin;
directions
26/10
378 Sweden - Skutskär-Harnäs — Directions; leading beacons 26/10
442 Sweden - Efesgrundet to Väktaren — Directions; Light 26/10
442 Sweden - Hörnefors — Authorised draught 26/10
463 Sweden - Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
468 Sweden - Kågehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489 Sweden - Törehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
21 Bay of Bengal 10th Edition (1978) Supplement No 12 24/04
1 East coast of India — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
2 Tsunami 03/05
4, 143 Thailand — Firing Practice Areas 05/07
53 India - Coromandel coast - Kºverippattinam — Dangerous wreck 45/04
56 India - Chennai — Submarine cables 08/07
56 India - Coromandel coast - Chennai Light — Racon 13/05
59 India - Coromandel coast — Rºmºypatnam Light 06/05
60 India - Coromandel coast - Nizampatnam — Light 33/04
61 India - Coromandel coast - Approaches to Kºkinºda - Vºkalapødi
Light — Racon
06/06
63 India, East coast - Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Dolphin’s Nose
Light — Racon
05/06
63 Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Gangavaran Port — Development 17/07
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Inner Harbour — Development 39/04
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Outer Harbour — Development 35/04
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Light 43/05
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Depth 45/06
70 India - East coast - Paradip — VLCC Anchorage 22/06
80 India - Swatch of No-Ground — Depths 39/06
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 26/04
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 31/04
83-85 Bangla Desh - Chittagong — Wrecks; pilot boarding position 44/06
87 Bangladesh - Chittagong coast - Cox’s Bluff — Submarine cable;
anchorage
25/05
87 Bangladesh - Cox’s Bazar South-westwards — Submarine cable 03/07
105 Burma (Myanmar) — Yadana Gasfield 29/05
144 Thailand, West coast - Mu Ko Similan - Ko Similan Eastwards —
Rock
03/07
160 Andaman Islands - Port Blair - Hood Point — Dangerous wreck 45/05
162 Andaman Sea - The Sisters — Dangerous Wreck 15/07
162 Andaman Islands - South Brother Island — Rock 11/05
22 Bay of Biscay 11th Edition (2010) 34/10
Nil
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
207 United States of America - Unalaska Island - Dutch Harbor —
Anchorage
18/10
312 United States of America - Alaska - Port Clarence — Loran tower 20/10
321 United States of America - Alaska - Red Dog — Directions; racon 33/09
390 Russia - Pacific coast - Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage 35/10
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
3rd Edition (2010) 30/10
144 Turkey - Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu - Pazar — Marine farm 30/10
25 British Columbia 1 13th Edition (2007) 13/08
79 Canada - Oak Bay - Robson Reef — Beacon 16/09
81 Juan de Fuca Strait - Buoyage — Racons 20/09
82 United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait - Protection Island —
Buoy
25/09
120 United States of America - Puget Sound - Port Gamble — Leading
lights
16/10
169 Saanich Inlet - Patricia Bay — Platform; anchorage 47/09
202 Port of Vancouver — Ballast water exchange 15/08
385, 386 Vancouver Island - Gillam Channel — Directions; buoyage 39/08
26 British Columbia 2 9th Edition (2005) 29/05
66-67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213-214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel 8th Edition (2009) 12/10
80 England - South coast - Isles of Scilly — Pilotage 33/10
92 England - South coast - Penzance Harbour — Limiting conditions 31/10
226, 228 England - South coast - Chichester Harbour — Limiting conditions;
directions
15/10
259 England - South coast - Port of Southampton — Traffic regulations 13/10
283, 287, 289 France - Approaches to Brest — Buoyage 13/10
284, 298 France - L’Iroise with Brest and Baie de Douarnenez — Pilotage 26/10
432, 433, 434 France - Cherbourg and approaches — Arrival information 12/10
28 Dover Strait 8th Edition (2008) 13/09
70, 70-71 England - South coast - Littlehampton — Limiting conditions; arrival
information
20/10
92-93, 93 England - South coast - Folkestone — Pilotage; directions; leading
lights
39/10
126 France - North-west coast - Boulogne-sur-Mer — Pilotage 38/10
135 France - North-west coast - Calais — Pilotage 38/10
158 Belgium - Outer banks in the Approaches to Westerschelde — Wind
farm
42/09
158, 160-161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde - Zeebrugge and Brugge —
Traffic regulations for LNG tankers
32/09
159 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Regulations 10/10
160, 161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage 13/10
177, 178, 189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions; buoyage 19/09
177-178 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte — Directions; lights 15/09
187, 189, 190 The Netherlands - Terneuzen to Antwerp - Schaar van Waarde —
Directions; buoyage
27/10
189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat — controlling depth 13/09
217, 219, 221, 223 The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area — Buoyage 24/09
221 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
15/09
221 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
11/10
223 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Outer
anchorages
39/09
246, 247, 250, 256, 257, England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages; 13/09
258, 259
buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
246 England - Thames Estuary — Pilotage 09/10
249 England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS 25/09
250, 257 England - South-east approaches to Thames Estuary — Pilotage;
prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm
26/09
253, 255, 256, 294, 295 England - Thames Estuary — Wind farm 34/10
278 England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS 13/09
305, 306, 310 England - River Thames — Emergency procedures; traffic regulations;
depths
13/09
30 China Sea 1 7th Edition (2007) 47/07
70 Indonesia - Pulau-Pulau Anambas — Directions; major lights 32/08
84 Vietnam - Gulf of Thailand — Song Doc Marine Terminal 34/09
84 China - Hainan Dao - East coast — Wenchang Terminal 27/08
102 Peninsular Malaysia - East Coast - Approaches to Pelabuhan Kuantan
— Light buoy
27/08
128-129 Thailand - Bangkok Bar anchorage — Wreck 35/08
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.14
Weekly
Edition
142 Thailand - Ko Chang — Major light 45/08
149, 154 Cambodia - West Coast — Major lights 51/09
155 Vietnam - West Coast — Major lights 51/09
164, 172 Vietnam - Mui Bai Bung to Mekong River — Major lights 51/09
182, 192 Vietnam - Mui Dinh to Vung Da Nang — Major lights 51/09
189, 190 Vietnam - Nha Trang — Directions; vertical clearance 21/09
233, 234 China - Fangcheng — Outer anchorages; pilot boarding positions 14/09
233 China - Gulf of Tongking - Baisungong — Major light; racon 23/09
233-234 China - Hainan Dao - Fangcheng Gang — Directions; berths 14/08
244 China - Hainan Dao - Haikou — Directions; buoyage 26/08
246 China - Shuangyu Zui — Racon 23/09
246 China - South-west approaches to Zhujiang Kou — Directions 30/08
251 China - South Coast - Dajin Island — Wreck 36/08
253 China - South coast - Zhanjiang — Directions; leading lights 06/08
260 Gulf of Tonkin - Hainan Dao westwards — Gas pipeline; safety zone 18/08
274 China - Guangzhou and Huangpu — Pilot station 47/08
275 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai - Dabaipai Dao — Racon 27/08
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Island — Directions; obstruction 15/09
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Channel TSS — Directions; wreck 27/08
277 China - Lantau Island northwards — Tonggu Channel 11/09
279 China - South Coast - Approaches to Macao — Racon; dangerous
wreck
27/08
281 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai — Directions; wreck 26/08
284, 286 China - Zhujiang — Huangpu Bridge 09/09
286 China - South Coast - Zhujiang - Approaches to Huangpu - Dahaozhou
Shuidao — Obstruction
27/08
300 Hong Kong - South-east approaches — Directions; wreck 18/10
314, 317, 320 China - Hong Kong - Stonecutters Bridge — Vertical clearance 27/09
336, 346 China - South coast - Qing Zhou — Directions; caution 37/08
346 China - South Coast - Daxingshan Jiao — Wreck 18/08
350 China - Huizhou Gang — Racon 06/09
351 China south coast - Huizhou - Mabianzhou Hangdao — Directions;
leading lights
49/08
31 China Sea 2 9th Edition (2010) 22/10
71 South China Sea - Dangerous Ground - Fiery Cross Reef — Major
Light
34/10
196 Philippine Islands - Luzon - West coast - Manila harbour — Dredged
area
38/10
32 China Sea 3 7th Edition (2009) 04/10
18, 301, 302 China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Taizhou — Port information;
anchorages
12/10
19, 391 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Weifang Gang — New port 05/10
98, 99, 100 Taiwan - West coast - T’aipei Kang — Vessel traffic service; racon;
pilotage
21/10
100 Taiwan - North coast - T’aipei Kang — Directions; traffic separation
scheme
39/10
132 Taiwan - East coast - Ho-p’ing Kang — Lights; directions 04/10
141, 142 China - South-east coast - Approaches to Shantou — Pilotage 25/10
148 China - Taiwan Strait - Dongshan Wan — Pilotage 10/10
152, 153, 154, 155, 156,
156-157, 157, 159, 163
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Pilotage; depths; wreck 04/10
157-158 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Wreck; directions 13/10
159 China - East coast - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions;
leading lights
35/10
176 China - East coast - Xinghua Wan — Pilotage 25/10
Wk39/10

NP no
Wk39/10
Page(s)
Title
IV
207, 208, 211, 212, 213 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan and Wenzhou Gang and
approaches — Directions; buoyage; vertical clearances; depths; tidal
streams; berths
4.15
Weekly
Edition
18/10
221 China - East coast - Yushan Liedao south-eastwards — Wrecks 19/10
231, 264 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao east and southeastwards —
Wrecks
05/10
232, 235, 244, 245, 246, China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo, Zhoushan and Cezi 23/10
247, 248, 249, 253, 254 Shuidao — Vessel traffic services; pilotage; directions; vertical
clearances
240, 254 China - East coast - Ao Shan — Anchorage 04/10
242, 247, 250, 251 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo Gang approaches —
Wrecks; depths
23/10
245, 246, 261, 270, 271,
272
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao — Wrecks 04/10
263, 268 China - East coast - Yangshan east-southeastwards — Pilotage;
anchorage
04/10
267 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Donghai Bridge — Regulations 13/10
273 China - East coast - Hangkou Wan - Jinshan - Cao Jing — Directions;
wharf
20/10
281, 282, 285, 286, 287 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao and approaches
— Directions; depths; wrecks; precautionary area
19/10
282, 284, 286 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao — Depths;
light float; buoyage; directions
12/10
283, 295, 305 China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Wuhu — Vessel traffic service 04/10
322, 323 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Approaches; anchorages;
pilotage; regulations; directions
11/10
322 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang approaches — Anchorage;
obstruction
19/10
330 China - Yellow Sea coast - Qingdao Gang - Wai Gang — Anchorages 31/10
348 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches — Wreck 04/10
362 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang —
Directions
06/10
374 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
386, 388, 400, 401, 402, China - Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian — Vessel traffic services; 14/10
403-404
traffic separation schemes; directions; depths; anchorages; pilotage;
port information
387 China - Bo Hai - Bohai Haixia eastwards - Bo Hai Oilfield —
Obstruction; platforms
13/10
389, 390, 391 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Longkou — Depths; berths;
anchorage; pilotage; fairways; directions; buoyage; lights
24/10
397 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin - Outer anchorages — Wrecks 10/10
399-400 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang - Dagusha Hangdao — Directions 32/10
401, 402 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
402, 402-403 China - Bo Hai - Jingtang — Depths; anchorages; lights; directions 24/10
408 China - Qinhuangdo - Shiwandunji Hangdao — Dangerous wreck 32/10
416 China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Jinzhou approaches - Taiping Jiao
north westwards — Obstruction; platform
15/10
419, 420 China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Taiping Jiao north westwards —
Directions; obstructions
13/10
420, 421 China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Yingkou - Bayuquan and Xianren —
Port; depths; pilotage; aids to navigation; lights; directions; channels
23/10
423, 425 Korea - West coast - Yellow Sea — Gageocho Ocean Research Station 04/10
424, 425, 426, 427, 428,
437, 448, 449, 450, 451,
452, 454, 456, 459, 461,
462
Korea - West coast — Lights; directions 06/10
435, 440 Korea - West coast - Taiwan Strait - Approaches to Mokp’o -
Myängnyang Sudo — Directions; wreck
35/10
448, 449, 451, 454, 455, Korea - West coast - Kunsan Hang — Lights; wrecks; depths;
11/10
456
anchorages; directions; berths

NP no
Page(s)
464, 465, 466, 466-467
467
Title
IV
Korea - West coast - Approaches to Taesan and T’aean Hang —
Directions; depths; fairways; anchorages; buoyage
4.16
Weekly
Edition
472 Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek Hang and approaches — Depths;
vertical clearances; anchorages; restricted area
25/10
472 Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek Hang approaches — Anchorage 04/10
474, 475, 476, 477, 479 Korea - West coast - Inch’än Hang - Southwest approaches —
Fairway; directions; vertical clearances; bridges; anchorages;
regulations; developments; aids to navigation
08/10
476, 477 Korea - West coast - Inch’än Hang - Chagyakto — Light 05/10
33 Philippine Islands 3rd Edition (2008) 22/08
151 Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko — Heel Reef Light 35/09
238, 243-244 Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage — Vessel traffic
management system
04/09
241, 242 Philippine Islands - Bantangas Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/10
300 Philippine Islands - Marinduque southwestwards - Tres Reyes Islands
— Shoal depths
03/10
355 Philippine Islands - Pacijan Island — Light 06/10
34 Indonesia 2 5th Edition (2009) 47/09
61 Indonesia - South coast of Jawa - Tanjung Intan — Limiting
conditions
34/10
72 Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Pulau Bawean — Directions; major
light
17/10
81 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik - Poleng
Oilfield — Submarine gas pipeline
47/09
81, 84 Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya and approaches —
Directions; vertical clearance; buoyage
16/10
85 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik — Berths 47/09
87 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Port of
Tanjungperak — Wreck
47/09
88, 89 Indonesia - North coast of Madura — Directions; major light 17/10
122 Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok - Teluk Ayang Southwards —
Rock
47/09
167 Indonesia - Pulau Sumba - South-east coast — Directions; major light 17/10
192, 193, 194 Indonesia - Selat Flores — Directions; lights 04/10
423 Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka - Pulau Talisei - Tanjung Arus —
Racon
47/09
35 Indonesia 3 4th Edition (2008) 29/08
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
36 Indonesia 1 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
85, 86, 159 Java Sea - Gosong Mampango — Light; racon 12/10
126 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan — Dangerous wreck 31/09
143 Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions 27/09
164, 165 Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions 32/09
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
17th Edition (2008) 44/08
58, 59, 60, 61 England - South-west coast — Offshore routes; directions 23/09
61 England - South-west coast - Cape Cornwall to Saint Agnes Head —
Directions; buoyage
49/09
61, 62 England – South-west coast – Saint Ives Bay — Directions; buoyage 39/10
74, 85 Bristol Channel — Directions; wind farm 24/10
75 England - Bristol Channel - Barnstaple Bay — Buoy 28/09
75, 81 England - Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Light
buoys
31/09
25/10
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
82 Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Directions; isolated
danger
30/10
84, 89, 93, 95, 98, 101 Wales - South coast - Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 52/09
105, 107, 109, 111, 119,
121, 122
Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 24/10
107, 123 Bristol Channel - Nash Point to Barry — Directions; racon; wreck;
buoyage
28/10
109 Wales - South coast - Barry — Directions; light 51/09
117, 120, 129, 130 Bristol Channel – Nash Point to King Road — Directions; light 39/10
119 Wales - South coast - Newport — Vertical clearance 31/09
140 England - West coast - River Severn — Landmarks; tower 06/09
152 Bristol Channel - Routes south of the Smalls — Directions; buoyage 30/10
155, 166 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth;
depths at berths
51/08
155, 158 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Limiting conditions 09/09
155, 157, 158, 162, 164, Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth; depths 30/10
165, 166
at berths
157 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Regulations concerning
entry
07/09
160 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven — Buoyage 11/10
162 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven - Approach to Semlogistics
and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals — Depth
07/09
169 Wales - South-west coast - Milford Haven - River Cleddau above
Pembroke Dock — Vertical clearance
15/09
179 Wales - Fishguard — Directions; useful mark 30/10
222 Wales - North coast - Conwy — Directions; buoyage 33/10
222 Wales - North-west coast - Bangor — Light buoy 12/09
233-235, 244-246, 260 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 51/08
234, 235 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/09
240 England - West coast - Hilbre Swash — Buoyage 44/09
240 England - West coast - River Dee estuary - Hilbre Swash — Buoyage 31/10
247, 271 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Buoyage 42/09
270, 271, 317, 318 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 18/09
271 England - West coast - Morecambe Bay — Racon 44/09
271, 272 England - West coast - River Ribble estuary — Directions 31/10
286 England - West coast - Barrow-in-Furness - Piel Channel —
Directions; dangerous wreck
03/10
289-290 England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; depth
51/09
289, 290, 290-291 England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; wind farms
10/10
290 England - West coast - Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; buoyage
51/09
305 Solway Firth - Directions; buoyage 32/10
38 West Coast of India 16th Edition (2010) 25/10
161, 162, 163, 164 Sri Lanka - West coast - Colombo harbour — Limiting conditions;
arrival information; directions; berths
25/10
185 India - West coast - Quilon - Port authority; pilotage 25/10
187 India - West coast - Quilon to Kochi — Directions; obstruction 25/10
191 India - West coast - Kochi Harbour — Spoil ground 25/10
223 India - West coast - Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head - Directions —
Dangerous wreck
25/10
228 India - West coast - Mandºvi River — Pilotage 25/10
252 India - Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port —
Anchorages
38/10
281 India - West coast - Dahej — Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream;
berths
25/10
289 India - West coast - Verºval to Porbandar — Directions; wreck 25/10
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
290, 291 India - West coast - Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Directions; safety
fairways; wrecks
25/10
304 India - West coast - Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point — Directions;
buoyage
25/10
305 India - Mundra — Port information 38/10
308 India - West coast - VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal — Function;
maximum size
25/10
309 India - West coast - Essar VºdØnºr Terminal — Port authority; limiting
conditions; berths
25/10
314, 315, 316 India - West coast - Kandla - Harbour and approaches — Pilotage;
spoil grounds; berths
25/10
39 South Indian Ocean 12th Edition (2008) 21/08
236, 239 Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria — Anchorages; disused cables 05/09
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint-Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast 17th Edition (2006) 50/06
50 Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock South-south-westwards — Depth 11/07
53, 150, 151, 153, 156 Ireland - East coast — Buoyage; clearing mark 39/09
53-54, 150-151, 156,
159
East coast - Saint George’s Channel — Codling Lanby 33/10
53, 150, 151, 153 Ireland - East coast - Blackwater Bank — Buoyage; racon 28/09
54, 57, 58, 174, 195,
208, 211
Ireland - East coast - South Rock — Buoyage 12/09
65, 69, 72 South-west coast - Bantry Bay — Firing practice area 11/09
70, 73 Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock 01/07
71 South-west coast - Bearhaven and Castletownbere - West entrance —
Light beacon
44/09
81 South coast - Black Horse Rock — Light beacon 31/09
135 South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage 01/07
136-137, 139 South-east coast - Saltee Islands — Buoyage 12/07
137 South-east coast - Hook Head — Dangerous wreck 13/07
138-141 South-east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon 27/07
139-140 South coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge; Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy 19/07
141 South-east coast - Black Rock — Buoyage 49/09
185 East coast - Dundalk — Directions 13/09
185 East coast - Port Oriel — Light 03/07
186 Entrance to Carlingford Lough - Directions; Haulbowline turning light 32/08
186 Northern Ireland - East coast - Carlingford Lough — Directions; buoy 18/09
191, 192 East coast - Kilkeel — Approach and entry; limiting conditions 08/10
198, 200 East coast - Strangford Narrows — Underwater turbine 23/08
218 Port of Belfast — Traffic Organisation Service 01/07
224 Northern Ireland - East coast - Larne — Pilotage 10/09
281 West coast - River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 10/10
281 West coast - River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 03/10
281 River Shannon - South Channel — Buoyage 36/09
307 Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour — Directions; Light buoy 39/08
312, 330 West coast - Annagh Head — Buoyage 10/10
321 West coast - Killary Harbour — Buoyage 48/09
330 West coast - Annagh Head — Buoyage 49/09
332 West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights; light-beacon 01/07
336 West coast - Broad Haven Bay — Submarine pipeline 49/09
368 Sound of Aran - Burtonport — Dredged channel; rocks 38/07
379, 381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Vertical clearance; directions 49/09
381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Water quality monitoring buoys 49/07
398 Northern Ireland - North coast - Londonderry — Landmarks 42/09
Wk39/10

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
41 Japan 1 9th Edition (2009) 44/09
76 Honshu - Northwest coast - Hagi Ko - Ai Shima — Light 04/10
88 Honshu - Northwest coast - Misumi Ko — Towers 27/10
89 Honshu - Northwest coast - Tako Hana — Wreck 08/10
176, 184, 191, 192 Honshu - Northwest coast — Light 05/10
284 Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Ko — Prohibited anchorage 11/10
42A Japan 2 2nd Edition (2009) 35/09
99, 143, 159, 163 Honshu - South coast — Directions; ramarks; buoyage 37/09
42B Japan 3 8th Edition (2009) 34/09
56, 57, 69, 72 Kanmon Kaikyo — Directions; light 06/10
156 Seto Naikai - Iyo Nada - Ao Shima — Directions: wreck 34/10
42C Japan 4 2nd Edition (2008) 18/09
60, 62, 63, 64, 66 Nansei Shoto - Sakishima Gunto - Yaeyama Retto - Ishigaki Shima —
Light
10/10
385, 386, 388 Tsushima — Directions; light 06/10
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
8th Edition (2008) 30/08
81 Korea - Cheju Do - Cheju Hang — Anchorages 08/10
86, 87 Korea - Cheju Do - Seogwipo Hang — Directions; light 06/10
122 Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman — Racons 32/09
131, 132 Korea - South coast - Samch’ãnp’o Sudo — Directions; light 05/10
155, 156 Korea - South coast - Masan Hang — Light 11/10
157 Korea - South coast — Chinhae Man — Directions; light 05/10
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
174, 175 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches - Nasa — Major light 05/09
178, 179 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light 05/09
185 Korea - East coast — P’ohang Hang — New fairway 36/09
190, 191 Korea - East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light 05/09
200, 201 Korea - East coast - Chumunjin Hang — Directions; racon 29/10
266 Russia - Pacific coast - Kozmino — Directions; fairways; oil loading
terminal
18/10
267 Russia - Pacific coast - Zaliv Nakhodka - Vostochnyy Port — Leading
lights
11/10
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
9th Edition (2008) 05/09
8 Indonesia - Sumatera - Nanggroe Aceh Province - North-west, north
and north-east coasts — Restricted area
25/10
69, 71 Malacca Strait - North-western part - Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom
Bank) — Directions; light
07/10
70 Malacca Strait - Pasir Selatan - Gosong Pasir Selatan — Directions;
light buoy
30/10
76 Malacca Strait - Tanjung Laboh — Light 09/10
76 Malacca Strait — Directions; buoyage 11/10
87 Indonesia - Sumatera - North coast - Pulau Bunta — Light 37/10
107, 108 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Teluk Aru - Kambuna Gas Field —
Prohibited and restricted areas; directions
04/10
115 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Sungai Asahan — Directions; light 21/10
124, 125, 126 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat - Dumai — Oil
Terminal
28/10
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
126 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat — Directions; jetties 08/10
149 Thailand - Ao Krabi - Khlong Si Bo Ya — Directions; buoyed
channel; leading lights; marine farms
09/10
149 Thailand - Ko Muk and Ko Talibong — Submarine cables 10/10
157 Malaysia - Pulau Langkawi - North coast - Teluk Ewa — Depth 13/10
183 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Utara — Directions; wreck 25/10
183 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Barat Laut — Directions;
buoyage; obstruction
25/10
184 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Manjung and Sungai Manjung
— Directions; buoyage
25/10
189, 193, 195, 198 Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Permatang Angsa —
Major light
05/09
200 Peninsular Malaysia - Selangor - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang -
Selat Klang Selatan — Tanjung Mahang Leading Lights
19/10
207 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Approaches to Port Dickson —
Directions; wreck
34/10
223 Singapore Strait and Approaches — Submarine cables 27/09
235, 238, 274, 282, 283,
284, 285
Singapore Strait and Port of Singapore — Directions; light 08/10
240, 244 Singapore Strait - Karang Selatin — Directions; dangerous wreck 25/10
265 Singapore - West Jurong Channel — Directions; container berth 30/10
272, 292 Singapore — West Coast Ferry Terminal 19/10
280, 281 Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway — General information; harbour for
lighters
31/09
283 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 22/10
285 Singapore — Marina Reservoir; Marina South 31/09
288 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 17/10
288 Singapore - Tuas Power Station — Jetty 33/10
289 Singapore - East Jurong Channel - Vopak (Tanjong Penjuru) Terminal
—Berths
25/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - Pulau Merambong — Light 26/10
298 Johor Strait - Western part - West Reach — Directions; buoyage 39/10
314 Malaysia - Johor Strait - South-eastern part - Tanjung Pengelih
southward - Malang Berendam — Light beacon
12/10
317 Malaysia - Sungai Johor — Buoyage 37/10
355 Indonesia - Pulau Nias North Channel — Directions; major light 04/10
355, 360, 361 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Pulau Nias — Major lights 16/10
404 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Karang Sipakal — Buoy 07/10
408 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Gosong Bintanggor — Buoy 07/10
45 Mediterranean 1 13th Edition (2008) 50/08
6, 77, 241 Western Mediterranean Sea - Baie de Camerata, Algeria to Almeria,
Spain — Gas pipeline
37/09
78 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
145 Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage 22/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage 12/09
208 Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada — Anchorage 25/09
260 Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck 21/09
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
367, 368 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit;
fishing
51/08
367 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — Arrival information; anchorage 09/10
377 Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks 22/09
421, 423, 424, 428, 431, Italy - Stretto di Messina — Traffic Separation Scheme; Vessel Traffic 45/09
432
Service
448, 449 Italy - Sicilia - Catania — Traffic Separation Scheme 06/10
450 Italy - Sicilia - Porto di Giardini-Naxos — Pilotage 22/10
456 Italy - Sicily - Porto di Augusta — Restricted area 37/10
508 Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions 19/09
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
46 Mediterranean 2 12th Edition (2007) 36/07
58 France - Gulf of Lions - Canet-Plage — Restricted area 07/09
71 France - Palavas-les-Flots — Dangerous wreck 10/10
76 France - Port de Fos and approaches - Entrance channel — Leading
lights
35/10
88-89 France - Approaches to Marseille - Rade d’Endoume — Submerged
artificial reefs
50/07
90 France - Golfe de Marseille - Cap Croisette - Île Tiboulen — Wreck 32/09
133, 172 Italy - Gulf of Genoa — Vessel traffic service; radio reporting 42/09
138 Italy - San Remo — Wreck 36/07
139 Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited areas 17/08
139 Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine area; submarine cables;
outfall
33/08
146 Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions 49/07
148-149, 151 Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing measures; recognition
zones; prohibited area
10/08
151 Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno — Submarine pipelines 22/08
158 Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria — Marine nature reserve 44/08
172 Italy - La Spezia — Wreck 01/09
198 Corse - Port d’Ajaccio — Dangerous wreck 01/10
228 Italy - Isola del Giglio — Restricted area 39/09
231 Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded ordnance 36/07
240 Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas 08/08
240 Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini-Edison — Anchorage;
obstructions; prohibited area
49/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited area; anchorages 50/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Buoyed fairway 08/08
294 Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded ordnance 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power cable 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio — Prohibited areas; wreck 14/09
329 Italy - Golfo di Gaeta — Restricted area 39/09
329 Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions; obstructions 49/07
338 Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree — Protected Marine Area 35/08
346 Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli — Marine parks and reserves 35/08
348 Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 08/08
348 Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 29/08
348 Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area 22/08
349 Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve 09/08
349 Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall 08/08
353 Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion 08/08
355 Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck 28/08
362, 367 Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele — Prohibited areas 19/08
367 Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited area 24/08
47 Mediterranean 3 13th Edition (2008) 01/09
68, 69 Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north-eastwards — FPSO; restricted area 01/09
81 Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane operations area 07/09
85 Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
100, 105 Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to Stenó Kastóu — Anchorage 28/09
104 Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal 01/09
112 Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock 01/09
178, 180 Albania - Durres — Directions; light 21/10
182 Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck 01/09
191, 194, 206 Montenegro - Rt Oðtra — Light 25/10
191, 194, 206 Croatia - Rt Oðtra — Light 33/10
465, 470 Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
467 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste — Wreck 16/09
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
497 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta — Dangerous wreck 34/09
499 Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions 01/09
500 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia — Anchorages; pilot boarding
position
39/09
509 Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area 07/09
509 Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 01/09
526 Italy - Ancona — Wreck 01/09
545-546 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Porto Levante — Directions 28/09
48 Mediterranean 4 14th Edition (2009) 41/09
156 Greece - Saronikós Kólpos - Órmos Keratsiníou — Directions;
dangerous wreck
20/10
365 North Aegean - Thessaloníki — Light 41/09
432, 434 Turkey - zmir — Buoyage 41/09
49 Mediterranean 5 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
69 Libya — Al Khums 39/10
244 Israel - •adera — Regulations 42/09
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
12th Edition (2006) 37/06
114 Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour — Pilotage 44/09
115 Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour — Wreck 15/10
160 Newfoundland - Grand Bank Harbour — Directions; sector light 49/08
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
300 Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island - Directions; sector light 49/08
304 Newfoundland – Rogers Point to Hare Bay Head — Directions; depths 38/10
308 Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour — Limiting conditions 38/10
309 Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour — Directions; depth 38/10
323-324 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm — Buoyage
changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage 43/06
406 Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage changed 38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430 Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich Bay
— Buoyage changed
38/06
438 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South-west of George Island — Buoyage
changed
39/06
451-453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466-467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468 Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage changed 39/06
473-474 Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run —
Buoyage changed
39/06
492 Labrador - Murphy Head to Cape Kikkiviak - Helga River — Wreck 44/09
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
51 New Zealand 17th Edition (2007) 04/08
184 North Island - Rangaunu Harbour — Directions; leading lights;
buoyage
22/10
203, 204 North Island - Whangarei Harbour — Directions; beacon 17/10
203, 204 North Island - Whangarei Harbour — Directions; leading lights 48/09
210 North Island - Hauraki Gulf — Depth 48/09
222 North Island - Auckland — Pilot boarding position 04/08
269, 271-272 North Island - East coast - Napier — Directions 12/08
307 Kermadec Islands — National Nature Reserves and Marine Reserve 43/08
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
64, 65 Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
92, 93 Wick - Harbour and approaches — Depths 08/10
116 Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
139 Scotland - North-east coast - Cromarty Firth — Invergordon; berth 22/09
142 Scotland - Moray Firth - Approaches to Inverness Firth — Directions;
depth
14/10
142 Scotland - East coast - Moray Firth - Approaches to Inverness Firth -
Riff Bank — Directions; buoyage
29/10
162 Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths and
prohibited anchorage areas
22/09
162, 177, 231 Orkney Islands - Pilotage 33/10
254, 256 Shetland Islands - North Channel and Whiteness Voe — Depths 11/10
345 Føroyar - KollafjørÉur — Berths 03/10
54 North Sea (West) 8th Edition (2009) 01/10
136 England - East coast - Blyth — Pilotage 12/10
154 England - East coast - River Tees — Breakwaters 25/10
155 England - East coast - Teesport — Outer anchorage; pipelines 15/10
169, 170 England - East coast - Humber Approaches — Pilotage; anchorages 12/10
193, 194, 199 England - East coast — Wind farms; firing practice area 12/10
213, 215, 217 England - East coast - Winterton-on-Sea — Racon 39/10
220, 221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth - Outer Harbour — Directions 11/10
221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 38/10
226 England - East coast - Lowestoft — Directions; Kirkley Light 01/10
55 North Sea (East) 6th Edition (2007) 13/08
8, 71, 161 German Bight - Western Approach TSS — Buoyage 49/08
9 Denmark — Pilotage 50/08
16 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
75, 77, 91 IJmuiden WNW — Wind farm 13/08
75, 79 Off Texel TSS to IJmuiden — Wind farm 43/08
77, 79 Approaches to IJmuiden and Noordzeekanaal — Maas North TSS 21/08
78 The Netherlands - IJ-Geul Approach Area — Directions; wreck 19/09
95, 97 The Netherlands - Zeegat van Texel — Directional light 51/08
126 East Frisian Islands - Accumer Ee — Buoyage 37/08
127 Germany - Accumer Ee — Directions; buoyage 26/09
129 East Frisian Islands - Harle — Directions 13/08
139, 143 Die Ems - Alte Ems — Directions; buoyage 20/09
140 Die Ems - Osterems — Directions 13/08
140 Germany - Osterems — Directions; buoyage; depths 22/09
141 Germany - Greetsieler Legde — Buoyage 49/09
144, 145 Netherlands - Eemshaven — Limiting conditions; controlling depth;
Directions; lights; submarine cable; beacon
11/09
153 Die Ems - Oterdum Reede — Depths 34/08
175, 176 Germany - Die Weser — Traffic regulations 51/08
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.24
Weekly
Edition
175, 189, 198 Germany - Die Unterweser —Traffic regulations 04/09
212 Die Elbe - VTS Brunsbüttel Elbe Traffic 13/08
221, 222 Germany - Die Elbe - Krautsand to Hamburg — Directions; light 06/10
227 Germany - Die Elbe - Stade-Bützfleth — Controlling depth 46/08
255, 256 Germany - Süderpiep and Norderpiep — Directions; buoyage 43/09
260 Germany - Die Eider — Directions 46/09
266, 267, 268 Germany - North Frisian Islands - Schmaltief and Rütergat —
Directions; depths
02/09
279 Denmark - Juvre Dyb — Buoyage withdrawn 42/09
287 Horns Rev — Wind farm 13/08
301, 303 Denmark - Thyborøn Kanal and Havn — Depths; maximum size of
vessel handled
22/09
305 Limfjorden - Sælhundeholm Løb — Buoyage 23/08
309 Limfjorden - Venø Sund Snævring — Buoyage 24/08
56 Norway 1 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden - West coast - Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
11 Norway — NOR VTS 14/10
84 Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad - Inner Passage — Lights 36/09
109 Norway - Brevikstrømmen — Directions; leading lights 52/09
130 Norway - Approach to Tønsberg - Sandøsundsleia — Light 36/09
153, 162 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway - Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
156 Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen — Depth 32/09
160 Norway - Oslofjorden — Depths 09/10
57A Norway 2A 9th Edition (2008) 27/08
6 Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
7 NOR VTS 14/10
85 Rosfjorden approaches - Ullerøysundet — Lights 36/09
107, 108 Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipeline; anchorage 10/09
107, 108 Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipelines and cables;
anchorage
03/10
124, 132, 135, 204 Skudenesfjorden - Geitungane — Geitungen Light 03/10
142 Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen 04/09
181 Talgjefjorden - Kingestad — anchorage 22/10
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
235 Bømlafjorden - South-east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
255 Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund — Light; shoal 14/09
281, 282 Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen —
Anchorages
29/08
282 Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage 02/09
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
308 Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance 40/08
334 Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen — Anchorage 04/09
353-354, 417 Fedje - Fedjefjorden — pilot boarding points 22/10
353-354, 417 Fedje - Fedjeforden — pilot boarding points 25/10
397 Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances 43/08
424 Nordhordlandsfjordene - Hille South-eastwards - Ålenappflua and
Iverholmane — Directions; lights
32/09
424 Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjømnesundet to Sognejøen -
Horsholmsundet and Bårøyosen — Directions; lights
32/09
427 West coast - Bradangersundet — Underwater rock 21/09
428 Bjorøyosen — Rock 18/09
428 Vassøyna East — Lights 28/09
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
Wk39/10

NP no
IV
Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
459, 513, 516, 521, 525,
535,538, 567
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 22/10
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 25/10
473-474 Buefjorden — Bulandet 21/10
513 Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet — Directions 22/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Directions 14/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Depths 06/09
517 Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights 17/09
527, 528, 530, 531, 535 Hellefjorden - Aralden — Directions; racon; light 48/09
536 Frøysjøen - Gulenfjordene — Depths 41/09
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
564 West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet — Directions; Nord Vågsøy Light 12/09
57B Norway 2B 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
3 NOR VTS 14/10
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245 Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous
and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
37 Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage 29/09
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway 3A 7th Edition (2010) 16/10
9 NOR VTS 16/10
210 Nesøya - Jovika — Directions; leading lights 21/10
349 Ofotfjorden - Bogen — Directions; light 18/10
367, 368, 369, 370, 371 Sørlandsvågen - Røssnesvågen — Lights; Directions 19/10
422, 424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Lights; directions 18/10
492 Vesterålen - Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga 16/10
506, 507 Andøya - Nordmela — Depth; Directions 16/10
58B Norway 3B 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 50/04
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6 NOR VTS 14/10
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
51 Andfjorden - Andenes — Directions; light 18/10
52-53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
Wk39/10
4.25

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.26
Weekly
Edition
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South-eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
106 Kattfjorden - Nordre Angstaursundet - Lysgrunnen — Directions;
buoyage
03/10
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet —
Depth
01/07
158 Vannøya - Torsvåg — Marine farm 04/10
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
191 Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228-229 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south-east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North-east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North-west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
260 Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes — Leading lights 45/09
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - South-west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
275-276 North-east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light 31/09
313 Kirkenes - Small craft anchorages 41/09
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
67 Larrys River — Light 44/09
70 Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 44/09
173 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Limiting conditions — Deepest
and longest berths
44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information —
Anchorages
44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information — Pilots and
tugs
44/09
174, 177 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Harbour — Canaport LNG
facility
44/09
180 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Berths — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
229 Cape Spencer to Martin Head — Directions; buoy 38/10
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.27
Weekly
Edition
60 Pacific Islands 1 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
125 Solomon Islands - Manning Strait - Malaghara Island Shoal —
Directions; light beacon
04/10
158, 159 Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island - Hathorn Sound — Lights 12/10
324 Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam Island — Rock 06/09
334 Papua New Guinea - North-East coast - Lapar Point to Cape Concordia
— Directions; light
29/10
351 Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead —
Wreck
06/09
419, 420 Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Senyavin Islands - Pohnpei Island —
Marine farms
31/09
61 Pacific Islands 2 11th Edition (2006) 10/07
7, 80-81, 137, 161, 164 Nouvelle-Calédonie and Îles Loyauté — Restricted areas around
submarine cables
02/09
75 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
76 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Baie du Prony — Mooring buoys 01/09
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
86 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and Petite Rade —
Wrecks; obstructions
03/09
100 Nouvelle-Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle-Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
161 Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine
cable; anchorage
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164 Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon —
Submarine cable
46/07
262 Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South-eastern part - Suva Harbour —
Directions; light
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south-eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south-eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands 3 12th Edition (2010) 32/10
17 Pitcairn Islands - National limits 33/10
63 Persian Gulf 14th Edition (2008) 02/09
54 Iran - JazØreh-ye Lºrak — Major light 05/09
54 Strait of Hormuz - West Bukha Oil Platform — Racon 05/09
58 Ra’s ol Moòºf Light Float to Soroosh Oil Terminal and Khawr al Kafka
— Directions; dangerous wreck
05/09
111 Bandar-e ShahØd Bºhonar; Bandar-e ShahØd RajºØ - South-eastern
approach - Directions; major light; racon
05/09
163 Fateh Oil Terminals - Arrival information — Outer anchorage 31/10
168 Abu Dhabi - Arrival information — Outer anchorages; submarine
cables
27/09
168 United Arab Emirates - Abu Dhabi — Outer anchorages 17/10
184, 194, 195 Shah Allum Shoal — Light beacon 05/09
185 Shah Allum Shoal to Doha — Directions; wreck 05/09
194, 195 Cable Bank to Ra’s Laffºn — Directions; AIS 07/10
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.28
Weekly
Edition
196, 197 Qatar - Ra’s Laffºn — Limiting conditions; arrival information;
anchorages; harbour; directions; AIS; leading lights; basins and
berths; port facilities
07/10
196, 197 Ra’s Laffºn — Arrival information; SPMs 17/09
202-208 Bahrain - MØnº’ Salmºnand the Port of Sitrah — Directions; Sitrah
Light Buoy
14/09
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
259, 261, 264 Saudi Arabia - Jeddah — Directions; Red Sea Gateway Terminal 31/10
317, 319 Yemen — BalÖºf LNG Terminal 51/09
65 St Lawrence 16th Edition (2009) 46/09
92 Havre de Mingan — Limiting conditions; depths 38/10
109 Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel — Directions; beacons 47/09
130 Pointe de L’Est to Île d’Entrée — Wreck 07/10
208 Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu — Basins and berths; anchorage 47/09
66 West Coast of Scotland 16th Edition (2008) 11/09
52, 86 Firth of Clyde - Loch Striven — Anchorages 34/09
92 Firth of Clyde - Helensburgh — Prohibited activities 11/10
110, 111 Campbeltown Loch — Pilotage; depths 21/10
115, 117, 118 Firth of Clyde - Skipness — Directions; useful mark 51/09
165 Hebrides - Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag — Vertical clearances 14/09
217 Firth of Lorn — Buoyage 16/09
284 The Small Isles — Sea state 08/10
285 Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards — Depth 33/09
366 Outer Hebrides - South Uist - Loch Boisdale — Light beacon 36/09
398 Hebrides - Sound of Harris — Passage 11/09
285, 286, 295, 296,297,
299, 310
The Small Isles — Directions; depths 48/09
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
10th Edition (2008) 03/09
8, 155, 156 Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes — Marine nature reserve 21/09
61, 62, 63, 129, 186 Portugal - Vessel traffic service — Mandatory reporting system 23/09
105 Spain - North-west coast - Ría de Arousa - Ensenada de Vilagarcia —
Directions; major light; buoyage
20/10
136, 139 Portugal - Leixôes - Outer approaches — Depth 07/10
138, 139 Portugal - Leixôes — Outer anchorage 21/10
142 Portugal - Porto do Douro - Directions — Leading lights 13/10
147 Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal — Directions: light 33/09
149 Portugal - Porto da Figueira da Foz — Directions; leading lights 30/10
162 Portugal - Porto de Lisboa — Vessel traffic service 48/09
205 Spain - Río Guadalquivir — Pilot boarding positions 11/10
215 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service 03/09
235, 247 Gibraltar — Off-port operations 27/10
236, 248 Gibraltar — Directions; exclusion zone 04/10
237 Morocco — Tanger-Méditerranée 35/10
237 Morocco - Tanger-Méditerranée — Anchorages 25/10
241 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Anchorages 26/10
241-242 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras-La Línea — Pilot boarding positions 04/10
247, 248 Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited areas 21/09
248 Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock 24/09
274 Arquipélago dos Açores - Terceira - Praia da Vitória — Light 16/10
Wk39/10

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.29
Weekly
Edition
68 East Coast of the
United States 1
13th Edition (2009) 10/10
99, 103 Casco Bay and Portland Harbor — Recommended routes 37/10
103, 106 Portland Harbor — Pilotage 37/10
125 Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions; light buoy 10/10
145 Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions; ODAS buoy 35/10
155 Vineyard Sound - South-west approaches — Directions; wreck 10/10
157 Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches - Woods Hole —
Directions; buoy
10/10
168 Narragansett Bay - Old Harbor - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
182 Great Salt Pond - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
187 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Dangerous wreck 12/10
202 Port Chester Harbor — Depths 10/10
216 New York Harbor and adjacent waters - Entrance channels and Lower
Bay — Racons
10/10
226 Kill Van Kull — Depths 10/10
231 South Brother Island Channel — Depths 10/10
252 Approaches to Boston Harbor — Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety
and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports
39/10
69 East Coast of the
United States 2
11th Edition (2008) 42/08
7, 65, 66, 101, 104, 185, North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
01/09
189, 192, 195, 197, 201,
203, 209, 210, 215, 221,
224, 226, 231, 234, 240,
241, 244, 248, 254
mandatory speed restrictions
89-90 Philadelphia — Directions; lights 27/09
97 Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point — Directions; wrecks 51/09
106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions; wreck 49/08
121 James River - Upper part — Directions 14/09
131 Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances 25/09
134 Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; buoyage; wrecks; obstructions; shoal; fish haven
01/10
134 Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
50/09
134-135 Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
51/09
152 Choptank River — Light 38/09
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
197 Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance 14/09
211, 214, 215, 216 Charleston - Fort Sumter Range — Directions 44/09
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
217 Charleston Harbor - South Channel — Directions; dangerous wreck 48/09
222 Port Royal Sound — Approach and entry 24/10
229 Savannah — Directions; leading lights 31/10
229 Savannah — Directions; lights 14/09
233 Brunswick Harbor — Project depths 49/09
234 Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry 38/09
241 Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights 14/09
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
153 Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz — Pilotage; tugs 47/09
158 Mexico - Tuxpan — Directions; racon 31/10
173 United States of America - Port Mansfield — Directions; buoyage 23/10
Wk39/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.30
Weekly
Edition
175 United States of America - Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel —
Vertical clearance
48/09
175 United States of America - Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel —
Vertical clearance
33/10
273, 300 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Security zone 38/09
70 West Indies 1 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
66, 67, 68, 70, 72, 73 Bermuda — Berths; landmarks; depths 33/10
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
212, 213, 213-214, 214 Haiti — Port-Au-Prince 10/10
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256 Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef —
Directions; light
49/08
268, 269, 270 Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman - Sand Cay — Directions; light 29/10
71 West Indies 2 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
103 US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
190 Sint Maarten - Simson Baai — Anchorage; mooring buoys 44/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique - Cul-de-Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
275 Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Directions 42/09
284 Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage 47/09
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
Nil
2nd Edition (2010) 31/10
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
9th Edition (2009) 50/09
60 Navigational Warnings — Different types 10/10
210 MARPOL 73/78 - Annex II — Categorisation of Noxious Liquid
Substances
03/10
220 Loran-C — Discontinuation of US and Canadian signals 07/10
224 NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) — Gaps in coverage 08/10
315 IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B -
Preferred channels — characteristics of buoys
07/10
315 IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B -
Preferred channels — characteristics of buoys
10/10
136 Ocean Passages for the
World
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong - Routes — Low-powered vessels; distance 26/04
Wk39/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
France - North-west coast - Boulogne-sur-Mer —
Pilotage
126
Paragraph 5.171 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all inbound and
outbound vessels of 60 m in length or over. The ....
Pilotage Boulogne-Calais
(SDD 2010 000058526) [38/10]
France - North-west coast - Calais — Pilotage
135
Paragraph 6.30 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all inbound and
outbound vessels of 60 m in length or over within the
pilotage area which extends 3½ miles from the harbour
entrance.
Pilotage Boulogne-Calais
(SDD 2010 000058526) [38/10]
NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
Philippine Islands - Luzon - West coast -
Manila harbour — Dredged area
196
Paragraph 8.141 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
International Port Basin approach channel has
been dredged to 12 m (2010). For depths at berths see
8.170.
Philippine Notice 5/100/10
(SDD 2010000 103052) [38/10]
Wk38/10
4.1
[38/10]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
India - Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal
Nehru Port — Anchorages
252
Paragraph 7.186 Heading Replace by: Anchorages
After Paragraph 7.186 1 line 3 Insert:
Bravo (West) anchorage, centred on 18°45′N
72°29′E, lies between the safety fairways and Neelam
Heera and Ratna Oilfield. Large vessels may anchor in
depths commensurate with draught keeping clear of
the charted disused cables and foul ground.
Bravo (East) anchorage, for use by smaller vessels,
centred on 18°46′N 72°37′E, lies 12 miles WSW of
Prongs Reef Light; its limits are shown on the chart.
Indian Notice 15/202/10
(SDD 2010000 124269) [38/10]
India - Mundra — Port information
305
Paragraph 9.85 1 lines 2-5 Replace by:
...consists of two container terminals and a
multi-purpose jetty on NavØnºl Island, the
multi-purpose T-headed jetty extending 7 cables SSW
from the coast and a SPM.
Paragraph 9.85 1 line 9 For 6 miles W Read 10 miles W
Paragraph 9.85 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Port Authority. Mundra Port and Special
Economic Zone Ltd, Post Bag No 1, Mundra,
1
Kachchh, Gujarat 370 421.
After Paragraph 9.87 2 line 5 Insert:
Pilot for the SPM boards 1¾ miles S of the SPM.
Paragraph 9.89 1 line 1 Replace By:
Major light:
Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22°43′⋅8N
69°42′⋅4E) (9.75).
Other aid to navigation - racons:
Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22°43′⋅8N
69°42′⋅4E).
Mundra SPM (22°40′⋅7N 69°39′⋅3E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Approaches. The anchorage or pilot station (9.87)
may...
After Paragraph 9.89 2 line 4 Add:
EntrytobasinSWofMulti-purpose Terminal 2.
Leading Lights:
Front light (height 12⋅0 m)(22°44′⋅4N 69°42′⋅9E),
Rear light (height 15⋅5 m) (50 m from front light).
The alignment of the above lights leads to the SW
berths of Multi-purpose Terminal 2.

Paragraph 9.90 2 Replace by:
2 Container Terminals 1 and 2 lie, along a single
wharf 1264 m in length, close N of NavØnºl Point
(22°44′⋅2N 62°42′⋅7E). Both terminals are allocated
two berths, each 316 m in length.
Multi - purpose Terminal 2, consists of a 575 m
long jetty extension of the container terminals. The
SW face of the jetty lies alongside a basin with a
maintained depth of 14⋅5 m. The terminal has 4 berths,
two on each side of the jetty, with facilities to accept
vessels upto 300 m in length and draught ranging from
10⋅5 to 15⋅5 m.
Mundra Port
(SDDs 2010000 134005; 134665) [38/10]
NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Newfoundland – Rogers Point to
Hare Bay Head — Directions; depths
304
Paragraph 8.208 4 line 8 For 5⋅3 m (17ft) Read 4⋅9 m
(16 ft)
Paragraph 8.208 5 lines 1-2 For 4⋅2 m(14ft)Read 3⋅8 m
(12 ft)
Canadian Eastern Notice 4820/08/2010
(SDD 2010000 140044) [38/10]
Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour —
Limiting conditions
308
Paragraph 8.224 1 line 3 For 7⋅0 m (23ft) Read 6⋅4 m
(21 ft)
Paragraph 8.224 2 line 1 For 6⋅1 m (20ft) Read 4⋅6 m
(15 ft)
Canadian Eastern Notice 4529/08/2010
(SDD 2010000 140044) [38/10]
Newfoundland – Fogo Harbour —
Directions; depth
309
Paragraph 8.227 1 line 5 For 7⋅0 m (23ft) Read 6⋅4 m
(21 ft)
Canadian Eastern Notice 4529/08/2010
(SDD 2010000 140044) [38/10]
IV
4.2
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - East coast - Great Yarmouth —
Traffic signals
Paragraph 9.79 Replace by:
221
1 Outer Harbour. Signals Nos 1, 2 and 5 of the
International Port Traffic Signals are exhibited from
the root of the north breakwater.
River Port. Signals Nos 1, 2, 3 and 5 of the
International Port Traffic Signals are exhibited from
the E end of Gorleston Pier. Signals Nos 1, 2, 3 and 5
are also exhibited on the S side of Brush Bend for
vessels proceeding down river. When signal No 2 is
exhibited vessels should not approach Brush Bend.
For further details see The Mariners’ Handbook.
Great Yarmouth Port Company Ltd
(SDD 2010000 139267) [38/10]
NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Cape Spencer to Martin Head —
Directions; buoy
229
Paragraph 9.77 4 line 4 For Q Read KW
Canadian Eastern Notice 4010/08/2010
(SDD 2010000 140044) [38/10]
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2009 Edition)
Havre de Mingan — Limiting conditions; depths
92
Paragraph 4.101 1 line 3 For 7⋅6 mRead 6⋅9 m
Canadian Eastern Notice 4432/08/2010
(SDD 2010000 140044) [38/10]
Wk38/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Morocco - Mohammedia - Approaches —
Directions; buoyage; depth; dangerous wrecks
145
Paragraph 5.83 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 From the outer pilot embarkation point (33°46′⋅2N
7°23′⋅0W), the track leads SE then generally SW,
towards the oil terminal or the harbour basin, noting
the entry prohibited area (5.78).
Paragraph 5.83 3 line 1 Replace by:
NE of buoy (special) (2½ miles NW), thence:
SW of a shoal with a depth of 12 m (2 miles NW),
thence:
Paragraph 5.83 3 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Clear of three dangerous wrecks (1¾ miles NW),
thence:
French Notice 10-33-29
(SDD 2010000 134747) [37/10]
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2010 Edition)
Venezuela-PuertoLaGuairaandCatiaLaMar
— Anchorages; pilotage
187
Paragraph 6.23 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 General anchorage. The main anchorage area off
Puerto La Guaira is centred about 1½ miles NE of the
head of the North Mole (6.30), as shown on the chart.
The...
Paragraph 6.23 2 lines 6-8 Replace by:
Dangerous cargoes. Vessels carrying dangerous
cargoes are required to anchor in an area, E and N of
the main anchorage, centred about 1¼ miles NNW of
Punta Mulatos (6.29).
3 Quarantine anchorage lies E of the main
anchorage, centred about 2 miles NNW of Punta
1
Mulatos (6.29).
Paragraph 6.24 1 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory and available from 0600 to
2400 local time. The pilot boards about 1 mile NW of
the head (6.30) of North Mole, W of the main
anchorage.
4.1
190
Paragraph 6.45 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
[37/10]
1 Outer anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth should
anchor N of the outer mooring buoys in depths from
13 to 18 m.
Prohibited anchorages. Two areas have been
established (2010), centred 2 miles ENE and 5 cables
NW from Punta Arrecife (6.43).
Venezuelan Notice 36/10
(SDD 2010000 122652) [37/10]
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United
States Pilot (2010 Edition)
Mexico - Bahía de la Paz - Bahía Pichilingue and
approaches — Depth; leading lights
199
Paragraph 6.96 5 line 5 For 9⋅4 m(31feet)Read 4⋅9 m
(16 ft)
200
Paragraph 6.101 2 Replace by:
2 The alignment (339½°) of Bahía Pichilinque leading
lights, standing on the E shore of Isla San Juan
Nepomuceno, leads to the charted anchorage position
about 1 cable E of Muelle SCT (6.102):
Front Light (white concrete tubular tower, 7 m in
height) (24°16′⋅1N 110°19′⋅9W).
Rear Light (similar structure, 3 m in height) (about
40 m from front light).
Mexican Cuaderno de Faros 2009; Mexican ENC
MX503232
(SDDs 2009000 124251; 2010000 101785) [37/10]
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2004 Edition)
Svalbard - Spitsbergen - West coast -
Hornsundbanken — Underwater rock
213
Paragraph 9.22 1 line 6 Add:
2 An underwater rock with a depth of 6⋅4m lies off
Dunöyane in position 77°02′⋅69N 14°32′⋅79E.
Norwegian Notice 15/28714/10
(SDD 2010000 131056) [37/10]
Wk37/10

NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Indonesia - Sumatera - North coast
- Pulau Bunta — Light
87
Paragraph 3.92 1 lines 5-7 Delete
Paragraph 3.93 1 line 3 Replace by:
...positions from Pulau Bunta Light (white pole, 10 m
in height) (5°33′⋅3N 95°09′⋅0E):
Paragraph 3.93 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:
...Pulau Bunta.
Paragraph 3.94 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
NW of Pulau Bunta, thence:
Indonesian Notice 38/10
(SDD 2010000 131662) [37/10]
Malaysia - Sungai Johor — Buoyage
317
Paragraph 9.205 2 lines 4-6 Replace by:
S of Neville Rock (1¼ miles SSE), with a least depth
of 2⋅8 m, marked by a light buoy (port hand) , and
where the best water lies, thence:
Singapore Notice DB 16/41/2010
(SDD 2010000 134503) [37/10]
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Sicily - Porto di Augusta
— Restricted area
456
After Paragraph 13.62 1 Line 5 Add:
2 An area approximately 1 mile square, used by
seaplanes engaged in fire-fighting operations, is
centred approximately 8 cables SE of Diga Centrale
(13.68).
Italian Notice 10/15.20
(SDD 2010000 132412 ) [37/10]
Wk37/10
IV
4.2
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Casco Bay and Portland Harbor
— Recommended routes
99
After Paragraph 3.131 Insert:
Recommended routes
3.131a
1 Recommended two-way routes have been
established through Hussey Sound (3.162) to Cousins
Island (3.166), Broad Sound (3.137) to the berth
(3.143) at Harpswell Neck, and the approaches to
Portland Harbor. Deep-draught vessels, tugs and barges
are requested to follow the designated routes.
2 The routes were designed to reduce the potential for
conflict with pleasure craft, fishing gear and other
small craft, and to reduce the potential for grounding
or collision. Vessels are responsible for their own
safety and are not required to remain inside the routes
nor are fishermen required to keep fishing gear outside
the routes. Other vessels, while not excluded from
these routes, should exercise caution in and around
these areas and should monitor VHF channels for
information concerning deep-draught commercial
vessels, tugs and barges transiting these routes.
103
After Paragraph 3.173 Insert:
Recommended route
3.173a
1 See 3.131a.
US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 3
(HH 078/550/11) [37/10]
Portland Harbor — Pilotage
103
Paragraph 3.174 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 See 3.201.
106
Paragraph 3.201 1 line 4 Replace by:
Pilots embark within a 2 mile radius of P Light
Buoy (43°32′N...
US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 3
(HH 078/550/11) [37/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Ghana - Tema - Approaches — Dangerous wreck
325
Paragraph 10.89 3 including Section IV Notice Week 48/09
Replace by:
3 SE of Nungua Point (9 miles ENE), the SW of
two points of land, 7 cables apart, and fringed
with rocky ledges, thence:
SE of Greenwich Rock (12¾ miles ENE), lying
1½ cables offshore, 2 m high and easily
identifiable against the white background of the
beach, thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck, (13¾ miles ENE)
(position approximate), thence:
Clear of light buoys (special) (18 miles E), marking
the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4), thence:
SSE of Tema Main Breakwater Head Light
(15 miles ENE) (10.123).
Tema Port Control
(SDD 2010000 116724) [35/10]
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4 (2010
Edition)
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Directions -
Bocachica — Leading lights; useful mark
Paragraph 9.178 2 Delete
283
Paragraph 9.178 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
3 From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy
(10°18′⋅98N 75°35′⋅92W), the track leads E through a
channel, marked by light buoys...
284
After Paragraph 9.178 4 line 7 Add:
Useful mark:
No 2 Light Beacon (red and white framework tower)
(10°19′⋅27N 75°30′⋅53W).
Colombian Notice 95/10
(SDD 2010000 123448) [35/10]
4.1
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; buoyage
394
[35/10]
Paragraph 11.9 including existing Section IV Notices
Weeks 08/09 and 13/09 Replace by:
1 Irbe Strait (Irbenskiy Strait) (57°43′N 22°00′E), the
main entrance to Gulf of RØga, is partially obstructed
by numerous shoal patches, through which three
fairways lead, as shown on the charts. Mariners should
follow the recommended tracks when navigating in the
strait.
2 Main fairway. From a position approximately
6½ miles NNW of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), the
recommended route leads generally SE, passing
through a two-way route, for 15 miles to a position N
of Mifeq Lighthouse (11.15). The route then leads
ENE for about 24 miles to a position N of Kolka
Lighthouse (57°48′⋅1N 22°38′⋅0E).
3 Approach from west. From the vicinity of No 5
Light Buoy (57°39′⋅8N 21°32′⋅9E), the recommended
route leads E for 13½ miles to a position N of Mifeq
Lighthouse, whence it merges with the main fairway
to enter Gulf of RØga.
4 Vessels with a draught of 10 m or more,
approaching from S, are advised to keep W of
Bezimjannaja sÏklis (57°42′N 21°00′E) (11.11), thence
adjust course ENE to a position 6½ miles NNW of
Irbe Lighthouse (11.15).
5 Caution. In clear weather navigation through Irbe
Strait via the marked fairways presents few difficulties,
however, in low visibility, continual sounding is
recommended in view of the current which is variable
according to conditions, see 11.8.
395
Paragraph 11.17 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 08/09 Replace by:
1 From a position W of OvØðu rags (57°34′N
21°43′E) (11.10) the track leads NNE for about
18 miles to a position approximately 6½ miles NNW
of Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), passing (with positions
from OvØðu Lighthouse (57°34′⋅1N 21°43′⋅0E)):
Existing Section IV Notice Week 08/09 Paragraph 11.18 1
lines 1-9 Replace by:
1 From a position approximately 6½ miles NNW of
Irbe Lighthouse (11.15) the recommended track leads
3½ miles SSE to a two-way route, marked by light
buoys (lateral). The S-bound section of the two-way
route, leads initially SSE then SE for 5¾ miles. The
track then continues SE for 2½ miles and then ESE
for 3¾ miles to a position N of Mifeq Lighthouse
(11.15), passing (with positions from Irbe Lighthouse
(57°45′⋅1N 21°43′⋅4E)):
Wk35/10

413
Paragraph 12.7 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 08/09 Replace by:
1 From a position approximately 6½ miles NNW of
Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), at the NW end of the Irbe
Strait TSS, the track leads NNW for about 30 miles
until clear of the shoals off Vilsandi, thence NNE for
about 45 miles to a position NW of Põhja Ristnanina
(58°56′⋅5N 22°03′⋅0E), at the extremity of Kõpu
poolsaar.
414
Paragraph 12.14 1 lines 1-6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/09 Replace by:
1 From a position approximately 6½ miles NNW of
Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), at the NW end of the Irbe
Strait TSS, the track leads NNW for about 30 miles
until clear of the shoals off Elda poolsaar (58°18′N
21°50′E), thence NNE for about 45 miles to a position
NW of Kõpu poolsaar (58°55′N 22°15′E), passing
(with positions from Vilsandi Light (58°23′⋅0N
21°48′⋅8E)):
Latvian Notice 7/64/10
(SDD 2010000 116384) [35/10]
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition)
Russia - Pacific coast - Port Beringovskiy —
Anchorage
390
Paragraph 12.43 1 line 8 For 10 Read 7
Russian Notice 52/7187/09
(SDD 2009000 194589) [35/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - East coast - Taiwan Strait -
Xiamen Gang — Directions; leading lights
159
Paragraph 4.136 5 lines 8-11 Delete Luyong to channel
Paragraph 4.136 6 lines 1-4 Delete
Chinese ENC 1514291
(SDD 2010000 120582) [35/10]
Wk35/10
IV
4.2
Korea-Westcoast-TaiwanStrait-Approaches
to Mokp’o - Myängnyang Sudo —
Directions; wreck
435
Paragraph 11.75 6 line 13 Replace by:
...concrete tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
Clear of a wreck, 9⋅7 m(34°36′⋅89N 126°14′⋅06E),
lying in the centre of the channel and on the E
edge of the SW route through Chongdung Hae
(11.97).
440
After Paragraph 11.98 7 line 7 Add:
A wreck, 9⋅7 m (34°36′⋅89N 126°14′⋅06E), lies on
the E edge of the channel, in the centre of the TSS
joining from Myongyang Sudo (11.75).
Korean Notice 30/431/10
(SDD 2010000 122806) [35/10]
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2007 Edition)
France - Port de Fos and approaches -
Entrance channel — Leading lights
76
After Paragraph 2.161 2 line 4 Add:
3 For entry into Darse 2 and Darse 3, the alignment
(275°) of the leading lights situated on the SE corner
of Môle Graveleau leads through the dredged channel
marked by light buoys (lateral) to the entrance of each
basin.
Front leading light (two horizontal orange squares
on white pylon) (43°24′⋅1N 4°51′⋅5E).
Rear leading light (orange square on blue and white
pylon) (340 m from front light).
French Notice 10/31/37
(SDD 2010000 128821) [35/10]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Morocco — Tanger-Méditerranée
237
Paragraphs 7.77 to 7.80 Including headings and existing
Section IV Notice Week 25/10 Replace by:
TANGER-MÉDITERRANÉE
General information
Chart 1912
Position and function
7.77
1 Tanger-Méditerranée (35°54′⋅0N 5°29′⋅5W) (also
known as Tanger-Med) is a modern deepwater port,
recently opened (2007), on the N coast of Morocco.
The port has facilities for container traffic; RoRo;
passenger; bulk cargo, particularly grain; and
hydrocarbons.
Port Authority
7.78
E-mail: info.ptm@tmsa.ma
Website: www.tmsa.ma

Arrival information
Vessel traffic service
7.79
1 Vessel traffic service, GIBREP, is in operation for
the regulation of shipping. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
Notice of ETA required
7.80
1 Vessels should advise ETA directly or via agent
24 hours prior to arrival, or upon departure last port if
less than 24 hours distant.
Anchorages
7.80a
1 Two anchorage areas have been established in the
Strait of Gibraltar to the west of Tanger-Méditerranée
and are shown on the chart.
Anse Grande anchorage is situated 1 mile NE of
Hejar Lesfar. This anchorage only has the
capacity to accommodate one large vessel.
A larger anchorage area is situated 1½ miles NNW
of Ksar es Srhir.
Both the above anchorages are defined as temporary
holding areas, due to poor holding ground and severe
weather conditions that may prevail. Vessels use these
anchorages for stays less than 24 hours.
2 An additional anchorage area for large vessels to
the S of the Ceuta peninsula centred on 35°49′⋅0N
5°19′⋅4W is shown on the chart.
Prohibited area
7.80b
1 An area where entry is prohibited is established
around the construction of Tanger-Méditerranée 2
(7.80d).
Pilotage
7.80c
1 For entry into Tanger-Méditerranée port, two pilot
boarding positions have been established:
Tanger-Méditerranée 1: The pilot boards in
position 35°56′⋅2N 5°27′⋅5W.
Tanger-Méditerranée (Passenger and RoRo
Port): The pilot boards at 35°54′⋅8N 5°32′⋅2W.
Harbour
General layout
7.80d
1 Tanger-Méditerranée deep water port is a
multipurpose port consisting of three large basins.
Tanger-Méditerranée 1: the eastern basin used by
container, bulk and RoRo vessels.
Tanger-Méditerranée (Passenger and RoRo
Port): located 1¾ miles SW of
Tanger-Méditerranée 1.
2 Tanger-Méditerranée 2: under construction
(2010); immediately SW of the Passenger and
RoRo Port. It will be used by container
vessels.
IV
4.3
Directions for entering harbour
Principal marks
7.80e
1 Major lights
Pointe Ciris Light (35°54′⋅4N 5°28′⋅9W) (7.74).
Other aids to navigation
7.80f
1 Racon:
Beacon (N cardinal) (35°54′⋅8N 5°28′⋅9W) situated
2 cables N of Ras Ciress. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
2 AIS:
TM1 Light Buoy (35°54′⋅3N 5°29′⋅2W). For
information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Entry into Tanger-Méditerranée 1
7.80g
1 From the pilot boarding position (7.80b) the track
leads SW for approximately 2 miles until within the
white sector (152°-188°) of the Inner Breakwater Root
light (35°53′⋅9N 5°29′⋅2W).
Approach to the basin is made in the white sector,
as far as the alignment (210°) of the following leading
lights, which gives passage between the breakwaters;
lights (lateral) are exhibited from the heads of the
breakwaters.
Front light (column, 5 m in height) (35°52′⋅2N
5°30′⋅8W).
Rear light (similar construction) (140 m further
SW).
Entry into Tanger-Méditerranée (Passenger and
RoRo Port)
7.80h
1 From the pilot boarding position (7.80b) the track
leads SSE for 1¾ miles to the entrance of the basin.
The chart is then sufficient guide.
2 Useful marks
Main jetty head light (green pylon, 6 m in height)
(35°53′⋅1N 5°31′⋅3W).
Secondary jetty head light (red pylon, 6 m in height)
(35°52′⋅9N 5°31′⋅1W).
Basins and berths
Tanger-Méditerranée 1
7.80i
1 The port comprises a basin protected from the NW
by a breakwater extending 1 mile NE, the end of
which is marked by a light (7.80f).
An inner breakwater, marked by a light, extends
from the NE corner in a SW direction and an entrance
between the breakwaters facing NE is 300 m in width.
2 There are 1600 m of quays and the maximum depth
is 16 m.
Wk35/10

Tanger-Méditerranée (Passenger and RoRo Port)
7.80j
1 The port is protected from the W by a 1250 m
breakwater extending NW then N. An inner
breakwater extends W from the NE corner of the port,
leaving an entrance of 250 m. The depth in the
entrance is 15⋅3 m.
There are 5 piers extending perpendicularly from
the shoreline varying in length from 160 m to 200 m.
These provide 8 berths.
Spanish Notice 30/SD/2010
(SDD 2010000 122420) [35/10]
Wk35/10
IV
4.4
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals —
Directions; ODAS buoy
145
Paragraph 5.8 2 line 1 Delete
US Notice 32/13203/10
(SDD 2010000 124632) [35/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2004 Edition)
Svalbard - Spitsbergen - Wedel Jarlsberg Land -
West coast — Rock
214
After Paragraph 9.24 3 Line 6 Insert:
An underwater rock with a depth of 3m has been
reported (2010) off Middagsskjera, in position
77°24′⋅6N 13°47′⋅7E.
Norwegian Notice 14/28198/10
(SDD 2010000 123628) [34/10]
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark - Århus Bugt - Hov Havn — Lights
271
Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:
...protected by moles to the S and NE.
272
Paragraph 7.152 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
SSW for 4 miles,
Danish Notice 30/762/10
(SDD 2010000 125848) [34/10]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - Thames Estuary — Wind farm
253
Paragraph 11.52 Replace by:
1 Gunfleet Sands Wind Farm, located on Gunfleet
Sand (11.69), comprises 48 wind turbines centred on
position 51°44′N 1°13′E. A submarine cable leads N
from the wind farm to the vicinity of Holland-on-Sea
(51°48′N 1°11′E). On the perimeter, designated wind
turbines exhibit red obstruction lights and flashing
yellow lights.
255
Paragraph 11.70 1 lines 4-5 Delete
Wk34/10
4.1
256
Paragraph 11.75 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
[34/10]
2 Between GFS-WF5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(5½ miles NNE), marking the SW corner of
the Gunfleet Sands Wind Farm (11.52) and N
Middle Buoy (N cardinal) (5 miles NNE),
thence:
SE of Whitaker Light-buoy (E cardinal) (4½ miles
NNE), thence:
294
Paragraph 14.11 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:
5 SE of Tripod (6 miles WNW) a shingle patch on
the edge of the coastal bank, and:
NW of Gunfleet Sands Wind Farm (5 miles WSW)
(11.52), thence:
295
Paragraph 14.23 1 lines 5-6 Delete
Dong Energy
(SDDs 2010000 085011; 112607; 126755) [34/10]
NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)
South China Sea - Dangerous Ground - Fiery
Cross Reef — Major Light
71
After Paragraph 2.110 1 line 9 Add:
2 Major light:
Fiery Cross Reef Light (white octagonal concrete
tower, 32 m in height) (9°33′⋅30N 112°54′⋅15E).
Chinese Notice 23/1110/10
(SDD 2010000 096120) [34/10]
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Indonesia - South coast of Jawa - Tanjung Intan
— Limiting conditions
61
After Paragraph 3.42 1 Insert:
2 Less water than charted has been reported (2010) to
E and N of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(7°45′⋅2S 109°03′⋅3E).
Fleet Management Ltd, Hong Kong
(SDD 2010000 102609) [34/10]

NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Seto Naikai - Iyo Nada - Ao Shima — Directions:
wreck
156
Paragraph 6⋅109 2 line 5 Replace by:
...4 cables WNW of the light. A dangerous wreck lies
in position 33°46′⋅2N 132°27′⋅1E. Thence:
Japanese Notice 29/1139/10
(SDD 2010000 116361) [34/10]
IV
4.2
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Approaches to
Port Dickson — Directions; wreck
207
Paragraph 6.260 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 SSE of a wreck, depth unknown (reported 2010)
(1⋅6 miles WSW), thence:
SSE of a 4⋅6 m (15ft) shoal (1⋅5 miles WSW),
thence:
SSE of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (1⋅2 miles
WSW), thence:
Marine Department Peninsular Malaysian Notice 57/10
(SDD 2010000 127697) [34/10]
Wk34/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2010 Edition)
Venezuela - Archipielago Las Aves — Directions;
light
205
Paragraph 7.7 1 lines 12 -13 Delete
Paragraph 7.8 1 line 3 Replace by:
Aves de Sotavento Light (12°03′⋅49N 67°40′⋅64W).
209
Paragraph 7.20 1 lines 1 -4 Delete
Paragraph 7.20 1 line 6 Replace by:
Aves de Sotavento Light (12°03′⋅49N 67°40′⋅64W).
After Paragraph 7.20 2 line 6 Insert:
Aves de Sotavento Light (orange and white GRP
tower, 12 m in height) (12°03′⋅49N 67°40′⋅64W).
Venezuelan Notice 30/10
(SDD 2010000 111033) [33/10]
NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2007 Edition)
Canada - Traffic Reporting Systems —
NORDREG
3
Paragraph 1.14 4 Lines 9 -10 For Arctic Canada Traffic
System (NORDREG Canada) Read: Northern Canada
VTS (NORDREG) Zone
Paragraph 1.17 1-3 Replace by:
1 The Northern Canada VTS (NORDREG) Zone, is a
mandatory reporting system operated by the Canadian
Coast Guard.
It applies to ships of 300 grt and over, ships
carrying or towing a vessel carrying pollutants or
dangerous cargo, and ships and tows with a combined
grt of 500 or more.
2 Its object is to assist the mariner in the safe and
expeditious conduct of his vessel by promulgating
information on ice conditions, giving advice on routes,
and providing ice -breaker support where available and
considered necessary.
4.1
[33/10]
3 The system applies in the shipping safety control
zones prescribed by the Shipping Safety Control Zones
Order, and the waters of Ungava Bay, Hudson Bay,
Kugmallit Bay that are not in a shipping safety control
zone. The waters of James Bay; the waters of
Koksoak River from Ungava Bay to Kuujjuaq; the
waters of Feulles Bay from Ungava Bay to Tasiujaq;
the waters of Chesterfield Inlet that are not within a
shipping safety control zone and the waters of Baker
Lake; and the waters of Moose River from James Bay
to Moosonee.
4 The Shipping Safety Control Zones cover Canada’s
coastal northern waters within the area enclosed by the
60th parallel of north latitude, the 141st meridian of
west longitude and the outer limit of the exclusive
economic zone; however, where the international
boundary between Canada and Greenland is less than
200 nautical miles from the baselines of the territorial
sea of Canada, the international boundary shall be
substituted for that outer limit.
Canadian Notices to Mariners July 2010
(SDD 2010000 121732) [33/10]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - South coast - Isles of Scilly — Pilotage
80
Paragraph 3.50 1 line 8 Replace by:
Vessels under 32 m in length.
Paragraph 3.50 2 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
3 Boarding places. Pilots board at the following
positions:
Saint Mary’s Sound: 49°53′⋅0N 6°17′⋅0W.
Crow Sound: 49°55′⋅5N 6°14′⋅0W.
NorthWestPassage:49°56′⋅0N 6°26′⋅0W.
Harbour Master, Saint Mary’s, Isles of Scilly
(SDD 2010000 120553) [33/10]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales – North coast – Conwy — Directions;
buoyage
222
Paragraph 7.148 2 line 7 -8 Replace by:
N of Llys Elisap Clynnog (2¾ miles WSW), a rocky
patch. Close NE of this patch is a light buoy
(special) marking the outer end of an outfall
which extends NW from the shore, thence:
Between C1 and C2 Light Buoys (starboard and port
hand) (2¼ miles W), which mark the outer end of
the channel, thence:
Wk33/10

After Paragraph 7.148 3 line 1 Add:
S of C2A Light Buoy (port hand) (1½ miles WSW),
thence:
Conwy Harbour and Maritime Officer
(SDD 2010000 109753) [33/10]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
East coast – Saint George’s Channel —
Codling Lanby
53 -54
Paragraph 2.37 2 line 7 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 39/09 Delete
Paragraph 2.38 1 line 5 Including existing Section IV
Notice Weeks 28/09 and 39/09 Delete
Paragraph 2.39 1 line 2 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Paragraph 2.40 heading For Lanby Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 2.40 1 line 3 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Paragraph 2.41 heading For Lanby Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 2.41 1 line 1 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Paragraph 2.42 heading For Lanby Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 2.42 1 line 3 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Paragraph 2.43 heading For Lanby Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 2.43 1 line 1 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
150 -151
Paragraph 5.84 1 line 2 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Paragraph 5.84 1 line 5 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Paragraph 5.84 1 line 7 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Paragraph 5.86 2 line 5 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 39/09 Delete
Paragraph 5.87 1 line 7 Including existing Section IV
Notice Weeks 28/09 and 39/09 For Lanby Read Light Buoy
(E cardinal)
Paragraph 5.89 heading For Lanby Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 5.89 1 line 3 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Paragraph 5.89 2 line 9 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Paragraph 5.90 heading For Lanby Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 5.90 1 line 1 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Wk33/10
IV
4.2
156
Paragraph 5.143 1 line 6 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 39/09 Delete
Paragraph 5.144 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 39/09 Replace by:
1 Racons:
South Arklow Light Buoy (52°40′⋅2N 5°58′⋅9W)
(5.89).
Codling Light Buoy (E cardinal) (53°03′N5°41′W).
159
Paragraph 5.170 1 line 7 Delete
Paragraph 5.171 1 line 2 For Lanby Read Light Buoy (E
cardinal)
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDDs 2010000 069517; 120909) [33/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Singapore - Tuas Power Station — Jetty
288
Paragraph 8.313 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...able to handle the largest product tankers. Feedstock
Jetty lies close E of the E end of the fuel oil
unloading jetty, with a depth alongside of 10⋅3 m
(2010). TS -01 Light Buoy (special) lies 1¾ cables SE,
marking a 10⋅3 m shoal depth close N.
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore Notice DB
15/2010
(SDD 2010000 121472) [33/10]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Croatia - Rt Oðtra—Light
191
After Paragraph 6.148 1 line 7 Add:
2 Major light:
Rt Oðtra Light (red tower on house, 2 m in
height) situated on a signal station (black and
white bands with flagstaff) on Rt Oðtra
(42°24′N 18°32′E) (6.149).
Paragraph 6.149 3 line 5 after ...a fort,Insert ...a light
(6.148)...
194
After Paragraph 6.171 1 line 6 Add:
2 Major light:
Rt Oðtra Light (42°24′N 18°32′E) (6.148).
206
After Paragraph 7.18 4 line 1 Add:
Rt Oðtra Light (42°24′N 18°32′E) (6.148).
Hrvatski Hidrografski Institut of Croatia
(SDD 2010000 111448) [33/10]

NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Pilotage
162
Paragraph 5.18 1 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory within the Orkney Harbour
Authority Area described at 5.12 for the following
types of vessel:
Passenger vessels over 65 m LOA.
Other vessels over 80 m LOA.
Vessels under tow where the combined overall
length of the towing vessel and the vessel being
towedisover65m.
Vessels over 300 gt carrying persistent oils in bulk.
Pilot boarding positions are indicated on the chart;
additional details are given in descriptions of
individual entry channels. The pilot launch is on
station only when a ship is expected.
Pilots board in the following positions:
Scapa Flow West (58°45′⋅7N 3°07′⋅8W).
Scapa Flow East (58°45′⋅8N 3°01′⋅7W).
Pilots disembark in the following positions:
Scapa Flow West (58°45′⋅7N 3°07′⋅8W) and
(58°50′⋅0N 3°03′⋅3W).
Scapa Flow East (58°45′⋅8N 3°01′⋅7W) and
(58°50′⋅0N 3°03′⋅3W).
177
Paragraph 5.91 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 See 5.18. The pilot boards in position 58°56′⋅6N
3°21′⋅8W.
231
Paragraph 5.331 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory within the Orkney Harbour
Authority Area (5.12) for the following types of
vessel:
Passenger vessels over 65 m LOA.
Other vessels over 80 m LOA.
Vessels under tow where the combined overall
length of the towing vessel and the vessel being
towedisover65m.
Vessels over 300 gt carrying persistent oils in bulk.
Paragraph 5.331 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Pilots board in position 57°00′⋅4N 2°48′⋅8W. Pilots
disembark in positions 59°00′⋅8N 2°53′⋅2W or
57°00′⋅4N 2°48′⋅8W.
Orkney Islands Council Marine Services Department
(SDD 2010000 121413) [33/10]
NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3
(2010 Edition)
Pitcairn Islands - National limits
Paragraph 1.120 1 line 1 For 12 mile Read 3 mile.
17
NP247(1) Annual Notice 12/10
(HH. 062/200/01) [33/10]
IV
4.3
NP69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America - Corpus Christi
Harbor - Viola Channel — Vertical clearance
175
Paragraph 7.74 1 line 9 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 48/09 Replace by:
...a safe vertical clearance of 59⋅4 m (195 ft).
US Notice 31/11311/10
(SDD 2010000 121317) [33/10]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Bermuda — Berths; landmarks; depths
66
Paragraph 2.40 1 Replace by:
1 Hayward’s Wharf (2.58).
67
Paragraph 2.54 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Radio mast (obstruction lights) on Fort George,
(Pilot station) (32°22⋅8′N 64°40′⋅9W).
Paragraph 2.58 1 line 3 For 8⋅8 Read 8⋅1
68
Paragraph 2.66 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Least depth is 8⋅1 m (2008). The channel is...
Paragraph 2.68 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Radio mast (obstruction lights) on Fort George,
(Pilot station) (32°22⋅8′N 64°40′⋅9W).
70
Paragraph 2.85 1 Replace by:
1 Heritage Wharf Cruise Ship Berth, Grassy Bay
(2.100).
72
Paragraph 2.100 1 Including Section IV Notice Week 49/08
Replace by:
1 Grassy Bay. Heritage Wharf Cruise Ship Berth
extends 120 m NNE from the North Breakwater of the
North Basin with linked mooring dolphins extending a
further 120 m NNE. Least depth alongside 10⋅1 m.
King’s Wharf Heritage Cruise Ship Berth is on the
ESE side of the North Breakwater of North Basin.
Length of berth 90 m with linked mooring dolphins at
30 m from the NNE and SSW ends of the berth. Least
depth alongside 9⋅8 m.
South Basin. Admiralty Berthing Area is situated at
the SW end of the NW wall, about 305 m long, with
3berths.
73
Paragraph 2.122 1 line 2 Delete
BA Charts 322, 1315 and 1073
(HH. 070/209/01) [33/10]
Wk33/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches —
Dangerous wreck
344
Paragraph 11.140 1 lines 6 -10 including Section IV Notice
Week 10/10 Replace by:
ESE of a dangerous wreck (2¾ miles S) (position
approximate), thence:
ESE of dangerous wreck, part of which is visible,
(2¾ miles SSE) (position approximate).
Thence, the track continues NE to the pilot
boarding position in the vicinity of Lagos Fairway
Light Buoy (safe water) (2¾ miles SE).
Captain Isele Ogorye
(SDD 2010000 098891) [32/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Gang -
Dagusha Hangdao — Directions
399 -400
Paragraph 10.116 Replace by:
1 From a position about 1 mile N of a light buoy
(isolated danger) (38°46′⋅42N 118°12′⋅84E), marking a
dangerous wreck (position approximate), the track
leads W for 5 miles, passing:
S of the anchorage and pilot boarding position for
vessels of over 100 000 dwt (10.106).
The track continues W to a position S of a platform
(lit) (38°48′⋅85N 118°05′⋅53E), with a similar platform
8 cables NE; a restricted area surrounds the platforms.
2 The track then leads NW, passing:
NE of No 6 Anchorage (10⋅106), thence:
Close to Dagusha Hangdao Light Buoy (safe water)
(38°49′⋅80N 48°02′⋅16E).
Dagusha Hangdao, marked by light buoys (lateral),
continues initially NW for 7 miles, passing clear of the
following dangers:
3 9⋅9 m shoal (38°51′⋅48N 117°59′⋅35E).
9⋅4 m shoal (38°51′⋅69N 117°59′⋅51E), thence:
NW to a position between Nos 229 and 230 Light
Buoys (lateral), and in the vicinity of the pilot
embarkation and disembarkation position (10.107). A
shoal patch, depth 4⋅6 m (38°54′⋅98N 117°53′⋅02E),
lies close SW of the channel.
4 Dangerous wrecks, marked by light buoys (isolated
danger), lie to NNE and SSW of the channel.
The channel continues WNW passing extensive
reclamation work (2009) on the SSW side of the
channel. Numerous charted shoal patches lie on either
side of the channel limits.
4.1
[32/10]
5 The channel continues WNW to the berths at
Tianjin Lingang Industrial Zone, noting the two SALM
buoys within the channel. The following dangers lie
off the berths:
5⋅0 m shoal (38°57′⋅17N 117°44′⋅85E).
4⋅6 m shoal (38°57′⋅20N 117°44′⋅77E).
Obstruction (38°57′⋅70N 117°43′⋅71E).
Chinese Charts 11773; 11775
(SDDs 2010000 054892; 058240) [32/10]
China - Qinhuangdo - Shiwandunji Hangdao —
Dangerous wreck
408
Paragraph 10.173 2 lines 8-10 Replace by:
Caution. A dangerous wreck (39°54′⋅42N
119°40′⋅70E) (2010), position approximate, lies in the
centre of the buoyed channel NW of No 420 buoy
(starboard hand).
Chinese Notice 27/1243/10
(SDD 2010000 112122) [32/10]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Solway Firth – Directions; buoyage
305
Paragraph 10.77 1 line 8 -10 Replace by:
...to seaward of Two Feet Bank and Robin Rigg Offshore
Wind Farm.
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2010000 118339) [32/10]
Wk32/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
Sweden - Nynäshamn - Danziger Gatt —
Directions; buoyage
263
Paragraph 7.26 1 lines 7 -8 Delete
267
Paragraph 7.59 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 North entrance. From a position 9 miles E of
Landsort Light (58°44′N 17°52′E), the main...
268
Paragraph 7.71 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position 9 miles E of Landsort Light
(58°44′N 17°52′E), in the vicinity of the VLCC pilot
boarding area, the...
Paragraph 7.72 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 Clear of a 9⋅8 m shoal patch (1¼ miles E), marked
by a light buoy (W cardinal), thence:
Swedish Notice 313/6534/10
(SDD 2010000 117079) [31/10]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - South coast - Penzance Harbour —
Limiting conditions
92
Paragraph 3.124 1 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. The entrance to the outer
harbour dries. The Harbour Master should be consulted
for the latest information.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 4⋅8 m; mean
neap range about 2⋅4 m. For further information see
Admiralty Tide Tables.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. The harbour can
accommodate vessels of up to 92 m in length with a
maximum draught of 4⋅5 m at MHWS, and of 3⋅5 m at
MHWN.
Penzance Harbour Master
(SDD 2010000 104179) [31/10]
4.1
[31/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea coast - Qingdao Gang -
Wai Gang — Anchorages
330
Paragraph 8.98 1 - 3 Replace by:
1 The designated outer anchorage areas are as
follows; the limits as shown on the chart:
No 1, centred on 36°02′⋅80N 120°19′⋅80E, depths 7
to 13 m. An ammunition dumping ground lies on
the W boundary.
No 2, centred on 36°02′⋅70N 120°18′⋅60E, depths
15 to 18 m.
2 No 1 Qianhai, centred on 36°00′⋅40N
120°21′⋅35E, quarantine anchorage, depths 31
to 36 m, mud; a hazardous substance area
(8.113) lies 1½ cables ESE.
No 2 Qianhai, centred on 35°58′⋅40N 120°22′⋅40E,
depths 13 to 20 m, mud and sand; an area in which
anchoring and fishing are prohibited borders SE
side, and Nan Sha (8.113), a bank, lies
3½ cables N.
Prohibited anchorages. See 8.100.
Chinese Chart 12351
(SDD 2010000 080538) [31/10]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – West coast – River Dee estuary -
Hilbre Swash — Buoyage
240
Paragraph 8.41 3 line 1 -3 Replace by:
3 W of Hilbre Island Light (white metal
framework...
Dee Conservancy Notice 10 -2010
(SDD 2010000 096409) [31/10]
England – West coast – River Ribble estuary —
Directions
271
Paragraph 9.24 1 lines 1 -2 Delete
272
Paragraph 9.26 2 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
2 The N training wall is marked near its outer end by
13 mile Light Perch (red solid steel mast, 12 m in
height, supported by a tripod).
Gut Light Buoy (safe water) (53°41′⋅7N 3°09′⋅0W)
is moored WSW of the Gut Channel.
Paragraph 9.26 3 line 1 -6 Replace by:
3 South Gut, an unmarked channel, was developed
(1989) through a gap in the S training wall at 12 mile
Perch, however, owing to siltation (2010) the channel
is no longer navigable. The wreck of the Zealandia
(53°39′⋅9N 3°05′⋅6W), which dries, lies at the seaward
end of South Gut and is marked on its W side by a
light buoy (W cardinal).
Wk31/10

Paragraph 9.29 1 line 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Local knowledge is needed to navigate Gut
Channel and the river Ribble.
Paragraph 9.29 1 line 5 -8 Delete
Preston City Council
(SDDs 2010000 098209; 099683; 110485) [31/10]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
Fateh Oil Terminals - Arrival information —
Outer anchorage
163
Paragraph 7.173 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...the tanker waiting anchorage, centred on 25°36′⋅50N
54°31′⋅50E in a depth of about 48 m; the...
Port Captain, Fateh
(SDD 2010000 098424) [31/10]
NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2009 Edition)
Saudi Arabia - Jeddah —
Directions; Red Sea Gateway Terminal
259
Paragraph 9.246 1 line 2 Replace by:
...coastal reefs. Red Sea Gateway Terminal (21°29′⋅2N
39°09′⋅1E) and the main commercial sector of the port
form...
Paragraph 9.247 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.247
261
Paragraph 9.257 including heading Replace by:
Northern entrance to Red Sea Gateway Terminal
and main commercial port
9.257
1 General remarks. Al –arØq (21°28′N 39°07′E),
BawºbatalMamarralWusòá (Middle Gateway) (1 mile
E) and Bawºbat al Mamarr ad DºkhilØyah (Inner
Gateway) (2 miles E) form the principal channel
through the off -lying reefs for entry into the main
commercial port of Jeddah. A channel dredged to
16⋅5 m (2009) leads from Al –arØq to Red Sea
Gateway Terminal (2 miles NE).
Paragraph 9.258 1 lines 1 - 2 Replace by:
Northern entrance to Al –arØq
9.258
1 Directions (continued from 9.253 and 9.255). The
channel leads about 1 mile E, passing (with positions...
Wk31/10
IV
Paragraph 9.258 3 Replace by:
3 S of ‘A’ Light Buoy (port hand) (7 cables
WNW) which marks the W extremity of the
entrance to the channel leading to Red Sea
Gateway Terminal.
(Directions for the commercial port continue at
9.259)
After Paragraph 9.258 Insert:
Al –arØq to Red Sea Gateway Terminal
9.258a
1 Directions. (continued from 9.258) The channel
leads generally NE for about 2 miles, passing (with
positions from Shi‘b Jahºn Light (21°28′⋅5N
2
39°07′⋅2E) (9.250)):
Between ‘A’ Light Buoy (port hand) (3 cables S) and
‘B’ Light Buoy (E cardinal) (5½ cables SE),
thence;
SE of Shi‘b Jahºn Light (9.250), standing on the
S part of the W side of Shi‘b Jahºn, a
partially drying reef which extends about
3
8 cables in a N/S direction, thence:
NW of North Gateway (7 cables ESE) (9.260),
thence:
The track continues NE between paired lightbuoys
(lateral) to a turning circle, radius 300 m, charted close
off the berths.
Paragraph 9.259 1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
Al –arØq to main commercial port
9.259
1 Directions. (continued from 9.258) The channel
continues E, passing (with positions from Bawºbat al
Mamarral Wusòá (Middle Gateway) North Light
Beacon (21°28′⋅0N 39°07′⋅9E)):
S of ‘B’ Light Buoy (W cardinal) (3½ cables W),
which marks the E extremity of the entrance to the
channel leading to Red Sea Gateway Terminal.
Thence:
4.2
After Berths Insert:
264
Red Sea Gateway Terminal
9.272a
1 The terminal (21°29′⋅3N 39°09′⋅2E) is the N cargo
handling facility of the port. It consists of three
numbered berths, R1 to R3, length 735 m with depths
alongside of 16⋅5 m, used for cargo operations. Berth
R4, length 300 m with a depth alongside of 15 m, is
used by service craft.
Red Sea Gateway Terminal; BA2577
(SDD 2010000 070893) [31/10]
NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
Savannah — Directions; leading lights
229
Paragraph 8.158 4 lines 1 -3 Delete
US Coastguard Local Notice 48/09 District 7 Section VIII
(SDD 2009000 179447) [31/10]

NP69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
Mexico - Tuxpan — Directions; racon
158
Paragraph 6.272 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Racon:
Mexican Ministry of Communications and Transportation
(SDD 2010000 111452) [31/10]
IV
4.3
Wk31/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2010 Edition)
Turkey - Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu - Pazar —
Marine farm
144
After Paragraph 3.277 3 line 2 Insert:
Caution. A marine farm is located in the centre of
the anchorage area.
Turkish Notice 27.163.10
(SDD 2010000 111084) [30/10]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Bristol Channel - Bull Point to Hurlstone Point
— Directions; isolated danger
82
Paragraph 3.48 4 line 7 -9 Delete An To Ledge.
Marine Current Turbines Ltd
(SDD 2010000 096127; 105925) [30/10]
Bristol Channel - Routes south of the Smalls —
Directions; buoyage
152
Paragraph 5.26 1 line 8 For (5.45). Read (5.45), thence:
After Paragraph 5.26 1 line 8 Add:
NNE of a light buoy (special) (51°20′⋅4N 5°07′⋅2W),
thence:
RWE npower renewables
(SDD 2010000 106470) [30/10]
Wales – South -west coast – Milford Haven —
Controlling depth; depths at berths
155
Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 1 -2 Including existing Section IV
Notices Weeks 51/08 and 09/09 Replace by:
1 Depth in the West Channel is 15⋅6 m (2009) and
in the Main Channel it is 15⋅4 m (2009).
157
Paragraph 5.73 2 line 5 For 9⋅8 m Read 9⋅5 m (2009)
4.1
158
[30/10]
Paragraph 5.78 1 line 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 09/09 For 15⋅9 m (2006) Read 15⋅6 m (2009)
162
Paragraph 5.85 2 line 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 07/09 For 12⋅8 m Read 12⋅7 m
164
Paragraph 5.95 1 lines 7 -8 For 15⋅3 m (2006) and 11⋅4 m
(2006) Read 15⋅7 m (2009) and 11⋅2 m (2009)
Paragraph 5.95 2 line 2 For 7⋅5 m (2006) Read 6⋅8 m (2009)
Paragraph 5.96 1 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
...depth of 18⋅4 m (2009) and can accommodate
vessels up to 275 000 dwt. Nos 7 and 8 Berths have
depths of 14⋅0 m and14⋅8malongside. Fenders allow
limited use of No 8 Berth.
165
Paragraph 5.96 3 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
3 The deepest berth at this jetty, No 1 Berth, has a
dredged depth of 18⋅1 m (2009), and can accommodate
vessels up to 275 000 dwt. There are depths of 13⋅8 m
alongside No 2 Berth and 11⋅0 m alongside No 3 Berth.
Nos 4 and 5 Berths situated on the S side of the
T -head, abreast No 3 Berth, have depths alongside of
5⋅6 m and5⋅7m, and can accommodate smaller
vessels of up to 2 500 and 6 000 dwt respectively.
Paragraph 5.96 4 line 2 For 6⋅0 m (2006) Read 5⋅5 m (2009)
Paragraph 5.97 1 lines 1 -10 Replace by:
1 Semlogistics and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals
consists of three T -headed jetties extending from the
N shore, close W of Wear Point (51°42′N 4°59′W).
The controlling depth in the approach to the berths is
12⋅7 m. The berths are:
Dragon LNG (No 1).
Semlogistics No 2; length of face 121 m; depth
16⋅3 m; maximum size of vessel 165 000 dwt,
LOA 283 m.
Semlogistics No 3; length of face 63 m; depth 9⋅4 m;
maximum size of vessel 20 000 dwt, LOA
153 m.
166
Paragraph 5.99 1 line 6 For 6⋅85 m (2008) Read 6⋅0 m
(2009)
Paragraph 5.100 1 line 4 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 51/08 For 6⋅1 m Read 5⋅4 m
Paragraph 5.100 2 line 3 For 4⋅3 m Read 4⋅2 m
Paragraph 5.103 1 line 9 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 51/08 For 8⋅3 mand4⋅2 mRead 8⋅0 mand
4⋅6 m
Milford Haven Port Authority Notice 23/2010
(SDDs 2010000 014191; 094678) [30/10]
Wk30/10

Wales - Fishguard — Directions; useful mark
179
Paragraph 5.187 2 line 3 Replace by:
Castell Farm (52°00′⋅1N 4°56′⋅7W).
HMS Echo
(SDD 2010000 109544) [30/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malacca Strait - Pasir Selatan - Gosong Pasir
Selatan — Directions; light buoy
70
Paragraph 2.64 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 NNE of Gosong Selatan Light Buoy (N cardinal)
(2°40′⋅37N 101°06′⋅53E).
Indonesian Notice 25/242/2010
(SDD 2010000 110725) [30/10]
Wk30/10
IV
4.2
Singapore - West Jurong Channel — Directions;
container berth
265
After Paragraph 8.110 2 line 7 Insert:
NW of a container berth under construction
(7¼ cables ESE). The seaward limit of the
construction is marked by two light buoys
(special). Thence:
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore Port Marine
Notice 79/2010
(SDD 2010000 112092) [30/10]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal -PortodaFigueiradaFoz—
Directions; leading lights
149
Paragraph 5.156 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 Entry. From the vicinity of 40°07′⋅5N 8°54′⋅0W,
the alignment (046½°) of leading lights, positioned
3 cables NNE of Molhe S head, leads between...
Portuguese Notice 259/10
(SDD 2010000 110964) [30/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United
States Pilot (2010 Edition)
Pacific Ocean - Guardian Bank north -westwards
—Depths
83
After Paragraph 2.49 3 line 4 Insert:
In 2010, a vessel on passage between these depths
and Guardian Bank reported soundings between 20⋅5 m
and 32 m between positions 10°20′⋅6N 088°19′⋅0W
and 10°18′⋅3N 088°14′⋅3W.
MV Apostolos 2
(SDD 2010000 061387) [29/10]
United States of America - California -
Entrance to San Diego Bay — Directions; rock
261
Paragraph 8.40 5 lines1to5Replace by:
5 W of a DG platform, 2½ cables E of Ballast Point.
A submerged jetty, marked by lights (white diamonds,
orange border on piles), extends to the shore from
close S of the platform.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 8
(HA. 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
United States of America - California -
San Fancisco Bay - Alcatraz Island —
Directions; fog signal
335
Paragraph 10.53 2 lines 8 and 9 Replace by:
...vicinity of the island.
USOCS 27/18650/10
(SDD 2010000 103735) [29/10]
United States of America - Oregon -
Grays Harbor — Directions; breakers
431
After Paragraph 14.43 1 line 6 Insert:
In rough weather, hazardous breakers are found on
North and South Jetties. Both should be given a wide
berth.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 11
(HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
Wk29/10
4.1
United States of America - Oregon -
Columbia River - Port of Portland —
Regulated Navigation Area
458
After §165.1325 (c) (5) line 2 Insert:
[29/10]
§165.1326 Regulated Navigation Area: Port of
Portland Terminal 4, Willamette River,
Portland, Oregon.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 9
(HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
United States of America - California -
San Diego Bay — Naval Danger Zone
After §334.865 Insert:
461
§334.866 Pacific Ocean at Naval Base
Coronado, in the City of Coronado, San Diego
County, California; Naval Danger Zone.
United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 11
(HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - East coast - Chumunjin Hang —
Directions; racon
200
Paragraph 4.195 and heading Replace by:
Spare
4.195
Paragraph 4.197 3 lines 3 -5 Delete
201
Paragraph 4.202 1 lines 2 -3 Delete
Korean Notice 23/310/10
(SDD 2010000 095421) [29/10]

NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland - East coast - Moray Firth -
Approaches to Inverness Firth - Riff Bank —
Directions; buoyage
142
Paragraph 4.250 3 line 4 to 4 line 3 including Section IV
Notice Week 14/10 Replace by:
Close NW of Riff Bank North Light Buoy (port
hand) (2½ miles NNE of W extremity of Fort
George), noting that to do so it is necessary to
deviate slightly to the NW of the leading bearing,
thence:
NW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 0⋅5 m,
reported 2010, (1¾ miles NNE of W extremity of
Fort George), thence:
4 NW of Riff Bank Northwest Light Buoy (port
hand) (1¾ miles NNE of W extremity of Fort
George), thence:
Paragraph 4.250 4 lines 4 -5 For 9 cables NNE Read
7¼ cables N
Northern Lighthouse Board Notices 17 and 18/2010
(SDDs 2010000 101070; 102544; 104510) [29/10]
IV
4.2
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Papua New Guinea - North -East coast -
Lapar Point to Cape Concordia —
Directions; light
334
2
After Paragraph 8.248 1 line 5 Add:
Major light:
Oinake Light (white structure) (2°36′⋅4S
141°00′⋅1E).
Indonesian Notice 19/187/2010
(SDDs 2010000 100663; 106523) [29/10]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman - Sand Cay —
Directions; light
268
Paragraph 10.254 1 lines 6 and 7 Delete
269
Paragraph 10.255 2 line 2 Replace by:
...and Hastings Rock, off South West Point...
270
Paragraph 10.262 3 line 4 Delete
Senior Harbour Patrol Officer Cayman Islands
(SDD 2010000 102664) [29/10]
Wk29/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Bristol Channel - Nash Point to Barry —
Directions; racon; wreck; buoyage
107
After Paragraph 4.22 1 line 2 Add:
N Cardinal light buoy (51°19′⋅7N 3°29′⋅9W).
After Paragraph 4.23 1 line 3 Add:
Either side of a wreck (51°19′⋅6N 3°29′⋅9W) with a
least depth of 10⋅4 m, marked by four light buoys
(cardinal), thence:
123
After Paragraph 4.153 1 line 2 Add:
N Cardinal light buoy (51°19′⋅7N 3°29′⋅9W).
Trinity House Notice 16/10 F6
(SDD 2010000 099666) [28/10]
Wk28/10
4.1
[28/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat
- Dumai — Oil Terminal
124
Paragraph 4.278 1 line 1 For Caltex Read Chevron
125
Paragraph 4.280 1 line 1 For Caltex Read Chevron
Paragraph 4.281 1 line 4 For Caltex Read Chevron
126
Paragraph 4.303 1 line 6 Replace by:
Chevron Oil Terminal (four berths):
Paragraph 4.303 2 line 3 For Caltex Read Chevron
Indonesian Notice 20/190/2010
(SDD 2010000 100669) [28/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Chile–PuertoHuasco—Pilotage;anchorages
250
Paragraph 7.223 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.223
Paragraph 7.225 1 Replace by:
1 Compulsory. The pilot boards about 5½ cables NE
of Península Guacolda Light. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
Paragraph 7.236 2 Replace by:
2 Anchorage may be obtained in an irregular shaped
area centred 4½ cables NW of Islote Cayo (28°27′·39S
71°13′·63W), in depths from 21 to 77 m.
Chilean Notice 5/48/10
(SDD 2010000 097025) [27/10]
NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Western Australia - Shark Bay -
Gascoyne Road and Carnarvon —
High speeed craft
269
After Paragraph 7.66 2 line 2 Add:
High speed craft. Recreational vessels frequently
transit Gascoyne Road in substantial numbers,
particularly at dawn and dusk. These craft often travel
at high speed to fishing grounds W of Carnarvon.
Government of Western Australia, Department of
Transport
(AA 475637) [27/10]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Netherlands - Terneuzen to Antwerp -
Schaar van Waarde — Directions; buoyage
187
Paragraph 7.276 3 line 5 For ZG -SvW Read No 42A
189
Paragraph 7.284 1 line 2 Replace by:
...N end of Zuidergat (7.276). Shallows Sper I and
Shallows Sper II Buoys (special) lie across the S end of the
channel. The channel is only used by...
Wk27/10
4.1
190
[27/10]
Paragraph 7.287 1 line 8 For ZG -SvW Read No 42A
Netherland Notice 23/308/10
(SDD 2010000 095737) [27/10]
NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Honshu - NW Coast - Misumi Ko — Towers
88
Paragraph 3.61 4 Delete lines 3 and 4
Japan Notice 25/1003/10
(SDD 2010000 097171) [27/10]
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2008 Edition)
Gibraltar — Off -port operations
78
After Paragraph 2.16 1 Insert:
Off-port operations
2.16a
1 Off -port operations occur within the following areas
in the vicinity of Gibraltar:
Area 1: Centred on 36°07′⋅0N 5°15′⋅5W with a
radius of 1 mile.
Area 2: Centred on 36°02′⋅0N 5°15′⋅0W with a
radius of 2½ miles.
2 Within the above areas vessels may be taking on
stores whilst transiting at low speed.
For further details contact Gibraltar Port Authority.
Gibraltar Port Authority
(SDD 2010000 077241) [27/10]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Gibraltar — Off -port operations
235
After Paragraph 7.68 1 Insert:
Off-port operations
7.68a
1 Off -port operations may be carried out in
designated areas to the E and SE of Europa Point. See
7.133a.

247
After Paragraph 7.133 2 Insert:
Off-port operations
7.133a
1 Off -port operations occur within the following
areas:
Area 1: Centred on 36°07′⋅0N 5°15′⋅5W with a
radius of 1 mile.
Area 2: Centred on 36°02′⋅0N 5°15′⋅0W with a
radius of 2½ miles.
2 Within the above areas vessels may be taking on
stores whilst transiting at low speed.
For further details contact Gibraltar Port Authority.
Gibraltar Port Authority
(SDD 2010000 077241) [27/10]
IV
4.2
Wk27/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Finland - Raahe — Approach; limiting
conditions; turning basin; directions
336
Paragraph 8.70 1 line 4 For 8⋅0 m Read 10⋅0 m
Paragraph 8.73 1 line 3 For 8⋅0 m Read 10⋅0 m
Paragraph 8.75 1 lines 4 -5 Delete ...Between the two areas
is a turning basin, 300 m in diameter.
Paragraph 8.75 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 The berths are protected by a large area of
reclaimed land close W of the quays.
Paragraph 8.77 3 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
Heikinkari Rear Leading Light (red rectangle,
yellow stripe) (64°39′⋅2N 24°24′⋅0E) standing on
Iso Elkko, an area of reclaimed land.
Paragraph 8.79 Replace by:
337
Main channel
8.79
1 From a position about 3½ miles N of Nahkiainen
Lighthouse (64°36′⋅7N 23°53′⋅8E) (8.52) the approach
leads ESE to a position 1½ miles WSW of Raahe
Lighthouse (64°39′⋅1N 24°13′⋅4E) (8.77), passing NNE
of the detached shoal patches (8.54), marked by buoys
(cardinal), to the NW and NE of Nahkiainen
Lighthouse.
Thence the recommended track leads through a
channel marked by light buoys, beacons, and in turn
by the following leading lights:
2 Heikinkari Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle with yellow stripe on white
tower) (64°39′⋅2N 24°20′⋅9E).
Rear light (1½ miles E of front light) (8.77).
The alignment (085½°) of these lights leads
2¾ miles E through a buoyed channel, to the Virpiperä
leading line.
3 Virpiperä Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on metal
framework tower) (64°40′⋅0N 24°24′⋅6E),
standing on the foreshore close N of Helmi Pier
(8.80).
Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (4 cables
ENE of front light).
Thence the alignment (062¼°) of these lights leads
1 mile ENE through a buoyed channel, to a position
5 cables W of the entrance to the commercial harbour.
4 The track then leads 7 cables E, in the narrow
white sector (085° -086°) of Odotuslaituri Light (grey
tower, 25 m high) (64°39′⋅6N 24°24′⋅3E) through a
buoyed channel to the turning area. The track then
leads SSE to the main berthing area.
4.1
[26/10]
8 m channel
8.79a
1 From a position on the 10 m track 5 cables W of
the commercial harbour entrance, an alternative track,
authorised for a maximum draught of 8⋅0 m, leads a
further 5 cables ENE on the alignment (062¼°) of
Virpiperä Leading Lights to a position 5 cables SW of
the front leading light. The track, marked by buoys
(cardinal), then trends E and SE to the Rojuniemi
Leading Line.
2 Rojuniemi Leading Lights:
Front light (yellow mast) (64°39′⋅4N 24°25′⋅0E).
Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (1½ cables
SE of front light).
Thence the alignment (126¼°) of these lights leads
SE to the berths at the Oil and Export Quays.
Finnish Notice 14/209/2010
(SDD 2010000 083797) [26/10]
Sweden - Skutskär -Harnäs —
Directions; leading beacons
378
Paragraph 9.183 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
4 To reach the berths at Harnäshamnen, the track
leads SW through an area swept to a depth of 6⋅5 m,
marked by buoys and light buoys, passing NW of
Sjukantsgrundet.
Swedish Notice 307/6382/2010
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden - Efesgrundet to Väktaren
— Directions; light
442
Paragraph 10.322 8 lines 1 -6 Delete
Swedish Notice 307/6388/2010
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden - Hörnefors — Authorised draught
442
Paragraph 10.324 1 line 2 For 6⋅3 m Read 3⋅0 m
Swedish Notice 307/6413/2010
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden - Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught
463
Paragraph 11.59 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 The approach from SE, for vessels drawing not
more than 5⋅0 m, passes between the...
Swedish Notice 307/6415/2010
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Wk26/10

Sweden - Kågehamn — Authorised draught
468
Paragraph 11.93 1 line 1 For 6⋅7 m Read 3⋅0 m
Swedish Notice 307/6414/2010
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
Sweden - Törehamn — Authorised draught
489
Paragraph 11.233 2 Replace by:
2 The channel, which is well marked and buoyed, is
authorised for a draught of 8⋅0 m to the anchorage
(11.246) in Storöfjärden; 5⋅6 m from Storöfjärden to
Lägenön (11.240); and 3⋅0 m from Lägenön to
Törehamn.
Swedish Notice 307/6412/2010
(SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
France - L’Iroise with Brest and
Baie de Douarnenez — Pilotage
284
Paragraph 8.68 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
Vessels with LOA of 50 m or more when E of a line
connecting the Charles Martel Light Buoy
(48°18′⋅9N 4°41′⋅9W) and Point du Toulinguet
(48°17′N 4°38′W).
Vessels with LOA of 40 m or more in L’Elorn and
L’Aulne rivers up to Landerneau and Châteaulin.
298
After Paragraph 8.183 2 line 6 Add:
Pilotage is provided by the Brest station and is
compulsory for vessels with LOA of 50 m or more.
The pilot boards 1 mile N of Île Tristan or at the
anchorage.
French Weekly Notice 20/2010
(SDD 2010000 084184) [26/10]
Wk26/10
IV
4.2
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Johor Strait - Western part - Pulau Merambong
—Light
298
Paragraph 9.29 1 line 4 Replace by:
...circular tower, 12 m in height) is exhibited, the...
Peninsular Malaysian Notice 33/2010; BA Chart 4038
(SDD 2010000 090301) [26/10]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Spain - Puerto de Algeciras -La Línea
— Anchorages
241
Paragraph 7.110 2-5 Replace by:
2 Four anchorage areas have been established, and are
shown on the chart as follows:
Area A, situated in the N part of Gibraltar Bay,
extending 5 cables S of CEPSA Oil Terminal
refinery pier (36°10′⋅7N 5°23′⋅8W) and 5 cables
SW of Crinavis Shipyard (36°10′⋅7N 5°22′⋅8W)
in depths of between 22 m and 100 m.
Area B, situated between the prohibited anchorage
(7.111) around the SBM and the NE entrance to
Puerto de Algeciras, in depths of between 10 m
and 100 m.
3 Area C, situated E of detached mole under
construction (2006), which lies 8 cables E of
Isla Verde, in depths of between 39 m and
137 m.
Area D, situated NE of Punta Carnero in depths of
between 25 m and 74 m.
Caution. Depths decrease rapidly as the shores are
approached and regular soundings should be made
before dropping anchor.
Spanish Notice 20/SD/2010
(SDD 20100000 080514) [26/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP no Page(s) Title
In force 1 July 2010
4.3
[26/10]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa 1 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
93, 95 Islas Canarias - Isla de Gran Canaria — Directions; depth; buoy 17/10
156 Morocco - Safi — Directions; Light 07/10
301 Ivory Coast - San -Pédro approaches — Directions; depth 17/10
313, 324, 325, 334, 337,
340
West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage 48/09
315 Ghana - Jubilee Oil Field — Restricted area 02/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos — Directions; buoyage 10/10
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and Entrance Channel — Depths 34/09
367 Nigeria - Forcados River to Brass River - Offshore terminals —
Pennington Oil Terminal
02/10
382 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal 10/10
2 Africa 2 15th Edition (2007) 11/08
67 South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge - Wüst Seamount — Shoals 38/08
138 -139 Equatorial Guinea - Cogo — Light 25/10
141 -148 Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 17/08
141, 142, 143, 144, 145,
147
Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 27/09
156 -157 Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal 13/08
163 Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions; wreck 17/08
171,172 Republic of Congo - Offshore terminals — Azurite Terminal 08/10
172 Angola - Cabinda - Kuito Terminal — Anchorage 18/10
179 Congo — Moanda Terminal 14/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Kizomba C Terminal 36/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Girassol Terminal 12/09
195 Angola - Offshore terminals - Girassol Terminal — Waiting area 18/10
196 Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa and Greater Plutonio
Terminals
38/08
203 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Anchorage; wreck 23/08
204, 206 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions 14/08
223 Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon 14/08
294 South Africa - Simon’s Town — Directions for entering harbour 30/08
3 Africa 3 15th Edition (2010) 20/10
290, 291, 390, 391 Tanzania - Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 25/10
4 South -East Alaska 6th Edition (1993) Supplement No 4 15/06
2, 5 Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage 23/08
9 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
63 Felice Strait - Sealed Passage — Directions; wreck 32/08
78 Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth 09/07
84 -85 Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay - Coal Bay and Twelvemile Arm
— Shoal depths
40/06
95 Wrangell Narrows — Depths 36/07
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.4
Weekly
Edition
98 Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck 32/08
107 Eastern Passage - Channel Island — Depth 30/06
108 Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage 20/07
179 Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor — Directions; depth 29/08
212 Chatham Strait - Baranof Island - Warm Spring Bay — Rock 26/08
232 Alaska - North Cape to Biorka Island — Directions; depth 21/09
234 Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth 24/08
261 Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock 24/08
305 Prince William Sound - Hinchinbrook Entrance — Submerged buoy 16/07
305 Valdez Arm — Directions 37/07
314 Prince William Sound - Orca Bay - Port Gravina — Depth 18/08
360 Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula - Port Chatham — Mooring buoy 22/08
377 Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light 15/07
389 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
5 South America 1 16th Edition (2008) 25/08
4 Radio facilities — Automatic Identification System 12/10
5 Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water management 25/08
87 Brazil – Canal do Norte — Pilot boarding place 05/10
100 Brazil – Ilha Cotejuba — Directions; wreck 26/09
123 Brazil - North coast – Ponta da Praia Grande — Directions; light 35/08
137 Brazil – Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage; submarine cable 32/08
137 Brazil – Ponta da Itapagé to Ponta de Mucuripe - Pecém Terminal —
Directions; buoy
34/09
139 Brazil, N coast – Mucuripe — Directions; wreck 01/09
144, 145 Brazil – North coast - Ponta do Mel to Cabo Calcanhar — Directions;
light; racon
31/09
164 Brazil – Porto de Recife to Porto de Pedras — Directions; wreck 30/09
196 Brazil, E coast – Ponta Itaquena — Directions; wreck 08/09
201 Brazil - E coast – Rio Doce south -eastwards — Directions; offshore
marks
16/09
202 Brazil – Rio Doce to Ponta do Tubarão — Directions; current meter 34/09
210 Brazil – Terminal da Ponta do Ubu — Anchorages 28/08
212 Brazil - E coast – Ponta do Cacurucaia eastwards — Directions;
platform
212, 214 Brazil - E coast – Cabo de São Tomé eastwards — Directions;
platform
49/08
06/09
253 Brazil – Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck 25/08
264 Brazil – Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
268 Brazil - South coast – Itajaí — Directions; buoyage 22/09
290 Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata — Directions 25/08
298 Uruguay – Montevideo — Limiting conditions; local weather 33/08
299 Uruguay – Montevideo — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
313 Uruguay – Punta Pavón — Directions; wreck 25/09
349 Argentina – Villa Gesell — Directions; wreck 25/09
362, 364 Argentina – Golfo San Matías — Directions; light 19/09
6 South America 2 17th Edition (2008) 17/09
Wk26/10
223, 224 Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; AIS; Useful marks 33/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
226, 227, 228 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Light 19/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights 22/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light 32/09
236 -237 Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions; lights 22/09
251 Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light 17/09
255 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Shoal 19/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Racon; AIS 29/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; shoals 22/09
267 Chile - Paso Largo — Directions 17/09
376 Chile - Patagonian Channels - Angostura Inglesa — Depth 03/10
404 Chile - Golfo Trinidad - Canal Trinidad — Route; depths 02/10
7 South America 3 10th Edition (2009) 41/09
4 Aids to navigation — Automatic Identification System 12/10
71, 72 Pacific Ocean – Outlying dangers — Breakers 13/10
77 South Pacific Ocean – Isla San Ambrosio — Off -lying shoal 51/09
141 Chile – Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place 05/10
186 Chile – Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place 05/10
223 Chile – Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón — Directions; buoy 05/10
270 Chile – Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 41/09
275, 276 Chile – Mejillones del Sur — Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal 14/10
315 Peru–IslaAsiatoIslaSanLorenzo—Directions;wreck 41/09
316 Peru–CerroAzul—Light 41/09
339 Peru – Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck 41/09
346 Peru – Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 41/09
385, 387 Colombia – Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 41/09
388 Colombia – Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 41/09
7A South America 4 5th Edition (2010) 18/10
3 Navigation and Regulations - Charts — Foreign charts 18/10
4 Navigation and Regulations - Radio facilities — DGPS 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Îles du Salut to Fleuve Maroni — Directions 18/10
73 Guyane Française - Fleuve Mana — Charts; description; directions 18/10
73, 74 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Charts; general information;
depth; directions; landmarks; useful marks; anchorage
18/10
74 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — General information; directions 20/10
75 Surinam - Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier —
General information; directions
18/10
86 Guyana - New Amsterdam to Georgetown — Directions; wreck 18/10
119 Trinidad - East coast — Directions; light 23/10
160, 162, 165, 167 Venezuela - Isla Coche — Major light 23/10
173, 174, 175 Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Port authorities; anchorage; harbours;
hazards; directions; berths
23/10
173 Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz — Pilot boarding position 18/10
176, 178 Venezuela - Puerto Jose — Pilot boarding position 18/10
211, 212 Nederlandse Antillen - Klein Curaçao — Light 23/10
228 Aruba - South coast — Directions 18/10
229, 230 Aruba - Sint Nicolaas — Pilot boarding position 18/10
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
280 Colombia - Punta de la Garita - Directions — Light 20/10
284 Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions;
deep -water channel
18/10
292 Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy 18/10
292, 293, 294 Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — General information; depths;
directions; landmark; lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
11th Edition (2007) 34/07
8 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
101 Costa Rica - Puerto Golfito — Directions; buoyage 31/09
175 Mexico - Puerto Vallarta — Anchorages 12/09
247 Mexico - Ensenada — Racon 34/07
249 Mexico - Ensenada — Directions 41/07
250 Mexico - Pacific coast — Energia Costa Azul LNG Terminal 16/09
253 United States of America - San Diego to Point Arguello — Pacific
Missile Range
49/09
270 United States of America - Pacific coast - Anaheim Bay —
Controlling depths
25/09
323 United States of America - Pacific coast - Gulf of Farallones —
Directions; buoy
17/09
328 United States of America - San Francisco Bay — Directions; depth 16/09
397 Columbia River — Advanced Notice of Entry 44/07
414 United States - Cape Disappointment to Grays Harbor — Directions 42/09
417 -420 United States of America – Washington — Directions 22/08
420 Washington - Umatilla Reef — Directions 51/07
420 United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait - Cape Flattery
southwards - Umatilla Reef — Buoy
34/09
455 -456 United States — Code of Federal Regulations Title 15 Part 922 13/09
9 Antarctic
Nil
7th Edition (2009) 31/09
10 Arctic 1
Nil
7th Edition (1985) Supplement No 8 31/05
11 Arctic 2 9th Edition (2004) 12/05
3 Svalbard — Navigation warning 26/07
3 Norway — NOR VTS 14/10
4 Regulations - Iceland — Pollution prevention reporting scheme 13/08
4 Regulations - Iceland — Ship reporting 27/08
4, 75, 78 -79, 85 -87, 90, Iceland, south -west coast — Traffic Separation Scheme; Areas to be 17/08
94 -97
Avoided; reporting area
4 Norway - Svalbard — Position reporting regulations 35/08
17 Greenland — Ice reconnaissance 33/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 21/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 18/07
103 Iceland - Skerjafjördhur — Buoy; leading beacons 21/05
133 Iceland - Súgandafjördhur - Sudhureyri — Approach 46/06
149 Iceland - Berufjörður — Approaches 08/06
Wk26/10
20/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
214 Svalbard - Bellsund and Van Mijenfjorden — Traffic regulations 38/08
226 -227 Svalbard – Ny-Ålesund — Restricted area; anchorage 12/05
236 Svalbard - Spitsbergen - North coast - Barentsgattet — anchorage 10/10
253 Svalbard - Ginevrabotnen — Depths 08/08
290 Greenland - Hochstetterbugten - Shannon Ø - Freeden Bugt — Depth 48/09
291 Greenland - Hochstetterbugten - Ardencaple Fjord - Depth 37/09
12 Arctic 3 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
155 Greenland - W coast - Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq — Power cable 48/09
170 Greenland - W coast - Grønne Ejland — Marine reserve 44/09
173 Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description;
protected area
18/09
219 -220, 220 Canada - Hudson Strait — Grenfell Sound 05/10
280, 281 Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill — Pilot boarding position 51/09
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia 1 2nd Edition (2008) 39/08
154, 155, 156 North coast – Approaches to Port Darwin — Directions; buoyage 49/09
255 -256 Western Australia - North -east approaches to Exmouth Gulf —
Directions; depths
404 Southern Australia – Adelaide approaches — Directions; approach
routes
14 Australia 2 11th Edition (2010) 21/10
Nil
15 Australia 3 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
14/09
23/10
142 Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
143 Queensland - Moreton Bay - North East Channel — Directions;
buoyage
218, 219, 221, 222, 231,
234, 235, 238, 239
Queensland - Hay Point Port and Mackay approaches — Directions;
depths; anchorage
07/10
22/10
310 Queensland - Port Douglas — Pilot boarding position 17/10
318 Queensland - Cooktown — Pilot boarding position 17/10
18 Baltic 1 15th Edition (2009) 02/10
287 Denmark - Storebælt Link - West section — Vertical and horizontal
clearances
06/10
287 Denmark - Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance 22/10
424, 427 Germany - Flensburg - Outer Approaches — Directions; anchorage 02/10
442, 445, 446 Germany - Travemünde — Directions; route; leading lights 02/10
19 Baltic 2 14th Edition (2008) 27/08
3, 14, 85, 88, 295, 296 Sweden - Ålands Hav — Traffic separation scheme 52/09
10, 91 Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
13, 17 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
87, 108, 109 Sweden - Gotland — Faludden Light 19/09
114 Sweden - Gotland - Fårösund — Directions; Depth 31/09
167 Sweden - Kalmarsund — Anchorage 37/09
234 Sweden - Stora Vika — Arrival information 23/09
295, 296 Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb — Directions; Armbågen Light 15/09
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
296 Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light beacon 29/08
357 Poland - Kuznica — Directions; wreck 39/09
379 Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information; anchorages 48/08
385 Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage; wreck 27/08
394 -395 , 413 -414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 08/09
394, 395 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 13/09
394 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; racon 23/09
20 Baltic 3 11th Edition (2010) 24/10
210 Finland - Hamina to Vyborg — Directions; leading lights 24/10
235, 238, 239, 240, 244,
245, 246, 248, 253, 254,
255, 256, 260, 261, 264,
265
Finland - Naantali — Directions; lights; depths 24/10
290, 291 Finland - Rauma and approaches — Directions: leading beacons 24/10
336, 337 Finland - Raahe — Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin;
directions
26/10
378 Sweden - Skutskär -Harnäs — Directions; leading beacons 26/10
442 Sweden - Efesgrundet to Väktaren — Directions; light 26/10
442 Sweden - Hörnefors — Authorised draught 26/10
463 Sweden - Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
468 Sweden - Kågehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
489 Sweden - Törehamn — Authorised draught 26/10
21 Bay of Bengal 10th Edition (1978) Supplement No 12 24/04
1 East coast of India — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
2 Tsunami 03/05
4, 143 Thailand — Firing Practice Areas 05/07
53 India - Coromandel coast - Kºverippattinam — Dangerous wreck 45/04
56 India - Chennai — Submarine cables 08/07
56 India - Coromandel coast - Chennai Light — Racon 13/05
59 India - Coromandel coast — Rºmºypatnam Light 06/05
60 India - Coromandel coast - Nizampatnam — Light 33/04
61 India - Coromandel coast - Approaches to Kºkinºda - Vºkalapødi
Light — Racon
06/06
63 India, East coast - Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Dolphin’s Nose
Light — Racon
05/06
63 Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Gangavaran Port — Development 17/07
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Inner Harbour — Development 39/04
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Outer Harbour — Development 35/04
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Light 43/05
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Depth 45/06
70 India - East coast - Paradip — VLCC Anchorage 22/06
80 India - Swatch of No -Ground — Depths 39/06
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 26/04
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 31/04
83 -85 Bangla Desh - Chittagong — Wrecks; pilot boarding position 44/06
87 Bangladesh - Chittagong coast - Cox’s Bluff — Submarine cable;
anchorage
25/05
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
87 Bangladesh - Cox’s Bazar South -westwards — Submarine cable 03/07
105 Burma (Myanmar) — Yadana Gasfield 29/05
144 Thailand, West coast - Mu Ko Similan - Ko Similan Eastwards —
Rock
03/07
160 Andaman Islands - Port Blair - Hood Point — Dangerous wreck 45/05
162 Andaman Sea - The Sisters — Dangerous Wreck 15/07
162 Andaman Islands - South Brother Island — Rock 11/05
22 Bay of Biscay 10th Edition (2007) 35/07
53 Bretagne - Pointe de Penmarc’h — Directions 11/08
55 France - Saint -Guénole — Directions; lights 10/09
58 Loctudy - Chenal de l’Ouest — Directions 36/07
59 France - West coast - Rivière de Pont -l’Abbé - Approaches to
Loctudy — Directions; buoy; beacon
36/09
87 Approaches to Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 17/08
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 35/07
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 13/08
89 France - West Coast - Lorient - Le Scorff — Directions; direction
light
22/09
111 Île Hoëdic - Port de l’Argol — Directions 15/08
113 Baie de Quiberon — Directions 42/07
122 -123 Rade de Pénerf — Directions 50/07
135, 137 France - La Loire Approaches - Chenal du Sud — Directions 26/08
138 France - La Loire — Directions; secondary channel; buoyage 45/08
162 Baie de Bourgneuf - Eastern Part - Le Fain — Directions 35/07
178 France - West coast - Pertuis Breton — Directions; obstruction 50/08
181 Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions 52/07
181 France - West coast – Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions 29/09
186 France - West coast - La Pallice — Directions; light 08/10
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions 32/08
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; wrecks 26/09
199 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoyage 35/08
199 Coureau D’Oléron — Directions 50/07
201 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoy 14/09
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions; buoyage 35/08
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions 26/08
215 France - West coast - La Gironde — Directions; light buoy 29/09
215 La Gironde - Secondary Channel — Directions 35/07
224 Bassind’Arcachon—Directions 36/07
231 France - West coast - Bayonne — Directions; leading lights 37/08
233 Approaches to Baie de Saint -Jean -De -Luz — Directions 06/08
245 Pasaia to Punta Mariantón — Directions 35/07
258 Spain - North coast - Bilbao — Directions; bridge 18/09
269 Spain - North coast - Santander — VTS; pilot boarding arrangements 37/09
272 Spain - Santander — Directions; light beacon; dolphins 09/09
275, 276 Spain - North coast - Ría de Suances — Directions; beacons 45/08
282, 284 CaboLastrestoCaboSanLorenzoandGijon—Directions 41/07
293 Spain - North coast - Ría de Avilés — Waiting anchorage 05/10
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
301 Spain - North coast - Ribadeo — Directions; light beacon 44/08
305 Spain - North -west coast - San Ciprián — Directions; light buoy 32/09
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
207 United States of America - Unalaska Island - Dutch Harbor —
Anchorage
18/10
312 United States of America - Alaska - Port Clarence — Loran tower 20/10
321 United States of America - Alaska - Red Dog — Directions; racon 33/09
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
2nd Edition (2006) 07/07
78 Turkey - Ince Burnu — Natural gas pipeline 23/07
83 Turkey - Erdek — anchorage 19/09
86 Turkey - BandÝrma — Dangerous wreck 46/08
88 Marmara Denizi - Mudanya LimanÝ - Anchorage — Caution 11/07
97 Turkey - zmit Körfezi — Autoport Terminal 41/08
101 Turkey - Adalar passage — Isolated danger buoy 34/07
103 Turkey - Port of stanbul — Directions 49/08
109 Turkey - North approaches to stanbul BoÔazÝ — Dangerous wrecks 45/09
113, 135 -136, 138 -140,
238 -240
Georgia - TSS; approaches; restricted areas 45/07
115 Turkey - North coast - Kefken Adasi to EreÔli — Akçakoca Gas Field 45/08
116 Turkey - EreÔli — Anchorages 15/07
117 Turkey - EreÔli — Spoil ground light buoy 30/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Karadeniz LPG Terminal 20/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Espiye Petroleum Terminal 42/07
155 Romania - Mangalia anchorage — Dangerous wreck 33/07
159 Romania - Midia — Anchorage 04/09
181 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Anchorage 05/08
189 Ukraine - Yuzhnyy — Obstruction 05/08
203 Ukraine - Rika Rvach to Rika Ol’khovyy Dnipro — obstruction 11/10
206, 207, 211, 212, 215,
219, 220, 221
Ukraine - Mys Tarkhankut to Mys Mehanom — Recommended routes;
TSS
43/08
213 Ukraine - Sevastopol’ outer anchorages — explosives area 41/09
222 Ukraine - Yalta — Anchorage 19/07
230 Russia - Novorossiyskaya Bukhta — Danger area 30/07
234 Russia - Tuapse — Controlling depth 18/08
236 Russia - Sochi — Controlling depth 48/07
241, 242 Georgia - Mys Kodori to Reyd Redut -Kale — Routes 35/08
242 Georgia - Reka Khobi — Kulevi Terminal 17/08
253 Sea of Azov — Wreck 09/08
257 Ukraine - Port Azovstal’ — Channel depth 45/07
263 Sea of Azov - Kosa Yelenina — Wreck 50/07
265 Gulf of Taganrog - Yeysk — Directions; leading lights 02/10
25 British Columbia 1 13th Edition (2007) 13/08
79 Canada - Oak Bay - Robson Reef — Beacon 16/09
81 Juan de Fuca Strait - Buoyage — Racons 20/09
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
82 United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait - Protection Island —
Buoy
120 United States of America - Puget Sound - Port Gamble — Leading
lights
4.11
Weekly
Edition
25/09
16/10
169 Saanich Inlet - Patricia Bay — Platform; anchorage 47/09
202 Port of Vancouver — Ballast water exchange 15/08
385, 386 Vancouver Island - Gillam Channel — Directions; buoyage 39/08
26 British Columbia 2 9th Edition (2005) 29/05
66 -67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213 -214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel 8th Edition (2009) 12/10
226, 228 England - South coast - Chichester Harbour — Limiting conditions;
directions
15/10
259 England - South coast - Port of Southampton — Traffic regulations 13/10
283, 287, 289 France - Approaches to Brest — Buoyage 13/10
284, 298 France - L’Iroise with Brest and Baie de Douarnenez — Pilotage 26/10
432, 433, 434 France - Cherbourg and approaches — Arrival information 12/10
28 Dover Strait 8th Edition (2008) 13/09
70, 70 -71 England - South coast - Littlehampton — Limiting conditions; arrival
information
158 Belgium - Outer banks in the Approaches to Westerschelde — Wind
farm
158, 160 -161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde - Zeebrugge and Brugge
— Traffic regulations for LNG tankers
20/10
42/09
32/09
159 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Regulations 10/10
160, 161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage 13/10
177, 178, 189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions; buoyage 19/09
177 -178 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte — Directions; lights 15/09
189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat — controlling depth 13/09
217, 219, 221, 223 The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area — Buoyage 24/09
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
221 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
221 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
223 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Outer
anchorages
246, 247, 250, 256, 257,
258, 259
England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages;
buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
4.12
Weekly
Edition
15/09
11/10
39/09
13/09
246 England - Thames Estuary — Pilotage 09/10
249 England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS 25/09
250, 257 England - South -east approaches to Thames Estuary — Pilotage;
prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm
26/09
278 England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS 13/09
305, 306, 310 England - River Thames — Emergency procedures; traffic regulations;
depths
13/09
30 China Sea 1 7th Edition (2007) 47/07
70 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Anambas — Directions; major lights 32/08
84 Vietnam - Gulf of Thailand — Song Doc Marine Terminal 34/09
84 China - Hainan Dao - East coast — Wenchang Terminal 27/08
102 Peninsular Malaysia - East Coast - Approaches to Pelabuhan Kuantan
— Light buoy
27/08
128 -129 Thailand - Bangkok Bar anchorage — Wreck 35/08
142 Thailand - Ko Chang — Major light 45/08
149, 154 Cambodia - West Coast — Major lights 51/09
155 Vietnam - West Coast — Major lights 51/09
164, 172 Vietnam - Mui Bai Bung to Mekong River — Major lights 51/09
182, 192 Vietnam - Mui Dinh to Vung Da Nang — Major lights 51/09
189, 190 Vietnam - Nha Trang — Directions; vertical clearance 21/09
233, 234 China - Fangcheng — Outer anchorages; pilot boarding positions 14/09
233 China - Gulf of Tongking - Baisungong — Major light; racon 23/09
233 -234 China - Hainan Dao - Fangcheng Gang — Directions; berths 14/08
244 China - Hainan Dao - Haikou — Directions; buoyage 26/08
246 China - Shuangyu Zui — Racon 23/09
246 China – South -west approaches to Zhujiang Kou — Directions 30/08
251 China - South Coast - Dajin Island — Wreck 36/08
253 China - South coast - Zhanjiang — Directions; leading lights 06/08
260 Gulf of Tonkin - Hainan Dao westwards — Gas pipeline; safety zone 18/08
274 China - Guangzhou and Huangpu — Pilot station 47/08
275 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai - Dabaipai Dao —
Racon
27/08
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Island — Directions; obstruction 15/09
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Channel TSS — Directions; wreck 27/08
277 China - Lantau Island northwards — Tonggu Channel 11/09
279 China - South Coast - Approaches to Macao — Racon; dangerous
wreck
27/08
281 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai — Directions; wreck 26/08
284, 286 China - Zhujiang — Huangpu Bridge 09/09
286 China - South Coast - Zhujiang - Approaches to Huangpu -
Dahaozhou Shuidao — Obstruction
27/08
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
300 Hong Kong - South -east approaches — Directions; wreck 18/10
314, 317, 320 China - Hong Kong - Stonecutters Bridge — Vertical clearance 27/09
336, 346 China - South coast - Qing Zhou — Directions; caution 37/08
346 China - South Coast - Daxingshan Jiao — Wreck 18/08
350 China - Huizhou Gang — Racon 06/09
351 China south coast - Huizhou - Mabianzhou Hangdao — Directions;
leading lights
31 China Sea 2 9th Edition (2010) 22/10
Nil
32 China Sea 3 7th Edition (2009) 04/10
18, 301, 302 China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Taizhou — Port information;
anchorages
12/10
19, 391 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Weifang Gang — New port 05/10
98, 99, 100 Taiwan - West coast - T’aipei Kang — Vessel traffic service; racon;
pilotage
21/10
132 Taiwan - East coast - Ho -p’ing Kang — Lights; directions 04/10
141, 142 China - South -east coast - Approaches to Shantou — Pilotage 25/10
148 China - Taiwan Strait - Dongshan Wan — Pilotage 10/10
152, 153, 154, 155, 156,
156 -157, 157, 159, 163
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Pilotage; depths; wreck 04/10
157 -158 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Wreck; directions 13/10
176 China - East coast - Xinghua Wan — Pilotage 25/10
207, 208, 211, 212, 213 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan and Wenzhou Gang and
approaches — Directions; buoyage; vertical clearances; depths; tidal
streams; berths
18/10
221 China - East coast - Yushan Liedao south -eastwards — Wrecks 19/10
231, 264 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao east and southeastwards —
Wrecks
05/10
232, 235, 244, 245, 246, China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo, Zhoushan and Cezi 23/10
247, 248, 249, 253, 254 Shuidao — Vessel traffic services; pilotage; directions; vertical
clearances
240, 254 China - East coast - Ao Shan — Anchorage 04/10
242, 247, 250, 251 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo Gang approaches —
Wrecks; depths
23/10
245, 246, 261, 270, 271,
272
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao — Wrecks 04/10
263, 268 China - East coast - Yangshan east -southeastwards — Pilotage;
anchorage
04/10
267 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Donghai Bridge — Regulations 13/10
273 China - East coast - Hangkou Wan - Jinshan - Cao Jing — Directions;
wharf
20/10
281, 282, 285, 286, 287 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao and
approaches — Directions; depths; wrecks; precautionary area
19/10
282, 284, 286 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao Shuidao — Depths;
light float; buoyage; directions
12/10
283, 295, 305 China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Wuhu — Vessel traffic service 04/10
322, 323 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Approaches; anchorages;
pilotage; regulations; directions
11/10
322 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang approaches — Anchorage;
obstruction
19/10
348 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches — Wreck 04/10
49/08
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.14
Weekly
Edition
362 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang —
Directions
06/10
374 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
386, 388, 400, 401, 402, China - Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian — Vessel traffic services; 14/10
403 -404
traffic separation schemes; directions; depths; anchorages; pilotage;
port information
387 China - Bo Hai - Bohai Haixia eastwards - Bo Hai Oilfield —
Obstruction; platforms
13/10
389, 390, 391 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan - Longkou — Depths; berths;
anchorage; pilotage; fairways; directions; buoyage; lights
24/10
397 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin - Outer anchorages — Wrecks 10/10
401, 402 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan — Directions; light 04/10
402, 402 -403 China - Bo Hai - Jingtang — Depths; anchorages; lights; directions 24/10
416 China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Jinzhou approaches - Taiping Jiao
north westwards — Obstruction; platform
15/10
419, 420 China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Taiping Jiao north westwards —
Directions; obstructions
13/10
420, 421 China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Yingkou - Bayuquan and Xianren —
Port; depths; pilotage; aids to navigation; lights; directions; channels
23/10
423, 425 Korea - West coast - Yellow Sea — Gageocho Ocean Research Station 04/10
424, 425, 426, 427, 428,
437, 448, 449, 450, 451,
452, 454, 456, 459, 461,
462
Korea - West coast — Lights; directions 06/10
448, 449, 451, 454, 455, Korea - West coast - Kunsan Hang — Lights; wrecks; depths;
11/10
456
anchorages; directions; berths
464, 465, 466, 466 -467 Korea - West coast - Approaches to Taesan and T’aean Hang —
25/10
467
Directions; depths; fairways; anchorages; buoyage
472 Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek Hang and approaches — Depths;
vertical clearances; anchorages; restricted area
25/10
472 Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek Hang approaches — Anchorage 04/10
474, 475, 476, 477, 479 Korea - West coast - Inch’än Hang - Southwest approaches —
Fairway; directions; vertical clearances; bridges; anchorages;
regulations; developments; aids to navigation
08/10
476, 477 Korea - West coast - Inch’än Hang - Chagyakto — Light 05/10
33 Philippine Islands 3rd Edition (2008) 22/08
151 Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko — Heel Reef Light 35/09
238, 243 -244 Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage — Vessel traffic
management system
04/09
241, 242 Philippine Islands - Bantangas Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/10
300 Philippine Islands - Marinduque southwestwards - Tres Reyes Islands
— Shoal depths
03/10
355 Philippine Islands - Pacijan Island — Light 06/10
34 Indonesia 2 5th Edition (2009) 47/09
72 Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Pulau Bawean — Directions; major
light
17/10
81 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik - Poleng
Oilfield — Submarine gas pipeline
47/09
81, 84 Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya and approaches —
Directions; vertical clearance; buoyage
16/10
85 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik — Berths 47/09
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
87 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Port of
Tanjungperak — Wreck
4.15
Weekly
Edition
47/09
88, 89 Indonesia - North coast of Madura — Directions; major light 17/10
122 Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok - Teluk Ayang Southwards —
Rock
47/09
167 Indonesia - Pulau Sumba - South -east coast — Directions; major light 17/10
192, 193, 194 Indonesia - Selat Flores — Directions; lights 04/10
423 Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka - Pulau Talisei - Tanjung Arus
— Racon
35 Indonesia 3 4th Edition (2008) 29/08
47/09
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
36 Indonesia 1 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
85, 86, 159 Java Sea - Gosong Mampango — Light; racon 12/10
126 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan — Dangerous wreck 31/09
143 Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions 27/09
164, 165 Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions 32/09
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
17th Edition (2008) 44/08
58, 59, 60, 61 England – South–west coast — Offshore routes; directions 23/09
61 England – South -west coast - Cape Cornwall to Saint Agnes Head —
Directions; buoyage
49/09
74, 85 Bristol Channel — Directions; wind farm 24/10
75 England – Bristol Channel - Barnstaple Bay — Buoy 28/09
75, 81 England – Bristol Channel – Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Light
buoys
31/09
84, 89, 93, 95, 98, 101 Wales – South coast – Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 52/09
105, 107, 109, 111, 119,
121, 122
Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 24/10
109 Wales – South coast – Barry — Directions; light 51/09
119 Wales – South coast – Newport — Vertical clearance 31/09
140 England – West coast - River Severn — Landmarks; tower 06/09
155, 166 Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth;
depths at berths
51/08
155, 158 Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven — Limiting conditions 09/09
157 Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven — Regulations concerning
entry
07/09
160 Wales – South -west coast – Milford Haven — Buoyage 11/10
162 Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven - Approach to
Semlogistics and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals — Depth
07/09
169 Wales – South -west coast – Milford Haven - River Cleddau above
Pembroke Dock — Vertical clearance
15/09
222 Wales – North–west coast – Bangor — Light buoy 12/09
233 -235, 244 -246, 260 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 51/08
234, 235 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/09
240 England – West coast – Hilbre Swash — Buoyage 44/09
247, 271 England – West coast – Liverpool Bay — Buoyage 42/09
270, 271, 317, 318 England – West coast – Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 18/09
271 England – West coast – Morecambe Bay — Racon 44/09
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
286 England – West coast – Barrow -in -Furness - Piel Channel —
Directions; dangerous wreck
289 -290 England – West coast – Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; depth
289, 290, 290 -291 England – West coast – Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; wind farms
290 England – West coast – Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; buoyage
4.16
Weekly
Edition
38 West Coast of India 16th Edition (2010) 25/10
161, 162, 163, 164 Sri Lanka - West coast - Colombo harbour — Limiting conditions;
arrival information; directions; berths
03/10
51/09
10/10
51/09
25/10
185 India - West coast - Quilon - Port authority; pilotage 25/10
187 India - West coast - Quilon to Kochi — Directions; obstruction 25/10
191 India - West coast - Kochi Harbour — Spoil ground 25/10
223 India - West coast - Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head - Directions —
Dangerous wreck
25/10
228 India - West coast - Mandºvi River — Pilotage 25/10
281 India - West coast - Dahej — Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream;
berths
25/10
289 India - West coast - Verºval to Porbandar — Directions; wreck 25/10
290, 291 India - West coast - Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Directions; safety
fairways; wrecks
304 India - West coast - Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point — Directions;
buoyage
308 India - West coast - VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal — Function;
maximum size
309 India - West coast - Essar VºdØnºr Terminal — Port authority; limiting
conditions; berths
314, 315, 316 India - West coast - Kandla - Harbour and approaches — Pilotage;
spoil grounds; berths
39 South Indian Ocean 12th Edition (2008) 21/08
25/10
25/10
25/10
25/10
25/10
236, 239 Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria — Anchorages; disused cables 05/09
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint -Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast 17th Edition (2006) 50/06
Wk26/10
50 Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock South -south -westwards — Depth 11/07
53, 150, 151, 153, 156 Ireland – East coast — Buoyage; clearing mark 39/09
53, 150, 151, 153 Ireland – East coast – Blackwater Bank — Buoyage; racon 28/09
54, 57, 58, 174, 195,
208, 211
Ireland – East coast – South Rock — Buoyage 12/09
65, 69, 72 South–westcoast–BantryBay—Firingpracticearea 11/09
70, 73 Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock 01/07
71 South–west coast – Bearhaven and Castletownbere - West entrance —
Light beacon
44/09
81 South coast – Black Horse Rock — Light beacon 31/09
135 South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage 01/07
136 -137, 139 South -east coast - Saltee Islands — Buoyage 12/07
137 South -east coast - Hook Head — Dangerous wreck 13/07
138 -141 South -east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon 27/07

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
139 -140 South coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge; Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy 19/07
141 South -east coast – Black Rock — Buoyage 49/09
185 East coast – Dundalk — Directions 13/09
185 East coast - Port Oriel — Light 03/07
186 Entrance to Carlingford Lough - Directions; Haulbowline turning light 32/08
186 Northern Ireland – East coast – Carlingford Lough — Directions; buoy 18/09
191, 192 East coast – Kilkeel — Approach and entry; limiting conditions 08/10
198, 200 East coast - Strangford Narrows — Underwater turbine 23/08
218 Port of Belfast — Traffic Organisation Service 01/07
224 Northern Ireland – East coast – Larne — Pilotage 10/09
281 West coast – River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 10/10
281 West coast – River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 03/10
281 River Shannon – South Channel — Buoyage 36/09
307 Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour — Directions; Light buoy 39/08
312, 330 West coast – Annagh Head — Buoyage 10/10
321 West coast – Killary Harbour — Buoyage 48/09
330 West coast – Annagh Head — Buoyage 49/09
332 West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights; light -beacon 01/07
336 West coast – Broad Haven Bay — Submarine pipeline 49/09
368 Sound of Aran - Burtonport — Dredged channel; rocks 38/07
379, 381 North coast – Mulroy Bay — Vertical clearance; directions 49/09
381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Water quality monitoring buoys 49/07
398 Northern Ireland – North coast – Londonderry — Landmarks 42/09
41 Japan 1 9th Edition (2009) 44/09
76 Honshu - Northwest coast - Hagi Ko - Ai Shima — Light 04/10
89 Honshu - Northwest coast - Tako Hana — Wreck 08/10
176, 184, 191, 192 Honshu - Northwest coast — Light 05/10
284 Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Ko — Prohibited anchorage 11/10
42A Japan 2 2nd Edition (2009) 35/09
99, 143, 159, 163 Honshu - South coast — Directions; ramarks; buoyage 37/09
42B Japan 3 8th Edition (2009) 34/09
56, 57, 69, 72 Kanmon Kaikyo — Directions; light 06/10
42C Japan 4 2nd Edition (2008) 18/09
60, 62, 63, 64, 66 Nansei Shoto - Sakishima Gunto - Yaeyama Retto - Ishigaki Shima —
Light
10/10
385, 386, 388 Tsushima — Directions; light 06/10
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
8th Edition (2008) 30/08
81 Korea - Cheju Do - Cheju Hang — Anchorages 08/10
86, 87 Korea - Cheju Do - Seogwipo Hang — Directions; light 06/10
122 Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman — Racons 32/09
131, 132 Korea - South coast - Samch’ãnp’o Sudo — Directions; light 05/10
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
155, 156 Korea - South coast - Masan Hang — Light 11/10
157 Korea - South coast — Chinhae Man — Directions; light 05/10
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
174, 175 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches - Nasa — Major light 05/09
178, 179 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light 05/09
185 Korea - East coast — P’ohang Hang — New fairway 36/09
190, 191 Korea - East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light 05/09
266 Russia - Pacific coast - Kozmino — Directions; fairways; oil loading
terminal
267 Russia - Pacific coast - Zaliv Nakhodka - Vostochnyy Port — Leading
lights
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
9th Edition (2008) 05/09
8 Indonesia - Sumatera - Nanggroe Aceh Province - North -west, north
and north -east coasts — Restricted area
25/10
69, 71 Malacca Strait - North -western part - Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom
Bank) — Directions; light
07/10
76 Malacca Strait - Tanjung Laboh — Light 09/10
76 Malacca Strait — Directions; buoyage 11/10
107, 108 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Teluk Aru - Kambuna Gas Field
— Prohibited and restricted areas; directions
04/10
115 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Sungai Asahan — Directions;
light
21/10
126 Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat — Directions; jetties 08/10
149 Thailand - Ao Krabi - Khlong Si Bo Ya — Directions; buoyed
channel; leading lights; marine farms
09/10
149 Thailand - Ko Muk and Ko Talibong — Submarine cables 10/10
157 Malaysia - Pulau Langkawi - North coast - Teluk Ewa — Depth 13/10
183 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Utara — Directions; wreck 25/10
183 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Barat Laut — Directions;
buoyage; obstruction
25/10
184 Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat Manjung and Sungai
Manjung — Directions; buoyage
25/10
189, 193, 195, 198 Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Permatang Angsa —
Major light
05/09
200 Peninsular Malaysia - Selangor - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang -
Selat Klang Selatan — Tanjung Mahang Leading Lights
19/10
223 Singapore Strait and Approaches — Submarine cables 27/09
235, 238, 274, 282, 283,
284, 285
Singapore Strait and Port of Singapore — Directions; light 08/10
240, 244 Singapore Strait - Karang Selatin — Directions; dangerous wreck 25/10
272, 292 Singapore— West Coast Ferry Terminal 19/10
280, 281 Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway — General information; harbour
for lighters
31/09
283 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 22/10
285 Singapore — Marina Reservoir; Marina South 31/09
288 Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal — Marina Wharves 17/10
289 Singapore - East Jurong Channel - Vopak (Tanjong Penjuru) Terminal
—Berths
25/10
Wk26/10
18/10
11/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
298 Johor Strait - Western part - Pulau Merambong — Light 26/10
314 Malaysia - Johor Strait - South -eastern part - Tanjung Pengelih
southward - Malang Berendam — Light beacon
12/10
355 Indonesia - Pulau Nias North Channel — Directions; major light 04/10
355, 360, 361 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Pulau Nias — Major lights 16/10
404 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Karang Sipakal — Buoy 07/10
408 Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Gosong Bintanggor — Buoy 07/10
45 Mediterranean 1 13th Edition (2008) 50/08
6, 77, 241 Western Mediterranean Sea - Baie de Camerata, Algeria to Almeria,
Spain — Gas pipeline
37/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage 22/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage 12/09
208 Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada — Anchorage 25/09
260 Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck 21/09
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
367, 368 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit;
fishing
51/08
367 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — Arrival information; anchorage 09/10
377 Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks 22/09
421, 423, 424, 428, 431, Italy - Stretto di Messina — Traffic Separation Scheme; Vessel Traffic 45/09
432
Service
448, 449 Italy - Sicilia - Catania — Traffic Separation Scheme 06/10
450 Italy - Sicilia - Porto di Giardini -Naxos — Pilotage 22/10
508 Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions 19/09
46 Mediterranean 2 12th Edition (2007) 36/07
58 France - Gulf of Lions - Canet -Plage — Restricted area 07/09
71 France - Palavas -les -Flots — Dangerous wreck 10/10
88 -89 France - Approaches to Marseille - Rade d’Endoume — Submerged
artificial reefs
50/07
90 France - Golfe de Marseille - Cap Croisette - Île Tiboulen — Wreck 32/09
133, 172 Italy - Gulf of Genoa — Vessel traffic service; radio reporting 42/09
138 Italy - San Remo — Wreck 36/07
139 Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited areas 17/08
139 Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine area; submarine
cables; outfall
33/08
146 Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions 49/07
148 -149, 151 Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing measures; recognition
zones; prohibited area
10/08
151 Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno — Submarine pipelines 22/08
158 Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria — Marine nature reserve 44/08
172 Italy - La Spezia — Wreck 01/09
198 Corse - Port d’Ajaccio — Dangerous wreck 01/10
228 Italy - Isola del Giglio — Restricted area 39/09
231 Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded ordnance 36/07
240 Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas 08/08
240 Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini -Edison — Anchorage;
obstructions; prohibited area
49/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited area; anchorages 50/07
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Buoyed fairway 08/08
294 Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded ordnance 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power cable 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio — Prohibited areas; wreck 14/09
329 Italy - Golfo di Gaeta — Restricted area 39/09
329 Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions; obstructions 49/07
338 Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree — Protected Marine Area 35/08
346 Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli — Marine parks and reserves 35/08
348 Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 08/08
348 Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 29/08
348 Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area 22/08
349 Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve 09/08
349 Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall 08/08
353 Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion 08/08
355 Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck 28/08
362, 367 Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele — Prohibited areas 19/08
367 Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited area 24/08
47 Mediterranean 3 13th Edition (2008) 01/09
68, 69 Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north -eastwards — FPSO; restricted area 01/09
81 Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane operations area 07/09
85 Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
100, 105 Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to Stenó Kastóu — Anchorage 28/09
104 Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal 01/09
112 Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock 01/09
178, 180 Albania - Durres — Directions; light 21/10
182 Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck 01/09
191, 194, 206 Montenegro - Rt Oðtra — Light 25/10
465, 470 Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
467 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste — Wreck 16/09
497 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta — Dangerous wreck 34/09
499 Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions 01/09
500 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia — Anchorages; pilot boarding
position
39/09
509 Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area 07/09
509 Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 01/09
526 Italy - Ancona — Wreck 01/09
545 -546 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Porto Levante — Directions 28/09
48 Mediterranean 4 14th Edition (2009) 41/09
156 Greece - Saronikós Kólpos - Órmos Keratsiníou — Directions;
dangerous wreck
20/10
365 North Aegean - Thessaloníki — Light 41/09
432, 434 Turkey - zmir — Buoyage 41/09
49 Mediterranean 5 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
Wk26/10
244 Israel - •adera — Regulations 42/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
12th Edition (2006) 37/06
114 Newfoundland – Placentia Bay – Long Harbour — Pilotage 44/09
115 Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour — Wreck 15/10
160 Newfoundland – Grand Bank Harbour — Directions; sector light 49/08
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
300 Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island – Directions; sector light 49/08
323 -324 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm — Buoyage
changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage 43/06
406 Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage changed 38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430 Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich Bay
— Buoyage changed
38/06
438 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South -west of George Island — Buoyage
changed
39/06
451 -453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466 -467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468 Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage changed 39/06
473 -474 Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run —
Buoyage changed
39/06
492 Labrador – Murphy Head to Cape Kikkiviak – Helga River — Wreck 44/09
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
51 New Zealand 17th Edition (2007) 04/08
184 North Island - Rangaunu Harbour — Directions; leading lights;
buoyage
22/10
203, 204 North Island - Whangarei Harbour — Directions; beacon 17/10
203, 204 North Island - Whangarei Harbour — Directions; leading lights 48/09
210 North Island - Hauraki Gulf — Depth 48/09
222 North Island - Auckland — Pilot boarding position 04/08
269, 271 -272 North Island - East coast - Napier — Directions 12/08
307 Kermadec Islands — National Nature Reserves and Marine Reserve 43/08
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
64, 65 Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
92, 93 Wick - Harbour and approaches — Depths 08/10
116 Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
139 Scotland - North -east coast - Cromarty Firth — Invergordon; berth 22/09
142 Scotland - Moray Firth - Approaches to Inverness Firth — Directions;
depth
14/10
162 Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths and
prohibited anchorage areas
22/09
254, 256 Shetland Islands - North Channel and Whiteness Voe — Depths 11/10
345 Føroyar - KollafjørÉur — Berths 03/10
54 North Sea (West) 8th Edition (2009) 01/10
136 England - East coast - Blyth — Pilotage 12/10
154 England - East coast - River Tees — Breakwaters 25/10
155 England - East coast - Teesport — Outer anchorage; pipelines 15/10
169, 170 England - East coast - Humber Approaches — Pilotage; anchorages 12/10
193, 194, 199 England - East coast — Wind farms; firing practice area 12/10
220, 221 England - East coast - Great Yarmouth - Outer Harbour — Directions 11/10
226 England - East coast - Lowestoft — Directions; Kirkley Light 01/10
55 North Sea (East) 6th Edition (2007) 13/08
8, 71, 161 German Bight - Western Approach TSS — Buoyage 49/08
9 Denmark — Pilotage 50/08
16 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
75, 77, 91 IJmuiden WNW — Wind farm 13/08
75, 79 OffTexelTSStoIJmuiden—Windfarm 43/08
77, 79 Approaches to IJmuiden and Noordzeekanaal — Maas North TSS 21/08
78 The Netherlands - IJ -Geul Approach Area — Directions; wreck 19/09
95, 97 The Netherlands - Zeegat van Texel — Directional light 51/08
126 East Frisian Islands - Accumer Ee — Buoyage 37/08
127 Germany - Accumer Ee — Directions; buoyage 26/09
129 East Frisian Islands - Harle — Directions 13/08
139, 143 Die Ems - Alte Ems — Directions; buoyage 20/09
140 Die Ems - Osterems — Directions 13/08
140 Germany - Osterems — Directions; buoyage; depths 22/09
141 Germany - Greetsieler Legde — Buoyage 49/09
144, 145 Netherlands - Eemshaven — Limiting conditions; controlling depth;
Directions; lights; submarine cable; beacon
11/09
153 Die Ems - Oterdum Reede — Depths 34/08
175, 176 Germany - Die Weser — Traffic regulations 51/08
175, 189, 198 Germany - Die Unterweser —Traffic regulations 04/09
212 Die Elbe - VTS Brunsbüttel Elbe Traffic 13/08
221, 222 Germany - Die Elbe – Krautsand to Hamburg — Directions; light 06/10
227 Germany - Die Elbe - Stade -Bützfleth — Controlling depth 46/08
255, 256 Germany - Süderpiep and Norderpiep — Directions; buoyage 43/09
260 Germany - Die Eider — Directions 46/09
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
266, 267, 268 Germany - North Frisian Islands - Schmaltief and Rütergat —
Directions; depths
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
02/09
279 Denmark - Juvre Dyb — Buoyage withdrawn 42/09
287 HornsRev—Windfarm 13/08
301, 303 Denmark - Thyborøn Kanal and Havn — Depths; maximum size of
vessel handled
22/09
305 Limfjorden - Sælhundeholm Løb — Buoyage 23/08
309 Limfjorden - Venø Sund Snævring — Buoyage 24/08
56 Norway 1 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden - West coast - Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
11 Norway — NOR VTS 14/10
84 Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad - Inner Passage — Lights 36/09
109 Norway - Brevikstrømmen — Directions; leading lights 52/09
130 Norway - Approach to Tønsberg - Sandøsundsleia — Light 36/09
153, 162 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway - Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
156 Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen — Depth 32/09
160 Norway - Oslofjorden — Depths 09/10
57A Norway 2A 9th Edition (2008) 27/08
6 Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
7 NOR VTS 14/10
85 Rosfjorden approaches - Ullerøysundet — Lights 36/09
107, 108 Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipeline; anchorage 10/09
107, 108 Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipelines and cables;
anchorage
03/10
124, 132, 135, 204 Skudenesfjorden - Geitungane — Geitungen Light 03/10
142 Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen 04/09
181 Talgjefjorden - Kingestad — anchorage 22/10
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
235 Bømlafjorden - South -east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
255 Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund — Light; shoal 14/09
281, 282 Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen —
Anchorages
29/08
282 Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage 02/09
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
308 Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance 40/08
334 Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen — Anchorage 04/09
353 -354, 417 Fedje - Fedjefjorden — pilot boarding points 22/10
353 -354, 417 Fedje - Fedjeforden — pilot boarding points 25/10
397 Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances 43/08
424 Nordhordlandsfjordene - Hille South -eastwards - Ålenappflua and
Iverholmane — Directions; lights
424 Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjømnesundet to Sognejøen -
Horsholmsundet and Bårøyosen — Directions; lights
32/09
32/09
427 West coast - Bradangersundet — Underwater rock 21/09
428 Bjorøyosen — Rock 18/09
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.24
Weekly
Edition
428 Vassøyna East — Lights 28/09
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
459, 513, 516, 521, 525,
535,538, 567
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 22/10
459 Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot boarding points 25/10
473 -474 Buefjorden — Bulandet 21/10
513 Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet — Directions 22/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Directions 14/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Depths 06/09
517 Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights 17/09
527, 528, 530, 531, 535 Hellefjorden - Aralden — Directions; racon; light 48/09
536 Frøysjøen - Gulenfjordene — Depths 41/09
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
564 West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet — Directions; Nord Vågsøy Light 12/09
57B Norway 2B 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
3 NOR VTS 14/10
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245 Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous
and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
37 Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage 29/09
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway 3A 7th Edition (2010) 16/10
9 NOR VTS 16/10
210 Nesøya - Jovika — Directions; leading lights 21/10
349 Ofotfjorden - Bogen — Directions; light 18/10
367, 368, 369, 370, 371 Sørlandsvågen - Røssnesvågen — Lights; Directions 19/10
422, 424 North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær — Lights; directions 18/10
492 Vesterålen - Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga 16/10
506, 507 Andøya - Nordmela — Depth; Directions 16/10
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.25
Weekly
Edition
58B Norway 3B 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 50/04
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6 NOR VTS 14/10
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
51 Andfjorden - Andenes — Directions; light 18/10
52 -53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South -eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
106 Kattfjorden - Nordre Angstaursundet - Lysgrunnen — Directions;
buoyage
03/10
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet —
Depth
01/07
158 Vannøya - Torsvåg — Marine farm 04/10
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
191 Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik—Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228 -229 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south -east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North -east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North -west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
260 Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes — Leading lights 45/09
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
265 Kamøyfjorden - South -west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
4.26
Weekly
Edition
49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
275 -276 North -east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light 31/09
313 Kirkenes - Small craft anchorages 41/09
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
67 Larrys River — Light 44/09
70 Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 44/09
173 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Limiting conditions — Deepest
and longest berths
44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information —
Anchorages
44/09
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information — Pilots and
tugs
44/09
174, 177 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Harbour — Canaport LNG
facility
44/09
180 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Berths — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
60 Pacific Islands 1 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
125 Solomon Islands - Manning Strait - Malaghara Island Shoal —
Directions; light beacon
04/10
158, 159 Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island - Hathorn Sound — Lights 12/10
324 Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam Island — Rock 06/09
351 Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead —
Wreck
06/09
419, 420 Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Senyavin Islands – Pohnpei Island —
Marine farms
31/09
61 Pacific Islands 2 11th Edition (2006) 10/07
7, 80 -81, 137, 161, 164 Nouvelle -Calédonie and Îles Loyauté — Restricted areas around
submarine cables
02/09
75 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
76 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Baie du Prony — Mooring buoys 01/09
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
86 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and Petite Rade —
Wrecks; obstructions
03/09
100 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle -Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
161 Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine
cable; anchorage
IV
4.27
Weekly
Edition
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164 Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon —
Submarine cable
262 Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South -eastern part - Suva Harbour —
Directions; light
46/07
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south -eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south -eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands 3 11th Edition (2006) 28/06
9, 331 NW Hawaiian Islands — PSSA; ATBA; reporting system 14/08
11 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
95 Île de Rapa - Baie d’Ahurei — Depth 04/07
100 Îles Australes - Île Rurutu - Hauti Village — Temple 31/08
134 Archipel des Tuamotu - Rangiroa - Tiputa — Anchorages; depth 40/07
152 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Passe de Taapuna — Submarine pipeline 10/07
167 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Port de Papeete - Rade de Papeete —
Mooring buoy
48/08
171 Îles de la Société - Île de Moorea — Regulations 01/07
197 Îles Sous -le -Vent - Raiatea - Port d’Uturoa — Depth 32/06
223 Cook Islands Group - Rarotonga — Anchorage leading marks 42/07
261, 268, 280, 282, 298,
301, 310, 322, 324,
357 -358, 358
Hawaiian Islands — Security zones 18/07
268 Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii - Keauhou Bay — Directions 12/07
271 Hawaiian Islands - Hawaii - Kawaihae Harbor — Depth 48/08
305 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Outfall 46/07
306 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Pipe 28/07
316 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Waimanalo Bay — Depths 09/07
331, 371 North -west Hawaiian Islands — Restricted area 26/07
356 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
63 Persian Gulf 14th Edition (2008) 02/09
54 Iran - JazØreh-ye Lºrak — Major light 05/09
54 Strait of Hormuz - West Bukha Oil Platform — Racon 05/09
58 Ra’s ol Moòºf Light Float to Soroosh Oil Terminal and Khawr al Kafka
— Directions; dangerous wreck
05/09
111 Bandar-e ShahØd Bºhonar; Bandar-e ShahØd RajºØ - South -eastern
approach - Directions; major light; racon
05/09
168 Abu Dhabi - Arrival information — Outer anchorages; submarine
cables
27/09
168 United Arab Emirates - Abu Dhabi — Outer anchorages 17/10
184, 194, 195 Shah Allum Shoal — Light beacon 05/09
185 Shah Allum Shoal to Doha — Directions; wreck 05/09
194, 195 Cable Bank to Ra’s Laffºn — Directions; AIS 07/10
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.28
Weekly
Edition
196, 197 Qatar - Ra’s Laffºn — Limiting conditions; arrival information;
anchorages; harbour; directions; AIS; leading lights; basins and
berths; port facilities
07/10
196, 197 Ra’s Laffºn — Arrival information; SPMs 17/09
202 -208 Bahrain - MØnº’ Salmºnand the Port of Sitrah — Directions; Sitrah
Light Buoy
14/09
64 RedSeaandGulfof
Aden
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
317, 319 Yemen—BalÖºf LNG Terminal 51/09
65 St Lawrence 16th Edition (2009) 46/09
109 Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel — Directions; beacons 47/09
130 Pointe de L’Est to Île d’Entrée — Wreck 07/10
208 Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu — Basins and berths; anchorage 47/09
66 West Coast of Scotland 16th Edition (2008) 11/09
52, 86 Firth of Clyde – Loch Striven — Anchorages 34/09
92 Firth of Clyde – Helensburgh — Prohibited activities 11/10
110, 111 Campbeltown Loch — Pilotage; depths 21/10
115, 117, 118 Firth of Clyde – Skipness — Directions; useful mark 51/09
165 Hebrides – Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag — Vertical clearances 14/09
217 Firth of Lorn — Buoyage 16/09
284 The Small Isles — Sea state 08/10
285 Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards — Depth 33/09
366 Outer Hebrides – South Uist - Loch Boisdale — Light beacon 36/09
398 Hebrides – Sound of Harris — Passage 11/09
285, 286, 295, 296,297,
299, 310
The Small Isles — Directions; depths 48/09
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
10th Edition (2008) 03/09
8, 155, 156 Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes — Marine nature reserve 21/09
61, 62, 63, 129, 186 Portugal - Vessel traffic service — Mandatory reporting system 23/09
105 Spain - North -west coast - Ría de Arousa - Ensenada de Vilagarcia —
Directions; major light; buoyage
20/10
136, 139 Portugal - Leixôes - Outer approaches — Depth 07/10
138, 139 Portugal - Leixôes — Outer anchorage 21/10
142 Portugal - Porto do Douro - Directions — Leading lights 13/10
147 Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal — Directions: light 33/09
162 Portugal - Porto de Lisboa — Vessel traffic service 48/09
205 Spain - Río Guadalquivir — Pilot boarding positions 11/10
215 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service 03/09
236, 248 Gibraltar — Directions; exclusion zone 04/10
237 Morocco - Tanger -Méditerranée — Anchorages 25/10
241 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras -La Línea — Anchorages 26/10
241 -242 Spain - Puerto de Algeciras -La Línea — Pilot boarding positions 04/10
247, 248 Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited areas 21/09
248 Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock 24/09
274 Arquipélago dos Açores - Terceira - Praia da Vitória — Light 16/10
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.29
Weekly
Edition
68 EastCoastofthe
United States 1
13th Edition (2009) 10/10
125 Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions; light buoy 10/10
155 Vineyard Sound - South -west approaches — Directions; wreck 10/10
157 Vineyard Sound and South -west approaches - Woods Hole —
Directions; buoy
10/10
168 Narragansett Bay - Old Harbor - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
182 Great Salt Pond - Limiting conditions — Depths 10/10
187 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Dangerous wreck 12/10
202 Port Chester Harbor — Depths 10/10
216 New York Harbor and adjacent waters - Entrance channels and Lower
Bay—Racons
10/10
226 Kill Van Kull — Depths 10/10
231 South Brother Island Channel — Depths 10/10
69 EastCoastofthe
United States 2
7, 65, 66, 101, 104, 185,
189, 192, 195, 197, 201,
203, 209, 210, 215, 221,
224, 226, 231, 234, 240,
241, 244, 248, 254
11th Edition (2008) 42/08
North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
mandatory speed restrictions
01/09
89 -90 Philadelphia — Directions; lights 27/09
97 Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point — Directions; wrecks 51/09
106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions; wreck 49/08
121 James River - Upper part — Directions 14/09
131 Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances 25/09
134 Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; buoyage; wrecks; obstructions; shoal; fish haven
01/10
134 Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
50/09
134 -135 Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
51/09
152 Choptank River — Light 38/09
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
197 Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance 14/09
211, 214, 215, 216 Charleston - Fort Sumter Range — Directions 44/09
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
217 Charleston Harbor - South Channel — Directions; dangerous wreck 48/09
222 Port Royal Sound — Approach and entry 24/10
229 Savannah — Directions; lights 14/09
233 Brunswick Harbor — Project depths 49/09
234 Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry 38/09
241 Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights 14/09
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
153 Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz — Pilotage; tugs 47/09
Wk26/10

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.30
Weekly
Edition
173 United States of America - Port Mansfield — Directions; buoyage 23/10
175 United States of America - Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel —
Vertical clearance
48/09
273, 300 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Security zone 38/09
70 West Indies 1 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
212, 213, 213 -214, 214 Haiti — Port -Au -Prince 10/10
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256 Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef —
Directions; light
71 West Indies 2 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
49/08
103 US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
190 Sint Maarten - Simson Baai — Anchorage; mooring buoys 44/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique - Cul -de -Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
275 Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Directions 42/09
284 Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage 47/09
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
1st Edition (1996) Supplement No 3 39/05
44 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
69 Russia, North coast - Murmansk — Directions; wreck 39/05
152 Russia, Arctic coast - Bol’shezemel’skaya Tundra — Varandey Oil
Terminal
09/08
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
9th Edition (2009) 50/09
60 Navigational Warnings — Different types 10/10
210 MARPOL 73/78 - Annex II — Categorisation of Noxious Liquid
Substances
03/10
220 Loran -C — Discontinuation of US and Canadian signals 07/10
224 NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) — Gaps in coverage 08/10
315 IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B -
Preferred channels — characteristics of buoys
07/10
315 IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral Marks - Region B -
Preferred channels — characteristics of buoys
10/10
136 Ocean Passages for the
World
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong – Routes — Low -powered vessels; distance 26/04
Wk26/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2007 Edition)
Equatorial Guinea - Cogo — Light
138 -139
Paragraph 4.255 1 lines5to8Replace by:
The track continues ENE for 6 miles to an
anchorage...
French Notice 10.21.47
(SDD 2010000 087637) [25/10]
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Tanzania - Msasani Bay —
Submarine cable; anchorage
290
Paragraph 8.92 1 Replace by:
1 General information. Msasani Bay lies between
Ras Kankadya (6°44′N 39°17′E) and Kunduchi (8.93),
5 miles NW. The bay is sheltered from the swell by
Byongoyo, 1¼ miles N of Ras Kankadya, and offers
good anchorage during either monsoon.
Caution. A submarine cable has been laid from
Msasani, in the S part of the bay, leading N and then
E through the entrance channel between Bongoyo and
Ras Kankadya.
291
Paragraph 8.92 5 lines 3 -8 Replace by:
...about 15 m.
Index Left column Delete:
390
Masasani Bay..............................................................8.92
391
Index Centre column After Msangazi, Mto Add:
Msasani Bay................................................................8.92
Tanzania Port Authority
(SDD 2010000 087338) [25/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - South -east coast - Approaches to
Shantou — Pilotage
141
Paragraph 4.43 1 line 1 Replace by
1 The pilot boarding positions are E of the entrance to
the fairway at 23°15′·27N 116°50′·92E, in No 1...
4.1
142
Paragraph 4.51 2 lines 7 -8 Replace by
[25/10]
The track then leads NW to a position between
Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (1¼ miles NNE); the outer
pilot boarding position (4.43) lies 1¾ miles farther E.
Chinese Chart 15111
(SDD 2010000 024836) [25/10]
China - East coast - Xinghua Wan — Pilotage
176
Paragraph 4.237 6 lines 12 -13 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board in Xinghua
Shuidao Outer Anchorages (above), and at the Reserve
Pilot Boarding Position at 25°18′⋅79N 119°32′⋅19E.
Chinese Chart 14161
(SDD 2010000 026059) [25/10]
Korea - West coast - Approaches to Taesan and
T’aean Hang — Directions; depths; fairways;
anchorages; buoyage
464
Paragraph 12.44 1 line 3 Replace by:
...Hang (37°01′N 126°20′E), the latter 10 miles
through Sindo Fairway, a two -way channel marked by
light buoys (lateral); the fairway is not shown on
Chart 1270.
Paragraph 12.45 Replace by:
1 The least depth in Sindo Fairway (12.44) is 22 m.
For depths in Taesan Hang Fairways I - III (12.80);
see 12.67.
In the fairway to T’aean Hang (12.55) there is a
least depth of 19⋅1 m, however depths greater than
20 m may be achieved in N part of the two -way
channel.
465
Paragraph 12.51 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral)
(36°52′⋅83N 126°09′⋅15E) and entering Sindo
Fairway (12.44), thence:
Wk25/10

Paragraph 12.51 5 Replace by:
5 The fairway then continues NE to a position NW of
No 8 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (36°59′⋅51N
126°17′⋅31E) marking the entrance to Fairway I;
Suinyeo Light Beacon (starboard hand, 16 m in
height), not named on the chart and marking a drying
reef and dangers which extend 1½ cables NW, lies
8 cables SE of the light buoy.
466
Paragraph 12.64 Replace by:
1 Taesan is approached from SW via Sindo Fairway
(12.44), or from NW, depending upon which pilot
station is used, see 12.73.
Paragraph 12.67 1 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths:
Fairway I to anchorages, and to No 14 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (37°01′⋅95N 126°22′⋅18E), has 21⋅5 m
in mid channel, but a track with a minimum depth of
25 m may be achieved on N side of the fairway;
Fairway I to E of No 14 Light Buoy there is a least
depth of 12⋅8 m on S side of the fairway;
Fairway II has a least depth of 12⋅2 m, however a
least depth of 17⋅5 m can be achieved using a N
approach and then the SSE branch.
Fairway III is approached over a bank with depths of
about 10 m.
Paragraph 12.71 Replace by:
466 - 467
1 Anchorage may be obtained as follows, in
designated anchorages, the limits of which, or the
position, are shown on the chart, (positions from Kain
Sä Light (37°00′⋅17N 126°18′⋅95E)):
Name Position Remarks
A12
Anchorage
A11
Anchorage
A10
Anchorage
Quarantine
and A9
Anchorage
3¼ miles
WSW
2½ miles
WSW
Depths about
30 m; vessels
over 65 000 dwt;
outside harbour
limits
Depths about 28
to 35 m; vessels
over 65 000 dwt;
outside harbour
limits
1¾miles WNW Depths about
31 m; vessels
under 65 000 dwt
1½ miles
WNW
Depths 24 to
35 m; vessels
under 65 000 dwt
A8 Anchorage 1¼ miles NW Depth about
31 m; vessels
under 20 000 dwt
A7 Anchorage 1¼ miles NNW Depth about
33 m; vessels
under 6000 dwt
A6 Anchorage 1½ miles N Depth about
35m; vessels
under 6000 dwt
Wk25/10
IV
4.2
2 Positions
126°23′⋅23E):
from H÷gã Do Light (37°01′⋅60N
Name Position Remarks
A5 Anchorage 1½ miles NW Depth about
29 m; vessels
under 20 000 dwt
A4 Anchorage 1½ miles NNW Depth about
29 m; vessels
under 6000 dwt
A3 Anchorage 1¼ miles NNE Depth about
19 m; vessels
under 12 000 dwt
A2 Anchorage 1¾ miles NNE Depth about
14 m; vessels
under 6000 dwt
A1 Anchorage 1¼ miles NE Depth about 7 m;
vessels under
6000 dwt
3 A continuation of Chang -ant’oe (12.51), with
extensive areas of shallow water, extends ENE close N
of the anchorage areas, and marked on S and E edges
by light buoys (S and E cardinal respectively).
Caution: see 12.77 for tidal streams.
467
Paragraph 12.80 Heading For South -west approach
Read South -west approach through Fairway I
Paragraph 12.80 2 lines 1 -2 For No 8 Light Buoy Read
No 14 Light Buoy
Paragraph 12.81, including title, Replace by:
North -west approach through Fairway II
12.81
1 From the vicinity of Chang -an—Taesan pilot
boarding position (37°03′·52N 126°18′·68E), the track
leads SE for about 1¾ miles, then ESE or SSE
through Fairway II, passing (with positions from Kain
Sä Light (37°00′⋅17N 126°18′⋅95E)):
2 NE of No 2 Light Buoy (E cardinal) (2¼ miles
N), marking the E edge of a NE/SW aligned
shallow bank with a least depth of 0⋅9 m.
The track continues SE to a posiiton SW of ‘E’
Light Buoy (W cardinal) marking the W of bank, least
depth 2 m, extending 1 mile ENE.
3 Fairway II then divides, leading either ESE for
1¼ miles, or SSE for 8 cables, and passing NNE or
WSW, respectively, of the restricted area around the
SBM (2¼ miles NE) (12.83). The ESE branch passes
SW of No 3 Light Buoy (port hand) (2½ miles NNE).
The two fairway branches then enter Fairway I,
from where the directions continue, see 12.80.

1
North -west approach through Fairway III
12.81a
Fairway III, marked by light buoys (lateral), is
entered between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (37°03′⋅17N
126°22′⋅91E) and leads SSE for 6 cables to a position
N of No 6 Light Buoy (starboard hand), 8¼ cables S
of No 1 Light Buoy to enter Fairway I, see 12.82.
Paragraph 12.82 1 to 2 line 5 Replace by:
2 Positions are given from H÷gã Do Light
(37°01′⋅60N 126°23′⋅23E), exhibited from the N end
of the island.
From a position N of No 14 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (9 cables WNW), Fairway I divides into two
branches passing N or S of a shoal area (6¼ cables N),
least depth 6⋅4 m.
Anchorages A1 to A5 (12.71) (1¼ miles N) may be
approached directly via the N branch.
3 From the position N of No 14 Light Buoy
(starboard hand), the track leads E through the
S branch of Fairway I, passing N of No 16 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (5½ cables NW), marking the NE of
a bank, depths less than 10 m, extending NE from the
shore, thence:
UKHO; ENCs KR5F2011 and KR5F2010
(SDD 2010000 082627) [25/10]
Korea-Westcoast-P’yängt’aek Hang and
approaches — Depths; vertical clearances;
anchorages; restricted area
472
Paragraph 12.110 1 line 5 For 13⋅1 m Read 13⋅3 m
Paragraph 12.110 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
Vertical clearances. Sohae Bridge (36°57′⋅10N
126°50′⋅45E) with a vertical clearance of 62 m spans
the SE end of the fairway, and with 45 m clearance
farther W over the S end of Asan Man.
Paragraph 12.113 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 4/10 Replace by:
2 Temporary Anchorage (2¼ miles SE), depths
from less than 5 m on W edge to 12 m, and
with a rocky 9⋅2 m patch, on the N edge;
Dorido Waiting Anchorage (5¾ miles ESE),
formerly No 3 Anchorage, depths 13 to 17 m.
Bangdo Anchorage (37°00′⋅00N 126°45′⋅00E), mud
and sand, depths 11 to 14 m.
Dorito and Bangdo Anchorages abut the fairway,
and the corners are marked by light buoys, (port hand)
on the fairway side, and (special) on the inshore side.
After 12.115 Insert:
Restricted area
12.115a
1 Entry is not permitted into the restricted area
(36°59′⋅90N 126°46′⋅80E) except for vessels berthing
at the oil and gas tanker terminals on the N side of the
harbour entrance.
UKHO
(SDD 2010000 082629) [25/10]
IV
4.3
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition)
Sri Lanka - West coast - Colombo harbour —
Limiting conditions; arrival information;
directions; berths
161
Paragraph 4.78 1 Replace by:
1 South Asia Gateway Terminal (4.102).
162
Paragraph 4.86 3 lines 5 -8 Delete.
163
Paragraph 4.98 3 lines 10 -11 Delete.
164
Paragraph 4.102 1 Replace by:
1 South Asia Gateway Terminal (SAGT) occupies
940 m of the SW jetty in the Harbour Basin. It has
three berths with depths of 15 m alongside and is used
by container vessels. The S part of the jetty, about
200 m in length, is used by passenger and general
cargo vessels.
Harbour Master, Sri Lanka Ports Authority
(SDD 2010000 079813) [25/10]
India-Westcoast-Quilon-
Port authority; pilotage
185
Paragraph 5.37 3 line 2 Replace by:
Port Authority. Port Officer, Neendkara, Asramam,
Kollam, Kerala -02.
Email: portkollam@yahoo.co.in
After Paragraph 5.38 1 Insert:
Pilotage
5.38a
1 Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Port
Officer, Neendkara. Pilot boards 5 cables SE of the
main breakwater head.
Indian Notice 7/10
(SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10]
India - West coast - Quilon to Kochi —
Directions; obstruction
187
Paragraph 5.50 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 WSW of an obstruction in a depth of 14⋅5 m
(14½ miles S), lying in the approaches to NØndakara
(5.52). Thence:
Indian Notice 09/10
(SDD 2010000 075927) [25/10]
Wk25/10

India - West coast - Kochi Harbour —
Spoil ground
191
After Paragraph 5.87 1 Insert:
Spoil ground
5.87a
1 Two spoil grounds, circular in area, each with a
radius of 1500 m, have been established in the
approaches to Kochi as follows:
North Spoil Ground centred on 10°00′⋅0N
76°05′⋅0E;
South Spoil Ground centred on 9°55′⋅0N 76°06′⋅0E.
Indian Notice 07/10
(SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10]
India-Westcoast-Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head
- Directions — Dangerous wreck
223
After Paragraph 6.172 5 line 11 Add:
A dangerous wreck lies about 11½ miles W of
Mormugao Head.
Indian Notice 07/10
(SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10]
India - West coast - Mandºvi River — Pilotage
228
Paragraph 6.223 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory in the river; a local pilot
may be engaged by contacting the Captain of the Port,
Panaji. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4) for further details.
Deputy Captain of the Port, Panaji
(SDD 2010000 067680) [25/10]
India - West coast - Dahej —
Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream; berths
281
After Paragraph 8.135 3 line 9 Add:
Petronet LNG Jetty;
Internet: www.petronetlng.com
Paragraph 8.137 3 line 6 Replace by:
...pilot for GCPTCL jetty boards 1 mile W of the jetty.
Pilotage for Petronet LNG Jetty is compulsory;
vessel’s speed to be less than 5 kts when embarking
pilot. Berthing during daylight slack water. See...
After Paragraph 8.137 4 line 3 Add:
Direction of the stream in the vicinity of Petronet
LNG Jetty is 160° -340°.
Wk25/10
IV
4.4
After Paragraph 8.139 2 line 3 Add:
The jetty can accept vessels up to 220 000 m 3
(Q -Flex) with a maximum draught of 12⋅7 m.
Indian Notice 10/10
(SDD 2010000 081224) [25/10]
India-Westcoast-Verºval to Porbandar —
Directions; wreck
289
Paragraph 8.200 2 line 4 For 33½ miles Read 32½ miles
Indian Notice 09/10
(SDD 2010000 075927) [25/10]
India - West coast - Porbandar to Kachchigadh
— Directions; safety fairways; wrecks
290
After Paragraph 8.213 1 Insert:
Safety Fairways
8.213a
1 Three safety fairways converge at a point 11 miles
W of Kachchigarh Light (8.217), as shown on the
chart. They are mandatory for Indian registered vessels
and recommended for all other vessels. One fairway
leads NNW for 42 miles from a position 34 miles W
of Porbandar Light (8.197). The other two fairways
lead ENE and ESE from seaward.
2 To minimise risk of head -on encounters, mariners
are advised to keep their vessels as near to the outer
limit of the fairway which lies on their starboard side
as is safe and practicable, while approaching or
leaving the area, consistent with International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972).
291
Paragraph 8.219 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Clear of two dangerous wrecks (19 miles WNW
and 21 miles NW), thence:
Indian Notice 09/10
(SDDs 2010000 065010; 075927) [25/10]
India - West coast -
Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point —
Directions; buoyage
304
Paragraph 9.77 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...on its S side, and SSW of Sonar Light Buoy
(port hand) moored about 1½ miles S of this
danger. Thence:
Indian Notice 10/10
(SDD 2010000 081224) [25/10]

India-Westcoast-VºdØnºr Offshore
Oil Terminal — Function; maximum size
308
After Paragraph 9.105 1 line 6 Insert:
Function. Consisting of SBMs I and II owned by
Indian Oil Corporation and SBM III owned by
ESSAR, the terminal imports crude oil for refining at
their respective facilities ashore.
Paragraph 9.106 1 Replace by:
1 The SBMs can accommodate crude oil tankers from
87 000 to 325 000 dwt.
Indian Notice 02/10
(SDD 2010000 010955) [25/10]
India-Westcoast-EssarVºdØnºr Terminal —
Port authority; limiting conditions; berths
309
Paragraph 9.113 2 Replace by:
2 Terminal authority:
Head Marine
Vadinar Oil Terminal Ltd
Essar Refinery Site, Vadinar
Jamnagar, Gujarat -361010
Website: www.essar.com
Limiting conditions
9.113a
1 Density of water: 1·025 g/cm 3 .
Maximum size of vessel handled. LOA 245 m,
draught 13⋅5 m (reported December 2009),
100 000 dwt.
Paragraph 9.117 1 Replace by:
1 There are two berths each of length 309⋅5 m with a
depth of 20 m alongside. Each berth has eight mooring
dolphins with quick release hooks and capstan.
Indian Notice 02/10
(SDD 2010000 010955) [25/10]
India - West coast - Kandla - Harbour and
approaches — Pilotage; spoil grounds; berths
314
Paragraph 9.162 1 line 2 Delete
...1 mile WSW of Outer Tuna Buoy and...
315
Paragraph 9.167 1 Replace by:
1 Two spoil grounds, radius 1000 m, have been
established centred on 22°54′⋅0N 70°09′⋅0E and
22°51′⋅0N 70°10′⋅0E. An alternative spoil ground,
marked by a light buoy (special), is established in
vicinity of 20°56′⋅7N 70°15′⋅0E.
IV
316
Paragraph 9.176 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Cargo Jetty, 2533 m in length, is located about
2 miles within the creek on the W side, and has
twelve berths. Two berths are reserved for container...
Paragraph 9.176 2 Replace by:
2 Passenger Jetties No 1 and No 2 are T -shaped and
lie close N of Cargo Jetty. Flotilla Jetty, 130 m in
length and aligned 356°/176° has been constructed N
of Passenger Jetty No 1.
Tanker berths. There are six oil jetties on the W
bank, which can accommodate vessels between 40 000
to 56 000 dwt. Oil Jetty No 1, also known as Nehru
Jetty, lies 12 cables N from N end of Cargo Jetty, and
the remaining jetties are within about 11 cables N from
it.
Paragraph 9.177 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.177
4.5
Indian Notices 07/10 and 09/10
(SDDs 2010000 056540; 065010; 075927) [25/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Indonesia - Sumatera - Nanggroe Aceh Province
- North -west, north and north -east coasts —
Restricted area
8
After Paragraph 1.61 Insert:
Restricted area
1.61a
1 A restricted area, in which fishing and other
activities not connected with innocent passage are
forbidden, is established around the NW, N and NE
coasts of Sumatera, within a line through the following
positions:
Pulau Babi (2°05′⋅55N 96°38′⋅01E)
1°55′⋅00N 96°29′⋅00E
2°51′⋅00N 95°13′⋅91E
2°57′⋅00N 95°11′⋅00E
4°48′⋅00N 95°10′⋅00E
5°43′⋅17N 94°46′⋅50E
2 5°51′⋅00N 94°46′⋅67E
6°13′⋅50N 94°59′⋅50E
6°16′⋅00N 95°10′⋅08E
5°40′⋅42N 96°00′⋅50E
5°29′⋅00N 96°49′⋅42E
5°29′⋅17N 97°33′⋅50E
5°01′⋅00N 98°03′⋅25E
Ujung Tamiang (4°33′⋅83N 98°25′⋅92E)
3 These restrictions do not apply to vessels supporting
various offshore facilities and other terminals; for
further information, mariners should consult local
authorities.
Indonesian Notice 24/175/03
(HH. 524/055/01) [25/10]
Wk25/10

Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Utara
— Directions; wreck
183
After Paragraph 6.68 2 line 5 Insert:
ENE of a stranded wreck (1 mile ENE), thence:
Malaysian Notice 60/03/2010
(SDD 2010000 086205) [25/10]
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Alur Barat
Laut — Directions; buoyage; obstruction
183
Paragraph 6.71 2 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
2 SW of an obstruction (2½ cables NNE). A light
buoy (port hand) is laid close ESE, marking
the port side of the channel. Thence:
NE of Batu Mindi, a reef -fringed rock, from where a
light (framework tower, 7 m in height) is
exhibited; a dangerous rock lies 1 cable farther
ESE. Thence:
SW of an obstruction with a depth of 3⋅3 m
(7¾ cables ESE); A light buoy (port hand) lies
close W. Thence:
Malaysian Charts 5419; 5425; Malaysian Notice
60/03/2010
(SDD 2010000 086205) [25/10]
Peninsular Malaysia - West coast - Selat
Manjung and Sungai Manjung —
Directions; buoyage
184
Paragraph 6.73 5 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...and leads into Sungai Manjung, passing between
Selat 2G Light Buoy (preferred channel to port)
(4°15′⋅02N 100°34′⋅75E) and Selat Light Buoy.
Selat 2R Light Buoy has been laid 1 cable NNW of
Selat 2G Light Buoy.
Peninsular Malaysia Marine Department Notices 15 and
16/2010; Malaysian Notices 57 and 58/03/2010
(SDDs 2010000 056078; 056083; 086205) [25/10]
Singapore Strait - Karang Selatin — Directions;
dangerous wreck
240
Paragraph 7.132 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
NW of Karang Selatin (South Ledge) (1°18′N
104°24′E); a dangerous wreck lies at the N end of
the ledge. Thence:
244
Paragraph 7.172 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
Clear of Karang Selatin (7.132). A dangerous wreck
lies at the N end of the ledge. Thence:
Malaysian Notice 71/04/2010
(SDD 2010000 086207) [25/10]
Wk25/10
IV
4.6
Singapore - East Jurong Channel -
Vopak (Tanjong Penjuru) Terminal — Berths
289
Paragraph 8.321 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Longest and deepest berth. No 1 at 183 m with an
alongside depth of 14⋅5 m (1999).
Singapore Notices to Mariners 6/10; Singapore Port
Information 2010/11
(SDD 2010000 089788) [25/10]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Montenegro - Rt Oðtra—Light
191
Paragraph 6.148 2 lines1to5Delete
Paragraph 6.149 3 line 5 Delete ...a light (6.148)...
194
Paragraph 6 171 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
206
Paragraph 7.18 4 line 2 Delete
Montenegrin Notice 1 -1/10
(SDD 2010000 088941) [25/10]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - East Coast - River Tees —
Breakwaters
154
Photograph (6.93) caption Replace by:
South Gare Breakwater North Gare Breakwater
Entrance to River Tees from NE (6.93)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph - Air Images)
MV Oriana
(SDD 2010 000092633) [25/10]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2008 Edition)
Fedje - Fedjefjorden — pilot boarding points
353 - 354
Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/10 paragraph 10.6 3
line 4 Replace by:
Holmengrå No 2. In position 60°51′⋅4N 04°39′⋅0E,

417
Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/10 paragraph 11.3 2
line 1 Replace by:
Holmengrå No 2. In position 60°51′⋅4N
Norwegian Notice 9/27365/10
(SDD 2010000 079493) [25/10]
Fedje - Fedjefjorden and Kavnnhovden — pilot
boarding points
459
Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/10 paragraph 12.3 2
line 1 Replace by:
Holmengrå No 2. In position 60°51′⋅4N
Norwegian Notice 9/27365/10
(SDD 2010000 079493) [25/10]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Morocco - Tanger -Méditerranée — Anchorages
237
Paragraph 7.78 1 lines1to5Replace by:
1 Anchorages. There are two anchorage areas centred
on:
35°52′⋅6N 5°34′⋅8W, 2 miles NNW of Ksar es Srhir
(7.74).
Anse Grande (35°51′⋅1N 5°40′⋅4W).
French Notice 10.19.28
(SDD 2010000 090985) [25/10]
IV
4.7
Wk25/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition)
Finland - Hamina to Vyborg —
Directions; leading lights
210
Paragraph 5.175 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From a position close SE of Mustamaa (60°26′⋅0N
27°32′⋅7E), the track, marked by buoys (cardinal),
leads 2½ miles NE in the white sector (031⋅5° -035⋅5°)
of Siikasaari Light (white rectangle) (60°28′⋅1N
27°37′⋅0E) and passes NW of Länsikivi Beacon
(60°27′⋅0N 27°36′⋅3E).
Paragraph 5.175 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 The track leads to the following alignment:
Finnish Notices 9 -10/118/2010
(SDD 2010000 058600) [24/10]
Finland - Naantali — Directions; lights; depths
235
Paragraph 6.71 17 line 5 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
238
Paragraph 6.89 1 line 3 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.89 3 line 2 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.89 3 line 7 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
239
Paragraph 6.99 4 line 6 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
240
Paragraph 6.103 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
After Paragraph 6.104 2 line 4 Heading Replace by:
Directions for the 15⋅3 mroute
244
Paragraph 6.123 1 line 2 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.123 2 line 3 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.123 3 line 4 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
After Paragraph 6.123 3 line 4 Heading Replace by:
Directions for the 15⋅3 mroute
245
Paragraph 6.128 3 line 4 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.128 5 line 3 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.131 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.131 4 line 5 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
4.1
246
Paragraph 6.134 1 line 5 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.141 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.142 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
248
Paragraph 6.151 3 line 1 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.151 3 line 3 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
253
Paragraph 6.183 2 line 3 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
254
Paragraph 6.189 1 line 4 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.194 1 line 6 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
255
Paragraph 6.195 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.195 2 line 2 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.196 2 line 2 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
256
Paragraph 6.200 5 line 4 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
260
Paragraph 6.229 4 line 2 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
261
Paragraph 6.231 1 line 6 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.237 1 line 2 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
264
Paragraph 6.257 2 line 4 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
265
Paragraph 6.264 1 line 2 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.269 Replace by:
[24/10]
1 With positions from Tupavuori Front Light
2
(60°26′⋅5N 22°04′⋅4E):
From the N extremity of the Viheriäinen leading
line (2½ cables ESE) the 15⋅3 m fairway leads 7 cables
NNW to a position 1½ cables S of the Oil Harbour.
From this position, the fairway, now authorised for
a draught of 9⋅0 m, leads to a position S of the grain
berth, thence 8⋅0 m to the head of the harbour.
A second fairway, authorised for a draught of 7⋅7 m
and marked by light buoys and buoys, leads 7 cables
W to a shipyard.
Paragraph 6.270 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Paragraph 6.270 4 line 3 For 13 m Read 15⋅3 m
Wk24/10

Paragraph 6.271 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Tupavuori Oil
Harbour in an area centred about 6 cables WSW of
Viheriäinen Front Light (60°27′⋅0N 22°04′⋅9E) (6.257).
Finnish Notices 6 -7/76/2010; 6 -7/77/2010;
9 -10/120/2010
(SDDs 2010000 040998; 040999; 058600) [24/10]
Finland - Rauma and approaches —
Directions: leading beacons
290
Paragraph 7.91 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position 6 cables W of Saukko (61°08′⋅4N
21°26′⋅0E), a short branch channel, authorised...
Paragraph 7.92 Replace by:
291
1 From a position 6 cables W of Saukko Front
Beacon (61°08′⋅4N 21°25′⋅9E), a short branch channel,
authorised for a draught of 5⋅5 m, leads WSW from
the Valkeakari 7⋅5 m channel (7.87) for about 1 mile,
marked in turn by the following leading marks:
2 Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons (white triangles,
yellow stripe) (61°08′⋅3N 21°22′⋅2E) in line
bearing 265½°.
3 Rounakari Leading Beacons (red rectangles,
white stripe), in line bearing 241°; the front
beacon is on the N extremity of Rounakari
islet whilst the rear is on a rock 3 cables SW.
4 These leading marks lead to a position close SSE
of an L -shaped jetty on the S point of Kuuskajaskari.
A landing jetty on the E side of Kuuskajaskari is
approached from the SE via a 1⋅8 m channel marked
by leading lights (white triangles, red stripe), in line
bearing 307½°, with the front beacon common to
Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons.
Finnish Notices 9 -10/122/2010; 12/171/2010
Finnish ENC FI59S41A
(SDDs 2010000 058600; 070288) [24/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan -
Longkou — Depths; berths; anchorage; pilotage;
fairways; directions; buoyage; lights
389
Paragraph 10.41 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. On the alignment of leading
lights, the least depths in the fairways are:
From the W - 12⋅2 m,
From the NW - 12⋅8 m, although 12⋅2 m close to the
alignment,
Outer and Inner Fairways from where the above
channels converge - 14⋅2 m,
Shengli Matou Fairway - 6⋅4 m.
Wk24/10
IV
4.2
Deepest berth. Berth No 1, and No 21 for tankers
(10.53).
Longest berth. Berth No 11, and No 21 for tankers.
390
Paragraph 10.43 1 lines 4 -9 Replace by:
No 1 Anchorage (37°39′⋅50N 120°12′⋅00E), depths
7 to 13 m; reportedly used by vessels up to
50 000 dwt, and for lightening. A channel
marked by light buoys (lateral) (10.50) leads
NW/SE across the E of the anchorage area;
Paragraph 10.44 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours;
pilots board in the following locations:
No 1 pilot boarding position (37°38′⋅22N
120°10′⋅45E) in the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy
(starboard hand), inside the entrance channel
from W.
No 2 pilot boarding position (37°40′⋅53N
2
120°11′⋅59E) in the N approaches,
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Tugs are available.
Paragraph 10.49 2 lines 6 -9 Replace by:
The alignment (086½°) of these lights leads through
Outer Fairway for about 6 miles and enters the inner
harbour between piers. A shoal, least depth 2⋅8 m, lies
close S of the channel, 1 cable E of No 111 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (37°38′⋅37N 120°15′⋅55E).
Paragraph 10.50 2 lines 1 -9 Replace by:
2 The channel is entered close SW of No 100 Light
Buoy (port hand), 6¾ cables WSW of Qimu Jiao, and
passes through E part of No 1 Anchorage (10.43)
continuing to a position between Nos 107 and 108
Light Buoys (lateral), 1¾ miles NNW of front light. A
shoal patch, depth 4⋅9 m, lies 1 cable SSE of No 108
Light Buoy on the edge of the channel.
The track then curves to the SE to a position close
S of No 112 Light Buoy (port hand), 1¼ miles NNW
of the front light, and then joins Outer Fairway (10.49)
leading towards the inner harbour.
Paragraph 10.51 1 lines 7 -13 Replace by:
From a position 1½ cables SSW of No 110 Light
Buoy (port hand) (37°38⋅55N 120°14′⋅97E), in the area
where the channels from the W and NW converge
(10.50), the alignment (030¼°) of these lights leads
towards Shengli Matou (not named on the chart),
passing (with positions from the front light):
Between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral)
(1½ miles SSW), and:
Paragraph 10.52 Replace by:
391
1 Haixing Basin (37°39′⋅20E 120°19′⋅00E). From a
position in the inner harbour entrance between piers to
W and S of the harbour, Inner Fairway, marked by
light buoys (lateral and W cardinal) curves to NE to
join the alignment (037½°) of leading lights towards
the berths.

Leading lights.
Front light (black diamond, on black metal
framework tower) (37°39′⋅36N 120°19′⋅13E),
Rear light (similar structure) (1¾ cables from front).
2 Coal Basin. From a position within Inner Fairway
approaching Haixing Basin the alignment (327½°) of
leading lights leads through Coal Fairway passing
No 125 Light Buoy (preferred channel to port) and a
retaining wall ¾ cable NE, and into the basin.
Leading lights.
Front light (black diamond on black structure)
(37°39′⋅88N 120°18′⋅22E).
Rear light (similar structure) (9½ cables from front).
UKHO
(SDD 2010000 009170) [24/10]
China - Bo Hai - Jingtang —
Depths; anchorages; lights; directions
402
Paragraph 10.131 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. A least charted depth of 15⋅1 m
on the entrance channel centreline to No 4 Basin, and
thence to the approaches to Nos 2 and 3 Basins, with
lesser depths in some of the basins.
Paragraph 10.132 2 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
Outer anchorages. Three anchorages, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, centred as follows:
General Bulk Cargo Anchorage (39°09′⋅00N
119°09′⋅00E), a large anchorage, depths 15 to
19 m, mud and sand;
Quarantine Anchorage (39°10′⋅00N 119°07′⋅00E);
Paragraph 10.132 2 lines 14 -18 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and for
Chinese vessels as required. Pilots board in the
following positions:
No1—39°07′⋅85N 119°05′⋅90E.
No2—39°10′⋅14N 119°03′⋅87E.
No3—39°09′⋅35N 119°02′⋅90E.
In the General Bulk Cargo Anchorage — 39°8′⋅64N
119°08′⋅92E.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Tugs are available.
402 -403
Paragraph 10.136 1-3 Replace by:
1 The entrance channel is marked by five sets of
lights in line (315°), namely:
Jingtang Gang Centreline Leading Lights:
Front Light (diamond on red and white metal lattice
beacon, 36 m in height) (29°12′⋅85N
118°59′⋅45E),
Rear Light (similar construction, 54 m in height)
(6½ cables from front).
IV
4.3
The following pairs of lights in line mark the edges
of the dredged channel:
Jingtang Gang E Limits Lights:
Front light (triangle on white metal framework
tower, 33 m in height) (½ cable NNE of Middle
Front Light),
2 Rear light (similar construction, 50 m in height)
(6½ cables from front).
Jingtang Gang W Limit Lights:
Front light (inverted triangle on white metal
framework tower, 33 m in height) (½ cable WSW
of Middle Front Light),
Rear light (similar construction, 50 m in height)
(6½ cables from front).
Middle Lights. Between the Centreline Lights and
the E Limit Lights there is a further set of lights in
line, and similarly between the Centreline Lights and
the W Limit Lights:
Front lights, each (black triangle, red stripe on white
metal framework tower, 29 m in height),
3 Rear lights, each (similar construction, 47 m in
height, 6¼ cables from front).
Note: The middle lights are not shown on the chart.
From a position SE of the port in the vicinity of
No 1 boarding position (39°07′⋅85N 119°05′⋅90E)
(10.133), the alignment (315°) of the centreline lights
leads into a channel marked by light buoys and light
beacons (lateral), entering between Nos 1 and 2 Light
Buoys (39°08′⋅53N 119°04′⋅95E), and into the harbour,
passing (with positions from Jingtang Light
(39°12′⋅78N 119°00′⋅80E)):
UKHO
(SDD 2010000 034023) [24/10]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Bristol Channel — Directions; wind farm
74
After Paragraph 3.18 1 line 7 Add:
SE of six light buoys (special) marking the limits of
the site of the proposed Atlantic Array wind farm
(51°21⋅4N 4°33⋅0W).
85
Paragraph 3.66 1 line 7 Replace by:
...detached, thence:
N of six light buoys (special) marking the limits of
the site of the proposed Atlantic Array wind farm
(51°21⋅4N 4°33⋅0W).
RWE Npower Renewables Limited
(SDDs 2010000 041600; 068348) [24/10]
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 GMT on 1st July 2010
BristolChannel—Vesseltrafficservice
105
Paragraph 4.5 1 line 3 For Bristol Channel Read Port of
Bristol Area
Wk24/10

107
Paragraph 4.18 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.18
109
Paragraph 4.38 1 line 2 -3 Delete
Paragraph 4.40 3 line 8 Delete to Severn VTS
111
Paragraph 4.55 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.55
119
Paragraph 4.125 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.125
121
Paragraph 4.139 2 lines 5–6 Delete Mariners wishing to
pass the transporter Bridge should inform Severn VTS by
radio.
122
Paragraph 4.140 1 line 1 Delete VTS,
ABP South Wales
(SDD 2010000 080397) [24/10]
NP69 East Coast of theUnitedStatesPilot Volume
2 (2008 Edition)
Port Royal Sound — Approach and entry
222
Paragraph 8.107 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
3 Approach and entry. Port Royal Sound is
approached through a dredged channel across a bar,
marked by light buoys (lateral), and entered between
Bay Point (32°15′⋅41N 80°38′⋅16W), and Hilton Head,
the E extremity of Hilton Head Island, 2½ miles SSW.
US Notice 22/11516/10
(SDD 2010000 084722) [24/10]
Wk24/10
IV
4.4

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2010 Edition)
Trinidad - East coast — Directions; light
119
Paragraph 4.36 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
Galera Point Light (red lattice mast, white bands, on
white round tower) (10°49′⋅93N 60°54′⋅66W).
Photograph (4.36) caption Replace by:
Klein Curaçao Light (7.35)
(Original dated 2009)
MV UBC Sacramento
(HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10]
Venezuela - Isla Coche — Major light
160
After Paragraph 5.29 3 line 8 Insert:
Isla Coche Light (10°47′⋅30N 63°59′⋅20W) (5.70).
162
Paragraph 5.53 1 Replace by:
1 Major lights:
Punta Ballena Light (orange stone tower, 30 m in
height) (10°59′⋅84N 63°46′⋅66W).
Isla Coche Light (10°47′⋅30N 63°59′⋅20W) (5.70).
165
Paragraph 5.70 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Major lights:
Punta Ballena Light (10°59′⋅84N 63°46′⋅66W)
(5.53).
Isla Coche Light (orange truncated conical GRP
tower, white band, 12 m in height) (10°47′⋅30N
63°59′⋅20W).
167
After Paragraph 5.92 1 line 5 Insert:
Major light:
Isla Coche Light (10°47′⋅30N 63°59′⋅20W) (5.70).
Venezuelan Notice 008/10
(SDD 2010000 084237) [23/10]
Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz —
Port authorities; anchorage; harbours; hazards;
directions; berths
173
Paragraph 5.139 1 lines 9 -10 Delete
Wk23/10
4.1
Paragraph 5.144 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
[23/10]
A designated anchorage area for vessels bound for
Bahía Guanta and Bahía de Pertigalete has been
established 1 mile NE of Isla Redonda (10°15′⋅41N
64°35′⋅55W), as shown on the chart.
174
Paragraph 5.149 3 Replace by:
3 Bahía de Pertigalete. Situated 1¾ miles E of Bahía
Bergantín, this bay contains a cement terminal on its E
side.
After Paragraph 5.149 3 Insert:
Hazards
5.149a
1 Ferry (see 5.159) passes N of the entrances to
Bahía Bergantín, Bahía de Guanta and Bahía de
Pertigalete.
Small craft may be encountered in the approaches
to the harbours, as yacht harbours are situated in
Bahía de Guanta, Bahía de Pozuelos and Bahía de
Barcelona.
Paragraph 5.154 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...Borracha (10°17′⋅82N 64°44′⋅42W) the track leads
generally SSE for 11 miles to the pilot station in Bahía de
Pozuelos, passing:
Paragraph 5.154 3 Replace by:
WSW of an unnamed islet (10°16′⋅98N
3
64°40′⋅14W).
The track then leads SE to the pilot boarding place
(5.146), 6¾ cables SW of Punta Baregán (10°15′⋅34N
64°38′⋅47W) (5.133).
175
Paragraph 5.161 2 lines 1 -6 Delete
BA Chart 1498
(HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10]
Nederlandse Antillen - Klein Curaçao — Light
211
Paragraph 7.35 1 line 4 Replace by:
Klein Curaçao Light (square brick building with
white concrete tower, 23 m in height)
(11°59′⋅39N 68°38′⋅58W).
212
Photograph (7.35) caption Replace by:
Galera Point Light (4.36)
(Original dated 2009)
MV UBC Sacramento
(HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10]

NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Southern Australia – Adelaide approaches —
Directions; approach routes
404
After Paragraph 12.137 5 Insert:
Alternative approach/departure routes
12.137a
1 The following recommended routes, oriented
090° -270°, for shallower draught vessels joining or
leaving the Outer Harbour entrance channel, exist on
the S side of the channel as shown on the chart:
For vessels with a maximum draught of 12⋅2 m,a
route joins the channel between Nos 3 and 5 Light
Beacons.
2 For vessels with a maximum draught of 10⋅0 m,
a route joins the channel between Nos 9 and
11 Light Beacons. Charted depths of less than
10⋅0 m lie close S of this route.
Australian Notice 10/550/10
(AA 469337) [23/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao -
Ningbo, Zhoushan and Cezi Shuidao — Vessel
traffic services; pilotage; directions; vertical
clearances
Paragraph 6.32 Replace by:
232
1 Maji Shan VTS Service Area is in operation, and
other routes in this sub section cross the VTS area, see
6.41.
235
Paragraph 6.41 2 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
Vessel traffic service. Maji Shan VTS Service Area
is part of Zhoushan VTS (6.145) and is in operation;
for details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
244
Paragraph 6.88 including heading Replace by:
Vessel traffic services
6.88
1 Yangshan VTS controls traffic in its area, and its
use is mandatory for all vessels.
Cezi VTS Service Area, part of Zhoushan VTS
(6.145), operates in the approaches to Zhoushan
through Cezi Shuidao.
2 Ningbo VTS area covers the N approach to Ningbo,
see 6.58.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
IV
4.2
Cezi Shuidao Pilotage
6.88a
1 Pilotage through Cezi Shuidao is compulsory for all
foreign vessels and is available 24 hours, and is part
of Zhoushan pilotage service.
Southbound vessels are boarded in vicinity of
30°12′·84N 121°51′·00E
Notice of ETA should be sent 72, 48 and 24 hours
before arrival.
245
Paragraph 6.93 3 line 5 Replace by:
...Light (6.98) stands 2¼ cables ENE.
The track then continues to the vicinity of
No 101 Light Buoy (safe water) (2 miles NNW).
The track then leads S through a channel marked
by light buoys (lateral), passing:
246
Paragraph 6.93 5 lines 1 -12 Replace by:
5 Through the main channel beneath Jintang Great
Bridge (3 miles WSW) (6.110), under construction
(2008); the latest navigational information should be
obtained before transiting this section. The W channel,
leading SSE/NNW, and marked by light buoys
(lateral), lies 5¼ miles WSW, and the E channel lies
close inshore (not shown on the chart). The navigation
spans are each marked by lights (two green arrows on
a white square). The depths in the main channel are
not less than 10 m, in W channel about 4 m across a
bank, and in E Channel less than 2 m.
After Paragraph 6.96 3 line 13 Insert:
Vessel traffic service: see 6.88.
Pilotage: see 6.88a
Vertical clearances: see 6.110.
247
After Paragraph 6.98 1 line 9 Insert:
The Pilot Boarding Position for Cezu Shuidao
(6.88a) (5¾ miles NNW), thence:
248
Paragraph 6.110 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...the second longest in the world, vertical clearance
47 m. For the vertical clearances under the bridges in
Guci Hangmen see 6.96.
Paragraph 6.110 5 Replace by:
5 Bridges under construction:
Jintang Great Bridge is under construction (2008)
across the N approaches to the port between the
W coast of Jintang Dao at 30°03′⋅55N
12°50′⋅63E) and the mainland 10 miles WSW.
Over the main channel the vertical clearance is
51 m, and over the W and E channels the vertical
clearances are 17 and 24 m respectively.
Wk23/10

6 A bridge is under construction (2010) across
Chuanshangang Xikou (6.193) between Daxie
Dao in the vicinity of 29°54′⋅70N
121°55′⋅70E and the mainland to WSW.
Another bridge and power cables span the
channel farther E, least vertical clearance
21 m.
249
Paragraph 6.119 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.
Vessels from SE are boarded at Xiazhi Men Northern
Anchorage (29°45′⋅5N 122°21′⋅7E) (6.56). Pilots also
board in Mazi Inspection and Pilotage Anchorage
(6.147) (29°51′·58N 122°12′·95E).
For vessels from N and for berthing, pilots board in
Qili Zhi anchorage area (6.117). The Non -Dangerous
Goods Anchorage is the designated pilot boarding
anchorage, and vessels too deep for this anchorage
should contact the pilots for information.
2 Jintang Great Bridge passage: foreign vessels, and
all vessels over 1000 dwt, must use a pilot for their
first transit, thereafter vessels less than 10 000 dwt
need not use a pilot for the bridge transit.
Paragraph 6.145 Replace by:
253
1 Zhoushan VTS has two widely separated service
areas, namely:
Maji Shan VTS Service Area (6.41),
Cezi VTS Service Area (6.88).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
254
Paragraph 6.147 4 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
Inspection and
Pilotage
Anchorage
1¼ miles SW. Depths 25 to
61 m, mud and
sand. Pilots for
Zhoushan (6.149)
and Ningbo
(6.119).
Chinese Chart 13381; Chinese Notices 7/430T/10,
15/781/10; Zhoushan VTS Guide; BA Chart 1124
(SDDs 2010000 010991; 028252; 070379) [23/10]
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Ningbo
Gang approaches — Wrecks; depths
242
Paragraph 6.70 7 line 4 Replace by:
Wk23/10
Clear of a number of wrecks, depths 23 to 32 m, the
existence of some of which are doubtful, and an
area in which anchoring and fishing are
prohibited, all lying between 1 and 2¾ miles S
and SSE of Yanyxiaomao Dao Light, and:
ESE of Zhitou Jiao (6.81) (1¼ miles SW), thence:
IV
4.3
247
Paragraph 6.99 4 lines 10 -13 Replace by:
ENE of a dangerous rock, 3½ miles SSW, reported
2007, lying 2 cables ESE of Daxiao Huanggan
Light (white concrete column, 12 m in height)
standing on a drying reef close off the SE point of
Jintang Dao, and a rock, depth 2⋅1 m,1¾ cables
farther SSW.
250
After Paragraph 6.125 2 line 2 Insert:
SSE of a rock, depth 2⋅1 m(2½ miles NE), lying
3 cables SSE of Daxiao Huanggan Light (6.99),
close off the SE point of Jintang Dao (6.50); other
dangerous rocks lie between, thence:
251
Paragraph 6.127 3 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
The track then leads WNW towards Yongjiang Kou,
passing N of two jetties lying 3½ cables WSW and
7 cables W of Zhongmenzhu Dao; wrecks, depths
5
18⋅9 m and19.9m lie2½cables to N of the W jetty,
see 6.128.
Paragraph 6.128 5 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
NNW of a wreck, depth 19⋅9 m (9 cables ENE),
thence:
NNW of a wreck, depth 18⋅9 m,2¼cables WNW,
thence:
NNW of an isolated rock, depth 2⋅4 m(4½cables ENE), lying 1¾ cables N of Waizhi Shan, thence:
NNW of a wreck (2½ cables NE) (see note on the
chart), thence:
Chinese Notices 15/783/10; 15/784/10; 15/785/10;
15/792/10; 15/793/10; UKHO
(SDDs 2010000 070382; 070383; 070384; 070393;
070394) [23/10]
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Yingkou -
Bayuquan and Xianren — Port; depths; pilotage;
aids to navigation; lights; directions; channels
420
Paragraph 10.267 Replace by:
General information
10.267
1 Bayuquan (40°18′N 122°06′E), part of the port of
Yingkou (10.236), and also referred to as Yingkou
Gang, now handles the majority of foreign trade for
the combined port. The port has five numbered basins
and Basin A to the N. Angang Bayuquan (10.278) is a
new port development for steel works to the ENE, and
to the S is Xianren Dao (10.280), another new
development for large tankers.
Port limits are shown on the chart.
2 Approach and entry. Bayuquan is approached from
W and entered through a fairway marked by light
buoys (lateral) and leading lights. There are branches
from the fairway to Basin A and No 1 Basin.

3 Angang Bayuquan is approached from NW through
a channel marked by leading lights and light buoys
(lateral).
Xianren Dao is approached from WSW through a
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) leading NE
thence E.
Traffic: see 10.241.
Port Authority: see 10.242.
Paragraph 10.268 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. The least depth in the fairway,
and on the alignment of leading lights where
appropriate, is 16⋅6 m to a position close NNE of
No 23 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (40°17′⋅28N
122°03′⋅95E) and thereafter 13⋅5 m to a position
between the heads of North and West Breakwaters at
the entrance of the S part of the harbour. On the
alignment of leading lights approaching Basin A there
is an avoidable depth of 15⋅9 m at the beginning of
the alignment, and thereafter a least depth of 16⋅2 m,
but less depths on approaching some berths. On the
alignment of leading lights entering No 1 Basin the
least depth is 16⋅0 m.
2 In Angang Hangdo (10.277) the least depth in the
channel on the alignment of leading lights is 8⋅1 m,
but depths of 5 m lie close to this alignment.
Paragraph 10.269 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 Large Vessels Anchorage, marked at its centre
by a light buoy (special) (40°21′⋅7N
121°52′⋅9E), with depths from 12 to 15 m,
mud and sand. An obstruction, depth 14⋅1 m,
lies in the NW part. Dangerous wrecks lie
close N, and 4 cables W of NW corner,
position approximate. Two obstructions, least
depths 11⋅6 and 11⋅7 m, lie close S and
6½ cables S of the anchorage respectively.
Paragraph 10.269 3 Replace by:
3 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding positions
are:
40°15′⋅30N 121°48′⋅55E in outer approaches.
40°18′·42N 121°54′·05E.
40°17′·82N 121°58′·05E, both positions adjacent to
Bayuquan Gangqu Fairway.
40°21′·12N 122°00′·09E, within the small vessels
and quarantine anchorage.
4 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Vessels bound for Angang Bayuquan (10.278) or
Xianren Dao (10.280) should contact Yingkou VTS
(10.251) for pilot boarding location.
Tugs are available.
After Paragraph 10.272 Insert:
Other aids to navigation
10.272a
1 Racons:
Xianren Dao S Breakwater Head Light (40°12′⋅8N
121°56′⋅9E).
Bayuquan No 4 Light Buoy (40°23′⋅40N
122°01′⋅90E).
Bayuquan N Breakwater W Head Light
(40°20′⋅30N 122°07′⋅64E).
Yingkou Light Float (40°31′⋅1N 121°59′⋅0E).
IV
4.4
Paragraph 10.273 1 line 5 to 2 line 10, including existing
Section IV Notice Week 13/10 Replace by:
SE of a well, depth 19⋅6 m, (34 miles WSW); a buoy
(port hand) lies close N, thence;
Clear of an obstruction (25¼ miles WSW), thence:
2 NW of a light buoy (isolated danger) (23 miles
WSW), moored close W of a dangerous
wreck, thence:
NW of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(22½ miles WSW), marking the entrance
channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to
Xianren Dao, see 10.280, keeping to NW of the
channel, thence:
NW of two light buoys (W cardinal) (20 miles and
16½ miles WSW) marking the 10 m depth
contour of the coastal bank which extends to
10 miles offshore, thence:
NW of an obstruction (19½ miles WSW), thence:
Clear of 9⋅4 m shoal (16½ miles W), sounding
doubtful.
After Paragraph 10.273 3 line 8 Insert:
For entry to Angang Bayuquan see 10.277.
421
Paragraph 10.275 Replace by:
1 Leading lights:
Basin A Front Light (red and white square on metal
structure, 29 m in height) (40°18′⋅51N
2
122°04′⋅83E),
Rear Light (similar structure, 35 m in height) (250 m
from front).
From a position on the above 097½° alignment
3½ cables WSW of No 20 Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(2 miles W) and N of a rock, depth 8⋅1 m, the
channel, marked by light buoys (W cardinal and
1
lateral), leads on the alignment (067½°) for 2 miles
into Basin A, in which works are in progress (2008)
in N part.
Paragraph 10.276 1 and 2 Replace by:
Leading lights:
No 1 Basin Front Light (red square, white stripes on
black metal framework tower, 28 m in height)
(40°17′⋅75N 122°05′⋅48E);
Rear Light (red and white vertical rectangle on black
metal framework tower, 34 m in height) (1 cable
from front).
2 From the above position N of No 23 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) the alignment (072½°) of leading
lights leads into the basin, passing NNW of No 25
Light Buoy (W cardinal). The N side of the channel is
marked by light buoys (preferred channel to starboard).
Paragraph 10.277 Replace by:
1 From a position W of the entrance to the main
fairway (40°17′N 121°50′E) to Bayuquan and clear of
a dangerous wreck (40°16′⋅7N 121°48′⋅6E) marked by
a light buoy (isolated danger), the track leads N for a
7 miles then E for 9 miles passing to seaward of the
anchorage areas (10.269) and clear of the following
dangers:
Dangerous wreck (40°19′⋅83N 121°49′⋅15E),
position approximate;
Wk23/10

2 Spoil Ground, diameter 1⋅8 miles, centred on a
light buoy (special) (40°20′⋅00N
121°47′⋅20E);
Dangerous wreck (40°22′⋅89N 121°50′⋅15E),
position approximate;
Dangerous wreck (40°22′⋅98N 121°53′⋅90E);
Spoil Ground A (40°22′⋅64N 121°59′⋅30E)
(10.269).
3 From a position close NE of No 1 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (40°23′⋅6N 122°00′⋅9E) the main
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads for
about 7 miles towards Angang Bayuquan (10.278)
(40°20′⋅00N 122°08′⋅00E) on the alignment (126°) of
leading lights and passing SW of No 4 Light Buoy
(racon) (40°23′⋅40N 122°01′⋅90E), (neither buoy is
shown on the chart).
4 Leading Lights:
Middle Front Light (white diamond with red stripe,
on black metal framework tower, 34 m in height)
(40°19′⋅85N 122°08′⋅24E),
Middle Rear Light (similar construction, 15 m in
height) (8 cables from front).
Two further pairs of lights mark the sides of the
channel:
5 East Front Light (white inverted triangle with
red stripe, on red and white metal framework
tower, 34 m in height) (40°19′⋅85N
122°08′⋅29E),
East Rear Light (similar construction, 15 m in
height) (8 cables from front);
West Front Light (white triangle with red stripe, on
green and white metal framework tower, 34 m in
height) (40°19′⋅83N 122°08′⋅21E),
6 West Rear Light (similar construction, 15 m in
height) (8 cables from front).
The basin is entered between N Breakwater W Head
Light (red and white concrete column, 8 m in height)
(40°20′⋅30N 122°07′⋅64E), and W Breakwater E Head
Light (green and white concrete column, 8 m in
height), 2¼ cables WSW. W Breakwater is a detached
breakwater, marked at SW end by W Head Light
(white concrete column, 8 m in height).
Paragraph 10.280 Replace by:
1 Xianren Dao (40°12′⋅60N 121°57′⋅10E), not named
on the chart, lies 3½ miles NW of Xianrendao Jiao
and 8 miles SW of Bayuquan, and is similarly part of
Yingkou Gang. South Breakwater, extends 4¼ miles
WNW and NW from the shore, its head marked by a
light (white concrete column, green bands, 14 m in
height). The crude oil pier lies on E side of head of
the breakwater and is marked at N and S ends by
lights (white concrete columns, blue stripes, 14 m in
height), and reportedly (2009) can accommodate
tankers up to 300 000 dwt and draught of 25 m.
2 Directions. The approach channel, marked by light
buoys (lateral) is entered passing close NW of
No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (40°09′⋅32N
121°38′⋅98E) and leading 051¼°/231¼° for 8¼ miles
to a position between No 14 Light Buoy (port hand)
(40°12′⋅44N 121°43′⋅57E) and No 17 Light Buoy
(starboard hand), 2 miles ENE.
Wk23/10
IV
4.5
3 The channel then leads 089¼°/269¼° for 14 miles
to the turning basin E of the South Breakwater head.
The least charted depth in the channel is 15⋅2 m,
and in the turning basin is 11⋅8 m; it is reported that
channel width is 300 m.
No other details are available and further
information, including details of pilotage, should be
obtained from Yingkou VTS (10.251) or the local
authorities.
Chinese Charts11519; 11521; Chinese Notices 50/1585;
1838/09
(SDDs 2009000 144277; 148510; 194276;
2010000 021567) [23/10]
NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2008 Edition)
Philippine Islands - Bantangas Bay — Traffic
separation scheme
241
After Paragraph 8.82 1 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme
8.82a
1 The Batangas Bay TSS is not IMO adopted.
The Philippine Authorities advise that the principles
for the use of the routeing system defined in Rule 10
of International Regulations for Preventing Collision
at Sea (1972) apply.
See also 8.56a.
242
Paragraph 8.87 1 line 5 For Batangas Bay Read Bantagas
Bay TSS (8.82a)
Paragraph 8.87 3 line 9 -10 Replace by:
On exiting the Bantangas Bay TSS the track then
leads NNE towards the pilot boarding positions, or the
anchorages, off Batangas.
Philippine Notice 5/69/09
(SDD 2009000 046273) [23/10]
NP69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America - Port Mansfield —
Directions; buoyage
173
Paragraph 7.65 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...keeping clear of charted dangerous wrecks. Thence:
US Notice 19/11301/10
(SDD 2010000 072526) [23/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Queensland - Hay Point Port and Mackay
approaches — Directions; depths; anchorage
218
Paragraph 6.43 2 line 6 For 215° Read 213°
Paragraph 6.43 3 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
SE of Bailey Islet distant 3½ miles.
For vessels bound for Hay Point Port the
recommended track shown on the chart continues SW
to a position 11 miles SSW of Bailey Islet Light.
For vessels bound for Mackay the track leads WSW
to join the alignment (288°) of Outer Harbour Leading
Light Beacons (6.200) in the vicinity of 21°08′S
149°22′E.
219
Paragraph 6.48 2 line 3 Replace by:
...Isles before leading between the offshore
anchorage of Hay Point Port (6.163) and Cumberland
Islands (7.4), thence to a position 3½ miles NE of
Bailey...
Paragraph 6.48 3 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
3 A third track from a position 4 miles SW of
Cheviot Island (22°05′S 150°40′E) also leads generally
NW but passes inshore of Percy Isles, and between the
offshore anchorage of Hay Point Port and Cumberland
Islands, before leading to a position 3½ miles NE of
Bailey Islet (21°02′S 149°33′E). The least depth
adjacent to this track is 16⋅4 m (21°25′S 149°57′E).
221
Paragraph 6.56 7 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
7 NE of the offshore anchorage (6.163), extending
33 miles ENE of Hay Point Port, thence:
SW of Snare Peak and Penrith Islands (27½ and
32½ miles NNW, respectively) (6.55).
Thence the track leads WNW, passing:
SSW of Derwent Island (37¼ miles NNW) (6.55),
thence:
SSW of Three Rocks (41 miles NW) (6.43), thence:
Paragraph 6.57 2 line 11 For 17⋅4 m Read 16⋅6 m
Paragraph 6.57 4 line 6 For 11⋅6 m Read 10⋅8 m
Paragraph 6.58 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Thence the track leads NNW, passing
222
After Paragraph 6.58 1 lines 9 Insert:
WSW of Sphinx Islet (6.56), thence:
Paragraph 6.58 2 line 1 For NE Read ENE
Wk22/10
4.1
Paragraph 6.58 3 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
[22/10]
ENE of the offshore anchorage (6.163), extending
33 miles ENE of Hay Point Port, thence:
WSW of Snare Peak and Penrith Islands (27½ and
32½ miles NNW, respectively) (6.55).
4 Thence the track leads WNW, passing:
SSW of Derwent Island (37¼ miles NNW) (6.55),
thence:
SSW of Three Rocks (41 miles NW) (6.43), thence:
Paragraph 6.59 1 line 7 Replace by: ...1½ miles.
231
Paragraph 6.134 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by: ...entrance to
Broad Sound.
234
Paragraph 6.163 Replace by:
1 Designated anchor berths are situated N and S of
the approach track from ENE; the positions of berths
and depths available can be seen on the chart. Berths
are allocated by VTS.
Designated anchor berths, as shown on the chart,
are also situated within an offshore anchorage area
centred on position 21°10′S 149°45′E and extending
up to 33 miles ENE of the port.
2 Vessels of more than 50 m LOA transiting the area
are to remain outside the offshore anchorage, except as
directed by the Regional Harbour Master, Mackay.
Smaller vessels may transit the anchorages, see 6.166
for further details.
235
Paragraph 6.173 1 lines 2 -9 Replace by:
Entry. From a position 13¼ miles ENE of Hay
Point Light the recommended track leads 253° towards
Hay Point Port. Course may then be adjusted as
required to the assigned anchorage or pilot boarding
place.
Departure. From a position close off the berths, the
track initially leads SSE for 1 mile, thence ENE for
about 6 miles through the dredged departure channel,
which is marked by light beacons (lateral). Thence the
recommended track leads 063° to a position 13¼ miles
ENE of Hay Point Light.
238
Paragraph 6.200 2 line 1 For 10 miles E Read 7 miles ENE
239
Paragraph 6.201 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 From a position W of Bailey Islet (21°02′S
149°33′E) the track leads SW as required, passing
(with positions from Flat Top Island Lighthouse
(21°09′⋅7S 149°14′⋅8E)):
Australian Charts 249, 823
(AA470558; AA447784) [22/10]

NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark - Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance
287
Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/10 Paragraph 8.19 1
line 4 For 16⋅9 m Read 18 m
Danish Chart 141
(SDD 2010000 052332) [22/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal —
Marina Wharves
283
Paragraph 8.278 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...yards, and a short open basin on the SW side. It is a
major container handling...
Paragraph 8.279 2 Delete
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(SDD 2010000 051571) [22/10]
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Sicilia - Porto di Giardini -Naxos —
Pilotage
450
Paragraph 13.28 2 line 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over
500 gt; this requirement is periodically reviewed.
Military, fishing and local vessels are exempt.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
Giardini -Naxos Pilot
(SDD 2010000 076564) [22/10]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2007 Edition)
North Island - Rangaunu Harbour —
Directions; leading lights; buoyage
184
Paragraph 7.22 2 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
2 Thence the track leads SE through the narrows,
passing (with positions from Wairakia Point Light
Beacon (34°54′⋅1S 173°18′⋅1E)):
Paragraph 7.22 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 7.22 3 line 3 For 3⋅5 m Read 3⋅0 m
Paragraph 7.22 4 line 1 For beacon Read light beacon
IV
4.2
After Paragraph 7.22 4 line 4 Add:
E of Walker Island Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(6½ cables SSW), thence:
New Zealand Notice 10/90(P)10; Chart NZ5113
(SDD 2010000 078288) [22/10]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2008 Edition)
Talgjefjorden - Kingestad — anchorage
181
Paragraph 5.135 2 Delete
Norwegian Notice 09/27342/10
(SDD 2010000 079493) [22/10]
Fedje - Fedjefjorden — pilot boarding points
353 - 354
Paragraph 10.6 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is arranged through Safe Sea Net, or
alternatively through the Kvitsøy Pilot Booking Centre,
and is available throughout 24 hours. The pilot
2
boarding points for the area covered by this chapter
are as follows:
Korsfjorden (Korskfjorden on Chart 288). In the
entrance to Korsfjorden (60°08′⋅6N 5°01′⋅0E),
7 cables N of Store Marstein.
West Fedje. In position 60°46′⋅0N 4°27′⋅9E for
vessels over 30 000 gt carrying hazardous or
polluting cargo.
Fedjeosen No 2. In position 60°44′⋅1N 4°44′⋅0E,
1⋅2 miles SSE of Hellisøy Light.
Fedjefjorden No 3, by appointment only. In position
60°45′⋅7N 04°46′⋅1E, 1⋅1 miles SE of Fedje
Light.
3 West Holmengrå. In position 60°51′⋅0N 4°25′⋅9E
for vessels over 30 000 gt carrying hazardous
or polluting cargo.
Holmengrå No 2. In position 60°54′⋅1N 04°39′⋅0E,
8 cables N of Holmengrå Light.
Fensfjorden No 3, by appointment only. In position
60°51′⋅4N 4°45′⋅2E, 5 cables N of Grimeskjeret
Light.
4 For categories of vessels for which pilotage is
compulsory and for other details see Admiralty Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2) and 1.33.
417
Paragraph 11.3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is arranged through Safe Sea Net, or
alternatively through the Kvitsøy Pilot Booking Centre,
and is available throughout 24 hours. The pilot
boarding points for the area covered by this chapter
are as follows:
West Holmengrå. In position 60°51′⋅0N 4°25′⋅9E for
vessels over 30 000 gt carrying hazardous or
polluting cargo.
2 Holmengrå No 2. In position 60°54′⋅1N
04°39′⋅0E, 8 cables N of Holmengrå Light.
Fensfjorden No 3, by appointment only. In position
60°51′⋅4N 4°45′⋅2E, 5 cables N of Grimeskjeret
Light.
Norwegian Notice 9/27365/10
(SDD 2010000 079493) [22/10]
Wk22/10

Fedje - Fedjeforden and Kavnnhovden —
pilot boarding points
459
Paragraph 12.3 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
27/08 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is arranged through Safe Sea Net, or
alternatively through the Kvitsøy Pilot Booking Centre,
and is available throughout 24 hours. The pilot
boarding points for the area covered by this chapter
are as follows:
West Holmengrå. In position 60°51′⋅0N 4°25′⋅9E for
vessels over 30 000 gt carrying hazardous or
polluting cargo.
2 Holmengrå No 2. In position 60°54′⋅1N
04°39′⋅0E, 8 cables N of Holmengrå Light.
Fensfjorden No 3, by appointment only. In position
60°51′⋅4N 4°45′⋅2E, 5 cables N of Grimeskjeret
Light.
Kvannhovden. In position 61°42′⋅0N 4°45′⋅6E,
2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light.
3 Kvannhovden West. In position 61°43′⋅0N
4°23′⋅5E; to be used by vessels more than
30 000 gt or with a freeboard greater than
8 m. Pilots may board by helicopter.
Hellefjorden. In position 61°39′⋅1N 4°51′⋅2E, for
use in adverse weather.
4 For categories of vessels for which pilotage is
compulsory and for other details see Admiralty Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2) and 1.33.
Norwegian Notices 4/292/08; 9/27365/10
(SDDs 2008000 021679; 2010000 079493) [22/10]
Wk22/10
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Taiwan - West coast - T’aipei Kang — Vessel
traffic service; racon; pilotage
98
Paragraph 2.202 1 Replace by:
1 T’aipei VTS operates within 20 miles of T’aipei and
vessels should make contact when entering its area,
see 2.212.
Chi -lung VTS. Its use is mandatory for most
vessels operating within 20 miles of Chi -lung, see
2.237.
99
Paragraph 2.208 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Racons:
T’aipei Kang LT7 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(25°08′⋅83N 121°19′⋅40E).
100
Paragraph 2.212 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Vessel traffic service. T’aipei VTS provides
information for safe navigation of vessels within
3
20 miles of the port and vessels should make contact
when entering the area; for details see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
Notice of ETA is required 7, 5, 3 and 2 days, also
24...
Paragraph 2.212 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels over
500 gt, and Taiwanese vessels over 1000 gt. Pilots
1
board 1½ miles WNW of N Outer Breakwater Head
Light.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Paragraph 2.215 1 line 1 Replace by:
Racons:
T’aipei Kang LT7 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(25°08′⋅83N 121°19′⋅40E).
T’aipei Port VTS Procedures
(SDD 2010000 056144) [21/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Sungai
Asahan — Directions; light
115
Paragraph 4.180 2 line 5 For 8½ cables Read 4½ cables
Paragraph 4.181 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
The track then leads SSW, passing:
4.1
[21/10]
Paragraph 4.181 3 line 3 For , 1 cable SSE. Read
(3°01′⋅49N 99°51′⋅63E).
Paragraph 4.181 3 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
The track then leads S passing W of the Rear Light
(3°00′⋅90N 99°51′⋅61E) (4.180) into Sungai Asahan.
Indonesian Notice 16/10
(SDD 2010000 072249) [21/09]
NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2008 Edition)
Albania - Durres — Directions; light
178
Paragraph 6.36 1 lines 2 -3 Delete
180
Paragraph 6.39 1 line 6 Delete Light
Paragraph 6.39 3 line 3 For 4¼ Read 4
Paragraph 6.39 3 line 6 For 1¼ miles Read 9 cables
Paragraph 6.40 1 line 1 Delete Light
Paragraph 6.40 1 line 3 For 1¼ miles SE Read 1 mile ESE
Paragraph 6.40 2 line 1 For 1¼ Read 1
Paragraph 6.40 2 line 4 For 6½ cables ESE Read 6 cables E
Paragraph 6.40 2 line 5 For 4 Read 6½
Paragraph 6.49 1 line 2 Delete
Italian Notice 8.21 - 21 -IV -2010
(SDD 2010000 071971) [21/10]
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2008 Edition)
Paragraph 12.90 Replace by:
Buefjorden — Bulandet
473 -474
Bulandet
12.90
1 Description. The principal harbour and settlement
in the Bulandet group is called Bulandet and is
situated on Nikkjøyna (61°17′⋅1N 4°37′⋅9E) and its
surrounding islets. There is a church, a shop and a fish
depot at the settlement. The harbour is best
approached from the S through channels which lead
either side of Steinsøy (61°16′⋅9N 4°38′⋅4E).
2 Directions. The channel lying W of Steinsøy is
approached from Buefjorden on the alignment (008°)
of Sæingskjærålen Leading Lights (posts) (61°17′⋅0N
4°38′⋅1E). The track leads N and NNE, passing (with
positions relative to the front leading light):
Wk21/10

E of Storebåen (9 cables SSW) (12.81), thence:
3 Between Sæingsskjeret (4 cables S) and
Skaldreskjeret (4½ cables SSW), thence:
WNW of Sæingskjærene (2½ cables S), from which
a light (post, 8 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
ESE of a drying patch (2 cables SSW), marked by an
iron perch, thence:
ESE of Årebrotet (1½ cables SSW), from which a
light (post, 4 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
4 ESEofanironperch(1½ cables S), marking the
S end of drying ground.
The track then leads N between the islets fronting
the E side of Nikkjøyna to which they are joined by a
causeway and the W side of Steinsøy. Myrebærskjeret,
a rock, with a depth of 0⋅7 m, lies close off the NW
side of Steinsøy; it is marked by an iron perch.
5 The channel E of Steinsøy is entered close WSW of
Hovden Light (61°16′⋅9N 4°38′⋅7E) (12.88). A light
(post, 6 m in height) is exhibited from the edge of
drying ground off the NE side of Steinsøy at the N
end of this channel.
Anchorage. It is not advisable to anchor in the area
around Nikkjøyna as there are several unmarked
overhead cables along with submarine pipelines and
cables.
6 Berths. The harbour of Bulandet contains several
quays arranged along the E side of Nikkjøyna, N of
the causeway, and on the islet, joined to Nikkjøyna by
the causeway, to the E. The largest quay is situated on
the E side of the latter islet, with a length of 64 m and
depths from 8⋅6 to 19⋅6 m alongside.
Supplies. Fresh water and fuel are obtainable.
7 Communications. A ferry service connects
Bulandet with Nybø, on the E side of Værøy, with
Fure (12.179) in Dalsfjorden, and with Askvoll
(61°20′⋅9N 5°04′⋅2E) (12.211). Calls are also made by
a district boat.
Norwegian Chart 25
(HH. 57A/200/02) [21/10]
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Nesøya - Jovika — Directions; leading lights
210
Paragraph 5⋅40 2 line 1 to 3 line 7 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position about 3 cables S of
Lille Svenningen Light (66°34′⋅2N 12°35′⋅7E), the
track leads ENE into Jovika, passing (with positions
relative to Lille Svenningen Light):
SSE of a rock (2 cables SE) with a depth of 4⋅0 m,
thence:
3 SSE of a rock (2½ cables ESE) with a depth of
4⋅9 m, thence:
Between the shore of Nesøya, to the S, marked by
Jovikgrunnen Light (floodlit) (3¾ cables ESE),
and a line of rocks and drying patches (2¾ cables
Eto6¼ cables ENE), to the N, marked by lights
and iron perches.
Norwegian Notice 8/27235/10
(SDD 2010000 070894) [21/10]
Wk21/10
IV
4.2
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Campbeltown Loch — Pilotage; depths
Paragraph 4.41 Replace by:
110
1 Licensed pilots are available at Campbeltown.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels within the
harbour limits. Exempted are vessels of less than 80m
in length and fishing vessels which are carrying
marine harvests that they have caught themselves,
unless the vessel is carrying dangerous or polluting
substances in bulk (as defined in the Dangerous
Substances in Harbour Area Regulations 1987) and
excepting all vessels which are not gas free. Masters
and First Mates of vessels holding a current PEC will
be exempt from pilotage.
2 Pilot boards 5 cables NE of Island Davaar Light
(55°26′N 5°32′W), but vessels classed as large, LOA
125 m or over and/or a draught of 8 m, may be
boarded 1¾ miles ENE of Island Davaar Light.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (1).
111
Paragraph 4.44 1 line 5 -6 For has dredged depths (1983) of
4 m in the entrance. Read has dredged depths (2010) of 7 m
in the entrance.
Campbeltown Pilots
(RSDRA 2010000 073137) [21/10]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal - Leixôes — Outer anchorage
138
Paragraph 5.61 1 lines1to4Replace by:
1 Outer anchorage. An anchorage area with depths
between 27 and 39 m has been established bounded by
the following positions:
41°06′N 8°49′W
41°06′N 8°45′W
41°11′N 8°45′W
41°11′N 8°49′W.
However strong W winds may make this anchorage
impractible.
139
Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/10 Paragraph 5.71 1
lines7to9Replace by:
...(41°09′N 8°41′W) (5.97) passes through the outer
anchorage (5.61), S of an 18⋅6 m depth (5.45), and then
leads to a position S of Canal Exterior.
Portuguese Notice 201/10
(SDD 2010000 071964) [21/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2010 Edition)
Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni —
General information; directions
74
Paragraph 2.70 4 line 6 Replace by:
...SL Light Buoy (5°51′⋅80N 53°51′⋅76W) where the
pilot...
Paragraph 2.72 1 line 7 Replace by:
...Buoy (safe water) (5°51′⋅80N 53°51′⋅76W).
Existing Section IV Notice Week 18/10 Paragraph 2.72 3
Replace by:
3 ESE of a stranded wreck (5°48′⋅07N
53°57′⋅00W), position doubtful; a dangerous
wreck, position approximate, lies 8 cables
WNW. Tijger Bank (Banc Hollandaise),
which dries, lies 1¾ miles WNW of the
stranded wreck. Another stranded wreck
(5°46′⋅59N 53°57′⋅92W), lies off the SE side
of the bank. Thence:
WNW of a drying bank (5°45′⋅66N 53°56′⋅87W),
extending NNE from Pointe Française, thence:
WNW of Pointe Française (5°44′⋅57N 53°57′⋅09W).
Paragraph 2.72 4 line 3 For Arouba Read Arouaba
French Chart 7376
(SDD 2010000 063631) [20/10]
Colombia - Punta de la Garita - Directions —
Light
280
Paragraph 9.144 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
Paragraph 9.147 1 line 7 For 9.144 Read red and
white tower
Colombian Notice 50/10
(SDD 2010000 049964) [20/10]
Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — General
information; depths; directions; landmark;
lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths
292
Paragraph 9.245 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.245
293
Paragraph 9.248 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Landmark:
Tank (8°05′⋅72N 76°43′⋅70W).
Major lights:
Wk20/10
4.1
Paragraph 9.249 2 lines 8 -14 Replace by:
[20/10]
ENE of Isla Los Muertos Light (8°07′⋅97N
76°49′⋅04W) (red tower, white bands), thence:
WSW of Punta Yarumal (Yarumul) (8°06′⋅08N
76°44′⋅61W), from which a light (9.248) is
exhibited 5¾ cables NNW, thence:
ENE of the shoal water extending 2½ miles SE of
Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco) (8°05′⋅43N
76°49′⋅76W).
Paragraph 9.249 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 The track then leads to a position 1½ miles W of
Punta Las Vacas (8°03′⋅82N 76°44′⋅58W), the W
entrance point...
Paragraph 9.249 3 line 4 For 1½ cables NW Read
1¾ cables NNE
Paragraph 9.251 2 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
...deepest mouth, Bocas Roto (9.249), Boca Matuntugo,
Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco) (9.249), Boca Urabá,
Boca del Leoncito (8°01′⋅38N 76°50′⋅18W) and Boca
Pichindicito (8°01′⋅23N 76°51′⋅82W). These mouths,
except the latter, are navigable by canoes and...
Paragraph 9.252 2 lines 1 and 3 For Cocogrande Read
Coco Grande
294
Paragraph 9.254 2 lines 1 -5 Delete
Paragraph 9.255 1 line 5 For 1½ Read 1
Paragraph 9.255 1 lines 7 -8 For 3 miles SSE Read
2 miles SW
Paragraph 9.255 2 line 1 For 1¾ miles Read 1½ miles
Paragraph 9.257 1 line 1 For 1¾ miles Read 1½ miles
Paragraph 9.257 1 line 7 Replace by:
...(7°56′⋅32N 76°44′⋅98W) exhibited from the...
Paragraph 9.258 Replace by:
1 Río León Anchorage. This anchorage off the
mouth of Río León (7°56′⋅30N 76°45′⋅08W), in the SE
corner of Bahía Colombia, is used between May and
December for loading bananas and lumber from
2
barges. The reported anchorage is, in a depth of 18 m,
about 2½ miles WNW of the river mouth.
Pichindi Anchorage, on the S side of the delta of
Río Atrato, lies between Boca del Leoncito (9.251)
and Boc1a Pichindicito, 1 mile W. It is used between
December and May, when the anchorage affords some
shelter from the prevailing N and NE winds; vessels
load bananas and lumber as off Río León.

3 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile SSE of a
buoy (special) (8°01′⋅14N 76°51′⋅22W), in a depth of
22 m. By day, the light buoy is reported to be difficult
to distinguish against the land, but the mooring buoys
about 2 and 4 cables E of the light buoy are more
easily seen. The coastline in the vicinity of the
anchorage does not show up well on radar; shoaling
has also been reported off Boca Pichindi.
4 Alongside berths. There are two berths at Punta
Las Vacas which are used by tankers, of 800 gt or
less, to discharge refined petroleum products loaded at
Bahía Cartagena (9.151); maximum allowed draught
3⋅0 m. There are also several small wharfs situated in
Bahía Turbo used by local vessels.
BA Chart 2262
(HH. 07A/200/02) [20/10]
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America - Alaska -
Port Clarence — Loran tower
312
Paragraph 9.78 1 line 9 to 2 line 10 Replace by:
2 Useful mark:
Point Spencer Light (framework tower, red and
white chequered diamond daymark) (65°16′⋅6N
166°50′⋅9W), seasonal. On the spit S of the light
is a US Coast Guard airstrip. Some green fuel
tanks on the spit are only visible from E.
United States Coast Guard
(HH. 023/200/01) [20/10]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - South coast - Littlehampton —
Limiting conditions; arrival information
70
Paragraph 3.18 2 lines 10 -11 For draught 4⋅6 m (HW
Springs), 3⋅8 m (HW Neaps); Read minimum UKC 0⋅5 m;
70–71
Paragraph 3.19 2 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for all merchant vessels.
Pilots board about one mile S of the harbour entrance
as shown on the chart.
Vessels should not approach closer than one mile
from the entrance until the pilot is onboard.
Littlehampton Harbour Board
(SDD 2010000 062433) [20/10]
IV
4.2
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - East coast - Hangkou Wan - Jinshan -
Cao Jing — Directions; wharf
Paragraph 6.285 Replace by:
273
1 From a position about 5 cables SSW of K23 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (30°43′⋅04N 121°35′⋅42E), and
at the intersection of routes, the berths at Cao Jing
are approached through a channel marked by light
buoys (lateral), leading WNW for about 5 miles to a
position N of K28 Light Buoy (30°44′⋅09N
121°29′⋅26E).
2 For SCA Hua Sheng and Vokpor Chemical
Terminals the routes then continues NW for 2 miles
towards the jetties.
Shanghai Caojing Power Plant Wharf is approached
through a channel, width 500 m, leading W for
2½ miles and entered passing N of a light buoy
(preferred channel to starboard) (30°44′⋅47N
121°26′⋅78E). A light buoy (special) lies 2½ cables S
of the head of the wharf.
After Paragraph 6.288 1 line 7 Insert:
Shanghai Caojing Power Plant Wharf, 2½ miles
WSW of SCA Hua Sheng and Vokpor Chemical
Terminals, is an F--shaped jetty extending 1 mile SSE
from the shore, and at its head the Coal Wharf, length
270 m, depth 12 m, maximum size 35 000 dwt,
although designed for 50 000 dwt; the Multi -purpose
Wharf lies further inshore, maximum size 2000 dwt,
depth 7⋅4 m.
Chinese Notices 41/Sect1/09; 14/739/10
(SDDs 2009000 148528; 2010000 064810) [20/10]
NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4
(2009 Edition)
Greece - Saronikós Kólpos - Órmos Keratsiníou
— Directions; dangerous wreck
156
Paragraph 6.162 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
SSW of two dangerous wrecks, lying close S and
2 cables E of Pier No 2; the former is marked by a
buoy (isolated danger), and:
Greek Notice 73/10
(SDD2010000062676) [20/10]
Wk20/10

NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Spain - North -west coast - Ría de Arousa -
Ensenada de Vilagarcia — Directions;
major light; buoyage
105
Paragraph 4.84 1 lines1to5Replace by:
1 Major Light:
Vilagarcia de Arousa Light (42°36′⋅41N 8°46′⋅07W)
(round tower, 9 m in height).
From the vicinity of 42°35′⋅2N 8°50′⋅8W, a position
in the main channel between Bajo Fanequeira (4.76)
and Bajo El Seijo (4.76), the track leads ENE in the
white sector (070° -071°) of Vilagarcia de Arousa
Light, to the entrance to the bay passing (with
positions from Islote Gorma (42°35′⋅1N 8°48′⋅4W)):
After Paragraph 4.84 3 line 5 Add:
NNW of a light buoy (starboard hand) (9½ cables
NNE), 6½ cables WSW of the head of Dique de
Ferrazo (42°36′⋅03N 8°47′⋅14W). The buoy
marks the W extremity of the 9 m dredged
channel (2000). Thence:
Paragraph 4.84 4 lines1to3Replace by:
4 NNW of Dique de Ferrazo to the allocated
berth.
Spanish Notice 16/124/10
(SDD 2010000 067322) [20/10]
Wk20/10
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - East coast - Yushan Liedao
south -eastwards — Wrecks
221
After Paragraph 5.169 1 line 8 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (7¾ miles SE), position
approximate (reported 2010); another dangerous
wreck, position approximate, lies 9¾ miles
farther SE, thence:
Chinese Notice 13/704/10
(SDD 2010000 061979) [19/10]
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou - Nancao
Shuidao and approaches — Directions; depths;
wrecks; precautionary area
281
Paragraph 7.18 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...leads generally NW for about 12 miles to join the
channel through Nancao Hangdao for a further
20 miles.
282
Paragraphs 7.21 2 and 3 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 12/10 Replace by:
2 Nancao Shuidao through Nancao Hangdao
(7.42), Auxiliary Channel has a least charted
depth in the buoyed channel of 5⋅0 m,
although lesser depths, some swept, exist near
the channel edges. Above Jiuduansha
Precautionary Area (7.42) a number of
wrecks and obstructions, least swept depth
7⋅6 m, lie in mid -channel, with lesser depths,
some swept, near the channel edges.
3 Nancao Shuidao through Nanzhi Hangdao
(7.44). There is a least depth of 3⋅9 m in the
in -going buoyed channel, and 3⋅6 m in the
out -going channel, however the channel is
obstructed by a number of wrecks, least
swept depth 4⋅3 m, dangerous wrecks and an
obstruction. It is reported (2007) that the
channel is no longer maintained and only
available for vessels less than 200 dwt.
Paragraph 7.26 3 lines 9 -10 Replace by:
A wreck, depth 8⋅3 m, lies
close S of No 2 Anchorage.
285
Paragraph7375 line 3 Replace by:
...areas.
Paragraph7381 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...Light Vessel on Tongsha Shazui (7.44), and a wreck,
depth 8⋅3 m, 10 miles ESE.
4.1
286
Paragraphs 7.42 2 lines 5 -9 Replace by:
[19/10]
Between No 3 Pilot Boarding Positions (11¾ miles
WNW) (7.27).
Paragraphs 7.42 4 and 5 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 12/10 Replace by:
4 The track then continues generally WNW through
Downstream Section of Nancao Channel passing (with
positions from Hengsha Dao Light (31°18′⋅0N
5
121°50′⋅8E)):
NNE of Jiuduan Light Float (14½ miles SSE) (7.34),
and close SSW of A25A Light Buoy (starboard
hand), 7¼ cables NNE.
The track then continues to a position in Jiuduansha
Precautionary Area (11½ miles SSE), the limits of
which are marked by light buoys (lateral), and where
the channel is joined by Nanzhi Hangdao (7.44). A
wreck, swept depth 4⋅3 m, lies in W part of the
6
precautionary area.
Caution. A25A Light Buoy (starboard hand) lies in
middle of the in -going lane of the TSS, and the
separation area lies close SSW of the light buoy. If the
light buoy is passed to NNE, this section of the
in -going lane crosses the tail of a bank, depth 4⋅8 m
(13½ miles SSE); this bank dries to NW. Mariners,
both in -bound and out -bound, should exercise
2
particular caution in this area.
Paragraph7431 line 3 For 16 miles Read 20 miles.
Paragraph7432 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
From a position in Jiuduansha Precautionary Area
(31°05′⋅90N 121°59′⋅00E) (7.42), the track leads
generally NW through...
Paragraph7434 lines 3 -6 Delete
After Paragraph7435 line 4 Insert:
Caution. A number of charted anchorage areas (see
7.47) lie adjacent to both the in -going and out -going
lanes of the TSS.
Paragraphs 7.44 4 line 4 to 5 line 4 including existing
Section IV Notice Week 12/10 Replace by:
Close SSW of a wreck, swept depth 4⋅3 m(3¾ miles
ESE) lying on N side of the channel.
5 The track then continues to a position in Jiuduansha
Precautionary Area (4 miles ESE) (7.42) where the
channel is joined by Nancao Hangdao (7.42).
287
Paragraph 7.47 4 lines 9 -11 Replace by:
...Buoys (starboard hand), depths 7 to 12 m.
Chinese Chart 13170; Chinese Notices 7/353/10;
12/619/10
(SDDs 2009000 043952; 2010000 028234; 058048)
[19/10]
Wk19/10

China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang approaches
— Anchorage; obstruction
322
Existing Section IV Notice Week 11/10 Paragraph 8.36 1
lines 19 -20 Replace by:
No 4 34°54′⋅70N
119°50′⋅00E
Depths about 19 m; an
obstruction, position
approximate, lies within
S corner.
Chinese Notice 13/703/10
(SDD 2010000 061978) [19/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Peninsular Malaysia - Selangor - Approaches to
Pelabuhan Klang - Selat Klang Selatan —
Tanjung Mahang Leading Lights
200
Paragraph 6.205 1 line 8 Replace by:
...base, 18 m in height) (2°54′⋅91N 101°16′⋅02E).
Paragraph 6.205 1 line 10 Replace by:
...white framework tower, concrete base, 25 m in
height) (200 m NNE...
Photograph after Paragraph 6.205 1 line 11 Delete
Marine Department Peninsular Malaysia Notice 19/2010
(SDD 2010000 056086) [19/10]
Singapore — West Coast Ferry Terminal
272
Paragraph 8.181 1 lines 6 -8 Delete
Paragraph 8.182 including heading Replace by:
Spare
8.182
292
Paragraph 8.352 1 lines 4 -7 Delete
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(SDD 2010000 062011) [19/10]
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Sørlandsvågen - Røssnesvågen — Lights;
Directions
367
Paragraph 10.57 2 line 1 Delete
Wk19/10
IV
4.2
368
Paragraph 10.62 4 lines 3 -10 Replace by:
ESE of the entrances to Sørlandsvågen (67°39′⋅4N
12°42′⋅6E) (3 miles SSW) (10.67) and
Røssnesvågen, which are marked by several
lights, thence:
369
Paragraph 10.71 5 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
W of a reef, marked by an iron perch, fringing the W
side of the head of Værøy Molo (67°39′⋅0N
12°43′⋅2N) (1¾ miles N).
Paragraph 10.72 Replace by:
370
1 Røssnesvågen. Værøy Molo Leading Lights:
Front light (post, floodlit) (67°39′⋅0N 12°43′⋅2E).
Rear light (post) (¼ cable NW).
From a position about 5 cables SE of Værøy Molo
Front Light the track initially leads NW on the
alignment (320¼°) of these lights, passing (with
positions relative to Ytre Seiklakken Light (67°38′⋅8N
12°43′⋅3E)):
3 Close NE of a patch (67°38′⋅9N 12°43′⋅4E)
(¾ cable ENE), with a depth of 4⋅9 m, thence:
SW of a rock (67°38′⋅9N 12°43′⋅5E) (1½ cables
NE), with a depth of 3⋅7 m,markedbyaniron
perch, thence:
NE of a rock (67°38′⋅9N 12°43′⋅3N) (½ cable NNE),
with a depth of 3⋅2 m, thence:
3 NE of an above -water rock (67°38′⋅9N
12°43′⋅2E) (¾ cable N) surrounded by drying
ground, thence:
SW of Røstnesvågen S Light (floodlit) (67°39′⋅0N
12°43′⋅4E) (1½ cables NNE); a rock, with a depth
of 1⋅9 m, lies close NW of the light.
4 The track then leads NNW, passing close ENE of
the head of the mole from which Værøy Molo
Leading Lights (67°39′⋅0N 12°43′⋅2N) are exhibited,
and thence through a channel, marked on both sides
by lights and iron perches, into Røstnesvågen.
371
Port plan for Sørlandsvågen (10.73) Replace by:
New port plan accompanying chart c orrection blocks
in Section II.
Norwegian Notices 3/26326/10; 3/26329/10; 6/26855/10;
6/26893/10; 6/26895/10
(SDDs 2010000 025063; 026160; 059101) [19/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2007 Edition)
Angola - Cabinda - Kuito Terminal —
Anchorage
172
Paragraph 6.11 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
Waiting anchorage. Vessels bound for Kuito
Terminal, if not able to berth on arrival, are to wait at
the designated anchorage for Malongo Terminals
(6.45).
CABOC - Malongo
(SDD 2010000 059964) [18/10]
Angola - Offshore terminals - Girassol Terminal
— Waiting area
195
After Paragraph 7.27 1 line 6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 12/09 Insert:
Waiting area. Vessels bound for Girassol Terminal,
if not able to berth on arrival, are to wait at the
designated waiting area for Girassol and Dalia
Terminals (7.34).
TOTAL E&P ANGOLA
(SDD 2010000 051291) [18/10]
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2010 Edition)
Navigation and Regulations - Charts —
Foreign charts
Paragraph 1.14 2 line 3 Delete
Paragraph 1.14 2 line 5 For 6058 Read 7376
3
Instructions nautiques H5
(SDD 2010000 029291) [18/10]
Navigation and Regulations -
Radio facilities — DGPS
After Paragraph 1.26 1 line 5 Insert:
4
Within the area covered by this volume DGPS data
is broadcast from:
Cayenne (Montabo) (4°56′⋅00N 52°18′⋅00W).
UKHO
(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]
4.1
Guyane Française - Îles du Salut to
Fleuve Maroni — Directions
[18/10]
73
Paragraph 2.67 3 line 6 For 5°43′⋅62N 53°57′⋅42W Read
5°44′⋅57N 53°57′⋅09W
French Chart 7376
(SDD 2010000 021155) [18/10]
Guyane Française - Fleuve Mana — Charts;
description; directions
73
Paragraph 2.69 Chart heading Replace by:
Chart 517 (datum undetermined)
Paragraph 2.69 1 line 2 For 5°43′⋅62N 53°57′⋅42W Read
5°44′⋅57N 53°57′⋅09W
Paragraph 2.69 1 line 3 For 5°45′⋅00N 53°52′⋅62W Read
5°44′⋅76N 53°54′⋅26W
Paragraph 2.69 2 line 4 For 5°48′⋅50N 53°56′⋅30W Read
5°48′⋅38N 53°55′⋅98W
French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5
(SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10]
Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Charts;
general information; depth; directions;
landmarks; useful marks; anchorage
73
Paragraph 2.70 Chart heading For French Charts 5883,
6058 Read French Chart 7376
74
Paragraph 2.70 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...entered between Pointe Française (5°44′⋅57N
1
53°57′⋅09W) and Hoek Galibi (Pointe Hollandaise on
French Chart 7376),...
Paragraph 2.70 2 line 2 For 1⋅5 m Read 1⋅2 m
Paragraph 2.70 3 line 2 For 5°43′⋅62N 53°57′⋅42W Read
5°44′⋅57N 53°57′⋅09W
Paragraph 2.70 5 line 9 For 2mNERead 3½ miles NNE
Paragraph 2.70 6 line 6 For 5°48′⋅50N 53°56′⋅30W Read
5°48′⋅38N 53°55′⋅98W
Paragraph 2.71 Replace by:
Landmark:
Radio tower (5°44′⋅74N 53°59′⋅38W), situated on
Hoek Galibi (2.70).
Paragraph 2.72 1 line 4 For 5°43′⋅62N 53°57′⋅42W Read
5°44′⋅57N 53°57′⋅09W
Paragraph 2.72 2 lines 3 -4 For 5°48′⋅50N 53°56′⋅30W
Read 5°48′⋅38N 53°55′⋅98W
Wk18/10

Paragraph 2.72 3 Replace by:
3 ESE of a stranded wreck (5°48′⋅38N
53°55′⋅98W); a dangerous wreck lies 8 cables
WNW and Tijger Bank, which dries, lies
9 cables farther WNW. Another stranded
wreck (5°46′⋅59N 53°57′⋅92W) lies off the SE
side of the bank. Thence:
WNW of a drying bank (5°45′⋅66N 53°56′⋅87W)
extending NNE from Pointe Française, thence:
WNW of Pointe Française (5°44′⋅57N 53°57′⋅09W).
Paragraph 2.72 4 lines 2 -3 For 5°42′⋅83N 53°58′⋅23W
Read 5°43′⋅02N 53°57′⋅92W
Paragraph 2.72 5 Replace by:
5 Useful marks:
House (5°44′⋅75N 53°56′⋅74W) standing in Les
Hattes.
Pylône (5°44′⋅82N 53°59′⋅09W) standing on Hoek
Galibi (2.70).
Radio mast (5°30′⋅33N 54°01′⋅69W).
Light (5°30′⋅41N 54°02′⋅13W) exhibited from the
wreck of the Edith Cavell, lying close NW of
Saint -Laurent du Maroni.
Paragraph 2.73 1 Replace by:
1 Good anchorage may be obtained in Fleuve Maroni
4¾ cables N of Pointe Panato (5°43′⋅02N 53°57′⋅92W)
in 7 m.
French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5
(SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10]
Surinam - Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to
Suriname Rivier — General information;
directions
75
Paragraph 2.78 1 line 2 For 5°43′⋅62N 53°57′⋅42W Read
5°44′⋅57N 53°57′⋅09W
Paragraph 2.79 1 line 1 For 5°44′⋅82N 54°00′⋅72W Read
5°45′⋅06N 53°59′⋅12W
Paragraph 2.80 1 line 2 For 5°43′⋅62N 53°57′⋅42W Read
5°44′⋅57N 53°57′⋅09W
Paragraph 2.80 1 line 4 Replace by:
...depth of 2⋅7 m. Kaaimanshoofd (Cape des Caïmans)
(5°49′⋅98N 54°01′⋅65W), should be...
French Chart 7376
(SDD 2010000 021155) [18/10]
Guyana - New Amsterdam to Georgetown —
Directions; wreck
86
Paragraph 2.177 2 Replace by:
2 NE of a dangerous wreck (6°52′⋅95N
57°49′⋅95W), position approximate. Another
dangerous wreck, postion approximate, lies
5¼ miles W.
Maritime Administration Department, Guyana
(SDD 2010000 021053) [18/10]
Wk18/10
IV
4.2
Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz —
Pilot boarding position
173
Paragraph 5.146 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...pilot boards in Bahía de Pozuelos in position 10°14′⋅90N
64°38′⋅97W, 9½ cables W of Isla Burro (5.155). For...
Venezuela - Puerto Jose —
Pilot boarding position
176
Paragraph 5.174 5 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...speeds of less than force 7. Pilot boards in position
10°08′⋅80N 64°51′⋅48W, 3¼ miles E of Isla Píritu Adentro
Light (5.176).
178
Paragraph 5.174 6 lines 1 -6 Delete
UKHO
(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]
Aruba - South coast — Directions
228
Paragraph 7.166 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 S of the entrance (12°25′⋅23N 69°54′⋅08W) to
the SE part of Sint Nicolaasbaai, marked by a
light buoy and light beacons (7.188), thence:
S of a light buoy (special, position approximate)
(12°24′⋅06N 69°54′⋅90W), thence:
UKHO
(HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10]
Aruba - Sint Nicolaas —
Pilot boarding position
229
Paragraph 7.180 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Reef berths. About 1½ miles WSW of the berths
(7.189).
Paragraph 7.180 2 line 2 For WSW Read W
Paragraph 7.180 2 line 3 For 1½ miles SW Read 5 cables
WSW
Paragraph 7.186 1 line 6 For WSW Read W
230
Paragraph 7.187 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...track leads NNW to the pilot boarding position (7.180),
on the following leading line:
Valero Aruba Refinery & UKHO
(SDD 2010000 017758) [18/10]

Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Bocachica —
Directions - deep -water channel
Paragraph 9.178 5 Delete
284
Colombian Notice 007/2010
(SDD 2010000 021053) [18/10]
Colombia - Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy
292
Paragraph 9.238 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From a position about 10 miles NE of Cabo
Tiburón (9.232), from which a light (9.235) is
exhibited, the track leads SE, passing:
SW of a wave recorder buoy (special) (8°49′⋅98N
77°11′⋅04W), thence:
Colombian Notice 53/10
(SDD 2010000 062694) [18/10]
NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America - Unalaska Island -
Dutch Harbor — Anchorage
207
After Paragraph 6.135 1 line 6 Insert:
In severe weather, restrictions apply to anchoring in
Iliuliuk Bay and vessels are recommended to contact
the Port Authority and consult the United States Coast
Guard Severe Weather Guidelines which may be found
at http://homeport.uscg.mil/anchorage
US Coast Pilot No 9 2009 Edition Change 5
(HH. 078/557/12) [18/10]
NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2007 Edition)
Hong Kong - South -east approaches —
Directions; wreck
300
Paragraph 9.52 2 line 4 For 12⋅8 m Read 22⋅5 m
Hong Kong Notice 7/8/2010
(SDD 2010000 060622) [18/10]
IV
4.3
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan and
Wenzhou Gang and approaches — Directions;
buoyage; vertical clearances; depths;
tidal streams; berths
207
Paragraph 5.74 3 lines 11 -12 Delete
After Paragraph 5.74 5 line 4 Insert:
Clear of Z1 Light Buoy (safe water) (6¼ miles
NNW), and:
208
Paragraph 5.75 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Between Z3 Light Buoy (preferred channel to
port) (6¼ cables WNW) and Z4 Light Buoy
(port hand), thence:
Paragraph 5.76 1 lines 8 -11 Replace by:
Vertical clearances. A cable, vertical clearance
39 m, and a bridge, vertical clearance not known and
marked by light beacons (isolated danger), span
Sanpan Men (27°52′N 121°09′E).
Paragraph 5.77 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
Vertical clearances. A bridge, vertical clearance
not known, and cables with a least vertical clearance
of 31 m, span the channel.
211
Paragraph 5.99 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 The least charted depth in the buoyed channel
through Oujiang Beikou is 4⋅1 m across a bar
7½ cables NE of Longwan Tou (27°58′⋅3N
120°48′⋅2E). In the river above Longwan Tou there are
a number of bars with charted depths between 3 and
4 m in the fairways.
212
After Paragraph 5.112 1 line 8 Insert:
In Oujiang Beikou near Huanghua (27°59′⋅5N
120°55′⋅8E) the in -going stream has a maximum rate
of about 3½ kn and the out -going stream 5½ kn;
between Longwan Tou (27°58′⋅3N 120°48′⋅2E) and
Wenzhou Gang the tidal stream rates are up to 3¾ kn
as noted on the chart.
After Paragraph 5.112 3 line 2 Insert:
Caution. A number of training walls, breakwaters,
submerged dykes and causeways have been
constructed on both sides of the river and its estuary,
and may be expected to have a significant effect on
the strength of the tidal streams and river current.
Wk18/10

213
Paragraph 5.115 1-4 Replace by:
1 Caution. The navigable channel, both in the estuary
of Ou Jiang above the waiting anchorage, and within
the river itself, is subject to frequent, and at times
very rapid, change. Light buoys (lateral) and light
beacons (special) mark the navigable channel and may
be moved without warning to mark these changes, see
note on chart.
2 Entry. From the vicinity of the the pilot and
quarantine anchorage (5.105) N of Qingshan Dao
(27°55′⋅0N 121°06′⋅7E) (5.75), the track initially leads
W through the fairway, marked by light buoys
(lateral), passing:
S of Damen Dao (27°58′⋅0N 121°05′⋅0E) (5.91),
and:
Between Damen Dao and the drying banks that
extend W for 4½ miles from Qingshan Dao,
thence:
3 S of Qingling Yu (27°56′⋅6N 121°04′⋅8E), an
islet off the S side of Damen Dao with a
pointed summit, from where a light (white
metal pole, 8 m in height) is exhibited.
The track then leads W to a position S of
Xiawuxian Zuitou, a point 4 cables SE of the SW
extremity of Damen Dao, and from where a light
(white concrete tower, 12 m in height) is exhibited.
4 The track then continues W for 2 miles, through a
section, ½ cable in width between the 5 m depth
contours, and entered close S of No 11 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (27°56′⋅5N 121°02′⋅4E). An area of
wrecks lies S of the fairway, see note on chart.
From a position close N of No 14 Light Buoy (port
hand) (27°56′⋅4N 121°00′⋅3E), the channel continues
WNW, passing:
NNE of Wenzhou Qiantan (27°56′⋅0N 120°57′⋅0E),
an extensive drying bank, with a causeway on NE
side, which extends SE from Lingkun Dao, and:
SSW of Sanjiao Sha, 1½ miles NNE, the drying
bank lying between the NW part of Damen Dao
and Wenzhou Jiao, 4¼ miles WNW. A
breakwater, marked by four lights (yellow x on
yellow beacons, 10 m in height), extends 2 miles
WNW across the S side of the bank.
Paragraph 5.116 1 lines 1 -9 Replace by:
1 From the above position SW of Wenzhou Jiao
Light, the track leads generally W, passing:
S of Huanghua Wharf (57°59′⋅3N 120°55′⋅7E), with
the town of Huanghua, close N; this shore along
this section of the river is low, and marked by
several light beacons on the N bank; see 5.118.
Thence:
S of Qili Container Terminal (5.120), 2½ miles
WNW, comprising a jetty connected to the shore
by four piers, thence:
BA Chart 1763 Edition No 3 26/11/2009
(SDD 2010000 013059) [18/10]
Wk18/10
IV
4.4
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Russia - Pacific coast - Kozmino — Directions;
fairways; oil loading terminal
266
After Paragraph 7.73 1 line 12 Insert:
FairwayNo2A
7.73a
1 Fairway No 2A leads to the port of Kozmino
(7.74a). The following light beacons mark the
boundary lines of this fairway.
Bukhta Koz’mina (Fairway 2A) Lights in line:
West pair: Front light (green round metal tower,
white rectangular panels, 15 m in height)
(42°42′⋅75N 133°00′⋅66E).
Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (278 m
from front light).
The alignment (133½°) of the above lights marks
the S boundary of Fairway No 2A.
2 East pair: Front light (red round metal tower,
white rectangular panels, 15 m in height)
(42°42′⋅77N 133°01′⋅27E).
Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (180 m
from front light).
The alignment (133½°) of the above lights marks
the N boundary of Fairway No 2A.
FairwayNo2B
7.73b
1 Fairway No 2B leads out of the port of Kozmino.
Bukhta Koz’mina (Fairway 2B) Leading Lights:
Front light (black round metal tower, white
rectangular panels, 5 m in height) (42°43′⋅32N
133°00′⋅98E).
Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (180 m
from front light).
The alignment (095½°), astern, of the above lights
leads through Fairway No 2B.
After Paragraph 7.74 2 line 8 Insert:
Kozmino
General information
7.74a
1 Position and function. Kozmino (42°43′⋅07N
133°00′⋅50E) is situated on the S side of Bukhta
Koz’mina. It is an oil loading terminal.
Topography. The bay has high shores. Some trees
stand on the S shore; the N shore is overgrown with
bushes.
Russian Regulated Area No 367 (Appendix II page
400), where navigation is prohibited, lies to the N of
Mys Koz’mina.

2 Approach and entry. Fairways 2A and 2B (7.73a
and 7.73b) lead, respectively, into and away from an
oil pier which is situated on the SW side of the
entrance to Bukhta Koz’mina in position 42°43′⋅07N
133°00′⋅50E. A traffic roundabout area 300 m radius,
centred on position 42°43′⋅39N 133°00′⋅08E, lies at the
junction of the two fairways.
Koz’mino Light Beacon (white round metal tower
on dolphin, 5 m in height) lies close NW of the oil
pier in position 42°43′⋅18N 133°00′⋅38E.
BA Chart 3041
(SDD 2010000 038846) [18/10]
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Ofotfjorden - Bogen — Directions; light
349
Paragraph 9.162 4 lines 4 -5 Delete
Paragraph 9.163 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
4 The track then leads NW, passing (with positions
relative to Østervik Light):
Norwegian Notice 6/26909/10
(SDD 2010000 059101) [18/10]
North side of Vestfjorden - Svolvær —
Lights; directions
422
Paragraph 12.80 1 line 3 For Osan Light Read
Kleppfiskholmen
424
Paragraph 12.96 3 line 4 to 6 line 6 Replace by:
The track then leads generally N, passing (with
positions relative to Stretarneset Light):
E of the point from which Stretarneset Light
(68°13′⋅2N 14°32′⋅3E) is exhibited, thence:
4 W of Stretarholmen (68°13′⋅2N 14°32′⋅6E)
(¾ cableENE),fromtheWsideofwhicha
light (metal column) is exhibited, thence:
Between the mainland shore and Nedre
Steinvikholmen (68°13′⋅3N 14°32′⋅6E)
(1½ cables NE), thence:
W of Salttønna (68°13′⋅5N 14°32′⋅7E) (3 cables
NNE), thence:
5 E of Kleppfiskholmen (3½ cables NNE)
(3¾ cables NNE).
The track then leads into Osanpollen, passing W of
a rock (68°13′⋅7N 14°32′⋅9E) (5 cables NNE) marked
by a buoy (starboard hand), with a depth of 4⋅6 m. A
sunken wreck (68°13′⋅9N 14°32′⋅5E) (7 cables N) lying
on the NW side of Osanpollen, with a depth of 1 m, is
marked by a buoy (S cardinal).
Norwegian Notices 6/26729/10; 6/26896/10
(SDD 2010000 059101) [18/10]
IV
4.5
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
Supplement 9 -2004
Andfjorden - Andenes — Directions; light
51
Paragraph3.39R46Replace by:
NNE of the head (floodlit) (1⋅6 cables W) of the E
mole of the inner harbour.
The track then leads W for a short distance into the
inner harbour, passing S of a drying patch (2⋅1 cables
WNW), marked by iron perches.
Norwegian Notice 6/26870/10
(SDD 2010000 059101) [18/10]
Wk18/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Islas Canarias - Isla de Gran Canaria —
Directions; depth; buoy
93
Paragraph 3.57 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 From a postion NE of La Isleta Light (3.56), the
track leads S, passing (with positions relative to Punta
Melenara Light (27°59′⋅46N 15°22′⋅04W)):
EofLasBajas(11½ miles NNW) (3.59), and a depth
of 13⋅9 m lying 6 cables N, thence:
95
After Paragraph 3.59 8 line 13 Add:
A depth of 13⋅9 m lies 6 cables N of Las Bajas.
Paragraph 3.59 9 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
9 Thence the track leads E to a position NE of La
Isleta Light (28°10′⋅44N 15°25′⋅14W).
Spanish NM 13/100/2010
(SDD 2010000 049685) [17/10]
Ivory Coast - San -Pédro approaches —
Directions; depth
301
After Paragraph 9.63 3 line 2 Add:
Clear of (according to draught) a shoal depth of 17 m
(5¼ miles E) lying 1¾ miles SE of Pointe Pata,
thence:
French NM 12/39/10
(SDD 2010000 053907) [17/10]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Queensland - Port Douglas —
Pilot boarding position
310
Paragraph 9.90 2 line 9 For 16°28′⋅3S 145°27′⋅9E, 3 cables
NE Read 16°28′⋅2S 145°29′⋅0E, 1¼ miles ENE
Australian Notice 7/356/10
(AA 462497) [17/10]
4.1
Queensland - Cooktown —
Pilot boarding position
318
Paragraph 9.127 4 lines 9 -10 Replace by:
[17/10]
...15°27′⋅0S 145°18′⋅0E, 2¾ miles ENE of Grassy Hill
Light (15°28′S 145°15′E).
Australian Notice 7/357/10
(AA 462496) [17/10]
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Pulau Bawean
— Directions; major light
72
Paragraph 4.14 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
3 Major lights. Tanjung Mantegi Light (white
beacon) (5°43′⋅1S 112°41′⋅1E).
Sangkapura Light (white metal framework tower,
20 m in height) (5°51′⋅3S 112°39′⋅2E).
Paragraph 4.16 2 line 5 For (white metal framework tower,
20 m in height) Read (4.14)
Dishidros
(SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]
Indonesia - North coast of Madura —
Directions; major light
88
Paragraph 4⋅151 3 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
4 Major lights:
Pulau Karangjamuang Light (6°56′S 112°44′E)
(4.92).
Batuputih Light (white metal framework tower,
40 m in height) (6°52′⋅2S 113°56′⋅3E).
89
Paragraph 4⋅154 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
Dishidros
(SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]
Indonesia - Pulau Sumba - South -east coast —
Directions; major light
167
Paragraph 7⋅46 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Major lights:
Tanjung Ngaru Mangigit Light (white beacon)
(10°14′⋅9S 120°39′⋅6E).
Tanjung Undu Light (10°05′⋅3S 120°50′⋅7E) (7⋅13).
Dishidros
(SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10]
Wk17/10

NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Singapore - Tanjong Pagar Terminal —
Marina Wharves
288
Paragraph 8.308 including heading Replace by:
Spare
8.308
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(SDD 2010000 051571) [17/10]
NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2007 Edition)
North Island - Whangarei Harbour —
Directions; beacon
203
Paragraph 7.157 2 line 5 For E Read SSW
Paragraph 7.158 Replace by:
1 From a position SSW of Snake Bank Light Beacon
(35°49′⋅7S 174°29′⋅1E) the track leads NW for about
1¼ miles between the coastal bank, on the SW side,
and Snake Bank, on the NE side. The coastal bank
fronts a line of clay cliffs extending for about 5 cables
either side of Sinclair Point (not named) (35°49′⋅5S
174°27′⋅6E), which is low and flat. The cliffs rise to
9 m at One Tree Point, 4½ cables NW of Sinclair
Point, which is also flat. The track passes (with
positions from Sinclair Point Light Beacon (35°49′⋅5S
174°27′⋅9E)):
2 SW of Shell Cut Reach East Front Leading
Light (5 cables NE) (7.167), which stands on
the SW side of Snake Bank, thence:
NE of a light beacon (port hand) (4½ cables NNW),
marking the NE edge of the coastal bank.
Paragraph 7.159 1 lines 5 -11 Replace by:
From a position E of One Tree Point the alignment
(295¼°) of these lights leads through Shell Cut Reach,
a dredged channel marked by light beacons (lateral), to
a position close SSW of Tamaterau Light Beacon
(starboard hand) (35°47′⋅8S 174°25′⋅0E) at the junction
of Shell Cut Reach and Tamaterau Reach.
204
Paragraph 7.167 3 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...lights leads through Shell Cut Reach to a position E of
One Tree Point. Thence the track...
New Zealand Notice 7/70P/10
(SDD 2010000 051218) [17/10]
Wk17/10
IV
4.2
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
United Arab Emirates - Abu Dhabi —
Outer anchorages
168
Existing Section IV Notice Week 27/09 Paragraph 7.229 1
lines 3 -4 For for deep -draught vessels, Read anchorages,
used exclusively for STS cargo operations,
Abu Dhabi Terminals
(SDD 2010000 046408) [17/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
United States of America - Puget Sound -
Port Gamble — Leading lights
120
Paragraph 3.349 3 Replace by:
3 Port Gamble Leading Beacons:
Front beacon (red rectangle, black stripe, on
framework tower) (47°52′⋅8N 122°34′⋅6W),
closeofftheEshore1½ miles N of the canal
entrance.
Rear beacon (similar structure) (1½ cables N of the
front beacon)
Paragraph 3.349 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
4 The alignment (001°), astern, of these beacons leads
through the entrance channel, which is marked by
lighted dolphins on its E side.
US Notice 13/18477/10
(SDD 2010000 045057) [16/10]
NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Indonesia - North coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya
and approaches — Directions; vertical clearance;
buoyage
81
After Paragraph 4.87 2 Insert:
Vertical clearance
4.87a
4 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 34 m,
spans the SE entrance between Sekarbungu, 1 mile E
of Kesek (4.87), and Tambakwedi 2¾ miles S.
84
Paragraph 4⋅101 4 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
4 From No 8 Buoy (port hand) (7°12′S 112°48′E) the
track leads W to Tanjungperak, through a buoyed
channel, under the bridge (4.87a). A dangerous wreck
(7°11′⋅3S 112°46′⋅0E), lies 1 cable S of a buoy
(starboard hand).
Caution. The direction of buoyage changes 5 cables
W of the bridge.
Indonesian ENCs ID400096; ID500084
(SDDs 2010000 013826; 030044) [16/10]
4.1
[16/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast - Pulau Nias
— Major lights
355
Paragraph 11.27 including Section IV Notice Week 04/10
Replace by:
1 Landmarks:
Maziaya (1°23′N97°24′E) at the S end of the range
of hills (11.25), is the most prominent peak in the
N part of Pulau Nias; it resembles a coffin.
Simalay, 202 m high, only visible from N, stands
2½ miles NW of Maziaya.
2 Major lights:
Pulau Goso Baohi (Gosobaohi) Light (white beacon,
30 m in height) (1°26′⋅13N 97°10′⋅10E).
Tanjung Mbaa Light (white metal framework tower,
21 m in height) (1°18′⋅67N 97°35′⋅80E).
Paragraph 11.29 including Section IV Notice Week 04/10
Delete
Paragraph 11.32 1 lines 5 -6 including Section IV Notice
Week 04/10 Replace by:
W of Pulau Goso Baohi Light (1°26′⋅13N
97°10′⋅10E) (11.27), exhibited from the N
extremity of Pulau...
360
Paragraph 11.72 1 line 6 Replace by:
Tanjung Mbaa Light (1°18′⋅67N 97°35′⋅80E)
(11.27).
Paragraph 11.79 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Tanjung Mbaa Light (1°18′⋅67N 97°35′⋅80E)
(11.27).
361
Paragraph 11.81 1 line 6 For (11.79) Read (11.27)
Indonesian Notice 06/047/10
(SDD 2010000 050362) [16/10]
Wk16/10

NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition)
Paragraph 1.46 Replace by:
NOR VTS
1 The area covered by this volume lies within the
NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the
waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels
over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are
requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
9
Kystverket Norway
(SDD 2010000 036503) [16/10]
Vesterålen - Langøya Northwestwards —
Jennegga
492
Paragraph 14.175 and heading Replace by:
Spare
14.175
Norwegian Notice 2/26132/10
(SDD 2010000 017977) [16/10]
Andøya - Nordmela — Depth; Directions
506
Paragraph 14.255 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth
of 5⋅0 m in the entrance to the harbour, ¾ cable SSE
of Nordmela Mole Head Light (69°08′⋅6N 15°40′⋅5E).
Paragraph 14.255 7 lines 5 -6 Delete
507
Paragraph 14.255 9 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
9 N of Leisteinen Light (iron pole) (69°08′⋅6N
15°39′⋅9E) (3 cables NNW), thence:
Norwegian Notices 24/1190/09; 4/26414/10
(SDDs 2010000 000150; 034428) [16/10]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Arquipélago dos Açores - Terceira -
PraiadaVitória—Light
274
Paragraph 8.106 1 lines1to2Replace by:
1 Entrance directional light. The harbour is entered
in the white sector (260° -270°) of Praia da Victória
Entrance Light (post, 7 m in height) (38°43′⋅36N
27°03′⋅84W).
Portuguese Notice 2/143/10
(SDD 2010000 036908) [16/10]
Wk16/10
IV
4.2

NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
England - South coast - Chichester Harbour —
Limiting conditions; directions
226
Paragraph 7.108 1 lines 5 -6 Delete Shoaling to Light
Beacon.
228
Paragraph 7.117 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
4 E of Eastoke Light Buoy (port hand) (1 cable
ENE); thence:
W of W Winner Light Beacon (starboard hand)
(3 cables NE); thence:
Chichester Harbour Master
(SDD 20100000 036564) [15/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Jinzhou
approaches - Taiping Jiao north westwards —
Obstruction; platform
416
Paragraph 10.233 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
W of an obstruction (40°09′⋅2N 121°35′⋅0E), light
buoys (starboard hand and isolated danger) and
various dangers lying farther E (see 10.263),
thence:
Clear of a well, depth 19⋅6 m(40°11′N 121°22′E),
marked on its N side by a buoy (port hand),
thence:
Paragraph 10.233 3 line 2 Replace by:
E of a platform (lit) (40°22′⋅6N 121°23′⋅8E); a well,
depth 13⋅9 m, lies about 1½ miles N, thence:
Chinese Notices 33/1222/09; 9/513/10
(SDDs 2009000 114911; 2010000 037955) [15/10]
NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Newfoundland - Placentia Bay - Long Harbour
— Wreck
115
Paragraph 3.50 1 lines 6 -7 Delete:
Canada East Notices 2/10 ATL102
(SDD 2010000 029169) [15/10]
4.1
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - East coast - Teesport — Outer
anchorage; pipelines
155
Paragraph 6.103 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
[15/10]
1 Vessels may anchor to E or SE of Tees Fairway
Light Buoy (54°40′⋅9N 1°06′⋅5W). Vessels are likely to
drag anchor in wind speeds above Force 8 from any
direction, in wind speeds above Force 6 from NNW
through N to SE, and where the swell exceeds 4 m. In
such conditions vessels are advised not to anchor. If
conditions dictate, Masters of anchored vessels will be
advised to weigh by Tees VTS or HM Coastguard if
serious risk of damage to submarine pipelines exists.
Teesport Harbour Master
(SDD 2010000 045051) [15/10]
Wk15/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Chile – Mejillones del Sur —
Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal
275
Paragraph 8.111 1 Replace by:
1 E from Punta Angamos Light (23°01′⋅58S
70°31′⋅03W) to shore (23°01′⋅58S 70°20′⋅80W) on
opposite side of Bahía Mejillones del Sur.
Paragraph 8.120 1 line 2 For Volume 6(5) Read Volume 6(7)
276
Paragraph 8.121 1 line 3 Replace by:
...Terminals, 2½ miles ENE for Interacid Terminal and
4¾ miles NNE for the LNG Terminal....
Paragraph 8.121 1 line 5 For Volume 6(5) Read Volume 6(7)
Paragraph 8.128 1 lines 12 -13 Replace by:
E. 297° distant 1⋅5 miles, 1¼ miles WSW of Puerto
Angamos pierhead.
GNL1. 014° distant 2⋅9 miles, 9½ cables N of
Muelle GNL.
GNL2. 019° distant 3⋅6 miles, 1½ miles NNE of
Muelle GNL.
After Paragraph 8.129 5 Insert:
Muelle GNL (LNG Terminal) (5¼ miles ENE)
consists of jetty extending 740 m NW from the shore,
from which a light is exhibited.
Chilean Notice 2/10/2010
(SDD 2010000 042035) [14/10]
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2004 Edition)
Norway — NOR VTS
After Paragraph 1.18 2 Insert:
Vessel Traffic Service
1.18a
1 The Norwegian Arctic Territories of Svalbard and
Jan Mayen lie within the NOR VTS area of operation,
which comprises the waters of the Norwegian EEZ.
All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and ocean -going tugs
are requested to report. For details see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
3
Kystverket Norway
(SDD 2010000 036503) [14/10]
Wk14/10
4.1
[14/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Wan - Caofeidian —
Vessel traffic services; traffic separation schemes;
directions; depths; anchorages; pilotage; port
information
Paragraph 10.17 Replace by:
386
1 VTSs are in operation in Changshan Shuidao
(9.143), Laotieshan Shuidao (9.157), Huanghua Gang
(10.83), Tianjin Gang (10.104), Jingtang (10.123a) and
Caofeidian (10.123a).
Paragraph 10.18 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes are in operation in
Changshan Shuidao (9.144), Laotieshan Shuidao
(9.158) and Caofeidian approaches (10.123b).
388
Paragraph 10.27 1 line 3 Replace by:
...about 20 miles, passing:
Paragraph 10.27 3 including continuity legend Replace by:
3 The track then continues NNW to a position in the
precautionary area 5½ miles S of Caofeidian Light
(square on black metal framework structure, 23 m in
height) (38°55′⋅1N 118°30′⋅4E). The precautionary area
is part of the TSS (10.123b) which runs E/W and lies
S of Caofeidian anchorage areas (10.139a). A wreck,
depth 23⋅2 m, position approximate, lies in the centre
of the area, and two further wrecks, depths 23⋅6 m and
24⋅5 m, lie close S of the precautionary area.
(Directions for entering Caofeidian continue at
10.139, for passage W towards Tianjin Gang
at 10.125 (in reverse),
and for passage E towards Jingtang at 10.128)
400
Paragraph 10.123 including heading and legend Replace
by:
Charts 1250, 1249, 1256, 2657
Route
10.123
1 From a position ESE of Dagu Light (38°56′⋅3N
117°58′⋅8E), the route leads generally ESE for about
20 miles through the Caofeidian TSS passing S of
Caofeidian (38°55′N 118°30′E), thence generally ENE
for about 40 miles to a position E of Jingtang Light
(39°12′⋅8N 119°00′⋅8E), and thence generally NE for
about 48 miles to a position 20 miles SE of Nanshan
Tou Main Light (39°54′⋅7N 119°37′⋅0E).

Vessel Traffic Service
10.123a
1 VTSs are in operation for Caofeidian (10.139) and
Jingtang (10.130) and participation is compulsory for
most vessels. For Caofeidian the limits are shown on
the chart, noting that virtually the entire area of chart
2657 is included. For Jingtang the area extends
18½ miles from Jingtang Light (39°12′⋅8N 119°00′⋅8E)
and vessels should report 2 miles before entering the
area.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Traffic regulations
10.123b
1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has been
established S of Caofeidian with a branch from a
midway precautionary area leading towards the port.
The scheme is not IMO adopted, but the Chinese
authorities advise that the principles for the use of the
routeing system defined in Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
apply.
See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
401
After Paragraph 10.124 heading and continuity legend
Replace by:
Directions
(continued from 10.26, and from 10.27 (in
reverse))
Paragraph 10.127 Replace by:
1 Caution. The W -going lane of the TSS is only
6 cables SSW of the anchorage areas off Caofeidian.
From a position about 15 miles ESE of Dagu Light
(38°56′⋅3N 117°58′⋅8E), and NE of a light buoy
(isolated danger) (38°46′⋅6N 118°12′⋅7E) the track
leads generally ESE through Caofeidian VTS area
(10.23a), the use of which is compulsory for most
vessels navigating within its area, passing (with
positions from Caofeidian Light (38°55′⋅1N
118°30′⋅4E)):
2 Through the E -going lane of a TSS (10.123b)
(9 miles SW), and:
SSW of Caofeidan Synthetics Products and Large
Oil Tankers anchorage areas (5 miles WSW)
(10.139a). An obstruction and three oil platforms
(lit) lie 2 to 4 miles N.
3 The track then continues ESE to a position in the
Precautionary Area 5½ miles S of Caofeidian Light
(10.27). A wreck, depth 23⋅2 m, position approximate,
lies in the centre of the area. Caofeidian port (10.139)
lies N of the light.
Paragraph 10.128 1-3 Replace by:
1 (continued from 10.27) Caution. The W -going lane
of the TSS is only 6¾ cables SSW of the anchorage
area, and the E -going lane 1½ cables NNE of the
safety zone surrounding Bohai Wan Oilfield and SPM.
IV
4.2
The track passes through both Caofeidian VTS area
(10.139) and Jingtang VTS area (10.132), the use of
both of which are compulsory for most vessels
navigating within their areas.
From a position in the Precautionary Area 5½ miles
S of Caofeidian Light (38°55′⋅1N 118°30′⋅4E)
(10.127), the track leads E, passing (with positions
from Caofeidian Light):
2 Through the E -going lane of the TSS (10.123b)
(6½ miles SSE), thence:
S of Caofeidian Large Oil Tankers and General
Cargo anchorage area (6 miles ESE) (10.139a),
and:
S of Caofeidian Tan (7 miles NNE), the extensive
area of drying banks with several small islets lies
NE of the port area and should be approached
with caution as it is fringed with irregular
steep -to shoal patches and numerous fishing
nets.
3 The track then continues E to the end of the TSS to
a position 2¼ miles ENE of Bohai Wan SPM platform
(lit) (12¾ miles SE), the NE of four platforms (lit) in
Bohai Wan Oilfield and three further platforms (lit)
lying 7 to 10 miles ESE and all within a safety zone;
the platforms are connected by restricted area corridors
in which anchoring and fishing are prohibited.
402
Paragraph 10.132 1 Replace by:
1 Vessel traffic service. Participation in Jingtang VTS
is compulsory within its area, see 10.123a.
403 -404
Paragraph 10.139 Replace by:
1 General information. Caofeidian (38°55′N
118°30′E), part of port of Jingtang (10.130), lies on a
reclaimed island and is under continuing development
(2009). It is projected to provide over 20 deep -water
berths for ore and coal carriers, oil and LNG tankers
between 10 000 and 300 000 dwt. In 2009 three berths
are in operation. The port is connected to the mainland
N by a bridge about 9 miles long.
2 A mineral wharf lies in deep water to S of the port,
with an oil wharf 8 cables E.
An inner port area and basin is under development
(2009) on the W side of the port, with further land
being reclaimed (2007) to W of the basin; the entrance
is protected by an L--shaped breakwater extending
8 cables SW and WNW from the shore, and a
breakwater extending 6 cables ESE from the reclaimed
land to the W. A general cargo quay lies on the E side
inside the basin entrance,
3 Approach and entry. The port is approached from
E or W through a TSS, or from SSE, to a
precautionary area S of the port, and then entered via a
NNW -going branch of the TSS through Caofeidian
Gangqu. The deeper approach is from E passing N of
the oil field and through the W -going lane of the TSS.
4 The mineral and oil wharves may be approached
directly from the precautionary area, passing E of the
TSS branch.
The anchorage areas (10.139a) may be approached
directly from the precautionary area.
Wk14/10

Traffic. In 2008, 39 vessels totalling 6 108 952 dwt
used the port.
5 Port Authority. SDIC Caofeidian Port Co. Ltd,
26 Ken Fang Road, Tang Hai District, Tangshan City,
Hebei Province, 063200, China.
E -mail: sdic@scfdport.com
Website: www.scfdport.com
6 Depths. In the outer approaches from the E the
least depth is 24 m but less than 20 m from S, and
27 m through the TSS branch. In the S approaches to
the mineral and oil wharves from the precautionary
area the least depth is 24 m, but a track with a least
depth of 29 m is achievable.
In the entrance to the basin the least depth is
11⋅5 m.
7 Vessel traffic service is in operation, and its use is
compulsory for most vessels in its area, see 10.123a.
Fishing nets exist off approaches to the harbour
entrance, see note on chart.
10.139a
1 Other aids to navigation
Racons:
Caofeidian Light (38°55′⋅1N 118°30′⋅4E).
Bohai Wan Platform SPM (38°46′⋅3N 118°42′⋅2E).
2 Directions (continued from 10.27, 10.127 and
10.128 (in reverse)). From a position in the TSS
Precautionary Area 5½ miles S of Caofeidian Light
(38°55′⋅1N 118°30′⋅4E) (10.127) the track leads NNW
for about 7 miles towards the inner port entrance
passing through the NNW -going lane of the TSS
(10.123a), passing (with positions from Caofeidian
Light (38°55′⋅1N 118°30′⋅4E)):
3 WSW of a light buoy (special) (4¼ miles SSE),
marking SW corner of Large Oil Tankers and
General Cargo Anchorage (below) thence:
WSW of Mineral Wharf (4½ miles SW), marked at
ends by lights (below).
The track continues NNW to the entrance of the
inner port.
4 The inner port is entered between the E Breakwater
Head Light (green round GRP tower, 12 m in height)
(38°55′⋅90N 118°28′⋅26E) and the W Breakwater Head
Light (red round GRP tower, 12 m in height), 3 cables
NW, and which marks the end of a bank extending SE
from an area under reclamation.
5 Anchorages. Pilot and quarantine anchorages, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, are (with
positions from Caofeidian Light (38°55′⋅1N
118°30′⋅4E)):
Name Position Designation Remarks
Large oil
tankers and
general cargo
Synthetic
Products
Large oil
tankers
6 miles
ESE
5½ miles
WSW
4½ miles
SW
Vessels with
draught of
15 m and
over.
Vessels with
draught less
than 15 m.
Depths
22 to 31 m
Depths
12 to 24 m
Depths 24
to 28 m
6 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and
available during daylight hours. Pilot boards in the
anchorages above as shown on the chart.
Tugs are available.
Wk14/10
IV
4.3
10.139b
1 Berths:
Mineral Wharf, L--shaped, marked at E end by a
light (yellow GRP column, black bands, 10 m in
height), and at W by a light (yellow GRP column,
green bands, 10 m in height), providing two
berths for iron ore, maximum size LOA 370 m,
depth 25⋅0 m, 250 000 dwt.
2 Oil Wharf, T--shaped, about 520 m in length,
marked at E end by a light (white GRP tower,
blue bands, 18 m in height), and at W end by
a light (red GRP tower, green bands, 18 m in
height), for crude oil tankers.
General cargo quay, about 530 m in length, depths
about 13 m, to be further extended to about
1000 m.
3 Developments. Works are in progress (2009) to
provide a major coal terminal with 16 berths handling
up to 200 million tonnes annually, four mineral berths,
crude oil berths to 300 000 dwt, and an LNG terminal
of 100 000 dwt and to extend the general cargo quay
area.
UKHO; Chinese Notice 50/1845/05
(SDDs 2009000 194283; 2010000 032492) [14/10]
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland - Moray Firth -
Approaches to Inverness Firth —
Directions; depth
142
After Paragraph 4.250 3 line 8 Insert:
NW of an isolated shoal patch with a depth of 0⋅5 m,
reported 2010, (1¾ miles NNE of W extremity of
Fort George), thence:
Inverness Harbour Master
(SDD 2010000 043048) [14/10]
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Norway — NOR VTS
11
After Paragraph 1.69 1 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
1
1.69a
The area covered by this volume from Lindesnes
(57°58′⋅8N 7°03′⋅3E) to the Swedish border lies within
the NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the
waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels
over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are
requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Kystverket Norway
(SDD 2010000 036503) [14/10]

NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2008 Edition)
NOR VTS
After Paragraph 1.45 1 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
1
1.45a
The area covered by this volume lies within the
NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the
waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels
over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are
requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Kystverket Norway
(SDD 2010000 036503) [14/10]
7
NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 11 -2004
NOR VTS
3
1
R50Insert:
NOR Vessel Traffic Service
1.26a
The area covered by this volume lies within the
NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the
waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels
over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are
requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Kystverket Norway
(SDD 2010000 036503) [14/10]
IV
4.4
NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
Supplement 9 -2004
NOR VTS
6
Existing Section IV Notice Week 04/07 L64 Paragraph
1.55a Replace by:
NOR Vessel Traffic Service
1.55a
1 The area covered by this volume lies within the
NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the
waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels
over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are
requested to report. In addition NOR VTS covers the
the approaches to Melkøya (70°41′N 23°36′E) and
Hammerfest (70°40′N 23°36′E).
2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
Kystverket Norway
(SDD 2010000 036503) [14/10]
Wk14/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Pacific Ocean – Outlying dangers — Breakers
71
After Paragraph 2.5 6 line 8 Add:
Breakers
(6°06′⋅49N 82°06′⋅88W)
72
After Paragraph 2.6 8 line 6 Insert:
Panamá to Papeete
Breakers (6°06′⋅49N 82°06′⋅88W) reported (2010).
SY Black Arrow
(SDD 2010000 037291) [13/10]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - South coast - Port of Southampton —
Traffic regulations
259
Paragraph 7.242 3 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
3 Tanker Safety - Escort towage requirements.
Tankers of 60 000 dwt or more, arriving or departing
from Southampton Water oil terminals in a loaded or
part -loaded condition, and tankers of 50 000 dwt in a
loaded condition, bound for the Hamble Oil Terminal,
are to be accompanied by an escort tug between a
position S of Nab Tower and the berth. Under normal
conditions a tow wire will be attached to the stern of
the tanker.
ABP Southampton
(SDD 2010000 009276) [13/10]
France - Approaches to Brest — Buoyage
283
Paragraph 8.66 4 line 5 For 4°42′⋅2W Read 4°41′⋅9W)
287
Paragraph 8.89 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
Close SSE of Charles Martel Light Buoy (port hand)
(3½ miles NW) which marks the S side of Roche
du Charles Martel and Basse Beuzec.
4.1
289
Paragraph 8.104 3 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
[13/10]
... respectively, of Pointe de Créac’h Meur. A 13⋅1 m
wreck lies in the centre of the entrance about 2 miles
E of the same point.
French Notice 5/26/10
(SDD 2010000 023708) [13/10]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde —
Buoyage
160
Paragraph 7.29 1 lines 2 -3 For (51°23′⋅7N 3°07⋅6E) Read
(51°23′⋅3N 3°08⋅6E)
161
Existing Section IV Notice Week 32/09 Paragraph 7.32
4 line 9 For (51°23′⋅7N 3°05′⋅9E) Read (51°23′⋅7N
3°06′⋅3E)
Existing Section IV Notice Week 32/09 Paragraph 7.32
8 line 3 For (51°23′⋅7N 3°07′⋅6E) Read (51°23′⋅3N
3°08′⋅6E)
Belgian Notices 05/95/10; 05/96/10
(SDDs 2010000 041897; 041898) [13/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang —
Wreck; directions
157 -158
Paragraph 4.133 3 line 1 to 4 line 1 Replace by:
3 SSW of a dangerous wreck (7 cables SSE)
marked by a buoy (special); No 25 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) lies 1¼ cables farther
SSE, thence:
NNE of Xiaoqing Jiao (1½ miles SSW), a shoal,
depth 2 m, and marked by a light (isolated danger,
18 m in height); Zhaoyin Matou No 1 Light
(white metal pole, red bands, 5 m in height) is
exhibited from the W end of a jetty, 3 cables
farther SSW, thence:
SSW of Qizi Wei Light (white metal column, green
bands, 5 m in height), standing on a drying bank
on S coast of Gulang Yu; a fort stands on point
close NNW, and:
4 SSW of Riguang Yan (2½ cables NNE), the
prominent...
Chinese Notice 8/449/10
(SDD 2010000 036885) [13/10]
Wk13/10

China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan -
Donghai Bridge — Regulations
267
Paragraph 6.232 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Regulations: vessels carrying dangerous cargoes
may not pass under the bridge at night; all towing
vessels are required to use the main channel and those
with tows greater than 120 m in length or 22 m in
breadth are prohibited from using any channel.
No vessels, except bridge maintenance vessels, may
enter the prohibited area.
UKHO; Chinese Notice 46/Sect1/06
(SDD 2006000 399274) [13/10]
China - Bo Hai - Bohai Haixia eastwards -
Bo Hai Oilfield — Obstruction; platforms
387
Paragraph 10.23 3 Replace by:
3 Clear of an obstruction (38°03′⋅30N
120°03′⋅00E), position approximate (reported
2010), thence:
SSW of WHP -C Platform (lit) (38°22′⋅10N
120°06′⋅95E) in Bo Hai Oilfield; CPC Platform
and other platforms (lit), and connected by
submarine pipelines, stand within 2¼ miles
between W and N, and 3¼ miles SSE. Safety
zones enclose the platforms; an obstruction,
depth 21⋅2 m, position approximate, lies
2½ miles ENE. Other structures and storage
vessels may be present in this area, thence:
Chinese Notices 09/516/10; 09/517/10; 09/518/10
(SDDs 2010000 037958; 037959; 037960) [13/10]
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Taiping Jiao
north westwards — Directions; obstructions
419
After Paragraph 10.263 2 line 5 Insert:
Clear of an obstruction (25¼ miles WSW); another
obstruction lies 6 miles ENE, thence:
420
After Paragraph 10.273 1 line 6 Insert:
Clear of an obstruction (25¼ miles WSW), thence:
Chinese Notice 9/513/10
(SDD 2010000 037955) [13/10]
Wk13/10
IV
4.2
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malaysia - Pulau Langkawi - North coast -
TelukEwa—Depth
157
Paragraph 5.189 1 lines 5 -6 Delete A2⋅5 m patch to the
main jetty.
Malaysian Notice 2/43/2010
(SDD 2010000 041880) [13/10]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal - Porto do Douro - Directions —
Leading lights
142
Paragraph 5.99 3 lines1to4Replace by:
3 Entry leading lights.
Front light (red column, white stripes on wall, 6 m in
height) (41°08′⋅85N 8°40′⋅30W), situated on the
wall near the river.
Rear light (red structure, white stripes on church
tower, 1 m in height) (about 1½ cables NE of
front light).
The alignment (059¼°) of these lights leads NE
between the breakwaters, Molhe Norte and Molhe Sul,
from which lights (white columns, lateral markings)
are exhibited.
Portuguese Notice 142/10
(SDD 2010000 036907) [13/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Radio facilities —
Automatic Identification System
Paragraph 1.35 1 Replace by:
1 On some of the fixed and floating navigational
marks within the areas covered by this volume, AIS
has been fitted. It will provide information to the
mariner on position, status, tidal and current data and
weather conditions. For details see The Mariner’s
Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
4
UKHO
(HH. 005/200/02) [12/10]
NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Aids to navigation —
Automatic Identification System
Paragraph 1.24 1 line 5 Replace by:
4
...conditions. For details see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. The...
UKHO
(HH. 007/200/02) [12/10]
NP27 Channel Pilot (2009 Edition)
France - Cherbourg and approaches —
Arrival information
432
Paragraph 12.29 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.29
Paragraph 12.33 1 line 3 Delete
Paragraph 12.35 including heading Replace by:
Waiting areas
12.35
1 Waiting areas, the limits of which are shown on the
charts, have been established as follows:
North Waiting Area, centred 3 miles N of Fort de
l’Ouest, is reserved for vessels with a draught of
10 m or more, or vessels with a gross tonnage of
3000 or more and for vessels that are not bound to
or from the port of Cherbourg.
Wk12/10
4.1
[12/10]
2 South Waiting Area, centred 1¾ miles NNE of
Fort de l’Ouest, is reserved for vessels with a
draught of less than 10 m or a gross tonnage
of less than 3000 (600 for oil tankers), bound
to or from the port of Cherbourg.
Paragraph 12.36 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.36
Paragraph 12.37 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.37
433
Paragraph 12.42 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Channels. Passe de l’Ouest (12.49) between the
head of Digue de Querqueville and Fort de l’Ouest is
the deepest and most frequently used entrance. Its
swept depth within the limits of the leading lines is
the controlling depth for the port (12.28).
Passe de l’Est (12.50), between Fort de l’Est and
Fort de l’Île Pelée, is not recommended at night.
Paragraph 12.42 3 lines 1 -8 Delete
434
Paragraph 12.47 Heading Replace by:
Waiting area approach
Paragraph 12.47 1 lines 5 -8 Delete
French Notices 1/28/10; 2/8/10
(SDDs 2010000 005360; 010248; 014173) [12/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Taizhou —
Port information; anchorages
18
After Paragraph 1.115 16 line 6 Insert:
Taizhou (32°17′⋅00N
119°52′⋅00E) (7.138)
Commercial port
301
Paragraph 7.138 heading For Gaogang Read Taizhou
(Gaogang)

302
Paragraph 7.138 5 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
The track then leads to a position in Kou’anzhi
Shuidao off Taizhou (32°17′N 119°52′E), formerly
known as Gaogang, a port on the N bank of the river.
Anchorage may be obtained 1 mile S of the port,
depths up to 12⋅7 m, but shallow on the inshore side,
the limits marked by light buoys (special) (shown as
light beacons on chart), and reportedly in
Luochengzhou Anchorage off No 2 Light Buoy
(32°18′⋅17N 119°49′⋅21E), in 10 m of water. Holding
in both anchorages is reportedly good in sand and
mud.
Paragraph 7.138 5 line 9 For Gaogang Read Taizhou
Paragraph 7.139 heading For Gaogang Read Taizhou
(Gaogang)
Paragraph 7.139 1 line 1 For Gaogang Read Taizhou
UKHO; Chinese ENC C1513131
(HH. 032/200/01) [12/10]
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou -
Nancao Shuidao — Depths; light float;
buoyage; directions
282
Paragraph 7.21 2 Replace by:
3 Nancao Shuidao through Nancao Hangdao
(7.42), Auxiliary Channel has a least charted
depth in the buoyed channel of 4⋅8 m in the
in -going lane, and 5⋅0 m in the out -going
lane, although lesser depths, some swept,
exist near the channel edges. Above
Jiuduansha Precautionary Area (7.42) a
number of wrecks and obstructions, least
swept depth 7⋅6 m, lie in mid -channel, with
lesser depths, some swept, near the channel
edges.
284
Paragraph 7.34 2 line 8 Replace by:
... name on both sides) (31°05′⋅47N 121°59′⋅68E).
Paragraph 7.35 2 line 3 Replace by:
Jiuduan Light Float (31°05′⋅47N 121°59′⋅68E).
286
Paragraph 7.42 1 line 5 Replace by:
...Section is marked by centreline light buoys (safe
water) to S16 Light Buoy (31°05′⋅00N 122°02′⋅17E),
and then by light buoys (lateral).
IV
4.2
Paragraph 7.42 4 lines 4 -10 Replace by:
NNE of Jiuduan Light Float (7.34) (14½ miles SSE),
and close SSW of A25A Light Buoy (starboard
hand), 7¼ cables NNE, thence:
Across the tail of a bank, depth 4⋅8 m(13½ miles
SSE), lying in the inbound lane; the bank dries to
NW. A31A Light Buoy (starboard hand) lies
8 cables WNW with a 3⋅9 m depth on the bank
close NE; the separation area of the TSS lies close
SSW of the light buoy and mariners, both
in -bound and out -bound, should exercise
particular caution in this area.
Paragraph 7.44 4 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Close SSW of Jiuduan Light Float (4¾ miles ESE)
(7.34) thence:
Close SSW of a wreck, swept depth 4⋅3 m(3¾ miles
ESE) lying on N side of the channel.
Chinese Notices 2/67/10; 2/68/10; 2/69/10; 2/70/10
(SDDs 2010000 009684; 009685; 009686; 009687)
[12/10]
NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Java Sea - Gosong Mampango — Light; racon
Paragraph 4.45 2 lines 3 -4 Delete from to displayed
85
86
Paragraph 4.54 1 line 8 Delete from to displayed
159
Paragraph 8.20 1 line 2 Delete
Paragraph 8.21 1 lines 6 -7 Delete from to exhibited,
Hydro -Oceanographic Office, Indonesian Navy
(SDD 2010000 029434) [12/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malaysia - Johor Strait - South -eastern part -
Tanjung Pengelih southward -
Malang Berendam — Light beacon
314
Paragraph 9.188 1 line 8 Replace by:
...a small drying reef, marked by a light beacon
(white column on platform) (1°21′⋅48N
104° 05′⋅35E).
Peninsular Malaysian Notice 12/2010
(SDD 2010000 036488) [12/10]
Wk12/10

NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - East coast - Blyth — Pilotage
136
Paragraph 5.138 1 lines 1 -11 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 m in
length, and for vessels towing other vessels or objects
when the combined length of tow exceeds 50 m. For
further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(1).
Harbour Master, Port of Blyth
(SDD 2010000 034195) [12/10]
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st April 2010
England - East coast - Humber Approaches —
Pilotage; anchorages
169
Paragraph 7.3 1 line 8 Replace by:
...bulk when proceeding to and from the inner anchorages
(7.10a, 7.66 and 7.109) for the purpose of anchoring.
Vessels which are exempt from compulsory pilotage,...
170
After Paragraph 7.10 2 line 11 Insert:
Inner anchorages
7.10a
Paragraph 7.10 3 line 1 Replace by:
1 Bull Anchorage. 1½ miles SW of Spurn Head
(53°34′N...
Paragraph 7.10 4 line 1 Replace by:
2 Haile Anchorage, inset within the SW limit of
Bull...
Paragraph 7.10 5 line 1 Replace by:
3 Hawke Anchorage, 3 miles WNW of Spurn Head
is a...
Harbour Master, Humber
(SDD 2009000 190382) [12/10]
England - East coast — Wind farms;
firing practice area
Paragraph 8.8 Replace by:
193
1 Inner Dowsing Offshore Wind Farm, comprising
27 wind turbines, is centred on 53°11′⋅5N 0°26′⋅8E
within a submarine cable area that extends about
3 miles N/S and 1½ miles E/W. Seven wind turbines
marking the outer limits of the wind farm are lit, as
shown on the chart.
Wk12/10
IV
4.3
2 Sites under development. Several offshore wind
farms are being developed in the approaches to The
Wash. These include:
Wind farm Meteorological mast site
Lynn 53°08′⋅1N 0°27′⋅0E
Race Bank 53°18′⋅8N 0°44′⋅9E
Docking Shoal 53°09′⋅5N 0°38′⋅9E
Wind farm Centred on
Sheringham Shoal 53°08′⋅1N 1°08′⋅7E
3 Lynn Offshore Wind Farm. An area marked by
light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on
53°08′⋅2N 0°27′⋅6E and extends about 2 miles N/S and
2¾ miles E/W.
Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm. A
development area marked by light buoys (cardinal and
special) is centred on 53°08′⋅1N 1°08′⋅7E and extends
about 3¼ miles N/S and 3½ miles E/W.
4 While these wind farms are being constructed,
partially built structures may exist within the area
marked by light buoys. The structures may be
submerged or partially submerged and will not be
individually marked.
194
Paragraph 8.14 4 line 9 Replace by:
...extremity of the shoal, thence:
ENE of Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm
(53°08′⋅1N 1°08′⋅7E) (8.8).
199
Paragraph 8.40 1 lines 1 -7 Delete
Paragraph 8.40 2 lines 1 -9 Delete
Paragraph 8.40 3 line 1 Replace by:
1 Holbeach Firing Practice Area fronts the SW
coast...
MT Højgaard a/s; WAF -OC; Centrica
(SDDs 2009000 154764; 2010000 026348; 029077)
[12/10]
NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island -
Hathorn Sound — Lights
158
Paragraph 4.80 3 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
The track then continues SW to a position 2 miles
NNW of Tunguivili Point (21 miles SW), from where
a light (white column, 11 m in height) (8°11′⋅4S
157°12′⋅9E) (see Chart 1735) is exhibited, on the
alignment (190°) of the leading lights for Hathorn
Sound (4.92).

159
Paragraph 4.92 1 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
Front light (white column, 9 m in height) (8°15′⋅3S
157°11′⋅4E).
Rear light (similar structure, 11 m in height) (200 m
from front light).
Nawae Construction Ltd
(SDD 2010000 000144) [12/10]
IV
4.4
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Long Island Sound - Plum Gut —
Dangerous wreck
187
Paragraph 6.87 1 lines 9 -10 Delete
US Notice 10/12358/10
(SDD 2010000 035239) [12/10]
Wk12/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Ukraine - Rika Rvach to Rika Ol’khovyy Dnipro
— obstruction
203
Paragraph 6.271 5 line 1 After No 10 Leading Lights Add:
, avoiding an obstruction with a depth of 2⋅4 m in position
46°32′⋅8N 32°22′⋅3E
Ukrainian Chart 3507
(SDD 2010000 030554) [11/10]
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Netherlands - Approaches to
Hoek van Holland — Directions; buoyage
221
Paragraph 9.30 3 lines 6–8 Including existing Section IV
Notices Weeks 15/09 and 24/09 Replace by:
MNW3–MW6 Light Buoy (52°04′⋅8N 3°41′⋅0E).
Maas Centre Light Buoy (52°00′⋅9N 3°48′⋅8E).
SB -M Light Buoy (52°00′⋅1N 3°53′⋅2E).
Goeree Light—see above.
Existing Section IV Notice Week 15/09 Paragraph 9.33 3
line 6 For SB Light Buoy (special) (51°59′⋅8N 3°54′⋅6E)
Read SB -M Light Buoy (special) (52°00′⋅1N 3°53′⋅2E)
Netherlands Notice 08/123/10
(SDD 2010000 033901) [11/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang —
Approaches; anchorages; pilotage;
regulations; directions
Paragraph 8.36 Replace by:
322
1 There are seven outer anchorages which are
exposed and dragging may occur in winds over
force 7. None of them are suitable in a typhoon and
more sheltered anchorage should be sought in
Qingdao Gang 90 miles NNE. Anchorage may be
obtained as follows in designated anchorages, the
limits of which are shown on the chart and centred on
the following positions:
Wk11/10
4.1
Name Position Remarks
Tankers 34°59′⋅00N
119°51′⋅50E
No 5 34°53′⋅70N
119°57′⋅80E
No 4 34°54′⋅70N
119°50′⋅00E
No 3 34°53′⋅40N
119°46′⋅80E
No 2 34°51′⋅50N
119°42′⋅50E
No 1 34°49′⋅50N
119°38′⋅00E
Dangerous
Goods
34°49′⋅20N
119°47′⋅00E
[11/10]
Depths 19 to 20 m;
Dashan Dao (8.47)
is at N corner, and
Cheniushan Dao (8.20)
at NW corner with area
of rocks extending
SW into the anchorage.
Depth22m.
Depths about 19 m.
Depths about 17 m.
Depths about 15 m;
a dangerous wreck,
reported 2006, lies on
NW corner.
Depths 9 to13 m,
a dangerous wreck,
reported 2006, lies on N
corner and obstructions,
positions approximate,
lie to S and SW.
Depth about 16 m, mud
and sand.
2 The NW and SE boundaries of the anchorage areas
complex, with the exception of the two anchorages to
the E, are marked by light buoys (special).
Paragraph 8.38 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels.
Pilots board in the following positions:
34°48′·45N 119°37′·55E in No 1 Anchorage area
(8.36),
34°46′·45N 119°38′·80E.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (6).
Tugs are available.
Paragraph 8.39 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Vessel size. The main fairway channel is designated
for vessels up to 150 000 dwt, up to the turning area
off the coal wharf (24°45′⋅05N 119°25′⋅15E).
Two -way traffic is permitted in the main fairway
for oil, gas and chemical tankers and RoRo vessels up
to 150 m LOA, and for other vessels up to 200 m
LOA, however for vessels passing in the channel there
is a restriction of combined beams of 47 m or 57 m
respectively. For larger vessels one -way traffic
operation is in force.
Vessels should avoid meeeting in the fairway in
conditions of less than 2 miles visibility or wind
force 6 or higher.
Full details of traffic regulations should be obtained
from the local authorities.
Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited...

Paragraph 8.47 Replace by:
323
1 From a position 10 miles ESE of Cheniushan Dao
(34°59′⋅8N 119°49′⋅2E), the Tankers Anchorage and
Nos 4 and 5 Anchorages (8.36) can be approached
directly, otherwise the track leads WSW, passing (with
positions from Cheniushan Dao):
2 NNW of No 5 Anchorage (9¼ miles SE),
thence:
SSE of Dashan Dao (Danianshan) (3½ miles
ENE), an islet higher towards its
extremities, and from where a light (8.17) is
exhibited. A small rocky islet lies close SE.
Thence:
3 SSE of the Tankers Anchorage (2 miles ESE),
thence:
SSE of Cheniushan Dao (8.20), from where a
light (8.17) is exhibited, thence:
Close SE of No 4 Anchorage (5½ miles S).
4 The track then continues WSW to the vicinity of
No 1 Light Buoy (superbuoy) (8 miles S); anchorages
(8.36) may be approached directly, or from the buoyed
entrance channel (below).
The track then continues onto the alignment (243°)
of leading lights (8.48) and enters Zhuhangdao
Jiaduan, the entrance channel marked by light buoys
(lateral), 3 miles WSW.
After Paragraph 8.48 4 line 4 Insert:
SSE of an obstruction (9¾ miles ENE), position
approximate, lying 1 cable NNW of the channel.
Chinese Notices 51/09/1884; 5/Sect 1 Notice/10; 6/10/252
(SDDs 2009000 194871; 2010000 024505; 028132)
[11/10]
Korea - West coast - Kunsan Hang — Lights;
wrecks; depths; anchorages; directions; berths
448
Paragraph 11.141 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 6/10 Replace by:
1 Landmarks:
Wido (35°36′N 126°18′E) (11.160).
Tus÷ngsan (35°36′N 126°48′E), a rugged summit.
Major lights:
Samt’ae Do Light, Hat’aedo (34°23′⋅7N
125°18′⋅0E) (11.13).
Maemulto Light (34°31′N 125°41′E) (11.33).
Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (34°39′⋅2N
125°28′⋅7E) (11.33).
2 Ch’ilbalto Light (34°47′N 125°47′E) (11.58).
Amnado Light (white concrete column, 5 m in
height) (35°20′N 125°59′E).
Sangwangd÷ngdo Light (white round concrete
tower, 6 m in height) (35°40′N 126°07′E).
Malto Light (white eight -sided concrete tower, 18 m
in height) (35°51′N 126°19′E).
Gunjang Sinhang Man (Kunsan Hang) S Breakwater
Head Light (red round concrete tower, 19 m in
height) (35°58′⋅48N 126°30′⋅78E)
IV
4.2
449
Paragraph 11.146 3 Replace by:
3 The track then leads to the vicinity of Kunsan Hang
No 1 pilotage boarding position (11¼ miles ESE)
(11.193), W of Pi÷ng Do (35°57′N 126°32′E), a
prominent brown -coloured islet. A light (white
six -sided concrete tower, 13 m in height) is exhibited
from the island, and S Breakwater Head Light
(11.141) lies 1½ miles NNW. Anchorage areas
(11.192) extend N and S of the pilot boarding
position.
451
Paragraph 11.160 5 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 6/10 Replace by:
5 Major lights:
Taenorok To (35°06′N 125°59′E) (11.91).
Amnado Light (35°20′N 125°59′E) (11.141).
Päpsängp’o Light (white concrete column, 5 m in
height) (35°22′⋅6N 126°24′⋅7E).
Sangwangd÷ngdo Light (35°40′N 126°07′E)
(11.141).
Malto Light (35°51′N 126°19′E) (11.141).
Gunjang Sinhang Man (Kunsan Hang) S Breakwater
Head Light (35°58′⋅48N 126°30′⋅78E) (11.141).
454
Paragraph 11.186 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 In the outer harbour fairway to Kunsan Hang
(Outer Port) the least mid -channel depth is 5⋅2 m, with
lesser depths near the fairway edges. In the entrance to
Kunsan Hang the least depth is 4⋅8 m.
Ships with a draught of 5⋅5 to8⋅2 m can enter the
inner...
455
Paragraph 11.192 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the following areas,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, centred
on:
A1 (35°59′⋅4N 126°26′⋅8E), depths 10 to 11 m, a
6⋅3 m shoal lies close NNW of the area.
Quarantine anchorage (35°57′⋅4N 126°26′⋅8E),
depths 9 to 10 m.
2 A2 (35°56′⋅7N 126°26′⋅8E), depths 8 to 10 m
with an obstruction, depth 8⋅4 m, in S part;
No 1 pilotage position lies on W edge;
A3 (35°55′⋅5N 126°26′⋅8E), depths 8 to 10 m.
A-4 (35°59′⋅0N 126°33′⋅0E)), depths 5 to 8 m, and a
rock, depth 3⋅4 m close N of E part.
The maximum draught for vessels anchoring is
about 9⋅1 m.
456
Paragraph 11.199 2 lines 7 -9 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 6/10 Replace by:
Major lights:
Malto Light (35°51′N 126°19′E) (11.141).
Gunjang Sinhang Man (Kunsan Hang) S Breakwater
Head Light (35°58′⋅48N 126°30′⋅78E) (11.141).
Wk11/10

Paragraph 11.201 1 line 1 to 4 line 6 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of Kunsan Hang No 1 pilotage
position (35°57′N 126°26′E), the track leads generally
ENE passing:
Through or N of quarantine anchorage
(35°57′⋅4N 126°26′⋅8E) (11.192) thence:
2 SE of the SW extremity of N Detached
Breakwater (35°58′⋅72N 126°29′⋅48E), from
where a light (white round concrete tower,
20 m in height), is exhibited and enter the
fairway, marked by light buoys (lateral); an
obstruction, depth 7⋅8 m, lies 5 cables SW of
the light. A light (yellow round concrete
tower, 20 m in height, is exhibited from NE
end of the breakwater).
The fairway then continues ENE to a position
between S Breakwater Head Light (11.141)
(35°58′⋅48N 126°30′⋅78E), marking the end of a
breakwater, extending 4 cables W and WNW from the
extensive reclaimed area (11.197) on S side of the
fairway, and No 1 Light Buoy, 6¼ cables NNW.
3 The track then leads E through the fairway, to the S
of which lie marginal wharves, including areas of
works in progess (2007 and 2009) marked by light
buoys (special), and piers, and to the N generally
shallow water and drying banks lying to the N of the
line of light buoys (port hand), and passing:
4 S of light beacon (isolated danger, 25 m in
height), 7¾ cables N of S Breakwater Head
Light, and marking an isolated patch, depth
0⋅7 m, thence:
SofMyäng -am Light (port hand, 18 m in height),
9¾ cables NNE of S Breakwater Head Light,
marking a drying reef extending 2½ cables
WNW from the head of Kunsan Hang N
breakwater, thence:
S of Anchorage A -4 (11.192) lying N of No 5 Light
Buoy (port hand) (35°59′⋅0N 126°33′⋅0E),
thence:
N of No 6 Wharf (35°58′⋅50N 126°33′⋅50E), marked
at each end by a light (yellow column, 6 m in
height), thence:
Korean Notices 31/771/09; 6/103/10; Korean Charts 336,
505
(SDDs 2009000 053158; 191721; 2010000 027102)
[11/10]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales – South -west coast – Milford Haven —
Buoyage
160
Paragraph 5.79 1 line 4 -5 Delete
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2010000 029173) [11/10]
Wk11/10
IV
4.3
NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Ko —
Prohibited anchorage
284
After Paragraph 9.90 1 line 10 Insert:
2 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of
Tomakomai Ko port entrance in an area enclosed by
lines joining the following positions:
42°37′⋅0N 141°36′⋅9E
42°36′⋅9N 141°37′⋅4E
42°35′⋅6N 141°36′⋅6E
42°35′⋅8N 141°36′⋅2E.
After Paragraph 9.93 1 line 6 Insert:
Prohibited anchorage. See 9.90.
Japanese Notice 9/343/10
(SDD 2010000 031821) [11/10]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - South coast - Masan Hang — Light
155
Paragraph 3.291 including heading Replace by:
Principal marks
3.291
1 Landmark:
Muhak San (35°12′⋅7N 128°32′⋅2E), a mountain
762 m high, backing the city of Masan to the NW.
Major Light:
Makkae Do Light (white round concrete tower, 10 m
in height) (35°08′⋅3N 128°36′⋅0E).
156
Paragraph 3.292 4 lines 4 -5 For (white round concrete
tower, 10 m in height) Read (3.291)
Republic of Korea Notice 8/126/2010
(SDD 2010000 033485) [11/10]
Russia - Pacific coast - Zaliv Nakhodka -
Vostochnyy Port — Leading lights
267
Paragraph 7.84 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Fairway No 2
Mys Krasnyy Leading Lights:
Front light (white rectangle on red round metal
tower, 10 m in height) (42°46′⋅7N 133°01′⋅8E).
Rear light (similar structure, 15 m in height) (370 m
from front light).
The alignment (050°) of the lights leads NE
through Fairway No 2.
Fairway No 3
Russian Notice 7/756/2010
(SDD 2010000 026060) [11/10]

NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malacca Strait — Directions; buoyage
76
Paragraph 2.125 5 lines 4 -5 Delete marked To (isolated
danger),
Peninsular Malaysian Notice 09/2010
(SDD 2010000 035122) [11/10]
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
Shetland Islands - North Channel and
Whiteness Voe — Depths
254
Paragraph 6.44 2 line 4 Replace by:
...it of 5⋅0 m, thence:
256
Paragraph 6.48 2 lines 6–7 For an isolated 8⋅5 m shoal
(2½ cables SE) Read a6⋅7 m shoal (3 cables SSE); a 6⋅8 m
shoal lies 1 cable N. Thence:
SV Triad
(SDD 2010000 032006) [11/10]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - East coast - Great Yarmouth -
Outer Harbour — Directions
220
Paragraph 9.74 1 lines 1 -6 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.74
221
After Paragraph 9.82 1 line 6 Insert:
Outer Harbour
9.82a
1 The Outer Harbour (9.78) is entered between two
breakwaters with lights at the breakwater heads. The
chart is sufficient guide.
Great Yarmouth Harbour Master
(SDDs 2010000 028917; 030682) [11/10]
IV
4.4
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Firth of Clyde – Helensburgh —
Prohibited activities
92
After Paragraph 3.366 1 line 10 Add:
2 An area in which fishing and anchoring are
prohibited fronts Helensburgh Pier (3.382) and extends
1¾ cables SSW from the pier.
HMNB Clyde
(SDD 2010000 029112) [11/10]
NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Spain - Río Guadalquivir —
Pilot boarding positions
205
Paragraph 6.134 2 lines1to3Replace by:
2 Pilot stations are located at Chipiona (36°44′⋅91N
6°25′⋅73W) and Sevilla (37°20′⋅07N 5°59′⋅65W).
The Chipiona pilot boards 1¾ miles NNW of Punta
del Perro (36°44′⋅27N 6°26′⋅54W) in the vicinity of
No 1 Light Buoy (safe water).
Spanish Notice 7/39/2010
(SDDs 2010000 029181; 029187) [11/10]
Wk11/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Nigeria - Lagos — Directions; buoyage
344
Paragraph 11.140 1 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
Thence the track continues NE to the pilot boarding
position in the vicinity of Lagos Fairway Light Buoy
(safe water) (2¾ miles SE).
After Paragraph 11.141 4 line 6 Add:
A foul area on the W side of the channel is marked
by a light buoy (isolated danger), 3 cables WSW of
Wilmot Point.
Mark Dent, Port Captain
(SDD 2010000 000067) [10/10]
Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Bonny Offshore
Oil Terminal
382
After Paragraph 12.222 1 line 6 Add:
A third SBM (4°06′⋅60N 7°07′⋅60E) lies 8 miles
SW of the Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal platform.
After Paragraph 12.224 1 line 6 Add:
The designated anchorage position for SBM 3 is
3½ miles SW of the SBM.
After Paragraph 12.224 1 line 8 Add:
The pilot boarding position for SBM 3 is 3¼ miles
SW of the SBM.
After Paragraph 12.224 2 line 6 Add:
A restricted area, radius 3 miles, is centred on
SBM 3.
Shell International Trading & Shipping Co Ltd
(SDD 2010000 008775) [10/10]
NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2004 Edition)
Svalbard - Spitsbergen - North coast -
Barentsgattet — anchorage
Paragraph 10.8 5 Delete
236
Norwegian Chart 521
(SDD 2007000 012543) [10/10]
4.1
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
[10/10]
The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Regulations
159
Paragraph 7.20 including heading Replace by:
1
Regulation for vessels with a marginal draught or
whose length exceeds 300 m, proceeding to or from
Antwerp and Kallosluis
7.20
The Dutch and Belgian authorities have established
procedures for vessels with a marginal draught or
vessels exceeding 300 m LOA proceeding to and from
Antwerp and Kallosluis. Three categories of vessel
have been defined:
2 Category I. Vessels with marginal draught.
I.1. Vessels proceeding upstream and heading
towards the locks on the right bank, the Schelde
terminals and the Deurganckdok with a draught
of 12⋅0 m up to a draught consistent with a
minimum tidal window of 60 minutes.
I.2. Vessels proceeding downstream with a draught
of 12⋅0 m up to a draught consistent with a
minimum tidal window of 60 minutes.
3 Category
Kallosluis.
II. Vessels proceeding to or from
4 Category III. Vessels with marginal dimensions
in terms of length and/or width.
III.1. Vessels with a length of 300 to 340 m
proceeding upstream or downstream.
III.2. Container vessels with a length of 340 m to
355 m.
III.3. Container vessels with a length of 355 m or
greater and/or a beam of 51 m or greater.
Paragraph 7.21 Replace by:
7.21
1 The following general observations apply:
Access to the Schelde area by the aforementioned
vessels shall be subject to the ‘Admission for
upstream or downstream travel’ issued by the
Gemeenschappelijke Nautische Autoriteit
(GNA). As far as the Kallosluis is concerned, this
obligation shall apply to vessels with a draught of
9⋅0 m or greater.
2 All draughts refer to the deepest/maximum
draught and shall apply in fresh water.
All vessels lengths shall relate to length overall
expressed in metres.
The predicted maximum draughts for vessels
proceeding upstream on one or two tides are
calculated in relation to the predicted HW at
Prosperpolder.
3 For vessels proceeding downstream the tidal
windows are calculated in relation to the
water levels at Vlissingen and Zeebrugge,
amongst other factors.
With the exception of vessels proceeding to and
departing from the Kallosluis, the use of a
helmsman who is familiar with local conditions
on that section of the river is recommended.
Wk10/10

4 The following general regulations apply to the three
categories above:
Prior to arrival at the pilot station or departure from
the berth, written premission must be requested
from GNA. Requests must be submitted at least 6
hours prior to the arrival of the vessel at
Wandelaar or Steenbank pilot station or 6 hours
prior to departure from the berth.
5 When issuing permission for a passage upstream
or downstream, a manoeuvring speed of
12 kn is assumed. If this condition cannot be
met then additional conditions may be
imposed.
6 A downstream passage to be completed in two
tides is not permitted.
The minimum tidal window is 60 minutes.
7 If visibility is less than 2000 m, the GNA, after
consultation with the pilot, will decide
whether a vessel may commence her passage.
Every vessel must be equipped with two properly
functioning radars and at least two independent
VHF transceivers that are easily accessible to the
pilot.
Paragraph 7.22 Replace by:
7.22
1 Category I Vessels:
I.1 The maximum draught for the locks on the right
bank is limited to 15⋅56 m.
A vessel proceeding upstream should commence her
passage at the start of the tidal window. This
means that the the vessel must have left the pilot
station at least one hour before the end of the tidal
window.
2 A vessel which, according to her schedule,
proceeds upstream in two tides, will anchor
in the Wielingen -Zuid anchorage area (7.48).
Vessels with a draught exceeding 13⋅0 m or a
gross tonnage in excess of 60 000 must have
a pilot on board for the entire period the
vessel is at anchor and must be secured to at
least one tug.
3 I.2 Before the tidal window begins a vessel
must be underway, with course set, on the
river.
The maximum draught is 14⋅0 m. In the case of
container vessels up to 340 m in length, deeper
draughts are permitted on condition that:
The vessel has a tidal window of at least 60 minutes.
The draught of 14⋅8 m is not exceeded.
4 A vessel permitted to make the passage must
submit a declaration of its actual guaranteed
manoeuvring speed for the river and seaward
stretches.
After submitting their application, vessels with a
draught of between 12⋅0 m and 13⋅5 m will
receive an indicative sailing window from the
GNA as soon as possible.
Wk10/10
IV
4.2
5 The GNA will not take a decision in relation to
the tidal window for a vessel proceeding
downstream with a draught of 13⋅5 m or
more until 12 hours prior to departure of the
vessel from the berth and no later than 6
hours before the departure of the vessel from
the berth. The GNA will however, approve an
indicative tidal window if requested by the
vessel.
6 A vessel with a draught of 13⋅5 m or more must
commence her outward passage at the start of
her tidal window. This means that the vessel
must have departed her berth and be
underway, with course set, on the river at
least one hour before her tidal window closes.
Paragraph 7.23 Replace by:
7.23
1 Category II Vessels. The maximum dimensions for
vessels using Kallosluis are LOA 275 m and beam
37⋅65 m.
Paragraph 7.24 Replace by:
7.24
1 Category III Vessels:
III.1. The conditions that apply to vessels with
marginal draught (Category vessels I1) apply in
full.
A second river pilot is obligatory for vessels
proceeding to or departing from the locks.
2 A reduction of 2⋅5 cm per metre of excess
length shall be applied to the recommended
permitted draught in the case of bulk carriers,
tankers and vessels of similar manoeuvrability
with a vessel LOA of 300 m or more.
3 III.2. The conditions that apply under III.1
above apply in full.
The GNA will only provide permission to proceed
upstream or downstream if it has been ascertained
in good time that there are no hinderances in the
fairway, that pilots and tugs are available, and that
the berth will be clear and available.
4 Permission will not be granted for passage
upstream or downstream, if visibility in part
of the passage still to be undertaken is less
than 2000 m and/or if the wind strength at
the Noordzeeterminal, the Europaterminal, the
locks in Antwerp or the Deurganckdok is
Force 7 on the Beaufort scale or greater.
5 Vessels proceeding upstream or downstream are
required to have two pilots on board on the
river section, one of whom at least must be
of the highest category.
6 Instructions which apply for meeting vessels:
On the seaward section; no restrictions apply in
relation to approaching or crossing when
proceeding upstream or downstream.

7 On the river section; due to the dimensions of
the vessel in relation to the dimensions of the
shipping channel, vessels proceeding upstream
or downstream must avoid any encounter
with the following type of vessel in the Pas
van Borssele and the stretch of shipping
channel between the NvB/MA buoy and buoy
81:
8 Large gas vessels.
Vessels carrying special cargoes.
Large vessels.
Paragraph 7.25 Replace by:
7.25
1 III.3. Article 1. The conditions that apply to
vessels with marginal draught (Category I vessels) and
the conditions that apply to vessels referred to in III.1
and 111.2 shall apply in full.
In the event that that permission to proceed upstream
or downstream is not granted, the vessel must
anchor at sea or remain at her berth until such time
permission is granted.
Three hours before the ship actually departs from her
berth, notification is provided to the GNA.
2 Article 2. The container vessels referred to in these
regulations, for which test runs have been carried out,
have the following dimensions:
A vessel with LOA 366⋅07 m and a beam of 51⋅20 m.
A vessel with LOA 363⋅57 m and a beam of 45⋅60 m.
3 Article 2.1. The following additional limiting
conditions shall apply in relation to these types of
vessels when proceeding upstream or downstream:
Minimum visibility at least 2000 metres.
Maximum wind strength: Force 5 on the Beaufort
scale at Berendrechtsluis, for vessels proceeding
either upstream or downstream.
Maximum draught: Vessels proceeding upstream or
downstream 14⋅0 m.
4 A minimum distance of 3 miles should be
maintained between vessels longer than
300 m and any vessel of the types referred to
in these rules (when sailing in the same
direction).
5 Article 2.2. The services of tugs are required for
the following:
For vessels proceeding upstream: Four tugs must be
available initially and in the final stage, in
accordance with the binding recommendation of
the pilot.
6 For vessels proceeding downstream: A minimum
of two tugs, depending upon the weather,
wind and current.
7 Article 2.3a. Pilotage services:
For vessels proceeding upstream or downstream,
vessels of the class referred to above are required
to have two pilots of the highest category on
board for the river section of the passage.
IV
4.3
8 Caution. These extracts are for reference purposes
only and are not to be regarded as a statement of the
applicable regulations. The full text of the regulations
(Belgium Notice to Mariners 02/43/2010) is the sole
authoritative statement and it is recommended that it is
consulted. Full details of the regulations above, may
be found at the following website:
www.vlaamsehydrografie.be.
Belgian Notice 02/43/10
(SDDs 2010000 017284; 026134) [10/10]
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Taiwan Strait - Dongshan Wan —
Pilotage
148
Paragraph 4.81 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels. Pilots
board inside the entrance of the bay at 23°43′·83N
117°34′⋅37E.
Chinese Chart 14310
(SDD 2009000 119195) [10/10]
China - Bo Hai - Tianjin - Outer anchorages —
Wrecks
397
Paragraph 10.106 1 lines 15 -21 Replace by:
Dagukou
South
Anchorage
4 miles
ESE
Vessels
with
dangerous
cargo,
draught
over 8 m;
other
vessels
over 10 m
draught.
Depths 11 to 16 m.
Dangerous wrecks,
each marked to N
by a light buoy
(isolated danger),
lie in middle and
on SW edge of the
area.
Chinese Notice 5/10/185
(SDD 2010000 024457) [10/10]
NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – West coast – Morcambe Bay to Saint
Bees Head — Directions; wind farms
289
Paragraph 9.110 3 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
3 ENE of North Morcambe Gas Field (53°58′N
3°40′W) (9.4), and:
Wk10/10

Close WSW of Walney Wind Farm (54°02′N
3°30′W), under construction (2010), marked on
each corner by light buoys (cardinal), thence:
ENE of Millom Gas Field (54°02′N 3°52′W) (9.4),
thence:
WSW of Selker Point (54°17′N 3°25′W) (9.119).
Paragraph 9.111 1 line 4 For 40 miles NNW. Read 13 miles
N to the E corner of Ormonde Wind Farm, under
construction (2010), marked by a light buoy (E cardinal)
and thence NNW for a farther 29 miles.
290
Paragraph 9.119 1 line 1 -9 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 51/09 Replace by:
1 From a position W of Morecambe Light Buoy
(53°52′N 3°24′W) to a position W of Saint Bees Head
(54°31′N 3°38′W), the route leads approximately
13 miles N to the E corner of Ormonde Wind Farm,
marked by a light buoy (E cardinal) and thence NNW
for a further 29 miles, passing:
Clear of a well head (53°52′⋅5N 3°28′⋅1W), with a
depth of 10⋅3 m and marked by a light buoy
(special), thence:
Between a waverider buoy and guard buoy (both
special) (54°00′⋅0N3°24′⋅0W) and Barrow Wind
Farm, thence:
290 -291
Paragraph 9.119 2 line 1 -9 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 51/09 Replace by:
2 ESE of Walney Wind Farm (54°02′N 3°30′W)
and Ormonde Wind Farm (54°05′N 3°26′W),
both under construction (2010), and marked
on each corner by light buoys (cardinal), and:
WNW of an 8⋅6 m patch (54°03′⋅6N 3°20′⋅2W) on
the coastal shelf.
When E of the E cardinal buoy marking Ormonde
Wind Farm the route leads NNW, passing:
Between the E Ormonde Wind Farm light buoy (E
cardinal) and a dangerous wreck, position
approximate, lying 1¾ miles W of Cockspec
(54°05′⋅9N 3°18′⋅1W), rocky ground with
detached seaweed -covered drying patches close
SW and 1 mile SE extending 1¼ miles from the
coast abreast Vickerstown (54°06′N3°15′W), the
highest part of the Isle of Walney. Thence:
Trinity House
(SDDs 2010000 017802; 026010) [10/10]
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
West coast – River Shannon — Directions;
buoyage
281
Paragraph 9.185 4 line 1 -4 Replace by:
4 ENE of Cock Rock Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(9 cables S), marking Cock Rock which is a
mass of rock on a gravel bed, lying on the
outside of the commencement of the bend
rounding Coonagh Point.
Wk10/10
IV
4.4
Paragraph 9.185 5 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 03/10 Replace by:
5 SW of Tervoe Light Buoy (port hand)
(1½ cables NNW) marking the W extremity
of the Saltings, thence:
NNE of Braemar Point Light Beacon, thence:
S of Coonagh Point (2 cables ENE), thence:
SSE of Courtbrack Light Buoy (3 cables E), thence:
NNW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (6¾ cables
ENE), thence:
Shannon Foynes Port Company
(SDD 2010000 025638) [10/10]
West coast – Annagh Head — Buoyage
312
After Paragraph 11.10 2 line 3 Add:
Clear of a meteorological light buoy (special),
(54°17′N 10°17′W), thence:
330
Paragraph 11.155 3 lines 1–7 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 49/09 Replace by:
1 WNW of Inishglora (1¼ miles WNW) and of an
8⋅5 m rocky patch lying 4 cables N of it,
thence:
WNW of a wave test light buoy (special) (2¾ miles
NW), thence:
ESE of a meteorological light buoy (special),
(8¼ miles NW), and:
WNW of Edye Rock (2½ miles NW), thence:
WNW of Annagh Head (2¾ miles N).
At night the white sector (276°–212°) of Black
Rock Light, bearing less than 212°, leads outside all
the islands and dangers off this coast.
Oceanographic Services
(SDD 2010000 022215) [10/10]
NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2008 Edition)
Nansei Shoto - Sakishima Gunto - Yaeyama
Retto - Ishigaki Shima — Light
60
Paragraph 2.11 3 line 4 Delete
After Paragraph 2.13 1 line 4 Add:
Ogan Saki Light (24°27′⋅2N 124°04′⋅7E) (2.37).
62
Paragraph 2.29 2 line 6 Delete
After Paragraph 2⋅31 1 line 2 Add:
Ogan Saki Light (24°27′⋅2N 124°04′⋅7E) (2.37).
Paragraph 2.32 1 line 9 Delete
After Paragraph 2.34 1 line 5 Add:
Ogan Saki Light (24°27′⋅2N 124°04′⋅7E) (2.37).
Paragraph 2.35 1 lines 8 -11 Delete
Paragraph 2.36 1 line 9 For (2.35) Read (2.37)

63
After Paragraph 2.37 1 line 7 Add:
Ogan Saki Light (white round concrete tower, 17 m
in height) (24°27′⋅2N 124°04′⋅7E) standing on
Ogan Saki (2.36) about 1 mile NW of Yarabu
Take (2.35).
64
Paragraph 2.45 1 line 8 Delete
After Paragraph 2.47 1 line 6 Add:
Ogan Saki Light (24°27′⋅2N 124°04′⋅7E) (2.37).
Paragraph 2.48 1 line 3 Delete
After Paragraph 2.50 1 line 8 Add:
Ogan Saki Light (24°27′⋅2N 124°04′⋅7E) (2.37).
66
Paragraph 2.55 1 lines 3 -4 Delete
After Paragraph 2.55 2 line 13 Add:
3 Useful mark:
Ogan Saki Light (24°27′⋅2N 124°04′⋅7E) (2.37).
Japanese Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2010000 018736) [10/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Thailand - Ko Muk and Ko Talibong —
Submarine cables
149
Paragraph 5.125 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...beach on its SE side. A submarine power cable is
laid across the channel from SE coast of Ko Muk ESE
to the mainland. It is buoyed at each end. Hin Khai
Muk, a rocky shoal, lies 1½ miles S of the island.
After Paragraph 5.125 1 line 11 Insert:
A submarine power cable is laid from the N point of
Ko Talibong NE to the mainland shore. It is buoyed at
each end.
Thai Notice 25/2533
(SDD 2010000 029150) [10/10]
IV
4.5
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2007 Edition)
France - Palavas -les -Flots — Dangerous wreck
71
After paragraph 2.107 1 Line 3 Add:
Caution. A wreck with an estimated least depth of
6 m lies approximately 1⋅2 miles SSE of the seaward
end of the outfall.
French Notice 10/06/30
(SDD 20100000 27843) [10/10]
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions;
light buoy
125
Paragraph 4.35 2 lines 2 -3 Delete
US Notice 51/13267/09
(SDD 2009000 189337) [10/10]
Vineyard Sound - South -west approaches —
Directions; wreck
155
Paragraph 5.109 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
(5.102).
US Chart 13218
(SDD 2009000 179678) [10/10]
Vineyard Sound and South -west approaches -
Woods Hole — Directions; buoy
157
Paragraph 5.115 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
WSW of Great Ledge (3 cables S), marked by No 4
Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
US Notice 50/13235/09
(SDD 2009000 185313) [10/10]
Narragansett Bay - Old Harbor - Limiting
conditions — Depths
168
Paragraph 5.225 1 Replace by:
1 Project depths in the entrance channel, basin and
inner harbour anchorage area are 4⋅6 m (15ft).
US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 6
(SDD 2010000 021096) [10/10]
Great Salt Pond - Limiting conditions — Depths
182
Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Project depth in the entrance channel is 5⋅5 m
(18 ft).
US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 6
(SDD 2010000 021096) [10/10]
Wk10/10

Port Chester Harbor — Depths
202
Paragraph 6.243 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
1 Project depths are 3⋅7 m (12 ft) in the anchorage
area and entrance channel, thence 3⋅0 m (10 ft) to the
turning basin, thence 0⋅9 m (3 ft) to the head of the
project.
US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 2
(SDD 2009000 175372) [10/10]
New York Harbor and adjacent waters -
Entrance channels and Lower Bay — Racons
216
Paragraph 7.73 1 line 2 Replace by:
‘A’ Light Buoy (40°27′N 73°50′W).
‘S’ Light Buoy (40°27′N 73°55′W).
US Light List Corrections Week 46/09
(SDD 2009000 164502) [10/10]
Kill Van Kull — Depths
226
Paragraph 7.129 1 line 3 For 12⋅5 m(41ft)Read 10⋅7 m
(35 ft)
US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 2
(SDD 2009000 175372) [10/10]
South Brother Island Channel — Depths
231
Paragraph 7.165 1 and 7.165 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 South Brother Island Channel, project depth
10⋅7 m (35 ft), leads from deep water E of North
Brother Island (40°48′N 73°54′W), and along the W
side of Rikers Island to a turning basin on the W side
of Bowery Bay. The channel is marked by buoys and
light buoys.
2 Vessel Mast Heights. Vessels using South Brother
Island Channel and the turning basin at its S end
should ballast...
US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 4
(SDD 2009000 194556) [10/10]
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Haiti — Port -Au -Prince
212
Paragraph 8.224 1 line 1 For (18°33′N 72°20′W) Read
(18°33′⋅36N 72°21′⋅20W)
Wk10/10
IV
4.6
Paragraph 8.225 1 Replace by:
1 Port - au - Prince is the capital and principal port of
Republic of Haïti and in 2007 had a population of
about 762 000. Much of the port infrastructure was
seriously damaged and the city devastated by the 2010
earthquake which caused a death toll of 230 000. The
port handles dry bulk, RoRo, POL, container and
cruise vessels but in 2010 it is concentrating on the
delivery of emergency relief supplies. Principal exports
are coffee and fruit whilst imports are mainly grain,
soya and building materials.
Paragraph 8.228 1 Replace by:
1 Least charted depth on the recommended approach
is 12⋅5 m.
Paragraph 8.229 1 line 1 For Container Read Varreux
213
Paragraph 8.233 1 line 3 For 6(5) Read 6(7)
Paragraph 8.234 1 line 5 Replace by:
...the cathedral (ruin) (18°32⋅95′N 72°20′⋅33W). Vessels
must wait in the...
Paragraph 8.235 1 line 2 For 1 mile Read 1½ miles
Paragraph 8.238 1 Replace by:
1 Extensive reclamation had taken place in
Port -au -Prince but much of the port is now seriously
damaged. Mariners should navigate with caution and
consult the port authority for the latest information.
Paragraph 8.241 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Cathedral (18°32⋅95′N 72°20′⋅33W), white stone
ruin.
1
213 -214
Paragraphs 8.242 to 8.246 including headings Replace by:
Approach and entry
8.242
Leading mark:
Monument (cream, blue and red, 27 m in height)
(18°33′N 72°21′W ) (position approximate).
Recommended approach:
Due to the 2010 earthquake and results of
2
subsequent survey, the recommended approach,
as shown on the chart, leads generally E for 2½
miles from a position 8½ cables NNE of Pointe
Lamentin Light (8.241).
Alternative approach:
From a position about 9 cables NNW of Pointe
Lamentin Light (8.241) with the Monument
bearing 104°, the track leads through a channel,
marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral), into
the harbour, passing (with positions relative to the
cathedral (ruin) (18°32⋅95′N 72°20′⋅33W)):
3 SSW of Récif Bolivar (4¾ miles NW),
marked by No 1 Beacon, thence:
NNE of No 2 Light Beacon (4½ miles W), off
Pointe Lamentin, thence:
NNE of No 4 Beacon (3½ miles W) off Pointe
Tor, thence:
4 SSW of Banc de l’Îlet de Sable (3½ miles
NW), a drying reef, marked by
beacons, and into the quarantine
anchorage (8.234) thence:

Between No 5 Light Buoy and No 6 Light
Buoy (port and starboard hand,
respectively) (2 miles WNW), thence:
Between No 9 Light Buoy and No 10 Buoy
(port and starboard hand, respectively)
(1¼ miles WNW).
Useful marks
8.243
1 Positions are relative to the cathedral (ruin)
(18°32′⋅95N 72°20′⋅33W):
Chimney (1 mile NNE). Large,
buff -coloured, with black top, occasional
obstruction light.
Radio station (obstruction lights) (4 cables
ENE). Two masts.
Palace (ruin) (about 3½ cables S). Large,
white, with a collapsed dome.
2 Fort National (ruin) (4½ cables ESE), also
known as Fort Alexander, identified by
its white walls and the zig -zag road
that leads to it.
Conspicuous cross (1¼ miles SSE). White,
6 m high.
Fort Bizoton (ruin) (2¾ miles WSW),
reported to make a good landmark, with a
power house nearby.
8.244
1 Caution. The best time for picking up landmarks is
2 to 3 hours after sunrise, or after midday. In the early
morning, owing to smoke and mist, landmarks are
difficult to distinguish at times. In 1984, although the
cathedral was easily seen from 5 miles distant, Fort
National could not be seen at all.
2 Owing to the difficulty in distinguishing
navigational lights from the many red airport lights
near and N of Fort National, mariners may find
difficulty in entering after dark. Aids to navigation are
reported to be unreliable and may be missing, unlit or
out of position.
Basins and berths
1
Anchorages
8.245
Quarantine anchorage. See 8.234.
Designated anchorages lie N of and near the
recommended approach, as shown on the chart. The
port authority should be contacted for further details.
IV
1
Berths
8.246
Jetty with berths on both sides, (close S of Fort Ilet
(18°33′⋅32N 72°21′⋅09W). The dolphin extension jetty
is destroyed but the trot of four partially
interconnected dolphins is serviceable.
Container terminal quayside (1½ cables ENE of
Fort Ilet), 425 m in length is destroyed and has foul
ground alongside. Two RoRo berths situated close E
and SE of the container terminal ruin are
2
unserviceable.
Caution. It is reported (2005) that depths less than
those charted, exist in the area between Fort Ilet and
the shore.
Varreux Terminal, off Hasco, (1½ miles NNW of
the cathedral (ruin) (18°32⋅95′N 72°20′⋅33W)), with a
depth alongside of 9 m, handling petroleum products
and general cargo.
3 Shell (Thor) terminal (2½ miles W of the cathedral
(ruin)), with depths of 10 to 18 m, handling petroleum
products. Vessels secure to head and stern mooring
buoys, with starboard anchor in the water, heading
NNW about 35 m off the jetty.
Cement terminal (2¾ miles W of the cathedral
(ruin)), 120 m in length with a depth alongside of
12 m, handling bulk cargoes.
Caution. See 8.238.
214
Photograph caption For Varreaux Read Varreux
BA Chart 466 Edition No3 11/03/2010 and GIC Analysis
of post earthquake Satellite Imagery 21/01/2010
(SDD 2010000 026158) [10/10]
4.7
NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2009 Edition)
Navigational Warnings — Different types
60
Paragraph 4.6 5 lines 4 -6 Delete Navigational to local
warnings.
UKHO
(HH. 073/200/06) [10/10]
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral
Marks - Region B - Preferred channels —
characteristics of buoys
315
Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/10 Diagram C.16.2
Lateral Marks - Region B PREFERRED
CHANNELS Left column Preferred channel to
starboard line 2 Replace by:
Shape: Can, pillar or spar.
UKHO; MY Queen K
(HH. 073/200/06) [10/10]
Wk10/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - Thames Estuary — Pilotage
246
Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/09 Paragraph 11.11 1
line 8 Replace by:
DW Boarding Area - 51°29′⋅0N 1°34′⋅0E.
UKHO
(SDD 2010000 020725) [09/10]
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malacca Strait - Tanjung Laboh — Light
76
Paragraph 2.125 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
SW of Tanjung Laboh (24 miles NW), from where
Kuala Sungai Ayam Light (red square on white
column, pile platform, 12 m in height) (1°44′⋅76N
102°55′⋅67E) is exhibited, and where the routes either
side of Permatang Alur Mudah combine into one.
Malaysian Notice 04/2010
(SDD 2010000 020391) [09/10]
Thailand -AoKrabi -KhlongSiBoYa—
Directions; buoyed channel; leading lights;
marine farms
149
Paragraph 5.114 1 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 5.115 including heading Replace by:
Chart 3941, Thai Charts 308, 340 (see 1.18)
Khlong Si Bo Ya
5.115
1 Description. Khlong Si Bo Ya passes between
Laem Hin (7°55′⋅8N 98°55′⋅3E) and Ko Si Bo Ya
(4 cables S), continues E and SE passing N of Ko Si
Bo Ya, and NE and E Ko Nok Khuam (7°54′⋅8N
99°00′⋅3E). Thence it continues SW, passing between
Ko Nok Khuam and Ko Hang (1 mile S), and S,
passing between the S part of Ko Si Bo Ya and Ko
Hang, thence between Ko To Lang (7°49′⋅7N
98°59′⋅8E) and Ko Klang (1½ miles ESE), and returns
to the open sea S of Ko Pu (7°47′⋅3N 98°59′⋅0E).
2 Directions. Khlong Si Bo Ya is best approached
from W from seaward through a channel with a least
depth of 2⋅3 m, marked by lateral buoys, the outer end
of which is marked by a buoy (safe water), 5 miles
WSW of Laem Hin.
Wk09/10
4.1
[09/10]
3 The alignment (075½°) of leading lights on Ko To
Lam leads through the buoyed channel:
Front light (white beacon) (7°56′⋅02N 98°59′⋅62E).
Rear light (white beacon) (6½ cables from front
light).
4 At the inward end of the buoyed channel, S of
Laem Hin, the S limit of the channel is marked by
buoys (N cardinal). Thence it continues E, passing S
of Ko To Lam and off the leading line between two
pairs of buoys (special).
The channel continues SE, passing NE of Ko Nok
Khuam, where the deepest water lies in mid -channel,
and then S, remaining clear of a rock awash which
lies 1¾ cables NE of the SW shore, and a 2 m patch
2 cables off the E shore.
5 S of Ko Nok Khuam, the channel, which is
unmarked, continues SW and S, with a least depth of
2⋅8 m. It is considerably constrained by drying banks
on both sides, passing between the S part of Ko Si Bo
Ya and Ko Hang, between Ko To Lang, Ko Cham
(7°47′⋅9N 99°00′⋅0E) and other islands E of Ko Pu to
W and Ko Klang to E, and thence to the open sea S
of Ko Pu, passing, with positions relative to Ko Lola
(7°46′⋅6N 98°58′⋅9E):
6 Clear of a 1⋅2 m patch (1¼ miles E), thence:
Clear of Hin Lola (1¼ miles SW), a rock awash,
thence:
Clear of Hin Ba Seng (2½ miles SE) (5.109).
Note. Mariners are advised that marine farms exist
in the vicinity of the S exit to Khlong Si Bo Ya the
exact positions of which are not charted and whose
positions may change frequently. They may or may
not be marked.
BA Chart 3941; Thai Charts 308; 340; Thai Notice 23/2553
(SDD 2010000 025887) [09/10]
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — Arrival information;
anchorage
367
Paragraph 9.62 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 A1 (4¾ miles NE).
A2 (4¼ miles NE).
A3 (1¾ miles SSE) - vessels carrying dangerous
goods.
Paragraph 9.62 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 A1 lies close W of the site of an historic wreck.
An outfall extends W from the shore for 1¾ miles E
of A3; its outer end is marked by a light buoy
(special).
Italian Notices 2.5.2010; 2.30.2010
(SDD 2010000 024325) [09/10]

NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Norway - Oslofjorden — Depths
160
Paragraph 5.174 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Southern channel (5.171) has a least depth of
14 m in Bleikøysundet, close NE of Bleikøya and
10 m in Springeren, mid -channel between Lindøya and
Hovedøya.
Norwegian Notice 03/26324/10
(SDD 2010000 026324) [09/10]
IV
4.2
Wk09/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2007 Edition)
Republic of Congo - Offshore terminals —
Azurite Terminal
Paragraph 6.8 1 line 5 Add:
171
Clear of Azurite Oil Terminal (71½ miles W)
(6.14a), thence;
172
After Paragraph 6.14 1 Insert:
Azurite Terminal
General information
6.14a
1 Position and function. Azurite Oil Terminal,
(5°38′⋅10S 10°59′⋅40E) consists of a Floating, Drilling,
Production, Storage and Off -loading facility (FDPSO)
connected to subsea drill centre. The position of the
FDPSO may vary slightly as a result of ongoing
drilling activities.
Terminal Authority: Murphy West Africa Ltd.
E -mail: oim.azurite@prosafeproduction.com
Limiting conditions
6.14b
1 Maximum size of vessel handled. The FDPSO is
designed to accept export tankers up to 330 000 dwt.
Local weather and sea state. Normal wind
conditions are dominated by tradewinds blowing from
the SE to SW sectors. Winds are generally moderate
and constant, but extreme wind conditions can occur
in squalls during the wet season (December to April).
Arrival information
6.14c
1 Notice of ETA. Initial ETA should be sent 7 days
before arrival; thence 72, 48, 24, 12 and 4 hours prior
to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume
6(3).
Waiting area. The waiting area is 10 miles W of
the FDPSO.
2 Pilotage is compulsory within 2 miles of the
FDPSO. Pilots will board 2 miles N of the FDPSO.
Tugs are available.
3 Restricted area. A zone, radius 2 miles, where
navigation and fishing is prohibited is centred on the
FDPSO.
Harbour
6.14d
1 Current. Attains rates of up to 3 knots, mainly
influenced by the outflow from the Congo River.
Changes in current strength and direction can occur at
any time.
Wk08/10
4.1
Directions
6.14e
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
[08/10]
Berths
6.14f
1 Export tankers moor in tandem with the FDPSO.
Services
6.14g
1 Medical. Paramedic on board FDPSO.
Supplies. Fuel oils and provisions.
Murphy West Africa
(SDD 2010000 003262) [08/10]
NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2007 Edition)
Colombia - Bahía de Cartagena - Directions -
Bocachica — Deep draught channel
268
Paragraph 9.178 5 and 6 Delete
Colombian Notice 007/2010
(SDD 2010000 021053) [08/10]
NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - West coast - La Pallice — Directions;
light
186
Paragraph 7.169 1 lines 1 -11 Replace by:
1 By day the line of bearing 014° of Môle d’Escale
Direction Light (grey 4 -sided metal tower, 23 m in
height) (46°09′⋅5N 1°14′⋅5W) and by night the white
sector (012¾°–015¼°) of the direction light, leads
NNE through Coureau de la Pallice, passing (positions
given from the direction light):
Paragraph 7.169 2 line 5 For 1½ milesRead 1¼ miles
Paragraph 7.169 2 line 6 For 2½ milesRead 1¾ miles
Paragraph 7.169 3 line 1 For 7¾ cables Read 4¾ cables
Paragraph 7.169 3 line 4 For 8 cables Read 5½ cables
Paragraph 7.169 4 lines 1 -6 Delete
Paragraph 7.170 1 line 4 For 4 cables Read 1 cable
Paragraph 7.170 1 line 7 For 2 cables S Read 1¼ cables NE
Paragraph 7.170 1 line 8 For 1 cable WNW Read 3¼
cables N
French Notice 10/02/10
(SDD 2010000 010250) [08/10]

NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Korea-Westcoast-Inch’än Hang - Southwest
approaches — Fairway; directions; vertical
clearances; bridges; anchorages; regulations;
developments; aids to navigation
474
Paragraph 12.134 Replace by:
1 The port of Inch’än is approached from SW and
entered through a fairway marked by light buoys
(lateral and special). A fairway from SW for coastal
passenger ships joins the main fairway just below
Inch’än Grand Bridge (12.156).
475
After Paragraph 12.137 line 11 Insert:
Vertical clearances
12.137a
1 Inch’än Grand Bridge: centre span (37°24′⋅8N
126°34′⋅0E) 66 m; E and W spans 59 m.
Yängjongdo Bridge (37°32′⋅7N 126°34′⋅9E): 35 m.
Several bridges span the river N of Yängjongdo
Bridge, the vertical clearances of which are not
known; see 12.164.
An overhead power cable, safe vertical clearance
70 m, spans the N tidal basin at 37°29′⋅75N
126°37′⋅75E.
Paragraph 12.145 1 lines 2 -4 Delete
Paragraph 12.148 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 For approaches see 12.125.
Speed limits: From 1 mile S of Inch’on Grand
Bridge to Yängjongdo Bridge (12.137a), 8 miles NNE,
the general speed limit is 12 kn, with following
exceptions:
In the approaches to Inch’on Grand Bridge, less than
10 kn for vessels less than 50 000 gt, and less
than 7 kn for vessels over 100 000 gt,
Less than 8 kn off some berth areas and approaches
to docks.
Paragraph 12.151 1 lines 6 -7 Delete
476
Paragraph 12.155 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
Inch’on Grand Bridge, S column between centre and
E spans (37°24′⋅68N 126°34′⋅18E).
Inch’on Grand Bridge N column between centre and
W spans (37°24′⋅97N 126°33′⋅78E).
Yängjongdo Bridge Centre Light (37°32′⋅67N
126°34′⋅86E).
IV
Paragraph 12.156 1 line 7 to 3 line 2 Replace by:
The track then enters a two -way fairway, passing
between anchorage areas (12.145) and mud banks
marked by light buoys (lateral), to In’chon Grand
Bridge (37°24′⋅8N 126°34′⋅0E). Coastal Passenger Ship
Fairway, 6 miles long, leads from SW, from a position
5 cables SE of Haerido Light (12.173) (37°22′N
2
126°26′E), and joins the main fairway just below the
bridge. Anchorages W4 and W5 (12.160) lie partly
within the NE end of the fairway.
Three navigation channels for two -way traffic, each
marked by light buoys (special or lateral), pass under
the bridge which is marked by lights; for vertical
clearances see 12.137a. The main channel has a width
of 3¼ cables, and the side channels to NW and SE a
width of about 1 cable each.
3 The track then leads NNE through Fairway I, which
is marked by light buoys (special), not shown on chart
and liable to change; to the...
4.2
477
Paragraph 12.160 Replace by:
1 The outer harbour has 18 numbered anchorages, the
limits of some of which are shown on the chart, lying
to E and W of the main approach fairway and E of
Fairway I as follows:
2 Anchorages W3 to W5 to the W of the main
fairway below In’chon Grand Bridge and W9
to W15 above the bridge, with depths from 7
to 18 m, capable of accommodating vessels
up to 50 000 tonnes. A wreck, depth 13⋅3 m
lies in W of Anchorage W14, and an
explosives anchorage lies NNE of Anchorage
W15.
3 Anchorages E1 to E6 to the E of the main
fairway below the bridge, with depths from 4
to 16 m, capable of accommodating vessels
up to 50 000 tonnes. Anchorage E5 and E8 is
only for transit vessels to provision or bunker.
4 Anchorages A1 to A8 to E of anchorages E,
with depths from 4 to 6 m, capable of
accommodating vessels up to 5000 tonnes.
Anchorages W19 and E6 are designated as
Emergency Reserved Anchorages.
Anchorage W5 has reportedly been removed.
479
Paragraph 12.164 4 lines 6 -10 Replace by:
Vertical clearances.Yängjongdo Bridge (37°32′⋅7N
126°34′⋅9E), vertical clearance 35 m, spans Yäm Ha;
another bridge (37°37′⋅96N 126°32′⋅43E), spans Yäm
Ha from Kanghwa Do and several bridges span Han
Gang at Seoul; see also 12.137a.
Korean Notices 44/680/09; 44/681/09; 49/736/09;
49/738/09; 49/739/09; 49/740/09; 49/741/09; 51/774/09;
51/775/09; 51/776/09; 51/Part3/125/09; Korean ENC
KR5F2K41
(SDDs 2009000 157604; 157605; 183896; 183897;
183898; 183900; 183901; 191728; 191729; 191730;
191742) [08/10]
Wk08/10

NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
East coast – Kilkeel — Approach and entry;
limiting conditions
191
Paragraph 6.137 1 line 6 For South Pier and a breakwater.
Read South Pier and a breakwater. See 6.138.
192
After Paragraph 6.138 1 line 3 Insert:
Local weather and sea state. With winds of
force 5 and above from E through S to SW hazardous
conditions can be encountered whilst entering or
leaving the harbour. Extreme caution should be
exercised as these conditions could result in a vessel
broaching.
Paragraph 6.141 1 line 6 For accordingly. Read
accordingly. See 6.138.
Northern Ireland Fishery Harbour Authority
(SDD 2010000 017815) [08/10]
NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Honshu - Northwest coast - Tako Hana —
Wreck
89
Paragraph 3.73 2 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
NNW of Tako Hana (35°36′⋅02N 133°05′⋅19E). A
rock with a depth of 9⋅2 m lies 8 cables N of the
point, and a dangerous wreck lies 1 cable N of the
rock.
Japanese Notice 6/220/10
(SDD 2010000 020414) [08/10]
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - Cheju Do - Cheju Hang — Anchorages
81
Paragraph 2.31 2 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorages, which are exposed to all winds
except from the S and where the holding ground is
bad, may be obtained (with positions from Sanji Light
(33°31′⋅3N 126°32′⋅7E)) as follows:
Anchor berth A -1 (Quarantine) (1¾ miles NW) in
40 m.
Anchor berth A -2 (1¼ miles NW) in 40 m.
Anchor berth A -3 (Quarantine) (1½ miles WNW) in
30 m.
Anchor berth A -4 (1¼ miles WNW) in 20 m.
Anchor berth A -5 (1 mile NW) in 20 m, gravel and
sand.
Korean Chart 244
(SDD 2008000 057780) [08/10]
Wk08/10
IV
4.3
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Selat Rupat
— Directions; jetties
126
Paragraph 4.300 1 line 6 Replace by:
...3½ cables S. Two jetties are reported (2010) to
have been constructed, projecting up to 650 m N
and NW from the S shore, 2 miles SE of Tanjung
Tegoh. Thence:
MV Castor Voyager
(SDD 2010 017684) [08/10]
Singapore Strait and Port of Singapore —
Directions; light
235
Paragraph 7.90 4 line 1 Delete
After Paragraph 7.92 4 line 5 Insert:
Amber Light (1°18′N 103°54′E) (7.115)
238
Paragraph 7.111 4 lines 5 -6 Delete
After Paragraph 7.115 1 line 6 Insert:
Amber Light (round yellow concrete tower) (1°18′N
103°54′E).
274
Paragraph 8.207 2 line4 Delete
After Paragraph 8.210 1 line 5 Insert:
Useful mark
8.210a
1 Amber Light (1°18′N 103°54′E) (7.115).
282
Paragraph 8.271 3 line 1 For Major lights: Read Major
light:
Paragraph 8.271 3 line 5 Delete
283
After Paragraph 8.273 3 line 8 Insert:
Useful mark
8.273a
1 Amber Light (1°18′N 103°54′E) (7.115).
284
Paragraph 8.287 2 line 5 Delete

285
After Paragraph 8.288 2 line 3 Insert:
Useful mark:
Amber Light (1°18′N 103°54′E) (7.115).
Paragraph 8.295 2 line 3 Delete
After Paragraph 8.296 1 line 8 Insert:
2 Useful mark:
Amber Light (1°18′N 103°54′E) (7.115).
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(SDD 2010000 014648) [08/10]
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2009 Edition)
Wick - Harbour and approaches — Depths
92
Paragraph 4.23 1 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths: The approach channel is
dredged to 4⋅0 m (2008) but is subject to silting; see
also caution at 4.34. Depths within River Harbour vary
from 0⋅3 m to 4⋅8 m. Inner Harbour is dredged to
2⋅0 m (2008) and depths in Outer Harbour vary from
1⋅8 m to 2⋅3 m. The Harbour Authority should always
be consulted prior to arrival for the latest information
concerning depths and permissible draughts.
IV
4.4
93
Paragraph 4.34 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Caution. A shoal with a depth of 2⋅6 m was
reported (2010) to lie ¾ cable E of South River Pier
head.
Wick Harbour Master
(SDDs 2009000 103763. 2010000 018375) [08/10]
NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Small Isles — Sea state
284
Paragraph 9.128 1 line 1 -3 Replace by:
1 In areas of shallow water, wind combined with
strong tidal streams can cause very heavy seas. It has
been reported that exceptionally large waves can
sometimes form in relatively calm seas in the vicinity
of Maxwell Bank (56°51′N 6°06′W) and Bo Faskadale
(56°48′N 6°06′W).
Marine Accident Investigation Branch
(SDD 2010000 016235) [08/10]
NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2009 Edition)
NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) —
Gaps in coverage
224
After Paragraph 11.39 2 line 10 Insert:
Persian Gulf (Bahrain) -- Approaches to MØnº'
Salmºn.
HMS Pembroke
(SDD 2010000 020481) [08/10]
Wk08/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Morocco - Safi — Directions; Light
156
Paragraph 5.197 1 lines6to10Replace by:
Harbour directional light. The harbour is entered
in the white sector (150°) of the light on Môle
Oblique (white pylon, 9 m in height) (32°18′⋅37N
9°14′⋅90W).
Paragraph 5.197 2 line 1 For The alignment (150°) Read
The track
French Notice 50/37/09
(SDD 2009000 186455) [07/10]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume 4
(2007 Edition)
Aruba - Sint Nicolaas — Pilotage
213
Paragraph 7.180 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Reef berths. 1½ miles WSW of the reef berths
(7.189).
Paragraph 7.180 2 lines 1 -2 For 1¼ miles WSW Read
1¼ miles W
Paragraph 7.180 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
HDS and petroleum coke berths (7.192). 5 cables
WSW of the HDS harbour entrance.
Paragraph 7.180 3 line 2 For Volume 6 (5). Read
Volume 6(7).
Paragraph 7.186 1 line 5 For WSW Read W
Paragraph 7.187 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...SE of Sint Nicolaasbaai, having embarked a pilot about
5 cables WSW of Janet Light Beacon...
Valero Aruba Refinery
(SDD 2010000 017758) [07/10]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Queensland - Moreton Bay - North East
Channel — Directions; buoyage
143
Paragraph 4.37 1 line 5 to Paragraph 4.37 3 line 3
Replace by:
Thence the track leads WSW and S to pass close
NNW and W of NE2 Light Buoy (port hand)
(26°57′⋅5S 153°20′⋅5E) marking the entrance to the
channel.
4.1
[07/10]
2 The track then leads generally S requiring strict
attention to the tidal stream likely to set across the
channel (see Caution at 4.14), passing (with positions
from Comboyuro Point (27°04′S 153°22′E)):
E of NE1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (4 miles
NNW) marking the N end of Hixson Banks,
thence:
W of NE4 Light Buoy (port hand) (1½ miles NNW)
marking the SW extremity of Venus Banks,
thence:
3 W of Comboyuro Point, low and sandy but
steep -to on its W side, thence:
E of NE3 Light Buoy (E cardinal) (1 mile SSW)
marking the E extremity of Yule Banks.
Australian Notice 104/2010
(AA449986; AA450254) [07/10]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
France - North coast - Cherbourg and
approaches — Arrival information
416
Paragraph 12.29 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.29
Existing Section IV Notice Week 24/09 Paragraph 12.33 1
lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for:
Vessels with an LOA of over 50 m.
Vessels towing where the overall length of the tow is
greater than 50 m.
Compulsory pilotage applies within 7 miles of Fort
de l’Ouest (49°41′N 1°39′W).
Paragraph 12.35 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Spare
12.35
Paragraph 12.36 1 lines 1 -10 including Section IV Notice
Week 37/08 Replace by:
1 Waiting areas, the limits of which are shown on
the charts, have been established as follows:
North Waiting Area, centred 3 miles N of Fort de
l’Ouest, is reserved for vessels with a draught of
10 m or more, or vessels with a gross tonnage of
3000 or more and for vessels that are not bound to
or from the port of Cherbourg.
2 South Waiting Area, centred 1¾ miles NNE of
Fort de l’Ouest, is reserved for vessels with a
draught of less than 10 m or a gross tonnage
of less than 3000 (600 for oil tankers), bound
to or from the port of Cherbourg.
Paragraph 12.37 Delete
Wk07/10

417
Paragraph 12.42 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Channels. Passe de l’Ouest (12.49) between the
head of Digue de Querqueville and Fort de l’Ouest is
the deepest and most frequently used entrance. Its
swept depth within the limits of the leading lines is
the controlling depth for the port (12.28).
Passe de l’Est (12.50), between Fort de l’Est and
Fort de l’Île Pelée, is not recommended at night.
Paragraph 12.42 3 lines 1 -8 Delete
418
Paragraph 12.47 heading Replace by:
1
Waiting area approach
Paragraph 12.47 1 lines 1 -9 Replace by:
From a position NW of Cherbourg CH1 Light Buoy
(safe water) (49°43′N 1°42′W) the route leads
generally SE passing clear of the light buoy to the
waiting areas (12.36).
Clearing bearing, see 12.16.
French Notices 19/23/09; 1/28/10; 2/8/10
(SDDs 2009000 038301. 2010000 005360; 010248;
014173) [07/10]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West coast of
Sumatera Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malacca Strait - North -western part -
Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) —
Directions; light
69
After Paragraph 2.58 3 line 2 Insert:
Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light
(White round tower on piles, 30 m in height)
(3°00′⋅91N 100°51′⋅89E).
After Paragraph 2.59 1 line 1 Insert:
Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light
(3°00′⋅91N 100°51′⋅89E) (2.58).
Paragraph 2.63 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
SSW of Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank)
North Light (3°00′⋅91N 100°51′⋅89E) (2.58),
thence:
71
After Paragraph 2.76 2 line 5 Insert:
Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light
(3°00′⋅91N 100°51′⋅89E) (2.58).
After Paragraph 2.77 1 line 5 Insert:
Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light
(3°00′⋅91N 100°51′⋅89E) (2.58).
Paragraph 2.78 6 lines 5 -6 For marked by a light buoy
(S cardinal) Read from the N end of which Permatang
Sedepa (One Fathom Bank) North Light (2.58) is exhibited
Malaysian Notice 192/2009
(SDD 2010000 003840) [07/10]
Wk07/10
IV
4.2
Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast -
Karang Sipakal — Buoy
404
Paragraph 12.198 1 line 4 Replace by:
...reef, marked on its NW side by a buoy (isolated
danger), thence...
Indonesian Notice 03/20/10
(SDD 2010000 017932) [07/09]
Indonesia - Sumatera - West coast -
Gosong Bintanggor — Buoy
408
Paragraph 12.251 2 line 7 Replace by:
...Bintanggor) on which the sea breaks, and which
is marked on its E side by a buoy (isolated
danger). Gonsong Laut...
Indonesian Notice 03/19/10
(SDD 2010000 017931) [07/09]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
Cable Bank to Ra’s Laffºn — Directions; AIS
194
Paragraph 7.468 1 line 4 For 25°55′⋅0N Read 25°54′⋅9N
Paragraph 7.468 1 line 6 Replace by:
AIS:
Ra’s Laffºn Fairway Light Buoy (25°54′⋅9N
51°42′⋅0E).
For further information see the Mariner’s Handbook
and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Paragraph 7.469 5
Replace by:
195
line 4 - Paragraph 469 6 line 5
SE of WH -8 production platform (26°14′⋅6N
52°01′⋅0E) (lit), thence:
SE of WH -9 production platform (26°13′⋅6N
51°56′⋅3E) (lit) noting a 13⋅1 m shoal and a
wellhead, depth 15⋅2 m, lying 3 miles further W.
Thence:
Between two wells (26°10′⋅2N 52°01′⋅1E and
26°09′⋅7N 51°56′⋅6E), thence:
6 NW of Pearl -2 platform (26°04′⋅3N 51°59′⋅5E)
(lit), noting CALM -1 and CALM -2 SPMs
moored 5¼ miles and 6 miles SE. Thence:
Paragraph 7.469 7 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
SE of an obstruction (25°58′⋅6N 51°44′⋅1E) with a
safe clearance of 17⋅9 m, thence:
Through to the Ra’s Laffºn pilot boarding position
and the vicinity of Fairway Light Buoy (25°54′⋅9N
51°42′⋅0E).
BA Chart 2523
(SDD 2010000 000423) [07/10]

Qatar - Ra’s Laffºn — Limiting conditions;
arrival information; anchorages; harbour;
directions; AIS; leading lights; basins and berths;
port facilities
196
Paragraph 7.481 1 Replace by:
1 The entrance channels are dredged to 15 m; the E
part of the four docks within the harbour is dredged to
13⋅5 m.
Paragraph 7.482 1 Replace by:
1 All operational berths in the outer harbour of Al
Khor Dock are dredged to 13⋅5 m. The Container
Terminal between Wakra and Rayyan Docks is about
1 km in length.
After Paragraph 7.485 1 line 3 Add:
SPMs can handle tankers up to 320 000 dwt.
Paragraph 7.488 1 including Section IV Notice Week 17/09
Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths from 10 to
20 m in an area defined by:
25°55′N 51°45′E
25°55′N 51°48′E
25°48′N 51°45′E
25°48′N 51°48′E.
The anchorage area is sub -divided into 21 anchor
berths for allocation by the port authority.
A waiting area for vessels loading at the SPMs
(7.498) lies about 7 miles E of CALM -2 (26°00′⋅7N
52°04′⋅9E).
197
1
Paragraph 7.492 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.492
Paragraph 7.493 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Ra’s Laffºn Harbour lies within two large outer
breakwaters, extending 5 miles ENE from the coast,
and a shorter detached breakwater about 4½ cables
long which separates the N and S entrance channels.
The harbour has berths for handling LNG, liquid
products, containers, general cargo, aggregates and
1
RoRo traffic.
Paragraph 7.494 1 Replace by:
Works in progress (2010) include construction of
additional LNG and liquid products berths, container
terminal, dry dock, reclamation and development of
inner harbour areas. The port authority should be
contacted for the latest information.
Paragraph 7.496 1 line 4 Replace by:
AIS:
Ra’s Laffºn Fairway Light Buoy (25°54′⋅9N
51°42′⋅0E).
RLN1 Light Buoy (25°55′⋅3N 51°40′⋅6E).
RLN2 Light Buoy (25°55′⋅1N 51°40′⋅5E).
IHDY1 Light Buoy (25°55′⋅7 N51°38′⋅8E).
RLS1 Light Buoy (25°54′⋅5N 51°41′⋅4E).
RLS2 Light Buoy (25°54′⋅3N 51°41′⋅3E).
IV
4.3
2 For further information see The Mariner’s
Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Paragraph 7.497 Replace by:
1 Caution. Areas within the port where development
of facilities is in progress have depths shoaler than
13⋅5 m. These areas, shown on the chart, are enclosed
within dashed lines and are generally marked by light
buoys fitted with AIS.
Ra’s Laffºn North Channel outer leading lights:
Front Light FL1 (25°55′⋅9N 51°35′⋅8E) standing
close WSW of LNG Berth No 1.
Rear Light RL1 (870 m from front light) standing on
Main Breakwater.
2 From the vicinity of Ra’s Laffºn Fairway Light
Buoy (safe water) (25°54′⋅9N 51°42′⋅0E) the alignment
(279°) of the above lights leads about 4 miles W
through North Channel, marked by light buoys
(lateral), and between the outer breakwater heads from
which lights (lateral) are exhibited.
Ra’s Laffºn North Channel inner leading lights:
Front Light FLE (orange triangle apex up on white
beacon, 11 m in height) (25°55′⋅8N 51°36′⋅0E).
3 Rear Light RLE (orange triangle apex down on
white beacon, 22 m in height) (900 m from
front light).
From a position N of Ra’s Laffºn Detached
Breakwater Light RB2 (25°55′⋅3N 51°39′⋅2E) the
alignment (278°) of these lights leads about 2 miles W
to Al Khor Dock.
4 Ra’s Laffºn South Channel leading line:
Front Light FL2 (25°55′⋅0N 51°36′⋅9E).
Rear Light RL2 (735 m from front light).
From a position about 6 cables SSW of Ra’s Laffºn
Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (25°54′⋅9N
51°42′⋅0E) the alignment (279°) of these lights leads
about 3½ miles W through South Channel, marked by
light buoys (lateral), and between the outer breakwater
heads from which lights (lateral) are exhibited, to
Wakra Dock.
5 Useful marks:
SB2 Light (25°55′⋅8N 51°38′⋅4E) exhibited from a
short spur breakwater extending SSW from N
Breakwater.
The port control tower (25°55′⋅7N 51°36′⋅1E)
standing on the N corner of the central quay
in Al Khor Dock.
RB6 Light (25°54′⋅0N 51°39′⋅6E) exhibited from
the elbow of S Breakwater.
Paragraph 7.498 including headings and Section IV Notice
Week 17/09 Replace by:
SPMs, basins and berths
SPMs
7.498
1 CALM -1 (26°00′⋅7N 52°03′⋅7E).
CALM -2 (1 mile further E).
Tankers of up to 320 000 dwt can moor to these
SPMs to load condensate.
Wk07/10

1
Basins and berths
7.498a
Doha Dock. The N basin has LNG Berth No 5 with
LNG Berth No 6 under construction (2010) further
NW. Coastguard mooring buoys lie either side of N
Breakwater’s inner spur.
2 Al Khor Dock lies WSW of Doha Dock within
inner breakwaters. Four LNG berths lie off the N inner
breakwater and six liquid products berths are either
side of three piers which extend NNW from S inner
breakwater. Three cargo berths are situated on the NE
side of the central quay. Four cargo berths are situated
on the inner side of the central quay; Berth Nos 104
and 107 are used for RoRo cargo. Laffan 1 Aggregate
Berth lies 5 cables SW of Berth No 105 and is used
for importing aggregate.
3 Service Berths 206 to 212 lie on an extension of
the main central quay which extends SE into the inner
basin; Service Berths 218 to 221 and a slip are
4
situated in the NW part of the basin; Service Berths
200 to 205 are close SW.
Wakra Dock, consisting of inner and outer basins
separated by breakwaters, is situated SE of Al Khor
Dock and has a number of Liquid Products berths
under construction (2010) in its outer basin.
Rayyan Dock the S most basin has a container
terminal and dry dock where works are in progress
(2010).
Paragraph 7.499 1 Replace by:
1 There is a slipway. A dry dock is under
construction (2010).
BA Chart 3781; Ra’s Laffºn Port Authority
(SDDs 2010000 005488; 017753) [07/10]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2009 Edition)
Pointe de L’Est to Île d’Entrée — Wreck
130
Paragraph 6.32 2 lines 3 -5 Delete
Canada Eastern Notice 01/10
(SDD 2010000 017603) [07/10]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal - Leixôes - Outer approaches — Depth
136
After Paragraph 5.45 4 Insert:
5 Clear of (according to draught) a depth of 18⋅6 m
(3¼ miles SW), which lies 8 cables NW of the charted
pilot boarding position for Leixôes.
Wk07/10
IV
4.4
139
Paragraph 5.71 1 lines7to8Replace by:
...(41°09′N 8°41′W (5.97) passes S of an 18⋅6 m depth
(5.45) and leads to a position S of Canal Exterior and
generally S of vessels anchored off the port.
Portuguese Notice 344/09
(SDD 2010000 009505) [07/10]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2009 Edition)
Loran -C — Discontinuation of US and
Canadian signals
220
After Paragraph 11.20 1 line 5 Insert:
Note. The transmission of the US Loran--C
signal ceased with effect from 8 February 2010
and is permanently discontinued. This does not
affect US participation in the Russian--American or
Canadian chains. It has also been announced that
the Canadian signal is to be discontinued from
1 October 2010. This should be considered when
using volumes of Sailing Directions which cover
the withdrawn chains.
Paragraph 11.20 4 lines 5 -7 Delete However, on US
Charts to this effect is shown.
NAVAREA IV 40/10
(SDD 2010000 013752) [07/10]
IALA Maritime Buoyage System - Lateral
Marks - Region B - Preferred channels —
characteristics of buoys
315
Diagram C.16.2 Lateral Marks - Region B
PREFERRED CHANNELS After...a preferred channel
is indicated by:
Left Column Replace by:
Preferred channel to starboard
Colour: Green with one broad red band.
Shape: Conical, pillar or spar.
Topmark (when fitted): Single green can.
Retroflector: Green band or triangle.
Right Column Replace by:
Preferred channel to port
Colour: Red with one broad green band.
Shape: Conical, pillar or spar.
Topmark (when fitted): Single red cone point
upward.
Retroflector: Red band or square.
UKHO
(HH. 073/200/06) [07/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Denmark - Storebælt Link - West section —
Vertical and horizontal clearances
287
Paragraph 8.19 1 line 4 For 18 m Read 16⋅9 m
Paragraph 8.19 1 line 8 For 104 m Read 70 m
Danish ENC DK4STOBS
(SDD 2009000 160145) [06/10]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia -
Penglai Donggang — Directions
362
Paragraph 9.137 1-2 Replace by:
1 Penglai Donggang. From a position 2 miles N of
Penglai Donggang Breakwater Head Light (black and
white metal tube, 6 m in height) (37°49′⋅4N
120°50′⋅2E), the track leads SSW for about 1¾ miles
through Penglai Donggang Waihangdao, an unmarked
channel, 5 cables wide, to a position between Nos 1
and 2 Light Buoys (lateral), 1¼ miles NW of the light,
and keeping clear of the adjacent anchorage (9.134) to
the W.
2 The track then continues SSE for about 1¼ miles
through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral),
thence E to enter the harbour passing S of the
breakwater.
Chinese Notice 2/10/66
(SDD 2010000 009683) [06/10]
Korea -Westcoast—Lights;directions
424
After Paragraph 11.13 2 line 2 Add:
Samt’ae Do Light, Hat’aedo (white round concrete
tower, 4 m in height) (34°23′⋅7N 125°18′⋅0E).
425
Paragraph 11.15 5 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 W of Hat’aedo (34°23′N 125°18′E) (11.25),
from where Samt’ae Do Light (11.13) is
exhibited on the extremity...
Wk06/10
4.1
426
Paragraph 11.22 4 Replace by:
[06/10]
4 Major Lights:
Hojangdo Light (34°43′N 125°24′E) (11.13).
Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (34°39′⋅2N
125°28′⋅7E) (11.33).
Paragraph 11.25 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Major Light. Samt’ae Do Light (34°23′⋅7N
125°18′⋅0E) (11.13).
427
After Paragraph 11.33 2 line 2 Insert:
Samt’ae Do Light, Hat’aedo (34°23′⋅7N
125°18′⋅0E) (11.13).
Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (white round
concrete tower, 11 m in height) (34°39′⋅2N
125°28′⋅7E).
428
After Paragraph 11.36 2 line 9 Add:
E of Hat’aedo (34°23′N 125°18′E) (11.25), from
where Samt’ae Do Light (11.13) is exhibited,
thence:
437
After Paragraph 11.91 1 line 1 Add:
Samt’ae Do Light, Hat’aedo (34°23′⋅7N
125°18′⋅0E) (11.13).
448
After Paragraph 11.141 1 line 4 Add:
Samt’ae Do Light, Hat’aedo (34°23′⋅7N
125°18′⋅0E) (11.13).
Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (34°39′⋅2N
125°28′⋅7E) (11.33).
Paragraph 11.141 1 line 13 Delete
449
Paragraph 11.143 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
...larger island. Taeh÷ksando Light (11.33) is exhibited
from the island. Thence:
Paragraph 11.146 1 line 4 Replace by:
S of Shibidongp’ado, from where a light (white
round concrete tower, 8 m in height) is...

450
After Paragraph 11.151 1 line 1 Insert:
Samt’ae Do Light, Hat’aedo (34°23′⋅7N
125°18′⋅0E) (11.13).
Taeh÷ksando Light, Yängsando (34°39′⋅2N
125°28′⋅7E) (11.33).
451
After Paragraph 11.160 5 line 3 Insert:
Päpsängp’o Light (white concrete column, 5 m in
height) (35°22′⋅6N 126°24′⋅7E).
Paragraph 11.160 5 line 6 Delete
452
Paragraph 11.164 2 line 5 Replace by:
...Yä. Thence:
WNW of Päpsängp’o Light (35°22′⋅6N 126°24′⋅7E)
(11.160) in the entrance to Päpsängp’o Hang
(11.177).
454
After Paragraph 11.177 2 line 8 Insert:
Major Light:
Päpsängp’o Light (35°22′⋅6N 126°24′⋅7E) (11.160).
456
Paragraph 11.199 2 line 9 Delete
459
Paragraph 12.7 1 lines 3 -4 Delete
Paragraph 12.9 1 line 4 For (12.7) Read (11.146)
461
Paragraph 12.24 1 line 4 Delete
462
Paragraph 12.35 1 line 2 Delete
Paragraph 12.35 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
Ongdo Light (white round concrete tower, 25 m in
height) (36°39′N 126°00′E).
Korean Notices 35/542/09; 46/701/09; 53/818/09;
53/819/09, 53/821/09
(SDDs 2009000 127978; 166551. 2010000 001864,
001865; 001867) [06/10]
IV
4.2
NP 33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2008 Edition)
Philippine Islands - Pacijan Island — Light
355
Paragraph 9.414 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
...channel 1½ cables wide. Pacijan Light and Tulang
Light are exhibited from the SE part of the island,
1 mile N and 2¾ miles ENE of Pagtudian Point
(10°35′⋅43N 124°16′⋅49E) respectively.
Philippines Notice 12/238/09
(SDD 2010000 012822) [06/10]
NP 42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Kanmon Kaikyo — Directions; light
56
Paragraph 3.14 2 lines 1 -3 Delete
After Paragraph 3.15 5 line 4 Add:
Useful mark:
Mutsure Shima Light (white round stone tower,
11 m in height) (33°58′⋅68N 130°52′⋅07E)
exhibited from the E extremity of Mutsure Shima
(3.68).
57
Paragraph 3.23 1 line 5 Delete
After Paragraph 3.24 3 line 8 Add:
Useful mark:
Mutsure Shima Light (33°58′⋅68N 130°52′⋅07E)
(3.15).
69
Paragraph 3.62 3 line 3 Delete
72
Paragraph 3.72 2 line 3 Delete
Japanese Notice 4/139/10
(SDD 2010000 011397) [06/10]
NP 42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2008 Edition)
Tsushima — Directions; light
385
Paragraph 14.10 1 lines 6 -8 Delete
386
After Paragraph 14.12 1 line 4 Add:
Ko Saki Light (white 8 -sided concrete tower, 11 m
in height) (34°05′⋅1N 129°12′⋅8E).
Wk06/10

388
Paragraph 14.18 2 line 2 Delete
After Paragraph 14.19 1 line 14 Add:
Useful mark:
Ko Saki Light (34°05′⋅1N 129°12′⋅8E) (14.12).
Japanese Notice 04/143/10
(SDD 2010000 011408) [06/10]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - Cheju Do - Seogwipo Hang —
Directions; light
86
After Paragraph 2.60 2 line 2 Add:
Seowipo Hang Oehang Breakwater Light (red round
concrete tower, 15 m in height) (33°14′⋅0N
126°34′⋅0E).
87
After Paragraph 2.67 1 line 7 Add:
Seogwipo Hang Oehang Breakwater Light
(33°14′⋅0N 126°34′⋅0E) (2.60).
Korean Notice 53/816/09
(SDD 2010000 001861) [06/10]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Sicilia - Catania — Traffic Separation
Scheme
448
Paragraph 13.19 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Traffic Separation Scheme. A TSS has been
established in the approaches to the port. It comprises
inward and outward traffic lanes and a semi -circular
precautionary area, radius 1 mile, centred on 37°28′⋅7N
15°05′⋅7E.
All vessels over 300 gt and fishing vessels of 24 m
or more, are advised to approach the port on a W
heading and at a speed of no more than 15 kn.
2 Vessels must keep at least 8 cables from the vessel
ahead.
Maximum speed in the precautionary area is 9 kn.
The scheme is not IMO -adopted. The Italian
authorities advise that the principles for the use of the
scheme, as defined in Rule 10 of the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972),
apply.
3 Notice of ETA required: 72 hours. See Admiralty
List ...
Wk06/10
IV
4.3
Paragraph 13.19 1 line 5 Replace by:
...Levante, clear of the TSS precautionary area.
Paragraph 13.19 2 line 1 Replace by:
4 Submarine
SSW of ...
cables come ashore about 1½ miles
Paragraph 13.19 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
5 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
500 gt. The pilot boards 1¼ miles SE of the head of
Molo di Levante, at the junction of the precautionary
area and the separation zone. See 1.22 and Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
449
Paragraph 13.21 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 The port is approached via the inbound lane of the
TSS, and thence to the pilot boarding area (13.19).
Italian Notices 24.10/09; 24.19/09
(SDD 2010000 014567) [06/10]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Germany - Die Elbe – Krautsand to Hamburg —
Directions; light
221
Paragraph 7.126 3 lines 6 -8 Delete
222
Paragraph 7.127 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
German Notice 2/(21)47/10
(SDD 2010000 012942) [06/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2008 Edition)
Brazil – Canal do Norte — Pilot boarding place
87
Paragraph 3.50 2 line 8 For 2¾ miles E Read 3½ miles NE
Brazilian Notice 24/182/09
(SDD 2010000 009887) [05/10]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Chile – Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place
141
Paragraph 4.60 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...vessels under 12 m in draught, 2¾ miles W of the light.
These pilot boarding places are...
Chilean Notice 12/121/2009
(SDD 2010000 006410) [05/10]
Chile – Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place
186
Paragraph 6.58 1 line 2 For 1½ miles Read 2¼ miles
Chilean Notice 12/120/2009
(SDD 2010000 006409) [05/10]
Chile–PuntaPeñaBlancatoPuntaConcón—
Directions; buoy
223
Paragraph 6.480 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 Clear of an ODAS light buoy (special)
(32°59′⋅80S 71°49′⋅20W), thence:
WNW of Punta Angeles (33°01′S 71°38′W), high
and...
Chilean Notice 12/122/2009
(SDD 2010000 006411) [05/10]
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2007 Edition)
Canada - Hudson Strait — Grenfell Sound
219 -220
Paragraph 6.24 Replace by:
Canadian Chart 5064 (see 1.19)
Grenfell Sound
6.24
1 Grenfell Sound, entered close N of Swaine Point
(60°15′N 64°23′W) at the SE end of Cape Labrador,
4.1
[05/10]
forms the E entrance to McLelan Strait (6.25), which
separates Killinek Island (6.32) from the N end of the
Labrador mainland.
From its entrance, Grenfell Sound extends 3½ miles
NW between irregular shores, to a narrows connecting
it to McLelan Strait, which leads through two more
narrows into Forbes Sound (6.127) in Ungava Bay.
The steep sides of this strait are composed of dark,
bare rock.
2 Close off the N side of the entrance there is a
group of islands of which the closest and largest is
Parmenter Island, 122 m high, with a dome -shaped
summit. Austin Island, low and flat, situated 6 cables
SE, is the outermost of the group. A drying reef lies
on the S side of the entrance, 1 mile WNW of Swaine
Point and shoals with depths less than 7⋅0 m lie
respectively 1¼ miles N and 2¼ miles NW of Swaine
Point. Another shoal, least depth 2⋅3 m, lies at the
junction of Grenfell Sound and McLelan Strait in
position 60°17′⋅95N 64°30′⋅03W.
3 Recent corridor surveys (2005 -2007) in this region
have enabled more accurate and complete charting in
some areas. These corridors are marked on the charts
and are shown on the relevant source diagrams.
Caution is advised when navigating outside these
corridors.
220
Paragraph 6.30 1 Replace by:
1 The chart is the best guide.
Canadian Chart 5064
(SDD 2009000 191046) [05/10]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2006 Edition)
Russia - Sankt Peterburg and approaches —
Depths; directions; leading lights
121
Paragraph 3.186 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater (3.197) has a
swept depth of 14 m (2008).
122
Paragraph 3.197 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the Sankt Peterburgskiy Light
Buoy (60°01′⋅6N 29°26′⋅0E) the track continues E for
2 miles to Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater
mid -channel Buoy (60°01′⋅5N 29°29′⋅8E) which marks
the entrance to the Kronshtadtskiy Korabel’nyy
Farvater. The fairway, 150 m in width and swept to a
depth of 14⋅0 m (2008), leads about 10 miles ESE past
the naval port of Kronshtadt, to Sankt Peterburgskiy
Morskoy Kanal (3.221). It is marked by numbered
light buoys (lateral), and uses a series of leading
lights.
Wk05/10

122 -123
Paragraph 3.198 including Section IV Notice Week 17/08
Replace by:
Spare
3.198
123
Paragraph 3.199 Replace by:
1
Spare
3.199
Paragraph 3.200 Replace by:
3.200
Srednyaya Gavan’ Leading Lights:
Front light (white rectangle, red stripe on tower,
12 m in height) (59°58′⋅6N 29°46′⋅8E), stands in
the SE corner of the harbour.
Central light (white rectangle, red stripe on tower,
25 m in height) (59°58′⋅5N 29°47′⋅5E).
Rear light (white rectangle, red stripe on tower),
(59°57′⋅8N 29°51′⋅5E).
2 The alignment (108¾°) of these lights leads ESE
for 8¾ miles from the vicinity of Kronshtadtskiy
3
Korabel’nyy Farvater mid -channel Buoy (3.197) into
Bol’shoy Kronshtadskiy Reyd, passing (with positions
from Tolbukhin Light (60°02′⋅5N 29°32′⋅7E)):
NNE of Krasnaya Gorka Light (6¾ miles SW)
(3.196), thence:
SSW of Tolbukhin Lighthouse (3.196), surrounded
by foul ground. Yuzhnaya Tolbukhinskaya Banka
(1¼ miles SE), marked by a buoy (W cardinal), is
the S danger. And:
NNE of Londonskaya Otmel’ (4 miles SSW), a
shoal area extending 1¾ miles N from the coast,
thence:
4 SSW of a rocky patch (centred 1¾ miles E)
consisting of above and below -water rocks
which forms part of the extensive shoal area
lying between Ostrov Kotlin (2¾ miles E)
and Tolbukhin Lighthouse (3.196), thence:
5 SSW of Ostrov Kotlin through the flood
prevention barrier (5¼ miles ESE). The
channel entrance each side of the flood
6
prevention barrier is marked by light beacons.
The channel continues on the alignment (108¾°) of
the above lights for a farther 2 miles through Bol’shoy
Kronshtadskiy Reyd, passing (with positions from
Ostrov Kronshlot Lighthouse (red round structure on
base, 3 m in height) (59°58′⋅8N 29°45′⋅1E)):
7 NNE of Lomonosovskaya Otmel’, a bank
extending 3¼ miles N from the coast in the
vicinity of Lomonosov (59°55′N 29°46′E)
(3.210), on which stand several islets,
including Ostrov Kronshlot (3.200). The N
extremity of this bank as far as Ostrov
Kronshlot is marked by buoys (N cardinal).
Thence:
SSW of the entrance to Kabotazhnaya Gavan’
(6 cables N) (3.207), thence:
Wk05/10
IV
4.2
8 NNE of Ostrov Kronshlot, a fortified island
which surrounds a harbour. Ostrov Kronshlot
Light is exhibited from the N extremity of
the island, close S of the fairway. Thence:
9 SSW of the W end of Kronshtadt harbour wall
(3½ cables NE), forming the E side of the
entrance to Kupecheskaya Gavan’ (3.207),
thence:
SSW of a shoal (3 cables NE), with a depth of 1⋅8 m,
which lies close N of the fairway in the vicinity of
Fort Men’shikov (59°58′⋅9N 29°45′⋅6E).
126
Paragraph 3.226 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 This channel, dredged to 10⋅9 m (2008), and
marked by buoys (lateral), leads ENE from
Petrodvorets on the alignment (240¼°), astern,ofthe
leading lights (3.228) for 5 miles, where it joins the
Petrovskiy Kanal (3.226a).
After Paragraph 3.226 1 Insert:
Petrovskiy Kanal
3.226a
1 Petrovskiy Kanal Leading Lights:
Front light (white tower, red stripe, 10 m in height)
(59°55′⋅0N 29°59′⋅1E).
Rear light (white tower, red stripe, 25 m in height
(59°54′⋅5N 29°57′⋅1E).
2 Ostrov Krestovskiy Leading Lights:
Front light (white round tower, red stripe, 12 m in
height) (59°58′⋅2N 30°13′⋅2E).
Rear light (similar structure, 17 m in height)
(2 cables ENE of front light).
3 From a position in the Morskoy Kanal, close ESE
of Light Buoys No 33 and 34, the Petrovskiy Kanal
leads ENE for 6¾ miles on the alignment (245½°),
astern, of Petrovskiy Kanal Leading Lights and the
alignment (065½°), ahead, of Ostrov Krestovskiy
Leading Lights to a position 4 miles WSW of Ostrov
Krestovskiy Leading Lights indicating the entrance to
Malaya Nevka and Malaya Neva (3.233). The channel
is well marked by light buoys (lateral).
4 The Petrovskiy Kanal has been dredged to a depth
of 10⋅9 m (2008) from position 59°55′⋅2N 30°00′⋅4E to
59°57′⋅2N 30°09′⋅0E.
Petrovskiy Kanal to Vasil’yevskiy Ostrov
3.226b
1 Podkhodnogo Kanala Leading Lights:
Front light (59°57′⋅2N 30°07′⋅7E).
Rear light (59°57′⋅3N 30°07′⋅1E).
2 From a position 59°57′⋅2N 30°09′⋅0E in the
Petrovskiy Kanal, the alignment (281¼°), astern, of
the above lights leads E for 1 mile through a channel
140 m wide, dredged to 10⋅9 m (2008) and marked by
buoys (lateral), to a terminal (under construction)
(3.256).

130
After Paragraph 3.256 2 line 6 Insert:
3 On the W coast of Vasil’yevskiy Ostrov a marine
passenger terminal is under construction in position
59°56′⋅8N 30°11′⋅6E. The dredged approach channel
(3.226b) leads to an area within the harbour dredged
to a depth of 10⋅6 m (2009).
Russian Notices 33/4531/08; 43/6037/08; 8/762/09;
8/845/09; 10/1074/09; 20/2461/09; 27/3440/09
(SDDs 2008000 068511; 086406; 2009000 014041;
014046; 017212; 037998; 059999) [05/10]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Spain - North coast - Ría de Avilés —
Waiting anchorage
293
Paragraph 11.23 1 line 3 For 5 cables and 1 mile Read 1and
1½ miles
Spanish Notice 10/02/06
(SDD 2010000 006893) [05/10]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan -
WeifangGang—Newport
19
After Paragraph 1.115 19 line 10 Insert:
Weifang Gang (37°14′⋅90N
119°11′⋅60E) (10.59)
391
After Paragraph 10.59 Insert:
Small commercial port
1
Weifang Gang
Chart 1256, Chinese Chart 11840 (see 1.18)
10.59a
General information. Weifang Gang (37°14′⋅90N
119°11′⋅60E) lies on SW side of Laizhou Wan, and
was opened to foreign trade in 2009. The port consists
of a jetty extending 5½ miles N from the coast, which
provides seven berths on its W side and handles
2
general cargo, maximum size 3000 dwt, length 130 m,
depth 7 m. Breakwaters, marked by lights, are under
construction, to NW and SE of the buoyed entrance
channel.
Anchorages: Two anchorages lie N of the approach
channel, with depths of about 7 m.
No 3 Anchorage with the following limits:
37°23′⋅96N 119°16′⋅54E;
37°22′⋅95N 119°18′⋅37E;
37°21′⋅49N 119°17′⋅11E;
37°22′⋅48N 119°15′⋅30E.
No 2 Anchorage, a small anchorage area, is centred
at 37°24′⋅30N 119°15′⋅00E.
IV
4.3
3 Approach and entry. The port is approached from
the NE through a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral).
The channel is entered in the vicinity of No 1 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (37°19′⋅26N 119°16⋅′65E) and
leads 238½°/058½° for 1¾ miles, thence 227½°/047½°
for 3½ miles to the vicinity of No 13 Light Buoy
(starboard hand), 6½ cables N of the breakwater head
(37°15⋅′18N 119°11′⋅40E), and marked by a light (red
and white metal framework tower, 6 m in height).
4 The channel then leads 194¾°/014¾° to pass W of
the breakwater head from where the berths can be
approached.
The fairway width in the two outer sections is
150 m, and depth 4⋅0 m, and in the inner section the
width and depth are 100 m and 5 m respectively.
A shoal patch, depth 3⋅8 m, marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger) lies 7 cables SE of mid -part of the
channel.
5 Useful marks:
W Breakwater No 1 Light (white metal post, red
bands, 6 m in height) (37°18′⋅00N 119°13′⋅77E),
W Breakwater No 2 Light (similar construction)
(37°16′⋅82N 119°12′⋅18E),
E Breakwater No 1 Light (similar construction)
(37°17′⋅09N 119°14′⋅83E),
E Breakwater No 1 Light (similar construction)
(37°15′⋅92N 119°13′⋅24E).
Chinese Notices 34/09/1270 & Part 1, 51/09/1880
(SDDs 2009000 121721; 121775; 194867) [05/10]
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao east and
southeastwards — Wrecks
231
Paragraph 6.25 5 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (25 miles SE) (Chart
2412), and another dangerous wreck 12½ miles
farther E, thence:
After Paragraph 6.26 5 line 1 Insert:
E of a dangerous wreck (30°40′⋅2N 122°54′⋅2E),
thence:
264
After Paragraph 6.213 1 line 2 Add:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (30°40′⋅2N 122°54′⋅2E),
thence:
Chinese Notice 52/1923/09
(SDD 2010000 004251) [05/10]
Korea-Westcoast-Inch’än Hang -
Chagyakto — Light
476
After Paragraph 12.154 1 line 11 Insert:
Chagyakto Light (white eight sided concrete tower,
20 m in height) (37°29′⋅84N 126°35′⋅40E).
Wk05/10

477
Paragraph 12.156 4 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...the vicinity. A light (12.154) is exhibited from the
island.
Korean Notice 1/17/10
(SDD 2010000 008465) [05/10]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Honshu - Northwest coast — Light
176
Paragraph 6.8 3 lines 4 -5 Delete
After Paragraph 6.10 1 line 4 Add:
Benten Shima Light (black tower, white band, 25 m
in height) (41°33′⋅28N 140°54′⋅69E).
184
Paragraph 6.76 1 line 7 Delete
After Paragraph 6.77 6 line 4 Add:
Useful mark:
Benten Shima Light (41°33′⋅28N 140°54′⋅69E)
(6.10).
191
Paragraph 6.135 1 line 11 Delete
192
After Paragraph 6.136 3 line 12 Add:
Useful mark:
Benten Shima Light (41°33′⋅28N 140°54′⋅69E)
(6.10).
Japanese Notice 03/107/10
(SDD 2010000 007710) [05/10]
Wk05/10
IV
4.4
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - South coast - Samch’ãnp’o Sudo —
Directions; light
131
After Paragraph 3.121 1 Insert:
2 Major Light:
Yulpomal Light (white round concrete tower, 5 m in
height) (34°53′⋅4N 128°08′⋅0E).
132
Paragraph 3.122 6 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...precipitous point from where a light (3.121) is
exhibited. Ponghwasan, 170 m high...
Korean Notice 52/800/09
(SDD 2009000 194756) [05/10]
Korea - South coast — Chinhae Man —
Directions; light
157
Paragraph 3.306 Heading and 3.306 1 line 1 Replace by:
Principal Marks
3.306
1 Major Light:
Hwangdeok Do Light (white round concrete tower,
7 m in height) (35°00′⋅7N 128°37′⋅3E).
Aids to Navigation:
Racons:
Paragraph 3.307 4 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...Hwangdeok Do (5 miles WSW); a light (3.306) is
exhibited from the N...
Korean Notice 52/799/09
(SDD 2009000 194755) [05/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition)
Taiwan - East coast - Ho -p’ing Kang —
Lights; directions
132
Paragraph 3.120 3 and 4 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
3 Major lights:
Ho -p’ing Kang Main Channel Directional Front
Light (red and white beacon, 14 m in height)
(24°18′⋅4N 121°45′⋅7E).
Rear Light (red and white metal tower) (1420 m
from front).
4 Leading lights:
The alignment (010°) of the above lights leads in the
middle (green) sector (009½°/010½°) of the front
directional light and into the main fairway
through the harbour entrance.
Caution. A 4⋅6 m shoal lies close off South
Breakwater Head and very close W of the main
fairway. Otherwise the approach is clear of dangers.
Lights are exhibited from the heads of the outer
breakwaters and from each side of the inner entrance.
Taiwanese Notice 138/09
(SDD 2009000 129025) [04/10]
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang —
Pilotage; depths; wreck
152
Paragraph 4.100 2 Replace by:
2 Zhangzhou Gang is a separate port to Xiamen and
handles containers and general cargo. The approaches
and anchorages details are as Xiamen; for pilotage
see 4.113, and for berths 4.141.
153
Paragraph 4.106 4 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
In Zhangzhougang Jingang Hangdao (24°24′⋅50N
1
118°05′⋅00E) the least charted depth over a bank is
7⋅4 m, but a least depth of 8⋅9 m can be found on
S side of fairway; depths greater than 10 m lie to N of
the fairway.
Paragraph 4.112 2 line 1 After area Add (4.113)
Paragraph 4.113 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Xiamen. Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels,
and for Chinese vessels of 230 m LOA and greater.
The pilot boarding positions are in the vicinity of
No 17 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (24°23′⋅10N
118°07⋅′41E), No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand),
1½ miles NW, and No 4 quarantine anchorage (4.112)
to NE; hereafter these are referred to as the pilot
boarding area.
Zhangzhou. Pilotage is compulsory and pilots
board in the vicinity of No 103 Light Buoy (preferred
channel to starboard) (24°17⋅′68N 118°10⋅′28E).
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
Wk04/10
4.1
154
Paragraph 4.123 1 line 9 Replace by:
[04/10]
...ESE). A dangerous wreck, existence doubtful,
lies 1½ miles NNE.
155
Paragraph 4.124 8 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) 5½ cables farther
NNW and the pilot boarding area (4.113).
156
Paragraph 4.126 7 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
7 Vessels requiring a pilot may head NE to
No 19 Light Buoy (port hand) (24°24′⋅22N
1
118°06′⋅26E) and the pilot boarding area (4.113); for
other...
Paragraph 4.130 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅22N 118°06′⋅26E) and the pilot boarding
area (4.113), there are numbers of routes to the
different areas of the port.
156 -157
Paragraph 4.131 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅22N 118°06′⋅26E) and the pilot boarding
area (4.113), the channel, marked by light...
157
Paragraph 4.133 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅22N 118°06′⋅26E) and the pilot boarding
area (4.113), the channel, marked by light...
159
Paragraph 4.138 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅22N 118°06′⋅26E) and the pilot boarding
area (4.111), the channel, marked by light...
Paragraph 4.138 2 line 6 Replace by:
...depth 7⋅4 m on N side of fairway and 8⋅9 mtoS,
leads over this bank. Depths greater than 10 m lie
N of No 402 Light Buoy. Thence:
163
After Paragraph 4.152 3 line 5 Add:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (10 miles SSW),
existence doubtful, thence:
Chinese Chart 14240
(SDD 2009000 043944) [04/10]

China - East coast - Ao Shan — Anchorage
240
After Paragraph 6.67 1 line 6 Insert:
SW of Ao Shan East No 1 Anchorage (6.147),
2¼ miles NNE, thence:
254
Paragraph 6.147 5 line 1 Replace by:
5 Ao Shan East No 1 Anchorage (29°56′⋅19N
122°10′⋅10E), radius 600 m.
Yeyashan Inspection Anchorage (30°00′⋅5N...
Chinese Chart 13386
(SDD 2009000 118581) [04/10]
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao —
Wrecks
245
Paragraph 6.91 8 Replace by:
8 The track then continues to a position WNW of
Yuxingnao Dao; a dangerous wreck lies 3¼ miles W,
and a wreck, swept depth 8⋅8 m, 2 miles farther NW.
Paragraph 6.92 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Clear of a wreck, swept depth 7⋅7 m, (4½ miles
SSW), thence:
246
Paragraph 6.95 3 line 13 to 6 line 8 Replace by:
4 The track continues SSW, passing:
WNW of a wreck, depth 7⋅5 m (3½ miles NW),
thence:
WNW of a wreck, swept depth 6⋅6 m (3½ miles
WNW); another wreck, swept depth 6⋅4 m, lies
6 cables farther SSE, thence:
WNW of Tangnao Shan (6.265), from where a
light (6.262) is exhibited, thence:
5 Across Caojing Donghangdao (4 miles W)
(6.265), a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral), thence:
ESE of a dangerous wreck (8 miles WSW),
position approximate, thence:
ESE of Duikou Shan (13¾ miles WSW) (6.265),
from where a light (6.94) is exhibited, thence:
6 WNW of a light buoy (isolated danger), marking
a wreck, swept depth 6⋅4 m, (6 miles SSW),
and:
Across Jinshan Hangdao (6.266), thence:
Clear of a wreck, swept depth 7⋅6 m (10¾ miles
SW); a dangerous wreck (mast), lies 3½ miles
farther ESE, position approximate, thence:
Clearofafishtraparea(12½ miles SW) and a
dangerous wreck, position approximate, close
SW, thence:
7 Clear of an obstruction, depth 11 m, (14½ miles
SSW), thence:
Clear of a wreck, swept depth 8⋅8 m, (17 miles SW),
thence:
IV
4.2
WNW of Huang Jiao (14 miles S) (6.186); a
dangerous wreck, position approximate
(reported 2008), lies 5 cables W.
8 The track then continues to a position WNW of
Yuxingnao Dao (16 miles SSW) (6.91); a dangerous
wreck lies 3¼ miles W, and a wreck, swept depth
8⋅8 m, 2 miles farther NW.
261
Paragraph 6.186 12 line 3 Replace by:
...(6.89) is exhibited; a dangerous wreck lies
3¼ miles W, and a wreck, swept depth 8⋅8 m, 2 miles
farther NW.
270
Paragraph 6.256 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 Jinshan Hangdao (6.266) has a least charted depth
of 7⋅4 m in the channel, excepting a wreck, depth
6⋅4 m, on S side of channel.
Caojing Donghangdao (6.256) has a least charted
depth of 7⋅3 m in the channel.
271
Paragraph 6.265 3 lines 3 -6 Delete
Paragraph 6.265 4 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Between Nos K5 and K6 Light Buoys (lateral)
(3 miles W); a wreck, swept depth 6⋅4 m, lies
4 cables NNW of No K5 Light Buoy, with further
wrecks within 1¼ miles to N (see 6.95), thence:
Paragraph 6.266 2 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
NNW of a light buoy (isolated danger) (11 miles
ESE), marking a wreck, swept depth 6⋅4 m,
which lies in the E -going traffic lane, thence:
SSE of a dangerous wreck (6 miles E), position
approximate, and:
NNW of a wreck, swept depth 7⋅6 m (9 miles SE),
thence:
Paragraph 6.270 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Clear of a wreck (4½ miles SSW), swept depth
7⋅7 m, thence:
Paragraph 6.270 3 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
SW of a dangerous wreck (3¼ miles W), thence:
SW of a wreck, swept depth 8⋅8 m (5¼ miles
WNW), thence:
After 6.270 5 line 7 Add:
272
NE of a dangerous wreck (8 miles SE), thence:
Chinese Chart 13339;
Chinese Notices 38/1471;1472; 1473; 1476; 1477/09
(SDDs 2009000 119234; 136351; 136353; 136355;
136358) [04/10]
Wk04/10

China - East coast - Yangshan
east -southeastwards — Pilotage; anchorage
263
Paragraph 6.205 1 line 4 For W Read ESE
After Paragraph 6.205 3 line 4 Insert:
S of No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (1¾ miles NE) for
Yangshan (6.243), thence:
268
Paragraph 6.242 2 line 2 For 12 m Read 10 m
After Paragraph 6.243 1 line 4 Add:
No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (30°33′⋅00N
122°22′⋅00E), ENE of Nos Y1 and Y2 Light
Buoys (lateral).
Chinese Chart 13431
(SDD 2009000 119426) [04/10]
China - East coast - Chang Jiang - Wuhu —
Vessel traffic service
283
Paragraph 7.28 1 Replace by:
1 Mandatory VTSs are in operation, covering
Changjiang Kou, Chang Jiang to Shanghai Harbour
upper limits, Huangpu Jiang, and in Chang Jiang up to
Wuhu (7.166), and at Yangshan (6.235); except above
Shanghai Harbour upper limits at Baoshan, reporting
positions are shown on the chart, For full details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
295
Paragraph 7.93 1 Replace by:
1 Mandatory VTSs are in operation in Chang Jiang
up to Wuhu (7.166). For details, including reporting
positions, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
305
After Paragraph 7.166 1 line 7 Add:
Vessel traffic service. Wuhu VTS is in operation
and its use is mandatory for all foreign vessels and
many Chinese vessels; for details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
Wuhu VTS Guide for User
(SDD 2009000 135292) [04/10]
China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches —
Wreck
348
After Paragraph 9.11 5 line 4 Add:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (25 miles NNW),
thence:
Chinese Notice 38/1468/09
(SDD 2009000 136348) [04/10]
Wk04/10
IV
4.3
China - Yellow Sea - Dalian - Dayao Wan —
Directions; light
374
Paragraph 9.238 1 line 4 Replace by:
...detached breakwater through the N entrance.
Paragraph 9.239 1 lines 11 -13 Replace by:
Between Dayao Wan N Entrance S Light (white
concrete column, 20 m in height) (4½ miles
NW), and N Entrance N Light (white concrete
column, black bands, 20 m in height), 2¼ cables
farther NNE.
Chinese Notice 46/1723/09
(SDD 2009000 174668) [04/10]
China - Bo Hai - Liadong Wan - Qinhuangdao
southwards — Directions
401
Paragraph 10.129 heading Replace by:
Jingtang to Qinhuangdao
402
Paragraph 10.129 5 lines 4 -8 Delete
Chinese Notices 45/1681/09; 47/1768/09
(SDDs 2009000 173101; 179809) [04/10]
Korea - West coast - Yellow Sea — Gageocho
Ocean Research Station
423
Paragraph 11.3 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Gageocho Ocean Research Station (33°56′⋅52N
124°35′⋅57E), standing on Ilhyang Ch’o (11.15) and
from where a light (yellow round tower, 7 m in
height) is exhibited.
2 Racons:
Ieodo Ocean Research Station (above).
Gageocho Ocean Research Station (above).
425
Paragraph 11.15 3 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
Clear of Ilhyang Ch’o (33°56′N 124°35′E) (Chart
3480), a pinnacle rock with a depth of 7 m,
on which stands Gageocho Ocean Research
Station (11.3), marked by a light. There are
depths over 20 m at a distance of 70 m all
round the rock. Thence:
Korean Notice 48/722/09
(SDD 2009000 178629) [04/10]

Korea-Westcoast-P’yängt’aek Hang
approaches — Anchorage
472
Paragraph 12.113 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Temporary Anchorage (2¼ miles SE), depths
from less than 5 m on W edge to 12 m, and
with a rocky patch on the N edge;
Korean Notice 48/726/09
(SDD 2009000 178633) [04/10]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition)
Indonesia - Selat Flores — Directions; lights
192
After Paragraph 8.29 3 line 5 Add:
Pulau Serbete lighthouse (8°09′⋅0S 123°01′⋅1E)
(White metal framework tower, 15 m in height).
193
Paragraph 8.34 1 line 5 For (8°19′⋅1S 123°01′⋅1E) (8.37)
Read (8°19′⋅2S 123°00′⋅7E) (white metal framework
structure, 30 m in height).
Paragraph 8.37 2 lines 11 -12 Replace by:
...light (8.29) is exhibited from the islet. The
channel...
194
Paragraph 8.40 1 line 7 Replace by:
Tanjung Serbete Light (8.34).
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 034/200/01) [04/10]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Honshu - Northwest coast - Hagi Ko -
Ai Shima — Light
76
Paragraph 3.10 2 lines 4 -5 Delete
After Paragraph 3.11 6 line 7 Add:
Ai Shima Light (white round concrete tower, 11 m in
height) (34°31′⋅00N 131°16′⋅57E).
Japanese Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2009000 182126) [04/10]
IV
4.4
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Indonesia - Sumatera - East coast - Teluk Aru -
Kambuna Gas Field — Prohibited and
restricted areas; directions
After Paragraph 4.99 Add:
107
Traffic regulations
4.99a
1 Prohibited area. A prohibited area is established
with a radius of 500 m around the production platform
of the Kambuna Gas Field, centred on 4°15′⋅9N
98°40′⋅5E.
Restricted areas. A restricted area is established
with a radius of 1750 m around the production
platform of the Kambuna Gas Field, centred on
4°15′⋅9N 98°40′⋅5E. A further restricted area exists
1259 m either side of the gas pipeline which has been
laid from the production platform in a WSW direction
to shore in position 4°04′⋅5N 98°21′⋅0E.
108
Paragraph 4.102 2 line 5 Replace by:
Clear of gas production platform WHS -A
(21½ miles N), at the centre of the Kambuna Gas
Field. The field consists of the platform,
2 wellheads and a pipeline laid WSW to shore.
Prohibited and restricted areas have been
established around the facility (see 4.99a).
Thence:
Indonesian Navwarn 02/10
(SDD 2010000 003517) [04/10]
Indonesia - Pulau Nias North Channel —
Directions; major light
355
Paragraph 11.27 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Major light
Pulau Gosobaohi (Goso Baohi) Light (white metal
framework tower, 12 m in height) (1°26′⋅1N
97°10′⋅1E).
2 Landmarks
Paragraph 11.29 1 lines 2 -4 Delete
Paragraph 11.32 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
W of Gosobaohi Light (11.27), exhibited from the N
extremity of Pulau...
Indonesian Navwarn 01/10
(SDD 2010000 003517) [04/10]
Wk04/10

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
Supplement 9 -2004
Vannøya - Torsvåg — Marine farm
158
R16After SW mole. Insert: A marine farm and associated
ground tackle lies inside the harbour, 100 m NNW of
the light.
Norwegian Notice 23/1155/09
(SDD 2009000 190035) [04/10]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1
(2007 Edition)
Solomon Islands - Manning Strait - Malaghara
Island Shoal — Directions; light beacon
125
After Paragraph 2.496 5 Insert:
6 Useful mark:
Malaghara Island Shoal Light Beacon (white
column, 10 m in height) (7°20′⋅8S 158°01′⋅2E).
EU MIP Project, Solomon Islands
(SDD 2010000 000144) [04/10]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Gibraltar — Directions; exclusion zone
236
Paragraph 7.74 11 Replace by:
11 SSE of the exclusion zone (7.146) surrounding
Europa Point Light (7.71). Los Picos Light
Buoy (S cardinal) lies 7½ cables SE of the
point and is fitted with a racon.
Thence the route leads E into the Mediterranean
Sea.
Wk04/10
IV
4.5
248
Paragraph 7.146 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 21/09
Replace by:
1 Prohibited areas. The Gibraltar Port Authority has
declared an exclusion zone (EZ) of 1 mile radius
centred on Europa Point Light (7.71) within the white
sector (197° -042°) of the light.
Entry into the EZ is limited to vessels of less than
24 m in length.
An EZ also exists on the eastern side of Gibraltar
for a distance of 2½ cables to seaward of the end of
the airport runway.
Gibraltar Notice 12/2009
(SDD 2009000 186734) [04/10]
Spain - Puerto de Algeciras -La Línea —
Pilot boarding positions
241 -242
Paragraph 7.112 1 Replace by:
Pilotage and tugs
7.112
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 tonnes
in the Algeciras -La Línea port area and is available
24 hours.
There are two pilot boarding positions:
2¼ miles E of Punta de San García (7.97), for vessels
bound for Puerto Algeciras and Isla Verde.
1½ miles ESE of the head of Dique de Abrigo
(Ingeniero Castor R. del Valle) (36°08′⋅5N
5°25′⋅7W), for vessels bound for Puerto Acerinox
and other terminals in the N of Gibraltar Bay.
The pilot launch is white with the letter P in black
on each bow. In E gales the pilot launch awaits
vessels under the lee of the head of Dique de Abrigo
(Ingeniero Castor R. del Valle).
2 Tugs are available.
Spanish Notice 49/337/2009
(SDDs 2009000 184995; 188486) [04/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume 2
(2008 Edition)
Chile - Patagonian Channels - Angostura Inglesa
—Depth
376
Paragraph 8.562 1 lines 12 -14 Replace by:
... Islote Patagonia, may be passed on either side. The
E route fairway lies to the W side of the channel, has
a least depth of 10⋅1 m(33ft)andisconstrainedbya
3⋅4 m (11 ft) patch in mid -channel (8.572). The W
channel, though less direct, is ...
Chilean Chart 9510
(HH. 006/200/01) [03/10]
NP 33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2008 Edition)
Philippine Islands - Marinduque southwestwards
- Tres Reyes Islands — Shoal depths
300
Paragraph 9.42 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...channel between Gaspar and Marinduque there are
shoals of 7⋅3 m and 8⋅7 m lying 1 mile NW and
1 mile N of Gaspar Island respectively.
US Notice 51/91340/2009
(SDD 2009000 190314) [03/10]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – West coast – Barrow -in -Furness -
Piel Channel — Directions; dangerous wreck
286
After Paragraph 9.87 2 line 4 Add:
NNE of a dangerous wreck with a depth of 1⋅5 m
(1½ cables N), thence:
UKHO
(SDD 2009000 174475) [03/10]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
West coast – River Shannon —
Directions; buoyage
281
After Paragraph 9.185 5 line 3 Add:
NE of Cock Rock Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(1 cable NW), thence:
Paragraph 9.185 5 line 5 -6 Delete
Shannon Foynes Port Company
(SDD 2009000 190513) [03/10]
4.1
[03/10]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2009 Edition)
Føroyar - KollafjørÉur — Berths
345
Paragraph 7.203 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 Alongside berths. At Langasandur there is a quay,
total length 560 m, with four berths, and depths from
5⋅8 to 11⋅8 m. On the S side of the fjord oppposite
Langasandur there is a quay with RoRo facilities,
depth 11⋅8 m length 150 m.
MV Ark Forwarder
(SDD 2009000 184918) [03/10]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2008 Edition)
Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord —
Pipelines and cables; anchorage
107
Paragraph 3.138 3 lines 2 -5 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 10/09 Replace by:
Submarine cables and pipelines. Two submarine
cables are laid out into the fjord from the vicinity of
Holmen (58°19′⋅1N 6°20′⋅7E). Submarine pipelines are
also laid along the E side of the fjord from the Titania
AS quay (3.141), near the head of the fjord, to
Holmen and thence out to sea.
108
Paragraph 3.140 2 line 1 -2 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 10/09 Replace by:
2 Vessels are allocated an anchorage in the middle of
the fjord, clear of the submarine cables and pipelines
(3.138), by a pilot, or by...
Norwegian Hydrographic Service
(SDD 2009000 183415) [03/10]
Skudenesfjorden - Geitungane —
Geitungen Light
124
Paragraph 4.10 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Major light:
Paragraph 4.10 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
132
Paragraph 4.50 2 line 5 Replace by:
Major light:
Paragraph 4.50 3 line 2 Delete
Wk03/10

Paragraph 4.54 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...rocks; Geitungen Light (tower, 11 m in
height) is exhibited from the S islet.
Kryssgrunnen, a patch, lies 5 cables ESE of...
135
Paragraph 4.67 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Main channel. From a position about 1 mile SSE
of...
204
Paragraph 6.11 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
Norwegian Hydrographic Service
(SDD 2009000 185325) [03/10]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
Supplement 9 -2004
Kattfjorden - Nordre Angstaursundet -
Lysgrunnen — Directions; buoyage
106
R 32 After NNW) Insert: marked by a spar buoy
(E cardinal)
Norwegian Notice 24/1193/09
(SDD 2010000 000153) [03/10]
Wk03/10
IV
4.2
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2009 Edition)
MARPOL 73/78 - Annex II — Categorisation of
Noxious Liquid Substances
210
Paragraph 10.15 2-6 Replace by:
2 Category X. Noxious Liquid Substances which,
if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or
deballasting operations, are deemed to present a
major hazard to either marine resources or human
health and, therefore, justify the prohibition of the
discharge into the marine environment.
3 Category Y. Noxious Liquid Substances which,
if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or
deballasting operations, are deemed to present a
hazard to either marine resources or human
health or cause harm to amenities or other
legitimate uses of the sea and therefore justify a
limitation on the quality and quantity of the
discharge into the marine environment.
4 Category Z. Noxious Liquid Substances which,
if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or
deballasting operations, are deemed to present a
minor hazard to either marine resources or human
health and therefore justify less stringent
restrictions on the quality and quantity of the
discharge into the marine environment.
5 Other Substances. Substances which have
been evaluated and found to fall outside Category
X, Y or Z because they are considered to present
no harm to marine resources, human health,
amenities or other legitimate uses of the sea
when discharged into the sea from tank cleaning
or deballasting operations. The discharge of bilge
or ballast water or other residues or mixtures
containing these substances are not subject to
any requirements of MARPOL Annex II.
MARPOL 73/78 Annex II as amended; MT Magda
(HH. 073/200/06) [03/10]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Ghana - Jubilee Oil Field — Restricted area
315
After Paragraph 10.18 Insert:
Restricted area
10.18a
1 An area to which entry is restricted is centred on
4°32′⋅1N 2°54′⋅6W, and vessels should maintain a
distance of 5 miles from this point.
This marks a development area within the Jubilee
Oil Field.
Paragraph 10.21 4 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Clear of an area of offshore oil and gas activity
(10.17) and the restricted area within the Jubilee Oil
Field (10.18a), thence:
Ghana Maritime Authority
(SDD 2009000 158552) [02/10]
Nigeria - Forcados River to Brass River -
Offshore terminals — Pennington Oil Terminal
367
Paragraph 12.55 1 lines 5 -6 Delete The terminal to SBM B.
Paragraph 12.55 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Terminal Authority. Chevron Nigeria Ltd.
E -mail: L9ESC15@chevron.com
Paragraph 12.56 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. The minimum depth at both
SPM A and SPM B is approximately 26⋅8 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: 250 000 dwt on
SPM A and 160 000 dwt on SPM B.
Tidal levels. The mean range in the vicinity of the
SPM berths is about 1⋅5 m. See information in
Admiralty Tide Tables.
Local weather. Wind and swell are predominantly
from the SW. The weather is generally good between
November and May, the dry season, but deteriorates
during the wet season, May to November. During the
periods of change of season, severe squalls and
thunderstorms occur and winds of up to 70 knots have
been recorded.
Paragraph 12.57 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. Berthing and unberthing is
carried out 24 hours a day, weather permitting. The
pilot boards 2½ miles W of SPM A.
Wk02/10
4.1
Paragraph 12.57 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
[02/10]
2 Tugs. Two tugs are available and used to assist in
berthing. A tug will remain secured to the vessels
stern throughout time at the berth to help maintain
vessel at a constant distance from the SPM.
Anchorage. The charted anchorage position lies
2½ miles SW of SPM A. Due to the existence of
numerous submarine pipelines in the area, vessels may
only anchor in the designated anchorage position or as
otherwise directed by the Mooring Master.
After paragraph 12.57 Insert:
Harbour
12.57a
1 Current. The current sets NNW for approximately
75% of the year and SSE for the remainder. Rates
vary between ½ to 2 knots, and can change direction
very quickly, which may cause a vessel to yaw.
Paragraph 12.58 Replace by:
1 Incoming tankers should make their approach from
the W to a position not less than 2 miles W of
SPM B. The chart is then sufficient guide.
An unlit mooring buoy is positioned about 1½ miles
S of SPM A.
Paragraph 12.59 including heading Replace by:
Berths
12.59
1 The terminal consists of 2 berths, SPM A and
SPM B, with a connected pipeline system.
Chevron Nigeria Ltd
(SDDs 2009000 164069; 183945) [02/10]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume 2
(2008 Edition)
Chile - Golfo Trinidad - Canal Trinidad —
Route; depths
404
Paragraph 9.67 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 S of Cabo Primo (12¾ miles NW), a long low
shelving point at the S extremity of Peninsula
Corso. A light (white GRP tower, red band,
4 m in height) is exhibited from the SW
extremity of Cabo Primo. And:
Clear of a depth of 10⋅5 m in position 49°57′⋅21S
75°29′⋅78W and a depth of 24 m in position
49°56′⋅48S 75°32′⋅00W (reported 2009).
Thence:
Chilean Notice 11/109 -2009
(SDD 2009000 188730) [02/10]

NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition)
Germany - Flensburg - Outer Approaches —
Directions; anchorage
424
After Paragraph 12.228 3 line 4 Add:
NNW of the Geltinger Bucht container ship lay -up
anchorage (1¾ miles SW) (12.252), and:
427
After Paragraph 12.252 2 line 3 Add:
Geltinger Bucht anchorage has been designated
(2009) as a container ship lay -up anchorage until
further notice and is marked by buoys (special).
German Notice 47(16)26(T)/09
(SDDs 2009000 172794; 177707) [02/10]
Germany - Travemünde — Directions;
route; leading lights
442
Paragraph 13.67 2 line 4 For (13.69) Read (13.96a)
Paragraph 13.68 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...Wismarbucht (13.27), the track leads SW for
15 miles following the Lübeck -Gedser Route to
Travemünde Light Buoy (safe water), passing SE of...
Paragraph 13.69 Replace by:
Spare
13.69
445
Paragraph 13.85 1 line 5 For 10°56′⋅3E Read 10°56′⋅8E
IV
4.2
1
446
Paragraph 13.96 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
From a position in the vicinity of Travemünde
Light Buoy (safe water), moored 3 miles NE of the
breakwater, the track leads SW for 1½ miles to the
dredged channel.
least...
The track passes SE of a rock,
1
After Paragraph 13.96 1 Add:
13.96a
Priwall Leading Lights:
Front light (white triangle, red border, point up on
white mast, 13 m in height) (53°57′⋅5N
2
10°53′⋅0E).
Rear light (white triangle, red border, point down, on
white framework tower, 21 m in height) (380 m
farther SW).
The alignment (216°) of these synchronised lights
leads SW for 1 mile through the dredged channel
(100 m in width), marked by two pairs of light buoys
(lateral).
German Notice 47/(16)37/09
(SDD 2009000 172798) [02/10]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Gulf of Taganrog - Yeysk — Directions;
leading lights
265
Paragraph 8.194 2 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
...water) (47°00′N 38°22′E) the track leads 12½ miles S
through a channel...
Russian Notice 51/7078/09
(SDD 2009000 190354) [02/10]
Wk02/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
(2007 Edition)
Corse - Port d’Ajaccio — Dangerous wreck
198
After paragraph 6.114 3 Line 5 Add:
Caution. A buoyed wreck with a minimum
unsurveyed clearance depth of 6 m lies approximately
2⋅5 cables NNE of Jetée des Capucins.
French Notice 09/49/51
(SDD 2009000 181098) [01/10]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition)
England - East coast - Lowestoft — Directions;
Kirkley Light
226
Paragraph 9.118 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
....the line of bearing (227°) of Kirkley Light
(column, 4 m in height) (52°27′⋅7N 1°44′⋅5E), or at
night the narrow white sector (225° - 229°) of the
light, leads to a position....
ABP Lowestoft Local Notice 16/2009
(SDDs 2009000 040439; 155106) [01/10]
4.1
[01/10]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 2 (2008 Edition)
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel
to Point No Point — Directions; buoyage;
wrecks; obstructions; shoal; fish haven
134
Paragraph 5.19 2-3 Including Section IV Notice Week
50/09 Replace by:
2 Clear of RP Light Buoy (safe water) (11½ miles
SSE), thence:
WSW of a 10⋅9 m (36ft) shoal (11¼ miles SSE,
thence:
Clear of a wreck (reported) with 22⋅8 m(75ft)over
it (10¾ miles SSE), thence:
Clear of a wreck with 14⋅9 m (49ft) over it
(10½ miles SSE), thence:
WSW of an obstruction with 4⋅5 m(15ft)overit
(9¾ miles SSE), thence:
Clear of a wreck with 24.9 m (82 ft) over it
(8½ miles SSE), thence:
To a position W of No 62 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (7½ miles SSE) and two obstructions which lie
3 and 8 cables NE of it with least depths of 12⋅1 m
(40 ft) and 7⋅3 m (24 ft) respectively.
3 The track then leads NNE for 5 miles to Smith
Point TSS (5.14), passing (with postions relative to
Smith Point):
Clear of a wreck with 20⋅7 m (68 ft) over it (7 miles
SSE), thence:
ESE of IGW Light Buoy (port hand) (6¾ miles
SSE), thence:
ESE of an obstruction (position approximate)
(reported 1977) (5½ miles SSE), thence:
WNW of a fish haven (7 miles SE), thence:
ESE of an obstruction with 10 m (33 ft) over it
(3¼ miles SE), thence:
ESE of No 63A Buoy (port hand) (3½ miles SE),
thence:
To a position at the beginning of the Smith Point
TSS. Thence the track continues NNE through the
TSS, passing (with positions relative to Smith Point):
US Notice 49/12228/09
(SDD 2009000 180131) [01/10]
Wk01/10

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP no Page(s) Title
In force 31 December 2009
4.1
[53/09]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa 1 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
313, 324, 325, 334, 337,
340
West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage 48/09
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and Entrance Channel — Depths 34/09
2 Africa 2 15th Edition (2007) 11/08
67 South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge - Wüst Seamount — Shoals 38/08
141 -148 Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 17/08
141, 142, 143, 144, 145,
147
Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 27/09
156 -157 Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal 13/08
163 Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions; wreck 17/08
179 Congo — Moanda Terminal 14/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Kizomba C Terminal 36/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Girassol Terminal 12/09
196 Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa and Greater Plutonio Terminals 38/08
203 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Anchorage; wreck 23/08
204, 206 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions 14/08
223 Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon 14/08
294 South Africa - Simon’s Town — Directions for entering harbour 30/08
3 Africa 3 14th Edition (2006) 34/06
87 South Africa - Mossel Bay — Wreck 30/07
152, 154, 156 South Africa - Port Shepstone to Durban — Aliwal Shoal 22/09
270 Tanzania — Songo Songo Island 49/06
4 South -East Alaska 6th Edition (1993) Supplement No 4 15/06
2, 5 Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage 23/08
9 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
63 Felice Strait - Sealed Passage — Directions; wreck 32/08
78 Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth 09/07
84 -85 Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay - Coal Bay and Twelvemile Arm
— Shoal depths
40/06
95 Wrangell Narrows — Depths 36/07
98 Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck 32/08
107 Eastern Passage - Channel Island — Depth 30/06
108 Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage 20/07
179 Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor — Directions; depth 29/08
212 Chatham Strait - Baranof Island - Warm Spring Bay — Rock 26/08
232 Alaska - North Cape to Biorka Island — Directions; depth 21/09
234 Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth 24/08
261 Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock 24/08
305 Prince William Sound - Hinchinbrook Entrance — Submerged buoy 16/07
305 Valdez Arm — Directions 37/07
314 Prince William Sound - Orca Bay - Port Gravina — Depth 18/08
360 Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula - Port Chatham — Mooring buoy 22/08
377 Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light 15/07
389 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
Wk53/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.2
Weekly
Edition
5 South America 1 16th Edition (2008) 25/08
5 Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water management 25/08
100 Brazil – Ilha Cotejuba — Directions; wreck 26/09
123 Brazil - North coast – Ponta da Praia Grande — Directions; light 35/08
137 Brazil – Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage; submarine cable 32/08
137 Brazil – Ponta da Itapagé to Ponta de Mucuripe - Pecém Terminal —
Directions; buoy
34/09
139 Brazil, N coast – Mucuripe — Directions; wreck 01/09
144, 145 Brazil – North coast - Ponta do Mel to Cabo Calcanhar — Directions;
light; racon
31/09
164 Brazil – Porto de Recife to Porto de Pedras — Directions; wreck 30/09
196 Brazil, E coast – Ponta Itaquena — Directions; wreck 08/09
201 Brazil - E coast – Rio Doce south -eastwards — Directions;
offshore marks
16/09
202 Brazil – Rio Doce to Ponta do Tubarão — Directions; current meter 34/09
210 Brazil – Terminal da Ponta do Ubu — Anchorages 28/08
212 Brazil - E coast – Ponta do Cacurucaia eastwards — Directions;
platform
49/08
212, 214 Brazil - E coast – Cabo de São Tomé eastwards — Directions; platform 06/09
253 Brazil – Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck 25/08
264 Brazil – Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
268 Brazil - South coast – Itajaí — Directions; buoyage 22/09
290 Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata — Directions 25/08
298 Uruguay – Montevideo — Limiting conditions; local weather 33/08
299 Uruguay – Montevideo — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
313 Uruguay – Punta Pavón — Directions; wreck 25/09
349 Argentina – Villa Gesell — Directions; wreck 25/09
362, 364 Argentina – Golfo San Matías — Directions; light 19/09
6 South America 2 17th Edition (2008) 17/09
223, 224 Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; AIS; Useful marks 33/09
226, 227, 228 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Light 19/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights 22/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light 32/09
236 -237 Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions; lights 22/09
251 Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light 17/09
255 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Shoal 19/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Racon; AIS 29/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; shoals 22/09
267 Chile - Paso Largo — Directions 17/09
7 South America 3 10th Edition (2009) 41/09
77 South Pacific Ocean – Isla San Ambrosio — Off -lying shoal 51/09
270 Chile – Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 41/09
315 Peru – Isla Asia to Isla San Lorenzo — Directions; wreck 41/09
316 Peru – Cerro Azul — Light 41/09
339 Peru – Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck 41/09
346 Peru – Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 41/09
385, 387 Colombia – Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 41/09
388 Colombia – Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 41/09
Wk53/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.3
Weekly
Edition
7A South America 4 4th Edition (2007) 29/07
54 Guyane Française - Dégrad des Cannes — Directions; leading line 47/07
56 Guyane Française - Cayenne — Directions; rock awash; wreck;
light buoy
40/08
61 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Buoy 33/07
72 Guyana - New Amsterdam — Anchorage; pilots 22/08
107 Trinidad - Radix Point to Galera Point — Mud volcano 34/07
141 Tobago - Scarborough — Directions; wreck 09/09
152 Venezuela - Isla La Sola — Directions; light 06/08
158 -161 Venezuela - Cumaná — Light 51/07
169 Venezuela - Islas de Píritu — Directions 29/07
218 Aruba - Oranjestad — Pilotage 11/08
232 Colombia - Punta Gallinas — Directions; wrecks 19/08
250 Colombia - Puerto Bolivar — Outer anchorages 32/09
258 Colombia - Puerto Zúñiga — General information; anchorage areas 29/07
267 Colombia - Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions; leading lights 31/08
300 Panama - Panama Canal — Pilotage 21/09
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
11th Edition (2007) 34/07
8 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
101 Costa Rica - Puerto Golfito — Directions; buoyage 31/09
175 Mexico - Puerto Vallarta — Anchorages 12/09
247 Mexico - Ensenada — Racon 34/07
249 Mexico - Ensenada — Directions 41/07
250 Mexico - Pacific coast — Energia Costa Azul LNG Terminal 16/09
253 United States of America - San Diego to Point Arguello —
Pacific Missile Range
49/09
270 United States of America - Pacific coast - Anaheim Bay —
Controlling depths
25/09
323 United States of America - Pacific coast - Gulf of Farallones —
Directions; buoy
17/09
328 United States of America - San Francisco Bay — Directions; depth 16/09
397 Columbia River — Advanced Notice of Entry 44/07
414 United States - Cape Disappointment to Grays Harbor — Directions 42/09
417 -420 United States of America – Washington — Directions 22/08
420 Washington - Umatilla Reef — Directions 51/07
420 United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait -
Cape Flattery southwards - Umatilla Reef — Buoy
34/09
455 -456 United States — Code of Federal Regulations Title 15 Part 922 13/09
9 Antarctic
Nil
7th Edition (2009) 31/09
10 Arctic 1
Nil
7th Edition (1985) Supplement No 8 31/05
Wk53/09

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.4
Weekly
Edition
11 Arctic 2 9th Edition (2004) 12/05
3 Svalbard — Navigation warning 26/07
4 Regulations - Iceland — Pollution prevention reporting scheme 13/08
4 Regulations - Iceland — Ship reporting 27/08
4, 75, 78 -79, 85 -87, 90,
94 -97
Iceland, south -west coast — Traffic Separation Scheme;
Areas to be Avoided; reporting area
17/08
4 Norway - Svalbard — Position reporting regulations 35/08
17 Greenland — Ice reconnaissance 33/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 21/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 18/07
103 Iceland - Skerjafjördhur — Buoy; leading beacons 21/05
133 Iceland - Súgandafjördhur - Sudhureyri — Approach 46/06
149 Iceland - Berufjörður — Approaches 08/06
214 Svalbard - Bellsund and Van Mijenfjorden — Traffic regulations 38/08
226 -227 Svalbard – Ny-Ålesund — Restricted area; anchorage 12/05
253 Svalbard - Ginevrabotnen — Depths 08/08
290 Greenland - Hochstetterbugten - Shannon Ø - Freeden Bugt — Depth 48/09
291 Greenland - Hochstetterbugten - Ardencaple Fjord - Depth 37/09
12 Arctic 3 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
155 Greenland - W coast - Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq — Power cable 48/09
170 Greenland - W coast - Grønne Ejland — Marine reserve 44/09
173 Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description;
protected area
18/09
281, 281 Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill — Pilot boarding position 51/09
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia 1 2nd Edition (2008) 39/08
154, 155, 156 North coast – Approaches to Port Darwin — Directions; buoyage 49/09
255 -256 Western Australia - North -east approaches to Exmouth Gulf —
Directions; depths
14 Australia 2 10th Edition (2007) 49/07
14/09
102, 120 Victoria - Port Phillip — Depths; under -keel clearance; draughts 52/09
104, 105, 105 -106, 106 Victoria - Port Phillip entrance channels — Directions; lights; route 31/09
118, 122, 122 -123 Victoria - Port Phillip — Directions; light beacons; routes 52/09
183 North coast of Tasmania - Ulverstone — Directions; light 49/09
259 Tasmania - Great Oyster Bay — Marine farm 49/07
278 New South Wales - Batemans Bay — Leading lights 49/07
290, 292 -293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — VTS reporting points 21/08
293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — Boarding grounds 49/07
304 New South Wales — Submarine cable protection zone 49/07
15 Australia 3 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
142 Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
Wk53/09

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
18 Baltic 1 14th Edition (2006) 05/07
3 Denmark and Sweden - ship reporting systems — SOUNDREP;
BELTREP; discontinuation of SHIPPOS
18/08
4 Denmark - Traffic and operations — Ship movement reporting 29/07
8, 166, 176, 188, 190,
206, 213, 224, 229, 265,
360
Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
10, 13 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
61, 187 General information - entrance to Baltic Sea — IMO recommendations 19/08
62 Through Routes North Sea to Baltic Sea — IMO Maritime Safety
Committee
38/07
112 Denmark - Læsø north -eastwards — Prohibited areas 36/08
132 Sweden - Halmstad — Directions 10/07
139 Denmark — Hundested Havn — Leading lights 32/08
199 The Sound - Helsingborg to Lous Flak — Traffic Separation Scheme 17/08
204, 209 Denmark - København — Bryggebroen swing bridge 05/07
219 Sweden - Drogden and Flintrännan — Hazards; sailing race area 33/08
241 Denmark - Samsø Bælt — General information; Traffic separation
scheme
23/09
251, 251 -252, 252, 255 Denmark - Approaches to Århus Havn — Directions; approach lights 29/09
337 Denmark - Svendborg Sund — Directions; leading lights 13/09
344 Denmark - Ristinge and approaches — Rock 32/08
375 Denmark - Orehoved Havn — Controlling depth 33/09
409 Germany - Hafen Olpenitz — Directions 14/07
436 Germany - Lübeck — Directions 14/07
444 Germany - Gedser to Baltic Sea — Controlling depth 38/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 14/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 22/07
450 Germany - Stralsund approaches — Darßer Ort 48/07
19 Baltic 2 14th Edition (2008) 27/08
3, 14, 85, 88 Sweden - Ålands Hav — Traffic separation scheme 52/09
10, 91 Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
13, 17 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
87, 108, 109, 295, 296 Sweden - Gotland — Faludden Light 19/09
114 Sweden - Gotland - Fårösund — Directions; Depth 31/09
167 Sweden - Kalmarsund — Anchorage 37/09
234 Sweden - Stora Vika — Arrival information 23/09
295, 296 Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb — Directions; Armbågen Light 15/09
296 Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light beacon 29/08
357 Poland - Kuznica — Directions; wreck 39/09
379 Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information; anchorages 48/08
385 Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage; wreck 27/08
394 -395, 413 -414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 08/09
394, 395 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 13/09
394 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; racon 23/09
Wk53/09

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
20 Baltic 3 10th Edition (2006) 45/06
2, 17, 18, 87, 88, 89,
222, 223
Sweden - Ålands Hav — Traffic separation scheme 52/09
10 Finland - Traffic and operations — Recommended tracks 22/07
90, 444 -445, 452 Sweden - Norra Kvarken - Stora Fjäderägg — Light 34/08
101 Estonia - Paldiski — Anchorages 08/09
103 Estonia - Tallinn — Anchorage 25/07
109 Estonia - Muuga — Pilotage 47/06
120 Russia - Sankt Peterburg and approaches — Anchorage 37/08
123 Russia - Kronshtadskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater — Directions; wreck 17/08
155 Finland - Approach to Inkoo — Directions 45/06
161 Finland - Björköfjärden — Anchorage 05/07
162 Finland - Helsinki and approaches — Firing practice area
warning lights
29/09
163, 168 Finland - Helsinki — Directions 35/08
172 Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — General information; directions 12/09
172 Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — Draught 03/08
186 Finland - Kejvsalö Östra Fjärd — Authorised draught 07/07
194 -195, 195 Finland - Abborfjärden — Anchorage; authorised draughts 35/09
197 Finland - Kotka — Authorised draught 36/09
200 Finland - Approaches to Hamina — Einonkarinmatala Light 25/07
207 Finland - Maringinlahti — Directions 34/08
212 -213 Russia - Vyborg — Directions 40/07
223 Finland - Utö to Flötjan — Directions 45/06
226 Finland - Fläckgrund to Högholmen — Directions; authorised draught 30/09
228 Finland - Channel via Paraistenportti — Directions 45/06
231 Finland - Hanko to Utö — Anchorage; authorised draught 44/08
241, 242 Finland - Lövskär to Rajakari — Directions; authorised draughts 44/08
246 Finland - Ledskär — Authorised draught 43/09
251 Finland - Saaristomeri — Routes from Kökar; draught 09/09
261 -263 Finland - Maarianhamina — Approach; directions 45/06
263 Finland - Maarianhamina and approaches — Shoaling 34/07
279 -280 Finland - Hylkkari to Kloppi — Directions 45/06
282 Finland - Uusikaupunki — Directions 20/07
284, 285, 288, 289 Finland - Rauma and approaches — Nurmes Light 24/09
287 Finland - Kuuskajaskari — Directions 04/07
290 Finland - Pori and approaches — Authorised draughts 27/09
318 Finland - Vaasa — Leading lights 04/09
329 Finland - Himanka — Authorised draught 07/07
375 Approaches to Karskär and Långharen — Directions 14/08
383, 384 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Authorised draught 50/09
384 -386 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Authorised draughts; directions 35/08
384 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Draughts 46/07
385 Sweden - Söderhamn — Anchorage 12/08
402 Sweden - Galtström — Directions 45/06
412 Sweden - Älandsfjärden — Vertical clearance 46/09
421 Sweden - Storön to Södra Ulvön - Inshore passage — Directions; light 34/08
435, 444 Sweden - Norra Kvarken — Holmögadd Light 23/09
439 -442 Sweden - Umeå and approaches — Directions 50/07
485 -486 Sweden - Malören to Repskärsfjärden — Authorised draughts 10/08
Wk53/09

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
21 Bay of Bengal 10th Edition (1978) Supplement No 12 24/04
1 East coast of India — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
2 Tsunami 03/05
4, 143 Thailand — Firing Practice Areas 05/07
53 India - Coromandel coast - Kºverippattinam — Dangerous wreck 45/04
56 India - Chennai — Submarine cables 08/07
56 India - Coromandel coast - Chennai Light — Racon 13/05
59 India - Coromandel coast — Rºmºypatnam Light 06/05
60 India - Coromandel coast - Nizampatnam — Light 33/04
61 India - Coromandel coast - Approaches to Kºkinºda - Vºkalapødi Light
— Racon
63 India, East coast - Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam -
Dolphin’s Nose Light — Racon
06/06
05/06
63 Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Gangavaran Port — Development 17/07
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Inner Harbour — Development 39/04
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Outer Harbour — Development 35/04
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Light 43/05
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Depth 45/06
70 India - East coast - Paradip — VLCC Anchorage 22/06
80 India - Swatch of No -Ground — Depths 39/06
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 26/04
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 31/04
83 -85 Bangla Desh - Chittagong — Wrecks; pilot boarding position 44/06
87 Bangladesh - Chittagong coast - Cox’s Bluff — Submarine cable;
anchorage
25/05
87 Bangladesh - Cox’s Bazar South -westwards — Submarine cable 03/07
105 Burma (Myanmar) — Yadana Gasfield 29/05
144 Thailand, West coast - Mu Ko Similan - Ko Similan Eastwards — Rock 03/07
160 Andaman Islands - Port Blair - Hood Point — Dangerous wreck 45/05
162 Andaman Sea - The Sisters — Dangerous Wreck 15/07
162 Andaman Islands - South Brother Island — Rock 11/05
22 Bay of Biscay 10th Edition (2007) 35/07
Wk53/09
53 Bretagne - Pointe de Penmarc’h — Directions 11/08
55 France - Saint -Guénole — Directions; lights 10/09
58 Loctudy - Chenal de l’Ouest — Directions 36/07
59 France - West coast - Rivière de Pont -l’Abbé - Approaches to Loctudy
— Directions; buoy; beacon
36/09
87 Approaches to Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 17/08
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 35/07
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 13/08
89 France - West Coast - Lorient - Le Scorff — Directions; direction light 22/09
111 Île Hoëdic - Port de l’Argol — Directions 15/08
113 Baie de Quiberon — Directions 42/07
122 -123 Rade de Pénerf — Directions 50/07
135, 137 France - La Loire Approaches - Chenal du Sud — Directions 26/08

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
138 France - La Loire — Directions; secondary channel; buoyage 45/08
162 Baie de Bourgneuf - Eastern Part - Le Fain — Directions 35/07
178 France - West coast - Pertuis Breton — Directions; obstruction 50/08
181 Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions 52/07
181 France - West coast – Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions 29/09
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions 32/08
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; wrecks 26/09
199 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoyage 35/08
199 Coureau D’Oléron — Directions 50/07
201 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoy 14/09
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions; buoyage 35/08
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions 26/08
215 France - West coast - La Gironde — Directions; light buoy 29/09
215 La Gironde - Secondary Channel — Directions 35/07
224 Bassin d’Arcachon — Directions 36/07
231 France - West coast - Bayonne — Directions; leading lights 37/08
233 Approaches to Baie de Saint -Jean -De -Luz — Directions 06/08
245 Pasaia to Punta Mariantón — Directions 35/07
258 Spain - North coast - Bilbao — Directions; bridge 18/09
269 Spain - North coast - Santander — VTS; pilot boarding arrangements 37/09
272 Spain - Santander — Directions; light beacon; dolphins 09/09
275, 276 Spain - North coast - Ría de Suances — Directions; beacons 45/08
282, 284 Cabo Lastres to Cabo San Lorenzo and Gijon — Directions 41/07
301 Spain - North coast - Ribadeo — Directions; light beacon 44/08
305 Spain - North -west coast - San Ciprián — Directions; light buoy 32/09
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
321 United States of America - Alaska - Red Dog — Directions; racon 33/09
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
2nd Edition (2006) 07/07
78 Turkey - Ince Burnu — Natural gas pipeline 23/07
83 Turkey - Erdek — anchorage 19/09
86 Turkey - BandÝrma — Dangerous wreck 46/08
88 Marmara Denizi - Mudanya LimanÝ - Anchorage — Caution 11/07
97 Turkey - zmit Körfezi — Autoport Terminal 41/08
101 Turkey - Adalar passage — Isolated danger buoy 34/07
103 Turkey - Port of stanbul — Directions 49/08
109 Turkey - North approaches to stanbul BoÔazÝ — Dangerous wrecks 45/09
113, 135 -136, 138 -140,
238 -240
Georgia - TSS; approaches; restricted areas 45/07
115 Turkey - North coast - Kefken Adasi to EreÔli — Akçakoca Gas Field 45/08
116 Turkey - EreÔli — Anchorages 15/07
117 Turkey - EreÔli — Spoil ground light buoy 30/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Karadeniz LPG Terminal 20/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Espiye Petroleum Terminal 42/07
155 Romania - Mangalia anchorage — Dangerous wreck 33/07
Wk53/09

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
159 Romania - Midia — Anchorage 04/09
181 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Anchorage 05/08
189 Ukraine - Yuzhnyy — Obstruction 05/08
206, 207, 211, 212, 215,
219, 220, 221
Ukraine - Mys Tarkhankut to Mys Mehanom — Recommended routes;
TSS
43/08
213 Ukraine - Sevastopol’ outer anchorages — explosives area 41/09
222 Ukraine - Yalta — Anchorage 19/07
230 Russia - Novorossiyskaya Bukhta — Danger area 30/07
234 Russia - Tuapse — Controlling depth 18/08
236 Russia - Sochi — Controlling depth 48/07
241, 242 Georgia - Mys Kodori to Reyd Redut -Kale — Routes 35/08
242 Georgia - Reka Khobi — Kulevi Terminal 17/08
253 Sea of Azov — Wreck 09/08
257 Ukraine - Port Azovstal’ — Channel depth 45/07
263 Sea of Azov - Kosa Yelenina — Wreck 50/07
25 British Columbia 1 13th Edition (2007) 13/08
79 Canada - Oak Bay - Robson Reef — Beacon 16/09
81 Juan de Fuca Strait - Buoyage — Racons 20/09
82 United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait - Protection Island —
Buoy
25/09
169 Saanich Inlet - Patricia Bay — Platform; anchorage 47/09
202 Port of Vancouver — Ballast water exchange 15/08
385, 386 Vancouver Island - Gillam Channel — Directions; buoyage 39/08
26 British Columbia 2 9th Edition (2005) 29/05
Wk53/09
66 -67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213 -214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
27 Channel 7th Edition (2008) 34/08
65 England – South -west coast — Routeing; Off Land’s End
Traffic Separation Scheme
101, 105 England - South coast - Falmouth — Regulations concerning entry;
harbour regulations
23/09
34/08
103 England – South coast - Falmouth — Directions; light buoy 13/09
104 England – South coast - Falmouth — Directions; direction light 06/09
110 England – South Coast - Par — Pilotage; port radio; boarding position 08/09
127 England – South coast - Plymouth approaches — Directions; buoy 15/09
132 England – South coast - Plymouth - Hamoaze — Directions; shoal 17/09
158, 161 Approaches to Exmouth — Depths; buoyage; light; pilotage; directions 41/08
159, 160 England - South coast - Teignmouth — Approach channel buoyage;
directions
172, 172 -173, 175, 176 England - South coast - Portland Harbour — Directions; fairway;
buoyage; marina
37/08
17/09
184 England - South coast – Studland Bay — Marine nature reserve 44/09
186 England - South coast - Poole — Traffic Regulations 34/08
202 England - South coast -The Solent - Approaches - Nab Anchorages —
Hazard
212 England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Approaches to Yarmouth
Harbour — Directions; light buoy
36/08
51/08
219, 220 England - South coast - Chichester — Directions for entering harbour 34/08
219, 220 England - South Coast - Approaches to Chichester Harbour —
Directions; landmark
41/08
221 England - South coast - Langstone Harbour — Pilotage 34/08
233 England – South coast - Portsmouth – Swashway — Directions; depth 21/09
240 England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Cowes — Chain ferry 34/08
252 England – South Coast - Southampton — Berths; depths 08/09
269 France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions 34/08
269 France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions; Light buoy 45/08
272, 273 France - Approaches to Brest — Directions; light 36/08
273 France - Approaches to Brest - Sea to waiting area — Directions 34/08
280 France - North -west coast - Rade de Brest — Directions; leading lights 07/09
311 France – North -west coast – Baie de Lannion — Directions; buoyage;
marine farm; anchorage; landing
315 France - North coast - Approaches to Perros -Guirec — Directions;
wreck
36/09
45/08
318 France - North -west coast – Port Blanc — Directions 36/09
343 France - North coast - Approaches to Baie de la Fresnaye — Wreck 51/08
359, 368 Channel Islands - Guernsey - Saint Peter Port — Anchorages 34/08
388, 395 Channel Islands – Jersey - Saint Helier — Pilotage regulations; vessel
traffic service
398 Channel Islands - Jersey - East coast — Violet Channel; Directions;
light beacon
10/09
36/09
402 Channel Islands - Jersey - East coast - Gorey — Directions 34/08
410 -411 France – North coast - Diélette — Pilotage 24/09
416 France - North coast - Cherbourg — Pilotage 24/09
416 France - Cherbourg and approaches — Arrival information; pilotage 31/09
416 France - Cherbourg — Traffic regulations; waiting areas 37/08
419 France - North Coast - Cherbourg — Directions; leading marks 28/09
Wk53/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
28 Dover Strait 8th Edition (2008) 13/09
158 Belgium - Outer banks in the Approaches to Westerschelde —
Wind farm
158, 160 -161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde - Zeebrugge and Brugge —
Traffic regulations for LNG tankers
42/09
32/09
177, 178, 189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions; buoyage 19/09
177 -178 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte — Directions; lights 15/09
189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat — controlling depth 13/09
217, 219, 221, 223 The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area — Buoyage 24/09
221 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
223 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland —
Outer anchorages
246, 247, 250, 256, 257,
258, 259
England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages;
buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
249 England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS 25/09
250, 257 England - South -east approaches to Thames Estuary — Pilotage;
prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm
26/09
278 England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS 13/09
305, 306, 310 England - River Thames — Emergency procedures; traffic regulations;
depths
13/09
30 China Sea 1 7th Edition (2007) 47/07
70 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Anambas — Directions; major lights 32/08
84 Vietnam - Gulf of Thailand — Song Doc Marine Terminal 34/09
84 China - Hainan Dao - East coast — Wenchang Terminal 27/08
102 Peninsular Malaysia - East Coast - Approaches to Pelabuhan Kuantan
— Light buoy
27/08
128 -129 Thailand - Bangkok Bar anchorage — Wreck 35/08
142 Thailand - Ko Chang — Major light 45/08
149, 154 Cambodia - West Coast — Major lights 51/09
155 Vietnam - West Coast — Major lights 51/09
164, 172 Vietnam - Mui Bai Bung to Mekong River — Major lights 51/09
182, 192 Vietnam - Mui Dinh to Vung Da Nang — Major lights 51/09
189, 190 Vietnam - Nha Trang — Directions; vertical clearance 21/09
233, 234 China - Fangcheng — Outer anchorages; pilot boarding positions 14/09
233 China - Gulf of Tongking - Baisungong — Major light; racon 23/09
233 -234 China - Hainan Dao - Fangcheng Gang — Directions; berths 14/08
244 China - Hainan Dao - Haikou — Directions; buoyage 26/08
246 China - Shuangyu Zui — Racon 23/09
246 China – South -west approaches to Zhujiang Kou — Directions 30/08
251 China - South Coast - Dajin Island — Wreck 36/08
253 China - South coast - Zhanjiang — Directions; leading lights 06/08
260 Gulf of Tonkin - Hainan Dao westwards — Gas pipeline; safety zone 18/08
274 China - Guangzhou and Huangpu — Pilot station 47/08
275 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai - Dabaipai Dao — Racon 27/08
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Island — Directions; obstruction 15/09
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Channel TSS — Directions; wreck 27/08
277 China - Lantau Island northwards — Tonggu Channel 11/09
Wk53/09
15/09
39/09
13/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
279 China - South Coast - Approaches to Macao — Racon;
dangerous wreck
4.12
Weekly
Edition
27/08
281 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai — Directions; wreck 26/08
284, 286 China - Zhujiang — Huangpu Bridge 09/09
286 China - South Coast - Zhujiang - Approaches to Huangpu -
Dahaozhou Shuidao — Obstruction
27/08
314, 317, 320 China - Hong Kong - Stonecutters Bridge — Vertical clearance 27/09
336, 346 China - South coast - Qing Zhou — Directions; caution 37/08
346 China - South Coast - Daxingshan Jiao — Wreck 18/08
350 China - Huizhou Gang — Racon 06/09
351 China south coast - Huizhou - Mabianzhou Hangdao — Directions;
leading lights
31 China Sea 2 8th Edition (2006) 11/07
49/08
65 South China Sea - Dangerous Ground — Major light 51/09
69 South China Sea - Union Reefs — Light float 31/08
71 South China Sea - Subi Reef — Light float 31/08
78 Singapore Strait eastwards – Pulau Pengibu — Rock 11/07
80 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Natuna Utara - Pulau Sebetul — Major light 32/08
80 Indonesia - Pulau Laut — Dangerous rocks 32/09
81, 85 Indonesia – Kepulauan Natuna — Major lights 27/08
84 Indonesia – Kalimantan – Alur Pelayaran Serasan — Obstruction 08/08
111 -112 Malaysia – Sarawak – Pelabuhan Bintulu — Harbour 17/08
117 Sarawak – Approaches to Miri — Anchorage; pipeline 26/07
118 Malaysia – Sarawak– Tanjung Baram north -westwards — Wreck 22/07
140 Malaysia – Sarawak – Approaches to Batang Lawas — Shoal 07/08
186, 188 -189, 192 -193, Philippine Islands – Luzon - Manila — Directions; VTMS; TSS; 08/08
195 -198, 201
anchorages; depths; wrecks
202 Philippines – Subic Bay — Depths 17/08
32 China Sea 3 6th Edition (2007) 11/08
15, 69, 82, 114 T’ai -wan — Routeing; mainland trade links 23/09
69, 114 T’ai -wan — Routeing; mainland trade links 38/09
69, 125 China - South Coast - Taiwan Strait — Wrecks 07/09
69 China - South Coast - Taiwan Strait — Wrecks 09/09
74 T’ai -wan - West coast - Kao -hsiung — Outer anchorages 11/08
87 T’ai -wan - West Coast - Mai -Liao approaches — Directions; wreck 21/08
94 -95 T’ai -wan, North coast - Tan -Shui N; Sha Lung Oil Terminal SW —
Prohibited anchorages
11/08
120 T’ai -wan, E coast - Hua -lien N and E — Directions; prohibited areas 11/08
121 T’ai -wan, East coast - Su -ao — Anchorage; pilot boarding position 12/08
126 China - South Coast - Zhelang Yan - southeastwards — Wreck 42/09
126, 133 China - South Coast - Haimen Jiao west -southwestwards — Wrecks 24/09
126, 133 China - Zhelang Yan to Xiamen Gang — Directions; wrecks 30/08
129, 131 China - South -east coast - Shantou Gang — Directions; depths;
vertical clearances; lights
38/08
131 China - South East Coast - Approaches to Shantou — Wreck 27/08
131 China - South -east Coast - Approaches to Shantou — Wreck 24/09
133 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiongdi Yu SE — Directions; wreck 11/08
Wk53/09

NP no Page(s) Title
Wk53/09
IV
134 China - South coast - Taiwan Strait - Shi Yu South south -westwards —
Wreck
4.13
Weekly
Edition
27/09
134, 137 China - Taiwan Strait - Gulei Tou South -eastwards — Wreck; shoals 12/09
134, 136, 137 China - South coast - Taiwan Strait - Gulei Tou Southwards —
Directions; buoys; channel
140, 141, 143, 144, 145,
147
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Pilotage; directions; depths;
buoyage; wreck
36/09
50/09
140, 145, 147 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Depths; vertical clearances;
names
35/08
140, 145, 146, 147 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Depths; vertical clearances;
shoal bank
01/09
144 -145, 147 Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions 14/08
151, 152, 153, 154 China - Taiwan Strait - Quanzhou Wan — Anchorage; pilotage;
directions; buoyage
39/09
155, 155 -157 China - Taiwan Strait - Meizhou Wan 27/09
155 China - South Coast - Quanzhou Wan eastwards — Directions; wreck 29/08
155, 156 China - Taiwan Strait - Meizhou Wan — Pilotage; anchorages 36/08
159, 160, 161, 166, 169,
179
China - East coast - Xinghua Wan; Fuzhou Jiangyin; Haitan Haxia;
Songxia; Fuzhou and Luoyuan Wan — Vessel traffic service;
anchorage
51/08
159 China - East Coast - Nanri Shuidao — Directions; wreck 16/08
162 China - South Coast - Haitan Haixia — Directions; wrecks 36/08
166 China - East Coast - Songxia Gang approaches - Niu Jiao —
Approach channel; anchorages
25/08
173 China - East Coast - Mazu Ao — Wreck 08/09
183 China - East Coast - Jiaobei Dao — Directions; lights; wrecks 42/08
183 China - East coast - Pinyang Zui south -eastwards — Wreck 31/09
183 China - East Coast - Pinyang Zui south -eastwards — Directions; wreck 25/08
186, 189, 190, 191 China - East Coast - Wenzhou Wan and Leqing Wan and approaches —
Directions; wreck; buoyage; anchorages; pilotage
50/08
188 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan — Directions; wreck 11/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Huangda Xia — Directions 12/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Xibei Men — Submarine cable 12/08
207, 213, 214, 221 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Directions; depths;
traffic regulations; buoyed channel
10/09
208, 236 -238, 252 -256 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou — Routeing measures;
anchorages; pilotage; lights
23/08
208, 236 - 239, 251 - China - East coast - Changjiang Kou — Routeing measures; TSS; 40/08
256
directions; anchorages; pilotage; lights; racons
209 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Waiyangang Dao
north -northeastwards — Obstructions
42/08
209, 211 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Maji Shan Gang — VTS;
anchorages; pilotage
26/08
210, 229 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Waiyangang Dao north
northwestwards — Directions; wreck
16/09
211, 236 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Dahuanglong Dao eastwards
— Wreck
42/08
213, 214 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Directions; depths;
buoyed channel
16/09
213, 215, 227 China - Zhitou Yang and Luotou Shuidao — Pilot boarding position;
wreck
47/08
214 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Buoyed channel 27/08

NP no
IV
Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
219, 220, 243 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Huoshan Liedao northwards —
Wrecks, buoy
42/08
221 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Jintang Shuidao northwards —
Depth
42/08
222, 224 China - East Coast - Ningbo Gang — Wrecks 11/09
223,224 China - East Coast - Ningbo Gang — Directions; wreck 05/09
231 China - East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Daishan Shuidao S approach
— Rock; light
11/09
231 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Daishan Shuidao —
Directions; wreck
11/08
239, 240 China - East Coast - Qiqu Liedao eastwards — Buoys; pilotage 39/08
240 China - East Coast - Qiqu Liedao eastwards — Pilotage 48/09
245, 246 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Hangzou Wan Kuhai Bridge —
Fairways; vertical clearances; traffic; lights; racons; directions
39/08
251 - 257 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou including outer and inner
approaches — Directions; anchorages; regulations; buoyage
49/08
263 China - East coast - Chang Jiang — Depths 11/08
264 -265, 267 China - Chang Jiang - Baoshan — Anchorages; regulations; directions;
buoyage
04/09
290, 293, 295, 297 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Buoy; directions 30/09
291, 293, 294 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Depths; obstructions; anchorage 31/08
295, 297 -298 China - Yellow Sea coast - Approaches to Rizhao Gang — Directions;
anchorage areas
11/08
296, 299, 301, 302 Yellow Sea - Qingdao Gang — Directions; pilot boarding positions 49/08
305 China - Yellow Sea - Qianli Yan east -northeastwards — Directions;
shoal
42/08
305, 307 China - Yellow Sea - Sushan Dao south eastwards — Wreck 08/09
305, 307 China - Yellow Sea - Sushan Dao south eastwards — Wreck; light buoy 24/09
306, 307 China - Yellow Sea - Fengcheng - Haiyang Gangqu — Directions;
buoyage; anchorages
08/09
309 China - Yellow Sea - Moye Dao east -south -eastwards — Directions;
wreck
22/09
313, 323, 325, 326, 331, China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia - Changshan Shuidao and
14/09
332, 350
Laotieshan Shuidao — Routes; directions; vessel traffic services;
regulations and traffic separation schemes
313 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches — Directions; wreck 32/09
313, 326 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia and approaches including
Changshan Shuidao — Directions; wrecks
05/09
319 China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai — Directions; wreck 11/08
319 China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai — Depths 01/09
324 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang
north north eastwards — Wreck; buoy
31/08
325 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai — Pilotage 39/09
325 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang and
Luanjiakou — Directions; light
44/08
327, 362 -363 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian — VTS; limiting conditions; anchorages;
regulations
21/08
331, 342, 343 China - Bo Hai - Jingtang — Vessel traffic service 43/09
332, 336, 339, 341, 342 China - Bo Hai - Caofeidan and Tianjin Xingang —
Vessel traffic service; directions; anchorages; pilotage
06/09
333, 334 China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou — Shoal; buoy 25/09
334 China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou — Directions 13/08
4.14
Wk53/09

NP no
Wk53/09
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
334, 336 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan — Directions; wrecks 06/09
334 - 336 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan — Directions; anchorage; pilotage;
channels; buoyage
41/09
336, 337 China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches — Directions; lights;
wrecks; buoyage
44/08
337 China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches — light; wrecks; buoyage 18/08
337 China - Bo Hai - Dongying Gang — Breakwater; directions;
anchorages; lights; racon; buoyage; berths
38/09
339, 340 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang — Wrecks; pilotage; buoyage 32/09
339, 341, 343 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang and Caofeidian — Anchorage;
pilotage
18/08
339 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang — Obstruction; wreck; buoy;
anchorage
34/08
342 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Qinhuangdao south south eastwards
— Wreck; buoy
01/09
342 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Qinhuangdao southwards —
Directions
25/09
349 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Huludao Gang — New port area;
lights; directions
04/09
354, 357, 359 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Xianren Dao — New port 31/09
355, 357 China - Liaodong Wan - Yingkou — Directions; depth; buoyage;
leading lights
47/08
357 -358 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Taiping Jiao north -westwards —
wreck; buoyage
18/08
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Controlling depths; directions;
leading lights
20/08
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Depths; anchorages; channels; lights;
basins
17/09
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Wreck; buoy 06/09
366 - 368 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Haiyang Dao — Prohibited area 42/09
367, 370, 438 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Dadong approaches — Wreck 35/08
368 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Huangquan Pier 11/08
375 China - East China Sea — Wrecks 12/08
381, 387, 389 -390,
393 -395
Korea, West Coast - Mokp’o and approaches — Directions; berths 11/08
391, 399 Korea – West coast - Imja Do southwards — Wreck 30/09
395 Korea - West coast - Mokp’o — Anchorages 36/09
398 Korea, West Coast - Punam Kundo to Kogunsan Kundo — Depths;
wrecks; fish havens
13/09
402 Korea, West Coast - Kunsan and approaches — Anchorage; regulations 20/08
408, 412, 414, 418 Korea, West Coast - Boryeong, Taesan, T’aean Hang and
Tangjin Hwaryok Seaberth — Vessel traffic service; port operations
40/08
408 Korea - West coast - Boryeong — Anchorages 36/09
411, 413, 416 Korea, West coast - Taesan approaches — Directions 11/08
416 Korea - West Coast - Taesan approaches — Shoals; wrecks 43/08
417 Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek approaches — Pilotage 25/09
417 Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek approaches - P’ungdo
north -westwards — Recommended track
39/09
420 Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang - South west approaches —
Anchorages
22/09
420 Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang - South -west approaches—
Anchorages
26/09
421, 423 Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang - south west approaches —
Anchorages
48/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
33 Philippine Islands 3rd Edition (2008) 22/08
151 Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko — Heel Reef Light 35/09
238, 243 -244 Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage —
Vessel traffic management system
34 Indonesia 2 5th Edition (2009) 47/09
81 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik -
Poleng Oilfield — Submarine gas pipeline
04/09
47/09
85 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya - Gresik — Berths 47/09
87 Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat Surabaya -
Port of Tanjungperak — Wreck
122 Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok - Teluk Ayang Southwards —
Rock
423 Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka - Pulau Talisei - Tanjung Arus —
Racon
35 Indonesia 3 4th Edition (2008) 29/08
47/09
47/09
47/09
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
36 Indonesia 1 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
126 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan — Dangerous wreck 31/09
143 Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions 27/09
164, 165 Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions 32/09
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
17th Edition (2008) 44/08
58, 59, 60, 61 England – South–west coast — Offshore routes; directions 23/09
61 England – South -west coast - Cape Cornwall to Saint Agnes Head —
Directions; buoyage
49/09
75 England – Bristol Channel - Barnstaple Bay — Buoy 28/09
75, 81 England – Bristol Channel – Bull Point to Hurlstone Point —
Light buoys
31/09
84, 89, 93, 95, 98, 101 Wales – South coast – Bristol Channel — Vessel traffic service 52/09
109 Wales – South coast – Barry — Directions; light 51/09
119 Wales – South coast – Newport — Vertical clearance 31/09
140 England – West coast - River Severn — Landmarks; tower 06/09
155, 166 Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth;
depths at berths
51/08
155, 158 Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven — Limiting conditions 09/09
157 Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven —
Regulations concerning entry
162 Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven - Approach to Semlogistics
and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals — Depth
169 Wales – South -west coast – Milford Haven - River Cleddau above
Pembroke Dock — Vertical clearance
07/09
07/09
15/09
222 Wales – North–west coast – Bangor — Light buoy 12/09
233 -235, 244 -246, 260 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 51/08
234, 235 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/09
240 England – West coast – Hilbre Swash — Buoyage 44/09
Wk53/09

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
247, 271 England – West coast – Liverpool Bay — Buoyage 42/09
270, 271, 317, 318 England – West coast – Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 18/09
271 England – West coast – Morecambe Bay — Racon 44/09
289 -290 England – West coast – Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; depth
290 England – West coast – Morecambe Bay to Saint Bees Head —
Directions; buoyage
51/09
38 West Coast of India 15th Edition (2007) 24/07
2 West coast of India; Lakshadweep — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
159 Sri Lanka - Colombo harbour and approaches — Pilotage 32/09
181 Quilon — General information; directions; anchorage 28/09
203, 204, 205, 207 Ports of Mangalore and New Mangalore — Directions; wrecks; racon 44/08
213, 215 Kºrwºr — Traffic regulations; naval harbour 24/07
217 Kºrwºr — Anchorage; foul ground 24/07
228, 242, 244, 245, 246, Mumbai (Bombay) harbour and approaches — Directions;
50/08
247, 248
Safety Fairways; TSS; anchorage; traffic regulations
236 Maharastra - Pavas Bay — Ranpar Port 04/08
242 Konkan coast - Mumbai approaches — Offshore route 32/07
269 Gulf of Khambhºt —SØmar 24/07
271 - 273 PØpºvºv Port and PØpºvºv Bandar 49/08
272 Jºfarºbºd toGopnºth Point - PØpºvºv Port — Directions 16/08
274, 275 Gulf of Khambhºt - Directions — Cautions; wreck 30/09
276, 277 Gulf of Khambhºt - Dahej — Arrival information; berths 34/09
283, 285 -286 Verºval to Kachchigadh — Directions; depths; wrecks 32/08
285, 286 Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Depths; directions; wreck 28/09
310 Gulf of Kachchh - Kandla Harbour — Tidal stream 48/07
322 Port Muhammad Bin Qasim - Ahsan Channel — Dangerous wreck 43/08
327 Pakistan - Karachi Harbour — Directions: buoyage 51/08
330 Pakistan - Ras Muari to Astola Island - Directions; dangerous wreck 16/09
336 -337 Pakistan - Astola Island to Gwatar Bay — Gwadar 11/09
39 South Indian Ocean 12th Edition (2008) 21/08
236, 239 Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria — Anchorages; disused cables 05/09
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint -Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast 17th Edition (2006) 50/06
50 Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock South -south -westwards — Depth 11/07
53, 150, 151, 153, 156 Ireland – East coast — Buoyage; clearing mark 39/09
53, 150, 151, 153 Ireland – East coast – Blackwater Bank — Buoyage; racon 28/09
54, 57, 58, 174, 195,
208, 211
Ireland – East coast – South Rock — Buoyage 12/09
65, 69, 72 South–west coast – Bantry Bay — Firing practice area 11/09
70, 73 Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock 01/07
71 South–west coast – Bearhaven and Castletownbere - West entrance —
Light beacon
44/09
81 South coast – Black Horse Rock — Light beacon 31/09
135 South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage 01/07
136 -137, 139 South -east coast - Saltee Islands — Buoyage 12/07
137 South -east coast - Hook Head — Dangerous wreck 13/07
138 -141 South -east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon 27/07
139 -140 South coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge; Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy 19/07
Wk53/09
51/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
141 South -east coast – Black Rock — Buoyage 49/09
185 East coast – Dundalk — Directions 13/09
185 East coast - Port Oriel — Light 03/07
186 Entrance to Carlingford Lough - Directions; Haulbowline turning light 32/08
186 Northern Ireland – East coast – Carlingford Lough — Directions; buoy 18/09
198, 200 East coast - Strangford Narrows — Underwater turbine 23/08
218 Port of Belfast — Traffic Organisation Service 01/07
224 Northern Ireland – East coast – Larne — Pilotage 10/09
281 River Shannon – South Channel — Buoyage 36/09
307 Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour — Directions; Light buoy 39/08
321 West coast – Killary Harbour — Buoyage 48/09
330 West coast – Annagh Head — Buoyage 49/09
332 West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights; light -beacon 01/07
336 West coast – Broad Haven Bay — Submarine pipeline 49/09
368 Sound of Aran - Burtonport — Dredged channel; rocks 38/07
379, 381 North coast – Mulroy Bay — Vertical clearance; directions 49/09
381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Water quality monitoring buoys 49/07
398 Northern Ireland – North coast – Londonderry — Landmarks 42/09
41 Japan 1 9th Edition (2009) 44/09
Nil
42A Japan 2 2nd Edition (2009) 35/09
99, 143, 159, 163 Honshu - South coast — Directions; ramarks; buoyage 37/09
42B Japan 3 8th Edition (2009) 34/09
Nil
42C Japan 4 2nd Edition (2008) 18/09
Nil
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
8th Edition (2008) 30/08
122 Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman — Racons 32/09
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
174, 175 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches - Nasa — Major light 05/09
178, 179 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light 05/09
185 Korea - East coast — P’ohang Hang — New fairway 36/09
190, 191 Korea - East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light 05/09
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
9th Edition (2008) 05/09
189, 193, 195, 198 Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Permatang Angsa —
Major light
05/09
223 Singapore Strait and Approaches — Submarine cables 27/09
280, 281 Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway — General information;
harbour for lighters
31/09
285 Singapore — Marina Reservoir; Marina South 31/09
Wk53/09

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
45 Mediterranean 1 13th Edition (2008) 50/08
6, 77, 241 Western Mediterranean Sea - Baie de Camerata, Algeria to Almeria,
Spain — Gas pipeline
37/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage 22/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage 12/09
208 Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada — Anchorage 25/09
260 Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck 21/09
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
367, 368 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit;
fishing
377 Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks 22/09
421, 423, 424, 428, 431, Italy - Stretto di Messina — Traffic Separation Scheme;
45/09
432
Vessel Traffic Service
508 Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions 19/09
46 Mediterranean 2 12th Edition (2007) 36/07
58 France - Gulf of Lions - Canet -Plage — Restricted area 07/09
88 -89 France - Approaches to Marseille - Rade d’Endoume —
Submerged artificial reefs
50/07
90 France - Golfe de Marseille - Cap Croisette - Île Tiboulen — Wreck 32/09
133, 172 Italy - Gulf of Genoa — Vessel traffic service; radio reporting 42/09
138 Italy - San Remo — Wreck 36/07
139 Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited areas 17/08
139 Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine area;
submarine cables; outfall
33/08
146 Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions 49/07
148 -149, 151 Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing measures;
recognition zones; prohibited area
10/08
151 Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno — Submarine pipelines 22/08
158 Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria — Marine nature reserve 44/08
172 Italy - La Spezia — Wreck 01/09
Wk53/09
51/08
228 Italy - Isola del Giglio — Restricted area 39/09
231 Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded ordnance 36/07
240 Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas 08/08
240 Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini -Edison — Anchorage;
obstructions; prohibited area
49/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited area; anchorages 50/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Buoyed fairway 08/08
294 Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded ordnance 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power cable 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio — Prohibited areas; wreck 14/09
329 Italy - Golfo di Gaeta — Restricted area 39/09
329 Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions; obstructions 49/07
338 Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree — Protected Marine Area 35/08
346 Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli — Marine parks and reserves 35/08
348 Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 08/08
348 Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 29/08
348 Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area 22/08

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
349 Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve 09/08
349 Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall 08/08
353 Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion 08/08
355 Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck 28/08
362, 367 Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele — Prohibited areas 19/08
367 Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited area 24/08
47 Mediterranean 3 13th Edition (2008) 01/09
68, 69 Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north -eastwards — FPSO; restricted area 01/09
81 Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane operations area 07/09
85 Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
100, 105 Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to Stenó Kastóu — Anchorage 28/09
104 Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal 01/09
112 Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock 01/09
182 Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck 01/09
465, 470 Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
467 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste — Wreck 16/09
497 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta — Dangerous wreck 34/09
499 Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions 01/09
500 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia — Anchorages;
pilot boarding position
39/09
509 Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area 07/09
509 Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 01/09
526 Italy - Ancona — Wreck 01/09
545 -546 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Porto Levante — Directions 28/09
48 Mediterranean 4 14th Edition (2009) 41/09
365 North Aegean - Thessaloníki — Light 41/09
432, 434 Turkey - zmir — Buoyage 41/09
49 Mediterranean 5 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
244 Israel - •adera — Regulations 42/09
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
12th Edition (2006) 37/06
114 Newfoundland – Placentia Bay – Long Harbour — Pilotage 44/09
160 Newfoundland – Grand Bank Harbour — Directions; sector light 49/08
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
300 Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island – Directions; sector light 49/08
323 -324 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm —
Buoyage changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage 43/06
Wk53/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
406 Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage changed 38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430 Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich Bay
— Buoyage changed
438 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South -west of George Island —
Buoyage changed
38/06
39/06
451 -453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466 -467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468 Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage changed 39/06
473 -474 Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run —
Buoyage changed
39/06
492 Labrador – Murphy Head to Cape Kikkiviak – Helga River — Wreck 44/09
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
51 New Zealand 17th Edition (2007) 04/08
203, 204 North Island - Whangarei Harbour — Directions; leading lights 48/09
210 North Island - Hauraki Gulf — Depth 48/09
222 North Island - Auckland — Pilot boarding position 04/08
269, 271 -272 North Island - East coast - Napier — Directions 12/08
307 Kermadec Islands — National Nature Reserves and Marine Reserve 43/08
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
64, 65 Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
116 Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
139 Scotland - North -east coast - Cromarty Firth — Invergordon; berth 22/09
162 Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths and
prohibited anchorage areas
54 North Sea (West) 7th Edition (2006) 11/07
Wk53/09
22/09
63, 65 -66 Scotland, East coast - Todhead Point Light 26/07
68 Montrose - Annat Shoal — Outer Buoy 19/07
85, 87 Scotland - Firth of Forth — Pilot boarding positions; waiting anchorage 06/09
85, 87, 90, 94, 99, 106 Scotland - Firth of Forth and River Forth — Anchorages; tide guage;
vertical clearances
44/08
91 -92 Scotland - East coast - Firth of Forth - Leith — Directions; light 26/09
94, 98 -99 Scotland - River Forth - Braefoot Marine Terminal — Directions;
leading lights
41/08
99 -100, 105 Firth of Forth — Directions; track 02/08
104 Scotland - River Forth - Rosyth — Directions; light beacon 41/08
125 Holy Island Harbour — Directions 12/08
132 Port of Blyth — Notice of ETA required; pilotage 44/07
132 Blyth — Natural conditions 19/07
135, 137 -138 Port of Tyne — Vessel traffic service 29/07
137 Port of Tyne - Tyne Commission Quay — Depth 16/07

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
148 -149 Hartlepool — Traffic signals 41/07
161, 165, 166, 167, 168, England - East coast - Approaches to River Humber - New Sand Hole 23/09
189, 190
north -eastwards — Anchorage; TSS; buoyage; DW anchorage
161 England - East coast - Flamborough Head to Humber Light -float —
Directions; meteorological mast
35/09
165 River Humber — Pilotage 16/08
173 River Humber — Killingholme Direction Light 16/07
174 River Humber - Immingham Dock — Directions; lights in line 21/09
177 River Humber — Skitter Channel 02/08
177, 178 River Humber—Humber Sea Terminal and North Killingholme Oil Jetty 33/08
189, 192 Approaches to The Wash - Wind farm development areas 11/07
190 River Humber to Cromer - Outer Dowsing Channel —
Aids to navigation
19/09
192, 193 Wells Harbour — Directions; buoyage 43/07
194 England - Blakeney Harbour — Directions; light beacon 44/08
201 River Nene - Navigation marks 44/07
210 Great Yarmouth approaches - Cockle Shoal — Depth 11/07
212 Great Yarmouth — Power Station Light 32/07
216, 218 Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; Brush Sector Light 32/07
216 Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; pilotage 22/09
222 Lowestoft - Kirkley Light — Directions 48/09
55 North Sea (East) 6th Edition (2007) 13/08
8, 71, 161 German Bight - Western Approach TSS — Buoyage 49/08
9 Denmark — Pilotage 50/08
16 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
75, 77, 91 IJmuiden WNW — Wind farm 13/08
75, 79 Off Texel TSS to IJmuiden — Wind farm 43/08
77, 79 Approaches to IJmuiden and Noordzeekanaal — Maas North TSS 21/08
78 The Netherlands - IJ -Geul Approach Area — Directions; wreck 19/09
95, 97 The Netherlands - Zeegat van Texel — Directional light 51/08
126 East Frisian Islands - Accumer Ee — Buoyage 37/08
127 Germany - Accumer Ee — Directions; buoyage 26/09
129 East Frisian Islands - Harle — Directions 13/08
139, 143 Die Ems - Alte Ems — Directions; buoyage 20/09
140 Die Ems - Osterems — Directions 13/08
140 Germany - Osterems — Directions; buoyage; depths 22/09
141 Germany - Greetsieler Legde — Buoyage 49/09
144, 145 Netherlands - Eemshaven — Limiting conditions; controlling depth;
Directions; lights; submarine cable; beacon
11/09
153 Die Ems - Oterdum Reede — Depths 34/08
175, 176 Germany - Die Weser — Traffic regulations 51/08
175, 189, 198 Germany - Die Unterweser —Traffic regulations 04/09
212 Die Elbe - VTS Brunsbüttel Elbe Traffic 13/08
227 Germany - Die Elbe - Stade -Bützfleth — Controlling depth 46/08
255, 256 Germany - Süderpiep and Norderpiep — Directions; buoyage 43/09
260 Germany - Die Eider — Directions 46/09
266, 267, 268 Germany - North Frisian Islands - Schmaltief and Rütergat —
Directions; depths
02/09
Wk53/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
279 Denmark - Juvre Dyb — Buoyage withdrawn 42/09
287 Horns Rev — Wind farm 13/08
301, 303 Denmark - Thyborøn Kanal and Havn — Depths; maximum size of
vessel handled
22/09
305 Limfjorden - Sælhundeholm Løb — Buoyage 23/08
309 Limfjorden - Venø Sund Snævring — Buoyage 24/08
56 Norway 1 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden - West coast - Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
84 Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad - Inner Passage — Lights 36/09
109 Norway - Brevikstrømmen — Directions; leading lights 52/09
130 Norway - Approach to Tønsberg - Sandøsundsleia — Light 36/09
153, 162 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway - Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
156 Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen — Depth 32/09
57A Norway 2A 9th Edition (2008) 27/08
Wk53/09
6 Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
85 Rosfjorden approaches - Ullerøysundet — Lights 36/09
107, 108 Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipeline; anchorage 10/09
142 Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen 04/09
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
235 Bømlafjorden - South -east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
255 Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund — Light; shoal 14/09
281, 282 Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen —
Anchorages
29/08
282 Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage 02/09
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
308 Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance 40/08
334 Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen — Anchorage 04/09
397 Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances 43/08
424 Nordhordlandsfjordene - Hille South -eastwards - Ålenappflua and
Iverholmane — Directions; lights
424 Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjømnesundet to Sognejøen -
Horsholmsundet and Bårøyosen — Directions; lights
32/09
32/09
427 West coast - Bradangersundet — Underwater rock 21/09
428 Bjorøyosen — Rock 18/09
428 Vassøyna East — Lights 28/09
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
459, 513, 516, 521, 525,
535,538, 567
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
513 Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet — Directions 22/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Directions 14/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Depths 06/09
517 Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights 17/09
527, 528, 530, 531, 535 Hellefjorden - Aralden — Directions; racon; light 48/09
536 Frøysjøen - Gulenfjordene — Depths 41/09
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
564 West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet — Directions; Nord Vågsøy Light 12/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.24
Weekly
Edition
57B Norway 2B 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or
polluting goods
30/05
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245 Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous and/or
pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
37 Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage 29/09
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway 3A 6th Edition (1982) Supplement No 10 12/06
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
64 Indreleia - Melsteinen Light — Sectors 14/07
65 Lekafjorden - Skeishamn — Directions; leading lights 52/07
95 Velfjorden - Nevernes — Light 12/06
98 Vefsnfjorden - Holandsvik — Leading lights 32/07
169 Nordfjorden - Saurvika — Anchorage 19/07
210 Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget — Buoyage; berths 12/06
241, 242 Lofoten Islands - Approaches to Ure - Notskjeret Light — Sectors 19/06
270 Lofoten - Moskenesøya - Stovika approaches — Depths 42/06
58B Norway 3B 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 48/04
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or
polluting goods
30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
52 -53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South -eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
Wk53/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.25
Weekly
Edition
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet — Depth 01/07
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
191 Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228 -229 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south -east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North -east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North -west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
260 Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes — Leading lights 45/09
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - South -west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
275 -276 North -east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light 31/09
313 Kirkenes - Small craft anchorages 41/09
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
Wk53/09
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
67 Larrys River — Light 44/09
70 Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 44/09
173 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Limiting conditions —
Deepest and longest berths
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information —
Anchorages
174 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival information —
Pilots and tugs
44/09
44/09
44/09
174, 177 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Harbour — Canaport LNG facility 44/09
180 Saint John Harbour and approaches - Berths — Canaport LNG facility 44/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.26
Weekly
Edition
60 Pacific Islands 1 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
324 Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam Island — Rock 06/09
351 Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead —
Wreck
419, 420 Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Senyavin Islands – Pohnpei Island —
Marine farms
61 Pacific Islands 2 11th Edition (2006) 10/07
7, 80 -81, 137, 161, 164 Nouvelle -Calédonie and Îles Loyauté — Restricted areas around
submarine cables
75 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
76 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Baie du Prony — Mooring buoys 01/09
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
86 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and Petite Rade —
Wrecks; obstructions
03/09
100 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle -Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
161 Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine cable;
anchorage
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164 Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon —
Submarine cable
46/07
262 Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South -eastern part - Suva Harbour —
Directions; light
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south -eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south -eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands 3 11th Edition (2006) 28/06
9, 331 NW Hawaiian Islands — PSSA; ATBA; reporting system 14/08
11 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
95 Île de Rapa - Baie d’Ahurei — Depth 04/07
100 Îles Australes - Île Rurutu - Hauti Village — Temple 31/08
134 Archipel des Tuamotu - Rangiroa - Tiputa — Anchorages; depth 40/07
152 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Passe de Taapuna — Submarine pipeline 10/07
167 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Port de Papeete - Rade de Papeete —
Mooring buoy
48/08
171 Îles de la Société - Île de Moorea — Regulations 01/07
197 Îles Sous -le -Vent - Raiatea - Port d’Uturoa — Depth 32/06
223 Cook Islands Group - Rarotonga — Anchorage leading marks 42/07
261, 268, 280, 282, 298,
301, 310, 322, 324,
357 -358, 358
Hawaiian Islands — Security zones 18/07
268 Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii - Keauhou Bay — Directions 12/07
06/09
31/09
02/09
Wk53/09

IV
NP no Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
271 Hawaiian Islands - Hawaii - Kawaihae Harbor — Depth 48/08
305 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Outfall 46/07
306 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Pipe 28/07
316 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Waimanalo Bay — Depths 09/07
331, 371 North -west Hawaiian Islands — Restricted area 26/07
356 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
63 Persian Gulf 14th Edition (2008) 02/09
54 Iran - JazØreh-ye Lºrak — Major light 05/09
54 Strait of Hormuz - West Bukha Oil Platform — Racon 05/09
58 Ra’s ol Moòºf Light Float to Soroosh Oil Terminal and Khawr al Kafka
— Directions; dangerous wreck
05/09
111 Bandar-e ShahØd Bºhonar; Bandar-e ShahØd RajºØ - South -eastern
approach - Directions; major light; racon
05/09
168 Abu Dhabi - Arrival information — Outer anchorages; submarine cables 27/09
184, 194, 195 Shah Allum Shoal — Light beacon 05/09
185 Shah Allum Shoal to Doha — Directions; wreck 05/09
196, 197 Ra’s Laffºn — Arrival information; SPMs 17/09
202 -208 Bahrain - MØnº’ Salmºnand the Port of Sitrah — Directions;
Sitrah Light Buoy
14/09
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
317, 319 Yemen—BalÖºf LNG Terminal 51/09
65 St Lawrence 16th Edition (2009) 46/09
109 Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel — Directions; beacons 47/09
208 Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu — Basins and berths; anchorage 47/09
66 West Coast of Scotland 16th Edition (2008) 11/09
52, 86 Firth of Clyde – Loch Striven — Anchorages 34/09
115, 117, 118 Firth of Clyde – Skipness — Directions; useful mark 51/09
165 Hebrides – Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag — Vertical clearances 14/09
217 Firth of Lorn — Buoyage 16/09
285 Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards — Depth 33/09
366 Outer Hebrides – South Uist - Loch Boisdale — Light beacon 36/09
398 Hebrides – Sound of Harris — Passage 11/09
285, 286, 295, 296,297,
299, 310
The Small Isles — Directions; depths 48/09
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
10th Edition (2008) 03/09
8, 155, 156 Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes — Marine nature reserve 21/09
61, 62, 63, 129, 186 Portugal - Vessel traffic service — Mandatory reporting system 23/09
147 Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal — Directions: light 33/09
162 Portugal - Porto de Lisboa — Vessel traffic service 48/09
215 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service 03/09
247, 248 Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited areas 21/09
248 Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock 24/09
68 East Coast of the
United States 1
12th Edition (2006) 06/07
6, 105, 114, 122, 130, Northern right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
01/09
131, 139, 150, 151, 164,
193, 194, 196, 202, 204
mandatory speed restrictions
7 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
Wk53/09
4.27

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.28
Weekly
Edition
12, 107 -108 Gloucester Harbor — Measured distance 18/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 39/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 36/07
77 Boothbay Harbor — Pilotage 12/09
78 Sheepscot River — Pilotage 12/09
85 Broad Sound — Buoy 37/07
88 Hussey Sound — Obstruction; wreck 28/07
90 Approaches to Portland — Directions; wreck 36/08
93 Portland Harbor — Directions 07/07
93 Portland Harbor — Anchorages; obstruction 18/07
101 -102 Portsmouth Harbor to Cape Ann — Isles of Shoals Light 12/08
114 -115 Approaches to Boston Harbor — Routeing 25/07
114 Approaches to Boston Harbor — Area To Be Avoided 18/09
115 Boston Harbor and approaches — Northeast Gateway Deep Water Port 22/08
122 -123, 125 South part of Massachusetts Bay — Whale avoidance routes 07/07
125 Cape Cod Bay — Wreck 34/09
126 East and south side of Cape Cod Bay — Whale avoidance track 07/07
127 Provincetown — Shoal 22/07
129 Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions 01/09
133 Martha’s Vineyard — Nantucket Sound - Directions; buoyage 17/09
142 Buzzards Bay and approaches — Pilotage 36/08
143, 149 Buzzards Bay, Cape Cod Canal and New Bedford Harbor — Landmark 49/08
146 Cape Cod Canal — Pilotage 36/08
152, 156 Narragansett Bay — Restricted areas; explosives anchorage 33/09
153 Narrangsett Bay - Bridge — Racon 05/08
156 Narragansett Bay - Melville — Depths 36/08
163, 174, 176, 178 Block Island Sound and Long Island Sound — Pilotage 38/09
171 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Buoy 36/07
173 Long Island Sound — Directions; stranded wreck 07/07
176 New Haven Harbor — Depths 49/08
193 -196, 202, 204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose Light 08/08
193, 194, 196, 202, 204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Directions; ATBA; pilotage;
recommended track
49/08
194 Approaches to New York Harbor - Ambrose Light — Racon 05/08
204 New York Harbor - Entrance channels and Lower Bay — Racons 51/09
204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose Channel - Directions;
buoyage
17/09
205 New York Harbor — Sandy Hook Channel 21/08
206 -207, 211 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas 18/07
207 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas; shoaling 07/07
212 New York Harbor - Arthur Kill — Racon 12/07
213 -215 New York Harbor — Project depths 17/08
213, 214, 215 New York Harbor — Project depths 36/09
214 Passaic River — Bridges 22/07
215 Hudson River — Vertical clearance 05/08
Wk53/09

NP no Page(s) Title
69 East Coast of the
United States 2
7, 65, 66, 101, 104, 185,
189, 192, 195, 197, 201,
203, 209, 210, 215, 221,
224, 226, 231, 234, 240,
241, 244, 248, 254
IV
4.29
Weekly
Edition
11th Edition (2008) 42/08
North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
mandatory speed restrictions
89 -90 Philadelphia — Directions; lights 27/09
97 Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point — Directions; wrecks 51/09
106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions; wreck 49/08
121 James River - Upper part — Directions 14/09
131 Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances 25/09
134 Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
50/09
134 -135 Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel to Point No Point —
Directions; obstruction
51/09
152 Choptank River — Light 38/09
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
197 Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance 14/09
211, 214, 215, 216 Charleston - Fort Sumter Range — Directions 44/09
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
217 Charleston Harbor - South Channel — Directions; dangerous wreck 48/09
229 Savannah — Directions; lights 14/09
233 Brunswick Harbor — Project depths 49/09
234 Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry 38/09
241 Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights 14/09
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
153 Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz — Pilotage; tugs 47/09
175 United States of America - Corpus Christi Harbor - Viola Channel —
Vertical clearance
48/09
273, 300 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Security zone 38/09
70 West Indies 1 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256 Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef — Directions;
light
49/08
71 West Indies 2 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
103 US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 US Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
190 Sint Maarten - Simson Baai — Anchorage; mooring buoys 44/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique - Cul -de -Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
275 Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Directions 42/09
284 Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage 47/09
Wk53/09
01/09

NP no
Page(s)
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
Title
IV
4.30
Weekly
Edition
1st Edition (1996) Supplement No 3 39/05
44 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
69 Russia, North coast - Murmansk — Directions; wreck 39/05
152 Russia, Arctic coast - Bol’shezemel’skaya Tundra —
Varandey Oil Terminal
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
Nil
136 Ocean Passages for the
World
09/08
9th Edition (2009) 50/09
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong – Routes — Low -powered vessels; distance 26/04
Wk53/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Victoria - Port Phillip — Depths;
under -keel clearance; draughts
102
After Paragraph 4.10 Add:
Controlling depths
4.10a
1 Great Ship Channel - maintained depth 17⋅0 m.
Port Phillip Heads Entrance W part - maintained
depth 17⋅0 m.
Port Phillip Heads Entrance E part - maintained
depth 16⋅5 m.
South Channel - maintained depth 15⋅5 m.
South Channel E entrance - maintained depth
16⋅0 m.
Under -keel clearance
4.10b
1 A Dynamic Under -Keel Clearance System is in
operation throughout the waters of Port Phillip. Its use
is mandatory for vessels with a draught of 11⋅6 m or
more. For further details see Port of Melbourne
Operations Handbook available from the Port of
Melbourne Corporation website (4.3) and Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Paragraph 4.11 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 The maximum permissible draught of vessels
transiting Port Phillip Heads and South Channel is
14⋅0 m.
In the main channels of Port Phillip there is no
restriction on vessels with a draught less than 11⋅6 m.
Vessels with a draught of 11⋅6 m or more are
subject to the limits of the Dynamic Under -Keel
Clearance System. See 4.10b.
Paragraph 4.12 1 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 4.16 1 line 7 For 14 m Read 17⋅0 m
120
Paragraph 4.127 1 Replace by:
1 Port of Melbourne Channel maintained depth
15⋅5 m.
Williamsontown Channel maintained depth 15⋅5 m.
River Yarra maintained depth 15⋅2 m.
River Yarra above River Maribyrnong maintained
depth 14⋅6 m.
Wk52/09
4.1
[52/09]
After Paragraph 4.127 Add:
Draught
4.127a
1 The maximum draught of vessels using the port is
controlled by the maximum permissible draught limits
(4.11) at Port Phillip entrance and in South Channel,
and by the depth alongside the berths. Vessels drawing
up to 14⋅0 m may navigate these waters when the tidal
rise is sufficient to provide the necessary under -keel
clearance and when the weather conditions permit. For
further details see Port of Melbourne Operations
Handbook, available from the Port of Melbourne
Corporation website (4.126).
Victorian Notices 161/162/163/164/09 and Port of
Melbourne Operations Handbook
(AAs 441173; 441174; 441175; 441176) [52/09]
Victoria - Port Phillip — Directions;
light beacons; routes
118
Paragraph 4.112 heading Replace by:
South Channel to Port Melbourne Channel
Paragraph 4.112 5 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
5 Between numbered light buoys (special) for
2 miles to the vicinity of E1 and E2 Light
Beacons which stand 3½ miles W of Picnic
Point (37°56′⋅8S 144°59′⋅8E). Picnic...
Paragraph 4.113 heading Replace by:
West Channel to Port Melbourne Channel
Paragraph 4.113 2 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
The track then leads N to the vicinity of E1 and E2
Light Beacons (16 miles NNE).
Paragraph 4.114 heading Replace by:
Point Richards Channel to Port Melbourne
Channel
Paragraph 4.114 3 line 11 Replace by:
...a spoil ground.
Paragraph 4.114 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 The track then leads E to the vicinity of E1 and E2
Light Beacons (14 miles ENE).

122
Paragraph 4.142 1 line 6 Replace by:
...channel N of Nos 1 and 2 Light Beacons is
marked by a directional light (37°50′⋅2S...
After Paragraph 4.142 2 line 3 Add:
From the vicinity of E1 and E2 Light Beacons
(37°57′⋅8S 144°55′⋅4E) Port Melbourne Channel
initially leads 003¼° for 2¼ miles, passing (with
positions from Gellibrand Shoal Light Beacon
(37°52′⋅6S 144°54′⋅9E)):
W of Fawkner Light Beacon (4¼ miles S) (4.110),
thence:
W of an obstruction (3½ miles S) with a depth of
13⋅0 m, lying close to the E edge of the dredged
channel.
122 -123
Paragraph 4.142 2 lines 8 -12 Replace by:
From a position between Nos 1 and 2 Light
Beacons (3 miles S), Port Melbourne Channel
continues N for 5½ miles, on the alignment (001½°)
of the above leading lights, passing:
Australian Notice 1318/23/09
(AA 423968) [52/09]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st January 2010
Sweden - Ålands Hav —
Traffic separation scheme
Paragraph 1.10 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
3
...Gotland (57°30′N 18°30′E) and thence N and NW
through the S Åland Sea TSS into Ålands Hav, E of
Svenska Björn (59°33′N 20°01′E).
14
After Paragraph 1.87 2 line 6 Add:
3 Approaches to Ålands Hav:
S Åland Sea (59°44′⋅5N 19°48′⋅5E).
85
Paragraph 2.6 1 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes, shown on the chart,
have been established in the approaches to, and in,
Bornholmsgat (55°20′N 14°25′E). Schemes are also
established S of Öland (56°04′N 16°41′E), SE of
Hoburg (56°47′N 18°22′E), off Kõpu Peninsula
(59°08′N 21°43′E) and in S Åland Sea (59°44′⋅5N
19°48′⋅5E). The schemes are IMO -adopted and
Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
IV
4.2
88
Paragraph 2.27 1 lines 1 -11 Replace by:
1 From a position in the NE -bound lane of the TSS,
SE of Ölands Södra Grund (56°04′⋅2N 16°40′⋅9E)
(2.15), the track leads initially NNE for about
175 miles to a position ESE of Landsort (58°44′N
17°52′E), thence about 72 miles NE to a position SE
of Svenska Björn (59°32′⋅9N 20°01′⋅4E) and the start
of the S Åland Sea TSS with its embedded Deep
Water Route (swept to 17⋅9 m). The route, directions
for which are given at 7.255 leads about 20 miles N
and NW to Ålands Hav (Baltic Pilot Volume III). The
route is divided as follows:
1
Paragraph 2.31 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
From a position ESE of Landsort the track leads
NE for about 85 miles, passing NW of Kopparstenarna
(7.28) and SE of Almagrundet (7.24), to a position SE
of Svenska Björn at the commencement of the
N -bound lane and Deep Water Route of the S Åland
Sea TSS, which leads to Ålands Hav and Gulf of
Bothnia.
Paragraph 2.32 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Directions for the S Åland Sea TSS...
295
After Paragraph 7.245 1 line 5 Add:
Traffic separation scheme
7.245a
1 A TSS has been established in the S approaches to
Ålands Hav in the vicinity of Svenska Björn (59°33′N
20°01′E). The scheme principally consists of a N/S
TSS leading (from the N Baltic) and an E/W TSS
(from the Gulf of Finland) that merge into a small
Precautionary Area before leading NW, via a short
TSS SW of Flötjan, into a larger Precautionary Area
within Ålands Hav. The main N/S TSS has a Deep
Water Route embedded within it. An additional
W -bound lane, from the Gulf of Finland, merges into
the NW -bound sector of the main N/S TSS. The
scheme is IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
applies.
1
Paragraph 7.253 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
From a position E of Almagrundet Light (59°09′N
19°08′E) the track leads NE for about 33 miles
through open water to a position SE of Svenska Björn
(59°33′N 20°01′E) and the start of the N -bound lane
of the S Åland Sea TSS, passing (with positions from
Svenska Högarna Light (59°26′⋅7N 19°30′⋅3E)):
Wk52/09

296
Paragraph 7.255 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 From a position SE of Svenska Björn the track
leads N and then NW for about 25 miles, via the
N -bound lane of the S Åland Sea TSS, to Flötjan
(59°49′N 19°47′E), thence 18 miles WNW, through the
Precautionary Area, to a position NNW of
Simpnäsklubb in the approaches to Arholma Entrance,
passing (with positions from Söderarm Tower
(59°45′⋅2N 19°24′⋅4E) (7.250), unless stated):
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.60
(SDD 2009000 003669) [52/09]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st January 2010
Sweden - Ålands Hav —
Traffic separation scheme
Paragraph 1.9 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Gulf of Bothnia. The main route from the N Baltic
passes NW through the S Åland Sea TSS into Ålands
Hav and thence N through Södra Kvarken, via the N
Åland Sea TSS, until NE of Grundkallen (60°30′N
18°51′E), from which direct courses may be steered
for most ports in the S part of the Gulf of Bothnia.
2
17
Paragraph 1.62 1 line 3 Replace by:
...Gulf of Bothnia and Gulf of Finland are
IMO -adopted and regulations for..
18
After Paragraph 1.62 1 line 6 Add:
2 Gulf of Bothnia:
S Åland Sea (59°44′⋅5N 19°48′⋅5E)
N Åland Sea (60°22′⋅5N 19°00′⋅5E)
Gulf of Finland:
87
Paragraph 2.7 1 Replace by:
1 From a position WNW of Flötjan Light (59°49′N
19°47′E), the through route passes from the S Åland
Sea TSS, through the Precautionary Area and thence
the remainder of Ålands Hav. It then passes through
the N Åland Sea TSS within Södra Kvarken (60°18′N
19°00′E) into Bottenhavet. Thence the route continues
NNE to pass through Norra Kvarken (63°24′N
20°47′E), via Östra Kvarken, into Bottenviken.
Wk52/09
IV
4.3
88
Paragraph 2.16 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From a position SW of Flötjan Light (59°49′N
19°47′E) (6.17) the through route leads NW for a
distance of about 32 miles passing through the Åland
Sea Precautionary Area, passing (with positions from
Flötjan Light):
89
Paragraph 2.16 3 line 1 For W Read SW
Paragraph 2.17 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Main passage. From a position SW of Solovjeva
Light Beacon (60°11′⋅2N 19°10′⋅2E) the route leads
NW and then N for about 21 miles through Södra
Kvarken, via the N Åland Sea TSS (swept to a depth
of 18⋅2 m), passing (with positions from Understen
Light (60°16′⋅6N 18°55′⋅2E)):
222
After Paragraph 6.16 1 line 5 Add:
Traffic separation scheme
6.16a
1 A TSS has been established in the S approaches to
Ålands Hav from Svenska Björn (59°33′N 20°01′E) to
Flötjan (59°49′N 19°47′E) and from SE of Fästorna
(59°51′N 20°21′E)) to Flötjan. The scheme consists
principally of a N/S TSS leading (from the N Baltic)
and an E/W TSS (from the Gulf of Finland) that
merge into a small Precautionary Area before leading
NW, via a short TSS SW of Flötjan, into a larger
Precautionary Area within Ålands Hav. The main N/S
TSS has a Deep Water Route embedded within it. An
additional W -bound lane, from the Gulf of Finland,
merges into the NW -bound sector of the main N/S
TSS.
2 From Ålands Hav, a short TSS leads NW into the
Södra Kvarken Deep Water Route and thence, into a
final TSS close E of Grundkallen (60°29′⋅8N
18°51′⋅0E) that leads N into the Gulf of Bothnia.
The scheme is IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) applies.
223
Paragraph 6.19 3 lines 1 -9 Replace by:
3 Depending on draught, via the S Åland Sea
TSS, either N or S of Bogskär (59°30′N
20°21′E), a group of rocks. A light (6.17)
stands on the W rock; Bogskär Beacon
(hexagonal truncated granite pyramid, iron
roof, weather vane, 8 m in height) stands on
the E and highest of the rocks, 2½ miles ENE
of the lighthouse. Thence:
After Paragraph 6.19 4 line 2 Add:
The 17⋅9 m depth swept channel for deep -draught
vessels entered 5 miles W of Bogskär is described in
Baltic Pilot Volume II.

Paragraph 6.23 3 line 1 Replace by:
3
NNE of Bogskär (21 miles S) (6.19).
The track then leads NW through the S Åland Sea
TSS, passing:
Paragraph 6.23 8 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...from Lågskär (a light (6.17) is displayed from
Lågskär), into the Precautionary Area. Thence:
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.60
(SDD 2009000 003669) [52/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st January 2010
Wales – South coast – Bristol Channel —
Vessel traffic service
84
Paragraph 3.61 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.61
89
Paragraph 3.95 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.95
93
Paragraph 3.121 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.121
IV
4.4
95
Paragraph 3.151 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.151
98
Paragraph 3.175 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.175
101
Paragraph 3.194 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.194
ABP South Wales
(SDD 2009000 165135) [52/09]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Norway - Brevikstrømmen — Directions;
leading lights
109
Paragraph 3.206 5 Replace by:
5 S of a rock awash (3 cables ENE) which lies
close SW of Flauodden Light and is marked
by an iron perch
Omborg Leading Lights:
Front light (red lantern) (59°03′⋅0N 09°39′⋅9E).
Rear light (red lantern) (½ cable SSE).
From a position 1½ cables E of Midtfjordskjær
Light, the alignment (148⋅6°) (astern) of these lights
leads NW for 6 cables, passing (with positions relative
to Midtfjordskær Light):
Norwegian Notice 22/1067/09
(SDD 2009000 177314) [52/09]
Wk52/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2009 Edition)
South Pacific Ocean – Isla San Ambrosio —
Off -lying shoal
77
After Paragraph 2.49 Add:
Off -lying shoal
2.49a
1 A shoal reported (2009) lies in position 26°28′S
79°50′W.
US Notice 48/608/09
(SDD 2009000 174333) [51/09]
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
Canada - Hudson Bay - Churchill —
Pilot boarding position
280
Paragraph 7.256 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 Anchorage is available to seaward of the pilot
boarding position, 4 miles NE of Cape Merry, at the
outer end of the fairway to the harbour entrance.
The recommended area extends from 1 to 3 miles
between NE and NW from the pilot boarding position,
and has depths of 20 to 26 m (60 ft to 14 fm), sand
and mud bottom.
Paragraph 7.257 1 line 3 For the fairway light buoy Read
58°49′⋅67N 94°06′⋅28W
281
Paragraph 7.262 2 lines 8 -9 For fairway light buoy (red and
white pillar, marked C) Read pilot boarding position
Canadian Western Notice 11/5400/09
(SDD 2009000 174388) [51/09]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
Cambodia - West Coast — Major lights
149
After Paragraph 4.245 1 line 3 Add:
Duong Dong Light (10°13′N 103°57′E) (4.265).
Mui Hanh Light (10°01′N 104°01′E) (4.266).
154
Paragraph 4.265 2 line 5 For A light Read Duong Dong
Light
4.1
[51/09]
Paragraph 4.266 2 line 10 For A light Read Mui Hanh Light
VMSA II Book of Lighthouses
(SDD 2009000 130167) [51/09]
Vietnam - West Coast — Major lights
155
Paragraph 4.278 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Major lights:
Mui Nai Light (grey tower on yellow building,
16 m in height) (10°22′N 104°26′E).
Hon Chong Light (white round concrete tower
with gallery) (10°09′N 104°36′E).
Hon Nam Du Light (grey tower on yellow
building, 12 m in height) (9°41′N 104°21′E).
Hon Kho Light (black round tower red bands, on
square concrete base) (9°18′N 103°27′E).
Hon Chuoi Light (yellow building, 11 m in
height) (8°57′N 104°31′E).
VMSA II Book of Lighthouses
(SDD 2009000 130167) [51/09]
Vietnam - Mui Bai Bung to Mekong River —
Major lights
164
Paragraph 5.14 1 lines2to7Replace by:
Hon Bai Canh Light (white square tower on
building, 16 m in height) (8°40′N 106°42′E).
Ba Dong Light (grey concrete tower, 23 m in
height) (9°41′N 106°35′E).
Mui Vung Tau Light (white masonry tower, 18 m
in height) (10°20′N 107°05′E), exhibited from
Nui Nho.
172
Paragraph 5.62 1 line 5 Replace by:
Major lights:
Ba Dong Light (9°41′N 106°35′E) (5.14).
VMSA II Book of Lighthouses
(SDD 2009000 130167) [51/09]
Vietnam - Mui Dinh to Vung Da Nang —
Major lights
182
Paragraph 5.154 3 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Hon Do Light (grey round concrete tower, 11 m
in height) (12°29′N 109°21′E).
Cap Varella Light (grey masonry tower, 26 m in
height) (12°54′N 109°28′E).
Wk51/09

192
Paragraph 5.219 1 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
Mui Ganh Den Light (white 6 -sided tower, red
bands, 10 m in height) (13°22′N 109°17′E).
Cu Lao Xanh (Pulau Gambir) Light (white
concrete tower black band with two galleries,
16 m in height) (13°36′⋅8N 109°21′⋅2E).
Phuoc Mai Light (white round concrete tower,
18 m in height) (13°46′N 109°15′E).
Hon Nuoc Light (white concrete tower, yellow
top, 16 m in height) (14°16′N 109°10′E).
VMSA II Book of Lighthouses
(SDD 2009000 130167) [51/09]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
South China Sea - Dangerous Ground —
Major light
65
After Paragraph 2.53 1 line 3 Insert:
Tennent Reef Light (white 8 -sided tower on
building, 22 m in height) (8°52′⋅00N
114°39′⋅00E).
VMSA II Book of Lighthouses
(SDD 2009000 130167) [51/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales – South coast – Barry — Directions; light
109
Paragraph 4.45 1 line 5 -6 Delete
ABP South Wales
(SDD 2009000 159135) [51/09]
England – West coast – Morecambe Bay to
Saint Bees Head — Directions; depth
289 -290
Paragraph 9.110 1 line 5 For 12⋅3 m Read 10⋅3 m
Paragraph 9.119 1 line 6 For 12⋅3 m Read 10⋅3 m
BA Chart 2010
(HH 037/200/01) [51/09]
England – West coast – Morecambe Bay to
Saint Bees Head — Directions; buoyage
290
After Paragraph 9.119 2 line 2 Add:
Wk51/09
WSW of a waverider buoy and a guard buoy (both
special), (54°00′⋅0N 3°26′⋅0W), thence:
IV
4.2
Paragraph 9⋅119 2 line 4 For 1¾ cables Read 1¾ miles
Scottish Power Renewables; BA Chart 1320
(SDD 2009000 118410) [51/09]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2009 Edition)
Yemen — BalÖºf LNG Terminal
317
Paragraph 12.83 1 line 10 For Ra’s al ‘Uîaydah Read
BalÖºf
Paragraph 12.83 1 line 12 For Ra’s al ‘Uîaydah Read
BalÖºf Light
319
Paragraph 12.89 including heading Replace by:
BalÖºf LNG Terminal
Chart 6, plan BalÖºf LNG Terminal
General information
12.89
1 Position and function. BalÖºf LNG Terminal
(13°58′⋅8N 48°10′⋅1E) lies on the E side of Ghubbat al
‘Ayn (12.113), close W of BalÖºf Light (12.83). The
terminal exports LNG.
2 Port authority. Yemen LNG Company Ltd,
PO Box 15347, Sana’a, Republic of Yemen.
Website: www.yemenlng.com
Limiting conditions
12.89a
1 Limiting depth - LNG Jetty. Four light buoys
(cardinal), moored in a SE/NW line mark the 12 m
isobath passing close NE off the T-head and turning
circle.
Tidal levels. Mean maximum range at BalÖºf about
1⋅5 m; mean minimum range about 0⋅4 m. See
information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled: LNG jetty;
vessels up to 205 000 m 3 .
Local weather and sea state. The LNG Jetty is
fully exposed to sea and swell during the SW
monsoon (June to September). Wave heights may
increase at a rate of 0⋅5 m per hour, with maximum
wave height experienced during the afternoon.
3 The SW monsoon wind tends to push vessels
moored alongside the MOF Wharf off the berth. Due
to the presence of a sensitive coral area in the vicinity,
the port requires vessels to ensure they remain moored
safely alongside.
In the above circumstances, it is recommended that
moorings are closely monitored.
Arrival information
12.89b
1 Notice of ETA should be sent on departure from
previous port with updates 48, 24 and 6 hours prior to
arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (3) for further information.

Anchoring is not allowed within terminal limits
except in an emergency.
2 Emergency anchorage, radius 500 m, charted as
DW (deep water) anchorage, lies 1½ miles NW of
LNG Jetty.
Submarine pipeline. A sea water intake pipe for
the LNG plant, charted as an outfall, lies between
MOF Wharf breakwater head and the trestle; buoys
(special) mark its seaward end.
3 Pilotage and tugs. Compulsory. Pilot boards
seaward of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water)
(13°59′⋅0N 48°08′⋅8E). LNG vessels generally berth
during daylight hours. Vessels using MOF Wharf are
generally berthed one hour either side of LW. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for
further information.
4 Restricted area. Restrictions apply in the
approaches to the Marine Exclusion Zone (see below);
see charted note.
Marine Exclusion Zone. The terminal and DW
anchorage lie within an exclusion zone, the limits of
which are marked by light buoys (special); only
vessels bound for the LNG Jetty or MOF Wharf with
pilot on board and tugs secured are permitted to enter.
5 Fish aggregating devices (FADs). See 12.113.
Fishing. Extensive fishing is carried out in the
vicinity mainly from poorly lit wooden craft which are
difficult to detect by radar. It is recommended that
vessels using the terminal keep a sharp lookout and
give them a wide berth.
Harbour
12.89c
1 Layout. The harbour consists of a T-headed (lit)
LNG jetty and, about 4½ cables SE, a marine
offloading (MOF) wharf on the lee side of a short
breakwater extending NW from the shore. The
breakwater head lies about 300 m S of the trestle.
2 Currents in the vicinity of BalÖºf are influenced by
the monsoons but are generally weak in nature with
rates of less than 0⋅5 kn. Generally, currents run
parallel to the coastline but can have a wind generated
component following prolonged periods of wind from
the same direction.
Directions
12.89d
1 Principal marks:
Landmarks: Radio Tower (red and white bands)
(13°58′⋅5N 48°10′⋅8E).
White tank (S) (13°58′⋅8N 48°10′⋅7E).
Major light: BalÖºf Light (13°58′⋅9N 48°11′⋅2E).
Other aid to navigation:
Racon: BalÖºf Light - as above.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 for
details.
2 Berthing:
LNG Jetty. From the vicinity of the fairway light
buoy (13°59′⋅0N 48°08′⋅8E) the track leads E to
the turning circle, diameter 750 m, situated close
NW of the T-head. Vessels berth port side
alongside LNG Jetty, bows SW.
3 MOF Wharf leading lights:
Front light (13°58′⋅6N 48°10′⋅7E);
Rear light (160 m from front).
IV
4.3
From the vicinity of the fairway light buoy the
alignment (093⋅8°) of these lights leads to the
turning circle, diameter 300 m, close W of the
breakwater.
Caution. The above lead clears the SW mooring
dolphin (lit) of the LNG Jetty by less than 100 m.
Berths
12.89e
1 LNG Jetty consists of a SW/NE orientated T-head,
flanked on either side by mooring dolphins, connected
to the shore by a 600 m trestle.
The MOF Wharf is used by cargo vessels of up to
5000 dwt to offload supplies for the gas pipeline and
plant.
Port services
12.89f
1 Services. None available except general medical
facilities at the plant clinic.
Yemen LNG Company
(SDD 2009000 150611) [51/09]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Firth of Clyde – Skipness — Directions;
useful mark
115
Paragraph 4.74 1 line 2 -5 Replace by:
Radio masts, 1¼ miles NNE of Skipness Point.
117
Paragraph 4.102 1 line 2 -3 Replace by:
Radio masts, 1¼ miles NNE of Skipness Point.
118
Paragraph 4.117 3 line 4 Delete
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2009000 169654) [51/09]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
New York Harbor - Entrance channels and
Lower Bay — Racons
204
After Paragraph 7.107 3 line 8 Insert:
Other aids to navigation
7.107a
6 Racons:
‘A’ Light Buoy (40°27′N 73°50′W).
‘S’ Light Buoy (40°27′N 73°55′W).
Sandy Hook Channel Common Front Light
(40°29′N 74°00′W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
US Corrections to Light List 46/09
(SDD 2009000 164502) [51/09]
Wk51/09

NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
Ocean City Inlet to Fishing Point —
Directions; wrecks
97
Paragraph 3.353 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 ESE of Isle of Wight Shoal (9 miles ENE),
thence:
Paragraph 3.353 5 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
5 Clear of a wreck (24½ miles SSE), with a depth
of 16⋅7 m (55 ft) over it, thence:
US Notice 48/12211/09
(SDD 2009000 174349) [51/09]
Wk51/09
IV
4.4
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel
to Point No Point — Directions; obstruction
134 -135
Paragraph 5.19 4 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
... off Smith Point. An obstruction with 17 m
(56 ft) over it lies 1¼ miles SE of SP Light Buoy.
A further obstruction (reported, position
approximate), with 19⋅2 m (63 ft) over it, lies
8½ cables SE of the light buoy. Three wrecks lie
between 1 and...
US Notice 48/12228/09
(SDD 2009000 174817) [51/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches —
Authorised draught
383
Paragraph 9.284 1 line 4 For 8⋅9 m Read 7⋅5 m
384
Paragraph 9.286 1 line 4 For 8⋅9 m Read 7⋅5 m
Swedish ENC SE5DIN5W
(SDD 2009000 136899) [50/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang —
Pilotage; directions; depths; buoyage; wreck
140
Paragraph 4.98 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...and anchorage details are as for Xiamen; for pilotage
see 4.111 and for berths 4.139.
Paragraph 4.104 3 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
In Zhangzhougang Jingang Hangdao (24°24′⋅50N
118°05′⋅00E) the least charted depth over a bank is
7⋅4 m, but a least depth of 8⋅9 m can be found on
S side of fairway; depths greater than 10 m lie to N of
the fairway.
141
Paragraph 4.111 1 Replace by:
1 Xiamen. Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels,
and for Chinese vessels of 230 m LOA and greater.
The pilot boarding positions are in the vicinity of
No 17 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (24°23′⋅10N
118°07⋅′41E), No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand),
1½ miles NW, and No 4 quarantine anchorage (4.110)
to NE; hereafter these are referred to as the pilot
boarding area.
Zhangzhou. Pilotage is compulsory and pilots
board in the vicinity of No 103 Light Buoy (preferred
channel to starboard) (24°17′⋅68N 118°10′⋅28E).
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
143
Paragraph 4.122 8 Replace by:
8 The track then continues to a position between
No 20 Light Buoy (port hand) (2 miles NNW), and
No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) 5½ cables farther
NNW and the pilot boarding area (4.111).
Paragraph 4.124 7 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
7 Vessels requiring a pilot may head NE to
No 19 Light Buoy (port hand) (24°24′⋅22N
118°06′⋅26E) and the pilot boarding area (4.111); for
other...
Wk50/09
4.1
144
[50/09]
Paragraph 4.128 1 lines 2 -3 For 5 cables ENE Read (4.111)
Paragraph 4.129 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅22N 118°06′⋅26E) and the pilot boarding
area (4.111), the channel, marked by light...
145
Paragraph 4.131 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅22N 118°06′⋅26E) and the pilot boarding
area (4.111), the channel, marked by light...
147
Paragraph 4.136 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅22N 118°06′⋅26E) and the pilot boarding
area (4.111), the channel, marked by light...
Paragraph 4.136 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 SSW of No 402 Light Buoy (N cardinal)
(7¼ cables ENE) moored N of the coastal
bank extending N from Dapan Qiantan
(4.124); the channel, least depth 7⋅4 m on N
side of fairway and 8⋅9 m to S, leads over
this bank. Depths greater than 10 m lie N of
No 402 Light Buoy. Thence:
149
After Paragraph 4.150 3 line 5 Insert:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (10 miles SSW),
existence doubtful, thence:
Chinese Chart 14240
(SDD 2009000 043944) [50/09]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock Shoal Channel
to Point No Point — Directions; obstruction
134
After Paragraph 5.19 2 line 5 Insert:
WSW of an obstruction (9¾ miles SSE), with a
depth of 4⋅5 m (15 ft) over it, thence:
US Notice 47/12228/09
(SDD 2009000 169813) [50/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
United States of America - San Diego to
Point Arguello — Pacific Missile Range
253
Paragraph 8.2 1 line 3 For 170 Read 180 and For 100 Read
210
US Coast Pilot 7 2009 Edition Change 34
(SDD 2009000 164391) [49/09]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
North coast – Approaches to Port Darwin —
Directions; buoyage
154
Paragraph 4.105 1 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. The DW route passes between
LNG1 and LNG2 Light Buoys and has a declared
depth of 10⋅8 m (2009).
155
Paragraph 4.113 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Vessels that do not have to use the DW route
between LNG1 and LNG2 Light Buoys should,
provided UKC permits (4.105), pass outside the buoys.
156
Paragraph 4.122 3-5 Replace by:
3 Between LNG1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) and
LNG2 Light Buoy (port hand) (8¼ miles
NW).
Caution. The tidal stream sets directly across
Middle Pass at up to 4 kn at springs.
Darwin Port Corporation
(AAs 436150; 436701) [49/09]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
North coast of Tasmania - Ulverstone —
Directions; light
183
Paragraph 7.75 2 lines 6 -10 Delete
Wk49/09
4.1
Paragraph 7.75 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
[49/09]
3 Directions. From a position about 1 mile N of the
E breakwater the white sector (186½° -189½°) of
Ulverstone Direction Light (orange triangle) (41°09′⋅2S
146°10′⋅0E), lit day and night, leads to the harbour
entrance, passing (with positions from the light):
Marine and Safety Tasmania Notice M163 -09
(AA 439250) [49/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – South -west coast - Cape Cornwall to
Saint Agnes Head — Directions; buoyage
61
After Paragraph 2.36 2 line 4 Add:
SE of a group of four wave recorder buoys (8¾ miles
N), thence:
University of Exeter
(SDD 2009000 144241) [49/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
South -east coast – Black Rock — Buoyage
141
Paragraph 4.150 1 line 6 Delete
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2009000 159318) [49/09]
West coast – Annagh Head — Buoyage
330
After Paragraph 11.155 3 line 2 Add:
WNW of a wave test light buoy (special), (2¾ miles
NW), thence:
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDDs 2009000 155487; 159318) [49/09]

West coast – Broad Haven Bay —
Submarine pipeline
336
After Paragraph 11.205 2 line 9 Add:
Submarine pipeline
11.205a
1 A charted gas submarine pipeline lies across Broad
Haven Bay from 1¼ miles SE of Rinroe Point
(54°17′⋅8N 9°50′⋅8W) to Corrib Field (54°20′N
11°04′W). See 1.5.
Shell E&P Ireland Limited
(SDD 2009000 143818) [49/09]
North coast – Mulroy Bay — Vertical clearance;
directions
379
After Paragraph 12.352 1 line 9 Add:
Vertical clearance
12.352a
1 The Second Narrows (55°11⋅37N 7°45⋅88W) is
spanned by Mulroy Bridge with a vertical clearance of
19 m.
381
Paragraph 12.365 2 line 6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 49/07 Replace by:
Point) and Paddy’s Point on the N shore opposite, passing S
of Rawros Light Buoy (port hand) (1¼ cables W of Mulroy
Bridge).
Paragraph 12.366 1 line 3 For a little S of the centre of the
channel Read between the bridge central supports
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDDs 2009000 040153; 153732; 159806) [49/09]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Germany - Greetsieler Legde — Buoyage
141
Paragraph 5.76 3 Replace by:
3 Greetsieler Legde (53°34′N 7°01′E) branches S
from Bantsbalje at Bb 5/L 17 Buoy to connect with
Leysiel (5.74). The channel, marked by buoys
(starboard hand; numbers prefixed L), is about 1 mile
long and dries at its S end.
The direction of buoyage in this channel is from
SSE to NNW.
German Notice 46/89/2009
(SDD 2009000 166109) [49/09]
IV
4.2
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
Brunswick Harbor — Project depths
233
Paragraph 8.200 1 line 5 For 9⋅1 m(30ft)Read 10⋅9 m
(35 ft)
Paragraph 8.200 1 lines 6 -7 For 9⋅1 m(30ft)Read 11⋅2 m
(37 ft)
US Notice 46/11506/09
(SDD 2009000 164402) [49/09]
Wk49/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2009 Edition)
West African Gas Pipeline — Buoyage
313
Paragraph 10.4 1 line 8 Replace by:
...of the pipeline, which is marked at various points by light
buoys (special). The buoys are fitted with AIS. See 1.42.
324
After Paragraph 10.85 3 line 2 Add:
Clear of light buoys (special) (17 and 19 miles SW),
marking the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4),
thence:
325
After Paragraph 10.89 3 line 7 Add:
Clear of light buoys (special) (18 miles E), marking
the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4), thence:
334
After Paragraph 11.23 5 line 2 Add:
Clear of light buoys (special) (24½ miles ENE),
marking the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4),
thence:
337
Paragraph 11.61 1 line 4 Replace by:
...encloses Sémé Oil Terminal (11.105), and S of
light buoys (special), marking the West African
Gas Pipeline (10.4), which lie 2 miles S of the
entry prohibited area.
340
After Paragraph 11.97 1 line 3 Add:
E of light buoys (special) (9 miles SSW), marking
the West African Gas Pipeline (10.4), thence:
WAGPO
(SDD 2009000 139248) [48/09]
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Greenland - Hochstetterbugten - Shannon Ø -
Freeden Bugt — Depth
290
Paragraph 13.63 1 lines 5 -9 Replace by:
Caution should be exercised when entering the bay.
N of a line joining the entrance points, depths
decrease rapidly and the bottom is very irregular. A
reef with depths of 2 m (2009) is known to exist
3 miles W of Kap Philip Broke. A number of streams
flow into the bay.
Danish Notice 44/952/09
(SDD 2009000 158954) [48/09]
Wk48/09
4.1
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
[48/09]
Greenland - W coast - Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq
— Power cable
155
After Paragraph 3.101 4 Add:
5 A power cable has been established across
Kangerdluarssuk tugdleq at about 66°59′⋅50N
53°36′⋅00W. The vertical clearance is 11 m S of the
island of Qeqertarssuaq, 24 m on the sounding line N
of the island of Qeqertarssuaq, 24 m in the channel N
of the un -named island that lies NE of Qeqertarssuaq,
and 6⋅8 m in the channel that leads to Tarajornitsoq
Fjord.
Danish Notice 43/09
(SDD 2009000 159115) [48/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Qiqu Liedao eastwards —
Pilotage
240
After Paragraph 6.228 1 line 4 Insert:
No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (30°33′⋅00N
122°22′⋅00E), ENE of Nos Y1 and Y2 Light
Buoys (lateral).
Chinese Chart 13431
(SDD 2009000 119426) [48/09]
Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang -
south west approaches — Anchorages
421
Paragraph 12.139 1 lines 2 and 3 Delete
423
After 12.154 2 line 5 Insert:
Anchorages W19 and E6 are designated as
Emergency Reserved Anchorages.
Korean Notice 44/680/09
(SDD 2009000 157604) [48/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
West coast – Killary Harbour — Buoyage
321
Paragraph 11.80 1 line 3 -4 Replace by:
Between Donee Islet and Blackrock Light Buoy
(port hand) (2½ cables N), which lies on the S
side of Black Rocks, thence:
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2009000 152769) [48/09]

NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2007 Edition)
North Island - Whangarei Harbour —
Directions; leading lights
203
Paragraph 7.161 1 Replace by:
1 From W of Kaiwaka Point the route leads
through the N part of Kiorerora Reach and
the swinging basin to the berths at Port
Whangarei, and thence into Hatea River.
Paragraph 7.167 1 Delete
204
Paragraph 7.167 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 From departure Port Whangarei the inward
directions should be followed in reverse, but
using leading lights aligned for the outward
passage. Initially the route leads S through
Kiorerora Reach as far as Kaiwaka Point
(35°46′⋅3S 174°21′⋅3E) thence E through
Wellington Reach to Ross Light Beacon.
Land Information New Zealand Notice 198/09
(HH. 580/465/07) [48/09]
North Island - Hauraki Gulf — Depth
210
Paragraph 8.25 4 line 2 For 15⋅8 m Read 15⋅1 m
Land Information New Zealand Notice 199/09
(HH. 580/475/08) [48/09]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Lowestoft - Kirkley Light — Directions
222
Paragraph 9.115 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From a position about 1 mile NE of the harbour
entrance the line of bearing 227° of Kirkley Light
(column, 4 m in height) (52°27′⋅7N 1°44′⋅5E), or at
night the narrow white sector (224° - 229°) of the
light, leads to a position...
ABP Lowestoft Local Notice 16/2009
(SDDs 2009000 040439; 155106) [48/09]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Hellefjorden - Aralden —
Directions; racon; light
527
After Paragraph 13.18 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
13.18a
1 Racon:
Aralden Light (61°40′⋅6N 4°46′⋅4E).
IV
4.2
528
Paragraph 13.23 2 line 6 Replace by:
...surrounding the islet of Aralden; Aralden
Light is exhibited from the islet. Thence:
530
After Paragraph 13.40 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
13.40a
1 Racon:
Aralden Light (61°40′⋅6N 4°46′⋅4E).
531
Paragraph 13.42 5 line 5 Replace by:
...Aralden, a small islet; Aralden Light is
exhibited from the islet.
535
After Paragraph 13.66 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
13.66a
1 Racon:
Aralden Light (61°40′⋅6N 4°46′⋅4E).
After Paragraph 13.67 4 line 3 Insert:
Useful mark:
Aralden Light (61°40′⋅6N 4°46′⋅4E).
Norwegian Notice 20/983/09
(SDD 2009000 158475) [48/09]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Small Isles — Directions; depths
285
Paragraph 9.130 7 line 1 For 17⋅8 m Read 17⋅9 m
286
Paragraph 9.130 8 line 2 For 14⋅7 m Read 12⋅8 m
Paragraph 9.131 3 line 1 For 17⋅8 m Read 17⋅5 m
Paragraph 9.133 4 line 1 For 15⋅2 m Read 11⋅3 m
Paragraph 9.133 4 line 4 -5 Delete These To charted.
Paragraph 9.133 5 line 1 For 14⋅3 m Read 12⋅2 m
295
Paragraph 9.186 4 line 2 For 18 m Read 14⋅2 m
Paragraph 9.186 5 line 8 Replace by:
...Promontory (9.179), thence:
After Paragraph 9.186 5 line 8 Add:
SW of a detached shoal with a least depth of 14⋅4 m
(6¾ miles NW).
296
Paragraph 9.192 2 line 2 For 17⋅8 m Read 13⋅6 m
Paragraph 9.192 5 line 1 For 13⋅5 m Read 11⋅5 m
Wk48/09

297
After Paragraph 9.197 2 line 2 Add:
SE of a detached shoal with a depth of 17⋅6 m
(4½ miles SW), thence:
Paragraph 9.197 3 line 1 For 17⋅8 m Read 17⋅0 m
299
Paragraph 9.214 1 line 1 For 57°09′⋅2N 6°00′⋅6W Read
57°09′⋅0N 6°01′⋅0W
After Paragraph 9.214 1 line 5 Add:
SSE of a detached shoal of 18⋅0 m(2½ miles WSW),
thence:
Paragraph 9.215 1 line 1 For 57°09′⋅2N 6°00′⋅6W Read
57°09′⋅0N 6°01′⋅0W
After Paragraph 9.215 1 line 3 Add:
W of a detached shoal of 18⋅0 m(2½ miles WSW),
thence:
310
After Paragraph 10.66 1 line 7 Add:
SW of a detached shoal with two heads of 19⋅6 m
(3½ miles SSW), thence:
BA Charts 1796; 2207; 2208
(HH. 066/200/03) [48/09]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal - Porto de Lisboa —
Vessel traffic service
162
Paragraph 5.230 Replace by:
1 A mandatory VTS system is in operation for the
control of navigation within the port limits. It provides
information and advice to vessels navigating inside the
Tagus river estuary and the seaward approaches up to
a line joining Cabo Espichel Light (38°24′⋅9N
9°13′⋅0W) (5.207) and Cabo Raso Light, 21½ miles
NW. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
Lisbon Port Authority
(SDD 2009000 151106) [48/09]
Wk48/09
IV
4.3
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
Charleston Harbor - South Channel —
Directions; dangerous wreck
217
Paragraph 8.66 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
US Notice 45/11518/09
(SDD 2009000 158992) [48/09]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America - Corpus Christi
Harbor - Viola Channel — Vertical clearance
175
Paragraph 7.74 1 line 9 Replace by:
...a safe vertical clearance of 13⋅1 m(43ft).
US Notice 45/11311/09
(SDD 2009000 159061) [48/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2007 Edition)
Saanich Inlet - Patricia Bay — Platform;
anchorage
169
After paragraph 5.190 2 Insert:
3 Platform. A platform has been established in the
SW part of Patricia Bay. The platform is lit and the
area is marked by three buoys (special). Submarine
cables are connected to the platform.
Paragraph 5.192 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Anchorage is not recommended due to the
establishment of submarine cables and scientific
instruments within the bay.
Canada Western Notice 10/09
(SDD 2009000 155217) [47/09]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2009 Edition)
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat
Surabaya - Gresik - Poleng Oilfield —
Submarine gas pipeline
81
After Paragraph 4.86 1 Insert:
2 A submarine gas pipeline links Gresik (4.103) with
Poleng Oilfield (4.156). The pipeline crosses to E side
of the N entrance channel at Gresik and then follows
close W to the recommended track between No 6 and
No 7 Light Buoys (lateral) then passing S and E of N
entrance outer anchorage (4.84).
Rubicon Maverick
(SDD 2009000 137629) [47/09]
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat
Surabaya - Gresik — Berths
85
Paragraph 4.111 4 Replace by:
4 Siam Maspion Terminal, (7°06′⋅69S
112°39′⋅15E), with platform and dolphins, lies
2 miles N of Petrochemical Wharf. A
causeway and trestle extend 1⋅9 miles from
the shore. Vessels of up to 100 000 dwt,
maximum length of 240 m and maximum
draught alongside of 10⋅5 m can be
accommodated. Lights are exhibited from
beacons (special) at the head of the terminal.
PT Siam Maspion Terminal
(SDD 2009000 146783) [47/09]
Wk47/09
4.1
Indonesia - North Coast of Jawa - Selat
Surabaya - Port of Tanjungperak — Wreck
87
After Paragraph 4.136 1 Insert:
[47/09]
2 A stranded wreck, marked by a light buoy
(starboard hand), lies 1½ cables ENE of the Container
Terminal elbow.
Indonesian Notices 34/297/09; 34/298/09
(SDD 2009000 122716) [47/09]
Indonesia - Nusa Tenggara - Lombok - Teluk
Ayang Southwards — Rock
122
Paragraph 5.176 2 lines 5 -6 Delete
Indonesian Chart 291
(SDD 2009000 019005) [47/09]
Indonesia - Sulawesi - Selat Bangka - Pulau
Talisei - Tanjung Arus — Racon
423
Paragraph 16.180 including heading Replace by:
Spare
16.180
Indonesian Chart 344
(SDD 2009000 140657) [47/09]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2009 Edition)
Pointe des Ponts to Pointe à Michel — Directions;
beacons
109
Paragraph 5.109 Replace by:
5.109
Useful mark
1 Godbout Wharf Light (square framework tower, 8 m
in height) (49°19′⋅3N 67°35′⋅5W).
(Directions continue for Baie des Anglais at
5.131, and for coastal passage at 5.143)
Canada Eastern Notice 10/09
(SDD2009000 155185) [47/09]

Port of Sorel and Rivière Richelieu — Basins and
berths; anchorage
208
Paragraph 10.51 Replace by:
1 There are a number of designated anchorage berths
located off the Route Île de Grâce in the vicinity of
the entrance to Rivière Richelieu, in 9 to 10 m. These
anchor berths are indicated on the plan of Port de
Sorel.
Canada Eastern Notice 10/09
(SDD 2009000 155188) [47/09]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
Mexico - Puerto de Veracruz — Pilotage; tugs
153
Paragraph 6.236 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The
pilot boards from a boat marked with the pilot flag on
the bows. The embarkation place is reported (2009) to
be in the vicinity of the fairway light buoy SSE of
Isla Verde (19°12′N 96°04′W), or farther out on
request. Anchoring within the reefs and inside the
harbour must be carried out with the assistance of a
pilot. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7).
Paragraph 6.237 Replace by:
1 Tugs are available and their use is compulsory for
berthing and unberthing.
MV Vossborg
(SDD 2009000 155099) [47/09]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Saint Lucia - Grand Cul de Sac Bay — Pilotage
284
Paragraph 7.178 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Pilots board 3 miles NW of Bananes Point (the S
entrance point).
It is reported that, after boarding the pilot, the
recommended track for approach and entry to the
bay is 118°.
SLASPA
(SDD 2009000 114413) [47/09]
IV
4.2
Wk47/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Sweden - Älandsfjärden — Vertical clearance
412
After Paragraph 10.133 1 line 2 Add:
A railway bridge with a vertical clearance of 18 m
crosses the W part of Älandsfjärden in position
62°39′⋅9N 17°53′⋅3E.
Swedish Notice 279/5918/09
(SDD 2009000 151688) [46/09]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Germany - Die Eider — Directions
260
Paragraph 8.116 1 line 5 Delete
Paragraph 8.116 1 line 6 Replace by:
W and N of Fiegenplate (3 miles S), and:
After Paragraph 8.116 1 line 6 Add:
2 S and E of Hochsichtsand (1½ miles S), thence:
Paragraph 8.116 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
German Notice 42/105/09
(SDD 2009000 145090) [46/09]
4.1
[46/09]
Wk46/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - North approaches to stanbul BoÔazÝ —
Dangerous wrecks
109
Paragraph 2.390 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Caution. Two dangerous wrecks lie 1½ miles ENE
and ¾ mile WNW of Dalyan Burnu Light respectively
(4.14).
Turkish Notice 222.41.09
(SDD 2009000 043805) [45/09]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2008 Edition)
The Traffic Separation Scheme described in this
notice will be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st
December 2009
Italy - Stretto di Messina — Traffic Separation
Scheme; Vessel Traffic Service
421
Paragraph 11.28 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
...Gioia (11.29) to a position ENE of Capo Peloro
(10.120).
Paragraph 11.28 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From Porto di Gioia Tauro the inshore route
continues SW for 13 miles to a position ENE of Capo
Peloro (10.120), to the precautionary area at the N
entrance to the Stretto di Messina TSS (12.14).
423
Paragraph 11.37 1 lines 4 -6 and 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
NE of Cabo Peloro (10.120).
To the vicinity of 38°17′⋅5N 15°40′⋅6E where it
joins the precautionary area of the Stretto di Messina
TSS (12.14).
(Directions continue for Stretto di Messina at
12.17)
Paragraph 11.40 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From Porto di Gioia Tauro the inshore route
continues SW for 13 miles to the precautionary area of
the Stretto di Messina TSS, passing (with positions
from Capo...
424
Paragraph 11.40 8 line 6 For 15°43′⋅2E Read 15°40′⋅7E
4.1
428
Delete Chapter 12 Index Diagram
Replace by: new diagram on page 4.2.
431
Paragraph 12.12 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
[45/09]
1 A VTS reporting system is in operation and
participation is mandatory for the following vessels:
All passenger vessels.
All merchant vessels over 300 gt.
All fishing and recreational vessels over 45 m LOA.
1 The following vessels are exempt:
Naval and naval auxiliary vessels.
Other state vessels operating a non -commercial
public service.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(3).
432
Paragraph 12.19 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 38°17′⋅0N 15°40′⋅7E, the track
leads SSW for 1 mile then WSW for 4 miles, passing
(with positions relative to Capo Peloro (38°16′⋅1N
15°39′⋅2E)):
Paragraph 12.19 8 line 12 For 38°14′⋅0N Read 38°14′⋅3N
IMO 12th June 2009 and Stretto di Messina VTS Manual
(SDDs 2009000 052728; 130157) [45/09]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Revsbotn - Litlefjorden - Rottnes — Leading
lights
260
R32For 124⋅5° Read 126°
Norwegian Notice 19/952/09
(SDD 2009000 144325) [45/09]
Wk45/09

Chapter 12 - Italy and Sicilia - Stretto di Messina
20´ 15°30´
40´ 50´
20´
20´
Chapter 11
Wk45/09
Chapter 10
C Peloro
12.14
Scilla
12.40
Inshore Traffic Zone D
Punta Pezzo
Inshore Traffic Zone A
Porto Villa di Giovanni
12.26
992
Inshore Traffic Zone C
P San
Raineri
992
Porto di Messina
12.48
IV
10´
Inshore Traffic
Zone B
10´
4.2
992
Reggio di Calabria
12.33
Punta Calamizzi
12.14
917
Capo Scaletta
Punta di Péllaro
Chapter 14
Chapter 13
38° 38°
20´ Longitude 15°30´ East from Greenwich
40´
50´
310708

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
Greenland - W coast - Grønne Ejland —
Marine reserve
170
After Paragraph 4.63 1 line 8 Add:
The islands are contained within a designated
marine reserve area, landing is prohibited.
Danish Notices 153/14/09; 153/15/09
(SDD 2009000 030907) [44/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - South coast – Studland Bay — Marine
nature reserve
184
After Paragraph 6.108 2 line 2 Add:
Marine nature reserve. A marine nature reserve is
centred on position 50°38′⋅64N 1°56′⋅30W and marked
by buoys (special) at the corners and centre. The
reserve is designated as a voluntary prohibited
anchorage area and mariners are requested not to
anchor within the buoyed limits.
Poole Harbour Master and Sea Star Survey
(SDDs 2009000 113877; 140110 ) [44/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – West coast – Hilbre Swash — Buoyage
240
Paragraph 8.41 2 line 1 For (E cardinal) (2 miles Read
(starboard hand) (1¾ miles
Paragraph 8.41 2 line 4 For (1¾ miles Read (1½ miles
Trinity House
(SDD 2009000 129120) [44/09]
England – West coast – Morecambe Bay —
Racon
271
Paragraph 9.21 1 line 4 Delete
UKHO
(SDD 2009000 120160) [44/09]
4.1
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
[44/09]
South–west coast – Bearhaven and
Castletownbere - West entrance — Light beacon
71
Paragraph 3.85 3 line 2 For beacon Read light beacon
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDDs 2009000 134725; 139898) [44/09]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Newfoundland – Placentia Bay – Long Harbour
— Pilotage
114
Paragraph 3.47 3 line 1 Replace by:
Pilotage. Compulsory for foreign registered vessels
and Canadian vessels over 1500 gt. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (5). Pilot...
Atlantic Pilotage Authority
(SDD 2009000 000375) [44/09]
Labrador – Murphy Head to Cape Kikkiviak –
Helga River — Wreck
492
Paragraph 13.243 1 lines 7 -10 Replace by:
...Miriam Lake a short distance inland. Thence:
Canadian Eastern Notice 4771/04/09
(SDD 2009000 031563) [44/09]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Larrys River — Light
67
Paragraph 3.50 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...and covers at HW, and by Ram Island. The small
settlement of Larrys...
Canadian Eastern Notice 4233/04/09
(SDD 2009000 031547) [44/09]
Wk44/09

Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light
70
Paragraph 3.70 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From a position abeam Country Harbour Head, the
track leads NNW to the harbour entrance passing,
(positioned from Bear Trap Head (45°10′N 61°40′W)):
Paragraph 3.70 3 line 9 Delete
Canadian Eastern Notice 4227/04/09
(SDD 2009000 031546) [44/09]
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Limiting
conditions — Deepest and longest berths
173
Paragraph 8.32 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Tankers. Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal (8.62);
Canaport LNG facility (8.62a).
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival
information — Anchorages
174
Paragraph 8.41 Replace by:
1 Designated anchorage areas A, B and D are
established within the port limits in the approach to
the harbour, as shown on the chart.
Anchorage A, in the SW approaches, centred on
45°12′⋅5N 66°04′⋅7W.
Anchorage B, adjoining the S boundary of A,
centred on 45°10′⋅0N 66°07′⋅0W. An obstruction
has been reported (1997) in approximate position
45°10′⋅5N 66°05′⋅6W.
Anchorage D, centred on 45°09′⋅1N 66°01′⋅7W.
2 Pilotage is compulsory in Anchorage A, and in the
N parts of Anchorages B and D.
Ships at anchor should remain in a state of
readiness to proceed or manoeuvre at short notice and
maintain continuous listening watch on VHF Radio.
Caution. Herring purse seine fishing is carried out
in area A between 1st November and 1st of April
annually; care is necessary to avoid fouling nets.
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Arrival
information — Pilots and tugs
174
Paragraph 8.43 1 line 5 Replace by:
...chart. A pilot boarding position for tankers and
LNG carriers is located on a line bearing 295° from
position 45°08′⋅80N 66°03′⋅65W to position
45°09′⋅50N 66°05′⋅80W. The pilot vessel (black hull
with white band and...
Atlantic Pilotage Authority
(SDD 2009000 000375) [44/09]
Wk44/09
IV
4.2
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Harbour
— Canaport LNG facility
174
Paragraph 8.48 3 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Canaport LNG jetty is located 6 cables NNE of
Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal SBM. For details
see 8.62a.
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
177
Paragraph 8.55 2 line 3 Replace by:
...conspicuous white oil and LNG storage tanks is...
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Berths —
Canaport LNG facility
180
After Paragraph 8.62 Add:
Canaport LNG facility
8.62a
1 Canaport LNG facility is located at the end of a
trestle which extends 300 m from the shore 2 cables
ENE of Mispec Point. The facility consists of an
unloading platform with four mooring dolphins on
each side. Three conspicuous LNG tanks have been
constructed to the NE of the unloading platform. A
flare tower is situated adjacent to the E most tank,
close to the shoreline.
2 The unloading platform and dolphins, linked by
catwalks, is 425 m in length overall. The unloading
platform itself has a length of 65 m, with a depth
alongside of 29 m. The mooring dolphins adjacent to
the platform are in line with it, giving an effective
berth length of 115 m. Lights (round masts 7⋅5 m in
height) are exhibited from these and the outermost
dolphins. Lesser depths of between 23⋅8 and 25⋅6 m
are reported to be in the vicinity of the mooring
dolphins.
3 Sector lights have been established on Mispec
Point, Connoly Head and in the vicinity of Cape
Spencer for the sole purpose of aiding pilotage to and
from the facility. They are operated when needed for
berthing and unberthing.
Adverse weather may cause vessels to be required
to leave the berth and go to anchor.
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
Charleston - Fort Sumter Range — Directions
211
Paragraph 8.29 1 line 2 For Fort Sumter Range Read
Entrance Channel

Paragraph 8.33 1 line 2 For Fort Sumter Range Read
Entrance Channel
214
Paragraph 8.44 1 line 2 For Fort Sumter Range Read
Entrance Channel
215
Paragraph 8.48 3 line 4 For Fort Sumter Range Read
Entrance Channel
Paragraph 8.48 3 lines 5 -6 For Fort Sumter Range Read
Entrance Channel
Paragraph 8.54 2 lines 3 -4 For Fort Sumter Range Read
Entrance Channel
216
Paragraph 8.56 1 lines 1 -2 For Fort Sumter Range Read
Entrance Channel
IV
4.3
Paragraph 8.57 2 line 4 For Fort Sumter Range Read
Entrance Channel
US Notice 39/11523/09
(SDD 2009000 139171) [44/09]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Sint Maarten - Simson Baai — Anchorage;
mooring buoys
190
Paragraph 5.66 3 lines 2 -3 Delete ... clear of two mooring
buoys, ...
Netherlands Chart NL2716E
(SDD 2009000 138815) [44/09]
Wk44/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Ledskär — Authorised draught
246
Paragraph 6.165 3 line 2 For 6⋅1 m Read 5⋅0 m
Finnish Notice 27/491/09
(SDD 2009000 135505) [43/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Jingtang —
Vessel traffic service
331
Existing Section IV Notice Week 14/09 Paragraph 10.11a 1
lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...(9.126), Laotieshan Shuidao (9.136a), Tianjin (10.86),
Jingtang (10.111) and Caofeidian (10.115).
342
Paragraph 10.108 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 The track continues ENE to a position E of
1
Jingtang Gang Light (39°13′N 119°01′E) (10.105); the
route passes through Jingtang VTS area (10.111), the
use of which is compulsory. The track then leads
generally NE passing:
Paragraph 10.111 1 line 1 Replace by:
Vessel traffic service. Participation in Jingtang VTS
is compulsory within its area, which extends
18⋅5 miles from Jingtang Light (39°12′⋅8N
119°00′⋅8E); vessels should report 2 miles before
entering the area. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
Notice of ETA required is 72, 48 and 24 hours.
343
After Paragraph 10.116 1 line 10 Insert:
Vessel traffic service. The terminal is within the
area of Jingtang VTS, the use of which is compulsory
(10.111).
Jingtang VTS Guide
(SDD 2009000 135582 ) [43/09]
Wk43/09
4.1
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Germany - Süderpiep and Norderpiep —
Directions; buoyage
255
Paragraph 8.76 2 line 5 Replace by:
...the coast at Dieksand.
Paragraph 8.76 2 lines 6 -8 Delete
256
Paragraph 8.76 3 line 1 Replace by:
[43/09]
3 The channel continues 6 miles E to Hafen von
Büsum...
Paragraph 8.77 1 lines 9 -10 Replace by:
...SP22 Buoy (port hand) (54°07′⋅94N 8°43′⋅80E).
German Notice 40/105/2009
(SDD 2009000 138052) [43/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
United States - Cape Disappointment to Grays
Harbor — Directions
414
Paragraph 14.12 1 line 7 Replace by:
W of a dangerous wreck (9 miles NNW), thence:
US Notice 39/18500/09
(SDD 2009000 131848) [42/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
Belgium - Outer banks in the Approaches to
Westerschelde — Wind farm
158
After Paragraph 7.12 1 Insert:
2 A wind farm comprising 55 turbines is under
construction (2009) on Bligh Bank. The limits of the
wind farm are defined by the following co -ordinates:
51427N 2480E.
51403N 2520E.
51372N 2481E.
51382N 2475E.
51390N 2458E.
Belgian Notice 19/183/2009
(SDD 2009000 131793) [42/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - South Coast - Zhelang Yan -
southeastwards — Wreck
126
Paragraph 4.17 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...exhibited from the point. A wreck with a depth
of 16 m lies 14¼ miles SSE from Tianwei Jiao,
and a dangerous wreck, position approximate
(reported 2009), 8¾ miles farther S. Xijie...
Chinese Notices 36/1361/09
(SDD 2009000 131319) [42/09]
China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Haiyang Dao
— Prohibited area
366
After Paragraph 10.301 1 line 7 Insert:
Prohibited area. An area closed to foreign shipping
has been established at Haiyang Dao, within 8 miles
radius of Badouyinzi Light (39042N 123090E).
Wk42/09
4.1
[42/09]
367
Paragraph 10.305 7 line 10 Replace by:
...and clear of the prohibited area (10.301)
extending to 8 miles from Badouyinzi Light, thence:
368
After Paragraph 10.316 1 line 8 Insert:
Prohibited area. A prohibited area surrounds the
island, see 10.301.
Chinese Notice 25/875/08
(HH. 556/410/05 ) [42/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – West coast – Liverpool Bay —
Buoyage
247
Paragraph 8.93 2 lines 8 -9 Delete and To hand)
271
Paragraph 9.22 2 lines 8 -9 Delete and To cardinal)
Mersey Docks and Harbour Company
(SDD 2009000 119693) [42/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Northern Ireland – North coast – Londonderry
— Landmarks
398
Paragraph 13.100 2 line 11 -12 Replace by:
Coolkeeragh Power Station chimney (550263N
71487W).
Coolkeeragh ESB
(SDD 2009000 113565) [42/09]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - Gulf of Genoa — Vessel traffic service;
radio reporting
133
After paragraph 4.6 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
4.6a
1 A mandatory vessel traffic service is in operation
for the control of shipping within two areas of Gulf of
Genoa, based upon Savona (including Vado Ligure)
and La Spezia, as shown on the chart. For details, list
of reporting points and procedures to be followed, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

172
After paragraph 5.10 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
5.10a
1 The SE limit of the area covered by Gulf of Genoa
VTS (4.6a), based upon La Spezia, extends 20 miles in
a SSW direction from a position on the coast 1¾ miles
ENE of Capo Corvo (5.9), as shown on the chart.
Italian Notices 14.1 - 14.22
(SDDs 2009000 100848; 100870) [42/09]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2008 Edition)
Israel - •adera — Regulations
244
Paragraph 7.265 3 line 2 For Anchoring Read Entry
Israeli Notice 3/09
(SDD 2009000 011698) [42/09]
IV
4.2
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Denmark - Juvre Dyb — Buoyage withdrawn
279
Paragraph 8.310 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...unmarked channels, one branch leading SE around the
NE part of Rømø and the other leading NE through
Østerdyb to Mandø.
Danish Notice 38/798/2009
(SDD 2009000 131917) [42/09]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Directions
275
Paragraph 7.101 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
4 WSW of a bank (1¼ miles N) with least charted
depth of 6·2 m; a depth of 9·4 m lies about 2¼ cables
SSW.
French Notice 09/37/99
(SDD 2009000 129471) [42/09]
Wk42/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2009 Edition)
Chile – Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck
270
Paragraph 8.67 2 line 6 Add: A dangerous wreck lies
½ cable S of the root of Molo Este.
ENC CL5AN015
(SDD 2009000 067167) [41/09]
Peru–IslaAsiatoIslaSanLorenzo—
Directions; wreck
315
Paragraph 9.229 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
WSW of a dangerous wreck (48 miles NW), thence:
WSW of Isla Callao (Isla Frontón) (52½ miles
NNW) (9.291), thence:
Peru 7/33/09
(SDD 2009000 100991) [41/09]
Peru – Cerro Azul — Light
316
Paragraph 9.246 2 line 4 Replace by:
...promontory from which a light (black GRP tower,
white band, 11 m in height) is exhibited, lies...
Light List Volume G (2008/09) No 2044
(SDD 2008000 085271) [41/09]
Peru – Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra
— Directions; wreck
339
Paragraph 10.180 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
SW of Production platform SM -1 (48 miles NW).
A dangerous wreck lies 7¼ miles NE. Thence:
ENC PE300124
(SDD 2009000 052992) [41/09]
Peru–PaitatoPuntaCaboBlanco—
Directions; platform
346
Paragraph 10.265 1 line 4 For an obstruction Read
a platform (disused)
ENC PE300113
(SDD 2009000 048914) [41/09]
4.1
[41/09]
Colombia – Buenaventura — Anchorages; light
385
Paragraph 12.70 1 line 8 Replace by:
No 3A 6½ miles NE Least charted depth 6⋅3 m
No 5 1½ miles ENE Least charted depth 8⋅9 m
387
After Paragraph 12.85 1 line 5 Insert:
Aguacate Light Beacon (green tower, red band)
(3°53′⋅7N 77°03′⋅8W).
Paragraph 12.86 1 line 4 Delete
Colombian Chart 760
(SDD 2009000 017369) [41/09]
Colombia – Bahía de Málaga — Directions;
light buoy
388
Paragraph 12.100 2 line 5 For starboard hand Read
W cardinal
Paragraph 12.104 3 line 2 For starboard hand Read
W cardinal
Colombian Chart 150
(SDD 2009000 017480) [41/09]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2006
Edition)
Ukraine - Sevastopol’ outer anchorages —
explosives area
213
After Paragraph 6.379 1 line 5 Add:
Caution. An explosives area, shown on the chart, is
located in the NE corner of the anchorage area.
Russian Chart 38120
(SDD2009000110771) [41/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan — Directions;
anchorage; pilotage; channels; buoyage
334
Paragraph 10.38 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 0 Light Buoy (37°38′⋅2N
120°09′⋅9E) off Longkou the route leads SW for about
10 miles to No 2 Pilot Boarding Position, 7½ miles
NNE of Sanshan Light (37°24′N 119°56′E), or
alternatively WSW for 15 miles to No 1 Outer
Anchorage area, 10 miles NNW of the light.
Wk41/09

Paragraph 10.42, including existing Section IV Notices
Weeks 6/09 and 25/09 Replace by:
1 For No 2 Pilot Boarding Position: From the
vicinity of No 0 Light Buoy (37°38′⋅2N 120°09′⋅9E)
off Longkou, the track leads SW, passing (with
positions from Qimu Jiao Light (37°41′⋅1N
120°13′⋅5E)):
SE of a light buoy (isolated danger) (5½ miles
WSW), moored close ESE of an area of less
water, reported 2007, thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (11 miles SW).
The track then continues SW to No 2 Pilot Boarding
Position (14½ miles SW), lying 7½ miles NNE of
Sanshan Dao Light (square masonry tower, 8 m in
height).
2 For No 1 Outer Anchorage: From the vicinity of
No 0 Light Buoy, the track leads WSW, passing:
SSE of the above light buoy (isolated danger)
(5½ miles WSW), thence:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (11 miles SW), thence:
NNW of Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (18 miles
WSW), marking the entrance to Laizhougang
Hangdao (10.55), and 10 miles NNW of Sanshan
Dao Light.
3 No 1 Outer Anchorage (10.51), close WSW of
No 1 Light Buoy (port hand), can then be approached
directly, noting the wrecks in and to N of the
anchorage area.
Paragraph 10.46 Replace by:
335
1 The port can be approached from E or N and is
entered through channels from NNE or NNW marked
by light buoys (lateral), and leading lights to enter the
harbour. The NNE channel leads from No 2 Pilot
Boarding Position and is the deepest channel.
Paragraph 10.49 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. The least depth in the NNE
approach channel is 12⋅4 m, and in Laizhougang
Hangdao from NNW is 8⋅3 m.
After Paragraph 10.51 2 line 5 Insert:
This anchorage is reportedly for use by foreign
vessels, depths 10 to 12 m mud and sand; a wreck,
depth 4⋅6 m, lies at 37′32′⋅90N 119°49′⋅00E; a
dangerous wreck lies 9 cables WNW of N point of
anchorage.
Paragraph 10.52 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels, boarding
in the following positions:
No 2 position (37°31′⋅50N 119°59′⋅45E) in the
approaches to the channel from NNE,
No 1 position (37°26′⋅21N 119°56′⋅11E) outside the
harbour entrance.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Wk41/09
IV
Paragraph 10.55 Replace by:
1 From north -northeast. From the vicinity of
2
No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (37°31′⋅50N 119°59′⋅45E)
(10.52), the track leads SSW, passing (with positions
from Sanshan Dao Light (37°24′⋅41N 119°56′⋅38E)):
WNW of No 20 Light Buoy (port hand) (6¼ miles
NNE), to enter the channel marked by light buoys
(lateral).
The channel leads SSW to a position close WNW
of No 30 Light Buoy (port hand) (1 mile NNE),
3
moored ¾ cable NW of Liquefied Pier N Jetty Light
(black and white column, 9 m in height), the E of the
two outer breakwater heads.
The track continues to a position between the above
light and W Breakwater Light (black and white square
metal framework tower, 8 m in height), 2¾ cables W,
and onto the alignment (159½°) of leading lights
4
(below).
Laizhougang Hangdao (from NNW). From a
position 1½ miles NNW of Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys
(lateral)
passing:
(9¾ miles NNW), the channel leads SSE,
5
Between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral), thence:
ENE of No 1 Outer Anchorage (10 miles NNW)
(10.51).
The track continues onto the alignment (159½°) of
leading lights (below), passing:
ENE of Laizhou Qiantan, a bank which extends
9 miles NW from Diaolong Zui (5¼ miles
WSW), with drying areas up to 3 miles offshore.
Fuyung Tao, a wedge -shaped islet 61 m high, lies
2¾ miles SW of the point. Tidal streams set
across Laizhou Qiantan. The coast from here S
and SW is bordered by a drying mudbank; along it
depths of less than 5 m extend as much as
11 miles offshore and in places there are fishing
stakes. Thence:
6 Past No 1 Pilot Boarding Position (1¾ miles N)
(10.52), thence:
Across a bank, least depth 8⋅3 m.
7 Sanshan Dao Leading Lights:
Front light (red triangle, point up, on white metal
pillar, red bands) (37°24′⋅67N 119°56′⋅82E).
Rear light (red triangle, point down, on white metal
pillar, red bands) (¾ cable from front light).
8 The alignment (159½°) of these lights leads:
Between Nos 3 and 4 Light Buoys (lateral)
(1¼ miles N), and through the entrance channel
3½ cables long, depth 9⋅3 m.
9 The harbour is then entered between the
W Breakwater and Liquefied Pier N jetty (above).
Caution. Numerous marine farms exist in vicinity
of the entrance channels.
4.2
336
Paragraph 10.58 Replace by:
7 From the vicinity of either Laizhou No 2 Pilot
Boarding Position (37°31′⋅5N 119°59′⋅4E), or Nos 1
and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (37°33′⋅6N 119°52′⋅5E),
the route leads generally NW for 100 miles to a
position S of Caofeidian Light (38°55′N 118°30′E),
thence NW to a position SE of Dagu Light (38°56′⋅3N
117°58′⋅8E).

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Poland - Kuznica — Directions; wreck
357
Paragraph 9.42 2 line 7 Replace by:
...(safe water) (54°43′⋅0N 18°35′⋅5E), keeping clear
of the dangerous wreck 1 mile SSE of the buoy.
Polish ENC PL4P3030
(SDD 2009000 118252) [39/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Netherlands - Approaches to
Hoek van Holland — Outer anchorages
223
After Paragraph 9.41 3 Insert:
4 6 (52°11′N 4°04′E). Anchorage lies on the E
side of Maas North TSS, the W boundary of
the anchorage being adjacent to the N traffic
lane of the TSS. The anchorage has a least
depth of 18⋅6 m. A foul lies in the E part of
the anchorage. The recommended dimensions
for vessels using No 6 anchorage, together
with the recommended under -keel clearance
to be used during NW gales when the worst
swell conditions are experienced, are as
follows:
5 Bulk carriers: length 190 m, beam 23 m, draught
10 m; UKC 4⋅7 m.
Container vessels: length 180 m, beam 25 m,
draught 10 m; UKC 5⋅9 m.
Container vessels: length 350 m, beam 43 m,
draught 14⋅5 m; UKC 4⋅4 m.
Tankers: length 250 m, beam 43 m, draught 14⋅5 m;
UKC 3⋅6 m.
Netherlands Notice 35/420/09
(SDD 2009000 117495) [39/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Taiwan Strait - Quanzhou Wan —
Anchorage; pilotage; directions; buoyage
151
Above Paragraph 4.157, Reference charts, Replace by:
Charts 1786, 1760, Chinese Chart 14181 (see 1.17)
152
Paragraph 4.168 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Outer Anchorage, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies 2¾ miles ESE of Xiangzhi Jiao Light
(24°46′N 118°47′E), depth about 18 m. No 1 Light
Buoy (special) lies 3½ cables N of the area.
4.1
Paragraph 4.169 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
[39/09]
1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and is
only available during daylight hours. Details of the
pilot boarding position for Quanzhou Gang are not
known, and information should be obtained from the
local authorities; see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Pilotage for Weitou Wan see 4.155, for Shenhu Wan
see 4.156, and for Xiaocuo, including Fujian, see
4.196.
Paragraph 4.176 1 lines 1 -4 including heading Replace by:
Seaward to No 2 Light Buoy via outer anchorage
area
4.176
1 From a position on the coastal route, ESE of
Xiangzhi Jiao (24°46′N 118°47′E), the track leads
WNW towards outer anchorage and thence to No 2
Light Buoy, passing (with positions from Dazuo Light
(24°53′N 118°59′E)):
153
Paragraph 4.176 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 The track then continues WNW to the anchorage
area (11½ miles SW) (4.168); No 1 Light Buoy
(special) lies 3½ cables N.
The track continues WNW to the vicinity of
No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (24°47′⋅9N 118°47′⋅1E),
1½ miles NNE of Xiangzhi Jiao Light (4.147).
Paragraph 4.177 1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
No 2 Light Buoy to Houzha Gang via Dazhui Men
4.177
1 No 2 Light Buoy to No 6 Light Buoy
Paragraph 4.177 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
From a position close NE of No 2 Light Buoy (port
hand) (24°47′⋅9N 118°47′⋅1E), the...
Paragraph 4.177 3 line 9 Replace by:
NNW of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water) (24°49′⋅0N
118°45′⋅1E).
Paragraph 4.178 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 No 6 Light Buoy to Shihu headland (continued
from 4.182)
Paragraph 4.178 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 From a position NNW of No 6 Light Buoy (safe
water) (24°49′⋅0N 118°45′⋅1E), mariners should...
154
Paragraph 4.181 heading Replace by:
No 2 Light Buoy to No 6 Light Buoy via Dazhui
Men
Wk39/09

Paragraph 4.181 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 From a position close NE of No 2 Light Buoy (port
hand) (24°47′⋅9N 118°47′⋅1E), the...
Paragraph 4.181 5 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
The track then continues WNW to the vicinity of
No 6 Light Buoy (safe water) (24°49′⋅0N 118°45′⋅1E)
and onto the alignment (102¼° astern) of leading
lights (4.178). A shoal patch, depth 5⋅6 m, lies 1 cable
SE of the light buoy.
Chinese Notice 955/09; Chinese Chart 14181
( SDD 2009000 102333) [39/09]
China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai
— Pilotage
325
Paragraph 9.117 2 line 2 For 129° Read 120°
Paragraph 9.117 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and
reportedly available in daylight only. Pilots board in
the quarantine anchorage (above).
Chinese Chart 11941
(SDD 2009000 103937) [39/09]
Korea-Westcoast-P’yängt’aek approaches -
P’ungdo north -westwards —
Recommended track
417
After Paragraph 12.90 1 Insert:
2 Recommended track. From position 37°07′⋅6N
126°22′⋅1E, in the vicinity of Chang -an—P’yängt’aek
(Bad weather) pilot boarding position (12.88), a
separation line between recommended tracks leads
040°/220° for 8 cables, thence 090°/270°. In -bound
vessels are recommended to keep to S of the
separation line, and out -bound vessels to N.
Paragraph 12.94 2 lines 1 - 5 Replace by:
2 Having passed Chang -an—P’yängt’aek (Bad
weather) pilot boarding position (12.88), 9 cables
NNW of P’ungdo, the recommended track (12.90)
leads NE to a position ESE of Pudo (37°09′N
126°21′E), from where a light (12.92) is exhibited.
Dangers extend ½ mile ESE from Pudo, the outer
drying rock marked by a light beacon (S cardinal,
19 m in height).
The recommended track then leads E, passing:
Korean Notice 511/09
(SDD 2009000 115460) [39/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Ireland – East coast — Buoyage; clearing mark
53
Paragraph 2.37 2 line 6 Delete
Wk39/09
IV
4.2
Paragraph 2.38 1 lines 2 -6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 28/09 Replace by:
Tuskar Rock Lighthouse (4.126).
SE Blackwater Light Buoy (5.87).
South Arklow Light Buoy (5.89).
Codling Lanby (5.89).
Kish Bank Light (5.86).
Hellyhunter Light Buoy (6.93).
150
Paragraph 5.86 2 line 3 Delete
Paragraph 5.87 1 lines 2 -5 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 28/09 Replace by:
Tuskar Rock Lighthouse (52°12′N6°12′W) (4.126).
SE Blackwater Light Buoy (52°25′⋅6N 6°08′⋅4W)
(5.87).
South Arklow Light Buoy (52°40′⋅2N 5°58′⋅9W)
(5.89).
Codling Lanby (53°03′N 5°41′W) (5.89).
Kish Bank Light (53°19′N 5°55′W) (5.86).
151
Paragraph 5.89 1 lines 11 -12 Replace by:
ESE of South Arklow Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(52°40′⋅2N 5°58′⋅9W), moored 2 miles S of
Arklow Bank, thence:
Paragraph 5.93 1 lines 1 -9 Replace by:
1 The channel S of Arklow Bank leads W passing S
of South Arklow Light Buoy (52°40′⋅2N 5°58′⋅9W).
153
Paragraph 5.109 1 line 7 Replace by:
WNW of South Arklow Light Buoy (52°40′⋅2N
5°58′⋅9W),
Paragraph 5.109 2 lines 1 -3 Delete
156
Paragraph 5.143 1 line 5 Delete
Paragraph 5.144 1 line 2 Replace by:
South Arklow Light Buoy (52°40′⋅2N 5°58′⋅9W)
(5.89).
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDDs 2009000 036926; 114324) [39/09]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - Isola del Giglio — Restricted area
228
After Paragraph 8.38 1 Add:
Restricted area. A restricted area lies 4 miles W of
Isola del Giglio as shown on the chart. Mariners
should consult local authorities before entering the
area.
Italian Notice 6.5/09
(SDD 2009000 027134) [39/09]

Italy - Golfo di Gaeta — Restricted area
329
After Paragraph 12.44 2 Insert:
3 Restricted area. A restricted area, centred 8¾ miles
SSW of Monte Orlando Light (12.48), extends
8½ miles in a WNW/ESE direction and 3¾ miles in a
NNE/SSW direction, as shown on the chart. Mariners
should consult local authorities before entering the
area.
Italian Notice 6.6/09
(SDD 2009000 027136) [39/09]
IV
4.3
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia —
Anchorages; pilot boarding position
500
Paragraph 11.223 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
A4 (2¾ miles SE)
A5 (4½ miles SE)
Paragraph 11.224 1 Line 5 Replace by:
Pilots board 2¼ miles SE of Molo di Levante Head.
Italian Notice 16.11/09
(SDD 2009000 110494) [39/09]
Wk39/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP no Page(s) Title
In force 26 September 2009
4.4
[39/09]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa I 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
344 Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and Entrance Channel — Depths 34/09
2 Africa II 15th Edition (2007) 11/08
67 South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge - Wüst Seamount — Shoals 38/08
141 -148 Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 17/08
141, 142, 143, 144, 145,
147
Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 27/09
156 -157 Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal 13/08
163 Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions; wreck 17/08
179 Congo — Moanda Terminal 14/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Kizomba C Terminal 36/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Girassol Terminal 12/09
196 Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa and Greater Plutonio
Terminals
38/08
203 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Anchorage; wreck 23/08
204, 206 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions 14/08
223 Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon 14/08
294 South Africa - Simon’s Town — Directions for entering harbour 30/08
3 Africa III 14th Edition (2006) 34/06
87 South Africa - Mossel Bay — Wreck 30/07
152, 154, 156 South Africa - Port Shepstone to Durban — Aliwal Shoal 22/09
270 Tanzania — Songo Songo Island 49/06
4 South -East Alaska 6th Edition (1993) Supplement No 4 15/06
2, 5 Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage 23/08
9 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
63 Felice Strait - Sealed Passage — Directions; wreck 32/08
78 Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth 09/07
84 -85 Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay - Coal Bay and Twelvemile Arm
— Shoal depths
40/06
95 Wrangell Narrows — Depths 36/07
98 Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck 32/08
107 Eastern Passage - Channel Island — Depth 30/06
108 Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage 20/07
179 Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor — Directions; depth 29/08
212 Chatham Strait - Baranof Island - Warm Spring Bay — Rock 26/08
232 Alaska - North Cape to Biorka Island — Directions; depth 21/09
234 Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth 24/08
261 Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock 24/08
305 Prince William Sound - Hinchinbrook Entrance — Submerged buoy 16/07
305 Valdez Arm — Directions 37/07
314 Prince William Sound - Orca Bay - Port Gravina — Depth 18/08
360 Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula - Port Chatham — Mooring buoy 22/08
377 Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light 15/07
389 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
5 South America I 16th Edition (2008) 25/08
5 Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water management 25/08
100 Brazil – Ilha Cotejuba — Directions; wreck 26/09
123 Brazil - North coast – Ponta da Praia Grande — Directions; light 35/08
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
137 Brazil – Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage; submarine cable 32/08
137 Brazil – Ponta da Itapagé to Ponta de Mucuripe - Pecém Terminal —
Directions; buoy
34/09
139 Brazil, N coast – Mucuripe — Directions; wreck 01/09
144, 145 Brazil – North coast - Ponta do Mel to Cabo Calcanhar — Directions;
light; racon
31/09
164 Brazil – Porto de Recife to Porto de Pedras — Directions; wreck 30/09
196 Brazil, E coast – Ponta Itaquena — Directions; wreck 08/09
201 Brazil - E coast – Rio Doce south -eastwards — Directions; offshore
marks
16/09
202 Brazil – Rio Doce to Ponta do Tubarão — Directions; current meter 34/09
210 Brazil – Terminal da Ponta do Ubu — Anchorages 28/08
212 Brazil - E coast – Ponta do Cacurucaia eastwards — Directions;
platform
49/08
212, 214 Brazil - E coast – Cabo de São Tomé eastwards — Directions;
platform
06/09
253 Brazil – Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck 25/08
264 Brazil – Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
268 Brazil - South coast – Itajaí — Directions; buoyage 22/09
290 Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata — Directions 25/08
298 Uruguay – Montevideo — Limiting conditions; local weather 33/08
299 Uruguay – Montevideo — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
313 Uruguay – Punta Pavón — Directions; wreck 25/09
349 Argentina – Villa Gesell — Directions; wreck 25/09
362, 364 Argentina – Golfo San Matías — Directions; light 19/09
6 South America II 17th Edition (2008) 17/09
223, 224 Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; AIS; Useful marks 33/09
226, 227, 228 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Light 19/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights 22/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light 32/09
236 -237 Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions; lights 22/09
251 Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light 17/09
255 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Shoal 19/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Racon; AIS 29/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; shoals 22/09
267 Chile - Paso Largo — Directions 17/09
7 South America III 9th Edition (2006) 03/07
71, 72 South Pacific Ocean – Sala y Gómez Ridge — Shoals 23/08
71 -72 Colombia - Coiba Ridge — Depth 28/07
78, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92 -94 Ecuador – Archipiélago de Colón — Recommended tracks 17/08
79 Ecuador - Archipiélago de Colón — Traffic regulations 24/07
111 Chile - Canal Darwin — Directions 44/07
115 Chile – Patagonian Channels – Canal King — Directions 21/07
119 Chile – Canal Moraleda — Directions; depth 30/08
129 Chile – Paso Galvarino — Directions; depth 25/09
136, 137, 138, 144, 150 Chile – Golfo Corcovado — Directions; Light 19/09
191 -192 Chile - Puerto de Corral — Pilotage 14/07
200 Chile – Boca Chica — Directions; depth 48/08
203 Chile – Bahía Coronel — Directions; wreck 23/08
205 Chile - Puerto San Vicente — Harbour; berth 16/07
211 -212 Chile - Puerto Lirquén — Anchorages 30/07
230 Chile – Bahía Quintero — Directions; leading lights 25/09
233 Chile – Paso Horcón — Directions; Shoals 19/09
310 Peru – Bahía de Paracas — Wrecks 06/09
316 Peru – Callao — Outer anchorage; wreck 31/08
337 Peru – Pimentel — Directions; production platform 31/08
343 Peru - Paita — Wreck 12/07
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
344 Peru – Paita to Cabo Blanco — Directions; disused platform 32/09
354, 355 Ecuador – Canal de Jambelí — Directions; buoyage 22/08
361 -362 Ecuador - Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
364 Ecuador - Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
378 Colombia – Tumaco — Anchorage 22/09
382, 383 Colombia – Buenaventura — Anchorages; lights 30/09
384 Colombia – Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 30/09
402 Panama – Balboa — Pilotage 21/09
7A South America IV 4th Edition (2007) 29/07
54 Guyane Française - Dégrad des Cannes — Directions; leading line 47/07
56 Guyane Française - Cayenne — Directions; rock awash; wreck; light
buoy
40/08
61 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Buoy 33/07
72 Guyana - New Amsterdam — Anchorage; pilots 22/08
107 Trinidad - Radix Point to Galera Point — Mud volcano 34/07
141 Tobago - Scarborough — Directions; wreck 09/09
152 Venezuela - Isla La Sola — Directions; light 06/08
158 -161 Venezuela - Cumaná — Light 51/07
169 Venezuela - Islas de Píritu — Directions 29/07
218 Aruba - Oranjestad — Pilotage 11/08
232 Colombia - Punta Gallinas — Directions; wrecks 19/08
250 Colombia - Puerto Bolivar — Outer anchorages 32/09
258 Colombia - Puerto Zúñiga — General information; anchorage areas 29/07
267 Colombia - Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions; leading lights 31/08
300 Panama - Panama Canal — Pilotage 21/09
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
11th Edition (2007) 34/07
8 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
101 Costa Rica - Puerto Golfito — Directions; buoyage 31/09
175 Mexico - Puerto Vallarta — Anchorages 12/09
247 Mexico - Ensenada — Racon 34/07
249 Mexico - Ensenada — Directions 41/07
250 Mexico - Pacific coast — Energia Costa Azul LNG Terminal 16/09
270 United States of America - Pacific coast - Anaheim Bay —
Controlling depths
25/09
323 United States of America - Pacific coast - Gulf of Farallones —
Directions; buoy
17/09
328 United States of America - San Francisco Bay — Directions; depth 16/09
397 Columbia River — Advanced Notice of Entry 44/07
417 -420 United States of America – Washington — Directions 22/08
420 Washington - Umatilla Reef — Directions 51/07
420 United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait - Cape Flattery
southwards - Umatilla Reef — Buoy
34/09
455 -456 United States — Code of Federal Regulations Title 15 Part 922 13/09
9 Antarctic 7th Edition (2009) 31/09
Nil
10 Arctic I 7th Edition (1985) Supplement No 8 31/05
Nil
11 Arctic II 9th Edition (2004) 12/05
3 Svalbard — Navigation warning 26/07
4 Regulations - Iceland — Pollution prevention reporting scheme 13/08
4 Regulations - Iceland — Ship reporting 27/08
Wk39/09

NP no
IV
Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
4, 75, 78 -79, 85 -87, 90, Iceland, south -west coast — Traffic Separation Scheme; Areas to be 17/08
94 -97
Avoided; reporting area
4 Norway - Svalbard — Position reporting regulations 35/08
17 Greenland — Ice reconnaissance 33/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 21/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 18/07
103 Iceland - Skerjafjördhur — Buoy; leading beacons 21/05
133 Iceland - Súgandafjördhur - Sudhureyri — Approach 46/06
149 Iceland - BerufjörÉur — Approaches 08/06
214 Svalbard - Bellsund and Van Mijenfjorden — Traffic regulations 38/08
226 -227 Svalbard – Ny -Ålesund — Restricted area; anchorage 12/05
253 Svalbard - Ginevrabotnen — Depths 08/08
291 Greenland - Hochstetterbugten - Ardencaple Fjord - Depth 37/09
12 Arctic III 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
173 Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description;
protected area
18/09
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia I 2nd Edition (2008) 39/08
255 -256 Western Australia - North -east approaches to Exmouth Gulf —
Directions; depths
14/09
14 Australia II 10th Edition (2007) 49/07
104, 105, 105 -106, 106 Victoria - Port Phillip entrance channels — Directions; lights; route 31/09
259 Tasmania - Great Oyster Bay — Marine farm 49/07
278 New South Wales - Batemans Bay — Leading lights 49/07
290, 292 -293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — VTS reporting points 21/08
293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — Boarding grounds 49/07
304 New South Wales — Submarine cable protection zone 49/07
15 Australia III 11th Edition (2009) 31/09
142 Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay — Directions 37/09
18 Baltic I 14th Edition (2006) 05/07
3 Denmark and Sweden - ship reporting systems — SOUNDREP;
BELTREP; discontinuation of SHIPPOS
18/08
4 Denmark - Traffic and operations — Ship movement reporting 29/07
8, 166, 176, 188, 190,
206, 213, 224, 229, 265,
360
Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
10, 13 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
61, 187 General information - entrance to Baltic Sea — IMO
recommendations
19/08
62 Through Routes North Sea to Baltic Sea — IMO Maritime Safety
Committee
38/07
112 Denmark - Læsø north -eastwards — Prohibited areas 36/08
132 Sweden - Halmstad — Directions 10/07
139 Denmark — Hundested Havn — Leading lights 32/08
199 The Sound - Helsingborg to Lous Flak — Traffic Separation Scheme 17/08
204, 209 Denmark - København — Bryggebroen swing bridge 05/07
219 Sweden - Drogden and Flintrännan — Hazards; sailing race area 33/08
241 Denmark - Samsø Bælt — General information; Traffic separation
scheme
23/09
251, 251 -252, 252, 255 Denmark - Approaches to Århus Havn — Directions; approach lights 29/09
337 Denmark - Svendborg Sund — Directions; leading lights 13/09
344 Denmark - Ristinge and approaches — Rock 32/08
375 Denmark - Orehoved Havn — Controlling depth 33/09
409 Germany - Hafen Olpenitz — Directions 14/07
4.7
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
436 Germany - Lübeck — Directions 14/07
444 Germany - Gedser to Baltic Sea — Controlling depth 38/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 14/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 22/07
450 Germany - Stralsund approaches — Darßer Ort 48/07
19 Baltic II 14th Edition (2008) 27/08
10, 91 Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
13, 17 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
87, 108, 109 Sweden - Gotland — Faludden Light 19/09
114 Sweden - Gotland - Fårösund — Directions; Depth 31/09
167 Sweden - Kalmarsund — Anchorage 37/09
234 Sweden - Stora Vika — Arrival information 23/09
295, 296 Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb — Directions; Armbågen Light 15/09
296 Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light beacon 29/08
357 Poland - Kuznica — Directions; wreck 39/09
379 Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information; anchorages 48/08
385 Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage; wreck 27/08
394 -395, 413 -414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 08/09
394, 395 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 13/09
394 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; racon 23/09
20 Baltic III 10th Edition (2006) 45/06
10 Finland - Traffic and operations — Recommended tracks 22/07
90, 444 -445, 452 Sweden - Norra Kvarken - Stora Fjäderägg — Light 34/08
101 Estonia - Paldiski — Anchorages 08/09
103 Estonia - Tallinn — Anchorage 25/07
109 Estonia - Muuga — Pilotage 47/06
120 Russia - Sankt Peterburg and approaches — Anchorage 37/08
123 Russia - Kronshtadskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater — Directions; wreck 17/08
155 Finland - Approach to Inkoo — Directions 45/06
161 Finland - Björköfjärden — Anchorage 05/07
162 Finland - Helsinki and approaches — Firing practice area warning
lights
29/09
163, 168 Finland - Helsinki — Directions 35/08
172 Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — General information; directions 12/09
172 Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — Draught 03/08
186 Finland - Kejvsalö Östra Fjärd — Authorised draught 07/07
194 -195, 195 Finland - Abborfjärden — Anchorage; authorised draughts 35/09
197 Finland - Kotka — Authorised draught 36/09
200 Finland - Approaches to Hamina — Einonkarinmatala Light 25/07
207 Finland - Maringinlahti — Directions 34/08
212 -213 Russia - Vyborg — Directions 40/07
223 Finland - Utö to Flötjan — Directions 45/06
226 Finland - Fläckgrund to Högholmen — Directions; authorised draught 30/09
228 Finland - Channel via Paraistenportti — Directions 45/06
231 Finland - Hanko to Utö — Anchorage; authorised draught 44/08
241, 242 Finland - Lövskär to Rajakari — Directions; authorised draughts 44/08
251 Finland - Saaristomeri — Routes from Kökar; draught 09/09
261 -263 Finland - Maarianhamina — Approach; directions 45/06
263 Finland - Maarianhamina and approaches — Shoaling 34/07
279 -280 Finland - Hylkkari to Kloppi — Directions 45/06
282 Finland - Uusikaupunki — Directions 20/07
284, 285, 288, 289 Finland - Rauma and approaches — Nurmes Light 24/09
287 Finland - Kuuskajaskari — Directions 04/07
290 Finland - Pori and approaches — Authorised draughts 27/09
318 Finland - Vaasa — Leading lights 04/09
329 Finland - Himanka — Authorised draught 07/07
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
375 Approaches to Karskär and Långharen — Directions 14/08
384 -386 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Authorised draughts;
directions
35/08
384 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Draughts 46/07
385 Sweden - Söderhamn — Anchorage 12/08
402 Sweden - Galtström — Directions 45/06
421 Sweden - Storön to Södra Ulvön - Inshore passage — Directions; light 34/08
435, 444 Sweden - Norra Kvarken — Holmögadd Light 23/09
439 -442 Sweden - Umeå and approaches — Directions 50/07
485 -486 Sweden - Malören to Repskärsfjärden — Authorised draughts 10/08
21 Bay of Bengal 10th Edition (1978) Supplement No 12 24/04
1 East coast of India — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
2 Tsunami 03/05
4, 143 Thailand — Firing Practice Areas 05/07
53 India - Coromandel coast - Kºverippattinam — Dangerous wreck 45/04
56 India - Chennai — Submarine cables 08/07
56 India - Coromandel coast - Chennai Light — Racon 13/05
59 India - Coromandel coast — Rºmºypatnam Light 06/05
60 India - Coromandel coast - Nizampatnam — Light 33/04
61 India - Coromandel coast - Approaches to Kºkinºda - Vºkalapødi
Light — Racon
06/06
63 India, East coast - Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Dolphin’s Nose
Light — Racon
05/06
63 Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Gangavaran Port — Development 17/07
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Inner Harbour — Development 39/04
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Outer Harbour — Development 35/04
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Light 43/05
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Depth 45/06
70 India - East coast - Paradip — VLCC Anchorage 22/06
80 India - Swatch of No -Ground — Depths 39/06
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 26/04
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 31/04
83 -85 Bangla Desh - Chittagong — Wrecks; pilot boarding position 44/06
87 Bangladesh - Chittagong coast - Cox’s Bluff — Submarine cable;
anchorage
25/05
87 Bangladesh - Cox’s Bazar South -westwards — Submarine cable 03/07
105 Burma (Myanmar) — Yadana Gasfield 29/05
144 Thailand, West coast - Mu Ko Similan - Ko Similan Eastwards —
Rock
03/07
160 Andaman Islands - Port Blair - Hood Point — Dangerous wreck 45/05
162 Andaman Sea - The Sisters — Dangerous Wreck 15/07
162 Andaman Islands - South Brother Island — Rock 11/05
22 Bay of Biscay 10th Edition (2007) 35/07
53 Bretagne - Pointe de Penmarc’h — Directions 11/08
55 France - Saint -Guénole — Directions; lights 10/09
58 Loctudy - Chenal de l’Ouest — Directions 36/07
59 France - West coast - Rivière de Pont -l’Abbé - Approaches to
Loctudy — Directions; buoy; beacon
36/09
87 Approaches to Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 17/08
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 35/07
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 13/08
89 France - West Coast - Lorient - Le Scorff — Directions; direction
light
22/09
111 Île Hoëdic - Port de l’Argol — Directions 15/08
113 Baie de Quiberon — Directions 42/07
122 -123 Rade de Pénerf — Directions 50/07
135, 137 France - La Loire Approaches - Chenal du Sud — Directions 26/08
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
138 France - La Loire — Directions; secondary channel; buoyage 45/08
162 Baie de Bourgneuf - Eastern Part - Le Fain — Directions 35/07
178 France - West coast - Pertuis Breton — Directions; obstruction 50/08
181 Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions 52/07
181 France - West coast – Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions 29/09
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions 32/08
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; wrecks 26/09
199 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoyage 35/08
199 Coureau D’Oléron — Directions 50/07
201 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoy 14/09
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions; buoyage 35/08
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions 26/08
215 France - West coast - La Gironde — Directions; light buoy 29/09
215 La Gironde - Secondary Channel — Directions 35/07
224 Bassin d’Arcachon — Directions 36/07
231 France - West coast - Bayonne — Directions; leading lights 37/08
233 Approaches to Baie de Saint -Jean -De -Luz — Directions 06/08
245 Pasaia to Punta Mariantón — Directions 35/07
258 Spain - North coast - Bilbao — Directions; bridge 18/09
269 Spain - North coast - Santander — VTS; pilot boarding arrangements 37/09
272 Spain - Santander — Directions; light beacon; dolphins 09/09
275, 276 Spain - North coast - Ría de Suances — Directions; beacons 45/08
282, 284 Cabo Lastres to Cabo San Lorenzo and Gijon — Directions 41/07
301 Spain - North coast - Ribadeo — Directions; light beacon 44/08
305 Spain - North -west coast - San Ciprián — Directions; light buoy 32/09
23 Bering Sea and Strait 7th Edition (2009) 33/09
321 United States of America - Alaska - Red Dog — Directions; racon 33/09
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
2nd Edition (2006) 07/07
78 Turkey - Ince Burnu — Natural gas pipeline 23/07
83 Turkey - Erdek — anchorage 19/09
86 Turkey - BandÝrma — Dangerous wreck 46/08
88 Marmara Denizi - Mudanya LimanÝ - Anchorage — Caution 11/07
97 Turkey - zmit Körfezi — Autoport Terminal 41/08
101 Turkey - Adalar passage — Isolated danger buoy 34/07
103 Turkey - Port of stanbul — Directions 49/08
113, 135 -136, 138 -140,
238 -240
Georgia - TSS; approaches; restricted areas 45/07
115 Turkey - North coast - Kefken Adasi to EreÔli — Akçakoca Gas Field 45/08
116 Turkey - EreÔli — Anchorages 15/07
117 Turkey - EreÔli — Spoil ground light buoy 30/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Karadeniz LPG Terminal 20/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Espiye Petroleum Terminal 42/07
155 Romania - Mangalia anchorage — Dangerous wreck 33/07
159 Romania - Midia — Anchorage 04/09
181 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Anchorage 05/08
189 Ukraine - Yuzhnyy — Obstruction 05/08
206, 207, 211, 212, 215, Ukraine - Mys Tarkhankut to Mys Mehanom — Recommended routes; 43/08
219, 220, 221
TSS
222 Ukraine - Yalta — Anchorage 19/07
230 Russia - Novorossiyskaya Bukhta — Danger area 30/07
234 Russia - Tuapse — Controlling depth 18/08
236 Russia - Sochi — Controlling depth 48/07
241, 242 Georgia - Mys Kodori to Reyd Redut -Kale — Routes 35/08
242 Georgia - Reka Khobi — Kulevi Terminal 17/08
253 Sea of Azov — Wreck 09/08
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
257 Ukraine - Port Azovstal’ — Channel depth 45/07
263 Sea of Azov - Kosa Yelenina — Wreck 50/07
25 British Columbia I 13th Edition (2007) 13/08
79 Canada - Oak Bay - Robson Reef — Beacon 16/09
81 Juan de Fuca Strait - Buoyage — Racons 20/09
82 United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait - Protection Island —
Buoy
25/09
202 Port of Vancouver — Ballast water exchange 15/08
385, 386 Vancouver Island - Gillam Channel — Directions; buoyage 39/08
26 British Columbia II 9th Edition (2005) 29/05
66 -67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213 -214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel 7th Edition (2008) 34/08
65 England – South -west coast — Routeing; Off Land’s End Traffic
Separation Scheme
23/09
101, 105 England - South coast - Falmouth — Regulations concerning entry;
harbour regulations
34/08
103 England – South coast - Falmouth — Directions; light buoy 13/09
104 England – South coast - Falmouth — Directions; direction light 06/09
110 England – South Coast - Par — Pilotage; port radio; boarding position 08/09
127 England – South coast - Plymouth approaches — Directions; buoy 15/09
132 England – South coast - Plymouth - Hamoaze — Directions; shoal 17/09
158, 161 Approaches to Exmouth — Depths; buoyage; light; pilotage; directions 41/08
159, 160 England - South coast - Teignmouth — Approach channel buoyage;
directions
37/08
172, 172 -173, 175, 176 England - South coast - Portland Harbour — Directions; fairway;
buoyage; marina
17/09
186 England - South coast - Poole — Traffic Regulations 34/08
202 England - South coast -The Solent - Approaches - Nab Anchorages
— Hazard
36/08
212 England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Approaches to Yarmouth
Harbour — Directions; light buoy
51/08
219, 220 England - South coast - Chichester — Directions for entering harbour 34/08
219, 220 England - South Coast - Approaches to Chichester Harbour —
Directions; landmark
41/08
221 England - South coast - Langstone Harbour — Pilotage 34/08
233 England – South coast - Portsmouth – Swashway — Directions; depth 21/09
240 England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Cowes — Chain ferry 34/08
252 England – South Coast - Southampton — Berths; depths 08/09
269 France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions 34/08
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
269 France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions; Light buoy 45/08
272, 273 France - Approaches to Brest — Directions; light 36/08
273 France - Approaches to Brest - Sea to waiting area — Directions 34/08
280 France - North -west coast - Rade de Brest — Directions; leading
lights
07/09
311 France – North -west coast – Baie de Lannion — Directions; buoyage;
marine farm; anchorage; landing
36/09
315 France - North coast - Approaches to Perros -Guirec — Directions;
wreck
45/08
318 France - North -west coast – Port Blanc — Directions 36/09
343 France - North coast - Approaches to Baie de la Fresnaye — Wreck 51/08
359, 368 Channel Islands - Guernsey - Saint Peter Port — Anchorages 34/08
388, 395 Channel Islands – Jersey - Saint Helier — Pilotage regulations; vessel
traffic service
10/09
398 Channel Islands - Jersey - East coast — Violet Channel; Directions;
light beacon
36/09
402 Channel Islands - Jersey - East coast - Gorey — Directions 34/08
410 -411 France – North coast - Diélette — Pilotage 24/09
416 France - North coast - Cherbourg — Pilotage 24/09
416 France - Cherbourg and approaches — Arrival information; pilotage 31/09
416 France - Cherbourg — Traffic regulations; waiting areas 37/08
419 France - North Coast - Cherbourg — Directions; leading marks 28/09
28 Dover Strait 8th Edition (2008) 13/09
158, 160 -161 Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde - Zeebrugge and Brugge
— Traffic regulations for LNG tankers
32/09
177, 178, 189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions; buoyage 19/09
177 -178 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte — Directions; lights 15/09
189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat — controlling depth 13/09
217, 219, 221, 223 The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area — Buoyage 24/09
221 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
15/09
223 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Outer
anchorages
39/09
246, 247, 250, 256, 257, England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages; 13/09
258, 259
buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
249 England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS 25/09
250, 257 England - South -east approaches to Thames Estuary — Pilotage;
prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm
26/09
278 England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS 13/09
305, 306, 310 England - River Thames — Emergency procedures; traffic regulations;
depths
13/09
30 China Sea I 7th Edition (2007) 47/07
70 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Anambas — Directions; major lights 32/08
84 Vietnam - Gulf of Thailand — Song Doc Marine Terminal 34/09
84 China - Hainan Dao - East coast — Wenchang Terminal 27/08
102 Peninsular Malaysia - East Coast - Approaches to Pelabuhan Kuantan
— Light buoy
27/08
128 -129 Thailand - Bangkok Bar anchorage — Wreck 35/08
142 Thailand - Ko Chang — Major light 45/08
189, 190 Vietnam - Nha Trang — Directions; vertical clearance 21/09
233, 234 China - Fangcheng — Outer anchorages; pilot boarding positions 14/09
233 China - Gulf of Tongking - Baisungong — Major light; racon 23/09
233 -234 China - Hainan Dao - Fangcheng Gang — Directions; berths 14/08
244 China - Hainan Dao - Haikou — Directions; buoyage 26/08
246 China - Shuangyu Zui — Racon 23/09
246 China – South -west approaches to Zhujiang Kou — Directions 30/08
251 China - South Coast - Dajin Island — Wreck 36/08
253 China - South coast - Zhanjiang — Directions; leading lights 06/08
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
260 Gulf of Tonkin - Hainan Dao westwards — Gas pipeline; safety zone 18/08
274 China - Guangzhou and Huangpu — Pilot station 47/08
275 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai - Dabaipai Dao —
Racon
27/08
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Island — Directions; obstruction 15/09
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Channel TSS — Directions; wreck 27/08
277 China - Lantau Island northwards — Tonggu Channel 11/09
279 China - South Coast - Approaches to Macao — Racon; dangerous
wreck
27/08
281 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai — Directions; wreck 26/08
284, 286 China - Zhujiang — Huangpu Bridge 09/09
286 China - South Coast - Zhujiang - Approaches to Huangpu -
Dahaozhou Shuidao — Obstruction
27/08
314, 317, 320 China - Hong Kong - Stonecutters Bridge — Vertical clearance 27/09
336, 346 China - South coast - Qing Zhou — Directions; caution 37/08
346 China - South Coast - Daxingshan Jiao — Wreck 18/08
350 China - Huizhou Gang — Racon 06/09
351 China south coast - Huizhou - Mabianzhou Hangdao — Directions;
leading lights
49/08
31 China Sea II 8th Edition (2006) 11/07
69 South China Sea - Union Reefs — Light float 31/08
71 South China Sea - Subi Reef — Light float 31/08
78 Singapore Strait eastwards – Pulau Pengibu — Rock 11/07
80 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Natuna Utara - Pulau Sebetul — Major light 32/08
80 Indonesia - Pulau Laut — Dangerous rocks 32/09
81, 85 Indonesia – Kepulauan Natuna — Major lights 27/08
84 Indonesia – Kalimantan – Alur Pelayaran Serasan — Obstruction 08/08
111 -112 Malaysia – Sarawak – Pelabuhan Bintulu — Harbour 17/08
117 Sarawak – Approaches to Miri — Anchorage; pipeline 26/07
118 Malaysia – Sarawak– Tanjung Baram north -westwards — Wreck 22/07
140 Malaysia – Sarawak – Approaches to Batang Lawas — Shoal 07/08
186, 188 -189, 192 -193, Philippine Islands – Luzon - Manila — Directions; VTMS; TSS; 08/08
195 -198, 201
anchorages; depths; wrecks
202 Philippines – Subic Bay — Depths 17/08
32 China Sea III 6th Edition (2007) 11/08
15, 69, 82, 114 T’ai -wan — Routeing; mainland trade links 23/09
69, 114 T’ai -wan — Routeing; mainland trade links 38/09
69, 125 China - South Coast - Taiwan Strait — Wrecks 07/09
69 China - South Coast - Taiwan Strait — Wrecks 09/09
74 T’ai -wan - West coast - Kao -hsiung — Outer anchorages 11/08
87 T’ai -wan - West Coast - Mai -Liao approaches — Directions; wreck 21/08
94 -95 T’ai -wan, North coast - Tan -Shui N; Sha Lung Oil Terminal SW —
Prohibited anchorages
11/08
120 T’ai -wan, E coast - Hua -lien N and E — Directions; prohibited areas 11/08
121 T’ai -wan, East coast - Su -ao — Anchorage; pilot boarding position 12/08
126, 133 China - South Coast - Haimen Jiao west -southwestwards — Wrecks 24/09
126, 133 China - Zhelang Yan to Xiamen Gang — Directions; wrecks 30/08
129, 131 China - South -east coast - Shantou Gang — Directions; depths;
vertical clearances; lights
38/08
131 China - South East Coast - Approaches to Shantou — Wreck 27/08
131 China - South -east Coast - Approaches to Shantou — Wreck 24/09
133 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiongdi Yu SE — Directions; wreck 11/08
134 China - South coast - Taiwan Strait - Shi Yu South south -westwards
— Wreck
27/09
134, 137 China - Taiwan Strait - Gulei Tou South -eastwards — Wreck; shoals 12/09
134, 136, 137 China - South coast - Taiwan Strait - Gulei Tou Southwards —
Directions; buoys; channel
36/09
Wk39/09

NP no
Wk39/09
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.14
Weekly
Edition
140, 145, 147 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Depths; vertical clearances;
names
35/08
140, 145, 146, 147 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Depths; vertical clearances;
shoal bank
01/09
144 -145, 147 Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions 14/08
151, 152, 153, 154 China - Taiwan Strait - Quanzhou Wan — Anchorage; pilotage;
directions; buoyage
39/09
155, 155 -157 China - Taiwan Strait - Meizhou Wan 27/09
155 China - South Coast - Quanzhou Wan eastwards — Directions; wreck 29/08
155, 156 China - Taiwan Strait - Meizhou Wan — Pilotage; anchorages 36/08
159, 160, 161, 166, 169, China - East coast - Xinghua Wan; Fuzhou Jiangyin; Haitan Haxia; 51/08
179
Songxia; Fuzhou and Luoyuan Wan — Vessel traffic service;
anchorage
159 China - East Coast - Nanri Shuidao — Directions; wreck 16/08
162 China - South Coast - Haitan Haixia — Directions; wrecks 36/08
166 China - East Coast - Songxia Gang approaches - Niu Jiao —
Approach channel; anchorages
25/08
173 China - East Coast - Mazu Ao — Wreck 08/09
183 China - East Coast - Jiaobei Dao — Directions; lights; wrecks 42/08
183 China - East coast - Pinyang Zui south -eastwards — Wreck 31/09
183 China - East Coast - Pinyang Zui south -eastwards — Directions;
wreck
25/08
186, 189, 190, 191 China - East Coast - Wenzhou Wan and Leqing Wan and approaches
— Directions; wreck; buoyage; anchorages; pilotage
50/08
188 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan — Directions; wreck 11/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Huangda Xia — Directions 12/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Xibei Men — Submarine cable 12/08
207, 213, 214, 221 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Directions; depths;
traffic regulations; buoyed channel
10/09
208, 236 -238, 252 -256 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou — Routeing measures;
anchorages; pilotage; lights
23/08
208, 236 - 239, 251 - China - East coast - Changjiang Kou — Routeing measures; TSS; 40/08
256
directions; anchorages; pilotage; lights; racons
209 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Waiyangang Dao
north -northeastwards — Obstructions
42/08
209, 211 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Maji Shan Gang — VTS;
anchorages; pilotage
26/08
210, 229 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Waiyangang Dao north
northwestwards — Directions; wreck
16/09
211, 236 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Dahuanglong Dao eastwards
— Wreck
42/08
213, 214 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Directions; depths;
buoyed channel
16/09
213, 215, 227 China - Zhitou Yang and Luotou Shuidao — Pilot boarding position;
wreck
47/08
214 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Buoyed channel 27/08
219, 220, 243 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Huoshan Liedao northwards —
Wrecks, buoy
42/08
221 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Jintang Shuidao northwards
—Depth
42/08
222, 224 China - East Coast - Ningbo Gang — Wrecks 11/09
223,224 China - East Coast - Ningbo Gang — Directions; wreck 05/09
231 China - East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Daishan Shuidao S approach
— Rock; light
11/09
231 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Daishan Shuidao —
Directions; wreck
11/08
239, 240 China - East Coast - Qiqu Liedao eastwards — Buoys; pilotage 39/08
245, 246 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Hangzou Wan Kuhai Bridge —
Fairways; vertical clearances; traffic; lights; racons; directions
39/08
251 - 257 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou including outer and inner
approaches — Directions; anchorages; regulations; buoyage
49/08
263 China - East coast - Chang Jiang — Depths 11/08

NP no
IV
Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
264 -265, 267 China - Chang Jiang - Baoshan — Anchorages; regulations;
directions; buoyage
04/09
290, 293, 295, 297 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Buoy; directions 30/09
291, 293, 294 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Depths; obstructions;
anchorage
31/08
295, 297 -298 China - Yellow Sea coast - Approaches to Rizhao Gang — Directions;
anchorage areas
11/08
296, 299, 301, 302 Yellow Sea - Qingdao Gang — Directions; pilot boarding positions 49/08
305 China - Yellow Sea - Qianli Yan east -northeastwards — Directions;
shoal
42/08
305, 307 China - Yellow Sea - Sushan Dao south eastwards — Wreck 08/09
305, 307 China - Yellow Sea - Sushan Dao south eastwards — Wreck; light
buoy
24/09
306, 307 China - Yellow Sea - Fengcheng - Haiyang Gangqu — Directions;
buoyage; anchorages
08/09
309 China - Yellow Sea - Moye Dao east -south -eastwards — Directions;
wreck
22/09
313, 323, 325, 326, 331, China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia - Changshan Shuidao and
14/09
332, 350
Laotieshan Shuidao — Routes; directions; vessel traffic services;
regulations and traffic separation schemes
313 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches — Directions; wreck 32/09
313, 326 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia and approaches including
Changshan Shuidao — Directions; wrecks
05/09
319 China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai — Directions; wreck 11/08
319 China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai — Depths 01/09
324 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang north north
eastwards — Wreck; buoy
31/08
325 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai — Pilotage 39/09
325 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang and
Luanjiakou — Directions; light
44/08
327, 362 -363 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian — VTS; limiting conditions; anchorages;
regulations
21/08
332, 336, 339, 341, 342 China - Bo Hai - Caofeidan and Tianjin Xingang — Vessel traffic
service; directions; anchorages; pilotage
06/09
333, 334 China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou — Shoal; buoy 25/09
334 China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou — Directions 13/08
334, 336 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan — Directions; wrecks 06/09
336, 337 China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches — Directions; lights;
wrecks; buoyage
44/08
337 China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches — light; wrecks;
buoyage
18/08
337 China - Bo Hai - Dongying Gang — Breakwater; directions;
anchorages; lights; racon; buoyage; berths
38/09
339, 340 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang — Wrecks; pilotage; buoyage 32/09
339, 341, 343 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang and Caofeidian — Anchorage;
pilotage
18/08
339 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang — Obstruction; wreck; buoy;
anchorage
34/08
342 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Qinhuangdao south south eastwards
— Wreck; buoy
01/09
342 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Qinhuangdao southwards —
Directions
25/09
349 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Huludao Gang — New port area;
lights; directions
04/09
354, 357, 359 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Xianren Dao — New port 31/09
355, 357 China - Liaodong Wan - Yingkou — Directions; depth; buoyage;
leading lights
47/08
357 -358 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Taiping Jiao north -westwards —
wreck; buoyage
18/08
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Controlling depths; directions; leading
lights
20/08
4.15
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Depths; anchorages; channels; lights;
basins
17/09
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Wreck; buoy 06/09
367, 370, 438 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Dadong approaches — Wreck 35/08
368 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Huangquan Pier 11/08
375 China - East China Sea — Wrecks 12/08
381, 387, 389 -390,
393 -395
Korea, West Coast - Mokp’o and approaches — Directions; berths 11/08
391, 399 Korea – West coast - Imja Do southwards — Wreck 30/09
395 Korea - West coast - Mokp’o — Anchorages 36/09
398 Korea, West Coast - Punam Kundo to Kogunsan Kundo — Depths;
wrecks; fish havens
13/09
402 Korea, West Coast - Kunsan and approaches — Anchorage;
regulations
20/08
408, 412, 414, 418 Korea, West Coast - Boryeong, Taesan, T’aean Hang and Tangjin
Hwaryok Seaberth — Vessel traffic service; port operations
40/08
408 Korea - West coast - Boryeong — Anchorages 36/09
411, 413, 416 Korea, West coast - Taesan approaches — Directions 11/08
416 Korea - West Coast - Taesan approaches — Shoals; wrecks 43/08
417 Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek approaches — Pilotage 25/09
417 Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek approaches - P’ungdo
north -westwards — Recommended track
39/09
420 Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang - South west approaches —
Anchorages
22/09
420 Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang - South -west approaches—
Anchorages
26/09
33 Philippine Islands 3rd Edition (2008) 22/08
151 Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko — Heel Reef Light 35/09
238, 243 -244 Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage — Vessel traffic
management system
04/09
34 Indonesia II 4th Edition (2006) 13/07
78 Jawa - Tanjung Awarawar — Terminal 13/07
82, 87, 93 Madura — Wrecks 13/07
107, 117 Bali - Giliselang Light — Racon removed 14/07
107, 114 Selat Lombok - Tanjung Pandanan — Major Light 10/09
215 Kalimantan - Sungai Sampit - Tanjung Bandaran — Light 13/07
218 Sungai Barito Lombok - Tanjung Pedadatua — Major light 12/09
233 Kalimantan — South Pulau Laut Coal Terminal 32/08
254 Kalimantan - Tanjung Bara Coal Terminal — Depth 25/07
265, 268, 270 -271 Sulawesi - Approaches to Makassar — Light withdrawn 13/07
360 Indonesia - Sulawesi - Teluk Tomori - Marine Terminal 07/08
35 Indonesia III 4th Edition (2008) 29/08
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
36 Indonesia I 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
126 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan — Dangerous wreck 31/09
143 Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions 27/09
164, 165 Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions 32/09
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
17th Edition (2008) 44/08
58, 59, 60, 61 England – South–west coast — Offshore routes; directions 23/09
75 England – Bristol Channel - Barnstaple Bay — Buoy 28/09
75, 81 England – Bristol Channel – Bull Point to Hurlstone Point — Light
buoys
31/09
119 Wales – South coast – Newport — Vertical clearance 31/09
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
140 England – West coast - River Severn — Landmarks; tower 06/09
155, 166 Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth;
depths at berths
51/08
155, 158 Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven — Limiting conditions 09/09
157 Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven — Regulations concerning
entry
07/09
162 Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven - Approach to
Semlogistics and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals — Depth
07/09
169 Wales – South -west coast – Milford Haven - River Cleddau above
Pembroke Dock — Vertical clearance
15/09
222 Wales – North–west coast – Bangor — Light buoy 12/09
233 -235, 244 -246, 260 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 51/08
234, 235 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/09
270, 271, 317, 318 England – West coast – Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 18/09
38 West Coast of India 15th Edition (2007) 24/07
2 West coast of India; Lakshadweep — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
159 Sri Lanka - Colombo harbour and approaches — Pilotage 32/09
181 Quilon — General information; directions; anchorage 28/09
203, 204, 205, 207 Ports of Mangalore and New Mangalore — Directions; wrecks; racon 44/08
213, 215 Kºrwºr — Traffic regulations; naval harbour 24/07
217 Kºrwºr — Anchorage; foul ground 24/07
228, 242, 244 245, 246, Mumbai (Bombay) harbour and approaches — Directions; Safety 50/08
247, 248
Fairways; TSS; anchorage; traffic regulations
236 Maharastra - Pavas Bay — Ranpar Port 04/08
242 Konkan coast - Mumbai approaches — Offshore route 32/07
269 Gulf of Khambhºt —SØmar 24/07
271 - 273 PØpºvºv Port and PØpºvºv Bandar 49/08
272 Jºfarºbºd toGopnºth Point - PØpºvºv Port — Directions 16/08
274, 275 Gulf of Khambhºt - Directions — Cautions; wreck 30/09
276, 277 Gulf of Khambhºt - Dahej — Arrival information; berths 34/09
283, 285 -286 Verºval to Kachchigadh — Directions; depths; wrecks 32/08
285, 286 Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Depths; directions; wreck 28/09
310 Gulf of Kachchh - Kandla Harbour — Tidal stream 48/07
322 Port Muhammad Bin Qasim - Ahsan Channel — Dangerous wreck 43/08
327 Pakistan - Karachi Harbour — Directions: buoyage 51/08
330 Pakistan - Ras Muari to Astola Island - Directions; dangerous wreck 16/09
336 -337 Pakistan - Astola Island to Gwatar Bay — Gwadar 11/09
39 South Indian Ocean 12th Edition (2008) 21/08
236, 239 Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria — Anchorages; disused cables 05/09
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint -Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast 17th Edition (2006) 50/06
50 Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock South -south -westwards — Depth 11/07
53, 150, 151, 153, 156 Ireland – East coast — Buoyage; clearing mark 39/09
53, 150, 151, 153 Ireland – East coast – Blackwater Bank — Buoyage; racon 28/09
54, 57, 58, 174, 195,
208, 211
Ireland – East coast – South Rock — Buoyage 12/09
65, 69, 72 South–west coast – Bantry Bay — Firing practice area 11/09
70, 73 Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock 01/07
81 South coast – Black Horse Rock — Light beacon 31/09
135 South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage 01/07
136 -137, 139 South -east coast - Saltee Islands — Buoyage 12/07
137 South -east coast - Hook Head — Dangerous wreck 13/07
138 -141 South -east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon 27/07
139 -140 South coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge; Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy 19/07
185 East coast – Dundalk — Directions 13/09
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
185 East coast - Port Oriel — Light 03/07
186 Entrance to Carlingford Lough - Directions; Haulbowline turning light 32/08
186 Northern Ireland – East coast – Carlingford Lough — Directions; buoy 18/09
198, 200 East coast - Strangford Narrows — Underwater turbine 23/08
218 Port of Belfast — Traffic Organisation Service 01/07
224 Northern Ireland – East coast – Larne — Pilotage 10/09
281 River Shannon – South Channel — Buoyage 36/09
307 Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour — Directions; Light buoy 39/08
332 West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights; light -beacon 01/07
368 Sound of Aran - Burtonport — Dredged channel; rocks 38/07
381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Water quality monitoring buoys 49/07
41 Japan I 8th Edition (2006) 17/06
97 Honshu -North -west Coast -Sakaiminato — Bridge; locks 37/08
224, 226 Hokkaido - Shakotan Misaki — Ramark 51/08
255 Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Higashi Ko — Directions;
leading line
37/08
329 -338 Index 36/06
42A Japan II 2nd Edition (2009) 35/09
99, 143, 159, 163 Honshu - South coast — Directions; ramarks; buoyage 37/09
42B Japan III 8th Edition (2009) 34/09
Nil
42C Japan IV 2nd Edition (2008) 18/09
Nil
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
8th Edition (2008) 30/08
122 Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman — Racons 32/09
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
174, 175 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches - Nasa — Major light 05/09
178, 179 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light 05/09
185 Korea - East coast — P’ohang Hang — New fairway 36/09
190, 191 Korea - East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light 05/09
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
9th Edition (2008) 05/09
189, 193, 195, 198 Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Permatang Angsa —
Major light
05/09
223 Singapore Strait and Approaches — Submarine cables 27/09
280, 281 Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway — General information; harbour
for lighters
31/09
285 Singapore — Marina Reservoir; Marina South 31/09
45 Mediterranean I 13th Edition (2008) 50/08
6, 77, 241 Western Mediterranean Sea - Baie de Camerata, Algeria to Almeria,
Spain — Gas pipeline
37/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage 22/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage 12/09
208 Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada — Anchorage 25/09
260 Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck 21/09
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
367, 368 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit;
fishing
51/08
377 Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks 22/09
508 Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions 19/09
46 Mediterranean II 12th Edition (2007) 36/07
58 France - Gulf of Lions - Canet -Plage — Restricted area 07/09
88 -89 France - Approaches to Marseille - Rade d’Endoume — Submerged
artificial reefs
50/07
90 France - Golfe de Marseille - Cap Croisette - Île Tiboulen — Wreck 32/09
138 Italy - San Remo — Wreck 36/07
139 Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited areas 17/08
139 Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine area; submarine
cables; outfall
33/08
146 Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions 49/07
148 -149, 151 Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing measures; recognition
zones; prohibited area
10/08
151 Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno — Submarine pipelines 22/08
158 Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria — Marine nature reserve 44/08
172 Italy - La Spezia — Wreck 01/09
228 Italy - Isola del Giglio — Restricted area 39/09
231 Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded ordnance 36/07
240 Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas 08/08
240 Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini -Edison — Anchorage;
obstructions; prohibited area
49/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited area; anchorages 50/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Buoyed fairway 08/08
294 Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded ordnance 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power cable 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio — Prohibited areas; wreck 14/09
329 Italy - Golfo di Gaeta — Restricted area 39/09
329 Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions; obstructions 49/07
338 Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree — Protected Marine Area 35/08
346 Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli — Marine parks and reserves 35/08
348 Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 08/08
348 Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 29/08
348 Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area 22/08
349 Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve 09/08
349 Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall 08/08
353 Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion 08/08
355 Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck 28/08
362, 367 Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele — Prohibited areas 19/08
367 Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited area 24/08
47 Mediterranean III 13th Edition (2008) 01/09
68, 69 Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north -eastwards — FPSO; restricted area 01/09
81 Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane operations area 07/09
85 Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
100, 105 Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to Stenó Kastóu — Anchorage 28/09
104 Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal 01/09
112 Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock 01/09
182 Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck 01/09
465, 470 Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
467 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste — Wreck 16/09
497 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta — Dangerous wreck 34/09
499 Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions 01/09
500 Italy - Adriatic Sea - Manfredonia — Anchorages; pilot boarding
position
39/09
Wk39/09

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
509 Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area 07/09
509 Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 01/09
526 Italy - Ancona — Wreck 01/09
545 -546 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Porto Levante — Directions 28/09
48 Mediterranean IV 13th Edition (2006) 43/06
85 Kríti - Réthymno — Anchorages 21/08
160 -161 Greece - SW approach to Póros Megáron — Revithoúsa LNG terminal 43/06
190 Greece - Órmos Íou — Restricted area 43/06
245 South Aegean - Órmos Livádia — Wreck 30/07
273 South Aegean - Órmos Lakkí — Wreck 18/08
352 -355 North Aegean - Thessaloníki — TSS 22/09
355 Greece - Thessaloníki — Dangerous wreck 27/08
429 Turkey—AliaÔa LNG Terminal 20/07
49 Mediterranean V 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
Nil
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
12th Edition (2006) 37/06
160 Newfoundland – Grand Bank Harbour — Directions; sector light 49/08
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
300 Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island – Directions; sector light 49/08
323 -324 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm — Buoyage
changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage 43/06
406 Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage changed 38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430 Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich Bay
— Buoyage changed
38/06
438 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South -west of George Island — Buoyage
changed
39/06
451 -453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466 -467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468 Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage changed 39/06
473 -474 Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run —
Buoyage changed
39/06
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
51 New Zealand 17th Edition (2007) 04/08
222 North Island - Auckland — Pilot boarding position 04/08
269, 271 -272 North Island - East coast - Napier — Directions 12/08
307 Kermadec Islands — National Nature Reserves and Marine Reserve 43/08
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
64, 65 Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
116 Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
139 Scotland - North -east coast - Cromarty Firth — Invergordon; berth 22/09
162 Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths and
prohibited anchorage areas
22/09
54 North Sea (West) 7th Edition (2006) 11/07
63, 65 -66 Scotland, East coast - Todhead Point Light 26/07
68 Montrose - Annat Shoal — Outer Buoy 19/07
85, 87 Scotland - Firth of Forth — Pilot boarding positions; waiting
anchorage
06/09
85, 87, 90, 94, 99, 106 Scotland - Firth of Forth and River Forth — Anchorages; tide guage;
vertical clearances
44/08
91 -92 Scotland - East coast - Firth of Forth - Leith — Directions; light 26/09
94, 98 -99 Scotland - River Forth - Braefoot Marine Terminal — Directions;
leading lights
41/08
99 -100, 105 Firth of Forth — Directions; track 02/08
104 Scotland - River Forth - Rosyth — Directions; light beacon 41/08
125 Holy Island Harbour — Directions 12/08
132 Port of Blyth — Notice of ETA required; pilotage 44/07
132 Blyth — Natural conditions 19/07
135, 137 -138 Port of Tyne — Vessel traffic service 29/07
137 Port of Tyne - Tyne Commission Quay — Depth 16/07
148 -149 Hartlepool — Traffic signals 41/07
161, 165, 166, 167, 168, England - East coast - Approaches to River Humber - New Sand Hole 23/09
189, 190
north -eastwards — Anchorage; TSS; buoyage; DW anchorage
England - East coast - Flamborough Head to Humber Light -float —
Directions; meteorological mast
35/09
165 River Humber — Pilotage 16/08
173 River Humber — Killingholme Direction Light 16/07
174 River Humber - Immingham Dock — Directions; lights in line 21/09
177 River Humber — Skitter Channel 02/08
177, 178 River Humber—Humber Sea Terminal and North Killingholme Oil
Jetty
33/08
189, 192 Approaches to The Wash - Wind farm development areas 11/07
190 River Humber to Cromer - Outer Dowsing Channel — Aids to
navigation
19/09
192, 193 Wells Harbour — Directions; buoyage 43/07
194 England - Blakeney Harbour — Directions; light beacon 44/08
201 River Nene - Navigation marks 44/07
210 Great Yarmouth approaches - Cockle Shoal — Depth 11/07
212 Great Yarmouth — Power Station Light 32/07
216, 218 Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; Brush Sector Light 32/07
216 Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; pilotage 22/09
55 North Sea (East) 6th Edition (2007) 13/08
8, 71, 161 German Bight - Western Approach TSS — Buoyage 49/08
9 Denmark — Pilotage 50/08
16 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
75, 77, 91 Ijmuiden WNW — Wind farm 13/08
75, 79 Off Texel TSS to IJmuiden — Wind farm 43/08
77, 79 Approaches to IJmuiden and Noordzeekanaal — Maas North TSS 21/08
78 The Netherlands - IJ -Geul Approach Area — Directions; wreck 19/09
95, 97 The Netherlands - Zeegat van Texel — Directional light 51/08
126 East Frisian Islands - Accumer Ee — Buoyage 37/08
127 Germany - Accumer Ee — Directions; buoyage 26/09
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
129 East Frisian Islands - Harle — Directions 13/08
139, 143 Die Ems - Alte Ems — Directions; buoyage 20/09
140 Die Ems - Osterems — Directions 13/08
140 Germany - Osterems — Directions; buoyage; depths 22/09
144, 145 Netherlands - Eemshaven — Limiting conditions; controlling depth;
Directions; lights; submarine cable; beacon
11/09
153 Die Ems - Oterdum Reede — Depths 34/08
175, 176 Germany - Die Weser — Traffic regulations 51/08
175, 189, 198 Germany - Die Unterweser —Traffic regulations 04/09
212 Die Elbe - VTS Brunsbüttel Elbe Traffic 13/08
227 Germany - Die Elbe - Stade -Bützfleth — Controlling depth 46/08
266, 267, 268 Germany - North Frisian Islands - Schmaltief and Rütergat —
Directions; depths
02/09
287 Horns Rev — Wind farm 13/08
301, 303 Denmark - Thyborøn Kanal and Havn — Depths; maximum size of
vessel handled
22/09
305 Limfjorden - Sælhundeholm Løb — Buoyage 23/08
309 Limfjorden - Venø Sund Snævring — Buoyage 24/08
56 Norway I 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden - West coast - Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
84 Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad - Inner Passage — Lights 36/09
130 Norway - Approach to Tønsberg - Sandøsundsleia — Light 36/09
153, 162 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway - Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
156 Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen — Depth 32/09
57A Norway IIA 9th Edition (2008) 27/08
6 Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
85 Rosfjorden approaches - Ullerøysundet — Lights 36/09
107, 108 Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipeline; anchorage 10/09
142 Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen 04/09
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
235 Bømlafjorden - South -east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
255 Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund — Light; shoal 14/09
281, 282 Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen —
Anchorages
29/08
282 Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage 02/09
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
308 Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance 40/08
334 Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen — Anchorage 04/09
397 Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances 43/08
424 Nordhordlandsfjordene - Hille South -eastwards - Ålenappflua and
Iverholmane — Directions; lights
32/09
424 Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjømnesundet to Sognejøen -
Horsholmsundet and Bårøyosen — Directions; lights
32/09
427 West coast - Bradangersundet — Underwater rock 21/09
428 Bjorøyosen — Rock 18/09
428 Vassøyna East — Lights 28/09
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
459, 513, 516, 521, 525,
535,538, 567
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
513 Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet — Directions 22/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Directions 14/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Depths 06/09
517 Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights 17/09
536 Frøysjøen - Gulenfjordene — Depths 36/09
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
564 West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet — Directions; Nord Vågsøy Light 12/09
57B Norway IIB 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245 Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous
and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
37 Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage 29/09
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway IIIA 6th Edition (1982) Supplement No 10 12/06
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
64 Indreleia - Melsteinen Light — Sectors 14/07
65 Lekafjorden - Skeishamn — Directions; leading lights 52/07
95 Velfjorden - Nevernes — Light 12/06
98 Vefsnfjorden - Holandsvik — Leading lights 32/07
169 Nordfjorden - Saurvika — Anchorage 19/07
210 Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget — Buoyage; berths 12/06
241, 242 Lofoten Islands - Approaches to Ure - Notskjeret Light — Sectors 19/06
270 Lofoten - Moskenesøya - Stovika approaches — Depths 42/06
58B Norway IIIB 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 48/04
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
52 -53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South -eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 36/09
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet —
Depth
01/07
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.24
Weekly
Edition
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
177 Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet — Marine farm 32/09
191 Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 34/09
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228 -229 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south -east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North -east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North -west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - South -west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
275 -276 North -east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
302 Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light 31/09
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
Nil
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
60 Pacific Islands I 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
324 Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam Island — Rock 06/09
351 Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead —
Wreck
06/09
419, 420 Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Senyavin Islands – Pohnpei Island —
Marine farms
31/09
61 Pacific Islands II 11th Edition (2006) 10/07
7, 80 -81, 137, 161, 164 Nouvelle -Calédonie and Îles Loyauté — Restricted areas around
submarine cables
02/09
75 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
76 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Baie du Prony — Mooring buoys 01/09
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
86 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and Petite Rade —
Wrecks; obstructions
03/09
100 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle -Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.25
Weekly
Edition
161 Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine
cable; anchorage
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164 Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon —
Submarine cable
46/07
262 Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South -eastern part - Suva Harbour —
Directions; light
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south -eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south -eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands III 11th Edition (2006) 28/06
9, 331 NW Hawaiian Islands — PSSA; ATBA; reporting system 14/08
11 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
95 Île de Rapa - Baie d’Ahurei — Depth 04/07
100 Îles Australes - Île Rurutu - Hauti Village — Temple 31/08
134 Archipel des Tuamotu - Rangiroa - Tiputa — Anchorages; depth 40/07
152 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Passe de Taapuna — Submarine pipeline 10/07
167 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Port de Papeete - Rade de Papeete —
Mooring buoy
48/08
171 Îles de la Société - Île de Moorea — Regulations 01/07
197 Îles Sous -le -Vent - Raiatea - Port d’Uturoa — Depth 32/06
223 Cook Islands Group - Rarotonga — Anchorage leading marks 42/07
261, 268, 280, 282, 298,
301, 310, 322, 324,
357 -358, 358
Hawaiian Islands — Security zones 18/07
268 Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii - Keauhou Bay — Directions 12/07
271 Hawaiian Islands - Hawaii - Kawaihae Harbor — Depth 48/08
305 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Outfall 46/07
306 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Pipe 28/07
316 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Waimanalo Bay — Depths 09/07
331, 371 North -west Hawaiian Islands — Restricted area 26/07
356 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
63 Persian Gulf 14th Edition (2008) 02/09
54 Iran - JazØreh -ye Lºrak — Major light 05/09
54 Strait of Hormuz - West Bukha Oil Platform — Racon 05/09
58 Ra’s ol Moòºf Light Float to Soroosh Oil Terminal and Khawr al Kafka
— Directions; dangerous wreck
05/09
111 Bandar -e ShahØd Bºhonar; Bandar -e ShahØd RajºØ - South -eastern
approach - Directions; major light; racon
05/09
168 Abu Dhabi - Arrival information — Outer anchorages; submarine
cables
27/09
184, 194, 195 Shah Allum Shoal — Light beacon 05/09
185 Shah Allum Shoal to Doha — Directions; wreck 05/09
196, 197 Ra’s Laffºn — Arrival information; SPMs 17/09
202 -208 Bahrain - MØnº’ Salmºnand the Port of Sitrah — Directions; Sitrah
Light Buoy
14/09
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
Nil
16th Edition (2009) 36/09
65 St Lawrence 15th Edition (2006) 49/06
68 Baie de Bonne - Espérance and Baie au Saumon — Beacon removed 01/07
76 Havre de Harrington – Anchorage — Depth 04/07
80 Cap Whittle to Pointe Curlew – Île du Large — Beacon 04/07
82 -83 Pointe Curlew to Baie Washtawouka — Light removed 01/07
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.26
Weekly
Edition
125 Rivière Saguenay – Directions for entering Chicoutimi — Monument
Price direction light
29/08
130 -131, 137 Îles de la Madeleine - Pointe de l’Est — Light; other aid to navigation;
wreck
28/07
148 St Lawrence River - Cap Chat — Light discontinued 13/07
183 Chenal des Grands Voiliers — Vertical clearance reduced 07/07
257 -259, 262, 262 -263,
263
Chedabucto Bay and approaches - Traffic separation scheme 13/08
265 Inner part of Chedabucto Bay - Directions 13/08
277 Saint Georges Bay – Port Hood — Leading lights 05/07
311 Hillsborough Bay to Confederation Bridge - Pugwash Harbour —
Depth
49/06
338 Baie des Challeurs - Bathurst — Silting 12/07
343 Rivière Restigouche – Miguasha -Ouest — Light; beacon 01/07
349 Baie de Gaspé - Douglastown — Marine farm 04/07
363 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
66 West Coast of Scotland 16th Edition (2008) 11/09
52, 86 Firth of Clyde – Loch Striven — Anchorages 34/09
165 Hebrides – Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag — Vertical clearances 14/09
217 Firth of Lorn — Buoyage 16/09
285 Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards — Depth 33/09
366 Outer Hebrides – South Uist - Loch Boisdale — Light beacon 36/09
398 Hebrides – Sound of Harris — Passage 11/09
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
10th Edition (2008) 03/09
8, 155, 156 Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes — Marine nature reserve 21/09
61, 62, 63, 129, 186 Portugal - Vessel traffic service — Mandatory reporting system 23/09
147 Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal — Directions: light 33/09
215 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service 03/09
247, 248 Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited areas 21/09
248 Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock 24/09
68 East Coast of the
United States I
12th Edition (2006) 06/07
6, 105, 114, 122, 130, Northern right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas; mandatory 01/09
131, 139, 150, 151, 164,
193, 194, 196, 202, 204
speed restrictions
7 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
12, 107 -108 Gloucester Harbor — Measured distance 18/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 39/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 36/07
77 Boothbay Harbor — Pilotage 12/09
78 Sheepscot River — Pilotage 12/09
85 Broad Sound — Buoy 37/07
88 Hussey Sound — Obstruction; wreck 28/07
90 Approaches to Portland — Directions; wreck 36/08
93 Portland Harbor — Directions 07/07
93 Portland Harbor — Anchorages; obstruction 18/07
101 -102 Portsmouth Harbor to Cape Ann — Isles of Shoals Light 12/08
114 -115 Approaches to Boston Harbor — Routeing 25/07
114 Approaches to Boston Harbor — Area To Be Avoided 18/09
115 Boston Harbor and approaches — Northeast Gateway Deep Water Port 22/08
122 -123, 125 South part of Massachusetts Bay — Whale avoidance routes 07/07
125 Cape Cod Bay — Wreck 34/09
126 East and south side of Cape Cod Bay — Whale avoidance track 07/07
127 Provincetown — Shoal 22/07
129 Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions 01/09
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.27
Weekly
Edition
133 Martha’s Vineyard — Nantucket Sound - Directions; buoyage 17/09
142 Buzzards Bay and approaches — Pilotage 36/08
143, 149 Buzzards Bay, Cape Cod Canal and New Bedford Harbor — Landmark 49/08
146 Cape Cod Canal — Pilotage 36/08
152, 156 Narragansett Bay — Restricted areas; explosives anchorage 33/09
153 Narrangsett Bay - Bridge — Racon 05/08
156 Narragansett Bay - Melville — Depths 36/08
163, 174, 176, 178 Block Island Sound and Long Island Sound — Pilotage 38/09
171 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Buoy 36/07
173 Long Island Sound — Directions; stranded wreck 07/07
176 New Haven Harbor — Depths 49/08
193 -196, 202, 204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose Light 08/08
193, 194, 196, 202, 204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Directions; ATBA; pilotage;
recommended track
49/08
194 Approaches to New York Harbor - Ambrose Light — Racon 05/08
204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose Channel - Directions;
buoyage
17/09
205 New York Harbor — Sandy Hook Channel 21/08
206 -207, 211 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas 18/07
207 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas; shoaling 07/07
212 New York Harbor - Arthur Kill — Racon 12/07
213 -215 New York Harbor — Project depths 17/08
213, 214, 215 New York Harbor — Project depths 36/09
214 Passaic River — Bridges 22/07
215 Hudson River — Vertical clearance 05/08
69 East Coast of the
United States II
11th Edition (2008) 42/08
7, 65, 66, 101, 104, 185, North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
01/09
189, 192, 195, 197, 201,
203, 209, 210, 215, 221,
224, 226, 231, 234, 240,
241, 244, 248, 254
mandatory speed restrictions
89 -90 Philadelphia — Directions; lights 27/09
106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions; wreck 49/08
121 James River - Upper part — Directions 14/09
131 Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances 25/09
152 Choptank River — Light 38/09
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
197 Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance 14/09
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
229 Savannah — Directions; lights 14/09
234 Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry 38/09
241 Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights 14/09
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
373, 300 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Security zone 38/09
70 West Indies I 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256 Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef —
Directions; light
49/08
Wk39/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.28
Weekly
Edition
71 West Indies II 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
103 US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound — Directions; buoyage 29/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
201, 205 Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve; anchorages 32/09
272 Martinique - Cul -de -Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
1st Edition (1996) Supplement No 3 39/05
44 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
69 Russia, North coast - Murmansk — Directions; wreck 39/05
152 Russia, Arctic coast - Bol’shezemel’skaya Tundra — Varandey Oil
Terminal
09/08
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
8th Edition (2004) 10/05
2 Australian and New Zealand Charts 25/05
4 International charts — International boundaries and national limits 37/05
6 Electronic Chart Display and Information System 29/05
6 Electronic Navigational Charts — Updating 42/05
6 Electronic Navigational Charts 29/05
6 Overlapping ENCs — Caution 47/06
30 Interpretation of source data 29/05
41 Use of moored marks 10/05
63 Pollution of the Sea — Ballast water 19/07
65 Piracy - ICC International Maritime Bureau — Contact details 48/08
71 Marine farms — Caution 22/07
81 Overhead Power Cables 46/06
85 Tidal streams — Information on charts 17/06
250 Glossary — Vertical clearance 17/06
136 Ocean Passages for the
World
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong – Routes — Low -powered vessels; distance 26/04
Wk39/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
T’ai -wan — Routeing; mainland trade links
69
Existing Section IV Notice Week 23/09 Paragraph 2.7 1
line 6 For ‘1265(P)/09’ Read ‘4829(P)/09’
114
Existing Section IV Notice Week 23/09 Paragraph 3.76a 1
line 8 For ‘1265(P)/09’ Read ‘4829(P)/09’
T’ai -wanese Notice 99/2009
(SDD 2009000 098139) [38/09]
China - Bo Hai - Dongying Gang — Breakwater;
directions; anchorages; lights; racon; buoyage;
berths
337
Paragraph 10.68 Replace by:
1 General information. Dongying Gang (38°05′⋅00N
118°58′⋅00E) is a port on the SW side of Bo Hai
providing berths for vessels up to 30 000 dwt, with
further developments planned to 50 000 dwt. The
harbour limits are as shown on the chart, and includes
FPSO Hai Yang Shi Youi 113 which is part of Bo
Zhong BZ 25 -1 offshore oil terminal (10.71).
2 The inner harbour entrance into an inlet is protected
by breakwaters to the N and S; the N breakwater
extends 5 miles NE from the shore. An extensive
works safety area, the limits of which are shown on
the chart, and which includes many platforms, some
unmarked, and obstructions, lies NW of the
N breakwater.
3 Wrecks and obstructions. A dangerous wreck,
marked close N by a light buoy (isolated danger) lies
8 miles WNW of the FSPO.
A stranded wreck lies off the head of the
S breakwater, and an obstruction and a number of
stranded wrecks lie on S side of N breakwater, within
2¼ miles from the foot.
4 Approach and entry. The port may be approached
from the E or ENE passing S of FPSO Hai Yang Shi
Youi 113 (38°14′⋅11N 119°08′⋅71E) and the numerous
platforms (lit) between the FPSO and the shore,
14 miles WSW, and clear of an unmarked pipe, height
1⋅5 m, 4¾ miles S, and entered through a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral), entered 4 cables S of
the outer anchorage (below) and passing SE of a
5 mile long breakwater marked by lights.
5 Anchorages. There are a number of anchorage
areas, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
positions relative to FPSO Hai Yang Shi Youi 113:
3½ miles SW, depth about 15 m; a light buoy
(special) lies 4 cables S of W corner of the area;
6 7 miles SSW, depths 13 m;
8 miles SSW, least depth 10 m;
10 miles SW, depths about 6 m.
Wk38/09
4.1
[38/09]
Pilotage. No information is available and details
should be obtained from local authorities and vessel’s
agents.
10.68a
1 Directions for entering harbour.
Aid to navigation:
Racon - No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (38°10′⋅03N
119°06′⋅39E).
2 Entrance channel: From a position between
Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral), the channel, marked
by light buoys (lateral) leads SW, passing:
NW of the three inner anchorages (above), thence:
SW of the outer breakwater head (38°08′⋅26N
119°02′⋅65E), marked by a light (white metal
tower, green bands, 12 m in height).
3 The track continues SW on the SE side of the
breakwater, marked by thee lights (yellow metal posts,
3 m in height), and enters the harbour between inner
breakwater heads, marked by lights.
Berths. There are 14 berths (2009), maximum size
30 000 dwt multi -purpose docks, with plans for futher
berths to 50 000 dwt.
Chineses Notices 31/1131/09; 31/1132/09; 31/1133/09
(SDDs 2009000 109337; 109338; 109339) [38/09]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Block Island Sound and Long Island Sound —
Pilotage
163
Paragraph 6.4 1 line 6 Delete
174
Paragraph 6.112 1 line 4 Delete
176
Paragraph 6.141 1 line 3 Delete
178
Paragraph 6.168 1 line 3 Delete
US Coastguard
(SDD 2009000 108214) [38/09]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
Choptank River — Light
152
Paragraph 5.184 1 line 1 Delete Light
Paragraph 5.186 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...positions relative to the disused lighthouse (38°38′⋅3N
76°22′⋅5W) on Sharps Island):

Paragraph 5.186 2 line 5 For Sharps Island Light Read the
disused lighthouse
US Coast Pilot 3 42nd Edition 2009 Change No 10
(SDD 2009000 108814) [38/09]
Brunswick — Regulations concerning entry
234
Paragraph 8.214 1 line 2 Replace by:
...Georgia Ports Authority...
Paragraph 8.214 3-6 including title Replace by:
3 The advice and recommendations of the Brunswick
Bar Pilots should be followed by mariners intending to
transit the Sidney Lanier Bridge.
US Coast Pilot 4 40th Edition 2008 Changes 14 and 19
(SDDs 2009000 036987; 102897) [38/09]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2009 Edition)
Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Security zone
273
Paragraph 10.155 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Speed limit. Vessels should not exceed a speed of
5 kn between the entrance to Arlington Channel
(10.138) and the head of Chickasaw Creek.
Security zone. A 500 yard security zone is
established around any escorted vessel within the
COTP Zone, Mobile. For further details see
Appendix V.
300
After §165.814 Insert:
§165.836 Security Zone; Escorted Vessels, Mobile,
Alabama, Captain of the Port.
(a) Definitions. The following definitions apply to this
section:
COTP means Captain of the Port Mobile, AL.
Designated representatives means Coast Guard
Patrol Commanders, including Coast Guard
coxswains, petty officers and other officers
operating Coast Guard vessels, and Federal,
State, and local officers designated by or
assisting the COTP, in the enforcement of the
security zone.
Escorted vessel means a vessel, other than a large
U.S. naval as defined in 33 CFR 165.2015,
that is accompanied by one or more Coast
Guard assets or other Federal, State, or local
law enforcement agency assets clearly
identifiable by flashing lights, vessel
markings, or with agency insignia as follows:
Coast Guard surface or air asset displaying
the Coast Guard insignia. State and/or local
law enforcement asset displaying the
applicable agency markings and/or equipment
associated with the agency. Escorted vessel
also means a moored or anchored vessel that
was escorted by Coast Guard assets or other
Federal, State, and local law enforcement
IV
4.2
agency assets to its present location and is
identifiable by the use of day boards or other
visual indications such as lights or buoys
when law enforcement assets are no longer
on -scene.
Minimum safe speed for navigation means the speed
at which a vessel proceeds when it is fully off
plane, completely settled in the water and not
creating excessive wake or surge. Due to the
different speeds at which vessels of different
sizes and configurations may travel while in
compliance with this definition, no specific
speed is assigned to minimum safe speed for
navigation. In no instance should minimum
safe speed be interpreted as speed less than
required for a particular vessel to maintain
steerageway. A vessel is not proceeding at
minimum safe speed if it is:
(1) On a plane;
(2) In the process of coming up onto or coming
off a plane; or
(3) Creating an excessive wake or surge.
(b) Regulated area. All navigable waters, as defined in
33 CFR 2.36, within the Captain of the Port
Zone, Mobile, Alabama, as described in 33 CFR
3.40 -10.
(c) Security zone. A 500 -yard security zone is
established around each escorted vessel within
the regulated area described in paragraph (b) of
this section. This is a moving security zone
when the escorted vessel is in transit and
becomes a fixed zone when the escorted vessel
is anchored or moored. A security zone will not
extend beyond the boundary of the regulated
area in this section.
(d) Regulations.
(1) The general regulations for security zones
contained in §165.33 applies to this section.
(2) A vessel may request the permission of the
COTP Mobile or a designated representative
to enter the security zone described in
paragraph (c) of this section. If permitted to
enter the security zone, a vessel must proceed
at a minimum safe speed and must comply
with the orders of the COTP or a designated
representative.
(e) Notice of security zone. The COTP will inform the
public of the existence or status of security zones
around escorted vessels in the regulated area by
broadcast notices to mariners, normally issued at
approximately 30 -minute intervals while the
security zones remains in effect. Escorted vessels
will be identified by the presence of Coast Guard
assets or other Federal, State, and local law
enforcement agency assets, or the use of day
boards or other visual indications such as lights
or buoys when the vessels are moored or
anchored and law enforcement assets are no
longer on -scene, as specified in the definition of
escorted vessels in paragraph (a) of this section.
(f) Contact information. The COTP Mobile may be
reached via phone at (251) 441 -6211. Any on
scene Coast Guard or designated representative
assets may be reached via VHF -FM channel 16.
US 33 CFR165.836
(SDD 2009000 055373) [38/09]
Wk38/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Greenland - Hochstetterbugten -
Ardencaple Fjord — Depth
291
Paragraph 13.65 2 line 8 Replace by:
...throughout, except for a dangerous rock with a depth
of 2 m which lies in the entrance to Ardencaple Fjord,
in position 75°14′⋅7N 20°40′⋅6W.
Danish Notice 34/709/09
(SDD 2009000 114419) [37/09]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2009 Edition)
Queensland - Approaches to Moreton Bay —
Directions
142
After Paragraph 4.23 4 Insert:
North West Bypass Channel
4.23a
1 North West Bypass Channel is the direct route
between NW4 Light Beacon (26°51′⋅5S 153°09′⋅3E)
and NW12 Light Beacon (27°02′⋅3S 153°15′⋅5E). The
channel has a least charted depth of 9⋅2 m and is used
by shallow -draught vessels as an alternative to North
West Channel.
Australian Notice 934/2009
(AA 419711 - AA 419713) [37/09]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Sweden - Kalmarsund — Anchorage
167
Paragraph 4.100 1 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 4.100 2 line 1 For (b) Read (a)
Paragraph 4.100 2 line 5 For (c) Read (b)
Swedish ENC SE4EI35T
(SDD 2009000 111942) [37/09]
Wk37/09
4.1
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Spain - North coast - Santander —
VTS; pilot boarding arrangements
[37/09]
269
Paragraph 10.27 1 lines 1 -3 including heading Replace by:
1
Vessel traffic service
10.27
The VTS function together with all port marine
services and pilot related activity is controlled by
Santander VTS under the callsign ‘SPC’; see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for further
details.
Paragraph 10.30 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
Boarding places: The pilot boards in position
43°28′⋅95N 3°44′⋅95W. If sea or weather conditions
are such that boarding cannot take place the harbour
master should be consulted through the VTS.
Spanish Notice 09/34/SD; Spanish SD No1 (2008)
(SDD 2009000 114454) [37/09]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (2009 Edition)
Honshu - South coast — Directions;
ramarks; buoyage
99
Paragraph 4.52 including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.52
143
Paragraph 6.20 3 line 1 Delete
159
Paragraph 7.29 1 lines3to5Delete
163
Paragraph 7.54 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.54
Japanese Notices 24/1037/09; 28/1219/09; 28/1222/09;
31/1351/09
(SDDs 2009000 044012; 069737; 069740; 101099)
[37/09]

NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2008 Edition)
Western Mediterranean Sea - Baie de Camerata,
Algeria to Almeria, Spain — Gas pipeline
6
After Paragraph 1.12 4 Add:
5 Submarine pipelines. Mariners are advised not to
anchor or trawl in the vicinity of pipelines. Gas from a
damaged oil or gas pipeline could cause an explosion,
loss of buoyancy, or other serious hazard. Pipelines are
not always buried and may effectively reduce the
charted depth by as much as 2 m. They may also span
seabed undulations and cause fishing gear to become
irrecoverably snagged, putting a vessel in severe
danger. See Annual Notice to Mariners No 24 and The
Mariners Handbook.
After Paragraph 2.3 Add:
Submarine pipeline
2.3a
1 A gas pipeline is laid in a NNW direction from
Baie de Camerata, Algeria (35°21′⋅4N 1°17′⋅1W) to
Perdigal, S Spain (6 miles E of Almeria (2.103)).
The pipeline crosses the 100 m depth contour
4 miles SSE of Cabo de Gata (2.73) and follows the
coast to Perdigal as shown on the chart.
For further information on gas pipelines see 1.12.
77
241
After Paragraph 6.7 Add:
Submarine pipeline
6.7a
1 A gas pipeline is laid in a NNW direction from
Baie de Camerata, Algeria (35°21′⋅4N 1°17′⋅1W) to
Perdigal, S Spain (6 miles E of Almeria (2.103)).
For further information on gas pipelines see 1.12.
Algerian Notice 4/13/2009; Spanish Notice 132/2009
(SDD 2009000 113399) [37/09]
IV
4.2
Wk37/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Kotka — Authorised draught
197
Paragraph 5.108 3 line 2 For 5⋅5 m Read 4⋅7 m
Finnish Chart 138
(SDD 2009000 049763) [36/09]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - West coast - Rivière de Pont -l’Abbé -
Approaches to Loctudy — Directions; buoy;
beacon
59
Paragraph 3.69 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 S of a buoy (starboard hand) marking a
dangerous rock and the ruin of Men Audierne
Beacon (starboard hand), close NW, thence:
French Notice 09/29/26
(SDD 2009000 100210) [36/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
France – North -west coast – Baie de Lannion —
Directions; buoyage; marine farm; anchorage;
landing
311
Paragraph 9.116 3 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...de Lannion passing S of An Taro Braz Light Buoy (S
cardinal) (1½ miles NNW), marking the SW corner of a
marine farm and N of Kinierbel (1 mile NW), marked by a
buoy (starboard hand), lying 1½ miles W of Beg Léguer
Light.
Paragraph 9.118 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.118
French Notices 31/21/09; 31/SD/09
(SDDs 2009000 107145; 107157) [36/09]
France - North -west coast – Port Blanc —
Directions
318
Paragraph 9.155 1 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
...N winds. It is entered by following the line of bearing
150° of Le Voleur Lighthouse (white tower, 12 m in height)
(48°50′⋅3N 3°18′⋅4W), or by night in the white sector of Le
Voleur Direction Light.
French Notice 31/22/09
(SDD 2009000 107146) [36/09]
4.1
Channel Islands - Jersey - East coast —
Violet Channel; Directions; light beacon
398
Paragraph 11.279 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
[36/09]
...marked by a light beacon (S cardinal) at the SE end
of the drying part of...
Paragraph 11.279 6 line 4 Replace by:
...Conchière Light Beacon clears very close W of
La...
Jersey Harbours Notice 5/09
(SDD 2009000 108977) [36/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - South coast - Taiwan Strait -
Gulei Tou Southwards — Directions; buoys;
channel
134
Paragraph 4.70 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
week 12/09 Replace by:
1 Jixin Yu to Caiyu Hangmen. From a position SSE
of Jixin Yu (23°39′N 117°30′E), the track leads NE
then N, passing (with positions from Gulei Tou Light
(23°43′N 117°35′E)):
SE of No 1 Light Buoy (port hand) (23°39′⋅4N
117°34′⋅6E) and a light buoy (special), 9 cables
ENE, marking the entrance of the approach
channel to Dongshan Wan (4.81) (the light buoys
are not shown on the chart). A dangerous wreck, a
bank and other dangers lie inshore (4.81).
Thence:
Clear of a 9⋅8 m patch (4¾ miles SSE), near NE end
of Sujian Qiantan (4.81), thence:
136
After Paragraph 4.77 5 line 3 Add:
Approach and entry. Dongshan Wan is approached
from SSE, and then entered through a channel, marked
by light buoys (lateral) leading N then NNW between
Gulei Tou and Ta Yu.
137
Paragraph 4.81 1 line 3 to 2 line 11 Including existing
Section IV Notice Week 12/09 Replace by:
Approach. From a position S of Xiongdi Yu
(23°32′N 117°41′E) (4.66), the track leads NNW
passing (with positions from Gulei Tou Light (23°43′N
117°35′E)):
WSW of Xiong Dao (12½ miles SSE) (4.66), from
where a light (2.14) is exhibited, thence:
ENE of an area of unexploded ordnance (14 miles
S), thence:
WSW of Di Dao (11 miles SSE) (4.66), unmarked,
thence:
Wk36/09

Across Sujian Qiantan and clear of a 9⋅8 m patch
(4¾ miles SSE), lying near NE end of the bank
which extends 10 miles farther SW thence:
ENE of Shi Yu (11 miles SW) (4.69), from where a
light is exhibited; Xiang Yu (4.69) lies 1¼ miles
NE.
2 The track continues NNW to a position between
No 1 Light Buoy (port hand) (23°39′⋅4N 117°34′⋅6E)
and a light buoy (special), 9 cables ENE (the light
buoys are not shown on the chart). Jixin Yu (4.69),
from where a light is exhibited, lies 4½ miles W.
The track then leads N for 2¾ miles, through a
channel marked to the W by light buoys (port hand),
passing:
E of a dangerous wreck (2½ miles SSW), and;
W an isolated patch (3 miles ESE), least depth of
7⋅8 m, thence:
E of unexploded ordnance (charted as obstruction,
position approximate) (1½ miles SSW).
The track then continues N to a position E of
No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) (23°42′⋅3N 117°34′⋅6E)
and 1 mile S of Gulei Tou Light.
The track then leads NNW passing:
ENE of a mudbank (1¼ miles SW) with a least depth
of 6⋅4 m, and Yunnan Yan (3 miles SW), a
pinnacle rock with a least depth of 2⋅2 m, thence:
WSW of Gulei Tou Light (2.14).
The track then continues to a position WSW of
No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (6 cables WNW),
and continues as required to either enter the waiting
anchorage (4.79) on the NW side of the mudbank, or
into Dongshan Wan.
Chinese Notice 28/956/09
(SDD 2009000 102334) [36/09]
Korea - West coast - Mokp’o — Anchorages
395
Existing Section IV Notice Week 11/08 Paragraph 11.133 2
line 7 to 4 line 7 Replace by:
No 3 Anchorage (1 mile ENE), least depth 17 m,
with a 17⋅6 m obstruction in SSE of area;
3 No 4 Anchorage (1¼ miles ENE), least depth
10 m, mud and shale;
No 6 Anchorage, (2½ miles ENE) a shoal bank,
least depth 7⋅9 m, lies in centre of area, and a
dangerous wreck, position approximate, on NW
boundary. Anchorage for vessels less than
10 000 dwt.
4 Haenam Gang (with positions from Halla Wharf
W Light (11.130) (34°44′⋅5N 126°21′⋅7E):
No 7 Anchorage (1¼ miles W), least depth 16 m,
mud and sand;
No 8 Anchorage (8 cables WSW), least depth
9⋅2 m over bank on SE side;
No 9 Anchorage (6 cables SW), depth about 7 m, for
vessels less than 5 000 dwt.
Caution. A number of obstructions exist within and
near the anchorages. See Admiralty Notice to Mariners
5793(P)/07.
Korean Notice 31/485/09
(SDD 2009000 108490) [36/09]
Wk36/09
IV
4.2
Korea - West coast - Boryeong — Anchorages
408
Paragraph 12.18 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorages areas are as follows:
A1 (36°20′⋅5N 126°29′⋅2E), radius 630 m, depth
about 19 m.
A2 (36°20′⋅0N 126°28′⋅5E), radius 750 m, depth
about 19 m; a rock, marked by a light buoy
(starboard hand) lies about 3½ cables S of the
anchorage.
2 A3 in N, A4, and A5 in S, adjoining areas with
the following overall limits:
36°15′⋅0N 126°25′⋅7E, 36°19′⋅2N 126°27′⋅5E,
36°19′⋅3N 126°28′⋅2E and 36°16′⋅8N
126°27′⋅1E,depths12to19m.
Korean Notice 31/488/09
(SDD 2009000 108496) [36/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
River Shannon – South Channel — Buoyage
281
Paragraph 9.187 2 line 8 -10 Replace by:
N of Hall’s Rock which is marked close NW by a
buoy (starboard hand), thence:
Shannon Foynes Port Company
(SDD 2009000 094982) [36/09]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - East coast — P’ohang Hang —
New fairway
185
After Paragraph 4.103 1 line 9 Insert:
2 A new fairway has been established leading to and
from Yãng -Il Man New Harbour. The limits of the
fairway, and the directions for inbound and outbound
traffic, are shown on the relevant chart.
Korean Notices 25/395/09; 25/396/09; 28/433/09
(SDDs 2009000 050850; 084915) [36/09]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Norway - Lillesand to Grimstad -
Inner Passage — Lights
Paragraph 3.24 1 Delete
84
Paragraph 3.24 2 Replace by:
1 From a position 9 cables NE of Reierskjer Light the
white sector (041½° -042°) of Homborsundsleia Light
(58°15′⋅7N 8°29′⋅5E) leads NE, passing (with reference
to the light):

NW of Skjoldbåen Light (starboard hand)
(9½ cables SW) marking a shoal area with rocks
awash. Skjolden, two above -water rocks, lie
close NE. Thence:
SE of Ålesøybåen Light (port hand) (6 cables SW)
which marks a patch of above -water rocks close
to the track.
Paragraph 3.24 3 line 1 Replace by:
2 When the light is 2½ cables distant, the...
Norwegian Notices 14/671/09; 14/672/09; 14/673/09
(SDDs 2009000 103201; 103202; 103203) [36/09]
Norway - Approach to Tønsberg -
Sandøsundsleia — Light
130
Paragraph 4.126 2 line 4 Replace by:
...1¼ miles N, both of which lie in the channel.
Mefjæra is marked by a light (starboard hand) and
Kringlene is...
Norwegian Notice 14/668/09
(SDD 2009000 103198) [36/09]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Rosfjorden approaches - Ullerøysundet — Lights
85
Paragraph 3.36 5 line 2 Replace by:
...which is marked by a light (starboard hand)
(58°03′⋅2N 6°54′⋅4E); a rocky patch,...
Paragraph 3.36 6 line 6 Replace by:
...in height) is exhibited from Boltodden. Thence:
NNE of Ullerøy NE Light (starboard hand)
(58°02′⋅9N 6°55′⋅5E).
Norwegian Notices 14/674/09; 15/733/09
(SDDs 2009000 103204; 109955) [36/09]
Frøysjøen - Gulenfjordene — Depths
536
Paragraph 13.75 3 line 6 Replace by:
...lines. A 13 m shoal lies within the white sector,
about 2 cables E of Holmane Light, with an 11 m
shoal ½ cable further N.
Norwegian Notice 14/677/09
(SDD 2009000 103207) [36/09]
IV
4.3
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden —
Marine farms
After L3Insert:
119
Marine farms
6.8a
Marine farms have been established on the W side
of Tranøyfjorden in position 69°02′⋅12N 17°15′⋅37E
and on the N side of Solbergfjorden in position
69°08′⋅80N 17°38′⋅85E. Ground tackle extends up to
7 cables into the fairway from these farms.
L48Replace by:
...Dyrøya, and:
E of a marine farm (3⋅9 miles SW) (6.8a).
After R19Insert:
S of a marine farm (6⋅9 miles WSW) (6.8a), thence:
Norwegian Notices 15/736/09; 15/737/09
(SDDs 2009000 109960; 109961) [36/09]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Outer Hebrides – South Uist - Loch Boisdale —
Light beacon
366
Paragraph 11.130 4 lines 4 -6 Delete Gasay Light To
patches.
Paragraph 11.130 7 lines 2 -6 Delete The alignment To
cables.
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 26/09
(SDD 2009000 109009) [36/09]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
New York Harbor — Project depths
213
Existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Delete
214
Paragraph 7.170 1 line 1 For project Read least project
215
Existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Delete
US Coast Pilot 2 38th Edition 2009 Change No 24
(SDD 2009000 108814) [36/09]
Wk36/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Abborfjärden — Anchorage;
authorised draughts
194 - 195
Paragraph 5.88 2-3Replace by:
2 Anchorage may be obtained within Abborfjärden
1½ miles NW of Svartholmen in a depth of about 5 m.
3 It is reached by the channel into Abborfjärden
which is authorised for a maximum draught of 2⋅4 m.
195
Paragraph 5.88 4 line 2 For 7⋅3 m Read 5⋅5 m
Paragraph 5.88 4 line 8 For 3⋅0 m Read 2⋅4 m
Finnish Notices 7 -8/107/08; 22/393/09; 22/394/09;
22/395/09
(SDDs 2008000 027252; 2009000 108463; 108464;
108465) [35/09]
NP 33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malaysia - Sabah - Teluk Sibuko — Heel Reef
Light
151
Paragraph 5.163 4 lines 3 -5 Delete Heel Reef To reef.
Malaysian Notice 5/110/2009
(SDD 2009000 068349) [35/09]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
England - East coast - Flamborough Head to
Humber Light -float — Directions;
meteorological mast.
161
Paragraph 6.182 5 line 5 Replace by:
5 Land. Also noting a meteorological mast (lattice
structure) (53°38′⋅24N 0°15′⋅73E). Lights are
exhibited from the mast. Thence:
E.ON Climate and Renewables
(SDD 2009000 102862) [35/09]
Wk35/09
4.1
[35/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2009 Edition)
Nigeria - Lagos - Approaches and
Entrance Channel — Depths
344
After Paragraph 11.141 1 line 7 Add:
Less water than charted has been reported (2009) in
an area close E of the entrance channel, within the
prohibited anchorage area (11.127).
Marine Accident Investigation Branch
(SDD 2009000 060140) [34/09]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil – Ponta da Itapagé to Ponta de Mucuripe -
Pecém Terminal — Directions; buoy
137
Paragraph 4.164 2 line 4 Delete
ENC BR500705
(SDD 2009000 067139) [34/09]
Brazil–RioDocetoPontadoTubarão—
Directions; current meter
202
Paragraph 6.114 4 line 5 Replace by:
...40°14′W), passing clear of a current meter, 7 miles ESE;
Porto do Tubarão (6.150) lies on the W side of...
Brazilian Coastal Radio Navigational Warning 12/1052/09
(SDD 2009000 070537) [34/09]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait -
Cape Flattery southwards - Umatilla Reef —
Buoy
420
Paragraph 14.61 6 lines 2 -4 including existing Section IV
Notice week 51/07 Replace by:
...consists of several black rocks. The reef, which is
difficult to...
Canadian Notice 07/3602/09
(SDD 2009000 102801) [34/09]
4.1
[34/09]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
Vietnam - Gulf of Thailand —
Song Doc Marine Terminal
84
After Paragraph 2.112 1 line 12 Insert:
Song Doc Marine Terminal
Chart 3542
General information
2.112a
1 Description. Song Doc Marine Terminal (7°09′⋅55N
104′03′⋅25E) consists of the FPSO Song Doc Pride
MV 19 and platform. It lies 7 miles NNW of Bunga
Kekwa Field.
Port Authority: Ca Mau P.A. No 80 A Quoc Lo
1A, Xa Ly Van A, Ca Mau Province, Vietnam.
Email: cbphuong@tsjoc.com.vn
Arrival information
2.112b
1 Port operations. The FPSO is perminantly moored
on a N/S axis. Vessels moor in tandem, either ahead
or astern of the FPSO, dependent on the monsoon.
There is an exclusion zone 2 miles in radius centred
on the FPSO.
Pilotage is compulsory within the exclusion zone.
There is a pilot boarding area and anchorage 4 miles
to the E.
Tugs. Vessels are moored to the FPSO with the
assistance of a tug which remains secured to the stern
of the loading vessel throughout the duration of
loading.
Terminal services. There is a doctor available on
FPSO.
Song Doc Marine Terminal
(SDD 2009000 046540) [34/09]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Gulf of Khambhºt - Dahej —
Arrival information; berths
276
Paragraph 8.131 3 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
Pilotage for Reliance Dahej Marine Terminal
(RDMT) jetty (8.132) is available. The pilot boards
from a tug at the entrance to the channel in the
vicinity of the first pair of light buoys. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Paragraph 8.132 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 Port authority: Port Officer, Gujarat Maritime
Board, Office of the Port Officer Dahej, B/S Hotel
Plaza, Near Taluka Panchayat, Station Road, Bharuch
392001, Gujarat.
Internet: www.gmb.com
Wk34/09

Jetties:
GCPTCL Terminal; Internet: www.gcptcl.com
RDMT jetty; Email: rdmtportcontrol.gc@ril.com
Paragraph 8.133 1 line 11 Replace by:
...pilot for GCPTCL jetty boards 1 mile W of...
After Paragraph 8.133 3 line 3 Add:
GCPTCL Port Control Tower Light (21°41′⋅46N
72°30′⋅66E).
277
After Paragraph 8.133 4 line 7 Add:
Vessels awaiting berthing at RDMT jetty should
anchor at Bharøch Roads (8.130), within a 5 cable
radius of 21°36′⋅00N 72°30′⋅30E, in depths of between
10 to 15 m. Vessels bound for GCPTCL jetty may
obtain anchorage 2⋅3 miles W of the jetty head.
Paragraph 8.133 6 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
RDMT jetty is a T -head, flanked by mooring
dolphins, connected to the shore by a 400 m trestle
and lies 7 cables E of Luhºra Point Light (8.126). The
berth can accommodate vessels with a maximum LOA
of 126 m and maximum draught of 6⋅5 m. See 8.131
for details of pilotage.
Indian Notices Nos 09 & 14/09
(SDDs 2009000 034731; 098241) [34/09]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Barletta —
Dangerous wreck
497
After paragraph 11.185 1 Line 11 Add:
Caution. A dangerous wreck is reported (2009) to
lie within the tanker anchorage, close to the NE limit.
Italian Notices P37002/09; 14.66/09
(SDDs 2009000 048958; 100924) [34/09]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Maursundet - Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm
After L6 Insert:
191
SE of a large marine farm and its associated ground
tackle (3⋅3 miles NE), thence:
L43 After (56 ft). Insert: A large marine farm (9.95) lies in
the SE approach to the anchorage; the ground tackle
extends NW to within 2 cables of the charted anchorage
position.
Norwegian Notice 14/714/09
(SDD 2009000 103252) [34/09]
Wk34/09
IV
4.2
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Firth of Clyde – Loch Striven — Anchorages
52
After Paragraph 3.24 2 line 9 Add:
3 Lay -up anchorages are available in Loch Striven
out of the main Clyde shipping routes. For details
regarding lay -up and anchorage/rafting positions Clyde
Port Harbour Master should be contacted well in
advance. See also 3.322.
86
After Paragraph 3.222 1 line 2 Add:
A designated lay -up anchorage exists within Loch
Striven, S of Ardbeg Point (55°57′⋅7N 5°06′⋅3W) and
N of the Experimental Area off Brackley Point
(55°55′⋅2N 5°03′⋅4W). Large vessels normally anchor
or raft together up to six abeast, with ships anchors
marked by unlit surface buoys.
2 Mariners transiting the lay -up area should proceed
with due caution and where possible close the W side
of Loch Striven during the transit.
Clydeport Notice to Mariners 37/09
(SDD 2009000 054230) [34/09]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Cape Cod Bay — Wreck
125
Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph 4.148 2
lines 1 -2 Delete
ENC US3EC09M
(SDD 2009000 100181) [34/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(2008 Edition)
Argentina - Estrecho de Magallanes —
Directions;AIS;Usefulmarks
223
Paragraph 7.34 1 line 6 Replace by:
2 AIS:
Carina Platform — as above.
Aries Platform — as above.
Platform AM -6 — as above.
Platform AM -2 — as above.
Platform AM -1 — as above.
3 Hidra Centro (52°50′S 68°11′W).
Hidra Norte (52°49′S 68°13′W).
Platform AM -5 — (52°34′S 68°15′W).
Platform AM -3 — (52°31′S 68°17′W).
For further information see The Mariner’s
Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
224
Paragraph 7.39 4 lines 5 and 6 Replace by:
Hidra Centro (52°50′S 68°11′W).
Hidra Norte (52°49′S 68°13′W).
Argentine Notice 7/83/09 and Admiralty List of Lights
Volume G (2008/09) 1260.6, 1260.65, 1260.7 and 1260.75
(SDD 2009000 096256) [33/09]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Denmark - Orehoved Havn — Controlling depth
375
Paragraph 11.188 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Controlling depth. The approach channel is
dredged to 7 m, but a depth of 5⋅5 m exists close off
the NE corner of the mole, within the turning area.
Danish Notice 29/631/2009
(SDD 2009000 093953) [33/09]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition)
United States of America - Alaska - Red Dog —
Directions; racon
321
Paragraph 9.125 1 lines1to4Replace by:
1 Approach. The loading anchorage should be
approached...
US Notice 27/16005/09
(SDD 2009000 055196) [33/09]
Wk33/09
4.1
[33/09]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Point of Ardnamurchan northeastwards —
Depth
285
Paragraph 9.130 5 line 1 For 16⋅6 m Read 12⋅5 m
MV Seabeam
(SDD 2009000 100135) [33/09]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal - Aveiro - Canal Principal —
Directions: light
147
Paragraph 5.140 6 lines1to4Replace by:
6 Thence the track, marked by light buoys (lateral),
continues SE in mid -channel to the following
alignment.
Portuguese Notice 241/09
(SDD 2009000 068385) [33/09]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Narragansett Bay — Restricted areas;
explosives anchorage
152
Paragraph 5.242 4 lines5to7Delete
156
Paragraph 5.264 1 lines5to7Delete
US Notice 31/13223/09
(SDD 2009000 100326) [33/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(2008 Edition)
Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; light
229
Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/09 Paragraph 7.87 1
lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Line of bearing. Puerto Sara offshore oil terminal
is approached from S on the line of bearing 331° of
Muelle Puerto Sara (52°37′⋅7S 70°11′⋅7W), passing:
Chilean Notice 6/63/09
(SDD 2009000 080049) [32/09]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Peru – Paita to Cabo Blanco — Directions;
disused platform
344
Paragraph 10.270 1 line 4 For an obstruction Read a
platform (disused)
ENC PE300113
(SDD 2009000 048914) [32/09]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Colombia - Puerto Bolivar — Outer anchorages
250
Paragraph 9.23 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Waiting anchorage (3½ miles NW). There are
depths from 16 to 36 m in the anchorage.
Colombian chart 229
(SDD 2009000 073556) [32/09]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Spain - North -west coast - San Ciprián —
Directions; light buoy
305
Paragraph 11.132 3 line 2 For a buoy Read a light buoy
Spanish Notice 09/29/190
(SDD 2009000 085165) [32/09]
Wk32/09
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
[32/09]
Belgium - West approach to Westerschelde -
Zeebrugge and Brugge — Traffic regulations for
LNG tankers
158
Paragraph 7.14 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
Pilots for large LNG tankers (vessel length
exceeding 200 m) bound for Zeebrugge board 1 mile E
of AZ Light Buoy (starboard hand) (51°21′⋅2N
2°36′⋅9E). Pilots for small LNG tankers (vessel length
less than 200 m) board at the Wandelaar Pilot Station.
During the boarding operation, VTS will request...
Paragraph 7.32 Replace by:
160 -161
1 LNG tankers bound for Zeebrugge. For the
purpose of the following regulations a large LNG
tanker is considered to be a vessel with a length
exceeding 200 m and a small LNG tanker is
considered to be a vessel with a length less than
200 m.
2 The pilot assigned to a large LNG tanker will
prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at
the AZ Light Buoy (51°21′⋅2N 2°36′⋅9E). At the same
time, VTS -SM will broadcast details of the plan to all
vessels. This broadcast will be updated once the LNG
tanker has arrived at AZ Light Buoy. The pilot
boarding position is 1 mile E of the AZ Light Buoy.
3 The pilot assigned to a small LNG tanker will
prepare a Sailing Plan one hour prior to her arrival at
the KB Light Buoy (51°21′⋅0N 2°42′⋅8E). At the same
time, VTS -SM will broadcast details of the plan to all
vessels. This broadcast will be updated once the LNG
tanker has arrived at KB Light Buoy. The pilot
boarding position is at the Wandelaar pilot station.
4 During the pilot boarding operation other vessels in
the vicinity will be requested by Wandelaar traffic
centre to keep a minimum distance of 5 cables clear of
the LNG vessel. During her passage to Zeebrugge,
VTS -SM will continue to report her position to other
vessels in the vicinity.
The LNG tanker can request radar guidance from
VTS -SM between AZ Light Buoy and S5 Light Buoy
(51°23′⋅7N 3°05′⋅9E). Thereafter continuous positional
information is provided to the LNG tanker.
5 Waiting anchorage, if required, will be assigned by
VTS -SM. and the following anchorages are
recommended:
To N of AN Light Buoy.
To S of AZ Light Buoy.
To N of Akkaert NE Light Buoy (E cardinal)
(51°27′⋅3N 2°59′⋅3E).

6 LNG tankers will follow Route Vaargeul 1 (7.42)
thence N of Ribzand leading to Pas van het Zand
(7.85). If the Vaargeul 1 Route cannot be followed for
navigational reasons, then a deviation from this route
is permitted. For details of this alternative route
see 7.43.
7 For the passage of a LNG tanker to commence, the
wind strength must be less than 14 m/s, the visibility
greater than 5 cables and the tidal stream less than
1½ kn at the harbour entrance.
An underkeel clearance of at least 20% of the
draught is required in the approaches to the harbour
and 15% of the draught in the harbour itself.
Maritime police will undertake regular patrols in
order to monitor the inward and outward passage of a
LNG tanker
8 For a large LNG tanker four tugs will secure to the
vessel prior to SZ (Scheur -Zand) Light Buoy (E
cardinal) (51°23′⋅7N 3°07′⋅6E) and a fifth tug will
assist once the vessel is inside the harbour entrance.
For a small LNG tanker a minimum of one tug will
assist the vessel before passing the Z (Zand) Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (51°22′⋅5N 3°10′⋅0E). The
Master of the LNG vessel may order further tugs at
any time.
9 For both large and small LNG tankers the following
apply during their port stay:
LNG tankers berth port side to on the LNG jetty.
LNG tankers may have an underkeel clearance of
less than 15% of their draught.
10 For reporting and other details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Vol 6(1).
Belgian Notice 13/127/09
(SDD 2009000 061966) [32/09]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Indonesia - Pulau Laut — Dangerous rocks
80
Paragraph 3.43 Replace by:
1 Although the approaches to Pulau Laut are largely
clear outside the 37 m (20 fm) contour, dangerous
rocks are charted off the NW coast at 4°49′⋅4N
107°56′⋅0E and 4°51′⋅1N 107°56′⋅5E. See 1.22.
Indonesian Chart 147
(SDD 2009000 018628) [32/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia approaches —
Directions; wreck
313
After Paragraph 9.9 1 line 5 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (37°51′⋅5N 122°24′⋅3E),
reported 2009, thence:
Chinese Notice 27/880/09
(SDD 2009000 078297) [32/09]
IV
4.2
China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang —
Wrecks; pilotage; buoyage
339
Existing Section IV Notice Week 6/09 Paragraph 10.88 2
lines 1 -15 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained as follows in
designated anchorages, the limits of which are shown
on the chart (with positions from Dagu Light
(38°56′⋅3N 117°58′⋅87E)):
Name Position Designation Remarks
Dagoukou
North
Anchorage
4 miles
ENE
Paragraph 10.89 Replace by:
All vessels
(except those
below) with
draught less
than 10⋅5 m.
Also
quarantine
anchorage
Depths 6 to
14 m; a
stranded
wreck,
marked
close S by a
light buoy
(isolated
danger) lies
near SW
corner, and
an
obstruction
lies on mid
part of S
boundary.
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and
for Chinese vessels carrying inflammable liquids; it is
available 24 hours. Pilots may embark or disembark in
the following positions, or N of the channel for
embarkation and S of the channel for disembarkation,
as shown on the chart:
2 Dengta Beihangdao leading toward Xingang Main
Channel:
38°53′⋅2N 118°10′⋅2E. This position is 1 mile within
the extended entrance channel marked by light
buoys (lateral), not yet charted;
No 3 pilot position at 38°55′⋅2N 118°06′⋅4E;
No 2 pilot position at 38°56′⋅0N 118°01′⋅3E;
No 1 pilot position at 38°56′⋅7N 117°56′⋅7E;
3 Dagusha Hangdao at 38°54′⋅7N 117°54′⋅2E.
Anchorages. Pilots may also board in most of the
outer anchorages for the appropriate vessels; for details
see 10.88.
Pilots can also be provided for the BZ25 -1 (10.70)
and QHD 32 -6 (10.116) Terminals in Bo Hai.
4 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Tugs are available.
340
Paragraph 10.95 1 line 8 Replace by:
...marking a wreck, depth 12⋅7 m; a dangerous
wreck, marked by a light buoy (isolated danger),
lies 7 cables SSW, and a wreck, depth 13⋅1 m,
existence doubtful, 9½ cables farther WSW.
Chinese Chart 11779; Chinese Notices 13/344/09; 27/878;
879/09
(HH. 548/518/05; SDDs 2009000 026760; 078284,
078290) [32/09]
Wk32/09

NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2009 Edition)
Tanjung Pandan — Major lights; directions
164
Paragraph 8.58 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Major lights:
Tanjung Puting Light (white metal framework
tower, 30 m in height) (3°30′⋅6S 111°46′⋅4E).
Tanjung Pandan Light (white tower) (2°56′⋅5S
111°40′⋅7E).
165
Paragraph 8.63 2 lines 6 -12 Replace by:
...beacon. Thence:
WNW of a light buoy (starboard hand) (2°57′⋅4S
111°41′⋅0E) (1 mile S).
E of Tanjung Pandan Light (8.58)
Indonesian Notice 12/096/2009
(SDD 2009000 051677) [32/09]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Sri Lanka - Colombo harbour and approaches
— Pilotage
159
Paragraph 4.84 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
...board in position 6°59′⋅3N 79°48′⋅3E. Until a pilot
has boarded, vessels should remain clear of the
restricted area (4.85) and reclamation works (4.90) and
not approach...
Harbour Master, Sri Lanka Ports Authority Colombo
(SDD 2009000 062940) [32/09]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - East coast - Yeosu Haeman — Racons
122
Paragraph 3.42 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
Yeosu Haeman Entrance (A) Light Buoy (34°35′⋅7N
127°56′⋅7E).
Paek Sã (34°38’N 128°00′E).
Yeosu Haeman Entrance (B) Light Buoy (34°41′⋅7N
127°56′⋅7E).
Yeosu Haeman Entrance (C) Light Buoy
(34°43′⋅3N 127°50′⋅2E).
Korean Notice 28/434/2009
(SDD 2009000 090417) [32/09]
Wk32/09
IV
4.3
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
France - Golfe de Marseille - Cap Croisette
- Île Tiboulen — Wreck
90
Paragraph 2.284 1 line 5 Replace by:
...4 m in height). A dangerous wreck, the position
of which is approximate, lies 1½ cables ENE of the
light, thence:
French Notice 09/26/23
(SDD 2009000 068073) [32/09]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Norway - Oslofjorden - Søndre Kaholmen
—Depth
156
Paragraph 5.150 2 line 2 For 8m Read 7⋅7 m
Norwegian Notice 13/615/09
(SDD 2009000 083571) [32/09]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Nordhordlandsfjordene - Hille South -eastwards
- Ålenappflua and Iverholmane
— Directions; lights
424
Paragraph 11.44 5 line 8 -9 Replace by:
...Ålenappflua, marked by a light (iron pole), lies
on the E side of this group. Thence:
ENE of Iverholmane Nord Light (starboard hand)
(1½ miles NNW), exhibited from a group of
small islets at the S entrance to Hillesundet,
thence:
Norwegian Notices 13/632/09; 13/633/09
(SDDs 2009000 083598; 083599) [32/09]
Nordhordlandsfjordene - Mjømnesundet to
Sognejøen - Horsholmsundet and Bårøyosen
— Directions; lights
424
Paragraph 11.45 3-4 Replace by:
3 Through Horsholmsundet (1¼ miles SSE), the
passage between the NE side of Byrknesøyna
and the two islets of Horsholmen, which is
marked by light beacons (lateral, floodlit),
thence:

ENE of Keipeneset Light (port hand, floodlit)
(1 mile SSE), exhibited from the NE point of
Byrknesøyna, and Slottet Light (port hand)
(7 cables SSE), exhibited from the SE point of
Koksøyna. These lights mark the entrance to
Nordre Grimesundet. Thence:
Through Bårøysen (5 cables SE), bordered on its W
side by Koksøyna and Bårøyna and on its E side
by Skorpa and Lauvøyna. A light (starboard
hand, floodlit) (3 cables ESE) is exhibited from
the NW point of Skorpa; Bårøyna Beacon stands
on the NE extremity of Bårøyna. Thence:
4 Between the NE point of Stora Kvernøyna
(6 cables NW), on which stands a light (port
hand) and Steinsøyna. Thence:
WSW of Ytre Einebærholmen Light (starboard
hand, floodlit) (8 cables NNW); foul ground
extends 2 cables NNW from Einebærholmen.
Thence:
ENE of an area of below -water rocks and a drying
patch fringing the E end of Litle Kvernøyna
(1 mile NW). Kvernøyflu Light (port hand,
floodlit) is exhibited from an above -water rock
close E of the island; the N -most rock on this foul
ground, with a depth of 1⋅0 m, is marked by an
iron perch. Thence:
After Paragraph 11.45 5 Insert:
WSW of a light (starboard, floodlit) (1¾ miles
NNW) standing on an islet close SW of
Klauvholmen, thence:
Paragraph 11.45 6 Replace by:
6 Through Stallsundet (2 miles NNW), a narrow
channel marked by light beacons (lateral,
floodlit). The sound is bordered on its W side
by a chain of islets extending 1 mile NNW to
Rossøyna (2½ miles NNW), from the NW
rock of which Rossøy Light (11.18) is
exhibited, and on its E side by Hille. A light
(port hand, floodlit) stands on the NE point
of Rossøykalven, close NE of Rossøyna. The
channel is free of dangers except for an
above -water rock lying on the W side of the
fairway close off Horrøyna (60°58′⋅7N
4°48′⋅6E).
Norwegian Notices 13/617 -623/09; 628/09; 630 -631/09;
636 -640/09
(SDDs 2009000 083576 -083582; 083593;
083596 -083597; 083602 -083606) [32/09]
IV
4.4
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Kvænangenfjorden - Lauksundet
— Marine farm
177
L53Delete ...is free from dangers in the fairway and...
Existing Supplement amendment L55 Replace by:
Marine farms are established along both sides of
Lauksundet, generally within 1 cable of the shore.
R25Replace by:
...of the sound, passing close WNW of a large marine
farm and its associated ground tackle 2 miles NNE of
the light, and clear of the coastal banks abreast...
Norwegian Notice 650/13/09
(SDD 2009000 083625) [32/09]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Sint Eustatius — Marine nature reserve;
anchorages
201
After Paragraph 5.163 5 line 5 Insert:
Marine nature reserve
5.163a
1 The waters around Sint Eustatius between the
high -waterline and the 30 m depth contour have been
designated as a nature reserve, the Statia National
Marine Park. With the exception of the designated
anchorage areas, anchoring is only allowed with
written permission from the local authorities. For
further information see www.statiapark.org.
205
Paragraph 5.187 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Marine nature reserve. See 5.163a.
Quarantine. Mariners must report on any
communicable disease which may have occurred on
board, prior to arrival. Pratique will normally be
granted when the pilot boards.
Paragraph 5.189 1 line 4 For three Read four
After Paragraph 5.189 1 line 9 Insert:
D: 1 mile S.
Netherlands Notice 342/09
(SDD 2009000 078348) [32/09]
Wk32/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil – North coast - Ponta do Mel to
Cabo Calcanhar — Directions; light; racon
144
Paragraph 4.233 1 lines 5 -7 Delete
145
Paragraph 4.234 1 line 1 For Racons Read Racon
Paragraph 4.234 1 line 2 Delete
Paragraph 4.235 1 line 3 Delete (4.233)
Paragraph 4.235 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 NNE of a line of shoals extending 25 miles E of
Agulha Light (platform). The shoals include,
from W to E,...
Brazilian Notice 12/109/09
(SDD 2009000 070523) [31/09]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
CostaRica -PuertoGolfito—
Directions; buoyage
101
Paragraph 3.81 6 lines 5 -7 Delete
Paragraph 3.81 7 Replace by:
7 NW of a buoy (white) (9 cables ENE), marking
the NW limit of a shallow spit on the SE
side of the channel.
US Notice 26/21563/09
(SDD 2009000 050246) [31/09]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Victoria - Port Phillip entrance channels —
Directions; lights; route
104
Paragraph 4.24 3 line 8 For 325° Read 324¾°
Paragraph 4.25 2 line 2 For 325° Read 324¾°
105
Paragraph 4.27 1 Replace by:
1 Sector lights. The combined white sectors of Fort
West Directional Light (041½°) (38°16′⋅4S
144°39′⋅5E), and Queenscliff Harbour Directional Light
(043¼°) (38°15′⋅9S 144°40′⋅2E), lead in a channel
extending 60 m either side of the centreline of Great
Ship Channel.
4.1
[31/09]
Leading lights:
Queenscliff Low Light (white stone tower, red stripe
with green top) (38°16′⋅4S 144°39′⋅5E) standing
on Lighthouse Point at the S end of Shortland
Bluff.
Queenscliff High Light (white stone tower with
green top, 25 m in height) (2 cables NE of front
light).
From a position 3½ miles SSW of Point Lonsdale
(38°18′S 144°37′E) (4.23) the alignment (042½°) of
these lights leads NE, close E of the centreline of the
channel, passing (with positions from Point Lonsdale):
Paragraph 4.27 4 line 11 For 1 mile E Read 1¾ miles ENE.
Paragraph 4.28 2 line 5 Replace by:
The Narrows Light (white column) (38°16′⋅3S
144°38′⋅6E).
105 -106
Paragraph 4.34 1 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
From a position 1¾ miles ENE of Point Lonsdale
(38°18′S 144°37′E) (4.23) the bearing 286°, astern, of
Rocky Point Directional Light leads ESE into South
Channel, passing (with positions from Point Lonsdale):
106
Paragraph 4.34 1 line 9 For N Read NNE
Paragraph 4.34 2 line 1 For N Read NNE
Paragraph 4.34 2 line 4 For Clear Read NNE
Paragraph 4.34 2 line 6 For N Read NNE
Paragraph 4.34 2 line 9 -12 Replace by:
To a position between Popes Eye Light Beacon
(S cardinal) (3½ miles E), and South Channel
Entrance Light Beacon (N cardinal), 4 cables
farther SSW. A wreck with a depth of 13⋅9 m lies
2½ cables WSW of the former beacon.
Australian Notices 10/612/09 and 13/769/09
(AA389351; AA390544; AA402404; AA405234;
AA412497) [31/09]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Sweden - Gotland - Fårösund —
Directions; Depth
114
Paragraph 2.222 3 line 8 For 5⋅3 m Read 4⋅5 m
Swedish Notice 264/5347/09
(SDD 2009000 077260) [31/09]
Wk31/09

NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
France - Cherbourg and approaches —
Arrival information; pilotage
416
Paragraph 12.34 1 Replace by:
1 Deep -sea pilots, see 1.50. Pilots board as follows:
For laden tankers carrying hydrocarbons or other
dangerous substances, 7 miles N of Fort de
l’Ouest Lighthouse (12.9), keeping at least
7 miles off the coast.
For other vessels, in position 49°43′⋅6N 1°42′⋅5W,
4¼ cables NW of CH1 Light Buoy (safe water).
French Notice 27/29/09
(SDD 2009000 080848) [31/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East coast - Pinyang Zui
south -eastwards — Wreck
183
Existing Section IV Notice Week 42/08 Paragraph 5.42 5
lines3to7Replace by:
SE of Baimu Jiao Light Beacon (isolated danger, 9 m
in height) (27°24′⋅4N 120°43′⋅3E), thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck, reported 2002, 2¾ miles
NNE of Baimu Jiao, thence:
Chinese Notice 26/844/09
(SDD 2009000 064130) [31/09]
China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Xianren Dao
— New port
354
After Paragraph 10.208 1 line 7 Insert:
Xianren Dao (40°13′N 121°57′E) (10.247a), an
artificial island, is being developed and provides a
berth handling crude oil; it is part of Yingkou Gang.
357
After 10.234 1 line 2 Insert:
Xianren Dao S Breakwater Head Light (40°12′⋅8N
121°56′⋅9E).
After 10.247 Insert:
359
Xianren Dao
10.247a
1 Xianren Dao (40°13′N 121°57′E), which is not
shown on the chart, lies 2 miles NW of Xianrendao
Jiao and 8 miles SW of Bayuquan, and is similarly
part of Yingkou Gang. On the reclaimed island lies
South Breakwater, the head marked by a light (white
concrete column, green bands, 14 m in height). The
crude oil pier lies to N of breakwater and is marked at
N and S ends by lights (white concrete columns, blue
stripes, 14 m in height), and reportedly (2009) can
accommodate tankers up to 300 000 dwt.
Wk31/09
IV
4.2
2 Directions. It is reported that the berth is
approached from seaward though a 300 m wide
channel, depth 25⋅5 m.
No other details are available and further
information, including details of pilotage, should be
obtained from Yingkou VTS (10.223) or the local
authorities.
Yingkou Port Authority
(HH. 032/200/01) [31/09]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2009 Edition)
Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Selokan —
Dangerous wreck
126
After Paragraph 6.39 1 line 8 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (2°17′⋅8S 105°27′⋅6E),
whose masts are visible, thence:
MT Budi Jasa
(SDD 2009000 044908) [31/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – Bristol Channel – Bull Point to
Hurlstone Point — Light buoys
75
Paragraph 3.18 2 line 2 For Morte Stone Buoy Read
Morte Stone Light Buoy
81
Paragraph 3.48 3 line 1 For Copperas Rock Buoy Read
Copperas Rock Light Buoy
Trinity House
(SDDs 2009000 050153; 050096) [31/09]
Wales – South coast – Newport —
Vertical clearance
119
Paragraph 4.119 1 line 3 For 64 m Read 56 m
Newport Harbour Master
(SDD 2009000 045091) [31/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
South coast – Black Horse Rock — Light beacon
81
Paragraph 3.148 2 line 5 For beacon Read light beacon
Paragraph 3.148 3 line 1 For beacon Read light beacon
Paragraph 3.148 3 line 4 For beacon Read light beacon
Commissioners of Irish Lights Notice 8/2009
(SDD 2009000 036905) [31/09]

NP 44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Singapore - Pasir Panjang Fairway —
General information; harbour for lighters
280
Paragraph 8.252.1 Replace by:
1 Pasir Panjang Fairway (1°16′N 103°47′E) is the
waterway leading NNE thence SE from the SE end of
East Jurong Channel, and provides access to Pasir
Panjang Terminal Berths P23 -P26 and Pasir Panjang
Wharves Berths PW8 -PW3.
281
Paragraph 8.254 including heading Replace by:
Spare
8.254
Paragraph 8.258.1 Replace by:
1 Approach and entry. From a position near the W
end of West Keppel Fairway the approach track to
Pasir Panjang Fairway leads N, keeping W of the
reclamation works (8.253), to join Pasir Panjang
Fairway SE of Pasir Panjang Terminal Berth P23.
2 The track to the upper berths leads NNE for
6 cables to a position off PW7 berth. The SE leg of
the fairway leads towards berths PW3 -PW6, but
manoeuvrability is limited by reclamation work.
Paragraph 8.259 including headings Replace by:
Spare
8.259
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(SDD 2009000 071127) [31/09]
Singapore — Marina Reservoir; Marina South
285
Paragraph 8.289 including headings Replace by:
Spare
8.289
After Paragraph 8.290.1 Insert:
S Marina Light Beacon (special) (1°16′⋅7N
103°52′⋅4E) and South Kallang Light Beacon (special),
2½ cables ENE, flank the approach to Marina Barrage
which contains Marina Reservoir.
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(SDD 2009000 013140) [31/09]
IV
4.3
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Varangerfjorden - Vadsøya — Light
302
L43 For 27°44′E Read 29°44′E
Kystverket Troms og Finnmark
(SDD 2009000 073131) [31/09]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(2007 Edition)
Micronesia - Caroline Islands - Senyavin Islands
– Pohnpei Island — Marine farms
419
After Paragraph 11.40 Insert:
Marine Farms
11.40a
Marine farms around the island are marked by
buoys. Their positions are as follows:
PayaoNo1,6°52′⋅1N 158°03′⋅9E
PayaoNo2,7°07′⋅4N 158°18′⋅2E
PayaoNo3,7°04′⋅4N 158°02′⋅8E
PayaoNo4,6°56′⋅4N 158°27′⋅6E
PayaoNo5,6°45′⋅4N 158°26′⋅0E
PayaoNo6,6°40′⋅0N 158°13′⋅1E
PayaoNo7,6°39′⋅9N 158°03′⋅2E
420
Paragraph 11.44 4 lines 5–7 Replace by:
Marine Farms. See 11.40a.
US Chart 81435
(SDD 2009000 002211) [31/09]
Wk31/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil – Porto de Recife to Porto de Pedras —
Directions; wreck
164
Paragraph 5.110 1 line 4 Replace by:
ESE of Recife Light (8°03′S 34°52′W) (5.91) and
clear of a dangerous wreck 11¼ miles ESE,
thence:
Brazilian Notice 11/106/09
(SDD 2009000 051484) [30/09]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Colombia – Buenaventura — Anchorages; lights
382
Paragraph 12.77 1 line 6 Replace by:
No 3A 6½ miles NE Least charted depth 6⋅3 m
No 5 1½ miles ENE Least charted depth 8⋅9 m
Paragraph 12.85 2 lines 3 -4 Delete
383
After Paragraph 12.91 1 line 5 Insert:
La Pilota Light, Isla Cascajal (silver water tower,
29 m in height) (3°53′⋅0N 77°04′⋅2W).
Aguacate Light Beacon (green tower, red band)
(3°53′⋅7N 77°03′⋅8W).
Paragraph 12.92 1 line 4 Delete
Colombian Chart 760
(SDD 2009000 017369) [30/09]
Colombia – Bahía de Málaga — Directions;
light buoy
384
Paragraph 12.106 2 line 3 For starboard hand Read W
cardinal
Paragraph 12.110 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 N of Bajo Anapoima (5¼ miles WSW) marked
by a light buoy (W cardinal), and:
Colombian Chart 150
(SDD 2009000 017480) [30/09]
Wk30/09
4.1
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Fläckgrund to Högholmen —
Directions; authorised draught
226
Paragraph 6.35 1 line 4 For 6⋅1 m Read 5⋅0 m
[30/09]
Finnish Notice 18/308/09
(SDD 2009000 055598) [30/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang —
Buoy; directions
290
Paragraph 8.16 2 line 8 Replace by:
No 1 Light Buoy (superbuoy) (34°51′⋅7N
119°48′⋅3E).
293
Paragraph 8.43 1 line 4 Replace by:
No 1 Light Buoy (superbuoy) (34°51′⋅7N
119°48′⋅3E).
Paragraph 8.44 2 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
The track continues WSW to the vicinity of No 1
Light Buoy (superbuoy) (8 miles S); Large Vessels and
No 1 Pilot and Quarantine Anchorages (8.34) lie
1 mile NW and 2 miles SSW respectively.
3 The track then continues WSW passing SSE of an
obstruction (13 miles SSW), position approximate; a
dangerous wreck, reported 2006, lies 3 miles farther
NNW.
The track then continues onto the alignment (243°)
of leading lights (8.45).
295
Paragraph 8.60 2 line 1 Replace by:
No 1 Light Buoy (superbuoy) (34°51′⋅7N
119°48′⋅3E).
297
Paragraph 8.69 1 line 7 Replace by:
No 1 Light Buoy (superbuoy) (34°51′⋅7N
119°48′⋅3E).
Chinese Notice 24/778/09
(SDD 2009000 050539) [30/09]

Korea – West coast - Imja Do southwards —
Wreck
391
After Paragraph 11.104 2 line 3 Insert:
SE of a stranded wreck (11.160), 2½ miles W of
Oegal To, thence:
NW of Oegal To (11.160), from where a light is
exhibited, thence:
399
After Paragraph 11.160 1 line 7 Insert:
WSW of a stranded wreck (35°00′N 126°02′E) lying
on a 7⋅9 m shoal patch; an 8⋅3 m shoal patch lies
3¼ cables farther SSW, thence:
Korean Notice 25/402/09
(SDD 2009000 056645) [30/09]
IV
4.2
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Gulf of Khambhºt - Directions —
Cautions; wreck
274
Paragraph 8.124 Replace by:
1 For cautions regarding Malacca Banks see 8.45 and
in Gulf of Khambhºt see 8.99 and 8.116.
275
Paragraph 8.125.1 lines 7 -9 Delete.
Indian Notice 12/218/09
(SDD 2009000 044866) [30/09]
Wk30/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(2008 Edition)
Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes —
Directions; Racon; AIS
261
After Paragraph 7.347 Insert:
Other aids to navigation
7.347a
1 Racon:
Islote Cohorn Light (53°33′S 72°20′W).
AIS:
Islote Cohorn Light (as above).
For further information see The Mariner’s
Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
263
After Paragraph 7.365 1 Insert:
Other aids to navigation
7.365a
1 Racon:
Islote Cohorn Light (53°33′S 72°20′W).
AIS:
Islote Cohorn Light (as above).
Cerro El Morrión Light (53°34′S 72°31′W).
For further information see The Mariner’s
Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Chilean Notice 5/53/09 and Admiralty List of Lights Vol.G,
2008/09, 1456 and 1466
(SDD 2009000 043923) [29/09]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Denmark - Approaches to Århus Havn —
Directions; approach lights
251
Paragraph 7.94 1 Replace by:
1 Århus Havn Approach Lights:
Centre port entry light (lattice mast) (56°09′⋅8N
10°13′⋅8E).
N port entry light (lattice mast) (56°09′⋅9N
10°13′⋅8E).
S port entry light (lattice mast) (56°09′⋅8N
10°13′⋅7E).
These lights are displayed continuously.
4.1
251 -252
Paragraph 7.94 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
[29/09]
2 From a position close SSW of Sletterhage Light
(56°06′N 10°31′E) (7.54) the track leads about
10 miles WNW in the yellow sector (289° -301°) of
the Centre light, and within the white sectors of the S
port entry light (291° -295°) and the N port entry light
(295° -299°), passing (with positions from the Centre
port entry light):
252
Paragraph 7.94 4 lines 6 -8 Delete
255
Paragraph 7.121 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 The line of bearing (295°) of the Centre port entry
light...
Paragraph 7.121 5 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
5 Nordhavn is also entered from the line of approach
(295°) of Århus Havn port entry lights from a position
close SE of...
Danish Notices 21/454/09; 21/455/09; 21/456/09;
22/481/09
(SDDs 2009000 040696; 040697; 040698; 041917)
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Helsinki and approaches —
Firing practice area warning lights
162
After Paragraph 4.191 1 line 4 Add:
[29/09]
Firing practice area. Warning lights (strobe) in
positions 60°08′⋅7N 25°04′⋅9E and 60°08′⋅2N
25°03′⋅1E are exhibited from Santahamina during
gunnery firing exercises. When these are lit, vessels
should keep clear of the area between the warning
lights and the South Finland Winter Route.
Finnish Notice 17/289/09
(SDD 2009000 052096) [29/09]
Wk29/09

NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - West coast – Pertuis de Maumusson —
Directions
181
Existing Section IV Notice Week 52/07 Paragraph 7.119 1
lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Initial position in the vicinity of ATT Maumusson
Light Buoy (safe water) (45°46′N 1°18′W).
Existing Section IV Notice Week 52/07 Paragraph 7.119 2
line 1 For ESE Read E
Existing Section IV Notice Week 52/07 Paragraph 7.119 2
line 5 For (both 2 miles SW) Read (both 2¼ miles SSW)
Existing Section IV Notice Week 52/07 Paragraph 7.119 3
line 1 For NE Read NNE
French Notice 09/24/26
(SDD 2009000 050112) [29/09]
France - West coast - La Gironde —
Directions; light buoy
215
Paragraph 8.104 1 line 3 For (starboard hand) Read (N
cardinal)
French Notice 09/24/27
(SDD 2009000 050113) [29/09]
Wk29/09
IV
4.2
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Ulsteinfjorden — Buoyage
37
Existing Supplement amendment Line R42:
For (isolated danger) Read (E cardinal)
Norwegian Chart 30
(SDD 2009000 013358) [29/09]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
US Virgin Islands - Pillsbury Sound —
Directions; buoyage
103
Paragraph 3.242 3 lines 2 -8 Replace by:
SW of a dangerous wreck (1½ miles SE), the
position of which is approximate, marked by No 2
Light Buoy; Moravian Point, the extremity of a
narrow headland lies 2¾ cables NE. Mingo
Rock, on which the sea breaks, stands on a rocky
spit extending 2 cables SW from Moravian Point.
Thence:
US Notice 26/25647/09
(SDD 2009000 050247) [29/09]

NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
France - North Coast - Cherbourg —
Directions; leading marks
419
Paragraph 12.51 Replace by:
Spare
12.51
French Chart 7086
(HH. 027/209/03) [28/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – Bristol Channel - Barnstaple Bay —
Buoy
75
Paragraph 3.18 1 line 9 For Baggy Leap Buoy Read Baggy
Leap Light Buoy
Trinity House
(SDD 2009000 044213) [28/09]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Quilon — General information;
directions; anchorage
181
Paragraph 5.35 1 line 2 Replace by:
...small port protected by breakwaters situated in the
bight lying...
Paragraph 5.38.1 lines 6 -11 Delete
Paragraph 5.38.2 Replace by:
2 Approach. The line of bearing 092° of the
1
boundary pillar (11 m in height) (8°51′·5N 76°36′·7E),
leads clear of Tangasseri Reef to the anchorage (5.39).
Paragraph 5.39 including heading Replace by:
Anchorage
5.39
Anchorage off Quilon lies about 1¼ miles SSE of
Tangasseri Point, as shown on the plan, in depths of
about 13 m; it is open to all winds from NW through
W to SE.
Indian Notice 09/177/09
(SDD 2009000 034724) [28/09]
Wk28/09
4.1
Porbandar to Kachchigadh —
Depths; directions; wreck
[28/09]
285
Paragraph 8.208 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 32/08 Replace by:
1 Within the 30 m depth contour there are several
isolated rocks with depths of about 18 to 19 m.
Dangerous wrecks (position approximate), best seen on
the chart, lie between the safety fairway and shore.
286
Existing Section IV Notice Week 32/08 Paragraph 8.212 2
lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Clear of two dangerous wrecks (12½ miles WNW
and 21 miles NW), positions approximate, thence:
Indian Notice 10/187/09
(SDD 2009000 038844) [28/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Ireland – East coast – Blackwater Bank —
Buoyage; racon
53
After Paragraph 2.38 1 line 2 Add:
SE Blackwater Light Buoy (5.87).
150
After Paragraph 5.87 1 line 2 Add:
SE Blackwater Light Buoy (52°25′⋅6N 6°08′⋅4W).
151
Paragraph 5.89 1 line 8 For four Read three
153
Paragraph 5.108 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
ESE of South -east Blackwater Light Buoy (E
cardinal) (52°25′⋅6N 6°08′⋅4W) which marks the
E side of the bank, thence:
Commissioners of Irish Lights; MRCC Dublin
(SDDs 2008000 092098; 2009000 044822) [28/09]

NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2008 Edition)
Ionian Sea - Greece - S approaches to
Stenó Kastóu — Anchorage
100
After paragraph 3.170 2 Insert:
3 An anchorage 1½ miles wide has been established
(2009), centred 2¾ miles WNW of Ákra Tourkovígla,
extending 3½ miles in a WSW/ENE direction. The
anchorage is to accommodate vessels calling at
Astakós, vessels in transit and vessels requiring off
port limits (OPL) services. Mariners intending to
transit the anchorage area must seek permission from
Platiyiálios Harbour Authority at least 24 hours before
entry.
105
After paragraph 3.199 1 line 10 Add:
Mariners should note the anchorage established
(2009) W of Ákra Tourkovígla (3.170)
Greek Notices 109/09; 123/09
(SDDs 2009000 045659; 045676) [28/09]
Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to
Porto Levante — Directions
545 -546
Paragraph 12.263 2, 3 lines 1 - 4 Replace by:
2 Caution. Mariners should report either to the
district Harbour Master at Porto Levante or to the pilot
station at Chioggia before using the approach channel,
which is subject to frequent silting in bad weather.
3 Directions. From a position 1 mile NW of the
buoyant light beacon marking the gas terminal
(12.261), the track leads SSW between two light buoys
(lateral) marking the seaward end of the approach
channel; thence between two breakwaters extending
4½ cables NNE from the shore, each exhibiting a light
from its seaward end as shown on the chart; thence
into Fiume Po di Levante.
Italian Notice 10.47/09
(SDD 2009000 041266) [28/09]
IV
4.2
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Vassøyna East — Lights
428
Paragraph 11.74 2 line 2 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 18/09 replace by:
...Geiteneset, the SE point of Vassøyna. A rock,
with a depth of 13⋅5 m, lies ½ cable S of
Vassøyna, 1 cable SW of Geiteneset. A light (port
hand, floodlit) is exhibited from the point.
Thence:
Paragraph 11.74 3 lines 1 -6 and 4 line 1 Replace by:
3 E of Klauvholmen (5 cables SSW), a small islet,
from which a light (port hand, floodlit) is
exhibited. Thence:
E of Fureholmen Light (port hand, floodlit) (3 cables
SSW), standing on a group of above -water rocks,
thence:
W of Kjeøyna (3 cables SSE). A light (starboard
hand, floodlit) is exhibited from its NW point.
Thence:
4 Through Kiparsundet, the narrow channel,
marked by light beacons (lateral), between...
Norwegian Notices 11/508/09 - 11/514/09
(SDDs 2009000 045047 -045053) [28/09]
Wk28/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches —
Directions
141
Paragraph 5.6 1 line 3 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 17/08 Replace by:
...W of a buoy moored about 7¼ miles SW of Cap...
142
Paragraph 5.8 4 lines 7 -11 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 17/08 Replace by:
Thence the track leads to a position W of a buoy
(port hand) (12¾ miles SSW) moored about 7¼ miles
SW of Cap Santa Clara (0°30′⋅4N 9°19′⋅3E) on the
SW extremity of Banc de la Thémis.
Shoals with depths of 9⋅9 m and 16⋅7 m lie
6½ miles and 7 miles respectively WSW from Cap
Santa Clara, and a stranded wreck lies on the
S extremity of Banc de la Thémis. A light buoy
(S cardinal) lies 6 cables S of the wreck.
Paragraph 5.10 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 17/08 Replace by:
1 From a position W of a buoy (port hand) (0°25′⋅7N
9°13′⋅6E) moored about 7¼ miles SW of Cap Santa
Clara (0°30′⋅4N 9°19′⋅3E) the route leads initially E
then SE for 18 miles to 0°18′N 9°27′E, the pilot
boarding position for Owendo.
Thence the route continues for about 9½ miles to a
position NE of Île à Cailloux (0°10′⋅5N 9°33′⋅2E), at
the entrance to the upper reaches of Estuaire du Gabon
where there are numerous tributaries.
143
Paragraph 5.17 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 17/08 Replace by:
5.17
1 From a position about 8 miles SW of Cap Santa
Clara (0°30′⋅4N 9°19′⋅3E), the track leads initially E
through Passe de la Pénélope, passing (with positions
relative to Cap Santa Clara):
S of buoy (port hand) (5.8), thence:
SofBancdelaThémis(5½ miles SW) (5.8).
2 Thence from a position N of a light buoy (starboard
hand) (5 miles SSW), the recommended track, as
indicated on the chart, leads ESE for about 4 miles,
passing:
Wk27/09
4.1
[27/09]
SSW of Banc du Postillon (3¾ miles SSW), usually
indicated by eddies, thence:
NNE of an unmarked wreck (6¼ miles SSW) with a
depth of 2⋅5 m over it, lying on the NW extremity
of Banc de la Mouche. The sea breaks
occasionally over this bank and it may be
distinguished, even in fine weather, by the ripples
over it, thence
NNE of Banc du Pongara (7½ miles S). The sea
breaks over this bank and it may be
distinguished, even in fine weather, by the ripples
over it, thence:
NNE of shoal patch (7 miles S) with a depth of 9⋅8 m
over it. A buoy (starboard hand) marks the N edge
of this shoal, thence:
SSW of two buoys (port hand) (6½ miles S) the
eastern one of which is a light buoy, moored on
the S extremity of Banc du Caraïbe.
Existing Section IV Notice Week 17/08 Paragraph 5.18 2
lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 SW of a light buoy (port hand) (9½ miles SSE)
moored on the S extremity of Banc du Sud -Est.
144
Paragraph 5.24 1 line 4 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 17/08 For a buoy Read two buoys (port hand),
the E of which is a light buoy
145
Paragraph 5.29 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 17/08 Replace by:
2 From a position on the recommended track and E
of Pointe Pongara (5.18), course is altered NE towards
the anchorage off Libreville, a distance of about
3 miles, passing SE of Banc du Sud -Est (5.18), the
S extremity of which is marked by a light buoy
(port hand).
147
Paragraph 5.58 1 line 7 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 17/08 Replace by:
The river current sets strongly in these locations.
There is a shoal patch of 3⋅9 m 2¼ miles WSW of
Pointe Owendo.
French Notice 09/12/37
(SDD 2009000 026001) [27/09]

NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Pori and approaches —
Authorised draughts
290
Paragraph 7.105 1 line 4 For 8⋅0 m Read 7⋅2 m
Finnish Notice 15/252/09
(SDD 2009000 041711) [27/09]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Hong Kong - Stonecutters Bridge —
Vertical clearance
314
Paragraph 9.83 1 lines 8 -13 Replace by:
Rambler Channel (9.111), which separates Tsing Yi
Island from the mainland, is spanned at its S end
by Stonecutters Bridge with a vertical clearance
of 63 m; across its centre part by Cheung Tsing,
Tsing Yi and Tsing Lai Bridges and across its N
end by Tsing Tsuen Bridge, all of which have
vertical clearances of 17 m.
317
Paragraph 9.99 1 lines 3 -6 Delete A bridge To Tsing Yi.
320
After Paragraph 9.111 1 line 5 Add:
Beneath Stonecutters Bridge (2 miles S) (9.83),
thence:
Hong Kong Notice 9/12/09
(SDD 20009000 033961) [27/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - South coast - Taiwan Strait -
Shi Yu South south -westwards — Wreck
134
Paragraph 4.68 9 line 3 Replace by:
...four sided stone pyramid, 2 m in height) is exhibited,
and clear of a dangerous wreck, 7 miles SSE, position
approximate (reported 2009). It is...
Chinese Notice 09/711/09
(SDD 2009000 043288) [27/09]
China - Taiwan Strait - Meizhou Wan
155
After Paragraph 4.191 1 line 3 Add:
Clear of outer anchorage area (11¾ miles ESE) for
Qinglanshan Crude Oil Terminal (4.195e),
thence:
IV
4.2
155 - 157
Paragraph 4.193 to 4.210 including headings and Existing
Section IV Notices Weeks 29/08 and 36/08 Replace by:
MEIZHOU WAN
General information
Charts 1761, 1786, Chinese charts 14170 and 14171
(see 1.17)
Position and function
4.193
1 Meizhou Wan (25°00′N 119°05′E) lies NE of
Quanzhou Wan (4.157) and includes the ports of
Xiuyu and Xiaocuo, including Fujian Terminals and
Qinglanshan Crude Oil Terminal, see 4.202a. The bay
extends 18 miles NNW, with a very irregular coastline;
much of it dries.
Function. Crude oil and POL, LNG, coal, cement,
grain, containers and general cargo are handled.
Wrecks
4.193a
1 See note on chart about uncharted wrecks E of
Dazou.
Approach and entry
4.194
5 From a position on the coastal route ESE of Jian
Yu Light (24°58′⋅1N 119°02′⋅1E) (Da Yu on
chart 1761), the route leads generally WNW then
NNW for about 20 miles to the head of the bay.
Meizhou Wan may also be approached from S from
a position S of Dazuo (24°53′N 118°59′E) through a
deep water channel marked by buoys.
Port authority
4.194b
1 Xiaocuo port area in the W part of the bay is under
the jurisdiction of the Quanzhou Port Authority:
Administration Office, Xiaocuo Terminal, Quanzhou,
Fujian Province, 362111, China.
2 The port on the N side comes under the
Administration Office, Xiuyu, Putian City, Fujian
Province, 351158, China.
The division of jurisdiction within the bay is
unclear.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
4.195
1 Xiuyu and Fujian. The least charted depth in the
approach channels is 12⋅6 m about 1¾ miles WNW of
Dazhu Dao Rear Light (25°05′N 119°02′E) (4.201).
Vessels with draughts up to 13⋅5 m can enter at normal
tides and those with draughts up to 15⋅5 m on spring
tides.
2 Qinglanshan deep water channel has a designed
depth of 21 to 23 m over width of 500 m, and a radius
on curves of 3000 m.
Wk27/09

Deepest and longest berths
4.195a
1 Fujian Oil Terminal (4.202a).
Qinglanshan Crude Oil Terminal (4.202a).
Xiuyu (4.202a).
Tidal levels.
4.195b
1 At Tiwu (25°08′N 119°02′E) the spring and neap
tidal ranges are about 5⋅9 m and 3⋅1 m respectively.
Maximum size of vessel handled
4.195c
1 Fujian Oil Terminal, 130 000 dwt,
Fujian LNG Terminal, 100 000 dwt,
Qinglanshan Crude Oil Terminal, 300 000 dwt,
Xiuyu, 35 000 dwt.
Arrival information
Notice of ETA required
4.195d
1 ETA should be sent 72, 48, 24, 12 and 6 hours
before arrival; for details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
Outer anchorages
4.195e
1 Fujian and Xiuyu:
LNG Special Purpose Anchorage, radius
3¼ cables and centred on 24°59′⋅1N 119°04′⋅4E, depth
about 19 m.
2 No 1 Anchorage, centred on 25°03′⋅0N 119°03′⋅3E,
lies E of the 349° approach channel (4.201) and
extends for 1½ miles from N to S and is 6 cables
wide; depths in this anchorage range from 7 m in N to
21 m in S, and is for vessels up to 100 000 dwt.
No 5 Light Buoy (special) is moored in the S part of
this anchorage. A danger, depth 4⋅3 m, lies 1 cable E
of N half of the anchorage.
3 No 2 Anchorage lies close W of the 349° approach
channel (4.201) and extends S from abreast the N end
of Huanggan Dao (25°02′⋅5N 119°01′⋅3E) (4.200) for a
distance of 1¾ miles, and is 6 to 7 cables in width.
This anchorage is for large ocean -going vessels and
depths range between less than 15 m in SW to 41 m in
NW. D8 Light Buoy (port hand) is moored in E of
mid part of the anchorage.
4 No 3 Anchorage, radius 3 cables and centred on
25°01′⋅2N 119°05′⋅3E, least depth 13 m, stone.
Tanker Anchorage lies within the bay centred with
following co -ordinates:
25°03′⋅7N 118°59′⋅8E,
25°03′⋅7N 118°58′⋅5E,
25°04′⋅9N 118°58′⋅5E,
25°04′⋅9N 118°59′⋅8E.
5 Depths range between 6 m in W to 21 m in E, with
light buoys (special) marking the W corners of the
area. A submarine oil pipeline (see 4.195f) lies SE of
the anchorage.
Wk27/09
IV
4.3
6 Qinglanshan:
Outer anchorage (awaiting tide), centred on
24°43′⋅5N 118°59′⋅3E, the limits of which are shown
on the chart; depths over 25 m.
7 Pilot and quarantine anchorage (also for vessels
awaiting the tide), centred on 24°51′⋅8N 119°00′⋅5E,
the limits of which are partially shown on chart 1786,
depths 20 to 34 m; however a 16 m shoal patch,
existence doubtful, lies close inside W boundary, and a
dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies close S of
the anchorage. The N and W points of the area are
marked by Q2 and Q1 Light Buoys (special)
respectively.
8 Holding ground. Nos 1 and 2 Anchorages
reportedly provide good holding in sand or mud; there
is no information for the other outer anchorages.
Submarine pipeline
4.195f
1 An oil submarine pipeline with a prohibited
anchorage area, neither shown on chart, crosses Dazhu
Hangmen (4.201a) from the N of Dongzhou Bandao
(23°03′⋅4N 119°00′⋅0E); for more information on its
location the local authority should be consulted, see
also 1.42.
Pilotage
4.196
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available in daylight
hours only; pilots board in the following positions:
For Xiuyu at 24°59′⋅1N 119°05′⋅0E, as shown on the
chart;
2 For Fujian Terminal, 25°00′⋅8N 119°03′⋅2E,
4 cables NW of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (not shown on chart);
For Qinglanshan Crude Oil Terminal in quarantine
anchorage (24°51′⋅8N 119°00′⋅5E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Tugs
4.196a
1 Tugs are available.
Traffic regulations
4.196b
1 The deep water channel to Qinglanshan Crude Oil
Terminal (4.200b) is for one way traffic only for
vessels proceeding with the tide.
Entry and departure from the ports is only during
daylight hours.
2 Control zone. Within Xiuyu Gang a control zone is
established bounded by the following coordinates:
25°12′⋅3N 118°59′⋅1E.
25°12′⋅6N 118°59′⋅4E.
25°13′⋅5N 118°58′⋅4E.
25°13′⋅0N 118°57′⋅7E.
3 Vessels are free to transit this zone, but may not
anchor, other than for the purpose of assisting berthing
or turning, or engage in other operations. Mooring
buoys (4.209) lie within this zone.

Harbour
General layout
4.196c
1 There are three main port areas, and some other
jetties, in Meizhou Wan and approaches, including:
Qinglanshan Crude Oil Terminal (25°03′N
119°01′E) on W of entrance into Meizhou Wan,
2 Xiaocuo. including Fujian Oil Terminal (25°10′N
118°59′E), on W of upper part of Meizhou
Wan,
Xiuyu (25°13′N 118°59E), including Fujian LNG
Terminal, on E of upper part of Meizhou Wan.
3 One main navigation channel enters the bay with
the berths and terminals approached directly, or via
branch channels. There is a lightering anchorage in
the bay.
Natural conditions
4.197
1 Tidal streams in Dazhu Hangmen (4.201a) attain
rates of 4¾ kn on the in -going tide.
Local weather. In winter months during the NE
monsoon, the wind tends to blow straight down
Meizhou Wan in strength.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 4.191 and 4.192)
Principal marks
4.198
1 Major lights:
Yongning Zui Light (24°40′N 118°42′E) (4.147).
Xiangzhi Jiao Light (24°46′N 118°47′E) (4.147).
Dazuo Light (24°53′N 118°59′E) (4.147).
Jian Yu Light (24°58′⋅0N 119°01′⋅9E) (4.189).
Other aids to navigation
4.199
1 Racons:
Yongning Zui Light (24°40′N 118°42′E).
Xiangzhi Jiao Light (24°46′N 118°47′E).
Dazuo Light (24°53′N 118°59′E).
Da Yu Light (24°58′⋅1N 119°02′⋅1E).
Dading Yu Light (25°02′⋅2N 119°10′⋅8E)
2 Huanggan Dao Light (25°02′⋅1N 119°01′⋅8E).
Fujian Oil Refining Pipeline No 1 (25°04′⋅8N
119°00′⋅1E),
Xiwuduo Light Beacon (25°09′⋅4N 119°00′⋅7E).
No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) (25°08′⋅0N
119°00′⋅1E).
Hui Yu Light Beacon) (25°11′⋅4N 119°00′⋅0E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Seaward to Jian Yu and Xiuyu pilot boarding area
4.200
1 From a position on the coastal route ESE of Jian
Yu Light (24°58′⋅0N 119°01′⋅9E) (Da Yu on chart
1761), the track leads initially WNW, and continuing
through a channel marked by buoys passing (with
positions from Jian Yu Light):
2 NNE of a dangerous wreck (11¼ miles SE), and
through an area of uncharted wrecks, see note
on chart, thence:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (7¼ miles E), position
approximate, thence:
IV
4.4
3 SSW of Dading Yu (9 miles ENE) (4.217) and
from where a light is exhibited, thence:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (4 miles ENE), position
approximate, thence:
SSW of Eguan Jiao (5¾ miles NE) (4.219) and from
where a light is exhibited.
4 The track then continues either direct to Xiuyu pilot
boarding position (2¾ miles ENE) (4.196), passing E
of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand (2 miles ESE),
noting a dangerous wreck, position approximate
(reported 1992) lying 9 cables ENE of the pilot
boarding position, or:
5 If proceeding to Fujian Terminal pilot boarding
position (4.196) the track continues to a position close
W of No 1 Light buoy, and onto an alignment (349°)
of leading lights.
6 A light (4.198) is exhibited from middle of Jian Yu,
a small island 3 cables NE of E point of the mainland,
Da Yu Light (six sided concrete tower, black and
white bands, 8 m in height) lies 2¼ cables NE on the
NE point of the island.
Caution. The approach has been reported to be
busy with coasters and fishing vessels.
Approach from South
4.200a
1 From a position E of Dazuo Light (24°53′N
118°59′E) the Xiuyu pilot boarding position (4.196), or
No 1 Light Buoy (4.200) can be approached on a N
track passing E of the light buoys (lateral) marking the
deep water channel to Qinglanshan (4.200b), and
passing E of Jian Yu (4.200) from where a light
(4.198) is exhibited.
Qinglanshan Terminal deep water channel
4.200b
1 From the vicinity of the Outer Anchorage (4.195e),
24°43′⋅5N 118°59′⋅3E, the track leads N to the Pilot
and quarantine anchorage for Qinglanshan (24°51′⋅8N
119°00′⋅5E), keeping clear of a dangerous wreck,
position approximate, close outside the S boundary of
the anchorage.
2 The track then leads NNE though the deep water
channel (4.195 and 4.196b) marked by light buoys
(lateral), passing (with positions from Jian Yu Light
(24°58′⋅1N 119°02′⋅1E)):
3 ESE of Dazuo Light (4.147) (5¾ miles SSW),
thence:
ESE of a number of dangerous wrecks lying up to
1¼ miles between ENE and ESE of Daoshi Yu
(5½ miles SSW) (4.192); thence:
ESE of Da Yu Light (4.200), and Jian Yu Light
(4.128), 2½ cables SW.
4 The channel continues to a position between
No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand (2 miles ESE) and
D6 Light Buoy (port hand), 6 cables NW, and onto an
alignment (349°) of leading lights.
Jian Yu to Huanggan Dao
4.201
1 Dazhu Dao Leading Lights:
Front Light (white concrete tower, black band, 10 m
in height) (25°04′⋅3N 119°02′⋅5E),
Rear Light (similar construction) (3½ cables from
front).
Wk27/09

2 From a position between No 1 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (24°57′⋅4N 119°04′⋅2E) and D6 Light
Buoy (port hand), 6 cables NW the alignment (349°)
of the above lights leads for 5½ miles through a
channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passing (with
positions from Huanggan Light (25°02′⋅1N
119°01′⋅8E):
3 ENE of Da Yu Light (4 miles S) (4.200) and
Jian Yu Light (4.128), 2½ cables SW; a
shallow bank extends 5 cables NE from Da
Yu, thence:
ENE of an isolated shoal patch, depth 7⋅3 m
(3¼ miles SSE), thence:
WSW of LNG anchorage (4 miles SE) (4.195e);
Xiuyu Pilot boarding position (4.196) lies
2 cables E of the anchorage area, thence:
4 WSW of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand
(2¼ miles SE) lying W of an area of shoal
depths and rocks extending to 8½ cables SW
and WSW from Liuerduo, a rock, 2⋅9 m high,
on a drying reef, and from where a light
(white concrete column, 6 m in height) is
exhibited. Liuerduo is at S end of chain of
shallow banks, islets and rocks, including
Ping Yu and Cai Yu (below), extending
7 miles up the middle and E side of the
entrance to Meizhou Wan. Thence:
5 Fujian Terminal pilot boarding position
(1¾ miles SE) (4.196); No 2 Anchorage
(4.195e) extends NNW, the E boundary lying
close to the alignment of lights, thence:
WSW of Ping Yu (2 miles E), an islet 12 m high,
from where a light (white metal column, red
bands, 7 m in height) is exhibited; Cai Yu, an islet
19 m high, lies 2½ cables NE, and Fangluoduo
Light (white concrete column, 10 m in height)
8 cables farther E (not named on chart). Thence:
6 ENE of Huanggan Dao, 69 m high in S part, and
lying on the W side of the bay; a light (stone
masonry tower, 7 m in height) is exhibited
from the island’s E point.
7 The track continues to a position 2½ cables ENE of
No 4 Light Buoy (safe water), and W of No 1
Anchorage (4.195e), and onto an alignment (310¾°) of
leading lights. The channel for Qinglanshan Crude Oil
Terminal (4.202a) leads WNW from No 4 Light Buoy
Dazhu Hangmen
4.201a
1 Bainiu Leading Lights:
Front Light (white black white topmark, on black
and white concrete tower, 10 m in height)
(25°05′⋅6N 118°59′⋅3E),
Rear Light (red white red topmark, on metal
framework tower, 21 m in height) (960 m from
front).
2 From a position 2¾ cables ENE of No 4 Light
Buoy (safe water) (25°02′⋅8N 119°02′⋅5E) the
alignment (310¾°) of the above lights leads for
2½ miles through Dazhu Hangmen, the entrance
channel into Meizhou Wan, and marked by light buoys
(lateral), passing (with positions from Huanggan Dao
Light (25°02′⋅1N 119°01′⋅8E):
Wk27/09
IV
4.5
3 NE of the N point of Huanggan Dao (7 cables
NE) (4.201), and from where a light (white
concrete tower, black bands, 6 m in height, is
exhibited, thence:
4 SW of an islet (2¼ miles N), 30 m high, and
lying 1¾ cables SSW of Dazhu Dao, 83 m
high with a rear leading light (4.201)
exhibited from SE side, and the front light
3½ cables SSE, thence:
NE of a light buoy (port hand) moored 1 cable E of a
rock which uncovers 0⋅1 m, thence:
5 NE of Hou Yu (1¾ miles NW), also known as
Douwei, and from where a light (white six
sided stone tower, 5 m in height) is exhibited.
Hou Yu lies close off N end of Dongzhou
Bandao, a hilly peninsula, highest point
149 m, which extends 5 miles NNE from the
mainland. Qinglanshan Crude Oil Terminal
(4.202a), recently developed, is off this
N coast.
6 SW of an unmarked 4⋅2 m shoal (2½ miles
NNW), the nearest to the channel of a
number of shoals, rocks and drying reefs
lying between the 30 m high islet (above) and
Dasheng Dao, 1 mile NW, 38 m high, and
from the W point of which a light (white
concrete column, black bands, 6 m in height)
is exhibited.
7 The track continues to a position between Nos 5
and 6 Light Buoys (lateral) (2½ miles NNW). The
Tanker Anchorage (4.195e), lies 1 mile W.
Dazhu Hangmen to head of Meizhou Wan
4.201b
1 From a position between Nos 5 and 6 Light Buoys
(lateral) (25°04′⋅4N 119°00′⋅7E), a recommended track
(351°/171°) leads for 3 miles through a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral), passing (with positions
from Fengwei Jiao Signal Station (25°07′⋅1N
118°57′⋅8E)):
2 WSW of Dasheng Dao Light (3¾ miles SE)
(4.201a), thence:
Between No 8 Light Buoy (port hand) (3 miles SE),
marking SE end of Fengwei Sha, a narrow bank
lying NNW/SSW, least depth 0⋅9 m, and a light
buoy (starboard hand) 2½ cables NE, marking a
shoal, swept depth 2⋅5 m,closeSE.
3 The recommended track continues to a position
(2¼ miles ENE) where the track divides, and
4½ cables SSE of No 7 Light Buoy (safe
water). The lightering anchorage (4.203) lies
2½ cables E.
4 For Fujian Oil Terminal a recommended track
(341°/161°) then leads for 2¾ miles to a position off
the terminal, passing:
WSW of No 7 Light Buoy (safe water).
5 The track continues to a position off the terminal
close W of No 11 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(3½ miles NNE) moored W of a bank, depth less than
10 m, extending S from S point of Hui Yu, from
where a light (white concrete column, black bands,
6 m in height) is exhibited.
6 The jetty is marked to S marked by Fulianyou
Matou No 2 Light (white metal column, red bands,
8 m in height) (3 miles NNE), and Fulianyou Matou
No 1 Light (similar construction), 2 cables farther N.

4.201c
1 For Xiuyu, Xiaocuo and Fujian LNG Terminal:
From the above position 4½ cables SSE of No 7 Light
Buoy (safe water) (25°08′⋅0N 119°00′⋅1E) a
recommended track (004°/184°) leads through a
channel, marked by light buoys (starboard hand),
passing (with positions from Hui Yu Light (25°11′⋅4N
119°00′⋅0E)):
2 E of No 7 Light Buoy (safe water), thence:
W of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (3 miles
SSE), moored close W of the coastal bank, depths
less than 5 m, on E side of Meizhou Wan, thence:
W of Xiwuduo Light Beacon (white six sided stone
tower, 11 m in height) (2 miles SSE), at S end of
drying bank extending S from Le Yu, thence:
3 E of Hui Yu S Light (1 mile SSW) (4.201b),
thence:
W of No 13 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (9 cables
SSE), with a 7⋅5 m shoal close SE, thence:
W of Dashanding Light (white concrete column, 6 m
in height) (9½ cables ESE), exhibited from
W point of Le Yu.
4 The track then continues to position W of
No 15 Light Buoy (starboard hand) and 4 cables ESE
of Hui Yu Light (round stone tower, red and white
bands, 7 m in height), exhibited from N point of the
island.
A recommended track (325½°/145½°) then leads
for 2 miles into Xiuyu Gang, passing SW of Longhu
Yu Light (red concrete cone, 5 m in height) (1 mile N)
lying on a drying reef in the approaches to the berths.
The berths at Xiuyu on the N side of the harbour can
be approached directly.
5 Berths are under development at Xiaocuo on S side
of the harbour opposite Xiuyu, and Fujian LNG
Terminal on N side W of Longhu Yu Light.
Useful marks:
4.202
1 Luogongduo Light (white concrete column, 6 m
in height) (25°04′⋅7N 119°04′⋅2E).
Xie Yu Light (six sided stone tower, red and
white bands, 10 m in height) (25°12′⋅2N
118°58′⋅6E).
Berths and inner anchorages
1
Berths
4.202a
There are three port areas and some jetties within
Meizhou Wan and approaches:
Qinglanshan Crude Oil Terminal (25°03′N
119°01′E), opened 2009 with a T--shaped jetty for
tankers to 300 000 dwt.; no further information is
2
available.
Xiaocuo with the following areas:
Fujian Oil Terminal (25°10′N 118°59′E) with four
berths for crude oil and POL, maximum of
130 000 dwt, length 150 m, depth 16⋅5 m;
Container vessels, to N of oil terminal, no details
available;
IV
4.6
3 Xiuyu (25°13′N 118°59′E) with the following areas:
General cargo and container vessels, maximum of
30 000 dwt, length 304 m, depth 13⋅8 m,
Fujian LNG Terminal, E of other berths, maximum
of 100 000 dwt, length 400 m, draught 13⋅8 m.
Mooring buoys can accept vessels of 50 000 dwt.
4 Meizhou Dao (25°04′N 119°07′E). A jetty for
passenger vessels up to 3000 dwt extends W from the
W extremity of the island.
Talin (25°09′⋅8N 119°01′⋅4E). A small jetty lies on
the E side of the bay opposite Fujian Terminal;
approached from SSW through a channel, marked by
light beacons and light buoys (starboard hand), least
depth 2⋅5 m.
Inner anchorages
4.203
1 There are designated and other anchorages in
Meizhou Wan; the holding is reported to be good. For
outer anchorages see 4.195a.
2 Lightering Anchorage and LNG Temporary
Emergency Anchorage No 1, 1¾ cables in radius,
depth about 16 m, centred on 25°07′⋅5N 119°00′⋅6E; a
light buoy (special) is moored in the centre of the
anchorage.
3 LNG Temporary Emergency Anchorage No 2,
1
3 cables in radius, centred on 25°09′⋅0N 119°00′⋅0E.
This anchorage is not shown on the chart.
4.204 - 4.209 Spare
Port services
4.210
Facility. Floating crane.
Supplies: bunkers, water and stores and anchorage
or berths.
Communications. Airport at Xiamen (4.140) about
130 km SW, or at Fuzhou (4.307), 100 km NNE.
Chinese Notices 13/358, 361/09 and Sect 1/Ed 10/09;
Chinese Charts 14170 and 14171
(HH. 548/451/01; SDD 2009000 026794) [27/09]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2009 Edition)
Selat Gelasa - Selat Baur — Directions
143
Paragraph 7.23 2 lines 3 -4 Delete A light To reef.
Indonesian Chart 66
(SDD 2009000 009601) [27/09]
Wk27/09

NP 44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Singapore Strait and Approaches —
Submarine cables
223
After Paragraph 7.5 Insert:
Submarine cables
7.5a
1 It has been noticed (2009) that there has been an
upsurge in indiscriminate anchoring by vessels in
non -designated anchorage areas and subsequent
damage to cables in Singapore Strait. The Maritime
and Port Authority of Singapore (MPA) have stated
that they will closely monitor the identities and
positions of vessels anchoring in the vicinity of
submarine cables in Singapore Strait and, in the event
of cable damage, share information with cable owners
and other interested parties who may wish to recover
compensation from the owners and masters of vessels
responsible for damage.
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(SDD 2009000 040997) [27/09]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
Abu Dhabi - Arrival information —
Outer anchorages; submarine cables
168
Paragraph 7.229 1 lines 1 -2 including heading Replace by:
Outer anchorages
7.229
1 There are three designated anchorages: a general
anchorage lying 5½ miles NNW of Abu Dhabi Light
Buoy (7.218), and T1 and T2 for deep -draught
vessels, lying 12 miles N and 6 miles NW respectively.
All are shown on the chart.
Wk27/09
IV
4.7
After Paragraph 7.230 1 line 4 Add:
Submarine cables are laid from MØnº’ Zºyid
(7.234), one extending generally SW around the coast
to the W part of –ºlatalBaÖrºnØ (7.308) and another
extending generally WNW to the Central Production
Complex (7.241) in Umm Ad Dalkh Oilfield.
Abu Dhabi Ports Company; e -marine Dubai
(SDDs 2009000 031691; 034634) [27/09]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
Philadelphia — Directions; lights
89 -90
Paragraph 3.277 3 line 7 Replace by:
...Directional Light (3.279).
Paragraph 3.279 including heading Replace by:
Horseshoe Bend Directional Light
3.279
1 Directional Light (green square on multi -pile
structure) (39°53′⋅2N 75°08′⋅1W).
The line of bearing 061¼° of this light leads
through Horseshoe Bend, a dredged channel marked
by light buoys and buoys (lateral).
Thence the track alters onto the Horseshoe Range
Leading Lights.
US Notice 24/12313/09
(SDD 2009000 043511) [27/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil – Ilha Cotejuba — Directions; wreck
100
Paragraph 3.180 2 Replace by:
2 Clear of a narrow shoal (17½ miles NE), with a
depth of 2⋅2 m (7 ft), and:
NW of a dangerous wreck (18 miles NE), position
approximate. A light (white diamond on white
metal tube, concrete base, 8 m in height) is
exhibited from the SW side of Ilha Cotejuba.
Thence:
Brazilian Notice 8/61(T)/09
(SDD 2009000 037812) [26/09]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - West coast - Coureau d’Oléron —
Directions; wrecks
199
Paragraph 7.270 2 lines 7 -8 Delete
Paragraph 7.274 4 lines 1 -2 Delete
French Notice 09/22/18
(SDD 2009000 043618) [26/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - South -east approaches to Thames
Estuary — Pilotage; prohibited anchorage area;
Thanet Offshore Wind Farm
250
Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/09 Paragraph 11.34 3
line 15 Replace by:
Thanet NW Light Buoy (W cardinal) 51°26′⋅8N
1°33′⋅8E.
257
After Paragraph 11.84 2 Add:
It should be noted that deep -draught vessels
wishing to use Black Deep (11.61) via the Long Sand
Head Two -way Route (11.28) or via Sunk Outer and
Inner Precautionary Areas (11.25 and 11.26) may
embark a pilot at the NE Spit DW Boarding Area
(51°28′⋅0N 1°32′⋅4E) See 11.11.
Paragraph 11.86 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
Wk26/09
4.1
[26/09]
1 Prohibited anchorage area. In order to enhance
maritime safety, the North East Spit pilot boarding
stations (11.11) are enclosed within an area in which
anchoring is prohibited. Limits of the area are shown
on the chart.
Deep -draught channels and shallow -draught
channels. To reduce the risk to deep -draught vessels
resulting from traffic congestion, passage through the
Black Deep and Knock John Channel is normally
restricted to vessels with a draught of over 6 m.
Vessels wishing to enter Black Deep via Fisherman’s
Gat should seek clearance to do so from London VTS.
Port of London Authority; Thanet Offshore Wind Ltd;
Trinity House
(SDDs 2009000 041687; 041729; 042523) [26/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang - South -west
approaches— Anchorages
420
Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/09 Paragraph 12.125 1
lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 There are four inbound anchorages, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, centred as follows:
Inbound No 2 (37°04′N 126°11′E), depths 7 to 35 m.
Chang -ansä (37°03′N 126°10′E, depths 15 m to
25 m; this anchorage is in SW part of Inbound
No 2 Anchorage.
Korean Notice 21/340/09
(SDD 2009000 041412) [26/09]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2009 Edition)
Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll —
Directions; mooring buoy
64
Paragraph 3.38 3 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
3 ESE of Eilean Dubh (1¼ miles WSW), thence:
WNW of Ard Neackie (1¼ miles SSW) (3.32).
65
Paragraph 3.43 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
...(1 mile WNW), but it is necessary to avoid the swamped
mooring ground tackle centred on position 58°29′⋅6N
4°42′⋅0W, and the area of marine farms surrounding Eilean
Choraidh.
HMS Enterprise and MSIBT Portsmouth
(SDDs 2009000 039817; 042449) [26/09]

NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Scotland - East coast - Firth of Forth - Leith —
Directions; light
91 -92
Paragraph 4.57 4 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...5 cables SE. The W side of the approach channel is
marked by a sectored light beacon (144° -145°) (steel pole,
4 m in height) (55°59′⋅3N 3°10′⋅9W) and by beacons in
transit (4.58). Between the...
Forth Ports Plc Notice 16 of 2009
(SDD 2009000 042976) [26/09]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Germany - Accumer Ee — Directions; buoyage
127
Paragraph 4.299 2 lines 9 -11 Replace by:
Caution. A wreck with a swept depth of 0⋅3 m lies
close W of the fairway in position 53°45′⋅2N 7°26′⋅3E
and is marked by a buoy (E cardinal).
German Chart 89; German Notice 23/89/2009
(SDD 2009000 042464) [26/09]
IV
4.2
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights
154
Paragraph 5.138 2 line 3 -4 Replace by:
...fringing bank, and is marked by an iron perch.
Husvikodden Light (floodlit) stands ½ cable SW.
Thence:
After Paragraph 5.139 3 line 3 Insert:
WSW of Revjeodden Light (floodlit) (5 cables
NNE), and:
156
After Paragraph 5.149 3 line 2 Insert:
WSW of Askholmflaket (7½ cables NNW), a rocky
shoal marked by a light (floodlit), thence:
Norwegian Notices 10/459/09; 10/461/09; 10/464/09
(SDDs 2009000 041459; 041461; 041464) [26/09]
Wk26/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP no Page(s) Title
In force 20 June 2009
4.3
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa I 15th Edition (2009) 26/09
Nil
2 Africa II 15th Edition (2007) 11/08
67 South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge - Wüst Seamount — Shoals 38/08
141 -148 Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 17/08
156 -157 Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal 13/08
163 Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions; wreck 17/08
179 Congo — Moanda Terminal 14/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Kizomba C Terminal 36/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Girassol Terminal 12/09
196 Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa and Greater Plutonio
Terminals
38/08
203 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Anchorage; wreck 23/08
204, 206 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions 14/08
223 Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon 14/08
294 South Africa - Simon’s Town — Directions for entering harbour 30/08
3 Africa III 14th Edition (2006) 34/06
87 South Africa - Mossel Bay — Wreck 30/07
152, 154, 156 South Africa - Port Shepstone to Durban — Aliwal Shoal 22/09
270 Tanzania — Songo Songo Island 49/06
4 South -East Alaska 6th Edition (1993) Supplement No 4 15/06
2, 5 Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage 23/08
9 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
63 Felice Strait - Sealed Passage — Directions; wreck 32/08
78 Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth 09/07
84 -85 Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay - Coal Bay and Twelvemile Arm
— Shoal depths
40/06
95 Wrangell Narrows — Depths 36/07
98 Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck 32/08
107 Eastern Passage - Channel Island — Depth 30/06
108 Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage 20/07
179 Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor — Directions; depth 29/08
212 Chatham Strait - Baranof Island - Warm Spring Bay — Rock 26/08
232 Alaska - North Cape to Biorka Island — Directions; depth 21/09
234 Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth 24/08
261 Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock 24/08
305 Prince William Sound - Hinchinbrook Entrance — Submerged buoy 16/07
305 Valdez Arm — Directions 37/07
314 Prince William Sound - Orca Bay - Port Gravina — Depth 18/08
360 Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula - Port Chatham — Mooring buoy 22/08
377 Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light 15/07
389 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
5 South America I 16th Edition (2008) 25/08
5 Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water management 25/08
100 Brazil – Ilha Cotejuba — Directions; wreck 26/09
123 Brazil - North coast – Ponta da Praia Grande — Directions; light 35/08
137 Brazil – Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage; submarine cable 32/08
139 Brazil, N coast – Mucuripe — Directions; wreck 01/09
196 Brazil, E coast – Ponta Itaquena — Directions; wreck 08/09
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.4
Weekly
Edition
201 Brazil - E coast – Rio Doce south -eastwards — Directions; offshore
marks
16/09
210 Brazil – Terminal da Ponta do Ubu — Anchorages 28/08
212 Brazil - E coast – Ponta do Cacurucaia eastwards — Directions;
platform
49/08
212, 214 Brazil - E coast – Cabo de São Tomé eastwards — Directions;
platform
06/09
253 Brazil – Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck 25/08
264 Brazil – Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
268 Brazil - South coast – Itajaí — Directions; buoyage 22/09
290 Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata — Directions 25/08
298 Uruguay – Montevideo — Limiting conditions; local weather 33/08
299 Uruguay – Montevideo — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
313 Uruguay – Punta Pavón — Directions; wreck 25/09
349 Argentina – Villa Gesell — Directions; wreck 25/09
362, 364 Argentina – Golfo San Matías — Directions; light 19/09
6 South America II 17th Edition (2008) 17/09
226, 227, 228 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Light 19/09
229 Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights 22/09
236 -237 Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions; lights 22/09
251 Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light 17/09
255 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; Shoal 19/09
261, 263 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions; shoals 22/09
267 Chile - Paso Largo — Directions 17/09
7 South America III 9th Edition (2006) 03/07
71, 72 South Pacific Ocean – Sala y Gómez Ridge — Shoals 23/08
71 -72 Colombia - Coiba Ridge — Depth 28/07
78, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92 -94 Ecuador – Archipiélago de Colón — Recommended tracks 17/08
79 Ecuador - Archipiélago de Colón — Traffic regulations 24/07
111 Chile - Canal Darwin — Directions 44/07
115 Chile – Patagonian Channels – Canal King — Directions 21/07
119 Chile – Canal Moraleda — Directions; depth 30/08
129 Chile – Paso Galvarino — Directions; depth 25/09
136, 137, 138, 144, 150 Chile – Golfo Corcovado — Directions; Light 19/09
191 -192 Chile - Puerto de Corral — Pilotage 14/07
200 Chile – Boca Chica — Directions; depth 48/08
203 Chile – Bahía Coronel — Directions; wreck 23/08
205 Chile - Puerto San Vicente — Harbour; berth 16/07
211 -212 Chile - Puerto Lirquén — Anchorages 30/07
230 Chile – Bahía Quintero — Directions; leading lights 25/09
233 Chile – Paso Horcón — Directions; Shoals 19/09
310 Peru – Bahía de Paracas — Wrecks 06/09
316 Peru – Callao — Outer anchorage; wreck 31/08
337 Peru – Pimentel — Directions; production platform 31/08
343 Peru - Paita — Wreck 12/07
354, 355 Ecuador – Canal de Jambelí — Directions; buoyage 22/08
361 -362 Ecuador - Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
364 Ecuador - Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
378 Colombia – Tumaco — Anchorage 22/09
402 Panama – Balboa — Pilotage 21/09
7A South America IV 4th Edition (2007) 29/07
54 Guyane Française - Dégrad des Cannes — Directions; leading line 47/07
56 Guyane Française - Cayenne — Directions; rock awash; wreck; light
buoy
40/08
61 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Buoy 33/07
72 Guyana - New Amsterdam — Anchorage; pilots 22/08
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
107 Trinidad - Radix Point to Galera Point — Mud volcano 34/07
141 Tobago - Scarborough — Directions; wreck 09/09
152 Venezuela - Isla La Sola — Directions; light 06/08
158 -161 Venezuela - Cumaná — Light 51/07
169 Venezuela - Islas de Píritu — Directions 29/07
218 Aruba - Oranjestad — Pilotage 11/08
232 Colombia - Punta Gallinas — Directions; wrecks 19/08
258 Colombia - Puerto Zúñiga — General information; anchorage areas 29/07
267 Colombia - Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions; leading lights 31/08
300 Panama - Panama Canal — Pilotage 21/09
8 Pacific coasts of
Central America and
United States
11th Edition (2007) 34/07
8 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
175 Mexico - Puerto Vallarta — Anchorages 12/09
247 Mexico - Ensenada — Racon 34/07
249 Mexico - Ensenada — Directions 41/07
250 Mexico - Pacific coast — Energia Costa Azul LNG Terminal 16/09
270 United States of America - Pacific coast - Anaheim Bay —
Controlling depths
25/09
323 United States of America - Pacific coast - Gulf of Farallones —
Directions; buoy
17/09
328 United States of America - San Francisco Bay — Directions; depth 16/09
397 Columbia River — Advanced Notice of Entry 44/07
417 -420 United States of America – Washington — Directions 22/08
420 Washington - Umatilla Reef — Directions 51/07
455 -456 United States — Code of Federal Regulations Title 15 Part 922 13/09
9 Antarctic 6th Edition (2004) 49/04
3 Antarctic Treaty Area — Ballast water management 19/07
3, 253, 255 Antarctic Specially Protected Areas 01/05
79 Îles Crozet - Île de la Possession - Baie du Marin - Anchorage 52/05
79 Îles Crozet - Île de la Possession - Baie du Marin — Anchorage 05/07
80 Indian Ocean, Îles Kerguelen — Mooring regulations 30/06
100 Southern Ocean - Heard and McDonald Islands — Marine Reserve 14/07
125 -126 South Georgia - Cape Paryadin — Andrews Rocks 06/06
140 Signy Island - W coast — Anchorage; rock 02/08
141 South Shetland Islands - Elephant Island - Cape Valentine — Depth 24/05
146 King George Island - Tu Rocks — Beacon 37/07
154 South Shetland Islands - Deception Island - Port Foster — Directions 49/04
160 Joinville Island Group - Dundee Island - Welchness — Depth; aids to
navigation
23/06
161 Antarctic Sound - Hope Bay - Hut Cove — Rocas Denticuladas
Light -beacons
11/05
164 Trinity Island - Farewell Rock — Beacon 37/07
171 Danco Coast - Cierva Point — Beacon 37/07
10 Arctic I 7th Edition (1985) Supplement No 8 31/05
Nil
11 Arctic II 9th Edition (2004) 12/05
3 Svalbard — Navigation warning 26/07
4 Regulations - Iceland — Pollution prevention reporting scheme 13/08
4 Regulations - Iceland — Ship reporting 27/08
4, 75, 78 -79, 85 -87, 90, Iceland, south -west coast — Traffic Separation Scheme; Areas to be 17/08
94 -97
Avoided; reporting area
4 Norway - Svalbard — Position reporting regulations 35/08
17 Greenland — Ice reconnaissance 33/05
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 21/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 18/07
103 Iceland - Skerjafjördhur — Buoy; leading beacons 21/05
133 Iceland - Súgandafjördhur - Sudhureyri — Approach 46/06
149 Iceland - Berufjörður — Approaches 08/06
214 Svalbard - Bellsund and Van Mijenfjorden — Traffic regulations 38/08
226 -227 Svalbard – Ny-Ålesund — Restricted area; anchorage 12/05
253 Svalbard - Ginevrabotnen — Depths 08/08
12 Arctic III 8th Edition (2007) 41/07
173 Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord — Description;
protected area
18/09
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia I 2nd Edition (2008) 39/08
255 -256 Western Australia - North -east approaches to Exmouth Gulf —
Directions; depths
14/09
14 Australia II 10th Edition (2007) 49/07
259 Tasmania - Great Oyster Bay — Marine farm 49/07
278 New South Wales - Batemans Bay — Leading lights 49/07
290, 292 -293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — VTS reporting points 21/08
293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — Boarding grounds 49/07
304 New South Wales — Submarine cable protection zone 49/07
15 Australia III 10th Edition (2005) 04/06
4, 367 Queensland - Torres Strait and approaches — Pilotage 40/06
72, 73 Coral Sea - Mellish Reef South-south-westwards and Avon Island
South-south-westwards — Depths
23/08
88 New South Wales — Submarine cable protection zone 41/07
88 New South Wales - Bungan Head — Historic wreck 32/07
95 New South Wales - Lake Macquarie — Leading lights 06/06
127 Queensland - Gold Coast Seaway — Directions; leading lights 36/08
136 Queensland - Moreton Bay - East Channel — Depth 08/06
136 -137 Queensland - Brisbane — Controlling depths; under keel clearances 11/07
137 Queensland - Brisbane — Under -keel allowances 33/07
140 Queensland - Brisbane River - Eagle Farm Flats Reach — Leading
lights discontinued
24/06
140 Queensland - Brisbane River — Directions; leading lights 46/07
148 Australia - Queensland - Sandy Cape — Racon 22/07
148 Queensland - Barwon Bank — Directions; light buoys 48/07
151 Australia - Queensland - Wide Bay Harbour — Directions; direction
light
41/08
154 Australia, Queensland - Bustard Head Light — Red sector removed 33/07
157 Australia - Queensland - Pialba — Radio Mast 22/07
158 Queensland - Great Sandy Strait — Directions; light buoy 44/07
164 Queensland - Gladstone — Controlling depth 37/07
165 Queensland - Gladstone — Pilot boarding places 14/07
167 Queensland - Gladstone - Auckland Channel — Facing Island
Leading Light Beacons
43/07
168 -169 Australia - Queensland - Gladstone — Navaid 22/07
176, 177 Queensland - Port of Rockhampton - Port Alma — Buoyage 33/08
177 Queensland - Port of Rockhampton - Port Alma — Depths 36/08
194 Queensland - Thirsty Sound — Depth 41/07
203 Queensland - Port of Hay Point — Pilot boarding places 19/07
203 Queensland - Hay Point — Restricted area; aid to navigation 38/06
204, 206 -207 Queensland - Flat Top Island — Light discontinued 06/07
217 Queensland - Hillsborough Channel - Fantome Rocks — Depth 05/06
228 Queensland - Shute Harbour — Prohibited anchorage 14/06
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
232 Queensland - Bowen —Leading light 28/07
246 -247 Queensland - Hinchinbrook Channel — Pilotage 25/07
252 Queensland - Townsville - Breakwater Marina Channel — Depth 04/06
255 Queensland, Townsville - West Channel — Clearing line 41/07
260 Queensland - Mourilyan Harbour — Depth 04/06
295 Queensland - Eden Reef — Racon 27/06
304 Queensland - Lads Passage — Directions; buoyage 07/08
312 Queensland - Fairway Reef — Wreck 04/06
318 Queensland - Clerke Island — Light 36/06
339, 341 -343 Papua New Guinea, Round Hill Anchorage to Cloudy Bay — Beacons
discontinued
50/06
344, 348 Papua New Guinea - Port Moresby to Round Hill Anchorage —
Beacons discontinued
03/07
377 -378 Queensland - Torres Strait - Gannet Passage; Herald Patches —
Depths; buoyage
04/06
377 Queensland - Torres Strait - Gannet Passage — Depth 06/06
377, 380 Queensland - Varzin Passage — Light buoys 48/06
378 Australia, Torres Strait - Alert Patches — Light -buoy altered 50/06
378 Australia - Queensland - East Strait Island — Leading light 22/07
383 Torres Strait - Goods Island - Bertie Bay Anchorage — Obstruction 16/06
386 Queensland - Ellis Channel — Directions; buoyage 05/08
399 Queensland - Ului Island — Shoal 41/07
18 Baltic I 14th Edition (2006) 05/07
3 Denmark and Sweden - ship reporting systems — SOUNDREP;
BELTREP; discontinuation of SHIPPOS
18/08
4 Denmark - Traffic and operations — Ship movement reporting 29/07
8, 166, 176, 188, 190,
206, 213, 224, 229, 265,
360
Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
10, 13 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
61, 187 General information - entrance to Baltic Sea — IMO recommendations 19/08
62 Through Routes North Sea to Baltic Sea — IMO Maritime Safety
Committee
38/07
112 Denmark - Læsø north -eastwards — Prohibited areas 36/08
132 Sweden - Halmstad — Directions 10/07
139 Denmark — Hundested Havn — Leading lights 32/08
199 The Sound - Helsingborg to Lous Flak — Traffic Separation Scheme 17/08
204, 209 Denmark - København — Bryggebroen swing bridge 05/07
219 Sweden - Drogden and Flintrännan — Hazards; sailing race area 33/08
241 Denmark - Samsø Bælt — General information; Traffic separation
scheme
23/09
337 Denmark - Svendborg Sund — Directions; leading lights 13/09
344 Denmark - Ristinge and approaches — Rock 32/08
409 Germany - Hafen Olpenitz — Directions 14/07
436 Germany - Lübeck — Directions 14/07
444 Germany - Gedser to Baltic Sea — Controlling depth 38/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 14/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 22/07
450 Germany - Stralsund approaches — Darßer Ort 48/07
19 Baltic II 14th Edition (2008) 27/08
10, 91 Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
13, 17 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
87, 108, 109 Sweden - Gotland — Faludden Light 19/09
234 Sweden - Stora Vika — Arrival information 23/09
295, 296 Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb — Directions; Armbågen Light 15/09
296 Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light beacon 29/08
379 Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information; anchorages 48/08
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
385 Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage; wreck 27/08
394 -395, 413 -414 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 08/09
394, 395 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes 13/09
394 Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; racon 23/09
20 Baltic III 10th Edition (2006) 45/06
10 Finland - Traffic and operations — Recommended tracks 22/07
90, 444 -445, 452 Sweden - Norra Kvarken - Stora Fjäderägg — Light 34/08
101 Estonia - Paldiski — Anchorages 08/09
103 Estonia - Tallinn — Anchorage 25/07
109 Estonia - Muuga — Pilotage 47/06
120 Russia - Sankt Peterburg and approaches — Anchorage 37/08
123 Russia - Kronshtadskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater — Directions; wreck 17/08
155 Finland - Approach to Inkoo — Directions 45/06
161 Finland - Björköfjärden — Anchorage 05/07
163, 168 Finland - Helsinki — Directions 35/08
172 Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — General information; directions 12/09
172 Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — Draught 03/08
186 Finland - Kejvsalö Östra Fjärd — Authorised draught 07/07
200 Finland - Approaches to Hamina — Einonkarinmatala Light 25/07
207 Finland - Maringinlahti — Directions 34/08
212 -213 Russia - Vyborg — Directions 40/07
223 Finland - Utö to Flötjan — Directions 45/06
228 Finland - Channel via Paraistenportti — Directions 45/06
231 Finland - Hanko to Utö — Anchorage; authorised draught 44/08
241, 242 Finland - Lövskär to Rajakari — Directions; authorised draughts 44/08
251 Finland - Saaristomeri — Routes from Kökar; draught 09/09
261 -263 Finland - Maarianhamina — Approach; directions 45/06
263 Finland - Maarianhamina and approaches — Shoaling 34/07
279 -280 Finland - Hylkkari to Kloppi — Directions 45/06
282 Finland - Uusikaupunki — Directions 20/07
284, 285, 288, 289 Finland - Rauma and approaches — Nurmes Light 24/09
287 Finland - Kuuskajaskari — Directions 04/07
318 Finland - Vaasa — Leading lights 04/07
329 Finland - Himanka — Authorised draught 07/07
375 Approaches to Karskär and Långharen — Directions 14/08
384 -386 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Authorised draughts;
directions
35/08
384 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Draughts 46/07
385 Sweden - Söderhamn — Anchorage 12/08
402 Sweden - Galtström — Directions 45/06
421 Sweden - Storön to Södra Ulvön - Inshore passage — Directions; light 34/08
435, 444 Sweden - Norra Kvarken — Holmögadd Light 23/09
439 -442 Sweden - Umeå and approaches — Directions 50/07
485 -486 Sweden - Malören to Repskärsfjärden — Authorised draughts 10/08
21 Bay of Bengal 10th Edition (1978) Supplement No 12 24/04
1 East coast of India — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
2 Tsunami 03/05
4, 143 Thailand — Firing Practice Areas 05/07
53 India - Coromandel coast - Kºverippattinam — Dangerous wreck 45/04
56 India - Chennai — Submarine cables 08/07
56 India - Coromandel coast - Chennai Light — Racon 13/05
59 India - Coromandel coast — Rºmºypatnam Light 06/05
60 India - Coromandel coast - Nizampatnam — Light 33/04
61 India - Coromandel coast - Approaches to Kºkinºda - Vºkalapødi
Light — Racon
06/06
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
63 India, East coast - Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Dolphin’s Nose
Light — Racon
05/06
63 Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Gangavaran Port — Development 17/07
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Inner Harbour — Development 39/04
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Outer Harbour — Development 35/04
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Light 43/05
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Depth 45/06
70 India - East coast - Paradip — VLCC Anchorage 22/06
80 India - Swatch of No -Ground — Depths 39/06
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 26/04
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 31/04
83 -85 Bangla Desh - Chittagong — Wrecks; pilot boarding position 44/06
87 Bangladesh - Chittagong coast - Cox’s Bluff — Submarine cable;
anchorage
25/05
87 Bangladesh - Cox’s Bazar South -westwards — Submarine cable 03/07
105 Burma (Myanmar) — Yadana Gasfield 29/05
144 Thailand, West coast - Mu Ko Similan - Ko Similan Eastwards —
Rock
03/07
160 Andaman Islands - Port Blair - Hood Point — Dangerous wreck 45/05
162 Andaman Sea - The Sisters — Dangerous Wreck 15/07
162 Andaman Islands - South Brother Island — Rock 11/05
22 Bay of Biscay 10th Edition (2007) 35/07
53 Bretagne - Pointe de Penmarc’h — Directions 11/08
55 France - Saint -Guénole — Directions; lights 10/09
58 Loctudy - Chenal de l’Ouest — Directions 36/07
87 Approaches to Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 17/08
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 35/07
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 13/08
89 France - West Coast - Lorient - Le Scorff — Directions; direction
light
22/09
111 Île Hoëdic - Port de l’Argol — Directions 15/08
113 Baie de Quiberon — Directions 42/07
122 -123 Rade de Pénerf — Directions 50/07
135, 137 France - La Loire Approaches - Chenal du Sud — Directions 26/08
138 France - La Loire — Directions; secondary channel; buoyage 45/08
162 Baie de Bourgneuf - Eastern Part - Le Fain — Directions 35/07
178 France - West coast - Pertuis Breton — Directions; obstruction 50/08
181 Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions 52/07
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions 32/08
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; wrecks 26/09
199 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoyage 35/08
199 Coureau D’Oléron — Directions 50/07
201 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoy 14/09
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions; buoyage 35/08
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions 26/08
215 La Gironde - Secondary Channel — Directions 35/07
224 Bassin d’Arcachon — Directions 36/07
231 France - West coast - Bayonne — Directions; leading lights 37/08
233 Approaches to Baie de Saint -Jean -De -Luz — Directions 06/08
245 Pasaia to Punta Mariantón — Directions 35/07
258 Spain - North coast - Bilbao — Directions; bridge 18/09
272 Spain - Santander — Directions; light beacon; dolphins 09/09
275, 276 Spain - North coast - Ría de Suances — Directions; beacons 45/08
282, 284 Cabo Lastres to Cabo San Lorenzo and Gijon — Directions 41/07
301 Spain - North coast - Ribadeo — Directions; light beacon 44/08
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
23 Bering Sea and Strait 6th Edition (2004) 21/04
15, 26, 88, 140 -141,
159, 171 -172, 188,
191 -194, 215 -218,
221 -222, 226 -227, 234,
243, 248 -252, 255, 257,
259 -262, 269, 276
United States — Protection of wildlife 40/05
15 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
101 Saint Paul Harbor — Racon 37/07
114 Alaska - Kodiak Island - Geese Channel — Controlling depth 38/08
146 Alaska Peninsula - Unavikshak Island — Depth 29/07
151 Alaska Peninsula - Kuiukta Bay — Depth 31/07
191 Aleutian Islands - Akun Strait — Current 33/07
194 Aleutian Islands - Baby Pass — Depth 37/07
194 Aleutian Islands – Baby Pass — Depth 22/08
195 Aleutian Islands - Unalga Pass — Depths 05/08
230 Aleutian Islands, west part — Atka 27/06
307 Norton Sound - Cape Rodney — Shoal depths 40/06
307 Alaska - Nome Harbor; Snake River — Entrance; caution 04/06
422 -424 United States Code of Federal Regulations - Ports and Waterways
Safety - General — Notice of Arrival Information Items
19/05
431 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
24 Black Sea and Sea of
Azov
2nd Edition (2006) 07/07
78 Turkey - Ince Burnu — Natural gas pipeline 23/07
83 Turkey - Erdek — anchorage 19/09
86 Turkey - BandÝrma — Dangerous wreck 46/08
88 Marmara Denizi - Mudanya LimanÝ - Anchorage — Caution 11/07
97 Turkey - zmit Körfezi — Autoport Terminal 41/08
101 Turkey - Adalar passage — Isolated danger buoy 34/07
103 Turkey - Port of stanbul — Directions 49/08
113, 135 -136, 138 -140,
238 -240
Georgia - TSS; approaches; restricted areas 45/07
115 Turkey - North coast - Kefken Adasi to EreÔli — Akçakoca Gas Field 45/08
116 Turkey - EreÔli — Anchorages 15/07
117 Turkey - EreÔli — Spoil ground light buoy 30/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Karadeniz LPG Terminal 20/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Espiye Petroleum Terminal 42/07
155 Romania - Mangalia anchorage — Dangerous wreck 33/07
159 Romania - Midia — Anchorage 04/09
181 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Anchorage 05/08
189 Ukraine - Yuzhnyy — Obstruction 05/08
206, 207, 211, 212, 215, Ukraine - Mys Tarkhankut to Mys Mehanom — Recommended routes; 43/08
219, 220, 221
TSS
222 Ukraine - Yalta — Anchorage 19/07
230 Russia - Novorossiyskaya Bukhta — Danger area 30/07
234 Russia - Tuapse — Controlling depth 18/08
236 Russia - Sochi — Controlling depth 48/07
241, 242 Georgia - Mys Kodori to Reyd Redut -Kale — Routes 35/08
242 Georgia - Reka Khobi — Kulevi Terminal 17/08
253 Sea of Azov — Wreck 09/08
257 Ukraine - Port Azovstal’ — Channel depth 45/07
263 Sea of Azov - Kosa Yelenina — Wreck 50/07
25 British Columbia I 13th Edition (2007) 13/08
79 Canada - Oak Bay - Robson Reef — Beacon 16/09
81 Juan de Fuca Strait - Buoyage — Racons 20/09
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
82 United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait - Protection Island —
Buoy
25/09
202 Port of Vancouver — Ballast water exchange 15/08
385, 386 Vancouver Island - Gillam Channel — Directions; buoyage 39/08
26 British Columbia II 9th Edition (2005) 29/05
66 -67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213 -214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel 7th Edition (2008) 34/08
65 England – South -west coast — Routeing; Off Land’s End Traffic
Separation Scheme
23/09
101, 105 England - South coast - Falmouth — Regulations concerning entry;
harbour regulations
34/08
103 England – South coast - Falmouth — Directions; light buoy 13/09
104 England – South coast - Falmouth — Directions; direction light 06/09
110 England – South Coast - Par — Pilotage; port radio; boarding position 08/09
127 England – South coast - Plymouth approaches — Directions; buoy 15/09
132 England – South coast - Plymouth - Hamoaze — Directions; shoal 17/09
158, 161 Approaches to Exmouth — Depths; buoyage; light; pilotage; directions 41/08
159, 160 England - South coast - Teignmouth — Approach channel buoyage;
directions
37/08
172, 172 -173, 175, 176 England - South coast - Portland Harbour — Directions; fairway;
buoyage; marina
17/09
186 England - South coast - Poole — Traffic Regulations 34/08
202 England - South coast -The Solent - Approaches - Nab Anchorages
— Hazard
36/08
212 England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Approaches to Yarmouth
Harbour — Directions; light buoy
51/08
219, 220 England - South coast - Chichester — Directions for entering harbour 34/08
219, 220 England - South Coast - Approaches to Chichester Harbour —
Directions; landmark
41/08
221 England - South coast - Langstone Harbour — Pilotage 34/08
233 England – South coast - Portsmouth – Swashway — Directions; depth 21/09
240 England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Cowes — Chain ferry 34/08
252 England – South Coast - Southampton — Berths; depths 08/09
269 France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions 34/08
269 France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions; Light buoy 45/08
272, 273 France - Approaches to Brest — Directions; light 36/08
273 France - Approaches to Brest - Sea to waiting area — Directions 34/08
280 France - North -west coast - Rade de Brest — Directions; leading
lights
07/09
315 France - North coast - Approaches to Perros -Guirec — Directions;
wreck
45/08
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
343 France - North coast - Approaches to Baie de la Fresnaye — Wreck 51/08
359, 368 Channel Islands - Guernsey - Saint Peter Port — Anchorages 34/08
388, 395 Channel Islands – Jersey - Saint Helier — Pilotage regulations; vessel
traffic service
10/09
402 Channel Islands - Jersey - East coast - Gorey — Directions 34/08
410 -411 France – North coast - Diélette — Pilotage 24/09
416 France - North coast - Cherbourg — Pilotage 24/09
416 France - Cherbourg — Traffic regulations; waiting areas 37/08
28 Dover Strait 8th Edition (2008) 13/09
177, 178, 189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions; buoyage 19/09
177 -178 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte — Directions; lights 15/09
189 The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat — controlling depth 13/09
217, 219, 221, 223 The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary Area — Buoyage 24/09
221 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Directions;
buoyage
15/09
246, 247, 250, 256, 257, England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages; 13/09
258, 259
buoyage; wind farm; emergency procedures
249 England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary — Sunk VTS 25/09
250, 257 England - South -east approaches to Thames Estuary — Pilotage;
prohibited anchorage area; Thanet Offshore Wind Farm
26/09
278 England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS 13/09
305, 306, 310 England - River Thames — Emergency procedures; traffic regulations;
depths
13/09
30 China Sea I 7th Edition (2007) 47/07
70 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Anambas — Directions; major lights 32/08
84 China - Hainan Dao - East coast — Wenchang Terminal 27/08
102 Peninsular Malaysia - East Coast - Approaches to Pelabuhan Kuantan
— Light buoy
27/08
128 -129 Thailand - Bangkok Bar anchorage — Wreck 35/08
142 Thailand - Ko Chang — Major light 45/08
189, 190 Vietnam - Nha Trang — Directions; vertical clearance 21/09
233, 234 China - Fangcheng — Outer anchorages; pilot boarding positions 14/09
233 China - Gulf of Tongking - Baisungong — Major light; racon 23/09
233 -234 China - Hainan Dao - Fangcheng Gang — Directions; berths 14/08
244 China - Hainan Dao - Haikou — Directions; buoyage 26/08
246 China - Shuangyu Zui — Racon 23/09
246 China – South -west approaches to Zhujiang Kou — Directions 30/08
251 China - South Coast - Dajin Island — Wreck 36/08
253 China - South coast - Zhanjiang — Directions; leading lights 06/08
260 Gulf of Tonkin - Hainan Dao westwards — Gas pipeline; safety zone 18/08
274 China - Guangzhou and Huangpu — Pilot station 47/08
275 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai - Dabaipai Dao —
Racon
27/08
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Island — Directions; obstruction 15/09
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Channel TSS — Directions; wreck 27/08
277 China - Lantau Island northwards — Tonggu Channel 11/09
279 China - South Coast - Approaches to Macao — Racon; dangerous
wreck
27/08
281 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai — Directions; wreck 26/08
284, 286 China - Zhujiang — Huangpu Bridge 09/09
286 China - South Coast - Zhujiang - Approaches to Huangpu -
Dahaozhou Shuidao — Obstruction
27/08
336, 346 China - South coast - Qing Zhou — Directions; caution 37/08
346 China - South Coast - Daxingshan Jiao — Wreck 18/08
350 China - Huizhou Gang — Racon 06/09
351 China south coast - Huizhou - Mabianzhou Hangdao — Directions;
leading lights
49/08
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
31 China Sea II 8th Edition (2006) 11/07
69 South China Sea - Union Reefs — Light float 31/08
71 South China Sea - Subi Reef — Light float 31/08
78 Singapore Strait eastwards – Pulau Pengibu — Rock 11/07
80 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Natuna Utara - Pulau Sebetul — Major light 32/08
81, 85 Indonesia – Kepulauan Natuna — Major lights 27/08
84 Indonesia – Kalimantan – Alur Pelayaran Serasan — Obstruction 08/08
111 -112 Malaysia – Sarawak – Pelabuhan Bintulu — Harbour 17/08
117 Sarawak – Approaches to Miri — Anchorage; pipeline 26/07
118 Malaysia – Sarawak– Tanjung Baram north -westwards — Wreck 22/07
140 Malaysia – Sarawak – Approaches to Batang Lawas — Shoal 07/08
186, 188 -189, 192 -193, Philippine Islands – Luzon - Manila — Directions; VTMS; TSS; 08/08
195 -198, 201
anchorages; depths; wrecks
202 Philippines – Subic Bay — Depths 17/08
32 China Sea III 6th Edition (2007) 11/08
15, 69, 82, 114 T’ai -wan — Routeing; mainland trade links 23/09
69, 125 China - South Coast - Taiwan Strait — Wrecks 07/09
69 China - South Coast - Taiwan Strait — Wrecks 09/09
74 T’ai -wan - West coast - Kao -hsiung — Outer anchorages 11/08
87 T’ai -wan - West Coast - Mai -Liao approaches — Directions; wreck 21/08
94 -95 T’ai -wan, North coast - Tan -Shui N; Sha Lung Oil Terminal SW —
Prohibited anchorages
11/08
120 T’ai -wan, E coast - Hua -lien N and E — Directions; prohibited areas 11/08
121 T’ai -wan, East coast - Su -ao — Anchorage; pilot boarding position 12/08
126, 133 China - South Coast - Haimen Jiao west -southwestwards — Wrecks 24/09
126, 133 China - Zhelang Yan to Xiamen Gang — Directions; wrecks 30/08
129, 131 China - South -east coast - Shantou Gang — Directions; depths;
vertical clearances; lights
38/08
131 China - South East Coast - Approaches to Shantou — Wreck 27/08
131 China - South -east Coast - Approaches to Shantou — Wreck 24/09
133 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiongdi Yu SE — Directions; wreck 11/08
134, 137 China - Taiwan Strait - Gulei Tou South -eastwards — Wreck; shoals 12/09
140, 145, 147 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Depths; vertical clearances;
names
35/08
140, 145, 146, 147 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Depths; vertical clearances;
shoal bank
01/09
144 -145, 147 Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions 14/08
155 China - South Coast - Quanzhou Wan eastwards — Directions; wreck 29/08
155, 156 China - Taiwan Strait - Meizhou Wan — Pilotage; anchorages 36/08
Wk26/09
159, 160, 161, 166, 169,
179
China - East coast - Xinghua Wan; Fuzhou Jiangyin; Haitan Haxia;
Songxia; Fuzhou and Luoyuan Wan — Vessel traffic service;
anchorage
51/08
159 China - East Coast - Nanri Shuidao — Directions; wreck 16/08
162 China - South Coast - Haitan Haixia — Directions; wrecks 36/08
166 China - East Coast - Songxia Gang approaches - Niu Jiao —
Approach channel; anchorages
25/08
173 China - East Coast - Mazu Ao — Wreck 08/09
183 China - East Coast - Jiaobei Dao — Directions; lights; wrecks 42/08
183 China - East Coast - Pinyang Zui south -eastwards — Directions;
wreck
25/08
186, 189, 190, 191 China - East Coast - Wenzhou Wan and Leqing Wan and approaches
— Directions; wreck; buoyage; anchorages; pilotage
50/08
188 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan — Directions; wreck 11/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Huangda Xia — Directions 12/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Xibei Men — Submarine cable 12/08
207, 213, 214, 221 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Directions; depths;
traffic regulations; buoyed channel
10/09

NP no
IV
Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
208, 236 -238, 252 -256 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou — Routeing measures;
anchorages; pilotage; lights
23/08
208, 236 - 239, 251 - China - East coast - Changjiang Kou — Routeing measures; TSS; 40/08
256
directions; anchorages; pilotage; lights; racons
209 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Waiyangang Dao
north -northeastwards — Obstructions
42/08
209, 211 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Maji Shan Gang — VTS;
anchorages; pilotage
26/08
210, 229 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Waiyangang Dao north
northwestwards — Directions; wreck
16/09
211, 236 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Dahuanglong Dao eastwards
— Wreck
42/08
213, 214 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Directions; depths;
buoyed channel
16/09
213, 215, 227 China - Zhitou Yang and Luotou Shuidao — Pilot boarding position;
wreck
47/08
214 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Buoyed channel 27/08
219, 220, 243 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Huoshan Liedao northwards —
Wrecks, buoy
42/08
221 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Jintang Shuidao northwards
—Depth
42/08
222, 224 China - East Coast - Ningbo Gang — Wrecks 11/09
223,224 China - East Coast - Ningbo Gang — Directions; wreck 05/09
231 China - East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Daishan Shuidao S approach
— Rock; light
11/09
231 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Daishan Shuidao —
Directions; wreck
11/08
239, 240 China - East Coast - Qiqu Liedao eastwards — Buoys; pilotage 39/08
245, 246 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Hangzou Wan Kuhai Bridge —
Fairways; vertical clearances; traffic; lights; racons; directions
39/08
251 - 257 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou including outer and inner
approaches — Directions; anchorages; regulations; buoyage
49/08
263 China - East coast - Chang Jiang — Depths 11/08
264 -265, 267 China - Chang Jiang - Baoshan — Anchorages; regulations;
directions; buoyage
04/09
291, 293, 294 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Depths; obstructions;
anchorage
31/08
295, 297 -298 China - Yellow Sea coast - Approaches to Rizhao Gang — Directions;
anchorage areas
11/08
296, 299, 301, 302 Yellow Sea - Qingdao Gang — Directions; pilot boarding positions 49/08
305 China - Yellow Sea - Qianli Yan east -northeastwards — Directions;
shoal
42/08
305, 307 China - Yellow Sea - Sushan Dao south eastwards — Wreck 08/09
305, 307 China - Yellow Sea - Sushan Dao south eastwards — Wreck; light
buoy
24/09
306, 307 China - Yellow Sea - Fengcheng - Haiyang Gangqu — Directions;
buoyage; anchorages
08/09
309 China - Yellow Sea - Moye Dao east -south -eastwards — Directions;
wreck
22/09
313, 323, 325, 326, 331, China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia - Changshan Shuidao and
14/09
332, 350
Laotieshan Shuidao — Routes; directions; vessel traffic services;
regulations and traffic separation schemes
313, 326 China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia and approaches including
Changshan Shuidao — Directions; wrecks
05/09
319 China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai — Directions; wreck 11/08
319 China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai — Depths 01/09
324 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang north north
eastwards — Wreck; buoy
31/08
325 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang and
Luanjiakou — Directions; light
44/08
327, 362 -363 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian — VTS; limiting conditions; anchorages;
regulations
21/08
4.14
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
332, 336, 339, 341, 342 China - Bo Hai - Caofeidan and Tianjin Xingang — Vessel traffic
service; directions; anchorages; pilotage
06/09
333, 334 China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou — Shoal; buoy 25/09
334 China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou — Directions 13/08
334, 336 China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan — Directions; wrecks 06/09
336, 337 China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches — Directions; lights;
wrecks; buoyage
44/08
337 China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches — light; wrecks;
buoyage
18/08
339, 341, 343 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang and Caofeidian — Anchorage;
pilotage
18/08
339 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang — Obstruction; wreck; buoy;
anchorage
34/08
342 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Qinhuangdao south south eastwards
— Wreck; buoy
01/09
342 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Qinhuangdao southwards —
Directions
25/09
349 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Huludao Gang — New port area;
lights; directions
04/09
355, 357 China - Liaodong Wan - Yingkou — Directions; depth; buoyage;
leading lights
47/08
357 -358 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Taiping Jiao north -westwards —
wreck; buoyage
18/08
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Controlling depths; directions; leading
lights
20/08
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Depths; anchorages; channels; lights;
basins
17/09
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Wreck; buoy 06/09
367, 370, 438 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Dadong approaches — Wreck 35/08
368 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Huangquan Pier 11/08
375 China - East China Sea — Wrecks 12/08
381, 387, 389 -390,
393 -395
Korea, West Coast - Mokp’o and approaches — Directions; berths 11/08
398 Korea, West Coast - Punam Kundo to Kogunsan Kundo — Depths;
wrecks; fish havens
13/09
402 Korea, West Coast - Kunsan and approaches — Anchorage;
regulations
20/08
408, 412, 414, 418 Korea, West Coast - Boryeong, Taesan, T’aean Hang and Tangjin
Hwaryok Seaberth — Vessel traffic service; port operations
40/08
411, 413, 416 Korea, West coast - Taesan approaches — Directions 11/08
416 Korea - West Coast - Taesan approaches — Shoals; wrecks 43/08
417 Korea - West coast - P’yängt’aek approaches — Pilotage 25/09
420 Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang - South west approaches —
Anchorages
22/09
420 Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang - South -west approaches—
Anchorages
26/09
33 Philippine Islands 3rd Edition (2008) 22/08
238, 243 -244 Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage — Vessel traffic
management system
04/09
34 Indonesia II 4th Edition (2006) 13/07
78 Jawa - Tanjung Awarawar — Terminal 13/07
82, 87, 93 Madura — Wrecks 13/07
107, 117 Bali - Giliselang Light — Racon removed 14/07
107, 114 Selat Lombok - Tanjung Pandanan — Major Light 10/09
215 Kalimantan - Sungai Sampit - Tanjung Bandaran — Light 13/07
218 Sungai Barito Lombok - Tanjung Pedadatua — Major light 12/09
233 Kalimantan — South Pulau Laut Coal Terminal 32/08
254 Kalimantan - Tanjung Bara Coal Terminal — Depth 25/07
265, 268, 270 -271 Sulawesi - Approaches to Makassar — Light withdrawn 13/07
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
360 Indonesia - Sulawesi - Teluk Tomori - Marine Terminal 07/08
35 Indonesia III 4th Edition (2008) 29/08
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
36 Indonesia I 6th Edition (2009) 18/09
Nil
37 West Coasts of
England and Wales
17th Edition (2008) 44/08
58, 59, 60, 61 England – South–west coast — Offshore routes; directions 23/09
140 England – West coast - River Severn — Landmarks; tower 06/09
155, 166 Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth;
depths at berths
51/08
155, 158 Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven — Limiting conditions 09/09
157 Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven — Regulations concerning
entry
07/09
162 Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven - Approach to
Semlogistics and Dragon Gas LNG Terminals — Depth
07/09
169 Wales – South -west coast – Milford Haven - River Cleddau above
Pembroke Dock — Vertical clearance
15/09
222 Wales – North–west coast – Bangor — Light buoy 12/09
233 -235, 244 -246, 260 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 51/08
234, 235 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Traffic separation scheme 23/09
270, 271, 317, 318 England – West coast – Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 18/09
38 West Coast of India 15th Edition (2007) 24/07
2 West coast of India; Lakshadweep — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
203, 204, 205, 207 Ports of Mangalore and New Mangalore — Directions; wrecks; racon 44/08
213, 215 Kºrwºr — Traffic regulations; naval harbour 24/07
217 Kºrwºr — Anchorage; foul ground 24/07
228, 242, 244 245, 246, Mumbai (Bombay) harbour and approaches — Directions; Safety 50/08
247, 248
Fairways; TSS; anchorage; traffic regulations
236 Maharastra - Pavas Bay — Ranpar Port 04/08
242 Konkan coast - Mumbai approaches — Offshore route 32/07
269 Gulf of Khambhºt —SØmar 24/07
271 - 273 PØpºvºv Port and PØpºvºv Bandar 49/08
272 Jºfarºbºd toGopnºth Point - PØpºvºv Port — Directions 16/08
283, 285 -286 Verºval to Kachchigadh — Directions; depths; wrecks 32/08
310 Gulf of Kachchh - Kandla Harbour — Tidal stream 48/07
322 Port Muhammad Bin Qasim - Ahsan Channel — Dangerous wreck 43/08
327 Pakistan - Karachi Harbour — Directions: buoyage 51/08
330 Pakistan - Ras Muari to Astola Island - Directions; dangerous wreck 16/09
336 -337 Pakistan - Astola Island to Gwatar Bay — Gwadar 11/09
39 South Indian Ocean 12th Edition (2008) 21/08
236, 239 Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria — Anchorages; disused cables 05/09
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint -Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast 17th Edition (2006) 50/06
50 Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock South -south -westwards — Depth 11/07
54, 57, 58, 174, 195,
208, 211
Ireland – East coast – South Rock — Buoyage 12/09
65, 69, 72 South–west coast – Bantry Bay — Firing practice area 11/09
70, 73 Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock 01/07
135 South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage 01/07
136 -137, 139 South -east coast - Saltee Islands — Buoyage 12/07
137 South -east coast - Hook Head — Dangerous wreck 13/07
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
138 -141 South -east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon 27/07
139 -140 South coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge; Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy 19/07
185 East coast – Dundalk — Directions 13/09
185 East coast - Port Oriel — Light 03/07
186 Entrance to Carlingford Lough - Directions; Haulbowline turning light 32/08
186 Northern Ireland – East coast – Carlingford Lough — Directions; buoy 18/09
198, 200 East coast - Strangford Narrows — Underwater turbine 23/08
218 Port of Belfast — Traffic Organisation Service 01/07
224 Northern Ireland – East coast – Larne — Pilotage 10/09
307 Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour — Directions; Light buoy 39/08
332 West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights; light -beacon 01/07
368 Sound of Aran - Burtonport — Dredged channel; rocks 38/07
381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Water quality monitoring buoys 49/07
41 Japan I 8th Edition (2006) 17/06
97 Honshu -North -west Coast -Sakaiminato — Bridge; locks 37/08
224, 226 Hokkaido - Shakotan Misaki — Ramark 51/08
255 Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Higashi Ko — Directions;
leading line
37/08
329 -338 Index 36/06
42A Japan II 1st Edition (2007) 35/07
85 Honshu - Shio -no -Misaki — Ramark 32/08
85, 147 Honshu - Hino Misaki and Omae Saki — Ramarks 36/08
108 Honshu - Irago Suido — Traffic Regulations 06/08
135 -136 Honshu - Ise Wan - Nakayama Suido — East channel 12/08
145 Honshu - Omae Saki — Ramark 32/08
201, 205 Honshu - Tokyo Wan, N part — Directions; traffic regulations 14/08
42B Japan III 7th Edition (1981) Supplement No 11 15/06
Nil
42C Japan IV 2nd Edition (2008) 18/09
Nil
43 South and East Coasts
of Korea, East Coast of
Siberia and Sea of
Okhotsk
8th Edition (2008) 30/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
174, 175 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches - Nasa — Major light 05/09
178, 179 Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light 05/09
190, 191 Korea - East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light 05/09
44 Malacca Strait and
West Coast of
Sumatera
9th Edition (2008) 05/09
189, 193, 195, 198 Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang - Permatang Angsa —
Major light
05/09
45 Mediterranean I 13th Edition (2008) 50/08
145 Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage 22/09
145 Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage 12/09
208 Isla de Mallorca - Puerto de Cala Ratjada — Anchorage 25/09
260 Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck 21/09
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
367, 368 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit;
fishing
51/08
Wk26/09

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
377 Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks 22/09
508 Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions 19/09
46 Mediterranean II 12th Edition (2007) 36/07
58 France - Gulf of Lions - Canet -Plage — Restricted area 07/09
88 -89 France - Approaches to Marseille - Rade d’Endoume — Submerged
artificial reefs
50/07
138 Italy - San Remo — Wreck 36/07
139 Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited areas 17/08
139 Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine area; submarine
cables; outfall
33/08
146 Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions 49/07
148 -149, 151 Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing measures; recognition
zones; prohibited area
10/08
151 Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno — Submarine pipelines 22/08
158 Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria — Marine nature reserve 44/08
172 Italy - La Spezia — Wreck 01/09
231 Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded ordnance 36/07
240 Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas 08/08
240 Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini -Edison — Anchorage;
obstructions; prohibited area
49/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited area; anchorages 50/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Buoyed fairway 08/08
294 Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded ordnance 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power cable 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio — Prohibited areas; wreck 14/09
329 Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions; obstructions 49/07
338 Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree — Protected Marine Area 35/08
346 Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli — Marine parks and reserves 35/08
348 Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 08/08
348 Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 29/08
348 Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area 22/08
349 Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve 09/08
349 Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall 08/08
353 Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion 08/08
355 Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck 28/08
362, 367 Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele — Prohibited areas 19/08
367 Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited area 24/08
47 Mediterranean III 13th Edition (2008) 01/09
68, 69 Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north -eastwards — FPSO; restricted area 01/09
81 Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane operations area 07/09
85 Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
104 Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal 01/09
112 Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock 01/09
182 Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck 01/09
465, 470 Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane operations areas 07/09
467 Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste — Wreck 16/09
499 Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions 01/09
509 Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area 07/09
509 Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens; wellhead 01/09
526 Italy - Ancona — Wreck 01/09
48 Mediterranean IV 13th Edition (2006) 43/06
85 Kríti - Réthymno — Anchorages 21/08
160 -161 Greece - SW approach to Póros Megáron — Revithoúsa LNG terminal 43/06
190 Greece - Órmos Íou — Restricted area 43/06
245 South Aegean - Órmos Livádia — Wreck 30/07
273 South Aegean - Órmos Lakkí — Wreck 18/08
Wk26/09

IV
352 -355 North Aegean - Thessaloníki — TSS 22/09
355 Greece - Thessaloníki — Dangerous wreck 27/08
429 Turkey—AliaÔa LNG Terminal 20/07
49 Mediterranean V 10th Edition (2008) 17/09
Nil
50 Newfoundland and
Labrador
12th Edition (2006) 37/06
160 Newfoundland – Grand Bank Harbour — Directions; sector light 49/08
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
300 Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island – Directions; sector light 49/08
323 -324 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm — Buoyage
changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage 43/06
406 Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage changed 38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430 Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich Bay
— Buoyage changed
38/06
438 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South -west of George Island — Buoyage
changed
39/06
451 -453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466 -467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468 Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage changed 39/06
473 -474 Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run —
Buoyage changed
39/06
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
51 New Zealand 17th Edition (2007) 04/08
222 North Island - Auckland — Pilot boarding position 04/08
269, 271 -272 North Island - East coast - Napier — Directions 12/08
307 Kermadec Islands — National Nature Reserves and Marine Reserve 43/08
52 North Coast of
Scotland
7th Edition (2009) 22/09
64, 65 Scotland - North coast - Loch Eriboll — Directions; mooring buoy 26/09
116 Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading lights 22/09
139 Scotland - North -east coast - Cromarty Firth — Invergordon; berth 22/09
162 Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages; designated berths and
prohibited anchorage areas
22/09
54 North Sea (West) 7th Edition (2006) 11/07
63, 65 -66 Scotland, East coast - Todhead Point Light 26/07
68 Montrose - Annat Shoal — Outer Buoy 19/07
85, 87 Scotland - Firth of Forth — Pilot boarding positions; waiting
anchorage
06/09
85, 87, 90, 94, 99, 106 Scotland - Firth of Forth and River Forth — Anchorages; tide guage;
vertical clearances
44/08
Wk26/09
4.19

IV
91 -92 Scotland - East coast - Firth of Forth - Leith — Directions; light 26/09
94, 98 -99 Scotland - River Forth - Braefoot Marine Terminal — Directions;
leading lights
41/08
99 -100, 105 Firth of Forth — Directions; track 02/08
104 Scotland - River Forth - Rosyth — Directions; light beacon 41/08
125 Holy Island Harbour — Directions 12/08
132 Port of Blyth — Notice of ETA required; pilotage 44/07
132 Blyth — Natural conditions 19/07
135, 137 -138 Port of Tyne — Vessel traffic service 29/07
137 Port of Tyne - Tyne Commission Quay — Depth 16/07
148 -149 Hartlepool — Traffic signals 41/07
161, 165, 166, 167, 168, England - East coast - Approaches to River Humber - New Sand Hole 23/09
189, 190
north -eastwards — Anchorage; TSS; buoyage; DW anchorage
165 River Humber — Pilotage 16/08
173 River Humber — Killingholme Direction Light 16/07
174 River Humber - Immingham Dock — Directions; lights in line 21/09
177 River Humber — Skitter Channel 02/08
177, 178 River Humber—Humber Sea Terminal and North Killingholme Oil
Jetty
33/08
189, 192 Approaches to The Wash - Wind farm development areas 11/07
190 River Humber to Cromer - Outer Dowsing Channel — Aids to
navigation
19/09
192, 193 Wells Harbour — Directions; buoyage 43/07
194 England - Blakeney Harbour — Directions; light beacon 44/08
201 River Nene - Navigation marks 44/07
210 Great Yarmouth approaches - Cockle Shoal — Depth 11/07
212 Great Yarmouth — Power Station Light 32/07
216, 218 Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; Brush Sector Light 32/07
216 Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; pilotage 22/09
55 North Sea (East) 6th Edition (2007) 13/08
8, 71, 161 German Bight - Western Approach TSS — Buoyage 49/08
9 Denmark — Pilotage 50/08
16 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
75, 77, 91 Ijmuiden WNW — Wind farm 13/08
75, 79 Off Texel TSS to IJmuiden — Wind farm 43/08
77, 79 Approaches to IJmuiden and Noordzeekanaal — Maas North TSS 21/08
78 The Netherlands - IJ -Geul Approach Area — Directions; wreck 19/09
95, 97 The Netherlands - Zeegat van Texel — Directional light 51/08
126 East Frisian Islands - Accumer Ee — Buoyage 37/08
127 Germany - Accumer Ee — Directions; buoyage 26/09
129 East Frisian Islands - Harle — Directions 13/08
139, 143 Die Ems - Alte Ems — Directions; buoyage 20/09
140 Die Ems - Osterems — Directions 13/08
140 Germany - Osterems — Directions; buoyage; depths 22/09
144, 145 Netherlands - Eemshaven — Limiting conditions; controlling depth;
Directions; lights; submarine cable; beacon
11/09
153 Die Ems - Oterdum Reede — Depths 34/08
175, 176 Germany - Die Weser — Traffic regulations 51/08
175, 189, 198 Germany - Die Unterweser —Traffic regulations 04/09
212 Die Elbe - VTS Brunsbüttel Elbe Traffic 13/08
227 Germany - Die Elbe - Stade -Bützfleth — Controlling depth 46/08
266, 267, 268 Germany - North Frisian Islands - Schmaltief and Rütergat —
Directions; depths
02/09
287 Horns Rev — Wind farm 13/08
301, 303 Denmark - Thyborøn Kanal and Havn — Depths; maximum size of
vessel handled
22/09
305 Limfjorden - Sælhundeholm Løb — Buoyage 23/08
309 Limfjorden - Venø Sund Snævring — Buoyage 24/08
4.20
Wk26/09

IV
56 Norway I 14th Edition (2008) 12/09
3, 197, 199, 204 Sweden - West coast - Strømstad — Vessel reporting 14/09
153, 162 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 12/09
154 Norway - Oslofjorden — Light 14/09
154, 156 Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights 26/09
57A Norway IIA 9th Edition (2008) 27/08
6 Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
107, 108 Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord — Pipeline; anchorage 10/09
142 Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen 04/09
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
235 Bømlafjorden - South -east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
255 Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund — Light; shoal 14/09
281, 282 Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen —
Anchorages
29/08
282 Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage 02/09
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
308 Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance 40/08
334 Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen — Anchorage 04/09
397 Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances 43/08
427 West coast - Bradangersundet — Underwater rock 21/09
428 Bjorøyosen — Rock 18/09
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
459, 513, 516, 521, 525,
535,538, 567
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
513 Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet — Directions 22/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Directions 14/09
514 Florø - Kylleren — Depths 06/09
517 Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights 17/09
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
564 West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet — Directions; Nord Vågsøy Light 12/09
57B Norway IIB 8th Edition (1979) Supplement No 11 14/04
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245 Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous
and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway IIIA 6th Edition (1982) Supplement No 10 12/06
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
64 Indreleia - Melsteinen Light — Sectors 14/07
65 Lekafjorden - Skeishamn — Directions; leading lights 52/07
Wk26/09
4.21

IV
95 Velfjorden - Nevernes — Light 12/06
98 Vefsnfjorden - Holandsvik — Leading lights 32/07
169 Nordfjorden - Saurvika — Anchorage 19/07
210 Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget — Buoyage; berths 12/06
241, 242 Lofoten Islands - Approaches to Ure - Notskjeret Light — Sectors 19/06
270 Lofoten - Moskenesøya - Stovika approaches — Depths 42/06
58B Norway IIIB 6th Edition (1984) Supplement No 9 48/04
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3, 4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
52 -53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South -eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet —
Depth
01/07
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228 -229 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south -east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North -east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North -west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - South -west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
275 -276 North -east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of
Fundy
Nil
14th Edition (2008) 11/09
60 Pacific Islands I 11th Edition (2007) 06/08
324 Papua New Guinea - North Coast - Manam Island — Rock 06/09
351 Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe - Kulungi Roadstead —
Wreck
06/09
4.22
Wk26/09

IV
61 Pacific Islands II 11th Edition (2006) 10/07
7, 80 -81, 137, 161, 164 Nouvelle -Calédonie and Îles Loyauté — Restricted areas around
submarine cables
02/09
75 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
76 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Baie du Prony — Mooring buoys 01/09
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
86 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and Petite Rade —
Wrecks; obstructions
03/09
100 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle -Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
161 Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine
cable; anchorage
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164 Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon —
Submarine cable
46/07
262 Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South -eastern part - Suva Harbour —
Directions; light
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south -eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south -eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands III 11th Edition (2006) 28/06
9, 331 NW Hawaiian Islands — PSSA; ATBA; reporting system 14/08
11 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
95 Île de Rapa - Baie d’Ahurei — Depth 04/07
100 Îles Australes - Île Rurutu - Hauti Village — Temple 31/08
134 Archipel des Tuamotu - Rangiroa - Tiputa — Anchorages; depth 40/07
152 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Passe de Taapuna — Submarine pipeline 10/07
167 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Port de Papeete - Rade de Papeete —
Mooring buoy
48/08
171 Îles de la Société - Île de Moorea — Regulations 01/07
197 Îles Sous -le -Vent - Raiatea - Port d’Uturoa — Depth 32/06
223 Cook Islands Group - Rarotonga — Anchorage leading marks 42/07
261, 268, 280, 282, 298,
301, 310, 322, 324,
357 -358, 358
Hawaiian Islands — Security zones 18/07
268 Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii - Keauhou Bay — Directions 12/07
271 Hawaiian Islands - Hawaii - Kawaihae Harbor — Depth 48/08
305 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Outfall 46/07
306 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Pipe 28/07
316 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Waimanalo Bay — Depths 09/07
331, 371 North -west Hawaiian Islands — Restricted area 26/07
356 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
63 Persian Gulf 14th Edition (2008) 02/09
54 Iran - JazØreh-ye Lºrak — Major light 05/09
54 Strait of Hormuz - West Bukha Oil Platform — Racon 05/09
58 Ra’s ol Moòºf Light Float to Soroosh Oil Terminal and Khawr al Kafka
— Directions; dangerous wreck
05/09
111 Bandar-e ShahØd Bºhonar; Bandar-e ShahØd RajºØ - South -eastern
approach - Directions; major light; racon
05/09
184, 194, 195 Shah Allum Shoal — Light beacon 05/09
185 Shah Allum Shoal to Doha — Directions; wreck 05/09
Wk26/09
4.23

IV
196, 197 Ra’s Laffºn — Arrival information; SPMs 17/09
202 -208 Bahrain - MØnº’ Salmºnand the Port of Sitrah — Directions; Sitrah
Light Buoy
14/09
64 Red Sea and Gulf of
Aden
15th Edition (2007) 42/07
2, 3, 349 Red Sea - Piracy and armed robbery — General information;
recommended route
14/09
121, 124 Red Sea, south part — JazØrat aò ®º’ir — Volcanic activity 42/07
259 Saudi Arabia - Jeddah — Arrival information; outer and prohibited
anchorages
05/09
275, 276, 283, 284, 285 Red Sea - Approaches to JØzºn — Light buoys; directions; major light 06/09
314 Yemen - Aden Harbour — Approach from west 13/09
324 Yemen - Ash SÖihr Oil Terminal — Current 49/07
334 Oman - Port Salalah — Outer anchorages 45/08
334 -335 Oman - Salalah - Harbour — General layout; berths 06/08
65 St Lawrence 15th Edition (2006) 49/06
68 Baie de Bonne - Espérance and Baie au Saumon — Beacon removed 01/07
76 Havre de Harrington – Anchorage — Depth 04/07
80 Cap Whittle to Pointe Curlew – Île du Large — Beacon 04/07
82 -83 Pointe Curlew to Baie Washtawouka — Light removed 01/07
125 Rivière Saguenay – Directions for entering Chicoutimi — Monument
Price direction light
29/08
130 -131, 137 Îles de la Madeleine - Pointe de l’Est — Light; other aid to navigation;
wreck
28/07
148 St Lawrence River - Cap Chat — Light discontinued 13/07
183 Chenal des Grands Voiliers — Vertical clearance reduced 07/07
257 -259, 262, 262 -263,
263
Chedabucto Bay and approaches - Traffic separation scheme 13/08
265 Inner part of Chedabucto Bay - Directions 13/08
277 Saint Georges Bay – Port Hood — Leading lights 05/07
311 Hillsborough Bay to Confederation Bridge - Pugwash Harbour —
Depth
49/06
338 Baie des Challeurs - Bathurst — Silting 12/07
343 Rivière Restigouche – Miguasha -Ouest — Light; beacon 01/07
349 Baie de Gaspé - Douglastown — Marine farm 04/07
363 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
66 West Coast of Scotland 16th Edition (2008) 11/09
165 Hebrides – Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag — Vertical clearances 14/09
217 Firth of Lorn — Buoyage 16/09
398 Hebrides – Sound of Harris — Passage 11/09
67 West Coasts of Spain
and Portugal
10th Edition (2008) 03/09
8, 155, 156 Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes — Marine nature reserve 21/09
61, 62, 63, 129, 186 Portugal - Vessel traffic service — Mandatory reporting system 23/09
215 Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service 03/09
247, 248 Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service; anchorage areas; prohibited areas 21/09
248 Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock 24/09
68 East Coast of the
United States I
12th Edition (2006) 06/07
6, 105, 114, 122, 130, Northern right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas; mandatory 01/09
131, 139, 150, 151, 164,
193, 194, 196, 202, 204
speed restrictions
7 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
12, 107 -108 Gloucester Harbor — Measured distance 18/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 39/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 36/07
77 Boothbay Harbor — Pilotage 12/09
4.24
Wk26/09

IV
78 Sheepscot River — Pilotage 12/09
85 Broad Sound — Buoy 37/07
88 Hussey Sound — Obstruction; wreck 28/07
90 Approaches to Portland — Directions; wreck 36/08
93 Portland Harbor — Directions 07/07
93 Portland Harbor — Anchorages; obstruction 18/07
101 -102 Portsmouth Harbor to Cape Ann — Isles of Shoals Light 12/08
114 -115 Approaches to Boston Harbor — Routeing 25/07
114 Approaches to Boston Harbor — Area To Be Avoided 18/09
115 Boston Harbor and approaches — Northeast Gateway Deep Water Port 22/08
122 -123, 125 South part of Massachusetts Bay — Whale avoidance routes 07/07
126 East and south side of Cape Cod Bay — Whale avoidance track 07/07
127 Provincetown — Shoal 22/07
129 Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions 01/09
133 Martha’s Vineyard — Nantucket Sound - Directions; buoyage 17/09
142 Buzzards Bay and approaches — Pilotage 36/08
143, 149 Buzzards Bay, Cape Cod Canal and New Bedford Harbor — Landmark 49/08
146 Cape Cod Canal — Pilotage 36/08
153 Narrangsett Bay - Bridge — Racon 05/08
156 Narragansett Bay - Melville — Depths 36/08
171 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Buoy 36/07
173 Long Island Sound — Directions; stranded wreck 07/07
176 New Haven Harbor — Depths 49/08
193 -196, 202, 204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose Light 08/08
193, 194, 196, 202, 204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Directions; ATBA; pilotage;
recommended track
49/08
194 Approaches to New York Harbor - Ambrose Light — Racon 05/08
204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose Channel - Directions;
buoyage
17/09
205 New York Harbor — Sandy Hook Channel 21/08
206 -207, 211 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas 18/07
207 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas; shoaling 07/07
212 New York Harbor - Arthur Kill — Racon 12/07
213 -215 New York Harbor — Project depths 17/08
214 Passaic River — Bridges 22/07
215 Hudson River — Vertical clearance 05/08
69 East Coast of the
United States II
11th Edition (2008) 42/08
7, 65, 66, 101, 104, 185, North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal Management Areas;
01/09
189, 192, 195, 197, 201,
203, 209, 210, 215, 221,
224, 226, 231, 234, 240,
241, 244, 248, 254
mandatory speed restrictions
106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions; wreck 49/08
121 James River - Upper part — Directions 14/09
131 Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances 25/09
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
197 Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance 14/09
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
229 Savannah — Directions; lights 14/09
241 Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights 14/09
69A East Coast of Central
America and Gulf of
Mexico
Nil
5th Edition (2009) 23/09
70 West Indies I 4th Edition (2008) 46/08
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
Wk26/09
4.25

IV
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
105 Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage 09/09
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256 Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef —
Directions; light
49/08
71 West Indies II 16th Edition (2008) 06/09
120 U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted — Anchorages 06/09
272 Martinique - Cul -de -Sac du Marin — Pilotage 07/09
72 Southern Barents Sea
and Beloye More
1st Edition (1996) Supplement No 3 39/05
44 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
69 Russia, North coast - Murmansk — Directions; wreck 39/05
152 Russia, Arctic coast - Bol’shezemel’skaya Tundra — Varandey Oil
Terminal
09/08
100 The Mariner’s
Handbook
8th Edition (2004) 10/05
2 Australian and New Zealand Charts 25/05
4 International charts — International boundaries and national limits 37/05
6 Electronic Chart Display and Information System 29/05
6 Electronic Navigational Charts — Updating 42/05
6 Electronic Navigational Charts 29/05
6 Overlapping ENCs — Caution 47/06
30 Interpretation of source data 29/05
41 Use of moored marks 10/05
63 Pollution of the Sea — Ballast water 19/07
65 Piracy - ICC International Maritime Bureau — Contact details 48/08
71 Marine farms — Caution 22/07
81 Overhead Power Cables 46/06
85 Tidal streams — Information on charts 17/06
250 Glossary — Vertical clearance 17/06
136 Ocean Passages for the
World
5th Edition (2004) 24/04
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong – Routes — Low -powered vessels; distance 26/04
4.26
Wk26/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Uruguay – Punta Pavón — Directions; wreck
313
Paragraph 9.232 8 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
8 SW of Banco Arazati Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (34°33′S 57°04′W), distant 1 mile,
which marks the edge of a bank extending
1½ miles SW of Punta Pavón, and:
NE of a dangerous wreck (34°35′⋅4S 57°07′⋅3W),
marked close NW by a light buoy (isolated
danger), thence:
SW of a detached jetty, with a disused silo on its
outer end, lying 600 m from the coast at Punta
Pavón (34°31′S 57°04′W).
Uruguayan Notice 4/52/09
(SDD 2009000 036884) [25/09]
Argentina – Villa Gesell — Directions; wreck
349
Paragraph 11.20 4 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
ESE of Villa Gesell (26 miles SSW); a hill, indicated
on the chart as radar conspicuous, rises close
inland from the town; a dangerous wreck lies
5¾ miles SE of the town. Thence:
Argentine Notice 4/35/09
(SDD 2009000 034241) [25/09]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Chile – Paso Galvarino — Directions; depth
129
Paragraph 3.329 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
The recommended track leads through Paso
Galvarino, with a least charted depth of 10 m. The
E shore is low and swampy, with tidal flats.
Chilean Chart 8520
(SDD 2007000 046440) [25/09]
Chile – Bahía Quintero — Directions;
leading lights
230
Paragraph 7.37 1 line 1 For 090° Read 092°
Paragraph 7.37 2 line 1 For 088° Read 089°
Chilean Lights List 3/09
(SDD 2009000 028223) [25/09]
4.1
[25/09]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
United States of America - Pacific coast -
Anaheim Bay — Controlling depths
270
Paragraph 8.1171 Replace by:
1 In 2008 there was a least dredged depth of 8 m
(26½ ft) in the entrance channel, reducing to 6⋅7 m
(22 ft) in the basin.
US Notice 21/18749/09
(SDD 2009000 038345) [25/09]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2007 Edition)
United States of America - Juan de Fuca Strait -
Protection Island — Buoy
82
Paragraph 2.200 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...stands near the centre of the S coast and a shoal extends
2½ cables SW from Kanem Point. A...
US Notice 20/18441/09
(SDD 2009000 036347) [25/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2009
England - Approaches to The Thames Estuary
— Sunk VTS
249
Paragraph 11.29 Replace by:
Sunk Vessel Traffic Service
11.29
1 Sunk VTS is appointed by the United Kingdom
Maritime and Coastguard Agency (MCA) and is based
at Dover MRCC. The VTS covers the two Sunk
Precautionary Areas and the TSSs and other routes
which lead into them. Within the VTS area, all vessels
of 300 gt and over are required to comply with the
VTS rules. All vessels within the area are to comply
with The International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972).
Wk25/09

2 Within the VTS the following rules apply:
All vessels equipped with VHF radio, when
within the area, shall monitor the designated
VHF channel.
Vessels of 300 gt and over shall report on
entering and leaving the VTS area. The initial
entry report shall comprise vessel’s name and
call sign, reporting point, draught, destination,
intended route and ETA at the pilot station if
applicable.
3 Vessels of 300 gt and over shall report when
anchoring in a designated anchorage or
elsewhere within the VTS area. A report shall
also be made when departing from an
anchorage. The VTS working channel is to be
monitored continuously when at anchor.
Any incident that effects the safety of navigation
of a vessel is to be reported to the VTS.
Vessels which are not proceeding to or departing
from ports within the Thames Estuary or
Harwich Haven shall avoid Sunk Inner
Precautionary Area.
4 Vessels navigating within Sunk Inner
Precautionary Area shall avoid impeding the
passage of a vessel constrained by draught
and following a DW route.
Fishing vessels engaged in fishing shall report
their intentions on entering or leaving Sunk
Inner Precautionary Area.
Dredging vessels working within the VTS area
shall submit passage plans for approval by the
VTS authority.
5 Vessels proceeding towards the Dover Strait TSS
will be requested to provide CALDOVREP
information (2.26) when reporting to Sunk VTS. This
information will be passed to the Channel Navigation
Information Service (2.27).
For details of reporting points and further
information see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(1).
UK Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SDDs 2009000 041500; 041934) [25/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou —
Shoal; buoy
333
Paragraph 10.19 4 Replace by:
4 The track continues SSE, passing WSW of No 1
Anchorage (37°39′N 120°13′E) and:
ENE of a light buoy (isolated danger), 2¼ miles W
of the anchorage, moored close SE of an area of
less water, reported 2007.
The track then leads to the vicinity of No 0 Light
Buoy (port hand) (37°38′⋅2N 120°09′⋅9E) at the
entrance to the buoyed channel leading to the port of
Longkou.
Wk25/09
IV
4.2
334
Paragraph 10.42 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 0 Light Buoy (37°38′⋅2N
120°09′⋅9E) off Longkou, the track leads generally
WSW, passing:
SSE of a light buoy (isolated danger) (37°39′⋅3N
120°07′⋅0E), moored close SE an area of less
water, reported 2007, thence:
Chinese Notice 21/680/09
(SDD 2009000 040463) [25/09]
China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Qinhuangdao
southwards — Directions
342
After Paragraph 10.108 2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 1/09 Add:
SE of a dangerous rock (39°28′⋅7N 119°37′⋅7E),
existence doubtful; a dangerous wreck, position
approximate (reported 2008) lies 8 cables W,
marked close N by a light buoy (isolated danger),
thence:
Chinese Notice 20/652/09
(SDD 2009000 040059) [25/09]
Korea-Westcoast-P’yängt’aek approaches —
Pilotage
417
Paragraph 12.88 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory from No 1 Light Buoy (port
hand) (37°08′⋅4N 126°31′⋅6E), and is strongly
recommended from Chang -ansä for large vessels
carrying dangerous cargoes. The pilot boarding
positions are:
2 Chang -an—P’yängt’aek (37°03′⋅4N 126°17′⋅3E),
Chang -an—P’yängt’aek (Bad weather) (37°07′⋅7N
126°22′⋅5E),
Ippa (37°08′⋅2N 126°29′⋅9E),
Ippa (Bad weather) (37°06′⋅2N 126°36′⋅0E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Korean Notice 322/09
(SDD 2009000 039805) [25/09]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2008 Edition)
IsladeMallorca -PuertodeCalaRatjada—
Anchorage
208
Paragraph 4.204 2 lines 1–4 Delete
Paragraph 4.204 3 lines 1–4 Delete
Spanish Notice 21/131/09
(SDD 2009000 040899) [25/09]

NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
Mattaponi River — Vertical clearances
131
Paragraph 4.248 3 lines 2 -6 Replace by:
Lord Delaware Bridge (37°32′N 76°48′W), a fixed
bridge with a vertical clearance of 16⋅7 m(55ft),
spans the river 5 cables NE of West Point (4.244).
US Notice 20/12243/09
(SDD 2009000 036332) [25/09]
IV
4.3
Wk25/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Rauma and approaches —
Nurmes Light
284
Paragraph 7.75 2 line 3 For Light Read Beacon
285
Paragraph 7.79 1 line 6 For Light Read Beacon
288
Paragraph 7.95 1 line 3 For Light Read Beacon
Paragraph 7.97 2 line 6 For Light Read Beacon
289
Paragraph 7.99 3 line 2 For Light Read Beacon
Finnish Notice 13/204/09
(SDD 2009000 037252) [24/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
France – North coast - Diélette — Pilotage
410 -411
Paragraph 11.343 Replace by:
1 General information. Port de Diélette (49°33′N
1°52′W), a small harbour which partially dries out, is
situated in the S part of Anse de Vauville. It consists
of Avant Port, Bassin de Commerce et de Pêche, and
Bassin de Plaisance. The harbour affords shelter from
E winds to small craft, and is protected by Jetée Ouest
and a breakwater extending W from the NE part of
the harbour. Plateau du Cannichon, a drying ledge, lies
N of the latter. Bassin de Plaisance is protected by an
inner jetty. The bottom is very hard and the holding
ground is poor.
2 Notice of ETA required. Request for a pilot should
be made through Cherbourg (12.31) or the local agent
12 hours in advance and confirmed at least 2 hours in
advance to the Diélette harbour office. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
3 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels
carrying dangerous or hazardous goods and all vessels
over 45 m in length, including vessels engaged in
pushing or towing where the overall length of the
vessel towing and the vessel being towed is greater
than 45 m.
Wk24/09
4.1
[24/09]
4 The compulory pilotage area lies within a radius of
2 miles of the light at the head of the W breakwater
(49°33′⋅2N 1°51′⋅8W) and extends from latitude
49°32′⋅5N to the coast NE of Diélette.
The pilot boards in position 49°35′⋅0N 1°55′⋅0W. In
bad weather an alternative position will be offered by
the pilotage service.
5 Tidal streams. During the NE -going stream
offshore (11.11) the stream in the harbour runs SE
towards the inner jetty, spring rate about 1½ kn, and
an eddy runs W along the inner jetty towards the N
part of Jetée Ouest.
6 Approach. The line of bearing 140° of Diélette
Light (white tower, green top, 11 m in height)
(49°33′⋅2N 1°51′⋅8W), or at night in its white sector
(135°–145°), leads in the approach to the harbour
entrance.
7 Alternative approach. The alignment (125½°) of
Diélette Light with a white gable (49°33′⋅0N
1°51′⋅5W), 2¾ cables SE, leads to the anchorage area
NW of the harbour entrance.
Caution. The in -going stream sets NE across the
entrance towards Plateau du Cannichon.
8 Berths. Avant Port has a drying berth on the W
side of a short jetty projecting S from the N
breakwater, and there are berths on buoys and on the
inner side of Jetée Ouest in the S part of the harbour.
Berths on Jetée Ouest dry from 4 to 5 m and afford
shelter from winds between N and SE; winds from
between S and NW raise such a swell in the harbour
that vessels cannot lie there.
9 Bassin de Commerce et de Pêche, lying to the E of
the Avant Port is used by commercial vessels; three
pontoons provide berths for fishing vessels, passenger
vessels, and waiting berths for yachts. It is dredged to
2m.
French Notices Week 19/09 C2A amendment w6.1.44
(SDD 2009000 038301) [24/09]
France - North coast - Cherbourg — Pilotage
1
416
Paragraph 12.31 1 Replace by:
Send request for pilot 12 hours in advance, or on
leaving previous port if within the 12 hour period.
Confirmation of ETA must be made at least 2 hours
before arrival through Vigie du Homet, Cherbourg
Signal Station, for details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(1)
For details of ETA and request for deep -sea pilots,
see 12.34.
Paragraph 12.33 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels carrying
dangerous cargoes, and for all vessels over 50 m in
length, including vessels engaged in pushing or towing
where the overall length of the vessel towing and the
vessel being towed is greater than 50 m, within a
radius of 7 miles of Fort de l’Ouest (49°41′N 1°39′W).

Paragraph 12.33 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Boarding positions. Pilot boards in position
49°43′⋅6N 1°42′⋅5W, 4¼ cables NW of CH1 Light
Buoy (safe water). In bad weather vessels will be
assisted by the pilot service via VHF until the pilot
can safely board within the shelter of Dique Centrale.
French Notices Week 19/09 C2A amendments w5.4.3.1;
w5.4.3.3
(SDD 2009000 038301) [24/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Netherlands - Maas Centre Precautionary
Area — Buoyage
217
Paragraph 9.4 2 line 3 -4 Replace by:
...helicopter. The pilot cutter, which is stationed 2 miles
SSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52°00′⋅9N 3°48′⋅8E), ...
Paragraph 9.6 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
by tender from the pilot cutter stationed 2 miles SSW
of Maas Centre Light Buoy, or by large....
219
Paragraph 9.13 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...52°01′⋅7N 3°53′⋅1E is a circular ATBA with a radius of
6 cables. MG Light Buoy...
221
Paragraph 9.30 3 line 7 Including existing Section IV Week
15/09 Replace by:
Maas Centre Light Buoy (52°00′⋅9N 3°48′⋅8E).
SB Light Buoy (51°59′⋅8N 3°54′⋅6E).
Paragraph 9.32 2 line 5 For Maas Centre Light Buoy Read
MG Light Buoy.
Paragraph 9.33 3 lines 1 -2 For Maas Centre Light Buoy
Read MG Light Buoy.
223
Paragraph 9.36 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...2 miles SSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52°00′⋅9N
3°48′⋅8E). The track passes:
Paragraph 9.38 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...for 7½ miles to the pilot boarding position 2 miles SSW
of Maas Centre Light Buoy (52°00′⋅9N 3°48′⋅8E).
Paragraph 9.40 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
....boarding position 2 miles SSW of Maas Centre Light
Buoy (52°00′⋅9N 3°48′⋅8E). The track passes:
Paragraph 9.40 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
WNW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (safe water).
Netherlands Notice 13/162(P)/09
(SDD 2009000 024415) [24/09]
IV
4.2
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - South Coast - Haimen Jiao
west -southwestwards — Wrecks
126
Paragraph 4.18 3 line 9 Replace by:
...Guang’ao Wan (20 miles NNE) (4.27), thence:
SSE of a dangerous wreck (20½ miles NE), position
approximate.
133
Paragraph 4.66 1 line 8 Replace by:
...afford shelter to a boat. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (22°57′N 117°16′E),
position approximate (reported 2009).
Chinese Notices 18/586/09; 18/587/09
(SDDs 2009000 036040; 036041) [24/09]
China - South -east Coast - Approaches to
Shantou — Wreck
131
Paragraph 4.50 5 lines 1 to 5, Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 27/08 Replace by
5 SW of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(4 cables NNE) and clear of a dangerous
wreck, position approximate, close SSW; a
fish haven lies close E. Thence:
Clear of a stranded wreck (8½ cables NNW), lying
close SW of the alignment of leading lights,
thence:
Between Nos 7 and 8 Light Buoys (lateral), 9 cables
NW, depths between 4 and 6 m lie between ½ and
¾ cable from the leading line. Particular care
should be exercised in navigating in this area.
Thence:
Chinese Notice 18/585/09
(SDD 2009000 036039) [24/09]
China - Yellow Sea - Sushan Dao south
eastwards — Wreck; light buoy
305
After Paragraph 8.134 3 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 8/09 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (36°38′⋅1N
122°24′⋅5E), marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger), thence:
307
Existing Section IV Notice Week 8/09 Paragraph 8.137 1
Replace by:
Dangerous wrecks lie 2½ miles SE and 3¼ miles
E (position approximate) from Sushan Dao; another
dangerous wreck, marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger) lies 10 miles SE of the island.
Chinese Notice 18/576/09
(SDD 2009000 036029) [24/09]
Wk24/09

NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Gibraltar — Anchorage east of the Rock
248
Paragraph 7.143 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 21/09 Replace by:
1 Large vessels, many awaiting orders, anchor on the
E side of Gibraltar. The charted anchorage lies
between 5 cables and 2¼ miles offshore, clear of
exclusion zones around Europa Point and the airport
runway (7.146).
Anchoring within 5 cables of the shore is
prohibited.
Gibraltar Port Authority
(SDD 2009000 038072) [24/09]
Wk24/09
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2009
Denmark - Samsø Bælt — General information;
Traffic separation scheme
241
Paragraph 7.6 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation scheme. Vessels with a draught
of 13 m or less must use the TSS, which leads SW
from No 16 Light Buoy (safe water) for 7½ miles to
rejoin the deep -water route at No 20 Light Buoy (safe
water), about 4 miles SSW of Hatter Barn (55°53′N
10°51′E). The width of the SW -bound traffic lane is
800 m and for the NE -bound traffic lane the width is
675 m at its narrowest part. The separation line
between lanes is marked by Nos 18 and 19 Light
Buoys (safe water). An outer separation zone lies to
the SE of the NE -bound traffic lane and is 1⋅9 miles
at its widest part. The E boundary of the outer
separation zone is marked by light buoys and buoys
(special). The TSS is IMO -adopted, and Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Prevention of Collisions
at Sea (1972) applies.
Paragraph 7.7 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.7
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.60
(SDD 2009000 003669) [23/09]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Sweden - Stora Vika — Arrival information
234
After Paragraph 6.33 Insert:
6.33a
1 Arrival information. The following
recommendations apply to vessels proceeding to the
port:
At night. Vessels not to exceed: length 125 m, beam
18 m and draught 5⋅5 m.
By day. Vessels not exceeding 115 m may increase
their draught to 6⋅4 m.
Swedish Notice 255/5586/09
(SDD 2009000 035791) [23/09]
Latvia - Irbe Strait — Directions; racon
394
Paragraph 11.16 1 line 2 Delete
Latvian Notice 18/44/09
(SDD 2009000 036372) [23/09]
4.1
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
[23/09]
Sweden - Norra Kvarken — Holmögadd Light
435
Paragraph 10.321 4 line 3 Delete
444
Paragraph 10.383 1 line 2 Insert:
Holmögadd Tower (formerly a lighthouse) (grey
round granite tower, 20 m in height) (63°36′N
20°45′E), situated on the S end of Sörgadden, the
S part of Gadden island.
Paragraph 10.383 4 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 10.385 1 line 3 For Light Read Tower
Paragraph 10.385 2 line 3 For Light Read Tower
Paragraph 10.385 3 line 1 For Light Read Tower
Paragraph 10.385 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by: Thence:
Swedish Notice 255/5542/09
(SDD 2009000 035773) [23/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2009
England – South -west coast — Routeing;
Off Land’s End Traffic Separation Scheme
65
Paragraph 2.22 1 Replace by:
1 Route. From a landfall WSW of Wolf Rock
(49°57′N 5°48′W) the through route passes through the
TSS Off Land’s End passing between Seven Stones
(50°02′N 6°07′W) and Longships, 14 miles E, to W of
Bann Shoal (50°19′⋅5N 5°45′⋅8W) a distance of about
24 miles.
After: Paragraph 2.25 2 Line 5 Add:
W of Bann Shoal (23 miles N) (2.22), and Bann
Shoal Light Buoy (starboard hand) (50°20′⋅0N
5°51′⋅1W) which marks the NE limit of the
N -going traffic lane.
IMO and Trinity House Notice 15/09 E2
(SDDs 2008000 098453; 2009000 029848) [23/09]
Wk23/09

NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Gulf of Tongking - Baisungong —
Major light; racon
233
After Paragraph 7.48 1 line 2 Add:
Baisungong (Baixugong) Jiao Light (21°23′N
108°12′E) (7.49).
After Paragraph 7.48 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
7.48a
1 Racon:
Baisungong (Baixugong) Jiao Light (21°23′N
108°12′E) (7.49).
Chinese Notice 14/438/09
(SDD 2009000 029736) [23/09]
China - Shuangyu Zui — Racon
246
After Paragraph 7.135 1 line 8 Add:
No 1 Light buoy (21°31′⋅7N 111°41′⋅8E).
Chinese Notice 14/435/09
(SDD 2009000 029729) [23/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
T’ai -wan — Routeing; mainland trade links
15
After Paragraph 1.99 1 Insert:
2 Direct trade links between T’ai -wan and People’s
Republic of China are beginning to be established,
including:
The Mini Three Links System, which includes ferry
and shipping links, between T’ai -wan, the
offshore islands of Jinmen Dao and Mazu Liedao
and the mainland;
3 T’ai -wan/Mainland Direct Cross -strait Shipping
Links with channels leading into all the main
T’ai -wanese ports.
Further details are in Chapters 2 and 3.
69
After Paragraph 2.7 1 line 2 Insert:
T’ai -wan/Mainland Direct Cross -strait Shipping
Links for vessels trading between T’ai -wan and the
mainland have been established, providing specified
pass points and channels leading into the main
T’ai -wanese ports. For details see Admiralty Notice to
Mariners 1265(P)/09, including its accompanying
diagram, and for further information the T’ai -wanese
Authorites should be consulted.
2 Mini Three Links System for vessels trading
between T’ai -wan, the offshore islands and the
mainland see 2.101.
Wk23/09
IV
4.2
82
After Paragraph 2.101 1 Insert:
2 Routeing Measure. A traffic routeing system, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, has been
established to S of P’eng -hu Tao with branches into
P’eng -hu Kang and Ma -kung Kang (2.109), and to
Li -cheng Chiao (23°33′⋅5N 119°40′⋅3E). It extends
about 30 miles WNW into Taiwan Strait and is part of
the Mini Three Links scheme (1.99) of establishing
trade links with the Chinese mainland. Further details
should be obtained from the local authorities.
114
After Paragraph 3.76 Insert:
Regulations
3.76a
1 Regulations for foreign vessels in T’ai -wanese
waters are at Appendix II.
T’ai -wan/Mainland Direct Cross -strait Shipping
Links for vessels trading between T’ai -wan and the
mainland have been established, providing specified
pass points and channels leading into the main
T’ai -wanese ports. For details see Admiralty Notice to
Mariners 1265(P)/09, including its accompanying
diagram, and for further information the T’ai -wanese
Authorites should be consulted.
T’ai -wanese Notices 141 & 184/2008
(SDDs 2008000 089650; 2009000 006899) [23/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2009
England – South–west coast — Offshore routes;
directions
58
Paragraph 2.9 1 line 8 For 92 Read 80
Paragraph 2.9 3 line 3 For 75 Read 67
Paragraph 2.10 2 line 1 For 6 miles W Read 14¼ miles
NNW
After Paragraph 2.16 1 line 4 Insert:
Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50°20′⋅0N 5°51′⋅1W)
(2.26)
Paragraph 2.17 2 line 2 For 6 miles W Read 14¼ miles
NNW
Paragraph 2.17 2 line 4 For 92 Read 80
Paragraph 2.17 2 lines 4 -8 Delete passing To 16⋅6 m
Paragraph 2.17 3 Delete
59
Paragraph 2.19 2 line 2 For 7 miles W Read 14¼ miles
NNW

Paragraph 2.19 2 line 3 For 75 Read 67
After Paragraph 2.25 1 line 4 Insert:
Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50°20′⋅0N 5°51′⋅1W)
(2.26)
Paragraph 2.26 1 line 1 For 7 miles W Read 14¼ miles
NNW
Paragraph 2.26 1 line 2 For 75 Read 67
Paragraph 2.26 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
NW of Bann Shoal Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(50°20′⋅0N 5°51′⋅1W) which marks the NE limit
of the N -going traffic lane, thence:
Paragraph 2.26 1 line 8 Replace by:
NW of Renewable Energy Development Area
(50°22′N 5°37′W), thence:
After Paragraph 2.26 2 line 13 Insert:
Caution. The sea breaks in strong gales,
particularly from NW, over Bann Shoal (50°19′N
5°46′W), which should be avoided at such times by
small vessels.
60
Paragraph 2.27 2 lines 4 Replace by:
NW of Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50°20′⋅0N
5°51′⋅1W) (2.26), thence:
Paragraph 2.31 1 line 1 For TSS, about 7 miles W Read
ITZ, about 3¼ miles NW
Paragraph 2.31 1 line 3 For 24 Read 21
1
61
After Paragraph 2.35 3 Add:
Other aids to navigation
2.35a
Racon:
Bann Shoal Light Buoy (50°20′⋅0N 5°51′⋅1W)
(2.26)
Paragraph 2.36 1 line 1 For TSS, about 7 miles W Read
ITZ, about 3¼ miles NW
Paragraph 2.36 1 line 5 Delete (2.17)
Paragraph 2.36 1 line 10 Delete (2.17)
Paragraph 2.36 2 line 10 For thence Read and
After Paragraph 2.36 2 line 10 Insert:
NW of Renewable Energy Development Area
(12¼ miles N), thence:
After Paragraph 2.36 3 line 9 Insert:
Caution. The sea breaks in strong gales,
particularly from NW, over Cape Cornwall Bank
(50°13′N 5°49′W) and Bann Shoal (50°19′N 5°46′W),
which
vessels.
should be avoided at such times by small
International Maritime Organisation
(SSD2008000 098453; 2009000 030583) [23/09]
IV
4.3
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2009
England - West coast - Liverpool Bay —
Traffic separation scheme
234
After Paragraph 8.11 1 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme
8.11a
1 The In Liverpool Bay TSS (53°32′N 3°37′W),
which includes an Area To Be Avoided around the
Douglas Oil Field Platform, is IMO -adopted and Rule
10 of The International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
Paragraph 8.18 Replace by:
235
1 From a position N of Great Ormes Head (53°21′N
3°52′W) to the vicinity of Bar Light Float (53°32′N
3°21′W), through In Liverpool Bay TSS (8.11a) the
route leads about 19 miles E, passing:
N of Constable Bank marked by W Constable Light
Buoy (W cardinal) (53°23′N 3°49′W); the bank
extends W from Rhyl Flats (8.37) and lies parallel
with the coast 3½ miles offshore with depths of
less than 5 m. Thence:
2 Through the E–bound lane of In Liverpool Bay
TSS (8.11a), and:
N of Rhyl Flats Offshore Wind Farm (53°23′N
3°39′W), marked by light buoys. A light buoy
(special, wave recorder) is moored 3½ miles N of
the wind farm. Thence:
S of the Area To Be Avoided, protecting Douglas Oil
Field Platform, and:
N of a light buoy (special, wave recorder) moored
3½ miles S of the platform, thence:
3 N of Gwynt Y Mor meteorological mast
(53°28′⋅8N 3°30′⋅5W), thence:
S of Hamilton Gas Field Platform (53°33′⋅9N
3°27′⋅2W), and
N of North Hole Wind Farm (8.39) to the pilot
boarding position close E of Bar Light Float
(53°32′N 3°21′W). Light buoys (special) are
moored 5 cales W and 2½ cables NW of Bar
Light Float.
(Directions continue for entry to the river Mersey
at 8.92 and for the river Dee at 8.35)
International Maritime Organisation
(2008000 098451) [23/09]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2009
England - East coast - Approaches to River
Humber - New Sand Hole north -eastwards —
Anchorage; TSS; buoyage; DW anchorage
161
Paragraph 6.181 1 line 2 For (53°39′N 0°20′E) Read
(53°38′⋅7N 0°21′⋅2E)
Wk23/09

Paragraph 6.182 6 Replace by:
6 To a position NE of Humber Light Float (starboard
hand) (12½ miles ESE).
165
Paragraph 7.3 1 line 4 For (53°39′N 0°20′E) Read
(53°38′⋅7N 0°21′⋅2E).
Existing Section IV Notice Week 16/08 Paragraph 7.3 2
line 6 For 1½ miles NE Read 1¼ miles NNE.
166
Paragraph 7.10 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...the anchorage are marked by four light buoys (cardinal).
It contains four designated anchor berths each with a
swinging radius of 5 cables and ten berths for smaller
vessels with a swinging radius of 2¾ cables.
3
167
Paragraph 7.15 1 line 3 For 1½ miles NE Read 1¼ miles
NNE
Paragraph 7.15 3 Replace by:
From the vicinity of Humber Light Float (53°38′⋅7N
0°21′⋅2E), the NE TSS leads 1½ miles SSW and
6 miles SW through New Sand Hole and into the
outer Precautionary Area. Thence the route follows the
traffic lane 2 miles W and 2½ miles WNW to a
position S of Spurn Head.
168
Paragraph 7.21 1 line 2 For (53°39′N 0°20′E) Read
(53°38′⋅7N 0°21′⋅2E)
Paragraph 7.22 1-4 Replace by:
1 From the pilot boarding position for deep -draught
vessels (53°39′⋅8N 0°22′⋅2E), the track leads initially
SSW, passing (with positions from Humber Light Float
(53°38′⋅7N 0°21′⋅2E)):
ESE of Humber Light Float (starboard hand) where
the TSS (7.15) is joined, and:
WNW of North New Sand Light Buoy (N cardinal)
(8 cables ESE), marking the NW limit of the DW
anchorage (7.10), thence:
ESE of Outer Binks Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(1½ miles SSW).
2 Course is adjusted SW and passes:
NW of Mid New Sand Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(2 miles S) moored at the W limit of the DW
anchorage. An obstruction and two wrecks lie
within 1 mile SW of the buoy. Thence:
3 Between N Binks Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(3¼ miles SSW) and N Haile Light Buoy
(port hand), 8 cables SE, thence:
NW of the extremity of a coastal bank (4¼ miles
SSW) which extends NE from Donna Nook (7.1),
and:
4 SE of a series of detached shoals (4 miles SW),
thence:
Between S Binks Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(4¾ miles SW) and S Haile Light Buoy (port
hand), 8 cables SE, and into the outer
Precautionary Area.
Wk23/09
IV
4.4
189
Paragraph 8.1 1 Replace by:
1 In this chapter the coastal passages from Humber
Light Float (53°38′⋅7N 0°21′⋅2E) SE to Cromer (8.38)
and from Humber Light Float S to The Wash (8.40)
are described, together with the ports of Boston (8.53),
Wisbech (8.82), Port Sutton Bridge (8.105) and King’s
Lynn (8.106). Inshore routes from Outer Rosse Reach
Light Buoy (52°29′⋅9N 0°20′⋅8E) to the Wash and
from the Wash to Cromer are also described.
190
Paragraphs 8.14 1 line 2 For (53°39′N 0°20′E) Read
(53°38′⋅7N 0°21′⋅2E)
Paragraph 8.15 1 line 2 For (53°39′N 0°20′E) Read
(53°38′⋅7N 0°21′⋅2E)
Paragraph 8.16 1 line 2 For (53°39′N 0°20′E) Read
(53°38′⋅7N 0°21′⋅2E)
IMO Colreg.2/Circ.60
(SDD 2009000 003668) [23/09]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal - Vessel traffic service —
Mandatory reporting system
61
Paragraph 2.28 1 Replace by:
1 A voluntary traffic service operates off the
Portuguese coast up to a limit of approximately
50 miles.
A mandatory vessel reporting system (COPREP),
operated from Roca Control, has been established in
accordance with SOLAS Regulation V/11.
COPREP is incorporated within the voluntary traffic
service limits and includes TSS schemes off Cabo da
Roca and Cabo de São Vicente.
2 For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
62
Paragraph 2.40 1 Replace by:
1 For details of voluntary and mandatory vessel
traffic services see 2.28.
63
Paragraph 2.50 1 Replace by:
1 For details of voluntary and mandatory vessel
traffic services see 2.28.
129
Paragraph 5.4 1 Replace by:
1 For details of voluntary and mandatory vessel
traffic services see 2.28.

186
Paragraph 6.9 1 Replace by:
1 For details of voluntary and mandatory vessel
traffic services see 2.28.
Portuguese Notice 3/171/2009
(SDDs 2009000 009606; 019449) [23/09]
IV
4.5
Wk23/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
South Africa - Port Shepstone to Durban —
Aliwal Shoal
152
After Paragraph 4.27 1 Insert:
Marine nature reserve
4.27a
1 Aliwal Shoal (30°16′S 30°50′E) is a Marine
Protected Area (MPA). Anchoring is prohibited on, or
in the vicinity of the shoal, and vessels must maintain
a minimum distance of 2 miles.
154
After Paragraph 4.36 1 Insert:
It is required to pass at least 2 miles SE of
Aliwal Shoal and remain in depths of 50 m or
more.
Paragraph 4.36 2 and 3 Replace by:
2 Useful mark:
Scottburgh Beacon (red disc topmark on mast, 11 m
in height, racon) (30°17′S 30°45′E).
156
After Paragraph 4.39 3 line 8 Add:
4 Useful mark:
Widenham Beacon (white triangle point up on mast,
11 m in height, racon) (30°13′S 30°48′E).
South African Notice 03/44/2009 SD
(SDD 2009000 029142) [22/09]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil - South coast – Itajaí — Directions;
buoyage
268
Paragraph 8.163 3 line 2 Replace by:
...track leads WSW and W, passing (with positions from
Ponta das...
Paragraph 8.163 3 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
Between No 1 and No 2 Light Buoys (lateral)
(1½ miles NE), thence:
Between No 3 and No 4 Light Buoys (lateral)
(1 mile NE), thence:
Paragraph 8.163 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 N of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (7½ cables
NNW). Pedra da Santa Tereza lies 5 cables S,
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger) on
its NE side. Thence:
S of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (8¾ cables
NNW), thence:
Brazilian Notice 7/58/09
(SDD 2009000 030604) [22/09]
Wk22/09
4.1
[22/09]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(2008 Edition)
Chile - Puerto Sara — Directions; lights
229
Paragraph 7.87 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Line of bearing. Puerto Sara offshore oil terminal
is approched from S on the line of bearing 334° of
Muelle Puerto Sara Light (post, 2 m in height)
(52°37′⋅7S 70°11′⋅7W), passing:
Chilean Lights List 2008
(SDD 2009000 013499) [22/09]
Chile - Caleta Percy Gas Terminal — Directions;
lights
236
Paragraph 7.145 1 line 7 For 330° Read 327°
Paragraph 7.146 1 line 1 Delete three
Paragraph 7.146 1 line 6 Delete
237
Paragraph 7.146 2 line 2 For 300 Read 100
Chilean Lights List 2008
(SDD 2009000 013499) [22/09]
Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions;
shoals
261
Paragraph 7.349 3 line 2 For 3⋅3 m Read 1⋅3 m
263
Paragraph 7.367 1 line 2 For 17⋅8 m Read 16⋅7 m
Chilean Notice 3/23/2009
(SDD 2009000 028206) [22/09]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Colombia–Tumaco—Anchorage
378
Paragraph 12.27 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.27
Colombian Chart 310
(SDD 2009000 017303) [22/09]

NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - West Coast - Lorient - Le Scorff —
Directions; direction light
89
Paragraph 4.116 1 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
Directions. Approaching Arsenal (4.118),
Port -Militaire (4.117) and the entrance to Avant -Port
(4.138), the line of bearing 352° of the E pier of Pont
Gueydon (47°45′⋅0N 3°21′⋅0W) leads 3 cables N,
passing (positions given from Pointe de l’Espérance
Light):
French Notice 09/16/23
(SDD 2009000 034703) [22/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Moye Dao
east -south -eastwards — Directions; wreck
309
After Paragraph 8.156 1 line 2 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (36°51′N 122°43′E),
position approximate, thence:
Chinese Notice 16/498/09
(SDD 2009000 033503) [22/09]
Korea, West Coast - Inch’än Hang - South west
approaches — Anchorages
420
Paragraph 12.125 Replace by:
1 There are three inbound anchorages, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, centred as follows:
Chang -ansä (37°03′N 126°10′E) depths 15 m to
25 m.
Inbound No 3 (Vessels under 5000 tons) (37°11′N
126°25′E), NE of Ch’angsä (112.124), depths
7 m to about 20 m. A light buoy (E cardinal),
marking a 2⋅8 m shoal patch, lies close inside W
perimeter, and a light buoy (S cardinal) lies close
inside NE perimeter marking S edge of a bank,
depths less than 5 m. Marine farms occupy
significant parts of S of anchorage.
2 Inbound No 1 (37°19′N 126°24′E), depths about
27 m. A dangerous wreck, marked by buoys,
and surrounded by an entry prohibited area,
lies near the S end of the SE limit.
Korean Notice 17/277/09
(SDD 2009000 033868) [22/09]
IV
4.2
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2008 Edition)
Spain - Tarragona — Anchorage
145
Paragraph 3.162 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage can be obtained from ¾ to 4¼ miles E
of the head of Dique Rompeolas (41°04′⋅7N 1°12′⋅8E),
and from 1¾ miles ENE to 3¼ miles SE. Caution. A
wreck with a depth of 30⋅5 m over it is located
2 miles ENE of the mole.
Spanish Notice 18 109/2009
(SDD 2009000 035177) [22/09]
Sicilia - Gela — Wrecks
377
Paragraph 9.128 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies near the SE
corner of Area C; further wrecks lie in the SW corner
of Area B and close N of the central section of
Area D, as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 8.9/2009
(SDD 2009000 033697) [22/09]
NP 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume IV
(2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st June 2009
North Aegean - Thessaloníki — TSS
352
Paragraph 10.294 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...leads from the vicinity of 40°24′N 22°47′E to that of
40°31′N 22°49′E, about 7 miles N, in the inbound lane
of the Traffic Separation Scheme.
353
Paragraph 10.303 1 line 2 Replace by:
...N and NE in the TSS, passing (with positions
given...
354
Paragraph 10.320 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 40°31′⋅0N 22°48′⋅5E the track
leads NE for 6½ miles towards Thessaloníki Direction
Light (white metal framework tower on building)
(40°36′⋅6N 22°57′⋅0E), passing (with positions given
from the light):
355
Paragraph 10.323 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From position 40°35′⋅0N 22°54′⋅8E the fairway of...
International Maritime Organisation
(SDD 2009000 003663) [22/09]
Wk22/09

NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2009 Edition)
Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions; leading
lights
116
Paragraph 4.136 2 Lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 Directions. Leading lights:
Front light (metal post on concrete block)
(57°41′⋅1N 2°41′⋅4W).
Rear light (red triangle apex uppermost on black and
white metal post) (close S of front mark).
Paragraph 4.136 3 Line 1 For: (about 160°) Read: (173°)
Aberdeenshire Council
(SDD 2009000 004015)
Scotland - North -east coast - Cromarty Firth —
Invergordon; berth
139
Top view “Inverness - Admiralty Pier from ESE (4.234)”
For Inverness Read Invergordon
UKHO
(HH052/200/01)
Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages;
designated berths and prohibited anchorage
areas
162
After Paragraph 5.17 1 line 2 Insert:
Anchorages
5.17a
1 Within Scapa Flow there are designated anchoring
areas to the NE of Flotta Marine Terminal (5.134) for
specific vessels and vessel activity, as follows:
Berths STS1 to STS4 are for LNG and crude oil
tankers engaged in ship -to -ship cargo transfer
operations.
2 Berths STS1, STS2, STS3, No 9 and No 10 are
designated for use by VLCCs and other
deep -draughted vessels.
Berth No 1 is for tankers awaiting an alongside berth
at Flotta Marine Terminal.
3 Berths No 2 to No 8 and No 11 are general
purpose anchorages.
Prohibited anchorages
5.17b
1 Anchoring is prohibited in the following areas:
Within 2 cables of the submarine oil pipeline
running from position 58°50′⋅3N 2°54′⋅8W in
Water Sound, thence across Sound of Hoxa, to
position 58°50′⋅0N 3°06′⋅6W in Curries Firth.
2 Within 2 cables of the submarine oil pipelines
running from position 58°51′⋅0N 3°07′⋅1W,
close N of Flotta Marine Terminal, to SPM 1
(58°52′⋅2N 3°07′⋅4W) and SPM 2 (58°52′⋅3N
3°05′⋅9W).
Orkney Harbours Department
(SDD 2009000 013850 and 015083) [22/09]
Wk22/09
IV
4.3
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; pilotage
216
Existing Section IV Notice week 32/07 Paragraph 9.73a 1-3
Replace by:
1 The area inside the newly constructed Outer
Harbour (52°34′⋅6N 1°44′⋅5E) remains closed to
2
navigation.
Vessels should keep well to seaward of any vessels
engaged in completion operations in the close vicinity
of Outer Harbour. Port Operations should be contacted
for further information if required.
Paragraph 9.75 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
Pilots embark in Great Yarmouth and Lowestoft
Outer boarding position, 9 cables NNE of Corton
Light Buoy (52°31′⋅1N 1°51′⋅4E) or, at the inner
boarding position not less than 5 cables from the...
Port of Great Yarmouth
(SDD 2009000 032494; 035121) [22/09]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Germany - Osterems — Directions; buoyage;
depths
140
Paragraph 5.67 1 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
In 2009 there was a least depth in the buoyed
channel over the sand bar at the entrance to Voorentief
(5.70) of 4⋅3 m and farther upriver it dries 0⋅6 m.
Depths are very changeable and are not maintained by
dredging; the marked channel is unlit.
Paragraph 5.70 Replace by:
1 Sea to Memmert. From Osterems Light Buoy (safe
water) (53°42′N 6°36′E), the channel leads initially
through Voorentief which lies between the S side of
Brauerplaten (53°39′N 6°43′E) and the N coast of
Borkum. The channel is marked by buoys (lateral,
numbers prefixed by O) and leads S, ESE and E for
12½ miles to a position SSW of Memmert. The track
passes (positioned from Hohe Hörn (53°36′N 6°49′E),
the E extremity of Borkum):
2 W of Brauerplaten (5 miles NW), thence:
Over a bar (7¾ miles WNW) (5.67) at the entrance to
Voorentief, thence:
SSE of Brauerplaten, and:
NNE of Hohes Riff (8 miles W) which extends NW
of Borkum. An exposed wreck in two parts lies in
position 53°38′⋅4N 6°36′⋅9E, thence:
S of a drying patch on the S side of Brauerplaten
(3½ miles NW), and:
3 N of Nordstrand on Borkum (5.36), thence:
S of Kachelotplate (2½ miles N), an islet lying
1 mile W of Memmert, and:
N of O15/F16 Buoy (preferred channel to port)
(1 mile NNE), which marks the entrance to
Borkumer Wattfahrwasser (5.72), thence:

N of Lütje Hörn (2 miles ESE), a small sandy islet
that lies within the nature reserve (5.68) enclosing
Randzel, thence:
4 SSW of Memmert (3 miles NE), a small island
with a few sand dunes that lies within a
nature reserve (5.68).
Useful mark:
Ostbake (1¾ miles W) (5.57).
Paragraph 5.72 Replace by:
1 Borkumer Wattfahrwasser lies off the E coast of
Borkum and crosses the NW part of Randzel (5.78).
The channel, which is marked by perches and withies
during the summer months, dries about 0⋅5 m. It
provides a small craft passage between Voorentief
(5.70) and Randzelgat (5.78).
German Notice 19/(21) 90/09; BA Chart 3631
(SDD 2009000 035702) [22/09]
Denmark - Thyborøn Kanal and Havn —
Depths; maximum size of vessel handled
301
Paragraph 9.91 1 line 6 For 6m Read 8m.
303
Paragraph 9.115 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
Maximum size of vessel handled: Maximum
dimensions depend upon prevailing weather and tidal
conditions. The Harbour Master should be consulted in
advance.
The Danish Harbour Pilot (April 2009)
(SDD 2009000 033498; 034586) [22/09]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Florø - Kylleren - Måsholmsundet — Directions
513
Paragraph 12.344 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...made from the W, passing along a dredged channel
through Måsholmsundet. An alternative approach is made
IV
4.4
through Håskjerfora, thence entering Kylleren between
Måsholmen (61°35′⋅3N 4°59′⋅3E) and...
After Paragraph 12.345 1 line 1 Add:
Måsholmsundet. Dredged to 9.6 m.
Paragraph 12.345 1 line 3 For 12⋅0 Read 8⋅3
After Paragraph 12.346 Insert:
Directions for main approach through
Måsholmsundet
12.346a
1 Gunhildvågen Leading Lights:
Front light (61°35′⋅0N 5°00′⋅7E).
Rear light (90 m ESE of front light)
2 From a position about 6 cables NNE of Nekkøyosen
Light (61°34′⋅9N 4°56′⋅9E) the alignment (108½°) of
these lights leads ESE through Måsholmsundet,
passing (with positions relative to Perholmflu Light
(61°35′⋅2N 4°59′⋅0E)):
NNE of the shore bank surrounding Færøykalven.
The N edge is marked by a light (7½ cables W)
(12.342). Thence:
NNE of the E end (5 cables W) of Færøykalven,
from which a light (12.347) is exhibited, thence:
3 SSW of Håskjera (12.347), the W edge of which
is marked by a light. Thence:
NNE of Perholmflu Light (post), exhibited from the
shore bank close N of the W end of Perholmen,
thence:
Through the dredged channel, marked with light
beacons (floodlit), between Måsholmen and
Perholmen.
4 The track then leads into the W end of Kylleren
and the berths. An isolated rock (61°35′⋅2N 4°59′⋅7E),
with a depth of 8⋅7 m, is located N of the track.
Paragraph 12.347 Heading Replace by:
Directions for approach through Håskjerfora
Norwegian Notices 5/209/09; 8/373/09
(SDD 2009000 019546; 032852) [22/09]
Wk22/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Alaska - North Cape to Biorka Island —
Directions; depth
L32 - L38 Replace by:
232
...isolated 3⋅2 m (11 ft) rocky patch lying 1 mile SW of
John Rock is the outer of several such shoal patches
lying SW of a line joining the two rocks. The sea
breaks over the shallowest of these, 2⋅7 m (9 ft), lying
7 cables S of John Rock. Thence:
US Notice 18/17326/09
(SDD 2009000 032452) [21/09]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Panama–Balboa—Pilotage
402
Paragraph 13.129 1 Replace by:
1 Compulsory and provided by Panama Canal.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5)
(HH. 007/200/01) [21/09]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Panama - Panama Canal — Pilotage
300
Paragraph 11.50 1 Replace by:
1 General remarks. Pilotage is compulsory
throughout the whole of the Panama Canal, including
the ports of Balboa and Puerto Cristóbal.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5)
(HH. 07A/200/02) 21/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
England – South coast - Portsmouth – Swashway
— Directions; depth
233
Paragraph 7.188 1 line 7 For 2⋅3 m Read 2⋅1 m
BA Chart 2625 07/05
(SDD 2009000 030817) [21/09]
4.1
[21/09]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
Vietnam - Nha Trang — Directions;
vertical clearance
189
After Paragraph 5.193 1 Insert:
1
Vertical clearance
5.193a
A cable car is suspended between Hon Tre and the
mainland in the vicinity of 12°12′⋅4N 109°14′⋅0E. The
cable is supported by seven buoyed pylons across the
channel
(177 ft).
with a vertical clearance of about 54 m
190
Paragraph 5.203 3 line 1 Add:
Passing under a cable car (5.193a) with a vertical
clearance of about 54 m, thence:
MV Queen Victoria
(SDD 2009000 023074) [21/09]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2008 Edition)
Algeria - Baie d’Alger — wreck
260
Paragraph 6.146 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Cautions. Two dangerous wrecks lie in Anchorage
Area No 2; 36°45′⋅7N 3°07′⋅3E (position approximate)
and 36°46′⋅1N 3°07′⋅0E.
Navarea III 170/09
(SDD 2009000 030366) [21/09]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
River Humber - Immingham Dock — Directions;
lights in line
174
Paragraph 7.80 3 Replace by:
3 The alignment (216°) of two lights in line (mast
structure) in position 53°37′⋅5N 0°11′⋅7W assists
vessels in entering and leaving the locks. The lights
are aligned alongside the E side of the lock which is
the side normally used for making fast. They are
particularly useful at night when visibility is obstructed
by background lighting in the dock area.
Depths in the entrance to Immingham Dock vary.
The Dock Master should be consulted for the latest
information.
Humber Notice H20/2009
(SDD 2009000 023823; 031676) [21/09]
Wk21/09

NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
West coast - Bradangersundet —
Underwater rock
427
Paragraph 11.65 7 line 3 -8 Replace by:
The track then leads WNW between the N sides of
Stråholmen and Sandøyna and the S end of
Langholmen (1⋅8 miles NNW), passing:
NNE of Hakeneset, the N extremity of Sandøyna,
thence:
SSW of an isolated rock with a depth of 4⋅6 m
(2 miles NNW) lying in the middle of the channel
between Guleskjer (2⋅1 miles NNW) and
Kvigesundholmane. Guleskjer is marked on its
NE side by an iron perch.
8 The track then leads NW between Store Bjorøyna
(11.74) and Guleskjer to a position 3 cables S of
Klauvholmen (1½ miles NNW) (11.74).
Norwegian Notice 7/326/09
(SDD 2009000 028143) [21/09]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Portugal - Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes —
Marine nature reserve
8
Paragraph 1.57 2 line 1 Delete
155
After Paragraph 5.176 1 Insert:
5.176a
1 Marine nature reserve. The Berlengas Nature
Reserve has been established in the waters surrounding
Ilha da Berlenga and Os Farilhôes as shown on
the chart.
Restrictions apply regarding navigation and
anchoring within the designated area and the following
activities are prohibited:
Dumping of waste and spoil, particularly hazardous
or toxic material.
Carrying out any activity that might have a
detrimental effect on any aspect of the nature
reserve.
Any underwater activity unless specifically
authorised.
For further information see 1.56.
2 The area is inadequetely surveyed and mariners
should exercise caution if navigating in the vicinity.
156
Paragraph 5.177 2 Delete
Paragraph 5.180 including heading Replace by:
Spare
5.180
Portuguese Notice 3/172/2009
(SDD 2009000 029231) [21/09]
Wk21/09
IV
4.2
Gibraltar — Vessel traffic service;
anchorage areas; prohibited areas
247
After Paragraph 7.139 1 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
7.139a
1 A VTS provides a traffic control and information
service within the territorial waters of Gibraltar and for
vessels proceeding to the anchorage E of Gibraltar.
The system is mandatory for all vessels over 8 m
LOA.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
Paragraph 7.141 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained W of the North,
Detached and South Moles but clear of the exclusion
zone surrounding Europa Point (7.146) and the
prohibited area described below. The anchorage is
exposed to SW winds...
Paragraph 7.142 1 line 3 Replace by:
...extending 1¼ cables W from the the extremity of
Gibraltar...
248
Paragraph 7.143 1 Replace by:
1 Large vessels, many awaiting orders, anchor on the
E side of Gibraltar. During W winds good anchorage
can be obtained up to 5 miles offshore. Anchoring
within 1½ miles of the coast is prohibited.
Paragraph 7.143 4 line 7 Add:
For details of exclusion zone see 7.146
After Paragraph 7.146 1 Insert:
Prohibited areas. A permanent exclusion zone (EZ)
exists within a 1 mile radius of Europa Point (7.71).
An EZ also exists on the eastern side of Gibraltar
for a distance of 2½ cables seaward of the end of the
airport runway.
Gibraltar Port Authority
(SDDs 2009000 012541; 014094; 028701; 029753;
032373; ALRS Vol 6 (2)) [21/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2007 Edition)
Juan de Fuca Strait - Buoyage — Racons
81
Paragraph 2.194 1 lines 2 and 4 Delete
BA Chart 4950 and Canadian Notice 3461/04/2009
(HH. 612/475/05; SDD 2009000 031334) [20/09]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Die Ems - Alte Ems — Directions; buoyage
139
Paragraph 5.59 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
....of 4⋅5 m (2007) over Horsbornplate, 1½ miles W
of 17/A1/H6 Light Buoy (53°34′⋅0N 6°39′⋅0E).
Paragraph 5.61 2 line 2 For (53°34′N 6°38′E) Read
(53°34′⋅0N 6°39′⋅0E).
143
Paragraph 5.90 1 line 2 For SW Read NE.
German Notice 17/90/09
(SDD 2009000 031638) [20/09]
4.1
[20/09]
Wk20/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Argentina – Golfo San Matías — Directions; light
362
Paragraph 11.125 1 line 1 For lights Read light
Paragraph 11.125 1 lines 3 -4 Delete
After Paragraph 11.126 1 line 3 Add:
Useful mark:
Punta Colorada Light (41°42′S 65°02′W) (11.144).
364
Paragraph 11.144 1 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 11.144 2 line 4 For mark Read marks
After Paragraph 11.144 2 line 5 Add:
Punta Colorada Light (building) (41°42′S
65°02′W).
Argentine Naval Hydrographic Service Bulletin No 82
(SDD 2009000 025839) [19/09]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(2008 Edition)
Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions;
Light
226
Paragraph 7.65 1 line 12 For 52°35′S Read 52°33′S
227
Paragraph 7.68 2 lines 5 -6 Delete A light To And:
228
Paragraph 7.79 1 line 2 For 52°35′S Read 52°33′S
Navarea XV Notice 21/09
(SDD 2009000 027528) [19/09]
Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes — Directions;
Shoal
255
Paragraph 7.298 1 lines 6 -7 Delete
Chilean Notice 3/32/09
(SDD 2009000 028217) [19/09]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Chile – Golfo Corcovado — Directions; Light
Paragraph 4.28 3 Delete
Wk19/09
136
4.1
Paragraph 4.32 4 Delete
137
138
Paragraph 4.39 1 line 1 Replace by:
[19/09]
1 Useful marks:
Punta Piedra Blanca Light (42°55′S 72°43′W)
(4.105).
144
Paragraph 4.104 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
Paragraph 4.105 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 Useful marks:
Punta Piedra Blanca Light (white GRP tower, red
band, 4 m in height) (42°55′S 72°43′W).
150
Paragraph 4.157 including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.157
Chilean Notice 3/29/09
(SDD 2009000 028212) [19/09]
Chile – Paso Horcón — Directions; Shoals
233
Paragraph 7.57 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
NW of a shoal patch, least depth 8⋅6 m (28ft),
(5¾ cables SW); noting further patches 1 cable
W and 1 cable N. Thence:
SEofa10m(33ft)patch(6½ cables WNW), and:
Chilean Notice 3/26/09
(SDD 2009000 028209) [19/09]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Sweden - Gotland — Faludden Light
87
Paragraph 2.20 1 line 5 Replace by:
Faludden Tower (56°59′⋅8N 18°23′⋅7E) (2.179).
Paragraph 2.20 2 line 6 Delete
Paragraph 2.25 1 line 5 Replace by:
Faludden Tower (56°59′⋅8N 18°23′⋅7E) (2.179).
Paragraph 2.25 2 line 3 Delete
108
Paragraph 2.179 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Faludden Tower (formerly a lighthouse) (white
metal tower, 17 m in height) (56°59′⋅8N
18°23′⋅7E), stands on a point of that name.

109
Paragraph 2.179 3 line 3 Delete
Swedish Notice 252/5521/09
(SDD 2009000 030193) [19/09]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - Erdek — anchorage
83
Paragraph 2.123 4 lines1to3Delete
Turkish Chart 2941
(SDD 2009000 011167) [19/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Netherlands - Westerschelde — Directions;
buoyage
177
Paragraph 7.183 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
178
Paragraph 7.191 including heading Replace by:
Vaarwater langs Hoofdplaat, Vaarwater langs de
Paulinapolder and Thomaesgeul
7.191
1 Vaarwater langs Hoofdplaat (51°23′N 3°38′E),
Vaarwater langs de Paulinapolder (51°22′N 3°42′E)
and Thomaesgeul (51°22′N 3°43′E) lead from
Breskens (51°24′N 3°34′E) (7.56) in a generally ESE
direction for 7½ miles to Pas van Terneuzen (7.188).
The route runs between the coast of the estuary to the
S and Plaat van Breskens and Hooge Platen, drying
banks, to the N. The channel is marked by buoys
(lateral) and is used by inland waterway craft and
recreational craft. Least depth is about 5 m.
189
Paragraph 7.282 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 13/09 Replace by:
1 From its junction with Everingen (7.192) about 2
cables SE of Hoek van Baarland (51°23′⋅7N 3°54′⋅0E)
Middelgat leads initially NNE then E and SE for a
distance of 6 miles to a position off Hansweert. The
channel is marked by light buoys and buoys (lateral:
numbers prefixed by MG) and has a least depth of
IV
4.2
about 4 m. It passes (with positions from Baarland
Church (51°24′⋅5N 3°53′⋅1E)):
2 WNW of Rug van Baarland, a drying bank, (2¼
miles ESE), and:
ESE of a radar tower (8 cables SE) which stands on
the embankment, thence:
BASS Vlissingen Notices 026/09 and 027/09
(SDDs 2009000 028490; 028492) [19/09]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Golfo di Taranto - Gallipoli — Directions
508
Paragraph 14.202 2 lines1to3Delete
Italian Notice 7.11.09
(SDD 2009000 029933) [19/09]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
River Humber to Cromer - Outer Dowsing
Channel — Aids to navigation
190
Paragraph 8.14 1 line 3 Replace by:
N Outer Dowsing Light Buoy (53°33′⋅5N 0°59′⋅6E).
After Paragraph 8.14 1 line 7 Add:
AIS:
N Outer Dowsing Light Buoy - as above.
Cromer Light - as above.
Trinity House
(SDDs 2007000 064081; 2009000 028424) [19/09]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
The Netherlands - IJ -Geul Approach Area —
Directions; wreck
78
After Paragraph 3.39 1 line 5 Add:
A wreck at a depth of 21 m lies in position
52°28′⋅3N 3°47′⋅0E and is marked by light buoys (N
and S cardinal).
Netherlands Notice 15/187/09
(SDD 2009000 029273) [19/09]
Wk19/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
Greenland - West coast - Jakobshavns Isfjord —
Description; protected area
173
Paragraph 4.96 1 Replace by:
1 Jakobshavns Isfjord (69°09′N 51°00′W) is entered
between Avqutdluk (Eqe) and Nûa, another point
3¾ miles NNW. The entire fjord and its approaches
are a protected area, the limits of which are shown on
the charts. The protected area is divided into two
parts; in Area 1, the outer approaches, navigation is
prohibited for vessels of 1000 GT and greater; in
Area 2, the inner part of the fjord, navigation is
prohibited for all vessels. Anchoring is prohibited in
both parts of the protected area.
The abandoned settlements of Igdlumiut and Nordre
Huse are situated on the coast close S of Avqutdluk,
and the small settlements of Igdlumiut and Pitorqeq lie
on the coast close N of Nûa.
Danish Notices 133 -134/13/09
(SDD 2009000 027906) [18/09]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Spain - North coast - Bilbao —
Directions; bridge
258
Paragraph 9.187 2 line 3 For 3°56′⋅8W Read 2°56′⋅8W
STV Endracht
(SDD 2009000 026100) [18/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – West coast – Liverpool Bay —
Bar Light Buoy
270
Paragraph 9.13 1 line 1 For Buoy Read Float
Paragraph 9.13 1 line 6 For Buoy Read Float
271
Paragraph 9.21 1 line 2 For Buoy Read Float
Paragraph 9.22 heading For Bar Light Buoy Read Bar
Light Float
Paragraph 9.22 1 line 1 For Buoy Read Float
317
Paragraph 10.146 1 line 5 For Buoy Read Float
Wk18/09
4.1
[18/09]
318
Paragraph 10.153 1 line 2 For Buoy Read Float
Paragraph 10.154 heading For Bar Light Buoy Read Bar
Light Float
Paragraph 10.154 1 line 4 For Buoy Read Float
Paragraph 10.154 3 line 4 For Buoy Read Float
Trinity House
(SDD 2008000 083557) [18/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Northern Ireland – East coast –
Carlingford Lough — Directions; buoy
186
Paragraph 6.95 2 line 1 -2 Delete
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2009000 026159) [18/09]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Bjorøyosen — Rock
428
Paragraph 11.74 2 line 2 Replace by:
...Geiteneset, the SE point of Vassøyna. A rock,
with a depth of 13⋅5 m, lies 1 cable SW of
Geiteneset. Thence:
Norwegian Notice 7/326/09
(SDD 2009000 028143) [18/09]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st June 2009
Approaches to Boston Harbor —
Area To Be Avoided
114
After Paragraph 4.66 2 line 2 Add:
Area To Be Avoided (ATBA). In order to
significantly reduce ship strikes of the highly
endangered North Atlantic right whale an ATBA, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, is established
in the Great South Channel, adjoining the NNW bound
lane of the TSS, E of Davis Bank (4.71). Vessels of
300 gt or over should avoid the area between 1st April
and 31st July.
IMO
(HH. 078/550/10) [18/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(2008 Edition)
Chile - Canal Gabriel — Directions; light
251
Paragraph 7.279 3 line 7 Replace by:
NE of Rocas Grez (54°11′⋅7S 70°41′⋅7W), from
which a light (green rectangle on green and
white GRP tower, 3 m in height) is exhibited,
thence:
Chilean Notice 12 -121/2008
(SDD 2009000 002808) [17/09]
Chile - Paso Largo — Directions
267
Paragraph 7.382 3 line 3 For 5 cables Read 1 mile
Paragraph 7.383 1 line 4 For 73°12′W Read 73°13′W
Chilean Chart 11200
(SDD 2009000 013017) [17/09]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
United States of America - Pacific coast - Gulf of
Farallones — Directions; buoy
323
Paragraph 10.32 2 lines 3 and 4 For (preferred channel to
port) Read (starboard hand)
US Notice 11/18645/09
(SDD 2009000 017228) [17/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
England – South coast - Plymouth - Hamoaze —
Directions; shoal
132
Paragraph 4.228 7 lines 8 -9 Delete and also noting an
isolated 7⋅6 mpatch(8½cables WNW)
QHM Plymouth
(SDD 2009000 025585) [17/09]
4.1
[17/09]
England - South coast - Portland Harbour —
Directions; fairway; buoyage; marina
172
Paragraph 6.40 1 line 10 For 6.45 Read 6.44
Paragraph 6.46 1 line 5 For SE Read S
Paragraph 6.48 1 lines 1 -2 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.48
172 -173
Paragraph 6.49 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
Harbour entrances
6.49
1 There are two usable entrances to the Inner
Harbour; East Ship Channel, between Fort Head and A
Head, and North Ship Channel, between B Head and
C Head.
175
Paragraph 6.55 1 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of Portland pilot boarding place
(50°36′N 2°24′W) a WSW heading leads through
North Ship Channel entrance passing between B Head
and C Heads. Lights (6.26) are exhibited from the
breakwater heads.
After Paragraph 6.55 2 Insert:
Inner Harbour: fairway to marina
6.55a
1 All vessels and craft intending to use the marina
should enter harbour through the North Ship Channel
and then follow the Inner Harbour fairway, as shown
on the chart, until reaching the marina entrance. The
fairway is marked by two light buoys (port hand)
(50°35′⋅4N 2°26′⋅6W and 50°34′⋅9N 2°27′⋅3W) and
one light buoy (safe water) (50°35′⋅2N 2°27′⋅3W).
176
After Paragraph 6.57 4 Insert:
5 A marina, enclosed by breakwaters, is centred on
position 50°34′⋅4N 2°27′⋅2W. Lights are exhibited from
both breakwaters and traffic signals for leisure craft
are displayed from the NW head of the E breakwater.
Paragraph 6.59 1 line 3 For 2¼ cables Read 2¾ cables
Paragraph 6.59 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
of the marine farms (6.46).
Portland Harbour Master
(SDD 2009000 021358) [17/09]
Wk17/09

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Depths;
anchorages; channels; lights; basins
358
Paragraph 10.240 1 lines 1 -4 including existing Section IV
Notice week 20/08 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. The least depth in the fairway,
and on the alignment of leading lights where
appropriate, is 16⋅5 mtoBasinAand16⋅7 m toNo1 Basin, and thereafter 13⋅2 m to enter the other basins
to S.
Paragraph 10.241 2 Replace by:
2 Large Vessels Anchorage, marked at is centre
by a light buoy (special) (40°21′⋅7N
121°52′⋅9E), with depths from 13 to 15 m,
mud and sand. An obstruction, depth 14⋅1 m,
lies in the NW part. Dangerous wrecks lie
close N, and 4 cables W of NW corner,
position approximate.
Small Vessels, Pilotage and Quarantine
Anchorage (40°21′N 122°00′E), with depths of
6 m to 11 m, mud. Spoil Ground A, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, with a least depth
2⋅9 m and marked centrally by a light buoy
(special), lies 2 cables N of the anchorage.
Existing Section IV Notice week 20/08 Paragraph 10.245a
1 line 1 including heading Replace by:
BasinAandNo1Basin
10.245a
1 Leading lights:
Basin A Front Light (beacon, 29 m in height)
(40°18′⋅5N 122°04′⋅8E),
Rear Light (beacon, 35 m in height) (250 m from
front).
From a position on the 097½° alignment 3½ cables
WSW of No 20 Light Buoy (W cardinal), 2¼ miles W
of N Breakwater Light (40°17′⋅4N 122°04′⋅9E), and N
of a rock, depth 8⋅1 m, the channel, the alignment
(067°) of the above lights leads through a channel
marked by light buoys (W cardinal and lateral) for
2 miles into Basin A which is under development.
Leading lights:
Existing Section IV Notice Week 20/08 After Paragraph
10.245a Insert:
Angang Hangdao
10.245b
1 A channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), leads
SE for about 7 miles towards the new development of
Angang Bayuguan (40°20′N 122°08′E). Leading lights
are being established.
The least depth in this channel inward from No 5
and 6 Light Buoys (lateral) (40°22′⋅9N 122°02′⋅8E) is
9⋅4 m.
No further details are available.
UKHO
(HH. 032/209/02) [17/09]
Wk17/09
IV
4.2
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Approaches to Fløro - Rotasundet — Lights
517
Paragraph 12.370 8 line 7 Replace by:
...by a buoy (spar, starboard hand. Thence:
S of Rotaflu Light (floodlit) (61°36′⋅3N 5°01′⋅1E),
standing on Austre Rotaflua bank, off the SW
point of Rota.
Paragraph 12.371 1 line 7 Replace by:
...marked by an iron perch and Sandværet Østre
Light (61°36′⋅7N 5°00′⋅4E). Thence:
Paragraph 12.371 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...light (lantern on post, 7 m in height, floodlit,
private) is exhibited from the W side of the
fairway. Rotasundet Østre light (floodlit)
(61°36⋅5N 5°00⋅7E) is exhibited from the E side.
Thence:
Paragraph 12.371 3 line 6 After perch Insert:and Rotaflu
Light (12.370)
Norwegian Notices 6/273/09; 6/274/09; 6/275/09;
6/276/09
(SDDs 2009000 024497; 024498; 024499; 024500)
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
Ra’s Laffºn — Arrival information; SPMs
196
After Paragraph 7.488 1 line 5 Insert:
[17/09]
A waiting area for vessels loading at the SPMs lies
about 7 miles E of CALM -2 (26°00′⋅7N 52°04′⋅9E).
197
Paragraph 7.490 1 line 6 For pilot Read harbour pilot
Paragraph 7.490 1 line 7 Replace by:
...Buoy. The pilot for the SPMs boards about 2¾ miles
SE of CALM -1 (26°00′⋅7N 52°03′⋅7E). See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
Paragraph 7.498 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 SPMs. CALM -1 (26°00′⋅7N 52°03′⋅7E) and
CALM -2 lying 1 mile further E.
Outer Basin. Three LNG berths lie off the Main...
Head of Port Operations Ra’s Laffan
(SDD 2009000 015173) [17/09]

NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Martha’s Vineyard — Nantucket Sound -
Directions; buoyage
133
Paragraph 5.47 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 Clear of a wreck (2½ miles NNE), noting the shoal
patch with least depth of 4⋅5 m 5 cables farther NNW,
and a second wreck 1 mile farther NW, and:
US Notice 14/13238/2009
(SDD 2009000 024863) [17/09]
IV
4.3
Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose
Channel - Directions; buoyage
204
Existing Section IV Notice Week 49/08 Paragraph 7.108 2
line 6 For 10 miles Read 10½ miles
US Notice 14/12326/2009
(SDD 2009000 024859) [17/09]
Wk17/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil - E coast – Rio Doce south -eastwards —
Directions; offshore marks
201
After Paragraph 6.110 3 line 9 Add:
FPSO ‘Capichaba’ (lit) 20°00′S 39°33′W).
Platform ‘Cidade de Vitória’ (lit) 20°03′S39°32′W).
Brazilian Notice 5/28/09
(SDD 2009000 023093) [16/09]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
Mexico - Pacific coast — Energia Costa Azul
LNG Terminal
250
After Paragraph 7.164 Insert:
Energia Costa Azul LNG Terminal
General information
7.164a
1 Position and function. Energia Costa Azul (ECA)
LNG Terminal is an import facility located about
15 miles NW of Ensenada in position 31°59′⋅2N
116°51′⋅0W. The site is also known as La Jovita. The
terminal is able to accommodate LNG carriers in the
capacity range 70 000 to 200 000 m 3 .
Terminal limits. Seaward from the terminal to the
pilot embarkation/disembarkation points, see 7.164c.
2 Port Authority. The terminal is owned by Sempra
LNG, 101 Ash Street, HQ16, San Diego, CA92101,
United States.
The company website, www.sempralng.com/Pages/
Terminals/Default.htm, has a portal (Shipper Portal)
through which customers of the terminal may perform
a variety of functions relating to terminal services, and
is a valuable source of information regarding local
weather reports, security levels and marine services. It
includes a chart of the terminal.
3 The terminal is operated by Servicios Maritimos de
Baja CA.
Limiting conditions
7.164b
1 Controlling depth: 15 m at the berth.
Tidal levels. Mean maximum range is about 2⋅4 m,
mean minimum range about 1⋅6 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: 330 m LOA,
52 m beam, draught 13 m.
Local weather. The following are the broad
limiting conditions for berthing only, although some
adjustment is made for size of vessel and while
4.1
[16/09]
interim tugs are in use. Other thresholds apply to ships
at berth and unberthing.
Wind: 8 m/s (15½ kn).
2 Sea state: 3⋅0 m from N (defined as between
240° to 280°); 2⋅2 m from S (defined as
between 200° to 225°).
Visibility: 2 miles.
The detached breakwater (7.164d) is designed to
protect the berth from the full force of the Pacific
weather. The Shipper Portal will display real time
conditions and post notification if conditions are
outside berthing limits. This information will also be
passed by radio one hour prior to arrival.
Arrival information
7.164c
1 Terminal operations. The terminal operates
24 hours throughout the year.
Port radio is available. Vessels underway within
the terminal area are required to operate AIS.
Outer anchorage. Anchoring in the vicinity of the
terminal is not recommended on account of the
exposed nature of the coast and depth of water.
Vessels requiring to anchor are advised to use Bahía
de Todos Santos, see 7.158.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board either N or S
of the terminal dependent of prevailing weather
conditions. The N boarding point is in position
31°59′⋅3N 116°54′⋅3W; the S in position 31°56′⋅3N
116°52′⋅0W. The Pilot will remain aboard while the
vessel is at the terminal. An ECDIS system is required
to be available to the Pilot, and if this is not fitted or
is unserviceable, this should be reported in the 96 hour
notification message.
Tugs are available and their use is compulsory from
the pilot boarding point. One will be at immediate
notice while a vessel is berthed at the terminal.
Harbour
7.164d
1 General layout. The terminal has a single berth
aligned 304½°/124½° and protected by a detached
breakwater 648 m in length, from the ends of which
lights are exhibited. Four lights are spaced along the
berth. A second berth is planned for Phase 2.
Current is dominated primarily by a S -going flow
of less than 1 kn along the coast but is generally
negligible at the berth.
2 Local weather. Prevailing winds are from NW or
NNW at 10 to 15 kn. Prevailing swell less than 2 m
from SSW (May to October) and from WSW
(November to April).
Directions
7.164e
1 Approach. Starboard side to is the preferred option,
with vessels approaching from S into the prevailing
NW winds. Leading lights are exhibited from the
berthing structure, the alignment being 330° for an
approach from S and 103° for an approach from N.
Wk16/09

Light buoys mark the 15 m depth contour NW and
SE of the berth.
Port services
7.164f
1 Facilities. Oily waste disposal is available in case
of necessity, but vessels are requested to retain such
wastes onboard while berthed at the terminal. Limited
garbage disposal. For other facilties see 7.156.
Supplies. Ships are not encouraged to take on fuel,
but if necessity demands, fuel can be arranged by
barge with 24 hours notice. Delivery of stores requires
24 hours notice in normal circumstances. No fresh
water.
2 Communications. See 7.156.
Terminal regulations are contained within the ECA
Marine Terminal Manual which visiting vessels are
required to carry.
ECA Marine Terminal Manual Version 4.1 (Feb 09)
(SDD 2009000 023032) [16/09]
United States of America - San Francisco Bay —
Directions; depth
328
Paragraph 10.52 4 lines1to3Replace by:
4 S of Alcatraz Island (10.45), noting a least depth
(2009) of 8⋅2 m (27 ft) lying on the S edge of a spoil
ground 2 cables S of the island. Heavy tide ....
US Notice 12/18652/09
(SDD 2009000 020469) [16/09]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2007 Edition)
Canada - Oak Bay - Robson Reef — Beacon
79
Paragraph 2.183 3 lines 2 -3 For (preferred channel to
starboard) Read (port hand)
Canada W Notice 3/3313/09
(SDD 2009000 023806) [16/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao -
Waiyangang Dao north northwestwards —
Directions; wreck
210
After Paragraph 6.32 7 line 1 Insert:
Wk16/09
Clear of a dangerous wreck (30°05′N 122°32′E)
position approximate (reported 2009), thence:
IV
4.2
229
After Paragraph 6.157 1 line 6 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (9 miles ESE) position
approximate (reported 2009), thence:
Chinese Notice 330/09
(SDD 2009000 023872 ) [16/09]
China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men
— Directions; depths; buoyed channel
213
Existing Section IV Notice Week 10/09 Paragraph 6.50a 1
and 2 Replace by:
1 East approaches to Xiazhi Men Anchorages:
Xiazhimen Kou Outside Deep Water Dredged
Channel has a dredged depth of 22⋅1 m (2007)
and an effective width of 390 m; see 6.51a for
regulations for vessels navigating in or within
2 miles of this channel.
2 Approach N of deep water channel has a least
depth 17⋅5 m. It is reported that an
under -keel clearance of 2⋅0 m is required to
pass this area and deep draught vessels are
advised to seek advice from Ningbo VTS
(6.51) about using the deep water channel.
Minimum under keel -clearance is 10% of vessel’s
draught, with a minimum of 2 m.
214
Existing Section IV Notice Week 10/09 Paragraph 6.58 4
lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 SSW of No 2 Spoil Ground area (5¾ miles
SSE). The track then leads generally W,
passing:
Existing Section IV Notice Week 10/09 Paragraph 6.58 7
lines 5 -8 Replace by:
...WSW and keeping clear of two dangerous wrecks,
3 miles and 4¼ miles SW, positions approximate and
passing NNW of the outer anchorage areas and No 2
Spoil Ground area (above).
Chinese Chart 13522
(HH. 548/470/10) [16/09]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Pakistan - Ras Muari to Astola Island -
Directions; dangerous wreck
330
After Paragraph 10.135 1 line 6 Add:
N of a dangerous wreck (24°24′⋅0N 66°12′⋅2E),
thence:
Pakistan Notice to Mariners 43/09
(SDD 2009000 024444) [16/09]

NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2008 Edition)
Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Trieste —
Wreck
467
Paragraph 10.176.1 line 12 Replace by:
... height) is exhibited. A dangerous wreck lies 5 cables
NW of the N head of Diga Nord. Thence:
Italian Chart 237
(SDD 2009000 011505) [16/09]
IV
4.3
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Firth of Lorn — Buoyage
217
Paragraph 8.70 4 line 4 -5 Replace by:
...together, marked on their SW side by Bono Rock Light
Buoy (W cardinal) and covered by a red...
Paragraph 8.70 5 line 7 Replace by:
Bogha Ghair is marked on the NE side by Bogha
Ghair Light Buoy (port hand) and is covered by a red
sector...
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 20090000 023773) [16/09]
Wk16/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Finland - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb —
Directions; Armbågen Light
295
Paragraph 7.251 1 line 5 Delete
296
Paragraph 7.255 1 line 5 Replace by:
4
...W of Svenska Björn and SW of the remnants of
Armbågen Lighthouse...
Paragraph 7.255 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
NE of the remnants of Armbågen Lighthouse
(59°37′⋅8N 19°57′⋅6E), standing on a shoal on
the SW side of the fairway. The remnants of
the lighthouse extend approximately 1⋅5 m
above sea level. Thence:
Finnish Notice 7 -8/118/09
(SDD 2009000 021868) [15/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
England – South coast - Plymouth approaches —
Directions; buoy
127
After Paragraph 4.218 2 line 1 Add:
E of L4 Light Buoy (special) (4¼ miles SSW).
Plymouth Marine Laboratory
(SDD 2009000 021027) [15/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Honte —
Directions; lights
177 - 178
Paragraph 7.187 2-4 Replace by:
2 The initial course is NE with Schone Waardin Light
(51°26′⋅5N 3°37′⋅9E) ahead until NW of H -SS Light
Buoy (N cardinal) whence inbound and outbound
traffic converge in a single fairway at the seaward end
of Honte. Thence the route leads E and SE passing
(with positions from the chimney (51°26′⋅0N
3°43′⋅0E)):
SSE of Schone Waardin Light (3¼ miles W)
(red mast, white bands; 5 m in height), thence:
N of Spijkerplaat (2½ miles W), a shoal. Stella Buoy
(W cardinal) marks the location of a wreck at its
W end. Thence:
4.1
[15/09]
3 SSW of the entrance to Vlissingen Oost (2 miles
WNW) (7.150) and across the E boundary of
the precautionary area (7.31). Kaloot, the area
SE of the entrance to Vlissingen Oost, is
relatively higher ground with a number of
wind turbines, which are situated along the
line of the coast. Thence:
4 NE of Spijkerplaat (1¼ miles SW), the shoal
which lies in the centre of the river and
which dries, thence:
SW of Noordnol Buoy (W cardinal) marking a
groyne which extends 2½
thence:
cables offshore,
To a position WSW of Hoek van Borssele
(1¼ miles SSE). A tanker jetty (7.176) lies close SE
of Hoek van Borssele.
Paragraph 7.188 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...(1½ miles NE). The passage is marked by PvT -E
Light Buoy...
Paragraph 7.193 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
The channel commences off Hoek van Borssele
(51°24′⋅9N 3°43′⋅6E) and PvT -E Light -buoy
(W cardinal) (7.188), 8 cables SW,...
Netherlands Notice 09/153/09
(SDD 2009000 022107) [15/09]
The Netherlands - Approaches to
Hoek van Holland — Directions; buoyage
221
After Paragraph 9.30 3 line 7 Add:
SB Light Buoy (51°59′⋅8N 3°54′⋅6E).
After Paragraph 9.33 3 line 6 Add:
SB Light Buoy (special) (51°59′⋅8N 3°54′⋅6E) has
been laid in order to assist in separating inbound
vessels from dredgers engaged in the Maasvlakte 2
project.
Netherlands Notice 09/144/09
(SDDs 2009000 022104; 023188) [15/09]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - South Coast - Lantau Island —
Directions; obstruction
276
Paragraph 8.28 3 line 7 For (2¾ miles NNW) Read
(2¾ miles NNW) remaining clear of an obstruction, depth
14⋅9 m, 6 cables farther NNE.
Hong Kong Notice 3/6/09
(SDD 2009000 011468) [15/09]
Wk15/09

NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales – South -west coast – Milford Haven -
River Cleddau above Pembroke Dock —
Vertical clearance
169
Paragraph 5.116 1 line 2 For 24 m Read 23 m
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2009000 017125) [15/09]
Wk15/09
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Note: All Section IV Notices published for the
2005 Edition of NP 13 (those issued before
Week 39/08) are cancelled.
Western Australia - North -east approaches to
Exmouth Gulf — Directions; depths
255 -256
Paragraph 6.282, including heading, Paragraph 6.283 1-2
and Paragraph 6.283 3 line 1 Replace by:
Charts Aus 64, Aus 744
Inner route
6.282
1 From a position about 3½ miles N of Ashburton
Island (21°36′S 114°56′E) a route for vessels of
suitable draught leads initially SW, passing (with
positions from Ashburton Island):
NW of Australind Shoal (1½ miles NNW), thence:
2 Between Glennie Patches, the N -most patch
(1¼ miles SW), and Tortoise Island (4 miles
W) (6.287), noting the 6⋅5 m patch 5 cables S
of the island, thence:
NW of Outer North West Patch (3½ miles WSW),
thence:
3 Clear of a 3⋅6 m patch (7½ miles WSW) lying
between Tongue Shoals (6 miles SW) and
Santo Rock (9 miles WSW). A 4⋅7 m patch
lies 1¾ miles NE of Santo Rock and a 3⋅5 m
depth lies 1½ miles SW of Tongue Shoals.
6.283
1 From a position about 1 mile SE of Santo Rock the
route then leads WSW, passing (with positions from
Observation Island (21°44′S 114°32′E)):
Between Locker Island (12½ miles E) (6.288) and
Table Island (12½ miles NE) which has a flat top.
A4⋅3 m depth lies 2¾ miles SSE of Table Island
and a 5⋅2 m depth lies 1½ miles farther E.
Thence:
2 NNW of Locker Reef (10½ miles ENE); the
depths around the reef are irregular and
depths of less than 5 m extend up to 2 miles
NNW, and 2¾ miles WNW, of it. Thence:
SSE of the S end of Serrurier Island (10 miles NE)
(6.273), thence:
3 NNW of Hayman Rock (8½ miles ENE); a
depth of 4⋅7 m lies 1 mile NW of it. Thence:
Australian Notice 02/154/09
(DHDB 1046869) [14/09]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron —
Directions; buoy
201
Paragraph 7.287 4 line 2 For (port hand) (9½ cables NNW)
Read (W cardinal) (9½ cables NW)
French Notice 09/10/33
(SDD 2009000 020026) [14/09]
Wk14/09
4.1
[14/09]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Fangcheng — Outer anchorages;
pilot boarding positions
233
Paragraph 7.42 1 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
1 There are 10 designated anchorages shown on the
chart in the approaches to the entry channel; bottom is
sand and mud. The two E -most anchorages, B9 and
B10, are for dangerous goods. Non -power driven
1
vessels should anchor N of B1 anchorage.
Paragraph 7.43 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. Available 24 hours, subject
to tidal variation, pilots board from a tug. The pilot
boarding points are shown on the chart to the S of a
light buoy (special) (21°27′⋅0N 108°23′⋅4E). See also
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (6).
Paragraph 7.46 1 lines 1 -2 For No 0 Light Buoy, Read: a
light buoy (special) (21°27′⋅0N 108°23′⋅4E),
Paragraph 7.49 1 lines 1 -2 Delete quarantine anchorage
and
234
Paragraph 7.49 3 lines 8 -9 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 14/08 Replace by:
To the pilot boarding positions S of a light buoy
(special) (21°27′⋅0N 108°23′⋅4E).
Existing Section IV Notice Week 14/08 Paragraph 7.50 1
line 3 Replace by:
...(lateral) moored 2 miles W of a light buoy (special)
(21°27′⋅0N 108°23′⋅4E). This fairway...
Chinese Chart 16791; China Merchants Ocean Shipping
Agency Fangcheng
(HH. 548/402/03) [14/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia - Changshan
Shuidao and Laotieshan Shuidao — Routes;
directions; vessel traffic services; regulations and
traffic separation schemes
313
After Paragraph 9.3 3 line 6 Section title For
LAOTIESHAN SHUIDAO Read BOHAI HAIXIA
Paragraph 9.4 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 To Miaodao Haixia or Changshan Shuidao. From
a position in the TSS precautionary area NNE of
Chengshan Jiao (37°24′N 122°42′E), the route leads
WNW for about 85 miles to a position either 3 or
12 miles NE of Di Jiao (37°49′⋅3N 124°54′⋅6E) in the
approaches to Miaodao Haixia or in the TSS
precautionary area E of Changshan TSS, respectively.

To Laotieshan Shuidao. From the position in the
TSS precautionary area NNE of Chengshan Jiao
(37°24′N...
Paragraph 9.5 Replace by:
1 VTSs are in operation for Chengshan Jiao (8.151),
Changshan Shuidao (9.126) and Laotieshan Shuidao
(9.136a), and are compulsory for most vessels. Use of
the Yantai VTS (9.78) is compulsory for vessels
passing through its area. For details see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
Paragraph 9.6 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes, with precautionary
1
areas in the approaches, are established off Chengshan
Jiao (8.152), and through Changshan Shuidao (9.127)
and Laotieshan Shuidao (9.137).
Paragraph 9.9 1 line 1 Replace by:
To Miaodao Haixia or Changshan Shuidao. From
a position in the TSS precautionary area (9.6) NNE of
Chengshan Jiao (37°24′N 122°42′E), the route leads
WNW passing N of the coastal routes, see 9.11 to
9.104, and keeping clear of the following offshore
dangers:
A wreck, depth 18⋅2 m (37°37′⋅7N 122°40′⋅7E),
lying within the precautionary area,
A dangerous wreck (37°48′⋅7N 122°07′⋅1E),
A wreck, swept depth 9⋅6 m (37°43′⋅2N
A
122°01′⋅3E),
dangerous wreck (37°41′⋅5N 122°47′⋅3E),
position approximate,
A stranded wreck (37°41′⋅5N 121°32′⋅4E),
A rock, depth 7⋅7 m, (37°47′⋅9N 121°30′⋅3E)
position doubtful (reported 1919).
The track then continues WNW to a position either
3 or 12 miles NE of Di Jiao (37°49′⋅3N 124°54′⋅6E) in
the approaches to Miaodao Haixia (9.109), or in the
TSS precautionary area (9.6) E of the TSS through
Changshan Shuidao (9.125), respectively. A light is
exhibited from Di Jiao (9.104), and from Liujiawang,
1¾ miles SE.
To Laotieshan Shuidao From a position in the TSS
precautionary
(37°24′N...
area (9.6) NNE of Chengshan Jiao
323
After Paragraph 9.106 Insert:
Vessel traffic services
9.106a
1 VTSs are in operation in Changshan Shuidao
(9.126) and Laotieshan Shuidao (9.136a).
Paragraph 9.107 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes are in operation in
Changshan Shuidao (9.127) and Laotieshan Shuidao
(9.137).
Restricted areas. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited...
IV
4.2
After Paragraph 9.107 2 line 7 Insert:
The areas of Bohai Haixia outside the permitted
channels, see 9.106.
325
Paragraph 9.125 Replace by:
1 From a position NE of Di Jiao (37°49′⋅3N
124°54′⋅6E) in the precautionary area, the route leads
WNW for about 30 miles through Changshan Shuidao,
to a position in a second precautionary area 10 miles
W of Houji Dao Light (38°03′⋅5N 120°38′⋅5E).
Paragraph 9.126 Replace by:
1 Beichangshan Shuidao VTS is in operation for
Changshan Shuidao and its use is compulsory for most
vessels. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Paragraph 9.127 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has been
established in Changshan Shuidao with precautionary
areas, at each end, namely:
E entrance, radius 4 miles, centred on 37°58′⋅3N
121°02′⋅5E,
W entrance, radius 5 miles, centred on 38°05′⋅0N
120°24′⋅6E.
2 The scheme is not IMO adopted but the Chinese
authorities advise that the principles for the use of the
routeing system defined in Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
apply.
3 Restricted area. See 9.107 for areas where entry is
prohibited. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within
the TSS, including the precautionary areas.
Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited due to
the presence of submarine cables in corridors across
the approaches and channel, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, and are not detailed in the text.
326
Paragraph 9.131 1 including heading Replace by:
1
Changshan Shuidao west bound
9.131
Caution. All vessels transiting Changshan Shuidao
must navigate within the the limits of the TSS, marked
by light buoys (lateral), and only enter and leave the
fairway at the charted entry and exit points, see also
9.127, and 9.126 for VTS.
Passage. From a position in the precautionary area
(9.127) 12 miles NE of Di Jiao (37°49′⋅3N 124°54′⋅6E)
(9.104), the track leads WNW through Changshan
Shuidao, passing:
After Paragraph 9.131 6 line 3 Insert:
The track then continues WNW into the
precautionary area to a position 10 miles W of Houji
Dao (above).
Wk14/09

Changshan Shuidao east bound
9.131a
1 Caution. See 9.131
From a position in the precautionary area (9.127)
10 miles W of Houji Dao Light (38°03′⋅5N
120°38′⋅5E) the track leads ESE through Changshan
Shuidao following the directions in 9.131 (in reverse)
to a position 9 miles NE of Di Jiao (37°49′⋅3N
124°54′⋅6E) (9.104), from where a light is exhibited.
331
Paragraph 10.11 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From a position WSW of Daheishan Dao (37°58′N
120°36′E), or in Changshan Shuidao Precautionary
Area W of Houjia Dao (38°03′⋅5N 120°38′⋅5E), or
from a position in the precautionary area NNW of
Beihuangcheng Dao (38°24′N 120°54′E), the route
leads generally WNW or W about 110 miles to a
position S of...
After Paragraph 10.11 Insert:
Vessel traffic services
10.11a
1 VTSs are in operation in Changshan Shuidao
(9.126), Laotieshan Shuidao (9.136a), Tianjin (10.86)
and Caofeidian (10.115).
Paragraph 10.12 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes are in operation in
Changshan Shuidao (9.127) and Laotieshan Shuidao
(9.137).
Prohibited and restricted areas. See 9.107.
332
Paragraph 10.15 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From Miaodao Haixia and Changshan Shuidao:
From a position WSW of Daheishan Dao (37°58′N
120°36′E) and S of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(37°54′⋅9N 120°22′⋅6E), or in Changshan Shuidao
Precautionary Area 10 miles W of Houjia Dao
(38°03′⋅5N 120°38′⋅5E), the route leads WNW,
keeping clear of charted wrecks and obstructions
(10.6), and then joining the route below from
Laotieshan Shuidao.
From Laotieshan Shuidao: From a position in the
precautionary area (9.137) NNW...
350
After Paragraph 10.175 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
10.175a
1 VTS is in operation in Laotieshan Shuidao (9.136a).
Paragraph 10.176 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation scheme is in operation in
Laotieshan Shuidao (9.137).
Prohibited areas. See 9.107 for prohibited areas
in the...
Chinese Notices 1/Sect 1/09; 2/29/09; UKHO
(HH. 548/080/01) [14/09]
Wk14/09
IV
4.3
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - W coast - Approaches to Anzio —
Prohibited areas; wreck
324
After Paragraph 12.18 2 line 6 insert:
Prohibited areas. Vessels carrying or having
carried liquid or gas dangerous cargoes, including
those in ballast but not gasfree, may not anchor in the
roadstead except in an emergency.
3 Entry is prohibited to an area, radius 5 cables,
centred on a dangerous wreck lying on the W limit of
the anchorage area, 5 cables SSW of Molo
Innocenziano Head Light.
Italian Notice 4.21/2009
(SDD 2009000 017262) [14/09]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Sweden - West coast - Strømstad —
Vessel reporting
3
Paragraph 1.19 1 line 4 Delete VTS Strømstad,
Paragraph 7.9 Replace by:
197
1 Part of the N area of this chapter lies within VTS
Oslofjorden, which is operated by the Traffic Centre at
Horten.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
199
After Paragraph 7.25 Insert:
Vessel reporting procedure
7.25a
1 A recommended vessel reporting procedure is
established in the W approaches to Strømstad.
Reporting is made by a general call on VHF at
position 58°56′⋅3N 11°03′⋅9E, 1¼ miles W of Flatskär
(7.80).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
204
After Paragraph 7.72 and sub -section heading (Arrival
information) Insert:
Vessel reporting procedure
7.72a
1 A recommended vessel reporting procedure is
established in the W approaches to Strømstad.
See 7.25a.
Swedish Notices 240/5352/09; 248/5472/09
(SDDs 2009000 004724; 018692) [14/09]

Norway - Oslofjorden — Light
154
Paragraph 5.139 4 line 5 Replace by:
...Digerud Søndre Light (5.134) and Digerud Nordre Light
(floodlit) (59°43′⋅3N 10°35′⋅1E). The W side of the sector...
Norwegian Notice 5/199/09
(SDD 2009000 019496) [14/09]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Ytre Hardangerfjord - Lokksund — Light; shoal
255
Paragraph 7.159 5 line 1 -4 Replace by:
5 E of a light (triangular topmark on post,
floodlit), marking the SE extent of
Vikanesflu, a shoal area (1¼ miles NNW)
having least depths of less than 1 m. An iron
perch stands on the shallowest part of the
shoal, ½ cable NNW of the light. These
dangers are covered by the red...
Norwegian Chart 22
(SDD 2009000 014157) [14/09]
Florø - Kylleren — Directions
514
Paragraph 12.347 4 line 3 -6 Replace by:
NNE of Håskjera, an area of islets and rocks
extending 1½ miles WNW from Måsholmen. A
rock (1¾ cables SSW), with a depth of 2⋅3 m,is
marked by an iron perch. The SW extent is
marked by Håskjera Light (61°35′⋅4N 4°58′⋅8E).
Thence:
Paragraph 12.347 5 line 1 For 3⋅5 m Read 7m
Paragraph 12.347 5 line 4 Replace by:
...is marked by an iron perch. Another...
Paragraph 12.347 7 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
7 ENE of the shore bank surrounding Måsholmen
(3¼ cables SSE) marked by Måsholmen Light
(61°35′⋅3N 4°59′⋅5E) and Måsholmsundet NE
Light (61°35′⋅2N 4°59′⋅4E). Thence:
Norwegian Notices 04/165/09; 05/211/09; 05/214/09;
05/218/09; 05/219/09; 05/221/09
(SDDs 2009000 015282; 019560; 019579;
019603; 019609; 019622) [14/09]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
Bahrain - MØnº’ Salmºn andthePortofSitrah
— Directions; Sitrah Light Buoy
202
Paragraphs 8.28 1 line 13 For (26°10′⋅2N 50°42′⋅9E) Read
(26°10′⋅4N 50°43′⋅3E).
IV
4.4
203
Paragraph 8.36 1 line 3 For (26°10′⋅2N 50°42′⋅9E) Read
(26°10′⋅4N 50°43′⋅3E).
Paragraph 8.38 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Caution. The channel described below is being
dredged to a depth of 15 m. The work is expected to
complete by the end of 2009. Mariners should consult
Temporary and Preliminary Notices and contact the
local authorities for the latest information.
The charted recommended track is primarily
intended for...
Paragraph 8.38 1 line 9 For 35 miles Read 31 miles
Paragraph 8.38 4 lines 3 -6 Delete
Paragraph 8.38 4 line 8 For (26°10′⋅2N 50°42′⋅9E) Read
(26°10′⋅4N 50°43′⋅3E).
204
Paragraph 8.40 4 lines 6 -7 Delete
Paragraph 8.40 5 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraphs 8.40 5 line 4 For (26°10′⋅2N 50°42′⋅9E) Read
(26°10′⋅4N 50°43′⋅3E).
205
Paragraph 8.53 1 line 4 For (26°10′⋅2N 50°42′⋅9E) Read
(26°10′⋅4N 50°43′⋅3E).
1
206
Paragraph 8.58 1 Replace by:
Khalifa Bin Salman Port; see 8.81.
Paragraph 8.64 1 line 1 For (26°10′⋅2N 50°42′⋅9E) Read
(26°10′⋅4N 50°43′⋅3E).
Paragraph 8.65 3 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
3 Sitrah Anchorage lies in the approaches to ASRY
(8.83) as shown on the chart; the shipyard and MØnº’
Salmºn Approach Light Buoy (26°10′⋅2N 50°40′⋅8E)
mark its N and SW limits. Anchoring is only
permitted on instruction of the Port Authority; any
vessel using the anchorage is under 1 hour’s notice of
movement.
Paragraph 8.65 4 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...open roadstead SW of Sitrah Light Buoy (26°10′⋅4N
50°43′⋅3E); within Khawr al Qulay’ah anchorage is...
Paragraph 8.67 1 line 3 For (26°10′⋅2N 50°42′⋅9E) Read
(26°10′⋅4N 50°43′⋅3E).
207
Paragraph 8.75 1 line 2 For (26°10′⋅2N 50°42′⋅9E) Read
(26°10′⋅4N 50°43′⋅3E).
Paragraph 8.76 1 line 2 For (26°10′⋅2N 50°42′⋅9E) Read
(26°10′⋅4N 50°43′⋅3E).
Wk14/09

Paragraph 8.76 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
N of No 18 Light Buoy (lateral) (3¾ miles E),
thence:
S of Sitrah Light Buoy (S cardinal) (3¼ miles E),
thence:
N of an obstruction (3 miles ESE) with a depth of
11⋅7 m, noting Seistan Wreck Light Buoy (N
cardinal) lying 6 cables SSE. Thence:
208
Paragraph 8.81 1 Replace by:
1 The port, also known as Bahrain Gateway, has been
constructed to handle conventional, RoRo, cruise and
the largest container vessels. The quay is 1800 m in
length, of which 900 m is allocated for container
vessels, with alongside depths of 15.0 m. The dredged
area is marked by light buoys (lateral and special).
Paragraph 8.82 1 line 2 For 300 m Read 850 m.
Paragraph 8.82 1 lines 10 -13 Replace by:
...the W for the export of iron ore pellets. Light buoys
(starboard hand) mark the dredged area in the
approach to...
Paragraph 8.82 2 line 10 For Sitrah Anchorage (8.65) Read
the recommended track
GOP Bahrain; BA Chart 3734 Edition 1/2009
(SDDs 2008000 093990; 2009000 015788) [14/09]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2007 Edition)
Red Sea - Piracy and armed robbery — General
information; recommended route
2
Paragraph 1.11 2 Replace by:
2 Incidents of Piracy and armed robbery have been
reported in areas covered by this volume. Pirates have
attacked vessels underway, using automatic weapons
and rocket -propelled grenades (RPG), in the Gulf of
Aden and waters off the N and E coasts of Somalia,
with an intent to board and hijack for ransom. Attacks
have taken place almost 500 miles off the coast as the
pirates are believed to be using “mother vessels” to
launch smaller boats. The International Maritime
Bureau (IMB) has advised vessels not calling at ports
in the region to keep as far away as possible from the
Somali coast, preferably more than 450 miles.
3
After Paragraph 1.11 3 Insert:
4 Recommended route. Owing to pirate activities in
the region, an Internationally Recommended Transit
Corridor (IRTC) has been established through the Gulf
of Aden, under the co -ordination of Maritime Security
Centre (Horn of Africa). Details of the corridor, group
transit times and contact particulars of shore
authorities and agencies may be found in
www.mschoa.org and Temporary Notices to Mariners.
Wk14/09
IV
4.5
349
Paragraph 14.6 1 line 2 For 55 Read 500
Paragraph 14.6 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
See 1.11.
International Chamber of Commerce; Commercial Crime
Services; Maritime Liaison Office (www.icc -ccs.org)
(SDD 2009000 006896) [14/09]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Hebrides – Loch Barraglom and East Loch Roag
— Vertical clearances
165
Paragraph 6.214 1 line 7 For 2⋅6 m Read 1⋅8 m
Paragraph 6.215 1 line 11 For 3⋅8 m Read 3⋅0 m
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 066/200/03) [14/09]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
James River - Upper part — Directions
121
Paragraph 4.159 3 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
...artificial channel cut through its base.
US Notice 10/12252/09
(SDD 2009000 015826) [14/09]
Cape Fear River — Vertical clearance
197
Paragraph 7.141 1 Replace by:
1 An overhead power cable, with a safe vertical
clearance of 45⋅4 m (149 ft) over the main channel,
spans Cape Fear River 5¼ miles below Wilmington.
US Notice 12/11537/09
(SDD 2009000 020404) [14/09]
Savannah — Directions; lights
229
Paragraph 8.158 4 lines 6 -8 Delete
US Notice 10/11514/09
(SDD 2009000 015812) [14/09]
Saint Marys Entrance — Directions; lights
241
Paragraph 9.31 3 Delete
US Notice 11/11503/09
(SDD 2009000 018563) [14/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
United States — Code of Federal Regulations
Title 15 Part 922
455 - 456
Appendix VIII Replace by: New pages placed at the end of
this week’s Section IV Notices
United States Coast Pilot 7 2009 Edition amended to
Change 9
(HH. 078/555/15) [13/09]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Denmark - Svendborg Sund — Directions;
leading lights
337
Paragraph 10.51 3 lines 1 -5 Delete
Paragraph 10.51 4 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
4 From a position about 2 cables SSE of the front
light, the track leads NW for about 3 cables, passing
NE of Øreflak (2 cables SW of the front light), the
coastal bank lying off the NE side of Ørerne (10.48).
Danish Notice 9/194/09
(SDD 2009000 016195) [13/09]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes
394
Paragraph 11.9 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 08/09 Replace by:
3 Approach from west. From the vicinity of No 5
Light Buoy (57°39′⋅8N 21°32′⋅9E), the recommended
track leads E for 13½ miles to a position N of Miķeļ
Lighthouse, whence it merges with the main fairway
to enter Gulf of RØga.
395
After Paragraph 11.18 Add:
(Directions continue for
the approaches to RØga at 11.29, for
the W approach to Pärnu laht at 11.97 and for
the SW approaches to Väinameri at 11.130)
Paragraph 11.20 including heading Replace by:
Spare
11.20
Latvian Chart 1013 (INT 1274) 3rd Edition 2009
(SDD 2009000 016248) [13/09]
Wk13/09
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
[13/09]
England – South coast - Falmouth — Directions;
light buoy
103
Paragraph 4.57 4 Line 1 For E cardinal Read port hand
Falmouth Harbour Master
(SDD 2009000 015882) [13/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2008 Edition)
The Netherlands - Westerschelde - Middelgat —
controlling depth
189
Paragraph 7.282 1 line 3 Replace by:
...than 5 m on the bars at its N and S ends and it is reported
(2009) that the least depth in mid -channel at the S end is
2⋅3 m. The channel is...
Belgian Notice 04/66/2009
(SDD 2009000 014411) [13/09]
England - Thames Estuary — Pilot boarding
positions; anchorages; buoyage; wind farm;
emergency procedures
246
Paragraph 11.11 1 Replace by:
1 Vessels subject to compulsory pilotage in the outer
area (11.9) may embark the pilot at either the Sunk
Pilot Station (11.30) or the North East Spit Pilot
Station.
There are two pilot boarding areas at the North
East Spit Pilot Station, as follows:
Inner Boarding Area - 51°25′⋅0N 1°30′⋅0E;
DW Boarding Area - 51°28′⋅0N 1°32′⋅4E.
Vessels may request, or be directed by the pilot, to
use either area, the decision depending on a vessel’s
draught, the height of tide and weather conditions.
Vessels embarking a pilot at the North East Spit
Pilot Station may take passage through the Princes
Channel (11.94) or Fisherman’s Gat (11.98).
Additionally, the station may also be used by
deep -draught vessels wishing to access Black Deep
(11.61) via the Long Sand Head Two -way Route
(11.28) or via Sunk Outer and Inner Precautionary
Areas (11.25 and 11.26).
Paragraph 11.11 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 It should be noted that any vessel with a draught of
less than 7⋅5 m which embarks a pilot at the Sunk
Pilot Station rather than the North East Spit Pilot
Station may be liable to a surcharge.

247
Paragraph 11.18 Replace by:
1 Major incident procedure. With the exception of
SAR (11.19), the Port of London Authority is
responsible for all incidents and port emergencies on
the river and its estuary. The phrase PLA MAJOR
INCIDENT PROCEDURE will be broadcast by
London VTS to alert all shipping to such an event.
Upon receiving this message, all vessels should
maintain communications, minimise all radio traffic
and be prepared for traffic regulation instructions.
2 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1) for
further details.
250
Paragraph 11.34 3 Replace by:
3 Thanet Offshore Wind Farm, a project comprising
100 turbines, is under construction in an area centred
on 51°26′N 1°38′E. The boundary of the construction
area is as follows:
Thanet N Light Buoy (N cardinal) 51°28′⋅3N
1°38′⋅1E,
Thanet NE Light Buoy (N cardinal) 51°26′⋅9N
1°40′⋅4E,
Thanet E Light Buoy (E cardinal) 51°24′⋅8N
1°41′⋅9E,
Thanet S Light Buoy (S cardinal) 51°23′⋅8N
1°40′⋅8E,
Thanet W Light Buoy (W cardinal) 51°24′⋅3N
1°37′⋅1E.
NW corner (unmarked) 51°26′⋅6N 1°34′⋅2E.
4 A submarine power cable will run from the wind
farm to the shore in Pegwell Bay (51°19′N 1°22′E).
256
Paragraph 11.82 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Knob DW Anchorage, comprising berths K1
(51°31′N 1°03′E), K2 (51°31′N 1°05′E) and K3
(51°30′N 1°04′E), the last being reserved for LNG
tankers only.
257
After Paragraph 11.91 1 line 8 Add:
Racon: NE Spit Light Buoy (51°27′⋅9N 1°29′⋅9E).
258
After Paragraph 11.96 1 line 9 Add:
Racon: NE Spit Light Buoy (51°27′⋅9N 1°29′⋅9E).
Paragraph 11.97 2 lines 3 -5 Delete
259
Paragraph 11.106 Replace by:
1 Tongue Anchorages. Tongue DW and Tongue
Hazardous Anchorages are located in a rectangular
area which is 3 miles N/S and 2½ milesE/W centred
on position 51°31′⋅5N 1°30′⋅0E, the hazardous
anchorage being located in the N half of the box.
Depths within the two anchorages are mostly in excess
of 15 m.
IV
4.2
2 Margate Road. Anchorage for small vessels may
be found in Margate Road (51°25′N 1°25′E). Vessels
should anchor about 1 mile offshore and as far W as
draught will permit.
Port of London Authority, Trinity House, Thanet Offshore
Wind Ltd.
(SDDs 2009000 000274; 003234; 004033; 007864;
009192; 011506; 016351) [13/09]
England - Harwich Haven — Pilotage; VTS
278
Paragraph 13.61 2 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
The boarding position for vessels at the Sunk Pilot
Station (11.30) is in position 51°51′⋅4N 1°40′⋅5E.
Vessels of less than 180 m LOA or under 8 m draught
may alternatively embark the pilot at the Haven Pilot
Station, 2 miles ENE of HA Light Buoy (51°56′⋅8N
1°30⋅7′E).
Paragraph 13.63 1 line 4 Replace by:
...mandatory for all vessels over 50gt and any vessel
licensed to carry 12 or more passengers. These vessels
should...
Harwich Haven Authority
(SDD 2009000 006056) [13/09]
England - River Thames — Emergency
procedures; traffic regulations; depths
305
Paragraph 15.10 Replace by:
1 Major incident procedures. With the exception of
SAR (15.11), the Port of London Authority is
responsible for all incidents and port emergencies on
the river and its estuary. The phrase PLA MAJOR
INCIDENT PROCEDURE will be brodcast by London
VTS to alert all shipping to such an event. Upon
receiving this message, all vessels should maintain
communications, minimise all radio traffic and be
prepared for traffic regulation instructions.
2 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1) for
further details.
306
Paragraph 15.18 1 line 7 For (special) Read (port hand).
310
Paragraph 15.44 1 line 4 For 7⋅2 m Read 6⋅8 m.
Port of London Authority
(SDDs 2008000 098767; 2009000 008268; 016351)
[13/09]
Wk13/09

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
Korea, West Coast - Punam Kundo to Kogunsan
Kundo — Depths; wrecks; fish havens
398
After Paragraph 11.155 1 Insert:
2 The least depth on the track is 6⋅8 m, although
depths of less than 5 m are found to E and W. Charted
dangerous wrecks and obstructions also occur on the
track.
Numerous fish havens, some charted with depths,
exist on the track, see 11.163 and note on chart.
Korean Notice 1/11/09; UKHO
(SDD 2009000 003362) [13/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
East coast – Dundalk — Directions
185
Paragraph 6.79 4 lines 9 -11 Replace by:
The channel is marked by No 2 Light Beacon (port
hand) and thereafter by light beacons and light buoys.
Wk13/09
IV
4.3
Paragraph 6.79 5 lines 5 -11 Replace by:
When 5 cables from Pile Light, and on the
alignment of the leading marks, the track alters NW,
passing:
Close NE of No 2 Light Beacon (port hand)
(2 cables S of Pile Light), thence:
SW of Pile Light.
Thence, following the line of the channel, the track
leads between the light beacons and light buoys on
either side.
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2008000 064869) [13/09]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2007 Edition)
Yemen - Aden Harbour — Approach from west
314
Paragraph 12.56 3 lines2to4Replace by:
...to the dredged channel may be approached in the
white sector (061° - 322°) of Elephant’s Back Light
(12°45′⋅9N 44°59′⋅3E) (12⋅15).
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2009000 009622) [13/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Angola - Offshore terminals — Girassol
Terminal
195
Paragraph 7.27 1 lines 7 and 8 Delete
Paragraph 7.27 1 lines9to11Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 4 miles N
of the FPSO and uses a berthing aid, for which the
export tanker must supply power.
TOTAL E&P Angola
SDD 2009000 013821 [12/09]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
Mexico - Puerto Vallarta — Anchorages
175
Paragraph 5.203 1 lines4to8Replace by:
Outer anchorages are established W and S of the
harbour entrance as follows. Charted depths in the
vicinity of the anchorages may be unreliable due to the
constant shifting of the sea bed.
West Anchorage.
Berth Latitude (N) Longitude (W)
A 20°39′⋅71 105°16′⋅57
B 20°39′⋅33 105°15′⋅73
C 20°38′⋅66 105°15′⋅93
D 20°38′⋅72 105°16′⋅16
E 20°39′⋅09 105°16′⋅22
F 20°38′⋅91 105°16′⋅40
G
South Anchorage.
20°38′⋅98 105°16′⋅72
Berth Latitude (N) Longitude (W)
A 20°38′⋅89 105°14′⋅93
B 20°38′⋅52 105°14′⋅78
C 20°38′⋅41 105°15′⋅10
D 20°38′⋅48 105°15′⋅19
Mexican Notice 034/02/09
(SDD 2009000 010913) [12/09]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — General
information; directions
172
Paragraph 4.247 1 line 3 Replace by:
Wk12/09
4.1
[12/09]
...vicinity of Harmaja (4.189), Vuosaari, in position
60°05′⋅0N 25°09′⋅8E and Kalbådagrund (4.284).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
Paragraph 4.248 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...operated by Helsinki VTS Sector 1 and Sector 2
(Eastern), and applies to vessels of more than 24 m in
length; for details see Admiralty List...
Paragraph 4.249 Including existing Section IV Week 03/08
Replace by:
1 The main harbour lies E of the town in the W part
of Kalkkisaarenselkä and is approached from W of
Pikku Niinisaari (60°12′⋅2N 25°12′⋅5E) by a channel
authorised for a draught of 7⋅5 m (4.254) and from E
of Pikku Niinisaari by a channel authorised for a
draught of 11⋅0 m (4.253a). The S harbour lies
7 cables S of the town, in Vuosaarenselkä, with an
access
(4.255).
channel authorised for a draught of 3⋅0 m
1
Paragraph 4.250 Replace by:
The main approach to Vuosaari from seaward is
described at 4.253a. Alternatively, Vuosaari may be
approached from the South Finland Winter Channel
(4.201 from W, 4.260 from E), or from seaward, using
the approach channels described at 4.268 or 4.269 to
join the Winter Channel.
Paragraph 4.251 including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.251
After Paragraph 4.253 1 line 2 Add:
Itätoukki Light (60°06′⋅1N 25°11′⋅6E).
After Paragraph 4.253 Add:
11⋅0 m channel
4.253a
1 Eestiluoto Leading Lights:
Front light (60°07′⋅4N 25°12′⋅5E) on Granlandet.
Rear light (4 cables NNE of front light).
From a position 3 miles E of Helsinki Lighthouse
(4.195), the channel, with a maximum authorised
draught of 11⋅0 m, leads 11 miles NNE, on the
alignment (026°) of of these lights, passing (with
2
positions from Eestiluoto Front Light):
ESE of Vuosaari 1 Light Beacon (4 miles SSW),
thence:
ESE of a shoal (3 miles SW), with a depth of 11⋅3 m,
marked by a light buoy (E cardinal); and
Länsitoukki (3 miles SW), an islet on which
stands a beacon. Thence:
WNW of Itätoukki Light (1½ miles SSW) (4.268),
thence:
ESE of Vuosaari 3 Light Beacon (1 mile SW), and
Mylläri (1¼ miles SW), a group of islets.

3 Mölandet Leading Lights:
Front light (60°12′⋅5N 25°13′⋅6E).
Rear light (4 cables N of front light).
From a position on the Eestiluoto leading line,
9 cables from Eestiluoto Front Light, the channel, well
marked by light buoys and light beacons, leads N for
5½ miles on the alignment (009¼°) of these lights,
passing (with positions from Kuiva Hevonen Light
(60°09′⋅6N 25°01′⋅4E) (4.205)):
4 W of Granlandet (2¼ miles S) and Eestiluoto,
thence:
Between the islets of Västra Rödhällen (1 mile SW)
and Östra Rödhällen (7 cables S), thence:
W of Kuiva Hevonen Light.
From a position N of Kuiva Hevonen Light
(60°09′⋅6N 25°13′⋅2E), the recommended channel,
5
marked by light buoys (lateral), crosses the South
Finland Winter Channel and continues N for 2 miles to
a position SE of Pikku Niinisaari (4.249), passing
(with positions from Mölandet Front Light (above)):
W of Musta Hevonen (1¾ miles SSE) (4.205),
and a 6⋅3 m shoal patch (2 miles S) lying
close E of the fairway, and:
E of a passing area (2 miles SSW), marked by light
buoys (E cardinal), with a swept depth of 12⋅5 m.
Thence:
E of Kajuuttaluodot (1½ miles SW) (4.254), thence:
W of Krokholmen, an islet (1 mile S).
6 The channel, marked by light buoys (lateral and
cardinal), then leads NW for 8 cables, passing between
Pikku Niinisaari and Tobben (60°12′⋅5N 25°13′⋅0E), an
islet, to the harbour entrance.
Paragraph 4.254 including heading Replace by:
7⋅5 m channel
4.254
1 Nuottasaari Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (60°11′⋅3N
25°10′⋅5E).
Rear light (similar structure) (3 cables NW of front
light).
2 From a position N of Kuiva Hevonen Light
(60°09′⋅6N 25°13′⋅2E), a channel authorised for a
3
draught of 7⋅5 m leads 1½ miles NW, on the alignment
(319¼°) of these lights, passing (with positions from
the light):
SW of a 6⋅3 m shoal (8 cables N), marked by
two light buoys (starboard hand), thence:
SW of Kajuuttaluodot (1¾ miles NNW), a group of
islets and rocks, marked SW by a light buoy
(starboard hand), to a position 3½ cables SE of
the front light.
4 Kutusärkkä Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (60°09′⋅9N
25°09′⋅5E).
Rear light (similar structure) (5 cables SSW of front
light, on Tupsu).
From a position 3½ cables SE of Nuottasaari front
light, the track leads NNE for 5½ cables on the
alignment (211°), astern, of these lights, passing ESE
of the mainland, and WNW of Kajuuttaluodot.
5 Thence, the track, marked by light buoys and
buoys, leads between the mainland and Pikku
IV
4.2
Niinisaari (60°12′⋅2N 25°12′⋅5E). The track then
reduces to a maximum authorised draught of 7⋅0 m in
position 60°12′⋅2N 25°11′⋅8E, W of Pikku Niinisaari,
and leads to a position close SE of the harbour area.
Finnish Notices 35 -36/627/07, 21/369/08, 22/389/08
(SDDs 2007000 095504, 2008000 065402; 067300)
[12/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Taiwan Strait - Gulei Tou
South -eastwards — Wreck; shoals
134
After Paragraph 4.70 1 line 4 Insert:
SE of a dangerous wreck (2½ miles SSW), and a
bank and other dangers lying inshore (4.81),
thence:
Clear of a 9⋅8 m patch (4¾ miles SSE), near NE end
of Sujian Qiantan (4.81), thence:
Paragraph 4.70 2 line 11 For 8⋅4 m Read 7⋅8 m
137
Paragraph 4.81 1 lines 7 -9 and 4.81 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
Across Sujian Qiantan extending 11 miles SW from
a position 4¼ miles SSE of Gulei Tou Light
(2.14), and clear of a 9⋅8 m patch at NE end of the
bank; thence:
2 WSW of an isolated patch (3 miles SE) with a
least depth of 7⋅8 m, and:
Chinese Chart 14300
(HH. 558/454/01) [12/09]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Sungai Barito Lombok - Tanjung Pedadatua —
Major light
218
After Paragraph 8.76 1 line 6 Add:
Tanjung Pedadatua Light (3°30′⋅0S 114°28′⋅0E)
(white metal framework structure, 40 m in
height).
DG Sea Comm
(SDD 2009000 009608) [12/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales – North–west coast – Bangor — Light
buoy
222
Paragraph 7.153 2 line 3 For Bangor Buoy Read Bangor
Light Buoy
Isle of Anglesey County Council
(SDD 2009000 013847) [12/09]
Wk12/09

NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Ireland – East coast – South Rock — Buoyage
54
Paragraph 2.43 1 line 7 -8 Replace by:
...(31 miles WNW), to pass E of South Rock Light Buoy
(54°24′N 5°22′W) at the S end of the North...
Paragraphs 2.43 2 line 1 For South Rock Light -float Read
South Rock Light Buoy
57
Paragraph 2.75 2 line 4 Delete
Paragraph 2.76 1 line 5 Replace by:
South Rock Light Buoy (54°24′N 5°22′W).
58
Paragraph 2.80 1 line 8 -9 Replace by:
ENE of South Rock Light Buoy (22 miles SW),
thence:
Paragraphs 2.81 1 lines 2–3 For South Rock Light -float
Read South Rock Light Buoy
174
Paragraph 6.13 2 line 9 Delete
Paragraph 6.14 1 line 4 For South Rock Light -float Read
South Rock Light Buoy
195
Paragraph 6.162 1 line 9 Delete
208
Paragraph 7.9 1 line 3 For South Rock Light -float Read
South Rock Light Buoy
Paragraph 7.12 1 lines 2–3 For South Rock Light -float
Read South Rock Light Buoy
Paragraph 7.13 1 line 7 -10 Delete
Paragraph 7.14 1 line 1 Replace by:
Racon: South Rock Light Buoy (54°24′⋅5N
5°22′⋅0W).
Paragraph 7.15 heading For South Rock Light -float Read
South Rock Light Buoy
Paragraph 7.17 heading For South Rock Light -float Read
South Rock Light Buoy
Paragraph 7.17 1 line 1 For South Rock Light -float Read
South Rock Light Buoy
Paragraph 7.15 2 line 10 -11 Replace by:
Either side of South Rock Light Buoy (3¾ miles
ENE).
211
Paragraph 7.36 2 line 2 Delete
Paragraph 7.37 1 line 2 Replace by:
Wk12/09
IV
4.3
South Rock Light Buoy (54°24′⋅5N 5°22′⋅0W).
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD2009000 014366) [12/09]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2008 Edition)
Spain - Tarragona — Pilotage
145
Paragraph 3.164 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
....and a white letter P on both sides. Pilots board
either in position 41°04′⋅2N 1°14′⋅2E for vessels
arriving from the N, or 41°03′⋅7N 1°12′⋅5E for vessels
arriving from the S. See also 1.22.
Spanish Notice SD 6.2009
(SDD 2009000 012191) [12/09]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Anchorages —
Designated berths; restricted areas
156
After Paragraph 5.17 1 line 2 Insert:
Anchorages
5.17a
1 Within Scapa Flow there are designated anchoring
positions to the NE of Flotta Marine Terminal (5.135)
for specific vessels and vessel activity, as follows:
Berths STS1 to STS4 are for LNG and crude oil
tankers engaged in ship -to -ship cargo transfer
operations.
2 Berths STS1, STS2, STS3, No 9 and No 10 are
for use by VLCCs and other deep -draught
vessels.
Berth No1 is for tankers awaiting an alongside berth
at Flotta Marine Terminal.
3 Berth Nos 2 -8 and 11 are general purpose
anchorages.
Restricted areas
5.17b
1 Anchoring is prohibited in the following areas:
Within 2 cables of the submarine oil pipeline
running from position 58°50′⋅3N 2°54′⋅8W in
Water Sound, thence across Sound of Hoxa, to
position 58°50′⋅0N 3°06′⋅7W in Curries Firth.
1 Within 2 cables of the submarine oil pipelines
running from position 58°51′⋅0N 3°07′⋅1W,
close N of Flotta Marine Terminal, to SPM 1
(58°52′⋅2N 3°07′⋅4W) and SPM 2 (58°52′⋅3N
3°05′⋅9W).
Orkney Harbours Department
(SDDs 2009000 013850; 015083) [12/09]

NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights
153
Paragraph 5.134 3 lines 1 -2 Delete: (lantern on column,
14 m in height)
162
Paragraph 5.192 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...shoal which is marked by Østre Tangeflua Light
(floodit).
Norwegian Notices 01/43/09; 01/44/09
(SDDs 2009000 004323; 004324) [12/09]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
West side of Vågsøy - Stavsdjupet — Directions;
Nord Vågsøy Light
564
Paragraph 13.237 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...position 2¼ miles SW of Kråkenes Light (62°02′⋅1N
4°59′⋅2E). Thence the route leads, for a further 7 miles,
NE...
Paragraph 13.241 1-5 Replace by:
1 From a position about 7½ cables WNW of
Båsundskjæret Light (61°56′⋅2N 5°00′⋅5E) (13.151) the
track leads initially NNW, passing (with positions
2
relative to Hendanes Light (61°57′⋅9N 5°02′⋅2E)):
ENE of Jokkeflua (2¼ miles SW) (13.151), thence:
WSW of Tykjeneset (7 cables SW), from the N end
of which Hendanes Light is exhibited, thence:
WSW of Palleflu (2 miles NW), consisting of
two rocks fringing Palleneset, 2½ cables SSE
of Einevarden; Lortboen, a rocky patch, lies
3 cables NW of Einevarden. Thence:
WSW of Ytsteflu (3 miles NW), the SW -most
danger of Einevardfluene.
IV
4.4
3
The track then leads NE through Stavsdjupet on the
alignment (034°) of Kråkenes (62°02′⋅1N 4°59′⋅2E)
with Furestaven, 6½ miles farther NE, and at night
within the green sector (028½° -042¾°) of Kråkenes
Light, passing (with positions relative to Kråkenes
Light):
NW of a buoy (spar, starboard hand) (2 miles
SSW) marking the W side of Einevardfluene,
and:
SE of Tårnet (2 miles SW), a prominent
above -water rock; between Tårnet and Steinen,
another prominent above -water rock 1½ miles
farther NW, there are many shoals.
The track then leads to a position SE of Nipeflu
(1½ miles SW), a patch marked on its E side by a
buoy (spar, port hand).
Paragraph 13.242 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...the track leads initially NNW passing (with positions
relative to...
Norwegian Notice 04/166/09
(SDD 2009000 015283) [12/09]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Boothbay Harbor — Pilotage
77
Paragraph 3.78 4 line 2 Replace by:
Pilots board 1 mile S of Cuckolds Light (3.76). Tugs are...
US Coast Pilot 1 38th Edition 2008 Change No 17
(SDD 2009000 013652) [12/09]
Sheepscot River — Pilotage
78
Paragraph 3.84 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...daylight hours only. Pilots board in the vicinity of
2SR Light Buoy (3.87). See 3.78 for further details.
US Coast Pilot 1 38th Edition 2008 Change No 17
(SDD 2009000 013652) [12/09]
Wk12/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Lantau Island northwards —
Tonggu Channel
277
Paragraph 8.33 1 lines 4 -7 Delete:It has To ports (8.74).
After Paragraph 8.33 1 line 4 Add:
Tonggu Channel
8.33a
1 Tonggu Channel (22°20′N 113°49′E) leads NNE for
8½ miles from Lingding Shuidao, 2¼ miles N of
Mayou Shi Light Vessel (8.33), to N end of Urmston
Road (8.32). It is marked by buoys, has a navigable
width of 210 m and a depth of 15⋅8 m. An obstruction,
depth unknown, is reported to lie in the N exit of the
channel. This route gives a deeper and more direct
access to the Shenzhen ports (8.74).
Chinese Charts 15445; 15370; 15435
(SDD 2008000 100007) [11/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Ningbo Gang — Wrecks
222
Paragraph 6.108 2 line 11 third column Add:
A wreck, depth 32 m, lies close inside SE
boundary.
224
Paragraph 6.118 3 line 7 Replace by:
...W of Zhongmenzhu Dao; a wreck, depth 17 m, lies
off the W jetty.
Chinese Chart 13359
(HH. 548/466/01) [11/09]
China - East Coast - Zhoushan Qundao -
Daishan Shuidao S approach — Rock; light
231
Paragraph 6.163 1 line 7 Replace by:
...patch with a depth of 4⋅3 m lying 1 mile NNE
with Chuanbi Shan Light (W cardinal, 20 m in height)
4½ cables farther ENE, and...
Chinese Chart 13359
(HH. 548/466/01 ) [11/09]
Wk11/09
4.1
[11/09]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Pakistan - Astola Island to Gwatar Bay —
Gwadar
336 - 337
Paragraph 10.184 to 10.189 including headings Replace
by:
Gwadar
1
Chart 33
General information
10.184
Position and function. Gwadar (Gwºdar) (25°07′N
62°20′E), consists of Gwadar Deep Water Port,
2
operational since December 2008, and Gwadar Mini
Port. Both facilities lie on the N side of a rocky
peninsula fronted by East Bay. The deep water port
handles general, bulk, container and RoRo cargoes, the
mini port is used mainly by fishing vessels.
Topography. Gwadar town lies on a low, narrow,
sandy isthmus which connects a rocky peninsula with
the mainland N; there are a few date palms and
banyan trees near the populated area. To the E and W
of this peninsula lie, respectively, East and West Bays.
Except for the N side of the peninsula that extends
W from Ras Nuh (Rºs Nøh) (10.178), which is cliffy,
the shores of East Bay are low and sandy.
3 Historical background. Gwadar, and an area of
more than 300 sq miles surrounding it, formerly held
by the Sultan of Muscat and Oman, were handed over
to Pakistan in 1958.
Entry. Gwadar East Bay is entered between Jabal
Sur (25°13′N 62°29′E) (10.178) and Ras Nuh,
8¾ miles SW. Both ports are entered through dredged
and marked channels.
Port Authority. PSA Gwadar International
Terminals Ltd., Control Tower, PSA Gwadar Terminal,
Gwadar Sea Port, Gwadar, Baluchistan, Pakistan.
Internet: www.psagwadar.com
Limiting conditions
10.185
1 Controlling depth. Deep water port - inner channel
and turning basin dredged to 13⋅8 m; Mini port
entrance channel dredged to 3⋅5 m.
Caution. Although the dredged depths are under
continuous maintenance, silting is liable to occur and
the port authorities should be consulted for the latest
depths.
Deepest and longest berth. Multi -purpose berth
(10.188).
2 Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 1⋅7 m;
mean minimum range about 0⋅9 m. See information in
Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3.
Depths. A flat, over which are depths from about 2
to 5 m, extends from 1 to 2 miles into the bay from
the isthmus.

Off -lying feature. A rocky spit extending about
1 mile S from Ras Nuh is usually marked by a ripple
and, during the SW monsoon, by breakers.
3 Maximum size of vessel handled; LOA 300 m;
beam 33 m; draught 12⋅5 m subject to height of tide
and favourable wind and weather conditions.
Notice of ETA required. 72, 48 and 24 hours prior
to arrival. For further information see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Anchorage, charted, for vessels using the deep
water port lies E of fairway light buoy in depths
between 15 and 26 m.
4 Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is compulsory for
vessels of 200 nt and over. Pilot boards 1 mile E of
fairway light buoy (25°06′⋅9N 62°25′⋅3E). Tugs are
available and compulsory, the number used, to be
decided by the port, depending on size of ship and
whether fitted with operational bow thruster.
Restricted area. Akram Jetty (25°06′⋅3N 62°22′⋅6E)
is a Pakistan Navy restricted area.
Prohibited area. Both approach channels and ports
lie within an area in which fishing and anchoring are
prohibited.
Harbour
10.186
1 General layout. The harbour consists of a fishing
port and, close SE, the commercial port consisting of
wharfage along reclaimed land.
Development. Phase two proposals expected to be
completed by 2012:
Three container terminals, with a total length of
2010 m.
Bulk cargo terminal; a grain terminal of length
300 m; a RoRo/general cargo berth of length
200 m.
Oil terminal with two berths.
2 Local traffic. Local small craft land in either
Gwadar East Bay or West Bay, boats being hauled up
on the shelving beach.
Fishing boats frequent Bandar Hairan, a small bay
situated on the S coast of the peninsula about 8 cables
WSW of Ras Nuh (10.178); it has a sandy beach
fronting low cliffs.
Directions
10.187
1 Major light:
Gwadar Light (25°06′·0N 62°20′·8E) (10.177).
Cautions:
In hazy weather, if not bound for Gwadar, vessels
should keep in depths of more than 37 m.
At night, a good lookout should be kept for fishing
boats and canoes with their nets out.
2 Approach to East Bay. If approaching from E,
vessels should keep in depths of 20 to 25 m until Ras
Nuh is in sight.
If approaching from W it is inadvisable, especially
during hazy weather, to enter depths of less than 22 m
until Ras Nuh bears less than 350°.
3 Entry - deep water port — leading lights:
Front light (25°06′⋅9N 62°19′⋅8E) (black and white
vertical stripes, 33 m in height).
Rear light (black and white vertical stripes, 46 m in
height) (750 m from front).
IV
4.2
From the vicinity of fairway light buoy (25°06′⋅9N
62°25′⋅3E), the alignment (270°) of the above lights
leads about 4 miles W through a channel marked by
light buoys (lateral) to the port noting that the
positions of light buoys do not indicate the true limits
of the dredged area.
4 Mini port is entered through a channel, marked by
beacons, leading WSW to the jetty.
Useful marks:
Water tower (25°06′⋅2N 62°22′⋅4E), with Akram
Jetty (10.185) lying about 1½ cables NE.
Water tower (25°06′⋅8N 62°19′⋅8E).
DC House (25°07′⋅9N 62°19′⋅6E).
Berths
10.188
1 Deep water port. A 602 m long multi -purpose
berth, dredged to 14⋅5 m alongside; there is a RoRo
ramp at the W end of the berth.
Mini port. A jetty, protected by a training wall N,
extends about 410 m ENE from the shore with a small
dock situated S of its root.
Port services
10.189
1 Facilities: hospital; customs post.
Communications. Local airport 13 km N of the
town.
Pakistan Chart 40
(SDDs 2007000 089731; 2008000 050763; 054079)
[11/09]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
South–west coast – Bantry Bay —
Firing practice area
65
After Paragraph 3.33 1 Insert:
Firing practice area
3.33a
1 The Bear Island Firing Practice Area, shown on
Chart 1840, extends 1 mile E from the Rifle Range
1½ cables N of Leahern’s Point (51°38′N 9°48′W).
The extremities of the area are marked by three
conical light buoys (special).
69
After Paragraph 3.63 2 line 2 Add:
Bear Island Firing Practice Area (3.33a) covers the
approach to Lonehort Harbour.
72
After Paragraph 3.86 2 line 4 Add:
Caution. The line of bearing 050° crosses Bear Island
Firing Practice Area (3.33a).
Irish Ministry of Transport
(SDD 2009000 006470) [11/09]
Wk11/09

NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Netherlands - Eemshaven — Limiting
conditions; controlling depth; Directions; lights;
submarine cable; beacon
144
Paragraph 5.100 1 lines 1–2 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. A depth of 9⋅6 m in the harbour
entrance.
145
Paragraph 5.103 1 lines 8–10 Replace by:
....stands on the head of each breakwater (red and white
post on E side and green and white post on W side).
A submarine power cable crosses the approach one
cable NE of the harbour entrance.
Wk11/09
IV
4.3
Paragraph 5.104 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Doekegat Kanaal. Three cables within the entrance
and after passing a light beacon (starboard hand)
marking the W side of the dredged channel,....
Netherlands Notices 10/128/08; 03/054/09
(SDDs 2008000 023726; 2009000 004546) [11/09]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2008 Edition)
Hebrides – Sound of Harris — Passage
398
Paragraph 12.235 1 line 4 -5 Delete along To chart
BA Chart 2802
(HH. 066/200/03) [11/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - Saint -Guénole — Directions; lights
Paragraph 3.27 7-8 Delete
55
French Weekly Notice 5 2009 Section 2.2
(SDD 2009000 010829) [10/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
Channel Islands – Jersey - Saint Helier —
Pilotage regulations; vessel traffic service
388
Paragraph 11.219 1 line 1 For 50 gt Read 35 m LOA
Paragraph 11.219 2 line 2 For Jersey Harbour Master Read
Saint Helier VTS
395
Paragraph 11.256 1 Line 1 For Port Control Read Saint
Helier VTS
Paragraph 11.257 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Saint Helier VTS operates from Saint Helier, for
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(1).
Paragraph 11.263 line 2 For Port Control Read Saint Helier
VTS
Paragraph 11.265 1 line 2 For Port Control tower Read
Saint Helier VTS building
Saint Helier Harbour Master
(SDD 2009000 010983) [10/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men
— Directions; depths; traffic regulations;
buoyed channel
207
Paragraph 6.23 2 and 3 Replace by:
2 SE of Yuanshan Dao (29°42′N 122°13′E), and:
SE of an obstruction (29°40′⋅2N 122°30′⋅8E),
position approximate, thence:
At least 3 miles SE of Xiazhi Men Lanby (red, super
buoy) (29°41′⋅0N 122°32′⋅4E); a lightering area,
radius 1 mile, lies close N and two outer
Wk10/09
4.1
[10/09]
anchorages (6.52) for Ningbo and Zhoushan lie
between 1½ miles NE and 4½ miles NNE of the
Lanby, and:
3 Clear of a number of obstructions (explosives)
lying between 5½ and 12½ miles ESE of
Xiazhi Men Lanby.
Through traffic would be advised to pass to
seaward of this area of obstructions, and the
anchorages and port approaches to the NW.
213
Paragraph 6.49 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Main route through Xiazhi Men. From a position
about 3 miles SE of Xiazhi Men Lanby (red, super
buoy) (29°41′⋅0N 122°32′⋅4E) the route leads generally
WNW for about 13 miles to Xiazhi Men Northern...
After Paragraph 6.50 Insert:
Controlling depths
6.50a
1 East approaches to Xiazhi Men Anchorages:
2
bottom swept area (2001), least depths 17⋅5 m, N of
area, and 18⋅5 m S of area. It is reported that an
under -keel clearance of 2⋅0 m is required to pass this
area, and that vessels with a draught over 20⋅5 m may
only pass on spring tides; such vessels are advised to
seek advice from Ningbo VTS (6.51) about using the
deep water channel.
Deep water channel has an effective width of
390 m with a least charted depth of 20⋅4 m, but it
reported that the least mid -channel depth is about
22 m. Vessels are advised to confirm this with Ningbo
VTS; see 6.51a for regulations for vessels navigating
in or within 2 miles of this channel.
3 From SE through Xiazhi Men: a least swept
depth of 25⋅5 m;
From SE through Tiaozhou Men: a least swept
depth of 17 m
For continuation to Ningbo via Jingtang Shuidao
see 6.100.
Paragraph 6.51 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Ningbo VTS controls traffic in its area, and its use
is compulsory for vessels using the deep water
1
channel; for details, including the limits, see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
After Paragraph 6.51 Insert:
Traffic regulations
6.51a
Deep water channel to Xiazhi Men Anchorages
and pilot boarding position. The following
regulations apply:
Large vessels intending to use the deep water
channel (6.58a) must advise Ningbo VTS
72 hours before arrival, and 30 minutes before
entering the channel or weighing anchor at the
tanker or mineral anchorages,

2 Traffic management by VTS applies when large
vessels are using the channel, and channel is
then restricted to one way traffic with other
vessels prohibited,
Large vessels using the channel in convoy must have
a minimum separation of one mile, and
3
overtaking is prohibited,
Passage is only permitted in daylight, visibility
of 2 miles or greater, and wind less than
force 8,
Minimum under -keel clearance is 10% of vessel’s
draught, with a minimum of 2 m.
4 All vessels within 2 miles of the deep water channel
must comply with instructions from VTS.
For details see also Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Paragraph 6.52 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Four anchorages lie in the E outer approaches to
Zhoushan and Ningbo, the limits of which are shown
on the chart:
Minerals Anchorage (29°44′⋅7N 122°34′⋅2E), depth
about 30 m;
Tanker Anchorage (29°43′⋅0N 122°34′⋅2E), depth
about 27 m. The limits of a lightering area pass
through SW of anchorage area.
These two anchorages are seaward of the deep
water channel (6.58a).
Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29°45′⋅5N
122°21′⋅7E), depths 18 to 20 m, mud; the pilot
boarding position is in SW of this anchorage. An
obstruction, position approximate, lies 4½ cables
W of this anchorage;
214
Paragraph 6.55 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.55
Paragraph 6.58 including existing Section IV Notice Week
27/08 Replace by:
1 From a position about 3 miles SE of Xiazhi Men
Lanby (red, super buoy) (29°41′⋅0N 122°32′⋅4E), and
NW of a number of obstructions (explosives) (6.23)
lying between 5½ and 12½ miles ESE, the lanby can
be approached directly. Vessels can also proceed
directly to a lightering area, lying close N and two
outer anchorages (6.52) between 1½ miles NE and 4½
miles NNE of the lanby.
2 From the lanby the track leads NW, thence W
through the bottom swept area (2001) to Xiazhi Men
Northern Anchorage, passing (with positions from
Shangpan Jiao Light (29°50′N 122°26E)):
SW of the lightering area, radius 1 mile, and:
3 NE of an obstruction (11 miles SSE), position
approximate, thence:
NE of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (9½ miles
SSE), and the deep water channel (6.58a) leading
WNW, thence:
4 The track then continues NW into the bottom swept
area (6 miles SSE) (6.50a), thence generally W
through the area, passing.
S of Shangpan Jiao (6.23), from where a light is
exhibited, thence:
IV
4.2
5 S of Qingshan Jiao (1¾ miles WSW) (6.10),
from where a light (yellow and black metal
column, 6 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
S of Wuzhu Shan (4¼ miles SW) from where a light
is exhibited
6 The track then continues W into Xiazhi Men
Northern Anchorage (6½ miles SW) (6.52) and the
pilot boarding position for Zhoushan and Ningbo
(6.53).
7 Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage may also be
approached from the offshore route SSE of
Waiyang’an Dao (Dongtingshan) (8 miles ENE) (6.21)
and from where a light is exhibited, on track leading
WSW, then W through the bottom swept area (2001),
and keeping clear of two dangerous wrecks, 3 miles
and 4¼ miles SW, positions approximate and passing
NNW of the outer anchorage areas (above).
6.58a
1 Deep water channel. A channel, marked by light
buoys (lateral), leads WNW for about 11½ miles from
the vicinity of Xiazhi Men Lanby (6.23) thence NW
for 1½ miles to a position 1 mile S of Taohua Dao
Light (29°46′N 122°18′E). The channel passes between
between Northern Anchorage (above) and Southern
Anchorage (6.52). For width and depths see 6.50a.
The lightering area, radius 1 mile, lies close N of the
Lanby, and an obstruction 1½ miles WSW, position
approximate
See 6.51a for regulations for vessels using these
routes.
221
Paragraph 6.100 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 East approaches to Xiazhi Men Anchorages
including deep water channel, and thence via Xiazhi
Men or Tiaozhou Men, see 6.50a
Chinese Chart 13522; Chinese Notice 16/579/08
(HH. 548/443/03; HH. 548/470/10) [10/09]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Selat Lombok - Tanjung Pandanan —
Major Light
107
After Paragraph 4.77 2 line 4 Add:
Tanjung Pandanan Light (8°43′⋅3S 115°51′⋅2E)
(white beacon).
After Paragraph 4.79 2 line 7 Add:
WNW of Tanjung Pandanan, from where a light
(4.77) is exhibited, thence:
114
After Paragraph 4.125 2 line 4 Add:
Tanjung Pandanan Light (8°43′⋅3S 115°51′⋅2E)
(4.77).
Indonesian Notice 50/435/08
(SDD 2009000 002876) [10/09]
Wk10/09

NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Northern Ireland – East coast – Larne —
Pilotage
224
Paragraph 7.162 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...Ballylumford, board in position 54°52′⋅1N 5°47′⋅7W.
Port of Larne
(SDD 2009000 003818) [10/09]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Moray Firth - Portsoy — Directions;
leading lights
113
Paragraph 4.127 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 Directions. The alignment (173°) ofleadinglights:
Front light (metal post on concrete block)
(57°41′⋅1N 2°41′⋅4W).
Rear light (red triangle, point up, on black and white
metal post) (close S of front light).
leads to the harbour entrance. A rock, with a depth over...
Aberdeenshire Council
(SDD 2009000 004015) [10/09]
Wk10/09
IV
4.3
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Halsodden to Jærens Rev - Jøssingfjord —
Pipeline; anchorage
107
Paragraph 3.138 3 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
Submarine pipeline. A submarine pipeline is laid from
Holmen (58°19′⋅1N 6°20′⋅7E) to a position near the head of
the fjord, along the 10 m contour on the E side.
Paragraph 3.140 1 Delete
108
Paragraph 3.140 2 line 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Vessels are allocated an anchorage in the middle of
the fjord, clear of the submarine pipeline (3.138), by a
pilot, or by...
Norwegian Notice 3/110 & 111/09
(SDD 2009000 011758 & 011759) [10/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Tobago - Scarborough — Directions; wreck
141
Paragraph 4.307 5 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
5 Between Middle Shoal (11°10′⋅4N 60°44′⋅3W) and
an unmarked wreck (11°10′⋅5N 60°44′⋅0W) lying at
the edge of shoal water fringing the NE coast of
Rockly Bay. A light beacon (lateral) marks Middle
Shoal.
Trinidad and Tobago Notice 002/09
(SDD 2009000 010546) [09/09]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Saaristomeri — Routes from Kökar;
draught
251
Paragraph 6.197 7 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
7 Close NE of Sälsö the fairway diverges, passing
SW or SE of Sottunga...
Finnish Notice 3/53/08
(SDD 2009000 008483) [09/09]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Spain - Santander — Directions; light beacon;
dolphins
272
Paragraph 10.46 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
E of the entrance to Dársena Norte de Raos
(3¼ cables WNW). The S point of the entrance is
marked by a light beacon (preferred channel to
port) (green round post with red band on dolphin,
6 m in height) (3 cables W). Numerous dolphins
some exhibiting lights (special) are situated N
and E of the head of Espigón Central de Raos,
thence:
Spanish Notice 2/5/09
(SDD 2009000 003540) [09/09]
Wk09/09
4.1
[09/09]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Zhujiang — Huangpu Bridge
284
After Paragraph 8.105 1 line 3 Add:
2 Huangpu Bridge (8.116)
Maximum vertical clearance 60 m.
286
After Paragraph 8.116 1 line 7 Add:
2 The Huangpu Bridge crosses the channel at Dahao
Zhou with a maximum vertical clearance of 60 m.
Chinese Chart 15457
(HH. 548/445/03) [09/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - South Coast - Taiwan Strait — Wrecks
69
Paragraph 2.9 including existing Section IV Notice Week
7/09 Replace by:
Depths and wrecks
2.9
1 On the W side of the strait limiting depths of 20 m
exist in the area NW of Taiwan Banks but see 2.3.
Dangerous wrecks are also charted in this area.
On the E side of the strait, by passing through
P’êng -hu Kang -tao (23°30′N 119°53′E) (2.81), depths
in excess of 30 m may be obtained; numerous wrecks
and shoals are charted up to 50 miles N of P’êng -hu
Kang -tao.
2 In the middle of Taiwan Strait N and NE of the
Taiwan Banks, and in the SW and N approaches to the
strait, are numerous dangerous wrecks and shoals.
These are generally not detailed in the text and the
chart is the best guide.
UKHO
(HH. 032/200/01) [09/09]

NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven —
Limiting conditions
155
Paragraph 5.57 1 lines 1 -2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 51/08 Replace by:
1 Depth within both the West Channel and the Main
Channel is 15⋅9 m (2008).
158
Paragraph 5.78 1 line 1 For 16⋅2 m (2006) Read 15⋅9 m
(2008)
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDDs 2009000 010625; 2008000 092995) [09/09]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Saint Margaret’s Hope —
Directions; leading lights.
162
Paragraph 5.58 1 Line 4 For 2⋅9 m Read 1⋅9 m
Paragraph 5.58 3 Replace by:
3 Directions. The alignment (174°) of leading lights
(58°49′⋅6N 2°57′⋅3W) (metal masts 4 m in height with
orange triangular topmarks) situated 86 m apart at the
E side of the head of the bay, lead through the narrow
channel into the bay, passing (with positions from
Needle Point):
Paragraph 5.58 4 line 5 After Knockhall Point, Insert:
noting an isolated 1⋅9 m patch close W of Skua Fleas,
Paragraph 5.58 5 lines 4 -7 Delete
Saint Margaret’s Hope Pier Trustees and Chart 35
(SDD 2009000 010218) [09/09]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Bahamas - Nassau — Pilotage
105
Paragraph 4.163 1 line 2 For 30 minutes Read 2 hours
Paragraph 4.165 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...board 2 miles N of the harbour entrance.
Port of Nassau
(SDD 2009000 009188) [09/09]
IV
4.2
Wk09/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil, E coast – Ponta Itaquena — Directions;
wreck
196
Paragraph 6.69 4 Replace by:
4 ENE of a rock (18 miles NNE) with a depth of
4·2 m, thence:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (16½ miles NE), position
approximate. Ponta Itaquena and a 9⋅8 m shoal lie
9 and 6¾ miles W, respectively. Thence:
Brazilian Notice 24/239/08
(SDD 2009000 004734) [08/09]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on
1st March 2009
Latvia - Irbe Strait — Routes
394
Paragraph 11.9 2 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...(57°51′⋅0N 21°39′⋅2E) the recommended track leads
generally SE, passing through a two -way route, for
15 miles to a position N of Miķeļ Lighthouse (11.15). The
track then leads ENE for about 24 miles to a position N of
Kolka...
Paragraph 11.9 3 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
3 Approach from west. From the vicinity of No 5
Light Buoy (57°39′⋅8N 21°32′⋅9E) the recommended
track leads E for 13½ miles to a position N of Miķeļ
Lighthouse, whence it merges with the main fairway
to enter Gulf of RØga.
Paragraph 11.9 4 line 4 For 21°37′⋅2E Read 21°39′⋅2E
1
395
Paragraph 11.17 1 line 3 For 21°37′⋅2E Read 21°39′⋅2E
Paragraph 11.18 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
From the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy (57°51′⋅0N
21°39′⋅2E) (11.17) the recommended track leads
3½ milesSSE to a two -way route marked by light
buoys (lateral). The S -bound section of the two -way
route leads initially SSE then SE for 5¾ miles. The
track then continues SE for 2½ miles and then ESE
for 3¾ miles to a position N of Miķeļ Lighthouse
(11.15), passing (with positions from Irbe Lighthouse
(57°45′⋅1N 21°43′⋅4E)):
Paragraph 11.18 3 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Thence, from a position 4¼ miles N of Miķeļ
6
Lighthouse (11.15) the recommended track leads ENE
for about 24 miles to No 8 Light Buoy (safe water),
moored 2¾ miles...
Paragraph 11.18 4 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 11.18 6 line 1 Replace by:
Clear of, depending on draught, two wrecks with
depths of 16 m and 13⋅8 m,
Wk08/09
4.1
[08/09]
Paragraph 11.18 6 line 4 Replace by:
Clear of, depending on draught, a wreck with a
depth of 16⋅9 m over it.
Paragraph 11.19 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...leads E for about 13 miles to a position 4¼ miles N of
Miķeļ Lighthouse (11.15) passing (with positions from
Irbe Lighthouse (57°45′⋅1N 21°43′⋅4E)):
413
Paragraph 12.7 1 line 2 For 21°37′⋅2E Read 21°39′⋅2E
414
Paragraph 12.14 1 line 2 For 21°37′⋅2E Read 21°39′⋅2E
Latvian Notice 7/34(P) -37(P)/08 and Latvian Chart 1014
(INT 1275) 3rd Edition 2009
(SDD 2008000 060757; 060758; 060759; 060760) [08/09]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Estonia - Paldiski — Anchorages
101
After Paragraph 3.26 2 line 3 Add:
Area D, centred in position 59°22′⋅1N 23°54′⋅0E
lies 5 cables N of Suur -Pakri and Väike -Pakri, in
depths of 27⋅0 m to 45⋅0 m. Mariners should exercise
caution when anchoring, to keep clear of an area in
which anchoring is prohibited, centred on a sunken
mine in position 59°22′⋅6N 23°55′⋅4E with a 500 m
radius, on the N border of the anchorage.
Estonian Notice 1/7/09
(SDD 2009000 002336) [08/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
England – South Coast - Par — Pilotage; port
radio; boarding position
110
Paragraph 4.102 1 Replace by:
1 Notice of ETA required: 24 hours in advance with
amendments as soon as possible and not less than 6 hours
before arrival. ETA should be passed through Fowey
Harbour as there is no harbour radio service at Par.
Paragraph 4.102 3 Replace by:
3 Pilot boarding place. Par is serviced by a cutter
from Fowey (4.131). Vessels arriving from the E will
embark pilots off Fowey; vessels arriving from the W
should make for Cannis Rock Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(50°18′⋅4N 4°40′⋅0W), or any other position in Saint
Austell Bay, as directed by the pilot cutter.
Fowey Harbour Master
(SDDs 2009000 003050; 007862) [08/09]

England – South Coast - Southampton —
Berths; depths
252
Paragraph 7.260 4 lines 7-10 Replace by:
Southampton Container Terminals, Berths 204 to
207: length 1350 m; depths 13⋅6 m at Berth 204,
13⋅8 m at Berth 205, 13⋅6 m at Berth 206 and
15⋅0 m alongside Berth 207.
ABP Southampton
(SDD 2009000 008834) [08/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Mazu Ao — Wreck
173
After Paragraph 4.318 2 line 4 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (4½ miles SE), position
approximate, thence:
Chinese Chart 13940
(HH. 548/469/02) [08/09]
China - Yellow Sea - Sushan Dao south
eastwards — Wreck
305
Paragraph 8.134 3 lines 12 -13 Replace by:
...2 miles NNW of Sushan Dao. Two dangerous
wrecks lie within 3¼ miles of Sushan Dao, see
8.137. The track then continues NE passing:
307
After Paragraph 8.137 1 Add:
Dangerous wrecks lie 2½ miles SE and 3¼ miles
E (position approximate) from Sushan Dao.
Chinese Notice 48/1704/08
(HH. 556/400/03) [08/09]
China - Yellow Sea - Fengcheng - Haiyang
Gangqu — Directions; buoyage; anchorages
306
Paragraph 8.136 7 and 8 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
7 SE of No 2 Anchorage area (36°32′N
121°16′E) for Haiyang Gangqu and
Fengcheng (8.142a), thence:
8 SE of Fengcheng (36°42′N 121°15′E) (8.142a),
a walled city standing on a point, and
including the port of Haiyang Gangqu.
Laolong Tou extends 1¾ mile S of the point.
Lights are exhibited from the point and a
jetty. Thence:
IV
307
After Paragraph 8.142 Insert:
Haiyang Gangqu
8.142a
1 Description. Haiyang Gangqu (36°41′⋅0N
2
121°14′⋅1E), the port of Fengcheng (8.136), lies on
W side of Laolong Tou, a small point from which a
drying reef and outlying rocks extend 1¾ miles S. The
port consists of a jetty extending WSW from the point
providing a berth on each side, length 398 m, depth
9⋅5 m, maximum size 10 000 dwt. The turning basin
off the berth has a diameter of 300 m. The jetty is
protected from S by a pier, and Fengcheng Gang Light
(red concrete structure, 12 m in height) is exhibited
from the head.
Port Authority: Haiyang Gangqu Youxian Gongsi,
Tel: 0535 33152239. Maritime safety comes under the
auspices of Yantai (9.66).
Outer Anchorages:
No 1 Anchorage, 3 miles SW of Fengcheng Gang
Light, depths 4 to 6 m (not shown on the chart).
No 2 Anchorage, the limits of which are shown on
the chart, 8 miles SSE of the light, depths about
13 m.
3 Directions. From the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (36°37′⋅9N 121°13′⋅3E), the port is
approached through a channel marked by light buoys
passing E of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand, racon)
(36°39′⋅3N 121°13′⋅2E), and W of a light buoy
(S cardinal) lying S of the above rocks S of Laolong
Tou (the majority of the buoys are not shown on the
chart).
Useful mark:
Laolong Tou Light (round stone tower) (36°41′⋅4N
121°14′⋅3E).
4.2
Chinese Chart 12310; Chinese Notices 47/1680 -1681/08;
47/Section 1/08
(HH. 556/400/03) [08/09]
Wk08/09

NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
France - North -west coast - Rade de Brest —
Directions; leading lights
280
Paragraph 8.147 3 line 1 After S and W Insert:passing:
Paragraph 8.147 3 lines 2 -6 Delete
BA Chart 3427
(HH. 027/209/03) [07/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - South Coast - Taiwan Strait — Wrecks
69
Paragraph 2.9 including heading Replace by:
Depths and wrecks
2.9
1 In the middle of Taiwan Strait N and NE of the
Taiwan Banks, and in the SW and N approaches to the
strait, are numerous dangerous wrecks and shoals.
These are generally not detailed in the text and the
chart is the best guide.
125
Paragraph 4.6 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Wrecks. Some wrecks which are inshore or close
to other charted wrecks may not be described in the
text, and the chart is the best guide. See also 2.9 about
offshore wrecks and shoals in Taiwan Strait and
approaches.
See note on charts concerning uncharted wrecks.
Chinese Notices 41/1506/08; 43/1553/08
(HH. 548/448/11) [07/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven —
Regulations concerning entry
157
Paragraph 5.70 6 lines 8 -11 Replace by:
Controlled and Exclusion Zones for specified
vessels. Controlled and Exclusion Zones will be
allocated to certain specified vessels whilst they are
navigating within the port.
Controlled Zones extend 1 mile ahead and astern of
the specified vessel and within the confines of the
main channel. No commercial vessel of 20 m or more
may navigate within the controlled zone except astern
of the specified vessel where such navigation is away
4.1
[07/09]
from that specified vessel and provided that prior
permission has been sought from and granted by Port
Control.
Exclusion Zones extend ahead to the limit of the
line of sight from the bridge of the specified vessel
within the confines of the channel. Such limit will be
determined by a patrol vessel stationed ahead of the
specified vessel. The zone astern will extend to the
stern of an escort tug, where one is provided, or
100 m astern of the specified vessel should a tug not
be provided. No vessel is permitted to navigate within
the Exclusion Zone at any time.
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2008000 089937) [07/09]
Wales – South–west coast – Milford Haven -
Approach to Semlogistics and Dragon Gas LNG
Terminals — Depth
162
Paragraph 5.85 2 line 1 For 21⋅8 mRead 12⋅8 m
BA Chart 3275
(HH. 037/209/01) [07/09]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
France - Gulf of Lions - Canet -Plage —
Restricted area
58
After Paragraph 2.14 1 Insert:
2 A restricted area containing a wreck, marked by
light buoys (special), lies in the approaches to
Canet -Plage, centred 4¼ miles SE of the harbour. The
area lies partly within an existing prohibited area
marked on the chart and extends about 1 mile NE
from its E limit.
French Notice 09 01 -T -01
(SDD 2009000 000340) [07/09]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2008 Edition)
Greece - Órmos Navarínou - Pülos — Seaplane
operations area
81
After Paragraph 3.67 1 line 7 Add:
Seaplanes. A seaplane operations area lies 5 cables
NNW of Pülos Harbour entrance.
Greek Notice 228/08
(SDD 2009000 006679) [07/09]
Wk07/09

Greece - Zákinthos — Seaplane operations areas
85
After Paragraph 3.97 2 line 11 Add:
Seaplanes. Seaplane operations areas, aligned NNW
and ENE, lie 6 cables E and 5 cables SE respectively
from Zákinthos Harbour entrance.
Greek Notice 229/08
(SDD 2009000 006680) [07/09]
Italy - East coast - Golfo di Trieste — Seaplane
operations areas
465
After Paragraph 10.155 4 Insert:
Caution: A firefighting seaplane splashdown area
lies 1 mile W of Punta Sottile, close S of Canale Sud,
as shown on the chart.
470
After Paragraph 10.199 Insert:
Seaplane operations areas
10.199a
1 Firefighting seaplanes operate in splashdown areas
centred on:
45°44′⋅8N 13°37′⋅6E
45°42′⋅5N 13°40′⋅9E
as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 24.13/08
(SDD 2008000 100800) [07/09]
Italy - East coast - Ortona — Prohibited area
509
After Paragraph 11.304 1 line 6 Add:
Within an area, radius 1 mile, centred on an
above -water wellhead in position 42°19′⋅3N 14°32′⋅1E.
Italian Notice 22.17/08
(SDD 2008000 092706) [07/09]
Wk07/09
IV
4.2
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights
140
Paragraph 5.133 3 lines 1 -2 Delete: (lantern on column,
14 m in height)
147
Paragraph 5.191 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...shoal which is marked by Østre Tangeflua Light
(floodit).
Norwegian Notices 01/43/09; 01/44/09
(SDDs 2009000 004323; 004324) [07/09]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Martinique - Cul -de -Sac du Marin — Pilotage
272
Paragraph 7.83 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels carrying
hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo irrespective of LOA,
and all vessels over 50 m LOA bound for the port or
anchorage. Vessels awaiting a pilot must...
Prefecture de La Region Martinique, s.v. Stad Amsterdam
(HH. 071/200/01) [07/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil - E coast – Cabo de São Tomé eastwards
— Directions; platform
212
After Paragraph 6.186 2 line 10 Delete Existing Section IV
Notice Week 49/08
214
After Paragraph 6.197 3 line 10 Add:
4 Offshore mark:
Platform PCP -3 (lit) (22°14′S 40°26′W).
Brazilian Notice 24/238/08
(SDD 2009000 004733) [06/09]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Peru – Bahía de Paracas — Wrecks
310
Paragraph 9.219 1 lines 6 -9 Replace by:
...side of the bay, and has facilities for small craft.
Dangerous wrecks lie in or close to the small bay close N, as
shown on the chart.
Peruvian Notice 12/100/08
(SDD 2009000 002349) [06/09]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
England – South coast - Falmouth — Directions;
direction light
104
Paragraph 4.60 3 line 3 Replace by:
...marking the W and E sides of the fairway. For
directions
Thence:
to Falmouth Inner Harbour see 4.61.
1
Paragraph 4.61 1 Replace by:
Initial position. In the channel close S of East
Narrows Light Buoy (starboard hand) (50°09′⋅4N
5°01′⋅9W) and West Narrows Light Buoy (port hand)
(50°09′⋅4N 5°02′⋅1W).
Direction Light (pole, red and white bands)
(50°09′⋅4N 5°03′⋅3W).
The line of bearing (269°), or by night in the white
sector (267° -271°), leads through a channel (4.42)
Wk06/09
4.1
[06/09]
across the S part of Falmouth Bank towards Inner
Harbour. A turn inside West Narrows Light Buoy (port
hand) is recommended for entering and leaving at all
states of tide.
A&P Falmouth
(SDDs 2009000 000144; 003930) [06/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
United Kingdom - South -east approach to
Thames Estuary — Pilot station; anchorages
236
Paragraph 11.16 1-3including Section IV Notices Weeks
22/07 and 01/09 Replace by:
1 Vessels subject to compulsory pilotage in the outer
area (11.14) may embark the pilot at either the Sunk
Pilot Station (11.27g) or the North East Spit Pilot
Station.
There are two pilot boarding areas at the North
East Spit Pilot Station, as follows:
Inner Boarding Area - 51°25′⋅0N 1°30′⋅0E,
DW Boarding Area - 51°28′⋅0N 1°32′⋅4E.
Vessels may request, or be directed by the pilot, to
use either area, the decision depending on draught, the
height of tide and weather conditions.
2 Vessels embarking a pilot at the North East Spit
Pilot Station may take passage through the Princes
Channel (11.84) or Fisherman’s Gat (11.82).
Additionally, the station may also be used by
deep -draught vessels wishing to access Black Deep
(11.53) via the Long Sand Head Two -Way Route
(11.27e) or via Sunk Outer and Inner Precautionary
Areas (11.27b and 11.27c).
3 It should be noted that any vessel with a draught of
less than 7⋅5 m which embarks a pilot at the Sunk
Pilot Station rather than the North East Spit Pilot
Station may be liable to a surchage. The reason for
this measure is to restrict the Black Deep and Knock
John Channel route to the more deep -draught vessels.
246
Paragraph 11.93 Replace by:
1 Tongue DW Anchorage (51°31′N 1°30′E) and
Tongue Hazardous Anchorage (51°32′N 1°30’E) lie to
the E of Outer Tongue Light Buoy (safe water). The
limits of the anchorages are shown on the chart.
Anchorage for small vessels may be fouind in Margate
Road (12.16).
Port of London Authority
(SDDs 2009000 000323; 004033) [06/09]

United Kingdom - South -east approaches to
Thames Estuary — Wind farm
244
After Paragraph 11.78 1 line 7 Add:
2 Thanet Offshore Wind Farm, a project comprising
100 turbines is to be constructed in an area centred on
51°26′N 1°39′E. The boundary of the construction area
is marked by five light buoys as follows:
3 Thanet N Light Buoy (N cardinal) 51°28′⋅3N
1°38′⋅1E,
Thanet NE Light Buoy (N cardinal) 51°26′⋅9N
1°40′⋅4E,
Thanet E Light Buoy (E cardinal) 51°24′⋅8N
1°41′⋅9E,
Thanet S Light Buoy (S cardinal) 51°23′⋅8N
1°40′⋅8E,
Thanet W Light Buoy (W cardinal) 51°24′⋅3N
1°37′⋅1E.
4 A submarine power cable will run from the wind
farm to the shore in Pegwell Bay (51°19′N 1°22′E).
Trinity House
(SDD 2009000 000274) [06/09]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Huizhou Gang — Racon
350
Paragraph 10.114 1 line 4 Replace by:
Su Pai Light (22°39′⋅4N 114°36′⋅0E).
Chinese Notices 51/1821/08; 51/1824/08
(SDD 2008000 101502) [06/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Caofeidan and Tianjin Xingang
— Vessel traffic service; directions; anchorages;
pilotage
332
Paragraph 10.15 5 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...(10.115) lies N of the light, and extending 12½ miles
S of the light is the area of Caofeidian VTS, the use
of which is compulsory for most vessels navigating
within its limits, see 10.115. The track then leads
generally NW passing:
336
Paragraph 10.65 5 line 5 Replace by:
SW of Caofeidian Light (38°55′N118°30′E) (10.15)
and noting Caofeidian compulsory VTS area
(10.115) which extends 12½ miles from the light.
339
Paragraph 10.88 1 including existing Section IV Notices
Weeks 18/08 and 34/08 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained as follows in
designated anchorages, the limits of which are shown
IV
4.2
on the chart (with positions from Dagu Light
(38°56′⋅3N 117°58′⋅8E)):
Name Position Designation Remarks
Dagukou
North
Anchorage
Dagukou
South
Anchorage
Bulk
Chemicals
Anchorage
Vessels over
100 000 grt
No 6
Anchorage
4 miles
ENE
4 miles
ESE
1½
miles S
12 miles
ESE
9 miles
SSE
All vessels
(except
those
below) with
draught less
than
10⋅5 m.
Also
quarantine
anchorage.
Vessels with
dangerous
cargo,
draught
over 8 m;
other
vessels over
10 m
draught.
Bulk
chemical
vessels with
draught less
than8m.
Vessels over
100 000dwt
quarantine
anchorage
Depths 6 to
14 m; an
obstruction
lies on
mid -part of S
boundary.
Depths 11 to
16 m. A
dangerous
wreck marked
N and S by
light buoys
(isolated
danger) lies in
middle of area.
Depths 8 to
11 m. A
dangerous
wreck, marked
by a light buoy
(isolated
danger), lies
4 cables S of
anchorage.
Depths 19 to
22 m
Depths about
12 m
With the exception of No 6 Anchorage each of the
above anchorages also includes a pilot boarding
position for the appropriate vessels.
341
Paragraph 10.107 1-2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 18/08 Replace by:
1 From a position at the entrance of the buoyed
channel 8½ miles ESE of Dagu Light (38°56′⋅3N
117°58′⋅8E) the track leads generally ESE through
Caofeidian VTS area (10.115), the use of which is
compulsory, passing (with positions from Caofeidian
Light (38°55′N 118°30′E)):
SSW of a dangerous wreck (11½ miles W), marked,
close E by a light buoy (isolated danger). Two
platforms (lit) lie 2¾ miles N and 3¼ miles NNE.
Thence:
SSW of Caofeidan Synthetics Products anchorage
area (5 miles WSW). An obstruction and three oil
platforms (lit) lie 2 to 4 miles N.
2 The track then continues ESE to a position S of
Caofeidian Light (10.15). A building on stilts, painted
white with a wide black stripe on each of its seaward
faces, stands close NE of the light. Caofeidan port
(10.115) is being developed in the area. Caofeidian
Tan, the extensive area of drying banks with several
small islets, lies NE of the port area and should be
Wk06/09

approached with caution as it is fringed with irregular
steep -to shoal patches and numerous fishing nets.
The track then leads E passing S of Caofeidian
Large Oil Tankers and General Cargo anchorage area
(6 miles ESE).
342
Paragraph 10.115 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 18/08 Replace by:
1 General information. Caofeidian (38°55′N
118°30′E), part of port of Jingtang (10.109), is under
development in the area of Caofeidian Light (10.15)
and it is projected will provide over twenty
deep -water berths for ore and coal carriers, oil and
LNG tankers between 10 000 and 300 000 dwt. In
2009 two berths are in operation. The port is
connected to the mainland N by a bridge about 9 miles
long.
Directions. The port can be approached direct from
sea keeping clear of CFD -11 Oil Field (10.107)
15 miles SE and various charted wrecks and
obstructions.
Vessel traffic service is in operation, and its use is
compulsory for most vessels navigating within the
VTS area, the limits of which are shown on the chart.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
2 Anchorages. Pilot and quarantine anchorages, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, are (with
positions from Caofeidian Light (38°55′N 118°30′E)):
Name Position Designation Remarks
Large oil
tankers and
general
cargo
Synthetic
Products
6 miles
ESE
5 miles
WSW
Vessels with
draught of
15 m and over.
Vessels with
draught less
than 15 m.
Depths 22
to 31 m
Depths
about 12 to
23 m
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and is
available during daylight hours. Pilot boards in the
anchorages above, and also in special circumstances,
such as adverse weather conditions, in the following
positions (not shown on the chart):
38°52′·8N 118°29′·7E,
38°54′·1N 118°25′·1E.
Tugs are available.
Berths. Two berths for iron ore, maximum size
LOA 370 m, depth 25⋅0 m, 250 000 dwt.
Developments. Works are in progress (2008) N of
berths.
Caofeidian Maritime Safety Commission
(HH. 548/525/01) [06/09]
China - Bo Hai - Laizhou Wan — Directions;
wrecks
334
Paragraph 10.42 1 line 7 Replace by:
...Sanshan Dao Jetty N Light (37°25′N 119°57′E). A
wreck, depth 4⋅6 m, lies 10 miles NW of the light, and
a dangerous wreck 2 miles farther NNW.
Wk06/09
IV
4.3
336
Paragraph 10.65 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
NE of a dangerous wreck (37°35′N 119°48′E); a
wreck, depth 4⋅6 m, lies 2 miles SSE, thence:
Paragraph 10.65 3 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (38°24′N 118°52′E),
position approximate, and second dangerous
wreck, 2¾ miles WNW, marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger), thence:
Chinese Chart 11800
(HH. 556/420/09) [06/09]
China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Wreck; buoy
358
Paragraph 10.244 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 The track continues NE to a position off the
entrance to the fairway (40°17′N 121°50′E) and clear
of a dangerous wreck (40°16′⋅7N 121°48′⋅6E) marked
by a light buoy (isolated danger), and thence either
entering the fairway (10.245) or to the outer
anchorages (10.241), passing:
Paragraph 10.245 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position off the entrance (40°17′N
121°50′E), and clear of the dangerous wreck 1½ miles
W (10.244), the fairway can be...
Chinese Notice 49/1709/08
(HH. 556/420/09 ) [06/09]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
England – West coast - River Severn —
Landmarks; tower
140
Paragraph 4.257 1 line 6 Delete
Bristol Port Company
(SDD 20080000 100330) [06/09]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Scotland - Firth of Forth — Pilot boarding
positions; waiting anchorage
85
Paragraph 4.5 Replace by:
1 Pilot boarding places as follows:
Vessels of 150 m in length and over proceeding to
North Channel or South Channel embark the pilot
at the Fairway Light Buoy. If the vessel is in a
waiting anchorage, the pilot may at his discretion
board the vessel in the anchorage.

Vessels of less than 150 m in length proceeding to
North Channel embark the pilot in the vicinity of
No 3 Light Buoy (56°03′⋅2N 3°06′⋅1W), keeping
N of Forth Deep -Water Channel.
2 Vessels of less than 150 m in length proceeding
to South Channel embark the pilot NE of
Narrow Deep Light Buoy (56°01′⋅5N
3°04′⋅6W).
Vessels carrying 12 or more passengers, irrespective
of length, embark the pilot at the Fairway Light
Buoy.
Vessels proceeding to Methil embark the pilot in
position 56°10′N 3°00′W.
3 The foregoing pilot boarding stations are indicated
on the charts.
4.5a
1 Vessels of 150 m in length and over which are
proceeding from Methil Anchorage (4.19) or Kirkcaldy
Anchorage (4.20) to embark a pilot at the Fairway
Light Buoy must not proceed south of 56°05′N until
the pilot is on board and has the conduct of the
vessel. However, vessels anchored in K7 to K9
anchorage berths embark the pilot in the anchorage.
2 Vessels of 150 m in length and over which are
proceeding from Aberlady Bay Anchorage (4.21) to
embark a pilot at the Fairway Light Buoy must not
proceed west of 3°00′W until the pilot is on board and
has conduct of the vessel. However, vessels anchored
in A4 and A5 anchorage berths embark the pilot in the
anchorage.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (1).
Paragraph 4.7 1 line 7 For Musselburgh Road Read
Cockenzie.
87
Paragraph 4.23 including heading Replace by:
Cockenzie Anchorage
4.23
1 An anchorage for small vessels (55°59′N 3°03′W)
is situated W of Cockenzie in depths of 8 m. A large
area of foul ground is centred 1½ miles NE of the
anchorage, the limits of which are shown on the chart.
Forth Ports NM01/09
(SDDs 2009000 0001394; 003931) [06/09]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Sweden - West coast — Vessel traffic service
179
Paragraph 7.9 Replace by:
Spare
7.9
Swedish Notice 240/5352/09
(SDD 2009000 004724) [06/09]
IV
4.4
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Florø - Kylleren — Depths
514
Paragraph 12.347 8 line 2 Replace by:
...passing NE of Perholmen (4½ cables SSE), noting
isolated rocks with depths over them of 10 m (¾ cable S)
and 8⋅7 m(¾ cable SE) which lie in the approaches to the
berths.
Norwegian Notice 01/46/09
(SDD 2009000 004326) [06/09]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(2007 Edition)
Papua New Guinea - North Coast -
Manam Island — Rock
324
After Paragraph 8.147 1 line 5 Add:
SW of a rock (4°07′⋅7S 145°16′⋅2E) which covers
and uncovers, thence:
Australian Notice 1/49/2009
(HH. 532/535/02) [06/09]
Bismarck Archipelago - New Britain - Kimbe -
Kulungi Roadstead — Wreck
351
Paragraph 9.83 1 line 4 Replace by:
...the roadstead. A wreck, depth 20 m, lies about
1 mile N of Kimbe Wharf (5°32′⋅9S 150°09′⋅2E).
Australian Notice 1/46/2009
(HH. 532/525/04) [06/09]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2007 Edition)
Red Sea - Approaches to JØzºn — Light buoys;
directions; major light
275
Paragraph 10.49 1 line 1 For JØzºn North Light Buoy
(16°57′N41°17′E) Read JØzºn North Light Buoy (16°56′N
41°17′E)
Paragraph 10.52 1 line 6 For 17°02′N Read 17°01′N
Paragraph 10.52 2 line 2 For (16°57′N 41°17′E) Read
(16°56′N 41°17′E)
276
After Paragraph 10.62 1 line 6 Insert:
2 Major light:
South Mazarkiff Light (16°34′⋅5N 42°21′⋅7E) (Red
tripod, daymark).
Wk06/09

After Paragraph 10.63 2 line 5 Insert:
ENE of F1 Light Buoy (safe water) (6 miles WSW)
noting the 11⋅9 m depth which lies in the fairway
about 1½ miles ENE, thence:
Paragraph 10.63 2 lines 9 -11 Delete noting to Hibar,
283
Paragraph 10.108 1 line 3 For JØzºn North Light Buoy
(16°57′N41°17′E) Read JØzºn North Light Buoy (16°56′N
41°17′E)
284
Paragraphs 10.120 1 line 2, and 10.123 1 line2 For JØzºn
North Light Buoy (16°57′N 41°17′E) Read JØzºn North
Light Buoy (16°56′N 41°17′E)
Paragraph 10.123 1 line 7 Replace by:
...7 cables ENE of the buoy. Thence:
Paragraph 10.123 5-6 Replace by:
5 NW of N3 Light Buoy (W cardinal) (17°02′⋅0N
41°22′⋅5E) which is moored near the W
extremity of a shoal, with a least depth over
it of 8 m. A shoal (reported 2000), with a
least depth over it of 12⋅5 m, lies about
1 mile N of the buoy. Thence:
6 SE of N4 Light Buoy (S cardinal) (17°05′⋅5N
41°24′⋅2E) which is moored close S of a
shoal, with a least depth over it of 9 m, and
Wk06/09
IV
4.5
N of an isolated shoal (2½ miles SSE), with a
least depth over it of 9⋅1 m. Shoals with
depths of 9⋅1 m and 14⋅6 m over them,
reported (1967), lie about 2¾ miles and
3½ miles SE of the light buoy. Thence:
After Paragraph 10.124 2 line 3 Add:
NNW of N5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(17°13′⋅1N 41°33′⋅3E) which is moored NW of
an area of dangerous rocks and detached shoals
with a least depth over them of 8⋅5 m, thence:
285
Paragraph 10.124 3 Delete
Saudi Ports Authority; UKHO
(SDD 2008000 086910) [06/09]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
U.S. Virgin Islands - St. Croix - Frederiksted —
Anchorages
120
Paragraph 3.381 2-3 Delete
US Notice 52/25644/08
(SDD 2008000 100990) [06/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Ningbo Gang —
Directions; wreck
223
After Paragraph 6.117 2 line 4 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (1½ miles ESE),
existence doubtful, thence:
224
After Paragraph 6.118 1 line 2 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (1½ miles ESE),
existence doubtful, thence:
Chinese Chart 13385
(HH. 548/466/01) [05/09]
China - Yellow Sea - Bohai Haixia and
approaches including Changshan Shuidao —
Directions; wrecks
313
After Paragraph 9.9 2 line 2 Add:
NE of a dangerous wreck (37°49′N 122°07′E),
thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (38°14′N 121°42′E); a
wreck, swept depth 37 m, lies 2½ miles NE,
thence:
326
Paragraph 9.131 5 line 10 Replace by:
...Dao. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck, 2¾ miles SW of
Houji Dao.
Chinese Notices 48/1705/08; 8/236 -237/08
(HH. 556/410/04; HH. 556/410/ 05) [05/09]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2008 Edition)
Seychelles Group - Mahé - Victoria —
Anchorages; disused cables
236
Paragraph 10.170 1 including heading Replace by:
Anchorages
10.170
1 There are eighteen numbered anchor berths marked
on the charts, with maximum permissible draughts
reported (2008) as follows:
Wk05/09
4.1
Anchorage
number
Maximum
draught
Location
[05/09]
1 - 8 No restriction * Outer harbour
9 -11 Tobedecidedby
Harbour Master
Outer harbour
12 8.00 m Outer harbour
13 4⋅50 m E of Victoria Light
14 5⋅00 m E of Victoria Light
15 - 16 8⋅00 m E of Île de
Romainville
17 - 18 8.00 m Cerf Passage
*Harbour Master allocates berth on receipt of vessel
arrival/departure information.
During the South -east Trade Wind (10.8), which
seldom blows hard, vessels may lie to a single anchor
with a short scope of cable, although some swell may
be experienced. See 10.166 for conditions during NW
monsoon.
Heavy swell may be experienced at the outer
4
berths, but the holding ground is reported to be good.
Paragraph 10.170 2 line 4 Add:
...outside the Marine Park demarcation zone,
After Paragraph 10.170 3 Insert:
Disused cables remain on the sea bed leading NE
from Long Pier and leading generally SE from New
Port and through Cerf Passage, as charted. One
disused cable traverses the S part of Anchorage Berth
No 17, however, the Harbour Authority report (2008)
that many ships have anchored at that berth without
fouling their anchors by strict observance of
instructions and charted positions.
239
Paragraph 10.184 1-2 Replace by:
1 Outer harbour. See 10.170.
Seychelles Maritime Safety Administration
(SDDs 2008000 092622; 097767) [05/09]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Hang Approaches -
Nasa — Major light
174
After Paragraph 4.18 1 line 2 Add:
Nasa Light (white round tower, 12 m in height)
(35°21′⋅1N 129°20′⋅7E), exhibited from the head
of a breakwater 9 cables SW of Kanjãl Gap Light.

175
Paragraph 4.21 Replace by:
1 Spare.
Korean Notice 52/744/2008
(SDD 2009000 001235) [05/09]
Korea - East Coast - Ulsan Man — Major light
178
After Paragraph 4.51 3 line 5 Add:
Ulsan Man S Breakwater Head Light (white round
concrete tower, 10 m in height) (35°26′⋅7N
129°22′⋅7E).
179
Paragraph 4.55 2 line 2 Replace by:
...light (4.51) is...
Korean Notice 52/743/2008
(SDD 2009000 001234) [05/09]
Korea - East Coast - Chinmimal — Major light
190
After Paragraph 4.125 2 line 7 Add:
Chinmimal Light (36°54′N 129°25′E) (white round
concrete tower, 12 m in height).
191
Paragraph 4.128 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...where a light (4.125) is exhibited. The small
fishing harbour...
Korean Notice 52/742/2008
(SDD 2009000 001233) [05/09]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2008 Edition)
Malaysia - Approaches to Pelabuhan Klang -
Permatang Angsa — Major light
189
Paragraph 6.106 1 line 6 For Buoy Read Beacon
193
Paragraph 6.144 1 line 3 For Buoy Read Beacon
After Paragraph 6.149 1 line 7 Add:
Angsa Bank Light Beacon (3°20′⋅0N 101°00′⋅0E).
Paragraph 6.150 1 Replace by:
1 From a position S of Kepulauan Sembilan (4°02′N
100°32′E), the coastal route leads SE outside the 20 m
depth contour to a position NE of Angsa Bank Light
Beacon (6.149) at the N extremity of Permatang
Angsa. An obstruction lies 1 mile W of the light
beacon.
IV
4.2
195
After Paragraph 6.165 1 line 4 Add:
Angsa Bank Light Beacon (3°20′⋅0N 101°00′⋅0E).
Paragraph 6.167 1 line 3 Replace by:
...Light Beacon (3°20′N 101°00′E) (6.149) between the
W side...
198
Paragraph 6.200 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
From a position NW of Ansa Bank Light Beacon
(3°20′N 101°00′E) (6.149), the route continues
generally...
Malaysian Notice 82/2008
(SDD 2008000 095318) [05/09]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2008 Edition)
Iran - JazØreh-ye Lºrak — Major light
54
After Paragraph 2.10 1 line 11 Insert:
JazØreh-ye Lºrak North Light (26°53′⋅2N
56°21′⋅2E).
Iranian Notice 17/2008
(SDD 2009000 000081) [05/09]
Strait of Hormuz - West Bukha Oil Platform —
Racon
54
Paragraph 2.11 1 line 7 Replace by:
West Bukha Oilfield Platform (26°23′N 55°59′E).
Omani Notice 17/2008
(SDD 2008000 082670) [05/09]
Ra’s ol Moòºf Light Float to Soroosh Oil
Terminal and Khawr al Kafka — Directions;
dangerous wreck
58
Paragraph 2.27 5 lines 1-3 Replace by:
5 SW of a dangerous wreck (29°12′N 49°20′E)
(position approximate), thence:
US Notice 42/62032/08
(SDD 2008000 084096) [05/09]
Wk05/09

Bandar-e ShahØd Bºhonar; Bandar-e ShahØd
RajºØ - South -eastern approach - Directions;
major light; racon
111
After Paragraph 5.6 2 line 10 Insert:
JazØreh-ye Lºrak North Light (26°53′⋅2N
56°21′⋅2E).
Paragraph 5.7 1 line 3 Delete
Paragraph 5.8 1 lines 2 -3 For JazØreh-ye Lºrak Light
(26°51′⋅8N 56°21′⋅6E) Read JazØreh-ye Lºrak North Light
(26°53′⋅2N 56°21′⋅2E)
Paragraph 5.8 1 lines 5 -6 Delete (metal to height)
Paragraph 5.8 1 line 7 For 10 miles Read 9 miles
Paragraph 5.8 2 line 1 For 6 miles Read 5 miles
Paragraph 5.8 2 line 4 For 13 miles Read 11½ miles
Iranian Notice 17/2008
(SDD 2009000 000081) [05/09]
Shah Allum Shoal — Light beacon
184
After Paragraph 7.362 1 line 1 Add:
Shah Allum Shoal Light (black beacon, red band,
isolated danger topmark, 31 m in height)
(26°25′⋅4N 52°29′⋅9E).
194
After Paragraph 7.467 1 line 1 Add:
Shah Allum Shoal Light (26°25′⋅4N 52°29′⋅9E)
(7.362).
195
Paragraph 7.469 2 lines 3-6 Replace by:
...it. A beacon from where a light (7.362) is
exhibited stands near its centre; a wreck, with a
least depth over it of 14⋅1 m, lies S of the beacon.
Thence:
Iranian Notice 14/2008
(SDDs 2008000 100232; 2009000 000364) [05/09]
Shah Allum Shoal to Doha — Directions; wreck
185
Paragraph 7.365 4 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (25°18′⋅1N 51°52′⋅3E),
lying ESE of Anchorage A, thence:
US Hydropac 2241/08
(SDD 2008000 091538) [05/09]
Wk05/09
IV
4.3
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2007 Edition)
Saudi Arabia - Jeddah — Arrival information;
outer and prohibited anchorages
259
Paragraph 9.238 Replace by:
1 Anchorage E (21°25′⋅0N 39°05′⋅0E), with four
2
numbered Berths E1 -E4, lies NW of Ash Shi‘bayn
(21°24′N 39°06′E) (9.263) with depths from 31 m to
82 m.
The JRD pilot boarding position (9.255) is situated
close within the S limit of the anchorage.
Anchorage F (21°25′⋅7N 39°03′⋅3E) lies close SSW
of Abø Nalhah (9.215), with two numbered berths and
depths from 17⋅1 m to 48 m.
Anchorage M (21°18′⋅3N 39°02′⋅4E), lies close SE
of Shi‘b MismarØ (9.190); two numbered berths with
depths of about 31 m and 69 m are charted within.
Two 19 m patches lie within the NW and NE limits of
the anchorage.
The above anchorages lie outside port limits and
are designated for use by tankers, on instructions of
JRD Terminals.
Paragraph 9.240 Replace by:
1 Prohibited anchorages are charted S and NW of
Anchorage E.
Saudi Ports Authority Notice A -359 -1/12/2008
(SDD 2008000 096161) [05/09]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Mexico - Altamira — Fairway buoy
159
Paragraph 6.329 2 line 2 For 97°42′W Read 97°48′W
US Notice 52/28325/08
(SDD 2008000 101601) [05/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Vaasa — Leading lights
318
Paragraph 7.294 2 line 3 For Lights Read Beacons
Paragraph 7.294 4 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons
Paragraph 7.296 1 line 3 For Lights Read Beacons
Paragraph 7.296 1 line 4 For 117½8° Read 117½°
Finnish Notice 34/606/08
(SDD 2008000 100287) [04/09]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Romania - Midia — Anchorage
159
Paragraph 4.168 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Anchorage. Vessels waiting to berth at Midia
should anchor off Constanòa (4.143).
Romanian Notice 9/122/08
(SDD2008000 101721) [04/09]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
United Kingdom - Thames Estuary - Princes
Channel — DW Route; buoyage
1
244
Paragraph 11.74 Replace by:
From the vicinity of North East Spit Pilot Station
(51°25′N 1°30′E), the River Thames and the River
Medway may be approached through either Princes
Channel (11.85), and Oaze Deep (11.56) or
2
Fisherman’s Gat (11.83), Black Deep (11.53), Knock
John Channel (11.55) and Oaze Deep. Vessels which
are pilot exempt may also approach these channels
directly from the E, passing S of Kentish Knock
(51°39′N 1°37′E) (11.34).
The distance from NE Spit Pilot Station to Sea
Reach No 1 Light Buoy (51°29′⋅5N 0°52′⋅6E) via
Princes Channel is 25 miles; via Fisherman’s Gat the
distance is 33 miles.
Paragraph 11.75 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
Princes Channel to Oaze Deep: There is a least
depth of 7⋅9 m (2008) on the Princes DW Route
(11.84): outside the limits of the DW Route there is a
least depth of 5⋅3 m (2006).
Paragraph 11.76 1 lines 5 -9 Replace by:
Vessels of less than 6 m draught should normally
use the Princes Channel. Shallower draught vessels
should avoid impeding the passage of larger vessels
following the Princes DW Route (11.84). Vessels
4.1
[04/09]
which are constrained by their draught to using the
DW Route should exhibit the signals prescribed in
Rule 28 of The International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) and should set the
appropriate navigational status on AIS.
1
245
Paragraphs 11.84 and 11.85 Replace by:
11.84
General information. Princes Channel provides the
most direct route to the River Thames from E or SE
and leads from the vicinity of Princes Outer Light
Buoy (S cardinal) (51°28′⋅9N 1°20′⋅4E) to the Oaze
Deep (11.56), a distance of 11 miles.
At the W end of Princes Channel, where there is a
bar, the channel is divided into two adjacent parts.
Whilst shallower draught vessels can navigate using
the full width of the channel, deeper draught vessels
will be restricted to the Princes DW Route on the N
side of the fairway which is 450 m wide. See 11.75
for depths.
11.85
1 North East Spit Pilot Station to Princes Channel.
From the vicinity of North East Spit Pilot Station
(51°25′N 1°30′E), the route leads 3 miles N, passing
clear of NE Spit Light Buoy (E cardinal) (51°28′⋅0N
1°29′⋅9E) marking the extremity of NE Spit, thence
6 miles W to a position S of Princes Outer Light Buoy
(S cardinal) (51°28′⋅9N 1°20′⋅4E).
Useful mark:
Tongue Sand Tower (ruin) (51°29′⋅6N 1°22′⋅0E)
marked by light buoys (N and E cardinal).
11.85a
1 Princes Channel. From a position S of Princes
Outer Light Buoy, the track leads W for 11 miles
through Princes Channel to Oaze Deep. The outer
limits of the channel are marked by light buoys
(lateral). At the W end of the channel, the separation
line between Princes DW Route to N and the
2
shallower part of Princes Channel to S is marked by
Princes Mid Light Buoy (special) (51°29′⋅2N 1°09′⋅0E)
and Princes Inner Light Buoy (special) (51°29′⋅6N
1°03′⋅5E).
The track passes (with positions from Shivering
Sand Towers (51°30′N 1°05′E) (11.48)):
S of Shingles (5 miles E), a shallow bank which
dries in places extending along the N side of
the channel, thence:
N of Tongue (6½ miles ESE), Ridge (5½ miles ESE)
and Pan Sand (3½ miles ESE) which together
form a narrow shoal that dries in places extending
E from the NE side of Kentish Flats (12.23),
thence:
S of Girdler (11.92) (2 miles E), thence:
S of Shivering Sand Towers, marked on the S side by
a light buoy (S cardinal).
2 Thence to a position in Oaze Deep within the Oaze
Precautionary Area (11.46).
Trinity House and Port of London Authority
(SDD 2008000 101048; 101498) [04/09]
Wk04/09

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Chang Jiang - Baoshan — Anchorages;
regulations; directions; buoyage
264
Paragraph 7.86 Replace by:
1 Baoshan North Anchorage (31°32′N 121°23′E) lies
on the N side of the channel E of Baoshan LANBY
(31°32′⋅0N 121°21′⋅0E), marked on its S side by the
channel light buoys (starboard hand) and to N by light
buoys (special) with depths of 10 to 11 m; it is for
vessels awaiting orders, tide and replenishment, and
also a typhoon anchorage, maximum stay 72 hours.
2 Baoshan South Anchorage lies S of the channel
between No 76A and No 80 Light Buoys (port hand),
2 miles ESE of Baoshan LANBY, with depths of 14 to
15 m. A light buoy (special), not shown on chart, lies
in middle of the S boundary, and a dangerous wreck
lies in E part of the anchorage.
The remains of a dam lie near the NW extremity of
the north anchorage. Pilots also board at the north
anchorage for Chang Jiang upriver ports (7.87).
3 A number of anchorages, not shown on the chart,
have been established between Baoshan LANBY and
Tongzhousha Dongshuidao (31°53′N 120°54′E)
(7.106); for details see Admiralty Notice to Mariners
No 51(P)/09.
265
Paragraph 7.92 1 lines 6 -10 Replace by:
Main Channel. This comprises Baoshan Hangdao
and Baoshan North and South Channels (7.103).
Baoshan North Channel is for N -bound vessels, and
S -bound vessels with draught of 8 m or more; South
Channel is for S -bound vessels and also for N -bound
ships proceeding to the adjacent wharves.
2
267
Paragraph 7.103 2-3 Replace by:
The channel then divides at No 74 Light Buoy
(E cardinal) (6¾ miles NW) for about 6 miles; the
N channel, a continuation of the TSS (7.29), is
two -way traffic, see 7.92, has the deeper water and is
marked by light buoys (lateral); the separation zone is
marked by light buoys (special), not shown on
3
the chart.
The S channel (two -way traffic in SE, see 7.92),
with no separation area, is marked by light buoys
(lateral); a wreck, swept depth 9⋅5 m, lies in
mid -channel, and a bank with depths less than 9 m
extends across N half of the channel. A number of
jetties and berths lie on the S side of the channel from
Luojing Terminal (31°29′⋅5N 121°22′⋅5E) at Chuansha,
the jetties marked by lights (yellow cross on yellow
beacons, each 6 m in height), to Baogang, 3½ miles
SE, off which lies an anchorage area for barges,
4
depths about 6 m; works are in progress (2008) in
the area.
The N channel continues NW thence WNW through
the buoyed channel passing between Baoshan North
and South Anchorages (31°32′N 121°23′E); the pilot
boarding position for vessels proceeding up Chang
Kiang lies in the North Anchorage, and Dadong Light
Wk04/09
IV
4.2
(red and white lattice beacon, 5 m in height)
(not named on chart) is exhibited from the N shore
5 miles NE.
The track then continues NNE of Baoshan LANBY
(31°32′⋅0N 121°20′⋅9E), and into Liuhekou
Precautionary Area.
Chinese Chart 13121
(HH. 548/478/04) [04/09]
China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Huludao Gang
— New port area; lights; directions
349
After Paragraph 10.167 1 line 6 Insert:
A new part of the port has been developed about
1½ miles W of Huludao Gang, with an area of
reclaimed land fronted by a berth area lying NE/SW,
with a pier extending SE from the SW corner. No
further details are available.
After Paragraph 10.167 2 Insert:
Directions for new port area.
An alignment (324°) of leading lights leads towards
the new port area:
Main Channel Front Light (triangle, point up, on
white metal framework tower, red bands, 37 m in
height) (40°42′⋅6N 120°58′⋅0E),
Rear Light (triangle, point down, on similar
structure, 10 m in height) (3½ cables from front).
From a position 8¼ cables SE of the front light on
the above alignment (324°), an alignment of leading
lights (294¾°) (not shown on the chart) leads through
an inner channel towards the berths:
Inner Channel Front Light (triangle, point up, on
black metal framework tower, 18 m in height)
(40°42′⋅3N 120°57′⋅5E),
Rear Light (triangle, point down, on similar
structure, 20 m in height).
Paragraph 10.167 3 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...on the N side of the breakwater.
In the new port are two bulk berths for vessels up
to 70 000 dwt, and a petrochemical berth for vessels
up to 10 000 dwt.
Chinese Notice 45/1624/08; UKHO
(HH. 548/520/01) [04/09]
NP 33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2008 Edition)
Philippine Islands - Verde Island Passage —
Vessel traffic management system
238
After Paragraph 8.56 2 Insert:
Vessel traffic management system
8.56a
1 A VTMS is in operation in the Verde Island
Passage TSS and the ports of Batangas (8.71), Puerto
Galera (8.104) and Calapan (8.108). The limits of the
VTMS are 3 miles to W and E of the TSS and its use
is compulsory. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(4).

243
After Paragraph 8.95 1 Insert:
Vessel traffic management system
8.95a
1 A VTMS is in operation in the Verde Island
Passage TSS and the ports of Batangas (8.71), Puerto
Galera (8.104) and Calapan (8.108). The limits of the
VTMS are 3 miles to W and E of the TSS and its use
is compulsory. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(4).
244
After Paragraph 8.101 Insert:
Vessel traffic management system
8.101a
1 A VTMS is in operation in the Verde Island
Passage TSS and the ports of Batangas (8.71), Puerto
Galera (8.104) and Calapan (8.108). The limits of the
VTMS are 3 miles to W and E of the TSS and its use
is compulsory. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(4).
Philippine Ports Authority
(SDD 2008000 096475) [04/09]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Germany - Die Unterweser —Traffic regulations
175
Paragraph 6.126 1 line 9 Add:
Brake to Bremen 190 - -
189
Paragraph 6.217 1 lines 5 -7 Delete
Paragraph 6.217 2 lines 2 -6 Delete
Paragraph 6.217 3 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
3 Vessels with a combined length of 390 m may
not meet each other above the mouth of Die
Hunte if visibility is less than 1000 m or
winds exceed force 6.
198
Paragraph 6.276 Replace by:
1 The maximum size of vessel handled is dependent
upon a combination of length, beam and draught.
WSD Nordwest has compiled two tables using these
criteria, one for tide -dependent vessels and the other
for vessels navigating independent of tide.
From the tide -dependent table, the following
extremes have been extracted:
Length 190 m, beam 29⋅20 m - maximum permitted
draught 10⋅70 m (freshwater);
Length 250 m, beam 45⋅40 m - maximum permitted
draught 7⋅40 m (freshwater).
2 WSD Nordwest should be consulted for further
information.
German Notices to Mariners Week 51 -52/08
(SDD 2008000 101079) [04/09]
IV
4.3
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Stavanger - Directions — Ulsnesgrunnen
142
Paragraph 4.117 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 SW of Ulsnesgrunnen (4 cables NNW), marked
by Ulsnesgrunnen vestre Light; the shoal is
covered...
Norwegian Notice 24/1360/08
(SDD 2008000 101766) [04/09]
Rongesundet - Kjøpmannsvågen — Anchorage
334
Paragraph 9.120 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...is narrow, having a width of 20 m.
Norwegian Notice 24/1362/08
(SDD 2008000 101769) [04/09]
Wk04/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle -Calédonie - Nouméa - Petite Passe and
Petite Rade — Wrecks; obstructions
86
Paragraph 2.164 2 lines 5 -11, 3 and 4 line 1 Replace by:
...positions from Pointe Denouel (22°17′⋅1S
166°25′⋅4E)):
SE of a wreck (3½ cables SW) with 15⋅4 m over it,
thence:
NW of an obstruction (2½ cables SSW) with 13⋅1 m
over it, thence:
3 NW of a buoyant light -beacon (starboard hand)
(2 cables S), marking the edge of the channel,
thence:
SE of an obstruction (¾ cable S) with 11 m over it,
thence:
SE of a buoyant light -beacon (port hand) (½ cable
ESE), marking rocks close SE of the point.
4 The track continues NE to a position 1½ cables W
of Pointe de l’Artillerie (3¼ cables E), from whence it
turns N to lead into Petite Rade, passing:
W of a buoyant light -beacon (starboard hand)
(2½ cables ENE) marking the channel, thence:
E of an obstruction (1¼ cables ENE) with 10.9 m
over it, thence:
W of NMR 3 light -buoy (special) (3¼ cables ENE),
thence:
5 E of an obstruction (1½ cables NE) with 6.8 m
over it, thence:
W of NMR 2 light buoy (special) (4 cables ENE),
thence:
W of a wreck (3½ cables NE), with 8⋅9 m over it,
thence:
W of Banc de l’Infernal, marked on its SW limit by a
buoyant light -beacon (special) (4¾ cables NE),
and on its NW limit by a buoyant light -beacon
(starboard hand) (5¼ cables NE).
The track then leads to the berths as required.
6 Cautions.
French Notice 08.36.20
(HH. 585/570/06) [03/09]
4.1
[03/09]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Spain - Puerto de Cádiz — Vessel traffic service
215
Paragraph 6.226 Including heading Replace by:
Vessel traffic service
6.226
1 A mandatory VTS system (Cádiz Tráfico) is in
operation for the approaches and port of Cádiz.
The boundaries of the Cádiz VTS area are the same
as those for the port limits of Cádiz described
at 6.215.
For further details, including mandatory reporting
requirements, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
Spanish Notices Week 41(SD)/2008
(SDD 2008000 082496) [03/09]
Wk03/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Shetland Islands - Fair Isle - North Haven —
Berths.
55
Paragraph 2.29 3 line 1 For 80 m Read 60 m
Shetlands Islands Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 100264) [02/09]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Germany - North Frisian Islands - Schmaltief
and Rütergat — Directions; depths
266
Paragraph 8.164 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
Schmaltief: depth of 41 m in the marked fairway
over Tuschgründe (5427N 822E). Shoal
depths of less than 5 m also occur at the inner end
of Schmaltief.
267
Paragraph 8.177 2 line 4 -5 Replace by:
...leads about 11½ miles N to its junction with Süderaue
(8.182). The channel, which in its outer...
Paragraph 8.177 4 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
4 Thence to the junction with Süderaue in the vicinity
of SA3/Schmaltief 24 Light Buoy (preferred channel
to port) (54359N 8261E).
Paragraph 8.178 2 line 3 -4 Replace by:
...further 7½ miles to the junction of Süderaue and
Norderaue, SSE of the S extremity of Amrum. The channel
passes SE of stranded wrecks...
Paragraph 8.182 1 line 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Description. Süderaue branches E from the inner
end of Rütergat (8.178), SSE of the S extremity of...
Paragraph 8.182 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...(8.177): depths over the bar are less than 5 m. The
principal navigable fairway is marked but...
Paragraph 8.183 2 line 1 Replace by:
Across the bar (54294N 8150E), thence:
N of SA3/Schmaltief 24 Light Buoy (preferred
channel to port) (54359N 8261E), thence:
268
Paragraph 8.189 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...channel to port) (5436N 824E) and leads inward...
German Charts 106 and 107
(SDDs 2008000 011065; 096457) [02/09]
Wk02/09
4.1
[02/09]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Bømlo - Melingsvågen — Anchorage
282
Paragraph 8.49 1 lines 2 -4 Delete from ..., the best position
to both shores
Norwegian Notice 23/1319/08
(SDD 2008000 099260) [02/09]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle -Calédonie and Îles Loyauté —
Restricted areas around submarine cables
7
After Paragraph 1.55 1 Add:
Fibre -optic submarine cables
1.55a
1 In order to avoid damage to fibre -optic submarine
cables owned by the Post Office, the government of
Nouvelle -Calédonie has decreed (2008) that anchoring
and dredging is prohibited within 200 m of the
following cables:
Between Passe du Sud (2.108) and Presqu’île de
Ouémo (16 miles NNE), as shown on Chart 2907;
see 2.109.
2 Between Passe du Cap Bayes (4.153) and
Poindimié, 14 miles W, as shown on Charts
935 and 936; see 4.170.
Across Baie de Santal (5.62), on the W side of Île
Lifou, coming ashore at Chépénéhé; see 5.65.
3 In the approach to Passe du Coëtlogon on the S
side of Atoll d’Ouvéa; see 5.84.
Any vessel which, due to circumstances beyond her
control, is forced to anchor within these prohibited
zones must fit the cable with an buoy and immediately
inform Nouméa MRCC/Port Control on VHF Channel
16 or by telephone.
80 - 81
Paragraph 2.109 1 lines 6 -10 Replace by:
2 A restricted area, within which anchoring and
dredging are forbidden, is established within 200 m of
a fibre -optic submarine cable (2.109a). See also 1.55a.
A restricted area around a submarine power cable
and a water pipeline (2.109a), the limits of which are

shown on Chart 2907, within which anchoring is
prohibited, is established between Îlot Maître
(22202S 166244E) and Pointe Bagay, 2 miles NE.
Submarine cables and pipeline
2.109a
1 A fibre -optic submarine cable is laid from Passes
du Boulari (22327S 166256E) through Passe du
Sud (2.108), thence generally NE, N and NW to
Presqu’île de Ouémo (22170S 166284E) as shown
on Chart 2907.
A submarine power cable and a water pipeline are
laid across the channel between Îlot Maître and Pointe
Bagay (2.109).
137
Paragraph 4.170 1 line 8 and 4.170 2 line 1 Including
Section IV Notice Week 51/07 Replace by:
...(beacon), is situated 2 miles E.
2 A restricted area has been established within 200 m
of a fibre -optic submarine cable laid through Passe du
Cap Bayes (20580S 165320E) and thence NW and
SE around Cap Bayes, coming ashore close W of
Poindimié, 12½ miles W, as shown on Charts 935 and
936. Anchoring and dredging are prohibited within this
restricted area. See also 1.55a.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in depths from 15 to
25 m, ...
161
Paragraph 5.65 1 line 8 and 5.65 2 line 1 Including Section
IV Notice Week 46/07 Replace by:
...and NE shores of the bay respectively.
IV
4.2
2 A restricted area has been established within 200 m
of a fibre -optic submarine cable laid in deep water
across Baie du Santal (5.62) and which comes ashore
at Chépénéhé (20470S 167092E). Anchoring and
dredging are prohibited within this restricted area. See
also 1.55a.
Local knowledge is advisable when it is required
to anchor at night, due to the proximity of the drying
reefs SW of Rocher la Tour.
3 Landmarks (positioned from Pointe de Eacho):
164
Paragraph 5.84 1 line 4 and Existing Section IV Notice
Week 46/07 Paragraph 5.84a Replace by:
...passage is 1½ cables wide.
2 A restricted area has been established within 200 m
of a fibre -optic submarine cable laid in deep water
from Poindimié (20560S 165193E) (4.170) N to
Atoll d’Ouvéa, and which comes ashore on the E side
of Passe du Coëtlogon at Pointe de Mouly (20431S
166232E). Anchoring and dredging are prohibited
within this restricted area. See also 1.55a.
French Notice 08.40.40; K10 amendments 0826/w1.2.0.5,
w2.0.4, w3.2.4.0, w6.9
(HH. 585/400/04; HH. 585/410/04, HH. 585/440/04; HH.
585/570/06; HH. 585/490/03 HH. 078/638/02) [02/09]
Wk02/09

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Senegal - Approaches to Dakar —
Dangerous wrecks
193
After Paragraph 6.153 1 line 11 Add:
2 Dangerous wrecks and rocks, some of whose
positions are doubtful, lie within an area from 2 miles
NE to 4 miles S of of Île de Gorée Light (14°39′⋅8N
17°23′⋅9W).
195
Paragraph 6.163 3 line 3 Replace by:
...charted depth of 6⋅2 m, and clear of a dangerous
wreck (3 miles SE), thence:
Paragraph 6.163 3 line 6 Replace by:
...and clear of a dangerous wreck (2 miles ESE,
position doubtful), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (2¼ miles E), thence:
Paragraph 6.164 1 line 5 Replace by:
E of a depth of 13⋅7 m(4¾ cables NNE), and clear of
a dangerous wreck (9 cables NE), thence:
206
After Paragraph 7.17 2 line 2 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (8½ cables E), thence:
French Charts 7569, 7570
(SDD 2008000 091255) [01/09]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil, N coast – Mucuripe — Directions; wreck
139
Paragraph 4.174 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Between numbers 2 and 3 Light Buoys (lateral)
(3¼ cables WSW). A dangerous wreck lies
¾ cable SE of number 3 Light Buoy. Thence:
Brazilian Notice 21/205/08
(SDD 2008000 094262) [01/09]
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
United Kingdom - Thames Estuary —
Sunk Inner Light Float
[01/09]
236, 238, 240, 241, 266, 268, 269
Existing Section IV Notice Week 22/07 Paragraph 11.16 1
line 3 and Paragraphs 11.27c, 11.40, 11.41, 11.47, 11.49,
11.51, 11.52, 13.61, 13.77, 13.79, 13.82 For Sunk Inner
Light Buoy Read Sunk Inner Light Float.
Trinity House Notice 37/08
(SDD 2008000 086113) [01/09]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Depths;
vertical clearances; shoal bank
140
Paragraph 4.104 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 35/08 Replace by:
1 The least charted depth in the main fairway through
Qingyu Shuidao (24°22′N 118°08′E) as far as the
entrance to Haicang Hangdao (24°26′⋅1N 118°02′⋅8E) is
11⋅8 m in a position 2 miles NNW of Qing Yu
(24°22′N 118°08′E).
In Haicang Hangdao, from the entrance to the E part
of Xiamen International Container Port, 2 miles WNW,
the least charted depth in mid channel is 13⋅4 m; lesser
depths will be found near the edges.
2 Dongdu Hangdao, also known as Zhu Hangdao,
passes W of Gulang Yu (24°27′N 118°04′E). In the
fairway leading N from the entrance to Haicang
Hangdao to the turning area 6 cables NNE of Haicang
Bridge (24°29′⋅8N 118°04′⋅1E), there is a least
mid -channel depth of 10⋅9 m passing W of Hou Yu
(24°28′⋅1N 118°03′⋅3E). If passing E of Hou Yu there
is a least mid -channel depth of 11⋅5 m.
In the first turning area there is a least depth of
10⋅7 m in the E part.
Paragraph 4.105 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 35/08 Replace by:
1 The main channel N of Hou You (24°28′⋅1N
118°03′⋅3E) is crossed by two power cables, least
vertical clearance 66 m, and by Haicang Bridge, vertical
clearance 55 m. The passage W of Huoshao Yu is also
crossed by Haicang Bridge, vertical clearance 41 m, and
a power cable, vertical clearance 38 m. See also note
on chart.
145
Paragraph 4.132 1 Replace by:
1 The channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) leads N
through Dongdu Hangdao, passing (with positions from
Qizi Wei Light (24°26′⋅5N 118°03′⋅5E)):
E of Xiangbi Shazui (1 mile WNW), a bank with
depths of less than 5 m extending 4 cables E from
Wk01/09

an extensive area of reclaimed land with further
works in progress (2008) on the bank. A
conspicuous chimney at Songyu Electrical Plant
lies 6¼ cables W. Thence:
146
Paragraph 4.134 4 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 The track then continues NNE to a turning area
(3 cables SE), 650 m in diameter. Depths are generally
greater than 11 m, however a least depth of 10⋅7 m,
stone, lies on E side. An area of mud and stones
extends 1 cable N from NW perimeter.
147
Paragraph 4.135 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 14/08 Replace by:
1 From a position about 1¼ cables NNE of No 28
Light Buoy (port hand) (24°25′⋅9N 118°02′⋅8E), where
the channel branches from Dongdu Hangdao (4.132),
the channel leads WNW for about 3 miles through a
channel marked by light buoys (lateral) between banks
with depths less than 10 m, and passing (with positions
from Song No 1 Light (24°26′⋅6N 118°01′⋅2E)):
2 SSW of No 601 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(1¼ miles ESE) and the banks extending S
from Xiangbi Shazui including an area of
works in progress (2008) (4.132), thence:
SSW of Song No 1 Light (yellow cross on yellow
beacon) marking W end of the Power Plant
breakwater (4.138) extending 2 cables W from
the shore.
3 Xiamen International Container Wharf (5 cables
WNW) (4.138) and other berths can be approached
direct from the channel. Ji Yu (9 cables SW), a small
island on which stand a number of charted beacons, lies
on the S side of the channel, but in mid river on a
bank which dries.
The estuary of Jiulong Jiang continues W and the
river leads to a number of small ports.
Chinese charts 14292; 14293; Chinese Notices
39/1452 -1453/08
(HH. 548/456/07) [01/09]
China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai —
Depths
319
Paragraph 9.72 Replace by:
1 The port has two principle fairways:
Bei Hangdao, leading to No 3 Basin, which has aleast
depth of 15⋅4 m. A branch leads NW to the area
N of No 4 Pier, with a least depth of 7⋅3 m; a
second branch leads WSW to No 1 Basin. with a
least depth of 12⋅8 m.
Nan Hangdao, leading to EastBasin, which has aleast
depth of 8⋅0 m.
Chinese Chart 11962
(HH. 032/210/02; HH. 556/410/05) [01/09]
Wk01/09
IV
4.2
China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Qinhuangdao
south south eastwards — Wreck; buoy
342
Paragraph 10.108 2 line 10 Replace by:
...from the summit of Jinshan Zui. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck, 12 miles SE, marked
close SE by a light buoy (isolated danger).
Chinese Notice 39/1438/08
(HH. 548/521/05) [01/09]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - La Spezia — Wreck
172
Paragraph 5.12 1 Replace by:
1 From a position S of Isola del Tino (44°01′⋅6N
9°51′⋅0E), clear of a dangerous wreck lying 5 miles
SSE of Isola del Tino and clear of an offshore wave
meter buoy (5.11), the coastal route leads SSE passing,
with positions relative to Viareggio Outer Breakwater
Light (5.11):
SW of San Nicola Church (16 miles NW) (5.11),
thence:
Italian Notice 22.6/08
(SDD 2008000 092659) [01/09]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2008 Edition)
Adriatic Sea - Brindisi north -eastwards — FPSO;
restricted area
Paragraph 2.32 2 Delete
68
Paragraph 2.33 and heading Replace by:
Spare
2.33
Paragraph 2.42 2 Delete
69
Paragraph 2.43 and heading Replace by:
Spare
2.43
Paragraph 2.44 1 lines 4 - 5 Replace by:
SW of an area, radius 2 miles, centred on position
40°55′⋅2N 18°19′⋅6E, in which anchoring and fishing
are prohibited due to the presence of residual
obstructions. Thence:
Italian Notice 21.7/08
(SDD 2008000 092209) [01/09]

Greece - Nísos Kálamos — Shoal
104
Paragraph 3.197 2 lines 2 - 5 Replace by:
...tower, 5m in height) is exhibited. A shoal with a depth of
20 m over it lies 1 mile SSE of the islet. µfaloi Formíkoula
consisting of two...
Greek Notice 9/174/08
(SDD 2008000 085931; 088877) [01/09]
Greece - Nísos Kefallinía — Rock
112
Paragraph 3.235 2 line 6 Replace by:
...extremity of Chersónisos Assou (3.232). A below -water
rock considered dangerous to navigation is reported (2008)
to lie 1¾ miles NNE of Ákra Péra Poúnta. Thence:
BA Chart 203
(SDD 2008000 084970) [01/09]
Albania - Shëngjin — Wreck
182
After Paragraph 6.65 3 line 4 Add:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 8 cables W of the
harbour entrance.
Italian Notice 19.12/08
(SDD 2008000 082730) [01/09]
Italy - Golfo di Manfredonia — Obstructions
499
After Paragraph 11.205 1 line 8 Insert:
These shellfish beds are contained within an area
2½ miles wide and 6½ miles in length, aligned
NNW/SSE with the coastline, centred on position
41°32′⋅0N 15°57′⋅5E, in which submerged concrete
structures have been established to discourage illegal
trawling.
Italian Notice 22.15/08
(SDD 2008000 092697) [01/09]
Italy - Ortona — Restricted area; fish havens;
wellhead
509
Paragraph 11.307 2 lines 1 - 10 Replace by:
2 NE of a restricted area (6 miles SE) to which entry is
prohibited, as shown on the chart, thence:
NE of an area of fish havens (centred 4 miles ESE)
5 cables wide, extending 5 miles in a NW/SE direction.
A submerged rubble barrier extends 2½ miles SE from
the limits of the fish havens. Mariners should note an
above-water wellhead lying 6 miles SE, close NE of the
area of fish havens. Thence:
Italian Notices 21.10/08; 22.16/08
(SDDs 2008000 092706/092212) [01/09]
IV
4.3
Italy - Ancona — Wreck
526
Paragraph 12.93 2 lines 4 - 6 Replace by:
Four dangerous wrecks lie in positions 5¼ miles N;
5 miles NE; 1 mile ENE and 6 miles ENE from API
Refinery pierhead (43°38′⋅8N 13°23′⋅6E) (12.96).
Italian Notice 17.16/08; Chart BA 1444
(SDD 2008000 076079) [01/09]
NP 52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2006
Edition)
Moray Firth - Southern Shore - Buckie —
Pilotage
118
Paragraph 4.142 3 line 3 For 5 cables NW Read 1 mile NW
Buckie Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 096130) [01/09]
Shetland Islands - Lerwick — Directions;
controlling depths; submarine cables; shoal patch;
buoyage.
259
Paragraph 6.178 1 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. The channel abreast North Ness
(60°09′⋅6N 1°08′⋅7W), affording access between North
and South Harbours, is dredged to 9⋅0 m (1990) over a
width of 100 m; the channel in the N entrance to
Greenhead Base (60°10′⋅7N 1°09′⋅4W) is dredged to
9⋅0 m (2008) over a width of 120 m; the N entrance
channel to Bressay Sound abreast Point of Scattland
(60°10′⋅4N 1°09′⋅3W) is dredged to 9⋅0 m (2008), over
a width of 100 m; the channel to Holmsgarth Basin
(60°09′⋅8N 1°09′⋅1W). including the Gremista Fish
Landing Quay (60°10′⋅3N 1°09′⋅4W) and approaches is
dredged to 9⋅0 m (2008), over an area with a minimum
width of 100 m, giving a continuous channel dredged to
9⋅0 m through Bressay Sound.
Paragraph 6.181 1 Replace by:
1 Submarine cables are laid across the Harbour abreast
Point of Scattland (60°10′⋅5N 1°09′⋅3W) and abreast
North Ness (60°09′⋅6N 1°08′⋅7W). The landing
positions of the cables are marked by beacons (yellow,
diamond topmark) on the shores.
Paragraph 6.182 2 Line 2 After over 47⋅5 mInsert, towing
or under tow.
261
Paragraph 6.189 3 Replace by:
3 Caution. When navigating in the inner part of North
Harbour it is necessary to avoid Middle Ground
(centred 5½ cables NNW of North Ness) (6.191) and an
isolated 6⋅9 m patch in position 60°10′⋅0N 1°09′⋅4W.
Wk01/09

Paragraph 6.191 6 Line 1 -3 Replace by:
6 Thence the centre of Shearer’s Quay (60°09′⋅6N
1°09′⋅2W) bearing 181° ahead leads S passing along the
centre line of the N part of the dredged channel, for
dimensions see 6.178,...
Paragraph 6.191 6 Line 7 For 170°/350°Read 181°/001°
Paragraph 6.191 7 Replace by:
1 When abeam of the S light buoy (2¼ cables SE of
the N Entrance Direction Light) and with the S face of
Gremista Quay opening, the dredged channel alters
direction and leads SSW into the inner part of North
Harbour passing (with positions from N Entrance
Direction Light):
Paragraph 6.191 7 Lines 10 -11 For SandWRead NW
and SW
Lerwick Harbour Master
(SDDs 2008000 085888; 094241; 096518) [01/09]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norway - Oslofjorden — Lights
140
Paragraph 5.133 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Digerud Søndre Light (white concrete pillar with
green band, 7 m in height, floodlit) (59°43′⋅1N
10°35′⋅3E).
Paragraph 5.136 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
3 ENE of Småskjera (4½ cables W), two
above-water rocks surrounded by a shallow
bank which extends 2 cables NW, and is
marked on its NE side by Småskjærene Light
(white concrete pillar with two red bands, 9 m
in height, floodlit) (59°40′⋅0N 10°36′⋅9E).
Thence:
Paragraph 5.136 4 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...The rock is marked on its W side by
Drøbakgrunnen Light (white concrete pillar with
two green bands, floodlit) (59°40′⋅0N 10°37′⋅2E)
and on its E side by a ...
141
Paragraph 5.138 1 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
...best safety margin on the W side of the sector; thence to a
line of bearing (343°) of Digerud Søndre Light (59°43′⋅1N
10°35′⋅3E) (5.133) for 1 mile farther NNW, passing...
Paragraph 5.138 2 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
Wk01/09
...three iron perches and Langebåt Light
(59°41′⋅2N 10°36′⋅6E) farther S. An isolated
patch, with a depth of 4 m over it, lies 1 cable
NNW of the light. Thence:
IV
4.4
Paragraph 5.138 4 line 5 For Digerudgrunnen Read
Digerud Søndre
Paragraph 5.140 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 When Digerud Søndre Light bears 157° the track is
adjusted towards the E to a line of bearing (170°)...
Paragraph 5.140 2 line 3 Replace by:
... (E side) Light (lantern on post) (5 cables NNW)
which...
Paragraph 5.140 3 line 1 For 9 cables Read 1 mile
Paragraph 5.140 3 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...from the E shore (1½ miles NNW) with depths
of less than 20 m. And:
Paragraph 5.140 4 line 2 For 1¼ Read 1½
Paragraph 5.140 5 line 6 For 2¼ Read 2½
142
Paragraph 5.143 1 line 2 Replace by:
Digerud Søndre Light (59°43′⋅1N 10°35′⋅3E)
(5.133).
Paragraph 5.147 3 line 3 Replace by:
...(starboard hand). The white sector
(147° -159½°) of Ristodden Light (59°43′⋅2N
10°34′⋅3E) clears W of the buoy. Thence:
Paragraph 5.147 5 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...of the island and is marked by Aspond (S side)
Light (white concrete pillar with green band, 16 m
in height, floodlit) (59°43′⋅4N 10°34′⋅4E).
Thence:
Paragraph 5.147 5 lines 6 -7 For a spar light-buoy
(port hand) Read Ristodden Light
143
After Paragraph 5.148 1 line 6 Insert:
ENE of Ristodden Light (white concrete pillar with
red band, 9 m in height, floodlit) (59°43′⋅2N
10°34′⋅3E), thence:
154
Paragraph 5.242 1 lines 6 -9 Replace by:
Front. Svelvik Nedre Light (lattice mast, 18 m in
height) (59°36′⋅7N 10°24′⋅5E)
Rear. Svelvik Øvre Light (lattice mast, 24 m in
height) (1 cable NNW of front light).
Paragraph 5.242 2 line 2 For 336½° Read 334½°
Paragraph 5.242 2 line 5 Replace by:
...sector (330½° -338°) of Svelvik Nedre Light (ahead),
towards and...
Paragraph 5.242 2 line 7 For spar buoys Read light beacons
Paragraph 5.242 4 line 6 Replace by:
...NV Light (4½ cables NNW), and:
Paragraph 5.242 5 lines 2 -6 Delete From this position to
WSW of the leading line.

Paragraph 5.243 1 Replace by:
1 When Svelvik Nedre Light is distant 1 cable the
track alters to lead N on the alignment (187½°), astern,
of leading lights:
Front. Tømmerås Nedre Light (lattice mast, 7 m in
height) (59°36′⋅5N 10°24′⋅6E) which stands on
theN end ofBatteriøya,an elongated isleton theW
side of the S entrance to Svelvikstrømmen.
Rear. Tømmerås Øvre Light (lattice mast, 12 m in
height) (1 cable S of front light), situated on the
mainland.
Norwegian Notices 22/1241 -1242; 22/1244 -1249/08;
23/1305 -1309/08
(SDDs 2008000 095108;095109;095111 -095116) [01/09]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle-Calédonie - Baie du Prony —
Mooring buoys
76
Paragraph 2.74 4 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
Mooring buoys are positioned in Rade du Nord -Est,
the N part of Grande Rade, and in Baie de la Somme,
as shown on Chart 2925. Additional mooring buoys,
painted white, have been laid in the NW part of Rade
du Nord and in Rade de l’Oest for use during tropical
storms.
French Notice 08/43/58; K10 amendment 0843/w1.1.1.6
(HH. 585/440/04; HH. 078/638/02) [01/09]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Northern right whale — US Seasonal
Management Areas; mandatory speed restrictions
6
Paragraph 1.54 including heading Replace by:
Northern right whale
1.54
1 Northeast and Mid -Atlantic US Seasonal
Management Areas, together with associated mandatory
speed restrictions, and a designated critical habitat have
been established for the protection of the Northern right
whale. For details see 4.6, 4.6a and Appendix VIII.
105
Paragraph 4.6 Heading Replace by: Northern right
whale
Paragraph 4.6 1 line 1 Replace by:
Designated critical habitats have been established
for the...
Paragraph 4.6 6 line 2 For 14 Read 10
IV
4.5
Paragraph 4.6 9 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
4.6a
1 Cape Cod Bay Seasonal Management Area has
been established from 1st January to 15th May. It
includes all the waters of Cape Cod Bay with the N
boundary extending from position 42°04′56⋅5′′N
70°12′00⋅0′′W to position 42°12′00⋅0′′N 70°12′00⋅0′′W
then due W back to the shore.
2 Off Race Point Seasonal Management Area has
been established from 1st March to 30th April. It is
bounded by the following positions:
42°04′56⋅5′′N 70°12′00⋅0′′W.
42°12′00⋅0′′N 70°12′00⋅0′′W.
42°12′00⋅0′′N 70°30′00⋅0′′W.
42°30′00⋅0′′N 70°30′00⋅0′′W.
42°30′00⋅0′′N 69°45′00⋅0′′W.
41°40′00⋅0′′N 69°45′00⋅0′′W then due W back to
the shore.
3 Great South Channel Seasonal Management Area
has been established from 1st April to 31st July. It is
bounded by the following positions:
42°30′00′′N 69°45′00′′W.
42°30′00′′N 67°27′00′′W.
42°09′00′′N 67°08′24′′W.
41°00′00′′N 69°05′00′′W.
41°40′00′′N 69°45′00′′W then back to the starting
point.
4 Mandatory Speed Restrictions. All vessels of
19⋅8 m (65 ft) or more LOA and subject to the
jurisdiction of, or entering or departing a port or place
within, the US must reduce speed to 10 kn or less in
the Seasonal Management Areas.
Vessels may operate at a speed greater than 10 kn
only if necessary to maintain a safe manoeuvring speed
in an area where conditions severely restrict vessel
manoeuvrability as determined by the pilot or master.
5 If a deviation from the 10 kn speed restriction is
necessary, the following information must be entered
into the logbook:
Reasons for deviation.
Speed at which vessel is operated.
Latitude and longitude at time of deviation.
Time and duration of deviation.
Master of the vessel shall sign and date the logbook
entry.
6 For regulations affecting approach and avoidance of
right whales, see Appendix VIII.
114
After Paragraph 4.66 5 line 4 Insert:
Northern right whale. See 4.6 and 4.6a.
122
After Paragraph 4.125 3 line 3 Insert:
Traffic regulations
4.125a
1 Mandatory speed restrictions. See 4.6a.
Paragraph 4.126 including heading Replace by:
Northern right whale
4.126
1 See 4.6, 4.6a and Appendix VIII.
Wk01/09

130
After Paragraph 5.10 1 line 7 Insert:
2 Northern right whale. From November 1st to April
30th a Mid -Atlantic US Seasonal Management Area for
the protection of the Northern right whale, together with
associated mandatory speed restrictions, has been
established off Block Island. It is bounded by the
following positions:
40°51′53⋅7′′N 70°36′44⋅9′′W.
41°20′14⋅1′′N 70°49′44⋅1′′W.
41°04′16⋅7′′N 71°51′21⋅0′′W.
40°35′56⋅5′′N 71°38′25⋅1′′W.
4 Mandatory speed restrictions. See 4.6a.
131
After Paragraph 5.27 1 line 7 Insert:
Traffic regulations
5.27a
1 Northern right whale. See 5.10.
139
After Paragraph 5.111 3 line 3 Insert:
Northern right whale. See 5.10.
150
After Paragraph 5.217 2 line 4 Insert:
Traffic regulations
5.217a
1 Northern right whale. See 5.10.
151
After Paragraph 5.228 4 line 5 Insert:
5 Northern right whale. See 5.10.
164
After Paragraph 6.10 2 line 9 Insert:
3 Northern right whale. See 5.10.
193
After Paragraph 7.5 8 line 3 Insert:
9 Northern right whale. From November 1st to April
30th a Mid -Atlantic US Seasonal Management Area for
the protection of the Northern right whale, together with
associated mandatory speed restrictions, has been
established off the entrance to New York Harbor within
a 20 mile radius from position 40°29′42⋅2′′N
73°55′57⋅6′′W.
10 Mandatory speed restrictions. See 4.6a.
194
After Paragraph 7.11 1 line 8 Insert:
2 Northern right whale. See 7.5.
After Paragraph 7.18 1 line 1 Insert:
Northern right whale. See 7.5.
196
After Paragraph 7.35 1 line 2 Insert:
Northern right whale. See 7.5.
Wk01/09
IV
4.6
202
After Paragraph 7.90 1 line 5 Insert:
2 Northern right whale. See 7.5.
204
Existing Section IV Notice Week 49/08 Paragraph
7.103a 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Area to be avoided. See 7.5.
Northern right whale. See 7.5.
US Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration, National Marine Fisheries
Service
(HH. 068/200/01) [01/09]
Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals —
Directions
129
Paragraph 5.7 including heading Replace by:
Spare
5.7
Paragraph 5.8 Heading Replace by: Track
Paragraph 5.8 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...passing (with positions relative to ODAS Light Buoy
44008 (40°30′⋅2N 69°14′⋅8W)):
Paragraph 5.8 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
N of ODAS Light Buoy 44008.
US LNMs 48/13003 -13200/08
(SDDs 2008000 097749; 097751) [01/09]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
North Atlantic right whale — US Seasonal
Management Areas; mandatory speed restrictions
7
After Paragraph 1.54 3 line 3 Add:
Mid -Atlantic US Seasonal Management Areas.
From 1st November to 30th April, Mid -Atlantic US
Seasonal Management Areas in the entrances to
Delaware Bay (3.45), Chesapeake Bay (4.1), Morehead
City and Beaufort Inlet (7.83), and between Wilmington
(7.169) and Brunswick (8.191) have been established as
follows:
4 Within a 20 mile radius from position
38°52′27⋅4′′N 75°01′32⋅1′′W.
Within a 20 mile radius from position 37°00′36⋅9′′N
75°57′50⋅5′′W.
Within a 20 mile radius from position 34°41′32⋅0′′N
76°40′08⋅3′′W.
5 Within 20 miles from the shore bounded by the
following positions:
34°10′30′′N 77°49′12′′W.
33°56′42′′N 77°31′30′′W.
33°36′30′′N 77°47′06′′W.
33°28′24′′N 78°32′30′′W.
32°59′06′′N 78°50′18′′W.
31°50′00′′N 80°33′12′′W.
31°27′00′′N 80°51′36′′W and due W back to
the shore.

6 Southeast US Seasonal Management Area. From
15th November to 15th April a US Southeast Seasonal
Management Area, has been established and bounded as
follows:
To the N by latitude 31°27′00′′N.
To the S by latitude 29°45′00′′N.
To the E by longitude 80°51′36′′W.
7 Mandatory Speed Restrictions. All vessels of
19⋅8 m (65 ft) or more LOA, and subject to the
jurisdiction of, or entering or departing a port or place
within the US must reduce speed to 10 kn or less in the
Seasonal Management Areas.
Vessels may operate at a speed greater than 10 kn
only if necessary to maintain a safe manoeuvring speed
in an area where conditions severely restrict vessel
manoeuvrability as determined by the pilot or master.
8 If a deviation from the 10 kn speed restriction is
necessary, the following information must be entered
into the logbook:
Reasons for deviation.
Speed at which vessel is operated
Latitude and longitude at time of deviation.
Time and duration of deviation.
Master of the vessel shall sign and date the
logbook entry.
65
After Paragraph 3.55 3 line 6 Insert:
3.55a
1 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
66
After Paragraph 3.62 2 line 4 Insert:
North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
101
After Paragraph 4.4 5 line 2 Insert:
North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
104
After Paragraph 4.22 1 line 6 Insert:
North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
185
After Paragraph 7.47 2 line 6 Insert:
3 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
189
After Paragraph 7.70 3 line 7 Insert:
4 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
192
After Paragraph 7.100 1 line 3 Insert:
Traffic regulations
7.100a
1 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
195
After Paragraph 7.125 4 line 6 Insert:
5 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
IV
4.7
197
After Paragraph 7.139 1 line 4 Insert:
North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
201
After Paragraph 7.186 1 line 3 Insert:
North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
203
After Paragraph 7.203 1 line 2 Insert:
North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
209
Paragraph 8.6 2 line 3 Replace by:
North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54 and 8.117.
210
After Paragraph 8.16 1 line 7 Insert:
2 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
After Paragraph 8.18 1 line 5 Insert:
Traffic regulations
8.18a
1 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
215
After Paragraph 8.48 8 line 2 Insert:
North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
221
After Paragraph 8.97 1 line 5 Insert:
Traffic regulations
8.97a
1 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
224
Paragraph 8.117 1 line 3 Replace by:
A mandatory ship reporting system and mandatory
speed restrictions have been established...
226
After Paragraph 8.142 4 line 6 Insert:
5 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
231
Paragraph 8.180 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 North Atlantic right whale. Mandatory speed
restrictions (1.54) and Recommended Two -Way Whale
Avoidance Routes...
234
After Paragraph 8.213 2 line 4 Insert:
North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
240
Paragraph 9.18 1 line 1 Replace by:
2 North Atlantic right whale. Mandatory speed
restrictions (1.54) and Recommended Two -Way Whale
Avoidance Routes have...
241
After Paragraph 9.26 3 line 8 Insert:
4 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
Wk01/09

244
Paragraph 9.63 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 North Atlantic right whale. Mandatory speed
restrictions (1.54) and Recommended Two -Way Whale
Avoidance Routes have...
248
After Paragraph 9.94 2 line 8 Insert:
3 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
Wk01/09
IV
4.8
254
After Paragraph 9.134 2 line 7 Insert:
3 North Atlantic right whale. See 1.54.
US Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration, National Marine Fisheries
Service
(HH. 069/200/01) [01/09]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP no Page(s) Title
In force 25 December 2008
4.1
[52/08]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa I
2, 85, 89, 92, 100 Spain - Islas Canarias — Vessel traffic service; Traffic Separation
Schemes; Areas to be avoided
46/06
5 Spain - Islas Canarias — PSSAs 15/07
26, 85 Islas Canarias - Conception Bank — Depth 38/06
86 Islas Canarias - Lanzarote - Arrecife — Directions; light buoy 46/07
90 Islas Canarias - Bajo de Amanay — Depth 52/07
101 Islas Canarias - Tenerife - Punta de los Organos — Wreck 23/08
143 Morocco - Mohammedia - Arrival information — Anchorage 29/08
145 -146 Morocco - Casablanca — Light buoy; racon 11/08
145 Morocco - Casablanca — Light buoy; racon 19/08
149 Morocco - North of Cap de Mazagan — Shoal depth 31/07
155 -156 Morocco - Cap Hadid — Light 45/07
182 Mauritania - South east of Cap Blanc — Stranded wreck 32/07
250 Guinea - Rio Nunez to Conakry — Shoal 10/08
301 Côte d’Ivoire - Lion A Termimal — Exclusion zone 06/07
303 Côte d’Ivoire - Abijan outer anchorage — Wreck 22/07
307, 325 West African Gas Pipeline —Prohibited anchorage 20/08
331 Nigeria - Approaches to Lagos — Obstruction 25/08
336 Nigeria - Port of Lagos — Ship to ship transfers 25/08
338 Nigeria - Lagos harbour approaches — Directions; dangerous wrecks 42/08
338 Nigeria - Lagos approaches — Directions; dangerous wrecks 49/08
341 -342, 346, 350 Nigeria - Escravos River - Approaches — Warri; directions 50/07
361 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Agbami Oil Terminal 27/08
376 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Okoro Oil Terminal 33/08
2 Africa II
67 South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge - Wüst Seamount — Shoals 38/08
141 -148 Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 17/08
156 -157 Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal 13/08
163 Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions; wreck 17/08
179 Congo — Moanda Terminal 14/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Kizomba C Terminal 36/08
196 Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa and Greater Plutonio
Terminals
38/08
203 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Anchorage; wreck 23/08
204, 206 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions 14/08
223 Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon 14/08
294 South Africa - Simon’s Town — Directions for entering harbour 30/08
3 Africa III
87 South Africa - Mossel Bay — Wreck 30/07
270 Tanzania — Songo Songo Island 49/06
4 South -East Alaska
2, 5 Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage 23/08
9 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
63 Felice Strait - Sealed Passage — Directions; wreck 32/08
78 Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth 09/07
84 -85 Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay - Coal Bay and Twelvemile Arm
— Shoal depths
40/06
95 Wrangell Narrows — Depths 36/07
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.2
Weekly
Edition
98 Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck 32/08
107 Eastern Passage - Channel Island — Depth 30/06
108 Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage 20/07
179 Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor — Directions; depth 29/08
212 Chatham Strait - Baranof Island - Warm Spring Bay — Rock 26/08
234 Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth 24/08
261 Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock 24/08
305 Prince William Sound - Hinchinbrook Entrance — Submerged buoy 16/07
305 Valdez Arm — Directions 37/07
314 Prince William Sound - Orca Bay - Port Gravina — Depth 18/08
360 Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula - Port Chatham — Mooring buoy 22/08
377 Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light 15/07
389 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
5 South America I
5 Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water management 25/08
123 Brazil - North coast – Ponta da Praia Grande — Directions; light 35/08
137 Brazil – Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage; submarine cable 32/08
210 Brazil – Terminal da Ponta do Ubu — Anchorages 28/08
212 Brazil - E coast – Ponta do Cacurucaia eastwards — Directions;
platform
49/08
253 Brazil – Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck 25/08
264 Brazil – Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
290 Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata — Directions 25/08
298 Uruguay – Montevideo — Limiting conditions; local weather 33/08
299 Uruguay – Montevideo — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
6 South America II
42 East Falkland Island - Approaches to Stanley Harbour - Cape
Pembroke — Racon
24/05
42 Falkland Islands – Berkeley Sound — Wrecks 21/07
43 Falkland Islands - Berkeley Sound — Wreck 32/08
54 Falkland Islands - East Falkland - Mare Harbour; East Cove —
Restricted area; buoy
20/05
67 -68 Falkland Islands - Falkland Sound and San Carlos Water — Traffic
regulations
30/07
117 Argentina - Puerto Santa Cruz — Pilotage 31/07
127 Argentina — Rio Cullen Terminal 27/06
128 -129 San Sebastián Oil Terminal — Berth; directions 40/05
209 Chile - Canal Ocasión — Light buoy 28/08
210 Chile - Canal Cockburn — Depth 40/07
241 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes - Bahia Gente Grande -
Caleta Clarencia Oil Terminal — Leading lights
33/05
248 Chile - Puerto Nuevo — Directions 33/07
249 Chile - Canal Whiteside — Directions 33/07
402 Chile - Estrecho Nelson — Beacon 28/08
411 Chile - Approaches to Golfo Ladrillero — Depth 25/07
7 South America III
71, 72 South Pacific Ocean – Sala y Gómez Ridge — Shoals 23/08
71 -72 Colombia - Coiba Ridge — Depth 28/07
78, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92 -94 Ecuador – Archipiélago de Colón — Recommended tracks 17/08
79 Ecuador - Archipiélago de Colón — Traffic regulations 24/07
111 Chile - Canal Darwin — Directions 44/07
115 Chile – Patagonian Channels – Canal King — Directions 21/07
119 Chile – Canal Moraleda — Directions; depth 30/08
191 -192 Chile - Puerto de Corral — Pilotage 14/07
200 Chile – Boca Chica — Directions; depth 48/08
203 Chile – Bahía Coronel — Directions; wreck 23/08
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.3
Weekly
Edition
205 Chile - Puerto San Vicente — Harbour; berth 16/07
211 -212 Chile - Puerto Lirquén — Anchorages 30/07
316 Peru – Callao — Outer anchorage; wreck 31/08
337 Peru – Pimentel — Directions; production platform 31/08
343 Peru - Paita — Wreck 12/07
354 Ecuador – Canal de Jambelí — Directions; buoyage 22/08
361 -362 Ecuador - Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
364 Ecuador - Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
7A South America IV
54 Guyane Française - Dégrad des Cannes — Directions; leading line 47/07
56 Guyane Française - Cayenne — Directions; rock awash; wreck; light
buoy
40/08
61 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Buoy 33/07
72 Guyana - New Amsterdam — Anchorage; pilots 22/08
107 Trinidad - Radix Point to Galera Point — Mud volcano 34/07
152 Venezuela - Isla La Sola — Directions; light 06/08
158 -161 Venezuela - Cumaná — Light 51/07
169 Venezuela - Islas de Píritu — Directions 29/07
218 Aruba - Oranjestad — Pilotage 11/08
232 Colombia - Punta Gallinas — Directions; wrecks 19/08
258 Colombia - Puerto Zúñiga — General information; anchorage areas 29/07
267 Colombia - Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions; leading lights 31/08
8 Pacific coasts of Central America and United States
8 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
247 Mexico - Ensenada — Racon 34/07
249 Mexico - Ensenada — Directions 41/07
397 Columbia River — Advanced Notice of Entry 44/07
417 -420 United States of America – Washington — Directions 22/08
420 Washington - Umatilla Reef — Directions 51/07
9 Antarctic
3 Antarctic Treaty Area — Ballast water management 19/07
3, 253, 255 Antarctic Specially Protected Areas 01/05
79 Îles Crozet - Île de la Possession - Baie du Marin - Anchorage 52/05
79 Îles Crozet - Île de la Possession - Baie du Marin — Anchorage 05/07
80 Indian Ocean, Îles Kerguelen — Mooring regulations 30/06
100 Southern Ocean - Heard and McDonald Islands — Marine Reserve 14/07
125 -126 South Georgia - Cape Paryadin — Andrews Rocks 06/06
140 Signy Island - W coast — Anchorage; rock 02/08
141 South Shetland Islands - Elephant Island - Cape Valentine — Depth 24/05
146 King George Island - Tu Rocks — Beacon 37/07
154 South Shetland Islands - Deception Island - Port Foster — Directions 49/04
160 Joinville Island Group - Dundee Island - Welchness — Depth; aids to
navigation
23/06
161 Antarctic Sound - Hope Bay - Hut Cove — Rocas Denticuladas
Light -beacons
11/05
164 Trinity Island - Farewell Rock — Beacon 37/07
171 Danco Coast - Cierva Point — Beacon 37/07
11 Arctic II
3 Svalbard — Navigation warning 26/07
4 Regulations - Iceland — Pollution prevention reporting scheme 13/08
4 Regulations - Iceland — Ship reporting 27/08
4, 75, 78 -79, 85 -87, 90, Iceland, south -west coast — Traffic Separation Scheme; Areas to be 17/08
94 -97
Avoided; reporting area
4 Norway - Svalbard — Position reporting regulations 35/08
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.4
Weekly
Edition
17 Greenland — Ice reconnaissance 33/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 21/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 18/07
103 Iceland - Skerjafjördhur — Buoy; leading beacons 21/05
133 Iceland - Súgandafjördhur - Sudhureyri — Approach 46/06
149 Iceland - Berufjörður — Approaches 08/06
214 Svalbard - Bellsund and Van Mijenfjorden — Traffic regulations 38/08
226 -227 Svalbard – Ny-Ålesund — Restricted area; anchorage 12/05
253 Svalbard - Ginevrabotnen — Depths 08/08
12 Arctic III
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia I
92 Queensland - Weipa — Anchorages 11/06
92 Queensland - Weipa — Pilot Boarding Place 34/05
92 Queensland - Weipa — Prohibited area 37/07
96 Queensland - Karumba — Mooring buoys 34/07
108 Northern Territory - Bromby Islets — Light buoy 22/07
111 Northern Territory - Gove Harbour — Light -buoys 49/05
133 Northern Territory - Point Jahleel — Depths 28/07
148 Northern Territory - Melville Island - Apsley Strait — Buoyage 33/05
149 Northern Territories - Darwin — Submarine pipeline; light -beacons 11/06
153 Northern Territories - Darwin — Traffic regulations; light -buoys 11/06
155 Northern Territory - Darwin — Light buoys established 11/07
158 Northern Territories - Darwin — Berth; light -buoy 11/06
183 Western Australia - Scott Reef - Sandy Islet — Tower 26/06
193 Western Australia - Port of Koolan Island 28/07
205 Western Australia - Lacepede Channel — Racons 26/06
209 Western Australia - Broome — Pilotage; tugs 43/07
217 Western Australia - Port Hedland — Landmark 43/07
221 Western Australia - North West Cape — Oil production wells 18/07
222 Western Australia — Offshore production platforms 29/07
225 -227 Western Australia - Port Walcott — Directions 11/08
230 Western Australia - Dampier — Safety Exclusion Zones 08/07
232 -233 Western Australia - Dampier — Leading lights; directions 04/06
241 Western Australia - Mary Anne Passage - Corner Shoals — Depth 12/06
246 Western Australia - North West Cape — Oil field 21/06
259 Western Australia - Carnarvon — Lights 21/07
266 Western Australia - Houtman Abrolhos — Racon 18/07
266 Western Australia - Houtman Abrolhos — Racon 20/07
268 Western Australia - Geelvink Channel — Depth 50/05
272 Western Australia - Cliff Head — Submarine pipeline; oil production
platform
15/06
280 -281, 283 -284 Western Australia - Approaches to Fremantle — Depths; pilotage;
directions
43/05
295 -296 Western Australia - Bunbury — Depths; anchorages; pilotage 12/08
314 Western Australia - Hopetoun - Mary Ann Haven — Beacons 47/05
333 South Australia - Thevenard — Light Beacon 24/06
336 South Australia - Streaky Bay — Aids to navigation 23/06
345 -346, 351, 355, 361 South Australia - Spencer Gulf — Directions; deep -water route 34/07
347 South Australia - Thistle Island — Light -buoy 08/06
349 -350 South Australia - Port Lincoln — BHP Jetty 25/07
362, 364, 366 South Australia - Whyalla to Port Pirie — Pilotage 33/05
364 South Australia - Port Bonython — Restricted areas 22/06
368 South Australia - Flinders Channel — Middle Bank beacons 41/07
375 South Australia - South Page — Racon established 14/07
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
383 -384, 386 -388 South Australia - Adelaide — Leading lights; pilot boarding area; port
limits
38/06
386, 389 South Australia - Adelaide — Depth; leading beacons 11/06
392 South Australia - Port Giles — Depths 50/05
394 South Australia - Ardrossan — Depths 35/06
14 Australia II
259 Tasmania - Great Oyster Bay — Marine farm 49/07
278 New South Wales - Batemans Bay — Leading lights 49/07
290, 292 -293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — VTS reporting points 21/08
293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — Boarding grounds 49/07
304 New South Wales — Submarine cable protection zone 49/07
15 Australia III
4, 367 Queensland - Torres Strait and approaches — Pilotage 40/06
72, 73 Coral Sea - Mellish Reef South-south-westwards and Avon Island
South-south-westwards — Depths
23/08
88 New South Wales — Submarine cable protection zone 41/07
88 New South Wales - Bungan Head — Historic wreck 32/07
95 New South Wales - Lake Macquarie — Leading lights 06/06
127 Queensland - Gold Coast Seaway — Directions; leading lights 36/08
136 Queensland - Moreton Bay - East Channel — Depth 08/06
136 -137 Queensland - Brisbane — Controlling depths; under keel clearances 11/07
137 Queensland - Brisbane — Under -keel allowances 33/07
140 Queensland - Brisbane River - Eagle Farm Flats Reach — Leading
lights discontinued
24/06
140 Queensland - Brisbane River — Directions; leading lights 46/07
148 Australia - Queensland - Sandy Cape — Racon 22/07
148 Queensland - Barwon Bank — Directions; light buoys 48/07
151 Australia - Queensland - Wide Bay Harbour — Directions; direction
light
41/08
154 Australia, Queensland - Bustard Head Light — Red sector removed 33/07
157 Australia - Queensland - Pialba — Radio Mast 22/07
158 Queensland - Great Sandy Strait — Directions; light buoy 44/07
164 Queensland - Gladstone — Controlling depth 37/07
165 Queensland - Gladstone — Pilot boarding places 14/07
167 Queensland - Gladstone - Auckland Channel — Facing Island
Leading Light Beacons
43/07
168 -169 Australia - Queensland - Gladstone — Navaid 22/07
176, 177 Queensland - Port of Rockhampton - Port Alma — Buoyage 33/08
177 Queensland - Port of Rockhampton - Port Alma — Depths 36/08
194 Queensland - Thirsty Sound — Depth 41/07
203 Queensland - Port of Hay Point — Pilot boarding places 19/07
203 Queensland - Hay Point — Restricted area; aid to navigation 38/06
204, 206 -207 Queensland - Flat Top Island — Light discontinued 06/07
217 Queensland - Hillsborough Channel - Fantome Rocks — Depth 05/06
228 Queensland - Shute Harbour — Prohibited anchorage 14/06
232 Queensland - Bowen —Leading light 28/07
246 -247 Queensland - Hinchinbrook Channel — Pilotage 25/07
252 Queensland - Townsville - Breakwater Marina Channel — Depth 04/06
255 Queensland, Townsville - West Channel — Clearing line 41/07
260 Queensland - Mourilyan Harbour — Depth 04/06
295 Queensland - Eden Reef — Racon 27/06
304 Queensland - Lads Passage — Directions; buoyage 07/08
312 Queensland - Fairway Reef — Wreck 04/06
318 Queensland - Clerke Island — Light 36/06
339, 341 -343 Papua New Guinea, Round Hill Anchorage to Cloudy Bay — Beacons
discontinued
50/06
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
344, 348 Papua New Guinea - Port Moresby to Round Hill Anchorage —
Beacons discontinued
03/07
377 -378 Queensland - Torres Strait - Gannet Passage; Herald Patches —
Depths; buoyage
04/06
377 Queensland - Torres Strait - Gannet Passage — Depth 06/06
377, 380 Queensland - Varzin Passage — Light buoys 48/06
378 Australia, Torres Strait - Alert Patches — Light -buoy altered 50/06
378 Australia - Queensland - East Strait Island — Leading light 22/07
383 Torres Strait - Goods Island - Bertie Bay Anchorage — Obstruction 16/06
386 Queensland - Ellis Channel — Directions; buoyage 05/08
399 Queensland - Ului Island — Shoal 41/07
18 Baltic I
3 Denmark and Sweden - ship reporting systems — SOUNDREP;
BELTREP; discontinuation of SHIPPOS
18/08
4 Denmark - Traffic and operations — Ship movement reporting 29/07
8, 166, 176, 188, 190,
206, 213, 224, 229, 265,
360
Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
10, 13 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
61, 187 General information - entrance to Baltic Sea — IMO recommendations 19/08
62 Through Routes North Sea to Baltic Sea — IMO Maritime Safety
Committee
38/07
112 Denmark - Læsø north -eastwards — Prohibited areas 36/08
132 Sweden - Halmstad — Directions 10/07
139 Denmark — Hundested Havn — Leading lights 32/08
199 The Sound - Helsingborg to Lous Flak — Traffic Separation Scheme 17/08
204, 209 Denmark - København — Bryggebroen swing bridge 05/07
219 Sweden - Drogden and Flintrännan — Hazards; sailing race area 33/08
344 Denmark - Ristinge and approaches — Rock 32/08
409 Germany - Hafen Olpenitz — Directions 14/07
436 Germany - Lübeck — Directions 14/07
444 Germany - Gedser to Baltic Sea — Controlling depth 38/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 14/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 22/07
450 Germany - Stralsund approaches — Darßer Ort 48/07
19 Baltic II
10, 91 Denmark — Pilotage 49/08
13, 17 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
296 Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light beacon 29/08
379 Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information; anchorages 48/08
385 Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage; wreck 27/08
20 Baltic III
10 Finland - Traffic and operations — Recommended tracks 22/07
90, 444 -445, 452 Sweden - Norra Kvarken - Stora Fjäderägg — Light 34/08
103 Estonia - Tallinn — Anchorage 25/07
109 Estonia - Muuga — Pilotage 47/06
120 Russia - Sankt Peterburg and approaches — Anchorage 37/08
123 Russia - Kronshtadskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater — Directions; wreck 17/08
155 Finland - Approach to Inkoo — Directions 45/06
161 Finland - Björköfjärden — Anchorage 05/07
163, 168 Finland - Helsinki — Directions 35/08
172 Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — Draught 03/08
186 Finland - Kejvsalö Östra Fjärd — Authorised draught 07/07
200 Finland - Approaches to Hamina — Einonkarinmatala Light 25/07
207 Finland - Maringinlahti — Directions 34/08
212 -213 Russia - Vyborg — Directions 40/07
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
223 Finland - Utö to Flötjan — Directions 45/06
228 Finland - Channel via Paraistenportti — Directions 45/06
231 Finland - Hanko to Utö — Anchorage; authorised draught 44/08
241, 242 Finland - Lövskär to Rajakari — Directions; authorised draughts 44/08
261 -263 Finland - Maarianhamina — Approach; directions 45/06
263 Finland - Maarianhamina and approaches — Shoaling 34/07
279 -280 Finland - Hylkkari to Kloppi — Directions 45/06
282 Finland - Uusikaupunki — Directions 20/07
287 Finland - Kuuskajaskari — Directions 04/07
329 Finland - Himanka — Authorised draught 07/07
375 Approaches to Karskär and Långharen — Directions 14/08
384 -386 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Authorised draughts;
directions
35/08
384 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Draughts 46/07
385 Sweden - Söderhamn — Anchorage 12/08
402 Sweden - Galtström — Directions 45/06
421 Sweden - Storön to Södra Ulvön - Inshore passage — Directions; light 34/08
439 -442 Sweden - Umeå and approaches — Directions 50/07
485 -486 Sweden - Malören to Repskärsfjärden — Authorised draughts 10/08
21 Bay of Bengal
1 East coast of India — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
2 Tsunami 03/05
4, 143 Thailand — Firing Practice Areas 05/07
53 India - Coromandel coast - Kºverippattinam — Dangerous wreck 45/04
56 India - Chennai — Submarine cables 08/07
56 India - Coromandel coast - Chennai Light — Racon 13/05
59 India - Coromandel coast — Rºmºypatnam Light 06/05
60 India - Coromandel coast - Nizampatnam — Light 33/04
61 India - Coromandel coast - Approaches to Kºkinºda - Vºkalapødi
Light — Racon
06/06
63 India, East coast - Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Dolphin’s Nose
Light — Racon
05/06
63 Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Gangavaran Port — Development 17/07
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Inner Harbour — Development 39/04
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Outer Harbour — Development 35/04
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Light 43/05
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Depth 45/06
70 India - East coast - Paradip — VLCC Anchorage 22/06
80 India - Swatch of No -Ground — Depths 39/06
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 26/04
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 31/04
83 -85 Bangla Desh - Chittagong — Wrecks; pilot boarding position 44/06
87 Bangladesh - Chittagong coast - Cox’s Bluff — Submarine cable;
anchorage
25/05
87 Bangladesh - Cox’s Bazar South -westwards — Submarine cable 03/07
105 Burma (Myanmar) — Yadana Gasfield 29/05
144 Thailand, West coast - Mu Ko Similan - Ko Similan Eastwards —
Rock
03/07
160 Andaman Islands - Port Blair - Hood Point — Dangerous wreck 45/05
162 Andaman Sea - The Sisters — Dangerous Wreck 15/07
162 Andaman Islands - South Brother Island — Rock 11/05
22 Bay of Biscay
53 Bretagne - Pointe de Penmarc’h — Directions 11/08
58 Loctudy - Chenal de l’Ouest — Directions 36/07
87 Approaches to Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 17/08
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 35/07
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 13/08
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
111 Île Hoëdic - Port de l’Argol — Directions 15/08
113 Baie de Quiberon — Directions 42/07
122 -123 Rade de Pénerf — Directions 50/07
135, 137 France - La Loire Approaches - Chenal du Sud — Directions 26/08
138 France - La Loire — Directions; secondary channel; buoyage 45/08
162 Baie de Bourgneuf - Eastern Part - Le Fain — Directions 35/07
178 France - West coast - Pertuis Breton — Directions; obstruction 50/08
181 Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions 52/07
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions 32/08
199 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoyage 35/08
199 Coureau D’Oléron — Directions 50/07
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions; buoyage 35/08
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions 26/08
215 La Gironde - Secondary Channel — Directions 35/07
224 Bassin d’Arcachon — Directions 36/07
231 France - West coast - Bayonne — Directions; leading lights 37/08
233 Approaches to Baie de Saint -Jean -De -Luz — Directions 06/08
245 Pasaia to Punta Mariantón — Directions 35/07
275, 276 Spain - North coast - Ría de Suances — Directions; beacons 45/08
282, 284 Cabo Lastres to Cabo San Lorenzo and Gijon — Directions 41/07
301 Spain - North coast - Ribadeo — Directions; light beacon 44/08
23 Bering Sea and Strait
15, 26, 88, 140 -141,
159, 171 -172, 188,
191 -194, 215 -218,
221 -222, 226 -227, 234,
243, 248 -252, 255, 257,
259 -262, 269, 276
United States — Protection of wildlife 40/05
15 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
101 Saint Paul Harbor — Racon 37/07
114 Alaska - Kodiak Island - Geese Channel — Controlling depth 38/08
146 Alaska Peninsula - Unavikshak Island — Depth 29/07
151 Alaska Peninsula - Kuiukta Bay — Depth 31/07
191 Aleutian Islands - Akun Strait — Current 33/07
194 Aleutian Islands - Baby Pass — Depth 37/07
194 Aleutian Islands – Baby Pass — Depth 22/08
195 Aleutian Islands - Unalga Pass — Depths 05/08
230 Aleutian Islands, west part — Atka 27/06
307 Norton Sound - Cape Rodney — Shoal depths 40/06
307 Alaska - Nome Harbor; Snake River — Entrance; caution 04/06
422 -424 United States Code of Federal Regulations - Ports and Waterways
Safety - General — Notice of Arrival Information Items
19/05
431 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov
78 Turkey - Ince Burnu — Natural gas pipeline 23/07
86 Turkey - BandÝrma — Dangerous wreck 46/08
88 Marmara Denizi - Mudanya LimanÝ - Anchorage — Caution 11/07
97 Turkey - zmit Körfezi — Autoport Terminal 41/08
101 Turkey - Adalar passage — Isolated danger buoy 34/07
103 Turkey - Port of stanbul — Directions 49/08
113, 135 -136, 138 -140,
238 -240
Georgia - TSS; approaches; restricted areas 45/07
115 Turkey - North coast - Kefken Adasi to EreÔli — Akçakoca Gas Field 45/08
116 Turkey - EreÔli — Anchorages 15/07
117 Turkey - EreÔli — Spoil ground light buoy 30/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Karadeniz LPG Terminal 20/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Espiye Petroleum Terminal 42/07
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
155 Romania - Mangalia anchorage — Dangerous wreck 33/07
181 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Anchorage 05/08
189 Ukraine - Yuzhnyy — Obstruction 05/08
206, 207, 211, 212, 215, Ukraine - Mys Tarkhankut to Mys Mehanom — Recommended routes; 43/08
219, 220, 221
TSS
222 Ukraine - Yalta — Anchorage 19/07
230 Russia - Novorossiyskaya Bukhta — Danger area 30/07
234 Russia - Tuapse — Controlling depth 18/08
236 Russia - Sochi — Controlling depth 48/07
241, 242 Georgia - Mys Kodori to Reyd Redut -Kale — Routes 35/08
242 Georgia - Reka Khobi — Kulevi Terminal 17/08
253 Sea of Azov — Wreck 09/08
257 Ukraine - Port Azovstal’ — Channel depth 45/07
263 Sea of Azov - Kosa Yelenina — Wreck 50/07
25 British Columbia I
202 Port of Vancouver — Ballast water exchange 15/08
385, 386 Vancouver Island - Gillam Channel — Directions; buoyage 39/08
26 British Columbia II
66 -67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
168 Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions 50/08
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213 -214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel
101, 105 England - South coast - Falmouth — Regulations concerning entry;
harbour regulations
34/08
158, 161 Approaches to Exmouth — Depths; buoyage; light; pilotage; directions 41/08
159, 160 England - South coast - Teignmouth — Approach channel buoyage;
directions
37/08
186 England - South coast - Poole — Traffic Regulations 34/08
202 England - South coast -The Solent - Approaches - Nab Anchorages
— Hazard
36/08
212 England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Approaches to Yarmouth
Harbour — Directions; light buoy
51/08
219, 220 England - South coast - Chichester — Directions for entering harbour 34/08
219, 220 England - South Coast - Approaches to Chichester Harbour —
Directions; landmark
41/08
221 England - South coast - Langstone Harbour — Pilotage 34/08
240 England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Cowes — Chain ferry 34/08
269 France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions 34/08
269 France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions; Light buoy 45/08
272, 273 France - Approaches to Brest — Directions; light 36/08
273 France - Approaches to Brest - Sea to waiting area — Directions 34/08
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
315 France - North coast - Approaches to Perros -Guirec — Directions;
wreck
45/08
343 France - North coast - Approaches to Baie de la Fresnaye — Wreck 51/08
359, 368 Channel Islands - Guernsey - Saint Peter Port — Anchorages 34/08
402 Channel Islands - Jersey - East coast - Gorey — Directions 34/08
416 France - Cherbourg — Traffic regulations; waiting areas 37/08
28 Dover Strait
13, 213 -214, 217 -218,
220
Hoek van Holland — Withdrawal of signals 24/06
57, 65, 66 Dover Strait - SW -going deep -draught route — Controlling depths;
under -keel allowances; route
37/08
58, 61 -62 Dover Strait and adjacent waters TSS -Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area
and recommended direction of traffic established
47/06
58, 62 -64, 238 Strait of Dover and adjacent waters — TSS; Foxtrot 3 Precautionary
Area
21/08
59, 66, 210, 211 -213, Approaches to Hoek van Holland — TSSs; ITZ; Precautionary Areas; 22/08
214 -216
pilot boarding positions
64, 101 Dover Strait — South Goodwin Light -float removed; SW Goodwin
Light -buoy moved
31/06
101 Dover Strait — SW Goodwin Light Buoy 24/07
120 Le Tréport - Anchorage — Dangerous wreck 12/07
120 Le Tréport - Anchorage — Wreck removed 13/07
140 -143 Port of Dunkerque — Regulations 45/06
145 Dunkerque Port Ouest — Lights -in -line removed 16/07
158 Steenbank Pilot Station — Directions 45/07
158 Steenbank Pilot Station — Helicopter service 50/07
161 Approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage 22/06
165 Zeebrugge - Traffic signals for LNG vessels 16/07
169 Westerschelde - NW approach — Directions; leading line 07/08
177 Westerschelde — Directions; Schone Waardin Light 20/07
177 Westerschelde - Honte and Pas Van Terneuzen — Directions; light 36/08
177 Westerschelde - Pas van Terneuzen — Directions 11/08
177 Westerschelde -Pas van Terneuzen—Directions 26/08
184 -185 Westerschelde - Zuidergat — Tidal stream; ship’s wash 16/07
185 Westerschelde - Zuidergat — Buoyage; light 11/07
185 Westerschelde - Zuidergat — Directions 09/08
196, 197, 208, 214 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Maasvlakte
Light
49/08
197, 212, 215, 229 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Recommended
crossing for small craft; prohibited area
38/08
211 -212, 215 Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Pilotage; traffic regulations 31/06
211 -212, 223 Hoek van Holland - Pilotage; VTS 06/08
211 -212, 215 Hoek van Holland — Pilotage 39/06
212 Hoek van Holland — Pilot embarkation by helicopter 35/06
212 Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Routes 33/08
234, 236, 240, 242, 314 Thames Estuary — Pilotage; Oaze Precautionary Area; channels; LNG
vessels
13/06
234 -236, 238 -242, 266, Approaches to Thames Estuary and Harwich Haven - Sunk
22/07
268 -9
Precautionary Areas
235 Thames Estuary — Under -keel clearance 46/07
236 Port of London — Pilotage 05/07
238 Approaches to Thames Estuary and Harwich Haven — Sunk VTS 32/07
240 Thames Estuary - Knock John Channel — Traffic Management 05/07
240, 281 England - Thames Estuary - Gun Fleet Sand — Wind farm 37/08
242, 244 Thames Estuary — Oaze Bank Light Buoy; Mouse Anchorage 18/08
243 Thames Estuary - West Swin — Navigation marks 49/07
245 Thames Estuary - Foulger’s Gat — Buoyage 17/07
252 -254 Thames Estuary — Whitstable Street Light Buoy 12/07
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
252 -253 Whitstable Harbour — Pilotage; traffic signal 50/07
253 Whitstable Harbour — Dolphin light 29/06
262 Orford Haven - Hollesley Bay Channel — Dangerous wreck 30/06
264 -265 Approach to River Deben — Depth; buoyage 25/06
275 River Orwell — Orwell Bridge clearance 08/07
284 River Colne — Light beacons 41/07
285 Brightlingsea — Directions 41/07
297 Port of London - Canvey Island — Depths 17/06
313 -317 England – River Medway — Medway Secondary Channel 38/08
314 River Medway — LNG vessel regulations 45/06
314 Medway Approach Channel — Pilot landing position 02/08
324, 326, 328 River Swale — A249 High Level bridge 28/06
326 -327 River Swale - Directions; No 5 Light Beacon 43/07
327 The Swale — Directions; buoyage and beacons 38/07
327 River Swale — No 5 Light Beacon; sectors 50/07
328 River Swale — Ferry Reach Directional Light 05/07
30 China Sea I
70 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Anambas — Directions; major lights 32/08
84 China - Hainan Dao - East coast — Wenchang Terminal 27/08
102 Peninsular Malaysia - East Coast - Approaches to Pelabuhan Kuantan
— Light buoy
27/08
128 -129 Thailand - Bangkok Bar anchorage — Wreck 35/08
142 Thailand - Ko Chang — Major light 45/08
233 -234 China - Hainan Dao - Fangcheng Gang — Directions; berths 14/08
244 China - Hainan Dao - Haikou — Directions; buoyage 26/08
246 China – South -west approaches to Zhujiang Kou — Directions 30/08
251 China - South Coast - Dajin Island — Wreck 36/08
253 China - South coast - Zhanjiang — Directions; leading lights 06/08
260 Gulf of Tonkin - Hainan Dao westwards — Gas pipeline; safety zone 18/08
274 China - Guangzhou and Huangpu — Pilot station 47/08
275 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai - Dabaipai Dao —
Racon
27/08
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Channel TSS — Directions; wreck 27/08
279 China - South Coast - Approaches to Macao — Racon; dangerous
wreck
27/08
281 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai — Directions; wreck 26/08
286 China - South Coast - Zhujiang - Approaches to Huangpu -
Dahaozhou Shuidao — Obstruction
27/08
336, 346 China - South coast - Qing Zhou — Directions; caution 37/08
346 China - South Coast - Daxingshan Jiao — Wreck 18/08
351 China south coast - Huizhou - Mabianzhou Hangdao — Directions;
leading lights
49/08
31 China Sea II
69 South China Sea - Union Reefs — Light float 31/08
71 South China Sea - Subi Reef — Light float 31/08
78 Singapore Strait eastwards – Pulau Pengibu — Rock 11/07
80 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Natuna Utara - Pulau Sebetul — Major light 32/08
81, 85 Indonesia – Kepulauan Natuna — Major lights 27/08
84 Indonesia – Kalimantan – Alur Pelayaran Serasan — Obstruction 08/08
111 -112 Malaysia – Sarawak – Pelabuhan Bintulu — Harbour 17/08
117 Sarawak – Approaches to Miri — Anchorage; pipeline 26/07
118 Malaysia – Sarawak– Tanjung Baram north -westwards — Wreck 22/07
140 Malaysia – Sarawak – Approaches to Batang Lawas — Shoal 07/08
186, 188 -189, 192 -193, Philippine Islands – Luzon - Manila — Directions; VTMS; TSS; 08/08
195 -198, 201
anchorages; depths; wrecks
202 Philippines – Subic Bay — Depths 17/08
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
32 China Sea III
74 T’ai -wan - West coast - Kao -hsiung — Outer anchorages 11/08
87 T’ai -wan - West Coast - Mai -Liao approaches — Directions; wreck 21/08
94 -95 T’ai -wan, North coast - Tan -Shui N; Sha Lung Oil Terminal SW —
Prohibited anchorages
11/08
120 T’ai -wan, E coast - Hua -lien N and E — Directions; prohibited areas 11/08
121 T’ai -wan, East coast - Su -ao — Anchorage; pilot boarding position 12/08
126, 133 China - Zhelang Yan to Xiamen Gang — Directions; wrecks 30/08
129, 131 China - South -east coast - Shantou Gang — Directions; depths;
vertical clearances; lights
38/08
131 China - South East Coast - Approaches to Shantou — Wreck 27/08
133 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiongdi Yu SE — Directions; wreck 11/08
140, 145, 147 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Depths; vertical clearances;
names
35/08
144 -145, 147 Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions 14/08
155 China - South Coast - Quanzhou Wan eastwards — Directions; wreck 29/08
155, 156 China - Taiwan Strait - Meizhou Wan — Pilotage; anchorages 36/08
Wk52/08
159, 160, 161, 166, 169,
179
China - East coast - Xinghua Wan; Fuzhou Jiangyin; Haitan Haxia;
Songxia; Fuzhou and Luoyuan Wan — Vessel traffic service;
anchorage
51/08
159 China - East Coast - Nanri Shuidao — Directions; wreck 16/08
162 China - South Coast - Haitan Haixia — Directions; wrecks 36/08
166 China - East Coast - Songxia Gang approaches - Niu Jiao —
Approach channel; anchorages
25/08
183 China - East Coast - Jiaobei Dao — Directions; lights; wrecks 42/08
183 China - East Coast - Pinyang Zui south -eastwards — Directions;
wreck
25/08
186, 189, 190, 191 China - East Coast - Wenzhou Wan and Leqing Wan and approaches
— Directions; wreck; buoyage; anchorages; pilotage
50/08
188 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan — Directions; wreck 11/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Huangda Xia — Directions 12/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Xibei Men — Submarine cable 12/08
208, 236 -238, 252 -256 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou — Routeing measures;
anchorages; pilotage; lights
23/08
208, 236 - 239, 251 - China - East coast - Changjiang Kou — Routeing measures; TSS; 40/08
256
directions; anchorages; pilotage; lights; racons
209 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Waiyangang Dao
north -northeastwards — Obstructions
42/08
209, 211 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Maji Shan Gang — VTS;
anchorages; pilotage
26/08
211, 236 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Dahuanglong Dao eastwards
— Wreck
42/08
213, 215, 227 China - Zhitou Yang and Luotou Shuidao — Pilot boarding position;
wreck
47/08
214 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Buoyed channel 27/08
219, 220, 243 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Huoshan Liedao northwards —
Wrecks, buoy
42/08
221 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Jintang Shuidao northwards
—Depth
42/08
231 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Daishan Shuidao —
Directions; wreck
11/08
239, 240 China - East Coast - Qiqu Liedao eastwards — Buoys; pilotage 39/08
245, 246 China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Hangzou Wan Kuhai Bridge —
Fairways; vertical clearances; traffic; lights; racons; directions
39/08
251 - 257 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou including outer and inner
approaches — Directions; anchorages; regulations; buoyage
49/08
263 China - East coast - Chang Jiang — Depths 11/08
291, 293, 294 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Depths; obstructions;
anchorage
31/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
295, 297 -298 China - Yellow Sea coast - Approaches to Rizhao Gang — Directions;
anchorage areas
11/08
296, 299, 301, 302 Yellow Sea - Qingdao Gang — Directions; pilot boarding positions 49/08
305 China - Yellow Sea - Qianli Yan east -northeastwards — Directions;
shoal
42/08
319 China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai — Directions; wreck 11/08
324 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang north north
eastwards — Wreck; buoy
31/08
325 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang and
Luanjiakou — Directions; light
44/08
327, 362 -363 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian — VTS; limiting conditions; anchorages;
regulations
21/08
334 China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou — Directions 13/08
336, 337 China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches — Directions; lights;
wrecks; buoyage
44/08
337 China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches — light; wrecks;
buoyage
18/08
339, 341, 343 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang and Caofeidian — Anchorage;
pilotage
18/08
339 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang — Obstruction; wreck; buoy;
anchorage
34/08
355, 357 China - Liaodong Wan - Yingkou — Directions; depth; buoyage;
leading lights
47/08
357 -358 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Taiping Jiao north -westwards —
wreck; buoyage
18/08
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Controlling depths; directions; leading
lights
20/08
367, 370, 438 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Dadong approaches — Wreck 35/08
368 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Huangquan Pier 11/08
375 China - East China Sea — Wrecks 12/08
381, 387, 389 -390,
393 -395
Korea, West Coast - Mokp’o and approaches — Directions; berths 11/08
402 Korea, West Coast - Kunsan and approaches — Anchorage;
regulations
20/08
408, 412, 414, 418 Korea, West Coast - Boryeong, Taesan, T’aean Hang and Tangjin
Hwaryok Seaberth — Vessel traffic service; port operations
40/08
411, 413, 416 Korea, West coast - Taesan approaches — Directions 11/08
416 Korea - West Coast - Taesan approaches — Shoals; wrecks 43/08
34 Indonesia II
78 Jawa - Tanjung Awarawar — Terminal 13/07
82, 87, 93 Madura — Wrecks 13/07
107, 117 Bali - Giliselang Light — Racon removed 14/07
215 Kalimantan - Sungai Sampit - Tanjung Bandaran — Light 13/07
233 Kalimantan — South Pulau Laut Coal Terminal 32/08
254 Kalimantan - Tanjung Bara Coal Terminal — Depth 25/07
265, 268, 270 -271 Sulawesi - Approaches to Makassar — Light withdrawn 13/07
360 Indonesia - Sulawesi - Teluk Tomori - Marine Terminal 07/08
35 Indonesia III
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
36 Indonesia I
52 Indonesia - Selat Sunda — Platform; depth 35/06
69 Sumatera, South coast - Teluk Lampung - Panjang — Dangerous
wreck; obstruction
38/05
81 Jawa, North coast - Pulau -Pulau Tidung — Wreck 32/05
110 - 111 Jawa, North coast - Approaches to Semarang — Wreck 27/07
127 Sumatera, East coast - Pulau Saya — Light 44/05
144 -146 Pulau Bangka, East coast - Karang Elliot — Light 28/05
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.14
Weekly
Edition
144 Pulau Bangka, East coast - Sungai Baturusa — Leading lights 28/05
150 -151 Selat Karimata - Karang Ontario — Rock; uncharted dangers 30/06
151 Kalimantan, West coast - Selat Karimata — Wreck 03/06
152 Kalimantan, West coast — Shoal depths; off -lying dangers 42/05
176 Sumatera, East coast - Pulau Lingga south -eastwards — Depths 35/07
185 Selat Riau — Directions; dangerous wrecks 33/08
211 Singapore Strait - Sambu approaches — Wreck 10/06
37 West Coasts of England and Wales
155, 166 Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven — Controlling depth;
depths at berths
51/08
233 -235, 244 -246, 260 England - West coast - Liverpool Bay — Bar Light Buoy 51/08
38 West Coast of India
2 West coast of India; Lakshadweep — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
203, 204, 205, 207 Ports of Mangalore and New Mangalore — Directions; wrecks; racon 44/08
213, 215 Kºrwºr — Traffic regulations; naval harbour 24/07
217 Kºrwºr — Anchorage; foul ground 24/07
228, 242, 244 245, 246, Mumbai (Bombay) harbour and approaches — Directions; Safety 50/08
247, 248
Fairways; TSS; anchorage; traffic regulations
236 Maharastra - Pavas Bay — Ranpar Port 04/08
242 Konkan coast - Mumbai approaches — Offshore route 32/07
269 Gulf of Khambhºt —SØmar 24/07
271 - 273 PØpºvºv Port and PØpºvºv Bandar 49/08
272 Jºfarºbºd toGopnºth Point - PØpºvºv Port — Directions 16/08
283, 285 -286 Verºval to Kachchigadh — Directions; depths; wrecks 32/08
310 Gulf of Kachchh - Kandla Harbour — Tidal stream 48/07
322 Port Muhammad Bin Qasim - Ahsan Channel — Dangerous wreck 43/08
327 Pakistan - Karachi Harbour — Directions: buoyage 51/08
39 South Indian Ocean
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint -Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast
50 Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock South -south -westwards — Depth 11/07
70, 73 Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock 01/07
135 South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage 01/07
136 -137, 139 South -east coast - Saltee Islands — Buoyage 12/07
137 South -east coast - Hook Head — Dangerous wreck 13/07
138 -141 South -east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon 27/07
139 -140 South coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge; Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy 19/07
185 East coast - Port Oriel — Light 03/07
186 Entrance to Carlingford Lough - Directions; Haulbowline turning light 32/08
198 East coast - Strangford Narrows — Underwater turbine 23/08
218 Port of Belfast — Traffic Organisation Service 01/07
307 Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour — Directions; Light buoy 39/08
332 West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights; light -beacon 01/07
368 Sound of Aran - Burtonport — Dredged channel; rocks 38/07
381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Water quality monitoring buoys 49/07
41 Japan I
97 Honshu -North -west Coast -Sakaiminato — Bridge; locks 37/08
224, 226 Hokkaido - Shakotan Misaki — Ramark 51/08
255 Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Higashi Ko — Directions;
leading line
37/08
329 -338 Index 36/06
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
42A Japan II
85 Honshu - Shio -no -Misaki — Ramark 32/08
85, 147 Honshu - Hino Misaki and Omae Saki — Ramarks 36/08
108 Honshu - Irago Suido — Traffic Regulations 06/08
135 -136 Honshu - Ise Wan - Nakayama Suido — East channel 12/08
145 Honshu - Omae Saki — Ramark 32/08
201, 205 Honshu - Tokyo Wan, N part — Directions; traffic regulations 14/08
42C Japan IV
2, 373, 391 Korea Strait — Reporting Zone 19/07
176, 181, 188, 195, 197,
213
Kyushu - Sata Misaki, Toi Misaki and Hososhima Ko — Ramarks 36/08
43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
65, 67, 186 Malacca Strait Approaches - Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank)
north westwards — Light -buoy; light -beacon
05/07
70 -72, 128, 208 Malacca Strait - Permatang Panjang — Light, buoy, wreck 30/06
71 -72 Malacca Strait - Water Islands south -westwards — Wreck, buoyage 30/06
96 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Jamboaye eastwards — Platform 01/07
105 -107 Sumatera - Belawan approaches — Lights; buoyage 39/06
122 Sumatera - Selat Rupat — Directions; leading lights 12/08
151 Thailand, west coast - Ko Tarutao south -eastwards — Wreck 04/07
181 Malacca Strait - Pulau Tukun Perak — Rock 11/07
219 Indonesia - Pulau Karimun Kecil north -eastwards — Directions;
wreck
28/08
247, 249 Singapore Strait - Singapore — Anchorages 30/06
249 Singapore Strait - Singapore — Anchorages 07/07
274 -275 Singapore Strait - Singapore - Marina Bay and Kallang Basin —
Closure to traffic
32/06
281 Singapore Strait - Singapore - Pulau Sebarok — Berths 12/07
45 Mediterranean I
318, 319 Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous wreck 50/08
368 Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations; Safety zones; speed limit;
fishing
51/08
46 Mediterranean II
88 -89 France - Approaches to Marseille - Rade d’Endoume — Submerged
artificial reefs
50/07
138 Italy - San Remo — Wreck 36/07
139 Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited areas 17/08
139 Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine area; submarine
cables; outfall
33/08
146 Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions 49/07
148 -149, 151 Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing measures; recognition
zones; prohibited area
10/08
151 Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno — Submarine pipelines 22/08
158 Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria — Marine nature reserve 44/08
231 Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded ordnance 36/07
240 Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas 08/08
240 Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini -Edison — Anchorage;
obstructions; prohibited area
49/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited area; anchorages 50/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Buoyed fairway 08/08
Wk52/08

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
294 Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded ordnance 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power cable 31/08
329 Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions; obstructions 49/07
338 Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree — Protected Marine Area 35/08
346 Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli — Marine parks and reserves 35/08
348 Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 08/08
348 Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 29/08
348 Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area 22/08
349 Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve 09/08
349 Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall 08/08
353 Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion 08/08
355 Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck 28/08
362, 367 Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele — Prohibited areas 19/08
367 Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited area 24/08
47 Mediterranean III
67, 69, 437, 513,
540 -543, 546
Wk52/08
N Adriatic Sea — Traffic separation schemes; areas to be avoided;
restricted area
20/07
70 N Adriatic TSS - Route for RijeÅki Zaljev and Gulf of Trieste; Route
forGulfofVenice—Directions
42/06
154 Greece - Nísos Paxoí — Seaplane operations area 19/08
164 Greece - Nísos Kérkyra — Seaplane operations area 19/08
178 -180 Albania - Durrës — Directional Light 01/07
265 Croatia - BraÅki Kanal, Western Part - Grljevac — Light 50/05
297 Croatia - ªibenski Kanal, southern part — Outfall 11/06
343 Croatia - Zaljev Pantera - Tanki Rt — Light sector 50/05
400 Croatia - KvarneriÆ, southern part - OtoÅiÆ Dolfin - Hrid Oðtar —
Beacon
50/05
452 Croatia - Luka Funtana - OtoÅiÆ Frýital — Light -beacon 50/05
458 N Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Monfalcone — Wreck 21/07
467 Italy - Trieste - Baia di Muggia — Restricted area 15/06
478 Italy - SE coast - Otranto — Directions; offshore wind turbine 11/08
478 -479 Italy - SE coast - Otranto — TSS; directions 04/08
483 Italy - Brindisi — Waiting area 34/07
483 -485 Italy - Brindisi — Dredged areas; foul areas; shoal depths; restricted
areas
43/07
487 Italy - Punta Torre Canne — Wreck 50/05
492 Italy - Bari — Prohibited area 13/06
495 Italy - Molfetta — Unexploded ordnance 34/06
503 Italy - Rodi Garganico — Obstructions 32/07
504 Italy - Vieste — Directions 46/06
509 Italy - Ortona — Fish haven 34/06
509 Italy - Ortona — Prohibited areas 16/06
511 Italy - Pescara — Seaplane landing area 37/06
515 Italy - San Benedetto del Tronto — Wreck 34/06
515 Italy - Giulianova — Restricted area 50/05
517 Italy - Ancona — Restricted area 31/06
528 Italy - Pesaro — Anchorage 46/06
529 Italy - E coast - Pesaro to Porto Corsini — Unexploded ordnance 20/07
532 Italy - Cesenatico — Flood defence barrage 49/07
543 Italy - E coast - Porto Levante — LNG terminal 04/08
546 Italy - Approaches to Chioggia — Conservation area 50/05
547 Italy - Chioggia - Canale Esterno — Development 15/06
551, 553 Italy - Porto di Malamocco — Development 12/06
551, 554 Italy - Venezia - Porto di Lido — Prohibited areas 15/06
557 Italy - Caorle — Restricted areas 07/06

NP no Page(s) Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
48 Mediterranean IV
85 Kríti - Réthymno — Anchorages 21/08
160 -161 Greece - SW approach to Póros Megáron — Revithoúsa LNG terminal 43/06
190 Greece - Órmos Íou — Restricted area 43/06
245 South Aegean - Órmos Livádia — Wreck 30/07
273 South Aegean - Órmos Lakkí — Wreck 18/08
355 Greece - Thessaloníki — Dangerous wreck 27/08
429 Turkey—AliaÔaLNG Terminal 20/07
49 Mediterranean V
109 Egypt - El Iskandarîya (Alexandria) - El Dikheila Pass — Wreck 45/06
117 Egypt - Masabb Rashid (Rosetta Mouth) — Wreck 25/06
118 Egypt - Mînâ’ Dumyâó (Damietta Port) — Waiting areas; directions;
berths
23/07
118 Egypt - Mînâ’ Dumyâó (Damietta Port) — Waiting areas 23/08
120 Egypt - Port Said (Bûr Sa‘îd) — Controlling depths 07/08
172 Turkey - Karataî — anchorages 30/08
172 Turkey - Ceyhan LimanÝ — Pilotage 13/07
183 Cyprus - Paphos — Leading Lights 15/06
213 Syria - ®aròøs — Wreck 10/06
227 Israel --- •efa (Haifa) — Dangerous wreck 38/07
228 Israel - •efa (Haifa) — Obstruction 14/06
230 Israel - Hadera — Approach and entry 09/07
233 Israel - Ashqelon — Prohibited areas 34/06
233, 234 Israel - Ashqelon — Prohibited areas, anchorages 30/08
233 Gaza Strip — Maritime zone 37/08
50 Newfoundland and Labrador
160 Newfoundland – Grand Bank Harbour — Directions; sector light 49/08
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
300 Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island – Directions; sector light 49/08
323 -324 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm — Buoyage
changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage 43/06
406 Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage changed 38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430 Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich Bay
— Buoyage changed
38/06
438 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South -west of George Island — Buoyage
changed
39/06
451 -453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466 -467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468 Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage changed 39/06
473 -474 Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run —
Buoyage changed
39/06
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
51 New Zealand
222 North Island - Auckland — Pilot boarding position 04/08
269, 271 -272 North Island - East coast - Napier — Directions 12/08
307 Kermadec Islands — National Nature Reserves and Marine Reserve 43/08
52 North Coast of Scotland
4, 155, 183, 204, Orkney Islands - Westray Firth; Fall of Warness — European Marine 50/07
209 -210
Energy Centre Test Sites
100 Dornoch Firth — Target removed 03/07
118, 119 Moray Firth - Southern Shore - Buckie — Directions 44/08
130 Cromarty Firth — Pilotage 01/07
137, 141 Inverness — Pilotage; regulations 20/06
138 Inverness — Directions 20/06
138 Inverness Firth - Dangerous wreck — Directions 03/07
156 Orkney Islands — Pilotage regulations 29/08
173 Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Channel west of Cava — Directions 11/08
176 Orkney Islands - Cairston Road — Directions 21/06
186 -187 Orkney Islands - Passage East of Papa Westray and Westray —
Directions
33/07
201 Orkney Islands - SE Approaches to Stronsay Firth - Channel south of
Auskerry — Directions
37/06
201 Orkney Islands - Auskerry — Rock pinnacle 01/07
203 Orkney Islands - Stronsay Firth — Directions 08/07
204, 210 Orkney Islands - Westray Firth — Shoal depth 41/06
204 Orkney Islands - Passage north of Shapinsay — Shoal 03/07
206 Orkney Islands - Eday Sound and Approaches — Directions 08/07
210 Orkney Islands - Westray Firth - Passage east of Muckle Green Holm
— Directions
42/06
210 Orkney Islands - Westray Firth — Directions 15/07
210 Orkney Islands - Westray Firth - North -western part — Directions 16/08
219 Orkney Islands - Approaches to Kirkwall — Directions 30/08
219 Kirkwall — Berths 20/06
234, 237 Shetland Islands - South Channel and Scalloway Harbour —
Directions
02/07
252, 286 -287 Shetland Islands - Head of Mula Light - Bluemull Sound and
Colgrave Sound — Directions
23/06
267 Shetland Islands - Stepping Stones - Inner Voder Light — Directions 23/07
268 -269, 273 Linga Sound - Wether Holm - Light 20/06
280 Orkney Islands - Yell Sound — Buoy removed 13/07
333 Føroyar - Klaksvík — Directions 31/06
54 North Sea (West)
63, 65 -66 Scotland, East coast - Todhead Point Light 26/07
68 Montrose - Annat Shoal — Outer Buoy 19/07
85, 87, 90, 94, 99, 106 Scotland - Firth of Forth and River Forth — Anchorages; tide guage;
vertical clearances
44/08
94, 98 -99 Scotland - River Forth - Braefoot Marine Terminal — Directions;
leading lights
41/08
99 -100, 105 Firth of Forth — Directions; track 02/08
104 Scotland - River Forth - Rosyth — Directions; light beacon 41/08
125 Holy Island Harbour — Directions 12/08
132 Port of Blyth — Notice of ETA required; pilotage 44/07
132 Blyth — Natural conditions 19/07
135, 137 -138 Port of Tyne — Vessel traffic service 29/07
137 Port of Tyne - Tyne Commission Quay — Depth 16/07
148 -149 Hartlepool — Traffic signals 41/07
165 River Humber — Pilotage 16/08
173 River Humber — Killingholme Direction Light 16/07
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
177 River Humber — Skitter Channel 02/08
177, 178 River Humber—Humber Sea Terminal and North Killingholme Oil
Jetty
33/08
189, 192 Approaches to The Wash - Wind farm development areas 11/07
192, 193 Wells Harbour — Directions; buoyage 43/07
194 England - Blakeney Harbour — Directions; light beacon 44/08
201 River Nene - Navigation marks 44/07
210 Great Yarmouth approaches - Cockle Shoal — Depth 11/07
212 Great Yarmouth — Power Station Light 32/07
216, 218 Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; Brush Sector Light 32/07
55 North Sea (East)
8, 71, 161 German Bight - Western Approach TSS — Buoyage 49/08
9 Denmark — Pilotage 50/08
16 Germany — Internal Waters (Entering Requirements) Ordinance 50/08
75, 77, 91 IJmuiden WNW — Wind farm 13/08
75, 79 Off Texel TSS to IJmuiden — Wind farm 43/08
77, 79 Approaches to IJmuiden and Noordzeekanaal — Maas North TSS 21/08
95, 97 The Netherlands - Zeegat van Texel — Directional light 51/08
126 East Frisian Islands - Accumer Ee — Buoyage 37/08
129 East Frisian Islands - Harle — Directions 13/08
140 Die Ems - Osterems — Directions 13/08
153 Die Ems - Oterdum Reede — Depths 34/08
175, 176 Germany - Die Weser — Traffic regulations 51/08
212 Die Elbe - VTS Brunsbüttel Elbe Traffic 13/08
227 Germany - Die Elbe - Stade -Bützfleth — Controlling depth 46/08
287 Horns Rev — Wind farm 13/08
305 Limfjorden - Sælhundeholm Løb — Buoyage 23/08
309 Limfjorden - Venø Sund Snævring — Buoyage 24/08
56 Norway I
5 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
7 Norway - Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
63 Norway - Mandal - Anchorages — Wreck 30/08
72 Norway - Kristiansand - Fiskabukta — Anchorage 43/08
101 Norway - Frierfjorden - Torsberg Light — Sectors 47/06
119 Oslofjord - Approach to Tønsberg from south through Sundøsundsleia
— Obstruction
25/08
122 Norway - Tønsberg Havn - Kanal — Controlling depth 49/06
143 Oslofjorden - Vestfjorden — Channel draught 42/07
148 Norway - Oslo - Søre Kavringdynga Light — Sector 35/06
158 Norway - Drammen — Leading lights 14/07
166 Norway - Røsvikrenna — Controlling depth 50/06
199 Sweden - Lysekil approaches — Channel draught 41/07
205 Sweden - Skagerrak - Marstrandsfjorden — Pilot boarding place 45/06
206, 212, 215 -217, 221 Sweden - South Channel to Uddevala — Pater Noster anchorage 23/08
219 Sweden - Svanesund — Directions 46/07
57A Norway IIA
6 Pilotage regulations — Baseline 44/08
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
235 Bømlafjorden - South -east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
281, 282 Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen —
Anchorages
29/08
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
308 Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance 40/08
397 Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances 43/08
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
Wk52/08

NP no
IV
Page(s)
Title
Weekly
Edition
459, 513, 516, 521, 525,
535,538, 567
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
57B Norway IIB
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Pilotage 22/04
4 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
31, 57, 82, 245 Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous
and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 01/05
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway IIIA
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
64 Indreleia - Melsteinen Light — Sectors 14/07
65 Lekafjorden - Skeishamn — Directions; leading lights 52/07
95 Velfjorden - Nevernes — Light 12/06
98 Vefsnfjorden - Holandsvik — Leading lights 32/07
169 Nordfjorden - Saurvika — Anchorage 19/07
210 Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget — Buoyage; berths 12/06
241, 242 Lofoten Islands - Approaches to Ure - Notskjeret Light — Sectors 19/06
270 Lofoten - Moskenesøya - Stovika approaches — Depths 42/06
58B Norway IIIB
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
5 Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline 44/08
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
52 -53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
85 Vågsfjorden - South -eastern part - Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 45/08
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet —
Depth
01/07
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
Wk52/08
4.20

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228 -229 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south -east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North -east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
218 Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 49/08
219 North -west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
259 Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages 49/08
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - South -west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
49/06
265 Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 40/08
275 -276 North -east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy
11 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
70 Nova Scotia - New Harbour Cove — Buoy 29/07
74, 75 Nova Scotia - Cape Mocodome to Liscomb Point - Port Bickerton —
Directions; lights; buoys
43/08
94 Nova Scotia - Halifax approaches — Sub -surface moorings and buoys 04/08
115 Nova Scotia - Mahone Bay — Light discontinued 04/07
129 Nova Scotia - Medway Harbour — Buoy 20/07
131 -132 Nova Scotia - Liverpool Bay — Light buoy discontinued 12/07
134 Nova Scotia - Little Hope Island — Buoy 17/06
134 -135 Lockeport Harbour Approaches — Buoyage 11/06
137 Nova Scotia - Sable River and approaches — Buoyage 04/07
140 Nova Scotia - Negro Harbour — Buoyage 45/06
141 Nova Scotia - Port La Tour — Buoyage 04/07
141 Nova Scotia - Jordan Bay — KSB Light Buoy 21/07
143 Bay of Fundy - SE approaches — Whale sanctuary 07/08
148 Nova Scotia - Pubnico Harbour — Buoy 30/06
160 Nova Scotia - Saint Marys Bay - Meteghan — Buoyage 04/07
163 Bay of Fundy - South -west part — Whale sanctuary 32/08
192, 195, 197 Maine — Passamaquoddy Bay and Approaches — Pilotage; tugs 14/07
206 Nova Scotia - Letete Passage and Approaches - Lords Cove —
Buoyage
04/07
236 Appendix IV — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
245 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
61 Pacific Islands II
75 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
100 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle -Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
161 Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine
cable; anchorage
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164 Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon —
Submarine cable
46/07
262 Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South -eastern part - Suva Harbour —
Directions; light
40/08
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south -eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south -eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands III
9, 331 NW Hawaiian Islands — PSSA; ATBA; reporting system 14/08
11 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
95 Île de Rapa - Baie d’Ahurei — Depth 04/07
100 Îles Australes - Île Rurutu - Hauti Village — Temple 31/08
134 Archipel des Tuamotu - Rangiroa - Tiputa — Anchorages; depth 40/07
152 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Passe de Taapuna — Submarine pipeline 10/07
167 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Port de Papeete - Rade de Papeete —
Mooring buoy
48/08
171 Îles de la Société - Île de Moorea — Regulations 01/07
197 Îles Sous -le -Vent - Raiatea - Port d’Uturoa — Depth 32/06
223 Cook Islands Group - Rarotonga — Anchorage leading marks 42/07
261, 268, 280, 282, 298,
301, 310, 322, 324,
357 -358
Hawaiian Islands — Security zones 18/07
268 Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii - Keauhou Bay — Directions 12/07
271 Hawaiian Islands - Hawaii - Kawaihae Harbor — Depth 48/08
305 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Outfall 46/07
306 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Pipe 28/07
316 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Waimanalo Bay — Depths 09/07
331, 371 North -west Hawaiian Islands — Restricted area 26/07
356 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
63 Persian Gulf
64 Oman - Qalhºt — Fertiliser terminal 10/06
80, 81 Ra’s ¬allºn to Fujairah - Port Sohar — Fairway light -buoy 40/06
128 Iran - JazØreh-ye Lavan westwards — Dangerous wreck 04/07
139 Iran - Gºnºveh — Approach 52/05
147 MØnº’ Saqr–Outeranchorages 43/07
149 -150 United Arab Emirates — Al Jazeera Port 14/08
154 Shºrjah – Arrival information — Outer anchorages 13/07
156 Dubai – Arrival information — Outer anchorages 39/07
158 Dubai – Directions and Berths - Dubai Dry Dock Harbour 13/07
158 Dubai – MØnº’ Rashid — Directions; leading lights 42/07
159 Khawr Dubai — Approach and Entry Directions 01/07
165 Abu Dhabi - Arrival information — Anchorage 04/07
171 United Arab Emirates - JazØrat Dºs —SBM 52/05
182 Doha eastwards — Dangerous wreck 12/07
193 Ra’s Laffºn — Approach and entry; outer anchorages; development 12/07
203 Approaches to Bahrain - Mina’ al Manama — Directions 45/06
241 MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh (Al Kuwayt Harbour) approaches — Dangerous
wreck
12/07
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
253, 255 Khawr al Kafka and Al Baîrah (Al Bakr) Oil Terminal — General
information; directions
17/07
269 Khawr ‘Abd Allºh – Directions — Uncharted buoys 10/07
269 Iraq - Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Dangerous wreck 12/07
64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden
121, 124 Red Sea, south part — JazØrat aò ®º’ir — Volcanic activity 42/07
324 Yemen - Ash SÖihr Oil Terminal — Current 49/07
334 Oman - Port Salalah — Outer anchorages 45/08
334 -335 Oman - Salalah - Harbour — General layout; berths 06/08
65 St Lawrence
68 Baie de Bonne - Espérance and Baie au Saumon — Beacon removed 01/07
76 Havre de Harrington – Anchorage — Depth 04/07
80 Cap Whittle to Pointe Curlew – Île du Large — Beacon 04/07
82 -83 Pointe Curlew to Baie Washtawouka — Light removed 01/07
125 Rivière Saguenay – Directions for entering Chicoutimi — Monument
Price direction light
29/08
130 -131, 137 Îles de la Madeleine - Pointe de l’Est — Light; other aid to navigation;
wreck
28/07
148 St Lawrence River - Cap Chat — Light discontinued 13/07
183 Chenal des Grands Voiliers — Vertical clearance reduced 07/07
257 -259, 262 -263 Chedabucto Bay and approaches - Traffic separation scheme 13/08
265 Inner part of Chedabucto Bay - Directions 13/08
277 Saint Georges Bay – Port Hood — Leading lights 05/07
311 Hillsborough Bay to Confederation Bridge - Pugwash Harbour —
Depth
49/06
338 Baie des Challeurs - Bathurst — Silting 12/07
343 Rivière Restigouche – Miguasha -Ouest — Light; beacon 01/07
349 Baie de Gaspé - Douglastown — Marine farm 04/07
363 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
66 West Coast of Scotland
2, 5, 144 -146, 363 -367,
385, 387 -388, 392, 394,
399, 431, 441
West coast of Scotland — Routeing measures; Traffic Separation
Scheme
25/07
5 Pollution of the sea — Western European Tanker Reporting System 20/05
56 North Channel, east side - Black Head — Killantringan Light 26/07
71 Firth of Clyde - Troon Harbour — Conspicuous building; racon 12/06
72 Firth of Clyde - Approaches to Troon — Dangerous wreck 42/06
213 Luing - Ardinamir Bay — Beacon missing 25/06
276 Loch Linnhe - Corpach — Slip rails 46/05
372 Sea of the Hebrides - Barra — Sgeir Dubh Light 28/06
386 The Little Minch - Sgeir Graidach; Eugenie Rock — Beacon;
light -buoy
18/05
410 -412, 414 Sound of Harris — Directions 37/07
436 -437 Western Isles - Stornoway - River Creed Estuary — Directions; Port
Entry Light
03/08
67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal
7, 210 Spain - Marine reserve — Estrecho Nature Park 36/07
59 -61, 119, 173 Portugal — Vessel traffic service 05/08
68 Spain - Ría De Ferrol — Directions; light 31/08
71 Spain - Approaches to Ría de Betanzos — Wreck 01/02/06
99 Spain - Vilagarcia de Arousa — Channel depth 52/07
106 Spain - Ría De Pontevedra — Directions 16/08
109 Spain - Vigo — Pilot boarding position 28/06
123 Portugal - Apulia — Prohibited area 49/07
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.24
Weekly
Edition
130, 132 Portugal - Porto do Douro — Maximum size of vessel; anchorage;
entrance directions
18/06
130 -132 Portugal - Porto Do Douro — Approach and entry 42/07
137 Portugal - Aveiro — Directions 10/08
162 Portugal - Setúbal — Vessel traffic service 01/02/06
180 Portugal - Cabo de Santa Maria — Shoals 06/07
180 Portugal - Portos de Faro e Olhão — Anchorage 31/06
184 Portugal - Entrance to Río Guadiana — Anchorage 24/06
187 Spain - Puerto de Huelva — Outer anchorages 36/08
191, 193 Spain - Río Guadalquivir and approaches — Pilotage 01/02/06
209 -210, 218, 220 -221 Morocco — Tanger -Méditerranée 15/07
212 Spain - Isla de Tarifa — Wreck 05/07
220 Gibraltar - Great Europa Point — Directions; dangerous wreck 41/07
230 Gibraltar — Pilot boarding area 27/06
230 Gibraltar — Pilot boarding position 25/07
244 -245 Açores - Ponta Delgada — Harbour entrance 32/07
68 East Coast of the United States I
7 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
12, 107 -108 Gloucester Harbor — Measured distance 18/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 39/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 36/07
85 Broad Sound — Buoy 37/07
88 Hussey Sound — Obstruction; wreck 28/07
90 Approaches to Portland — Directions; wreck 36/08
93 Portland Harbor — Directions 07/07
93 Portland Harbor — Anchorages; obstruction 18/07
101 -102 Portsmouth Harbor to Cape Ann — Isles of Shoals Light 12/08
114 -115 Approaches to Boston Harbor — Routeing 25/07
115 Boston Harbor and approaches — Northeast Gateway Deep Water Port 22/08
122 -123, 125 South part of Massachusetts Bay — Whale avoidance routes 07/07
126 East and south side of Cape Cod Bay — Whale avoidance track 07/07
127 Provincetown — Shoal 22/07
142 Buzzards Bay and approaches — Pilotage 36/08
143, 149 Buzzards Bay, Cape Cod Canal and New Bedford Harbor — Landmark 49/08
146 Cape Cod Canal — Pilotage 36/08
153 Narrangsett Bay - Bridge — Racon 05/08
156 Narragansett Bay - Melville — Depths 36/08
171 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Buoy 36/07
173 Long Island Sound — Directions; stranded wreck 07/07
176 New Haven Harbor — Depths 49/08
193 -196, 202, 204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose Light 08/08
193, 194, 196, 202, 204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Directions; ATBA; pilotage;
recommended track
49/08
194 Approaches to New York Harbor - Ambrose Light — Racon 05/08
205 New York Harbor — Sandy Hook Channel 21/08
206 -207, 211 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas 18/07
207 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas; shoaling 07/07
212 New York Harbor - Arthur Kill — Racon 12/07
213 -215 New York Harbor — Project depths 17/08
214 Passaic River — Bridges 22/07
215 Hudson River — Vertical clearance 05/08
69 East Coast of the United States II
106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Directions; wreck 49/08
183 Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower 49/08
183 Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions; tower 49/08
216 Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower 49/08
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.25
Weekly
Edition
69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico
2, 164, 167, 195, 205,
225, 247, 306
Gulf of Mexico — Marine exploitation; Safety Fairways 44/06
8 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
70 Caribbean Sea - Isla de San Andres — Racon 50/06
72 Caribbean Sea - Thunder Knoll — Depth 44/06
100 -101 Honduras — Tela 34/06
119 Mexico - Isla Cozumel - San Miguel — Wrecks 32/06
128 Mexico - Progreso — Front leading light 12/07
136 Mexico - Ciudad del Carmen — Directions 28/07
136 Mexico - Ciudad del Carmen — Directions; wreck 06/08
137, 139 Gulf of Campeche - Dos Bocas — Racon 19/07
176 Texas - Port Lavaca and Point Comfort — Pilotage 28/07
195 Texas - Sabine Pass — Caution 26/06
200, 204, 206 -207 Gulf of Mexico - Galveston Bay — Gulf Gateway Deep Water Port 44/06
222 Gulf of Mexico - Mississippi - South Pass — Directions 01/08
222 Gulf of Mexico - Louisiana — Mississippi River -Gulf Outlet Canal 51/08
227 Florida - Port Boca Grande — Directions; Leading Lights 26/06
243 Florida - West of Cedar Keys — Wreck 32/06
243 Florida - Tampa Bay to Lighthouse Point — Wreck 35/07
258 Gulf of Mexico - Pensacola Bay — Leading lights 43/06
267 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Pilotage 07/07
288 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
70 West Indies I
70 Bermuda - North Channel — Directions 49/08
72 Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths 49/08
246, 247 Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths 49/08
252 Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths 49/08
256 Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour - Wreck Reef —
Directions; light
49/08
71 West Indies II
6 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
20, 75, 78, 122 -125, 368 U.S. Virgin Islands - Limetree Bay — Security zone; terminal 50/07
121 U.S. Virgin Islands - Frederiksted — Light 06/08
149, 159 -160, 163,
165 -167
Puerto Rico - Pasaje de Vieques — Directions 32/07
196 Sint Maarten - Approaches to Groot Baai and Klein Baai — Buoy 47/06
196 Sint Maarten - Groot Baai and Klein Baai — Prohibited Anchorage 09/06
207 Leeward Islands - Saba to Monserrat — Wreck 36/06
218 Montserrat - East and south -west coasts — Exclusion zone 10/07
219 Montserrat - Little Bay — Wreck 36/06
263, 268 Dominica - West coast — Nature reserve; light 08/07
272 Martinique - Approaches to Baie de Fort -de -France — Fish havens 07/07
275 -279 Martinique - Baie de Fort -de -France — Directions 34/06
284 -285 Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Buoyage 05/06
315, 322 Grenadines - Canouan — Depths 24/06
333 Grenada - St. George’s Harbour — Berth 15/06
346, 348 Barbados - Carlisle Bay - Bridgetown Deep Water Harbour —
Prohibited anchorage areas
18/08
347 -348 Barbados - Spring Garden — Submarine pipeline 20/06
366 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
44 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
69 Russia, North coast - Murmansk — Directions; wreck 39/05
Wk52/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
152 Russia, Arctic coast - Bol’shezemel’skaya Tundra — Varandey Oil
Terminal
4.26
Weekly
Edition
100 The Mariner’s Handbook
2 Australian and New Zealand Charts 25/05
4 International charts — International boundaries and national limits 37/05
6 Electronic Chart Display and Information System 29/05
6 Electronic Navigational Charts — Updating 42/05
6 Electronic Navigational Charts 29/05
6 Overlapping ENCs — Caution 47/06
30 Interpretation of source data 29/05
41 Use of moored marks 10/05
63 Pollution of the Sea — Ballast water 19/07
65 Piracy - ICC International Maritime Bureau — Contact details 48/08
71 Marine farms — Caution 22/07
81 Overhead Power Cables 46/06
85 Tidal streams — Information on charts 17/06
250 Glossary — Vertical clearance 17/06
136 Ocean Passages for the World
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong – Routes — Low -powered vessels; distance 26/04
UKHO
(HA. 905/008/001 -24) [52/08]
Wk52/08
09/08

NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
England - South Coast - Isle of Wight -
Approaches to Yarmouth Harbour — Directions;
light buoy
212
Paragraph 7.67 3 Lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Between Yarmouth Pier and Poole Belle Light Buoy
(special) ½ cable W of the pierhead, to the
requisite berth.
Yarmouth (IOW) Harbour Commissioners
(SDDs 2008000 093658; 094860) [51/08]
France - North Coast - Approaches to
Baie de la Fresnaye — Wreck
343
Paragraph 10.154 4 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...sand and mud. A 6⋅0 m wreck, marked by Laplace
Buoy (isolated danger) lies 5¼ cables SE of the point.
French Notice 08/47/27
(SDD 2008000 095714) [51/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East coast - Xinghua Wan;
Fuzhou Jiangyin; Haitan Haxia; Songxia;
Fuzhou and Luoyuan Wan —
Vessel traffic service; anchorage
159
After Paragraph 4.221 2 Add:
Vessel traffic service. The use of Fuzhou VTS is
compulsory for most vessels in Xinghua Wan and
approaches, for details see 4.291a.
160
After Paragraph 4.225 1 Add:
Vessel traffic service. The use of Fuzhou VTS is
compulsory for most vessels, for details see 4.291a.
161
After Paragraph 4.235 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
4.235a
The use of Fuzhou VTS is compulsory for most
vessels using Haitan Haxia, for details see 4.291a.
166
After Paragraph 4.259 1 line 3 Add:
Vessel traffic service. The use of Fuzhou VTS is
compulsory for most vessels in Songxia Gang and
approaches, for details see 4.291a.
Wk51/08
4.1
After Paragraph 4.259 1 line 9 Insert:
[51/08]
Large Vessel Waiting Anchorage is centred at
25°47′⋅2N 119°49′⋅0E, depth 21 m.
169
After Paragraph 4.291 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
4.291a
1 Fuzhou VTS covers the port of Fuzhou, including
Fuzhou Jiangyin (4.225), Songxia (4.259) and Luoyuan
Wan (5.20) and includes the waters of Xinghua Wan
(4.221) and Haitan Haxia (4.235a). Its use is
compulsory for most vessels, including all foreign
vessels.
It should be noted that in addition to the usual
24 hour arrival forecast, many vessels are required to
advise VTS seven days before arrival. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
179
After Paragraph 5.20 1 Add:
Vessel traffic service. The use of Fuzhou VTS is
compulsory for most vessels in Luoyuan and
approaches, for details see 4.291a.
Fuzhou Marine Command Centre
(HH. 548/462/06) [51/08]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2008 Edition)
Wales - South -west coast - Milford Haven —
Controlling depth; depths at berths
155
Paragraph 5.57 1 line 1 For 16⋅2 m (2006) Read 15⋅9 m
(2008)
166
Paragraph 5.100 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
No 1 Quay for vessels up to 165 m in length, is
180 m long with a controlling depth of 6⋅1 m. A light
is exhibited from the W corner of the quay.
Paragraph 5.103 1 line 9 For 5⋅4 m Read 4⋅2 m
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2008000 077011; 072429; 092995) [51/08]
England - West coast - Liverpool Bay —
Bar Light Buoy
233 - 235, 244 - 246, 260
Paragraphs 8.2, 8.10, heading below 8.11, 8.12, 8.17, 8.18,
8.21, 8.71, 8.80, 8.82, 8.83, 8.85, 8.87, 8.93 and 8.147 For
Bar Light Buoy Read Bar Light Float
Trinity House
(SDD 2008000 083557) [51/08]

NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Pakistan - Karachi Harbour —
Directions: buoyage
327
Paragraph 10.104 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:
...depth of 5⋅6 m and is marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger), thence:
Pakistan Notice 47/059/08
(SDD 2008000 094663) [51/08]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Hokkaido - Shakotan Misaki — Ramark
224
Paragraph 8.49 including heading Replace by:
Spare
8.49
226
Paragraph 8.66 including heading Replace by:
Spare
8.66
Japanese Notice 47/1646/08
(HH. 562/400/11) [51/08]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2008 Edition)
Italy - Sicilia - Trapani — VTS; regulations;
Safety zones; speed limit; fishing
367
Paragraph 9.62 1 Lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Vessel Traffic Service. A VTS, which operates
24 hours, regulates the movement of vessels within its
zone of operation. Participation in the service is
mandatory. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(3).
Notice of ETA required: 24 hours. Masters of
vessels bound for the anchorage areas, see below, must
contact the Maritime Authority on VHF for allocation
of an anchor berth. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(3).
368
After Paragraph 9.62 7 line 5 Add:
8 Two circular Safety Zones, A and B, with radius 5
and 2 cables respectively, are centred on Molo della
Colombaia outer breakwater head. All vessels entering
or departing, including fishing vessels and pleasure
craft, must proceed at a speed not exceeding 12 kn in
Safety Zone A. Fishing is prohibited in both Safety
Zones.
Italian Notices 5.21.08 and 25.21.08
(SDDs 2008000 092207; 92238) [51/08]
IV
4.2
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
The Netherlands - Zeegat van Texel —
Directional light
95
Paragraph 4.22 2 line 4 -6 Replace by:
Den Hoorn church (2½ miles SW). Schulpengat
Directional Light (4.37) is exhibited from the
spire.
97
Paragraph 4.36 1 line 13 Replace by:
Den Hoorn church (4½ miles NNE).
After Paragraph 4.37 1 line 1 Add:
Schulpengat Directional Light (on spire of Den
Hoorn church) (4½ miles NNE).
Paragraph 4.42 Replace by:
1
Spare
4.42
Paragraph 4.43 Add paragraph heading Directions
Paragraph 4.43 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
From the vicinity of SG Light Buoy (safe water)
(52°52′⋅9N 4°37′⋅9E), the line of bearing (026½°) of
Schulpengat Directional Light (4.37), which is
exhibited 24 hours of the day, leads for about 4 miles
along the channel to Breewijd. The channel, which is
marked by light buoys (lateral: numbers prefixed
by S), passes:
Netherlands Notice 48/523/08
(SDD 2008000 095335) [51/08]
Germany - Die Weser — Traffic regulations
175
After Paragraph 6.125 1 line 14 Add:
6.125a
1 Right -of -way vessels (1.100) include vessels with
a draught in fresh water exceeding 13⋅2 m and
extraordinarily large vessels as defined in 6.126.
Paragraph 6.126 2 line 2 Add:
For the passage from sea to Bremerhaven vessels
with a beam of more than 46 m are classed as
extraordinarily large vessels also.
176
Paragraph 6.145 1 - 2 Replace by:
1 See information commencing at 6.125.
Meeting restrictions. Right -of -way vessels
(6.125a) whose combined beam exceeds 65 m are
prohibited from meeting one another at bends in the
channel marked by the following pairs of light buoys:
Nos 25/26, 33/34, 41/42, 48/49.
Overtaking restrictions. Right -of -way vessels are
prohibited from overtaking one another in Wremer
Loch between Nos 33/34 Light Buoys and No 51a
Light Buoy.
Wk51/08

2 Meeting and overtaking restrictions.
Right -of -way vessels are prohibited from meeting and
overtaking one another in the narrows of Blexen
Bogen, the acute bend in the channel abreast
Bremerhaven, between No 59 Light Buoy and a ferry
pier at Blexen (1¾ miles S) near Km 63.
Tugs. Vessels bound for Bremerhaven with a
draught of more than 12⋅8 m are required to have tugs
in attendance from No 51 Light Buoy. Vessels are to
ensure that the tug can be secured immediately if
required.
German Notices to Mariners Week 45/08
(SDD 2008000 091016) [51/08]
Wk51/08
IV
4.3
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Gulf of Mexico - Louisiana —
Mississippi River -Gulf Outlet Canal
222
After Paragraph 8.162 1 Line 5 Insert:
Caution. De -authorisation and impending closure
of the Mississippi River -Gulf Outlet Canal to
navigation by deep -draught vessels was reported
in 2008.
US Coast Pilot 5 (36th Edition) 2008
(HH. 078/554/11) [51/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Germany — Internal Waters (Entering
Requirements) Ordinance
10
After Paragraph 1.53 1 line 6 Add:
See also 1.78a.
13
After Paragraph 1.78 Insert:
Internal Waters (Entering Requirements)
Ordinance
1.78a
1 The following is an extract from the Ordinance
(Anlaufbedingungsverordnung (AnlBV)) concerning the
reduction of sulphur emissions:
The Ordinance does not apply to the following:
a) vessels employed for government purposes and
serving non -commercial purposes, including
service and scientific research vessels, as well as
vessels engaged in pilot transfer services.
b) warships of other States and other State ships
operated for non -commercial purposes.
c) vessels with a hull length not exceeding
45 metres.
2 In connection with the reduction of sulphur
emissions, ships using different marine fuels are only
allowed to call at a German port if the following
entries regarding fuel change -over operations have
been made correctly in the ship’s logbook:
(i) quantity of low -sulphur marine fuel (

logbook entry immediately afterwards and report the
entry subsequently without any delay.
Failure to comply with the foregoing will lead to
prosecution by Waterways and Shipping Directorates
North and Northwest.
For full details reference should be made to the
above Ordinance.
German Notice 01/Notifications/08
(SDD 2008000 001304) [50/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - West coast - Pertuis Breton —
Directions; obstruction
178
After Paragraph 7.90 3 line 8 Add:
Clear of an obstruction (46°16′⋅3N 1°26′⋅9W),
thence:
French Notice 08/45/07
(SDD 2008000 092925) [50/08]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Hecate Strait - Inshore route — Directions
168
Paragraph 6.30 5 line 1 For WNW Read ENE
Paragraph 6.30 5 line 5 For ESE Read WSW
Paragraph 6.30 6 line 1 For ESE Read WSW
Paragraph 6.30 6 line 3 For WNW Read ENE
Paragraph 6.30 6 line 6 For ESE Read WSW
Paragraph 6.30 6 line 7 For WNW Read ENE
Paragraph 6.30 7 line 1 For ESE Read WSW
Paragraph 6.30 7 line 3 For ESE Read WSW
Canadian Chart 3726
(HH. 026/200/01) [50/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Wenzhou Wan and Leqing
Wan and approaches — Directions; wreck;
buoyage; anchorages; pilotage
186
Paragraph 5.61 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
The track then leads N and continues to a position
E of Hutou Yu (26½ miles NNE), from where a light
(5.59) is exhibited. A dangerous wreck (reported
2003), and marked close E by a light buoy (isolated
danger) lies 4 miles ENE, and Dongtou Liedao Y1
Light Buoy (safe water, racon) 5 miles farther E.
Paragraph 5.62 7 line 6 Replace by:
...(27°50′N 121°15′E), and clear of a dangerous wreck
(reported 2003) 4 miles ENE, marked close E by a
light buoy (isolated danger).
Wk50/08
IV
4.2
189
Paragraph 5.80 1 line 4 Replace by:
...anchorages for refuge on the coast of Zhejiang
Province, and is being developed as a commercial
port, part of the port of Wenzhou, for vessels to
100 000 dwt.
After Paragraph 5.80 3 line 2 Insert:
Approaches. It is approached from SE through a
channel marked by light buoys (lateral) (5.81a), or
alternatively from Wenzhou Wan via Huangda Xia
(5.81); the latter route crosses a bank with a depth of
5⋅8 m.
Outer Anchorage. Pilot and Quarantine Anchorage
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, is at
28°02′⋅5N 121°12′⋅4E. A corridor in which anchoring
and fishing are prohibited lies close E.
Pilotage. Pilots board in the anchorage area, see
also 5.100.
190
After Paragraph 5.81 4 line 3 Add:
5.81a
From sea to Pilot and Quarantine Anchorage
1 From a position in the vicinity of Dongtou Liedao
Y1 Light Buoy (safe water) (27°50′⋅6N 121°25′⋅2E),
the track leads NW through a channel marked by light
buoys (lateral), passing (with positions from Dayan
Tou Light (28°02′N 121°09′E)):
2 NE of a light buoy (isolated danger) (14¾ miles
SE), marking a wreck (reported 2003) close
W, thence:
Between Y3 and Y4 Light Buoys (lateral) (11 miles
SE), thence:
3 Over the E end of a bank (9 miles SE) extending
5 miles SE from Luxi Dao (5.68) with depths
less than 10 m; deeper water may be found
NE of the buoyed channel. Thence:
4 SW of Nanpanshan Light (metal lattice beacon,
6 m in height) (6 miles ESE), exhibited from
the SW point of the island (5.123). A light
is also exhibited from Beipanshan Yu (5.123),
2½ cables NE. Thence:
5 NE of Cao Yu Light (5.123) (5¼ miles ESE),
exhibited from an islet close E of Luxi Dao;
rocks and other dangers lie within 2½ cables.
6 The track then continues NW to either the Pilot and
Quarantine Anchorage (5.80) (2¾ miles E), or a
position N of Y10 Light Buoy (port hand) (2½ miles
ESE).
5.81b
EntrytoLeqingWan
1 From the Pilot and Quarantine Anchorage
(28°02′⋅5N 121°12′⋅4E), or a position N of Y10 Light
Buoy (port hand), 1¼ miles S, the track leads
generally W, passing (with positions from Dayan Tou
Light (28°02′N 121°09′E)):
2 N of a bank, depth 0⋅8 m, (1 mile SE) extending
4 cables ENE from E point of Hengzhi Shan
(Hengzhishan), 118 m high; a light (5.81) is
exhibited from WSW point, thence:
S of Dayan Tou Light (white square masonry
structure, 8 m in height), exhibited from S point

of Yuhuan Dao (5.80), and 7 cables N of Hengzhi
Shan across a deep strait.
3 The track then continues to a position N of
4
Y12 Light Buoy (port hand) (1¼ miles W).
The track then leads NNW up Leqing Wan through a
channel marked by light buoys (safe water, lateral
and W cardinal) to a position W of Dawu
(7¾ miles NNW), a small island 81 m high.
The channel passes through two anchorages, and
other anchorages (5.82) lie to E and N, and jetties on
E and W side may be approached from the channel.
After Paragraph 5.82 Insert:
Berths
5.82a
1 Damai Yu: L--shaped jetty (28°07′⋅0N
121°07′⋅3E), extending about 1200 m W from
Yuhuan Dao, with berths on both sides of
jetty head about 500 m in length; for vessels
with bulk cargo to 100 000 dwt, depths about
12 m.
2 Yuedian: L--shaped jetty (28°10′⋅0N 121°06′⋅4E),
extending about 1250 m E from mainland,
with berths on the jetty head about 470 m in
length, depths about 10 m on outer side.
Further L--shaped jetties lie within 1 m N.
Developments. It is planned to have 15 berths in
Leqing Wan handling vessels between 10 000 and
100 000 dwt.
191
After Paragraph 5.99 Insert:
3 Leqing Wan
Pilot and Quarantine Anchorage (28°02′⋅5N
121°12′⋅4E), see 5.80.
Wuxing Yu Anchorage (28°00′⋅2N 121°06′⋅5E), see
5.82.
After Paragraph 5.100 1 line 3 Insert:
For Leqing Wan the pilot and quarantine anchorage
is at 28°02′⋅5N 121°12′⋅4E, see 5.81.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Chinese Chart 13715; Chinese Notices 29/1037 and
1040/08, 37/1379/08, 38/1405, 1408 and 1409/08
(HH. 548/467/01) [50/08]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Mumbai (Bombay) harbour and approaches —
Directions; Safety Fairways; TSS; anchorage;
traffic regulations
228
Paragraph 7.16 including heading Replace by:
Safety Fairways
7.16
1 Safety Fairways, mandatory for Indian registered
vessels and recommended for all other vessels, are
charted in the approaches to Mumbai to assist mariners
navigate safely and clear of oilfield development areas.
One fairway leads in an E/W direction passing S of
Mumbai, Mukta—Panna and Bassein and Bombay
High oilfield development areas and N of Neelam
IV
4.3
Heera and Ratna oilfield development area. Other
fairways lead, generally in N/S directions passing E
and W of Neelam Heera and Ratna oilfield
development area, and in a NNW direction passing E
of Mukta—Panna and Bassein oilfield development
area.
2 To minimise risk of head -on encounters, mariners
are advised to keep their vessels as near to the outer
limit of the fairway which lies on their starboard side
as is safe and practicable while approaching or leaving
Mumbai, consistent with International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972).
242
Paragraph 7.140 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 32/07 Replace by:
1 Vessels on passage offshore may use either of the
following Safety Fairways (7.16) as shown on the
chart:
From the vicinity of 17°30′N 71°53′E theSafety
Fairway leads N passing W of Neelam Heera and
Ratna Oilfield Development Area (7.14); thence
it joins the Safety Fairway from W to Mumbai
(7.156).
2 From the vicinity of 17°30′N 72°41′E theSafety
Fairway leads generally N passing E of
Neelam Heera and Ratna Oilfield
Development Area.
Caution. A stranded wreck (18°37′⋅4N 72°33′⋅6E)
lies close E of the fairway; an obstruction (18°39′⋅2N
72°35′⋅9E) and a dangerous wreck (18°41′⋅7N
72°37′⋅4E) (position approximate) lie further NE.
244
Paragraph 7.156 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
1 The Safety Fairways (7.16) for approaching and
leaving Mumbai are shown on the chart.
245
Paragraph 7.156 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
2 Approach from west. From the vicinity of 18°53′N
71°00′E the Safety Fairway leads E passing S of...
After Paragraph 7.160 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme
7.160a
1 The traffic separation scheme, charted in the
approaches to Mumbai Harbour, is not IMO adopted.
The Indian authorities advise that the TSS is
mandatory for all vessels entering and leaving Mumbai
Harbour and Jawaharlal Nehru (Nhava -Sheva) Port,
irrespective of size.
246
Paragraph 7.172 1-3 Replace by:
1 For vessels approaching Mumbai via the charted
Safety Fairways the chart is sufficient guide.
From a position within the precautionary area
(18°50′N 72°34′E), the route leads E then ENE
through the E -bound lane of the TSS and maintained
depth approach channel (7.158), passing (with
positions from Prongs Reef Lighthouse (7.169)):
2 N of a dangerous wreck (12½ miles WSW),
thence:
Wk50/08

S of a dangerous wreck (10½ miles W), position
approximate, thence:
S of a restricted area (6½ miles W) enclosing
numerous wrecks; a light buoy (starboard hand)
is moored within the area. Thence:
3 N of an obstruction (7 miles SW), position
approximate, and N of a dangerous wreck
(5½ miles SW), noting a wreck with a depth
of 10⋅1 m over it lying close E. Thence:
247
Paragraph 7.174 including heading Replace by:
Anchorage
7.174
1 An anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies 21 miles NW of Prongs Reef Light.
248
Paragraph 7.195 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation scheme. See 7.160a.
Restricted areas:
A restricted area, enclosing numerous dangerous
wrecks, lies 6½ miles W of Prongs Reef
Lighthouse as shown on the chart.
A restricted area for Indian naval vessels lies
between Middle Ground Islet (7.208) and South
Breakwater 4 cables NW (7.220). Entry is
prohibited for all other vessels; see note on the
chart.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 038/200/01) [50/08]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2008 Edition)
Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous
wreck
318
Paragraph 7.229 5 Line 5 Replace by:
...coastal bank extending SE from Bancs des
Sur-Kenis, and noting a dangerous wreck (29 miles S).
Paragraph 7.230 1 Line 5 Insert:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(18 miles SE), thence:
SSW of O Light Buoy (11 miles SE), thence:
319
Paragraph 7.231 1 Lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From a position SE of O Light Buoy (34°08′N
10°26′E) the track leads 18 miles SW through open
water, passing with positions fron Bordj Djilidj Light
(33°53′N 10°45′E) (7.259):
NW of a stranded wreck lying on the 20 m depth
contour line, (7¾ miles NW), thence:
NW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(15 miles NW).
Navarea III 423/08
(SDD 2008000 083545) [50/08]
Wk50/08
IV
4.4
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Denmark — Pilotage
9
Paragraph 1.58 2 line 3 Delete of over 1500 dwt
After Paragraph 1.58 2 line 12 Add:
Vessels having on board more than 5000 tonnes of
bunker oil.
Danish Pilotage Act No 567 0f June 2006
(SDD 2008000 088874) [50/08]
Germany — Internal Waters (Entering
Requirements) Ordinance
16
After Paragraph 1.104 5 line 3 Add:
In connection with the reduction of sulphur
emissions, ships using different marine fuels are
only allowed to call at a German port if the
following entries regarding fuel change -over
operations have been made correctly in the ship’s
logbook:
(i) quantity of low -sulphur marine fuel
(< 1⋅5% by mass) in each tank;
(ii)date, time and position of each fuel
change -over operation.
6 The Master shall carry out the change -over
operation early enough to ensure that upon
entering the SOx control area “North Sea” or
“Baltic Sea”, the fuel oil system has been
flushed fully of any residues of marine fuel
which do not have a low sulphur content.
7 The Master shall inform the contact point of the
German port of call concerned of the logbook
entry not later than 24 hours prior to arrival,
or, if the voyage is less than 24 hours, not
later than the time of departure from the
previous port. In circumstances where the
port of destination is not known until less
than 24 hours prior to arrival, the report is to
be made as soon as the information becomes
available.
8 If the change -over of fuel is made at a later
time than required above, the Master shall
make the logbook entry immediately
afterwards and report the entry subsequently
without any delay.
Failure to comply with the foregoing will lead to
prosecution by Waterways and Shipping
Directorates North and Northwest.
German Notice 01/Notifications/08
(SDD 2008000 001304) [50/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Nigeria - Lagos approaches — Directions;
dangerous wrecks
338
Paragraph 11.142 5 lines 1 -2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 42/08 Replace by:
5 Caution. Dangerous wrecks lie in the vicinity of
West Mole as follows (with positions relative to the
Mole -head):
9 cables E;
1⋅1 miles SE;
1⋅2 miles SSW;
1⋅1 miles WSW.
Saja Shipping
(SDD 2008000 089356) [49/08]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil - E coast – Ponta do Cacurucaia
eastwards — Directions; platform
212
After Paragraph 6.186 2 line 10 Add:
Offshore mark:
Platform PCP -3 (lit) (21°14′S 40°26′W).
Brazilian Notice 19/189/08
(SDD 2008000 087565) [49/08]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Denmark — Pilotage
8
Paragraph 1.40 1-3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels
entering Danish internal and external waters and
destined for a Danish port, loading to or from another
vessel in Danish territorial waters (ship to ship), or
requiring to anchor in Danish territorial waters:
(a) Vessels carrying oil or having uncleaned cargo
tanks that have not been inerted.
(b) Vessels carrying chemicals.
(c) Vessels carrying gases.
(d) Vessels with more than 5000 tonnes of bunker oil
on board.
(e) Vessels carrying highly radioactive material.
2 (f) Vessels being towed exceeding 150 gt or
28 m LOA in dredged channels or marked
navigational channels when entering or
leaving harbour.
Wk49/08
4.1
[49/08]
(g) Where the towed vessel is not manned or cannot
be propelled by its engines the tugs shall use
pilots. Vessels being towed within the same
harbour area are exempt pilotage.
Within the limits of this volume compulsory
pilotage does not apply in the following waters:
(a) Waters N of 57°39′⋅0N where the vessels distance
to the baseline is greater than 3 nautical miles.
(b) Route A.
(c) Route B between 11°09′E and 12°31′E.
(d) Route T to the N of 56°29′N if the vessels draught
is less than 11 metres.
(e) Langelandsbælt:
(i) Route H, S of 54°48′⋅0N
(ii) Route T, S of 54°48′⋅0N
3 The requirements for compulsory pilotage may vary
at individual ports as stated in the text.
The Danish Pilotage Authority specifies more
detailed rules on the exemption of certain ships from
the obligation to use a pilot and on the exemption
from the obligation to use a pilot in certain waters.
For detailed information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
166
Paragraph 5.97 1-2 Replace by:
1 For information on compulsory pilotage see 1.40. In
addition vessels with a draught of 6⋅0 m or over shall
use a pilot from Hals Barre Light (5.108) to Aalborg.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels exceeding 80 m
LOA for passage of the railway bridge over
Limfjorden at Aalborg.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
176
Paragraph 5.173 1 line 1 For of 1000 dwt or more Read
exceeding 60 m LOA
188
Paragraph 6.8 2 lines 1 -4 Delete
190
Paragraph 6.33 1 line 1 For 6.8 Read 1.40
206
Paragraph 6.141 1 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for passage through
Knippelsbro (6.132) and Langebro for vessels over
80 m in length. Vessels are obliged to use a tug when
passing Knippelsbro and Langebro.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels arriving or
departing from Amagerværkets Havn (6.174) or
Prøvestenshavnen (6.175), unless the vessel has an
LOA less than 90 m and is equipped with bow
thrusters and sufficient engine power.

Paragraph 6.141 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
For details see 1.40 and Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
213
Paragraph 6.180 3 line 1 For 6.8 Read 1.40
224
Paragraph 6.278 3 line 2 For 6.8 Read 1.40
229
Paragraph 6.319 4 line 1 For 6.8 Read 1.40
265
Paragraph 7.197 1-2 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory between Gabet and Odense
Havn for the following vessels:
Vessels exceeding 70 m LOA.
Vessels exceeding 11 m beam.
Vessels required to take a pilot must also use a
pilot during warping within Odense Havn.
2 Pilotage is compulsory between Gabet and Lindø
for the following vessels:
Vessels exceeding 100 m LOA.
Vessels exceeding 15 m beam.
For details see 1.40 and Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
360
Paragraph 11.76 2 line 4 For length Read LOA
Danish Pilotage Act No 567 of June 2006 and Executive
Order No 378 of May 2008
(SDD 2008000 088874) [49/08]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Denmark — Pilotage
10
Paragraph 1.53 1-3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels
entering Danish internal and external waters and
destined for a Danish port, reloading to or from
another vessel in Danish territorial waters (STS), or
requiring to anchor in Danish territorial waters:
(a) Vessels carrying oil or having uncleaned cargo
tanks that have not been inerted.
(b) Vessels carrying chemicals.
(c) Vessels carrying gases.
(d) Vessels with more than 5000 tonnes of bunker oil
on board.
(e) Vessels carrying highly radioactive material.
2 (f) Vessels being towed exceeding 150 gt or
28 m LOA in dredged channels or marked
navigational channels when entering or
leaving harbour.
(g) Where the towed vessel is not manned or cannot
be propelled by its engines the tugs shall use
pilots. Vessels being towed within the same
harbour area are exempt pilotage.
IV
4.2
Within the limits of this volume compulsory
pilotage does not apply to the waters surrounding
Bornholm and Ertholmene (Christiansø), where the
vessels distance from the baseline is greater than
3 miles.
3 The requirements for compulsory pilotage may vary
at individual ports as stated in the text.
The Danish Pilotage Authority specifies more
detailed rules on the exemption of certain ships from
the obligation to use a pilot and on the exemption
from the obligation to use a pilot in certain waters.
91
Paragraph 2.50 2 lines 3 -4 Delete ...Pilotage is compulsory
for tankers over 1500 dwt.
Danish Pilotage Act No 567 of June 2006 and Executive
Order No 378 of May 2008
(SDD 2008000 088874) [49/08]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - Port of stanbul — Directions
103
After Paragraph 2.350 3 line 5 Insert:
4 Caution. A tunnel is being constructed (2008)
under stanbul BoÔazi between Sarayburnu and
KÝzkulesi. Mariners should exercise extreme caution
when transiting the area, as extensive surface
operations and changes to aids to navigation will occur
as the work progresses. The latest information will be
provided by VTS.
MV Queen Victoria
(SDD 2008000 088788) [49/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van
Holland — Maasvlakte Light
196
Paragraph 8.8 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 From a position about 4 miles SE of Steenbank
Pilot Station (51°45′N 3°13′E) (7.14), the coastal route
leads 30 miles NE to a position on the S boundary of
the Maas Centre Precautionary Area (9.11) in the
vicinity of MV Light Buoy (W cardinal) (51°58′⋅4N
3°56′⋅7E).
Paragraph 8.15 2 line 7 Delete
197
Paragraph 8.16 1 line 2 -5 Replace by:
From a position about 4 miles SE of Steenbank
Pilot Station (51°45′N 3°13′E) the route leads 30 miles
NE to a position on the S boundary of the Maas
Centre Precautionary Area (9.11) in the vicinity of MV
Wk49/08

Light Buoy (W cardinal) (51°58′⋅4N 3°56′⋅7E). The
route passes:
Paragraph 8.16 5 lines 6 -8 Including Section IV Notice
Week 38/08 Replace by:
To a position on the S boundary of the Maas
Centre Precautionary Area in the vicinity of MV Light
Buoy (W cardinal) (51°58′⋅4N 3°56′⋅7E), which marks
the entrance to the recommended crossing route for
small craft (9.12a). A prohibited area marked by light
buoys (cardinal) extends up to 2½ miles W of
Maasvlakte Radar Tower (51°58′⋅2N 4°00′⋅9E).
208
Paragraph 8.130 1 line 6 Delete
214
Section IV Notice Week 22/08 Paragraph 9.33 3 lines 3 -4
Delete
229
Paragraph 10.9 1 line 4 Delete
Netherlands Notice 45/501/08
(SDD 2008000 090944) [49/08]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China south coast - Huizhou - Mabianzhou
Hangdao — Directions; leading lights
351
Paragraph 10.116 1 Replace by:
1 From a position close SW of No 1 Light Buoy
(22°29′⋅6N 114°44°⋅1E) marking the SE end of
Mabianzhou Hangdao, the track leads NNW through a
buoyed channel, dredged to 20⋅9 m, for about 11 miles.
Mabianzhou Hangdao Leading Lights:
Front Light (22°41′⋅5N 114°38′⋅9E) (concrete
tower, 30 m in height).
Rear Light (1⋅6 miles from front light) (concrete
tower, 57 m in height).
The alignment (338¼°) of the leading lights leads
through the centre of this channel to a position close E
of the terminal.
Chinese Chart 15369; Chinese Notice 39/Section 1
(HH. 550/403/01) [49/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou including
outer and inner approaches — Directions;
anchorages; regulations; buoyage
251 to 257
Replace:
Pages in entirety, including existing Section IV Notices
Weeks 23/08 and 40/08, with replacement pages
251 -257c printed at the end of this week’s Section IV
Notices.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 032/200/01) [49/08]
Wk49/08
IV
4.3
Yellow Sea - Qingdao Gang — Directions; pilot
boarding positions
296
Paragraph 8.64 5 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...(8.108), wherein lies the pilot boarding position.
299
Paragraph 8.95 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The
boarding area is No 2 Precautionary Area (36°01′⋅3N
120°19′⋅8E); for details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
Tugs are available.
301
Paragraph 8.108 3 line 7 For SSE Read SSW
302
Paragraph 8.108 7 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...the pilot boarding position (8.95) lies in this area.
Huiquan Jiao (3¼ miles NNE),...
Paragraph 8.109 1 lines 9 -11 Replace by:
NNE of Xiang Zui (1¾ miles NW) (8.95), thence:
Chinese Chart 12351
(HH. 548/506/05) [49/08]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
PØpºvºv Port and PØpºvºv Bandar
271 - 273
Paragraphs 8.102 to 8.108 including headings, and
including Existing Section IV Notice Week 16/08 Replace
by:
1
P—P†V†V PORT
Chart 1486 with plan of PØpºvºv
General information
8.102
Position and function. PØpºvºv (20°55′N 71°30′E),
situated on the mainland NW of Shiºl Bet, is an all
season port importing and exporting bulk cargoes
including coal, cement and fertilisers, break -bulk,
containers and LPG.
2 Topography. Shiºl Bet (20°54′N 71°31′E), an
island standing close W of Savºi Bet (8.100), is
mostly bounded by rocky cliffs but small bays on its
NW and E sides are low and sandy. The ruins of large
buildings and of fine temples cover much of the
island; there are a few stunted trees and a small
village stands in the NW part.
Mushroom Rock, 5 m high, with a lower rock close
SW, stand on the fringing reef off the SW end of
Shiºl Bet.
3 West Channel, buoyed, leads W of Shiºl Bet
Island. A beacon, weathered to a conical shape and
visible during LW, stands on the drying reef close
WNW of Mushroom Rock; it should not be confused
with the buoys (lateral) marking the E limit of the

channel. A wreck, partly visible during LW, lies on the
reef off the W limit of the channel about 6½ cables
WSW of the beacon.
4 East Channel leads N of Bhensala Rock (8.100),
Savºi Bet and Shiºl Bet, this channel is shallow and
only used by small craft with local knowledge.
Port Limits are shown on the chart and plan.
Approach and entry. The port is approached from
S and entered through the buoyed West Channel.
Traffic. In 2007 the port was used by 1141 vessels
totalling 16 519 926 dwt.
Port Authority. Gujarat PØpºvºv Port Ltd, Post
Ucchaiya, Gujarat 365 560.
Internet: www.pipavav.com
Limiting conditions
8.103
1 Controlling depth for PØpºvºv Port is reported
(2008) to be 11⋅5 m for vessels berthing at GPPL or
LNG jetties; for vessels berthing at UCL jetty
see 8.107.
Deepest and longest berth: See 8.107.
Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 2.7 m;
mean minimum range about 1.2 m. See information in
Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3.
Density of water: 1⋅025 g/cm 3 .
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. It was reported
(2008) that the port has handled a container vessel of
305 m LOA, and a bulk carrier with a draught of
12⋅5 m.
Local weather. A heavy swell occurs, S of the
entrance, during the SW monsoon whenever a tropical
disturbance develops some distance S off the coast.
Arrival Information
8.104
1 Port Radio. Port control should be contacted on
VHF for pilotage and anchorage information.
Notice of ETA: 72, 48, 24, 12 and 6 hours notice
of ETA should be sent to the Harbour Master, for
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Outer anchorages. Vessels should contact port
control for advice prior to anchoring.
2 The tidal flow in the charted anchorage, lying close
S of Savºi Bet Light (20°54′N 71°32′E), is reported
(2008) to be very strong making anchoring difficult.
The port authority recommends that vessels with deep
draughts anchor at least 3 miles S of Savºi Bet Light
in suitable depths and vessels with lesser draughts
anchor 2 to 3 miles SE of the light.
Prohibited anchorage area exists N of 20°52′⋅5N
between 71°29′⋅5E and 71°31′⋅5E; this is the
navigation zone for vessels entering and leaving port.
3 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.
Pilots generally board in position 20°52′⋅5N 71°29′⋅8E
on the 010° lead. Vessels less than 100 m LOA and
draught under 4⋅5 m which call frequently at the port
may be boarded inside the channel about 2 -3 cables
SSE of UCL Jetty. Berthing/unberthing at LPG jetty is
during daylight hours only.
Tugs are available and join inbound vessels
between Nos 4 and 6 Light Buoys.
Regulations concerning entry. Vessels should not
enter the buoyed channel without a pilot.
IV
4.4
Harbour
8.105
1 General layout. The main berths lie on the W side
of West Channel. A turning circle, radius 550 m, lies
SE of Berth No 3.
Developments. A shipyard, incorporating a dry and
a wet basin, each capable of accommodating two
Panamax size vessels, is under construction (2008)
inshore, between GPPL and UCL Jetties. It is also
proposed to deepen the approach channel and turning
basin.
Ferry. A ferry service operates across the channel
between the SW end of GPPL Jetty and NW Shiºl Bet
where there is a landing.
2 Storm signals are displayed from the top of Port
Control Building located about 200 m NNW of the
SW end of GPPL Jetty; the brief system is used.
See 1.50.
Tidal streams. The in -going stream sets across the
S approach to West Channel where it divides. One
branch sets N through West Channel and thence NE
towards Chºnch Island with a spring rate of 1½ to
2½ kn and a rate of about 1½ kn at neaps; the other
branch sets ENE past Savºi Bet Reef and thence
towards Bhensala Rock (20°55′N 71°33′E) (8.100) at a
rate of 3 kn at springs and from 2 to 3 kn at neaps.
3 The out -going stream, with a SW set S of Chºnch
Island, divides N of Bhensala Rock. One branch sets
W through East Channel and thence SW through West
Channel attaining a rate of 2 kn at springs and 1 kn at
neaps; the other branch sets towards Savºi Bet Reef
and thence W along the coast with a rate of 2 to
2½ kn at springs and 1½ kn at neaps.
Eddies. Strong eddies form in West Channel at HW
and LW.
Directions
8.106
1 Landmarks: for details of marks in the vicinity of
the port see 8.97.
West Channel No 1 Leading Lights:
Front light (metal framework structure, 35 m in
height) (20°55′⋅1N 71°30′⋅3E).
Rear light (metal framework structure, 45 m in
height) (200 m from front).
From a position about 4 miles off the SW end of
UCL Jetty (20°54′⋅5N 71°30′⋅1E) the alignment (010°)
of these lights leads into West Channel, marked by
light buoys (lateral) and towards UCL Jetty (8.107).
2 No 2 Leading Lights:
Front light (20°55′⋅5N 071°31′⋅0E).
Rear light (285 m from front).
From a position in the vicinity of UCL Jetty the
alignment (033°) of the above lights leads to
GPPL Jetty.
3 Caution. Due to the current setting strongly across
the channel entrance, the harbour authority
recommends all vessels, especially vessels with an
LOA greater than 160 m and draught of 9 m or more
to make good a speed of 3 to 4 knots over the ground
whilst keeping on the line of transit. When the
strength is appreciable, it may be necessary to steer up
to 30° across the current to maintain track.
4 Vessels should be prepared to abort the approach
and take all way off and/or turn around using bold
engines and helm if they feel the pilot will not be able
Wk49/08

to take the con by the time the vessel has arrived at
latitude 20°52′⋅7N during in -going tide and latitude
20°53′⋅0N during out -going tide. Vessels waiting at
significant distances off the port should make
appropriate allowances to make the pilot boarding area
at the appointed time.
5 Useful marks:
Mosque (white domed) on Savºi Bet(20°54′⋅3N
71°31′⋅7E).
UCL Jetty (20°54′⋅5N 71°31′⋅1E), makes a good
radar target for the approach.
Berths
8.107
1 GPPL Jetty, comprises four berths orientated
NE -SW. Berth Nos 1 -3, dredged (2006) to a depth of
13⋅5 m alongside, are in -line and 688 m in length.
Berth No 4, offset by 47 m into the channel along its
387 m length, and the 305 m long LPG Jetty, a
dolphin berth extending further NE, were dredged
(2006) to 15⋅5 m.
2 UCL Jetty. A cement factory, situated 1½ miles
WSW of Chachuda Temple (20°55′N, 71°29′E), is
served by UCL Jetty, which extends 1¼ miles E from
the coast. The jetty terminates in a dog -leg berth,
337 m in length, and can accommodate vessels of
50 000 tonnes displacement, maximum draught 11⋅0 m,
subject to tide.
Port Services
8.108
1 Repairs. Minor only.
Other facilities. Hospital; garbage and waste oil
collection.
Supplies. Diesel oil and fresh water are available
by road tanker; provisions.
Communications. Diu Airport - 80 km; Bhavnagar
Airport - 150 km.
273
After ANCHORAGES AND HARBOURS Insert:
PØpºvºv Bandar
8.108a
1 General information. PØpºvºv Bandar (20°59′N
71°34′E), lying inland close NE of the junction of
Devrºpura and Motapºt Creeks, is only used by local
small craft. Dungar, a small town, is situated 6 miles
N of the port.
Chºnch Island, about 5 miles long and forming the
S boundary of Motapºt Creek, runs parallel to the
mainland coastline and a large mangrove swamp
which is submerged at very high spring tides. The N
half of the island is covered with salt pans.
East Channel leads N of Bhensala Rock, Savºi Bet
and Shiºl Bet, this channel is shallow and only used
by small craft with local knowledge.
2 Motapºt Creek, separating the N side of Chºnch
Island, from the mainland, is the outlet for waters
covering an immense marsh at HW; it provides a boat
channel to PØpºvºv Bandar. The creek is fed by many
small creeks of which the principal is Devrºpura
Creek. Spit Sand, which dries in places, extends about
1¾ miles SW from the W end of Chºnch Island; its
SW edge is named The Spit.
Wk49/08
IV
4.5
Tidal streams. See 8.105.
Anchorage for small craft can be obtained, with
local knowledge, N of Bhensala Rock, in mud.
PØpºvºv Harbourmaster; UKHO
(SDD 2008000 069241) [49/08]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Newfoundland – Grand Bank Harbour —
Directions; sector light
160
Paragraph 4.95 1 line 4 Replace by:
...(18 ft), leading on Grand Bank sector light
(framework tower, 7 m in height) (47°06′N 55°45′W)
passing N of VG1 Light Buoy (port hand) moored...
Canadian Eastern Notice 10/4832/08
(SDD 2008000 088999) [49/08]
Newfoundland — Bacalhao Island – Directions;
sector light
300
Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph 8.184 3
lines 7 -9 Replace by:
The track then leads on Bacalhao Island sector
light, to a position about 8 cables NE of the N
extremity of Duck Island (3¼ miles NW).
Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph 8.185 1
line 3 For (298° -299°) Read (297½° -299½°)
Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph 8.186 1
line 3 For (298° -299°) Read (297½° -299½°)
Canadian Eastern Notice 10/4862/08
(SDD 2008000 089004) [49/08]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
German Bight - Western Approach TSS —
Buoyage
8
Paragraph 1.51 1 line 13 For GW11/Jade Light Buoy Read
GW/Jade Light Buoy.
Paragraph 1.53 1 line 4 For GW11/Jade Light Buoy Read
GW/Jade Light Buoy.
71
Paragraph 2.40 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 Traffic lanes in each direction are 2 miles wide.
GW/EMS Light Buoy (superbuoy) (54°10′N 6°21′E)
(2.29) is moored on the centreline of the Separation
Zone at the junction of the route which leads to Die
Ems (2.41). Thereafter the centreline of the Separation
Zone is marked in succession by GW/A, GW/B and

GW/C Light Buoys (safe water) spaced 10 miles apart.
Paragraph 2.42 1 line 8 For GW11/Jade Light Buoy Read
GW/Jade Light Buoy.
161
Paragraph 6.4 1 lines 5 -6 For GW11/Jade Light Buoy Read
GW/Jade Light Buoy.
German Notice 43/P(21)50/2008
(SDD 2008000 087208) [49/08]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Gjesvær - Entrance channel and anchorage —
Submarine cable
218
R6 After ...close SW. Insert: A submarine cable has been
laid through the harbour entrance channel, coming ashore
at Springneset (71°06′⋅1N 25°22′⋅8E), on the N side of the
anchorage (10.176).
R69 After ...holding ground Insert: , taking care to remain
clear of the submarine cable on the N side of the basin
(10.170).
Norwegian Notice 21/1209/08
(SDD 2008000 091903) [49/08]
Kvaløya - Forsøl - Sandbukta — Anchorages
L39-43Delete
259
Norwegian Notice 21/1206/08
(SDD 2008000 091900) [49/08]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Buzzards Bay, Cape Cod Canal and New Bedford
Harbor — Landmark
143
Paragraph 5.144 2 lines 5 -6 Delete
149
Paragraph 5.206 including heading Replace by:
Spare
5.206
US Coast Pilot 2 38th Edition 2009 Change No 1
(HH. 078/551/09) [49/08]
New Haven Harbor — Depths
176
Paragraph 6.134 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 West River to 30 m (100 ft) S of Kimberley
Avenue Bridge: 3⋅7 m (12ft).
US Coast Pilot 2 38th Edition 2009 Change No 1
(HH. 078/551/09) [49/08]
IV
4.6
Approaches to New York Harbor — Directions;
ATBA; pilotage; recommended track
193
Paragraph 7.3 1 line 4 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 08/08 Replace by:
...anchorage may be obtained ENE and NE of the pilot
boarding area (7.48)...
After Paragraph 7.5 8 line 3 Insert:
Area to be avoided. An ATBA has been
established 6¾ miles ESE of Sandy Hook Light
(40°28′N 74°00′W). To avoid the risk of pollution and
damage to the environment, all vessels carrying
petroleum, dangerous or toxic cargoes, or any other
vessel exceeding 1000 gross tonnes should avoid
this area.
194
Paragraph 7.11 1 lines 4 -5 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/08 Replace by:
...danger area is centred 11½ miles ESE of Romer Shoal
Light (40°31′N74°01′W). The area is open to unrestricted
surface navigation,...
Paragraph 7.15 including existing Section IV Notice Week
08/08 Replace by:
7.15
1 Approach from E. From the vicinity of 40°33′N
70°15′W at the W end of the TSS S of Nantucket
Shoals, the approach to New York Harbor leads W
through the Shipping Safety Fairway (7.5) to the
Precautionary Area in the entrance of New York
Harbor, passing (with positions relative to Fire Island
Light (40°38′N 73°13′W)):
2 N of NA Light -buoy (special) (12¼ miles S),
which lies 5 miles within the separation zone
between the two traffic lanes of the E TSS,
thence:
S of a dangerous wreck (15 miles WSW).
3 Thence (with positions relative to Sandy Hook
Light (40°28′N 74°00′W)):
S of a dangerous wreck (16 miles E).
N of NB Light -buoy (special) (15½ miles E), which
marks the W end of the E TSS, and:
Thence into the Precautionary Area.
4 Approach from SE. From the vicinity of 40°07′N
73°13′W the track leads NW through the SE TSS, into
the Precautionary Area, passing NE of HA Light -Buoy
(special) (40°08′N 73°21′W) which lies within the
separation zone between the two traffic lanes of the
SE TSS.
(Directions continue for New York Harbor
at 7.107)
196
After Paragraph 7.35 1 line 2 Insert:
Area to be avoided. See 7.5.
202
Paragraph 7.89 1 lines 4 -5 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/08 Replace by:
...pilot boarding area 12 miles ESE of Romer Shoal Light
(40°31′N 74°01′W). The...
Wk49/08

Paragraph 7.89 3 line 2 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/08 Replace by:
...in the same area. The...
Paragraph 7.91 1 line 2 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/08 Replace by:
...starting from the pilot boarding area in normal weather
conditions.
204
After Paragraph 7.103 Insert:
1
Traffic regulations
7.103a
Area to be avoided. See 7.5.
Recommended track. Recommended tracks passing
W of the ATBA (7.5) have been established for
coastwise tug and barge vessels approaching from or
leaving to the S and transiting to New York Harbor
via the Ambrose Channel. Whilst not mandatory, tugs
and barges are requested to follow these tracks.
Paragraph 7.108 2 line 1 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/08 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding area
(40°26′N 73°47′W)...
Paragraph 7.108 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Clear of ‘A’ Light -buoy (safe water) (10 miles
ESE),
US Coast Guard District 1 LNM 45/12300, 12326, 12327,
12402/2008, Sandy Hook Pilots
(SDD 2008000 089430) [49/08]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2008 Edition)
Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay —
Directions; wreck
106
Paragraph 4.30 3 line 3 Delete
US Notice 35/12208/08
(SDD 2008000 071668) [49/08]
Rudee Inlet to Oregon Inlet — Directions; tower
183
Paragraph 7.24 6 lines 9 -10 Delete
USCG District 5 LNM 20/12200/08
(HH. 614/600/03) [49/08]
Oregon Inlet to Cape Hatteras — Directions;
tower
183
After Paragraph 7.25 2 line 9 Insert:
E of Tower C (yellow framework tower) (16 miles
SE), thence:
USCG District 5 LNM 20/12200/08
(HH. 614/600/03) [49/08]
Wk49/08
IV
4.7
Charleston Harbor — Directions; tower
216
Paragraph 8.58 2 lines 1 -3 Delete
US Notice 30/11523/08
(SDD 2008000 062478) [49/08]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Bermuda - North Channel — Directions
70
Paragraph 2.78 2 line 7 Replace by:
...E of Commissioner’s Point and into Grassy Bay,
noting the obstructions, reported (2007), lying SE
of Commissioner’s Point.
Bermudan Government Contract Surveys
(SDD 2008000 073367) [49/08]
Bermuda - Freeport — Obstructions; berths
72
Paragraph 2.99 1 line 2 Replace by:
...Grassy Bay, depths 11 to 15 m, marl, clear of the
obstructions, reported (2007), (2.78). During N gales, a...
Paragraph 2.100 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...further 30 m NE and SW, least depth alongside 9⋅8 m.A
wreck, with a depth of 9⋅3 m over it, lies 1½ cables NE of
the NE dolphin.
Bermudan Government Contract Surveys
(SDD 2008000 073367) [49/08]
Jamaica - Ocho Rios Bay — Depths
246
Paragraph 10.55 1 line 2 Replace by:
...length of 274 m with a least depth alongside of 11⋅1 m.
This...
247
Paragraph 10.55 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...berths. No 1 berth is 222 m in length with a least depth
alongside of 9⋅3 m. No 2 berth is 274 m in length with a
least depth alongside of 8⋅9 m.
US Navy & Jamaica National Land Agency
(SDD 2008000 084538) [49/08]
Jamaica - Montego Bay — Depths
252
Paragraph 10.103 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...of 427 m with a least depth alongside of 9⋅4 m.Three
cargo berths; No 2 berth is 183 m in length with a least
depth alongside of 9⋅6 m.
US Navy & Jamaica National Land Agency
(SDD 2008000 084538) [49/08]

Jamaica - Approaches to Kingston Harbour -
Wreck Reef — Directions; light
256
Paragraph 10.139 1 line 4 Replace by:
...NE, passing SE of Wreck Reef (17°50′N 76°55′W) and
Wreck Reef Light (white pole, red bands, 5 m in height),
standing on a rock off the W extremity of the reef.
Jamaican Notice 2/08
(SDD 2008000 079176) [49/08]
IV
4.8
Wk49/08

IV
CHAPTER 7
COAST OF CHINA — CHANG JIANG AND APPROACHES INCLUDING
HUANGPU JIANG AND SHANGHAI
Charts 2412, 3480, 1199
Scope of the chapter
7.1
1 The chapter describes Chang Jiang also known as
Yangtse Kiang, and its estuary, which extends between
Nanhui Zui (30°52′N 121°55′E) and Changjiangkou Beij`o
(31°42′N 121°52′E), 49 miles N. It also covers the sea area
E as far as the limits of the book (1.1).
2 It is arranged as follows:
Offshore route — Huaoniao Shan to Changjiangkou
Beij`o including outer approaches to Chang Jiang
(7.7).
Shanghai and approaches (7.14).
Chang Jiang including Nantong, Nanjing and other ports
on Chang Jiang (7.80).
Outlying dangers
7.2
1 Wrecks and other charted obstructions are numerous in
the offing and approach to Chang Jiang, and caution is
GENERAL INFORMATION
251
necessary, especially as the tidal streams are sometimes
abnormal in behaviour, see also 7.8.
Satellite -derived positions
7.3
2 See 1.21.
Typhoon haven
7.4
3 A typhoon anchorage may be found in Chang Jiang at
Baoshan Anchorage (7.86).
Rescue
7.5
4 See 6.8.
Regulations
7.6
5 For regulations for foreign ships using Chinese ports see
1.47 and Appendix III.
For signals that may be used in Chinese ports, see 1.60.
OFFSHORE ROUTE — HUAONIAO SHAN TO CHANGJIANGKOU BEIJIBO INCLUDING OUTER
APPROACHES TO CHANG JIANG
General information
Charts 3480, 2412, 1199
Routes
7.7
1 From a position E of Huaniao Shan (30°51′N 122°40′E),
the route leads N for about 50 miles to a position E of
Changjiangkou Beiji`o (31°42′N 121°52′E) passing well E
of the Changjiang Kou TSS complex. The TSS may be
approached direct from sea.
Depths
7.8
1 Depths in approaches to Changjiang Kou TSS are
greater than 30 m, but to the E of 123°20′E numerous
shoal depths, least depth 7⋅3 m, dangerous wrecks and
obstructions are charted out to the E limit of the book
(1.1). Mariners proceeding on offshore routes E of
123°20′E or approaching the TSS from seaward should take
due care.
Submarine cables
7.9
1 Numerous submarine cables extend seaward in this area,
their positions are shown on the chart.
Wk49/08
Directions
(continued from 6.24)
Principal marks
7.10
1 Landmarks:
HuaniaoShan(30°51′N 122°40′E) (6.27).
Jigu Jiao (31°10°⋅4N 122°22′⋅9E) (7.37).
Sheshan Dao (31°25′⋅4N 122°14′⋅4E) (7.32).
2 Major lights:
Huaniao Shan Light (30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E) (6.21).
Jigu Jiao Light (31°10°⋅4N 122°22′⋅9E) (7.32).
Sheshan Dao Light (31°25′⋅3N 122°14′⋅5E) (7.32).
Other aids to navigation
7.11
1 Racons:
Huaniao Shan Light - as above.
Changjiang Kou No 1 Light Buoy (31°41′⋅9N
122°11′⋅0E).
Changjiangkou Beiji`o (31°41′⋅6N 121°52′⋅8E) (not
charted).
Changjiang Kou Light Float (31°06′⋅2N 122°32′⋅0E).
Nancao Light Vessel (30°59′⋅5N 122°32′⋅0E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Huaniao Shan to Changjiangkou Beiji`o E of Traffic
Separation Scheme
7.12
1 From a position E of Huaniao Shan (30°51′N 122°40′E)
(6.27) the track leads N, passing (with positions from Jigu
Jiao Light (31°10′⋅4N 122°22′⋅9E)):
E of Huaniao Shan Light (24 miles SE) (6.21), thence:
E of the Changjiang Kou TSS complex (11 miles SE)
(7.34), thence:
2 E of Jigu Jiao Light (7.32), thence:
E of Sheshan Dao Light (16½ miles NNW) (7.32).
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1199, 1602
Area covered
7.14
1 This section describes Changjiang Kou, the estuary of
Chang Jiang and the approaches to and port of Shanghai.
The section is arranged as follows:
Approaches to Shanghai (7.16).
Shanghai (7.47).
Description
7.15
1 Changjiang Kou, lying between Nanhui Zui (30°52′N
121°55′E) and Changjiangkou Beiji`o 49 miles N, has three
main channels, Beicao Shuidao and Nancao Shuidao
flowing out of Nangang Shuidao, and Beigang Shuidao.
The channels are divided by a number of low -lying, highly
cultivated and well populated islands, and a series of shoals
and drying mud flats including Hengsha Qiantan (31°19′N
122°05′E) and Jiuduan Sha (31°11′N 122°00′E).
2 Shanghai lies on Huangpu Jiang which flows into
Chang Jiang.
For general information on Chang Jiang and Changjiang
Kou see 7.80 to 7.94.
3 Caution. The whole of Chang Jiang and its estuary have
an extremely large number of submerged, stranded and
dangerous wrecks. The situation is further compounded by
the large number of shifting banks and shoals which are an
extreme danger to navigation.
APPROACHES TO SHANGHAI
General information
Charts 1602, 1603
Routes
7.16
1 Outer approaches: Changjiang Kou (7.15) is
approached through a TSS complex (31°03′N 122°32′E)
(7.29) including two interconnected precautionary areas.
Vessels proceeding via Beicao Shuidao should pass through
Precautionary Area A, see 7.17, and those for Nancao
Shuidao via Precautionary Area B, see 7.18.
2 Vessels entering the TSS from seaward are advised to
proceed directly through the relevant W -going or
WNW -going traffic lane to the appropriate precautionary
area, or to the appropriate anchorage as necessary;
see 7.34.
IV
SHANGHAI AND APPROACHES
252
The track then leads to a position well E of
Changjiangkou Beiji`o (31°42′N 121°52′E), which is low
lying with no identifiable marks except a racon not shown
on chart.
(Directions continue at 8.15)
Approaches to Changjiang Kou Traffic Separation
Scheme
7.13
1 The TSS complex may be approached from seaward
from E, noting the many dangers (7.8), on an inshore route
from N (see also 8.13) or from S (see 7.35).
(Directions continue at 7.32)
A TSS also leads from SSW towards Nanzhi Hangdao, a
channel for vessels less than 200 dwt (7.29).
7.17
6 Inner approaches.
Beicao Shuidao (7.37), which is part of Main Channel
(7.29) with a channel for small vessels on N side. From
Precautionary Area A (31°06′N 122°32′E), the route leads
generally WNW for about 46 miles to Nangang Shuidao.
2 Training walls and breakwaters, marked by lights
(special, many on black piles), extend on both
banks about 26 miles ESE from Nangang Shuidao.
7.18
1 Nancao Shuidao through Nancao Hangdao (7.40),
which is Auxiliary Channel (7.29). From Precautionary
Area B (31°00′N 122°32′E), the route leads generally
WNW for about 48 miles to Nangang Shuidao.
2 Nancao Shuidao through Nanzhi Hangdao (7.42), a
channel for small vessels (7.29). From Nanzhi
Light Vessel (30°59′⋅2N 122°10′⋅5E), the route
leads generally NW for about 17 miles to join the
channel through Nancao Hangdao for a further
16 miles.
3 Nangang Shuidao (7.43). From where the above
routes join, Nangang Shuidao leads a further
10 miles WNW to a position off the the mouth of
Huangpu Jiang (31°24′N 121°31′E). Waigaoqiao
Hangdao through Nangang Shuidao is part of
Main Channel, with its inshore channel to S.
4 Beigang Shuidao (7.46). The estuarial part is a
generally unmarked and shallow channel lying N
of the other channels. It can also be entered via
Hengsha Tongdao (7.46a) which leads N from
W part of Beicao Shuidao (7.37); this part is
marked by light buoys and is deeper.
Topography
7.19
1 The SW shore of Changjiang Kou, from Nanhui Zui
(30°52′N 121°55′E) to the entrance of Huangpu Jiang,
38 miles NNW is low, well wooded, cultivated and partly
embanked. In the estuary are a number of low -lying
islands, and a series of shoals and drying mud flats.
Depths
7.20
1 Outer Approaches to Precautionary Areas A and B.
A number of charted wrecks and obstructions lie in the
approaches to the traffic lanes. With these exceptions the
limiting depths are in the inner approaches (7.21).
Wk49/08

7.21
1 Inner Approaches
Beicao Shuidao (7.37), Main Channel has a reported
minimum designed depth in the buoyed channel of
10 m, however in the section between D21 and D24
Light Buoys the depths are less than 10 m. The
designed minimum width of the deep water channel
between D12 and D47 Light Buoys is 350 m, and is
400 m between D6 and D12 Light Buoys.
The maximum draught allowable is dependent on the
height of tide and a minimum under -keel clearance of
20% of FW draught, see also 7.29.
2 Nancao Shuidao through Nancao Hangdao (7.40),
Auxiliary Channel has a least charted depth in the
buoyed channel of 4⋅9 m in the in -going lane, and
5⋅2 m in the out -going lane, although lesser
depths, some swept, exist near the channel edges.
Above Jiuduan Light Float a number of wrecks
and obstructions, least swept depth 7⋅6 m, lie in
mid -channel, with lesser depths, some swept, near
the channel edges.
3 Nancao Shuidao through Nanzhi Hangdao (7.42).
There is a least depth of 4⋅2 m in buoyed channel,
but the channel is obstructed with a number of
wrecks, least swept depth is 4⋅3 m, and dangerous
wrecks. It is reported (2007) that the channel is no
longer maintained and only available for vessels
less than 200 dwt.
4 Nangang Shuidao (7.43) has a least depth of 12⋅0 m
on the N side of the channel and 11⋅3 m if
entering from Nancao Shuidao.
5 Beigang Shuidao (7.46) is a channel with a least
charted depth in the fairway of about 5 m, but
obstructed by shoals and wrecks. W of Hengsha
Tongdao (7.46a) fairway depths are generally more
than 10 m, however over the bar into Xinqiao
Tongdao (7.46) depths are about 9 m. Beigang
Shuidao and Xinqiao Tongdao are particularly
liable to changes in depths and channels.
6 Hengsha Tongdao (7.46a) has least depth of 6⋅7 m
in S approaches.
C2 traffic lane between Precautionary Area A and B has
a least depth of 12⋅4 m in the S -going traffic lane, and a
dangerous wreck close W of the lane.
Caution. See 7.22.
Buoyage and wrecks
7.22
1 Caution. The navigational channels, with the exception
of Beigang Shuidao (7.46), are well marked by light buoys
(lateral and safe water). Uncharted light buoys may exist
on the routes. Banks, channels and routes are subject to
constant change and buoys may be moved accordingly.
Light buoys are frequently extinguished by bad weather.
See also notes on chart.
Numerous dangerous wrecks, mostly unmarked, lie
outside the navigation channels, and are not noted in the
text unless significant. See charts for details.
Tidal Levels
7.23
1 In Nancao Hangda at Zhongjun (31°07′N 121°54′E) the
mean spring and neap ranges are 3⋅6 m and 1⋅4 m
respectively.
In Nangang Shuidao at Gaoqiao (31°22′N 121°35′E) the
ranges are 3⋅2 m and 1⋅3 m.
Wk49/08
IV
253
2 At Wusong in entrance to Huangpu Jiang (31°23′N
121°30′E) the ranges are 2.5 m and 1.5 m respectively.
For details see Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 4.
Fishing
7.24
1 There are usually large numbers of fishing craft and
fishing nets, indicated by their bamboo framework supports,
in the vicinity of Jigu Jiao (31°10′⋅4N 122°22′⋅9E). It is
almost impossible to avoid them at night, and the locality
should be given a wide berth.
Notice of ETA
7.25
1 Vessels bound for Shanghai or ports in Chang Jiang
should send their ETA 72 hours before arrival through the
vessel’s agent, and then update each morning. For details
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
1
Outer anchorages
7.26
There are four anchorages, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, in the approaches to Changjiang Kou
and the pilot boarding positions, as follows:
Anchorage Position Remarks
Changjiang
KouNo1
Changjiang
KouNo2
Dangerous
Goods
31°10′N
122°37′E
31°02′N
122°37′E
30°58′N
122°27′E
Anchorage 31°00′N
122°20′E
For vessels using Main
Channel through Beicao
Shuidao. Depths 20 to 31 m
For vessels using Auxiliary
Channel through Nancao
Shuidao. Depths 16 to 18 m
Marked by light buoys
(special). Depths about 10 m.
For vessels using Auxiliary
Channel through Nancao
Shuidao. Marked by light
buoys (special). Depths about
7m.
The anchorages are exposed but the holding ground is
good.
Pilotage
7.27
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours, pilot
boats are white. The pilot boarding positions for Shanghai
and Baoshan (for Chang Jiang) are:
Main Channel (7.29) through Beicao Shuidao:
No 2(N) (31°07′⋅8N 122°36′⋅5E),
No 2(S) (31°04′⋅6N 122°36′⋅5E);
No 1(N) (31°07′⋅3N 122°25′⋅5E),
No 1(S) (31°05′⋅0N 122°25′⋅5E);
2 Auxiliary Channel (7.29) through Nancao Shuidao:
No 3(N) (31°03′⋅0N 122°18′⋅8E),
No 3(S) (31°01′⋅5N 122°18′⋅4E);
In bad weather conditions pilots may board by
helicopter, or in the channels W of the above positions.
3 River ports, including Nantong (32°00′N 120°49′E)
(7.114), Zhangjia Gang (31°58′N 120°24′E) (7.119),
Zhenjiang (32°13′ 119°26′E) (7.137), and Nanjing
(32°05′N 118°44′E) (7.151): pilots board S of Baoshan
large vessel anchorage (31°32′N 121°23′E). See also 7.87.
4 Deep Sea Pilots for Yangshan Deep Water Port (6.228)
and Jinshan (6.266) can also be provided, and should be
ordered via vessel’s agent 3 days before arrival at the pilot
station. Vessels are advised to confirm that pilots are

available for their destinationand t he boarding position.
Harbour pilots will board off the port.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Vessel Traffic Services
7.28
1 Compulsory VTSs are in operation, covering Changjiang
Kou, Chang Jiang to Shanghai Harbour upper limits,
Huangpu Jiang, and in Chang Jiang up to Nanjing (7.151),
and Yangshan (6.221); reporting positions are shown on the
chart. For full details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
Traffic regulations
7.29
1 Traffic separation schemes. TSSs are established
throughout Changjiang Kou and approaches to Wusong
Kou (7.69), and thence both up Chang Jiang to Baoshan
LANBY (7.103), and up Huang Jiang passed Shanghai.
TSSs are not IMO -adopted. The Chinese Authorities advise
that principles for the use of the routeing system defined in
Rule 10 of International Regulations for the Prevention of
Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.
2 Entry regulations. Before entering the estuary contact
should be made with Wusong VTS.
Channels: Three types of channels are in use, namely
Main and Auxiliary Channels, and channels for small
vessels. Large vessels, those of 1600 gt or over, may use
either Main or Auxiliary Channels, and may also navigate
in the small vessel channels when approaching or leaving
berths and anchorages.
3 Main Channel. This comprises Beicao Shuidao (7.37),
including Beicao Hangdao and Changjiang Kou Deep Water
Channel, leading to Waigaoqiao Hangdao through Nangang
Shuidao (7.43).
Wusong VTS maintains a maritime traffic control of
vessels utilising a convoy system for vessels using Main
Channel through Beicao Shuidao.
4 Vessels constrained by their draught may commence
passage inwards between four and three hours before HW
at Chanxging (31°23′N 121°41′E), and outwards between
2½ and 1½ hours before HW.
Vessels using Beicao Shuidao must have a minimum
under -keel clearance of 20% of their fresh water draught,
see also 7.21.
5 Further information on the times, depths and maximum
draughts may be obtained from Wusong VTS (7.28).
Overtaking is not permitted in Main Channel between
D10 and D14, D23 and D27, and D34 and D38 Light
Buoys.
6 Auxiliary Channel. This comprises downstream and
upstream channels of Nancao Shuidao (7.40) until joining
Main Channel through Nangang Shuidao. Small vessels
may also use this channel.
Channels for small vessels, vessels less than 1600 gt.
This comprises Nanzhi Hangdao, for vessels less than
200 dwt (7.42), the inshore channel S of Waigaoqiao
Hangdao, and N side of Main Channel.
Precautionary areas. Vessels are prohibited from
overtaking in these areas.
7 Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in three areas in Nangang Shuidao: a corridor
across channel passing through Yuanyuansha Precautionary
Area (7.43), and area in Waigaoqiao Inshore Channel
(7.43), and across Hengsha Tongdao (7.46a).
IV
254
Submarine cables
7.29a
1 Numerous disused cables exist in the area, particularly in
Nancao Shuidao and approaches, see note on chart.
Natural conditions
7.30
1 Local magnetic anomaly. Local deflection of the
compass is reported to occur in Beigang Shuidao between
31°20′N 122°20′E and 31°21′N 122°07′E.
Tidal streams in the approaches to Beicao Shuidao
(31°05′⋅0N 122°22′⋅3E) are rotatory clockwise and set as
follows:
2 Interval from
HW Luhuadao
-0600 to
-0300
Direction Rate (kn)
neaps
Rate (kn)
springs
SE to SW 1¼ 3
-0300 to -HW SW to NW 1 2½
-HW to +0300 NW to NE ¾ 2
+0300 to
+0200
NE to ESE 1 2¾
3 This is a broad guide only and it should be borne in
mind that prevailing winds and weather, and freshets in the
river, can modify the direction and rate of the streams and
also the times of HW and LW. For further information see
table on chart.
7.31
1 Tidal streams in Nancao Shuidao are rotary at the
entrance (31°02′⋅5N 122°10′⋅7E) and set as follows:
Interval from
HW Luhuadao
2 -0600 to
-0400
-0400 to
-0200
Direction Rate (kn)
neaps
Rate (kn)
springs
S to SSW 1¼ 2¾
WSW to W 1¼ 3
-0200 to HW W to NNW ¾ 3
HW to +0200 N to ENE 1¼ 3¼
+0200 to
+0400
ENE to E 1¼ 3¼
+0400 to
+0600
E to SSE ¾ 2½
3 There is a dangerous set on to the S bank at the river
entrance from about HW +0500 to +0700, and during
strong N winds this set persists well within Nancao
4
Shuidao. In the same area, with fresh S winds, the tidal
streams after HW set N of E much longer then in calm
conditions. With a fresh N wind the reverse is the case.
During NE winds the tidal streams set NW for a longer
period and the water level is higher than usual. During SW
winds the reverse is true.
Tidal streams within Nancao Shuidao and Nangang
Shuidao are mainly reversing and turn quickly with only a
short period of slack water. When at strength they follow
the direction of the channel. They set as follows:
Interval from HW
Wusong
Direction
-0530 In -going stream
commences
-0030 Out -going stream
commences
Wk49/08

5 Maximum rates at the narrow part of the channel
(31°07′N 122°00′E) are:
Interval from
HW Wusong
-0430 to
-0330
+0130 to
+0330
Direction Rate (kn)
neaps
Rate (kn)
springs
In -going 2 3
Out -going 3¼ 6
6 Between the narrow part of the channel and the entrance
of Huangpu Jiang (31°24′N 121°31′E) the rates of the tidal
streams tend to be less, attaining a maximum of about 3 kn
on the in -going stream and 5 kn on the out -going stream.
7 In the Nangang Shuidao Anchorages (7.45), tidal streams
set as follows:
In -going stream sets NW with a maximum rate of 2½ kn.
Out -going stream sets SE with a maximum rate of 3½ kn.
For Hengsha Tongdao see 7.46a.
Directions for Changjiang Kou
(continued from 6.24, 6.213 (in reverse) and 7.13)
Principal marks
7.32
1 Landmarks:
Daji Shan (30°48′⋅6N 122°10′⋅4E) (6.220).
Sheshan Dao (31°25′⋅4N 122°14′⋅4E), with steep sides.
From NNE the islet appears flat -topped with the
highest part to the E. From E it appears as a peak and
from about 5 miles SE it appears as two islets, the W
being the smaller. It is seldom sighted by vessels
entering Chang Jiang from the S.
2 Offshore marks:
Nanzhi Light Vessel (red hull, name on sides) (30°59′⋅2N
122°10′⋅5E).
Nancao Light Vessel (30°59′⋅5N 122°32′⋅0E).
Changjiang Kou Light Float (red hull, name on sides)
(31°06′⋅2N 122°32′⋅0E).
Jiuduan Light Float (metal pillar beacon on red hull, name
on sides) (31°06′⋅7N 121°57′⋅2E).
3 Major lights:
Huaniao Shan Light (30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E) (6.21).
Jigu Jiao Light (white round GRP tower with red bands,
9 m in height) (31°10′⋅4N 122°22′⋅9E).
Sheshan Dao Light (black round tower, white dwelling,
17 m in height) (31°25′⋅3N 122°14′⋅5E).
Hengsha Dao Light (white four sided concrete tower,
57 m in height) (31°18′⋅0N 121°50′⋅8E).
Daji Shan Light (30°48′⋅6N 122°10′⋅4E) (6.30).
Other aids to navigation
7.33
1 Racons:
Daji Yang Y24 Light Buoy (safe water) (30°48′⋅6N
122°18′⋅2E).
Huaniao Shan Light (30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E).
Changjiangkou Beiji`o (31°41′⋅6N 121°52′⋅8E) (not
charted).
Changjiang Kou No 1 Light Buoy (31°41′⋅9N
122°11′⋅0E).
Nanzhi Light Vessel (30°59′⋅2N 122°10′⋅5E).
Nancao Light Vessel (30°59′⋅5N 122°32′⋅0E).
2 S12 Light Buoy (safe water) (31°03′⋅2N 122°08′⋅2E).
Changjiang Kou Light Float (31°06′⋅2N 122°32′⋅0E).
Jiuduan Light Float (31°06′⋅7N 121°57′⋅2E).
Niupi Jiao Light Beacon (31°08′⋅4N 122°15′⋅1E).
Wk49/08
IV
255
Changjiang Kou D12 Light Buoy (31°06′⋅0N
122°18′⋅3E).
Changjiang Kou D25 Light Buoy (31°14′⋅0N
122°05′⋅2E).
3 Beicaozhong Light Beacon (31°14′⋅0N 122°00′⋅5E).
Changxing Qiandi Warning No 1 Light Beacon
(31°18′⋅6N 121°47′⋅6E).
No 3 Sewer Warning Light Beacon (31°15′⋅9N
121°45′⋅0E).
Yuanyuansha Light Float (31°19′⋅0N 121°42′⋅8E).
Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31°23′⋅8N 121°31′⋅1E).
Zhongyan Sha (31°29′⋅7N 121°29′⋅3E).
Beigang Shuidao Platform (31°26′⋅0N 121°44′⋅6E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Charts 1199, 1602
Approaches to Traffic Separation Scheme and outer
precautionary areas
7.34
1 Changjiang Kou (7.15) is approached through a TSS
complex (31°03′N 122°32′E), including two interconnected
precautionary areas, which may be entered from E, ESE, N
or S. See also 7.13. All positions are relative to Huaniao
Shan Light (30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E).
2 Offshore approach to Beicao Shuidao via Traffic
Lane A and Precautionary Area A
Vessels should approach from directions between N and
SE to a position 15 miles N of Huaniao Shan Light (6.21),
passing clear of a number of charted wrecks and
obstructions. Thence:
3 From this position the appropriate anchorage (7.26)
or pilot boarding position (7.27) may be
approached directly, or:
The track leads through W -going Traffic Lane A to a
position N of Changjiang Kou Light Float (16 miles
NW) (7.32) in Precautionary Area A (31°06′N
122°32′E).
(Directions for Beicao Shuidao continue at 7.37)
4 Offshore approach to Nancao Shuidao via Traffic
Lane B and Precautionary Area B
From a position 10 miles ENE of Huaniao Shan Light,
the track leads WNW, passing:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (10 miles NE), position
approximate, thence:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (5¼ miles N), position
approximate.
5 The track then continues through WNW -going Traffic
Lane B to a position N of Nancao Light Vessel (10½ miles
NW) in Precautionary Area B (31°00′N 122°32′E).
Alternatively Changjiang Kou No 2 Anchorage (10 miles
NNW) (7.26), may be approached directly from the
position ENE of Huaniao Shan Light, keeping clear of the
above wrecks.
(Directions for Nancao Shuidao through
Nancao Hangdao continue at 7.40)
7.35
1 Inshore approach from N via Traffic Lane C1 to
Precautionary Area A.
From a position E of Sheshan Dao Light (31°25′⋅3N
122°14′⋅5E), and clear of W41 Light Buoy (isolated
danger) 15 miles ESE, the track leads S to the entrance of
S -going Traffic Lane C1, 22 miles SE, and thence 2 miles
S to Precautionary Area A.
Vessels should keep E of the 20 m depth contour, and
inshore wrecks and coastal banks, until about 3 miles N of
the TSS; see 8.13 for depths on banks N of this area.

2 Inshore approach from S via Traffic Lane C3 to
Precautionary Area B.
Traffic Lane C3 is entered from a position 8 miles
WNW of Huaniao Shan Light. and leads N for 2 miles to
Precautionary Area B.
3 (continued from 6.200) From S Traffic Lane C3 can be
approached from a position 3 miles NW of Mao Shan Light
(30°50′N 122°36′E) (6.215) at the N of passage between
Maan Liedao and Shengshi Liedao (6.195). The track then
leads N for about 5 miles to enter the N -going traffic lane.
4 (continued from 6.216 (in reverse)) From WSW Traffic
Lane C3 can be approached from the vicinity of Daji Yang
Y24 Light Buoy (safe water) (30°48′⋅6N 122°18′⋅2E) and
the route from SSW from Yangshan Deep Water Port
(6.221) and ports in Hangzhou Wan (6.233). The track then
leads ENE for about 15 miles to enter the N -going
traffic lane.
5 Between Precautionary Areas A and B.
Traffic Lane C2 lead about 5 miles N/S between the
areas. A dangerous wreck lies close W of S -going lane.
Approaches to Nancao Shuidao through Nanzhi
Hangdao
(continued from S at 6.217 (in reverse), and from Donghai
Bridge channel at 6.218 (in reverse))
7.36
1 Nanzhi Hangdao. Nanzhi Light Vessel (30°59′⋅2N
122°10′⋅5E) (7.32) lies at the entrance for this route for
vessels less than 200 dwt (see 7.29) and is approached
direct from between the E and S inshore of the outer TSS
complex (7.16) or from SSW through a TSS.
Three stranded wrecks lie 1½ miles WSW of Nanzhi
Light Vessel on Tongsha Shazui (7.42), and a dangerous
wreck 10 miles ESE.
2 From SSW Nanzhi Light Vessel is approached from the
vicinity of AO Light Buoy (safe water) (30°48′⋅6N
122°09′⋅1E); Daji Shan (6.220), from where a light is
exhibited (6.30), lies 1 mile E, with a dangerous wreck
midway between.
From the vicinity of AO Light Buoy (safe water) the
track leads NNE through the TSS for about 9 miles, thence
NNW for about 2 miles to the vicinity of Nanzhi Light
Vessel, the centreline marked by light buoys (safe water).
3 In the NNW section lies a wreck, swept depth 4.3 m,
and a wreck, depth 3⋅2 m, close NE. A number of wrecks
and a shoal lie within 6 cables of the channel.
A further set of light buoys (special) lies between 2¼
and 1½ miles WNW of the safe water light buoys, with
shallow water and many wrecks lying to the W.
(Directions for Nancao Shuidao through Nanzhi
Hangdao continue at 7.42)
Directions for Beicao Shuidao
(Main Channel)
(continued from 7.34)
Changjiang Kou Light Float to Nangang Shuidao
7.37
1 Beicao Shuidao is part of Main Channel (7.29) and is a
TSS (7.29) throughout, although this may not be apparent
from the chart. The route comprises an outer section,
Beicao Hangdao and Changjiang Kou Deep Water Channel
to enter Nangang Shuidao (7.43) and Waigaoqiao Hangdao.
The channels are marked by light buoys (lateral); there are
IV
256
no centre line marks. For depths see 7.21. A channel,
200 m wide, for small vessels runs parallel and adjacent on
the N side of Main Channel; it is a two -way channel
separated by an unmarked centre line.
2 From a position in the vicinty of Changjiang Kou Light
Float (31°06′⋅2N 122°32′⋅0E) (7.32) in Precautionary Area
A, the track leads W then generally WNW for about
43 miles through the TSS, passing (with positions from
Niupi Jiao Light Beacon (31°08′⋅4N 122°15′⋅1E)):
Passed No 1 Pilot Boarding Positions (9½ miles ESE)
(7.27), thence:
3 S of Jigu Jiao (7 miles ENE), a group of large rocks
the largest of which is 12 m high. A light (7.32) is
exhibited from the rocks. Thence:
N of D12 Light Buoy (port hand, racon) (3¾ miles SE).
7.38
1 Beicao Hangdao. The track then leads NW through
Beicao Hangdao, passing:
Between the training walls (7.17), and:
SW of Niupi Jiao Light Beacon (S cardinal) marking the
SE edge of an area encumbered by a dangerous wreck,
Niupi Jiao, a rock awash, and an obstruction, the base
of a former light beacon, position approximate.
Thence:
2 Over an area with depths less than 10 m between
D20 Light Buoy (port hand) (11¼ miles W), and
D24 Light Buoy (port hand), 4¼ miles farther NW,
thence:
SW of D 25 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(10 miles WNW).
7.39
1 The track then leads WNW through Changjiang Kou
Deep Water Channel, passing (with positions from Hengsha
Dao Light (31°18′⋅0N 121°50′⋅8E)):
SSW of Beicao Anchorage (10½ miles ESE) (7.45),
thence:
NNE of Beicaozhong Light Beacon (special) (9¼ miles
ESE), thence:
2 SSW of Hengsha Dao Light (7.32), standing near the
S point of Hengsha Dao, the E island in the
central area of Chang Jiang Kou. A conspicuous
L -shaped jetty, about 950 m in length, lies close
W of the S point of Hengsha Dao; it is reported
as being no longer used. A traffic control tower
stands close to the root of the jetty. Works in
progress area (2008) extends E of island Thence:
SSW of Hengsha Anchorages (2 miles W) (7.45).
3 The track continues to a position NNE of No 40 Light
Buoy (port hand) (3 miles WSW); an area of fishing nets
lies to S of the channel.
(Directions for Hengsha Tongdao
continue at 7.46a)
4 Changjiang Kou Deep Water Channel continues WNW,
passing:
SSW of Changxing Qiandi Warning No 1 Light Beacon
(2¾ miles WNW) (yellow cross on yellow beacon,
9 m in height, racon) (not named on chart) standing at S
entrance to Hengsha Tongdao (7.46a). A line of light
beacons marking an area of works in progress (2008)
extends WNW to the S point of the island, thence:
5 SSW of the S point of Changxing Dao (4 miles
WNW), which extends 13 miles NW, thence:
NNE of the NW extremity of the S training wall
(5 miles W).
6 The track then continues to a position in Yuanyuansha
Precautionary Area, N of Yuanyuansha Light Float (7 miles
Wk49/08

WNW) (7.33) and where the channel is joined by Nancao
Shuidao (7.41) to enter Nangang Shuidao.
(Directions for Nangang Shuidao
continue at 7.43)
Directions for Nancao Shuidao through
Nancao Hangdao (Auxiliary Channel)
(continued from 7.34)
Nancao Light Vessel to Jiuduansha Precautionary
Area
7.40
1 Nancao Shuidao is an Auxiliary Channel (7.29), passing
through the TSS (7.29) of Nancao Hangdao, comprising
Downstream Section of Nancao Channel to Jiuduansha
Precautionary Area thence Upstream Section. Downstream
Section is marked by centreline light buoys (safe water).
For depths see 7.21.
2 From a position in the vicinity of Nancao Light Vessel
(31°59′⋅5N 122°32′⋅0E) in Precautionary Area B the track
leads generally WNW through the TSS for about 32 miles,
passing:
Close NNE of a wreck, swept depth 7⋅0 m, position
approximate, 11¼ miles WNW of Nancao Light
Vessel, and lying in the separation zone between S4
and S7 Light Buoys. No 3 Pilot Boarding Positions
(7.27) are in the vicinity.
3 Two anchorages (7.26), one for dangerous goods, lie S
of the channel and may be approached direct from the
channel, in -bound vessels by crossing the out -bound lane.
4 The track then continues generally WNW through
Downstream Section of Nancao Channel passing (with
positions from Hengsha Dao Light (31°18′⋅0N 121°50′⋅8E)):
Over a 4⋅9 m shoal patch (13 miles SSE) off SE end of a
bank which dries to NE; No 31A Light Buoy
(starboard hand) lies close ESE, thence:
NNE of Jiuduan Light Float (7.32) (12¼ miles SSE).
5 The track then continues to a position in Jiuduansha
Precautionary Area (11½ miles SSE) in which the channel
is joined by Nanzhi Hangdao (7.42) to enter Upstream
Section of Nancao Channel.
Jiuduansha Precautionary Area to Nangang Shuidao
(also continued from 7.42)
7.41
1 Upstream Section of Nancao Channel is the section of
Nancao Shuidao above where Nancao Hangdao (7.40) and
Nanzhi Hangdao (7.42) join and extends 16 miles NW to
Nangang Shuidao. The channel is marked by light buoys
(lateral); shoal patches and wrecks lie on or close to the
channel boundary, see also 7.21.
2 From a position in Jiuduansha Precautionary Area
(31°07′⋅3N 121°56′⋅0E) the track continues NW through
Upstream Section, passing (with positions from Hengsha
Dao Light (31°18′⋅0N 121°50′⋅8E)):
NNE of Zhongjun Light Beacon (yellow cross topmark
on yellow beacon, 9 m in height) (11¾ miles SSE)
thence:
SW of a dangerous wreck (5¾ miles S), position
approximate, thence:
3 NE of the Small Vessels Anchorages (6¼ miles SSW)
(7.45), thence:
NE of Chuanyang He No 2 Light Beacon (white metal
column, red bands, 8 m in height) (6¼ miles SW), with
No 1 Light Beacon (white metal column, green bands,
Wk49/08
IV
257a
8 m in height), 3¾ cables NW, marking the entrance to
an inlet leading to a canal. Thence:
4 NE of a light beacon (5½ miles WSW) (7.33), which
marks a sewer, thence:
SW of a dangerous wreck (5¾ miles WSW) at NW
corner of Jiangyanan Sha Temporary Anchorage
(7.45); A51 Light Buoy (starboard hand) is moored
3 cables NW.
5 The track then continues to a position SW of
Yuanyuansha Light Float (7 miles WNW) (7.33) where the
channel is joined by Beicao Shuidao (7.39) to enter
Yuanyuansha Precautionary Area and Nangang Shuidao.
(Directions continue at 7.43)
Directions for Nancao Shuidao through
Nanzhi Hangdao
(continued from 7.36)
Nanzhi Light Vessel to Jiuduansha Precautionary
Area
7.42
1 Nanzhi Hangdao is a channel for small vessels,
reportedly (2007) less than 200 dwt (7.29) and leads WNW
from Nanzhi Light Vessel to join Nancao Hangdao, the
main channel through Nancao Shuidao, in Jiuduansha
Precautionary Area. The channel is marked by light buoys
(lateral). Many wrecks and an obstruction lie in the
channel, or on or close to the channel boundary, some
marked by light buoys (isolated danger). See also 7.21.
2 From a position close NE of Nanzhi Light Vessel
(30°59′⋅2N 122°10′⋅5E) the track leads generally WNW for
about 17 miles. passing (with positions from Zhongjun
Light Beacon (31°06′⋅7N 121°54′⋅3E)):
3 NNE of three stranded wrecks (15 miles ESE) lying
near the E end of Tongsha Shazui, the coastal
bank on the S of Changjiang Kou with depths of
less than 5 m, which extends about 15 miles E and
N from Nanhui Zui, and is an area to be avoided.
On the bank there are usually long rows of fishing
stakes with nets attached. Thence:
4 NNE of Nanchaodong Light Beacon (yellow cross
topmark on yellow beacon, tide gauge) (12 miles
SE), thence:
Close SSW of Jiuduan Light Float (2½ miles E) (7.32).
5 The track then continues to a position in Jiuduansha
Precautionary Area (1¼ miles E) in which the channel is
joined by Nancao Hangdao (7.40) to enter Upstream
Section of Nancao Channel.
(Directions continue at 7.41)
Directions for Nangang Shuidao
(Directions continue from 7.39 and 7.41)
Yuanyuansha Light Float to Huangpu Jiang and
Baoshan Hangdao
7.43
1 Nangang Shuidao is the channel from Yuanyuansha
Precautionary Area at the confluence of Beicao Shuidao
(7.37) and Nancao Shuidao (7.40) to Wusong Kou
Precautionary Area at the entrance of Huangpu Jiang
(7.70), leading into Baoshan Hangdao (7.102), which leads
NW up Chang Jiang (7.82). Waigaoqiao Hangdao is the
part of the TSS and Main Channel (7.29) through
Nangang Shuidao.
2 The channel is marked by light buoys (lateral); for
depths see 7.21. On the S bank of the river are numerous

erths and immediately N of the buoyed channel are
designated anchorage areas (7.45).
From a position in Yuanyuansha Precautionary Area, N
or SW of Yuanyuansha Light Float (31°19′⋅0N 121°42′⋅8E),
the track leads WNW through Waigaoqiao Hangdao for
about 9½ miles, passing (with positions from Wusong Kou
Hetang Light (31°23′⋅8N 121°31′⋅1E)):
3 Across a corridor (9½ miles ESE) in which anchoring
and fishing are prohibited, thence:
SSW of Anchorages Nos 1 to 11 (7.45), and:
NNE of numerous berths on S bank of river.
The track then continues to a position SSW of No 61
Light Buoy (starboard hand) (2½ miles E) in Wusong Kou
precautionary area (7.69).
4 Small vessel channels (see 7.29):
In -going traffic uses North Side Channel, 80 m wide,
close NE of Main Channel and outside the Light Buoys
(starboard hand);
Out -going traffic uses Waigaoqiao Inshore Channel
between Main Channel, marked by light buoys (port
hand) and the shore, lined by wharves. An area,
marked by Heliu 1, 2 and 3 Light Buoys (special), in
which anchoring and fishing is prohibited, lies midway
through this channel.
Useful mark
7.44
1 Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31°23′⋅8N 121°31′⋅1E)
(7.70).
(Directions continue for passage of Chang Jiang
at 7.100 and for entering Huangpu Jiang at 7.69)
River anchorages
General information
7.45
7 There are many anchorages in the channels and river
between the outer pilot stations and the entrance to
Huangpu Jiang. For outer anchorages see 7.26. The river
anchorages, the limits of which are shown on the chart, are
given with positions from Hengsha Dao Light (31°18′⋅0N
121°50′⋅8E).
2 Beicao Shuidao
Beicao Anchorage (10 miles ESE), N of D27 Light Buoy
(starboard hand), depths 6 to 8 m depth about 6⋅7 m;a
waiting anchorage for large vessels awaiting the tide or
visibility improvement. Two more anchorages lie
1 mile S, depths about 5 m, and adjacent to W, depths
about 6 m.
3 Hengsha Anchorages (2 miles W), three anchorages
for large vessels (7.29) waiting for the tide,
berthing instructions or weather improvement,
consist of three areas between D37 and D43 Light
Buoys (starboard hand), with depths from 7 m to
12 m, mud and sand. The middle anchorage is for
tankers and dangerous cargoes. Maximum stay
72 hours.
Yuanyuansha Large Vessel Emergency Anchorage
(6 miles W), bounded by D42, D44, A51 and A53
Light Buoys (lateral); lies adjacent to Beicao Shuidao
and Nancao Shuidao.
4 Nancao Shuidao
Jiuduansha Small Vessel Anchorages Nos 1 and 2
(6 miles SSW), between A40 and A44 Light Buoys
(port hand); depths about 6 m. Maximum stay
72 hours.
IV
257b
Jiangyanan Sha Temporary Dangerous Cargoes and
Temporary Anchorages (4¼ miles SW and 5 miles
WSW respectively), between A45 and A51 Light
Buoys (starboard hand), depths 7 to 12 m. A dangerous
wreck lies on NW corner of Temporary Anchorage.
5 Nangang Shuidao
Anchorages Nos 1 to 11 (9 miles to 18 miles WNW)
between Nos 51 and 65 Light Buoys (starboard hand)
in depths of 9 to 14 m. with less than 5 m in No 10 and
11. Only anchorages Nos 8 and 9 are available for
ships in international trade. Maximum stay 72 hours.
A dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies in the N
part of No 5. The anchorage area is under control of
Wusong VTS, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(6).
6 Caution. All the above anchorages are immediately
adjacent to traffic lanes. Depths and positions of buoys in
anchorages are subject to change; vessels are liable to drag
anchor and should use a good scope of cable and be
vigilant.
Hangzhou Bay Port
General information
7.45a
1 Description. Hangzhou Bay Port (30°54′N 121°56′E) is
a new port under construction (2008), including land
reclamation, NE of Nanhui Zui (6.239).
Beigang Shuidao
Charts 1603, 1619, Chinese charts 13179, 13121 (see 1.17)
7.46
1 Description. Beigang Shuidao, the N entrance through
Changjiang Kou into Chang Jiang, is a channel leading
generally W for about 40 miles. It is entered about 5 miles
SSE of Sheshan Dao (31°25′⋅4N 122°14′⋅4E) (7.32). It may
also be entered from Beicao Shuidao via Hengsha Tongdao
(7.46a). Beigang Shuidao leads into Xinqiao Tongdao
which leads about 5 miles farther W to rejoin the main
channel through Baoshan Hangdao (7.103).
Xingqiao Shuidao is branch leading WNW along S shore
of Chongming Dao.
2 Beigang Shuidao lies between Chongming Dongtan and
Chongming Qiantan, a drying bank extending E of
Chongming Dao (31°30′N 121°50′E) and Hengsha Qiantan,
a similar bank extending E from Hengsha Dao (31°20′N
121°51′E). The channel is obstructed by shoals and wrecks.
3 For depths see 7.21. It is used only by vessels with local
knowledge and less than 1000 dwt.
Below the N entrance to Hengsha Tongdao (31°23′N
121°47′E) the channel is generally unmarked. Upriver the
channels are marked by light buoys (lateral and
mid -channel).
4 A bridge is under construction (2006) between
Chongming Dao and Changxing Dao, 4½ miles SW. A
navigation channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passes
through the construction area and adjacent safety zones
(2008) have been established; a racon (7.33) is transmitted
from Beigang Shuidao Platform on SW side of the channel.
Regulations are in force for the safety zone, including the
prohibition of anchoring. Further information should be
obtained from the local authorities.
Local knowledge is required.
Wk49/08

Hengsha Tongdao
7.46a
1 (continued from 7.39) Description. Hengsha Tongdao
(31°21′N 121°48′E) is a strait between Hengsha Dao (7.39)
and Changxing Dao (7.39) leading generally N for about
5 miles from Beicao Shuidao to Beigang Shuidao providing
access to the deeper water of Beigang Shuidao above its
estuary. The strait is 7 cables wide with a least navigable
width of 3 cables between drying banks. The S entrance is
marked by light buoys (lateral), but the main part of the
strait is mainly unmarked.
2 Depths. A least depth in the S approach of 6⋅7 m, and
within the strait the least mid -channel depth is about 9 m.
Tidal streams. The in -going stream sets N with a
maximum rate of 3⋅8 kn, and out -going S, maximum
1⋅9 kn.
3 Directions. From a position in Beicao Shuidao close
NNE of D40 Light Buoy (port hand) (31°17′⋅6N
121°47′⋅4E), the track initially leads NNE for 8 cables
through a short TSS (7.29) lying between Hengsha West
and Hengsha Oil Tankers and Dangerous Cargoes
Anchorages (7.45).
Wk49/08
IV
257c
4 The track leads to a position between Changxing Qiandi
Warning No 1 Light Beacon (racon) (not named on chart)
(31°18′⋅6N 121°47′⋅6E) and Q3 Light buoy (special),
5¾ cables ESE, marking N point of the latter anchorage
above.
5 The track then leads generally NNW through a short
entrance channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), and then
through Hengsha Tongdao, passing (with positions from
Changxing Qiandi Warning No 1 Light Beacon):
6 Across a corridor where anchoring and fishing are
prohibited (2 miles), marked on both banks by
light beacons (red triangle on red beacons),
thence:
WSW of Hengsha Dao NW Point Light Beacon
(4¼ miles N); a rock which dries 0⋅8 m lies 2½ cables
S, thence:
7 ENE of a light buoy (E cardinal) (4½ miles NNE)
lying NE of a drying bank extending NE from
Changxing Dao.
The track then leads NE into Beigang Shuidao (7.46).

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Chile–BocaChica—Directions;depth
200
Paragraph 6.220 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
N of a depth of 0⋅5 m (6 miles E), (existence
doubtful), thence:
Chilean Notice 9/83/08
(SDD 2008000 084889) [48/08]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Arrival information;
anchorages
379
Paragraph 10.29 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 There are two designated anchorages:
No 1 anchorage area is centred 8 miles WNW of the
harbour entrance, N of the recommended
approach. Depths are from 34 to 38 m.
No 2 anchorage area is centred 7¾ miles W of the
harbour entrance, S of the recommended
approach. Depths are from 40 to 42 m.
Lithuanian Navigational Warning 040/08
(SDD 2008000 089188) [48/08]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Port de Papeete -
Rade de Papeete — Mooring buoy
167
Paragraph 6.195 1 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
...regulations given at 6.199. A good berth is about
½ cable SSW of Motu -Uta (6.211), dependant on size,
and clear of a mooring buoy 1½ cables WSW of the
SW end of Quai au Long -cours (6.211). The bottom is
sand, shells and mud.
French Notice 08/41/88
(HH. 595/430/05) [48/08]
Hawaiian Islands - Hawaii - Kawaihae Harbor
—Depth
271
Paragraph 11.136 1 line 7 For 3m. Read 1⋅2 m.
US Notice 45/19330/08
(SDD 2008000 089452) [48/08]
4.1
[48/08]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Piracy - ICC International Maritime Bureau —
Contact details
65
Paragraph 3.107 3 lines 9 -12 Replace by:
...free of charge from the ICC International
Maritime Bureau’s Piracy Reporting Centre at:
ICC Intermational Maritime Bureau (Asia Regional
Office)
PO Box 12599
50782 Kuala Lumpur
Malaysia.
The centre operates 24 hours a day and can be
contacted as follows:
Paragraph 3.107 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
4 Telephone: +603 2078 5763
Fax: +603 2078 5769
Telex: MA 34199 IMBPCI
E Mail: imbkl@icc -ccs.org
24 -hour
anti -piracy
helpline:
+603 2031 0014
66
Paragraph 3.110 5 Replace by:
5 ICC International Maritime Bureau
Cinnabar Wharf
26 Wapping High Street
London E1W 1NG
United Kingdom.
Telephone: +44 (0)207 423 6960
Fax: +44 (0)207 423 6961
E Mail imb@icc -ccs.org
Website: www.icc -ccs.org
ICC International Maritime Bureau
(HH. 100/367/09) [48/08]
Wk48/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Guangzhou and Huangpu — Pilot
station
274
Paragraph 8.12 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...(8.130), in position 22°05′N113°51′E, 2 miles
W of anchorage No 13ZH.
Hong Kong Chart HK2502
(HH. 548/436/08) [47/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Zhitou Yang and Luotou Shuidao —
Pilot boarding position; wreck
213
Paragraph 6.53 1 line 8 Replace by:
...Signals Volume 6(6).
Pilots may also board in an Inspection Anchorage
(29°51′⋅6N 122°13′⋅0E) at Mazhi (6.138).
215
After Paragraph 6.60 5 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck, existence doubtful,
lying 1 mile S of Zhairuo Shan SE Light, thence:
227
Paragraph 6.138 2 lines 22 -23 For Inpection anchorage
Read Inspection and pilotage anchorage
Paragraph 6.140 1 line 5 Replace by:
...Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
Pilots may also board in an Inspection Anchorage
(29°51′⋅6N 122°13′⋅0E) at Mazhi (6.138).
Chinese Chart 13391
(HH. 548/470/10) [47/08]
Wk47/08
4.1
[47/08]
China - Liaodong Wan - Yingkou — Directions;
depth; buoyage; leading lights
355
Paragraph 10.215 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 The least charted depth in the buoyed channel
across the bar is 1⋅7 m. Depths in Liaohe Kou and
Liao...
357
Paragraph 10.236 1 Replace by:
1 From a position 3 cables N of Yingkou Light Float
(40°31′⋅1N 121°59′⋅0E) the track leads ENE for
3¾ miles across the bar, very hard sand, to a position
between Nos 4 and 4 -1 Light Buoys (lateral); the
channel is marked by light buoys (lateral) and the
training wall (10.210) lies close SSE of the line of
buoys; see 10.215 for notes on depths and buoyage.
Paragraph 10.236 3 Replace by:
3 The channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) then
leads NE, and to starboard of the alignment (040¼°)
of the leading lights, for about 2½ miles across the
bar, and then regains the alignment 1 cable NW of
No 7 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (3½ miles SW of
the front light), thence:
The channel continues on this alignment for
7¾ cables to a position between Nos 8 and 8 -1 Light
Buoys (lateral) and on to a second alignment of
leading lights (below).
The channel lies between the drying banks of Dong
Tan to E, and Lanjiang Sha and Xi Tan to W
(10.210). A short training wall, consisting of stones,
awash, lies on the W side of the entrance channel NW
of No 8 -1 Light Buoy (port hand).
Chinese Notices 33/1256 -1259/08; 34/1288 -1290/08
(HH. 548/524/04) [47/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - BandÝrma — Dangerous wreck
86
Paragraph 2.154 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 The outer harbour may be approached from
seaward, noting a dangerous wreck 2¾ cables NW
from the N breakwater head. The wreck is marked by
a light buoy (isolated danger).
Turkish Notice 42.219.08
(SDD 2008000 086615) [46/08]
4.1
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Germany - Die Elbe - Stade -Bützfleth —
Controlling depth
[46/08]
227
Paragraph 7.164 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. Maintained depth of 13⋅9 m in
the fairway to Elbehafen Bützfleth jetty.
German Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2008000 086915) [46/08]
Wk46/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - La Loire — Directions; secondary
channel; buoyage
138
Paragraph 6.52 Replace by:
1 A secondary channel adjacent to and NW of Chenal
de Bonne -Anse, is used by vessels when the main
channel downstream of Saint -Nazaire - Saint -Brévin
Bridge is being navigated by large vessels, particularly
gas tankers. The channel is marked on its N side by
Sud Villès Martin Light Buoy (S cardinal) 2 miles
ENE of Pointe de l’Ève (47°14′⋅3N 2°16′⋅1W), Sud
Grande Rade Light Buoy (S cardinal) 2½ miles ENE
of Pointe de l’Ève and Sud de la Basse Nazaire Light
Buoy (S cardinal) 1¼ miles SW of Saint -Nazaire -
Saint -Brévin Bridge (47°17′⋅1N 2°10′⋅2W). Additional
buoys (special) are moored to the N of the secondary
channel.
French Notice 37/31/08
(SDD 2008000 080025) [45/08]
Spain - North coast - Ría de Suances —
Directions; beacons
275
Paragraph 10.73 2 line 2 For 1 cable NW Read 2¼ cables
NNW
276
Paragraph 10.73 2 lines 8 -10 Delete and is marked To
NNW)
Paragraph 10.73 3 line 3 Replace by:
Thence the channel, marked by light beacons (port
hand), follows the training wall at a...
Spanish Notice 41/259/08
(SDD 2008000 083787) [45/08]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - North coast - Kefken Adasi to EreÔli —
Akçakoca Gas Field
115
After Paragraph 3.28 Insert:
Akçakoca Gas Field
3.28a
1 Akçakoca Gas Field (41°10′N 31°10′E) consists of
three platforms, all of which are lit. A pipeline
Wk45/08
4.1
[45/08]
connects all three to the shore at a position 3 miles E
of Akçakoca. A prohibited area of width 5 cables
surrounds the pipeline and platforms; and a secondary
prohibited area of similar width extends 3½ miles
NNW from a position between the two E platforms.
Paragraph 3.30 2 line 3 Replace by:
N of Akçakoca Kale Light (metal tower on white
concrete base, 9 m in height) (38½ miles ESE),
thence:
N of Akçakoca Gas Field (3.28a) (40 miles E),
thence:
Turkish Notice 38/202/08
(SDD 2008000 084544) [45/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions;
Light buoy
269
Existing Section IV Notice Week 34/08 Paragraph 8.61 2
lines 8 -10 Replace by:
...4°57′⋅0W) (8.50) thence between Men Réal, marked on
its E side by Basse Réal Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(48°24′⋅6N 4°57′⋅1W), and the W edge of the drying reef
about 7 cables NNE of the direction light, marked on its W
side by a light buoy (port hand) (48°24′⋅6N 4°57′⋅0W).
French Notice 08/41/45
(SDD 2008000 085826) [45/08]
France - North coast - Approaches to
Perros -Guirec — Directions; wreck
315
Paragraph 9.140 3 line 7 For an obstruction Read a stranded
wreck
French Chart 7125
(SDD 2008000 069490) [45/08]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
Thailand - Ko Chang — Major light
142
After Paragraph 4.203 1 line 6 Add:
Ko Chang Trat Light (12°06′N 102°17′E).
Thai Notice 134/2551/2008
(SDD 2008000 084592) [45/08]

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Vågsfjorden - South -eastern part - Tovikskjeret
— Light buoy
R58-59Delete
85
Norwegian Notice 19/1069/08
(SDD 2008000 084127) [45/08]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2007 Edition)
Oman - Port Salalah — Outer anchorages
334
Paragraph 13.43 1 line 1 Replace by:
Four anchorage areas designated A, B, C and D
have been...
Paragraph 13.43 1 line 4 For vessels Read small vessels
Paragraph 13.43 1 lines 7 -8 For STS bunkering operations
Read vessels carrying hazardous cargo and STS operations.
After Paragraph 13.43 1 line 8 Add:
Anchorage D (4 miles ESE) for large vessels
awaiting a berth.
Omani Notices 9/17/2008; 9/18/2008
(SDD 2008000 082672) [45/08]
IV
4.2
Wk45/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Hanko to Utö — Anchorage;
authorised draught
231
Paragraph 6.73 1 line 5 For 6⋅1 m Read 2⋅4 m
Finnish Notice 28/485/08
(SDD 2008000 083611) [44/08]
Finland - Lövskär to Rajakari — Directions;
authorised draughts
241
Paragraph 6.132 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...anchorage off Finby (60°12′⋅5N 21°53′⋅5E); then
it leads SSE and SE for...
Paragraph 6.132 2 line 2 After ...channel, Insert:
authorised for a draught of 4⋅3 m,...
242
Paragraph 6.134 1 line 3 For 7⋅3 m Read 4⋅3 m
Finnish Notice 28/485/08
(SDD 2008000 083611) [44/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Spain - North coast - Ribadeo — Directions;
light beacon
301
Paragraph 11.99 1 line 1 For 43°35′⋅4N Read 43°33′⋅4N
Paragraph 11.99 3 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
3 By day the alignment (170½°) of these marks, as
shown on the chart, or at night in the white sector
(148° -172°) of Piedras Las Carraias Light Beacon
(43°33′⋅1N 7°02′⋅0W) (green post), leads S to a
position 4¼ cables N of front mark, in the entrance to
the estuary, passing (positions given from front mark):
Spanish Notice 40/252/08
(SDD 2008000 081358) [44/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai
Donggang and Luanjiakou — Directions; light
325
Paragraph 9.120 1 Replace by:
1 Penglai Donggang (Penglai Xin Gang). From a
position with Penglai Donggang Breakwater Head
Light (black and white metal tube, 6 m in height)
(37°49′⋅4N 120°50′⋅1E) bearing 170° distant 2 miles,
the track leads S for about 1¾ miles through Penglai
Donggang Waihangdao, an unmarked channel, 5 cables
Wk44/08
4.1
[44/08]
3
wide, to a position between Nos 0 and 1 Light Buoys
(lateral), 3¼ cables NW of the light.
The track then continues SSE for about 4 cables
though a channel, about 130 m wide, marked by light
buoys (lateral), thence E to enter the harbour passing
S of the breakwater.
After Paragraph 9.120 2 Add:
Luanjiakou. From a position about 1 mile NNW of
Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (37°52′⋅0N
120°31′⋅7E), Luanjiakou Gangqu Outer Channel,
marked by light buoys (lateral) and least width
6 cables, leads SSE for 5½ miles, thence ESE for
2½ miles to a position N of the harbour.
Useful Mark:
Luanjiakou Pier Light (37°47°⋅6N 120°38′⋅1E)
(green metal framework tower, 12 m in height).
Chinese Charts 11932, 11943; Chinese Notice 31/1149/08
(HH. 032/210/02; HH. 536/410/05) [44/08]
China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches —
Directions; lights; wrecks; buoyage
336
Paragraph 10.64 1 lines 3 and 4 Replace by:
Huang Hua Light Buoy (38°32′⋅5N 118°21′⋅4E).
337
Paragraph 10.66 3 lines 2 and 3 Delete
Paragraph 10.67 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 18/08 Replace by:
1 Major lights:
Dakouhe Leading Lights, 3 pairs, as detailed below.
Racons:
Huang Hua Light Buoy (38°32′⋅5N 118°21′⋅4E).
No 2 Light Beacon (38°22′⋅5N 118°00′⋅2E).
No 40 Light Buoy (38°21′⋅4N 117°57′⋅1E).
2 Approach. The outer anchorages may be
approached directly from the NE; but keeping clear of
a number of charted dangerous wrecks, each marked
by a light buoy (isolated danger), lying between S and
WNW and within 7 miles of Huang Hua Light Buoy.
3 Dakouhe Leading Lights. Three pairs of leading
lights on alignment 239½° comprising a middle pair
on the centre line of the channel, and N and S pairs
marking the NW and SE edges of channel
respectively:
Middle Front Light (yellow diamond, black stripe on
white metal tower, red bands, 27 m in height)
(38°19′⋅2N 117°52′⋅2E),
4 Middle Rear Light (similar construction, 43 m in
height) (9 cables from front);
North Front Light (red triangle, point down, on white
metal framework tower, 27 m in height) (close
NNW of Middle Front Light),
North Rear Light (similar construction, 43 m in
height) (6¾ cables from front);

5 South Front Light (red triangle, point up, on
white metal framework tower, 27 m in height)
(close SSE of Middle Front Light),
South Rear Light (similar construction, 43 m in
height) (8¾ cables from front);
6 Entry. The harbour is approached on this alignment
of leading lights passing close NNW of Huang Hua
Light Buoy (safe water), thence:
NW of a dangerous wreck, 4½ miles SW of Huang
Hua Light Buoy, close SE of the above alignment,
and marked by a light buoy (isolated danger)
close S.
7 The track then continues on the alignment through
a channel marked by light beacons and light buoys,
and entering between the outer breakwater heads
(38°23′⋅5N 118°01′⋅5E), each marked by a light (X on
buoyant beacon). An obstruction lies in the channel
close outside the breakwater heads.
No 2 Light Beacon (yellow X on yellow beacon, 9 m
in height), lies on S Breakwater 1½ miles SW of
the entrance.
8 The track then leads between the inner breakwater
heads, 5¾ miles SW of outer entrance, and marked by
lights (yellow beacons, 18 m in height).
Berths. Three berths, largest 280 m in length and a
depth of 14⋅0 m.
Chinese Charts 11770 and 11781
(HH. 548/518/05; HH. 548/525/01) [44/08]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Ports of Mangalore and New Mangalore —
Directions; wrecks; racon
203
Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 4-5 Delete
204
Paragraph 6.31 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 NNE of a 9⋅8 m wreck (2¼ miles WSW),
thence:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (1¼ miles W), thence:
205
Paragraph 6.49 1 lines 2-3 Delete
Paragraph 6.50 2 lines 1-3 Delete
207
Paragraph 6.60 1 lines 2-3 Delete
Indian Notice 504/08
(SDD 2008000 082097) [44/08]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Tunisia - Gulf of Gabès — Directions; dangerous
wreck
319
Paragraph 7.232 5 line 5 Replace by:
IV
4.2
...bank extending SE from Bancs des Sur-Kenis,
and noting a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(30 miles S).
Paragraph 7.233 1 line 5 Replace by:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (position
1
approximate) (18 miles SE), thence:
SSW of O Light Buoy (11 miles SE), thence:
Paragraph 7.234 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
From a position SE of O Light Buoy (34°08′N
10°26′E) the track leads 18 miles SW through open
water, passing with positions fron Bordj Djilidj Light
(33°53′N 10°45′E) (7.262):
NW of a stranded wreck lying on the 20 m
depth contour line, (7¾ miles NW), thence:
NW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(15 miles NW).
Navarea III 423/08
(SDD 2008000 083545) [44/08]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - W coast - Isola Palmaria — Marine
nature reserve
158
After Paragraph 4.167 3 Insert:
4 A marine nature reserve extends from Capo
dell’ Isola (44°01′⋅9N 9°50′⋅8E) to Punta San Pietro
(4.169) and includes sea areas off Isola del Tino and
W coast of Isola Palmaria, as shown on the chart, in
which restrictions and prohibitions apply. Mariners
should consult local authorities for details.
Italian Notice 16.3/08
(SDD 2008000 069525) [44/08]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Moray Firth - Southern Shore - Buckie —
Directions
118
Paragraph 4.144 1-4 Replace by:
1 The approach to Buckie Harbour leads SE from
Spey Bay to a position 2½ cables W of West Muck
Light Beacon (tripod, 5 m in height) (57°41′⋅1N
2°58′⋅0W). From this position the recommended track
(128°) should be followed for about 3¼ cables to a
position 1½ cables W of the head of North West
Pier.
2 When the alignment (096°) of the following lights
is reached, course should be altered generally E to
make the harbour entrance, keeping in the white sector
of Cliff Terrace Light (white column, 10 m in height)
(57°40′⋅7N 2°57′⋅4W) and keeping at least ¾ cable
distant from the NE extremity of Rook Craig
(2½ cables WSW of the harbour entrance and covered
by the green sector of Cliff Terrace Light):
Wk44/08

3 Front: North West Pier Head Light (red column,
5 m in height) (57°40′⋅8N 2°57′⋅7W).
Rear: Buckie Harbour Light (white tower, 15 m in
height) (60 m E of front light)) on North West
Pier.
4 The harbour entrance faces WNW and is marked on
the NNE side by North West Pier Head Light, and on
the SSW side by West Pier Light (green column) on
the N elbow of West Pier. Abreast of the latter the
entrance is 24⋅5 m wide but it narrows to a width of
18 m between the elbow of North West Pier and Pier
No 1.
119
Paragraph 4.144 5 lines 2 -6 Replace by:
Mariners should note that the alignment 096° (see
above) does not lead directly to, or through, the
harbour entrance.
Buckie Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 076164) [44/08]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Scotland - Firth of Forth and River Forth —
Anchorages; tide guage; vertical clearances
85
Paragraph 4.7 2 line 6 For Bo’ness Anchorage Read
Tancred Bank Anchorage.
87
Paragraph 4.19 1 line 1 For M2 to M6 Read M1 to M5.
Paragraph 4.20 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...Terminal are not permitted to anchor in K7
anchorage unless a pilot is embarked (4.5). A large
area of foul ground borders the E side of...
90
Paragraph 4.50 2 lines 1 -2 For L5, L6 and L7 Read L1, L2
and L3.
94
Paragraph 4.81 6 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 41/08 Replace by:
6 NNW of Oxcars Light (4.82) which stands on a
rocky islet at the W end of Oxcars Bank,
thence:
Paragraph 4.84 1 line 4 For B2, B4 and B5 Read B1, B2 and
B3.
99
Paragraph 4.129 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
....spans is level for 146 m and has a vertical
clearance of 42 m below the painting and
maintenance...
Paragraph 4.129 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 Road Bridge. With painting and maintenance
platforms fitted, there is a vertical clearance of 40 m
between the green and red lights, rising to 41 m under
the central white light.
Wk44/08
IV
4.3
106
Paragraph 4.191 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Anchorages R1 to R4 lie in the fairway SW of
Rosyth (56°01′⋅5N 3°27′⋅0W).
Paragraph 4.192 including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.192
Paragraph 4.193 line 1 including heading Replace by:
Tancred Bank
4.193
1 There are four anchor berths, T1 to T4, each with a
swinging radius of 1 cable, in mid -river WNW of
Tancred Bank (56°01′⋅5N 3°33′⋅0W).
Forth Ports plc
(SDD 2008000 081792) [44/08]
England - Blakeney Harbour — Directions; light
beacon
194
Paragraph 8.36 5 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...stranded wreck (52°59′⋅0N 0°58′⋅2E) which is marked by
Hjordis Light Beacon (isolated danger). Initially the
channel is marked by...
Trinity House
(SDD 2008000 080571) [44/08]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norway - Pilotage regulations — Baseline
7
Paragraph 1.47 2 line 4 After ...entire Norwegian coast.
Add:
See diagram 1.47, which shows the baseline,
territorial limits, and areas within the baseline which
are exempt from compulsory pilotage. See also
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
After Paragraph 1.47 Insert:
Diagram 1.47 which is printed at the end of this
week’s Section IV Notices.
Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004)
(HH. 078/360/02) [44/08]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Pilotage regulations — Baseline
Paragraph 1.33 2 line 3 After ...coast. Add:
6
See diagram 1.33, which shows the baseline and
territorial limits. See also Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(2).
After Paragraph 1.33 Insert:

Diagram 1.33 which is printed at the end of this
week’s Section IV Notices.
Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004)
(HH. 078/360/02) [44/08]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline
4
Existing Supplement correction Paragraph 1.41 line 7 After
...entire Norwegian coast. Add:
See diagram 1.41, which shows the baseline,
territorial limits and the area within the baseline which
is exempt from compulsory pilotage.
Existing Supplement correction After Paragraph 1.41
Insert:
Diagram 1.41 which is printed at the end of this
week’s Section IV Notices.
Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004)
(HH. 078/360/02) [44/08]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline
5
Existing Supplement correction Paragraph 1.46 Add:
See diagram 1.46, which shows the baseline,
territorial limits, and area within the baseline which
are exempt from compulsory pilotage. See also
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
Existing Supplement correction After Paragraph 1.46
Insert:
Diagram 1.46 which is printed at the end of this
week’s Section IV Notices.
Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004)
(HH. 078/360/02) [44/08]
IV
4.4
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Pilotage - General regulations — Baseline
5
Existing Supplement correction Paragraph 1.38 Add:
See diagram 1.38, which shows the baseline,
territorial limits, and areas within the baseline which
are exempt from compulsory pilotage. See also
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
Existing Supplement correction After Paragraph 1.38
Insert:
Diagram 1.38 which is printed at the end of this
week’s Section IV Notices.
Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004)
(HH. 078/360/02) [44/08]
Wk44/08

Baseline
Territorial limit
Areas exempted from compulsory
pilotage
Kristiansand
Arendal
NP 57A
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIA NP 55
NORTH SEA (EAST)
PILOT
Norway Pilot Vol I
Wk44/08
N O R W A Y
IV
Brevik
NP 56
NORWAY PILOT
VOL I
Oslo
Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline
and areas exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.47)
4.5
NP 18
BALTIC PILOT
VOL I
S W E D E N
NP 56

Norway Pilot Vol IIA
NP 57B
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIB
NP 57A
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIA
Bergen
IV
Ålesund
Stavanger
Kristiansand
Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline (1.33)
4.6
N O R W A Y
Baseline
Territorial limit
Arendal
NP 56
NORWAY PILOT
VOL I
NP 57A
Wk44/08

NP 57A
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIA
Norway Pilot Vol IIB
Wk44/08
Baseline
Territorial limit
Area exempted from compulsory
pilotage
NP 57B
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIB
Ålesund
Kristiansund
IV
NP 58A
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIIA
N O R W A Y
Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline
and area exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.41)
4.7
Trondheim
Sandnessjøen
S W E D E N
NP 57B

NP 57B
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIB
Norway Pilot Vol IIIA
Baseline
Territorial limit
Area exempted from compulsory
pilotage
NP 58A
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIIA
IV
Sandnessjøen
Mo I Rana
Bodø
N O R W A Y
Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline
and area exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.46)
4.8
NP 58B
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIIB
Lødingen
Andenes
S W E D E N
Narvik
NP 58A
Wk44/08

Wk44/08
Baseline
Territorial limit
Areas exempted from compulsory
pilotage
NP 58B
NORWAY PILOT
VOL IIIB
Nordkapp
Honningsvåg
Hammerfest
Sørøya
IV
4.9
Poluostrov
Rybachiy
Kirkenes
Tromsø
N O R W A Y
Senja
Andenes
R U S S I A
Lødingen
F I N L A N D
Narvik
S W E D E N
NP 58B
Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline
and areas exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.38)
Norway Pilot Vol IIIB

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Ukraine - Mys Tarkhankut to Mys Mehanom —
Recommended routes; TSS
206
Paragraph 6.313 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Recommended routes Nos 81 and 82 lead between
the TSS in the approaches to Odes’ka Zatoka and the
TSS off Mys Khersones’kyy (4435N 3323E) in the
S part of Kryms’kyy Pivostriv.
207
Paragraph 6.317 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Route. Recommended route No 81 leads SE for
130 miles to the TSS off Mys Khersones’kyy
(Khersones) (4435N...
Paragraph 6.317 2 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
Close SW of an obstruction with a least depth of
146 m over it. Thence:
211
Paragraph 6.355 1 line 3 Add:
Recommended route No 72 leads from a position
1 mile W of Mys Khersones’kyy to a position
1½ miles N of the point, and thence E to the inbound
lane of the TSS in the approach to Sevastopol’skaya
Bukta. Only small tonnage vessels and coasters are
allowed to use this route.
212
Paragraph 6.358 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...extends WNW, NNW, ESE and 11 miles SSW
from the traffic roundabout.
215
Paragraph 6.396 1 line 2 Add:
1 The S route extends 11 miles SSW to the SE end of
routes Nos 81 and 82.
Recommended route No 72 leads from a position
1 mile W of Mys Khersones’kyy to a position 4 miles
SW of Mys Fiolent, and thence SE to a position
2½ miles S of Mys Sarych. The route continues E to
its junction with route No 8 (7.17), 7 miles SE of Mys
Kikineyz. Only small tonnage vessels and coasters are
allowed to use this route.
Paragraph 6.398 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation scheme. From a position 8 miles
W of Mys Khersones’kyy, a TSS leads 20 miles SE,
then 35 miles E to a position 15 miles SE of Mys
Kikineyz. Recommended route No 8 (7.22) crosses the
TSS 9 miles SSE of Mys Kikineyz, and Recommended
routes Nos 83 and 84 join the E end of the scheme
(7.12). This TSS is not IMO...
4.1
Paragraph 6.401 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
[43/08]
1 Route. From a position off Mys Khersones’kyy
(6.317), the TSS (6.398) leads SSW, SE and E for
47 miles, passing (with positions from Mys Sarych
(4423N 3345E)):
219
Paragraph 7.9 1 line 7 Replace by:
...separation scheme, located 15 miles SE of Mys
Kikineyz (6.398). See Appendix II.
220
Paragraph 7.12 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Recommended routes Nos 83 and 84 join the E end
of the TSS at 4415N 3416E and 4417N 3416E,
respectively. From the vicinity of 4418N 3505E on
Recommended
Nos 39...
route No 84, Recommended routes
1
Paragraph 7.16 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
From a position SSE of Mys Kikineyz (6.401)
Recommended routes Nos 83 and 84 lead E and W
respectively, through waters clear of charted dangers,
between the E termination of the TSS (4416N
3416E)
routes...
and their junction with Recommended
221
Paragraph 7.17 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Yalta (4430N 3410E) is approached between
Mys Ay -Todor (4426N 3407E) and Mys Nikitin
(7 miles NE), by two Recommended routes, No 8
(7.22) from SSW, and No 40, as charted.
1
Recommended route No 72 joins route No 8 from W,
45 miles S of Mys Ay -Todor. Only small tonnage
vessels and coasters are allowed to use this route.
Paragraph 7.22 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Initial position: 4415N 3405E at the crossing
section of the traffic separation scheme (6.398).
Route. Recommended route No 8 leads NNE,
through waters clear of charted dangers, to Yaltinskiy
Zatoka, passing:
Russian Notice 39/5523/08
(SDD 2008000 080570) [43/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
Korea - West Coast - Taesan approaches —
Shoals; wrecks
416
Paragraph 12.86 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
WNW of an isolated 132 m rocky shoal (36538N
126075E), thence:
Wk43/08

WNW of an isolated 86 m rocky shoal, 1½ miles
NNE, thence:
Paragraph 12.86 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 WNW of an isolated 84 m shoal, 1 mile SW of
Ando (3657N 12610E), thence:
WNW of Ando, from where a light (12.45) is
exhibited. This light marks the NW extremity of
Chang -ant’oe (12.47). A wreck, depth 215 m,
lies 2¼ miles NNW, and a second wreck, depth
31 m, lies 3½ cables farther N. Thence:
Korean Chart 357
(HH. 557/419/13) [43/08]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Port Muhammad Bin Qasim - Ahsan Channel —
Dangerous wreck
322
Paragraph 10.52 3 Replace by:
3 Thence the dredged channel should be followed
through the inner part of Ahsan Channel to B1 and B2
Light Buoys (lateral) at the S end of Phitti Creek.
Pakistani Notice 113/08
(SDD 2008000 081193) [43/08]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2007 Edition)
Kermadec Islands — National Nature Reserves
and Marine Reserve
307
Paragraph 11.7 Replace by:
National Nature Reserves and Marine Reserve
11.7
1 National Nature Reserves. All the islands of the
Kermadec group are nature reserves and cannot be
visited without a landing permit from the New Zealand
Department of Conservation. Raoul Island is the most
robust of the islands, and visitor permits are available
to those with a genuine interest in its natural and
cultural history. The other islands are extremely
fragile, and cannot withstand even low numbers of
visitors. Permits to land are only given to people for
work which will assist either the management or
understanding of the island’s ecosystems.
2 Marine Reserve. The waters around all the
Kermadec Islands and rocks, out to the edge of the
Territorial Sea limit (12 miles) are a marine reserve.
The following regulations apply:
All fishing and other extractive activities are
prohibited.
Activities that interfere with or disturb marine life
are also prohibited.
3 Vessels visiting the islands may anchor if they
exercise care.
It is an offence to discharge any toxic pollutant or
rubbish into the reserve.
Wk43/08
IV
4.2
Fines of up to $200 000 and/or six months’
imprisonment may apply under the Marine
Reserves Act 1971 for any offences committed.
New Zealand Department of Conservation
(HH. 597/500/03) [43/08]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Off Texel TSS to IJmuiden — Wind farm
75
Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/08 Paragraph 3.9 2
lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 A second wind farm comprising 62 turbines is
contained within a prohibited area centred on 5235N
413E, about 14½ miles offshore. Eleven turbines on
the periphery exhibit flashing yellow lights (Morse
Code U) and some are equipped with fog horns. A
submarine cable extends from the wind farm to a
position on the mainland in the vicinity of Wijk aan
Zee (5230N 435E).
79
Paragraph 3.45 1 line 7 Delete under construction (2006)
Netherlands Notice 34/385/08
(SDD 2008000 071636) [43/08]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norway - Kristiansand - Fiskabukta —
Anchorage
72
Paragraph 2.141 Replace by:
Spare
2.141
Norwegian Notice 18/1027/08
(SDD 2008000 080945) [43/08]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Straumane - South part — Vertical clearances
397
Paragraph 10.316 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:...Alverstraumen.
Paragraph 10.316 2 line 6 For 42 m Read 36 m
Norwegian Notices 18/1032/08; 18/1033/08
(SDDs 2008000 080957; 080959) [43/08]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Nova Scotia - Cape Mocodome to Liscomb Point
- Port Bickerton — Directions; lights; buoys
74
Paragraph 3.104 Including heading Replace by:

Harbour
3.104
1 Mouton Harbour, in the SW part of the inlet, is
protected by a small peninsula, which extends E into
the inlet, and an angled mole extending NNE and then
WNW from the end of the peninsula. A light, (round
mast, white trapezoidal daymark with red stripe, 4 m
in height) (4506N 6144W) is exhibited from the
molehead. There are several piers in the vicinity.
2 Port Bickerton. A public pier is situated in front of
Port Bickerton village (4506N 6143W); a light
(framework tower, white trapezoidal daymark with red
stripe, 3 m in height) (4506N 6144W) and radio
mast (red lights, 31 m in height) stand on the pierhead.
75
Paragraph 3.105 1 lines 1 -2 For VC Light -buoy Read V
Light -buoy
Paragraph 3.105 3 Replace by:
3 SW of Gibbs Shoal, over which there is a depth
of 107 m, thence:
Between Barachois Head (3.103) and Bickerton
Island, noting the deepest water in the channel,
which is about 1 cable wide with depths of 11 m,
lies nearer to the NE shore.
Buoyed channels then lead to Mouton Harbour and
Port Bickerton.
IV
4.3
1
Paragraph 3.106 Replace by:
Spare
3.106
Paragraph 3.107 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
From a position about 5 cables NW of Barachois
Head Light (3.103) a channel, with an outer and inner
reach, the former marked by leading lights, leads to
Mouton Harbour.
Paragraph 3.107 2 Replace by:
2 Inner Reach. the inner reach is marked by light
buoys up to the public wharf. The track passes close
SSW of Mouton Harbour Approach Light (framework
tower, red triangle on red and white rectangular
daymark, 4 m in height) (4506N 6143W), which is
exhibited from a drying patch ¾ cable E of Mouton
Harbour Molehead (3.104).
Paragraph 3.108 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.108
Canadian Eastern Notice 09/4234/08
(SDD 2008000 079800) [43/08]
Wk43/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Nigeria - Lagos harbour approaches —
Directions; dangerous wrecks
338
Paragraph 11.142 5 line 2 After ...Mole. Insert:
A further dangerous wreck lies 1¼ miles WSW of
West Mole.
Saja Shipping
(SDD 2008000 078639) [42/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Jiaobei Dao — Directions;
lights; wrecks
183
Paragraph 5.42 4 and 5 lines 1 -9 Including existing
Section IV Notice Week 25/08 Replace by:
4 SE of Dingcao Yu (27°14′⋅8N 120°33′⋅6E), from
where a light (5.37) is exhibited, thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (27°18′⋅1N 120°39′⋅7E); a
second dangerous wreck, position approximate,
lies 2 miles W, and a third (masts), position
approximate (reported 2007), lies 1¼ miles N,
thence:
SE of Jiaobei Dao Light (black six -sided stone
masonry column, 10 m in height) (27°20′⋅6N
120°38′⋅3E), exhibited from the islet (5.45), and:
5 SE of Dayu Jiao (27°22′⋅0N 120°38′⋅7E) (5.45),
thence:
SE of Baimu Jiao Light Beacon (isolated danger, 9 m
in height) (27°24′⋅4N 120°43′⋅3E), and a
dangerous wreck 1¼ miles N; thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (mast), 3½ miles ESE of
Baimu Jiao, thence:
SE of Pingyang Zui (27°28′⋅6N 120°41′⋅2E) (5.46)
from where a light (5.37) is exhibited; two
dangerous wrecks, position approximate and
buoyed respectively, lie 2½ miles S and 3¼ miles
SSE, thence:
Chinese Notices 30/1103/08, 30/1104/08; BA Chart 1754
(HH. 548/469/02) [42/08]
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao -
Waiyangang Dao north -northeastwards —
Obstructions
209
After Paragraph 6.28 1 line 9 Insert:
Caution. See 6.32.
Wk42/08
4.1
[42/08]
Paragraph 6.32 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Caution. Numerous obstructions are reported on
this route; see legend on chart.
From a position SE of Waiyang’an Dao (29°52′N...
Chinese Chart 13300
(HH. 548/464/01) [42/08]
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao -
Dahuanglong Dao eastwards — Wreck
211
Paragraph 6.36 2 lines 4 and 5 Replace by:
...122°33′E) (6.205); a rock lies 1 mile E of S point
and a dangerous wreck, reported 2008, 1½ miles
farther E, position approximate; this approach passes
over a rocky shoal, depth 11 m, 1¼ miles ESE of the
island. Fishing stakes may be found S of the island.
236
Paragraph 6.200 4 lines1to4Replace by:
4 ENE of a dangerous wreck (30°39′⋅2N 122°36′⋅9E)
(reported 2008), lying 2 miles ESE of Changshan Zui,
the E extremity of Dahuanglong Dao (6.205), and
from where a light (white round concrete tower, red
bands, 17 m in height) is exhibited.
Chinese Notice 31/1152/08
(HH. 548/464/01) [42/08]
China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Huoshan
Liedao northwards — Wrecks, buoy
219
After Paragraph 6.83 3 line 6 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (mast) (9½ miles W)
position approximate; two more dangerous
wrecks, positions approximate, lie 2¾ miles
WNW and 4 miles WSW, the latter with a fish
trap area close NE, thence:
220
Paragraph 6.87 7 lines1to3Replace by:
7 WNW of an unmarked dangerous wreck, mast
(6 miles SSW) and:
Across Jinshan Hangdao (6.250), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (10¾ miles SSW),
position approximate; a dangerous wreck (mast),
lies 2¾ miles ESE, position approximate, thence:
243
Paragraph 6.250 2 lines3to5Replace by:
NNW of an unmarked dangerous wreck (mast)
(11¼ miles ESE); the wreck lies in the
E -going traffic lane, thence:
Chinese Notice 23/795/08
(HH. 548/464/01) [42/08]

China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Jintang
Shuidao northwards — Depth
221
Paragraph 6.100 3 line 3 Replace by:
Passing S of Huangniu Jiao a least depth of
12⋅7 m, ...
Chinese Chart 13300
(HH. 548/464/01) [42/08]
IV
4.2
China - Yellow Sea - Qianli Yan
east -northeastwards — Directions; shoal
305
Paragraph 8.134 2 line 10 Replace by:
Clear of a rocky shoal, depth 11 m, 8½ miles ENE.
Chinese Chart 12300
(HH. 548/500/06) [42/08]
Wk42/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Australia - Queensland - Wide Bay Harbour —
Directions; direction light
151
Paragraph 5.53 1 lines 7 -8 For 296° (2001) Read 281°
(2008)
Australian Notice 19/952/08
(AA357592) [41/08]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - zmit Körfezi — Autoport Terminal
97
After Paragraph 2.289 Insert:
Autoport Terminal
2.289a
1 Autoport Terminal (40°43′N 29°52′E), formerly
Zeyport, is a dedicated car terminal for loading
vehicles. The terminal consists of a broad storage area
extending E from the shore, with an angled jetty
extending E then N from the NE head of the storage
area.
2 The N extension of the jetty provides two berths,
328 and 246 m long, enabling the operation of two
vessels simultaneously. Depths alongside the berths are
from10to12⋅5 m. The port has the capacity to handle
400 000 vehicles annually.
The port is operated by Arkas Holding S.A., Liman
Caddesi Arkas Binasi No 38, Alsancak 35230, Izmir,
Turkey.
E -mail. autoport@autoport.com.tr
www.autoport.com.tr; UKHO
(HH. 024/200/01) [41/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
Approaches to Exmouth — Depths; buoyage;
light; pilotage; directions
158
Paragraph 5.105 3 lines 2 -4 Delete A To distance.
161
Paragraph 5.115 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Least charted depth: 0⋅4 m in the fairway about
5¾ cables WSW of Orcombe Point. The channel is
subject to...
Paragraph 5.116 1 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
Wk41/08
4.1
[41/08]
1 Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained
about 6¼ cables SE of Orcombe Point whilst waiting
to enter harbour.
Paragraph 5.117 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 Channel. The entrance to River Exe is fronted by a
bar about 6 cables SW of Orcombe Point. The channel
is narrow and marked by buoys (port and starboard
hand). It is bordered on its NE side by several ledges
and rocks some...
Paragraph 5.118 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 5 cables S of Straight Point
(50°36′⋅4N 3°21′⋅7W) the track leads W for about
1¼ miles towards Exe Light Buoy (safe water)
(50°35′⋅9N 3°23′⋅8W).
2 After passing clear of Exe Light Buoy the track
leads generally NNW between buoys (port and
starboard), some of which are lit, until reaching a
position between No 7 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
and No 8 Light Buoy (port hand) (both 6½ cables W
of Orcombe Point).
After Paragraph 5.118 3 line 2 Add: Channel buoys are
moved as required to take account of shifting sandbanks.
Canal and Harbour Manager, Exeter; UKHO
(SDD 2008000 071837) [41/08]
England - South Coast - Approaches to
Chichester Harbour — Directions; landmark
219
Paragraph 7.115 1 lines 2 -3 Delete
Paragraph 7.117 1 Line 1 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 34/08 Replace by:
1 Approaches. Make for a...
Paragraphs 7.117 5 and 6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 34/08 Delete
220
After Paragraph 7.119 2 Insert:
Cakeham Tower (brick ruins) (50°46′⋅4N 0°53′⋅3W)
surrounded by trees.
Chichester Harbour Conservancy
(SDD 2008000 48880) [41/08]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Scotland - River Forth - Braefoot Marine
Terminal — Directions; leading lights
94
Paragraph 4.81 6 lines 3 Delete bridge clearance gauge and
98
Paragraph 4.118 1 lines 1 -2 Delete (only in operation when
traffic is moving in the terminal)

Paragraph 4.119 1 lines 1 -2 Delete (only in operation when
traffic is moving in the terminal)
Paragraph 4.120 1 lines 1 -2 Delete (only in operation when
traffic is moving in the terminal)
Paragraph 4.129 3 Delete
99
Forth Ports Plc
(SDD 2008000 078611) [41/08]
Scotland - River Forth - Rosyth — Directions;
light beacon
104
Paragraph 4.175 2 line 2 For Light Beacon C Read Beacon
C.
Paragraph 4.176 1 lines 1 -9 Replace by:
1 On passing No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) (4 cables
SSE), course is adjusted WNW to the harbour
entrance, a distance of about 5 cables. By day, the
alignment (115°) astern of Beacon C and Beacon D
(4.175) may be used.
The fairway is 1 cable wide and passes S of the
coastal bank and N of Whale Back (4.189).
Forth Ports plc
(SDD 2008000 070428) [41/08]
IV
4.2
Wk41/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Guyane Française - Cayenne — Directions; rock
awash; wreck; light buoy
56
Paragraph 2.53 7 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
7 ENE of Le Cheval Blanc Light (white pylon, red
top, marked CH -B, 15 m in height) (1 mile SSW). A
rock awash lies 1¼ cables NW and a wreck lies
¾ cable WSW, respectively, of the light. Foul ground,
with the ruins of fishtraps on it, extends 5 cables W
from Le Cheval Blanc to the drying bank on the W
side of the river entrance, and:
Paragraph 2.53 8 line 5 Replace by:
...V Light Buoy (starboard hand), and:
French Notice 08/34/68
(SDD 2008000 075175) [40/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou —
Routeing measures; TSS; directions; anchorages;
pilotage; lights; racons
208
Paragraph 6.24 7 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 23/08 Replace by:
7 If proceeding towards Changjiang Kou TSS the
track then leads NNW, passing (with positions from
Huaniao Shan Light (30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E) (6.21)):
236
Paragraph 6.195 1 lines 5 -6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 23/08 Replace by:
...Liedao, to a position NW of Mao Shan (30°50′N
122°36′E) and S of the C3 traffic lane to Changjiang
Kou (7.35).
237
Paragraph 6.200 10 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 23/08 Replace by:
10 The track continues to a position about 3 miles NW
of Mao Shan. Traffic Lane C3 of Changjiang Kou TSS
(7.35) can then be approached.
238
Paragraph 6.206 1 line 3 Replace by:
...connecting with routes leading ESE, S and WSW
from...
Paragraph 6.215 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...122°40′E) (6.27) the track leads generally WSW,
passing (with...
Paragraph 6.215 5 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 23/08 Delete
4.1
[40/08]
239
After Paragraph 6.215 9 Continuity line 5 Replace by:
...and for approaches to C3 Traffic Lane to
Changjiang Kou at 7.35)
251
Paragraph 7.11 1 line 5 Replace by:
Changjiang Kou Light Float (31°06′⋅2N
122°32′⋅0E).
Nancao Light Vessel (30°59′⋅5N 122°32′⋅0E).
1
252
Paragraph 7.13 Replace by:
The TSS complex may be approached from seaward
from E, noting the many dangers (7.8), on an inshore
route from N (see also 8.13) or from S (see 7.35).
Paragraph 7.16 existing Section IV Notice Week 23/08
Replace by:
1 Outer approaches: Changjiang Kou (7.15) is
approached through a TSS complex (31°03′N
122°32′E) (7.29) including two interconnected
precautionary areas. Vessels proceeding via Beicao
Shuidao should pass through Precautionary Area A,
see 7.17, and those for Nancao Shuidao via
2
Precautionary Area B, see 7.18.
Vessels entering the TSS from seaward are advised
to proceed directly through the relevant W -going or
WNW -going traffic lane to the appropriate
precautionary area, or to the appropriate anchorage as
necessary; see 7.34.
A TSS also leads from SSW towards Nanzhi
Hangdao,
(7.29).
a channel for vessels less than 200 dwt
1
Paragraph 7.20 Replace by:
Outer Approaches to Precautionary Areas A and
B. A number of charted wrecks and obstructions lie in
the approaches to the traffic lanes. With these
exceptions the limiting depths are in the inner
approaches (7.21).
Paragraph 7.21 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
Beicao Shuidao (7.37) Main Channel generally has
depths in the buoyed channel between 10 m and
11 m, however in one section the depths are less
than 10 m. The designed channel depth is...
Paragraph 7.21 2 line 2 Replace by:
...Auxiliary Channel has a...
253
Paragraph 7.21 5 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
5 C2 traffic lane between Precautionary Area A
and B has a least depth of 12⋅4 m in the
S -going traffic lane, and a dangerous wreck
close W of the lane.
Paragraph 7.26 existing Section IV Notice Week 23/08
Replace by:
1 There are two anchorages in the approaches to
Changjiang Kou as follows:
Wk40/08

Anchorage Position Remarks
Changjiang
KouNo1
Changjiang
KouNo2
31°10′N
122°37′E
31°02′N
122°37′E
For vessels using Main
Channel through Beicao
Shuidao. Depths 20 to
31 m.
For vessels using
Auxiliary Channel
through Nancao
Shuidao. Depths 16 to
18 m.
2
Paragraph 7.27 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 23/08 Replace by:
Main Channel (7.29) through Beicao Shuidao:
No 2(N) (31°07′⋅8N 122°36′⋅5E),
No 2(S) (31°04′⋅6N 122°36′⋅5E),
No 1(N) (31°07′⋅3N 122°25′⋅5E),
No 1(S) (31°05′⋅0N 122°25′⋅5E);
Auxiliary Channel (7.29) through Nancao
Shuidao:
No 3(N) (31°03′⋅0N 122°18′⋅8E),
No 3(S) (31°01′⋅4N 122°18′⋅4E);
In bad weather conditions pilots may board by
helicopter,
positions.
or in the channels W of the above
Paragraph 7.29 3 lines 8 -11 Replace by:
Vessels using Beicao Shuidao must have a
minimum under keel clearance of 12% of their fresh
water draught. See 7.21.
254
Paragraph 7.29 4 lines 11 -13 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 23/08 Delete
Paragraph 7.32 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
Nancao Light Vessel (30°59′⋅5N 122°32′⋅0E).
Changjiang Kou Light Float (red hull, name on
sides) (31°06′⋅2N 122°32′⋅0E).
Paragraph 7.33 1 lines 7 -10 Replace by:
Changjiang Kou Light Float (31°06′⋅2N
122°32′⋅0E).
Nanzhi Light Vessel (30°59′⋅2N 122°10′⋅5E).
Nancao Light Vessel (30°59′⋅5N 122°32′⋅0E).
255
Paragraph 7.34 including title, continuity and existing
Section IV Notice Week 23/08 Replace by:
Approaches to Traffic Separation Scheme and
outer precautionary areas
7.34
1 Changjiang Kou (7.15) is approached through a
TSS complex (31°03′N 122°32′E), including two
interconnected precautionary areas, which may be
entered from E, ESE, N or S. See also 7.13. All
positions are relative to Huaniao Shan Light
(30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E)
2 Offshore approach to Beicao Shuidao via Traffic
Lane A and Precautionary Area A
Vessels should approach from directions between N
and SE to a position 15 miles N of Huaniao Shan
Light (6.21), passing clear of a number of charted
wrecks and obstructions. Thence:
3 From this position the appropriate anchorage
(7.26) or pilot boarding position (7.27) may
be approached directly, or:
Wk40/08
IV
4
The track leads through W -going Traffic Lane A to a
position N of Changjiang Kou Light Float
(16 miles NW) (7.32) in Precautionary Area A
(31°06′N 122°32′E).
(Directions for Beicao Shuidao continue at 7.37)
Offshore approach to Nancao Shuidao via Traffic
Lane B and Precautionary Area B
From a position 10 miles ENE of Huaniao Shan
Light, the track leads WNW, passing:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (10 miles NE), position
approximate, thence:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (5¼ miles N), position
approximate.
5 The track then continues through WNW -going
Traffic Lane B to a position N of Nancao Light Vessel
(10½ miles NW) in Precautionary Area B (31°00′N
122°32′E).
Alternatively Changjiang Kou No 2 Anchorage
(10 miles NNW) (7.26), may be approached directly
from the position ENE of Huaniao Shan Light,
1
keeping clear of the above wrecks.
(Directions for Nancao Shuidao through
Nancao Hangdao continue at 7.40)
Paragraph 7.35 existing Section IV Notice week 23/08
Replace by:
Inshore approach from N via Traffic Lane C1 to
Precautionary Area A.
From a position E of Sheshan Dao Light
2
(31°25′⋅3N 122°14′⋅5E), and clear of W41 Light Buoy
(isolated danger) 15 miles ESE, the track leads S to
the entrance of S -going Traffic Lane C1, 22 miles SE,
and thence 2 miles S to Precautionary Area A.
Vessels should keep E of the 20 m depth contour,
and inshore wrecks and coastal banks, until about
3 miles N of the TSS; see 8.13 for depths on banks N
of this area.
Inshore approach from S via Traffic Lane C3 to
Precautionary Area B.
Traffic Lane C3 is entered from a position 8 miles
WNW of Huaniao Shan Light. and leads N for 2 miles
to Precautionary Area B.
3 (continued from 6.200) From S Traffic Lane C3 can
be approached from a position 3 miles NW of Mao
Shan Light (30°50′N 122°36′E) (6.215) at the N of
passage between Maan Liedao and Shengshi Liedao
(6.195). The track then leads N for about 5 miles to
enter the N -going traffic lane.
4 (continued from 6.216 (in reverse)) From WSW
Traffic Lane C3 can be approached from the vicinity
of Daji Yang Y24 Light Buoy (safe water) (30°48′⋅6N
122°18′⋅2E) and the route from SSW from Yangshan
Deep Water Port (6.221) and ports in Hangzhou Wan
(6.233). The track then leads ENE for about 15 miles
to enter the N -going traffic lane.
5 Between Precautionary Areas A and B.
Traffic Lane C2 lead about 5 miles N/S between the
areas. A dangerous wreck lies close W of S -going
lane.
Paragraph 7.36 1 Replace by:
1 Nanzhi Hangdao. Nanzhi Light Vessel (30°59′⋅2N
122°10′⋅5E) (7.32) lies at the entrance for this route
for vessels less than 200 dwt (see 7.29) and is
approached direct from between the E and S inshore
of the outer TSS complex (7.16) or from SSW through
a TSS.
4.2

Three stranded wrecks lie 1½ miles WSW of
2
Nanzhi Light Vessel on Tongsha Shazui (7.42).
Paragraph 7.36 2 lines 6 -10 Replace by:
From the vicinity of AO Light Buoy (safe water)
the track leads NNE though the TSS for about 9 miles,
thence NNW for about 2 miles to the vicinity of
Nanzhi Light Vessel, the centreline marked by light
buoys (safe water).
In the NNW section lies a wreck, swept depth
4.3 m, and a wreck, depth 3⋅2 m, close NE. A number
of wrecks and a shoal lie within 6 cables of the
channel.
Paragraph 7.37 2 existing Section IV Notice Week 23/08
Replace by:
From a position in the vicinty of Changjiang Kou
Light Float (31°06′⋅2N 122°32′⋅0E) (7.32) in
Precautionary Area A, the track leads W then
generally WNW for about 43 miles through the TSS,
passing (with positions from Niupi Jiao Light Beacon
(31°08′⋅4N 122°15′⋅1E)):
Between No 1 Pilot Boarding Positions (9½ miles
ESE) (7.27), thence:
256
After Paragraph 7.38 1 line 8 Add:
Over an area with depths less than 10 m between
D20 Light Buoy (port hand) (11¼ miles W), and
D24 Light Buoy (port hand), 4¼ miles farther
NW, thence:
Paragraph 7.40 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 23/08 Replace by:
2 From a position in the vicinity of Nancao Light
Vessel (31°59′⋅5N 122°32′⋅0E) in Precautionary Area B
the track leads generally WNW through the TSS for
about 45 miles, passing (with positions from Hengsha
Dao Light (31°18′⋅0N 121°50′⋅8E)):
Close NNE of a wreck, swept depth 7⋅0 m, position
approximate, 10½ miles WNW of Nancao Light
Vessel, and lying in the separation zone between
S4 and S7 Light Buoys. No 3 Pilot Boarding
Positions (7.27) are in the vicinity. Thence:
BA Chart 1602
(HH. 032/209/02) [40/08]
Korea, West Coast - Boryeong, Taesan, T’aean
Hang and Tangjin Hwaryok Seaberth — Vessel
traffic service; port operations
408
Before Paragraph 12.18 Paragraph heading Insert:
Vessel traffic service
12.17a
1 Taesan VTS operates at Boryeong, see 12.42a.
412
After Paragraph 12.42 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
12.42a
1 A VTS is in operation at Taesan and approaches;
Taesan VTS also operates at Boryeong (12.13), T’aean
Hang (12.51) and Tangjin Hwaryok Seaberth (12.98).
Its use is compulsory for foreign vessels, Korean
IV
4.3
vessels over 300 gt and some other vessels. For details
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
414
Paragraph 12.63 2 including paragraph heading Replace
by:
Port operations
12.63a
1 Berthing at some berths is at slack water only, at
others on ebb tide, daylight only.
Vessel traffic service
12.63b
1 See 12.42a.
418
Paragraph 12.98 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Vessel traffic service
Tangjin Hwaryok Seaberth is covered by Taesan
VTS, see 12.42a.
Directions. From the vicinity of Mallyuk Pilot
station...
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 557/040/01) [40/08]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Fusafjorden - Vinnessundet — Vertical clearance
308
Paragraph 8.180 2 line 2 For 25 m Read 18 m
Norwegian Notice 17/961/08
(SDD 2008000 076336) [40/08]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Kamøyfjorden - Kamøyvær eastwards —
Anchorage; submarine cable
265
R33 After mooring rings Insert: , noting the presence of a
submarine power cable which is laid 1 cable off, and
parallel to, the SW shore.
Norwegian Notice 17/992/08
(SDD 2008000 076365) [40/08]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Fiji Islands - Viti Levu - South -eastern part -
Suva Harbour — Directions; light
262
Paragraph 8.170 3 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
W of a light beacon (green tower on green hexagonal
base, 11 m in height) (7¼ cables...
Fijian Coastal Navigational Warning 32/2008
(HH. 586/520/05) [40/08]
Wk40/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2007 Edition)
Vancouver Island - Gillam Channel —
Directions; buoyage
385
Paragraph 11.87 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
Racon: M40 Light Buoy (49°47′⋅1N 127°02′⋅5W).
Paragraph 11.88 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 NW of M40 Light Buoy (starboard hand) which is
moored 2 cables W of a patch, with a least depth of
8⋅6 m ...
Paragraph 11.88 3 line 3 Replace by:
... and autumn months;
386
Paragraph 11.88 3 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
... a detached rock, with a depth of 7⋅4 m over it, lies close
NW of the W extremity of the reef. Thence:
Canadian Notice West 08/3604/2008
(SDD 2008000 071498) [39/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Qiqu Liedao eastwards —
Buoys; pilotage
239
Paragraph 6.216 6 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
WNW of Y20 Light Buoy (safe water) (3¾ miles
W), and where the route from NNW through
Yangshan Gang E Branch Channel (6.217) joins.
A pilot boarding position (6.228) for Yangshan
Deep Water Port lies N of the light buoy.
240
Paragraph 6.228 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
From N in area N of Y20 Light Buoy (safe water)
(30°35′⋅4N 122°12′⋅3E).
Chinese Notice 29/1044/08
(HH. 548/463/01) [39/08]
China - East coast - Hangzhou Wan - Hangzou
Wan Kuhai Bridge — Fairways; vertical
clearances; traffic; lights; racons; directions
245
Paragraph 6.276 including heading Replace by:
4.1
[39/08]
Bridge and vertical clearances
6.276
1 Hangzhou Wan Kuhai Bridge (30°30′N 121°05′E)
has been constructed in a NNW/SSE direction across
Hangzhou Wan. The bridge is about 22 miles in length
with two fairways beneath the bridge.
2 North fairway has three navigable spans:
Main channel under span 2 (30°33′⋅9N 121°02′⋅8E),
channel alignment 062°/242°, width 100 m on
each side of the centre line, and vertical clearance
47 m. The channel is two way for vessels to
5000 dwt, and one way for vessels 10 000 to
35 000 dwt.
Subsidiary channels under spans 1 and 3 to N and S
respectively, similar alignment, and width 40 m
on each side of the centre line, vertical clearance
28 m, for one way traffic, maximum 1000 dwt.
3 South fairway has one navigable span:
Main channel under span 4 (30°28′⋅4N 121°06′⋅7E),
channel alignment 049°/229°, width 100 m on
each side of the centre line, and vertical clearance
31 m. The channel is two way for vessels to
3000 dwt.
4 The centre of each main channel span is marked by
a light (white square beacon, green arrows).
For further details on fairways see Admiralty Notice
to Mariners 5276(P)/08.
5 Works are in progress (2006) away from the
fairways and marked by light buoys.
Further information on regulations for vessels
passing through the bridge area may be obtained from
Zhejiang Maritime Affairs Bureau.
246
After Paragraph 6.278 1 line 4 Insert:
Hangzhou Wan Kuhai Bridge No 59 Light Beacon
(30°33′⋅9N 121°02′⋅8E).
Hangzhou Wan Kuhai Bridge No 71 Light Beacon
(30°28′⋅4N 121°06′⋅7E).
Paragraph 6.280 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 From a position off the S of the approach channel
to Zhapu, or from the port area, the track leads SW
for about 9 miles, passing:
Beneath Hangzhou Wan Kuhai Bridge (4 miles
SW); there are two main fairways, for details see
6.276, thence:
After Paragraph 6.280 2 Insert:
3 Useful mark:
No 77 Light Beacon (isolated danger, 7 m in height)
(30°27′⋅9N 121°07′⋅6E).
Chinese Notices 22/733,734,773,774,780,791/08 and
32 Part 1/08
(HH.548/441/02; HH.548/441/03) [39/08]
Wk39/08

NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Galway Bay - Galway Docks and Harbour —
Directions; Light buoy
307
Paragraph 10.183 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 SSE of Mutton Island (10.147).
MRCC Dublin
(SDD 2008000 073987) [39/08]
Wk39/08
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP no Page(s) Title
In force 20 September 2008
4.3
[39/08]
Weekly
Edition
1 Africa I
2, 85, 89, 92, 100 Spain - Islas Canarias — Vessel traffic service; Traffic Separation
Schemes; Areas to be avoided
46/06
5 Spain - Islas Canarias — PSSAs 15/07
26, 85 Islas Canarias - Conception Bank — Depth 38/06
86 Islas Canarias - Lanzarote - Arrecife — Directions; light buoy 46/07
90 Islas Canarias - Bajo de Amanay — Depth 52/07
101 Islas Canarias - Tenerife - Punta de los Organos — Wreck 23/08
143 Morocco - Mohammedia - Arrival information — Anchorage 29/08
145 Morocco - Casablanca — Light buoy; racon 19/08
145 -146 Morocco - Casablanca — Light buoy; racon 11/08
149 Morocco - North of Cap de Mazagan — Shoal depth 31/07
155 -156 Morocco - Cap Hadid — Light 45/07
182 Mauritania - South east of Cap Blanc — Stranded wreck 32/07
250 Guinea - Rio Nunez to Conakry — Shoal 10/08
301 Côte d’Ivoire - Lion A Termimal — Exclusion zone 06/07
303 Côte d’Ivoire - Abijan outer anchorage — Wreck 22/07
307, 325 West African Gas Pipeline — prohibited anchorage 20/08
331 Nigeria - Approaches to Lagos — Obstruction 25/08
336 Nigeria - Port of Lagos — Ship to ship transfers 25/08
341 -342, 346, 350 Nigeria - Escravos River - Approaches — Warri; directions 50/07
361 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Agbami Oil Terminal 27/08
376 Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Okoro Oil Terminal 33/08
2 Africa II
67 South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge - Wüst Seamount — Shoals 38/08
141 -148 Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches — Directions 17/08
156 -157 Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal 13/08
163 Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions; wreck 17/08
179 Congo — Moanda Terminal 14/08
195 Angola - Offshore terminals — Kizomba C Terminal 36/08
196 Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa and Greater Plutonio
Terminals
38/08
203 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Anchorage; wreck 23/08
204, 206 Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions 14/08
223 Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon 14/08
294 South Africa - Simon’s Town — Directions for entering harbour 30/08
3 Africa III
87 South Africa - Mossel Bay — Wreck 30/07
270 Tanzania — Songo Songo Island 49/06
4 South -East Alaska
2, 5 Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage 23/08
9 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
63 Felice Strait - Sealed Passage — Directions; wreck 32/08
78 Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth 09/07
84 -85 Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay - Coal Bay and Twelvemile Arm
— Shoal depths
40/06
95 Wrangell Narrows — Depths 36/07
98 Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck 32/08
107 Eastern Passage - Channel Island — Depth 30/06
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.4
Weekly
Edition
108 Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage 20/07
179 Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor — Directions; depth 29/08
212 Chatham Strait - Baranof Island - Warm Spring Bay — Rock 26/08
234 Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth 24/08
261 Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock 24/08
305 Prince William Sound - Hinchinbrook Entrance — Submerged buoy 16/07
305 Valdez Arm — Directions 37/07
314 Prince William Sound - Orca Bay - Port Gravina — Depth 18/08
360 Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula - Port Chatham — Mooring buoy 22/08
377 Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light 15/07
389 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
5 South America I
5 Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water management 25/08
123 Brazil - North coast – Ponta da Praia Grande — Directions; light 35/08
137 Brazil – Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage; submarine cable 32/08
210 Brazil – Terminal da Ponta do Ubu — Anchorages 28/08
253 Brazil – Ilha de Santo Amaro — Wreck 25/08
264 Brazil – Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
290 Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata — Directions 25/08
298 Uruguay – Montevideo — Limiting conditions; local weather 33/08
299 Uruguay – Montevideo — Arrival information; pilotage 33/08
6 South America II
42 East Falkland Island - Approaches to Stanley Harbour -
Cape Pembroke — Racon
24/05
42 Falkland Islands – Berkeley Sound — Wrecks 21/07
43 Falkland Islands - Berkeley Sound — Wreck 32/08
54 Falkland Islands - East Falkland - Mare Harbour; East Cove —
Restricted area; buoy
20/05
67 -68 Falkland Islands - Falkland Sound and San Carlos Water — Traffic
regulations
30/07
117 Argentina - Puerto Santa Cruz — Pilotage 31/07
127 Argentina — Rio Cullen Terminal 27/06
128 -129 San Sebastián Oil Terminal — Berth; directions 40/05
209 Chile - Canal Ocasión — Light buoy 28/08
210 Chile - Canal Cockburn — Depth 40/07
241 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes - Bahia Gente Grande -
Caleta Clarencia Oil Terminal — Leading lights
33/05
248 Chile - Puerto Nuevo — Directions 33/07
249 Chile - Canal Whiteside — Directions 33/07
402 Chile - Estrecho Nelson — Beacon 28/08
411 Chile - Approaches to Golfo Ladrillero — Depth 25/07
7 South America III
71, 72 South Pacific Ocean – Sala y Gómez Ridge — Shoals 23/08
71 -72 Colombia - Coiba Ridge — Depth 28/07
78, 82, 86, 88, 90, 92 -94 Ecuador – Archipiélago de Colón — Recommended tracks 17/08
79 Ecuador - Archipiélago de Colón — Traffic regulations 24/07
111 Chile - Canal Darwin — Directions 44/07
115 Chile – Patagonian Channels – Canal King — Directions 21/07
119 Chile – Canal Moraleda — Directions; depth 30/08
191 -192 Chile - Puerto de Corral — Pilotage 14/07
203 Chile – Bahía Coronel — Directions; wreck 23/08
205 Chile - Puerto San Vicente — Harbour; berth 16/07
211 -212 Chile - Puerto Lirquén — Anchorages 30/07
316 Peru – Callao — Outer anchorage; wreck 31/08
337 Peru – Pimentel — Directions; production platform 31/08
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
343 Peru - Paita — Wreck 12/07
354 Ecuador – Canal de Jambelí — Directions; buoyage 22/08
361 -362 Ecuador - Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
364 Ecuador - Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
7A South America IV
54 Guyane Française - Dégrad des Cannes — Directions; leading line 47/07
61 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Buoy 33/07
72 Guyana - New Amsterdam — Anchorage; pilots 22/08
107 Trinidad - Radix Point to Galera Point — Mud volcano 34/07
152 Venezuela - Isla La Sola — Directions; light 06/08
158 -161 Venezuela - Cumaná — Light 51/07
169 Venezuela - Islas de Píritu — Directions 29/07
218 Aruba - Oranjestad — Pilotage 11/08
232 Colombia - Punta Gallinas — Directions; wrecks 19/08
258 Colombia - Puerto Zúñiga — General information; anchorage areas 29/07
267 Colombia - Cartagena - Bocachica — Directions; leading lights 31/08
8 Pacific coasts of Central America and United States
8 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
247 Mexico - Ensenada — Racon 34/07
249 Mexico - Ensenada — Directions 41/07
397 Columbia River — Advanced Notice of Entry 44/07
417 -420 United States of America – Washington — Directions 22/08
420 Washington - Umatilla Reef — Directions 51/07
9 Antarctic
3 Antarctic Treaty Area — Ballast water management 19/07
3, 253, 255 Antarctic Specially Protected Areas 01/05
79 Îles Crozet - Île de la Possession - Baie du Marin — Anchorage 05/07
80 Indian Ocean, Îles Kerguelen — Mooring regulations 30/06
100 Southern Ocean - Heard and McDonald Islands — Marine Reserve 14/07
125 -126 South Georgia - Cape Paryadin — Andrews Rocks 06/06
140 Signy Island - W coast — Anchorage; rock 02/08
141 South Shetland Islands - Elephant Island - Cape Valentine — Depth 24/05
146 King George Island - Tu Rocks — Beacon 37/07
154 South Shetland Islands - Deception Island - Port Foster — Directions 49/04
160 Joinville Island Group - Dundee Island - Welchness — Depth; aids to
navigation
23/06
161 Antarctic Sound - Hope Bay - Hut Cove — Rocas Denticuladas
Light -beacons
11/05
164 Trinity Island - Farewell Rock — Beacon 37/07
171 Danco Coast - Cierva Point — Beacon 37/07
11 Arctic II
3 Svalbard — Navigation warning 26/07
4 Regulations - Iceland — Pollution prevention reporting scheme 13/08
4 Regulations - Iceland — Ship reporting 27/08
4, 75, 78 -79, 85 -87, 90, Iceland, south -west coast — Traffic Separation Scheme; Areas to be 17/08
94 -97
Avoided; reporting area
4 Norway - Svalbard — Position reporting regulations 35/08
17 Greenland — Ice reconnaissance 33/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 21/05
101 Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions 18/07
103 Iceland - Skerjafjördhur — Buoy; leading beacons 21/05
133 Iceland - Súgandafjördhur - Sudhureyri — Approach 46/06
149 Iceland - Berufjörður — Approaches 08/06
214 Svalbard - Bellsund and Van Mijenfjorden — Traffic regulations 38/08
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.6
Weekly
Edition
226 -227 Svalbard – Ny-Ålesund — Restricted area; anchorage 12/05
253 Svalbard - Ginevrabotnen — Depths 08/08
12 Arctic III
536 Appendix III 41/07
13 Australia I
92 Queensland - Weipa — Anchorages 11/06
92 Queensland - Weipa — Pilot Boarding Place 34/05
92 Queensland - Weipa — Prohibited area 37/07
96 Queensland - Karumba — Mooring buoys 34/07
108 Northern Territory - Bromby Islets — Light buoy 22/07
111 Northern Territory - Gove Harbour — Light -buoys 49/05
133 Northern Territory - Point Jahleel — Depths 28/07
148 Northern Territory - Melville Island - Apsley Strait — Buoyage 33/05
149 Northern Territories - Darwin — Submarine pipeline; light -beacons 11/06
153 Northern Territories - Darwin — Traffic regulations; light -buoys 11/06
155 Northern Territory - Darwin — Light buoys established 11/07
158 Northern Territories - Darwin — Berth; light -buoy 11/06
183 Western Australia - Scott Reef - Sandy Islet — Tower 26/06
193 Western Australia - Port of Koolan Island 28/07
205 Western Australia - Lacepede Channel — Racons 26/06
209 Western Australia - Broome — Pilotage; tugs 43/07
217 Western Australia - Port Hedland — Landmark 43/07
221 Western Australia - North West Cape — Oil production wells 18/07
222 Western Australia — Offshore production platforms 29/07
225 -227 Western Australia - Port Walcott — Directions 11/08
230 Western Australia - Dampier — Safety Exclusion Zones 08/07
232 -233 Western Australia - Dampier — Leading lights; directions 04/06
241 Western Australia - Mary Anne Passage - Corner Shoals — Depth 12/06
246 Western Australia - North West Cape — Oil field 21/06
259 Western Australia - Carnarvon — Lights 21/07
266 Western Australia - Houtman Abrolhos — Racon 18/07
266 Western Australia - Houtman Abrolhos — Racon 20/07
268 Western Australia - Geelvink Channel — Depth 50/05
272 Western Australia - Cliff Head — Submarine pipeline; oil production
platform
15/06
280 -281, 283 -284 Western Australia - Approaches to Fremantle — Depths; pilotage;
directions
43/05
295 -296 Western Australia - Bunbury — Depths; anchorages; pilotage 12/08
314 Western Australia - Hopetoun - Mary Ann Haven — Beacons 47/05
333 South Australia - Thevenard — Light Beacon 24/06
336 South Australia - Streaky Bay — Aids to navigation 23/06
345 -346, 351, 355, 361 South Australia - Spencer Gulf — Directions; deep -water route 34/07
347 South Australia - Thistle Island — Light -buoy 08/06
349 -350 South Australia - Port Lincoln — BHP Jetty 25/07
362, 364, 366 South Australia - Whyalla to Port Pirie — Pilotage 33/05
364 South Australia - Port Bonython — Restricted areas 22/06
368 South Australia - Flinders Channel — Middle Bank beacons 41/07
375 South Australia - South Page — Racon established 14/07
383 -384, 386 -388 South Australia - Adelaide — Leading lights; pilot boarding area; port
limits
38/06
386, 389 South Australia - Adelaide — Depth; leading beacons 11/06
392 South Australia - Port Giles — Depths 50/05
394 South Australia - Ardrossan — Depths 35/06
14 Australia II
259 Tasmania - Great Oyster Bay — Marine farm 49/07
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.7
Weekly
Edition
278 New South Wales - Batemans Bay — Leading lights 49/07
290, 292 -293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — VTS reporting points 21/08
293 New South Wales - Port Kembla — Boarding grounds 49/07
304 New South Wales — Submarine cable protection zone 49/07
15 Australia III
4, 367 Queensland - Torres Strait and approaches — Pilotage 40/06
72, 73 Coral Sea - Mellish Reef South-south-westwards and Avon Island
South-south-westwards — Depths
23/08
88 New South Wales — Submarine cable protection zone 41/07
88 New South Wales - Bungan Head — Historic wreck 32/07
95 New South Wales - Lake Macquarie — Leading lights 06/06
127 Queensland - Gold Coast Seaway — Directions; leading lights 36/08
136 Queensland - Moreton Bay - East Channel — Depth 08/06
136 -137 Queensland - Brisbane — Controlling depths; under keel clearances 11/07
137 Queensland - Brisbane — Under -keel allowances 33/07
140 Queensland - Brisbane River - Eagle Farm Flats Reach — Leading
lights discontinued
24/06
140 Queensland - Brisbane River — Directions; leading lights 46/07
148 Australia - Queensland - Sandy Cape — Racon 22/07
148 Queensland - Barwon Bank — Directions; light buoys 48/07
154 Australia, Queensland - Bustard Head Light — Red sector removed 33/07
157 Australia - Queensland - Pialba — Radio Mast 22/07
158 Queensland - Great Sandy Strait — Directions; light buoy 44/07
164 Queensland - Gladstone — Controlling depth 37/07
165 Queensland - Gladstone — Pilot boarding places 14/07
167 Queensland - Gladstone - Auckland Channel — Facing Island
Leading Light Beacons
43/07
168 -169 Australia - Queensland - Gladstone — Navaid 22/07
176, 177 Queensland - Port of Rockhampton - Port Alma — Buoyage 33/08
177 Queensland - Port of Rockhampton - Port Alma — Depths 36/08
194 Queensland - Thirsty Sound — Depth 41/07
203 Queensland - Port of Hay Point — Pilot boarding places 19/07
203 Queensland - Hay Point — Restricted area; aid to navigation 38/06
204, 206 -207 Queensland - Flat Top Island — Light discontinued 06/07
217 Queensland - Hillsborough Channel - Fantome Rocks — Depth 05/06
228 Queensland - Shute Harbour — Prohibited anchorage 14/06
232 Queensland - Bowen —Leading light 28/07
246 -247 Queensland - Hinchinbrook Channel — Pilotage 25/07
252 Queensland - Townsville - Breakwater Marina Channel — Depth 04/06
255 Queensland, Townsville - West Channel — Clearing line 41/07
260 Queensland - Mourilyan Harbour — Depth 04/06
295 Queensland - Eden Reef — Racon 27/06
304 Queensland - Lads Passage — Directions; buoyage 07/08
312 Queensland - Fairway Reef — Wreck 04/06
318 Queensland - Clerke Island — Light 36/06
339, 341 -343 Papua New Guinea, Round Hill Anchorage to Cloudy Bay — Beacons
discontinued
50/06
344, 348 Papua New Guinea - Port Moresby to Round Hill Anchorage —
Beacons discontinued
03/07
377 -378 Queensland - Torres Strait - Gannet Passage; Herald Patches —
Depths; buoyage
04/06
377 Queensland - Torres Strait - Gannet Passage — Depth 06/06
377, 380 Queensland - Varzin Passage — Light buoys 48/06
378 Australia, Torres Strait - Alert Patches — Light -buoy altered 50/06
378 Australia - Queensland - East Strait Island — Leading light 22/07
383 Torres Strait - Goods Island - Bertie Bay Anchorage — Obstruction 16/06
386 Queensland - Ellis Channel — Directions; buoyage 05/08
399 Queensland - Ului Island — Shoal 41/07
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.8
Weekly
Edition
18 Baltic I
3 Denmark and Sweden - ship reporting systems — SOUNDREP;
BELTREP; discontinuation of SHIPPOS
18/08
4 Denmark - Traffic and operations — Ship movement reporting 29/07
61, 187 General information - entrance to Baltic Sea — IMO recommendations 19/08
62 Through Routes North Sea to Baltic Sea — IMO Maritime Safety
Committee
38/07
112 Denmark - Læsø north -eastwards — Prohibited areas 36/08
132 Sweden - Halmstad — Directions 10/07
139 Denmark — Hundested Havn — Leading lights 32/08
199 The Sound - Helsingborg to Lous Flak — Traffic Separation Scheme 17/08
204, 209 Denmark - København — Bryggebroen swing bridge 05/07
219 Sweden - Drogden and Flintrännan — Hazards; sailing race area 33/08
344 Denmark - Ristinge and approaches — Rock 32/08
409 Germany - Hafen Olpenitz — Directions 14/07
436 Germany - Lübeck — Directions 14/07
444 Germany - Gedser to Baltic Sea — Controlling depth 38/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 14/07
448 Germany - Stralsund North approaches — Draughts 22/07
450 Germany - Stralsund approaches — Darßer Ort 48/07
19 Baltic II
296 Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light beacon 29/08
385 Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage; wreck 27/08
20 Baltic III
10 Finland - Traffic and operations — Recommended tracks 22/07
90, 444 -445, 452 Sweden - Norra Kvarken - Stora Fjäderägg — Light 34/08
103 Estonia - Tallinn — Anchorage 25/07
109 Estonia - Muuga — Pilotage 47/06
120 Russia - Sankt Peterburg and approaches — Anchorage 37/08
123 Russia - Kronshtadskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater — Directions; wreck 17/08
155 Finland - Approach to Inkoo — Directions 45/06
161 Finland - Björköfjärden — Anchorage 05/07
163, 168 Finland - Helsinki — Directions 35/08
172 Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — Draught 03/08
186 Finland - Kejvsalö Östra Fjärd — Authorised draught 07/07
200 Finland - Approaches to Hamina — Einonkarinmatala Light 25/07
207 Finland - Maringinlahti — Directions 34/08
212 -213 Russia - Vyborg — Directions 40/07
223 Finland - Utö to Flötjan — Directions 45/06
228 Finland - Channel via Paraistenportti — Directions 45/06
261 -263 Finland - Maarianhamina — Approach; directions 45/06
263 Finland - Maarianhamina and approaches — Shoaling 34/07
279 -280 Finland - Hylkkari to Kloppi — Directions 45/06
282 Finland - Uusikaupunki — Directions 20/07
287 Finland - Kuuskajaskari — Directions 04/07
329 Finland - Himanka — Authorised draught 07/07
375 Approaches to Karskär and Långharen — Directions 14/08
384 -386 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Authorised draughts;
directions
35/08
384 Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches — Draughts 46/07
385 Sweden - Söderhamn — Anchorage 12/08
402 Sweden - Galtström — Directions 45/06
421 Sweden - Storön to Södra Ulvön - Inshore passage — Directions; light 34/08
439 -442 Sweden - Umeå and approaches — Directions 50/07
485 -486 Sweden - Malören to Repskärsfjärden — Authorised draughts 10/08
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.9
Weekly
Edition
21 Bay of Bengal
1 East coast of India — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
2 Tsunami 03/05
4, 143 Thailand — Firing Practice Areas 05/07
53 India - Coromandel coast - Kºverippattinam — Dangerous wreck 45/04
56 India - Chennai — Submarine cables 08/07
56 India - Coromandel coast - Chennai Light — Racon 13/05
59 India - Coromandel coast — Rºmºypatnam Light 06/05
60 India - Coromandel coast - Nizampatnam — Light 33/04
61 India - Coromandel coast - Approaches to Kºkinºda - Vºkalapødi
Light — Racon
06/06
63 India, East coast - Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Dolphin’s Nose
Light — Racon
05/06
63 Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam - Gangavaran Port — Development 17/07
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Inner Harbour — Development 39/04
64 India, East coast - Vishºkhapatnam Outer Harbour — Development 35/04
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Light 43/05
67 India - Orissa coast - Bºruva — Depth 45/06
70 India - East coast - Paradip — VLCC Anchorage 22/06
80 India - Swatch of No -Ground — Depths 39/06
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 26/04
83 Approaches to Karnaphuli River — Stranded wreck 31/04
83 -85 Bangla Desh - Chittagong — Wrecks; pilot boarding position 44/06
87 Bangladesh - Chittagong coast - Cox’s Bluff — Submarine cable;
anchorage
25/05
87 Bangladesh - Cox’s Bazar South -westwards — Submarine cable 03/07
105 Burma (Myanmar) — Yadana Gasfield 29/05
144 Thailand, West coast - Mu Ko Similan - Ko Similan Eastwards —
Rock
03/07
160 Andaman Islands - Port Blair - Hood Point — Dangerous wreck 45/05
162 Andaman Sea - The Sisters — Dangerous Wreck 15/07
162 Andaman Islands - South Brother Island — Rock 11/05
22 Bay of Biscay
53 Bretagne - Pointe de Penmarc’h — Directions 11/08
58 Loctudy - Chenal de l’Ouest — Directions 36/07
87 Approaches to Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 17/08
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 35/07
87 Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions 13/08
111 Île Hoëdic - Port de l’Argol — Directions 15/08
113 Baie de Quiberon — Directions 42/07
122 -123 Rade de Pénerf — Directions 50/07
135, 137 France - La Loire Approaches - Chenal du Sud — Directions 26/08
162 Baie de Bourgneuf - Eastern Part - Le Fain — Directions 35/07
181 Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions 52/07
199 France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions 32/08
199 France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions; buoyage 35/08
199 Coureau D’Oléron — Directions 50/07
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions; buoyage 35/08
208 France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions 26/08
215 La Gironde - Secondary Channel — Directions 35/07
224 Bassin d’Arcachon — Directions 36/07
231 France - West coast - Bayonne — Directions; leading lights 37/08
233 Approaches to Baie de Saint -Jean -De -Luz — Directions 06/08
245 Pasaia to Punta Mariantón — Directions 35/07
282, 284 Cabo Lastres to Cabo San Lorenzo and Gijon — Directions 41/07
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.10
Weekly
Edition
23 Bering Sea and Strait
15, 26, 88, 140 -141,
159, 171 -172, 188,
191 -194, 215 -218,
221 -222, 226 -227, 234,
243, 248 -252, 255, 257,
259 -262, 269, 276
United States — Protection of wildlife 40/05
15 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
101 Saint Paul Harbor — Racon 37/07
114 Alaska - Kodiak Island - Geese Channel — Controlling depth 38/08
146 Alaska Peninsula - Unavikshak Island — Depth 29/07
151 Alaska Peninsula - Kuiukta Bay — Depth 31/07
191 Aleutian Islands - Akun Strait — Current 33/07
194 Aleutian Islands - Baby Pass — Depth 37/07
194 Aleutian Islands – Baby Pass — Depth 22/08
195 Aleutian Islands - Unalga Pass — Depths 05/08
230 Aleutian Islands, west part — Atka 27/06
307 Norton Sound - Cape Rodney — Shoal depths 40/06
307 Alaska - Nome Harbor; Snake River — Entrance; caution 04/06
422 -424 United States Code of Federal Regulations - Ports and Waterways
Safety - General — Notice of Arrival Information Items
19/05
431 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov
78 Turkey - Ince Burnu — Natural gas pipeline 23/07
88 Marmara Denizi - Mudanya LimanÝ - Anchorage — Caution 11/07
101 Turkey - Adalar passage — Isolated danger buoy 34/07
113, 135 -136, 138 -140,
238 -240
Georgia - TSS; approaches; restricted areas 45/07
116 Turkey - EreÔli — Anchorages 15/07
117 Turkey - EreÔli — Spoil ground light buoy 30/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Karadeniz LPG Terminal 20/07
129 Turkey - Tirebolu — Espiye Petroleum Terminal 42/07
155 Romania - Mangalia anchorage — Dangerous wreck 33/07
181 Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Anchorage 05/08
189 Ukraine - Yuzhnyy — Obstruction 05/08
222 Ukraine - Yalta — Anchorage 19/07
230 Russia - Novorossiyskaya Bukhta — Danger area 30/07
234 Russia - Tuapse — Controlling depth 18/07
236 Russia - Sochi — Controlling depth 48/07
241, 242 Georgia - Mys Kodori to Reyd Redut -Kale — Routes 35/08
242 Georgia - Reka Khobi — Kulevi Terminal 17/08
253 Sea of Azov — Wreck 09/08
257 Ukraine - Port Azovstal’ — Channel depth 45/07
263 Sea of Azov - Kosa Yelenina — Wreck 50/07
25 British Columbia I
202 Port of Vancouver — Ballast water exchange 15/08
26 British Columbia II
66 -67 Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet; Ocean Falls 29/05
99 Verney Passage — Beacon 44/06
100 Gardner Canal - Kemano Bay — Buoy removed 29/06
109 Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound — Directions 31/06
111 Skeena River and approaches — Directions 31/06
120 Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage 31/06
169 Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths 21/08
172 Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths 21/08
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.11
Weekly
Edition
174 Surf Inlet — Beacon 44/06
184 Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth 21/07
213 -214 Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights; buoys 22/06
215 Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy 44/06
218 Graham Island - E side — Directions 01/08
233 Skidegate Channel - East Narrows — Leading beacons 42/05
243 Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage 44/06
245 Graham Island - Virago Sound and Alexandra Narrows — Depths 11/06
264 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
27 Channel
101, 105 England - South coast - Falmouth — Regulations concerning entry;
harbour regulations
34/08
159, 160 England - South coast - Teignmouth — Approach channel buoyage;
directions
37/08
186 England - South coast - Poole — Traffic Regulations 34/08
202 England - South coast -The Solent - Approaches - Nab Anchorages
— Hazard
36/08
219, 220 England - South coast - Chichester — Directions for entering harbour 34/08
221 England - South coast - Langstone Harbour — Pilotage 34/08
240 England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Cowes — Chain ferry 34/08
269 France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions 34/08
272, 273 France - Approaches to Brest — Directions; light 36/08
273 France - Approaches to Brest - Sea to waiting area — Directions 34/08
359, 368 Channel Islands - Guernsey - Saint Peter Port — Anchorages 34/08
402 Channel Islands - Jersey - East coast - Gorey — Directions 34/08
416 France - Cherbourg — Traffic regulations; waiting areas 37/08
28 Dover Strait
13, 213 -214, 217 -218,
220
Hoek van Holland — Withdrawal of signals 24/06
57, 65, 66 Dover Strait - SW -going deep -draught route — Controlling depths;
under -keel allowances; route
37/08
58, 61 -62 Dover Strait and adjacent waters TSS -Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area
and recommended direction of traffic established
47/06
58, 62 -64, 238 Strait of Dover and adjacent waters — TSS; Foxtrot 3 Precautionary
Area
21/08
59, 66, 210, 211 -213, Approaches to Hoek van Holland — TSSs; ITZ; Precautionary Areas; 22/08
214 -216
pilot boarding positions
64, 101 Dover Strait — South Goodwin Light -float removed; SW Goodwin
Light -buoy moved
31/06
101 Dover Strait — SW Goodwin Light Buoy 24/07
120 Le Tréport - Anchorage — Dangerous wreck 12/07
120 Le Tréport - Anchorage — Wreck removed 13/07
140 -143 Port of Dunkerque — Regulations 45/06
145 Dunkerque Port Ouest — Lights -in -line removed 16/07
158 Steenbank Pilot Station — Directions 45/07
158 Steenbank Pilot Station — Helicopter service 50/07
161 Approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage 22/06
165 Zeebrugge - Traffic signals for LNG vessels 16/07
169 Westerschelde - NW approach — Directions; leading line 07/08
177 Westerschelde — Directions; Schone Waardin Light 20/07
177 Westerschelde - Honte and Pas Van Terneuzen — Directions; light 36/08
177 Westerschelde - Pas van Terneuzen — Directions 11/08
177 Westerschelde -Pas van Terneuzen—Directions 26/08
184 -185 Westerschelde - Zuidergat — Tidal stream; ship’s wash 16/07
185 Westerschelde - Zuidergat — Buoyage; light 11/07
185 Westerschelde - Zuidergat — Directions 09/08
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.12
Weekly
Edition
197, 212, 215, 229 The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Recommended
crossing for small craft; prohibited area
38/08
211 -212, 215 Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Pilotage; traffic regulations 31/06
211 -212, 223 Hoek van Holland - Pilotage; VTS 06/08
211 -212, 215 Hoek van Holland — Pilotage 39/06
212 Hoek van Holland — Pilot embarkation by helicopter 35/06
212 Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Routes 33/08
234, 236, 240, 242, 314 Thames Estuary — Pilotage; Oaze Precautionary Area; channels; LNG
vessels
13/06
234 -236, 238 -242, 266, Approaches to Thames Estuary and Harwich Haven - Sunk
22/07
268 -9
Precautionary Areas
235 Thames Estuary — Under -keel clearance 46/07
236 Port of London — Pilotage 05/07
238 Approaches to Thames Estuary and Harwich Haven — Sunk VTS 32/07
240 Thames Estuary - Knock John Channel — Traffic Management 05/07
240, 281 England - Thames Estuary - Gun Fleet Sand — Wind farm 37/08
242, 244 Thames Estuary — Oaze Bank Light Buoy; Mouse Anchorage 18/08
243 Thames Estuary - West Swin — Navigation marks 49/07
245 Thames Estuary - Foulger’s Gat — Buoyage 17/07
252 -254 Thames Estuary — Whitstable Street Light Buoy 12/07
252 -253 Whitstable Harbour — Pilotage; traffic signal 50/07
253 Whitstable Harbour — Dolphin light 29/06
262 Orford Haven - Hollesley Bay Channel — Dangerous wreck 30/06
264 -265 Approach to River Deben — Depth; buoyage 25/06
275 River Orwell — Orwell Bridge clearance 08/07
284 River Colne — Light beacons 41/07
285 Brightlingsea — Directions 41/07
297 Port of London - Canvey Island — Depths 17/06
313 -317 England – River Medway — Medway Secondary Channel 38/08
314 River Medway — LNG vessel regulations 45/06
314 Medway Approach Channel — Pilot landing position 02/08
324, 326, 328 River Swale — A249 High Level bridge 28/06
326 -327 River Swale - Directions; No 5 Light Beacon 43/07
327 The Swale — Directions; buoyage and beacons 38/07
327 River Swale — No 5 Light Beacon; sectors 50/07
328 River Swale — Ferry Reach Directional Light 05/07
30 China Sea I
70 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Anambas — Directions; major lights 32/08
84 China - Hainan Dao - East coast — Wenchang Terminal 27/08
102 Peninsular Malaysia - East Coast - Approaches to Pelabuhan Kuantan
— Light buoy
27/08
128 -129 Thailand - Bangkok Bar anchorage — Wreck 35/08
233 -234 China - Hainan Dao - Fangcheng Gang — Directions; berths 14/08
244 China - Hainan Dao - Haikou — Directions; buoyage 26/08
246 China – South -west approaches to Zhujiang Kou — Directions 30/08
251 China - South Coast - Dajin Island — Wreck 36/08
253 China - South coast - Zhanjiang — Directions; leading lights 06/08
260 Gulf of Tonkin - Hainan Dao westwards — Gas pipeline; safety zone 18/08
275 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai - Dabaipai Dao —
Racon
27/08
276 China - South Coast - Lantau Channel TSS — Directions; wreck 27/08
279 China - South Coast - Approaches to Macao — Racon; dangerous
wreck
27/08
281 China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai — Directions; wreck 26/08
286 China - South Coast - Zhujiang - Approaches to Huangpu -
Dahaozhou Shuidao — Obstruction
27/08
336, 346 China - South coast - Qing Zhou — Directions; caution 37/08
346 China - South Coast - Daxingshan Jiao — Wreck 18/08
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.13
Weekly
Edition
31 China Sea II
69 South China Sea - Union Reefs — Light float 31/08
71 South China Sea - Subi Reef — Light float 31/08
78 Singapore Strait eastwards – Pulau Pengibu — Rock 11/07
80 Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Natuna Utara - Pulau Sebetul — Major light 32/08
81, 85 Indonesia – Kepulauan Natuna — Major lights 27/08
84 Indonesia – Kalimantan – Alur Pelayaran Serasan — Obstruction 08/08
111 -112 Malaysia – Sarawak – Pelabuhan Bintulu — Harbour 17/08
117 Sarawak – Approaches to Miri — Anchorage; pipeline 26/07
118 Malaysia – Sarawak– Tanjung Baram north -westwards — Wreck 22/07
140 Malaysia – Sarawak – Approaches to Batang Lawas — Shoal 07/08
186, 188 -189, 192 -193, Philippine Islands – Luzon - Manila — Directions; VTMS; TSS; 08/08
195 -198, 201
anchorages; depths; wrecks
202 Philippines – Subic Bay — Depths 17/08
32 China Sea III
74 T’ai -wan - West coast - Kao -hsiung — Outer anchorages 11/08
87 T’ai -wan - West Coast - Mai -Liao approaches — Directions; wreck 21/08
94 -95 T’ai -wan, North coast - Tan -Shui N; Sha Lung Oil Terminal SW —
Prohibited anchorages
11/08
120 T’ai -wan, E coast - Hua -lien N and E — Directions; prohibited areas 11/08
121 T’ai -wan, East coast - Su -ao — Anchorage; pilot boarding position 12/08
126, 133 China - Zhelang Yan to Xiamen Gang — Directions; wrecks 30/08
129, 131 China - South -east coast - Shantou Gang — Directions; depths;
vertical clearances; lights
38/08
131 China - South East Coast - Approaches to Shantou — Wreck 27/08
133 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiongdi Yu SE — Directions; wreck 11/08
140, 145, 147 China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Depths; vertical clearances;
names
35/08
144 -145, 147 Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions 14/08
155 China - South Coast - Quanzhou Wan eastwards — Directions; wreck 29/08
155, 156 China - Taiwan Strait - Meizhou Wan — Pilotage; anchorages 36/08
159 China - East Coast - Nanri Shuidao — Directions; wreck 16/08
162 China - South Coast - Haitan Haixia — Directions; wrecks 36/08
166 China - East Coast - Songxia Gang approaches - Niu Jiao —
Approach channel; anchorages
25/08
183 China - East Coast - Pinyang Zui south -eastwards — Directions;
wreck
25/08
188 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan — Directions; wreck 11/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Huangda Xia — Directions 12/08
190 China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Xibei Men — Submarine cable 12/08
208, 236 -238, 252 -256 China - East coast - Changjiang Kou — Routeing measures;
anchorages; pilotage; lights
23/08
209, 211 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Maji Shan Gang — VTS;
anchorages; pilotage
26/08
214 China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men — Buoyed channel 27/08
231 China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Daishan Shuidao —
Directions; wreck
11/08
263 China - East coast - Chang Jiang — Depths 11/08
291, 293, 294 China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Depths; obstructions;
anchorage
31/08
295, 297 -298 China - Yellow Sea coast - Approaches to Rizhao Gang — Directions;
anchorage areas
11/08
319 China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai — Directions; wreck 11/08
324 China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai Donggang north north
eastwards — Wreck; buoy
31/08
327, 362 -363 China - Yellow Sea - Dalian — VTS; limiting conditions; anchorages;
regulations
21/08
334 China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou — Directions 13/08
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.14
Weekly
Edition
337 China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches — light; wrecks;
buoyage
18/08
339, 341, 343 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang and Caofeidian — Anchorage;
pilotage
18/08
339 China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang — Obstruction; wreck; buoy;
anchorage
34/08
357 -358 China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Taiping Jiao north -westwards —
wreck; buoyage
18/08
358 China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Controlling depths; directions; leading
lights
20/08
367, 370, 438 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Dadong approaches — Wreck 35/08
368 China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay - Huangquan Pier 11/08
375 China - East China Sea — Wrecks 12/08
381, 387, 389 -390,
393 -395
Korea, West Coast - Mokp’o and approaches — Directions; berths 11/08
402 Korea, West Coast - Kunsan and approaches — Anchorage;
regulations
20/08
411, 413, 416 Korea, West coast - Taesan approaches — Directions 11/08
34 Indonesia II
78 Jawa - Tanjung Awarawar — Terminal 13/07
82, 87, 93 Madura — Wrecks 13/07
107, 117 Bali - Giliselang Light — Racon removed 14/07
215 Kalimantan - Sungai Sampit - Tanjung Bandaran — Light 13/07
233 Kalimantan — South Pulau Laut Coal Terminal 32/08
254 Kalimantan - Tanjung Bara Coal Terminal — Depth 25/07
265, 268, 270 -271 Sulawesi - Approaches to Makassar — Light withdrawn 13/07
360 Indonesia - Sulawesi - Teluk Tomori - Marine Terminal 07/08
35 Indonesia III
168, 169 Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions; dangerous rock 33/08
36 Indonesia I
52 Indonesia - Selat Sunda — Platform; depth 35/06
69 Sumatera, South coast - Teluk Lampung - Panjang — Dangerous
wreck; obstruction
38/05
81 Jawa, North coast - Pulau -Pulau Tidung — Wreck 32/05
110 - 111 Jawa, North coast - Approaches to Semarang — Wreck 27/07
127 Sumatera, East coast - Pulau Saya — Light 44/05
144 -146 Pulau Bangka, East coast - Karang Elliot — Light 28/05
144 Pulau Bangka, East coast - Sungai Baturusa — Leading lights 28/05
150 -151 Selat Karimata - Karang Ontario — Rock; uncharted dangers 30/06
151 Kalimantan, West coast - Selat Karimata — Wreck 03/06
152 Kalimantan, West coast — Shoal depths; off -lying dangers 42/05
176 Sumatera, East coast - Pulau Lingga south -eastwards — Depths 35/07
185 Selat Riau — Directions; dangerous wrecks 33/08
211 Singapore Strait - Sambu approaches — Wreck 10/06
37 West Coasts of England and Wales
57, 101 -103, 107, 119 Bristol Channel — Breaksea Light -float 47/06
93 South Wales - River Neath — Jetty; lights 50/05
99 South Wales - Nash Sands Anchorage — Foul ground 48/05
122 -123 Bristol Channel - Approaches to River Parrett — Directions 25/08
151, 153, 162 -163, 321 Milford Haven - Pembroke Dock — Disestablishment of Dockyard
Port
18/08
152 Wales - Milford Haven — Pilotage; regulations 10/06
155 Wales - Milford Haven - East Channel — Minimum depth 06/06
156 -157 Wales - Milford Haven — Directions and buoyage 37/07
174 -175 Fishguard Harbour — Depth; directions; foul ground 24/07
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.15
Weekly
Edition
215 North Wales - Conwy — Buoyage 33/07
227 Liverpool Bay — Meteorological mast 48/05
231 -232 North Wales - Approaches to the River Dee and Mostyn Docks —
Directions and buoyage
37/07
232 North Wales - Mostyn Docks — Arrival information 31/07
233 North Wales - Mostyn Docks — Pilotage 13/06
233 North Wales - Mostyn Docks — Port entry light 48/05
234 North Wales - River Dee — Anchorages 09/08
270 -271 Port of Heysham — Waiting anchorage; pilot boarding position 25/08
275 Barrow -in -Furness - Ramsden Dock — Traffic signals 35/06
295 -297 Scotland, South -West coast - Kirkcudbright Bay - Little Ross —
Light -beacon
48/05
304 -307, 309, 318 Isle of Man - Calf of Man, Chicken Rock and Langness — Lights 27/07
311 Isle of Man - Douglas Harbour — Tidal streams 21/07
319 Isle of Man - Peel Harbour — Leading lights 48/05
38 West Coast of India
2 West coast of India; Lakshadweep — Unexploded ordnance 25/07
213, 215 Kºrwºr — Traffic regulations; naval harbour 24/07
217 Kºrwºr — Anchorage; foul ground 24/07
236 Maharastra - Pavas Bay — Ranpar Port 04/08
242 Konkan coast - Mumbai approaches — Offshore route 32/07
269 Gulf of Khambhºt —SØmar 24/07
272 Jºfarºbºd toGopnºth Point - PØpºvºv Port — Directions 16/08
283, 285 -286 Verºval to Kachchigadh — Directions; depths; wrecks 32/08
310 Gulf of Kachchh - Kandla Harbour — Tidal stream 48/07
39 South Indian Ocean
246, 247 La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages 38/08
289 Île Saint -Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount 32/08
40 Irish Coast
50 Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock South -south -westwards — Depth 11/07
70, 73 Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock 01/07
135 South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage 01/07
136 -137, 139 South -east coast - Saltee Islands — Buoyage 12/07
137 South -east coast - Hook Head — Dangerous wreck 13/07
138 -141 South -east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon 27/07
139 -140 South coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge; Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy 19/07
185 East coast - Port Oriel — Light 03/07
186 Entrance to Carlingford Lough - Directions; Haulbowline turning light 32/08
198 East coast - Strangford Narrows — Underwater turbine 23/08
218 Port of Belfast — Traffic Organisation Service 01/07
332 West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights; light -beacon 01/07
368 Sound of Aran - Burtonport — Dredged channel; rocks 38/07
381 North coast - Mulroy Bay — Water quality monitoring buoys 49/07
41 Japan I
97 Honshu -North -west Coast -Sakaiminato — Bridge; locks 37/08
255 Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Higashi Ko — Directions;
leading line
37/08
329 -338 Index 36/06
42A Japan II
85 Honshu - Shio -no -Misaki — Ramark 32/08
85, 147 Honshu - Hino Misaki and Omae Saki — Ramarks 36/08
108 Honshu - Irago Suido — Traffic Regulations 06/08
135 -136 Honshu - Ise Wan - Nakayama Suido — East channel 12/08
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.16
Weekly
Edition
145 Honshu - Omae Saki — Ramark 32/08
201, 205 Honshu - Tokyo Wan, N part — Directions; traffic regulations 14/08
42C Japan IV
2, 373, 391 Korea Strait — Reporting Zone 19/07
176, 181, 188, 195, 197,
213
Kyushu - Sata Misaki, Toi Misaki and Hososhima Ko — Ramarks 36/08
43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance 35/08
165 Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Outer Anchorages 35/08
44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
65, 67, 186 Malacca Strait Approaches - Permatang Sedepa (One Fathom Bank)
north westwards — Light -buoy; light -beacon
05/07
70 -72, 128, 208 Malacca Strait - Permatang Panjang — Light, buoy, wreck 30/06
71 -72 Malacca Strait - Water Islands south -westwards — Wreck, buoyage 30/06
96 Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Jamboaye eastwards — Platform 01/07
105 -107 Sumatera - Belawan approaches — Lights; buoyage 39/06
122 Sumatera - Selat Rupat — Directions; leading lights 12/08
151 Thailand, west coast - Ko Tarutao south -eastwards — Wreck 04/07
181 Malacca Strait - Pulau Tukun Perak — Rock 11/07
219 Indonesia - Pulau Karimun Kecil north -eastwards — Directions;
wreck
28/08
247, 249 Singapore Strait - Singapore — Anchorages 30/06
249 Singapore Strait - Singapore — Anchorages 07/07
274 -275 Singapore Strait - Singapore - Marina Bay and Kallang Basin —
Closure to traffic
32/06
281 Singapore Strait - Singapore - Pulau Sebarok — Berths 12/07
45 Mediterranean I
3, 291, 294, 302 Tunisia - Îles Cani and Cap Bon — Traffic separation scheme 20/07
85 Spain - Fondeadero de la Sabinilla — Anchorage 08/06
91, 100 -101, 103 Spain, South coast - Cabo de Gata — Traffic Separation Scheme 46/06
111 Spain - Cartagena — Landfall Point 12/08
129 Spain - Denia — Directions 42/07
157 -158 Spain - Barcelona — Anchorages; landfall light -buoys 01/02/06
158 Spain - Barcelona — Directions 44/05
158 Spain - Barcelona — Landfall light -buoy; pilot boarding position 45/06
249 -250 Algeria - Oran — Traffic separation scheme 25/07
252, 254 Algeria - Port d’Arzew — Anchorage; prohibited and restricted areas 42/06
263 Alger (Algiers) — Dangerous wreck 21/06
279 -280 Algeria - Skikda and Port Méthanier — Anchorage; leading lights 33/06
299, 301 Tunisia - La Goulette and Tunis — Depths; directions 04/08
311 Tunisia - Sfax — Dangerous wreck 40/06
323 Tunisia - Ra’s Taguerness — Dangerous wrecks 08/07
335, 337, 339, 345 -346 Malta — VTS; pilotage 26/08
361 -362 Italy - Trapani — Traffic Separation Scheme; anchorage; directions 49/06
363 Sicilia - Marsala — Anchorage 01/08
364 Sicilia - Mazara del Vallo — TSS; VTS; pilotage 22/07
385 -386 Italy - Palermo — TSS; anchorage areas 13/07
385 Sicilia - Palermo — Anchorage areas 19/07
395 Italy (Sicilia) - Porto di Milazzo — Anchorage; pilotage 41/06
481 Italy - Porto di Corigliano Calabro — Anchorage 33/06
46 Mediterranean II
88 -89 France - Approaches to Marseille - Rade d’Endoume — Submerged
artificial reefs
50/07
138 Italy - San Remo — Wreck 36/07
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.17
Weekly
Edition
139 Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited areas 17/08
139 Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine area; submarine
cables; outfall
33/08
146 Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions 49/07
148 -149, 151 Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing measures; recognition
zones; prohibited area
10/08
151 Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno — Submarine pipelines 22/08
231 Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded ordnance 36/07
240 Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas 08/08
240 Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini -Edison — Anchorage;
obstructions; prohibited area
49/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited area; anchorages 50/07
276 Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Buoyed fairway 08/08
294 Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded ordnance 31/08
324 Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power cable 31/08
329 Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions; obstructions 49/07
338 Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree — Protected Marine Area 35/08
346 Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli — Marine parks and reserves 35/08
348 Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 08/08
348 Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages 29/08
348 Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area 22/08
349 Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve 09/08
349 Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall 08/08
353 Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion 08/08
355 Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck 28/08
362, 367 Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele — Prohibited areas 19/08
367 Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited area 24/08
47 Mediterranean III
67, 69, 437, 513, N Adriatic Sea — Traffic separation schemes; areas to be avoided; 20/07
540 -543, 546
restricted area
70 N Adriatic TSS - Route for RijeÅki Zaljev and Gulf of Trieste; Route
forGulfofVenice—Directions
42/06
154 Greece - Nísos Paxoí — Seaplane operations area 19/08
164 Greece - Nísos Kérkyra — Seaplane operations area 19/08
178 -180 Albania - Durrës — Directional Light 01/07
265 Croatia - BraÅki Kanal, Western Part - Grljevac — Light 50/05
297 Croatia - ªibenski Kanal, southern part — Outfall 11/06
343 Croatia - Zaljev Pantera - Tanki Rt — Light sector 50/05
400 Croatia - KvarneriÆ, southern part - OtoÅiÆ Dolfin - Hrid Oðtar —
Beacon
50/05
452 Croatia - Luka Funtana - OtoÅiÆ Frýital — Light -beacon 50/05
458 N Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to Monfalcone — Wreck 21/07
467 Italy - Trieste - Baia di Muggia — Restricted area 15/06
478 Italy - SE coast - Otranto — Directions; offshore wind turbine 11/08
478 -479 Italy - SE coast - Otranto — TSS; directions 04/08
483 Italy - Brindisi — Waiting area 34/07
483 -485 Italy - Brindisi — Dredged areas; foul areas; shoal depths; restricted
areas
43/07
487 Italy - Punta Torre Canne — Wreck 50/05
492 Italy - Bari — Prohibited area 13/06
495 Italy - Molfetta — Unexploded ordnance 34/06
503 Italy - Rodi Garganico — Obstructions 32/07
504 Italy - Vieste — Directions 46/06
509 Italy - Ortona — Fish haven 34/06
509 Italy - Ortona — Prohibited areas 16/06
511 Italy - Pescara — Seaplane landing area 37/06
515 Italy - San Benedetto del Tronto — Wreck 34/06
515 Italy - Giulianova — Restricted area 50/05
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.18
Weekly
Edition
517 Italy - Ancona — Restricted area 31/06
528 Italy - Pesaro — Anchorage 46/06
529 Italy - E coast - Pesaro to Porto Corsini — Unexploded ordnance 20/07
532 Italy - Cesenatico — Flood defence barrage 49/07
543 Italy - E coast - Porto Levante — LNG terminal 04/08
546 Italy - Approaches to Chioggia — Conservation area 50/05
547 Italy - Chioggia - Canale Esterno — Development 15/06
551, 553 Italy - Porto di Malamocco — Development 12/06
551, 554 Italy - Venezia - Porto di Lido — Prohibited areas 15/06
557 Italy - Caorle — Restricted areas 07/06
48 Mediterranean IV
85 Kríti - Réthymno — Anchorages 21/08
160 -161 Greece - SW approach to Póros Megáron — Revithoúsa LNG terminal 43/06
190 Greece - Órmos Íou — Restricted area 43/06
245 South Aegean - Órmos Livádia — Wreck 30/07
273 South Aegean - Órmos Lakkí — Wreck 18/08
355 Greece - Thessaloníki — Dangerous wreck 27/08
429 Turkey—AliaÔa LNG Terminal 20/07
49 Mediterranean V
109 Egypt - El Iskandarîya (Alexandria) - El Dikheila Pass — Wreck 45/06
117 Egypt - Masabb Rashid (Rosetta Mouth) — Wreck 25/06
118 Egypt - Mînâ’ Dumyâó (Damietta Port) — Waiting areas; directions;
berths
23/07
118 Egypt - Mînâ’ Dumyâó (Damietta Port) — Waiting areas 23/08
120 Egypt - Port Said (Bûr Sa‘îd) — Controlling depths 07/08
172 Turkey - Karataî — anchorages 30/08
172 Turkey - Ceyhan LimanÝ — Pilotage 13/07
183 Cyprus - Paphos — Leading Lights 15/06
213 Syria - ®aròøs — Wreck 10/06
227 Israel --- •efa (Haifa) — Dangerous wreck 38/07
228 Israel - •efa (Haifa) — Obstruction 14/06
230 Israel - Hadera — Approach and entry 09/07
233 Israel - Ashqelon — Prohibited areas 34/06
233, 234 Israel - Ashqelon — Prohibited areas, anchorages 30/08
233 Gaza Strip — Maritime zone 37/08
50 Newfoundland and Labrador
198 Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage deleted 37/06
260 Newfoundland - Clarenville — Submarine pipeline 50/06
271 Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
273 Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed 38/06
300 Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island — Leading lights replaced 07/07
323 -324 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of East Arm — Buoyage
changed
38/06
331 Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point — Light 50/06
382 Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy 05/07
403 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to Spear Point — Buoyage 43/06
406 Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage changed 38/06
409 Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels — Buoyage 43/06
411, 414 Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches — Buoyage 46/06
412, 415 Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head — Buoyage changed 43/06
412, 414 Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay — Buoyage 16/07
415 Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage 43/06
422 Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock — Buoyage 43/06
430 Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet - Inner part of Sandwich Bay
— Buoyage changed
38/06
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.19
Weekly
Edition
438 Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South -west of George Island — Buoyage
changed
39/06
451 -453, 459 Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik — Buoyage 43/06
460 Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale Harbour — Buoyage 43/06
462 Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage 43/06
466 -467 Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait — Buoyage 43/06
468 Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain — Buoyage changed 39/06
473 -474 Labrador - East Approach to Nain through Strathcona Run —
Buoyage changed
39/06
507 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
51 New Zealand
222 North Island - Auckland — Pilot boarding position 04/08
269, 271 -272 North Island - East coast - Napier — Directions 12/08
52 North Coast of Scotland
4, 155, 183, 204, Orkney Islands - Westray Firth; Fall of Warness — European Marine 50/07
209 -210
Energy Centre Test Sites
100 Dornoch Firth — Target removed 03/07
130 Cromarty Firth — Pilotage 01/07
137, 141 Inverness — Pilotage; regulations 20/06
138 Inverness — Directions 20/06
138 Inverness Firth - Dangerous wreck — Directions 03/07
156 Orkney Islands — Pilotage regulations 29/08
173 Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Channel west of Cava — Directions 11/08
176 Orkney Islands - Cairston Road — Directions 21/06
186 -187 Orkney Islands - Passage East of Papa Westray and Westray —
Directions
33/07
201 Orkney Islands - SE Approaches to Stronsay Firth - Channel south of
Auskerry — Directions
37/06
201 Orkney Islands - Auskerry — Rock pinnacle 01/07
203 Orkney Islands - Stronsay Firth — Directions 08/07
204, 210 Orkney Islands - Westray Firth — Shoal depth 41/06
204 Orkney Islands - Passage north of Shapinsay — Shoal 03/07
206 Orkney Islands - Eday Sound and Approaches — Directions 08/07
210 Orkney Islands - Westray Firth - Passage east of Muckle Green Holm
— Directions
42/06
210 Orkney Islands - Westray Firth — Directions 15/07
210 Orkney Islands - Westray Firth - North -western part — Directions 16/08
219 Orkney Islands - Approaches to Kirkwall — Directions 30/08
219 Kirkwall — Berths 20/06
234, 237 Shetland Islands - South Channel and Scalloway Harbour —
Directions
02/07
252, 286 -287 Shetland Islands - Head of Mula Light - Bluemull Sound and
Colgrave Sound — Directions
23/06
267 Shetland Islands - Stepping Stones - Inner Voder Light — Directions 23/07
268 -269, 273 Linga Sound - Wether Holm - Light 20/06
280 Orkney Islands - Yell Sound — Buoy removed 13/07
333 Føroyar - Klaksvík — Directions 31/06
54 North Sea (West)
63, 65 -66 Scotland, East coast - Todhead Point Light 26/07
68 Montrose - Annat Shoal — Outer Buoy 19/07
99 -100, 105 Firth of Forth — Directions; track 02/08
125 Holy Island Harbour — Directions 12/08
132 Port of Blyth — Notice of ETA required; pilotage 44/07
132 Blyth — Natural conditions 19/07
135, 137 -138 Port of Tyne — Vessel traffic service 29/07
137 Port of Tyne - Tyne Commission Quay — Depth 16/07
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.20
Weekly
Edition
148 -149 Hartlepool — Traffic signals 41/07
165 River Humber — Pilotage 16/08
173 River Humber — Killingholme Direction Light 16/07
177 River Humber — Skitter Channel 02/08
177, 178 River Humber—Humber Sea Terminal and North Killingholme Oil
Jetty
33/08
189, 192 Approaches to The Wash - Wind farm development areas 11/07
192, 193 Wells Harbour — Directions; buoyage 43/07
201 River Nene - Navigation marks 44/07
210 Great Yarmouth approaches - Cockle Shoal — Depth 11/07
212 Great Yarmouth — Power Station Light 32/07
216, 218 Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; Brush Sector Light 32/07
55 North Sea (East)
75, 77, 91 IJmuiden WNW — Wind farm 13/08
77, 79 Approaches to IJmuiden and Noordzeekanaal — Maas North TSS 21/08
126 East Frisian Islands - Accumer Ee — Buoyage 37/08
129 East Frisian Islands - Harle — Directions 13/08
140 Die Ems - Osterems — Directions 13/08
153 Die Ems - Oterdum Reede — Depths 34/08
212 Die Elbe - VTS Brunsbüttel Elbe Traffic 13/08
287 Horns Rev — Wind farm 13/08
305 Limfjorden - Sælhundeholm Løb — Buoyage 23/08
309 Limfjorden - Venø Sund Snævring — Buoyage 24/08
56 Norway I
5 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
63 Norway - Mandal - Anchorages — Wreck 30/08
101 Norway - Frierfjorden - Torsberg Light — Sectors 47/06
119 Oslofjord - Approach to Tønsberg from south through Sundøsundsleia
— Obstruction
25/08
122 Norway - Tønsberg Havn - Kanal — Controlling depth 49/06
143 Oslofjorden - Vestfjorden — Channel draught 42/07
148 Norway - Oslo - Søre Kavringdynga Light — Sector 35/06
158 Norway - Drammen — Leading lights 14/07
166 Norway - Røsvikrenna — Controlling depth 50/06
199 Sweden - Lysekil approaches — Channel draught 41/07
205 Sweden - Skagerrak - Marstrandsfjorden — Pilot boarding place 45/06
206, 212, 215 -217, 221 Sweden - South Channel to Uddevala — Pater Noster anchorage 23/08
219 Sweden - Svanesund — Directions 46/07
57A Norway IIA
204, 213 Utsira — Racon 27/08
235 Bømlafjorden - South -east coast of Moster — Anchorages 29/08
281, 282 Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to Kuleseidkanalen —
Anchorages
29/08
288, 289 Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages 29/08
444 Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden — Submarine pipeline 29/08
459, 513, 516, 521, 525,
535,538, 567
Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot station 27/08
559 Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage 35/08
57B Norway IIB
2 Charts 44/04
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Pilotage 22/04
5 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
26, 208 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.21
Weekly
Edition
31, 57, 82, 245 Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels carrying hazardous
and/or pollutant liquid cargo in bulk
49/07
36 Eiksundet — Vertical clearance 52/05
40 Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy 10/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 29/05
89 Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light 23/08
134 Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light 44/04
141 Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven; anchorage 16/04
145 Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light 14/04
169 Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light 11/05
172 Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light 44/04
58A Norway IIIA
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
4 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
4 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
64 Indreleia - Melsteinen Light — Sectors 14/07
65 Lekafjorden - Skeishamn — Directions; leading lights 52/07
95 Velfjorden - Nevernes — Light 12/06
98 Vefsnfjorden - Holandsvik — Leading lights 32/07
169 Nordfjorden - Saurvika — Anchorage 19/07
210 Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget — Buoyage; berths 12/06
241, 242 Lofoten Islands - Approaches to Ure - Notskjeret Light — Sectors 19/06
270 Lofoten - Moskenesøya - Stovika approaches — Depths 42/06
58B Norway IIIB
2 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
3 Norwegian charts — Accuracy 33/06
6 Military prohibited areas 45/05
6, 327 Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
goods
30/05
6, 209, 220, 226, 228 Vardø vessel traffic service 04/07
52 -53 Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights; directions 40/05
60 Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 41/05
74 Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions 47/07
76 Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 47/07
107 Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 38/08
119 Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 11/05
126 Gibostad — Military prohibited area 41/05
142 Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 50/04
146 Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to Skagøysundet —
Depth
01/07
168 Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm 10/05
171 East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 36/07
177 South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage 36/07
191 Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 07/07
203 Breivik — Jetty 42/05
207 Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 02/05
210, 224, 226, 228 -229 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions;
LNG Terminal
29/08
212 Trollsundet - south -east of Ingøya — Depths 40/06
214 North -east of Ingøya — Depths 33/06
219 North -west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær — Depths 36/06
228 Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 13/05
231 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 15/07
232 Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 15/07
237 South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge 36/06
265 North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 36/06
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.22
Weekly
Edition
265 Kamøyfjorden - South -west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors
and depths
49/06
275 -276 North -east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden —
Anchorages
19/08
285 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 19/08
286 Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden - Hopseidet — Anchorage 19/08
295 Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage 19/08
59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy
11 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
70 Nova Scotia - New Harbour Cove — Buoy 29/07
94 Nova Scotia - Halifax approaches — Sub -surface moorings and buoys 04/08
115 Nova Scotia - Mahone Bay — Light discontinued 04/07
129 Nova Scotia - Medway Harbour — Buoy 20/07
131 -132 Nova Scotia - Liverpool Bay — Light buoy discontinued 12/07
134 Nova Scotia - Little Hope Island — Buoy 17/06
134 -135 Lockeport Harbour Approaches — Buoyage 11/06
137 Nova Scotia - Sable River and approaches — Buoyage 04/07
140 Nova Scotia - Negro Harbour — Buoyage 45/06
141 Nova Scotia - Port La Tour — Buoyage 04/07
141 Nova Scotia - Jordan Bay — KSB Light Buoy 21/07
143 Bay of Fundy - SE approaches — Whale sanctuary 07/08
148 Nova Scotia - Pubnico Harbour — Buoy 30/06
160 Nova Scotia - Saint Marys Bay - Meteghan — Buoyage 04/07
163 Bay of Fundy - South -west part — Whale sanctuary 32/08
192, 195, 197 Maine — Passamaquoddy Bay and Approaches — Pilotage; tugs 14/07
206 Nova Scotia - Letete Passage and Approaches - Lords Cove —
Buoyage
04/07
236 Appendix IV — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
245 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
61 Pacific Islands II
75 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions 13/08
82 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon 05/08
82 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Leading lights 31/07
86 Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade — Wreck 05/08
100 Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck 36/08
102 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand Récif de Poum —
Wrecks
31/08
106 Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron — Directions, buoyage 49/07
111 Nouvelle -Calédonie — Grand Passage 42/07
129 Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading lights 49/07
137 Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié — Submarine cable 51/07
161 Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de Chépénéhé — Submarine
cable; anchorage
46/07
162 Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions; leading lights 10/08
164 Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa - Passe du Coëtlogon —
Submarine cable
46/07
263 Fiji - Viti Levu south -eastern part - Suva Harbour — Wrecks 33/08
419 American Samoa - Tutuila south -eastwards — buoy 34/08
436 South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita — Depth 17/08
451 Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck 10/07
62 Pacific Islands III
9, 331 NW Hawaiian Islands — PSSA; ATBA; reporting system 14/08
11 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
95 Île de Rapa - Baie d’Ahurei — Depth 04/07
100 Îles Australes - Île Rurutu - Hauti Village — Temple 31/08
134 Archipel des Tuamotu - Rangiroa - Tiputa — Anchorages; depth 40/07
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.23
Weekly
Edition
152 Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Passe de Taapuna — Submarine pipeline 10/07
171 Îles de la Société - Île de Moorea — Regulations 01/07
197 Îles Sous -le -Vent - Raiatea - Port d’Uturoa — Depth 32/06
223 Cook Islands Group - Rarotonga — Anchorage leading marks 42/07
261, 268, 280, 282, 298,
301, 310, 322, 324,
357 -358
Hawaiian Islands — Security zones 18/07
268 Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii - Keauhou Bay — Directions 12/07
305 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Outfall 46/07
306 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Pipe 28/07
316 Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Waimanalo Bay — Depths 09/07
331, 371 North -west Hawaiian Islands — Restricted area 26/07
356 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
63 Persian Gulf
64 Oman - Qalhºt — Fertiliser terminal 10/06
80, 81 Ra’s ¬allºn to Fujairah - Port Sohar — Fairway light -buoy 40/06
128 Iran - JazØreh-ye Lavan westwards — Dangerous wreck 04/07
139 Iran - Gºnºveh — Approach 52/05
147 MØnº’ Saqr–Outeranchorages 43/07
149 -150 United Arab Emirates — Al Jazeera Port 14/08
154 Shºrjah – Arrival information — Outer anchorages 13/07
156 Dubai – Arrival information — Outer anchorages 39/07
158 Dubai – Directions and Berths - Dubai Dry Dock Harbour 13/07
158 Dubai – MØnº’ Rashid — Directions; leading lights 42/07
159 Khawr Dubai — Approach and Entry Directions 01/07
165 Abu Dhabi - Arrival information — Anchorage 04/07
171 United Arab Emirates - JazØrat Dºs —SBM 52/05
182 Doha eastwards — Dangerous wreck 12/07
193 Ra’s Laffºn — Approach and entry; outer anchorages; development 12/07
203 Approaches to Bahrain - Mina’ al Manama — Directions 45/06
241 MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh (Al Kuwayt Harbour) approaches — Dangerous
wreck
12/07
253, 255 Khawr al Kafka and Al Baîrah (Al Bakr) Oil Terminal — General
information; directions
17/07
269 Khawr ‘Abd Allºh – Directions — Uncharted buoys 10/07
269 Iraq - Khawr ‘Abd Allºh — Dangerous wreck 12/07
64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden
121, 124 Red Sea, south part — JazØrat aò ®º’ir — Volcanic activity 42/07
324 Yemen - Ash SÖihr Oil Terminal — Current 49/07
334 -335 Oman - Salalah - Harbour — General layout; berths 06/08
65 St Lawrence
68 Baie de Bonne - Espérance and Baie au Saumon — Beacon removed 01/07
76 Havre de Harrington – Anchorage — Depth 04/07
80 Cap Whittle to Pointe Curlew – Île du Large — Beacon 04/07
82 -83 Pointe Curlew to Baie Washtawouka — Light removed 01/07
125 Rivière Saguenay – Directions for entering Chicoutimi — Monument
Price direction light
29/08
130 -131, 137 Îles de la Madeleine - Pointe de l’Est — Light; other aid to navigation;
wreck
28/07
148 St Lawrence River - Cap Chat — Light discontinued 13/07
183 Chenal des Grands Voiliers — Vertical clearance reduced 07/07
257 -259, 262 -263 Chedabucto Bay and approaches - Traffic separation scheme 13/08
265 Inner part of Chedabucto Bay - Directions 13/08
277 Saint Georges Bay – Port Hood — Leading lights 05/07
311 Hillsborough Bay to Confederation Bridge - Pugwash Harbour —
Depth
49/06
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.24
Weekly
Edition
338 Baie des Challeurs - Bathurst — Silting 12/07
343 Rivière Restigouche – Miguasha -Ouest — Light; beacon 01/07
349 Baie de Gaspé - Douglastown — Marine farm 04/07
363 Appendix III — Canadian Quarantine Reporting Requirement 39/07
66 West Coast of Scotland
2, 5, 144 -146, 363 -367,
385, 387 -388, 392, 394,
399, 431, 441
West coast of Scotland — Routeing measures; Traffic Separation
Scheme
25/07
5 Pollution of the sea — Western European Tanker Reporting System 20/05
56 North Channel, east side - Black Head — Killantringan Light 26/07
71 Firth of Clyde - Troon Harbour — Conspicuous building; racon 12/06
72 Firth of Clyde - Approaches to Troon — Dangerous wreck 42/06
213 Luing - Ardinamir Bay — Beacon missing 25/06
276 Loch Linnhe - Corpach — Slip rails 46/05
372 Sea of the Hebrides - Barra — Sgeir Dubh Light 28/06
386 The Little Minch - Sgeir Graidach; Eugenie Rock — Beacon;
light -buoy
18/05
410 -412, 414 Sound of Harris — Directions 37/07
436 -437 Western Isles - Stornoway - River Creed Estuary — Directions; Port
Entry Light
03/08
67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal
7, 210 Spain - Marine reserve — Estrecho Nature Park 36/07
59 -61, 119, 173 Portugal — Vessel traffic service 05/08
68 Spain - Ría De Ferrol — Directions; light 31/08
71 Spain - Approaches to Ría de Betanzos — Wreck 01/02/06
99 Spain - Vilagarcia de Arousa — Channel depth 52/07
106 Spain - Ría De Pontevedra — Directions 16/08
109 Spain - Vigo — Pilot boarding position 28/06
123 Portugal - Apulia — Prohibited area 49/07
130, 132 Portugal - Porto do Douro — Maximum size of vessel; anchorage;
entrance directions
18/06
130 -132 Portugal - Porto Do Douro — Approach and entry 42/07
137 Portugal - Aveiro — Directions 10/08
162 Portugal - Setúbal — Vessel traffic service 01/02/06
180 Portugal - Cabo de Santa Maria — Shoals 06/07
180 Portugal - Portos de Faro e Olhão — Anchorage 31/06
184 Portugal - Entrance to Río Guadiana — Anchorage 24/06
187 Spain - Puerto de Huelva — Outer anchorages 36/08
191, 193 Spain - Río Guadalquivir and approaches — Pilotage 01/02/06
209 -210, 218, 220 -221 Morocco — Tanger -Méditerranée 15/07
212 Spain - Isla de Tarifa — Wreck 05/07
220 Gibraltar - Great Europa Point — Directions; dangerous wreck 41/07
230 Gibraltar — Pilot boarding area 27/06
230 Gibraltar — Pilot boarding position 25/07
244 -245 Açores - Ponta Delgada — Harbour entrance 32/07
68 East Coast of the United States I
7 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
12, 107 -108 Gloucester Harbor — Measured distance 18/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 39/07
54 Penobscot Bay — Pilotage 36/07
85 Broad Sound — Buoy 37/07
88 Hussey Sound — Obstruction; wreck 28/07
90 Approaches to Portland — Directions; wreck 36/08
93 Portland Harbor — Directions 07/07
93 Portland Harbor — Anchorages; obstruction 18/07
101 -102 Portsmouth Harbor to Cape Ann — Isles of Shoals Light 12/08
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.25
Weekly
Edition
114 -115 Approaches to Boston Harbor — Routeing 25/07
115 Boston Harbor and approaches — Northeast Gateway Deep Water Port 22/08
122 -123, 125 South part of Massachusetts Bay — Whale avoidance routes 07/07
126 East and south side of Cape Cod Bay — Whale avoidance track 07/07
127 Provincetown — Shoal 22/07
142 Buzzards Bay and approaches — Pilotage 36/08
146 Cape Cod Canal — Pilotage 36/08
153 Narrangsett Bay - Bridge — Racon 05/08
156 Narragansett Bay - Melville — Depths 36/08
171 Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Buoy 36/07
173 Long Island Sound — Directions; stranded wreck 07/07
193 -196, 202, 204 Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose Light 08/08
194 Approaches to New York Harbor - Ambrose Light — Racon 05/08
205 New York Harbor — Sandy Hook Channel 21/08
206 -207, 211 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas 18/07
207 New York Harbor — Anchorage areas; shoaling 07/07
212 New York Harbor - Arthur Kill — Racon 12/07
213 -215 New York Harbor — Project depths 17/08
214 Passaic River — Bridges 22/07
215 Hudson River — Vertical clearance 05/08
69 East Coast of the United States II
7 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
9, 95 Chincoteague Inlet to Chesapeake Bay Entrance — Rescue 23/06
61, 63, 67 -68 Barnegat Inlet to Chesapeake Bay — Directions 49/07
62 Little Egg Inlet — Buoy 25/07
89 Delaware River - Fisher Point to Maple Beach — Bridges 41/07
93 -95, 99, 102, 262 Virginia - Winter Quarter Shoal to False Cape — Regulated navigation
area
12/06
103, 106 Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay — Wreck; tower 28/07
116 James River Lower Part - Nansemond River — Directions 36/06
119 Virginia - Richmond Deepwater Terminal — Depth 13/06
130 Chesapeake Bay - Main channel to Baltimore — Directions 07/06
146 Chesapeake Bay - Point No Point to Blackwalnut Point — Directions;
wreck
37/07
168 Head of Chesapeake Bay — Light discontinued 12/07
192 Cape Fear River — Directions; leading lights 30/07
192 Cape Fear River — Directions; leading lights 19/07
202 South Carolina - Cape Romain to Charleston — Directions 07/06
202 -203 South Carolina - Cape Romain to Charleston — Buoyage 16/06
208 South Carolina - Charleston Harbor - Shutes and Folly Reach —
Leading lights
07/06
210 Charleston Harbor - Shipyard Creek — Depth 33/07
219 Savannah and approaches — Pilotage 01/07
219, 263 Savannah - Elba Island — Security zone 37/07
223 -224, 227 Braddock Point to Saint Simons Sound — Whale avoidance routes 07/07
227 Georgia - Brunswick and St Simons Sound — Directions 07/06
228 Brunswick — Directions for berths; East River 46/07
232 -233, 237, 246 Saint Simons Sound to Saint Johns River — Whale avoidance routes 07/07
233 Saint Simons Sound to Saint Marys Entrance — Wreck 24/07
240 Jacksonville and approaches — Pilotage 18/08
245 Florida - Saint Johns River to Cape Canaveral — Hazards 12/06
261 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico
2, 164, 167, 195, 205,
225, 247, 306
Gulf of Mexico — Marine exploitation; Safety Fairways 44/06
8 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.26
Weekly
Edition
70 Caribbean Sea - Isla de San Andres — Racon 50/06
72 Caribbean Sea - Thunder Knoll — Depth 44/06
100 -101 Honduras — Tela 34/06
119 Mexico - Isla Cozumel - San Miguel — Wrecks 32/06
128 Mexico - Progreso — Front leading light 12/07
136 Mexico - Ciudad del Carmen — Directions 28/07
136 Mexico - Ciudad del Carmen — Directions; wreck 06/08
137, 139 Gulf of Campeche - Dos Bocas — Racon 19/07
176 Texas - Port Lavaca and Point Comfort — Pilotage 28/07
195 Texas - Sabine Pass — Caution 26/06
200, 204, 206 -207 Gulf of Mexico - Galveston Bay — Gulf Gateway Deep Water Port 44/06
222 Gulf of Mexico - Mississippi - South Pass — Directions 01/08
227 Florida - Port Boca Grande — Directions; Leading Lights 26/06
243 Florida - West of Cedar Keys — Wreck 32/06
243 Florida - Tampa Bay to Lighthouse Point — Wreck 35/07
258 Gulf of Mexico - Pensacola Bay — Leading lights 43/06
267 Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Pilotage 07/07
288 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
70 West Indies I
5 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
55 Bermuda — Pilotage 28/06
69, 72 Turks Island Passage — Grand Turk Cruise Centre 10/07
70 Banks and Channels South -East of Turks Islands - Navidad Bank —
Depths
47/05
96, 100, 104 North East Providence Channel - Goulding Cay — Stranded wreck 29/06
104 Tongue of the Ocean - Clifton — Lights discontinued 48/06
110 South Riding Point Oil Terminal — Anchorages 24/07
118, 120 -121 Straits of Florida — Hazards 12/06
121 Port Canaveral and approaches — Missile debris 26/04
122 Florida - Port Canaveral — Security zones 10/05
128 Florida - Palm Beach — Security zones 10/05
129 Florida - Palm Beach - Entrance Channel — Wreck 33/06
134 Port Everglades — Outer anchorages 25/07
134 Port Everglades — Pilotage 22/07
134 Florida - Port Everglades — Security zones 10/05
138 Miami — Outer anchorage 25/07
138 Florida - Port of Miami — Security zones 10/05
146 Florida - Port of Key West — Security zones 10/05
147 Florida - Key West - Directions for other approach channels —
North -west channel
35/06
149 Tortugas Bank - Traffic regulations — Prohibited anchorage 16/04
152, 297 Florida - North -west approaches to Key West — Operational training
area
04/05
171 Cuba, North coast - Bahía de Cayo Moa — Anchorage; wreck 40/04
176 Cuba, North coast - Bahía Naranjo — Restricted area 41/04
176 Cuba, North coast - Punta Cobarrubia — Wreck 41/04
183 Cuba, North coast - Cayo Piedras del Norte — Restricted area 41/04
202 Dominican Republic — Puerto de Andrés 38/07
207 Dominican Republic - Puerto de Barahona — Entrance channel 38/07
220 Haïti - Port -au -Prince - Anchorages and berths — Jetty; depths 16/05
265 Jamaica - Kingston Harbour approaches — Directions; light beacon 41/07
269 Jamaica - Portland Bight and approaches — Bare Bush Cay Light 41/07
269 -270 Jamaica, South coast - Portland Bight and approaches — Stetton Hall
Light
26/04
277 Cayman Islands - Lesser Caymans — Anchorages 12/06
278 Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman — Anchorage 28/07
281 -283 United States Code of Federal Regulations - Ports and Waterways
Safety - General — Notice of Arrival Information Items
19/05
Wk39/08

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.27
Weekly
Edition
295 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
298 -322 Appendix VII - United States Marine Sanctuary, Wildlife and Fisheries
Regulations — Extracts
16/04
332 Appendix X — New and Altered Names 16/04
71 West Indies II
6 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
20, 75, 78, 122 -125, 368 U.S. Virgin Islands - Limetree Bay — Security zone; terminal 50/07
121 U.S. Virgin Islands - Frederiksted — Light 06/08
149, 159 -160, 163,
165 -167
Puerto Rico - Pasaje de Vieques — Directions 32/07
196 Sint Maarten - Approaches to Groot Baai and Klein Baai — Buoy 47/06
196 Sint Maarten - Groot Baai and Klein Baai — Prohibited Anchorage 09/06
207 Leeward Islands - Saba to Monserrat — Wreck 36/06
218 Montserrat - East and south -west coasts — Exclusion zone 10/07
219 Monserrat - Little Bay — Wreck 36/06
263, 268 Dominica - West coast — Nature reserve; light 08/07
272 Martinique - Approaches to Baie de Fort -de -France — Fish havens 07/07
275 -279 Martinique - Baie de Fort -de -France — Directions 34/06
284 -285 Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Buoyage 05/06
315, 322 Grenadines - Canouan — Depths 24/06
333 Grenada - St. George’s Harbour — Berth 15/06
346, 348 Barbados - Carlisle Bay - Bridgetown Deep Water Harbour —
Prohibited anchorage areas
18/08
347 -348 Barbados - Spring Garden — Submarine pipeline 20/06
366 US Code of Federal Regulations — Naval Vessel Protection Zones 44/06
72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
44 Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 20/07
69 Russia, North coast - Murmansk — Directions; wreck 39/05
152 Russia, Arctic coast - Bol’shezemel’skaya Tundra — Varandey Oil
Terminal
09/08
100 The Mariner’s Handbook
2 Australian and New Zealand Charts 25/05
4 International charts — International boundaries and national limits 37/05
6 Electronic Chart Display and Information System 29/05
6 Electronic Navigational Charts — Updating 42/05
6 Electronic Navigational Charts 29/05
6 Overlapping ENCs — Caution 47/06
30 Interpretation of source data 29/05
41 Use of moored marks 10/05
63 Pollution of the Sea — Ballast water 19/07
71 Marine farms — Caution 22/07
81 Overhead Power Cables 46/06
85 Tidal streams — Information on charts 17/06
250 Glossary — Vertical clearance 17/06
136 Ocean Passages for the World
168 Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong – Routes — Low -powered vessels; distance 26/04
(HA. 905/008/001/24) [39/08]
Wk39/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
South Atlantic Ocean - Walvis Ridge - Wüst
Seamount — Shoals
67
Paragraph 2.5 1 line 10 After 3°30′W). Add:
Shoals are reported (2007) to exist in the vicinity of
of Wüst Seamount as follows:
66 miles NE, bounded by positions:
32°49′S 2°53′W;
32°49′S 2°26′W;
33°09′S 2°26′W;
33°09′S 2°53′W, and
80 miles SW, in position 34°29′S 5°00′W.
USNGA Notice 19/22/2008
(SDD 2008000 041381) [38/08]
Angola - Offshore terminals — Gimboa and
Greater Plutonio Terminals
196
After Paragraph 7.38 1 Insert:
Gimboa Terminal
Chart 604
General information
7.38a
1 Position and function. Gimboa Terminal, situated
about 44 miles offshore, consists of a FPSO in position
7°32′⋅5S 12°10′⋅3E and associated subsea wells.
Arrival information
7.38b
1 Waiting area. There is a waiting area of radius
2½ miles centred on 7°28′⋅2S 12°14′⋅8E.
Restricted area. A restricted area with a radius of
3000 m is centred on the FPSO.
Paragraph 7.40 1 lines7to8Replace by:
Waiting area. There is a waiting area of radius
5 miles centred on 7°43′S 12°14′E.
BP Angola (Block 18) BV
(SDD 2008000 061017) [38/08]
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Svalbard - Bellsund and Van Mijenfjorden —
Traffic regulations
214
Paragraph 9.27 2 line 9 Add:
Traffic regulations
9.27a
Wk38/08
4.1
[38/08]
1 The Norwegian Maritime Traffic Regulations for
Specific Waters have been extended to include the
waters of Bellsund and Van Mijenfjorden.
The regulations apply to the waters within a line
drawn between Bellsund Light (9.34) and Kapp Lyell
in position 77°34′⋅5N 14°14′⋅4E.
2 The regulations apply to the following vessels:
Vessels with a maximum length of 24 m or more.
Vessels towing an object which is longer or wider
than 24 m.
Vessels towing an object where the total length of the
vessel and the tow is 35 m or more.
All vessels carrying hazardous or polluting goods in
bulk.
3 Permission should be obtained from the Norwegian
Coastal Administration by contacting Vardø VTS
(callsign NOR VTS) in good time and at least one
hour before entering the area. Vessels carrying
hazardous or polluting goods in bulk must give
6 hours notice. If there are extraordinary safety
measures to be put in place, 24 hours notice is
required.
For details of Vardø VTS see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
4 Permission must also be obtained prior to the
following:
Entering Akselsundet (9.42) or Mariasundet (9.39).
Anchoring or stopping.
Commencing any movement within the area.
Changing the agreed voyage route.
5 The regulations do not apply to vessels engaged in
fishing or hunting but such vessels must maintain a
continuous listening watch on the working channel of
Vardø VTS.
Norwegian Notice 13/833/08
(SDD 2008000 060914) [38/08]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Alaska - Kodiak Island - Geese Channel —
Controlling depth
114
Paragraph 2.251 1 Replace by:
1 Geese Channel (56°45′N 153°54′W), with a
controlling depth of 4⋅5 m (15 ft), is a passage through
the foul ground N of Geese Islands. It is much used
by small vessels proceeding to and from Russian
Harbor; local knowledge is required.
USCoastPilot9Chg3
(HH. 078/557/11) [38/08]

NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st October 2008
The Netherlands - Approaches to Hoek van
Holland — Recommended crossing for small
craft; prohibited area
197
Paragraph 8.16 5 line 8 Replace by:
....(51°58′⋅2N 4°00′⋅9E) (9.33) and in the vicinity of
MV Light Buoy (W cardinal) (51°58′⋅4N
3°56′⋅7E), which marks the entrance to the
recommended crossing for small craft. A
prohibited area marked by light buoys (cardinal)
extends up to 2½ miles W of Maasvlakte Light.
212
Section IV Notice Week 22/08 Paragraph 9.12a 1 lines 1 -6
Replace by:
1 Small craft following the inshore route along the
coast should cross Maasgeul at the recommended
crossing for small craft which runs between MV Light
Buoy (W cardinal) (51°58′⋅4N 3°56′⋅7E) and MN1
Light Buoy (starboard hand), 5 miles NE. These....
215
After Section IV Notice Week 22/08 Paragraph 9.37 3 line 4
Add:
A prohibited area marked by light buoys (cardinal)
lies SW of the harbour entrance.
229
Section IV Notice Week 22/08 Paragraph 10.1 1 line 1 For
1½ miles Read 2 miles
Section IV Notice Week 22/08 Paragraph 10.10 1 lines 1 -6
Replace by:
1 From a position in Maasgeul (9.37), 2 miles WNW
of Maasmond (9.38), the track leads NE initially along
the recommended crossing for small craft (9.12a),
which is marked by MN1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(52°02′⋅2N 4°01′⋅9E) at its N end. Thence the track
leads NE to a position close NW of Sch...
Netherlands Notice 343(P)/08
(SDD 2008000 065827) [38/08]
England – River Medway — Medway Secondary
Channel
313
Paragraph 16.5 1 line 5 Replace by:
....of Grain. In the Medway Secondary Channel
(16.28a) there is a least charted depth of 5⋅5 m (2008).
314
Paragraph 16.9 1 line 10 Replace by:
....at Garrison Point. This regulation also applies to
the use of Medway Secondary Channel (16.28a),
unless the provisions of paragraph (d) are
followed.
IV
4.2
315
Paragraph 16.17 1 line 7 Add:
2 Medway Secondary Channel (16.28a), which is an
alternative channel for vessels of 160 m LOA or less,
runs adjacent to Medway Approach Channel on the
latter’s S side between No 2 Light Buoy (N cardinal)
(51°28′⋅3N 0°50′⋅5E) and W Cant Light Buoy (port
hand), 3¼ miles WSW.
Paragraph 16.21 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Medway Secondary Channel (16.28a). Use of this
channel is limited to vessels of 160 m LOA or less
and traffic flow within the channel at any given time
will be in one direction only. Vessels wishing to
navigate the channel must first receive permission
from Medway VTS, either when passing the Medway
Light Buoy or Garrison Point. Vessels proceeding with
the tide will be given priority.
Special rules apply to the use of Medway
Secondary Channel when an LNG vessel is navigating
in the adjacent Medway Approach Channel. See 16.9.
316
After Paragraph 16.28 Add:
Medway Secondary Channel
16.28a
1 Medway Secondary Channel runs adjacent to
Medway Approach Channel on the latter’s S side
between No 2 Light Buoy (N cardinal) (51°28′⋅3N
0°50′⋅5E) and W Cant Light Buoy (port hand),
3¼ miles WSW. The channel is about 1 cable wide
and its S boundary is marked by light buoys (special).
317
Paragraph 16.31 3 line 7 Replace by:
....lies S of Medway Secondary Channel.
Medway Ports Notices 31/2008; 32/2008
(SDDs 2008000 071385; 071480) [38/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - South -east coast - Shantou Gang —
Directions; depths; vertical clearances; lights
129
Paragraph 4.34 Replace by:
1 The least depth on the alignment (322°) of leading
lights over the estuary bar is 9⋅1m, but depths from
6⋅3 m, the 5 m depth contour, and a dangerous wreck
lie within ½ cable of this alignment; thence the main
channel to the harbour has a least mid -channel depth
of 8⋅2 m.
Paragraph 4.35 1 Replace by:
1 Shantou Bay Bridge (23°20′⋅0N 116°44′⋅7E) has a
vertical clearance of 46 m; Dangshi Bridge, 4¾ miles
W, a clearance of 38 m.
131
Paragraph 4.51 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position between Nos 9 and 10 Light Buoys
(23°18′⋅7N 116°46′⋅3E) (4.50), the track leads NW
through Dezhou Shuidao, passing (with positions from
Dezhou Dao Light (23°19′⋅6N 116°45′⋅4E)):
Wk38/08

Paragraph 4.52 1 Replace by:
1 Directional light.
From a position between Nos 11 and 12 Light
Buoys (4.51), at the NW end of Dezhou Shuidao, the
white sector (282¾° -283¼°) of Luyushuidao No 3
directional light (white metal framework tower, 27 m
in height) (23°21′⋅2N 116°40′⋅9E) leads through the
inner anchorage area to a position abeam No 15 Light
Buoy (port hand) (3½ miles WNW).
Chinese Notices 26/912 and 913/08; BA Chart 854
(HH. 548/453/04) [38/08]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2008 Edition)
La Réunion - Port Réunion — Outer anchorages
246
Paragraph 11.42 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...entry to Port Ouest is in the regulated area off Cap
la Houssaye, in depths over 20 m, see 11.17.
247
Paragraph 11.42 2 lines 8 -9 Delete
Paragraph 11.42 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 11.42 3 line 3 For 8 miles Read 7 miles
French Notice 32/51/08
(SDD 2008000 069165) [38/08]
Wk38/08
IV
4.3
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Kvaløya - Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm
107
R38 After given from the light): Insert:
S of Skamtind (2 miles E), and a marine farm which
lies 5 cables farther E with mooring chains which
extend S and SW into the channel indicated by the
white sector. Thence:
Norwegian Notice 16/942/08
(SDD 2008000 072124) [38/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Russia - Sankt Peterburg and approaches —
Anchorage
120
Paragraph 3.181 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Anchorage Area No 4a is centred 1¾ miles WSW
of Sankt Peterburg Fairway Light Buoy (60°02′N
29°26′E) (3.198).
Russian Notice 33/4533/08
(SDD 2008000 068514) [37/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - West coast - Bayonne — Directions;
leading lights
231
Paragraph 8.247 1 line 4 For Leading beacons: Read
Saint -Gobain Leading Lights:
Paragraph 8.247 2 lines 3 -4 For leading beacons at
Saint -Gobain berth (8.251) Read Saint -Gobain Leading
Lights
French Notice 08/32/37
(SDD 2008000 069164) [37/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - South coast - Teignmouth —
Approach channel buoyage; directions
159
Paragraph 5.109 4 lines 7 -9 Delete These channels To the
pilots.
Paragraph 5.109 4 lines 11 -12 Replace by:
...Sand and East Pole Sand or close SE of the pier. Light
buoys (lateral) marking the channel are repositioned at
approximately three month intervals to mark the changing
positions of the sandbanks. Buoys (special) are also
moored in the channels through The Bar. They are for the
guidance of the pilots and have no navigational
significance.
160
Paragraph 5.111 3 line 4 For (52°32′⋅4N 3°29′⋅8W) Read
(52°32′⋅4N 3°29′⋅7W)
Teignmouth Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 067839) [37/08]
4.1
France - Cherbourg — Traffic regulations;
waiting areas
416
Paragraph 12.36 1 lines 3 -10 Replace by:
[37/08]
North Waiting Area, centred 3 miles N of Fort de
l’Ouest, is reserved for vessels with a draught of
10 m or more, vessels of 1600 gt or more and
vessels not from, nor bound for, Cherbourg.
South Waiting Area, centred 1¾ miles NNE of Fort
de l’Ouest, is reserved exclusively for vessels
from, or bound for, Cherbourg; these vessels
must have a draught of less than 10 m or be
vessels of less than 1600 gt, or be tankers of less
than 1100 gt.
French Notice 08/29/22
(SDDs 2008000 067676; 069338) [37/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Dover Strait - SW -going deep -draught route —
Controlling depths; under -keel allowances; route
57
Paragraph 2.9 3 Replace by:
3 The controlling depth on the SW-going
deep -draught route is 26 m in position 51°54′⋅1N
1°17′⋅2E, SW of The Varne. However, where the
contour of the South Falls shoal continues SSW across
the SW -going lane of the Dover Strait TSS, depths of
about 25 m are almost unavoidable. Moreover, this is
an area of sandwave activity (2.16). Additionally, it
should be noted that depths of less than 25 m exist in
a broad area extending up to 5 miles WNW of Bullock
Bank (50°45′N 1°04′E), with a least charted depth of
22 m in position 50°46′⋅3N 0°57′⋅5E.
65
Paragraph 2.68 1 lines 21 -31: Table for SW -bound vessels
Replace by:
SW -bound vessels
21 to 21A 220° 6⋅0
21A to approx 51°14′N 204° 5⋅1
Approx 51°14′N to 22 204° 5⋅3
22 to approx 51°04′N 228° 5⋅3
Approx 51°04′N to 23 228° 6⋅3
23 to 24 212° 7⋅6
24 to approx 50°51′N 235° 7⋅3
Approx 50°51′N to 25 235° 7⋅1
25 to 26 239° 7⋅1
Wk37/08

66
Paragraph 2.71 Replace by:
1 The SW-going deep -draught route consists of a
series of waypoints, numbered 1 to 28, of which 1 to
18 and 27 to 28 fall outside the limits of this volume.
Waypoints 19 to 26 follow the SW-going traffic lane
of the North Hinder South and Dover Strait TSSs,
described at 2.59 to 2.62.
2 The route passes through the following positions:
19 51°57′⋅7N 2°37′⋅8E
20 51°50′⋅6N 2°30′⋅3E
21 51°34′⋅5N 2°08′⋅2E
21A 51°22′⋅8N 1°52′⋅5E
22 51°11′⋅4N 1°44′⋅3E
23 51°00′⋅9N 1°25′⋅0E
24 50°54′⋅7N 1°18′⋅7E
25 50°45′⋅1N 0°57′⋅0E
26 50°36′⋅5N 0°33′⋅9E, thence to
27 50°20′⋅2N 0°49′⋅7W, which is outside the
limits of this volume.
Trinity House Notice 24/08
(SDDs 2008000 059786; 063616; 069329) [37/08]
England - Thames Estuary - Gun Fleet Sand —
Wind farm
240
Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/06 After Paragraph
11.46a Insert:
Wind farm
11.46b
1 Construction has commenced on Gunfleet Sands
Wind Farm and is expected to complete early in 2010.
The project will comprise 48 wind turbines and a
submarine power cable leading from the wind farm to
the vicinity of Holland -on -Sea (51°48′N 1°11′E).
2 A 500 m safety zone has been established around
the site and is marked by light buoys in the following
positions:
51°43′⋅8N 1°10′⋅3E (port hand),
51°45′⋅5N 1°14′⋅7E (port hand),
51°42′⋅0N 1°12′⋅2E (starboard hand),
51°43′⋅2N 1°15′⋅2E (starboard hand),
51°44′⋅4N 1°18′⋅3E (starboard hand).
All vessels not engaged in construction work are
required to keep clear of the safety zone.
281
After Paragraph 14.6 Insert:
Wind farm
14.6a
1 See 11.46b.
Port of London Notice L12/2008
(SDD 2008000 069623) [37/08]
Wk37/08
IV
4.2
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - South coast - Qing Zhou — Directions;
caution
336
Paragraph 10.20 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Cautions. See 10.4.
A vessel with a draught of 19⋅55 m reported (2008)
grounding SE of Qing Zhou in position 22°23′⋅2N
114°42′⋅2E.
346
Paragraph 10.89 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Caution. See 10.20.
From a position SE of Qing Zhou (22°24′N
114°40′E)...
Japanese Hydrographic and Oceanographic Dept
(HH. 550/403/01) [37/08]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Honshu -North -west Coast -Sakaiminato —
Bridge; locks
97
Paragraph 3.149 and heading Replace by:
East Shima
3.149
1 The island of E Shima (35°31′N 133°12′E) is
connected to the mainland to the E by a bridge with a
vertical clearance of 33 m.
Japanese Notice 34/1186/08
(HH. 563/485/05) [37/08]
Hokkaido - South coast - Tomakomai Higashi
Ko — Directions; leading line
255
After Paragraph 9.86 2 line 6 Insert:
The alignment (012°) of a second set of leading
beacons leads from within the harbour entrance to the
Central Wharf berths (9.88).
Front beacon (42°37′⋅0N 141°46′⋅9E).
Rear beacon (1100 m from front beacon).
Japanese Notice 34/1189/08
(HH. 562/420/03) [37/08]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Gaza Strip — Maritime zone
233
After Paragraph 7.253 3 Including existing Notices Weeks
34/06 and 30/08 Add:
4 A maritime zone extends 20 miles to seaward from
the Gaza Strip. In accordance with the agreements

etween Israel and the Palestinian Authority, entry by
foreign vessels to this zone is prohibited.
Israeli Notice 6/2008
(SDD 2008000 068749) [37/08]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
East Frisian Islands - Accumer Ee — Buoyage
126
Paragraph 4.299 2 lines 1 -2 For (53°47′N 7°26′E) Read
(53°47′N 7°27′E).
German Notice 33/(21)49/2008
(SDD 2008000 069468) [37/08]
IV
4.3
Wk37/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Angola - Offshore terminals —
Kizomba C Terminal
195
Paragraph 7.24 Replace by:
General information
7.24a
1 Position and function. Kizomba C Terminal,
situated 60 miles offshore, consists of two FPSOs:
Mondo (6°09′⋅6S 11°16′⋅2E);
Saxi -Batuque (6°19′⋅3S 11°16′⋅8E).
Terminal Authority. Esso Exploration Angola.
E -mail: Mondo: oim.fpsomondo@singlebuoy.com;
Saxi -Batuque: oim.fpsosaxi@singlebuoy.com
Limiting conditions
7.24b
1 Maximum size of vessel handled. The FPSOs are
designed to accept export tankers up to 350 000 dwt
under certain weather conditions.
Local weather and sea state. See 7.10.
Arrival information
7.24c
1 Notice of ETA. Notice is required at start of
passage; thence 72, 48, 24 and 4 hours prior to arrival.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).
Waiting area. Mondo waiting area is 11 miles NE
of FPSO, and Saxi -Batuque waiting area is 10½ miles
NE of FPSO.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. For Mondo the pilot
boarding area is 3½ miles N of the FSPO, and for
Saxi -Batuque the pilot boarding area is 4 miles NW of
the FSPO.
Tugs are available.
3 Restricted area. A restricted area, radius 2½ miles,
is centred on FPSO Mondo, and a restricted area,
radius 4 miles, is centred on FPSO Saxi -Batuque.
Terminal
7.24d
1 Both FPSOs exhibit lights, and fog signals are
sounded in poor visibility. Racons are fitted.
Directions
7.24e
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Berths
7.24f
1 Export tankers moor in tandem with the FPSOs
with export tankers bow to the stern of the FPSO.
Loading is by means of floating hose arrangements
between FPSO and export tanker.
Esso Exploration Angola
SDDs 2008000 050406; 051469; 065201 [36/08]
Wk36/08
4.1
[36/08]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Gold Coast Seaway —
Directions; leading lights
127
Paragraph 3.264 3 line 1 Replace by:
1 The alignment (255°) of the above lights
provides an alternative approach to the
entrance and leads through...
Australian Notice 16/771/08
(AA323742; AA343255; AA343267; AA348351) [36/08]
Queensland - Port of Rockhampton -
Port Alma — Depths
177
Paragraph 5.235 13 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...marking the E edge of the swing basin, which has a
least depth of 5⋅8 m.Thebasinisdredgedtoa...
Paragraph 5.241 1 line 5 For 9⋅5 m Read 9⋅2 m
Paragraph 5.241 1 line 7 For 8⋅7 m Read 9⋅2 m
Queensland Notice to Mariners 137(T)/2007
(AA344482) [36/08]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Denmark - Læsø north -eastwards —
Prohibited areas
112
After Paragraph 3.405 Add:
Prohibited areas
3.405a
1 Prohibited areas have been established in the
following areas:
N of Tønneberg Banke (57°28′N11°15′E), as shown
on the chart.
Læsø Trindel (3.410). A prohibited area has been
established close W of the light buoy (E cardinal),
as shown on the chart. A light buoy (special)
marks the NE limit of the prohibited area.
Danish Notice 24/210/08
(SDD 2008000 054885) [36/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - South coast -The Solent - Approaches
- Nab Anchorages — Hazard
202
After Paragraph 7.9 1 Insert:
2 Caution. In strong winds the nature of the holding
ground in these anchorages is such that vessels may
drag. When strong winds from the S or E quadrants

are forecast, Southampton VTS will advise Masters to
consider taking precautions to prevent dragging, or if
necessary, will advise that the vessel proceeds to sea.
ABP Southampton
(SDD 2008000 067265) [36/08]
France - Approaches to Brest — Directions; light
272
Paragraph 8.83 5 line 6 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 34/08 Replace by:
...which stands La Parquette Lighted Beacon Tower
(white octagonal tower black diagonal stripes,
25 m in height).
273
Paragraph 8.84 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 34/08 Replace by:
1 Clearing marks:
Front mark. La Parquette Lighted Beacon Tower
(48°16′N 4°44′W) (8.83).
Rear mark. W rock of Les Tas de Pois (4¼ miles ESE
of the front mark) (8.92).
The alignment (104°) of these marks clears SSW of
the dangers between Île d’Ouessant and the mainland.
Paragraph 8.86 3 lines 3 -5 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 34/08 Replace by:
Between L’Astrolabe (4 miles S) (8.83) and La
Parquette Lighted Beacon Tower (4 miles SSE)
(8.83) to the waiting area.
French Notice 08/29/23
(SDD 2008000 067677) [36/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Westerschelde - Honte and Pas Van Terneuzen
— Directions; light
177
Paragraph 7.185 4 line 7 For (109½° -128°) Read
(111½° -128°)
Paragraph 7.186 2 line 4 Including existing Section IV
Notices Weeks 11/08 & 26/08 For (001½° -007½°) Read
(000½° -008½°)
Netherlands Notices Week 30/08 (Lights)
(SDD 2008000 064004) [36/08]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - South Coast - Dajin Island — Wreck
251
Paragraph 7.156 2 lines 3 -5 Delete A dangerous wreck To
Dajin.
Chinese Notice 26/915/08
(SDD 2008000 059286) [36/08]
IV
4.2
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Taiwan Strait - Meizhou Wan —
Pilotage; anchorages
155
Paragraph 4.196 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and
available in daylight hours only. The Xiuyu pilot
boarding position is at 24°59′N 119°05′E. For details
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6).
156
Paragraph 4.203 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 LNG Special Purpose Anchorage, 3¼ cables in
radius, centred on 24°59′⋅1N 119°04′⋅4E.
Lightering Anchorage and LNG Temporary
Emergency Anchorage No 1, 1¾ cables in radius, is
centred on 25°07′⋅5N 119°00′⋅6E; a light buoy
(special) is moored in the centre of the anchorage.
LNG Temporary Emergency Anchorage No 2,
3 cables in radius, centred on 25°09′⋅0N 119°00′⋅0E.
Chinese Notice 19/Part 1/08
(HH. 548/451/01) [36/08]
China - South Coast - Haitan Haixia —
Directions; wrecks
162
Paragraph 4.242 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...SE of Da Yu Light where course should be altered
to pass SE of the light beacon, passing:
Paragraph 4.242 4 Replace by:
4 From a position SE of Da Yu Light (25°27′⋅0N
119°40′⋅0E) the track leads N passing clear of a
stranded wreck (reported 2005), lying 3 cables ESE,
thence:
E of Da Yu Light (white metal column, red bands,
4 m in height), standing near SE point of island,
42 m high, and lying on the W side of the fairway
through the narrows of Haitan Haixia; drying
patches and rocks obstruct the passage W of Da
Yu. Thence:
E of Jinxun Jiao, rocks marked by a light beacon
(isolated danger, 12 m in height) 2 cables NE of
Da Yu; a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
lies 1¼ cables SSW of Jinxun Jiao in the deep
channel between; its use is not recommended.
Care is needed not to be set on to Jinxun Jiao
during the S -going tidal stream.
Chinese Notice 23/793/08
(HH. 548/451/01) [36/08]
Wk36/08

NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Honshu - Hino Misaki and Omae Saki —
Ramarks
85
Paragraph 3.26 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 32/08 Replace by:
Spare
3.26
147
Paragraph 6.33 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.33
Japanese Notices 28/975/08; 28/980/08
(SDD 2008000 059413) [36/08]
NP 42C Japan Pilot Volume IV (2006 Edition)
Kyushu - Sata Misaki, Toi Misaki and
HososhimaKo—Ramarks
176
Paragraph 6.10 1 line 11 Delete and To it.
Paragraph 6.13 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.13
181
Paragraph 6.49 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.49
188
Paragraph 6.92 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.92
195
Paragraph 6.136 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.136
197
Paragraph 6.147 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.147
213
Paragraph 6.264 1 line 7 Delete and ramark
Paragraph 6.266 including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.266
Japanese Notices 31/1079/08; 31/1082/08; 31/1083/2008
(HH. 564/400/10; HH. 564/440/06; HH. 564/442/03)
Wk36/08
[36/08]
IV
4.3
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II
(2006 Edition)
Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe du Duroc — Wreck
100
Paragraph 3.89 1 line 5 After Gatope. Insert: A wreck lies
on the SE end of Grand Récif de Gatope.
French Notices 08/31 K10 1.6.1; 08/31/52
(SDD 2008000 067891; HH. 585/540/03) [36/08]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Puerto de Huelva — Outer anchorages
187
Paragraph 6.105 1 Replace by:
1 There are five designated outer anchorage areas
extending from 4 cables SW of Dique Juan Carlos 1
breakwater head to the restricted area around the
submarine pipeline, 4¼ miles WSW:
Area A, for vessels with a maximum length of
120 metres and carrying dangerous cargoes,
centred on position 37°05′⋅9N 6°52′⋅2W.
Area B, for vessels with a maximum length of
120 metres and carrying non -dangerous cargoes,
centred on position 37°05′⋅9N 6°50′⋅8W.
2 Area C, for vessels over 120 m in length and
carrying dangerous cargoes, centred on
position 37°04′⋅9N 6°52′⋅2W.
Area D, for vessels over 120 m in length and
carrying non -dangerous cargoes, centred on
position 37°04′⋅9N 6°50′⋅8W.
Area F is an auxiliary anchorage centred on position
37°05′⋅7N 6°54′⋅2W.
Spanish Notice 32/204/2008
(SDD 2008000 067908) [36/08]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Approaches to Portland — Directions; wreck
90
After Paragraph 3.187 1 line 4 Add:
NE of a dangerous wreck (5 miles SE), position
approximate, thence:
US Notice 33/13009/08
(SDD 2008000 067983) [36/08]
Buzzards Bay and approaches — Pilotage
142
After Paragraph 5.137 2 line 2 Add:
About 1 mile NW of Buzzards Bay Entrance Light
(41°24′N 71°02′W) (5.144), or:
US Coast Pilot 2 37th Edition 2008 Change No 16
(HH. 078/551/08) [36/08]

Cape Cod Canal — Pilotage
146
After Paragraph 5.170 1 line 5 Add:
About 1 mile NW of Buzzards Bay Entrance Light
(41°24′N 71°02′W) (5.144), or:
US Coast Pilot 2 37th Edition 2008 Change No 16
(HH. 078/551/08) [36/08]
Narragansett Bay - Melville — Depths
156
Paragraph 5.266 3 lines 1 -2 For 12⋅2to13⋅7 m.Read 9⋅1to
10⋅7 m.
US Coast Pilot 2 37th Edition 2008 Change No 15
(HH. 078/551/08) [36/08]
IV
4.4
Wk36/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil - North coast – Ponta da Praia Grande —
Directions; light
123
Paragraph 4.31 1 line 7 For 1°07′S Read 1°10′S
Brazilian Notice 13/93/08
(SDD 2008000 062457) [35/08]
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Norway - Svalbard —
Position reporting regulations
4
After Paragraph 1.24 2 line 9 Add:
Position reporting regulations
1.24a
1 The regulations apply to vessels 24 m or more in
length, and to all passenger vessels, within Svalbard
territorial waters.
For details of information to be included in the
report see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Vol 6(2).
Norwegian Notice 13/832/08
(SDD 2008000 060913) [35/08]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Helsinki — Directions
163
Paragraph 4.196 7 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
7 Thence the track leads 1 mile N in the narrow
white sector (000½°–001½°) of Busholmen Light
(60°09′⋅2N 24°54′⋅4E), standing in the centre of the
SW -facing quay at Länsisatama (4.219); to a position
NW of Koirakari Lighthouse (white tower, black band)
(60°07′⋅4N 24°54′⋅8E). From this position the track,
with a maximum authorised draught of 10⋅8 m,
continues N in the white sector of Busholmen Light to
the S part of Lauttasaarenselkä (4.214). The fairway is
marked by light buoys and buoys (lateral), and passes
(with positions from Koirakari Light (60°07′⋅4N
24°54′⋅8E)):
168
Paragraph 4.220 2 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
2 10⋅8 m channel. From a position NW of
Koirakari Light (4.196) the route leads 1 mile
Wk35/08
4.1
[35/08]
N to a position NW of Läntinen Pihlajasaari
(60°08′⋅3N 24°55′⋅1E). Thence the route leads
5 cables NNE towards Melkki Quay (4.221),
and the deepest basin in the S part of
Jäktäsaari peninsula (60°09′N 24°55′E),
passing WNW of the shoal ground, marked
by buoys, extending up to 3 cables NW from
Läntinen Pihlajasaari.
Finnish Notices 18 -19/320/2008 ; 20/348/2008
(SDDs 2008000 060037; 062501) [35/08]
Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches —
Authorised draughts; directions
384
Paragraph 9.286 1 line 5 For 7⋅9 m Read 7⋅5 m
Paragraph 9.286 2 line 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 46/07 For 5⋅3 m Read 6⋅3 m
Paragraph 9.286 2 line 3 For 7⋅9 m Read 7⋅5 m
Paragraph 9.286 2 line 4 Replace by:
From Brändskär to Stugsund 5⋅1 m.
385
Paragraph 9.299 1 - 3 Replace by:
1 From a position 1½ cables NW of Branthäll the
recommended track, marked by buoys and light buoys
(lateral), leads NW for 1½ miles, passing N of
Käringnolaskär (61°16′⋅2N 17°12′⋅1E) and then WSW
towards Långrör (9.293), to a position about 1 cable
NW of Brändskär (61°16′⋅1N 17°11′⋅2E). Thence the
track leads NNW, passing (positioned from
Prästholmen Light (red hut on red concrete pedestal,
floodlit) (61°16′⋅4N 17°10′⋅9E)):
2 ENE of a submerged rock with a depth of 7⋅3 m
over it (1½ cables SSE) marked by a buoy (S
cardinal), thence:
ENE of a shoal patch with a depth of 6⋅0 m over it
(1½ cables SW) marked by a buoy (port hand),
thence:
WSW of Prästholmen Light and the shoal water
lying close W of the light marked by a buoy
(starboard hand).
3 The track then leads NW, passing close NE of a
shoal which extends ½ cable E of Garpholmen
(61°16′⋅5N 17°10′⋅5E), marked by a spar buoy (port
hand).
4 Thence the track continues NW, indicated by the
alignment of Ullbacka Leading Lights:
386
Paragraph 9.300 3-4 Delete
Swedish Notice 215/4959/08
(2008000 059769) [35/08]

NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - West Coast - Coureau d’Oléron —
Directions; buoyage
199
Paragraph 7.274 2 line 1 For (starboard hand) Read (W
cardinal)
French Notice 08/30/22
(SDD 2008000 066089) [35/08]
France - La Gironde Entrance —
Directions; buoyage
208
Paragraph 8.44 1 line 3 For (45°38′N 1°22′W) 9 miles W
Read (45°38′N 1°23′W), 10 miles W
Paragraph 8.45 1 line 1 For 7 miles W Read 7¼ miles
WSW
Paragraph 8.45 1 line 2 For 4½ miles Read SE then
Paragraph 8.45 2 line 3 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 26/08 For 3 cables NE Read 6 cables ENE
French Notice 08/30/23
(SDD 2008000 066090) [35/08]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Georgia - Mys Kodori to Reyd Redut -Kale —
Routes
241
Paragraph 7.235 1 Replace by:
1 From a position about 3½ miles S of Mys
Sokhumskiy (7.208), the two -way recommended route
leads 12 miles SW then 43 miles SE to the TSS,
6 miles NW of P’ot’i.
242
Paragraph 7.239 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From a position S of Mys Sokhumskiy the
two -way recommended route leads SW then SE to
Reyd Redut -Kale in waters clear of charted dangers,
passing (with...
Georgia Maritime Transport Department; BA Chart 3313
(SDD 2007000 062975) [35/08]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
Thailand - Bangkok Bar anchorage — Wreck
128
Paragraph 4.92 5 lines8to11Replace by:
To Bangkok Bar Light (4.90). Two dangerous
wrecks lie, respectively, 1 mile SSW and 3 miles
E of the light.
IV
4.2
129
Paragraph 4.111 1 line 4 Delete: A dangerous wreck To
anchorage.
Thai Notice 102/2551/08
(SDD 2008000 066899) [35/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang —
Depths; vertical clearances; names
140
Paragraph 4.104 1-2 and 4.104 3 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 The least charted depth in the main fairway through
Qingyu Shuidao (24°22′N 118°08′E) as far as Muqian
Jiao (24°26′⋅4N 118°02′⋅5E) is 11⋅8 m in a position
2 miles NNW of Qing Yu (24°22′N 118°08′E). In
Haicang Hangdao (Haicang Zhihangdao) between
2
Muquin Jiao and the E part of Xiamen International
Container Port, 2 miles W, the least charted depth in
mid channel is 12⋅9 m; lesser depths will be found
near the edges.
Dongdu Hangdao, also known as Zhu Hangdao,
passes W of Gulang Yu (24°27′N 118°04′E). In the
fairway leading N from Muqian Jiao to the turning
area 6 cables NNE of Haicang Bridge (24°29′⋅8N
3
118°04′⋅1E), there is a least mid -channel depth of
10⋅9 m passing W of Hou Yu (24°28′⋅1N 118°03′⋅3E).
If passing E of Hou You there is a least mid -channel
depth of 11⋅5 m.
Above the first turning area there is least channel
depth of 8⋅6 m into the second turning area 1½ miles
NNE.
Above the second turning area to the tanker turning
area there is a least depth of about 8⋅4 m on the
alignment (025¼°) of leading lights, but depths less
than 5 m, occur in the main channel, and less than 2 m
in the channel continuation to Gaoqi Dock.
Lujiang Shuidao passes E of Gulang Yu with a
least mid -channel depth of 7⋅6 m to the turning basin
midway through the channel. Deeper water may be
found if the channel is entered from the N.
In some channels the 10 m depth contour is very
close to the edge of the navigation channel, and in
some cases extends slightly into the channel.
Paragraph 4.105 Replace by:
1 The main channel N of Hou You (24°28′⋅1N
118°03′⋅3E) is crossed by two power cables, vertical
clearance 57 m and Haicang Bridge, vertical clearance
55 m. The passage W of Huoshao Yu is also crossed
by Haicang Bridge, vertical clearance 35 m, and a
power cable, vertical clearance of 32 m. See also note
on chart.
145
Paragraph 4.132 Title Replace by:
Dongdu Hangdao (Zhu Hangdao)
Wk35/08

147
Paragraph 4.135 Title Replace by:
Haicang Hangdao (Haicang Zhihangdao) and Jiulong
Jiang
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 032/209/02) [35/08]
China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay -
Dadong approaches — Wreck
367
Paragraph 10.305 11 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...anchorage, a second dangerous wreck 1 mile S of the
anchorage and a stranded wreck close to S perimeter;
these latter two wrecks are marked by light buoys
(isolated danger) (10.334).
370
Paragraph 10.334 1 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorage area (39°39′N 124°04′E) 1 mile
in diameter, centred on a buoy (special); a stranded
wreck, marked close WNW by a light buoy (isolated
danger), lies close S of the area, and a dangerous
wreck, marked by a similar light buoy, lies 8 cables
farther S.
438
Paragraph 13.97 2 and 13.97 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 WSW of a shoal (38°40′N 124°40′E) with a
depth of 17 m over it. An obstruction lies
2¼ miles E, thence:
WSW of a shoal (38°47′N 124°41′E) extending
N, with a depth of 7 m over it, thence:
WSW of a shoal (38°55′N 124°32′E) with a
depth of 6 m over it, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (39°34′N 124°01′E)
existence doubtful.
3 The track then continues NNW to the vicinity of
Dadong outer anchorage (39°39′N 124°04′E), keeping
clear of a dangerous wreck 1 mile S and a stranded
wreck close to S perimeter, both marked by light
buoys (isolated danger) (10.334).
Chinese Notice 25/875/08
(HH. 556/410/05) [35/08]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2008 Edition)
Korea - East Coast - Pusan — Vertical clearance
165
Paragraph 3.350 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by
A bridge with a vertical clearance of 30 m spans
the S approach to the harbour, 3 cables S of the
harbour entrance.
Korean Notice 30/443/08
(HH. 557/461/09) [35/08]
Wk35/08
IV
4.3
Korea - East Coast - Pusan —
Outer Anchorages
165
Paragraph 3.357 1 line 12 Replace by
...anchorages U1 to U6, and W1 and W2 (see
chart 1065).
Korean Notice 27/390/08
(HH. 557/461/09) [35/08]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - West coast - Isole Flegree —
Protected Marine Area
338
After Paragraph 12.106 Add:
Regno di Nettuno Protected Marine Area
12.106a
1 A protected marine area has been established in the
sea areas off Isole Flegree (comprising Isola d’Ischia,
Isola di Vivaro and Isola di Procida), including an area
2 miles wide, extending 7 miles N from Punta
Cornacchia (12.117).
The area has been divided into zones according to
regulations and restrictions applicable to each.
Mariners should consult the local authority for details
before approaching the protected area.
Italian Notices 11.11/08; 11.12/08; 12.25/08
(SDDs 2008000 050347; 050348; 053209) [35/08]
Italy - West coast - Golfo di Pozzuoli —
Marine parks and reserves
346
Paragraph 12.146 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 Marine parks and reserves. Underwater marine
parks lie 4 cables SW from Punta della Gaiola and
8 cables NNE from Fortino Tenaglia (12.150), as
shown on the chart. Marine reserves, some marked by
light buoys (special), lie close offshore throughout the
area, as shown on the charts. Mariners should consult
local authorities for details of applicable regulations
and restrictions.
Italian Notice 15.14/08; BA Charts 908, 914
(SDD 2008000 065082) [35/08]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Nordfjord - Hyen — Anchorage
559
Paragraph 13.209 2 line 1 For Anchorages. Read
Anchorage.
Paragraph 13.209 3 lines 1 -4 Delete
Norwegian Notice 14/862/08
(SDD 2008000 065228) [35/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Sweden - Norra Kvarken - Stora Fjäderägg —
Light
90
Paragraph 2.24 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Stora Fjäderägg Tower (formerly a lighthouse)
(white, 13 m in height) (63°48′⋅5N 21°00′⋅1E).
Paragraph 2.24 3 line 4 Delete
444
After Paragraph 10.383 3 line 7 Add:
Stora Fjäderägg Tower (63°48′⋅5N 21°00′⋅1E)
(2.24).
Paragraph 10.383 5 line 5 Delete
445
Paragraph 10.388 1 line 4 For Stora Fjäderägg Lighthouse
Read Stora Fjäderägg Tower
Paragraph 10.389 2 line 3 For Stora Fjäderägg Lighthouse
Read Stora Fjäderägg Tower
452
Paragraph 11.15 4 line 2 Delete
Swedish Notice 215/4949/08
(SDD 2008000 059767) [34/08]
Finland - Maringinlahti — Directions
207
Paragraph 5.182 2 lines 1 -13 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position WNW of Pieni -Pisi
(60°27′⋅3N 27°38′⋅4E) (5.175), the route, authorised
for a draught of 3⋅0 m and marked by buoys, leads
9 cables N passing E of Siikasaari and W of
Järvissaari, an islet 4 cables E. The track then leads
4 cables NNW passing WSW of Järviluoto (60°28′⋅3N
27°38′⋅6E), to the entrance between Siikasaari and
Suuriniemi, whence the track leads 8 cables NW to the
anchorage.
Finnish Notice 21/373/2008
(SDD 2008000 065406) [34/08]
Sweden - Storön to Södra Ulvön -
Inshore passage — Directions; light
421
Paragraph 10.213 6 line 2 Delete
Paragraph 10.214 4 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 10.214 7 lines 1 -4 Delete
Swedish Notice 214/4900/08
(SDD 2008000 057884) [34/08]
Wk34/08
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2008 Edition)
England - South coast - Falmouth —
Regulations concerning entry; harbour
regulations
101
After Paragraph 4.50 2 line 5 Insert:
[34/08]
3 Entry notification. All vessels of 20 m LOA and
over, intending to enter the estuary directly from sea
or from outer anchorages are required to notify
Falmouth Pilot Radio of their destination within the
port and the expected time of passing Black Rock
(50°08′⋅7N 5°02′⋅0W).
4 Anchoring notification. All vessels of 75 m LOA
and over, anchoring within port limits without a pilot
embarked, are required to notify Falmouth Pilot Radio
of their anchored position and time of anchoring.
5 Notification of departure from an anchorage.
Vessels intending to depart from an anchorage are
required to notify Falmouth Pilot Radio of their
intentions 15 minutes prior to weighing anchor.
105
After Paragraph 4.68 2 line 5 Insert:
3 Notification of departure. All vessels of 20 m
LOA and over, intending to depart from Falmouth
Docks without a pilot embarked, are required to notify
Falmouth Pilot Radio 15 minutes prior to leaving the
berth.
Falmouth Harbour Master
(SDDs 2008000 038595; 041735) [34/08]
England - South coast - Poole —
Traffic Regulations
186
After Paragraph 6.130 8 line 3 Insert:
9 Controlled movements. Under normal
circumstances only vessels under compulsory pilotage
will be considered as controlled movement vessels.
Such vessels because of their size, manoeuvrability or
type of cargo carried will attract special precautions.
Designated vessels shall include but not be limited to:
10 Those carrying low flashpoint cargoes or those
which have previously carried such cargoes
and have not been rendered gas -free.
Those of 170 m LOA or more.
Those carrying certain hazardous cargoes.
Other vessels so designated by the Harbour Control
Officer.
11 To reduce the risk of incidents or accidents the
following procedures are to be followed:
When a controlled movement vessel passes No 1
Bar Light Buoy inbound or leaves its berth
outbound, no commercial traffic under way in the
opposite direction will be permitted.

12 No commercial vessel should overtake, or be
overtaken by a controlled movement vessel,
except where such a manoeuvre can be
achieved outside of the channel.
13 When a controlled movement vessel passes No 1
Bar Light Buoy inbound or leaves its berth
outbound and is required to transit the
harbour entrance, the Sandbanks chain ferry
is to be held in its berth until the controlled
movement vessel is passed and clear.
14 When under way there shall be a moving
exclusion zone of 1000 m ahead and astern
and 50 metres either side of the controlled
movement vessel.
Navigation warnings concerning controlled
movements will be promulgated on VHF by the
Harbour Control Officer.
Poole Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 063562) [34/08]
England - South coast - Chichester —
Directions for entering harbour
219
Paragraph 7.117 1 line 2 For 1 mile S Read about 8 cables S
Paragraph 7.117 1 line 3 For (50°45′⋅7N 0°56′⋅5W) Read
(50°45′⋅5N 0°56′⋅6W)
Paragraph 7.117 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
The track then leads N, passing (with positions
given from Eastoke Point (50°47′N 0°56′W)):
220
Paragraph 7.117 3 line 1 For (9 cables S) Read (1¼ miles S)
Paragraph 7.117 3 line 4 For (7 cables S) Read (6 cables S)
Paragraph 7.117 6 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
The track then leads generally NNE towards the
harbour entrance.
Chichester Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 042499) [34/08]
England - South coast - Langstone Harbour —
Pilotage
221
Paragraph 7.123 2 Line 7 For Portsmouth Pilotage Service
(7.15) Read Southampton Pilotage Service (7.10)
Langstone Harbour Board
(SDD 2008000 057870) [34/08]
England - South coast - Isle of Wight - Cowes —
Chain ferry
240
Paragraph 7.220 2 line 9 For 1⋅7 m Read 1⋅5 m
Paragraph 7.220 2 line 11 For 3kn Read 4kn
Paragraph 7.220 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
IV
4.2
By day and by night, just prior to getting under
way and when proceeding from one bank to the other,
exhibit at the fore end a flashing white light, visible
all round.
Paragraph 7.220 3 line 6 -7 Replace by:
Vessels of over 20 m LOA, vessels constrained by
their draught, vessels towing and vessels with limited
manoeuvrability are required to advise the...
Cowes Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 050236) [34/08]
France - West coast - Île Molène — Directions
269
Paragraph 8.61 2 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
...4°57′W) (8.50) thence between Men Réal, marked
on its E side by Basse Réal Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (48°24′⋅6N 4°57′⋅1W), and the W edge of the
drying reef about 7 cables NNE of the direction light.
French Notices 18/06/08; 23/46/08; 27/15/08
(SDDs 2008000 044550; 053422; 059251) [34/08]
France - Approaches to Brest -
Seatowaitingarea—Directions
273
Paragraph 8.83 5 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...which stands the ruins of a beacon tower.
Paragraph 8.84 1 Delete
Paragraph 8.86 3 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Between L’Astrolabe (4 miles S) (8.83) and La
Parquette (4 miles SSE) (8.83) to the waiting
area.
French Notice 08/21/90
(SDD 2008000 047966) [34/08]
Channel Islands - Guernsey - Saint Peter Port —
Anchorages
359
After Paragraph 11.30 4 line 2 Insert:
5 Anchoring. Vessels intending to anchor off Saint
Peter Port should contact the pilots prior to arrival, at
which time the pilots will advise a suitable anchoring
position.
368
Paragraph 11.86 3 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
3 Anchorage. The best anchorage for mariners in
larger vessels may be found about 5½ cables ENE and
5½ cables ESE of the harbour entrance. Prior contact
with the pilots should be made before anchoring; see
11.30. Recommended anchorages for smaller vessels
are situated 4 cables and 6½ cables NE of the head of
Castle Breakwater, as shown on the chart.
Guernsey Harbour Master
(SDDs 2008000 049453; 062663) [34/08]
Wk34/08

Channel Islands - Jersey - East coast - Gorey —
Directions
402
Paragraph 11.291 2 lines 5 -10 Replace by:
3 Leading marks.
Front. Directional light (white tower, 3 m in height)
(49°11′⋅8N 2°01′⋅3W) on Gorey Harbour
Pierhead.
Rear. West gable of prominent house “Rockmount”
(540 m WNW of the front mark).
Paragraph 11.291 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 From a position in Outer Road (11.285) the
alignment (298°) of these marks, or by night, in the
white sector of the directional light (296½° -299½°),
leads towards the harbour entrance...
Jersey Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 049780) [34/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang —
Obstruction; wreck; buoy; anchorage
339
Paragraph 10.88 1 lines 5 -6 After Remarks Depths 7 to
14 m Add: An obstruction lies on mid part of S boundary.
Paragraph 10.88 1 lines 9 -10 After Remarks Depths 11 to
16 m Add: A dangerous wreck lies in middle of the
anchorage, marked 2 cables N by a light buoy (isolated
danger).
After 10.88 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 18/08
Insert:
No 6
Anchorage
9 miles
SSE
Unspecified Depths
about 12 m
Chinese Notice 21/694/08; Chinese Chart 11770
(HH. 548/518/05) [34/08]
Wk34/08
IV
4.3
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Die Ems - Oterdum Reede — Depths
153
Paragraph 5.157 1 line 3 For 3⋅8to6⋅5 mRead 4⋅5to8⋅5 m
(2008)
German Notice 31/(21)91/2008
(SDD 2008000 065476) [34/08]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II
(2006 Edition)
American Samoa - Tutuila south -eastwards —
buoy
419
Paragraph 13.131 1 line 7 Delete
US Notice 30/83484/08
(HH. 588/470/03) [34/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Nigeria - Offshore terminals — Okoro Oil
Terminal
376
After Paragraph 12.221 1 Insert:
Okoro Oil Terminal
Charts 1386, 1387
General information
12.221a
1 Position. Okoro Oil Terminal (4°24′⋅1N 7°49′⋅7E)
lies 15 miles ESE of Opobo River.
Function. An offshore terminal exporting crude oil
consisting of FPSO Armada Perkasa and a floating
hose secured to a buoy.
Terminal Authority. Amni International Petroleum
Development Company Limited / Afren Energy
Resources Limited.
Okoro.Terminal.Manager@amnipetroleum.com
Limiting conditions
12.221b
1 Controlling depth. The FPSO is moored in a depth
of 13⋅3 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Displacement
70 900 tonnes. Maximum draught 8⋅75 metres.
Arrival information
12.221c
1 Notice of ETA: 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Vol 6(3) for details.
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boarding area is
5 miles S of FPSO position.
Tugs are available. The facility will normally
supply 2 tugs and a workboat for mooring operations.
Anchorage. During daylight hours export tankers
awaiting mooring may anchor at the pilot boarding
position. At night or for longer periods of waiting, an
export tanker should anchor in a safe area away from
oil and gas installations. The terminal should be
contacted to obtain advice on the current security state.
2 Restricted area. An exclusion zone with a radius
of 2000 m is centred on the FPSO.
Regulations. Berthing operations are restricted to
daylight hours only. The latest time that mooring
operations can commence is 1500 hours.
Unmooring can be conducted at any time.
Immobilisation of engines by export tankers at the
terminal is not permitted.
Directions
12.221d
1 Due to the presence of small unlit structures to the
S and SE of facility, the recommended route to the
terminal is from the SW during hours of daylight. A
wellhead platform lies approximately 700 m NNW of
the FPSO, and 3 flowlines on the seabed connect the
Wk33/08
4.1
[33/08]
2 structures. Passage between the FPSO and wellhead
is prohibited.
Berths
12.221e
1 FPSO Armada Perkasa is spread moored on a
heading of 212½° and an export tanker will
approach, under pilotage, from a NE direction until
astern of the FPSO. One tug will secure to the
stern of the export tanker to maintain position
relative to the FPSO during loading.
Services
12.221f
1 None available. Medical evacuation to Port
Harcourt can be arranged, which may take 6 hours.
Okoro Terminal Handbook
(SDD 2008000 063071) [33/08]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil – Porto de São Francisco do Sul — Arrival
information; pilotage
264
Paragraph 8.134 5 line 3 For 6 cables SW Read 1 mile E
Brazilian Notice 12/86/08
(SDD 2008000 058337) [33/08]
Uruguay – Montevideo — Limiting conditions;
local weather
298
Paragraph 9.111 1 line 4 For reduced to 1000 m. Read less
than 500 m.
Sociedad de Prácticos del Puerto de Montevideo
(SDD 2008000 063934) [33/08]
Uruguay – Montevideo — Arrival information;
pilotage
299
Paragraph 9.116 1 Replace by:
1 Compulsory, except for Uruguayan vessels. Pilots
board from a cutter, painted red, or from a tug, as
follows:
Boarding place Position Draught
JP1 In the channel,
vicinity of
Km 9⋅35 Light
Buoy (safe
water)
less than 7⋅92 m

JP2 In the channel,
vicinity of
Km 13⋅5 Light
Buoys (lateral)
JP3 In the channel,
vicinity of
Km 20⋅0 Light
Buoys (lateral)
JP4 In the vicinity of
Km 42⋅4 Light
Buoy (safe
water)
equal to or
greater than
7⋅92 m but less
than 10⋅0 m
equal to or
greater than
10 m but less
than 14 m
greater than
14 m
Sociedad de Prácticos del Puerto de Montevideo
(SDD 2008000 063934) [33/08]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Port of Rockhampton - Port Alma
— Buoyage
176
Paragraph 5.235 5 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
WNW of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (1 mile W)
marking the extremity of shoal ground extending
3¾ miles NNW from the N end of a peninsula
lying between The Narrows and Connor Creek
2½ miles farther W, thence:
ESE of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (1½ miles
WSW) marking the E side of Wagtail Sands,
about 4 miles in length and which dry, thence:
WNW of No 8 Light Buoy (port hand) (2 miles SW),
thence:
ESE of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (2½ miles
SW) marking the E side of the S part of Wagtail
Sands, thence:
Paragraph 5.235 6 line 1 For 6 Read 10
Paragraph 5.235 6 line 6 For 1 Read 5
177
Paragraph 5.235 10 line 1 For 8 Read 12
Paragraph 5.235 13 line 1 For 10 Read 14
Paragraph 5.235 13 lines 5 and 9 For 12 Read 16
Australian Notice 15/726/08
(AA346040; AA348602) [33/08]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Sweden - Drogden and Flintrännan — Hazards;
sailing race area
219
After Paragraph 6.240 3 line 7 Insert:
4 Yacht racing. A sailing race area has been
established W of Limhamn (6.266). The sailing area is
circular, with a diameter of 1⋅4 miles, centred in
IV
4.2
position 55°35′⋅1N 12°53′⋅1E. The area is marked by
buoys (special), laid between April and November.
Swedish Notice 216/4798/2008
(SDD 2008000 061418) [33/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approaches to Hoek van Holland — Routes
212
Paragraph 9.13 including existing Section IV Notice Week
22/08 second paragraph Replace by:
2 Tankers arriving from or proceeding to the German
Bight, the Baltic or Scandinavia should observe the
mandatory route described in the IMO publication
Ship’s Routeing and use the W approach to Hoek van
Holland. However, if their draught is less than 14⋅3 m,
the alternative Maas North West TSS may be used
provided that the shortest route between the TSS and
the junction with the mandatory shipping lane is taken.
For a description of the IMO regulations including the
categories of tanker to which the regulations apply see
the North Sea (East) Pilot.
Port of Rotterdam
(SDD 2008000 862632) [33/08]
NP 35 Indonesia Pilot Volume III (2008 Edition)
Pulau Halmahera - Selat Patientie — Directions;
dangerous rock
168
After Paragraph 5.112 1 line 10 Add:
ENE of a dangerous rock (0°47′⋅7S 127°57′⋅3E),
thence:
169
Paragraph 5.112 3 line 4 For NW Read NE
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2008000 044791) [33/08]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Selat Riau — Directions; dangerous wrecks
185
After Paragraph 9.80 4 line 8 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (1°07′⋅4N 104°12′⋅2E),
thence:
Paragraph 9.80 5 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
5 E of two dangerous wrecks (1°09′N 104°12′E)
marked by a light buoy (E cardinal), thence:
Indonesian Chart 49
(SDD 2008000 030734) [33/08]
Wk33/08

NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - W coast - Bergeggi — Protected marine
area; submarine cables; outfall
139
Paragraph 4.44 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 17/08 Replace by:
3 Entry is prohibited to a protected marine area,
(established 2008), centred 3 cables NE of Isola di
Bergeggi, as shown on the chart.
The protected marine area is divided into zones A,
B, and C according to regulations applicable to each.
Mariners should consult the local authority for details.
4 Submarine power cables extend generally SW from
the vicinity of Punta di Bergeggi, through the marine
protected area, as shown on the chart.
5 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of an outfall
extending 4 cables ESE then 4 cables E from a
position on the coast 3 cables WSW of Capo di Vado
(44°15′⋅6N 8°27′⋅4E) as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 14.1/08
(SDDs 2008000 021990; 061201) [33/08]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
River Humber—Humber Sea Terminal and
North Killingholme Oil Jetty
1
177
Paragraph 7.102 1 & 2 Replace by:
Humber Sea Terminal (HST) is situated on the S
bank in position 53°40′⋅1N 0°13′⋅9W. A central pier,
which supports a roadway, extends about 2 cables NE
from the shore. Branching off at right angles to the
pier are three finger jetties, one pointing upstream and
two pointing downstream. Each jetty has a berth on
both its offshore and inshore sides, making a total of
six berths in all. The terminal handles RoRo vessels
exclusively, including car carriers. The berths have a
project depth of 9⋅3 m but it should be noted that there
is a least depth of 5⋅7 m (2008) in the the approach to
the terminal. The largest vessel which can be handled
is about 225 m LOA.
2 The white sector (310° -317°) of an occasional light
exhibited from the SE extremity of the outer
downstream jetty assists vessels in their approach to
the terminal. Various sector lights, lights in line and
transit beacons provide guidance for berthing, as
shown on the chart. In fog, white strobe lights are
exhibited from the outer ends of the three jetties when
vessels are arriving or departing.
Paragraph 7.102 3 Delete
178
Paragraph 7.103 including heading Delete
ABP Humber NMs 13/2007; 46/2008
(SDDs 2007000 015688; 2008000 059271; 060393)
Wk33/08
[33/08]
IV
4.3
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Fiji - Viti Levu south -eastern part - Suva
Harbour — Wrecks
263
Paragraph 8.184 1 line 3 After chart. Add:
On the N side of the harbour, the use of the SE
mooring buoys, closest to Tamavua Beacon (8.171),
may be precluded by a dangerous wreck which lies
1 cable WNW of the beacon. On the S side of the
harbour, use of the W mooring buoy may be precluded
by a dangerous wreck close SE, 1⋅1 miles WSW of the
hospital flagstaff (8.169).
Fijian Coastal Navigation Warning 21/08
(HH. 586/580/04) [33/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Felice Strait - Sealed Passage — Directions;
wreck
After L64 Insert:
63
NW of a wreck (1½ miles SW), thence:
US Notice 27/17434/08
(SDD 2008000 056765) [32/08]
Wrangell Narrows - Scow Bay — Wreck
R14 Replace by:
98
...log rafts. A wreck, with a least depth of 4⋅6 m
(15 ft) over it, lies ½ cable WNW of the S dolphin.
US Notice 27/17375/08
(SDD 2008000 056763) [32/08]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil – Pecém Terminal — Outer anchorage;
submarine cable
137
Paragraph 4.162 1 line 3 Replace by:
...(3°28′⋅9S 38°48′⋅5W), of 6 cables radius. A
submarine power cable, see below, is laid across the
W part of the anchorage.
Submarine cable has been laid from a production
platform (3°05′⋅4S 38°47′⋅7W) to the shore, W of the
terminal, as shown on the charts.
Brazilian Notice 12/92(P)/08
(SDD 2008000 058310) [32/08]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
Falkland Islands - Berkeley Sound — Wreck
43
L17Replace by:
Clear of a wreck (3 miles ENE), thence:
S of Monkey Point (3 miles NNE), a low salient...
Lloyds List
(HH. 690/410/03) [32/08]
4.1
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
[32/08]
Denmark — Hundested Havn — Leading lights
139
Paragraph 4.211 1 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
1 Directions for entering harbour. From a position
about 5 cables SSW of the old harbour, the approach
channel leads NNE, passing (positioned from the W
mole head light (55°57′⋅9N 11°50′⋅5E)):
Paragraph 4.211 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 WNW of the NW mole head of Færgehavn
(3 cables S), thence:
WNW of a 2⋅8 m bank (¾ cable SSE), thence:
ESE of a 5 m shoal (½ cable SW), thence:
ESE of a spit (¼ cable SSW) (4.203), and:
Danish Notice 28/577/2008
(SDD 2008000 060481) [32/08]
Denmark - Ristinge and approaches — Rock
344
Paragraph 10.102 5 line 6 Replace by:
...a buoy (S cardinal) close SSE, noting an underwater rock,
position approximate, (reported 2008) (2 miles S) with a
depth of 3⋅0 m over it, and:
Danish Notice 28/575/2008
(SDD 2008000 060479) [32/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions
199
Paragraph 7.269 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
2 SSW to a position 1 mile SSE of
Beacon (7.268).
Paragraph 7.270 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
Juliar Light
1 Chenal Ouest. Initial position about 4 cables E of
Sablière d’Arceau Buoy (7.268).
Paragraph 7.270 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 The line of bearing (156½°) of Marennes church
spire (45°49′⋅3N 1°06′⋅4W) leads SSE to a position
about 1 mile SSE of Juliar Light Beacon, passing (with
positions given from Juliar Light Beacon):
French Notice 08/23/47
(SDD 2008000 053423) [32/08]
Wk32/08

NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Anambas — Directions;
major lights
70
Paragraph 2.26 1 line 8 Add:
Pulau Tokongnanas Light (white beacon, 30 m in
height) (3°19⋅9′N 105°57⋅1′E).
Pulau Tokongbelayar Light (white beacon, 30 m in
height) (3°27′⋅1N 106°16′⋅1E).
Paragraph 2.27 6 line 3 Add:A light (2.26) is exhibited from
Pulau Tokongnanas.
Paragraph 2.27 7 line 6 Add:A light (2.26) is exhibited from
Pulau Tokongbelayar.
Indonesian Notices 25/211 and 25/212/2008
(SDDs 2008000 059460; 059461) [32/08]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Indonesia - Pulau -Pulau Natuna Utara - Pulau
Sebetul — Major light
80
After Paragraph 3.42 1 line 3 Add:
Pulau Sebetul Light (white beacon, 30 m in height)
(4°42′⋅4N 107°54′⋅3E).
Indonesian Notice 25/213/2008
(SDD 2008000 059462) [32/08]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Kalimantan — South Pulau Laut Coal Terminal
233
Paragraph 9.71 Replace by:
9.71a
1 Position and function. South Pulau Laut (4°01′⋅7S
116°02′⋅0E) is a facility for the export of coal. The
coal is mined at Tutupan, in South Kalimantan and
shipped by barge to the terminal.
Port limits. 3 miles radius around the jetty.
Port Authority. The terminal is operated by IBT,
Mekar Putin Office, Kalimantan Selatan 72153, Tromol
pos 36/BJM, Indonesia.
Website: http://ptibt.com.
Limiting conditions
9.71b
1 Deepest and longest berth. Export Jetty (9.71e).
Tidal levels: Maximum range is 2⋅1 m. Tides are a
combination of diurnal and semi -diurnal. See
Admiralty Tide Tables Volume III.
Density of water: 1018 -1020 g/cm 3.
Maximum size of vessel handled: 80 000 dwt,
230 m LOA and 14⋅5 m draught.
Arrival information
9.71c
1 Terminal operations. Berthing and unberthing are
carried out 24 hours.
Wk32/08
IV
4.2
Notice of ETA required. Vessels should send their
ETA 14, 7, 5, 3, 2 and 1 day prior to arrival.
Anchorage. The designated anchorage (4°01′S
115°59′E) is 2½ miles W of the jetty, 1 mile radius, in
a depth of 20 m, sand.
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory and is available
24 hours. The pilot will normally board in the vicinity
of the anchorage.
Tugs are available.
Terminal
9.71d
1 General layout. The terminal projects 1059 m W
from the coast. The inshore third of the total length
comprises a causeway from which the jetty extends.
Tanjung Pengebalen S Mekar Light (white pipe
beacon, 5 m in height) (4°01′⋅7S 116°02′⋅0E) is
exhibited from a shiploader at the W end of the jetty.
2 Natural conditions.
Tidal streams in the vicinity of Selat Laut set N
during ingoing tides and S during outgoing tides.
The maximum rate is 1⋅1 kn.
Climate information. Prevailing winds are from SW
between November and April and SE between
June and September. Average wind speed is
5 -10 kn, although speeds occasionally reach
40 kn during short, localised squalls. Swell is
generally below 0⋅5 m. Average annual rainfall is
between 1900 -3000 mm. The wet season occurs
during the NW monsoon.
Berths
9.71e
1 Export Jetty. On the N side of the W extremity of
the jetty, served by two coal shiploaders. The berth is
288 m in length, with a least depth alongside of
14⋅5 m.
Coal barge unloading jetty. Extends S from the
jetty at the point where it joins the causeway.
Port services
9.71f
1 Facilities: limited medical assistance. The nearest
hospital is at Banjarmasin, an 8 hour journey by road
and ferry.
Supplies. Fresh water, provisions and bunker fuel
are not available.
Terminal regulations. Disposal of refuse is
prohibited.
PT Indonesia Bulk Terminal Handbook
(SDD 2008000 048571) [32/08]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Verºval to Kachchigadh — Directions; depths;
wrecks
283
Paragraph 8.188 including heading Replace by:
Spare
8.188
After Paragraph 8.193 2 line 4 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (33¼ miles WNW),
thence:

285
Paragraph 8.208 1 Replace by:
1 Within the 30 m depth contour there are several
isolated rocks with depths of about 18 to 19 m.
286
Paragraph 8.212 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Clear of three dangerous wrecks (12½ miles WNW,
18 miles NW and 21½ miles NW), positions
approximate, thence:
Indian Notices 14/378/08 and 4/114/08
(SDDs 2008000 016920; 062158) [32/08]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2008 Edition)
Île Saint -Paul and Île Amsterdam — Seamount
289
Paragraph 13.1 1 line 4 For 71 m Read 9m
French Notice 26/53/08
(HH. 510/430/02) [32/08]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Entrance to Carlingford Lough — Directions;
Haulbowline turning light
186
Paragraph 6.92 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
....of Haulbowline Rocks. The....
Paragraph 6.95 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
On passing NE of Haulbowline Light (6.92), the
track turns WNW and leads into....
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDDs 2008000 045845; 060407) [32/08]
IV
4.3
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Honshu - Shio -no -Misaki — Ramark
85
Paragraph 3.26 1 line 3 Delete
Japanese Notice 977/2008
(HH. 563/400/09) [32/08]
Honshu - Omae Saki — Ramark
145
Paragraph 6.20 and heading Replace by:
Spare
6.20
Japanese Notice 975/2008
(HH. 563/401/06) [32/08]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Bay of Fundy - South -west part — Whale
sanctuary
163
Paragraph 8.8 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
44° 45′N 66° 35′W.
44° 45′N 66° 18′W.
44° 30′N 66° 35′W.
44° 30′N 66° 18′W.
Canadian Annual Notice 5/2008
(SDD 2008000 060002) [32/08]
Wk32/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Peru – Callao — Outer anchorage; wreck
316
Paragraph 9.284 1 line 43
For:
No 13 5¾ miles NW Emergency
Read:
No 13 5¾ miles NW Emergency A wreck lies
near the
middle of the
area
Peruvian Notice 6/62/08
(SDD 2008000 057771) [31/08]
Peru – Pimentel — Directions; production
platform
337
After Paragraph 10.184 2 line 3 Add:
Offshore mark:
Production platform SM -1 (6°53′⋅4S 80°12′⋅7W).
Peruvian Notice 6/60/08
(SDD 2008000 057769) [31/08]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Colombia - Cartagena - Bocachica —
Directions; leading lights
267
Paragraph 9.178 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 Leading lights.
No 1 Light Beacon (red and white stripes on tower)
(10°19′⋅1N 75°32′⋅5W), standing on an isolated
shoal in the middle of Bahía de Cartagena.
No 2 Light Beacon (similar structure) (2 miles from
front light), standing on the shore at Mamonal.
From a position in the vicinity of the Fairway Light
Buoy (10°19′⋅0N 75°35′⋅9W), the alignment (086°) of
these marks leads through a channel, marked by light
buoys (lateral), into Bahía de Cartagena, passing (with
positions relative to Fuerte San Fernando (10°19′⋅2N
75°34′⋅9W)):
Colombian Notices 37 and 38/2008
(SDDs 2008000 058104; 058105) [31/08]
4.1
[31/08]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
South China Sea - Union Reefs — Light float
69
Paragraph 2.88 3 lines 4 -5 Delete: A light float is moored
close S of the reef.
Chinese Notice 23/781/08
(HH. 553/610/03) [31/08]
South China Sea - Subi Reef — Light float
71
Paragraph 2.115 1 lines 3 -4 Delete: A light float is moored
close S of the reef.
Chinese Notice 23/782/08
(HH. 553/610/03) [31/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang — Depths;
obstructions; anchorage
291
Paragraph 8.27 1 line 5 Replace by:
...a least charted depth of 7⋅2 m.
293
Paragraph 8.46 1 line 2 Replace by:
...the track leads 267½° for about 5 cables, passing
(with positions relative to the light):
294
After Paragraph 8.46 8 line 4 Insert:
N of an obstruction (2½ miles WSW), position
approximate, lying on S boundary of channel
¾ cable WNW of No 52 Light Buoy (port hand),
thence:
Paragraph 8.49 1 lines 2 and 3 Delete
Paragraph 8.50 1 lines 4 and 5 Replace by:
Miaoling Gangqu has two basins with nine berths
for vessels of up to 35 000 dwt. An obstruction lies off
the berths in No 5 Basin.
Chinese Chart 12581 and Notices 15/534/ and 22/736/08
(HH. 548/503/04 ) [31/08]
Wk31/08

China - Yellow Sea - Miaodao Haixia - Penglai
Donggang north north eastwards — Wreck; buoy
324
After Paragraph 9.114 1 line 6 Insert:
S of a dangerous wreck (7 miles ENE) on N edge of
buoyed channel, and marked close W by a light
buoy (isolated danger), thence:
Chinese Chart 11943
(HH. 556/420/09 ) [31/08]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Sardegna - Approaches to Olbia — Unexploded
ordnance
294
After Paragraph 10.83 4 line 5 Insert:
Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area
reported (2008) to contain unexploded ordnance,
centred 1 mile NNE of Capo Ceraso, lying within the
inshore traffic zone S of the E -bound lane of the TSS.
Italian Notice F04004/08
(SDD 2008000 057162) [31/08]
Italy - W coast - Anzio — Submarine power
cable
324
After Paragraph 12.18 1 line 8 Add:
Caution. A submarine power cable extends
generally SSW from a position on the coast 3 miles
ENE of Capo d’Anzio Light, passing close SE of the
anchorage area, as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 11.9/08
(SDD 2008000 050345) [31/08]
Wk31/08
IV
4.2
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de la Gazelle - Grand
Récif de Poum — Wrecks
102
Paragraph 3.106 1 line 7 -8 Replace by:
SE of the abrupt SE end (6½ cables W) of Grand
Récif de Poum. Two wrecks are stranded on the
the SE tip. Thence:
French Notice 08/25/46
(HH. 585/510/03) [31/08]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Îles Australes - Île Rurutu - Hauti Village —
Temple
100
Paragraph 4.75 4 lines 3 -4 Delete
French Notice 08/25/47
(HH. 595/400/03) [31/08]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Ría De Ferrol — Directions; light
68
Paragraph 3.64 1 lines2to6Replace by:
...within the white sector (041½° -042½°)ofSanCristóbal
Directional Light (white 4 -sided tower, 6 m in height)
(43°28′⋅1N 8°18′⋅4W) through the entrance, to a position
on the Punta de San Martín leading line, passing (with
positions from San Cristóbal Light):
Spanish Notice 25/158/08
(SDD 2008000 054427) [31/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
South Africa - Simon’s Town — Directions for
entering harbour
294
Paragraph 10.93 1 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
...Roman Rocks (34°10′⋅8S 18°27′⋅6E), the track leads
about 1 mile WSW to the alignment (210°) of the following
lights, passing NNW of an obstruction marked by a buoy (N
cardinal) and lying 4 cables NW of Roman Rocks:
Front light (on corner of white building) (34°11′⋅4S
18°25′⋅6E).
Rear light (against top of red brick building) (139 m
from front).
The track leads 8 cables SSW on this alignment,
thence 3 cables SE to the entrance to Outer Basin, on
the alignment (142½°) of the following leading lights:
Front light (triangle on red pole on top of building,
3 m in height) (34°11′⋅5S 18°26′⋅5E).
Rear light (on side of building) (186 m from front).
A mooring buoy...
Paragraph 10.93 2 line 4 Add:
Naval Clock Tower (34°11′⋅5S 18°25′⋅7E)
South African NM 73/08
(SDD 2008000 057246) [30/08]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III (2006
Edition)
Chile – Canal Moraleda — Directions; depth
119
After Paragraph 3.214 2 line 5 Add:
W of a patch (8 miles NE) with a depth of 3⋅6 m
(12 ft) over it, thence:
Chilean Notice 5/42/08
(SDD 2008000 052767) [30/08]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China – South -west approaches to Zhujiang Kou
— Directions
246
Paragraph 7.137 2 line 8 Replace by:
SSE of a wreck (14 miles ENE), and SSE of a
dangerous wreck (21 miles E) (2008), both
position approximate, thence.
Chinese Notice 21/703/08
(SDD 2008000 046003) [30/08]
Wk30/08
4.1
[30/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Zhelang Yan to Xiamen Gang —
Directions; wrecks
126
After Paragraph 4.18 2 line 4 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (11½ miles SSE),
reported (2003), thence:
133
After Paragraph 4.66 1 line 2 Insert:
S of a dangerous wreck (23°10′N 117°07′E),
position approximate, thence:
After Paragraph 4.66 2 line 10 Insert:
SE of a dangerous wreck (23°13′N 117°20′E),
position approximate, reported (2007), thence:
Chinese Notice 21/704/08; UKHO
(HH. 548/448/11; 032/209/02) [30/08]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Turkey - Karataî — anchorages
172
Paragraph 5.221 2 line 4 Add:
Designated anchorages lie 4 miles SE and 7 miles
ESE of the harbour. The latter anchorage is designated
an explosives area.
Turkish Notice 24.119.08
(SDD 2008000 052703) [30/08]
Israel - Ashqelon — Prohibited areas,
anchorages
233
Paragraph 7.253 1 line 15 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 34/06 Add:
2 An area approximately 5 cables wide, where
anchoring and trawling are prohibited, extends 7 miles
WNW then 5 miles W, from a position 1¼ mile NE of
the root of Ashqelon coal jetty. The area encloses a
submarine natural gas pipeline, which extends
approximately 98 km to El ‘Arîsh, Egypt (3.241).
3 Anchoring is prohibited in an area which encloses
SBM Nos 3 and 4; two buoys (special) mark the outer
limits.
The areas are shown on the chart.
234
Paragraph 7.258 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
Anchorage. Contact the harbour authorities for the
latest information.
Israeli Notice 4/08
(SDDs 2008000 039747; 049879) [30/08]

NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Approaches to Kirkwall —
Directions
219
Paragraph 5.358 Replace by:
5.358
Spare
Orkney Harbours Operations Manager
(SDD 2008000 056886) [30/08]
IV
4.2
NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2005 Edition)
Norway - Mandal - Anchorages — Wreck
63
Paragraph 2.70 3 line 2 Add:
A wreck lies ½ cable NW of the charted anchorage
position.
Norwegian Notice 12/727/08
(SDD 2008000 055774) [30/08]
Wk30/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2006 Edition)
Morocco - Mohammedia - Arrival information
— Anchorage
143
Paragraph 5.76 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage for use by vessels bound for the inner
port is situated S and E of the restricted area
surrounding the pipelines (5.77), as shown on the
chart.
Mohammedia Port Authority
(SDD 2008000 041115) [29/08]
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Admiralty Island - Surprise Harbor —
Directions; depth
L5 -6 Replace by:
179
...to follow the W shoreline with caution, keeping 2 to
5 cables off, avoiding a shallow patch with a least depth of
7½ ft (2⋅3 m) over it which lies 1 mile NE of Point Gardner
Light, and the kelp which lies in dense patches throughout
the harbour.
US Notice 26/17336/08
(SDD 2008000 055003) [29/08]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Finland - Svenska Björn — Directions; light
beacon
296
Paragraph 7.255 4 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
SW of Tröskeln Östra Light Beacon (orange and
white metal post, white radar reflector on top)
(59°39′⋅7N 19°55′⋅4E), standing on a shoal on the
NE side of the fairway, thence:
Finnish Notice 15/253/2008
(SDD 2008000 047403) [29/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - South Coast - Quanzhou Wan eastwards
— Directions; wreck
155
After Paragraph 4.191 1 line 9 Insert:
Wk29/08
4.1
[29/08]
Then clear of a dangerous wreck (22½ miles ENE);
an obstruction, position approximate (reported
2007), lies 9 miles SSE.
Chinese Notice 18/607/08
(SDD 2008000 040153) [29/08]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - West coast - Pozzuoli — Anchorages
348
Paragraph 12.153 1 lines 4 -8 including Section IV Notice
Week 8/08 Replace by:
Outer anchorages have been established as
follows:
A 40°49′⋅4N
14°06′⋅2E
B 40°48′⋅8N
14°06′⋅0E
C 40°48′⋅9N
14°08′⋅2E
D 40°48′⋅5N
14°07′⋅9E
Vessels up to 100 m in length
Pilot compulsory
Vessels up to 200 m in length
Pilot compulsory
Vessels up to 100 m in length
All vessels
All are shown on the chart. In strong S winds it is
considered dangerous to anchor N of a line joining
Fortino Tenaglia and Molo Caligoliano Head.
Italian Notices 11.14/08, 12.26/08
(SDDs 2008000; 050350; 053210) [29/08]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands — Pilotage regulations
156
Paragraph 5.18 1 line 3 For 75 m Read 80 m
Orkney Islands Council, Department of Harbours
(SDD 2008000 038612) [29/08]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Bømlafjorden - South -east coast of Moster —
Anchorages
235
Paragraph 7.36 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Notlandsvågen (59°41′⋅7N 5°22′⋅3E) is situated
close SW of Mosterhamn. There are two...

Paragraph 7.37 3 lines 6 -9 Replace by:
...Mosterhamn Light bearing 103°, but S winds send in a
swell.
Norwegian Notices 12/767 & 768/08
(SDDs 2008000 055815; 055816) [29/08]
Western coast of Bømlo - West approaches to
Kuleseidkanalen — Anchorages
281
Paragraph 8.45 and heading Replace by:
Spare
8.45
282
Paragraph 8.46 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Description. Melandsvågen (59°46′⋅0N 5°10′⋅4E) is
a village on the W side of the inlet...
Norwegian Notices 12/746 & 747/08
(SDDs 2008000 055793; 055794) [29/08]
Bømlo - Stokksundet — Anchorages
288
Paragraph 8.79 1 line 1 For: 5°09′⋅2E read: 5°19′⋅2E
Paragraph 8.79 1 lines 5 -6 Delete
Paragraph 8.81 1 line 3 Replace by:
...small vessels, clear of submarine pipelines which have
been laid in the W and N parts of the inlet. The inlet is
entered SSW of Osparøya (8.74)...
289
Paragraph 8.81 3 lines 1 -5 Delete
Norwegian Notices 12/764 & 766/08
(SDDs 2008000 055812; 055814) [29/08]
Sæleneset to Vangsnes - Esefjorden —
Submarine pipeline
444
Paragraph 11.160 2 line 4 Add: A pipeline has been laid
from Munken (61°12′⋅7N 6°32′⋅1E) to the head of the fjord,
close to the 10 m depth contour on the S side.
Norwegian Notices 12/772/08
(SDD 2008000 055820) [29/08]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest and
Melkøya — Directions; LNG Terminal
210
L56 -57 For Directions for the entrance to Indreleia, NE
of Sørøya Read Directions for the entrance to Indreleia
and the north -west approach to Hammerfest and the
Melkøya LNG Terminal
L60 Delete ...from NW
L67 -70, R1 -10 Replace by:
IV
4.2
From a position about 20 miles W of Fruholmen
Light (71°06′N 24°00′E) (10.101), the pilot boarding
position (helicopter) for large vessels bound for the
Melkøya LNG Terminal (11.83a), the track leads SE
for 23 miles, passing (with positions relative to
Tarhalsen Light (70°52′N 23°19′E)):
SW of Ytre Tuboen (8¾ miles N), Nordre Tuboen,
1½ miles farther SE and Tubofallet, 2 miles
farther SSE, thence:
SW of Øvre Tuboen (6 miles N), thence:
NE of Rolvsøyskolten (2¾ miles N), thence:
NE of Tarhalsfallet (2¼ miles NNE), thence:
NE of Tarhalsen, the N tip of the island of Sørøya,
from which Tarhalsen Light (10.88) is exhibited,
thence:
SW of Skipsholmen (8 miles ENE), and
Yttergrunnen, 2½ miles farther SW, thence;
SW of Revsholmen (7¾ miles E), thence;
NE of Litlenæringen Light (column) (6¼ miles SE).
To approximate position 70°49′N 23°46′E.
Useful mark:
Mylingen Light (70°45′N 23°42′E) (11.69).
(Directions continue for Indreleia in
Rolvsøysundet at 10.106 and for the approaches
to Hammerfest at 11.69)
R13-25Replace by:
Spare
10.104 -10.105
224
L12 For Fuglenes Read Fugleneset
226
L1 For HAMMERFEST Read HAMMERFEST AND
APPROACHES
L16 -17 Replace by:
Approach from north. From approximate position
70°49′N 23°46′E in Indreleia, Hammerfest is
approached through the NE part of Sørøysundet,
passing E of Håja and S of the Melkøya LNG
Terminal (11.83a).
R45 Replace by:
Directions for entry from north
(continued from 10.103)
R47 Insert:
From approximate position 70°49′N 23°46′E, the
track leads WSW for 5 miles into the N part of
Sørøysundet towards the pilot boarding position for
vessels bound for Hammerfest and smaller vessels
bound for the Melkøya LNG Terminal, which lies
1½ miles NE of the entrance to Akkarfjorden (11.90).
Thence, the track leads S, passing (with positions
relative to Mylingen Light (70°45′N 23°42′E)):
E of Sørøya (5½ miles W), which forms the W side
of Sørøysundet, thence:
W of Mylingen Light (white lantern on base),
thence:
W of Fluengrunnen (1 mile SW), thence:
W of Melkøya (4 miles SSW).
To a position about 1½ miles NE of Håja Light
(column) (70°39′⋅3N 23°27′⋅8E).
(Directions continue for Melkøya LNG Terminal
at 11.83e)
Wk29/08

Thence the track leads ESE for 3 miles, passing
(with positions relative to Fugleneset Light (70°40′N
23°40′E)):
SSW of the Melkøya LNG Terminal (1½ miles
NW), thence:
NNE of a patch containing 6 dangerous wrecks
(6½ cables SSW), and Molvikbåen, 3½ cables
farther SW, marked by a lit iron perch, thence:
SSW of Fugleneset Light (11.39), thence:
NNE of a rocky patch (5 cables SSW), with a least
depth of 4⋅5 m over it.
Into the harbour.
Directions for entry from south -west
11.69a
228
R50-51Replace by:
...Mylingen Light (70°45′N 23°42′E) (11.69) shows
over mainly clear water off the NW...
R61 Insert:
Melkøya LNG Terminal
General information
11.83a
Position. Melkøya LNG Terminal occupies the
whole of the island of Melkøya (70°41′⋅3N 23°35′⋅9E),
2 miles NW of Hammerfest (11.59).
Function. The terminal receives LNG via a 165 km
pipeline from the 3 gas fields (Snohvit, Albatross and
Askeladd) of the Barents Sea. It is then processed to
remove its CO2 content and exported by sea.
Operating Authority. Statoil ASA.
Limiting conditions
11.83b
Under keel clearance. The minimum permissable
under keel clearance is 1⋅5 m.
Deepest and longest berth. Product Jetty (11.83f).
Maximum size of vessel handled:
LNG. 300 m in length/160 000 m# capacity.
LPG. 180 m in length/38 000 m# capacity.
Condensate. 180 m in length/50 000 dwt.
Arrival information
11.83c
Port operations:
Melkøya LNG Terminal operates on a 24 hr basis.
Maximum berthing speeds are under ½ kn for
vessels over 8000 displacement tonnes, and
under ¾ kn for vessels less than 8000 tonnes. The
maximum approach angle is 6°.
Wind speeds and wave heights restrict berthing as
follows:
Vessel size (up
to, m#)
Wk29/08
Max wind speed
(kn)
Max wave
height (m)
15 000 35 1⋅0
30 000 31 1⋅0
60 000 29 1⋅5
160 000 24 no restriction
Vessels will not be allowed to approach the terminal
if the visibility is less than 1 mile.
IV
4.3
Vessels will not be permitted to sail if the wind is in
excess of 29 kn.
One tug will remain on standby throughout for
vessels when loading.
Notice of ETA required. For all vessels, ETA is to
be reported 96 hrs, 48 hrs, 24 hrs and 5 hrs in advance
of arrival. Additionally, for LNG carriers, a report is
required 8 days in advance. For details see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Vol 6 (2).
Pilotage is compulsory. For vessels over 20 000 gt,
the pilot will board by helicopter in position 71°05′N
22°57′E, 20 miles W of Fruholmen Light (71°06′N
24°00′E) (10.101). For vessels less than 20 000 gt, the
pilot will board by boat in position 70°47′N 23°32′E,
1½ miles NE of the entrance to Akkarfjorden (11.90).
Pilots should be ordered 24 hours in advance. Changes
to ETA/ETD should be reported directly to the pilot
booking centre. For further details see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Vol 6 (2).
Tugs. There are 3 tugs available at Melkøya, based
at Rypefjorden, 1½ miles S of Hammerfest. Two are of
70 tonnes bollard pull and are used for berthing and
unberthing. The third, of 90 tonnes bollard
pull/150 tonnes steering force, is used for both
escorting and berthing.
Traffic regulations. A Safety Zone has been
estasblished around Melkøya inside a line joining the
following positions:
70°41′⋅93N 23°37′⋅38E.
70°41′⋅87N 23°35′⋅83E.
70°40′⋅89N 23°34′⋅35E.
70°40′⋅62N 23°35′⋅39E.
70°40′⋅85N 23°38′⋅19E.
There is no public access to the area within the
Safety Zone.
Regulations concerning entry and departure. The
minimum tug requirement for berthing/unberthing is as
follows:
Vessel size (up to, m#)
(ballast and loaded)
No of tugs
15 000 1
30 000 2
60 000 3
160 000 3
Note. All LNG and LPG vessels over 30 000 m#
will take 3 tugs on arrival and departure.
Use of an escorting tug is mandatory for vessels
over 500 gt carrying dangerous cargo in bulk, and for
vessels over 3000 gt carrying polluting cargo in bulk
when approaching or departing from Melkøya.
Harbour
11.83d
The berthing area is on the SE side of the island.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 11.69)
11.83e
Entrance. From a position 1¼ miles NE of Håja
Light (70°39′⋅3N 23°27′⋅8E) (11.69), the track leads
ENE for 2 miles to the vicinity of the berths.

Berths
11.83f
Product Jetty. Concrete, 125 m in length, with a
least depth alongside of 16⋅2 m, faced with 7
Sumitomo rubber fenders, each 8 m by 4 m. The jetty
is orientated 228°/048°.
Construction Jetty. At the S end of the island,
with a safe berthing depth of 10 m, for the handling of
dry cargo. Vessels over 120 m LOA will not be
allowed to remain alongside the Construction Jetty
while LNG is being loaded at Product Jetty.
Port services
11.83g
Facilities. Garbage disposal.
Supplies. Fresh water.
229
R 14 -25 including Supplement amendment Delete
Statoil ASA; Norwegian Notice 16/980/07; BA Chart
2315; Norwegian Charts 101, 493
(SDDs 2007000 062402; 2008000 048828) [29/08]
IV
4.4
NP 65 Saint Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
Rivière Saguenay – Directions for entering
Chicoutimi — Monument Price direction light
125
Paragraph 5.314 1 lines 9 -11 Replace by:
Thence the line of bearing (232°) of Monument
Price direction light (rectangular framework mast)
(48°25′⋅8N 71°02′⋅6W) leads to a position NW of S67
Light Buoy (port hand) (3¼ miles W).
Canada East Notice 06/1209/08
(SDD 2008000 055469) [29/08]
Wk29/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Brazil–TerminaldaPontadoUbu—
Anchorages
210
Paragraph 6.168 2 line 6 Replace by:
Anchorage A (20°46′⋅4S 40°32′⋅5W), depths 20 to
26 m,...
Paragraph 6.168 3 line 1 Replace by:
Anchorage B (20°46′S 40°32′W), depths 23 to
26 m,...
Paragraph 6.168 3 line 4 Replace by:
Anchorage C (20°47′⋅2S 40°32′⋅7W), depths 25 to
27 m,...
Paragraph 6.168 3 line 6 Replace by:
Anchorage D (20°48′S 40°29′W), depths 17 to
25 m,...
Brazilian Notice 10/63/08
(SDD 2008000 051604) [28/08]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
Chile - Canal Ocasión — Light buoy
209
L5 -6 For buoy (port hand; radar reflector) Read light buoy
(E cardinal)
Chilean Notice 5/45/08
(SDD 2008000 052778) [28/08]
Chile - Estrecho Nelson — Beacon
402
L 41 Existing Supplement amendment Delete
L50After (9.18); Insert: , and a beacon standing on an islet
close S, and:
Chilean Notice 5/43/08
(SDD 2008000 052776) [28/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
France - West Coast - Île Molène — Directions
244
Paragraph 8.58 2 lines 8 -10 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 26/08 Replace by:
Wk28/08
4.1
[28/08]
...(8.47) thence between Men Réal marked on its E
side by a light buoy (E cardinal) and the W edge of
the drying reef 7 cables NNE of the direction light.
French Notice 23/46/08
(SDD 2008000 053422) [28/08]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Indonesia - Pulau Karimun Kecil
north -eastwards — Directions; wreck
219
After Paragraph 7.38 3 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous wreck (1°10′⋅8N
103°25′⋅8W) lies in the E -bound lane 2½ miles NE of
Pulau Karimun Kecil.
Indonesian Notice 3297/2008
(SEP 2008000 033168) [28/08]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - Rada di Napoli — Anchorages; wreck
355
Paragraph 12.206 2-3Replace by:
2 Revised anchorage areas have been established
(2008) within Rada di Napoli as shown on the chart.
Prior to arrival, mariners bound for anchorages for
which pilotage is compulsory must advise the Harbour
Master’s Operations Centre and the pilot station of
their ETA and port entry channel.
Berth Remarks
X3, X4 Nuclear powered naval vessels only.
A1, A2, Vessels not carrying dangerous goods.
A3
Pilotage compulsory.
A4 Vessels carrying dangerous goods.
Pilotage compulsory.
A5 Vessels carrying dangerous goods.
Pilotage not compulsory.
B1, B2, Tankers carrying, or that have carried
B3
dangerous liquid products including
flammable liquids, liquefied gases and
toxic liquids.
Pilotage not compulsory.
C1 Vessels not carrying dangerous goods.
Pilotage compulsory.

C2 Vessels carrying dangerous goods,
excluding tankers.
Pilotage compulsory.
C3 Vessels carrying dangerous goods,
including tankers.
Pilotage not compulsory.
D Leisure craft.
3 If no anchorage is available in Areas A or B,
vessels will be directed to use Area C.
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies close S of Molo
San Vincenzo, 1½ cables N of anchorages A1 and A2.
Italian Notices 8.10/08; 9.16/08, 9.18/08; 9.30/08
(SDDs 2008000 039180; 041963; 041965; 041971)
[28/08]
IV
4.2
Wk28/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Nigeria - Offshore Terminals — Agbami Oil
Terminal
361
After Paragraph 12.60 1 Insert:
Chart 1386
Agbami Oil Terminal
General information
12.60a
1 Position. Agbami Oil Terminal (3°27′⋅8N 5°33′⋅7E)
lies 62 miles SW of Brass River.
Function. A deep -water offshore terminal exporting
crude oil which consists of FPSO Agbami and an SPM
1 mile farther N.
Terminal Authority. Nigeria Middle Africa/Star
Deepwater Petroleum Limited.
Limiting conditions
12.60b
1 Maximum size of vessel handled. At the SPM
315 000 dwt, length 328⋅6 m. At FPSO Agbami
150 000 dwt, length 285⋅6 m.
Arrival information
12.60c
1 Notice of ETA: 7 days, 72, 48 and 24 hours. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Vol 6(3) for details.
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding area is
3 miles NW of Agbami Terminal.
Tugs are available. 2 tugs will assist at the SPM,
and 4 tugs will assist when tandem mooring at the
FPSO.
Anchorage. Due to considerable water depth and
the existence of numerous submarine pipelines in the
area, vessels are advised not to anchor in the vicinity
of Agbami Terminal.
2 Restricted area. Exclusion zones have been
established with a radius 1850 m around the SPM, and
1500 m around the FPSO.
Regulations. Mooring and unmooring operations at
the SPM may be undertaken day or night under
normal weather conditions. Tandem mooring at the
Agbami Terminal will only be conducted during
daylight hours but unmooring can be conducted at any
time.
Immobilisation of engines by export tankers at the
SPM or FPSO is not permitted.
Directions
12.60d
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Berths
12.60e
1 Export tankers moor to the SPM, the primary
offload system, or as a backup may tandem moor to
4.1
[27/08]
FPSO Agbami, which is spread moored on a heading
of 198°.
Services
12.60f
1 None available. Limited medical facilities may be
available in an emergency.
UKHO
SDDs 2008000 049283; 050190 [27/08]
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Regulations - Iceland — Ship reporting
4
Paragraph 1.22 and after existing Section IV Notice Week
13/08 Add:
1.22a
1 Reporting of accidents and incidents. Vessels
navigating within Iceland’s EEZ (1.42) must
immediately report the following to the Maritime
Traffic Service of the Icelandic Coastguard (for contact
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Vol 6(2)):
2 Any incident of accident affecting the safety of
the ship or which compromises shipping
safety.
Any situation that is liable to lead to pollution of sea
or shore.
The sighting of a slick of polluting material, or
drifting containers or packages.
3 Reports shall include the following information:
Vessel’s identity.
Vessel’s position.
Port of departure.
Vessel’s destination.
Address from which information may be obtained
about dangerous and polluting goods on board.
Number of persons on board.
Details of the incident.
Iceland Ship Notification System (ISNS)
1.22b
1 The ISNS is partly based on Directive 2002/59/EC
which establishes a common vessel traffic monitoring
system throughout EU waters. Notifications are made
electronically to the Icelandic Maritime Traffic Service
of the Icelandic Coastguard through the EU
information system, SafeSeaNet, www.safeseanet.is. If
internet access is not possible, notification may be
made to the Maritime Traffic Service by email,
telephone or fax. For contact details see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(2)
2 Notification before arrival at or departure from
Icelandic ports is to be made by:
All vessels of more than 300 gt.
Fishing vessels, traditional vessels and recreational
craft more than 45 m in length.
Vessels with more than 5000 tonnes of bunkers.
Wk27/08

All vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
Vessels carrying hazardous goods arriving from a
port outside the EU or a European Free Trade
Area state.
3 Reports must be made at least 24 hours before
arrival, or, if the voyage is less than 24 hours, no later
than the time of departure from the previous port, or,
if the next port is not known or is changed during the
voyage, as soon as this information is available.
Vessels carrying hazardous substances or more than
5000 tonnes of bunkers shall notify SafeSeaNet prior
to departure from port.
4 The carrier of cargo or owner of dangerous cargoes
shall fulfil the provisions of Directive 2002/59/EC and
Article 12 of the Icelandic Maritime Traffic Service
regulations with respect to reporting requirements.
Icelandic Notices 12/08; 13/08
(SDDs 20080000 051302; 051303) [27/08]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2008 Edition)
Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage;
wreck
385
Paragraph 10.83 2 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...SPM.
Anchorage. An anchorage, shown on the chart, is
established 8 miles SW of the SPM. A wreck lies in
the N of the anchorage area in position 55°58′⋅9N
20°46′⋅0E and a foul patch lies close to the W of the
anchorage area.
HMS Roebuck H102 -ROE -02/08
(SDD 2008000 041653) [27/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
England - South Coast - Isle of Wight - Cowes
— Chain ferry
222
Paragraph 7.214 2 line 9 For 1⋅7 m Read 1⋅5 m
Paragraph 7.214 2 line 11 For 3kn Read 4kn
Paragraph 7.214 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
By day and by night, just prior to getting under
way and when proceeding from one bank to the other,
exhibit at the fore end a flashing white light, visible
all round.
Paragraph 7.214 3 line 6 -7 Replace by:
Vessels of over 20 m LOA, vessels constrained by
their draught, vessels towing and vessels with limited
manoeuvrability are required to advise the...
Cowes Harbour Commission Local Notice 7/08
(SDD 2008000 050236) [27/08]
Wk27/08
IV
4.2
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Hainan Dao - East coast — Wenchang
Terminal
84
After Paragraph 2.117 line 2. Insert:
Chart 3991
Wenchang Terminal
General information
2.117a
1 Position. The Wenchang Oil Terminal (19°36′⋅7N
112°02′⋅8E), consisting of the FPSO Nanhai Fen Jin,
is situated in the Wenchang Oilfield which lies about
60 miles E of the NE corner of Hainan Dao.
Port Authority: China National Offshore Oil
Corporation (CNOOC) Ltd, CNOOC Plaza, No 6 Dong
Zhi Men Xaio Jie, Beijing 100027, China.
Internet. www.cnooc.com.cn
Email. xiaozw@cnooc.com.cn
Arrival information
2.117b
1 Port operations. Vessels of up to 16⋅5 m draught
can be accommodated. Berthing takes place in the
morning during daylight hours, and vessels will
normally depart the following evening.
Pilotage. There is an exclusion zone 2 miles in
radius centred on the FPSO, within which pilotage is
compulsory. A pilot boarding area, 2 miles in radius, is
centred on position 19°45′N 111°55′E.
Tugs. Vessels are secured to the stern of the FPSO
with the assistance of a tug which remains secured
throughout the duration of loading.
Terminal services. There are no facilities available.
UKHO
(HH. 548/424/06) [27/08]
Peninsular Malaysia - East Coast - Approaches
to Pelabuhan Kuantan — Light buoy
102
Paragraph 3.105 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
A dangerous wreck (3°57′⋅8N 103°27′⋅4E), the
masts of which are visible, lies on the SW edge of the
NE general cargo anchorage. It is marked to SE by a
light buoy (special) and to NW by a light buoy
(isolated danger).
Malaysian Notice 5/101/08
(SDD 2008000 052437) [27/08]
China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai -
Dabaipai Dao — Racon
275
After Paragraph 8.24 2 line 5 Insert:
Dabaipai Dao Light (22°17′⋅2N 113°37′⋅1E).
Chinese Notice 17/583/08
(HH. 550/405/01) [27/08]

China - South Coast - Lantau Channel TSS —
Directions; wreck
276
Paragraph 8.30 1 lines 5 -7 Delete
Paragraph 8.30 1 line 8 Replace by:
E of Mayou Shi Light Vessel (3 miles NNW),
Chinese Notice 22/730/08: BA Chart 341
(HH. 548/436/08) [27/08]
China - South Coast - Approaches to Macao —
Racon; dangerous wreck
279
Paragraph 8.55 and heading Replace by:
Spare
8.55
Paragraph 8.58 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by
...pilot boarding position (8.12). A dangerous wreck
(22°08′⋅7N 113°39′⋅4E) lies NE of the track. A further
dangerous wreck (22°07′⋅6N 113°38′⋅5E), reported in
2003, lies SW of the track.
Hong Kong Marine Department; Chinese Notice
22/730/08
(SDD 2008000 037773; HH 548/436/08) [27/08]
China - South Coast - Zhujiang - Approaches to
Huangpu - Dahaozhou Shuidao — Obstruction
286
Paragraph 8.116 1 line 6 Replace by:
...experienced. An obstruction with a least depth of
8⋅4 m over it is reported (2008) to lie in mid -channel,
close NNE of No 1 Light Buoy. Only vessels of less
than 60 m in height are ...
Chinese Notice 19/645/08
(HH. 548/445/03) [27/08]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Indonesia – Kepulauan Natuna — Major lights
81
After Paragraph 3.60 1 Line 4 Insert:
Pulau Senua Light (beacon) (4°01′N 108°25′E).
After Paragraph 3⋅60 1 Line 6 Insert:
Pulau Tokongboro Light (4°04′N 107°26′E).
85
After Paragraph 3.96 1 Line 7 Insert:
Pulau Kepala Light (white beacon) (2°38′N
109°10′E).
Indonesian Notices 2008 24/202; 203; 204
(SDDs 2008000 051356; 051357; 051358) [27/08]
IV
4.3
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - South East Coast - Approaches to
Shantou — Wreck
131
Paragraph 4.50 5 lines 1 -2 Replace by
5 SW of No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(4 cables NNE) and clear of a dangerous
wreck, position approximate, close SSW; a
fish haven lies close E between Nos 5...
Chinese Notice 20/663/08
(HH. 548/454/01) [27/08]
China - East Coast - Approaches to Xiazhi Men
— Buoyed channel
214
After Paragraph 6.58 3 line 3 Insert:
Buoyed channel. A channel, marked by light buoys
(lateral), has been established leading WNW for about
7½ miles from the vicinity of 29°41′⋅6N 122°30′⋅0E to
a position between Northern and Southern Anchorages.
No further information is available, but also see 6.100.
Chinese Notice 16/579/08
(HH. 548/470/10 ) [27/08]
NP 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume IV
(2006 Edition)
Greece - Thessaloníki — Dangerous wreck
355
Paragraph 10.334 1 line 4 Add:
Caution. A dangerous wreck, position approximate,
is located in the NW part of the anchorage in position
40°37′⋅1N 22°54′⋅7E.
MV Hacinin Ahmet
(SDD 2008000 049759) [27/08]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (2008 Edition)
Utsira — Racon
204
Paragraph 6.12 1 line 3 Delete
213
Paragraph 6.79 and heading Replace by:
Spare
6.79
Kystverket Norway
(SDD 2008000 051718) [27/08]
Wk27/08

Approaches to Kvannhovden — Florø pilot
station
459
Paragraph 12.3 2 lines 4 and 5 Replace by:
Kvannhovden. In position 61°42′⋅0N 4°45′⋅6E,
2 miles W of Kvannhovden Light.
Kvannhovden West. In position 61°43′⋅0N
4°23′⋅5E; to be used by vessels more than
30 000 gt or with a freeboard greater than 8 m.
Pilots may board by helicopter.
Hellefjorden. In position 61°39′⋅1N 4°51′⋅2E, for
use in adverse weather.
513
Paragraph 12.346 1 line 2 and 3 Replace by:
...normally boards in position 61°42′⋅0N 4°45′⋅6E, 2 miles
W of Kvannhovden Light, but alternative boarding stations
are available for larger vessels or in adverse weather. For
further information see 12.3 and...
516
Paragraph 12.365 1 line 2 and 3 Replace by:
...normally boards in position 61°42′⋅0N 4°45′⋅6E, 2 miles
W of Kvannhovden Light, but alternative boarding stations
are available for larger vessels or in adverse weather. For
further information see 12.3 and...
521
Paragraph 12.387 1 line 2 and 3 Replace by:
...normally boards in position 61°42′⋅0N 4°45′⋅6E, 2 miles
W of Kvannhovden Light, but alternative boarding stations
are available for larger vessels or in adverse weather. For
further information see 12.3 and...
Wk27/08
IV
4.4
525
Paragraph 13.3 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...boarding positions for the area covered by this chapter
are:
Kvannhovden: 61°42′⋅0N 4°45′⋅6E, 2 miles W of
Kvannhovden Light.
Kvannhovden West: 61°43′⋅0N 4°23′⋅5E; to be used
by vessels more than 30 000 gt or with a
freeboard greater than 8 m. Pilots may board by
helicopter.
Frøysjøen: 61°45⋅0N 4°56⋅6E, for use in adverse
weather.
535
Paragraph 13.67 1 line 2 Replace by:
...E within the charted fairway limits on the line of bearing
090° of Skorekinna, the summit of...
538
Paragraph 13.80 2 line 2 and 3 Replace by:
...normally boards in position 61°42′⋅0N 4°45′⋅6E, 2 miles
W of Kvannhovden Light, but alternative boarding stations
are available for larger vessels or in adverse weather. For
further information see 13.3 and...
567
Paragraph 13.261 1 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
...either boards in position 61°42′⋅0N 4°45′⋅6E, 2 miles W
of Kvannhovden Light, or in Breidsundet (Norway Pilot
Volume IIB) at62°27′⋅0N 5°59′⋅0E. Alternative boarding
stations are available for larger vessels or in adverse
weather. For further information see 13.3 and Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Norwegian Notice 4/292/08
(SDD 2008000 021679) [27/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Chatham Strait - Baranof Island - Warm Spring
Bay—Rock
212
L2 After ...mid -channel. Insert:
A rock with a least depth of 2⋅7 m (9 ft) over it lies on the S
side of the bay, 1 cable SW of the berthing pontoon.
US Notice 17337/22/08
(HH. 611/410/05) [26/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
France - La Loire Approaches - Chenal du Sud
— Directions
135
Paragraph 6.25 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
16⋅3 m in the charted approach channel in position
47°08′⋅2N 2°20′⋅5W.
137
Paragraph 6.48 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 WNW of La Couronnée Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (47°08′N 2°20′W), marking an 8⋅7 m
patch, noting two obstructions about 4 cables
N of the light buoy with depths of 15⋅8 m
and 18⋅4 m over them, thence:
French Notice 08/22/09
(SDD 2008000 050494) [26/08]
France - La Gironde Entrance — Directions
208
Paragraph 8.45 2 line 3 For 2½ cables E Read 3 cables NE
French Notice 08/22/12
(SDD 2008000 050497) [26/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
France - W Coast - Île Molène — Directions
244
Paragraph 8.58 2 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
... (8.47) thence between Men Réal, marked on its E
side by a light buoy (E cardinal) (48°24′⋅6N
4°57′⋅1W), and Roche Goulin Light Buoy (W cardinal)
...
French Notice 18/6/08
(SDD 2008000 044550) [26/08]
4.1
[26/08]
Jersey - Gorey Harbour — Directions; leading
marks
376
Paragraph 11.289 3 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
3 Leading marks:
Front. Directional light (white tower, 3 m in height)
(49°11′⋅8N 2°01′⋅3W) on Gorey Harbour
Pierhead.
Rear. West gable of prominent house “Rockmount”
(540 m WNW of the front mark).
Paragraph 11.289 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 From a position in Outer Road (11.283) the
alignment (298°) of the above marks, or by night, in
the white sector of the directional light
(296½° ---299½°) leads towards the harbour
entrance...
Jersey Harbours Notice 5/2008
(SDD 2008000 049780) [26/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Westerschelde -Pas van Terneuzen—Directions
177
Paragraph 7.186 2 line 4 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 11/08 For (000½°---007½°) Read
(001½°---007½°).
Netherlands Notice 261/08
(SDD 2008000 047857) [26/08]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Hainan Dao - Haikou — Directions;
buoyage
244
Paragraph 7.124 2 Replace by:
2 From the inner end of the buoyed channel, between
Nos 12 and 15 Light Buoys, inner channels lead as
follows:
SSW, passing No 17 Light Buoy (starboard hand),
for 5 cables to the Oil Pier. There is a least charted
depth of 5⋅4 m in the channel.
3 SSE, passing between Nos 16 (port hand) and
17 (starboard hand) Light Buoys and thence
between Nos 18 (port hand) and 19
(starboard hand). The channel then leads E
into Xiuying Gang where cargo wharves lie
on the N and E sides of the basin, and
passenger wharves on the S side. There is a
least charted depth of 5⋅3 m in the channel.
4 E, passing between Nos 12 (port hand) and No
14 (starboard hand) Light Buoys, and thence
between Nos 20 (port hand and 21 (starboard
Wk26/08

hand) to No 3 Wharf. A light beacon,
1½ cables SE of No 21 Light Buoy, marks
the S extent of safe water in the approach to
the berth. There is a least charted depth of
8.8 m in the channel.
Chinese Notice 19/649/08; BA Chart 37
(HH.548/426/03) [26/08]
China - South Coast - Approaches to Zhuhai —
Directions; wreck
281
Paragraph 8.71 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...through the centre. Dangerous wrecks, positions
approximate, lie in and close to the channel, about
2 miles NNW and 3½ miles NW of No 1 Light
Buoy (port hand) ...
Chinese Notice 19/640/08
(HH. 551/400/03) [26/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao - Maji
Shan Gang — VTS; anchorages; pilotage
209
After Paragraph 6.29 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
6.29a
1 A compulsory VTS is in operation for Maji Shan
Gang, and other routes in this sub section cross the
VTS area, see 6.37.
211
Paragraph 6.37 2 Replace by:
2 Vessel traffic service is in operation and its use is
compulsory for all foreign vessels, and most Chinese
vessels; for details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).
Outer anchorages areas, limits shown on chart,
are centred on:
No 1 Anchorage (30°25′⋅4N, 122°45′⋅7E);
No 2 Anchorage (30°36′⋅5N 122°34′⋅3E).
Pilotage is compulsory and provided by Zhoushan;
pilots board in No 1 and 2 Anchorages, for details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
Chinese Notice PRC_1010_0208_TL
(HH. 548/040/01) [26/08]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Malta — VTS; pilotage
335
Paragraph 8.63 Including heading Replace by:
Wk26/08
IV
4.2
Vessel traffic service
8.63
1 A VTS has been established around the islands of
Malta and Għawdex up to 12 miles offshore. Malta
Coastal Station (Malta VTS), operated by the Armed
Forces, monitors vessels and receives information
within territorial waters; whilst Valletta Ports Vessel
Traffic Service (Valletta VTS), operated by Malta
Maritime Authority, regulate the movement of vessels
within, or between ports.
2 Procedure. Participation in the Malta VTS and
Valletta VTS is compulsory for all vessels regardless
of size.
Unless otherwise instructed by Valletta VTS
(Valletta or Marsaxlokk Port Control), vessels
approaching Valletta shall enter or depart between
35°57′⋅2N 14°32′⋅4E and 35°54′⋅5N 14°35′⋅1E. Vessels
approaching Marsaxlokk shall enter or depart between
35°48′⋅0N 14°37′⋅8E and 35°45′⋅1N 14°33′⋅7E.
3 For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(3).
337
Paragraph 8.79 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 To the pilot boarding position, see 8.102. See also
8.63.
339
Paragraph 8.102 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
The pilot boards 2 miles ENE of the harbour
entrance. In bad weather boarding may take place at
station 2B or 3 off Marsaxlokk (8.134).
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(3).
Paragraph 8.102 2 lines 1 -5 Delete
345
Paragraph 8.132 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Approach and entry. See 8.63.
346
Paragraph 8.134 2 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 gt and
over and is available 24 hours. The pilot boards at
Station 2 which consists of two areas: Station 2A
3 miles SE of the harbour entrance, for vessels of
300 m LOA or more; Station 2B 2 miles SE of the
harbour entrance, for vessels less than 300 m LOA. In
bad weather the pilot boards either at Station 1 off
Valletta, or Station 3, a safe distance SW of the
1
harbour entrance.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(3).
Paragraph 8.136 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
From a position in the vicinity of Station 2 (8.134),
the track leads generally NW for a maximum of
3 miles to a position NE of the container....
Maltese Notice 35/08
(SDD 2008000 049218) [26/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Nigeria - Approaches to Lagos — Obstruction
331
Paragraph 11.61 3 line 4 Replace by:
...several wrecks. An obstruction with a depth over it
of less than 10 m was reported (2008) to lie
8⋅5 cables WNW of An Ming Buoy. Thence:
MV NS Pride
(SDD 2008000 044309) [25/08]
Nigeria - Port of Lagos — Ship to ship transfers
336
Paragraph 11.131 1 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
The transfer co -ordinator is stationed on board a
storage tanker anchored in position 6°19′⋅2N 3°20′⋅4E.
Arriving vessels are instructed by the co -ordinator to
anchor S of the port limit and await the lightering
vessel.
MV NS Pride
(SDD 2008000 044309) [25/08]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2008 Edition)
Regulations - Brazil — Ballast water
management
1
5
After Paragraph 1.42 1 Insert:
Ballast water management
1.42a
Brazil introduced legislation on 30 December 2006,
concerning ballast water management. All ships
intending to discharge ballast water into waters of
Brazilian jurisdiction, should carry a ballast water
management plan approved by their flag administration
or recognised classification society. For further
information see The Mariner’s Handbook.
UK MCA Marine Information Notices 253(M+F); 282 (M)
(HH. 005/200/02) [25/08]
Brazil–IlhadeSantoAmaro—Wreck
253
Paragraph 8.20 3 line 8 Add:
A dangerous wreck lies 6 cables NNE of Ilha das
Cabras.
Brazilian Notice 48/08
(SDD 2008000 042964) [25/08]
Wk25/08
4.1
Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata —
Directions
290
After Paragraph 9.31 1 line 10 Add:
[25/08]
Clear of a dangerous wreck (60 miles ENE), thence:
After Paragraph 9.32 1 line 8 Add:
NW of a dangerous wreck (39 miles ESE), thence:
Uruguayan Chart 3
(HH. 652/410/05) [25/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
France - Approaches to Brest - Sea to waiting
area — Directions
248
Paragraph 8.80 5 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...which stand the ruins of a beacon tower.
Paragraph 8.81 1 Delete
249
Paragraph 8.83 3 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...Parquette (4 miles SSE) (8.80) to the waiting area.
French Notice 08/21/90
(SDD 2008000 047966) [25/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Songxia Gang approaches -
Niu Jiao — Approach channel; anchorages
166
Paragraph 4.263 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
....established, and anchorage areas changed; for details
see Admiralty Notice to Mariners 2287(P)/08.
Chinese Notice 12/Section 1/08
(HH. 548/469/01) [25/08]
China - East Coast - Pinyang Zui
south -eastwards — Directions; wreck
183
Paragraph 5.42 5 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Clear of Baimu Jiao Light Beacon (isolated danger,
9 m in height) (27°24′⋅3N 120°43′⋅3E), and a
dangerous wreck 1¼ miles N; thence:
Chinese Notice 13/434/08
(HH. 548/469/01) [25/08]

NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Bristol Channel - Approaches to River Parrett —
Directions
122
Paragraph 4.174 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Coastal Passage. From Watchet (51°11′N 3°20′W)
to Gore Light Buoy, the route leads E for
approximately 6½ miles, passing...
Paragraph 4.174 4 lines 1 -6 Delete
Paragraph 4.175 Replace by:
1 Approaches. Depths in the approaches to River
Parrett are changeable and navigation lights and buoys
may not indicate where the deepest water lies.
Moreover, buoys may not be in the positions shown
on the chart. Mariners should not attempt to enter the
river without recent local knowledge; see 4.171 for
details of assistance by VHF.
2 The following lights assist in the approach:
Directional Light at Burnham Lower Light
(51°14′⋅9N 3°00′⋅4W) (4.169).
Leading Lights (112°) on Burnham Seafront
(51°14′⋅4N 2°59′⋅9W) (Front: orange stripe on
white square on sea wall. Rear: church tower.)
Paragraph 4.176 Delete
Paragraph 4.177 Delete
Paragraph 4.178 Delete
123
Port of Bridgwater Notice 08/08
(SDD 2008000 045091) [25/08]
IV
4.2
Port of Heysham — Waiting anchorage; pilot
boarding position
270
Paragraph 9.86 1 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a pilot should, if
necessary, anchor in the charted anchorage, 3 cables N
of the pilot boarding position (see below).
Vessels of less than 50 m in length can anchor in
Heysham Lake, see 9.47 for details.
271
Paragraph 9.86 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 The pilot boarding station is in position 53°58′⋅5N
3°03′⋅0W; the pilot boat, black....
Heysham Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 045583) [25/08]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Oslofjord - Approach to Tønsberg from south
through Sundøsundsleia — Obstruction
119
Paragraph 4.125 2 line 5 Add:
An obstruction has been reported (2008) to lie
within the channel in position 59°04′⋅1N 10°29′⋅6E.
Norwegian Notice 10/620/08
(SDD 2008000 045258) [25/08]
Wk25/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
234
Baranof Island - Necker Bay — Depth
L44-46Replace by:
...the entrance. A 14⋅6 m (48 ft) patch lies 1 cable NW
of the N Guilbert island. In very heavy weather, the
sea is reported to break over an 18 m (60 ft) patch
which lies in mid -channel, 5 cables N of the island.
Secluded...
US Notice 18/17328/08
(HH. 611/410/05) [24/08]
261
Chichagof Island - Ford Arm — Rock
L12 Replace by:
...rock awash, lying 2 cables...
US Notice 19/17320/08
(HH. 611/410/05) [24/08]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Lithuania - BøtingÍ Oil Terminal — Anchorage;
wreck
384
Paragraph 10.84 2 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...SPM.
Anchorage. An anchorage, shown on the chart, is
established 8 miles SW of the SPM. A wreck lies in
the N of the anchorage area in position 55°58′⋅9N
20°46′⋅0E and a foul patch lies close to the W of the
anchorage area.
HMS Roebuck H102 -ROE -02/08
(SDD 2008000 041653) [24/08]
Wk24/08
4.1
[24/08]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - W coast - Rada di Salerno — Prohibited
area
367
After Paragraph 13.53 2 line 7 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 19/08 Add:
3 Entry is prohibited to an area radius 6 cables,
centred on a dangerous wreck lying 2½ miles SSW
from the mouth of Fiume Forni (40°38′⋅1N 14°49′⋅8)
as shown on the chart.
Italian Portolano P4
(SDD 2008000 032303) [24/08]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Limfjorden - Venø Sund Snævring — Buoyage
309
Paragraph 9.172 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
....cardinal) (1½ cables NNE of Askær Odde) and
by two buoys (starboard hand). Close S....
Danish Notice 406/08
(SDD 2008000 045356) [24/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Islas Canarias - Tenerife - Punta de los Organos
— Wreck
101
Paragraph 3.120 3 line 11 Replace by:
...SW. A wreck is reported to lie 4 cables SE of the point.
Thence:
MV Sigas Mate
(SDD 2008000 042111) [23/08]
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Angola - Porto de Luanda — Anchorage; wreck
203
After Paragraph 7.114 2 line 3 Add:
A wreck with a depth over it of 8 m (26 ft) is reported to lie
in the large ships anchorage in position 8°46′⋅5S 13°16′⋅1E.
Captain P Prashad, MV Du Moulin Tide
(SDD 2008000 042103) [23/08]
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Gulf of Alaska — Oceanographic buoyage
2
R 3 -5 Including existing Supplement amendment Delete
L32Insert:
5
Oceanographic buoyage
Ocean Data Acquisition System (ODAS)
1.29a
ODAS buoys have been laid in the Gulf of Alaska
as follows:
Buoy number Position
46001 56°18′⋅0N 148°01′⋅3W
46076 55°30′⋅0N 148°00′⋅0W
46080 58°00′⋅1N 150°00′⋅5W
46082 59°41′⋅1N 142°25′⋅3W
46083 58°14′⋅6N 138°00′⋅3W
46084 56°35′⋅4N 136°09′⋅6W
46085 55°51′⋅3N 142°33′⋅5W
46184 53°54′⋅9N 138°51′⋅0W
4.1
[23/08]
Deep -ocean and Reporting of Tsunamis System
(DART)
1.29b
DART buoys have been laid in the Gulf of Alaska
as follows:
Buoy number Position
46409 55°18′⋅7N 148°29′⋅3W
46410 57°30′⋅1N 144°00′⋅9W
US Notice 16013/20/08; BA Charts 1499, 4050
(HH. 612/003/05) [23/08]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
South Pacific Ocean – Sala y Gómez Ridge —
Shoals
71
After Paragraph 2.5 2 line 25 Add
Sala y Gómez Ridge
(25°00′S 97°40′W) (2.6)
Estrecho de Magallanes to
San Francisco
Valparaíso to Honolulu
Trans -pacific routes
from: Callao; Iquique;
Valparaíso
72
After Paragraph 2.6 5 line 3 Add:
Sala y Gómez Ridge. Shoals have been reported
(2007) as follows:
In an area bounded by positions: 25°00′S 99°51′W;
25°00′S 99°16′W; 25°20′S 99°16′W; 25°10′S
99°51′W.
6 In an area bounded by positions: 25°00′S
98°53′W; 25°00′S 98°22′W; 25°11′S
98°22′W; 25°11′S 98°53′W.
In position 25°00′S 97°40′W.
In an area bounded by positions: 25°42′S 95°40′W;
25°30′S 94°29′W; 25°45′S 94°25′W; 25°56′S
95°39′W.
US Notice 20/62/08
(SDD 2008000 043597) [23/08]
Wk23/08

Chile – Bahía Coronel — Directions; wreck
203
Paragraph 6.267 1 line 4 Add: A dangerous wreck lies
3¼ cables W of the pierhead light, see below.
Paragraph 6.269 1 line 6 Add: Dangerous wreck see 6.267.
Chilean Notice 4/34/08
(SDD 2008000 042971) [23/08]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Coral Sea - Mellish Reef South-south-westwards
and Avon Island South-south-westwards —
Depths
72
After Paragraph 2.112 2 line 5 Insert:
W of an isolated shoal (18°24′S 155°19′E) with a
depth of 21 m, thence:
73
After Paragraph 2.113 3 line 6 Insert:
WNW of an isolated shoal (20°22′S 157°46′E) with
a depth of 32 m, thence:
ESE of an isolated shoal (18°24′S 155°19′E) with a
depth of 21 m, thence:
After Paragraph 2.115 1 line 6 Insert:
SW of an isolated shoal (20°22′S 157°46′E) with a
depth of 32 m over it, thence:
Clear of an isolated shoal (18°24′S 155°19′E) with a
depth of 21 m, thence:
SW of Mellish Reef (17°25′S 155°52′E) (2.188),
thence:
After Paragraph 2.116 1 line 5 Insert:
WSW of an isolated shoal (20°22′S 157°46′E) with a
depth of 32 m, thence:
ENE of an isolated shoal (18°24′S 155°19′E) with a
depth of 21 m, thence:
US Notice 14/602/08
HH. 132/610/03; BA Chart 4634 [23/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Falmouth — Regulations concerning entry;
harbour regulations
94
After Paragraph 4.51 2 line 8 Insert:
3 Anchoring notification. All vessels of over 75 m
LOA, anchoring within port limits without a pilot
embarked, are required to notify Falmouth Pilot Radio
of their anchor position and time of anchoring.
Notification of departure from an anchorage.
Vessels intending to depart from an anchorage are
required to notify Falmouth Pilot Radio of their
intentions 15 minutes prior to weighing anchor.
4 Entry notification. All vessels over 20 m LOA,
intending to enter the estuary directly from sea or
from outer anchorages are required to notify Falmouth
Pilot Radio of their destination within the port and the
Wk23/08
IV
4.2
expected time of passing Black Rock (50°08′⋅7N
5°02′⋅0W).
96
After Paragraph 4.68 1 line 6 Insert:
2 Notification of departure. All vessels over 20 m
LOA, intending to depart from Falmouth Docks
without a pilot embarked, are required to notify
Falmouth Pilot Radio 15 minutes prior to leaving the
berth.
Falmouth Harbour Master
(SDDs 2008000 038595; 041735) [23/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East coast - Changjiang Kou —
Routeing measures; anchorages; pilotage; lights
208
Paragraph 6.24 7 line 4 Replace by:
...122°40′⋅3E) (6.21)); see 7.34 for revised TSS in
Changjiang Kou:
236
After Paragraph 6.195 1 line 6 Insert:
See 7.34 for revised TSS in Changjiang Kou.
237
Paragraph 6.200 10 line 3 Replace by:
...approached directly. See 7.34 for revised TSS in
Changjiang Kou.
238
Paragraph 6.215 5 line 3 Replace by:
...Changjiang Kou. See 7.34 for revised TSS in
Changjiang Kou.
252
Paragraph 7.16 Replace by:
1 Outer approaches: Changjiang Kou (7.15) is
approached through a TSS complex, see 7.34.
Paragraph 7.17 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
...N side. From precautionary area A (see 7.34),
the route leads generally WNW to Nangang
Shuidao.
Paragraph 7.18 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...precautionary area B (see 7.34), the route leads
generally WNW to Nangang Shuidao.
1
253
Paragraph 7.26 Replace by:
The outer anchorages are changed as a result of the
revision to TSS in Changjiang Kou; see 7.34 and
Admiralty Notice to Mariners 2934(P)/08.
After Paragraph 7.27 2 line 8 Insert:
Caution: The pilot boarding positions are
anticipated to change as a result of the revised TSS in
Changjiang Kou (see 7.34). Up to date information
should be obtained in advance of arrival from the
pilots; see also Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).

254
Paragraph 7.29 4 line 13 Replace by:
...122°28′⋅1E); see also 7.34.
1
255
Paragraph 7.34 Replace by:
Changjiang Kou (7.15) is approached through a
revised TSS complex including two precautionary
areas. This revised scheme comes into force on
1st June 2008 and replaces the entire scheme E of
122°20′E, including the positions of Changjiang Kou
Light Float, Nancao Light Vessel, anchorage areas and
pilot boarding positions. For details see Admiralty
Notice to Mariners 2934(P)/08.
2 The revised scheme can be approached from
3
directions from N to S via E, and entered from E,
keeping clear of the outer anchorage areas (7.26) and
the following charted dangerous wrecks, shoals and
obstruction:
Shoal, depth 18 m, (31°10′N 122°42′E).
Obstruction (31°13′N 122°46′E).
Dangerous wreck (30°59′N 122°48′E), position
approximate.
Dangerous wreck (30°57′N 122°40′E), position
approximate.
Shoal, depth 9⋅7 m(31°00′⋅7N 122°29′⋅5E) reported
1931.
Paragraph 7.35 Replace by:
1 Spare.
Paragraph 7.37 2 Replace by:
2 See 7.34 for revised TSS. From precautionary area
A the track leads W through B1 traffic lane thence
generally WNW, passing (with positions from Niupi
Jiao Light Beacon (31°08′⋅4N 122°15′⋅1E)):
Close N of Changjiang Kou Light Float, thence:
256
Paragraph 7.40 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 See 7.34 for revised TSS. From precautionary area
B the track leads generally WNW through C5 traffic
lane thence NW, passing:
Close NNE of Nancao Light Vessel, thence:
Shanghai MSA
(HH. 548/040/01) [23/08]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
East coast - Strangford Narrows — Underwater
turbine
198
After Paragraph 6.179 Insert:
Underwater turbine
6.179a
1 An underwater turbine (pile, black with red band,
isolated danger top mark and light), stands in position
54°22′⋅1N 5°32′⋅7W, 3 cables NW of Rue Point. For
further details on Offshore Renewable Energy
Installations (OREIs) see Annual Notice to Mariners
Number 11.
IV
4.3
200
After Paragraph 6.188 3 line 7 Insert:
WSW of an underwater turbine, marked as an
isolated danger (6.179a) (3 cables NW), and:
Marine Current Turbines Limited
(SDD 2008000 041107) [23/08]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Egypt - Mînâ’ Dumyâó (Damietta Port) —
Waiting areas
118
Paragraph 3.174 2 lines 1 - 5 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 23/07 Replace by:
2 Waiting areas. An area (31°36′N 31°45′E), marked
by five light buoys, lies 6½ miles N of the harbour
entrance. Depths are from 16 to 20 m and approach
from NW is advised. An area for gas ships is
established, centred on 31°42′⋅2N 31°38′⋅1E, with a
radius of 1 mile.
Egyptian Authority for Maritime Safety
(SDD 200800 042064) [23/08]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
Limfjorden - Sælhundeholm Løb — Buoyage
305
Paragraph 9.138 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...about 50 m and is dredged, depth see 9.127. No
35 Light Buoy (N cardinal) (56°38′⋅0N 8°16′⋅9E)
marks the SE end of the...
Danish Notice 388/08
(SDD 2008000 043140) [23/08]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Sweden - South Channel to Uddevala — Pater
Noster anchorage
206
After Paragraph 8.105 3 line 2 Add:
WSW of Pater Noster anchorage (5 miles NW)
(8.175a), thence:
212
After Paragraph 8.151 3 line 10 Insert:
4 Anchorage. A designated outer anchorage, Pater
Noster, has been established approximately 5 miles
NW of Hätteberget Light (8.103). For details see
8.175a.
Wk23/08

215
After Paragraph 8.175 and after heading Anchorages and
harbours insert:
Pater Noster anchorage
8.175a
1 An outer anchorage 1½ miles square is located
approximately 5 miles NW of Hätteberget Light
(8.103), centred on position 57°55′⋅7N 11°21′⋅4E.
There are four designated anchoring positions within
the anchorage in depths of between 56 and 59 m.
This is the designated outer anchorage for Wallhamn
(8.179), Stenungsund (8.201) and Uddevalla (8.236).
216
Paragraph 8.190 1 line 2 Add:
Anchorage may also be obtained to seaward of the
pilot station in Pater Noster anchorage, 5 miles NW of
Hätteberget Light (8.103). See 8.175a for details.
217
Paragraph 8.213 1 line 2 Add:
Anchorage may also be obtained to seaward of the
pilot station in Pater Noster anchorage, 5 miles NW of
Hätteberget Light (8.103). See 8.175a for details.
Wk23/08
IV
4.4
221
After Paragraph 8.246 1 line 4 Add:
Outer anchorage
8.246a
1 Pater Noster anchorage, 5 miles NW of Hätteberget
Light (8.103). See 8.175a for details.
Swedish Notice 209/4823/08
(SDD 2008000 042043) [23/08]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Romsdalfsfjorden - Tresfjorden — Light
89
R 54 -55 Including existing Supplement amendment and
Section IV Notice Week 29/05 For 000½° and 008° Read
353° and 000½°.
ADLL L0964
(HH. 310/490/02) [23/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Cook Inlet - Kenai Peninsula - Port Chatham —
Mooring buoy
360
L67After...soft ground. Insert:A mooring buoy, “CG”,
lies in the anchorage, 2½ cables SE of the spit.
US Notice 16/16645/08
(HH. 611/425/05) [22/08]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Ecuador – Canal de Jambelí — Directions;
buoyage
2
354
Paragraph 11.23 1 line 3 For Banco Mala Read Banco de
Mala
Paragraph 11.23 2-3 Replace by:
SE of Punta Arenas (12½ miles NNW), from
which a light (white metal tower, 18 m in
height) is exhibited; No 7J Buoy (port hand)
marks SW end of a bank, 3¼ miles SE.
Thence:
SE of No 9J Buoy (port hand) (11½ milesN), thence:
3 SE of a dangerous wreck (15 miles NNE),
marked by a light buoy (isolated danger).
No 11J Light Buoy (port hand) is moored
4½ cables SSE. Banco de Mala extends NNE
for about 8 miles from a position 4 miles
WNW. Thence:
SE of No 13J Light Buoy (port hand) (18 miles
NNE), Cabeza Norte lies 4 miles NNW. A shoal
area least charted depth 0⋅2 m lies 2¾ miles of the
buoy. Thence:
SE of No 15J Light Buoy (port hand) (22 miles
NNE).
355
Paragraph 11.24 1 line 3 For No 7 Light -buoy Read No 17J
Light Buoy
Paragraph 11.26 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
NW of a 5 m shoal patch (5 miles E). No 9J Buoy
(port hand) is moored 2 miles ESE. Thence:
Ecuadorian Notice 3/14 -20/08
(SDD 2008000 035843) [22/08]
Wk22/08
4.1
[22/08]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Guyana - New Amsterdam — Anchorage; pilots
72
Paragraph 2.154 1 Lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Vessels waiting for the tide and pilot anchor close
N of the Fairway Buoy (6°31′N 57°24′W).
Paragraph 2.156 1 Lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 5 cables NNE
of the Fairway Buoy (6°31′N 57°24′W).
Captain P. Mosselberger, MV UBC Sydney
(SDD 2008000 038665) [22/08]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
United States of America – Washington —
Directions
417
Paragraph 14.42 1 lines 7 -8 Delete
Paragraph 14.42 2 line 3 Delete
418
Paragraph 14.43 6 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...few clumps of trees on it. Rocks...
419
Paragraph 14.51 1 line 4 For lighthouse Read island
Paragraph 14.51 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 Useful marks (with positions from Destruction
Island):
420
Paragraph 14.59 3 line 4 Delete
US Coast Guard District 13 LNM 16/08
(HH. 612/465/05) [22/08]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Aleutian Islands – Baby Pass — Depth
194
Paragraph 5.79 1 line 6 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 37/07 For 6⋅4 m (21ft) Read 2⋅7 m (9 ft)
US Notice 19/16011/08
(HH. 611/435/03) [22/08]

NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Chichester — Directions for entering harbour
201
Paragraph 7.112 1 line 2 For 1 mile S Read about 8 cables S
Paragraph 7.112 1 line 3 For (50°45′⋅7N 0°56′⋅5W) Read
(50°45′⋅5N 0°56′⋅6W)
Paragraph 7.112 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
The track then leads N, passing (with positions
given from Eastoke Point (50°47′N 0°56′W)):
202
Paragraph 7.112 3 line 1 For (9 cables S) Read (1¼ miles S)
Paragraph 7.112 3 line 4 For (7 cables S) Read (6 cables S)
Paragraph 7.112 6 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
The track then leads generally NNE towards the
harbour entrance.
Chichester Harbour Master
(SDD 2008000 042499) [22/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approaches to Hoek van Holland — TSSs; ITZ;
Precautionary Areas; pilot boarding positions
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2008
59
Paragraph 2.26 including heading Delete
66
Paragraph 2.69 4 line 5 Replace by:
Pilot (H) 51°59′⋅0N 3°00′⋅0E
210
Chapter Index Diagram for Chapter 9 Replace by new
Chapter Index Diagram which follows at the end of this
week’s Section IV Notices.
211 to 213
Paragraphs 9.1 -9.25 including existing Section IV Notices
Weeks 24/06; 31/06; 35/06; 39/06; 06/08 Replace by:
9.1
1 This chapter describes four routes which converge
on the port of Rotterdam from W, S, NW and N. Each
of these routes contains an IMO -approved TSS. In
addition, the route from W, which extends from North
Hinder Junction Precautionary Area to Maasmond,
incorporates two DW routes - Eurogeul and Maasgeul.
A coastal route for small craft approaching
Maasmond from S that passes through an ITZ is
described in Chapter 8 and a description of the coastal
route to N of Maasmond is described in Chapter 10.
2 Within Maasmond, the Nieuwe Waterweg, Nieuwe
Maas and Oude Maas waterways are described, as
well as several canals - Calandkanaal, Beerkanaal,
Hartelkanaal and Voedingskanaal. Also a brief
description is given of the Rivers Maas and Rhine
IV
4.2
beyond the ports of Rotterdam and Dordrecht, outside
the coverage of Admiralty charts.
3 The port installations of Maasvlakte, Europoort,
Rotterdam and Dordrecht are described in this chapter
but the port of Moerdijk is covered in Chapter 8.
Reference to Guidelines on Port Entry published by
The Harbourmaster of the Port of Rotterdam is
recommended: the book can be downloaded on
www.portofrotterdam.nl.
Draught
9.1a
1 Draught figures are related to a density of
1025 g/cm 3 unless stated otherwise.
Topography
9.2
1 The 10 m depth contour in the vicinity of the Hoek
van Holland (51°59′N 4°08′E) is between 1 and
2 miles offshore. Thereafter the seabed slopes very
gradually and the 20 m depth contour is generally
20 miles offshore. Eurogeul and Maasgeul are
maintained channels across this shallow coastal stretch,
which lead to Nieuwe Waterweg.
2 Following the implementation of the Delta Plan
(1.160), which closed off three of the four main
estuaries of the River Maas, Nieuwe Waterweg, the
most N of the estuaries, is the only major waterway
open to seagoing shipping.
Pilotage
General
9.3
1 The pilot service for the Rotterdam -Rijnmond area
includes Europoort, Rotterdam, Vlaardingen, Schiedam,
Maassluis, Dordrecht and Moerdijk. Pilotage is
compulsory for all seagoing vessels over 70 m in
length and vessels of any length carrying dangerous or
polluting cargoes.
1 The pilot may embark from the pilot cutter via a
small tender or, straight from shore via a large tender,
SWATH or helicopter. The pilot cutter, which is
stationed 4½ miles WSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy
(52°01′⋅1N 3°53⋅5′E), has a black hull with the word
PILOT on both sides and a white and yellow
superstructure. Both the large tender and the SWATH
have yellow hulls with the word PILOT in black on
both sides and a white superstructure: the helicopter is
white with orange and red stripes.
Spare
9.4
Boarding procedures
9.5
1 Vessels with a draught between 17.40 m and
22⋅55 m embark two pilots by helicopter in position
51°59′N 3°00′E. Notice of ETA, together with a
request for a pilot, should be sent 48 hours prior to
arrival; updates are required 24, 12, 6 and 3 hours
prior to arrival.
9.6
1 Vessels with a draught between 17⋅40 m and
14⋅30 m embark the pilot by tender or helicopter W of
E13 Light Buoy (52°00′⋅6N 3°44′⋅1E), the exact
position being advised by VTS.
Wk22/08

Vessels with a draught of less than 14⋅30 m may
embark the pilot as follows:
by tender from the pilot cutter stationed 4½ miles
WSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy (9.3) or by
large tender or SWATH from shore;
2 by helicopter in the S -bound lane of TSS Maas
North for vessels approaching from N, the
exact position being advised by VTS;
by helicopter in the SE -bound lane of TSS Maas
NorthWest for vessels approaching from NW, the
exact position being advised by VTS;
by helicopter in the E -bound lane of TSS Maas West
Inner/Outer, the exact position being advised
by VTS.
3 The decision on whether the pilot boards by tender
or helicopter is made by the pilot. No additional cost
will be charged for a helicopter transfer.
For vessels with a draught of less than 17⋅40 m,
notice of ETA, together with a request for a pilot
should be sent 24 hours prior to arrival; updates are
required 6 and 3 hours prior to arrival. For further
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(1).
Disembarkation procedures
9.6a
1 Vessels with a draught between 17⋅40 m and
22⋅55 m disembark the pilot at Euro Light Buoy (safe
water) (51°57′⋅7N 3°10′⋅0E).
Vessels with a draught between 14⋅30 and 17⋅40 m
disembark the pilot to seaward of MO Light Buoy
(safe water) (52°01′⋅0N 3°58′⋅1E).
Vessels with a draught of less than 14⋅30 m
disembark the pilot in the vicinity of MO Light Buoy
(as above).
Suspension of pilotage
9.6b
1 Should pilotage by pilot vessel be suspended due to
bad weather or other circumstance, the following
options will apply:
Pilotage will be provided by helicopter (9.7) for
vessels over 125 m LOA by day and vessels over
150 m LOA by night.
Shore based pilotage (9.8) will be initiated.
If neither of the foregoing is suitable, vessels will
await further instructions either at anchor or
hove -to.
Pilot embarkation by helicopter
9.7
1 Communication with the helicopter is by VHF. For
further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(1).
Vessels using the service must have a suitable
landing or winching area and employ the correct
operational procedures. See 1.47.
2 Netherlands authorities state that in theory
helicopter operations can be undertaken by day or
night in winds up to 55 knots and visibility more than
800 m. Severe turbulence, icing and extreme motion
will render the service unavailable.
Shore based pilotage
9.8
1 Shore based pilotage is only available between
Maas Centre Light Buoy and Traffic Centre Hoek van
Wk22/08
IV
4.3
Holland (51°58′⋅9N 4°06′⋅7E) in Maasmond. Vessels
with a draught of more than 14⋅3 m and tankers
exceeding 120 m loa are unsuitable for shore based
pilotage. Tankers laden with hazardous or polluting
cargoes under 120 m loa will be refused shore based
pilotage if the master is unable to communicate
properly in Dutch or English, or has not called at the
port on a regular basis.
1
Regulation of traffic
Vessel Traffic Service
9.9
Rotterdam VTS system covers the area between
Eurogeul Approach (52°N 3°E), about 38 miles
offshore, and River Maas to a position 2 miles E of
Brienenoordbrug (9.67). Coverage also includes Oude
Maas to a position 4 miles E of Spijkenisse Bridge.
The area is divided into three regions: Traffic Centre
Hoek van Holland, Botlek Information and Tracking
System, Traffic Centre Rotterdam. The regions are
further divided into twelve sectors each with their own
VTS operator and VHF radio channel. Radar
surveillance
system.
is maintained throughout the entire
2 Participation in the VTS is mandatory for all
seagoing vessels. Other vessels must maintain a
continuous listening watch, only reporting manoeuvres
that deviate from the usual traffic flow. Seaward of
Maasmond the primary language is English with Dutch
as secondary but within the river this is reversed.
Routine MSI broadcasts are made by the three
traffic centres on VHF Channel 11 but individual
traffic sectors will provide information on request, as
will Dirkswager Maasluis on VHF Channel 12.
3 For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(1).
Routeing measures
9.10
1 DW route. Eurogeul and Maasgeul, which together
form a DW channel, are primarily reserved for vessels
with a draught exceeding 17⋅4 m but may be used by
vessels with a draught exceeding 14⋅3m with prior
agreement of the VTS.
Vessels with a draught between 14⋅3 m and 17⋅4 m
either enter at the W end of Eurogeul in the vicinity
of Euro Light Buoy (safe water) (51°57′⋅7N 3°10′⋅0E)
or about 10 miles farther E at Maas Junction
Precautionary Area (9.12).
2 Maas West Outer and Inner TSSs. Eurogeul runs
through the separation zone of Maas Outer and Inner
TSSs which are for the use of vessels with a draught
of less than 17⋅4 m. Maas West Outer TSS (51°58′N
3°15′E) extends about 5 miles E from the E side of
North Hinder Junction Precautionary Area (2.54) and
Maas West Inner TSS (52°01′N 3°41′E) extends about
7 miles W of Maas Centre Precautionary Area (9.11).
The two TSSs are separated by Maas Junction
Precautionary Area, see 9.12.
3 Maas North TSS (52°07′N 3°56′E) extends about
8 miles N from the N boundary of the Maas Centre
Precautionary Area. It should only be used by vessels
with a draught of less than 14⋅3 m.

Maas North West TSS (52°06′N 3°43′E) extends
about 3 miles NW from the NW boundary of Maas
Centre Precautionary Area. It should only be used by
vessels with a draught of less than 14⋅3 m.
9.11
1 Maas Centre Precautionary Area (52°02′N
3°53′E) is the focus of routes (9.10) which converge
on Maasmond, the common entrance to Europoort and
Nieuwe Waterweg. The area is roughly rectangular
extending about 13 miles E to W and 10 miles N to S.
Near its centre in position 52°01′⋅7N 3°53′⋅1E is a
circular ATBA, called At Maas Centre, with a radius
of 6 cables. Maas Centre Light Buoy (safe water) is
moored on the S edge of the ATBA.
2 Vessels within Maas Centre Precautionary Area
should proceed with caution where traffic flows merge.
If not compelled to use the DW route (9.10), vessels
should, if practicable, avoid entering the ATBA.
Generally vessels with a draught of less than 14⋅3 m
keep this circular area on their port side unless
exceptional circumstances warrant otherwise.
9.12
1 Maas Junction Precautionary Area (51°59′N
3°26′E) lies between Maas West Outer and Maas West
Inner TSSs (9.10). Mariners are warned that within
this precautionary area crossing vessels on route
between TSS Off Texel (see North Sea (East) Pilot)
and the Westerschelde will be encountered.
Additionally, vessels from these locations may be
merging with Maas West Inner TSS.
2 NNE -bound vessels passing through the
precautionary area cross Eurogeul between E5 Light
Buoy (special) (51°59′⋅0N 3°25′⋅6E) and E7 Light
Buoy (special), 3 miles ENE. SSW -bound vessels
cross Eurogeul between E5 Light Buoy (special) and
E3 Light Buoy (special), 3 miles WSW.
Recommended crossing for small craft
9.12a
1 Small craft following the inshore route along the
coast are recommended to cross Maasgeul to W of a
line joining MV Light Buoy (W cardinal) (51°57′⋅5N
3°58′⋅5E), MVN Light Buoy (N cardinal), 2½ miles
NNE, and Indusbank N Light Buoy (N cardinal) a
further 4 miles NNE, as shown on Chart 122. These
vessels should report their intention to cross Maasgeul
and should maintain a listening watch on VHF while
crossing. It should be recognised that large vessels
constrained by their draught to the DW channel and
which show the appropriate signals in accordance with
the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions
at Sea (1972) cannot be expected to give way to
small craft.
APPROACHES TO
HOEK VAN HOLLAND
General information
Charts 1630, 122, 132
Routes
9.13
1 Described in this section are routes which converge
on Maas Centre Precautionary Area (9.11) from four
directions: W, S, NW and N. The approach from W
IV
4.4
includes a description of the DW route (9.10) via
Eurogeul and Maasgeul.
1 Tankers arriving from or proceeding to the German
Bight, the Baltic or Scandinavia should observe the
mandatory route described in the IMO publication
Ship’s Routeing and use the W approach to Hoek van
Holland. For a description of the mandatory route and
of the categories of tanker to which the regulations
apply see the North Sea (East) Pilot.
Controlling depths
9.14
1 The DW channel reduces in depth from 27⋅2 m in
the Eurogeul Approach Area, to 23⋅7 m in Eurogeul,
which is flanked by an area dredged to 21⋅6 m. The
maintained depth in Maasgeul is 23⋅2 m and this
reduces to 22⋅8 m in Maasmond.
Depths are in excess of 17 m on both the inbound
and outbound lanes of Maas West Inner TSS.
Maximum permitted draughts
9.15
1 The maximum permitted draught for entry to
Maasmond in favourable conditions is 22⋅55 m.
However, vessels loading to this draught should make
prior arrangements with the harbour authorities and act
in accordance with the Deep -Draught Planning Guide
published by the Netherlands Hydrographer (2.63). The
maximum permitted draught for outbound vessels is
20⋅75 m but this may be increased to 21⋅20 m in
special circumstances.
Procedures for deep -draught vessels upon entry
9.16
1 All vessels with a draught of 17⋅4 m or more will
receive a Plan of Entry at least 6 hours prior to arrival.
This is a message which indicates the time at which
the vessel should be at the rendezvous point (51°59′N
03°00′E) and the time at which she is expected to pass
the entrance to Maasmond. Upon boarding the pilot
will confirm the Plan of Entry with a Sailing Plan.
After approval by the harbour master, VTS will grant
permission for the vessel to proceed. Subsequently, if
the pilot considers that the arrival at Maasmond
entrance will deviate by more than 15 minutes he
should report the fact to the VTS.
2 For vessels with a draught exceeding 20⋅0 m, safe
entry is dependent on tidal conditions and arrival at
Maasmond will be around HW Hook of Holland. For
vessels with a draught of less than 20⋅0 m, the time of
entry depends more on traffic conditions. If two or
more vessels with a draught exceeding 17⋅4 m are
scheduled to navigate in the DW channels an interval
of at least 45 minutes is prescribed between each
vessel.
3 For vessels with a draught exceeding 20⋅0 m, the
minimum speed over the ground is 7 kn. Maximum
speed over the ground will be stated at the time but
will not be in excess of 11 kn due to the effects of
squat. For vessels with a draught between 17⋅4 m and
20⋅0 m the planned speed is about 10 kn for Eurogeul
and about 8 kn for Maasgeul.
Wk22/08

Procedures for deep -draught vessels upon
departure
9.17
1 All vessels with a draught exceeding 17⋅4 m will
receive a Plan of Departure at least 6 hours prior to
departure. Thereafter procedures are similar to those
described in 9.16.
Traffic regulations
9.18
1 Vessels constrained by their draught. Vessels with
a draught 17⋅4 m or more are considered to be
constrained by their draught. Such vessels should
display the signals prescribed in Rule 28 of the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972). After entry into Maasmond any vessel
with a draught exceeding 9 m must show the signals
prescribed in Rule 28.
2 Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes. These vessels
should display Flag B of the International Code by
day and one all round red light by night.
Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
600 m either side of the centreline (112°) through
Maasgeul (9.37) for a distance of 3½ miles to seaward
of the harbour entrance.
3 Dredgers. Dredgers will keep clear of vessels
constrained by their draught. Other vessels should give
the dredger a wide berth when passing and should
make this intention clear in order not to interrupt
dredging operations.
Spare
9.19 to 9.24
Rescue
9.25
1 An offshore lifeboat is stationed at Hoek van
Holland.
214 to 216
Paragraphs 9.32 to 9.40 including existing Section IV
Notices Weeks 31/06 and 39/06 Replace by:
APPROACH TO HOEK VAN HOLLAND
FROM WEST
1
General information
Charts 1630, 122, 132
Route
9.32
The route described follows the DW route which is
primarily for vessels with a draught exceeding 17⋅4 m
but may be used by vessels with a draught of more
than 14⋅3 m. From the vicinity of 51°58′N 3°00′E on
the W side of the Eurogeul Approach Area (9.35), it
runs 40 miles in a generally E direction through
Eurogeul and then Maasgeul to Maasmond at the
2
entrance to Nieuwe Waterweg (9.60).
Vessels with a draught of less than 17⋅4 m use the
Maas West Outer and the Maas West Inner TSS (9.10)
and join or leave Maasgeul to the E of MO Light
Buoy (safe water) (52°01′⋅0N 3°58′⋅1E). The TSSs run
parallel to Eurogeul, with the middle of the W-going
lane between 3 and 5 miles to the N and the middle of
the E-going lane between 2 and 4 miles to the S. The
Separation Zone and the outer limits of the TSS are
Wk22/08
IV
4.5
shown on the chart. The S limit of the TSS is marked
by MW 1, MW 3 and MW 5 Light Buoys (all
starboard hand) and the N limit of the TSS by MW 2,
MW 4 Light Buoys (port hand) and MNW3 -MW6
Light Buoy (E cardinal).
Directions
(continued from 2.54 and 2.69)
Principal marks
9.33
1 Offshore marks:
Europlatform (51°59′⋅9N 3°16′⋅5E) (white
deckhouse, red stripes on white metal column,
red bands), a light tower with a helicopter
platform also used as a weather observation post.
Goeree Light (51°55′⋅5N 3°40′⋅1E) (8.15).
2 Landmarks:
Two chimneys (51°57′⋅6N 4°01′⋅6E) at Maasvlakte:
numerous wind turbines in the vicinity.
Flare (51°58′⋅2N 4°02′⋅3E): numerous petroleum
storage tanks about 7 cables NE.
White tower (51°59′⋅5N 4°07′⋅4E) charted as an
observation post.
3 Major lights:
Goeree Light (51°55′⋅5N 3°40′⋅1E) (8.15).
Maasvlakte Light (white tower, black bands, 62 m in
height) (51°58′⋅2N 4°00′⋅8E).
9.34
1 Other aids to navigation:
Racons transmit from:
Noordhinder Light Buoy (52°00′⋅1N 2°51′⋅1E)
(2.54).
MNW3 -MW6 Light Buoy (52°04′⋅8N 3°41′⋅0).
Maas Centre Light Buoy (52°01′⋅1N 3°53′⋅5E).
Goeree Light — see above.
Eurogeul Approach Area
9.35
1 Eurogeul Approach Area (51°58′N 3°06′E) lies on
the E side of the North Hinder Junction Precautionary
Area (2.54) and is the destination of the Deep -Draught
Route described at 2.69. Vessels with a draught of
more than 17⋅4 m embark their pilot by helicopter in
its NW corner (9.5). Eurogeul Approach Area extends
10 miles E-W and leads to the W end of Eurogeul
(9.36).
2 Vessels with a brief wait only for the tide or a pilot
and therefore unable to anchor in DW2 (9.40), may
remain underway in the W part of the approach area.
Eurogeul
9.36
1 From its W end, in the vicinity of Euro Light Buoy
(safe water) (51°58′N 3°10′E), Eurogeul runs 25 miles
ENE, partly through the separation zones of Maas
West TSS (9.10). The bottom consists of sand, uneven
in the west but flatter in the east. Light buoys (special)
(numbers prefixed by E) mark the S side of Eurogeul.
The central channel is 600 m wide and is flanked on
each side by an outer dredged channel of lesser depth
and having a width of 300 m. Overtaking and meeting
in Eurogeul should be avoided. The outer channels
allow a greater safety margin and should be used by
vessels up to a draught of 21⋅35 m when meeting and
overtaking is unavoidable. Vessels with a deeper

draught should keep to the central channel at all times.
See 9.14.
2 There are two turning areas along Eurogeul, each
with a diameter of 2700 m. The first is midway along
the length of the channel between E7 Light Buoy
(special) (51°59′N 3°30′E) and E9 Light Buoy
(special), 3 miles ENE, and the second is ENE of
Maas Centre Light Buoy (52°01′⋅1N 3°53′⋅5E). The
latter turning area also serves as an emergency
anchorage for deep -draught vessels.
Caution. Maas Junction Precautionary Area,
see 9.12.
Maasgeul
9.37
1 Maasmond Leading Lights:
Front light (white concrete tower, black bands)
(51°58′⋅9N 4°04′⋅9E).
Rear light (similar structure) (6 cables ESE of front
light).
2 The alignment (112°) of these synchronised sector
lights, visible day and night, (101° -123°), standing on
the W end of Splitsingsdam (9.38), leads ESE through
Maasgeul to the entrance to Maasmond, which lies
between the heads of Noorderdam and Zuiderdam.
Lights stand on the heads of both breakwaters
(Noorderdam: red tower, white bands; Zuiderdam:
green tower, white bands. Both structures 31 m in
height with helicopter platform). It should be noted
that Noorderdam itself gives a poor radar picture.
3 Maasgeul is 600 m wide at its W end, close N of
Maas Centre Light Buoy (52°01′⋅1N 3°53′⋅5E), but
narrows to 500 m at the harbour entrance. The channel
is 6 miles long; the bottom consists of sand and is flat.
Vessels with a draught of less than 14⋅30 m join or
leave Maasgeul to the E of MO Light Buoy (safe
water) (52°01′⋅0N 3°58′⋅1E).
Caution. Recommended crossing for small craft,
see 9.12a.
Maasmond
9.38
1 Maasmond (51°59′N 4°03′E) is the entrance of the
Maas and runs from the heads of the breakwaters to
Splitsingsdam, 1½ miles ESE. Splitsingsdam divides
the channel into a N branch leading to Nieuwe
Waterweg (9.60) and a S branch leading to
Calandkanaal (9.53). Breeddiep (51°58′⋅2N 4°07′⋅4E)
is a small channel at the SE end of Splitsingsdam
connecting Nieuwe Waterweg with Calandkanaal. It
may only be used with prior permission, but because it
is narrow and there are strong tidal streams in its
vicinity its use is not recommended.
2 Caution. When entering Maasmond, allowance
should be made for cross tidal streams. If the time of
entry coincides with the period of strongest tidal set, a
minimum speed of 10 kn is advised so that effective
course corrections can be made. See 9.29.
Spare
9.39
(Directions continue for Calandkanaal at 9.52 and
Nieuwe Waterweg at 9.72)
IV
4.6
APPROACH TO HOEK VAN HOLLAND
FROM SOUTH
Directions
Charts 1630, 122, 132
Principal marks
9.39a
1 See 9.33.
Route
9.39b
1 From Steenbank Pilot Station (51°45′N 3°13′E)
(7.14), the track leads initially 15 miles NE to Maas
Junction Precautionary Area (9.12) passing:
NW of SBW Light Buoy (W cardinal) (51°48′⋅3N
3°20′⋅2E) marking the N extremity of
Schouwenbank anchorage (7.112), and;
SW of Buitenbanken (51°49′N 3°15′E).
2 Upon entering Maas Junction Precautionary Area in
the vicinity of MW 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(51°54′⋅6N 3°26′⋅9E) course is adjusted to proceed
13 miles ENE along Maas West Inner TSS to the pilot
boarding position 4½ miles WSW of Maas Centre
Light Buoy (52°01′⋅1N 3°53⋅5′E). The track passes:
NNW of Goeree Light (51°55′⋅5N 3°40′⋅1E) (8.15),
thence;
3 NNW of MW5 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(51°57′⋅2N 3°42′⋅0E) marking the SW corner
of Maas Centre Precautionary Area (9.11).
(Directions for Maasgeul are given at 9.37)
APPROACH TO HOEK VAN HOLLAND
FROM NORTH -WEST
Directions
Charts 1630, 122, 132
Principal marks
9.39c
1 See 9.33.
Route
9.39d
1 From a position in the vicinity of MNW 1 Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (52°06′⋅6N 3°37′⋅8E) at the
entrance to Maas NorthWest TSS, the track leads SW
for 2½ miles to the vicinity of MNW3 -MW6 Light
Buoy (E cardinal) (52°04′⋅8N 3°41′⋅0E) on the NW
boundary of Maas Centre Precautionary Area (9.11).
Thence course is adjusted SSE for 7½ miles to the
pilot boarding position 4½ miles WSW of Maas Centre
Light Buoy (52°01′⋅1N 3°53⋅5′E).
(Directions for Maasgeul are given at 9.37)
APPROACH TO HOEK VAN HOLLAND
FROM NORTH
Directions
Charts 1630, 122, 132
Principal marks
9.39e
1 See 9.33.
Wk22/08

Route
9.39f
1 From a position in the vicinity of MN 4 Light Buoy
(port hand) (52°15′⋅0N 3°53′⋅4E) at the entrance to
Maas North TSS, the track leads S for 8 miles to the
vicinity of MN 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (52°07′⋅4N
3°51′⋅4E) on the N boundary of Maas Centre
Precautionary Area (9.11). Thence course is adjusted
SSW for 9 miles to the pilot boarding position
4½ miles WSW of Maas Centre Light Buoy
(52°01′⋅1N 3°53⋅5′E). The track passes:
2 E of P15 -E platform (52°10′⋅3N 3°52′⋅0E)
adjacent to the W boundary of the TSS,
thence:
W of P18 -A platform (52°07′⋅6N 3°56′⋅3E) located
in the separation zone, thence:
WNW of E15 Light Buoy (special) (52°00′⋅9N
3°48′⋅8E).
(Directions for Maasgeul are given at 9.37)
1
OUTER ANCHORAGES
Charts 1630, 122
General information
9.40
The following anchorages are available:
DW1 (52°06′N2°47′E) is a long term anchorage for
vessels with a draught from 17⋅40 m up to
22⋅55 m on the NW side of North Hinder Junction
Precautionary Area.
DW2 (51°56′N2°55′E) is a short term anchorage for
vessels with a draught from 17⋅40 m up to
22⋅55 m waiting for the tide or a pilot. It lies in the
centre of North Hinder Junction Precautionary
Area and is marked by light buoys (special) at its
NE and SW corners.
2 3A (52°00′N 3°19′E), 3B (52°02′N 3°36′E), 3C
(51°58′N 3°18′E) Anchorages are located
within traffic separation zones either side of
Eurogeul and have depths in excess of 20 m;
maximum permitted draught is 17⋅40 m. The
use of these anchorages is restricted and
3
vessels should report to VTS before entering
them. Anchorage 3B is reserved for LNG
tankers.
4A (51°56′N 3°45′E) and 4BN (51°55′N 3°33′E)
Anchorages lie within the Inshore Traffic Zone to
SW of Maas Centre Precautionary Area. 4A
Anchorage has a least depth of 11⋅6 m andis fouled by numerous obstructions; 4BN has
depths between 14 and 20 m.
5A (52°08′N 3°47′E) Anchorage lies on the N
side of Maas Centre Precautionary Area. The
anchorage has a least depth of about 19 m
but the E part is fouled by numerous
obstructions.
228
Chapter index diagram. Delete three route arrows labelled
10.11 and the numbers associated with them.
229
Paragraph 10.1 Replace by:
1 From a position about 1½ miles WNW of
Maasmond (9.38), an inshore route leads 12 miles NE
Wk22/08
IV
to Sch Light Buoy (safe water) (52°07′⋅8N 4°14′⋅1E)
moored at the fairway entrance to Scheveningen.
Paragraph 10.5 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Pilots are not required for vessels in transit through
Maas Junction Precautionary Area (9.12) or for small
vessels crossing...
Paragraph 10.10 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 From a position in Maasgeul (9.37), 1½ miles
WNW of Maasmond (9.38), the track leads NNE
1
along the recommended crossing for small craft (9.12)
to a position close NW of Indusbank N Light Buoy (N
cardinal) (52°02′⋅9N 4°03′⋅6E). Thence the track leads
NE to a position close NW of Sch...
Paragraph 10.11 Delete
Paragraph 10.12 Replace by:
Useful marks:
Observation post (51°59′⋅5N 4°07′⋅7E).
’s-Gravenzande Church tower
(52°00′⋅3N 4°09′⋅6E).
Monster Church tower (52°01′⋅3N 4°10′⋅2E).
Ter Heijde Church tower (52°01′⋅8′N 4°10′⋅1E).
4.7
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.59;
Port of Rotterdam Guidelines on Port Entry (March 2008)
(SDDs 2007000 084400; 2008000 033926) [22/08]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - W coast - Genova - Punta Vagno —
Submarine pipelines
151
Paragraph 4.123 12 line 1 Replace by:
12 S of Punta Vagno Light. A submarine pipeline
extends 2½ cables SW from a position
1 cable W of Punta Vagno Light as shown on
the chart. Anchoring is prohibited in the
vicinity of the pipeline. Works are in progress
(2008) to establish a second submarine
pipeline extending about 5 cables generally
SSW from the coast in the vicinity of Punta
Vagno, crossing the N -bound lane of the
TSS. Close approach to the works is
prohibited. Thence:
Italian Notice D07003/08
(BA Chart 355; SDD 2008000 039201) [22/08]
Italy - W coast - Pozzuoli — Prohibited area
348
Paragraph 12.153 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited to an area
1½ cables wide, extending 2½ cables NW from Molo
Caligoliano Head, in which works are in progress
(2008).

Regulations concerning entry. There is a speed
limit of 4 kn within the harbour.
Italian Notice 8.9/08
(SDD 2008000 039179) [22/08]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Boston Harbor and approaches — Northeast
Gateway Deep Water Port
115
After Paragraph 4.75 Insert:
Northeast Gateway Deep Water Port
Chart 1227
General information
4.75a
1 Position. Northeast Gateway Deep Water Port
(42°24′N 70°36′W) is located in an offshore area,
20 miles E of Boston.
Function. The port is an offshore terminal,
2
designed to receive gas from dedicated LNG vessels.
The gas is transferred ashore through either of two
submerged turret loading (STL) buoys and submarine
pipelines.
Traffic. It is estimated that 52 vessels will use the
terminal each year. Vessels will remain in port for
about 8 days.
Limiting conditions
4.75b
1 Maximum size of vessel handled is 150 000 m 3 .
Local weather and sea state. Vessels will be
required to leave the berth when wave heights exceed
8m.
IV
4.8
Arrival information
4.75c
1 Traffic regulations. The following routeing
measures are based on two overlapping circular areas,
centred on 42°23′⋅9N 70°36′⋅8W and 42°23′⋅6N
70°35′⋅3W:
Area to be Avoided. An oval area, radius 1250 m
from the two centre positions, may only be
entered by vessels carrying out operations at the
port.
2 Mandatory No Anchoring Areas of radius
1000 m from the two centre positions.
Safety Zones of radius 500 m from the two centre
positions, may only be entered by vessels calling,
or those assisting, at the port.
3 US Deep -water Port Operations. Inbound
vessels must submit a notice of arrival (NOA)
as described in Appendix II.
Offshore moorings
4.75d
1 The port consists of two STLs acting as SBMs,
submerged to a depth of about 27 m (90 ft) when not
in use, that provide discharge facilities for visiting
vessels. Multiple submerged moorings radiate to a
distance of 4¾ cables from the buoys, which are
connected by a flexible riser to a PLEM located on
the seabed.
2 High pressure gas is transferred ashore through
submarine pipelines.
Port services
4.75e
1 Supplies: provisions and stores by launch.
Excelerate Energy L.L.C. & US Notice 16/13267/08
(SDDs 2008000 024302; 039939) [22/08]
Wk22/08

Chapter 9 - Hoek van Holland to the Rhine
40´
30´
20´
10´
4°
50´
40´
30´
20´
10´
3°
Wk22/08
Maas North TSS
North Hinder North TSS
10´
10´
Maas North-West TSS
9.39e
9.39c
Maas Centre Precautionary Area
Maas West
Outer TSS
9.36
52°
d
van Hollan
9.37
RW
Hoek
Maasgeul
Maas Junction
52°
210
9.36
H
Maas West
Inner TSS
Nieu e a
DW RouteDW Route Eurogeul
9.35
Rotterdam
9.84
w
w e
Maasvlakte and
Europoort 9.41
9.72
W ter g
9.74
a s
e we M a
Ni u
Inshore Traffic Zone
Oude Maas
9.104
9.39a
50´
50´
Dordrecht
9.116
Steenbank
40´
40´
40´
30´
20´
Longitude 4° East from Greenwich
50´
40´
30´
20´
10´
3°

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
New South Wales - Port Kembla —
VTS reporting points
290
Paragraph 12.15 1 line 5 For (12.21) Read (12.29)
292
Paragraph 12.21 1 lines 12 -14 Delete
1
293
Paragraph 12.29 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
A VTS operates from Port Kembla Vessel Traffic
Centre. Vessels are deemed to have arrived at the port
upon crossing the arc of 5 miles radius centred on
position 34°24′⋅6S 150°57′⋅1E, as shown on the chart.
Vessels approaching or departing Port Kembla will be
instructed to pass through one of the following
reporting points, or to cross the arc at another point:
Reporting point S: For vessels approaching from
the S, in position 34°29′⋅4S 150°59′⋅2E, 4 miles
ESE of the harbour entrance.
2 Reporting point E: For vessels approaching
from the E, in position 34°25′⋅2S 151°03′⋅2E,
7½ miles ENE of the harbour entrance.
Reporting point N: For vessels approaching from
the N, in position 34°20′⋅5S 151°00′⋅5E,
8½ miles NNE of the harbour entrance.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Paragraph 12.30 Delete
Australian Notice 07/323/2008
(AA 316016) [21/08]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Borrowman Bay — Caution; depths
169
After Paragraph 6.38 2 line 8 Insert:
Caution. Recent surveys have determined that
shoaler depths than charted exist in Borrowman Bay
and approaches.
Canada West Notice 4/3723/08
(HH. 600/455/04) [21/08]
4.1
Gillen Harbour — Caution; depths
[21/08]
172
Paragraph 6.57 2 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
Caution. Pemberton Bay is sparsely sounded and
recent surveys have determined that shoaler depths
than charted exist in Gillen Harbour and approaches.
They should be navigated with caution.
Canada West Notice 4/3723/08
(HH. 600/460/03) [21/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Wembury Bay and River Yealm — Directions
130
Paragraph 4.270 3 lines 4 -5 Delete
River Yealm Harbour Authority
(SDD 2008000 037886) [21/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Strait of Dover and adjacent waters — TSS;
Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2008
58
Paragraph 2.13 1 lines 13 -19 Replace by:
Dense crossing traffic in Foxtrot 3 Precautionary
Area (2.13a) includes ferries plying between the
Thames Estuary and Dutch and Belgian ports in the
Westerschelde region, including Zeebrugge and
Oostende. Crossing traffic also includes vessels leaving
the Westerschelde in order to join the SW -bound lane
of the Dover Strait TSS and vessels leaving the
Thames Estuary to join the NE -bound lane of the
North Hinder South TSS.
A recommended route for ferries plying between
the Sunk Outer Precautionary Area (51° 50′N 0°46′E)
and the Westerschelde crosses the North Hinder South
TSS on a track joining Twin Light Buoy (51°32′⋅0N
2°22′⋅6E) and South Galloper Light Buoy (51°44′⋅0N
1°56′⋅4E).
1
Paragraph 2.13a including existing Section IV Notice
Week 47/06 Replace by:
Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area is a focal point for
busy crossing traffic. In order to reduce risk of
collision in the vicinity of the precautionary area, a
recommended direction of traffic flow has been
established around Foxtrot 3 Light Float (51°24′⋅2N
2°00′⋅4E). All crossing vessels should leave the light
float on their port side.
Paragraph 2.14 1 line 1 For 51°23′⋅9N 2°00′⋅5E Read
51°24′⋅2N 2°00′⋅4E.
Wk21/08

62
Paragraph 2.51 1 line 2 For 51°23′⋅9N 2°00′⋅5E Read
51°24′⋅2N 2°00′⋅4E.
63
Paragraph 2.53 2 line 1 For 51°23′⋅9N 2°00′⋅5E Read
51°24′⋅2N 2°00′⋅4E.
Paragraph 2.57 3 line 3 For 51°23′⋅9N 2°00′⋅5E Read
51°24′⋅2N 2°00′⋅4E.
64
Paragraph 2.58 1 line 3 For 51°23′⋅9N 2°00′⋅5E Read
51°24′⋅2N 2°00′⋅4E.
Paragraph 2.59 4 line 2 For 51°23′⋅9N 2°00′⋅5E Read
51°24′⋅2N 2°00′⋅4E.
Paragraph 2.60 1 line 2 For 51°23′⋅9N 2°00′⋅5E Read
51°24′⋅2N 2°00′⋅4E.
238
Paragraph 11.32 1 line 7 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 22/07 For 51°23′⋅9N 2°00′⋅5E Read
51°24′⋅2N 2°00′⋅4E.
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.59
(SDD 2007000 084415) [21/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
T’ai -wan - West Coast - Mai -Liao approaches
— Directions; wreck
87
After Paragraph 2.127 2 line 2 Insert:
Clear of a danger area, radius 1 mile, surrounding a
dangerous wreck (20 miles WNW), thence:
Taiwanese Notice 22/08
(HH. 549/400/09) [21/08]
China - Yellow Sea - Dalian — VTS; limiting
conditions; anchorages; regulations
327
After Paragraph 9.136 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
9.136a
1 Dalian VTS Centre (10.276) controls the waters of
Laotieshan Shuidao, and its use is compulsory.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).
Wk21/08
IV
4.2
362
After Paragraph 10.271 and Centre Heading Insert:
1
Controlling depths
10.271a
Dalian Gang:
Dagang Hangdao: 11⋅0 m, with 10⋅4 m to
2
No 3 Basin in Dagang Area; reported width with
10 m minimum depth is 170 to 360 m;
Ganjingzi Hangdao: 11⋅3 m in mid channel, with
9⋅2 m in W part to Ganjingzi Area, width 180 m;
Xianglujiao Hangdao: 8⋅6 m;
Heshang Dao channel: 10⋅1 m, width 130 m.
Dalian Xingang and Dayao Wan:
Crude Oil Terminal fairway: 23⋅7 m.
Mineral Terminal approach: 19⋅1 m, although up
to 23⋅5 m depending on the approach used.
Oil wharves: between about 10 and 19 m depending
on berth.
Dayao Wan fairway: 14⋅4 m, with least depth of
10⋅9 m in main area of basin; less than 10 m
farther N.
Lesser water may be found in some basins and the
chart should be consulted for details.
Paragraph 10.276 1 line 3 Replace by:
...area W of Dasanshan Dao Light and the waters of
Laotieshan Shuidao (9.136a), and Dayao Wan Port...
363
After Paragraph 10.278 2 line 6 Insert:
Tankers with a draught exceeding 8⋅0 m shall
anchor in Dalian Xingang Oil Tankers Anchorage
(below), and tankers with a draught between 7 and 8 m
should obtain advice from VTS on which anchorage to
use.
After Paragraph 10.280 3 line 4 Insert:
Deep draught. Vessels constrained by their draught
should use the appropriate fairway channel, marked by
light buoys, to approach the required port area, and
should, if possible, avoid meeting other vessels in
these channels; they should also exhibit the appropriate
signal for a deep -draught vessel as advised by the
local authority.
Speed. Maximum speed within port limits is 8 kn.
Dalian Wan. Maximum draught is generally
12⋅0 m.
Xianglujioa Area. Maximum draught 10⋅0 m in
summer, 9⋅5 m in winter; maximum length 200 m.
Heshang Dao. Maximum draught 10 m, and length
200 m; only daylight operation permitted.
Restricted channels. Sanshan Shuidao (10.288)
may not be used by merchant vessels, and
Xiaosanshan Shuidao (10.288) may not be used by
foreign merchant vessels.
After Paragraph 10.280 3 line 9 Insert:
Anchoring is prohibited in the port fairways.
UKHO; Chinese Sailing Directions, A101 2006
(HH. 032/209/02) [21/08]

NP 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume IV
(2006 Edition)
Kríti - Réthymno — Anchorages
85
Paragraph 4.123 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorages. Two anchorage areas are
centred approximately 1 mile NNW and 1⋅5 miles NE
from the head of the N mole (35°22′⋅5N 24°29′⋅1E).
The W anchorage is for vessels subject to the
International Ship and Port Facility Security Code
(ISPS); and the E anchorage is for vessels not subject
to the Code.
Greek Notice 55/08
(SDD 2008000 039148) [21/08]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2008
Approaches to IJmuiden and Noordzeekanaal —
Maas North TSS
77
Paragraph 3.21 Replace by:
1 Route. This route connects Maas North TSS
(52°15′N 4°01′E) (see Dover Strait Pilot), with Off
Texel TSS (52°48′N 4°12′E).
Hazard. The route crosses IJ -Geul DW route
leading to IJmuiden and Noordzeekanaal in the
1
vicinity of 50°30′N 4°06′E.
Paragraph 3.24 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
From a position 52°15′N 4°01′E at the exit of the
N -bound lane of Maas North TSS, the track leads
NNE for 34 miles, passing:
Across IJ -Geul DW channel at 52°30′N4°06′E; the
S....
79
Paragraph 3.47 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position 52°15′N 4°01′E at the exit of the
N -bound lane of Maas North TSS, the track leads NE
for 20 miles to the vicinity of IJM C Light Buoy
(52°28′⋅5N 4°23′⋅8E). The track passes:
SE of a light buoy (W cardinal) (52°26′⋅8N
4°18′⋅2E), thence:
NW of Wreck -Eveline Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(52°25′⋅5N 4°25′⋅1E).
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.59
(SDD 2007000 084400) [21/08]
IV
4.3
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
New York Harbor — Sandy Hook Channel
205
After Paragraph 7.109 4 line 6 Insert:
5 Caution. It was reported (2008) that the coastline at
the N end of Sandy Hook was extending seawards.
US Notice 12/12401/08
(HH. 614/500/05) [21/08]
Wk21/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
West African Gas Pipeline — prohibited
anchorage
307
Paragraph 10.4 1 line 3 Add:
The West African Gas Pipeline is laid from the
Ghanaian coast 7½ miles NE of Takoradi (4°53′N
1°45′W) (10.46), through the coastal waters of Togo
and Bénin, to the Nigerian coast 6¾ miles ESE of
Badagri (295 miles ENE) (11.67), as shown on the
chart. Anchoring is prohibited up to 1 mile either side
of the pipeline.
325
Paragraph 11.4 1 line 3 Add:
For details of the West African Gas Pipeline and
anchoring restrictions in its vicinity, see 10.4.
West African Pipeline Company
(SDDs 2008000 035247; 037123) [20/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Bayuquan — Controlling
depths; directions; leading lights
1
358
Paragraph 10.240 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Controlling depths. The least depth in the fairway,
and on the alignment of leading lights where
4
appropriate, is 13⋅8 m to No 1 Basin, and 12⋅9 m to
the other basins.
Paragraph 10.245 4-6 Replace by:
From a position close S of No 8 Light Buoy (port
hand) (40°18′⋅3N 121°55′⋅5E), the alignment (097½°)
of these lights leads for about 6½ miles through
Bayuquan Gangqu and the fairway marked by light
buoys (lateral) to a position N of No 23 Light Buoy
(starboard hand), 7¼ cables W of North Breakwater
Light (40°17′⋅4N 122°04′⋅9E). A rock with a depth of
8⋅1 m over it lies on the S
2¼ miles W of the light.
edge of the channel,
5 The track on the alignment (097½°) of leading
lights continues, passing S of No 25 Light Buoy
(W cardinal), 2¾ cables W of North Breakwater Light,
and entering the harbour between the heads of North
and West Breakwaters marked by lights:
North Breakwater Light (white round concrete
pillar, 12 m in height),
West Breakwater North Head Light (white concrete
pile).
A bank, depth 1⋅1 m, extends ½ cable N from West
Breakwater head towards the edge of the channel.
Wk20/08
4.1
After Paragraph 10.245 Add:
[20/08]
No1Basin
10.245a
1 Leading lights:
No 1 Basin Front Light (red square, white stripes on
black metal framework tower, 29 m in height)
(40°17′⋅7N 122°05′⋅4E);
Rear Light (red and white rectangle on black metal
framework tower, 35 m in height) (1 cable from
front).
From the position N of No 23 Light Buoy
(starboard hand), 7¼ cables W of North Breakwater
Light (40°17′⋅4N 122°04′⋅9E), the alignment (073°) of
the above lights leads towards and into the basin,
passing NNW of No 25 Light Buoy (W cardinal). The
N side of the channel is marked by light buoys
(preferred channel to starboard).
Chinese Chart 11521 and Chinese Notice 5/86/08
(HH. 548/524/04) [20/08]
Korea, West Coast - Kunsan and approaches —
Anchorage; regulations
402
Paragraph 11.190 1 lines 6 and 7 Delete
After Paragraph 11.192 Insert:
Traffic regulations
11.192a
1 Speed limits are in force of 10 kn in Area Nos 1
and 2, and 5 kn in Area No 3; see 11.193 for areas.
Korean Notices 8/114/08 & 13/176/08
(HH. 557/412/06) [20/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Morocco - Casablanca — Light buoy; racon
145
Paragraph 5.99 including existing Section IV Notice Week
11/08 Replace by:
Other navigational aid
5.99
1 Racon:
CA1 Light Buoy (33°40′⋅1N 7°34′⋅7W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
After Paragraph 5.101 2 line 4 Insert:
E of CA1 Light Buoy (safe water) (3 miles NNW),
thence:
Spanish Notice 5/30/08
(SDD 2008000 035391) [19/08]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Colombia - Punta Gallinas — Directions; wrecks
232
After Paragraph 8.108 1 line 4 Insert:
NNE of a stranded wreck (5½ miles ENE), thence:
Paragraph 8.108 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 NNE of Punta Chimaré (10 miles ESE), which is
fringed by drying rocks. A stranded wreck
lies close N of the point. Chimaré Light
(8.11) is exhibited from a position about
2½ miles SE of the point. Thence:
Colombian Notices 15 -16/2008
(SDDs 2008000 033803; 033804) [19/08]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st May 2008
General information - entrance to Baltic Sea —
IMO recommendations
61
Paragraph 2.8 including existing Section IV Notice Week
38/07 Replace by:
1 IMO recommendations on navigation through the
entrances to the Baltic Sea. The Maritime Safety
Committee of IMO has recommended:
Route T
(a) When passing through the entrances to the
Baltic Sea, ships should note that the maximum
obtainable depth in most parts of Route T is 17 m.
However, this depth is permanently reduced in some
areas due to sand migration.
4.1
[19/08]
(b) Variations in sea level, caused by a combination
of tide and meteorological conditions, together with
unknown obstructions on the sea bottom and sand
migration, may decrease the depth of water by up to
2 m. Therefore, it is recommended that ships should:
(i) not enter the area unless they have a draught
which provides sufficient under -keel clearance,
taking into account draught -increasing factors
including squat and the effect of a course
alteration.
(ii) In certain areas of the Storebælt (Great Belt),
Hatter Rev, Vengeancegrund and in the narrow
route E of Langeland, exhibit the signal
prescribed in Rule 28 of the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea,
1972, as amended, for a vessel constrained by her
draught.
2 (c) Ships with a draught of 11 m or more should,
furthermore:
(i) for the passage make use of the pilotage services
established by the coastal States; and:
(ii) be aware that anchoring may be necessary owing
to the weather and sea conditions in relation to the
size and draught of the ship and the sea level, and,
in this respect, take special account of the
information available from the pilot and from
radio navigation information services in the area.
3 (d) Ships, irrespective of size or draught, carrying a
shipment of irradiated nuclear fuel, plutonium and high
level radioactive wastes on board ships (INF -Code
materials) should:
(i) for the passage make use of the pilotage services
established by the coastal States.
4 (e) Shipowners and masters should consider the full
potential of new and improved navigation equipment
in SOLAS chapter V, including Electronic Chart
Display and Information System (ECDIS), when
navigating in these narrow waters.
The Sound
5 (a) Loaded oil tankers with a draught of 7 m or
more, loaded chemical tankers and gas carriers
irrespective of size, and ships carrying irradiated
nuclear fuel, plutonium and high level radioactive
wastes (INF -Code materials), when navigating the
Sound between a line connecting Svinbådan
Lighthouse and Hornbæk harbour and a line
connecting Skanör harbour and Aflandshage (the S
point of Amager island) should:
(i) make use of the pilotage services established by
the Governments of Denmark and Sweden;
(ii) be aware that anchoring maybe necessary owing
to the weather and sea conditions in relation to the
size and draught of the ship and the sea level, and,
in this respect, take special account of the
information available from the pilot and from the
radio navigation information services in the area.
6 (b) Shipowners and masters should consider the full
potential of new and improved navigation equipment
in SOLAS chapter V, including Electronic Chart
Display and Information System (ECDIS) when
navigating in these narrow waters.
Wk19/08

187
Paragraph 6.8 1 Replace by:
1 For IMO recommendations on navigation through
the entrances to the Baltic Sea, including The Sound,
see 2.8.
IMO SN.1/Circ.263
(SDD 2007000 084455) [19/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Poole — Directions
175
Paragraph 6.141 3 and 4 Replace by:
3 Between No 1 Bar Light Buoy (starboard hand)
and No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (both
2 miles SE) which mark the entrance to
Swash Channel, thence:
Between No 10 Light Buoy (port hand) (¾ cable
ENE) and No 9 Swash Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(2 cables ENE).
The line of bearing 299° of a light beacon (port
hand) (50°41′⋅2N 1°57′⋅7W), or the very narrow white
sector of the light, activated for commercial vessels
only, leads through the harbour entrance, passing:
Between No 12 Light Buoy (port hand) (1¾ cables
NW) and Chapmans Peak (2¼ cables N), an
isolated 4⋅7 m patch.
Course should then be shaped NNW, thence N,
passing:
ENE of No 14 Light Buoy (port hand) (3 cables
NW), thence:
4 Between a light beacon (W cardinal) (3½ cables
NNW) which marks the E edge of the
channel off North Haven Point, and Brownsea
Light Buoy (E cardinal) (4 cables NW) which
marks the shoal water close SE of Brownsea
Island.
The track then leads generally N to Brownsea Road
(6 cables NNW).
Poole Harbour Commissioners
(SDDs 2008000 026865; 029195) [19/08]
France - N Coast - Île de Bréhat - Chenal du
Denou — Directions; depth
304
Paragraph 10.47 2 line 6 Add:
Over, depending on draught, Basse du Chenal (2½
miles NNE) with a least depth of 3⋅6 m; thence:
French Chart 7127
(HH. 351/580/03) [19/08]
Wk19/08
IV
4.2
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - W coast - Positano to Fiume Sele —
Prohibited areas
362
After Paragraph 13.13 1 Insert:
2 Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coast
between Positano (40°38′N 14°29′E) and Salerno
(40°40′N 14°47′E).
Various items of measuring equipment have been
deployed in the coastal sea area between Positano and
Salerno. Close approach to such equipment is also
prohibited.
367
After Paragraph 13.53 1 Insert:
2 Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coast
between Salerno (40°40′N 14°47′E) and Fiume Sele
(40°29′N 14°56′E).
Various items of measuring equipment have been
deployed in the coastal sea area between Salerno and
Fiume Sele. Close approach to such equipment is also
prohibited.
Italian Notice 5.35/08
(SDD 2008000 027451) [19/08]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Greece - Nísos Paxoí — Seaplane operations area
154
After Paragraph 5.41 2 line 4 Add:
3 Seaplane operations area. A seaplane operations
area has been established (2008) centred close NNW
of Ákra Strepoúnda (5.42)
Greek Notice 46/08
(SDD 2008000 032006) [19/08]
Greece - Nísos Kérkyra — Seaplane operations
area
2
164
Paragraph 5.116 above heading For Chart 206 Read Chart
205
After Paragraph 5.116 1 line 8 Insert:
A seaplane operations area has been established
(2008) centred 1 mile NE of Ákra Komméno, as
shown on Chart 205.
Greek Notice 47/08
(SDD 2008000 032007) [19/08]

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
North -east side of Laksefjorden - Kifjorden and
Eidsfjorden — Anchorages
R55 -57 Delete
L16 -18 Delete
275
276
Norwegian Notice 04/270/08
(SDD 2008000 021660) [19/08]
Northern part of Tanafjorden - Finnkongkeila —
Anchorage
285
L21 -28 Replace by:
Description. Finnkongkeila, a narrow and deep bay,
is entered by passing S of Ytre Finnkongkeilnæringen
Light (70°54′N, 28°30′E). The bay does not afford
anchorage as a submarine cable is laid within it.
Considerable seas are raised in the inlet by E
winds.
Norwegian Notice 04/272/08
(SDD 2008000 021662) [19/08]
IV
4.3
Northern part of Tanafjorden - Hopsfjorden -
Hopseidet — Anchorage
R21 -25 Delete
286
Norwegian Notice 04/273/08
(SDD 2008000 021663) [19/08]
Makkaur to Vardø - Hamningberg — Anchorage
295
Paragraph 14.78 Replace by:
Spare
14.78
Norwegian Notice 05/355/08
(SDD 2008000 025281) [19/08]
Wk19/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Prince William Sound - Orca Bay - Port Gravina
—Depth
314
L31 For 5⋅5 m (18ft) Read 4⋅2 m (14ft)
US Notice 15/16709/08
(HH. 611/415/07) [18/08]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st May 2008
Denmark and Sweden - ship reporting systems
— SOUNDREP; BELTREP; discontinuation of
SHIPPOS
3
Paragraph 1.12 including existing Section IV Notice Week
29/07 Replace by:
Denmark and Sweden
1.12
1 SOUNDREP. With the object of improving safety
and to increase the protection of the marine
environment in the Sound, which lies between
Denmark and Sweden, a voluntary reporting system
called SOUNDREP has been established jointly by
Denmark and Sweden.
All vessels of 300 gt or greater are encouraged to
participate whilst navigating within the operating area
of SOUNDREP. The limits of the area, which are
shown on the relevant charts, are as follows:
2 N limit:
A line joining the following positions:
55°46′⋅0N 12°36′⋅0E N of Skovshoved
55°46′⋅0N 12°55′⋅0E NE of Barsebäckshamn
3 S limit:
A line joining the following points:
55°27′⋅0N 12°31′⋅0E Køge Bugt
55°27′⋅0N 12°56′⋅0E Höllviken
4 W limit:
A line joining the following points:
55°27′⋅0N 12°31′⋅0E Køge Bugt
55°33′⋅3N 12°35′⋅6E Amager, S point
Wk18/08
4.1
[18/08]
5 Details of reports required, and the positions of
reporting points, are given in Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(2).
Denmark
1.12a
1 BELTREP (Great Belt Traffic Area). In order to
increase maritime safety, safety of navigation and
protection of the marine environment in an area of
confluence and high traffic density, a mandatory ship
reporting system (BELTREP) has been established in
the Great Belt Traffic Area.
2 The following vessels are required to participate:
Vessels of 50 gt or greater;
Vessels with an air draught of 15 m or more.
3 The limits of the area, which are shown on the
relevant charts, are as follows:
4 N limit:
A line joining the following points:
55°36′⋅0N 10°38′⋅0E NE tip of Fyn
55°47′⋅0N 10°38′⋅0E E coast of Samsø
56°00′⋅0N 10°56′⋅0E E of Marthe Flak
56°00′⋅0N 11°17′⋅0E W tip of Sjællands Odde
5 S limit:
A line joining the following points:
55°01′⋅2N 10°44′⋅0E Thurø Rev Light Buoy
55°00′⋅0N 10°48′⋅7E W coast of Langeland
55°05′⋅0N 10°56′⋅1E E coast of Langeland
55°05′⋅0N 11°09′⋅0E Omø Stålgrunde
55°08′⋅4N 11°09′⋅0E S tip of Omø
55°12′⋅1N 11°15′⋅5E Stignæsværket Havn
6 Details of reports required, and the positions of
reporting points, are given in Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(2).
Danish Notice 11 -12/260/2008
(SDD 2008000 027072) [18/08]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Russia - Tuapse — Controlling depth
234
Paragraph 7.155 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. Entrance channel, which is
100 m wide, dredged to 11⋅4 m (2007).
Russian Chart 35160
(SDD 2008000 021285) [18/08]

NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Thames Estuary — Oaze Bank Light Buoy;
Mouse Anchorage
242
Paragraph 11.56 3 lines 1 -3 including existing Section IV
Week 13/06 Replace by:
3 SSE of Oaze Light Buoy (special) (1½ miles
WNW) moored off the SW extremity of
Oaze. Oaze Bank Light Buoy (starboard
hand), which is moored at the SW corner of
Oaze Restricted Zone (11.46a) lies 3 cables
N.
Thence course is adjusted W, passing:
244
Paragraph 11.72 2 line 4 For Oaze Anchorage Read Mouse
Anchorage
Port of London Authority Notice L2 of 2008
(SDD 2008000 027369) [18/08]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
Gulf of Tonkin - Hainan Dao westwards —
Gas pipeline; safety zone
260
After Paragraph 7.237 Insert:
Submarine pipeline
7.237a
1 A gas pipeline connects an area of marine
exploitation centred on 18°35′N 107°45′E enclosed by
a Safety Zone and the coast of Hainan Dao in position
19°03′N 108°37′E. For further details on gas pipelines,
see 1.15.
After Paragraph 7.241 2 line 9 Insert:
ENE of a Safety Zone (70 miles SW) (7.237a),
thence:
Chinese Notice 7/161 -165/08
(HH. 548/400/05) [18/08]
China - South Coast - Daxingshan Jiao —
Wreck
346
Paragraph 10.89 1 lines 9 -14 Replace by:
SSE of Xiaoxingshan (19½ miles NW) (10.94). A
dangerous wreck (reported 2006), position
approximate, lies 1½ miles ESE from
Xiaoxingshan. Thence:
Paragraph 10.89 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 SSE of Daxingshan Jiao (18¾ miles NNW)
(10.83). A light (10.87) is exhibited from the
summit N of the point. A dangerous wreck,
position approximate, lies 5¼ miles SSE from
IV
4.2
Daxingshan Jiao, with a further dangerous
wreck lying 7½ miles farther SSE. Thence:
Chinese Notice 10/289/08, BA Chart 1962
(HH. 548/448/11) [18/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Huanghua Gang approaches —
light; wrecks; buoyage
337
Paragraph 10.66 5 line 2 Replace by:
...with positions from the front leading light
(38°19′⋅2N 117°52′⋅2E):
Paragraph 10.67 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
... directly from the NE, keeping clear of several
dangerous wrecks each marked by a light buoy
(isolated danger) lying within 5 miles of a ...
After Paragraph 10.67 3 line 2 Insert:
Close NNW of a light buoy (isolated danger),
5 cables SSW of the obstruction, moored close N
of a dangerous wreck, thence:
Chinese Notices 34/1090/07; 36/1164 -65/07;
50/1583 -84/07
(HH. 556/420/08) [18/08]
China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang and
Caofeidian — Anchorage; pilotage
339
After Paragraph 10.88 1 line 23 Insert:
Vessels over
150 000 gt
22 miles
ESE
Vessels over
150 000 gt for
Tianjin
Xingang and
Caofeidian (see
10.115)
Depth
about 23 m
341
Paragraph 10.107 1 line 7 Replace by:
SSW of an obstruction (5½ miles WNW), thence:
SSW of an anchorage area (4 miles SW) (10.115).
343
Paragraph 10.115 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...to the mainland N by a bridge about 9 miles long.
Paragraph 10.115 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Anchorage. Pilot and quarantine anchorage area for
vessels over 150 000 gt, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies 4 miles SW of Caofeidian Light. The
anchorage is also used for vessels bound for Tianjin
Xingang (10.88).
Vessels bound for the anchorage should contact the
port before arrival. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
Wk18/08

Pilotage is compulsory and available during
daylight hours.
Chinese Notice 49/Section I/07, Chinese Chart 11762
(HH. 556/420/08; HH. 548/525/01) [18/08]
China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan - Taiping Jiao
north -westwards — wreck; buoyage
357
After Paragraph 10.235 1 line 11 Insert:
NW of a light buoy (isolated danger) (23¼ miles
WSW) and two light buoys (W cardinal), 3¼ miles
ENE and 4½ miles farther NNE, all marking dangers
(see 10.244), thence:
358
After Paragraph 10.244 1 line 6 Insert:
NW of a light buoy (isolated danger) (23¼ miles
WSW), moored close W of a dangerous wreck, thence:
NW of two light buoys (W cardinal) (20 miles and
16½ miles WSW) marking the 10 m depth contour of
the coastal bank which extends to 10 miles offshore,
thence:
Chinese Notices 7/166/08, 46/1442/07
(HH. 556/420/08 ) [18/08]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Milford Haven - Pembroke Dock —
Disestablishment of Dockyard Port
151
Paragraph 5.58 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...include all tidal waters.
153
Paragraph 5.76 4 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
In the E part of the harbour, on the S side, lie
Pembroke Dock, Port of Pembroke and a RoRo ferry
terminal.
162
After Paragraph 5.108 Delete heading: Dockyard Port of
Pembroke
Paragraph 5.109 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Carr Jetty, at the NW end of Pembroke Dock
(51°42′N 4°57′W), is of solid stone construction,
having a length of 115 m on its NE side and of 50 m
on its NW side. The jetty is connected to shore at its
root by open...
163
Paragraph 5.109 3 lines 3 -4 Delete
Paragraph 5.112 1 lines 5 -7 Delete
Paragraph 5.112 2 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...Docks, Pembroke Dock and Port of Pembroke, including
Offshore Jetty.
Wk18/08
IV
4.3
Delete entire page
321
QHM Pembroke Dock
(SDD 2008000 031020) [18/08]
NP 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume IV
(2006 Edition)
South Aegean - Órmos Lakkí — Wreck
273
After Paragraph 8.385 3 line 3 Add:
Dangerous wreck (2¼ cables S).
Greek Notice 42/08
(SDD 2008000 032002) [18/08]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Jacksonville and approaches — Pilotage
240
Paragraph 9.95 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Pilots board 5 cables E of STJ Light Buoy (safe
water) (30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W).
St Johns Bar Pilot Association
(HH. 614/630/05) [18/08]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Barbados - Carlisle Bay - Bridgetown Deep
Water Harbour — Prohibited anchorage areas
346
Paragraph 9⋅53 Replace by:
1 Within an area centred on Sharks Bank
(13°05′⋅3N 59°37′⋅9W), as shown on the
chart.
Within 1 cable of an outfall (13°05′⋅8N 59°37′⋅5W).
Within an area 1¾ cables S of the ruins of the Police
Pier (13°05′⋅6N 59°36′⋅8W) as shown on the
chart. This area is centred on an outfall which
extends 220 m seaward from a wooden jetty,
97·5 m in length.
348
Paragraph 9.78 2 line 6 Replace by:
...within an area centred on Long Shoal (13°07′⋅2N
59°38′⋅6W), as shown on the chart.
IMO SN.1 Circ.263
(HH. 671/730/04) [18/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Gabon - Estuaire du Gabon and approaches —
Directions
141
Paragraph 5.6 1 line 3 Delete W of a light buoy moored
142
Paragraph 5.8 4 lines 7 -8 Delete W of a light buoy (port
hand) (13 miles SSW) moored
Paragraph 5.10 1 lines 1 -2 Delete W of a light buoy (port
hand) (0°25′⋅8N 9°13′⋅6E), moored
Paragraph 5.10 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...18 miles to 0°18′N9°27′E, the pilot boarding position as
shown on the chart.
143
Paragraph 5.17 Replace by:
5.17
1 From a position about 7½ miles SW of Cap Santa
Clara (0°30′⋅4N 9°19′⋅3E), the track leads initially E
through Passe de la Pénélope, passing (with positions
relative to Cap Santa Clara):
SofBancdelaThémis(5½ miles SW) (5.8), thence:
N of an unmarked wreck (6¼ miles SSW) with a
depth of 2⋅5 m over it, lying on the NW extremity
of Banc de la Mouche. The sea breaks
occasionally over this bank and it may be
distinguished, even in fine weather, by the ripples
over it. And:
2 S of Banc du Postillon (3¾ miles SSW), usually
indicated by eddies.
Thence the recommended track, as indicated on the
chart, leads ESE for about 4 miles, passing:
NNE of Banc du Pongara (7½ miles S). The sea
breaks over this bank and it may be distinguished,
even in fine weather, by the ripples over it.
Thence:
NNE of a shoal patch (7 miles S) with a depth of
9⋅8 m over it, thence:
3 SSW of a buoy (port hand) (6½ miles S),
moored on the S extremity of Banc du
Caraïbe.
Paragraph 5.18 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 SW of the S extremity of Banc du Sud -Est
(9 miles SSE), thence:
SW of two shoal patches of 9⋅8 m and 9⋅9 m
(10¾ miles SSE), thence:
Paragraph 5.18 3 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Thence the track continues SE to the...
Paragraph 5.20 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by
1 From the pilot boarding...
4.1
144
Paragraph 5.24 1 line 4 For light buoy Read buoy
[17/08]
145
Paragraph 5.29 2 line 4 Replace by: passing SE of Banc du
Sud -Est (5.18).
Paragraph 5.29 2 lines 5 -6 Delete
Paragraph 5.30 1 line 6 Add: A mooring buoy (black and
white) lies 1½ cables W of the SSE end of the breakwater.
146
Paragraph 5.50 1 line 3 Replace by:
...de la Thémis (0°26′⋅8N 9°15′⋅0E) (5.8). See...
147
Paragraph 5.52 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt and
available 24 hours. Pilot boards in the vicinity of
0°18′N 9°27′E, as indicated on the chart.
Paragraph 5.56 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From the charted pilot boarding position (0°18′N
9°27′E), the track leads ESE for about 4 miles...
Paragraph 5.58 1 line 7 Add: There is a shoal patch of 4⋅9 m
2½ miles WSW of Pointe Owendo.
148
Paragraph 5.64 1 lines 1 -2 Delete W of a light buoy moored
Paragraph 5.64 2 lines 1 -2 For W of the light buoy
mentioned above Read about 7½ miles SW of Cap Santa
Clara
Paragraph 5.70 1 line 1 Delete W of the light buoy (port
hand) moored
Paragraph 5.72 1 line 1 Delete W of the light buoy (port
hand) moored
French Notice 08/02/30; French Chart 6369
(SDDs 2008000 007509; 008299) [17/08]
Congo - Pointe Indienne — Directions; wreck
163
After Paragraph 5.237 4 line 12 Add:
SW of a stranded wreck (4°41′⋅5S 11°45′⋅2E).
Thence:
Navarea II Warning 098/08
(SDD 2008000 029105) [17/08]
Wk17/08

NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st May 2008
Ecuador – Archipiélago de Colón —
Recommended tracks
78
After Paragraph 2.62 1 line 7 Add:
2 Recommended tracks, which are mandatory as a
condition of port entry for all ships and barges
carrying cargoes of oil or potentially hazardous
material and for all ships of 500 gt and above entering
or departing any port in Archipiélago de Colón, are
established on the E and W sides of the ATBA/PSSA
(2.66), and are shown on the charts.
82
After Paragraph 2.79 2 line 5 Add:
Caution. These directions lie within the
ABTA/PSSA, see 2.62.
86
After Paragraph 2.120 2 line 3 Add:
Caution. These directions lie within the
ABTA/PSSA, see 2.62.
After Paragraph 2.124 5 line 2 Add:
Caution. These directions lie within the
ABTA/PSSA, see 2.62.
88
After Paragraph 2.137 4 line 2 Add:
Caution. These directions lie within the
ABTA/PSSA, see 2.62.
90
After Paragraph 2.151 3 line 13 Add:
Caution. These directions lie within the
ABTA/PSSA, see 2.62.
92
After Paragraph 2.169 1 line 11 Add:
Caution. These directions lie within the
ABTA/PSSA, see 2.62.
93
After Paragraph 2.170 2 line 9 Add:
Caution. These directions lie within the
ABTA/PSSA, see 2.62.
After Paragraph 2.173 1 line 6 Add:
Caution. These directions lie within the
ABTA/PSSA, see 2.62.
94
After Paragraph 2.182 2 line 8 Add:
Caution. These directions lie within the
ABTA/PSSA, see 2.62.
IMO SN.1/Circ.263
(HH. 597/730/05) [17/08]
Wk17/08
IV
4.2
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st July 2008
Iceland, south -west coast — Traffic Separation
Scheme; Areas to be Avoided; reporting area
4
1
After Paragraph 1.23 Add:
1.23a
The mandatory “Off the Southwest Coast of Iceland
Reporting System” (TRANSREP) has been established
for ships within the Eastern Area to be Avoided
(ATBA) (See 2.4a).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(2).
75
After Paragraph 2.4 Add:
Routeing measures
2.4a
1 Applicability. These regulations apply to all vessels
of 500 gt or more except fishing vessels, warships,
naval auxiliary ships and coastguard vessels. However
such craft are encouraged to participate in the scheme.
2 Areas to be Avoided:
Eastern ATBA has been established off the S and
SW coasts of Iceland, extending from Dyrhólaey
W to Reykjanes, then N to Garðskagi, and
including Vestmannaeyjar. Vessels calling at
ports within the ATBA are permitted to enter, and
those of less than 5000 gt on passage between
Icelandic ports, not carrying dangerous or toxic
cargoes, may transit S of 63°45′N.
3 Western ATBA has been established around
Fuglasker, a group of islets and shoals
between the inner and outer two -way routes,
SW of the Reykjanes Peninsula (63°48′N
22°42′W).
Syðrahraun (Syðra -Hraun) Bank ATBA has been
established around the shoals comprising
Sydrahraun Bank, 11 miles NE of Garðskagi
Point (64°04′N 22°41′W).
4 Two -way routes and TSS have been established to
pass around the Western ATBA, and around Garðskagi
Point. The inner two -way route passes through Húllið
Passage, ENE of the Western ATBA, and 3 miles SW
of Reykjanes. It may be only be used by the
following:
5 Vessels of less than 5000 gt not carrying
dangerous or noxious cargoes.
Vessels of less than 5000 gt carrying gas cargoes or
petroleum products with maximum viscosity
11⋅0 centistokes at 40°C, provided the master has
a transit permit.
Vessels of less than 20 000 gt, not carrying
dangerous or noxious cargoes, provided the
master has a transit permit.
6 All other vessels must use the outer two -way route,
which passes W of the Western ATBA, and includes a
short TSS at its S end.
Northwest of Garðskagi Point, routeing consists of
a short TSS with a two -way route attached at each
end.

78
Paragraph 2.29 1 line 7 Add:
From the position S of Kötlutangi vessels which are
permittted to enter the Eastern ATBA may follow the
route described at 2.36 (See 2.4a for regulations).
Paragraph 2.29 2 line 6 For 2.36 Read 2.35a
Paragraph 2.31 Replace by:
Charts 2902, 2733
Routes
2.31
1 From a position about 5 miles S of Kötlutangi
2
(63°23′N 18°44′W), the coastal route leads 53 miles
WSW to a position S of Surtsey, at the SW extremity
of Vestmannaeyjar.
For vessels permitted to enter the Eastern ATBA
(See 2.4a) an inshore route leads from the position S
of Kötlutangi 11 miles W to a position about 6 miles S
of Dyrhólaey Light, thence 30 miles WNW to
Eyjasund (63°30′N 20°12′W), which separates
Vestmannaeyjar from the mainland.
3 Passages through Vestmannaeyjar for vessels
permitted
described.
to enter the Eastern ATBA are also
79
After Paragraph 2.35 Add:
COASTAL ROUTE
Directions
(continued from 2.29)
1
2.35a
From a position 5 miles S of Kötlutangi (63°23′N
18°44′W), the coastal route leads 53 miles WSW to a
position S of Surtsey (63°18′N 20°36′W), passing
(with positions from Dyrhólaey Light (63°24′N
2
19°08′W)):
SSE of Reynisdrangar (2¾ miles E) (2.36), thence:
SSE of Dyrhólaey. Dyrhólaey Light (2.35) stands on
the SW end of the headland, thence:
SSE of Heimaey (31 miles W) (2.39), thence:
SSE of Surtsey (40½ miles W) (2.39).
Note. From a position SSE of Surtsey, vessels that
are not permitted to transit the two -way route E of the
Western ATBA must use the offshore route described
in 2.77a (See 2.4a for regulations).
(Directions continue at 2.77b)
INSHORE ROUTE
Paragraph 2.36 1 line 2 For coastal Read inshore
85
Paragraph 2.72 Replace by:
Chart 2733
Routes
2.72
1 From a position SSE of Surtsey (63°18′N
20°36′W), an offshore route leads 80 miles WNW to
the outer two -way route SW of Fuglasker.
For appropriate vessels, a coastal route leads
64 miles WNW to the inner two -way route at the SE
entrance to Húllið.
IV
4.3
2 For vessels navigating within the Eastern ATBA, an
inshore route leads WNW through Eyjasund to a
position about 6 miles SSW of Eyrarbakki. See 2⋅4a
for regulations.
Paragraph 2.77 Add:
86
OFFSHORE ROUTE
Directions
(continued from 2.35a)
2.77a
1 For principal marks see 2.75 and 2.83.
The offshore route leads 80 miles WNW to a
position 28 miles SW of Reykjanes Light (63°49′N
22°42′W), and the N -bound lane of the TSS at the SE
end of the outer two -way traffic route W of the
Western ATBA, passing SSW of Geirfugladrangur
(63°41′N 23°17′W).
(Directions continue at 3.13a)
COASTAL ROUTE
Directions
(continued from 2.35a)
2.77b
1 For principal marks see 2.75 and 2.83.
For vessels permitted to use the Húllið Passage the
coastal route leads 64 miles WNW to a position
9 miles S of Reykjanes Light (63°49′N 22°42′W), at
the SE end of the inner two -way route through Húllið.
(Directions continue at 3.14)
INSHORE ROUTE
87
Paragraph 2.86 1 line 3 Replace by:
...position about 9 miles S of Reyjanes Light (2.84) where
this route re -joins the coastal route, ...
90
Paragraph 2.102 1 line 2 Add:
With the exception of Eldeyjarboði (63°29′N
23°49′W) and a bank 11 miles farther SW (see below),
the dangers of Fuglasker lie within the Western ATBA
(2.4a).
94
Paragraph 3.7 Replace by:
Charts 2733, 2734
Routes
3.7
1 From a position 28 miles SW of Reykjanes Light
(63°49′N 22°42′W) the offshore route leads 12 miles
NNW, thence 26 miles NE to a position 8½ miles
WSW of Garðskagi Light (64°05′N 22°42′W).
From a position 9 miles S of Reykjanes Light, the
track for those vessels authorised to use the inner
two -way coastal route leads 24 miles NNW through
Húllið to a position 8½ miles WSW of Garðskagi
Light.
Wk17/08

After Paragraph 3.13 1 Add:
OFFSHORE ROUTE
Directions
(continued from 2.77a)
1
3.13a
From a position 28 miles SW of Reykjanes Light
(63°49′N 22°42′W), the offshore route leads initially
for 2½ milesin the NNW -bound lane of the TSS,
then 9 miles farther NNW to a position 10 miles W of
Geirfugladrangur (63°41′N 23°17′W), passing WSW of
a shoal depth of 24 m (63°35′N 23°30′W) and ENE of
Eldeyjarboði (10 miles farther SW).
2 Thence the route leads 26 miles NE to a position
8½ miles WSW of Garðskagi Light (64°05′N
22°42′W), passing NW of Fuglasker (2.102).
(Directions continue at 3.33)
Paragraph 3.14 1 lines 1 -4 and heading Replace by:
COASTAL ROUTE
Directions
(continued from 2.77b and 2.86)
Húllið
3.14
1 From a position 9 miles S of Reykjanes Light
(63°49′N 22°42′W) the track leads 10 miles NNW
through Húllið; the passage between Fuglasker and the
Reykjanes promontory, to a position 4 miles WNW of
Reykjanes Light; passing...
95
Paragraph 3.15 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 From a position 4 miles WNW of Reykjanes Light
(63°49′N 22°42′W) the track leads 13 miles NNW to a
position 8½ miles WSW of Garðskagi Light
(64°05′N,...
Paragraph 3.15 5 lines 2 -8 Replace by:
To a position WSW of Garðskagi Light (8 miles
NNE).
96
Paragraph 3.27 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position 8½ miles WSW of Garðskagi, the
route to Reykjavik leads 30 miles generally ENE to
the vicinity of...
97
Paragraph 3.33 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position 8½ miles WSW of Garðskagi Light
(64°05′N 22°42′W), the track leads 8 miles NE into a
TSS; then 13 miles E; finally 9 miles ENE to...
Paragraph 3.33 1 line 5 Replace by:
Clear of a moored waverider light buoy (special)
(6½ miles WSW), thence:
NW of Garðskagi, a low, rocky point. Mávatangi, a
submerged reef, lies close offshore 8 cables SW.
Another submerged reef extends 1 mile NW from
the extremity of the point. Garðskagi Light (3.12)
stands on the extremity of the point. Thence:
Wk17/08
IV
4.4
Paragraph 3.33 2 line 5 After it. Insert: Syðrahraun is
designated as an ATBA (2.4a).
IMO NAV 53/3/8; 53/3/9; 53/3/20; Icelandic Notice 1/08
(SDDs 2008000 0084403; 0084413; 0084456; 029219)
[17/08]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st May 2008
The Sound - Helsingborg to Lous Flak — Traffic
Separation Scheme
199
Paragraph 6.89 1 lines 5 -9 Replace by:
... as shown on the chart, passing ENE of W5 Light Buoy (N
cardinal) (56°01′⋅7N 12°38′⋅8E), marking the apex of a
triangular separation zone between the East and West
channels. The track continues ENE of Disken (56°00N
12°39′E), an extensive bank, marked by W6 and W7 Light
Buoys (starboard hand). A shoal patch with a depth over it
of 10⋅8 m lies 2 cables NNE of the W5 Light Buoy (N
cardinal).
Paragraph 6.92 1 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
...SSW through a continuation of the traffic separation
scheme for about 2 miles, passing WNW of W5 Light Buoy
(N cardinal) (6.89). The track continues passing WNW of
W5A Light Buoy (port hand), marking the N extremity of
Disken (6.89).
IMO COLREGS.2/Circ.59
(SDD 2007000 084401) [17/08]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st May 2008
Poland - Gulf of Gdamsk — Traffic Separation
Scheme
14
Paragraph 1.84 1 line 10 Add:
In the approaches to Polish ports in the Gulf of
Gdamsk (54°32′⋅0N 18°48′⋅5E).
Paragraph 1.84 3 lines 1 -3 Delete
353
Paragraph 9.5 1 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes. Two TSSs, shown on
the chart, are established within Gulf of Gdamsk for
ships proceeding to and from ports on the SW side of
the gulf. The schemes are IMO -adopted and Rule 10
of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions
at Sea (1972) applies.

354
Paragraph 9.11 1 Replace by:
1 A mandatory reporting system, GDANREP, is in
operation in the approaches to Gdynia/Gdamsk. The
following vessels are required to report to the Gulf of
Gdamsk VTS centre on crossing the outer boundary of
the VTS area:
All passenger vessels.
All vessels of 150 gt and above.
All vessels engaged in towing.
355
Paragraph 9.19 1 line 4 For N Read NNE
Paragraph 9.19 1 line 5 For (54°35′⋅5N, 18°53′⋅4E) Read
(54°35′⋅4N 18°53′⋅3E)
Paragraph 9.19 2 line 7 After ...for 10 miles to... Insert a
precautionary area in...
Paragraph 9.20 1 line 3 For 32 miles Read 30 miles
Paragraph 9.21 1 Replace by:
1 Two -way recommended traffic routes connect GD
Light Buoy with NP Light Buoy and GN Light Buoy
with PP Light Buoy.
Vessels moving between the approaches to Gdynia
and the approaches to Gdamsk should use these routes.
Paragraph 9.22 Delete
IMO COLREG.2/Circ.59
(SDD 2007000 084401) [17/08]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Russia - Kronshtadskiy Korabel’nyy Farvater —
Directions; wreck
123
After Paragraph 3.198 4 line 5 Add:
NNE of a wreck (3¼ miles SE) with a depth of 0⋅7 m
over it, thence:
Russian Notice 9/936/2008
(SDD 2008000 021896) [17/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Approaches to Lorient - Passe du Sud —
Directions
87
Paragraph 4.111 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 Initial position 47°40′⋅5N 3°22′⋅4W, 8½ cables SW
of Pointe de Gâvres.
IV
4.5
2 The line of bearing 008½° of the daymark (white
rectangular panel, red stripe attached to a girder above
the warehouse on Môle Central) (47°43′⋅7N 3°21′⋅8W)
leads 1¼ miles N through Passe du Sud, passing
(positions given from Les Trois Pierres Light):
French Notice 08/12/18
(SDD 2008000 029686) [17/08]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Georgia - Reka Khobi — Kulevi Terminal
242
After Paragraph 7.240 Insert:
Kulevi Terminal
General information
7.240a
1 Position and function. Kulevi Terminal (42°17′N
41°38′E) is situated on the S bank of the Reka Khobi.
The terminal consists of several storage tanks for oil
and oil products supplied by railway from Azerbaijan,
Turkmenistan and Kazakhstan. Future plans include
facilities to handle LPG.
The port is located within the Kolkheti National
Park and Ramsar site.
2 Port limits. The port limits include the width of
River Khobi from the N bank to the berth line on the
S bank, and as far E as a line from the N bank of the
river Khobi to the E bank of the River Tsiva.
3 Port owners. The State Oil Company of the
Republic of Azerbaijan (SOCAR).
Limiting conditions
7.240b
1 Maximum size of vessel handled: 105 000 dwt;
244 m LOA; 15 m draught.
Arrival information
7.240c
1 Vessel Traffic Service. A VTS is maintained for
the regulation of shipping in the approach to the port.
Anchorage. Vessels anchor at anchorage area
No 200 (42°11′⋅3N 41°36′⋅8E) off P’ot’i.
Pilotage is compulsory and the pilot boards in the
vicinity of the fairway buoy (42°17′⋅5N 41°35′⋅8E).
Tugs are available. Four are provided to assist in
turning the vessel and berthing.
2 Regulations:
Berthing and departure is carried out during daylight
hours only, in wind speeds of not more than
15 m/s and wave heights not more than 1 m.
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the port and
entrance channel.
3 Spoil ground. A spoil ground, approximately
6 cables square, is located 2¼ miles SW of the harbour
entrance.
Wk17/08

Harbour
7.240d
1 Natural conditions. An almost constant current sets
NNW at a rate of up to ½ kn.
Directions
7.240e
1 Useful marks:
A group of stranded wrecks which help protect the
river entrance, are located close SW of the
channel between the turning basin and the river
mouth.
Kulevi Light (red metal structure, 45 m in height)
(42°16′⋅5N 41°38′⋅1E).
The port is approached from the open sea via a
dredged channel 2⋅4 miles long, 210 m wide and 12 m
deep. The projected depth of the channel is to be
increased to 18 m (2008).
2 A channel, which is orientated 120° -300°, is
marked by paired buoys and leads from the fairway
buoy to the harbour.
Cautions. A dangerous wreck lies close to the
starboard side of the channel between Nos 5 and 7
buoys.
Depths in the channel are subject to change. The
port authority should be consulted for the latest
information.
Berths
7.240f
1 Three tanker loading berths:
No 1: length 290 m; depth 17⋅1 m.
No 2: length 230 m; depth 13⋅6 m.
No 3: length 60 m; depth 5⋅5 m.
Vessels berth port side to.
Paragraph 7.245 1 Delete
242
Black Sea Terminals Ltd harbour plans
(SDDs 2008000 017545; 030285) [17/08]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Malaysia – Sarawak – Pelabuhan Bintulu —
Harbour
111
Paragraph 4.212 4 line 4 For 3581(P)/05 Read 1283(P)/08
112
Paragraph 4.219 4 line 6 Replace by:
...1283(P)/08.
Malaysian Chart 7317
(SDD 2008000 006891) [17/08]
Philippines – Subic Bay — Depths
202
Paragraph 9.16 2 line 3 Replace by:
...951(P)/07.
Philippine Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2006000 397242) [17/08]
Wk17/08
IV
4.6
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - Capo Mele to Capo di Vado — Prohibited
areas
139
Paragraph 4.44 3 Replace by:
3 Entry is prohibited to a protected marine area
established (2008) SSE of Bergeggi (44°14′⋅8N
8°26′⋅5E), bounded by a line joining the following
positions:
44°14′⋅7N 8°26′⋅7E
44°14′⋅7N 8°27′⋅4E
44°13′⋅7N 8°27′⋅4E
44°13′⋅7N 8°26′⋅3E
44°14′⋅3N 8°26′⋅3E
4 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of an outfall
extending 8 cables ESE from Capo di Vado (44°15′⋅6N
8°27′⋅4E)
Italian Notice 4.27
(SDD 2008000 021990) [17/08]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
South Pacific Ocean - Tuvalu - Niulakita —
Depth
436
After Paragraph 15.14 2 line 14 Insert:
15 m 10°54′⋅5S 179°45′⋅5E Depth (2008).
MV Cape Lambert
(HH. 589/400/03) [17/08]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
New York Harbor — Project depths
213
Paragraph 7.162 1 line 1 For 13⋅7 m(45ft)Read 10⋅7 m
(35 ft)
214
Paragraph 7.170 1 lines 3 -4 For 13⋅7 m(45ft)Read 12⋅2 m
(40 ft)
Paragraph 7.177 1 line 4 For 9⋅8 m (32ft) Read 9⋅1 m
(30 ft)
215
Paragraph 7.180 2 line 3 For 13⋅7 m(45ft)Read 12⋅2 m
(40 ft)
Paragraph 7.181 2 line 2 For 13⋅7 m(45ft)Read 12⋅2 m
(40 ft)
US Army Corps of Engineers
(HH. 078/551/08) [17/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - East Coast - Nanri Shuidao —
Directions; wreck
159
After Paragraph 4.222 4 line 10 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (25°13′⋅5N 119°24′⋅8E)
lying in the middle of the strait, thence:
Chinese Notice 5/100/08
(HH. 548/451/01) [16/08]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Jºfarºbºd to Gopnºth Point - PØpºvºv Port—
Directions
272
Paragraph 8.106 1-3 Replace by:
1 Landmarks: for details of marks in the vicinity of
the port, see 8.97.
West Channel No 1 Leading Lights:
Front light (metal framework structure, 35 m in
height) (20°55′⋅1N 71°30′⋅3E),
Rear light (metal framework tower, 45 m in height)
(1 cable from the front light).
2 From the vicinity of Fairway Light Buoy
(20°52′⋅8N 71°29′⋅9E), the alignment (009½°) ofthese
lights leads into West Channel, marked by light buoys
(lateral), and towards UCL Jetty (8.107).
No 2 Leading Lights:
Front light (20°55′⋅5N 071°31′⋅0E),
Rear light (1½ cables from the front light).
From a position in West Channel about 1 cable off
UCL Jetty the alignment (037°) of these lights leads to
GPPL jetty.
Indian Notice 651/(24/07); BA 1486
(SDD 2007000 094034) [16/08]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Westray Firth - North -western
part — Directions
210
Paragraph 5.314 2 line 4 Replace by:
...the S end of Westray, noting an isolated rock
with 9⋅6 m over it 1¾ miles SW of Point of Huro.
Wart Holm, a green islet, ...
UK Government Survey
(SDD 2008000 014130) [16/08]
Wk16/08
4.1
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
River Humber — Pilotage
[16/08]
165
Paragraph 7.3 2-3 Replace by:
2 Vessels requiring a pilot should communicate
through VTS Humber and should give at least
12 hours notice of requirement. Pilot boarding and
disembarkation positions are as follows:
Deep -draught vessels (53°39′⋅8N 0°22′⋅0E). This
position, 1½ miles NE of Humber Light Float,
applies to vessels defined as Very Large Ships
(7.6) and is used both for embarkation and
disembakation. Such vessels may also be boarded
in the Deep Water Anchorage (7.10).
3 PB1 (Papa Bravo 1) (53°33′⋅3N 0°15′⋅0E). This
position, about 5 cables SE of Spurn Light
Float, is the main boarding position for all
inbound vessels except Very Large Ships
(7⋅6) and other large or complex vessels.
PB2 (Papa Bravo 2) (53°34′⋅4N 0°16′⋅5E). This
position, in the vicinity of S Binks Light Buoy, is
the boarding position for large or complex vessels
inbound via New Sand Hole TSS.
4 PB3 (Papa Bravo 3) (53°33′⋅2N 0°18′⋅0E). This
position, in the vicinity of Inner Sea Reach
Light Buoy, is the boarding position for large
or complex vessels inbound via Inner Sea
Reach TSS.
River Trent and River Ouse (53°44′⋅1N
0°20′⋅5W). Vessels, which are exempt
compulsory pilotage on River Humber but which
require a pilot for Rivers Trent or Ouse, embark
the pilot in Hull Roads off Riverside Quay, Albert
Dock.
5 Outward (53°32′⋅5N 0°15′⋅0E). All vessels,
except Very Large Ships (7.6), disembark the
pilot about 1 mile E of Haile Sand Light
Buoy.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals 6(1).
Associated British Ports Notice H.20/2008
(SDD 2008000 028980) [16/08]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Ría De Pontevedra — Directions
106
Paragraph 4.138 3 lines 3 and 4 Replace by:
NNW of Los Pelados (1½ miles ESE), a shoal with a
depth of 6⋅9 m over it, marked by a light buoy
(prefered channel to port); thence:
Spanish Notice 12/70/08
(SDD 2008000 028240) [16/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Uruguay - Approaches to Rio de La Plata —
Directions
284
After Paragraph 9.31 2 line 6 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck, position approximate
(60 miles ENE), thence:
After Paragraph 9.31 5 line 12 Add:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (39 miles ESE), thence:
Uruguayan Chart 3
(HH. 652/410/05) [15/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Île Hoëdic - Port de l’Argol — Directions
111
Paragraph 5.123 1 line 2 For (183° -203°) Read
(183° -194°)
SHOM
(SDD 2008000 019489) [15/08]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2007 Edition)
Port of Vancouver — Ballast water exchange
202
Paragraph 6.142 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Ballast water exchange program. Transport
Canada is the Federal Agency responsible for the
Ballast Water Control and Management Regulations.
Internet. www.tc.gc.ca
Canada West Notice 02/08
(BC Coast, S Portion, Vol 1 17th Edition)
(HH. 078/050/04) [15/08]
Wk15/08
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Plymouth - Rubble Bank — Directions
[15/08]
122
Paragraph 4.229 7 line 8 Replace by:
...fairway, and an isolated 7⋅6 m patch (8½ cables WNW).
The chart is the best guide.
Queen’s Harbour Master (Plymouth)
(SDD 2008000 025619) [15/08]
Baie de Seine - Port -en -Bessin — Directions
406
Paragraph 13.56 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Caution. Dangerous wrecks (positions doubtful) lie
6¼ cables N and 2 miles NNE of the entrance.
French Notice 08/21/2008
(SDD 2008000 020829) [15/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Congo — Moanda Terminal
179
Paragraph 6.91 1 lines 1 - 7 including headings Replace by:
Muanda Terminal
Chart 658
General information
6.91
1 Position and function. Muanda Oil Terminal
(5°58′⋅4S 12°06′⋅6E) is located 12 miles off the coast
with an SPM and FSO Kalamu, 274m LOA and
141 000 dwt..
Terminal Authority. Muanda International Oil
Company, Kinshasa.
Email. zmoore@cd.perenco.com
Paragraph 6.92 1 lines 4 -5 For 16⋅76 m, 160 000 dwt. Read
17 m, 175 000 dwt.
Paragraph 6.93 2-3 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorage may be obtained in a designated
anchorage 2 miles N of the SPM (5°58′⋅4S 12°06′⋅6E).
3 Submarine pipelines are laid to the terminal from
associated platforms: GCO Oilfield 3½ miles ENE.
Pilotage is compulsory and is conducted by the
Mooring Master.
Tugs are not available.
Restricted area. The FSO and SPM are enclosed
within a restricted area, see 6.83.
4 Regulations. The flag of the Democratic Republic
of Congo must be flown at all times.
Paragraph 6.94 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Paragraph 6.95 1 Replace by:
1 The SPM and FSO (5°58′⋅4S 12°06′⋅6E) are moored
in a depth of 27 m and are lit. Vessels moor in tandem
with the FSO.
Muanda Terminal Mooring Master
(SDD 2008000 024680) [14/08]
Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions
204
Paragraph 7.124 1 lines 5 -6 Delete
206
Paragraph 7.143 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2008000 023682) [14/08]
4.1
Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon
223
After Paragraph 8.10 1 Add:
[14/08]
Other aid to navigation
8.10a
1 Racon:
Fria Cove (18°17′⋅7S 11°57′⋅5E).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
South African Notice 2/36/2008
(SDD 2008000 024260) [14/08]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Approaches to Karskär and Långharen —
Directions
3
375
Paragraphs 9.207 3 to 9.207 4 line 3 Replace by:
Långharen. For Långharen leave the recommended
track, which passes NW of Herosgrund through Yttre
Fjärden, at a position about 5 cables NNE of
Herosgrund Light on to the alignment (189°) of
4
Karskär Leading Lights:
Karskär Leading Lights:
Front light (orange rectangular board, on framework
tower, 6 m in height) (60°41′⋅4N 17°17′⋅0E).
Rear light (similar structure, 8 m in height) (300 m S
of front light).
From the above position, the alignment (189°) of
the leading lights, leads to Långharen passing E of
Herosgrund and between Draggrundet (60°41′⋅9N
17°17′⋅8E), marked by a buoy (starboard hand) and
Indiamansgrundet, marked by several buoys (lateral
and cardinal). When about 3½ cables from the front
light course is then adjusted to the berth.
Paragraph 9.208 4 line 7 Delete
Swedish Notice 199/4705/2008
(SDD 2008000 024027) [14/08]
Wk14/08

NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Hainan Dao - Fangcheng Gang —
Directions; berths
233
Paragraph 7.49 2 line 4 For (21°28′N 108°21′E) Read
(21°27′⋅0N 108°23′⋅4E)
234
Paragraph 7.49 3 line 9 For (21°28′N 108°21′E) Read:
(21°27′⋅0N 108°23′⋅4E)
Paragraph 7.50 1 line 1 - 7.50 3 line 3 Replace by:
1 Entry. Fangcheng Gang Fairway is a dredged
2
buoyed channel (7.34) which is entered between two
light buoys (lateral) moored 2 miles W of No 0 Light
Buoy. This fairway leads N for 5½ miles, passing
1 mile E of Sanya Shi Light. The main fairway then
leads NW through Xixian Fairway and thence into the
port. Alternatively, a second fairway leads NNE for
2½ miles from this junction to an offshore berth.
Leading lights. Four consecutive sets of leading
lights lead into Fangcheng Gang as follows:
Xixian Hangdao Leading Lights:
Pingshi Front Light (21°34′⋅7N 108°19′⋅2E).
Rear light (500 m NW from front light).
3 The alignment (317½°) of these lights leads through
Xixian Fairway.
Paragraph 7.52 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.52
After Paragraph 7.53 1 Insert:
2 Two offshore berths now lie within the port limits:
Aberth(21°35′N 108°22′E) lies about 2 miles ESE
of the main port at the head of the secondary
fairway (7.50).
Aberth(21°33′N 108°21′E) lies about 3 miles SSE
of the main port close N of the junction of
Fangcheng Gang Fairway and Xixian Fairway.
Chinese Chart 16791; BA Chart 41
(HH. 548/402/03) [14/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions
144
Paragraph 4.129 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 The track leads WNW through...
145
Paragraph 4.131 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 The track leads WNW through...
147
Paragraph 4.135 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
Chinese Notice 4/65/08
(HH. 548/456/07 ) [14/08]
Wk14/08
IV
4.2
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Honshu - Tokyo Wan, N part — Directions;
traffic regulations
201
After Paragraph 8.204 Insert:
1
Traffic regulations
8.204a
Vessels should leave Tokyo Offing Light Buoy on
their port side when navigating within 1 mile of the
buoy.
Vessels should not anchor within 1 mile of Tokyo
Offing Light Buoy.
Paragraph 8.206 2 Delete
Paragraph 8.207 1 line 2 Replace by:
Tokyo Offing Light Buoy (35°32′⋅5N 139°51′⋅4E).
Paragraph 8.208 Replace by:
1 Trans -Tokyo Bay Highway to pilot boarding
2
position. From a position SE of Central Light Beacon
No 3 (35°29′⋅6N 139°51′⋅9E) (8.83) the track leads N
to a position E of Tokyo Offing Light Buoy (safe
water) (35°32′⋅5N 139°51′⋅4E), passing, with positions
relative to Kazenoto (35°29′⋅5N 139°50′⋅1N):
E of Central Light Beacon No 3 (1½ miles E),
thence:
W of Keiyo Sea -Berth (5 miles ENE), thence:
E of Tokyo Offing Light Buoy, thence:
To the pilot boarding position (4¼ miles NNE).
Useful mark:
Tokyo Light Beacon (white round tower on platform
on piles) (35°34′⋅0N 139°49′⋅7E). The light
beacon can be difficult to distinguish amongst
vessels at anchor. The light beacon is also a traffic
signal station and exhibits traffic control signal
lights.
(Directions continue for Tokyo -Ku at 8.238)
1
205
Paragraph 8.227 1 Replace by:
Quarantine anchorage, in a depth of about 12 to
15 m, mud, good holding ground, lies 6 cables E of
Tokyo Light Beacon (35°34′⋅0N 139°49′⋅7E); the area
is shown on the chart.
After Paragraph 8.231 1 line 4 Insert:
Restricted area. The outer part of Tokyo West
Passage, from No 1 Light Buoy (35°33′⋅0N
139°50′⋅3E), NW to a line joining No 3 and 4 Light
Buoys, thence SE to No 2 Light Buoy, is a restricted
area where vessels should not anchor or release their
tows unless in an emergency.
Prohibited area. An area marked by light buoys
(special), into which entry is prohibited, lies to the S
and E of Tokyo International Airport.
Japanese Chart JP 1061 (03/08)
(HH. 563/434/07) [14/08]

NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III (2006
Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st May 2008
NW Hawaiian Islands — PSSA; ATBA;
reporting system
9
After Paragraph 1.67 Insert:
Particularly sensitive sea area
1.67a
1 To protect the environment of the Northwestern
Hawaiian Islands, a Particularly Sensitive Sea Area,
the Papahãnaumokuãkea Marine National Monument
(15.3a) has been established. For extracts of the
regulations which prohibit and restrict certain activities
within the area, see Appendix X. For full details see
U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 50 CFR 404 and for
additional information see http://hawaiireef.noaa.gov.
Reporting system
1.67b
1 A ship reporting system (CORAL SHIPREP) is
established for Papahãnaumokuãkea Marine National
Monument. For further information Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 1 (2).
331
Existing Section IV Notice Week 26/07 Paragraph 15.3a
including heading Replace by:
Papahãnaumokuãkea
Monument
15.3a
Marine National
1 Papahãnaumokuãkea Marine National Monument
(see diagram at Appendix X), a Particularly Sensitive
Sea Area (1.67a), encompasses an area approximately
50 miles to seaward of the islands, atolls and reefs
contained between 23°N to 29°Nand 161°W to
179°W. This area includes all areas of Hawaiian
Islands National Wildlife Refuge (15.4) and Midway
Atoll National Wildlife Refuge (15.78). For extracts of
the regulations which prohibit and restrict certain
activities within the area, see Appendix X. For full
details see U.S. Code of Federal Regulations
50 CFR 404 and any additional information see
1
http://hawaiireef.noaa.gov.
Paragraph 15.5 Replace by:
Areas to be avoided. The IMO has adopted certain
areas within Papahãnaumokuãkea Marine National
2
Monument which should be avoided. All vessels solely
in transit should avoid the areas contained within a
circle of radius 50 miles centred on the following
positions:
23°03′N 161°55′W (Nihoa Island) (15.9).
23°35′N 164°42′W (Necker Island) (15.16).
23°45′N 166°15′W (French Frigate Shoals) (15.22).
25°00′N 168°00′W (Gardner Pinnacles) (15.37).
25°20′N 170°01′W (Between Maro Reef and Raita
Bank).
IV
3 25°25′N 170°35′W (Maro Reef) (15.46).
25°46′N 171°44′W (Laysan Island) (15.53).
26°04′N 173°58′W (Lisianski Island) (15.62).
27°51′N 175°51′W (Pearl and Hermes Atoll)
(15.68).
28°14′N 177°22′W (Midway Islands) (15.73).
28°24′N 178°20′W (Kure Atoll) (15.92).
4 The areas contained between the following
1
geographical positions:
26°53′⋅2N 173°49′⋅6W to 26°35′⋅6N 171°35′⋅6W.
25°14′⋅4N 174°06′⋅4W to 24°57′⋅6N 171°57′⋅1W.
25°38′⋅9N 167°25′⋅3W to 24°24′⋅8N 165°40′⋅9W.
24°14′⋅3N 168°22′⋅1W to 23°05′⋅8N 166°47′⋅8W.
After Paragraph 15.6 Insert:
Reporting system
15.6a
See 1.67b.
4.3
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 613/420/04) [14/08]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
United Arab Emirates — Al Jazeera Port
149
After Paragraph 7.36 1 line 5 Insert:
Al Jazeera Port
Charts 3174, 3410 plan of Al Jazeera Port
General information
7.36a
1 Position and function. JazØrat al –amra’ (25°43′N
55°48′E) once an island but now part of the mainland,
is fronted by Al Jazeera (Al JazØrah) Port. Proximity to
major rock quarries make it an ideal port for exporting
rock and aggregates to various reclamation works in
the United Arab Emirates and other Gulf countries.
The port has facilities to handle liquid, bulk, RoRo,
container and general cargoes.
2 Approach and entry. Vessels approaching from NE
should pass 10 miles E of Saleh Oilfield. The port is
entered through a buoyed channel.
Port authority. Al Hamra Shipping and Ship
Maintenance L.L.C, P.O Box 5681, Ra’s al Khaymah,
United Arab Emirates.
Internet. www.aljazeeraport.rak.ae
Limiting conditions
7.36b
1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel is dredged
to 6⋅0 m.
Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 0⋅5 m;
mean minimum range about 0⋅4 m. See Admiralty Tide
Tables Volume 3.
Arrival information
7.36c
1 Notice of ETA required to be sent to the pilot
office 24 hours in advance; amendments to be notified
at least 2 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).
Outer anchorage lies about 5½ miles NNW of
Ra’s Abø AÖmad as shown on the chart.
Wk14/08

2 Anchorage is prohibited in an area centred on
25°44′⋅8N 55°47′⋅0E, as shown on the chart.
Submarine pipeline. A gas pipeline passes about
8 cables N of the anchorage.
Pilotage is compulsory; pilot boards about 2¾ miles
NNW of Ra’s Abø AÖmad. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).
Harbour
7.36d
1 Description. The Harbour consists of two basins
enclosed to the W by the Ra’s Abø AÖmad peninsula;
a protective rock groyne projects about 400 m NNW
from its extremity.
Development. Construction and reclamation works
are in progress (2008) within and outside the harbour.
Directions
7.36e
1 Landmark:
Radio tower (72 m in height) (25°41′⋅5N
55°48′⋅0E).
Caution. Banks, some of which are thought to
move under the influence of Shamºls, exist within the
10 m line.
2 Entry. From the pilot boarding position (25°46′N
55°47′E) the track leads SSE passing clear of the
Fairway Light Buoy to the entrance of the buoyed
channel which lies about 3 cables NNE of Ra’s Abø
AÖmad Head Light (25°43′⋅4N 55°47′⋅9E). The track
then leads generally S into the harbour, noting that the
position of light buoys do not indicate the true limits
of the dredged channel.
Useful marks:
Tower (25°42′⋅6N 55°47′⋅8E).
Burj Jezira (25°41′⋅2N 55°47′⋅4E).
Berths
7.36f
1 Six numbered berths are charted. Berth Nos 4 -6 are
400 m in length with charted depths of 6⋅0 m
alongside. Berths 2 -3, not charted, lie on the SSW
facing jetty, SSE of which, Berth No 1 is under
construction (2008).
Port services
7.36g
1 Repair facilities are available; two floating docks
with up to 8500 tonnes lifting capacity.
Other facilities. Garbage collection.
Supplies: Fresh water and diesel available at berth;
fuel oil by arrangement; provisions and stores.
Communications. Ra’s al Khaymah International
Airport.
Wk14/08
IV
4.4
150
Paragraph 7.49 including headings Replace by:
Chart 3175
Khawr al BayÊah
7.49
1 Description.Khawr al BayÊah (25°36′N 55°39′E) is
entered about 6 miles SW of Ra’s Abø AÖmad
between the NE end of of JazØrat SØnØyah and the
mainland. The inlet connects with Khawr Umm al
Qaywayn (Khawr Umm al -Qaiwain) (7.37), but is
only suitable for use by small boats; local knowledge
is required.
Development. Reclamation work is in progress
(2006) off the coast between Khawr al BayÊah and
JazØrat al –amra’ (7.36a).
Al Jazeera Port Operations Manual
(SDD 2006000 368296) [14/08]

NP no
Page(s)
Title
IV
4.5
Weekly
Edition
6 South America II
42 East Falkland Island - Approaches to Stanley Harbour -
Cape Pembroke — Racon
24/05
42 Falkland Islands – Berkeley Sound — Wrecks 21/07
54 Falkland Islands - East Falkland - Mare Harbour; East Cove —
Restricted area; buoy
20/05
67 -68 Falkland Islands - Falkland Sound and San Carlos Water — Traffic
regulations
30/07
117 Argentina - Puerto Santa Cruz — Pilotage 31/07
127 Argentina — Rio Cullen Terminal 27/06
128 -129 San Sebastián Oil Terminal — Berth; directions 40/05
210 Chile - Canal Cockburn — Depth 40/07
241 Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes - Bahia Gente Grande -
Caleta Clarencia Oil Terminal — Leading lights
33/05
248 Chile - Puerto Nuevo — Directions 33/07
249 Chile - Canal Whiteside — Directions 33/07
411 Chile - Approaches to Golfo Ladrillero — Depth 25/07
7 South America III
71 -72 Colombia - Coiba Ridge — Depth 28/07
79 Ecuador - Archipiélago de Colón — Traffic regulations 24/07
111 Chile - Canal Darwin — Directions 44/07
115 Chile – Patagonian Channels – Canal King — Directions 21/07
191 -192 Chile - Puerto de Corral — Pilotage 14/07
205 Chile - Puerto San Vicente — Harbour; berth 16/07
211 -212 Chile - Puerto Lirquén — Anchorages 30/07
343 Peru - Paita — Wreck 12/07
361 -362 Ecuador - Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
364 Ecuador - Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil — Directions 14/07
7A South America IV
54 Guyane Française - Dégrad des Cannes — Directions; leading line 47/07
61 Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Buoy 33/07
107 Trinidad - Radix Point to Galera Point — Mud volcano 34/07
152 Venezuela - Isla La Sola — Directions; light 06/08
158 -161 Venezuela - Cumaná — Light 51/07
169 Venezuela - Islas de Píritu — Directions 29/07
218 Aruba - Oranjestad — Pilotage 11/08
258 Colombia - Puerto Zúñiga — General information; anchorage areas 29/07
8 Pacific coasts of Central America and United States
8 Homeland Security Advisory System 44/07
247 Mexico - Ensenada — Racon 34/07
249 Mexico - Ensenada — Directions 41/07
397 Columbia River — Advanced Notice of Entry 44/07
420 Washington - Umatilla Reef — Directions 51/07
9 Antarctic
3 Antarctic Treaty Area — Ballast water management 19/07
3, 253, 255 Antarctic Specially Protected Areas 01/05
79 Îles Crozet - Île de la Possession - Baie du Marin — Anchorage 05/07
80 Indian Ocean, Îles Kerguelen — Mooring regulations 30/06
100 Southern Ocean - Heard and McDonald Islands — Marine Reserve 14/07
125 -126 South Georgia - Cape Paryadin — Andrews Rocks 06/06
140 Signy Island - W coast — Anchorage; rock 02/08
141 South Shetland Islands - Elephant Island - Cape Valentine — Depth 24/05
146 King George Island - Tu Rocks — Beacon 37/07
154 South Shetland Islands - Deception Island - Port Foster — Directions 49/04
Wk13/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Congo — Moanda Terminal
179
Paragraph 6.91 1 lines 1 - 7 including headings Replace by:
Muanda Terminal
Chart 658
General information
6.91
1 Position and function. Muanda Oil Terminal
(5°58′⋅4S 12°06′⋅6E) is located 12 miles off the coast
with an SPM and FSO Kalamu, 274m LOA and
141 000 dwt..
Terminal Authority. Muanda International Oil
Company, Kinshasa.
Email. zmoore@cd.perenco.com
Paragraph 6.92 1 lines 4 -5 For 16⋅76 m, 160 000 dwt. Read
17 m, 175 000 dwt.
Paragraph 6.93 2-3 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorage may be obtained in a designated
anchorage 2 miles N of the SPM (5°58′⋅4S 12°06′⋅6E).
3 Submarine pipelines are laid to the terminal from
associated platforms: GCO Oilfield 3½ miles ENE.
Pilotage is compulsory and is conducted by the
Mooring Master.
Tugs are not available.
Restricted area. The FSO and SPM are enclosed
within a restricted area, see 6.83.
4 Regulations. The flag of the Democratic Republic
of Congo must be flown at all times.
Paragraph 6.94 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Paragraph 6.95 1 Replace by:
1 The SPM and FSO (5°58′⋅4S 12°06′⋅6E) are moored
in a depth of 27 m and are lit. Vessels moor in tandem
with the FSO.
Muanda Terminal Mooring Master
(SDD 2008000 024680) [14/08]
Angola - Porto de Luanda — Directions
204
Paragraph 7.124 1 lines 5 -6 Delete
206
Paragraph 7.143 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2008000 023682) [14/08]
4.1
Namibia - Fria Cove — Racon
223
After Paragraph 8.10 1 Add:
[14/08]
Other aid to navigation
8.10a
1 Racon:
Fria Cove (18°17′⋅7S 11°57′⋅5E).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
South African Notice 2/36/2008
(SDD 2008000 024260) [14/08]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Approaches to Karskär and Långharen —
Directions
3
375
Paragraphs 9.207 3 to 9.207 4 line 3 Replace by:
Långharen. For Långharen leave the recommended
track, which passes NW of Herosgrund through Yttre
Fjärden, at a position about 5 cables NNE of
Herosgrund Light on to the alignment (189°) of
4
Karskär Leading Lights:
Karskär Leading Lights:
Front light (orange rectangular board, on framework
tower, 6 m in height) (60°41′⋅4N 17°17′⋅0E).
Rear light (similar structure, 8 m in height) (300 m S
of front light).
From the above position, the alignment (189°) of
the leading lights, leads to Långharen passing E of
Herosgrund and between Draggrundet (60°41′⋅9N
17°17′⋅8E), marked by a buoy (starboard hand) and
Indiamansgrundet, marked by several buoys (lateral
and cardinal). When about 3½ cables from the front
light course is then adjusted to the berth.
Paragraph 9.208 4 line 7 Delete
Swedish Notice 199/4705/2008
(SDD 2008000 024027) [14/08]
Wk14/08

NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - Hainan Dao - Fangcheng Gang —
Directions; berths
233
Paragraph 7.49 2 line 4 For (21°28′N 108°21′E) Read
(21°27′⋅0N 108°23′⋅4E)
234
Paragraph 7.49 3 line 9 For (21°28′N 108°21′E) Read:
(21°27′⋅0N 108°23′⋅4E)
Paragraph 7.50 1 line 1 - 7.50 3 line 3 Replace by:
1 Entry. Fangcheng Gang Fairway is a dredged
2
buoyed channel (7.34) which is entered between two
light buoys (lateral) moored 2 miles W of No 0 Light
Buoy. This fairway leads N for 5½ miles, passing
1 mile E of Sanya Shi Light. The main fairway then
leads NW through Xixian Fairway and thence into the
port. Alternatively, a second fairway leads NNE for
2½ miles from this junction to an offshore berth.
Leading lights. Four consecutive sets of leading
lights lead into Fangcheng Gang as follows:
Xixian Hangdao Leading Lights:
Pingshi Front Light (21°34′⋅7N 108°19′⋅2E).
Rear light (500 m NW from front light).
3 The alignment (317½°) of these lights leads through
Xixian Fairway.
Paragraph 7.52 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.52
After Paragraph 7.53 1 Insert:
2 Two offshore berths now lie within the port limits:
Aberth(21°35′N 108°22′E) lies about 2 miles ESE
of the main port at the head of the secondary
fairway (7.50).
Aberth(21°33′N 108°21′E) lies about 3 miles SSE
of the main port close N of the junction of
Fangcheng Gang Fairway and Xixian Fairway.
Chinese Chart 16791; BA Chart 41
(HH. 548/402/03) [14/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
Taiwan Strait - Xiamen Gang — Directions
144
Paragraph 4.129 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 The track leads WNW through...
145
Paragraph 4.131 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 The track leads WNW through...
147
Paragraph 4.135 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
Chinese Notice 4/65/08
(HH. 548/456/07 ) [14/08]
Wk14/08
IV
4.2
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Honshu - Tokyo Wan, N part — Directions;
traffic regulations
201
After Paragraph 8.204 Insert:
1
Traffic regulations
8.204a
Vessels should leave Tokyo Offing Light Buoy on
their port side when navigating within 1 mile of the
buoy.
Vessels should not anchor within 1 mile of Tokyo
Offing Light Buoy.
Paragraph 8.206 2 Delete
Paragraph 8.207 1 line 2 Replace by:
Tokyo Offing Light Buoy (35°32′⋅5N 139°51′⋅4E).
Paragraph 8.208 Replace by:
1 Trans -Tokyo Bay Highway to pilot boarding
2
position. From a position SE of Central Light Beacon
No 3 (35°29′⋅6N 139°51′⋅9E) (8.83) the track leads N
to a position E of Tokyo Offing Light Buoy (safe
water) (35°32′⋅5N 139°51′⋅4E), passing, with positions
relative to Kazenoto (35°29′⋅5N 139°50′⋅1N):
E of Central Light Beacon No 3 (1½ miles E),
thence:
W of Keiyo Sea -Berth (5 miles ENE), thence:
E of Tokyo Offing Light Buoy, thence:
To the pilot boarding position (4¼ miles NNE).
Useful mark:
Tokyo Light Beacon (white round tower on platform
on piles) (35°34′⋅0N 139°49′⋅7E). The light
beacon can be difficult to distinguish amongst
vessels at anchor. The light beacon is also a traffic
signal station and exhibits traffic control signal
lights.
(Directions continue for Tokyo -Ku at 8.238)
1
205
Paragraph 8.227 1 Replace by:
Quarantine anchorage, in a depth of about 12 to
15 m, mud, good holding ground, lies 6 cables E of
Tokyo Light Beacon (35°34′⋅0N 139°49′⋅7E); the area
is shown on the chart.
After Paragraph 8.231 1 line 4 Insert:
Restricted area. The outer part of Tokyo West
Passage, from No 1 Light Buoy (35°33′⋅0N
139°50′⋅3E), NW to a line joining No 3 and 4 Light
Buoys, thence SE to No 2 Light Buoy, is a restricted
area where vessels should not anchor or release their
tows unless in an emergency.
Prohibited area. An area marked by light buoys
(special), into which entry is prohibited, lies to the S
and E of Tokyo International Airport.
Japanese Chart JP 1061 (03/08)
(HH. 563/434/07) [14/08]

NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III (2006
Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st May 2008
NW Hawaiian Islands — PSSA; ATBA;
reporting system
9
After Paragraph 1.67 Insert:
Particularly sensitive sea area
1.67a
1 To protect the environment of the Northwestern
Hawaiian Islands, a Particularly Sensitive Sea Area,
the Papahãnaumokuãkea Marine National Monument
(15.3a) has been established. For extracts of the
regulations which prohibit and restrict certain activities
within the area, see Appendix X. For full details see
U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 50 CFR 404 and for
additional information see http://hawaiireef.noaa.gov.
Reporting system
1.67b
1 A ship reporting system (CORAL SHIPREP) is
established for Papahãnaumokuãkea Marine National
Monument. For further information Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 1 (2).
331
Existing Section IV Notice Week 26/07 Paragraph 15.3a
including heading Replace by:
Papahãnaumokuãkea
Monument
15.3a
Marine National
1 Papahãnaumokuãkea Marine National Monument
(see diagram at Appendix X), a Particularly Sensitive
Sea Area (1.67a), encompasses an area approximately
50 miles to seaward of the islands, atolls and reefs
contained between 23°N to 29°Nand 161°W to
179°W. This area includes all areas of Hawaiian
Islands National Wildlife Refuge (15.4) and Midway
Atoll National Wildlife Refuge (15.78). For extracts of
the regulations which prohibit and restrict certain
activities within the area, see Appendix X. For full
details see U.S. Code of Federal Regulations
50 CFR 404 and any additional information see
1
http://hawaiireef.noaa.gov.
Paragraph 15.5 Replace by:
Areas to be avoided. The IMO has adopted certain
areas within Papahãnaumokuãkea Marine National
2
Monument which should be avoided. All vessels solely
in transit should avoid the areas contained within a
circle of radius 50 miles centred on the following
positions:
23°03′N 161°55′W (Nihoa Island) (15.9).
23°35′N 164°42′W (Necker Island) (15.16).
23°45′N 166°15′W (French Frigate Shoals) (15.22).
25°00′N 168°00′W (Gardner Pinnacles) (15.37).
25°20′N 170°01′W (Between Maro Reef and Raita
Bank).
IV
3 25°25′N 170°35′W (Maro Reef) (15.46).
25°46′N 171°44′W (Laysan Island) (15.53).
26°04′N 173°58′W (Lisianski Island) (15.62).
27°51′N 175°51′W (Pearl and Hermes Atoll)
(15.68).
28°14′N 177°22′W (Midway Islands) (15.73).
28°24′N 178°20′W (Kure Atoll) (15.92).
4 The areas contained between the following
1
geographical positions:
26°53′⋅2N 173°49′⋅6W to 26°35′⋅6N 171°35′⋅6W.
25°14′⋅4N 174°06′⋅4W to 24°57′⋅6N 171°57′⋅1W.
25°38′⋅9N 167°25′⋅3W to 24°24′⋅8N 165°40′⋅9W.
24°14′⋅3N 168°22′⋅1W to 23°05′⋅8N 166°47′⋅8W.
After Paragraph 15.6 Insert:
Reporting system
15.6a
See 1.67b.
4.3
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 613/420/04) [14/08]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
United Arab Emirates — Al Jazeera Port
149
After Paragraph 7.36 1 line 5 Insert:
Al Jazeera Port
Charts 3174, 3410 plan of Al Jazeera Port
General information
7.36a
1 Position and function. JazØrat al –amra’ (25°43′N
55°48′E) once an island but now part of the mainland,
is fronted by Al Jazeera (Al JazØrah) Port. Proximity to
major rock quarries make it an ideal port for exporting
rock and aggregates to various reclamation works in
the United Arab Emirates and other Gulf countries.
The port has facilities to handle liquid, bulk, RoRo,
container and general cargoes.
2 Approach and entry. Vessels approaching from NE
should pass 10 miles E of Saleh Oilfield. The port is
entered through a buoyed channel.
Port authority. Al Hamra Shipping and Ship
Maintenance L.L.C, P.O Box 5681, Ra’s al Khaymah,
United Arab Emirates.
Internet. www.aljazeeraport.rak.ae
Limiting conditions
7.36b
1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel is dredged
to 6⋅0 m.
Tidal levels. Mean maximum range about 0⋅5 m;
mean minimum range about 0⋅4 m. See Admiralty Tide
Tables Volume 3.
Arrival information
7.36c
1 Notice of ETA required to be sent to the pilot
office 24 hours in advance; amendments to be notified
at least 2 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).
Outer anchorage lies about 5½ miles NNW of
Ra’s Abø AÖmad as shown on the chart.
Wk14/08

2 Anchorage is prohibited in an area centred on
25°44′⋅8N 55°47′⋅0E, as shown on the chart.
Submarine pipeline. A gas pipeline passes about
8 cables N of the anchorage.
Pilotage is compulsory; pilot boards about 2¾ miles
NNW of Ra’s Abø AÖmad. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).
Harbour
7.36d
1 Description. The Harbour consists of two basins
enclosed to the W by the Ra’s Abø AÖmad peninsula;
a protective rock groyne projects about 400 m NNW
from its extremity.
Development. Construction and reclamation works
are in progress (2008) within and outside the harbour.
Directions
7.36e
1 Landmark:
Radio tower (72 m in height) (25°41′⋅5N
55°48′⋅0E).
Caution. Banks, some of which are thought to
move under the influence of Shamºls, exist within the
10 m line.
2 Entry. From the pilot boarding position (25°46′N
55°47′E) the track leads SSE passing clear of the
Fairway Light Buoy to the entrance of the buoyed
channel which lies about 3 cables NNE of Ra’s Abø
AÖmad Head Light (25°43′⋅4N 55°47′⋅9E). The track
then leads generally S into the harbour, noting that the
position of light buoys do not indicate the true limits
of the dredged channel.
Useful marks:
Tower (25°42′⋅6N 55°47′⋅8E).
Burj Jezira (25°41′⋅2N 55°47′⋅4E).
Berths
7.36f
1 Six numbered berths are charted. Berth Nos 4 -6 are
400 m in length with charted depths of 6⋅0 m
alongside. Berths 2 -3, not charted, lie on the SSW
facing jetty, SSE of which, Berth No 1 is under
construction (2008).
Port services
7.36g
1 Repair facilities are available; two floating docks
with up to 8500 tonnes lifting capacity.
Other facilities. Garbage collection.
Supplies: Fresh water and diesel available at berth;
fuel oil by arrangement; provisions and stores.
Communications. Ra’s al Khaymah International
Airport.
Wk14/08
IV
4.4
150
Paragraph 7.49 including headings Replace by:
Chart 3175
Khawr al BayÊah
7.49
1 Description.Khawr al BayÊah (25°36′N 55°39′E) is
entered about 6 miles SW of Ra’s Abø AÖmad
between the NE end of of JazØrat SØnØyah and the
mainland. The inlet connects with Khawr Umm al
Qaywayn (Khawr Umm al -Qaiwain) (7.37), but is
only suitable for use by small boats; local knowledge
is required.
Development. Reclamation work is in progress
(2006) off the coast between Khawr al BayÊah and
JazØrat al –amra’ (7.36a).
Al Jazeera Port Operations Manual
(SDD 2006000 368296) [14/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Gabon — Tchatamba Terminal
156
Paragraph 5.177 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Either side of Tchatamba Terminal which consists of
a platform (MOPU) (14 miles SW) surrounded
by a restricted area radius 3 miles. Platforms T
West and T South are situated 4 miles NW and
8¾ miles S, respectively. Lights are exhibited
from the three platforms. Thence:
157
Paragraphs 5.178 -5.182 Including headings Replace by:
Spare
5.178 - 5.182
Marathon Oil UK Ltd
(SDD 2007000 091566) [13/08]
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Regulations - Iceland — Pollution prevention
reporting scheme
4
Paragraph 1.22 4 line 6 Add:
Prevention of pollution reporting scheme. Vessels
carrying cargoes of oil or hazardous materials are
required to report to the Icelandic Coastguard -
Maritime Traffic Service when navigating within the
Icelandic pollution prevention zone, which coincides
with the Iceland’s Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ)
(1.42). The report will include the following items:
Quantity and type of cargo.
Six hours notice of entry into, and exit from, the
zone, with position.
Whilst within the zone, a six -hourly report of
position, course and speed.
Three hours notice of arrival at, and departure from,
harbours.
Icelandic Notice 29/06
(SDD 2008000 022549) [13/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions
87
Paragraph 4.111 5 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
W of Locmalo Light Buoy (starboard hand) (2¾
cables ENE), which is moored 2¼ cables NW of
Le Goëland, a reef.
French Notice 08 -09 -28
(SDD 2008000 024649) [13/08]
Wk13/08
4.1
[13/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Approaches to Longkou —
Directions
334
After Paragraph 10.33 Insert:
10.33a
1 From NW. From a position about 9 cables W of
Qimu Jiao (37°41′⋅2N 120°13′⋅3E) (10.19), the track
leads about 3½ miles through a channel marked by
light buoys (lateral) on the alignment (144°) of leading
lights;
Xinhangdao Front Light (black metal framework
tower, 24 m in height) (37°37′⋅4N 120°15′⋅6E);
Rear Light (black square metal framework tower,
40 m in height) (5½ cables from front).
2 The track continues to a position between No 8
Light Buoy (port hand), 1¼ miles NNW of front light,
and No 7 Light Buoy, 6 cables WSW, and then joins
Outer Fairway (10.33) towards the port areas.
Chinese Notices 48/1526/07; 4/58/08
(HH. 548/515/03) [13/08]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2007 Edition)
IJmuiden WNW — Wind farm
75
Paragraph 3.9 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 A second wind farm comprising 62 turbines is
centred on 52°35′N 4°13′E, about 14½ miles offshore.
The boundary of the area is marked by light buoys
(cardinal) and a submarine cable extends from the
wind farm to a position on the mainland in the
vicinity of Wijk aan Zee (52°30′N 4°35′E).
77
Paragraph 3.24 2 line 3 Delete under construction (2006)
91
Paragraph 3.148 2 line 1 Delete under construction (2007)
Netherlands Notice 651/07
(SDD 2007000 095340) [13/08]
East Frisian Islands - Harle — Directions
129
Paragraph 4.312 1 line 7 Replace by:
...the outer grounds in a curve initially SW and then
SE,
WSA Wilhelmshaven
(SDD 2008000 024109) [13/08]

Die Ems - Osterems — Directions
140
Paragraph 5.65 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
....the main channel of Die Ems in Ostfriesisches Gatje
(5.109).
(4.274)...
Lesser side channels and wattfahrwasser
1
Paragraph 5.71 1 Replace by:
Memmert to Ostfriesisches Gatje. The channel
leads generally S for about 16 miles over and between
drying banks to its junction with Ostfriesisches Gatje
(5.109), passing:
E of Randzel and:
E of Schuitensand (53°33′N6°56′E), isolated drying
banks, thence:
W of Emshörnplate (53°28′N 6°55′E), and:
E of Dukegatplate (53°28′N 6°54′E) (5.109).
WSA Emden
(SDD 2008000 021295) [13/08]
Die Elbe - VTS Brunsbüttel Elbe Traffic
212
Paragraph 7.76 1 lines 2 -6 Delete
WSA Cuxhaven 3/08
(SDD 2008000 024111) [13/08]
Horns Rev — Wind farm
287
After Paragraph 8.392 1 line 8 Insert:
2 A second wind farm is under construction (2008)
on the western part of Horns Rev and in adjacent
waters N. The area, which is centered on 55°36′N
7°35′E, is shown on the chart and its limits are
marked by light buoys (special).
Danish Notice 128(P)/08
(SDD 2008000 010017) [13/08]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle -Calédonie - Port Boisé — Directions
75
Paragraph 2.66 2 line 2 For 302° Read 301°
Paragraph 2.67 1 line 5 For 057° Read 054°
Paragraph 2.67 1 line 7 For 302° Read 301°
French Notice 08/59/08
(HH. 585/440/04) [13/08]
IV
4.2
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st May 2008
Chedabucto Bay and approaches - Traffic
separation scheme
257
Paragraph 12.7 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...separation scheme leading to the inner pilot boarding
position (45°30′N 61°11′W). It also describes the port
of Canso...
258
Paragraph 12.10 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
The main route then leads W, then NW for
24 miles, in the TSS to the inner pilot boarding
3
position (45°30′N 61°11′W).
Paragraph 12.13 3 Replace by.
The track then leads to the vicinity of the outer
boarding position (45°24′N 61°01′W) (12.4).
259
Paragraph 12.17 2 lines 9 -10 Replace by:
Thence the track leads to the vicinity of the outer
pilot boarding position (45°24′N 61°01′W), merging
with the W bound lane of the TSS.
262
Paragraph 12.58 1 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the outer pilot boarding
position (45°24′N 61°01′W), the route continues
through Chedabucto Bay TSS, leading W for 2½ miles
towards CF Light Buoy (safe water), then generally
NW for 7 miles towards the inner end of the TSS and
thence the inner pilot boarding position (45°30′N
61°11′W) about 1¾ miles ENE of Red Head (45°29′N
61°14′W) (12.60). The route then leads to a position N
of Eddy Point (45°31′N 61°15′W).
Paragraphs 12.60 to
262
12.63 including headings and
1
continuity legend Replace by:
Outer pilot position to Eddy Point
12.60
From a position in the vicinity of the outer pilot
boarding position (45°24′N 61°01′W) (12.4) the track
leads W for 2½ miles, passing N of CF Light Buoy
(safe water), before turning NW onto the line of Port
Malcolm Leading Lights.
Port Malcolm Leading Lights:
Front light (white trapezoidal daymark, red stripe, on
triangular framework tower, 10 m in height)
(45°35′N 61°17′W), near the shore at Seacoal
Bay.
Rear light (similar structure, daymark inverted, 19 m
in height) (791 m from front light).
2 From a position about 2¾ miles NW of CF Light
Buoy (safe water) moored 3 miles NNW of Durell
Point the alignment (320°), of these lights leads
through the TSS, passing (with positions given from
Durell Point (45°21′N 61°01′W)):
Wk13/08

3
SW of C2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (5¾ miles
NW), thence:
SW of Cerberus Rock (7½ miles NNW), which
is steep -to and nearly always indicated by
breakers, marked by CH4 Light Buoy
4
(starboard hand) moored 3 cables S; a wreck
with masts visible is located on its NE side.
Thence:
Between CGB Light Buoy (safe water) and C8 Light
Buoy (starboard hand), (9¾ miles NW), thence:
The track continues NW to the vicinity of the inner
pilot boarding position, situated about 2 miles E of
Red Head (45°29′N 61°14′W), a small peninsula
(elevation 17 m (56 ft)), bare of trees, with a red cliff
fronting the sea. It is joined to the mainland by a low
shingle isthmus.
12.61
From the vicinity of the inner pilot boarding
1
position, the track continues NW, passing:
NE of CS1 Light Buoy (port hand) (11 miles
NW). A wreck with a depth of 8⋅2 m (27ft)
over it, lies 3 cables SW and Argos Shoal lies
2½ cables WNW of the buoy. Thence:
SW of Peninsula Shoals, (3 miles SE) (a rocky area
extending 1 mile SSE from Peninsula Point (low
red cliffs; appears as an island)), the S extremity
of Janvrin Island, thence:
2 SW of Wasting Rocks (2 miles E) drying 2⋅1 m,
which stand on a large drying bank of sand
and stones, extending about 5 cables S from
Janvrin Point, the SW extremity of Janvrin
Island. Wasting Rocks are marked by C10
Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
SW of Janvrin Shoal (1½ miles E), extending about
6 cables W from Janvrin Point, thence:
3 NE of C11 Light Buoy (port hand), which is
moored 6 cables NE of Eddy Point.
The track then leads to a position N of Eddy Point
(45°31′N 61°15′W), which consists of sand and gravel,
enclosing a small pond.
12.62
Spare
Wk13/08
IV
4.3
12.63
1 Useful marks:
Cape Hogan Light (45°28′N 61°01′W) (12.14).
Marache Point Light (white square tower, red top,
8 m in height) (45°29′N 61°02′W).
Arichat Head Light (white rectangular daymark, red
bands, on framework tower, 7 m in height)
(45°30′N 61°06′W).
Eddy Point Leading Lights (45°31′N 61°15′W)
(12.128). The flashing lights are visible all round.
Radio tower (elevation 87 m), on the summit of a
small hill, 5 cables SSW of Eddy Point.
(Directions continue for Strait of Canso at 12.126
and for Inhabitants Bay at 12.131)
263
Paragraph 12.68 1 line 2 For 2 miles S Read 1¼ miles SE
Canada East Notice 01/4003/08; BA Chart 4756
(HH. 606/520/03) [13/08]
The following notice is to be implemented at
0000 UTC on 1st May 2008
Inner part of Chedabucto Bay - Directions
1
265
Paragraph 12.79 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.79
Paragraph 12.83 1-2 Replace by:
From a position clear of the TSS and clear of the
designated anchorages, the track leads generally W,
passing (with positions given from Red Head (45°29′N
61°14′W)):
S of Red Head, thence:
2 S of Hydra Shoal (3¾ miles SW) (12.58),
thence:
S of a rocky patch, with a depth of 9⋅8 m(32ft)over
it (5 miles SW).
The track then leads W to the vicinity of 45°22′N
61°28′W, (12 miles SW) at the approaches to
Guysborough Harbour.
Canada East Notice 01/4003/08; BA Chart 4756
(HH. 606/520/03) [13/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Bunbury — Depths;
anchorages; pilotage
295
Paragraph 8.175 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Dredged channel to the inner harbour has a
designed depth of 12⋅2 m; designed depth in the
approach to Bunbury Mole berths (8.194) is 9⋅1 m.
Caution. Depths in the harbour are subject to
siltation and mariners are advised to contact the
Harbour Master for the latest information.
1
296
Paragraph 8.180 1 Replace by:
There are five anchor berths, each with a radius of
7½ cables, lying between 2½ and 7 miles NW of
1
McKenna Point (33°18′⋅0S 115°38′⋅7E). The holding
ground is good but unprotected during bad weather.
The alignment (089½°) of a pair of lights situated on
the coast 3½ miles NE of McKenna Point may prove
useful.
Paragraph 8.181 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for all commercial vessels
over 150 gt except for those vessels exempt by law.
Pilot boards in position 33°15′⋅8S 115°38′⋅1E.
Bunbury Port Authority
(AA 315669) [12/08]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Sweden - Söderhamn — Anchorage
385
Paragraph 9.295 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Anchorage. Vessels can anchor at Branthälls Redd.
Paragraph 9.295 1 lines 6 -7 Delete
Paragraph 9.298 1 lines 4 -5 Delete: the anchorage in
Prästholms Redd or
Swedish Chart 5331
(SDD 2008000 003819) [12/08]
Wk12/08
4.1
[12/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
T’ai -wan, East coast - Su -ao — Anchorage; pilot
boarding position
121
Paragraph 3.112 1 line 4 to 3.112 2 line 4 Replace by:
Outer anchorage area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, lies within 1 mile ESE of S
breakwater, with depths generally between 22 and
48 m, however an obstruction, depth 8 m, on the edge
of a 16 m rocky shoal, lies near the SW boundary and
a foul area 2 cables N. The recognized quarantine
anchorage is within the outer harbour, clear of the
main fairway, in depths from 19 to 21 m, sand.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt and
is available in daylight hours only. The pilot boarding
position is 1½ miles ESE of the harbour entrance. For
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).
Taiwanese Notice 146/07
(HH. 549/428/03) [12/08]
China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Huangda
Xia — Directions
190
Paragraph 5.81 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 NE of a dangerous wreck, 1¼ miles WNW of
Baimutian Anjiao, and lying 3 cables ESE of
Dong Tou (5.72), from where a light is
exhibited, thence:
Chinese Notice 5/99/08
(HH. 548/465/05) [12/08]
China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan - Xibei Men
— Submarine cable
190
Paragraph 5.83 2 line 3 Replace by:
...the S; a submarine cable leads NE -SW across the
middle of the anchorage, and anchoring is
prohibited within 200 m of the cable (see 1.43). A
corridor in which anchoring and fishing are
prohibited lies close SE of the anchorage area.
Chinese Notice 30/938/07
(HH. 548/465/05) [12/08]

China - East China Sea — Wrecks
375
Paragraph 11.4 4 lines 3, 4 and 6 Delete
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2008000 011379) [12/08]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Honshu - Ise Wan - Nakayama Suido — East
channel
135
Paragraph 5.217 1 lines 5 -6 Delete
136
Paragraph 5.224 1 lines 15 -17 Replace by:
NW of Kusaba -no -Se (1½ miles SSE), thence:
Paragraphs 5.225 -5.226 including centre and side
headings Replace by:
Spare
5.225 - 5.226
Japanese Notices 08/245/08; 08/251/08
(HH. 563/415/05) [12/08]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Sumatera - Selat Rupat — Directions; leading
lights
122
Paragraph 4.287 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 The recommended track then leads NW for about
1¾ miles, following a channel marked by light buoys
(lateral) in depths greater than 20 m. Thence:
Leading lights:
Front: A (1°32′⋅2N 101°55′⋅0E) (4.286).
Rear: B (white metal framework tower, 28 m in
height) (5 cables SSE).
The alignment (164°), astern, leads NNW for
1½ miles to a position WSW of No 9 Light Buoy.
Paragraph 4.290 including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.290
Indonesian Chart 18 Edition December 2006.
(SDD 2008000 007253) [12/08]
IV
4.2
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Cartagena — Landfall Point
111
After Paragraph 2.215 Insert:
1
Approach and entry
2.215a
All vessels over 500 gt must head for the Landfall
Point in position 37°32′N 1°00′W. This position is
considered as the End of Passage and is located
1⋅6 miles S of the VLCC/LPG pilot boarding position.
After Paragraph 2.222 1 line 2 Add:
All vessels over 500 gt must contact Cartagena Port
Control (CPC) at least 2 hours before arrival at the
Landfall Point (2.215a); CPC will then advise on
available berth or anchorage area.
Spanish Notice SD.7.08
(SDD 2008000 018666) [12/08]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2007 Edition)
North Island - East coast - Napier — Directions
269
Paragraph 9.200 1 Replace by:
1 Breakwater Harbour can be approached from N or
S of Pania Reef (39°27′S 176°56′E). Vessels drawing
less than 9⋅5 m and less than 200 m LOA may use the
channel S of Pania Reef. The harbour is entered
through a dredged channel on the alignment of leading
lights.
271
Paragraph 9.218 Replace by:
1 East Pier direction light. The white sector
(204½° -205½°) of East Pier direction light (on blue
hut, 4 m in height) (39°28′⋅7S 176°53′⋅8E) leads SSW
and indicates the deep -water track towards the
Approach direction light, passing (with positions from
East Pier light):
WNW of Pania Rock (3 miles NE), thence:
WNW of a light buoy (special) (2½ miles NNE),
thence:
2 WNW of a light buoy (S cardinal) (2 miles NE),
marking the SW end of Pania Reef.
Approach direction light. The white sector
(182° -184°) of a direction light (white tower, 4 m in
height) (39°28′⋅7S 176°54′⋅5E), situated on the shore
W of Breakwater Harbour, leads towards the entrance
channel, passing (with positions from the light):
3 W of the light buoy (S cardinal) (1½ miles NE).
Thence the track leads to a position NNE of ‘A’ Light
Buoy (starboard hand) (8½ cables N), moored at
the outer end of the entrance channel.
Caution. The direction light tower may not be easy
to identify.
Wk12/08

272
Paragraph 9.224 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Directions. Inner Harbour is entered from Napier...
Regional Harbour Master, Port of Napier
(HH. 580/445/03) [12/08]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Holy Island Harbour — Directions
125
Paragraph 5.85 2 line 5 For (260½°---262½°) Read
(258½°---261½°)
Trinity House Notice 5/08 B1
(SDD 2008000 021206) [12/08]
Wk12/08
IV
4.3
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Portsmouth Harbor to Cape Ann — Isles of
Shoals Light
101
Paragraph 3.286 1 lines 3 -4 Delete
Paragraph 3.287 6 line 2 Replace by:
Isles of Shoals Light (42°58′N 70°37′W), which
stands on White Island at the S end of the Isles of
Shoals.
102
Paragraph 3.292 2 line 5 For (3.286) Read (3.287)
US Coast Guard District 1 LNM 4/13283/08
(HH. 614/430/03) [12/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Morocco - Casablanca — Light buoy; racon
145
Paragraph 5.99 including heading Replace by:
Spare
5.99
Paragraph 5.101 2 lines 5 -6 Delete
146
Paragraph 5.121 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in
the approach channel, as shown on the chart.
Spanish Notice 5/30/08
(SDD 2008000 011663) [11/08]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Aruba - Oranjestad — Pilotage
218
Paragraph 7.221 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
50 grt and is available at all times. The pilot boards
8 cables SW of the NW entrance to the channel or
7½ cables WSW of the SE entrance to the channel;
vessels should close the channel as near as is prudent
and make a lee for the pilot boat. See also Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (5).
Aruba Ports Authority
(SDD 2008000 019472) [11/08]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Port Walcott — Directions
225
Paragraph 6.46 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
...117°20′E) and entered through the anchorage area
(6.54).
226
After Paragraph 6.57 1 Insert:
Inbound vessels should not impede outbound
vessels constrained by their draught or restricted in
their ability to manoeuvre.
Wk11/08
4.1
[11/08]
Paragraph 6.64 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position about 2 miles ESE of C 1 Light
Buoy (E cardinal) (20°23′⋅3S 117°25′⋅5E) the preferred
track, shown on the chart, leads initially 194° passing:
Paragraph 6.64 1 line 4 For E Read ESE
Paragraph 6.64 1 line 6 For W Read WNW
Paragraph 6.64 2 line 1 For W Read WNW
Paragraph 6.64 2 line 3 For E Read ESE
Paragraph 6.65 3 lines 5-6 Delete ..., to join the inner part of
the dredged channel
After Paragraph 6.65 3 line 6 Add:
The route then leads to anchorage 1A or berth as
required.
1
227
Paragraph 6.66 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
If bound for Cape Lambert Ore Jetty or Service
Jetty, Pilots will provide a pilotage plan on boarding
the vessel.
Paragraph 6.67 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 Spare.
Paragraph 6.69 2 lines 7-9 Replace by:
The alternative, Outer South Channel, with a
minimum depth on the preferred track of 16⋅4 m, leads
E, NE and N from No 8 and No 9 Light Buoys, as
shown on the chart.
Port Walcott Pilots
(AA 286589; 316133; 316658; 316662;
Chart Aus 56) [11/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Bretagne - Pointe de Penmarc’h — Directions
53
Paragraph 3.14 3 line 3 Delete: marked by a ruined beacon
(black post)
French Notice 08/06/23
(SDD 2008000 018099) [11/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Westerschelde - Pas van Terneuzen — Directions
177
Paragraph 7.186 2 line 4 For (001½°---007½°) Read
(000½°---007½°)
Netherlands Notice 90/08
(SDD 2008000 013856) [11/08]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
T’ai -wan - West coast - Kao -hsiung — Outer
anchorages
74
Paragraph 2.55 1 line 10 Replace by:
...entry through First Entrance. A buoy (current meter),
position approximate, lies in the anchorage.
Paragraph 2.55 3 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
...Entrance. A foul area, position approximate, lies in
E part of anchorage.
No 4 Anchorage, in depths from 11 to 26 m, lies to
the S and SW of Second Entrance and is mainly for
large tankers or other vessels carrying dangerous
cargo. A dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies
in E part of anchorage.
Taiwanese Chart 0338; Kao -hsiung Harbor Bureau
(HH. 549/404/05 ) [11/08]
T’ai -wan, North coast - Tan -Shui N; Sha Lung
Oil Terminal SW — Prohibited anchorages
94
Paragraph 2.186 including heading Replace by:
Prohibited anchorages
2.186
1 Anchorage is prohibited in the following areas, the
limits of which are shown on the chart:
In the vicinity of the SPMs at Sha Lung Oil Terminal
(25°09′N 121°11′E) (2.201) and pipelines to
shore;
Cable area 4 miles SW of Sha Lung Oil Terminal;
Extensive cable area extending N from the mouth of
Tan -shui Ho (25°11′⋅0N 121°23′⋅6E).
See also 1.42 and 1.43.
95
Paragraph 2.194 1 line 5 to 2.194 2 line 2 Replace by:
Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained
NW of the port to the W of the entry/departure lane,
clear of the extensive prohibited anchorage area
(2.186), the outfall pipe (2.197) and the explosives
dumping ground (2.187). The bottom is reported to be
mainly sand and poor holding in bad weather.
Taiwanese Notice 109/07
(HH. 549/412/04 ) [11/08]
T’ai -wan, East coast - Hua -lien N and E —
Directions; prohibited areas
120
After Paragraph 3.108 1 line 8 Add:
Clear of a prohibited area (16 miles SSW), radius
900 m, surrounding a fish haven, depth 40 m; a
similar prohibited area lies off
Hsiao -ch’ing -shui Hsi, 12½ miles N, thence:
Taiwanese Notice 131/07
(HH. 549/210/03) [11/08]
IV
4.2
China - Taiwan Strait - Xiongdi Yu SE —
Directions; wreck
133
Paragraph 4.66 3 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
Clear of two dangerous wrecks, positions 23°23′N
117°43′E (reported) and 5¼ miles farther ESE,
both approximate.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 554/400/04) [11/08]
China - East coast - Wenzhou Wan —
Directions; wreck
188
Paragraph 5.72 4 line 7 Replace by:
...islets and rocks extends 7½ cables NE. A
dangerous wreck lies 1¼ miles ENE of Beiyuan
Yu on the NE side of a bank with depths less than
10 m. Thence:
Chinese Notice 46/1439/07
(SDD 2007000 091822) [11/08]
China - East coast - Zhoushan Qundao -
Daishan Shuidao — Directions; wreck
231
Paragraph 6.163 3 Replace by:
3 WSW of a dangerous wreck (30°13′⋅8N
122°15′⋅2E), position approximate, lying close
SW of Fenshui Jiao (6.164), thence:
WSW of a rock (30°14′⋅3N 122°14′⋅9E) with a depth
of 2 m, which lies on the E side of the fairway
2 cables W of the SW point of Xiaochangtu Shan
(30°15′N 122°16′E) (6.12).
Chinese Notice 45/1405/07
(HH. 548/443/02) [11/08]
China - East coast - Chang Jiang — Depths
263
Paragraph 7.84 1 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
Place Limiting
draught for
passage at low
river level
Limiting
draught for
passage at high
river level
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 032/200/01 ) [11/08]
China - Yellow Sea coast - Approaches to Rizhao
Gang — Directions; anchorage areas
295
After Paragraph 8.62 1 line 7 Add:
ENE of M1 Light Buoy (9 miles NNW), moored at
E end of Rizhao Gang No 5 Anchorage (8.75),
thence:
Wk11/08

297
Paragraph 8.65 4 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
ESE of M4 Light Buoy (special) (13½ miles NNW),
marking SE edge of anchorage areas for Rizhao
Gang (8.75), thence:
ESE of M1 Light Buoy (17 miles N), moored at
E end of Rizhao Gang No 5 Anchorage (8.75),
thence:
Paragraph 8.73 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 Port limits are shown on the chart and plan.
298
Paragraph 8.75 2 to 4 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorages: Anchorage may be obtained in
the following areas, the limits of which are shown on
the chart (with positions from Rizhao Light (35°23′⋅7N
119°33′⋅5E)).
Name Position Remarks
No1Pilot
Anchorage
6 miles SE Depths about 18 m.
‘B’ Light Buoy
(special) lies in N of
area marking SE
point of a prohibited
fishing area.
No 1 Anchorage 6 miles ESE Depths about 19 m,
good holding. M3
Light Buoy (special)
marks NW corner.
No 2 Anchorage 8 miles ESE Depths about 19 m.
M2 Light Buoy
(special) marks NE
corner.
No 3 Anchorage 9 miles SSE Depths about 18 m.
M5 Light Buoy
(special) marks SW
corner.
No 4 Hazardous
Goods
Anchorage
Fumigating and
Tank Cleaning
Anchorage
11 miles SE Vessels with hazardous
cargoes, including
tankers. Depths
about 19 m.
12½ miles
SE
No 5 Anchorage 15 miles
ESE
Depths about 19 m.
M4 Light Buoy
(special) marks SW
corner.
Vessels of
100 000 dwt and
over, and vessels
more than 16⋅0 m
draught. Depths
about 22 m. M1 Light
Buoy (special) marks
E corner.
3 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.
Pilot boards in the following positions:
No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (35°16′⋅5N
119°46′⋅7E) for vessels of 100 000 dwt and over,
and vessels more than 16⋅0 m draught;
No 1 Pilot Anchorage (35°18′⋅6N 119°37′⋅5E) for
other vessels.
Tugs are available.
4 Traffic regulations. Unless proceeding to or from
the port, vessels should avoid sailing through or
between the anchorage areas.
Wk11/08
IV
4.3
Paragraph 8.77 Replace by:
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 8.62)
8.77
1 Major light: Rizhao Light (35°23′⋅7N 119°33′⋅5E)
(8.59).
Racon: No 101 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(35°18′⋅9N 119°36′⋅9E).
Approach. From a position about 3 miles ENE of
Ping Dao (35°08′N (8.62) the port is approached on a
WNW track for about 19 miles to No 1 Pilot
Anchorage (35°18′⋅6N 119°37′⋅5E) (8.75), passing:
2 Through the corridor between the anchorage
areas (8.75), and
SSW of No 2 Pilot Boarding Position (35°16′⋅5N
119°46′⋅7E).
Pilot to inner harbour. From No 1 Pilot
Anchorage, the track leads through the entrance
fairway marked by light buoys (lateral), leading WNW
thence N, passing a reef extending 1 mile SSE of
Kuishan Zui (35°21′N 119°31′E) (8.73), from where a
light (triangular wooden framework structure) is
exhibited, and W of the bulk wharf, 1¾ cables NE.
3 Pilot to Coal Wharf. From a position on the
above track close E of No 107 and 108 Light Buoys
(lateral), 2¼ miles WNW of No 101 Light Buoy, the
alignment (345¾°) of Rizhao Coal Pier Leading Lights
leads through Coal Fairway, a channel marked by light
buoys (lateral):
Front light (mast) (35°22′⋅6N 119°33′⋅5E);
Rear light (mast) (350 m from front).
Chinese Notices 34/Section 1/07; 37/1188 -1189/07;
48/1526 -1529/07
(HH. 548/504/03 ) [11/08]
China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai —
Directions; wreck
319
Paragraph 9.62 6 line 2 Replace by:
N of Diliuxing (37°37′N 121°35′E), a steep-to rock,
and clear of a stranded wreck, 5½ miles NNW.
Chinese Notice 45/1399/07
(HH. 548/512/03) [11/08]
China - Yellow Sea - Korea Bay -
Huangquan Pier
368
After Paragraph 10.311 Insert:
10.311a
1 Huangquan Pier (39°39′⋅3N 123°12′⋅6E):
Zhuanghe Power Plant Coal Unloading Pier, an
L--shaped pier extending about 9½ cables SSE from
the shore, with a berth about 240 m in length. The
pier is approached through a channel marked by
leading lights and light buoys.
Depths. The least depth in the approach channel
and turning basin is 9⋅0 m; charted depth alongside
12⋅6 m.

2 Outer anchorage centred at 39°31′⋅1N 123°16′⋅0E,
radius 5 cables, depth about 14 m. The anchorage is in
W area of an extensive fish haven.
Directions. The anchorage may be approached
direct from seaward.
Leading lights:
Huangquan Front Light (silver metal column, 29 m
in height) (39°39′⋅9N 123°12′⋅5E);
Rear Light (similar construction, 54 m in height)
(6¾ cables from front).
3 The alignment (342½°) of these lights leads from
the anchorage entering the buoyed channel, marked by
light buoys (lateral), between Huangquan Pier No 1
Light Buoy (starboard hand, racon) (39°34′⋅5N
123°14′⋅7E) and No 2 Light Buoy (port hand),
1¼ cables WSW. The channel leads to a turning basin,
about 460 m in diameter, off the berth.
Useful mark. Pier head light (white metal column,
red bands, 10 m in height) (39°39′⋅4N 123°12′⋅8E).
Chinese Chart 11142;
Chinese Notices 32/1002 -1005; 1012/07
(HH. 556/410/04 ) [11/08]
Korea, West Coast - Mokp’o and approaches —
Directions; berths
381
Paragraph 11.43 2 line 5 For 1 mile Read 1¾ miles
387
Paragraph 11.83 1 line 2 For 17⋅2 m Read 15⋅9 m
389
Paragraph 11.94 5 line 1 For 1½ miles Read 7½ cables
Paragraph 11.94 5 line 7 For 8¼ miles Read 7½ miles
Paragraph 11.96 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of Mokp’o Hang No 1 pilotage
position (34°27′⋅4N 126°03′⋅5E), the track leads SW
for about 8 cables through the two way traffic routeing
system...
Paragraph 11.97 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 From the vicinity of Mokp’o Hang No 1 pilotage
position (34°27′⋅4N 126°03′⋅5E), the track continues
generally...
5
390
Paragraph 11.99 5 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
The track continues N passing E of Pulmugi Do
(3½ miles NNW), a flat, grass covered islet from
8
where a light (11.91) is exhibited, and then leads
about 7½ cables NE to the vicinity of Mokp’o Hang
No 2 pilotage position (4 miles N).
Paragraph 11.100 8 Replace by:
The track then leads SSE to the vicinity of Mokp’o
Hang No 2 pilotage position (34°46′N 126°15′E),
1¼ miles ENE of Pulmugi Do (11.99). Alternatively
No 10 and 11 Anchorages (11.120) can be approached
directly.
Caution. The final part of the track crosses the
W -going lane of the traffic routeing system (11.86).
IV
4.4
393
Paragraph 11.120 2 line 8 Replace by:
No 10 Anchorage (2¾ miles NE), depths 7 to
25 m, with a 2⋅6 m obstruction on NW edge
of area.
After 11.120 3 line 5 Insert:
Caution. A number of obstructions exist in the
anchorages, see Admiralty Notice to Mariners
5793(P)/07.
Paragraph 11.121 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
No1(34°27′⋅4N 126°03′⋅5E);
No2(34°46′N 126°15′E);
394
Paragraph 11.127 4 to 5 line 1 Replace by:
4 In -bound track. From the vicinity of Mokp’o
Hang No 2 pilotage position (34°46′N 126°15′E), ENE
of Pulmugi Do (11.99), the track leads E, thence SE
through the traffic routeing system in Mokp’o Gu,
passing (with positions from Hwawãn Pando Light
(34°45′⋅7N 126°18′⋅4E):
Paragraph 11.128 1 line 3 Replace by:
...then generally W through the traffic routeing
system...
4
395
Paragraph 11.130 7 line 1 Replace by:
The track then leads SE, passing clear of a 9⋅7 m
shoal patch in mid channel 2½ cables E of Yong Du,
thence SW of Nam Gak...
Paragraph 11.133 2 line 7 to 4 line 7 Replace by:
No 3 Anchorage (1 mile ENE), least depth 17 m,
with a 17⋅6 m obstruction in SSE of area;
4 No 4 Anchorage (1¼ miles ENE), least depth
10 m, mud and shale;
No 5 Anchorage (2¾ miles ENE); a rock, depth
9⋅2 m, lies near centre of area; a 5⋅5 m
obstruction lies close NE.
No 6 Anchorage (3 cables SE of No 5
5
Anchorage); a shoal bank, least depth 7⋅2 m,
lies across centre of area.
Haenam Gang (with positions from Halla Wharf
W Light (11.130) (34°44′⋅5N 126°21′⋅7E):
No 7 Anchorage (1¼ miles W), least depth 16 m,
mud and sand;
No 8 Anchorage (8 cables WSW),
9⋅2 m bank on SE side;
least depth
No 9 Anchorage (9 cables SE); a mooring buoy
lies close N.
Caution. A number of obstructions exist in the
anchorages,
5793(P)/07.
see Admiralty Notice to Mariners
Korean Notices 36/548/07; 38/587/07
(HH. 557/405/04; 557/400/11) [11/08]
Wk11/08

Korea, West coast - Taesan approaches —
Directions
411
Paragraph 12.37 3 Replace by:
3 The track then leads to a position NE of Kadae Am
(36°46′N 125°58′E), two isolated rocks, 1⋅8 m to 2⋅1 m
high, marked by a light beacon (E cardinal, 17 m in
height).
413
Paragraph 12.47 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 From a position NE of Kadae Am Light Beacon
(36°46′N 125°58′E) (12.37), the track leads NE to
Sindot’asä Pilot boarding position (36°52′N 126°07′E);
a wreck, depth 23⋅5 m, lies 1 mile SSE. The track then
continues NE through a channel marked by light
buoys (lateral), passing:
416
Paragraph 12.86 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position NE of Kadae Am Light Beacon
(36°46′N 125°58′E) (12.37), the track leads NNE,
passing:
Korean Notice 48/779/07
(HH. 557/417/04) [11/08]
Wk11/08
IV
4.5
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - SE coast - Otranto — Directions; offshore
wind turbine
478
Paragraph 11.16 2 lines 3 -8 Replace by:
ESE of Santa Cesarea Terme (15 miles NNE). Torre
Saracena, a grey circular ruined tower, stands
close W. Entry is prohibited to an area radius
1000 m, centred 9½ miles ESE of Santa Cesarea
Terme, where works are in progress (2008) to
establish a floating wind turbine. Thence:
ESE of Capo d’Otranto Light (19¾ miles NNE). A
disused signal station stands close W of the
lighthouse.
Italian Notice N34004/07
(SDD 2008000 007767) [11/08]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Scapa Flow - Channel west of
Cava — Directions
173
After Paragraph 5.108 3 line 2 Add:
ENE of a light buoy (special) (1¼ miles SW of Cava
Light), thence:
Orkney Islands Council Notice 04/2008
(SDD 2008000 017514) [11/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Guinea - Rio Nunez to Conakry — Shoal
250
Paragraph 8.13 1 line 5 Insert:
A depth of 138 m has been reported (2008) in
position 9132N 15366W.
French Notice 08/04/T/04
(SDD 2008000 015937) [10/08]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Sweden - Malören to Repskärsfjärden —
Authorised draughts
485
Paragraph 11.253 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Malören to Gunnarsfjärden; 88 m.
Gunnarsfjärden to Repskärsfjärden; 66 m.
Repskärsfjärden to Karlsborg; 57 m.
486
Paragraph 11.267 2 line 1 For 88 m Read 66 m
Swedish Notices 195/4650/08; 196/4663/08
(SDDs 2008000 012927; 016698) [10/08]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - Approaches to Genova — Routeing
measures; recognition zones; prohibited area
148
Paragraph 4.117 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes
should proceed to the Tanker Recognition Zone,
centred about 5 miles SSW of La Lanterna (44243N
8543E) shown on the chart, to report their arrival to
the Port Authority and await instructions. They are
permitted to anchor within Area Bravo or one of the
lettered...
Paragraph 4.117 6 lines 5 -10 Replace by:
Recognition Zone. On entering the Recognition
Zone (shown on the chart), vessels, other than tankers
and those carrying dangerous cargoes, should report to
the Port Authority to establish arrival times and to
request instructions.
4.1
[10/08]
149
After Paragraph 4.117 7 Insert:
8 Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in an area centred about 1½ miles SE of
Capo Arenzano, radius about 1 cable, containing a
wreck with 30 m over it, as shown on the chart.
Paragraph 4.123 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Accesso Voltri -Prà. From a position about
4
1¾ miles ESE of Capo Arenzano (44237N 8410E)
in the NE -bound lane of the TSS, shown on the chart,
the track leads NE passing, with positions relative to
Scoglio Nave (44250N 8435E):
Paragraph 4.123 4 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Accesso Multedo. From a position about 4½ miles
SE of Capo Arenzano (44237N 8410E), in the
NNE -bound lane of the TSS, shown on the chart, the
track leads NNE to the pilot boarding place
(44235N 8470E), 1¼ miles SSW of Voltri
detached mole elbow, passing:
151
Paragraph 4.123 11 line 6 For ENE Read WNW
Italian Notice 15.2/2007; BA Chart 356 Edition 2
(SDD 2007000 059680) [10/08]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle Calédonie - Île Lifou — Directions;
leading lights
162
Paragraph 5.74 3 line 1 For (197) Read (195)
French Notice 50/38/07
(HH. 585/410/03) [10/08]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Portugal - Aveiro — Directions
137
Paragraph 5.138 5 line 5 to 5.138 6 line 1 Replace by:
...bend. A pipeline lies across this alignment and is
marked by a light buoy (special).
Rebocho Light (white post, 7 m in height)
(40399N 8423W).
6 The track leads SSE in the white sector
(325 -335) astern, passing between No 7...
Portuguese Notice 11/248/07
(SDD 2008000 009363) [10/08]
Wk10/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
SeaofAzov—Wreck
253
Paragraph 8.74 1 line 6 Add:
E of a dangerous wreck (masts visible) (51 miles S),
thence:
Russian Notice 6/510/2008
(SDD 2008000 013279) [09/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Westerschelde - Zuidergat — Directions
3
185
Paragraph 7.264 1 line 2 existing Section IV Notice Week
11/07 For (320° -334°) Read (320° -332½°)
Paragraph 7.264 3 line 1 existing Section IV Notice Week
11/07 Replace by:
Having entered the white sector (173½° -270°) of
Oude Hoofd Walsoorden Light (1½ miles NNW),
course is adjusted S, passing:
Netherlands Notice 06/91/08
(SDD 2008000 013859) [09/08]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
North Wales - River Dee — Anchorages
234
Paragraphs 8.63 to 8.65 including headings Replace by:
Wild Road
8.63
1 Short term anchorage can be obtained in Wild Road
(53°22′N 3°18′W), in depths of about 17 m. There is
little protection from weather and tidal stream. Vessels
should use this anchorage only in slight to moderate
weather conditions and be prepared to move at very
short notice.
Mostyn Deep
8.64
1 Anchorage can be obtained in Mostyn Deep
(53°21′N 3°17′W), which has depths from 5 to 10 m.
While more sheltered in SW winds than Wild Road
(8.63), similar precautions should be observerd.
Lime Wharf
8.65
1 Small craft can find temporary anchorage in the
channel off Lime Wharf (53°22′N 3°13′W).
Mostyn Harbour Master
(SDD 2007000 095975) [09/08]
Wk09/08
4.1
[09/08]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - Isolotto di Nisida — Marine reserve
349
After Paragraph 12.161 2 line 9 Add:
Marine reserve. A marine reserve, into which entry
is prohibited, has been established in the sea area
surrounding Isolotto di Nisida, bounded by a line
joining the following points:
40°48′⋅0N 14°09′⋅8E
40°47′⋅6N 14°10′⋅9E
40°47′⋅4N 14°09′⋅7E
40°47′⋅9N 14°09′⋅3E
Italian Notice 1.39/08
(SDD 2008000 008430) [09/08]
NP 72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
Pilot (1996 Edition) — Supplement 3 -2005
Russia, Arctic coast - Bol’shezemel’skaya Tundra
— Varandey Oil Terminal
152
After L 52 Existing supplement amendment Add:
The Varandey Fixed Offshore Ice Resistant
Offloading Terminal (FOIROT) has been established in
position 69°03′⋅2N 58°09′⋅1E, connected by two
submerged oil pipelines which circulate oil to the
shore 12 miles S. A safety zone, within which
anchoring and trawling are prohibited, has been
established 500 m either side of the pipelines. A safety
zone prohibited to all navigation is established within
a radius of 1000 m of the FOIROT. The recommended
approach track leads 135° to the Terminal. See
also 1.15.
Russian Notice 2/34/08
(SDD 2008000 005064) [09/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Svalbard - Ginevrabotnen — Depths
253
Paragraph 11.15 5 line 5 Insert:
A dangerous shoal, with a depth of 0⋅8 m over it,
lies 1¾ miles NE of Henckeløyane in position
78°34′⋅0N 20°17′⋅1E.
Paragraph 11.15 6 line 4 Add:
A rock awash lies ¾ mile W of Lamontøya in
position 78°37′⋅6N 20°03′⋅8E.
Norwegian Notice 2/106/08
(SDD 2008000 010538) [08/08]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Indonesia – Kalimantan – Alur Pelayaran
Serasan — Obstruction
84
Paragraph 3.93 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...Perhantuan. An obstruction lies 5¾ miles NE of
Pulau Malu; it was reported (2007) that a vessel
drawing 7 m was damaged by contact with it.
Gold Bridge Shipping Ltd.
(SDD 2007000 084267) [08/08]
Philippine Islands – Luzon - Manila —
Directions; VTMS; TSS; anchorages; depths;
wrecks
186
After Paragraph 8.61 Insert:
Vessel traffic management system
8.61a
1 Manila VTMS is in operation within 20 miles of
Corregidor Island (14°23′N 120°34′E), see 8.80a.
188
After Paragraph 8.80 Insert:
Vessel traffic management system
8.80a
1 VTMS is in operation in Manila Bay and the ports
therein, and the approaches within 20 miles of
Corregidor Island (14°23′N 120°34′E). Its use is
compulsory. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(4).
4.1
189
After Paragraph 8.86 Insert:
Vessel traffic management system
8.86a
1 Manila VTMS is in operation, see 8.80a.
192
After Paragraph 8.105 Insert:
[08/08]
1
Vessel traffic management system
8.105a
Manila VTMS is in operation, see 8.80a.
After Paragraph 8.106 1 line 5 Insert:
2 Anchoring and fishing are also prohibited in a
corridor about 1 mile wide extending WSW from the
entrance to Pasig River (14°35′⋅5N 120°57′⋅0E) to
Luzon Point near Bataan Oil Refinery (14°32′N
120°36′E) (8.113).
193
After Paragraph 8.112 3 line 2 Insert:
Prohibited anchorage. See 8.106.
195
Paragraph 8.140 1 to 2 line 5 Replace by:
1 Caution. Mariners are advised to consult the port
authority for confirmation of depths.
Manila Harbour Centre approach channel has a
least charted depth of 10⋅2 m towards the mid channel
with depths about 7 m closer to the channel sides; a
wreck, depth 0⋅9 m, lies in the outer part of in -bound
lane.
International Port Basin has a least charted depth
in the approaches of 9⋅4 m, although depths greater
than 10⋅0 m can be maintained in mid channel. For
depths alongside see 8.169.
2 North Harbour has a least depth of 10 m in the
approach to the harbour, with depths of 6⋅5 m or less
off the berths. For depths at berths see 8.168.
South Harbour approach channel has a least
charted depth of 10 m. For depths in the anchorage
and at the berths see 8.167 and 8.170.
196
After Paragraph 8.145 Insert:
1
Vessel traffic management system
8.145a
Manila VTMS is in operation, see 8.80a.
Paragraph 8.147 Replace by:
1 Mariners not intending to enter the harbours
immediately may anchor in the designated anchorages
outside the breakwaters. See also 8.105. Some
anchorages are outside port limts, see 8.136.
Anchorage may be obtained as follows in
designated anchorages, the limits or positions of which
are shown on the chart.
Wk08/08

2 North Harbour and north terminals (with
positions from International Port Basin S Breakwater
Light (14°36′⋅2N 120°55′⋅9E)):
Name Position Remarks
AtoD 2¾ miles
WNW
MICT
Quarantine
3¼ miles
W
OBW 1¼ miles
WSW
Nos 1 to 3 6 cables
ENE
Nos 4 to
11
1 mile
NNW
Explosives 2 miles
SW
For lightening deep -draught
vessels; depths about 13 m
Depth about 15 m
For lightening deep -draught
vessels; depth about 11 m.
Note this lies on edge of a
prohibited anchorage area
(8.106), confirmation should
be obtained from local
authorities
Within International Port
Basin, depths 9 to 11 m
Depths6to8m
Depths about 14 m
3 South Harbour (with positions from South Harbour
West Breakwater Head Light (14°34′⋅3N 120°57′⋅3E)):
Name Position Remarks
Quarantine 2 miles
SW
C01 - C20 2¾cables
Wto
1¾ miles
WNW
B01 to
B15
3¾cables
to
1¼ miles
S to SSE
14 designated anchorages,
depths 10 to 14 m; wrecks,
depth 7⋅1 m, lie E of centre
with a buoy (special) 1 cable
SSW; obstruction, swept
depth 11⋅9 m,liesonW
boundary.
Depths4to9m;an
obstruction, depth 6⋅7 m,lies
in N of area.
Depths6to9m.
4 Caution. Some dangers and prohibited anchorage
areas lie adjacent to the anchorage areas as shown on
the chart; see also 8.156 concerning wrecks and
1
obstructions.
After Paragraph 8.149 Insert:
Traffic regulations
8.149a
Traffic separation schemes have been established
in the entrance channels to Manila Harbour Centre
(8.159a) and North Harbour (8.161). The schemes are
not IMO adopted but the Philippine Authorities advise
that the principles for their use of the routeing system,
as defined in Rule 10 of International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972), apply.
Prohibited anchorages. See 8.106.
Wk08/08
IV
4.2
197
After Paragraph 8.159 Insert:
1
Manila Harbour Centre
8.159a
From a position in the vicinity of Harbour Centre
pilot boarding position (14°36′⋅2N 120°53′⋅2E), the
track leads NE and E for about 3¾ miles through the
TSS (8.149a). The SE side of the NE -going lane is
marked by LB3 Light Beacon and buoys (safe water
and starboard hand). The SW -going lane is unmarked
except for LBY2 Light Buoy (port hand) at the
entrance. For depths see 8.140. The track passes (with
positions from International Port Basin S Breakwater
Light (14°36′⋅2N 120°55′⋅9E));
2 Close to LBY1 Light Buoy (safe water)
3
(2¼ miles WNW), thence:
Clear of a wreck, depth 0⋅9 m,(1¾miles NW) lying
in the channel.
The track continues generally NE to a position
close NNW of LB3 Light Beacon (2 miles N); a
mooring buoy, unlit, lies 1¾ cables E.
The track then leads E for about 4½ cables to the
end of the TSS, marked on N side by LBY2 Light
Buoy.
The berths at Manila Harbour Centre, or Navotas
(8.132), may be approached directly, or passage
continued E into Estero Marala River (8.135).
Paragraph 8.160 Replace by:
North Harbour
8.160
1 From a position in the vicinity of Harbour Centre
pilot boarding position (14°36′⋅2N 120°53′⋅2E), the
track leads E for about 2 miles, thence NE and E for
about 1¾ miles through the TSS (8.149a), marked by
light buoys (lateral) (for depths see 8.140), passing
(with positions from International Port Basin
S Breakwater Light (14°36′⋅2N 120°55′⋅9E));
2 S of LBY1 Light Buoy (2¼ miles WNW), for
channel to Manila Harbour Centre, thence:
N of a buoy (black conical) (1 mile WSW).
The track then continues to a position about
7½ cables W of the entrance to International Port
Basin, marked by light beacons (8.161).
3 The track then leads NE and E through the inbound
lane of the TSS, passing:
North Harbour pilot boarding position (8.149),
thence:
Clear of a light buoy (starboard hand) (1¼ miles
NNE); this buoy marks the end of the TSS and lies
in the middle of the E -going lane.
5 The track then continues E to a position about
1¾ cables N of North Breakwater Head Light (square
on beacon), thence SE into North Harbour (8.169),
passing:
SW of a stranded wreck, 3¼ cables ENE of North
Breakwater Head Light; a second stranded wreck
lies 3 cables farther ESE.
Useful mark: Silver grey tank, 9½ cables E of
North Breakwater Head Light.

1
198
Paragraph 8.161 1 and 2 line 1 Replace by:
From a position in the vicinity of MICT pilot
boarding position (14°36′⋅3N 120°53′⋅8E), the track
leads E for about 2 miles, passing (with positions from
International Port Basin S Breakwater Light (14°36′⋅2N
120°55′⋅9E));
N of a buoy (black conical) (1 mile WSW), thence:
2 S of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
1
(5½ cables WNW), marking the TSS to North
Harbour, thence:
Paragraph 8.162 1 Replace by:
From the vicinity of South Harbour pilot boarding
position (14°33′⋅3N 120°56′⋅0E) (8.149), the track
1
leads NE for about 1 mile passing (with positions from
West Breakwater Head Light (14°34′⋅4N 120°57′⋅3E)):
Clear of wrecks, depth 7⋅1 m (1½miles SW),
thence:
NW of wreck, depth 7⋅4 m (1 mile SSW), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (4 cables SSW).
Paragraph 8.163 including heading Replace by:
Spare
8.163
Paragraph 8.165 1 Replace by:
Spare.
Paragraph 8.167 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 South Harbour. Anchorage A lies in S half of
harbour and has 18 designated anchorages with depths
of 5 to 10 m. A dangerous wreck, position
approximate, lies in anchorage A01, the W anchorage.
After Paragraph 8.169 1 line 7 Insert:
2 Manila Harbour Centre. R -11 Port Terminal
provides a marginal wharf about 1270 m in length on
S side of estuary of Estero Marala River. The charted
depth alongside at W end is 9⋅3 m.
201
After Paragraph 9.8 Insert:
Vessel traffic management system
9.8a
1 Manila VTMS is in operation within 20 miles of
Corregidor Island (14°23′N 120°34′E), see 8.80a.
NAMRIA; United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 552/685/06) [08/08]
IV
4.3
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - Piombino — Restricted areas
240
After Paragraph 8.116 2 line 2 Add:
Restricted areas. An area has been established,
centred about 2 cables S of Torre del Sale Outer Mole,
as shown on the chart, in which swimming, fishing
and all underwater activities are prohibited.
The Piombino -Isola d’Elba water pipeline (8.115)
extends SW from a position about 7 cables E of the
harbour entrance. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited
in the vicinity as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 1.2/08
(SDD 2008000 008358) [08/08]
Italy - Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari —
Buoyed fairway
276
Paragraph 9.216 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 50/07 Replace by:
3 A fairway marked by light buoys has been
established, extending about 2 miles in a NNW/SSE
direction, centred about 4 miles S of Nuovo Molo di
Levante Head Light, giving access to the N -bound
lane of Porto Canale TSS from SSE.
Italian Notice 1.4/08
(SDD 2008000 008360) [08/08]
Italy - Pozzuoli — Anchorages
348
Paragraph 12.153 1 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
Outer Anchorages. In good weather, vessels of
more than 50 m in length may obtain anchorage about
4 cables WSW of Molo Caligliano Head; and vessels
of less than 50 m in length, about 2¼ cables NW of
Molo Caligoliano Head. However, in strong SW winds
it is dangerous to anchor on or N of the line joining
Fortino Tenaglia and Molo Caligoliano Head.
Italian Notice 1.37/08
(SDD 2008000 008422) [08/08]
Italy - Torre del Greco — Sewage outfall
349
After paragraph 12.164 1 Insert:
2 Caution. A sewage outfall extends about 6 cables
SW from a position on the coast about 4 cables SE of
the harbour entrance.
Italian Notice 1.12/08
(SDD 2008000 008368) [08/08]
Wk08/08

Italy - Vico Equense — Coastal erosion
353
After Paragraph 12.192 1 Insert:
2 Caution. Coastal erosion is causing landslips in the
vicinity of Vico Equense. Mariners should give the
area a wide berth, keeping at least 200 m offshore.
Italian Notice 1.42/08
(SDD 2008000 008444) [08/08]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Approaches to New York Harbor — Ambrose
Light
193
Paragraph 7.3 1 line 4 For Light Read Light Buoy (40°27′N
73°48′W)
194
Paragraph 7.11 1 lines 4 -5 For Light (7.13). Read Light
Buoy (40°27′N 73°48′W).
Paragraph 7.13 2 lines 4 -5 Delete
Paragraph 7.15 1 line 6 For Light Read Light Buoy
195
Paragraph 7.21 2 line 4 Delete
196
Paragraph 7.37 3 line 2 Delete
202
Paragraph 7.89 1 line 4 For Light Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 7.89 3 line 2 For Light Read Light Buoy
Paragraph 7.91 1 line 2 For Light Read Light Buoy
204
Paragraph 7.107 2 line 2 Delete
Paragraph 7.108 2 line 1 For Light Read Light Buoy
US Coast Guard District 1 LNM 49/07
(HH. 614/495/04) [08/08]
Wk08/08
IV
4.4

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Lads Passage — Directions;
buoyage
304
Paragraph 10.117 2 Replace by:
2 Between Wideawake SE Light Buoy (port hand)
(8¾ miles SSE), marking a W extremity of a
shoal bank with a depth of 9⋅6 m over it, and
Wideawake SW Light Buoy (starboard hand),
1¼ miles farther WSW. The white sector
(329°-331½°) of Diamond Reign Light
Beacon leads between these two buoys, and
shoals abreast of the channel are covered by
the adjacent red (331½°-350°) and green
(309°-329°) sectors of the same light. Thence:
WSW of the tip of Tijou Reef (9½ miles ESE)
(10.39) and WSW of Wideawake NE Light Buoy
(W cardinal), 5¾ miles farther WSW, marking a
shoal with a depth of 10⋅9 m over it, thence:
AMSA Preliminary ATH 2008/02
(AA 309633) [07/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Westerschelde - NW approach — Directions;
leading line
1
169
Paragraph 7.106 1 line 9 Replace by:
...SE of Zoutelande Light (red square stone tower,
13 m in height) (51°30′⋅3N 3°28′⋅5E).
Paragraph 7.107 Replace by:
From a position SE of Zoutelande Light (7.106) and
abeam of OG17 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(51°29′⋅0N 3°29′⋅5E), the track leads SSE for 2½ miles
to a position in mid -channel at the SE end of Oostgat
on the alignment of Sardingeul Leading Lights (7.108).
Channel buoyage is the best navigational guide on this
leg. The track passes:
WSW of Kaapduinen Leading Lights (7.106), and:
2 ENE of OG-DL Light Buoy (E cardinal)
(51°28′⋅2N 3°30′⋅6E), which marks the S end
of Bankje van Zoutelande on the N side of
the junction with Deurloo (7.109).
Netherlands Notice 77/08
(SDD 2008000 008338) [07/08]
4.1
[07/08]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Malaysia – Sarawak – Approaches to Batang
Lawas — Shoal
140
Paragraph 5.160 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 A light buoy (starboard hand) (5°00′⋅2N
115°23′⋅7E) marks the outer end of the channel across
the flats leading to Batang Lawas, and an isolated
shoal, depth 2⋅3 m, lies in the approaches 1¼ miles
NNW. An...
Sarawak Chart 7011
(SDD 2007000 058036) [07/08]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Indonesia - Sulawesi - Teluk Tomori - Marine
Terminal
360
After Paragraph 13.115 Insert:
Tiaka Marine Terminal
Chart 3240
General Information
13.115a
1 Position and function. Tiaka Marine Terminal
(1°49′S 121°59′E), a facility for production, storage
and offloading of crude oil, lies 27 miles ENE of
Teluk Tomori.
Port Authority. The terminal is jointly operated by
JOB Pertamina and Medico E&P Tomori Sulawesi,
Bidakara Office Tower 18th Floor, Jl, Jend, Gatot
Subroto Kav, 71 -73 Pancoran, Jakarta 12870,
Indonesia.
Website: Tiaka.Production@medcoenergi.com
Limiting Conditions
13.115b
1 Controlling depth. The least depth alongside the
terminal is 18 m.
Tidal levels: Mean maximum range about 1⋅2 m,
mean minimum range about 0⋅6 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: 36 000 dwt,
180 m LOA and 12⋅5 m draft.
Arrival Information
13.115c
1 Terminal operations. Berthing is only carried out
during daylight hours. Unberthing is carried out at any
time.
Notice of ETA required. Vessels should send their
ETA to JOB Pertamina and Medico E&P Tomori
Sulawesi 24 and 6 hours prior to arrival; for
communication details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
Wk07/08

2 Anchorage. There is no designated tanker
anchorage. Vessels awaiting berthing should loiter 2 to
3 miles to the SE of the terminal.
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory. Requests for pilots
should be made 2 hours prior to arrival. The pilot will
normally board 2 to 3 miles SE of the terminal, in the
vicinity 1°51′S 122°01′E.
Tugs are available.
Restricted area. Established, centred on the FSO,
radius 1½ miles.
Terminal
13.115d
1 General layout. The terminal consists of the FSO
Raisis, berthed on a barge lying alongside a jetty. The
jetty is on the N end of a reclaimed atoll (400 m in
length and 200 m wide) linking the flare stack with
the FSO jetty. The FSO is orientated 215° -035°.
Natural conditions. Prevailing winds are NW with
variations from the N, SW and S. Average wind speed
16 to 20 kns. Swell is predominantly from NW, 1 to
2 m in height.
Useful mark:
Tiaka Marine Terminal Flare Stack (1°50′S
121°59′E), 24 m (80 ft) high.
Port Services
13.115e
1 Facilities: medical assistance.
Terminal regulations. Main engines must be
maintained ready for an immediate departure in the
event of an emergency.
Disposal of oily waste or refuse overboard is
prohibited.
E&P Indonesia
(SDDs 2007000 091577; 2008000 007759) [07/08]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Egypt - Port Said (Bûr Sa‘îd) — Controlling
depths
120
Paragraph 3.194 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Port Said Harbour approach has a maintained
centreline depth of 16⋅5 m, and a least maintained
depth in the harbour of 14⋅8 m. The approach channel
leading to Port Said By -pass has a least maintained
centreline depth of 22⋅5 m; and the Suez Canal
Container Terminal (East Port Said Container
Terminal) has a dredged depth of 16⋅5 m.
Suez Canal Authority
(SDD 2007000 062412) [07/08]
Wk07/08
IV
4.2
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Bay of Fundy - SE approaches — Whale
sanctuary
143
Paragraph 7.4 including heading Replace by:
Whale sanctuary (Area to be avoided)
7.4
1 An IMO approved area to be avoided (applicable to
all vessels of 300 gt and over) has been established as
a whale conservation area in Roseway Basin, S of
Cape Sable (43°23′N 65°37′W). The area is marked on
the charts and is seasonally active between 1 June and
31 December annually.
2 Mariners are requested to avoid passage through
this area. If this is not possible, then decrease speed,
post a lookout and manoeuvre around any marine
mammal activity.
If a Right Whale is sighted, or if a collision occurs,
the position should be reported to the Department of
Fisheries and Oceans via any Marine Communications
Traffic Services Centre (MCTS), or by fax at
902 -426 -2698.
See 1.68 for further information.
Canadian Eastern Notice 01/4001/08
(HH. 606/400/03) [07/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Venezuela - Isla La Sola — Directions; light
152
Paragraph 5.47 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
3 Clear of Isla La Sola (27 miles WSW) (La Sola
on Chart 1480) and NE of Los Frailes
(Archipiélago Los Frailles on Chart 2191)
(5.54). La Sola is a steep -to dark rock, from
which a light (orange pole, white band, 3 m
in height) is exhibited. A light (GRP
framework tower with white and orange
bands) is also exhibited from the largest
island of Los Frailes. Thence:
Venezuelan Notice 51/07
(HH. 668/600/04) [06/08]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Approaches to Baie de Saint -Jean -De -Luz —
Directions
233
After Paragraph 8.268 2 line 7 Insert:
3 NW of a dangerous wreck (position doubtful)
(1¾ miles NE).
French Chart 7431
(SDD 2007000 094541) [06/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Hoek van Holland - Pilotage; VTS
211
Paragraph 9.4 including heading Replace by
Spare
9.4
Paragraph 9.5 2 line 6 Replace by:
...3°00′E. Notice of ETA, together with a request for a
pilot, should be sent 48 hours prior to arrival; updates
are required 24, 12 and 3 hours prior to arrival.
Paragraph 9.6 1 line 6 including Section IV Notices
Weeks 31/06 and 39/06 For in the vicinity Read 1 mile S
Paragraph 9.6 2 lines 4 -5 including Section IV Notices
Weeks 31/06 and 39/06 Replace by:
For vessels with a draught less than 17⋅4 m, notice
of ETA, together with a request for a pilot should be
sent 24 hours prior to arrival; updates are required 6
and 3 hours prior to arrival. For further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
4.1
[06/08]
After Paragraph 9.6 Insert:
Suspension of pilotage
9.6a
1 Should pilotage by pilot vessel be suspended due to
bad weather or other circumstance, the following
options will apply:
Pilotage will be provided by helicopter (9.8) for
vessels over 125 m LOA by day and vessels over
150 m LOA by night.
Shore based pilotage (9.7) will be initiated.
If neither of the foregoing is suitable, vessels will
await further instructions either at anchor or
hove -to.
Paragraph 9.7 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
....is only available between the pilot boarding position
at Maas Center Light Buoy and the Traffic Centre
Hoek van...
212
Paragraph 9.9 Replace by:
1 A VTS scheme is maintained which covers the area
between the Eurogeul Approach (52°N 3°E), about
38 miles offshore, and Brienenoordbrug (9.67), also the
Oude Maas to Km 999⋅5. The area is divided into
three regions: Traffic Centre Hoek van Holland, Botlek
Information and Tracking System and Traffic Centre
Rotterdam. These regions are sub -divided into twelve
sectors, each with their own VTS operator and VHF
radio channel.
2 Participation in the VTS is mandatory for all
seagoing vessels. Other classes of vessel must maintain
a continuous listening watch, only reporting
manoeuvres that deviate from the usual traffic flow.
Seaward of Maasmond the primary language is
English with Dutch as secondary but within the river
this situation is reversed.
Routine MSI broadcasts are made by the three
traffic centres on VHF Channel 11 but individual
traffic sectors will provide information on request, as
will Dirkswager Maasluis on VHF Channel 12.
3 For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(1).
223
Paragraph 9.106 1 Replace by:
1 Vessels using Oude Maas are restricted to a
maximum draught in fresh water of 9⋅45 m.
The following vessels are required to report to the
Coordination Centre Rotterdam (HCC) or Regional
Traffic Centre Dordrecht (RTC) 24 hours in advance,
the message including the vessel’s dimensions and
ETA Oude Maas.
Vessels of 175 m LOA and over, or 25 m beam and
over.
Vessels with a draught of 8⋅8 m in fresh water or
more bound for Dordrecht.
Vessels with a draught of 8⋅0 m in fresh water or
more bound for Moerdijk.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1)
(HH. 028/200/01) [06/08]
Wk06/08

NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2007 Edition)
China - South coast - Zhanjiang — Directions;
leading lights
253
Paragraph 7.186 2 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
Leading lights:
Longteng Hangdao (Bentang Jiao) Front Light
(44 m in height) (21°03′⋅5N 110°33′⋅0E).
Rear light (59 m in height) (1½ miles from front
light).
The alignment (276¾°), of these lights leads
through Longteng Hangdao (Outer Section) passing S
of the two dangerous wrecks, position approximate,
lying N of the channel and N of several dangerous
wrecks which lie to the S of the channel.
Chinese Notice 51/1602/07
(SDD 2008000 001984) [06/08]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Honshu - Irago Suido — Traffic Regulations
108
Paragraph 5.17 2 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
2 d. A vessel shall enter and leave the route at its
charted extremities using the whole of Irago
Suido traffic route.
Japanese Notice 02/42/08
(HH. 563/405/08) [06/08]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2007 Edition)
Oman - Salalah - Harbour — General layout;
berths
334
Paragraph 13.47 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
A newly constructed breakwater (2008) extends
2
1⋅5 miles NE from Ra’s Raysøt (13.43) protecting the
E side of the main harbour basin.
Paragraph 13.47 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
A container terminal is situated on the NW side of
the main basin; further berthing facilities including a
RoRo berth, an oil pier and general cargo berths are
situated in the SW part of the harbour, W of the
breakwater.
1
335
Paragraph 13.48 1 Replace by:
Construction work is in progress (2008) between
the oil pier and the breakwater, and at the N end of
the container pier.
Paragraph 13.53 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 A container terminal consisting of six berths with a
combined length of 1⋅2 miles is situated on the NNW
side of the main harbour basin; depths alongside
16⋅0 m.
Wk06/08
IV
4.2
Paragraph 13.56 1 Replace by:
1 An oil pier, 130 m in length with dolphins, lies at
the N end of a breakwater extending from the NE
corner of the large spur quay; the berth has alongside
depths of 12 m and can handle tankers up to
35 000 dwt.
Omani Notices 10/19/07; 11/21/07
(SDD 2007000 082724) [06/08]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Mexico - Ciudad del Carmen — Directions;
wreck
136
Paragraph 6.122 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 28/07 Replace by:
2 From the vicinity of 18°51′N 91°53′W, in the
precautionary area, the route leads S to the vicinity of
the light buoy (safe water) (18°44′⋅8N 91°54′⋅7W),
thence the alignment (180°) of the above lights leads
S for 4 miles, passing E of Punta Xicalango (18°42′N
91°57′W) (Chart 2626), thence:
W of a stranded wreck (18°43′⋅7N 91°54′⋅2W),
thence:
E of a buoy (lateral) (18°41′⋅0N 91°54′⋅5W),
thence:
W of a light buoy (lateral) (18°40′⋅8N 91°54′⋅5W),
thence:
BA Chart 373; Mexican Notice 11/196/07
(HH. 622/410/09) [06/08]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
U.S. Virgin Islands - Frederiksted — Light
1
121
Paragraph 3.408 1-2 Replace by:
Landmarks:
Fort Frederik (17°42′⋅9N 64°53′⋅0W), a
conspicuous red brick structure situated in the N
part of the town.
Prominent radar station on Saint George Hill
(17°43′⋅1N 64°51′⋅4W), which is illuminated at
night, making it visible for over 20 miles.
Paragraph 3.409 2 lines 5 -9 Delete
US Coast Guard District 7 LNM 16/06
(HH. 671/425/03) [06/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Ellis Channel — Directions;
buoyage
386
Paragraph 13.127 2 line 4 Replace by:
Between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
1
(8 cables S) and No 4 and 2 Light Buoys (port
hand), close WSW. The buoys mark...
Paragraph 13.128 2 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
NW of a light buoy (special) (9 cables ESE),
marking the outer end of a coral reef, with depths
less than 5 m over it, which extends NE from the
N of Madge Reefs; a light beacon (port hand)
stands 2 cables farther S; and:
SE of a light buoy (starboard hand) (7 cables ESE),
marking the SE side of Wilkie Bank, thence:
Paragraph 13.128 3 line 1 Replace by:
NW of a light beacon (port hand) (9 cables
ESE),
Queensland Notices 890P; 892P; 893P of 2007
(AA 307482; AA 307484; AA 307486) [05/08]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Aleutian Islands - Unalga Pass — Depths
195
Paragraph 5.86 1 Replace by:
1 Depths. An isolated shoal with a depth of 14⋅6 m
(48 ft) over it lies 1½ miles E of Fisherman Point in
approximate position 53°56′⋅3N 166°11′⋅3W.
US Coastguard District 17 Local Notice 31/07
(HH. 611/435/03) [05/08]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Ukraine - Illichivs’k — Anchorage
181
Paragraph 6.49 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage area No 351, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, is situated 4½ miles SE of the
port entrance; depths 18 to 22 m, grey mud and shell.
Spoil ground area No 905 lies 2¼ miles S of the
port entrance.
Russian Notice 2/70/2008
(SDD 2008000 005055) [05/08]
Wk05/08
4.1
Ukraine - Yuzhnyy — Obstruction
[05/08]
189
After Paragraph 6.105 2 line 3 Add:
Caution. An obstruction lies in position 46°35′⋅0N
31°04′⋅7E, close SW of anchorage position
No 16.
Russian Notice 2/71/2008
(SDD 2008000 005055) [05/08]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
France - NW coast - Chenal du Four —
Directions
5
241
Paragraph 8.42 4 line 1 Add:
ENE of Plâtresses Nord Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(2¾ miles NW), thence:
Paragraph 8.42 5 Replace by:
Between Les Plâtresses (2½ miles NW) a group
of reefs and drying rocks, noting the
dangerous wreck (position doubtful) close E,
and La Valbelle (2½ miles NW), marked on
its W side by Valbelle Light Buoy (port
hand). The buoy is liable to drift. Thence:
Paragraph 8.42 6 line 2 For Buoy Read Light Buoy
French Notice 01/20/08
(SDD 2008000 003146) [05/08]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea, East coast - Imwãn Hang—Light
190
Paragraph 4.162 4 line 5 Add:
Imwãn Hang Light (white round concrete tower,
10 m in height) (37°14′N 129°21′E).
191
Paragraph 4.164 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by
...light (4.162) is exhibited. Imwãn Mal is a
light -brown, rocky...
Korean Notice 51/843/07
(HH. 557/464/14) [05/08]

NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa — Racon
82
After Paragraph 2.122 1 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
2.122a
1 Racon:
Passe de Dumbéa Light Beacon (22°21′⋅1S
166°14′⋅7E).
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 2.
French Notice 48/60/07
(HH. 585/570/05) [05/08]
Nouvelle Calédonie - Nouméa - Grande Rade —
Wreck
86
After Paragraph 2.162 2 Add:
SSW of dangerous wreck (7 cables W), position
approximate, thence:
French Notice 50/36/07
(HH. 585/570/05) [05/08]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Portugal — Vessel traffic service
59
After Paragraph 2.27 2 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
2.27a
1 A voluntary vessel traffic service operates off the
Portuguese coast up to a limit of approximately
50 miles in the vicinity of Cabo da Roca (5.191). See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
60
After Paragraph 2.38 1 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
2.38a
1 A voluntary vessel traffic service operates off the
Portuguese coast up to a limit of approximately
50 miles in the vicinity of Cabo de São Vicente (6.24).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
61
After Paragraph 2.47 1 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
2.47a
1 A voluntary vessel traffic service operates off the
Portuguese coast up to a limit of approximately
50 miles. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
IV
4.2
119
After Paragraph 5.3 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
5.3a
1 A voluntary vessel traffic service operates off the
Portuguese coast up to a limit of approximately
50 miles. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
173
After Paragraph 6.8 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
6.8a
1 A voluntary vessel traffic service operates off the
Portuguese coast up to a limit of approximately
50 miles. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
Portuguese Notice 12/267/2007
(SDD 2008000 002401) [05/08]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Narrangsett Bay - Bridge — Racon
153
After Paragraph 5.247 1 line 2 Add:
Narragansett Bay Bridge (41°30′N 71°21′W).
US Notice 51/13223/07
(HH. 614/455/05) [05/08]
Approaches to New York Harbor - Ambrose
Light — Racon
194
Paragraph 7.14 1 line 3 Delete
US Notice 51/12326/07
(HH. 614/495/04) [05/08]
Hudson River — Vertical clearance
215
Paragraph 7.188 1 line 2 For 41⋅1 m (135 ft)
Read 40⋅8 m (134 ft)
US Coast Pilot 2, 37th Edition 2008 Change No 3
(HH. 078/551/08) [05/08]
Wk05/08

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Maharastra - Pavas Bay — Ranpar Port
236
Paragraphs 7.85 1-2 Replace by:
1 Position. Pavas Bay is entered S of Pavas Point
(16°54′N 73°17′E) and has an entrance 7 cables wide.
Function. Finolex Sea Terminal (Ranpar Port)
(16°53′⋅4N 73°16′⋅9E), approached through a channel
about 7 cables long, lies at the N entrance; vessels of
up to 20 000 tonnes displacement with a maximum
draught of 9⋅5 m are berthed here to discharge liquid
chemicals.
Notice of ETA should be sent 72 and 3 hours prior
to arrival.
Pilotage and tugs are available.
2 Anchorages. Large vessels anchor 2 miles WSW of
Pavas Point in about 13 m, mud. Small craft can
obtain anchorage in the bay, with shelter from NW
winds, 7 cables ESE of Pavas Point in about 8·5 m,
mud and sand.
Berth consists of a 50 m long T -shaped jetty,
aligned E -W, with two mooring dolphins on each side.
The jetty is connected to the shore by a 180 m long
causeway.
INP 1 West Coast of India Pilot (2nd Edition 2003)
Amendment 24/07
(SDD 2007000 094044) [04/08]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Tunisia - La Goulette and Tunis — Depths;
directions
299
Paragraph 7.94 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Depths in the approach channel and Canal de Tunis
are no longer maintained by dredging. For the latest
information the Port Authority should be consulted.
301
Paragraph 7.113 1 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
1 From a position in the channel at the W end of La
Goulette harbour, close S of No 21 Light Buoy, the
track leads 4¼ miles through the channel, marked by
numbered light beacons, to Tunis harbour entrance,
keeping in the centre of the channel.
Tunisian Chart 1515 (2007)
(SDD 2007000 089688) [04/08]
4.1
[04/08]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - SE coast - Otranto — TSS; directions
478
Paragraph 11.17 1 lines 5 -9 Replace by:
To a position in the W -bound lane of Otranto
Approaches TSS (11.21) ENE of La Punta (Punta
Craul) (3¼ miles NNW), the N entrance point of
Otranto. A light (white column on pedestal, 9 m
in height) is exhibited from the point.
479
Paragraph 11.21 1 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has been
established in the approaches to Otranto. Mariners
2
should contact the port authority for details of the TSS
and for anchoring instructions.
Anchorages. An area centred about 2½ miles N of
Molo San Nicola Head (40°08′⋅9N 18°29′⋅7E),
contains anchorages N1 - N6, each of radius
1½ cables. Anchorage S1, radius 1¼ cables, is centred
1¾ miles SE of Molo San Nicola Head.
Caution. Submarine cables extend NE, E and SE
from the harbour, as shown on the chart.
3 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gt.
1
Local pilots are available.
Paragraph 11.24 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
From a position in the W -bound lane of Otranto
Approaches TSS (11.21) ENE of La Punta Light
(40°09′⋅2N 18°29′⋅5E), the track leads WSW through
the TSS to the harbour entrance, passing (with
positions from the light):
Italian Notices 23.27/24.12/07
(SDDs 2007000 092251/096097) [04/08]
Italy - E coast - Porto Levante — LNG terminal
543
After Paragraph 12.256 1 line 9 Add:
Caution: Works are in progress (2007) on the
construction of a new LNG terminal off Porto Levante.
Entry is prohibited into the areas containing the works,
including the mandatory area to be avoided lying
10½ miles ENE of Porto Levante Light, as shown on
the chart. Mariners should navigate with extreme
caution in this vicinity.
Italian Notices T46010/07; T46011/07
(SDDs 2007000 096123/096124) [04/08]
Wk04/08

NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2007 Edition)
North Island - Auckland — Pilot boarding
position
222
Paragraph 8.100 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Pilot boards at the Outer boarding position or at the
Inner boarding position, 3 miles and 1¾ miles NNE,
respectively, of Rangitoto Light Beacon (36°46′⋅9S
174°49′⋅3E). Inward bound vessels greater than 200 m
in length or with a draught of more than 10⋅5 m must
embark a pilot before passing the Outer boarding
position.
New Zealand Notice 21/197/07
(HH. 580/130/03) [04/08]
Wk04/08
IV
4.2
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Nova Scotia - Halifax approaches — Sub -surface
moorings and buoys
94
Paragraph 4.18 2 Add:
3 Caution. Numerous sub -surface moorings and
scientific buoys may be encountered in the vicinity of
44°17′⋅5N 63°14′⋅0W.
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4320/07
(HH. 606/425/03) [04/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Vuosaari and approaches — Draught
172
Paragraph 4.249 1 line 3 For 4⋅0 m Read 3⋅0 m
Paragraph 4.255 1 line 3 For 4⋅0 m Read 3⋅0 m
Finnish Notice 35 -36/626/07
(SDD 2007000 095503) [03/08]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Approaches to Yantai —
Directions; wreck
295
After Paragraph 9.62 9 line 6 Add:
Caution. A stranded wreck lies 2 miles NNE of the
boarding position.
Chinese Notice 45/1399/07
(HH. 548/512/03) [03/08]
Wk03/08
4.1
[03/08]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
Western Isles - Stornoway - River Creed Estuary
— Directions; Port Entry Light
436
Paragraph 13.79 1 Replace by:
1 From a position about 3¼ cables NNE of Arnish
Point Light the white sector (282° -290°) of River
Creed Estuary PEL (metal post) (8½ cables NW, on
the N side of the estuary) leads WNW through the
harbour, passing (with positions from Arnish Point
Light):
437
After Paragraph 13.80 Insert:
Leaving harbour
13.80a
1 From a position about 3¾ cables SSE of the head
of No 1 Pier the white sector (102° -109°) of Stoney
Field Light (metal pole, 3 m in height) (58°11′⋅7N
6°21′⋅4W), standing ½ cable W of Stoney Field, a grey
slated cottage with extensions, leads ESE through the
fairway.
Northern Lighthouse Board; BA Chart 2529
(SDDs 2007000 049603; 086989) [03/08]

NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Signy Island - W coast — Anchorage; rock
140
Paragraph 4.44 1 line 5 Add:
A rock reported (2007), with a depth of 3⋅5m over
it, lies in position 60°43′⋅0S 45°40′⋅7W, about
2½ cables SW of Jebsen Point.
Paragraph 4.44 1 lines 6 -7 Delete
RRS James Clark Ross
(HH. 693/400/03) [02/08]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Medway Approach Channel — Pilot landing
position
314
Paragraph 16.10a Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 13/06 Replace by:
1 Outbound vessels, which are exempt from
compulsory pilotage in the Port of London Outer
Pilotage Area (11.14), disembark the pilot in the
Medway Approach Channel, about 7 cables WSW of
Medway Light Buoy (51°28′⋅8N 0°52′⋅8E).
Medway Ports Notice 39/07
(SDD 2007000 093806) [02/08]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Firth of Forth — Directions; track
99
Paragraph 4.126 1 line 4 Delete on To route
Paragraph 4.134 1 line 1 Delete recommended
100
Paragraph 4.134 3 lines 7 -10 Replace by:
...is floodlit. The normal tracks, both W -bound and
E -bound, pass under the N navigation span. However,
vessels may also pass under the S navigation span if
required and with the permission of the VTS (4.6).
Thence:
105
Paragraph 4.189 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position close W of Forth Road Bridge, the
route leads...
Forth Ports PLC
(SDD 2007000 092522) [02/08]
Wk02/08
4.1
River Humber — Skitter Channel
177
After Paragraph 7.100 3 Insert:
[02/08]
1
Skitter Channel
General information
7.100a
Skitter Channel, a secondary channel, is entered
from the vicinity of No 18 Elbow Light Buoy
(53°43′⋅3N 0°15′⋅0W) and leads generally WSW for
about 6½ miles to the vicinity of No 28A Light Float
(53°42′⋅3N 0°25′⋅6W), where the main channel is
rejoined. By making use of Skitter Channel vessels in
transit avoid passing the port of Hull.
The channel has a least depth in mid -channel of
1⋅8 m (2007) but is subject to frequent change, the
buoyage being moved accordingly.
Directions
7.100b
1 Skitter Channel is marked by light buoys (lateral).
From the vicinity of No 18 Elbow Light Buoy (port
hand), the track leads initially WNW and then
generally WSW, passing (with positions from No 18
Elbow Light Buoy):
NNW of Skitter Sand (7.96) (1½ miles W), and:
SSE of Hull Middle (7.96) (2 miles W), thence:
NNW of New Holland Jetty (7.137) (4 miles WSW).
Thence the track leads to a position N of No 28A
Light Float (port hand).
Associated British Ports Notice H. 91/07
(SDD 2007000 093740) [02/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Bellingham Channel — Directions; depth
141
After Paragraph 4.71 1 line 8 Add:
NW of an isolated patch with least depth of 7⋅9 m
(1¾ miles ESE), thence:
Canadian Notice 11/3462/07
(HH. 612/490/07) [01/08]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Graham Island - E side — Directions
218
After Paragraph 7.154 2 line 6 Add:
E of a platform (53°59′N 131°33′W), from which a
light is exhibited, thence:
Canadian Notice 11/3002/07
(HH. 600/470/04) [01/08]
Wk01/08
4.1
[01/08]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Sicilia - Marsala — Anchorage
363
Paragraph 9.78 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage. Visiting vessels are required to use one
of the two authorised anchorage areas centred on
37°46′⋅7N 12°25′⋅5E and 37°46′⋅1N 12°26′⋅0E, each
with radius 2 cables.
Italian Notice 22.37/07
(SDD 2007000 092151) [01/08]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Gulf of Mexico - Mississippi - South Pass —
Directions
222
Paragraph 8.158 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position on the coastal route in the vicinity
of 28°56′⋅1N 89°00′⋅8W, the approach track leads
WNW for a distance of 7¼ miles, within the charted
Safety Fairway, to pass between East and West Jetties
at the entrance to the pass.
US CoastGuard District 8 LNM 45/07
(HH. 615/440/12) [01/08]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Islas Canarias - Bajo de Amanay — Depth
90
Paragraph 3.37 1 line 5 For 26 m Read 22 m
Spanish Notice 48/344/2007
(SDD 2007000 089844) [52/07]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Brazil - North coast - Macau northwards —
Directions
143
After Paragraph 4.224 1 line 3 Add:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (29 miles WNW),
thence:
French Notice 45/T13/07
(HH. 658/440/03) [52/07]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Pertuis de Maumusson — Directions
181
Paragraph 7.119 Replace by:
1 The best time to cross the bar, which may be
distinguishable due to the colour of the water and the
breakers on each side, is the hour before HW slack,
especially if there is a W wind.
Initial position: vicinity of ATT Maumusson Light
Buoy (safe water) (45°47′N 1°18′W), noting a
dangerous wreck (position approximate) 5 cables NNE.
2 Route. The approach leads about 1½ miles ESE,
passing (with positions from Pointe de Gatseau
(45°48′⋅0N 1°14′⋅1W):
Between Tabouret Buoy (port hand) and La Barre
Buoy (starboard hand) (both 2 miles SW).
3 The route then leads generally NE, in the scoured
channel between Banc de Gatseau and Banc des
Mattes, passing:
Close NW of Mattes Buoy (starboard hand)
(1¼ miles SW), thence:
Close SE of Gatseau Buoy (port hand) (7¼ cables
SW), and::
4 Close SE of an isolated 0⋅8 m drying patch
(3¾ cables S), at which point the channel
divides.
(Directions are given for Coureau d’Oléron at
7.267, and for La Seudre at 7.286)
French Notice 07 -43 -38
(SDD 2007000 084248) [52/07]
Wk52/07
4.1
[52/07]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Lekafjorden - Skeishamn — Directions;
leading lights
65
L 42 Existing supplement amendment Delete
L 43 -52 Including existing supplement amendment
Replace by:
Directions. From a position in Lekafjorden about
8 cables NW of Søre Gutvik Light (65°04′⋅9N
11°48′⋅8E), the track leads W, passing (with
positions relative to the light):
N of a rock (1½ miles WNW) with a depth of 5 m
over it, thence:
S of Vattvikskjæret (1½ miles NW), and a drying
rock, marked by an iron perch, 2 cables farther
SW, thence:
N of Storskjæret (1¾ miles WNW), thence:
N of 2 iron perches marking dangers up to 1½ cables
NW of Storskjæret.
From a position N of the NW of the 2 iron
perches, the harbour entrance is indicated by leading
lights (lights in line 212°). A further light (floodlit) is
exhibited from Aborskjæret, close N of Havneholmen.
Norwegian Chart 51; Norwegian Notice 1325/07
(SDDs 2007000 077343; 088686) [52/07]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Vilagarcia de Arousa — Channel depth
99
Paragraph 4.84 1 line 9 Add:In 2007 reduced depths of less
than 8 m were found in the channel.
Paragraph 4.87 2 line 5 Add:In 2007 reduced depths of less
than 8 m were found in the channel.
Spanish Notice 48/343/2007
(SDD 2007000 089843) [52/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Venezuela - Cumaná — Light
158
After Paragraph 5.96 1 line 4 Insert:
2 Major light:
Cumaná Landfall Light (white framework tower,
orange band, 12 m in height) (10°28′N64°10′W).
159
After Paragraph 5.105 2 line 5 Insert:
3 Major light:
Cumaná Landfall Light (10°28′N 64°10′W) (5.96).
160
Paragraph 5.111 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Major light:
Cumaná Landfall Light (10°28′N 64°10′W) (5.96).
Track. From a position 2 miles S of Punta Arenas
the track...
161
After Paragraph 5.119 2 line 7 Insert:
Cumaná Landfall Light (10°28′N 64°10′W) (5.96).
Venezuelan Notice 042/07
(HH. 668/440/03) [51/07]
4.1
[51/07]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
Washington - Umatilla Reef — Directions
420
Paragraph 14.61 6 lines 3 -4 For No 2UR Light Buoy
(starboard hand) Read UR Light Buoy (special)
US Coast Guard District 13 LNM 41/07
(HH. 612/465/05) [51/07]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle Calédonie - Anse de Poindimié —
Submarine cable
137
After Paragraph 4.170 1 line 8 Add:
Submarine cable lies generally NNE, E and SE
from 20°56′⋅0S 165°19′⋅2E.
French Notice 43/66/07
(HH. 585/500/03) [51/07]
Wk51/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Nigeria - Escravos River - Approaches —
Warri; directions
341
Paragraph 11.165 1 lines 3 -4 Delete
Paragraph 11.166 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
342
Paragraph 11.175 1 lines 8 -9 Delete A light To Island Mole.
346
Paragraph 11.203 2 line 10 Delete ...and a racon (11.206)
transmits
Paragraph 11.206 1 lines 1 -4 Delete
1
350
Paragraph 11.256 1 line 3 For Light Read Head
Paragraph 11.260 including heading Replace by:
Spare
11.260
Paragraphs 11.261, 11.262, 11.263, 11.264 Replace by:
11.261
Caution. Local Harbour Masters’ Notices should be
consulted for the latest depths in the channel across
Escravos Bar which is liable to silt.
The buoyage in the Escravos River is not to be
relied on. See 11.155.
2 Directions. From the vicinity of the pilot
embarkation position for Escravos Gas and Oil
Terminal, the track leads E, passing (with positions
relative to the Berth Operations Platform (5°30′⋅5N
5°00′⋅3E)):
S of SBM No 2 (1 mile W) and clear of the restricted
area surrounding it, thence:
3 N of a ruined platform (3¼ miles S) with
another ruined platform situated 7 cables
1
farther E; both platforms showing barely 5 m
above sea level, thence:
S of Berth Operations Platform (11.206), thence:
Clear of a beacon (2¼ miles SE), 4 m in height,
thence:
S of a submerged well and a dangerous wreck, 3½
and 4 miles E, respectively, as shown on the chart.
11.262
Thence the track leads ENE, passing (with positions
relative to Main Mole Head (5°31′⋅0N 5°07′⋅0E)).
SSE of two submerged wells (2½ and 3 miles
WSW), thence:
NNW of a lit beacon (2¼ miles SW), which lies
5 cables S of the pilot boarding position.
2 Thence the track leads NNE, passing:
S of a submerged well (1¼ miles W) and S of Okan
Oilfield which extends N with numerous
submerged wells and structures, as shown on the
chart.
4.1
[50/07]
3 Thence the track leads E, passing:
Clear of a 5 m patch (4 cables WNW), thence:
Between, Island Mole (4 cables NNE) and Main
Mole Head ( remains of metal framework tower),
keeping to the middle of the dredged channel.
4 Thence the track leads ENE then NE passing:
S of a submerged wreck (1¾ miles NE).
11.263
1 Thence the track continues NE, passing:
SE of the drying bank (2½ miles NE) reported
(1991) to be extending SE. A dangerous wreck
lies W of the drying patch, as shown on the chart.
Thence:
NW of North Point (3 miles ENE) (5°32′⋅3N
5°09′⋅5E), thence:
SE of an area which always breaks, N of the drying
patch (2¾ miles NE), thence:
NW of a stranded wreck (5°33′⋅1N 5°09′⋅7E).
2 The track continues NE, passing:
NW of the village of Ogogoro (4½ miles ENE),
thence:
SE of two sandbanks (5½ miles NE), reported 2007,
thence:
SE of Ugborodo, (5¾ miles NE) a village on the N
shore, thence:
Over the submerged oil pipeline which crosses the
river (5¾ miles NE).
11.264
1 Thence the track leads ENE, passing (with positions
relative to the radio tower (5°36′⋅3N 5°11′⋅7E)):
SSE of the radio tower, standing at the S extremity of
an oil terminal. Thence:
SSE of a light (5 cables ENE). A gas plant is under
construction NW of the light. Thence:
2 NNW of a ruined jetty (1¼ miles ESE), with the
village of Madagho standing close E, thence:
Over the submarine pipeline which crosses the river
3 cables farther NE, thence:
SSE of N3 Beacon (1½ miles ENE), with a stranded
wreck lying 3 cables farther ENE, thence:
3 Between Nos 21 and 22 Buoys (lateral)
(2½ miles ENE).
Thence the track leads ESE, passing:
Between Nos 23 and 24 Buoys (lateral) (4 miles E).
Thence the track leads E, passing S of Escardos
Point, the S entrance point to Nana Creek (11.180).
4 Useful marks:
North Beacon (white, elevation 15 m) (5°30′⋅5N
5°11′⋅1E).
Radio tower (elevation 98 m) (5°36′⋅3N 5°11′⋅7E),
red obstruction lights.
(Directions for Koko continue at 11.180)
Chevron Nigeria Ltd
(SDD 2007000 080920) [50/07]
Wk50/07

NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Sweden - Umeå and approaches — Directions
439
Paragraph 10.352 2 line 3 Replace by:
...Rear Leading Light (63°41′⋅8N 20°19′⋅5E).
440
Paragraph 10.360 10 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...(63°38′⋅9N 20°20′⋅8E), astern, until the alignment (356°)
of Långhalsudde Leading Lights (10.361) can be placed
ahead.
Paragraph 10.361 2 Replace by:
2 Långhalsudde Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe on metal
framework tower, 6 m in height) (63°41′⋅7N
20°19′⋅5E).
441
Paragraph 10.361 3 Replace by:
3 Rear light (similar structure, 16 m in height)
(260 m farther N).
The alignment (356°) of these lights leads through a
buoyed channel, passing (with positions from front
light):
Paragraph 10.361 5 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...NW of Hillskär.
1
442
Paragraph 10.365 1 Replace by:
From the main channel, the track continues N until
3½ cables from Långhalsudde Front Light (10.361),
then leads NNE towards the harbour.
Paragraph 10.366 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 This part of the harbour is approached from a
position at the end of the main channel, about
1
3½ cables S of Långhalsudde Front Light (10.361),
using the alignment (034¾°) of the following leading
lights:
Paragraph 10.367 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
Continue NNE from the end of the main channel,
about 3½ cables S of Långhalsudde Front Light
(10.361), ...
Swedish Notices 185/4406 and 4460/07
(SDD 2007000 085585/6) [50/07]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Rade de Pénerf — Directions
122
After Paragraph 5.232 3 Add:
SE of a large light buoy (special) (47°27′⋅6N
2°39′⋅5W).
After Paragraph 5.235 1 line 7 Add:
WNW of a large light buoy (special) (2¾ miles
SSW), thence:
123
After Paragraph 5.239 3 line 8 Add:
S of a large light buoy (special) (8¼ miles ESE).
French Notice 07 -45 -23
(SDD 2007000 087502) [50/07]
Wk50/07
IV
4.2
Coureau D’Oléron — Directions
199
Paragraph 7.274 5 line 1 For (port hand) Read (preferred
channel to starboard)
French Notice 07 -45 -24
(SDD 2007000 087506) [50/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Sea of Azov - Kosa Yelenina — Wreck
263
Paragraph 8.171 4 line 6 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck marked by a buoy
(19½ miles W), thence:
Navarea III 452/07
(HH. 024/200/01) [50/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Steenbank Pilot Station — Helicopter service
Paragraph 7.14 4 Delete
158
Loodswezen Scheldemond
(SDD 2007000 086805) [50/07]
Whitstable Harbour — Pilotage; traffic signal
252
Paragraph 12.37 1 line 3 Replace by:
Notice of ETA required is 24 hours. Requests for a
pilot should be made at the same time.
Paragraph 12.37 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 12/07 Replace by:
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 m in
length. Pilotage services are provided by Whitstable
Harbour Authority. The pilot boards in the vicinity of
Whitstable Street Light Buoy (12.40).
253
Paragraph 12.38 1 lines 5 -7 Delete
Whitstable Harbour Master
(SDD 2007000 086508) [50/07]
River Swale — No 5 Light Beacon; sectors
327
Paragraph 16.111 4 line 1 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 43/07 For (165° -166°) Read (166° -167°)
Medway Ports
(SDD 2007000 086422 ) [50/07]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – Yellow Sea – Qingdao Approaches —
TSS; defined routes; pilot boarding positions
272
Paragraph 8.68 5 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
5 The track then leads to a position 1¼ miles ENE of
Xiang Zui (36°01′N 120°18′E) and No 512 Light Buoy
(port hand), which lies 2 cables ENE, and thence into
No 2 Precautionary Area of Qingdao Gang TSS
(8.108), wherein lies the pilot boarding position
(8.106) for vessels over 15 m draught.
1
276
Paragraph 8.106 1 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.
The boarding area for vessels over 15 m draught is
No 2 Precautionary Area (36°01′⋅3N 120°19′⋅8E),
and for other vessels 1½ miles WNW; for details
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
After Paragraph 8.108 1 line 6 Add:
2 Traffic Separation Scheme. A TSS exists in the E
approach to Quingdao Gang from 35°59′⋅3N
3
120°31′⋅0E to the Inner Harbour Limit. It is in three
sections with three Precautionary Areas. Inshore traffic
zones exist to N and S of No 1 Section between No 1
and 2 Precautionary Areas.
The scheme is not IMO adopted but the Chinese
authorities advise that the principles for the use of the
routeing system defined in Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
apply.
In No 1 Section the maximum speeed is 10 kn, and
overtaking is prohibited.
The central separation areas must not be crossed
without prior permission from the local authorities.
4 Defined routes, shown on the chart, are established
in all the approaches to Qingdao from up to 40 miles
from seaward leading into the TSS; their use is
compulsory for all vessel over 500 dwt.
5 Foreign vessels are only permitted to use the
following routes which join the 283°/103° defined
route leading towards the TSS:
Route 2, 270°/090°, entered at 35°56′⋅2N
121°04′⋅8E;
Route 3, 338°/158°, entered at 35°43′⋅2N
120°53′⋅0E.
278
After Paragraph 8.119 3 line 9 Add:
The track continues to a position about 2¼ miles
NNE of Dagong Dao Light and the entrance to the
TSS (8.108). The TSS is marked by light buoys
(lateral), and leads through the WNW -going lane for
11½ miles; there are three Precautionary Areas, the
details of which are shown on the chart. Thence,
passing:
Paragraph 8.119 9 line 3 Replace by:
The track enters No 2 Precautionary Area
(36°01′⋅3N 120°19′⋅8E) and is joined by the
defined route from the SSE (8.68); the pilot
boarding position (8.106) for vessels over 15 m
draught lies in this area. Thence:
SSW of Huiquan Jiao (36°03′N...
IV
4.3
Paragraph 8.121 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From the pilot boarding positions (8.106) the track
continues through the WNW -going lane of the TSS
(8.108) and into No 1 Precautionary Area, passing:
279
Paragraph 8.124 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From the pilot boarding positions (8.106) the track
continues through the WNW -going lane of the TSS
(8.108) and into No 1 Precautionary Area, passing:
281
Paragraph 8.143 Replace by:
1 From the pilot boarding positions (8.106) the track
leads through the ESE -going lane of the TSS (8.108)
continuing ESE on the defined route to a position
2¼ miles SE of Xiaogong Dao Light (36°00′N
120°35′E).
Two defined routes 222°/042° and 248°/068°
(8.108) then lead to a position SSE of Laoshan Tou
(36°08′N 120°43′E) (8.149), from where a light is
exhibited. Depths off Laoshan Tou are very irregular.
Chinese Notice 13/I/07
(HH. 548/040/01) [50/07]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
France - Approaches to Marseille -
Rade d’Endoume — Submerged artificial reefs
88
After Paragraph 2.275 4 Insert:
5 Works are in progress (2007) to establish
submerged artificial reefs in NE part of Rade
d’Endoume, W and S of Endoume Anchorage and SE
of Île d’If. See 2.283.
89
After Paragraph 2.283 3 line 7 Add:
Caution. Works are in progress (2007) to establish
submerged artificial reefs in the NE part of Rade
d’Endoume, W and S of Endoume Anchorage and SE
of Île d’If. A light buoy (special) is moored in the SE
corner of the area. Mariners should navigate with
extreme caution, giving the area a wide berth.
French Notice 44/3(T)/07
(SDD 2007000 084142) [50/07]
Sardegna - Approaches to Cagliari — Prohibited
area; anchorages
276
Paragraph 9.213 1 lines 18 -19 Replace by:
Golf 1 4½ miles SSE See 9.216 4
After Paragraph 9.216 2 Add:
3 Entry is prohibited to an area extending 2 miles in a
NNW/SSE direction, centred 3¾ miles S of Nuovo
Molo di Levante Head Light. Works are in progress
(2007) in the area to establish a buoyed fairway.
Wk50/07

4 Anchorage Zona Golf has been discontinued and
alternative anchorage Golf 1 established, centred
4½ miles SSE of Nuovo Molo di Levante Head Light.
Mariners should contact the port authority for details
and anchoring instructions.
Italian Notice H02003/07
(SDD 2007000 075657) [50/07]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Westray Firth; Fall of Warness
— European Marine Energy Centre Test Sites
1
4
Paragraph1.26 including heading Replace by:
Development of alternative energy sources
1.26
European Marine Energy Wave Test Site lies off
the W coast of Mainland in the Orkney Islands. The
site is used to develop and test a variety of marine
energy devices powered by wave action. For further
details see 5.8 and 5.150a. This site should not be
confused with the European Marine Energy Tidal Test
Site (see below).
2 European Marine Energy Tidal Test Site lies off
the S and W coasts of Eday (5.280) in the Orkney
Islands. The site is used to develop marine energy
devices powered by tidal streams. For further details
see 5.7 and 5.304. If the trials are successful
permanent current turbines may be established within
the waters covered by this book.
155
Paragraph 5.7 including heading Replace by:
European Marine Energy Tidal Test Site
5.7
1 Prototype underwater turbines, driven by the tidal
stream, are being tested at a tidal test site to the S and
W of Eday (5.280). For details see 1.26 and 5.304.
Paragraph 5.8 including heading Replace by:
European Marine Energy Wave Test Site
5.8
1 A marine energy wave test site, not to be confused
with the site mentioned at 5.7, is situated off the W
coast of Mainland (5.10). For details see 1.26 and
5.150a.
183
After Paragraph 5.150 Insert new paragraph:
European Marine Energy Wave Test Site
5.150a
1 The European Marine Energy Wave Test Site is
situated off the W coast of Mainland (5.10) between
Breck Ness (5.105) and Neban Point (5.156). The site
is used to develop and test a variety of marine energy
devices powered by wave action. The test area is
centred on position 58°58′⋅4N 3°23′⋅4W and its limits
are marked by light buoys (cardinal) moored up to
1½ miles off the coast. Experimental devices,
equipment pontoons and marker buoys (special) may
be encountered within the area.
Wk50/07
IV
4.4
204
After Paragraph 5.271 1 line 11 Insert:
2 Caution. The European Marine Energy Tidal Test
Site development area lies within Fall of Warness. See
5.304 for details.
209
Paragraph 5.304 including heading Replace by:
European Marine Energy Tidal Test Site
5.304
1 An area for the testing of underwater turbines
powered by tidal streams is situated to the S and W of
Eday in the vicinity of Fall of Warness (59°08′⋅0N
2°48′⋅6W). The approximate seaward extent (2007) of
the test area is a line joining the following positions:
59°10′⋅3N 2°49′⋅4W on the W coast of Eday,
59°09′⋅4N 2°49′⋅7W,
59°08′⋅5N 2°49′⋅1W,
59°08′⋅0N 2°48′⋅4W,
59°08′⋅3N 2°47′⋅3W, War Ness.
2 Within this area permanent and semi -permanent
structures both above and below -water, mooring
anchors, ground work, submarine cables, prototype
underwater turbines and marker buoys may be
established and removed at any time. The prototype
underwater turbines may have structures extending up
to 6 m above the seabed. Individual test sites may, if
practicable, be marked by light buoys (special) and
high visibility floats directly above the turbines.
Changes in the positions and marking of any of the
above may be expected as trials continue. Mariners are
advised to exercise caution if intending to transit the
Fall of Warness.
210
Paragraph 5.312 including existing Section IV Notices
Number 42/06 and 15/07 Replace by:
1 Passage east of Muckle Green Holm.
Caution. Although this route is preferred to that
passing W of Muckle Green Holm (5.313), as
described at 5.271, mariners intending to pass E of
Muckle Green Holm are advised that the European
Marine Energy Tidal Test Site development area lies
within Fall of Warness. See 5.304 for details.
2 From a position ENE of Ness of Ork (5.270) the
route leads NNW then NW through Fall of Warness
and the SE part of Westray Firth, passing (with
positions from Muckle Green Holm (59°08′N
2°50′W)):
3 ENE of Muckle Green Holm, and:
WSW of War Ness (1¼ miles NE), thence:
WSW of the European Marine Energy Tidal Test Site
(5.304).
4 The route then leads NW, passing:
SW of a tidal test platform from which a light
(special) is exhibited (1½ miles N), thence:
SW of Seal Skerry (2 miles N), a reef which dries,
noting shoal water extending 3 cables S of the
reef with a depth of 7⋅8 m at its S extremity,
thence:
5 NE of a bank, with depths of less than 10 m
over it, extending 7 cables NNE from Point
of Crook (3 miles NW), the E extremity of
Egilsay, thence:

6 NE of Kili Holm (4 miles NW), upon which is a
cairn. The island is connected to the N end
of Egilsay, about 3 cables SSW, by a drying
reef, and:
SW of Rusk Holm (4½ miles N), a flat islet from
which a drying reef extends 5 cables S; a
conspicuous stone building stands on the islet.
Paragraph 5.313 including exisiting Section IV Notices
Week 41/06 and 15/07 Replace by:
1 Passage W of Muckle Green Holm. Mariners
wishing to avoid the European Marine Energy Tidal
Test Site development area (5.304) by passing W of
Muckle Green Holm may, with prudence, use the
following route.
From a position 1 mile NNE of Ness of Ork
2
(5.270) the route leads WNW passing (with positions
from Little Green Holm (59°07′⋅2N 2°49′⋅9W):
SSW of War Ness (1¾ miles NE), thence:
Over or clear, depending on draught, of an isolated
14⋅1 m patch (8 cables SSE), thence:
SSW of Little Green Holm and close SSW of an
isolated 7⋅1 mpatch(4½cables SW).
3 The route then leads N passing:
E of Benlin Rock (1¼ miles WSW), noting the
isolated 9⋅4 m rock, 3 cables NNE, thence:
W of Muckle Green Holm (5 cables N), thence:
E of Egilsay, noting the bank (2 miles WNW) with
depths of less than 10 m, thence:
E of Point of Crook (3½ miles NW) (5.312).
BA Charts 2249; 2250; 2562
(HH. 052/200/01) [50/07]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
U.S. Virgin Islands - Limetree Bay —
Security zone; terminal
20
Left column line 12 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
75
Paragraph 3.4 2 line 4 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
78
Paragraph 3.22 2 line 7 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
122
Paragraph 3.423 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...draught oil -handling facility operated by HOVENSA
LLC and a container terminal...
Paragraph 3.424 2 line 1 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
Paragraph 3.425 2 line 1 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
123
Paragraph 3.431 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 To be sent to HOVENSA Marine as follows:
Paragraph 3.433 1 line 1 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
Paragraph 3.433 2 line 1 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
Paragraph 3.435 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...the Appendices, see also 1.46 to 1.48. Safety and security
zones have been established at Limetree Bay (see
Appendix V).
IV
4.5
Paragraph 3.437 1 lines 1 and 11 For HOVIC Read
HOVENSA
124
After Paragraph 3.443 1 line 3 For HOVIC Read
HOVENSA
Paragraph 3.444 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
The local authority is HOVENSA L.L.C., 1 Estate
Hope, Christiansted, 00825 -5652,
Paragraph 3.450 1 line 4 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
125
Paragraph 3.453 2 line 2 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
Paragraph 3.463 1 line 2 For HOVIC Read HOVENSA
Paragraph 3.463 2 lines 5 and 6 For HOVIC Read
HOVENSA
368
After §165.762 (d) Insert:
§165.766 Security Zone: HOVENSA Refinery, St.
Croix, U.S Virgin Islands.
(a) Regulated Area. The Coast Guard is establishing a
security zone in and around the HOVENSA Refinery on the
south coast of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. This security
zone includes all waters from surface to bottom,
encompassed by an imaginary line connecting the
following points: Point 1: 17°14′31′′ North, 64°44′12′′
West, Point 2: 17°39′36′′ North, 64°44′12′′ West, Point 3:
17°40′00′′ North, 64°43′36′′ West, Point 4: 17°41′48′′
North, 64°44′25′′ West, and returning to the point origin.
These coordinates are based upon North American Datum
NAD 1983).
(b) Regulations. (1): Under §165.33, entry into or
remaining in the security zone in paragraph (a) of this
section is prohibited unless authorized by the Coast Guard
Captain of the Port San Juan or vessels have a scheduled
arrival in accordance with the Notice of Arrival
requirements of 33 CFR part 160, subpart C.
(2) Persons and vessels desiring to transit the
Regulated Area may contact the U.S. Coast
Guard Captain of the Port, San Juan, at telephone
number 787 -289 -2041 or on VHF channel 16
(158.6 HHz) to seek permission to transit the area.
If permission is granted, all persons and vessels
must comply with the instructions of the Captain
of the Port.
US Coast Pilot 5; 33CFR165.766
(HH 080/025/06; HH. 078/554/10) [50/07]
Wk50/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2007 Edition)
Tasmania - Great Oyster Bay — Marine farm
259
After Paragraph 10.39 1 Add:
2 Caution. A marine farm, marked by light buoys
(special), is situated 3 miles SE of Waterloo Point
(10.40).
MAST Notice M95 -07
(AA 282436) [49/07]
New South Wales - Batemans Bay — Leading
lights
278
Paragraph 11.75 1 lines 6 -12 Replace by:
Front light (orange rectangle, white vertical stripe,
9 m in height) (35°43′⋅1S 150°11′⋅8E).
Rear light (similar structure, 12 m in height) (35 m
from front).
Australian Hydrographic Office
(AA 295800; AA 295803) [49/07]
New South Wales - Port Kembla — Boarding
grounds
293
Paragraph 12.34 1 lines 5 -11 Replace by:
Inner A: in position 34°25′⋅2S 150°56′⋅9E.
Outer B: for vessels 226 m LOA or greater; in
position 34°24′⋅2S 150°57′⋅6E.
Paragraph 12.34 2 lines 1 -6 Delete
Port Kembla Notice 022 -07
(AA 294803) [49/07]
New South Wales — Submarine cable protection
zone
304
Paragraph 12.109 Including heading Replace by:
Submarine cable protection zone
12.109
1 A submarine cable protection zone extends from
Bondi Bay (33°53′⋅6S 151°16′⋅6E) to the 2000 m
depth contour about 30 miles offshore, covering the
southern branches of the Australia Japan Cable and the
Southern Cross Cable. The zone extends 1 mile either
side of each cable and includes the area between the
cables.
Underwater activities that could damage a cable,
including anchoring and some fishing methods, are
prohibited within the zone. For details see
www.acma.gov.au/subcables.
Australian Notice 18/771(P)/07
(AA 287351; AA 287358) [49/07]
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Southampton — Pilotage
[49/07]
186
Paragraph 7.10 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
All vessels over 61 m in length, including fishing
vessels and vessels under tow, where the length
from the bow of the towing vessel to the stern of
the last vessel towed is more than 61 m.
Paragraph 7.12 4 line 5 Replace by:
...the event of visibility falling below one mile or
the presence of heavy traffic in the vicinity of
North Sturbridge Light Buoy, then the...
ABP Southampton Notice No 17 of 2006
(SDD 2007000 083729) [49/07]
Le Havre - Port 2000 — Directions
424
Paragraph 13.139a 1 lines 2 -4, including exisiting Section
IV Notice Week 35/06 Replace by:
Front: LH21 Light Beacon (N cardinal) (49°27′⋅7N
0°07′⋅1E).
Paragraph 13.141a 1 lines 4 -5, including existing Section
IV Notice Week 35/06 For Light -buoy (starboard hand)
Read Light Beacon (N cardinal)
French Notice 07 -43 -32
(SDD 2007000 084242) [49/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Thames Estuary - West Swin — Navigation
marks
2
243
Paragraph 11.67 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...West Swin to The Warp (11.64), passing:
Paragraph 11.67 2 Replace by:
SE of Maplin Sands, which are marked on their
E side by Maplin Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (51°33′⋅7N 1°01′⋅6E). Maplin Sands
extend about 3 miles offshore between
4
Foulness Point and Shoebury Ness. The sands
dry and slope gradually towards the coast.
The outer edge is irregular and steep -to in
places. Thence:
Paragraph 11.67 3 line 1 For (5 miles ENE) Read (51°34′N
1°05′E).
Paragraph 11.67 4 Replace by:
To a position SE of Blacktail Spit (51°31′N
0°56′E), marked by Blacktail Spit Light Buoy
(starboard hand). Two beacons (green
framework towers) stand on the spit.
Trinity House Notices 39/07 C16; 56/07 C20
(SDDs 2007000 056230; 075539) [49/07]
Wk49/07

NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
North coast - Mulroy Bay — Water quality
monitoring buoys
381
Paragraph 12.365 2 Add:
Four light buoys (special, water quality monitoring)
are moored between Drumnacraig Point (55°11′⋅9N
7°46′⋅6W) and the E end of Second Narrows.
Donegal County Council
(SDDs 2007000 084990; 077886) [49/07]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - Arenzano — Obstructions
146
After Paragraph 4.95 1 Add:
2 Offshore submerged concrete structures have been
established in depths of 15 -20 m, 1 mile SW of
Arenzano Harbour.
Italian Notice D07010/07
(SDD 2007000 083044) [49/07]
Italy - Follonica, Pontile Montecatini -Edison —
Anchorage; obstructions; prohibited area
240
Paragraph 8.118 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
Pontile Montecatini -Edison (42°54′⋅1N 10°46′⋅4E),
also known as Pontile della Nuova Solmine or
3
Scarlino Wharf, is a private pier used for loading...
After paragraph 8.118 2 Add
Anchorage area ALFA, radius 4 cables, has been
established (2007) 2 miles WSW of the pier head,
centred on position 42°53′N 10°44′E, for vessels
scheduled to moor at the pier.
The anchorage is contained within an area of
4
seabed obstructions as shown on the chart, but is itself
reported free of obstructions (2007).
Vessels bound for anchorage ALFA must contact
Piombino and Tor del Sale Pilot Office prior to arrival,
requesting anchoring instructions and advising ETA
and arrival information as required.
Caution. Mariners should note the dangerous wreck
contained within a prohibited area, radius 5 cables,
lying 1½ miles W of the pier head (8.102).
Italian Notices 21.13/07; 13.6/07
(SDDs 2007000 083026; 051241) [49/07]
Wk49/07
IV
4.2
Italy - Porto Badino; Terracina — Directions;
obstructions
329
Paragraph 12.49 2 line 2 After vessels. Add: Groynes extend
from the shore in the vicinity.
Paragraph 12.49 3 line 6 After breakwaters. Add: Groynes
extend from the shore in the vicinity.
Italian Notices 21.14, 21.15
(SDDs 2007000 083027; 083028) [49/07]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Cesenatico — Flood defence barrage
532
After Paragraph 12.150 1 line 8 Add:
Caution. A flood defence barrage system has been
established in the entrance to Cesenatico. Transit is
subject to the operation of the system, indicated by
traffic signals visible from outside and inside the port.
Mariners arriving or leaving should consult the port
authority for details of the traffic signals.
Italian Notice T44005/07
(SDD 2007000 083051) [49/07]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Norway - Approach to Nyhamma — Vessels
carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid cargo
in bulk
31
R7Insert:
Regulations are given at Appendix III concerning
vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid
cargo in bulk entering Breidsunddjupet, bound for the
facilities at Nyhamma (62°51′N 6°57′E).
57
L11Insert:
Regulations are given at Appendix III concerning
vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid
cargo in bulk entering Breidsundet, bound for the
facilities at Nyhamma (62°51′N 6°57′E).
82
R2Insert:
Regulations are given at Appendix III concerning
vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid
cargo in bulk entering Buadjpet, bound for the
facilities at Nyhamma (62°51′N 6°57′E).

245
After Appendix II Insert: Appendix III (which appears
below)
IV
APPENDIX III
(See “Laws and Regulations appertaining to navigation” on page 1)
REGULATIONS FOR COASTAL WATERS IN MØRE OG ROMSDAL
This is an extract from changes, dated 2007, to the Norwegian directive on sea traffic in specified coastal waters
(The Sea Traffic Directive)
Laid down by the Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries
and Coastal Affairs on 8 October 2007 based on the
Act of 8 June 1984 No 51 on harbours and coastal
waters etc. §6 second section.
In the Directive of 11 December 1998 No 1273 on
sea traffic in specified coastal waters (The Sea Traffic
Directive), the following changes are made:
With the exception of §6 -4, §6 -6 and §6 -10, these
regulations apply only to vessels in categories 1 and 2
(vessels carrying hazardous and/or pollutant liquid
cargo in bulk).
§6 -1 Area of application
The regulations apply to all coastal waters within
the areas bounded by the coastline and straight lines
between the following points:
N E
The base line, at 62°30′⋅00 05°36′⋅10
Kvitneset 62°25′⋅30 06°00′⋅00
Eltraneset 62°20′⋅10 06°03′⋅20
Tuneset 62°28′⋅20 06°05′⋅40
Kvervodden 62°29′⋅50 06°09′⋅80
SW Bjørnøya 62°33′⋅10 06°13′⋅20
Harhaugneset 62°36′⋅80 06°26′⋅45
Neset N of
Hellandhamn
62°36′⋅90 06°27′⋅80
Baraldsneset 62°37′⋅20 06°33′⋅80
NW of Tennøy 62°37′⋅80 06°35′⋅40
N of Sandeneset 62°39′⋅40 06°46′⋅40
Storåkerneset 62°38′⋅30 06°54′⋅50
Furneset 62°39′⋅20 07°05′⋅00
Vevarneset 62°41′⋅70 07°20′⋅70
Dvergsnes 62°44′⋅20 07°21′⋅70
E of Bolsøy 62°44′⋅00 07°20′⋅60
Torhusneset 62°43′⋅80 07°15′⋅80
N of Moldeholmen 62°43′⋅70 07°10′⋅90
Kringstadvorpa 62°43′⋅80 07°03′⋅80
NofErga 62°54′⋅60 06°54′⋅00
63°00′⋅00 06°50′⋅00
4.3
63°00′⋅00 06°34′⋅00
63°57′⋅00 06°24′⋅60
The base line, at 62°52′⋅00 06°24′⋅60
The base line, at 62°30′⋅00 05°36′⋅10
§6 -2 Relationship to chapter 2 of the Sea
Traffic Directive
The regulations in chapter 2 apply correspondingly
for Kystverket Midt -Norge where appropriate.
§6 -3 Requirement for permission to use
coastal waters
Vessels in categories 1 or 2 calling at or leaving
from Nyhamna must obtain permission from
Kystverket Midt -Norge to use the coastal waters as
decreed in §2 -3 and §2 -4.
§6 -4 Requirement to give warning and to
listeninonradio
Vessels in categories 1 or 2 calling at Nyhamna
must give due warning of their name, call signal and
the planned sailing routes to and from Nyhamna via
VHF channels 16 and 14. This shall be done as
follows:
30 minutes before arrival to the cautionary area
decreed in §6 -6.
15 minutes before arrival and departure from
Nyhamna.
When leaving the cautionary area decreed in
§6 -6.
Upon arrival and departure at the anchorage
decreed in §6 -11.
Vessels that are en route in the coastal waters or
lying at anchor in the cautionary area decreed in §6 -6
must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF
channels 14 and 16. This listening requirement applies
to all vessels that are equipped with VHF radio
telephone. For vessels that are not equipped with VHF
channel 14, the listening requirement is restricted to
VHF channel 16.
§6 -5 Requirement to use the safest fairway
A Definition of fairways
1. The fairway between the pilot boarding point
N of Ona (62°56′⋅00N 06°27′⋅00E) and
Nyhamna is defined as the safest route
between the pilot boarding point and to the N
of Klakken, further to the main fairway
No 1131 that runs over Buajupet, along parts
of this fairway W of Oddane, E of Bjørnsund,
E of Skjerlingan W of Harøydden and
Nyhamna.
Wk49/07

2. The fairway between Breidsundet and
Nyhamna via Saltsteinsleia is defined as the
main fairways or parts of the fairways
Nos 1123, 1536, 1537, 1538 and 1131, that
run between a straight line drawn between
positions 62°29′⋅50N 05°35′⋅00E and
62°33′⋅40N 05°42′⋅90E of the pilot boarding
point S of Godøy (62°27′⋅00N 05°58′⋅80E), S
of Valderøy, W of Kjeholmen, E of Vigra, N
of Lepsøya, W of Haramsøya, N of
Hildreneset, W of Raudholmane, W of
Fjørtoft, W of Orta, E of Sandøy, W of
Flatflesa, N of Bjørnsund, E of Skjerlingan,
W of Harøyodden and Nyhamna.
3. The fairway between Breidsundet and
Nyhamna via Midfjorden is defined as the
main fairways or parts of the main fairways
Nos 1123, 1536, 1537, 1129 and 1131 that run
between a straight line drawn between
position 62°29′⋅50N 05°35′⋅00E and
62°33′⋅40N 05°02′⋅90E of the pilot boarding
point S of Godøy (62°27′⋅00N 05°58′⋅80E), S
of Valderøy, W of Kjeholmen, E of Vigra, N
of Lepsøya, W of Haramsøya, N of
Hildreneset, S of Raudholmane, S of Dryna,
through Midfjorden, N of Tautra, W of
Julneset, E of Kua, E of Hognes, W of Tornes
and Nyhamna.
4. The fairway between Nyhamna and the
anchorage in Karlsøyfjorden is defined as part
of the main fairway No 1131 that runs W of
Tornes, E of Hognes, E of Kua, W of Julneset
and the safest fairway from there to the
anchorage in Karlsøyfjorden.
5. The fairway between Nyhamna and the
anchorage in Midfjorden, S of Tautra, is
defined as parts of main fairway No 1131 that
runs W of Tornes, E of Hognes, E of Kua, W
of Julneset and the safest fairway from there
E of Tautra to the anchorage S of Tautra.
B. Requirement to use the safest fairway
1. Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that are above
25 000 grt and have a maximum draught of
more than 9 m must use the fairway as
described in A1 above.
2. Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that are less than
25 000 grt and have a maximum draught of
less than 9 m can use the fairway as described
in A2 or A3 above.
§6 -6 Cautionary area
All vessels must show due care and attention to
vessels carrying day and night signals as described in
§6 -8 within a cautionary area, covering parts of
Saltsteinsleia, Buadjpet, Julsundet, Storfjorden and
Karlsøyfjorden and which is bounded by straight lines
between the following points:
N E
62°46′⋅50 06°35′⋅60
62°46′⋅50 06°33′⋅80
62°53′⋅50 06°42′⋅60
62°54′⋅89 06°44′⋅71
62°55′⋅78 06°44′⋅31
Wk49/07
IV
4.4
62°56′⋅88 06°43′⋅23
62°57′⋅60 06°50′⋅64
62°55′⋅40 06°51′⋅34
62°54′⋅26 06°51′⋅69
62°53′⋅70 06°54′⋅41
62°52′⋅67 06°56′⋅17
62°52′⋅30 06°58′⋅16
62°51′⋅71 06°59′⋅18
62°51′⋅14 06°59′⋅82
62°50′⋅35 06°58′⋅88
62°50′⋅05 06°59′⋅08
62°49′⋅96 07°00′⋅12
62°49′⋅52 07°00′⋅15
62°48′⋅84 06°59′⋅33
62°47′⋅45 06°57′⋅91
62°44′⋅13 06°57′⋅91
62°43′⋅39 06°58′⋅55
62°41′⋅85 07°02′⋅32
62°41′⋅81 07°10′⋅30
62°43′⋅06 07°17′⋅35
62°43′⋅75 07°22′⋅33
62°42′⋅54 07°22′⋅33
62°40′⋅85 07°12′⋅71
62°39′⋅67 06°59′⋅33
62°39′⋅26 06°56′⋅45
62°38′⋅68 06°52′⋅96
62°39′⋅80 06°52′⋅05
62°40′⋅52 06°56′⋅15
62°41′⋅19 06°56′⋅15
62°40′⋅33 06°51′⋅84
62°41′⋅00 06°51′⋅16
62°41′⋅95 06°55′⋅67
62°42′⋅43 06°56′⋅72
62°45′⋅94 06°56′⋅67
62°48′⋅03 06°56′⋅67
62°49′⋅55 06°57′⋅89
62°50′⋅32 06°57′⋅80
62°50′⋅98 06°58′⋅13
62°51′⋅04 06°57′⋅37
62°51′⋅21 06°56′⋅55
62°51′⋅66 06°56′⋅85
62°53′⋅24 06°53′⋅73
62°53′⋅71 06°52′⋅28
62°54′⋅02 06°50′⋅86
62°54′⋅19 06°48′⋅74
62°53′⋅77 06°46′⋅37

62°52′⋅00 06°42′⋅70
62°46′⋅50 06°35′⋅60
§6 -7 Visibility limitations
When visibility is less than 1 mile, vessels above
18 000 grt in categories 1 or 2 arriving at or departing
from Nyhamna must not use the coastal waters within
the cautionary area stated in §6 -6.
§6 -8 Signals and lights
Within the cautionary area stated in §6 -6 vessels
above 18 000 grt in categories 1 or 2, must carry day
and night signals where they can be best seen on the
vessel as follows:
When it is dark, three all -round lanterns with
red lights located directly above each.
When it is daylight, a cylinder should be carried.
When vessels in categories 1 and 2 arrive at or
leave from Nyhamna, a suitable vessel should warn of
this using a rapidly flashing blue light from a position
where this can best be seen by other vessels in the
fairway.
§6 -9 Escort vessels and tugs
A. Escort vessels
An escort vessel is defined as a vessel that can
carry out a service that requires that it is in a position
to control the steering and speed reduction of the
vessel that is being escorted.
Vessels in categories 1 or 2 arriving at or departing
from Nyhamna must use escort vessels as follows:
1. Ona. Vessels that are to take a pilot on board N
of Ona must use an escort vessel NE for Klakken
before they pass the line drawn between 62°56′⋅88N
06°43′⋅23E and 62°57′⋅60N 06°50′⋅64E until they are
at the quay in Nyhamna. All vessels in categories 1
and 2 must use escort vessels before leaving the quay
at Nyhamna until they have passed the line described
in the first point.
2. Orta. Vessels that take a pilot on board at
Breidsundet and that come up Saltsteinsleia, must use
an escort vessel W of Orta before they pass the line
drawn between 62°46′⋅50N 06°35′⋅60E and 62°46′⋅50N
06°33′⋅80E until they are at the quay in Nyhamna. All
vessels in categories 1 or 2 must use escort vessels
before leaving the quay at Nyhamna until they have
passed the line described in the first point.
3. Midfjorden. Vessels that take a pilot on board at
Breidsundet and that come into Midfjorden and are to
sail up Julsundet, shall use an escort vessel before
they pass the line drawn between positions 62°40′⋅33N
06°51′⋅84E and 62°41′⋅00N 06°51′⋅16E until they are
at the quay at Nyhamna. All vessels in categories 1
and 2 must use escort vessels before leaving the quay
at Nyhamna until they have passed the line described
in the first point.
4. Briedsundet. Vessels that are carrying gas
condensates and that satisfy §6 -5 B2, can leave the
pilot at Breidsundet. These vessels must have escort
vessels before leaving the quay at Nyhamna until they
are beyond the cautionary area, see §6 -6. Beyond the
cautionary area they shall use an escort vessel as a
following boat until they have passed Hogsten
(Hoggsteinen) Light (62°27′⋅8N 06°02′⋅0E).
IV
4.5
5. The anchorages in Karlsøyfjorden and
Midfjorden. Vessels that are en route to the
anchorages, must use an escort vessel before they
leave Nyhamna and until they are anchored. Vessels
that are to leave the anchorages must use an escort
vessel before they raise anchor until they are at the
quay in Nyhamna.
B. Tugs
Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that are to arrive at or
depart from the quay in Nyhamna must use a tug in
addition to the escort vessel.
The regulations in the Sea Traffic Directive §1 -6,
on tugs, apply correspondingly.
§6 -10 Ban on using the coastal waters -
Safety field
No navigation must take place without permission
from the terminal at Nyhamna within a safety field
bounded
points:
by straight lines between the following
N E
62°51′⋅50 06°56′⋅73 (Selsneset)
62°51′⋅20 06°58′⋅00
62°51′⋅05 06°57′⋅96 (Steinneset)
Tugs and mooring vessels assisting with arrival and
departures from Nyhamna are exempt from the ban in
the first section.
§6 -11 Anchoring
Vessels in categories 1 or 2 that need to anchor
must use the following anchorages:
A. In Karlsøyfjorden within an area bounded by
straight lines between the following points:
N E
62°42′⋅61 07°22′⋅26
62°41′⋅95 07°17′⋅40
62°42′⋅96 07°17′⋅40
62°43′⋅66 07°22′⋅26
B. In Midfjorden, S of Tautra, within an area
bounded by straight lines between the
following points:
N E
62°39′⋅41 06°56′⋅82
62°38′⋅83 06°53′⋅54
62°39′⋅60 06°53′⋅20
62°39′⋅82 06°55′⋅62
Vessels in categories 1 or 2 intending to sail
between Nyhamna and the defined anchorages must
use the fairways as described in §6 -4 A4 and A5.
For reasons of safety, Kystverket Midt -Norge can
require vessels in categories 1 or 2 arriving at or
leaving from Nyhamna to go to an assigned
anchorage. Kystverket Midt -Norge can also require
vessels to leave the anchorage.
Norwegian Notice 20/1222(P)/07
(SDD 2007000 079237) [49/07]
Wk49/07

NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle Calédonie - Passe du Baron —
Directions, buoyage
106
Paragraph 3.131 3 lines 3 -4 and line 8 Delete
French Notice 07/44 SD K10 2007
(SDD 2007000 084163) [49/07]
Nouvelle Calédonie - Baie de Canala — Leading
lights
129
Paragraph 4.100 3 - 5 Replace by:
3 Directions. From a position at the intersection of
the recommended tracks leading 277° and 315° (4.92),
the track leads SSE keeping to mid fairway of Baie de
Canala, passing (with positions from Pic des Morts
(21°30′⋅0S 165°57′⋅9E)):
4 WSW of the N entrance point (2½ miles N) to
Baie d’Amata, thence:
ENE of the N entrance point (2¼ miles NNW) to
Baie Ouango, thence:
WSW of the N entrance point (2 miles N) to Port
Mackau.
5 Thence to a position W of Les Trois Frères
(1½ miles N), where the track leads 125° to the
anchorage in Port d’Urville.
French Notice 07/44 SD K10 2007
(SDD 2007000 084163) [49/07]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2007 Edition)
Yemen - Ash SÖihr Oil Terminal — Current
324
After 12.105 2 line 9 Insert:
Current. During the NE monsoon, a current setting
WSW at a rate of about 3 kn has been reported (2007)
in the vicinity of the terminal.
Mr Roy Facey
(SDD 2007000 085391) [49/07]
Wk49/07
IV
4.6
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Portugal - Apulia — Prohibited area
123
After Paragraph 5.26 1 Add:
Prohibited area
5.26a
1 Entry is prohibited into an area centred on
41°27′⋅7N 8°50′⋅7W and marked by four light buoys
(cardinal). An ODAS buoy is moored within this area
in position 41°27′⋅8N 8°50′⋅9W. A submarine power
cable leads ESE to the shore and is marked by light
buoys and buoys (special) as shown on the chart.
Paragraph 5.30 6 line 7 Add:
WSW of a prohibited area (5.26a); thence:
Portuguese Notice 10/232/2007
(SDD 2007000 084274) [49/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Barnegat Inlet to Chesapeake Bay — Directions
61
Paragraph 3.26 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
63
Paragraph 3.39 2 lines 5 -7 Delete
Paragraph 3.39 4 lines 4 -5 Delete
Paragraph 3.42 2 line 7 to 3.42 3 line 5 Replace by:
3 SW of 2CM Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(2 miles SE), thence:
67
Paragraph 3.74 2 lines 5 -6 Delete
Paragraph 3.76 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...hand), thence:
Paragraph 3.78 4 Delete
68
BA Chart 2563
(HH. 069/200/01) [49/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
New South Wales - Batemans Bay — Leading
lights
269
Paragraph 11.74 1 lines 6 -12 Replace by:
Front light (orange rectangle, white vertical stripe,
9 m in height) (35°43′⋅1S 150°11′⋅8E).
Rear light (similar structure, 12 m in height) (35 m
from front).
Australian Hydrographic Office
(AA 295800; AA 295803) [48/07]
New South Wales - Port Kembla — Boarding
grounds
283
Paragraph 12.31 1 lines 5 -8 (including existing Section IV
Notice Week 32/06) Replace by:
Inner A: in position 34°25′⋅2S 150°56′⋅9E.
Outer B: for vessels 226 m LOA or greater; in
position 34°24′⋅2S 150°57′⋅6E.
Paragraph 12.31 2 lines 1 -4 (including existing Section IV
Notice Week 32/06) Delete
Port Kembla Notice 022 -07
(AA 294803) [48/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Barwon Bank — Directions; light
buoys
148
Paragraph 5.41 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Clear of Barwon Bank (24 miles ESE), as
required by draught and weather. Two fish
aggregation devices, marked by light buoys
(special) lie 9 miles W of the bank. Thence:
Australian Notice 22/951/07
(AA 291640; AA 296434) [48/07]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Germany - Stralsund approaches — Darßer Ort
450
Paragraph 13.259 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Caution. The harbour and fairway are closed until
further notice (2007).
German Notice 45/162/2007
(SDD 2007000 083099) [48/07]
4.1
[48/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Russia - Sochi — Controlling depth
236
Paragraph 7.183 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
Controlling depth. In 2006 the channel was
dredged to 8⋅5 m.
Russian chart 38177
(SDD 2007000 079274) [48/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Southampton - Marchwood Basin — Directions
230
Paragraph 7.260 1-2 Replace by:
1 Directions. From a position between Swinging
Ground No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) and Cracknore
Light Buoy (port hand), Marchwood Channel leads
WNW passing between a beacon (port hand), marking
a drying shoal on the N side of the channel, and
Marchwood Light Buoy (special) moored on the S side
of the channel at its junction with Marchwood Basin.
2 When about 1 cable WNW of Marchwood Light
Buoy course may be shaped for Marchwood Wharf or
Husbands Jetty as required.
231
Paragraph 7.260 3 lines 11 -12 Delete Care To the channel.
Port of Southampton Notice No 23 of 2007
(SDD 2007000 082435) [48/07]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Gulf of Kachchh - Kandla Harbour —
Tidal stream
310
After 9.163 1 line 9 Insert:
Caution. It has been reported (2007) that during the
out -going stream vessels berthed at Iffco Jetty (No 5)
are subject to a strong quarterly flow.
Captain Niels Vanlaer, Exmar Ship Management NV
(SDD 2007000 082224) [48/07]
Wk48/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Guyane Française - Dégrad des Cannes —
Directions; leading line
54
Paragraph 2.36 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
3 Thence the track enters the dredged access channel
(1½ miles E) marked by light beacons and light buoys,
numbered D1 to D27. The line of bearing (220½°) of
D20 Directional Light Beacon leads through the
channel to the vicinity of D19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (4°51′⋅3N 52°14′⋅5W), passing (with positions
relative to Le Père):
French Notice 40/111/07
(HH. 665/410/03) [47/07]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Tjeldsundet - Balstadstraumen — Directions
74
R14-18Replace by:
S of Balstadgrunnen Light (8¼ cables W), thence:
S of Balstadskallen (7 cables W), an unmarked rock
on the N side of the fairway, thence:
N of Sandskjeret (6 cables WSW).
The sector limit 275° of Staksvollholmen Light
between white and red sectors, astern, passes close S
of Balstadskallen.
Norwegian Notice 20/1186/07
(SDD 2007000 080510) [47/07]
4.1
[47/07]
Tjeldsundet - Sandtorgstraumen — Directions
76
L28-35Replace by:
Close SE of a spar buoy (7⋅5 cables NE), thence:
Through the shallowest part of the channel (for depth
see 4.28), close NW of Ramstadgrunnen Light
Buoy (8⋅9 cables ENE) and thence:
NW of a spar buoy (1⋅05 miles ENE) marking the
NW side of Ramstadgrunnen, and:
SE of Holsflua Østre Light (1⋅05 miles NE), marking
the E extremity of Holsflua, thence:
SE of Steinsgrunnen Light (1⋅25 miles ENE).
L47-52Replace by:
N of Holsflua Nordre Light (8½ cables WNW),
which marks the N side of Holsflua; it lies just
within the white sector limit. Thence:
N of Holsflua Østre Light (5½ cables W), marking
the E extremity of Holsflua, thence:
Close S of Steinsgrunnen Light (4 cables WNW).
L67For Light -buoy Read Light
R 5 -9 including existing Supplement correction Replace
by:
NNW of Nordøygrunnen Light (1⋅88 miles SW,
thence:
SSE of Stornesgrunnen Nordre Light (1⋅45 miles
WSW), marking a patch, with a depth of 7⋅0 m
over it, near Stornesgrunnen.
R14-23replace by:
NW of Stornesgrunnen Søre Light (6 cables NE),
exhibited from the NW side of a shoal, with a
depth of 5⋅5 m over it, thence:
SE of the coastal bank on which stands Remma Light
(1 mile NE), thence:
NW of Remma Søre Light (1⋅1 miles NE), marking
shoal water on the E side of the fairway; two
rocks, with a depth of 7⋅0 m over them, lie ½ and
¾ cables NE of Remma Søre Light. Thence:
NW of Sandtorghella Light (1⋅4 miles NE) marking
the NW part of shoals surrounding Hellevoren.
Norwegian Notices 20/1179 -1188/07
(SDD 2007000 080498) [47/07]
Wk47/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Islas Canarias - Lanzarote - Arrecife —
Directions; light buoy
86
Paragraph 3.14 5 line 10 Add:
SE of a light buoy (E cardinal) moored 4 cables SE of
Islote de Juan Rejón (11½ miles SSW), thence:
Spanish Notice 43/312/2007
(SDD 2007000 079591) [46/07]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
RiodeLaPlata -BancoInglés—Directions
298
Paragraph 9.159 2 line 4 Replace by:
To the pilot boarding place (9.10). A dangerous
wreck (2¼ miles SSW) is marked close N by San
Jorge Light Buoy (isolated danger).
Argentine Notice 18/148/07
(HH. 651/460/02) [46/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Brisbane River —
Directions; leading lights
140
Paragraph 4.100 1 line 7 Replace by:
Parker Island Reach directional light
Paragraph 4.100 2 line 1 Replace by:
No 9 Light Beacon (directional)...
Paragraph 4.100 2 line 3 Delete
Paragraph 4.100 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...navigational span of Gateway Bridge; and the white
sector (061¾°), astern, of No 9 Light Beacon (also
displayed...
Queensland Notice 744P/2007
(AA 293824) [46/07]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Sweden - Söderhamn and approaches —
Draughts
384
Paragraph 9.286 2 line 1 For 6⋅6 m Read 5⋅3 m
Swedish Notice 182/4443/07
(SDD 2007000 079247) [46/07]
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Deauville -Trouville - Entrance Channel —
Depths
[46/07]
429
Paragraph 13.171 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. The entrance channel dries
1⋅2 m at its N end. Depths less than charted (2007) are
found in the entrance channel centred on position
49°22′⋅1N 0°04′⋅4E.
French Notice 41/24/2007
(SDD 2007000 078763) [46/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Thames Estuary — Under -keel clearance
235
Paragraph 11.8 1 Replace by:
1 Masters should plan their passage through the
Thames Estuary to ensure that adequate UKC has been
allowed, bearing in mind that tidal ranges vary within
the estuary and the possibility of negative surges.
Having taken account of general factors affecting UKC
including squat, block coefficient, tenderness, windage
and sea conditions, the UKC should remain at least
0.9 m on the flood tide and 1⋅4 m on the ebb tide.
Port of London Authority
(SDD 2007000 079437) [46/07]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Svanesund — Directions
219
Paragraph 8.231 2 line 4 Replace by:
W of two rocks, each with a depth of 12 m over them,
which lie on the charted track close SW and close
N of a light buoy (starboard hand), marking the...
Swedish Notice 182/4373/07
(SDD 2007000 079262) [46/07]
Wk46/07

NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle Calédonie, Île Lifou - Baie de
Chépénéhé — Submarine cable; anchorage
161
After Paragraph 5.65 1 line 8 Insert:
Submarine cable. A cable is laid SW from Pte de
débarquement
167°08′⋅9E.
(20°47′⋅0S 167°09′⋅2E) to 20°47′⋅3S
5
Local knowledge is advisable when it is required
to anchor at night, due to the proximity of the drying
reefs SW of Rocher la Tour.
Paragraph 5.65 5 Replace by:
Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in Baie
de Chépénéhé but clear of drying reefs and a
submarine cable which lie within 4½ cables SW and
5 cables SSW, respectively, of Rocher la Tour.
An anchorage is situated in a depth of 25 m, sand
and coral, with the war memorial bearing 015°, distant
5½ cables, taking note of the submarine cable which
lies about 1½ cables NW.
French Notice 41/52/07
(HH. 585/410/03) [46/07]
Nouvelle Calédonie, Atoll d’Ouvéa -
Passe du Coëtlogon — Submarine cable
164
After Paragraph 5.84 Insert:
Submarine cable
5.84a
1 A submarine cable is laid generally NNW, from
20°43′⋅1S 166°23′⋅4E to 20°42′⋅9S 166°23′⋅2E. This
cable extends 1½ cables across the W entrance of
Passe du Coëtlogon.
French Notice 41/51/07
(HH. 585/410/03) [46/07]
Wk46/07
IV
4.2
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor —
Outfall
305
After Paragraph 13.89 Insert:
Submarine pipeline
13.89a
1 A submarine outfall is laid at the E edge of the
entrance channel, generally SSE, from 21°18′⋅6N
157°57′⋅5W to 21°17′⋅7N 157°57′⋅1W.
USA Notice 42/19369/07
(HH. 613/410/070) [46/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Brunswick — Directions for berths; East River
228
Paragraph 8.265 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Leading lights. From a position close WNW of
Sidney Lanier Bridge (8.235) the alignment (343¾°)
of the following lights leads through the centre of
Lower Reach and Upper Reach to the berths in East
River:
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on dolphin)
(31°09′⋅1N 81°30′⋅0W).
Rear light (red rectangle, white stripe, on framework
tower on piles) (7 cables from front light).
Paragraph 8.265 2 lines 3 -4 Delete
BA Chart 2810; Polar J2847/2847.1
(HH. 614/625/07) [46/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Morocco - Cap Hadid — Light
155
Paragraph 5.213 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Cap Hadid Light (framework tower, 30 m in height)
(31°42′⋅0N 9°39′⋅9W).
Ras Sim Light (turret on fort flanked by white
towers,
156
Paragraph 5.214 3 line 10 Add:
A light (5.213) is exhibited from Cap Hadid.
French Notice 07/40/09
(SDD 2007000 075721) [45/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Georgia - TSS; approaches; restricted areas
113
Paragraph 3.9 2 line 4 Add:
Access to Georgian ports is from a series of traffic
separation schemes (non IMO -adopted) linked by
recommended routes.
135
Paragraph 3.279 1-2Replace by:
1 From positions about 14 miles WNW or 12 miles
WSW of Mys Batumskiy, two -way recommended
routes lead E and NE respectively to the TSS, 4 miles
NW of Bat’umi.
2 A recommended route leads in a N/S direction for
about 25 miles between the N approaches to Bat’umi
and a position about 5 miles W of P’ot’i (42°09′N
41°39′E) (3.317), passing through the TSS off Supsa
(42°01′N 41°43′E) (3.314).
136
Paragraph 3.286 1 Replace by:
1 Entry routes: From position 41°43′N 41°20′E,
approximately 14 miles WNW of Mys Batumskiy
(41°39′N 41°39′E), the approach to Batumskaya
Bukhta follows the two -way recommended route
leading 098° for approximately 9 miles to the TSS,
passing (with positions from Mys Batumskiy):
Paragraph 3.286 2 lines 9 -11 Replace by:
The route then follows the TSS leading 130° to the
pilot boarding position.
Approach to Batumskaya Bukhta can also be made
from the SW along a two -way recommended route,
from approximate position 41°36′N 41°24′E.
Paragraph 3.286 3 Delete
Wk45/07
4.1
[45/07]
2
138
After Paragraph 3.307 1 Insert:
Area prohibited to navigation:
The coastal zone between Reka Rioni and Anaklia
up to 5 miles offshore is prohibited for fishing.
Navigation is allowed only in emergency
1
circumstances.
Paragraph 3.310 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
From a position about 6 miles N of Mys Batumskiy
(41°39′N 41°39′E), the recommended route leads N
for about 25 miles to the TSS in the approaches to
P’ot’i, passing (with...
Paragraph 3.310 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
W of Supsa Terminal (10½miles NNW) (3.314),
passing through Supsa TSS, thence:
Paragraph 3.311 Including heading and continuity legend
Replace by:
Spare
3.311
Paragraph 3.312 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From approximate position 42°14′N 41°18′E the
two -way recommended route leads for about 7 miles
ESE to the TSS off P’ot’i.
Paragraph 3.313 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 42°19′N 41°19′E, WSW of
Area ANAKLIYA (7.236), the two -way recommended
route leads approximately 8 miles SE to the TSS off
P’ot’i passing:
After Paragraph 3.313 1 Continuity legend Insert:
Approach from north
3.313a
1 From approximate position 42°19′N 41°33′E the
two -way recommended route leads for about 4 miles S
from Kulevi port, to the TSS off P’ot’i.
Humanitarian corridor
3.313b
1 Vessels with humanitarian cargo onboard and
having permission from the Georgian authorities,
should follow the humanitarian corridor to Sokhumi
(7.228) by the two -way recommended track.
139
After Paragraph 3.315 2 Insert:
Directions for entry
3.315a
1 The terminal is approached via a TSS located
7 miles W of the terminal. The TSS is on the
recommended route from Batumi to P’ot’i and is
approached
route.
from W by a two -way recommended

1
140
Paragraph 3.330 Including heading and continuity legend
Replace by:
Spare
3.330
Paragraph 3.331 1 Replace by:
Initial position: 42°14′N 41°18′E, 7 miles WNW of
the TSS. The two -way recommended route leads
4
through the TSS and then SE to the pilot boarding
area, passing (with positions from Potiyskiy Light):
Paragraph 3.331 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
Caution. Vessels are advised that when approaching
the harbour the...
238
Paragraph 7.198 1 Replace by:
1 Area into which entry is restricted:
Area No 21 PSOU, extending 12 miles SW from
Leselidze (43°23′N 40°01′E).
Paragraph 7.200 3 line 4 Delete
Paragraph 7.206 1 Delete
239
240
Paragraph 7.217 1 Replace by:
1 Sokhumi is approached by a two -way
recommended route (7.228).
Paragraph 7.218 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.218
Paragraph 7.228 1 Replace by:
1 Sokhumi is approached by a two -way
recommended route which is part of the humanitarian
corridor from P’ot’i. It leads clear of charted dangers
as follows:
From position 42°45′N40°50′E and leading 033½°
for 16 miles, the route leads to a position 2 miles
S of the port.
Georgia Maritime Transport Department
(SDD 2007000 062975) [45/07]
IV
4.2
Ukraine - Port Azovstal’ — Channel depth
257
Paragraph 8.122 2 line 3 Replace by:
...channel 100 m wide and 3 m deep (2007); marked...
Russian Notice 42/6309/2007
(SDD 2007000 076324) [45/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Tréguier and approaches — Directions
293
Paragraph 9.150 4 line 2 For buoy Read light buoy
Paragraph 9.150 4 line 4 For buoy Read light buoy
Paragraph 9.150 5 line 5 For buoy Read light buoy
Paragraph 9.151 2 line 1 For buoy Read light buoy
294
Paragraph 9.154 2 line 4 For buoy Read light buoy
French Notice 40/63/2007
(SDD 2007000 075714) [45/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Steenbank Pilot Station — Directions
Paragraph 7.14 3 Delete
158
Loodsdienstcoördinatie SCC
(SDD 2007000 077033) [45/07]
Wk45/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Homeland Security Advisory System
9
1
After L27Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.65a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Chile - Canal Darwin — Directions
111
Paragraph 3.137 2 line 2 Replace by:
SW of Islotes Lobos (45°24′S 74°04′W). Depths of
less than 16 m have been reported within 5 cables
of the islets. Thence:
Chilean Notice 9/91/07
(HH. 647/520/06) [44/07]
Wk44/07
4.1
[44/07]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
1
8
After Paragraph 1.57 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.57a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
Columbia River — Advanced Notice of Entry
397
Paragraph 13.13 4 line 4 For CFR 160.203 Read
CFR 160.204
US Coast Pilot 7 39th Edition Change No 25
(HH. 078/555/13) [44/07]

NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Great Sandy Strait — Directions;
light buoy
158
Paragraph 5.107 8 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
ENE of S9 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (1¼ miles
NE), moored on the E side of Long Middle
Bank; thence:
Australian Notice 20/852/07
(AA 291596) [44/07]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Sandhamn to Simpnäsklubb —
Principal marks
295
Paragraph 7.252 3 line 5 After Lighthouse Insert
(extinguished)
299
Paragraph 7.286 2 line 5 Delete
Swedish Notice 180/4382/07
(SDD 2007000 074630) [44/07]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
1
15
After Paragraph 1.88 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.88a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
IV
4.2
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
1
9
After Paragraph 1.75 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.75a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Port of Blyth — Notice of ETA required; pilotage
1
132
Paragraph 5.138 1 line 1 Replace by:
Blyth Port Control should be contacted 24 hours
prior to arrival or as soon as possible in advance.
VHF contact should be made when 2 hours and 1 hour
from the port. For further details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
Paragraph 5.140 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels under tow,
passenger vessels and sub -standard vessels or subject
to the Harbour Master’s discretion. The pilot normally
boards within...
Port of Blyth Harbourmaster
(HH. 080/001/30) [44/07]
Wk44/07

River Nene - Navigation marks
201
Paragraph 8.99 1 Replace by:
1 From its entrance which is formed by Wisbech Cut,
River Nene leads 9 miles S to Wisbech. The entrance
to the cut is marked by Big Tom Light Beacon (port
hand) (52°49′⋅6N 0°13′⋅1E) and Big Annie Light Buoy
(starboard hand) about 1 cable WNW. Big Tom Light
Beacon stands on the seaward end of a detached
training wall on the E side of the entrance. The wall is
5 cables in length and is further marked by two
additional light beacons (port hand), at its middle and
at its inner end. Within the entrance, the banks of
River Nene are marked by light beacons (lateral).
Port of Wisbech Authority
(SDD 2007000 075750) [44/07]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
1
11
After Paragraph 1.79 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.79a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
Wk44/07
IV
4.3
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
1
11
After Paragraph 1.77 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.77a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
1
7
After Paragraph 1.57 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.57a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.

3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
1
7
After Paragraph 1.57 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.57a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
IV
4.4
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
1
8
After Paragraph 1.65 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.65a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
Wk44/07

NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
5
After Paragraph 1.43 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.43a
1 The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]
Wk44/07
IV
4.5
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Homeland Security Advisory System
1
6
After Paragraph 1.48 Insert:
Homeland Security Advisory System
1.48a
The Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) is
used throughout the United States to disseminate
information regarding the risk of terrorism. The system
is comparable to US Coastguard Maritime Security
(MARSEC) threat levels used in accordance with the
ISPS Code.
2 The Commandant of the US Coastguard sets
MARSEC threat levels commensurate with the HSAS.
Because of the unique nature of the maritime industry,
the HSAS threat conditions and MARSEC threat levels
will align closely, though they will not directly
correlate.
3 The following table illustrates the relationship
between the MARSEC and HSAS threat levels:
MARSEC Level HSAS Level HSAS Colour
Code
1 Low Green
1 Guarded Blue
1 Elevated Yellow
2 High Orange
3 Severe Red
4 For further information, refer to The Mariner’s
Handbook.
US Coast Pilot 9 25th Edition Change No 4
(HH. 078/557/10) [44/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Broome — Pilotage; tugs
209
Paragraph 5.276 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 150 gt
not under the command of an exempt master.
Request for a pilot should be sent 48 hours in
advance to the Broome Port Authority. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4) for details.
2 Boarding positions:
Outer pilot boarding station (17°58′⋅1S 122°05′⋅3E)
for use by all vessels unless otherwise arranged
with the port authority.
Inner pilot boarding station (18°00′⋅7S 122°11′⋅6E)
for use as agreed with individual vessels.
Tugs. One tug is available.
Port of Broome Marine Notices 3/2007 and 12/2007
(AA 283707; AA 290254) [43/07]
Western Australia - Port Hedland — Landmark
217
Paragraph 5.358 1 lines 2 -3 Delete
Australian Hydrographic Office
(AA 290666) [43/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Gladstone - Auckland Channel —
Facing Island Leading Light Beacons
167
After Paragraph 5.184 3 line 4 Add:
Intermediate light beacon (3½ cables ESE of the
front beacon).
Queensland Notice 676(P)/07
(AA 289703) [43/07]
Wk43/07
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
River Swale — Directions; No 5 Light Beacon
[43/07]
326
Paragraph 16.111 1 line 6 For (51°24′⋅4N 0°44′⋅1E) Read
(51°25′⋅4N 0°44′⋅1E).
327
Paragraph 16.111 2 lines5to9Replace by:
...by Queenborough Spit Light Buoy (E cardinal),
thence:
Paragraph 16.111 4 line 1 Replace by:
1 Through Queenborough Harbour (3 cables S)
guided at night by the narrow white sector
(165° -166°) of the directional light on No 5
Light Beacon (metal framework tower)
(8 cables S). The reach...
Medway Ports
(SDD 2007000 072438) [43/07]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Brindisi — Dredged areas; foul areas;
shoal depths; restricted areas
1
483
Paragraph 11.57 Replace by:
Depths
11.57
Shoal depths exist in the approaches to Brindisi and
within the harbour.
2 Dredging in the areas within Porto Medio, Canale
Pigonati and Porto Interno has been discontinued.
Depths within these former dredged areas may be less
than charted. Mariners should refer to the port
authority for details.
484
Paragraph 11.67 2 line 5 Delete...dredged...
Paragraph 11.67 3 line 2 Delete...dredged...
485
Paragraph 11.75 3 Replace by:
3 Thence the track leads generally SW through Porto
Medio to Canale Pigonati, the short entrance channel
100 m wide, to enter Porto Interno.
Cautions. Porto Medio and Porto Interno are
subject to silting caused by streams formed during
periods of heavy rain.
Dredging within Porto Medio, Canale Pigonati and
Porto Interno has been discontinued (11.57). Depths
within these former dredged areas may be less than
charted.
Foul areas with unknown depths exist within Porto
Medio and Porto Interno.

Paragraph 11.78 1 Replace by:
1 Dredging within Porto Medio has been discontinued
(11.57). A turning circle with a radius of 250 m lies
close inside the entrance.
The S part of Porto Medio contains about 1650 m
berthing space. A berth 500 m in length lies on the W
side of Diga di Costa Morena. Restricted areas lie on
either side of the mole as shown on the chart. A small
berthing area lies in the SW part.
Paragraph 11.79 1 line 3 Delete...and is partially dredged to
adepthof11⋅5m... Paragraph 11.79 2 lines 3 -4 Delete
Italian Notice 14.7/07
(SDD 2007000 055852) [43/07]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Wells Harbour — Directions; buoyage
192
Paragraph 8.22 5 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
5 N of Wells Harbour (6 miles E) (8.24). Wells
Harbour Light Buoy (port hand) is moored to the N of
the...
193
Paragraph 8.28 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Approach. Wells Harbour Light Buoy (port hand)...
Harbour Master, Wells Harbour
(SDD 2007000 073757) [43/07]
IV
4.2
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
MØnº’ Saqr – Outer anchorages
147
Paragraph 7.21 1 lines 5 -9 Replace by:
Outer anchorage zones are designated as follows:
Zone I Vessels < 50 m LOA, barges, small craft
Zone II Vessels > 50 m LOA
Zone III Vessels engaged in fuel replenishment
An obstruction, marked by light buoys (N and S
cardinal) lies in middle of Zone I. The holding is
good.
Saqr Port Authority
(SDD 20070000 067090) [43/07]
Wk43/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Baie de Quiberon — Directions
113
Paragraph 5.146 2 line 7 Add:
Clear of an obstruction (3¾ miles NE), thence:
French Notice 07/37/19
(SDD 2007000 071666) [42/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - Tirebolu — Espiye Petroleum Terminal
129
After Paragraph 3.212c Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 20/07 Insert:
Espiye Petroleum Terminal
General information
3.212d
1 Position and function. Espiye Petroleum Terminal
(40°57′N 38°41′E), is situated approximately 1 mile
NW of Espiye. It consists of an open berth with
mooring buoys. A pipeline extends about 8 cables SSE
from the berth to the shore.
The harbour authority is located at Tirebolu.
Limiting conditions
3.212e
1 It is envisaged that vessels up to 15 000 gt will be
accommodated.
Arrival information
3.212f
1 Notice of ETA: 24 hours for pilot and tugs.
Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels
over 150 gt and for Turkish vessels over 1000 gt. The
pilot is based at Giresun and boards 1 mile N of the
berth. Berthing and unberthing are during daylight
hours only.
2 Tugs are compulsory and available from Giresun.
Berth. Vessels berth head N secured to mooring
buoys.
Services. Repairs, bunkering and fresh water are
not available; provisions via agent from local markets.
Giresun Port Manager
(SDD 2007000 071375) [42/07]
4.1
[42/07]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Denia — Directions
129
Paragraph 3.20 1 Replace by:
1 Direction light:
Puerto de Denia Direction Light (white column,
black bands with platform, 9 m in height)
(38°50′⋅4N 0°06′⋅9E).
The narrow white sector (228½° to 229½°) of this
light leads through the centre of the entrance channel
into the harbour, passing NW of a light buoy (port
hand) 1 cable S of the head of the N breakwater.
Spanish Notice 38.281.07
(SDD 2007000 070168) [42/07]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Oslofjorden - Vestfjorden — Channel draught
143
Paragraph 5.149 2 line 2 For 9m Read 8m
Paragraph 5.149 2 line 6 For about 2 m Read 4⋅1 m
Norwegian Notice 18/1044/2007
(SDD 2007000 070861) [42/07]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle -Calédonie — Grand Passage
111
Paragraph 3.158 1 lines 8 -11 Replace by:
Grand Passage is deep, wide, clear of dangers and
in regular use by day. There are no aids to navigation
for night passage.
MV Pacific Star; French K10
(HH. 585/400/04) [42/07]
Wk42/07

NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Cook Islands Group - Rarotonga — Anchorage
leading marks
223
Paragraph 8.123 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
Outer anchorages. The anchorage for liners is
situated in 40 m of water 3½ cables NNE of Avarua
Harbour E Breakwater head.
Paragraph 8.123 2-3 Delete
MV Tahitian Princess
(HH. 594/460/03) [42/07]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Dubai – MØnº’ Rashid — Directions; leading
lights
158
After Paragraph 7.134 1 line 13 Insert:
2 Caution. It is reported (2007) that the rear light
beacon is obscured by works in progress within the
harbour.
HMS Richmond
(SDD 2007000 024679) [42/07]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2007 Edition)
Red Sea, south part — JazØrat aò ®º’ir —
Volcanic activity
121
Paragraph 4.17 4 line 9 Replace by:
See Caution at 4.26. Thence:
124
After 4.26 3 line 9 Insert:
4 Caution. In view of recent (September 2007)
earthquakes and subsequent volcanic eruption of
JazØrat aò ®º’ir, the information given in this and the
preceding paragraph should be treated with extreme
caution.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 064/200/01) [42/07]
Wk42/07
IV
4.2
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Portugal - Porto Do Douro — Approach and
entry
1
130
Paragraph 5.80 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 18/06 Replace by:
The port is approached over a shallow bar and
entered through a buoyed channel between two
1
breakwaters.
Paragraph 5.88 Replace by:
As for Leixões (5.58). For vessels waiting to enter
the river the recommended anchorage, as shown on the
chart, is 8 cables W of entrance in about 16 m.
1
131
Paragraph 5.91 1 Replace by:
The entrance to Rio Douro is formed by Molhe
Norte (41°09′N 8°41′W), a breakwater extending
WSW from Felgueiras Light (5.94). A breakwater,
Molhe Sul, extends W and NW from Cabedelo
(3¾ cables ESE of Felgueiras Light). The width of the
entrance is about 130 m.
Paragraph 5.91 2 line 1 For Molhe de Felgueiras Read
Molhe Norte
Paragraph 5.92 1 line 2 For Cais do Marégrafo Read
Cantareira
132
Paragraph 5.97 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
18/06 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 41°08′⋅6N 8°41′⋅7W the track
leads E passing (with positions from Felgueiras Light
(41°09′N 8°41′W)):
Sofa9⋅1 mpatch(7½ cables W); thence
N of a swept wreck (4¼ cables SSW) which has
4⋅5 m of water over it.
2 The track leads NE between the breakwaters, Molhe
Norte (1 cable SW) and Molhe Sul (2 cables SSE),
from the heads of which lights (white columns, 3 m in
height, lateral markings) are exhibited.
3 When clear of the breakwaters course should be
altered to follow the N bank, where the deeper water
lies, at a distance of about 40 m until clear of
Cantareira (4¾ cables E). Eira, a drying rock, is
situated ½ cable ESE from Cantareira.
4 From the vicinity of Cantareira the fairway, further
marked by light buoys (lateral), leads E into the river
towards Ponte da Arrábida.
Polar D 2045/2045.5; BA Chart 3258 Edition 1
(HH. 067/200/01) [42/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
Mexico - Ensenada — Directions
249
Paragraph 7.154 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(31°49′⋅5N 116°38′⋅5W), the port is approached and
entered from S via a dredged channel marked by light
buoys and leading lights, passing (with positions
relative to the W breakwater light (31°50′⋅6N
116°37′⋅5W)):
Between No 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral)
(6¾ cables SSE).
2 Leading Lights.
Front light (white round tower, red bands, 13 m in
height) (31°51′⋅15N 116°37′⋅40W).
Rear light (similar structure) (365 m from front
light).
The alignment (000°) of these lights leads N
through the harbour entrance.
Mexican Notice 08/146/07
(HH. 623/445/04) [41/07]
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2007 Edition)
Appendix III
536
Left column lines 1 -19 Replace by:
The following are extracts from the Canadian
Quarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations:
The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007, requires
that,
34. (2) As soon as possible before a conveyance
arrives at its destination in Canada, the operator shall
inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine
officer to be informed of any reasonable grounds to
suspect that
(a) any person, cargo or other thing on board the
conveyance could cause the spreading of a
communicable disease listed in the schedule;
(b) a person on board the conveyance has died; or
(c) any prescribed circumstances exist.
(4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it is
not reasonably possible for the operator to inform a
quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be
informed before the conveyance’s arrival at its
destination in Canada, as long as the operator does so
on the conveyance’s arrival at that destination.
The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant to the
Quarantine Act, require that,
Canada Eastern Notice 08/*806/07
(HH. 602/006/03) [41/07]
Wk41/07
4.1
[41/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
South Australia - Flinders Channel — Middle
Bank beacons
368
Paragraph 11.208 4 line 2 Replace by:
...either side of Middle Bank, marked by Beacon No 3
(starboard hand). The W and more direct...
Paragraph 11.208 4 line 8 For No 3 Beacon Read No 5
Beacon
Australian Notice 18/768/07
(AA 287085) [41/07]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Tasmania - Great Oyster Bay — Marine farm
251
After Paragraph 10.38 1 line 6 Add:
2 Caution. A marine farm is situated 3 miles SE of
Waterloo Point (10.39) marked by light buoys
(special).
MAST Notice M95 -07
(AA 282436) [41/07]
New South Wales — Submarine cable protection
zone
294
Paragraph 12.106 Including heading Replace by:
Submarine cable protection zone
12.106
1 A submarine cable protection zone extends from
Bondi Bay (33°53′⋅6S 151°16′⋅6E) to the 2000 m
depth contour about 30 miles offshore, covering the
southern branches of the Australia Japan Cable and the
Southern Cross Cable. The zone extends 1 mile either
side of each cable and includes the area between the
cables.
Underwater activities that could damage a cable,
including anchoring and some fishing methods, are
prohibited within the zone. For details see
www.acma.gov.au/subcables.
Australian Notice 18/771(P)/07
(AA 287351, AA 287358) [41/07]

NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
New South Wales — Submarine cable protection
zone
88
Paragraph 3.14 Including heading Replace by:
Submarine cable protection zone
3.14
1 The protected zone in the approaches to Port
Jackson is described in Australia Pilot Volume II.
A submarine cable protection zone extends from
Narrabeen (33°43′S 151°18′E) to the 2000 m depth
contour 40 miles offshore, covering the northern
branches of the Australia Japan Cable and the
Southern Cross Cable. The zone extends 1 mile either
side of each cable and includes the area between the
cables.
Underwater activities which could damage a cable,
including anchoring and some fishing methods, are
prohibited within the zone. For details see
www.acma.gov.au/subcables.
2 Two historic wrecks (1.70), within their own
protected sites, lie within the area.
Australian Notice 18/771(P)/07
(AA 287351; AA 287358) [41/07]
Queensland - Thirsty Sound — Depth
194
Paragraph 6.82 3 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
...shingle bar extends across the entrance from Pier Head to
the S shore. A 5⋅2 m patch, 5 cables E of Pier Head, is the
least charted depth in the entrance.
Australian Notice 17/718/07
(AA 286244) [41/07]
Queensland, Townsville - West Channel —
Clearing line
255
Paragraph 8.121 2 line 2 Replace by:
...bearing 329°, astern, of Cordelia Rocks passes 2½ cables
NE...
MV Halifax Bay
(AA 285576) [41/07]
Queensland - Ului Island — Shoal
399
After Paragraph 13.201 1 line 7 Add:
Caution. The fringing reef extends up to ½ mile
NW from the island. An isolated shoal depth 2⋅6 m
lies about 8 cables NW in position 10°20′⋅9S
142°02′⋅4E.
Commander R Priest RANR
(AA 284167; AA 284168) [41/07]
IV
4.2
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Cabo Lastres to Cabo San Lorenzo and Gijon —
Directions
282
Paragraph 10.129 3 lines 7 -8 For ...a rocky patch (depth
5⋅1 m) lies 6 cables... Read ...a rocky shelf with minimum
charted depth of 5⋅1 m lies 5½ cables...
1
284
Paragraph 10.148 1 Replace by:
Initial position 43°37′N 5°41′W.
Approaching Puerto de Gijón, the recommended
route leads S to the head of Dique Torres, then SSE to
the vicinity of the head of Dique Principe de Asturias,
passing (positions given from the head of Dique
Principe de Asturias):
Paragraph 10.148 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
ENE of Piedra de la Concha (4 cables NNW), a
rocky patch, lying within the development area
(10.152), and:
Spanish Chart 4042
(SDD 2007000 068898) [41/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
France, north west coast - Raz de Sein —
Directions
266
Paragraph 8.208 1 - 2 Replace by:
1 Chenal Oriental, the E approach, is usable with S
or SW winds by day or night.
Leading marks:
Front mark. An Nerroth N Beacon Tower.
Rear mark. Plas ar Scoul Pyramid (white tower with
retro -reflective orange cladding on its upper
section) (1 mile W of the front mark).
2 Directional light:
Île de Sein Main Light (8.195).
The alignment (265°) of the above marks by day
and the white sector (269° -271°) of Île de Sein Main
Light by night, leads through the channel passing
(with positions given from Men Brial Light):
N of Cornoc-ar-Vaz-Nevez (1 mile ENE) marked by
a beacon tower (port hand), distant about
½ cable; thence:
French Notice 36/6/07
(SDD 2007000 068136) [41/07]
Wk41/07

NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
River Colne — Light beacons
284
Paragraph 14.27 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 The Colne Tidal Barrier (51°51′⋅1N 0°57′⋅8E) is
illuminated at night. The gates of the barrier are
normally open....
Brightlingsea Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2007000 064996) [41/07]
Brightlingsea — Directions
285
Paragraph 14.36 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
3 SE of Brightlingsea Spit Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(2½ cables S) marking a spit which extends
2 cables S from Westmarsh Point, and:
NW of a light beacon (starboard hand) marking the
outer limit of flats which lie on the SE side of the
approach channel, thence:
Brightlingsea Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2007000 064996) [41/07]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Hartlepool — Traffic signals
148
Paragraph 6.78 1 line 2 Replace by:
...displayed from the head of Middleton Breakwater
(54°41′⋅6N 1°11′⋅3W). See The ...
149
Paragraph 6.82 2 line 5 Replace by:
....on the W side from where traffic signals (6.78)
are displayed.
PD Teesport
(SDD 2007000 066382) [41/07]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Lysekil approaches — Channel
draught
199
Paragraph 8.62 2 line 6 For 8m Read 6m
BA Chart 869 Edition 2
(HH. 056/209/01) [41/07]
Wk41/07
IV
4.3
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Gibraltar - Great Europa Point — Directions;
dangerous wreck
220
After Paragraph 7.72 8 line 7 Add:
9 Clear of a dangerous wreck, part of which is
visible, lying 5 cables SE of Europa Point.
The wreck is marked by four light buoys
(cardinal); the farthest S is fitted with a
racon. An exclusion zone, radius 1 mile,
surrounds the wreck.
Gibraltar Port Authority
(SDD 2007000 069037) [41/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Delaware River - Fisher Point to Maple Beach —
Bridges
89
Paragraph 3.313 1 line 7 For 16 m (53 ft) Read 15⋅2 m
(50 ft)
Paragraph 3.313 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...Bridge, with a vertical clearance of 18⋅6 m(61ft)when
closed and 40⋅5 m (133 ft) when open, spans Delaware
River...
US Coast Pilot 3/2007 Change 14 Week 38/07
(HH. 078/552/10) [41/07]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Jamaica - Kingston Harbour approaches —
Directions; Light Beacon
265
Paragraph 10.158 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...inward, passing SE of Wreck Reef (17°50′N 76°55′W).
Port Authority of Jamaica Notice 6/07
(HH. 678/415/03) [41/07]
Jamaica - Portland Bight and approaches —
Bare Bush Cay Light
Paragraph 10.198 Delete
269
Port Authority of Jamaica Notice 6/07
(HH. 678/415/03) [41/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
Chile - Canal Cockburn — Depth
210
R22Replace by:
Nofa6⋅7 m (22 ft) patch (8 miles ENE), thence:
1 mile N of Islas Kirke (10 miles ENE), a group...
Chilean Notice 8/83/07
(HH. 649/450/02) [40/07]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Russia - Vyborg — Directions
212
Paragraph 5.222 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
5.222
213
Paragraph 5.235 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From a position 2¾ cables E of Saymenskiy Front
Leading Light (5.221), the track leads E for about
5 cables to the berths in the S harbour.
Russian Notice 5547/37/2007
(SDD 2007000 066814) [40/07]
Wk40/07
4.1
[40/07]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Archipel des Tuamotu - Rangiroa - Tiputa —
Anchorages; depth
134
After Paragraph 5.169 1 line 6 Add:
Anchorages which are recommended by the local
authority are as follows:
Ohutu wharf bearing 073°, distant 0⋅45 miles.
Ohutu wharf bearing 088°, distant 1 mile.
Church tower at Tiputa bearing 002°, distant
0⋅39 miles.
Paragraph 5.170 1 line 7 For 5⋅4 Read 3⋅7
MRCC Papeete, Avurnav 07 -1073
(HH. 595/520/07) [40/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
APPENDIX III — CANADIAN QUARANTINE
REPORTING REQUIREMENT
450
Left column lines 1 -18 Replace by:
The following are extracts from the Canadian
Quarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations:
The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007,
requires that,
34. (2) As soon as possible before a conveyance
arrives at its destination in Canada, the operator shall
inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine
officer to be informed of any reasonable grounds to
suspect that
(a) any person, cargo or other thing on board the
conveyance could cause the spreading of a
communicable disease listed in the schedule;
(b) a person aboard the conveyance has died; or
(c) any prescribed circumstances exist.
(4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it is
not reasonably possible for the operator to inform a
quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be
informed before the conveyance’s arrival at its
destination in Canada, as long as the operator does so
on the conveyance’s arrival at that destination.
The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant to the
Quarantine Act, require that,
Canadian Eastern Notice 08/*806/07
(HH.602/006/03) [39/07]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
APPENDIX III — CANADIAN QUARANTINE
REPORTING REQUIREMENT
264
Left column lines 1 -19 Replace by:
The following are extracts from the Canadian
Quarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations:
Wk39/07
4.1
[39/07]
The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007,
requires that,
34. (2) As soon as possible before a conveyance
arrives at its destination in Canada, the operator shall
inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine
officer to be informed of any reasonable grounds to
suspect that
(a) any person, cargo or other thing on board the
conveyance could cause the spreading of a
communicable disease listed in the schedule;
(b) a person aboard the conveyance has died; or
(c) any prescribed circumstances exist.
(4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it is
not reasonably possible for the operator to inform a
quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be
informed before the conveyance’s arrival at its
destination in Canada, as long as the operator does so
on the conveyance’s arrival at that destination.
The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant to the
Quarantine Act, require that,
Canadian Eastern Notice 08/*806/07
(HH.602/006/03) [39/07]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
APPENDIX III — CANADIAN QUARANTINE
REPORTING REQUIREMENT
507
Left column lines 1 -19 Replace by:
The following are extracts from the Canadian
Quarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations:
The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007,
requires that,
34. (2) As soon as possible before a conveyance
arrives at its destination in Canada, the operator shall
inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine
officer to be informed of any reasonable grounds to
suspect that
(a) any person, cargo or other thing on board the
conveyance could cause the spreading of a
communicable disease listed in the schedule;
(b) a person aboard the conveyance has died; or
(c) any prescribed circumstances exist.
(4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it is
not reasonably possible for the operator to inform a
quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be
informed before the conveyance’s arrival at its
destination in Canada, as long as the operator does so
on the conveyance’s arrival at that destination.
The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant to the
Quarantine Act, require that,
Canadian Eastern Notice 08/*806/07
(HH.602/006/03) [39/07]

NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
APPENDIX IV — CANADIAN QUARANTINE
REPORTING REQUIREMENT
236
Left column lines 1 -19 Replace by:
The following are extracts from the Canadian
Quarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations:
The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007,
requires that,
34. (2) As soon as possible before a conveyance
arrives at its destination in Canada, the operator shall
inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine
officer to be informed of any reasonable grounds to
suspect that
(a) any person, cargo or other thing on board the
conveyance could cause the spreading of a
communicable disease listed in the schedule;
(b) a person aboard the conveyance has died; or
(c) any prescribed circumstances exist.
(4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it is
not reasonably possible for the operator to inform a
quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be
informed before the conveyance’s arrival at its
destination in Canada, as long as the operator does so
on the conveyance’s arrival at that destination.
The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant to the
Quarantine Act, require that,
Canadian Eastern Notice 08/*806/07
(HH.602/006/03) [39/07]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Dubai - Arrival information — Outer anchorage
156
Paragraph 7.124 1 Replace by:
1 A designated anchorage is established WNW of
Dubai within the following coordinates, and is to be
used when required by vessels bound for Dubai.
25°18′N 55°00′E
25°26′N 55°00′E
25°26′N 55°04′E
25°18′N 55°04′E.
There is no protection from the shamºl in this area
which usually blows from WNW with little warning.
Marine Department Dubai Navigational Warning 59/07
(RSDRA2007000065408) [39/07]
IV
4.2
NP 65 Saint Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
APPENDIX III — CANADIAN QUARANTINE
REPORTING REQUIREMENT
363
Left column lines 1 -19 Replace by:
The following are extracts from the Canadian
Quarantine Act and Quarantine Regulations:
The Quarantine Act as amended June 2007,
requires that,
34. (2) As soon as possible before a conveyance
arrives at its destination in Canada, the operator shall
inform a quarantine officer or cause a quarantine
officer to be informed of any reasonable grounds to
suspect that
(a) any person, cargo or other thing on board the
conveyance could cause the spreading of a
communicable disease listed in the schedule;
(b) a person aboard the conveyance has died; or
(c) any prescribed circumstances exist.
(4) No operator contravenes subsection (2) if it is
not reasonably possible for the operator to inform a
quarantine officer or cause a quarantine officer to be
informed before the conveyance’s arrival at its
destination in Canada, as long as the operator does so
on the conveyance’s arrival at that destination.
The Quarantine Regulations, made pursuant to the
Quarantine Act, require that,
Canadian Eastern Notice 08/*806/07
(HH.602/006/03) [39/07]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Penobscot Bay — Pilotage
54
Paragraph 2.121 2 line 2 For Two Read Three
Captain David Gelinas - Penobscot Bay and River Pilots
Association
(HH. 614/410/06) [39/07]
Wk39/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Brazil - Lagoa dos Patos — Pilotage; anchorages
272
Paragraph 8.245 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 08/06 line 4 For 1¼ miles E Read 5 miles ESE
274
Paragraph 8.263a Existing Section IV Notice Week 08/06
Replace by:
Designated anchorages
8.263a
1 Designated anchorages, shown on the chart, have
been established as follows:
Centred 31°35′S 51°49′W, about 12 miles ENE of
Ponta de Feitoria (8.269), for those vessels
prohibited from navigating within the lagoon at
night.
2 Anchorage ‘A’ centred 30°29′S 51°05′W, about
3 miles E of Ilha do Barbra Negra (8.270),
for vessels bound for Terminal Santa Clara
and for those vessels prohibited from
navigating Lagoa dos Patos and Rio Guaíba
at night.
276
Paragraph 8.280 2 line 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/06 For An anchorage Read Anchorage ‘B’
Paragraph 8.284 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 08/06 Replace by:
1 Anchorages:
W of Ilha da Francisco Manoel (30°16′S51°10′W),
depth 8 m, mud sheltered from the N, E and S.
2 Anchorage ‘B’ off Porto Alegre (30°02′S
51°14′W), as shown on the plan, not less
than 200 m off the wharf; depth 7 m, hard
mud sheltered from all winds; see 8.280.
277
Paragraph 8.288 2 lines 1 -3 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/06 2 line 3 For Compulsory anchorage
Read Designated anchorage ‘B’
Paragraph 8.288 2 lines 1 -3 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/06 2 line 7 For Compulsory anchorage,
Read Designated anchorage ‘C’,
BA Chart 3063; Brazil Chart 2108;
Brazilian Notices 14/71 -73/07
(HH. 656/530/04) [38/07]
Wk38/07
4.1
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
[38/07]
ThroughRoutesNorthSeatoBalticSea—IMO
Maritime Safety Committee
62
After Paragraph 2.8 4 line 13 Add:
5 Attention is drawn to a proposal set before the IMO
Sub -Committee on the Safety of Navigation (NAV
53/3/19 16 May 2007) to reduce the depth of the
deep -water route NE of Gedser from 17⋅0 m to
16⋅5 m.
IMO NAV 53/3/19
(HH. 018/200/02) [38/07]
Germany - Gedser to Baltic Sea — Controlling
depth
444
Paragraph 13.205 1 line 1 For 17 m Read 16⋅5 m
German Notice 34/36/07
(SDD 2007000 061911) [38/07]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Percy Anchorage — Vertical clearance
232
Paragraph 6.279 2 line 2 For 28 m Read 23 m
Canadian Notice 8/3313/07
(HH. 600/415/03) [38/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
The Swale — Directions; buoyage and beacons
7
327
Paragraph 16.111 7 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
NW of S1A Light Buoy (7 cables S) moored on the
edge of Queenborough Flats, thence:
Paragraph 16.111 8 Replace by:
8 Round Long Point Light Buoy (port hand) (7 cables
SW), moored on the edge of mud flats which extend
about ½ cable NNW of No 4 Beacon (metal
framework tower, 12 m in height) standing on the
extremity of Long Point. At night mariners should be
guided by the coloured sectors of Nos 1, 2 and 3
Light Beacons (metal framework towers), details of
which can be seen on the chart.
Medway Ports Notice 32/07
(SDD 2007000 062902) [38/07]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – Bo Hai — Yingkou and Bayuquan vessel
traffic service
327
Paragraph 10.246 including heading Replace by:
Vessel traffic service
10.246
1 Use of the VTS covering Yingkou and Bayuquan is
mandatory; for details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 032/200/01) [38/07]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Sound of Aran - Burtonport — Dredged channel;
rocks
368
Paragraph 12.253 2 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
2 Dredged channel. The port is entered through a
channel leading ENE, dredged to 3⋅8 m (2003) and
indicated by leading lights.
Caution. There is a danger, with a depth of 0⋅1 m
over it, about ½ cable SW of the jetty head and
underwater rocks, marked by red buoys, lie closer to
the jetty. Vessels should proceed with caution.
MRCC Dublin; BA Chart 2792; UK Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2007000 063172) [38/07]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Israel --- •efa (Haifa) — Dangerous wreck
227
After Paragraph 7.198 1 line 8 Insert:
2 Caution. A dangerous wreck marked by a light
buoy (isolated danger), is located approximately
2 cables ESE of the SE corner of the tanker
anchorage.
Israeli Notice 6/07
(SDD 2007000 064035) [38/07]
IV
4.2
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Dominican Republic — Puerto de Andrés
202
Paragraphs 8.36 (including heading) to 8.43 Replace by:
BAHÍA DE ANDRÉS
1
General information
Chart 467 with plan of Bahía de Andrés
Position
8.36
Bahía de Andrés (18°26′N 69°36′W), with Puerto
de Andrés (Boca Chica) in its NW corner, is entered
between Punta Magdalena (18°24′N 69°31′W) and
Cabo Caucedo (6 miles W) (8.13).
Function
8.36a
1 There are three separate berthing areas in Bahía de
Andrés handling LNG, containers and general cargo.
In 2006 Andrés (Boca Chica) had a population of
about 55 000.
Traffic
8.36b
1 In 2005, the port was used by 80 vessels with a
total of 3 837 848 dwt.
Port Authorities
8.36c
1 AES Andrés LNG terminal and Puerto de Andrés -
Comandante de Puerto, Boca Chica, Dominican
Republic, under the jurisdiction of the Port Authority
at Santo Domingo.
Caucedo Container Terminal - DP World Caucedo,
Zona Franca Multimodal Caucedo, Bldg. ADM. Suite
200, Punta Caucedo, Boca Chica, Dominican Republic.
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
8.36d
1 LNG terminal - 12⋅2 m (40 ft), as shown on the
chart, 3½ cables N of the berth.
Container terminal - 13⋅5 m (44ft).
Boca Chica - 7⋅0 m (23ft).
Deepest and longest berth
8.36e
1 LNG Berth (8.36r).
Caucedo Container Terminal Berth C2 (8.36r).
Boca Chica No 3 Berth (8.36r).
Maximum size of vessel handled
8.36f
1 LNG terminal - 97 490 gt.
Container terminal - 75 590 gt, 318 m in length,
14⋅5 m draught.
Boca Chica - 140 m in length, 6⋅7 m draught.
Local weather and sea state
8.36g
1 Bahía de Andrés affords only moderate protection
from prevailing winds, and a heavy swell rolls in.
Wk38/07

Arrival information
Port operations
8.36h
1 Berthing at the LNG terminal is normally starboard
side alongside and during daylight hours only.
Unberthing at the LNG terminal and all other berthing
and unberthing operations take place 24 hours.
Notice of ETA required
8.36i
1 24 hours.
Outer anchorages
8.36j
1 Anchoring is prohibited in Bahía de Andrés.
Anchorage (8.59) may be obtained off Santa Domingo
(14 miles W of Cabo Caucedo) but it was reported
(2007) that vessels awaiting a berth may drift offshore
5 to 10 miles S of Cabo Caucedo.
Pilotage
8.36k
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all three terminals and is
available 24 hrs. Pilots board as follows:
LNG terminal - 3 miles SSE of the berth.
Container terminal - 1½ miles SE of the head of the
mole protecting the berths.
Boca Chica - 8½ cables ESE of the SW point of La
Piedra (18°26′⋅3N 69°37′⋅8W).
Tugs
8.36l
1 Compulsory for all terminals.
Harbour
1
General layout
8.36m
The LNG terminal is situated close N of Cabo
Caucedo, the container terminal is situated 1 mile N
and Boca Chica, which handles general cargo, a
farther 1 mile N.
Directions for entering harbour
Principal marks
8.36n
1 Landmarks:
Hotel (18°27′N 69°36′W).
Tank (18°25′N69°37′W), standing close N of Cabo
Caucedo.
Chimney (18°27′N 69°37′W).
Chimney (18°27′N 69°39′W).
LNG terminal
8.36o
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(8.36k) the track leads NNW towards the berth.
Wk38/07
IV
4.3
Container terminal
8.36p
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(8.36k) the track leads NW, in the white sector
(255° -336°) of the light on the mole at the entrance to
the container terminal, passing NE of the head of the
mole. Thence the track leads SW between light buoys
(lateral) to the requisite berth.
Boca Chica
8.36q
1 Leading lights:
Front light (yellow metal tower, 7 m in height)
(18°26′⋅1N 69°38′⋅0W).
Rear light (similar structure, 11 m in height) (118 m
from front light).
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position
(8.36k) the alignment (300°) of these lights leads
through the outer part of the entrance channel, the
inner part of which is marked on both sides by buoys
(lateral).
1 The channel then leads N to the harbour basin,
passing W of a reef, extending from the SW point of
La Piedra, which has been reinforced as a breakwater.
1
Basins and berths
Alongside berths
8.36r
AES Andrés LNG Terminal situated close N of
Cabo Caucedo (18°24′N 69°37′W) is open to the
Caribbean Sea. Its purpose is the importation of LNG
and fuel oil. It comprises a T-shaped jetty with
1
dolphins connected to the shore by a trestle 129 m in
length. It has a berthing face of 125 m and is 360 m
in length overall, including dolphins, with a depth
alongside of 14⋅5 m.
Caucedo Container Terminal situated 1 mile N of
the LNG terminal has two berths with a combined
length of 600 m. C2 berth is 300 m in length with a
depth alongside of 14⋅5 m.
Boca Chica situated 1 mile N of the container
terminal has three berths. No 3 berth is 140 m in
length with a depth alongside of 7⋅0 m.
Port services
Repairs
8.36s
1 Minor repairs only.
Other facilities
8.36t
1 Hospital in Andrés but serious cases go to Santo
Domingo (29 km distant).
Supplies
8.36u
1 Fuel:
By road tanker at Boca Chica.
None available at the LNG or container terminals.
Water:
By road tanker at the container terminal and Boca
Chica.
None available at the LNG terminal.
Provisions and stores:
Available at all berths.

Communications
8.36v
1 Santo Domingo International Airport 10 km distant.
Spare
8.37
Spare
8.38
Spare
8.39
Spare
8.40
Spare
8.41
Spare
8.42
Spare
8.43
Chart BA 467; Capt. Rivas of Remolcadores Dominicanos
S.A; Shell Shipping Technology; DP World Caucedo.
(HH. 676/410/04) [38/07]
IV
4.4
Dominican Republic - Puerto de Barahona —
Entrance channel
207
Paragraph 8.106 2 Replace by:
2 Entrance channel has depths of more than 10 m
although depths of less than 5 m are charted close
each side of the leading line, 6 cables ENE of the
front leading light.
BA Chart 471
(HH. 676/415/04) [38/07]
Wk38/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
ADVANCE NOTICE - Sailing Directions — Japan
1 Following the publication of NP 42A Japan Pilot
Volume II on 30 August 2007, Advance Notice -
Sailing Directions — Japan issued in week 40/06 is
cancelled.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office [37/07]
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Valdez Arm — Directions
305
L 65 -R 11 Existing Supplement amendment paragraph
11.25a lines 3 -4 Delete for oil tankers
R26-27Replace by:
...reef. Reef Island, ...
R39-40Replace by:
...Busby Island.
BA Chart 4981
(HH. 078/557/10) [37/07]
NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
King George Island - Tu Rocks — Beacon
146
Paragraph 4.70 1 lines 3 -5 Delete
Chilean Notice 7/71/07
(HH. 694/400/07) [37/07]
Trinity Island - Farewell Rock — Beacon
164
Paragraph 5.45 5 Replace by:
5 Farewell Rock (63°52′S 61°01′W) lies off the SW
extremity of Spert Island, which in turn lies off the W
extremity of Trinity Island.
Chilean Notice 7/71/07
(HH. 694/400/07) [37/07]
Danco Coast - Cierva Point — Beacon
171
Paragraph 5.74 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...lies 1 mile NW of Cierva Point.
Chilean Notice 7/71/07
(HH. 694/400/07) [37/07]
Wk37/07
4.1
[37/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Weipa — Prohibited area
92
After Paragraph 2.42 2 Insert:
3 Prohibited area. A ship safety exclusion zone
extends 50 m from Lorim Point Export Wharf (2.57),
including the mooring dolphins and access jetty.
Vessels not involved in port operations are prohibited
from entering the zone.
Queensland Notice 546P/07
(AA 281242) [37/07]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
New South Wales - Twofold Bay —
Navigation marks
260
Paragraph 11.31 1 line 11 Replace by:
...149°53′⋅6E). The NE extent of Whale Spit is
marked by a light buoy (E cardinal).
261
Paragraph 11.32 2 line 4 Replace by:
...a pair of leading light beacons (orange and white
rectangles), standing 2½ cables S of...
NSW Maritime Notices SC 0710; 0711
(AA 281235; AA 281236) [37/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Gladstone — Controlling depth
164
Paragraph 5.156 1 line 3 For 10⋅4 m Read 10⋅6 m
Australian Notice 16/673/07
(AA 282205) [37/07]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Saint Paul Harbor — Racon
101
After Paragraph 2.128 2 Insert:
3 Racon.
Saint Paul Harbor Entrance Light (57°44′⋅4N
152°25′⋅7W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
United States Notice 34/07
(HH. 023/200/01) [37/07]

Aleutian Islands - Baby Pass — Depth
194
Paragraph 5.79 1 For 13⋅7 m (45ft). Read 6⋅4 m (21ft)
(54°00′⋅1N 166°07′⋅3W) (position approximate).
UCSP 9 25th Edition 2007 Change 1
(HH. 611/435/03) [37/07]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Wales - Milford Haven — Directions and
buoyage
156
Paragraph 5.88 4 line 2 Replace by:
...ENE).
The track then passes through the Swinging Area
for South Hook LNG Terminal. The S limit of the
area is marked by S1 and S3 Light Buoys (starboard
hand) and the N limit by S2 and S4 Light Buoys (port
hand). The track continues, passing:
157
Paragraph 5.88 6 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...deep-water channel passing N of Qatar Light Buoy (safe
water), moored 4½ cables SSE of Stack Rock, and S of...
Paragraph 5.88 7 Replace by:
7 Vessels other than deep -draught vessels will
normally be required to use the channel passing S of
Qatar Light Buoy and N of Al Khor Light Buoy (N
cardinal) (51°41′⋅7N 5°05′⋅0W) whenever a
deep -draught vessel is berthing or unberthing at South
Hook LNG Terminal, as advised by Port Control.
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2007000 058731/ 061074) [37/07]
North Wales - Approaches to the River Dee and
Mostyn Docks — Directions and buoyage
231
Paragraph 8.41 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 From a position NNE of the North Constable Light
Buoy (53°23′⋅8N 3°41′⋅4W) (N cardinal) the track
leads ESE for about 5 miles, thence SE and E for a
further 4 miles to the outer end of the dredged channel
leading into Welsh Channel, passing (with positions
from Point of Ayr Old Lighthouse (53°21′⋅4N
3°19′⋅3W)):
NNE of the Rhyl Flats Offshore Wind Farm site
(12 miles W), which extends ESE for about
3 miles from the North Constable Light Buoy. Its
N extremity is marked by RFWF No 2 Light
Buoy (starboard hand); RFWF No 1 Light Buoy
(N cardinal) is moored at its NE corner. Thence:
Paragraph 8.42 2 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
S of East Hoyle Light Buoy (port hand) (1¼ miles
WNW), thence:
Paragraph 8.42 3 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...into Wild Road (8.63), to Mostyn inner pilot
boarding position.
IV
4.2
Paragraph 8.43 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
From a position about 9½ miles WNW of Point of
Ayr Old Lighthouse (53°21′⋅4N 3°19′⋅3W), the track
leads ESE over Chester Bar, passing:
2
232
Existing Section IV Notice Week 31/07
Paragraph 8.49 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Notice of ETA required is at least 24 hours prior
to arrival at North Rhyl Anchorage (53°23′N 3°33′W).
Existing Section IV Notice Week 31/07
Paragraph 8.49 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
A subsequent report should be made on arrival at
North Rhyl Anchorage.
Outer anchorage. The North Rhyl Anchorage is
centred at 53°23′N 3°33′W, close N of Mostyn outer
pilot boarding position. This is an open anchorage
with only reasonably good holding and where vessels
have been known to drag in moderate weather
3
conditions. An alert anchor watch is essential.
Existing Section IV Notice Week 31/07
Paragraph 8.49 3 Replace by:
However, a vessel greater than 95 m LOA whose
master has no previous experience of the approaches
to Mostyn, or where no up to date chart is held, will
embark a pilot at Mostyn outer pilot boarding position
(53°22′⋅5N 3°33′⋅3W). A master may request a pilot to
board at Mostyn outer.
All vessels bound for Mostyn Docks should await
pilotage instructions at North Rhyl Anchorage, either
at anchor or under way as appropriate.
RWE npower; Trinity House; Port of Mostyn
(SDDs 2007000 061805/061073/058342/
038833/010880) [37/07]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
Sound of Harris — Directions
410
Paragraph 12.214 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Racon:
Cabbage Light Buoy (57°42′⋅1N 7°04′⋅0W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
411
Paragraph 12.219 5 line 4 Replace by:
...rock, marked on its SE side by a light buoy (S
cardinal).
412
Paragraph 12.220 4 line 6 Replace by:
...side of Stanton Channel, thence:
Close SSW of Horse Rock Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (7 cables WNW).
Paragraph 12.221 4 line 6 Replace by:
...the width of Stanton Channel to 1 cable and is
marked by Bo Quidam Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (7½ cables SSE), thence:
Wk37/07

Paragraph 12.221 5 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...(3½ cables SSE) which has two detached heads
and is marked on its N side by a light buoy (port
hand), thence:
After Paragraph 12.222 6 line 7 Add:
NNE of Colasgeir Light Buoy (port hand) (9 cables
WNW), thence:
3
414
Paragraph 12.228 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
SSW of a dangerous rock (1 mile NW), thence:
Paragraph 12.229 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...NE from Fowls Rocks, thence:
Paragraph 12.229 4 line 2 Replace by:
...to pass close NE of Cope Passage West Light Buoy
(special),...
Paragraph 12.230 1 line 1 For No 12 Read Cope Passage
West
After Paragraph 12.233 1 line 7 Add:
A breakwater, with a light at its head, extends
1 cable SSW from the shore 1¼ cables E of the pier
head. A second breakwater, also with a light at its
head, extends 1¼ cables NW from the NW extremity
of Fiar Eilean, an islet, 1¾ cables SSE of the pier.
Paragraph 12.234 1 Replace by:
1 Leverburgh is approached from SE through the
main channel along the NE side of the sound (12.197),
Tracks A (12.216) to D (12.219), followed by the
Leverburgh Channel (12.224), entered between Jane’s
Tower (57°45′⋅8N 7°02′⋅1W) (12.213) and Bo Stainan
Light Buoy (S cardinal) (1½ cables W) and following
the directions for Track I (12.224).
When about 1½ cables NNW of Jane’s Tower the
track alters to a more E heading to pass between
shoals of depths 1⋅8 m (1¾cables N) and 4⋅6 m
(1¼ cables N).
Paragraph 12.234 2 line 2 For 225° Read 226½°
Northern Lighthouse Board; BA Chart 2640; UKHO
(SDDs 2007000 056777/056782/056783/056787/
056805/056806/056807/058692/058693/
046340) [37/07]
Wk37/07
IV
4.3
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Broad Sound — Buoy
85
Paragraph 3.140 3 line 6 Delete
US Chart 13290
(HH. 614/415/04) [37/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Chesapeake Bay - Point No Point to Blackwalnut
Point — Directions; wreck
146
Paragraph 5.151 3 line 4 Replace by:
...WSW), which marks the deepest water, noting a
dangerous wreck, position approximate, lying
9 cables E of the buoy.
US Chart 12263
(HH.614/575/05) [37/07]
Savannah - Elba Island — Security zone
219
After Paragraph 8.178 3 Insert:
4 Security zone. A security zone has been established
surrounding the LNG terminal on the E side of Elba
Island in position 32°04′⋅9N 80°59′⋅4W. Entry into the
zone is prohibited unless authorised by the Captain of
the Port.
See Appendix V for general rules covering security
zones.
263
After Paragraph §165.731 Insert:
§165.751 LNG mooring slip, Savannah River,
Savannah, Georgia; Security zone.
US Coast Pilot 4 38th Edition 2007 Change No 22
33CFR§165.751
(HH. 078/553/10) [37/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Wrangell Narrows — Depths
95
After R46Insert:
Caution. The channel through the Wrangell
Narrows contains depths less than the charted
controlling depths. In 2007 NOAA Survey Vessel
Rainier reported a mid -channel depth of 5⋅7 m (19ft)
near Bush Top Island (56°38′⋅1N 132°57′⋅0W) and in
2006 boulders near Green Point (56°42′⋅0N
132°57′⋅3W)
(20 ft).
restricted the depth to less than 6 m
USCP 8 28th Edition 2006 Changes No 16 & 17
(HH. 078/556/07) [36/07]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Loctudy - Chenal de l’Ouest — Directions
58
After Paragraph 3.57 2 line 3 Insert:
Close SE of an unmarked dangerous wreck (position
approximate) (4 cables NE), thence:
French Notice 29/27/07
(SDD 2007000 059333) [36/07]
Bassind’Arcachon—Directions
224
Paragraph 8.199 2 lines 6 -10 Replace by:
E for 2 miles through Rade d’Eyrac (8.201) to the
entrance to Port d’Arcachon (44°40′N 1°09′W)
(8.202). The entrance faces N and the approach is
marked by four buoys (lateral). Light beacons
(metal masts 3 m in height; green on W, red on E)
stand on each side of the entrance.
French Notice 07 -29 -29
(SDD 2007000 059335) [36/07]
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approaches to Saint -Malo — Directions
[36/07]
315
Paragraph 10.133 1 line 3 For with a safe clearance of 15 m
Read with a depth of 20⋅7 m
French Notice 07/31/31
(SDD 2007000 059725) [36/07]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2007 Edition)
Italy - San Remo — Wreck
138
After Paragraph 4.33 5 line 6 Add:
Caution. An area into which entry is prohibited,
radius 30 m, centred on a stranded wreck, lies about
1½ cables NW of Molo Sud Head Light.
Italian Notice 13.4/07
(SDD 2007000 051237) [36/07]
Italy - Rada di Portoferraio — Unexploded
ordnance
231
After Paragraph 8.58 3 line 3 Add:
Entry, anchoring and stopping are also prohibited
within an area shown on the chart, centred on Punta
degli Scarpellini, radius 100 m, which contains
unexploded ordnance on the seabed.
Italian Notice 13.26/07
(SDD 2007000 051269) [36/07]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
East side of Vannøya - Valavågen — Valabotn
anchorage
L19 -22 Delete
171
Norwegian Notice 15/928/07
(SDD 2007000 059550) [36/07]
Wk36/07

South side of Arnøya - Akkarvik — Anchorage
177
L16-17Replace by:
...ground of shells and sand. Care is needed to
avoid a submarine cable laid from Slettnes
(70°03′⋅8N 20°29′⋅6E), on the W side of the bay,
in a SE direction out into Langfjorden; a marine
farm also lies 2½ cables NNW of this anchorage.
Norwegian Notice 15/926/07
(SDD 2007000 059548) [36/07]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Marine reserve — Estrecho Nature Park
7
After Paragraph 1.52 Insert:
Marine reserves
1.52a
1 Estrecho Nature Park. Between Punta de Gracia
(36°05′⋅3N 5°48′⋅8W) and Punta de San Garcia
(36°06′⋅5N 5°25′⋅8W) (7⋅91) a nature reserve is
established extending 1 mile seaward. A channel
5 cables wide, exempt from the following regulations,
leads to Tarifa from S.
2 General regulations. Restrictions include:
Dredging.
Direct or indirect dumping that may contaminate the
water.
Unauthorised marine farms.
Unauthorised reasearch projects.
Anchoringindepthsoflessthan20m.
3 Particular regulations. Within the marine park
there are five reserve areas in the vicinity of:
Punta Camarinal (7.27)
Punta Paloma (7.28)
Tarifa Island (7.27)
Punta Carnero (7.91)
Punta de San Garcia (7.91)
4 where the following particular regulations apply:
Unauthorised mooring.
Any type of commercial or sport fishing and the
removal of marine flora and fauna is prohibited.
Installation of artifical reefs and sinking of vessels is
prohibited.
Anchoring of ships is prohibited.
5 Mariners are advised to obtain locally details of
decrees which apply to the marine park
210
After Paragraph 7.8 Insert:
Marine reserve
7.8a
1 Estrecho Nature Park. Between Punta de Gracia
(36°05′⋅3N 5°48′⋅8W) and Punta de San Garcia
(36°06′⋅5N 5°25′⋅8W) (7⋅91) a nature reserve is
established extending 1 mile seaward. For information
see 1.52a.
Spanish Chart 445
(SDD 2007000 052400) [36/07]
Wk36/07
IV
4.2
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Penobscot Bay — Pilotage
54
Paragraph 2.121 3 lines 1 -6 Delete
USCP 1 37th Edition 2007 Change No 1
(HH. 078/550/10) [36/07]
Long Island Sound - Plum Gut — Buoy
171
Paragraph 6.84 2 line 4 For Buoy Read Light Buoy
USCP 2 36th Edition 2007 Change No 18
(HH. 078/551/08) [36/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2007 Edition)
Lorient - Passe du Sud — Directions
87
Paragraph 4.111 5 line 5 For Buoy Read Light Buoy
French Notice 07 -26 -19
(SDD 2007000 052781) [35/07]
Baie de Bourgneuf -Eastern Part - Le Fain —
Directions
162
Paragraph 6.218 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Between Le Goéland (2½ miles W), a rock marked
by a beacon (starboard hand), and a beacon (port
hand) (2 miles W), thence:
French Notice 25/38/07
(SDD 2007000 049639) [35/07]
La Gironde - Secondary Channel — Directions
215
Paragraph 8.108 2 line 4 For (isolated danger) Read (N
cardinal)
French Notice 07 -24 -28
(SDD 2007000 046414) [35/07]
Pasaia to Punta Mariantón — Directions
245
Paragraph 9.53 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...thence:
Spanish Notice 30 -224 -07
(SDD 2007000 056236) [35/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
France N Coast - Cap de la Hague SSW —
Wreck
383
Paragraph 11.332 2 line 5 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 01/07 Replace by:
Thence:
Clear of a wreck (8½ miles SSW) with an estimated
clearance of 22⋅5 m over it, thence:
French Notice 30/11/07
(SDD 2007000 058950) [35/07]
Wk35/07
4.1
[35/07]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Sumatera, East coast - Pulau Lingga
south -eastwards — Depths
176
After Paragraph 9.18 Insert:
Depths
9.18a
1 Gosong Castor. A depth of 14⋅1 m was reported
(2007) in position 0°32′S 105°04′E, 2 miles N of
Gosong Castor (9.18). The same report indicated
several patches up to 3 m less than charted lying up to
7 miles NE and SW from this reported position.
MV British Curlew
(SDD 2007000 054326/055961) [35/07]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Florida - Tampa Bay to Lighthouse Point —
Wreck
243
After Paragraph 9.173 3 line 4 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (29°46′N 83°58′W)
(position approximate), thence:
US Notice 32/1114A/07
(HH. 615/470/03) [35/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Trinidad - Radix Point to Galera Point —
Mud volcano
107
After Paragraph 4.38 6 line 4 Insert:
Caution. A mud volcano with a least depth of
1⋅8 m (6 ft) is located within an area bounded by a
radius of 200 m in position 10°22′⋅7N 60°55′⋅2W.
Mariners are advised to exercise caution and avoid the
area.
Trinidad and Tobago Ministry of Works Notice 04/07
(HH. 670/550/02) [34/07]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2007 Edition)
Mexico - Ensenada — Racon
247
After Paragraph 7.147 1 line 3 Add:
Ensenada Light Buoy (31°49′⋅0N 116°38′⋅8W).
Mexican Notice 3/55/07
(HH. 623/445/04) [34/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 edition)
Queensland - Karumba — Mooring buoys
96
Paragraph 2.86 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Anchorage. An anchorage area for small vessels,
marked by light buoys (special) and No 25 Light
Beacon (port hand), lies on the NW side of the river.
Australian Notice 15/641/07
(AA 276639) [34/07]
South Australia - Spencer Gulf — Directions;
deep -water route
1
345
Paragraph 11.2 1 Replace by:
The offshore route leads from a position S of
1
Neptune Islands (35°16′S 136°06′E) for a total of
about 125 miles NE to a position 12 miles SE of
Shoalwater Point, using either the recommended track
or the DW route, shown on the chart.
Paragraph 11.7 1 Replace by:
From a position S of Neptune Islands (35°16′S
136°06′E), the offshore route (11.12) leads 98 miles
NE to a position W of Cape Elizabeth (11.103) to join
the recommended track shown on the chart.
4.1
[34/07]
2 For vessels of appropriate draught, a DW route
(11.12a) leads from position 34°15°S 136°55′E to join
the recommended track (11.12) SE of Shoalwater
Point.
346
Paragraph 11.12 6 line 1 For Buffalo Reef Read Buffalo
Rock
Paragraph 11.12 6 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
The track continues NE to the S end of the DW
route at 34°15′S 136°55′E (11.12a), or the
7
recommended track at position 34°06′S 137°10′E.
Paragraph 11.12 7-8 Replace by:
The recommended track then leads generally NE, as
shown on the chart, passing (with positions from
8
Tiparra Reef (34°04′S 137°24′E)):
NW of Tiparra Reef, a bank of sand, 2½ miles in
extent, with depths of less than 5 m over it. A light
(metal pile) is exhibited, from a drying ledge
lying on the S of the bank, at about mid-length.
Thence:
SE of SG1 Light Buoy (safe water) (8¾ miles
NNW), Clan Macdougall Shoal lies 6¾ miles
WNW, thence:
SE of SG2 Light Buoy (port hand) (16 miles
NNE), which lies 12 miles SE of Shoalwater
Point Beacon (S cardinal). Shoalwater Point
(chart Aus 778), 2½ miles NW of the beacon,
which is low and off which the coastal bank
dries up to 1½ miles offshore has depths of
less than 10 m up to 6 miles offshore. A light
(11.10) is exhibited from the point.
Deep -water route
11.12a
1 From position 34°15′S 136°55′E, the deep -water
route leads generally NNE then NE as shown on the
chart, between a bank with depths less than 15 m and
Clan Macdougall Shoal (11.12), passing (with positions
from Tiparra Reef (34°04′S 137°24′E)):
E of Cape Burr (51 miles W); Port Neill (11.70) is
located to the N of the cape, thence:
W of DW1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (20 miles
W), marking the N end of a bank with a least depth
of 14⋅9 m.
2 The track then continues NE passing:
NW of DW2 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(16½ miles WNW); depths less than 15 m lie
1 mile ENE of the buoy, thence:
SE of Clan Macdougall Shoal (11.12) (14¼ miles
NW), thence:
NW of SG1 Light Buoy (safe water). The
deep -water route joins the recommended track
(11.12) 6 miles NE of the buoy.
Wk34/07

351
Paragraph 11.62 4 lines 2 -4 For preferred route Read
recommended track
355
Paragraph 11.82 3 lines 9 -10 For preferred route Read
recommended track
361
Paragraph 11.132 1 lines 2 -3 For preferred route Read
recommended track
Paragraph 11.132 1 lines 5 -6 Delete
After Paragraph 11.132 2 line 5 Add:
W of SG3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (10½ miles
S), moored 5 cables W of the western edge of
Middle Bank, thence:
Paragraph 11.132 4 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
In the area W of Yarraville Shoals, the
recommended track is additionally marked by three
light buoys (lateral), whence track continues NE,
passing (with positions from Point Lowly Light
(11.130)):
Paragraph 11.134 4 line 6 For preferred route Read
recommended track
Australian Hydrographic Office
(Australian Charts 777; 778) [34/07]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
New South Wales - Port Kembla —
Leading lights
285
Paragraph 12.41 2 lines 6 -11 Delete
Paragraph 12.41 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
Port Kembla Notice 25/07/07
(AA 267136) [34/07]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Maarianhamina and approaches —
Shoaling
263
After Paragraph 6.292 1 line 8 Add:
Caution. The channel depth of the track on the
alignment (090°) of Druvan Beacon has shoaled to a
depth of 5⋅0 m between 60°03′⋅8N 19°46′⋅5E and a
position 2⋅4 miles E.
Finnish Notice 20 -21/356/2007
(SDD 2007000 057322) [34/07]
Wk34/07
IV
4.2
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - Adalar passage — Isolated danger buoy
101
Paragraph 2.327 5 line 8 Replace by:
...dangerous rocks, lies 1 mile NNE. A light buoy
(isolated danger) marks the NE side of
Görünmeyen KayalÝklar. Thence:
Turkish Notice 30/132/2007
(SDD 2007000 056549) [34/07]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Strait of Georgia - Calm Channel — Landmark
287
Paragraph 7.380 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.380
British Colombia Coast (South Portion) 17th Edition
(HH. 078/050/04) [34/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Plymouth - Hamoaze — Directions
122
After Paragraph 4.229 7 line 8 Add:
Mariners should note an obstruction with 8⋅2 m over
it 2 cables E of the head of Yonderberry Jetty.
HMS Roebuck
(SDD 2007000 055998) [34/07]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Brindisi — Waiting area
483
Paragraph 11.62 1 Replace by:
1 Mariners should note the following designated
areas:
Anchorage ‘NW’, centred 2½ miles WNW of Punta
Penne (40°41′⋅0N 17°56′⋅2E)indepthsof21to
51 m, as shown on the chart. For use by vessels up
to medium size, excluding those carrying
dangerous or pollutant cargoes.
Anchorage ‘SE’, centred 5 miles ESE of Capo di
Torre Cavallo (40°38′⋅5N 18°01′⋅3E) in depths of
34 to 46 m, as shown on the chart.
Waiting area ‘BR1’, centred 2¾ miles ESE of Capo
di Torre Cavallo, established (2007) to
accommodate vessels complying with UN
resolution inspection requirements.
Italian Notice 14.7/2007
(SDD 2007000 053982/053852) [34/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Volume I (2005 Edition)
Brazil - S coast — Directions
262
After Paragraph 8.158 2 line 3 Add:
W of a wreck (32½ miles NE), safe clearance depth
20 m, thence:
Brazilian Notice 21/153/05
(HH. 637/430/03) [33/07]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II (1993)
Edition — Supplement 4 - 2005
Chile - Puerto Nuevo — Directions
248
L41-43Replace by:
...69°34′W the line of bearing (224°), astern, of Punta
Camerón (53°40′S 69°54′W) (7.256), leads NE to the
anchorage. The line passes SE...
L50Replace by:
...from the jetty (53°21′⋅7S 69°26′⋅7W)):
L51For 3¾ miles Read 4½ miles
L53For 5 miles Read 6¾ miles
L54For 1½ miles Read 2 miles
L56Replace by:
...obtained with the jetty, see above, bearing 000° distant...
L62-63Replace by:
...depth of only 1 m at its head projects S from the shore.
From the anchorage,...
Chilean Notice 3/34/05
(HH. 649/440/03) [33/07]
Chile - Canal Whiteside — Directions
249
L21-22Delete A To group.
Chilean Notice 6/64/07
(HH. 649/440/03) [33/07]
Wk33/07
4.1
[33/07]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV (2007
Edition)
Guyane Française - Fleuve Maroni — Buoy
61
Paragraph 2.72 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...over it, to the pilot boarding area in the vicinity of SL
Light Buoy (safe water) (5°52′N 53°52′W).
French Notice 26/83/07
(HH. 638/401/03) [33/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 edition)
Australia, Queensland - Brisbane — Under -keel
allowances
2
137
Paragraph 4.67 1 lines 5 -8 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 11/07 Replace by:
The following minimum under -keel allowances are
required (2007):
North West Channel 1⋅8 m from NW Fairway Light
Beacon to NW2 Light Beacon; 2⋅35 m between
NW2 and NW3 Light Beacons; 2⋅1 m between
NW3 and NW12 Light Beacons.
Paragraph 4.67 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 11/07 Replace by:
Spitfire Channel 1⋅5 m.
Main Channel (between Light Buoys M8 and M9)
1⋅8 m.
East Knoll Bypass Channel 1⋅4 m.
East Channel 1⋅5 m.
Entrance Beacons and Bar Cutting 1⋅46 m.
Fisherman Island Swing Basin 1⋅3 m.
Pelican Banks Reach to Hamilton Reach 0⋅6 mto
0⋅9 m, depending on draught and tide.
A minimum under -keel clearance of 0⋅3 m is
required alongside all berths.
QLD notice 396T/2007
(AA251829) [33/07]
Australia, Queensland - Bustard Head Light —
Red sector removed
154
Paragraph 5.80 6 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
Outer Rocks are covered by a...
ANTM14/589/07
(AA269196) [33/07]

NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Aleutian Islands - Akun Strait — Current
191
Paragraph 5.62 2 line 2 For 1½ knRead 12 kn
USCoastPilot9
(HH. 023/200/01) [33/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition
Romania - Mangalia anchorage — Dangerous
wreck
155
After Paragraph 4.128 1 line 4 Add:
Caution. In 2007 a dangerous wreck was reported
to lie in 43°51′⋅1N 28°40′⋅6E. Mariners are advised to
keep at least 2 miles clear of this position.
Hydrolant 1333/07
(SDD 2007000 055585) [33/07]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
North Wales - Conwy — Buoyage
215
Paragraph 7.162 3 line 2 For No 7 Read C11
Paragraph 7.162 4 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
...positions are available from the Harbour Master.
Conway Harbour Authority
(SDD 2007000 054263) [33/07]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Passage East of Papa Westray
and Westray — Directions
186
After Paragraph 5.172 1 line 2 Insert:
N of an isolated 19⋅1 m patch in position 59°22′⋅8N
2°47′⋅8W, thence:
187
Paragraph 5.175 1 lines4to5Replace by:
E of Fowl Craig (8 cables SSE), a bold
white -coloured cliff about 15 m high, and noting
an isolated 19⋅1 m patch in position 59°22′⋅8N
2°47′⋅8W, thence:
mv Anglian Sovereign
(SDD 2007000 054309) [33/07]
IV
4.2
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Charleston Harbor - Shipyard Creek — Depth
210
Paragraph 8.77 1 line 4 For 13⋅4 m Read 11 m
OCS and V Ships Hamburg
(HH. 614/615/07) [33/07]
Wk33/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Mauritania - South east of Cap Blanc —
Stranded wreck
182
Paragraph 6.60 2 line 5 Replace by:
Cap Blanc, thence:
NW of a stranded wreck (position approximate)
(5 miles SSE), thence:
Marine Press of Canada
(SDD 2007000 047571) [32/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
New South Wales - Bungan Head —
Historic wreck
88
Paragraph 3.17 1 line 10 Add:
Clear of a wreck (5¼ miles NE) marked by two light
buoys (special). The wreck, the Japanese Midget
Submarine M24, is an historic wreck (1.70) and
lies within a restricted area. Thence:
Australian Notice 13/552/07
(A256845/A220071) [32/07]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
Baie de Bourgneuf - Le Fain — Directions
187
Paragraph 6.245 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Between Le Goéland (2½ miles W), a rock marked
by a beacon (starboard hand), and a beacon (port
hand) (2 miles W), thence:
French Notice 25/38/07
(SDD 2007000 049639) [32/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approaches to Thames Estuary and Harwich
Haven — Sunk VTS
238
Paragraph 11.27 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 22/07 After Paragraph number 11.27f Insert:
At present the Sunk VTS, described below, is not
operational.
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SDD 2007000 051633) [32/07]
Wk32/07
4.1
[32/07]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Konkan coast - Mumbai approaches —
Offshore route
242
Paragraph 7.140 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Caution. A stranded wreck (18°37′⋅4N 72°33′⋅6E)
and an obstruction (18°39′⋅2N 72°35′⋅9E) lie,
respectively, 2½ miles and 8 cables WNW of the
centreline of this route. A dangerous wreck (18°41′⋅7N
72°37′⋅4E) (position approximate) lies close to the
centreline.
Indian Notices 12/319 -320/07
(SDD 2007000 045239) [32/07]
NP 43 South and East coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea, South coast - Approach to Samch’ãnp’o
Hang — Overhead power cable
134
Paragraph 3.150 6 Replace by:
6 Channel W of Nukto. This channel is spanned by a
road bridge, with a vertical clearance of 30 m and on
the SE side of the bridge by an overhead power cable,
with a vertical clearance of 18 m.
135
Paragraph 3.150 7 line 6 For 47 m Read 21 m
South Korean Notice 28/422/07
(HH. 557/440/11) [32/07]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Rodi Garganico — Obstructions
503
After Paragraph 11.255 2 Insert:
3 Caution. Concrete structures have been established
on the seabed (2007) in the vicinity of Rodi
Garganico, to discourage illegal fishing activities.
Italian Notice 13.12/2007
(SDD 2007000 051249) [32/07]

NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
South Island - North coast - Port Motueka —
Light
89
Paragraph 3.117 2 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
...channel shifts.
Paragraph 3.117 3 line 2 Replace by:
Light (pile) (41°08′⋅2S 173°01′⋅8E).
New Zealand Notice 15/151/07
(HH. 580/550/04) [32/07]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Great Yarmouth — Power Station Light
212
Paragraph 9.36 6 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...Denes Power Station. The outfall is marked by a
red occulting sector light (217° -227°) exhibited
from the power...
Great Yarmouth Power Ltd
(SDD 2007000 052488) [32/07]
Great Yarmouth — Prohibited area; Brush
Sector Light
216
After Paragraph 9.73 Insert:
Prohibited area
9.73a
1 A prohibited area in which a new outer harbour is
under construction exists on the N side of the
approach to the harbour entrance. Limits of the area
are as follows:
52°35′⋅1N 1°44′⋅2E (shore),
52°35′⋅1N 1°45′⋅0E (C1 Light Buoy - N cardinal),
52°34′⋅5N 1°45′⋅0E (E3 Light Buoy - special),
52°34′⋅4N 1°44′⋅4E (North Pier).
2 The N and E borders of the prohibited area are
marked by light buoys (special). The S border is
covered by the green sector (248½° -250½°) ofBrush
Sector Light (52°34′⋅3N 1°44′⋅0E) and may be marked
by temporary light buoys (special) also.
The construction area will be encumbered by
obstructions including rock structures, buoys, anchors
and moorings. Vessels and barges engaged in
construction work are likely to be encountered entering
and leaving the prohibited area.
3 Vessels arriving at or departing from the port of
Great Yarmouth should navigate a route that stays S of
the prohibited area and if normally exempt from
compulsory pilotage (9.75) should consider employing
the services of a pilot owing to the extraordinary
circumstances. Vessels in transit off the harbour are
advised to stay E of C2 Light Buoy (E cardinal)
(52°34′⋅9N 1°45′⋅4E) moored on the E port limit.
IV
1
218
View title: Brush Quay Leading Lights (264°) (9.82)
Replace by: Brush Lighthouse (disused) (9.81)
After Paragraph 9.81 1 line 3 Insert:
Brush Lighthouse (disused, red round brick tower,
21 m in height) (52°34′⋅3N 1°43′⋅9E);
Paragraph 9.82 1-5 Replace by:
From a position about 5 cables ENE of the harbour
entrance, the white sector (252½° -257½°) of Brush
Sector Light (galvanized steel lattice tower) (52°34′⋅3N
1°44′⋅0E) leads to the harbour entrance, passing (with
positions from Brush Sector Light):
SSE of a prohibited area (9.73a), thence:
2 SSE of North Pier (2½ cables ENE) which
projects 150 m E from the coast and from
which a light (green metal column with
ladder, 7 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
3 NNW of South Pierhead (2 cables E) which
extends from the coast at Gorleston -on -Sea,
and lies 140 m SW of North Pierhead. A
light is exhibited from a building on the
pierhead; the upper half is red brick but the
lower half is painted white and illuminated to
assist mariners at night and in reduced
4
visibility.
Thence course is adjusted W to follow the channel,
which is about 70 m wide, passing:
S of a training wall (1½ cables ENE) which lies on
the N side of the channel. Five sets of lights
(starboard hand) are exhibited at intervals along
the training wall. And:
5 N of South Pier (1 cable E) which is a stone
embankment. At the inner end of South Pier
the embankment curves sharply N at Brush
Bend, on which stands a conspicuous
lighthouse (disused) (9.81). Tugs may be
necessary to assist the turn and anchors
should be ready. On completion of the turn
there is a direct approach to the riverside
berths lying to the N. Seven sets of lights
(port hand) are displayed at intervals along
the coping of the sea wall between the
pierhead and Brush Bend.
4.2
Great Yarmouth Port Authority
(SDD 2007000 052756/052753) [32/07]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Vefsnfjorden - Holandsvik — Leading lights
98
R 64 Existing Supplement amendment For 071° Read 017°
Den Norske Los Volume 5; Norwegian Chart 57
(SDD 2007000 032713) [32/07]
Wk32/07

NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Açores - Ponta Delgada — Harbour entrance
244
Paragraph 8.44 3 Replace by:
3 Approach and entry. The harbour entrance is
approached in the narrow white sector of a directional
light, the white sector of a second directional light
leads to the head of the harbour.
1
245
Paragraph 8.48 Replace by:
8.48
Entrance directional light.
The harbour is entered in the white sector
2
(308° -310°) of Clube Naval Light (lantern, 15 m in
height) (37°44′⋅5N 25°39′⋅4W).
Harbour directional light.
From close NE of the breakwater head from which
a light (white tower, red bands, 7 m in height) is
exhibited, the track leads in the white sector
(261° -263°) of Forte de São Braz (lantern, 14 m in
height) (37°44′⋅1N 25°40′⋅4W) to the head of the
3
harbour, passing (with positions from the breakwater
light):
S of the head of Molhe Marina at the entrance
to Porto da Calheta (2½ cables NNW);
thence:
S of a number of light buoys (special) (3 cables
WNW), marking an area of works in progress
(2007) on the N side of the harbour to which entry
is prohibited.
Portuguese Notice 5/161/2007
(SDD 2007000 045039) [32/07]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Puerto Rico - Pasaje de Vieques — Directions
149
Paragraph 4.182 6 line 2 Replace by:
...Cabras (18°13′N 65°36′W) and...
159
Paragraph 4.279 1 lines 2 and 4 Delete Light
1
160
Paragraph 4.285 1 Replace by:
Thence when Cabeza de Perro East Point Light
(18°15′N 65°35′W) (4.265) bears 329° the track alters
to about 214° to pass about 7 cables from Isla Cabras,
passing (with positions from the light):
Paragraph 4.285 2 line 2 For (2 miles NE) Read (1 mile S)
Paragraph 4.285 2 lines 5 -6 For (2¾ miles ENE) Read
(1¾ miles SSE)
Paragraph 4.285 3 line 2 For (1 mile NE) Read (1¾ miles
SSW)
Paragraph 4.285 4 line 1 Replace by:
4 ESE of Isla Cabras (21 m high) (2¾ miles
SSW), which is low in the...
Wk32/07
IV
163
Paragraph 4.317 1-2 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 17°59′N 65°43′W, about
6
10 miles E of Punta Tuna (4.387), the track leads NNE
through Pasaje de Vieques, passing (with positions
from Isla Cabras (18°13′N 65°36′W)):
Paragraph 4.317 3 lines 1 -3 Delete
Paragraph 4.317 6 Replace by:
Clear of a shallow patch, which has been swept to
a depth of 8⋅8 m (29ft) (3¼miles SSW); and another
shallow patch, with a charted depth of 8·5 m (28 ft)
(3 cables E of the first patch), thence:
4.3
165
Paragraph 4.328 1 line 4 Replace by:
...Cabras (18°13′N 65°36′W).
Paragraph 4.338 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...are designated as follows (with centres positioned from
Punta Puerca (18°13′⋅5N 65°35′⋅6W)):...
Paragraph 4.338 1 lines 4 -5 For (8½ cables ESE) Read
(1¼ miles SSE)
Paragraph 4.338 1 line 7 For ESE Read SE
Paragraph 4.338 1 line 9 For (6¾ cables S) Read (1½ miles
SSW)
Paragraph 4.338 2 line 2 For (8½ cables SE) Read
(1½ miles S)
Paragraph 4.338 2 line 4 For (1¼ miles SE) Read
(1¾ miles SSE)
Paragraph 4.339 1 line 3 Delete Light
166
Paragraph 4.347 1 line 3 Delete Light
Paragraph 4.347 3 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...positions from Punta Cascajo (18°12′⋅5N 65°37′⋅7W)):
Paragraph 4.347 3 line 8 For (1¼ miles SW) Read (1 mile
SE)
Paragraph 4.347 4 line 2 For (1 mile WSW) Read (9 cables
ESE)
Paragraph 4.347 4 line 4 Delete (below)
Paragraph 4.347 5 line 3 For (6½ cables W) Read (1 mile
ENE)
Paragraph 4.347 6 line 3 Delete (1¾ miles WSW)
Paragraph 4.350 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...centre positioned from the head of No 3 Pier (1 mile NE
of Punta Cascajo (18°12′⋅5N 65°37′⋅7W)) and ...
Paragraph 4.351 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Pier No 3 (1 mile NE of Punta Cascajo (18°12′⋅5N
65°37′⋅7W), with a...
167
Paragraph 4.351 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 A small pier (1 mile NNW of Punta Cascajo
(18°12′⋅5N 65°37′⋅7W)),...
Paragraph 4.351 4 line 3 Replace by:
...No 1 Pier (1 mile NE of Punta Cascajo (18°12′⋅5N
65°37′⋅7W)).
US Charts 25663; 25664
(HH. 675/420/04) [32/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Morocco - North of Cap de Mazagan —
Shoal depth
149
After Paragraph 5.145 3 line 10 Add:
4 Clear of an 18 m shoal (reported 1997) (38 miles
NNE). Thence:
Spanish Notice 25/190/2007
(SDD 2007000 047514) [31/07]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
Argentina - Puerto Santa Cruz — Pilotage
117
R56Replace by:
Pilotage. See 1.29 for regulations. Pilot boards
5 miles SSE of Santa Cruz Light (3.154).
Argentine Notice 12/98/07
(HH. 650/470/04) [31/07]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
Lorient - Passe du Sud — Goëland Light Buoy
98
Paragraph 4.142 5 line 5 For Buoy Read Light Buoy
French Notice 07 -26 -19
(SDD 2007000 052781) [31/07]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Alaska Peninsula - Kuiukta Bay — Depth
151
Paragraph 4.82 2 lines 14 -15 Replace by:
...head of the bay. About 8 cables NNE of the sugar -loaf
island the bay shoals rapidly from 78 to 4⋅5 m(43fmto
15 ft)...
US Chart 16561
(HH. 023/200/01) [31/07]
Wk31/07
4.1
[31/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – Lemen Liedao — Directions
1
131 -132
Paragraph 4.72 Including existing Section IV Notices
Weeks 41/05 and 49/05 Replace by:
Vessels with a draught of not more than 6⋅7 m have
used the following track to avoid much of the heavy
sea caused by the NE monsoon.
From a position SE of Biao Jiao (23°14′N
116°48′E) (4.17), the track leads generally ENE,
passing (with positions from Banchao Jiao Light
2
(23°22′⋅5N 117°08′⋅1E)):
SSE of a dangerous wreck (18½ miles WSW),
thence:
SSE of Niang Jiao (17 miles WSW), a rock with
a depth of 1⋅9 m; a light buoy (S cardinal) is
moored 2¾ cables SE. A stranded wreck
(reported 1993), position approximate, lies
2 miles NE. Thence:
Clear of unexploded ordnance (13¾ and 14½ miles
SW), thence:
3 Clear of a dangerous wreck (reported 2005)
(10 miles SW), position approximate, and a
second dangerous wreck, position
4
approximate, 9 cables E, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (5¼ miles WSW),
position approximate (reported 2006), marked by
two light buoys (isolated danger), thence:
Clear of an isolated shoal patch, depth 9⋅6 m
(4¾ miles WSW); Peng Yu (Pin Yu on chart
1962), lies 1¾ miles ESE, thence:
NNW of No 1 Light (pile) (2¾ miles WSW), thence:
Clear of a wreck, depth 8⋅6 m,(1¾miles WSW),
thence:
SSE of No 2 Light (pile) (2½ miles WNW), thence:
5 SSE of Guan Yu (1¾ miles WNW), a small
island, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (9¼ cables W), position
approximate (reported), thence:
SSE of the SE point of Nan’ao Dao (1¼ miles NNW)
(4.97), and:
NNW of Banchao Jiao, a rocky reef marked by a
light, the N of the islets and rocks of Lemen
Liedao lying between 2 to 8 miles S of Nan’ao
Dao, thence:
6 SSE of an isolated shoal patch, depth 1⋅6 m
(2 miles NNE), thence:
NNW of Paipeng Jiao (Yan Yan on chart 1760)
(3¼ miles ENE), a rock awash, thence:
Clear of wreck, depth 14⋅7 m (2003) (4¾ miles NE),
thence:
SSE of an area with several unexploded bombs and
depth charges (5 to 8 miles NE), thence:

7 SSE of an isolated rock, depth 6⋅6 m (6¾ miles
NE), thence:
SSE of Qixing Jiao (8½ miles NE), a group of rocks,
1⋅5 to 2 m high; from E and W they appear as
large boulders some distance apart. Laoniu Jiao, a
detached rock drying 2⋅6 m, lies 3 miles NW; a
light (white round concrete tower, 7 m in height)
is exhibited from the NE side of the rock. Thence:
8 Clear of a dangerous wreck, position
approximate, (8¾ miles NE), thence:
NNW of Banyangdong (Zhisong Yan on chart 1760)
(10 miles ENE), an isolated rock with a depth of
5⋅8 m over it.
9 The track then continues ENE to a position SSE of
Houjiao Yu (23°34′N, 117°22′E), from where a light
(white 4-sided stone pyramid, 2 m in height) is
exhibited. It is the extremity of a small peninsula,
rising to 32 m, situated 2½ miles E of Zhaoan Tou
(4.88). There is a conspicuous sand patch on the side
of the hills 1½ miles NE of Houjiao Yu. Fishing stakes
may be encountered 2 to 5 miles S of Houjiao Yu.
10 Alternative route. From a position 2 miles SE of
Biao Jiao, a small vessel can take passage W and N of
Nan’ao Dao, and passing N of Laoniu Jiao (above).
For both passages see restriction for foreign vessels at
4.67.
Chinese Notices
40/738(T)/02; 7/181/07; 9.241/07; 23/608/07
(HH. 548/448/09 and 10) [31/07]
IV
4.2
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
North Wales - Mostyn Docks — Arrival
information
232
Paragraph 8.49 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
13/06 Replace by:
1 Port operations. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
Notice of ETA required is at least 24 hours prior
to arrival at North Rhyl Light Buoy (53°22′⋅8N
3°34′⋅6W) (8.41).
The report should include the vessel’s maximum
draught, confirmation that a corrected copy of Chart
1953 is carried and that the vessel has no defects
affecting her safe navigation.
2 A subsequent report should be made on arrival in
the vicinity of North Rhyl Light Buoy.
Pilotage is generally compulsory for all vessels
over 20 m LOA bound for Mostyn or the River Dee.
Other seagoing vessels are recommended to obtain
information and advice from the Harbour Master on
VHF. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
For Mostyn Docks pilots usually board near Dee
Light Buoy (53°22′⋅0N 3°18′⋅7W) (8.42).
3 However, it is recommended that a vessel of more
than 95 m LOA whose master does not have local
knowledge of the approaches to Mostyn embarks a
pilot at the Outer Boarding Position (53°22′⋅5N
3°33′⋅3W), 8 cables ESE of North Rhyl Light Buoy.
All vessels should await pilotage instructions in the
vicinity of North Rhyl Light Buoy, either at anchor or
under way as appropriate.
Mostyn Harbour Master
(SDD 2007000 050244) [31/07]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Nouvelle -Calédonie - Passe de Dumbéa —
Leading lights
82
After Paragraph 2.123 2 line 6 Insert:
3 Leading lights. By night, the alignment (049½°) of
the following lights leads from SW towards the
entrance to the pass:
Front light: No 3 Light Beacon (2.124) (22°19′⋅5S
166°17′⋅5E).
Rear light: Ile Nou NW Point Light (2.125) (about
6¾ miles from front light).
French Notice 24/46/07
(HH. 585/580/04) [31/07]
Wk31/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
South Africa - Mossel Bay — Wreck
87
Paragraph 2.73 1 line 3 Replace by:
...Blinder Rock, 2¼ cables SE of the cape, noting a wreck
8 cables farther ESE, thence NNW to...
South African Notice 6/65/2007
(SDD 2007000 049335) [30/07]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
Falkland Islands - Falkland Sound and San
Carlos Water — Traffic regulations
67
L10Insert:
Traffic regulations
2.253a
Restricted areas:
The area within 100 m of any part of the wreck
(51°35′⋅8S 59°13′⋅7W) lying in Falkland Sound
is designated a prohibited area.
The area within 100 m of any part of the wreck
(51°33′⋅3S 59°03′⋅5W) lying in San Carlos Water
is designated a prohibited area.
R3-4Replace by:
WNW of North West Islands (6 miles SSW). A
wreck (2.253a) with a depth of 18 m over it lies
6 cables...
68
R26Replace by:
...of a wreck (2.253a) with a depth of 7⋅8 m over it lying
4 cables...
Falkland Islands Government
(HH. 690/430/02) [30/07]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Chile - Puerto Lirquén — Anchorages
211
Paragraph 6.379 including heading Replace by:
Outer anchorages
6.379
1 Vessels awaiting a berth should anchor in one of
the following areas, shown on the chart, (positioned
from No 2 (W) Pierhead (36°42′⋅4S 72°59′⋅2W)):
A — 5 cables N.
B—8¾ cables NW.
C—1½ miles WNW.
Quarantine anchorage see 6.381a.
Wk30/07
4.1
212
After Paragraph 6.381 1 line 2 Insert:
[30/07]
Quarantine
6.381a
1 Quarantine anchorage is situated about 1½ miles
NW of No 2 Pierhead, as shown on the chart.
Chilean Notice 5/48/07
(HH. 646/426/03) [30/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - EreÔli — Spoil ground light buoy
117
Paragraph 3.53 1 line 4 Delete
Turkish Notice 27/114/2007
(SDD 2007000 050588) [30/07]
Russia - Novorossiyskaya Bukhta — Danger area
230
Paragraph 7.114 1 line 3 Add:
A danger area, within the anchorage, in which
explosives may exist is centred on 44°35′⋅7N
37°55′⋅5E, radius 5 cables.
Russian Notice 27/4013/2007
(SDD 2007000 049742) [30/07]
NP 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume IV
(2006 Edition)
South Aegean - Órmos Livádia — Wreck
245
Paragraph 8.125 5 line 5 Replace By:
...jetties. Mariners should note a wreck about 1 cable SE of
the anchorage position shown on the chart.
Commander D Poroglou,
Hellenic Sail Navigation Division
(SDD 2007000 049681) [30/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Cape Fear River — Directions; leading lights
192
Paragraph 7.154 1 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
Front light (framework tower on multi -pile
structure) (34°01′⋅0N 77°56′⋅3W).
Rear light (similar structure) (4 cables from front
light).
US Notice 21/11534/07
(HH. 614/605/08) [30/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2007 Edition)
Venezuela - Islas de Píritu — Directions
169
Paragraph 5.179 1 lines 3 -6 Delete
MT Nikator
(HH. 668/460/03) [29/07]
Colombia - Puerto Zúñiga — General
information; anchorage areas
258
Paragraph 9.95 1 line 5 Replace by:
...Terminal and Ecopetrol, Puerto Prodeco (11°07′N
74°14′W), also known...
Paragraph 9.97 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 Outer anchorages. Designated anchorages for
Ecopetrol (Pozos Colorados Terminal), Puerto Prodeco
and Puerto Drummond have been established
2½ miles NW, 2 miles W and 3¼ miles SW
respectively of Punta Brava (11°07′N 74°14′W), as
shown on the chart.
Colombian Chart 244
(HH. 640/420/04) [29/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia — Offshore production
platforms
222
After Paragraph 6.13 1 line 5 Add:
Clear of John Brookes production platform
(20°27′S 115°07′E) from where a light is
exhibited; thence:
Clear of East Spar Well (20°43′S 114°59′E) from
where a light is exhibited; thence:
Clear of Woollybutt production wells (20°55′S
114°54′E) from where a light is exhibited;
thence:
Australian Hydrographic Office
(Aus 328) [29/07]
Wk29/07
4.1
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Denmark - Traffic and operations — Ship
movement reporting
[29/07]
4
After Paragraph 1.12 2 line 8 Add:
SOUNDREP. With the object of improving safety
and efficiency of navigation and to increase the
protection of the marine environment in the Sound
between Denmark and Sweden a voluntary reporting
system called SOUNDREP will be established by
Denmark and Sweden on the 15 August 2007 at 0000
UTC.
All ships with a gross tonnage of 300 and above are
encouraged to participate when navigating within the
operational area of SOUNDREP. The limits of the
area, as shown on the chart, are as follows:
Northern Limit.
A line connecting the following points:
55°46′⋅0N 12°36′⋅0E N of Skovshoved
55°46′⋅0N 12°55′⋅0E NE of Barsebäckshamn
Southern Limit.
A line connecting the following points:
55°27′⋅0N 12°31′⋅0E Køge Bugt
55°27′⋅0N 12°56′⋅0E Höllviken
Western Limit.
A line connecting the following points:
55°27′⋅0N 12°31′⋅0E Køge Bugt
55°33′⋅3N 12°35′⋅6E Amager S point
Details of the reports required and the positions of
the reporting points are given in Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
Swedish Notice 21/446 2007
(SDD 2007000 042762) [29/07]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Alaska Peninsula - Unavikshak Island — Depth
146
Paragraph 4.55 1 line 3 Replace by:
...16⋅4 m (9 fm) but is otherwise clear of danger.
US Chart 16566
(HH. 023/200/01) [29/07]

NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Chichester Harbour — Directions
201
Paragraph 7.110 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...Sailing Club.
202
Paragraph 7.112 4 lines 5 -6 Replace By:
Between Black Point (6 cables N) (7.107) and NW
Winner...
Chichester Harbour, Local Notice 15/07
(SDD 2007000 048183) [29/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China - East coast - Xiamen and approaches —
Routes; lights; buoyage; depths; anchorages;
navigation restrictions
133
Paragraph 4.76 8 Replace by:
8 The track then continues to a position SE of
Yandun Shan (24°16′N 118°08′E), a significant
promontory, 92 m high, and from where Yandun Shan
Light (4.68) is exhibited 4 cables NNW of the S point.
Maisui Jiao, a drying reef, lies on a bank extending
8 cables NE from Yandun Shan promontory and
should be given a wide berth. Heavy seas may be
encountered in the vicinity of the promontory during
the NE monsoon before half tide. A pair of leading
lights (4.127) stand close to SW point and 4 cables
NNE.
The track then continues to join the main buoyed
channel (4.122) between No 6 and 7 Light Buoys
(lateral) (24°15′⋅4N 118°11′⋅0E).
137
Paragraph 4.105 Replace by:
1 The least charted depth in the main fairway through
Qingyu Shuidao (24°22′N 118°08′E) as far as Muqian
Jiao (24°26′⋅5N 118°02′⋅4E) is 11⋅8 m in a position
2 miles NNW of Qing Yu (24°22′N 118°08′E). In
Haicang Zhihangdao between Muquin Jiao and
Xiamen International Container Port, 2 miles W, the
least charted depth in mid -channel is 11⋅3 m; lesser
depths will be found near the edges.
2 Zhu Hangdao passes W of Gulang Yu (24°27′N
118°04′E). In the fairway leading N from Muqian Jiao
to the turning area 6 cables NNE of Haicang Bridge
(24°29′⋅8N 118°04′⋅1E), there is a least swept depth
(2004) of 10⋅5 m W of Hou Yu (24°28′⋅1N
118°03′⋅3E). If passing E of Hou You there is a least
mid -channel depth of 10⋅8 m, whilst avoiding an
8⋅6 m shoal patch 1¼ cables ENE of that island.
3 Between the first turning area and the second
turning area 1½ miles NNE there is a least channel
depth of 7⋅2 m.
Lujiang Shuidao passes E of Gulang Yu with a
least mid -channel depth of 7⋅9 m to the turning basin
midway through the channel. Deeper water may be
found if the channel is entered from the N.
IV
In Zhangzhougang Jingang Hangdao (24°24′⋅5N
4
118°05′⋅0E), the least charted depth is 8⋅9 m.
In the alternative channel (4.124) through Wu’an
Shuidao there are a number of unmarked dangers in
the channel, and a least depth of about 4 m can be
found over Dapan Qiantan (24°22′⋅8N 118°05′⋅7E).
The port is generally free from silting.
Paragraph 4.106 1 Replace by:
1 The channel N of Hou You (24°28′⋅1N 118°03′⋅3E)
is crossed by two power cables, vertical clearance
54 m (see note on chart), and Haicang Bridge, vertical
clearance 52 m.
Paragraph 4.111 1-2 Replace by:
1 The following anchorages, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, exist in the SE approaches to
Xiamen, with positions from Qing Yu Light (24°22′N
118°08′E):
No 1 Anchorage, 4 miles SE, depths 20 to 29 m,
mud;
No 3 Anchorage, 2 miles NW, depths 4 to 10 m,
mud; a dangerous wreck lies near the centre of the
area, and a wreck, depth 3⋅3 m, close inside the
SW boundary;
2 No 4 Quarantine Anchorage and pilot boarding
area, 2½ miles NNW, depths 8 to 12 m, mud,
good holding ground. The N and E
3
boundaries are marked by various light buoys,
and the SE edge adjoins a former mined area,
see 4.117;
Recommended anchorage, no area limits, 1½ miles
S, depth about 7 m.
Anchorages with positions from Qizi Wei Light
(24°26′⋅5N 118°03′⋅5E):
No 5 Anchorage, 1 mile SSW, depths 8 to 11 m;
No 7 Anchorage, 1½ miles SW, depths about 9 m.
4.2
138
Paragraph 4.114 1-3 Replace by:
1 Prohibited anchorages. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in numerous charted cable corridors and
other corridors existing between islands and the
adjacent mainland. These lie outside the designated
anchorages. They are too numerous to detail in the
text and the mariner should consult the chart. A
prohibited area also surrounds a floating dock in
position 24°25′⋅2N 118°01′⋅2E to the W of Zhangzhou
Gang (4.99).
2 Navigation restrictions are in force in the area of
Dadan Dao (24°23′⋅5N 118°09′⋅8E) and vessels must
keep to the main shipping channels, and if entry to the
charted restricted areas is necessary prior permission
must be obtained from the T’ai -wanese authorities; see
note on chart.
3 Regulations concerning entry. Vessels over
500 tonnes and foreign vessels enter port through
Qingyu Shuidao (24°22′N 118°08′E) (4.123). Vessels
below this size, and fishing and sailing vessels should
use Wu’an Shuidao (24°19′⋅8N 118°07′⋅7E) (4.124).
Wk29/07

1
139
Paragraph 4.122 Replace by:
From a position about 5½ miles E of Dongding
Dao (24°10′N 118°14′E), the track leads NW then N
through the fairway marked by light buoys (lateral) for
about 14 miles, passing (with positions from Yandun
Shan Light (24°16′⋅2N 118°07′⋅9E)):
NE of Dongding Dao (8½ miles SE) (4.71), from
where a light is exhibited, thence:
Close NE of Zhang 0 Light Buoy (port hand)
(8 miles ESE).
2 The track continues NW to a position between No 6
and 7 Light Buoys (lateral) (3 miles ESE). Shuidao
Qiantan, a bank, least depth 6⋅3 m, lies ½ cable E of
No 7 Light Buoy.
(Directions for alternative channel for smaller
vessels continue at 4.124)
3 The main channel then leads N through the buoyed
channel, passing:
E of Yandun Shan (4.76) from where a light (4.68) is
exhibited, thence:
E of No 8 Light Buoy (port hand) (2¾ miles E).
4 The track then continues N to a position between
No 11 and 12 Light Buoys (lateral) (4¼ miles NE), and
2 miles E of the S point of Wu Yu, from where a light
(white round stone structure, red bands, 12 m in
1
height) is exhibited.
Paragraph 4.123 Including heading and continuity legend
Replace by:
Wu Yu to pilot boarding area
4.123
From a position between No 11 and 12 Light Buoys
(lateral) (24°19′⋅3N 118°10′⋅9E), the track leads NW
through Qingyu Shuidao, marked by light buoys
2
(lateral), with the tower on Riguang Yan (24°26′⋅7N
118°03′⋅7E) (4.130) bearing 318°, and passing (with
positions from Qing Yu Light (24°22′N 118°08′E)):
NE of Wu Yu (2 miles SSE) consisting of two
hilly parts joined by a low neck of sand. Wu
Yu Light (4.122) is exhibited from the S
point of the island; the E Light (black and
white structure, 5 m in height) is exhibited
from the E point. The bay on the E side is
shallow with a sandy beach. Thence:
3 NE of Jiujie Jiao (2½ miles SE), a drying reef
from where a light (white column, red bands,
15 m in height, racon) is exhibited. Chong
Jiao, a rock which uncovers 4⋅6 m, lies close
NW. Thence:
NE of No 14 Light Buoy (port hand) (2¼ miles SE).
(Directions for inshore route to E
are given at 4.146a)
4 The track continues NW, passing:
NE of Bai Yu (1 mile SSE), with a few shrubs on it,
from where a light (white metal pole, red bands,
7 m in height) is exhibited. The islet lies on a
drying bank with a rock which uncovers 2⋅6 m,
1¾ cables NW. Thence:
SW of No 15 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (8 cables
ENE); a 6⋅1 m shoal lies close N, and:
5 NE of Qing Yu, a flat -topped islet with a slight
depression in the middle; from where a light
(4.120) is exhibited from the NE slope. A
5⋅3 m shoal patch lies 1 cable ESE. When
passing between Qing Yu and Wudan Dao
Wk29/07
IV
(1 mile NE) during the out-going stream it is
advisable to keep to mid-channel because of
eddies. Thence:
6 SW of XI Light Buoy (W cardinal) (8 cables
NE) moored 2½ cables WSW of Wudan Dao
and near the extremity of shallow ground
with two other islets, extending 2½ cables
SW of Sandan Dao. Sidan Dao lies 1 cable
WNW of Sandan Dao, and foul ground
extends 4 cables farther NW. Erdan Dao,
49 m high at E end, lies 6 cables ENE of
Sandan Dao, and Dadan Dao, 4 cables farther
NE, is almost in two parts joined by a low
neck, and 91 m high in S, from where a light
(white metal hut, 3 m in height) is exhibited.
These islands lie on a shallow bank which
extends 2½ miles SE from the sandy S point
of Xiamen Dao. The shallow bank also
fringes the S coast of Xiamen Dao for
2½ miles WNW and on it are several drying
rocks and stranded wrecks. Thence:
7 SW of No 17 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(1¼ miles N); a bank, parallel to the channel,
with depths less than 10 m extends into
No 4 Anchorage N of the buoy.
8 The track then continues to a position between
No 20 Light Buoy (port hand) (2 miles NNW), and
No 19 Light Buoy (starboard hand) 5½ cables farther
NNW. The pilot boarding position lies in
No 4 Quarantine Anchorage (4.111), 6½ cables NE.
(Directions for entering harbour continue at
4.128)
Paragraph 4.124 Including continuity legend Replace by:
1 Wu’an Shuidao, a channel for vessels up to
10 000 dwt, leads generally NW from the main
channel (4.122) passing between Wu Yu (24°20′N
118°09′E) and the mainland W. South of Wu Yu the
channel is marked by light buoys (lateral). The
passage is heavily used by smaller vessels entering
and departing Xiamen Gang.
There have been significant changes to the channel
and aids to navigation which will be described in the
2007 Edition of this publication. In the meantime the
chart is the best guide. See also 4.105.
(Directions for entering harbour continue at
4.128)
140
Paragraph 4.125 Including continuity legend Replace by:
1 The approach from the E is via the inshore channel
route (4.137) passing S of Jinmen Dao (4.147), and
entering Qingyu Shuidao (4.123) N of No 14 Light
Buoy (port hand) (24°20⋅6N 118°09⋅5E).
This channel passes through a former mined area
(4.117) and areas of navigation restrictions (4.114 and
4.147).
(Directions for Qingyu Shuidao to Xiamen are
given at 4.123)
Paragraph 4.126 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.126
4.3

Paragraph 4.127 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Leading lights on Yandun Shan promontory (4.76):
1
Paragraph 4.127 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
The track then continues to join the main buoyed
channel (4.122) between No 6 and 7 Light Buoys.
Paragraph 4.128 1 line 1 Replace by:
From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅2N 118°06′⋅3E) and the pilot boarding
area 5 cables ENE, there are a number of routes to the
different areas of the port.
For limiting conditions including depths see 4.105,
and for prohibited anchorage areas see 4.114.
Lujiang Shuidao (24°27′⋅0N 118°04′⋅3E) (4.129) is
the narrow...
After Paragraph 4.128 2 line 11 Insert:
3 Zhu Hangdao (24°26′⋅5N 118°02′⋅8E) (4.130).
Vessels bound for port areas N of Gulang Yu normally
use the main passage, passing W of the island to
avoid congestion in Lujiang Shuidao.
Haicang Zhihangdao (24°26′⋅2N 118°02⋅2E)
(4.131a) branches off the S of Zhu Hangdao and leads
to the berths in Haicang District (4.115) and into the
estuary of Jiulong Jiang.
4 Zhangzhougang Jingang Hangdao (24°24′⋅5N
1
118°05′⋅0) (4.132) leads to Zhangzhou Gang.
Paragraph 4.129 1 Including paragraph heading Replace
by:
Pilot boarding area to Hou Yu through Lujiang
Shuidao
4.129
From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅2N 118°06′⋅3E) and the pilot boarding
area in No 4 Anchorage, 5 cables ENE, the channel,
marked by lights and light buoys (lateral, cardinal and
isolated danger), leads WNW for about 1½ miles, then
generally NNW for about 3¼ miles through Lujiang
Shuidao to rejoin the main passage E of Hou Yu
(24°28′⋅1N 118°03′⋅3E) (4.131).
There have been significant changes to the channel
and aids to navigation which will be described in the
2007 Edition of this publication. In the meantime the
chart is the best guide. See also 4.105.
The track passes:
Paragraph 4.129 5 line 1 For ENE Read WSW
Paragraph 4.129 6 line 1 For ENE Read WSW
141
Paragraph 4.130 1 Including paragraph heading Replace
by:
Pilot boarding area to Hou Yu passing through
Zhu Hangdao and west of Gulang Yu
4.130
1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅2N 118°06′⋅3E) and the pilot boarding
area in No 4 Anchorage, 5 cables ENE, the channel,
marked by light buoys (lateral), leads WNW for about
3½ miles, then generally N for about 2¼ miles through
Zhu Hangdao, to a position E or W of Hou Yu
(24°28′⋅1N 118°03′⋅3E). Vessels proceeding N of Hou
Yu normally take the W channel, but slightly deeper
water may be found in the E channel, which is also
IV
1
for vessels proceeding into the N entrance of Lujiang
Shuidao (4.129).
There have been significant changes to the channel
and aids to navigation which will be described in the
2007 Edition of this publication. In the meantime the
chart is the best guide. See also 4.105.
The channel passes:
After Paragraph 4.130 3 line 10 Add:
(Directions for Haicang Zhihangdao
continue at 4.131a)
Paragraph 4.131 Replace by:
From a position E or W of Hou Yu, the channel
leads generally NNE for 6 miles. The channel is
crossed by power cables, see 4.106. Many berths lie
on the E side of the channel.
There have been significant changes to the channel
and aids to navigation which will be described in the
2007 Edition of this publication. In the meantime the
chart is the best guide. See also 4.105.
142
After Paragraph 4.131 Insert:
Haicang Zhihangdao and Jiulong Jiang
(continued from 4.130)
4.131a
1 From a position about 1¼ cables NNE of
No 28 Light Buoy (port hand) (24°26′⋅0N 118°02′⋅8E),
where the channel branches from Zhu Hangdao
2
(4.130), the track leads WNW for about 2½ miles
through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral)
between banks with depths less than 10 m, leading to
a number of berths including Xiamen International
Container Wharf.
There have been significant changes to the channel
and aids to navigation which will be described in the
2007 Edition of this publication. In the meantime the
chart is the best guide. See also 4.105.
The estuary of Jiulong Jiang continues W and the
river leads to a number of small ports.
Paragraph 4.132 Including paragraph heading Replace by:
Pilot boarding area to Zhangzhou Gang
4.132
1 From the vicinity of No 19 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (24°24′⋅2N 118°06′⋅3E) and the pilot boarding
area, in No 4 Anchorage, 5 cables ENE, the channel,
marked by light buoys (lateral), leads WNW through
Zhangzhougang Jingang Hangdao to the berths at
Zhangzhou Gang (24°25′N 118°03′E).
There have been significant changes to the channel
and aids to navigation which will be described in the
2007 Edition of this publication. In the meantime the
chart is the best guide. See also 4.105.
4.4
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 032/209/02) [29/07]
Wk29/07

China – East Coast – Approaches to Jinmen —
Routes; navigation restrictions
142
Paragraph 4.137 1 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
Inshore. From a position about 2¾ miles ESE of
Yandun Shan (24°16′⋅2N 118°07′⋅9E) (4.76), the direct
route leads ENE, to a position ESE of Beiding Dao
(24°26′N 118°30′E), and then joins the coastal route to
a position ESE of Xiangzhi Jiao (24°46′N 118°47′E).
The alternative route leads through the charted
navigation channels using the main channel towards
Xiamen then passing S of Jinmen Dao and adjacent
islands before joining the above routes.
143
Paragraph 4.146 Replace by:
1 From a position about 3 miles ESE of Yandun Shan
(24°16′⋅2N 118°07′⋅9E) in the main channel to Xiamen
(4.122), there are alternative inshore routes, namely the
direct route passing well S of Jinmen Dao (24°27′N
118°23′E), or via the charted navigational channels
initially following the inward channel towards Xiamen,
and thence the generally E channel passing S of
Jinmen Dao and adjacent islands; this route provides
access to the inward channels to Jinmen Dao.
2 Caution. Both these routes pass through or near
former mined areas, and restricted and prohibited
zones S of Jinmen Dao and adjacent islands; see 4.147
and notes on charts.
3 Inshore direct route. From a position S of No 3
Light Buoy (starboard hand) 3½ miles ESE of Yandun
Shan, the track leads generally E for about 4 miles,
then ENE, passing (with positions from Niaozui Wei
(24°23′⋅1N 118°19′⋅7E)):
S of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (11 miles
SW), thence:
S of Shuidao Qiantan (10 miles SW) (4.122), thence:
S of a former mined area (8 miles SW) (4.147).
4 The track then continues ENE, passing:
Clear of a 5 m wreck (8 miles SSW), position
approximate (reported 2003), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (4¼ miles SSE),
position approximate, thence:
Clear of a fish haven (5½ miles ESE), depth less than
10 m, thence:
SSE of Liaoluo Tou (5½ miles ENE) (4.147),
thence:
Clear of an obstruction (7¾ miles ESE), position
approximate (reported 2006), and through an
area in which anchoring is prohibited.
5 The track then continues to a position ESE of
Beiding Dao (10 miles ENE), from where a light is
exhibited (4.145), and clear of dangerous wrecks
6 miles SSE (reported 1993) and 8 miles ESE of the
light.
The track then joins the coastal route (4.145).
Wk29/07
IV
1
4.146a
Inshore channel route. From a position between
No 6 and 7 Light Buoys (lateral) (24°15′⋅4N
2
118°11′⋅0E) the track is through Qingyu Shuidao, the
channel marked by light buoys (lateral), which leads N
for 4 miles, thence NW for 2 miles, as described in
4.122 and 4.123.
From a position NE of No 14 Light Buoy (port
hand) (24°20′⋅6N 118°09′⋅5E), the track leads generally
E for about 20 miles through the unmarked navigation
channel, 5 to 6 cables in width, passing S of Dadan
Dao, Xiaojinmen Dao and Jinmen Dao and close S of
the 10 m depth contour of the coastal banks.
The chart provides sufficient guide for this route,
whilst noting the mid -channel wreck, depth 8⋅5 m
7
(24°21′⋅1N 118°16′⋅9E).
Paragraph 4.147 7 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
Restricted and prohibited zones extend around
Jinmen Dao and adjacent islands. Vessels must keep to
the main shipping channels, and if entry to the charted
restricted areas is necessary prior permission must be
obtain from the T’ai -wanese authorities, see note on
chart.
Paragraph 4.148 2 - 3 Replace by:
2 Depths. A least depth of 6⋅3 m can be found in the
approach from S, but shallow water is found adjacent
to the navigation channel.
Directions. From a position in the inshore channel
route (4.146a) about 4 miles WSW of Niaozui Wei
(24°23′⋅1N 118°19′⋅7E) the track leads generally NNE
for about 5 miles through the unmarked navigation
channel, passing (with positions from Niaozui We):
W of a dangerous wreck (2¾ miles WSW), thence:
ESE of Xiaojinmen Qiantan (5 miles W), a bank
extending 3 miles S of Xiaojinmen Dao (4.147),
thence:
WNW of the SW point of Jinmen on which stands a
conspicuous pagoda (2¾ miles WNW) (4.68),
and:
Over a bank, depth 6⋅6 m(3¾miles WNW), thence:
WNW of a dangerous wreck (3½ miles NW),
thence:
Over a bank, depth 6⋅3 m (4 miles NW).
The harbour can then be approached noting there
are numerous shoals, and a drying bank in the bay on
the E side.
4.5
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 032/209/02) [29/07]

NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Port of Tyne — Vessel traffic service
135
Paragraph 5.166 2 lines 1 -2 For Harbour Master or the Port
Operations and Information Service Read VTS
Paragraph 5.172 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 An information service, Tyne VTS, is in...
Paragraph 5.172 1 line 5 For Port operations Read Tyne
VTS
Paragraph 5.173 1 lines 2 -3 For the Port Operations and
Information Service Read Tyne VTS
137
Paragraph 5.184 1 lines 2 -3 For the Port Operations and
Information Service Read Tyne VTS
Paragraph 5.185 1 line 2 For the Harbour Master Read Tyne
VTS
138
Paragraph 5.189 1 lines 3 -4 For Port Operations and
Information Service Read Tyne VTS
Port of Tyne Authority
(SDD 2007000 048435) [29/07]
IV
4.6
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Nova Scotia - New Harbour Cove — Buoy
70
Paragraph 3.65 2 line 10 For TP4 Read TP2
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/4233/07
(HH. 606/410/03) [29/07]
Wk29/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III (2006
Edition)
2.6 Replace by:
Depth
(5°01′N 82°11′W)
2.6
Colombia - Coiba Ridge — Depth
71
Panamá to Australia,
New Zealand
72
After Paragraph 2.6 6 line 5 Insert:
Depth 34 m (5°01′N 82°11′W) reported (2003).
Colombian Chart 003
(HH. 636/440/04) [28/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 edition)
Australia, Northern Territory - Point Jahleel —
Depths
133
Paragraph 3.83 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
Nofa9⋅1 m (30ft) shoal (9¼ miles WNW) the
N -most danger charted off smoky...
Australian Hydrographic Office
(Aus 721) [28/07]
Australia, Western Australia — Port of Koolan
Island
193
After Paragraph 5.112 Insert:
Port of Koolan Island
1
Chart Aus 40
General information
5.112a
Position and function. The port of Koolan Island
(16°09′S 123°45′E) is a deep water port situated on
the E side of Yampi Sound.
The sole function of the port of Koolan Island is
the export of iron ore.
2 Approach and entry. Koolan Island is approached
from the W through Yampi Sound, or from the N
through Parakeet Channel (5.109). The port is entered
through The Canal (5.93) which separates Koolan
3
Island (5.93) from the mainland.
Port operator. SVITZER Australasia, PO Box 81,
Port Hedland, Western Australia 6721.
4.1
[28/07]
Limiting conditions
5.112b
1 Draught restrictions: maximum draught 15 m plus
tide less 1⋅5 m under keel clearance.
Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 8⋅9 m; mean
neap range about 2⋅7 m;. For further information see
Australian National Tide Tables or Admiralty Tide
Tables.
2 Density of water. Between 1021 g/cm 3 and
1023 g/cm 3 .
Maximum size of vessel handled is 225 m LOA,
beam 32⋅3 m, 75 000 dwt.
Arrival information
5.112c
1 Outer anchorages. There are two anchorages for
vessels awaiting entry to the port, as shown on the
chart:
KI 1 2 miles WSW of Nares Point (16°08′S
123°42′E).
KI 2 2¾ miles WSW of Nares Point.
2 Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is compulsory. The
pilot boarding position is 9 cables SSW of the W
extremity of Tarrant Island (16°07′S 123°40′E).
Two tugs and a line boat are available.
3 Regulations concerning entry. Berthing is
restricted to daylight hours.
Quarantine. Koolan Island is not a port of entry
(1.57).
Harbour
5.112d
1 General layout. The ore loading jetty extends from
the S shore of Koolan Island about 1 mile SE of
Arbitration Cove.
Directions for entering harbour
5.112e
1 From a position N of Nares Point (16°08′S
123°42′E) The Canal leads ESE then SE for about
3 miles, from where approach can be made to the ore
loading jetty.
Caution. Strong tidal streams may be experienced
in The Canal. See 5.103.
Berth
5.112f
1 Alongside berth. The ore loading jetty consists of
two mooring and seven berthing dolphins forming an
alongside berth 377 m in length, depth alongside 15 m.
Port services
5.112g
1 Repairs are not available.
Other facilities. Medical services are not available.
The nearest hospital is at Derby.
Supplies are not available.
Communication. There is an airfield suitable for
light aircraft on the island.
Australian Hydrographic Office
(A251139, A251149, A251564, A252066) [28/07]
Wk28/07

NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 edition)
Australia, Queensland - Bowen — Leading light
232
Paragraph 7.146 7 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Rear light beacon (60 m from front light), standing on the
same pier.
Paragraph 7.146 7 line 6 For 329° Read 330°
ANTM12/512/07
(A251964) [28/07]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
La Gironde - Secondary channel — Directions
251
Paragraph 8.109 2 lines 3 and 4 For a light buoy (isolated
danger) Read a light buoy (N cardinal)
French Notice 07 -24 -28
(SDD 2007000 046414) [28/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Solent W part and W approaches - North
Channel — Directions
193
After Paragraph 7.52 1 line 3 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(4 miles WSW), thence:
Paragraph 7.52 1 line 7 After shoal, Insert: noting a light
buoy (special) (2½ miles W),
Solent Coastguard and BA 2035
(SDD 2007000 042601) [28/07]
5
Le Havre — Directions
424
Paragraph 13.139 3lines 6 - 9 Including existing Section IV
Notices Weeks 35/06 and 22/07, Replace by:
Between pairs of light buoys (port and starboard
hand) numbered LH6 and LH5 to LH8 and LH7,
moored, respectively, between 6 and 5 miles
WNW of the front leading light; thence:
SSW of LH10 Light Buoy (port hand) (49°30′⋅2N
0°00′⋅9E), thence:
Between LH12 Light Buoy (west cardinal) and
LH11 Light Buoy (starboard hand) moored
2¾ miles WNW of the front leading light; thence:
Paragraph 13.139 5 Including, existing Section IV Notices
Weeks 35/06 and 22/07, Replace by:
Caution. The channel is bordered on its N side by
the foul area (13.109) between LH4 and LH8 Light
Buoys (port hand) and by Banc de l’Éclat (49°30′N
0°03′E) between LH12 Light Buoy (west cardinal) and
LH14 Light Buoy (port hand). Additionally, an
obstruction of unknown depth lies 6 cables NW of
LH12 Light Buoy. On the S side lies Les Hauts de la
Rade (49°29′N 0°03′E) between LH11 and LH13 Light
Buoys (starboard hand). These buoys are moored on
the edge of the banks and should not be passed too
closely.
mv OOCL Montreal
(SDD 2007000 046119) [28/07]
Wk28/07
IV
4.2
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Madagascar - Baie de Diégo-Suarez —
Directions
204
6
8.158 6 Replace by:
To a position about 6 cables E of Nosy Langoro, W
of a shoal with a least charted depth of 12⋅8 m (42ft).
8.159 and 8.160 Replace by:
Nosy Langoro to Port de la Nièvre
8.159
1 From a position 6 cables E of Nosy Langoro Light
(12°13′⋅3S 49°19′⋅0E), and on the boundary (220°) of
the green and white sectors of Port de la Nièvre Light,
the line of bearing 220° of the light initially leads
towards the harbour avoiding the shoals in the
approach, passing (with positions from Cap
Andranomody (12°13′⋅7S 49°21′⋅4E)):
2 Between a 7 m (23 ft) shoal (1½ miles W)
(position approximate) reported (2007) off the
NW edge of Banc d’Orongéa and the two
rocky shoals, with depths of 2⋅7 m (9 ft) and
4⋅5 m (15ft) 2½ cables S and SSE of Nosy
Langoro. The alignment (050¼°), astern, of
beacons (12°12′⋅3S 49°21′⋅4E) should not be
used as the track leads over Banc d’Orongéa,
with a least depth of 5⋅9 m (19ft) whichis reported (2007) to be shoaling and extending
W. Thence:
To a position about 7½ cables S of Nosy Langoro
Light, thence:
3 The track leads WSW towards Pointe
4
Andrahompotsy (4¼ miles WSW) (8.161) until where
Nosy Langoro Light, bearing 035°, astern, in the white
sector (033°-038°) leads to the harbour entrance. Note
the wreck (4¼ miles WSW) with a depth of 9⋅1 m
(30 ft) which lies in this white sector and a dangerous
wreck (4½ miles WSW) which lies just outside the
same sector.
A deep water route clear of shoals may be found
by passing N of Nosy Langoro and thence between
Nosy Langoro and Cap Vatomainty, 1 mile NW
(8.161), and thence S to the 035° bearing, astern, of
Nosy Langoro Light (see above).
Spare
8.160
French notice 21/2007
(SDD 2007000 046394) [28/07]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III (2006
edition)
Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Pearl Harbor — Pipe
306
Paragraph 13.100 lines 1 -3 Delete
US Notice 24/19366/07
(HH. 613/410/07) [28/07]

NP 65 Saint Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
ÎlesdelaMadeleine–Pointedel’Est—Light;
other aid to navigation; wreck
130
Paragraph 6.36 Including heading Delete
Paragraph 6.38 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From a position about 5 miles E of Pointe de l’Est
(47°37′N 61°23′W) the route leads SW, SSW then
WSW, passing...
131
Paragraph 6.38 3 lines 7 -8 Delete
137
Paragraph 6.102 Including heading Delete
Paragraph 6.103 2 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
The track then leads to a position about 13 miles E
of Pointe de l’Est (47°37′N 61°23′W).
Paragraph 6.106 1 line 8 Delete
Canada East Notice 05/4022/07
(HH. 605/405/05) [28/07]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Hussey Sound — Obstruction; wreck
88
Paragraph 3.165 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...(6 cables S), thence:
Paragraph 3.165 2 Replace by:
2 SW of No 6 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (4 cables
SW), which marks the SW side of Soldier Ledge.
Q Light Buoy (special) is moored 1 cable SE of No 6
Light Buoy. Thence:
US Chart 13292
(HH. 614/420/03) [28/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Approaches and entrance to Chesapeake Bay —
Wreck; tower
103
Paragraph 4.30 2 lines 3 -4 Delete
Paragraph 4.31 2 lines 3 -4 Delete
US Notice 24/12208/07
(HH. 614/555/08) [28/07]
106
Paragraph 4.45 1 line 3 Delete
US Notice 23/12222/07
(HH. 614/555/08) [28/07]
IV
4.3
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Mexico - Ciudad del Carmen — Directions
136
Paragraph 6.122 2 Replace by:
2 From the vicinity of 18°50′⋅5N 91°54′⋅5W the
alignment (180°) of Hacienda Xicalango Leading
Lights leads S for 9¾miles, passing E of Punta
Xicalango (18°42′N 91°57′W) (chart 2626), thence:
E of a buoy (lateral) (18°41′⋅0N 91°54′⋅5W),
thence:
W of a light buoy (lateral) (18°40′⋅8N 91°54′⋅5W),
thence:
Paragraph 6.122 3 lines 5 -9 Replace by:
SW of Bajo Cascajal, an extensive shoal with a
least charted depth of 1⋅2 m (4 ft), thence:
SW and S of Bajo de la Guitarra (2 miles NE),
thence:
Mexican Chart S.M.842.2
(HH. 622/410/08) [28/07]
Texas - Port Lavaca and Point Comfort —
Pilotage
176
Paragraph 7.128 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...piloted during daylight hours only. The pilot requests
vessels remain 2 miles seaward of MB Light Buoy (safe
water) (28°23′N 96°17′W), due to strong currents in the
vicinity. The pilot boards from a launch with a black hull
and white...
Matagorda Bay Pilots
(HH. 615/410/06) [28/07]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Cayman Islands - Grand Cayman — Anchorage
278
Paragraph 10.312 Including heading Replace by:
Landing
10.312
1 A pier, accessible through a break in the reef, is
situated at Spotts, 1 mile E of Prospect Point
(19°16′⋅3N 81°20′⋅3W).
Local knowledge is required.
Port Authority of the Cayman Islands
(HH. 679/410/04) [28/07]
Wk28/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Volume I (2005 Edition)
Brazil - E coast — Principal marks; directions
199
Paragraph 6.129 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Offshore mark:
Platform (lit) (19°34′S 39°15′W).
Major lights:
200
Paragraph 6.131 5 line 7 Replace by:
NW of a platform (65 miles SSE) (6.129). A
submarine gas pipeline has been laid generally W,
28 miles to the shore. Thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (mast) (49½ miles S).
Brazilian Notice 10/49/2007
(HH. 657/470/03) [27/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China - East Coast - Dongshan Dao
south -eastwards — Wrecks
131
Paragraph 4.70 2 lines 12 to 15 Replace by:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (23°14′N 117°27′E)
(reported 2006), position approximate, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (23°21′⋅5N 117°36′⋅6E)
(reported 1998), and another dangerous wreck
(reported 2007) 1½ miles NNE, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (23°23′N 117°43′E),
position approximate, thence:
Chinese Notice 19/558/07
(HH. 548/448/10) [27/07]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Indonesia - Jawa north coast - approaches to
Semarang — Wreck
110
Paragraph 4.84 2 line 4 Add:
Mariners should note a dangerous wreck lies in the
NW part of the anchorage.
111
Paragraph 4.88 1 line 9 Replace by:
...the buoyed entrance channel, passing E of a dangerous
wreck lying within the outer anchorage, and between the
breakwater...
Indonesian notice 24/211/07
(SDD 2007000 043550) [27/07]
Wk27/07
4.1
[27/07]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Isle of Man - Calf of Man, Chicken Rock and
Langness — Lights
304
Paragraph 10.178 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Calf of Man Lighthouse (disused) (white, 8-sided
tower on...
Paragraph 10.178 4 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
Chicken Rock Light — as above.
Paragraph 10.180 3 line 2 Replace by:
...where a light is exhibited close E; a...
305
Paragraph 10.191 1 line 4 Replace by:
Calf of Man Lighthouse (disused) (54°03′N
4°50′W) (10.178).
Paragraph 10.191 4 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Chicken Rock Light (54°02′N 4°50′W) (10.178).
306
Paragraph 10.193 5 line 3 Replace by:
...extending SE; Langness Light (white tower; 19 m
in height) is exhibited...
Paragraph 10.194 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Caution. Off the SE coastline Douglas Head Light
is obscured when bearing more than 037°.
Paragraph 10.195 1 line 1 Delete
307
Paragraph 10.196 4 line 3 Replace by:
...of Calf of Man Lighthouse (also disused) (10.178), in
line, lead over...
309
Paragraph 10.213 1 line 4 Replace by:
...2½ cables NNE of Langness Light.
Paragraph 10.213 3 line 5 Replace by:
Chicken Rock Light (54°02′N 4°50′W) (10.178).
318
Paragraph 10.266 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Calf of Man Lighthouse (disused) (54°03′N
4°50′W) (10.178).
Paragraph 10.266 4 line 3 Replace by:
Chicken Rock Light (54°02′N 4°50′W) (10.178).
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2007000 039419/043234, ALLFS) [ 27 /07]

NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
South -east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon
138
Paragraph 4.135 1 lines 10 -11 Delete
139
Paragraph 4.140 1 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 4.140 2 line 7 Replace by:
...the SE point of Little Saltee).
Paragraph 4.140 2 lines 9 -11 Replace by:
Jackeen Rock (1 mile NW): the SE extremity of
Little Saltee well open of the SW point of the
island on a bearing of 104° will lead clear S of the
rock.
Paragraph 4.140 6 line 9 Replace by:
...the SE point of Little Saltee):
140
Paragraph 4.142 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...from14to15m,5½ cables NE of the SE point of Little
Saltee.
141
Paragraph 4.151 2 lines 3 -4 Delete
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2007000 042873) [27/07]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - West coast - North Taranaki
Bight — Offshore platform and protected area
70
After existing Section IV Notice Week 26/07 Insert:
2 Safety zone and Protected area. Unauthorised
entry into the 500 m safety zone around Pohokura B
platform (38°54′⋅7S 174°16′⋅3E) is prohibited. All
vessels are prohibited from anchoring or fishing within
the 500 m protected area of the submarine gas pipeline
laid to Pohokura B platform.
For further details on submarine pipelines, see 1.17.
71
Paragraph 2.228 1 lines 5 and 6 Replace by:
...offshore, with the exception of an obstruction and a
production platform lying about 6½ and 5¼ miles,
respectively, NNE of Waitara.
After Paragraph 2.232 1 line 6 Insert:
NW of Pohokura B platform (38°54′⋅7S
174°16′⋅3E), thence:
New Zealand Notice 13/131/07
(HH. 580/515/03) [27/07]
IV
4.2
Wk27/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Volume I (2005 Edition)
Brazil - E coast — Principal marks; directions
199
Paragraph 6.129 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Offshore mark:
Platform (lit) (19°34′S 39°15′W).
Major lights:
200
Paragraph 6.131 5 line 7 Replace by:
NW of a platform (65 miles SSE) (6.129). A
submarine gas pipeline has been laid generally W,
28 miles to the shore. Thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck (mast) (49½ miles S).
Brazilian Notice 10/49/2007
(HH. 657/470/03) [27/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China - East Coast - Dongshan Dao
south -eastwards — Wrecks
131
Paragraph 4.70 2 lines 12 to 15 Replace by:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (23°14′N 117°27′E)
(reported 2006), position approximate, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (23°21′⋅5N 117°36′⋅6E)
(reported 1998), and another dangerous wreck
(reported 2007) 1½ miles NNE, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (23°23′N 117°43′E),
position approximate, thence:
Chinese Notice 19/558/07
(HH. 548/448/10) [27/07]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Indonesia - Jawa north coast - approaches to
Semarang — Wreck
110
Paragraph 4.84 2 line 4 Add:
Mariners should note a dangerous wreck lies in the
NW part of the anchorage.
111
Paragraph 4.88 1 line 9 Replace by:
...the buoyed entrance channel, passing E of a dangerous
wreck lying within the outer anchorage, and between the
breakwater...
Indonesian notice 24/211/07
(SDD 2007000 043550) [27/07]
Wk27/07
4.1
[27/07]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Isle of Man - Calf of Man, Chicken Rock and
Langness — Lights
304
Paragraph 10.178 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Calf of Man Lighthouse (disused) (white, 8-sided
tower on...
Paragraph 10.178 4 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
Chicken Rock Light — as above.
Paragraph 10.180 3 line 2 Replace by:
...where a light is exhibited close E; a...
305
Paragraph 10.191 1 line 4 Replace by:
Calf of Man Lighthouse (disused) (54°03′N
4°50′W) (10.178).
Paragraph 10.191 4 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Chicken Rock Light (54°02′N 4°50′W) (10.178).
306
Paragraph 10.193 5 line 3 Replace by:
...extending SE; Langness Light (white tower; 19 m
in height) is exhibited...
Paragraph 10.194 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Caution. Off the SE coastline Douglas Head Light
is obscured when bearing more than 037°.
Paragraph 10.195 1 line 1 Delete
307
Paragraph 10.196 4 line 3 Replace by:
...of Calf of Man Lighthouse (also disused) (10.178), in
line, lead over...
309
Paragraph 10.213 1 line 4 Replace by:
...2½ cables NNE of Langness Light.
Paragraph 10.213 3 line 5 Replace by:
Chicken Rock Light (54°02′N 4°50′W) (10.178).
318
Paragraph 10.266 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Calf of Man Lighthouse (disused) (54°03′N
4°50′W) (10.178).
Paragraph 10.266 4 line 3 Replace by:
Chicken Rock Light (54°02′N 4°50′W) (10.178).
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2007000 039419/043234, ALLFS) [ 27 /07]

NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
South -east coast - Little Saltee — Beacon
138
Paragraph 4.135 1 lines 10 -11 Delete
139
Paragraph 4.140 1 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 4.140 2 line 7 Replace by:
...the SE point of Little Saltee).
Paragraph 4.140 2 lines 9 -11 Replace by:
Jackeen Rock (1 mile NW): the SE extremity of
Little Saltee well open of the SW point of the
island on a bearing of 104° will lead clear S of the
rock.
Paragraph 4.140 6 line 9 Replace by:
...the SE point of Little Saltee):
140
Paragraph 4.142 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...from14to15m,5½ cables NE of the SE point of Little
Saltee.
141
Paragraph 4.151 2 lines 3 -4 Delete
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2007000 042873) [27/07]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - West coast - North Taranaki
Bight — Offshore platform and protected area
70
After existing Section IV Notice Week 26/07 Insert:
2 Safety zone and Protected area. Unauthorised
entry into the 500 m safety zone around Pohokura B
platform (38°54′⋅7S 174°16′⋅3E) is prohibited. All
vessels are prohibited from anchoring or fishing within
the 500 m protected area of the submarine gas pipeline
laid to Pohokura B platform.
For further details on submarine pipelines, see 1.17.
71
Paragraph 2.228 1 lines 5 and 6 Replace by:
...offshore, with the exception of an obstruction and a
production platform lying about 6½ and 5¼ miles,
respectively, NNE of Waitara.
After Paragraph 2.232 1 line 6 Insert:
NW of Pohokura B platform (38°54′⋅7S
174°16′⋅3E), thence:
New Zealand Notice 13/131/07
(HH. 580/515/03) [27/07]
IV
4.2
Wk27/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Svalbard — Navigation warning
3
Paragraph 1.11 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Svalbard. Mainly from Norwegian Government
surveys, and Norwegian Polar Institute, British,
French, Swedish and Austrian plans.
Surveys covering Svalbard are of varying quality,
with charts of the western area and Hinlopenstretet
mainly complied from modern surveys; whilst the east
side, particularly the areas around Nordaustlandet,
Hopen and Kong Karls Land have not been
systematically surveyed to modern standards.
The Norwegian Hydrographic Service strongly
advises against navigation within areas not
systematically surveyed and in areas within the 50 m
depth contour where data is based on older surveys,
except for research and survey vessels.
Norwegian Notice 7/484/07
(SDD 2007000 028250) [26/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Cap de la Hague north -eastwards — EC2 Light
Buoy
62
Paragraph 2.39 2 Replace by:
2 Recommended direction of traffic flow between
the Traffic Separation Scheme NW of Casquets and
the Greenwich meridian. East Channel Light Buoy
(special) is situated 26 miles NW of Cap de la Hague
(49°44′N 1°56′W). All ships should follow the
recommended direction of traffic flow shown on the
charts.
63
Paragraph 2.41 1 line 5 Delete
Paragraph 2.43 2 lines 3 -5 Delete
Trinity House Notice 28/07 D4
(SDD 2007000 040571) [26/07]
4.1
[26/07]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Sarawak – Approaches to Miri —
Anchorage; pipeline
117
Paragraph 4.260 1 Replace by:
1 An anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, is centred 3½ miles SW of Tanjung
Baram Light (4°35′⋅7N 113°58′⋅4E), with depths from
2 to 16 m, mud. The seaward points of the area are
marked by light buoys (special). Mariners using this
anchorage should note that a pipeline lies about
3 cables from the W boundary of the area, and the
inshore boundary is close to shallow water; a stranded
wreck lies in the N part.
This anchorage is used for loading logs in the NE
monsoon.
Sarawak Chart 7
(HH. 519/700/03) [26/07]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - North and South Taranaki Bight
— Precautionary Area
70
After Paragraph 2.221 Insert:
Traffic regulations
2.221a
1 Precautionary Area. All vessels should navigate
with particular caution in order to reduce the risk of a
maritime casualty and resulting marine pollution in an
area, as shown on the chart, established within North
and South Taranaki Bight.
New Zealand Notice 09/94/07
(HH. 580/515/03) [26/07]
Wk26/07

NP 54 North Sea (West) (2006 Edition)
Scotland, east coast - Todhead Point Light
63
Paragraph 3.92 2 line 3 Delete
65
Paragraph 3.109 1 line 6 Replace by:
Todhead Point Lighthouse (disused) (white tower,
13 m in height)
Paragraph 3.109 2 line 2 Delete
66
Paragraph 3.111 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 ESE of Todhead Point (4 miles NNE) with a
disused lighthouse (3.109). The point ends in
a cliff 15 m high,...
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2007000 036983) [26/07]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
North -west Hawaiian Islands —
Restricted area
331
After Paragraph 15.3 Insert:
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Marine National
Monument
15.3a
1 Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Marine National
Monument (see diagram at Appendix X) encompasses
an area approximately 50 miles to seaward of the
islands, atolls and reefs contained between 23°N to
29°N and 161°W to 179°W. This area includes all
areas of Hawaiian Islands National Wildlife Refuge
(15.4) and Midway Atoll National Wildlife Refuge
(15.78). For extracts of the regulations which prohibit
and restrict certain activities within the area see
Appendix X; for full details see US Code of Federal
Regulations 50 CFR 404; and for any additional
information see http://hawaiireef.noaa.gov.
371
After Appendix IX Insert Appendix X (which follows as
page 4.3 of this week’s notices) and the Plan of
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Marine National
Monument (which can be found with this week’s Admiralty
Notices to Mariners Section II block amendments).
US Coast Pilot 7 (39th edition 2007)
(HH. 613/420/03) [26/07]
Wk26/07
IV
4.2
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Channel, east side - Black Head —
Killantringan Light
56
Paragraph 3.40 3 line 3 Replace by:
...height) (54°52′N 5°09′W) (disused) standing
on Black Head...
Paragraph 3.41 1 line 7 Delete
Paragraph 3.43 1 line 3 and 2 line 6 For Light Read
Lighthouse
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 15/07
(SDD 2007000 036985) [26/07]

IV
APPENDIX X
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 50 — WILDLIFE AND FISHERIES
PART 404 — NORTHWESTERN HAWAIIAN ISLANDS MARINE NATIONAL
MONUMENT — EXTRACTS
Appendix X contains extracts only from the above
regulations issued by the United States government.
For a complete description of this part see
50 CFR 404.
§404.1 Scope and purpose
The regulations in this part codify the provisions of
Presidential Proclamation 8031, and govern the
administration of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands
Marine National Monument. These regulations are
jointly implemented by the Secretaries of the Interior,
through the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)
and Commerce, through the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). Nothing in these
regulations shall be deemed to diminish or enlarge the
jurisdiction of the State of Hawaii.
§404.2 Boundary
The Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Marine National
Monument consists of all lands and interest in lands
owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States within the boundaries of the Monument,
including emergent and submerged lands and waters of
the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. The map in
Appendix A to this part 404 depicts the outer
boundary of the Monument, which consists of the
geodetic lines connecting the coordinates specified in
the Proclamation.
§404.3 Definitions (See 50 CFR 404)
§404.4 Access to the Monument
(a) Entry to the Monument is prohibited and thus
unlawful except:
(1) As provided in §§404.8 and 404.9.
(2) Pursuant to a permit issued under §§404.10 or
404.11; or
(3) When conducting passage without interruption
in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) Any person passing through the Monument
without interruption is subject to the prohibitions in
§§404.5, 404.6 and 404.7 and must provide
notification prior to entering and after leaving the
Monument. Notification of entry must be provided at
least 72 hours, but no longer than 1 month, prior to the
entry date. Notification of departure from the
Monument must be provided within 12 hours of
leaving. Notification under this paragraph may be
made via e -mail, telephone or fax by contacting:
(1) E -mail: nwhi.notifications@noaa.gov; or
(2) Telephone: 1 -866 -478 -NWHI (6944); or (808)
395 -NWHI (6944).
(c) A person providing notice under this paragraph
must provide the following information, as applicable:
(1) Position when making report.
(2) Vessel name and International Maritime
Organization identification number.
4.3
(3) Name, address and telephone number of owner
and operator.
(4) USCG documentation, state license or
registration number.
(5) Home port.
(6) Intended and actual route through the
monument.
(7) General categories of any hazardous cargo on
board.
(8) Length of vessel and propulsion type (eg. motor
or sail).
§404.5 Requirements for a vessel monitoring
system
(a) Requirement for use. Effective August 26, 2006,
an owner or operator of a vessel that has been issued
a permit for accessing the Monument must ensure that
such vessel has an OLE -approved, operating VMS on
board when voyaging within the Monument. An
operating VMS includes an operating mobile
transmitting unit on the vessel and a functioning
communication link between the unit and OLE as
provided by an OLE -approved communication service
provider. (For further details see 50 CFR 404).
§404.6 Prohibited activities
The following activities are prohibited and thus
unlawful for any person to conduct or cause to be
conducted:
(a) Exploring for, developing, or producing oil, gas or
minerals within the Monument.
(b) Using or attempting to use poisons, electrical
charges or explosives in the collection or harvest of a
Monument resource.
(c) Introducing or otherwise releasing an introduced
species from within or into the Monument; and
(d) Anchoring on or having a vessel anchored on any
living or dead coral with an anchor, anchor chain or
rope.
§404.7 Regulated activities (See 50 CFR 404)
§404.8 Emergencies and law enforcement
activities
The prohibitions in this part do not apply to activities
necessary to respond to emergencies threatening life,
property, or the environment. or to activities necessary
for law enforcement purposes.
§404.9 Armed Forces actions (See 50 CFR 404)
§404.10 Commercial fishing (See 50 CFR 404)
§404.11 Permitting procedures and criteria
(See 50 CFR 404)
§404.12 International law (See 50 CFR 404)
Wk26/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
Chile - Approaches to Golfo Ladrillero — Depth
411
L68Replace by:
W of a depth of 11 m (36 ft) (33 miles NNW),
thence:
Useful marks:
R48Replace by:
N of a depth of 11 m (36 ft) (7½ miles WNW),
thence:
N of Rocas (Grupo) Vorposten, a group of above...
Chilean Notice 4/44/07
(HH. 636/400/03) [25/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
South Australia - Port Lincoln — BHP Jetty
349
Paragraph 11.46 1 lines 4 -5 Delete BHP To with
350
Paragraph 11.52 2 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
...may best be seen on the chart.
Paragraph 11.54 1 line 4 For (11.55) Read (disused)
Paragraph 11.55 3 Delete
Australian Hydrographic Office
(A248634) [25/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Hinchinbrook Channel — Pilotage
246
Paragraph 8.52 2 lines 7 -10 Replace by:
Pilots are not available for Hinchinbrook Channel.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4).
247
Paragraph 8.58 7 line 4 Delete and the pilot boarding
ground
Maritime Safety Queensland
(A244886) [25/07]
4.1
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Estonia - Tallinn — Anchorage
[25/07]
103
After Paragraph 3.45 3 line 3 Add:
Caution. A wreck, depth 21⋅6 m, lies in the
anchorage in position 59°27⋅′5N 24°45′⋅4E.
Estonian Notice 6/59/07
(SDD 2007000 041453) [25/07]
Finland - Approaches to Hamina —
Einonkarinmatala Light
200
Paragraph 5.138 1 line 3 Delete
Finnish Notice 10 -11/179/07
(SDD 2007000 032209) [25/07]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
East coast of India — Unexploded ordnance
L50 Insert:
Navigational dangers and hazards
Unexploded ordnance
1.1a
1 Numerous underwater obstructions, which are
unexploded charges not considered dangerous to
surface navigation, are reported to exist on the seabed
in various areas around the coast of India.
Their positions are listed under ‘Unexploded
Charges’ in Indian Annual Notices to Mariners and are
also available at www.hydrobharat.nic.in.
1
Indian Annual Notice to Mariners 31/2007
(SDD 2007000 007906) [25/07]
Wk25/07

NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Par Harbour — Directions
102
Paragraph 4.104 1 lines 7 -8 Delete A To breakwater
Fowey Harbour Commisioners Notice 3/07
(SDD 2007000 037015) [25/07]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Kalimantan - Tanjung Bara Coal Terminal —
Depth
254
Paragraph 9.259 1 line 4 Replace by:
...light beacon (S cardinal), and clear of an isloated
shoal patch with a depth of 1⋅4 m over it, which lies
1½ miles SSW of the light beacon. From the more N
boarding area...
Indonesian Chart 126
(HH. 527/725/04) [25/07]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
West coast of India; Lakshadweep —
Unexploded ordnance
2
After Paragraph 1.5 Insert:
Unexploded ordnance
1.5a
1 Numerous underwater obstructions, which are
unexploded charges not considered dangerous to
surface navigation, are reported to exist on the seabed
in various areas around the coast of India.
Their positions are listed under ‘Unexploded
Charges’ in Indian Annual Notices to Mariners and are
also available at www.hydrobharat.nic.in.
Indian Annual Notice to Mariners 31/2007
(SDD 2007000 007906) [25/07]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Algeria - Oran — Traffic separation scheme
249
After Paragraph 6.41 2 Insert:
Traffic separation schemes
6.41a
1 Vessels entering or leaving the port of Oran must
comply with the TSS, as shown on the charts. The
schemes are non -IMO adopted.
Wk25/07
IV
4.2
250
Paragraph 6.59 1 Replace by:
1 The port is approached from W or NE by way of a
TSS (6.41a), passing N of Cap Falcon or NW of Ras
Aiguille respectively. Both schemes are shown on the
chart.
Algerian Notice 01/05/07
(SDD 2007000 027859) [25/07]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
West coast of Scotland — Routeing measures;
Traffic Separation Scheme
2
Paragraph 1.4 1 line 8 Replace by:
...restricted to separate traffic routes (12.16a) and a TSS
(12.16g). In...
Paragraph 1.10 1 line 6 Replace by:
...Coast Pilot. A TSS (12.16g) is established off Neist Point
(57°25′N 6°47′W) at the S end of The Little Minch. For
regulations see 1.41.
Paragraph 1.10 2 line 4 For 12.2 Read 12.16a
5
Paragraph 1.41 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 The TSS mentioned at 1.10 are IMO...
144
Paragraph 6.10 Replace by:
1 From a position about 15 miles W of Berneray
(56°47′N 7°38′W) the through route follows the DW
route, described below, to its NE end. It then
continues NE for a further 60 miles to the vicinity of
59°18′N 5°00′W, about 27 miles ENE of Rona
(59°07′N 5°50′W).
Deep -water route. A DW route is established
between the Outer Hebrides and the outlying islands
of Saint Kilda (57°49′N 8°35′W) and the Flannan
Isles, 42 miles NE.
2 The route is 4 miles wide and 131 miles long. Its
centre line starts, at the S end, 15 miles W of
Berneray Lighthouse (56°47′N 7°39′W), thence it runs:
N for 50 miles to a position 14½ miles WSW of
Haskeir Island Lighthouse (57°42′N 7°41′W),
thence:
3 NNE for 54 miles to a position 14 miles ENE of
Eilean Mòr (58°17′N 7°35′W), thence:
NE for 27 miles to its NE end, 11 miles NW of the
Butt of Lewis (58°31′N 6°16′W).
The least charted depth on the route is 34 m
(57°48′N 7°57′W).
This route has been adopted by the IMO.

Paragraph 6.14 Replace by:
1 Laden tankers of greater than 10 000 gt should,
weather permitting, use the IMO -adopted DW route at
6.10.
For regulations and areas to be avoided see
1.40 -1.43.
145
Paragraph 6.22 5 line 4 For Clear Read W
After Paragraph 6.22 5 line 7 Insert:
The track then continues N for a further 4 miles to
a position in the vicinity of 57°37′⋅5N 8°06′⋅5W.
Paragraph 6.23 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 57°37′⋅5N 8°06′⋅5W the track
along...
146
After Paragraph 6.23 7 line 7 Insert:
The route then continues for a further 4 miles to the
vicinity of 58°23′N 7°10′W, where it alters to the NE.
Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 58°23′N 7°10′W the route
continues NE, passing:
After Paragraph 6.24 2 line 7 Insert:
The DW route ends in the vicinity of 58°39′N
6°28′W.
363
Paragraph 11.2 Replace by:
1 The through route starts between Skerryvore
(56°19′N 7°07′W) and Berneray (32 miles NNW) and
runs, in deep water, in a generally NNE direction for
about 55 miles to join the TSS (11.18) off Neist Point
(57°25′N 6°47′W), the W point of the Isle of Skye.
2 The coastal route on the W side starts SSE of
Berneray (56°47′N 7°38′W) and runs, initally, NNE,
thence N, along the E coasts of the S islands of the
Outer Hebrides for about 40 miles to a position E of
Ushenish (57°18′N 7°12′W) on the island of South
Uist.
For navigational dangers see 1.2, with special
reference to the inner passage at 1.4. For regulations
and areas to be avoided see 1.40 -1.43 and 11.18.
364
Paragraph 11.14 Replace by:
1 From a position NNW of Skerryvore (56°19′N
7°07′W) the through route runs NNE along the E side
of the Sea of the Hebrides for about 40 miles, then N
for about 15 miles, in deep water outside the coastal
banks, to join the N bound traffic lane of the TSS
(11.18) about 3 miles WSW of Neist Point (57°25′N
6°47′W).
365
Paragraph 11.18 Replace by:
1 Laden tankers of greater than 10 000 gt should,
weather permitting, use the IMO -adopted DW route to
the W of the Outer Hebrides (6.10).
Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established
off Neist Point (57°25′N 6°47′W).
2 This TSS is IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) applies.
IV
4.3
Radio reporting procedures for vessels about to
transit The Little Minch and the North Minch are
given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
366
Paragraph 11.29 1 Replace by:
1 From a position NNW of Skerryvore (56°19′N
1
7°07′W) the route leads NNE, passing (with positions
from Rubha Chràiginis (56°30′N 7°00′W)):
Paragraph 11.31 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
The route now alters to a more N heading, passing
(with positions from Neist Point (57°25′N 6°47′W)):
Paragraph 11.31 4 line 8 Replace by:
...202 m.
Paragraph 11.31 5 Replace by:
5 The route here enters the N -bound traffic lane of
the Off Neist Point TSS (11.18), passing about 2 miles
W of Neist Point, the W extremity of the Isle of Skye.
Neist Point is low, the basaltic columns of which it is
formed appearing to have been cut off a few feet
above sea level. About 3 cables farther NNE the land
rises to a hill terminating in a sharp point and showing
a vertical face of basaltic columns on its N side. Neist
Point Lighthouse (11.26) stands on the point.
367
Paragraph 11.32 Continuity Note Replace by:
(Directions continue for the Through
Route—North Bound at 12.16i and for
the coastal route NW of Skye at 12.35)
385
Paragraph 12.1 Including heading Replace by:
Scope of the chapter
1 This chapter covers The Little Minch (57°40′N
6°45′W), which separates the NW coast of the Isle of
Skye from the Outer Hebrides and connects the Sea of
the Hebrides (57°00′N 6°40′W) (1.84) with the North
Minch (58°N 6°W) (13.1). The area extends from, in
the S, a line joining Ushenish promontory (57°18′N
7°12′W), on South Uist, to Neist Point, 15 miles ENE
on the Isle of Skye, to, in the NE, a line joining
Rubha na h-Aiseig (57°42′N 6°18′W), the N tip of the
Isle of Skye, to Gob na Milaid Light (58°01′N
6°22′W), passing E and N of the Shiant Islands
2
(57°54′N 6°22′W).
The chapter is divided into the following sections:
Through Routes (12.16a).
Coastal Route — East side (12.17).
Coastal Route — West side (12.114).
Paragraph 12.2 Including heading Replace by:
Routes
1 Through Routes. The through routes comprise the
Off Neist Point TSS (12.16g), the IMO -adopted
Recommended Route for N -bound traffic (12.16g),
2
running up the E side of The Little Minch and passing
close NW of Eilean Trodday (57°44′N 6°18′W), and
the IMO -adopted Recommended Route for S -bound
traffic (12.16o) passing between the Shiant Islands and
the Isle of Lewis on the W side of The Little Minch.
Coastal Route — East side. The coastal route on
the E side of The Little Minch follows generally the
N -bound through route from the TSS and includes
Wk25/07

descriptions of lochs and harbours on that side of The
Little Minch.
3 Coastal Route — West side. The coastal route on
the W side of The Little Minch runs from Ushenish to
the Sound of Harris, then continues NE along the SE
coast of South Harris to the entrance to East Loch
Tarbert and then continues NNE and NE through the
Sound of Shiant, keeping WNW and NW of the
Recommended Route for S -bound traffic.
For navigational dangers see 1.2, with special
reference to the inner passage at 1.4.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 1757
Area covered
12.16a
1 This section describes the routes used by traffic
transiting The Little Minch via the Off Neist Point
TSS (12.16g) and using the IMO -Approved
Recommended Routes (12.16b).
It is arranged as follows:
Through Route — North Bound (12.16c).
Through Route — South Bound (12.16k).
Routes
12.16b
1 There are two through routes in The Little Minch:
North -bound route runs from the Off Neist Point
TSS (12.16g) up the NW coast of the Isle of Skye
and into the North Minch N of the island.
South -bound route runs from NNE of the Shiant
Islands (57°54′N6°21′W) down the E coast of the
Isle of Lewis and Harris to join the Off Neist Point
TSS (12.16g).
THROUGH ROUTE — NORTH BOUND
General information
Charts 1757, 1794, 1795
Route
12.16c
1 The route runs from the Off Neist Point TSS
(57°26′N 6°54′W) (12.16g) to join the N -bound
Recommended Route (12.16g), which leads close off
the N end of the Isle of Skye and Eilean Trodday
(57°44′N 6°18′W).
Topography
12.16d
1 A general description of the Isle of Skye is given at
1.90.
For topography on the N -bound route see 12.24
and 12.57.
Wk25/07
IV
THROUGH ROUTES
4.4
4 For the DW route W of the Outer Hebrides and the
route for laden tankers of more than 10 000 gt see
6.10. For regulations and areas to be avoided see
1.40 -1.43.
Radio reporting procedures for vessels about to
transit The Little Minch and/or North Minch are given
in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
The recommended routes for small craft when
crossing The Little Minch are given at 12.16.
387
After Paragraph 12.16 Insert:
Depths
12.16e
1 The least charted depths on, or close to, the route
are:
26 m (57°27′⋅8N 6°50′⋅4W) close to the centreline of
the N -bound lane of the TSS at its N end.
25 m (57°39′⋅2N 6°37′⋅8W) 5 cables off the route to
the NW.
18 m (57°43′⋅4N 6°24′⋅0W) 6 cables off the route to
the NW.
27 m (57°44′⋅0N 6°18′⋅5W) 2 cables off the route to
the SE, 4 cables NW of Eilean Trodday.
For a general description of the depths in The Little
Minch see 12.8.
Hazards
12.16f
1 Fishing. See 12.10.
Submarine exercise areas. See 12.9.
Traffic regulations
12.16g
1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established
off Neist Point (57°25′N 6°47′W).
This TSS is IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) applies.
Recommended Route. The route, which is
IMO -adopted, runs for 20 miles from 5 miles NE of
Waternish Point (57°36′⋅5N 6°38′⋅0W) to 11½ miles
NE of Eilean Trodday (57°43′⋅6N 6°17′⋅8W).
Natural conditions
12.16h
1 Local magnetic anomalies. See 12.29.
Tidal streams. For general information on tidal
streams in The Little Minch see 12.15.
For tidal streams off Neist Point see 11.24 and for
tidal streams from Neist Point to Waternish Point
(12 miles NNE) see 12.30.
Overfalls and tide rip. Overfalls occur within
1 mile W of Waternish Point. A tide rip extends up to
2 miles NW from Neist Point during the N -going
stream at spring tides.

Directions
(continued from 11.32)
Principal marks
12.16i
1 Landmarks:
Neist Point Lighthouse (57°25′N 6°47′W) (11.26).
Television mast (57°28′N 6°42′W) standing
2¾ miles S of Dunvegan Head.
Major lights:
Neist Point Light - as above.
Eilean Glas Light (57°51′N 6°38′W) (12.255).
Directions
12.16j
1 From a position at the N end of the Off Neist Point
TSS, about 3 miles NNW of Neist Point (57°25′N
6°47′W), the route leads NNE for about 11 miles
before altering, off Waternish Point (57°36′⋅5N
6°38′⋅0W), to a more NE/ENE heading to join the
IMO -adopted Recommended Route about 5 miles NE
of Waternish Point.
2 The Recommended Route then leads on a heading
of 062° for 10 miles to a position 1¾ miles NE of
Eilean Trodday Light (57°43′⋅6N 6°17′⋅8W), from
where it continues on a heading of 045° for a further
10 miles.
For descriptions of the notable points and shoals on
this route see 12.35.
THROUGH ROUTE — SOUTH BOUND
Route
12.16k
1 The route runs for 37 miles from about 4 miles
NNE of the Shiant Islands (57°54′N 6°21′W), where it
joins the Recommended Route (12.16o), thence
through the Sound of Shiant and continues SSW to
enter the Off Neist Point TSS.
Topography
12.16l
1 For topography on the S -bound route see 12.305,
12.250 and 12.123.
Depths
12.16m
1 The route crosses the outer end of the bank, with a
least charted depth of 25 m (57°55′N 6°26′W),
extending WNW from the Shiant Islands.
A depth of 24⋅5 m is charted at 57°50⋅9N
6°33⋅7W), within 4 cables SE of the track, and several
depths of 24 m to 26 m are charted on the bank
extending N/S from 57°46′N 6°43′W to 57°43′N
6°43′W.
For a general description of the depths in The Little
Minch see 12.8.
Hazards
12.16n
1 Fishing. See 12.10.
Submarine exercise areas. See 12.9.
IV
4.5
Traffic regulations
12.16o
1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established
off Neist Point (57°25′N 6°47′W) (12.16g).
Recommended Route. The route, which is
IMO -adopted, runs for 17 miles from 4 miles NNE of
Eilean Mhuire (57°54′N 6°20′W), the NE island of the
Shiant Islands, to 4¾ miles SSW of Eilean Glas
(57°51′⋅5N 6°38′⋅5W).
Natural conditions
12.16p
1 Local magnetic anomalies. See 12.29.
Tidal streams. For general information on tidal
streams in The Little Minch see 12.15.
For tidal information in the vicinity of the Shiant
Islands and in the Sound of Shiant see 12.15, 12.309
and the chart; for tidal streams off Neist Point see
11.24. See also Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas, North
Coast of Ireland and West Coast of Scotland.
2 Overfalls and tide rip. Overfalls occur within
1 mile W of Waternish Point. A tide rip extends up to
2 miles NW from Neist Point during the N -going
stream at spring tides.
Directions
Principal marks
12.16q
1 Landmark:
Eilean Glas Lighthouse (57°51′N6°38′W) (12.255).
Major lights:
Eilean Glas Light - as above.
Neist Point Light (57°25′N 7°47′W) (11.26).
Other aid to navigation
12.16r
1 Racon:
Eilean Glas Lighthouse (57°51′N 6°38′W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
12.16s
1 From a position 4 miles NNE of Eilean Mhuire
(57°54′N 6°20′W) the track joins the IMO -adopted
Recommended Route which then leads on a heading
of 240° for 8 miles, passing (with positions from
Eilean Glas Light (57°51′⋅4N 6°38′⋅5W)):
Across the outer end of the bank, with a least charted
depth of 25 m, extending WNW from the Shiant
Islands (9 miles ENE):
And NW of the Shiants Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(7½ miles NE).
2 The Recommended Route then alters (5 miles NE)
to a heading of 220° for a further 9 miles, passing:
NW of a bank (4 miles ENE) with a least charted
depth of 29 m, thence:
NW of a light buoy (starboard hand) (2½ miles E)
marking the N end of a bank which extends 1 mile
N of Sgeir Inoe, a rock which covers and
uncovers, thence:
SE of Eilean Glas, thence:
The track continues to the end of the Recommended
Route (4¾ miles SSW).
Wk25/07

3 From here the route continues SSW for 19½ miles
to the N end of the Off Neist Point TSS, passing (with
positions from Waternish Point (57°36′⋅5N 6°38′⋅0W)):
Across a bank with a least charted depth of 24 m
(9¼ miles NNW), thence:
ESE of numerous banks and rocks, including charted
depths of 28⋅5 m (6 miles W) and 27⋅5 m
(6¾ miles W), thence:
The track continues to the N end (11¾ miles SW) of
the S -bound lane of the Off Neist Point TSS.
388
After Paragraph 12.27 1 line 3 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established
off Neist Point (57°25′N 6°47′W) (12.16g).
392
After Paragraph 12.59 Insert:
Traffic regulations
12.59a
1 Recommended Route. The route, which is
IMO -adopted, runs for 20 miles from 5 miles NE of
Waternish Point (57°36′⋅5N 6°38′⋅0W) to 11½ miles
NE of Eilean Trodday (57°43′⋅6N 6°17′⋅8W).
1
394
Paragraph 12.70 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
From a position WNW of Waternish Point (57°36′N
6°38′W) the track continues on an ENE heading,
passing (with positions from Ru Bornesketaig
(57°40′N 6°25′W)):
After Paragraph 12.70 3 line 5 Add:
To a position 4 miles WNW of Ru Bornesketaig
where the track joins the Recommended Route
(12.59a) and continues on a heading of 062°,
passing:
399
Paragraph 12.115 Replace by:
1 The mariner should be aware that part of this route
follows the reverse of the Recommended Route for
S -bound traffic (12.16o).
431
Paragraph 13.35 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position SE of Gob na Miolaid (58°01′N
6°22′W), close to the start of the S -bound
Recommended Route (12.16o), the coastal route...
441
Paragraph 13.136 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position 7½ miles W of Rubha Réidh
(57°52′N 5°49′W), where the N -bound Recommended
Route (12.16g) ends, the coastal route leads NNE for
about 13 miles, passing (with positions from...
International Maritime Organization
(SDDs 2006000 406915/407153) [25/07]
Wk25/07
IV
4.6
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Gibraltar — Pilot boarding position
230
Paragraph 7.139 2 lines 1 -4 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 27/06 Replace by:
2 Pilots, together with the Port Health Officer, board
vessels 1¼ miles WSW of Europa Point Lighthouse
(36°06′⋅6N 5°20′⋅7W).
Gibraltar Port Authority
(SDD 2007000 040443) [25/07]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Approaches to Boston Harbor — Routeing
114
Paragraph 4.66 1 line 4 For WNW Read W
Paragraph 4.66 3 line 3 For five miles Read 6⋅17 miles
115
Paragraph 4.72 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position N of Highland Light the outer
approaches to Boston lead W for 30 miles, through a...
Paragraph 4.72 1 line 6 For NNE Read N
Paragraph 4.72 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 N of BE Light Buoy (special) (15 miles N)
International Maritime Organization Colreg.2/Circ.58
(HH. 614/081/03) [25/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Little Egg Inlet — Buoy
62
Paragraph 3.28 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Directions. Little Egg Inlet is approached from SE.
A number of wrecks and obstructions, the...
US Chart 12323
(HH. 614/525/03) [25/07]

NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Port Everglades — Outer anchorages
134
Paragraph 5.142 Including heading Replace by:
Outer anchorages
5.142
1 The two authorised anchorages off Port Everglades
designated A and B are situated, as shown on the
charts, 1½ miles NNW and 2¼ miles NNE,
respectively, of PE Light Buoy (26°05′⋅5N 80°04′⋅8W).
Pilotage is not compulsory to the anchorages but is
strongly recommended for vessels not having a
suitable chart and for masters who are unfamiliar with
the anchorages.
2 Regulations include:
Any vessel anchoring in an emergency outside the
designated area shall move within the designated
area immediately after the emergency has ended.
The Coast Guard Captain of the Port may close the
anchorage area and direct vessels to depart the
anchorage during periods of adverse weather or at
other times as deemed necessary in the interest of
port safety.
3 Caution. The holding ground is a sand, mud and
coral rubble mixture that is not adequate in adverse
weather and several recent groundings have shown that
there is very little time to respond to a dragging
anchor before coming into contact with the inshore
reefs. Violent unpredictable winds in excess of 50 kn
can be associated with local thunderstorm activity.
Upon the approach of thunderstorms from any
direction or in sustained winds of 25 -30 kn from NNE
to SSE all vessels are strongly advised to have engines
on standby and be prepared to leave the anchorage. It
is highly recommended that vessels leave the
anchorage and head to sea when sustained winds in
excess of 30 kn are blowing from NNE to SSE.
US Coast Pilot 4 38th Edition 2006
(HH. 078/553/10) [25/07]
IV
4.7
Miami — Outer anchorage
1
138
Paragraphs 5.173 and 5.174 Replace by:
5.173
Anchorage is permitted in an area to the N of the
pilot boarding position, the limits of which are shown
on the charts. The NW and SW limits are marked,
respectively, by Buoys A and B (special).
Pilotage is not compulsory to the anchorages but is
strongly recommended for those who are unfamiliar
with the anchorages.
2 Regulations include:
Any vessel anchoring in an emergency outside the
designated area shall move within the designated
area immediately after the emergency has ended.
All vessels shall lie at anchor with as short a cable as
conditions permit.
The Coast Guard Captain of the Port may close the
anchorage area and direct vessels to depart the
anchorage during periods of adverse weather or at
other times as deemed necessary in the interest of
port safety.
3 Caution. The holding ground consists of shallow
sand, mud and coral rubble over a limestone substrate.
During periods of high winds and seas anchors may
drag and several recent groundings have shown that
there is very little time to respond before coming into
contact with the inshore reefs. Violent unpredictable
winds in excess of 50 kn can be associated with local
heavy thunderstorm activity and the area is susceptible
to large waterspouts. Upon the approach of
thunderstorms from any direction or in sustained winds
of 25 -30 kn from NNE to SSE all vessels are strongly
advised to have engines on standby and be prepared to
leave the anchorage. When sustained winds in excess
of 30 kn from NNE to SSE are expected vessels may
be ordered to leave the anchorage and head to sea.
Spare
5.174
US Coast Pilot 4 38th Edition 2006
(HH. 078/553/10) [25/07]
Wk25/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Ecuador - Archipiélago de Colón —
Traffic regulations
79
Paragraph 2.67 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Movement reporting:
A mandatory ship reporting system (SITRAME) has
been established for all vessels.
In addition to the above, a new mandatory reporting
system for ships (GALREP) is established in the
PSSA and the ATBA.
See 1.56 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 597/730/05) [24/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Baie de Morlaix - Chenal de Tréguier —
Directions
285
Paragraph 9.106 4 line 2 For W Read E
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 027/200/02) [24/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Dover Strait — SW Goodwin Light Buoy
101
Paragraph 4.91 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 31/06 Replace by:
3 SE of SW Goodwin Light Buoy (1 mile SSW),
moored off the S extremity of South Sand Head, the S
point of Goodwin Sands. Depths around the head are
affected by large sandwaves (1.170). Thence:
Trinity House Lighthouse Service
(SDD 2007000 033126) [24/07]
4.1
[24/07]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Fishguard Harbour — Depth; directions; foul
ground
174
Paragraph 5.183 1 line 1 For 4m Read 3⋅0 m
Paragraph 5.185 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 When within Fishguard Bay, Northern Breakwater
should be given a berth of at least 1 cable as the toe
of the breakwater...
2
175
Paragraph 5.188 2 Replace by:
The area extending to 1½ cables off Railway Quay
is foul owing to the presence of disused concrete
clumps and chains on the seabed.
Paragraph 5.189 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...and exemption certificates; reception of oily
waste by arrangement; hospital at
Haverfordwest, 15 miles S.
Port Manager, Fishguard Harbour
(SDD 2007000 038797) [24/07]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2007 Edition)
Kºrwºr — Traffic regulations; naval harbour
213
Paragraph 6.122 1 line 4 Replace by:
...charts. It encloses the naval harbour at Binge Bay
(6.130).
215
Paragraph 6.130 2 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
3 Directions. Entry to the naval harbour is through a
channel maintained to 14⋅0 m in the approach and
reducing to 12⋅0 m within the harbour.
Leading marks. The alignment (359°) of two
towers leads between Round Island and the head of a
short breakwater extending E from the E extremity of
Anjadip Island, passing:
Eofa3⋅2 m shoal, marked by CB1 Buoy (port hand),
lying close S of the W entrance point, thence:
4 Eofa4⋅1 m shoal, marked by CB3 Light Buoy
(port hand), lying 4 cables N of the W
entrance point, thence:
W of CB2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) marking the
SW limit of shoal water close W of Round Island.
Anchorage may be obtained about 4 cables ENE of
Round Island in depths of about 11⋅7 m, mud; a 9⋅6 m
patch lies about 3 cables N of Round Island.
Prohibited anchorage area lies about 4 cables SW
of Naval Jetty.
Indian Charts 2008 and 2010
(HH. 502/490/04) [24/07]
Wk24/07

Kºrwºr — Anchorage; foul ground
217
Paragraph 6.149 1 lines 1 -3 Delete
Indian Notice 8/194/07
(HH. 502/490/04) [24/07]
Gulf of Khambhºt —SØmar
269
Paragraph 8.90 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
2 Approach. From a position ENE of Bhesla Rock
(20°46′N 71°11′E) (8.73) the track leads WSW, clear
of a 4⋅3 m spit, towards the anchorage.
Paragraph 8.90 2 lines 1 -3 Delete
Indian Notice 8/192/07
(HH. 502/420/07) [24/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Saint Simons Sound to Saint Marys Entrance —
Wreck
233
Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/07 Paragraph 9.22 2
lines 3 -4 Replace by:
S of a dangerous wreck (30°45′N 81°06′W), and:
US Notice 17/11502/07
(HH. 614/635/07) [24/07]
Wk24/07
IV
4.2
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
South Riding Point Oil Terminal — Anchorages
110
Paragraph 4.358 Replace by:
Anchorages
4.358
1 There are no suitable anchorages and due to
prevailing wind and weather conditions, vessels are
advised to drift offshore whilst awaiting a berth.
South Riding Point Holding Ltd
(HH. 685/445/03) [24/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - Ince Burnu — Natural gas pipeline
78
After Paragraph 2.80 1 line 4 Add:
Caution. A natural gas pipeline extends SE through
the anchorage from the mouth of Zerdali Deresi
(40°33′N 26°58′E).
Turkish Notice 19.75/07
(SDD 2007000 037527) [23/07]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
British Columbia — Scientific moorings
2
After Paragraph 1.13 1 line 6 Insert:
2 Scientific moorings, which may be found off the
Canadian coast, are acoustic sensors consisting of a
concrete anchor and tethered instrument package
floating above the anchor. Instruments in water less
than 150 m deep are within 5 m of the seabed.
Instruments in water more than 150 m deep are
approximately 150 m below the surface.
55
After Paragraph 2.4 2 line 12 Insert:
Scientific moorings
2.4a
1 For details see 1.13.
252
After Paragraph 7.51 10 line 10 Add:
Scientific moorings exist on the seabed between
Cape Lazo and Texada Island, as shown on the chart.
For further details see 1.13.
334
After Paragraph 9.54 4 line 9 Add:
5 Caution. Scientific moorings exist on the seabed
between Browning Islands and Doyle Island, as shown
on the chart. For further details see 1.13.
346
After Paragraph 9.146 6 line 6 Insert:
7 Caution. Scientific moorings exist on the seabed
between Duval Point and Doyle Island, as shown on
the chart. For further details see 1.13.
4.1
[23/07]
427
After Paragraph 11.211 10 line 8 Add:
11 Caution. Scientific moorings exist on the seabed,
extending 10½ miles WSW of Lippy Point, as shown
on the chart. For details see 1.13.
Canadian Notice 4/2007
(HH. 025/200/01) [23/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – East coast – Dong Hai — Wrecks
171
After Paragraph 5.33 1 line 5 Insert:
Some uncharted wrecks may exist, and not all
dangers are detailed in this book. See Admiralty Notice
to Mariners 5723(P)/05.
Chinese Notice 12/308/07
(HH. 548/460/07) [23/07]
China – East coast – Zhoushan Qundao
north -eastwards — Wreck
197
After Paragraph 6.25 3 line 5 Add:
W of a dangerous wreck (30°33′N 123°16′E),
position approximate (reported 2007), thence:
Chinese Notice 13/375/07
(HH. 548/443/02) [23/07]
Wk23/07

NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Egypt - Mînâ’ Dumyâó (Damietta Port) —
Waiting areas; directions; berths
2
118
Paragraph 3.174 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Waiting areas. An area (31°36′N 31°45′E), marked
by five light buoys, lies 6½ miles N of the harbour
entrance. It has depths of 16 to 20 m in it. Approach
from NW is advised. An area for gas ships is
2
established, centred on 31°38′⋅1N 31°42′⋅2E, with a
radius of 1 mile and depths of about 23 m.
After Paragraph 3.176 1 line 4 Add:
A light buoy has been reported (2007) in the centre
of the precautionary area.
Paragraph 3.176 2 Replace by:
Thence the track leads SSW onto the following
leading line:
Mînâ’ Dumyâó Front Light.
Mînâ’ Dumyâó Rear Light (metal tower, 20 m in
height) (31°28′N 31°45′E).
3 The alignment (191½°) leadsthrough the approach
channel marked by numbered pairs of light buoys
(lateral). The harbour is entered between the heads of
the breakwaters, from each of which a light (metal
tower, 10 m in height) is exhibited.
Paragraph 3.177 1 Replace by:
1 Approach from NE. From the vicinity of 31°46′N
32°01′E, the track leads SW through the precautionary
area in the NW approaches to Port Said, thence
through the TSS to the Mînâ’ Dumyâó precautionary
area, where a light buoy is located (3.176), thence to
the Mînâ’ Dumyâó leading line.
After Paragraph 3.178 2 line 4 Insert:
LPG and LNG terminals located on the NW and W
side of the basin respectively. Depth alongside the
LNG terminal, 14 m; vessels normally berth
portside to.
MV British Merchant
(SDD 2007000 037435) [23/07]
Wk23/07
IV
4.2
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Shetland Islands - Stepping Stones - Inner Voder
Light — Directions
267
Paragraph 6.211 3 lines1to3Replace by:
3 W of Inner Voder (1½ miles N), an above -water
rock, marked by a light buoy (W cardinal)
1¼ cables W, thence:
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 19/07
(SDD 2007000 037464) [23/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume 1(2006 Edition)
Côte d’Ivoire - Abijan outer anchorage — Wreck
303
After Paragraph 9.148 1 line 5 Insert:
A dangerous wreck lies 3 miles W of the Fairway Light
Buoy, as shown on the chart.
France 17 -44 -07
(SDD 2007000 035194) [22/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 edition)
Northern Territory - Bromby Islets —
Light buoy
108
Paragraph 2.210 3 line 3 Replace by:
...side. A light buoy (east cardinal) marks the limit
of shoal water extending E from the islet; thence:
AMSA ATH 07/23
(A242489) [22/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 edition)
Australia - Queensland - Sandy Cape — Racon
148
Paragraph 5.40 1 line 2 Delete
Australian Notice 26/1289P/06
(A225914) [22/07]
Australia - Queensland - Pialba — Radio Mast
157
After Paragraph 5.106 2 line 8 Insert:
Radio Mast (25°18′⋅2S 152°47′⋅3E).
Australian Notice 26/1271/06
(A225910) [22/07]
Australia - Queensland - Gladstone — Navaid
168
After Paragraph 5.187 3 line 8 Insert:
Leading Light beacons astern:
Front Light beacon (pile) (23°50′⋅2S 151°16′⋅2E),
standing ½ cable NW of Barney Point.
Rear Light beacon (metal tower 6 m in height)
(1¼ cables from front beacon).
Paragraph 5.187 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
The alignment (314° ahead / 134° astern) of the
above light beacons leads NW, passing (positions from
Front C5 Light Beacon):
Wk22/07
4.1
[22/07]
After Paragraph 5.188 1 Insert:
Targinie Channel Leading Light beacons ahead:
Front light beacon (pile) (23°46′⋅9S 151°10′⋅0E),
standing about 4½ cables NW of Fishermans
Landing wharves.
Rear light beacon (metal tower 9 m in height)
(8 cables NW of front beacon).
Paragraph 5.188 2 line 1 Replace by:
Targinie Channel Leading Light beacons astern:
Paragraph 5.188 3 line 1 Replace by:
The alignment (293½° ahead/113½° astern), of the
above...
Paragraph 5.188 4 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...(which dries 2⋅4 m) lies at the extremity of a
drying...
169
Paragraph 5.188 4 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
Between T1 Light Beacon (starboard hand) and T2
Light Buoy (port hand) (1¼ miles WNW),
marking the extent of shoal water N and S of the
channel; thence:
Between T3 and T4 Light Beacons (lateral)
(1¾ miles WNW). An isolated shoal patch lies
close SW of T4 Light Beacon. Thence:
Paragraph 5.188 5 lines 1 -3 For T1 Read T5;ForT4 Read
T6.
Paragraph 5.188 6 lines 1 -4 For T3 Read T7;ForT6 Read
T8; For T8 Read T10.
Australian Notice 25/1239P/06
(A225950 and A218628) [22/07]
Australia - Queensland - East Strait Island —
Leading light
378
Paragraph 13.80 5 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Rear light (red and white chequered GRP hexagonal
tower, 15 m in height)...
AMSA Notice ATH2007/26
(A243982) [22/07]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Germany - Stralsund North approaches —
Draughts
448
Paragraph 13.243 1 line 4 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 14/07 Replace by:
...Stralsund is 3⋅0 m by day and 2⋅8 m by night (2007).
Information on depths can be...
German Notice 17/07 SD corrections Ostsee 111 (2002)
(SDD 2007000 033623) [22/07]

NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Poland - Szczecin — Limiting draughts
342
Paragraph 8.254 2 line 1 Delete
Polish Chart 15
(SDD 2007000 024336) [22/07]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Traffic and operations —
Recommended tracks
10
Paragraph 1.10 2 Replace by:
2 For the Finnish coast the authorised draughts on
recommended tracks are taken from Finnish
Government publications. These sources do not
indicate the year of the sea level datum from which
the authorised draughts are measured. In 2005 the
Finnish authorities promulgated procedures revising its
practice of indicating the authorised draught.
In certain shipping lanes on the coast, which have
been declared pilotage areas, the authorised draught
shall be interpreted as a guideline (recommended
maximum draught). The Master and pilot may, on a
case by case basis, and after careful consideration of
all relevant factors, exceed the authorised draught.
On Finnish nautical charts, data relating to such
channels contain not only the authorised draught but
also the safe clearance depth i.e the secured water
depth, which is represented by the appropriate INT
chart symbol. Channels affected by declared pilotage
areas are announced in the Finnish Notice to Mariners.
Details of the ‘Channel depth practice in Finland’
(FMA Bulletin 8/12.7.2005) may be obtained from the
Finnish Maritime Administration website www.fma.fi.
Finnish Marine Administration Bulletin 8/12.7.2005
(HH.020/200/01) [22/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Le Havre — Directions
424
Paragraph 13.139 3 lines 6 - 9 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 35/06, Replace by:
Between pairs of light buoys (port and starboard
hand) numbered LH6 and LH5 to LH8 and LH7,
moored respectively between 6 and 5 miles
WNW, of the front leading light; thence:
SSW of LH10 Light Buoy (port hand) (49°30′⋅2N
0°00′⋅9E), thence:
Between LH12 Light Buoy (south cardinal) and
LH11 Light Buoy (starboard hand) moored
2¾ miles WNW of the front leading light; thence:
IV
4.2
Paragraph 13.139 5 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 35/06, Replace by:
5 Caution. The channel is bordered on its N side by
the foul area (13.109) between LH4 and LH8 Light
Buoys (port hand) and by Banc de l’Éclat (49°30′N
0°03′E) between LH12 Light Buoy (south cardinal)
and LH14 Light Buoy (port hand). Additionally, an
obstruction of unknown depth lies 6 cables NW of
LH12 Light Buoy. On the S side lies Les Hauts de la
Rade (49°29′N 0°03′E) between LH11 and LH13 Light
Buoys (starboard hand). These buoys are moored on
the edge of the banks and should not be passed too
closely
French Notices 07 05 04 and 07 17 34
(SDDs 2007000 012034 and 035190) [22/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approaches to Thames Estuary and
Harwich Haven - Sunk Precautionary Areas
All the changes within this notice are scheduled
for implementation at 0000 UTC 1st July 2007
234
Index diagram: Pilot boarding position for Haven Ports,
Thames & Medway Pilot For Haven Ports, Thames &
Medway Read Sunk
Index diagram: paragraph numbers 11.35 and 11.36 and
associated arrows Delete
235
Paragraph 11.1 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...Medway. At the N end of the estuary is the Sunk which
serves as a common boarding ground for pilots for River
Thames and Harwich Haven (see Chapter 13). The Sunk
contains outer and inner precautionary areas which are
described in detail. In addition, a through route which runs
N -S to seaward of the estuary is also described.
Paragraph 11.9 1 including heading Replace by:
11.9
Spare
1
236
Paragraph 11.16 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...approaching from N and E embark the pilot at the Sunk
Pilot Station, 3½ miles E of Sunk Inner Light Buoy
(51°51′N 1°35′E). For further details see 11.27g.
Paragraph 11.17 1 lines 1 -11 Replace by:
Sunk VTS is an information service for all vessels
transiting the Sunk Outer and Inner Precautionary
Areas. Such vessels are required to report to Sunk
VTS on VHF and maintain a continuous listening
watch on the working frequency until transfer to
London VTS. Positions of reporting points are shown
on the charts. For further details see 11.27f.
Wk22/07

238
After Paragraph 11.27 Replace section heading by:
APPROACHES TO THE THAMES ESTUARY and
insert
Sunk Precautionary Areas
Charts 1183, 2692
Description
11.27a
1 The Sunk is a deep which lies between Shipwash
Bank (51°54′N 1°34′E) and Long Sand (51°47′N
1°36′W). It forms a common access to both Harwich
Haven to NW and the Thames Estuary to SW. The
Sunk Pilot Station at the entrance to the Sunk is an
extremely busy focal point for shipping. In order to
control traffic and reduce risk of collision in this area,
Sunk Outer and Sunk Inner Precautionary Areas have
been established. The pilot station is located in the
Sunk Inner Precautionary Area; all vessels approaching
the pilot station are obliged to pass through the Sunk
Outer Precautionary Area and its associated TSSs. In
addition, all vessels within the precautionary areas, and
the routes leading into them, are obliged to comply
with the rules of Sunk VTS (11.27f).
2 The Sunk Precautionary Areas, the routes leading
into them and Sunk VTS are all adopted by IMO.
Within the precautionary areas and in the approach
routes, The International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.
Sunk Outer Precautionary Area
11.27b
1 Sunk Outer Precautionary Area is located in the N
approaches to the Thames Estuary between an outer
line of shoals formed by Inner Gabbard and The
Galloper to E and an inner line formed by Shipwash,
Long Sand and Kentish Knock to W. The area is
approximately 12 miles long in a N -S direction and
6 miles wide in an E -W direction; it is centred on
Sunk Centre Light vessel moored in position
51°50′⋅1N 1°46′⋅0E. Three TSSs, from N, E and S,
lead into Sunk Outer Precautionary Area and on its W
side is the Sunk Inner Precautionary Area where the
Sunk Pilot Station is located.
2 Within Sunk Outer Precautionary Area a
recommended direction of flow is established around
Sunk Centre Light vessel in a counter -clockwise
direction, all passing vessels leaving the light vessel
on their port side. The purpose of this measure is to
separate inbound and outbound traffic at the pilot
boarding position. In addition, through traffic
proceeding N along the E coast of the United
Kingdom is separated from traffic proceeding S along
the coast.
3 An Area to be Avoided having a radius of 5 cables
is centred on Sunk Centre Light vessel in order to
protect this important aid to navigation. The light
vessel is a major light and is fitted with a racon.
W Inner Gabbard Light Buoy (special), moored in
position 51°52′⋅1N 1°49′⋅4E, marks the NE side of
Sunk Outer Precautionary Area.
Wk22/07
IV
4.3
Sunk Inner Precautionary Area
11.27c
1 Sunk Inner Precautionary Area embraces Sunk
which is defined at 11.27a. The precautionary area is
irregular in shape being roughly 6 miles in length and
breadth. Sunk Inner Light Buoy (safe water)
(51°51′⋅0N 1°34′⋅9E) moored near the centre of the
area is a major light and is fitted with a racon.
2 On its E side, Sunk Inner Precautionary Area joins
Sunk Outer Precautionary Area, the N and S
extremities of the borderline being marked by a light
buoy (special). Close W of the border is the Sunk
Pilot Station in position 51°51′⋅4N 1°40′⋅5E. Diverging
from the vicinity of the pilot station are three DW
routes: a DW route running W and NW to join
Harwich Deep Water Channel, Sunk DW Channel
running W and SW to enter Black Deep, and Trinity
DW Route running SW to Black Deep. Directions for
these routes are given at 13.79, 11.51 and 11.52
respectively.
3 A pilot boarding station for vessels bound for
Rivers Crouch and Colne and for vessels anchored in
Sunk Inner Anchorage (11.27h) is located on the W
side of Sunk Inner Precautionary Area in position
51°50′⋅0N 1°31′⋅0E.
Caution. Sandwaves form in The Sunk (11.39).
Routes leading into and out of Sunk Outer
Precautionary Area
11.27d
1 Sunk Outer Precautionary Area is connected on its
perimeter to three TSSs and one Recommended Route.
Sunk TSS North comprises N -going and S -going
lanes, each about two miles in length and two miles
wide with a 6 cables wide separation zone between the
two lanes. A light buoy (safe water) is moored at
either end of the separation zone.
Beyond the TSS, coastal routes lead N along the E
coast of the United Kingdom.
2 Sunk TSS South comprises N -going and S -going
lanes, each about 3¾ miles in length and 2 miles wide
with a 6 cable wide separation zone between the two
lanes. A light buoy (safe water) is moored at either
end of the separation zone.
Beyond the TSS, the route leads either SSE through
Falls Gap (51°33′N 1°53′E) to cross Dover Strait TSS
in the vicinity of Foxtrot 3 Light Buoy (51°23′⋅9N
2°00′⋅5E) (2.51), or SSW to join Dover Strait TSS to
W of Tail of the Falls (51°14′N 1°44′E).
3 Sunk TSS East comprises ENE -going and
WSW -going lanes each about 5½ miles in length and
1 mile wide with a 3 cable wide separation zone
between the two lanes. A light buoy (safe water) is
moored at either end of the separation zone. N
Galloper Light Buoy (N cardinal) (51°49′⋅8N 2°00′⋅0E)
is moored at the exit point of the ENE -going lane; S
Inner Gabbard Light Buoy (S cardinal) (51°49′⋅9N
1°51′⋅9E) is moored at the exit point of the
WSW -going lane.
Beyond the TSS, the route leads ENE to the
vicinity of Noord Hinder Junction Precautionary Area
(2.54).

4 Galloper Recommended Route. A recommended
route aligned 122½° -302½° connects with the SE side
of Sunk Outer Precautionary Area in position
51°44′⋅8N 1°50′⋅9E. The route is designed for
cross -channel ferries trading to and from Oostende
and Zeebrugge. These vessels cross Noord Hinder
South TSS (2.50) in the vicinity of Twin Light Buoy
(51°32′⋅0N 2°22′⋅6E).
Routes avoiding Sunk Outer Precautionary Area
11.27e
1 In order to reduce congestion in the approaches to
the Sunk Pilot Station, there are two routes into the
Sunk which avoid Sunk Outer Precautionary Area.
Both routes may be used by vessels of less than 20 m
in length, sailing vessels and vessels engaged in
fishing irrespective of port of destination or origin.
However, it should be noted that in the case of other
types of vessels, the criteria for each route is slightly
different.
2 Shipwash Bank Route enters Sunk Inner
Precautionary Area from N passing between Shipwash
Bank (51°54′N 1°35′E) to W and Sunk TSS North to
E. Access is via a restricted area; vessels should note
that it is prohibited to enter or exit Harwich Deep
Water Channel between S Shipwash Light Buoy (S
cardinal) (51°52′⋅7N 1°34′⋅0E) and Walker Light Buoy
(port hand), 1 mile N.
3 The Shipwash Bank Route can be used by:
Vessels operated under a pilotage exemption
certificate;
Vessels exempt from pilotage under the pilotage
regulations of the port of destination.
The foregoing vessels may proceed to or from any
port accessible by the Sunk Inner Precautionary Area
including the Thames and Medway ports.
4 Long Sand Head Two -Way Route approaches the
Sunk from S, entering Sunk Inner Precautionary Area
close N of Long Sand Head (51°46′N 1°37′E) (11.51).
The route is 11 miles in length with a width ranging
from about 2 miles at its S end to about 1½ miles at
its N end. It passes between Kentish Knock (51°39′N
1°37′E) and Long Sand Head to W, and Sunk TSS
South and Sunk Outer Precautionary Area to E. At its
S end, it is entered close E of Kentish Knock Light
Buoy (E cardinal) (51°38′⋅1N 1°40′⋅4E) and at its N
end it meets Sunk Inner Precautionary Area close NW
of Long Sand Head Light Buoy (N cardinal)
(51°47′⋅9N 1°39′⋅4E). The route, including arrows
indicating recommended flow in N -going and S -going
directions, is shown on the chart.
5 The Long Sand Head Two -Way Route is only to be
used by vessels proceeding to or from the Thames and
Medway Ports which are:
Piloted vessels;
Vessels operated under a pilotage exemption
certificate;
Vessels exempt from pilotage under the pilotage
regulations of the port of destination.
In accordance with Rule 9 of The International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972),
vessels of less than 20 m in length, sailing vessels and
vessels engaged in fishing using this route shall not
impede the passage of a vessel which can safely
navigate only within the narrow channel or fairway.
IV
4.4
Sunk Vessel Traffic Service
11.27f
1 Sunk VTS is appointed by the United Kingdom
Maritime and Coastguard Agency (MCA) and is based
in Harwich. The VTS covers the two Sunk
Precautionary Areas and the TSSs and other routes
which lead into them. Within the VTS area, all vessels
of 300 gt and over are required to comply with the
VTS rules. All vessels within the area are to comply
with The International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972).
2 Within the VTS the following rules apply:
All vessels equipped with VHF radio, when within
the area, shall monitor the designated VHF
channel.
Vessels of 300 gt and over shall report on entering
and leaving the VTS area. The initial entry report
shall comprise vessel’s name and call sign,
reporting point, draught, destination, intended
route and ETA at the pilot station if applicable.
3 Vessels of 300 gt and over shall report when
anchoring in a designated anchorage or
elsewhere within the VTS area. A report shall
also be made when departing from an
anchorage. The VTS working channel is to be
monitored continuously when at anchor.
Any incident that effects the safety of navigation of a
vessel is to be reported to the VTS.
Vessels which are not proceeding to or departing
from ports within the Thames Estuary or Harwich
Haven shall avoid Sunk Inner Precautionary
Area.
4 Vessels navigating within Sunk Inner
Precautionary Area shall avoid impeding the
passage of a vessel constrained by draught
and following a DW route.
Fishing vessels engaged in fishing shall report their
intentions on entering or leaving Sunk Inner
Precautionary Area.
Dredging vessels working within the VTS area shall
submit passage plans for approval by the VTS
authority.
5 For details of reporting points and further
information see Admiralty List of Radio Signal Volume
6(1).
Pilotage within Sunk VTS Area
11.27g
1 Vessels requiring to embark a pilot at the Sunk
Pilot Station (51°51′⋅4N 1°40′⋅5E) shall comply with
the following rules:
Inbound vessels shall approach from the Sunk Outer
Precautionary Area.
Adhere to the pilot boarding turn order issued by the
VTS.
2 Avoid waiting in the vicinity of the pilot
boarding station.
Embarkation of the pilot to take place E of Storm
Light Buoy (51°52′⋅4N 1°38′⋅2E) unless
informed otherwise by the VTS.
Maintain a continuous listening watch on the VTS
working channel during boarding operations.
VHF channel 06 may be used for direct
communication with the pilot launch during pilot
transfer.
Wk22/07

3 Vessels requiring to disembark a pilot at the Sunk
Pilot Station shall comply with the following rules:
Disembark the pilot E of Storm Light Buoy unless
informed otherwise by the VTS.
Maintain a continuous listening watch on the VTS
working channel during disembarking
operations. VHF channel 06 may be used for
direct communication with the pilot launch
during pilot transfer.
1
Anchorage within Sunk VTS Area
11.27h
Two designated anchorage areas adjoin Sunk Inner
Precautionary Area: Sunk DW Anchorage (51°54′N
1°40′E) to NE and Sunk Inner Anchorage (51°50′N
1°30′E) to W. Except in an emergency, all vessels
should use the designated anchorages.
Any vessel which is forced to anchor in an
emergency should report to the VTS as soon as
practicable after the event.
Paragraph 11.28 1 including heading Replace by:
Through route from the north
Charts 1610, 1543, 2052, 1183, 323
Description
11.28
1 From a position ESE of Southwold (52°18′⋅8N
1°40′⋅5E), the through route leads about 65 miles S
between the inner and outer line of shoals which
straddle the approaches to the Thames Estuary. To the
N it connects with the offshore route off the E coast
of England (see North Sea (West) Pilot) and to the S it
connects with the SW -going lane of the Dover Strait
TSS (2.5).
Paragraph 11.28 2 Delete
Paragraph 11.30 1 including heading Replace by:
11.30
Spare
Paragraph 11.32 1 line 6 Replace by Sunk Centre Light
Float (red hull, light tower amidships) (51°50′⋅1N
1°46′⋅0E).
Paragraph 11.33 1 line 4 For Sunk Light Float Read Sunk
Centre Light Float.
Paragraph 11.34 1 to 8 including heading Replace by:
Directions
(Continued from North Sea (West) Pilot)
11.34
1 From a position ESE of Southwold (52°18′⋅8N
1°40′⋅5E), the route leads initially SSW for about
22 miles to the Sunk Outer Precautionary Area,
passing:
WNW of an unnamed shoal (52°03′N 1°59′E),
which runs 5 miles N -S, thence:
ESE of Shipwash (51°57′N1°37′E) (13.29), with N
Shipwash Light Buoy (N cardinal) moored at its
N end and E Shipwash Light Buoy (E cardinal)
moored off its E side, thence:
Wk22/07
IV
4.5
2 WNW of Inner Gabbard (51°54′N 1°54′E) a
long, narrow shoal running 10 miles N -S.
The shoal is marked at its N extremity by N
Inner Gabbard Light Buoy (N cardinal) and at
its S extremity by S Inner Gabbard Light
Buoy (S cardinal). A meteorological mast
(11.37) stands near the middle of the shoal.
Outer Gabbard, with Outer Gabbard Light
Buoy (11.33) moored 2 miles SSE of its N
end, lies 4 miles E of Inner Gabbard. Thence:
WNW of Sunk N 1 Light Buoy (safe water)
(51°56′⋅1N 1°46′⋅9E) moored at the outer end of
Sunk TSS North (11.27d), thence:
WNW of Sunk N 2 Light Buoy (safe water)
(51°54′⋅3N 1°46′⋅3E) moored at the inner end of
Sunk TSS North.
3 Thence course is adjusted S, passing:
E of the Sunk Pilots boarding position (51°51′⋅4N
1°40′⋅5E) (11.27g), and:
W of Sunk Centre Light Float (51°50′⋅1N 1°46′⋅0E)
(11.32) moored at the centre of Sunk Outer
Precautionary Area (11.27b), thence:
E of Long Sand Head Light Buoy (N cardinal)
(51°47′⋅9N 1°39′⋅4E) marking the NE extremity
of Long Sand Head. Heavy swells can occur over
the head. And:
4 W of The Galloper (51°47′N 1°58′E), a narrow
shoal running 6 miles NNE -SSW, marked at
its N end by N Galloper Light Buoy (N
cardinal) and at its S end by S Galloper Light
Buoy (S cardinal), thence:
W of Sunk S 2 Light Buoy (safe water) (51°42′⋅4N
1°46′⋅7E) moored at the inner end of Sunk TSS
South (11.27d), thence:
5 E of Kentish Knock (51°39′N 1°37′E), which is
about 8 miles in length and dries in its central
part. Kentish Knock Light Buoy (E cardinal)
is moored off its E side and S Knock Light
Buoy (S cardinal) off its S end. And:
W of North Falls (51°39′N 1°56′E) a shoal, thence:
6 W of Sunk S 1 Light Buoy (safe water)
(51°38′⋅6N 1°47′⋅4E) moored at the outer end
of Sunk TSS South. Sunk SW Light Buoy
(special), moored 2¼ miles W, marks the
entrance to the Long Sand Head Two -Way
Route (11.27e).
7 The course continues S, passing:
W of Falls Head Light Buoy (N cardinal) (51°28′⋅2E
1°49′⋅9E) marking the N end of South Falls, a
shoal which extends 15 miles SSW to the Tail of
the Falls, thence:
E of Drill Stone Light Buoy (E cardinal) (51°25′⋅8N
1°42′⋅9E) marking Drill Stone, a rocky patch over
which there are strong tide -rips.
8 Thence course is adjusted SSW, passing:
ESE of NE Goodwin Light Buoy (E cardinal)
(51°20′⋅3N 1°34′⋅1E) (11.33) moored at the NE
extremity of Goodwin Sands (4.76), thence:

239
Paragraph 11.35 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
11.35
Spare
Paragraph 11.36 including heading and paragraph number
Replace by:
11.36
Spare
Paragraph 11.38 1 Delete
Paragraph 11.38 2 line 3 For Haven Ports, Thames and
Medway Pilot Station Read Sunk Pilot Station.
240
Paragraph 11.40 1 line 7 For Sunk Light float Read Sunk
Inner Light Buoy.
Paragraph 11.41 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Sunk, Black Deep and Knock John Channel to
Oaze Deep. In 2005 there was a least depth on the
Sunk DW Route of 12⋅2 m about 8 cables S of Sunk
Inner Light Buoy (51°51′N 1°35′E); least depth on the
Trinity DW Route....
Paragraph 11.47 1 line 1 For Sunk Light float Read Sunk
Inner Light Buoy.
1
241
Paragraph 11.48 5 line 5 Replace by:
Sunk Centre Light Float (51°50′⋅1N 1°46′⋅0E)
(11.32).
Paragraph 11.49 1 line 2 Replace by:
Sunk Centre Light Float - as above.
Sunk Inner Light Buoy (51°51′N 1°35′E).
Paragraph 11.50 1 lines 1 -2 For Haven Ports, Thames and
Medway Pilot Station Read Sunk Pilot Station.
Paragraph 11.51 1 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
From the Sunk Pilot Station, the route leads 8 miles
SW through Sunk Inner Precautionary Area to the NE
end of Black Deep, passing (with positions from Sunk
Inner Light Buoy (51°51′N 1°35′E)):
SE of Trinity Light Buoy (S cardinal) (2¼ miles
SSE), thence:
Paragraph 11.51 2 line 5 Replace by:
...the N side of the head. Long Sand Head Two -Way
Route (11.27e) enters Sunk Inner Precautionary
Area about 2 miles NE of Long Sand Head.
Thence:
Paragraph 11.52 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 From the Sunk Pilot Station, the route leads initially
3 miles W and then 5 miles SSW through Sunk Inner
Precautionary Area to the NE end of Black Deep.
Initially, the track runs about 4 cables S of and
2
parallel to the DW route to Harwich. The track passes
(with positions from Sunk Inner Light Buoy (51°51′N
1°35′E)):
SE of Sunk Inner Light Buoy, thence:
NW of Black Deep Light Buoy (port hand)
(3½ miles S) moored off the N extremity of Long
Sand Head, thence:
IV
4.6
242
Paragraph 11.59 1 including heading Replace by:
King’s Channel to Barrow Deep
11.59
1 From a position about 1½ miles N of Sunk Head
Tower Light Buoy (N cardinal) (51°46′⋅6N 1°30′⋅5E)
in the vicinity of the SW boundary of the Sunk Inner
Precautionary Area, King’s Channel leads SW to
Barrow Deep (11.61), the principal channel, and three
minor channels, Whitaker Channel (14.63), East Swin
(11.65) and Middle Deep (11.69). King’s Channel is
wide and navigable without difficulty lying between
Gunfleet Sand to NW and Sunk Sand to SW. The
track passes (with positions from Gunfleet Old
Lighthouse (51°46′N 1°21′E)):
1
266
Paragraph 13.56 1 lines 1 -2 For Haven Ports, Thames and
Medway Pilot Station Read Sunk Pilot Station.
Paragraph 13.60 2 lines 4 -5 For Haven Ports, Thames and
Medway Pilot Station Read Sunk Pilot Station.
Paragraph 13.61 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
For a full description of the Sunk Precautionary
Areas see 11.27a.
Sunk Inner Precautionary Area is established in the
vicinity of Sunk Inner Light Buoy (51°51′N 1°35′E)
and includes the Sunk Pilot Station (11.27g). Mariners
are advised to navigate with great caution in these
congested waters.
Paragraph 13.62 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Sunk Vessel Traffic Service (11.27f) is an
information service for all vessels transiting the Sunk
Precautionary Areas. Such vessels are required to....
268
Paragraph 13.76 3 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 13.77 1 line 2 Replace by:
Sunk Inner Light Buoy (51°51′⋅0N 1°34′⋅9E).
Paragraph 13.78 1 lines 2 -3 For Haven Ports, Thames and
Medway Pilot Station Read Sunk Pilot Station
Paragraph 13.79 1 including heading Replace by:
Sunk Pilot Station to HA Light Buoy
13.79
1 From the Sunk Pilot Station (51°51′⋅5N 1°40′⋅4E) to
HA Light Buoy the route passes (with positions from
Roughs Tower (51°54′N 1°29′E) (13.76)):
S of Storm Light Buoy (S cardinal) (6 miles ESE)
marking a wreck with a depth of 13⋅5 m over it,
thence:
N of Sunk Inner Light Buoy (4½ miles SE), thence:
269
Paragraph 13.82 1 line 2 For Sunk Light float Read Sunk
Inner Light Buoy.
All the above changes are scheduled for
implementation at 0000 UTC 1st July 2007
IMO NAV 52/3/9
(SDD 2006000 407152) [22/07]
Wk22/07

NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Approaches to Zhujiang Kou -
Dayapai Dao northwards — Wreck
255
After Paragraph 8.23 2 line 12 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
lying 1¼ miles N of Dayapai Dao (Sanya Pai),
thence:
Chinese Notice 17/532/07
(HH. 548/436/07) [22/07]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Malaysia – Sarawak–
Tanjung Baram north -westwards — Wreck
118
After Paragraph 4.272 2 line 4 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (6¼ miles NE), thence:
Sarawak Chart 4
(SDD 2006000 379184) [22/07]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Sicilia - Mazara del Vallo — TSS; VTS; pilotage
364
Paragraph 9.83 2 line 5 Replace by:
...seaward through a TSS and entered between the head of
Nuovo Molo di...
After Paragraph 9.85 1 line 3 Add:
Vessel traffic service. A VTS is maintained for the
regulation of shipping from a position close E of
Marinella (37°35′N 12°50′E) to a point 14½ miles S,
then W and NW extending 12 miles to seaward, to a
position close SE of Punta Biscione (37°42′N
12′28′E).
Participation in the scheme is mandatory for the
following:
All passenger vessels and cargo vessels over 300 gt.
Fishing vessels and yachts over 45 m in length.
Paragraph 9.85 2 Replace by:
2 Pilotage. Vessels should contact the harbour
authority for the latest information.
Paragraph 9.87 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From a position about 2 miles S of the head of
Nuovo Molo di Ponente, the track leads NNE through
the inbound lane of the TSS to the harbour entrance,
passing:
Italian Coastguard
(SDD 2007000 036823) [22/07]
Wk22/07
IV
4.7
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Provincetown — Shoal
127
Paragraph 4.154 3 lines 5 -7 Delete
US Coast Pilot 2 36th Ed 2007 Change 12 Week 18/07
(HH. 078/551/08) [22/07]
Passaic River — Bridges
214
Paragraph 7.176 3 line 4 Replace by:
...4⋅6 m (15 ft) at the Union Avenue Bridge, 13¼ miles
above the mouth.
US Coast Pilot 2 36th Ed 2007 Change 11 Week 17/07
(HH. 078/551/08) [22/07]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Port Everglades — Pilotage
134
Paragraph 5.143 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. Due
to large vessels maneouvring in the vicinity of PE
Light Buoy (5.154) all vessels should come to a
position 2 miles from the buoy and await boarding
instructions. Large vessels, deep -draught vessels and
all cruise vessels will be boarded approximately
2 miles from the buoy; other vessels will be boarded
closer to the buoy as directed.
2 Pilot boat grey, white superstructure, PILOT in
black on hull, VHF -fitted, International Flag H shown.
Port Everglades Pilots’ Association
(HH. 614/645/06) [22/07]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Marine farms — Caution
71
Paragraph 3.119 6 line 5 Replace by:
...associated moorings, which may extend more than 1 mile
from the structure, and which are often uncharted.
Norwegian Notices 452 -455/07
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/05) [22/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Brazil - Canal do Norte — Directions
3
87
Paragraph 3.56 3-6 Replace by:
ESE of Banco do Tabaco Bom (6 miles E),
thence:
Follow the recommended tracks, shown on the
4
chart, passing:
SE of Banco do Meio Norte (15¼ miles ESE),
marked on its SE side by No 1 and 3 Light Buoys
(starboard hand); Banco Madureira lies 4 miles
W. And:
NW of Banco do Meio (17 miles SE), marked
on its NW side by No 2 and 4 Light Buoys
(port hand), thence:
NW of Banco Rio Branco (19 miles SSE), thence:
NW of No 6 (charted as No 10) Light Buoy (port
hand) (18 miles SSE).
5 From this position the track continues SW through
Canal Grande do Curuá, passing, (with positions from
Ponta do Céu Light (0°46′N 50°07′W) (3.57)):
NW of No 8 (charted as No 12) Light Buoy (port
hand) (18 miles ENE), thence:
6 SE of Banco do Bailique (16 miles NE), which
extends 3½ miles SE from Ilha do Bailique.
A light (white metal pyramidal tower, 39 m
in height) is exhibited from the SE side of
the island. Thence:
Paragraph 3.56 8
2½ cables E
line 5 For 1¼ miles WSW Read
Paragraph 3.57 1 line 4 For 50°06′W Read 50°07′W
Brazilian Notices 18/141 and143/06; 1/3/07; 5/16/07
(HH. 659/410/07) [21/07]
Brazil - Porto de Vitória; Porto de Tubarão —
Outer anchorages
202
Paragraph 6.154 1 lines 6 -11 Replace by:
No 2 anchorage (centred 5 miles E) with depths
from 18 to 34 m; for vessels bound for Praia Mole
terminals, Porto de Tuberão.
No 3 anchorage (centred 6½ miles SE) with depths
from 30 to 35 m; for vessels bound for the iron ore
terminals, Porto de Tuberão.
No 4 anchorage (centred 2½ miles ENE) with
depths from 20 to 28 m; for vessels requiring
inspection by the naval, health, police or
maritime authorities.
Brazilian Notices 12/07; 13/07
(HH. 657/471/03) [21/07]
Wk21/07
4.1
[21/07]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
Falkland Islands – Berkeley Sound — Wrecks
42
L57Replace by:
E of a dangerous wreck (51°34′S 57°39′W), in the
approaches to Berkeley Sound (2.24); another
dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies
4¾ cables SSE. Thence:
E of Mengeary Point (51°39′S 57°43′W) which ...
Marine Officer Falkland Islands
(HH. 690/420/04) [21/07]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Chile – Patagonian Channels – Canal King —
Directions
115
After Paragraph 3.174 2 line 3 Add:
Sofan11⋅6 m(38ft)shoalpatch(5¾ miles NE),
thence:
Chilean Notice 3/28/07
(HH. 647/520/06) [21/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Carnarvon — Lights
259
Paragraph 7.66 3 line 3 Insert:
Babbage Island Light (24°52′⋅6S 113°37′⋅9E) (steel
lattice tower, 16 m in height).
Paragraph 7.67 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...bearing 090° of Babbage Island Light, exhibited from
theNWendoftheislandleads...
Paragraph 7.69 1 line 2 Replace by:
Carnarvon Jetty Light (steel pole, 5 m in...
Paragraph 7.69 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
DPI, Western Australia
(A242304) [21/07]

NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Hecate Strait - Beaver Passage — Depth
184
Paragraph 6.147 1 line 4 For 7⋅6 m (25ft) Read 6⋅4 m
(21 ft)
Canadian Western Notice 4/3747/07
(HH. 600/460/03) [21/07]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Isle of Man - Douglas Harbour — Tidal streams
311
After Paragraph 10.229 1 line 2 Add:
Across the harbour entrance an E -setting stream of
1½ kn may be experienced about two hours before
HW springs, even when a N -setting stream is evident
in the bay. At neap tides the E -setting stream is less
than 1 kn and may be experienced three to four hours
before HW.
HMS Roebuck
(SDD 2007000 013629) [21/07]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
N Adriatic Sea - Italy - Approaches to
Monfalcone — Wreck
458
Paragraph 10.108 4 lines 7 -10 Replace by:
...bank about 8 cables E of the headland. A
dangerous wreck is reported (2007) to lie about
½ mile NNW of the light beacon. In 1973 it was
reported that the shallow bank S and E of Punta
Sdobba had extended and that less water than
charted existed to seaward of the light beacon.
Italian Notice 8.28/07
(SDD 2007000 033929) [21/07]
IV
4.2
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
“Off Friesland” Deep Water Route — Off Botney
Ground TSS
69
Paragraph 2.36 2 line 2 Replace by:
DR2 Light Buoy (53°21′N 2°51′E).
70
Paragraph 2.41 3 line 1 For 34 miles Read 15½ miles
Paragraph 2.42 1 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
1 Off Botney Ground Traffic Separation Scheme
(2.20) extends 53 miles generally NE between 53°21′N
2°51′E and 53°58′N 3°44′E. Traffic lanes in each
direction are about 1½ miles wide and their outer
limits are marked in places by light buoys (lateral;
numbers prefixed BG). The middle of the SW and NE
ends of the separation zone are marked, respectively,
by DR 2 Light Buoy (safe water) and BG/E Light
Buoy (safe water).
International Maritime Organization
(SDDs 2006000 407158; 2007000 001318) [21/07]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Nova Scotia - Jordan Bay — KSB Light Buoy
141
Paragraph 6.141 1 line 4 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 04/07 For KSB Light -buoy (safe water) Read
KS53 Light Buoy (port hand)
Canadian Eastern Notice 04/4241/07
(HH. 606/450/03) [21/07]
Wk21/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Wrangell Island - Madan Bay — Anchorage
108
L4-5Replace by:
Anchorage. Small craft...
US Coast Pilot 8 Amendment 13/07
(HH. 078/556/07) [20/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Houtman Abrolhos —
Racon
266
After Paragraph 7.141 2 line 2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 18/07 Add:
North Island (2818S 11335E).
Auscoast Warning 078/07
(A242244) [20/07]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Uusikaupunki — Directions
282
Paragraph 7.61 3 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
The fairway is marked by buoys, and, close N of
Kemira Quay, for about 4 cables by the alignment of
the following lights:
Paragraph 7.61 4 lines 3 -5 Delete
Finnish Notice 11/182/07
(SDD 2007000 032213) [20/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - Tirebolu — Karadeniz LPG Terminal
129
After Paragraph 3.212 Insert:
1
Karadeniz LPG Terminal
General information
3.212a
Position and function. Karadeniz LPG Terminal
(41012N 38505E), is situated approximately
1¼ miles NE of Tirebolu Light. It consists of an open
4.1
[20/07]
berth with mooring buoys, the SE of which is lit. The
berth is for the import of LPG and cargo operations
are conducted during daylight hours only.
Limiting conditions
3.212b
1 Vessels up to 10 m draught can be accommodated.
Arrival information
3.212c
1 Notice of ETA: 24 hours for pilot.
Waiting anchorage: centred on 41016N
38530E.
Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels
over 150 gt and for Turkish vessels over 1000 gt. The
pilot is based in Giresun and boards in the N
boundary of the waiting anchorage. Berthing and
unberthing are during daylight hours only. A pipeline
extends from a position close E of Harîit ÇayÝ, tothe
berth.
2 Tugs. Less than 2000 gt tugs are not compulsory;
2000 to 4999 gt one tug is compulsory and 5000 gt
and over two tugs are compulsory.
Berth. Vessels berth heading NNW using their
starboard anchor and secure to three mooring buoys.
Services. Repairs, bunkering and fresh water are
not available; provisions from local markets.
Tirebolu Karadeniz LPG Terminal
(SDD 2007000 020461) [20/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Channel Islands - St Helier Approaches —
Directions
365
After Paragraph 11.228 2 line 5 Add:
NW of Hettich Light Buoy (special) (2½ miles
SSW), thence:
366
Paragraph 11.230 3 line 4 Add:
ESE of Hettich Light Buoy (special) (2½ miles
SSW), thence:
Paragraph 11.231 1 line 10 Add:
ENE of Hettich Light Buoy (special) (2½ miles
SSW), thence:
367
Paragraph 11.233 4 line 3 Replace by:
...patch (1½ miles SSE), noting South Marine
Pier Light Buoy (special) (1¾ miles SSE). When
passing Demie de...
Jersey Harbours Notice No 5 of 2007
(SDDs 2007000 030023/031629) [20/07]
Wk20/07

NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Westerschelde —
Directions; Schone Waardin Light
177
Paragraph 7.185 2 Replace by:
2 The initial course is NE with Schone Waardin Light
(51265N 3379E) ahead until NW of H -SS Light
Buoy (N cardinal) whence inbound and outbound
traffic converge in a single fairway at the seaward end
of Honte. Thence the route leads E and SE passing
(with positions from Borssele -Noordnol Light
(51255N 3427E)):
Netherlands Notice 248/07
(SDD 2007000 032884) [20/07]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Tunisia - Îles Cani and Cap Bon —
Traffic separation scheme
3
Paragraph 1.7 2 line 10 For: 7 miles and 5 miles Read
15 miles and 20 miles
2
291
Paragraph 7.26 1 line 2 For: 11 and 20 miles Read 16 and
25 miles
Paragraph 7.26 2 Replace by:
A TSS has also been established off Cap Bon
(3705N 1103E) (7.32) at a distance between 16 and
25 miles off the coast, as shown on the chart. Both
TSS contain an Inshore Traffic Zone and are
IMO -adopted. Rule 10 of the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
applies.
294
Paragraph 7.48 9 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
To a position N of Cap Bon (24 miles ENE) (7.32),
whence for compliant vessels the inshore route leads
through the Inshore Traffic Zone, SW of Cap Bon
TSS.
302
Paragraph 7.129 1 line 3 For 88 miles Read 100 miles
International Maritime Organization
(SDD 2006000 405184) [18/07]
Wk20/07
IV
4.2
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
N Adriatic Sea — Traffic separation schemes;
areas to be avoided; restricted area
67
Paragraph 2.25 Including heading Replace by:
Traffic separation schemes
2.25
1 Traffic separation schemes have been established
(2004), with amendments (2007), in the N part of the
Adriatic Sea and Gulf of Trieste, as shown on the
chart. These schemes are IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of
the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions
at Sea (1972) applies.
2 Caution. Due account should be taken of the
precautionary areas associated with the TSS, also
IMO -adopted and shown on the chart.
Areas to be avoided
2.25a
1 Areas to be avoided, adopted by IMO, have been
established between the E and W parts of the N
Adriatic Sea TSS (2.25) and limited by latitudes
4353N and 4452N, as shown on the chart. Barbara
and Ivana Oil Fields (2.52) are protected by these
designated areas.
2 A mandatory area to be avoided, also adopted by
IMO, radius 15 miles, centred on position 45053N
12351E, has been established W of the Approaches
to Gulf of Venice TSS, as shown on the chart.
69
After Paragraph 2.52 2 line 6 Insert:
For details of designated areas to be avoided,
protecting the Barbara and Ivana Oil Fields, see 2.25a.
Paragraph 2.53 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.53
437
Paragraph 10.5 Replace by:
10.5
1 IMO -adopted traffic separation schemes have
1
been established (2004) with amendments (2007), in
the N Adriatic Sea and Gulf of Trieste. See 2.25.
10.5a
Areas to be avoided have been established in the
N Adriatic Sea. See 2.25a.
513
Paragraph 12.7 Replace by:
12.7
1 IMO -adopted traffic separation schemes have
1
been established (2004) with amendments (2007), in
the N Adriatic Sea and Gulf of Trieste. See 2.25.
After Paragraph 12.7 Add:
12.7a
Areas to be avoided have been established in the
N Adriatic Sea. See 2.25a.

540
Paragraph 12.228 1 Replace by:
1 Coastal route. From a position ENE of Porto
Garibaldi (4441N 1215E), the route leads NNW to
join the N -bound lane of the Approaches to Gulf of
Venice TSS, E of Punta della Maestra (2.25).
2 Inshore route. From a position E of Porto
Garibaldi, this route leads NE to join the N -bound
lane of the Approaches to Gulf of Venice TSS, E of
Punta della Maestra.
541
Paragraph 12.235 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
The track then leads to a position E of Punta della
Maestra in the N -bound lane of the Approaches to
Gulf of Venice TSS. The 20 m depth contour off Punta
della Maestra is marked by a buoyant light beacon (E
cardinal) (2½ miles E).
Paragraph 12.236 2 line 6 Delete...about 10 miles...
542
Paragraph 12.246 1 Replace by:
1 From a position E of Punta della Maestra (4458N
1233E) the route leads NNW then NW through the
Approaches to Gulf of Venice TSS, to a position at the
TSS roundabout, ENE of Chioggia (4513N 1217E).
After Paragraph 12.250 1 Insert:
2 A restricted area 1¾ miles wide, designated as a
marine reserve, extends 4 miles SE from Chioggia
Approach TSS, as shown on the chart.
543
Paragraph 12.254 1 Replace by:
1 From a position E of Punta della Maestra, in the
N -bound lane of the Approaches to Gulf of Venice
TSS (2.25), the track leads NNW then NW, passing
(with positions from Porto Levante Light (4504N
1221E)):
WSW of an explosives dumping ground (28 miles
E), thence:
WSW of a dangerous wreck (25 miles E), thence:
E of a mandatory area to be avoided (10¼ miles
ENE) (2.25a), thence:
E of a dangerous wreck (14 miles E), thence:
ENE of Porto Levante, thence:
ENE of a light beacon (special) (5¾ miles ENE)
(12.250), thence:
546
After Paragraph 12.287 2 line 6 Add:
A restricted area, designated as a marine reserve,
extends about 4 miles SE from the S limit of CSC
anchorage, through Porto di Chioggia Approach
TSS, as shown on the chart.
International Maritime Organization
(SDDs 2006000 406827/406837) [20/07]
IV
4.3
Italy - E coast - Pesaro to Porto Corsini —
Unexploded ordnance
529
After Paragraph 12.130 1 Insert:
2 Caution. Unexploded ordnance is reported (2007)
to lie on the seabed in the following approximate
positions:
44002N 12530E
44041N 12495E
44181N 12384E
44286N 12256E.
Italian Notice 7.57/2007
(SDD 2007000 030471) [20/07]
NP 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume IV
(2006 Edition)
Turkey — AliaÔa LNG Terminal
429
After Paragraph 12.345 Insert:
AliaÔa LNG Terminal
12.345a
1 Description. AliaÔa LNG Terminal (3849N
2655E) is situated on the the E shore of KaraaÔaç
Koyu, 1 mile E of IlÝca Burnu Light. The Terminal is
used for tankers discharging LNG. An L -shaped jetty,
42 m long and used by tugs, is located on the shore
close SE of the berth.
Approaches. Access to the terminal is direct from
the open sea through deep water.
2 Terminal Authority. EGEGAZ AliaÔa LNG
Terminali AliaÔa -Izmir -Turkiye.
Maximum size of vessel handled: 160 000 m3 ;
17 m draught.
3 Berth. The berth consists of a single T -headed jetty
340 m long.
Services. None available.
EGEGAZ AliaÔa LNG Terminal
(SDD 2006000 401191) [20/07]
Wk20/07

NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst —
Routeing system
2
L 60 After existing Supplement amendment Insert:
Traffic separation schemes
1.8a
A routeing system comprising a series of TSS at
salient points off the Norwegian coast, linked by
recommended routes, is established off the N and W
coasts of Norway, as shown on the charts. The system
is IMO -adopted, and applies to tankers of all sizes
and other cargo ships of 5000 gt and above, engaged
on international voyages. Vessels on international
voyages to or from ports in Norway between Vardø
and Røst should follow the routeing system until a
clear course towards the port can be set.
International Maritime Organization
(SDD 2006000 406837) [20/07]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst —
Routeing system
2
L 38 After existing Supplement amendment Insert:
Traffic separation schemes
1.7a
A routeing system comprising a series of TSS at
salient points off the Norwegian coast, linked by
recommended routes, is established off the N and W
coasts of Norway, as shown on the charts. The system
is IMO -adopted, and applies to tankers of all sizes
and other cargo ships of 5000 gt and above, engaged
on international voyages. Vessels on international
voyages to or from ports in Norway between Vardø
and Røst should follow the routeing system until a
clear course towards the port can be set.
International Maritime Organization
(SDD 2006000 406837) [20/07]
Wk20/07
IV
4.4
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Nova Scotia - Medway Harbour — Buoy
129
Paragraph 6.43 2 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...of 21 m (7 ft) and marked about 3 cables SSE
by UC Light Buoy (E cardinal). A rock with a
depth over...
Canadian Eastern Notice 04/4211/07
(HH. 606/440/03) [20/07]
NP 72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
Pilot (1996 Edition) — Supplement 3 -2005
Norway, north coast - Vardø to Røst —
Routeing system
44
L64Add:
Traffic separation schemes. A routeing system
comprising a series of TSS at salient points off the
Norwegian coast, linked by recommended routes, is
established off the N and W coasts of Norway, as
shown on the charts. The system is IMO -adopted, and
applies to tankers of all sizes and other cargo ships of
5000 gt and above, engaged on international voyages.
Vessels on international voyages to or from ports in
Norway between Vardø and Røst should follow the
routeing system until a clear course towards the port
can be set.
A Vessel Traffic Service, provided by Vardø VTS
Centre, monitors the Norwegian Economic Zone up to
the Russian border. All tankers, vessels of 5000 gt and
above and sea -going tugs are requested to participate.
R47-49Replace by:
From a position about 30 miles N of Nordkapp
(7110N 2547E) the route leads initially 62 miles
ESE, then 71 miles SE, in the routeing system off the
N coast of Norway; thence 580 miles E, passing:
International Maritime Organization
(SDD 2006000 406837) [20/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Regulations - Brazil —
Ballast water management
5
After Paragraph 1.40 1 Insert:
Ballast water management
1.40a
1 Brazil introduced legislation on 30 December 2006,
concerning ballast water management. All ships
intending to discharge ballast water into waters of
Brazilian jurisdiction, should carry a ballast water
management plan approved by their flag administration
or recognised classification society. For further
information see The Mariner’s Handbook.
UK Maritime and Coastguard Agency
Marine Information Notices 253 (M+F) and 282 (M)
(HH. 005/200/02) [19/07]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
Regulations - United States of America —
Ballast water management
6
After Paragraph 1.44 4 Insert:
5 Ballast water management. Commercial vessels
may be subject to Ballast Water Management
legislation, including a requirement to provide a
Ballast Water Report prior to the ETA. For further
information see The Mariner’s Handbook.
UK Maritime and Coastguard Agency
Marine Information Notices 253 (M+F) and 282 (M)
(HH. 005/200/02) [19/07]
NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
Antarctic Treaty Area — Ballast water
management
3
After Paragraph 1.18 2 Insert:
Ballast water management
1.18a
1 Guidelines for ballast water exchange in the
Antarctic Treaty Area (areas south of 60°S), provide
an interim Ballast Water Regional Management Plan
for Antarctica. For further information see The
Mariner’s Handbook.
UK Maritime and Coastguard Agency
Marine Information Notice 283(M)
(HH. 696/800/03) [19/07]
4.1
[19/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Port of Hay Point —
Pilot boarding places
203
Paragraph 6.165 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...convenient of two boarding places about 2½ miles NE or
ESE from the berths, as shown on the chart. A...
Australian Notice 185/07
(A241732) [19/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Ukraine - Yalta — Anchorage
222
Paragraph 7.35 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.35
Paragraph 7.37 2 lines 4 -7 Delete
Russian Chart 33108
(SDD 2007000 015033) [19/07]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Approaches to Vancouver Harbour —
Measured distance
19
Paragraph 1.134 2 line 5 Delete
214
Paragraph 6.132 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.132
215
Paragraph 6.138 5 lines 3 -8 Replace by:
...side of Spanish Bank. Thence:
Canadian Notice 3/3481/07
(HH 600/421/04) [19/07]
Wk19/07

NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
South Coast - Saint Patrick’s Bridge;
Kilmore Quay — Light Buoy
139
After Paragraph 4.141 1 line 5 Insert:
2 Kilmore Quay Safe Water Mark Light Buoy (safe
water) is moored on a seasonal basis (April to
September) in position 52°09′⋅2N 6°35′⋅3W.
140
Paragraph 4.143 2 line 6 Add:
Kilmore Quay Safe Water Mark Light Buoy (safe
water) is moored 9¾ cables S of Crossfarnoge Point
on a seasonal basis (April to September).
Wexford County Council
(SDD 2007000 028839) [19/07]
NP 42C Japan Pilot Volume IV (2006 Edition)
Korea Strait — Reporting Zone
2
1
After Paragraph 1.8 Insert:
Korea Strait reporting zone
1.8a
To prevent collisions and improve safety for high
speed ferries crossing Korea Strait, a Ship Safety Call
Centre is operated from Pusan (35°07′N 129°02′E). A
reporting zone is established joining:
35°03′⋅76N 129°09′⋅69E.
34°04′⋅83N 129°07′⋅81E.
33°45′⋅91N 130°14′⋅69E.
34°44′⋅67N 129°30′⋅21E.
2 Vessels are requested to forward reports of large
floating objects or mammals, potentially hazardous to
surface navigation, sighted in the reporting zone to the
Ship Safety Call Centre by AIS or VHF. Warnings of
hazards reported will be broadcast on AIS (1.28).
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
373
After Paragraph 13.3 Insert:
Traffic regulation
13.3a
1 Korea Strait reporting zone. For details of this
zone in Korea Strait see 1.8a.
391
After Paragraph 14.4 Insert:
Traffic regulation
14.4a
1 Korea Strait reporting zone. For details of this
zone in Korea Strait see 1.8a.
South Korean Notice 4/29/07
(HH. 557/460/14) [19/07]
Wk19/07
IV
4.2
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea Strait — Reporting Zone
3
After Paragraph 1.11 Insert:
Korea Strait reporting zone
1.11a
1 To prevent collisions and improve safety for high
speed ferries crossing Korea Strait, a Ship Safety Call
Centre is operated from Pusan (35°07′N 129°02′E). A
reporting zone is established joining:
35°03′⋅76N 129°09′⋅69E.
34°04′⋅83N 129°07′⋅81E.
33°45′⋅91N 130°14′⋅69E.
34°44′⋅67N 129°30′⋅21E.
2 Vessels are requested to forward reports of large
floating objects or mammals, potentially hazardous to
surface navigation, sighted in the reporting zone to the
Ship Safety Call Centre by AIS or VHF. Warnings of
hazards reported will be broadcast on AIS (1.36).
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
117
Paragraph 3.3 including heading Replace by:
Traffic regulations
3.3
1 Tanker navigation restricted area. For details of
this restricted area along the S coast of Korea see
1.48.
Korea Strait reporting zone. For details of this
zone in Korea Strait see 1.11a.
South Korean Notice 4/29/07
(HH. 557/460/14) [19/07]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Sicilia - Palermo — Anchorage areas
385
Paragraph 10.62 2 Replace by:
2 Anchorage can also be obtained between Punta del
Corsaro (38°05′⋅7N 13°26′⋅0E) (10.74) and the village
of Aspra (10.74), 3 miles E, in one of four circular
anchorage areas, as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 4.20/07
(SDD 2007000 018151) [19/07]

NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Montrose - Annat Shoal — Outer Buoy
68
Paragraph 3.136 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
N of a light buoy (port hand) (1¼ miles E), thence:
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2007000 028462) [19/07]
Blyth — Natural conditions
132
Paragraph 5.142 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Time from HW Remarks
–0600 Blyth In -going stream commences
+0015 Blyth Out -going stream commences
Paragraph 5.142 3 Delete
Harbour Master, Port of Blyth
(SDD 2007000 030735) [19/07]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Die Eider — Stranded wreck
248
Paragraph 8.119 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 08/07 Delete
German Notice 15/(21)105/07
(SDD 2007000 028811) [19/07]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
L8-9Delete
Nordfjorden - Saurvika — Anchorage
169
Norwegian Notice 7/470/07
(SDD 2007000 028236) [19/07]
IV
4.3
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Cape Fear River — Directions; leading lights
1
192
Paragraph 7.155 Replace by:
7.155
Upper Midnight Channel Leading Lights:
South Lights. Front light (framework tower on
multi -pile structure) (34°00′⋅1N 77°56′⋅4W).
South Lights. Rear light (similar structure)
2
(2½ cables from front light).
North Lights. Front light (framework tower on
multi -pile structure) (34°03′⋅4N 77°56′⋅4W).
North Lights. Rear light (similar structure) (4 cables
from front light).
The alignment (179½°), astern, of the South Lights,
and (359½°), ahead, of the North Lights leads through
the centre of Upper Midnight Channel Range to the
beginning of Lower Lilliput Channel leading line.
Paragraph 7.161 Replace by:
7.161
1 Lower Brunswick Channel Leading Lights:
South Lights. Front light (framework tower on
multi -pile structure) (34°08′⋅2N 77°56′⋅8W).
South Lights. Rear light (similar structure) (243 m
from front light).
North Lights. Front light (framework tower on
multi -pile structure) (34°09′⋅8N 77°57′⋅7W).
North Lights. Rear light (similar structure) (263 m
from front light).
2 The alignment (152½°), astern, of the South Lights,
and (332½°), ahead, of the North Lights leads through
the centre of Lower Brunswick Channel Range to the
beginning of Upper Brunswick Channel leading line.
US Chart 11537
(HH. 614/610/07) [19/07]
Wk19/07

NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Gulf of Campeche - Dos Bocas — Racon
137
After:
Directions
(continued from 6.111)
Insert:
Other aid to navigation
6.131a
1 Racon:
Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (18°27′N93°13′W).
139
Paragraph 6.153 Including heading Replace by:
Principal marks
6.153
1 Major light:
Coatzacoalcos Light (white octagonal masonry
tower, 21 m in height) (18°09′N 94°24′W).
Other aid to navigation:
Racon: Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (18°27′N
93°13′W).
Mexican Notice 081/03/07
(HH. 622/410/08) [19/07]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Pollution of the Sea — Ballast water
1
63
Paragraph 3.103 1 Including heading Replace by:
Ballast water management for ships
3.103
International Guidelines have been adopted by the
IMO to prevent the introduction of unwanted aquatic
organisms and pathogens from ships’ ballast water and
sediment discharges into marine eco -systems. The
Guidelines include the retention of ballast water
onboard, ballast exchange at sea, ballast management
aimed at preventing or minimising the uptake of
2
contaminated water or sediment and the discharge of
ballast ashore. Attention is particularly drawn to the
hazards associated with exchanging ballast at sea.
Ship Owners and Agents are strongly advised to
comply with these Guidelines which were introduced
under IMO Resolution A.868 (20), entitled 1997
3
Guidelines for the Control and Management of Ships’
Ballast Water to Minimize the Transfer of Harmful
Aquatic Organisms and Pathogens.
In February 2004 a Diplomatic Conference adopted
an International Convention for the Control and
Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments.
This Ballast Water Management (BWM) Convention
will come into force world -wide 12 months after it has
been signed by 30 states, representing 35 % of world
merchant shipping tonnage.
Wk19/07
IV
4.4
4 Individual States are currently in the process of
introducing national legislation in accordance with the
BWM Convention, introduced above. On
implementation, this legislation will be applicable to
commercial vessels that carry out ballast water
discharge within a state’s jurisdictional waters.
5 Typical legislation requires that all ships intending
to discharge ballast water within a state’s jurisdictional
waters shall conduct any exchange at least 200 nautical
miles from the coast and in water at least 200 m in
depth. If this is not possible exchange should be
carried out as far as possible from the nearest land and
in all cases at least 50 nautical miles from the coast.
In cases where the ship is unable to comply, ballast
water must be retained on board, and only a minimum
amount may be authorised for discharge, with the prior
authorisation of the appropriate National Maritime
Authority.
6 Ballast water management will be conducted in
accordance with a Ship’s BWM Plan. In addition, a
Ballast Water Reporting Form, may be required by the
relevant authority, as directed, prior to the ETA. The
Ship’s BWM Plan will be approved by the flag
administration or relevant classification societies.
Violations of the legislation will be sanctioned
according to national law, which can include warnings,
fines, detention or prohibition of the ship’s entry into a
port or terminal.
7 Further information can be obtained through
National Authorities, the IMO, or the UK Maritime
and Coastguard Agency (UK MCGA).
Website: www.mcga.gov.uk
UK Maritime and Coastguard Agency
Marine Information Notices 253 (M+F) and 282 (M)
(HH. 073/200/05) [19/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Angola - Offshore — Dalia Terminal
197
After Paragraph 7.19f 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 26/05 Insert:
Dalia Terminal
General information
7.19g
1 Position and function. Dalia Terminal comprises a
spread -moored FPSO (7°41′⋅0S 11°45′⋅9E) with a
SPM buoy situated 1 miles ENE from it. The terminal
lies about 70 miles offshore in a depth of about
1260 m.
Terminal Authority. Total E & P Angola.
Limiting conditions
7.19h
1 Maximum size of vessels handled. At both the
FPSO and the SPM the maximum displacment
permitted is 400 000 dwt.
Local weather and sea state. See 7.10.
Arrival information
7.19i
1 Terminal operations. Berthing takes place between
0600 and 1500 hours only.
Weather and current limitations for berthing and
loading operations are available from the terminal.
Notice of ETA. 72 hours before arrival, thereafter
periodically.
Waiting area. There is a waiting area of radius
2 miles in water 1100 m deep, 6 miles N of the FPSO,
centred on 7°35′S 11°46′E. Vessels should approach
the waiting zone from the N.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 3 miles N
of the FPSO with a berthing aid, for which the export
tanker must supply power.
Tugs. Vessels are available to assist in berthing and
during loading operations.
3 Restricted area. Dalia Terminal is included within
a restricted area with radius 10 miles, centred on the
Girassol Terminal FPSO (7°38′⋅9S 11°40′⋅8E) (7.19).
Vessels are prohibited from fishing or entering the
restricted area without the permission of the terminal
operator. Further mooring exclusion and safety zones
of radius 500 m are established around the SPM and
FPSO.
Terminal
7.19j
1 General. Lights are exhibited from the FPSO and it
is fitted with a racon. The most prominent landmark is
the flare from its 104 m bow -mounted mast. A fog
signal is sounded in restricted visibility. A light is also
exhibited and fog signal sounded in restricted visibility
from the SPM buoy.
4.1
Directions
7.19k
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
[18/07]
Berths
7.19m
1 Export tankers moor to either the SPM buoy or in
tandem bow to bow to the FPSO. Cargo transfer is via
floating hose arrangements. The nominal pumping rate
is 6600 m 3 /hr in either case.
Services
7.19n
1 None available.
Total E & P Angola
(SDD 2007000 024888) [18/07]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Colombia - Puerto Zúñiga —
General information; anchorages
254
Paragraph 9.98 1 line 5 Replace by:
...Terminal and Ecopetrol, Puerto Prodeco (11°07′N
74°14′W), also known...
Paragraph 9.100 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 Outer anchorages. Designated anchorages for
Ecopetrol (Pozos Colorados Terminal), Puerto Prodeco
and Puerto Drummond have been established
2½ miles NW, 2 miles W and 3¼ miles SW
respectively of Punta Brava (11°07′N 74°14′W), as
shown on the chart.
Colombian Chart 244
(HH. 640/420/04) [18/07]
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions
101
Paragraph 3.67 2-3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 21/05 Replace by:
2 The track continues ENE to a position within the
narrow white sector (095⋅4° -095⋅6°) of Hafnarfjördhur
Direction Light (on roof of building) (64°04′⋅3N
21°58′⋅1W).
3 The track leads E in the narrow white sector to a
position about 4 cables NW of the harbour entrance,
passing:
N of Helgasker Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(64°04′⋅3N 22°00′⋅9W), moored ½ cable NNW
of a patch drying 0⋅3 m; thence:
N of Hvaleyri (64°04′⋅0N 22°00′⋅0W), a rocky
headland with cliffs 15 m high, separating
Hraunsvík from the head of the fjord. Thence:
Icelandic Notice 1 -2/2/07
(SDD 2007000 018116) [18/07]
WK18/07

NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - North West Cape —
Oil production wells
221
After Paragraph 6.5 Insert:
North West Cape
6.5a
1 Enfield Oil Production Wells (21°29′S 113°59′E)
are situated 20 miles NW of North West Cape,
consisting of numerous wells, the Nganhurra FPSO
and connecting pipelines.
Stybarrow Oil Production Wells (21°28′S
113°50′E) are being established (2007) adjacent to the
Enfield Production Wells and will consist of various
wells, pipelines and an FPSO.
Eskdale Oil Production Well (21°23′S 113°49′E)
is being established (2007) 31 miles NW of North
West Cape.
2 A cautionary zone, radius 2⋅5 miles, exists around
the above fields.
Australian Notice 05/247/07
(A235378) [18/07]
Western Australia - Houtman Abrolhos —
Racon
266
After Paragraph 7.141 1 Insert:
2 Racon:
Pelsaert Island (28°59′S 113°58′E).
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 2.
Auscoast Warning 069/07
(A241024) [18/07]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Poland - Hel — Directions
357
Paragraph 9.38 2 line 2 For (000° -290°) Read (010° -300°)
Polish Notice 14/269/07
(SDD 2007000 027030) [18/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea — Zhuanghe Gang
337
After Paragraph 10.329 Insert:
Zhuanghe Gang
10.329a
1 General information. Zhuanghe (39°37′N
122°57′E) is a small port under development. It lies
off Styena Point (10.320).
WK18/07
IV
4.2
Prohibited anchorage. The approach channel
crosses a corridor between the mainland and Shicheng
Dao (10.335) in which anchoring and fishing are
prohibited.
2 Directions. The port is approached from SSE
passing ENE of Dawangjia Dao (39°26′N 123°04′E)
(10.335), from the S point of which a light (10.323) is
exhibited, to Shicheng Liedao No 1 Light Buoy
(starboard hand, racon), 3 miles NNE of the light. A
number of dangerous rocks and an islet lie between
the W point of Dawangjia Dao and Changtuozi, 49 m
in height, 1¾ miles NNW.
3 From No 1 Light Buoy a channel, marked by light
buoys (lateral) leads about 9 miles NNW and WNW
between the E islands of Shicheng Liedao and E of
Shicheng Dao to S of the breakwater.
Berths. Two berths, maximum size 10 000 dwt.
Useful mark: Zhuanghe Gang Breakwater Light
(39°35′⋅7N 122°57′⋅9E) (red metal beacon, 6 m in
height).
Chinese Notices 1/1 -2/07
(HH. 556/410/04) [18/07]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Mauritius - Malheureux Rock — Position
274
Paragraph 11.241 1 line 2 For 20° Read 19°
Indian Navy Ship Sarvekshak
(SDD 20007000 025676) [18/07]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Netherlands - IJmuiden -
Middensluis — Leading lights
Paragraph 3.102 2 Delete
83
Netherlands Notice 221/07
(SDD 2007000 027885) [18/07]
Denmark - Limfjorden -
Vår Enge — Leading lights
312
Paragraph 9.324 2 Delete
Danish Notice 269(P)/07
(SDD 2007000 025831) [18/07]

NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Hawaiian Islands — Security zones
261
After Paragraph 11.58 1 line 4 Insert:
See Appendix V for details of Hilo Harbor security
zone.
268
After Paragraph 11.116 1 line 6 Insert:
Traffic regulation. See Appendix V for details of
Kailua Kona security zone.
280
After Paragraph 12.51 2 line 7 Insert:
Traffic regulation. See Appendix V for details of
Lahaina Harbour security zone.
282
After Paragraph 12.78 1 line 2 Insert:
See Appendix V for details of Kahului Harbor
security zone.
298
After Paragraph 13.14 1 Insert:
Traffic regulation
13.14a
1 Security zone. A security zone where navigation is
restricted, includes all the waters of Honolulu Harbor
and entrance channel, Honolulu International Airport,
Kalihi Channel, Keehi Lagoon and General
Anchorages B, C and D.
2 Severe fines with the possibility of prison sentences
may be levied for unauthorised entry into this area.
Permission to enter the area must be obtained from the
US Coast Guard Captain of the Port. Further
information may be obtained from the Marine Safety
Office or National Response Centre.
For boundary positions of the areas involved and
for further details, see Appendix V.
301
After Paragraph 13.54 1 line 2 Insert:
Security zone. See 13.14a.
310
After Paragraph 13.154 1 line 7 Add:
2 See Appendix V for details of Barbers Point Harbor
security zone.
322
After Paragraph 14.41 1 line 4 Insert:
Security zone. See Appendix V for details of
Nawiliwili Harbor security zone.
324
After Paragraph 14.82 1 line 4 Insert:
Security zone. See Appendix V for details of Port
Allen security zone.
IV
4.3
357 -358
Appendix V §165.1407 (a) Replace by:
(a) Location.
The following areas, from the surface of the water
to the ocean floor, are security zones.
(1) All waters of Honolulu Harbor and entrance
channel commencing at a line between entrance
channel light buoys Nos 1 and 2, to a line between
light beacons No 14 and 15, W of Sand Island Bridge.
(2) All waters extending 100 yards in all directions
from each vessel in excess of 300 gt anchored in
Honolulu Harbor anchorage B, C or D as defined in
33 CFR 110.235 (a).
(3) All waters of Kalihi Channel and Keehi Lagoon
beginning at
Kalihi Channel Light Buoy No 1 and continuing
along the channel to light beacon No 13, thence;
On a line of bearing of 332⋅5° to shore, thence;
E and S along the shoreline to light beacon No 15,
thence;
SE to light beacon No 14, thence;
SE along the shoreline of Sand Island to the SW tip of
Sand Island at 21°18′N 157°53′W, thence;
SW on the line of bearing of 233° to Kalihi Channel
Light Buoy No 1.
(4) Honolulu International Airport.
(i) North Section. All waters surrounding Honolulu
International Airport from 21°18′⋅3N
157°55′⋅6W, thence;
Sto21°18′⋅0N 157°55′⋅6W, thence E to the W edge
of Kalihi Channel, thence;
N along the W edge of the channel to light beacon
No 13, thence;
On a line of bearing of 332⋅5° to shore.
(ii) South Section. All waters near Honolulu
International Airport from 21°18′⋅0N
157°55′⋅6W, thence;
S to 21°16′⋅5N 157°55′⋅6W, E to 21°16′⋅5N
157°54′⋅0W, thence;
N along the W edge of Kalihi Channel to light buoy
No 5, thence;
Wto21°18′⋅0N 157°55′⋅6W.
(5) Barbers Point Offshore Moorings. All waters
around the Tesoro Single Point and the Chevron
Conventional Buoy Moorings beginning at
21°16′⋅4N 158°06′⋅0W; thence;
NE to 21°17′⋅4N 158°04′⋅0W; thence:
SE to 21°16′⋅5N 158°03′⋅5W; thence:
SW to 21°15′⋅5N 158°05′⋅6W; thence;
N to the beginning point.
(6) Barbers Point Harbor. All waters within the
harbour enclosed by a line drawn between the harbor
entrance channel light beacon No 6 and the jetty point
beacon at 21°19′⋅5N 158°07′⋅3W.
(7) All waters within Kahului Harbor, Maui,
consisting of all waters shorewards of the COLREGS
DEMARCATION line (33 CFR 80.1460).
(8) All waters within Nawiliwili Harbor, Kauai,
shorewards of the COLREGS DEMARCATION line
(33 CFR 80.1450).
(9) All waters of Port Allen Harbor, Kauai,
shorewards of the COLREGS DEMARCATION line
(33 CFR 80.1440).
(10) All waters of Hilo Harbor, Hawaii, shorewards
of the COLREGS DEMARCATION line (33 CFR
80.1480).
WK18/07

(11) The waters within a 100 yard (92 m) radius
centered on each large cruise ship in Kahului Harbor,
Nawaliwili Harbor, Port Allen Harbor and Hilo
Harbor, Hawaii.
(12) All waters extending 100 yards (92 m) in all
directions from each large cruise ship in Lahaina,
Maui, whenever the cruise ship is within 3 miles of
Lahaina Light (20°52′⋅3N 156°40′⋅7W).
(13) All waters extending 100 yards (92 m) in all
directions from each large cruise ship in Kailua -Kona,
Hawaii, whenever the cruise ship is within 3 miles of
Kukailimoku Point (19°56′N 156°00′W).
(14) The designated area around each cruise vessel
is a moving security zone when a cruise ship is in
transit and becomes a fixed zone when anchored or
moored.
358
Appendix V §165.1407 (c) Replace by:
(c) Large cruise ship:
For the purposes of this section the term “large
cruise ship” is defined as a passenger vessel over
300 ft in length that carries passengers for hire.
Appendix V §165.1407 (d) (3) Replace by:
(3) Persons desiring to transit the area of the
security zones may contact the Captain of the Port by
calling the Command Centre at telephone numbers
808 -842 -2600, or on VHF channel 16 to seek
permission to transit the area. Written requests may be
submitted to the Captain of the Port, Coast Guard
Sector Honolulu, Sand Island Access Road, Honolulu
96819 or faxed to 808 -842 -2622. If permission is
granted, all persons and vessels shall comply with the
instructions of the Captain of the Port or his
designated representatives.
USA Coast Pilot 7 (39th Edition 2007)
(HH. 078/555/13) [18/07]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Gloucester Harbor — Measured distance
12
Paragraph 1.101 1 line 3 Delete
107
Paragraph 4.18 3-4 Delete
108
Paragraph 4.22 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
ESE of Dolliver Neck (1 mile SW), thence:
USCP1 36th Edition 2006 Change No 20
(HH. 078/550/09) [18/07]
WK18/07
IV
4.4
Portland Harbor — Anchorages; obstruction
93
Paragraph 3.212 2 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...before berthing the next day.
USCP1 36th Edition 2006 Change No 19
(HH. 078/550/09) [18/07]
New York Harbor — Anchorage areas
206
After Paragraph 7.119 2 Add:
3 No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period
of time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval
of the Captain of the Port.
207
Paragraph 7.119 3 line 2 Replace by:
...following specific regulations apply to Anchorage Nos
20A -G, 21A -C, 23A -B, 24 (7.144) and 25:
211
After Paragraph 7.145 5 line 4 Add:
No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of
time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval
of the Captain of the Port.
After Paragraph 7.145 5 line 7 Add:
No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of
time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval
of the Captain of the Port.
Anchorage No 21 -A.
No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of
time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval
of the Captain of the Port.
After Paragraph 7.145 9 Insert:
No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of
time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval
of the Captain of the Port.
USCP2 36th Edition 2007 Change No 10
(HH. 078/551/08) [18/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Tasmania - D’Entrecasteaux Channel —
Light
218
Paragraph 9.35 5 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
5 SE of Arch Rock (2¼ miles NNE), 15 m high,
from which a light (E cardinal) is displayed.
Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of
11 m...
Australian Notice 06/270/07
(A238050) [17/07]
Tasmania - Mercury Passage — Wreck
246
Paragraph 10.13 3 line 3 Replace by:
...marine farm (10.11) and a submerged wreck
(3½ miles NE), or NW towards Spring Bay (42°33′S...
Australian Notice 06/271/07
(A238076) [17/07]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Approaches to Vishºkhapatnam -
Gangavaran Port — Development
63
R32Insert:
Gangavaran
2.80a Port development. Gangavaram Port is being
developed as an all -weather, deep water,
multi -purpose port, sited 15 km S of the existing port
of Vishºkhapatnam. The port should be operational by
the first quarter of 2008.
The port limits are as follows:
17°38′⋅43N 83°15′⋅37E (shore).
17°36′⋅28N 83°19′⋅31E.
17°32′⋅91N 83°16′⋅25E.
17°35′⋅20N 83°12′⋅33E (shore).
Indian Notice 168(P)/07
(SDD 2007000 021399) [17/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Thames Estuary - Foulger’s Gat — Buoyage
245
Paragraph 11.88 1 line 5 For (51°36′⋅0N 1°26′⋅3E) Read
(51°35′⋅9N 1°26′⋅0E).
Trinity House Lighthouse Service
(SDD 2007000 018185) [17/07]
4.1
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Khawr al Kafka and Al Baîrah (Al Bakr) Oil
Terminal — General information; directions
[17/07]
253
Paragraph 9.81 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...Al Baîrah Oil Terminal (29°41′N 48°49′E). All
vessels bound for Umm Qaîr (9.236) are to remain
well clear of the Warning and Exclusion Zones around
Al Baîrah Oil Terminal (9.92).
255
Paragraph 9.83 1 line 7 Replace by:
Restricted area and Security Zone. See 9.77.
Paragraph 9.87 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...depth over it of 20 m, noting less water reported
(2006) NNW of it. Palinurus Shoal (29°37′N...
Paragraph 9.87 3 lines 9 -13 Replace by:
...conspicuous; a light buoy (isolated danger) is
moored off its SW side. This wreck is considered
particularly hazardous and a wide berth is
recommended. Thence:
Paragraph 9.87 4 Replace by:
4 Through to the Al Baîrah Oil Terminal. Vessels
proceeding to the pilot boarding position for
Umm Qaîr (9.236) should follow the route in
9.88.
(Directions continue for Umm Qaîr at 9.231)
Paragraph 9.92 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Pilotage. Pilots usually board in the vicinity of
No 12 Buoy (29°36′⋅1N 48°51′⋅8E).
HMAS Toowoomba
(SDD 2007000 024679) [17/07]
Wk17/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Prince William Sound - Hinchinbrook Entrance
— Submerged buoy
305
L28Add:
Clear of a submerged buoy (2¾ milesWofCape
Hinchinbrook Light) lying within the
precautionary area.
US Notice 7/16709/07
(HH. 611/415/07) [16/07]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Chile - Puerto San Vicente — Harbour; berth
205
After Paragraph 6.296 1 Insert:
Harbour
1
General layout
6.296a
The main berthing area lies in the NE part of the
bay, as shown on the chart.
A breakwater extends 1 mile NNW and NW, from
the S part of the bay; a gas terminal (6.301a) lies at
its head.
After Paragraph 6.301 2 Insert:
Gas terminal
6.301a
1 A liquefied gas terminal, consisting of three
dolphins and a mooring buoy, is situated at the
seaward end of the breakwater (6.296a). The terminal
is used for the loading/unloading of liquefied gas and
other compatible bulk liquid products. Specialised
tankers up to 51 100 grt; maximum length 230 m;
maximum draught 10⋅76 m may use the berth.
Chilean Notice 2/22/2007
(HH. 646/420/03) [16/07]
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
[16/07]
Estuaire de la Seine - Rouen Waiting Areas —
Pilotage
415
Paragraph 13.108 Replace by:
1 Rouen Waiting Areas. Mariners bound for Rouen
or La Seine Maritime can anchor while awaiting the
pilot or the tide in the following areas, the limits of
which are shown on the chart:
Rouen Waiting Area No 1. About 3½ miles WSW of
Cap de la Hève; depths 12 to 13 m. RP Light Buoy
(isolated danger) (49°28′⋅7N 0°01′⋅1W), marking
a wreck close S with 9⋅7 m over it, is moored
4 miles SW of Cap de la Hève, near the SW corner
of the area. Nord du Mouillage Light Buoy
(special) is moored about 1 mile farther E at its
NE corner. The area is for coasters and other small
vessels expecting a wait of short duration, and
only in fair weather conditions.
2 Rouen Waiting Area No 2. About 6¾ miles
WSW of Cap de la Hève; depths 11 to 12 m.
RNA Light -buoy (safe water) (49°28′⋅6N
0°04′⋅3W) is moored 5¾ miles WSW of Cap
de la Hève at the NE corner of the area. An
obstruction is charted close W of the E limit
in position 49°28′⋅0N 0°04′⋅8W. The area is
for vessels of 190 m LOA or less, or with a
draught of 9 m or less.
3 Rouen Waiting Area No 3. About 8¼ miles
WSW of Cap de la Hève; depths 12 to 14 m.
The area is for vessels of more than 190 m
LOA or with a draught of more than 9 m,
and vessels of more than 150 m LOA or with
a draught of more than 9 m carrying
dangerous and polluting goods.
417
Paragraph 13.129 4 lines 3 -4 For: 49°30′⋅7N, 0°05′⋅2W.
Read: 49°31′⋅7N 0°05′⋅8W.
428
Paragraph 13.161 1 lines 4 -5 For: 49°28′⋅7N, 0°02′⋅4W,
about 4⋅8 miles Read: 49°28′⋅6N 0°02′⋅7W, 4¾ miles
French Charts 7419; 7418
(SDDs 2007000 021743/021604/024558) [16/07]
Wk16/07

NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Dunkerque Port Ouest — Lights -in -line
removed
145
Paragraph 6.101 2 Replace by:
2 Through the swinging area (2 miles N), which is
950 m in diameter and dredged to 19 m, the
limits being marked by light buoys. Thence:
French Chart 7057
(SDD 2007000 004664) [16/07]
Zeebrugge - Traffic signals for LNG vessels
165
Paragraph 7.74 2 Replace by:
2 The following signals are used when vessels
carrying LNG are entering and departing.
On the
seaward side
Green light over
white light over
green light
Three red lights Green light over
white light over
green light
On the
Meaning
landward side
Three red lights LNG ship inward
bound for
LNG terminal.
Entry only with
definite permission.Departure
prohibited.
LNG ship outward
bound
from LNG terminal.
Departure
only with definite
permission.
Entry prohibited
Three yellow lights disposed vertically are shown
beside each of the above signals.
Belgian Notice 1/25 (2007)
(SDD 2007000 015631) [16/07]
Westerschelde - Zuidergat —
Tidal stream; ship’s wash
184
Paragraph 7.251 1 line 4 Replace by:
....Vlissingen.
During high spring tides a very strong tidal stream
can cross Zuidergat. This tidal stream occurs around
-0010 HW Hansweert when the tidal level attains
5⋅4 m or greater and continues to + 0040 HW. It sets E
between No 51 and 53 Light Buoys from the E part of
Platen van Ossenisse (51°25′⋅1N 3°59′⋅6E) towards the
NW entrance of Schaar van Waarde. At the same time,
a W -setting counter stream runs between No 53 and
55 Light Buoys towards the E end of Schaar van
Ossenisse (51°24′⋅3N 4°01′⋅0E).
Wk16/07
IV
4.2
185
Paragraph 7.264 4 line 4 including existing Section IV
Week 11/07 Replace by:
E of Walsoorden (7.284) (8 cables NNW), where
speed should be adjusted to avoid suction and
wash, and:
Netherlands Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2007000 023719) [16/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
T’ai -wan, East coast - Approaches to
Ho -P’ing Kang — Shoal
119
Paragraph 3.115 2 Replace by:
2 Controlling depth. A 4⋅6m shoal lies in the
entrance, see caution, otherwise there is a least charted
depth of 11⋅7 m in the fairway.
After Paragraph 3.115 4 Insert:
Caution. A 4⋅6m shoal lies close off South
Breakwater Head (24°17′⋅7N 121°45′⋅0E) within the
main fairway. Otherwise the approach is clear of
dangers.
Taiwanese Chart 0349A
(HH. 549/420/04) [16/07]
China, East Coast – Zhoushan Qundao
south -eastwards — Wreck
197
After Paragraph 6.24 6 line 9 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (reported 2006), lying
31 miles SE of Sizimei Dao.
Chinese Notice 47/1053/06
(HH. 548/443/01) [16/07]
China, East Coast – Zhoushan Dao North —
Wrecks
216
Paragraph 6.167 6-7 Replace by:
6 The track then leads generally WNW passing:
NNE of Gualian Shan (30°11′N 121°56′E) (6.85),
and:
Clear of dangerous wreck, 1¾ miles NNE (reported
2002) thence:
NNE of a 0⋅2 m shoal patch 1 cable NE of Wushi
(Wu Hsu) (30°14′N 120°54′E) (6.85), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (masts) (30°16′⋅5N
121°50′⋅3E) (reported 2006) to a position NW of
Dawushi (30°13′N 121°53′E) (6.85).
Chinese Chart 13371
(HH. 548/443/01) [16/07]

China, East Coast – Chang Jiang and
approaches — Pilotage; anchorages
231 -233
Paragraph 7.17a Existing Section IV Notice Week 36/05
Replace by:
1 There are a number of anchorages in the
approaches to Changjiang Kou as follows:
Anchorage Position Remarks
Changjiang
KouNo1
No2Pilot
Anchorage
Changjiang
KouNo2
Changjiang
KouNo3
No1Pilot
Anchorage
31°08′N
122°34′E
31°05′N
122°34′E
31°04′N
122°35′E
31°00′N
122°34′E
31°05′N
122°26′E
For vessels using Beicao
Shuidao. Depths 16 to 23 m.
Depth about 15 m (reported
for use only by pilot vessels).
Depths from 12 to 15 m;
a dangerous wreck lies close
W. It is reported (2007) that
this anchorage is not to be
used, except in emergency
with permission from VTS.
For vessels using Nancao
Shuidao. Depths 13 to 16 m.
Depths 9 to 10 m (reported
for use only by pilot vessels).
2 The anchorages are exposed but the holding ground
is good.
Paragraph 7.18 1 lines 1 -5 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 36/05 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours, pilot
boats are white. The pilot boarding positions for
Shanghai and Baoshan (for Chang Jiang) are:
Pilot Anchorage No 1 (31°05′N 122°26′E) for
vessels using Beicao Shuidao.
Pilot Anchorage No 2 (31°05′N 122°34′E) for
vessels using Nancao Shuidao.
X.M.Yang, China Ports Agency
(HH. 548/476/03) [16/07]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Labrador — St Michaels Bay and Hawke Bay —
Buoyage
412
Paragraph 12.53 2 lines 1 -2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 43/06 Replace by:
2 S of Mad Moll (1¼ miles N), a steep -to
underwater rock marked 2 cables S by NM2
Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
414
Paragraph 12.61 3 line 6 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 46/06 For NL1 read NE1
Canadian Eastern Notices 12/5032/06; 03/4702/07
(HH. 603/500/03) [16/07]
IV
4.3
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Port of Tyne - Tyne Commission Quay — Depth
137
Paragraph 5.186 1 line 4 For 7⋅1 m Read 9⋅0 m
Port of Tyne
(SDD 2007000 021568) [16/07]
River Humber — Killingholme Direction Light
173
Paragraph 7.64 2 lines 5 -11 Replace by:
NNE of Immingham Oil Terminal (7.81), thence:
To a position NE of the entrance lock to Immingham
Dock (7.82).
Paragraph 7.65 Including heading Replace by:
Direction lights
7.65
1 Immingham Bulk Terminal. The fixed white
sector (290½° -291½°) of a direction light (on
building) (53°38′⋅4N 0°12′⋅0W) at Immingham Bulk
Terminal leads vessels to the various berths at
Immingham.
Killingholme. The fixed white sector
(291½° -292½°) of a direction light (red tower)
2
(53°38′⋅8N 0°13′⋅1W) at Killingholme leads inbound
vessels clear of the berths at Immingham until the
vicinity of No 11 Holme Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(53°38′⋅2N 0°10′⋅2W) whence course can be adjusted
to proceed farther upriver.
Both the above lights are shown throughout the
day.
(Directions continue for Immingham at 7.79
and Kingston Upon Hull at 7.94)
Associated British Ports, Hull
(SDD 2007 021401) [16/07]
Wk16/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Spain - Islas Canarias — PSSAs
5
After Paragraph 1.41 Insert:
Particularly sensitive sea areas
1.41a
Particularly sensitive sea areas are areas that need
special protection through action by IMO because of
their significance for recognised ecological,
socio -economic or scientific reasons and which may
be damaged by maritime activites. To qualify for
PSSA status, coastal states must have convinced IMO
that suitable protective measures have been
established.
Islas Canarias and the surrounding waters have been
designated a PSSA as shown on the chart.
International, regional and national regulations which
protect the PSSA are described either in The Mariner’s
Handbook or elsewhere within this chapter. The topics
include:
Collision avoidance, navigation and routeing
measures.
Pilotage, port entry and departure.
Vessel traffic services.
Environmental protection measures intended to
reduce or combat pollution.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2007000 018306) [15/07]
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Cook Inlet - Point Possession — Light
377
R8-11Replace by:
NNW of Point Possession, the SW point at the...
US Notice 9/16665/07
(HH. 611/425/04) [15/07]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Argentina - Puertos Ingeniero White, Nacional
and Galván — Depths
352
Paragraph 11.100 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
Rada A: 14⋅0 m.
Rada B: 14⋅0 m.
Puerto Nacional to Puerto Galván 12⋅2 m.
Argentine Notice 4/25/07;
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 650/423/04) [15/07]
Wk15/07
4.1
[15/07]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Andaman Sea - The Sisters — Dangerous Wreck
162
L2Insert:
A dangerous wreck lies approximately 1¾ miles
NNE of The Sisters.
Indian Notice 170(P)/07
(SDD 2007000 021399) [15/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Turkey - EreÔli — Anchorages
1
116
Paragraph 3.40 1 Including heading Replace by:
Anchorages
3.40
Anchorage areas have been established to the SW
of the harbour entrance: area No 1 centred on
41°15′⋅5N 31°22′⋅5E for vessels over 200 m long, area
No 2 centred on 41°15′⋅5N 31°23′⋅5E for vessels under
200 m long and area No 3 centered on 41°14′⋅8N
31°22′⋅3E for vessels carrying dangerous cargoes.
Within the harbour, area No 4 has been established
for vessels under 1000 gt, E from the head of the steel
works mole in the E basin, N to the W head of the
Y -shaped mole in EreÔli LimanÝ, then 1½ cables NW
and 2½ cables NE to the shore.
Turkish Notice 10.35/07
(SDD 2007000 020433) [15/07]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Westray Firth — Directions
3
210
Paragraph 5.312 2 line 9 Insert:
Caution. Fall of Warness lies within the Eday tidal
test centre area. See 5.304 for details.
Paragraph 5.313 Including exisiting Section IV Notice
Week 41/06 Replace by:
1 Passage W of Muckle Green Holm. From a
2
position 1 mile NNE of Ness of Ork (5.270) the route
leads WNW passing (with positions from Little Green
Holm (59°07′⋅2N 2°49′⋅9W):
SSW of War Ness (1¾ miles NE), thence:
Over an isolated 14⋅1 m patch (8 cables SSE),
thence:
SSW of Little Green Holm and close SSW of an
isolated 7⋅1 mpatch(4½cables SW).
3 The route then leads N passing:

E of Benlin Rock (1¼ miles WSW), noting the
isolated 9⋅4 m rock, 3 cables NNE, thence:
W of Muckle Green Holm (5 cables N), thence:
E of Point of the Graand (2¾ miles WNW), giving
the rocky E coast of Egilsay between Point of the
Graand and Point of Crook (3½ miles NW)
(5.312) a berth of at least 3 cables, thence:
4 E of a bank (59°08′⋅1N 2°53′⋅4W) with depths
of less than 10 m, extending 1¾ miles E of
the E coast of Egilsay, thence:
E of Point of Crook (3½ miles NW) (5.312).
BA Chart 2562
(SDD 2006000 381808) [15/07]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed
R47-51Replace by:
Spare
11.116
231
Norwegian Notice 5/354/07
(SDD 2007000 021062) [15/07]
Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted
232
L 51 -55 Including existing Supplement correction
Replace by:
Useful mark:
Light (70°59′⋅6N 24°40′⋅8E) exhibited from the
head of a former ferry jetty.
Norwegian Notice 5/355/07
(SDD 2007000 021064) [15/07]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Morocco — Tanger -Méditerranée
209
Paragraph 7.6 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...from Tarifa and the ports in Gibraltar Bay, to Ceuta,
Tanger -Méditerranée and Tanger, and fishing vessels
and small craft may be...
210
Paragraph 7.8 2 line 2 Add: A precautionary area has been
established on the eastern side of the Gibraltar TSS and a
precautionary area with recommended directions of traffic
flow has been established off the Moroccan port of
Tanger -Méditerranée (35°54′N 5°30′W) (7.74a).
IV
4.2
218
Paragraph 7.63 2 line 3 Insert:
South inshore route. The inshore passage from
Pointe Malabata (35°49′N 5°45′W) to the peninsula of
Almina (35°54′N 5°17′W), including the port of
Tanger -Méditerranée (7.74a), is described for those
vessels eligible to use this route (7.72).
220
Paragraph 7.72 3 line 6 Add:
Through the precautionary area as shown on the
chart which lies to the N of the port of
Tanger -Méditerranée (35°54′N 5°30′W).
Thence:
Paragraph 7.72 8 line 8 Replace by:
Thence, through a precautionary area as shown on
the chart, the route leads E into the Mediterranean
Sea.
221
After Paragraph 7.74 Insert:
Harbour on the south side of the strait
Chart 142
Tanger -Méditerranée
7.74a
1 General information. Tanger -Méditerranée
(35°54′N 5°30′W) is a recently constructed (2007) port
on the N coast of Morocco. It is formed by two
breakwaters; the entrance is 300 m wide and open to
the NE.
heads.
Lights are exhibited from the breakwater
1 Directions. The pilot boards 1½ miles N of the
breakwaters within the approach light sector
(152° -188°) of a light (35°53′⋅9N 5°29′⋅2W). Thence,
leading lights bearing 210° indicate the passage
1
between the breakwaters.
7.74b
Anchorages. There are three anchorage areas for
periods of up to 24 hours:
Anse Grande (35°51′⋅1N 5°40′⋅4W)
Alcazar Ouest (35°52′⋅0N 5°34′⋅7W)
Alcazar Est (35°52′⋅0N 5°33′⋅5W)
An additional anchorage area for large vessels to
the S of the Ceuta peninsula centered on 35°49′⋅0N
5°19′⋅4W is shown on the chart.
1 Berths. There are 2,500 m of berth frontage within
the port area, with depths alongside of between 12 and
18 m.
1 Development. Further development is planned
1½ miles SW of the port of Tanger -Méditerranée.
French Chart 7042; French Notice 07/05/19
(SDD 2007000 015244) [15/07]
Wk15/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Chile - Puerto de Corral — Pilotage
191
Paragraph 6.125 1 line 2 Replace by:
...Valdivia. The pilot boards 5½ cables NE of Punta
Amargos...
192
Paragraph 6.142 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From the pilot boarding place, 5½ cables NE of
Punta...
Chilean Notice 9/81/2006
(HH. 646/401/03) [14/07]
Ecuador - Guayaquil — Directions
1
361
Paragraph 11.109 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
Over the bar, SSE of Punta Alcatraz (3½ miles
NNE), least charted depth 3⋅9 m, which should be
crossed at HW and at slow speed. Vessels may
touch bottom. And:
Between Barra Norte Light Buoy (port hand) and
No 8R Light Buoy (starboard hand) (2¾ miles
NE).
Paragraph 11.110 Replace by:
From the vicinity of the bar (2°35′S 79°55′W) the
recommended track leads generally NNE for about
19 miles, to a position W of Sitio Nuevo (2°18′S
79°50′W), passing (with positions from Punta de
2
Piedra (2°26′S 79°51′W)):
WNW of a 4⋅9 mpatch(10½miles SSW), thence:
ESE of a light buoy (port hand) (9 miles SSW),
thence:
WNW of No 10R Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(8½ miles SSW), thence:
WNW of a light buoy (starboard hand) (5½ miles S),
thence:
ESE of Roca Santa Rita (2¼ miles S), marked by a
light buoy (port hand), thence:
E of the dangerous wreck of the Darwin (1½ miles
S), marked by a light buoy (port hand), thence:
3 Between Punta de Piedra Light (white metal
tower, 7 m in height), and a light buoy
(starboard hand) (4½ cables E), thence:
WNW of No 12R Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(7 cables NE), thence:
WNW of No 14R Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(1¾ miles NNE), thence:
ESE of No 15R Light Buoy (port hand) (2¾ miles
NNE), thence:
4 WNW of Punta Angostura (4¼ miles NNE)
close S of which is the settlement of San
Guillermo, thence:
E of No 17R Light Buoy (port hand) (5½ miles
NNE).
From this position the track leads N for about
2½ miles to a position W of Sitio Nuevo.
Wk14/07
4.1
[14/07]
After Paragraph 11.110 Insert:
Alternative route east of Isla Centinela
11.110a
(continued from 11.25)
1 From the vicinity of Rio Guayas pilot boarding
place (11.97), the recommended tracks lead generally
N for about 8 miles through Canal Alterno, passing
(with positions from Punta Mandinga Light (2°44′⋅3S
79°54′⋅0W)):
E of No 1R Light Buoy (port hand) (1½ miles
NNW), thence:
W of No 2R Light Buoy (starboard hand) (2½ miles
N), thence:
2 Between No 3R and 4R Light Buoys (lateral)
(3½ miles N), thence:
E of No 5R Light Buoy (port hand) (4 miles N),
thence:
E of Isla Centinela (4 miles N), thence:
W of No 6R Light Buoy (starboard hand) (5¾ miles
N).
Thence the track rejoins the main route in the
vicinity of Barra Norte and No 8R Light Buoys
(lateral) (8 miles N).
362
Paragraph 11.111 Replace by:
1 From a position W of Sitio Nuevo (2°18′S
79°50′W) the track leads N and NW, as shown on the
chart, for about 3¼ miles, passing (with positions from
Punta Josefa (2°15′⋅0S 79°50′⋅5W)):
E of No 19R Light Buoy (port hand) (2½ miles S),
thence:
2 NE of No 21R Light Buoy (port hand)
(1¾ miles S), and:
SW of Sitio Nuevo Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(1½ miles S), marking the S end of the shoal
extending from Isla Santay (2°13′S 79°51′W),
thence:
3 Between numbers 23R and 24R Light Buoys
(lateral) (1 mile SSW). A dangerous wreck
lies 1¾ cables NNW of No 23R Light Buoy.
Thence:
SW of Punta Josefa, thence:
To a position NE of Las Josefinas (1¼ miles
WSW), at the NE entrance to Estero Cobina (11.113).
From this position the track leads towards the
anchorages off Guayaquil.
BA Charts 560; 586
(HH. 642/402/03) [14/07]

Ecuador - Puerto Marítimo de Guayaquil —
Directions
1
364
Paragraph 11.150 Replace by:
Leading Lights B:
Front (white metal structure, 8 m in height)
2
(2°37′⋅9S 80°13′⋅5W).
Rear (similar structure, 28 m in height) (7 cables
from front light).
The alignment (003¾°) of these lights leads through
Canal del Morro, from a position 1 mile E of Punta
del Morro (2°44′⋅4S 80°15′⋅0W),
given from front light):
passing (positions
3
W of Los Farallones (5¾ miles S) (11.108), thence:
Wofa3⋅9m rocky patch (5 miles S) marked by
No 16 Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:
E of Posorja Church (4½ miles S), thence:
W of Isla Zapatero (3¼ miles SSE), and:
E of No 17 Light Buoy (port hand) (2¾ miles S).
An alternative route (2½ miles S) (11.152) diverges,
passing SE of Roca Seiba (2°38′S 80°13′W), as shown
on the chart, thence:
W of No 20 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (1¼ miles
S), thence:
The track continues N to a position (7½ cables S of
front light) SW of Roca Seiba.
Caution. See note at 11.106.
Paragraph 11.151 Replace by:
1 From a position 8 cables SW of Roca Seiba, from
which a light (white round metal structure, 6 m in
height) is exhibited, the recommended track leads
generally NE for 2¼ miles, passing (with positions
from Roca Seiba (2°38′S 80°13′W)):
SE of ‘B1’ Light Beacon (5 cables WNW) (11.150),
thence:
NW of No 22 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
2
(1½ cables WSW), thence:
NW of Roca Seiba, thence:
SE of a dangerous underwater rock (reported 2003)
(3½ cables NNW) marked by No 23 Light Buoy
(port hand), thence:
NW of ‘W’ Light Buoy (W cardinal) (8½ cables
NE), thence:
Alternative route (11.152) rejoins (1¼ miles NE),
thence:
NW of No 26 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
3
(1½ miles NE), thence:
Leading Lights C:
Front light (white metal structure, 8 m in height)
(2°35′⋅3S 80°07′⋅9W).
Rear light (white metal framework tower, 20 m in
height) (7 cables from front light).
4 The alignment (067½°) of these lights leads through
the N part of Estero Salado, for about 3¾ miles,
passing (positions given from front light):
SSE of ‘S’ Light Buoy (S cardinal) (4¼ miles
WSW), thence:
NNW of No 28 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(3½ miles WSW), thence:
IV
5 SSE of No 29 Light Buoy (port hand) (2¼ miles
WSW). Punta Anilulla lies 5½ cables NNW.
Thence:
NNW of No 32 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(1¼ miles WSW).
From a position 6¾ cables from the front light the
recommended track leads NE for 3¼ miles, passing:
SE of No 33 Light Buoy (port hand) (5¾ cables
WSW), thence:
6 NW of ‘C1’ Light Beacon, thence:
NW of No 36 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
1
(4½ cables NE), thence:
SE of No 37 Light Buoy (port hand) (1½ miles NE),
thence:
SE of No 39 Light Buoy (port hand) (2½ miles NE).
Punta Escalante lies 3 miles SE.
Paragraph 11.152 1 Replace by:
From a position 2½ miles S of ‘B1’ Light Beacon
(11.150), the recommended track leads NNE for
3½ miles, passing (with positions fom Roca Seiba
(2°38′S 80°13′W)):
ESE of No 20 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
1
(1¼ miles SSW), thence:
WNW of No 22A Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(3½ cables SE), and:
ESE of Roca Seiba, thence:
WNW of ‘W’ Light Buoy (W cardinal) (8½ cables
NE), thence:
Rejoins main route (1¼ miles NE).
Paragraph 11.153 Replace by:
From a position SE of No 39 Light Buoy (11.151)
and 1¾ miles NNE of ‘C2’ Light Beacon (11.151), the
recommended track leads NNE for 5½ miles, passing
(with positions from ‘C2’ Light Beacon (2°35′⋅0S
2
80°07′⋅2W)):
WNW of No 44 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(3 miles NE), thence:
ESE of No 45 Light Buoy (port hand) (4 miles
NNE), thence:
WNW of No 48 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(5¼ miles NNE), thence:
WNW of No 50 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(6¼ miles NNE), thence:
WNW of disused light tower ‘D2’ (7 miles NE).
3 Leading Lights E:
Front light (white metal structure, 8 m in height)
(2°24′⋅4S 80°01′⋅0W).
Rear Light (similar structure, 28 m in height)
(1½ miles from front light).
4 The alignment (037°) of these lights leads through
an inner part of Estero Salado, passing (positions
given from front light):
Close SE of No 51 Light Buoy (port hand) (5 miles
SW), thence:
NW of No 54 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
5
(3½ miles SW), thence:
NW of No 58 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles
SW), thence:
To a position 1½ miles SW.
Leading Lights F:
Front light (white metal structure, 8 m in height)
(2°20′⋅9S 80°00′⋅5W).
Rear light (similar structure, 28 m in height)
(7¾ cables from the front light).
4.2
Wk14/07

6 The alignment (017°) of these lights leads through
an inner part of Estero Salado, passing (positions
given from front light):
WNW of Punta Tambulinero (4¾ miles S), thence:
ESE of No 59 Light Buoy (port hand) (4¼ miles
SSW), thence:
7 WNW of ‘E1’ Light Beacon (3½ miles S),
thence:
WNW of No 62 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(3½ miles SSW), thence:
To a position 7¼ cables SSW of ‘F1’ Light Beacon,
WNW of No 66 Light Buoy (starboard hand) which
lies 3 cables WNW of Punta Samper.
BA Charts 560; 586
(HH. 642/402/03) [14/07]
NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
Southern Ocean - Heard and McDonald Islands
— Marine Reserve
100
After Paragraph 2.189 3 Insert:
Protected area
2.189a
1 The territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands
(HIMI) is located within the HIMI Marine Reserve.
Vessels may traverse the territorial sea in innocent
passage but a permit is required to enter the territorial
waters when pursuing other activities. Other
restrictions on access and activities which are included
in the HIMI Marine Reserve Management Plan, may
apply.
The areas are shown on the chart.
Australian Chart 597
(HH. 510/420/03) [14/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
South Australia - South Page —
Racon established
375
After Paragraph 12.32 1 Insert:
2 Racon:
South Page Light - as above.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 2.
AMSA ATH 07/07
(A235049) [14/07]
Wk14/07
IV
4.3
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Gladstone — Pilot boarding places
165
Paragraph 5.167 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...and displays the usual signals. The boarding places
for the port of Gladstone are:
Alpha: 23°51′⋅0S 151°31′⋅5E
Bravo: 23°51′⋅9S 151°32′⋅7E
Charlie: 23°53′⋅0S 151°33′⋅0E
Delta: 23°55′⋅0S 151°31′⋅0E
Gladstone Port Control will advise which pilot
boarding place is to be used.
Queensland Notice 164P/07
(A234620) [14/07]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Germany - Hafen Olpenitz — Directions
409
Paragraph 12.208 2-3 Replace by:
2 Lights (black and red masts, 6 m in height, floodlit)
are exhibited from the outer moleheads.
German Notice 9/32/07
(SDD 2007000 017678) [14/07]
Germany - Lübeck — Directions
436
Paragraph 13.129 1 lines 2 -7 Replace by:
Front light (53°55′⋅1N 10°52′⋅7E).
Rear light (53°54′⋅9N 10°52′⋅8E).
The alignment (160½°) of these lights leads SSE
from a position close WSW of the S extremity of
Priwall. By day this alignment is shown by leading
beacons about 8 cables SSE of the S extremity of
Priwall.
Paragraph 13.129 2 Replace by:
2 The track leads S within the white sector
(352° -353½°), astern, of Pötenitz Light (53°56′⋅5N
10°52′⋅1E) for about 5 cables whence the channel
gradually leads S and SSW round Stülper Huk
(13.127). By day the track is indicated by leading
beacons, astern, about 3 cables SSE of the S extremity
of Priwall.
German Notice 8/51/07
(SDD 2007000 015862) [14/07]

Germany - Stralsund North approaches —
Draughts
448
Paragraph 13.243 1 line 4 Replace by:
...Stralsund is 2⋅7 m by day and 2⋅5 m by night (2007).
Information on depths can be...
Paragraph 13.243 2 line 1 For 6⋅0 m Read 6⋅3 m
German Notice 10/07
(SDD 2007000 019721) [14/07]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Germany - Griefswalder Bodden — Directions
322
Paragraph 8.83 2 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
At LD8/G2 Light Buoy vessels bound for Ladebow
continue for a further 1 mile.
Paragraph 8.83 3 line 1 For G4/L2 Read LD8/G2
German Notice 8/1511/07
(SDD 2007000 015082) [14/07]
Germany - Stralsund East approaches —
Draught
323
Paragraph 8.90 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...Palmer Ort and the mainland. The channel has a
maintained depth of 7⋅5 m and a maximum permitted
draught of 6⋅3 m.
German Notice 10/07
(SDD 2007000 019721) [14/07]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Bali - Giliselang Light — Racon removed
107
Paragraph 4.72 Including heading Delete
Paragraph 4.78 1 line 2 Delete
117
Paragraph 4.155 Including heading Delete
Indonesian Chart 70A
(SDD 2007000 008642) [14/07]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norway - Drammen — Leading lights
158
Paragraph 5.270 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
Norwegian Notice 5/324/07
(SDD 2007000 021023) [14/07]
IV
4.4
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Indreleia - Melsteinen Light — Sectors
64
L18 For (340° -016°) Read (342½° -016°)
Norwegian Notice 1161/20/06
(SDD 2006000 394670) [14/07]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Maine — Passamaquoddy Bay and Approaches
— Pilotage; tugs
192
Paragraph 8.281 including heading Replace by:
Pilotage
8.281
1 United States authority has made pilotage
compulsory at Eastport (8.296), Cobscook Bay (8.333),
Pennamaquan River (8.339), Lubec (8.329) and Friar
Roads, for the following:
All non US vessels.
All US vessels registered in foreign trade with a
draught over 9 feet (2⋅7 m).
2 United States pilots will embark off East Quoddy
Head from a black hulled fishing vessel;
communications by VHF radio.
Elsewhere within the area described in this section
pilotage is not compulsory, but is available from
Eastport (8.296), Head Harbour (8.250), Lubec (8.329),
Welshpool (8.332) or Lords Cove (8.403).
After 8.298 1 line 3 Add:
Tugs. Available
195
197
Paragraph 8.314 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory.
USCoastPilot1
(HH. 059/200/01) [14/07]
Wk14/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Uruguay - Rio Uruguay — Wreck
324
Paragraph 10.85 1 lines 4 -11 Replace by:
...S of Muelle Sur, and marked N by a spar buoy (N
cardinal) and S by a light buoy (starboard hand). This shoal
is covered by the red sector (342° -021°) ofMuelleSur
Light (white tower, red bands) (33°52′⋅9S 58°25′⋅4W). The
bottom of the roadstead W of this danger is rocky. A 13⋅5 m
wreck (33°53′S58°26′W), marked by a light buoy (isolated
danger), lies 4 cables W of Muelle Norte.
Paragraph 10.86 1 lines 1 -9 Replace by:
1 Useful marks:
Muelle Norte Light (green tower, 6 m in height)
(33°52′⋅6S 58°25′⋅4W); a light is exhibited from a
dolphin 80 m N of the pier head.
Dársena Higueritas, S Breakwater, Light (red tower)
(33°52′⋅2S 58°25′⋅2W).
Argentinian Notice 2/3/18/07
(HH. 652/444/03) [13/07]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Colombia - Puerto Zúñiga South -westward —
National marine park
254
After Paragraph 9.94 1 Insert:
National Marine Park
9.94a
1 The waters between Tasajera (10°59′N 74°20′W)
and Punta Faro (9.109), 31½ miles WNW, extending
N to the 20 m contour line, are designated as part of
the Isla de Salamanca National Park.
Entry is prohibited to all vessels except traditional
fishing craft.
Colombian Charts 244; 612
(HH. 640/420/04) [13/07]
4.1
[13/07]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
El Salvador - Approaches to Acajutla —
Buoyage
128
Paragraph 4.159 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Landfall light buoy (safe water) (1½ milesW).
MT Iver Experience
(HH. 626/405/03) [13/07]
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2001 Edition)
Hudson Strait - Goodwin Island —
Light removed
227
Paragraph 6.41 3 Replace by:
3 Goodwin Island lies 5 cables WNW of Lacy Island.
Canada Eastern Notice 02/4773/07
(HH. 601/400/09) [13/07]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Victoria - Western Port — Beacons discontinued
127
Paragraph 5.26 5 lines 1 -5 Delete
Toll Westernport
(A234604) [13/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Le Tréport - Anchorage — Wreck removed
120
Paragraph 5.87 1 Delete Existing Section IV Notice Week
12/07
Marine Cherbourg
(SDD 2007000 018657) [13/07]
Wk13/07

NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Jawa - Tanjung Awarawar — Terminal
78
After Paragraph 3.72 2 line 6 Add:
Submarine pipeline is laid from the SPM (6°43′S
111°58′E) to the shore at position 6°45′⋅6S 111°56′⋅7E.
The pipeline is marked on its E side by two light
buoys (special). An area in which anchoring is
prohibited, exists within 1200 m of the SPM and
3
200 m either side of the pipeline.
Paragraph 3.72 2 line 7 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards close E of
the fairway buoy (safe water) (6°38′⋅4S 111°55′⋅7E) or
from a position within the anchorage.
Paragraph 3.72 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Directions. The port is approached from N, passing
clear of the fairway buoy (6°38′⋅4S 111°55′⋅7E),
thence through the seaward approach channel marked
by light buoys (lateral). The approach channel, which
from light buoys No 4 and 5 is dredged to a depth of
13⋅5 m with a width of 180 m, continues to the berths.
The SPM (6°43′S 111°58′E) which lies to the E of
the approach channel and 4½ miles SSE of the pilot
boarding area, is approached from N.
PT.Trans Pacific Petrochemical Indotama
(HH. 526/575/03) [13/07]
Madura — Wrecks
82
After Paragraph 3.99 1 line 4 Add:
A dangerous wreck (9 miles ENE).
87
Paragraph 3.152 1 line 2 Replace by:
...and a stranded wreck, best seen on the chart, the N
coast of Madura is clear of...
93
Paragraph 3.212 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
S of a moored storage tanker (7°17⋅3′S113°21⋅4′E),
noting a dangerous wreck which lies 3¾ miles
ESE. Thence:
Indonesian Chart 82
(HH. 526/525/03) [13/07]
Kalimantan - Sungai Sampit - Tanjung
Bandaran — Light
215
Paragraph 8.49 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Major light:
Tanjung Bandaran Light (white iron framework
structure) (3°10′⋅1S 113°00′⋅4E).
Directions. Entry should be made on a rising tide. The...
Indonesian Telegram 61/07
(SDD 2007000 014307) [13/07]
Wk13/07
IV
4.2
Sulawesi - Approaches to Makassar —
Light withdrawn
265
Paragraph 10.73 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 10.78 1 line 6 Delete
Paragraph 10.82 1 line 6 Delete
268
Paragraph 10.98 2 line 8 Delete
270
Paragraph 10.123 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...entrance to the harbour lies between a reef (5°08′⋅7S
119°23′⋅3E) (10.129), extending S from Pulau Lae -lae
Besar and the N extremity of Tanjungbunga, a drying
sandbank, 4½ cables SE. The N entrance lies between
Gosong...
Paragraph 10.126 1 line 8 Delete
271
Paragraph 10.129 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 The S entrance to the inner roadstead lies between
Tanjungbunga (5°09′S 119°24′E), a drying sandbank
and the S extremity of the reef 4½ cables NW, which
is marked by a beacon (starboard hand), and on which
Pulau Lae -lae Besar stands. There is a narrow deep
channel but depths...
Indonesian Notice 36/279/06
(SDD 2007000 007242) [13/07]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
South -east coast - Hook Head —
Dangerous wreck
137
After Paragraph 4.128 1 line 1 Add:
Clear of the dangerous wreck (position
approximate) lying about 2½ miles SSE of Hook
Head, thence:
Lloyd’s List
(SDD 2007000 005453) [13/07]

NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Palermo — TSS; anchorage areas
1
385
Paragraph 10.62 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
Anchorage can be obtained in one of four circular
anchorage areas, as shown on the chart.
Paragraph 10.63 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...about 1 mile from the harbour entrance at the
junction of the precautionary and separation areas. In
bad weather the pilot boat will lead vessels through
the entrance.
386
Paragraph 10.73 1 Replace by:
Punta Priola to Porto Commerciale entrance.
From a position about 3 miles E of Punta Priola
(38°11′⋅5N 13°21′⋅5E) (10.17), the route leads S and
SSW, through a TSS, for about 4½ miles passing,
(with positions given from Torre Arenella (38°09′⋅2N
13°22′⋅5E), standing on the shore inside the basin of
the harbour at Arenella)):
Paragraph 10.73 2 line 2 Add:
Through the inbound lane of the TSS, E of anchorage
areas No 3 and 4, thence:
Paragraph 10.73 4 line 2 Add:
To the pilot boarding position, thence:
Paragraph 10.74 1 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
...Foranea, the route leads NE then E for about
6 miles, passing:
Through the outbound lane of the TSS, NW of
anchorage areas No 1 and 2, thence:
NW of the AGIP Terminal (38°06′⋅3N 13°24′⋅6E)
(10.64), thence:
Italian Notice 4.20/07
(SDD 2007000 018151) [13/07]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Turkey - Ceyhan LimanÝ — Pilotage
172
Paragraph 5.231 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot
boarding places for Botaî Oil Terminal and Toros
Gübre Piers are about 5 miles ESE and 1½ miles S of
their respective terminals, as shown on the chart. For
Dörtoyl, Delta and Aygaz...
Toros Marine Terminal
(SDD 2007000 007851) [13/07]
IV
4.3
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Yell Sound — Buoy removed
280
Paragraph 6.280 2 lines 5 and 6 Replace by:
NE of a shoal with 3⋅8 m over it (60°29′⋅5N
1°12′⋅9W).
Shetland Islands Council
(SDD 2007000 018203) [13/07]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Shºrjah – Arrival information —
Outer anchorages
154
Paragraph 7.97 1 Replace by:
1 The designated anchorage, with depths of more than
20 m, is centred about 5 miles NW of Shºrjah Fairway
Light Buoy (25°22′⋅9N 55°20′⋅9E) as shown on the
chart.
Capt.Mohammed Saleh, Sharjah Ports
(SDD 2007000 014827) [13/07]
Dubai – Directions and Berths - Dubai Dry Dock
Harbour
158
Paragraph 7.135 1 Replace by:
1 The harbour is approached between the W
breakwaters of Dubai Maritime City and Dry Docks
Harbour; in view of on -going reclamation and
construction work in the vicinity, local knowledge is
required.
Paragraph 7.136 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...length of MØnº’ Rashid Main and Lee
breakwaters.
After Paragraph 7.138 1 line 5 Insert:
Limited anchorage is available for vessels awaiting
entry to Dubai Dry Docks W of the breakwater as
charted; an obstruction lies 6 cables SW of the
breakwater head.
BA Chart 3411
(HH. 063/200/01) [13/07]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
St Lawrence River - Cap Chat —
Light discontinued
148
Paragraph 7.46 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
Canadian Eastern Notice 02/1236/07
(HH. 605/400/04) [13/07]
Wk13/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Peru - Paita — Wreck
3
343
Paragraph 10.254 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
N of Punta Chuye (1¾ miles E). A dangerous
wreck lies 1 cable ENE. Thence:
Clear of a 3⋅5 m wreck (2½ miles NE), thence:
Paragraph 10.257 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From the pilot boarding place (10.248) the track
leads NNW, for about 2½ miles, on the alignment
(150°) (astern) of the leading lights (10.255); keeping
clear of the 3⋅5 m wreck 1½ miles N of Punta
Telegrafo (10.236).
Thence the track leads through the W bound lane
of the TSS as shown on the chart, to rejoin the coastal
route.
Peruvian Chart 1133
(HH. 643/500/03) [12/07]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Campbell River — Directions; berth
299
Paragraph 8.27 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 46/06 Replace by:
1 General layout. The Discovery Terminal
(Boliden/Westmin Resources) Wharf (50°02′⋅5N
125°14′⋅8W) (8.30) fronts Discovery Passage at the
root of Tyee Spit; Campbell River Cruise Ship
1
Terminal lies 2 cables SE. A large marina and a small
craft harbour front the passage and lie, 5 cables and
1¼ miles, respectively, S of the wharf, with a small
marina and ferry landing lying between them. The
entrance to the Campbell River lies N of the extremity
(50°03′⋅0N 125°15′⋅4W) of Tyee Spit; three marinas
lie within the river entrance.
Paragraph 8.28 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 46/06 Replace by:
There are no specific directions for approaching
Boliden/Westmin Resources Terminal and Campbell
River Cruise Ship Terminal; the chart is sufficient
guide.
4.1
[12/07]
300
Paragraph 8.30 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 46/06 Replace by:
1 Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin Resources):
length 122 m with mooring dolphins NNW and SSE;
depth alongside 10⋅3 m (1980). Ore concentrates are
loaded into deep sea vessels and barges.
Campbell River Cruise Ship Terminal, operated
by the Campbell River Indian Band, comprises a pier
with four mooring dolphins and can accommodate
vessels up to 311 m in length. An additional floating
pontoon berth can accommodate vessels up to 57 m in
length. The terminal is marked by four light buoys
(special).
Canadian Notice 02/3540/07;
Canadian Sailing Directions, British Columbia (S)
(HH. 600/430/04) [12/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Les Héaux de Bréhat to Grand Léjon -
Roche Gautier — Directions
299
Paragraph 10.15 2 line 3 Replace by:
...moored 3½ miles WNW, on the W side of
Plateau...
French NM 7/10/07
(SDD 2007000 015270) [12/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Le Tréport - Anchorage — Dangerous wreck
120
After Paragraph 5.87 1 line 5 Insert:
An unmarked dangerous wreck lies in the N part of
the anchorage area in position 50°06′⋅5N 1°19′⋅0E.
French Notice 07/06/39
(SDD 2007000 015235) [12/07]
Thames Estuary — Whitstable Street Light Buoy
252
Paragraph 12.34 2 line 3 For 4 cables Read 3 cables
Paragraph 12.37 2 line 4 For (N cardinal) Read (port hand)
253
Paragraph 12.40 1 lines 3 -8 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 29/06 Replace by:
From a position 5 cables W of Whitstable Street
Light Buoy (port hand) (51°24′⋅0N 1°01′⋅5E), the track
leads 1¾ miles S to a position about 7 cables WNW of
the harbour entrance, passing:
Wk12/07

254
Paragraph 12.46 1 line 2 For (N cardinal) Read (port hand)
Paragraph 12.54 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...From a position between Whitstable Street Light
Buoy (port hand) (51°24′N 1°02′E) and Columbine
Light Buoy (starboard hand), 3 cables NNW, the route
leads 5½ miles...
Trinity House Lighthouse Authority
(SDD 2007000 016269) [12/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
Korea, West Coast – Taesan — Anchorages
383
Paragraph 12.72 Including heading Replace by:
Anchorages
12.72
1 Anchorage may be obtained as follows, in
designated anchorages, the limits of which are shown
on the chart :
2 Area No 1: (positions from Kain Sä Light
(37°00′⋅2N 126°18′⋅9E))
Name Position Remarks
Quarantine 1¼ miles Depths 23 to 38 m
Anchorage WNW
Anchorage 1¼ miles Depths 27 to 38 m,
A1
NNW rocky; for vessels
100 000 dwt and over.
2 Area No 2: (positions from H÷gã Do Light
(37°01⋅6′N 126°23′⋅2E))
Name Position Remarks
Anchorage 1½ miles Depths 15 to 33 m
A2
NW
Anchorage 1½ miles Depths 13 to 27 m
A3
NNW
Anchorage 1½ miles Depths 10 to 23 m;
A4
NNE vessels to 20 000 dwt
Anchorage 1¼ miles Depths7to25m; A5
NE vessels less than
10 000 gt.
Caution: Strong tidal streams of up to 4 kn are
experienced in the anchorages.
Korean Notice 49/819/06; BA 1271
(HH. 557/417/03) [12/07]
Wk12/07
IV
4.2
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
South -east Coast - Saltee Islands — Buoyage
136
Paragraph 4.122 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...direction, to pass S of Coningbeg Light Buoy (S cardinal)
(52°03′⋅2N 6°38′⋅6W) and thence E, for a further 18 miles,
to...
Paragraph 4.122 2 line 1, and throughout Chapter 4, For
light -float Read light buoy
137
Paragraph 4.126 2 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 4.127 1 line 3 Replace by:
Coningbeg Light Buoy (52°03′⋅2N 6°38′⋅6W).
Paragraph 4.128 1 line 4 Replace by:
S of Coningbeg Light Buoy (S cardinal).
Paragraph 4.128 2 line 8 Replace by:
...between it and Coningbeg Rock (9 cables N) which is...
Paragraph 4.130 1 line 5 Replace by:
...marked by a light buoy (E cardinal) 7½ cables
SE, thence:
139
After Paragraph 4.140 5 line 8 Add:
A light buoy (W cardinal) is moored 1½ miles W of
the bank.
MRCC Dublin RNW 072/07
(SDD 2007000 014962) [12/07]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Singapore Strait - Singapore -
Pulau Sebarok — Berths
281
Paragraphs 8.337 - 8.339 Including headings Replace by:
Pulau Sebarok
8.337
1 Pulau Sebarok (1°12′⋅4N 103°47′⋅7E) contains the
two main deep -water oil terminals of Vopak Terminals
(Singapore) Pte Ltd, at the S end, and Singapore
Petroleum Co Ltd at the N end. The berths, which are
approached from Jong Fairway, are situated at the
head of a group of T -shaped piers.
A barge pier, 72 m long with a depth of 5⋅5 m
(1990) alongside, for the reception of slop and sludge
only; lies on the NW side of the island.
8.338
1 Singapore Petroleum Terminal comprises berths
1A -1C inclusive; the deepest is Pier 1C, 108 m in
length, depth 17⋅5 m (2001); the longest is Pier 1A,
357 m in length, depth 17⋅1 m (2001).
8.339
1 Vopak Terminal comprises berths 2 -10 inclusive;
the deepest is Pier 5, 309 m in length, depth 17⋅7 m
(2006); the longest is Pier 3, 384 m in length, depth
16⋅9 m (2006).
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(HH. 521/400/14) [12/07]

NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
South Island - Marlborough Sounds -
Picton Harbour — Light
125
Paragraph 4.247 line 1 Replace by:
1 Caution. When large vessels are manoeuvring at
Picton Wharves, a warning light (quick blue flash) is
shown from Waitohi Wharf Head Light.
From a position clear NW of Picton Point
(41°15′⋅3S...
New Zealand Notice 03/34/07
(HH. 580/550/04) [12/07]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Nova Scotia - Liverpool Bay —
Light buoy discontinued
131
Paragraph 6.58 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...stands a light (white tower, 14 m in height).
Thence:
132
Paragraph 6.67 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Approach and entry to Liverpool Bay. From the
vicinity of 44°00′N 64°36′W the approach leads NW,
passing:
Canadian Eastern Notice 02/4211/07
(HH. 606/440/03) [12/07]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii -
Keauhou Bay — Directions
268
Paragraph 11.115 2-3 Replace by:
2 Directions. From WSW the line of bearing 069° of
Keauhou Bay Light (mast, 6 m in height) (19°34′N
155°58′W) leads towards the bay.
US Chart 19327
(HH. 613/405/04) [12/07]
IV
4.3
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Doha eastwards — Dangerous wreck
182
After Paragraph 7.356 4 line 2 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (25°20′⋅1N 51°51′⋅0E),
lying in the NE approach to Anchorage A, thence:
Hydropac 320/07
(SDD 2007000 014139) [12/07]
Ra’s Laffºn — Approach and entry;
outer anchorages; development
193
Paragraph 7.470 1 Replace by:
1 In view of extensive dredging and reclamation
works in progress to seaward of the existing port, Ra’s
Laffºn Fairway Light Buoy (25°55′N 51°42′E) and
anchorage (7.480) must only be approached from E;
the port is entered from the direction of the fairway
buoy through a dredged channel marked by light
1
buoys (lateral). The port authority should be contacted
for the latest information.
Paragraph 7.480 1 Replace by:
Anchorage may be obtained in depths over 20 m in
Anchorage 2 centred about 3½ miles E of Ra’s Laffºn
Fairway Light Buoy (25°55′N 51°42′E); the charted
Anchorage 1 is closed until further notice due to its
proximity to dredging and dumping operations.
Paragraph 7.486 1 Replace by:
1 The port is being expanded; works in progress
(2007) include construction of new breakwaters, a new
LNG berth and reclamation both within and outside
the charted port area.
Ra’s Laffºn Port Harbourmaster
(SDDs 2006000 387755;
2007000 014832/014481) [12/07]
MØnº’ ash Shuwaykh (Al Kuwayt Harbour)
approaches — Dangerous wreck
241
After Paragraph 8.492 2 line 8 Add:
A dangerous wreck marked by a buoy (isolated
danger) lies just outside the W limit of this
anchorage in position 29°25′⋅7N 048°03′⋅0E.
Kuwaiti Notice 1/06
(SDD 2007000 014327) [12/07]
Wk12/07

Iraq - Khawr ‘Abd Allºh —
Dangerous wreck
269
After Paragraph 9.232 2 line 11 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (reported 2007)
(1½ miles NNE), lying in mid -channel close N of
the charted position of missing No 22 Light Buoy
(port hand). This wreck is reported to partly
uncover at LW.
MV Shangor
(SDD 2007000 014314) [12/07]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
Baie des Challeurs - Bathurst — Silting
338
Paragraph 14.145 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
...there may be less water. Mariners should consult the local
authorities for the latest information.
Canadian Eastern Notice 02/4920/07
(HH. 605/485/03) [12/07]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
New York Harbor - Arthur Kill — Racon
212
Paragraph 7.151 including heading Replace by:
Directions
(continued from 7.110)
Other aids to navigation
7.150a
1 Racon:
Outerbridge Crossing Bridge (40°31′⋅5N
74°14′⋅9W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 for
details.
Directions
7.151
1 From the vicinity of Anchorage No 44 (7.119) a
dredged channel leads N through Arthur Kill. This
channel, which is entered between Ward Point
(40°30′N 74°15′W) and Ferry Point, is marked by
leading lights, light -beacons, light buoys and buoys.
Caution. Numerous sunken and visible wrecks are
adjacent to both sides of the channel and caution is
advised.
US Notice 8/12331/07
(HH. 614/505/04) [12/07]
Wk12/07
IV
4.4
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Head of Chesapeake Bay — Light discontinued
168
Paragraph 6.174 2 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
2 From a position about 2¼ miles W of Swan Point
(39°08′⋅7N 76°16′⋅6W) the alignment (220°), astern, of
these lights, leads about 5½ miles NE then NNE
through Tolchester Channel, between pairs of light
buoys (lateral), passing (with positions relative to
Tolchester Beach breakwater head (39°12′⋅8N
76°14′⋅8W)):
US Notice 8/12272/07
(HH. 614/595/05) [12/07]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Mexico - Progreso — Front leading light
128
Paragraph 6.46 2 line 3 For (21°18′⋅8N 89°41′⋅3W) Read
(21°20′⋅5N 89°41′⋅3W)
Paragraph 6.46 2 line 4 For 8 cables Read 2½ miles
Mexican Notice 1/27/07
(HH. 622/405/05) [12/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Panama - Bahia Almirante — Directions
320
Paragraph 12.81 2 line 6 For 178½° Read 188½°
BA Chart 56
(HH. 07A/200/02) [11/07]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Northern Territory - Darwin —
Light buoys established
155
After Paragraph 4.122 3 line 4 Add:
LNG vessels. An alternative deep -water route for
LNG vessels has been established passing between
Light Buoys LNG 1 (starboard hand) and LNG 2 (port
hand) (8¼ miles NW).
Darwin Port Corp NW2007/07
(A231357) [11/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Brisbane —
Controlling depths; under keel clearances
136
Paragraph 4.66 1 lines 1 -5 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 08/06 Replace by:
1 Moreton Bay Channels (2006):
North West Channel and Spitfire Channel have a
maintained depth of 15⋅0 m.
Brisbane River Entrance Beacons to Fisherman
Islands Swing Basin has a maintained depth of
14⋅0 m.
Main Channel (Light beacons M8 to M9) 10⋅0 m.
East Knoll Bypass Channel 6⋅9 m.
East Channel 15⋅0 m.
East Channel (Light Beacon E5 to Entrance
Beacons) 14⋅7 m.
4.1
[11/07]
2
137
Paragraph 4.67 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
The following minimum under -keel allowances are
required (2006):
North West Channel 1⋅6 m; increased to 1⋅8 mfor
vessels of beam 35 m to 45 m, and 2⋅1 m for
vessels of beam greater than 45 m.
Paragraph 4.67 2 Replace by:
Spitfire Channel 1⋅2 m for vessels of beam up to
45 m, and 1⋅5 m for vessels of beam greater
than 45 m.
Main Channel (between Light -buoys M8 and M9)
1⋅8 m.
East Knoll Bypass Channel 1⋅4 m.
East Channel 1⋅2 m for vessels of beam up to 45 m,
and 1⋅5 m for vessels of beam greater than 45 m.
E5 Light -beacon (East Channel) to Entrance
Beacons 1⋅2 m for vessels of beam up to 45 m,
and 1⋅5 m for vessels of beam greater than 45 m.
Brisbane River Entrance Beacons to Fisherman
Island Swing Basin 1⋅0 m for vessels of beam up
to 45 m, and 1⋅3 m for vessels of beam greater
than 45 m.
Pelican Banks Reach to Hamilton Reach 0⋅6 mto
0⋅9 m, depending on draught and tide.
A minimum under -keel clearance of 0⋅3 m is
required alongside all berths.
Australian Notice 21/1088T/06
(HH. 577/415/08) [11/07]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Marmara Denizi - Mudanya LimanÝ -
Anchorage — Caution
88
After Paragraph 2.181 1 line 10 Add:
Caution. A discharge pipeline extends
approximately 3 cables NE into the explosives
anchorage area, 7 cables SE of the town quay. The
pipeline is marked by buoys and light buoys (special).
Turkish Notice 19/6/07
(SDD 2007000 012700) [11/07]
Wk11/07

NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Westerschelde - Zuidergat — Buoyage; light
185
Paragraph 7.264 Replace by:
1 From a position S of Hansweert (51°27′N 4°00′E),
within the white sector (320° -334°) astern of
Hansweert Main Light, the route leads 4 miles SE and
S through Zuidergat and thence a further 3½ miles E
through Overloop van Valkenisse to join Nauw van
Bath (7.265). In the N part of Zuidergat, buoys
(special) are moored on either side of the main
fairway to provide a channel for inbound and
outbound shallow -draught vessels. The track passes
(with positions from Groenendijk Light (51°22′⋅3N
4°02′⋅6E)):
2 SW of Kruiningen (7.283) (3¾ miles N). An
embankment between the E mole of
Hansweert and the W mole of Kruiningen is
marked by buoys (special). And:
NE of the E section of Platen van Ossenisse
(3½ miles NNW), a drying bank on which there
are two islets.
3 Thence course is adjusted S, passing:
W of the entrance to Schaar van Waarde (7.272)
(3 miles N) marked by ZG -SvW light buoy (W
cardinal), thence:
E of the entrance to Schaar van Ossenisse (7.271)
(2 miles NNW), thence:
E of Perkpolder (7.283) (2 miles NNW), thence:
E of Oude Hoofd Walsoorden (1½ miles N), a mole
projecting 2 cables into the river, off which there
are eddies. A sector light (black lantern, white
band, on dolphin, 12 m in height) stands at the
head of the mole. Thence:
4 W of an obstruction, position approximate, depth
less than 5 m (1¼ miles N) close N of 48A
light buoy (port hand), thence:
E of Walsoorden (7.284) (8 cables NNW), and:
W of Plaat van Walsoorden (1¼ miles NE), a drying
bank in the middle of the river.
5 Thence in Bocht van Walsoorden course is adjusted
gradually ESE. The channel here becomes narrower
and is reported to be difficult for long deep -draught
vessels. The track passes:
NNE of Groenendijk sector light (white post, black
band; 4 m in height).
6 From Bocht van Walsoorden, Overloop van
Valkenisse curves gently E around the S of Platen van
Valkenisse, an extensive drying bank in the middle of
the river, to connect with Nauw van Bath (7.265).
South of Overloop van Valkenisse the coastal drying
banks are protected by a dyke at the E end of which
is Speelmansgat Light (51°22′⋅0N 4°06′⋅1E) marking
the entrance to Speelmansgat (7.285).
Caution. In Zuidergat, a strong tidal stream can set
across the channel at around HW springs. See 7.251.
Flemish Notice 03/60 (2007);
Netherlands Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2007000 010060; HH. 078/343/03) [11/07]
Wk11/07
IV
4.2
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2006 Edition)
Singapore Strait eastwards – Pulau Pengibu —
Rock
78
Paragraph 3.21 2 Replace by:
2 At least 7 miles S of Pulau Pengibu (1°35′N
106°19′E) (3.11), and thus avoiding the
following dangers (positions from Pulau
Pengibu): Beting Tohor (close SW), a coral
reef, depth 6 m, over which the sea does not
break; Batu Acasta (4 miles N), a coral reef,
depth 0⋅5 m, which in calm weather is
marked only by a slight discolouration of the
water, but breaks in the slightest swell and a
wreck, depth 28 m, position approximate,
lying close SE; a coral reef, depth 8 m
(3½ miles NE) (reported 2002); a shoal patch,
depth 12⋅8 m (1½ miles SE) (reported 1966);
a dangerous rock (3½ miles SSE), position
approximate (reported 2006). See caution at
3.6.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2006000 385877) [11/07]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Celtic Sea - Fastnet Rock
South -south -westwards — Depth
50
After Paragraph 2.16 1 line 5 Insert:
Caution. A depth of 18 m has been reported (2006)
in approximate position 50°38′N 10°05′W, about
49 miles SSW of Fastnet Rock.
MV Faouet
(SDD 2006000 406109) [11/07]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Malacca Strait - Pulau Tukun Perak — Rock
181
Paragraph 6.115 2 line 4 Replace by:
...fringing reef, with rocks awash ½ cable and 2
cables NE.
Malaysian Chart 5425
(SDD 2006000 406299) [11/07]

NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2006 Edition)
Approaches to The Wash -
Wind farm development areas
189
After Paragraph 8.9 1 Insert:
2 Inner Dowsing Wind Farm. A development area
marked by light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred
on 53°11′⋅5N 0°26′⋅8E and extends about 3 miles N/S
and 1½ miles E/W.
Lynn Wind Farm. A development area marked by
light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on
53°08′⋅2N 0°27′⋅6E and extends about 2 miles N/S and
2¾ miles E/W.
3 While these wind farms are being constructed,
partially built structures may exist within the area
marked by light buoys. The structures may be
submerged or partially submerged and will not be
individually marked.
192
Paragraph 8.21 5 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
5 Clear of Inner Dowsing Wind Farm development
area (8.9) (3¼ miles E), and:
Paragraph 8.21 6 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
6 Clear of Lynn Wind Farm development area
(8.9) (5 miles SE). And:
Trinity House Notice to Mariners 9/07 B6
(SDD 2007000 014171) [11/07]
IV
4.3
Great Yarmouth approaches -
Cockle Shoal — Depth
210
Paragraph 9.28 1 line 6 For 7⋅3 m (2005) Read 6⋅4 m
(2006).
Trinity House
(SDD 2007000 001175) [11/07]
Wk11/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Sweden - Halmstad — Directions
1
132
Paragraph 4.136 3 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
From a position on the above leading line 4 cables
WSW from the front light, the track leads NNE on an
alignment (030½°) of Halmstad Hamn Leading
Lights, into the River Nissan.
Front light (56°39′⋅8N 12°51′⋅5E).
Rear light (1 cable NNE).
Paragraph 4.136 4 Delete
Swedish Notice 144/3810/07
(SDD 2007000 006342) [10/07]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Gotland - Visby — Outer anchorages
103
Paragraph 2.166 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorages are located as follows:
No 1. 57°38′⋅4N 18°16′⋅4E.
No 2. 57°38′⋅3N 18°15′⋅7E.
Swedish Notice 3860/147/07
(SDD 2007000 010654) [10/07]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
German traffic regulations
2
130
Paragraph 5.17 1 lines 8 -11 Replace by:
....including Papenburg. Additional regulations issued
by WSD Nordwest (1.89) are also in force.
Paragraph 5.17 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
The Ems Mouth Shipping Ordinance is similar to
the German Navigable Waterways Ordinance, see 1.91,
and includes some rules which differ from The
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972). In particular, it should be noted that a
vessel which is proceeding along the course of the
fairway channel, irrespective of whether or not she can
safely navigate only within the fairway channel, shall
have the right of way over vessels entering that
fairway, vessels crossing that fairway, vessels making
turns in that fairway, or vessels leaving their
anchorage or mooring.
4.1
[10/07]
158
Paragraph 6.17 1 Replace by:
1 For German Navigable Waterways Ordinance see
1.91: for German Internal Waterways (Entry
Requirements) Ordinance see 1.99. Additional
regulations issued by WSD Nordwest (1.89) are also
in force.
It should be noted that the Navigable Waterways
Ordinance includes some rules that differ from The
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972). In particular, it should be noted that a
vessel which is proceeding along the course of the
fairway channel, irrespective of whether or not she can
safely navigate only within the fairway channel, shall
have the right of way over vessels entering that
fairway, vessels crossing that fairway, vessels making
turns in that fairway, or vessels leaving their
anchorage or mooring.
171
Paragraph 6.132 1 Replace by:
1 For German Navigable Waterways Ordinance see
1.91: for German Internal Waterways (Entry
Requirements) Ordinance see 1.99. Additional
regulations issued by WSD Nordwest (1.89) are also
in force.
It should be noted that the Navigable Waterways
Ordinance includes some rules that differ from The
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972). In particular, it should be noted that a
vessel which is proceeding along the course of the
fairway channel, irrespective of whether or not she can
safely navigate only within the fairway channel, shall
have the right of way over vessels entering that
fairway, vessels crossing that fairway, vessels making
turns in that fairway, or vessels leaving their
anchorage or mooring.
196
Paragraph 7.14 1 Replace by:
1 For German Navigable Waterways Ordinance see
1.91: for German Internal Waterways (Entry
Requirements) Ordinance see 1.99. Additional
regulations issued by WSD Nord (1.89) are also in
force.
It should be noted that the Navigable Waterways
Ordinance includes some rules that differ from The
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972). In particular, it should be noted that a
vessel which is proceeding along the course of the
fairway channel, irrespective of whether or not she can
safely navigate only within the fairway channel, shall
have the right of way over vessels entering that
fairway, vessels crossing that fairway, vessels making
turns in that fairway, or vessels leaving their
anchorage or mooring.
Wk10/07

Paragraph 7.15 4 Delete
197
204
After Paragraph 7.83 1 line 1 Insert:
It should be noted that a vessel entering Die Elbe
from Der Nord -Ostsee Kanal is required to send a
Sailing Plan to VTS Brunsbüttel Elbe Traffic before
leaving the locks at Brunsbüttel. For further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
226
After Paragraph 7.273 1 line 4 Add:
It should be noted that this regulation applies
specifically to the Approach Area; a vessel departing
the locks does not have right of way over vessels
proceeding along the fairway of Die Elbe. See 7.15.
235
Paragraph 8.10 Replace by:
1 German Internal Waters (Entry Requirements)
Ordinance requires vessels to participate in German
Bight VTS. For further details see 1.99 and Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
2 German Navigable Waterways Ordinance. See
1.91. The limits, W of Schleswig-Holstein, within
which the German Navigable Waterways Ordinance
applies are shown on Charts 1875 and 3767.
Within coastal waters extending out to the 3 mile
limit and within buoyed fairways extending out as far
as the 12 mile limit, the Navigable Waterways
Ordinance includes some rules that differ from The
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972). In particular, it should be noted that a
vessel which is proceeding along the course of the
fairway channel, irrespective of whether or not she can
safely navigate only within the fairway channel, shall
have the right of way over vessels entering that
fairway, vessels crossing that fairway, vessels making
turns in that fairway, or vessels leaving their
anchorage or mooring.
238
Paragraph 8.42 1 Replace by:
1 The limits within which the Navigable Waterways
Ordinance applies are shown on the chart. See 1.91.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 055/200/01) [10/07]
Wk10/07
IV
4.2
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (2006
Edition)
Tarawa - Betio northwards — Wreck
451
Paragraph 16.79 3 line 3 Replace by:
...(16.75), and a 4 m (13 ft) wreck in the SW corner, is
bounded by a line joining the following positions...
Ministry of Communication, Transport and Tourism
Development, Betio
(HH. 593/410/03) [10/07]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Polynésie Française - Tahiti - Passe de Taapuna
— Submarine pipeline
152
After Paragraph 6.92 3 line 3 Insert:
Submarine pipeline. An outfall pipeline is laid
through Passe de Taapuna from 17°36′⋅1S 149°36′⋅8W
to 17°36′⋅2S 149°37′⋅6W.
French Notice 3/59/07
(HH. 595/440/03) [10/07]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Khawr ‘Abd Allºh – Directions —
Uncharted buoys
269
Paragraph 9.231 1 lines 4 -9 Replace by:
NNE of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (29°41′⋅3N
48°44′⋅0E); mooring buoys are laid between 1
and 2 miles NNE of the light-buoy close off the
mine danger area (9.68). It is reported (2006) that
several unmarked and uncharted buoys lie in the
vicinity of No 1 Light-buoy; mariners should
navigate with caution. Thence:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(reported 1992) (29°42′⋅0N 48°42′⋅0E), thence:
HMS Sutherland
(HH. 493/440/05) [10/07]

NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Turks Island Passage — Grand Turk Cruise
Centre
69
Paragraph 3.6 2 line 6 to Paragraph 3.7 1 line 1 Replace by:
...to 4⋅5 m draught.
3 Grand Turk Cruise Centre (3.36a), 3 cables S of
Freighter Dock, has a reported depth alongside of
11⋅3 m and handles cruise liners of up to 110 000
dwt.
Other anchorages are found almost exclusively in
Turks Island Passage.
Traffic regulations
3.7
1 Restricted anchorages. Mariners are warned that
most of the traditional...
72
After Paragraph 3.36 Insert Port plan of Grand Turk Cruise
Centre which can be found with this week’s Admiralty
Notices to Mariners Section II blocks.
After Paragraph 3.36 Insert
GrandTurkCruiseCentre
Chart 1441
General information
3.36a
1 Position and function. Grand Turk Cruise Centre
(21°26′N 71°09′W) is situated 5 cables NW of Boaby
Rock Point, the S point of Grand Turk Island. It is
used mainly by cruise liners.
Approach and entry. The berth is approached in
deep water directly from the NW.
Traffic. 139 vessels of between 30 000 and 110 000
dwt visited the port in 2006.
Limiting conditions
3.36b
1 Dredged depth 11⋅0 m (2006). For the latest
controlling depths consult the port authorities.
Deepest and longest berth. Cruise terminal (3.36f).
Maximum size of vessel handled. The terminal is
capable of handling vessels up to 151 400 gt.
Arrival information
3.36c
1 Port operations. Vessels normally only berth
during daylight hours but may leave at any time.
Notice of ETA required is as soon as possible but
no later than 24 hours prior to arrival. It should be
given using Eastern Standard Time (EST).
Outer anchorages. Anchoring is prohibited.
2 Pilotage is not compulsory.
Tugs are not available.
Quarantine. Port health officials board on arrival.
Pratique will not be granted by radio.
Customs and excise. Customs officers board on
arrival.
IV
4.3
Harbour
3.36d
1 General layout. The berthing area, which has a
dredged depth of 11 m, lies 3 cables S of Freighter
Dock (3.35).
Local weather. Winds are generally from the E at
8 to 10 kn.
Directions
3.36e
1 Landmark:
Structure (21°27′N 71°09′W).
Approaches:
Vessels should approach on a heading of 122° which
is the alignment of the pier. The outer limits of the
dredged area are marked by light buoys (lateral)
and the inner limits are marked by piles fitted with
radar reflectors.
Vessels are recommended to berth bows in and leave
stern first as there is insufficient swinging room
within the dredged area.
Berths
3.36f
1 One berth, 315 m in length, each side of the pier,
with a reported depth alongside of 11⋅3 m.
Port services
3.36g
1 Facilities. Limited medical facilities.
Supplies. No supplies of any sort.
Communications. International airport 2 km distant.
Capt. G Ellis, Director Port Development, Carnival
Corporation; HMS Lancaster; RFA Wave Ruler
(HH. 685/410/03) [10/07]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Montserrat - East and south -west coasts —
Exclusion zone
218
Paragraph 5.279 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 Between Trant’s Bay (16°45′⋅8N 62°09′⋅6W) and
Roche’s Bluff (5.320), extending 2 miles
offshore, and;
Between Old Road Bluff (16°44′⋅8N 62°14′⋅1W)
(5.323) and Old Fort Point (5.320), extending
1½ miles offshore.
Montserrat Executive Council
(HH. 671/460/06) [10/07]
Wk10/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Behm Canal - Neets Bay — Shoal depth
78
L16Replace by:
...Clam Island 1¼ miles farther E. A shoal depth of
109 m (36 ft) has been reported (2007)
approximately 3 cables SSE of Clam Island.
US Notice 6/17422/07
(HH. 611/400/05) [09/07]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Estonia - Nasva — Directions
410
Paragraph 11.143 1 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
Directions. From the vicinity of a buoy (safe water)
(58115N 22232E), a channel, 1½ miles long, 45 m
wide, 34 m deep, and marked by buoys (lateral), leads
NNE to the head of the pier from which a light (red
metal column with balcony, shown 20th April to 15th
December), is exhibited.
Paragraph 11.143 2 Delete
Estonian Notice 21/2/07
(SDD 2007000 009156) [09/07]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
France - Coureau d’Oléron — Directions
232
Paragraph 7.331 2 line 8 Add:
Close WSW of an isolated 12 m drying patch
(4 cables N), thence:
French Notice 3/27/07
(SDD 2007000 009181) [09/07]
4.1
[09/07]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Juan de Fuca Strait - San Juan Point — Light
59
Paragraph 2.37 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...entrance to Port San Juan (2.53). Thence:
61
Paragraph 2.56 1 Replace by:
2.56
1 Spare
Canadian Notice 1/3606/07
(HH. 600/405/05) [09/07]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Israel - Hadera — Approach and entry
230
Paragraph 7.221 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
Approach and entry. The Israeli authorities advise
vessels approaching the port to do so through the
entrance to the approach channel in position 32282N
33560E. The track then leads approximately 47 miles
E to the port.
Israeli Notice 2/07
(SDD 2007000 010249) [09/07]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Hawaiian Islands, Oahu - Waimanalo Bay —
Depths
316
Paragraph 13.206.1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...head of the bay. A barrier reef stretches NNW -SSE
across the bay. The reef dries at each end and has depths of
less than 10 m in the middle. Local knowledge is necessary
to enter the bay.
US Chart 19358
(HH. 613/410/06) [09/07]
Wk09/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Dampier —
Safety Exclusion Zones
230
Paragraph 6.106 Replace by:
1 Safety Exclusion Zones surround all major
commercial facilities in the Port of Dampier.
Unauthorised navigation is prohibited within the
following areas:
Whithnell Bay LNG and LPG wharves -
within 700 m.
Dampier Cargo Wharf and Bulk Liquids Berth -
within 200 m.
Whithnell Bay Slug Catcher - within 100 m.
Other facilities - within 50 m.
Port of Dampier Marine Notice 05 -2007
(A228455) [08/07]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Tasmania - Boat Harbour Point — Shoal
253
Paragraph 10.49 1 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
...Lagoon. A shoal with a depth of 1⋅8 m over it lies
1½ cables N of Boat Harbour Point, the W entrance
point of Skeleton Bay. Thence:
Australian Notice 02/98/2007
(A229371) [08/07]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India - Chennai — Submarine cables
56
After L 13 Existing Supplement amendment Add:
Submarine cables have been laid from positions on
the shore, from 2 to 5½ miles S of Chennai S
breakwater, extending ESE into deep water.
R 45 -50 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Submarine cables Submarine cables have been laid
from positions on the shore, from 2 to 5½ milesSof Chennai S breakwater, extending ESE into deep
water. One of these is protected by a designated
submarine cable area, within which anchoring and
fishing are prohibited, extending seawards to the
50 m contour.
BA Charts 574; 2063
(HH. 507/300/02) [08/07]
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Plymouth Sound - Cattewater — Directions
[08/07]
123
Paragraph 4.232 3 line 5 Delete Direction
Paragraph 4.232 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 The alignment (048½°) of these lights leads in the
fairway passing:
Paragraph 4.232 5 line 7 Replace by:
...¾ cable WSW of the pierhead and No 3 Light---buoy
(starboard hand) 1 cable SSW of the pierhead.
HM Cattewater; QHM Plymouth
(SDD 2007000 006968/006978) [08/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
River Orwell — Orwell Bridge clearance
275
Paragraph 13.127 1 line 8 For 42 Read of 38
Ipswich Port Authority
(SDD 2007000 006482)) [08/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China - Changjianhkou Beiji`o
north -north -eastwards — Wreck
267
After Paragraph 8.16 7 line 2 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (33°16′N 122°31′E),
position approximate (reported 2006), thence:
Chinese Notice 50/1148/06
(HH. 556/400/03) [08/07]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Tunisia - Ra’s Taguerness — Dangerous wrecks
323
Paragraph 7.262 3 lines 2 -7 Replace by:
NE of Ra’s Taguerness from where a light (7.261) is
exhibited. Several dangerous wrecks lie between
6½ miles N and 10½ miles ENE from the cape, as
shown on the chart. Thence:
French Chart 7524
(SDD 2006000 402748) [08/07]
Wk08/07

NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Stronsay Firth — Directions
203
Paragraph 5.270 1 line 7 For 9⋅8 m Read 7⋅7 m
MV Triad
(SDD 2007000 004697) [08/07]
Orkney Islands - Eday Sound and Approaches —
Directions
206
Paragraph 5.289 2 line 6 Add:
W of an isolated 8⋅6 m shoal (3 miles S), thence:
MV Triad
(SDD 2007000 006960) [08/07]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Die Eider — Stranded wreck
248
After Paragraph 8.119 2 line 8 Add:
3 Caution. An unmarked stranded wreck lies in
position 54°15′⋅3N 8°42′⋅6E.
German Notice 4/(21)105/07
(SDD 2007000 008380) [08/07]
Wk08/07
IV
4.2
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Dominica - West Coast — Nature reserve; light
1
263
After Paragraph 6.180 1 Insert:
Marine nature reserves
6.180a
Marine nature reserves have been established on the
NW and SW coasts of the island.
Scotts Head Soufrière Marine Reserve includes the
waters of Soufrière Bay (15°13′N 61°23′W) and
the adjacent waters extending SW to a point S of
Scotts Head Village.
2 Cabrits Marine Reserve includes the waters of
Douglas Bay (6.211) and Prince Rupert Bay
(6.208).
Anchoring or mooring without permission is
3
prohibited. Fishing and the dumping of garbage or
otherwise polluting the marine environment is also
prohibited.
After Paragraph 6.182 2 Insert:
Major light.
Scotts Head Light (television mast) (15°13′N
61°22′W).
Paragraph 6.183 7 line 3 Replace by:
...(61°23′W) from which a light is exhibited (6.182).
268
Paragraph 6.221 4 line 3 Replace by:
...(61°23′W) from which a light is exhibited (6.182).
MV Santa Maria; SVTenacious
(HH. 671/475/03) [08/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Tasmania - Marion Narrows —
Light -beacon altered
247
Paragraph 10.16 2 lines 11 -13 (including existing Section
IV Notice Week 52/05) Replace by:
...50 m off No 1 Beacon then close NW of No 3
Light -beacon (port hand) noting the unsurveyed area
SE of Long Spit.
Australian Hydrographic Office
(A218443) [07/07]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Finland - Svenska Björn to Simpnäsklubb —
Directions
296
Paragraph 7.257 4 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
SW of Tröskeln Östra Light -buoy (W cardinal)
(59°39′⋅7N 19°55′⋅1E), marking a shoal on the
NE side of the fairway, and noting the remnants of
Tröskeln Östra Light structure nearby, thence:
Finnish Notice 2/38/07
(SDD 2007000 006860) [07/07]
Poland - Gulf of Gdamsk - West side —
Prohibited area
354
After Paragraph 9.12 2 Insert:
3 Prohibited area. An area, marked by buoys
(special), prohibited for fishing, anchoring and
underwater activity, is established as a circle with a
500 m radius centred on 54°33′⋅2N 18°37′⋅5E, with an
extension, in the form of a strip 200 m in width,
leading W to 54°32′⋅9N 18°34′⋅0E. The area is also
prohibited for navigation when being used by vessels
of the Polish Navy.
Polish Notice 8/2/2007
(SDD 2007000 005132) [07/07]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Kejvsalö Östra Fjärd —
Authorised draught
186
Paragraph 5.29 1 line 4 For 7⋅3 m Read 6⋅0 m
Finnish Notice 2/34/07
(SDD 2007000 006856) [07/07]
4.1
Finland - Himanka — Authorised draught
329
Paragraph 8.64 4 line 2 For 4⋅2 m Read 3⋅3 m
[07/07]
Finnish Chart 53
(SDD 2006000 403097) [07/07]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
Spain, North Coast - Gijon — Directions
326
Paragraph 10.171 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
Spanish Notice 3/18/07
(SDD 2007000 006069) [07/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast - Approaches to Minjiang Kou
- Mazu Liedao westwards — Wrecks
164
After Paragraph 4.304 1 line 4 Add:
NW of a dangerous wreck (2½ miles ENE), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (3½ miles NNE),
position approximate (reported 2006), thence:
Chinese Notice 47/1052/06
(HH. 555/400/04) [07/07]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Singapore Strait - Singapore — Anchorages
249
Paragraphs 8.56 7 line 8 and 8.56 8 (including existing
Section IV Notice Week 30/06) Replace by:
...anchorage, see 8.27. A wreck, depth 35 m, lies
on the S edge of Sector P.
8 Eastern Bunkering Anchorage C (AEBC)**:
Centred on 1°16′⋅4N 103°57′⋅0E. Consisting of four
areas. Vessels taking bunkers under the “special
bunkering anchorage scheme” (8.51), and vessels
with prior permission of Port Master. Depths 25
to 51 m.
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(HH. 521/405/09; HH. 521/405/10) [07/07]

NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Newfoundland - Bacalhao Island —
Leading lights replaced
300
Paragraph 8.184 3 lines 7-9 Replace by:
The track then leads to a position about 8 cables
NE of the N extremity of Duck Island (3¼ miles NW).
Paragraph 8.185 1 Replace by:
1 From a position about 8 cables NE of the N
extremity of Duck Island (49°39′⋅1N 54°30′⋅6W) the
white sector (298° -299°) of Bacalhao sector light
(49°41′⋅2N 54°33′⋅3W) (square framework tower, 4 m
in height) leads NW, passing (with positions relative to
the sector light):
Paragraph 8.186 1 Replace by:
1 From a position about 8 cables NE of the N
extremity of Duck Island the track initially leads along
the white sector (298° -299°) of Bacalhao sector light
(8.185) for about 7½ cables and thence N, passing
(with positions relative to Bacalhao Island sector light
(49°41′⋅2N 54°33′⋅3W)):
Canadian Eastern Notice 01/4862/07
(HH. 603/465/04) [07/07]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Maursundet - Jekthamna — Anchorage removed
L26-37Replace by:
Spare
9.97
191
Norwegian Notice 1/74/07
(SDD 2007000 006201) [07/07]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
Chenal des Grands Voiliers —
Vertical clearance reduced
183
Paragraph 9.29 1 line 2 For 53 m Read 52 m
Paragraph 9.29 1 line 5 For 44 m Read 29 m
Canadian Eastern Notice 01/1317/07
(HH. 605/425/07) [07/07]
IV
4.2
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2006 Edition)
Portland Harbor — Directions
93
Paragraph 3.210 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Between Nos 13 and 14 Light -buoys (port and
starboard hand, respectively) (1 mile SSE),
thence:
WSW of No 16 Light -buoy (starboard hand)
(5½ cables SE), thence:
US Notice 48/13292/06; BA Chart 2488
(HH. 614/420/03) [07/07]
1
South part of Massachusetts Bay —
Whale avoidance routes
122
After Paragraph 4.124 Insert:
Routes
4.124a
Recommended two -way Whale Avoidance Routes
have been established in Cape Cod Bay to reduce the
likelihood of ship strikes of endangered Northern right
whales. All vessels are encouraged to use the
recommended routes when passing into or out of Cape
Cod Bay.
Caution. Full bottom coverage surveys have not
been conducted within the entire route so uncharted
dangers may exist.
123
Paragraph 4.131 1-3 Replace by:
1 From the inner Precautionary Area (4.66) the
recommended route into Cape Cod Bay (4.124a) leads
SE then S through a Precautionary Area, passing (with
positions relative to Gurnet Point (42°00′N 70°36′W)):
2 NE of No 21 Light–buoy (port hand) (42°16′⋅6N
70°42′⋅4W), which marks a dangerous wreck
and a 6⋅4 m (21 ft) patch at the outer limit of
the foul ground that extends 4 miles NE from
Strawberry Point. Thence:
E of No 6 Light -buoy (5½ miles N), thence:
125
Paragraph 4.148 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position E of Gurnet Point (42°00′N
70°36′W) in the entrance to Cape Cod Bay, the
recommended route to the E entrance of Cape Cod
Canal continues S, passing (with positions relative to
Breakwater Head Light (41°46′⋅8N 70°29′⋅4W)):
E of a dangerous wreck (9½ milesN), thence:
2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (8¾ miles NNE),
the position of which is approximate, and:
E of No 12 Light–buoy (starboard hand) (8½ miles
N), marking Mary Ann Rocks (4.136). A
dangerous wreck lies 2 cables S of the buoy.
Thence:
E of Stellwagen Rock (7 miles NNW) (4.136),
thence:
E of a dangerous wreck (3¼ miles N), thence:
Clear of CC Light–buoy (safe water) (2½ miles NE),
thence:
NOAA Fisheries
(HH. 614/081/03) [07/07]

East and south side of Cape Cod Bay —
Whale avoidance track
126
After Paragraph 4.149 Insert:
Route
4.149a
1 A recommended two -way Whale Avoidance Track
has been established for vessels passing to and from
Provincetown (4.151) and the Cape Cod Canal (5.165).
Caution. Full bottom coverage surveys have not
been conducted along the entire track, so uncharted
dangers may exist.
NOAA Fisheries
(HH. 614/081/03) [07/07]
Long Island Sound — Directions; stranded wreck
173
Paragraph 6.95 6 line 3 Replace by:
...and Sands Point, 8 cables SSE, and clear of a stranded
wreck lying 3½ cables N of Sands Point. The channel is...
US Notice 1/12366/07
(HH. 614/485/04) [07/07]
New York Harbor — Anchorage areas; shoaling
207
Paragraph 7.119 9 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...(16 ft) in its S part. A dangerous wreck lies...
US Notice 48/121401/06
(HH. 614/500/04) [07/07]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Braddock Point to Saint Simons Sound —
Whale avoidance routes
223
Paragraph 8.212 1 Replace by:
1 From a position SE of Braddock Point (32°07′N
80°49′W) the coastal route leads SSW then S for
about 60 miles, to a position 16 miles E of 2B
Light–buoy (31°00′N 81°10′W), at the entrance to the
recommended two -way whale avoidance route (8.215),
as shown on the chart, leading to Saint Simons Sound
(8.226).
224
After Paragraph 8.215 2 Insert:
Recommended two -way Whale Avoidance Routes
have been established off Saint Simons Sound to
reduce the likelihood of ship strikes of endangered
Northern right whales. All vessels are encouraged to
use the recommended routes into and out of
Brunswick Harbor.
Caution. Full bottom coverage surveys have not
been conducted within the entire route so uncharted
dangers may exist.
IV
After Paragraph 8.217 1 Insert:
South -east Northern right whale Mandatory Ship
Reporting (MSR) System
8.217a
1 A mandatory ship reporting system (MSR)
(WHALESSOUTH), extending along the E coast of
Georgia and Florida, has been established for the
protection of the Northern right whale. The system is
in operation from November 15th to April 15th
inclusive and the area is bounded by the following
co -ordinates:
31°27′⋅0N 81°13′⋅8W.
31°27′⋅0N 80°51′⋅6W.
30°00′⋅0N 80°51′⋅6W.
30°00′⋅0N 81°19′⋅1W.
2 For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
1
Signals Volume 6(5).
Paragraph 8.223 Replace by:
8.223
From a position SE of Braddock Point (32°07′N
80°49′W) the track leads SSW then S, passing:
Clear of an obstruction (reported) (31°45′⋅5N
80°42′⋅8W) (Chart 2801), thence:
2 ESE of Bradley Point (31°49′N 81°03′W) (Chart
2801). A number of fish havens, charted as
obstructions, lie up to 24 miles ESE of
Bradley Point. Thence:
ESE of S Light–buoy (special) (31°28′⋅5N
3
80°54′⋅7W), thence:
ESE of Grays Reef National Marine Sanctuary
(31°23′N 80°53′W) (8.218) marked by buoys.
ODAS Light–buoy 41008 is moored near the
centre of the Sanctuary. A number of fish
havens, charted as obstructions, lie up to
4
17 miles N of Grays Reef National Marine
Sanctuary. Thence:
ESE of a wreck (31°19′N 80°58′W). A fish
haven, charted as an obstruction, lies 2 miles
S. Thence:
The track then leads to a position 16 miles E of 2B
Light -buoy (starboard hand) (31°00′N 81°10′W) at the
entrance to the recommended two -way Whale
Avoidance Route (8.215).
227
Paragraph 8.255 Replace by:
8.255
1 From a position 16 miles E of 2B Light–buoy
2
(starboard hand) (31°00′N 81°10′W) the recommended
two -way Whale Avoidance Route (8.215), as shown
on the chart, leads W for about 19 miles to the pilot
boarding area at the entrance to Bar Channel, passing:
N of a fish haven (31°00′N81°02′W), with a depth of
8⋅5 m (28 ft) over it, thence:
S of a fish haven (31°06′N81°12′W), with a depth of
8⋅5 m (28 ft) over it, thence:
Clear of a wreck (31°03′⋅2N 81°13′⋅8W), which
contains explosives, thence:
Clear of STS Light -buoy (safe water) (31°02′⋅8N
81°14′⋅4W).
4.3
NOAA Fisheries
(HH. 614/081/03) [07/07]

Saint Simons Sound to Saint Johns River —
Whale avoidance routes
232
Paragraph 9.17 Replace by:
1 From a position in the vicinity of 2B Light–buoy
(starboard hand) (31°00′N 81°10′W), the recommended
two -way Whale Avoidance Route (9.19a), as shown
on the chart, leads ESE, S then W to a position in the
vicinity of STM Light -buoy (safe water) (30°43′N
81°15′W).
1
233
After Paragraph 9.19 Insert:
Traffic regulations
9.19a
Recommended two -way Whale Avoidance Routes
have been established off Saint Marys Entrance to
reduce the likelihood of ship strikes of endangered
Northern right whales. All vessels are encouraged to
use the recommended routes into and out of
1
Fernandina Harbor.
Caution. Full bottom coverage surveys have not
been conducted within the entire route so uncharted
dangers may exist.
Paragraph 9.22 Replace by:
9.22
From a position in the vicinity of 2B Light–buoy
(starboard hand) (31°00′N 81°10′W), marking a fish
haven (4 cables N) with a depth of 13⋅7 m (45ft) over
it, the recommended two -way Whale Avoidance Route
(9.19a), as shown on the chart, leads ESE, S then W,
passing:
2 SSW of a fish haven (31°00′N 81°02′W), with a
depth of 8⋅5 m (28 ft) over it, thence:
S of a fish haven (30°47′N81°07′W), with a depth of
8⋅5 m (28 ft) over it, and:
N of a shoal patch (30°43′N 81°07′W) with a
reported depth (2000) of 11⋅9 m (39 ft) over it.
3 Thence the track leads to a position in the vicinity
of STM Light–buoy (safe water) (30°43′N 81°15′W).
1
237
Paragraph 9.61 Replace by:
9.61
From a position in the vicinity of STM Light–buoy
(safe water) (30°43′N 81°15′W), the recommended
two -way Whale Avoidance Route (9.19a), as shown
on the chart, leads SE, SW then WNW to a position E
of STJ Light–buoy (safe water) (30°23′⋅6N
81°19′⋅1W).
After Paragraph 9.66 3 Insert:
Recommended two -way Whale Avoidance Routes
have been established in the approaches to Saint Johns
River to reduce the likelihood of ship strikes of
endangered Northern right whales. All vessels are
encouraged to use the recommended routes into and
out of Jacksonville.
Caution. Full bottom coverage surveys have not
been conducted within the entire route so uncharted
dangers may exist.
IV
4.4
Paragraph 9.71 Replace by:
9.71
1 Between Saint Marys Entrance and the entrance to
Saint Johns River, obstructions and wrecks lie up to
30 miles off the coast, as shown on the chart.
From a position in the vicinity of STM Light–buoy
(safe water) (30°43′N 81°15′W) the recommended
two -way Whale Avoidance Route (9.66), as shown on
the chart, leads SE, SW and WNW, passing:
2 NE of a fish haven (30°39′N 81°09′W), with a
depth of 15⋅2 m (50 ft) over it, thence:
NE of an obstruction (30°34′N 81°03′W), thence:
NE of an obstruction (30°31′N 80°56′W), thence:
Between fish havens (30°28′N 80°56′W) and
(30°25′N80°54′W) with depths of 15⋅2 m(50ft)
over them, thence:
3 SE of obstructions (30°24′N 81°03′W), thence:
NNE of a fish haven (30°20′N 81°12′W), with a
depth of 15⋅2 m (50 ft) over it, thence.
Thence to a position E of STJ Light–buoy (safe
water) (30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W).
246
Paragraph 9.152 1 Replace by:
1 From a position about 4 miles SE of STJ
Light–buoy (safe water) (30°23′⋅6N 81°19′⋅1W), clear
of the numerous fish havens, charted as obstructions,
and obstructions, which lie E of the light–buoy, the
track leads SE through the recommended two -way
Whale Avoidance Route (9.66), as shown on the chart,
for about 30 miles, then SSE, passing:
Clear of fish havens charted as obstructions, lying
SE of STJ Light–buoy, thence:
NOAA Fisheries
(HH. 078/553/10) [07/07]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Gulf of Mexico - Pascagoula — Pilotage
267
Paragraph 10.192 1 line 3 For 2 miles SW Read 1 mile S to
SE
USCoastPilot5
(HH. 078/554/09) [07/07]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Martinique - Approaches to Baie de
Fort -de -France — Fish havens
272
After Paragraph 7.15 1 Insert:
Fish havens
7.15a
1 Numerous charted fish havens lie in the approaches
to Baie de Fort -de -France; these may be marked by
light -buoys (special),
French Notice 11/09(T)/05
(HH. 671/480/05) [07/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Côte d’Ivoire - Lion A Termimal —
Exclusion zone
301
Paragraph 9.112 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Function. It is no longer used as an export terminal
and is bounded by a marine exclusion zone of 2 miles
radius centred on Lion A production platform.
Paragraphs 9.113 - 9.116 Including headings Replace by:
Spare
9.113 - 9.116
Getma Cote d’Ivoire; French Notice 07/01/15
(SDD 2007000 004021) [06/07]
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
South Africa - Cape Town TSS — Shoal depths
279
Paragraph 9.210 2 line 2 Add:
A 15⋅4 m patch and a 19⋅5 m patch lie 5 miles
WNW and 3½ miles W respectively of Milnerton
Light.
South African Chart 1013
(SDD 2006000 406136) [06/07]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Flat Top Island —
Light discontinued
204
Paragraph 6.171 2 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
Flat Top Island Lighthouse (disused) (21°09′⋅7S
149°14′⋅8E) (6.198).
206
Paragraph 6.189 4 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
4 This approach passes clear of:
Reichelmann Rock (1½ miles S); Oyster...
207
Paragraph 6.199 3 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
...a light -buoy (E cardinal), thence:
Australian Hydrographic Office
(A223283) [06/07]
Wk06/07
4.1
[06/07]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Capo dell’ Arma — Historic wreck
140
Paragraph 4.15 3 line 7 Replace by:
Mariners should note the restricted area, radius
5 cables, centred on an historic wreck lying
3½ miles SE of Capo dell’ Arma. Thence:
Italian Notice 24.26/2006
(SDD 2007000 001126) [06/07]
Italy - Capo Palinuro — Prohibited areas
383
After Paragraph 13.71 Insert:
Prohibited areas
13.71a
1 Works are in progress (2007) to establish
anti -trawling structures on the seabed within marine
protected areas extending up to 2 miles offshore,
bounded by the coastline between Marina di Ascea
and Capo Palinuro. Entry into these areas is
prohibited.
Italian Notice G19006/06
(SDD 2007000 001097) [06/07]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Portugal - Cabo de Santa Maria — Shoals
180
After Paragraph 6.49 5 line 6 Insert:
Two shoals of 1⋅9 m lie 1½ miles SSW of Cabo de
Santa Maria Lighthouse (36°58′N 7°52′W) (6.47).
Portuguese Notice 377/06
(SDD 2007000 004274) [06/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Venezuela - Puerto Carúpano — Buoy
145
Paragraph 5.34 2 line 4 For (isolated danger) Read (north
cardinal)
Venezuelan Notice 046/06
(HH. 668/430/02) [05/07]
Colombia - Cartagena — Racon
262
Paragraph 9.181 1 line 2 For Bocachica Light -buoy
(10°19′N 75°36′W). Read San José Signal Station
(10°18′N 75°34′W).
Colombian Notice 164/06
(HH. 640/441/06) [05/07]
NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
Îles Crozet - Île de la Possession - Baie du Marin
— Anchorage
79
Paragraph 2.39 3-5 (including existing Section IV Notice
Week 52/05) Replace by:
3 An anchorage which is well protected from
prevailing winds, may be obtained in Baie du Marin,
in a depth of about 37 m, black sand, gravel and
broken shells. A strong N -going current has been
reported in this area. The anchorage lies at the
intersection of leading lines from Pointe Seince
Light -beacons (white with black stripes) (46°25′⋅4S
51°52′⋅3E), bearing 296°; and Pointe Lieutard
Light -beacons (white and black chequers) (46°25′⋅8S
51°52′⋅5E), bearing 212°.
4 There is a designated anchorage, radius 80 m, on
the leading line, 1½ cables ESE of Pointe Seince front
leading light.
French Notice 06/48/59
(HH. 510/400/02) [05/07]
Wk05/07
4.1
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2001 Edition)
Hudson Strait - Resolution Island —
Light removed
[05/07]
228
Paragraph 6.47 2 Replace by:
2 Radio Island lies 3 miles W of Hatton Headland.
Two conspicuous towers stand on the SW side of the
island.
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/7050/06
(HH. 601/400/09) [05/07]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Denmark - København — Bryggebroen swing
bridge
204
After Paragraph 6.134 1 Add:
6.134a
1 Bryggebroen swing bridge, is situated 6½ cables
SW of Langebro (6.133).
Swing span, marked by lights either side when open
for passage; navigable width 34⋅5 m with a
channel depth of 7 m.
Fixed span, marked by lights either side; navigable
width 19⋅9 m, vertical clearance 5⋅4 m, dredged
to4m.
A lighted signal to control passage is located on the
bridge.
Details of traffic regulations for passage through
either span may be found in harbour regulations at
www.cphport.dk.
209
Paragraph 6.156 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...Knippelsbro (6.132), Langebro (6.133) and Bryggebroen
(6.134a) to Sydhavnen (6.173).
Danish Notice 45/932/06
(SDD 2006000 399189) [05/07]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Björköfjärden — Anchorage
161
Paragraph 4.187 and heading Replace by:
Spare
4.187
Finnish Notices 32 -33/749/06
(SDD 2006000 404236) [05/07]

NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Thailand — Firing Practice Areas
4
R11 Insert:
Firing Practice Areas
1.14a Military firing practice areas have been
established off the W coast of Thailand between
8°27′N and 9°15′N, extending from the shore
westwards to longitude 9°27′E.
An anti -submarine exercise area has been
established approximately 45 miles WSW of Ko
Phuket bounded by latitudes 7°05′N and 8°05′N and
longitudes 97°18′E and 97°48′E.
143
L50 Insert:
7.159a Firing Practice Areas See 1.14a.
Thai Notice 130/2549/06
(SDD 2006000 404954) [05/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Portsmouth — Pilotage
4
187
Paragraph 7.15 3 line 10 For Horse Elbow Foul buoy Read
Cambrian Wreck Buoy (7.14).
Paragraph 7.15 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
d. Vessels of less than 150 m proceeding to or
from any position W of the line joining
Gilkicker Point to Ryde Pier and/or going to
an anchorage in Saint Helen’s Roads.
Paragraph 7.15 5 line 5 For Horse Elbow Foul buoy Read
Cambrian Wreck Buoy (7.14).
QHM Portsmouth LNTM 02/07
(SDD 2007000 002129) [05/07]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Port of London — Pilotage
236
Paragraph 11.15 1-2 Replace by:
1 Requests for a pilot should be sent to Port Control
Centre London (11.18) 24 hours in advance or by 1500
on the day prior to that on which the services of a
pilot are required. Confirmation of ETA is required
8 hours and 4 hours before arrival. Thereafter VHF
contact should be made with the appropriate boarding
station.
2 Thames pilots can be embarked at European ports;
notice should be given not later than 3 days before the
service is required. Pilots may also be embarked at
other United Kingdom ports in the area of the Thames
Estuary, a minimum of 8 hours notice being required.
Port of London Authority
(SDD 2006000 376808) [05/07]
IV
4.2
Thames Estuary - Knock John Channel —
Traffic Management
240
After Paragraph 11.44a 2 (including existing Section IV
Notice Week 13/06) Insert:
11.44b
1 Traffic Management in Knock John Channel.
Vessels intending to transit Knock John Channel are
required to communicate closely with London VTS,
particularly in respect of their ETA at Knock John
Channel. For details of reporting points and reporting
procedures see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume
6(1).
2 In the narrow fairway between Knock John No 1
Light -buoy (51°33′⋅8N 1°10′⋅7E) and Knock John
No 4 Light -buoy, 2¼ miles SW, the following
regulations apply:
One -way traffic flow will be imposed for vessels
constrained by size or draught to navigating
within the buoyed channel.
Vessels navigating with the tide will normally have
the right -of -way.
Passing and overtaking may be permitted subject to
the agreement of the Masters of the vessels
involved. This rule does not apply to LNG vessels
(11.45).
3 Smaller vessels may navigate outside the buoyed
channel but should inform London VTS and
other vessels of their actions. In electing to
navigate outside the buoyed channel, smaller
vessels should be aware that depths are
subject to frequent change and that surveying
is carried out less frequently than within the
main channel.
Port of London Authority
(SDD 2006000 376632) [05/07]
River Swale — Ferry Reach Directional Light
328
Paragraph 16.112 4 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
4 Ferry Reach Directional Light (white tower, 9 m
in height) (51°23′⋅2N 0°45′⋅3E). The fixed white sector
(147°-148°) of this light leads in the navigable channel
below the two bridges.
Paragraph 16.112 5 line 1 (including Section IV Notice
Week 28/06) Delete
Medway Ports
(SDD 2007000 003466) [05/07]
Wk05/07

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast – Songxia Gang — Depths
158
Paragraph 4.250 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...dredged channel on the alignment of leading marks
is 5⋅8 m, 5 cables SE of Ren Yu...
159
Paragraph 4.252 4-6 Replace by:
4 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position,
NW of Zhupai Yu (25°42′⋅9N 119°43′⋅3E), the
alignment (216¾°) of these beacons leads through the
centre of the dredged channel, reported to be 175 m in
width, to a position close E of No 3 Light-buoy
(starboard hand) (25°42′⋅1N 119°38′⋅2E) marking the E
extremity of a 5 m shoal patch.
5 Leading beacons:
Jidiao Dao front beacon (26°40′⋅5N 119°35′⋅1E on
NE side of island).
Rear beacon (450 m WSW from front beacon).
From a position close E of No 3 Light -buoy, the
alignment (242½°) of these beacons leads through the
channel for just over 2 miles, passing (with positions
from Beixan Dao Light (25°40′⋅9N 119°36′⋅9E)):
Over a 5⋅8 m shoal depth (4.250) (1½ miles NE),
thence:
6 SE of Ren Yu Light (1¼ miles NNE) (4.238),
thence:
NW of Beixian Dao Light (white metal column red
bands, 4 m in height), lying close N of Beixian
Dao, 26 m high, thence:
Close SE of No 4 Light -buoy (starboard hand)
(7½ cables WNW), moored 1 cable S of a drying
rocky bank.
7 The track then continues W into N side of Fuqing
Wan and the berthing area passing:
S of a dangerous rock (8¾ cables WNW), position
doubtful, lying on the N edge of the channel,
thence:
S of No 5 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1½ miles
WNW), thence;
8 N of No 6 Light-beacon (port hand) (1¾ miles
W) marking the shallow coastal bank
extending 1 cable N of Jidiao Dao; a disused
beacon, 1⋅9 m in height, lies close E of the
light -buoy.
The berths can then be approached directly.
Chinese Chart 14132
(HH. 548/462/05) [05/07]
Wk05/07
IV
4.3
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Malacca Strait Approaches - Permatang Sedepa
(One Fathom Bank) north westwards —
Light -buoy; light -beacon
65
Paragraph 2.62 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
Paragraph 2.64 2 lines 4 -5 Delete
Paragraph 2.65 1 lines 7 -8 Delete
Paragraph 2.66 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
SSW of a light -buoy (S cardinal) (3°00′⋅8N
100°51′⋅9E), thence:
67
Paragraph 2.79 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
Paragraph 2.80 6 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
SW of the shoals forming the NW extension of
Permatang Sedepa, marked by a light -buoy
(S cardinal) (11 miles NW), and:
186
Paragraph 6.166 1 lines 2 -3 Delete
Paragraph 6.168 1 lines 2 -3 Delete
Pensinsula Malaysia Notice 5/85/06
(HH. 520/500/04) [05/07]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Newfoundland - Brehat Shoal — Buoy
382
Paragraph 10.117 4 line 2 Replace by:
...on its S side by KQG Light -buoy (S cardinal).
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4020/06
(HH. 603/470/03) [05/07]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
Saint Georges Bay – Port Hood — Leading lights
277
Paragraph 12.204 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 2 miles SE of Henry Island
Light, the channel, marked by buoys, leads N towards
the pier at Port Hood, passing (with positions given
from Portsmouth Point (45°59′N 61°34′W)):
Canadian Eastern Notices 12/4448/4462/06
(HH. 606/525/03) [05/07]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Spain -IsladeTarifa—Wreck
212
After Paragraph 7.27 5 line 8 Add:A dangerous wreck lies
1¼ cables SW of Tarifa Light.
Spanish Notice 47/503/2006
(SDD 2006000 402350) [05/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Angola - Porto de Luanda approaches — Wreck
206
After Paragraph 7.127 1 line 3 Add:
Clear of a stranded derrick (33 m in height, unlit)
(3 miles NW), thence:
Seacor Marine International
(SDD 2006000 404565) [04/07]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Venezuela - Puerto La Cruz and Adjacent
Harbours — Anchorages
149
Paragraph 5.71 2 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...dense green mangroves; a light -buoy (starboard hand)
stands close...
Paragraph 5.71 6 lines 4 -8 Delete
150
Paragraph 5.76 2 lines 6 -7 Delete
Paragraph 5.76 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
151
Paragraph 5.82 1 lines 6 -8 Delete
158
Paragraph 5.145 1 Replace by:
1 Designated anchorages for waiting, Bahia Pozuelos
and dangerous cargoes have been established 3¾ miles
NE, 2¾ miles N and 2½ miles NW, respectively, of
Morro de Barcelona (10°13′N 64°43′W). The limits
are shown on the charts.
2 A designated anchorage area for vessels bound for
Guanta has been established 1½ miles NE of Isla
Redonda (10°15′⋅4N 64°35′⋅5W), as shown on the
chart.
BA Chart 230
(HH. 07A/200/02) [04/07]
Wk04/07
4.1
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Kuuskajaskari — Directions
[04/07]
287
Paragraph 7.89 2 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons
Paragraph 7.89 4 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...leading beacons (white triangles, red stripe), in line
bearing 307½°, with the front beacon common to
Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons.
Finnish Notice 52/769/06
(SDD 2007000 000713) [04/07]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Thailand, west coast - Ko Tarutao
south -eastwards — Wreck
151
After Paragraph 5.181 2 line 5 Add:
S of a dangerous wreck (11 miles ENE), thence:
Thai Chart 309
(SDD 2006000 374121) [04/07]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Denmark — Pilotage
9
After Paragraph 1.56 Insert:
Notice of requirement
1.56a
1 Requests for a pilot should be made at least 18
hours prior to arrival at the boarding station and must
be confirmed or amended 4 hours in advance.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(2).
270
Paragraph 8.341 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
For requests for a pilot see 1.56a. For further details
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
282
Paragraph 9.45 1 line 9 Replace by:
...1.56a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(2).

287
Paragraph 9.91 3 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...Volume 1). For requests for a pilot see 1.56a and for
further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(2).
289
Paragraph 9.104 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
For requests for a pilot see 1.56a and for further...
316
Paragraph 9.365 4 line 2 Replace by:
....(safe water) (57°08′N 8°35′E). For requests for a
pilot see 1.56a.
320
Paragraph 9.399 2 line 8 Replace by:
...attempting entry. For requests for a pilot see 1.56a.
Danish Notice 48/1029/06
(SDD 2006000 403853) [04/07]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Vardø vessel traffic service
26
L12Insert:
2.1a
On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for the
waters encompassed by the Norwegian Economic Zone
(Appendix II) off the coast of N Norway, between
65°N, in the vicinity of Rørvik, and the border with
Russia. All tankers, vessels over 5000 grt, and
sea -going tugs are requested to report to Vardø VTS
Centre upon entering these waters.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
208
R10Insert:
14.2a
On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for the
waters encompassed by the Norwegian Economic Zone
(Appendix II) off the coast of N Norway, between
65°N, in the vicinity of Rørvik, and the border with
Russia. All tankers, vessels over 5000 grt, and
sea -going tugs are requested to report to Vardø VTS
Centre upon entering these waters.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
Vardø Vessel Traffic Service
(SDD 2006000 407084) [04/07]
IV
4.2
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Vardø vessel traffic service
4
R47Insert:
Vardø vessel traffic service
1.39a
On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for the
waters encompassed by the Norwegian Economic Zone
(Appendix II) off the coast of N Norway, between
65°N, in the vicinity of Rørvik (Norway Pilot
Volume IIB), and the border with Russia. All tankers,
vessels over 5000 grt, and sea -going tugs are
requested to report to Vardø VTS Centre upon entering
these waters.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
Vardø Vessel Traffic Service
(SDD 2006000 407084) [04/07]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Vardø vessel traffic service
6
L64Insert:
Vardø vessel traffic service
1.55a
On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for the
waters encompassed by the Norwegian Economic Zone
(Appendix II) off the coast of N Norway, between
65°N, in the vicinity of Rørvik (Norway Pilot
Volume IIB), and the border with Russia. All tankers,
vessels over 5000 grt, and sea -going tugs are
requested to report to Vardø VTS Centre upon entering
these waters.
In addition Vardø VTS covers the approaches to
Melkøya (70°41′N 23°36′E) and Hammerfest (70°40′N
23°40′E) (11.59). For further details see Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
209
R11Insert:
Vessel traffic service
10.96a
A vessel traffic service is in operation for the
monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkøya
(70°41′N 23°36′E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2) for
details.
220
R46Insert:
Vessel traffic service
11.7a
A vessel traffic service is in operation for the
monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkøya
(70°41′N 23°36′E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2) for
details.
Wk04/07

226
R17Insert:
Vessel traffic service
11.65a
A vessel traffic service is in operation for the
monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkøya
(70°41′N 23°36′E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2) for
details.
228
L49Insert:
Vessel traffic service
11.78a
A vessel traffic service is in operation for the
monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkøya
(70°41′N 23°36′E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2) for
details.
Vardø Vessel Traffic Service
(SDD 2006000 407084) [04/07]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Nova Scotia - Mahone Bay —
Light discontinued
115
Paragraph 5.70 2 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
summit of the island. Thence:
Canadian Eastern Notices 12/4381/4386/06
(HH. 606/435/03) [04/07]
Nova Scotia - Sable River and approaches —
Buoyage
137
Paragraph 6.109 1 line 10 For KC51 Light -buoy (port
hand) Read KC52 Light -buoy (starboard hand)
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4240/06
(HH. 606/445/03) [04/07]
Nova Scotia - Port La Tour — Buoyage
141
Paragraph 6.141 1 line 4 For KS Light -buoy Read KSB
Light -buoy
Paragraph 6.144 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...of Johns Island.
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4241/06
(HH. 606/445/03) [04/07]
Wk04/07
IV
4.3
Nova Scotia - Saint Marys Bay - Meteghan —
Buoyage
160
Paragraph 7.150 2 line 3 For HC3 Buoy Read HC3
Light -buoy
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4118/06
(HH. 606/470/04) [04/07]
Nova Scotia - Letete Passage and Approaches -
Lords Cove — Buoyage
206
Paragraph 8.403 4 lines 4 -5 For UPC Buoy (E cardinal)
Read UP7 Light -buoy (port hand)
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4114/06
(HH. 606/480/04) [04/07]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
ÎledeRapa -Baied’Ahurei—Depth
95
Paragraph 4.22 4 line 3 Replace by:
...and with a depth alongside of 3⋅9 m. The...
French Notice 49/42/06
(HH. 595/410/03) [04/07]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Iran - JazØreh-ye Lavan westwards —
Dangerous wreck
128
Paragraph 6.25 3 line 2 Replace by:
...a least depth of 7⋅2 m and clear of a dangerous
wreck lying 10 miles WSW, thence:
Iranian Notice 12/2006
(SDD 2006000 407456) [04/07]
Abu Dhabi - Arrival information — Anchorage
165
Paragraph 7.222 including heading Replace by:
Anchorage
7.222
1 The only designated anchorage lies about 5½ miles
NNW of Abu Dhabi light -buoy, as shown on the
chart.
It is recommended that vessels use plenty of cable
as the shamºl, which blows in this vicinity between N
and NW, can rise suddenly with great force.
Director of Marine Operations, Abu Dhabi
(SDD 2006000 399307) [04/07]

NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
Havre de Harrington – Anchorage — Depth
76
After Paragraph 3.96 1 line 9 Insert:
A shoal patch (4 cables NNW) with a depth of 4⋅6 m
(15 ft) over it.
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4468/06
(HH. 604/410/03) [04/07]
Cap Whittle to Pointe Curlew – Île du Large —
Beacon
80
Paragraph 4.10 1 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 4.11 1 line 4 Replace by:
...positions from Île du Large (4.10)):
Paragraph 4.15 1 line 2 Replace by:
...SSW of Île du Large (50°09′N 60°18′W)...
Paragraph 4.15 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...entrance of the bay, passing (with positions from Île
du Large):
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4452/06
(HH. 604/415/03) [04/07]
IV
4.4
Baie de Gaspé - Douglastown — Marine farm
349
Paragraph 14.242 1 line 5 Add:
Mariners should note, however, that a marine farm has
been established 8 cables N of this recommended
position.
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/4485/06
(HH. 604/495/03) [04/07]
Wk04/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Papua New Guinea - Port Moresby to Round Hill
Anchorage — Beacons discontinued
344
Paragraph 12.106 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
WSW of a reef (10¼ miles SSE).
Paragraph 12.106 3 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
SW of a small reef (10 miles SSE), thence:
Paragraph 12.106 4 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
NE of a reef (8½ miles S) which dries 0⋅6 m (2 ft),
thence:
NE of Tavai Reef (7 miles S), which dries 0⋅6 m
(2 ft).
Paragraph 12.106 4 line 7 Delete Beacon
348
Paragraph 12.140 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 SSW of South Patch (3½ miles SE), and:
Australian Notice 25/1217/06
(SDD 2006000 404624) [03/07]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden — Pilotage
10
Paragraph 1.51 6 Replace by:
6 Requests for pilots in Swedish waters, and any
subsequent amendments, are to be made through the
appropriate VTS/Pilot ordering centre. Pilotage for
certain ports covered by this volume is arranged either
through the Swedish Maritime Administration website
www.sjofartsverket.se or, in exceptional cases, by radio
or telephone. It is expected that booking via the
internet will be extended to all Swedish ports in due
course. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
Swedish Notice 142/3815/06
(SDD 2006000 407147) [03/07]
Denmark — Pilotage
10
Paragraph 1.52 3 line 6 For 12 Read 18
Paragraph 1.52 3 line 7 For 3 Read 4
Danish Notice 48/1029/06
(SDD 2006000 403853) [03/07]
Wk03/07
4.1
[03/07]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Bangladesh - Cox’s Bazar South -westwards —
Submarine cable
87
L 4 Existing Section IV Notice Week 25/05 For 15½ miles
Read 22 miles
SEA -ME -WE4 Consortium
(HH. 508/400/05) [03/07]
Thailand, West Coast - Mu Ko Similan -
Ko Similan Eastwards — Rock
144
L46 Replace by:
...steep -to, although a rock with a depth of 1⋅5 m over
it was reported (2006) to lie 3 cables off the E coast.
Thai Notice 51/06
(HH. 514/400/04) [03/07]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
East coast - Port Oriel — Light
185
Paragraph 6.82 1 lines 4 -6 Delete Entry To entrance.
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2006000 406503) [03/07]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Dornoch Firth — Target removed
100
Paragraph 4.73 1 line 3 Replace by:
...whence the track...
Briggs Marine Contractors Ltd.
(SDD 2006000 406231) [03/07]

Inverness Firth - Dangerous wreck — Directions
138
Paragraph 4.254 2 line 10 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 20/06 Replace by:
...Alturlie Bay (close E of Alturlie Point). A
dangerous wreck lies in position 57°31′⋅2N
4°09′⋅1W, about 2 cables NW of Alturlie Point.
Thence:
NW of a buoy (special) moored 1 mile SSW of
Alturlie Point, marking the seaward extremity of
an outfall.
MRCC Aberdeen
(SDD 2006000 406364) [03/07]
IV
4.2
Orkney Islands - Passage north of Shapinsay —
Shoal
204
Paragraph 5.273 2 line 9 Replace by:
....10 m depth contour 6 cables N of The Galt. A shoal
patch with a depth of 11⋅3 m is located 2½ cables
NNW of the buoy, and:
Survey Vessel Triad
(SDD 2006000 406775) [03/07]
Wk03/07

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Venezuela - Puerto Miranda — Buoy
232
Paragraph 8.130 2 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...5 miles, to a position about 2½ cables WNW of B61
Light -buoy (10°45′⋅1N 71°34′⋅2W), off the entrance to ...
233
Paragraph 8.141 5 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...the buoyed channel, to a position about 2½ cables WNW
of B61 Light -buoy (10°45′⋅1N 71°34′⋅2W), off the
entrance...
Paragraph 8.146 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...through Canal de Maracaibo and entered between AP1S
Light -buoy (10°45′⋅3N 74°34′⋅1W) and B61 light -buoy
1¾ cables SW.
234
Paragraph 8.161 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 2½ cables WNW of B61
Light -buoy (10°45′⋅1N 71°34′⋅2W) the track leads E
through a...
235
Paragraph 8.172 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 2½ cables WNW of B61
Light -buoy (10°45′⋅1N 71°34′⋅2W), off the entrance to
Puerto Miranda...
Venezuelan Chart DHN -1302
(HH. 668/515/03) [02/07]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast – Zhoushan Qundao –
Houshan Liedao SW — Wreck
207
After 6.85 3 line 3 Add:
WNW of a dangerous wreck (masts) (30°16′⋅5N
121°50′⋅3E) (reported 2006), thence:
225
After 6.231 1 line 2 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (masts) (30°16′⋅5N
121°50′⋅3E) (reported 2006), thence:
Chinese Notice 34/753/06
(HH. 548/443/01) [02/07]
Wk02/07
4.1
[02/07]
Sailing Directions - Japan — Publication of
NP 42C Japan Pilot Volume IV
Reference Advance Notice Week 40/06. NP42C is
now published. The following changes to NP42A
result from this publication.
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Transfer to NP 42C Japan Pilot Volume IV
69 -162
Chapters 2 -5 Including existing Supplement amendments
and Section IV Notices Weeks 18/05, 30/02, 43/04, 39/04,
32/02, 34/04, 25/05, 08/05, 01/05, 43/04, 12/02 and 31/05
Delete
163
Chapter 6 Main Centre Title Heading Replace by:
SOUTH COAST OF SHIKOKU
Chapter 6 Main Centre Section Heading Delete
163 -170
Page 163 L10 - Page 170 R46 Including existing
Supplement amendments and Section IV Notices Weeks
23/04 and 33/04 Delete
UK Hydrographic Office
(HH. 42C/218/01) [02/07]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Shetland Islands - South Channel and Scalloway
Harbour — Directions
234
Paragraph 6.41 6 line 6 For light -buoys (one port and one
starboard hand) Read No 7 Light -buoy (port hand) and
No 8 Light -buoy (starboard hand)
237
Paragraph 6.53 2 line 1 For a light -buoy Read No 6
Light -buoy
Paragraph 6.53 2 line 4 For a light -buoy Read No 5
Light -buoy
Paragraph 6.53 2 line 11 For a light -buoy Read No 4
Light -buoy
Paragraph 6.53 2 line 13 For a light -buoy Read No 3
Light -buoy
Paragraph 6.53 3 Replace by:
3 Nos 1 and 2 Light -buoys (both starboard hand)
(respectively 1½ cables SSE and 2 cables SSW of the
castle) mark the 5 m depth contour on the S side of
the harbour abreast the quays on Blacks Ness.
Shetland Islands Council, Port Operations
(SDD 2006000 405291) [02/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Colombia - Puerto Bolivar — Buoy
247
Paragraph 9.25 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 29/06 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot usually boards
from a tug 1¼ miles NW of the Puerto Bolivar
Light -buoy (safe water) (9.33). See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for further details.
Paragraph 9.33 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...Puerto Bolivar Light -buoy (safe water) (12°17′⋅5N
71°58′⋅7W), to the beginning of the following entrance...
PSCO Puerto Bolivar
(HH. 640/400/04) [01/07]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Karlshamn — Pilotage
134
Paragraph 3.143 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 Pilot boarding positions are as follows:
Karlshamn Outer (56°05′⋅0N 14°51′⋅7E).
Karlshamn E (56°07′⋅2N 14°53′⋅4E).
Karlshamn W (56°06′⋅9N 14°49′⋅1E).
Swedish Notice 139/3722/06
(SDD 2006000 402432) [01/07]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
France - Île de Ré - Ars -en -Ré — Directions
207
Paragraph 7.130 1 line 1 For 4 cables Read 1 cable
Paragraph 7.130 1 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
Direction Light (white square topmark on white
masonry hut, 7 m in height (46°14′N 1°29′W)).
Paragraph 7.130 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 The line of bearing 268°, or by night in the white
sector, of the light at Pointe du Fier leads through Le
Fier d’Ars approach channel to a position 4 cables E
of the light, passing (with positions from the light):
French Notice 47/41/06
(SDD 2006000 404475) [01/07]
No Section IV Notices were issued in Week 52/06
4.1
[01/07]
Spain, North Coast - Ría de Avilés to Cabo Busto
— Obstruction
339
After Paragraph 11.47 5 line 5 Add:
An obstruction lies within the rocky bank in
position 43°37′⋅8N 6°23′⋅9W
Spanish Notice 47/496/06
(SDD 2006000 402349) [01/07]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Penzance Bay — Directions
82
Paragraph 3.113 1 line 6 Replace by:
...and Low Lee (3¾ miles W) (3.112), noting a
waverider light---buoy (special) moored
1½ miles NE of Low Lee; thence:
84
After Paragraph 3.128 1 line 3 Add:
SW of a waverider light -buoy (special) (1¼ miles
E), thence:
Emu Ltd
(SDD 2006000 398656) [01/07]
West Bay - Bridport Harbour — Directions
152
After Paragraph 5.134 1 line 5 Add:
Close SW of a waverider light -buoy (special)
(1¼ miles SSE), thence:
New Forest District Council
(SDD 2006000 404298) [01/07]
France N Coast - Cap de la Hague SSW —
Dangerous Wreck
383
After Paragraph 11.332 2 line 5 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (8½ miles SSW),
thence:
French Notice 45/04/06
(SDD 2006000 401129) [01/07]
Wk01/07

NP 35 Indonesia Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
West coast of Papua - Salawati — Buoyage;
Misool Marine Terminal
203
Paragraph 6.166 2 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
NE of Karang Magdal (1°28′S 130°33′E) (7.57),
marked by a buoy (starboard hand) 5 cables
NE, thence:
Paragraph 6.166 3 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
SW and W of Karang Elanglaut (1°20′S 130°30′E)
(7.57), marked by a buoy (port hand) 5 cables
NW.
After Paragraph 6.167 Insert:
Misool Marine Terminal
General Information
6.167a
1 Position. Misool Marine Terminal (1°33′S
130°31′E) lies 23 miles SW of Salawati Island.
Function. Production, storage and offloading of
crude oil. The terminal consists of the 60 000 tonne
FPSO Brotojoyo, 200 m long.
Terminal Authority. The terminal is jointly
operated by Pertamina and Petrochina Salawati.
Internet: www.petrochina.co.id
Limiting Conditions
6.167b
1 Tidal level: range about 0⋅8 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: 85 000 dwt.
Vessels less than 20 000 dwt are not accepted.
Arrival Information
6176c
1 Terminal operations. Berthing is only carried out
during daylight hours; vessels arriving after 1500 are
moored the following day. Unberthing is carried out at
any time.
The terminal operates continuously throughout the
year and is capable of simultaneously receiving and
discharging. Subject to suitable weather, tandem
loading is carried out.
2 Notice of ETA. Vessels should send their ETA on
departure from their last port of call and 72, 48 and
24 hrs before arrival. For details of information
required see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Anchorage. The designated tanker anchorage is an
area radius 1 mile centred on 1°33′⋅5S 1°34′⋅3E, in a
depth of 38 m (21 fm).
Pilotage is compulsory except when proceeding to
anchor. The pilot will normally board in the anchorage
area.
3 Tugs are available.
Restricted area. Established, centred on the
terminal, radius 1⋅1 miles.
Regulation. Vessels more than 20 years old are not
accepted unless they have previously loaded at the
terminal without incident.
Wk01/07
IV
4.2
Terminal
6.176d
1 Natural conditions. Prevailing winds are northerly
(October to April) and southerly for the remainder of
the year. Swell may reach 3 m on occasions.
Terminal Regulations. Main engines must be
maintained ready for an immediate departure in the
event of an emergency.
Disposal of oily waste or refuse overboard is
prohibited.
JOB Pertamina - Petrochina Salawati
(SDD 2006000 395901 [01/07]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2006 Edition)
Bantry Bay - Castletownbere — Perch Rock
70
Paragraph 3.81 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...also intended to dredge the approach.
1
73
Paragraph 3.93 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
The principal entrance channel leads W of Dinish
Island. There is...
Paragraph 3.94, including Photograph of Castletownbere
from S, Replace by:
3.94
1 Leading lights for the fairway of the W channel
are situated on the N shore of the harbour:
Front light (white concrete column red stripe, 3 m in
height) (51°39′⋅1N 9°54′⋅4W).
Rear light (white rectangle, red stripe, 4 m in height)
stands 110 m from the front light.
2 The alignment (010°) of these lights leads from the
fairway of West Entrance (about 1¾ cables ENE of
Drom Point) through the W channel into
Castletownbere harbour, passing (with positions given
relative to Cametringane Light-beacon (51°38′⋅9N
9°54′⋅4W)):
W of the light-buoy (S cardinal) marking Walter
Scott Rock (4¼ cables SSE), thence:
E of Doctor’s Rock (3½ cables SSW), thence:
3 Between Frenchman’s Point (2½ cables SSW)
and Carrigaglos (1½ cables E of Frenchman’s
Point), 0⋅6 m high, which lies on a reef
extending from the SW side of Dinish Island,
thence:
E of Cametringane Light-beacon (red concrete
column), thence:
As required for the berth.
MRCC Dublin
(SDD 2006000 381146) [01/07]

South coast - River Barrow — Buoyage
135
Paragraph 4.111 1 line 5 Replace by:
...W side of the river; it is steep-to, well flood -lit, and
marked by No 28 Light -buoy (port hand).
Paragraph 4.111 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...31 Light-buoys (starboard hand).
New Ross Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2006000 377653) [01/07]
Port of Belfast — Traffic Organisation Service
218
Paragraph 7.99 1 Replace by:
1 A 24 hour Traffic Organisation Service is in
operation in the harbour area S of No 12 Light -beacon
and in the Victoria Channel out to the Fairway
Light -buoy. All vessels arriving, departing or moving
in the harbour, and vessels crossing the Victoria
Channel, are required to obtain clearance from Belfast
Port Control (calling Belfast Harbour Radio).
1
Clearances are valid for 15 minutes and are timed
when issued. For further details and requirements for
arrival and departure reports see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
Paragraph 7.100 1 Replace by:
Vessels should call Belfast Harbour Radio at least
2 hours prior to arrival at the Fairway Light -buoy.
Further reports are required as follows:
15 minutes prior to arrival at the Fairway
Light -buoy.
On passing the Fairway Light -buoy, both on arrival
and departure.
On passing No 12 Light -beacon, both on arrival and
departure.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
Paragraph 7.102 3 line 2 Replace by:
...as possible and not less than 2 hours prior to arrival at the
Fairway Light -buoy.
Belfast Harbour Commissioners
(SDD 2006000 403450) [01/07]
IV
4.3
West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights;
light -beacon
2
332
Paragraph 11.171 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
E of Carrigeenmore, which extends 4 cables E
from Doobeg Point (2¼ miles S).
Carrigeenmore Perch, a light -beacon (E
cardinal), stands on the SE edge of
Carrigeenmore.
Paragraph 11.174 1 line 6 Replace by:
...from Blacksod village (6½ cables NNW of the
2
quay). A light is exhibited from the pier.
Leading lights. The alignment (180°) of Blacksod
Pier Leading Lights leads to the pier:
Front light (orange truncated triangle on white pole).
Rear light (orange truncated triangle on white pole)
(1 cable from front light).
Mayo County Council; Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2006000 384923) [01/07]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Sumatera - East coast - Tanjung Jamboaye
eastwards — Platform
96
After Paragraph 4.19 1 line 3 Add:
Clear of a platform (unlit) (9 miles ESE), thence:
Indonesian Chart 9
(HH. 525/760/03) [01/07]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
France - Rade de Marseille — Wreck
91
After Paragraph 2.298 1 line 9 Add:
Caution. A wreck with 16⋅2 m over it is reported
(2006) to lie about 4 cables E of L’Estaque Anchorage,
in position 3 cables WSW of Digue Nord -Ouest W
Light.
French Notice 45/09/06
(SDD 2006000 401133) [01/07]
Wk01/07

NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Albania - Durrës — Directional Light
178
Paragraph 6.36 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
1
179
Paragraph 6.37 1 line 2 Replace by:
Durrës Direction Light (41°18′⋅8N 19°28′⋅0E).
Paragraph 6.39 1 Replace by:
Thence the line of bearing 017° of Durrës Direction
Light (41°18′⋅8N 19°28′⋅0E), or at night the white
sector (016½°---017½°), leads through a channel
(6.22) about 2 miles long and marked by
light---beacons (lateral), to the harbour entrance,
passing (with positions from Kepi i Durrësit Light
(41°19′N 19°26′E)):
180
Paragraph 6.49 1 lines 8 -9 Delete
Italian Notice 22.7/2006
(SDD 2006000 404279) [01/07]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Cromarty Firth — Pilotage
1
130
Paragraph 4.198 1 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for the following:
Vessels of 60 m LOA or more.
Vessels over 20 m LOA carrying more than 12
passengers.
Vessels over 40 m LOA carrying hazardous,
dangerous or polluting goods.
The Harbourmaster should be consulted for
exemptions to the above.
After Paragraph 4.198 3 line 1 Add:
The pilotage boarding position may be varied at
any time by the Harbour Master.
Cromarty Firth Port Authority
(SDD 2006000 400626) [01/07]
Orkney Islands - Auskerry — Rock pinnacle
201
Paragraph 5.255 4 lines 1 -4 Including exisiting Section IV
Notice Week 37/06 Replace by:
4 SW of Auskerry (5¼ miles NE) (5.226) on
which there is a light (5.224); noting an
isolated rock pinnacle with a depth of 4⋅1 m
over it lying 4 cables SSE, thence:
MV Anglian Sovereign
(SDD 2006000 404500) [01/07]
Wk01/07
IV
4.4
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Friesche Zeegat — Depths; buoyage
114
Paragraph 4.250 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Friesche Zeegat contains two channels, Westgat
(4.259) and Plaatgat (4.259a). They are not of
importance to sea -going trade...
1
115
Paragraph 4.253 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
Controlling depth and tidal levels. In 2006 there
was a least depth of 4⋅2 m in Platgaat and depths of
less than 2 m in Westgat. In Zoutkamperlaag (4.260)
there was a least depth of 3⋅7 m. For tidal levels at
Schiermonnikoog and Lauwersoog...
Paragraph 4.257 line 3 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 24/06 Replace by:
...(53°32′⋅0N 5°58′⋅5E).
Paragraph 4.259 1 - 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 24/06 Replace by:
1 Westgat. From the vicinity of WG Light -buoy
(53°32′⋅0N 5°58′⋅5E) (4.257), the channel, which is
marked by light -buoys (cardinal and lateral), leads in
a generally SE direction for about 6½ miles to join
Zoutkamperlaag (4.260), passing (with positions
relative to Schiermonnikoog Light (53°29′⋅2N
2
6°08′⋅8E)):
SW of N7 - FA - 1 Platform (4¾ miles WSW)
moored on Wierumer Gronden (4.252). WG4
Light -buoy (S cardinal) is moored close SW
of the platform. Thence:
NE and E of Het Rif (4.252) (4 miles WSW).
3 Caution. The sandbanks which form Wierumer
1
Gronden are liable to rapid and significant change.
Several wrecks, some of which are marked by buoys
(cardinal) lie on the outer grounds.
After Paragraph 4.259 Add:
4.259a
Plaatgat. PL Light -buoy (safe water) is moored
3¼ miles NE of Schiermonnikoog Light (53°29′⋅2N
6°08′⋅8E) and is covered by a fixed white sector of the
light.
From the vicinity of PL Light -buoy, the channel,
which is marked by buoys (lateral), leads about
5½ miles SW to join Westgat (4.259) in the vicinity of
WG14 -PL13 Light -buoy (preferred channel to
starboard), passing (with positions relative to
2
Schiermonnikoog Light (53°29′⋅2N 6°08′⋅8E)):
Over Ooster Buitengrond (2½ miles NE), thence:
SE of Gronden Van Het Plaatgat (2 miles NW),
thence:
NW of Schiermonnikoog Light which stands at the
W end of the island.
Paragraph 4.260 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 Zoutkamperlaag. From its junction with Westgat in
the vicinity of WG15 and WG16 Light-buoys (lateral)
(3 miles WSW of Schiermonnikoog Light),
Zoutkamperlaag leads generally SE for 6 miles to
Lauwersoog. The channel, which initially is wide and
deep, reduces to a depth of 3⋅7 m (2006) near its
inner...
Netherlands Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2006000 404456 /383670) [01/07]

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Southern part of Sandøyfjorden - Approaches to
Skagøysundet — Depth
146
R28Add: There is a least depth of 8⋅0 m in this channel,
3 cables SE of Nyflua.
Norwegian Notice 22/1369/06
(SDD 2006000 402023) [01/07]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Îles de la Société - Île de Moorea — Regulations
171
After Paragraph 6.237 Insert:
Regulations
6.237a
1 A marine area management plan (P.G.E.M.) has
been established for the waters around Île de Moorea,
from the shore to the 70 m depth contour. The plan is
intended to protect ecosystems and the environment. It
regulates navigation of vessels, anchoring, fishing,
diving, leisure activities, the extraction of minerals and
the gathering of plants.
The plan includes protected marine areas and
special fishing zones which are marked by spars
(special, inscribed PGEM) and also mooring zones
which are marked by buoys (special, spherical and
inscribed PGEM).
2 Anchoring is prohibited within the marked
navigation channels, except in an emergency and also
within a 50 m area either side of submarine cables and
pipelines.
For further information the local authority and large
scale national charts should be consulted.
French Polynesia, Sea Ministry,
No 0352/SPE/DEV of 16/02/2006
(HH. 078/639/02) [01/07]
IV
4.5
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Khawr Dubai — Approach and Entry Directions
2
159
Paragraph 7.145 2 Replace by:
Approach. The approach to Khawr Dubai lies W of
Palm Deira (25°21′N 55°14′E) reclamation, the N
approach channel being closed due to these works. A
buoyed channel leads E between “B” Light -buoy (S
cardinal) (25°18′⋅8N 55°13′⋅2E) and Khor Dubai
Fairway Light -buoy (safe water) (25°18′⋅8N
55°17′⋅1E). For the latest information contact the Port
Authority and consult the latest Admiralty Notices to
Mariners.
Paragraph 7.147 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...(safe water) (25°18′⋅8N 55°17′⋅1E), the track leads S
to pass close W of a detached mole, thence SSE to the
outer...
DP World Navigation Warning 66/06
(RSDRA 2006000 404572) [01/07]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
Baie de Bonne - Espérance and Baie au Saumon
— Beacon removed
68
Paragraph 3.38 4 lines 2 -3 Delete
Canada East Notice 11/4471/06
(HH. 604/410/03) [01/07]
Pointe Curlew to Baie Washtawouka —
Light removed
82
Paragraph 4.37 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Group of four radio towers (elevation 69 m
(226 feet), red lights) (50°09′⋅1N 61°47′⋅9W)
about 2 miles N of the mouth of Rivière
Natashquan.
83
Paragraph 4.38 2 Replace by:
2 SSE of Pointe de Natashquan, the S end of a
remarkable sandy promontory.
The track then leads NW, passing (with positions
from four radio towers (4.37)):
SW of Banc Cod (5¼ miles SSE) with a least depth
of 8⋅2 m (27 ft) over it, extending 1¾ miles SW,
thence:
SW of Brisants Landry (3¼ miles WNW) a rocky
patch, with a depth of 4⋅6 m (15 ft) over it, over
which the sea breaks, thence:
Paragraph 4.38 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 SW of Îlet Shag (7¼ miles WNW), a large black
rock, and a patch with a depth of 4⋅3 m
(14 ft) over it (1 mile W of Îlet Shag).
BA Chart 4767; Canada East Notices 11/4025/06
(HH. 604/415/03) [01/07]
Wk01/07

Rivière Restigouche – Miguasha -Ouest —
Light; beacon
343
Paragraph 14.183 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Miguasha -Ouest port hand daybeacon “Bn G”
(48°05′⋅9N 66°20′⋅9W).
Canada East Notice 11/4426/06
(HH. 604/485/03) [01/07]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Portland Harbor — Directions; buoy removed
95
Paragraph 3.239 2 lines 4 -5 Delete
US Notice 48/13292/06
(HH. 614/420/03) [01/07]
New York Harbor — Anchorage areas; shoaling
227
Paragraph 7.129 3 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...5 m (16 ft) in its S part.
US Notice 48/121401/06
(HH. 614/500/04) [01/07]
Wk01/07
IV
4.6
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Savannah and approaches — Pilotage
219
Paragraph 8.176 2 Replace by:
2 Pilots are available 24 hours and board about
3½ miles ESE of T Light -buoy (safe water) (31°58′N
80°43′W). Deep draught vessels are taken in on the
flood tide.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for
details.
US Chart 11505
(HH. 614/620/07) [01/07]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Papua New Guinea, Round Hill Anchorage to
Cloudy Bay — Beacons discontinued
339
Paragraph 12.70 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
W of Ragalapara Reef (close E); the W end of
the reef, which is...
341
Paragraph 12.88 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
E of Pelaburumo Reef (3 miles SSW), which
dries; thence:
342
Paragraph 12.94 1 lines 6 -9 Replace by:
...country. The reef extends 2 miles W from Kele Iruna
Point (12.66), where there is a village; discoloured
water from the lagoon makes this reef difficult to see.
343
Paragragh 12.103 2 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
...a beacon (3¼ miles WNW) close NE of the
reef marks a boat passage (12.109). Thence:
SE of the edge of the reef (3¾ miles WNW)
on...
Paragragh 12.103 4 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
...W from Paira Point (8¼ milesNW) (12.100), thence:
Paragragh 12.104 1 lines 4 -9 Replace by:
...chart. A 0⋅9 m (3 ft) patch lies at the outer end of a
number of dangers extending generally W from shore;
a buoy (black and white, spherical) is moored
2¼ miles ESE. A drying reef known as Black
Rocks, 2 miles NNW of the patch, lies at the
outer...
Australian Notice 24/1184/06
(HH532/425/03) [50/06]
Australia, Torres Strait - Alert Patches —
Light -buoy altered
378
Paragraph 13.80 4 lines 2 -3 For S cardinal Read port hand
Auscoast Warning 310/06;
Australian Notice 22/1131(P)/06
(HH. 577/560/03) [50/06]
4.1
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
[50/06]
Lithuania - Mys Taran to KlaipÌda — Directions
378
Paragraph 10.11 3 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
3 WNW of two shoal patches with depths of less
than 20 m over them (11 miles NNW). Thence:
Paragraph 10.11 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 WNW of an obstruction over which the depth is
unknown (24 miles N); a wreck, with a depth over it
of 18 m, lies 4½ miles E. Thence:
Lithuanian Navigational Warning 48/06; BA 2288
(SDD 2006000 400220) [50/06]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
Spain - Ribadeo — Light beacon
346
Paragraph 11.112 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
2 NE of Piedras Las Carrais (4¾ cables NW), two
rocks awash at the extremity of the reef
extending 1 cable NE from Punta Castrelius.
A light -beacon (starboard hand), marks the
NE extremity of the reef.
Spanish Notice 46/478/06
(SDD 2006000 400324) [50/06]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Newfoundland - Clarenville —
Submarine pipeline
260
Paragraph 7.153 1 line 10 Add:
Another pipeline extends ENE 130 m from the
shore close S of Red Point.
Canadian Eastern Notice 11/4852/06
(HH. 603/400/04) [50/06]
Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - Govers Point
—Light
331
Paragraph 9.126 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 E of Govers Point (4 miles N): islets and rocks
extend about 2½ cables N from the point. A
light (square framework tower, 4 m in height)
is exhibited from an islet 1½ cables N of
Govers Point. Thence:
Canadian Eastern Notice 11/4596/06
(HH. 603/465/04) [50/06]

NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
Approaches to Arbroath — Dangerous wreck
68
After Paragraph 3.151 3 line 4 Add:
ESE of an unmarked dangerous wreck (8 cables
SSE), thence:
70
Paragraph 3.158 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Caution. An unmarked dangerous wreck lies
1½ miles ESE of the harbour entrance in position
56°33′⋅0N 2°32′⋅5W.
Leading Lights:
MRCC Forth
(SDD 2006000 395654) [50/06]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norway - Røsvikrenna — Controlling depth
166
Paragraph 6.53 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...charted depths are less to the N of Røsvikrenna and
that 9 m and 9⋅8 m depths (59°11′⋅5N 10°57′⋅0E) lie
on the E and W boundaries, respectively, of the white
sector leading through the channel.
Norwegian Chart 1
(HH. 056/200/01) [50/06]
IV
4.2
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Caribbean Sea - Isla de San Andres — Racon
70
After Paragraph 2.21 2 line 5 Insert:
Racon
Cayo Córdoba (Haines Cay) Light (12°33′⋅0N
81°41′⋅8W)
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Colombian Notice 171/06
(HH. 672/415/03) [50/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Tanzania — Songo Songo Island
270
Paragraph 7.190 1-3 Including heading Replace by:
Songo Songo Island
7.190
1 General information. Songo Songo Island, (8°31′S
39°30′E) 4 km in length, lies on a broad drying reef,
and is orientated NW/SE. The shoreline consists of a
drying reef which is on the SW part of the island and
extends up to 700 m offshore, but decreases to less
than 30 m close to the NW part of the island. The W
side of the island has coral cliffs 3 to 5 m in height
covered with bushes and trees and sandy beaches. An
extensive reef system extends S of Pumbavu Islet and
fronts the W coast of the island. There are a number
of platforms (lit) located on the reef.
The Marine Terminal is located on the W side of
the island (8°31′⋅1S 39°29′⋅5E). It is designed for
loading natural gas. The berth consists of a CBM.
2 Directions. The inner channel is indicated by the
alignment (129°) of two beacons (steel lattice towers,
unlit). The limits of the channel which has a
controlling depth of 3⋅4 m, are marked by buoys
(lateral).
Anchorage. May be obtained to the N of Pumbavu
Islet, clear of the gas pipeline shown on the chart, or
off the NE side of the island.
3 Berth. No pilot is available. The maximum size of
vessel is LOA 65 m with a draught of 4⋅5 m. All
movements in the approach channel and berthing
operations are done in daylight only. The berth
consists of two mooring buoys 80 m apart in a depth
of 5 m, 200 m off the end of a concrete jetty, built on
the drying foreshore.
4 Customs and excise. No vessel may sail directly
to the terminal from a port outside the United
Republic of Tanzania nor depart from the terminal
directly to a port outside the United Republic of
Tanzania without first entering a declared port to effect
customs and immigration clearance.
Panafrican Energy Tanzania/Marine Logistics
(SDD 2006000 371808) [49/06]
4.1
[49/06]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Guyane Française - Approaches to Degrad des
Cannes — Buoy
54
Paragraph 2.38 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
SE of an obstruction (2 miles NE), with a depth of
4⋅6 m over it; it is marked on its E side by a buoy
(E cardinal).
French Notice 42/69/06
(HH. 665/410/03) [49/06]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Latvia - Gulf of RØga - SalacgrØva to Väinameri
— Directions
404
Paragraph 11.99 1 line 3 For recommended track (080°)
leads Read track leads E
407
Paragraph 11.120 1 line 2 For the recommended track leads
327° Read the track leads NW
Paragraph 11.120 2 line 1 For the track leads 352° Read the
track leads generally N
Estonian Notice 7/86/06; Latvian Notices 11/084 & 085/06
(SDD 2006000 339286/370098) [49/06]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Trapani — Traffic Separation Scheme;
anchorage; directions
361
Paragraph 9.68 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...and entered between Molo della Colombia and a
detached breakwater 315 m long.
Paragraph 9.68 3- 4 Delete
Paragraph 9.70 2 line 5 Add:
A5 (3 miles ENE).
Caution. An uncharted wreck lies 3¼ cables ESE
of the centre of anchorage area A5.
Wk49/06

362
3
Paragraph 9.70 7 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...and is available from 0700 to sunset. Pilot boards
4 cables W of the harbour entrance, in the vicinity of
A5 anchorage, as shown on the chart. See also 1.21.
Paragraph 9.71 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...E/W and entered from S between the heads of Molo
della Colombaia (38°00′⋅3N 12°29′⋅8E) and a detached
breakwater (1½ cables E).
Paragraph 9.71 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Development. Quays are being constructed on the
W side of Molo del Ronciglio (2005).
Paragraph 9.73 1-2 Replace by:
1 Pilot boarding position to the harbour entrance.
From the pilot boarding position, 4 cables W of the
harbour entrance, the track leads:
N of an uncharted wreck (38°00′⋅07N 12°29′⋅65E),
thence (with positions given from Torre
2
Colombaia (38°00′⋅8N 12°29′⋅8E (9.71)):
S of the head of Molo della Colombaia (5 cables
S), a breakwater extending about 5 cables
SSE of the E end of Isolotto Colombaia; the
head of the breakwater should be given a
berth of at least 50 m. A light is exhibited
from its head. Thence:
W of a detached breakwater 315 m long with a light
at its W end.
Italian Notice 21.14/06
(SDD 2006000 399079) [49/06]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
DW Route via TSS West Friesland —
Dangerous wreck
70
After Paragraph 2.39 1 line 6 Add:
Caution. An unmarked dangerous wreck lies within
the DW route in approximate position 53°05⋅7′N
3°23′⋅0E.
Netherlands Notice 638/06
(SDD 2006000 399160) [49/06]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norway - Tønsberg Havn - Kanal —
Controlling depth
122
Paragraph 4.151 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...5⋅5 m. Vessels using this canal are limited to a width
of 22 m.
Norwegian Notice 21/1232/06
(SDD 2006000 397974) [49/06]
Wk49/06
IV
4.2
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Kamøyfjorden - South -west and west of Stora
Kamøy — Light sectors and depths
265
R 18 Including existing supplement amendment For
225° -234° and 291° -304° Read 223½°--- 234° and
289° -302°
R22Add: A patch, with a depth of 3⋅3 m over it, lies in the
SE approach, within the white sector (289° -302°) of
Kamøyfjord Light, 5 cables from the light.
Norwegian Notice 21/1260/06
(SDD 2006000 398020) [49/06]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II
(1984 Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Nouvelle -Calédonie — Tanker regulations
433 -435
Existing Appendix II Replace by new Appendix II which
appears as pages 4.3-4.5 of this week’s notice.
French Notice 41/06
(HH. 078/638/01) [49/06]
NP 65 Saint Lawrence Pilot (2006 Edition)
Hillsborough Bay to Confederation Bridge -
Pugwash Harbour — Depth
311
Paragraph 13.268 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Depth. The entrance channel is subject to silting,
(see Caution on Canadian Chart 4498); mariners are
advised to consult local authorities for the latest
conditions, and in any case to navigate with caution in
the area.
Canada East Notice 10/4498/06
(HH. 604/460/04) [49/06]

IV
APPENDIX II
REGULATIONS ON THE NAVIGATION OF TANK SHIPS IN THE TERRITORIAL AND
INTERNAL WATERS OF NOUVELLE -CALÉDONIE
(Extracts from the Decree No 20 dated 24 August 2006, issued by the High Commissioner of the Republic in
Nouvelle -Calédonie)
Article 1: Definitions
1 In the present decree:
Hydrocarbons refers to oil in any form that
conforms to the definition of rule 1 of Annex
No 1 of the MARPOL agreement 73/78, the
list of which is reproduced in Annex 4 of the
present decree, intended passage in the
territorial waters;
2 Harmful liquid substance refers to those
substances classed in categories A, B, C or
D, indicated in chapter 17 or 18 of the
international anthology of regulations on
transporters of chemical products and marked
as subject to the dispositions of this annex in
the column ‘category of pollution’.
3 Black products refers to persistent hydrocarbons
such as bitumens, crude oil, fuel, heavy diesel
and oils, listed under the headings Asphalt
and Hydrocarbons in appendix 1 of Annex
No 1 of the MARPOL agreement 73/78.
White products refers to refined, non -persistent
hydrocarbons listed under the other headings in
appendix 1 of Annex No 1 of the MARPOL
agreement 73/78, as well as to liquefied gases.
4 Tanker ship refers to a vessel constructed or
adapted principally for the transport of liquid
bulk cargoes and includes oil tankers as
defined in rules 1 and 2 of Annex No 1 of
the MARPOL agreement 73/78, tanker ships
for chemical products as defined in rule 1 of
Annex No 2 of this same agreement, as well
as gas -carriers as provided for in the IMO
Code for the construction and equipping of
vessels transporting liquid gases in bulk
(1983).
5 Internal waters refers to all waters located
between the coast and the base lines defined
by decree No 2002 -827 dated 3 May 2002.
Territorial waters refers to waters measured from
the base lines to 12 miles offshore from these.
during the day only refers to the period of time
which begins 15 minutes before sunrise and ends
15 minutes after sunset.
Article 2: Area of application
6 The present decree applies to tanker ships
transporting hydrocarbons, liquefied gas or harmful
liquid substances.
433
4.3
Article 3: Passage of tanker ships in
territorial waters
7 Whilst they are sailing in territorial waters without
the intention of making landfall at a pilot embarkation
point, vessels covered by article 2 should, at all times,
remain more than 7 miles outside the base lines
marking the boundary between internal waters and
Nouvelle Calédonie and the isolated islands or reefs.
However, when it is necessary to cross defined
internal waters to make for the Îles Loyauté, these
vessels are authorised to pass between the Îles Ouvéa
and Lifou exclusively, on condition that they remain
7 miles from the coasts and reefs at all times.
Article 4: Compulsory system of vessel
reports
8 Throughout the entire duration of their passage
through the territorial or internal waters of Nouvelle
Calédonie, vessels covered by Article 2 of the present
decree shall be obliged, at all times, to listen to the
international radio frequencies transmitted in metric
waves (VHF 16 and ASN 70). They should respond to
any call for vessels issued by the State, the coastal
station Nouméa -Radio or Nouméa MRCC.
9 In the following cases, these vessels shall be subject
to an obligation to report to MRCC Nouméa, either by
message transmitted directly by fax (687.29.23.03), or
by the intermediary of the coastal station
Nouméa -Radio (FJP), or by the intermediary of the
maritime agent.
4.1 Movements in territorial or internal waters.
10 Twenty -four hours before entering the internal
waters of Nouvelle Calédonie, or, if the voyage is of a
lesser duration than this period of notice, no later than
casting off from the preceding foreign port, the captain
of any vessel covered by Article 2 shall be obliged to
send a message that follows the model in annex 1 of
the present decree and states:
11 a) the captain’s intentions as to movement in the
territorial or internal water;
b) the vessel’s manoeuvring capabilities;
c) its seaworthiness
d) the telephone number and e -mail address of the
ship’s owner.
12 The same message should be sent by the captain or
his agent, six hours before casting off from any port
or waiting mooring in Nouvelle Calédonie.
In the event that the captain modifies his movement
intentions after sending a message as required by the
present article, the vessel shall be obliged to
immediately send a new message correcting the first,
under the same conditions as before.
Wk49/06

4.2 Damage or peril of the sea.
13 4.2.1. The captain of any vessel covered by
Article 2, who, whilst in internal waters, territorial
waters, or less than 50 miles from the outer limit of
these, suffers damage, breakdown due to an incident
occurring on board the vessel or on its exterior that
affects its manoeuvrability, its safety or the integrity of
the environment, shall be obliged to inform MRCC
Nouméa immediately. This report shall be transmitted
subject to the aforementioned conditions, in a format
that conforms to that given in annex 2 of the present
decree.
14 4.2.2. The captain of any vessel called to assist or
tow a tanker ship covered by paragraph 4.2.1 shall be
obliged to inform MRCC Nouméa of this immediately,
using a message that conforms to the model in
annex 3 of the present decree.
4.2.3. Moreover, the captain of the vessel assisted
and the captain of the assisting vessel shall be obliged
to:
a) inform MRCC Nouméa of the development of the
situation, in a message that conforms to the
models shown in annexes 2 or 3 of the present
decree;
15 b) respond to any call issued by the coastal
station Nouméa-Radio (FJP), by MRCC
Nouméa or by a vessel belonging to the
French state;
c) take all measures stipulated by the Nouvelle
Calédonie maritime authority in view of
removing the dangers to navigation and the
threats of pollution, or making them cease.
16 4.2.4. Messages sent to MRCC Nouméa are
designed as notification for the authorities and do not
in any way constitute requests for help or assistance.
If the captains of the vessels concerned consider that it
is necessary to request help or assistance, they shall be
responsible for making this additional request to
MRCC Nouméa, under the conditions set down by the
international regulations.
17
Article 5: Transit and stopover of tanker
ships in the internal waters of
Nouvelle -Calédonie
5.1. General arrangements
Vessels to which Article 2 applies are forbidden to
circulate in the internal waters of Nouvelle Calédonie,
excepting those with special dispensations under
paragraph 5.2 below, and unless special orders are
issued by the maritime authority.
5.2. Particular arrangements
18 5.2.1. Port de Nouméa
Access to the Port de Nouméa is authorised, during
the day only, to tanker ships covered by Article 2,
within the limits of draughts acceptable in the
access channel and at their destination position.
Once they have taken the pilot on board, these
vessels should head towards the Passé de
Dumbéa and take the channel for oil tankers to the
North of Îlot Signal.
Wk49/06
IV
434
4.4
19 Vessels covered by Article 2, transporting less
than 1800 tonnes of black products or of
harmful substances, or less than 20 000 tonnes
of white products, are authorised to carry out
their transit and their manoeuvres at night.
20 5.2.2. Port de Prony
Access to Port de Prony is authorised, during the day
only, to vessels covered by Article 2 transporting
less than 55 000 tonnes of cargo, within the limits
of draughts acceptable in the access channel and
at their destination position.
21 Once they have taken the pilot on board, they
should head towards the Passe Centrale de
Boulari and take the route recommended by
the Naval Hydrographical and
Oceanographical Service (SHOM), through
the Woodin Canal.
However, if they have a draught less than or equal to
10 m, these vessels are authorised to transit
during the day only, through the Canal de la
Havannah.
22 Vessels covered by Article 2 transporting less
than 1800 tonnes of black products or of
harmful substances, or less than 20 000 tonnes
of white products, are authorised to carry out
their transit and their manoeuvres at night.
23 5.2.3. Transit in the South lagoon between Nouméa,
Baie de Prony and Passe de la Havannah.
During the day only, tanker ships transporting less
than 55 000 tonnes of hydrocarbons are
authorised to pass through the lagoon between
Nouméa and Baie de Prony, within the limits of
draughts acceptable in the access channels and at
their destination position, and on condition that
they take the route recommended by the SHOM.
24 During the day only, navigation in the Canal de
la Havannah is reserved to vessels with a
draught less than or equal to 10 m, and
transporting less than 55 000 tonnes of one or
more of the cargoes mentioned in Article 2.
Tanker ships transporting less than 1800 tonnes of
black products or of harmful liquid substances, or
less than 20 000 tonnes of white products are
authorised to carry out their transit and
manoeuvres during the night.
25 5.2.4. Port de Nepoui
During the day only, access to Port de Nepoui by the
Passe de Muéo is authorised for tanker ships
covered by Article 2, under the following
conditions:
a) maximum length of 140 m;
b) draught less than or equal to 8 m;
c) load with maximum weight of 15 000 tonnes;
d) cargo containing not more than 10 000 tonnes of
hydrocarbons.
26 These vessels must take a pilot on board
offshore from the Passé de Dumbéa, or, if the
measures for taking the pilot on board are
satisfactory, offshore from the Passe de Muéo.
When leaving, the disembarkation of the pilot
should take place outside the channel.

In the case of vessels transporting black products, the
present of a tug from the port is obligatory during
the pilotage operation.
27 5.2.5. Îles Loyauté
In order to serve the territorial interest in
hydrocarbons, when leaving a port on the main
island of Nouvelle Calédonie, tanker ships
transporting less than 1800 tonnes of
hydrocarbons are authorised to transit within the
internal waters of Îles Loyauté.
However, navigation in the Ouvéa lagoon and
manoeuvres in the ports of the Îles Loyauté can
only be carried out during the day.
5.3. Particular regulations relating to pilotage
28 5.3.1. Arrival in internal water:
Vessels covered by Article 2 of the present decree
must take pilots on board 3 miles offshore of the
Dumbéa, Boulari and la Havannah channels.
However, if the local means of transferring pilots
are satisfactory and of a type agreed by the Office
of Maritime Affairs, these vessels may take pilots
on board and disembark them 3 miles offshore of
the channel through which the entry into internal
waters is authorised.
29 In the event that weather conditions mean that it
is not possible to pick up a pilot 3 miles
offshore, the pilot shall guide the tanker ship
from the pilot boat and embark as soon as
possible, if necessary after clearing the
channel.
30 5.3.2. Getting under way:
Departure from the port and transit towards the
channel are subject to the same conditions as
arrival. However, once he is certain that the vessel
exiting has full manoeuvring capability, the pilot
may disembark before clearing the channel.
31 5.3.3. Reporting obligation:
The pilot shall inform MRCC Nouméa when he goes
on board any vessel covered by Article 2, then
when he disembarks at the conclusion of the
pilotage operation. Moreover, he should report to
the competent authority any events that could
IV
4.5
affect the safety of persons or of navigation, or the
integrity of the environment.
Article 6:
32 Anyone contravening the arrangements of the
present decree shall be liable to punishment as detailed
in Article 63 of the law dated 17 December 1926,
which details the disciplinary and penal code for
commercial shipping.
Article 7:
33 Decree No 1042, dated 13 September 2001 and
regulating the movement of tanker ships within the
territorial and internal waters of Nouvelle Calédonie, is
revoked.
Article 8:
34 The commander of the navy and of naval
aeronautics in Nouvelle Calédonie, the director of the
Office of Maritime Affairs and officers and agents
with authorisation to police shipping shall all be
responsible for the matters that concern them regarding
the implementation of the present decree, which will
be recorded and published in the Official Paper of
Nouvelle Calédonie.
ANNEXES
Annex 1
35 Sample message notifying of entry into territorial
waters or of getting under way from the last port to be
visited in Nouvelle Calédonie.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
435
Annex 2
36 Sample message to report damage or peril of the
sea, to be sent by the tanker ship in difficulty.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Annex 3
37 Sample message from a towing or assisting vessel
reporting damage or peril of the sea.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Wk49/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Varzin Passage — Light buoys
377
After Paragraph 13.78 1 line 2 Insert:
Varzin Passage C1 Light -buoy (10°32′⋅5S
141°52′⋅2E).
380
Paragraph 13.86 2 line 1 For (S cardinal) Read (port hand)
Paragraph 13.86 3 line 1 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
Paragraph 13.86 3 line 5 For (N and S cardinal,
respectively) Read (starboard and port hand, respectively)
Australian Notice 20/1059(P)/06
(HH. 577/560/03) [48/06]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - Approaches to Auckland —
Pilot boarding position
232
Paragraph 8.113 1 line 6 For 1½ miles N Read 2¾ miles
NNE
New Zealand Notice 23/215/06
(HH. 580/475/07) [48/06]
Wk48/06
4.1
[48/06]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Tongue of the Ocean - Clifton —
Lights discontinued
104
Paragraph 4.292 2 line 3 Delete
Paragraph 4.294 1-3 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained 2 cables S of Clifton
Pier (4.292) in a depth of about 16 m.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 685/440/04) [48/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV (2004
Edition)
Tobago - Scarborough — Beacons
136
Paragraph 4.326 4 Replace by:
SW of Lighthouse Ledge (1½ miles SE) extending
2½ cables SW from Bacolet Point, thence:
NE of a bank, with depths of less than 5 m (15 ft)
over it, extending 8 cables ESE from Red Rocks
(8½ cables SSW), thence:
Paragraph 4.326 5 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
A light -beacon (lateral) marks Middle Shoal.
MV Logos II
(HH. 670/400/03) [47/06]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
Oregon - Approaches to Tillamook Bay — Buoy
410
Paragraph 12.141 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
W of T Light-buoy (safe water), moored 1¼ miles
SW of the entrance to Tillamook Bay (45°34′N
123°57′W)...
411
Paragraph 12.146 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 1½ miles W of the head of
the N jetty, the line of...
US Chart 18558
(HH. 612/465/05) [47/06]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Estonia - Gulf of RØga - SalacgrØva to Väinameri
— Directions
407
Paragraph 11.120 2 line 3 For 7⋅4 m Read 6⋅4 m
Estonian Notice 11/126/06
(SDD 2006000 395845) [47/06]
4.1
Estonia — Saaremaa Harbour
[47/06]
1
417
After Paragraph 12.35 Insert:
Saaremaa Harbour
General information
12.35a
Position and function. Saaremaa Harbour (58°32′N
22°14′E) is situated close to the village of Ninase in
Küdema laht (12.37), and is primarily for use by
cruise vessels.
Port Authority. The port is administered by the
Port of Tallinn Authority, Sadama Str 25, 15051
Tallinn, Estonia.
Internet. www.portoftallinn.com
Email. info@portoftallinn.com
Limiting conditions
12.35b
1 Deepest and longest berth. Quay No 1; 200 m in
length, depth 10 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. 200 m LOA,
30 m breadth, 9⋅6 m draught.
Arrival information
12.35c
1 Pilotage is available; the pilot boards in position
58°35′N 22°12′E.
Harbour
12.35d
1 Berths are provided by an L -shaped quay projecting
NE from the shore; the main berthing area lies NW/SE
with a light exhibited from either end.
Berths
12.35e
1 The following berths are available:
Quay No 1: length 200 m, depth 10 m.
Quay No 2: length 165 m, depth 7 m.
QuayNo3:length80m,depths3-7m.
There is also a floating quay for use by small
vessels.
Port services
12.35f
1 Facilities. Garbage; customs on request.
Estonian Notices 7/SD/06; 11/130/06
(SDDs 2006000 369924/395849) [47/06]

NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Estonia - Muuga — Pilotage
109
Paragraph 3.87 7 line 3 For 3½ miles SE Read 5 miles ESE
Estonian Notice 11/122/06
(SDD 2006000 395841) [47/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Le Havre - Antifer — Wreck
438
Paragraph 13.226 1 line 8 Replace by:
...entering the deep water route, see 13.221. A wreck
(position doubtful), with a least depth of 20 m over it,
lies in position 49°47′⋅5N 0°18′⋅0W.
French Notice 06/41/18
(SDD 2006000 395681) [47/06]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Dover Strait and adjacent waters TSS -Foxtrot 3
Precautionary Area and recommended direction
of traffic established.
58
After Paragraph 2.13 Insert:
Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area
2.13a
1 Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area is a focal point for
busy crossing traffic bound to and from West Hinder
TSS (2.41). In order to reduce risk of collision in the
vicinity of the precautionary area, a recommended
direction of traffic flow exists around Foxtrot 3
Light -float (51°23′⋅9N 2°00′⋅5E) (2.51). All crossing
vessels should leave the light -float on their port side.
61
After Paragraph 2.42 Insert:
Foxtrot 3 Precautionary Area
2.42a
1 See 2.13a.
Paragraph 2.48 1 Delete
62
International Maritime Organisation
(SDD 2006000 370675) [47/06]
IV
4.2
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
Korea –SouthCoast–ChinDo—Vesseltraffic
service and traffic routeing scheme
348
After Paragraph 11.27 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
11.27a
1 Jindo VTS is in operation in Maemul Sudo and in
the waters to E including channels between islands S
and E of Chin Do (34°27′N, 126°15′E); its use is
mandatory except for certain vessels of 300 gt and
less. For details, including extent of VTS area, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4)
352
After Paragraph 11.47 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
11.47a
1 Jindo VTS is in operation in this area and is
mandatory, see 11.27a and Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
354
After Paragraph 11.61 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
11.61a
2 Jindo VTS is in operation in part of this area and is
mandatory, see 11.27a and Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
1
357
After Paragraph 11.75 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
11.75a
Jindo VTS area (11.27a) covers the approach to the
traffic routeing system (11.76), and Mokp’o Port
Traffic Management Service covers the port and
1
approaches; their use is mandatory. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Paragraph 11.76 1 Replace by:
Traffic routeing scheme has been established in
SW approaches to Mokp’o as shown on the chart. The
routes are two way with no separation areas or
navigational marks between the traffic flows. The
scheme is not IMO adopted but the Korean authorities
advise that the principles for the use of the routeing
system defined in Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.
Korean Notice 32/466/06; BA3928
(HH. 557/040/01) [47/06]

NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Bristol Channel — Breaksea Light -float
57
Paragraph 2.31 Paragraph heading, and throughout
Chapters 2, 3 and 4, For Breaksea Light -float Read
Breaksea Light -buoy
101
Paragraph 4.3 1 line 3 Replace by:
...Light -buoy (safe water) (51°20′N3°19′W), and is served
by pilot...
102
Paragraph 4.17 2 lines 5 -7 Delete
103
Paragraph 4.26 4 line 5 Delete
Paragraph 4.28 3 line 3 Replace by:
N of Breaksea Light -buoy (9½ miles ESE) and...
Paragraph 4.28 Photograph of Breaksea Light -float Delete
107
Paragraph 4.61 2 line 2 Delete
119
Paragraph 4.157 3 line 2 Delete
Trinity House Notices 50 & 53/06
(SDD 2006000 384378) [47/06]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea, South Coast - Route south of Soan Kundo
— Vessel Traffic Service
91
After Paragraph 2.93 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
2.93a
1 Vessels proceeding W through the TSS (2.94) S of
Soan Kundo will shortly thereafter enter the area
controlled by Jindo VTS. For details see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Korean Notice 32/466/06
(HH. 557/040/01) [47/06]
IV
4.3
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Sardegna - Cagliari —
Pilot boarding position
284
Paragraph 9.233 1 line 3 Replace by:
...in position 39°09′⋅9N 9°07′⋅5E. See the relevant...
Italian Notice 20.48/06
(SDD 2006000 394956) [47/06]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norway - Frierfjorden - Torsberg Light —
Sectors
Paragraph 3.208 3 line
101
2 For (335° -341°) Read
(337° -340°)
Paragraph 3.208 3 line 6 For (341° -011°) Read
(340° -012½°)
Paragraph 3.208 3 line 7 Replace by:
...sector bearing more than 012½°.
Norwegian Notice 20/1135/06
(SDD 2006000 394638) [47/06]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 12 -2005
R45-48Delete
Farsund — Farøya; Engøya —
Leading lights removed
57
Norwegian Notice 20/1141/06
(SDD 2006000 394644) [47/06]
Approaches to Farsund — Lille Eikeroya —
Leading lights removed
58
R 18 -28 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Directions. Østre Færøysund is approached between
Roholmane and Færøyflua. The track then leads NW,
passing SW of Ystesteinen and Brotsteinen (58°02′N
6°52′E), and NE of Vestre Roholmflua, but passes
very close NE of Færøysundflua, an 8⋅0 m shoal lying
in the fairway ¼ mile W of Søndre Katland (Søre
Katland on Chart 2982). Søndre Katland Light, bearing
between 349¾° and 025°, leads on to this track from
seaward.
Norwegian Notice 20/1140/06
(SDD 2006000 394643) [47/06]

NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sint Maarten - Approaches to Groot Baai and
Klein Baai — Buoy
196
Paragraph 5.94 3 line 6 For (isolated danger) Read (W
cardinal)
MV Aurora
(HH. 671/450/05) [47/06]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Overlapping ENCs — Caution
6
After Paragraph 1.35 Insert:
1.35a
1 Caution — overlapping ENCs. There are instances
where ENC data from different suppliers overlaps
within the same Usage Band. Mariners should be
aware that where such overlapping data conflicts,
different ECDIS systems handle and display the data
in different ways, and that an ECDIS might display
data which has not been updated in preference to data
which has. Under the constraints imposed by the IHO,
the UKHO is not permitted to modify ENC data from
foreign hydrographic offices.
2 To inform the mariner of such potential problems,
statements are placed in the README.TXT file issued
with each weekly update, detailing all instances of
overlapping data.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/05) [47/06]
IV
4.4

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2006 Edition)
Spain - Islas Canarias — Vessel traffic service;
Traffic Separation Schemes; Areas to be avoided
2
After Paragraph 1.5 1 line 5 Insert:
Traffic separation schemes, adopted by the IMO,
have been established to the E and NW of Gran
Canaria (3.4).
85
Paragraph 3.4 1 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
Vessel traffic service. Islas Canarias have been
declared a Particularly Sensitive Sea Area (PSSA) and
a mandatory reporting system is in force, the details of
which are published in Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
Traffic separation schemes, as seen on the chart,
are established E and NW of Isla Gran Canaria for
vessels in transit. These systems are IMO -adopted and
Rule 10 of the International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. The Eastern TSS
includes inshore traffic zones between the traffic lanes
and the adjacent islands of Gran Canaria and
Fuerteventura. The Western TSS includes inshore
traffic zones between the traffic lanes and the adjacent
islands of Gran Canaria and Tenerife.
Areas to be avoided, as seen on the chart, are
established off the coasts of the following islands:
Lanzarote
Tenerife
Gran Canaria
La Palma
Hierro
Vessels carrying oil and other dangerous bulk
cargoes to or from ports in Islas Canarias which have
to pass through the above areas in order to reach their
destination must do so in the least possible time
without compromising safety of navigation.
89
After Paragraph 3.31 1 line 3 Insert:
Mariners should note the establishment of the
Eastern TSS for vessels transiting the Canary Islands
PSSA.
92
After Paragraph 3.50 1 line 3 Insert:
Mariners should note the establishment of the TSS
E and NW of Isla de Gran Canaria for vessels
transiting the Canary Islands PSSA.
100
After Paragraph 3.113 1 line 3 Add:
Mariners should note the establishment of the
Western TSS for vessels transiting the Canary Islands
PSSA.
International Maritime Organisation
(HH. 419/080/01) [46/06]
4.1
[46/06]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Uruguay - Approaches to Puerto de Colonia -
Banco de los Pescadores — Wreck
308
Paragraph 9.242 1 line 4 Add:
N of the partially sunken hull of the MV Tung (2¼
miles SE) with its main wheel -house and mast
exposed, marked by a light -buoy (isolated
danger). Thence:
Uruguayan Notice 8/72/06
(HH. 652/443/03) [46/06]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
California - Point Reyes Northwards - Bodega
Head South -westwards — Buoy
369
Paragraph 11.15 2 line 1 For No 12 Read No 30
US Notice 42/18640/06
(HH. 612/415/06) [46/06]
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Iceland - Súgandafjördhur - Sudhureyri —
Approach
133
Paragraph 4.120 2 Replace by:
2 Approach. The harbour should only be approached
in daylight and with local knowledge.
Icelandic Notice 7 -9/22/06
(SDD 2006000 394104) [46/06]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Canada - Discovery Passage — Light; terminal
298
Paragraph 8.22 4 Delete lines 1 -4
299
Paragraph 8.25 1 lines 4 -5 For Tyee Spit (Discovery
Terminal) Read Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin
Resources)
Paragraph 8.27 1 line 1 For Tyee (Discovery Terminal)
Read Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin Resources)
Paragraph 8.28 1 Replace by:
1 Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin Resources)
Wharf. From the fairway in Discovery Passage the
route to the terminal leads W; the chart is sufficient
guide.

300
Paragraph 8.30 1 Replace by:
1 Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin Resources):
length 122 m with mooring dolphins NNW and SSE;
depth alongside 10⋅3 m (1980). Ore concentrates are
loaded into deep sea vessels and barges.
Paragraph 8.32 1 line 2 For Tyee (Discovery Terminal)
Read Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin Resources)
Paragraph 8.32 2 line 1 For Tyee (Discovery Terminal)
Read Discovery Terminal (Boliden/Westmin Resources)
Canadian Notice 8/3540/06; Canadian Sailing Directions,
British Columbia (S)
(HH. 600/430/04) [46/06]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Spain, south coast - Cabo de Gata —
Traffic Separation Scheme
91
Paragraph 2.75 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 A TSS has been established off Cabo de Gata at a
distance between 16 and 23 miles off the coast, as
shown on...
100
Paragraph 2.138 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...head of Dique de Poniente, the track leads SSE for
about 29 miles, passing (with positions given from
Punta del Río...
101
Paragraph 2.138 5 line 8 Replace by:
...traffic lane of the TSS (2.75) about 22 miles S of
Cabo de...
103
Paragraph 2.163 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...(2.170), to continue NE for a total of about
105 miles, to a position SE of Cabo de Palos (2.273).
Paragraph 2.170 1 line 3 Replace by:
...leads
(with...
generally NE for about 33 miles, passing
Spanish Notice 23/262/06
(SDD 20060000 372260) [46/06]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Vieste — Directions
504
Paragraph 11.262 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
2 Caution. The channel between Isola Santa Eufemia
and the head of Punta San Croce is spanned by
overhead cables with a vertical clearance of 16 m. Due
to this, and progressive shoaling taking place, use of
the channel is prohibited, except by official craft.
Italian Notice 19.34/2006
(SDD 2006000 387849) [46/06]
IV
4.2
Italy - Pesaro — Anchorage
528
Paragraph 12.123 1 line 7 Replace by:
For vessels carrying mixed cargoes...
Italian Notice 19.7.06
(SDD 2006000 387817) [46/06]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Labrador - Hawke Bay and approaches —
Buoyage
411
Paragraph 12.50 4 line 6 Replace by:
...N. NGM Light -buoy (W cardinal) lies 2 cables
SW of Gull Rock. Gull Island, which lies midway
along this part...
414
Paragraph 12.61 3 line 6 For NL3 read NL1
Canadian Eastern Notice 10/4702/06
(HH. 603/500/03) [46/06]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Overhead Power Cables
81
Paragraph 3.174 Replace by:
3.174
1 High voltages in overhead power cables sometimes
make possible a dangerous electrical discharge or
electrical arcing between a cable and a ship passing
under it.
To avoid this danger some authorities require a
clearance of 2 to 5 m to be allowed when passing
under a cable, depending on the conditions affecting
the particular cable. This safety margin, when
subtracted from the physical vertical clearance of the
cable, gives its Safe Vertical Clearance measured from
the Height Datum (usually HAT), as defined by the
responsible authority. Reference should be made to the
explanatory notes under the chart title to determine the
applicable Height Datum.
2 However, many nations do not distinguish between
cables carrying different voltages, and even when they
do it may not be certain that a safety margin has been
taken into account in the clearance shown on their
charts.
Safe Vertical Clearance is given on charts in
magenta, where known; otherwise, the physical vertical
clearance is shown in black. For the methods of
showing clearances on older charts, see Chart 5011.
The clearance is also given in Sailing Directions.
4 If the Safe Vertical Clearance is not specifically
stated, nor is obtainable from local authorities, 5 m
less than the physical vertical clearance should be
allowed by ships passing under any power cable.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/05) [46/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Gabon - Libreville — Dangerous wreck
147
After Paragraph 5.29 1 line 5 Add:
A dangerous wreck has been reported to lie
7 cables W of the SSE end of the breakwater.
Navarea II 331/06
(SDD 2006000 386908) [45/06]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
Golfo de California - Lobos Island
North -north -westwards — Wreck
181
Paragraph 6.40 4 line 11 Add:
WSW of the wreck (10 miles NNW) of a fishing
vessel, lying in a depth of 10⋅9 m(36ft),marked
by light -buoys. Thence:
Mexican Notice 9/152/06
(HH. 623/425/05) [45/06]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2006 Edition)
Finland - Approach to Inkoo — Directions
155
After Paragraph 4.140 2 line 6 Insert:
Caution. A1⋅7 m patch lies about 1½ cables SE of
Jakob Ramsjö Rear Light (4.139).
Finnish Notice 17/454/06
(SDD 2006000 367917) [45/06]
Finland - Utö to Flötjan — Directions
223
Paragraph 6.23 8 line 2 For 4⋅4 m Read 0⋅8 m
Finnish Notice 27 -28/681/06
(SDD 2006000 386812) [45/06]
Wk45/06
4.1
Finland - Channel via Paraistenportti —
Directions
[45/06]
228
Paragraph 6.48 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position close NE of Högland Light
(60°06′⋅5N 22°19′⋅5E) (6.41), the track leads 1¾ miles
NW through a fairway marked by buoys. Having
passed between the buoys (cardinal) 2 cables NW and
2¾ cables N of Högland Light, the track continues
within the white sector (135½°---141½°), astern, of
the light.
Finnish Notice 24/605/06
(SDD 2006000 379585) [45/06]
Finland - Maarianhamina — Approach;
directions
261
Paragraph 2.276 1 line 5 Replace by:
...where the track leads N to join the Möckelö leading line.
Paragraph 2.276 2 line 5 -7 Replace by:
...Marhällan Light. The channel then leads NNE to a
position 2½ cables N of Granö Light when it alters N to join
the Möckelö leading line.
3
262
Paragraph 2.276 4 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...Järsö (60°01′N20°00′E) and Nåtö (1½ miles NNW) to a
position W of Svinö.
Paragraph 6.286 3 Replace by:
This alignment, now authorised for a draught of
6⋅1 m, continues NNE for 1 mile then alters N at
Korrviksten Light -buoy (W cardinal), about 4 cables
SSW of Lotsberget Front Light, for a distance of about
5 cables to join the Möckelö leading line. The main
8⋅2 m channel branches NE for 5½ cables, to a
position 2 cables NNW of Hackorna Beacon (60°04′N
19°56′E), then alters N for a distance of about 1 mile
to join the Möckelö leading line.
263
Paragraph 6.287 1 Delete
Paragraph 6.290 9 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...light -buoys and buoys (cardinal) to a position 2½ cables
N of Granö Light (orange concrete tower, white lantern):
After Paragraph 6.290 10 line 4 Add:
11 The track then leads N for about 1½ miles to join
the Möckelö leading line.
Finnish Notice 27 -28/680/06
(SDD 2006000 386811) [45/06]

Finland - Hylkkari to Kloppi — Directions
279
Paragraph 7.42 3 line 3 Replace by:
...buoyed fairway, for about 1 mile to a position 7 cables N
of Santakarinluoto Front Light:
280
Paragraph 7.43 1 Replace by:
1 From a position 7 cables N of Santakarinluoto Front
Light (7.42), the track leads SE in the white sector
(126°–143°) of Hylkkari Light (red, round concrete
tower, white band) (60°57′⋅2N 21°09′⋅7E) for a short
distance to the Nurminen leading line.
Finnish Notice 712/29/06
(SDD 2006000 387730) [45/06]
Sweden - Galtström — Directions
402
Paragraph 10.41 4 Replace by:
4 Galtström Leading Beacons:
Front (white board) (62°10′⋅0N 17°30′⋅8E).
Rear (similar structure) (85 m from front).
The alignment (326°) leads toward the harbour.
Swedish Notice 124/3537/06
(SDD 2006000 376338) [45/06]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India - Orissa Coast - Baruva — Depth
67
After R35Add:
A shoal area, with a least depth of 9⋅3 m, lies
2 miles SSW of Investigator Rock.
Indian Notice 480 (20/06)
(SDD 2006000 386486) [45/06]
IV
4.2
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Port of Dunkerque — Regulations
140
Paragraph 6.63 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Vessels intending to anchor in the waiting area to
SW of Dyck Light -buoy (51°03′⋅0N 1°51′⋅8E) are
required to follow the instructions of the Dunkerque
pilot (6.85). It...
141
Paragraph 6.66 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 In exceptional circumstances and with the
permission of the VTS, vessels of less than 100 m
LOA not carrying dangerous or polluting cargoes may
anchor...
142
Paragraph 6.83 1 line 4 Replace by:
....to the harbour. All vessels greater than 50 m LOA
are required to report on entering the VTS area and
thereafter maintain a continuous listening watch.
1
143
Paragraph 6.88 1 line 2 For Harbour Master Read VTS
Paragraph 6.88 2 line 2 Replace by:
....chart, 2 miles NW of the entrance to Port Ouest. In
exceptional circumstances the VTS may permit vessels
to anchor in the turning area.
Paragraph 6.88 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by
....must make contact with other vessels proceeding
along the access channels by VHF radio on the VTS
working frequency. The former must...
Paragraph 6.89 Replace by:
Constrained vessels, that is vessels with a draught
greater than 10 m or with an LOA greater than 230 m,
should exhibit the lights or shapes prescribed by Rule
28 of The International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972).
2 Suction dredgers display the lights or shapes
prescribed by Rule 27(b) of The International
3
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972).
Suction dredgers are required to keep out of the way
of constrained vessels described above.
Tankers. In addition to the general regulations for
tankers and other vessels carrying dangerous cargoes
at 1.88, such vessels are not permitted to proceed E of
Dyck Light -buoy (51°03′N 1°52′E) or W of E12
Light -buoy
embarked.
(51°08′N 2°31′E) without a pilot
SHOM Notices Edition 33/06 (Corrections aux
Instructions Nautiques)
(HH. 078/207/01) [45/06]
Wk45/06

River Medway — LNG vessel regulations
314
Paragraph 16.9 2 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
(d) Subject to the specific agreement of both the
LNG vessel and Medway VTS, vessels of 130 m
LOA or less may navigate in the same or opposite
direction to the LNG vessel provided that they
can navigate safely outside the main channel.
Such vessels should navigate with caution and at
slow speed.
It should be noted that LNG vessels will
normally pass S of Medway Light -buoy both
inbound and outbound. Where interactions are
likely to occur in the vicinity of Medway
Light -buoy between vessels of 130 m or less and
LNG vessels, the intention to navigate outside the
channel and details of the planned track should be
passed by the former to Medway VTS, London
VTS and the LNG vessel involved.
Medway Ports
(SDD 2006000 386464) [45/06]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea, South Coast - Approach to Masan Hang
and Pusan New Port — Leading lights; bridge
construction
1
151
After Paragraph 3.260 1line 2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 52/05 Add:
Light -buoy (safe water) (34°58′⋅0N 128°48′⋅8E)
Paragraph 3.261 1 lines 1 -4 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 52/05 Replace by:
Leading lights:
Front light (square metal pipe, 100 m in height)
(35°04′⋅7N 128°46′⋅1E).
Rear light (similar structure, 42 m in height)
(1⋅2 miles NNW of front light).
From a position E of a light -buoy (safe water)
(34°58′N 128°49′E), the alignment (338½°) of the
above lights leads NNW through the appropriate traffic
lane, marked by light -buoys (lateral and safe water),
to the pilot boarding position for Pusan New Port and
No 1 pilot boarding position for Masan Hang, passing
(with positions relative to Tongdu Mal):
Paragraph 3.261 4 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
WSW of Chãnsutae Mal (2½ miles NNW), the S
entrance point of Chãnsãng Man (3.268). A
bridge, extending across Kadãk Sudo from
Taejug Do to Chãnsutae Mal, is under
5
construction (2005 for 5 years). Light -buoys
mark the channels through Kadãk Sudo and E of
JeoDo(4¾miles WSW).
Paragraph 3.261 5-6 Replace by:
Vessels bound for Pusan New Port continue NNW
to enter No 5 Fairway, marked by buoys, passing SW
of a detached breakwater (4 miles NNW), from the
heads of which lights (rectangular metal towers, 4 m in
height) are exhibited.
Wk45/06
IV
4.3
6 Vessels bound for Masan Hang and other ports W
and NW round No C Light -buoy (safe -water) (3 miles
NW) and continue a short distance NW to No 1 pilot
boarding position. The vicinity of this buoy is a
Precautionary Area.
Korean Notices 24/306/06, 16/249/05, 33/516/05
(HH. 557/450/07 &08) [45/06]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Barcelona — Landfall light -buoy;
Pilot boarding position
158
Paragraph 3.225 1 lines 1 -2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 01/06 For (41°17′⋅3N 2°11′⋅5E) Read
(41°16′⋅9N 2°10′⋅9E)
Paragraph 3.226 1 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
The pilot boarding position (41°17′⋅7N 2°10′⋅8E)
for S entrance is about 1¼ miles S from the head of
Dique del Este in the in -bound traffic lane. See also
1.21.
Paragraph 3.232 1 line 2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 01/06 Replace by:
Sierra Light -buoy (41°16′⋅9N 2°10′⋅9E) (3.225).
Paragraph 3.233 1 lines 4 -5 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 44/05 Replace by:
ENE of Sierra Light -buoy (safe water) (2 miles S)
(3.225); thence:
Through the inbound leg of the two -way route
established between anchorage areas E and S, thence:
Spanish Notice 33/349(P)/06
(SDD 20060000 377424) [45/06]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Egypt - El Iskandarîya (Alexandria) -
El Dikheila Pass — Wreck
109
After Paragraph 3.113 2 line 11 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck 6 cables S, thence:
Egyptian Navigational Warning 170/06
(SDD 2006000 382956) [45/06]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Skagerrak - Marstrandsfjorden —
Pilot boarding place
205
Paragraph 8.97 2 lines 3 -4 Delete
Swedish Notice 133/3653/06
(SDD 2006000 386994) [45/06]

NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Nova Scotia - Negro Harbour — Buoyage
140
Paragraph 6.135 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...which there are depths of less than 6⋅7 m(22ft).
Thence:
Paragraph 6.135 3 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...and dries 0⋅3 m, is marked close SW by SP54
Light -buoy (starboard hand). Thence:
Paragraph 6.135 4 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...(preferred channel to port). Thence:
Paragraph 6.136 2 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...Point and for which the chart is the best guide.
Paragraph 6.137 1 line 3 For SP52 Buoy Read SP54
Light -buoy (starboard hand)
Canadian Eastern Notices 02/4241/06; 03/4142/06
(HH. 606/450/03) [45/06]
IV
4.4
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approaches to Bahrain - Mina’ al Manama —
Directions
203
Paragraph 8.45 2 line 8 For W Read E
(HH. 063/200/01) [45/06]
Wk45/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
389
Existing Supplement amendment Page 33 Paragraph
§165.9 (d) Replace by:
(d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones are
issued under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633
and may be established in waters subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States as defined in §2.38 of
this chapter, including the territorial sea to a seaward
limit of 12 nautical miles from the baseline.
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
460
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 6 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2001 Edition)
Greenland, West coast - Nunarssuit -
Naujartalik — Rock
115
After Paragraph 2.173 1 Add:
A rock, with a least depth of 4⋅5 m, is reported to
lie in position 60°46′⋅0N 48°13′⋅4W.
Danish Notice 835/06; Danish Chart 1117
(SDD 2006000 384864) [44/06]
Wk44/06
4.1
[44/06]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Bangla Desh - Chittagong — Wrecks; pilot
boarding position
83
L 55 Including existing Supplement amendment Replace
by:
Caution. Numerous charted and uncharted wrecks
are reported (2006) to lie in the anchorages and the
port approaches in the positions given below. Reports
(2002) indicate that two vessels of 10⋅5 m (34ft)
draught have grounded and sustained bottom damage
while in anchorage A. Mariners are advised to seek
advice concerning depths and wreck information from
the Principal Officer, Chittagong Mercantile Marine
Department.
Wreck Latitude Longitude
SS Thetic C 22°08′⋅0N 91°46′⋅0E
SS Vishvakusum 22°15′⋅5N 91°44′⋅5E
SS Kawana 22°12′⋅5N 91°48′⋅2E
MV Tina 22°14′⋅3N 91°46′⋅6E
MV Leta 22°15′⋅4N 91°45′⋅5E
MV Quader 22°17′⋅0N 91°43′⋅7E
MV Fazilat -1
(under salvage)
22°14′⋅7N 91°44′⋅1E
MV Fairtec -1
(under salvage)
22°16′⋅6N 91°42′⋅9E
MV Hang Gang -3
(under salvage)
22°15′⋅2N 91°44′⋅0E
BIWTC -1063 22°17′⋅6N 91°42′⋅8E
84
R37For 1 mile Read 2 miles
85
R 57 Existing supplement amendment Replace by:
Port Authority.
Chittagong Port Authority
Bandar Bhaban, PO Box 2013,
Chittagong 4100, Bangla Desh.
Internet and e mail. www.cpa.gov.bd
Chittagong Port Authority
(SDD 2006000 385494) [44/06]

NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
431
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Bulgaria - Balchik — Dangerous wreck
151
After Paragraph 4.126 2 line 2 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
7 cables SE of Balchik Light.
Bulgarian Notice 6/5/06
(SDD 2006000 381500) [44/06]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Vancouver Island - Berryman Point —
Light; beacon
392
Paragraph 10.248 4 lines 7 -12 Replace by:
NW and N of Berryman Point (3 miles NE). A rock
lying close NW of the point is marked by a beacon
(starboard hand); a drying rock lies close W of the
point which is cliffy on its SW side. Kennedy
Cove (10.252) is entered S of Berryman Point.
Thence:
Paragraph 10.248 5 line 1 Replace by:
5 (with positions relative to Berryman Point):
Canadian Western Notice 9/3673/06
(HH. 600/440/03) [44/06]
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
465
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
IV
4.2
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Verney Passage — Beacon
99
Paragraph 3.125 3 line 2 Replace by:
...(starboard hand) stands on Moody Point,...
Canadian PAC 205 Corr 08/06
(HH. 078/047/01) [44/06]
Surf Inlet — Beacon
174
Paragraph 6.73 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...Chapple Inlet (6.78). A beacon (port hand) stands on the S
extremity of the islands.
Canadian PAC 206 Corr 08/06
(HH. 078/048/01) [44/06]
Maude Channel to Skidegate Channel — Buoy
215
Paragraph 7.137 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 A drying rock, marked by C22 Buoy (starboard
hand), lies at the NW end of the passage NE of
Leonide...
Canadian PAC 206 Corr 08/06
(HH. 078/047/01) [44/06]
Henslung and Beal Coves — Anchorage
243
After Paragraph 8.180 2 line 3 Insert:
Caution. It has been reported that vessels should
not anchor on the E side of Henslung Cove due to the
existence of submerged mooring buoys, chains and
anchors.
Canadian PAC 206 Corr 08/06
(HH. 078/047/01) [44/06]
Wk44/06

NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Philippines – West coast – Manila Bay — Traffic
separation scheme; pilotage
187
Paragraph 8.112 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
The North and South Channel TSSs are specified
for vessels in certain trades, see 8.115. However use
of South Channel is not recommended if entering after
dark, or in poor visibility.
188
After Paragraph 8.115 1 line 5 Insert:
Vessels engaged in foreign trade are to use the
North Channel TSS, and vessels engaged in domestic
trade are to use the South Channel TSS, see also 8.112
190
Paragraph 8.149 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From a position about 3½ miles SSE of Lokanin
Point (14°28′⋅8N 120°36′⋅4E) (8.122) at the exit of the
North Channel TSS, or from a position about 2¼ miles
W of San Nicolas Shoals Light (14°26′⋅2N
120°45′⋅9E) at the exit of the South Channel TSS, the
track leads generally NE or ENE to the Manila outer
anchorages (8.213) or pilot boarding positions (8.215),
passing (with positions from San Nicolas Shoals
Light):
195
Paragraph 8.215 1 lines 1 -8 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding positions
are:
South Harbour, 14°33′⋅3N 120°55′⋅9E, in
S quarantine anchorage;
Harbour Centre, 14°36′⋅3N 120°53′⋅1E, in
N quarantine anchorage;
MICT, 14°36′⋅3N 120°53′⋅7E, for vessels for
container terminal;
North Harbour, 14°37′⋅3N 120°56′⋅4E, at entrance
to North Harbour.
Philippines Notices 7/137/06; 7/138/06
(SDDs 2006000 381470/ 381471) [44/06]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
West coast - Blacksod Bay — Leading lights and
light -beacon
2
347
Paragraph 11.180 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
E of Carrigeenmore, which extends 4 cables E
from Doobeg Point (2¼ miles S).
Carrigeenmore Perch, a light -beacon (E
cardinal), stands on the SE edge of
Carrigeenmore.
Paragraph 11.183 1 line 6 Replace by:
...from Blacksod village (6½ cables NNW of the
quay). A light is exhibited from the pier.
Wk44/06
IV
4.3
After Paragraph 11.183 1 line 6 Insert:
2 Leading lights. The alignment (180°) of Blacksod
Pier Leading Lights leads to the pier:
Front light (orange truncated triangle on white pole).
Rear light (orange truncated triangle on white pole)
(1 cable from front light).
Mayo County Council; Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2006000 384923) [44/06]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Netherlands - IJmuiden northern approaches —
Windfarms
73
After Paragraph 3.6 Insert:
Wind farms
3.6a
1 A wind farm comprising 36 turbines with a tower
height of 72 m is contained within an area centred on
52°37′N 4°25′E as shown on the chart. All the wind
turbines exhibit red obstruction lights and, in addition,
five turbines on the outer perimeter exhibit yellow
lights. The turbines are connected by submarine cables
and three submarine cables extend from the S margin
of the area to a position on the mainland in the
vicinity of Wijk aan Zee (52°30′N 4°35′E).
2 Another windfarm is under construction (2006) in
an area centred on 52°35′N 4°13′E. The boundary of
the area is marked by light -buoys (cardinal).
75
After Paragraph 3.27 2 line 2 Add:
WNW of a wind farm under construction (2006)
(52°35′N 4°13′E) (3.6a), thence:
88
Paragraph 3.163 2 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 41/06 Replace by:
2 Clear of BSP Light-buoy (special) (4¼ miles
NW) which marks a spoil ground and which
is occasionally moved; thence:
E of a wind farm (3.6a) (7½ miles NNW), thence:
W of CP-Q8-A Platform (8¼ miles NNW), thence:
E of Q8-B Platform (12 miles NNW), thence:
Paragraph 3.164 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
Clear of IJM -W Light -buoy (W cardinal)
(52°34′⋅3N 4°18′⋅5E) marking a shoal patch
with a depth of 14⋅9 m over it, thence:
ENE of a wind farm under construction (2006)
(52°36′N 4°13′E) (3.6a), and:
WSW of a wind farm (52°36′N 4°24′E) (3.6a).
A meteorological mast (52°36⋅4′N 4°23⋅4′E)
(3.159) stands on the W border of the
windfarm, thence:
Netherlands Notice 563/06
(SDDs 2006000 379517/383675/383677/
385102) [44/06]

South -west approaches to IJmuiden —
Meetpost Noordwijk removed
75
Paragraph 3.28 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
76
Paragraph 3.44 2 lines 1 -3 Delete
77
Paragraph 3.49 4 lines 1 -3 Delete
Netherlands Notice 563/06
(SDD 2006000 385100) [44/06]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
245
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(1988 Edition) — Supplement 7 -2006
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
387
After Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph §165.5
line 4 Insert:
§165.9 Geographic application of limited and
controlled access areas and regulated
navigation areas.
(a) General. The geographic application of the limited
and controlled access areas and regulated navigation
areas in this part are determined based on the statutory
authority under which each is created.
(b) Safety zones and regulated navigation areas. These
zones and areas are created under the authority of the
Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33 U.S.C.
1221 -1232.
(c) Security zones. These zones have two sources of
authority — the Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33
U.S.C. 1221 -1232, and the Act of June 15, 1917, as
amended by both the Magnuson Act of August 9,
1950 (“Magnuson Act”), 50 U.S.C. 191 -195, and sec.
104 of the Maritime Transportation Security Act of
2002.
(d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones are
issued under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633
and may be established in waters subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States as defined in §2.38 of
this chapter, including the territorial sea to a seaward
limit of 12 nautical miles from the baseline.
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
IV
4.4
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
356
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
252
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
261
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Gulf of Mexico — Marine exploitation; Safety
Fairways
2
Paragraph 1.9 1 lines 7 -11 Replace by:
Caution: Within the Oilfields inshore of a limit
shown on charts 3849, 3850 and 3851, or covered by
other larger scale charts, the platforms and associated
infrastructure may have been omitted due to their
complexity and frequency of change. For more
detailed information the largest scale US Charts and
US Coast Guard Local Notices to Mariners must be
consulted (www.navcen.uscg.gov).
Use of the Safety Fairways (1.10) is recommended.
After Paragraph 1.10 2 line 2 Insert:
For further details see Appendix XIII.
164
Paragraph 7.10 1 line 4 For 1.10 Read 1.9 and 1.10
167
Paragraph 7.53 1 line 3 For 1.10 Read 1.9 and 1.10
Wk44/06

195
After Paragraph 7.288 1 line 2 Insert:
For further details see 1.9 and 1.10.
205
After Paragraph 8.1 1 line 8 Insert:
For further details see 1.10.
225
After Paragraph 9.1 1 line 6 Insert:
For further details see 1.10.
247
After Paragraph 10.1 2 line 5 Add:
For further details see 1.10.
306
After Appendix XII Table 150.380(A) - Regulated
Activities at Deepwater Ports Insert:
APPENDIX XIII
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33
— NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 166 — SHIPPING SAFETY FAIRWAYS
Appendix XIII contains extracts from the above
regulations issued by the United States
Department of Commerce. For a complete
description of this part see 33 CFR 166.
Regulations specific to this volume are given by title
only where the area concerned falls wholly
within pilotage waters; where the regulation
affects an area outside pilotage waters, a
summary of the regulation is given.
Subpart A — General
§166.100 Purpose.
The purpose of these regulations is to establish and
designate shipping safety fairways and fairway
anchorages to provide unobstructed approaches
for vessels using U.S. ports.
§166.103 Geographic coordinates.
Geographic coordinates expressed in terms of latitude
or longitude, or both, are not intended for
plotting on maps or charts whose referenced
horizontal datum is the North American Datum
of 1983 (NAD 83), unless such geographic
coordinates are expressly labelled NAD 83.
Geographic coordinates without the NAD 83
reference may be plotted on maps or charts
referenced to NAD 83 only after application of
the appropriate corrections that are published on
the particular map or chart being used.
§166.105 Definitions.
(a) Shipping safety fairway or fairway means a lane or
corridor in which no artificial island or fixed
structure, whether temporary or permanent, will
be permitted. Temporary underwater obstacles
may be permitted under certain conditions
described for specific areas in Subpart B. Aids to
navigation approved by the U.S. Coast Guard
may be established in a fairway.
Wk44/06
IV
4.5
(b) Fairway anchorage means an anchorage area
contiguous to and associated with a fairway, in
which fixed structures may be permitted within
certain spacing limitations, as described for
specific areas in Subpart B.
§166.110 Modification of areas.
Fairways and anchorages are subject to modification in
accordance with 33 U.S.C. 1223(c);92 Stat.1473.
Subpart B — Designations of Fairways and
Fairway Anchorages
§166.200 Shipping safety fairways and
anchorage areas, Gulf of Mexico.
(a) Purpose. Fairways and anchorage areas as
described in this section are established to
control the erection of structures therein to
provide safe approaches through oil fields in the
Gulf of Mexico to entrances to the major ports
along the Gulf Coast.
(b) Special conditions for fairways in the Gulf of
Mexico. Temporary anchors and attendant cables
or chains attached to floating or semisubmersible
drilling rigs outside a fairway may be placed
within a fairway described in this section for the
Gulf of Mexico, providing the following
conditions are met:
(1) Anchors installed within fairways to stabilise
semisubmersible drilling rigs shall be allowed
to remain 120 days. This period may be
extended by the Army Corps of Engineers, as
provided by 33 CFR 209.135(b).
(2) Drilling rigs must be outside of any fairway
boundary to whatever distance is necessary to
ensure that the minimum depth of water over
an anchor line within a fairway is 125 feet.
(3) No anchor buoys or floats or related rigging
will be allowed on the surface of the water or
to a depth of at least 125 feet from the
surface, within a fairway.
(4) Aids to navigation or danger markings must be
installed as required by 33 CFR Subchapter C.
(c) Special conditions for fairway anchorages in the
Gulf of Mexico. Structures may be placed within
an area designated as a fairway anchorage, but
the number of structures will be limited by
spacing as follows:
(1) The centre of a structure to be erected shall not
be less than two (2) nautical miles from the
centre of any existing structure.
(2) In a drilling or production complex, associated
structures connected by walkways shall be
considered one structure for purposes of
spacing, and shall be as close together as
practicable having due consideration for the
safety factors involved.
(3) A vessel fixed in place by moorings and used
in conjunction with the associated structures
of a drilling or production complex, shall be
considered an attendant vessel and the extent
of the complex shall include the vessel and its
moorings.
(4) When a drilling or production rig extends more
than five hundred (500) yards from the centre,
a new structure shall not be erected closer
than two (2) miles from the outer limit of the
complex.

(5) An underwater completion installation in an
anchorage area shall be considered a structure
and shall be marked with a lighted buoy
approved by the United States Coast Guard
under 33 CFR Part 66.01.
(d) Designated areas.
(1) Brazos Santiago Pass Safety Fairway.
(2) Brazos Santiago Pass Anchorage Areas.
(3) Port Mansfield Safety Fairway.
(4) Aransas Pass Safety Fairway.
(5) Aransas Pass Anchorage Areas.
(6) Matagorda Entrance Safety Fairway.
(7) Matagorda Entrance Anchorage Areas.
(8) Freeport Harbor Safety Fairway.
(9) Freeport Harbor Anchorage Areas.
(10) Galveston Entrance Safety Fairways.
(11) Galveston Entrance Anchorage Areas.
(12) Sabine Pass Safety Fairway.
(13) Sabine Pass Anchorage Areas:
(i) Sabine Pass Inshore Anchorage Area.
(ii) Sabine Bank Offshore (North) Anchorage
Area.
(iii) Sabine Bank Offshore (South) Anchorage
Area.
(iv) Sabine Bank Offshore (East) Anchorage
Area.
(14) Coastwise Safety Fairway.
(i) Brazos Santiago Pass to Aransas Pass.
(ii) Aransas Pass to Calcasieu Pass.
(15) Calcasieu Pass Safety Fairway.
(16) Calcasieu Pass Anchorage Areas:
(i) Calcasieu Pass North Anchorage Area.
(ii) Calcasieu Pass South Anchorage Area.
(17) Lower Mud Lake Safety Fairway.
(18) Freshwater Bayou Safety Fairway.
(19) Southwest Pass Safety Fairway.
(20) Atchafalaya Pass Safety Fairway.
(21) Bayou Grand Caillou Safety Fairway.
(22) Cat Island Pass Safety Fairway.
(23) Belle Pass Safety Fairway.
(24) Barataria Pass Safety Fairway.
(25) Grand Bayou Pass Safety Fairway.
(26) Empire to the Gulf Safety Fairway.
(27) Gulf Safety Fairway. Aransas Pass Safety
fairway to Southwest Pass Safety Fairway.
(28) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) Safety
Fairway.
(i) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to Gulf
Safety Fairway.
(ii) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to Sea
Safety Fairway.
(iii) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to South
Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Fairway.
(29) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) Anchorage.
(30) South Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Fairway.
(i) South Pass to Sea Safety Fairway.
(ii) South Pass (Mississippi River) to
Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Channel
Safety Fairways.
(31) South Pass (Mississippi River) Anchorage.
(32) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Safety Fairway.
(ii) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Channel to
Mobile Ship Channel Safety Fairway.
(33) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Anchorage.
(34) Gulfport Safety Fairway.
(35) Biloxi Safety Fairway.
IV
4.6
(36) Ship Island Pass to Horn Island Pass Safety
Fairway.
(37) Pascagoula Safety Fairway.
(38) Horn Island Pass to Mobile Ship Channel
Safety Fairway.
(39) Mobile Safety Fairway.
(i) Mobile Ship Channel Safety Fairway.
(ii) Mobile Ship Channel to Sea Safety
Fairway.
(iii) Mobile to Pensacola Safety Fairway.
(40) Mobile Anchorage.
(41) Pensacola Safety Fairway.
(41) Pensacola Safety Fairway.
(42) Pensacola Anchorage.
(43) Pensacola to Panama City Safety Fairway.
(44) Panama City Safety Fairways.
(45) Panama City Anchorage.
(46) Port St. Joe Fairway to Panama City Safety
Fairway.
(47) Port St. Joe Anchorage.
(48) Tampa Safety Fairways.
(49) Tampa Anchorages.
(i) Eastern Tampa Fairway Anchorage.
(ii) Western Tampa Fairway Anchorage.
(50) Charlotte Safety Fairway.
(51) Charlotte Anchorage.
(52) Louisiana Offshore Oil Port (LOOP) Shipping
Safety Fairway to Safety Zone.
(i) North of Gulf Safety Fairway.
(ii) South of Gulf Safety Fairway.
(53) Heald Bank Cutoff Safety Fairway.
US Coast Pilot 5; US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/554/09) [44/06]
Caribbean Sea - Thunder Knoll — Depth
72
Paragraph 2.37 1 line 4 For 10⋅9 Read 7⋅3
MV Barrington Island
(HH. 626/405/03) [44/06]
Wk44/06

Gulf of Mexico - Galveston Bay —
Gulf Gateway Deep Water Port
200
Paragraph 7.341 1 line 4 For El Paso Energy Bridge Read
Gulf Gateway
Paragraph 7.341 2 line 5 For El Paso Energy Bridge Read
Gulf Gateway
204
Chapter 8 Index Diagram For El Paso Energy Bridge Read
Gulf Gateway Deep Water Port
206
Paragraph 8.14 1 line 2 For El Paso Energy Bridge Read
Gulf Gateway
Paragraph 8.14 2 line 3 For El Paso Energy Bridge Read
Gulf Gateway
Above Paragraph 8.16 For El Paso Energy Bridge
Deepwater Port Read Gulf Gateway Deep Water
Port
Paragraph 8.16 1 line 1 For El Paso Energy Bridge Read
Gulf Gateway
207
Paragraph 8.18 2 line 2 For El Paso Energy Bridge Read
Gulf Gateway Deep Water Port
Paragraph 8.18 2 line 5 For El Paso Energy Bridge Read
Gulf Gateway Deep Water Port
US Chart 11340 Edition 70
(HH. 616/086/01) [44/06]
Wk44/06
IV
4.7
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
288
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
295
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
US Code of Federal Regulations —
Naval Vessel Protection Zones
366
Paragraph §165.9 (d) line 5 For 3 Read 12
US Coast Pilot 8; CFR §165.9
(HH. 078/556/07) [44/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Argentina - Puerto Mar del Plata — Directions
344
Paragraph 11.25 3 lines 3 -4 Delete
Paragraph 11.26 1 line 2 For WSW Read SW
1
Paragraph 11.27 1-3 Replace by:
11.27
Spare
Paragraph 11.28 Delete heading
Paragraph 11.28 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
Leading lights:
Paragraph 11.28 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
The track then turns W from the leading line and
leads through Antepuerto from whence the various
berths can be approached. Concrete blocks, each of
12 tonnes weight, shown as fouls on the chart, lie in
positions 231°, 243° and 261° from Escollera Norte
Beacon distant 4, 4½ and 3½ cables respectively.
There is a reported depth of 4 m over them..
Argentine Notice 17/198/06
(HH. 650/410/04) [43/06]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Colombia - Cartagena — Leading line
3
263
Paragraph 9.183 1 lines 6 -8 Delete
Paragraph 9.183 2 lines 1 -5 Delete
Paragraph 9.183 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
From a position about 1 mile WSW of Fuerte San
Fernando (10°19′⋅2N 75°34′⋅9W) the track leads
through a channel, marked by light -buoys...
264
Paragraph 9.183 5 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
The track then leads to a position about 1 mile E of
Fuerte San José (10°18′⋅9N 75°34′⋅7W), where the
channel divides.
Paragraph 9.183 6 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...track follows the main entrance channel until a position is
reached close N of No 6 Light -buoy...
Paragraph 9.183 6 line 7 Replace by:
...it, to about 2 cables WSW...
Paragraph 9.183 7 line 1 -2 Replace by:
7 The track then leads to a position about 1 mile E of
Fuerte San José (10°18′⋅9N 75°34′⋅7W).
Paragraph 9.184 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 1 mile E of Fuerte San José
(10°18′⋅9N 75°34′⋅7W) the recommended track leads
NE...
4.1
[43/06]
1
Paragraph 9.185 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
From a position about 1 mile E of Fuerte San José
(10°18′⋅9N 75°34′⋅7W) the recommended track leads
ENE...
Paragraph 9.185 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
NNW of No 12 Light -buoy (starboard hand)
(2¼ miles S) marking a shoal with a least depth of
7⋅4 m.
Colombian Notice 148/2006
(HH. 640/441/06) [43/06]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Denmark - Langeland south - Vinds Grav west
— Directions
426
After Paragraph 12.149 1 line 6 Insert:
The track passes S of a wreck (8 miles SSE of
Keldsnor Light), with a depth over it of 10⋅5 m at the
W end of Vinds Grav.
Danish Notice 39/814/06
(SDD 2006000 384833) [43/06]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Nyköping approaches — Maximum
authorised draught
218
Paragraph 5.284 1 line 4 For 4⋅4 m Read 4m
Swedish Notice 122/3502/06
(SDD 2006000 373648) [43/06]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Fiumara Grande to Capo d’Anzio; Porto
d’Anzio — Directions; marine farms
330
After Paragraph 11.77 3 line 21 Add:
SW of an extensive marine farm (24 miles SE),
marked by light -buoys and buoys (special),
thence:
336
After Paragraph 12.19 1 line 10 Add:
A marine farm, marked at its corners by buoys
(special), and at its centre by a light -buoy (special), is
moored close E of anchor berth A5.
Italian Notice G14005/06
(SDD 2006000 384850) [43/06]
Wk43/06

NP 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume IV
(2006 Edition)
Greece - SW approach to Póros Megáron —
Revithoúsa LNG terminal
160
Paragraph 6.273 2 line 4 Replace by:
...the point. Revithoúsa LNG terminal is located
1½ cables W of the light. And:
161
After Paragraph 6.279 Insert:
Revithoúsa LNG Terminal
6.279a
1 Description. Revithoúsa LNG Terminal (37°57′⋅6N
23°24′⋅2E) is situated on the S coast of Nísos
Revithoúsa, approximately 10 miles W of Peiraiás. The
terminal is used for tankers discharging LNG to two
in -ground tanks onshore.
Approaches. The usual approach is from the SW
giving Ífalos Mastíf shoal, 8 cables S of the terminal,
a wide berth.
2 Terminal Authority. Public Gas Corporation of
Greece (DEPA) S.A.
Density of water 1⋅025 g/cm 3 .
Maximum size of vessel handled: 130 000 m 3 ;
290 m length and 11 m draught.
ETA. 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours, via the vessel’s
agent.
3 Anchorage for LNG carriers is located 1½ miles W
of Nísos Pákhi, if required due to delays prior to
berthing.
Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours.
Final advice on arrival should be given to Peiraiás
pilot station at least 6 hours prior to arrival. The pilot
boards 2 miles SSW of the terminal, as detailed on
chart 1513 for Pákhi and Mégara Oil Terminals.
4 Tugs are compulsory and are available from
Peiraiás.
Restricted areas. The terminal is enclosed within a
restricted areas shown on the chart. Entry is prohibited
to vessels not using the terminal. Elevsís Port
Authority has declared a 200 m exclusion zone around
the LNG jetty. Passing vessels should keep a wide
berth from moored LNG carriers.
5 Berth. The berth consists of a single jetty of solid
construction with a sheet -piled face.
Services. Garbage and waste oil disposal; bunkering
is not permitted.
Shell Correspondence
(SDD 2006000 384124) [43/06]
Wk43/06
IV
4.2
Greece - Órmos Íou — Restricted area
190
Paragraph 7.167 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...3 cables ESE affords shelter from all but SW winds.
The port of...
Paragraph 7.169 Including heading Replace by:
Restricted area
7.169
1 Anchoring, fishing and waiting is prohibited in
Órmos Íou.
Greek Notice 172/06
(SDD 2006000 381035) [43/06]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Newfoundland - Bonavista Harbour — Buoyage
271
After Paragraph 8.20 2 line 8 Add:
A shoal patch with depths less than 10 m extends 1½
cables WSW of the island, the extremity of which
is marked by JB3 and JB7 Light -buoys (port
hand).
Paragraph 8.20 3 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
3 NNW of Canaille Point (6½ cables SE), from
which rocks extend 1½ cables NNE.
Paragraph 8.20 3 line 8 Replace by:
...breakwater. Buoy JB6 (starboard hand) marks the...
Canadian Eastern Notices 9/4849/06, 9/4854/06
(HH. 603/460/03) [43/06]
Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - Camp Islands to
Spear Point — Buoyage
403
Paragraph 12.19 3 line 4 For NR8 Read NUC2
Canadian Eastern Notice 7/5031/06
(HH. 603/500/03) [43/06]
Labrador - Spear Point to Cape St. Michaels —
Buoyage
409
Paragraph 12.41 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...SE), a group of shallow patches marked by NA
Light -buoy (N cardinal). Flat Island, a black
rock...
Canadian Eastern Notice 9/5179/06
(HH. 603/500/03) [43/06]

Labrador - Cape St. Michaels to Cox Head —
Buoyage changed
412
Paragraph 12.53 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 S of Mad Moll (1¼ miles N), a steep -to
underwater rock marked close S by NM2
Light -buoy (starboard hand), thence:
Paragraph 12.53 2 line 5 For NL4 Light -buoy Read NM4
Light -buoy (starboard hand)
415
Paragraph 12.67 4 line 8 For NDP Read NE
Paragraph 12.69 1 line 7 For ND3 Read NE3
Paragraph 12.69 1 line 8 For ND4 Read NE2
Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5032/06, 9/5033/06
(HH. 603/500/03) [43/06]
Labrador - Cox Head to Bed Head — Buoyage
415
Paragraph 12.73 2 line 2 For NPP Read NLP
Canadian Eastern Notice 9/4702/06
(HH. 603/500/03) [43/06]
Labrador - Bed Head to North Wolf Rock —
Buoyage
422
Paragraph 12.103 3 line 6 For NTK2, NTK5 and NTK6
Read N12, N14 and N15
Canadian Eastern Notice 9/4703/06
(HH. 603/500/03) [43/06]
Labrador - Cape Harrison to Cape Makkovik —
Buoyage
451
Paragraph 13.29 2 line 4 For NT5 Read NQ3
452
Paragraph 13.34 1 line 12 For NH5 Read NQ1
453
Paragraph 13.38 2 lines 3 -4 For NM 3⋅5 Light -buoy (port
hand) Read NQB Light -buoy (W cardinal)
459
Paragraph 13.69 4 line 2 For NK1 Read NY1
Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5045/06, 9/5046/06
(HH. 601/400/09) [43/06]
IV
4.3
Labrador - Cape Makkovik to Hopedale
Harbour — Buoyage
460
Paragraph 13.75 3 line 4 For NH3 Read NH1
Paragraph 13.75 3 line 5 For NH4 Read NH2
Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5047/06
(HH. 601/400/09) [43/06]
Labrador - Winter Tickle — Buoyage
462
Paragraph 13.87 3 line 9 For NW2 Read NVW2
Canadian Eastern Notices 9/5048/06
(HH. 601/400/09) [43/06]
Labrador - Cape Harrigan to Cape Kiglapait —
Buoyage
466
Paragraph 13.110 2 line 5 For NPU2 Read NV2
467
Paragraph 13.117 2 line 6 For NP9 Read NT1
Paragraph 13.117 2 line 7 For NP8 Read NT2
Paragraph 13.117 5 line 4 For NT2/2 Read NT4
Paragraph 13.117 5 line 5 For NT1 Read NT5
Paragraph 13.117 7 line 3 For NP1 Read NT7
Canadian Eastern Notice 9/5049/06
(HH. 601/400/09) [43/06]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Gulf of Mexico - Pensacola Bay — Leading lights
258
Paragraph 10.103 1 Replace by:
1 Directions. From a position in the vicinity of No 17
Light -buoy (port hand) (30°20′⋅0N 87°16′⋅9W), the
track leads NE through the centre of the channel,
marked by buoys (lateral), for about 8 cables to a
turning basin and the wharf at the US Naval Air
Station (10.107):
Paragraph 10.103 2 Delete
US Notice 37/11384/06
(HH. 615/460/05) [43/06]
Wk43/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
France - Bayonne approaches — Directions
268
Paragraph 8.269 2 lines 9 -10 Replace by:
Mariners should note the...
French Notice 06/37/78
(SEP 000384026) [42/06]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Île de La Réunion - Port Réunion — Directional
light
257
Paragraph 11.65 1-2 Replace by:
1 Directional light (black tower) (20°56′⋅3S
55°19′⋅5E).
The bearing (162°) of the above light, indicates the
axis of the entrance channel and leads into the turning
basin, passing between:
The E breakwater, from the head of which a light
(white tower, red top, 10 m in height) is exhibited,
and:
2 The W breakwater, from the head of which a
light (white tower, green top, 10 m in height)
is exhibited.
French Notice 36/06; Avinav La Réunion 06 -03
(HH. 078/195/02) [42/06]
4.1
[42/06]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Algeria - Port d’Arzew — Anchorage; prohibited
and restricted areas
252
Paragraph 6.84 1 Replace by:
1 Prohibited area. A prohibited anchorage and
fishing area extends SE from a position N of the head
of Jetée Abri (35°51′⋅6N 0°17′⋅5W) to a position E of
the two SPMs moored about 2 miles E of the detached
breakwater.
Restricted areas. Circular restricted areas, radius
480 m, are centred on the two SPMs.
254
Paragraph 6.93 2-3 Replace by:
1 Anchorage for Arzew Harbour and
Arzew-el-Djédid can be obtained in a depth of about
60 to 77 m in an area 2½ miles NNE of the detached
breakwater. Junction light -buoy (safe water) marks the
SW corner of the area. Caution. A wreck lies
2¼ cables E of the charted anchorage.
MV Atlantic Liberty; BA Chart 838
(SEP 000372156) [42/06]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
N Adriatic TSS - Route for RijeÅki Zaljev and
Gulf of Trieste; Route for Gulf of Venice —
Directions
70
After Paragraph 2.55 3 line 12 Add:
Gas production platform Katarina (43°59′⋅3N
14°06′⋅3E) from which a light is exhibited.
After Paragraph 2.58 2 line 2 Add:
ENE of production platform Katarina (43°59′⋅3N
14°06′⋅3E) (2.55), thence:
After Paragraph 2.59 1 line 9 Add:
SW of production platform Katarina (43°59′⋅3N
14°06′⋅3E) (2.55), thence:
Italian Notice 17/42/06
(SEP 000382134) [42/06]

NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Westray Firth - Passage east of
Muckle Green Holm — Directions
210
Paragraph 5.312 1 line 7 Replace by:
SW of Seal Skerry (2 miles N), a reef which dries,
noting shoal water extending 3 cables S of the
reef, with a depth of 7⋅8 m at its S extremity,
thence:
Maritime and Coastguard Agency
(SEP 000372059) [42/06]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Lofoten - Moskenesøya - Stovika approaches —
Depths
270
After L56Add:
A 3 m patch lies 1½ cables WNW of the islet N of
Gresholmen, and a 4 m patch lies 1 cable ESE,
close N of the approach line.
Norwegian Notice 18/1004/06
(SEP 000383960) [42/06]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
Firth of Clyde - Approaches to Troon —
Dangerous wreck
72
Paragraph 3.189 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (1½ miles W), thence:
NNE of Troon Rock (1 mile W), which breaks in
heavy weather, and:
MRCC Clyde
(SEP 000375315) [42/06]
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Colombia - Bahia Colombia — Buoy
273
After Paragraph 9.257 3 line 4 Add:
E of a Light -buoy (E cardinal) (3 miles WNW),
marking the edge of the bank extending E from
Isla Los Muertos, thence:
Colombian Notice 109/2006
(HH. 640/461/03) [41/06]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
New South Wales - Port Kembla — Leading
lights
284
Paragraph 12.38 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...thence head E onto the alignment of the harbour
entrance leading line.
Paragraph 12.39 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...ashore.
285
Paragraph 12.40 Replace by:
12.40
Spare
Port Kembla Local Notice 003/06
(HH. 576/450/03) [41/06]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Denmark - Lillebælt — Bridges; vertical
clearance
315
Paragraph 9.25 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Vertical clearance: 29 m.
Danish Chart 158
(SEP 000369498) [41/06]
4.1
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Denmark - Bornholm - Allinge — Directions
[41/06]
93
Paragraph 2.82 1 Replace by:
1 Allinge Leading Beacons:
Front (white triangle, point up, orange edges)
(55°16′⋅7N 14°48′⋅1E).
Rear (white triangle, point down, orange edges)
(54 m SSW of front beacon)
The alignment (209°) of these beacons leads from
seaward to the harbour entrance.
Danish Notice 737/35/06
(SEP 000381181) [41/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Charlestown — Pilot boarding arrangements
100
Paragraph 4.96 2 Replace by:
2 Pilot boarding place. Charlestown is serviced by
cutter from Fowey (4.130). Pilots will board vessels at
a position arranged with the master. During periods of
poor weather boarding may take place off Fowey
(4.114), anywhere in St Austell Bay (4.108) and inside
the harbour entrance.
Fowey Harbour Commissioners Notice 2006/07
(SEP 000382658) [41/06]
Par — Pilot boarding arrangements
101
Paragraph 4.102 3 Replace by:
3 Pilot boarding place. Par is serviced by cutter
from Fowey (4.130). Pilots will board vessels at a
position arranged with the master. During periods of
poor weather boarding may take place off Fowey
(4.114), anywhere in St Austell Bay (4.108) and inside
the harbour entrance.
Fowey Harbour Commissioners Notice 2006/07
(SEP 000382658) [41/06]
Fowey — Pilot boarding arrangements
104
Paragraph 4.130 1 lines 4 -9 Replace by:
3 Pilot boarding place. In normal weather conditions
pilots will board vessels up to one mile from the
harbour entrance. During poor weather conditions the
boarding position may be varied, including boarding
inside the harbour entrance.
Fowey Harbour Commissioners Notice 2006/07
(SEP 000382658) [41/06]

NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Italy (Sicilia) - Porto di Milazzo
— Anchorage; pilotage
395
Paragraph 10.150 2 Delete
After Paragraph 10.151 2 line 5 Add:
Anchoring is also prohibited within ¾ cable ESE of
the harbour entrance.
Paragraph 10.152 1line 4 For 1¾ miles NNE Read 5 cables
NE
Italian Notice 17.26/06
(SEP 000382112) [41/06]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - Napier Roads — Leading lights
discontinued; sector lights
280
Paragraph 9.234 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...adjacent to anchorage area No 1, as shown on
the...
281
Paragraph 9.234 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...adjacent to anchorage area No 2 as shown on the...
Paragraph 9.238 1 Delete
Paragraph 9.238 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From No 2 pilot boarding position (39°25′⋅1S
176°58′⋅6E), the track leads WSW through Hawke Bay
in the white sector (228° -248°) of Westshore Light
(39°27′⋅5S 176°52′⋅3E), passing:
283
Paragraph 9.241 1-2 Replace by:
1 From No 1 pilot boarding position (39°28′⋅1S
176°58′⋅9E), the track leads W through Hawke Bay
into Napier Roads in the narrow white sector
(279½° --- 280½°) of South Pania Channel Light
(39°27′⋅5S 176°52′⋅3E).
2 A conspicuous clump of trees (chart NZ 571) lies
on a similar line of bearing as the light, and by day,
in hazy conditions, may be more easily seen than the
light -structure. The track passes (with positions from
Bluff Hill (39°28′⋅7S 176°55′⋅0E)):
Port of Napier; New Zealand Notice 19/184(P)/06.
(HH. 580/445/03) [41/06]
IV
4.2
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Westray Firth — Shoal depth
204
Paragraph 5.273 1 line 4 Replace by:
...(5.277), avoiding an isolated shoal with a depth of
7⋅1 m over it (59°06′⋅9N 2°50′⋅3W) (5.313) and Benlin
Rock as necessary, and thence:
210
Paragraph 5.313 1 After line 8 Add:
Mariners should also note an isolated shoal with a
depth of 7⋅1 m over it in position 59°06′⋅9N 2°50′⋅3W
(5.273).
MV Anglian Sovereign
(SEP 000381808) [41/06]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Netherlands - Ijmuiden — Light -buoy; well
88
Paragraph 3.163 2 After line 3 Add:
Clear of MDZ 02 Light -buoy (special) (5½ miles
NNW), marking a well, depth 11⋅5 m, 5 cables E
of the light -buoy, thence:
Netherlands Notice 539/06
(SEP 000382532) [41/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
ADVANCE NOTICE -
Sailing Directions — Japan
1 As a result of the growth of new ports, increasing
traffic and improved information, NP 42A Japan Pilot
Volume II, will be split into NP 42A Japan Pilot
Volume II and NP 42C Japan Pilot Volume IV.
2 The geographical coverage and planned publication
dates of the revised volumes are shown below:
Volume Title Coverage Planned
Date
NP 42A Japan Pilot
Volume II
(First Edition)
NP 42C Japan Pilot
Volume IV
(First Edition)
South coast of
Shikoku,
south -east
coast of
Honshu and
Nanpo Shoto.
Nansei Shoto,
south, west
and north -
west coasts of
Kyushu and
Tsushima.
July
2007
January
2007
3 The publication dates are planned to allow the
incorporation of new information and to enable the
Sailing Directions to reflect the introduction of
Japanese charts to be printed later this year.
4 NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I, Honshu (except its
southern coasts), Hokkaido, The southern coast of
Ostrov Sakhalin and Kuril’skiye Ostrova, and
NP 42B Japan Pilot Volume III, Seto Naikai (The Inland
Sea of Japan), are unaffected by these changes.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office [40/06]
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —
Supplement 4 -2006
Prince of Wales Island - Kasaan Bay - Coal Bay
and Twelvemile Arm — Shoal depths
84
L25 For 5m (16ft) Read 3⋅4 m (11ft)
85
L45 For 1⋅8 m (6 ft) Read 1⋅1 m (3 ft)
US Coast Pilot 8, Corr 37/06
(HH. 078/556/07) [40/06]
Wk40/06
4.1
[40/06]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Torres Strait and approaches —
Pilotage
4
Paragraph 1.27 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Torres Strait and approaches. Pilotage is
compulsory for all vessels of 70 m LOA or more and
all loaded oil tankers, chemical and liquefied gas
carriers, except defence force vessels, when transiting
Torres Strait and Great North East Channel (see 13.6).
367
Paragraph 13.6 1 Replace by:
1 The Torres Strait Pilotage Area is bound on the S
by latitude 10°41′S, and on the N by the limit of the
Australian Exclusive Economic Zone, and divided into
two areas:
Area A is bound by longitudes 141°50′E and
142°05′E.
Area B is bound by longitudes 142°05′E and
143°24′E.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 70 m LOA
or more and all loaded oil tankers, chemical tankers
and liquefied gas carriers, except defence force
vessels, when transiting Area A with a draught of 8 m
or more. Pilotage is compulsory for all these vessels,
except defence force vessels, irrespective of draught
when transiting Area B.
3 Pilot boarding positions are as follows:
Booby Island (10°36′⋅3S 141°49′⋅8E) for E -bound
vessels with a draught of 8 m or more.
Goods Island (10°33′⋅9S 142°04′⋅4E) for E -bound
vessels with a draught less than 8 m.
Dalrymple Island (9°34′⋅0S 143°24′⋅5E) for
W -bound vessels.
4 Masters of E -bound vessels with a draught less
than 8 m can request a pilot from Booby Island if they
wish to do so.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(4) and Australian Seafarers
Handbook.
AMSA Marine Notice 8/06
(HH. 577/130/03) [40/06]

NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Norton Sound - Cape Rodney — Shoal depths
307
After Paragraph 8.64 1 Insert:
2 A shoal area, with a least depth of 13⋅8 m, lies
approximately 27 miles SW of Cape Rodney. Another
shoal area, with a least depth of 12⋅4 m, lies
approximately 22 miles SSW of the Cape.
US Coast Pilot 9 Corr 31/06
(HH. 078/557/09) [40/06]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Tunisia - Sfax — Dangerous wreck
311
Paragraph 7.173 4 line 4 Replace by:
SSE of two dangerous wrecks, positions
approximate, 23½ and 25 miles SW, thence:
Navarea III 262/06
(SEP 000375658) [40/06]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Trollsundet - south -east of Ingøya — Depths
L20Replace by:
212
N of a shoal (1⋅8 miles ESE), with a
depth of 2⋅5 m (8 ft) over it, thence:
N of a shoal (2⋅3 miles ESE), with a
depth of 4⋅4 m(14½ft) over it, and:
S of a pair of 6 m (19 ft) patches
(2⋅1 miles E), thence:
Clear of a patch (2⋅2 miles ESE), with
a depth of 6⋅2 m (20 ft) over it, thence:
S of a shoal (2⋅3 miles E), with a depth
of 4⋅5 m(14¾ft) over it, thence:
Clear of a patch (2⋅6 miles ESE), with
a depth of 8⋅4 m(27½ ft) over it.
Norwegian Notices 11/653/06 and 16/914/06
(SEP 000380655) [40/06]
IV
4.2
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Ra’s ¬allºn to Fujairah - Port Sohar —
Fairway light -buoy
80
Paragraph 3.162 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...vicinity of the fairway light -buoy (safe water)
(24°34′⋅9N 56°38′⋅0E) through a channel, marked by
light -buoys...
81
Paragraph 3.166 1 line 2 Replace by:
Port Sohar Fairway Light -buoy (24°34′⋅9N
56°38′⋅0E).
(HH. 486/400/06) [40/06]
Wk40/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Oxelösund — Directions
216
Paragraph 5.270 1 line 3 For W Read E
Paragraph 5.270 2 Replace by:
1 Leading lights:
Oxelösund Light (white lantern) (58°39′⋅7N
17°07′⋅7E).
Rear light (red triangle) (close NE).
The alignment (057°) of the above lights leads NE
through the initial part of the channel and the white
sectors (093°–099°), ahead, and (238°–244°), astern, in
succession, of Korsholmen Light (white lantern,
floodlit) (58°39′⋅7N 17°08′⋅2E), displayed from a rock
close N of Furö, leads through the central part of the
channel.
Swedish Notice 127/3511/06
(SEP 000379864) [39/06]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India - Swatch of No -Ground — Depths
80
L.31 Insert:
Caution. In 2006 soundings of 12 and 17 metres
were reported in the Swatch of No -Ground,
approximately 43 miles SSE of Putney Island.
Indian Notice 16/415/06
(SEP 000376104) [39/06]
Wk39/06
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Hoek van Holland — Pilotage
[39/06]
211
Paragraph 9.6 1&2including existing Section IV week
31/06 Replace by:
1 Vessels with a draught between 17⋅4 and14⋅3 m
embark the pilot by tender or helicopter W of
E15 light -buoy (52°00′⋅9N 3°48′⋅8E).
Vessels with a draught of less than 14⋅3 m may
embark the pilot as follows:
by tender in the vicinity of Maas Center Light -buoy
(52°01′⋅1N 3°53⋅5′E);
by helicopter about 5 miles N of Maas Center
Light -buoy for vessels approaching from N;
by helicopter about 5 miles W of Maas Center
Light -buoy for vessels approaching from W.
2 The decision on whether the pilot boards by tender
or helicopter is made by the pilot. No additional cost
will be charged for a helicopter transfer.
Requests for pilots should be made at least 6 hours
prior to arrival.
212
Paragraph 9.8 3 including existing Section IV week 35/06
Delete
Paragraph 9.10 1 including existing Section IV week 31/06
Replace by:
1 Traffic Separation Schemes. Eurogeul and
Maasgeul, which together form the DW channel, are
reserved for vessels with a draught of 14⋅3 m or more.
Vessels with a draught between 14⋅3 m and17⋅4 m,
either enter at the W end of Eurogeul in the vicinity
of the Europlatform (51°59′⋅8N 3°16′⋅5E) or about
14 miles farther E between E7 and E9 Light -buoys.
215
Paragraph 9.34 1 including existing Section IV week 31/06
Replace by:
1 The route described follows the DW route, which is
reserved for vessels with a draught of more than
14⋅3 m. From the vicinity of 51°58′N 3°00′E on the W
side of the Eurogeul Approach Area (9.35), it runs
40 miles in a generally E direction through Eurogeul
and then Maasgeul to Maasmond at the entrance to
Nieuwe Waterweg (9.60).
Netherlands Hydrographic Office
(SEP 000378632) [39/06]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
T’ai -wan, North -west Coast - Approaches to
T’ai -chung — Anchorages
86
Paragraph 2.148 3 Existing Section IV Notice Week 47/05
lines 6 -8 Replace by:
For location of the anchorages see chart.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 032/209/02 ) [39/06]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Sumatera - Belawan approaches —
Lights; buoyage
105
Paragraph 4.116 3 lines 3 -4 Delete
Paragraph 4.117 1 line 3 Delete
106
Paragraph 4.121 3 lines 3 -4 Delete
Paragraph 4.121 4 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
E of No 3 Light -buoy (starboard hand) (8 cables N),
thence:
107
Paragraph 4.124 Replace by:
1 After passing No 11 Light -buoy the track leads SW
towards Ocean Quay, passing (with positions from
Pertamina Jetty NE Light (3°47′⋅5N 98°42′⋅5E)).
NW of Container Wharf (3 cables NE) (4.140),
thence:
NW of Pertamina Jetty (4.140) from where lights
(4.125) are exhibited, and:
2 SE of Tanjung Belawan (3½ cables NNW),
thence:
As required for the vessel’s berth.
It is reported that the channel leading lights (4.121
to 4.123) are well sited and easy to use.
DG SeaComm
(SEP 000368055) [39/06]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Genova — Pilot boarding positions
155
Paragraph 4.119 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...a day. Pilot boarding positions are as follows (with
reference to the relevant entrance):
Accesso di Levante — 1 mile SSE;
Accesso di Multedo - Porto Petroli — 2 miles SW;
Accesso di Voltri -Pra — 1 mile SW.
Italian Notice 11.32/06
(SEP 000373383) [39/06]
IV
4.2
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Labrador - Hamilton Inlet - South -west of
George Island — Buoyage changed
438
Paragraph 12.182 3 line 5 For HD3 Read HD1
Canadian Eastern Notice 8/5135/06
(HH. 601/400/09) [39/06]
Labrador - Inshore Route - Uyagaksuak to Nain
— Buoyage changed
468
Paragraph 13.119 5 line 4 For NP4 Read NNB2
Paragraph 13.119 5 line 7 For NP5 Read NNB3
Paragraph 13.120 2 line 8 For NJ3 Read NNB5
Canadian Eastern Notice 8/5052/06
(HH. 601/400/09) [39/06]
Labrador - East Approach to Nain through
Strathcona Run — Buoyage changed
473
Paragraph 13.143 3 line 5 For NVR Read NN
474
Paragraph 13.145 2 line 4 For NS6 Read NNS2
Paragraph 13.145 6 line 3 For NS7 Read NNS3
Canadian Eastern Notice 8/5052/06
(HH. 601/400/09) [39/06]
Wk39/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Islas Canarias - Conception Bank — Depth
26
Paragraph 1.243 1 line 2 Replace by:
...21 m (29°55′⋅3N 12°54′⋅4W) and is steeper on its
SW than its NE side. A...
85
After Paragraph 3.3 1 line 2 Insert:
A depth of 21 m (29°55′⋅3N 12°54′⋅4W) has been
located on Conception Bank, see 1.243.
Spanish Notice 32/338/06
(SEP 000376517) [38/06]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
South Australia - Adelaide — Leading lights;
pilot boarding area; port limits
383
Paragraph 12.94 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...area about 2 miles SW of Port Adelaide Entrance
Light -beacon (34°46′⋅8S 138°22′⋅5E).
384
Paragraph 12.101 4 line 10 For W Read SW
386
Paragraph 12.118 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
From the Entrance Beacon to a line between No 20
and No 21 light -beacons 14⋅2 m(46ft).
387
After Paragraph 12.126 1 line 3 Add:
There is also an anchorage in about 18 m of water,
1 mile W of the pilot boarding position, a wreck with
14⋅6 m over it lies 1¼ miles SSE.
Paragraph 12.126 4 line 9 For 4½ Read 2¾
Paragraph 12.129 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
7 kn Between No 12 and No 22 Beacons, and
S of No 27 Beacon
4.1
[38/06]
388
Paragraph 12.135 1-2 Replace by:
1 From the pilot boarding position (34°48′⋅2S
138°20′⋅8E), the entrance channel is approached from
SSW. When ESE of the Outer Harbour Leading
Lights, and passing S of Entrance Light-beacon
(34°46′⋅8S 138°22⋅5′E), the track leads ESE.
Outer Harbour Leading Lights:
Front Light-beacon (34°46′⋅7S 138°21′⋅8E).
Rear Light-beacon (34°46′⋅7S 138°21′⋅6E).
Leading lights, Set No 1:
Front No 13 Light-beacon (orange triangle, point up,
on beacon) (34°47′⋅6S 138°26′⋅9E).
Rear Light-beacon (orange triangle, point down, on
beacon) (34°47′⋅6S 138°27′⋅2E).
2 The alignment (281¼°), astern, of the channel
entrance leading lights and (101¼°) of the leading
lights, Set No 1, with the rear ETSA Power Station
chimney (3½ miles from the rear light beacon) lead
into the dredged channel marked by numbered
light-beacons as shown on the chart passing (with
positions from No 13 leading light-beacon, Set No 1):
NNE of No 11 Light-beacon (orange triangle, point
up, on beacon) (2 cables W).
Paragraph 12.135 3 line 1 For 7 Read 13
Paragraph 12.135 4 line 4 For 9 Read 15
Paragraph 12.135 4 line 6 For 4 Read 10
Paragraph 12.135 6 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
SSE of No 12 Light -beacon (port hand) (4½ cables
WSW).
Paragraph 12.136 1 line 1 For 10 Read 20
Paragraph 12.136 1 line 6 For 26 Read 34
Paragraph 12.136 3 Replace by:
Between No 34 Light -beacon (port hand)
(1¾ miles NNE) and No 35 Light---beacon
(starboard hand) (1¾ miles N), thence:
E of ASC Engineering Wharf (9 cables N).
From a position about 1 cable W of No 40
Light -beacon (port hand) (3 cables NNE) the
track leads SSE:
Paragraph 12.136 4 line 7 Delete
Paragraph 12.136 5 line 1 For 36A Read 42
Paragraph 12.136 5 line 4 For 37 Read 41
Paragraph 12.136 6 line 8 For 39 Read 43
Transport SA Notice 34/2006
(HH. 574/485/04) [38/06]
Wk38/06

NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Australia, Queensland - Hay Point —
Restricted area; aid to navigation
203
After Paragraph 6.166 1 Insert:
Traffic regulations
6.166a
1 Restricted Area A: Unauthorised vessels are
prohibited from mooring, anchoring or manoeuvring in
the area bounded by the following positions:
21°16′⋅6S 149°19′⋅0E
21°14′⋅2S 149°17′⋅8E
21°13′⋅6S 149°19′⋅0E
21°14′⋅8S 149°19′⋅8E
21°16′⋅2S 149°20′⋅4E
2 Restricted Area B: Unauthorised vessels are
prohibited from mooring or anchoring within the
waters bounded by the following positions:
21°14′⋅8S 149°19′⋅8E
21°13′⋅2S 149°25′⋅2E
21°14′⋅8S 149°25′⋅6E
21°16′⋅2S 149°20′⋅4E
Vessels may transit Restricted Area B when no
large ship is manoeuvring in the area. Transiting
1
vessels should maintain a listening watch on VHF
Channel 16.
After Paragraph 6.170 1 Add:
Other aid to navigation
6.170a
Racon:
Hay Point departure channel light -beacon (port
lateral) (21°14′⋅9S 149°24′⋅8E).
Queensland Notices 283(P)/2006; 560(P)/2006
(HH. 577/465/03) [38/06]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Puget Sound - Point Monroe — Light -beacon
90
Paragraph 3.74 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
ESE of Point Monroe (2¾ miles SSW), a low
narrow sandspit at the NE...
92
Paragraph 3.95 1 line 4 For Point Monroe Light Read Point
Monroe
93
Paragraph 3.96 1 line 2 Delete
US Notice 33/18446/06
(HH. 612/485/08) [38/06]
Wk38/06
IV
4.2
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2006 Edition)
Newfoundland - Bonavista Bay — Buoy removed
273
Paragraph 8.26 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
The track then leads to a position about 1½ miles
W of Western Rock (3½ miles SSW). Western Rock is
small, pointed and dries 0⋅6 m (2 ft).
Canadian Eastern Notice 8/4854/06
(HH. 603/460/03) [38/06]
Newfoundland - Bay of Exploits - South part of
East Arm — Buoyage changed
323
Paragraph 9.72 1 line 6 For DBE7 Read DLW1
Paragraph 9.72 3 line 7 Replace by:
...from Jobs Island, and is marked at its S
extremity by DLW2 Light -buoy (starboard
hand), thence:
324
After Paragraph 9.72 7 line 7 Add:
NW of a patch, least depth 6⋅6 m(22ft)(3¼ miles
SW), extending 3 cables W from the N extremity
of Shoal Pt, which is marked close SW by DLW3
Light -buoy (port hand).
Canadian Eastern Notice 8/4865/06
(HH. 603/465/04) [38/06]
Labrador - Camp Islands to North Wolf Rock —
Buoyage changed
406
Paragraph 12.24 3 line 2 For NS9 Read NS1
Paragraph 12.24 3 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...patch is marked at its S extremity by NS2
Light -buoy (starboard hand).
Paragraph 12.26 3 line 7 For NS3 Read NMS1
Canadian Eastern Notice 8/5031/06
(HH. 603/500/03) [38/06]
Labrador - Approaches to Hamilton Inlet -
Inner part of Sandwich Bay — Buoyage changed
430
Paragraph 12.138.2 line 8 For NS4 Read NCH2
Paragraph 12.138 4 lines 6 -9 Replace by:
...mouth, needs to be negotiated before closing the N
shore again.
Canadian Eastern Notice 8/5138/06
(HH. 603/505/03) [38/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Denmark - Årø Sund and Haderslev Fjord —
Directions
333
Paragraph 9.139 4 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
a buoy (port hand).
Paragraph 9.141 2 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
ENE of Knude Grund (1 mile NNW) (9.144) to join
the main channel S through Årø Sund.
Paragraph 9.144 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 8 cables N of Årøsund S
Mole...
Danish Notice 32/689/06
(SEP 000376751) [37/06]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – East coast – Niubishan Shuidao — Gas
pipeline, anchorage
188
After Paragraph 5.155 Insert:
Submarine pipeline
5.155a
1 A submarine gas pipeline extends generally SE
from Yangshashan Zui (29°45′N 121°55′E) through
Niubishan Shuidao thence ESE to an offshore
platform. See note on chart and 1.16.
192
Paragraph 5.174 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Anchorage, sheltered from winds between NW,
through N and E, to ESE, can be obtained SSE of the
W extremity of Liuheng Dao (6.74), in depths of
about 13 m, keeping well clear of the submarine gas
pipeline (5.155a) and fishing stakes in the vicinity
(5.155). In fine...
Chinese Notices 14/255/06
(HH. 555/400/04) [37/06]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Sea of Okhotsk - Ostrov Sakhalin E Coast -
Pil’tun — Offshore platform
346
Paragraph 11.76 5 line 3 Replace by:
ENE of Mys Pil’tun (32 miles N), thence:
ENE of offshore platform PA -B (39 miles NNE).
Russian Chart 62175, Russian Notice 34 -4813 -06
(SEP 000377049) [37/06]
4.1
[37/06]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Golfo di Follonica — Obstructions
2
244
After Paragraph 8.111 1 Insert:
Caution. In order to discourage trawler fishing,
concrete structures have been established on the
seabed from 1 to 2 miles from the coast between
Carbonifera (8.124) and Torre Civette (8.114).
Italian Notice 15.34/2006
(SEP 000376577) [37/06]
Italy - Portovecchio di Piombino — Traffic
separation scheme
3
244
After Paragraph 8.115 2 Add:
Traffic regulations. Vessels entering or leaving the
port of Torre del Sale must not use the Piombino TSS
(8.119). Inbound tankers should pass S of the
light -beacon standing 1⋅4 miles SSE of La Rocchetta
Light (8.95).
Italian Notice 15.33/2006
(SEP 000376576) [37/06]
245
Paragraph 8.119 4-6 Replace by:
4 Traffic regulations. Vessels carrying dangerous or
potentially polluting cargoes are subject to specific
restrictions and regulations which must be confirmed
with the port authorities.
5 A TSS has been established in Rada di Piombino
and all vessels entering or leaving Portovecchio di
Piombino must use the designated lanes of the scheme.
Details of the scheme should be obtained from local
authorities prior to arrival and all vessels should
maintain a listening watch on VHF channels 16/12
whilst transiting the TSS.
6 All vessels shall proceed at a safe speed in the
vicinity of the TSS; at less than 15 kn within the
traffic lanes and not exceeding 12 kn in the
Precautionary Area. A minimum safe manoeuvring
speed should be maintained within the harbour.
7 Vessels departing have right of way.
The order of entry is established by arrival time off
Piombino signal station (8.117).
The use of a ship’s whistle is prohibited except for
signalling in accordance with Rule 32 of the
International Regulations for Prevention of Collision at
Sea.
Vessel traffic service is available on request, see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).
8 Restricted areas. Anchoring, fishing, stopping and
all other activities are prohibited within the Piombino
TSS and Precautionary Area.
Italian Notice 15.30/2006
(SEP 000376573) [37/06]

NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Pescara — Seaplane landing area
511
After paragraph 11.318 3 Insert:
4 Seaplane landing area. Seaplanes engaged in
firefighting may land in the sea area between Fiume
Saline and Fiume Pescara, at least 500 m offshore,
clear of the harbour entrance and offshore anchorages
shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 16.62
(SEP 000377640) [37/06]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot (2006
Edition)
Newfoundland - Burnt Island — Anchorage
deleted
198
Paragraph 5.107 9 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
9 Caution. A submarine pipeline extends from the
water tank 5 cables NE of Stickland Point to the shore
about 3½ cables NW; local knowledge is required.
Canadian (Eastern) Notice 5/4823/06
(HH. 603/430/04) [37/06]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - SE Approaches to Stronsay
Firth - Channel south of Auskerry — Directions
201
Paragraph 5.255 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
4 SW of Auskerry (5¼ miles NE) (5.226) on
which there is a light (5.224); an isolated
rock pinnacle with a depth of 8⋅0 m over it
lies 4 cables SSE, thence:
mv Anglian Sovereign
(SEP 000374507) [37/06]
Wk37/06
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 edition)
Australia, Queensland - Clerke Island — Light
318
Paragraph 11.94 5 lines 10 -11 Replace by:
...Hicks Island (below), are covered by a red sector
(034° - 117°) ofClerkeIslandLight;see...
Paragraph 11.94 7 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...Light (red and white GRP tower, 16 m in height) stands
on rocks close SE of the...
Australian Notice 16/793/06
(HH. 577/540/07) [36/06]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Slite Lanthamn — Directions
110
Paragraph 2.214 3 Replace by:
3 Vessels bound for Slite Lanthamn leave the channel
when abeam of the entrance.
Swedish Notice 123/3526/06
(SEP2006000375697) [36/06]
Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Depths; vertical
clearance; directions
379
Paragraph 10.21 1 lines 8 -9 Delete
Paragraph 10.22 1 line 5 For 12 m Read 9m
381
Paragraph 10.42 3 line 7 Add:
The track is also within the white sector (334¼°--- 336°),
astern, of Pagrindinis Tiaurinis Pirminis Directional Light
(red metal framework tower, white bands, 61 m in height)
(55°43′⋅4N 21°06′⋅2E).
BA 2276 and Polar C 3340
(HH. 019/200/01) [36/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Isles of Scilly - Buoyage — Directions
70
Paragraph 3.40 1 line 5 For Hats Buoy Read Hats
Light -buoy.
73
Paragraph 3.59 5 line 2 For Old Wreck Buoy Read Old
Wreck Light -buoy.
Trinity House Notice 49/06
(SEP2006000374986) [36/06]
4.1
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (2006 Edition)
Index
[36/06]
329 to 338
Index Replace by: Attached pages 329 to 338 printed at the
end of the Section IV Notices.
UKHO
(HH. 041/200/01) [36/06]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
North -west side of Magerøya - Gjesvær —
Depths
219
L6Add:
Caution. There is a least depth of 0⋅9 m in the approach to
the anchorages in Leirpollen and Vasslia.
Norwegian Notice 15/851/06
(SEP2006000376424) [36/06]
South side of Magerøya - Kobbholet — Bridge
237
L54Add: A bridge, with a vertical clearance of 10 m, spans
the entrance to Kobbholet.
Norwegian Chart 103 (07/05)
(SEP2006000376425) [36/06]
North side of Magerøya - Lille Skarsvåg —
Depth
265
L18Add: There is a least depth of 6⋅0 m in this channel
1½ cables SW of the NE entrance point of Lille Skarsvåg.
Norwegian Notice 15/852/06
(SEP2006000376425) [36/06]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
James River Lower Part - Nansemond River —
Directions
116
Paragraph 4.145 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...the entrance. In 2005 the reported centreline controlling
depth was 1⋅6 m(5⋅3 ft) to No 26 beacon about 7 miles...
US Coast Pilot 3/2006 Corr 23/06 Change No 10
(HH. 078/552/09) [36/06]

NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Leeward Islands - Saba to Monserrat — Wreck
207
After Paragraph 5.192 4 line 2 Add:
A wreck, least depth 7 metres, is reported (2006) in
position 17°26′⋅8N 63°35′⋅4W.
Netherlands Notice 331/06
(HH. 671/460/06) [36/06]
Monserrat - Little Bay — Wreck
219
After Paragraph 5.285 1 line 5 Insert:
2 A stranded wreck lies in approximate position
16°48′⋅0N 62°12′⋅6W close within the N border of the
prohibited anchorage.
M.K.Barritt Capt RN IHO MACHC
(HH. 671/460/06) [36/06]
IV
4.2

Abashiri Kawa .................. 10.53
Abashiri Ko .................... 10.53
Abashiri Wan ................... 10.49
Abu Kawa ....................... 3.20
Abu Shima ...................... 5.35
Abuia Gyoko (37°01′N 136°44′E)
Agawa Gyoko .................... 3.32
Agawa Ura ...................... 3.32
Ai Saki ......................... 5.16
Ai Shima, Light .................. 3.10
Aigame .......................... 5.6
Aikappu Misaki ................. 8.105
Aikappu Saki ................... 9.179
Aikawa Wan (38°01′N, 138°13′E)
Aininkappu Saki ................. 9.179
Aji Shima ...................... 7.223
Ajigasawa Ko ................... 5.264
Ajiro Ko ....................... 3.172
Ajiro Saki ...................... 3.172
Aka Saki ........................ 5.17
Aka Shima ..................... 3.157
Akadomari Ko .................. 5.125
Akaguri Saki ..................... 4.68
Akahage Yama .................. 3.101
Akasaki Ko (35°31′N 133°40′E)
Akanoe ........................ 3.112
Akita Funakawa ................. 5.161
Akita Funakawa Ko .............. 5.206
Arrival information ............. 5.214
Basins and berths .............. 5.230
Directions: Akita Ku ............ 5.227
Directions: Funakawa Ku ........ 5.228
General information ............ 5.206
Harbour ..................... 5.223
Limiting conditions ............ 5.213
Port services .................. 5.232
Akita Ku ....................... 5.206
Akita Wan ...................... 5.210
Akkeshi Ko ..................... 9.179
Akkeshi Wan ................... 9.178
Alaid, Proliv .................... 12.85
Alaid, Vulcan ................... 12.84
Alaidskaya Bay .................. 12.95
Alekhina, Mys .................. 10.40
Ama Saki ...................... 4.126
Ama Shima ..................... 3.157
Amadareishi Ko (41°29′N 140°01′E)
Amaga Seto ..................... 3.12
Amagoze Yama ................. 4.106
Amnat, Mys .................... 12.85
AnamizuKo(37°14′N 136°55′E)
An -emon Guri .................. 4.130
Anega Saki ..................... 7.274
Angibi, Mys .................... 12.53
Aniva, Mys ..................... 8.175
Light ........................ 8.191
Aniva, Zaliv .................... 8.185
Ankuchi, Mys ................... 12.53
Antipina, Gora .................. 11.90
Anto Misaki .................... 4.116
Antsiferova, Ostrov .............. 12.94
Anuchina, Ostrov ................ 11.20
Ao Ko (36°53′N 137°00′E)
Ao Shima: Ine Ko ................. 4.26
Ao Shima: Obama Wan ............ 4.63
Aoba Yama ...................... 4.52
Aoki Shima ...................... 3.87
Aomori Ko ...................... 6.24
Arrival information .............. 6.32
Basins and berths ............... 6.45
Directions ..................... 6.42
General information ............. 6.24
Harbour ...................... 6.39
INDEX
Names without a paragraph number are for gazetteer purposes only
Limiting conditions ............. 6.31
Port services ................... 6.47
Aonae Ko ....................... 8.34
Aonae Misaki .................... 8.14
Light ......................... 8.12
Aonae Wan ...................... 8.34
Aoto Irie ........................ 4.65
Apoi Yama ..................... 9.101
Ara Saki: Kamo Ko .............. 5.168
Ara Saki: Sendai -Shiogama Ko ..... 7.180
Araya Bunsuiro (39°41′N 140°04′E)
Arayama Se .................... 3.172
Aront, Mys ..................... 12.22
Artyushina, Bukhta ............... 12.91
Artyushina, Mys ................. 12.91
Arutono, Mys ................... 12.43
Arutori Misaki ................... 9.26
Asa Guri ........................ 4.50
Asahi Yama ..................... 3.84
Asamokawa Ko (35°42′N135°01′E)
Ashi Saki ....................... 6.52
Ashiura Yama ................... 3.178
Asoiwa Yama ................... 8.106
Atlasova, Ostrov ................. 12.95
Atsonupuri, Gora ................ 11.64
Atsubetsu Hana ................... 9.94
Atsunai Kawa ................... 9.139
Atsuga Ko (42°26′N 142°13′E)
Atsuta Gyoko (43°24′N141°26′E)
Avos’, Skala .................... 12.53
Awa Shima ..................... 5.164
Light ........................ 5.165
Awano Kawa .................... 3.32
Awano Ko ....................... 3.32
Awashima Gyoko ................ 5.176
Awashima Hakuchi ............... 5.176
Ayoro Hana ...................... 9.63
Light ......................... 9.62
Ayukawa Ko .................... 7.219
Ayukawa Wan ................... 7.219
Ayvazovskogo .................. 11.24
Babushka Rock ................. 12.22
Babushkina, Bukhta .............. 12.81
Babushkina, Mys ................ 12.73
Babushkina, Reka ................ 12.81
Bagaura Saki ..................... 5.18
Bakkai Gyoko ................... 8.158
Bakuchi Misaki ................... 4.31
Light ......................... 4.14
Bando Se ....................... 5.18
Baranskogo, Vulkan .............. 11.56
Barasan Saki .................... 9.179
Bashmak, Skala ................. 12.47
Bazarnyy, Ostrovok:
SE Ostrov Paramushir ............ 12.73
Bazarnyy, Ostrovok:
Vtoroy Kuril’skiy Proliv .......... 12.78
Bazhova, Gora .................. 12.46
Benkei Misaki .................... 8.37
Light ......................... 8.43
Benten Misaki .................... 9.15
Benten Misaki: Monbetsu Ko ....... 10.67
Benten Saki ..................... 7.279
Benten Shima ..................... 6.9
Light .......................... 6.7
Benten Shima, Takoshima Gyoko ..... 5.27
Benten Shima: Nemuro Ko ......... 10.26
Benten Shima: Susa Ko ............ 3.36
Benten Shima: Usutaibe Misaki ..... 10.94
Beppu Ko ...................... 3.111
Berezovka ...................... 11.67
329
Berutarube, Vulkan ............... 11.47
Beshenyy, Mys .................. 11.81
Bikuni Ko ....................... 8.69
Binnai ......................... 9.179
Biya Ko (42°33′N139°50′E)
Blakiston, Bukhta ................ 12.49
Bol’shaya, Skala ................. 12.56
Bol’shoy Nos, Mys ............... 11.65
Bol’shoy, Ozero ................. 12.81
Bol’shoy, Reyd .................. 12.81
Bolotnyy, Mys .................. 11.19
Light ........................ 11.15
Boshi Iwa ...................... 10.57
Boso Canal ...................... 3.23
Boyevaya, Mys .................. 11.15
Bozu Take ....................... 6.21
Brat Chirpoyev, Ostrov ........... 11.106
Brat’ya, Ostrova ................. 12.73
Breskens, Mys .................. 11.65
Light ........................ 11.66
Broughton, Bukhta (47°10′N152°12′E)
Broutona, Ostrov ............... 11.108
Broutona, Proliv ................. 11.99
Brusilova, Gora .................. 11.39
Burevestnik, Mys ................ 11.57
Light ........................ 11.60
Burun Reef ..................... 10.22
Burunnyy, Mys .................. 11.57
Bussol’, Proliv ................. 11.109
Button, Kamen’ (47°47′N152°58′E)
Byobu Seto ...................... 5.18
Chaykiny, Ostrovki .............. 12.80
Chernavka, Ostrovok ............. 12.46
Cherniy, Mys ................... 12.80
Cherniye, Skaly ................. 12.16
Chernyye Brat’ya, Ostrova ........ 11.106
Chertov Palets, Skala ............. 12.91
Chetvertyy Kuril’skiy Proliv ........ 12.59
Chibisanskiy, Reyd ............... 8.214
Chiburi Shima .................... 3.97
Light ......................... 3.72
Chiburi Wan .................... 3.108
Chibuynyy, Mys ................. 12.85
Light ........................ 12.84
Chichii Ko ..................... 3.116
Chichii Misaki .................. 3.102
Chigoki Saki, Light ............... 5.237
Chikiu Misaki .................... 9.26
Light ......................... 9.13
Chikurachki, Vulkan .............. 12.84
Chirinkotan, Ostrov .............. 12.56
Chirip, Poluostrov ................ 11.65
Chirip, Vulkan .................. 11.64
Chirippu Saki ................... 9.176
Chirpoy, Gora .................. 11.107
Chirpoy, Ostrov ................ 11.107
Chishima Retto ................... 11.1
Chitomoshiri Shima .............. 9.190
Choboshi Saki ................... 9.189
Chokai San ..................... 5.165
Chonomori Yama ................ 7.230
Choshi Gyoko .................... 7.20
Choshi Hanto .................... 7.16
Choshi Ko ....................... 7.17
Choshi Misaki .................... 9.15
Chu Yama ....................... 3.72
Chuo Komon: Sakaiminato ......... 3.149
Chuprova, Mys .................. 12.54
Chuprova, Poluostrov ............. 12.47
Chyornyy, Ostrovok .............. 12.80
Cod Bay .......................
12.81

Dai Sen, Miho Wan .............. 3.123
Daiga Hana ..................... 5.118
Light .......................... 5.9
Daikoku Shima .................. 9.176
Light ........................ 9.174
Daikon Shima: Sakaiminato ........ 3.138
Daimanji Yama .................. 3.101
Dan Hana ....................... 4.54
Dekima Saki ..................... 9.15
Del’fin, Bukhta (43°45′N 146°38′E)
Demina, Ostrova ................. 11.12
Derbesheva, Mys ................ 12.78
Dergilyova, Mys ................. 12.12
Devyatyy Val ................... 11.24
Diany, Bukhta ................... 12.25
Diany, Proliv .................... 12.14
Dimitrova, Bukhta (43°48′N 146°51′E)
Dobroe ........................ 11.68
Dobroye Nachalo, Zaliv ........... 11.68
Dobrynya Nikitich, Mys ........... 11.58
Dogo ........................... 3.97
Dogo Suido ...................... 3.97
Dogui Saki ...................... 9.27
Donuchaeva, Bukhta (44°30′N 146°11′E)
Donuchaeva, Mys ................ 10.33
Dostupnyy, Mys ................ 11.108
Dozen .......................... 3.97
Dozornyy, Zaliv ................. 11.67
Drakon, Mys .................... 11.58
Dushnaya, Bukhta ............... 12.24
Dvoynaya, Bukhta ............... 12.28
Dvukhmetrovaya Bank ............ 11.91
ESan.......................... 6.79
E Shima Quay: Sakaiminato ........ 3.131
E Shima: Oura Byochi ............. 3.31
Ebisu Saki ....................... 4.39
Echizen Ko (35°56′N 136°00′E)
Echizen Misaki .................... 4.3
Light ........................ 4.106
Ejiri (35°35′N, 135°12′E)
Ekarma, Ostrov .................. 12.57
Ekarma, Proliv .................. 12.54
Ekarma, Vulkan ................. 12.54
Ekaruma Suido .................. 12.54
Ena Ko ........................ 7.137
Enome Ko (37°09′N 137°03′E)
Eno Shima Retto ................. 7.225
Enotomari Ko (37°04′N 137°03′E)
Enrumu Misaki .................. 9.103
Era Ko ......................... 8.18
Erimo Ko ...................... 9.107
Erimo Misaki ................... 9.103
Light ........................ 9.101
Esaki ........................... 3.58
Esaki Ko ........................ 3.58
Esambe Hana ................... 10.94
Esan Misaki ..................... 9.15
Light ......................... 9.13
Esashi Ko: North coast of Hokkaido .. 10.95
Esashi Ko: West coast of Hokkaido ... 8.20
Esashi Misaki ................... 10.95
Etchu Tomari Ko (36°54′E 137°00′N)
Etolina, Mys .................... 11.91
Etomo Ko ....................... 3.80
Light ......................... 3.72
Fersmana, Mys .................. 12.85
Friza, Mys ...................... 11.65
Friza, Proliv .................... 11.75
Fudo Saki ....................... 5.18
Fugan Unga ..................... 5.53
Fukaura Ko ..................... 5.263
Fukawa Kawa .................... 3.33
Fukawa Wan ..................... 3.33
Fukkoshi Eboshi .................. 6.51
Fukkoshi -Eboshi ................ 7.318
Fuku Ura ........................ 3.36
INDEX
Fukui Ko ....................... 4.117
Fukura Ko ...................... 4.137
Light ........................ 4.128
Fukura Wan .................... 3.117
Fukushima Ko ................... 6.87
Fukushima No 1
Power Station Harbour ........... 7.120
Fukuura Saki ..................... 6.71
Fumi Yama ..................... 10.66
Funadomari Ko .................. 8.171
Funakawa Ku ................... 5.206
Funakoshi Gyoko ................ 7.271
Funakoshi Wan .................. 7.271
Funatoshi Saki ................... 4.50
Furubira Gyoko .................. 8.70
Furubira Wan .................... 8.70
Fushiki ......................... 5.36
Fushiki Ku ...................... 5.36
Fussa, Poluostrov ................ 12.84
Fussa, Vulkan ................... 12.84
Futagami Yama ................... 5.34
Futago Shima: Fukawa Wan ......... 3.38
Futago Shima: Obama Wan ......... 4.63
Futago Yama ..................... 5.16
Futami Ko ...................... 5.137
Futashima Guri ................... 3.11
Gagyu San: Iwafune Ko .......... 5.169
Gagyu San: Sakhalin ............. 8.191
Gakeno Hana ................... 5.136
Gassan: Miyako Ko .............. 7.277
Gassan: Mutsu -Ogawara Ko ....... 7.318
Gatsu San ...................... 5.165
Gentatsu Se ..................... 4.116
Glavnyy, Pik .................... 12.95
Gnevnny, Mys .................. 11.48
Go Kawa ........................ 3.62
Goishi Saki ..................... 7.232
Gokurakujioki -no -Se .............. 3.61
Golaya, Gora .................. 12.103
Golovina, Vulkan ................ 10.37
Golovnina, Proliv ................ 12.18
Golubka, Gora .................. 11.56
Gomi Shima .................... 10.83
Gora Tonobori .................. 8.210
Goro Take ....................... 4.37
Goryachiy, Mys ................. 11.32
Goryashchaya Sopka, Vulkan ....... 12.22
Gotsu Gyoko, Light ............... 3.48
Gotsu Ko ....................... 3.62
Light ......................... 3.62
Goyo San ...................... 7.260
Goyomai Channel ................. 10.8
Goyomai Saki ................... 10.14
Griga, Ostrov ................... 11.12
Grotovyy, Mys .................. 12.54
Groznaya, Bukhta ................ 11.19
Gumisaki Gyoko (36°03′N136°01′E)
Gyoja Guri ...................... 5.16
Gyoko Ku: Hamada Ko ............ 3.52
Gyoko Ku: Tottori Ko ............. 3.160
Ha Shima ...................... 7.180
Habomai Gyoko ................. 9.191
Habomai Shoto ................... 11.8
Habomaimoshiri Shima ........... 9.185
Light ........................ 9.186
Haboro Ko ..................... 8.137
Hachibuse Yama .................. 5.40
Hachimori Gyoko (40°23′N 140°00′E)
Hachinohe Ko ................... 7.290
Arrival information ............. 7.298
Basins and berths .............. 7.311
Directions .................... 7.308
General information ............ 7.290
Harbour ..................... 7.305
Limiting conditions ............ 7.297
Port services .................. 7.314
330
Hachiriga Se ..................... 3.41
Hachiro Gata .................... 5.208
Hagi ........................... 3.20
Hagi Ko ........................ 3.20
Hagino Shiro Yama ............... 5.100
Hajiki Saki ..................... 5.118
Light .......................... 5.9
Hako Take ..................... 10.82
Hakodate Gyoko ................. 6.114
Hakodate Hanto ................. 6.112
Hakodate Ko ..................... 6.89
Arrival information .............. 6.97
Basins and berths .............. 6.113
Directions .................... 6.111
General information ............. 6.89
Harbour ..................... 6.105
Limiting conditions ............. 6.96
Port services .................. 6.115
Hakodate Wan ................... 6.89
Hakone Yama ................... 7.230
Haku San ...................... 4.128
Hama -Onishibetsu ............... 10.94
Hamada Ko ...................... 3.49
Hamada Marine O Hashi ........... 3.50
Hamada Shi ..................... 3.49
Hamamasu Gyoko ............... 8.114
Hamanaka Wan .................. 9.187
Hamasaka ...................... 3.168
Hamasaka Ko ................... 3.168
Hamasaki Ko (34°25′N, 131°24′E)
Hamazume Ko (35°41′N 134°58′E)
Hanabuchi, Light ................ 7.156
Hanabuchi Saki .................. 7.156
Hanasaki Hana, Light ............. 9.183
Hanasaki Ko .................... 9.189
Hanasaki Misaki ................. 9.189
Hanehigashi Ko (35°15′N132°32′E)
Haraguchi Ko (41°36′N 139°59′E)
Haramachi ..................... 7.126
Hasaki Gyoko .................... 7.20
Hashidate Gyoko (36°21′N 136°19′E)
Hatake Gyoko ................... 5.255
Hayase Gyoko ................... 4.74
Hebi Shima ...................... 4.38
Hei Kawa ...................... 7.280
Hei Saki ....................... 7.253
Heida Ko (39°15′N141°54′E)
Hekura Shima ................... 4.152
Light ........................ 4.152
Hekurashima Gyoko .............. 4.152
Henashi Saki .................... 5.239
Light ........................ 5.237
Hetaga Saki ...................... 4.54
Hidaka Monbetsu, Light ............ 9.95
Hidaka Mountains ............... 9.113
Hide Ko ........................ 4.26
Higashi Hama: Kasumi Ko ......... 3.182
Higashi Ko: Maizuru Ko ............ 4.33
Higashi Komon: Sakaiminato ....... 3.149
Higashi Maizuru .................. 4.39
Higashihama Hakuchi: Kasumi Ko .. 3.185
Higashi Shimamaki Ko (42°45′N140°07′E)
Higashitazawa (41°00′N 140°55′E)
Hiju (34°20′N 130°54′E)
Hikado Ko (38°48′N141°33′E)
Hikami San ..................... 7.260
Hikata Misaki ................... 8.125
Hikatadomari Misaki .............. 8.15
Hime Kawa ...................... 5.68
Hime Saki ...................... 5.118
Light .......................... 5.9
Hime Shima ..................... 3.11
Himekawa Ko .................... 5.68
Himeshima Guri .................. 5.16
Himezu Gyoko (38°05′N138°15′E)
Himi Ko ........................ 5.57
Hinan Ko ....................... 3.41
Hinashi Ura ......................
3.52

Hino Misaki ..................... 3.77
Light ......................... 3.47
Hinode Misaki .................. 10.83
Hinte ........................... 4.50
Hioki Saki ....................... 4.22
Hiraiso Misaki ................... 8.91
Hirakata Ko (36°52′N 140°48′E)
Hirasawa Ko (39°17′N 139°56′E)
Hiratori Yama .................... 9.93
Hiro Shima ..................... 4.124
Hirono ........................ 7.112
Hiroo ......................... 9.118
Light ........................ 9.115
Hirota Wan ..................... 7.251
Hiruga Gyoko .................... 4.73
Hisanohama Ko ................. 7.139
Hishi Ura ...................... 3.115
Hitachi Ko ...................... 7.63
Hitachinaka Ko ................... 7.55
Hitotsu Guri ..................... 3.39
Hiuchi Saki ...................... 5.18
Hiuchi Yama ..................... 5.63
Hiura Misaki ..................... 9.15
Hiura Wan ...................... 6.129
Hiyama Toyohama Ko (42°03′N 140°05′E)
Hiyori Yama: Ishinomaki Ko ....... 7.203
Hiyori Yama: Moroyose Gyoko ..... 3.167
Hiyori Yama: Otaru Ko, Light ....... 8.65
Hiyori Yama: Tottori Ko, Light ...... 3.167
Hiyori Yama, Sakata .............. 5.193
Hodame -No -Kuchi ............... 3.14
Hodatsu San .................... 4.128
Hodoji Yama ..................... 3.53
Hoga Saki ...................... 7.157
Hogurodani Iwa .................. 3.60
Hokake Iwa .................... 9.185
Hokkaido ........................ 8.1
Hoko -ga Take ................... 5.64
Hokuriku Denryoku Wharf: Tsuruga . 4.102
Hokuriku wharf: Tsuruga ........... 4.89
Homba Hana ..................... 3.28
Hon San ....................... 5.237
Honjo Gyoko (35°45′N 135°15′E)
Honjo Ko (39°23′N140°01′E)
Honme Misaki ................... 8.44
Honmura ........................ 3.41
Honmura Ko ..................... 3.41
Honmura No 1 Breakwater .......... 3.41
Light ......................... 3.11
Honshu .......................... 3.1
Horai Wharf: Tsuruga ............. 4.102
Horo Light ..................... 8.104
Horoiwa Yama .................. 10.66
Horomui Gyoko (43°22′N 140°32′E)
Horozuki Yama ................... 8.43
Hoshinokami Shima .............. 3.104
Hosoura (39°01′N 141°43′E)
Hotoke Saki ..................... 4.22
Hyotan Bank .................... 5.163
ISe............................ 3.31
Light ......................... 3.31
Iakarova, Bukhta (44°59′N 147°30′E)
Ibara Saki ....................... 4.38
Ichime Shima .................... 3.91
Ichino Shima ..................... 7.16
Igami Saki ....................... 6.22
Igumi Gyoko (35°37′N 134°23′E)
Iida Ko ......................... 5.28
Iida Wan ........................ 5.26
Ikori Saki ....................... 9.26
Ikuji Hana ....................... 5.64
Light .......................... 5.9
Il’ya Muromets, Mys ............. 11.81
Ima Misaki ...................... 3.11
Light ......................... 3.11
Imade Yama .................... 7.260
Imado Misaki .................... 4.59
INDEX
Inaho Misaki ..................... 9.26
Light ......................... 8.26
Inari Yama ...................... 3.90
Ine Gyoko ....................... 4.26
Ine Ko .......................... 4.26
Light ......................... 4.26
InoKo(40°59′N 140°52′E)
Inoura Gyoko (34°40′N 131°42′E)
Inubo Saki ...................... 7.14
Light ......................... 7.14
Inubori Hana ..................... 3.72
Inuyama Light .................... 5.9
Io Sen ......................... 4.128
Iodnyy, Mys .................... 11.57
Iori Ko (37°02′N 137°03′E)
Irika Ko (43°22′N140°29′E)
Isaki Se ......................... 3.54
Ise Shima: Hamada Ko ............. 3.54
Ise Shima: Uomachina Hana ......... 3.48
Ishi Saki, Light .................. 8.145
Ishi Yama ...................... 9.101
Ishida Ko (36°52′N 137°25′E)
Ishikari Kawa ................... 8.101
Ishikari Ko (43°16′N 141°22′E)
Ishikari Wan ..................... 8.58
Ishikariwan Ko .................. 8.107
Ishima Guri ...................... 3.60
Ishinomaki Gyoko ............... 7.200
Ishinomaki Ko .................. 7.185
Arrival information ............. 7.193
Basins and berths .............. 7.206
Directions .................... 7.203
General information ............ 7.185
Harbour ..................... 7.200
Limiting conditions ............ 7.192
Port services .................. 7.208
Ishinomaki Wan ................. 7.102
Ishizaki Gyoko (37°05′N136°56′E)
Ishizaki Ko (41°42′N 140°01′E)
Isodake Gyoko (35°11′N 132°25′E)
Iso Saki ......................... 7.50
Light ......................... 7.52
IsoSakiKo(36°23′N140°38′E
Iturup, Ostrov ................... 11.50
Ivan Groznyy, Vulkan ............. 11.56
Ivan Malyy, Mys ................. 12.43
Ivanovskiy, Mys ................. 10.40
Iwadate Gyoko (40°24′N139°58′E)
Iwafune Ko ..................... 5.171
Iwai Saki ....................... 7.237
Iwaki Yama ..................... 5.237
Iwanai Ko ....................... 8.53
Iwanai Take ..................... 8.48
Iwaoi Hana ..................... 9.103
Iwasaki Gyoko (40°35′N 139°55′E)
Iwasakino Hana .................. 5.31
Light .......................... 5.9
Iwase Unga ...................... 5.53
Iwaso Hana ...................... 3.94
IwatoKo(35°34′N 134°16′E)
Izmeny, Rif ..................... 12.80
Izmony, Zaliv ................... 10.42
Izumozaki Gyoko (37°33′N 138°41′E)
Izu Shima ...................... 7.226
Japan Basin .................... 1.128
Japan Trench .................... 1.127
Ji Shima ........................ 3.43
Jinku .......................... 4.151
Jino Hana ....................... 3.52
Jinzu Kawa ...................... 5.50
Jizo Saki ........................ 3.73
Jizo Saki: Mihonoseki, Light ........ 3.72
Joga Hana: Noto Ogi Ko ............ 5.29
Joga Hana: Sado Shima ........... 5.118
Jogu Wan ....................... 4.92
Joyama -no -Hana ................. 4.26
Junijin Yama .................... 7.260
Jusan Gyoko (41°02′N 140°19′E)
331
Ka Shima ....................... 3.48
Kabara, Mys .................... 11.65
Kabe Iwa ....................... 3.16
Kabe Shima ..................... 3.29
Kabi Shima ..................... 3.102
Kabu Shima .................... 7.308
Kabura Guri ..................... 4.31
Kaburaki Gyoko (35°50′N136°03′E)
Kabuto Misaki ................... 8.50
Kabuto Saki ..................... 6.71
Kafuka Ko ..................... 8.169
Kafukai Byochi .................. 8.170
Kaga Gyoko ..................... 3.96
Kaga Ko ........................ 3.96
Kaigara Shima .................. 10.14
Light ........................ 10.12
Kaigara Shoal ................... 10.12
Kakariba Hana ................... 3.94
Kakebuchi Gyoko ................. 3.32
Kakebuchi Kawa ................. 3.32
Kakuda Misaki, Light ............... 5.9
Kakuda Saki .................... 5.101
Kakuta Yama ................... 5.101
Kama Bank ..................... 5.163
Kama Shima .................... 7.266
Kamabuse Yama .................. 6.16
Kamaishi Gyoko ................. 7.265
Kamaishi Ko .................... 7.262
Kambal’nyy, Mys ............... 12.104
Kamchatka, Poluostrov ............ 12.97
Kame Shima .................... 4.116
Kamega Mori ................... 7.277
Kamejima Hanto .................. 4.15
Kamen’ -Lev, Ostrovok ........... 11.65
KamiisoKo(41°49′N140°39′E)
Kamijo Kawa .................... 5.57
Kaminokuni Byochi ............... 8.19
Kamo Ko ...................... 5.175
Kamome Shima .................. 8.20
Kamuenai Gyoko ................. 8.56
Kamui Misaki, Light ............... 8.48
Kamui Misaki: Esashi Ko .......... 10.94
Kamui Misaki: Shakotan Misaki ...... 8.50
Kamui Misaki, Kitami, Light ....... 10.92
Kamui San ...................... 8.26
Kamuy, Gora ................... 11.80
Kanai Saki ...................... 3.11
Kaname Iwa ..................... 3.29
Kanazawa Ko ................... 4.131
Kanazawa Shi ................... 4.131
Kanda Misaki .................... 3.28
Kanega Saki: Maizuru Ko ........... 4.32
Kanega Saki: Shichirui Ko .......... 3.91
Kanega Saki Quay: Tsuruga ........ 4.102
Kaneishi Ko .................... 4.134
Kani Iwa ....................... 9.189
Kanida Gyoko (41°03′N 140°39′E)
Kanjaga Hana .................... 4.16
Kanmon Ko ..................... 3.22
Kanmuri Shima: Nii Saki ........... 4.82
Kanmuri Shima: Tsuruga Wan ....... 4.99
Kannon Saki ..................... 5.12
Light .......................... 5.9
Kannonkuiai Se .................. 3.24
Kanpu San ..................... 5.242
Kanzui Hana .................... 3.194
Kapustnyy, Mys ................. 12.64
Kara Shima ...................... 5.35
Karakuwa Saki .................. 7.232
Karasu Shima .................... 4.38
Karei Saki ...................... 4.107
Kariba Yama ..................... 8.26
Kariwa ........................ 5.110
Karlik, Ostrovok ................. 12.27
Karpinskogo, Vulkan ............. 12.63
Kasa Ura (35°35′N 133°09′E)
Kasa Yama ...................... 3.25
Kasaga Hana .................... 7.272
Kasagai Shima ..................
7.221

Kasano Misaki .................. 4.130
Light ........................ 4.130
Kasatka, Zaliv ................... 11.60
Kashima Ko ..................... 7.24
Arrival information .............. 7.31
Basins and berths ............... 7.45
Directions ..................... 7.43
General information ............. 7.24
Harbour ...................... 7.38
Light ......................... 7.14
Limiting conditions ............. 7.30
Port services ................... 7.47
Kashiwa Shima ................... 3.94
Kashiwazaki Ko ................. 5.103
Kashiyuuni Shima ............... 10.52
Kastrikum, Mys ................. 11.91
Light ........................ 11.90
Kasuga Saki .................... 5.118
Kasumi ........................ 3.182
Kasumi Ko ..................... 3.180
Kata Shima ...................... 4.79
Katakai Gyoko (35°32′N 140°28′E)
Katashima Hana .................. 4.22
Katastrof, Mys .................. 11.58
Katsumi Ura ..................... 4.64
Katsuo Saki ...................... 5.18
Katsura Shima .................. 7.216
Kattoshi Misaki ................... 6.86
Light .......................... 6.7
Kawajiri Ko (36°39′N 140°42′E)
Kawajiri Saki .................... 7.54
Kawajiri Wan (37°20′N 137°16′E)
Kawara Ura ...................... 3.32
Kawarago Ko (36°33′N 140°39′E)
Kawasaki Matsuei Quay: Tsuruga ... 4.102
Kawashimo Ko ................... 3.74
Kawashira Misaki ................. 8.38
Kawashiri Gyoko (34°25′N 131°00′E)
Kawashiri Misaki ................. 3.10
Light ......................... 3.11
Kawauchi Ko (41°12′N 140°59′E)
Kayashiba Misaki ................. 8.77
Kayoi Gyoko (34°25′N 131°15′E)
Kayoi Ura ....................... 3.17
Kaza Shima ...................... 4.78
Kazach’ya, Banka ................ 12.73
Kazanashi ...................... 4.138
Ke Shima ....................... 4.49
Kekachi Iwa .................... 4.122
Kekachi Yama .................. 4.143
Kenbokke Shima ................ 9.176
Keramui Asase .................. 10.22
Kesennuma Ko .................. 7.233
Ketoy, Ostrov ................... 12.25
Ketoy, Vulkan ................... 12.13
Kharimkotan, Ostrov ............. 12.48
Khitryy, Mys .................... 12.95
Khiva, Mys ..................... 11.91
Khmyr’, Skaly .................. 12.64
Kikonai Gyoko (41°41′N 140°27′E)
Kikonai Wan ..................... 6.88
Kikugahama Ko .................. 3.26
Kimaki Misaki ................... 8.44
Kimberley, Mys ................. 12.55
Kinashi Yama ................... 6.125
Kinkasan To .................... 7.213
Light ........................ 7.213
Kinpoku San .................... 5.116
Kinumakino Hana ................ 3.197
Kirikiri Gyoko .................. 7.271
Kiritappu Hanto ................. 9.176
Kiritappu Ko .................... 9.188
Kiroga Saki ..................... 3.112
Kisakata Ko (39°12′N 139°54′E)
Kit, Ostrovok ................... 12.73
Kita Ko, Sakata .................. 5.177
Kitakami Kawa .................. 7.187
Kitami Esashi ................... 10.95
Kitasui Chiku .................... 4.39
INDEX
Kitaura Ko ..................... 5.254
Kitovyy, Mys ................... 11.91
Kitovyy, Zaliv ................... 11.71
Kitsune Shima ................... 3.26
Light ......................... 3.25
Kiwado Gyoko ................... 3.35
Kiyobe Ko (41°31′N140°00′E)
Klyk, Mys ...................... 11.65
Klyuchevoy, Mys ................ 11.99
Klyuv, Mys ..................... 12.28
Ko Saki ......................... 4.15
Ko Saki: Tsuruga Ko ............. 4.100
Ko Shima: Akkeshi Ko ............ 9.179
Ko Shima: Sado Shima ............ 5.118
Ko Shima: Senzaki Wan ............ 3.18
Ko Shima: Tsugaru Kaikyo .......... 8.14
Light .......................... 6.7
Ko Yama ........................ 3.10
Kobata Ura ...................... 3.26
Kobochi Hana .................... 7.54
Kodomari Gyoko (41°08′N140°15′E)
Kodomari Ko ................... 5.265
Kodomari Misaki ................ 5.259
Kodomari Misaki Minami, Light .... 5.262
Kofuji San ...................... 7.213
Koga Saki ...................... 4.138
Kogane Yama ................... 8.106
Koguchi ........................ 5.19
Koise Shima ..................... 3.54
Koizu Gyoko (35°30′N132°49′E)
Koizumi Wan ................... 7.250
Kojin Hana, Light ................. 5.23
Kokina, Mys .................... 12.73
Kokubu Ku ...................... 5.36
Kolokol, Gora ................... 11.98
Kolpak, Skala ................... 12.12
Komaga Take .................... 9.13
Komashkova, Mys ............... 11.91
Komatsu ....................... 4.136
Kominato Ko .................... 6.62
Komori Take ..................... 4.14
Konakova, Mys ................. 11.58
Konbu Se: HamanakaWan ......... 9.187
Konbu Se: Otchishi Misaki ......... 9.185
Konbu Se: Tobutsu Misaki ......... 9.176
Konbukariishi Misaki ............. 9.133
Kongo Saki ...................... 5.29
Konose Hana ................... 5.118
Light ........................ 5.119
Konosu Yama ................... 4.143
Konoura (35°49′N 136°04′E)
Konoura Ko .................... 5.204
Konpira Misaki .................. 8.118
Konpira Yama ................... 4.115
Konservnaya, Bukhta ............. 11.72
Korei San: Miho Wan ............. 3.123
Koritskiy, Mys .................. 11.65
Korsakovskiy, Light .............. 8.191
Koryuji Take .................... 3.178
Kosagawa Ko (39°07′N139°53′E)
Koshiba Yama .................. 5.170
Koshigahama .................... 3.26
Koshigahama Hanto ............... 3.24
Koshirohama Ura (39°12′N141°52′1E)
Kottoi Ko ....................... 3.29
Light ......................... 3.38
Kottoi Saki ...................... 4.77
Kottoichi Reef ................... 3.29
Kouta Misaki .................... 8.28
Koyama Misaki .................. 3.43
Light ......................... 3.10
Kozyrevskogo, Mys .............. 12.91
Kozyrevskogo, Zaliv ............. 12.89
Krab, Mys ...................... 11.12
Krab, Ostrovok .................. 11.97
Krabovaya, Bukhta ............... 11.24
Krabozavodsk ................... 11.24
Krabozavodskoye, Leading lights ... 11.24
Krasheninnikova, Bukhta .......... 12.80
332
Krasnyy, Mys ................... 12.43
Kraternyy, Mys .................. 12.15
Krayeugol’nyy, Mys .............. 11.22
Krenitsyna, Gora ................. 12.42
Krenitsyna, Mys ................. 12.43
Krenitsyna, Proliv ................ 12.46
Kril’on, Mys .................... 8.181
Krugloye, Ozero ................. 11.33
Kruglyy, Mys ................... 12.54
Krupnoyarova, Mys .............. 11.30
Kruzenshterna, Mys .............. 12.73
Kruzenshterna, Proliv ............. 12.30
Ku Shima: Hagi Ko ............... 3.24
Ku Shima: Shichirui Ko ............ 3.73
Light ......................... 3.91
Kubanskiy, Mys ................. 11.58
Kubo Dashi ...................... 3.41
Kuchino Guri .................... 3.60
Kudo Wan ....................... 8.30
Kudryavtseva, Mys ............... 12.95
Kugunarihama Wan .............. 7.218
Kuji Kawa ....................... 7.63
Kuji Ko ........................ 7.288
Kuji Wan ......................... 7.4
Kukedo Hana .................... 3.73
Kukidono Saki .................. 7.320
Kumaishi Ko ..................... 8.21
Kumihama Ko .................. 3.200
Kumihama Wan ................. 3.200
Kunashir, Ostrov ................. 10.33
Kunashiri Shima ................. 10.33
Kunbetsu Light .................. 10.41
Kunda Wan ...................... 4.41
Kuntomintar, Vulkan ............. 12.34
Kurbatova, Mys ................. 12.85
Light ........................ 12.84
Kurbatovskaya, Otmel’ ........... 12.104
Kureha Yama .................... 5.54
Kurii Ko ....................... 3.109
Kuril’sk ........................ 11.71
Kuril’skiy, Zaliv ................. 11.71
Kuril’skiye Ostrova ................ 11.1
Kuril-Kamchatka Trench .......... 1.127
Kurile Islands .................... 11.1
Kurile Strait .................... 12.96
Kurisaba Guri .................... 5.17
Kuro Hana ...................... 4.34
Kuro Saki: Hamada Ko ............. 3.49
Kuro Saki: Maizuru Ko, Light ....... 4.14
Kuro Saki: Miyako Ko ............ 7.279
Light ........................ 7.277
Kuro Saki: Mutsu Wan ............. 6.52
Light ......................... 6.54
Kuro Shima: Koyama Misaki ........ 3.36
Kuro Shio ........................ 7.3
Kurobe Gyoko (36°53′N137°25′E)
Kurohajiri Saki ................... 9.15
Kurohime Yama ................... 5.9
Kuroiwa Hana .................... 6.71
Kuroji Wan ...................... 4.78
Kuromatsu Gyoko (35°04′N 132°19′E)
Kurosaki Shima ................. 7.237
Kurosaki Yama ................... 4.21
Kuroshima Saki ................. 3.102
Kushi Shima ..................... 3.63
Kushiro Dashi ................... 9.176
Kushiro Ko ..................... 9.141
Arrival information ............. 9.149
Basins and berths .............. 9.163
Directions: Higashi Ku (E harbour) 9.162
Directions: Nishi Ku (W harbour) . 9.161
General information ............ 9.141
Harbour ..................... 9.157
Limiting conditions ............ 9.148
Port services .................. 9.165
Kusuyaga Taka ................... 4.63
Kute Ko (35°15′N 132°31′E)
Kutsugata Ko ................... 8.165
Kuttara Yama ....................
9.62

Kuybyshevskiy, Zaliv ............. 11.70
Kuzinoty, Mys .................. 11.91
Kuznetsova, Reyd ................ 8.202
Kuzu Gyoko ..................... 3.32
Kuzu Se ........................ 3.39
Kuzuryu Kawa .................. 4.117
Kyoden Gyoko (36°51′N137°25′E)
Kyoga Misaki ................... 3.179
Light ........................ 3.178
Kyuroku Shima .................. 5.244
L’vinaya Past’, Zaliv ............. 11.65
La Perouse Strait ................... 8.1
Laperuza, Proliv ................. 8.173
Lapka, Poluostrov ................ 11.91
Lava, Mys ...................... 12.46
Lev, Skala ..................... 11.106
Levashova, Gora ................. 12.72
Levashova, Mys ................. 12.78
Light ........................ 12.74
Lezhbishchniy, Mys .............. 12.25
Lis’i Islands .................... 11.12
Lisiy Mys ...................... 12.43
Light ........................ 12.44
Lopatka, Mys .................. 12.104
Light ........................ 12.72
Losinaya, Gora .................. 8.191
Lososey, Bukhta ................. 8.203
Lovtsova, Mys .................. 11.48
Light ........................ 11.29
Lovushki, Skaly ................. 12.31
Luzhina, Proliv .................. 12.86
L’viniya Past’, Zaliv (44°38′N 146°57′E)
Lyutyy, Mys .................... 12.54
Ma Saki ....................... 7.279
Ma Shima: Kaga Ko ............... 3.96
Mabiro Saki .................... 9.178
Mada Saki ...................... 7.266
Magnetic anomalies, local
Atlasova, Ostrov ............... 12.95
Chetvertyy Kuril’skiy Proliv ...... 12.62
Ekarma, Proliv ................ 12.54
Esan Misaki ................... 9.12
Hakodate Wan ................ 6.124
Makanrushi, Ostrov ............ 12.58
Matua, Ostrov ................. 12.28
Nizkaya, Skala ................ 12.33
Nokkamappu Saki ............. 10.19
Oki Shoto .................... 3.100
Onekotan, Ostrov .............. 12.49
Ostrov Broutona ............... 11.96
Ostrov Iturup ................. 11.63
Ostrov Shpanberga ............. 11.24
Ostrov Zelenyy ................ 11.22
Paramushir, Ostrov ............. 12.80
Proliv Friza ................... 11.79
Shiashkotan, Ostrov ............ 12.47
Shumshu, Ostrov .............. 12.81
Simushir, Ostrov ............... 12.24
Tsugaru Kaikyo, E end ............ 6.4
Vtoroy Kuri’skiy Proliv ......... 12.90
Zaimoku Hana ................. 6.68
Maizuru ........................ 4.33
Maizuru Ko ...................... 4.33
Maizuru Wan .................... 4.33
Makanrushi, Gora ................ 12.63
Makanrushi, Ostrov .............. 12.58
Makarov Isthmus ................ 12.47
Maki Saki ....................... 3.39
Maki Yama: Maizuru Wan .......... 4.31
Maki Yama: Takahama Wan ......... 4.60
Malaya Kuril’skaya Gryada ......... 11.8
Malokuril’skaya, Bukhta ........... 11.24
Mano Byochi (37°58′N 138°20′E)
Mano Wan ..................... 5.135
Maru Yama ...................... 6.84
Maru Yama: Esan Misaki ........... 9.13
INDEX
Maru Yama: Kushiro Ko ........... 9.174
Maruyama Breakwater: Tsuruga ...... 4.95
Maruyama Kawa ................ 3.194
Maruyama Quay: Tsuruga ......... 4.102
Masatomari Ko (42°50′N140°11′E)
Mashike Ko .................... 8.135
Light ........................ 8.124
Masuda Airport: Hamada Ko ........ 3.57
Masuda Ko (34°42′N, 131°49′E)
Masugata Yama ................. 5.259
Mategata Uchi ................... 3.36
Matsu Hana ...................... 5.19
Matsu Shima: Kottoi Ko ............ 3.40
Matsu Shima: Tajiri Ko ............ 3.173
Matsue Ko (35°27′N 133°08′E)
Matsuga Saki .................... 4.62
Matsugashita Byochi ............. 4.138
Matsukawaura Gyoko ............. 7.129
Matsumae (Benten Shima), Light ...... 6.7
Matsumae Ko .................... 8.16
Matsumae Koshima ............... 6.11
Matsumae Oshima ................ 6.12
Matsumae Wan ................... 8.16
Matsumoto Kawa ................. 3.23
Matsunami Gyoko (37°21′N137°15′E)
Matsushima Wan ................ 7.164
Matsuya Saki .................... 9.15
Matua, Ostrov ................... 12.28
Maze Ko (37°44′N138°48′E)
Mechnikova, Mys ................ 11.30
Medvezh’e ..................... 11.82
Medvezh’ya, Bukhta .............. 11.82
Medvezh’ya, Gora ............... 11.80
Meishi .......................... 3.29
Meiyo -Daisan Seamount ............ 2.6
Mel’nika, Bukhta ................ 12.24
Men Se ......................... 3.14
Mendeleeva, Vulkan .............. 11.29
Merey, Reyd .................... 8.213
Metakisawa Yama ................. 6.69
Metoga Hana .................... 7.16
Mi Saki, Light ................... 3.107
Mi Saki: Oki Shoto ............... 3.104
Mi Saki: Onahama Ko ............. 7.75
Mi Saki: Tobi Shima .............. 5.203
Mi Sen ......................... 3.64
Mi Shima ........................ 3.9
Light ......................... 3.41
N Light ....................... 3.10
Michman, Skala ................. 12.12
Mihama Wan ..................... 4.76
Miho Wan ...................... 3.119
Mihonoseki Ko (35°34′N 133°19′E)
Mikawa Gyoko (36°29′N 136°29′E)
Mikuni Ko ..................... 4.117
Mikuriya Gyoko (35°31′N133°30′E)
Mikuriya Saki ................... 3.119
Mil’na, Gora .................... 12.13
Mil’na, Zaliv .................... 12.24
Minami Ko (36°04′N133°06′E)
Minato Gyoko .................... 3.35
Minmaya Ko ..................... 6.23
Miomote Kawa .................. 5.168
Misawa Ko (40°41′N141°26′E)
Misen Guri ...................... 4.15
Misumi Ko ...................... 3.61
Mita Ko (36°06′N133°01′E)
Mita Wan ...................... 3.114
Mitabe Ko ...................... 3.110
Mitabe Saki ..................... 3.104
Light ......................... 3.72
Mitare Misaki .................... 8.24
Mitsu Gyoko (35°32′N 133°02′E)
MitsuKo(35°43′N 135°04′E)
Mitsuga Se ...................... 4.50
Mitsugachi Seto .................. 5.18
Mitsugo Iwa ..................... 3.16
Mitsuguri Hana ................... 4.77
Mitsuishi Gyoko .................. 9.96
333
Mitsumori Yama .................. 9.16
Miyago Shima ................... 6.22
Miyako Ko ..................... 7.280
Miyako Wan .................... 7.280
Miyano Saki .................... 5.118
Miyazaki Hana .................... 5.6
Miyazaki Ko (36°58′N 137°35′E)
Miyazu ......................... 4.19
Miyazu Ko ...................... 4.17
Miyazu Wan ..................... 4.17
Miyo Saki ....................... 4.38
Mizinets Rock .................. 11.105
Mizuhashi Gyoko (36°45′N137°18′E)
Mizushima Hana .................. 3.48
Mo Yama ....................... 6.84
Moemishiri Shima ............... 10.14
Mogami Bank ................... 5.163
Mogami Kawa, Sakata ............ 5.177
Moheji Ko (41°46′N 140°36′E)
Mokhovoy, Mys ................. 12.57
Mokoto Yama ................... 10.51
Mokusa Ko (41°30′N 140°01′E)
Molot, Gora .................... 12.27
Momo Shima .................... 4.41
Momoka Shima .................. 3.66
Momono Ura ................... 7.216
Monbetsu Hana ................... 9.94
Monbetsu Ko ................... 10.69
Moneron, Ostrov, Light ........... 8.191
Monolitnyy, Mys ................ 12.22
Monomi Saki ................... 7.320
Mori Ko ........................ 9.28
Moroyose Gyoko ................ 3.164
Morskaya Vydra ................ 11.106
Moshkovskaya, Gora ............ 12.103
Moto Yama ...................... 8.12
Motochi, Light .................. 8.145
Motochi Gyoko .................. 8.172
Motodomari Gyoko (45°15′N 141°11′E)
Motodori Shima .................. 4.60
Motoineppu Gyoko ............... 10.87
Motta Misaki ...................... 8.8
Light ......................... 8.26
Moura Hakuchi (40°56′N 140°51′E)
Moyko, Ostrov .................. 10.12
Moyururi Shima ................. 9.185
Muino Shima ................... 6.126
Muko Bank ..................... 5.163
Murokami Yama: Gotsu Ko ......... 3.62
Muroran Ko ..................... 9.30
Arrival information .............. 9.38
Basins and berths ............... 9.51
Directions ..................... 9.49
General information ............. 9.30
Harbour ...................... 9.47
Limiting conditions ............. 9.37
Port services ................... 9.54
Mushiga -Mine .................. 4.128
Mushir Rocks ................... 12.31
Muso San ....................... 4.43
Musoga Hana .................... 4.32
Mutsu Wan ...................... 6.48
Mutsu -Ogawara Ko .............. 7.321
Mutsushima Shoto ................ 3.42
Myojin Hana .................... 7.279
Myojin Saki: Tsugaru Kaikyo ......... 6.3
Myojin Saki: Tsuruga Ko ........... 4.85
Myoken Yama ................... 4.23
Mys Bolotnyy, Light .............. 11.15
Mys Kril’on, Light ............... 8.181
Mys Shirokiy, Light .............. 11.15
Na Shima ....................... 4.78
Na Shima: Misumi Ko ............. 3.60
Naarai Ko ....................... 7.23
Nadachi Gyoko (37°10′N138°05′E)
Nada -no -kage -no Se ............. 3.114
Nadezhdy, Proliv ................ 12.17
Naga Saki .......................
4.39

Nagahashi Gyoko (36°07′N 136°03′E)
Nagaoga Hana ................... 3.73
Nagasaki Hana ................... 7.16
Nagate Saki ....................... 5.4
Nagato ......................... 3.19
Naiko, Sakata ................... 5.177
Naka Guri: Esaki Ko ............... 3.60
Naka Guri: Kasumi Ko ............ 3.184
Naka Kawa ...................... 7.72
Naka Se: Akkeshi Ko ............. 9.179
Naka Se: Mutsushima Shoto ......... 3.42
Naka Umi ...................... 3.148
Nakahama Ko (35°46′N 135°11′E)
Nakaminato Ko ................... 7.50
Nakamuro Ko (36°19′N 133°19′E)
Nakanami Ko (36°57′N 137°02′E)
Nakano Ma ...................... 3.63
Nakano No 1 Breakwater:
Sakaiminato ................... 3.144
Nakano Se ...................... 5.18
Nakano Shima ................... 3.97
Nakanosaku Ko ................. 7.136
Nakatsugami Guri ................. 4.82
Nakatsuo Guri .................... 3.74
Nakaura Suido .................. 3.125
Nakaura Suimon ................. 3.149
Nakayama Saki .................. 7.320
Nako Gyoko (34°30′N 131°28′E)
Nakose Ko (35°31′N133°58′E)
Naku Saki ...................... 3.107
Namerikawa Gyoko (36°47′N 137°21′E)
Nanao Hoku Wan ................. 5.18
Nanao Ko ....................... 5.19
Nanao Nan Wan .................. 5.19
Nanao Sei Wan ................... 5.18
Nanao Wan ...................... 5.19
Nanatsu Iwa ..................... 9.15
Nanatsu Shima: Koyama Misaki ...... 3.43
Nanatsu Shima: Wajima Ko ........ 4.151
Naoetsu ......................... 5.76
Naoetsu Ko ...................... 5.76
Arrival information .............. 5.84
Basins and berths ............... 5.93
Directions ..................... 5.91
General information ............. 5.76
Harbour ...................... 5.89
Limiting conditions ............. 5.83
Port services ................... 5.95
Nara Saki ....................... 4.36
Naryu Saki ...................... 4.49
Natalii, Zaliv ................... 11.104
Nedostupnyy, Mys .............. 11.113
Nejimatsu Saki ................... 4.38
Nekogashira Sho ................. 10.14
Nemo, Bukhta ................... 12.49
Nemo, Mys ..................... 12.55
Nemo, Vulkan ................... 12.63
Nemoro -Kaikyo, Proliv ........... 10.33
Nemuro Hanto .................. 10.22
Nemuro Kaikyo ................. 10.33
Nemuro Ko ..................... 10.24
Nemuro Strait ................... 10.33
Nemuro Wan ..................... 10.2
Neproydenyy, Mys ............... 12.86
Neschast’ya, Mys ................ 11.99
Neukrotinyy, Mys ................ 11.58
Neya (38°29′N 139°31′E)
Nezametnyy, Rif ................. 12.73
Nezugaseki Ko .................. 5.172
Nezumi Shima ................... 3.37
Nibu Shima ...................... 3.48
Nichihatsu Wharf: Miyazu .......... 4.24
Nihonkai Sekiyu Seaberth,
Toyama Ku ..................... 5.51
Nii Saki ......................... 4.15
Niida Kawa ..................... 7.297
Niigata Ko ..................... 5.138
Arrival information ............. 5.145
Basins and berths .............. 5.158
INDEX
Directions for Higashi Ku ........ 5.157
Directions for Nishi Ku ......... 5.156
General information ............ 5.138
Harbour ..................... 5.152
Limiting conditions ............ 5.144
Port services .................. 5.160
Nikonova, Mys .................. 12.53
Nikonova, Poluostrov ............. 12.47
Nima Gyoko ..................... 3.66
Nima Ko ........................ 3.66
Nishi Guri ....................... 3.18
Nishi Hama: Kasumi Ko ........... 3.182
Nishi Ko: Maizuru Ko ............. 4.33
Nishi Komon: Sakaiminato ......... 3.149
Nishi Maizuru .................... 4.34
Nishihama Hakuchi: Kasumi Ko .... 3.185
Nishino Guri ..................... 4.22
Nishino Saki .................... 7.237
Nishino Shima ................... 3.97
Nishi Shimamaki Ko (42°41′N139°56′E)
No Ko (37°07′N 138°00′E)
No Shima ....................... 3.11
No Shima: Naekano Seto .......... 3.135
Nobase Gyoko (34°23′N 131°15′E)
Noda Wan ...................... 7.287
Nohara Ko ...................... 4.77
Noheji Ko ....................... 6.63
Nokkamappu Saki ............... 10.20
Nokogiri Saki .................... 4.50
Light ......................... 4.49
Nomachino Guri .................. 4.22
Noroshi Ko (37°31′N137°20′E)
Nosaka Take ..................... 4.72
Nosappu Misaki ................. 9.185
Light ........................ 9.183
Noshappu Hanto ................. 8.149
Noshappu Misaki ................ 8.141
Light ........................ 8.145
Noshiro Ko ..................... 5.245
Note Guri ....................... 3.18
Noto Hanto ....................... 4.3
Noto Shima ...................... 5.18
Notoro Ko ...................... 10.77
Notoro Misaki ................... 10.52
Notsuke Channel ................ 10.33
Notsuke Saki .................... 10.20
Light ........................ 10.23
Notsuke Suido .................. 10.33
Notsuke -Kita Asase .............. 10.39
Noushi (41°22′N 141°20′E)
Novikovo, Light ................. 8.191
Novokuril’skaya, Bukhta ......... 11.105
Nozaki Hana .................... 5.118
Nozuka Saki .................... 8.125
Nuidoishi Yama .................. 6.69
Nuka Ko (35°51′N 136°02′E)
Nyu Gyoko ...................... 4.76
Nyu Saki ....................... 5.118
Nyu Ura ........................ 4.76
Nyudo Guri ..................... 3.142
Nyudo Hana ..................... 3.49
Nyudo Saki ..................... 5.240
Light ........................ 5.165
O Guri: Ke Shima ................ 4.49
O Guri: Okino Shima .............. 4.81
O Kuchi ....................... 3.112
O Saki: Hokkaido, W coast .......... 8.14
O Saki: Kamaishi Ko, Light ........ 7.260
O Saki: Sado Shima .............. 5.118
Light .......................... 5.9
O Saki: Yunotsu Ko ............... 3.63
O Se .......................... 5.170
O Shima: Etomo Ko ............... 3.80
O Shima: Tsugaru Kaikyo ........... 6.12
O Shima: Anto Misaki ............ 4.115
O Shima: Nanatsu Shima .......... 4.151
O Yama ........................ 3.187
334
Oarai Ko ........................ 7.71
Oarai Misaki ..................... 7.54
Obama ......................... 4.70
Obama Hana ..................... 7.75
Obama Ko ...................... 4.66
Obama Wan ..................... 4.65
Obana Saki ....................... 6.5
Obashima Chiku .................. 4.39
Obashira ........................ 3.24
Obato Wan ..................... 5.173
Obmanchivaya, Banka ............ 11.40
Oburi Shima .................... 3.165
Obval’nyy, Mys ................. 12.47
Oceanskiya, Bukhta (50°11′N155°44′E)
Ochi Yama ..................... 5.116
Ochiishi Hanto .................. 9.183
Ochiishi Misaki .................. 9.185
Light ........................ 9.174
Oda Ura ........................ 3.32
Odaiba Saki .................... 3.131
Odaiba Saki Bridge: Naekano Seto ... 3.139
Odesskiy, Mys .................. 11.65
Odesskiy, Zaliv .................. 11.69
Odinokiy, Ostrovok .............. 11.57
Odo Yama ....................... 4.49
Oetaka Yama .................... 3.63
Ofunato Ko ..................... 7.240
Ofuyu Misaki .................... 8.58
Ofuyu Yama .................... 8.104
Oga Hanto ..................... 5.240
Ogachi Wan .................... 7.221
Ogami Shima .................... 4.50
Ogawara Numa .................. 7.320
Ogi Byochi ...................... 5.29
Ogi Ko ......................... 5.29
Ogifushi Hana ................... 9.103
Ogifushi Ko (42°12′N142°39′E)
Oginohama Ko .................. 7.216
Oginohama Wan ................. 7.216
Ohama Gyoko (34°45′N 131°52′E)
Ohara Wan ..................... 7.217
Ohashi Kawa ................... 3.148
Ohata Ko ....................... 6.73
Ohibi (34°25′N131°14′E)
Ohirase Light .................... 3.25
Ohiyaku Shima ................... 6.11
Oi Gyoko (34°29′N 131°27′E)
Oinaushi Gyoko .................. 9.29
Oito, Bukhta (45°01′N147°31′E)
Oiwa Hana ...................... 4.46
Oji Hana ........................ 3.33
Oka Saki ........................ 4.99
Okeanskiy,Mys,Light............ 12.74
Okhotnik Rock .................. 11.74
OkiAirport:OkiShoto............ 3.118
Oki Kaikyo ...................... 3.97
Oki Shima ....................... 3.43
Oki Shoto ....................... 3.97
Oki -Katsura Shima ................ 4.50
Okiinome ...................... 3.167
Okimi Dolphin: Maizuru ........... 4.35
Okinamai Hana ................... 5.18
Okinami Hana .................... 5.17
Okino Guri ...................... 4.22
Okino Mitsu Iso .................. 7.16
Okino Se ....................... 8.125
Okino Shima: Nii Saki ............. 4.81
Okino Shima: Oki Shoto ........... 3.103
Okino Watara Guri ............... 3.184
Okiura ......................... 3.192
Okkirai Wan .................... 7.269
Okopets, Mys ................... 11.65
Okruglyy, Mys .................. 12.12
Okumaru Yama ................... 6.79
Okunai Ko (40°54′N140°40′E)
Okushi Ura ...................... 3.36
Okushiri Kaikyo .................. 8.22
Okushiri Ko ..................... 8.35
Okushiri To ......................
8.14

Oma Gyoko .................... 6.128
Oma Ko ........................ 6.72
Oma Saki ........................ 6.4
Omi Shima ...................... 3.40
Omi Shima: Senzaki Seto ........... 3.13
Ominato Ko ..................... 6.55
Omori Shima ................... 3.107
Omori Yama .................... 5.203
Omosu Ko ..................... 3.117
Omu Ko ....................... 10.86
Onagawa Wan ................... 7.220
Onahama Ko ..................... 7.75
Arrival information .............. 7.83
Basins and berths ............... 7.97
Directions ..................... 7.94
General information ............. 7.75
Harbour ...................... 7.91
Limiting conditions ............. 7.82
Port services .................. 7.100
Onahama Wan ................... 7.75
Onbetsu (44°46′N, 141°47′E)
Onbetsu Kawa .................. 9.139
Onekotan, Ostrov ................ 12.49
Oni Se: Esashi Ko ............... 10.95
Onishike Gyoko (44°10′N 141°39′E)
Oniwaki Ko .................... 8.163
Onne Se ....................... 10.74
Onnemoto Gyoko ................ 10.15
Ono Kawa ...................... 4.134
Light ........................ 4.128
Ono Ko ........................ 4.134
Onogame ...................... 5.118
Opasnaya, Bukhta (45°56′N150°11′E)
Opasnaya, Skala ................. 12.73
Opasnosti, Kamen’ ............... 8.177
Opornyy, Mys ................... 12.78
Oppa Wan ...................... 7.248
Oragahama ..................... 7.111
Light ........................ 7.109
Orinohama Byochi ............... 7.216
Oro Se .......................... 3.40
Osabe Gyoko ................... 7.251
Osaki Hana ...................... 3.48
Light ......................... 3.47
Osakiga Hana .................... 3.48
Light ......................... 3.47
Ose Hana: Hagi Ko ................ 3.20
Ose Ko (36°35′N140°40′E)
Oshamanbe Ko ................... 9.26
Oshidomari, Light ................ 8.145
Oshidomari Ko .................. 8.164
Oshima Saki .................... 5.170
Oshima Sumiyoshi Ko (41°45′N 140°43′E)
Oshimawari Saki .................. 4.51
Oshoro Gyoko ................... 8.72
Osima Gyoko .................... 4.68
Osu Saki ....................... 7.209
Light ........................ 7.213
Otakine Yama ................... 7.109
Otani Wan ...................... 3.172
Otaru Ko ........................ 8.74
Arrival information .............. 8.82
Basins and berths ............... 8.94
Directions ..................... 8.91
General information ............. 8.73
Harbour ...................... 8.88
Limiting conditions ............. 8.81
Port services ................... 8.97
Otdel’naya, Gora ................ 11.32
Ote Kawa ....................... 4.19
Otkhpytiy, Reyd (45°51′N 149°42′E)
Otkrytyy, Reid ................. 11.103
Otlivnyy, Mys ................... 11.57
Oto Guri ....................... 3.198
Otobe (41°58′N, 140°08′E)
Otoineppu Misaki ................ 10.83
Light ........................ 10.84
Otomari Hana .................... 5.35
Otome -Wan, Bukhta (48°49′N 154°05′E)
INDEX
Otomi .......................... 4.58
Otomi Gyoko .................... 4.54
Otomi Hanto ..................... 4.59
Otose Hana ...................... 8.14
Otose Saki ...................... 5.261
Light ........................ 5.237
Otoshibe Misaki ................. 10.83
Otradnaya, Bukhta (43°52′N 146°48′E)
Otradnov (44°04′N 145°52′E)
Otsu .......................... 9.133
Light ........................ 9.115
Otsu Ko ........................ 7.74
Otsu Misaki ..................... 7.54
Light ......................... 7.52
Otsuchi Ko ..................... 7.270
Otvesnyy, Mys .................. 12.12
Light ........................ 12.13
Oura Byochi .................... 3.32
Oura Gyoko ..................... 3.32
Oval’nyy, Mys .................. 12.91
Oya Shio ......................... 7.3
Oyabe Kawa ..................... 5.39
Ozhidaniya, Mys ................. 12.24
Ozyornyy, Mys .................. 12.78
Paltusov, Mys ................... 10.39
Paramushir, Ostrov ............... 12.80
Paramushiri Kaikyo .............. 12.75
Pechal’nyy, Mys ................. 11.20
Pekinno Saki .................... 10.40
Penistyye, Kamni ................ 11.91
Penistyye, Skaly ................. 12.64
Pennyy, Mys .................... 11.57
Pereput’ye, Light ................ 8.191
Pereselentsev, Mys ............... 11.65
Perevalochnyy, Mys .............. 11.92
Perkovnaya, Bukhta (43°44′N146°42′E)
Pervyy Kuril’skiy Proliv .......... 12.96
Peschanaya, Bukhta ............. 11.107
Peshchernaya Rock ............... 11.40
Petushkova, Ostrovok ............. 11.99
Pisimoy, Mys ................... 11.71
Pisshiri San ..................... 8.126
Plavnyy, Mys ................... 11.57
Ploskiy, Rif ..................... 12.81
Plug, Mys ...................... 11.58
Pochtaryova, Mys ............... 12.104
Podgornyy, Mys ................. 12.95
Podsolnechnaya, Gora ............ 12.72
Pogranichnaya Shoal ............. 11.15
Pologiy, Mys .................... 12.17
Polonskogo, Mys ................ 11.40
Light ........................ 11.14
Polonskogo, Ostrov .............. 11.23
Polonskogo, Proliv ............... 11.18
Poludennyy, Mys ................ 12.55
Polyanskogo, Mys ............... 12.22
Ponmoi Misaki .................. 10.57
Ponmoshiri Misaki ................. 8.8
Poronupuri Yama ................ 10.92
Poroshiri Yama .................. 10.92
Port Korsakov ................... 8.194
Prevo, Vulkan ................... 12.11
Prishvina, Mys .................. 11.81
Prostor, Zaliv ................... 11.65
Przheval’skogo, Mys ............. 11.65
Przheval’skogo, Poluostrov ........ 11.65
Ptich’i Vorota, Skala .............. 11.65
Ptich’i, Ostrova .................. 12.73
Puffin Island .................... 12.12
Puyshariya, Zaliv ................ 12.80
Puzanova, Mys .................. 11.30
Pyatyy Kuril’skiy ................ 12.55
Pyramidal’naya, Gora ............. 12.34
Raduga, Zaliv ................... 12.73
Raiden Misaki .................... 8.50
335
Ranbokke Misaki ................. 9.63
Rasboynik, Skala:
SSE of Mys Breskens ............ 11.72
Rasshua, Ostrov ................. 12.27
Rasshua, Vulkan ................. 12.11
Rausu Ko ...................... 10.44
Rausu Take ..................... 10.37
Raykoke, Ostrov ................. 12.29
Razboynik, Skala:
SW of Mys Breskens ............ 11.65
Razdel’naya, Banka .............. 11.33
Razmytyy, Mys .................. 11.91
Razval’nyy, Mys ................. 12.47
Rebristyy, Mys .................. 12.47
Rebun To ...................... 8.167
Reydovo ....................... 11.73
Rifovyy, Mys ................... 12.80
Rikorda, Mys ................... 11.48
Rikorda, Proliv .................. 12.15
Rinko Basin: Niigata ............. 5.158
Rishiri San ..................... 8.145
Rishiri To ...................... 8.161
Rogacheva, Mys ................. 11.29
Rogacheva, Ostrov ............... 11.29
Rogatyy, Mys ................... 11.58
Roka, Zaliv ..................... 11.59
Rokko Saki ....................... 4.1
Light .......................... 5.9
Rokugo Saki Light ............... 4.143
Rollin, Mys ..................... 12.12
Rubeshibetsu Saki ............... 9.117
Rudakova, Gora ................. 11.98
Rumoi Ko ...................... 8.127
Light ........................ 8.124
Rurui, Gora ..................... 10.37
Rybaki ........................ 11.71
Ryofu -Daini Seamount ........... 1.130
Ryoishi Ko (39°18′N 141°54′E)
Ryori Saki ...................... 7.260
Light ........................ 7.230
Ryotsu Gyoko ................... 5.128
Ryotsu Ko ...................... 5.128
Ryotsu Wan ..................... 5.118
Ryponkicha, Ostrov .............. 12.26
Ryujin Saki ...................... 3.60
Light ......................... 3.60
Ryujin Tai ...................... 10.22
Ryutoan Shima .................. 5.170
Saba Shima ...................... 3.18
Sabino Yama .................... 4.143
Sada Kawa ...................... 3.80
Sado Ogi Ko .................... 5.120
Sado Shima ..................... 5.112
Sagi Ura ........................ 3.94
Light ......................... 3.94
Sagi Ura Gyoko .................. 3.94
Sai Kawa ....................... 4.133
Sai Ko (41°26′N 140°52′E)
Sai Saki ......................... 4.38
Saidoji .......................... 3.59
Saigo Ko ....................... 3.118
Saiho Take ...................... 4.99
Sakai Breakwater: Nakaeno Seto .... 3.125
Sakai Gyoko .................... 3.137
Sakai Pilot Association: Sakaiminato . 3.136
Sakaiminato .................... 3.119
Arrival information ............. 3.132
Basins and berths .............. 3.144
Directions: Inner harbour ........ 3.142
Directions: Outer harbour ........ 3.143
General information ............ 3.125
Harbour ..................... 3.137
Limiting conditions ............ 3.131
Port services .................. 3.147
Sakanoshita Wan ................. 8.159
Sakata Ko ...................... 5.177
Arrival information ............. 5.185
Basins and berths ..............
5.195

General information ............ 5.177
Harbour ..................... 5.191
Light ........................ 5.165
Limiting conditions ............ 5.184
Port services .................. 5.197
Sakenotsu Gyoko (35°31′N 134°05′E)
Sakhalin ......................... 8.1
Sakharnaya, Gora ................ 8.191
Sakiyama Misaki ................ 3.103
Sakura Quay: Tsuruga ............ 4.102
Samani Ko ..................... 9.106
Light ........................ 9.104
Same Kado ..................... 7.253
Light ........................ 7.277
Samotuga, Mys .................. 11.99
Samuraihama ................... 7.216
Sanbonmatsu Hana ................ 4.37
Sanchi Take .................... 3.200
Sanga Se ........................ 3.39
Sangai Yama ..................... 3.53
Sankaku Yama ................... 8.12
Sankeushi Misaki ................ 10.83
Saoso .......................... 3.16
Saroma Ko ..................... 10.67
Light ........................ 10.67
Saruga Hana .................... 3.139
Saruga Jo ...................... 3.194
Light ........................ 3.198
Sarugahana Yama ................ 3.141
Saruru Gyoko ................... 10.85
Saruru Misaki ................... 10.83
Sarutome Hana .................. 9.117
Saruyama Misaki ................ 4.125
Light ........................ 4.128
Sarycheva, Vulkan ............... 12.21
Sasa Shima ...................... 3.16
Sasa Yama ...................... 9.93
Sasamori Yama .................. 5.203
Sasaoka Saki .................... 5.199
Sashirui Saki .................... 10.40
Satana, Mys .................... 11.99
Satsumae Ko (41°27′N 140°02′E)
Sawa Saki ....................... 5.11
Sawabe (40°35′N 139°53′E)
Sawane Ko (38°00′N 138°17′E)
Sawara Gyoko ................... 9.27
Sawasaki, Light ................... 5.9
Sawasaki Hana .................. 5.118
Sea of Okhotsk .................... 8.2
Segoshi Hana .................... 3.60
Seki Kawa ....................... 5.76
Seki Misaki ..................... 5.118
Seki Saki ....................... 5.118
Sekido San ....................... 5.9
Sekinahama Ko ................... 6.74
Sekishima Se .................... 3.48
Sekitan Misaki .................. 9.139
Semyonova, Mys ................ 11.91
Senami Hakuchi (38°14′N 139°27′E)
Sendai ......................... 7.140
Arrival information ............. 7.148
Basins and berths .............. 7.158
Directions .................... 7.156
General information ............ 7.140
Harbour ..................... 7.155
Light ........................ 7.109
Limiting conditions ............ 7.147
Port services .................. 7.161
Sendai Kawa .................... 3.158
Sendai -Shiogama Ko ............. 7.162
Arrival information ............. 7.170
Basins and berths .............. 7.182
Directions .................... 7.180
General information ............ 7.162
Harbour ..................... 7.177
Limiting conditions ............ 7.169
Port services .................. 7.184
Sengan Guri .................... 3.167
Sengoku Yama ................... 4.14
INDEX
Senposhi Gyoko ................. 8.166
Sentyabr’skiy, Mys ............... 11.58
Senzaki Ko ...................... 3.19
Senzaki Seto ..................... 3.13
Senzaki Wan ..................... 3.15
Serp, Gora ...................... 12.27
Setana Ko ....................... 8.31
Setoga Shima .................... 3.50
Severgina, Bukhta ................ 12.48
Severgina, Proliv ................. 12.45
Severgina, Vulkan ................ 12.42
Severnyy, Mys .................. 12.22
Severo -Kuril’sk ................. 12.87
Severo -Zapadnyy, Mys ........... 12.22
Shakkuri ........................ 3.54
Shakotan De Misaki, Light .......... 8.48
Shakotan Misaki .................. 8.36
Shari Gyoko (43°55′N144°40′E)
Shari Kawa ..................... 10.52
Shari Take ...................... 10.51
Shauten, Mys .................. 11.104
Shchukina, Zaliv ................ 11.102
Shelikhova, Mys ................. 12.85
Shelikova, Bukhta ................ 12.80
Shestakova, Gora ................ 12.49
Shestoy Kuril’skiy ............... 12.46
Shiashkotan, Ostrov .............. 12.47
Shiasshiri Yama ................. 10.82
Shibayama Ko .................. 3.187
Shibetsu Gyoko ................. 10.43
Shibino Misaki ................... 8.14
Shichirui Ko ..................... 3.87
Shigami Take ................... 3.200
Shiiya Hana .................... 5.101
Light .......................... 5.9
Shijiki Shima ................... 3.107
Light ........................ 3.107
Shikabe Gyoko ................... 9.19
Shikotan To ..................... 11.24
Shikotan, Gora .................. 11.11
Shimado (34°21′N 130°54′E)
Shimakage Wan .................. 4.32
Shimane Hanto ................... 3.69
Shimanokoshi Gyoko (39°55′N 141°57′E)
Shimoyubetsu ................... 10.67
Shin Bae ....................... 4.151
Shin Gyoko ...................... 3.26
Shin Saki ........................ 5.24
Shinano Kawa ................... 5.140
Shinji Ko ....................... 3.148
Shinminato ...................... 5.43
Shinminato Gyoko ................ 5.43
Shinminato Ko (45°12′N141°08′E)
Shinminato Ku ................... 5.43
Shinori Ko (41°46′N 140°49′E)
Shiobana Hana ................... 3.40
Light ......................... 3.40
Shiodoko Hana ................... 3.94
Shiofuki Ko (41°44′N140°03′E)
Shiogama Gyoko ................ 7.183
Shiokake Saki ................... 7.284
Shiokoshi Bana .................. 5.203
Shiokubi Misaki ................... 6.4
Light .......................... 6.7
Shiomaki ......................... 3.9
Shioya Gyoko (43°13′N 140°55′E)
Shioya Ko (36°18′N 136°15′E)
Shioya Saki ...................... 7.63
Light ........................ 7.109
Shioya Wan ...................... 8.73
Shiozeno Saki ................... 5.239
Shira Saki ...................... 3.102
Light ........................ 3.101
Shirahama Gyoko (36°05′N 136°02′E)
Shirahama Ko
(Karei Saki) (35°54′N136°00′E)
Shirahama Ko
(Kamaishi Ko) (39°14′N141°55′E)
Shiraito Misaki ................... 8.44
336
Shirakame Take .................. 6.84
Shirakami Misaki .................. 8.1
Light .......................... 6.7
Shirakata: Senzaki Ko .............. 3.19
Shiranuka Gyoko ................ 7.327
Shiraoi Ko ....................... 9.65
Shiretoko Hanto .................. 10.2
Shiretoko Misaki ................. 10.40
Shiretoko Tai ................... 10.40
Shiretoko Take .................. 10.37
Shiriha Misaki ................... 9.176
Shiritake Yama ................... 3.59
Shirito Hana .................... 9.176
Light ........................ 9.138
Shirito Se ...................... 9.162
Shirito Sho ..................... 9.162
Light ........................ 9.162
Shiriya Ko (40°24′N 141°27′E)
Shiriya Saki ...................... 7.1
Light .......................... 6.7
Shiriyamisaki Ko ................. 6.75
Shiro Se ........................ 3.36
Shiro Yama: Kasumi Ko ........... 3.183
Shiro Yama: Toyama Ku ............ 5.54
Shiro Yama: Kunda Wan ............ 4.43
Shiro Yama: Takahama Wan ......... 4.60
Shiroishi Guri .................... 4.15
Shiroishi Shima .................. 3.185
Shirokane Saki .................. 7.215
Shiroshima Saki ................. 3.101
Light ........................ 3.101
Shishi Guri ...................... 4.22
Shishi Hana ...................... 4.38
Shishisaki Hana .................. 4.22
Shiski Islands ................... 11.12
Shitsu Ura (34°26′N131°14′E)
Shizukawa Wan ................. 7.249
Shizuki Yama .................... 3.25
Shizunai, Light ................... 9.93
Shlem, Ostrovok ................. 11.74
Shojin Guri ...................... 3.18
Shokanbetsu Take ................ 8.124
Shoko Ku: Hamada Ko ............. 3.52
Shoko Ku: Tottori Ko ............. 3.160
Shomen Saki ..................... 4.51
Shoya Gyoko ................... 9.127
Shoya Hana .................... 9.117
Shpanberga, Ostrov, E end Light .... 11.11
Shpanberga, Ostrov .............. 11.24
Shpanberga, Proliv ............... 11.35
Shpil’, Skala .................... 11.65
Shpilevoy, Mys .................. 12.53
Shukina, Zaliv (45°37′N 149°27′E)
Shumnyy, Mys .................. 12.78
Shumshu, Ostrov ................ 12.81
Shutka, Bukhta .................. 11.58
Siandriom, Mys ................. 12.95
Simushir, Ostrov ................. 12.24
Sinarka, Vulkan ................. 12.54
Sivuchiy, Mys ................... 11.99
Slavnaya, Bukhta ................ 11.74
Slavnyy, Ostrovok ............... 11.57
Snou, Proliv ................... 11.106
Sobei .......................... 3.167
Sof’ya, Bukhta .................. 11.65
Sokiya, Bukhta (45°23′N148°28′E)
Sokol, Mys ..................... 11.91
Sokuryo San ..................... 9.49
Soma Ko ....................... 7.129
Sosedka, Skala .................. 12.95
Sotono Ma ..................... 5.120
Soya Gyoko (45°29′N141°53′E)
Soya Kaikyo .................... 8.173
Soya Misaki .................... 8.147
Light ........................ 8.145
Soya Tai ....................... 8.183
Spaseniya, Bukhta (46°53′N 151°52′E)
Spiridonova, Mys ................ 10.40
Spokoynyy, Mys .................
11.30

Spokoynyy, Zaliv ................ 11.33
Srednego, Proliv ................. 12.16
Sredneva, Kamen’ (47°35′N 152°52′E)
Sredniy, Mys .................... 12.91
Stolbgatyy, Mys ................. 10.40
Storozheva, Mys ................. 12.15
Subbotina, Mys .................. 12.53
Sueno Saki ..................... 7.232
Sufu Kawa ...................... 3.52
Sugahama Gyoko ................. 4.75
Suisho Suido .................... 11.15
Sukhina, Mys, Light .............. 12.11
Sukoton Ko (45°28′N 140°58′E)
Sumitomo Jetty: Senzaki Ko ......... 3.19
Sumiyoshi Saki, Light ............. 9.101
Suna Saki ........................ 9.8
Light ......................... 9.16
Susa Gyoko ..................... 3.36
Susa Ko ........................ 3.36
Sutega Hana .................... 3.198
Light ........................ 3.198
Sutsu Gyoko (34°47′N 131°55′E)
Suttsu Ko ....................... 8.52
Suttsu Wan ...................... 8.52
Suwa Wan (36°07′N 133°06′E)
Suzu Shima ...................... 4.32
Suzuga Saki ..................... 4.95
Sypuchiy, Mys .................. 12.49
Tachimachi Saki ................. 6.126
Tada Yama ..................... 3.101
Tadoko Yama .................... 3.25
Tagirisu Saki .................... 5.118
Tai Gyoko ....................... 4.79
Tai Ko .......................... 4.79
Tai Saki ......................... 4.15
Taiko Yama ..................... 3.178
Taima Yama ..................... 3.47
Taira ........................... 4.34
Taira Buoy Berths: Maizuru ......... 4.35
Taira, Ostrova ................... 11.91
Tairadate Ko (41°10′N 140°39′E)
Tairadate Kaikyo ................. 6.28
Taisha .......................... 3.64
Taisha Ko ....................... 3.64
Taito Saki ........................ 7.1
Light ......................... 7.14
Taitsuri Shima .................... 4.16
TaizuKo(35°44′N 135°05′E)
Tajiri Ko ....................... 3.173
Light ........................ 3.173
Taka Shima, Light ................. 3.48
Taka Shima: Hamada Ko ........... 3.48
Taka Shima: Naryu Saki ............ 4.50
Taka Yama ...................... 3.47
Takaboshi Yama ................. 3.183
Takachi Gyoko (38°12′N 138°20′E)
Takada Yama .................... 3.53
Takahama Gyoko:Takahama Wan .... 4.61
Takahama Wan ................... 4.59
Takaiwa Saki ................... 4.138
Takamori Yama .................. 5.203
Takano Saki ..................... 6.22
Takanosu Ko .................... 4.124
Light ........................ 4.124
Takao Yama: Hamada Ko ........... 3.53
Takao Yama: Sakaiminato .......... 3.72
Takasa Daini (35°54′N 136°00′E)
Takasaki Yama .................. 3.101
Takashima Gyoko ................. 8.94
Takashima Misaki ................. 8.60
Takate Guri ...................... 4.50
Takatsume Yama ................. 4.128
Take Shima ...................... 2.10
Take Shima: Urago Wan ........... 3.112
Take Shima: Yuya Wan ............. 3.31
Takeno Ko (35°39′N 134°46′E)
Takenoko Iwa .................... 3.40
Takeshima Guri .................. 4.50
INDEX
Taki Ko (36°55′N136°45′E)
Taki Saki ....................... 4.126
Tako Hana ...................... 3.73
Light ......................... 3.72
Takoshima Gyoko ................. 5.27
Takuyo -Daiichi Seamount ......... 1.130
Tamae Ko (34°24′⋅7N 131°22′⋅6E)
Tamanowaki .................... 7.288
Tanake Se ...................... 3.157
Tanfil’yeva, Bukhta .............. 11.19
Tanfil’yeva, Ostrov ............... 11.19
Tanfil’yeva, Proliv ............... 11.15
Tango Washi Saki Light ............ 4.15
Tappi Saki ........................ 5.1
Light ........................ 5.237
Tarawa Se ...................... 4.149
Taro (39°44′N 141°59′E)
Tarumae ........................ 9.63
Tarumae Yama ................... 9.62
Tashiro Shima ................... 7.222
Tate Iwa ....................... 5.170
Tatehama Ko (41°27′N140°02′E)
Tatega Saki ..................... 3.105
Tategami Guri .................... 4.82
Tatehana Ko ..................... 8.17
Tateishi Misaki ................... 4.45
Light ......................... 4.49
Tatsu -ga Saki ................... 4.145
Light ........................ 4.143
Tatsugane Yama ................. 7.230
Tatsumai Saki ................... 7.232
Tatsumi -no -Se .................. 9.185
Tattori .......................... 3.63
Tawara Shima ..................... 3.8
Light .......................... 3.8
Tayu Saki ....................... 4.95
Teine Yama .................... 8.104
Tenaga Shima .................... 3.31
Tengu Take: Otaru Ko ............. 8.65
Tengu Take: Rumoi Ko ............ 8.126
Tenjin Shima ..................... 3.36
Teradomari Ko .................. 5.111
Terekhina, Mys .................. 12.22
Teri Ba .......................... 5.2
Teru Shima ...................... 7.95
Teshio Kawa .................... 8.157
Teshio Ko ...................... 8.157
Tetyayeva, Mys .................. 11.99
Teuri To ....................... 8.139
Light ........................ 8.124
Tigrov Khvost, Mys .............. 11.81
Tigrovyy, Mys .................. 11.99
To Shima ........................ 4.38
TobetsuKo(41°45′N 140°35′E)
Tobi Shima ..................... 5.205
Light ........................ 5.165
Tobi Shima Gyoko ............... 5.205
Tobi Shima Hakuchi .............. 5.205
Tobutsu Misaki .................. 9.176
Light ........................ 9.174
Todo Guri: Nanao Wan ............. 5.18
Todo Guri: Okino Shima ............ 4.81
Todo -Ga -Saki .................. 7.256
Light ........................ 7.260
Todohokke Ko ................... 9.17
Toga Wan ...................... 5.253
Togane Gyoko ................... 3.65
Togane Ura ...................... 3.65
Togawa Gyoko (35°42′N140°51′E)
Togenokami Yama ............... 7.277
Togi Gyoko (37°09′N136°32′E)
Togi Kawa ..................... 4.138
Toi Gyoko ...................... 6.127
Tojin Bo ....................... 4.121
Tok To ......................... 2.10
Tokachi Kawa ................... 9.133
Tokachi Ko ..................... 9.118
Tokai ........................... 7.73
Tokoro Ko ..................... 10.78
337
Tokoro Misaki .................. 10.67
Tomakomai ...................... 9.66
Arrival information .............. 9.74
Basins and berths ............... 9.87
Directions ..................... 9.85
General information ............. 9.66
Harbour ...................... 9.81
Light ......................... 9.62
Limiting conditions ............. 9.73
Port services ................... 9.89
Tomamae Saki .................. 8.125
Tomamai Ko .................... 8.136
Tomari (41°54′N, 140°08′E)
Tomari Power Station .............. 8.54
Tomari Wan .................... 10.42
Tomiiso Gyoko (45°28′N141°52′E)
Tomo Shima ..................... 3.48
Tomori Ko ...................... 8.55
Tomoshiri Misaki ................ 9.185
Tomoshiri Shima ................. 9.190
Tomoshiri Wan .................. 9.190
Tonbetsu Kawa .................. 10.94
Tone Kawa ...................... 7.17
Tonokami Saki .................. 7.111
Toporkovyy, Ostrov .............. 12.12
Light ........................ 12.13
Toppu Hana ..................... 8.15
Toraga Saki, Light ................ 3.25
Torigakubi Misaki .................. 5.4
Light .......................... 5.9
Toriko Shima .................... 4.63
Torimi Bank .................... 5.163
Tosamuporo Misaki .............. 10.22
Toshima Yama .................. 7.277
Totake Yama ..................... 3.10
Tottori Airport: Tottori Ko ......... 3.163
Tottori Ko ...................... 3.158
Tottori Shi ...................... 3.158
Toutsu Take .................... 10.82
Toyama Ku ...................... 5.50
Toyama Wan ..................... 5.4
Toyoda Ko (36°06′N 133°08′7E)
Toyoni Yama ................... 9.115
Toyooka ....................... 3.195
Toyoura Misaki ................... 9.26
Tozega Se ....................... 3.31
Trekhna, Bukhta (45°00′N147°31′E)
Tretiy Kuril’skiy ................. 12.86
Troyka, Bukhta .................. 12.95
Tryokhpalyy, Mys ................ 11.59
Tserkovnaya, Bukhta ............. 11.24
Tsu Saki ....................... 3.173
Tsuba Saki ..................... 4.141
Tsuba Se ........................ 3.24
Tsubaki Shima .................. 7.232
Tsubana Saki ..................... 8.20
Tsuetomanai Saki ................ 10.94
Tsugaru Kaikyo ................... 6.1
Tsugaru Shio ...................... 7.2
Tsuiyama Ko .................... 3.194
Tsuiyama Shima ................. 3.194
Tsukumo Wan .................... 5.29
Tsunekami Misaki ................. 4.49
Light ......................... 4.49
Tsunekami Ura ................... 4.80
Tsuno Shima ..................... 3.39
Light ......................... 3.10
Tsuno Shima Ko .................. 3.39
Tsuriboko Yama .................. 3.90
Light ......................... 3.90
Tsuru Shima ..................... 3.74
Tsurueno Dai .................... 3.23
Tsuruga ......................... 4.84
Tsuruga Ko ...................... 4.83
Arrival information .............. 4.90
Basins and berths .............. 4.101
Directions ..................... 4.99
General information ............. 4.83
Harbour ......................
4.95

Limiting conditions ............. 4.89
Port services .................. 4.103
Tsuruga Wan ..................... 4.83
Tsurushima Guri .................. 3.54
Tsushima Kaikyo .................. 3.1
Tsushima Shio .................... 3.4
Tsutsuishi Gyoko (37°08′N 138°03′E)
Tukharka, Zaliv ................. 12.80
Tupoy, Mys ..................... 12.53
Tyatinskiy, Reyd (44°16′N 146°11′E)
Tyatya, Vulkan .................. 11.29
Tyomnyy, Mys .................. 11.91
U Shima ....................... 3.173
Uchino Ma ..................... 5.120
Uchiura Ko ...................... 4.54
Uchiura Wan: Hokkaido ............ 9.20
Uchiura Wan: Honshu .............. 4.51
Uda Shima ...................... 3.11
Udachnyy, Mys .................. 11.19
Udivitel’naya, Skala .............. 11.12
Udobnyy, Reid .................. 11.73
Udushlivyy, Mys ................ 11.107
Uglevoy, Mys ................... 12.73
Uglovoy, Mys ................... 11.40
Ukai Ko (37°24′N 137°15′E)
Ukawa (37°15′N 137°05′E)
Uma Shima: Hamada Ko ........... 3.48
Light ......................... 3.47
Umatate Shima ................... 4.52
Umiga Hama .................... 3.120
Umiga Hama Hanto .............. 3.120
Unabetsu Take .................. 10.37
Unami Ko (36°55′N 137°01′E)
Uno, Skala ..................... 12.80
Unoo Saki ...................... 7.102
Light ........................ 7.109
Uomachino Hana ................. 3.47
Uozu Ko ........................ 5.65
Uppurui Gyoko (35°27′N 132°45′E)
Uppurui Hana .................... 3.72
Light ......................... 3.77
Uppurui Wan .................... 3.74
Urago Ko ...................... 3.113
Urago Wan ..................... 3.112
Urakawa Ko .................... 9.105
Light ........................ 9.101
UramotoKo(37°04′N 137°56′E)
Urasoka Wan .................... 4.95
Uratman, Gora .................. 12.13
Urumpet, Mys ................... 11.57
Urup, Ostrov .................... 11.83
Urup, Proliv ................... 11.101
Uryu Gyoko (35°26′N 132°38′E)
Ushi Shima ..................... 7.288
Ushiro Yama ..................... 4.31
Ushishir, Ostrova ................ 12.26
Ushitsu Ko ...................... 5.30
Usu San ........................ 9.25
Usuguara Shima ................. 3.187
Usujiri Ko ....................... 9.18
Usutaibe Misaki ................. 10.94
Usuya Ko (44°00′N 141°39′E)
Utago Gyoko (34°34′N 131°32′E)
Utatsu Saki ..................... 7.232
Utoro Ko ....................... 10.61
Utrenniy, Mys ................... 12.55
Utsu Ko ........................ 3.41
Utsu Take ...................... 10.82
Val’tona, Mys (Cape Walton) ...... 11.12
Van -der -Linda, Mys ............. 11.80
Light ........................ 11.80
INDEX
Vasil’yeva, Mys ................. 12.64
Light ........................ 12.63
Vasil’yeva, Zaliv ................. 12.80
Vasina, Mys .................... 12.12
Vecherniy, Mys .................. 12.53
Veslo, Mys ..................... 10.22
Light ........................ 10.23
Vetrenaya, Gora ................. 12.77
Vinogradnyy, Mys ............... 11.65
Vladimira, Poluostrov ............. 12.95
Vladimira, Skala ................. 12.73
Vodopadnyy, Light ............... 12.23
Voloshina, Mys .................. 11.12
Light ........................ 11.14
Voronova, Mys .................. 12.91
Voskhodnaya, Bukhta ............. 12.47
Vostochnaya, Bukhta ............. 12.26
Vostochnyy, Rif ................ 12.104
Voyeykova, Proliv ............... 11.17
Vtoroy Kuri’skiy Proliv ........... 12.91
Vydar’, Skala ................... 12.94
Vydra, Rif ...................... 12.47
Vysokaya, Gora: Ostrov Shumshu ... 12.77
Vysokaya, Gora: Ostrov Urup ....... 11.90
Wada Ko ........................ 4.61
Wada Yama ...................... 4.50
Wae Gyoko (35°13′E132°28′N)
Wakasa Wan ...................... 4.4
Waki Saki ...................... 5.118
Wakimoto Gyoko,
(Funakawa Wan) (39°54′N139°54′E)
Wakimoto Gyoko,
(Tsugaru Kaikyo) (41°34′N140°26′E)
Wakinosawa Ko .................. 6.64
Wakkanai Ko ................... 8.149
Waku (34°18′N130°53′E)
Wakuo Shima .................... 3.91
Wakura Ko ...................... 5.18
Walton, Cape ................... 11.12
Washi Saki ...................... 4.15
Washibetsu Saki .................. 9.63
Washibetsu Take .................. 9.25
Washigasu Yama ................. 5.169
Washizaki Gyoko (38°19′N 138°31′E)
Watanoha Ko (38°24′N141°22′E)
Watani Ura ...................... 3.95
Watara Guri ..................... 3.184
Yabuta Ko (36°53′N 137°00′E)
Yagashiri To .................... 8.138
Yagi Ko ........................ 7.289
Yagishiri To, Light ............... 8.124
Yagodnyy, Mys .................. 12.49
Yagoshi Misaki .................... 6.4
Light ......................... 6.10
Yahiko Bank .................... 5.163
Yahiko Yama ..................... 5.9
Yajoga Hana .................... 3.167
Yakawa Hana .................... 3.19
Yake Yama ...................... 5.63
Yakor’, Mys .................... 11.99
Yakumo (42°15′N140°17′E)
Yama Shima: Koyama Misaki ....... 3.43
Yama Shima: Shiobana Hana ........ 3.40
Yamada Ko ..................... 7.272
Yamada Wan .................... 7.272
Yamase .......................... 6.4
Yamasedori Gyoko (41°47′N 141°08′E)
Yamata Suido ................... 12.55
Yamato Basin ................... 1.128
338
Yamato Rise .................... 1.128
Yamato Seamount .................. 2.6
YamausuKo(44°50′N142°40′E)
Yamaushino Hana ................ 10.94
Yana Shima ...................... 3.54
Yanchika ....................... 12.26
Yasugi Ko ...................... 3.151
Yasui Saki ....................... 6.53
Light ......................... 6.54
Yaugich, Mys ................... 12.73
Yazykovyy, Mys ................. 11.23
Yekateriny, Proliv ................ 11.41
Yevreinova, Proliv ............... 12.55
Yobetsu Gyoko ................... 8.57
Yobetsu Take .................... 8.48
Yogoshi Saki ..................... 6.71
Yoichi Ko ....................... 8.71
Yokohama Gyoko (41°05′N141°15′E)
Yokotsu Take .................... 9.13
Yome Guri ..................... 4.145
Yomenaki Ko (34°27′N131°25′E)
Yomurazuka Yama ................ 5.23
Yonago Airport: Sakaiminato ....... 3.147
Yonago Ko ..................... 3.152
Yone Yama ....................... 5.9
Yoneyama Saki ................... 5.97
Yori -Mawari -Nami ................ 5.8
Yoriiso ........................ 10.27
Yoriki Misaki .................... 8.30
Yoroi Ko (35°39′N 134°34′E)
Yoshi Shima ..................... 8.14
Yoshioka Gyoko (41°27′N140°14′E)
Yotsu Se ........................ 3.43
Yotsukura Ko ................... 7.138
Yotsuya Saki .................... 9.103
Yotukura Ko .................... 7.117
Yubetsu Kawa ................... 10.67
Yudina, Mys .................... 12.81
Yudo Numa ..................... 9.133
Yume Saki ....................... 3.39
Yunagi Ko ....................... 3.26
Yunony, Gora ................... 8.191
Yunotsu Ko ...................... 3.63
Light ......................... 3.48
Yura Kawa ....................... 4.7
Yura Ko ....................... 5.174
Yuriage Ko (38°10′N 140°58′E)
Yuriy, Ostrov .................... 11.21
Yuriy, Proliv .................... 11.16
Yurlova, Mys ................... 12.12
Yurrapu Kawa .................... 9.26
Yururi Shima .................... 9.185
Yuya Hanto ....................... 3.7
Yuya Ko ........................ 3.30
Yuya Wan ....................... 3.30
Yuzhanin, Mys .................. 12.43
Yuzhanka, Reka ................. 12.81
Yuzhno -Kuril’skaya, Bukhta ....... 11.32
Yuzhno -Kuril’skiy Proliv .......... 11.25
Yuzhno -Kuril’skiy, Mys ........... 11.30
Light ........................ 11.31
Yuzhnyy, Mys ................... 12.16
Zaimoku Hana ................... 6.71
Zakatnaya, Bukhta ............... 12.47
Zapadnaya, Bukhta ............... 12.26
Zavodskoy, Mys ................. 11.32
Zelenyy, Ostrov ................. 11.22
Zemleprokhodets, Mys ............ 12.85
Zhurina, Mys ................... 12.24
Zolotaya, Bukhta (45°04′N147°32′N)
Zorkaya, Bukhta ................. 11.19
Zorkiy, Mys ....................
11.19

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 edition)
South Australia - Ardrossan — Depths
394
Paragraph 12.170 1 line 3 Delete
Paragraph 12.177 1 line 2 Replace by:
...leads as requisite towards the...
Paragraph 12.180 1 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
Town Jetty has two berths at its head. The N and S
berths are each 67 m in length.
Australian Hydrographic Service
(HH. 574/485/04) [35/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Falmouth - Black Rock Beacon — Directions
94
Paragraph 4.57 4 lines 4 -5 For:A conical stone beacon
Read: Black Rock Light -beacon (isolated danger)
95
Paragraph 4.59 2 line 1 For: Black Rock Beacon Read:
Black Rock Light -beacon
Falmouth Harbour Commissioners, Port Notice To
Mariners 8/2006
(SEP 2006000375183) [35/06]
Le Havre: Port 2000
1
415
Paragraph 13.109 1 line 1 For Prohibited anchorages
Read Restricted areas
After Paragraph 13.109 1 line 6 Insert:
To the S and W of Port 2000 in an area of
varying width, running from a position
3½ cables WNW of LH13 Light -buoy
(starboard hand) (49°29′⋅4N 0°03′⋅9E), to a
position 2½ cables S of the front leading light
(13.141a)
(13.141a).
in Bassin Hubert Raoul -Duval
417
After Paragraph 13.119 1 line 4 Insert:
Access to Port 2000 is common with Le Havre
until within 9 cables of Le Havre entrance, when the
approach channel to Port 2000 leads SE to the port.
Paragraph 13.122 1 line 1 For 150 m Read 15.0 m
After Paragraph 13.122 1 line 6 Insert:
Port 2000: maintained depth of 15⋅0 m in the
1
approach channel and tidal basin.
Paragraph 13.124 1 Replace by:
The deepest and longest berths are situated at Port
2000 (13.141b). Other deep specialist berths are found
in Bassin Théophile Ducrocq, Bassin René Coty
(13.143) and Grand Canal du Havre (13.146).
4.1
[35/06]
418
After Paragraph 13.130 1 line 6 Insert:
Marine nature reserve
13.130a
1 A marine nature reserve, as shown on the chart, is
situated between Port 2000 (13.141b) and Digue Basse
du Nord (13.169), 9 cables S.
Paragraph 13.131 1 lines1to3Replace by:
1 Le Havre comprises an Avant-port, tidal basins,
constant level basins and wet docks reached through
locks, and the tidal Port 2000.
After Paragraph 13.131 3 line 7 Insert:
4 Port 2000, a tidal basin lies about 2 miles SE of
Avant -port and provides deep -water berths for the
largest container vessels.
Paragraph 13.132 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 22/06 Replace by:
Spare
13.132
424
Paragraph 13.139 3 lines 6 -9 Replace by:
Between pairs of light-buoys (port and starboard
hand) numbered LH6 and LH5 to LH12 and
LH11, moored respectively between 6 and
3 miles WNW, of the front leading light; thence:
Paragraph 13.139 4 line 1 For To the harbour
1
entrance.which leads into Avant -port passing Read To a
position between LH13 and LH16 Light -buoys, where for
Le Havre harbour entrance and Avant -port, the route leads
ESE passing
Paragraph 13.139 5 lines 5 and 6 For LH13 and LH15 Read
LH11 and LH13
After Paragraph 13.139 5 line 8 Insert:
Port 2000 approach channel
13.139a
Leading lights:
Front: LH21 Light -beacon (metal pile, green top,
green triangular topmark apex uppermost)
(49°27′⋅7N 0°07′⋅1E).
Rear: Directional light standing on Digue François
Le Chevallier (white tower, black band)
2
(2¾ cables SE of front light).
The alignment (133°) of these lights, or at night in
the white sector (132½°---133¼°) of the rear light,
leads in the Port 2000 approach channel, passing:
Between LH2000 Light -buoy (W cardinal) and
LH15 Light -buoy (starboard hand), thence:
3 Between LH18 and LH17 Light -beacons (port
and starboard hand), 1¾ miles NW of the
rear light, thence:
Between LH20 and LH19 Light -buoys (port and
starboard hand), 1¼ miles NW of the rear light,
thence:
To the Port 2000 entrance which leads into Bassin
Hubert Raoul -Duval, passing between Digue
Port 2000 on the head of which Musoir Nord 2000
Light (red square on white tower, red top)
(49°28′⋅1N 0°06′⋅6E) is exhibited, and the head

1
of Digue François Le Chevallier on which Musoir
Sud Light (green triangle apex uppermost on
white tower, green top) (1¾ cables SW of Musoir
Nord 2000 Light) is exhibited.
Paragraph 13.141 Heading For:Tidal basins Read: Le
Havre tidal basins.
Before Paragraph 13.142 Bassin de la Manche Insert:
Port 2000 tidal basin
13.141a
Leading lights:
Front (49°27′⋅2N 0°10′⋅8E).
Rear (2¼ cables ESE of front light).
From a position close to LH21 Light -buoy
2
(starboard hand) the alignment (102°) of these lights
leads in Bassin Hubert Raoul -Duval, to the berths at
Quai du Havre and through the turning area (see
below). Light -buoys (lateral) mark the route.
Turning area about 700 m in diameter is situated
in Bassin Hubert Raoul -Duval 1 mile WNW of the
front leading light. A light (white tower) (49°27′⋅2N
0°09′⋅2E) to assist turning vessels, is exhibited from
Digue François Le Chevallier due S of, and on, the
N/S axis of the turning area.
After Paragraph 13.141a 2 line6 and after centre heading
Basins and berths Insert:
Port 2000
13.141b
1 Description. Port 2000 (49°27′⋅5N 0°08′⋅5E) is a
tidal basin constructed for the container trades.
Berths. Quai du Havre, a single continuous line of
berths, 4 200 m total length. Currently (2006) four
berths are open at the E end of Quai du Havre; each
berth is 350 m in length with depths of 14⋅5 m. Works
are in progress (2006) to create additional berths with
depths between 14⋅5 and 17 m.
BA Chart 2990 Edition 4 [35/06]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Hoek van Holland — Pilot embarkation by
helicopter
212
Paragraph 9.8 3 Replace by:
3 For vessels with a draught between 14⋅3 m and
17⋅4 m approaching through Eurogeul, pilot transfer by
helicopter takes place W of E15 Light -buoy
(52°00′⋅9N 3°48′⋅8E). In all other cases, including
vessels with a draught of less than 14⋅3 m, pilot
transfer by helicopter takes place about 5 miles W of
Maas Center Light -buoy (52°01′⋅1N 3°53′⋅5E) when
approaching from W and 5 miles N of Maas Center
Light -buoy when approaching from N.
The decision on whether the pilot boards by tender
or by helicopter is made by the pilot. No additional
costs will be charged for a helicopter transfer.
Port of Rotterdam
(SEP000375645) [35/06]
IV
4.2
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Kalimantan - Approach to Sungai Barito—
Depth
223
After Paragraph 8.95 4 line 4 Insert:
Clear of a shoal (3°40′⋅7S 114°27′⋅4E), position
approximate (reported 2006), with a depth of
10⋅6 m over it.
MV Melodia
(SEPs 000370882; 000370850) [35/05]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Indonesia - Selat Sunda — Platform; depth
52
After Paragraph 2.21 4 line 5 Insert:
Clear of a lit platform standing 2¾ miles NNW
of Tanjung Cikoneng; thence:
58
Paragraph 2.61 2 line 10 For 17⋅3 Read 16⋅2
Indonesian Chart 71A
(HH. 526/775/03) [35/06]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition )
Barrow -in -Furness - Ramsden Dock — Traffic
signals
275
Paragraph 9.108 1 including diagram Replace by:
1 Traffic signals. International Port Traffic Signals
Numbers 2 and 5 are exhibited from a mast, 15 m in
height, on the S pierhead of Ramsden Dock Basin
entrance. For further details see The Mariner’s
Handbook.
Associated British Ports Barrow
(SEP 000374787) [35/06]
NP 43 — South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005
Edition)
Ulsan Hang - Outer Anchorages — Wreck
175
Paragraph 4.42 3 lines 2 -6 Replace by:
...30 000 grt. An obstruction, reported in 1998,
lies in this anchorage in position 35°26′⋅1N
129°25′⋅8E; a prohibited anchorage area with a
radius of 500 m surrounds it. A wreck, with a
charted depth of 56 m, lies 6 cables ENE of the
obstruction.
Korean Notice 30/425/06
(HH.557/466/10) [35/06]

NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2005 Edition)
Norway - Oslo - Søre Kavringdynga Light —
Sector
148
Paragraph 5.193 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...over its least depth. This part of the track lies
within a white sector (070°---071¼°) ofSøre
Kavringdynga Light (5.190),
Norwegian Notice 12/676/06
SEP 06 000369554 [35/06]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I (1988
Edition) — Supplement 7 -2006
Rota Harbour and Sosanlagh Bay — Chimney
369
L21-22Replace by:
...masts) (14°08′N, 145°08′E).
L68Replace by:
...Island,
US Chart 81063
(HH. 592/400/03) [35/06]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Florida - Key West - Directions for other
approach channels — Northwest Channel
147
Paragraph 5.260 including heading, Replace by:
Northwest Channel
5.260
1 From the vicinity of Smith Shoal Light (6-sided
pyramidal framework tower on piles) (24°43′N
81°55′W), standing on Smith Shoal, a small coral bank
with a least depth of 3⋅4 m (11 ft) over it, the track
leads SSE through the entrance of Northwest Channel.
2 Submerged training walls lie on either side of the
entrance and only the outer part of the East Jetty
shows above LW. The NW end of this training wall is
marked by ’A’ Light-beacon (white notice board on
pile).
The channel, which is marked by lights and
beacons, then leads in a SE direction for 7 miles to its
junction with Main Ship Channel.
3 Caution. Attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck,
marked by a mooring buoy close E, and another
dangerous wreck (mast PA), lying 2 miles WSW and
4 miles SSE, respectively, of Smith Shoal Light. An
obstruction, least depth 3⋅3 m (11 ft), lies between
No 6 Light-beacon and No 8 Beacon close to the edge
of the area to be avoided, as shown on the chart.
4 Useful mark:
No 6 Light -beacon (red triangle and red rectangle,
white stripe, on pile) (24°38′N 81°54′W).
US Notice 30/11441/06
(HH. 614/660/06) [35/06]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
France - Bretagne - Le Guilvinec — Directions
2
53
Paragraph 3.37 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
The line of bearing 353° of Kersidal Beacon (white
diamond shaped topmark on pillar, 39 m in height)
(47°48′⋅6N 4°17′⋅9W) leads N through the approach,
passing (with positions from the front leading light on
the spur of Môle de Léchiagat (3.36)):
W of Les Fourches, a reef whose highest point
(1½ miles S) is 3⋅2 m high, thence:
W of Roche Allagadec (5 cables SSW), thence:
Close W of a detached 3·7 m patch (5 cables SW),
thence:
Close W of Capélan Light-buoy (starboard hand)
moored ½ cable W of Roche du Capélan
(4 cables SW).
Paragraph 3.37 3 lines 1 -10 Delete
French Notice 06/26/10; BA Chart 2820
(SEP 000370160) [34/06]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Molfetta — Unexploded ordnance
495
After Paragraph 11.170 4 Add:
Residual wartime ordnance is also reported (2006)
to lie about 5cables NE of Molfetta Light (11.154).
Italian Notice 11.54 2006
(SEP 000373404) [34/06]
Italy - Ortona — Fish haven
509
After Paragraph 11.306 2 line 4 Add:
NE of a fish haven (4 miles ESE), 6cableswide,
extending 2¾ miles in a NW/SE direction, as
shown on the chart. Thence:
Italian Notice 9.10
(HH. 368/219/01) [34/06]
Italy - San Benedetto del Tronto — Wreck
515
Paragraph 12.18 4 line 9 Replace by:
...Torrente Tesino. A dangerous wreck lies 3 miles
ENE of Grottamare. A light -buoy (special) is moored
close NE. Thence:
Italian Notice 12.16/06
(HH. 370/520/07) [34/06]
4.1
[34/06]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Israel - Ashqelon — Prohibited areas
233
Paragraph 7.253 1 line10 Add:
Area No 611 and 611A extending up to 12 miles
from the port of Ashquelon. Permission to
enter the prohibited areas should be obtained
via the ship reporting system. See Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3) for details.
Israeli Notice 6/06
(HH. 403/155/01) [34/06]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Honduras — Tela
1
100
Paragraph 4.126 1 Replace by:
Maximum size of vessel: 200 m LOA, draught
11 m.
Tidal level. The tidal range is about 0⋅3 m.
Swell. It is recommended that vessels remain at
immediate notice during the winter months, as they
may need to put to sea quickly due to the occasional
and sudden build up of swell.
2 Weather. The wind speed is generally close to
3 knots during the morning and increases in the
2
afternoon to between 8 and 12 knots.
It is reported that cargo operations at the DIPPSA
terminal (4.129) are dependant on the prevailing wind,
and that vessels must leave the berth if wind speed
exceeds 20 knots.
Paragraph 4.127 2 Replace by:
Pilotage. Pilots board 1 mile NW of the moorings.
It has been reported that berthing and unberthing is
during daylight hours only. Vessels berth heading N at
the terminal.
The pilot comes from Puerto Cortés and will
3
remain ashore in Tela, listening on VHF channnel 06
for the length of the vessel’s stay. For further details
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Tugs. Tugs are available and come from Puerto
Cortés (4.135). It is reported that tugs remain in
attendance for the duration of the vessel’s stay, and
operate on VHF channel 06.
Quarantine. Quarantine and other officials board
the vessel by launch at the mooring.
Wk34/06

100 -101
Paragraph 4.129 including heading Replace by:
Berth
4.129
1 DIPPSA Atlantic Terminal (15°47′⋅4N 87°27′⋅6W)
consists of a CBM (six mooring buoys) laid
approximately 2 cables N of the ruined pier. A
submarine pipeline, marked by a white pillar buoy is
connected to the shore; the ends of the flexible
discharge hoses are marked by small red buoys.
Vessels connect the hoses to the starboard manifold.
101
Paragraph 4.130 1 line 2 Replace by:
Supplies: None available.
mt Iver Experience
(HH. 627/420/04) [34/06]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Martinique - Baie de Fort -de -France —
Directions
275
Paragraph 7.48 2 Replace by:
2 An explosives dumping ground, shown on the chart,
lies about 2 miles SW of the tanker anchorage.
276
Paragraph 7.67 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
S of Pointe des Nègres (7.65).
Paragraph 7.68 1 Replace by:
1 Thence the track leads generally E towards the
harbour, passing (with reference to Fort Saint Louis
(7.69)):
277
Paragraph 7.68 2 line 1 For (1¼ miles SE) Read (1 mile
SW)
Paragraph 7.70 1 lines 4 -5 For (with positions from the
front mark) Read (with positions from Fort Saint Louis)
Paragraph 7.70 4 line 3 For ...to 096°... Read ...generally
E...
Paragraph 7.71 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Passe du Carénage has a least charted depth of
10⋅4 m, lying about 2½ cables ESE of Fort Saint
Louis Light.
1
278
Paragraph 7.77 1 line 3 For ...large... Read ...cable...
Paragraph 7.77 1 line 5 Replace by:
...ESE into Baie de Genipa and W through the N part of the
Seaplane area (7.63) as shown on the chart. Fishing is...
Paragraph 7.79 1 Replace by:
Directions. Mouillage des Trois Îlets is approached
from WNW, passing NNE of Pointe du Bout (14°34′N
61°03′W).
Paragraph 7.79 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 From the vicinity of 14°35′N 61°06′W the route
leads generally ESE, passing (with positions from
Pointe du Bout):
Wk34/06
IV
4.2
278 -279
Paragraph 7.79 4-7 Replace by:
4 NNE of Petit Banc de la Pointe du Bout
5
(3 cables N), a small coral patch with a depth
of 5·6 m over it, marked off its N side by
PBB Light -buoy (starboard hand), thence:
NNE of a bank extending 1 cable NE from
Pointe du Bout. B1 Light -buoy (E cardinal)
is moored on this bank about ½ cable NE of
the E extremity of the point. Thence:
6 NNE of Banc Boucher (5 cables ENE), marked
on its N edge by BC Light -buoy (starboard
hand), thence:
(Directions for Cohe du Lamentin are given at
7.88)
7 NNE of Banc Foucambert (6 cables ENE)
marked on its NW edge by FCB Buoy
(starboard hand).
1
279
Paragraph 7.80 1 line 1 Replace by:
Thence the track leads SSE towards...
Paragraph 7.80 2 line 3 Add:
(Directions for Mouillage de la Rivière Salée
continue at 7.85)
Paragraphs 7.81 and 7.82 Replace by:
7.81
1 Spare
7.82
1 Spare
Paragraph 7.85 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Directions. (continued from 7.80) From the position
WSW of Caye à Vache, the line of...
Paragraphs 7.88 1-3 Replace by:
1 Directions. (continued from 7.79) From a position
NNE of Banc Boucher, Cohé du Lamentin is
2
approached through a well marked channel leading
2 miles NNE passing (with positions from Pointe de
Sable (14°35′·6N 61°02′·4W)):
NW of Banc Foucambert (1¾ miles SSE) (7.79),
thence:
3 ESE of Banc Monsigny (1½ miles SSE), marked
on its SE extremity by 2L Light -buoy (port
hand). Thence:
WNW of a shallow tongue extending 3 cables SW
from Sèche San Justan, (1¼ miles S). The SW
extremity of this tongue is marked by 1L
Light -buoy (starboard hand). Thence:
BA Chart 371 Edition 2
(HH. 671/480/05) [34/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – Bohai Haixia – Laotieshan Shuidao —
Traffic separation scheme; directions
290
Paragraph 9.8 5 line 1 Replace by:
5 The track then leads to a position about 20 miles
SSE of Laotieshan...
1
302
Paragraph 9.139 1 Replace by:
From a position about 20 miles SSE of Laotieshan
Xijiao (38°44′N 121°08′E), the route leads generally
WNW through Laotieshan Shuidao TSS, the principal
channel through Bohai Haixia, for about 25 miles to a
position in the precautionary area NNW of
Beihuangcheng Dao (38°24′N 120°54′E).
After Paragraph 9.140 Insert:
Traffic regulations
9.140a
1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS has been
1
established in Laotieshan Shuidao as shown on the
chart. A precautionary area, radius 5 miles, centred on
38°36′⋅41N 120°51′⋅34E is situated at the NW entrance
to the separation scheme.
The scheme is not IMO adopted but the Chinese
authorities advise that the principles for the use of the
routeing system defined in Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
apply.
Paragraph 9.144 1-4 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 31/05 Replace by:
9.144
From a position about 20 miles SSE of Laotieshan
Xijiao, the track leads WNW through Laotieshan
2
Shuidao and the TSS, passing (with positions from
Laotieshan Xijiao Light (38°44′N 121°08′E)):
SSW of the prohibited areas (9.113) extending S
from Laotieshan Xijiao and W from Yu Yan
(25½ miles ESE). Thence:
SSW of an obstruction (11 miles S).
The track then continues through the WNW -going
lane of the TSS (9.140a), passing:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (13½ miles S) lying in
the separation area, thence:
SSW of Laotieshan Xijiao Light (9.6), thence:
NNE of Beihuangcheng Dao (9.144a) (23 miles
SSW), from where a light (9.6) is exhibited,
thence:
3 NNE of a dangerous wreck (12¼ miles SW)
lying on the edge of the separation area.
The track continues WNW to a position in the area
(15 miles WSW) (9.140a), and N of the
prohibited area (9.113) centred on
Beihuangcheng Dao.
(Directions continue for offshore route at 10.14
and for Taiping Jiao at 10.199)
4.1
[33/06]
303
After Paragraph 9.144 Insert:
Directions for departing Bo Hai
(continued from 10.14 (in reverse) and 10.199 (in
reverse))
9.144a
1 From a position in the precautionary area (9.140a)
centred on 38°36′⋅41N 120°51′⋅34E the track leads
ESE through Laotieshan Shuidao and the TSS, passing
(with positions from Beihuangcheng Dao Light
(38°23′⋅8N 120°54′⋅6E)):
NNE of the prohibited area (9.113) centred on
Beihuangcheng Dao.
The track then continues through the ESE -going
lane of the TSS (9.140a), passing:
2 SSW of a wreck, depth 25 m (9 miles NNE),
lying near the edge of the separation area,
thence:
NNE of Beihuangcheng Dao, 154 m high, the
N-most island of Miaodao Qundao, and from
where a light (9.6) is exhibited. A rock, ½ m high,
lies 5 cables off the NE side of Beihuangcheng
Dao. The channel between Beihuangcheng Dao
and Nanhuangcheng Dao, 99 m in height,
7 cables S, has a number of rocks and shoals at
both entrances. Thence:
4 SSW of Laotieshan Xijiao Light (9.6)
(22½ miles NNE), thence:
SSW of a dangerous wreck near the edge of the
separation area (9¼ miles NE), thence:
NNE of an obstruction (12½ miles ESE).
The track continues ESE to a position about
20 miles SSE of Laotieshan Xijiao Light.
(Directions continue for the route SE continue at
9.8 (in reverse) and for Dalian at 10.272)
305
Paragraph 10.10 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in the precautionary area NNW of
Beihuangcheng Dao (38°24′N 120°54′E), the route
leads generally W for about 110 miles to a position S
of Caofeidian Light (38°55′N 118°30′E), thence
generally NW for about 20 miles to a position about
10 miles ESE of Dagu Light (38°56′⋅3N 117°58′⋅8E).
306
Paragraph 10.14 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position in the precautionary area (9.140a)
NNW of Beihuangcheng Dao (38°24′N 120°54′E), the
route leads generally W, passing:
1
322
Paragraph 10.193 1 Replace by:
From a position in the precautionary area NNW of
Beihuangcheng Dao (38°24′N 120°54′E), the route
1
leads generally NNE for about 100 miles to a position
W of Taiping Jiao (40°02′N 121°50′E).
Paragraph 10.199 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
From a position in the precautionary area (9.140)
NNW of Beihuangcheng Dao (38°24′N 120°54′E) the
route leads generally NNE, passing:

329
Paragraph 10.267 1 Replace by:
1 From a position SSE of Laotieshan Xijiao (38°44′N
121°08′E) the track leads ENE for about 25 miles to a
position E of Yu Yan (38°34′N 121°38′E), thence NNE
for about 20 miles to a position WSW of Yamen Zui
(38°52′N 121°50′E).
331
Above Paragraph 10.272 Replace continuity by:
(continued from 9.144a)
Paragraph 10.272 1 Replace by:
1 From a position SSE of Laotieshan Xijiao (38°44′N
121°08′E) the track leads ENE to a position E of Yu
Yan (38°34′N 121°38′E) (9.8), and continues generally
NNE passing:
SE of a prohibited area (9.113), thence:
Chinese Notices 23/468/06
(HH. 556/420/06) [33/06]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Algeria - Skikda and Port Méthanier —
Anchorage; leading lights
279
Paragraph 6.268 2 Replace by:
2 Other vessels can obtain anchorage in the vicinity
of 36°55′⋅4N 6°55′⋅5E, as shown on the chart.
280
Paragraph 6.274 2 Delete
Paragraph 6.274 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
French Notice 25/29/06
(HH. 408/490/03) [33/06]
Italy - Porto di Corigliano Calabro — Anchorage
481
Paragraph 14.106 3 line 4 Replace by:
A1 (39°51′⋅5N 16°34′⋅5E);
Italian Notice 11.7 -31 -V 2006
(SEP 0000373361) [33/06]
IV
4.2
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Norwegian charts — Accuracy
5
After Paragraph 1.29 2 Insert:
Norwegian Charts
1.29a
1 The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegian
charts give an indication of the accuracy mariners can
expect from them. In particular, surveys completed
before about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, and
there may well be shoals which are not shown.
Navigation in such areas should therefore be
conducted with great care, and passages outside the
recommended channels shown on charts should not be
attempted.
2 In digital charts the data quality is given in the
Zones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegian
coastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used,
based on the following classifications: ENCs with
source data from older soundings (before around 1960)
are given ZOC value ‘C’, while ENCs with more
recent source data are given ZOC value ‘B’. The
border for the different zones will be added to the
chart data so that it is possible to see on screen which
zone one is in use at all times.
3 Mariners should take great care when using DGPS
and electronic charts with old soundings data since the
accuracy and completeness of the depth measurements
do not correspond with modern standards.
4 Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigation
takes place at all times with good margins and in line
with responsible navigation practice.
For additional information see The Mariner’s
Handbook.
Norwegian Notice 10/623/06
(HH. 308/400/02) [33/06]

NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 12 -2005
Norwegian charts — Accuracy
6
R 10 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
1.29a Accuracy. In the area covered by this volume
there are still charts based on surveys that are up to
100 years old. The title notes and source diagrams on
Norwegian charts give an indication of the accuracy
mariners can expect from them. In particular, surveys
completed before about 1960 are likely to be
incomplete, and there may well be shoals which are
not shown. Navigation in such areas should therefore
be conducted with great care, and passages outside the
recommended channels shown on the charts should not
be attempted.
In digital charts the data quality is given in the
Zones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegian
coastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used,
based on the following classifications: ENCs with
source data from older soundings (before around 1960)
are given ZOC value ‘C’, while ENCs with more
recent source data are given ZOC value ‘B’. The
border for the different zones will be added to the
chart data so that it is possible to see on screen which
zone one is in use at all times.
Mariners should take great care when using DGPS
and electronic charts with old soundings data since the
accuracy and completeness of the depth measurements
do not correspond with modern standards.
Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigation
takes place at all times with good margins and in line
with responsible navigation practice.
For additional information see The Mariner’s
Handbook.
Norwegian Notice 10/623/06
(HH. 308/400/02) [33/06]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Norwegian charts — Accuracy
3
L14-20Replace by:
1.17 In the area covered by this volume there are still
charts based on surveys that are up to 100 years old.
The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegian
charts give an indication of the accuracy mariners can
expect from them. In particular, surveys completed
before about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, and
there may well be shoals which are not shown.
Navigation in such areas should therefore be
conducted with great care, and passages outside the
recommended channels shown on charts should not be
attempted.
IV
4.3
In digital charts the data quality is given in the
Zones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegian
coastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used,
based on the following classifications: ENCs with
source data from older soundings (before around 1960)
are given ZOC value ‘C’, while ENCs with more
recent source data are given ZOC value ‘B’. The
border for the different zones will be added to the
chart data so that it is possible to see on screen which
zone one is in use at all times.
Mariners should take great care when using DGPS
and electronic charts with old soundings data since the
accuracy and completeness of the depth measurements
do not correspond with modern standards.
Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigation
takes place at all times with good margins and in line
with responsible navigation practice.
For additional information see The Mariner’s
Handbook.
Norwegian Notice 10/623/06
(HH. 308/400/02) [33/06]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Norwegian charts — Accuracy
4
L 1 -15 Existing Supplement amendment: After Paragraph
1.29 Insert:
In digital charts the data quality is given in the
Zones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegian
coastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used,
based on the following classifications: ENCs with
source data from older soundings (before around 1960)
are given ZOC value ‘C’, while ENCs with more
recent source data are given ZOC value ‘B’. The
border for the different zones will be added to the
chart data so that it is possible to see on screen which
zone one is in use at all times.
Mariners should take great care when using DGPS
and electronic charts with old soundings data since the
accuracy and completeness of the depth measurements
do not correspond with modern standards.
Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigation
takes place at all times with good margins and in line
with responsible navigation practice.
For additional information see The Mariner’s
Handbook.
Norwegian Notice 10/623/06
(HH. 308/400/02) [33/06]

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Norwegian charts — Accuracy
3
R65-70 Replace by:
In the area covered by this volume there are still
charts based on surveys that are up to 100 years old.
The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegian
charts give an indication of the accuracy mariners can
expect from them. In particular, surveys completed
before about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, and
there may well be shoals which are not shown.
Navigation in such areas should therefore be
conducted with great care, and passages outside the
recommended channels shown on the charts should not
be attempted. (See 1.7)
In digital charts the data quality is given in the
Zones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegian
coastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used,
based on the following classifications: ENCs with
source data from older soundings (before around 1960)
are given ZOC value ‘C’, while ENCs with more
recent source data are given ZOC value ‘B’. The
border for the different zones will be added to the
chart data so that it is possible to see on screen which
zone one is in use at all times.
Mariners should take great care when using DGPS
and electronic charts with old soundings data since the
accuracy and completeness of the depth measurements
do not correspond with modern standards.
Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigation
takes place at all times with good margins and in line
with responsible navigation practice.
For additional information see The Mariner’s
Handbook.
L1-2Delete
4
Norwegian Notice 10/623/06
(HH. 308/400/02) [33/06]
IV
4.4
L32Replace by:
L41Replace by:
341° -348°
astern
North -east of Ingøya — Depths
214
W of Litlegrunnen (5 cables N); a rock,
with a depth of 9⋅0 m over it, lies
2 cables W of Litlegrunnen on the E
edge of the white sector.
W of Stein; a rock,with a depth of
5⋅3 m over it, lies 3½ cables WNW of
Stein on the W edge of the white
sector. Thence:
E of a rock (9½ cables S), with a depth
of 5⋅4 m over it, lying 2 cables E of
Likholmgrunnan, thence:
R10Add:A rock, with a depth of 7⋅0 m over it, and a rock,
with a depth of 5⋅0 m over it, lie, respectively, 2½ cables SE
and 2 cables SW of the SW point of Store Gasøy.
Norwegian Notice 12/702/06
(SEP 000369581) [33/06]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Florida - Palm Beach - Entrance Channel —
Wreck
129
Paragraph 5.105 3 line 3 Add:
A dangerous wreck (position approximate) lies in
the Entrance Channel, S of the leading line, close
NNW of No.5 light -beacon.
US Notice 27/11466/06
(HH. 614/645/06) [33/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Trinidad - Chaguaramas Bay — Wreck
112
Paragraph 4.100 1 line 5 Replace by:
...guide, noting the presence of a dangerous wreck
lying about 3½ cables NNW of San Carlos Point.
Trinidad and Tobago Notice 23/06
(HH. 670/540/03) [32/06]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
New South Wales - Port Kembla — Traffic
regulations
282
After Paragraph 12.13 Insert:
Vessel traffic service
12.13a
1 A VTS operates from the Vessel Traffic Information
Centre at Port Kembla. Through traffic passing close
inshore at Port Kembla must seek clearance from the
VTS (12.27) 1 hour prior to arrival at the 5 mile arc
(12.19). The VTS may grant through passage
clearance, which may include entry and exit points.
283
Paragraph 12.19 1 lines 9 -10 Replace by:
...a box extending E from the shore along latitude
34°20′⋅2S then S along longitude 151°02′⋅4E to
latitude 34°29′⋅7S then W to the shore; the limit is
shown on the chart.
Five mile arc. Vessels are determined to have
1
arrived at Port Kembla upon crossing a 5 mile arc
centred on 34°26′S 150°56′E.
Paragraph 12.27 1 Replace by:
See 12.13a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4) for details.
After Paragraph 12.27 Insert:
Reporting Points
12.27a
1 Vessels approaching or departing Port Kembla will
be instructed to pass through one of the following
reporting points, or to cross the 5 mile arc (12.19) at
another point:
Reporting point S: For vessels approaching
from the S, in position 34°30′⋅5S 150°59′⋅2E,
4½ miles SE of the harbour entrance.
Reporting point E: For vessels approaching
from the E, in position 34°26′⋅0S 151°02′⋅2E,
6½ miles ENE of the harbour entrance.
Reporting point N: For vessels approaching
from the N, in position 34°21′⋅6S 150°59′⋅4E,
7½ miles NE of the harbour entrance.
4.1
[32/06]
Paragraph 12.28 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Designated anchorages. Vessels intending to
anchor within the Port Kembla port limits will be
allocated an appropriate anchorage. Designated
anchorages are shown on the chart.
Paragraph 12.31 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
Pilot station A: For outbound vessels, inbound
barge trains and small vessels; in position
34°27′⋅9S 150°54′⋅7E, at the harbour entrance.
Pilot station B: For inbound deep -draught
2
(capesize) vessels, vessels arriving from the
N, or vessels arriving from anchorages; in
position 34°24′⋅2S 150°57′⋅6E, 4½ miles NE
of the harbour entrance.
Paragraph 12.31 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
Pilot station C: For inbound vessels arriving
from the S in fair weather, in position
34°27′⋅5S 150°59′⋅1E, 3¾ miles ENE of the
harbour entrance.
Pilot station D: For embarkation/disembarkation
in heavy weather, in position 34°26′S
150°58′E,
entrance.
3¼ miles NE of the harbour
284
Paragraph 12.34 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.34
Australian Notice 14/682/06; Port Kembla Local Marine
Notice 001/06
(HH. 576/450/03) [32/06]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Russia - Kaliningrad — Directions; pilotage
368
Paragraph 9.166 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...1⋅5 miles NW of the entrance to Baltiysk and, for those
vessels navigating the Kaliningradsky Morskoy Kanal, in
position 54°38′⋅8N 20°03′⋅5E in the vicinity of Nos 11/12
Light -buoys. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2) for details.
2
369
Paragraph 9.178 1 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
Front light (54°37′⋅7N 19°54′⋅1E).
Rear light (54°37′⋅6N 19°54′⋅3E).
Paragraph 9.178 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
From a position 1 cable WSW of N Mole Light the
alignment (136¼°) of these lights leads SE for
1¼ miles through a buoyed channel dredged to 10⋅5 m
(2004), passing (with positions from Baltiysk Front
Light (54°38′⋅6N 19°53′⋅1E)):
BA Chart 2278
(HH. 019/200/01) [32/06]
Wk32/06

NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Ukraine - Budaki Light — Directions
175
Paragraph 6.20 2 line 2 Add:
Stranded wrecks lie in position 45°58′⋅7N 30°23′⋅3E and
1 mile further WNW.
Russian Notice 3685/26/06
(SEP 000368502) [32/06]
NP 35 Indonesia Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
East Timor - Dili — Leading lights; beacon
1
74
Paragraph 2.167 1 Replace by:
Leading lights:
Front light (white triangles, points together, on metal
framework tower) (8°33′⋅2S 125°34′⋅7E).
Rear light (about 120 m from front light).
Tanjung Laguebada Light should be approached
from N until reaching the alignment (132½°) ofthese
lights, thence the lights lead SE through the W
channel into the harbour passing (with positions from
Tanjung Laguebada):
Paragraph 2.167 3 line 3 Replace by:
...detached drying reef lies...
Australian Notice 14/703/06
(HH. 529/750/05) [32/06]
Wk32/06
IV
4.2
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2006 Edition)
Singapore Strait - Singapore - Marina Bay and
Kallang Basin — Closure to traffic
1
274
Paragraph 8.282 1 Replace by:
Vessels using Corridor, and bound for an anchorage
within Eastern Anchorage should contact Port
Operations Control (East) concerning traffic
1
movements. See also 8.69.
Paragraph 8.284 2 lines 4 -6 and continuity legend Delete
Paragraph 8.285 Replace by:
General description
8.285
Marina Bay (1°17′N 103°51′E) and Kallang Basin
(1°18′N 103°52′E) have been closed to marine traffic
and a barrage is under construction across the mouth
of Marina Channel to create Marina Reservoir. The
entrance is marked on the NE side by South Kallang
Light (green triangle, point up, on green pile)
2
(1°16′⋅8N 103°52′⋅6E).
These waters no longer form part of the port limits,
and vessels wishing to enter Marina Reservoir should
contact the Public Utilities Board. For further
1
information see www.pub.gov.sg/MarinaBarrage.
Paragraph 8.286 including heading Replace by:
Marina South
8.286
A harbour (1°16′⋅2N 103°52′⋅0E) lies on SE side of
Marina South, which with Marina East are areas of
extensive reclaimed land with marina villages and
parkland; the harbour is formed by three breakwaters
which extends SE from the Marina South shore, then
NE and NW; the breakwaters are marked by lights.
274 -275
Paragraphs 8.287 to 8.297 including headings Replace by:
Spare
8.287 to 8.297
MPA Singapore DBNMs 22 -23/06; Port Marine
Notice 89/06
(HH. 521/405/09; HH. 521/010/2006) [32/06]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(2006 Edition)
Îles Sous -le -Vent - Raiatea - Port d’Uturoa —
Depth
197
Paragraph 7.81 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Alongside berth. The main berth lies parallel to the
channel and is 460 m in length. The charted depth at
the S end of the berth is 7⋅6 m, but, due to
obstructions, the alongside depth at the N end is
reduced to 5⋅5 m. Due to the local current, it is...
French Notice 06 25 35
(HH. 595/490/04) [32/06]

NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Portsmouth Harbor — Directions
102
Paragraph 3.308 1 line 7 For E Read W
US Coast Pilot 1/2006
(HH. 078/550/09) [32/06]
Massachusetts Bay - Broad Sound — Safety and
security zones
117
After Paragraph 4.63 2 Insert:
3 Safety and security zones. Within Broad Sound a
safety and security zone of 500 yards radius has been
established around any LNG vessel at anchor in the
area as shown on the chart.
Entry into these zones is prohibited unless
previously authorized by the Captain of the Port
(COTP).
4 See Appendix V for further information, definitions
and general rules covering safety and security zones.
33 CFR §165.110
(HH. 078/550/09) [32/06]
Approaches to Boston Harbor — Safety and
security zones
118
After Paragraph 4.71 4 Insert:
5 Safety and security zones. A safety and security
zone extending 2 miles ahead, 1 mile astern and
500 yards on each side has been established around
any LNG vessel while underway.
Entry into these zones is prohibited unless
previously authorized by the Captain of the Port
(COTP).
6 For information concerning LNG vessels at anchor
in Broad Sound see 4.63 and see Appendix V for
further information, definitions and general rules
covering safety and security zones.
33 CFR §165.110
(HH. 078/550/09) [32/06]
IV
4.3
Boston North Channel — Directions
121
Paragraph 4.102 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 07/06 Replace by:
3 Clear of NC Light-buoy (safe water) (1½ miles
NNW), at the entrance to Boston North
Channel, thence:
Into the dredged channel (1½ miles NW), which is
marked by light-buoys (lateral), thence:
Chart BA 1516 & Boston Pilots
(HH. 068/200/01) [32/06]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Mexico - Isla Cozumel - San Miguel — Wrecks
119
Paragraph 5.87 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...approach is steep -to and generally clear of dangers.
Attention is however drawn to two wrecks, each
marked with an orange buoy, lying about 4½ cables
NNE of Muelle Fiscal in a depth of about 11 m.
Mexican Notice 076/6/06
(HH. 622/400/07) [32/06]
Florida - West of Cedar Keys — Wreck
243
After Paragraph 9.173 2 line 10 Add:
Clear of a wreck (29°12′N83°52′W), with a depth of
34 ft (10⋅4 m) over it, thence:
US Notice 28/11400/06
(HH. 615/470/03) [32/06]
Wk32/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Grenville Channel to Chatham Sound —
Directions
109
Paragraph 3.220 6 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...marked by kelp. A light stands on the shoal.
Thence:
Paragraph 3.220 8 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
8 SW of Lawyer Islands S Light (white round tower,
red band) (4 miles NW), exhibited from a small islet
at the S end of the Lawyer Islands, thence:
Paragraph 3.221 1 line 3 Add:
Lawyer Islands N Light (white round tower, red
band) (54°07′⋅0N 130°20′⋅8W).
Canadian Notice 6/3927/06
(HH. 600/465/04) [31/06]
Skeena River and approaches — Directions
111
Paragraph 3.237 6 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Longnose Point; a beacon (starboard hand) stands on
the point.
Canadian Notice 6/3927/06
(HH. 600/465/04) [31/06]
Duncan Bay — Light; buoyage
120
Paragraph 4.44 3 Replace by:
3 Ryan Point Reef Light (white round tower)
(54°21′⋅5N 130°30′⋅2W), stands on a drying rock
about 5 cables WSW of Ryan Point.
Canadian Notice 6/3957/06
(HH. 600/465/04) [31/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Falmouth — Pilot boarding place
94
Paragraph 4.49 7 line 2 Replace by:
...board in position 50°05′N 5°01′W.
Falmouth Harbour Commissioners
(SEP 000370139 [31/06]
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approaches to Hoek van Holland - Pilotage;
traffic regulations
[31/06]
211
Paragraph 9.6 1 After line 4 Add:
For vessels with a draught between 14⋅3 m and
17⋅4 m approaching through Eurogeul, the pilot may
board by small or large tender W of E15 Light -buoy
(52°00′⋅9N 3°48′⋅8E). In all other cases, including
2
vessels with a draught of less than 14⋅3 m, the pilot
boards in the vicinity of Maas Center Light -buoy
(52°01′⋅1N 3°53′⋅5E).
Paragraph 9.6 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
The pilot vessel has a black hull with...
212
Paragraph 9.10 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Traffic Separation Schemes. Eurogeul and
Maasgeul, which together form the DW channel, are
compulsory for vessels with a draught of 17⋅4 m or
more. For vessels with a draught between 14⋅3 m and
17⋅4 m, the use of Eurogeul and Maasgeul is strongly
recommended. This class of vessel can either enter at
the W end of Eurogeul, 4½ miles WSW of
Europlatform (51°59′⋅8N 3°16′⋅5E), or about 14 miles
farther E between E7 and E9 Light -buoys. The
recommendation also applies when these vessels are
outbound.
The W and E sections of Eurogeul run through the
separation zone of two TSSs, which are for the use of
vessels of a lesser...
Paragraph 9.11 2 line 2 Replace by:
...where the traffic flows merge. If not following...
215
Paragraph 9.34 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...is compulsory for vessels with a draught of 17⋅4 m
or more and strongly recommended for vessels with a
draught between 14⋅3 m and17⋅4m (9.10). From the
vicinity of 51°58′N 3°00′E on the W side...
Paragraph 9.35 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Vessels with a draught of more than 17⋅4 m embark
their pilot by helicopter in its NW corner. Eurogeul
Approach Area stretches...
After Paragraph 9.38 1 Add:
2 Caution. When entering Maasmond, allowance
should be made for tidal streams setting across the
channel. If the time of entry coincides with the period
of strongest tidal set, a minimum speed of 10 kn is
advised so that effective course corrections can be
made. See 9.29.
Netherlands Hydrographic Office
(SEP 000368838) [31/06]

Dover Strait - South Goodwin Light -float
removed; SW Goodwin Light -buoy moved
64
Paragraph 2.57 3 lines 7 -8 Delete
101
Paragraph 4.89 4 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 4.91 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 SE of SW Goodwin Light -buoy (S cardinal)
(1½ miles SSW) marking the S extremity of
South...
Paragraph 4.91 5 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
5 SE of South Calliper (3½ miles NE), thence:
Trinity House Notice 17/06
(SEP 000367837) [31/06]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Genova - Porto Petroli — Wreck
157
After Paragraph 4.126 6 line 5 Add:
A dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies
about ½ mile NW of Diga Aeroporto W Light.
Italian Notice 9.2/06
(HH. 369/450/03) [31/06]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Ancona — Restricted area
517
Paragraph 12.39 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
43°41′⋅52N 13°46′⋅37E (extended limit of NE traffic
lane).
43°32′⋅60N 13°52′⋅70E.
43°28′⋅60N 13°38′⋅50E.
Italian Notice 9.11/06
(HH. 370/530/03) [31/06]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Føroyar - Klaksvík — Directions
333
Paragraph 7.246 1 line 8 For (256°–269°) Read
(260½°–269°)
Danish Notice 589/06
(SEP 000370042 [31/06]
IV
4.2
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Portugal - Portos de Faro e Olhão — Anchorage
180
Paragraph 6.53 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...Santa Maria Lighthouse.
Portuguese Notice 237/06
(SEP 000368527) [31/06]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Approaches to Cape Cod Bay — Directions
3
128
Paragraph 4.145 3 Replace by:
E of No 6 Light -buoy (5½ miles N) (4.153).
Deep-draught vessels entering Cape Cod Bay
from the N should keep E of the meridian of
70°30′W to avoid the irregular ground
extending from the shore between Cedar
Point and Green Harbor. Thence:
US Notice 27/13246/06
(HH. 614/440/06) [31/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Victoria - Port Phillip - West Channel — Lights
102
Paragraph 4.36 1 line 1 For Light Read Tower
1
Paragraph 4.38 3 line 5 For Wedge Light -beacon Read
Wedge Beacon
Paragraph 4.39 1 Replace by:
Leading Marks:
Wedge beacon (38°16′⋅5S 144°42′⋅1E) (4.38).
Beacon (orange) standing 6 cables NNE of
Monash Tower.
Monash Tower (red and black masonry tower,
orange rectangular topmark, 4 m in height)
standing on the peninsula 2¾ miles SSW of
Wedge Beacon.
103
Paragraph 4.41 1 line 5 Replace by:
...keeping No 10 Beacon (port hand) on the starboard...
Paragraph 4.41 2 line 4 Replace by:
...Beacon/Monash Tower leading marks (4.39); this...
Paragraph 4.42 1 line 4 Replace by:
...least depth of 3⋅5 m midway between No 1 and No 3
Beacons and...
Paragraph 4.42 3 lines 7 -11 Replace by:
The track then leads NNW passing ENE of Coles
Light -beacon (38°14′⋅3S 144°42′⋅3E).
Paragraph 4.42 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 The track then leads NNE, passing (with positions
from Coles Light -beacon):
104
Paragraph 4.44 2 line 10 For Light Read Tower
Paragraph 4.45 2 line 6 For Light Read Tower
Australian Notice 12/578/06; Australian Chart 158
(HH. 575/470/12) [28/06]
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
River Swale - A249 High Level bridge
[28/06]
324
Paragraph 16.101 Including heading Replace by:
Vertical clearance
16.101
1 A249 High Level Bridge (51°23′⋅5N 0°44′⋅9E) is a
fixed road bridge with a vertical clearance beneath the
main span of 29⋅0 m.
Kingsferry Bridge, a½ cable SE of the foregoing
bridge, is a road and rail bridge with a lifting centre
span. Vertical clearance is 28 m when the span is
raised and 2⋅8 m when it is closed.
Navigable width
16.101a
1 The permitted maximum beam of vessels which
require to pass through Kingsferry Bridge (51°23′⋅4N
0°45′⋅0E) is 16⋅8 m. The width between the main piers
of the A249 High Level Bridge is 75⋅5 m.
326
Paragraph 16.105 1 After line 7 Add:
The bridge can be contacted by VHF also. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
328
Paragraph 16.112 3 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Ferry Reach (51°23′⋅5N 0°45′⋅0E) is crossed by
two bridges, the A249 High Level Bridge and the
Kingsferry Bridge. The main spans of both bridges are
marked by lights (lateral) and, in addition, the
1
centreline of the navigable passage below the A249
High Level Bridge is marked by a pair of white
flashing lights.
Paragraph 16.112 5 line 1 Replace by:
The alignment (147½°) of these lights leads through
the two bridges.
Medway Ports Notice 20/06
(SEP 000365949) [28/06]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
France - Corse, west coast — Wrecks
200
Paragraph 6.99 2 line 4 Add: Dangerous wrecks (position
approximate) lie at the seaward end of the reef.
French Notice 21/21/06
(HH. 355/410/03) [28/06]
Wk28/06

NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
River Humber — Foul Holme Channel;
Whitebooth Road Anchorage
179
After Paragraph 7.104 2 line 9 Insert:
Foul Holme Channel
7.104a
1 General information. Foul Holme Channel, a
side channel for small vessels, is entered NE of No 9A
Light -float (53°38′⋅0N 0°09′⋅3W) and leads NW for
about 4 miles to the vicinity of North Holme
Light -float (53°41′⋅1N 0°13′⋅2W). Foul Holme
Channel runs parallel to and E of the main channel in
that part of the river where the latter passes the busy
riverside terminals of Immingham and Killingholme.
2 The channel has a least depth in mid -channel of
2⋅6 m (2006) but is subject to frequent change (7.96).
7.104b
1 Directions. From the vicinity of No 9A Light -float
(preferred channel to port) the channel, which is
marked by light -buoys (lateral; numbers prefixed by
FH) leads NW, passing (with positions from No 9A
Light -float):
Over two shoal patches, Holme Ridge (3 cables N)
and Clay Huts (7.101) (1 mile NW), thence:
NE of Whitebooth Road Anchorage (7.110)
(1½ miles NW), and:
2 SW of Foul Holme Spit (1½ miles NW) which
lies along the E side of the channel between
FH3 and FH9 Light -buoys. The spit, which is
composed of sand and which dries in places,
connects at its N end with Foul Holme Sand,
an extensive mudflat fronting the E bank of
River Humber.
3 Thence the track leads to a position close NE of
North Holme Light -float (W cardinal) (4 miles NW)
where the main channel is rejoined.
180
Paragraph 7.110 1-2 Replace by:
1 Whitebooth Road. An anchorage with seven berths
lettered A to F and having depths between 4 and 8 m
is situated on the E side of the main channel in
Whitebooth Road (53°39′N 0°12′W). This anchorage
may be used by vessels requiring to take bunkers at
anchor.
2 Hull Road. Anchorage may be obtained in Hull
Road (7.104) in depths of between 6 and 11 m but
noting that the tidal stream (7.99) runs strongly and
that the channel is only about 2 cables wide. Larger
vessels are advised not to remain at anchor in Hull
Road at LW springs as depths are liable to vary from
those shown on the chart and grounding is possible.
Anchorage is prohibited in an area, indicated on the
chart, off the entrances to Albert Dock, Hull Marina
and River Hull.
ABP Humber Notices H.87/2005; H.37/2006
(HH. 252/410/15; HH. 252/410/16) [28/06]
Wk28/06
IV
4.2
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
Sea of the Hebrides - Barra — Sgeir Dubh Light
372
Paragraph 11.77 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 The alignment (283°) of these marks leads towards
Castle Bay...
Northern Lighthouse Board
(HH. 272/730/09) [28/06]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Vigo — Pilot boarding position
109
Paragraph 4.175 1 line 3 Replace by:
...8°47′⋅6W on the E edge of the precautionary area
(4.176) in the...
Spanish Chart 416
(HH. 359/620/05) [28/06]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Bermuda — Pilotage
55
Paragraph 2.6 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Pilots board 1¾ miles ENE of Saint David’s Head
(2.26), as shown on the chart. However, vessels with a
draught in excess of 10 m, and all other vessels
carrying hazardous cargo, not holding appropriate
approach charts or with limited manoeuvrability are
boarded 3 miles E of Saint David’s Head.
Department of Marine and Ports Services Bermuda
(HH. 686/405/03) [28/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
R40-58Replace by:
Argentina — Rio Cullen Terminal
127
Rio Cullen Marine Terminal
Argentine Chart H-424
General Information
4.8
1 Position. Rio Cullen Marine Terminal (52°49′S
68°13′W) handles crude oil exports from the Hidra
Oilfield.
Description. The oilfield consists of fixed
2
production platforms and sub -sea production facilities;
exports are handled through an SBM.
Port Authority. Total Austral SA, Belgrano 801,
V9420BBF Rio Grande, Tierra del Fuego, Argentina.
Email: loading.tdf@totalfinaelf.com
Berth. A lighted SBM (52°48′⋅2S 68°13′⋅2W)
(orange) moored about 7 miles offshore in a depth of
about 35 m. Maximum size of vessel is 130 000 dwt;
minimum size 20 000 dwt.
3 Local weather. Terminal operations may be
suspended if the following conditions are exceeded:
maximum wave height 2⋅0 m; maximum sustained
wind speed 25 kn.
Regulations. The oilfield is enclosed within a
restricted area, shown on the chart, within which
anchoring is prohibited. Additionally, within the
4
restricted area, the production facilities and the SBM
are enclosed within areas where entry is prohibited to
all vessels except those using the terminal.
Anchorage. Arriving tankers may be required to
anchor or wait in a position to be agreed between the
vessel and the terminal. The recommended location is
S of the restricted area surrounding the terminal, in
approximate position 52°54′S 68°10′W; depth 20 m.
During adverse weather, shelter may be sought in
Bahia San Sebastian.
5 Pilotage. Compulsory. The Mooring Master and
team will board in a position agreed with the vessel.
Berthing is normally undertaken in daylight only, but
night berthing may be permitted in special
circumstances.
Anchorages
Fairplay Ports Guide (2006); Argentina Chart H -424
(HH. 650/813/03) [27/06]
4.1
[27/06]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Eden Reef — Racon
295
Paragraph 10.68 1 line 2 Delete
Australian Notice 11/506/06
(HH. 577/525/05) [27/06]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Aleutian Islands, west part — Atka
2
230
Paragraph 6.36 2-3 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boarding position
for Atka is 1 mile SE of Flat Point (6.32). See 6.4 and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
3 Anchorage. Small vessels can obtain sheltered
anchorage in Atka inner harbour in depths of about
22 m (12 fm), clear of a dangerous wreck in
approximate position 52°11′⋅9N 174°11′⋅3W. The
4
holding ground is reported to be poor.
Berths. Atka Dock is about 30 m in length with a
depth alongside of 5⋅5 m (18 ft); mooring buoys at
each end permit the berthing of vessels much longer
than the dock itself.
5 Other facilities. Health clinic.
Supplies. Fresh water.
Communications. Air service.
Paragraph 6.37 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.37
US Notice 23/16490/06; US Coast Pilot 9
(HH. 611/435/03) [27/06]

NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
IJmuiden - IJ -Geul — Channel limits; depths;
buoyage; regulations
73
Paragraph 3.9 1 line 4 Replace by:
...of 12 miles of the harbour entrance as...
75
Paragraph 3.25 1 line 3 For IJmuiden Read IJM -C
76
Paragraph 3.31 1 line 2 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 17/06 Replace by:
...14⋅10 m are considered to be...
Paragraph 3.33 1 line 2 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 17/06 Replace by:
...DW route. It should be noted that the number of
times that it is possible for two channel -bound vessels
to enter the port on one tide reduces substantially if
one of the vessels concerned has an arrival draught
greater than 16⋅5 m.
Vessels which are not channel -bound should not
remain in the DW channel longer than is necessary.
77
Paragraph 3.47 1 line 4 For IJmuiden Read IJM -C
Paragraph 3.52 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...to IJmuiden, and IJ -Geul, a dredged channel, entered
within the Approach Area and leading about 23 miles
E to the entrance.
Paragraph 3.53 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
IJ -Geul: least depth 19⋅0 m; width of dredged
channel 600 m reducing to 450 m inwards of IJ 9
Light -buoy (52°29′⋅8N 4°12′⋅0E).
78
Paragraph 3.55 2 lines 5 -6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 17/06 Replace by:
If, due to unforeseen circumstances, the transit of
IJ -Geul must be broken off, channel -bound vessels
must reverse course in the turning basin (3.61) and
proceed back to the IJ -Geul Approach Area by way of
IJ -Geul.
Vessels, which are not channel -bound vessels,
1
should not remain in the DW channel longer than is
necessary.
Paragraph 3.58 1 including existing Section IV Notice
Week 17/06 Replace by:
IJ -Geul Approach Area. Channel -bound vessels
are advised to approach the pilot boarding position for
the DW route (52°30′N 3°50′E) from W and should
remain W of IJM Light -buoy (safe water) (52°29′⋅6N
3°51′⋅6E) until the pilot has embarked.
Paragraph 3.58 2 Delete
Paragraph 3.59 1-2 Replace by:
1 The outer section of IJ -Geul commences 2 miles
ENE of IJM Light -buoy (3.58). An initial heading
(088½°) leads 10½ miles E to a position close N of
IJ 9 Light -buoy (52°29′⋅8N 4°12′⋅0E). Light -buoys
(cone -shaped, special; numbers prefixed by IJ) are laid
IV
2
along the entire length of IJ -Geul in a line parallel to
but outside the S edge of the DW channel.
From a position close N of IJ 9 Light -buoy, the
inner section of IJ -Geul leads on the alignment
1
(100½°) of IJmuiden Leading Lights (52°28′N 4°35′E)
(3.96) for a distance of 12½ miles to the harbour
entrance. The track passes N of IJM -C Light -buoy
(safe water) (3.99) (52°28′⋅7N 4°23′·4E).
Paragraph 3.61 2 line 1 Replace by:
There is an emergency turning basin and anchorage
on the N side of...
Paragraph 3.61 2 After line 5 Insert:
3 Non channel -bound vessels. See 3.79.
4.2
79
Paragraph 3.72 1 Replace by:
1 IJmuiden Harbour. Vessels up to 310 m LOA and
17⋅8 m draught can be accepted at the IJ -palen berth
(3.106) in Buitenhaven.
83
Paragraph 3.98 1 line 1 For IJmuiden Read IJM -C
Paragraph 3.99 1 line 2 For IJmuiden Read IJM -C
Paragraph 3.99 1 line 7 For IJ 9 Read IJ 15
Paragraph 3.106 1 line 3 For 17⋅2 m Read 17⋅8 m
Paragraph 3.107 1 line 4 For 16⋅8 m Read 16⋅5 m
88
Paragraph 3.161 1 line 2 For IJmuiden Read IJM -C
State Harbour Master; Netherlands Hydrographic Office
(SEP000365888; 000366282) [27/06]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Gibraltar — Pilot boarding area
230
Paragraph 7.139 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...shown on the chart.
Captain A Baker, Chief Pilot Gibraltar
(HH. 365/400/05) [27/06]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Maine - Seguin SSW Ledge —
Buoy removed
68
Paragraph 3.15 2 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
Clear of Seguin SSW Ledge (2½ miles SSW),
thence:
US Notice 21/13293/06
(HH. 614/415/04) [27/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2003 Edition)
Archipiélago de Colón (Galapagos Islands) —
Traffic regulations
67
After Paragraph 2.65 Insert:
Restricted areas
2.65a
1 Particularly Sensitive Sea Area (PSSA).
Archipiélago de Colón and its surrounding waters have
been declared a natural and world heritage site,
2
recognised worldwide for its scientific and cultural
importance. In order to safeguard the island marine
ecosystem, a PSSA has been established surrounding
the affected waters.
Within the PSSA the following regulations apply:
The area should be avoided by ships of 500 gt and
over carrying oil and dangerous cargoes, and by
ships carrying large quantities of bunker fuel.
The discharge of oil or oily mixtures, other
noxious liquids, garbage or other harmful
substances is prohibited from all vessels
3
regardless of size.
The dumping of of plastics, synthetic fishing
lines or nets, plastic garbage bags, loose
4
stowage materials, coverings and packaging
material, paper, rags, glasses, bottles, metal,
ceramics and similar materials is prohibited
from all vessels regardless of size.
Area to be Avoided (ATBA). As an associated
protective measure, an Area to be Avoided has been
established largely enclosing the PSSA.
This area is to be avoided by:
All ships and barges carrying cargoes of oil or
hazardous materials, and
All ships of 500 gt and over solely in transit.
5 Ships in the area must also avoid any discharge, or
exchange, of ballast water.
Both the PSSA and the Area to be Avoided are
IMO -adopted; the limits of both areas are shown on the
chart.
Paragraph 2.66 Replace by:
Traffic regulations
2.66
1 Movement reporting. A mandatory ship reporting
system is established for all vessels navigating within
200 miles of Ecuador and between the mainland and
Archipiélago de Colón; see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 1(2) for details.
2 Clearance. Merchant shipping on voyages between
the mainland and Archipiélago de Colón normally
comprises tankers and cargo vessels carrying
non -persistent products which have been granted
authorization by the Maritime Authority. These
authorizations are handled by the office of the
Guayaquil Harbour Master.
Wk26/06
4.1
[26/06]
3 Any vessel without a valid shipping permit and
intending to make the crossing must undergo
an inspection by the Maritime Authority
covering seaworthiness, propulsion,
communications, and emergency standby
systems.
No vessel may put in at any location in the
Archipiélago de Colón without express
permission, except in cases of emergency.
4 Regulations are in place governing the granting
of permits to foreign vessels for visits to the
archipelago coasts and islands for scientific,
cultural and tourism -related purposes.
Any vessel granted permission to proceed to any
location in Archipiélago de Colón will be initially
received by the authorities at Puerto Baquerizo
Moreno (2.137).
5 Fishing vessels. Foreign fishing vessels engaged on
innocent passage through Ecuadorian waters are
prohibited from any activity other than simple passage,
except in the event of an enforced stoppage. For
information on innocent passage, see The Mariner’s
Handbook.
Foreign fishing vessels intending to enter
Ecuadorian waters are required to contact the Maritime
Authority 72 hours in advance giving position, course,
and approximate date of both arrival and departure.
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 597/730/04) [26/06]
Chile - Puerto de Corral — Anchorages
187
Paragraph 6.157 Including heading Replace by:
Anchorages
6.157
1 There are three anchorages within port limits for
vessels of differing draughts (with positions from Roca
El Conde Light (6.142)):
A — About 5 cables ENE (maximum draught 8⋅0 m)
2 B — About 2½ cables E (maximum draught
6⋅5 m)
C — About 4½ cables SE (maximum draught 5⋅0 m)
All vessels with draughts exceeding 8⋅0 m must
anchor outside port limits.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 007/200/01) [26/06]

NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 edition)
Western Australia - Scott Reef - Sandy Islet —
Tower
183
Paragraph 5.5 2 lines 7 -9 Delete
Australian Notice 11/515/06
(HH. 573/425/03) [26/06]
Western Australia - Lacepede Channel —
Racons
205
Paragraph 5.240 Replace by:
5.240
Spare
Hydropac 1017/06
(HH. 573/425/03) [26/06]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Baltic Sea - Denmark and Germany - South of
Gedser — Inshore traffic zone
448
Route Index Chartlet Chapter 13 West Baltic Approaches
Replace by:
Route Index Chartlet Chapter 13 West Baltic Approaches,
which can be found with this week’s Admiralty Notices to
Mariners Section II blocks.
472
After Paragraph 13.239 2 Insert:
13.239a
1 An inshore traffic zone is established between the
existing TSS through Kadet Renden, described at
13.237, and the German coast, as shown on the chart.
The zone is IMO adopted and Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
applies.
International Maritime Organisation
(HH. 165/080/01; HH. 165/080/02) [26/06]
Baltic Sea - Germany North of Rügen — Traffic
separation scheme
474
After Paragraph 13.254 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme
13.254a
1 A TSS is established N of Rügen (13.328),
15½ miles N of Dornbusch Lighthouse (13.277), as
shown on the chart. The TSS is IMO adopted and
Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
IV
4.2
Paragraph 13.257 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...NE extremity of Route T, a track leads ENE for about
25 miles in clear water, through the TSS (13.254a), N of
Rügen, as far as longitude 13°25′E, passing SE of Kriegers
Flak (6.407).
International Maritime Organisation
(HH. 165/080/01; HH. 165/080/02) [26/06 ]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Baltic Sea - Sweden - Denmark - Estonia — DW
route; areas to be avoided; traffic separation
scheme; directions; draught restrictions
82
Chapter 2 Through Route Chartlet Replace by:
Chapter 2 Through Route Chartlet, which can be found
with this week’s Admiralty Notices to Mariners Section II
blocks.
1
83
Paragraph 2.5 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Kullagrund to Öland (2.11).
After Paragraph 2.5 1 line 6 Insert:
DW route from Bornholmsgat TSS to Off Kõpu
Peninsula TSS (2.11).
Paragraph 2.6 Replace by:
Traffic separation schemes, shown on the chart,
have been established in the approaches to, and in,
Bornholmsgat (55°20′N 14°25′E). TSS are also
established S of Öland (56°04′N 16°41′E), SE of
2
Hoburg (56°47′N 18°22′E) and off Kõpu Peninsula
(58°07′N 22°05′E). The schemes are IMO -adopted and
Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
Inshore traffic zones, shown on the chart, have
been established between the Swedish coastline and
NW boundary of Bornholmsgat TSS and between the
Bornholm coastline and SE boundary of Bornholmsgat
TSS. The zones are IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) applies.
3 Areas to be avoided, as shown on the chart, have
been established around Norra Midsjöbanken (56°11′N
17°20′E) (2.8) and Hoburgs Bank (56°41′N 18°34′E)
(2.8). Vessels greater than 500 gt should avoid these
areas.
84
Paragraph 2.11 Replace by:
1 From a position S of Kullagrund (55°18′N
13°20′E), the route leads through the NE -bound lane
of the Bornholmsgat TSS to the NE -bound lane of the
TSS SE of Ölands Södra Grund (56°04′⋅2N
16°40′⋅9E).
2 DW route. From a position at the exit of the
NE -bound lane of the Bornholmsgat TSS, the DW
route leads ENE for about 75 miles to a position about
15 miles S of Ölands Södra Grund (56°04′⋅2N
16°40′⋅9E).
Wk26/06

Paragraph 2.15 1 Replace by:
1 From a position about 26 miles S of Kullagrund
(55°18′N 13°20′E) the track leads ENE for 24 miles to
the entrance to the Bornholmsgat TSS. The track then
leads NE for about 30 miles in the NE -bound lane,
through the precautionary area to a position NW of
Davids Banke (55°22′N 14°41′E) (2.42). The track
then alters ENE for about 77 miles to a position within
the NE-bound lane of the TSS SE of Ölands Södra
Grund Lighthouse (2.13). The light stands in the
middle of Ölands Södra Grund (56°04′⋅2N 16°40′⋅9E),
a shoal area with a least depth of 16 m, extending
7½ cables NNE and 1½ miles SSE of the lighthouse.
1
Paragraph 2.15 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 2.16 including heading Replace by:
DW route
2.16
From a position about 7 miles NW of Hammer
Odde Light (55°17′⋅9N 14°46′⋅4E) (2.41), at the exit
of Bornholmsgat TSS, the track leads ENE for about
110 miles to a position about 45 miles ESE of Ölands
Södra Grund Lighthouse (56°04′⋅2N 16°40′⋅9E) (2.13),
passing (with positions from Ölands Södra Grund
2
Lighthouse):
SSE of Klippbanken (38½ miles WSW); thence:
NNW of Södra Midsjöbanken (30 miles SSE) (2.8);
thence:
Clear of a wreck with a least depth of 21⋅7 m over it
(24 miles ESE), thence:
SSE of Norra Midsjöbanken (20 miles ENE) (2.8),
an area to be avoided.
(Directions continue for DW route at 2.23)
Paragraph 2.17 2 Replace by:
DW route. From a position about 45 miles ESE of
Ölands Södra Grund Lighthouse (56°04′⋅2N 16°40′⋅9E)
(2.13), the route leads ENE for about 44 miles to a
position SSE of Hoburgs Bank (56°41′N 18°34′E)
(2.8), an area to be avoided (2.6). Thence the route
leads NNE for about 215 miles to a position about
12 miles WNW of Põhja Ristnanina (58°56′N 22°03′E)
(12.11), and the entrance to the Off Kõpu Peninsula
TSS. The route passes through a former mined area,
see 1.8.
85
After Paragraph 2.17 2 Insert:
Depths
2.17a
1 The maximum authorised draught in the Off
Gotland TSS is 12 m. All vessels proceeding to or
from the NE Baltic Sea with a draught of more than
12 m are recommended to use the DW route.
Paragraph 2.20 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
NW of Norra Midsjöbanken (53 miles SSW) (2.8),
an area to be avoided (2.6), thence:
Paragraph 2.20 2 line 1 Replace by:
NW of Hoburgs Bank (24 miles SE) (2.8), an area to
be avoided (2.6).
Wk26/06
IV
Paragraph 2.22 1 line 1 For NW Read WNW
Paragraph 2.23 including heading Replace by:
DW route
2.23
1 From a position about 13 miles SSE of Norra
2
Midsjöbanken (56°11′N 17°20′E) (2.8), an area to be
avoided (2.6), the track leads ENE for about 44 miles
passing (with positions from Hoburg Light (56°55′⋅3N
18°09′⋅3E) (2.13)):
SE of a wreck (position doubtful) (41 miles S), with
a depth of 23 m over it.
From a position about 40 miles SSE of Hoburg
Light the recommended channel leads NNE for about
215 miles passing (with positions from Fårö (57°57′N
19°10′E) (2.237)):
ESE of Hoburgs Bank (75 miles SSW) (2.8), an area
to be avoided (2.6), thence:
ESE of Klints Bank (30 miles SSE) (2.21), thence:
3 ESE of Fårö, thence:
WNW of Bezimjannaja sÏklis (53 miles ESE),
marked by light -buoys (cardinal), thence:
WNW of an isolated 18 m patch (58 miles ENE),
thence:
4 WNW of Mustpank (73 miles ENE), and the
shoal ground extending 10 miles SSW, thence:
WNW of Tagamõisa poolsaar (90 miles ENE)
(12.10), and the shoal ground extending 9 miles
NW, thence:
To a position WNW of Neupokojevi madal
(105 miles NE) (12.14), to join the through route
Hoburg to Ristna (2.21) at the entrance to the Off
Köpu Peninsula TSS.
4.3
88
After Paragraph 2.40 3 Insert:
Inshore traffic zone
2.40a
1 An inshore traffic zone has been established, as
shown on the chart, between the coastline of NW
Bornholm and the SE boundary of the Bornholmsgat
TSS. The zone is IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) applies.
106
After Paragraph 2.183 2 Insert:
Depths
2.183a
1 The maximum authorised draught in the Off
Gotland TSS is 12 m. All vessels proceeding to or
from the NE Baltic Sea with a draught of more than
12 m are recommended to use the Deep Water route.
See 2.11 and 2.17.
116
Chapter 3 Chartlet, Kullagrund to Kalmarsund, Replace
by:
Chapter 3 Chartlet, Kullagrund to Kalmarsund, which can
be found with this week’s Admiralty Notices to Mariners
Section II blocks.
118
Paragraph 3.11 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
(55°18′N 13°20′E), generally E to a position S of
Sandhammaren (55°23′N 14°12′E), about...

1
After Paragraph 3.12 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme
3.12a
A TSS has been established in the approaches to,
and in, Bornholmsgat (55°20′N 14°25′E). The scheme
is IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
applies.
2 Inshore traffic zone. An area between the
1
Swedish coastline and the NW boundary of the TSS,
as shown on the chart, has been designated an inshore
traffic zone. The zone is IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) applies. However, the Swedish Maritime
Administration advise that vessels coming from the
Sound or ports and anchorages between the Sound and
Bornholmsgat, may use the inshore traffic zone if
bound for ports or anchorages in Hanöbukten or bound
for Kalmarsund.
Paragraph 3.18 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
From a position S of Kullagrund Lighthouse the
route leads generally E for about 30 miles to a
position S of Sandhammaren, on the W limit of the
inshore traffic zone (3.12a), passing...
Paragraph 3.18 3 Replace by:
3 S of Osaknallen (55°22′N 14°08′E) (2¾ miles
WSW), a shoal patch marked by a buoy (S cardinal).
120
Paragraph 3.37 1 Replace by:
1 From a position S of Sandhammaren at the W
boundary of the inshore traffic zone (3.12a), the route
leads generally NNE for about 19 miles then N for
20 miles to the vicinity of Taggen Light-buoy
(55°53′⋅9N 14°35′⋅5E) (3.64), passing (positions from
Simrishamn Light (55°33′⋅5N 14°22′⋅0E):
2 WNW of Svartgrund (19½ miles S), a shoal
marked on its S side by a light-buoy (S
cardinal), thence:
ESE of a buoy (S cardinal) (12½ miles SSW),
thence:
ESE of a buoy (E cardinal) (10¼ miles SSW),
thence:
ESE of Örnhökaknösen, a shoal (8¼ miles SSW),
thence:
150
Chapter 4 Chartlet, Kalmarsund and Öland, Replace by:
Chapter 4 Chartlet, Kalmarsund and Öland, which can be
found with this week’s Admiralty Notices to Mariners
Section II blocks.
376
Chapter 10 Chartlet, Gulf of Gdamsk to Gulf of RØga,
Replace by:
Chapter 10 Chartlet, Gulf of Gdamsk to Gulf of RØga, which
can be found with this week’s Admiralty Notices to
Mariners Section II blocks.
IV
4.4
412
Chapter 12 Chartlet, Saaremaa, west and north coasts and
Hiiumaa, including Väinameri, Replace by:
Chapter 12 Chartlet, Saaremaa, west and north coasts and
Hiiumaa, including Väinameri, which can be found with
this week’s Admiralty Notices to Mariners Section II
blocks.
IMO; Swedish Notice 3164 (P)/102/06; BA Charts 2150,
2222, 2251, 2360)
(HH. 165/080/01; HH. 165/080/02) [26/06]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
France - Pointe des Baleines to Pointe de la
Coubre — Wreck
210
Paragraph 7.153 2 Replace by:
2 WSW of Pointe des Baleines, the rocky flat that
extends from the NW point of Île de Ré to
the vicinity of Les Baleineaux Lighthouse
(grey tower, red top; 32 m in height)
(46°16′N 1°35′W), also called Haut Banc du
Nord Lighthouse; noting a dangerous wreck
in position 46°14′⋅1N 1°45′⋅2W.
WSW of the rocky flats fronting the W coast of Île de
Ré, thence:
French Notice 34/3/05
(HH. 353/510/06) [26/06]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast – Zhoushan Qundao
–Zhoushan and approaches —
Anchorages,wrecks, directions
203
Paragraph 6.58 6 Replace by:
6 SW of Diandeng Shan Light (29°52′⋅6N
122°13′⋅8E) (white round concrete structure,
8 m in height) marking an isolated shoal,
thence:
SW of a dangerous wreck (29°53′⋅0N 122°11′⋅8E)
(2004), position approximate, and another
dangerous wreck 5 cables NE (reported 2005),
position approximate.
7 The track then continues NW to a position E of
Yanyxiaomao Dao (29°53′N, 122°09′E) (6.56).
The Mazhi anchorages and nearby anchorages
(29°55′N 122°14′E) (6.141) may be approached
directly from the position E of Yanyxiaomao Dao
passing N of the two dangerous wrecks, or
alternatively from the position NE of
Shangliuwangchong Dao on a N track, passing W of
Diandeng Shan Light and E of the two dangerous
wrecks.
Wk26/06

204
Paragraph 6.62 6 Replace by:
6 The track then continues NNE to a position E of
Yanyxiaomao Dao, passing (with positions from
Yanyxiaomao Dao Light (29°54′N 122°09′E)):
ESE of Zhitou Jiao (6.72) (1¼ miles SW), the
E extremity of Chuanshan Bandao, thence:
WNW of dangerous wreck (2½ miles WSW)
(2004), position approximate, and another
dangerous wreck 5 cables NE (reported 2005),
position approximate.
7 The track continues to a position E of Yanyxiaomao
Dao (6.56), from where a light (6.56) is exhibited.
The passage inshore of the island is deep but
should not be attempted by vessels unable to maintain
a speed of 10 kn when there is a strong tidal stream
against them.
For the approaches to Mazhi anchorages and nearby
anchorages (29°55′N 122°14′E) (6.141) see 6.58.
205
Paragraph 6.63 6 and 7 Replace by:
6 The track then leads WNW, passing:
SSW of Shuilaoshu Shan (29°55′⋅1N 122°17′⋅7E),
12 m in height, marked by a light (6.149), thence:
SSW a dangerous wreck (2005), position
approximate, 7¼ cables WNW of Shuilaoshu
Shan.
7 The track then continues W into Shenjiamen
Nangangqu and the Mazhi anchorage area (6.141),
passing S of Mao Zhi, from where a light (white stone
pile structure, 4 m in height) is exhibited.
212
Paragraph 6.141 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 Mazhi anchorages. These lie in or near Shenjiamen
Nangangqu (29°54′⋅8N 122°16′⋅5E) and may be
approached from S via Zhitou Yang (6.51), from E via
Fulimen Shuidao (6.63), or from W via Luotou
(Lotou) Shuidao (6.59).
2 Anchorage may be obtained as follows, in
designated anchorages, the limits of which are shown
on the chart (with positions from Diandeng Shan Light
(29°52′⋅6N 122°13′⋅8E) (6.58)):
Name Position Remarks
Mazhi Anchorage 1½ miles
NNW
Mazhi Inspection
Anchorage
Dangerous Goods
Anchorage
Dangerous Goods
Anchorage
Inspection
Anchorage
Wk26/06
2½ miles
NNE
3¼ miles
NNE
2½ miles
NE
1¼ miles
SW
Depths 13 to 36 m;
a wreck, depth
35 m, lies on
S boundary
Depths 10 to 14 m;
a wreck, swept
depth 9 m, lies E of
centre of area
Depths 12 m;
marked on N edge
by two light -buoys
(special)
Depths about 10 m;
dangerous goods
working anchorage
Depths 25 to 61 m,
mud and sand
IV
4.5
Paragraph 6.141 7 Delete
Chinese Charts 13391 & 13451; Chinese Notices 7/93/06,
7/95/06 & 8/105/06
(HH. 548/470/07) [26/06]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 12 -2005
Fedafjorden — Bridge
61
R 37 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
2.75a Bridge. Fedafjorden is spanned by a bridge, with a
vertical clearance of 50 m, between Agnholmen
(58°15′⋅7N 6°52′⋅5E) and Teistdalsstranda.
Norwegian Notice 9/503/06
(HH. 310/405/05) [26/06]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2006 Edition)
Texas - Sabine Pass — Caution
195
Paragraph 7.291 1 Line 4 Add:
2 Caution. Mariners navigating Sabine Bank Channel
and Outer Bar Channel should note that, after tropical
cyclones, a strong W current known to cause
groundings has been reported. Extreme caution is
advised.
USCoastPilot5
(HH. 078/554/08) [26/06]
Florida - Boca Grande — Directions; Leading
Lights
227
Paragraph 9.19 Replace by:
1 From a position in the vicinity of the Pilot
Boarding Place (26°39′N 82°21′W) the port is entered
through a channel marked by light -buoys (lateral). The
harbour is entered between the S end of Gasparilla
Island and the N end of Cayo Costa.
2 Useful Mark.
Gasparilla Island Light (26°43′N 82°16′W) (9.15).
US Notice 12/11426/06
(HH. 615/485/04) [26/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Ukraine - Sevastopol’ — Dangerous rocks
209
After Paragraph 6.388 2 line 4 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous underwater rock lies on the line
of the leading lights, in position 44°37′⋅5N 33°28′⋅8E.
After Paragraph 6.389 2 line 5 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous underwater rock lies in position
44°37′⋅7N 33°29′⋅9E, close SW of a light -buoy (W
cardinal).
Russian Chart 38120
(HH. 396/510/07) [25/06]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I (2004
Edition)
Canada - Vancouver Harbour - Brockton Point
—Light
4
218
Paragraph 6.166 4 Replace by:
NE of Brockton Point (8 cables SSE) at the E end
of the narrows and on which stands a monument
(disused lighthouse, white structure with notice board).
The shore of the narrows between Brockton Point and
Prospect Point is fringed with drying rocky ledges
extending ¾ cable offshore in places. Parthia Shoal
extends up to 2½ cables offshore between 2 and
5 cables NW of Brockton Point. The notice board on
the disused lighthouse at Brockton Point is a neon
sign, visible from the W, indicating a 5 kn speed
restriction in Coal Harbour (49°17′⋅6N 123°07′⋅6W)
(6.176). Thence:
Paragraph 6.166 5 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
Thence:
Canadian Notice 5/3493/06
(HH. 600/421/04 ) [25/06]
Wk25/06
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
France, West coast - Port d’Audierne —
Directions
[25/06]
269
Paragraph 8.229 Replace by:
8.229
1 Le Goyen Rivière entrance - leading marks:
Front mark (48°00′⋅9N 4°32′⋅3W).
Rear mark (70 m N of front mark).
The alignment (359°) of these marks leads into the
river, passing (with positions from the front mark):
2 E of the head of Jetée de Raoulic (2½ cables S),
thence:
E of a beacon (port hand) (1¾ cables S), thence:
To a position ½ cable S of the front mark.
8.229a
1 Le Goyen Rivière - leading marks:
Front mark (48°00′⋅8N 4°32′⋅4W).
Rear mark (120 m SW of front mark).
The alignment (223°), astern, of these marks, leads
NE to Quai Jean JadePoulgoazec. The track then leads
NW for the quays at Audierne, passing close to them.
French Notice 18/40/06; BA Chart 2819
(HH. 353/405/05) [25/06]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approach to River Deben — Depth; buoyage
264
Paragraph 13.49 2 line 3 Replace by:
...2006, the controlling depth was about 0⋅6 m.
265
Paragraph 13.52 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of Woodbridge Haven Light -buoy
(safe water) (51°58′⋅2N 1°23′⋅9E) the approach is
NNW for 6 cables to Mid Knolls Buoy (starboard
hand) (not charted) at the inner end of the passage
across the bar, passing ENE of West Knolls Buoy
(port hand) (not charted) at the outer end...
Trinity House Notice 28/06
(HH. 242/510/07) [25/06]

NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Kalimantan - Muara Pegah —
Directions; restricted area; anchorage
2
249
Paragraph 9.213 1 line 5 Replace by:
...initially W and then N and then NE for a distance of
22 miles, passing:
Paragraph 9.213 2-3 Replace by:
S of the lighted pipe, previously mentioned, and:
S of Peciko Oilfield Prohibited Area centred on
1°04′S 117°21′E; its S limit marked by a light
buoy (special) in position 1°10′⋅0 S117°19′⋅5E.
3 The route then leads N, passing:
E of the charted Senipah Tanker Anchorage (1°05′S
117°15′E). A light -buoy (safe water) has been
laid in the N sector of the anchorage and a similar
buoy lies 2 miles W. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck which lies 3 miles ESE
of the Senipah Oil Loading Terminal, thence:
4 W of the Peciko Oilfield Prohibited Area, its W
limit marked by a light -buoy (special) in
position 1°03′⋅2S 117°18′⋅6E, to a position
3¼ milesEof theSenipah Oil Loading
5
Terminal, between two light -buoys (lateral),
where the route then turns NE.
Leading Lights:
Front light (0°59′⋅10S 117°20′⋅52E)
Rear light (7 cables NE)
6 The alignment (045½°) of these lights leads to the
vicinity of the charted Fairway light---buoy (0°59′⋅6S
117°20′⋅4E), passing;
NW of the Peciko Oilfield W light buoy, thence:
SE of No 7 buoy (yellow conical), thence:
7 SE of the bank which extends SE from the
entrance to Muara Pegah, ½mileWofthe Fairway light---buoy, its seaward limits
marked by two buoys (lateral). The 10 m
depth contour extends up to 0⋅3 miles further
seaward than charted. The charted dangerous
wreck (0°59′⋅7S 117°19′⋅7E) has been
removed.
8 Caution. The approach to Muara Pegah leads
through a restricted area where anchoring is prohibited.
For further information see 9.14. Additionally, entry,
navigation and anchorage are prohibited in the areas of
the Peciko and Bekapai Prohibited Areas, marked by
light buoys (special). Mariners are advised to exercise
caution when navigating in this area and consult the
local authorities for the latest information.
(Directions continue for Muara Pegah at 9.223)
IV
4.2
251
After Paragraph 9.225 1 Insert:
2 Anchorage An anchorage area has been established
W of the entrance channel to Muara Pegah bounded
by the following positions:
0°58′⋅87S 117°14′⋅57E
0°58′⋅87S 117°18′⋅54E
0°59′⋅58S 117°18′⋅54E
0°59′⋅58S 117°14′⋅57E
The SW and SE limits of the anchorage area are
marked by two light buoys (special).
DG SeaComm
(HH. 527/680/04) [25/06]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Fiumara Grande to Capo D’Anzio —
Directions
330
After Paragraph 11.77 3 line 15 Add:
SW of a dangerous wreck (17½ miles SE), thence:
Italian Notice 7/7/06
(HH. 369/580/05) [25/06]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Egypt - Masabb Rashid (Rosetta Mouth) —
Wreck
117
Paragraph 3.171 1 line 5 Replace by:
NNW of two dangerous wrecks (25 and
29¼ miles W), and:
Hydrolant 897/06
(HH. 405/470/05) [25/06]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
Luing - Ardinamir Bay — Beacon missing
213
Paragraph 7.292 1 line 5 Replace by:
...beacons (starboard hand). The W of the two beacons was
reported missing (2006). The recommended track leads...
West Highland Anchorages & Moorings Association
(HH. 272/450/04) [25/06]
Wk25/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
South Australia - Thevenard —
Light Beacon
333
Paragraph 10.73 1 line 2 -4 Replace by:
...leads N, passing W of a light -buoy (special), and W
of a light -beacon (starboard hand) marking a drying
sandbank which lies 4 cables N of Thevenard Wharf
(10.75); then to a position WSW of Ceduna Jetty...
Australian Notice 10/438/06; Aus Chart 120
(HH. 574/420/03) [24/06]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Brisbane River - Eagle Farm Flats
Reach — Leading lights discontinued
140
Paragraph 4.99 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 Eagle Farm Flats Reach directional light:
Directional light (white triangle point up, red border)
(27°26′⋅7S 153°06′⋅5E).
The track leads SW, in a narrow white sector
(216° -217¼°) of the above light, through Eagle Farm
Flats Reach,...
Australian Notice 10/430/06
(HH. 577/415/08) [24/06]
Wk24/06
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Hoek van Holland — Withdrawal of signals
[24/06]
13
Paragraph 1.105 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...displayed by day and night at Vlissingen. See The
Mariner’s Handbook.
213
Paragraph 9.21 including heading and graphics Replace
by:
Spare
9.21
Paragraph 9.24 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.24
214
Paragraph 9.30 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.30
217
Paragraph 9.49 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.49
Paragraph 9.50 including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.50
218
Paragraph 9.53 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
3 Caution. Prior permission is required for vessels to
turn in Maasmond when proceeding from Nieuwe
Waterweg to Calandkanaal, or the reverse.
220
Paragraph 9.72 3 lines 1 -2 For Signal Station Read Traffic
Centre
Netherlands Notice 21/334/06
(SEP000364852) [24/06]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – Yellow Sea – Dandong Shuidao
approaches — Wreck; buoyage; anchorage
337
Paragraph 10.325 14 Replace by:
14 The track then leads to a position S of the island of
Dalu Dao (39°45′N 123°44′E) (10.336), from where a
light (10.323) is exhibited.
The track continues NE to the vicinity of Dadong
outer anchorage (39°39′N 124°04′E), keeping clear of
a dangerous wreck, existence doubtful, 5¼ miles SSW
of the anchorage, and a second dangerous wreck
(10.353).
339
Paragraph 10.353 1 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorage area (39°39′N 124°04′E), 1 mile
in diameter, centred on a buoy (special); a dangerous
wreck, marked by two light -buoys (isolated danger)
lies 1½ miles S of the buoy.
Quarantine anchorage (39°46′N 124°10′E), depths
up 9 m, mud; may also be used as an outer anchorage
for vessels entering or departing Dadong.
404
Paragraph 13.117 3 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (39°34′N 124°01′E),
existence doubtful.
Thence the track continues to the vicinity of
Dadong outer anchorage (39°39′N, 124°04′E) keeping
clear of a second dangerous wreck (10.353).
Chinese Notices 12/203/06; 15/270/06
( HH. 556/410/03) [24/06]
IV
4.2
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Netherlands - Friesche Zeegat —
Westgat fairway buoy
115
Paragraph 4.257 1 line 3 For (53°32′⋅0N 6°12′⋅0E) Read
(53°31′⋅8N 6°12′⋅2E)
Paragraph 4.259 1 line 3 For 3½ miles Read 3¼ miles
Netherlands Notice 20/317/06
(SEP000364294) [24/06]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Portugal - Entrance to Río Guadiana —
Anchorage
184
Paragraph 6.75 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in convenient depths
anywhere off the entrance to Río Guadiana.
Portuguese Notice 7/175/06
(HH. 363/500/11) [24/06]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Grenadines - Canouan — Depths
315
Paragraph 8.136 3 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
N of a detached shoal (reported 2006), with a least
depth of 5⋅1 m over it (5 miles SW) (8.200).
322
Paragraph 8.200 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 WNW of a detached shoal (reported 2006) with
a least depth of 5⋅1 m over it (6 miles NE)
which is...
Dr C. Doyle
(HH. 671/711/02) [24/06]
Wk24/06

NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Joinville Island Group - Dundee Island -
Welchness — Depth; aids to navigation
160
Paragraph 5.24 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
...morainic.
A beacon (black, yellow bands, 5⋅5 m in height),
stands on the W extremity of Welchness and another
beacon (yellow, red bands, 5⋅5 m in height) stands
1 mile NE. Within...
BA Chart 225
(HH. 009/200/02) [23/06]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
South Australia - Streaky Bay —
Aids to navigation
336
Paragraph 10.89 1 line 7 For 108° Read 111°
Paragraph 10.89 2 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
SSE of a beacon (7¼ miles NW), marking the SE
end of shoal water which extends from North
Bank.
Paragraph 10.89 3 line 1 For 344° Read 032°
Paragraph 10.89 3 line 2 For 1¾ milesRead 2 miles
Australian Notice 10/440/06; Aus Chart 121
(HH. 574/415/03) [23/06]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Latvia - Ventspils — Directions
4
390
Paragraph 10.156 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...by pairs of light -buoys (lateral) swept to a depth of
14⋅8 m (2006), passing (with positions from the front
light):
Paragraph 10.156 3 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
SW of a wreck (3 miles NNW), with a least depth of
8⋅9 m over it and a further wreck with a least
depth of 10⋅1 m, 1½ cables SW, marked by
light -buoys (N and W cardinal). Thence:
Paragraph 10.156 4 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
NE of a wreck (2½ miles NW), with a least
depth of 12⋅2 m over it, and a further wreck
with a least depth of 12⋅9 m, 1 cable E,
marked
Thence:
by a light -buoy (isolated danger).
Paragraph 10.156 4 line 5 For 4⋅2 m Read 5m
Paragraph 10.157 2 lines 5 -9 Replace by:
...of 16⋅8 m, to join the NW fairway about 1 mile NNW of
the harbour entrance. It passes (with positions from the
front light):
SW of the 12⋅2 and 12⋅9 m wrecks (2¾ miles WNW)
(10.156).
BA Chart 2277
(HH. 019/200/01) [23/06]
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Poole Harbour - Buoyage; directions
[23/06]
171
Paragraph 6.131 2 Replace by:
2 There is a speed limit of 6 kn in Little Channel,
from No 29 Stakes Light -buoy (50°42′⋅4N 1°59′⋅0W)
(S cardinal) to, and within Holes Bay (6.155).
173
Paragraph 6.135 1 Replace by:
1 A yellow flashing light is exhibited from a mast at
South Haven Point (50°40′⋅8N 1°57′⋅0W) when a large
vessel is about to enter that part of the channel
situated between No 6 Light -buoy (50°40′⋅1N
1°55′⋅9W) and No 22 Aunt Betty Light-buoy (2 miles
NNW). The light is displayed for vessels that are both
inward bound and outward bound.
175
Paragraph 6.142 2 line 5 For Stakes No 55 Light -buoy
Read No 29 Stakes Light -buoy.
Paragraph 6.143 2 line 5 For Diver No 51 Light -buoy Read
No 25 Diver Light -buoy.
Paragraph 6.144 1 line 2 For Stakes No 55 Light -buoy
Read No 29 Stakes Light -buoy.
Paragraph 6.145 1 lines 4 -10 Replace by:
Directions. From a position 1 mile ENE of South
Haven Point the route leads W across Hook Sand with
a least depth of 0⋅7 m, then SW in depths of up to
4 m, passing (with positions given from South Haven
Point (50°40′⋅8N 1°57′⋅0W)):
Between East Looe No 1 Light -buoy (starboard
hand) and East Looe No 2 Light -buoy (port
hand), (both 7¾ cables ENE), thence:
Between East Looe No 3 Light -buoy (starboard
hand) and East Looe No 4 Light -buoy (port
hand), (both 6 cables ENE), thence:
Poole Harbour Commissioners
(HH. 232/560/18) [23/06]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Madura - Pelabuhan Kalianget — Directions
95
Paragraph 3.251 2 Replace by:
2 From S or SE vessels should pass between Pulau
Giligenteng and Pulau Puteran (7°05′S 114°00′E),
remaining clear of Karang Gemer (7°10′S 113°56′E), a
coral reef well marked by discoloration.
BA Chart 945
(HH. 526/470/04) [23/06]
Wk23/06

NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Capo Circeo — Anchorage
342
Paragraph 12.51 1 including heading Replace by:
Spare
12.51
Italian Notice 8/7/06
(HH. 369/590/04) [23/06]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Shetland Islands - Head of Mula Light -
Bluemull Sound and Colgrave Sound —
Directions
252
Paragraph 6.130 3 line 2 Replace by:
...172° alignment described at 6.239, ahead, or by
night in the white sector (157° -161½°) of Head of
Mula Light (6.328), leads into the N...
286
Paragraph 6.328 1 line 4 Replace by:
...Bluemull Sound leads W, noting that the passage lies
within the green sector of Head of Mula Light (see
below), passing (with positions from...
After Paragraph 6.328 5 line 5 Insert:
Head of Mula Light (2¾ miles WNW) (metal
framework tower, 3½ m in height).
Paragraph 6.329 3 line 5 Replace by:
SW of Head of Mula (1½ miles SSE), on which
Head of Mula Light is exhibited (6.328),and:
Paragraph 6.329 6 line 2 Replace by:
...and Hoga Ness, or by night the white sector
(157° -161½°) of Head of Mula Light (6.328) astern,
leads through, and out of, the N entrance...
287
Paragraph 6.332 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Approach. From a position about 2½ miles E of
Heoga Ness (6.279) the line of bearing 000°, or by
night in the white sector (357° -002°) of Head of Mula
Light (6.328) leads N passing (with positions from the
NE end of Heoga Ness):
Paragraph 6.333 1 line 2 Replace by:
...Rams Ness the route through Colgrave Sound using
the line of bearing described at 6.332 leads N...
Commissioners of Northern Lighthouses
(HH. 270/410/07) [23/06]
Wk23/06
IV
4.2
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Chincoteague Inlet to Chesapeake Bay Entrance
— Rescue
9
Paragraph 1.65 5 line 3 Replace by:
Wachapreague (37°36′⋅3N 75°41′⋅2W) (3.372).
95
Paragraph 3.372 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Wachapreague Coast Guard Station is situated about
4 miles WNW of Wachapreague Inlet (37°34′N
75°37′W).
US Coast Pilot 3, Correction 16/06
(HH. 078/552/09) [23/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
South Australia - Port Bonython —
Restricted areas
364
Paragraph 11.173 2 Replace by:
2 Prohibited and restricted areas. The jetty is
enclosed within a prohibited area and two restricted
areas; the outer restricted area is not shown on the
chart. Vessels may not enter the prohibited area
without prior permission from Port Bonython.
Whenever the berth operations signal, exhibited
from the jetty head, shows a single, red flashing light,
vessels are prohibited from entering the inner restricted
area without prior permission from Port Bonython.
3 The outer, uncharted restricted area lies within a
circle of radius 2 miles, centred on the S end of the
jetty. Vessels are prohibited from entering this area
when the berth operations signal shows two red
flashing lights one above the other. The Port Authority
should be contacted for further details.
South Australian Notice 23/06
(HH. 571/055/03) [22/06]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India - East coast - Paradip —
VLCC Anchorage
70
L33 -35 including existing Supplement amendment,
Replace by:
Anchorage. Anchorages for cargo vessels and
tankers have been established 4¼ miles SSE and
5½ miles SE, respectively, of South Breakwater, as
shown on Chart BA 538.
VLCC anchorages, radius 1⋅5 miles, have been
established (2006) in the following positions:
20°00′N 86°41′E
20°07′⋅5N 86°46′⋅5E
Prohibited Anchorages
Anchorage is prohibited in an area in the port
approaches, shown on the chart, centred 2 miles E of
the pilot boarding position.
A Single Point Mooring (SPM) has been established
in position 20°04′⋅7N 86°41′⋅51E. Anchorage is
prohibited within 2 miles of the SPM and within
1 mile of a submarine pipeline laid from the SPM to
the shore at 20°14′⋅03N 86°36′⋅58E.
Navarea VIII Warning 298/06
(HH. 503/460/03) [22/06]
Wk22/06
4.1
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
France - La Gironde —
Pilot boarding position
[22/06]
240
Paragraph 8.18 1 line 4 For No 13 Read No 13a
Paragraph 8.18 1 line 5 For (45°38′N, 1°06′W) Read
(45°36′N 1°04′W)
SHOM
(HH. 353/540/06) [22/06]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Georgia - P’ot’i — Directions; dangerous wreck
138
After Paragraph 3.342 4 line 5 Insert:
A dangerous wreck (42°10′⋅0N 41°37′⋅4E) lies
close NE of Anchorage Area No 300.
Russian Notice 18/2542/06
(HH. 399/480/02) [22/06]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Skidegate Inlet — Lawn Point Leading Lights;
buoys
213
Paragraph 7.129 including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.129
Paragraph 7.130 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Lawn Point Direction Light (53°25′⋅5N
131°54′⋅9W).
214
Paragraph 7.132 1-2 Replace by:
1 Lawn Point Direction Light (53°25′⋅5N
2
131°54′⋅9W):
From a position about 5 miles NE of this light
the white sector (235 -241°) leads 3½ miles
across the bar, in a least charted depth of
8⋅2 m, to the entrance of the deep water
channel close SE of C14 Light-buoy
(starboard hand).
Paragraph 7.133 1 line 2 For 5 Read 6
Paragraph 7.133 1 line 7 For 9 cables Read 1 mile
Canadian Notice 4/3890/06
(HH. 600/470/03) [22/06]

NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Le Havre - Port 2000 — Development
418
Paragraph 13.132 1 Replace by:
1 The first phase of the construction of Le Havre Port
2000 is complete (2006); the access channel, tidal
basin and four berths are in use. Work continues to
construct additional berths within the Port 2000
complex.
French Chart 6683
(HH. 351/490/08) [22/06]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approach to Westerschelde — Buoyage
161
2
After Paragraph 7.34 1 line 2 Insert:
VG2 Light -buoy (port hand) (51°26′⋅0N 2°48′⋅1E).
Paragraph 7.36 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
Between GZ Light -buoy (S cardinal) 51°24′⋅3N
2°44′⋅5E) and VG Light -buoy (N cardinal),
1½ miles SE, thence:
Between VG1 Light -buoy (starboard hand)
(51°25′⋅0N 2°49′⋅1E) and VG2 Light -buoy (port
hand), 1 mile NNW, where the route rounds to E,
thence:
Netherlands Notice 300/1630/06
(SEP000026773) [22/06]
IV
4.2
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Philippine Islands – Palawan Northwards –
Malampaya Terminal —
General information; pilotage; anchorage
157
Paragraph 7.13 Replace by:
1 Malampaya Terminal, lying in Malampaya Gas
Field, comprises a platform, lit (11°31′N 119°07′E),
andanSBM1½ miles NW from where condensate is
exported. The terminal lies within the entry restricted
area. The Malampaya submarine gas pipeline extends
to the platform from deep water wells about 15 miles
W, and from the platform generally ENE, as shown on
the chart, towards Linapacan Strait and thence to
Batangas (see Philippine Islands Pilot); see also 1.66.
2 Approach and entry. The SBM may be
approached from the N in deep water passing W of a
coral patch, depth 12⋅8 m (42ft), 3½ miles ENE. To
the S of the latitude of the terminal are numerous
shoals, and platforms and buoys, some not charted.
Terminal operator. Shell Philippines Exploration
BV (SPEX), PO Box 3264 MCC, Makati, Manila.
Website: www.shell.com.
3 Local weather - strong winds and swell may occur
at the terminal during the NE monsoon, and strong
winds and squalls during the SW monsoon, see 1.196
and 1.210.
Notice of ETA - 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours before
arrival; for details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4).
Anchorage. The permitted anchorage is 153°,
distant 9 miles from the platform; vessels may prefer
to drift, at least 15 miles from the platform.
4 Pilotage is compulsory, pilots board 3 mile N of the
platform; berthing in daylight, sailing 24 hours.
Regulations. Vessels must not approach within
3 miles of the terminal without permission, and are
advised to contact the terminal before entering the
charted restricted area.
SPEX Manila
(HH. 552/735/02) [22/06]
Wk22/06

NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Approaches to New York Harbor
— Security zone
213
After Paragraph 7.4 3 line 3 Insert:
4 Security zone. An area between the Ambrose to
Hudson Canyon Traffic Lane and the Barnegat to
Ambrose Traffic Lane, extending 6 miles SSE from the
Precautionary Area, is a security zone.
For details see Appendix V.
217
After Paragraph 7.49 1 Insert:
Security zone
7.49a
1 See 7.4.
254
§165.169 Safety and Security Zones: New York
Marine Inspection Zone and Captain of the
Port Zone. Replace by:
§165.169 Safety and Security Zones: New York
Marine Inspection Zone and Captain of the
Port Zone.
(a) Safety and security zones. The following waters
within the New York Marine Inspection Zone and
Captain of the Port Zone are safety and security
zones:
(12) Approaches to New York, Atlantic Ocean. The
following area is a security zone: All waters of
the Atlantic Ocean between the Ambrose to
Hudson Canyon Traffic Lane and the Barnegat to
Ambrose Traffic Lane bound by the following
points:
40°21′29.9′′N 73°44′41.0′′W;
40°21′04.5′′N 73°45′31.4′′W;
40°15′28.3′′N 73°44′13.8′′W;
40°15′35.4′′N 73°43′29.8′′W;
40°19′21.2′′N 73°42′53.0′′W;
40°21′29.9′′N 73°44′41.0′′W.
(b) Regulations.
(1) Entry into or remaining in a safety or security
zone is prohibited unless authorized by the Coast
Guard Captain of the Port, New York.
(4) The zone described in paragraph (a)(12) of this
section is not a Federal Anchorage Ground. Only
vessels directed by the Captain of the Port or his
or her designated representative to enter this
zone are authorized to anchor here.
(5) Vessels do not need permission from the
Captain of the Port to transit the area described
in paragraph (a)(12) of this section during
periods when that security zone is not being
enforced.
(c) Enforcement. Enforcement periods for the zone in
paragraph (a)(12) will be announced through
marine information broadcast or other appropriate
method of communication. The Coast Guard is
enforcing the zone whenever a vessel is anchored
in the security zone or a Coast Guard patrol vessel
is on scene.
US Coast Pilot 2; 33CFR §165.169
(HH. 078/551/07) [22/06]
Wk22/06
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - North West Cape — Oil field
246
After Paragraph 6.275 3 Insert:
Marine exploitation
6.275a
1 Enfield oil field lies within a circle of radius
1½ miles centred on position 21°29′S 113°59′E (Chart
Aus 329). The field comprises four production wells,
an FPSO and an inter -connecting submarine oil
pipeline.
A restricted area has been established around the
production wells and FPSO. For remarks on safety
zones see 1.11.
A cautionary area within which vessels are to avoid
navigating, anchoring or fishing, has also been
established around the field.
Australian Notice 9/390/06
(HH. 573/435/06) [21/06]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
France - La Rochelle -Ville and Approaches —
Controlling depth
219
Paragraph 7.227 1 line 1 For 0.5 m Read 0⋅2 m
French Notice 11/20/06
(HH. 353/520/06) [21/06]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Pulau -pulau Marabatua — Pulau
Payongpayongan Light
217
Paragraph 8.24 1 Replace by:
1 Spare
218
Paragraph 8.38 4 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Pulau Payongpayongan Light (4°23′S 115°48′E),
white iron framework structure.
Indonesian Notice 13/95/06
(HH. 527/610/04) [21/06]
Wk21/06
4.1
[21/06]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Comores - Ile de Mayotte — Navigation
restriction
75
After Paragraph 3.119 3 Insert:
Navigation restriction. Access to the interior of
Mayotte harbour by vessels arriving from abroad is
authorised only via Passe Mtsamboro.
Government vessels and those private vessels which
have been ordered or authorised to carry out SAR
operations by Mayotte RCC are exempt from the
above restriction.
Mayotte Prefecture, Decree No 03/AM/2006 dated 9
January 2006
(HH. 078/195/02) [21/06]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Alger (Algiers) — Dangerous wreck
263
After Paragraph 6.148 1 line 2 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in Anchorage
Area No 2 in approximate position 36°45′⋅7N
3°07′⋅3E.
Hydrolant 729/06
(HH. 408/460/04) [21/06]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Orkney Islands - Cairston Road — Directions
176
Paragraph 5.120 2 line 3 For 5⋅6 m Read 5⋅1 m.
Orkney Islands Council
(HH. 268/450/04) [21/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
California - Monterey Bay; Humboldt Bay —
Security Zones
314
After Paragraph 9.69 1 Insert:
Security Zones
9.69a
1 Security zones are established in the waters out to
100 yards radius of a cruise ship, tanker or high
interest vessel within the Monterey Bay Area.
Unauthorised entry into a security zone is prohibited.
For general remarks on these areas see 8.6. For
further details see Appendices V and VI.
380
After Paragraph 11.75 1 Insert:
Security Zones
11.75a
1 Security zones are established in the waters out to
100 yards radius of a cruise ship, tanker or high
interest vessel within the Humboldt Bay Area.
Unauthorised entry into a security zone is prohibited.
For general remarks on these areas see 8.6. For
further details see Appendices V and VI.
462
§165.1183 Replace by:
§165.1183 Security Zones; Cruise Ships,
Tankers and High Interest Vessels, San
Francisco Bay and Delta Ports, Monterey Bay
and Humboldt Bay, California.
USCoastPilot7
(HH. 078/555/12) [20/06]
4.1
[20/06]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Victoria - Port Campbell — Platform;
production wells; submarine gas pipelines
86
Paragraph 3.46 Replace by:
1 Production wells and a gas field have been
established in the following positions:
Minerva production wells, centred on position
38°42′⋅8S 142°57′⋅5E.
Casino production wells, centred on position
2
38°47′⋅5S 142°43′⋅2E.
Thylacine gas field, centred on position 39°14′⋅2S
142°54′⋅1E.
A restricted area has been established around the
production wells and the platform. For remarks on
safety zones see 1.10.
A Cautionary Area within which vessels are to
avoid navigating, anchoring or fishing, has also been
established around Thylacine gas field.
Paragraph 3.47 Replace by:
1 Submarine gas pipelines have been laid from
position 38°37′⋅4S 142°57′⋅8E to Minerva and Casino
production wells, 5½ miles SSW and 17 miles SW
respectively, of Point Sturgess.
Another gas pipeline has been laid from position
38°37′⋅6S 142°58′⋅5E to Thylacine gas field, 37 miles
S of Point Sturgess. For further information on
pipelines see 1.33.
87
After Paragraph 3.50 1 line 12 Add:
Clear of Casino Production Wells (38°48′S
142°43′E) (3.46), thence:
After Paragraph 3.51 1 line 9 Add:
NE of Thylacine gas field (39°14′S 142°54′E)
(3.46), thence:
Australian Notice 08/356/06; Australian Chart 349
(HH. 575/450/03) [20/06]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Denmark - Frederikshavn — Directions
110
2
Paragraph 3.388 1 Delete
Paragraph 3.388 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
From a position close to Frederikshavn Light-buoy
(safe water, racon), the track leads NW in the narrow
white sector (308¼° ---310¼°) of Frederikshavn
Approach Sector Light (57°26′⋅2N 10°32′⋅5E), for
about 1¾ miles to the harbour entrance, passing...
Danish Notice 15/406/06
(HH. 332/420/06) [20/06]
Wk20/06

NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Estonia - Kihelkonna laht — Directions
416
Paragraph 12.24 3 line 8 For (109°) Read (129°)
BA Chart 2223
(HH. 019/200/01) [20/06]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Kotka Oil harbour — Directions
178
Paragraph 5.101 2 line 10 For Lights Read Beacons
Finnish Chart 138
(HH. 322/540/03) [20/06]
Sweden - Nordmalingsfjärden — Directions
424
Paragraph 10.332 3 Replace by:
3 At night. Approach from seaward in the white
sector (359° -002°) of Järnäs-Sandö Light (10.331),
altering course to remain within the white sector
(355½°--- 358°) of Kyrkhälludden Light, and thence
head NNW in the narrow white sector (151° -152½°),
astern, of Järnäs-Sandö Light.
Swedish Chart 514
(HH. 020/200/01) [20/06]
Sweden - Gumbodahamn — Directions
444
Paragraph 11.30 3 lines 1 and 3 For E Read W
Paragraph 11.30 4 line 1 For W Read E
Swedish Chart 422
(HH. 020/200/01) [20/06]
Sweden - Kågehamn — Directions
453
Paragraph 11.98 1-3 Replace by:
1 Approach from east -south -east. From a position
about 4 miles ENE of Kågnäshällan Light (64°45′N
21°19′E), the track leads WNW keeping Bergskäret
Light ahead bearing 286½°, passing (with positions
from Kågnäshällan Light):
NNE of Fördärvet (2½ miles E), marked by a buoy
(E cardinal), thence:
NNE of Avbäran (1¾ miles NE), thence:
SSW of Ersgrundet (2½ miles N), thence:
Swedish Chart 421
(HH. 020/200/01) [20/06]
Wk20/06
IV
4.2
Sweden - Siknäsfjärden — Directions
478
Paragraph 11.264 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...then alter course to pass between the light -structure and
Vattengrynnan, a rock awash marked by a buoy (port hand).
Swedish Chart 413
(HH. 020/200/01) [20/06]
Sweden - Malören to Repskärsfjärden —
Directions
480
Paragraph 11.289 4 line 1 For 9⋅8 m Read 9m
Swedish Chart 412
(HH. 020/200/01) [20/06]
Sweden - Haparandahamn — Directions
485
Paragraph 11.335 4 lines 4 -7 Delete
Swedish Chart 4101
(HH. 020/200/01) [20/06]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2006 Edition)
Inverness — Pilotage; regulations
137
Paragraph 4.245 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 Notice of ETA required. At least 24 hours together
with all relevant details of the vessel concerned,
including air draught. Masters are to confirm this
information on approaching the firth.
141
After Paragraph 4.264 2 line 3 Insert:
Vessels are to notify the Harbour Master prior to
arrival that a pilotage passage plan for the port is
ready for use.
Inverness Harbour Master
(HH. 266/824/04) [20/06]
Inverness — Directions
138
After Paragraph 4.254 2 line 10 Add:
NW of a buoy (special) moored 1 mile SSW of
Alturlie Point, marking the seaward extremity of
an outfall.
Inverness Port Authority
(HH. 266/440/06) [20/06]

Kirkwall — Berths
219
Paragraph 5.360 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...excluding the camber. There are depths of up to 6⋅2 m
alongside the outer parts of the pier, including the Ro -Ro
berthontheWside.TheNfaceofthepieris...
Paragraph 5.360 2 line 2 For 3⋅7 mRead about 4⋅0 m
Orkney Islands Council
(HH. 268/430/06) [20/06]
Linga Sound - Wether Holm - Light
268
Paragraph 6.221 2 line 2 Replace by:
...Symbister Ness) (see below) on which a light (see
below) is exhibited, bearing 011°, ahead, and open...
269
Paragraph 6.221 6 line 4 Replace by:
...and on which a light (see below) is exhibited.
Wether Holm should be given a berth of at least...
After Paragraph 6.221 9 line 6 Insert:
Wether Holm Light (white clad metal framework
tower, 5 m in height) (2 miles NNE).
273
Paragraph 6.231 7 line 6 Delete
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 10/06; United
Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 270/400/13) [20/06]
IV
4.3
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Barbados - Spring Garden — Submarine
pipeline
347
After Paragraph 9.63 2 line 3 Insert:
Caution. Mariners are advised not to anchor or fish
in the vicinity of an outfall pipeline that leads
generally W, thence S and WSW for about 1 mile
from Spring Garden shore.
348
Paragraph 9.78 1 line 5 Add:
Caution. Mariners are advised not to anchor or fish
in the vicinity of an outfall pipeline that leads
generally W, thence S and WSW for about 1 mile
from Spring Garden shore, and lies close NW of the
anchorage.
Barbados Port Inc.; BA Chart 502
(HH. 671/730/03) [20/06]
Wk20/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2003 Edition)
Chile - Puerto Calderilla — Directions; light
247
Paragraph 7.300 3 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...between Punta Caldereta (27°04′⋅8S 70°51′⋅6W) and
Punto Zorro, 4 cables NE.
Paragraph 7.303 1 line 5 For (27°03′⋅0S 70°51′⋅7W) Read
(27°03′⋅1S 70°51′⋅1W)
Paragraph 7.304 1 Replace by:
1 The bay is entered between Punta Caldereta, from
which a light (7.305) is exhibited, and Punta Zorro
4 cables NE. Charted dangers fringe the coast on both
sides of the entrance.
Paragraph 7.305 1 Replace by:
1 Useful marks:
Punta Caldereta Light (red GRP tower 3 m in height)
(27°04′⋅8S 70°51′⋅6W)
Beacon (green) (27°04′⋅4S 70°51′⋅3W)
Beacon (white, red) (27°04′⋅5S 70°51′⋅0W)
BA Chart 4231
(HH. 646/460/03) [19/06]
Chile - Puerto Caldera — Light; anchor berths
249
Paragraph 7.327 1 line 2 For (27°03′⋅0S 70°51′⋅7W) Read
(27°03′⋅1S 70°51′⋅1W)
Paragraph 7.332 1 Replace by:
1 Anchor berths. Three designated anchor berths,
shown on the chart, have been established (with
positions from Punta Caldera Light (7.327)):
No 1: Bearing 073° distant 1⋅0 miles.
No 2: Bearing 083° distant 1⋅3 miles
No 3: Bearing 100° distant 1⋅6 miles
Anchorage may also be obtained about 1½ miles E
of Punta Caldera, as shown on the chart, in a depth of
about 23 m.
BA Chart 4231
(HH. 646/460/03) [19/06]
Wk19/06
4.1
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
[19/06]
Spain, North Coast - Ribadesella — Directions
322
Paragraph 10.137 1 line 5 For ESE Read ENE
Paragraph 10.137 2 line 2 For ¾ cable NE Read 1 cable N
323
Paragraph 10.137 2 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...E side of the harbour. A 0⋅3 m patch lies
½ cable S of the light.
Paragraph 10.137 3 Replace by:
1 The fairway crosses the bar about 1 cable NW of
Punta del Caballo Light, then leads SSE, thence E,
thence S alongside the E bank quay.
Paragraph 10.138 Delete
Spanish Notice 7/65/06; Spanish Chart 4031
(HH. 359/490/05) [19/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Needles Channel and Approaches — Directions
191
Paragraph 7.45 2 lines 5 -8 Delete.
North Channel — Directions
193
Paragraph 7.52 2 Replace by:
2 The route then leads generally SE maintaining a
distance of about 1½ cables from Hurst Beach,
passing:
NNE of NE Shingles Light -buoy (E cardinal)
(4¾ cables SSW), thence:
Over the bar (2¾ cables SSW), least depth 6⋅8 m,
marked by heavy overfalls, noting The Trap
(1 cable S), a small ridge of sand and gravel at the
N extremity of the bar.
BA Chart 2035
(HH. 232/580/13) [19/06]
Channel Islands - Plateau des Minquiers —
Directions
358
Paragraph 11.189 3 lines 5 -11 Replace by:
Caution.
A dangerous wreck (position approximate) is
charted in the middle of the channel 9¼ miles E
of Roches Douvres Light.
Trinity House Notice 20/06
(HH. 351/540/06) [19/06]

NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2004 Edition)
Sri Lanka - Colombo — Anchorage
162
Paragraph 4.98 1 lines 2 -5 Delete
BA Chart 1587
(HH. 038/200/01) [19/06]
Sri Lanka West Coast - Negombo — Waiting
area; directions
165
Paragraph 4.122 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.122
Paragraph 4.126 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Clear of Galmaga (centred 9 miles W), a shoal area
lying nearly parallel with the coast, thence:
Paragraph 4.126 3 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...2 m, lies 7¼ cablesNWofthepoint.Thence:
BA Chart 1587
(HH. 038/200/01) [19/06]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Lofoten Islands - Approaches to Ure - Notskjeret
Light — Sectors
241
R33For (350°) Read (348°)
R36For 350° Read 348°
R41For (278° -304°) Read (285½°--- 305°)
R50For (140°) Read (141½°)
242
L12For (278° -304°) Read (285½°--- 305°)
Norwegian Notice 7/414/06
(HH. 310/570/05) [19/06]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Texas - Sabine Pass — Caution
183
Paragraph 7.301 1 line 4 Add:
2 Caution. Mariners navigating Sabine Bank Channel
and Outer Bar Channel should note that, after tropical
cyclones, a strong W current known to cause
groundings has been reported. Extreme caution is
advised.
USCoastPilot5
(HH. 078/554/08) [19/06]
IV
4.2
Wk19/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Guyane Française - Approaches to Cayenne —
Nature reserve
53
Paragraph 2.20 Replace by:
Spare
2.20
Instructions Nautiques H5
(HH. 078/200/01) [18/06]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
Spain, north coast - Ensenada de Luanco —
Directions
330
Paragraph 10.195 4 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
SSE of Peña de Arriba (1½ cables NE), an islet
standing 40 m within the SE corner of the coastal
reef, noting a light -buoy (E cardinal) moored
½ cable S of Peña de Arriba.
Spanish Notice 9/97/06
(HH.359/490/05) [18/06]
Spain, north coast - Vivero — Pilotage
353
Paragraph 11.171 2 line 6 Add:
Pilot boarding position: 43°42′⋅8N 7°35′⋅6W,
4¾ cables W of Punta de Faro Light (11.165). ETA at
pilot boarding position to be confirmed 24 and 6 hours
before arrival.
Spanish Notice 11/127/06
(HH.359/530/04) [18/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
West Solent - Beaulieu River — Buoyage;
directions
192
Paragraph 7.47 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 SSE of Lymington Banks (3 miles W) (7.55),
marked at the SW end by Lymington Bank
Light -buoy (port hand); thence:
Paragraph 7.47 3 lines 2 -3 Delete
Paragraph 7.47 3 line 8 Replace by:
Point Light, and which is marked on its SW side
by Solent Bank Light -buoy (port hand); thence:
Paragraph 7.48 1 Delete: words North Pier between lines 7
and 8.
Wk18/06
4.1
[18/06]
193
After Paragraph 7.48 3 line 1 Add:
SSE of East Lepe Light -buoy (port hand), moored in
position 50°45′⋅9N 1°21′⋅1W; and:
196
Paragraph 7.70 4 Replace by:
4 From a position 2 cables NNE of East Lepe
Light -buoy (port hand) (50°45′⋅9N 1°21′⋅1W) the
alignment (324°) of these leading marks leads in the
approach to the river entrance in a least depth of
0⋅9 m to a position ½ cable ESE of NB Dolphin (red
dolphin white band) from which a light is exhibited,
which stands near the SE extremity of the spit.
Thence:
The line of bearing (334°) by day, or at night the
white sector (331 -337°), of Millenium Light -beacon
(white round tower with lantern, 8 m in height)
(50°47′⋅1N 1°21′⋅9W), leads between numbered
beacons (lateral) to a position close W of No 5
Light -beacon. Thence the channel, which leads
generally WSW, is marked by beacons (lateral) as far
as Needs Ore Point. For night navigation some of the
beacons exhibit lights; the port hand beacons carry red
reflectors and the starboard hand beacons green
reflectors. Thence in mid-channel to the required berth.
Trinity House Notice 16/06 and BA Chart 2021
(HH232/585/03) [18/06]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot (2003
Edition)
Labrador - Davis Inlet to Red Islands — Change
to recommended route
514
Paragraphs 13.144 and 13.145 Replace by:
13.144
1 From a position about 1¼ miles NE of Kamutiktalik
Island (56°18′N 61°06′W) the track continues NW,
passing (with positions relative to Amushavik Islet
(56°26′N 61°09′W)):
SW of an above-water rock (7 miles SE), 4⋅0 m
(13 ft) high, and a drying rock, which are the
SW-most dangers lying off Humbys Island. The
island is 132 m (433 ft) high, generally flat and is
surrounded by small islets, above-water rocks
and drying rocks. Thence:
2 SW of Potuk Island (6 miles SE), 80 m high,
from which a light is exhibited (framework
tower, red and white rectangular daymark,
4 m in height); thence:
SW of two above-water rocks, 4 and 2 m (13 and
7 ft) high, on a drying bank (4¾ miles SE), which
lie 2¼ miles WSW of Potuk Island, thence:

3 NE of a group (4¼ miles SSE) of rocks and
islets lying at the E end of a chain of islands
and islets fringing the E side of Nukasusutok
Island, thence:
SW of an above-water rock (3½ miles SSE), 5⋅0 m
(16 ft) high, from which a light (green and white
rectangular daymark, on framework tower) is
exhibited, thence:
SW of a shoal (2 miles SSE), with a least depth of
3⋅1 m (10 ft) over it, lying 1¼ miles SSW of the
W end of Sandy Island; the shoal is marked on its
W side by NNA2 Light-buoy (starboard hand).
4 Leading lights:
Front light (white trapezoidal daymark with red
stripe, on rectangular framework tower)
(56°22′N 61°10′W) on NW end of unnamed
island 140 m (459 ft) high.
Rear light (similar structure, but with inverted
daymark) (1½ cables SSW of front light).
5 Thence the track leads for 2⋅5 miles on the
alignment astern (024½° -204½°) of these remotely
operated leading lights (for further details see
Admiralty List of Lights Vol H), exhibited from an
unnamed island 3¾ miles SSW of Amushavik Islet,
passing (with positions relative to Amushavik Islet):
SE of Kugyautak Island (1½ miles SW), 80 m
(262 ft) high, passing:
6 NW of a group of drying rocks on a bank
extending up to 5 cables from the W
extremity of Sandy Island (1½ miles ESE),
and:
SE of a bank (7 cables SE) with two rocks on it which
dry 1⋅7 and 2⋅5 m (6 and 8 ft). The NE end of the
bank is marked by NNA3 Light-buoy (port hand).
Thence:
ESE of Amushavik Islet.
13.145
1 The track then resumes a NW direction, passing
(with positions relative to Amushavik Islet):
Between the SE extremity (9 cables N) of Paul
Island and False Start Island (2 miles NE). A
privately maintained light (framework tower) is
exhibited from False Start Island.
SW of the islets, shoals and an above-water rock,
2⋅0 m(6½ ft) high, fringing the S and SW sides of
Skull Island (4 miles NNE), thence:
2 NE of the N entrance point of Ford Harbour
(13.148), from which a light (white
rectangular daymark, red bands, on square
framework tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited,
thence:
SW of Turtle Islet (4½ miles NNE), from which a
privately maintained light (framework tower), is
exhibited.
3 Between Shark Islet (4¼ miles NNW) and
Dolphin Island, thence:
SW of Dugong Islet (4½ miles N), from which a
privately maintained light is exhibited
(framework tower) and Grampus Islet, thence:
SW of Whale Island (5¼ miles N) (13.158), thence:
NE of Red Islands (6 miles NW) which consist of
East Red Island and West Red Island.
IV
4.2
4 The track then leads to a position 5 cables N of
West Red Island (8 miles NW), where it joins
the route (13.157) from seaward to Nain.
West Red Island has a rounded summit and
on the E slope of its N extremity there is a
red cliff prominent from seaward.
5 Useful mark:
Light (green and white rectangular daymark, on
square framework tower, 5 m in height) exhibited
from E-most of Amatut Islands (56°22′N
60°51′W).
(Directions continue, for the route through
Strathcona Run at 13.159 and for a middle route
N to Port Manvers at 13.187)
Canadian Chart 5052 (12/2005 Edition). Canadian Notice
3/5052/06
(HH. 601/400/09) [18/06]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Portugal - Porto do Douro — Maximum size of
vessel; anchorage; entrance directions
130
Paragraph 5.80 1 Replace by:
1 The port is approached over a shallow bar and
entered through a buoyed channel.
Paragraph 5.84 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...currents. In 2005 the maximum size of vessel permitted to
enter the port was LOA 12 m, draught 2 m. These...
Paragraph 5.88 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...sand, on the line of bearing 078¾° of Cantareira Light
(5.97) and with Leixões Molhe Sul Light (41°10′⋅8N...
132
Paragraph 5.97 1 lines 1 -10 Delete
Paragraph 5.97 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 From the vicinity of 41°08′⋅6N 8°41′⋅7W, the port
is entered on the line of bearing 078¾° of Cantareira
Light (column with gallery, white lantern, 6 m in
height) (41°08′⋅9N 8°39′⋅9W), situated on Cais do
Marégrafo, which also passes over the central of the
three Pasteleira Buildings (4 cables to the E of the
light). The track...
Paragraph 5.97 4 Replace by:
4 Caution. It is reported that the Cantareira
light -structure is difficult to identify in the early
morning sunlight.
Paragraph 5.97 5 line 1 Replace by:
5 The line of bearing should not be followed beyond
No 2...
Portuguese Notices 25/378(T)/05 and 5/143/06
(HH. 363/410/05) [18/06]
Wk18/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Germany - Hafen von Stralsund — Directions
481
Paragraph 13.323 1 Delete
Paragraph 13.323 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 The narrow white sector (240° -241½°) of
Hafeneinfahrtsrinne Directional Light leads SW
through...
German Notice 10/(16)1622/06 and ADLL C2585.45
(HH. 327/550/05) [17/06]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
Spain - Burela — Pilot boarding position
348
Paragraph 11.129 1 line 5 Replace by:
Pilotage. The pilot boards 1 mile E of the
breakwater head.
Spanish Notice 11/126/06
(HH.359/520/04) [17/06]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Juan de Fuca Strait - Sooke Harbour — Leading
Lights; buoyage
62
Paragraph 2.62 3 Replace by:
3 The alignment (007½°) of these lights leads clear of
the reef off Whiffin Spit.
Paragraph 2.62 4 Replace by:
4 Thence a channel marked by buoys (lateral) leads
generally WNW, thence NNE to the public wharf.
Attention is drawn to a rocky shoal with a least depth
of 3⋅8 m over it lying close NNE of the track, about
1½ cables W of Woodward Point.
VA Buoy (S cardinal) and VB Buoy (E cardinal),
mark the SE corner of a drying area in the centre of
the harbour.
Canadian (Western) Notice 03/3411/06
(HH. 600/405/05) [17/06]
Wk17/06
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Portland Approaches — Directions
[17/06]
158
Paragraph 6.23 5 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...approach to Portland or Weymouth, thence:
RFA Mounts Bay; RMASHQ
(HH. 232/550/17) [17/06]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
Port of London - Canvey Island — Depths
297
Paragraph 15.34 2 line 4 For 10⋅5 m Read 9⋅7 m
Paragraph 15.34 2 line 5 For 7⋅0 m Read 10⋅0 m
Port of London Authority
(HH. 246/800/10) [17/06]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Comores - East coast of Anjouan — Reef
74
Paragraph 3.108 2 Add:
Depth. A reef, existence doubtful, has been
reported (2006) in position 12°12′⋅8S 44°46′⋅1E.
French Notice 10/54/06
(HH. 462/400/04) [17/06]

NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Netherlands - IJmuiden — Channel -bound
vessels; pilot boarding positions; anchorage
76
Paragraph 3.31 1 line 2 For 13⋅75 m Read 14⋅1 m
Paragraph 3.32 1 line 3 For 7 miles Read 8 miles
Paragraph 3.32 2 line 2 For 7 miles Read 8 miles
Paragraph 3.33 1 line 2 Replace by:
...DW route. Vessels which are not channel -bound should
not remain in the channel longer than is necessary.
Paragraph 3.37 1 line 5 Replace by:
...anchor in the anchorage area about 3 miles SW. During
certain meteorological conditions, for example fog or
extreme cold, transfer can take place by launch.
Paragraph 3.38 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Channel -bound vessels can also embark pilots at
Noord Hinder (52°00′N 3°00′E) (see Dover Strait...
Paragraph 3.38 2 lines 1 -5 Delete
Paragraph 3.39 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Non channel -bound vessels. The pilot boarding
positions for vessels with a draught of 14⋅1 m orless are situated nearer the entrance to IJmuiden Harbour
as described at 3.80.
77
Paragraph 3.49 2 line 4 For 7 miles Read 8 miles
Paragraph 3.51 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...light -buoy, the route for vessels which are not
channel -bound vessels (3.31) leads ENE to the pilot
boarding position (3.80), passing:
Paragraph 3.55 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...channel, channel -bound vessels (3.31) are prohibited
from overtaking or meeting each other in IJ -Geul.
78
Paragraph 3.55 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Vessels, which are not channel -bound vessels,
should not remain in the DW channel longer than is
necessary.
Paragraph 3.58 1 line 1 For Mariners Read Channel -bound
vessels
80
Paragraph 3.79 1 line 4 Replace by:
...the chart. The W part of this anchorage is reserved for
vessels with a draught between 13⋅1 and 14⋅1 m.
Paragraph 3.80 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
Draught 13⋅1 to 14.1 m (salt water): 8 miles WNW.
Draught 10⋅0 to13⋅1m: 6 miles WNW.
Draught 8⋅0 to10⋅0m: 4 miles WNW.
Draught less than 8⋅0 m: 3 miles WNW.
IJmuiden -North Sea Canal LNM 08/06
(HH. 340/812/04) [17/06]
IV
4.2
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Nova Scotia - Little Hope Island — Buoy
134
Paragraph 6.91 1 lines 9 -10 Replace by:
...extremities of the island. UEF Light -buoy (E
cardinal) is moored 4 cables ESE. Thence:
Canada (Eastern) Notice 03/L/C 4230/06
(HH. 606/455/04) [17/06]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Maine - Great Wass Island to Petit Manan Island
— Directions
39
Paragraph 2.8 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...SW), which is marked by DTS Buoy (isolated danger).
Tibbett Rock, marked by DT Buoy (isolated danger), lies
7½ cables farther NNW. Thence:
US Notice 13/13324/06
(HH. 614/405/03) [17/06]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Tidal streams — Information on charts
85
Paragraph 4.13 1 Add:
However, when the spring tidal range is greater than the
mean spring range published in Admiralty Tide Tables the
tidal stream rates can be expected to be proportionately
greater, and conversely when the spring tidal range on the
day is less than the mean spring range the rates will be
proportionately less. The same argument also applies to the
neap rates. The Computation of Rates diagram at the front
of any of the Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlases will assist. In
TotalTide these computations are carried out automatically.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/05) [17/06]
Glossary — Vertical clearance
250
vertical clearance Replace by:
vertical clearance. The minimum height above datum
of the underside of the span of a bridge, or an
overhead cable. The vertical clearance is measured
from the level of HAT, MHWS or MHHW.
Reference should be made to the explanatory notes
under the chart title to determine the applicable
Height Datum.
Formerly termed Headway. See also safe
overhead clearance.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/05) [17/06]
Wk17/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Victoria - Port of Geelong —
Regulations concerning entry
108
Paragraph 4.88 1 line 4 Add:
3.2.3 Unsafe vessels
(1) Any vessel which is unsafe, is prohibited from
entering or transiting the port waters of Geelong
without the express approval of the Harbour
Master.
(2) A vessel is an unsafe vessel for the purposes of
these Harbour Master’s Directions if the
operation of the vessel is likely to endanger life,
the safety of other vessels or the environment
because of:
a) The condition or equipment of the vessel; or
b) The manner in which cargo or equipment on
the vessel is stowed or secured; or
c) The nature of the cargo; or
d) The overloading of the vessel with persons
or cargo; or
e) The number of qualifications of its crew; or
f) Any other reason.
Victorian Notice 49/06
(HH. 575/470/12) [16/06]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 edition)
Torres Strait - Goods Island - Bertie Bay
Anchorage — Obstruction
383
Paragraph 13.105 2 line 6 Replace by:
...the chart, an obstruction, anchor cable, lies 1 cable E of
this anchorage. Craft drawing 2 m or less may obtain a
landing...
Australian Notice 6/252/06
(HH. 577/565/04) [16/06]
4.1
[16/06]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Cocos Islands - South Keeling -Western
Entrance — Directions, depths, anchorage
1
410
Paragraph 13.21 Replace by:
13.21
Depth of 3⋅7 m in the fairway.
Paragraph 13.22 Replace by:
13.22
1 From the vicinity of 12°07′⋅0S 96°48′⋅0E the line of
bearing 102° of No 12 Light-beacon (13.52), 1½ miles
ENE of Ujong Tanjong (12°08′S 96°49′E), leads ESE
through Western Entrance, keeping clear of the coastal
bank, with depths of 1⋅5 m, extending N and NE from
Ujong Point.
The anchorage and berths may be approached from
the vicinity of No 12 Light -beacon, see 13.52.
Paragraph 13.23 Replace by:
13.23
1 Anchorage may be obtained, on a shoal spit, which
drops rapidly, in a depth of 12⋅2 m, about 1 mile
NNW of Ujong Tanjong (12°08′S 96°49′E).
The best anchorage lies with No 12 Light-beacon
(13.52) bearing 104°, the W edge of West Island
bearing 181° and Direction Island Light (13.52)
bearing about 065°.
Australian Notice 16/622/04
(HH. 571/430/03) [16/06]
Wk16/06

Cocos Islands - South Keeling - Port Refuge —
Directions; lights; buoyage
413
Paragraph 13.52 Replace by:
13.52
1 From the vicinity of 12°03′S 96°52′⋅6E the track
leads SSW on the line of bearing (194¼°) of Griffith
Light -beacon (triangular top mark, point down, on
beacon) (12°06′⋅7S 96°51′⋅7E), passing (with positions
from the light -beacon):
2 WNW of a wreck, depth 10⋅5 m (1½ miles
NNE), thence:
WNW of the drying reef (1½ miles NNE) extending
1 cable W from the W point of Direction Island,
from where a light (metal framework tower, 7 m
in height) is exhibited, thence:
3 ESE of the end of a drying reef (1¼ miles
NNW), which extends 9 cables SE from
Possession Point (13.17), the SE point of
Horsburgh Island, thence:
ESE of a stranded wreck (1 mile NNW); a number of
drying reefs lie between 1 and 4 cables from the
wreck in an arc from N to S via W.
4 WNW of a light -beacon (black) (1 mile NNE); a
light -buoy (port hand), marking a 5 m shoal,
lies ¾ cable S, thence:
Close WNW of a 5 m depth contour (7¾ cables
NNE) at the W end of a bank with depths of 3⋅5 m.
5 The track continues on the line of bearing (194¼°)
to a position close WNW of a light -buoy (port hand)
(6¾ cables NNE).
The track then leads S for about 6 cables through a
channel marked by light -beacons and a light buoy, to
a position about ¾ cable E of No 5 Light -beacon
(1½ cables ESE).
6 If proceeding towards West Island and the oil berth
(13.54) the channel, marked by light -beacons and
light -buoys then leads SW for about 1½ miles to a
position S of No 12 Light -beacon (square topmark
beacon) (1¼ miles SW). On this track are many banks
with depths less than 5 m, best seen on the chart.
7 From the position S of No 12 Light -beacon the oil
berth, 2¾ cables SSW and the anchorage 4¾ cables
SSW can be approach directly.
Australian Notices16/622/04, 20/781/04, 18/779/05
(HH. 571/430/03) [16/06]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
4
Italy - Ortona — Prohibited areas
509
After Paragraph 11.310 3 line 5 Add:
The outfall pipeline passes through an area into
which entry is prohibited, centred on an obstruction
lying about 2½ cables NNE of Ortona Light, as shown
on the chart. Entry is also prohibited into an area
about 1 cable wide, extending about 4 cables ENE
from a position on Molo Nord 6 cables SE of Ortona
Light, in which works are in progress (2006).
Italian Notice 3.15/06
(HH. 370/520/06) [16/06]
Wk16/06
IV
4.2
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
2
North Island - Bay of Islands —
Pilot boarding position
197
Paragraph 7.67 2 Replace by:
Pilot boarding position is 1¾ miles NNE of Fraser
Rock Light (35°14′⋅5S 174°07′⋅0E), as shown on the
chart. If prevented by bad weather from boarding at
this position, the pilot will, by mutual agreement with
the master, lead a vessel through the bay from the
pilot boat, to a position at which boarding is
considered safe.
Pilot boat maintains VHF radio watch from 1 hour
before a vessel is expected.
Land Information New Zealand, Northland Regional
Council.
(HH. 580/485/03) [16/06]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
South Carolina - Cape Romain to Charleston —
Buoyage
202 -203
Paragraph 8.22 1 lines 1 -4 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 07/06 Replace by:
1 From a position SE of Cape Romain (33°00′N
79°22′W) (7.128) the track leads SW, passing:
Paragraph 8.22 2 line 7 Add:
SE of C Light -buoy (special) (32°48′N 79°37′W),
thence:
Chart 2803; US Notices 11/11531/06, 08/11520/06
(HH. 614/625/06) [16/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Cliff Head —
Submarine pipeline; oil production platform
272
After Paragraph 7.219 1 Insert:
Submarine pipeline
7.219a
1 A submarine oil pipeline is laid from the shore in
the vicinity of 29°25′⋅6S 114°58′⋅2E extending W for
4 miles, then generally SW for 2 miles to Cliff oil
production platform in position 29°27′⋅0S 114°52′⋅2E.
For further details regarding submarine pipelines see
1.38.
Australian Notice 6/263/06
(HH. 573/460/03) [15/06]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2004 Edition)
Pakistan - Approaches to Karachi -
Directions — Wreck
320
Paragraph 10.84 6-7 Replace by:
6 S of Beauchamp Reef (10.156) (11 miles W),
thence:
S of Nancowry Shoal (9 miles WSW) consisting
of a series of sand, gravel and coral ridges
which lie on the inshore part of a spit that
extends 3¾ miles SW from Ras Muari,
thence:
7 Clear of a dangerous wreck (10½ miles SW),
position approximate, thence:
Clear of an area (10 miles SSW), position
approximate, in which unexploded ordnance
exists. Anchoring and underwater operations
should not be carried out in the vicinity of
this area. Thence:
S of a dangerous wreck (6 miles SSW), thence:
Pakistani Notice 5/12/05
(HH. 500/430/03) [15/06]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Isola d’Elba - Portoferraio —
Restricted areas; traffic regulations
237
Paragraph 8.63 2-4 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorage. Anchorage can be obtained in
Zone B, SE of Punta del Torrione (42°48′⋅6N
10°19′⋅8E), in depths of 9 -25 m, as shown on the
chart.
Wk15/06
4.1
[15/06]
3 Caution. Anchoring, stopping and fishing are
prohibited within an area, shown on the chart,
containing Portoferraio Harbour and Approach
Channel.
Mariners should note that the holding ground
throughout Rada di Portoferraio is poor and vessels
are likely to drag even with a second anchor deployed.
4 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours a
day for all vessels of 500 grt and greater.
5 Traffic regulations. Vessels entering and leaving
Portoferraio must use the Approach Channel, as shown
on the chart. Vessels using the Approach Channel must
pass starboard to starboard.
Italian Notices 23.34, 23.35, 23.5/05
(HH. 369/540/05) [15/06]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Trieste - Baia di Muggia —
Restricted area
467
After Paragraph 10⋅169⋅2 line 7 Add:
Works are in progress (2006) in a restricted area
extending 2½ cables NNW from Diga Nord, as shown
on the chart.
Italian Notice 2.19/06
(HH. 370/660/04) [15/06]
Italy - Chioggia — Canale Esterno —
Development
547
Paragraph 12⋅288⋅2 line 5 For N Read NNW
After Paragraph 12⋅288⋅2 Add:
Works are in progress (2006) between Canale
Esterno outer breakwaters. Mariners should navigate
with caution in this vicinity, keeping at least 50 m
from a prohibited area marked by light -buoys
(special).
Italian Notices 24.9/04, 24.22/04, 24.15/05
(HH. 370/570/05) [15/06]
Italy - Venezia - Porto di Lido
— Prohibited areas
551
After Paragraph 12⋅318a Insert:
12.318b
1 Prohibited areas marked by light -buoys, beacons
and piles, in which works are in progress (2006), lie
within Porto di Lido, Canale di San Nicolo and Canale
di Treporti.

Caution. Mariners should navigate with extreme
caution in the vicinity of these works, keeping at least
50 m clear of the prohibited areas. See 12.315, 12.329,
12.330, 12.333.
554
After Paragraph 12.329 8 line 8 Add:
Works are in progress (2006) in Porto di Lido. See
12.318b.
After Paragraph 12.330 5 line 10 Add:
Works are in progress (2006) in Canale di San
Nicolo. See 12.318b.
After Paragraph 12.333 1 line 11 Insert:
Works are in progress (2006) in Canale di Treporti.
See 12.318b.
Italian Notice 2.23/05
(HH. 370/610/03) [15/06]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Cyprus - Paphos — Leading Lights
183
Paragraph 6.18 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...entrance, the track leads NW...
Cyprus Ports Authority
(HH. 395/440/03) [15/06]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Florida - Charlotte Harbor - Port Boca Grande
— Directions; Leading Lights
215
Paragraph 9.19 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in the vicinity of the Pilot
Boarding Place (26°39′N 82°21′W) the port is entered
through a channel marked by light -buoys (lateral). The
harbour is entered between the S end of Gasparilla
Island and the N end of Cayo Costa.
Paragraph 9.19 2 lines 1 -4 Delete
US Notice 12/11426/06
(HH. 615/485/04) [15/06]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Grenada - St. George’s Harbour — Berth
333
After Paragraph 8.318 2 Insert:
Grenada Cruise Port
8.318a
1 Grenada Cruise Port, situated 2½ cables NNE of
Fort George Point (8.325) consists of a single jetty
400 m in length with depths of 10 m along its N and
S sides. Buoys (lateral) mark the extremities of the
dredged area.
Port Authority of Granada; MV Oceana
(HH. 671/720/03) [15/06]
IV
4.2
Wk15/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Angola - Porto de Luanda - Commercial Quay
— Wreck
206
After Paragraph 7.113 1 line 6 Add:
2 A wreck, with a least depth 2⋅2 m, lies 3½ cables
ENE of the quay.
French Notice 8/44/06
(HH. 447/420/03) [14/06]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Panama - Puerto de Chiriquí Grande — Pilotage
316
Paragraph 12.55 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
Inner anchorage. For vessels proceeding directly
into Laguna de Chiriquí Grande, see 12.58.
Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels
berthing at the SBMs and is available day and night.
The pilot boards in the vicinity of the inner anchorage,
about 3 miles NE of the SBMs. If requested, the pilot
will board vessels in the outer anchorage in the
vicinity of 9°12′N 81°59′W. See also 12.43 and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Superintendente de Mov. de Petróleo y Seguridad, Atlantic
Terminal of Chiriquí Grande; ALRS 6(5)
(HH. 630/415/03) [14/06]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Shute Harbour —
Prohibited anchorage
228
Paragraph 7.119 4 line 1 For 6 cables Read 5 cables
Paragraph 7.120 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
Mariners should not anchor or allow moored vessels
to encroach into the channel or cross N of a line
drawn from No 8 Light -buoy (7.119) (20°17′⋅57S
148°47′⋅43E) to the light -beacon (special) (20°17′⋅67S
148°47′⋅18E) to No 10 Light -beacon (20°17′⋅66S
148°47′⋅15E) and then W to longitude 148°47′E.
Queensland Notice 156/06
(HH. 577/485/05) [14/06]
4.1
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
[14/06]
Sweden - West Coast - Klagshamn westwards -
Lillgrund — Restricted area
230
After Paragraph 6.278 2 Insert:
6.278a
1 Restricted area. A restricted area, marked by
buoys (special), and centred on 55°30′⋅7N 12°46′⋅8E,
is established (2006) for the construction of a wind
farm. This area is closed to unauthorised traffic.
239
Paragraph 6.348 1 line 6 Replace by:
...(55°31′N12°51′E) for about 2 ¾ miles, remaining clear
of the restricted area (6.278a).
Paragraph 6.355 2 line 2 Replace by:
...Höllviken Light (55°31′N 12°51′E) (6.348), and
remaining clear of the restricted area (6.278a), the track
leads...
Swedish Notice 105/3153/06
(HH. 317/680/05) [14/06]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Israel - •efa (Haifa) — Obstruction
228
After Paragraph 7.205 2 line 11 Insert:
Thence to the pilot boarding position, noting an
obstruction (position approximate) close NE,
8 cables N of Main Breakwater.
Israeli Notice 1/06
(HH. 403/400/05) [14/06]
Wk14/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Bight of Biafra — Yoho Terminal; authority
320
Existing Section IV Notice Week 23/03 lines 1 -3 Replace
by:
Yoho Terminal (4°02′N 7°31′E) consists of a
moored FSO from which a racon transmits. The...
Existing Section IV Notice Week 23/03 Authority Replace
by:
Terminal Authority. Mobil Producing Nigeria,
Lagos.
Captain A Reid, FSO Yoho
(HH. 440/400/03) [13/06]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Denmark — Tuborg Havn
222
Paragraph 6.201 1-7 Replace by:
1 General description. Tuborg Havn (55°44′N
12°35′E), immediately N of København, is owned by
the Carlsberg Brewery Company.
2 Port Authority. Tuborg Port Authority, Valby
3
Langgade 1, DK -2500 Valby.
Abnormal water levels. Storms from NW can raise
water level by up to 1 m; storms from SE to SSW can
lower it by the same amount.
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels listed at 6.8.
Pilots can be obtained from København, Helsingør and
Dragør.
4 Harbour layout consists of Yderbassin and
Inderbassin with depths of 4 m; Nordkanal with depths
of 1⋅5 to 3 m and Yderkanal, a yacht harbour, with
depths of 2⋅5 m. The entrance is approached from the
ESE and is protected by a NW/SE oriented detached
breakwater, about 140 m in length, and a N/S oriented
detached breakwater of about 55 m in length. A light
is exhibited on each breakwater marking the limits of
the entrance.
Repairs. Minor repair facilities available.
Danish Notices 4/16/06; 7/268/06
(HH. 333/670/10) [13/06]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Approaches to Raahe —
Authorised draughts
313
Paragraph 8.86 1 line 2 For 3⋅4 m Read 2⋅4 m
Paragraph 8.88 1 line 2 For 3⋅4 m Read 2⋅1 m
Finnish Notice 4/65/06
(HH. 320/319/01) [13/06]
Wk13/06
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2005 Edition)
[13/06]
Thames Estuary — Pilotage;
Oaze Precautionary Area; channels; LNG vessels
234
Index diagram: Oaze Deep pilot symbol (51°29′N0°59′E)
Delete
236
Paragraph 11.16 4 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
...Inner Area but not the Outer Area, including vessels
bound for River Medway, embark pilots in the Warp in the
vicinity of 51°29′⋅7N 0°55′⋅0E.
After Paragraph 11.16 5 Insert:
Pilot disembarkation station
11.16a
1 Outbound vessels, which are subject to compulsory
pilotage in the Inner Area but not the Outer Area,
disembark the pilot about 1 cable S of Sea Reach No 1
Light -buoy (51°29′⋅5N 0°52′⋅6E).
1
240
Paragraph 11.43 1 line 3 For W cardinal Read safe water
After Paragraph 11.44 2 Insert:
11.44a
Deep -draught and shallow -draught channels in
the Oaze Precautionary Area (11.46). If draught
permits, shallow -draught vessels inbound for River
Thames and those intending to embark a pilot at the
Warp (11.16) should use the channel which passes N
of Oaze Light -buoy (special) (51°29′⋅1N 0°56′⋅9E) and
W Oaze Light -buoy (safe water), 1 mile W.
2
Deep -draught vessels follow the recommended DW
route which passes to S of the buoys.
Outbound shallow -draught vessels should proceed
on the starboard side of the principal fairway through
Oaze Precautionary Area.
Paragraph 11.45 2 line 2 For 2 miles Read 2½ miles
After paragraph 11.45 2 Add:
3 Inbound LNG vessels for River Medway may
require to secure a tug before entering the Medway
Approach Channel (16.17). This operation will take
place in an area 2 cables wide running along the S
side of the Oaze Precautionary Area between the
longitudes of Oaze Light -buoy (0°56′⋅9E) and
Medway Light -buoy (0°52′⋅8E). The manoeuvre
towards the S side of the channel is to commence
after passing Knob Light -buoy (51°30′⋅7N 1°04′⋅3E)
and London VTS is to be informed.
4 Inbound LNG vessels for River Medway not
intending to secure a tug before the Medway
Light -buoy should proceed on the starboard side of
the fairway through Oaze Precautionary Area.

Paragraph 11.46 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...manoeuvrability, as well as crossing traffic bound to and
from the Rivers Thames and Medway, may be encountered.
Pilot embarkation and anchoring are prohibited in this area.
After Paragraph 11.46 2 Insert:
Restricted area
11.46a
1 Oaze Restricted Zone (51°30′N, 0°59′E), limits of
which are shown on the chart, occupies the SW part
of the Oaze (11.56). The area, with depths of less than
5 m, is prohibited to all vessels except fishing vessels
and recreational craft.
242
Paragraph 11.56 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...WSW through Oaze Deep. Thence the combined...
Paragraph 11.56 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 SSE of Oaze Bank Light -buoy (starboard hand)
(1¾ miles WNW), which is moored close to
the SW corner of Oaze. Oaze Light -buoy
(special) (11.44a) is moored 1½ cables SE,
thence:
Paragraph 11.56 4 line 1 For (W cardinal) Read (safe water)
Paragraph 11.56 4 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
...or to Medway Light -buoy (safe water), 1¾ miles W, at
the entrance to Medway Approach Channel (16.17).
After Paragraph 11.56 4 Add:
5 Shallow -draught vessels should follow the channel
which passes N of a line between Oaze Light -buoy
and W Oaze Light -buoy, 1 mile W. See 11.44a.
1
314
Paragraph 16.10 2 line 7 Replace by:
...pilot in the Warp in the vicinity of 51°29′⋅7N 0°55′⋅0E.
After Paragraph 16.10 3 Insert:
Pilot disembarkation station
16.10a
Outbound vessels which are exempt from pilotage
in the Port of London Outer Pilotage Area (11.14),
disembark the pilot in the vicinity of Medway
Light -buoy (51°28′⋅8N 0°52′⋅8E).
Port of London Authority
(HH. 244/420/07) [13/06]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
North Wales - Mostyn Docks — Pilotage
233
Paragraph 8.49 3 Replace by:
3 Pilots board near Dee Light-buoy (53°22′⋅0N
3°18′⋅7W) (8.42).
Harbour Master, Port of Mostyn
(HH. 212/402/05) [13/06]
IV
4.2
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Bari — Prohibited area
492
Paragraph 11.147 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Entry is prohibited into an area contained within
Darsena di Ponente, marked by a light -buoy (special),
where works are in progress (2005) as shown on the
chart. Mariners in the vicinity should navigate with
caution.
Italian Notice 2.21/06(T)
(HH. 370/490/03) [13/06]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2004 Edition)
Bab El Mandeb - Mayyøn —Depth
137
Paragraph 4.82 9 line 2 For 13⋅1 m Read 11⋅6 m
Republic of Yemen Maritime Affairs Authority
(HH. 479/400/03) [13/06]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Maine - Portsmouth Harbor to
Cape Ann — Caution
104
After Paragraph 3.322 5 line 6 Add:
Caution. Trawlers and other vessels conducting
bottom operations within a 6⋅7 mile radius seaward of
Isle of Shoals Light should exercise caution because of
Jet Assist Take -Off racks and other debris on the
seabed associated with the naval bombing range
centred on Shag Rock (3.324).
USCoastPilot1
(HH. 078/550/08) [13/06]
Massachusetts - Approaches to Boston Harbor
— Safety and security zones
253
Existing Section IV Notice Week 13/05 §165.110 Replace
by:
§165.110 Safety and Security Zone; Liquefied
Natural Gas Carrier Transits and Anchorage
Operations, Boston, Massachusetts.
(b) Location. The following areas are safety and
security zones:
(1) Vessels underway. All navigable waters of the
United States within the Captain of the Port
(COTP) Boston zone, as defined in 33 CFR
3.05 -10, two miles ahead and one mile astern,
and 500 yards on each side of any liquefied
natural gas carrier (LNGC) vessel while
underway.
Wk13/06

(2) Vessels anchored in Broad Sound. All waters
within a 500 yard radius of any anchored LNGC
vessel located in the waters of Broad Sound
bounded by a line starting at position 42°25′N
070°58′W; then running SE to 42°22′N
070°56′W; then running E to 42°22′N 070°50′W;
then running N to 42°25′N 070°50′W; then
running W back to the starting point (NAD 83).
(c) Regulations.
(1) In accordance with the general regulations in
§165.23 and §165.33 of this part, entry into or
movement within these zones is prohibited
unless authorized by the Captain of the Port,
Boston, or his authorized representative.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/550/08) [13/06]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Virginia - Richmond Deepwater Terminal —
Depth
119
Paragraph 4.175 1 line 2 For 7⋅62 m Read 6⋅1 m
US Coast Pilot 3 Correction 10/06
(HH. 078/552/09) [13/06]
Wk13/06
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Mary Anne Passage -
Corner Shoals — Depth
241
Paragraph 6.226 4 Replace by:
4 ENE of Corner Shoals (7 miles WSW), with a
least charted depth of 6⋅4 m over them.
Australian Notice 5/221/06
(HH. 573/435/06) [12/06]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Approaches to Merikarvia —
Maximum authorised draught
277
Paragraph 7.150 3 line 3 For 3⋅4 m Read 3⋅0 m
Finnish Notice 5/94/06
(HH. 321/660/03) [12/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Portsmouth — Pilotage
187
Paragraph 7.17 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...confirm ETA at pilot boarding place 8 hours before
arrival. ETA should be also be confirmed 2 hours before
arrival at the Nab boarding area or 1½ hours before arrival
at the Saint Helen’s and North Sturbridge boarding areas.
Mariners at anchor requiring a pilot should also...
Portsmouth Commercial Port
(HH. 238/440/08) [12/06]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Corse - Golfe de Porto -Vecchio —
Traffic separation scheme
225
Paragraph 7.66 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 Approach and entry. The port is approached via
the Approach Channel TSS as shown on the chart,
and...
4.1
[12/06]
Paragraph 7.68 3 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...must approach the port through the Approach Channel
TSS, as shown on the chart, maintaining VHF contact with
La Chiappa Signal Station throughout.
226
Paragraph 7.70 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Approach. From a position about 9 miles ENE of
Punta di a Chiappa Light (41°35′⋅8N 9°22′⋅0E) the
track leads WSW through the TSS as shown on the
chart, passing, with positions relative to the light:
Paragraph 7.70 2 lines 1 -3 Delete
French Notice 42/10/05
(HH. 355/490/03) [12/06]
Sardegna - Approaches to Oristano —
Restricted areas
265
After Paragraph 9.93 2 line 7 Add:
Caution. A firing practice area in which anchoring
and fishing are prohibited, containing an area adjacent
to the coast to which entry is prohibited, surrounds the
promontory of Piano di Santadi (9.92). An explosives
dumping ground extends about 3½ miles NE from the
E coast of the promontory, its W limit bordering the
firing practice area and the prohibited area.
Unexploded ordnance may be present on the seabed.
Italian Notice 15/05/02
(HH. 372/510/03) [12/06]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Porto di Malamocco — Development
551
After Paragraph 12.318 7 Insert:
Development
12.318a
1 A prohibited area marked by light -buoys and
light -beacons (special), in which works are in progress
(2006), lies in the entrance channel to Porto di
Malamocco and S and E of Porto di Malamocco S
breakwater.
Caution. Mariners should navigate with extreme
caution in this vicinity keeping at least 50 m clear of
the prohibited area. See 12.315, 12.321, 12.325.
Wk12/06

553
Paragraph 12.325 10 Replace by:
10 Works are in progress (2006) in the entrance
channel to Porto di Malamocco and S and E of Porto
di Malamocco S Breakwater. See 12.315, 12.318a,
12.321.
Italian Notice 2/22/06
(HH. 370/600/03) [12/06]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 10 -2006
Velfjorden - Nevernes — Light
95
R46For 248° -256° Read 249½° -255½°
Norwegian Notice 4/260/06
(HH. 310/525/05) [12/06]
Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget —
Buoyage; berths
210
L66-68Replace by:
Close E of a light -buoy (starboard hand) (3 cables
NNE), and:
W of Lappsvikskjeret Light (3 cables NE), thence:
Close E of a spar buoy (starboard hand) (2½ cables
NNE), thence:
W of a spar buoy (1 cable NNE).
R5-6Replace by:
...mounted on telegraph poles with daymarks.
R8-9Replace by:
Berths at Skarberget: ferry berth on the mole from
which a light is exhibited; small wooden jetty close E
of the mole with a depth at the head of 5⋅3 m.
Norwegian Notice 23/1184/05; Den Norske Los Volume 5
(HH. 310/555/03) [12/06]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
Firth of Clyde - Troon Harbour —
Conspicuous building; racon
71
Paragraph 3.188 1 lines 6 -7 Delete
After Paragraph 3.188 1 Add:
Other aid to navigation
3.188a
1 Racon: Lady Isle Lighthouse (3.188).
Clydeport Operations Ltd; Northern Lighthouse Board
(HH. 274/430/06) [12/06]
Wk12/06
IV
4.2
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Maine - Portsmouth Harbor to
Boston Harbor — Directions
104
Paragraph 3.322 5 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...4 cables ESE of Cape Ann Light.
110
Paragraph 4.14 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 3 miles E of Thacher...
US Coast Pilot 1 Corr 09/06
(HH. 078/550/08) [12/06]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Virginia - Winter Quarter Shoal to False Cape
— Regulated navigation area
93
After Paragraph 3.353 2 Insert:
Regulations
3.353a
1 Regulated navigation area. From a position about
12 miles NE of Chincoteague Inlet (3.355) and
extending E to the 12 mile territorial limit, a regulated
navigation area extends about 95 miles SSW between
the 12 mile territorial limit and the shore.
See Appendix V §165.501 for details and general
rules governing regulated navigation areas.
94
After Paragraph 3.357 1 Insert:
Regulated navigation area. See 3.353a.
95
After Paragraph 3.368 1 Insert:
Regulated navigation area. See 3.353a.
99
After Paragraph 4.4 3 Insert:
4 Regulated navigation area. An area extending
across the entrance to Chesapeake Bay from the
12 mile territorial limit to the shore, to and including
the entrance, is a regulated navigation area. See also
3.353a.
5 See Appendix V §165.501 for details and general
rules governing regulated navigation areas.
102
Paragraph 4.22 1 line 6 For IV Read V

262
§165.501 Replace by:
§165.501 Chesapeake Bay entrance and
Hampton Roads, Virginia and adjacent waters;
Regulated Navigation Area.
(a) Location. The waters enclosed by the shoreline and
the following lines are a Regulated Navigation Area:
(1) Offshore zone. A line drawn due E from the
mean low water mark at the North Carolina and
Virginia border at 36°33′03′′N 75°52′00′′W to
the Territorial Seas boundary line at 36°33′05′′N
75°36′51′′W, thence generally NE along the
Territorial Seas boundary line to 38°01′39′′N
74°57′18′′W, thence due W to the mean low
water mark at the Maryland and Virginia border
at 38°01′39′′N 75°14′30′′W, thence S along the
mean low water mark on the Virginia coast, and
E of the Colregs Demarcation Lines across
Chincoteague Inlet, Assawoman Inlet, Gargathy
Inlet, Metompkin Inlet, Wachapreague Inlet,
Quinby Inlet, Great Machipongo Inlet, Sand
Shoal Inlet, New Inlet, Ship Shoal Inlet and
Little Inlet to the Colregs Demarcation Line
across the mouth of Chesapeake Bay, continuing
S along the Virginia low water mark and E of
the Colregs Demarcation Line across Rudee Inlet
to the point of beginning. All positions reference
NAD 83.
(c) Applicability. This section applies to all vessels
operating within the Regulated Navigation Area,
including naval and public vessels, except vessels that
are engaged in the following operations:
(1) Law enforcement.
(2) Servicing aids to navigation.
(3) Surveying maintenance, or improvement of
waters in the Regulated Navigation Area.
(d) Regulations.
(5) Restrictions on vessels with impaired
maneuverability.
(i) Before entry. A vessel over 100 gross tons,
whose ability to maneuver is impaired by
heavy weather, defective steering equipment,
defective main propulsion machinery, or other
damage, may not enter the Regulated
Navigation Area without the permission of the
Captain of the Port.
(i) After entry. A vessel over 100 gross tons,
which is underway in the Regulated
Navigation Area, that has its ability to
maneuver become impaired for any reason,
shall, as soon as possible, report the
impairment to the Captain of the Port.
(6) Requirements for navigation charts, radars, and
pilots. No vessel over 100 gross tons may enter
the Regulated Navigation Area, unless it has on
board:
(i) Corrected charts of the Regulated Navigation
Area. Instead of corrected paper charts,
warships or other vessels owned, leased, or
operated by the United States Government and
used only in government non -commercial
service may carry electronic charting and
navigation systems that have met the
applicable agency regulations regarding
navigation safety.
IV
4.3
(ii) An operative radar during periods of reduced
visibility.
(iii) When in inland waters, a pilot or other
person on board with previous experience
navigating vessels on the waters of the
Regulated Navigation Area.
(7) Emergency procedures.
(i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(7)(ii) of
this section, in an emergency any vessel may
deviate from the regulations in this section to
the extent necessary to avoid endangering the
safety of persons, property, or the
environment.
(9) Port security requirements. Vessels in excess of
300 gross tons, including tug and barge
combinations in excess of 300 gross tons
(combined), shall not enter the Regulated
Navigation Area, move within the Regulated
Navigation Area, or be present within the
Regulated Navigation Area, unless they comply
with the following requirements:
(i) Obtain authorization to enter the Regulated
Navigation Area from the designated
representative of the Captain of the Port prior
to entry. All vessels entering or remaining in
the Regulated Navigation Area may be subject
to a Coast Guard boarding.
(iv) The designated representative of the Captain
of the Port shall be contacted on VHF -FM
channel 12, or by calling 757 -444 -5209,
757 -444 -5210, or 757 -668 -5555.
(e) Waivers.
(1) The Captain of the Port may, upon request,
waive any regulation in this section.
(2) An application for a waiver must state the need
for the waiver and describe the proposed vessel
operations.
(f) Control of vessels within the Regulated Navigation
Area.
(1) When necessary to prevent damage, destruction
or loss of any vessel, facility or port
infrastructure, the Captain of the Port may direct
the movement of vessels or issue orders
requiring vessels to anchor or moor in specific
locations.
(2) If needed for the maritime, commercial or
security interests of the United States, the
Captain of the Port may order a vessel to move
from the location in which it is anchored to
another location within the Regulated Navigation
Area.
(3) The master of a vessel within the Regulated
Navigation Area shall comply with any orders or
directions issued to the master’s vessel by the
Captain of the Port.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/552/09) [12/06]
Wk12/06

Florida - Saint Johns River to Cape Canaveral
— Hazards
245
After Paragraph 9.144 2 Insert:
3 Launch debris. Launch debris may fall within
areas extending 80 miles NE and 75 miles E of Cape
Canaveral, as shown on the chart. The US Coastguard
should be contacted for launch times and areas to be
used.
US Charts 11460; 11480
(HH. 614/640/05) [12/06]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Straits of Florida — Hazards
118
Paragraph 5.12 1 Including heading Replace by:
Hazards
5.12
1 Missile debris. Trawlers or other vessels should
exercise caution while dragging the ocean floor within
a 40 mile radius of Cape Canaveral, since it is known
that missile debris, some of which may contain
unexploded ordnance, exists in the area.
2 Weather rocket impact area liesinthissamearea
and mariners are cautioned against possible hazards,
due to falling rocket casings, between 1930 and 2100
weekdays.
3 Launch debris may fall within areas extending
80 miles NE and 75 miles E of Cape Canaveral, as
shown on the chart. The US Coastguard should be
contacted for launch times and areas to be used.
120
After Paragraph 5.27 1 Insert:
Hazards
5.27a
1 See 5.12.
121
Paragraph 5.37 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 26/04 Replace by:
2 Caution. See 5.12.
US Charts 11460; 11480
(HH. 614/640/05) [12/06]
Wk12/06
IV
4.4
Cayman Islands - Lesser Caymans —
Anchorages
277
Paragraph 10.295 6 Delete
Paragraph 10.300 1-3 Replace by:
10.300
Spare
Paragraph 10.301 1 Replace by:
10.301
Spare
Paragraph 10.302 1-2 Replace by:
10.302
Spare
Paragraph 10.303 1-3 Replace by:
10.303
Spare
Paragraph 10.304 1 Replace by:
10.304
Spare
Maritime Authority of the Cayman Islands
(HH. 679/420/02) [12/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Namibia — Orangemund Oil Terminal
247
Paragraph 8.208 1-5 Replace by:
1 The oil terminal, pipe line and buoys have been
removed. The concrete mooring blocks remain in place
within a foul area centred on 28°35′⋅8S 16°20′⋅7E, as
shown on the chart.
South African Notice 1/27/06
(HH. 449/400/04) [11/06]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Weipa — Anchorages
92
After Paragraph 2.40 1 line 4 Insert:
Designated anchorages for vessels awaiting a pilot
are established N and S of the approach fairway, as
shown on the chart.
Australian Notice 3/124/06
(HH. 577/585/03) [11/06]
Northern Territories - Darwin —
Submarine pipeline; light -beacons
149
After Paragraph 4.81 2 Insert:
Submarine pipeline
4.81a
1 A submarine gas pipeline is laid from position
12°31′⋅6S 130°51′⋅6E through the waters of Port
Darwin, thence generally WNW to position 11°04′S
126°37′E, within Bayu Undan Gasfield (4.31). The
alignment, 072¼°, of the first leg of the pipeline, is
marked by two light -beacons.
For further information regarding submarine
pipelines see 1.38.
Australian Notices 6/240/05; 4/169/06
(HH. 571/400/01; HH. 572/440/04) [11/06]
Northern Territories - Darwin —
Traffic regulations; light -buoys
153
After Paragraph 4.112 1 Insert:
Traffic regulations
4.112a
1 A restricted area is established at Wickham Point
LNG Jetty (4.137) as follows:
At all times vessels are prohibited from approaching
within 100 m of the jetty. This is extended to
500 m from the jetty 45 minutes before berthing,
and until departure of an LNG tanker.
4.1
[11/06]
That part of the 500 m restricted area which lies N
and S of the jetty is marked by light -buoys
(special).
Darwin Port Corporation
(HH. 572/440/04) [11/06]
Northern Territories - Darwin —
Berth; light -buoy
158
After Paragraph 4.137 1 Insert:
Wickham Point LNG berth lies 9 cables S of
Wickham Point (12°30′⋅5S 130°51′⋅5E). The T -head
jetty extends 7 cables W from the shore. A light -buoy
(isolated danger) is moored 4 cables W of the berth.
Australian Notices 23/996/05; 4/169/06
(HH. 572/440/04) [11/06]
South Australia - Adelaide —
Depth; leading beacons
386
Paragraph 12.118 1 line 6 Add:
1 cable W of Berth No 11, Commercial Wharf, a 2⋅3 m
patch exists in position 34°50′⋅32S 138°30′⋅34E.
389
Paragraph 12.136 7 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Leading marks. The alignment (074¾°), astern, of
the leading beacons situated between Commercial
Wharf and No 1 Dock, leads through the central span
of Birkenhead Bridge.
Australian Notice 4/172/06
(HH. 574/490/05) [11/06]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Järngrynnan to Rajakari — Directions
6
207
Paragraph 6.32 6 Replace by:
Thence, from a position about 5 cables SSE of
Onholm Light (metal mast, red bands) (59°56′⋅1N
22°23′⋅1E), the fairway, marked by buoys, leads N for
4¼ miles passing E of Högsåra and W of Kuggör
Beacon (59°58′⋅3N 22°23′⋅0E).
Paragraph 6.36 1 line 2 For Light Read Beacon
208
Paragraph 6.40 1-2 Existing Section IV Notice Week 05/06
Replace by:
1 From a position close WSW of Hogholmen
(60°00′⋅0N 22°23′⋅0E) the fairway leads generally N
passing between Hamnholmen and Purunpää, and W
of Ekholm, to a position close NE of Sandskär
(60°02′⋅6N 22°22′⋅0E). The track then leads 2½ miles
NNW to the Högland leading line.
Wk11/06

209
Paragraph 6.44 1-4 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 05/06 Replace by:
1 From a position close WSW of Hogholmen
(60°00′⋅0N 22°23′⋅0E), the fairway, authorised for a
draught of 4⋅2 m and marked by buoys, leads WNW
for about 10 miles to the vicinity of Knivskär, SE of
Gullkrona, passing (with positions from Ljusskär
(60°01′⋅0N 22°18′⋅7E)):
2 SSW of Hamnholmen (1¼ miles E), thence:
NNE of Ljusskär, on which stands a cairn,
thence:
3 SSW of Helsingholmen (1½ miles WNW), on
the SW extremity of which stands a cairn,
thence:
Between Helsingholmen and Rödkläpp, an islet
3 cables WNW, marked by a beacon, thence:
4 NNE of Östra Dömmaskär and Västra
Dömmaskär (3¼ miles WNW); a beacon
stands on the N point of Östra Dömmaskär.
Thence:
Between several islets and shoals, including
Spelharun (6 miles WNW), on which stands a
beacon (truncated wooden pyramid with mast,
the S side red, the other sides black and
white).
212
Paragraph 6.73 2 Replace by:
2 Thence, from a position 4 cables S of the front
light, the route leads 1¼ miles NE, then N to pass E
of Hamnholm.
Finnish Notice 2 -3/32/06; Finnish Chart 25
(HH. 320/319/01) [11/06]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Strait of Georgia - Hole in the Wall -
Florence Cove — Anchorage
287
After Paragraph 7.376 1 Insert:
2 Although this anchorage is well -positioned, it has
been reported (2006) that log hauling cables foul the
sea bed in the S part of the cove and that weed has
fouled anchors.
Canadian Sailing Directions, British Columbia Volume 1
Change 02/06
(HH. 078/050/04) [11/06]
Wk11/06
IV
4.2
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Graham Island - Virago Sound and
Alexandra Narrows — Depths
245
After Paragraph 8.193 6 Insert:
7 Caution Charted depths over The Bar (8.191),
Haswell Reef (8.192) and Richard III Bank are subject
to change as a result of silting and scouring.
Canada (West) Notice 2/3895/06
(HH. 600/470/03) [11/06]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Peninsular Malaysia - Kertih Terminal —
Pilotage
99
Paragraph 3.108 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
No 1, in position 4°38′⋅0N 103°33′⋅0E
No 2, in position 4°35′⋅0N 103°33′⋅0E
Kertih Port Authority
(HH. 517/750/04) [11/06]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Singapore Strait - Middle Channel -
Ramunia Shoals — Wreck; buoy
228
Paragraph 7.165 1 line 7 Existing Section IV Notice Week
31/05 Replace by:
...considerably.
After Paragraph 7.170 1 line 8 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 31/05 Delete
230
Paragraph 7.186 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 31/05 Delete
Paragraph 7.187 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 31/05 Delete
MPA Singapore Notice 105/05
(HH. 522/400/11) [11/06]

NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
France - Gulf of Lions -
Approaches to Sète — Pilotage
69
Paragraph 2.84 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...vessel entering the port will board 2⋅7 miles SE of Épi
Dellon E Head Light (2.90); see...
French Notice 5/26/06
(HH. 354/470/03) [11/06]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Croatia - ªibenski Kanal, southern part —
Outfall
297
After Paragraph 8.122 3 Insert:
4 Caution. A sewer outfall extends about 2½ miles
SSW across ªibenski Kanal from a position 1¼ cables
ENE of Rt Grmine to a position about 3 cables WSW
of OtoÅiÆ Dvainka Light.
Croatian Notice 1/2/06
(HH. 377/490/03) [11/06]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Lockeport Harbour Approaches — Buoyage
134
Paragraph 6.91 3 lines 6 -11 Replace by:
SE of Outer Farm Ledge (11¼ miles SW), least
depth 7⋅6 m, marked by KE52 Light -buoy
(starboard hand). Outer Farm Ledge is the SE
extremity of an area of foul ground which extends
across the entrance of Lockeport Harbour to
Western Head. Thence:
135
Paragraph 6.94 1 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.94
Canada (East) Notices 9/4240/05; 2/4209/06
(HH. 606/445/03) [11/06]
IV
4.3
Wk11/06

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2003 Edition)
Chile - Bahía Coronel — Anchorages
1
198
Paragraph 6.294 1 Including heading Replace by:
Anchorages
6.294
Recommended anchorages, shown on the chart,
have been established in depths of about 11 to 12 m,
mud, in the following positions:
A. Punta Puchoco Light (6.244) bearing 342°
distant 1⋅2 miles, about 1 mile W of Baja Playa
Negra.
B. Punta Puchoco Light bearing 346° distant
1⋅5 miles, about 6 cables WNW of Roca Playa
Blanca (37°03′S 73°09′W).
C. Punta Puchoco Light bearing 349° distant
2⋅0 miles, about 6 cables WSW of Roca Playa
Blanca.
2 Explosives
Puchoco Light.
anchorage lies 1 mile SE of Punta
When approaching any of the above anchorages,
attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck lying
1¾ cables SW of Punta Puchoco, and a wreck with a
depth of 12⋅5 m (41 ft) over it lying 7 cables farther S.
Paragraph 6.299 1-3 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.299
Chilean Notice 1/5/06
(HH. 646/411/02) [10/06]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
Oregon - Cape Arago — Light
77
Paragraph 2.76 2 line 3 Delete
396
Paragraph 12.37 1 lines 2 -7 Delete
Paragraph 12.38 5 line 2 For Cape Arago Light Read Cape
Arago
398
Paragraph 12.47 1 line 3 Replace by:
From the vicinity of Cape Arago, the S...
399
Paragraph 12.63 1 line 1 Delete
401
Paragraph 12.77 1 line 1 Delete
US Notice 5/18587/06
(HH. 612/450/04) [10/06]
4.1
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Saaristomeri - Paraistenportti —
Directions
[10/06]
209
Paragraph 6.47 1-2 Replace by:
1 Paraistenportti Leading Beacons. From Högland
(60°06′N 22°19′E) the alignment (317½°) of the
following beacons leads 2 miles NW through a fairway
marked by light-buoys and buoys:
2 Front (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (60°07′⋅9N
22°16′⋅7E), on Lökgrund.
Rear (similar structure) (2 cables NW of front), on
Sorpo.
Finnish Notice 2 -3/32/06
(HH. 320/319/01) [10/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
France, North Coast - Paimpol Approaches —
Beacon; drying height
304
Paragraph 10.53 1 line 4 For: (port hand) Read: (isolated
danger)
Paragraph 10.53 1 line 7 Replace by:
...channel, noting an isolated 1⋅6 m drying patch
(48°47′⋅4N 2°59′⋅9W) lying very close N of the alignment.
The turn into the port round the head of Jetée de...
French Notice 40/26/05; French chart 7127
(HH. 351/580/03) [10/06]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Qiongzhou Haizia to
Zhujiang Kou — Wreck
233
Paragraph 7.99 3 line 7 Replace by:
...approximate, lies about 4½ miles SE. A dangerous
wreck, position approximate, is reported (2005)
to lie 24 miles S of the SBM.
Chinese Notice 4/46/06
(HH. 548/424/05) [10/06]

NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Singapore Strait - Sambu approaches — Wreck
211
After Paragraph 10.136 4 line 3 Add:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 4 cables W of the
pilot boarding position.
Indonesian Chart 44
(HH. 522/400/11) [10/06]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Wales - Milford Haven — Pilotage; regulations
2
152
Paragraph 5.73 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
Vessels should send their ETA at least 12 hours
prior to arrival or on leaving their last port of call,
whichever is the later, to Port Control stating their
pilotage requirement, or Pilotage Exemption Certificate
number if applicable, draught, cargo, previous port of
call and any circumstances which may affect the
seaworthiness or manoeuvrability of the vessel. Any
amendment to this information should be immediately,
and in any case at least 2 hours before arrival, reported
to Port Control.
Paragraph 5.73 3 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Pilots board 4½ miles SSW of St Ann’s Head
Light, or as weather conditions dictate.
After Paragraph 5.75 2 Insert:
Restricted visibility. Vessels of 30 000 dwt or
greater and all LPG vessels shall not enter or move
within the Haven if visibility is less than 1 mile.
Vessels less than 30 000 dwt carrying a dangerous
substance or polluting cargo in bulk shall not enter or
move within the Haven if visibility is less than
5 cables.
Vessels greater than 20 m LOA shall not enter or
move within the Haven if visibility is less than
1 cable.
Milford Haven Port Authority
(HH. 214/410/21) [10/06]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
Northern Ireland, East Coast -
Ardglass — Dangerous wreck
203
After Paragraph 6.189 2 line 2 Add:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 4½ cables S of
Phennick Point (54°15′⋅7N 5°35′⋅7W) (6.185) and
about 2 cables off the recommended approach track.
Belfast Coastguard
(HH. 288/410/04) [10/06]
IV
4.2
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Singapore Strait - Indonesia -
Sambu approaches — Wreck; obstructions
221
Paragraph 7.91 1 Replace by:
1 Pulau Sambu (1°10′N 103°54′E), on which a large
oil terminal operates, is situated off the entrance to
Selat Bulan, and is described in Indonesia Pilot
Volume I together with associated pilotage, buoyage
and anchorages.
2 The pilot boarding position lies 6¾ cables SW of
Batu Berhanti Light -beacon (1°11′N 103°53′E) (7.89)
and may be approached direct from the general
east -going route (7.89) passing N of a dangerous
wreck 1 mile WSW of the light -beacon. Two
obstructions lie 5 and 6½ cables W of the wreck.
3 Selat Bulan is a navigable strait for small or
medium-sized vessels which forms part of the shortest
route between Palembang (Indonesia) and Singapore.
Indonesian Chart 44
(HH. 522/400/11) [10/06]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2005 Edition)
Syria - ®aròøs — Wreck
213
After Paragraph 7.64 1 line 5 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous wreck (position doubtful)
lies 5 cables NNW of the W breakwater.
NAVAREA III Notice 30/06
(HH. 400/420/03) [10/06]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 12 -2005
Ulvesund — Light
245
L 48 Existing Supplement amendment For 089° and 151°
Read 092½° and 151½°
Norwegian Notice 3/159/06
(HH. 310/475/05) [10/06]

NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Oman - Qalhºt — Fertiliser terminal
64
Paragraph 3.28 2 lines 1 -2 Delete.
After Paragraph 3.31 1 Insert:
OMIFCO Terminal
General information
3.31a
1 Position and function. The Oman India Fertiliser
Company (OMIFCO) Terminal (22°39′N 59°26′E) is a
specialised facility for the export of fertiliser, situated
1½ miles SE of Qalhºt LNG Terminal (3.25).
Approach. The terminal is approached from the
pilot boarding area, which lies about 1½ miles E.
Tidal levels see 3.26.
Arrival information
3.31b
1 Port operations. Berthing and unberthing are
carried out day and night. For additional details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Restricted area. The limits of the restricted area
are marked at the seaward corners by two light -buoys
(pillar, white) and onshore by two light -beacons; only
vessels proceeding to and from the terminal are
permitted entry.
2 Notice of ETA required. Vessels should give notice
of their ETA 7 days, then 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours in
advance of arrival.
Caution. Due to extensive fishing activity,
especially at night, vessels should remain at least
10 miles offshore until such time as they are required
to arrive at the pilot boarding area.
3 Outer anchorage. An anchorage area (3.27),
diameter 1 mile, centred on 22°38′⋅4N 59°28′⋅4E lies
about 2 miles ESE of the terminal.
Submarine pipeline. Two submarine pipelines lie
NW and SE of the main jetty, marked at their seaward
extremities by light -buoys (pillar, special).
Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is compulsory and is
available 24 hours. Tugs are available.
Harbour
3.31c
1 General layout The terminal consists of a jetty
(floodlit) which extends 6 cables NE from the shore. A
pier, about 1 cable in length, lies 2 cables NW.
Principal mark. Qalhºt LNG Terminal Flare Stack
Light (22°39′⋅6N 59°24′⋅7E) (3.28).
Berths. There are berths on either side of the jetty,
about 1 cable in length, with alongside depths of about
14 m.
Omani Chart 007; Oman Maritime Handbook
(HH. 485/431/02) [10/06]
IV
4.3
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Maine - Cape Elizabeth to Portsmouth —
Directions
96
Paragraph 3.256 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...Saco Bay (3.262), thence:
Paragraph 3.256 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...SW. Thence:
98
Paragraph 3.270 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position about 2 miles SE of
Goat Island the entrance route leads NW,...
US Coast Pilot 1 Corr 53/05
(HH. 078/550/08) [10/06]
Massachusetts Bay - Strawberry Point to
Gurnet Point — Directions
128
Paragraph 4.145 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 W of Race Point (42°04′N 70°15′W) (4.78),
thence:
US Coast Pilot 1 Corr 53/05
(HH. 078/550/08) [10/06]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Louisiana - Mississippi Delta —
Buoyage: directions
1
209
Paragraph 8.147 1-2 Existing Section IV Notice Week
01/02/06 Replace by:
There is generally deep water in the coastal Safety
Fairway except for the following:
11⋅0 to14⋅9m (36 to 49 ft) off the entrance to
Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Canal (8.159).
In the vicinity of the entrance to Horn Island Pass
(30°09′N 88°34′W) (10.189).
2 Caution. Numerous charted obstructions lie in the
Safety Fairway off the entrance to Mississippi
River-Gulf Outlet Canal (29°25′N 88°59′W); particular
caution is advised when navigating in this area.
Paragraph 8.150 2 line 3 Existing Section IV Notice Week
01/02/06 Delete
Paragraph 8.151 2 lines 6 -7 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 01/02/06 Replace by:
SE of the entrance to Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet
Canal (8.159) (See caution at 8.147).

1
210
Paragraph 8.159 5 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...88°53′⋅0W) to a position 29°26′⋅5N 88°55′⋅6W, thence to
theshoreattheNsideofPassA...
Paragraph 8.160 1 lines 1 -3 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 01/02/06 Replace by:
From a position on the coastal route in the vicinity
of 29°26′N 88°57′W, adjacent to the entrance of the
Mississippi River -Gulf Outlet Canal (8.159), the
approach track leads WSW for a distance of...
Paragraph 8.161 1 line 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 01/02/06 Replace by:
1 Fairway anchorage, east of the entrance to
Mississippi River -Gulf Outlet Canal:...
Paragraph 8.161 2 line 1 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 01/02/06 Replace by:
2 Fairway anchorage, north of the entrance to
Mississippi River -Gulf Outlet Canal:...
US Notice 5/11363/06
(HH. 615/440/11) [10/06]
IV
4.4

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Republic of Ivory Coast — Baobab Marine
Terminal
260
After R 35 Existing Supplement amendment Add:
Baobab Marine Terminal
10.36a
Baobab Marine Terminal (04°58′N 04°33′W),
consists of FPSO Baobab Ivoirien MV10,
turret -moored in a depth of 970 m, about 13 miles
offshore and 38 miles WSW of Abidjan.
The terminal is enclosed within an exclusion zone
of two miles radius; only vessels which have obtained
prior permission may enter this zone.
Berthing operations, weather permitting, are
conducted during daylight hours only; unberthing is
permitted at any time. A support vessel and mooring
launch are available to assist in these operations.
Vessels arriving at the terminal are moored in
tandem, bow to stern, and loading is by means of a
floating hose arrangement between the FPSO and the
tanker. The support vessel remains secured to the stern
of the tanker during the entire loading operation. The
terminal has established parameters for the
suspension/abortion of operations.
Vessel’s mooring arrangements should comply with
Oil Companies Industrial Marine Forum requirements.
Submarine pipelines extend ENE and SE from the
FPSO for a distance of about 2½ miles to production
manifolds.
Unlit small craft. Approaching and departing
tankers should keep a sharp look -out for the possible
presence of small craft, which may not be lit, in the
vicinity of the terminal or anchorage area.
Minimum size of vessel handled: 60 000 dwt.
Maximum bow to manifold distance 172 m.
Arrival information. ETA should be sent at least
seven days prior to arrival and thence 72, 48 and
24 hours in advance to the terminal and to the Abidjan
Port Authority. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (3).
Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels will be boarded by
the Mooring Master about 2 miles from the terminal.
Anchorage area. The designated anchorage is a
circular area of radius 1 mile centred on position
5°04′⋅1N 4°23′⋅4W; Masters of vessels which prefer to
drift should inform the terminal of their intention.
Facilities: None available except, in an emergency.
Medevac service subject to the tanker having a
suitable helicopter landing/winching area, safety and
firefighting readiness as specified in the International
Chamber of Shipping Guide Lines for Helicopter
Operations.
Regulations: Tankers moored at the terminal are
required to fly the flag of the Republic of Ivory Coast.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 428/800/04) [09/06]
Wk09/06
4.1
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
[09/06]
Republic of Congo - Approaches to Pointe Noire
— Platform; wrecks; obstruction
166
Paragraph 5.240 5 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...the breakwater (4°46′⋅3S 11°49′⋅4E), at Pointe Noire. A
disused oil platform (unlit) lies in position (4°44′⋅5S
11°46′⋅4E). Two wrecks lie 3 miles and 1 mile WNW, and
an obstruction with a least depth of 9⋅8 m lies 1 mile NW of
the...
167
Paragraph 5.250 1 line 1 For 10⋅2 mRead 9⋅8 m
168
Paragraph 5.264 1 line 4 For dangerous wreck Read wreck
Paragraph 5.264 2 line 2 Replace by:
...unmarked wreck lies on the SE side, and an
obstruction with a least depth of 9⋅8 m lies 6 cables E
of...
169
Paragraph 5.280 1 line 5 For dangerous wreck Read wreck
Paragraph 5.280 1 line 6 For dangerous wreck Read wreck
French Chart 7585
(HH. 445/410/03) [09/06]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Agneudde to Fagerön —
Directions; light
247
Paragraph 6.149 2 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
...side by a buoy (starboard hand), thence:
BA Chart 3141
(HH. 019/200/01) [09/06]
Sweden - Stockholm -
Saltsjön and Hammarbyleden — Directions
291
After Paragraph 7.223 2 line 5 Add:
SE of a 9⋅6 m shoal (5 cables SSW), thence:
BA Chart 3114
(HH. 019/200/01) [09/06]

NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Routes north and west of Hanko —
Directions
123
Paragraph 4.24 3 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
3 Between Lillklippingsgrund Light -beacon (white
lantern, concrete base; floodlit) (1½ miles NE), at the
W end of a group of isles, and a beacon (floodlit) 1
cable farther NW; the channel limits marked by
light -buoys (port and starboard hand). Thence:
BA Chart 3437
(HH. 020/200/01) [09/06]
Finland - Approaches to Kotka — Directions
173
After Paragraph 5.66 2 line 3 Insert:
Wofan11⋅1m patch (4 miles SSW), marked by a
light -buoy (W cardinal), thence:
Eoftwo7⋅3mpatches (4 miles and 4¾ miles SW),
marked by a light -buoy (E cardinal), thence:
After Paragraph 5.66 3 Insert:
E of a number of isolated shoals (3½ -4 miles W),
with a least depth of 6⋅3 m, and marked by a
light -buoy (E cardinal).
184
Paragraph 5.141 6 line 1 For (064°) Read (067°)
BA Chart 1089
(HH. 020/200/01) [09/06]
Finland - Kristiinankaupunki to Kaskinen —
Directions
281
Paragraph 7.185 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 WSW of Västra Björn (2 miles NNW), thence:
WSW of a shoal (2½ miles NNW), with a least depth
of 3⋅5 m over it, thence:
Between Storklack (3¼ miles NNW) and a 2⋅3 m
patch (3 miles NNW), marked by a buoy (E
cardinal), thence:
Finnish Chart 44
(HH. 020/200/01) [09/06]
Sweden - Approaches to Norrsundet —
Directions
362
Paragraph 9.239 4 Replace by:
4 NNW of Välkommen (3¼ miles SSW), marked
by a buoy (port hand), thence:
Between shoal patches (3½ and 3¾ miles SW), with
least depths of 3⋅9 mand1⋅3 m, marked by buoys
(port and starboard hand respectively), thence:
IV
4.2
NNW of Björn Beacon (framework mast, red
daymark with white bands, 11 m in height)
(4 miles SW), thence:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (4 miles SW) and
between the buoys marking the seaward entrance
to Norrsundet.
Paragraph 9.240 4 Replace by:
4 NE of Välkommen (9.239) (3¼ miles SSW) to
join the track for the E approach.
(Directions continue at 9.245)
Swedish Chart 533
(HH. 020/200/01) [09/06]
Sweden - Västra Kvarken — Directions
436
Paragraph 10.416 4 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
WNW of Norra Knivingskallen (6 miles NNE), a
group of above and underwater rocks, and a
dangerous wreck close W, thence:
BA Chart 2340
(HH. 020/200/01) [09/06]
Sweden - Kinnbäcksfjärden; Piteå approaches —
Directions; authorised draughts
456
Paragraph 11.111 9 line 1 For (063°) Read (061°)
Paragraph 11.119 2 line 2 For 4⋅8 m Read 4⋅0 m
BA Chart 53
(HH. 020/200/01) [09/06]
Sweden - Piteä and approaches —
Vertical clearance; directions
456
Paragraph 11.119 3 line 2 For 15 m Read 13⋅5 m
457
Paragraph 11.126 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 11.128 2 Replace by:
2 The line of bearing (337°) of Leskär Light
(65°08′N 21°38′E) (11.126), leads NNW, passing (with
positions from Nygrån Light):
458
Paragraph 11.129 3-4 Replace by:
3 If continuing on to Haraholmen, when abeam of
Leskär, the line of bearing (337°) of Renöragrundet
Light (red tower, white top, grey base; 11 m in height;
floodlit) (65°11′⋅7N 21°35′⋅2E), leads to a position
abreast Hamviken Front Light (65°10′⋅6N 21°34′⋅4E),
passing (with positions from Nygrån Light):
4 ENE of a shoal (8¼ miles NNW), with a depth
of 7⋅5 m over it, marked by a buoy (E
cardinal), thence:
Wk09/06

Paragraph 11.131 6 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
6 The alignment (320°) of these lights leads between
buoys...
Swedish Notices 100/3111/06; 100/3117/06
(HH. 318/635/03) [09/06]
Sweden - Luleå approaches -
Marakallenleden — Directions
467
Paragraph 11.185 1 Replace by:
1 From a position 3 miles S of Rödkallen the track
leads ENE, passing (with positions from Rödkallen
Södra Lighthouse (65°18′⋅9N 22°22′⋅5E)):
Swedish Chart 414
(HH. 020/200/01) [09/06]
NP 33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2004 Edition)
Cebu Harbour and approaches —
Port development; depths
404
After Paragraph 10.192 2 Insert:
Caution. Extensive development has taken place
throughout Cebu harbour and approaches, including
land reclamation and coastline changes. A number of
dangerous wrecks are reported to exist and numerous
changes have been made to buoys and lights. Mariners
are advised to consult Cebu Port Authority before
entering harbour.
405
Paragraph 10.215 1 lines 2 -3 Delete
Paragraph 10.216 2 lines 1 -7 Delete
Paragraph 10.216 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...N into the entrance channel, passing (with positions from
Gapasgapas...
Paragraph 10.216 3 lines 9 -10 Replace by:
E of an obstruction (2 miles W), with a depth of
6⋅4 m over it, marked by a buoy (green can); a
further obstruction, swept to 2⋅2 m, lies ¾ cable
NNW, and:
406
After Paragraph 10.217 5 line 7 Add:
NW of an unmarked 1⋅3 m patch (6 cables NW),
thence:
Phillipine ENCs PH4CBA40.000; PH5CBH40.000
(HH. 552/500/06) [09/06]
Wk09/06
IV
4.3
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Kalimantan, East Coast -
Senipah Oil Terminal to Tanjung Pemarung —
Buoyage; development
2
249
After Paragraph 9.210 1 Add:
Caution. Additional buoys and beacons, some of
which are lit, have been established in the vicinity of
the Senipah Oil Terminal, the approaches to Senipah
Processing Complex (0°58′S 117°09′E) and the
approaches and entrance to Muara Pegah (9.213). Lit
oil platforms and subsea wellheads have also been
established. Mariners are advised to navigate with
caution and consult the local authorities for latest
information.
Paragraph 9.213 3 line 6 Add:
See also 9.210.
Indonesian Chart 158
(HH. 527/680/04) [09/06]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Massachusetts - Buzzards Bay — Anchorages
153
Paragraph 5.159 1 Including heading Replace by:
Anchorages
5.159
1 General anchorage areas L and M are established in
the central part of Buzzards Bay, lying either side of
the Recommended Route (5.158a). The limits of these
areas are shown on the chart.
US Chart 13230
(HH. 614/450/05) [09/06]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sint Maarten - Groot Baai and Klein Baai —
Prohibited Anchorage
196
Paragraph 5.98 1 line 4 Add:
Due to the presence of submarine cables anchorage
is prohibited in a rectangular area that encloses Klein
Baai (18°01′N 63°04′W) and the W part of Groot
Baai. The area is bounded by the following
coordinates:
18°01′⋅4N 63°03′⋅3W (shore)
18°00′⋅5N 63°03′⋅3W
18°00′⋅5N 63°04′⋅2W
18°01′⋅0N 63°04′⋅2W (shore)
Netherlands Chart 2716
(HH. 671/450/05) [09/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Brazil - Lagoa dos Patos — Pilotage; anchorages
272
Paragraph 8.245 1 Replace by:
1 Compulsory. Requests for pilots should be sent,
through the agents, 24 hours in advance. Sea pilots for
all vessels proceeding to Rio Grande, or ports within
Lagoa dos Patos, board about 1¼ miles E of the
dredged channel entrance. During adverse weather
vessels should follow the pilot vessel into the marked
channel where, once inside the breakwaters, the pilot
will board.
2 For vessels continuing onwards to Porto Alegre and
Terminal Santa Clara, the Lagoa dos Patos Pilot will
board in position 32°03′S 52°03′W, as shown on
Chart 2002. See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (5).
1
274
Paragraph 8.263 1 Replace by:
Compulsory within Lagoa dos Patos. Requests for
pilots should be made at least 24 hours in advance.
See 8.245 for boarding arrangements.
After Paragraph 8.263 2 Insert:
Compulsory anchorages
8.263a
1 Compulsory anchorages, shown on the chart, have
been established as follows:
Centred 31°35′S 51°49′W, about 12 miles NE of
Ponta de Feitoria (8.269), for those vessels
prohibited from navigating within the lagoon at
night.
2 Centred 30°29′S 51°05′W, about 2½ miles E of
Ilha do Barbra Negra (8.270), for vessels
bound for Terminal Santa Clara and for those
vessels prohibited from navigating Rio
Guaíba at night.
276
Paragraph 8.280 1 Replace by:
1 Notice of ETA 32 hours; see 8.245 for boarding
arrangements.
Outer anchorages. See 8.263a and 8.295.
2 Inner anchorage. An anchorage, shown on the
chart, is established off the wharf at Porto Alegre; see
8.284. Use of this anchorage is compulsory for vessels
carrying dangerous cargo and requiring inspection by
the port authority, or for vessels awaiting opening of
the Getúlio Vargas Lifting Bridge (8.265). Such vessels
are permitted to anchor for a maximum of 6 hours;
other vessels may also use the anchorage for a
maximum of 12 hours. In all cases, permission must
be obtained from the Porto Alegre Port Authority.
3 Pilotage. Compulsory, see 8.263.
Tugs. Available.
4.1
Paragraph 8.284 2 line 3 Replace by:
...mud sheltered from all winds, see 8.280.
[08/06]
277
Paragraph 8.288 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorages. See 8.263a.
Inner anchorages:
Compulsory anchorage at Porto Alegre, shown on
the chart, for vessels awaiting inspection, or
awaiting opening of Getúlio Vargas Lifting
Bridge (8.265), see 8.280.
Compulsory anchorage, shown on the chart, lying
beneath overhead power cables close SE of the
entrance to Canal Santa Clara. For use by vessels
over 150 m in length carrying dangerous cargoes,
with permission from the Porto Alegre Port
Authority.
BA Chart 3063; Brazilian Notices 15/P114/93;
16/P134/93; 18/P154/93
(HH. 656/530/02; HH. 656/530/04) [08/06]
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Iceland - BerufjörÉur — Approaches
149
Paragraph 5.51 1-4 Including heading Replace by:
Approaches
5.51
1 East approach. From seaward, the track leads NW
in the white sector (298° -315°) of KarlsstaÉatangi
Light (5.52), passing between YstiboÉi and
Langsgrunn which lie 8 miles SE of the light. The
track continues until S of KrossboÉi when it leads W
and NW to the anchorages at Gautavík and Skálavík.
Alternatively, the white sector (259° -260°) of
ÆÉarsteinn Light (5.52) or the white sector
(042° -047°), astern, of KarlsstaÉatangi Light lead to
Djúpivogur approach leading lines.
2 South approach. Local knowledge is required. The
track leads NNW in the white sector (329° -002°) of
Ketilsfles Light (5.45). When about 1 mile from the
light the track then leads NE through Skorbeinsáll, in
the white sector (038° -040°) of Streiti Light (5.65), to
join the route for the E approach.
3 North -east approach. From a position 5 miles E of
Streiti Light, the track leads SW in the white sector
(228° -240°) of Papey Light (5.43), remaining NW of
Kjöggur (5.37), to a position about 4 miles NE of
Papey Light and within the white sector (298° -315°)
of KarlsstaÉatangi Light, where it joins the route for
the E approach.
Icelandic Chart 74
(HH. 011/200/01) [08/06]

NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
South Australia - Thistle Island — Light -buoy
347
Paragraph 11.21 2 lines 8 -9 Delete
Australian Notice 3/129/06
(HH. 574/440/03) [08/06]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Moreton Bay - East Channel —
Depth
136
Paragraph 4.66 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Moreton Bay channels: North West Channel,
Spitfire Channel, and East Channel (S end), have
maintained depths of 14⋅7 m.
Brisbane River Entrance Beacons to Fisherman
Islands Swing Basin has a maintained depth of 14⋅0 m.
Australian Notice 3/115/06
(HH. 577/410/14) [08/06]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden, East Coast - Stockholms Skärgård -
Saxarfjärden to Långholmsfjärden —
Directions; traffic regulations; light; buoyage
281
Paragraph 7.156 2 Delete
Paragraph 7.156 3 line 8 For 6⋅0 m Read 9⋅0 m
After Paragraph 7.157 2 Add:
3 The channel between Rödhällsgrund (59°21′⋅5N
18°15′⋅1E), Björnsgrund, Värmdö -Garpen and
Lagnögrund (59°21′⋅6N 18°24′⋅9E) is for vessels over
300 grt travelling E. Vessels over 300 grt travelling W
must use the recommended track N of Bergholmen
(59°22′⋅1N 18°23′⋅2E) described at 7.163.
1
282
Paragraph 7.163 7 lines 1 -5 Delete
Paragraph 7.164 Including heading Replace by:
Departure channel south of Granholmen
7.164
Cautions. Conventional local direction of buoyage
is maintained throughout Långholmsfjärden.
Vessels travelling E in this channel may encounter
vessels of less than 300 grt proceeding in a W
2
direction. See 7.157.
A channel, marked by buoys and light -buoys, and
authorised for a draught of 9 m, leads through the S
part of Långholmsfjärden for 5 miles, rejoining the
main channel 1½ cables N of Lagnögrundet Light
(59°21′⋅5N 18°24′⋅9E) (7.163). From a position
2 cables W of Rödhällsgrund (59°21′⋅4N 18°15′⋅6E),
the channel leads ENE in the white sector
(072¼°–081½°) of Björnsgrundet Light, passing (with
positions from Furuholmen Light (59°22′⋅3N
18°20′⋅1E) (7.166)):
IV
4.2
3 NNW of Rödhällsgrund (2½ miles WSW),
marked by a light -buoy (port hand), thence:
SSE of Lilla Höggarnsbank (2 miles W), from which
a light (7.175) is exhibited from the NW corner,
and is marked at its SE end by a buoy (starboard
hand), thence:
4 SSE of Stora Höggarn (1½ miles W) (7.178),
and the shoal ground extending SW and SE,
marked by buoys (lateral), thence:
NNW of Björnsgrundet Light (white pedestal, red
band, on black base) (8 cables WSW), displayed
from a shoal on the S side of the fairway. Foul
ground, marked by a light -buoy (port hand),
extends 2 cables E of the light.
5 The track then leads ESE in the white sector
(099° -102°) of Värmdö -Garpen Light (white lantern,
floodlit) (1¼ miles ESE), displayed from the N side of
the islet, passing:
SSW of a 4⋅6 m patch (5 cables WSW), marked by a
light -buoy (starboard hand), thence:
SSW of a 2⋅6 m shoal area (1½ cables SSW),
marked on its SW and SE sides by a buoy (W
cardinal) and light -buoy (starboard hand),
respectively, thence:
6 Between shoals of 6⋅2 and 5⋅7 m (1 mile ESE),
lying S and N, respectively, of the channel,
and marked by light -buoys (lateral), thence:
Between light -buoys (1¼ miles ESE), marking the
N and S limits of the channel and the shallow
ground 1½ cables W of Värmdö -Garpen Light.
7 The track then leads E in the white sector
(268½° -274¾°), astern, of Värmdö -Garpen Light,
passing:
Sofa7⋅2 m patch (2 miles ESE), marked by a
light -buoy (starboard hand).
283
Paragraph 7.165 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.165
Swedish Notices 98/3099(P)/06; 98/3106(P)/06;
98/3110(P)/06; 101/3114/06
(HH. 318/490/07) [08/06]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland, South Coast - Stora Träskö —
Directions
2
141
Paragraph 4.175 2 Replace by:
The alignment (035¾°) of these lights leads from a
position 1¼ miles ENE of Snöbåda (59°55′⋅8N
24°18′⋅1E) to a position 1¼ miles SSW of the front
light, passing between the NW corner of Stora Träskö
and a shoal area with rocks awash, marked by buoys
(E cardinal), close N of Stora Träskö. The track then
leads NNE to join the 5⋅5 m inshore route.
Paragraph 4.175 3 lines 4 -6 Delete
Finnish Notice 01/01/06
(HH. 322/460/04) [08/06]

NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Fondeadero de la Sabinilla — Anchorage
85
Paragraph 2.28 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.28
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 078/491/04) [08/06]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Die Eider - Süderpiep and Norderpiep —
Channel; buoyage
243
Paragraph 8.76 1 line 3 Delete:
Close
Paragraph 8.77 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...comparatively deep until it crosses an inner bar in
position 54°07′⋅7N 8°42′⋅7E where there are depths of less
than 5m. Süderpiep experiences the...
Paragraph 8.79 2 line 2 Replace by:
...(numbers, prefixed SP, in sequence from seaward),
Paragraph 8.79 4-5 Replace by:
4 S of 24/NP 20 Light -buoy (port hand)
(54°07′⋅9N 8°45′⋅3E) moored at the
confluence
(8.80).
of Süderpiep and Norderpiep
5 The channel continues 3½ miles E to Hafen von
Büsum passing:
S of Blauortsand, a drying bank extending from the
coast NW of Büsum and on which is Blauort
(54°09′⋅8N 8°43′⋅5E), a low -lying islet with a
beacon (8.69) 6 cables SSE of it, and:
N of Dwarsloch an unmarked channel which runs
parallel to Süderpiep and from which it is
separated by a narrow shoal (54°07′N 8°46′E)
that dries.
(Directions for Hafen von Büsen continue at 8.97)
Paragraph 8.80 1 lines 5 -12 Replace by:
...by buoys (numbers, prefixed NP, in sequence from
seaward) and passes between the N and E sides of
Tertiussand (54°08′N 8°40′E) and the SW side of
Blauortsand (8.79) before meeting with Süderpiep in the
vicinity of 24/NP 20 Light -buoy (8.79).
German Notice 4/(21)105/06
(HH. 328/590/04) [08/06]
IV
4.3
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume
I (2004 Edition)
New York Harbor and adjacent waters — Coast
Guard station; dangerous wreck
225
Paragraph 7.112 1 line 5 Replace by:
...Sandy Hook Point Light (40°28′⋅2N 74°01′⋅1W).
227
Paragraph 7.129 3 line 7 Add:
A dangerous wreck lies 1¼ miles SSW of Sandy
Hook Light (40°27′⋅7N 74°00′⋅1W).
US Notice 5/12401/06
(HH. 614/500/04) [08/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Tobago - Scarborough — Pilotage
136
Paragraph 4.324 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over
50 gt. Arrangements for pilots should be made
through Port of Spain, Trinidad, giving at least 48
hours notice of ETA. The pilot boards 5½ cables SSE
of Lodge Point (11°10′⋅1N 60°43′⋅6W).
Caution. While approaching the port and
embarking the pilot, it is advisable that vessels stay E
of the leading line in order to counteract an expected
set W caused by wind and current conditions. See
4.308 and 1.142.
Marine Consultants Ltd, Trinidad; MV Oceana
(HH. 670/400/03) [07/06]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
California - Los Angeles Harbor -
Super Tanker Channel — Leading lights
278
Paragraph 8.220 1 Replace by:
1 From a position on Main Channel entry leading line
(8.218), in the vicinity of No 11 Light -buoy (port
hand) (33°42′⋅8N 118°15′⋅7W), Super Tanker Channel
leads in a WSW direction to a turning basin which
serves a bulk carrier terminal at the entrance to East
Channel, and a tanker terminal at the entrance to West
Channel.
US Notice 03/18751/06
(HH. 612/405/06) [07/06]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Approaches to Sandhamn -
Stora Hästskär — Directions; light
277
Paragraph 7.136 2 Replace by:
2 The alignment (250°) of these beacons leads WSW
through the channel W of Svängen Light, and by night
in the white sector (248½° -250°) of Stora Hästskär
Light (59°15′⋅5N 18°53′⋅8E), passing (with positions
from Svängen Light):
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 318/485/05) [07/06]
4.1
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
[07/06]
Finland - Approaches to Oulu — Directions
316
Paragraph 8.112 4-5 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 46/03 Replace by:
4 NW of Holma Light -beacon (W cardinal)
5
(8½ miles NW), thence:
SE of a 10⋅7 m patch (8¾ miles NW), marked by a
buoy (S cardinal), thence:
SE of a 9⋅9 m patch (9 miles NW); a shoal with a
least depth of 8⋅1 m lies 1 mile farther NNE,
marked on its S side by a buoy (E cardinal).
Thence:
SE of a 9⋅9 m patch (8¾ miles NNW), marked
by a buoy (S cardinal), thence:
NW of an unnamed shoal (8 miles N),with a least
depth of 6⋅4 m and marked by a buoy (N
cardinal), to join the main channel (8.109) to Oulu
at a position 8½ cables WSW of Oulu 1
Light -tower (65°11′⋅4N 24°30′⋅4E).
Finnish Notice 1/11/06; BA Chart 3062
(HH. 321/460/03) [07/06]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast – Zhoushan Qundao –
Dongfu Shan — Wreck
197
After Paragraph 6.24 5 line 1 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (29°56′⋅3N 122°50′⋅4E),
position approximate, thence:
Chinese Notice 52/1050/05
(HH. 548/443/01) [07/06]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
South Coast - Glandore Harbour —
Directions; buoyage
99
Paragraph 3.320 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
...The Dangers, a group of dangerous rocky patches (3.321)
lying in mid channel between 1¾ and 3½ cables N of Eve
Island.
Paragraph 3.321 1-2 Replace by:
1 The track leads NNW on the alignment (153°),
astern, of the E side of Eve Island and the W side of
Adam’s Island, passing (with positions given relative
to Long Point (51°33′⋅1N 9°06′⋅8W)):
Between Long Point, noting the spit, with a depth of
1⋅5 m over it, extending E from the point, and the
SW extremity of The Dangers (1 cable E),
marked by a light -beacon (starboard hand),
thence:

2 WSW of the middle group of rocks of The
Dangers (1¾ cables NNE) marked on their N
side by a perch (starboard hand), thence:
WSW of a perch (starboard hand) (2½ cables N)
marking the N extremity of The Dangers, thence:
WSW of Sunk Rock Light -buoy (starboard hand)
marking a rock (3½ cables N) with a depth of 1 m
over it.
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(HH. 284/420/06) [07/06]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Italy - Caorle — Restricted areas
557
Paragraph 12.348 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Anchoring, stopping and all underwater activities
are prohibited within a radius of 200 m of positions
centred 7 cables SW of Caorle Light (45°36′N
12°54′E), (on account of an historic wreck), 4 miles
SE of Caorle Light, and within an area 2 miles ESE of
Caorle Light, as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 23.26(T)/05
(HH. 370/630/03) [07/06]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Newfoundland - Trinity Harbour —
Submarine pipeline; anchorage
5
261
After Paragraph 7.149 4 Insert:
Submarine pipeline. A sewer pipeline is laid from
a position 2½ cables N of Hogs Nose (48°21′⋅8N
53°21′⋅4W) to a position 1¼ cables SSW of Fort Point
(7.150). For further information on submarine pipelines
see 1.55.
Paragraph 7.151 1 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
7.151
Canadian Notice 1/4853/06
(HH. 603/455/04) [07/06]
IV
4.2
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - Approaches to Wellington -
Taputeranga Island — Wreck
104
Paragraph 4.51 2 line 4 Replace by:
SSW of Taputeranga Island (4.94) (8¼ miles SE). A
wreck with 6⋅1 m over it (4.94), marked by buoys
(special), lies about 5 cables SE of the island.
111
Paragraph 4.94 1 lines 11 -12 Replace by:
2 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in an area with radius 100 m, centred on a
wreck with 6⋅1 m over it, lying about 5 cables SE of
Taputeranga Island, as shown on the chart. The wreck
is marked by buoys (special).
New Zealand Notice 26/245/05
(HH. 580/430/04) [07/06]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Massachusetts - Boston Harbor -
Boston North Channel; South Channel;
Hypocrite Channel — Directions
121
Paragraph 4.102 3 Replace by:
3 Clear of NC Light -buoy (safe water) (1½ miles
NNW), at the entrance to Boston North
Channel, thence:
Into the dredged channel (1½ miles NW), which is
marked by light -buoys (lateral). A wreck, with a
depth of 10⋅1 m (33 ft) over it, lies close E of
No 1A Light -buoy (1½ miles NW). Thence:
122
Paragraph 4.103 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 Between Nos 5 and 6 Light -buoys (lateral)
(8 cables W), No 5 Light -buoy marks Devils
Back. Thence:
Paragraph 4.103 3 Replace by:
3 Between Nos 9 and 10 Light -buoys (lateral)
(1¼ miles WSW). These light -buoys mark
the bend in the channel and its junction with
Hypocrite Channel. Thence:
Paragraph 4.103 4 line 2 For WNW Read WSW
Paragraph 4.104 3 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
...WSW) which marks Ram Head Flats. Thence into
Boston South Channel.
BA Chart 1516
(HH. 068/200/01) [07/06]

Massachusetts - Boston Harbor -
Boston Main Channel — Obstruction
123
Paragraph 4.105 2 line 5 Replace by:
Between Boston and Charlestown, and East Boston,
thence:
3 Clear of an obstruction (42°22′⋅8N 71°02′⋅7W)
(position approximate).
US Notice 5/13272/06
(HH. 614/435/04) [07/06]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2005 Edition)
Chesapeake Bay - Main channel to Baltimore —
Directions
130
Paragraph 5.19 4 line 1 For XSP and SP Light -buoys Read
SP Light -buoy
US Notice 46/12228/05
(HH. 614/575/04) [07/06]
South Carolina - Cape Romain to Charleston —
Directions
202
After Paragraph 8.22 1 line 2 Add:
Clear of C Light -buoy (special) (32°49′N79°14′W),
thence:
US Notice 48/11520/05
(HH. 614/625/06) [07/06]
South Carolina - Charleston Harbor -
Shutes and Folly Reach — Leading lights
208
Paragraph 8.61 1 Replace by:
8.61
1 Shutes and Folly Reach Leading Lights:
Front light (32°47′⋅3N 79°55′⋅4W).
Rear light (409 m WNW of front light).
From a position SW of Crab Bank the alignment
(297°) of these lights leads through the centre of
Shutes and Folly Reach, marked by light–buoys
(lateral), passing NE of Shutes Folly Island (32°46′⋅5N
79°54′⋅7W).
2 Thence the track leads to the beginning of Horse
Reach Leading line.
US Chart 11524
(HH. 614/615/07) [07/06]
IV
4.3
Georgia - Brunswick and St Simons Sound —
Directions
227
Paragraph 8.255 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
SSW of a wreck (31°03′⋅2N 81°13′⋅8W), which
contains explosives, thence:
US Chart 11502
(HH. 614/625/06) [07/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Ghana - Port of Tema —
Single point mooring; submarine pipelines
279
After L30Insert:
Single point mooring buoy has been established in
position 5°37′⋅6N 0°04′⋅6E, about 5 cables E of a
dangerous wreck, position approximate. A submarine
pipeline leads about 3 miles NW to land ashore in the
vicinity of Grove Point (5°40′N 0°02′E).
A buoy (spar, port hand) in position 5°38′⋅8N
0°04′⋅2E marks the seaward end of a second
submarine pipeline which leads WNW for about 1 mile
to a tie -in with the first.
The above installations are enclosed within a
restricted area, as shown on the chart.
Harbour Master, Tema Port
(HH. 429/180/04) [06/06]
NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
South Georgia - Cape Paryadin —
Andrews Rocks
125
Paragraph 3.70 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...6 cables E of Cape Paryadin; a rock, dangerous to
navigation, lies 4 cables farther E.
126
Paragraph 3.74 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
...then proceed ENE, giving a wide berth to the rock (3.70),
1 mile E of Cape Paryadin. The approach toward Johan
Harbour is on a NNW...
Expedition Yacht Tara
(HH. 691/400/05) [06/06]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Victoria - Port of Melbourne; Port Phillip —
Traffic regulations; by -pass channel
117
Paragraph 4.128 1 line 9 Replace by:
...Master’s Directions from the Port Waters of...
Paragraph 4.128 2 Heading For 3.7.5 Read 3.5.3
After Paragraph 4.128 2 Add:
When navigating in Eastern By -Pass Channel,
7⋅7 m with tide, 7⋅0 m without tide. A gross
under -keel clearance of at least 1⋅5 m is required.
Paragraph 4.128 4 line 3 Replace by:
...sufficient tide, 11⋅6 m without tide. An under -keel
clearance...
Paragraph 4.128 4 lines 8 -9 Delete
4.1
[06/06]
2
118
Paragraph 4.139 1 line 6 Replace by:
...Directions from the Port Waters of Melbourne...
Paragraph 4.139 2-5 Replace by:
3.5.2 Precautionary Area
When entering, transiting or leaving the
3
Precautionary Area -
(a) vessels must keep to the E side when inward
bound and to W side when outward bound; and
(b) any inward bound vessel using the Precautionary
Area shall not hinder another vessel using Port
Melbourne or Williamstown channels, or any
vessel which is outward bound within, or which is
about to enter, the Precautionary Area.
3.2.7 Speed of vessels in port waters
(1) Except where weather conditions, an emergency
situation or a vessel’s manoeuvring limitations
make it impracticable to do so, the master of a
vessel must ensure that the vessel does not exceed
the following speed limits:
(a) in River Yarra Channel upstream of the entrance
to Appleton Dock - 4 kn; and
(b) in River Yarra Channel between Appleton Dock
entrance and West Gate Bridge - 6 kn; and
4 (c) in River Yarra Channel downstream of West
Gate Bridge, in Williamstown Channel and in
Port Melbourne Channel N of No 9 beacon -
8 kn; and
(d) within port waters S of Port Melbourne Channel
No 9 beacon, and two nautical miles S of
Fawkner Beacon - 18 kn; and
(e) whilst transiting South Channel between No 1
beacon and an arc with a radius of two nautical
miles N from Hovell Pile - 18 kn.
5 (2) Despite the speed limits set out in paragraph
(1), the master of a vessel must make an
assessment and adjust the vessel’s speed to
ensure that the waves generated by the vessel
will not unduly interfere with the safe
operation of other vessels (including:
recreation boats, work boats and barges),
1
dredging operations, works in progress or the
safety of the general public.
Paragraphs 4.140 -4.142 Replace by:
Regulations concerning entry
4.140
The following information is an extract from the
Harbour Master’s Directions from the Port Waters of
Melbourne Operating Handbook:
3.5.1 Movements
(1) The master of a vessel must not allow that vessel
to pass or overtake another vessel within Port of
Melbourne Channel, Eastern By -Pass Channel,
Williamstown Channel and River Yarra Channel.

2 2) The direction contained in paragraph (1) does
not apply to a vessel intending to pass
another vessel upstream of No 15
Williamstown Channel Beacon, providing
that:
(a) neither of the two vessels are tankers; and
(b) there is prior agreement between the vessel
masters and Harbour Control.
3 (3) The master of an inward or outward bound
vessel must report to Harbour Control when
passing Fawkner Beacon, Breakwater Pier and
West Gate Bridge.
(4) The master of an inward bound vessel must,
30 minutes prior to arrival at Fawkner Beacon,
obtain permission from Harbour Control to pass
north of Fawkner Beacon or proceed to anchor.
4 (5) The master of a vessel at anchor when
proceeding inward must not allow the vessel
to depart the anchorage until permission has
been received from Harbour Control.
(6) The master of a vessel proceeding in accordance
with paragraphs (4) and (5) must advise Harbour
Control whether it is intended to use Port
Melbourne Channel, Eastern By -Pass Channel or
proceed to the W of Port Melbourne Channel.
5 (7) The master of an inward bound vessel must
communicate with the master of an outward
bound vessel to confirm the agreed sequence
and route for passing through the
Precautionary Area, Eastern By -Pass Channel
and for rounding Breakwater Pier.
6 (8) The master of an outbound vessel prior to
departing from a berth or anchorage must -
(a) advise Harbour Control of the vessel’s maximum
draught and whether it is intended to use Port
Melbourne Channel, Eastern By -Pass Channel or
proceed to the W of Port of Melbourne Channel;
and
(b) not allow the vessel to depart until Harbour
Control has given permission; and
7 (c) advise all shipping when the vessel departs
the berth or anchorage.
(9) The master of an outward bound vessel, on
passing Fawkner Beacon, must advise Harbour
Control of:
(a) the ETA at Hovell Pile and Port Phillip Heads and
if the vessel intends to transit Great Ship Channel;
or
8 (b) the ETA at Point Richards Channel Entrance
Beacon if on a passage to Geelong; and
(c) vessel’s type, maximum draught; and
(d) any circumstance that may affect the vessel’s
ability to manoeuvre.
(10) The master of a bunker barge must obtain
permission from Harbour Control before
proceeding anywhere within port waters.
4.141
1 3.2.5 Sound signals
The master of a vessel must, if necessary for the
purpose of warning another vessel, make the following
sound signals in relation to swinging and/or navigating
in a fairway or channel:
(a) if the vessel is proceeding up or down a fairway or
channel -
IV
4.2
2 (i) when the vessel is at least 500 m distant
from the point at which it intends to swing -
a warning signal consisting of four short
blasts on the whistle; and
(ii) immediately prior to the commencement of
swinging - a repeat of the sound signals described
in (a) (i) and, after a short interval, the
international signal to indicate the movement of
the vessel’s head or engines going astern; or
3 (b) if the vessel is not under power and is being
towed by a tug, the sound signals described
in paragraph (a) (i) must be made on the tug;
or
(c) if the vessel is leaving a berth to swing at a point in
the fairway or channel at a distance of less than
500 m from the berth, the sound signals described
at paragraph (a) (i) must be given immediately on
letting go.
4.142
1 3.5.5 Navigating in the vicinity of Holden Dock
The master of an inward or outward bound vessel in
the River Yarra, when passing another vessel that
is moored at Holden Dock must -
(a) provide the moored vessel with as wide a berth as
is safe and practicable; and
(b) if the vessel is unable to maintain a speed of 6 kn
or less and has a draught greater than 11⋅6 m,have
a tug in attendance.
119
After Paragraph 4.144 5 line 3 Insert:
Eastern By -Pass Channel is a 200 m wide
secondary approach channel, E of and parallel to Port
Melbourne Channel, and extends from No 6
Light -beacon to No 71 Light -beacon. The W boundary
is defined by Port Melbourne Channel starboard hand
beacons. The E boundary is defined by No 71
Light -beacon and three light -buoys (special) extending
S to a position E of No 6 Light -beacon.
Harbour Master, Port of Melbourne; Australian Notice
02/85/06
(HH. 575/480/04) [06/06]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
New South Wales - Lake Macquarie —
Leading lights
95
Paragraph 3.74 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
Front light -beacon (triangular topmark, apex up)
(33°05′⋅2S 151°39′⋅4E).
Rear light -beacon (triangular topmark, apex down)
(½ cable WSW of front light -beacon).
Paragraph 3.74 2 line 1 For (250°) Read (254¼°)
Australian Notice 2/75/06
(HH. 576/440/04) [06/06]

Queensland - Torres Strait -
Gannet Passage — Depth
377
Paragraph 13.73 2 line 1 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 04/06 For 9⋅6 m Read 9⋅4 m
Paragraph 13.73 2 line 2 For 10°35′⋅2S 141°53′⋅0E Read
10°35′⋅1S 141°52′⋅6E
Australian Notice 2/79/06
(HH. 577/560/03) [06/06]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Denmark - Hesselø Bugt —
Directions; obstruction
138
After Paragraph 4.201 1 Insert:
WNW of an obstruction (6½ miles N), with a least
depth of 8 m and marked by buoys (cardinal),
thence:
Danish Notice 49/463/2005
(HH. 333/430/03) [06/06]
Denmark - Storebælt - Osterrenden —
Directions; obstruction
291
Paragraph 8.30 3 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 8.31 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
E of an obstruction (8 cables S), marked by buoys
and light -buoys (lateral and cardinal), thence:
Danish Notice 49/465/05
(HH. 333/540/09) [06/06]
Denmark - Lillebælt - Bjørnsknude Rev —
Directions; wreck
317
After Paragraph 9.30 2 line 5 Insert:
Clear of a wreck (4¼ miles W), with a depth over it
of about 14 m, and marked by buoys and
light -buoys (cardinal), thence:
Danish Notice 49/1191(T)/05
(HH. 332/510/03) [06/06]
IV
4.3
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India - Coromandel Coast - Approaches to
Kºkinºda - Vºkalapødi Light — Racon
61
R66Add:
A racon transmits from the light.
Indian Notice 1/51/06
(HH. 503/440/04) [06/06]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Wales - Milford Haven - East Channel —
Minimum depth
155
Paragraph 5.86 1 line 1 For 9⋅8 m Read 9⋅6 m
Milford Haven Port Authority Notice 23/06
(HH. 214/410/21) [06/06]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Singapore Strait - Main Strait -
Batu Berhanti — Depth
209
Paragraph 7.7 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 In the E -going ordinary lane. The following least
depths are charted:
14⋅9 m, 6 cables W of Karang Banteng
Light -beacon.
14⋅3 m, close S of Batu Berhanti Light -buoy
(isolated danger) (1°11′⋅8N 103°52′⋅5E).
220
Paragraph 7.88 2 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
NNW of Batu Berhanti Light -buoy (isolated
danger) (1°11′⋅8N 103°52′⋅5E), which is liable to
damage, moored close N of a 14⋅3 m shoal patch;
a21⋅2 m patch...
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 044/200/01) [06/06]

NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 12 -2005
Stolsfjorden; Flekkefjorden — Håsund Light
62
L4Replace by:
...red sector of the light, bearing between 157½° and 167°.
L21For 332½° and 336° Read 335° and 338½°
L25For 178½° Read 172°
L31For 290½° Read 292°
L39For 290½° Read 292
63
L14For 178½° Read 172°
L34For 178½° Read 172°
Norwegian Notice 24/1236/05
(HH. 310/405/04) [06/06]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Tysfjorden - Skrovkjosen - Skarberget —
Leading lights
210
L 63 Including existing Supplement amendment For 220°
Read 210½°
Norwegian Chart 140
(HH. 58A/200/01) [06/06]
IV
4.4

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Brazil - Lagoa dos Patos - Rio Guaíba — Bridge
274
Paragraph 8.265 1 Replace by:
Getúlio Vargas Lifting Bridge
8.265
1 Rio Guaíba is spanned at Porto Alegre by the
Getúlio Vargas Lifting Bridge.
Vertical clearance: 10⋅1 m (closed), 36⋅6 m (open).
Hours of operation: The bridge may be opened for
shipping, Mondays to Fridays inclusive, during the
following periods:
0600 - 0700 (summer time only)
0900 - 1130
1330 - 1700
1930 - 2030 (summer time only)
During weekends and holidays, special
arrangements are required.
2 Navigation. Vessels approaching the bridge should
reduce speed and be prepared to stop immediately if
circumstances require.
Priority. When vessels are approaching the bridge
from opposing directions, the vessel proceeding
downstream will be given priority.
3 Signals:
Vessels requiring the bridge to be opened, or to
remain open, must signal the bridge operator with
two prolonged blasts on the whistle once the
vessel is within 5 cables of the bridge.
The bridge operator will respond with two prolonged
blasts to indicate to the vessel that the bridge will
be opened as quickly as possible or, if already
open, that it will remain so.
4 In the event that the bridge may not be opened,
the operator will signal the vessel with three
prolonged blasts.
In an emergency, when the bridge cannot be opened,
or may not be able to complete the opening, or
may have to be immediately closed, the operator
will signal the vessel with five short rapid blasts,
repeated as necessary.
5 These, and other signals associated with the
operation of the bridge, are summarised in the
accompanying table:
4.1
To request
bridge be
opened.
To indicate
that bridge
may not be
opened.
To indicate
an
emergency
at bridge.
To indicate
bridge is
closed
To indicate
bridge is
open
To indicate
traffic
interrupted
in both
directions
[05/06]
By day By night Sound
Signal
Two
prolonged
blasts (by
vessel)
Three
prolonged
blasts (by
bridge
operator)
Five short
and rapid
blasts (by
bridge
operator)
Red flag
waved
horizontally.
Green flag
waved
vertically.
Two red
lights.
Two
green
lights.
One
orange
light
276
Paragraph 8.279 2 line 3 Replace by:
...clearance of 36⋅6 m when open and 10⋅1 m when closed.
See 8.265 for details.
Brazilian Notice 3/P11/99; Brazilian Chart 2113
(HH. 656/530/03) [05/06]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Hillsborough Channel -
Fantome Rocks — Depth
217
Paragraph 7.59 5 line 2 Replace by:
...extent N/S with a least depth of 4⋅6 m over the N...
Chart Aus 251
(HH. 015/200/001) [05/06]

NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Sweden — Pilotage
8
Paragraph 1.39 4-5 Replace by:
4 Requests for pilots in Swedish waters, and any
subsequent amendments, are to be made through the
appropriate VTS/Pilot ordering centre. Pilotage for
certain ports on the W coast is arranged either through
the Swedish Maritime Administration homepage
www. sjofartsverket.se or, in exceptional cases, by
radio or telephone. It is expected that booking via the
internet will be extended to all Swedish ports in due
course. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
70
Paragraph 3.22 1-3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is arranged either through the Swedish
Maritime Administration homepage
www. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,
by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. For
categories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsory
and other details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2). The pilot boarding positions are as
follows:
57°34′⋅5N 11°38′⋅8E (1⋅2 miles SE of Trubaduren).
57°37′⋅7N 11°31′⋅9E (3 miles SW of Vinga).
57°38′⋅8N 11°32′⋅5E (2 miles WNW of Vinga).
57°38′⋅5N 11°29′⋅9E (VLCC).
Paragraph 3.23 1-2 Replace by:
3.23
Spare
98
Paragraph 3.294 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 11/05 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is arranged either through the Swedish
Maritime Administration homepage
www. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,
by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. For
categories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsory
and other details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2). See also 3.22.
The pilot boards in position 57°41′⋅2N 11°52′⋅1E.
2 Tugs. Tugs join vessels between Nya Älvsborg
(57°41′N 11°50′E) and Billingen (1½ miles E). Tugs
join in Dana Fjord for tankers bound for Torshamnen.
103
Paragraph 3.328 3 Replace by:
3 Pilotage is arranged either through the Swedish
Maritime Administration homepage
www. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,
by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. For
categories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsory
and other details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2). The pilot boarding positions are as
follows:
Vessels northbound: 57°41′⋅2N 11°52′⋅1E.
Vessels southbound board the pilot N of the
Dalbobron in Vänersborg.
Pilots are changed at the locks in Lilla Edet.
IV
4.2
121
Paragraph 4.47 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is arranged either through the Swedish
Maritime Administration homepage
www. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,
by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. For
categories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsory
and other details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
125
Paragraph 4.91 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notices
Weeks 47/05; 49/05 Replace by:
1 Anchorage. The roadstead between Varberg and
Skrivareklippan, the SE point of Getterö (6 cables
NW), affords anchorage to small vessels in cases of
necessity; depths 6 to 9 m, sand and clay.
2 Pilotage is arranged either through the Swedish
Maritime Administration homepage
www. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,
by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. For
categories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsory
and other details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2). The pilot boards in position 57°03′⋅9N
12°11′⋅1E.
128
Paragraph 4.114 1 - 2 line 4 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 49/05 Replace by:
1 Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation within
a 3 mile radius of Falkenberg W Breakwater Light
(57°05′⋅3N 12°28′⋅0E). See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
2 Pilotage. Pilotage is arranged either through the
Swedish Maritime Administration homepage
www. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,
by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. For
categories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsory
and other details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2). The pilot boards off Falkenbergs
Angöring Light -buoy (56°51′N 12°27′E).
131
Paragraph 4.137 3-5 Replace by:
3 Pilotage. Pilotage is arranged either through the
Swedish Maritime Administration homepage
www. sjofartsverket.se, or in exceptional circumstances,
by telephone or radio and is available 24 hours. For
categories of vessels for which pilotage is compulsory
and other details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2). The pilot boards in position 56°37′N
12°47′E.
226
Paragraph 6.244 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
52/05 Replace by:
3 Pilot boarding positions for Malmö are as follows:
55°46′⋅5N 12°50′⋅4E for vessels over 9 m draught.
55°42′⋅6N 12°53′⋅7E.
In the vicinity of Malmö Redd Light -buoy (55°39′N
12′57°E).
Swedish Notice 94/3029/05; United Kingdom
Hydrographic Office
(HH. 316/130/03) [05/06]

NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Jungfrusund to Rajakari —
Directions; maximum authorised draughts
207
Paragraph 6.39 2 line 5 For 5⋅0 m Read 4⋅2 m
208
Paragraph 6.40 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position close WSW of Jungfruholm
(60°00′N 22°23′E) the fairway leads NNW for
7½ cables in the white sector (346°–349½°) of
Hamnholm Light (white lantern) (1 mile N of
Jungfruholm), thence it continues N for 2 miles in the
white sector (352½°–355°) of Sandskär Light (red hut,
white top) (2½ miles N of Jungfruholm) to a position
close NE of that light. The track then leads NNW for
2½ miles to the Högland leading line.
3
209
Paragraph 6.44 1 line 2 For 5⋅0 m Read 4⋅2 m
Paragraph 6.44 2 line 3 Replace by:
...cairn.
Paragraph 6.44 3 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
The track then leads WNW for 1½ miles passing
SSW of Hälsingholmen, on the SW extremity of
which stands a cairn, thence:
Finnish Notices 35/36/775 -776(P)/05
(HH. 319/450/06) [05/06]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India, East Coast - Approaches to
Vishºkhapatnam - Dolphin’s Nose Light —
Racon
63
R 16 -17 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...slope of Dolphin’s Nose; a racon transmits from the
lighthouse.
Indian Notice 24/618/05
(HH. 503/450/04) [06/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Vancouver Island - Victoria — Directions
74
Paragraph 2.167 2 line 7 For SSW Read ESE
BA Chart 4959
(HH. 025/200/01) [05/06]
IV
4.3
Nanaimo Harbour - Newcastle Island Passage —
Buoyage; directions
230
Paragraph 6.261 3 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
Between Oregon Rock (49°10′⋅8N 123°56′⋅5W)
which dries 0⋅3 m and which is marked close E by
P13 Buoy (port hand) and:
P14 Buoy (starboard hand), moored about ½ cable
ENE and marking the E side of the Passage,
thence:
Between Passage Rock (49°10′⋅9N 123°56′⋅5W),
marked by a beacon (port hand), and:
P16 Buoy (starboard hand), moored about ¼ cable
ENE and marking the E side of the Passage,
thence;
Canadian Western Notices 11 -12/3447/05
(HH. 600/425/05) [05/06]
NP 35 Indonesia Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
Irian Jaya, South Coast - Approaches to
Merauke — Wreck
183
Paragraph 6.21 2 line 3 Replace by:
...depths of about 10 m, sand and stones, noting on
approach a dangerous wreck, marked by a light -buoy (port
hand), lying 4¾ miles WNW of the Fairway Light -buoy.
Indonesian Notices 33/326/05; 36/359(P)/05
(HH. 531/750/04) [05/06]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2003 Edition)
Escoumins to Rivière Saguenay -
Rochers du Saguenay — Depths
117
Paragraph 5.242 1 lines 7 -10 Replace by:
...Light bearing 176°, distance 3¼ miles, about 7 cables
from the shore; see position on the chart. Depths, however,
may be shoaler than charted, and cautionary note on chart
refers.
Canadian Eastern Notice 12/1235/05
(HH. 605/415/03) [05/06]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Buoyage
284
Paragraph 7.125 6 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...patch with a depth of 1⋅1 m over it, thence:
285
Paragraph 7.127 2 line 5 Replace by:
...of the bay to a position about 1 cable W of TR8 Buoy.
French Notice 42/43/05
(HH. 671/480/05) [05/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
California - San Diego Bay, Mission Bay and
their approaches — Regulated navigation area
248
After Paragraph 8.13 1 Insert:
Regulated navigation area
8.13a
1 San Diego Bay, Mission Bay and their approaches
lie within a Regulated navigation area extending to the
limit of territorial seas, controlled by the Captain of
the Port, San Diego. For further information see 1.52,
8.6 and Appendix V.
461
After §165.1121 Insert:
§165.1122 San Diego Bay, Mission Bay and
their approaches–Regulated navigation area.
(a) Regulated navigation area. The following area is
a regulated navigation area (RNA): all waters of
San Diego Bay, Mission Bay, and their
approaches encompassed by a line commencing
at Point La Jolla (32°51′06″N 117°16′42″W);
thence proceeding seaward on a line bearing
255°T to the outermost extent of the territorial
seas; thence proceeding southerly along the
outermost extent of the territorial seas to the
intersection of the maritime boundary with
Mexico; thence proceeding easterly, along the
maritime boundary with Mexico to its
intersection with the California coast; thence
proceeding northerly, along the shoreline of the
California coast -and including the inland waters
of San Diego Bay and Mission Bay, California,
shoreward of the COLREGS Demarcation
Line -back to the point of origin. All coordinates
reference 1983 North American Datum (NAD
83).
(b) Definitions. As used in this section -
COLREGS Demarcation Line means the line
described at 33 CFR 80.1104 or 80.1106.
Public vessel means a vessel that is owned
or demise -(bareboat) chartered by the
government of the United States, by a State or
local government, or by the government of a
foreign country and that is not engaged in
commercial service.
Vessel means every description of watercraft
or other artificial contrivance used, or capable of
being used, as a means of transportation on
water other than a public vessel.
4.1
[04/06]
(c) Applicability. This section applies to all vessels of
100 gross tons (GT) or more, including tug and
barge combinations of 100 GT or more
(combined), operating within the RNA, with the
exception of public vessels, vessels not intending
to cross the COLREGS Demarcation Line and
enter San Diego Bay or Mission Bay, and any
vessels exercising rights under principles of
international law, including innocent passage or
force majeure, within the area of the RNA.
Vessels operating properly installed, operational,
type approved automatic identification system
(AIS) as denoted in 33 CFR 164.46 are
exempted from making requests as required in
this regulation.
(d) Regulations (1) No vessel to which this rule
applies may enter, depart or move within San
Diego Bay or Mission Bay unless it complies
with the following requirements:
(i) Obtain permission to enter San Diego
Bay or Mission Bay from the Captain of the Port
or designated representative immediately upon
entering the RNA. However, to avoid potential
delays, we recommend seeking permission 30
minutes prior to entering the RNA.
(ii) Follow all instructions issued by the
Captain of the Port or designated representative.
(iii) Obtain permission for any departure
from or movement within the RNA from the
Captain of the Port or designated representative
prior to getting underway.
(iv) Follow all instructions issued by the
Captain of the Port or designated representative.
(v) Requests may be made by telephone at
619 -278 -7033 (select option 2) or via VHF -FM
radiotelephone on channel 16 (156.800 Mhz).
The call sign for radiotelephone requests to the
Captain of the Port or designated representative
is “Coast Guard Sector San Diego.”
(2) For purposes of the requirements in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the Captain of
the Port or designated representative means any
official designated by the Captain of the Port,
including but not limited to commissioned,
warrant, and petty officers of the U.S. Coast
Guard, and any U.S. Coast Guard patrol vessel.
Upon being hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel
by siren, radio, flashing light, or other means,
the operator of a vessel shall proceed as directed.
(e) Waivers. The Captain of the Port or designated
representative may, upon request, waive any
regulation in this section.
USCoastPilot7
(HH. 612/400/04) [04/06]

California - Point Reyes to Point Arena -
Cordell Bank — Directions
369
Paragraph 11.15 1 line 4 For NW Read NE
BA Chart 3120
(HH. 008/200/03) [04/06]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Dampier —
Leading lights; directions
232
Paragraph 6.126 1 Replace by:
Dampier Cargo Wharf and Bulk Liquids Berth
6.126
1 From a position E of Pueblo Shoal (20°34′⋅1S
116°41′⋅4E) (6.121), and when clear of light -beacons
No 3W and 3E (20°33′⋅9S 116°42′⋅0E), the track leads
SE through the approach channel, which has a
maintained depth of 11 m.
Leading lights:
Front light No 1A Light -beacon (vertical rectangle
on beacon) (20°34′⋅1S 116°41′⋅7E).
Rear light No 1B Light -beacon (similar structure)
(20°33′⋅9S 116°41′⋅4E).
2 The alignment (312°) astern, of the light -beacons
leads to the turning area, passing (with positions from
Front light No 1A Light -beacon):
SW of No 2 Light -beacon (W cardinal) (6 cables E),
thence:
SW of No 4 Light -beacon (port hand) (9 cables
ESE), thence:
Between three pairs of light -beacons (lateral)
marking the edges of the approach channel.
3 On passing between No 9 and No 10 Light -beacons
(lateral) into the turning area, the approach to either
Dampier Cargo Wharf or Bulk Liquids Berth can be
made.
233
Paragraph 6.134 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Bulk Liquids Berth (20°36′⋅9S 116°44′⋅6E) has a
maintained depth alongside of 13 m.
Australian Notice 26/1106/05
(HH. 573/445/04) [04/06]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Tasmania - Blackman Bay - Denison Canal —
Depths; directional light
241
Paragraph 9.162 2 Replace by:
2 Depths. On the approach to the E entrance of the
canal, a minimum depth of 0⋅5 m lies ¾ cable W of
the outer pair of beacons. Shallow areas, with a depth
of 1⋅4 m over them, are known to exist close NE of
the E entrance. Depths of less than 2 m lie on the
approach to the W entrance of the canal. The canal
itself has been dredged to a depth of 1⋅9 m (2005).
IV
4.2
Paragraph 9.163 1 line 9 For 264° Read 265°
Australian Notice 01/53/06; Chart Aus 169
(HH. 578/460/03) [04/06]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Townsville -
Breakwater Marina Channel — Depth
252
Paragraph 8.104 2 line 3 For 3⋅0 m (2003) Read 1⋅1 m
(2005)
Australian Notice 26/1097/05
(HH. 577/495/05) [04/06]
Queensland - Mourilyan Harbour — Depth
260
Paragraph 8.153 1 line 8 For 10⋅4 m (2002) Read 10⋅1 m
(2005)
Australian Notice 26/1098/05
(HH. 577/515/06) [04/06]
Queensland - Fairway Reef — Wreck
312
Paragraph 11.54 4 line 8 Replace by:
...a depth of 15⋅6 m over it, lies 7 cables ENE.
Australian Notice 24/1030/05
(HH. 577/540/07) [04/06]
Torres Strait - Gannet Passage; Herald Patches
— Depths; buoyage
377
Paragraph 13.73 2 line 1 For 9⋅8 m Read 9⋅6 m
Paragraph 13.73 2 line 4 Replace by:
...(1972), 9⋅9 m (1988), 9⋅8 m (2002) and 9⋅4 m (2005) and
annual changes...
378
Paragraph 13.80 3 line 3 For (E cardinal) Read (starboard
hand)
Australian Notice 26/1099/05
(HH. 577/560/03) [04/06]

NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
Alaska - Nome Harbor; Snake River —
Entrance; caution
307
Paragraph 8.73 1-4 Replace by:
8.73
1 Caution. The dredged channel entrance to Snake
River is closed. The new entrance to Nome Harbor is
about 4 cables W of the old entrance (64°29′⋅8N
165°24′⋅9W). The new entrance has a causeway,
827 m long, and is marked by seasonal lights.
Construction is ongoing. Vessels should proceed with
extreme caution; local knowledge is essential.
2 Useful marks:
An aero light (64°30′⋅4N 165°26′⋅0W) is exhibited
at Nome Airport about 7 cables NW of the old
harbour entrance.
A large, dish -shaped, communications antenna,
about 2½ cables E of the old entrance, is also
prominent.
US Notice 12/16206/06; US Coast Pilot 9
(HH. 131/400/05) [04/06]
NP 33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2004 Edition)
Sulu Sea - Tabbataha Reefs —
Dangerous rock; marine reserve
68
Paragraph 2.20 4 line 3 Replace by:
...4 miles wide. In 2005 the reefs were reported to
extend 1½ miles seaward of their charted limits.
They are enclosed within a marine reserve, the
boundaries of which are shown on the chart.
North Islet, a rock covered with...
Paragraph 2.20 4 line 9 Replace by:
...entire length of the reef. A dangerous rock lies
6½ miles WSW of North Islet. South Islet, 2 m
high,...
Philippine Notice 11/240/05; MV Rainbow Warrior
(HH. 536/600/03) [04/06]
IV
4.3
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Comores - Ile de Mayotte — Anchorage
79
1
After 3.150 3 Insert:
Anchorage
3.150a
An anchorage for large vessels has been established
centred
chart.
on 12°37′⋅5S 45°05′⋅6E, as shown on the
French Notice 46/75/05
(HH. 462/400/04) [04/06]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and
Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Alabama - Mobile Bay — Side channels; berths
246
Paragraph 10.120 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 Two side channels lead off junctions on the main
channel and provide access to installations on the W
side of the bay. Theodore Ship Channel (10.138) leads
to Mobile Middle Bay Terminal and to Marine Liquid
Bulk Terminal, both on Hollingers Island; Arlington
Channel (10.140) leads to Mobile Coast Guard Station
and turning basin.
248
Paragraph 10.138 3 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Mobile Middle Bay Terminal lies on the N side of
the channel about 5 cables SSW of Deer River Point
(30°32′⋅1N 88°04′⋅9W), and consists of a jetty
extending about 200 m SSE from the shore and having
a least charted depth of 7⋅6 m (25 ft) (2001) in the
approaches.
Marine Liquid Bulk Terminal, in the turning basin
on the S side of the land cut, can accommodate
vessels up to 259 m in length; depth alongside 12⋅2 m.
Paragraph 10.139 1 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
10.139
US Chart 11380
(HH. 615/455/11) [04/06]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Västerås —
Limiting conditions; directions
250
Paragraph 6.174 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. The approach channels to the
harbour have a maximum authorised draught of 6⋅8 m.
Vertical clearance. A bridge, with a vertical
clearance when closed of 2⋅6 m, spans the entrance to
Östra hamnen.
Horizontal clearance. The bridge has a horizontal
clearance of 30 m.
251
Paragraph 6.180 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...and W dredged limits by buoys (lateral). A bridge spans
the entrance to the basin. See 6.174.
Swedish Notice 90/2913/05
(HH. 318/505/13) [03/06]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Estonia - Narva Bay - Sillamäe — Development
100
After Paragraph 3.140 1 Insert:
Sillamäe
General information
3.140a
1 Sillamäe (59°24′N 27°45′E), is situated at the
mouth of Sõtke jõgi. Silport, the port of Sillamäe, is
established at Päite nina, about 1 mile NNW of the
town. Silport is a commercial harbour under
continuing development to cater for general and
2
containerised cargo, Ro -Ro, liquid petrochemicals and
LPG.
Port Authority. Port of Sillamäe, Suur -Karja Str. 5,
10140 Tallinn, Estonia.
Email: silport@silport.ee
Limiting conditions
3.140b
1 Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 300 m,
width 80 m and draught 11⋅9 m.
2 Ice. The port is normally free of ice all year round,
though icebreaking assistance is available if required.
Arrival information
3.140c
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. Pilot
boards in position 59°29′N 27°42′E, about 7 cables N
of the Fairway Buoy. For further details see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Precautionary area. Attention is drawn to the
precautionary area NE of the harbour. See 3.128.
4.1
[03/06]
Harbour
3.140d
1 Currently, the harbour consists of an inverted
L -shaped mole extending about 6 cables N and
1½ cables E from Päite nina. A light is exhibited from
the head of the E arm of the mole. A finger pier, with
a light exhibited from its head, extends a further 2
cables N from the knuckle of the mole.
2 Development. The harbour continues to be under
construction with plans to provide 3 further quays and
a second Ro -Ro ramp by 2007 and a dedicated
container terminal by 2010. In 2006 it is planned to
dredge the harbour to a depth of 16 m.
Berths
1 There are 6 berths, including a Ro -Ro berth, with a
total length of 1182 m. The deepest and longest berth
is No 2: length 319 m, depth 12⋅5 m.
Estonian Notice 12/129/05
(HH. 344/816/02; HH. 344/130/02) [03/06]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast – Zhoushan Qundao –
Xiaoguishan — Wrecks
199
After Paragraph 6.36 6 line 9 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (30°05N 122°37′E),
position approximate, thence:
Paragraph 6.36 8 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
ENE of Waihuo Yu (30°04′N 122°27′E), a grassy
islet with a well defined summit, 46 m high, from
where a light is exhibited, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (30°08′N 122°36′E),
position approximate, and:
ENE of a wreck (30°08′N 122°30′E), with a depth of
14⋅6 m over it, thence:
215
Paragraph 6.166 1 Replace by:
1 From a position ENE of Xiangluhuaping Jiao
(30°03′N 122°28′E) (6.36) the track leads WNW,
2
passing (with positions from Lihuo Yu Light (30°06′N
122°21′E)):
Clear of a dangerous wreck (13 miles E), position
approximate, thence:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (12¾ miles ENE),
position approximate, thence:
Clear of a wreck, depth 14⋅6 m (7 miles ENE),
thence:
Paragraph 6.166 2 line 1 Replace by:
NE of Lihuo Yu, an...
Chinese Notices 22/464/05; 44/931/05
( HH. 548/443/01) [03/06]

NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Kalimantan, West Coast -
Selat Karimata — Wreck
151
After Paragraph 7.20 2 line 9 Insert:
SW of a dangerous wreck (2°05′S 108°59′E),
thence:
Hydropac 2017/05
(HH. 527/500/03) [03/06]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea, South Coast - Inner Approach to Yäsu
Hang and Kwangyang Hang —
Traffic separation scheme
1
121
Paragraph 3.31 1-2 Replace by:
Main route. From a position 3 miles SSW of Paek
Sã (34°38′N 128°00′E) the route leads initially NNW
for 5½ miles within the inbound lane of a TSS to the
No 2 pilot boarding position, 1 mile WNW of Tae Do,
thence generally NW for a farther 5½ miles to a
position about 2 miles NE of Uam (34°43′N
2
127°48′E). The route then leads NNW, through Yãsu
Haeman for 7½ miles, to a position, in the entrance to
Kwangyang Hang, 7 cables ENE of Yãsu Oil Terminal
(34°50′⋅6N 127°46′⋅9E).
Deep -water route. A deep-water route has been
established in the inner approaches to Kwangyang
1
Hang through Yãsu Haeman.
Paragraph 3.33 1 Replace by:
There is a least charted depth of 20⋅6 m along the
deep-water route through Yãsu Haeman.
122
Paragraph 3.37 1-2 Replace by:
1 Designated area. A designated area has been
2
established in Yãsu Haeman and its approaches, the
limits of which are shown on the chart. Vessels over
200 m in length, deep-draught vessels, tugs towing and
vessels carrying dangerous cargoes must report to the
VTS (3.18) at least 12 hours prior to entering the
designated area.
Speed. Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes must not
exceed 12 kn in the N part of the designated area
between the latitudes of 34°45′⋅2N and 34°50′⋅7N;
other vessels must not exceed 14 kn.
Deep-water route. Vessels which do not need to
use the deep-water route through Yãsu Haeman should
remain in the inbound or outbound lane of the TSS as
appropriate.
Paragraph 3.42 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Kwangyang Hang Entrance B Light-buoy
(34°41′⋅7N 127°53′⋅2E).
Samgi Light-beacon (34°47′⋅9N 127°49′⋅0E).
IV
4.2
Paragraph 3.43 1-5 Replace by:
1 From a position 3 miles SSW of Paek Sã (34°38′N
128°00′E) the track leads initially NNW within the
inbound lane of the TSS, passing (with positions
relative to Odongdo Light (34°44′⋅6N 127°46′⋅0E)):
ENE of A Light -buoy (safe water) (12½ miles SE)
marking the S end of the separation zone, thence:
WSW of Paek Sã (13 miles SE) (3.24), from where a
light is exhibited, thence:
2 Through No 1 Precautionary Area between D -1
and D -2 anchorages (3.46), thence:
WSW of Tae Do (10 miles SE), from where a light
(3.22) is exhibited. Tae Do is covered with
brushwood and is steep-to except off its NW side.
The track then leads NW, passing (with positions
relative to Odongdo Light):
3 NE of a patch (6¼ miles SE), with a depth of
17.1 m over it, marked by B Light-buoy
(isolated danger), thence:
NE of Taedan (5¼ miles SSE), a prominent point
69 m high, backed by several conical hills. A light
(white octagonal concrete tower, 13 m in height)
is exhibited from the point. Thence:
4 SW of the SW point (4½ miles ESE) of
Namhaedo, the SE side of which is fringed
by drying rocks. No 6 Light-buoy (starboard
hand) is moored S of the point. Thence:
NE of Oechido (3¼ miles SSE), which is one of the
largest islets lying in a bay on the NE side of
Tolsando, thence:
5 NE of a point (2¾ miles SSE), from where
Tolsando Light (white octagonal concrete
tower, 9 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
Between C Light -buoy (safe water) (3¾ miles
ESE), marking the NW end of the separation
zone, and No 8 Light -buoy (starboard hand),
thence:
6 The track leads into No 2 Precautionary Area to a
position about 2 miles NE of Uam (2¼ miles SE).
Uam is a white rock, 4 m high, marked by a
light-beacon (isolated danger); the rock is steep-to.
(Directions continue for Yãsu Hang at 3.73)
123
Paragraph 3.44 1-5 Replace by:
1 From the position in No 2 Precautionary Area about
2 miles NE of Uam (34°43′N 127°48′E) the track
leads NNW, either through the inbound lane of the
TSS, the E limits of which are marked by light -buoys
(starboard hand), or through the deep -water route
marked by light-buoys (special), passing (with
positions relative to Odongdo Light (34°44′⋅6N
127°46′⋅0E)):
2 WSW of Hodusanmal (3½ miles ENE), from
where Pyãngsan Light (white round concrete
tower, 8 m in height) is exhibited. A 125 m
high wooded hill fronting a valley with
mountains behind, thus appearing isolated,
stands close inside the point. Thence:
3 ENE of Yangam (5 cables E), fronting the E
side of Odongdo. This drying reef is marked
by a light-beacon (isolated danger). Thence:
WSW of Taemado (4 miles ENE), an islet 17 m high
surrounded by a fish haven; it is connected to
Namhaedo by a reef on which there are some
smaller islets. Thence:

4 WSW of another larger islet (4 miles NE), 35 m
high, thence:
ENE of Tunpyãngtan (2¾ miles N), a rock 4⋅4 m
high, and:
Either side of, depending on route, Samgi (4 miles
NE), a steep-to reef with three heads which dry;
the highest is 3 m high. The reef is marked by a
light-beacon (isolated danger) and light -buoys
(cardinal), and lies within a prohibited area.
Thence:
5 Through Precautionary Area No 3, thence:
ENE of Paekdo (4½ miles N), a rock 22 m high, and:
WSW of the E coast of Namhaedo which is fringed
with numerous fish havens, thence:
The track leads through Precautionary Area No 4
and to the vicinity of No 1 Fairway Light-buoy
(safe water), 7 cables ENE of Yãsu Oil Terminal
(6 miles N). Lights (yellow metal towers, 7 m in
height) are exhibited from the N and S ends of the
terminal berth.
Korean Notices 42/679(P)/05; 48/794 -796/05
(HH. 557/440/08) [03/06]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Maine - Penobscot River — Arrival anchorages
64
Paragraph 2.233 1 Replace by:
1 The usual anchorage for smaller vessels waiting at
the river entrance is N of Fort Point on either side of
the channel. Anchorage in the river is not advised
because vessels tend to drag anchor on strong ebb
tides.
Larger vessels usually anchor S of Fort Point or off
Searsport (2.209).
USCoastPilot1
(HH. 078/550/08) [03/06]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Suriname - Wia Wia Bank — Wreck; depths
61
After Paragraph 2.83 2 line 3 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (34 miles NW), thence:
Paragraph 2.83 2 line 5 Replace by:
...have a depth of 6⋅4 m over it; a depth of 4 m lies
9 miles farther W. Thence:
French Chart 7484
(HH. 666/400/02) [01/02/06]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Plymouth — Traffic signals
110
Paragraph 4.169 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...rocky ledges, lies in the NW part of Plymouth Sound.
115 -116
Paragraph 4.211 1-2 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.211
116
Paragraph 4.212 1 Replace by:
4.212
Spare
QHM Plymouth Local Notice to Mariners 23/05
(HH. 234/400/12) [01/02/06]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
North -West Coast - Donegal Bay —
Killybegs Harbour
1
369
Paragraph 12.152 1 line 5 For 12 000 tons. Read 40 000 gt.
Paragraph 12.153 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
Deepest and longest berth: South Quay (12.162).
Paragraph 12.153 1 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
Maximum size of vessel handled: 40 000 gt; LOA
240 m; draught 12 m.
Paragraph 12.154 1-4 Replace by:
1 Notice of ETA required. ETA to be advised 72, 48
and 24 hours prior to arrival. The 72 hours notice
should include ship’s name, gt, IMO number and
anticipated arrival and departure draughts. The
24 hours notice should include further information as
detailed in Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (1).
4.1
[01/02/06]
2 Outer anchorage. In McSwyne’s Bay anchorage
can be obtained in depths of 25 to 30 m S of Rotten
Island. The holding varies from good to poor and
vessels are advised to keep an efficient watch and be
ready to shift berth at short notice.
3 Continuous VHF radio watch should be kept and
weather conditions should be carefully monitored, any
adverse forecast being acted upon in good time. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (1) for
details of weather information.
In W gales an alternative anchorage can be found
NE of Saint John’s Point (54°34′N 8°28′W) in Cassan
Sound (12.183).
4 Pilotage is recommended for vessels of 50 m LOA
or greater. Pilots should be requested from the Harbour
Master or ship’s agent and will usually board 5 cables
S of Rotten Island. The working VHF channel at
Killybegs is monitored when a vessel is due. For
further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (1).
370
Paragraph 12.155 1 lines 1 -7 Delete
371
Paragraph 12.159 2 Replace by:
2 ESE of Lackerabunn (5¾ cables N), a small
islet, marked by a light -beacon (port hand),
with two more islets ½ cable SSW of it close
offshore, and:
WNW of an islet (5¾ cables NNE), 5 m high, close
offshore, thence:
WNW of Rashenny Point, marked by a light -buoy
(starboard hand), at the S entrance to Walkers
Bay, thence:
Courses as required for berths at the Fishery Harbour
Centre or the anchorage in Walkers Bay.
(Directions continue for the
Town Quays at 12.160)
Paragraph 12.160 2 lines 1 -10 Replace by:
2 ENE of South Quay (5 cables S), marked by
lights at either end, and:
WSW of Walker’s Light -buoy (starboard hand)
(5½ cables SSE) at the N end of Walkers Bay,
thence:
WSW of Black Rock (5 cables SSE), 1 m high,
thence:
Between Outer Light-buoy (S cardinal), which
marks the S end of Harbour Shoal (4 cables SSE)
and the light-buoy (port hand), marking the NE
extremity of Smooth Point, thence:

Paragraph 12.162 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorages and moorings. Walkers Bay is a short
stay anchorage for vessels under 50 m LOA and in
fair weather only.
Small vessels can anchor E of New Landing Pier in
depths of 5 to 6 m. Two small mooring buoys for
fishing vessels lie SE of Whitehouse Point (54°38′⋅3N
8°26′⋅2W).
Alongside berths. There are two deep -water quays
at the Fishery Harbour Centre:
South Quay: length 300 m; depth alongside 12 m.
North Quay: length 150 m; depth alongside 9 m.
Killybegs Harbour Authority
(HH. 290/430/06) [01/02/06]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Barcelona —
Anchorages; landfall light -buoys
157
Paragraph 3.222 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage Area (East) is a designated area lying
E of the port, as shown on the charts.
Anchorage Area (South) is a designated area lying
S of the port, as shown on the charts.
Paragraph 3.222 3 lines 4-6 Delete
158
Paragraph 3.224 1 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
3.224
Paragraph 3.225 1 Replace by:
1 Sierra Light-buoy (safe water, racon) (41°17′⋅3N
2°11′⋅5E) marks the S end of the S traffic route.
Light -buoy, North (safe water, racon) (41°20′⋅0N
2°13′⋅0E) marks the SE end of the N traffic route.
Paragraph 3.232 1 Including heading Replace by:
Other aids to navigation
3.232
1 Racons:
Sierra Light -buoy (41°17′⋅3N 2°11′⋅5E) (3.225).
Light -buoy, North (41°20′⋅0N 2°13′⋅0E) (3.225).
BA Chart 1180
(HH. 045/200/01) [01/02/06]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - Napier - Inner Harbour —
Leading lights
283
Paragraph 9.249 1 Replace by:
1 Directions. Inner Harbour is entered from Napier
Roads in the white sector (191½° -192°) of a
directional light (yellow diamond on yellow metal
tower, 4 m in height) (39°29′⋅2S 176°53′⋅5E) exhibited
from the S end of West Quay, passing (with positions
from the light):
IV
4.2
284
Paragraph 9.249 2 lines 9 -10 Delete
Paragraph 9.249 3-4 Delete
New Zealand Notices 19/176/05; 23/212/05
(HH. 580/445/03) [01/02/06]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Approaches to Ría de Betanzos — Wreck
71
After Paragraph 3.85 4 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (1 mile E), depth
unknown, thence:
Spanish Notice 35/353/05
(HH. 359/560/04) [01/02/06]
Portugal - Setúbal — Vessel traffic service
162
After Arrival information Insert:
Vessel traffic service
5.302a
1 A VTS controls navigation within the Setúbal
harbour limits and provides information and advice to
vessels navigating inside the Sado River estuary and
the seaward approaches up to a distance of 4 miles
radius from No 2 Light -beacon (38°27′N 8°58′W). The
system is mandatory for the following:
All vessels over 300 gt.
All vessels of 15 m LOA and over, including fishing
vessels, tows and yachts.
All vessels carrying 12 or more passengers.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
VTS Manager, Port of Setúbal
(HH. 363/490/05) [01/02/06]
Spain - Río Guadalquivir and approaches —
Pilotage
191
Paragraph 6.138 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 If bound for Sevilla vessels should arrive off the
entrance 1½ hours before HW in order to cross the bar
at HW and to be able to carry...
Paragraph 6.138 5 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...at El Puntal (36°54′N 6°17′W).
Paragraph 6.138 6 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...from the lock to sea taking about 6½ hours.
193
Paragraph 6.153 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...of the river 1½ miles NE of the town.
STS Lord Nelson
(HH. 360/420/04) [01/02/06]

NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Louisiana - Mississippi Delta —
Buoyage; directions
209
Paragraph 8.147 1 lines 3 -4 For New Orleans Lanby Read
Gulf Outlet Light -buoy ‘NO’
After Paragraph 8.147 1 Insert:
2 Caution. Numerous charted obstructions (reported
2005) lie in the Safety Fairway in the vicinity of Gulf
Outlet Light -buoy ‘NO’; particular caution is advised
when navigating in this area.
Paragraph 8.150 1 Replace by:
1 Racons:
Southwest Pass Entrance Light (28°54′N 89°26′W)
Platform (28°50′N 89°27′W)
Platform (28°43′N 89°24′W)
2 Platform (28°52′N 89°16′W)
Platform (29°20′N 88°53′W)
Gulf Outlet Light -buoy ‘NO’ (29°26′N 88°57′W)
Platform (30°05′N 88°30′W)
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 for
details.
Paragraph 8.151 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Clear of Gulf Outlet Light -buoy ‘NO’ (safe -water)
(29°26′N 88°57′W) (see Caution at 8.147).
210
Paragraph 8.159 5line 5 For New Orleans Lanby Read Gulf
Outlet Light -buoy ‘NO’
Paragraph 8.160 1line 2 For New Orleans Lanby Read Gulf
Outlet Light -buoy ‘NO’
Paragraph 8.161 1line 1 For New Orleans Lanby Read Gulf
Outlet Light -buoy ‘NO’
Paragraph 8.161 2line 1 For New Orleans Lanby Read Gulf
Outlet Light -buoy ‘NO’
BA Charts 3851; 3858
(HH. 069A/200/02) [01/02/06]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —
Supplement 3 -2003
Prince William Sound — Traffic regulations
304
L 64 -66 Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/04 Replace
by:
...ports or harbours within the area.
Vessels of 20 000 dwt and over are required to
carry and operate an Automatic Identification System
(AIS) transponder when navigating within the Prince
William Sound VTS area.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 004/200/01) [52/05]
NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
Îles Crozet - Île de la Possession - Baie du Marin
- Anchorage
79
Paragraph 2.39 3-5 Replace by:
3 An anchorage area exists 4 cables ESE of Pointe
Seince. The SW limit of the area is defined by the
transit of Pointe Seince Light -beacons (white with
black stripes) (46°25′⋅4S 51°52′⋅3E), bearing 296°; the
NW limit is defined by the transit of Pointe Lieutard
Light -beacons (white and black chequers) (46°25′⋅8S
51°52′⋅5E), bearing 212°. The E limit is defined by
the arc of a circle, radius 1⋅2 cables, centred on the
point of intersection of the light transits. Anchorage is
prohibited outside this area. The anchorage may only
be used with prior permission from the local French
authorities. Permission is granted only in cases of
absolute necessity, and to vessels resupplying the
research station at Port Alfred (2.36).
4 The anchorage, in a depth of about 37 m, black
sand, gravel and broken shells, is well protected from
the prevailing winds. A strong N -going current has
been reported in the area.
French Notice 46/74/05
(HH. 510/400/02) [52/05]
No Section IV Notices were issued in Week 51/05
4.1
[52/05]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Tasmania - Blackman Bay - Marion Narrows —
Depth; leading lights
1
247
Paragraph 10.15 1 lines 8 -11 Replace by:
Depths. In 2005, the channel leading into Blackman
Bay had a least depth of 0⋅3 m in the vicinity of No 3
Beacon and the same depth SE of No 14 Beacon.
Paragraph 10.16 1-3 Replace by:
Marion Narrows Leading Beacons:
Front beacon (orange, steel lattice structure with
solid steel front, 2⋅5 m in height) (42°51′⋅2S
147°53′⋅0E), on the SW side of Little Chinaman
Bay.
Rear beacon (similar structure) (140 m SSW of front
light).
2 From a position about 1¼ miles NW of Cape Paul
Lamanon (42°50′⋅7S 147°55′⋅1E) the alignment
(209¼°) of these beacons leads SSW over the bar and
through Marion Narrows, noting the buoy (port hand)
which is moored 1¼ cables N of Blackman Head
Light. When abeam of the SW end of Blackman Head
which is marked by a beacon (diamond shape
topmark), follow the line of the E shore for a short
distance to No 1 Beacon (starboard hand) keeping
clear of a fringing rocky shelf which extends about
35 m from the shore. Pass about 50 m off No 1
Beacon then round No 3 Light -beacon (starboard
3
hand), keeping clear of the 0⋅3 m patch close SSW.
The track then leads through a narrow channel,
marked by numbered light-beacons (lateral) and
beacons (lateral), into Blackman Bay and thence
4
towards Denison Canal, through a channel which leads
WSW with a least charted depth of 1⋅4 m. A narrow,
alternative channel leads SSW, thence WSW to rejoin
the main channel on the approach to Denison Canal.
These two channels have been surveyed but depth
anomalies may be expected.
Useful mark:
Light (metal framework tower, 3 m in height),
standing on the N shore of Blackman Head
(10.15).
Caution. From time to time, as changes are made,
the numbers on the beacons may differ from that
shown on the chart.
MAST Notice M111 -05; Chart Aus 169
(HH. 578/460/03) [52/05]

NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Sweden - Malmö; Flintrännan — Pilotage
226
Paragraph 6.244 3 Replace by:
3 Pilot boards:
In position 1½ miles NW of Pinhättan Light -tower
(55°45′N12°52′E) (6.218), for vessels bound for
Malmö whose draught exceeds 9 m.
In the vicinity of Malmö Redd Light -buoy (55°39′N
12°57′E).
In position 55°42′⋅6N 12°53′⋅7E.
229
Paragraph 6.275 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...Drogden Lighthouse (55°32′N 12°43′E) (6.284), or in
position 55°28′⋅2N 12°43′⋅0E. For passage SW through
Flintrännan, see 6.244.
Swedish Notice 92/2966/05; VTS Malmö
(HH. 317/680/05) [52/05]
Denmark - Kolby Kås — Directions
274
Paragraph 7.167 2-3 Replace by:
2 Harbour. Two small basins, with a common
entrance facing WNW, are separated by a short central
mole, and protected by two breakwaters. A light
(metal post, 2 m in height) is exhibited from the head
of each breakwater.
Danish Notice 47/1146/05
(HH. 333/470/04) [52/05]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Russia - Baltiysk —
Restricted area; turning area
368
After Paragraph 9.168 4 Insert:
5 Restricted area - Baltiysk. A restricted area is
established, as shown on the chart, in the approach to,
and adjoining waters of, berth No 75 within the Naval
Harbour. Use of this berth by merchant vessels
requires the permission of the Naval Base Commander.
370
Paragraph 9.179 2 line 2 For three Read four
After Paragraph 9.179 2 line 2 Add:
A turning area, 300 m in diameter, within the
restricted area (9.168) in the Inner Road at the
entrance to the Naval Harbour.
Russian Notice 6493/05; BA Chart 2278
(HH. 304/410/07) [52/05]
IV
4.2
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
France - La Loire - Chenal de Bonne Anse —
Secondary Channel
165
Paragraph 6.48 2-4 Replace by:
2 SE of Pointe de l’Ève (5¼ cables WSW), noting
an isolated 4⋅9 m patch 3 cables ESE of the
point, thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck 9 cables E of Pointe de
l’Ève which is marked by No 14 Light -buoy
moored close SE, thence:
NW of Banc des Morées, an extensive shoal that
partly dries, marked at its NE end by Morées
Light (green truncated tower, 17 m in height)
(1¾ miles ENE), thence:
SE of the entrances to Saint-Nazaire Port (47°16′N
2°12′W) (6.91).
3 A secondary channel adjacent to and NW of Chenal
de Bonne -Anse, is used by vessels when the main
channel upstream of Saint -Nazaire -Saint -Brévin
Bridge is being navigated by large vessels, particularly
gas tankers. The channel is marked on its N side by
light -buoys (S cardinal). numbered from seaward ZD1
to ZD7, from a position 3½ cables S of Pointe de
l’Ève (47°14′⋅3N 2°16′⋅1W) to a position 4½ cables
WSW of Saint -Nazaire -Saint -Brévin Bridge.
Additional buoys (special) are moored to the N of the
secondary channel between ZD2 and ZD4
Light -buoys.
172
Paragraph 6.101 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
WNW of Td Basse Nazaire Light -buoy (starboard
hand) (1½ cables ESE), marking the SW end of
Basse Nazaire, a shoal.
175
After Paragraph 6.140 2 Add:
The secondary channel is marked:
From Grande Rade de Saint -Nazaire to a position
4½ cables WSW of Saint -Nazaire -Saint -Brévin
Bridge by light -buoys (S cardinal) on the N side
of the channel, and on the S side by the
light -buoys (port hand) marking the N side of the
main dredged channel.
French Notice 51/22/01
(HH. 353/500/05) [52/05]

NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Georgia - Bat’umi — Directions
135
Paragraph 3.310 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Route. The route leads E to the pilot boarding
position in the vicinity of the W cardinal light -buoy,
then S, passing (with positions from Batumskiy Light):
Paragraph 3.310 2 line 5 Replace by:
W of two spar-buoys (W cardinal) (5 cables NE).
Russian Notice 48/6782/05
(HH. 399/490/02) [52/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Discovery Passage - Granite Bay — Wreck
305
After Paragraph 8.81 1 Insert:
2 A dangerous wreck, position approximate and depth
unknown, lies near the head of the bay.
Canadian Western Notice 11/3539/05
(HH. 600/430/04) [52/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
T’ai -wan, North Coast —
Wrecks; islet; obstruction
92
Paragraph 2.197 2 line 7 Replace by:
...lies 11¾ miles NNW. Thence:
After Paragraph 2.197 2 Insert:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (9 miles NNE), the
position of which is approximate.
94
After Paragraph 2.216 2 line 3 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (5¾ miles NNW),
thence:
98
Paragraph 2.264 Centre heading Replace by:
Adjacent islands and off -lying dangers
After Paragraph 2.264 1 Insert:
Islet
2.264a
1 An unnamed, unmarked islet lies WNW of
Hua-p’ing Yü at 25°30′N, 121°42′E. There are no
further details of the islet and vessels should keep well
clear. An obstruction lies 2¼ miles SSW.
Taiwanese Chart 0352; Taiwanese Notice 82/05
(HH. 549/412/03) [52/05]
IV
4.3
T’ai -wan, East Coast - Approach to Hua -lien —
Wreck
117
Paragraph 3.104 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Approach.
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 8 cables SSW of
East Breakwater Head Light (23°58′⋅3N 121°37′⋅2E),
and 2½ cables ESE of the 023½° alignment of leading
lights (3.105). A rock with a depth of...
Taiwanese Notice 85/05
(HH. 549/426/03) [52/05]
China – Yellow Sea – Dalian Xingang —
Vessel Traffic Service; pilotage
1
333
Paragraph 10.294 1 Replace by:
Two VTS schemes are in operation for the control
of shipping. Dalian Wan Vessel Traffic Service
1
controls the area W of Dasanshan Dao S end Light,
and Dayao Wan Port Control controls the area E of
the light. Positions of reporting points are shown on
the chart. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
Paragraph 10.298 1 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours for
entering and leaving harbour, and the pilot boards in
the relevant anchorages or positions as follows:
Dalian Wan: Nos1and2CargoVesselandOil
Tanker Pilotage and quarantine anchorages, see
10.297.
Dalian Xingang Tankers anchorage, see 10.297.
Dayaowan: Dayaowan Anchorage and Dalian
Xingang Tanker Anchorage, see 10.297. For
vessels not anchoring, pilots board at 38°54′⋅0N
121°56′⋅5E.
2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office; Gulf Agency
Company (Hong Kong) Limited
(HH. 548/527/03) [52/05]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
North -West Coast - Donegal Bay -
Sligo Harbour — Light -beacons; pilotage
361
Paragraph 12.86 2 line 4 Replace by:
Boarding. Pilots are available throughout 24 hours...
362
Paragraph 12.89 1 lines 1 -4 Delete
Paragraph 12.89 2 line 4 Replace by:
NNW of Bungar Bank Light-buoy (N cardinal)
(1½ miles WSW).
Paragraph 12.90 2 line 4 Replace by:
NE of Bungar Bank Light -buoy (N cardinal)
(1½ miles NW), thence:
Paragraph 12.90 2 line 7 Replace by:
SW of No 2 Light -beacon (port hand) (1 cable S).

1
Paragraph 12.91 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
When abreast No 2 Light -beacon, the channel turns
to a more E heading to pass between Metal Man
Rocks and No 4 Light -beacon (port hand) standing on
the N shore (1 cable ENE of the rocks).
Paragraph 12.91 1 line 10 Replace by:
...of Rosses Point, from where the pilot boat and inshore
lifeboat operate. Lifeboat Light -beacon (port hand) stands
½ cable SE from the pier.
Paragraph 12.91 2 lines 6 -10 Replace by:
NE of No 1 Light -beacon (starboard hand)
3
(7½ cables W) off the NE point of Oyster Island,
and:
SW of No 6 Light -beacon (port hand) (7 cables W)
on the edge of the shore bank, thence:
Paragraph 12.91 3 Replace by:
SW of No 8 Light -beacon (port hand) (6 cables
W) marking the W end of Blennick Rocks,
which dry. The channel here is 55 m wide,
thence:
SW of No 10 Light -beacon (port hand) (5 cables W)
marking the E end of Blennick Rocks, thence:
N of No 3 Light -beacon (starboard hand)
(3½ cables WSW). The stranded wreck of a
trawler lies 2¾ cables S of the light -beacon.
Thence:
N of No 5 Light -beacon (starboard hand) (2 cables
SW) which stands off the W end of Old Seal
Bank, thence:
N of No 7 Light -beacon (starboard hand)
1
(1¼ cables SSE) standing on the end of a drying
training wall which runs along the S and SW sides
of the channel to Sligo.
Paragraph 12.92 1 Replace by:
Thence the channel, marked by light -beacons, leads
E and SE for 2 miles to the berths at Sligo. About
8 cables NNW of Deepwater Jetty, the N most berth,
the channel commences to run between training walls,
the wall on the E side also drying.
363
Paragraph 12.94 2 Replace by:
2 There is a turning area off Deepwater Jetty. A gap
in the E training wall is marked by light -buoys
(special).
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(HH. 290/440/04) [52/05]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea, South Coast - Kãmundo —
Traffic Separation Scheme
96
After Paragraph 2.124 1 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme
2.124a
1 A TSS has been established N of Kãmundo (2.88)
for the use of vessels transiting E and W. The TSS is
not IMO -adopted.
IV
4.4
After Paragraph 2.127 2 line 5 Add:
Into the ENE -going lane of the TSS (2.124a),
thence:
Korean Notice 42/680/05
(HH. 557/430/08) [52/05]
Korea, South Coast - Kadãk Sudo —
Racon; buoyage
151
Paragraph 3.260 1 line 2 Replace by:
Ho Do (35°01′N 128°47′E).
Paragraph 3.261 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 From a position about 2 miles S of Tongdu Mal
(34°59′N 128°50′E) the track leads NNW through the
appropriate traffic lane, marked by light -buoys (lateral
and safe water), passing (with positions relative to
Tongdu Mal):
Korean Notices 35/550/05; 43/697/05
(HH. 557/450/07) [52/05]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Port of Hamburg - Finkenwerder Airfield —
Wind
211
After Paragraph 7.138 2 line 10 Add:
Aircraft using the runway SW of these berths may
cause strong, local gusts of wind.
Hamburg Harbourmaster Notice 5/05
(HH. 078/220/05) [52/05]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Eiksundet — Vertical clearance
36
After L56Insert:
A bridge, vertical clearance 16 m, spans the E part
of Eiksundet between Eikøya and Hareidlandet.
Norwegian Notice 22/1124/05
(HH. 310/485/06) [52/05]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Raftsundet - Exit into Hadselfjorden — Depth
263
R41-42Replace by:
S of Svartskjeret (1⋅3 miles WSW). A 6⋅7 m patch
lies within the white sector, 1 cable SW of
Svartskjeret. Thence:
Norwegian Notice 21/1058/05
(HH. 310/575/05) [52/05]

NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2005 Edition)
Iran - Gºnºveh — Approach
139
Paragraph 6.120 2 lines 4 -16 Replace by:
Approach. Gºnºveh is approached from the SSW
to the vicinity of the light-buoy (safe water)
(29°32′⋅0N 50°28′⋅0E), moored about 2½ miles SW of
the entrance to Khowr KhalØl. Two beacons and a
notice board (29°34′⋅2N 50°30′⋅4E) stand on the W
side of Gºnºveh. The beacons in line (about 024°)
lead close SSE of a buoy (conical) moored about
4 cables W of the tide gauge.
Ports and Shipping Organisation, Tehran
(HH. 496/400/06) [52/05]
United Arab Emirates - JazØrat Dºs —SBM
171
After Paragraph 7.270 2 Insert:
3 Berth 6, an SBM, is moored about 1½ miles SE of
Oil Terminal 3, in a depth 24 m.
Petroleum Port Authority, Abu Dhabi
(HH. 488/490/04) [52/05]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Long Island Sound and East River —
Submarine pipelines; anchorages
188
After Paragraph 6.113 1 Insert:
Submarine pipelines
6.113a
1 An oil pipeline, as shown on the chart, is laid
across Long Island Sound from a position 2½ miles
NE of Milford Point (6.221) to Northport Basin
(6.321) (20 miles SW).
2 A gas pipeline, as shown on the chart, is laid
through Long Island Sound and East River from
Northport Basin (6.321) to a position 2 cables NE of
Hunts Point (7.76).
Caution. See 1.38.
219
After Paragraph 7.64 4 Insert:
Submarine pipelines
7.64a
1 A gas pipeline, as shown on the chart, is laid
through Long Island Sound and East River from
Northport Basin (6.321) to a position 2 cables NE of
Hunts Point (7.76).
Caution. See 1.38.
IV
221
After Paragraph 7.72 1 Insert:
2 Caution. The gas pipeline (7.64a), as shown on the
chart, laid through East River passes very close to the
S limit of the anchorage and mariners should bear this
in mind when selecting an anchorage position. See
1.38.
After Paragraph 7.76 1 Insert:
2 Caution. The gas pipeline (7.64a), as shown on the
chart, laid through East River passes through this
anchorage and mariners should bear this in mind when
selecting an anchorage position. See 1.38.
4.5
BA Charts 2754; 2580; 3451; US Coast Guard Local
Notice to Mariners
(HH. 614/515/04) [52/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Trinidad - Point Fortin —
Directions; pilotage; berths
1
125
Paragraph 4.225 1 Replace by:
Oil Terminal. Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot
boards 1 mile NW of the head of the oil terminal pier.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (5).
Atlantic LNG Terminal. Pilotage is compulsory.
The pilot boards 2 miles NW of the entrance to the
dredged approach channel. For further details see
1
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (5).
Paragraph 4.228 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
4.228
Paragraph 4.230 1-3 Replace by:
From the vicinity of 10°20′N 61°43′W the track
leads generally S for about 6 miles to the pilot stations
(4.225), passing E of a well (10°17′N 61°43′W) from
which a light is exhibited. The well is situated just
outside the limit of Soldado Oilfield for which special
regulations apply; for details see 4.72.
2 From the pilot stations the berths at the oil terminal
can be directly accessed. For vessels bound for
3
Atlantic LNG Terminal (4.232) the track leads SSE for
1¾ miles to the following leading line:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, yellow stripe,
on tower) (10°11′⋅1N 61°41′⋅8W).
Rear light (similar structure) (2 cables SSE of front
light).
The alignment (148¾°) of these lights leads SSE
through a channel 1½ miles long, reported dredged to
13 m (2004), marked by light -buoys (lateral) to a
turning area off the LNG berths.
Useful mark:
Light (aluminium framework tower, 24 m in height)
(10°12′⋅7N 61°42′⋅1W) exhibited from the centre
of the head of the oil pier.
Paragraph 4.232 1 Replace by:
1 The Atlantic LNG Terminal (10°11′⋅4N 61°42′⋅0W)
consists of two T -shaped jetties extending 3½ cables
NW from the N point of reclaimed land.
BA Chart 475
(HH. 670/521/03) [50/05]
4.1
[50/05]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Geelvink Channel — Depth
268
Paragraph 7.167 3 line 7 For 16⋅5 m Read 16⋅1 m
Australian Notice 24/1039/05
(HH. 573/460/03) [50/05]
South Australia - Port Giles — Depths
392
Paragraph 12.155 1 line 3, Replace by:
...14⋅7 m. An area N and E of the berth has a maintained
depth of 13⋅5 m,asshownonthechart.
Australian Notice 23/999/05
(HH. 574/485/03) [50/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Plymouth Approaches - Bigbury Bay — Buoyage
127
Paragraph 4.259 3 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
3 Clear of East Rutts (4½ miles WSW) (4.256),
thence:
Tenix LADS Operations Ltd; Port Surveyor, Plymouth
(HH. 232/450/08) [50/05]
The Solent - Beaulieu River — Leading mark
196
Paragraph 7.70 3 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
Front mark. No 2 Beacon (port hand) (50°46′⋅9N
1°21′⋅8W).
Beaulieu River Local Notice 1/05
(HH. 232/620/04) [50/05]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
South Wales - River Neath — Jetty; lights
93
Paragraph 3.158 5 lines 1 -6 Delete
Neath Harbour Commissioners
(HH. 214/440/04) [50/05]

NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2004 Edition)
Pakistan - Port Muhammad Bin Qasim -
Ahsan Channel — Wreck
318
Paragraph 10.61 3 Replace by:
3 Thence the dredged channel should be followed
through the inner part of Ahsan Channel, passing
(positions given from the front light):
NNW of a dangerous wreck (8½ cables S), thence:
To B1 and B2 Light -buoys (lateral) at the S end of
Phitti Creek.
Pakistani Notice 42/161/05
(HH. 500/440/04) [50/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Corse - Passage de Piantarella - Île Piana —
Dangerous wreck
211
Paragraph 6.189 2 line 4 Replace by:
E of Île Piana (5 cables SW), low and flat, and clear
of a dangerous wreck, (41°22′⋅3N 9°14′⋅1E)
(5 cables SSW), position approximate, thence:
French Notice 40/35/05
(HH. 355/460/03) [50/05]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2005 Edition)
Croatia - BraÅki Kanal, Western Part -
Grljevac — Light
265
Paragraph 7.559 3 lines 3 -4 Delete
Croatian Notice 10/8/05
(HH. 377/470/05) [50/05]
Croatia - Zaljev Pantera - Tanki Rt —
Light sector
Paragraph 8.517 2 Delete
343
Croatian Notices 8/2/05
(HH. 377/530/05) [50/05]
Croatia - KvarneriÆ, Southern Part -
OtoÅiÆ Dolfin - Hrid Oðtar — Beacon
400
Paragraph 9.458 1 line 6 Replace by:
...entrance to Paðki Kanal. Hrid Oðtar, marked by a beacon
(S cardinal), lies close E of the S...
Croatian Notice 10/5/05
(HH. 377/580/03) [50/05]
IV
4.2
Croatia - Luka Funtana - OtoÅiÆ Frýital —
Light -beacon
452
Paragraph 10.84 4 line 8 Replace by:
...−kolj. The SW extremity of the islet is marked by a
light -beacon (W cardinal).
Croatian Notice 9/2/05
(HH. 377/720/04) [50/05]
Italy - Punta Torre Canne — Wreck
487
Paragraph 11.96 3 line 6 Replace by:
...5 cables S. A wreck with 23 m over it lies about
2¾ miles NE. Thence:
Italian Notice 16.5/05
(HH. 370/480/04) [50/05]
Italy - Giulianova — Restricted area
515
After Paragraph 12.21 1 Insert:
Arrival information
12.21a
1 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited into an area
about 6 cables wide and extending 2⋅3 miles in a
NW/SE direction, centred 3 miles SE of Giulianova
Harbour, as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 16/S41002/05
(HH. 370/520/06) [50/05]
Italy - Approaches to Chioggia —
Conservation area
546
Paragraph 12.280 3 lines 6 -8 Delete
Italian Notice 21.8/05
(HH. 370/570/05) [50/05]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
The Wash - Wisbech Channel -
Bar Flat — Buoyage
201
Paragraph 8.92 1 Replace by:
1 An outer anchorage area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, is centred 8 cables NNE of Nene
Roads Light -buoy (52°54′⋅4N 0°15′⋅4E).

1
202
Paragraph 8.93 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board in the outer
anchorage area (8.92), or, in bad weather, S of
2
Holbeach RAF...
Paragraph 8.97 2-3 Replace by:
NW of Roaring Middle (1½ miles NE), a shoal
which dries, marked on its W side by No 2
Light -buoy (port hand) and No 4 Buoy (port
hand), and:
SE of Gat Channel entrance (8.75) (2 miles N), lying
between Roger Sand and Gat Sand, thence:
Clear, depending upon draught, of a small shoal
patch (1¼ miles NNE) with a depth of 4⋅7 m over
it, thence:
3 To the entrance to Wisbech Channel marked by
Nene Roads Light -buoy (safe water)
(52°54′⋅4N 0°15′⋅4E) moored on Bar Flat.
King’s Lynn Notice 33/05
(HH. 242/560/20) [50/05]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2003 Edition)
Great Bras D’Or - Saint Peters Bay —
Pilotage; directions
252
Paragraph 11.138 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
For Saint Peters Bay and Canal, Strait of Canso E
inner approach (45°32′⋅0N 60°46′⋅0W).
267
After Paragraph 12.4 2 line 5 Add:
Vessels bound for Saint Peters Bay and Canal, Strait
of Canso E inner approach (45°32′⋅0N
60°46′⋅0W).
281
Paragraph 12.142 1 line 2 Replace by:
...60°53′W), the track to St Peters Bay leads generally N,...
282
Paragraph 12.142 1 line 7 For E of NQ12 Read W of NQ12
Atlantic Pilotage Authority; Canadian Chart 4275
(HH. 602/130/03) [50/05]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Texas - Sabine Pass - Approaches to Port Arthur
— Pilotage
182
After Paragraph 7.293 1 Add:
The US Coastguard recommends that all tankers
with draughts greater than 27 feet (8⋅23 m) secure
pilotage services throughout the length of the Sabine
Bank Channel, especially during periods of restricted
visibility, and that vessels embark and disembark pilots
at Sabine Bank Light -buoy.
MT Bro Catherine; USCoastPilot5
(HH. 615/430/09) [50/05]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South-East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —
Supplement 3-2003
Bradfield Canal — Directions; depth
107
After R 40 Insert:
S of a shoal (7½ miles E) (reported 2005), with a
depth of 4⋅6 m (15 ft) over it, thence:
US Coast Pilot 8, Corr 48/05
(HH. 078/556/07) [49/05]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
California - Santa Monica Bay -
El Segundo Offshore Marine Terminal —
Safety zone
281
After Paragraph 8.234 2 Existing Section IV Notice Week
37/04 Insert:
Safety zone
8.234a
1 Santa Monica Bay. A safety zone is established in
Santa Monica Bay to protect the El Segundo Offshore
Marine Terminal (8.240). It is located about 1½ miles
W from the shore at El Segundo (33°55′N 118°26′W).
Unauthorized entry into this area is prohibited.
2 For general remarks on this area see 8.6. For
further details see Appendix V.
461
After §165.1155 Insert:
§165.1156 Safety Zone; Offshore Marine
Terminal, El Segundo, California.
(a) Location. The following area is a safety zone: all
waters of Santa Monica Bay, from surface to
bottom, enclosed by a line beginning at
33°54′59″N 118°26′50″W; then to
33°54′59″N 118°27′34″W; then to
33°54′00″N 118°27′34″W; then to
33°54′00″N 118°26′50″W; then to the point
of beginning
(NAD 1983).
(b) Regulations. (1) In accordance with the general
regulations in §165.23 of this part, entry into or
movement within this zone is prohibited except
for:
(i) Commercial vessels authorized to use the
offshore marine terminal for loading or
unloading;
(ii) Commercial tugs, lighters, barges, launches or
other vessels authorized to engage in servicing
the offshore marine terminal or vessels
therein;
4.1
[49/05]
(iii) Public vessels of the United States.
(c) Persons desiring to transit the area of the safety
zone may contact the Captain of the Port at
telephone number 1 -800 -221 -8724 or on
VHF -FM channel 16 (156.8 MHz). If permission
is granted, all persons and vessels must comply
with the instructions of the Captain of the Port
or his or her designated representative.
US Coast Pilot 7, Corr 15/05
(HH. 612/410/10) [49/05]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Northern Territory - Gove Harbour —
Light -buoys
111
Paragraph 2.238 1 Replace by:
1 If bound for Perkins Wharf at the head of the bay
the track continues generally N passing:
W of Harbour Islet lying 2 cables WSW of Rocky
Point (1¼ miles ESE). A reef upon which lies an
islet, 3 m in height, extends 1½ cables SW from
the point.
The track then continues NNE to the berth, through
a channel marked by light -buoys (port and starboard
hand). The light -buoys (starboard hand) mark the edge
of the reef which extends NW, W and SW from
Harbour Islet.
Australian Notice 23/993/05
(HH. 572/410/05 ) [49/05]
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Victoria - Port Phillip - South Channel —
Wrecks
102
After Paragraph 4.34 2 line 3 Insert:
Clear of a wreck (2¾ miles E) with a depth of 10⋅9 m
over it, thence:
Paragraph 4.34 2 line 8 Replace by:
...Light-beacon (S cardinal) (3½ miles E); a wreck,
with a depth of 13⋅9 m over it, lies 2½ cables
WSW of the beacon.
Australian Notice 23/1001/05
(HH. 575/470/12) [49/05]

NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Sweden - Göteborg; Varberg; Falkenberg —
Vessel Traffic Service
70
Paragraph 3.24 1 line 5 For 50 m Read 45 m
125
After Paragraph 4.91 1 line 4 Insert:
Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation within
a 3 mile radius of Subbeberget Light (57°05′⋅3N
12°14′⋅2E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
128
After Paragraph 4.114 1 line 2 Insert:
Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation within
a 3 miles radius of Falkenberg W Breakwater Light
(56°52′⋅9N 12°28′⋅0E). See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
Swedish Notices 86/2815(P)/05; 86/2842(P)/05
(HH. 316/040/02) [49/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Ahvenanmaa, North Coast —
Directions
250
After Paragraph 6.338 3 line 5 Insert:
W of a shoal depth of 4.6 m (3 miles NNW), marked
by a spar buoy (W cardinal), thence:
Finnish Notice 30/635/05
(HH. 319/410/03) [49/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast – Lemen Liedao — Wreck
131
After Paragraph 4.72 3 line 2 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 41/05 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (10 miles SW) (reported
2005), the position of which is approximate,
thence:
Chinese Notice 44/929/05
(HH. 548/448/08) [49/05]
IV
4.2
China, East Coast – Min Jiang — Wrecks, light
163
Paragraph 4.291 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Between Jinpai Men and Mawei the main fairway
is shown on the chart, and passes:
NW of Xiaolusha (26°05′⋅5N 119°32′⋅3E), marked
by a light-beacon (isolated danger), lying on the
bank bordering the E side of the river, 4 miles SW
of Jinpai Men.
The track then passes through Min’an Men
(26°03′⋅0N 119°30′⋅4E), a narrows entered 6 miles
SSW of Jinpai Men and leading generally SSW for
3 miles with a least width of 2 cables, thence leading
through Min Jiang passing (with positions from
Niuwei Shan (26°02′⋅1N 119°30′⋅4E)):
2 ESE of Donggaozhai Light (white hexagonal
stone masonry structure, 12 m in height)
(1¼ miles N), thence:
WNW of Niuwei Shan on which stands a
light -beacon (white hexagonal stone masonry
pyramid, 9 m in height), and:
ESE of a wreck, depth 7⋅3 m (2 cables W), the
position of which is approximate; another wreck,
depth 13 m, lies 1¼ cables farther SSW, thence:
ESE of a light -beacon (isolated danger) (5 cables
WSW) marking a rock, thence:
ESE of a dangerous wreck (1¼ miles SW), the
position of which is approximate, and marked
close N by a light -buoy (isolated danger).
The track then divides to pass either side of a
danger area, radius 150 m, around Niu Jiao (1¾ miles
SW), a rock marked by a light -beacon (isolated
danger, racon) and light -buoys; the main channel
passes to the WNW. Dayu, an island 17 m high, lies
3 cables ENE with a prominent building (not charted)
on its SW side. Thence:
Chinese Notices 9/128/05; 40/873/05
(HH. 548/462/05) [49/05]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
South -West Coast - Dingle Harbour —
Directional light
262
Paragraph 8.162 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...where it turns N, and is marked by a directional light,
leading lights (astern) and light-buoys for a distance of
6 cables to Dingle Pier.
Directional light. The light is situated close NW of
the root of Dingle Pier and the white sector
(001° -003°) indicates the centre of the dredged
channel.
263
Paragraph 8.162 4 line 4 Replace by:
The directional light (1¼ miles NNW) and the
alignment (182°), astern, of the leading lights...
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(HH. 292/490/04) [49/05]

NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea, South Coast - Sori Do — Wreck
118
Paragraph 3.15 1 line 3 Replace by:
...SSE of Kany Am from which a light...
After Paragraph 3.15 1 Insert:
SSE of a dangerous wreck (19 miles WSW), thence:
Korean Chart W209
(HH. 557/440/08) [49/05]
Korea, South Coast - Chinju Man and
approaches - Noryang Sudo — Vertical clearance
134
Paragraph 3.150 5 line 7 For 37 m Read 34 m
Korean Chart W209
(HH. 557/440/08) [49/05]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - Hawke Bay -
Approaches to Napier — Whirinaki Bluff Light
278
Paragraph 9.206 1 lines 2 -4 Delete
Paragraph 9.206 3 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 9.207 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 Thence the track leads to No 2 pilot boarding
position...
Land Information New Zealand
(HH. 580/445/03) [49/05]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Sweden - Ship movement reporting systems —
Vessel Traffic Service
3
Paragraph 1.18 1 Replace by:
Sweden
1.18
1 The Swedish coastal waters described in this
volume, from the international boundary between
Sweden and Norway to Hätteberget (57°52′N 11°28′E),
68 miles SSE, lie within the areas covered by VTS
Strömstad, VTS Lysekil and VTS Marstrand.
Participation in the VTSs is compulsory.
2 For details of the limits of each VTS and for a list
of reporting points and other information see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume (6) 2.
IV
4.3
177
Paragraph 7.8 1 Replace by:
Vessel traffic service
7.8
1 The area covered by this chapter lies within VTS
Strömstad. Participation in the VTS is compulsory for
the following vessels:
All vessels of 45 m or more in length.
All vessels of 300 grt or greater.
All tows of 45 m or more in length.
2 For details and a list of reporting points see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
193
Paragraph 8.5 1 Replace by:
Vessel traffic service
8.5
1 The area covered by this chapter lies within VTS
Lysekil and VTS Marstrand. Participation in the VTSs
is compulsory for the following vessels:
All vessels of 45 m or more in length.
All vessels of 300 grt or greater.
All tows of 45 m or more in length.
2 For details and a list of reporting points see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
197
Paragraph 8.39 1 line 2 For Marstrand Read Lysekil
201
Paragraph 8.71 1 line 2 For Marstrand Read Lysekil
Paragraph 8.71 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
203
Paragraph 8.98 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...Hätteberget, 15 miles SSE. These approaches...
204
Paragraph 8.100 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 The North Channel leading to Uddevalla lies within
VTS Lysekil; all other approaches to Uddevalla lie
within VTS Marstrand. For further information see 8.5.
Swedish Notices 86/2815(P)/05; 86/2842(P)/05
(HH. 316/040/02 [49/05]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2003 Edition)
Île du Bic - North -east anchorage —
Submarine cable
161
After Paragraph 7.125 2 Insert:
3 Caution. Vessels are recommended not to anchor
farther off the NE side of Île du Bic, as it has been
reported that the combined effects of wind, current and
ice, together with the nature of the bottom, make it
likely that the anchor will drag. Attention is drawn to
the proximity of a submarine cable, shown on the
chart, lying ENE of Île du Bic.
Canadian Hydrographic Service
(HH. 065/200/01) [49/05]

NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2002 Edition)
Martinique - Havre de la Trinité — Buoyage
317
Paragraph 7.136 6 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...patch with a depth of 1⋅1 m over it, thence:
Paragraph 7.138 2 line 5 Replace by:
...of the bay to a position about 1 cable W of TR8 Buoy.
French Notice 42/43/05
(HH. 671/480/05) [49/05]
IV
4.4

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (1980 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Somalia — Piracy and armed robbery
249
L 21 Existing Supplement amendment and Section IV
Notice Week 26/02 Replace by:
Incidents have occurred up to 120 miles off the East
Coast of Somalia. All vessels are advised to remain at
least 200 miles from the coast unless making
scheduled port calls. All merchant vessels transiting
the coast of Somalia, no matter how far offshore,
should maintain a high state of vigilance and
anti -piracy precautions, and keep radio
communications, including the use of VHF, to a
minimum. (See also existing Supplement amendment
page 2 paragraph 1.12b).
HYDROPAC 1820/05; ICC International Maritime Bureau
(HH. 100/367/07) [48/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland, South Coast - Skvättbådan to
Hamnholm — Authorised draught
167
Paragraph 5.24 Heading For 7⋅3 m Read 6⋅0 m
Paragraph 5.24 1 line 6 Existing Section IV Notice Week
30/04 For 7⋅3 m Read 6⋅0 m
Finnish Chart 16
(HH. 020/200/01) [48/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Approaches to Zhujiang
and Hong Kong — Traffic Separation Schemes
254
Paragraph 8.14 1 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes:
Dangan Shuidao and Lantau Channel TSS has
been established by the Maritime Safety Agency
of China in Dangan Shuidao (9.53) and Lantau
Channel (8.7) on a trial basis. The trial TSS zones
and precautionary areas are shown on the charts.
These schemes are not IMO -adopted. Chinese
authorities advise that the principles for the use of
such routing systems defined in Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.
North -west Siu A Chau TSS. For details see 9.21
and 9.28.
Qing Zhou TSS, for high speed craft only, is
established NNW of Qing Zhou (22°10′N
113°43′E). For details see 8.32.
4.1
[48/05]
271
Paragraph 9.21 1 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes:
North -west Siu A Chau TSS, North Cheung
Chau TSS and South Cheung Chau TSS are
established by the Government of Hong Kong
SAR, China. For details, see 9.28.
Dangan Shuidao and Lantau Channel TSS. See
8.14.
275
Paragraph 9.46 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Traffic separation schemes:
Dangan Shuidao and Lantau Channel TSS. See
8.14.
Tathong Channel TSS and East Lamma Channel
TSS are established by the Government of Hong
Kong SAR, China, in Tathong Channel (9.58) and
East Lamma Channel (9.55). They are
IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
(1972) applies.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 550/080/02) [48/05]
NP 33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2004 Edition)
Sulu Sea - San Miguel Islands -
Don Juan de Austria Shoal — Rock
125
Paragraph 4.133 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
...and consists of a dangerous rock (reported 2005)
and several shoal patches, two of which were
reported in 1902 by USS Don Juan de Austria.
Thence:
MV Fertilia
(HH. 536/400/03) [48/05]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2005 Edition)
South Wales - Nash Sands Anchorage —
Foul ground
99
After Paragraph 3.197 1 Add:
An area of foul ground (anchor chain) has been reported
(2005) centred on 51°26′⋅8N 3°42′⋅6W.
MV Welsh Piper
(HH. 214/460/07) [48/05]

Liverpool Bay — Meteorological mast
227
After Paragraph 8.19 3 Add:
NNW of Gwynt Y Mor meteorological mast
(53°28′⋅8N 3°30′⋅5E). There is a light -buoy
(special, wave recorder) 2¼ miles W of the mast.
Thence:
NPower Renewables
(HH. 212/069/02) [48/05]
North Wales - Mostyn Docks — Port entry light
233
Paragraph 8.51 4 Replace by:
4 Thence the track continues S, and thence SSE,
through a buoyed channel into the turning basin.
A PEL, located ashore about 4½ cables SW of the
docks, indicates the centre line of the S leg of the
buoyed channel.
Harbour Master, Port of Mostyn
(HH. 212/402/04) [48/05]
Scotland, South -West Coast - Kirkcudbright Bay
- Little Ross — Light -beacon
295
Paragraph 10.102 2 line 5 For beacon Read light -beacon
296
Paragraph 10.107 1 line 2 For beacon Read light -beacon
297
Paragraph 10.112 1 lines 4 and 7 For beacon Read
light -beacon
Paragraph 10.112 2 line 1 For beacon Read light -beacon
Northern Lighthouse Board
(HH. 276/420/04) [48/05]
Isle of Man - Peel Harbour — Leading lights
1
319
Paragraph 10.277 1-2 Replace by:
From open water, approach to the port can be made
from between W and NNE. If approaching from NW,
Peel is not always easy to identify as mist collects in
its valley; if approaching from N vessels should be
aware of Craig Rock (54°16′N 4°40′W) and the
unmarked wreck (position approximate) lying WSW
(10.269).
2 Leading lights. The alignment (204°) of Peel
Leading Lights leads to the harbour entrance E of the
breakwater head, from where a light (white tower, 8 m
in height) is exhibited:
Front light (54°13′⋅6N 4°41′⋅7W) stands at the head
of the groyne.
Rear light (on pumping station cupola) (1¼ cables
SSW of front light).
Paragraph 10.277 4 lines 6 -7 Delete
Isle of Man Government
(HH. 209/420/03) [48/05]
IV
4.2
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea, East Coast - Ulsan Man —
Racon; directions
172
Paragraph 4.18 1 line 2 Replace by:
UlsanHangSBMB(35°26′⋅3N 129°23′⋅6E).
174
Paragraph 4.33 1 line 4 For 21⋅0 m Read 17⋅5 m
176
Paragraph 4.52 1 line 2 Replace by:
UlsanHangSBMB(35°26′⋅3N 129°23′⋅6E).
1
177
Paragraph 4.54 1-4 Replace by:
From a position about 8 miles SE of Hwaam Ch’u
(35°28′N 129°24′E) the track leads initially WNW for
5¼ miles to the No 1 pilot boarding point (35°24′⋅3N
129°25′⋅2E) at the beginning of the entrance fairway.
Then the track leads NNW through the fairway,
2
passing (with positions relative to Hwaam Ch’u):
WSW of the E3 anchorage area (3½ miles SSE),
and:
ENE of SBM E (special) (3¾ miles SSW) and SBM
D (white light-buoy, blue stripe) (3¼ miles
SSW), thence:
WSW of the E2 anchorage area (2 miles SSE),
thence:
3 ENE of SBM C (white light-buoy, blue band)
(2¾ miles SSW) and SBM B (white
light-buoy,
thence:
blue band) (2¼ miles SSW),
4
ENE of the entrance to Fairway III (temporary
limits) (1¾ miles S), which leads NW into Onsan
Hang, and:
(Directions for Onsan Hang are given at 4.55)
WSW of an obstruction (1½ miles S) lying in
the SW corner of the E1 anchorage area,
thence:
ENE of a lit mooring -buoy (special) (1¼ miles SW),
thence:
Paragraph 4.55 1-3 Replace by:
1 For vessels bound for the berths in Onsan Hang
follow the directions (4.54) from seaward to Ulsan
Hang until a position is reached 1¾ miles S of Hwaam
Ch’u (35°28′N 129°24′E), within the entrance fairway.
The track then leads NW, WSW and NW through
Fairway III (temporary limits), passing (with positions
relative to Onsan Hang N breakwater light (35°27′⋅1N
129°22′⋅4E)):
2 NE of SBM B (1¼ miles SE) (4.54), thence:
N of the head of S breakwater extension (5 cables
SE); a light (white round metal tower, 9 m in
height) is exhibited from the head and another
light (white round concrete tower, 17 m in height)
is exhibited from the N elbow. Thence:
3 Close SW of the head of the N breakwater from
which a light (red round concrete tower, 10 m
in height) is exhibited.

179
Paragraph 4.73 1 line 2 Replace by:
UlsanHangSBMB(35°26′⋅3N 129°23′⋅6E)
Korean Notices 30/118/05; 43/695/05
(HH. 557/466/10) [48/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Sardegna - Porto Conte — Anchorages
263
Paragraph 9.75 2-3 Replace by:
2 Directions. The chart is sufficient guide to enter
Porto Conte and approach the anchorage.
Anchorage D (40°35′⋅0N 8°11′⋅2E), depth 23 m,
sand, weed and mud, good holding ground, lies in the
approach channel.
Italian Notice 19.4/05
(HH. 372/470/03) [48/05]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (1980 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Kenya - Kilifi - North Pass — Leading lights
237
L 16 Existing Supplement amendment For 272° Read 274°
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 464/400/04) [47/05]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV
(2004 Edition)
Colombia - Río Magdalena to Bahía de
Cartagena — Directions
259
After Paragraph 9.152 3 line 5 Add:
Clear of an isolated shoal, depth 4⋅8 m (reported
2005) (10¼ miles N), thence:
Colombian Notice 109(T)/05
(HH. 640/440/04) [47/05]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Hopetoun -
Mary Ann Haven — Beacons
314
Paragraph 9.102 3 line 3 Replace by:
...(33°57′⋅7S 120°07′⋅7E). The track then leads W for about
2 cables to the anchorage.
Paragraph 9.102 4 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...in depths of 7 m with Mary Ann Point Breakwater Light
bearing about 290° distant 5 cables.
Australian Notice 22/949/05
(HH. 573/495/03) [47/05]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Sweden - Varberg — Pilotage
125
Paragraph 4.91 1 lines 5 -9 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels
(for details of categories see 1.39):
Category 1.
Category 2 vessels exceeding 80 m LOA, 15 m
beam or 5 m draught.
Category 3 vessels exceeding 90 m LOA, 15 m
beam or 5⋅5 m draught.
4.1
[47/05]
Paragraph 4.91 2 Replace by:
2 The pilot station is on the seaward side of Varberg
Fortress, and pilots board in the vicinity of Varberg
angöring Light -buoy (safe water) (57°04′⋅0N
12°11′⋅3E). The appropriate pilot ordering centre is
VTS Marstrand. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (2).
Swedish Notice 89/2936/05; United Kingdom
Hydrographic Office
(HH. 316/130/03) [47/05]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
5
France - Baie -de -Quiberon — Buoyage
128
Paragraph 5.150 5 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
SW of Roche Souris (4½ miles NNE) and of
Roche Rat (1 mile farther NW), thence:
132
Paragraph 5.173 3 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
ENE of Roche Souris (2¼ miles SSW), covered by a
red sector of the front light, thence:
Paragraph 5.173 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
4 WSW of Roche Révision (1¾ miles SSE),
marked by Roches Révision Buoy (W
cardinal), thence:
French Notice 40/29/05
(HH. 353/490/04) [47/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Thailand - Gasfields — Erawan Gasfield
151
Paragraph 4.323 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Outer anchorages. Designated anchorages (West
Export Tanker Anchorage 9°04′⋅5N 101°10′⋅0E and
East Export Tanker Anchorage 9°04′⋅0N 101°25′⋅0E),
with radii of 1 mile, are shown on the chart to the W
and E of the berths (4.325). See also 4.314.
Additional safe anchorage zones are located within
1 mile of the following positions:
Satun West 9°19′⋅3N 101°21′⋅3E
Satun Central 9°16′⋅1N 101°27′⋅5E
Erawan Central 9°08′⋅2N 101°22′⋅0E
Erawan West 8°59′⋅0N 101°13′⋅5E
Funan North 8°58′⋅6N 101°36′⋅5E
Funan West 8°52′⋅9N 101°32′⋅3E
North Pailin 8°51′⋅3N 101°18′⋅9E
Pailin West 8°36′⋅9N 101°17′⋅0E
Unocal Thailand Ltd
(HH. 544/180/06) [47/05]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
T’ai -wan, North -West Coast - Approaches to
T’ai -chung — Anchorages; directions; depths
83
Paragraph 2.115 1-2 Replace by:
1 This section comprises the NW coast of T’ai-wan
from a position W of Hai-k’ou Po -Ti (23°43′N
120°04′E) to a position W of T’ai-chung Kang
(24°16′N 120°30′E). It includes the ports of Mai-liao
Kang (23°47′N 120°10′E) (2.127) and T’ai-chung
Kang.
2 It is arranged as follows:
Hai-k’ou Po -Ti to T’ai-chung Kang (2.119).
T’ai-chung Kang (2.136).
T’ai-chung Kang to Pai-sha Chia (2.169).
84
Paragraph 2.126 2-5 Replace by:
2 Track. From a position W of Hai-k’ou Po -Ti
(23°43′N 120°04′E) (2.90), the track leads NNE,
passing (with positions from Fang-yuan Light
(23°58′N 120°19′E)):
WNW of Mai-liao Kang (15 miles SW) (2.127),
thence:
Clear of an oil production area (8 miles W), the
position of which is approximate, thence:
3 WNW of Fang-yuan Light (2.124) which is
exhibited from a position close N of
Wang-kung Yü-kang fishing port (2.134);
Fang-yuan (2.134) lies 3 miles S. Thence:
WNW of Lu-kang Po -ti (7½ miles NE) (2.135).
4 The track then continues NNE to a position W of
T’ai-chung Kang N Breakwater Light (24°18′⋅1N
120°28′⋅7E). A dangerous wreck lies 25½ miles W,
and a lighted wave recorder buoy 27 miles W, of the
light.
86
Paragraph 2.138 1 Replace by:
1 The port is approached from W and entered
1
between two breakwaters at the N end of the harbour.
Paragraph 2.141 1 Replace by:
The least depth on or near to the alignments of the
various leading lights is 12⋅5 m. There is a 10⋅9 m
shoal patch in North Dock.
Paragraph 2.148 1- 4 Replace by:
1 There are 22 waiting anchorages lying W of the
2
harbour (with position from South Breakwater Light
(24°17′⋅5N 120°29′⋅5E)):
Anchorages S1 to S8 (1 mile to 2¼ miles SW), each
with a radius of 300 m and depths from 7 to 19 m,
are for “small vessels” less than 120 m in length
and 7 m draught.
Anchorages M1 to M8 (2 to 4 miles SW), each
with a radius of 400 m and depths from 15 to
19 m, are for “medium vessels” 120 m to
200 m in length and less than 11 m draught.
Anchorages L1 to L6 (3 to 5 miles SW), with depths
from 16 to 19 m, are for “large vessels” over
200 m in length and draught 11 m.
IV
4.2
3 When anchored, the vessel should report to port
control as this time is used as reference for berth
allocation.
An area of foul ground, the position of which is
approximate, lies adjacent to anchorages M4 and M5.
For location of the anchorages see Admiralty
Notices to Mariners, Weekly Edition 46/05, Notice
5373(P)/05.
Caution. The seabed is sand in the area of the
outer anchorages; during the NE monsoon when winds
exceed force 6, vessels are liable to drag their anchors.
Fishing nets may be encountered close S of the
anchorages.
A works in progress area (2005), marked by
light -buoys (special), lies 1½ cables from the edge of
anchorage M7.
4 Prohibited anchorages:
Vessels must not anchor, nor wait without the
permission of the Port Authority, within the
separation zone N of the outer anchorages
between the approach and departure lanes.
87
Paragraph 2.151 1 Replace by:
1 A traffic separation scheme is established for
vessels entering and leaving the port. The scheme is
not IMO adopted, but the Port Authorities advise that
the principles for the use of the routeing system
defined in Rule 10 of International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply, and
additionally no vessel shall enter the separation zone
between the traffic lanes. The TSS comprises an ENE
in -bound lane and a WNW out -bound lane. Vessels
arriving at T’ai-Chung Kang from N must keep clear
of the scheme by remaining more than 1½ miles W of
the N breakwater head.
Prohibited anchorage. See 2.148
Paragraph 2.159 1 Including heading Replace by:
Seaward
position
2.159
to anchorages and pilot boarding
1 Anchorage area. From a position W of the port the
anchorage area (2.148) can be approached directly
passing clear of a fish haven (24°15′⋅2N 120°25′⋅0E)
and keeping S of ENE -going lane of the TSS (2.151).
Pilot boarding position. From seaward, the port
should be approached on an E track passing N of the
anchorage area (2.148) to a position about 3 miles
WSW of the N Breakwater Elbow Directional Light
(24°17′⋅8N 120°29′⋅4E) and within the white sector
(062½° -067½°).
The recommended approach then leads 065° within
the white sector of the light for about 2½ miles to the
pilot boarding position (2.149).
Paragraph 2.159 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 The track then continues ENE for about 4 cables to
a position on the alignment (114¼°) of the leading
lights (2.160). Caution must...
Paragraph 2.160 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 One way traffic is in operation in Main Channel
and overtaking, crossing and proceeding parallel to
another vessel is not permitted.

89
Paragraph 2.169 1 Replace by:
1 From a position W of T’ai-chung Kang (24°16′N
120°30′E), the coastal route leads NNE for about
57 miles to a position NW of Pai-sha Chia (25°03′N
121°04′E).
90
Paragraph 2.176 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From a position W or WNW of T’ai-chung Kang N
Breakwater Light (24°18′⋅1N 120°28′⋅7E), the track
leads...
Taiwanese Chart 0357; Taiwanese Notice 30/05; United
Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 549/408/04; HH. 549/400/07) [47/05]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Sulawesi, South -West Coast -
S approach channel to Makassar — Shoal patch
271
Paragraph 10.83 1 line 2 Replace by:
...119°25′E) comprises the wide channel
Paragraph 10.83 1 line 8 Replace by:
...the low coastline of Sulawesi. A shoal patch with a least
depth of 17⋅2 m lies 4 miles ENE of Pulau
Dayangdayangan.
Indonesian Charts 139; 176
(HH. 528/400/04) [47/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Castellammare di Stabia —
Traffic regulations; restricted areas;
developments
366
Paragraph 12.195 2 Replace by:
2 Traffic regulations. All vessels arriving in the
roadstead must report to the Harbour Master using
VHF Ch 16.
Vessels must arrive and depart via traffic lanes
established (2005) between waiting areas Alfa and
Bravo, as shown on the chart.
An inshore traffic zone has been established (2005)
between the S boundary of waiting area Alfa and the
shore.
IV
4.3
Paragraph 12.196 2 lines 1 -3 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 06/05 Replace by:
2 Shellfish beds. Anareaofshellfishbedsmarkedby
light -buoys (special) lies 5 cables SW of Molo
Foraneo Head Light as shown on the chart.
Developments. Works are reported in progress
(2004), marked by light -buoys (special), 1½ miles N
of Molo Foraneo Head Light. An outfall comprising
three submarine pipelines extends about 8½ cables
WSW from the shore in the same location. A seaplane
landing area has also been established (2005) in this
vicinity.
Restricted areas. These developments are contained
within a restricted area, where anchoring and fishing
are prohibited, as shown on the chart.
Entry is prohibited into an area containing
below -water barriers, centred about 5 cables NE of
Molo Foraneo Head Light, extending about 7 cables in
a N/S direction and 2½ cables from the shore.
Italian Notice 21.13/01
(HH. 369/650/04) [47/05]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(1988 Edition) — Supplement 6 -2003
Papua New Guinea - Bright Island Passage;
Shortland Reef — Lights
183
L34Replace by:
...Light (white pile structure, 10 m in height) (10°30′⋅4S
151°07′⋅8E).
L 40 -41 Including existing Supplement amendments
Replace by:
...ESE) on the N end of which stands a light -beacon
(white tower, 14 m in height),...
L 43 -45 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
ENE of Shortland Reef Light.
203
L25-26Replace by:
ESE of a shoal (2½ miles SSW) with a charted depth
of less than 5⋅5 m (18 feet) and marked by a
light -beacon (starboard hand) at the SE edge,
thence:
Australian Notices 7/305(T)/05; 21/889/05
(HH. 532/430/03) [47/05]

NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2004 Edition)
Suez Bay - Râs Muhaggara —
Dangerous wreck
80
After Paragraph 2.221 1 Insert:
2 From the S end of Newport Rock Channel, the
track leads 2¾ miles SSW, between the waiting
anchorages (2.16; 2.17) to the vicinity of No 2
Light -float (safe water) (29°48′⋅6N 32°32′⋅1E), passing
clear of a dangerous wreck, marked by light -buoys
(isolated danger), lying 6 cables NE of the light -float.
MV Hartland Point
(HH. 476/400/06) [47/05]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Mexico - Progreso — Anchorage; pilotage; buoy;
leading lights
120
Paragraph 6.42 2 Existing Section IV Notice Week 37/04
Replace by:
2 Maximum size of vessel handled: Commercial
vessels 210 m LOA, 32⋅5 m beam; cruise ships 320 m
LOA, 48 m beam. Larger vessels with enhanced
manoeuvrability may be handled.
Paragraph 6.43 2 Replace by:
2 Anchorage. Designated anchorage areas are
established in the port approaches as follows:
General Anchorage (centred 21°26′⋅0N 89°42′⋅5W),
close W of the entrance to the dredged approach
channel.
Dangerous Cargo Anchorage (centred 21°26′⋅0N
89°40′⋅0W), close E of the entrance to the
dredged approach channel.
Anchorage for vessels less than 7 m (23 ft) draught
(centred 21°22′⋅5N 89°43′⋅0W), W of the
3
dredged channel about 3 miles NW of Terminal
Remota.
Paragraph 6.43 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 37/04 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory and available on a 24 -hour
basis but vessels over 210 m LOA are not handled
during the hours of darkness. Pilots board vessels over
7 m (23 ft) draught at Pilot Station No 1, close to the
entrance to the dredged channel. Other vessels are
boarded at Pilot Station No 2, about 3 miles NW of
Terminal Remota. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (5) for further details.
IV
1
Paragraph 6.43 4 line 2 Replace by:
...vessels over 1500 grt and all vessels carrying dangerous
cargo.
Paragraph 6.47 Existing Section IV Notice Week 37/04
Replace by:
Other aid to navigation
6.47
Racon:
Fairway light -buoy (21°26′⋅6N 89°41′⋅4W)
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Paragraph 6.48 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 37/04 Replace by:
2 Progreso Leading lights:
Front light (aluminium truncated pyramidal tower,
12 m in height) (21°18′⋅8N 89°41′⋅3W)
Rear light (similar structure, 24 m in height)
(8 cables S of front light)
From the vicinity of the Fairway light -buoy (safe
water, racon) (21′26′⋅6N 89°41′⋅4W), the alignment
(179°) of these lights leads S for about 5 miles
through a dredged channel, marked by light -buoys
(lateral), to a dredged turning circle off the berths.
When the main channel is busy, vessels of less than
7 m (23 ft) draught may approach or depart from Pilot
Station No 2 (6.43) by remaining close outside the W
boundary of the dredged channel.
4.4
Captain J Garcia, Progreso Port Authority
(HH. 622/405/05) [47/05]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Banks and Channels South -east of Turks Islands
- Navidad Bank — Depths
70
Paragraph 3.10 1 Replace by:
1 Navidad Bank. Depths are generally less than 37 m
(20 fm), including (with reference to centre of bank) a
least known depth of 7⋅9 m (26 ft) (5 miles N) and a
depth of 5⋅5 m (18 ft) (10 miles SSE), reported in
1970.
Russian Chart 21083
(HH. 685/405/03) [47/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Poland - Gdamsk - Martwa WisÞa —
Safe overhead clearance
361
Paragraph 9.86 3 line 4 For 58 m. Read 54 m.
Polish Notice 41/482/05
(HH. 323/480/05) [46/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Sweden - Hörnefors — Directions; leading lights
1
428
Paragraph 10.352 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Regular commercial traffic ceased in 1982 and the
port is now disused.
Paragraph 10.356 1-8 Replace by:
Main channel. From a position about 5½ miles NE
of Bonden (63°26′N 20°02′E) (10.349) the track leads
NW passing (with positions from Lögaren Light
(63°33′N 20°01′E)):
NE of Håsen (1¾ miles S), a group of rocks awash
marked by a buoy (E cardinal), thence:
2 Between Jonkgrund (1¾ miles NE), a bank,
marked by a buoy (S cardinal), extending
9 cables SE of Vapplan; and Gråskälhällan on
which stands Lögaren Light (white tower,
3
black base, 20 m in height). Thence:
SW of Vapplan (2 miles N), a light coloured rock,
thence:
Close NE of Baljan (3 miles NW), a rocky ledge
usually above-water, on which stands a
4
beacon (red cairn, white top; 5 m in height).
Thence, to enter the harbour, alter course N and
pass through a dredged, 50 m wide, channel into
5
Västerfjärden. When 3 cables SW of the harbour, alter
course round a buoy (starboard hand), and head NE
into Hörnefors Hamn.
North -east approach. The alignment (249½°) of
the leading beacons on Kvislan, an islet on the SE
side of Norrbyskär, leads close S of the buoy marking
Jonkgrund to join the main channel 8 cables NNW of
Lögaren Light:
Front beacon (white triangle, red border, on tower,
elevation 8 m) (63°32′⋅5N 19°53′⋅1E).
Rear beacon (similar construction, elevation 14 m)
(600 m WSW of front beacon ).
Swedish Notice 83/2838/05; Swedish Chart 513
(HH. 318/600/03) [46/05]
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2002 Edition)
Approaches to Westerschelde - Westhinder -
Wandelaar Pilots — Helicopter transfer
[46/05]
154
Paragraph 7.13 2 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
Pilot transfer by helicopter (1.51) is carried out in
the area bounded by:
51°26′⋅9N 2°31′⋅1E
51°26′⋅9N 2°46′⋅3E
51°20′⋅9N 2°46′⋅3E
51°21′⋅4N 2°31′⋅1E.
For procedure see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (1).
Belgian Notice 21/188/05
(HH. 342/710/09) [46/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – Bohai Wan — Huanghua
311
Paragraph 10.83 1 Replace by:
Huanghua
10.83
1 General information. Huanghua (38°19′N
117°52′E) is one of the largest ports in northern
China; main cargoes handled are coal, construction
material and bulk cement. Ice is present for about
3 months of the year extending to about 3 miles from
the shore and up to 25 cm thick in shallow water.
2 Maximum size: LOA 225 m, beam 32⋅2 m,
draught 8⋅5 m, waterline to hatch coaming 17⋅5 m and
a reported maximum 50 000 dwt subject to permission
by the Port Authorities
Notice of ETA required: 72, 48 and 24 hours
before arrival.
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and
available 24 hours; pilots board in anchorages 1 and 2.
Tugs are available.
3 Outer Anchorages. Three anchorages lie in the
approaches, with positions from the front leading light
(see below):
No 3 (29½ miles ENE), in depths of about 15 m,
mud.
No 2 (22¾ miles ENE), pilot and quarantine
anchorage, in depths of about 13 m.
No 1 (16 miles ENE), pilot and quarantine
anchorage, in depths of about 9 m.
4 The anchorages may be approached directly from
NE; a dangerous wreck, marked close E by a
light -buoy (isolated danger) lies 4 miles NE of No 0
Light -buoy (port hand) (38°29′⋅1N 118°14′⋅1E).

5 Directions. The harbour is approached from No 0
Light -buoy (port hand) on the alignment 240¼° of
leading lights, through a channel marked by
light -buoys, passing clear of an obstruction 11 miles
WSW of the buoy, and thence between the breakwater
heads, marked by lights (racon on S head):
6 Front light (diamond on beacon) (38°19′⋅3N
117°52′⋅2E).
Rear light (similar construction) (8½ cable WSW of
front light).
The channel is dredged to 11⋅5 m but subject to
siltation and change.
Berths. Three berths, largest 280 m in length, depth
14⋅0 m.
Chinese Notice 37/801/05; United Kingdom Hydrographic
Office
(HH. 556/420/05; HH. 548/820/01) [46/05]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Indonesia - Sulawesi, South -West Coast -
WSW approach channel to Makassar — Wreck
272
Paragraph 10.88 6 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...beacon).
Indonesian Chart 139
(HH. 524/351/02) [46/05]
NP 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast
of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2005 Edition)
Korea, South Coast - Kwangyang Hang —
Vertical clearance
127
Paragraph 3.90 1 line 2 For 25 Read 50
Korean Notice 40/633/05
(HH. 557/444/09) [46/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Scalea — Unexploded ordnance
389
After Paragraph 13.113 1 line 7 Add:
Restricted area. Due to the presence of unexploded
ordnance on the seabed, entry is prohibited into an
area, radius 1 mile, centred on approximate position
39°48′⋅9N 15°47′⋅0E.
Italian Notice 16.3.9/05
(HH. 369/670/04) [46/05]
IV
4.2
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Norway - Approaches to Arendal — Leading line
70
Paragraph 3.30 2 line 3 For (3.82) Read (3.84)
74
Paragraph 3.82 1 Replace by:
1 When Lille Torungen Light is distant 4 cables, the
track leads NNW, passing (with positions from Lille
Torungen Light):
75
Paragraph 3.82 2 Delete
Paragraph 3.83 1 line 2 For (3.82) Read (3.84)
Paragraph 3.83 2 line 5 For (3.82) Read (white lantern)
Paragraph 3.84 1 line 6 Replace by:
...Sandvigodden, from which a light (white lantern on base,
17 m in height) is exhibited, thence:
Norwegian Chart 8
(HH. 311/660/04) [46/05]
Sweden - Approaches to Strömstad —
Pilot boarding position
184
Paragraph 7.72 3 line 4 Delete
Swedish Notice 84/2858/05
(HH. 317/410/05) [46/05]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
Loch Linnhe - Corpach — Slip rails
276
After Paragraph 8.524 3 line 2 Add:
Caution. Raised slip rails run close parallel to the
W face of the jetty. Vessels berthing at the head of the
jetty on its S face should avoid passing over, or close
to, these rails and, when berthed, should not overhang
the W end of the berth.
Corpach Boat Building Company
(HH. 272/500/07) [46/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Andaman Islands - Port Blair - Hood Point —
Dangerous wreck
160
After R 6 -8 Existing Supplement amendment Add:
A second dangerous wreck lies 3¼ cables S of
Hood Point in position 11°40′⋅2N 92°43′⋅1E.
Indian Notice 24/490/05
(HH. 509/410/04) [45/05]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2002 Edition)
Approaches to Calais — Buoyage
130
Paragraph 6.14 5 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
5 NW of Les Quénocs Light -buoy (N cardinal)
(6 miles NE) marking an isolated reef with a
a least depth of 2⋅1 m over it and on which
there is a wreck that dries.
131
Paragraph 6.23 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...except close E of CA2 Light -buoy where the Ridens de la
Rade has encroached about 1½ cables S into the channel.
The...
Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...Light -buoy, RCE Light -buoy and Walde Light. For
further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (1).
Paragraph 6.27 2 line 5 For CA4 Read Calais Approche
Paragraph 6.28 1 line 4 For CA4 Read Calais Approche
Paragraph 6.28 1 line 6 For CA6 Read CA2
Paragraph 6.28 2 line 2 For CA4 Read Calais Approche
Paragraph 6.29 1 line 5 For CA10, CA8, CA6 and CA4
Read CA6, CA4, CA2 and Calais Approche
132
Paragraph 6.29 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...the approach channel except in an emergency. If a vessel
should anchor in an emergency, the VTS must be informed
immediately.
136
Paragraph 6.65 2 line 9 For CA4 Read Calais Approche
Paragraph 6.65 2 line 10 For CA2 Read Ridens
French Notice 38/42/05
(HH. 351/420/04) [45/05]
4.1
[45/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – Bohai Wan — Offshore oil terminals
1
311
After Paragraph 10.82 3 line 2 Insert:
NE of FPSO Hai Yang Shi You 113 (38°14′⋅1N
119°08′⋅9E) (10.85a); the pilot and anchorage
areas for vessels waiting to berth lie between N
and NNE distant about 6 miles, thence:
After Paragraph 10.85 3 Insert:
Bo Zhong BZ 25 -1 Terminal
10.85a
General information. Bo Zhong Offshore Crude
Oil Terminal comprises FPSO Hai Yang Shi You 11
moored in position 38°14′⋅1N 119°08′⋅9E within an
area of platforms (see also 1.15).
2 Port Authority. The port is a sub -port of Tianjin
Xingang (10.92), the terminal operator is CNOOC
China Ltd, Bo Zhong Operating Company.
Maximum size 120 000 dwt.
3 Directions. The pilot boarding area may be
approached direct from seaward keeping clear of
4
charted platforms, wells and obstructions.
Anchorage may be obtained about 3½ miles ESE
of the pilot boarding area in 21 m of water, and clear
of a well, depth 17⋅5 m, 3 miles farther SE.
Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board in the
vicinity of 38°20′⋅3N 119°07′⋅4E.
Notice of ETA required. 96, 72, 48, 24 and
12 hours before arrival.
Berthing during daylight, sailing 24 hours.
Berth. Vessels secure to the stern of the FPSO;
maximum reported depth of 18 m at berth.
5 For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
315
Paragraph 10.129 6 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
6 SSE of Oil Field QHD 32, an area of marine
exploitation with offshore oil and gas
production installations, including FPSO
Bohai Shiji (10.135a), centred on 39°07′N
119°13′E, and passing clear of its pilot and
anchorage area 5 mile SSE, thence:
316
After Paragraph 10.135 Insert:
Offshore oil terminal
QHD 32 -6 Terminal
10.135a
1 General information. QHD 32 -6 Offshore Crude
Oil Terminal comprises FPSO Bohai Shiji moored in
position 39°06′⋅7N 119°12′⋅2E, located in Oil Field
32 -6, 11 miles ESE of Jingtang (see also 1.15).
2 Port Authority. The port is a sub -port of Tianjin
Xingang (10.92), the terminal operator is CNOOC
China Ltd, Bo Zhong Operating Company.
Maximum size 120 000 dwt.

3 Directions. The anchorage and pilot boarding area
may be approached direct from sea, keeping clear of
an oil well 3½ miles ESE.
4 Anchorage. An area with the limits of:
39°01′⋅7N 119°13′⋅2E,
39°02′⋅7N 119°15′⋅7E,
39°01′⋅7N 119°16′⋅3E,
39°00′⋅7N 119°13′⋅9E.
5 Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board within the
anchorage area.
Notice of ETA required. 96, 72, 48, 24 and
12 hours before arrival.
6 Berthing during daylight, sailing 24 hours.
Berth. Vessels secure to the stern of the FPSO;
maximum reported depth of 20⋅2 m at berth.
7 For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (4).
CNOOC China Limited, Bo Zhong Operating Company
(HH. 556/420/05) [45/05]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Indonesia - Java Sea – Madura Oil Terminal —
Dangerous wreck
88
Paragraph 3.165 2 line 6 Replace by:
...Terminal, in position 6°47′⋅3S 112°57′⋅7E, and a second
dangerous wreck 2 miles farther ENE.
Indonesian Notice 30/296/05
(HH. 526/550/06) [45/05]
Indonesia – Kalimantan, South coast -
Tanjung Selatan — Dangerous wreck
223
After Paragraph 8.95 1 line 5 Insert:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (4°10′⋅0S 114°24′⋅4E),
thence:
Indonesian Notice 23/223/05
(HH. 527/570/03) [45/05]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Croatia - Luka Funtana - OtoÅiÆ Frýital —
Light -beacon
458
Paragraph 10.73 4 line 8 Replace by:
...−kolj. The SW extremity of the islet is marked by a
light -beacon (W cardinal).
Croatian Notice 9/2/05
(HH. 377/720/04) [45/05]
IV
4.2
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Military prohibited areas
6
R 7-21 Harstad Navy Defence District; Tromsø Sea
Defence Area Existing Supplement amendments Delete:
Sandsøya (3.157).
Gibostadsundet (6.86).
Norwegian Notices 17/877/05; 17/881/05
(HH. 309/410/05; HH 309/420/05) [45/05]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(1988 Edition) — Supplement 6 -2003
Papua New Guinea - Approaches to
Goschen Strait — Directions
201
L48-49Replace by:
...Tahiri Siga Reef, dries, and:
L 66 -R 29 Including existing Supplement amendment and
Section IV Notice Week 30/05 Replace by:
From position about 2½ miles W of Raven Channel
the track leads E for 3¾ miles, passing (with positions
relative to Hibwa Island (10°14′⋅5S 150°59′⋅5E)):
N of the N extremity of a drying reef (4½ miles
WSW), and:
S of a shoal (4¼ miles W) marked by a light -beacon
(starboard hand), thence:
N of an isolated 4⋅2 m shoal (3¼ miles W), thence:
N of the N edge of Toari -Namu (3 miles WSW),
marked by a light -beacon (port hand), and:
S of the S edge Diligaoli Reef (3 miles W), marked
by a light -beacon (starboard hand), thence:
S of the SE extremity of Diligaoli Reef
(2¼ miles W).
The track then leads on the alignment 215° (astern),
of the E edge of Iabama Island (4¼ miles WSW)
(6.483) and the W edge of Lelei -Gana Island
(5½ miles SW) (6.483) to join the preferred route
(6.518) about 1½ miles NNW of Hibwa Island, and
hence into Goschen Strait.
6.490
Spare
R41-59Replace by:
From a position about 1½ miles W of Raven
Channel (6.489) the track through Messum Channel
leads 1½ miles NNE, passing (with positions relative
to Meimeiara Island Light (10°13′⋅4S 150°53′⋅0E)):
E of a shoal (2 miles ESE), marked by a light -beacon
(starboard hand), thence:
W of Thobbs Reef (2½ miles ESE), noting the
depths of less than 10 m extending into the
channel at the S and N ends of the W side, and:
E of a drying reef (2 miles ESE), noting the shoal
patches off the NE and SE corners.
6.493
Spare
R66-67Replace by:
W of Taodovu Reef, dries, lying N of Diligaoli...

202
L23-24Replace by:
Between Boiaboiawaga Island and Revelle Patch
(1¾ miles NE), with a least depth of 2⋅9 m
(10 ft)...
L 36 -51 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
The track through Jackdaw Channel is on the line
of bearing 165°, astern, of the SW extremity of
Lelei -Gana Island (10°18′S 150°55′E) (6.483), passing
(with positions relative to Meimeiara Island Light
(10°13′⋅4S 150°53′⋅0E)):
ENE of a 3⋅7 m shoal (7 cables ESE), thence:
Very close SSW of a 4⋅6 m shoal (9 cables E),
thence:
Between the shoal water extending E from
Meimeiara Island and the numerous coral heads
and drying reef SW of Boiaboiawaga Islands;
(1½ miles NE).
L 57 -61 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
The track through Hornbill Channel (10°14′S
150°53′E) keeps close to the reef, marked by a beacon
(port hand), fringing Meimeiara Island on the S side
of which stands a light (6.488); the W side of the
channel is unmarked.
Hornbill Channel is transited with the W edge of
Lelei -Gana Island bearing 153°, passing within
½ cable of the beacon where a least depth of 4⋅1 m is
encountered. SW of the beacon, from the W side of
the channel, a shoal with a depth of less than 2 m
extends across the channel reducing the navigable
width of the channel for vessels of 3 m draught to
about ½ cable. A 4⋅9 m patch, 3 cables SE of the
beacon, is the SE extremity of the shoal which extends
from the reef on the E side of the channel. In the N
entrance to the channel depths decrease rapidly from
over 50 m. In the S approach the bottom is broken and
a number of shoals, 6 to 8 m, lie within 4 cables of
the S entrance.
204
L55-63Replace by:
SW of a reef (5 miles S), marked by a light -beacon
(isolated danger), with a least depth of 2⋅2 m over
it, which breaks occasionally, separated by a
channel, 1¼ miles wide and clear of dangers,
from Mid Sand Bank, thence:
SW of Badila -Dabubona Reef (3½ miles SW), the
S’most of the dangers lying in the close vicinity of
Lugogona Islands; it has four drying reefs on it
which are nearly always indicated by breakers. A
light -beacon (starboard hand) marks the SE
extremity of the reef. Thence:
After R9Add:
A Preferred Route has been established to the W of
Nuakata Island. This route has not been surveyed in
accordance with the IMO/IHO standards for
recommended tracks.
IV
4.3
R13-47Replace by:
From position 10°23′⋅0S 150°59′⋅4E the Preferred
Route follows a track of 356° for 5 miles to a position
SW of Kabahuhu Point (10°17′S 151°00′E), passing
(with positions relative to Kabahuhu Point):
E of Badila -Dabubona Reef (4½ miles S) (6.516),
marked on its E side by a light -beacon (starboard
hand), and:
W of a patch of submerged rocks (4¼ miles S)
marked by a light -beacon (port hand), thence:
E of Hawki -hawki Reef (3¼ miles SSW), two
patches of below water -rocks, marked at its N
end by a light -beacon (starboard hand), and:
W of a shoal patch (2¾ miles S), marked by a
light -beacon (port hand), thence:
E of Kana Kuba Island (2¾ miles SW), thence:
Eofa4⋅2 m shoal (2 miles SW).
Vessels making for Auweam Bay pass:
W of Kabahuhu Point. A light -beacon (port hand)
marks the extremity of the shoal extending for
5 cables WSW from the point.
From SW, the preferred route leads NE from
position 10°25′⋅9S 150°54′⋅0E for 6 miles to join the
track at 6.518.
205
R36-45Replace by:
...Lelei -Gana Island (2¾ miles WNW), passing (with
positions relative to Gadahoa Point):
NNE of a 4⋅7 m patch (4 miles SSE), thence:
NNE of a 1⋅8 m shoal (2¼ miles S), thence:
SSW of a drying shoal (7 cables SE), thence:
NNE of Walters Reef (1¾ miles SSW), thence:
NNE of a shoal (2 miles SW), marked by a beacon
(port hand).
Australian Notice 20/857/05; Chart Aus 628
(HH. 532/430/03) [45/05]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2004 Edition)
Gulf of Suez - Sha’b Ghârib Oilfield — Wreck
94
After Paragraph 3.39 3 line 8 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (17 miles NNW) lying
near the centre of the S -bound traffic lane,
thence:
Egyptian Navigational Warning 152/05
(HH. 476/181/02) [45/05]

NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Massachusetts - Nantucket Sound;
Vineyard Sound — Pilotage
139
Paragraph 5.31 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory in Nantucket Sound and
Vineyard Sound for all vessels of 350 gt or more and
tows with barges carrying 6000 barrels or more of
petroleum cargoes. Pilots board:
2 In the vicinity of 41°23′N 71°21′W, 4 miles SSE
of the entrance to Narragansett Bay (5.238),
or:
In the vicinity of CC Light-buoy (41°49′N
70°28′W), off the E entrance to the Cape Cod
Canal.
Tugs are normally arranged from the port of
departure.
US Coast Pilot 2 Corr 31/05; Northeast Marine Pilots
(HH. 614/450/05) [45/05]
Massachusetts - Buzzards Bay and approaches
— Pilotage
153
Paragraph 5.157 Replace by:
5.157
1 Pilotage is compulsory in Buzzards Bay for all
vessels of 350 gt or more and tows with barges
carrying 6000 barrels or more of petroleum cargoes.
Pilots board:
In the vicinity of 41°23′N 71°21′W, 4 miles SSE of
the entrance to Narragansett Bay (5.238), or:
2 In the vicinity of 41°17′N 71°30′W, 4 miles E of
the NE entrance to Block Island Sound (6.8),
or:
In the vicinity of of CC Light-buoy (41°49′N
70°28′W), off the E entrance to the Cape Cod
Canal.
US Coast Pilot 2 Corr 31/05; Northeast Marine Pilots
(HH. 614/450/05) [45/05]
Massachusetts - Cape Cod Canal and
adjacent waters — Pilotage
157
Paragraph 5.191 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Pilots board:
Off the E entrance in the vicinity of CC Light -buoy
(41°49′N 70°28′W), or:
US Coast Pilot 2 Corr 31/05; Northeast Marine Pilots
(HH. 614/440/06) [45/05]
IV
4.4
Massachusetts - New Bedford and approaches —
Pilotage
160
Paragraph 5.224 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 350 gt or
more and is generally arranged for in advance by
ships’ agents. 24 hours notice is required. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (5) for
details.
Pilots board:
In the vicinity of CC Light-buoy (41°49′N
70°28′W), off the E entrance to the Cape Cod
Canal, or:
US Coast Pilot 2 Corr 31/05; Northeast Marine Pilots
(HH. 614/450/05) [45/05]
New Jersey - Arthur Kill — Anchorage; pipeline
area
232
After Paragraph 7.168 1 Insert:
2 A pipeline area, shown on the chart, crosses the NE
part of the anchorage. For further information on
submarine pipelines see 1.38.
US Chart 12331
(HH. 614/505/04) [45/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Senegal - Dakar - Rivières Saloum and
Casamance — Pilot boarding positions
176
R 52 -58 Including existing Supplement amendments
Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 1500 m 3 and
over, and is available day and night. The pilot boards
about 9 cables NNE of Île de Gorée. ETA is required
24 hours in advance, and should be confirmed 2 hours,
1 hour and 20 minutes before arrival.
Vessels bound for Ziguinchor and Rivière
Casamance may embark the pilot either at Dakar or at
the river entrance (12°32′⋅8N 16°49′⋅9W), see 7.109.
181
L5Replace by:
...disembarked at Saloum Landfall Light -buoy (13°50′N
16°50′W), or at the entrance to the buoyed channel across
the bar (7.51).
194
L48-52Replace by:
...may be embarked at Dakar (7.26), 135 miles NNW; at
Casamance Light -buoy (12°36′N 16°54′W); or at the
entrance to Passe Médiane (12°33′N 16°50′W).
Port Autonome de Dakar
(HH. 421/420/03) [44/05]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Russia - Black Sea Coast - Anapa —
Directions; danger area
220
After Paragraph 7.97 3 line 6 Add:
NNW of a danger area (8½ miles S), radius 1 mile,
marked by a mooring buoy, thence:
Russian Notice 41/5753/05
(HH. 305/430/05) [44/05]
4.1
[44/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Juan de Fuca and Haro Straits —
Risk of collision
63
After Paragraph 2.75 1 Insert:
Risk of collision
2.75a
1 When navigating the TSS in the waters between the
Trial Islands (2.86) and Discovery Island, mariners are
cautioned that, on occasions, concentrations of traffic,
adverse tidal streams and stress of weather may force
deep -draught vessels and tugs with tows to deviate
from the established traffic lanes.
2 In addition, extreme caution is advised in the
vicinity of Discovery Island (2.86) where S -bound
deep -draught vessels may be carried into the opposing
traffic lanes by the strength of the streams in the area.
158
After Paragraph 5.12 1 Insert:
5.12a
1 Risk of collision. When navigating the TSS (5.13)
in the waters between Discovery Island (2.86) and
Hanbury Point (5.26), mariners are cautioned that, on
occasions, concentrations of traffic, adverse tidal
streams and stress of weather may force deep -draught
vessels and tugs with tows to deviate from the
established traffic lanes.
Canadian Chart 3440
(HH. 600/405/05) [44/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Port du Cap Lévi — Directions
396
Paragraph 12.78 2 lines 1 -2 For green sector (050° -109°)
Read white sector (083° -105°)
French Notice 37/55/05
(HH. 351/530/04) [44/05]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Indonesia - Sumatera, East Coast -
Pulau Saya — Light
127
Paragraph 5.97 1 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 5.98 1 lines 8 -9 Delete
Indonesian Chart 41
(HH. 525/650/04) [44/05]

NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
West Coast - Valentia Harbour -
Portmagee Channel — Wreck
259
Paragraph 8.137 1 line 10 Replace by:
...town pier), noting the 2⋅1 m wreck lying 1 cable
NE.
Paragraph 8.138 2 line 4 Replace by:
...sand and mud, noting the wreck lying NE; see
8.137.
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(HH. 292/490/04) [44/05]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2005 Edition)
Spain - Barcelona — Directions
158
Paragraph 3.233 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
ENE of Sierra Light -buoy (safe water) (1¾ miles
SSE) (3.225), thence:
Through the inbound leg of the two -way route
established between anchorage areas E and S,
thence:
MV Oceana
(HH. 361/630/05) [44/05]
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Western Australia - Approaches to Fremantle —
Depths; pilotage; directions
280
Paragraph 8.13 1-2 Replace by:
1 Approach and East Channels. The least charted
depth in Approach and East Channels (8.45) is 13⋅1 m,
about 3½ miles NW of Buckland Hill Directional
Light (32°01′S 115°46′E) (8.43); pilotage is
compulsory for vessels with a draught of 11 m or
greater.
Deepwater Channel. The least charted depth in
Deepwater Channel (8.45) is 15⋅1 m, about 4 miles
WNW of Buckland Hill Directional Light (32°01′S
115°46′E) (8.43); pilotage is compulsory for vessels
using this channel.
281
Paragraph 8.30 1 line 2 Replace by:
...vicinity of Approach and East Channels and an area
within...
Paragraph 8.31 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
32°01′⋅4S 115°41′⋅3E for vessels of less than 11 m
draught (Inner Pilot Boarding Ground).
283
Paragraph 8.45 1-4 Including heading Replace by:
Gage Roads - approach from north-west by
Approach Channel and East Channel
8.45
1 From the vicinity of 31°52′S 115°30′E, about
9 miles N of Rottnest Light (8.43), the line of bearing
125° of Buckland Hill Directional Light (32°01′S
115°46′E) (8.43), which shows white between the
bearings of 124¾° to 125¾°, leads in the approach
passing:
NE of Roe Reef (31°58′S 115°32′E) (8.48),
thence:
NE of Kingston Reefs (31°59′S 115°34′E) (8.49),
thence:
2 NE of Fairway Landfall Light-buoy (safe water)
(31°57′S 115°39′E) to join Approach
Channel, continuing along the same line of
bearing, noting the two 14⋅8 m patches
(31°58′⋅2S 115°40′⋅4E) (31°58′⋅0S
115°41′⋅2E) and the 8⋅9 m shoal patch
(31°56′⋅8S 115°40′⋅9E) which lies 1 mile NE
of the route, thence:
3 NE of No 1 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(31°58′⋅7S 115°41′⋅4E), noting the light-buoys
(special) close NW and SW.
The route then joins East Channel, authorised for a
draught of 11 m, and leads generally S over a 13⋅1 m
patch (31°59′⋅3S 115°42′⋅0E), the least charted depth
(8.13) of East Channel, and passing W of Hall Bank
Light-beacon (port hand) (32°01′⋅8S 115°42′⋅7E) to the
Inner Pilot Boarding Ground (8.31) in Gage Roads.
4.1
[43/05]
4 For vessels with a draught greater than 11 m, the
Deep Water Channel leads generally S passing
between the 15 m contours through the compulsory
pilotage area marked by light-buoys (lateral), thence
passing W of Hall Bank Light-beacon (port hand)
(32°02′⋅0S 115°42′⋅7E) to the Inner Pilot Boarding
Ground (8.31) in Gage Roads.
Paragraph 8.46 1-2 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
8.46
Paragraph 8.48 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
The track continues ENE to join Approach Channel
(8.45) on the line of bearing 125° of...
284
Paragraph 8.49 2 Replace by:
2 This route leads to a position 1½ miles S of
Fairway Landfall Light-buoy (safe water) (31°57′S
115°39′E). The track then leads SE to the Inner Pilot
Boarding Ground, passing:
SW of No 3 Light -buoy (starboard hand) (32°00′S
115°41′E) which marks the end of the Deep Water
Channel compulsory pilotage area.
Australian Notice 19/826/05
(HH. 573/475/07) [43/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Sweden - Hargshamn — Leading lights
343
Paragraph 9.75 4-5 Delete
Swedish Notice 83/2846/05
(HH. 318/535/04) [43/05]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India - Orissa Coast - Bºruva—Light
67
R7-10Replace by:
Two beacons, 64 m apart with elevations of 19 m
stand 8 cables ENE of Bºruva; S...
R19-21Replace by:
Anchorage. The recommended anchorage is in
depths of about 8 m, sand and mud, with the S beacon
bearing between 308° and 318°.
R33Replace by:
...lies 8½ miles NE of Bºruva S Beacon (18°53′N...
R36For 6⋅4 m Read 7m
R38For Light beacon Read S Beacon
R 51 For Sonna Purampeta (Sonapur) Read
Sunapurapeta

R53For Light Read S
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 503/460/03) [43/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Thailand - Gasfields — Jasmine Oilfield
153
After Paragraph 4.333 1 Insert:
Jasmine Oilfield
Chart 67
General information
4.334
1 Description. Jasmine Oilfield (11°19′N 101°14′E)
consists of a platform and a FPSO (Jasmine Venture
MV7).
Maximum size of tanker handled. 150 000 dwt.
Port Authority. Pearl Oil (Thailand) Limited, Unit
210, 10th Floor, SCB Plaza West Tower II,
Ratchadapisek Road, Chatuchak, Bangkok, 10900,
Thailand.
Limiting conditions
4.335
1 Local weather and sea state:
Berthing operations wave height limitation 1⋅8 m.
Vessels already berthed must unmoor when wave
height approaches 2⋅5 m and wind speeds reach
25 kn.
Arrival information
4.336
1 Port operations. Terminal conducts mooring of
tankers during daylight hours only. Unmooring can be
done at anytime.
Notice of ETA. 72, 48 and 24 hours prior to
arrival.
Outer anchorage. A shuttle tanker anchorage
centred on 11°23′⋅4N 101°17′⋅2E, radius 2⋅5 miles, is
shown on the charts.
2 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory when berthing.
Pilot boarding point varies with current and wind.
Generally 2 miles astern of the FPSO.
Regulations concerning entry. Main engines must
be kept on standby throughout stay.
Berth
4.337
1 Vessels tandem moor in accordance with Oil
Companies International Maritime Forum.
Port services
4.338
1 Other facilities. In emergency, medical evacuation
can be arranged in about 12 hours.
Supplies. None available.
Pearl Oil (Thailand) Ltd
(HH. 544/180/06) [43/05]
IV
4.2
China, South Coast -
Zhujiang Kou and approaches — Racons
255
Paragraph 8.22 1 Replace by:
1 Racons:
Wenwei Zhou Lighthouse (21°49′N 113°56′E)
(8.21).
Zhu Zhou Lighthouse (22°00′N 113°50′E) (8.21).
Xiaoputai Dao Lighthouse (22°02′N 113°38′E)
(7.97).
Sanya Pai Lighthouse (22°05′N 113°48′E) (8.25).
Qing Zhou Light-beacon (22°10′N 113°43′E).
Macau Outer Harbour Approaches Light -buoy No 2
(22°10′⋅5N 113°35′⋅0E) (8.35a).
Dahao Shuidao (Gui Shan Bei) Light -vessel
(22°11′N 113°50′E).
Mayou Shi Light-vessel (22°17′N 113°48′E).
Shekou Light -buoy No 1 (22°26′⋅4N 113°53′⋅2E)
(8.55a).
Shanban Zhou Lighthouse (22°43′N 113°39′E)
(8.21).
256
After Paragraph 8.35 2 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
8.35a
1 Racon: Macau Outer Harbour Approaches
Light -buoy No 2 (22°10′⋅5N 113°35′⋅0E).
259
After Paragraph 8.55 2 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
8.55a
1 Racon: Shekou Light -buoy No 1 (22°26′⋅4N
113°53′⋅2E).
Chinese Notice 36/770/05; Chinese Chart 15477
(HH. 550/408/04) [43/05]
South West Approaches To Hong Kong - Minor
harbours and anchorages — Wreck
272
Paragraph 9.33 2 Existing Section IV Notice Week 02/05
Delete
Chinese Notice 36/771/05
(HH. 548/436/06) [43/05]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Seychelles – Victoria and approaches —
Radio masts
246
Paragraph 10.225 4 lines 3 -6 Delete:

247
Paragraph 10.227 1 lines 2 -3 Delete
Photograph caption Replace by:
Port Victoria from NE
Ministry of Environment and Transport, Seychelles
(HH. 461/420/04) [43/05]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Italy - Giulianova — Restricted area
527
After Paragraph 12.20 1 Add:
2 Restricted area. Entry is prohibited into an area
about 6 cables wide and extending 2⋅3 miles in a
NW/SE direction, centred 3 miles SE of Giulianova
Harbour, as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 16/S41002/05
(HH. 370/520/06) [43/05]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - Waiheke Island — Marine reserve
239
After Paragraph 8.169 1 Add:
Marine reserve. A marine reserve within which
fishing is prohibited, marked at the SW corner by a
light -buoy (special), has been established off the SE
corner of Waiheke Island, as shown on the chart.
New Zealand Notice 20/189/05
(HH. 580/475/07) [43/05]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
River Forth — Pilotage, Vessel Traffic Service
83
Paragraphs 4.4 -4.5 Replace by:
Pilotage
4.4
1 Compulsory pilotage applies as follows:
Vessels carrying 12 or more passengers: that part of
the Forth which lies W of 3°00′⋅0W.
Vessels of 45 m LOA or more bound for North
Channel and Forth Deep -Water Channel: on
passing W of 3°06′⋅1W.
2 Vessels of 45 m LOA or more carrying
dangerous cargoes and all other vessels of
80 m LOA or more bound for South Channel
and Leith: on passing W of 3°06′⋅1W.
Vessels of 45 m LOA or more carrying dangerous
cargoes and all vessels of 60 m LOA or more
bound for Methil (4.19): see below.
3 Notice for Pilots. Requests for pilots should be
made 24 and 12 hours in advance to the Forth Pilot
Station at Granton. Confirmation of ETA should be
sent by VHF 2 hours prior to arrival.
IV
4.3
4 Pilot boarding places are as follows:
Tankers bound for Hound Point Terminal and
passenger vessels embark the pilot at the Fairway
Light -buoy.
All other inbound vessels proceeding N of Inchkeith
embark the pilot in the vicinity of No 3
Light-buoy (56°03′⋅2N 3°06′⋅1W), keeping N of
Forth Deep -Water Channel.
5 Inward bound vessels, other than passenger
vessels, proceeding S of Inchkeith embark the
pilot NE of Narrow Deep Light -buoy
(56°01′⋅5N 3°04′⋅6W).
Inward bound vessels proceeding to Methil embark
the pilot in position 56°10′N 3°00′W.
Vessels at anchor in A4 or A5 anchorages, or
Musselborough Small Vessel Anchorage,
embark the pilot in the anchorage.
6 Tankers bound for Hound Point Marine
Terminal. Until the pilot is on board and has the
conduct of the vessel, tankers bound for Hound Point
Marine Terminal must not enter the area bounded by
latitude 56°05′N and longitude 3°00′W.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (1).
Vessel traffic service
4.5
1 A VTS scheme, The Forth and Tay Navigation
Service, with full radar surveillance, is maintained at
Grangemouth. Ships should advise the VTS of their
ETA at the eastern limit of Forth Port Authority 24
hours in advance, amending the time if it becomes
more than 2 hours in error. For further details,
including reporting points, see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (1).
2 LPG tankers bound for Braefoot Marine Terminal
should give notice of ETA to the terminal as described
in 4.107.
86
Paragraph 4.21 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Pilotage. See 4.4.
Forth Ports plc
(HH. 264/800/05) [43/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Estonia - Muuga Sadam — Coal Terminal;
directions
94
After Paragraph 3.98 4 Insert:
3.98a
1 Side channel. From a position 9 cables W of
3
Tahkumäe neem, a channel, marked by light -buoys
(lateral), leads E towards the Coal Terminal.
After Paragraph 3.100 2 Existing Section IV Notice Week
38/04 Add:
The Coal Terminal, situated at Tahkumäe neem,
consists of three berths with depths alongside of 11 to
17⋅1 m.
Estonian Notice 9/103/05
(HH. 344/540/03) [42/05]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Skidegate Channel - East Narrows —
Leading beacons
233
Paragraph 8.106 3 lines 1 -3 Delete
Paragraph 8.106 4 Delete
Canada West Notice 9/3891/05
(HH. 600/470/03) [42/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Gaolan Port Zone
(Zhuhai Gang) — Light; racon
238
After Paragraph 7.122 1 line 12 Insert:
Principal mark
7.122a
1 Major light:
Xiaojin Dao Light (21°48′N 113°01′E) (7.97).
1
Other aid to navigation
7.122b
Racon:
Zhuhangdao Front Leading Light (21°57′⋅3N
113°11′⋅9E).
Paragraph 7.123 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...approach channel, from the S is free of dangers.
Chinese Notices 35/755/05; 35/759/05
(HH. 548/424/05) [42/05]
4.1
[42/05]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Indonesia - Kalimantan, West Coast -
Shoal depths; off -lying dangers
152
Paragraph 7.27 1 lines 6 -14 Replace by:
...of Karang Ontario mariners should note:
Karang Flying Fish (2°13′S 108°37′E), consisting of
a number of coral patches with depths of less than
2 m over them.
Karang Florence Adelaide (2°04′S 108°04′E), from
where a light (white beacon) is displayed.
A shoal with a charted depth of 9⋅6 m (reported
2005), lying 5½ miles NE of Karang Florence
Adelaide.
Two shoals with charted depths of 8⋅3 and 8⋅6 m,
lying 11 miles NE of Karang Florence Adelaide.
A shoal with a charted depth of 9⋅5 m, lying
11½ miles NW of Karang Florence Adelaide; a
dangerous wreck lies 5 miles farther WNW.
Two groups of off-lying reefs (6.77), lying in
inadequately surveyed areas, 70 and 125 miles
WNW of Karang Ontario.
MV CSCL Felixstowe; BA Chart 1312
(HH. 553/400/04) [42/05]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Approaches to Norderpiep and Eider — Wreck
243
After Paragraph 8.78 1 Add:
2 Caution. An unmarked wreck with a swept depth
of 5⋅2 m lies 2 miles NW of Norderpiep Buoy (safe
water) (54°10′⋅9N 8°28′⋅3E).
247
Paragraph 8.118 1 line 5 Replace by:
...(055°–068°) of Saint Peter Light but noting an unmarked
wreck with a swept depth of 5⋅2 m in position 54°12′⋅6N
8°26′⋅3E. In normal conditions...
German Notice 31/(21)105/05
(HH. 328/590/04) [42/05]
Skagerrak - Bulbjerg to Skagen —
Dangerous wreck
319
Paragraph 9.395 1 lines 4 -5 Delete
Danish Notice 29/234/05
(HH. 331/460/03) [42/05]

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
R15-16Delete
Breivik — Jetty
203
Norwegian Notice 18/943/05
(HH. 309/450/04) [42/05]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Texas - Galveston Bay — Buoyage; wreck
171
Paragraph 7.191 1 Including heading and existing Section
IV Notice Week 40/05 Replace by:
Chart 3183 plan Galveston and approaches
Approaches
7.191
1 From a position in the vicinity of Galveston
1
Approach Light -buoy (29°09′N 94°26′W) (7.177) the
route leads generally NW for 10 miles through the
NW bound traffic lane of Galveston Approaches TSS
(7.185) to enter the inshore precautionary area, where
pilots board.
Paragraph 7.192 1 Replace by:
7.192
Entrance Channel. The Galveston Bay Entrance
Channel, marked by pairs of light -buoys (lateral)
extends NW from the inner limit of the TSS and runs
through the inshore precautionary area.
A dangerous wreck (29°18′⋅5N 94°36′⋅6W) lies
within the inshore precautionary area, approximately
5 cables NE of the dredged channel.
From a position in the dredged channel the
alignment (301°) of Leading Lights “A” leads through
channel between North and South Jetty heads, marked
by light -beacons, for a distance of 3⋅8 miles:
US Notice 38/11340/05; BA Chart 3183
(HH. 615/435/09) [42/05]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Electronic Navigational Charts — Updating
6
After Paragraph 1.35 2 Add:
Mariners are advised that foreign government
hydrographic offices will not necessarily issue updates
to paper and electronic charts at the same time. The
products may therefore be significantly different from
each other over variable periods.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/05) [42/05]
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Sarawak, North -west Coast - Kuala Santubong
— Wrecks
89
Paragraph 4.24 1-2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 14/05 Replace by:
1 Caution. Several wrecks (4.20) lie in the outer
approaches to the port. A stranded wreck, marked by a
light, lies on the NW side of the bar about 4¾ miles
WSW of Tanjung Sipang (4.13). A second stranded
wreck, marked by a light -buoy (isolated danger), lies
on the SE side of the bar about 4 miles SW of
Tanjung Sipang.
2 Directions. When approaching Kuala Santubong
from the W, vessels should steer for Gunung
Santubong (1°44′N 110°20′E) (4.19) ahead bearing
131° until Tanjung Sipang bears 072°, thence:
Leading lights. The alignment (162°) of the
following lights leads SSE, clear of two stranded
wrecks (above), over the bar to the entrance:
Front light (concrete post) (1°42′N 110°18′E).
Rear light (concrete post) (61 m SSE of front light).
Thence:
Sarawak Marine Department Notices 32/05; 60/05
(HH. 519/450/05) [41/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast – Lemen Liedao —
Directions; light; wrecks; depths
131
Paragraph 4.72 1-7 Replace by:
Biao Jiao to Houjiao Yu
4.72
1 Vessels with a draught of not more than 6⋅7 m have
used the following track to avoid much of the heavy
sea caused by the NE monsoon.
From a position SE of Biao Jiao (23°14′N
116°48′E) (4.17), the track leads generally ENE,
passing (with positions from Banchao Jiao Light
(23°22′⋅5N 117°08′⋅1E)):
2 SSE of a dangerous wreck (18½ miles WSW)
marked by a light -buoy (isolated danger),
thence:
SSE of Niang Jiao (17 miles WSW), a rock with a
depth of 1⋅9 m; a light-buoy (S cardinal) is
moored 2¾ cables SE. A stranded wreck
(reported 1993), the position of which is
approximate, lies 2 miles NE. Thence:
4.1
[41/05]
3 Clear of unexploded ordnance (13¾ and
14½ miles SW), thence:
Clear of an isolated shoal patch, depth 9⋅6 m
(4¾ miles WSW); Peng Yu (Pin Yu on chart
1962), 14 m high, lies 1¾ miles ESE. Thence:
NNW of No 1 Light (pile) (2¾ miles WSW), thence:
Clear of a wreck, depth 8⋅6 m,(1¾ miles WSW),
thence:
4 SSE of No 2 Light (pile) (2½ miles WNW),
thence:
SSE of Guan Yu (1¾ miles WNW), a small island
34 m high, thence:
SSE of the SE point of Nan’ao Dao (1¼ miles NNE)
(4.97), and:
SSE of an isolated shoal patch, depth 1⋅6 m (2 miles
NNE), thence:
5 NNW of Banchao Jiao, a rocky reef, marked by
a light (racon), the N of the islets and rocks
of Lemen Liedao lying between 2 to 8 miles
S of Nan’ao Dao, thence:
NNW of Paipeng Jiao (Yan Yan on chart 1760)
(3¼ miles ENE), a rock awash, thence:
6 Clear of wreck, depth 14⋅7 m (2003) (4¾ miles
NE), thence:
SSE of an area with several unexploded bombs and
depth charges (5 to 8 miles NE), thence:
SSE of an isolated rock, depth 6⋅6 m(6¾ miles NE),
thence:
7 SSE of Qixing Jiao (8½ miles NE), a group of
rocks, 1⋅5 to 2 m high; from E and W they
appear as large boulders some distance apart.
Laoniu Jiao, a detached rock drying 2⋅6 m,
lies 3 miles NW; a light (white round
concrete tower, 7 m in height) is exhibited
from the NE side of the rock. Thence:
8 Clear of a dangerous wreck (8¾ miles NE),
thence:
NNW of Banyangdong (Zhisong Yan on chart 1760)
(10 miles ENE), an isolated rock with a depth of
5⋅8 m over it.
9 The track then continues ENE to a position SSE of
Houjiao Yu (23°34′N, 117°22′E), from where a light
(white 4-sided stone pyramid, 2 m in height) is
exhibited. It is the extremity of a small peninsula,
rising to 32 m, situated 2½ miles E of Zhaoan Tou
(4.88). There is a conspicuous sand patch on the side
of the hills 1½ miles NE of Houjiao Yu. Fishing stakes
may be encountered 2 to 5 miles S of Houjiao Yu.
10 Alternative route. From a position 2 miles SE of
Biao Jiao, a small vessel can take passage W and N of
Nan’ao Dao, and passing N of Laoniu Jiao (above).
For both passages see restrictions for foreign vessels at
4.67.
Chinese Notice 1/13/05; Lloyds List; United Kingdom
Hydrographic Office
(HH. 548/448/08) [41/05]

NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2005 Edition)
Deepwater Routes to Inner German Bight and
Die Ems — Dangerous wreck
68
Paragraph 2.19 1 line 8 For (53°04′N 2°40′E) Read
(53°06′⋅7N 2°40′⋅7E)
70
Paragraph 2.41 1 line 4 For 53 miles Read about 55 miles
Paragraph 2.41 1 line 5 For (53°04′N 2°40′E) Read
(53°06′⋅7N 2°40′⋅7E)
Paragraph 2.41 2 line 4 For moored 2 miles SSE Read
moored 4½ miles S
After Paragraph 2.41 2 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous wreck exists in position
53′03′⋅8N 2°42′⋅1E. The wreck is marked by four
light -buoys (cardinal) moored respectively close N, E,
S and W.
Netherlands Notice 32/437/05; Trinity House
(HH. 242/555/07) [41/05]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Sandsøya — Military prohibited area
60
R 55 -56 Existing Supplement amendment Delete
Norwegian Notice 17/877/05
(HH. 309/410/05) [41/05]
Gibostad — Military prohibited area
126
L 44 -47 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Military prohibited areas exist in the vicinity of
Rødbergsodden (6.89) and Skorliodden (the NW
entrance point to Gisundet) (see 1.57).
Norwegian Notice 17/881/05
(HH. 309/420/05) [41/05]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2003 Edition)
Port Hawkesbury and Mulgrave -
Canso Strait, East Shore — Berth
288
After Paragraph 12.207 1 Insert:
Point Tupper Marine Coal Terminal, S of Peebles
Point (12.204), is 450 m long, with an outer face
190 m long.
Canadian Notice 8/4306/05
(HH. 606/525/03) [41/05]
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1994 Edition) —
Supplement 3 -2003
United States — Protection of wildlife
9
After L6Insert:
1.63a
Steller Sea Lions. No vessel is permitted to
approach within 3 miles of a Steller Sea Lion rookery
site except in an emergency or if authorised by the
appropriate authority.
Navigational transit. The above restriction does
not prohibit a vessel in transit from passing through
one of the straits, narrows or passages listed below if
the vessel proceeds in continuous transit and maintains
a minimum of 1 mile from the rookery site.
Rookery Strait, narrows or pass
Outer Island
(12.79)
Wildcat Pass (12.88) between
Rabbit Island and Ragged Island.
Humpback whales. Under US regulations it is
unlawful for any person subject to the jurisdiction of
the United States, within 200 miles of Alaska, to
approach within 100 yards of a humpback whale.
Additional information is available from the
United States National Marine Fisheries Service at:
www.fakr.noaa.gov
347
R50Insert:
Restricted area
12.79a
The S quadrant of Outer Island is a Steller Sea
Lion rookery site (see 1.63a). No vessel is permitted
to approach or anchor within 3 miles, except in case of
emergency, or if authorised by the appropriate
authority.
348
L16-19Replace by:
...Sea Lion rookery site (see 12.79a).
349
L18-19Replace by:
... are both within the Steller Sea Lion rookery site on the S
quadrant of Outer Island. See 1.63a and 12.79a for details
of associated regulations.
356
L64Add:
The island is a Steller Sea Lion rookery site (see 1.63a). No
vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within 3 miles,
except in case of emergency, or if authorised by the
appropriate authority.
Captain K M Taylor, MV Clipper Odyssey; US Coast Pilot
9, 50 CFR §223.202 & §224.103
(HH. 611/435/03) [40/05]
4.1
[40/05]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II (1993
Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
San Sebastián Oil Terminal — Berth; directions
128
R31Replace by:
...68°15′W) is situated 3¾ miles NW of Cabo San...
R 41 Existing Supplement amendment Delete
R46-62Replace by:
Berth
4.19
The terminal consists of an SPM (53°16′⋅4S
68°12′⋅9W), connected to the shore about 2½ miles
SSW by a submarine pipeline.
R64-70Replace by:
Directions
4.20
From a position about 7 miles N of Cabo San
Sebastián Light (53°19′S 68°10′W) the track leads
SSW to the berth.
L1-70Replace by:
Spare
4.21
Spare
4.22
Spare
4.23
Spare
4.24
Spare
4.25
Spare
4.26
129
Argentinian Notices 4/36/04, 1/15 -16/05, 2 -3/28/05,
7/67/05 & 17/198/05
(HH. 650/480/04) [40/05]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
Costa Rica - Golfo de Nicoya — Directions
96
Paragraph 3.132 2 line 1 For SE Read SW
BA Chart 1931
(HH. 008/200/03) [40/05]

NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2001 Edition)
Greenland, West coast - Skovfjord — Directions
110
Paragraph 2.133 Replace by:
Directions
2.133
1 A vessel making for Skovfjord from W is advised
to keep well to seaward of the area extending 7 miles
WSW through to W of Angissit (60°38′N, 46°43′W).
This area, which includes the W entrance to Skovfjord,
is poorly surveyed and below-water rocks and other,
uncharted, dangers may exist.
2 Caution. It is recommended that Skovfjord is
entered by the E channel between the islands of
Hollænderø (60°42′N, 46°27′W) and Simiutaq. This
entrance, which is not easy to identify from seaward,
should be approached from the SSW, care being taken
to avoid the vicinity of the rock, awash (2.131), about
midway between Angissit and Qîoqe.
3 When the leading beacons on the W side of
Hollænderø are sighted, approach on the alignment
(025°) until about 1¾ miles from the front beacon;
then alter course N, into Skovfjord in deep water, and
thereafter maintain a mid-channel course through both
that fjord and Tunugdliarfik.
Danish Notice 09/897/05; Danish Chart 1116
(HH. 337/420/06) [40/05]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
United States — Protection of wildlife
15
After Paragraph 1.88 1 Insert:
2 Steller Sea Lions. No vessel is permitted to
approach within 3 miles of a listed Steller Sea Lion
rookery site, except in case of emergency or if
authorised by the appropriate authority.
3 Navigational transit. The above restriction does
not prohibit a vessel in transit from passing through
one of the straits, narrows or passages listed below if
the vessel proceeds in continuous transit and maintains
a minimum of 1 mile from the rookery site.
Rookery Strait, narrows or pass
Akutan Island
(5.71)
Clubbing Rocks
(54°39′N
162°25′W)
Akutan Pass between Cape
Morgan and Unalga Island.
Between Clubbing Rocks and
Cherni Island (4.238).
4 Humpback whales Under US regulations it is
unlawful for any person subject to the jurisdiction of
the United States, within 200 miles of Alaska, to
approach within 100 yards of any humpback whale.
5 Additional information is available from the US
National Marine Fisheries Service at:
www.fakr.noaa.gov.
IV
4.2
26
Paragraph 1.158 2 line 7 Add: (See also 1.88).
88
After Paragraph 2.32 4 Insert:
5 Restricted area. The SE quadrant of Marmot Island
is a Steller Sea Lion restricted area. No vessel is
permitted to approach or anchor within 3 miles, except
in case of emergency, or if authorised by the
appropriate authority (See 1.88).
140
Paragraph 4.11 1 line 2 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 4.13 Including Heading Replace by:
Spare
4.13
Paragraph 4.18 1 line 2 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
141
Paragraph 4.21 Replace by:
Spare
4.21
159
Paragraph 4.144 1 line 11 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88)
Paragraph 4.145 Including Heading Replace by:
Spare
4.145
Paragraph 4.150 2 line 6 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 4.151 Replace by:
Spare
4.151
171
Paragraph 4.239 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Restricted area. Pinnacle Rock (54° 46′⋅0N
161°46′⋅0W) and Clubbing Rocks N (54°43′⋅0N
162°26′⋅5W) and S (54°42′⋅0N 162°26′⋅5W) are Steller
Sea Lion rookery sites No vessel is permitted to
approach or anchor within 3 miles, except in case of
emergency, or if authorised by the appropriate
authority (See 1.88).
172
Paragraph 4.240 Including Heading Replace by:
Spare
4.240

188
Paragraph 5.35 1 line 2 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 5.36 Replace by:
Spare
5.36
Paragraph 5.37 Replace By:
Spare
5.37
191
Paragraph 5.56 1 line 3 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 5.58 2 lines 5 -9 Delete
Paragraph 5.59 2 Delete
192
Paragraph 5.66 2 line 9 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88)
193
Paragraph 5.68 2 Delete
Paragraph 5.68 3 lines 1 -3 Delete
194
Paragraph 5.75 1 line 7 Replace by:
... recommended, passing at least one mile clear of the
Steller Sea Lion rookery site at Cape Morgan (See 1.88).
215
Paragraph 5.221 1 line 2 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
216
Paragraph 5.229 1 line 3 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 5.230 Replace by:
Spare
5.230
217
Paragraph 5.234 1 line 2 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 5.239 3 Delete
218
IV
4.3
221
Paragraph 5.262 4 line 5 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 5.263 1 Delete
222
Paragraph 5.263 4 Delete
Paragraph 5.264 Replace by:
Spare
5.264
226
Paragraph 6.12 1 line 2 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 6.14 3 lines 3 -7 Delete
Paragraph 6.14 4 Delete
227
Paragraph 6.14 5 lines 1 -3 Delete
Paragraph 6.18 3 line 4 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
234
Paragraph 6.54 2 Replace by:
2 Regulation. The N half of Kasatochi Island is a
Steller Sea Lion rookery site. No vessel is permitted to
approach or anchor within 3 miles, except in case of
emergency, or if authorised by the appropriate
authority (See 1.88).
243
Paragraph 6.132 2 line 2 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
248
Paragraph 6.169 1 line 10 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
249
Paragraph 6.171 1 line 8 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 6.173 2 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 6.178 1 line 9 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 6.178 2 lines 7 -9 Delete
Paragraph 6.178 3 Delete

250
Paragraph 6.187 2 line 2 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
251
Paragraph 6.188 1 Delete
Paragraph 6.188 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
2 Fair anchorage can...
Paragraph 6.192 1 line 3 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 6.193 1 lines 6 -10 Delete
252
Paragraph 6.196 2 line 9 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 6.197 1 line 9 Replace by:
...depth of 51 m (28 fm), sand, ensuring that they are more
than 3 miles from the Steller Sea Lion rookery site at
Ayugadak Point (see above).
255
Paragraph 6.221 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Regulation. Cape Saint Stephen (51°52′⋅5N 177°12′⋅5E)
and Lief Cove (51°56′⋅5N 177°20′⋅0E)areStellerSeaLion
rookery sites. No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor
within 3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if
authorised by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
257
Paragraph 6.231 1 line 1 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 6.234 Replace by:
Spare
6.234
259
Paragraph 6.252 1 Replace by:
1 Gillon Point (52°24′N 173°21′E) and Cape Sabak
(52°23′N 173°42′E) are Steller Sea Lion rookery sites
(1.88). No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor
within 3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if
authorised by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 6.257 Replace by:
Spare
6.257
IV
4.4
260
After Paragraph 6.267 Insert:
Restricted area
6.267a
1 Attu Island (S quadrant) is a Steller Sea Lion
rookery site No vessel is permitted to approach or
anchor within 3 miles, except in case of emergency, or
if authorised by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
261
Paragraph 6.271 Replace by:
Spare
6.271
Paragraph 6.272 6 Delete
Paragraph 6.273 3 Delete
262
Paragraph 6.274 2 lines 1 -6 Delete
Paragraph 6.275 3 lines 1 -6 Delete
Paragraph 6.276 3 lines 3 -6 Delete
269
Paragraph 7.22 1 line 3 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Paragraph 7.24 Replace by:
Spare
7.24
276
Paragraph 7.76 1 line 3 Add:
No vessel is permitted to approach or anchor within
3 miles, except in case of emergency, or if authorised
by the appropriate authority (See 1.88).
Captain K M Taylor, MV Clipper Odyssey; US Coast Pilot
9, 50 CFR §223.202 & §224.103
(HH. 611/435/03) [40/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Plymouth Approaches - Eastern Channel —
Depths
119
Paragraph 4.225 3 line 3 For patch with a depth of 4⋅8 m
over it (1 mile SE) Read patch (7½ cables SSE) with a
depth of 4⋅1 m over it.
Paragraph 4.225 3 line 6 For extend 3½ cables N from the
4⋅8 m patch Read extend 1¾ cables NNE from the 4⋅1 m
patch.
HMTG (Plymouth) & Tennix LADS Operations Ltd
(HH. 234/400/12) [40/05]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
Philippine Islands – Luzon Strait –
Balintang Channel — Depths
109
Paragraph 3.51 Replace by:
1 Isolated shoals of depths 5⋅2 m (17ft), and 11⋅6 m
(38 ft) (reported 1966), exist in Balintang Channel and
approaches; for details of these and other dangers see
3.53. With the exception of these dangers the channel
is deep.
110
Paragraph 3.53 3 Replace by:
3 Well clear of an isolated shoal (20°06′N
121°50′E), depth 5⋅2 m (17 ft), over which
tide rips occur, lying 10 miles S of Sabtang
Island (3.57); a shoal with a depth of 29 m
(16 fm) lies 4¼ miles farther SSE. Thence:
Philippine ENC PH2NLZ40.000
(HH. 552/640/03) [40/05]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Khambhºt -Hºzira — New port
261
After Paragraph 8.54 8 Insert:
Hºzira (Sørat) Port
8.54a
1 Position and function. Hºzira (Sørat) Port
(21°06′N 72°37′E), not charted, is situated on the W
side of Hºzira peninsula. The harbour contains a LNG
terminal.
Port limits are shown on the chart.
2 Approach. The harbour is approached through the
S part of Sutherland Channel (8.51).
Port Authority. Hºzira Port Private Limited,
101 -103, Abhijeet -II, Mithakali Circle,
Ahmedabad -380006, Gujarat, India.
Email. portcontrol.hazira@shing.com
3 Controlling depth. Entrance channel dredged to
12 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: LNG Carrier of
145 000 m 3 ; length 295 m; beam 50 m; draught 11⋅5 m.
Port operations. Only one vessel at a time is
allowed to be under way in the approach corridor.
Pilot boards in position 20°57′N 72°35′E, S of
General Lighterage Area (8.54).
4 Tugs are available and compulsory, four are used
for berthing. Tugs secure before LNG Carrier enters
dredged entrance channel.
Traffic regulations. Anchoring is prohibited within
the port limits.
5 Harbour, open WSW, is protected by breakwaters,
from the heads of which lights are exhibited. Turning
basin, 1½ cables radius, is situated within the heads of
the breakwaters.
Development. Bulk and/or container terminals,
construction expected to commence in 2006.
IV
4.5
Tidal streams attain a rate in excess of 4½ kn at
springs.
6 Directions:
Approach corridor: 1 mile wide; situated between
Eastern Bank (8.43) and General Lighterage
Area.
Leading Lights. The alignment (070°) of the
leading lights, not charted, lead through the entrance
channel, 6½ cables long and 2 cables wide, towards
the harbour entrance. The entrance channel is marked
at its seaward end by one pair of buoys (lateral); it is
reduced to 1½ cables wide between the breakwater
heads.
7 Anchorage within Magdalla Port limits is only
available in an emergency.
Alongside berth lies on N side of harbour; depth
alongside 13 m; orientated NE/SW; consists of four
breasting and five mooring dolphins.
Other facilities. Hospitals.
Hºzira Port Information Book & ALRS Volume 6(4)
(HH. 502/430/05) [40/05]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2002 Edition)
Deepwater Routes to Inner German Bight and
Die Ems — Dangerous wreck
66
Paragraph 2.20 1 line 8 For (53°04′N 2°40′E) Read
(53°06′⋅7N 2°40′⋅7E)
68
Paragraph 2.41 1 line 4 For 53 miles Read about 55 miles
Paragraph 2.41 1 line 5 For (53°04′N 2°40′E) Read
(53°06′⋅7N 2°40′⋅7E)
Paragraph 2.41 1 line 10 For moored 2 miles SSE Read
moored 4½ miles S
After Paragraph 2.41 1 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous wreck exists in position
53′03′⋅8N 2°42′⋅1E. The wreck is marked by four
light -buoys (cardinal) moored respectively close N, E,
S and W.
Netherlands Notice 32/437/05; Trinity House
(HH. 242/555/07) [40/05]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Andefjorden - Saurabogen — Leading lights;
directions
52
R 69 -70 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Directions: From seaward the track into the
harbour leads WNW through a channel marked by
dolphins.
L1-2Delete
53
Norwegian Notice 16/840/05
(HH. 309/420/05) [40/05]

NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Brunswick - Saint Simons Sound and
Approaches — Buoy; project depths; bridge;
pilotage; directions
266
Paragraph 8.263 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
STS Light -buoy (31°02′⋅8N 81°14′⋅4W).
270
Paragraph 8.285 1 line 1 For (31°04′N 81°16′W) Read
(31°09′N 81°30′W).
271
Paragraph 8.298 1-2 Replace by:
1 Project depths in the channels are as follows:
Bar Channel — 11⋅6 (38 ft) for 7¾ miles.
Plantation Creek Range — 11 m (36 ft) for
1¾ miles.
Jekyll Island Range to the end of Turtle River Upper
Range — 9⋅1 m(30ft)for11½ miles.
2 East River Lower Reach and Turning Basin —
9⋅1 m (30ft) for 1¼ miles.
East River Upper Reach — 8⋅2 m (27 ft) for 1 mile.
South Brunswick River — 11 m (36 ft) for
1¼ miles.
For the latest controlling depth the charts and the
port authorities should be consulted.
Paragraph 8.303 1 Replace by:
1 Sidney Lanier Bridge, a fixed bridge with a safe
vertical clearance of 56⋅4 m (185 ft) spans the river at
Brunswick.
Paragraph 8.309 2 Replace by:
2 Pilots board vessels in the vicinity of STS
Light–buoy (31°02′⋅8N 81°14′⋅4W). See Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for details.
272
Paragraph 8.315 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
STS Light -buoy (31°02′⋅8N 81°14′⋅4W).
273
Paragraph 8.316 1-3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 2B Light–buoy (starboard
hand) (31°00′N 81°10′W), the track leads WNW for
about 5¾ miles to the pilot boarding area at the
entrance to Bar Channel passing:
Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck (31°01′⋅3N
81°12′⋅5W), thence:
2 Clear, depending on draught, of a wreck
(31°02′N 81°13′W), thence:
SSW of a dangerous wreck (position doubtful)
(31°03′⋅2N 81°13′⋅8W), which contains
explosives, thence:
Clear of STS Light -buoy (safe water) (31°02′⋅8N
81°14′⋅4W).
274
Paragraph 8.327 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position close WNW of Sidney Lanier
Bridge (8.303) the track leads NNW through the
centre of Lower Reach and Upper Reach to the berths
in East River.
IV
4.6
278
Paragraph 9.23 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
STS Light -buoy (31°02′⋅8N 81°14′⋅4W).
BA Chart 2810; US Coast Pilot 4 Corr 37/05
(HH. 078/553/09) [40/05]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Texas - Freeport Approaches to Galveston Bay
Approaches — Racon; pilotage; buoy
170
Paragraph 7.176 1 Replace by:
1 Racon:
Platform (29°02′⋅9N 94°32′⋅2W)
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
171
Paragraph 7.184 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available day and night.
Requests for pilots should be signalled 1½ hours in
advance for Galveston and Texas City and 8 hours in
advance for the other ports. The pilot boards in the
vicinity of 29°18′⋅1N 94°37′⋅4W, as shown on the
chart. Galveston and Texas City pilot boats have a
black hull and white superstructure. Houston pilot
boats have a grey hull and white superstructure. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for
details.
Paragraph 7.185 3 Replace by:
3 Traffic separation scheme. An IMO adopted TSS
for the approaches to Galveston is in force. There are
precautionary areas centred around the pilot boarding
position (29°18′⋅1N 94°37′⋅4W) (7.184) and Galveston
Approach Light Buoy (29°09′N 94°26′W) (7.177) at
the NW and SE ends of the TSS. The centre line of
the separation zone is marked by light -buoys. Owing
to heavy traffic, mariners are advised not to wait in
the area other than to embark or disembark a pilot.
Paragraph 7.191 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...Galveston Approaches TSS(7.185). Entry is along...
BA Chart 3183
(HH. 615/415/07) [40/05]
Louisiana - South Pass — Directions; leading
lights
210
Paragraph 8.156 2-3 Replace by:
2 Thence the route leads through the centre of a
channel for a distance of 1⋅3 miles, to enter the main
river passing WSW of Head of Passes No 16 Light
(red triangular mark, on piles) (29°09′⋅1N 89°15′⋅0W)
and between the training walls at the exit to the pass.
ALLFS Volume J Nos 3708.1& 3791
(HH 615/445/03) [40/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Bight of Benin - Approaches to Lagos —
Ship -to -ship transfers
289
After L57Insert:
Ship -to -ship transfers
12.45a
Ship -to -ship transfers of petroleum cargo take place
in an area about 5 to 5½ miles SSW of Lagos Light
(12.50). The transfer co -ordinator is stationed on
board the storage tanker Tuma, its hull painted a
distinctive green, anchored in approximate position
6°20′N 3°21′E. Arriving vessels are instructed by the
co -ordinator to anchor S of the port limit within
1 mile of Tuma and await the lightering vessel.
However, it is reported (2005), that to reduce risk of
damage, masters of vessels prefer to moor the
lightering vessels alongside whilst underway at slow
speed, only anchoring once mooring is completed.
Vessels which are not scheduled for ship -to -ship
transfer should give this area a wide berth.
Caution. It is reported that the swell seldom lies in
the same direction as the wind and that rolling
frequently occurs at anchor.
It is also reported (2005) that lightering vessels are
not fully complying with Oil Companies Industrial
Marine Forum recommendations with respect to
fendering, ballast, draught and trim.
Captain B Andrieux, MT Bro Etienne
(HH. 440/410/05) [39/05]
NP 42B Japan Pilot Volume III (1981 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2004
Seto Naikai - Suë Nada, South side -
Kanda Kë —Depth
67
L 62 Including existing Supplement amendment Replace
by:
A buoyed channel, dredged to 12 m (2005), leads...
Japanese Notice 30/895/05
(HH. 568/417/03) [39/05]
4.1
[39/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Imperia — Anchorages; restricted areas
141
Paragraph 4.19 1 lines 4 -10 Replace by:
Outer anchorages. Anchorage can be obtained at
designated berths in depths of 12 to 24 m, as shown
on the chart. Anchorage A lies 9 cables ENE;
Anchorage B lies 1 mile S and Anchorage C lies
4 cables SW of Bacino di Ponente S breakwater head.
Restricted areas have been established at the
anchorages, with radius extending 500 m from the
centre of each.
Mariners should note that these anchorages are
exposed to the S and be prepared to leave immediately
if S winds are forecast.
Italian Notice 15.14/05
(HH. 369/410/04) [39/05]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
South Island - Golden Bay - Tarakohe Harbour
— Restricted area
87
After Paragraph 3.101 1 Add:
Restricted area. A restricted area within which
anchoring is prohibited, has been established in the
approaches to Tarakohe Harbour, as shown on the
chart.
New Zealand Notice 18/165/05
(HH. 580/550/04) [39/05]
North Island - Mercury Bay -
Approaches to Whitianga — Sandbar
253
After Paragraph 9.32 1 Insert:
2 Caution. A sandbar extends about 1 mile to
seaward from Pandora Rock. Depths considerably less
than charted have been reported (2005) in the
approaches to Whitianga. Mariners should exercise
great caution when navigating in this vicinity.
New Zealand Notice 18/173(T)/05
(HH. 580/465/06) [39/05]

NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Hazards — Hurricane damage
193
After Paragraph 8.3 1 Insert:
2 Hurricane Damage. Within the waters covered by
this chapter damage due to Hurricane Katrina (2005)
may be encountered, particularly along the coasts of
Mississippi and Louisiana.
Mariners should be aware that aids to navigation in
these areas and structures in the Gulf of Mexico may
have been damaged or destroyed. Lighted and
unlighted buoys may have been moved from their
charted positions, damaged, sunk, extinguished or
otherwise made inoperative.
3 Mariners should not rely completely upon the
position or operation of an aid to navigation, but
should also employ other methods of determining
position as may be available.
Wrecks and submerged obstructions may have been
moved from their charted locations and pipelines may
have become uncovered or moved due to the force of
storm surges.
4 Mariners should exercise caution and report aid to
navigation discrepancies and hazards to navigation to
the nearest US Coastguard Unit.
For the latest navigation information consult marine
safety information bulletins issued by local authorities
and US Coastguard.
235
After Paragraph 10.4 2 Insert:
3 Hurricane Damage. Within the waters covered by
this chapter damage due to Hurricane Katrina (2005)
may be encountered, particularly along the coasts of
Alabama and Mississippi.
Mariners should be aware that aids to navigation in
these areas and structures in the Gulf of Mexico may
have been damaged or destroyed. Lighted and
unlighted buoys may have been moved from their
charted positions, damaged, sunk, extinguished or
otherwise made inoperative.
4 Mariners should not rely completely upon the
position or operation of an aid to navigation, but
should also employ other methods of determining
position as may be available.
Wrecks and submerged obstructions may have been
moved from their charted locations and pipelines may
have become uncovered or moved due to the force of
storm surges.
5 Mariners should exercise caution and report aid to
navigation discrepancies and hazards to navigation to
the nearest US Coastguard Unit.
For the latest navigation information consult marine
safety information bulletins issued by local authorities
and US Coastguard.
NAVAREAIVCo-ordinator
(HH. 69A/200/02) [39/05]
IV
4.2
NP 72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
Pilot (1996 Edition) — Supplement 3 -2005
Russia, North Coast - Murmansk —
Directions; wreck
69
L48Replace by:
...cliffy slopes of a hill and W of an obstruction (1¾ miles
NNE) with a depth of 8⋅9 m over it, thence:
R 37 Existing Supplement amendment Add:
A second wreck, with a depth of 14⋅7 m over it, was
reported (2005) to lie close NW of the NW corner of berth
11 in the First Cargo Area, in position 68°58′⋅0N 33°02′⋅8E.
Russian Notice 28/3768/05
(HH. 306/420/06) [39/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Qiongzhou Haixia -
North Channel — Racon
227
Paragraph 7.61 1 line 2 Replace by:
...Dao Bach Long Vi, Xiuying and Hongkan. There is
also a racon at:
Qiongzhou Haixia North Channel Light -buoy
(20°31′⋅0N 110°56′⋅6E).
Chinese Notice 29/625/05
(HH. 548/424/05) [38/05]
China, South Coast - Hong Kong -
Discovery Bay — Prohibited anchorage
271
Paragraph 9.21 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
3 Prohibited anchorages. Prohibited anchorage areas,
see chart, are established as follows:
In a corridor 1 cable wide running ENE from Silver
Mine Bay (22°16′N 114°00′E) (9.36) to Hong
Kong Island. See also 9.46.
To the E of Discovery Bay (9.39) adjacent to the
Hong Kong Disneyland International Theme
Park.
273
Paragraph 9.39 3 line 2 Replace by:
...Discovery Bay, which appears to be free of dangers,
clear of the prohibited anchorage area (9.21).
Hong Kong Notice 15/26/05
(HH. 550/422/01) [38/05]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Sumatera, South Coast - Teluk Lampung -
Panjang — Dangerous wreck; obstruction
69
Paragraph 2.142 2 line 6 Replace by:
...Direction Light (5°27′⋅6S 105°18′⋅7E) (2.141), keeping
clear of a dangerous wreck, position approximate (5°28′⋅8S
105°18′⋅5E), and an obstruction (5°28′⋅7S 105°18′⋅0E).
DG SeaComm; BA Chart 2965
(HH. 525/500/03) [38/05]
4.1
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
West Coast - Approaches to Belmullet —
Navigation marks
[38/05]
347
Paragraph 11.187 1 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
2 A narrow ridge of rock (6 cables N of Claggan
Point), with depths of less than 1 m, is marked on
either side by a light -beacon.
Local knowledge is required.
351
Paragraph 11.221 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 About 2½ cables SW from the anchorage, shown on
the chart, a light -buoy (E cardinal) marks the NE
extremity of a drying spit and the N end of a buoyed
channel leading SSW, thence WNW, to Belmullet
(11.189).
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(HH. 292/400/04) [38/05]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Singapore Strait - Western Part -
Nipa Transit area — Dangerous wreck
215
Paragraph 7.37 3 line 4 Replace by:
...on the charts, keeping clear of a dangerous wreck
(1°11′⋅7N 103°32′⋅8E).
218
Paragraph 7.70 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
SSW of Western Boarding Ground A, 6 miles ESE
of Tanjung Piai Light, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (1°11′⋅7N 103°32′⋅8E),
thence:
DG Seacomm
(HH. 522/400/11) [38/05]
Sumatera, West Coast - Ujung Masang — Wreck
390
Paragraph 12.224 1 line 4 Replace by:
...SE passing clear of a dangerous wreck (0°25′⋅8S
99°47′⋅0E), thence midway between Karang Ingaris
(0°29′S...
After Paragraph 12.229 1 line 2 Insert:
NE of a dangerous wreck (0°25′⋅8S 99°47′⋅0E),
thence:
Indonesian Chart 359
(HH. 525/460/04) [38/05]

NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Chesapeake Bay — Anchorages
114
Paragraph 4.14 1 Replace by:
1 Quarantine inspection for all ports in Chesapeake
Bay and tributaries is conducted at Quarantine
Anchorage Q, 4 miles WNW of Cape Charles Harbor
(37°16′N 76°01′W). See 4.238a.
122
Paragraph 4.80 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
F General anchorage (1½ miles N). Reserved for
vessels with a draught of 13⋅7 m(45ft)ormore.It
contains anchorage berth F–1.
123
Paragraph 4.80 2 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
J General anchorage (2¾ miles WSW). Newport
News Middle Ground lies within this area.
Paragraph 4.80 3 Replace by:
3 K General anchorage (1½ miles WSW).
Anchorage berths K–1 and K–2 in the NE
part, are reserved for vessels greater than
152 m in length or with a draught exceeding
9⋅1 m (30ft).
L General anchorage (2 miles SW).
1
125
Paragraph 4.104 1-3 Replace by:
Hampton Roads anchorages are described at 4.79.
The following designated anchorage areas are
established in Elizabeth River. All are for general use
(with centres positioned from Town Point (36°50′⋅7N
76°17′⋅6W)):
M(1¾miles NW), W side of Port Norfolk Reach.
N (4 cables WNW), W side of Town Point Reach.
Paragraph 4.109 1 Replace by:
1 Quarantine is enforced in accordance with
regulations of United States Health Service. The
quarantine anchorage is 4 miles WNW of Cape
Charles Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′W). Vessels may also
be inspected at the berth. See 1.63 and 4.238a.
1
138
After Paragraph 4.238 Insert:
Anchorages and harbours
Quarantine anchorage
4.238a
Quarantine anchorage, Q, shown on the chart, has
been established 4 miles WNW of Cape Charles
Harbor (37°16′N 76°01′W). It contains two anchorage
berths, Q -1 and Q -2.
Quarantine inspection for all ports in Chesapeake
Bay and tributaries is conducted at this anchorage.
US Coast Pilot 3 Correction 29/05; 33 CFR §110.168
(HH. 078/552/08) [38/05]
IV
4.2
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Mexico - Isla Cozumel - San Miguel —
Anchorage; depth
112
Paragraph 5.92 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorage:
About 2 cables NW of Muelle Fiscal (20°30′⋅7N
86°57′⋅0W) in depths of 9 to 12 m.
Paragraph 5.92 2 line 2 For depth 5 m Read charted depth
3⋅3 m
Mexican Chart SM 922.5
(HH. 622/827/02) [38/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Denmark - Samsø - Vejrø — Beacon; directions
1
260
Paragraph 7.58 4 lines 4 -7 Delete
Paragraph 7.61 1-2 Replace by:
Lindholm Dyb. From a position about 10½ miles
NNW of Hatter Barn Light (55°53′N 10°50′E) (7.17),
the track leads S for about 5 miles, passing (positioned
from the light):
W of Vejrø Flak (6½ miles NNW), an extensive
shoal, marked by a buoy (W cardinal) and
connected to Vejrø by a narrow tongue of the
coastal bank, and:
2 E of Langballe Grund (7 miles NW), an isolated
patch.
From a position about 6½ miles NW of Hatter Barn
Light (55°53′N 10°50′E) (7.17), the line of bearing
326° astern of Ellemandsbjerg (56°07′⋅0N 10°31′⋅5E)
(7.54) leads through Lindholm Dyb, passing
1
(positioned from the light):
Paragraph 7.61 3 line 1 For (1½ miles WSW) Read
(5 miles WNW)
Paragraph 7.61 3 line 4 For (1 mile NW) Read (5 miles
NW)
Paragraph 7.62 1 Replace by:
From a position about 4¼ miles NW of Hatter Barn
Light (55°53′N 10°50′E) (7.17), the alignment (010°)
astern of the W point of Vejrø with Hjelm (11 miles
N) leads SSW for about 11 miles along the E coast of
Samsø, passing (positioned from the light):
Paragraph 7.62 2
(4½ miles WNW)
line 1 For (2½ miles SSW) Read
1
Paragraph 7.62 3 line 1 For (2¼ miles S) Read (3 miles
WNW)
Paragraph 7.62 3 line 2 Delete
Paragraph 7.62 3 line 3 Replace by:
ESE of a 3 m shoal (4½ miles W), at the SE...
Paragraph 7.63 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
Vejrø Sund. From a position about 7 miles N of
Hatter Barn Light (55°53′N 10°50′E) (7.17) on the
route leading W...
Paragraph 7.63 2 line 1 For (2 miles NNE) Read (5½ miles
NNW)
Paragraph 7.63 3 line 1 For (1 mile SE) Read (3½ miles
NNW)
Paragraph 7.63 4 Replace by:
4 The track joins the S end of the channel through
Lindholm Dyb in position 3½ miles NW of Hatter
Barn Light (55°53′N 10°50′E) (7.17), and follows the
same route to Lushage.
Danish Notice 32/804/05
(HH. 333/470/04) [37/05]
4.1
[37/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Gulf of Tonking - Tieshan
Gang — Depths; obstructions; berths; anchorage
225
Paragraph 7.46 1 line 6 Replace by:
...and has a least charted depth of 8⋅0 m.
Paragraph 7.46 2 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
...dangerous wrecks and obstructions lie in the approaches.
It should not be entered without local knowledge.
3 Outer anchorage. An outer anchorage area is
located NE of Tieshan Gang No 1 Light -buoy as
4
shown on the charts.
Tieshan Gang berths. Several berths lie close SSE
of Shitou Bu. The largest berth is:
Coal wharf: length 500 m, depth 7 to 10 m
alongside.
Anchorage in depths of 8 to 9 m may be obtained
off Shitou Bu.
Chinese chart 16721
(HH. 548/400/04) [37/05]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Indonesia - Pulau Bunguran - Selat Lampa —
Obstruction
78
Paragraph 3.67 3 line 3 Replace by:
...wide, thence:
NE of an obstruction (2 miles NW) lying on the
shoals to the S of the NW entrance to Selat
Lampa, thence:
To the anchorage (1¾ miles NW).
Paragraph 3.68 3 line 6 Replace by:
To the anchorage (1¾ miles NW) remaining clear of
an obstruction (3.67).
Indonesian chart 280
(HH. 553/490/03) [37/05]

NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2002 Edition)
Portugal - Setúbal — Directions
170
Paragraph 5.389 2 line 3 For (295°) Read (295¼°)
Paragraph 5.390 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Canal Norte continues as a narrow channel, suitable
forvesselsdrawingupto4⋅5m depending on the tide,
and leads SE for about 2¼ miles to join Canal Sul
(5.391). The entrance to the...
Paragraph 5.391 1 lines 6 -7 For Cais Navais de Tróia Read
Tróia Naval Quay
Paragraph 5.391 2 line 1 For S of the light -buoy Read Sof
João Farto Light -buoy
Paragraph 5.391 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
NE of a wreck with a least depth of 15⋅3 m (3 cables
NNW).
Paragraph 5.391 3 Delete
Paragraph 5.392 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of No 8 Light -buoy (2 miles E of
Tróia Naval Quay), Canal Sul continues in a channel
about 300 m...
Paragraph 5.392 1 line 6 For Setenave Read Lisnave
Shipyard
BA Charts 3259; 3260
(HH. 067/200/01) [37/05]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Barnegat Inlet to Absecon Inlet — Directions
63
Paragraph 3.27 3 lines 1 -3 Delete
Paragraph 3.27 4 lines 2 -3 Delete
US Chart 12300
(HH. 614/525/03) [37/05]
South Carolina - Port Royal — Bridges
256
Paragraph 8.149 1 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
A fixed bridge with a vertical clearance of 19⋅8 m
(65 ft) and a horizontal clearance of 33⋅5 m
(110 ft) spans the river 1½ miles above the
junction with Battery Creek.
BA Chart 2805
(HH. 069/200/01) [37/05]
IV
4.2
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
International charts — International boundaries
and national limits
4
After Paragraph 1.18 2 Insert:
1.18a
1 International boundaries and national limits
shown on modified reproductions are the responsibility
of the country of origin. The portrayal of these limits
does not imply United Kingdom recognition.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/05) [37/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Angola - Kizomba Terminal — Waiting area;
development
196
Paragraph 7.16 2 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
Waiting area. A tanker waiting area is established
within a circle radius 1½ miles centred on 6°16′⋅7N
10°59′⋅0E.
196
After Paragraph 7.18 1 Insert:
Kizomba B Terminal
General information
7.18a
1 Position and function. Kizomba B Terminal,
situated about 68 miles offshore, comprises an FPSO
(6°21′⋅2S 11°09′⋅1E), a CALM buoy moored 1¼ miles
NNW of the FPSO, a wellhead platform and
associated subsea wells.
Terminal authority. Esso Exploration Angola
(Block 15) Ltd.
Limiting conditions
7.18b
1 Local weather and sea state. See 7⋅10.
Arrival information
7.18c
1 Terminal operations. Mooring is carried out
between 0600 and 1500. Unberthing takes place at any
time.
Notice of ETA: 72 hours, thereafter periodically.
Large changes to ETA should also be advised. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signal Volume 6 (3).
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards 4½ miles
NNW of the FPSO as shown on the chart.
Tugs are available.
2 Waiting area within a circle radius 1½ miles
centred on 6°12′S 11°10′E.
Restricted area. A circular area with a radius of
4 miles centred on the FPSO. This area overlaps with
the restricted area surrounding Kizomba A Terminal
(7.14); vessels may not enter or pass between
Kizomba A and Kizomba B Terminals without
permission of the Mooring Master.
Terminal
7.18d
1 General. Light exhibited from the FPSO, which is
also fitted with a racon. Lights are exhibited from the
platform and CALM buoy.
Services
7.18e
1 See 7.18.
Esso Angola
(HH. 447/180/11) [36/05]
4.1
[36/05]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
California - San Francisco Bay - North Point —
Wreck
341
Paragraph 10.86 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in the E -bound traffic lane S of
Alcatraz...
Paragraph 10.86 1 lines 5 -6 Delete
BA Chart 588; US Chart 18652
(HH. 612/420/06) [36/05]
California - San Francisco Bay - Redwood Creek
—Depth
348
Paragraph 10.153 1 line 2 For 9⋅1 m(30ft)Read 8⋅1 m
(26½ ft)
US Chart 18652
(HH. 612/425/05) [36/05]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Turkey - North approaches to stanbul BoÔazi —
Dangerous wreck
107
After Paragraph 2.397 1 Insert:
2 Caution. A dangerous wreck exists in the SE
corner of the passenger and dry cargo vessel
anchorage area, 1½ miles ENE of Dalyan Burnu Light
(4.15).
Turkish Notice 32/133/05
(HH. 391/410/03) [36/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Langstone Harbour — Pilotage
203
Paragraph 7.118 2 lines 4 -9 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 48 m LOA
and over and vessels of 20 m LOA and over carrying
more than 12 passengers. Pilotage is provided by the
Portsmouth Pilotage Service (7.14) on behalf of
Langstone Harbour Board. ETA at the pilot station,
1½ miles S of Langstone Fairway Light -beacon, and
requests for pilotage should be sent to Langstone
Harbour Master 24 hours in advance.
Langstone Harbour Board
(HH. 232/660/06) [36/05]

NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Sarawak - Kuala Igan; Kuala Balingian —
Lights
107
Paragraph 4.253 2 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...change. A third light stands 5 cables WNW of Kuala
Igan Light.
108
Paragraph 4.256 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 14/05 Replace by:
1 General information. Kuala Balingian (3°00′N
112°35′E), forms the mouth of Batang Balingian. The
channel lies between drying sandbanks which extend
about 1 mile N from both sides of the river entrance.
A light stands on the NW extremity of the drying
bank E of the channel. Two stranded wrecks lie close
S and E of the light. A light -buoy (isolated danger)
marks these wrecks. The entrance is marked on the E
bank by Kuala Balingian Light (white triangle, point
up, on white metal framework tower, 18 m in height).
The channel has a least charted depth of 0⋅2 m but is
liable to change. Fallen tree trunks present a hazard to
navigation in the approach to, and within the river.
Sarawak Marine Department Notice 51/05
(HH. 519/600/05) [36/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast – Chang Jiang and
approaches; Huangpu Jiang; Shanghai — Traffic
Separation Schemes; channels; buoyage;
pilotage; anchorages; lights; regulations
198
Paragraph 6.25 7 - 10 Including Continuity Legend Replace
by:
7 Thence if proceeding to the A4 NNW -going lane
of the Changjiang Kou TSS the track leads NNW,
IV
4.2
passing (with positions from Huaniao Shan Light
(30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E) (6.22)):
WSW of an explosives dumping area (22 miles ESE)
(6.20), thence:
8 ENE of Bixiashan (7¼ miles SE), 158 m high.
Huang Jiao, a group of three small islets and
numerous rocks in the centre of Maan
Liedao, lies 2¼ miles WSW. The centre islet
is 54 m high and precipitous on its S and W
sides. Chang Hsu, an islet, 1½ miles farther
NW, has a remarkable needle rock, 6 m high,
near its S end and two pillar rocks, 18 m
high, 2½ cables S. Another islet, Jilongshan,
1 mile farther N, is 63 m high, has steep
rocky sides and a sharp summit. Thence:
9 WSW of a dangerous wreck (15 miles E).
The track then continues to a position about
11 miles E of Huaniao Shan (6.28).
10 If proceeding on the offshore route vessels may
pass E or W of Hai Jiao, thence the track leads N,
passing:
E or W of the explosives dumping area above,
thence;
E of the dangerous wreck above, thence:
11 To a position E of Huaniao Shan (see above).
(Directions for the offshore route continue at 7.9
and for Changjiang Kou TSS at 7.22a)
222
Paragraph 6.202 12 Including Continuity Legend Replace
by:
12 Thence the track leads to a position ENE of
Beidingxing Dao (30°45′N 122°23′E) from where a
direct approach can be made to the C3 NNW -going
lane of Changjiang Kou TSS (7.22a).
(Direction for the route N of
Zhoushan Qundao are given at 6.212
and for Changjiang Kou at 7.22a)
231 -233
Paragraphs 7.4 1 -7.19 8 Including headings Replace by:
OFFSHORE ROUTE — HUANIAO SHAN TO CHANGJIANGKOU BEIJIAO
INCLUDING OUTER APPROACHES TO CHANG JIANG
General information
Charts 2412, 1199
Routes
7.4
1 From a position E of Huaniao Shan (30°51′N
122°40′E), the route leads N for about 50 miles to a
position E of Changjiangkou Beijiao (31°42′N
121°52′E) passing well E of the Changjiang Kou TSS
complex. The TSS may be approached direct from sea.
Depths
7.5
1 Depths in approaches to Chiangjiang Kou TSS are
greater than 30 m, but to the E of 123°20′E numerous
shoal depths, least depth 7⋅3 m, dangerous wrecks and
obstructions are charted out to the E limit of the book
(1.1). Mariners proceeding on offshore routes E of
123°20′E or approaching the TSS from seaward should
take due care.
Submarine cables
7.6
1 Numerous submarine cables extend seaward in this
area as shown on the chart.
Principal marks
7.7
1 Landmarks:
HuaniaoShan(30°51′N 122°40′E).
Jigu Jiao (31°10°⋅4N 122°22′⋅9E).
Sheshan Dao (31°25′⋅4N 122°14′⋅4E) (7.21).

2 Major lights:
Huaniao Shan Light (30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E) (6.22).
Jigu Jiao Light (31°10°⋅4N 122°22′⋅9E) (7.21).
Sheshan Dao Light (31°25′⋅4N 122°14′⋅4E) (7.21).
Other aids to navigation
7.8
1 Racons:
Changjiang
122°28′⋅1E).
Kou Light -float (31°06′⋅1N
Changjiangkou Beijiao (31°41′⋅6N 121°52′⋅8E) (not
charted).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 6.25)
Huaniao Shan to Changjiangkou Beijiao E of TSS
7.9
1 From a position E of Huaniao Shan (30°51′N
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1199, 1602
Area covered
7.10
1 This section describes Changjiang Kou, the estuary
of the Chang Jiang, and the approaches to and port of
Shanghai.
The section is arranged as follows:
Approaches to Shanghai (7.14).
Shanghai (7.32).
Description
7.11
1 Changjiang Kou, lying between Nanhui Zui
(30°52′N 121°55′E) and Changjiangkou Beijiao
49 miles N, has three main channels, Beicao Shuidao
and Nancao Shuidao, flowing out of Nangang Shuidao,
and Beigang Shuidao. The channels are divided by a
number of low-lying, highly cultivated and well
populated islands, and a series of shoals and drying
mud flats including Hengsha Qiantan (31°19′N
122°05′E) and Jiuduan Sha (31°11′N 122°00′E).
2 Shanghai lies on the Huangpu Jiang which flows
into Chang Jiang.
For general information on Chang Jiang and
Changjiang Kou see 7.73 to 7.85.
Spare
7.12
Spare
7.13
APPROACHES TO SHANGHAI
General information
Charts 1602, 1603
Routes
7.14
1 Outer approaches to precautionary areas B and
C. Changjiang Kou (7.11) is approached through a
IV
SHANGHAI AND APPROACHES
4.3
122°40′E) (6.28) the track leads N, passing (with
positions from Jigu Jiao Light (31°10°⋅4N
122°22′⋅9E)):
2 E of Huaniao Shan Light (24 miles SE) (6.22),
thence:
E of the Changjiang Kou TSS complex (20 miles
ESE) (7.22a), thence:
E of Jigu Jiao Light (7.21), thence:
E of Sheshan Dao Light (7.21).
3 The track then leads to a position well E of
Changjiangkou Beijiao (40 miles NW) (7.22a).
(Directions continue at 8.16)
Approaches to Changjiang Kou TSS
7.9a
1 The TSS complex may be approached from seaward
from N, NE, E or SE, see 7.22a and 6.25.
(Directions continue at 7.22a)
TSS complex including three precautionary areas as
shown on the chart. See also 7.22a.
7.14a
1 Inner approaches.
Beicao Shuidao (deep water route) (7.23). From
precautionary area B (31°06′⋅0N 122°29′⋅5E),
the route leads generally WNW for about
43 miles to Nangang Shuidao. This route is for
vessels constrained by their draught from using
Nancao Shuidao.
2 Training walls and breakwaters, marked by
lights, extend on both banks between 16 and
18 miles ESE from Nangang Shuidao. Works
were in progress (2004) to extend them about
10 miles farther SE.
7.14b
1 Nancao Shuidao via Nancao Hangdao (main
route) (7.25). From precautionary area C
(31°00′⋅0N 122°29′⋅5E), the route leads
generally WNW for about 45 miles to
Nangang Shuidao. Nancao Shuidao is the
main navigational channel through Changjiang
Kou.
2 Nancao Shuidao via Nanzhi Hangdao
(alternative route) (7.27). From the Nanzhi
Light-vessel (30°58′⋅3N 122°11′⋅4E), the route
leads generally NW for about 17 miles to join
the main channel for a further 16 miles.
3 Nangang Shuidao (7.27a). From where the
above routes join, Nangang Shuidao leads a
further 10 miles WNW to a position off the
the mouth of the Huangpu Jiang (31°24′N
121°31′E).
4 Beigang Shuidao (7.28) is an unmarked shallow
channel lying N of the other channels.
Topography
7.15
1 The SW shore of Changjiang Kou, from Nanhui
Zui (30°52′N 121°55′E) to the entrance of Huangpu
Jiang, 38 miles NNW, is low, well wooded, cultivated
and partly embanked. In the estuary are a number of

low-lying islands, and a series of shoals and drying
mud flats.
Depths
7.15a
1 Outer Approaches to precautionary areas B and
C. An obstruction lies 5 cables NW of the SW -going
A2 traffic lane, and a dangerous wreck, the position of
which is approximate, lies in the NW -going A4 traffic
lane. With these exceptions the limiting depths are in
the inner approaches (7.15b) and anchorages (7.17a).
7.15b
1 Inner Approaches
Beicao Shuidao (7.23) via B1 traffic lane has a least
charted depth in the buoyed channel of 7⋅8 m.The
designed channel depth is 8⋅5 m with a sea bed
channel width of 300 m. The maximum draught
allowable is dependant on the height of tide and a
minimum under keel clearance of 0⋅7 m.
Beicao Shuidao is only for vessels too deep to use
Nancao Shuidao.
2 Nancao Shuidao via Nancao Hangdao (7.25)
via C5 traffic lane has a least charted depth
in the buoyed channel of 5⋅3 m, although
lesser swept depths exist near the channel
edges.
Nancao Shuidao via Nanzhi Hangdao (7.27). The
buoyed channel is encumbered with a number of
wrecks, over which the least swept depth is 4⋅2 m.
3 Nangang Shuidao (7.27a) has a least depth of
12⋅0 m on the N side of the channel and
11⋅3 m if entering from Nancao Shuidao.
Beigang Shuidao (7.28) is a channel with a least
charted depth in the fairway of about 5 m, but
encumbered by shoals and wrecks.
4 C1 traffic lane between precautionary areas B
and C has a 9⋅7 m shoal patch (reported
1931) in the S approach, and a dangerous
wreck in the N -going traffic lane.
Caution. see 7.15c.
Buoyage
7.15c
1 The navigational channels, with the exception of
Beigang Shuidao (7.28), are well marked by
light -buoys (lateral and safe water). Banks, channels
and routes are subject to constant change and buoys
may be moved accordingly. Light -buoys are frequently
extinguished by bad weather. See also note on chart.
Tidal Levels
7.15d
1 At Nancao Hangdao (31°06′N 122°01′E) mean
spring range is about 3⋅5 m; mean neap range about
1⋅1 m. For details see Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 4.
Fishing
7.16
1 There are usually large numbers of fishing craft and
fishing nets, indicated by their bamboo framework
supports, in the vicinity of Jigu Jiao (31°10°⋅4N
122°22′⋅9E). It is almost impossible to avoid them at
night, and the locality should be given a wide berth.
IV
1
Notice of ETA
7.17
Vessels bound for Shanghai or ports in Chang Jiang
should send their ETA 5 to 7 days, 72, 48 and
24 hours before arrival, and also 4 miles before
reaching precautionary area A (31°06′N 122°41′E)
(7.22a). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Outer anchorages
7.17a
1 There are a number of anchorages in the
approaches to Changjiang Kou as follows:
Anchorage Position Remarks
4.4
Changjiang
KouNo1
No2Pilot
Anchorage
Changjiang
KouNo2
Changjiang
KouNo3
No1Pilot
Anchorage
31°08′N
122°34′E
31°05′N
122°34′E
31°04′N
122°35′E
31°00′N
122°34′E
31°05′N
122°26′E
For Chinese vessels; depths
16 to 23 m
Depths 13 to 17 m
Depths 12 to15 m. A dangerous
wreck lies close W.
Depths 13 to 16 m
Depths 9 to 10 m. A dangerous
wreck, the position of
which is approximate,
marked by two light -buoys
(isolated danger), lies close
inside the E boundary.
2 The anchorages are exposed but the holding ground
is good.
Pilotage
7.18
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The
pilot boarding positions for Shanghai and Baoshan (for
Chang Jiang) are:
Pilot Anchorage No 2, 31°05′N 122°34′E
Pilot Anchorage No 1, 31°05′N 122°26′E.
In bad weather conditions pilots may board by
helicopter,
positions.
or in the channels W of the above
2 Pilots for the upriver ports including Zhangjia Gang
(31°58′N 120°24′E) (7.100), Nantong (32°00′N
120°49′E) (7.109), Zhenjiang (32°13′N 119°26′E)
(7.125), and Nanjing (32°05′N 118°44′E) (7.136)
3
board S of Baoshan large vessel anchorage (31°32′N
121°23′E). See also 7.78a.
Deep Sea Pilots for Hangzhou Wan (6.214) are also
provided off Changjiang Kou Light -float (31°06′⋅1N
122°28′⋅1E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Vessel traffic service
7.18a
1 A VTS is in operation which is mandatory for all
foreign vessels, and for most domestic vessels,
covering Chiangjiang Kou, Chiang Jiang to Shanghai
Harbour upper limits, and Huangpu Jiang. For full
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
1
Volume 6 (4).
Traffic regulations
7.19
Traffic separation schemes. TSSs are established
in Changjiang Kou and the approach to Wusong Kou

(7.57a). These TSSs are not IMO -adopted. The
Chinese Authorities advise that principles for the use
of the routeing system defined in Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) apply.
2 Entry regulations. Vessels are not permitted to
enter the estuary unless permission has been given by
the Harbour Authority.
3 Beicao Shuidao (7.23) is only for use by vessels
which cannot use the channels in Nancao Shuidao
because of their draught. In the narrow section of
Beicao Hangdao overtaking and stopping are
prohibited and speed should be reduced.
Vessels commence passage inwards between 3 hours
and 2 hours before HW at Hengsha Dao (31°18′N
121°50′E), and outwards between 2 hours and 1 hour
before HW.
4 Nancao Shuidao (7.25) should be used by all
vessels, except those too deep which will use Beicao
Shuidao (above).
5 Nanzhi Hangdao (7.27) should only be used by
vessels of a draught and tonnage of less than 4 m and
2000 dwt.
Prohibited area. Navigation is prohibited within a
500 m radius of Changjiang Kou Light -float
(31°06′⋅1N 122°28′⋅1E).
233 -235
Paragraphs 7.21 1-7.27 7 Replace by:
Principal marks
7.21
1 Landmarks:
Daji Shan (30°48′⋅6N 122°10′⋅4E) (6.46).
Sheshan Dao (31°25′⋅4N 122°14′⋅4E), with steep
sides. From NNE the islet appears flat-topped
with the highest part to the E. From E it appears as
a peak and from about 5 miles SE it appears as
two islets, the W being the smaller. It is seldom
sighted by vessels entering Chang Jiang from
the S.
2 Offshore marks:
Nanzhi Light-vessel (red hull, name on sides)
(30°58′⋅3N 122°11′⋅4E).
Nancao Light-vessel (31°00′⋅3N 122°28′⋅1E).
Changjiang Kou Light -float (red hull, name on
sides) (31°06′⋅1N 122°28′⋅1E).
Jiuduan Light -float (metal pillar beacon on red hull,
name on sides) (31°07′⋅6N 121°55′⋅0E).
3 Major lights:
Huaniao Shan Light (30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E) (6.22).
Jigu Jiao Light (white round GRP tower with red
bands, 9 m in height) (31°10°⋅4N 122°22′⋅9E).
Sheshan Dao Light (black round tower, white
dwelling, 17 m in height (31°25′⋅4N
122°14′⋅4E).
Hengsha Dao Light (white 4 -sided concrete tower,
57 m in height) (31°18′⋅0N 121°50′⋅8E).
Daji Shan Light (30°48′⋅6N 122°10′⋅4E) (6.34).
Other aids to navigation
7.22
1 Racons:
Huaniao Shan Light (30°51′⋅7N 122°40′⋅3E).
Changjiangkou Beijiao (31°41′⋅6N 121°52′⋅8E) (not
charted).
IV
4.5
Nanzhi Light-vessel (30°58′⋅3N 122°11′⋅4E).
Nancao Light-vessel (31°00′⋅3N 122°28′⋅1E).
Changjiang Kou Light -float (31°06′⋅1N
122°28′⋅1E).
Jiuduan Light -float (31°07′⋅6N 121°55′⋅0E).
2 Niupi Jiao Light -beacon (31°08′⋅5N 122°15′⋅1E).
Nanzhi Hangdao Light -beacon (31°15′⋅9N
121°45′⋅0E).
Yuanyuansha Light -float (31°19′⋅3N 121°42′⋅2E).
Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31°23′⋅8N 121°31′⋅1E).
Zhongyan Sha (31°29′⋅7N 121°29′⋅3E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Directions for Changjiang Kou
(continued from 6.25 and 7.9a)
Charts 2412, 1199, 1602
Outer TSS to Precautionary area A
7.22a
1 Changjiang Kou (7.11) is approached through a
TSS complex including three precautionary areas as
shown on the chart, see also 7.14.
The outer precautionary area A (31°06′N 122°41E)
is approached via one of 4 pairs of unmarked traffic
lanes, each about 10 miles in length:
2 From SE. From the vicinity of 30°52′N
122°53′E the track leads NW via A4 traffic
lane, and keeping clear of a dangerous wreck
(30°59′⋅2N 122°48′⋅0E), the position of which
is approximate.
From E. From the vicinity of 31°06′N 123°00′°Ethe
track leads W via A3 traffic lane.
3 From NE. From the vicinity of 31°19′N
122°54′E the track leads SW via A2 traffic
lane.
From N. From a position well E of Changjiangkou
Beijiao (31°42′N 121°52′E), which is low lying
with no identifiable marks except a racon (7.22),
the track leads S or SSW for about 20 miles to the
vicinity of 31°24′N 122°40′E. The track then
leads S via A1 traffic lane; an 18 m shoal patch
lies at 31°10′⋅5N 122°42′⋅0E in the N -going lane.
4 B2 traffic lane then leads W for vessels bound for
Beicao Shuidao (7.23), Changjiang Kou No 1
Anchorage and No 1 Pilot Anchorage, and
alternatively:
5 C2 traffic lane leads WSW for vessels bound for
Nancao Shuidao via Nancao Hangdao (7.25) and other
outer anchorages.
Chart 1602
Approaches to Beicao Shuidao (deep water route)
7.22b
1 From the outer precautionary area A (31°06′N
122°41E) the track leads W for about 10 miles via B2
traffic lane to precautionary area B, marked on its
W edge by Changjiang Kou Light -float (31°06′⋅1N
122°28′⋅1E) (7.21).
A dangerous wreck, the position of which is
approximate, and marked by a light -buoy (N cardinal)
lies close NW of precautionary area B.
Changjiang Kou No 1 Anchorage (7.17a) can be
approached directly from B2 traffic lane.
(Directions for Beicao Shuidao continue at 7.23)

Approaches to Nancao Shuidao via Nancao
Hangdao (main route)
7.22c
1 From the outer precautionary area A (31°06′N
122°41E) the track leads WSW for about 12 miles via
C2 traffic lane to precautionary area C, marked on its
W edge by Nancao Light-vessel (31°00′⋅3N
122°28′⋅1E) (7.21).
An isolated 9⋅7 m shoal (reported 1931) lies in N
part of the precautionary area.
2 No 2 Pilot Anchorage (7.17a) and Changjiang Kou
Nos 2 and 3 Anchorages can be approached directly
from C2 traffic lane.
3 Precautionary area C (31°00′⋅0N 122°29′⋅5E) can
also be approached as follows:
From N. From Precautionary area B (31°06′⋅0N
122°29′⋅5E) the track leads S for about 6 miles
via C1 traffic lane; for vessels proceeding N a
dangerous wreck (31°03′⋅3N 122°30′⋅5E) lies
3 cables E of the N -going lane.
4 From SSE. (continued from 6.202) From the
vicinity of 30°51′N 122°33′E the track leads
NNW for about 9 miles via C3 traffic lane.
From SW. From the vicinity of 30°51′N 122°20′E
the track leads NE for about 9 miles via C4 traffic
lane.
(Directions for Nancao Shuidao via Nancao
Hangdao continue at 7.25)
Approaches to Nancao Shuidao via Nanzhi
Hangdao (alternative route)
7.22d
1 Nanzhi Hangdao. Nanzhi Light-vessel (30°58′⋅3N
122°11′⋅4E) (7.21), marks the entrance for this route
for smaller vessels (see 7.19) and is approached direct
from between the E and S inshore of the outer TSS
complex (7.14).
2 A number of light -buoys (isolated danger) are
moored S and E of the light -vessel. Three stranded
wrecks lie 2 miles WNW of Nanzhi Light-vessel on
Tongsha Shazui.
(Directions for Nancao Shuidao via Nanzhi
Hangdao continue at 7.27)
Directions for Beicao Shuidao
(continued from 7.22b)
Changjiang Kou Light -float to Nangang Shuidao
7.23
1 Beicao Shuidao (deep water route) is only for
vessels constrained by their draught from using
Nancao Shuidao, see 7.19. The route comprises an
outer section, which is part of the TSS (7.22a), Beicao
Hangdao, Changjiangkou Shenshuihangdao and
Yuanyuansha Hangdao to enter Nangang Shuidao. The
channels are marked by light -buoys (lateral). For
depths see 7.15b.
2 From precautionary area B (31°06′⋅0N 122°29′⋅5E)
the track leads W through B1 traffic lane thence
generally WNW for about 43 miles, passing (with
positions from Niupi Jiao Light -beacon (31°08′⋅5N
122°15′⋅1E)):
3 Close N of Changjiang Kou Light -float
(11¼ miles ESE) (7.21), thence:
IV
S of Jigu Jiao (7 miles ENE), a group of large rocks
the largest of which is 12 m high. A light (7.7) is
exhibited from the rocks. Thence:
S of D9 Light -buoy (5¾ miles ESE) at the W end of
the TSS, thence:
N of D12 Light -buoy (3¾ miles SE).
1
7.23a
Beicao Hangdao. The track then leads NW through
Beicao Hangdao, passing:
SW of Niupi Jiao Light -beacon (S cardinal, racon)
marking the SE edge of an area encumbered by a
dangerous wreck, Niupi Jiao, a rock awash, and
an obstruction, the base of a former light-beacon,
the position of which is approximate. Thence:
2 Between the Works in Progress (2004) areas
(5 miles WNW) (see 7.14a); the N area
marked by light -buoys (special), thence:
SW of D 25 Light -buoy (starboard hand) (10 miles
WNW).
1
7.23b
Changjiangkou Shenshuihangdao. The track then
leads WNW through Changjiangkou Shenshuihangdao,
passing (with positions from Hengsha Dao Light
(31°18′⋅0N 121°50′⋅8E)):
SSW of Beicao Anchorage (10½ miles ESE)
2
(7.27c), thence:
NNE of Beicaozhong Light -beacon (9¼ miles
ESE), thence:
SSW of Hengsha Dao Light (7.21), standing
near the S point of Hengsha Dao. A
conspicuous L-shaped jetty, about 950 m in
length, lies close W of the S point of
Hengsha Dao; it is reported as being no
longer used. A traffic control tower stands
close to the root of the jetty. Works are in
progress (2004) 1¼ miles WNW of the pier.
Thence:
3 SSW of Hengsha Anchorages (2 miles W)
(7.27c), thence:
SSW of the S entrance to Hengsha Tongdao
(2¾ miles WNW), which separates Changxing
Dao from Hengsha Dao, thence:
1
7.23c
Yuanyuansha Hangcao. The track continues WNW
through Yuanyuansha Hangcao, passing:
SSW of the S point of Changxing Dao (4 miles
WNW), which extends 13 miles NW, thence:
NNE of the NW extremity of the S training wall
(5 miles W).
2 The track then continues to a position N of
Yuanyuansha Light -float (7½ miles WNW) (7.22)
where the channel is joined by Nancao Shuidao (7.26)
to enter Nangang Shuidao.
(Directions for Nangang Shuidao
continue at 7.27a)
Spare
7.24
Directions for Nancao Shuidao via Nancao
Hangdao
(continued from 7.22c)
Nancao Light Vessel to Jiuduan Light-float
7.25
1 Nancao Shuidao (main route) should be used by
all vessels except those too deep, which will use
Beicao Shuidao, see 7.23. The route comprises an
4.6

outer section which is part of the TSS (7.22a), thence
via Nancao Hangdao, and Nangang Zhihangdao to
enter Nangang Shuidao. The outer channel in this
section is marked by centreline light -buoys (safe
water). For depths see 7.15b
2 From precautionary area C (31°00′⋅0N 122°29′⋅5E)
the track leads generally WNW via C5 traffic lane
thence NW for about 46 miles, passing:
3 Close NNE of Nancao Light-vessel (31°00′⋅3N
122°28′⋅1E) (7.21), thence:
Close NNE of a wreck with a swept depth of 7⋅0 m
lying in the separation zone 4 cables WNW of
S5 Light -buoy (31°02′⋅0N 122°19′⋅6E).
4 Nancao Hangdao. The track then leads NW
through Nancao Hangdao, passing (with positions from
Hengsha Dao Light (31°18′⋅0N 121°50′⋅8E)):
Over the least channel depths of 5⋅3 mto5⋅5 m
between S12 Light -buoy (safe water) (21 miles
SE) and S15 Light -buoy (safe water) 4 miles
WNW.
5 The track then continues to a position close NE of
Jiuduan Light -float (7.21) (11 miles SSE) where the
channel is joined by Nanzhi Hangdao (7.27) to enter
Nangang Zhihangdao.
Jiuduan Light-float to Nangang Shuidao
(also continued from 7.27)
7.26
1 Nangang Zhihangdao is the section of Nancao
Shuidao above where Nancao Hangdao (7.25) and
Nanzhi Hangdao (7.27) join and extends 16 miles NW
to Nangang Shuidao. The channel is marked by
light -buoys (lateral) with a least depth of 5⋅7 m in the
centre of the channel, but shoal patches and wrecks lie
on or close to the channel boundary, see also 7.15b.
2 From a position close NE or SW of Jiuduan
Light -float (31°07′⋅6N 121°55′⋅0E) the track continues
NW through Nangang Zhihangdao, passing (with
positions from Hengsha Dao Light (31°18′⋅0N
121°50′⋅8E)):
3 SW of a stranded wreck (6 miles S), the position
of which is approximate, thence:
NE of the Small Vessel Anchorages (6¼ miles SSW)
(7.27c), thence:
NE of a light -beacon (5½ miles WSW) (7.22),
which marks a sewer, thence:
SW of a dangerous wreck (5¾ miles WSW);
A51 Light -buoy (starboard hand) lies close N.
4 The track then continues to a position SW of
Yuanyuansha Light -float (7½ miles WNW) (7.22),
where the channel is joined by Beicao Shuidao
(7.23c), to enter Nangang Shuidao.
(Directions continue at 7.27a)
Directions for Nancao Shuidao via Nanzhi
Hangdao
(continued from 7.22d)
Nanzhi Light Vessel to Jiuduan Light-float
7.27
1 Nanzhi Hangdao (alternative route) leads WNW
from Nanzhi Light -vessel (30°58′⋅3N 122°11′⋅4E) to
join Nancao Hangdao, the main channel through
Nancao Shuidao at Jiuduan Light -float (7.21), 17 miles
NW. It is for vessels with a draught less than 4 m, and
a reported (2005) maximum tonnage of 2000 dwt. The
IV
4.7
channel is marked by light -buoys (lateral). In the
centre of the channel the least swept depth is 4⋅2 m
over a wreck, but many wrecks and an obstruction lie
on or close to the channel boundary. See also 7.15b.
(Directions continue at 7.26)
Directions for Nangang Shuidao
(continued from 7.23b and 7.26)
Yuanyuansha Light -float to Huangpu Jiang and
Baoshan Shuidao
7.27a
1 Nangang Shuidao is the channel from the
confluence of the Beicao Shuidao (7.23) and Nancao
Shuidao (7.25) to the entrance of Huangpu Jiang
2
(7.58), and Baoshan Shuidao (7.92) which leads up
Chang Jiang (7.75).
The channel, between 4 and 10 cables in width, is
marked by light -buoys (lateral); for depths see 7.15b.
On the S bank of the river are numerous berths and
areas of works in progress (2004); immediately N of
the buoyed channel are 11 anchorage areas.
3 From a position N or SW of Yuanyuansha
Light -float (31°19′⋅3N 121°42′⋅2E) the track leads
WNW for about 9½ miles, passing (with positions
from Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31°23′⋅8N
4
121°31′⋅1E)):
SSW of the anchorages Nos 1 to 11 (7.27c).
The track then continues to a position SSW of
No 61 Light -buoy (starboard hand) (2½ miles E) NE
of Wusong Kou precautionary area (7.57a).
Useful mark
7.27b
1 Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31°23′⋅8N 121°31′⋅1E)
(7.58).
(Directions continue for the river passage at 7.92
and for entering Huangpu Jiang at 7.57)
River anchorages
General information
7.27c
1 There are many anchorages in the channels and
river between the outer pilot stations and the entrance
to Huangpu Jiang. For outer anchorages see 7.17a. The
river anchorages are given with positions from
Hengsha Dao Light (31°18′⋅0N 121°50′⋅8E).
2 Beicao Shuidao
Beicao Anchorage (10 miles ESE), N of
D27 Light -buoy (starboard hand), depth about
6⋅7 m, a waiting anchorage for large vessels
awaiting the tide or improved visibility.
3 Hengsha Anchorages (2 miles W) The middle
anchorage is for tankers and dangerous
cargoes. Three anchorages for vessels waiting
for the tide, berthing instructions or weather
improvement, consist of three areas between
Light -buoys D37 and D41 (starboard hand),
with depths from 6 m to 13 m, mud and sand.
A prohibited anchorage area exists in the N
of the Hengsha East Anchorage off the
Hengsha Dao jetty (7.23b). The middle
anchorage is for tankers and dangerous
cargoes.
4 Nancao Shuidao
Small Vessel Anchorages Nos 1 and 2 (6 miles
SSW), between Light -buoys A40 and A44 (port

hand); depths 3 m to 7 m; a 3⋅6 m patch lies on
the NE boundary of No 2 anchorage.
5 Nangang Shuidao
Anchorages Nos 1 to 11 (9 miles to 18 miles WNW)
between Light -buoys Nos 51 and 65 in depths of
4 m (No 11) to 16 m. Only anchorages Nos 8 and
9 are available for vessels in international trade.
The anchorage is under control of Wusong VTS,
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Barge anchorage (31°23′⋅2N 121°32′⋅4E).
6 Caution. All the above anchorages, with exception
of the barge anchorage, are immediately adjacent to
traffic lanes. Depths and positions of buoys in
anchorages are subject to change; vessels are liable to
drag anchor and should use a good scope of cable and
be vigilant.
For tidal streams in Huangpu Jiang see 7.56.
235
Paragraphs 7.29 -7.31 Replace by:
Spare
7.29
Spare
7.30
Spare
7.31
236 -237
Paragraphs 7.44 -7.50 Replace by:
Notice of ETA required
7.44
1 For details see 7.17.
Traffic separation schemes
7.44a
1 TSSs are established in the approaches to
Changjiang Kou and Wusong Kou, see 7.19.
Anchorages
7.45
1 For anchorages in the rivers and channels below
Huangpu Jiang entrance see 7.27c, and for outer
anchorages see 7.17a.
In Huangpu Jiang there are no anchorages for
vessels larger than 1000 dwt.
2 Prohibited areas. There are a number of charted
areas in Huangpu Jiang where anchoring and fishing
are prohibited due to the existence of submarine cables
or pipelines. The areas are marked by distinctive
sign-boards on each bank of the river. Anchoring
within 10 m of the marked areas is prohibited.
Anchoring is also prohibited in the vicinity of various
tunnels.
Pilotage
7.46
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours in
the outer approaches to Chiangjiang Kou Light -vessel,
see 7.18.
IV
4.8
Tugs
7.47
1 Tugs are available.
Traffic regulations
7.48
1 Vessel traffic service. A VTS is in operation, see
7.18a.
Traffic regulations. The following regulations
apply in Huangpu Jiang:
2 Speed must be regulated so that no damage is
done to the wharves, banks, any kind of
structure or other vessels and reduced to a
minimum when in the vicinity of vessels
berthing, discharging or loading dangerous
cargoes, salvaging or dredging.
3 Vessels moving against the tidal streams must
give way to those moving with the stream.
Overtaking is prohibited, and meeting with other
vessels should be avoided where bends in the
river occur.
Navigation is forbidden for large vessels if the
visibility is less than 1000 m and for small
vessels if less than 500 m.
Spare
7.49
Spare
7.50
4
238
Paragraph 7.56 4 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
In the Nangang Shuidao Anchorages (7.27c), tidal
streams set as follows:
Paragraph 7.57 Continuity Legend For 7.24 Read 7.27b
After Paragraph 7.57 Insert:
Wusong Kou TSS
7.57a
1 From a position in the precautionary area about
2 miles E of Wusong Kou Hetang Light (7.58) the
approach to Huangpu Jiang is through the W -going
lane of the Wusong Kou TSS (7.19), passing (with
positions from Wusong Kou Hetang Light (31°23′⋅8N
121°31′⋅1E)):
2 S of a wreck, swept depth 13⋅7 m (1½miles E),
thence:
S of No 64 Light -buoy (safe water) (1¼ miles
ENE).
Thence to a position about 4 cables E of Wusong
Kou Hetang Light on the alignment (250¼°) of
Wusong Kou Leading Lights (7.58).
241
After Paragraph 7.78 Insert:
Anchorages
7.78a
1 Baoshan large vessel anchorage (31°32′N 121°23′E)
lies N of Q13 and Q14 Light -buoys (special) with a
depth of about 16 m. The remains of a dam lie near
the NW extremity of the anchorage. Pilots also board
at the anchorage for Chang Jiang upriver ports (7.79).

243
Paragraph 7.90 2 lines 1 and 2 Replace by:
2 In a position 25 miles NW of the Nangang Shuidao
Anchorages (31°24′N 121°33′E) the tidal streams are
as follows:
BA Charts 1602; 1603
(HH. 032/209/02) [36/05]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
Aberdeen — Vessel Traffic Service
1
58
After Arrival information Insert:
Vessel traffic service
3.67a
A VTS is in operation for the control of shipping
within port limits. For details and list of reporting
points see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (1). Seaward reporting points are shown on
the chart.
When 3 miles from Fairway Light -buoy (3.76),
1
inbound vessels must request permission to enter the
VTS area.
Paragraph 3.69 1 Replace by:
Vessels should report to the VTS 24 hours prior to
arrival and again 1 hour prior to arrival at Fairway
Light -buoy.
Paragraph 3.71 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 The normal boarding point is in the...
Aberdeen Harbour Board
(HH. 262/420/05) [36/05]
IV
4.9
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Troll Gas Field — Platform Surveillance Service
170
R 38 Existing Supplement amendment Delete Vessels
passing To Admiralty List of Radio Signals.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 314/400/03) [36/05]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2004 Edition)
Eritrea - Massawa — Anchorage
212
Paragraph 7.167 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...on the chart, about 1½ miles E of Ras Mudur Light
(15°36′⋅6N 39°28′⋅9E) (7.151) in 38 m, mud.
Massawa Port Authority
(HH. 472/400/04) [36/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Nigeria - Lagos — Entrance channel; jetty
291
L 11 -23 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
For depths see 12.42. Dangerous wrecks lie 9 cables
and 1⋅1 miles SE of West Mole.
292
L 42 -44 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Atlas Cove Jetty. (6°24′⋅6N 3°23′⋅9E). A private berth for
the use of tankers has been constructed 2 cables N of Atlas
Cove Oil Terminal, reported (2005) as disused. The
L -shaped jetty is fronted and breasted by well fendered
dolphins and can accommodate tankers with a maximum
draught of 12 m on its E face.
Captain B Andrieux, MT Bro Etienne
(HH. 440/410/05) [35/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Poole Harbour — Chain Ferry Regulations
173
Paragraph 6.134 2 lines 1 -11 Replace by:
2 The ferry will give way to vessels subject to
compulsory pilotage proceeding in or out of
the harbour entrance.
All vessels navigating in the harbour which are not
subject to compulsory pilotage shall give way to
the ferry.
All vessels and craft of less than 50 m in length are
obliged to give way to the ferry.
The ferry, when underway, shall:
Display a white strobe light, and in addition by day
display a black ball, to indicate the direction of
travel.
Paragraph 6.134 3 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
By day exhibit a red flag in place of the black ball.
At night, exhibit a fixed all round white light.
Poole Harbour Commissioners Notice 14/05
(HH. 232/560/17) [35/05]
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2002 Edition)
[35/05]
Approaches to Dunkerque - Passe de Zuydcoote
— Buoyage
137
Paragraph 6.69 1-4 Replace by:
1 From a position at the SW end of Westdiep (6.143),
close E of E12 Light-buoy (S cardinal) (51°08′N
2°31′E) the route, which is marked by light -buoys
(lateral; numbers prefixed E) leads S and then SW for
3½ miles through Passe de Zuydcoote and then
4½ miles WSW through Passe de l’Est to a position N
of the entrance to Port Est, passing (with positions
from the entrance to Port Est (51°04′N 2°21′E)):
2 E of E12 Light -buoy (S cardinal) (7½ miles NE)
marking the SE side of Banc Smal, thence:
W of E11 Light -buoy (starboard hand) (7 miles
ENE) moored at the W extremity of Trapegeer, a
shoal, thence:
SE of E10 Light -buoy (port hand) (6½ miles ENE)
marking the E extremity of Banc Hills, thence:
3 NW of E9 Light -buoy (starboard hand)
(5¾ miles ENE), thence:
SSE of E8 Light -buoy (port hand) (5 miles ENE)
where Passe de Zuydcoote meets Passe de l’Est;
the buoy marks the SE extremity of Banc Hills.
4 Thence the track leads WSW to a position N of the
entrance to Port Est passing:
SSE of Banc Hills (3¾ miles ENE) which dries in
places, thence:
NNW of coastal sandbanks fronting the suburb of
Malo -Les -Bains (2 miles ESE), thence:
SSE of a light -buoy (S cardinal) (8 cables NNE)
which is moored 1½ cables S of an exposed
wreck near the E end of Banc Braek (6.67).
145
Paragraph 6.143 1 line 3 For 6 cables Read 1 mile
French Notice 27/44/05
(HH. 351/400/05) [35/05]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
River Humber - Humber International Terminal
— Buoyage
178
Paragraph 7.98 1 lines 6 -8 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 44/04 Replace by:
...the slowest possible speed.
179
Paragraph 7.101 1 line 8 Existing Section IV Notice Week
44/04 Delete
ABP Humber
(HH. 252/410/15) [35/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Queensland - Weipa — Pilot Boarding Place
92
Paragraph 2.41 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Boarding place: 2 miles SW of Fairway
Light -beacon...
Cairns Vessel Traffic Management
(HH. 577/590/04) [34/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Vaasa approaches; Kronvik —
Directions; landmarks; leading lights; depths
1
290
Paragraph 7.235 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
From a position 6 miles WSW of Fäliskäret Beacon
(63°03′⋅8N
draught...
20°48′⋅2E), a channel authorised for a
Paragraph 7.237 1 Replace by:
1 Strömmingsbådan
20°44′⋅4E) (7.211).
Lighthouse (62°58′⋅8N
1
Fäliskäret Beacon (63°03′⋅8N 20°48′⋅2E).
Paragraph 7.239 1-2 Replace by:
From a position 6 miles WSW of Fäliskäret Beacon
(63°03′⋅8N 20°48′⋅2E) (7.237) the track leads ENE
from seaward, to the Rönnskärsbådan leading line.
Paragraph 7.239 4 Replace by:
4 The alignment (061½°) of these lights leads, from a
position 2½ miles WSW of Fäliskäret Beacon
(63°03′⋅8N 20°48′⋅2E), NE for 2¼ miles to the
6
Djupskär/Lilla Svartbådan leading line, passing (with
positions from Fäliskäret Beacon):
Paragraph 7.239 6 Replace by:
Between Bergstengrundet (7 cables WNW), the SE
side of which is marked by buoys (port hand), and
shoals, marked by buoys (starboard hand), extending
3 cables N of Bergbrotten (7 cables WSW). A cairn
stands on Norra brottet, 1½ cables NNE of
8
Bergbrotten.
Paragraph 7.239 8 Replace by:
The alignment (020¾°) of these lights leads NNE
for 1¾ miles passing between the islets of Lågbådan
(63°05′⋅4N 20°47′⋅9E) and Äggrynnan, 4 cables E, to a
position 7 cables SSW of Djupskär Front Light.
4.1
[34/05]
291
Paragraph 7.241 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position 5 cables WNW of
Fäliskäret Beacon (63°03′⋅8N 20°48′⋅2E) the...
Paragraph 7.243 1 Replace by:
1 This sub-section describes the two main routes,
authorised for draughts of 8⋅5 m and 9⋅0 m, into
Vaskiluoto, the main harbour for Vaasa; the former
passes SE of Norrskär (63°14′⋅0N 20°36′⋅4E), the latter
N of Norrskär.
Secondary routes authorised for draughts of 4⋅4 m
and 4⋅5 m are also described.
Paragraph 5.249 heading For 9⋅0 m Read 8⋅5 m
293
Paragraph 7.254 heading For 7⋅0 m Read 4⋅4 m
Paragraph 7.254 1 line 4 For 7⋅0 m Read 4⋅4 m
Paragraph 7.255 6 line 4 For 7⋅0 m Read 4⋅4 m
294
Paragraph 7.258 heading For 4⋅8 m Read 4⋅4 m
Paragraph 7.258 1 line 3 For 7⋅0 m Read 4⋅4 m
Paragraph 7.260 6 lines 4 -5 Delete
6
295
Paragraph 7.266 3 line 1 For (171°) Read (171¼°)
Paragraph 7.266 5 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
WSW of Långgrund (7 miles N), marked by a buoy
(W cardinal), thence:
Paragraph 7.266 6-7 Replace by:
ENE of Utstenen (6 miles NNW), marked by a
buoy (E cardinal), thence:
ENE of Gustafsgrynnan (5½ miles NNW), marked
by a buoy (E cardinal), thence:
ENE of a shoal (4½ miles NNW), with a depth of
7⋅5 m over it, marked by a buoy (E cardinal)
which lies close ESE of Gloppstenarna upon
which stands a cairn, thence:
7 ENE of Torngrundet, an isolated shoal (4 miles
NNW), thence:
Between Hälbådan (3½ miles NNW), two islets on
the W side of the channel, and a shoal with a least
depth of 3⋅2 m, marked at its N end by a buoy (W
cardinal), thence:
ENE of a 7⋅5 m patch (2¾ miles NNW), marked by a
buoy (E cardinal), thence:
Between Fänisstenarna, a shoal (2¼ miles NNW),
marked by a buoy (E cardinal) and a shoal
(2¼ miles NNW), marked by a buoy (W
cardinal), with a depth of 3⋅7 m over it.
Finnish Charts 48; 49
(HH. 020/200/01) [34/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Bight of Biafra - Calabar River Entrance
Channels - Bakasi Bank — Wreck
323
L29-30Replace by:
The wreck of an up -turned jack -up barge, of which
only the three legs are visible, lies in position
4°23′⋅0N 8°20′⋅9E. The channel N of...
Marine Superintendent, Antan Terminal
(HH. 440/450/02) [33/05]
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Equatorial Guinea - Punta Malabo to Punta
Europa—Jetty
1
99
After Paragraph 3.73 Insert:
Punta Plana SPC Jetty
General information
3.73a
Position. The jetty is situated 1800 m SE of Punta
Europa Lighthouse (3.16) in approximate position
3°46′⋅3N 8°43′⋅4E.
Function. This is a private jetty specially built to
receive cargoes for the construction of the Equatorial
Guinea LNG project.
Terminal Authority. Bechtel International Inc., c/o
EG LNG Train 1 Project, Malabo, Equatorial Guinea.
Limiting conditions
3.73b
1 Controlling depth. The main berth has a depth of
8⋅0 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Displacement
8000 tonnes, LOA 105 m, draught 8⋅0 m.
Arrival information
3.73c
1 Outer anchorage is available in depths of between
40 to 45 m in position 3°48′N 8°45′E.
Pilotage is available between 0700 and 1700 hours,
Monday to Saturday; Sunday by prior request. The
pilot boards in the anchorage.
Tugs are available.
Harbour
3.73d
1 General layout. The port consists of a single jetty
extending 265 m from the shore in an E direction then
100 m S.
Principal marks:
See 3.70.
4.1
[33/05]
Directions
3.73e
1 Owing to the small scale of the chart, insufficient
information about depths in the approaches and the
existence or otherwise of aids to navigation, detailed
directions cannot be given. It is advised that the port
authority be consulted prior to arrival.
Berths
3.73f
1 East berthing face; maximum displacement
8000 tonnes, maximum LOA 105 m,
maximum draught 8⋅0 m.
North berthing face; maximum displacement
6500 tonnes, maximum LOA 105 m, maximum
draught 4⋅5 m.
South berthing face; maximum displacement
4500 tonnes, maximum LOA 95 m, maximum
draught 4⋅0 m.
Vessels normally discharge cargo using own gear.
Services
3.73g
1 Other facilities. Mobile crane, garbage disposal and
hazardous waste collection can be arranged through
ship’s agent.
Supplies. Fuel oil; diesel; fresh water; provisions.
Communication. International airport 3½ km;
connected by road to Malabo (3.4), 8 km away.
Captain G N Misra, Bechtel International Inc.
(HH. 442/410/03) [33/05]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
Chile - Estrecho de Magallanes - Bahia Gente
Grande - Caleta Clarencia Oil Terminal —
Leading lights
241
L58For (320°) Read (318°)
L63For (about 056°) Read (056°)
R5For 320° Read 318°
Chilean Notice 7/89/05
(HH. 648/420/04) [33/05]

NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Greenland — Ice reconnaissance
17
Paragraph 1.91 1 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
...Volume 3.
Ice Charting and Remote Sensing Division, Danish
Meteorological Institute
(HH. 011/200/01) [33/05]
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2001 Edition)
Greenland, West Coast - Inner Route - Arsuk
Fjord to Frederikshåb — Caution
126
Paragraph 2.257 4 Replace by:
4 Caution. It is reported that a vessel with a draught
of about 5 m touched a rock in the channel off the E
extremity of Vesterland. In addition, a rock with a
least depth of 1⋅5 m over it, was reported (2005) to lie
in approximate position (61°45′⋅3N 49°20′⋅9W).
Danish Notice 28/722/05; Danish Chart 1210
(HH. 337/420/06) [33/05]
NP 13 Australia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Northern Territory - Melville Island - Apsley
Strait — Buoyage
148
Paragraph 4.73 1-2 Replace by:
1 Directions. From a position S of Mesquite Shoal
(11°13′S 130°01′E) (4.70) the approach to Saint Asaph
Bay leads initially E passing S of a 7 m patch
(11°16′S 130°05′E) (reported 1983), thence between
light -buoys (lateral) which mark the entrance channel.
The track then leads ESE passing NNE of a
light -buoy (starboard hand) which is moored at the
NE edge of the sandy spit extending N from Brace
Point (11°19′S 130°20′E) (4.71).
2 Caution. Mariners should take note that when
proceeding against the out-going tide a good clearance
should be given to the sandy spit extending N from
Brace Point as the tidal stream sets over it with
considerable strength when it is covered.
In the approach to Saint Asaph Bay the water is
very muddy and mariners should navigate with
caution.
Australian Notice 15/639/05
(HH. 572/430/05) [33/05]
IV
1
South Australia - Whyalla to Port Pirie —
Pilotage
362
Paragraph 11.149 1 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for all non -exempt vessels.
Pilots board in the following positions:
Vessels in excess of 14 m draught; Whyalla Entrance
No 1 Light -beacon bearing 165° range 5 miles.
Vessels less than 14 m draught; in the vicinity of Port
Pirie pilot boarding ground (33°04′⋅5S
137°45′⋅5E)
light -beacon.
or 1⋅7miles SE of No 1
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (4).
Tugs are available.
4.2
364
Paragraph 11.172 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage. See 11.149.
Tugs are available.
366
Paragraph 11.196 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage. See 11.149.
Tugs are available.
Australian Notice 12/515/05
(HH. 574/460/03) [33/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Estonia - Tallinn; Muuga — Traffic Separation
Scheme; anchorage; directions
78
Route Index Chartlet 3a Replace by:
Route Index Chartlet 3a, which can be found at the rear of
this week’s Admiralty Notices to Mariners Section II
Blocks.
85
Paragraph 3.38 1-3 Replace by:
1 N approach. From the through route in the Gulf of
Finland Tallinn is approached by passing W of Tallinn
Lighthouse (2.35) and transiting a precautionary area,
as shown on the chart, to Tallinna Laht TSS, which is
entered in the vicinity of Tallinn No 1 Light -buoy
(safe water) (3.54).
2 NW approach. The TSS may also be entered by a
route between Naissaar (3.87) and the shoal of
Uusmadal (4 miles NE).
3 W approach. Tallinn may also be approached from
W by leaving the through route to pass S of Naissaar
(3.87), entering Suurupi TSS in the vicinity of Suurupi
No 1 Light -buoy (safe water) (59°30′N 24°20′E).
4 The TSS in the approaches to Tallinn are not
IMO -adopted, but the Estonian authorities advise that
the principles of Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply. See
Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners
No 17.
5 The area, as shown on the chart, between Tallinna
Laht TSS, Aegna TSS and the islands of Aegna,
Aegna Saar and the W coast of Viimsi Poolsaar is
designated an Inshore Traffic Zone.

86
After Paragraph 3.46 1 line 5 Add:
Area H (1¾ miles SW of Hülkari Ots Light (59°32′N
24°34′E))indepthsof34to37m.
Paragraph 3.47 2 Replace by:
2 6 cables S of Suurupi Light -buoy No 3
(59°30′⋅0N 24°32′⋅7E)
1¼ miles NW of Tallinn Light -buoy No 1
(59°36′⋅5N 29°40′⋅2E)
2
87
Paragraph 3.54 2 Replace by:
E of Uusmadal (6 miles NW), a shoal marked
by a light-buoy (E cardinal) and two further
buoys (N and S cardinal), thence:
Close W of Tallinn No 1 Light-buoy (safe water)
(2 miles WNW) which marks the centre of the
separation zone.
Paragraph 3.55 1 Replace by:
1 From a position N of Naissaar (59°34′⋅5N
4
24°31′⋅0E), the route leads ESE towards Tallinn No 1
Light -buoy. The route passes (with positions from
Pikasääre Ots Light (59°36′N 24°31′E) (3.52)):
Paragraph 3.55 4 Replace by:
To the start of Tallinna Laht TSS, within the
precautionary area, in the vicinity of Tallinn
No 1 Light-buoy, where the track alters to
SSE.
(Directions for W approach to Muuga Sadam
continue at 3.97a)
Paragraph 3.56 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Tallinn Lights in line. The alignment (159°) of
these lights is that of the separation zone between
Tallinn No 1 Light-buoy and Tallinn No 3 Light -buoy.
Paragraph 3.56 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Caution. Navigation is prohibited on the alignment
of Tallinn Lights in line between the latitudes of
59°36′⋅5N and 59°29′⋅8N.
Paragraph 3.56 3 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
3 From close W of No 1 Light-buoy, the route leads
SSE for 2½ miles passing (with positions from Aegna
Light (59°36′N 24°44′E)):
88
Paragraph 3.56 6 lines 4 -6 Delete
Paragraph 3.56 7 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
7 Thence the track continues a further 6½ miles SSE,
passing (with positions from Katariina Kai Beacon
(59°28′⋅4N 24°43′⋅7E)):
WSW of Tallinn No 2 Light-buoy (safe water)
(3 miles N) marking the centre of the separation
zone.
Paragraph 3.56 9 Replace by:
9 To a position about 1½ miles E of Katariina Kai,
whence there is access to the berths at Vanasadam,
Miinisadam and Paljassaare sadam.
Paragraph 3.58 2 line 6 For 2½ Read 3
After Paragraph 3.58 2 line 6 Add:
Close S of Suurupi light -buoy No 3 (safe water)
(2½ miles SSW).
The route then leads ENE for about 1 mile.
IV
Paragraph 3.58 5 Replace by:
5 From a position about 1 mile E of Suurupi
Light-buoy No 3, the alignment (083½°) of these lights
leads through the E-bound lane of the Vahemadal TSS,
passing (with positions from Hülkari Ots Light
1
(59°32′N 24°34′E)):
Paragraph 3.58 9 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...to merge with the route described at 3.56.
Paragraph 3.59 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
Vessels intending to pass S of Naissaar leave the
NNW-bound traffic lane of Tallinna Laht TSS about
1 mile N of Tallinn No 2 Light-buoy (3.56).
Paragraph 3.59 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
The alignment (246½°) of these lights leads WSW,
within the WSW traffic lane of Vahemadal TSS,
6
passing (with positions from Hülkari Ots Light):
Paragraph 3.59 3 lines 4-6 Replace by:
Over Kaguranna madal (2 miles SE), a shoal lying
across the WSW-bound traffic lane, thence:
Paragraph 3.59 5 line 1 For No 2 Read No 3
After Paragraph 3.59 5 Add:
Note. Vessels constrained by draught may need to
deviate from the alignment to pass clear of Kaguranna
madal.
Paragraph 3.60 1 line 2 For No 2 Read No 3
2
91
Paragraph 3.85 1 lines 5 -6 Delete
After Paragraph 3.85 1 Insert:
Alternative tracks from the W and NW lead from
the Aegna TSS and a position NW of Tallinn
3
Lighthouse (59°42′⋅7N 24°43′⋅9E) (2.35) respectively.
The Aegna TSS in the approaches to Tallinn is not
IMO -adopted, but the Estonian authorities advise that
the principles of Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea apply. See Annual
Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 17.
4.3
93
Paragraph 3.97 1-4 Including heading Replace by:
Approach from north -west
3.97
1 From a position within the precautionary area NW
of Tallinn Lighthouse (59°42′⋅7N 24°43′⋅9E) (2.35),
the track leads SE for about 12½ miles passing (with
positions from Prangli SE Light (59°36′⋅9N
25°02′⋅4E)):
2 NNE of Aegna Light (9½ miles W) (3.56),
thence:
SSW of Kuradimuna (6¾ miles NW), a shoal
marked by a light-buoy (W cardinal), thence:
SSW of Nygrund (5½ miles WNW), a shoal marked
by a light-buoy (N cardinal).
The route then diverges to pass either NE or SW of
Karbimadal (4½ miles SSW) (3.98).
3 NE route. The recommended track (125½°) leads
SE for about 4½ miles passing:
SW of Kiburikari, (1½ miles WSW), and the
light -buoy which marks its S extremity, thence:
NE of Karbimadal (4½ miles SSW) (3.98), whence
the track continues SE, clear of J anchorage, to the
alignment of the Entrance Leading Lights.

4 SW route. The recommended track (147¾°) leads
SE for about 4½ miles passing:
NE of Langakari Nina (6 miles SW), the NE point of
Viimsi Poolsaar, thence:
SW of Karbimadal (4½ miles SSW) (3.98), whence
the track continues SSE, clear of J anchorage, to
the alignment of the Entrance Leading Lights.
94
After Paragraph 3.97 4 Add:
Approach from west
3.97a
1 From a position in the precautionary area to the N
of Tallinn Laht TSS, within the vicinity of Tallinn
No 1 Light -buoy, the track leads E for about 5 miles
through Aegna TSS then SE for about 2 miles to a
position about 5 miles WSW of Prangli SE Light
(59°36′⋅9N 25°02′⋅4E) passing, with positions from the
light:
N of Aegna Light (9½ miles W) (3.56), thence:
SSW of Nygrund (5½ miles WNW), a shoal marked
by a light-buoy (N cardinal).
The track then diverges to pass either NE or SW of
Karbimadal as described at 3.97.
Estonian Notice 06/05 Supplement 1
(HH. 344/520/03) [33/05]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Ukraine - Port Mariupol’ and approaches —
Limiting conditions
249
Paragraph 8.112 1 line 3 For 4⋅6 m (2002) Read 3⋅5 m
(2005)
251
Paragraph 8.124 2 line 3 For 4⋅6 m (2002) Read 3⋅5 m
(2005)
Russian Notice 30/4167/05
(HH. 396/420/02) [33/05]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Malacca Strait - Pulau Pangkor - Tanjung
Terengganu — Quarantine anchorage
173
After Paragraph 6.94 1 Insert:
2 Quarantine anchorage about 8 cables SW of
Tanjung Terengganu (6.71) centred on position
4°10′⋅7N 100°34′⋅5E.
Malaysian Notice 6/125/05
(HH. 517/500/04) [33/05]
IV
4.4
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Sørosen - Janangelholmen — Light
140
R46-47For 056° and 079½°. Read 055° and 081½°.
Norwegian Notice 13/700/05
(HH. 310/430/05) [33/05]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(1988 Edition) — Supplement 6 -2003
Papua New Guinea - Goschen Strait - Gallows
Reef — Light -beacon
206
L28Replace by:
Gallows Reef (10°17′S 151°11′E), marked by a
light -beacon, lies in the...
Australian Notice 15/666(P)/05
(HH. 532/430/03) [33/05]
NP 72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
Pilot (1996 Edition) — Supplement 2 -2002
Russia, North Coast - Murmansk — Directions;
wreck
69
L48Replace by:
...cliffy slopes of a hill and W of an obstruction (1¾ miles
NNE) with a depth of 8⋅9 m over it, thence:
R 37 Existing Supplement amendment Add:
A second wreck, with a depth of 14⋅7 m over it, was
reported (2005) to lie close NW of the NW corner of berth
11 in the First Cargo Area, in position 68°58′⋅0N 33°02′⋅8E.
Russian Notice 28/3768/05
(HH. 306/420/06) [33/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Sweden - Halmstad — Authorised draught
131
Paragraph 4.136 1 line 2 For 11 m Read 10⋅5 m
132
Paragraph 4.138 1 line 2 For 12⋅0 m Read 11⋅5 m
Swedish Notice 54/2381/05
(HH. 317/590/03) [32/05]
Denmark - København — Depths
213
Paragraph 6.149 2 Replace by:
2 From Langeliniekaj to N end of Kvæsthusbroen:
8⋅5 m.
From Kvæsthusbroen to Knippelsbro: 7⋅5 m.
From Knippelsbro to Enghave Brygge: 7 m.
From Enghave Brygge to Teglværkshavnen: 6⋅5.
Sluseløbet: 4 m.
218
Paragraph 6.175 1 line 5 For 9⋅8 m Read 9⋅5 m
Paragraph 6.175 1 line 6 For 7⋅7 m Read 7⋅2 m
Paragraph 6.175 3 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
ESE of an 8⋅2 m shoal (1¼ miles WNW) on the E
edge of the bank extending E from Stubben.
220
Paragraph 6.184 1 line 8 For 7m Read 6⋅5 m
Danish Chart 134
(HH. 018/200/02) [32/05]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Sweden - Öland - Stora Rör — Directions
165
Paragraph 4.103 3 Replace by:
3 This alignment leads to a position about ¼ cable W
of the entrance. The track then leads ESE to pass
between the pontoon jetty attached to the N
breakwater and the S breakwater head. Vessels may
then proceed to the NW part of the harbour which has
depths of 3⋅6 m; the other parts being shallow.
Swedish Notice 72/2677/05
(HH. 318/410/03) [32/05]
4.1
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
[32/05]
Finland - Turku - Kværner Masa — Directions
241
Paragraph 6.264 1 Replace by:
1 From the Verkkoluoto/Ankkurikylä alignment, the
alignment (208½°), astern, of Vähä Kaskinen Leading
Lights (red rectangles, yellow stripe), the front on a
small islet (60°26′⋅0N 22°05′⋅9E), the rear on the W
extremity of Ruissalo (4½ cables SSW), leads to the
shipyard through a buoyed channel authorised for a
draught of 9 m.
Finnish Notice 15 -16/254/05
(HH. 319/500/04) [32/05]
Finland - Oulu to Kemi — Connecting channels
319
Paragraph 8.144 2 line 2 For 5⋅5 m Read 5⋅0 m
322
Paragraph 8.156 1 line 4 For 5⋅5 m Read 5⋅0 m
323
Paragraph 8.163 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
(65°06′⋅7N 25°11′⋅8E) the recommended track leads E for
1½ miles, on the...
Finnish Notice 17/308/05
(HH. 320/319/01) [32/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Cherbourg - Passe de l’Est — Leading lights
393
Paragraph 12.48 2 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
2 From N by night — leading lights:
Front light (white metal pylon on hut, 8 m in height)
(49°39′⋅4N 1°35′⋅9W) on E end of Jetée des
Flamands.
Rear light (white column, black bands, white top,
15 m in height) (520 m S of front light) situated
on Terre -plein des Mielles.
From a position N of Fort de l’Est (49°40′N
1°36′W) the alignment of these marks (183½°) by
day, and of these lights (189°) by night leads
through Passe de l’Est passing (with positions given
from Fort de l’Est):
E of a 9.6 m rocky bank (1 mile N) and over a rocky
bank with a least depth of 8⋅9 m over it (8 cables
NNE), thence:
BA Chart 2602
(HH. 027/200/02) [32/05]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast – Minjiang Kou and
approaches — Leading lights; buoyage; racon;
wreck
1
159
Paragraph 4.257 1 Replace by:
From a position SE of Dongquan Dao (25°58′N
119°58′E), the route leads WNW and NNW for about
20 miles to the vicinity of D1 Light -buoy (starboard
hand) (26°05′⋅0N 119°47′⋅9E) at the entrance to
1
Minjiang Kou.
Paragraph 4.260 1 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and is
available during daylight hours. Pilots board in the
quarantine anchorage (26°07′⋅7N 119°38′⋅4E). It is
reported that, for vessels over 20 000 dwt and for
foreign vessels, pilots board in the vicinity of
D1 Light -buoy (starboard hand) (26°05′⋅0N
119°47′⋅9E). Pilot vessels are white in colour.
160
After Paragraph 4.264 1 line 5 Insert:
Xifeng Shi Front Light (26°08′⋅0N 119°38′⋅3E).
Paragraph 4.265 3 lines 2 -5 Replace by:
The track then leads to the vicinity of
D1 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (26°05′⋅0N
1
119°47′⋅9E) at the entrance to the buoyed channel, and
the outer pilot boarding place. See 4.260.
Paragraph 4.266 1-4 Including heading Replace by:
D1 Light-buoy to D9 Light-buoy
4.266
Caution. The charted alignment (265½°) of leading
lights does not mark the main navigable passage.
Track. From D1 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(26°05′⋅0N 119°47′⋅9E), the track leads WNW, through
a channel marked by light-buoys (lateral), passing
(with positions from Lizhuang Jiao (26°04′⋅5N
2
119°43′⋅4E)):
NNE of Lizhuang Jiao (Rizhuang Jiao), from
where Lizhuang (Rizhuang) Jiao Light (white
conical stone tower, 18 m in height, racon), is
exhibited, a black pinnacle rock about 1 m
high situated near the edge of drying banks
on the S side of the entrance channel, thence:
3 To a position S of D9 Light-buoy (starboard
hand) (2 miles NW), whence the track leads
NW; a dangerous wreck, the position of
which is approximate (2005), lies 2½ cables
WNW.
IV
4.2
Paragraph 4.267 1 Including heading Replace by:
D9 Light-buoy to inner pilot boarding place
4.267
1 Leading lights:
Xifeng Shi Front Light (racon) (26°08′⋅0N
119°38′⋅3E).
Fudou Shan Rear Light (1 mile from front light).
From a position S of D9 Light -buoy (starboard
hand) (26°05′⋅7N 119°41′⋅5E) the alignment (309½°)
of these lights leads through a channel marked by
light-buoys (lateral), for about 3¼ miles to the
quarantine anchorage and pilot boarding place (4.284),
passing:
NE of a dangerous wreck 2½ cables WNW of
D9 Light buoy (starboard hand), thence:
161
Paragraph 4.269 1 lines 7 -15 Replace by:
2 These lights no longer mark the main passage.
Furthermore it has been reported that it is not possible
to stay on the leading line owing to the presence of
fishing stakes and boats. The least charted depth on
this line is 4 m. The directions given at 4.265 are
recommended.
3 From a position S of A1 Light-buoy (preferred
channel to port) (26°06′⋅4N 119°48′⋅1E), the alignment
(265½°) of the above lights leads across Wailanjiang
Sha (4.259) to a position S of D9 Light -buoy
(starboard hand) (26°05′⋅7N 119°41′⋅5E) to enter the
main channel (4.267); the N side of this entrance route
is marked by light -buoys (preferred channel to port).
4 Clearing bearing. The line of bearing 292° of
YulouShan(26°11′N 119°35′E), just open N, of the N
side of Chuanshi Dao (26°08′N 119°40′E) (4.267),
passes 5 cables N of Qixing Jiao (4.248).
1
162
Paragraph 4.285 1 Replace by:
See 4.260.
Paragraph 4.290 1-2 Replace by:
1 From the quarantine anchorage and inner pilot
2
boarding place S of Culu Dao (26°09′N 119°38′E) the
track leads WNW for about 1 mile to a position on the
alignment of the leading lights and between D21 and
D22 Light -buoys (lateral) (26°08′⋅0N 119°37′⋅2E).
Leading lights:
Xifeng Shi Front Light (7 m in height, racon)
(26°08′⋅0N 119°38′⋅3E).
Rear light on Chuanshi Dao (9 m in height) (1 mile E
of front light).
The alignment (090¾°) (astern) of the above lights
leads through a channel, 120 m wide with depths from
5 to 7 m, marked by light-buoys (lateral), passing:
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office; Chinese Notices
18/372/05; 25/514/05
(HH. 032/209/02; HH. 548/462/05) [32/05]

NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Indonesia - Jawa, North coast - Pulau -Pulau
Tidung — Wreck
81
After Paragraph 3.50 5 line 5 Insert:
S of a dangerous wreck (5°49′S 106°35′E), thence:
DG SeaCom
(HH. 526/740/03) [32/05]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2002 Edition)
Wales - Approach to Milford Docks —
Controlling depth
172
Paragraph 5.95 1 line 4 For 1⋅2 mRead 0⋅6 m
Milford Haven Port Authority Notice 64/05
(HH. 214/410/20) [32/05]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Singapore Strait — Anchorages
209
After Paragraph 7.4 2 Insert:
Anchorages
7.4a
1 For vessels proceeding through Singapore Strait
there are transit, transhipment and emergency
anchorages as follows:
Tanjung Balai Karimun Anchorage, (1°05′N
103°29′E) (7.58) in the W entrance to the
Singapore Strait S of the SE traffic lane.
Nipa Transit Anchorage (NTAA) (1°07′N 103°38′E)
in W approaches to Main Strait. See 7.57a.
2 For E -bound traffic temporary anchorage in an
emergency may be obtained to the S of the
traffic lanes between Pulau Karimun Kecil
(1°09′N 103°24′E) and Batu Berhanti (1°11′N
103°53′E). See 7.59 and 7.97.
For E -bound traffic anchorage may be found in
outer part of Teluk Jodoh (1°10′N 103°58′E). See
7.97.
3 For W-bound traffic temporary anchorage in an
emergency may be obtained in a limited
amount of clear water between the N of the
traffic lanes and the limits of the Port of
Singapore. See 7.74 and 7.159.
4 See also the rules for emergency anchorage within
Singapore Strait (2.23).
For vessels bound for the Port of Singapore details
of anchorages are at 8.47.
IV
4.3
216
Paragraph 7.53 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
NE of Tanjung Balai Karimun Anchorage, a cargo
transhipment area (1°05′N 103°29′E) (7.58),
thence:
1
217
After Paragraph 7.57 2 Insert:
Anchorages
Transit anchorage
7.57a
Nipa Transit anchorage (NTAA), in W approaches
to Main Strait, is centred on 1°07′N 103°38′E as
shown on the chart, with depths of 16 m to 29 m.
NTAA is designated as an emergency anchorage, and a
temporary anchorage for vessels proceeding for
repairs, or for bunkering and storing. The Transit
Anchorage Control, which is reportedly operated by
Indonesian authorities in Pelabuhan Sambu (Indonesia
Pilot Vol I), should be advised 24 hours before arrival
and on approaching the anchorage.
Paragraph 7.58 1 Replace by:
Cargo transhipment anchorage
7.58
1 Tanjung Balai Karimun Anchorage, a cargo
transhipment area (1°05′N 103°29′E) lies SW of the
SE-going traffic lane between Pulau Karimun Kecil
and the entrance to Selat Phillip. It is marked by a
series of light-buoys (special). A dangerous wreck, the
position of which is approximate, lies in the NE part,
and a second dangerous wreck lies 6 cables outside of
the SW boundary. Two shoal areas, reported 1985, are
charted in the NW part.
The transhipment area is administrated from the
port of Tanjungbalai Karimun (0°59′N 103°26′E)
(Indonesia Pilot Vol I).
Paragraph 7.59 Heading Replace by:
Emergency anchorage
222
Paragraph 7.97 1 lines 5 -7 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 29/04 Replace by:
2 For large vessels, there is ample water in the outer
parts of Teluk Jodoh (7.92) but well clear of a
dangerous wreck (1°13′⋅4N 103°57′⋅7E) (7.90), a
second dangerous wreck (1°11′⋅0N 103°57′⋅4E), the
position of which is approximate, and the gas pipeline;
anchorage for lesser-draught vessels may be obtained
farther E, off the entrance to Teluk Tering.
Indonesian Notices 45/352/05; 46/358/05; 48/377 -381/05;
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 522/400/10) [32/05]

NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Greece - Nísos Othónoi - Ákra Kastrí — Light
170 -171
Existing Section IV Notice Week 27/05 Is Cancelled.
Greek Light List
(HH. 381/400/06) [32/05]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - Bay of Islands - Opua —
Directions; leading lights
1
202
Paragraph 7.93 1-2 Replace by:
7.93
Leading marks:
Front: No 5 Light -beacon (starboard hand)
2
(35°17′⋅9S 174°06′⋅4E).
Rear: Beacon (white, triangular) (4¼ cables NW of
front), on Haumi Point.
From No 5 Light -beacon the alignment (316¼°),
astern, of the leading marks leads through the SE
part of Veronica Channel to Opua Wharf.
Caution should be exercised in the vicinity of the
wharf as the in -going tidal stream sets off, and the
out -going stream sets on to the wharf. An anchor may
be used to turn a vessel proceeding alongside, care
being taken to avoid the prohibited anchorage NW of
the wharf.
Photograph title Replace by:
Spot height 78 m (35°19′⋅2S 174°8′⋅0E)
Paragraph 7.95 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
...Wharf through the SE part of Veronica Channel.
New Zealand Notice 15/143(P)/05
(HH. 580/485/03) [32/05]
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
Eyemouth - Depths
116
Paragraph 5.36 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. The harbour entrance channel
has a dredged depth of 2⋅0 m (2005) and Gunsgreen
Basin has a maintained depth of 2⋅0 m. The inner
harbour is maintained to a depth of 0⋅9 m at LW
springs and 2⋅4 m at LW neaps.
Harbour Master, Eyemouth
(HH. 242/640/07) [32/05]
IV
4.4

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Gulf of Guinea - Bight of Biafra — Hazard
311
After L 55 Existing Supplement amendment Insert:
Hazard
13.3a
Solitons (internal waves), which can give rise to
extremely rapid current changes of 3 to 4 knots in
opposing directions within the space of 300 to 400 m,
are experienced in this area. Mariners are advised that
this phenomenon can be extremely hazardous for
vessels engaged in offshore operations.
Captain A Reid, FPSO Falcon
(HH. 440/400/03) [31/05]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Sarawak — Pelabuhan Bintulu
1
109
Paragraph 4.265 1 Replace by:
Pelabuhan Bintulu (3°16′N 113°04′E), is a major
port situated on the S side of Tanjung Kidurong
(4.245). The port includes the old port at the town of
Bintulu, standing on the N bank of Batang Kemena,
the new port, known as Pelabuhan Bintulu, with two
harbour areas; and Bintulu Terminal, comprising 2
SBMs.
Paragraph 4.270 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Approaches. A recommended track for deep
draught vessels leads about 50 miles SE from a
4
position 3 miles SW of Beting Tugau (Parsons Shoal)
(3°53′N 112°16′E) (4.310) to Bintulu Harbour limits,
passing:
Paragraph 4.270 4-5 Replace by:
The port is approached via the TSS (4.269).
Entry to Inner Harbour 1. From the vicinity of
the Fairway Light -buoy (safe water) (3°16′⋅1N
112°58′⋅8E), which lies 4½ miles W of Tanjung
5
Kidurong, the alignment of leading lights (4.291) leads
ESE into a buoyed channel, and thence into Inner
Harbour 1 passing S of Outer Breakwater.
Entry to Inner Harbour 2. From the vicinity of
the Fairway Light -buoy (above), the alignment of
leading lights (4.292a) leads ESE into a buoyed
channel, and thence into Inner Harbour 2.
Caution. Extensive development of the port
facilities, has taken place (2005). The Port Authority
should be consulted for the latest information.
4.1
[31/05]
Paragraph 4.273 1 Replace by:
1 North Access Channel and turning area, just outside
the entrance to the LNG harbour, has a dredged depth
of 16⋅0 m (2005). The channel into Inner Harbour 1 is
dredged to a depth of 14⋅0 m (2005).
South Access Channel and channel into Inner
Harbour 2 are dredged to 14⋅0 m (2005).
110
Paragraph 4.286 1 Replace by:
1 Bintulu port comprises Bintulu Terminal SBMs
(4.300), an outer LNG harbour, an inner general cargo
harbour, an inner Palm Oil harbour, and the berths at
the old port of Bintulu (4.305). The LNG harbour is
protected by Outer Breakwater extending 5 cables
2
WSW and SSW from Tanjung Kidurong (4.245). The
LNG berths extend S and SW from the N shore.
Inner Harbour 1 lying E of the LNG harbour, is
entered between Inner Breakwater on the N side and
reclaimed land on the S side, located between the two
harbours.
3 Inner Harbour 2 lies S of Inner Harbour 1 and the
reclaimed land between them. It is protected by two
breakwaters. The N breakwater extends 4¼ cables W
and then 1½cables SW from the W part of the
reclaimed land located between the harbours.
3
Reclaimed land also forms the S side of the harbour
and the S breakwater extends 2½ cables N from its W
extremity.
Paragraph 4.289 2 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
Bintulu N Access Channel Front Light (3°15′⋅4N
113°04′⋅1E) (4.291).
Bintulu N Access Channel Rear Light (3°15′⋅3N
113°04′⋅6E) (4.291).
Bintulu S Access Channel Front light (3°15′⋅1N
113°03′⋅3E) (4.292a).
Bintulu S Access Channel Rear light (3°14′⋅9N
1
113°04′⋅4E) (4.292a).
Paragraph 4.290 1 Replace by:
Racons:
Pelabuhan Bintulu Light -beacon (3°16′⋅4N
112°57′⋅1E).
D35 Oil Field Platform D35Q -A (3°45′⋅8N
112°03′⋅7E).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Paragraph 4.291 1-4 Including heading Replace by:
Directions for Inner Harbour 1
4.291
1 North Access Channel Leading Lights are
exhibited on the S side of Inner Harbour 1:
Front Light No 29A (white trapezium base down)
(3°15′⋅4N 113°04′⋅1E).
Rear Light No 29B (white trapezium base up)
(840 m from front light).

2 From the vicinity of Fairway Light -buoy (safe
water) (3°16′⋅1N 112°58′⋅8E) the alignment (100°) of
the outer leading lights leads through North Access
Channel, marked by light -buoys, to the vicinity of the
LNG berths, passing N of BPA Light -beacon (white
pile) at the E end of the shoal bank between the
entrance channels, and S of Outer Breakwater head on
which stands B1 Light (red structure).
3 Inner Harbour 1 Leading Lights are exhibited on
the E side of the harbour:
Front light No 28A (red trapezium base down)
(3°15′⋅7N 113°04′⋅5E).
Rear light No 28B (red trapezium base up) (200 m
from front light).
4 From the vicinity of the LNG berths the alignment
(085°) of the inner leading lights then leads into Inner
Harbour 1 passing between the heads of Inner
Breakwater on which stand Lights B2 (red structure)
(N side, Inner Breakwater head) and B3 (white
structure) (S dyke).
111
After Paragraph 4.292 1 Insert:
Directions for Inner Harbour 2
4.292a
1 South Access Channel Leading Lights are
exhibited from the E side of Inner Harbour 2 and near
the head of its N breakwater:
Front light No 101A (3°15′⋅1N 113°03′⋅3E).
Rear light No 101B (3°14′⋅9N 113°04′⋅4E).
The alignment (100°) of these leading lights leads
through South Access Channel, marked by
light -buoys, towards the entrance of Inner Harbour 2,
passing through the buoyed channel to a position
2
about 4 cables W of BPA Light -beacon (4.291).
Inner Harbour 2 Leading Lights are exhibited
from the SE part of the harbour:
Front light No 102A (3°14′⋅7N 113°04′⋅3E).
Rear light No 102B (250 m from front light).
Thence, the alignment (106¼°) of the inner leading
lights leads into Inner Harbour 2 passing between the
heads of the inner breakwaters on which stand Lights
B5 (N breakwater head) and B6 (S breakwater head).
Paragraph 4.293 1-4 Replace by:
1 LNG Terminal. The LNG Terminal located W of
Inner Harbour 1 has four berths, listed from W to E:
LPG Jetty, LNG1, LNG2 and LNG3; all berths have
associated leading lights. LPG Jetty, 300 m long, has a
dredged depth of 11 m. All three LNG berths have
dredged depths of 15 m.
2 Inner Harbour 1 has berths 2 to 7 on its N face
and berths 8 to 11 on its S face. Berth 1 for bulk
carriers up to 60 000 dwt is on the E side of the N
Inner Breakwater. A Ro -Ro berth lies in the NW
corner of the harbour. SMDS Jetty, suitable for vessels
up to 30 000 dwt, and Petroleum Jetty, suitable for
vessels up to 38 000 dwt, extend from the E side of
the harbour.
3 Inner Harbour 2. Palm Oil Jetty extends W from
the E side of Inner Harbour 2 with a dredged depth of
14 m at its W end.
Sarawak Chart 4001
(HH. 519/650/05) [31/05]
IV
4.2
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China – Bo Hai – Laotieshan Shuidao — Wrecks
302
Paragraph 9.144 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position SE of Laotieshan Xijiao, the track
leads generally W through Laotieshan Shuidao passing,
(with positions from Laotieshan Xijiao Light (38°44′N
121°08′E)):
2 S of the prohibited areas (9.113) extending S
from Laotieshan Xijiao and W from Yu Yan
(25½ miles ESE). A number of obstructions,
three with explosives, lie within the
prohibited areas. Thence:
Clear of an obstruction (11 miles S), thence:
S of Laotieshan Xijiao Light (9.6), thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (13½ miles S), thence:
3 Clear of a dangerous wreck (13¾ miles SSW); a
wreck with a depth of 29 m over it lies
1¼ miles WNW, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (12¼ miles SW); a
wreck with a depth of 25 m over it lies 1½ miles
farther SSW, thence:
N of a prohibited area (9.113) (23 miles SW) centred
on Beihuangcheng Dao (see below).
Chinese Notice 15/275/05
(HH. 556/420/05) [31/05]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Kyushu, West Coast - Hirado Seto, North part —
Odasuke Se
140
L 45 -49 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 37/04
Replace by:
A rocky reef with a least charted depth of 9⋅0 m,
lies near the middle of the strait 1¾ cables N of
Nanryu Saki.
Japanese Notice 25/729/05
(HH. 564/421/05) [31/05]

NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Sumatera, North East Coast - Selat Bengkalis —
Depths; wreck
118
Paragraph 4.325 1 Replace by:
1 The least charted depth on or close to the
recommended tracks in the approaches and through
Selat Bengkalis is 19⋅8 m. A dangerous wreck lies off
Pelabuhan Sungaipakning.
1
119
Paragraph 4.337 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
From a position 2 miles E of Tanjung Balai Light
the track to Sungaipakning No 1 Wharf leads SSW,
passing (with positions from Tanjung Balai Light
1
(1°22′⋅8N 102°08′⋅8E)):
WNW of a dangerous wreck (2¾ miles ESE),
thence:
WNW of a light-buoy (safe water) (2¼ miles SE),
moored 2 cables NE of the NW end of an 8 m
shoal which extends 2 miles SSE.
Paragraph 4.338 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
From a position 2 miles E of Tanjung Balai Light
the track leads SSE for about 2 miles thence S.
After 4.338 1 line 10 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (8¼ miles N), thence:
Indonesian Chart 18; Indonesian Notice 3/24/05
(HH. 525/705/06) [31/05]
Singapore Strait - Middle Channel - Ramunia
Shoals — Wreck; buoy
228
Paragraph 7.165 1 line 7 Replace by:
...considerably. A dangerous wreck, marked by a
light -buoy (isolated danger, racon), lies 2¼ miles NE of
the lane exit.
After 7.170 1 line 8 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (7½ miles NE), marked
by a light -buoy (isolated danger, racon), 3 cables
SW. Vessels should give the wreck a minimum
clearance of 1000 m.
230
Paragraph 7.186 3 Replace by:
3 Thence passing NW of a dangerous wreck
(1°25′⋅4N 104°29′⋅4E), marked by a
light -buoy (isolated danger, racon), 3 cables
SW.
After 7.187 2 Insert:
Attention is drawn to a dangerous wreck (1°25′⋅4N
104°29′⋅4E), marked on its SW side by a light -buoy
(isolated danger, racon), lying 1½ miles E of the
alignment.
MPA Singapore; Hydropac 938/05
(HH. 522/400/10) [31/05]
IV
4.3
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Anzio — Prohibited area
335
After Paragraph 12.17 2 line 4 Add:
Caution. EntryisprohibitedintoanareacloseEof
Molo Innocenziano Head, as shown on the chart.
Italian Notice 13.5/05
(HH. 369/580/05) [31/05]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - Motuihe Channel - Emu Rock —
Light -beacon
228
Paragraph 8.77 4 line 7 Replace by:
Light -beacon (36°47′⋅8S 174°54′⋅9E)...
New Zealand Notice 14/133/05
(HH. 580/475/07) [31/05]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Sotra - Døsjeneset — Overhead cable
166
L 55 Existing Supplement amendment For 20 m Read
24 m
Norwegian Notice 12/657/05
(HH. 310/445/09) [31/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Russia - Proliv B’yerkëzund - Veprevskiy Light
to Primorsk — Directions
197
Paragraph 5.253 3 line 4 For 2⋅1 m Read 1⋅6 m
Paragraph 5.253 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 WSW of a dangerous wreck in position 60°23′N
28°35′W, noting the 6 m patch close NNW,
thence:
BA Chart 2264
(HH. 020/200/01) [30/05]
Sweden - Gävle - Lövgrund — Anchorage
358
After Paragraph 9.196 1 Add:
Lövgrund
9.196a
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Anchorage Area G,
centred 8 cables SW of Lövgrund (60°44′⋅8N
17°26′⋅8E) (9.185) in depths of 18 to 25 m, sand and
clay.
Swedish Notice 72/2686/05
(HH. 318/555/04) [30/05]
Sweden - Norrsundet — Anchorage
363
Paragraph 9.243 1 line 3 Replace by:
...and clay. Anchorage may also be found in Area N centred
2 miles SSW of Gåshällan Light (9.238).
Swedish Notice 72/2687/05
(HH. 318/555/04) [30/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Approaches to Zhanjiang
Gang — Dangerous wreck
236
Paragraph 7.108 1 line 4 Replace by:
...1¾ miles E of this position. Another dangerous
wreck, position approximate, lies about 1 mile N of
No 3 light -buoy.
Chinese Notice 20/411/05
(HH. 548/430/04) [30/05]
4.1
China, South Coast - Zhujiang Kou —
Dangerous wreck
[30/05]
255
Paragraph 8.24 1 line 5 Replace by:
...(22°15′N 113°55′E). A dangerous wreck, position
approximate, marked close N by two light -buoys
(isolated danger), lies about 2¼ miles WNW of Niutou
Dao. It is reported that vessels wishing to...
Chinese Notices 20/412/05; 21/418/05
(HH. 548/436/06) [30/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
France - Gulf of Lions -
Approaches to Sète — Buoy
70
Paragraph 2.91 1 Replace by:
1 Approach. From a position about 12 miles SE of
Épi Dellon E Head Light (2.90) the track leads NW,
passing a light -buoy (pillar, safe water) (43°18′⋅6N
3°50′⋅1E), to a position 5 miles SE of Passe de l’Est
(43°24′N 3°44′E).
French Notice 23/47/05
(HH. 354/470/03) [30/05]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods
11
Paragraph 1.81 5 Replace by:
5 Additionally, Norwegian regulations require vessels
arriving from countries other than EC or Iceland to
provide departure and arrival reports and complete a
check list. The regulations, forms and check lists are
available from the Norwegian National Coastal
Administration as follows:
E -mail nnca@kystverket.no.
Telephone +47 33034800.
Fax +47 33034680.
Website www.kystverket.no
Users of the website require a password.
Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name and
password should contact the Brevik Vessel Traffic
Centre on +47 35572610.
Norwegian Notice 12/651/05
(HH. 308/006/03) [30/05]

NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods
8
Paragraph 1.52 Existing Supplement amendment Replace
by:
1.52 Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods.
Norwegian regulations require an arrival report and the
completion of a check list for vessels carrying dangerous or
polluting goods arriving from countries other than the EC
and Iceland. All vessels departing from Norway,
irrespective of destination, must make a departure report.
These regulations apply to vessels of at least 300 grt and to
vessels, irrespective of size, carrying dangerous or
polluting goods in bulk or packaged form, as defined by the
International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. The
regulations do not apply to:
Warships and official ships used for
non -commercial purposes.
Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditional
vessels, provided they are less than 45 m in
length.
Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores and
equipment for use on board vessels.
The regulations, forms and check lists are available
from the Norwegian National Coastal Administration
as follows:
E -mail nnca@kystverket.no.
Telephone +47 33034800.
Fax +47 33034680.
Website www.kystverket.no
Users of the website require a password.
Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name and
password should contact the Brevik Vessel Traffic
Centre on +47 35572610.
Norwegian Notice 12/651/05
(HH. 308/006/03) [30/05]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods
5
R 19 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods
1.48a Norwegian regulations require an arrival report and
the completion of a check list for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods arriving from countries other
than the EC and Iceland. All vessels departing from
Norway, irrespective of destination, must make a departure
report. These regulations apply to vessels of at least 300 grt
and to vessels, irrespective of size, carrying dangerous or
polluting goods in bulk or packaged form, as defined by the
International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. The
regulations do not apply to:
IV
4.2
Warships and official ships used for
non -commercial purposes.
Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditional
vessels, provided they are less than 45 m in
length.
Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores and
equipment for use on board vessels.
The regulations, forms and check lists are available
from the Norwegian National Coastal Administration
as follows:
E -mail nnca@kystverket.no.
Telephone +47 33034800.
Fax +47 33034680.
Website www.kystverket.no
Users of the website require a password.
Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name and
password should contact the Brevik Vessel Traffic
Centre on +47 35572610.
Norwegian Notice 12/651/05
(HH. 308/006/03) [30/05]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods
6
R 60 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods.
Norwegian regulations require an arrival report and the
completion of a check list for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods arriving from countries
other than the EC and Iceland. All vessels departing
from Norway, irrespective of destination, must make a
departure report. These regulations apply to vessels of
at least 300 grt and to vessels, irrespective of size,
carrying dangerous or polluting goods in bulk or
packaged form, as defined by the International
Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. The regulations do
not apply to:
Warships and official ships used for
non -commercial purposes.
Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditional
vessels, provided they are less than 45 m in
length.
Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores and
equipment for use on board vessels.
The regulations, forms and check lists are available
from the Norwegian National Coastal Administration
as follows:
E -mail nnca@kystverket.no.
Telephone +47 33034800.
Fax +47 33034680.
Website www.kystverket.no
Users of the website require a password.
Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name and
password should contact the Brevik Vessel Traffic
Centre on +47 35572610.
Norwegian Notice 12/651/05
(HH. 308/006/03) [30/05]

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Reporting requirements for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods
6
R 46 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods.
Norwegian regulations require an arrival report and the
completion of a check list for vessels carrying
dangerous or polluting goods arriving from countries
other than the EC and Iceland. All vessels departing
from Norway, irrespective of destination, must make a
departure report. These regulations apply to vessels of
at least 300 grt and to vessels, irrespective of size,
carrying dangerous or polluting goods in bulk or
packaged form, as defined by the International
Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. The regulations do
not apply to:
Warships and official ships used for
non -commercial purposes.
Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditional
vessels, provided they are less than 45 m in
length.
Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores and
equipment for use on board vessels.
The regulations, forms and check lists are available
from the Norwegian National Coastal Administration
as follows:
E -mail nnca@kystverket.no.
Telephone +47 33034800.
Fax +47 33034680.
Website www.kystverket.no
Users of the website require a password.
Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name and
password should contact the Brevik Vessel Traffic
Centre on +47 35572610.
327
Existing Supplement amendment Delete
Appendix III in its entirety.
Norwegian Notice 12/651/05
(HH. 308/006/03) [30/05]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(1988 Edition) — Supplement 6 -2003
Papua New Guinea - Raven Channel —
Light -beacons
200
R 64 Including existing Supplement amendment For
beacons Read light -beacons
Australian Notice 13/575/05; Chart Aus 629
(HH. 532/430/03) [30/05]
IV
4.3
Papua New Guinea - South -West Approaches to
Raven Channel - Dana -gedu Reef —
Light -beacon
201
L41Add:
A light -beacon (red square daymark on pile), marks the
reef.
Australian Notice 13/574/05
(HH. 532/430/03) [30/05]
Papua New Guinea - Hibwa Island —
Light -beacon
201
L 67 -70 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
...of bearing, 083½°, of Hibwa Island, (10°14′⋅5S
150°59′⋅4E), marked by a light -beacon (pile), passing,
(positions relative to Hibwa Island):
Australian Notice 13/577/05
(HH. 532/430/03) [30/05]
Papua New Guinea - Raven Channel - Diligaoli
and Taori -Namu Reefs — Light -beacons
201
R 6 -7 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...W), marked by a light -beacon (green triangular
daymark, apex up, on pile); the reef is...
R 10 -11 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...W), marked by a light -beacon (red can topmark on pile);
the reef is usually...
Chart Aus 629
(HH. 532/430/03) [30/05]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Chesapeake Bay - Rappahannock River and
approaches — Directions
154
Paragraph 5.45 1 line 5 For (3½ miles NNE). Read
(7 miles E).
US Chart 12235
(HH. 069/200/01) [30/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Germany - Rostock - Marienehe — Directions
470
Paragraph 13.208 1 lines 6 -8 Delete
Paragraph 13.208 2 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position close NE of M3
Light-buoy (starboard hand) (54°07′⋅1N 12°05′⋅7E), the
track leads SW through a short dredged channel,
marked by buoys and light-buoys (lateral). From M5
Light-buoy (starboard hand), the track either leads W
in the approach to Warnowkai (13.216), or continues
SW to Marienehe harbour basin.
German Notice 26/(16)1672/05
(HH. 327/500/05) [29/05]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
4
Lithuania - KlaipÌda — Directions; light
381
Paragraph 10.42 4 Replace by:
From a position in the vicinity of No 14 Light -buoy
(port hand), the track continues SSE for about 1 mile
in the white sector (167¼° -170¼°) of Uosta
Directional Light (round metal tower, white and green
bands, viewing platform, 9 m in height) (55°39′⋅8N
21°08′⋅6E)) to the ferry and Ro -Ro terminal serving
the Baltic routes.
Lithuanian Navigational Warning 24/05
(HH. 346/420/06) [29/05]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Burma (Myanmar) — Yadana Gasfield
105
L 48 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Yadana Gasfield lies approximately 26 miles SW
of Thuriya Light -vessel and consists of three, lit, gas
platforms, connected by submarine pipelines, in
positions 15°02′⋅1N 94°46′⋅0E, 15°07′⋅3N 94°47′⋅0E
and 15°09′⋅1N 94°47′⋅0E. Two submarine pipelines run
ESE from the central platform to the Burmese coast.
Caution. Anchoring and fishing in the vicinity of
the pipelines is prohibited.
Myanmar Navy Notice 12/05
(HH. 511/450/03) [29/05]
4.1
[29/05]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2005 Edition)
Inner Passage Route — Cousins Inlet;
Ocean Falls
2
66 -67
Chart reference above Paragraph 2.115 Replace by:
Canadian Chart 3939 (see 1.34)
Paragraph 2.115 2 Replace by:
High precipitous mountains rise from both sides of
the inlet.
Depths in the fairway gradually decrease from
1
134 m in the entrance to about 30 m 2 cables from
Ocean Falls.
A shoal, with a least depth of 7⋅7 m over it, lies on
the W side of the fairway 4 cables SSW of Wearing
Point (2.118).
Paragraphs 2.119 -2.128 Including headings Replace by:
Useful mark
2.119
Cousins Inlet Light (square framework tower)
(52°20′N 127°45′W).
Ocean Falls
2.120
1 General information. Ocean Falls (52°21′N
127°41′W), which is situated at the head of Cousins
Inlet on the N side of the Link River, lies at the foot
of high, steep mountains. A large dam and
multi -storey buildings, which are empty and in
disrepair, dominate the head of the inlet.
2 Berth. Ferry berth (52°21′⋅2N 127°41′⋅7W). The
docks S of the Link River are in disrepair.
Submarine pipeline. An outfall, marked by buoys,
extends 4 cables WNW from the shore 1½ cables S of
the Link River.
Facilities: doctor (once a month).
Supplies: fresh water; provisions nearby.
3 Communications: weekly ferry service in the
summer months; year round flights to Port Hardy.

Spare
2.121
Spare
2.122
Spare
2.123
Spare
2.124
Spare
2.125
Spare
2.126
Spare
2.127
Spare
2.128
Canadian Sailing Directions PAC 205; Canadian Chart
3939
(HH. 078/048/01) [29/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Thailand - Head of the Gulf — Wreck
121
After Paragraph 4.104 2 line 5 Insert:
Clear of a wreck (12°29′⋅8N 100°25′⋅2E), position
approximate, with a safe clearance depth of 12 m,
thence:
Thai Notice 79/2548(T)/05
(HH. 515/404/03) [29/05]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2002 Edition)
Egypt - Khalîg Abu Qîr — Idku LNG Port
116
After Paragraph 3.161 1 Insert:
Idku LNG Port
General information
3.161a
1 Position and function. Idku LNG Port (31°21′N
30°19′E), a new port, is situated on the E side of
Khalîg Abu Qîr. It consists of a loading jetty for the
export of LNG, and a small harbour.
2 Port limits. Idku LNG Port consists of the waters
enclosed within a line drawn NW from a position on
the shore, 5 cables S of the jetty, for a distance of
4 miles; thence NNE for 1¼ miles, returning to the
shore 7½ cables N of the jetty. Fishing is prohibited
within the port limits.
IV
4.2
Limiting conditions
3.161b
1 Vessels of up to 117 000 tonnes displacement with a
length of 300 m and a draught of 11⋅7 m can be
accommodated.
Arrival information
3.161c
1 Notice of ETA: 72, 48, 24 and 6 hours.
Waiting anchorage. There is a designated waiting
anchorage, centred on 31°27′⋅6N 30°13′⋅6E, 2½ miles
NW of the landfall buoy.
Pilots. Pilotage is compulsory.
Directions
3.161d
1 From a position about 4½ miles NW of Gezîret
Disûqî (31°21′·5N 30°06′·4E) (3.147) the track leads E
for about 9 miles towards the pilot station, passing
(with positions from Gezîret Disûqî Light) (3.152):
S of West A/Q Platform (6 miles N), and:
N of the wellhead (3½ miles N), lying 2 miles S of
West A/Q Platform, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(5½ miles NE), thence:
N of Q, A/Q P -2 Platform (5½ miles NE), thence:
N of A/Q P -1 Platform (7½ miles ENE), to a
position 1½ miles NW of the landfall buoy
(8 miles ENE).
2 The track then leads SE, clear of two wellheads
close by the landfall buoy, thence:
Leading lights:
Front light (red triangle, apex up, on red tower, 12 m
in height) (31°22′⋅2N 30°18′⋅4E).
Rear light (red rectangle on red tower, 23 m in
height) (200 m SE of front light).
The alignment (135°) of these lights leads SE
through a buoyed channel (dredged to 14 m), 230 m
wide and 2⋅2 miles long, to the turning basin.
Berth
3.161e
1 LNG Berth (31°22′⋅1N 30°17′⋅7E) consists of a
single berth situated at the end of a trestle style jetty,
which is 10m wide and 1⋅3 miles long, extending NW
from shore. A detached breakwater (lit at its N and S
ends), about 250 m NW, protects the berth from the
prevailing NW winds. A turning basin connects the
dredged channel to the berth. Vessels normally berth
port side to.
Egyptian Authority for Maritime Safety Notice 7/05;
Egyptian Chart M12
(HH. 405/470/04) [29/05]

NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2002 Edition)
Skagerrak - Jammerbugt — Dangerous wreck
316
After Paragraph 8.409 1 line 3 Insert:
SSE of a dangerous wreck (57°24′⋅5N 9°07′⋅1E)
marked by buoys (cardinal), thence:
Danish Notice 22/599(T)/05
(HH. 331/460/03) [29/05]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Romsdalfsjorden - Tresfjorden — Light
89
R 54 -55 Including existing Supplement amendment For
350° and 000° Read 000½° and 008°
Norwegian Notice 12/660/05
(HH. 310/490/05) [29/05]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Massachusetts - Great Round Shoal —
GRC Buoy
140
Paragraph 5.44 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Between Nos 8 and 9 Buoys (lateral) (6¼ miles E).
US Coastguard
(HH. 614/445/04) [29/05]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Electronic Chart Display and
Information System
6
After Paragraph 1.34 4 Insert:
5 Guidance regarding the use of Electronic Chart
Display and Information Systems (ECDIS) and
Electronic Navigational Charts (ENC) can be found in
the document Facts About Charts and Carriage
Requirements published jointly by IC -ENC and Primar
Stavanger and is available on the following websites:
www.ic -enc.org
www.primar -stavanger.org.
This also covers some aspects of the display of
digital charts.
Electronic Navigational Charts
6
Paragraph 1.35 3 line 7 Replace by:
...chart form. In some cases this is simply the result of
electronic charting systems making differences already
present in paper charting more obvious to the user. In others
they are due to slight variations in the implementation of
the ENC standard within adjoining cells for new features
not found in paper charts. Examples include:
IV
4.3
Use of the Category of Zone of Confidence
(CATZOG) attribute, (see 2.18).
Application of the Scale Minimum (SCAMIN)
attribute.
Use of depth contours of different values. This may
also cause depth areas highlighted by the choice
of safety contour to differ.
Different methods used to promulgate the content of
Temporary and Preliminary Notices to Mariners
for ENCs.
Mariners must take care when updating ENCs to
ensure that they familiarise themselves with the nature
of the change made to the charted detail.
It should also be noted that although the IHO...
Interpretation of source data
30
Paragraph 2.18 3 lines 10 -11 Replace by:
...reliability of “objects” (see 1.35). The object class
“Quality of Data” (M_QUAL) has an attribute “Category
Zone of Confidence” (CATZOC) that gives an...
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/05) [29/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
Spain - San Esteban de Pravia — Leading lights
1
340
Paragraph 11.55 1-3 Replace by:
Initial position NNE of the head of Dique del
Oeste (43°34′⋅2N 6°04′⋅6W).
Leading lights:
Front (white round tower, red bands, 3 m in height)
(43°34′⋅1N 6°04′⋅7W) on the inner elbow of
Dique del Oeste.
Rear (white metal structure, red bands, 17 m in
height) (360 m SSW of front light).
2 The alignment (206¼°) of these lights leads to a
position very close E of the head of Dique del
Oeste,
(11.46).
marked by San Esteban de Pravia Light
Paragraphs 11.56 -11.57 Delete
Spanish Notice 18/174/05;
(HH. 359/510/04) [28/05]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Russia - Sea of Azov - Taganrog — Pilotage
259
Paragraph 8.200 2 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
Pilotage. Vessels are boarded 8½ miles SSW of
Taganrog Light (47°12′N 38°57′E). See Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for details.
Russian Notice 22/3008/05
(HH. 305/400/04) [28/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Puget Sound - Olympia Shoal — Directions;
wreck
116
After Paragraph 3.334 2 line 9 Add:
E of a dangerous wreck (masts visible) (5 cables
SW), thence:
US Notice 24/18456/05
(HH. 612/485/08) [28/05]
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2002 Edition)
Woodbridge Haven — Buoyage
[28/05]
257
Paragraph 13.53 1-2 Existing Section IV Notice Week
21/03 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of Woodbridge Haven Light -buoy
(safe water) (51°58′⋅7N 1°24′⋅6E), the approach leads
W for 7 cables to Mid Knolls Buoy (starboard hand)
(not charted) at the inner end of the passage across the
bar, passing N of East Knolls Buoy (port hand) (not
charted) at the outer end of the passage. From Mid
Knolls Buoy, the buoyed channel leads 6 cables N to
the river entrance off Felixstowe Ferry (51°59′⋅3N
1°23′⋅4E) (13.55).
2 Depending on draught the optimum time to enter
the haven is on the in -going stream at half tide.
Caution. The buoys are moved frequently to
conform with changes in the channel.
Trinity House Notices 19/05; 31/05
(HH. 242/510/07) [28/05]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Palawan Passage - Dangerous Ground,
North -east part — Shoals
64
Paragraph 2.74 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.74
65
Paragraph 2.75 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.75
Paragraph 2.76 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.76
66
Paragraph 2.94 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
2.94
158
Paragraph 7.23 4 lines 3 -4 Delete
Paragraph 7.23 4 line 7 Replace by:
...chart, reported in 1976.
Paragraph 7.23 5 lines 1 -2 Delete
Philippine Notice 1/33/05
(HH. 553/610/03) [28/05]

Phillipine Islands - Luzon, West Coast - Manila
Harbour — Anchorage
195
After Paragraph 8.213 4 line 7 Insert:
5 Anchor berths A to D are located in the vicinity of
14°37′N 120°53′E for lightening deep -draught vessels.
Philippine Notice 5/95/05
(HH. 552/685/05) [28/05]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Kalimantan, East Coast - Teluk Balikpapan —
Racon
246
Paragraph 9.169 1 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
9.169
Indonesian Charts 157; 158
(HH. 527/660/03) [28/05]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2005 Edition)
Indonesia - Pulau Bangka, East Coast - Karang
Elliot — Light
144
Paragraph 6.92 2 Replace by:
2 On clearing Karang Goat, the track leads NW
passing:
SW of shoal patch (2°09′S 106°27′E), with a depth
of 6 m over it, thence:
NE of Karang Lombokbarat (2°09′S 106°24′E), a
reef with a depth of 5 m over it.
From a position 1 mile S of Karang Fathoolbarie, a
dangerous patch of coral with rocks on it which lies
2½ miles NNW of Karang Lombokbarat, the line of
bearing (292°) of Karang Miang Light (2°05′S
106°17′E) passes NNE of Karang Gading (2°07′S
106°19′E). The track then leads W, passing N of
Karang Gading, thence S of Karang Miang (6.108).
The track then continues WSW to Sungai Baturusa
approaches.
145
Paragraph 6.108 3 Replace by:
3 NW of Karang Elliot, a small drying reef, with
a rock which dries lying close NW, both
covered by the red sector (160° -280°) of
Karang Miang Light (1¾ miles SW).
The track then leads N on the line of bearing, 190°
(astern), of Karang Miang Light until a position at
least 8 miles E of Tanjung Raja (1°54′S 106°11′E)
(6.103) is reached, passing:
W of Karang Barat (6½ miles NNE), consisting of
stone and coral. Karang Palmer, a group of coral
heads, lies 2½ miles E of Karang Barat.
IV
4.2
146
Paragraph 6.111 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...followed until Karang Miang Light (2°05′S 106°17′E),
bearing 190°, is reached, thence the track continues NNW
so as to pass midway between Karang Foke (9½ miles
NW), a...
Indonesia - Pulau Bangka, East Coast - Sungai
Baturusa — Leading lights
144
Paragraph 6.93 4 line 4 Delete (284°)
Paragraph 6.97 1 line 6 For (284°) Read (279°)
Paragraph 6.97 1 line 11 For 3½ cables Read 4½ cables
Paragraph 6.97 2 lines 2 -7 Replace by:
SSW of a buoy (port hand) moored 2 miles E of the
front leading light, thence:
SSW of No 3 Buoy (starboard hand) moored off the
entrance to the river, 3½ cables from the front
light.
Indonesian Chart 53
(HH. 525/620/03) [28/05]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Slovenia - Piranski Zaliv — Wreck; restricted
area
468
Paragraph 10.117 1-2 Replace by:
Anchorage
10.117
1 The best anchorage is situated about 2¾ cables
offshore, between Piran and Rt Bernadin, in about
17 m, mud and clay, sheltered E by the hills behind
Piran.
Cautions. It is necessary to avoid a submarine
pipeline laid WNW for about 2 miles from a point on
the coast about 6 cables SSE of Rt Madona.
A wreck with 16 m over it lies about 1⋅4 miles SW
of Rt Madona.
2 Anchorage may also be found in the centre of the
bay, about 1¼ miles SSW of Rt Madona, as shown on
the chart, and, in SW winds, under the lee of the SW
shore. Holding in these anchorages is less reliable.
3 Prohibited anchorages.
E of a line, shown on the chart, drawn 202½° from a
position on the coast 4 cables E of Rt
Bernadin.
Within 1½ cables of the coast between Rt Madona
and Piran Harbour.
4 A nature reserve has been established within 1 cable
of the coast around Rt Madona, the limits of which
are marked by three buoys (special). Anchoring,
fishing, navigation by power -driven vessels and all
under -water activities are prohibited within the
reserve.
Slovenian Chart 2
(HH. 379/400/03) [28/05]

NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
River Humber - Grimsby Middle — Buoyage
172
Paragraph 7.33 5 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...South Shoal Light -buoy (S cardinal) is moored on the
SW corner of Grimsby Middle, 4 cables NNW of No 4B
Light -buoy (port hand) on the S side of the channel.
ABP Humber Notice 46/05
(HH. 252/400/12) [28/05]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 2 Africa Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Angola - Girassol Terminal — Information
197
Paragraph 7.19 Replace by:
General information
7.19
1 Position and function. Girassol Terminal comprises
a spread moored FPSO (7°39′S 11°41′E) of
343 000 dwt, with a SPM buoy situated 1 mile NNE
from it. The terminal lies about 75 miles offshore in a
depth of about 1360 m.
Terminal authority. TotalFinaElf E & P Angola.
Limiting conditions
7.19a
1 Maximum size of vessel handled. At the SPM
buoy maximum displacement permitted is
400 000 tonnes; at the FPSO it is 250 000 tonnes.
Local weather and sea state. See 7.10.
Arrival information
7.19b
1 Terminal operations. Berthing takes place between
0600 and 1500 hours only. Unberthing anytime.
Weather and current limitations for berthing and
loading operations are available from the terminal.
Notice of ETA. 72 hours before arrival thereafter
periodically.
Waiting area. There is a waiting area of radius
2 miles, W of the FPSO, centred on 7°40′S 11°37′E.
2 Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards
in the waiting area.
Tugs. Vessels are available to assist in berthing and
pull -back operations.
Restricted area. A restricted area with radius of
7 miles is centred on the FPSO. Vessels are prohibited
from fishing or entering the restricted area without the
permission of the terminal operator. Further mooring
exclusion and safety zones of radius 500 m are
established around the SPM and FPSO, respectively.
Terminal
7.19c
1 General. Lights are exhibited from the FPSO, and
a light from the SPM, both of which are fitted with
fog signals; a racon transmits from the FPSO. A flare
burns from a mast approximately 95 m above the deck
of the FPSO.
Directions
7.19d
1 Vessels are to approach the waiting area remaining
W of longitude 11°39′W. Otherwise the chart is
sufficient guide.
Berths
7.19e
1 Export tankers moor to either the SPM or in
tandem bow to bow to the FPSO. Cargo transfer is via
floating hose arrangements.
4.1
Services
7.19f
1 None available.
[26/05]
TotalFinaElf E&P Angola
(HH. 447/180/10) [26/05]
Angola — Lombo East Terminal
198
Paragraphs 7.30 -7.36 Including headings Replace by:
Spare
7.30
Spare
7.31
Spare
7.32
Spare
7.33
Spare
7.34
Spare
7.35
Spare
7.36
BA Chart 3206
(HH. 447/180/10) [26/05]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
Spain - Santander — Fairway; directions
2
312
Paragraph 10.45 2 Replace by:
The channel is maintained by constant dredging and
its limits are marked:
On the N side by No 1 Nube and No 3 La Osa
Light -buoys (starboard hand), and:
On the S side by No 2 Las Quebrantas Light -buoy
(port hand) and No 4 Rio Cubas Light -buoy
(preferred channel to starboard).
The track shown on the chart changes direction
(2 cables S of Isla Horadada) to 259½° where it joins
the buoyed fairway described at 10.46.
Paragraph 10.46 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position 2 cables S of Isla Horadada, the
line of bearing, 259½°, of Muelle del Almirante
Directional Light (metal post, 15 m in height)
2
(43°27′⋅3N 3°48′⋅6W) leads in the fairway from the
narrows to the vicinity of Muelle de Maliaño, passing
(positions given from the directional light):
N of the tidal flats whose N edge is marked by
No 6 Las Hueras Light -buoy (port hand)
(7 cables E) and No 8 El Dorao Light -buoy
(port hand) (4 cables E) and:

3 S of the shoals extending S from the vicinity of
the Dársena de Molnedo (8 cables ENE) and
SE from Muelle Maria Albareda (4 cables
NE) and marked by No 5 Puertochico
Light -buoy (preferred channel to port)
(8½ cables ENE) and No 7 Bruma
Light -buoy (starboard hand) (5 cables ENE)
respectively.
Spanish Notice 21/213/05
(HH. 359/470/04) [26/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Houston Passage — Anchorages
188
Paragraph 5.367 1 Replace by:
1 There are three designated anchorages as follows:
No1(48°57′⋅4N 123°37′⋅0W) in about 24 m, mud.
No2(48°56′⋅7N 123°37′⋅0W) in about 30 m.
No3(48°56′⋅1N 123°37′⋅0W)in20to24m,mud.
Canadian Sailing Directions Correction Week 05/05
(HH. 078/050/04) [26/05]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2002 Edition)
River Medway — Grain LNG Terminal
306
After Paragraph 16.6 11 Insert:
LNG regulations
16.6a
1 The following regulations apply to Grain LNG
Terminal (16.77) and to the navigation of other vessels
when an LNG vessel is berthed, arriving at, or
departing the terminal.
16.6b
1 Prohibited area. An area in which entry is
prohibited to all unauthorised vessels is centred on the
cargo transfer arms (51°25′⋅9N 0°42′⋅5E) and has a
radius of 150 m.
Restricted area. An area in which navigation is
restricted is centred on the cargo transfer arms, above,
and has a radius of 250 m. When an LNG vessel is
berthed at the terminal, no vessel over 50 m LOA may
enter the restricted area.
2 Vessels of less than 50 m LOA may, if it is deemed
necessary for safe navigation by the pilot or master of
such vessel, pass within the restricted area but not less
than 100 m from any LNG vessel on the berth.
Whilst within the restricted area vessel’s speed must
not exceed 7⋅5 kn through the water.
16.6c
1 Traffic regulations. When an LNG vessel is
inbound or outbound between Medway Buoy
(51°28′⋅8N 0°52′⋅8E) and the Grain LNG terminal, the
following regulations apply:
IV
4.2
2
(a) No vessel shall proceed in the opposite direction
to an LNG vessel if the latter is in the Medway
Approach Channel between No 2 Light -buoy
(51°28′⋅3N 0°50′⋅5E) and a line drawn W from
the lights (2 vertical fixed red) (51°26′⋅8N
0°44′⋅6E) at Garrison Point.
(b) Vessels navigating in the same direction as an
LNG vessel shall maintain a distance of at least
one mile ahead or 5 cables astern of the LNG
vessel.
(c) Vessels of less than 50 m LOA may navigate
in the same or opposite direction to the LNG
provided that they can navigate safely outside
the main navigation channel.
(d) Vessels shall not cross less than one mile ahead or
5 cables astern of the LNG vessel.
(e) When an inbound LNG vessel is manoeuvring in
Saltpan Reach W of Kent Buoys (51°26′⋅1N
0°43′⋅5E) no inbound vessels of more than 50 m
LOA shall pass the Kent Buoys and no outbound
vessel of more than 50 m LOA shall pass No 12
Light -buoy (51°25′⋅7N 0°40′⋅3E) until the
Medway Navigation Service advises that it is safe
to do so.
315
After Paragraph 16.77 1 Add:
Grain LNG Terminal is situated at Jetty No 10,
which has a maintained depth of 12⋅5 m.
Medway Ports Notice 17/05
(HH. 248/400/08) [26/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
4
China, South Coast - Baisungong Jiao to
Qiongzhou Haixia - Qinzhou Gang — Major
light; racon
224
After Paragraph 7.40 3 line 6 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 16/05 Insert:
Major light: Damiaodun Light (21 m in height)
(21°35′⋅5N 108°44′⋅5E).
Other aid to navigation (Racon): Damiaodun
Light (as above).
Chinese Notice 17/336/05
(HH. 548/400/04) [26/05]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
Hauraki Gulf - Motuihe Channel — Fast Ferry
Zone
228
After Paragraph 8.77 4 line 3 Add:
5 Caution. A Fast Ferry Zone has been established in
Motuihe Channel within which anchoring and fishing
are prohibited. Vessels should not impede the passage
of fast ferries within the zone.
New Zealand Notice 12/120/05
(HH. 580/475/07) [26/05]

NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II
(1984 Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Fiji - Exploring Isles - Directions for American
Passage — Off -lying shoal
301
R29-30Replace by:
...SE swell. Dilio Shoal lies 4½ miles ENE of Nuku
Thikombia Reef.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 061/200/01) [26/05]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
East Approaches to Nantucket Sound — GRS
and PR Light -buoys
138
Paragraph 5.22 Including heading Delete
139
Paragraph 5.24 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...marked on its W side by light -buoys and buoys.
140
Paragraph 5.42 Including heading Delete
Paragraph 5.43 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 41°34′N 69°51′W Pollock Rip
Channel and the channel...
Paragraph 5.44 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 41°26′N 69°43′W Great Round
Shoal Channel leads W,...
US Coast Pilot 2 Correction Week 24/05
(HH. 078/551/06) [26/05]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Bangladesh - Chittagong Coast - Cox’s Bluff —
Submarine cable; anchorage
87
After L 4 Add:
Submarine cable. A submarine cable extends about
15½ miles SW from a position 1 mile SSE of Cox’s
Bluff, as shown on the chart.
After R3Add:
Caution. Mariners are advised that a submarine
cable (4.49) lies close SSE of the anchorages.
Bangladesh Notice 14/05; BA Chart 859
(HH. 508/400/05) [25/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Westshore Terminals and Deltaport — Traffic
regulations; caution
202
After Paragraph 6.32 1 line 5 Add:
A restricted area designated as a “No Crab Trap
Floats” zone has been established adjacent to the
terminals and extends about 1 mile S. Any commercial
crab trap floats moored within the area will be
removed or relocated.
2 Caution. Vessels berthing and unberthing at the
terminal, and attendant tugs, should be aware,
however, of the potential risks that any such floats
may cause to propulsion and steering systems.
Canadian Notices 05/507 -508/05
(HH. 602/006/03) [25/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Thailand - Mui Nai To Mui Bai Bung -
Hon Tho Chau — Racon
148
After Paragraph 4.291 1 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
4.291a
1 Racon: Hon Tho Chau Light (9°17′⋅7N 103°28′⋅0E)
(4.292).
French Notice 16/Section 2/05
(HH. 546/400/04) [25/05]
4.1
[25/05]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Sarawak, North -west Coast - Kuala Rajang —
Racon
95
After Paragraph 4.98 1 line 6 Insert:
Pasir Wong Light (2°06′⋅3N 111°09′⋅0E) (4.128).
96
After Paragraph 4.98 2 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
4.98a
1 Racon: Pasir Wong Light (2°06′⋅3N 111°09′⋅0E)
(4.128).
99
After Paragraph 4.128 2 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
4.128a
1 Racon: Pasir Wong Light (2°06′⋅3N 111°09′⋅0E)
(4.128).
Sarawak Marine Department Notice 13/05
(HH. 519/600/04) [25/05]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
Kalimantan, East Coast - Lhotuan — Anchorage
256
After Paragraph 9.281 1 Add:
Outer anchorage. An anchorage area, radius
5 cables, has been established centred on position
0°08′⋅80N 117°35′⋅02E.
Indonesian Chart 39
(HH. 527/700/03) [25/05]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Kyushu, West Coast - Approaches to Nagasaki
Ko — Pilot boarding place
123
L 17 Existing Supplement amendment For NE Read N
Japanese Chart W197
(HH. 564/422/03) [25/05]

NP 42B Japan Pilot Volume III (1981 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2004
Seto Naikai - Bingo Nada - Mi Saki —
Dangerous wrecks
133
R 16 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Three dangerous wrecks lie W, NNW and NE of Mi Saki in
positions 34°15′⋅8N 133° 30′⋅8E, 34°16′⋅3N 133°33′⋅3E
and 34°16′⋅9N 133°34′⋅1E respectively.
Japanese Notice 18/516/05; BA Chart 3605
(HH. 568/465/06) [25/05]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Svinesund — Vertical clearance
173
Paragraph 6.169 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
3 A second bridge, with a vertical clearance of 55 m,
also spans Svinesund between Bjällvarpet (59°05′⋅6N
11°15′⋅2E) and Rörbekk.
The vertical clearance (1.9) under the bridge
crossing Tistedalselva (6.161), 1½ cables from its
mouth, is 2⋅5 m.
Norwegian Notice 8/427/05
(HH. 311/580/03) [25/05]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II
(1984 Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Fiji -Exploring Isles — Off -lying reefs
299
L52For 14⋅6 m (48ft) Read 11 m (36 ft)
L53For 9⋅1 m (30ft) Read 6m (19ft)
L56Add:
A 24 m (13 fm) patch lies 3 miles ESE.
L58For 21⋅9 m (12fm) Read 18⋅3 m (60ft)
L60For 33 m (18 fm) Read 22 m (12 fm)
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 061/200/01) [25/05]
IV
4.2
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Australian and New Zealand Charts
2
Paragraph 1.13 1-2 Replace by:
1 In accordance with Bilateral Arrangements between
Australia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom,
facsimile reproductions of selected Australian and New
Zealand charts are published by the UKHO and form
part of the Admiralty series of charts. The selected
charts are those considered to be required by
international shipping. These charts retain their
Australian and New Zealand chart numbers. All chart
correcting notices to mariners issued by Australia and
New Zealand which affect these charts are re -issued
as Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
2 The full range of Australian and New Zealand
charts is given in their respective chart catalogues
which are available on the following websites:
www.hydro.gov.au
www.linz.govt.nz
Australia and New Zealand have agreed with the
United Kingdom to adopt responsibility for chart
coverage in the areas shown in Diagram 1.13; these
areas extend to Antarctica. All medium and large scale
Admiralty charts of these areas are reproductions of
Australian and New Zealand charts.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/05) [25/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
East Falkland Island - Approaches to Stanley
Harbour - Cape Pembroke — Racon
42
L28For Racons Read Racon
L31-32Delete
Falkland Islands Nav Warning 01/02
(HH. 690/460/03) [24/05]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2003 Edition)
1
Peru - Puerto San Martin — Routeing measures
303
Paragraph 9.223 1 lines 6 -7 Delete
Paragraph 9.224 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
The Puerto Pisco TSS, shown on the chart, is
established in the approaches to Puerto San Martin. A
light -buoy (safe water) (13°41′⋅7S 76°18′⋅1W) is
moored at the centre of the precautionary area; an area
to be avoided of radius 200 m surrounds the buoy. The
scheme is...
304
Paragraph 9.225 4 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Thence the track leads to a position in the
1
precautionary area (9.224) about 2½ miles NNE of Isla
Blanca (13°44′⋅2S 76°18′⋅7W).
Paragraph 9.226 1 Replace by:
From a position in the precautionary area (9.224)
the track leads through the SSE -bound lane of the
TSS for about 6 miles to the pilot boarding position
about 7 cables ENE of Punta Pejerrey (13°47′⋅8S
2
76°17′⋅4W).
Caution. The centre of the SSE -bound lane of the
TSS passes within 7 cables of Isla Blanca.
Paragraph 9.227 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
WSW of the light -buoy (safe water) (6 miles N)
moored at the centre of the precautionary area
(9.224), thence:
ENEofIslaBlanca(3¾miles NNW) (see Caution at
9.226), thence:
WSW of an offshore loading platform (2¼ miles
NE), thence:
To the pilot boarding position (7 cables ENE).
Paragraph 9.230 1 line 2 Replace by:
...leads N for about 3½ miles passing W of the offshore
loading platform, thence through the NNW -bound...
After Paragraph 9.230 1 Insert:
Caution. The centre of the W -bound lane of the
TSS passes within 6 cables of Roca Chata (9.225).
International Maritime Organization; BA Chart 3084
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [24/05]
4.1
[24/05]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
Mexico - Bahía de Manzanillo - Vessel Traffic
Service; Traffic Separation Scheme; anchorages
159
Paragraph 5.156a Existing Section IV Notice Week 04/05
Replace by:
Vessel traffic service
5.156a
1 A VTS is in operation for the port of Manzanillo;
participation is mandatory for vessels of over 500 gt.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (5).
Paragraph 5.156b 1 line 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week
04/05 Replace by:
1 A TSS has been...
160
Paragraph 5.164 1 line 4 Including Existing Section IV
Notice Week 04/05 Replace by:
Outer anchorage. Three anchorage areas, Zones A,
B and C, have been established in the N part of Bahía
de Manzanillo (with positions from the head of
Manzanillo breakwater (5.159)):
Zone A, for tankers and vessels carrying dangerous
cargo, centred 288° distance 3⋅0 miles.
Zone B, for large vessels in excess of 5000 gt,
centred 312° distance 2⋅1 miles.
Zone C, for vessels of less than 5000 gt, centred 348°
distance 1⋅3 miles.
API Manzanillo
(HH. 623/410/03) [24/05]
NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
South Shetland Islands - Elephant Island -
Cape Valentine — Depth
141
Paragraph 4.49 4 Add:
A shoal with a depth of 5 m (16 ft) over it lies in
position 61°05′⋅8S 54°38′⋅4W, 7 cables ENE of Cape
Valentine.
Lindblad Expeditions
(HH. 694/400/06) [24/05]

NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Routeing measures
7
Paragraph 1.60 1 lines 1 -4 Including heading Replace by:
Traffic regulations
1.60
1 Routeing measures. Traffic separation schemes
(TSS) and two -way routes are in operation for the
Juan de Fuca Strait and approaches, Puget Sound and
approaches, Haro Strait, Boundary Pass, Strait of
Georgia, Johnstone Strait, Broughton Strait and off
Discovery Island. These schemes are shown in
magenta on the appropriate charts...
55
Paragraph 2.9 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...charts. The schemes are IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of...
56
Paragraph 2.9 1 Add:
A two -way route has been established S of the TSS
in the W part of Juan de Fuca Strait for smaller,
slower moving vessels that normally do not use the
separation scheme in the strait.
Paragraph 2.9 2 line 5 Replace by:
...Precautionary Area PA, centred 4 miles SSE of Race...
Paragraph 2.9 3 Delete
59
Paragraph 2.37 1 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...E -bound traffic lane of the TSS leads generally ESE to
Precautionary Area PA, centred 4 miles SSE of Race Rocks
Light (2.36); VF Light -buoy marks the W side of the
latter...
1
63
Paragraph 2.74 1 line 1 Replace by:
Three TSSs lead from Precautionary Area PA, SE
of...
Paragraph 2.74 2 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...Precautionary Area PA, SE of Race Rocks, to
Precautionary Area ND, NW of Dungeness Spit.
Paragraph 2.74 3 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...Dungeness Light (48°10′⋅9N 123°06′⋅6W) on the E
perimeter of Precautionary Area ND, marks the centreline
of a TSS leading 5¼ miles NE to Precautionary Area RA...
Paragraph 2.74 3 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...Dungeness Light on the E perimeter of Precautionary
Area ND, marks the centreline of a TSS leading 9¼ miles E
to Precautionary Area SA (2.193) situated at the...
64
Paragraph 2.83 1 line 2 Replace by:
...123°33′W) (2.38) at the W edge of Precautionary Area
PA,...
Paragraph 2.83 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
Through the SW part of Precautionary Area ND to
the pilot boarding ground (1½ miles N).
IV
Paragraph 2.84 1 line 2 Replace by:
...Light the route, entirely within Precautionary Area ND,
leads 11½ miles ENE to a position N of...
Paragraph 2.84 2 line 2 Replace by:
...Precautionary Area ND which gives access to
the TSS...
Paragraph 2.85 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position within Precautionary Area PA, SE
of...
65
Paragraph 2.85 4 line 1 Replace by:
4 Through Precautionary Area V to the Pacific
1
Pilotage Authority boarding...
Paragraph 2.86 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
From a position in Precautionary Area V, SSE of
VH Light -buoy, the passage leads E and NE for
10 miles to Precautionary Area DI at the entrance to
Haro Strait,...
Paragraph 2.91 1 line 3 Replace by:
...moored on the S perimeter of Precautionary Area PA,...
4.2
68
Paragraph 2.121 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in Precautionary Area V, S of VH
Light -buoy (special)...
69
Paragraph 2.123 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in Precautionary Area V, S of VH
Light -buoy (special)...
78
Paragraph 2.201 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...lane of the TSS leads 11 miles E into Precautionary Area
SA at the entrance to Admiralty Inlet, passing (with...
Paragraph 2.201 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 Through Precautionary Area SA, passing S of SA
Light -buoy (special) (11¼ miles E), thence:
1
79
Paragraph 2.202 3 line 2 Replace by:
...at the centre of Precautionary Area RA in the...
Paragraph 2.202 5 line 5 Replace by:
...Precautionary Area RB, SE of Lopez Island at the
entrance to...
Paragraph 2.203 1 line 1 Replace by:
From a position in Precautionary Area SA, NW of
SA Light -buoy (special)...
Paragraph 2.203 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 Through Precautionary Area RA, passing NE of
RA Light -buoy (special) (5½ miles W)
(2.202), thence:
Paragraph 2.204 1 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
From a position in Precautionary Area SA, NNE of
SA Light -buoy (special), the N -bound traffic lane of
the TSS leads 11 miles NNE to Precautionary Area RB
at the entrance to Rosario Strait, passing...

133
Paragraph 4.7 1 line 2 Replace by:
...Strait. They are connected by a two -way route through
the...
134
Paragraph 4.12 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...with the route from Deception Pass (3.486) converge at
Precautionary Area RB, centred on 48°26′⋅5N 122°45′⋅3W,
to join the two -way route leading N through Rosario Strait.
This...
Paragraph 4.19 Heading Replace by:
Directions from SW to Precautionary Area RB
at the S end of Rosario Strait
(continued from 2.202)
Paragraph 4.19 1 line 3 Replace by:
...leads 5 miles NE to Precautionary Area RB (4.12) at the
S...
Paragraph 4.20 Heading Replace by:
Directions from S to Precautionary Area RB at
the S end of Rosario Strait
(continued from 2.204 and 3.487)
Paragraph 4.20 1 line 3 Replace by:
...to Precautionary Area RB (4.12) at the S end of Rosario...
Paragraph 4.21 Heading Replace by:
Precautionary Area RB to James Island
Paragraph 4.21 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in Precautionary Area RB, ENE
of...
136
Paragraph 4.32 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 The two -way route continues NE to Precautionary
Area C in the N part of Rosario Strait, marked at its
centre by C Light -buoy (special) (48°40′⋅6N
122°42′⋅8W), where it is linked with the traffic lane
leading NW to Precautionary Area CA, marked at its
centre by CA...
Paragraph 4.35 1 line 3 Replace by:
...Precautionary Area C (4.32) in the N part of Rosario...
Paragraph 4.35 5 line 3 Replace by:
Into Precautionary Area C, marked at its centre by
C...
Paragraph 4.36 1 line 2 Replace by:
...lane of the TSS to Precautionary Area CA (4.32) which...
137
Paragraph 4.37 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in Precautionary Area CA, in the
vicinity of CA Light -buoy (48°45′⋅3N...
141
Paragraph 4.74 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in Precautionary Area C, in the
vicinity of C...
145
Paragraph 4.105 5 line 5 Replace by:
The route leads W into Precautionary Area CA,
marked at...
IV
146
Paragraph 4.119 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in Precautionary Area RA, SE of
RA Light -buoy (48°19′⋅8N...
4.3
148
Paragraph 4.136 4 lines 8 -9 Replace by:
...Point Light (6 miles WNW) into the Boundary
Pass (5.28) two -way route.
149
Paragraph 4.149 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...and Orcas Island on the S, to merge with Precautionary
Area CA, centred on CA Light -buoy (48°45′⋅3N
122°46′⋅5W)...
150
Paragraph 4.154 5 line 2 Replace by:
...(4.37) to merge with Precautionary Area CA, centred on
CA...
158
Paragraph 5.13 Replace by:
Traffic regulations
5.13
1 Routeing measures. Traffic separation schemes
(TSSs) and two -way routes are in operation
throughout Haro Strait and Boundary Pass. These
routeing measures are IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) applies.
159
Paragraph 5.26 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
From a position ENE of Discovery Island Light
(2.81) in Precautionary Area DI, the N -bound lane of
the TSS leads generally NNW, passing (with...
Paragraph 5.26 4 line 1 Replace by:
4 Through Precautionary Area HS, passing WSW
of Lime Kiln Light (5.24), with two houses...
Paragraph 5.27 1 line 2 Replace by:
...123°12′⋅1W), the track follows the two -way route,
continuing NNW for about 6 miles and...
Paragraph 5.27 5 line 1 Replace by:
5 Through Precautionary Area TP, passing ENE of
Tom Point Light (white round tower, green...
160
Paragraph 5.28 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 From a position in Precautionary Area TP, ENE of
Arachne Reef Light (48°41′⋅1N...
Paragraph 5.28 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 The track continues ENE following the two -way
route, passing SSE of Blunden Islet which
lies close off the E...
Paragraph 5.29 1 line 2 Replace by:
...(48°44′⋅0N 123°02′⋅3W), the two -way route continues to
lead ENE...

199
Paragraph 6.8 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
2 The schemes SE of Roberts Bank (6.2) are
IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of International
1
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
applies.
The schemes from Roberts Bank N to Burrard Inlet
(6.123) are Canadian compulsory schemes, see 1.60.
201
Paragraph 6.24 1 line 7 Replace by:
Through Precautionary Area GS, passing NE of
Alden Point Light (3 miles E) (5.29), thence:
Paragraph 6.25 1 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
...123°11′⋅3W), the route leads NW for about 15 miles in
the NW -bound traffic lane of the TSS, to Roberts Bank TA
Light -buoy (49°04′⋅4N 123°22′⋅9W),...
Paragraph 6.25 2 lines 12 -13 Replace by:
Through Precautionary Area PR, passing NE of the
NE entrance to Active Pass (9½ miles SW)
(5.96), thence:
202
Paragraph 6.25 6 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
Through a Precautionary Area, passing NE of TA
Light-buoy (special) (10¾ miles WNW) (6.23).
Paragraph 6.26 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
From a position in the Precautionary Area, NE of
TA Light-buoy (49°04′⋅4N 123°22′⋅9W), the route
3
leads N for about 12 miles, passing (with...
Paragraph 6.26 3 line1 Replace by:
Through a Precautionary Area, passing W of
North
round...
Arm Jetty
203
Westerly Light (white
1
Paragraph 6.34 1 line 1 Replace by:
Directions. From a position in Precautionary Area
PR, SW...
214
Paragraph 6.138 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 From a position in the Precautionary Area, E of QA
Light-buoy (49°16′⋅6N 123°19′⋅3W), the route leads
NE for about 2¾ miles into the ENE -bound traffic
lane of the TSS to First Narrows...
International Maritime Organization; BA Charts 4947;
4952
(HH. 602/080/03) [24/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China - Bo Hai - Liaodong Wan — Wreck
323
Paragraph 10.199 5 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
5 Clear of a dangerous wreck (39°13′N 120°52′E),
two more dangerous wrecks lie 4 miles E and
6½ miles ENE respectively; the positions of
all three wrecks are approximate, thence:
Chinese Notice 12/192/05
(HH. 556/420/05) [24/05]
IV
4.4
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Italy - Ravenna — Restricted area
545
After Paragraph 12.166 2 Insert:
3 Restricted area. A conservation area, within which
fishing is prohibited, has been established E of
Ravenna as shown on the chart. Offshore oil and gas
installations and terminals are contained within the
area.
Italian Notice 8.11//05
(HH. 370/570/04) [24/05]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2002 Edition)
Portuguese Coast — Traffic Separation Schemes
49
Paragraph 2.3 2 Including Existing Section IV Notice Week
04/05 Replace by:
2 Off Finisterre in 43°12′N 10°00′W (2.21).
OffCabodaRocain38°45′N 10°00′W (2.28).
Off Cabo de São Vicente in 36°45′N9°20′W (2.38).
At Banco del Hoyo in 35°56′N 6°09′W (7.8).
In Strait of Gibraltar from 35°56′N 5°45′W to
35°59′N 5°25′W (chart 142) (7.8).
51
Paragraph 2.28 1-2 Replace by:
Traffic Separation Scheme
2.28
1 The Off Cabo da Roca TSS is established, as
shown on the chart, in position 38°45′N 10°00′W. The
area between the scheme and the coast is designated
as an Inshore Traffic Zone. The scheme is
IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. The
scheme has been revised (2005) to provide additional
traffic lanes for vessels carrying dangerous or pollutant
cargoes in bulk, as defined in the IMDG Code and
Annexes I and II of MARPOL 73/78.
After Paragraph 2.28 Insert:
Area to be Avoided
2.28a
1 An Area to be Avoided surrounding Ilha da
Berlenga has been established, as shown on the chart,
centred on position 39°26′N 9°30′W. Vessels of 300 grt
or more are prohibited entry to the Area unless they
are duly authorised ships navigating between
Portuguese ports and not carrying dangerous cargoes
or other harmful substances.
Paragraph 2.31 2 Replace by:
2 Apart from the terminal points of the passage
above, where the median distance of the TSS is about
30 miles from the coast, the track passes between
40 and 60 miles offshore and there are no readily
identifiable landmarks.

1
Paragraph 2.34 1 Replace by:
From a position W of Cabo Finisterre (42°53′N
9°16′W) the passage leads S for about 250 miles,
thence SSE for 7 miles, in deep water, to the exit from
the Off Cabo da Roca Traffic Separation Scheme
about 29 miles WSW of Cabo Raso (38°42′N 9°29′W);
the charts are sufficient guide. The only charted
dangers lying off-shore are Os Farilhões and Ilha da
Berlenga in the approaches to Cabo Carvoeiro
1
(39°22′N 9°24′W) which are described at 5.217.
52
Paragraph 2.38 1 Replace by:
The Off Cabo de São Vicente TSS for the use of
vessels rounding the SW coast of Portugal is
established, as shown on the chart, in 36°45′N 9°20′W.
The area between the scheme and the coast is
1
designated an Inshore Traffic Zone. The scheme is
IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. The
scheme has been revised (2005) to provide additional
traffic lanes for vessels carrying dangerous or pollutant
cargoes in bulk, as defined in the IMDG Code and
Annexes I and II of MARPOL 73/78.
Paragraph 2.43 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
From a position WSW of Cabo Raso (38°42′N
9°29′W) the passage leads, in deep water, about
100 miles SSE to, and thence through the Off Cabo de
São Vicente TSS passing:
53
Paragraph 2.52 1 line 5 For 30 Read 45
141
Paragraph 5.197 1 Replace by:
1 Offshore route. From the approaches to Rio
Mondego (40°09′N 8°52′W) the route leads SW to
pass NW of the Area to be Avoided (2.28a)
surrounding Ilha da Berlenga (5.218).
Paragraph 5.197 2 lines 1 -2 For Inshore Traffic Zone Read
Area to be Avoided
142
Paragraph 5.202 1-3 Including heading Replace by:
Area to be Avoided
5.202
1 An Area to be Avoided surrounding Ilha da
1
Berlenga has been established, see 2.28a.
143
Paragraph 5.209 1 Replace by:
From a position W of the entrance to Rio Mondego
(40°09′N 8°52′W) the route leads SW for about
70 miles passing NW of the Area to be Avoided
(2.28a) surrounding Ilha da Berlenga (5.218) to a
position WNW of Cabo Carvoeiro.
Paragraph 5.209 2 line 1 For Inshore Traffic Zone Read
Area to be Avoided
Paragraph 5.210 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 For vessels authorised to use the Area to be
Avoided (2.28a) surrounding Ilha da Berlenga the
route leads, from the same initial position as the
offshore
passing:
route, SSW then SW for about 55 miles
IV
4.5
147
Paragraph 5.227 1-2 Replace by:
1 Offshore route. From a position WNW of Cabo
Carvoeiro the route leads SSW then S for about 60
miles in deep water to the exit of the Off Cabo da
Roca TSS.
2 Inshore route. For vessels authorised to use the
Area to be Avoided (2.28a) surrounding Ilha da
Berlenga and the Inshore Traffic Zone, the route leads
S for about 39 miles, from the vicinity of Cabo
Carvoeiro (39°22′N 9°24′W) to that of Cabo Raso.
148
Paragraph 5.232 1-3 Replace by:
1 A TSS for use of vessels rounding Cabo da Roca
(38°47′N 9°30′W) is established. See 2.28.
Paragraph 5.237 1 Replace by:
1 Offshore route. From a position WNW of Cabo
Carvoeiro the route leads SSW to the entrance of, and
then S through, the S-bound lanes of the Off Cabo da
Roca TSS; the chart is sufficient guide.
Paragraph 5.237 2 Delete
Paragraph 5.237 3 line 2 Replace by:
...for vessels authorised to use the Area to be Avoided and
the Inshore Traffic Zones, the...
150
Paragraph 5.254 1 line 2 Replace by:
...the area of Off Cabo da Roca TSS the approaches to Rio
Tejo...
1
181
Paragraph 6.5 1 Replace by:
Cabo de São Vicente to Río Guadalquivir. From a
position S of Punta de Sagres (36°59′N 8°57′W), at
the exit from the TSS, to that of 36°45′N 6°30′W in
the approaches to the river, the passage leads E for
about 128 miles passing S of Cabo de Santa Maria
(36°58′N 7°52′W) (6.45). There are no known dangers
adjacent to this route. Attention is drawn to a
light-buoy
7°05′⋅3W.
(special) moored in position 36°51′·1N
1
Paragraph 6.6 1 Replace by:
Cabo de São Vicente to Cádiz. From a position S
of Punta de Sagres (36°59′N 8°57′W), at the exit from
the TSS, to that of the Cádiz pilot boarding area
(36°34′N 6°19′W), the passage leads E for about
129 miles passing S of Cabo de Santa Maria (36°58′N
7°52′W) (6.45). There are no known dangers adjacent
to this route. Attention is drawn to the ODAS
light-buoy moored in position 36°28′⋅9N 6°57′⋅5W.
182
Paragraph 6.17 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 A TSS for the use of vessels rounding Cabo de São
Vicente is established between 36°59′N 9°32′W and a
position about 34 miles SE as shown on the chart.
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 363/080/03) [24/05]

NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Chesapeake Bay entrance — Traffic Separation
Scheme; deep water route
115
Paragraph 4.16 3 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...Charles Light (37°07′N, 75°54′W), the route leads
3½ miles WSW thence 2¼ miles W to the Precautionary
Area off Cape Henry.
Paragraph 4.18 1 line 2 For 8⋅5 m(28ft)Read 9⋅8 m(32ft)
Paragraph 4.18 1 line 4 For 9⋅7 m (32ft) Read 10⋅4 m
(34 ft)
Paragraph 4.18 2 line 2 For 14 m (46 ft) and greater Read
less than 11⋅0 m (36ft)
116
Paragraph 4.21 1 line 2 For SW Read SE
Paragraph 4.21 2 line 3 For 75°58′W Read 75°54′W
Paragraph 4.21 4 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
...as those with a draught greater than 12⋅8 m (42 ft) in fresh
water), and for aircraft carriers, approaching or leaving
Chesapeake Bay.
Vessels drawing less than 12.8 m (42 ft) may use
the deep water route when, in the master’s judgement,
the effects of vessel characteristics, speed, and
prevailing environmental conditions may cause the
draught of the vessel to equal or exceed 12.8 m
(42 ft). See The Mariner’s Handbook for factors that
may increase the draught of a vessel, and thus reduce
the under -keel clearance. Vessels using the deep water
route are...
117
After Paragraph 4.31 1 line 3 Add:
CH Light -buoy (36°56′N 75°57′W).
Paragraph 4.32 1 lines 5 -6 For Cape Charles Light
(37°07′N 75°54′W) Read Cape Henry Light (36°56′N
76°00′W)
Paragraph 4.32 2 Replace by:
2 NNW of NCA Light -buoy (special) (10 miles
ENE), thence:
NNW of NCB Light -buoy (special) (8¼ miles E),
thence:
NNW of NCC Light -buoy (special) (6½ miles E),
thence:
Paragraph 4.32 3 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
3 N of NCD Light -buoy (special) (4½ miles E),
thence:
Through the Precautionary Area passing N of CH
Light -buoy (safe water, racon) (2½ miles ENE)
to the...
Paragraph 4.33 1 line 4 Replace by:
...through the traffic lane,...
International Maritime Organization; BA Chart 2919
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [24/05]
IV
4.6
Cape Fear River approach — Traffic Separation
Scheme; anchorage; Precautionary Area;
leading lights
226
After Paragraph 7.150 1 Insert:
Traffic Separation Scheme
7.150a
1 A TSS has been established in the approaches to
Cape Fear River. The seaward limits of the traffic
lanes are about 20 miles SW of Cape Fear.
228
Paragraph 7.172 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 09/04 Replace by:
1 Vessels waiting to enter the river may obtain
anchorage NW of CF Light -buoy (safe water, racon)
(33°46′N 78°03′W), clear of the Precautionary Area
(7.175).
229
After Paragraph 7.175 2 Insert:
3 Traffic Separation Scheme. A TSS covers the SW
approach to Cape Fear River. The scheme is
IMO -adopted and Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
applies.
Precautionary Area, shown on the chart, is
established at the N limits of the TSS and encloses the
pilot boarding area. Due to volume of traffic, mariners
are advised not to anchor or linger in the
Precautionary Area except to embark or disembark a
pilot.
230
Paragraph 7.186 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 09/04
Replace by:
1 From a position about 20 miles SSW of Cape Fear,
the approach to Cape Fear River follows the N -bound
lane of the TSS shown on the chart, thence through
the Precautionary Area to the vicinity of CF
Light -buoy (safe water, racon) (33°46′N 78°03′W).
Cape Fear River Entrance Leading Lights:
Front light (framework tower on platform)
(33°52′⋅4N 78°01′⋅2W).
Rear light (similar structure) (1⋅2 miles NNE of front
light).
From CF Light -buoy, the alignment (014°) of the
above lights leads about 5 miles NNE through a
channel marked by light -buoys (lateral) to the
beginning of Bald Head Shoal Channel leading line,
passing (with positions relative to front light):
International Maritime Organization; BA Charts 3687;
3688
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [24/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 3 -2003
Inian Cove — Anchorage
274
R2Replace by:
...cove, in depths of 8 m (26 ft) to 12 m (39 ft), soft ground.
US Coast Pilot 8, Correction 22/05
(HH. 078/556/06) [23/05]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
France - Pointe de Penmarc’h - Approaches to
Saint -Guénolé — Directions
52
Paragraph 3.23 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Initial position 47°49′N 4°24′W, 4 cables NNE of
Basse Gaouac’h Light -buoy (starboard hand) (3.14).
BA Chart 2820
(HH. 022/200/01) [23/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Portland Harbour - East Ship Channel —
Leading lights
160
Paragraph 6.52 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Initial position. In the vicinity of Portland Pilot
boarding place (50°36′N 2°24′W).
Leading lights:
Front light (stone wall, 6 m in height) (50°34′⋅1N
2°25′⋅9W).
Rear light (white building, 17 m in height) (120 m
SSW of front light).
2 The alignment (210°) of these lights leads through
East Ship...
Portland Harbour Authority Ltd
(HH. 232/550/16) [23/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyun Gang approaches
— Wrecks
267
After Paragraph 8.17 1 line 3 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (reported 2005)
(34°40′⋅6N 122°05′⋅8E), thence:
4.1
[23/05]
Paragraph 8.17 2 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
NNE of two shallow patches in 34°43′N 121°43′E
and 34°44′N 121°32′E with depths of 20 m over
them. Two dangerous wrecks, positions
approximate, lie 7½ and 9½ miles SSW of
W shoal patch. Thence:
Chinese Notices 12/205/05; 13/239/05
(HH. 556/400/03) [23/05]
China - Bo Hai - Tianjin Xingang —
Anchorages; pilotage; regulations
311
Paragraph 10.93 1 Replace by:
1 The least depth in the fairway to Tianjin Xingang is
10⋅7 m.
312
Paragraph 10.104 1-5 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained as follows, for various
classes of vessels, in designated anchorages, the limits
of which are shown on the chart (with positions from
Dagu Light (38°56′⋅3N 117°58′⋅8E)):
Name Position Designation Remarks
Dagu North
Anchorage
Dagu South
Anchorage
Dagu
Tanker
Anchorage
Vessels
over
100 000
dwt
4 miles
ENE
4 miles
ESE
1½
miles S
12
miles
ESE
All vessels (except
those below) with
draught less than
10⋅5 m
Vessels with
dangerous cargo,
draught over 8 m;
other vessels over
10 m draught.
Tankers and bulk
chemical vessels
with draught less
than8m
Vessels over
100 000 dwt
Depths 7
to 14 m
Depths
11 to
16 m
Depths 8
to 11 m
Depths
19 to
22 m
2 Holding ground is very poor, and it is advisable to
allow at least 5 cables clearance from all anchored
vessels. When the anchorage is iced over vessels may
drag from 5 to 10 miles in a day owing to the
3
movement of the ice with the tidal streams.
Winds are liable to be strong all year round and
dragging anchor is quite common. With strong
offshore winds, depths at the inshore end of the
1
anchorages may be considerably less than charted.
Prohibited anchorage. See 10.107.
Paragraph 10.105 1 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and
available 24 hours. The pilot boards in the appropriate
anchorage (10.104). Pilots can also be provided for the
BZ 24 SPM in Bo Hai (10.85). For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).

After Paragraph 10.107 1 line 2 Insert:
Main channel. Only one -way traffic is permitted in
the Xingang Main Channel (10.114).
Gulf Agency Co (Hong Kong) Ltd; United Kingdom
Hydrographic Office
(HH. 548/518/03) [23/05]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Seychelles - Victoria and approaches —
Anchorages; directions; berth
245
Paragraph 10.219 1 Replace by:
1 Anchorages outside port limits are established (with
positions relative to North East Point (4°35′S
55°28′E)) as follows:
No 1, 2¼ miles NNE.
No 2, 3 miles NE.
No 3, 4½ miles ENE.
No 4, 5½ miles ENE.
Heavy swell may be experienced but the holding
ground is reported to be good.
246
Paragraph 10.224 1 line 5 Delete
247
Paragraph 10.229 1-3 Replace by:
1 Spare
Paragraph 10.230 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Thence the track passes (with positions given from
Victoria...
248
Paragraph 10.237 2 lines 5 -6 Delete
Paragraph 10.238 1 Replace by:
1 Spare
Seychelles Government
(HH. 461/420/02) [23/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Corse - Golfe d’Ajaccio — Buoys
201
After Paragraph 6.113 2 Insert:
3 Mariners should note two light -buoys (special)
established 3⋅3 miles SSW and 8⋅5 miles SW of Punta
de la Parata; and a light -buoy (special) established
5 miles WSW of Cap Muro.
French Notice 17/36/05
(HH. 355/420/03) [23/05]
IV
4.2
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2004 Edition)
North Island - Cape Reinga to The Bluff -
Pandora Bank — Natural conditions
51
Paragraph 2.25 2 line 5 Add:
Mariners are advised to pass at least 2 miles to seaward of
the 100 m depth contour when navigating in the vicinity of
Pandora Bank in adverse weather conditions.
Maritime Safety Authority of New Zealand
(HH. 051/200/02) [23/05]
NP 65 St Lawrence Pilot (2003 Edition)
Pictou Harbour — Directions; leading lights
317
Paragraph 14.46 1-4 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding place
(45°42′⋅5N 62°34′⋅0W), the track leads WSW, to the
vicinity of SJ Light-buoy (safe water) moored
1½ miles E of Cole Point (45°42′N 62°39′W), thence
through the approach channel, passing (with positions
from Cole Point (45°42′N 62°39′W)):
2 NNW of Mackenzie Shoal, (1¼ miles ESE),
thence:
SSE of Macdonald Reef, (1 mile NE) which extends
4 cables ESE from Logans Point, (see 14.146)
marked by SP6 Light-buoy (starboard hand),
thence:
3 NNW of SJ1 Light -buoy (port hand) (8 cables
ESE), thence:
NNW of shoal ground, with depths of less than 5⋅5 m
(18 ft) over it, extending about 6 cables N and
NW from Mackenzie Head, a sharp pointed cliff
of clay and sandstone, 12 m (40 ft) high
(1¼ miles SE), thence:
4 SSE of shoal ground extending SE from Cole
Point, with depths less than 5⋅5 m (18ft) and
marked at its SSE extremity by SJ4
Light -buoy (starboard hand) (4 cables SSE).
From this position, the track continues WSW to
Pictou Harbour entrance channel.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 604/460/04) [23/05]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
East River - Channel east of Roosevelt Island —
Depth
222
Paragraph 7.89 1 line 3 For 7m(23ft)Read 5⋅8 m(19ft)
US Coast Pilot 2, Correction 20/05
(HH. 078/551/06) [23/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Burrard Inlet — Traffic regulations
1
220
Paragraph 6.182 Including heading Replace by:
Traffic regulations
6.182
Movement Restriction Area (MRA). As part of
the Second Narrows VTS an MRA has been
established. Standing Orders of the MRA are designed
to provide for the orderly and safe flow of traffic
through Second Narrows. Copies of these orders can
be obtained from the Vancouver Port Authority
(6.148). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
2
Volume 6 (5).
Sailing prohibited. No vessel shall transit the MRA
by means of sail and no sail shall be hoisted, fully or
partially, within the MRA.
Second Narrows Railway Bridge signals.
3 Vessels requiring the span to be raised should sound
three long blasts on their whistles or sirens, until
acknowledged by one of the following signals from
the bridge. Vessels should wait at least 2½ cables from
the bridge until the lift span is fully raised.
One flashing red light. Indicates vessel’s signal has
been understood and that
the lift span is in the
process of being raised.
Two flashing red lights. Indicates that vessel is not
to approach the bridge.
One flashing green light. Indicates that lift span has
been raised.
4 VHF contact should be maintained with the bridge
operator throughout the lift and transit.
Small craft which can pass safely under the Second
Narrows Railway Bridge main lifting span or the first
fixed span immediately S of the S tower without
risking damage to either the craft or bridge shall do so
without signalling for the lifting span to be raised.
Canadian Hydrographic Service
(HH. 600/421/04) [22/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Qiongzhou Haixia —
Traffic regulations
226
After Paragraph 7.57 1 line 6 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 10/05 Insert:
Traffic regulations
7.57a
1 The following are extracts from the regulations for
the control of foreign non-military vessels passing
4.1
[22/05]
through the Qiongzhou Haixia Straits. See also
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
2 The Administrative Region under the jurisdiction of
the Qiongzhou Straits Authority is declared to be
Chinese internal waters and comprises the waters
between the lines joining:
Denglou Jiao (20°13′⋅5N 109°55′⋅5E) and Lingoa
Jiao (20°00′⋅4N 109°42′⋅1E) (W limit).
Shangouhou (20°26′⋅0N 110°30′⋅4E) and Mulan
Tou (20°09′⋅6N 110°41′⋅0E) (E Limit).
3 Foreign non -military vessels needing to pass
through or enter the Administrative Region must
comply with the following procedures:
Application for passage must be made to the
Authority 48 hours before the vessel enters the
Qiongzhou Haixia Straits Administrative Region
or before the vessel leaves port with detailed
information concerning: name; nationality;
tonnage; speed; colour of hull; funnel marks; port
of departure; time of departure; destination; etc.
4 Once permission has been obtained, vessels must
inform the Qiongzhou Straits Authority of the
exact time of entering the Administrative
Region 24 hours in advance, or within 2 hours
of departure from port. All communications
concerning transit through the straits will be
handled by China Ocean Shipping Agency
(Penavico), Haikou.
When it is deemed necessary, the Qiongzhou Straits
Authority may temporarily forbid passage to
foreign non -military vessels that have already
been granted permission for passage.
5 Having obtained permission to transit the strait,
foreign non -military vessels may do so.
However their speed must not exceed 10 kn
when entering into and passing through the
Administrative Region.
All foreign non -military vessels entering and
leaving the straits must, without exception, keep
to the centre of the straits unless special
permission has been granted.
6 Vessels passing through the strait must do so
remaining within the prescribed navigation
area for foreign non -military vessels. This
navigation area lies to the N of a line joining
20°03′⋅7N 109°45′⋅4E and 20°13′⋅1N
110°38′⋅8E and to the S of a line joining
20°10′⋅8N 109°52′⋅8E; 20°10′⋅6N 110°16′⋅7E
and 20°14′⋅8N 110°37′⋅7E.
7 Foreign non -military vessels passing through the
straits must do so strictly at the reported time
and through the prescribed navigation area. If
when entering and passing through the
Administrative Region, signals from shore or
patrol ships are seen, the foreign vessel
concerned must immediately reply and
comply with the signal instructions. The
vessel shall be held responsible for the
consequences of non compliance.
8 While within the Administrative Region vessels
may not use radar. In reduced visibility

application to use it should be made to the
authority with an explanation of the reasons
combined with a position, course and speed
report. Radar should only be used after
approval has been granted. In emergency it
may be switched on before receiving
permission provided a simultaneous
application and usage report is made. If radar
is used, a detailed report giving times of
switching on and off and the circumstances
should be submitted to the authority.
9 Vessels may not take photographs, take
soundings nor do anything in violation of the
laws and regulations of the People’s Republic
of China while within the Administrative
Region.
10 Foreign non -military vessels which contravene any
of the above regulations shall be dealt with as follows:
Before entering the Administrative Region, they
may be prevented from entering and required to
return along their original route and passage
around Hainan Dao. Alternatively they may
resume passage through the straits after
completing the application procedures and
receiving permission to do so.
11 If they have already entered the Administrative
Region, they may be stopped and escorted to
Haikou for investigation. Further to
investigations, penalties might be imposed.
After the matter is fully resolved the vessel
may, according to the situation, be permitted
passage through the Administrative Region, or
may be ordered to withdraw from the area, or
be escorted out of the straits.
228
Paragraph 7.64 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
1 Caution. Foreign non -military vessels must only
pass through the straits via the navigation area
specified at 7.57a 6 and enter or leave Middle Channel
between Light -buoys No 14 and 15.
Strait. Numerous below -water obstructions of
various kinds are to be found throughout Quiongzhou
Haixia, for which the chart is the best guide. Only
those directly in way of the route will be mentioned
here.
Penavico, Haikou China
(HH. 548/426/03) [22/05]
China, South Coast - Qing Zhou to Zhelang Jiao
- Huizhou Gang — Navigation aids;
Donglian Harbour
322
After Paragraph 10.76 3 line 6 Insert:
4 Major lights:
Qing Zhou Light (22°24′N 114°40′E) (10.18).
Daxing Shan Light (22°34′N 114°54′E) (10.68).
Mabian Zhou Front Light (concrete tower, 30 m in
height) (22°42′N 114°39′E).
Mabian Zhou Rear Light (concrete tower, 57 m in
height) (1⋅6 miles NNW of front light).
5 Other aids to navigation (Racons):
Qing Zhou Light (as above).
IV
4.2
Sang Zhou Light (22°35′⋅0N 114°43′⋅0E) (10.78).
Hutou Zui Light (22°39′⋅3N 114°35′⋅7E) (10.77).
Mabian Zhou Rear Light (as above).
Donglian Front Light (22°44′⋅7N 114°36′⋅8E)
(10.78a).
Chinese Notice 12/195/05
(HH. 548/448/08) [22/05]
323
After Paragraph 10.78 2 Insert:
10.78a
1 Approach to Donglian Harbour. From a position
about 3½ miles NNW of Sang Zhou (10.72), the track
leads about 8 miles NW to the harbour.
Leading lights. The alignment (319°) of the
Donglian Leading Lights leads through the entrance
channel which is marked by light -buoys:
Front light (triangle point up on a beacon)
(22°44′⋅7N 114°36′⋅8E).
Rear light (triangle point down on a beacon)
(22°45′⋅2N 114°36′⋅3E).
2 Useful mark:
Donglian Breakwater Light (10 m in height)
(22°44′⋅4N 114°36′⋅9E) standing at its head.
Chinese Notices 2/26/05; 2/30/05; 12/195/05; 12/199/05
(HH. 548/448/08) [22/05]
NP 42B Japan Pilot Volume III (1981 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2004
Wakayama -Shimotsu Kë —
Pilot boarding positions
181
L55-59Replace by:
Pilots board in the following positions:
Vessels entering Wakayama Kë Kita Ku,
34°13′⋅45N 135°03′⋅83E.
Vessels entering Wakayama Kë Section 1 or Minami
Ku, 34°12′⋅45N 135°05′⋅33E.
Vessels entering Kainan Ku, 34°09′⋅20N
135°06′⋅83E.
Vessels entering Shimotso Ku or Arita Ku,
34°07′⋅70N 135°03′⋅33E.
Pilotage is not compulsory for vessels under
30 000 dwt, but recommended. For vessels over
30 000 dwt two pilots are compulsory.
182
L 40 -42 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Pilotage. See 11.38.
L26-28Replace by:
Pilotage. See 11.38.
R7-9Replace by:
Pilotage. See 11.38.
183
Japanese Notice 14/398/05
(HH. 568/496/03) [22/05]

NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Sumatera, West Coast - Pulau Karaba Kecil —
Depths; directions
397
Paragraph 12.312 1 Replace by:
1 A 12 m (42 ft) shoal lies E of Pulau Karaba Kecil
(12.314). Otherwise depths of over 30 m (16 fm) exist
on the inner routes as described.
398
Paragraph 12.314 3 Replace by:
3 NE of Pulau Karaba Kecil (1°36′S 100°33′E)
from which a light (12.313) is exhibited; a
12 m (42 ft) shoal lies about 5 cables E of the
islet.
Indonesian Chart 359
(HH. 525/460/04) [22/05]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Karmøy - Approaches to Skudeneshavn —
Vikaholmen Light
81
R 63 Including existing Supplement amendment For
295½°. Read 300°.
82
L 13 -16 Including existing Supplement amendments
Replace by:
...sector of Vikaholmen Light, bearing between 300° and
324°, avoiding a rock with a depth of 1⋅5 m (5 ft) or less
over it situated ½ cable SE of the light structure; thence the
white sector of this light, bearing between 127½° and 133°
,...
L 20 Including existing Supplement amendment For
295½° and 324°. Read 300° and 324°.
Norwegian Notice 9/493/05
(HH. 310/415/06) [22/05]
Approaches to Stavanger - Kvitsøyfjorden —
Fjøløy Light
83
L44For 328° and 338° Read 329° and 339°
Norwegian Notice 9/492/05
(HH. 310/415/06) [22/05]
IV
4.3
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2004 Edition)
Oman - Masirah and approaches - Ra’s ar
Ru‘ays to –ilf; Ra’s –ilf — Submarine cable;
anchorage
372
After Paragraph 13.213 1 Insert:
13.213a
1 Submarine cable. A submarine telecom cable,
marked by buoys, has been laid between Ra’s ar
Ru‘ays and –ilf, as shown on the chart.
After Paragraph 13.219 1 Insert:
A submarine cable (13.213a) lies close E of the
anchorage.
Paragraph 13.222 2 line 8 Replace by:
inner anchorage berth, noting the presence of a
submarine cable (13.213a) close E.
Omani Notice 3/4/05
(HH. 485/410/06) [22/05]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Approaches to Delaware Bay — Directions
70
Paragraph 3.82 3 line 7 Delete
BA Chart 2563
(HH. 069/200/01) [22/05]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Gulf of Mexico - El Paso Energy Bridge —
Deepwater port; major light; racon
187
Paragraph 7.354 1 Including heading Replace by:
Principal marks
7.354
1 Landmark
Tower (29°46′N 93°38′W).
Major light
El Paso Energy Bridge Deepwater Port Light
(28°06′⋅8N 93°02′⋅3W) (8.13).
After Paragraph 7.354a 1 line 1 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 03/05 Insert:
El Paso Energy Bridge Deepwater Port Platform
(28°06′⋅8N 93°02′⋅3W) (8.13a).
194
After Paragraph 8.13 1 line 1 Insert:
El Paso Energy Bridge Deepwater Port Light
(platform, 25⋅9 m (85 ft) in height) (28°06′⋅8N
93°02′⋅3W).

After Paragraph 8.13 1 line 6 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
8.13a
1 Racon:
El Paso Energy Bridge Deepwater Port Platform
(28°06′⋅8N 93°02′⋅3W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
After Paragraph 8.14 1 Insert:
El Paso Energy Bridge Deepwater Port
Chart 3850 (see 1.18)
General information
8.14a
1 Position. El Paso Energy Bridge Deepwater Port
(28°05′N 93°03′W) is located in an offshore area,
116 miles SE of the entrance to Galveston Bay.
2 Function. The port is an offshore terminal,
designed to receive gas from dedicated LNG vessels.
The gas is transferred ashore by submarine pipeline.
Traffic. An estimated 42 vessels will use the
terminal each year. Vessels will be at the port for
about 8 days duration each call.
Traffic regulations
8.14b
1 The following IMO -adopted routeing measures
consist of three concentric circular areas, centred on
28°05′⋅27N 93°03′⋅12W:
Area to be Avoided, radius 2000 m, may only be
entered by vessels carrying out operations at the
port.
Mandatory No Anchoring Area, radius 1500 m.
Safety Zone, radius 500 m, may only be entered by
vessels calling, or those assisting, at the port.
Port
8.14c
1 General layout. The terminal consists of a large
buoy, submerged to a depth of about 27 m (90 ft)
when not in use, that provides SPM and discharge
facilities for visiting vessels. Multiple moorings radiate
to a distance of 6½ cables from the buoy, which is
connected by a flexible riser to a PLEM located on
the seabed at a depth of about 85 m (280 ft).
2 High pressure gas is transferred ashore through
submarine pipelines after passing through a metering
platform located 1⋅9 miles from the SPM.
3 Major light:
El Paso Energy Bridge Deepwater Port Light
(28°06′⋅8N 93°02′⋅3W) (8.13).
Other aid to navigation:
Racon: El Paso Energy Bridge Deepwater Port
Platform (28°06′⋅8N 93°02′⋅3W) (8.13a).
International Maritime Organization; US Notice
3/11340/05; United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 616/086/01; HH 615/435/08) [22/05]
IV
4.4

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Iceland - Hafnarfjördhur — Directions
2
101
Paragraph 3.67 1 line 2 For E Read ENE
Paragraph 3.67 2 Replace by:
The track continues ENE to a position on the
line of bearing (091°) of Hafnarfjördhur
Directional Light (on roof of building)
3
(69°04′⋅4N 21°58′⋅1W).
Paragraph 3.67 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
The line of bearing (091°) in the white sector of
the light leads to a position about 4 cables NW of the
harbour entrance, passing:
Icelandic Notices 2 -3/5/05; 2 -3/6/05
(HH. 336/440/04) [21/05]
Iceland - Skerjafjördhur — Buoy; leading
beacons
103
Paragraph 3.77 5 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
A spar buoy (starboard hand), with light and radar
reflectors, lies 2½ cables W of Kópavogur harbour
breakwater (3.78).
Icelandic Notices 2 -3/7/05; 2 -3/8/05
(HH. 336/440/04) [21/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Estonia - Narva-Jõesuu — Directions
100
Paragraph 3.143 1-3 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the fairway buoy (59°28′⋅7N
28°01′⋅1E), the track leads 8 cables ESE towards the
coast 3 cables NNW of the entrance.
2 Entrance Leading Marks. The alignment (162°) of
these marks (black triangles on white rectangles) leads
into the river and the berths at Narva-Jõesuu on the
SW bank.
Russian Hydrographic Office; Estonian List of Lights
(HH. 304/560/04) [21/05]
4.1
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Baie de Saint -Brieuc - Le Légué — Pilot
boarding position
[21/05]
305
Paragraph 10.62 3 lines 2 -7 Replace by:
Boarding position. The pilot boards vessels in the
vicinity of Le Légué Light -buoy (safe water)
(48°34′⋅3N 2°41′⋅2W). Should certain conditions
prevent the use of this position, then vessels will be
requested to make for the entrance to the buoyed
channel until the pilot is able to board.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 351/570/04) [21/05]
NP 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume II (2003 Edition)
South -East Sulawesi - Pulau Dehaan (de Haan
Island) — Light
364
After Paragraph 13.67 3 Insert:
Major light:
de Haan Island Light (white concrete beacon, 10 m
in height) (3°29′⋅1S 122°29′⋅4E).
Paragraph 13.68 3 Replace by:
ENE of a reef lying 5 cables E of Pulau Dehaan (de
Haan Island) (3°29′S 122°29′E), a hilly islet from
which a light (13.67) is displayed, thence:
DG Sea Comm
(HH. 528/675/04) [21/05]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Madagascar - Toamasina (Tamatave) and
approaches — Pilotage
178
Paragraph 7.174 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours.
Requests for pilots should be sent to the Port
Authority 4 hours in advance. Pilot boards about
2 miles NNE of Point Tanio.
Toamasina Port Authority
(HH. 457/400/06) [21/05]

NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Italy - Brindisi — Wreck
495
Paragraph 11.74 2 Replace by:
2 NNW of Capo di Torre Cavallo. Beacons stand
on the coastal reef, 2½ cables ENE and
2½ cables N of the cape respectively. A
stranded wreck lies 5 cables NE of the cape.
Thence:
NNW of Pedagna Grande (1¼ miles NW), to the
harbour entrance close SSE of the N breakwater
head.
Italian Notice 5.8/05
(HH. 370/460/04) [21/05]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Karmsundet - Mandalsflua — Spar buoy
115
L 65 -66 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...Kopervik 4 cables SSE of Koparnaglen, is a 2⋅5 m (8 ft)
patchmarkedbyanironperch,itiscovered...
Norwegian Notices 7/373/05; 8/436/05
(HH. 310/425/04) [21/05]
Hoplandsosen - Turraflu; Hoplandsflu;
Synnøyflu — Lights
193
L50-53Replace by:
Iron perches (with positions relative to Kråka)
mark Turraflu (2½ cables WNW), Hoplandsflu
(3½ cables NW) and a rock close SW of Synnøyflu
(6 cables WNW).
Norwegian Notice 8/447/05
(HH. 310/450/04) [21/05]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2004 Edition)
Approaches to Djibouti — Wreck
387
Paragraph 14.124 3 lines 12 -13 Replace by:
...D’Ambouli. A wreck with a depth of 11 m over it lies
about 1 cable farther WNW.
French Notice 52/19/04
(HH. 471/400/04) [21/05]
IV
4.2

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II
(1993 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2005
Falkland Islands - East Falkland - Mare
Harbour; East Cove — Restricted area; buoy
54
L38For 100 m Read 200 m
L 57 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Lights are exhibited from the berth.
HQ BFSAI; RFA Grey Rover
(HH. 690/420/04) [20/05]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2005 Edition)
Estonia - Mõntu — Directions
396
Paragraph 11.23 5 line 4 For 2⋅5 m Read 2⋅1 m
Estonian Chart 890
(HH. 344/460/05) [20/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Russia - Vyborg and approaches —
Depths; directions
191
Paragraph 5.195 4 line 3 Existing Section IV Notice Week
18/05 For 12⋅4 m Read 11⋅9 m
Russian Notice 14/1836/05
(HH. 304/610/04) [20/05]
NP 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2004 Edition)
Pollution of the sea — Western European Tanker
Reporting System
5
After Paragraph 1.51 1 Insert:
Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP)
1.51a
1 The Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP) is in force from 1 July 2005. It is a
mandatory reporting system covering the Western
European Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. The
objectives of the system are to initiate SAR and
measures to prevent pollution.
4.1
[20/05]
2 The system applies to every kind of oil tanker of
more than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:
Heavy crude oil.
Heavy fuel oil.
Bitumen and tar and their emulsions.
For limits of the area and further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
International Maritime Organization
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [20/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Pollution of the sea - Western European Tanker
Reporting System
9
After Paragraph 1.59 3 Insert:
Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP)
1.59a
1 The Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP) is in force from 1 July 2005. It is a
mandatory reporting system covering the Western
European Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. The
objectives of the system are to initiate SAR and
measures to prevent pollution.
2 The system applies to every kind of oil tanker of
more than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:
Heavy crude oil.
Heavy fuel oil.
Bitumen and tar and their emulsions.
For limits of the area and further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (1).
International Maritime Organization
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [20/05]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2002 Edition)
Western European Waters —
Particularly Sensitive Sea Area
9
After Paragraph 1.66 3 Insert:
Western European Waters Particularly Sensitive
Sea Area (PSSA)
1.66a
1 The marine and shore environments of Western
Europe are particularly vulnerable to the risks related
to the carriage of goods by sea and have been granted
PSSA status by IMO.

2 On 1 July 2005 a mandatory reporting system in
accordance with Regulation V/11 of The International
Convention For The Safety of Life At Sea 1974
(SOLAS) is established for certain vessels entering or
navigating within the PSSA. The Western European
Tanker Reporting System (WETREP) applies to oil
tankers of more than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:
3 Heavy crude oil.
Heavy fuel oil.
Bitumen or tar and their emulsions.
For limits of the area and further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (1).
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 326/006/03; HA. 318/005/003/02) [20/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
T’ai -wan, East Coast -
Approaches to Su -Ao — Wrecks
119
Paragraph 3.112 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Approaches. The approach to the port from ESE is
clear of dangers with the exception of two dangerous
wrecks and a 4⋅7 m shoal patch (3.108). San-hsien-t’ai
(3.108), with adjacent shoal and...
Paragraph 3.112 5 Replace by:
5 Caution. A dangerous wreck lies on the limit of
the white sector 5¾ cables ESE of the light at the
head of the N breakwater; a second dangerous wreck,
position approximate, lies 6¾ cables farther SE.
Taiwanese Notice 12/05
(HH. 549/428/03) [20/05]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2002 Edition)
Pollution of the sea — Western European Tanker
Reporting System
5
After Paragraph 1.35 1 Insert:
Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP)
1.35a
1 The Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP) is in force from 1 July 2005. It is a
mandatory reporting system covering the Western
European Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. The
objectives of the system are to initiate SAR and
measures to prevent pollution.
2 The system applies to every type of oil tanker of
more than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:
Heavy crude oil.
Heavy fuel oil.
Bitumen and tar and their emulsions.
For limits of the area and further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (1).
International Maritime Organization
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [20/05]
IV
4.2
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
1
Pollution of the sea — Western European Tanker
Reporting System
6
After Paragraph 1.44 1 Insert:
Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP)
1.44a
The Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP) is in force from 1 July 2005. It is a
mandatory reporting system covering the Western
European Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. The
objectives of the system are to initiate SAR and
2
measures to prevent pollution.
The system applies to every type of oil tanker of
more than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:
Heavy crude oil.
Heavy fuel oil.
Bitumen and tar and their emulsions.
For limits of the area and further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (1).
International Maritime Organization
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [20/05]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Hokkaidë, West Coast - Ishikariwan Kë — Berth
233
Existing Supplement amendment R15 -26 After Channel.
line 6 Insert:
From the entrance to the 10 m channel, a new
dredged channel leads SSW to West Wharf, No 1
Quay, a new berth with a depth alongside of 14 m.
Japanese Notice 14/379/05
(HH. 562/400/10) [20/05]
NP 42B Japan Pilot Volume III (1981 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2004
Seto Naikai - Japanese Maritime Safety Laws
and Regulations — Through passage permitted
6
L 30 Existing Supplement amendment Delete
Japanese Hydrographic and Oceanographic Department
(HH. 561/036/02) [20/05]
¡saka Ku - Inner harbour —
AjiKawaSignalStation
195
R57-58Delete
R 65 Existing Supplement amendment Delete
Japanese Notice 13/365/05
(HH. 568/504/07) [20/05]

NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Malacca Strait - Lumut Maritime Terminal;
Lekir Bulk Terminal — Directions; pilotage
170
Paragraph 6.50 2 lines 8 -10 Replace by:
3 Alternatively, for the South Entrance to Selat
Manjung (Selat Dinding), the track continues generally
E to the LMT pilot boarding position 8 cables S of
Tanjung Terengganu (6.71), the SE extremity of Pulau
Pangkor; for Lekir Bulk Terminal the track leads SE
to the LBT pilot boarding position, 3 miles SW, see
6.60.
4
171
Paragraph 6.57 4 Existing Section IV Notice Week 45/04
Replace by:
Lekir Bulk Terminal (6.104a) is approached direct
from the pilot boarding position (6.60) passing S of
Pulau Pangkor.
Paragraph 6.59 Including existing Section IV Notice Week
45/04 Replace by:
Depths
6.59
1 Draught and length are limited by depths on the bar
and the sharp turn at the entrance to Sungai Manjung
(Sungai Dinding). The controlling depths are:
Over the bar (4°11′⋅0N 100°34′⋅8E) leading from
Selat Manjung (Selat Dinding) and Alur Utara
(North Channel) to Sungai Manjung there is a
least depth of 7⋅7 m close E of River Passage
Light -buoy (safe water).
Selat Manjung (6.71), 11·3 m in position 4°11′·8N
100°35′·2E.
2 Alur Utara (North Channel) (6.65), 4·1 m over
the bar of Beting Batu Malang (6.37), W of
Tanjung Hantu.
Alur Barat Laut (North West Channel) (6.68), least
charted depth 4⋅3 m on leading line, 3 cables N of
Tanjung Awang Kecil Light (4°15′⋅2N
100°33′⋅9E).
The bar (4°15′⋅1N 100°35′⋅5E) of Sungai Manjung
has a least depth of about 8⋅2 m.
3 Lekir Bulk Terminal (104a) has a minimum
depth of 19⋅8 m in the approach to the
terminal.
Paragraph 6.60 Existing Section IV Notice Week 45/04
Replace by:
Pilotage
6.60
1 Pilotage is compulsory for Lumut Maritime
Terminal and Lekir Bulk Terminal. The boarding
position for Lumut Maritime Terminal (LMT) is at
4°10′⋅5N 100°35′⋅0E, and for Lekir Bulk Terminal
(LBT) at 4°09′⋅0N 100°33′⋅0E, as shown on the chart.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
IV
172
Paragraph 6.69 2-3 Replace by:
2 SW of NW3 Light-beacon (2½ cables NNE)
marking the edge of Beting Batu Malang,
thence:
NE of Batu Mandi, a reef-fringed rock, from which a
light (framework tower, 7 m in height) is
exhibited; a dangerous rock lies 1 cable farther
SE. Thence:
3 SW of an obstruction with a depth of 3 m
(reported 2003) (7¾ cables ESE); NW1
Light-beacon
ENE, thence:
(white tower) stands ¾ cable
4
Over a 4⋅3 m shoal patch (9 cables ESE), thence:
NE of Batu Chik (1 mile SE), a 1⋅8 m depth
rock and the outermost of several dangers
extending up to 2 cables N of Tanjung Awang
Kecil on which stands a light (white tower),
thence:
5 NE of NW2 Light -buoy (starboard hand)
6
(1¼ miles SE) marking the NE extremity of
the dangers extending E from Tanjung Awang
Kecil, thence:
To a position S of River Passage Light-buoy (safe
water) (1½ miles ESE).
Thence the track leads E across the bar into Sungai
Manjung (Sungai Dinding), for details see 6.72, or S
into Selat Manjung (Selat Dinding) (6.71).
Paragraph 6.72 Replace by:
6.72
1 A sharp turn to an E track leads into Sungai
Manjung (Sungai Dinding), passing between River
Passage Light-buoy (safe water) (2 miles NNW) and
Selat Light-buoy (starboard hand), 5½ cables SSE.
Passing close SE of River Passage Light-buoy leads
through the deepest water, 7⋅7 m; an area, dredged to
7⋅0 m (1985), extends a farther 4½ cables SSE to Selat
Light -buoy.
Paragraph 6.74a Existing Section IV Notice Week 45/04
Replace by:
Directions for Lekir Bulk Terminal
(continued from 6.51)
6.74a
1 From the pilot boarding position (4°09′⋅0N
2
100°33′⋅0E), the terminal (6.104a) is approached on
track leading ESE thence ENE passing, (with positions
from Pulau Tukun Perak Light (4°07′⋅6N 100°33′⋅7E)):
NNE of Pulau Tukun Perak, from where a light
is exhibited, thence:
SSW of PB1 Light -buoy (port hand) (1¼ miles
NE), thence:
Over a narrow ridge with a depth of 19⋅8 m
(1¼ miles NE), thence:
3 N of SB1 Light -buoy (starboard hand) (1¼ miles
ENE), thence:
NNW of MB1 Light -buoy (starboard hand)
(1¾ miles ENE); a wreck with a depth of 9⋅8 m
lies 2 cables SE.
Thence the terminal can be approached directly.
4.3

175
Paragraph 6.104a Existing Section IV Notice Week 45/04
Replace by:
6.104a
1 Lekir Bulk Terminal (4°08′⋅7N 100°37′⋅5E), is an
L-shaped jetty extending SW from an artificial island
close off the mainland. A mooring dolphin, marked by
a light, L4, lies close off the NW end, and a light, L5,
marks the jetty elbow. The jetty is for the import of
coal for the power station on the island, and also
handles bulk dry and liquid cargoes. The charted
minimum depth in the approaches to the berth is
19⋅8 m. The SW side of the jetty is 530 m in length
for vessels with a maximum draught of 20 m; and the
NE side, 250 m in length, for vessels with a maximum
draught of 18 m; vessels up to 180 000 dwt can be
handled.
2 An obstruction, with a pipeline extending NNE to
the island, lies 7½ cables ENE of the jetty elbow.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 044/209/01) [20/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Sardegna, North -east Coast -
Secca dei Monaci — Buoy
291
Paragraph 10.11 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Secca dei Monaci Light -beacon (N cardinal)
(41°13′⋅2N 9°32′⋅6E).
Paragraph 10.13 6 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...shoal with a least depth of 2⋅8 m on which stands a
light -beacon (N cardinal) (10.11) and covered
by...
Italian Notice 6.3/05
(HH. 372/410/04) [20/05]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Italy - Otranto — Pilotage
490
Paragraph 11.25 1 line 10 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 grt or
more. The pilot boards 6 cables from the harbour
entrance.
Harbour Master, Otranto
(HH. 370/460/04) [20/05]
IV
4.4
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2003 Edition)
Pollution of the sea — Western European Tanker
Reporting System
5
After Paragraph 1.43 2 Insert:
Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP)
1.43a
1 The Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP) is in force from 1 July 2005. It is a
mandatory reporting system covering the Western
European Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. The
objectives of the system are to initiate SAR and
measures to prevent pollution
2 The system applies to every kind of oil tanker of
more than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:
Heavy crude oil.
Heavy fuel oil.
Bitumen and tar and their emulsions.
For limits of the area and further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (1).
International Maritime Organization
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [20/05]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II
(1984 Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Fiji -Vanua Levu -Point Passage — Rocks
291
R9Replace by:
SE of two dangerous rocks (16°49′⋅5S 179°14′⋅0E),
thence:
NW of Point Reef Light (16°50′S 179°17′E)...
Satellite Imagery
(HH. 586/440/03) [20/05]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
Pollution of the sea — Western European Tanker
Reporting System
5
After Paragraph 1.40 1 Insert:
Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP)
1.40a
1 The Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP) is in force from 1 July 2005. It is a
mandatory reporting system covering the Western
European Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. The
objectives of the system are to initiate SAR and
measures to prevent pollution.

2 The system applies to every type of oil tanker of
more than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:
Heavy crude oil.
Heavy fuel oil.
Bitumen and tar and their emulsions.
For limits of the area and further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (1).
International Maritime Organization
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [20/05]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2002 Edition)
1
Pollution of the sea — Western European Tanker
Reporting System
5
After Paragraph 1.34 1 Insert:
Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP)
1.34a
The Western European Tanker Reporting System
(WETREP) is in force from 1 July 2005. It is a
mandatory reporting system covering the Western
European Particularly Sensitive Sea Area. The
objectives of the system are to initiate SAR and
2
measures to prevent pollution.
The system applies to every kind of oil tanker of
more than 600 dwt carrying a cargo of:
Heavy crude oil.
Heavy fuel oil.
Bitumen and tar and their emulsions.
For limits of the area and further details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
International Maritime Organization
(HA. 318/005/003/02) [20/05]
Portugal - Rio Ave to Rio Douro — Directions
126
Paragraph 5.58 2 Replace by:
2 WSW of Guilhada (6½ miles NNW), an
above -water rock lying about 3 cables
offshore, and a dangerous wreck (position
4
approximate) lying close NW; foul ground
extends about 7 cables SW from the shore
close S of the rock, thence:
After Paragraph 5.58 3 Insert:
Clear of Leixões Ocean Terminal (1¾ miles W)
(5.98), thence:
Paragraph 5.58 4 Replace by:
WSW of Molhe Norte at Leixões (1½ miles S),
from the S extremity of which Quebra-mar
Light (5.86) is exhibited. A shoal depth of
4⋅1 m and a dangerous wreck lie 9½ cables
NNW and 6 cables WSW respectively of
Quebra-mar Light. Orca and Baixa do Moço,
rocky shoals, lie close to the breakwater 4
and 6 cables NNW respectively of
Quebra-mar Light. Thence:
Paragraph 5.58 5 line 1 For 6⋅9 m Read 6⋅3 m
BA Chart 3634
(HH. 067/200/01) [20/05]
IV
4.5

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 3 -2003
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
Appendix II
Section 160.203 Paragraphs (d) -(e) Existing Supplement
amendment Replace by:
(d) [Suspended]
(e) [Suspended]
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
Table 160.206 Existing Supplement amendment Replace
by new Table 160.206 which appears as pages 4.3 -4.4 of
this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
447
After Section 160.203 Paragraph (e) Insert:
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
448 -449
Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 which
appears as pages 4.3 -4.4 of this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]
NP 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2004 Edition)
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
422
After Section 160.203 Paragraph (e) Insert:
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
423 -424
Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 which
appears as pages 4.3 -4.4 of this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]
4.1
[19/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
452
After Section 160.203 Paragraph (e) Insert:
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
453 -454
Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 which
appears as pages 4.3 -4.4 of this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]
NP 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot
(1991 Edition) — Supplement 4 -2003
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
Appendix IX
Section 160.203 Paragraphs (d) -(e) Existing Supplement
amendment Replace by:
(d) [Suspended]
(e) [Suspended]
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
Table 160.206 Existing Supplement amendment Replace
by new Table 160.206 which appears as pages 4.3 -4.4 of
this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]

NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
239
After Section 160.203 Paragraph (e) Insert:
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
240 -241
Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 which
appears as pages 4.3 -4.4 of this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
296 -299
Section 160.203 Paragraphs (d) -(e) Existing Section IV
Notice Week 24/03 Replace by:
(d) [Suspended]
(e) [Suspended]
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
Table 160.206 Existing Section IV Notice Week 24/03
Replace by new Table 160.206 which appears as pages
4.3-4.4 of this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
260
Section 160.203 Paragraphs (d) -(e) Replace by:
(d) [Suspended]
(e) [Suspended]
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
261 -262
Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 which
appears as pages 4.3 -4.4 of this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]
IV
4.2
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
281
Section 160.203 Paragraphs (d) -(e) Replace by:
(d) [Suspended]
(e) [Suspended]
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
282 -283
Table 160.206 Replace by new Table 160.206 which
appears as pages 4.3 -4.4 of this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2002 Edition)
United States Code of Federal Regulations -
Ports and Waterways Safety - General —
Notice of Arrival Information Items
404 -407
Section 160.203 Paragraphs (d) -(e) Existing Section IV
Notice Week 24/03 Replace by:
(d) [Suspended]
(e) [Suspended]
(f) US vessels need not submit the International Ship and
Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice Information (Entry (9) in
Table 160.206).
Table 160.206 Existing Section IV Notice Week 24/03
Replace by new Table 160.206 which appears as pages
4.3-4.4 of this week’s notice.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 078/445/01) [19/05]

IV
TABLE 160.206. — NOA INFORMATION ITEMS
Required information
4.3
Vessels not
carrying CDC Vessels
Towing vessels
controlling vessels
carrying CDC
(1) Vessel information:
(i) Name;
x x
x
(ii) Name of the registered owner;
x x
x
(iii) Country of registry;
x x
x
(iv) Call sign;
(v) International Maritime Organisation (IMO) international number or,
if the vessel does not have an assigned IMO international number,
x x
x
substitute with official number;
x x
x
(vi) Name of the operator;
x x
x
(vii) Name of the charterer; and
x x
x
(viii) Name of classification society.
(2) Voyage information:
x x
x
(i) Names of last five ports or places visited;
x x
x
(ii) Dates of arrival and departure for last five ports or places visited;
(iii) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, list the
x x
x
names of the receiving facility, the port or place, the city, and the
state;
x x
x
(iv) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the
estimated date and time of arrival;
x x
x
(v) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the
estimated date and time of departure;
(vi) The location (port or place and country) or position (latitude and
x x
x
longitude or waterway and mile marker) of the vessel at the time of
reporting; and
x x
x
(vii) The name and telephone number of a 24 -hour point of contact.
(3) Cargo information:
(i) A general description of cargo, other than CDC, onboard the vessel
x x
x
(e.g.: grain, container, oil, etc.);
(ii) Name of each certain dangerous cargo carried, including cargo UN
x x
x
number, if applicable; and
x
x
(iii) Amount of each certain dangerous cargo carried.
(4) Information for each Crewmember Onboard:
x
x
(i) Full name;
x x
x
(ii) Date of birth;
x x
x
(iii) Nationality;
(iv) Passport or mariners document number (type of identification and
x x
x
number);
x x
x
(v) Position or duties on the vessel; and
x x
x
(vi) Where the crewmember embarked (list port or place and country)
(5) Information for each Person Onboard in Addition to Crew:
x x
x
(i) Full name;
x x
x
(ii) Date of birth;
x x
x
(iii) Nationality;
x x
x
(iv) Passport number; and
x x
x
(v) Where the person embarked (list port or place and country)
x x
x
(6) Operational condition of equipment required by §164.35. x x x

IV
(7) International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice:
(i) The date of issuance for the company’s Document of Compliance
certificate that covers the vessel;
(ii) The date of issuance for the vessel’s Safety Management
Certificate; and
(iii) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognized
organization(s) representing the vessel flag administration, that
issued those certificates.
(8) [Suspended]
(9) International Ship and Port Facility Code (ISPS) Notice:
(i) The date of issuance for the vessel’s International Ship Security
Certificate (ISSC), if any;
(ii) Whether the ISSC, if any, is an initial Interim ISSC, subsequent and
consecutive Interim ISSC, or final ISSC;
(iii) Declaration that the approved ship security plan, if any, is being
implemented;
(iv) If a subsequent and consecutive Interim ISSC, the reasons therefor;
(v) The name and 24 hour contact information for the Company
Security Officer; and;
(vi) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognised security
organisation(s) representing the vessel flag Administration that
issued the ISSC
4.4
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 3 -2003
Kenai Peninsula - Approaches to Resurrection
Bay — Obstructions
342
After R26Insert:
Three submerged buoys, with a depth of 3⋅7 m
(12 ft) over them, lie in the SW approaches to
Resurrection Bay in the following positions:
59°07′⋅3N, 149°46′⋅0W.
59°31′⋅3N, 149°10′⋅9W.
59°42′⋅4N, 149°10′⋅1W.
US Notice 13/16680/05
(HH. 611/425/04) [18/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Russia - Vyborg and approaches — Depths;
directions
190
Paragraph 5.188 1-2 Replace by:
1 To enable deep -draught vessels to use the facility at
No 2 Pier (5.202a), the TSS between Ostrov Sommers
and Lotsmanskiy Light -buoy has been altered and, in
parts, dredged (2004) to depths of 14⋅0 and 15⋅4 m, as
shown on the chart. The least depth (2004) within
Fairways No 6 and 6a in the approach to the berth is
14⋅5 m.
2. The channel between Banka Yalkamatala
(60°36′⋅2N, 28°31′⋅0E) and Vysotskiy-Yuzhnyy Front
Light was swept (1985) to a depth of 8 m; an
alternative route, passing N of Hallikivi (5.205) was
swept (1996) to a depth of 10⋅7 m. Minimum depths
within the channel from Vysotsk to Vyborg vary as
shown on the chart.
4
191
Paragraph 5.194 2 line 4 For 7⋅6 m Read 7⋅4 m
After Paragraph 5.194 2 line 7 Insert:
SE of a 13⋅8 m patch (7½ miles SSW), marked by a
light -buoy (E cardinal), thence:
Paragraph 5.194 3 lines 11 -13 Replace by:
...(1¼ miles SSW), marked by a buoy (W cardinal).
Thence:
Clear of, depending on draught, a 12⋅8 m patch
(3½ miles SE), within the TSS, thence:
SE of Banka Shevyakova-Zapadnaya (2 miles E),
marked by a light -buoy (E cardinal), thence:
Paragraph 5.194 4 Replace by:
NW of Banka Voronina (5 miles ESE), with a least
depth of 3⋅2 m, and a shoal (8⋅2 m) lying 1 mile
farther SW, thence:
To a position SE of Khalli Light-buoy (safe water)
(60°24′⋅6N, 28°05′⋅1E).
4.1
[18/05]
1
Paragraph 5.195 1-6 Including heading Replace by:
The track leads 7½ miles ENE in the TSS passing
(with positions from Ostrov Rondo Front Light (white
rectangle, black stripe, on red framework tower, 10 m
in height) (60°27′⋅1N, 28°21′⋅5E)):
2 NNW of Khalli (7 miles WSW), a rock on
which stands a light (red metal framework
tower, concrete base, 12 m in height). Shoal
depths in the vicinity of, and positioned from,
Khalli Light-tower include one of 8⋅8 m
3
(6 cables NW), marked by a light -buoy (N
cardinal) one of 9⋅6 m (3 cables NNE), and
Banka Shevyakova (1 mile SE), all on the S
side of the fairway. Thence:
SSE of Banka Tatasova (7 miles W), thence:
NNW of Ruismatalat (5¼ miles WSW), a shoal on
which there is a rock with a depth of 1⋅0 m over it,
and which is marked at its N extremity by a buoy
(N cardinal), thence:
SSE of Vinterinmatala (4 miles W), marked at its S
end by a buoy (S cardinal), and:
4 NNW of a shoal (3½ miles WSW), with a least
depth of 6⋅9 m over it, marked by a
light -buoy (N cardinal) and noting the 12⋅4 m
patch close NE and the 13⋅6 m patch 1 mile
ENE, thence:
SSE of a 5⋅4 m patch (2 miles W), within the
separation zone and marked by light -buoys (N
and S cardinal), and:
NNW of Veitsimatala (2 miles SW).
Caution. The alignment of Ostrov Rondo Leading
Lights no longer provides a lead for the established
direction of traffic flow within the TSS.
Paragraph 5.197 Heading Replace by:
Ostrov Rondo to Ostrov Igrivyy
5
192
After Paragraph 5.197 4 Insert:
To a position in the vicinity of No 3 Light -buoy
(safe water).
Paragraph 5.198 2 Replace by:
2 From a position NNW of Vyborgskiy Light
(60°31′⋅6N, 28°22′⋅7E), the alignment (041°) of these
lights leads NE, passing (with positions from
Povorotnyy Light (60°34′⋅5N, 28°25′⋅6E)):
Clear of Lotsmanskiy Light-buoy (safe water)
(60°34′⋅5N, 28°26′⋅5E), thence:
NW of Ostrov Mayachnyy, on which stands
Povorotnyy Light, thence:
SE of Banka Tarantsova, 1 mile NW of Ostrov
Mayachnyy, marked by a buoy (S cardinal),
thence:
NW of Banka Kuninkansaari, (5 cables NE), marked
by a light -buoy (N cardinal).

1
Paragraph 5.200 1-4 Including heading Replace by:
Ostrov Igrivyy to Vysotsk entrance
5.200
From a position about 7½ cables N of Povorotnyy
Light (white octagonal tower, red lantern, 13 m in
height), the recommended track leads 113° for about
1½ miles to a position S of Ostrov Igrivyy (60°36′N,
28°27′E), a low island densely covered with trees. The
SE point of the island is Mys Teykarniyemi from
which shoal ground extends 2 cables SE.
2 The recommended track, marked by light -buoys,
then leads 041½° through Bol’shoy Tranzundskiy
Reyd for 2 miles to Banka Yalkamatala (60°36′N,
28°31′E) at the end of Fairway No 6.
This track is covered by the white sector
(218°–225°), astern, of Vikhrevoy Light (white
octagonal lantern on low base, 3 m in height)
3
(60°33′⋅8N, 28°26′⋅9E), standing on the E extremity of
the island.
Caution. The alignment of Hallikivi Leading Lights
(front 60°36′⋅5N, 28°31′⋅7E; rear 5 cables NE of front
light) no longer provides a lead for the recommended
track within the fairway.
Paragraph 5.201 1-3 Replace by:
5.201
Spare
Paragraph 5.202a Including heading and existing Section
IV Notice Week 33/04 Replace by:
Fairway No 6a
5.202a
1 From a position 1½ miles SW of Hallikivi Front
Light, Fairway No 6a, dredged to 14⋅5 m (2004), leads
E towards No 2 Pier (60°35′⋅5N, 28°33′⋅0E), located
on the W side of Ostrov Vysotskiy.
Caution. A 11⋅2mpatch is located at the NW
entrance to the fairway about 2 cables W of No 8
Light -buoy.
Useful mark:
VTS tower (60°35′⋅5N, 28°33′⋅6E).
BA Charts 1090; 2264
(HH. 020/200/01) [18/05]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2002 Edition)
West Hinder Traffic Separation Scheme —
Wreck
60
Paragraph 2.49 1 Delete
Paragraph 2.54 2 lines 4 -8 Delete Attention To TSS.
French Notice 7/1/05; SHOM
(HH. 351/400/05) [18/05]
IV
4.2
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Offshore Oil and Gas
Fields — Panyu Oil Terminal
80
Paragraph 2.100a 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 14/05
lines 8 -12 Replace by:
...Terminal (2.101).
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 553/730/03) [18/05]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2002 Edition)
North Wales - River Dee Estuary — Rhyl Flats
Light -buoy
259
Paragraph 8.44 3 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
3 NE of Rhyl Flats (8 miles W), a...
Port of Mostyn Notice 7/05
(HH. 212/400/18) [18/05]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2004 Edition)
India - Gulf of Mannºr — Dangerous wreck
171
Paragraph 4.169 8 line 7 Replace by:
...clump of trees bearing 258°, remaining clear of a
dangerous wreck, position approximate, lying N of the
charted anchorage; local knowledge is...
BA Chart 1586
(HH. 038/200/01) [18/05]
India - Mangalore — Directions; dangerous
wreck
203
Paragraph 6.31 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
NNE of a dangerous wreck (2½ miles WSW),
another dangerous wreck lies 5 cables SE,
thence:
NNE of a buoy (green, spherical) (1¾ miles WSW),
and:
Indian Notice 7/169/05
(HH. 502/500/03) [18/05]
India - Mumbai Harbour — Anchorages;
dangerous wrecks
248
Paragraph 7.228 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
Dangerous wrecks lie:
Within A5 Anchorage.
1¾ cables NNW of J3 Anchorage.
Within M2 Anchorage.
BA Chart 2624
(HH. 038/200/01) [18/05]

India - Mumbai to Dwºrka — Offshore route;
dangerous wrecks
255
Paragraph 8.14 1 Replace by:
1 Caution. Dangerous wrecks lie near the charted
route, in the following positions:
19°13′N, 72°25′E.
19°14′N, 72°31′E.
Indian Notice 7/167/05
(HH. 502/460/05) [18/05]
India - Worli Point to Tºrºpur Point —
Directions; dangerous wreck
256
After Paragraph 8.21 8 line 8 Insert:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (18 miles SW), thence:
Indian Notice 7/167/05
(HH. 502/460/05) [18/05]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Nansei Shotë - Okinawa Guntë - Naha Kë —
Leading lights
L35-L40Delete
77
Japanese Notice 12/329/05
(HH. 566/420/09) [18/05]
NP 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2004 Edition)
TheLittleMinch -SgeirGraidach;Eugenie
Rock — Beacon; light -buoy
386
Paragraph 12.8 3 lines 6 -14 Replace by:
...and at 12.260. Closer to the middle of the chain Eugenie
Rock (57°47′N, 6°28′W), 2½ miles NNW of
Fladda-chùain (12.57) and with a depth of 0⋅9 m over it
(charted as a dangerous rock), lies near the centre of a bank
with depths of 3⋅6 to 24 m over it. Sgeir Graidach, a rock
with long weed showing N from it, lies on the N part of this
bank. The bank is marked at its S end by a light -buoy (S
cardinal). The channel between Eugenie Rock and...
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 13/05
(HH. 272/590/04) [18/05]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 3 -2003
Regulations - Compulsory pilotage waters — Oil
tankers; exceptions; exclusion routes
5
After R56Insert:
Any oil tanker, whether enrolled or registered, of
50 000 dwt or greater, shall, when navigating in state
water beyond Alaska pilot stations, employ a pilot
licensed by the State. Mariners are advised that the
pilot will control the vessel during all docking
operations.
6
After L10Insert:
(7) Pleasure craft of foreign registry of 65 feet or less
in overall length.
(8) Vessels of the Canadian Navy or Canadian
Coastguard that have a home port in British
Columbia, Canada, while navigating the inside
water of South -east Alaska.
6
L14-23Replace by:
Vessels are excluded from the use of a state
licensed marine pilot in compulsory pilotage waters
when proceeding directly between points outside
Alaska and an established pilot station for the express
purpose of embarking or disembarking a pilot. In the
area covered by this volume these inside exclusion
routes are:
L27Replace by:
...pilot station and Chasina Point pilot station;
L32For Point Retreat Read Frederick Sound
L34For The Eckholms Read Sitka Sound
L36-41Replace by:
(6) travel via Revillagigedo Channel to Twin Island
Pilot Station; in transiting Revillagigedo Channel
vessels must stay west of longitude 131°05′W;
After L49Insert:
(11) travel via Cape Muzon in Cordova Bay to Shoe
Island pilot station for vessels proceeding to Long
Island;
(12) travel via Cape Muzon in Cordova Bay to
Mellen Rock pilot station for vessels proceeding
to Hydaburg;
(13) travel to the Kodiak City or Womens Bay pilot
station without transiting Whale Passage;
(14) travel via Yakutat Bay to Yakutat pilot station;
(15) travel by the most direct route to an arranged
pilot station or pick up point.
US Coast Pilot 8 Correction 14/05
(HH. 078/556/06) [16/05]
4.1
Pilot stations and destinations
6
R3For The Eckholms Read Sitka Sound
[16/05]
US Coast Pilot 8 Correction 14/05
(HH. 078/556/06) [16/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2005 Edition)
Tor Bay - Brixham Harbour — Berths
143
Paragraph 5.83 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Deepest berth: WsideofEasternPier,MFVBasin
(5.97).
Paragraph 5.84 1 line 11 For jetty Read disused jetty
144
Paragraph 5.86 1 lines 3 -4 Delete
Harbour Master, Torbay
(HH. 232/510/08) [16/05]
Poole Harbour Approaches — Restricted areas
172
Paragraph 6.131 3 Replace by:
3 Restricted areas. Two restricted areas, surrounding
historic wrecks, exist in the approaches to Poole. One,
marked by a light -buoy (special), is centred on
position 50°39′⋅7N, 1°54′⋅9W; the second is centred on
position 50°39′⋅9N, 1°55′⋅5W close E of the dredged
entrance channel. For protection details see 1.75.
Statutory Instrument 3243/04
(HH. 232/540/10) [16/05]
Estuaire de la Seine - Le Havre — Waiting area;
dangerous wrecks
415
Paragraph 13.107 2 Replace by:
2 No 1 Waiting Area, with good holding in depths
of 12 m, sand and shells, centred about
4¾ miles WSW of Cap de la Hève. This
area, situated about 1¼ miles S of the
approach channel and parallel with a line
joining LH3 to LH7 Light -buoys, is
authorised for use by vessels of less than
12 m draught and less than 250 m in length.
Caution. A dangerous wreck, marked on its E side
by HP Light -buoy (special) lies in position 49°29′⋅6N,
0°03′⋅7W. Another dangerous wreck lies 1½ cables
ENE of HP Light -buoy.
French Notice 6/11/05
(HH. 351/490/07) [16/05]

1
Estuaire de la Seine - Chenal de Rouen —
Directions; dangerous wreck
429
Paragraph 13.169 1 Replace by:
Mariners bound for ports on La Seine Maritime
should make for LHA Light -buoy (safe water)
(49°31′N, 0°10′W) (13.138) and thence to a position
¾ mile W of RP Light -buoy (isolated danger)
(49°28′⋅6N, 0°01′⋅2W), moored near the NW end of
Rade de la Carosse (49°28′N, 0°02′E) (13.108), to
embark or await the pilot.
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 1¾ miles W of
RP Light -buoy.
French Notice 6/11/05
(HH. 351/490/07) [16/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Baisungong Jiao to
Qiongzhou Haixia - Qinzhou Gang —
Development
224
After Paragraph 7.40 2 Insert:
3 Development. A new buoyed entrance channel,
with a minimum depth of 8⋅9 m and maximum vessel
draught limitation of 12⋅2 m has been established in
the E part of Qinzhou Wan. Six additional berths are
under construction (2005) to complement the present 9
operational berthing areas.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 548/400/03) [16/05]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Ise Wan - Kinuura Kë - Area No 3 —
Light -buoys
205
R 17 -36 Final line existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...55′⋅8E. Numerous light -buoys (special) mark the
construction area.
Japanese Notice 9/257/05
(HH. 563/416/03) [16/05]
IV
4.2
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
France - Baie de Roquebrune — Restricted area
134
After Paragraph 3.163 2 Insert:
3 A restricted area marked by a yellow buoy
(special), in which diving, anchoring, dredging and
fishing are prohibited, lies in Baie de Roquebrune
close SW of the anchorage (3.170), as shown on the
chart.
French Notice 6/17/05
(HH. 354/770/03) [16/05]
Italy - San Remo — Restricted area
143
After Paragraph 4.26 6 line 8 Add:
Restricted area. A fish haven lies about 1⋅3 miles
SW from Molo Sud Head Light, as shown on the
chart. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within this
area.
Italian Notice 4/17/05
(HH. 369/410/03) [16/05]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2002 Edition)
Israel - •adera — Regulations
233
Paragraph 7.218 2 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
Regulations. Anchoring is prohibited within an area
enclosing the whole terminal.
Fishing is prohibited within the harbour limits.
Israeli Chart 4130
(HH. 403/410/04) [16/05]
Israel - Ashdod — Directions
235
Paragraph 7.245 1 Replace by:
1 From the pilot boarding position the track passes N
of the buoys marking the N limit of the breakwater
construction work, then to the inbound lane of the
TSS.
Paragraph 7.245 2 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
2 The inbound track leads 1 mile S, passing:
E of the construction works which are marked by
light -buoys (starboard hand). The E limit of the
TSS is marked by light -buoys (port hand).
Thence:
Israeli Chart 323
(HH. 403/410/04) [16/05]

NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Haïti - Port -au -Prince - Anchorages and berths
— Jetty; depths
220
Paragraph 8.292 1-2 Replace by:
Berths
8.292
1 City centre:
Jetty and dolphin extension with berths on both
sides. It is reported (2005) that the end of the jetty
is in ruins, and that submerged wrecks lie close to
the ruins.
2 Container terminal, S side only; length 426 m.
Ro -Ro terminal (7 cables WNW of the cathedral),
which is shown on the plan.
Caution: It is reported (2005) that depths less than
those charted exist in the area between Fort Ilet and
the shore.
US Notice 12/26186/05
(HH. 677/415/03) [16/05]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2001 Edition)
Greenland, West Coast - Sydprøven —
Submarine pipeline; anchorage
103
After Paragraph 2.76 2 Insert:
Submarine pipeline. A submarine outfall, shown
on Danish Chart 1150, has been laid about 200 m
ENE from the S entrance point of Qarsorsat.
Paragraph 2.76 6 line 3 Replace by:
...affected by swell, or NE of Qarsorsat clear of the
submarine pipeline. Ice often enters...
Danish Notice 7/323/05
(HH. 337/420/06) [13/05]
Greenland, West Coast - Frederikshåb —
Submarine pipeline; anchorages; mooring buoys
124
After Paragraph 2.245 1 Insert:
Submarine pipeline
2.245a
1 A submarine outfall, shown on Danish Chart 1250,
has been laid along the approach channel from
Fiskeindustri (61°59′⋅8N, 49°40′⋅6W). It is about
5½ cables long and lies close SE of the approach
channel leading line (2.250).
Paragraph 2.248 2 Delete
125
126
Paragraph 2.252 1 Add:
Note that the anchor position is less than 1 cable
NW of the outfall described at 2.245a.
Paragraph 2.252 7 Existing Section IV Notice Week 41/04
Delete
Paragraph 2.253 1 Add:
Note that this anchor position is less than 1 cable
NW of the outfall described at 2.245a.
Danish Notice 6/301/05
(HH. 337/420/06) [13/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - NW approaches to Vaasa — Directions
292
After Paragraph 7.250 4 line 2 Insert:
NE of a shoal with a depth of 10⋅8 metres over it (3
miles NW), lying within a white sector
(316° -319½°) of Norra Gloppsten Light, and:
Finnish Notice 5/65/05
(HH. 321/580/03) [13/05]
4.1
[13/05]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India - Coromandel Coast - Chennai Light —
Racon
56
R12Add:
A racon (K) transmits from the light.
Indian Notice 5/120/05
(HH. 503/430/03) [13/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2002 Edition)
Tor Bay - Brixham Harbour — Berths
145
Paragraph 5.94 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Deepest berth: WsideofEasternPier,MFVBasin
(5.97).
Paragraph 5.95 1 line 11 For jetty Read disused jetty
146
Paragraph 5.97 1 lines 3 -4 Delete
Harbour Master, Torbay
(HH. 232/510/08) [13/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Zhujiang and approaches
— Nansha
262
After Paragraph 8.79 1 Insert:
Nansha
General information
8.79a
1 Description. The port of Nansha (22°48′N,
113°35′E) is located on the NE coast of Dajiaotou Dao
near the N extremity of Zhujiang Kou. Considerable
land reclamation and construction works are being
undertaken (2005) to convert Dajiaotou Dao and its
adjacent islands in Zhujiang into a major port and
industrial zone at the S end of Guangzhou province.
Function. This port, a new part of the Guangzhou
Port Complex, is an expansion southwards to provide
deeper water facilities for ferry, container, coal and
petrochemical berths, as well as shipyard and other
facilities.

Limiting conditions
8.79b
1 Controlling depths. The maximum permitted
draught is 10⋅5 m.
Vertical clearances. Approaches see Humen Bridge
(8.73) and Tsing Ma Bridge (9.116).
Deepest and longest berth. Lianhe Container
Wharf (8.79f).
Maximum size of vessel handled. The port can
handle vessels of draught 10⋅5 m, LOA 200 m and up
to 50 000 dwt.
Arrival information
8.79c
1 Vessel traffic services. See Guangzhou VTS
(8.13a), Hong Kong VTS (9.87), Shenzhen VTS (8.52)
and Guangzhou port complex VTS (8.86).
Outer anchorages. See 8.78.
Pilotage is compulsory (See 7.4). Pilot boards at
the Guangzhou and Huangpu Pilot Station (8.12) or
via the Hong Kong and Urmston Road Pilot Stations.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Tugs. Available.
Harbour
8.79d
1 General layout. The harbour lies N and S of the
Humen Bridge on the W shore of Humen Shuidao. It
consists of a series of wharfs:
Lianhe Container Wharf is located about 4 cables SE
of the W end of the Humen Bridge.
Shichang Wharf, with two dolphin piers, lies about
2 cables NW of the W end of the Humen Bridge.
Four additional wharfs (Dongfa, Nanwei
Deepwater, Shaluo Wanzui, and Yourong
Chuangchang (Shipyard repair)) plus the
L--shaped jetty of the Zhujiang Power Station
(22°49′N, 113°34′E) lie between 9 cables and
2½ miles NNW of the W end of the Humen
Bridge.
Development. Phase two expansion of the port will
provide four additional container berths each capable
of handling vessels up to 100 000 dwt. This
development is expected to be completed by the end
of 2007.
Ferry. Ferries operate from Shaluo Wanzui Wharf.
Some of these connect to ferry piers located at
Xianwu Jiao (8.77); others connect to Hong Kong.
Directions for entering harbour
8.79e
1 Approaches. The port is approached via Zhujiang
Kou (8.7) and Humen Shuidao.
Basins and berths
8.79f
1 Anchorages and moorings. Several anchorages
(8.78) lie in Humen Shuidao and in the main Humen
Channel farther E.
Alongside berths. The Lianhe Container Wharf has
four berths. Nanwei Deepwater Wharf has one
container and one general cargo berth. Yourong
Shipyard Repair Wharf has three berths. The largest
berths are:
IV
4.2
Lianhe Container Wharf: length 1400 m, capacity
4 x 50 000 dwt.
Nanwei: No 1 (general cargo), length 200 m, depth
7⋅5 m,capacity1x30000dwt.
Yourong: length 130 m, depth 9⋅0 m, capacity 1 x
5000 dwt.
Port services
8.79g
1 Repairs. There are shipyard repair facilities at
Yourong Chuanchang.
Supplies: Fuel oil, provisions and fresh water
available.
Communications: There are seven airports within a
60 km radius.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 548/813/01) [13/05]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Sarawak - Tanjung Po — Wreck
92
Paragraph 4.46 2 line 1 For stranded Read dangerous
Sarawak Chart 101
(HH. 519/450/04) [13/05]
Sarawak - Tanjung Edit offshore — Wreck
96
Paragraph 4.99 2 line 3 Replace by:
...Batang Saribas (4.110), and clear of a stranded wreck
(23½ miles ENE), thence:
Sarawak Chart 3
(HH. 519/550/03) [13/05]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2004 Edition)
Tsunami
1
After Paragraph 1.3 4 Insert:
Tsunami
1.3a
1 Caution. As a result of catastrophic damage caused
by the tsunami on 26 December 2004, which in this
volume affected Sri Lanka, India and the Maldives,
ports may be closed and depths, seabed topography
and buoyage not as charted. Mariners are therefore
urged to contact local authorities for the latest
information.
2 Mariners should be aware that, at present, there is
no Tsunami Warning System covering the Indian
Ocean.
For further details see The Mariner’s Handbook.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 038/200/01) [13/05]

1
Pakistan — Ship Reporting System
9
After Paragraph 1.54 2 Insert:
Pakistan
1.54a
Pakistan Ship Reporting System (PASREPS) is a
mandatory system for all vessels over 100 gt carrying
dangerous or hazardous cargoes whilst transiting
2
Pakistan’s Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) (1.131), or
calling at a Pakistani port. The purpose of the system
is the prevention, reduction and control of marine
pollution in waters subject to Pakistani jurisdiction.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 1 (1).
Navarea IX Notice 017/05
(HH. 500/034/03) [13/05]
India - Belekeri Bay — Dangerous wreck
213
After Paragraph 6.128 7 line 3 Insert:
A dangerous wreck, marked close SE by a
light -buoy (port hand), lies 1⋅6 miles WSW of the
island.
Indian Notice 23/466/04
(HH. 502/490/03) [13/05]
India - Jaigarh Head — Dangerous wreck
234
Paragraph 7.100 3 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
WSW of a dangerous wreck (13¾ miles NW), the
position of which is approximate. A submerged
current meter array (uncharted) is laid about
9 cables off the...
Indian Notice 20/399/04
(HH. 502/470/03) [13/05]
2
India - Mundra — Anchorage; pilotage
296
Paragraph 9.104 2-3 Replace by:
Anchorages. Vessels awaiting a berth at NavØnºl
Marine Terminal (9.106) anchor 3¼ miles SSE of
NavØnºl Point in a depth of about 30 m.
Pilotage is compulsory and pilots board 1¼ miles S
of the terminal.
Tugs are available.
Indian Notice 24/493/04
(HH. 502/410/06) [13/05]
2
India - Sikka Creek — Dangerous wreck
300
Paragraph 9.130 2 Replace by:
Outer anchorage. For tankers awaiting a berth an
anchorage is centred on 22°31′·3N, 69°46′·0E, with
depths from 14 to 20 m; a dangerous wreck, the
position of which is approximate, lies in the S of the
area. This anchorage is exposed to the SW monsoon
and previous reports indicate that it may be crowded.
See also 9.138.
MV Gent
(HH. 502/410/06) [13/05]
IV
4.3
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2002 Edition)
Tunisia - Tunisian Plateau — Dangerous wreck
325
Paragraph 7.189 3 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
E of No 4 Light-buoy (E cardinal) (37 miles SE). A
dangerous wreck lies 1½ miles N and a wreck,
with a depth of 16 m over it, lies close W. Thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (50 miles ESE) lying
10 miles ESE of No 4 Light -buoy.
French Notice 51/25/04
(HH. 407/520/04) [13/05]
Tunisia - Sfax approaches — Dangerous wreck
330
After Paragraph 7.236 1 line 5 Insert:
ENE of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
(10½ miles SE), thence:
French Notice 51/25/04
(HH. 407/520/04) [13/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Corsica, South Coast — Pilot boarding positions
206
Paragraph 6.148 2 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...Ajaccio, and board 2 miles W of the harbour entrance. In
bad weather pilots will board off the harbour entrance.
213
Paragraph 6.199 1 lines 9 -10 Replace by:
...(Cap Pertusato). Pilots are provided from Ajaccio, and
board ½ mile S of Pointe de la Madonetta Light. See
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for details.
225
Paragraph 7.68 2 line 4 Replace by:
...9°25′⋅0E. Pilots are provided from Ajaccio, and board
1 mile NE of Punta di a Chappia.
Ajaccio Pilots
(HH. 355/420/03) [13/05]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Karmøy, West Coast — Sandve Light
108
R64For 016° and 023½° Read 019° and 024°
R66For 044° and 050° Read 044½° and 049½°
Norwegian Notice 3/124/05
(HH. 310/425/03) [13/05]

Karmøy, West Coast - Feøy — Middagsnes Light
111
L 33 Existing Supplement amendment For 349° and 354½°
Read 352° and 355°.
Norwegian Notice 4/197/05
(HH. 310/425/03) [13/05]
Approaches to Haugesund — Sørhaugøy Light
113
L 54 Including existing Supplement amendment Replace
by:
...Light, bearing between 123° and 125½°, which leads to
a...
Norwegian Notice 4/196/05
(HH. 310/425/03) [13/05]
Karmsundet — Høgevarde Light
116
L 49 -50 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
... indicated by a white sector of Høgevarde Light bearing
between 054½° and 089°.
Norwegian Notice 3/135/05
(HH. 310/425/03) [13/05]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Sørøysundet - Approaches to Hammerfest —
Obstruction
228
After L69Insert:
NE of an obstruction (70°39′⋅6N, 23°34′⋅3E)
(1⋅6 miles WSW), thence:
Norwegian Notice 4/223/05
(HH. 309/460/04) [13/05]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(1988 Edition) — Supplement 6 -2003
Mariana Islands - Saipan Harbour — Dredged
depth
370
R 53 -54 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...depth of 9⋅7 m (32 ft) (2003).
US Chart 81076
(HH. 592/470/03) [13/05]
IV
4.4
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (1984
Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Fiji - Vanua Levu - Savusavu — Arrival
information
292
L7-9Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory and can be arranged through
agents in Suva, 48 hours prior to arrival. The pilot is
embarked at either Suva or Lautoka,...
L15Replace by:
...the vessel 1¼ miles W of Point Reef Light.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 061/200/01) [13/05]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Maine - Frenchman Bay — Recommended
routes; directions
1
45
After Paragraph 2.58 3 Insert:
Recommended routes
2.58a
Deep -draught vessels, high -speed ferries and other
commercial vessels transiting through Frenchman Bay
are requested to follow recommended routes as shown
on the charts. These routes have been established to
provide safe passage for increased commercial traffic
and to prevent the loss of fishing gear placed in the
approaches to, and within, Frenchman Bay.
Paragraph 2.63 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 49/04 Replace by:
1 South -east approach. From position 44°14′⋅9N,
67°56′⋅2W the recommended track leads WNW to FB
Light-buoy (44°19′N, 68°07′W), passing (with
positions relative to Egg Rock Light (2.64)):
Paragraph 2.63 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 49/04 Replace by:
3 South approach. From position 44°03′⋅2N,
68°08′⋅6W the recommended track leads N to FB
Light -buoy (preferred channel to port) (44°19′N,
68°07′W), passing (with positions relative to Egg Rock
Light):
Paragraph 2.63 4 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...given a berth of at least 4 cables. A light (2.34)
stands on the...
US Coast Pilot 1 Corrections 51/04; 10/05
(HH. 078/550/07) [13/05]

Massachusetts Bay, Salem and Boston Harbors
— Submarine pipeline; anchorages; safety and
security zones
109
After Paragraph 4.4 1 Insert:
Submarine pipeline
4.4a
1 Gas pipeline. A gas pipeline extends from position
42°32′⋅3N, 70°53′⋅9W in Danvers River (4.52) to
North Weymouth (42°14′⋅8N, 70°57′⋅8W) passing
through Beverley Channel (4.52), Salem Sound (4.29),
Marblehead Channel (4.39), Childrens Island Channel
(4.40), Black Rock Channel (4.109), Nantasket Roads
(4.115), and Weymouth Fore River (4.124).
Caution. See 1.38.
112
Paragraph 4.33 1 Including heading Replace by:
Traffic regulations
4.33
1 Safety and security zone. A safety and security
zone surrounds Salem Terminal Wharf (4.46).
Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters.
Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters apply within a
line joining the W extremity of Gales Point
(42°33′⋅5N, 70°46′⋅7W) to the E extremity of House
Island (4 cables SSW), thence to Bakers Island Light
(1 mile SSW), thence to Marblehead Light (42°30′⋅3N,
70°50′⋅0W). See 1.46 and Appendix VII for further
information.
114
Paragraph 4.43 Including heading, Replace by:
Arrival information
4.43
1 Notice of ETA. 24 hours.
Submarine pipeline. A gas pipeline is laid through
Salem Sound. See 1.38 and 4.4a.
Outer anchorage. Good anchorage may be
obtained in depths of 6⋅1 to 15⋅2 m (20 to 50ft) in
Salem Sound, NE of a line drawn between Curtis
Point (42°32′⋅9N, 70°50′⋅7W) and the NE extremity of
Eagle Island (2 miles SE) (4.35), clear of the
submarine gas pipeline,
2 Pilotage. See 4.31.
Tugs. See 4.31.
Safety and security zone. A safety and security
zone surrounds Salem Terminal Wharf (4.46).
3 Time of berthing. Daylight hours with a rising
tide.
Speed limit of 5 kn within the harbour limits.
120
Paragraphs 4.96 -4.97 Replace by:
Safety and security zones
4.96
1 Numerous safety and security zones have been
established within Boston Harbor and its approaches.
See Appendix V.
Spare
4.97
IV
4.5
124
Paragraph 4.115 1 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
2 Good anchorage may be obtained in depths of up to
15⋅2 m (50ft), SE of a line drawn between the S
extremity (42°19′⋅0N, 70°55′⋅7W) of Georges Island
(4.108) and 4P Light -beacon (2 miles SW), clear of a
submarine gas pipeline (see 1.38 and 4.4a).
253
§165.110 to §165.111 Replace by:
§165.110 Safety and Security Zone; Liquefied
Natural Gas Carrier Transits and Anchorage
Operations, Boston, Massachusetts.
§165.111 Safety Zone: Boston Harbor; Boston,
Massachusetts.
§165.112 Safety Zone: USS CASSIN YOUNG,
Boston, Massachusetts.
§165.114 Safety and Security Zones; Escorted
Vessels - Boston Harbor, Massachusetts.
254
Before §165.120 Safety Zone: Chelsea River,
Boston Inner Harbor, Boston, Massachusetts.
Insert:
§165.116 Safety and Security Zones; Salem and
Boston Harbors, Massachusetts.
US Coast Pilot 1, Correction 11/05; US Charts 13275;
13270
(HH. 078/550/07) [13/05]
Connecticut - Long Island Sound - New Haven
Harbor — Anchorages
193
Paragraph 6.169 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...to 5⋅8 m (19 ft), soft bottom. Caution is needed to avoid
the fish stakes in the area and mariners should be aware that
water levels may drop significantly following a prolonged
NW wind.
US Coast Pilot 2 Correction 49/04
(HH. 078/551/06) [13/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Nigeria - Bight of Biafra — Okwori Terminal
313
After R58Insert:
Okwori Terminal
13.19a
General information. Okwori Terminal (3°51′N,
6°59′E), consists of the 271 180 dwt FPSO Sendje
Berge, spread moored on a heading of 022½° in a
depth of about 138 m. The terminal is open throughout
24 hours except in adverse weather conditions, for
which the Mooring Master will be the final authority.
A vessel arriving at the terminal is moored bow to
bow, and loading is by means of a floating hose
arrangement between the FPSO and the loading tanker.
The maximum pumping rate of the FPSO is
6000 m3 /hr.
Terminal authority. Addax Petroleum Exploration
(Nigeria) Ltd.
Maximum size of vessel handled. 250 000 dwt.
Arrival trim not exceeding 3 m, with the propeller
fully immersed.
Notice of ETA: 7 days before arrival, thereafter
periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (3). Tankers which are scheduled to berth on
arrival must arrive before 1600 to allow time for
inward clearance prior to commencement of mooring
operations.
Waiting area is located within a radius of 1½ miles
centred on position 3°51′N, 7°04′E, about 3 miles E of
the terminal.
Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by the
Mooring Master who boards 3¼ miles ENE of the
FPSO. Berthing is carried out during daylight only.
Unberthing is available throughout 24 hours.
Tugs are available and essential for mooring. Two
tugs remain secured to the stern of the export tanker
during the entire loading operation.
Restricted area. Numerous wellheads and pipelines
exist in the area bound by the parallels of 3°49′N and
3°54′N and the meridians of 6°53′E and 7°00′E.
Regulation. All export tankers shall fly the
Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in
the vicinity of the terminal.
Local weather. Dry season from November to May
and wet season from June to October. Intense line
squalls usually prevalent between March and
November. Visibility is good except during heavy rain
and during the harmattan season (December to
February), when it occasionally drops below 5 cables.
Current usually sets E, however, the direction and
rate have been known to change suddenly.
Facilities: None available. The FPSO is not
equipped to receive dirty ballast.
Addax Petroleum Exploration (Nigeria) Ltd
(HH. 440/180/14) [12/05]
4.1
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Svalbard – Ny-Ålesund — Restricted area;
anchorage
[12/05]
226
After Paragraph 9.97 2 line 4 Insert:
Restricted area, in which anchoring is prohibited,
extends about 2 cables NNE into Kongsfjorden from
the port. Three submarine pipelines lie within the area.
227
Paragraph 9.97 4 Replace by:
4 Anchorage may be possible off the port, clear of
the restricted area enclosing the submarine pipelines
and clear of a rock with a depth of 6⋅4 m over it that
lies 2 cables NNE of the head of the E pier. Mariners
are strongly advised to obtain the advice of the local
authority before anchoring.
Norwegian Notice 3/163/05; Norwegian Chart 513
(HH. 312/400/03) [12/05]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2002 Edition)
Estonia - Mõntu — Directions
424
Paragraph 11.24 5 line 4 For 2⋅5 m Read 2⋅1 m
Estonian Chart 890
(HH. 344/460/05) [12/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ); traffic
11
Paragraph 1.85 Including heading Replace by:
Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ)
1.85
1 Loaded crude oil tankers of the Trans Alaska
Pipeline System (TAPS) are requested to remain
seaward of the Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ). The
purpose of the TEZ is to keep laden tankers W of the
zone boundary in an effort to protect the shoreline and
coastal waters from a potential risk of pollution.
2 The Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ) is defined as a
line from:
54°00′N, 136°17′W, thence to:
51°05′N, 132°30′W, thence to:
48°32′N, 126°30′W, thence to:
48°32′N, 125°09′W.

1.85a
1 Concentration of traffic. Offshore routes for oil
tankers trading between Prince William Sound in
Alaska and Juan de Fuca Strait, San Francisco and the
Santa Barbara Channel in California cross the
Transpacific routes off the British Columbia coast. The
two important crossing areas are off Dixon Entrance
(see British Columbia Pilot Volume II) and Juan de
Fuca Strait.
Canadian Sailing Directions PAC 200 Corr 02/05
(HH. 078/049/01) [12/05]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2002 Edition)
Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ); traffic
11
Paragraph 1.95 Including heading Replace by:
Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ)
1.95
1 Loaded crude oil tankers of the Trans Alaska
Pipeline System (TAPS) are requested to remain
2
seaward of the Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ). The
purpose of the TEZ is to keep laden tankers W of the
zone boundary in an effort to protect the shoreline and
coastal waters from a potential risk of pollution.
The Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ) is defined as a
line from:
54°00′N, 136°17′W, thence to:
51°05′N, 132°30′W, thence to:
48°32′N, 126°30′W, thence to:
48°32′N, 125°09′W.
Paragraph 1.96 Replace by:
1.96
1 Concentration of traffic. Offshore routes for oil
tankers trading between Prince William Sound in
Alaska and Juan de Fuca Strait, San Francisco and the
Santa Barbara Channel in California cross the
Transpacific routes off the British Columbia coast. The
two important crossing areas are off Juan de Fuca
Strait (see British Columbia Pilot Volume I) and Dixon
Entrance.
Canadian Sailing Directions PAC 200 Corr 02/05
(HH. 078/049/01) [12/05]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Hokkaido, North -east Coast - Esashi Kë —
Radio tower
L13-14Delete
300
Japanese Notice 6/159/05
(HH. 562/425/04) [12/05]
IV
4.2
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2002 Edition)
Egypt - Khalîg Abu Qîr — Dangerous wreck
115
After Paragraph 3.152 2 line 8 Insert:
SE of a dangerous wreck (12 miles NNE), thence:
Egyptian Notice 26/05
(HH. 405/470/04) [12/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Nigeria - Bight of Biafra — Okwori Terminal
313
After R58Insert:
Okwori Terminal
13.19a
General information. Okwori Terminal (3°51′N,
6°59′E), consists of the 271 180 dwt FPSO Sendje
Berge, spread moored on a heading of 022½° in a
depth of about 138 m. The terminal is open throughout
24 hours except in adverse weather conditions, for
which the Mooring Master will be the final authority.
A vessel arriving at the terminal is moored bow to
bow, and loading is by means of a floating hose
arrangement between the FPSO and the loading tanker.
The maximum pumping rate of the FPSO is
6000 m3 /hr.
Terminal authority. Addax Petroleum Exploration
(Nigeria) Ltd.
Maximum size of vessel handled. 250 000 dwt.
Arrival trim not exceeding 3 m, with the propeller
fully immersed.
Notice of ETA: 7 days before arrival, thereafter
periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (3). Tankers which are scheduled to berth on
arrival must arrive before 1600 to allow time for
inward clearance prior to commencement of mooring
operations.
Waiting area is located within a radius of 1½ miles
centred on position 3°51′N, 7°04′E, about 3 miles E of
the terminal.
Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by the
Mooring Master who boards 3¼ miles ENE of the
FPSO. Berthing is carried out during daylight only.
Unberthing is available throughout 24 hours.
Tugs are available and essential for mooring. Two
tugs remain secured to the stern of the export tanker
during the entire loading operation.
Restricted area. Numerous wellheads and pipelines
exist in the area bound by the parallels of 3°49′N and
3°54′N and the meridians of 6°53′E and 7°00′E.
Regulation. All export tankers shall fly the
Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in
the vicinity of the terminal.
Local weather. Dry season from November to May
and wet season from June to October. Intense line
squalls usually prevalent between March and
November. Visibility is good except during heavy rain
and during the harmattan season (December to
February), when it occasionally drops below 5 cables.
Current usually sets E, however, the direction and
rate have been known to change suddenly.
Facilities: None available. The FPSO is not
equipped to receive dirty ballast.
Addax Petroleum Exploration (Nigeria) Ltd
(HH. 440/180/14) [12/05]
4.1
NP 11 Arctic Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Svalbard – Ny-Ålesund — Restricted area;
anchorage
[12/05]
226
After Paragraph 9.97 2 line 4 Insert:
Restricted area, in which anchoring is prohibited,
extends about 2 cables NNE into Kongsfjorden from
the port. Three submarine pipelines lie within the area.
227
Paragraph 9.97 4 Replace by:
4 Anchorage may be possible off the port, clear of
the restricted area enclosing the submarine pipelines
and clear of a rock with a depth of 6⋅4 m over it that
lies 2 cables NNE of the head of the E pier. Mariners
are strongly advised to obtain the advice of the local
authority before anchoring.
Norwegian Notice 3/163/05; Norwegian Chart 513
(HH. 312/400/03) [12/05]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2002 Edition)
Estonia - Mõntu — Directions
424
Paragraph 11.24 5 line 4 For 2⋅5 m Read 2⋅1 m
Estonian Chart 890
(HH. 344/460/05) [12/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ); traffic
11
Paragraph 1.85 Including heading Replace by:
Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ)
1.85
1 Loaded crude oil tankers of the Trans Alaska
Pipeline System (TAPS) are requested to remain
seaward of the Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ). The
purpose of the TEZ is to keep laden tankers W of the
zone boundary in an effort to protect the shoreline and
coastal waters from a potential risk of pollution.
2 The Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ) is defined as a
line from:
54°00′N, 136°17′W, thence to:
51°05′N, 132°30′W, thence to:
48°32′N, 126°30′W, thence to:
48°32′N, 125°09′W.

1.85a
1 Concentration of traffic. Offshore routes for oil
tankers trading between Prince William Sound in
Alaska and Juan de Fuca Strait, San Francisco and the
Santa Barbara Channel in California cross the
Transpacific routes off the British Columbia coast. The
two important crossing areas are off Dixon Entrance
(see British Columbia Pilot Volume II) and Juan de
Fuca Strait.
Canadian Sailing Directions PAC 200 Corr 02/05
(HH. 078/049/01) [12/05]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2002 Edition)
Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ); traffic
11
Paragraph 1.95 Including heading Replace by:
Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ)
1.95
1 Loaded crude oil tankers of the Trans Alaska
Pipeline System (TAPS) are requested to remain
2
seaward of the Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ). The
purpose of the TEZ is to keep laden tankers W of the
zone boundary in an effort to protect the shoreline and
coastal waters from a potential risk of pollution.
The Tanker Exclusion Zone (TEZ) is defined as a
line from:
54°00′N, 136°17′W, thence to:
51°05′N, 132°30′W, thence to:
48°32′N, 126°30′W, thence to:
48°32′N, 125°09′W.
Paragraph 1.96 Replace by:
1.96
1 Concentration of traffic. Offshore routes for oil
tankers trading between Prince William Sound in
Alaska and Juan de Fuca Strait, San Francisco and the
Santa Barbara Channel in California cross the
Transpacific routes off the British Columbia coast. The
two important crossing areas are off Juan de Fuca
Strait (see British Columbia Pilot Volume I) and Dixon
Entrance.
Canadian Sailing Directions PAC 200 Corr 02/05
(HH. 078/049/01) [12/05]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Hokkaido, North -east Coast - Esashi Kë —
Radio tower
L13-14Delete
300
Japanese Notice 6/159/05
(HH. 562/425/04) [12/05]
IV
4.2
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2002 Edition)
Egypt - Khalîg Abu Qîr — Dangerous wreck
115
After Paragraph 3.152 2 line 8 Insert:
SE of a dangerous wreck (12 miles NNE), thence:
Egyptian Notice 26/05
(HH. 405/470/04) [12/05]

NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
Antarctic Sound - Hope Bay - Hut Cove —
Rocas Denticuladas Light -beacons
161
Paragraph 5.30 3 line 3 Replace by:
The rear...
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 009/200/02) [11/05]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Sweden - Approaches to Göteborg - Pilotage;
directions; lights
70
After Paragraph 3.25 1 line 5 Insert:
Tanker escort. Tankers of more than 30 000 dwt,
loaded or in ballast with no gas free tanks, require to
be escorted by a tug to and from Trubaduren Light
(57°35′⋅7N,
anchorage.
11°38′⋅0E) and
80
the berth or inner
1
Paragraph 3.126 1 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
Vertical clearance. A bridge connects Öckerö and
Hönö; vertical clearance 2 m above MSL.
82
Paragraph 3.138 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...channel to Göteborg in the vicinity of No 12
Light -beacon (port hand).
83
Paragraph 3.148 2 line 5 Delete
84
Paragraph 3.161 2 lines 1 -2 Delete
Paragraph 3.163 1-2 Replace by:
From the vicinity of Trubaduren Light (57°35′⋅7N,
11°38′⋅0E), the track leads NNE for 2½ miles in the
deepest water, passing (positioned from Trubaduren
Light):
2 ESE of Gamla Gumman (7 cables N), marked
by a light-buoy (S cardinal) on its W side,
thence:
85
Paragraph 3.163 6 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
6 WNW of Uppgrund Light -buoy (starboard hand)
(7 cables ESE), thence:
Paragraph 3.164 1 Replace by:
1 Spare.
Paragraph 3.166 1 Replace by:
1 Spare.
Paragraph 3.169 1 line 3 Replace by:
NW of Måvholmsbådan Beacon (white floodlit
tower,...
4.1
[11/05]
Paragraph 3.172 1 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...and the S inner channel (3.198), and leads E passing
(positioned from Knippelholmen Beacon):
Paragraph 3.172 2 lines 2 -6 Replace by:
...extremity is marked by No 25 Light -beacon
(starboard hand), and on which stands Dynan
Beacon (white tower, black band), thence:
S of Knippelholmen Beacon (white tower, black
base, floodlit, 6 m in height) (57°41′⋅0N,
11°49′⋅1E) on the E...
Paragraph 3.173 1 - 2 Replace by:
1 Spare.
Paragraph 3.174 1 line 1 For Light Read Beacon
1
86
Paragraph 3.175 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
From a position about 3 cables E of Buskärs Knöte
Light, the route leads NE for about ¾ mile on
Vasskären Lighthouse (57°39′⋅3N, 11°43′⋅2E) (3.167)
to enter the central defensive minefield (3.21) for a
distance of about 1¾ miles, passing NNW of Böttö
Lighthouse
band,...
(disused) (floodlit white tower, green
2
Paragraph 3.175 2 Delete
Paragraph 3.177 2 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
NNW of Brandnäsbrotten Lighthouse (disused)
(white GRP structure, green base, floodlit)
(6 cables NNE), thence:
NNW of No 4 Light -beacon (starboard hand)
(1½ miles ENE), marking a 6⋅7 m shoal off the N
coast of Dynholmen, thence:
Paragraph 3.178 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position 1 cable S of Gäveskär Light, South
Channel leads NE for 1¾ miles into Rivö Fjord,
2
passing (positioned from Gäveskär Light):
NW of a shoal with a least depth of 2⋅4 m (6 cables
NE), marked by No 6 Light -beacon (starboard
hand), thence:
SE of Dynan Beacon (3.172) (1½ miles NE),
from which the dangers extending S and E
are marked by a light -buoy (S cardinal) and
a light -beacon (E cardinal), respectively,
3
thence:
NW of Svinholmsgrund (1½ miles NE), a shoal
marked by No 28 Light -beacon (starboard
hand) where the channel connects with the
waterway leading N from the S inner channel
(3.198), and with the deep -water channel
(3.171) leading E from Hake Fjord 4 cables
farther NE, 1 mile W of the inner harbour
limit (3.283).
87
After Paragraph 3.189 1 line 7 Insert:
N of a rock awash (5 cables SSE), thence:

89
Paragraph 3.217 1 line 3 Delete
90
After Paragraph 3.221 1 line 5 Insert:
ENE of a 1⋅8 m patch (1¼ miles S), marked by a
buoy (starboard hand), thence:
91
Paragraph 3.226 1 line 3 Delete
4
93
Paragraph 3.246 4-5 Replace by:
From a position about 1 cable S of the beacon
above, the track leads E to the breakwater entrance.
Paragraph 3.247 1 Replace by:
1 From a position 4 cables W of Kungsnabba (3.225),
the track leads N passing (positioned from
2
Kungsnabba):
Eofa0⋅9 mpatch(3½cables WNW), thence:
Eofa1mpatch(6cablesNW),and:
Wofa1⋅8 m patch (5 cables NNW), thence:
Paragraph 3.247 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
W of a patch (6 cables NNW), on which stands
a beacon at its S extremity, thence the track
leads NNE to the breakwater entrance.
96
Paragraph 3.264 1 line 6 Delete
98
Paragraph 3.294 2 line 2 Replace by:
...Trubaduren (3.33) or in position 57°41′⋅2N, 11°52′⋅1E, as
shown on the chart.
BA Charts 857; 858
(HH. 018/200/02) [11/05]
Sweden, South Coast - Pilotage — Deep -draught
vessels
193
Paragraph 6.7 4 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
...(55°53′N, 12°46′E).
Swedish Maritime Administration
(HH. 315/410/05) [11/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Saaristomeri - Keistiö - Authorised
draught
236
Paragraph 6.226 1 line 1 For 4⋅0 m Read 3⋅5 m
Finnish Notice 3 -4/38/05
(HH. 319/460/05) [11/05]
IV
4.2
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Andaman Islands - South Brother Island —
Rock
162
L27-28Replace by:
A rock awash lies about 8 miles WNW of South
Brother Island.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 021/200/01) [11/05]
NP 42B Japan Pilot Volume III (1981 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2004
Seto Nakai - Suë Nada - Kanda Kë —
Reclamation works; bridge; breakwater
67
L 45 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Extensive reclamation works, extending an area of
reclaimed land, was in progress (2004) up to 2⋅5 miles
offshore between Inoura Kë and Kanda Kë. A bridge,
from which lights are exhibited and having a vertical
clearance of 19 m, has been constructed between the
SW area of the outer reclaimed land to the NE corner
of the area of reclaimed land NE of the log pond.
L 53 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
A detached breakwater, from which lights are
exhibited, has been constructed 5 cables SE of Këno
Shima.
Japanese Notice 3/56/05; BA Chart 3225
(HH. 568/417/03) [11/05]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Sognefjorden - Nærøyfjorden — Speed
restrictions
204
After R52Insert:
13.44a Speed restrictions have been established in
Nærøyfjorden. Mariners are advised to contact the local
authorities for details.
Norwegian Notice 4/184/05
(HH. 308/050/03) [11/05]

NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light
169
R 34 -43 Existing Supplement amendment and existing
Section IV Notice Week 01/05 Replace by:
12.13 Directions. Dyrnes Light (white lantern, 4 m in
height) (63°25′⋅66N, 7°50′⋅53E) stands at the N entrance
point of Dyrnesvågen, a cove standing on the NW side of
Smøla; the white sector of this light (110½°---115½°)leads
towards the cove from the vicinity of Store Kalvøya
(12.12).
Berths. Dyrnesvågen is protected from NW by a
breakwater which extends 160 m SW from Kalvøya,
1½ cables NW of Dyrnes Light, and has the
following alongside berths on its NE side, from NW
to SE:
Norwegian Notice 4/210/05
(HH. 310/495/08) [11/05]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Solbergfjorden - Indreleia — Dyrøya Light
119
L 45 Including existing Supplement amendment For
024° -041° Read 026° -041°
L 49 Including existing Supplement amendment For
064° -073° Read 064½°---074½°
L 54 Including existing Supplement amendment For
100° -216° Read 100° -209½°
Norwegian Notice 4/220/05
(HH. 309/410/05) [11/05]
NP 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume III
(1982 Edition) — Supplement 9 -2002
Îles de la Société - Bora Bora - Baie Faanui —
Pipeline; outfall; restricted area
173
R 19 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
A pipeline between Îlot Teveiroa (7.99) and the
main island enters Baie Faanui and lands 2 cables E of
Pointe Farepiti. An outfall extends 6 cables SW from a
position 3½ cables ESE of Pointe Tereia (7.110). Both
pipelines lie within a restricted area, as shown on the
chart, in which anchoring is prohibited.
French Notice 1/26/05
(HH. 595/510/03) [11/05]
IV
4.3
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2001
Saudi Arabia - Approaches to Ra’s al KhafjØ —
Traffic Separation Scheme
1
L 67 Including existing Supplement amendment and
Section IV Notices Weeks 46/04 and 10/05 Add:
(9) Approaches to Ra’s al KhafjØ (see 8.167).
101
L 65 -R 15 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
From Al FºrisØyah, the route leads WNW, passing
between Lawhah and Maharah Oilfields (4.68) on the
N side, and a 7⋅3 m patch marked by a light -buoy (N
cardinal) on the S side, to the S end of the traffic
separation scheme (4.71) between Zuluf (4.69) and
Maharah Oilfields, where the separation zone is
marked by Oilfield South Light -buoy (28°14′⋅5N,
49°22′⋅8E).
From the N end of the traffic separation scheme the
route leads 22 miles WNW, passing NNE of Zuluf
Oilfield and SSW of Lulu Oilfield (4.73) to the E end
of a traffic separation scheme established in the
approaches to Ra’s al KhafjØ (see 8.167).
Small vessels bound for Ra’s al KhafjØ or Bandar
Mish’ºb have sufficient sea room to navigate S of the
separation scheme to make for Mish’ºb No 1
Light -buoy, marking the entrance to Bandar Mish’ºb
Approach Channel (see 8.158).
207
L 12 -32 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
See directions (4.82) for the route NW from Ra’s ol
Moòºf Light -float; thence the traffic separation scheme
leads as follows:
The inbound lane, 1 mile wide, leads 19 miles W,
passing S of Lulu (4.73) and Hout (4.74) Oilfields,
then 9½ miles SW to the vicinity of the tanker
anchorage (8.171). The outbound lane is 9½ cables
wide, increasing to 2⋅1 miles at the seaward end, and
passes N of Umm al GharabØ, a shoal (28°34′N,
48°48′E), awash, and Umm ash ShayahØn (3¼ miles
farther ENE), a shoal with a least depth over it of
0⋅7 m, thence N of KhafjØ Oilfield (8.151). The
scheme is IMO adopted, and is in force from 1 June
2005.
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 492/080/03) [11/05]

NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
1
Buzzards Bay; Narragansett Bay; Block Island
Sound — Recommended routes
137
After Paragraph 5.1 1 Insert:
Recommended routes
5.1a
Recommended routes for deep draught vessels, tugs
and barges, as shown on the charts, have been
established in Buzzards Bay and Narragansett Bay.
Pleasure craft, fishing vessels and other small vessels
should exercise caution in and around these routes and
should monitor VHF channels for information
1
concerning vessels transiting these routes.
153
After Paragraph 5.158 1 Insert:
Recommended routes
5.158a
Recommended routes for deep draught vessels, tugs
and barges, as shown on the charts, have been
1
established in Buzzards Bay. See 5.1a.
162
After Paragraph 5.240 2 Insert:
Recommended routes
5.240a
Recommended routes for deep draught vessels, tugs
and barges, as shown on the charts, have been
1
established in Narragansett Bay. See 5.1a.
177
After Paragraph 6.8 2 Insert:
Recommended routes
6.8a
Recommended routes for deep draught vessels, tugs
and barges, as shown on the charts, have been
established in Block Island Sound. Pleasure craft,
fishing vessels and other small vessels should exercise
caution in and around these routes and should monitor
VHF channels for information concerning vessels
transiting these routes.
USCoastPilot2
(HH. 078/551/06) [11/05]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Delaware Bay; Delaware River and its
tributaries; Chesapeake and Delaware Canal —
Security Zones
74
After Paragraph 3.119 1 Insert:
Security zones
3.119a
1 A security zone of 500 yards radius has been
established around escorted passenger vessels in the
Captain of the Port, Philadelphia Zone which covers
Delaware Bay, Delaware River and its tributaries, and
the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal.
IV
4.4
2 All persons or vessels operating at the minimum
safe speed necessary to maintain navigation may
transit within 500 yards of an escorted passenger
vessel without the permission of the Captain of the
Port, Philadelphia or a designated representative.
3 No person or vessel may transit or remain within
100 yards of an escorted passenger vessel without the
permission of the Captain of the Port, Philadelphia or
a designated representative.
81
After Paragraph 3.165 2 Insert:
Security zones
3.165a
1 A security zone has been established around
escorted passenger vessels. See 3.119a for further
details.
US Coast Pilot 3; 33 US Code of Federal Regulations
§165.511
(HH. 078/552/07) [11/05]
Delaware Bay - Murderkill River — Directions
79
Paragraph 3.147 1-3 Delete
BA 2564
(HH. 614/585/05) [11/05]
Chesapeake Bay - Little Creek — Pilotage;
directions
120
Paragraph 4.53 3 lines 6 -8 Replace by:
Pilotage. Pilot boards off Cape Henry. See 4.20 and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (5) for
details.
Paragraph 4.54 2 Replace by:
2 From a position about 1 mile N of the entrance, the
alignment (177½°) of these lights leads S to the
harbour entrance, passing (with positions relative to
No 3 Light E Breakwater (green square on framework
tower) (36°56′⋅0N, 76°10′⋅6W)):
E of an obstruction (1 mile N), with a depth of 5⋅4 m
(18 ft) over it, thence:
E of No 2 Light -buoy (starboard hand) (5½ cables
NNW).
Paragraph 4.55 1 lines 3 -4 Delete
NOAA; BA Chart 2919
(HH. 614/555/08) [11/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 14 Australia Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Victoria - Corner Inlet; Port Albert — Pilotage
147
After Paragraph 6.36 2 Insert:
Pilotage
6.36a
1 Not available, however a Certificate of Local
Knowledge is compulsory for all trading vessels over
12 m and all fishing vessels over 35 m. Further
information can be obtained from Gippsland Ports
Authority or Marine Safety Victoria.
148
After Paragraph 6.50 1 line 6 Insert:
1 Pilotage. See 6.36a.
150
After Paragraph 6.54 2 line 3 Insert:
1 Pilotage. See 6.36a.
151
After Paragraph 6.62 1 Insert:
Pilotage
6.62a
1 See 6.36a.
153
After Paragraph 6.75 1 Insert:
Arrival information
6.75a
1 Pilotage. See 6.36a.
Gippsland Ports Harbour Master
(HH. 575/500/04) [10/05]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Estonia - Tallinna Laht - Miiduranna Sadam —
Directions
90
Paragraph 3.75 1 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
...stands on the S breakwater head. The N basin is entered
on the alignment (044½°) of the leading lights
(59°30′⋅0N, 24°48′⋅9E). A light is displayed...
Estonian Notice 2/9/05
(HH. 344/510/05) [10/05]
4.1
[10/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
China, South Coast - Qiongzhou Haixia — Vessel
Traffic Service
226
Paragraph 7.57 1-8 Including heading Replace by:
Vessel Traffic Service
7.57
1 A Vessel Traffic Service is in operation for the
control of shipping and marine incidents in Qiongzhou
Haixia.
Anchoring within the VTS area is prohibited. For
reporting line details and additional information see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
Penavico Haikou China; China Ports Guide C105
(HH. 548/426/03) [10/05]
China, South Coast - Zhujiang Kou and
approaches — Shenzhen Vessel Traffic Service
259
Paragraph 8.52 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Vessel Traffic Services:
Approaches. The E approach to these ports passes
through the area covered by the Hong Kong VTS
(9.87). The S approach passes through the
Guangzhou VTS (8.13a).
2 Shenzhen Vessel Traffic Service. Shenzhen
operates a VTS and also acts as harbour
control for vessels bound for its ports. Vessels
are to report on passing latitude 22°22′⋅6N
and obtain anchorage, berthing or movement
instructions. For additional information see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).
China Marine Shipping Agency Shenzhen Co
(HH. 548/040/01) [10/05]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Borneo - Sabah - Approaches to Pelabuhan
Labuan — Wreck
126
Paragraph 5.58 10 line 5 Add:
A dangerous wreck lies about 1 cable SSE of No 8
Light -buoy.
Malaysian Notice 11/185/04
(HH. 518/425/03) [10/05]

NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (2004 Edition)
China, East Coast - Approaches to Minjiang Kou
- Baiquan Liedao; Mazu Liedao — Restricted
and prohibited areas
157
After Paragraph 4.244 1 Insert:
Traffic regulations
4.244a
1 Restricted area has been established (2005)
2
extending seaward for 1 mile off the prohibited area
around Baiquan Liedao (25°58′N, 119°57′E) as shown
on the chart.
Prohibited area has been established (2005) around
Baiquan Liedao as shown on the chart.
158
Paragraph 4.247 6 line 4 Replace by:
...and rocks. Restricted and prohibited areas have been
established; see 4.244a. Dongquan Dao is 117 m high and
precipitous.
Paragraph 4.248 6 line 5 Add:
Restricted and prohibited areas have been established; see
4.244a.
159
Paragraph 4.262 1 lines 5 -8 Replace by:
...Kou passing S and W of Baiquan Liedao; see 4.244a.
Paragraph 4.262 2 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
...Liedao.
164
After Paragraph 4.300 1 Insert:
Traffic regulations
4.300a
1 Restricted area has been established (2005)
extending seaward for 1 mile off the majority of the
prohibited area around Mazu Liedao (26°13′N,
2
119°58′E) as shown on the chart.
Prohibited area has been established (2005) around
Mazu Liedao as shown on the chart.
Paragraph 4.303 1 line 2 Replace by:
...119°58′E), see 4.244a, the track leads NE, passing (with
positions from...
Paragraph 4.304 3 Replace by:
3 NW of Mazu Liedao (26°13′N, 119°58′E), a
group of islets and rocks extending 10 miles
in a NE/SW direction. Restricted and
prohibited areas have been established; see
4.300a and 4.244a. Thence:
165
After Paragraph 4.307 2 line 6 Insert:
Restricted and prohibited areas. See 4.300a.
After Paragraph 4.308 1 line 6 Insert:
Restricted and prohibited areas. See 4.300a.
Chinese Chart 13989
(HH. 548/462/04) [10/05]
IV
4.2
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Adriatic Sea - Bari offshore — Light -buoy
67
After Paragraph 2.30 1 line 5 Insert:
SW of a light -buoy (special) (41°16′⋅5N,
17°39′⋅9E), thence:
Italian Notice 1.16/05
(HH. 180/470/05) [10/05]
Greece, West Coast - Stenó Kefallinías —
Restricted area
100
After Paragraph 3.178 4 Insert:
5 Caution. Fishing and anchoring are prohibited in
the vicinity of the submarine power cables laid in the
entrance to Stenó Kefallinías, as shown on the chart.
Greek Chart 30
(HH. 381/410/04) [10/05]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Sweden, West Coast - Stenungsund — Entry
regulations
218
After Paragraph 8.232 1 Insert:
2 It is mandatory for all tankers and gas tankers of
more than 20 000 dwt, loaded or in ballast, to have a
tug escort to and from Skallen Lighthouse (57°53′⋅4N,
11°33′⋅5E) to the berth or inner anchorage.
Swedish Notice 52/2349/05
(HH. 317/490/04) [10/05]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Runde - Rundehavn — Spar buoy
40
L61Replace by:
...E of it, and by an iron perch (pointed topmark, red
reflector) marking a 3 m (9 ft) patch...
Norwegian Notice 3/165(P)/05
(HH. 310/480/04) [10/05]

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Fugløysveet - Burøya — Marine farm
168
After L13Insert:
Marine farm has been established in the white
sector of Burøynakken Light in position 70°14′⋅1N,
19°55′⋅8E, as shown on the chart.
Norwegian Notice 22/1064/04
(HH. 308/210/11) [10/05]
NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(1988 Edition) — Supplement 6 -2003
Caroline Islands - Pikelot Island - Tarang Reef
— Obstruction; depth
349
After R59Insert:
An obstruction has been reported (2005) in position
7°44′⋅7N, 147°11′⋅6E, about 26½ miles W of Tarang
Reef. A depth of 50 feet has been reported (2005) in
position 7°45′⋅1N, 147°12′⋅8E, about 25¼ miles W of
the reef.
Hydropacs 134 -135/05
(HH. 590/400/03) [10/05]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2001
Kuwait - Off MØnº' al AÖmadØ — Traffic
Separation Schemes
1
L 67 Existing Section IV Notice Week 46/04 Add:
(8) Off MØnº' al AÖmadØ (see 8.176a)
208
After L40Insert:
Traffic separation schemes
8.176a
South Scheme. A TSS is established for vessels
approaching the ports of MØnº' abd Allºh, MØnº' ash
Shu’aybah and MØnº' al AÖmadØ from SE. The
inbound lane is entered 10 miles ENE of Ra’s al
Qulay’ah, and leads 10 miles NW and WNW, passing
SW of Deep Water Departure Channel (8.211) and NE
of Qiò’ at ‘Urayfijºn (8.196). The outbound lane is
situated farther SW.
North Scheme. A TSS, which passes NE of MØnº'
al AÖmadØ and the restricted area surrounding the
offshore loading facilities (see 8.209), provides access
to KhalØj al Kuwayt.
The inbound lane for this part of the scheme is
entered 10½ miles NW of AÖmadØ Light -buoy
(28°56′N, 48°53′E), whence it leads 15½ miles WNW
and NW to a precautionary area centred on 29°07′N,
48°26′E, passing NNE of JazØrat Kubbar (8.195),
situated within the separation zone, and SSW of Abø
Jezza Flat.
IV
4.3
From a position in the precautionary area, the track
enters the NW part of the TSS, which leads 11½ miles
WNW to a second precautionary area centred on
29°13′N, 48°13′E; or leads generally SW to the
anchorages and pilot boarding positions for MØnº' abd
Allºh, MØnº' ash Shu’aybah and MØnº' al AÖmadØ.
The outbound route leads 11½ miles SSE from Ra’s
al ArÊ to the second precautionary area, thence
10½ miles ESE in the SE -bound lane to a
precautionary area, passing NE of the loading SBMs at
MØnº' al AÖmadØ. Thence the track leads 19 miles SE,
E then ESE to the SE end of the TSS, passing SW of
JazØrat Kubbar and NE of the SPM anchorage area,
Deep Water Departure Channel and Umm al ’Aysh
(8.194).
210
L55-57Delete
214
R21-42Replace by:
When approaching Al Kuwayt Harbour (29°25′N,
48°00′E) from SE, the track uses the North TSS, and
passes clear of AÖmadØ Deep Water Departure Channel
and the restricted area surrounding the offshore
terminal.
After passing between Hout and Dorra Oilfields
(see 4.74 to 4.76), the track leads 17 miles NW to the
entrance to Off MØnº' al AÖmadØ North TSS (8.176a),
passing 2 miles NE of AÖmadØ Light -buoy (28°56′N,
48°53′E) and 5½ miles NE of Mudayrah Reef.
From the NW end of the TSS, the track leads
10½ miles NW to a position NE of Ra’s al ArÊ at the
entrance to KhalØj al Kuwayt, passing SW of M33 and
M32 Light -buoys (both W cardinal) (29°15′N, 48°13′E
and 4½ miles farther NNW), marking wrecks; and
clear of a dangerous wreck lying 2 miles SE of Ra’s al
ArÊ.
The schemes are in force from 1 July 2005.
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 493/040/01) [10/05]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Florida - Port Canaveral — Security zones
122
Paragraph 5.44 3 Replace by:
3 Security Zone. A moving security zone of
100 yards is established around all tank vessels, cruise
ships, and military pre -positioned ships during transits
entering or departing Port Canaveral. These moving
security zones are activated when the subject vessel
passes Port Canaveral Entrance Light -buoys No 3 or
No 4, at respective approximate positions (28°22′⋅7N,
80°31′⋅8W and 28°23′⋅7N, 80°29′⋅2W), when entering
Port Canaveral. Fixed security zones are established
100 yards around all tank vessels, cruise ships, and
military pre -positioned ships docked in Port Canaveral.
Only authorised vessels may enter these zones.
Ship movement priority normally given to naval
vessels.
US Coast Pilot 4; US Code of Federal Regulations 33 §
165.759
(HH. 078/553/08) [10/05]

Florida - Palm Beach — Security zones
128
Paragraph 5.98 3 Replace by:
3 Security Zone. A moving security zone is
established 100 yards around all passenger vessels,
vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, or
vessels carrying liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) during
transits entering or departing the port of Palm Beach.
This moving security zone is activated when the
subject vessel passes LW Light -buoy (5.105) at
approximate position (26°46′⋅3N, 80°00′⋅6W), when
entering the Port of Palm Beach. Fixed security zones
are established 100 yards around all passenger vessels,
vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, or
liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) while they are docked
in the port of Palm Beach. Only authorised vessels
may enter these zones.
4 Dead slow speed is to be maintained in the vicinity
of the power station at the SW corner of the turning
basin, for the protection of manatees.
US Coast Pilot 4; US Code of Federal Regulations 33 §
165.761
(HH. 078/553/08) [10/05]
Florida - Port Everglades — Security zones
134
Paragraph 5.144 4 Replace by:
4 Security Zone. A moving security zone is
established 100 yards around all passenger vessels,
vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, or
vessels carrying liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) during
transits entering or departing Port Everglades. This
moving security zone is activated when the subject
vessel passes PE Light -buoy (5.154) at approximate
position (26°05′⋅5N, 80°04′⋅8W), when entering Port
Everglades. Fixed security zones are established
100 yards around all passenger vessels, vessels
carrying cargoes of particular hazard, or liquefied
hazardous gas (LHG) while they are docked in Port
Everglades. Only authorised vessels may enter these
zones
5 A fixed security zone encompasses all waters W of
a line joining position 26°05′⋅98N, 80°07′⋅15W and
position 26°05′⋅41N, 80°06′⋅96W. An additional fixed
security zone is established between a line joining
position 26°05′⋅41N, 80°06′⋅97W and a position
directly E across the Intracoastal Waterway at
26°05′⋅41N, 80°06′⋅74W, and a line from position
26°04′⋅72N, 80°06′⋅92W and a position directly E
across the Intracoastal Waterway at 26°04′⋅72N,
80°06′⋅81W.
IV
4.4
6 Vessels may be allowed to transit the Intracoastal
Waterway when passenger vessels, or vessels carrying
cargoes of particular hazard are berthed, by staying E
of the law enforcement vessels and cruise ship tenders,
which will mark a transit lane in this zone.
7 Naval restricted area is established S of the
entrance channel, with limits shown on the charts.
Anchoring is generally prohibited in this area.
US Coast Pilot 4; US Code of Federal Regulations 33 §
165.761
(HH. 078/553/08) [10/05]
Florida - Port of Miami — Security zones
138
Paragraph 5.177 4 Replace by:
4 Security Zone. A moving security zone is
established 100 yards around all passenger vessels,
vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, or
vessels carrying liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) during
transits entering or departing the port of Miami. This
moving security zone is activated when the subject
vessel passes M Light -buoy (5.187) at approximate
position (25°46′⋅1N, 80°05′⋅0W), when entering the
port of Miami. Fixed security zones are established
100 yards around all passenger vessels, vessels
carrying cargoes of particular hazard, or liquefied
hazardous gas (LHG) while they are docked in the
port of Miami. Only authorised vessels may enter
these zones.
5 A fixed security zone, shown on the chart,
encompasses all waters between Watson Park and Star
Island on the MacArthur Causeway south to the port
of Miami.
6 This fixed security zone is activated when two or
more passenger vessels, vessels carrying cargoes of
particular hazard, or vessels carrying liquefied
hazardous gas (LHG), enter or moor within this zone.
7 Prohibited anchorage. Except in great emergency,
no vessel may anchor anywhere in the vicinities of the
entrance and approach channels leading to the cities of
Miami and Miami Beach, other than within the area
described in 5.173.
US Coast Pilot 4; US Code of Federal Regulations 33 §
165.761
(HH. 078/553/08) [10/05]

Florida - Port of Key West — Security zones
146
Paragraph 5.251 4 Replace by:
4 Security Zone. A moving security zone is
established 100 yards around all passenger vessels,
vessels carrying cargoes of particular hazard, or
vessels carrying liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) during
transits entering or departing the port of Key West.
This moving security zone is activated when the
subject vessel passes KW Light -buoy at approximate
position (24°27′⋅7N, 81°48′⋅1W), when entering the
port of Key West. Fixed security zones are established
100 yards around all passenger vessels, vessels
carrying cargoes of particular hazard, or liquefied
hazardous gas (LHG) while they are docked in the
port of Key West. Only authorised vessels may enter
these zones.
5 Areas to be avoided. See 5.6.
US Coast Pilot 4; US Code of Federal Regulations 33 §
165.761
(HH. 078/553/08) [10/05]
NP 100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2004 Edition)
Use of moored marks
41
After Paragraph 2.83 1 line 6 Insert:
2 Floating marks on charts may be displaced in an
appropriate direction allowing the true position of the
danger to be shown.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/04) [10/05]
IV
4.5

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2002 Edition)
Uruguay - Montevideo — Depths; anchorage
295
Paragraph 9.81 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...Light -buoy and the Km 13⋅5 Light -buoy is reported
(2004) to be maintained at a depth of 11 m.
298
Paragraph 9.116 1 Replace by:
Controlling depth
9.116
1 The approach channel inwards from the Km 13⋅5
Light -buoys is reported (2004) to be maintained at a
depth of 11 m; the Antepuerto anchorage and the main
berthing areas, Darsenas I and II, are maintained at
10 m.
2 Caution. It has, however, been reported (2004) that
depths significantly less than 10 m exist in the
Antepuerto (9.150), and also in Darsenas I and II
(9.146 and 9.147).
It is further reported that the maintained depth in
the channel leading to Darsena Le Teja (9.148) is now
about 5⋅5 m.
Mariners are advised to consult local authorities for
details.
299
Paragraph 9.125 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Anchorage and Service Area, shown on the chart
centred 10 miles ESE of the Km 9.35 Light -buoy
(34°59′⋅8S, 56°13′⋅5W) (racon), has depths of 8 to
10 m, soft...
HMS Iron Duke; BA Chart 2001
(HH. 652/440/03) [08/05]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
Mexico - Baja California - Cabo San Quintín —
Depth; light
237
Paragraph 7.130 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Clear of a 3⋅8 m (12 ft) patch (6 miles WSW). A
dangerous rock (reported 1964, position
2
approximate) lies 8 cables SE of the patch. And:
Paragraph 7.130 2 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
WSW of Cabo San Quintín, the S extremity of a
long, narrow peninsula, which rises to Monte
Mazo (49 m (160 ft) high); a light (red and
white daymark on white metal truncated
pyramidal tower, 6 m in height) is displayed
from the W side of the cape.
4.1
238
Paragraph 7.133 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...rocks.
[08/05]
Mexican Chart S.M.121.1; BA Chart 3056
(HH. 623/445/03) [08/05]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Paragraph 1.40 4 - 9 Delete
Denmark — Pilotage
8
Danish Notice 52/1264/04
(HH. 018/200/02) [08/05]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I
(2004 Edition)
Puget Sound — Safety and security zones
106
Paragraph 3.241 2 Replace by:
2 Safety and security zones. A safety zone has been
established on the W side of Commencement Bay and
a security zone has been established surrounding the
harbour.
Entry into these zones is prohibited unless
authorised by the Captain of the Port, Puget Sound.
See Appendix VIII to this volume.
468
For §165.1313 Security and Safety Zone; Large
Passenger Vessel Protection, Puget Sound and adjacent
waters, WA.
Read §165.1317 Security and Safety Zone; Large
Passenger Vessel Protection, Puget Sound and adjacent
waters, WA.
469
Before Subpart G — Protection of Naval
Vessels Insert:
§165.1321 Security Zone; Protection of Military Cargo,
Captain of the Port Zone, Puget Sound, WA.
US Coast Pilot 7; US Code of Federal Regulations 33
§165.1317; §165.1321
(HH. 078/555/11) [08/05]

NP 27 Channel Pilot (2002 Edition)
Poole Harbour Approaches — Restricted areas
175
Paragraph 6.133 1 Replace by:
1 Restricted areas. Two restricted areas, surrounding
historic wrecks, exist in the approaches to Poole. One,
marked by a light -buoy (special), is centred on
position 50°39′⋅7N, 1°54′⋅9W; the second is centred on
position 50°39′⋅9N, 1°55′⋅5W close E of the dredged
entrance channel. For protection details see 1.75.
Statutory Instrument 3243/04
(HH. 232/540/10) [08/05]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Nagasaki Ko - inner part — Bridge construction
124
L10 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Development. A bridge is under construction
(2005) across the entrance to the inner harbour about
1½ cables NNE of Kozaki Hana.
Japanese Notice 2/42/05
(HH. 564/422/03) [08/05]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Laguna di Venezia - Chioggia - Canale Esterno
— Controlling depth
558
Paragraph 12.296 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Canale Esterno. Marked channel reported (2004) to
be dredged to 9⋅5 m.
Italian Notices 24.9/04; 24.22/04
(HH. 370/590/04) [08/05]
Laguna di Venezia - Approaches to Porto di
Malamocco — Light -beacon
566
Paragraph 12.349 6 lines 4 -5 Delete
Italian Notice 1.18/05
(HH. 370/600/03) [08/05]
IV
4.2
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2001
Iran - Shah Allum Shoal — Light -buoy
97
R 62 -64 Including existing Supplement amendment and
Section IV Notice Week 39/04 Replace by:
A light -buoy (isolated danger) is moored 1 mile
ESE of the shoal, and the wreckage of a former
light -structure, consisting of the stumps of the legs of
a tripod, 2 -3 m high, stands near its NW end.
Iranian Notice 08/04
(HH. 496/430/03) [08/05]
United Arab Emirates - Ash Shºriqah to Dubayy
— Reclamation
142
R 31 -42 Existing Supplement amendment and existing
Section IV Notice Week 48/03 Replace by:
Development. Considerable land reclamation is in
progress between Ash Shºriqah and Dubayy. The
Deira Corniche Project, marked by buoys (special), is
under construction (2004) within 1 mile of the
sea -wall in the vicinity of Al –amrØyah Coastal and
Fishing Harbour (25°18′N, 55°20′E). The Palm Deira,
an artificial island, is under construction farther NW,
in an area extending up to 10 miles from the coast.
Entry to this area, which is marked by light -buoys, is
prohibited except for construction craft.
R53Add:
Directions. Vessels approaching Al –amrØyah
Coastal and Fishing Harbour are required to avoid the
exclusion area of The Palm Deira. Arriving vessels
should pass NE of Light -buoys E and G (N and E
cardinal, respectively), and approach the harbour from
NNE. On departure, the track leads NNE, passing E of
Light -buoy G, thence NW to pass NE of Light -buoy
E.
Dubai Ports, Customs and Free Zone Corporation
(HH. 488/500/04) [08/05]

Kuwait - MØnº’ ‘abdAllºh; MØnº’ ash
Shu’aybah; MØnº’ alAÖmadØ — Pilot boarding
positions; anchorages; reporting points;
restricted areas
211
R3Add:
The Control Tower, conspicuous, 48 m in height
and surmounted by a radar scanner, is situated at the
head of the S breakwater. See view, plate 1 of this
Supplement.
R 16 -25 Including existing Supplement amendments
Replace by:
...hour service is maintained. The pilot boards 3 miles E of
Shu’aybah Petroleum Products Pier, in position 29°02′N,
48°14′E.
Arrival draughts should have minimum values of
3⋅1 m forward and 4⋅6 m aft.
Tidal stream. During spring tides a N/S set, with a
rate of up to 2 kn, may be experienced across the
harbour entrance.
Anchorage for vessels awaiting a berth at
Petroleum Products Pier is available in an area 2 miles
NofQiò’ at’Urayfijºn,whichisalsousedbyvessels
awaiting a berth at MØnº’ ‘abd Allºh.
212
R 47 -48 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Reporting points, for the coordination of traffic
movement within the port limits of MØnº’ alAÖmadØ,
are established 6 miles SE and 4¾ miles NE of North
Pier (29°07′N, 48°09′E).
R 59 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
The pilot boarding places for North Pier (8.215) are
2¾ miles NE or 2¼ miles ESE of the pier, depending
upon conditions. For South Pier (8.213), the pilot
boards 2½ miles ENE of that pier. The pilot boarding
position for the SPM berths is 1¼ miles SE of
SPM 21. Attention is drawn to the charted, but
unmarked, wreck (29°05′⋅1N, 48°14′⋅1E), the position
of which is doubtful, in the approaches to South Pier.
Caution. Mariners are cautioned to keep well clear
of the port area, and on no account to pass within
2 miles of North or South Piers without a pilot on
board.
R 63 -70 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Anchorage for vessels awaiting berths at North Pier
or new or old South Piers is available in an area
centred 2½ miles S of Sea Island Terminal.
Anchorage for deep draught vessels and vessels
engaged in tank cleaning, cooling or bunkering
operations, in depths of 24 to 28 m, has been
established about 3½ miles SE of Sea Island Terminal
(8.210), bound by the parallels of 29°03′N and
29°05′N and the meridians of 48°19′E and 48°20′⋅4E;
the area is known as Special Anchorage, and shown
on the chart.
Anchorage for vessels awaiting berths at the SPMs
is available in an area centred 6½ miles ESE of Sea
Island Terminal.
Outer Waiting Area, for use by vessels without
load/discharge instructions, is established 5 miles
WSW of Umm al ’Aysh, clear of Deep Water
Departure Channel.
IV
4.3
213
L 3 -14 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Restricted area I. Passage is prohibited, except for
vessels proceeding to the oil terminal, and anchoring is
prohibited except in an emergency, within an area
shown on the chart between the parallels of 29°05′⋅0N
and 29°10′⋅0N and the meridians 48°15′⋅0E and
48° 22′⋅2E; see Laws and Regulations Appertaining to
Navigation on page 1.
Restricted area II. Navigation and anchoring are
prohibited in an area, shown on the chart, extending
seaward from the shore to North Pier and South Pier.
Three light -buoys (special) mark the seaward limit of
the area.
Anchorage is prohibited in the area between the
W side of Restricted area I and the seaward limit of
Restricted area II, through which are laid the oil
pipelines to Sea Island Terminal.
Kuwaiti Notice 8/04
(HH. 493/410/05) [08/05]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot (2002
Edition)
Approaches to Djibouti — Wreck
402
Paragraph 14.136 4 line 13 Replace by:
...D’Ambouli. A wreck with a depth of 11 m over it lies
about 1 cable farther WNW. Thence:
French Notice 52/19/04
(HH. 471/400/04) [08/05]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Baltimore - Marine Channel — Leading lights
200
Paragraph 6.178 1 line 2 Replace by:
...light -buoys (lateral), and most are marked by leading
lights. A number of spoil...
Paragraph 6.183 1 Replace by:
1 Marine Channel (39°12′⋅8N, 76°30′⋅6W) forms the
entrance to the shipyard and repair berths on the W
side of Sparrows Point complex.
From a position near the NW end of Brewerton
Angle, the track leading NE through the channel is
marked at its entrance by No 2 Light -buoy (starboard
hand) and thence by buoys (lateral).
US Notice 4/12281/05
(HH. 614/595/05) [08/05]

NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Texas - Corpus Christi — Bridge; safety zone;
security zone; risk of collision
159
Paragraph 7.73 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Inner Harbor Bridge (27°48′⋅8N, 97°23′⋅7W), a
fixed highway bridge with a vertical clearance of...
2
160
Paragraph 7.86 2 Replace by:
Safety zone. A moving safety zone of 500 yards
radius is established around a vessel loaded with liquid
petroleum gas. The safety zone applies while the
vessel is transiting Corpus Christi Channel inward of
the outer end of the breakwaters at Aransas Pass
(27°50′N, 97°02′W), La Quinta Channel (7.106) and
the entire channel within Corpus Christi Harbor (7.98)
to, and including Viola Turning Basin (7.105). It
remains in effect while the vessel is mooring and
unmooring.
Only authorised vessels may enter the moving
3
safety zone.
Security zone. A security zone is established for all
waters of Corpus Christi Harbor from Inner Harbor
Bridge (7.73) to and including Viola Turning Basin
(27°50′⋅6N, 97°31′⋅3W). Passenger vessels, recreational
vessels and commercial fishing vessels require
authorisation to enter the area.
4 For general rules governing safety and security
1
zones, see Appendix V.
Paragraph 7.90 Including heading Replace by:
Hazards
7.90
Risk of collision. Caution is advised where the
Corpus Christi Channel crosses the Intracoastal
Waterway alternative route, about 1½ miles above the
entrance breakwaters; and where it crosses the
2
Intracoastal Waterway main route, about 7 miles farther
W. Collisions, groundings and close quarters situations
have been reported by both deep and shallow draught
vessels in these areas.
The US Coast Guard has requested that a safety
message is transmitted on VHF channels 12 and 13
prior to crossing the Intracoastal Waterway, particularly
during restricted visibility.
3 Marine exploitation. A large number of oil
production platforms, wells and pipelines are charted
adjacent to Corpus Christi Channel.
161
Paragraph 7.98 1 line 3 For (7.78) Read (7.73)
US Coast Pilot 5; US Code of Federal Regulations 33 §
165.808; § 165.809
(HH. 078/554/07) [08/05]
IV
4.4

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 3 -2003
Frederick Sound - Eliza Harbor - North Passage
—Depth
181
R68For 11 m (36 ft) Read 3m (10ft)
US Coast Pilot 8 Correction 5/05
(HH. 078/556/06) [06/05]
Saginaw Channel - Barlow Cove — Depth
200
L54-55For 41 m (22 fm) Read 27 m (15 fm)
US Coast Pilot 8 Correction 5/05
(HH. 078/556/06) [06/05]
Lynn Canal - Saint James Bay - Lynn Brothers
—Depth
221
L4For 9.1m (30ft) Read 4m (13ft)
US Coast Pilot 8 Correction 5/05
(HH. 078/556/06) [06/05]
Lynn Canal - Boat Harbour Entrance Channel
— Depth; width
223
L41-42Replace by:
...dangers and has a reported (2000) least depth of 2½ m
(8 ft) and a least width of 18 m (60 ft). The tidal streams
have...
US Coast Pilot 8 Correction 5/05
(HH. 078/556/06) [06/05]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India - Coromandel Coast — Rºmºypatnam
Light
59
After R38 -39 Existing Supplement amendment Add:
A radiobeacon transmits from the light.
Navarea VIII Warning 009/05
(HH. 503/440/04) [06/05]
4.1
[06/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Thailand - Ko Chuang to the head of the Gulf of
Thailand - E Seaboard — Dangerous wreck
127
Paragraph 4.158 2 Replace by:
2 E or W of Ko Phai, (12°56′N, 100°40′E), the
largest island in the W group of islands off the E side
of the head of the Gulf, from where a light is
exhibited (4.102). A dangerous wreck lies about
10 miles WNW and a wreck, marked by a light-buoy
(special), with a least depth of 6⋅6 m over it lies
4 cables off the E coast. Ko Luam (4.156) lies close
NW of Ko Phai and between there is a narrow
channel, on the W side of which lies Ko Luam Noi.
Thence:
Thai Notice 190/2547(T)/04
(HH. 515/404/03) [06/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II
(2004 Edition)
Italy - Gulf of Genoa - Diano Marina — Outfall;
restricted area
145
After Paragraph 4.38 3 Existing Section IV Notice Week
31/04 Add:
A second outfall extends SE from the shore about
5 cables NE of the anchorage. A restricted area has
been established (2004) within 100 m of this outfall.
Italian Notice 24.2/04
(HH. 369/410/03) [06/05]
Italy - Castiglioncello — Restricted area
184
Paragraph 5.86 1 lines 9 -12 Replace by:
...industrial plant on its S side. A restricted area lies
close offshore at Rosignano Solvay, as shown on
the chart. Thence:
WSW of Secche di Vada Light, thence:
To a position WSW of Fiume Cecina (5¾ miles
ESE).
Italian Chart 121
(HH. 369/520/03) [06/05]

Italy - Castellammare di Stabia — Developments
366
After Paragraph 12.196 2 line 3 Add:
Developments. Works are reported in progress
(2004), marked by light -buoys (special), 1½ miles N
of Molo Foraneo Head Light. An outfall comprising
three submarine pipelines extends about 8½ cables
WSW from the shore in the same location.
Italian Notice 24.14(T)/04; BA Chart 916
(HH. 369/650/04) [06/05]
Italy - Capo Scalea — Submarine pipeline
388
After Paragraph 13.105 1 line 12 Add:
Clear of a submarine pipeline extending 7 cables
WSW from the shore about 5 miles SSE. Thence:
Italian Notice 1.10/05
(HH. 369/670/04) [06/05]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Barnegat Inlet to Absecon Inlet — Light
63
Paragraph 3.27 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...passing (with positions relative to Absecon Inlet N
Breakwater Head (39°22′N, 74°24′W)):
64
Paragraph 3.31 1 lines 5 -6 Replace by:
...entrance is protected by breakwaters. A revetment...
Paragraph 3.32 1 Replace by:
3.32
1 Useful marks: (positioned from North Breakwater
Head (39°22′⋅3N, 74°24′⋅2W)).
Tank (1½ miles WSW).
Lookout tower (6 cables WSW).
Chimney of Claridge Hotel (1½ miles WSW).
Spire (1¾ miles SW).
Tower of Ritz Hotel (2 miles WSW).
US Notice 02/12318/05
(HH. 614/525/03) [06/05]
Approaches to Delaware Bay — Caution
68
Existing Section IV Notice Week 03/05 Paragraph 3.66 3
Replace by:
3 Inbound vessels with draughts of 10⋅7 m (35ft) or
more are recommended to use the Delaware to Cape
Henlopen Traffic Lane rather than the Five Fathom
Bank to Cape Henlopen Traffic Lane.
US Chart 12214
(HH. 614/535/03) [06/05]
IV
4.2
Chesapeake Bay - William P. Lane Jr. Memorial
Bridges — Vertical clearance; buoy
186
Paragraph 6.16 1 line 6 For 57 m (186 ft) Read 55 m
(182 ft).
Paragraph 6.16 2 lines 3 -4 Delete CBB To Bridge.
US Notice 2/12282/05; BA Chart 2921
(HH. 614/585/05) [06/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Bight of Biafra — Odudu Oil Terminal
322
L 27 Existing Supplement amendment Pilotage Replace
by:
Pilotage. The Mooring Master boards in the
anchorage area.
The anchorage area consists of a circle, radius
1⋅5 miles, centred on position 3°55′⋅8N, 7°49′⋅8E.
No vessel may enter the terminal area unless a
Mooring Master is on board.
Elf Petroleum Nigeria Ltd
(HH. 440/180/14) [04/05]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
Mexico - Bahía de Manzanillo and approaches —
Vessel Traffic Service; Traffic Separation
Scheme; directions; anchorages
159
After Paragraph 5.156 1 Insert:
Vessel Traffic Service
5.156a
1 It has been reported (2004) that a Vessel Traffic
Service is in operation for the port of Manzanillo.
Mariners are advised to obtain the latest information
from the local authorities.
Traffic separation scheme
5.156b
1 It has been reported (2004) that a TSS has been
established on the SE side of Bahía de Manzanillo in
the outer approaches to Manzanillo Harbour. The TSS
is not IMO -adopted; however the port authority
indicate that the principles for the use of the routeing
system defined in Rule 10 of International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) apply.
2 The separation zone lies centred on the following
three positions (bearings and distances from the head
of Manzanillo breakwater (5.159)):
a) 289°, distance 1⋅3 miles.
b) 280°, distance 1.7 miles.
c) 249°, distance 4.0 miles.
The SW end of the zone has a width of about
6 cables, reducing to about 2 cables at the NE end.
3 In -bound traffic should keep to the SE side of the
separation zone and follow a general direction of 040°.
Out -bound traffic, on the NW side of the separation
zone, follows a general direction of 240°.
4.1
[04/05]
Paragraph 5.159 1-4 Replace by:
Approach
5.159
1 From a position 2½ miles W of Punta Campos
(19°01′N, 104°21′W) the track leads NE into the bay,
following the TSS (5.156b), passing (with positions
from the head of Manzanillo breakwater (19°03′⋅7N,
104°19′⋅8W on Chart 516 Bahía de Manzanillo and
Bahía de Santiago)):
SE of Punta Carrizal (7¼ miles WNW), a bluff point
fringed by rocks, one of which is high and
prominent. A light (5.158) stands on this
prominent rock. And:
2 NW of Roca Vela (3 miles SSW), a 112 m high
islet standing 3½ cables S of Punta Campos,
thence:
Depending on draught, clear of a bank with a least
charted depth of 11⋅9 m(39ft)(2½ miles SW),
which lies 7 cables W of Punta Ventanas
(2¼ miles SSW), a point fringed by rocks up to
1 cable NW, and:
3 SE of Los Frailes (4½ miles WNW), a group of
seven small, detached rocks lying 5 cables
SSE of Punta de Juluapan, the S extremity of
a high peninsula, 1 mile in length. A light
(round GRP tower, 2 m in height) stands on
the SE rock of Los Frailes. Thence:
NW of Punta Ojo de Agua (1 mile WSW), fringed by
rocks, which is the S entrance point of Bahía de
Manzanillo, thence:
4 NW of Punta Chiquita del Viejo (6 cables
WSW). Foul ground extends up to 1½ cables
off the coast between this point and the root
of Manzanillo breakwater. And:
SE of Roca Pelicano (2¾ miles NW), a high, whitish
rock lying close off Punta Santiago, the S
extremity of a high peninsula, 1 mile in length,
the N entrance point of Bahía de Manzanillo,
thence:
5 SE of a light -buoy (safe water) (1¼ miles NW),
moored between the inner end of the TSS
(5.156b) and the anchorages (5.164), thence:
NE of the head of Manzanillo breakwater, from
which a light (round concrete tower, 7 m in
height) is displayed.

160
Paragraph 5.160 1-3 Delete
Paragraph 5.164 1 line 4 Replace by:
Outer anchorage. It has been reported (2004) that
three anchorage areas, Zones A, B and C, have been
established in the N part of Bahía de Manzanillo (with
positions from the head of Manzanillo breakwater
(5.159)):
Zone A, for tankers and vessels carrying dangerous
cargo, centred 299°, distance 2⋅4 miles.
Zone B, for large vessels in excess of 5000 gt,
centred 326°, distance 1⋅8 miles.
Zone C, for vessels of less than 5000 gt, centred
358°, distance 9½ cables.
161
Paragraph 5.172 1-2 Delete
APL Argentina
(HH. 623/410/03) [04/05]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II (2002
Edition)
Kano Inlet — Anchorages
252
Paragraph 8.131 Replace by:
8.131
1 Anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained in the
approach to Givenchy Anchorage in depths of about
38 m (21 fm) about 3 cables N of the wooded islet.
Small vessels may obtain a well–sheltered
anchorage within Givenchy Anchorage in depths of
about 22 m (12 fm) about 2½ cables from its head.
Canadian Notices 12/3860/04; 11/3860/03; PAC 206 Corr
10/03
(HH. 600/470/03) [04/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Gulf of Thailand - Ports in the Si Racha Pilotage
District — Traffic Separation Scheme
127
Paragraph 4.159 5 lines 3 -7 Replace by:
WNW of Ko Nok (10½ miles NE) and to the Si
Racha Pilotage District (4.169) pilot boarding
position in the vicinity of Inward Light-buoy
about 2½ miles NW of Ko Nok Light (white
framework tower, 10 m in height). From this
vicinity the track follows the TSS (4.169a)
through the Si Racha Pilotage district. Thence:
Paragraph 4.159 6 line 3 For 2¾ Read 2¼.
129
Paragraph 4.169 1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
...following positions:
IV
1
After Paragraph 4.169 3 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme
4.169a
A traffic separation scheme has been established
within the Si Racha Pilotage District. The scheme runs
approximately NE, NNE and N between the coast and
Ko Si Chang.
Inward and Outward Light -buoys (safe water)
(4.169) lie at each end of the scheme.
The TSS is not IMO -adopted.
After Paragraph 4.172 4 line 4 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme. See 4.169a.
130
4.2
After Paragraph 4.179 1 line 7 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme. See 4.169a.
131
After Paragraph 4.184 1 line 7 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme. See 4.169a.
132
After Paragraph 4.189 2 line 8 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme. See 4.169a.
Thai Chart 164
(HH. 030/200/01) [04/05]
Gulf of Thailand - Ko Chuang to Khlong Yai —
Dangerous wreck
135
After Paragraph 4.220 3 line 8 Add:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (12¾ miles ENE)
marked by a light -buoy (special), thence:
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 030/200/01) [04/05]
China, South Coast - Qiongzhou Haixia - North
Channel — Traffic Separation Scheme
226
After Paragraph 7.56 1 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme
7.56a
1 A traffic separation scheme has been established for
the North channel of Qiongzhou Haixia. The scheme
runs approximately NE/SW between No 11 and No 13
Light -buoys of Middle channel, to No 1 Light -buoy
of North Channel, marking its NE entrance.
The TSS is not IMO -adopted.
228
Paragraph 7.66 1 Replace by:
1 North Channel. A traffic separation scheme (7.56a)
is in force in this channel. Its separation zones are
marked by light -buoys (pillar, special). The channel
leads NW from Nos 13 and 11 Light -buoys of Middle
Channel, and has a least charted depth of 8 m. Two
dangerous wrecks lie at the NE end of the channel
approximately one mile S of No 1 Light-buoy (pillar,
special). See also 7.59 concerning tidal streams.
Chinese Charts 15700; 15779
(HH. 548/424/05) [04/05]

China, South Coast - Zhuhai Gang —
Anchorages; pilot boarding place
238
Paragraph 7.120 1 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorage. An outer anchorage area
(No K14), about 2½ miles N/S by 5 miles E/W, lies
about 3½ miles SE of Gaolan Gao. Depths vary
between 13 and 22 m.
Quarantine anchorage. A quarantine anchorage
(No K21), about 2¼ miles square, lies about 6½ miles
SSE of Gaolan Dao. Depths vary between 21⋅5
26⋅5 m
Paragraph 7.121 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
and
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in the
vicinity of the Zhuhai Gang Light-buoy. See also
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4) under
Zhuhai (8.42).
After Paragraph 7.124 2 Insert:
Anchorages
7.124a
1 Two designated anchorage areas are established
between Gaolan Dao and Hebao Dao. One lies W of
the channel abreast No 6 Light -buoy. The other lies E
of the channel in the vicinity of the LPG terminal.
Chinese Chart 15449
(HH. 548/424/05) [04/05]
NP 42B Japan Pilot Volume III (1981 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2004
Wakayama Ku - Kita Ku — Mooring buoy
184
L 9 -10 Including existing Supplement amendment Delete
Japanese Notice 1/10/05
(HH. 568/496/03) [04/05]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II (2004
Edition)
Italy - Golfo di Policastro - Maratea —
Unexploded ordnance
390
After Paragraph 13.118 1 line 9 Add:
Caution. Unexploded ordnance is reported to exist
about 150 m offshore from the Acquafredda district of
Maratea. Entry is therefore prohibited to an area with
radius 500 m, centred on approximate position
40°02′⋅0N, 15°40′⋅1E.
Italian Notice 120002/04
(HH. 369/670/04) [04/05]
IV
4.3
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Greece - Stenón Ríou -andirríou — Ferries;
Vessel Traffic Service; restricted area; bridge;
anchorages
125
Paragraph 4.20 1 Including heading and existing Section IV
Notice Week 36/04 Replace by:
Ferries
4.20
1 Ferries ply across Stenón Ríou -andirríou. See 4.78.
Vessel Traffic Service
4.20a
1 See 4.2a
Traffic regulations
4.20b
1 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in the vicinity of Stenón Ríou -andirríou
Bridge (4.20c).
1
Vertical clearance
4.20c
A cable suspension bridge (2004) linking mainland
Greece and Pelopónnisos spans Stenón Ríou -andirríou
at 38°19′⋅0N, 21°46′⋅5E. The centre passage under the
bridge has a vertical clearance of 45 m, and the side
passages have a vertical clearance of 32 m.
2 The navigable width of each passage is 300 m,
marked by night and day.
Vessels should use the centre passage for transit.
Transit of side passages is restricted and permission
from Vessel Traffic Service is required for their use.
For transit details see 4.2a and Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (3).
126
Paragraph 4.23.6 Replace by:
6 SSE of Àkra Andírrion (3 miles NNE) from
which a light (round tower and dwelling, 9 m
in height) is exhibited, thence:
To a position in Stenón Ríou -andirríou about
5 cables NNW of Àkra Rion (2½ miles NE), from
which a light (metal framework tower on
pedestal, green band) is exhibited, aligned to
transit the designated, marked channel spanned
by Stenón Ríou -andirríou Bridge (4.20c). For
anchorages see 4.90a. For anchoring and fishing
restrictions see 4.20b. Both Àkra Andírrion and
Àkra Ríon are low, sandy, steep -to and readily
identifiable by castles on their extremities.
(Directions continue for Korinthiakós Kólpos at
4.81)
130
Paragraph 4.78 1 Including heading Replace by:
Ferries
4.78
1 Passenger and car ferries frequently ply across
Stenón Ríou -andirríou from landing ramps on either
side of Àkra Andírrion.
After Paragraph 4.81 1 line 7 Add:
Under Stenón Ríou -andirríou Bridge (4.20c),
thence:

133
After Chart 1676 Insert:
4.90a
1 Anchorages have been established (2004) about
4 miles W and 3 miles NNE of Àkra Ríon Light.
Anchoring is not permitted outside these anchorages.
Vessels should report to Pàtra Traffic or Rio Traffic
for instructions. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6 (3).
Greek Notice 10/234/04
(HH. 381/430/04) [04/05]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2002 Edition)
Netherlands - Off Vlieland Traffic Separation
Scheme — Buoyage
2
101
Paragraph 4.156 1 line 2 For (special) Read (safe water)
Paragraph 4.156 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 16/03 Replace by:
Buoyage. The E side of the NNE -going traffic lane
is marked by light -buoys (starboard hand; odd
numbers, prefixed VL); the W side of the SSW -going
traffic lane is marked by light -buoys (port hand; even
numbers, prefixed VL).
Netherlands Notice 50/587/04
(HH. 340/630/07) [04/05]
Germany - Die Jade - Mittelrinne — Buoyage
178
Paragraph 5.175 2 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...(5.44) at Light -buoy No 22/Mittelrinne 14 (53°46′⋅2N,
8°02′⋅9E), passing between:
German Notice 50/(21)2/04
(HH. 328/510/05) [04/05]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Fugløyfjorden - Nord -Fugløy — Anchorage
R46-47Delete
145
Norwegian Notice 23/1100/04
(HH. 308/210/11) [04/05]
Sørfjorden - Inndyrvågen — Anchorage
R48-55Delete
165
Norwegian Notice 23/1100/04
(HH. 308/210/11) [04/05]
IV
4.4
Nordfjorden - Skånlandsundet — Anchorage
L36-39Delete
169
Norwegian Notice 23/1102/04
(HH. 308/210/11) [04/05]
Ofotfjorden - Ballangen — Submarine cable
216
After R 62 Existing Supplement amendment Insert:
Submarine cable. A submarine cable is laid
through Ballangen from a position close E of the
quays at Litle Ballangen (10.247) to Bøstrand (Bø on
BA Chart 3890), 2¾ miles NNE.
Norwegian Notice 24/1149/04
(HH. 310/560/04) [04/05]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2001
United Arab Emirates - Approach to MØnº’
Jabal ‘†lØ — Fairway buoy; dredged channel
147
R 55 -60 Existing Section IV Notice Week 26/03 Replace
by:
Jabal ‘†lØ Fairway Buoy (25°10′⋅6N, 54°52′⋅3E)
(safe water, racon) is moored about 3½ miles NW of
the seaward entrance of a dredged channel, marked by
paired light -buoys (lateral), which leads 9½ miles
farther SE to the port breakwaters.
Dubai Control and Marine Guidance Office Notice 50/04
(HH. 488/460/06) [04/05]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2002 Edition)
Spain - Off Finisterre Traffic Separation Scheme
49
Paragraph 2.3 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Off Finisterre in 43°12′N, 10°00′W (2.21).
50
Paragraph 2.21 1 Replace by:
1 The Off Finisterre TSS for the use of vessels
rounding the NW coast of Spain is established, as
shown on the chart, off the coast between Cabo
Villano (43°10′N, 9°13′W) and Cabo Finisterre
(17 miles S). The area between the scheme and the
coast is designated as an Inshore Traffic Zone.
2 The scheme has been revised (2004) to provide
additional traffic lanes for vessels carrying dangerous
or polluting cargoes in bulk, as defined in the IMDG
Code and Annexes I and II of MARPOL 73/78. The
scheme is IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
applies.

51
Paragraph 2.26 1 Replace by:
1 Offshore route. From a position NW of Cabo
Villano (43°10′N, 9°13′W) the route leads initially
SSW for 13 miles, thence S for 24 miles, through the
S-bound traffic lanes of the TSS passing, in deep
water, more than 35 miles offshore.
54
Chapter Index Diagram Replace by: Chapter Index
Diagram at rear of this week’s Admiralty Notices to
Mariners Section II blocks.
57
Paragraph 3.33 For 1114 Read 1094
59
Paragraph 3.45 After Chart 1111 Add:
, 1094
63
Paragraph 3.87 For 1114 Read 1094
66
Paragraph 3.110 For 1114 Read 1110
69
Paragraph 3.153 For 1114 Read 1094
72
Paragraph 3.169 1 lines 6-9 Replace by:
Offshore route. From a similar position the
offshore route leads generally W in deep water to the
vicinity of 43°30′N, 10°01′W at the N entrance to the
S-bound traffic lanes of the Off Finisterre TSS (3.196).
73
Paragraph 3.178 1 line 3 For lane of the Cabo Villano TSS
Read lanes of the Off Finisterre TSS (3.196)
74
Paragraph 3.194 1 Replace by:
1 Offshore route. The offshore route follows the
S-bound lanes of the Off Finisterre TSS from the
vicinity of 43°30′N, 10°01′W, NW of Cabo Villano, to
that of 42°53′N, 10°09′W, W of Cabo Finisterre.
1
75
Paragraph 3.196 1 line 4 Add:
The TSS has been revised (2004) to provide additional
separation lanes for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
cargoes in bulk, as defined in the IMDG Code and Annexes
I and II of MARPOL 73/78.
Paragraph 3.197 1-3 Replace by:
Vessel Traffic Service
3.197
A mandatory vessel reporting system (FINREP),
operated from Finisterre Traffic Control Centre located
at Monte Enja (4.41), has been established in
accordance with SOLAS Regulation V/11–1, between
Cabo Villano and Cabo Finisterre, which includes the
TSS (3.196) and Inshore Traffic Zone.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (2).
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 359/080/03) [04/05]
IV
4.5
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Florida - North West Approaches to Key West —
Operational training area
152
After Paragraph 5.298 2 Insert:
Operational training area
5.298a
1 A naval operational training area (see chart) covers
a significant sector W of Key West, extending N into
Florida Bay and S into the Straits of Florida. Mariners
should note that access to this area may be restricted
or prohibited. See Appendix VI.
297
Existing Appendix VI Replace by:
APPENDIX VI
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33
— NAVIGATION AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 334 — DANGER ZONES AND
RESTRICTED AREA REGULATIONS —
EXTRACTS
Appendix VI contains extracts from the above
regulations issued by the United States
Department of Commerce.
Regulations specific to this volume are given by title
only where the area concerned falls wholly
within pilotage waters; where the regulation
affects an area outside pilotage waters, a
summary of the regulation is given.
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR
334.
§334.1 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to:
(a) Prescribe procedures for establishing, amending
and disestablishing danger zones and restricted
areas.
(b) List the specific danger zones and restricted
areas and their boundaries; and
(c) Prescribe specific requirements, access
limitations and controlled activities within the
danger zones and restricted areas.
§334.2 Definitions.
(a) Danger zone. A defined water area (or areas) used
for target practice, bombing, rocket firing or
other especially hazardous operations, normally
for the armed forces. The danger zones may be
closed to the public on a full time or intermittent
basis, as stated in the regulations.
(b) Restricted area. A defined water area for the
purpose of prohibiting or limiting public access
to the area. Restricted areas generally provide
security for Government property and/or
protection to the public from the risks of damage
or injury arising from the Government’s use of
that area.

There are danger zones and/or restricted areas in the
following areas:
§334.530 Canaveral Harbor adjacent to the Navy
pier at Port Canaveral, Fla.; restricted area.
§334.540 Banana River at Cape Canaveral Missile
Test Annex, Fla.; restricted area.
§334.550 Banana River at Cape Canaveral Air
Force Station, Fla.; restricted area.
§334.560 Banana River at Patrick Air Force Base,
Fla.; restricted area.
§334.570 Banana River near Orsino, Fla.;
restricted area.
§334.580 Atlantic Ocean near Port Everglades,
Fla.; Naval restricted area.
(a) The area. Beginning at a point at 26°05′30″N,
80°03′30″W; proceed west to 26°05′30″N,
80°06′30″W; thence southerly to 26°03′00″N,
80°06′42″W; thence east to 26°03′00″N, 80°05′44″W;
thence south to 26°01′36″N, 80°05′44″W; thence east
to 26°01′36″N, 80°03′30″W; thence north to the point
of beginning.
(b) The regulations. (1) Anchoring of ocean -going
vessels and/or any vessel with an anchor weight of
100 pounds or more and/or an anchor winch pull
capacity of 300 pounds or more shall be prohibited in
the above described area.
(2) The regulations of this section shall be enforced
by the Officer -in -Charge, Naval Surface Weapons
Center, Ft Lauderdale Facility, Fla, and such agencies
as he/she may designate.
§334.590 Atlantic Ocean off Cape Canaveral, Fla.;
Air Force missile testing area, Patrick Air Force
Base, Fla.
(a) The danger zone. An area in the Atlantic Ocean
immediately offshore from Cape Canaveral defined by
a line 3 nautical miles from shore, said area
terminating in the north at a line on a bearing of 70°
from a point on shore at approximate latitude 28°35′N
and in the south at a line on a bearing of 115° from a
point on the shore at approximately latitude 28°25′N.
(b) The regulations. (1) All unauthorized persons
and vessels are prohibited from operating within the
danger zone during firing periods to be specified by
the Commander, Air Force Missile Test Center, Patrick
Air Force Base.
(2) Warning signals will be used to warn persons
and vessels that the danger zone is active. These
signals will be in the form of a large red ball and a
red flashing high intensity beacon. One signal will be
located on a 90 -foot pole near the shoreline at the
north end of the danger zone, and one signal will be
located on a 90 -foot pole near the shoreline about
one -half mile north of the south limit of the danger
zone. An amber rotating beacon and warning sign will
be erected on the north side of the Port Canaveral ship
channel to indicate to vessels about to leave the harbor
that the danger zone is in use.
(3) When the signals in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section are displayed, all persons and vessels, except
those authorized personnel and patrol vessels, will
IV
4.6
immediately leave the danger zone by the most direct
route and stay out until the signals are discontinued.
(4) The regulations in this paragraph shall be
enforced by the Commander, Air Force Missile Test
Center, Patrick Air Force Base, Fla., and such agencies
as he may designate.
§334.600 TRIDENT Basin adjacent to Canaveral
Harbor at Cape Canaveral Air Force Station,
Brevard County, Fla.; danger zone.
§334.610 Key West Harbor, at U.S. Naval Base,
Key West, Fla.; naval restricted areas and danger
zone.
§334.620 Straits of Florida and Florida Bay in
vicinity of Key West, Fla.; operational training
area, aerial gunnery range, and bombing and
strafing target areas, Naval Air Station, Key West,
Fla.
(a) The danger zones (1) Operational training area.
Waters of the Straits of Florida and Gulf of Mexico
southwest, west and northwest of Key West bounded
as follows: Beginning at latitude 25°45′00″N,
82°07′00″W; thence southeast to 24°49′00″N,
81°55′00″W; thence southwest to 24°37′30″N,
82°00′30″W; thence westerly to 24°37′30″N,
82°06′00″W; thence southerly to 24°28′30″N,
82°06′00″W; thence southerly to 24°25′00″N,
82°06′30″W; thence easterly to 24°25′00″N,
81°57′00″W; thence southwesterly to 23°30′00″N,
82°19′00″W; thence westerly to 23°30′00″N,
82°46′00″W; thence northwesterly to 23°52′30″N,
83°11′00″W; thence northerly to 24°25′00″N,
83°11′00″W; thence easterly to 24°25′00″N,
83°08′00″W; thence clockwise along the arc of a circle
with a radius of 92 miles centered at 24°35′00″N,
81°41′15″W to 24°45′05″N, 82°23′30″W; thence east
to point of beginning.
(2) Bombing and strafing target areas. (i) A
circular area immediately west of Marquesas Keys
with a radius of two nautical miles having its center at
24°33′⋅4N and 82°10′⋅9W, not to include land area and
area within Marquesas Keys. The target located within
this area, a grounded LSIL will be used for bombing
and aircraft rocket exercises.
(ii) A circular area located directly west of
Marquesas Keys with a radius of three statute miles
having its center at 24°35′⋅6N and 82°11′⋅6W, not to
include land area within Marquesas Keys. The targets
located within this area, pile -mounted platforms, will
be used as high altitude horizontal bombing range
utilizing live ordnance up to and including 1,800
pounds of high explosives. In general, these explosives
will be of an air -burst type, above 1,500 feet.
(iii) A circular area located west of Marquesas
Keys with a radius of two nautical miles having its
center at 24°34′30″N, and 82°14′00″W.

(b) The regulations. (1) In advance of scheduled air
or surface operations which, in the opinion of the
enforcing agency, may be dangerous to watercraft,
appropriate warnings will be issued to navigation
interests through official government and civilian
channels or in such other manner as the District
Engineer, Corps of Engineers, Jacksonville, Florida,
may direct. Such warnings will specify the location,
type, time, and duration of operations, and give such
other pertinent information as may be required in the
interests of safety.
(2) Watercraft shall not be prohibited from passing
through the operational training area except when the
operations being conducted are of such nature that the
exclusion of watercraft is required in the interest of
safety or for accomplishment of the mission, or is
considered important to the national security.
(3) When the warning to navigation interests states
that bombing and strafing operations will take place
over the designated target areas or that other
operations hazardous to watercraft are proposed to be
conducted in a specifically described portion of the
overall area, all watercraft will be excluded from the
target area or otherwise described zone of operations
and no vessel shall enter or remain therein during the
period operations are in progress.
(4) Aircraft and naval vessels conducting operations
in any part of the operational training area will
exercise caution in order not to endanger watercraft.
Operations which may be dangerous to watercraft will
not be conducted without first ascertaining that the
zone of operations is clear. Any vessel in the zone of
operations will be warned to leave and upon being so
warned the vessel shall leave immediately.
(5) The regulations in this section shall be enforced
by the Commandant, Sixth Naval District, Charleston,
S.C., and such agencies as he may designate.
US Code of Federal Regulations 33
(HH. 070/200/01) [04/05]
IV
4.7

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (1980 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Tsunami
1
R42Insert:
Caution
1.5a As a result of catastrophic damage caused by the
tsunami on 26 December 2004 ports may be closed and
depths, seabed topography and buoyage not as charted.
Mariners are, therefore, urged to contact local authorities
for latest information.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 003/200/01) [03/05]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
California - San Pedro Bay - Long Beach
Harbor — Directional lights
274
Paragraph 8.191 1 line 8 Replace by:
...Inner Harbor. Directional lights standing at the N and S
ends assist passage through Back Channel. Light -beacons
mark the extremities of Piers...
US Notice 49/18751/04
(HH. 612/410/10) [03/05]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Tsunami
2
R31Insert:
Caution
1.7a As a result of catastrophic damage caused by the
tsunami on 26 December 2004 ports may be closed and
depths, seabed topography and buoyage not as charted.
Mariners are, therefore, urged to contact local authorities
for latest information.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 021/200/01) [03/05]
4.1
[03/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Peninsular Malaysia - Pelabuhan Kuantan —
Leading lights
96
Paragraph 3.76 3 lines 1 -7 Delete
Paragraph 3.76 4 lines 3 -5 Delete
HMAS Sheean
(HH. 517/730/04) [03/05]
NP 32 China Sea Pilot Volume III (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 7 -1998
China - Minjiang Kou — Leading lights
94
L 58 -60 Existing Section IV Notice Week 43/98 For 308°
Read 309¼°
Chinese Notice 39/817/04
(HH. 548/462/04) [03/05]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2001 Edition)
Tsunami
1
After Paragraph 1.3 4 Insert:
Caution
1.3a
As a result of catastrophic damage caused by the
tsunami on 26 December 2004 ports may be closed
and depths, seabed topography and buoyage not as
charted. Mariners are, therefore, urged to contact local
authorities for latest information.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 038/200/01) [03/05]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Tsunami
2
After Paragraph 1.9 1 Insert:
Caution
1.9a
As a result of catastrophic damage caused by the
tsunami on 26 December 2004 ports may be closed
and depths, seabed topography and buoyage not as
charted. Mariners are, therefore, urged to contact local
authorities for latest information.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 039/200/01) [03/05]

NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Honshu, North West Coast - Sakaiminato Kë —
Bridges
87
R 54 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
...dyke with the mainland NW. Two bridges cross Nakaura
Suido, connecting E Shima with Watari ENE. The S bridge
has a central lock which gives access to Naka Umi; the N
has a vertical clearance of 33 m.
Japanese Notice 49/1253/04
(HH. 563/485/04) [03/05]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Tsunami
2
After Paragraph 1.4 1 Insert:
Caution
1.4a
As a result of catastrophic damage caused by the
tsunami on 26 December 2004 ports may be closed
and depths, seabed topography and buoyage not as
charted. Mariners are, therefore, urged to contact local
authorities for latest information.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 044/200/01) [03/05]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (1984
Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Fiji - Vanua Levu - Ravi Ravi Passage —
Directions
263
L47Replace by:
...the SE side of an unnamed detached reef (16°25′S,
178°55′E),...
R1-4Replace by:
Or, ESE between Cakaba Reef (Cakau Nacana on
Chart 385) and Cakau Utulei to join the inshore
route 2 miles NE of Ravi Ravi Point, passing
either side of Naiseva Reef (16°26′S, 178°59′E),
a...
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 061/200/01) [03/05]
IV
4.2
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2001
Gulf of Oman - United Arab Emirates - Khawr
Fakkºn — Reclamation
73
After L 3 -11 Existing Supplement amendment Add:
Development. Major land reclamation works are in
progress (2004) in the area E of Khawr Fakkºn
Harbour Breakwater, and will include the islet of SØrat
al Khawr. Entry to the area, which is marked by
light -buoys, is prohibited.
Sharjah Seaports Authority Notice 12/04
(HH. 488/400/06) [03/05]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Approaches to Delaware Bay — Caution; depths
68
After Paragraph 3.66 2 Insert:
3 Inbound vessels with draughts of 10⋅7 m (35ft) or
more are recommended to use the Cape Henlopen to
Delaware Traffic Lane rather than the Five Fathom
Bank to Cape Henlopen Traffic Lane.
69
Paragraph 3.74 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 33/04
Replace by:
Depths
3.74
1 East TSS
Five Fathom Bank to Cape Henlopen Traffic Lane:
controlling depth 12⋅1 m (40 ft). See Caution at
3.66.
Cape Henlopen to Five Fathom Bank Traffic Lane:
controlling depth 13⋅1 m(43ft).
2 South-east TSS
Delaware to Cape Henlopen Traffic Lane: least
charted depth 18 m (59 ft).
Cape Henlopen to Delaware Traffic Lane: least
charted depth 14⋅6 m(48ft).
Two-Way Route:
Least charted depth 9⋅8 m(32ft).
US Chart 12214
(HH. 614/535/03) [03/05]

NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Louisiana - Calcasieu Pass approaches — Racons
187
After Paragraph 7.354 Insert:
Other navigational aids
7.354a
1 Racons:
Calcasieu Channel Light -buoy (safe water)
(29°20′N, 93°13′W).
Platform (29°37′⋅6N, 93°18′⋅2W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 for details.
BA Chart 3854; US Notice 43/11344/04
(HH. 615/435/08) [03/05]
Florida - Panama City — Directions; dangerous
wreck
240
Paragraph 10.58 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
10.58a
1 Thence the alignment (251½°), astern, of Leading
Lights‘B’leads1¾ miles ENE to a position 5 cables
SW of Municipal pier (10.60):
Front Light (red rectangle, white stripe, on tower, on
piles) (30°08′⋅0N, 85°42′⋅9W), intensified on
leading bearing.
Rear Light (similar structure), (6 cables WSW of
Front Light), visible on leading bearing only.
10.58b
1 Saint Andrew Bay, NW part. From a position near
the inward end of the ‘B’ leading line (10.58a), the
track to Alligator Bayou and the alongside berths at
Dyers Point (10.60) initially leads 2 miles WNW
through a channel marked by light -buoys (lateral),
passing (positions relative to Front Entrance Leading
Light (10.58)):
2 Between the Entrance Leading light -beacons,
thence:
NNE of Courtney Point (9 cables W), thence:
SSW of Buena Vista Point (1¼ miles NNW).
The track then continues through the buoyed
channel, 5 cables NNW then a further 1½ miles WNW,
to the dredged entrance to Alligator Bayou, passing:
3 Between Buena Vista Point and Bear Point,
1¼ miles WSW, thence:
SSW of light -beacon No 14 (red and yellow triangle
on piles), standing 1¾ cables W of Dyers Point
(10.60).
10.58c
1 Saint Andrew Bay, E part. From a position near
the inward end of the ‘B’ leading line (10.58a), the
track to Bay Harbor (10.60) leads through a channel
marked by light -beacons, and light -buoys (lateral)
1 mile ESE, then 6 cables SSE, then 1½ miles E, to a
position 5 cables SE of the berths area, passing:
NNE of Redfish Point (30°08′⋅5N, 85°40′⋅1W);
light -beacon No 18 (red triangle, yellow square,
on pile) stands on the N side of a spit that extends
1½ cables ENE from the point, thence:
IV
4.3
2 SSW of Bunkers Point (30°08′⋅7N, 85°39′⋅4W);
light -beacon No 19 (green square, yellow
triangle, on pile) stands at the S extremity of
shoal water that extends 1½ cables SSW from
the point, thence:
WSW of Town Point (30°08′⋅1N, 85°38′⋅8W);
light -buoy No 21 (port hand) is moored
1½ cables W of a drying spit that extends 1 cable
SSW from the point, thence:
3 N of Palmetto Point (30°07′⋅5N, 85°39′⋅0W);
light -beacon No 24 (red triangle, yellow
square, on pile) stands at the extremity of
shoal water that extends 4 cables ENE of the
point. A dangerous wreck, depth unknown,
lies in surrounding depths of about 7 m
(23 ft), located 4½ cables WNW of the
light -beacon. Thence:
4 S of the entrance to Watson Bayou (30°08′⋅9N,
85°38′⋅1W), thence:
N of Military Point (30°07′⋅5N, 85°37′⋅3W);
light -beacon No 28 (red triangle, yellow square,
on pile) stands at the extremity of shoal water that
extends 1½ cables NNE from the point.
BA Chart 3148 (plan of St Andrew Bay); US Notice
52/11391/04
(HH. 615/465/06) [03/05]
NP 100 and NP 100(M) The Mariner’s Handbook
(1999 Edition) — Supplement 1 -2003
Use of moored marks
31
After Paragraph 2.73 1 line 6 Insert:
2 Floating marks on charts may be displaced in an
appropriate direction allowing the true position of the
danger to be shown.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 073/200/04) [03/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Republic of the Ivory Coast — Piracy
253
After R27Insert:
Piracy. For security reasons, the Ivoirian
Authorities advise that all vessels, particularly fishing
vessels, operate at least three miles off the coast.
Navarea II Warning 497/02
(HH. 001/200/01) [02/05]
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (1980 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Dar es Salaam Bay — Ras Rongoni Leading
Lights
197
Photograph Ras Rongoni (6°49′⋅2S, 39°18′⋅7E) from N
Delete Legend:
Ras Rongoni Leading Lights
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 003/200/01) [02/05]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2002 Edition)
Brazil - Vitória and Tubarão — Depths; vertical
clearances
202
Paragraph 6.239 1 lines 6 -7 Replace by:
...HW and 9·7 m at LW. The approach channel to Porto do
Tubarão is dredged to 20⋅4 m (1998), but lesser depths may
exist; see note on chart.
203
Paragraph 6.256 1 Replace by:
1 Limiting dimensions. The maximum dimensions
permitted are 242 m LOA, draught 10·6 m at HW,
9·7 m at LW. A lighted bridge with a vertical
clearance of 60 m spans the entrance to Rio Santa
Maria. One mile W of the bridge, a power
transmission line spans the river with a vertical
clearance of 56 m.
BA Chart 521
(HH. 657/471/03) [02/05]
4.1
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Denmark - Kattegat - Hov Havn — Light;
buoyage
[02/05]
272
Paragraph 7.158 1 Replace by:
1 South approach. From a position about 1 mile
NNW of the NW extremity of Svanegrund (55°50′N,
10°20′E) (7.150), marked by a buoy (N cardinal), the
track leads NNW for about 1½ miles to the S entrance
of Hov Løb (7.153).
273
Paragraph 7.158 3 Replace by:
3 Caution. The buoys marking Hov Løb are moved
as required to conform with the changes in the
channel.
Danish Notice 48/1146(P)/04
(HH. 332/500/04) [02/05]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Zhujiang Kou and its approaches — Directions
255
Paragraph 8.24 2 lines 5 -10 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 52/04 Revert to original text (lines 5 -7):
W of Mayou Shi Light-vessel (8½ miles S), marking
a rock. A dangerous wreck, position
approximate, lies 2 miles SSE of the light -vessel.
Chinese Notices 37/777 -778/04
(HH. 548/436/05) [02/05]
South West Approaches To Hong Kong — Minor
harbours and anchorages
272
Paragraph 9.33 1 After line 9 Insert:
2 Wreck. A dangerous wreck, marked by two
cardinal light -buoys, lies about 5 cables N of the NW
extremity of the island.
Chinese Notices 39/814/04; 40/839/04
(HH. 548/436/05) [02/05]

NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
Republic of Ireland - Ballycotton Bay —
Submarine power cable
124
After Paragraph 4.12 1 line 5 Insert:
A submarine power cable (4.15) runs ESE/WNW
close N of the Sound.
After Paragraph 4.14 1 line 10 Insert:
The mariner should be aware of the submarine
power cable (4.15) running from Ballycotton Harbour
to the island.
After Paragraph 4.15 1 line 9 Insert:
Caution. A submarine power cable runs from the
harbour to Ballycotton Island, passing 2 cables N of
the islet (2 cables E of the pier) before turning ESE to
come ashore at the NW point of the island.
Paragraph 4.15 2 line 5 Add:
...and well clear of the submarine power cable,...
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(HH. 284/450/04) [02/05]
Northern Ireland - Ardglass — Controlling
depth
203
Paragraph 6.186 1 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth: 1⋅9 m in the entrance.
Northern Ireland Fishery Harbour Authority
(HH. 288/410/04) [02/05]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2002 Edition)
1
Algeria - Skikda — Traffic Separation Schemes
287
After Paragraph 6.222 7 line 12 Add:
Traffic bound for Skikda (6.275) joins the TSS
(6.289a) 5 miles N of Cap Bougaroun.
291
After Paragraph 6.259 1 line 10 Add:
N of the TSS for Skikda traffic, thence:
293
After Paragraph 6.264 1 line 7 Add:
For Skikda TSS see 6.289a.
294
Paragraph 6.278 1 line 1 Replace by:
Both harbours are approached through the TSS (see
6.289a).
295
After Paragraph 6.289 1 Insert:
Traffic Separation Schemes
6.289a
1 TSS have been established in the NW and N
approaches to Skikda, as shown on the chart. The use
of these TSS is mandatory, although they are not
IMO -adopted. Mariners are advised that the principles
for the use of routeing systems defined in Rule 10 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (1972) apply.
IV
1
Paragraph 6.292 1-4 Including heading Replace by:
Skikda
6.292
From the SE end of the W TSS the pilot boarding
position is 3 miles SW. From the S end of the E TSS
it is 7 miles WSW.
The track then leads SSE to the harbour entrance,
keeping within the red sector of the light exhibited
from the head of Grande Jetée du Nord.
2 Useful marks:
Île du Lion (36°55′⋅3N, 6°53′⋅4E), a conical islet
30 m in height from where a light is exhibited
(white square tower).
Light (white square tower, green lantern, 9 m in
height) exhibited from Îlot des Singes
(36°54′⋅4N, 6°53′⋅1E), an islet connected to the
mainland by a bridge.
3 Light (white round tower 14 m in height),
exhibited from the head of Grande Jetée du
Nord.
Light (white tower, red top, 8 m in height), exhibited
from the head of Traverse Nord, a spur extending
a short distance SSE, on the N side of the harbour
entrance.
4 Light (white round tower 8 m in height),
exhibited from the head of Môle du
1
Château-Vert on the S side of the harbour
entrance.
Building at root of Môle du Château-Vert.
Tower 1½ cables S of the root of Traverse Sud.
Silo at SE end of E basin.
Paragraph 6.293 1 lines 1 -10 Including heading Replace
by:
Port Méthanier
6.293
From the SE end of the W TSS the pilot boarding
position is 2 miles S. From the S end of the E TSS it
is 5 miles SW.
The track then leads SE and thence WSW to the
harbour entrance.
4.2
Algerian Hydrographic Office
(HH. 408/490/03) [02/05]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2003 Edition)
Helmsdale — Buoyage
84
Paragraph 4.56 1 Replace by:
1 Leading light-beacons (each a black mast with
orange square topmark) standing at the W end of New
Harbour, in line bearing 313°, lead through the
approach and entrance to the harbour, passing SW of a
buoy (starboard hand) and NE of a buoy (port hand)
moored respectively, 1¾ cables and 1¼ cables SE of
the head of East Pier.
Highland Council Notice 002/04
(HH. 266/460/04) [02/05]

NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Fedafjorden — Bridge
61
After R37Insert:
2.75a Bridge. It has been reported (2004) that a
bridge, centred on 58°15′⋅5N, 6°50′⋅6E, is being
constructed across Fedafjorden.
Norwegian Notice 19/924(T)/04
(HH. 310/405/04) [02/05]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Lofoten - Moskenesøya - Reine — Leading lights
235
L25-29Delete
L30-31Replace by:
Reinerenna (narrow channel) is marked:
Norwegian Notice 23/1104/04
(HH. 310/570/05) [02/05]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Sandøyfjorden - Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy
207
R60-66Replace by:
Directions. Hønsebyfjorden (70°44′N, 23°10′E) is
entered by passing E of Hønsebygrunnen, a 3 m (10 ft)
patch; a bar, 3 cables within the entrance, has a least
depth of 4 m (13 ft) in mid -channel.
Norwegian Notice 23/1118/04
(HH. 309/450/04) [02/05]
NP 72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
Pilot (1996 Edition) — Supplement 2 -2002
Kol’skiy Zaliv Middle Reach - Tyuvagubskiy —
Light
62
R24-25Replace by:
Tyuvagubskiy Beacon (69°11′⋅6N, 33°34′⋅7E).
Russian Notice 49/7586/04
(HH. 306/400/03) [02/05]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Nigeria - Bonny River — Pilotage
314
R 49 -51 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...the pilotage authority. Pilotage is available on a 24 hour
basis. ETA at the Fairway Light -buoy (safe water)
(4°12′N, 7°00′E) should be advised to Assistant...
R 54 -55 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
The pilot boat has a green hull and a stone
coloured superstructure.
R 69 -70 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
River pilots board 3 cables WNW of the NPA Jetty,
as shown on the chart.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office; BA Charts 3286;
3287
(HH. 01/200/01) [01/05]
Nigeria - Bonny River — Vessel movements
314
After R70Insert:
Restriction. All vessel movements between Bonny
Fairway Light -buoy and the turning basin off Nigeria
Liquefied Natural Gas Jetty (4°25′⋅6N, 7°08′⋅7E) are
restricted whilst gas or condensate supertankers are
manoeuvering in the area. Vessels should obtain
clearance from Bonny Pilot Station before entering the
channel.
Nigerian Ports Authority Notice 01/04
(HH. 440/440/04) [01/05]
Nigeria - Bonny River — Buoyage
315
R 32 Existing Supplement amendment Delete
Nigerian Ports Authority Notice 04/04; BA Charts 3286;
3288
(HH. 440/440/04) [01/05]
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2002 Edition)
Brazil, North Coast — Pecém Terminal
128
After Paragraph 4.271 Insert:
Pecém Terminal
Chart 526 plan Pecém Terminal
4.271a
1 General information. Pecém Oil Terminal (3°32°S,
38°48′W) comprises a pier extending 1 mile NE from
the shore with two finger piers providing berths
extending NW from the outer part. The berths are
protected from NE and SE by an L-shaped breakwater.
4.1
[01/05]
2
The breakwater is marked at each end, and at the 90°
elbow, by lights (white pyramidal framework GRP
tower, 2 m in height).
Function. No 1 pier for discharging bulk ore and
the handling of steel products, general cargo and
3
containers; No 2 pier for Pecém Oil Terminal.
Port Authority. Ceara Port Integration Co.
Directions. The port may be approached directly
from the NNE to the light -buoy (safe water)
(3°28′⋅9S, 38°48′⋅5W). Thence the berths are
1
approached directly in a least depth of 15⋅2 m passing
E of Nos 1 and 3 light buoys (starboard hand).
Limiting Conditions. Maximum draught 16.5 m at
No 2 pier.
4.271b
Arrival information. No details are available.
Anchorage Within 6 cables of a position 1 mile
WNW of the light -buoy (safe water) in 17 m of water.
Pilot boards 8 cables ENE of the light -buoy (safe
water).
2 Berths. No 1 pier, to the SW, is 350 m in length
with a berth on each side; maximum size 125 000 gt,
LOA 300 m.
No 2 pier, 1½ cables NE, has a berth on each side
for tankers to 170 000 dwt and 16⋅5 m draught.
The head of each pier is marked by a light (metal
post, 1 m in height).
3 Port
(2004).
Services. Services are not yet available
Before Paragraph 4.272 Insert:
Chart 3957
BA Chart 526; Fairplay World Ports Guide
(HH. 005/209/01) [01/05]
Brazil, North Coast — Guamaré Oil Terminal
137
After Paragraph 4.401 Insert:
Guamaré Oil Terminal
Chart 3955
4.401a
1 General information. Guamaré Oil Terminal
(4°52′⋅4S, 36°22′⋅4W), not charted, is an offshore
2
CBM situated in an oil and gas field (4.318) N of
Ponta Galinhos (5°05′⋅3S, 36°17′⋅6W).
Function. Crude oil loading terminal.
Port Authority. Petrobras, Rodovia PE 60 Km 10
SN, Ipojuca, PE 54500 -000, Brazil.
Directions. The terminal and anchorage, lying about
6½ miles WNW of Agulha Light (racon) (4°52′⋅4S,
36°16′⋅3W) (4.371), should be approached from
3
between N and NNE.
Urca do Tubarão (4.373), a 4⋅1 m shoal, lies 4 miles
W of the anchorage.
Limiting Conditions. Maximum draught 15.0 m at
HW, maximum size 116 000 dwt.
Current at berth up to 3 knots.

4.401b
1 Arrival information. Notice of ETA 48 hours
before arrival; for details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (5).
Anchorage within 1 mile radius of 4°51′⋅1S,
36°23′⋅0W, 17 m of water and good holding ground.
Pilot boards in the anchorage area.
2 Berth is a CBM; submarine pipelines extend S to
the shore, see 1.40. Vessels generally berth during
morning daylight.
Port Services. Repairs and medical facilities are
available.
3 Useful mark. Galinhos light (red round concrete
tower, white bands, 13 m in height) (5°05′⋅3S,
36°17′⋅5W).
Transpetro, Guamaré; Fairplay World Ports Guide
(HH. 658/440/03) [01/05]
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II (1993
Edition) — Supplement 3 -2002
Chile - Tierra del Fuego - Seno Almirantazgo —
Rock awash
252
After L4Add:
SSW of a pinnacle rock with three peaks (54°19′S,
69°22′W), awash at low water, thence:
Chilean Notice 10/146/04
(HH. 649/440/03) [01/05]
NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
Antarctic Specially Protected Areas
3
After Paragraph 1.21 1 Insert:
Antarctic Specially Protected Areas
1.21a
1 In 2002 the Specially Protected Areas (1.20) and
Sites of Special Scientific Interest were combined and
renamed Antarctic Specially Protected Areas (ASPAs).
253
Add:
In 2002 these SPAs were renamed Antarctic
Specially Protected Areas (ASPAs), and renumbered as
follows:
SPA Nos 1 -24 to ASPA Nos 101 -120
SPA Nos 25 -29 to ASPA Nos 155 -159
IV
4.2
255
Add:
In 2002 these SSSIs were renamed Antarctic
Specially Protected Areas (ASPAs), and renumbered as
f0ollows:
SSSI Nos 1 -9 to ASPA Nos 121 -129
SSSI Nos 11 -23 to ASPA Nos 130 -142
SSSI Nos 25 -37 to ASPA Nos 143 -154
SSSI No 10 has been incorporated into SPA No 20
to form ASPA No 116, SSSI No 24 has been added to
SPA No 22 to form ASPA No 118.
Antarctic Treaty
(HH. 696/219/01) [01/05]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2002 Edition)
Queensland - Moreton Bay — Prohibited area
132
Paragraph 4.56 1 line 3 Replace by:
...draught, but clear of the prohibited anchorage (4.61). The
road is exposed to NE and E gales which...
After Paragraph 4.61 1 line 2 Insert:
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within an area
NNW of Mud Island (27°20′S, 153°15′E), as shown
on the chart, in the approaches to Brisbane River.
Australian Notice 24/973/04
(HH. 571/210/02) [01/05]
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2004 Edition)
Sweden - Approaches to Göteborg -
Knippelholmen — Beacon
86
Paragraph 3.178 1 Replace by:
1 From a position 1 cable S of Gäveskär Light, the
track leads NE for 1¾ miles into Rivö Fjord passing
(positioned from Gäveskär Light):
Swedish Notice 41/2181/04
(HH. 317/540/04) [01/05]
Denmark - Storebælt - Østerrenden — Traffic
Separation Scheme
288
Paragraph 8.16 1 Add:
Vessels must reduce speed to a maximum of
20 knots before entering the appropriate lane of the
scheme.
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 333/540/08) [01/05]

NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Saaristomeri - Ramsö to Hakkala —
Authorised draught
211
Paragraph 6.60 1 line 3 For 5⋅5 m Read 3⋅5 m
Finnish Notice 31/652/04
(HH. 319/450/06) [01/05]
Finland, West Coast - Kokkola and approaches
— Leading line
307
Paragraph 8.44 2 line 3 For 061½° Read 063½°.
Finnish Chart 52
(HH. 020/200/01) [01/05]
NP 24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Bulgaria - Burgaski Zaliv — Pilot boarding place
144
Paragraph 4.41 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage for the outer approaches to Burgas is
available from the traffic roundabout off Nos Emine;
see 4.45. Pilotage from this roundabout is not
compulsory but if required should be ordered, through
the ship’s agent, at least 8 hours in advance.
Bulgarian Chart 200.01
(HH. 397/420/03) [01/05]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II (2002
Edition)
Atli Inlet — Drying rock
223
Paragraph 7.101 2 line 2 Replace by:
...Atli inlet. A shoal, with a depth of 6⋅7 m over it, lies
9 cables ESE...
Canadian Notice 11/3807/04
(HH. 600/470/03) [01/05]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2002 Edition)
La Seine Maritime - Approaches to Rouen —
Pilot boarding position
437
Paragraph 13.177 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Boarding place. Pilot boards in position 49°28′⋅7N,
0°02′⋅4W, 4⋅8 miles WSW of Cap de la Hève Light.
French Notice 43/16/04
(HH. 351/490/07) [01/05]
IV
4.3
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Philippines - Manila Bay — Regulations; Traffic
Separation Scheme
187
Paragraph 8.108 2 line 11 Add:
Vessels transiting the areas designated as National Defence
Zones within the TSS should not stop or anchor without
authorisation from the Armed Forces of the Philippines.
188
Paragraph 8.117 1 Replace by:
1 Attention is drawn to the restricted areas (8.108)
which lie within the limits of the TSS (8.115) as
shown on the chart. Vessels should not stop or anchor
within these restricted areas without authorisation from
the Armed Forces of the Philippines. Mariners are
advised to report to the local authorities before
transiting the TSS.
NAMRIA
(HH. 552/080/01) [01/05]
NP 40 Irish Coast Pilot (2003 Edition)
Northern Ireland - River Bann — Controlling
depths
420
Paragraph 13.199 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 The maintained depth in the channel to Coleraine is
3⋅4 m; the depth in the entrance is maintained at
3⋅5 m.
Coleraine Harbour Master
(HH. 288/480/04) [01/05]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Hokkaido, South Coast - Mori Kë — Overhead
power cable
263
L 13 Including existing Supplement amendment Add:
The basin is enclosed by breakwaters. The entrance is
spanned by an overhead power cable with a vertical
clearance of 11 m.
L17-18Delete
Japanese Notice 45/1150/04
(HH. 562/415/06) [01/05]

NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Kyøshø, West Coast - Matsu Shima —
Submarine cables
132
L34-36Replace by:
Several submarine cables extend S and WSW from
the SW coast of Matsu Shima, 3 submarine cables to
Ike Shima (2 miles SSW) and a submarine power
cable to the S extremity of Nakadëri Shima (27 miles
WSW). A submarine cable extends 4 cables NNW
from Kushi Shima, the NW extremity of Matsu Shima,
to a wave recorder marked by a white light -buoy.
Japanese Notice 42/1089/04
(HH. 561/300/09) [01/05]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Adriatic Sea - Gulf of Trieste - Punta
Tagliamento — Buoys
571
Paragraph 12.378 4 Replace by:
4 SSE of a dangerous wreck (18½ miles ENE),
thence:
SSE of a light -buoy (special) (25 miles ENE),
noting a second buoy (special), about 7½ miles
SE of Punta Tagliamento, thence:
To a position SE of Punta Tagliamento (24 miles
NE), a low sandy promontory from which a light
(12.377) is exhibited.
Italian Notice 20.34/04
(HH. 370/630/03) [01/05]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2002 Edition)
Zeegat van Terschelling - Vliestroom — Pilotage;
buoyage
102
Paragraph 4.162 1 lines 2 -6 Replace by:
Pilot boarding positions are situated, as shown on
the chart, near ZS Light -buoy (53°19′⋅7N, 4°55′⋅9E)
for vessels carrying hazardous cargoes and, for other
vessels, at the inner end of Stortemelk and Zuider
Stortemelk near SM7 -ZS16 Light -buoy (53°19′⋅4N,
5°07′⋅7E).
103
Paragraph 4.178 1 line 12 Existing Section IV Notice Week
25/04 For SM7 -ZS18 Light -buoy Read SM7 -ZS16
Light -buoy.
IV
4.4
105
Paragraph 4.203 1 line 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week
25/04 For SM7 -ZS18 Light -buoy Read SM7 -ZS16
Light -buoy.
Paragraph 4.204 1 lines 2 -3 Existing Section IV Notice
Week 25/04 For BS1 -IN2 Light -buoy (N cardinal) Read
BS1 -IN2 Light -buoy (E cardinal).
Netherlands Hydrographic Service Notice 47/548/04;
Dutch Pilots North
(HH. 340/660/07) [01/05]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Smøla - Dyrnesvågen — Light
169
R34-43Replace by:
12.13 Dyrnesvågen is a cove on the NW side of Smøla.
Berths. Dyrnesvågen is protected from NW by a
breakwater which extends 160 m SW from Kvaløya
and has the following alongside berths on its NE side,
from NW to SE:
Norwegian Notice 22/1047/04
(HH. 310/500/06) [01/05]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (1984
Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Ambrym — Submarine volcano
161
R41Insert:
6.265a
Caution. A submarine volcano is reported (1999) to
exist about 1 mile W of Ranwakon Point (6.267);
depths may be less than charted.
French Sailing Directions K10
(HH. 061/200/01) [01/05]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Delaware Bay — Anchorage; depths; wrecks;
buoys
73
Paragraph 3.102 6 line 2 For tanker Read general
Paragraph 3.105 2 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...2004 there was a least depth of 6⋅4 m (21 ft) in the
fairway, which has a least width of 1 cable. The channel is
seldom used, and...
Paragraph 3.111 1 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
...the piles. The SE entrance is deep and clear of dangers,
and...

1
76
Paragraph 3.131 3 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
...extends NNW/SSE. The red sector (137½°–333°) of
Miah Maull Light...
Paragraph 3.131 4 line 3 For 4⋅6 m (15ft) Read 4⋅3 m
(14 ft)
Paragraph 3.133 1 Replace by:
Anchorage
3.133
A designated general anchorage (38°57′N, 75°11′W)
lies 10 miles NNW of Cape Henlopen, the extremities
of the anchorage are marked by light-buoys and buoys
(special). It is bounded on its NE side by The Lower
Middle, a shoal extending in a NW/SE direction. A
wreck with a depth of 0⋅9 m (3 ft) over it lies near the
middle of The Lower Middle marked by LMW Buoy
(starboard hand). A dangerous wreck (position
approximate) lies 5 cables SW of B Light-buoy
(special) which marks the W extremity of the
anchorage. Tankers up to 16⋅8 m (55 ft) draught can be
accepted for lightening.
78
Paragraph 3.144 3-6 Replace by:
3 NE of No 29 Light-buoy (port hand) (3 cables
WSW), which marks the E extremity of Joe
Flogger Shoal, 14 miles long. The S end is
marked by J Buoy (preferred channel to
starboard). Thence:
4 SW of WR Light-buoy (preferred channel to
starboard) (1¾ miles NE), which marks two
wrecks, thence:
NE of No 31 Light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles NW);
an obstruction with a depth of 8⋅2 m(27ft)overit
lies 5 cables SSE of the buoy, thence:
5 SW of No 32 Light-beacon (starboard hand)
(3½ miles NNW), thence:
SW of No 34 Buoy (starboard hand) (4½ miles
NW), which is moored on the W extremity of Ben
Davis Point Shoal, thence:
6 SW of Ben Davis Point (6½ miles NNW), from
which a light (green and white chequered
diamond, on framework tower, on piles) is
exhibited, thence:
SW of Ship John Shoal Light (3.142) (13¼ miles
NW) standing 5 cables W of Ship John Shoal.
81 -82
Paragraph 3.172 3-7 Replace by:
3 SW of Cohansey River Light (black and white
chequered diamond, on black framework
tower) (2 miles SE), thence:
NE of Bombay Hook Point (3½ miles SW), on
which stands a tower. Bombay Hook Point Shoal
(3.187) extends 9 cables from the point. Thence:
4 SW of Dunks Point, on which stands a tower,
thence:
SW of No 42 Light-beacon (starboard hand)
(2 miles WSW), thence:
5 SW of Arnold Point Shoal. The shoal is marked
at its SE and NW extremities by Nos 2 and 4
Buoys (starboard hand) moored 1½ miles SW
and 3 miles WNW respectively of Dunks
Point. Thence:
SW of Arnold Point (2¼ miles NW), thence:
IV
4.5
6 The track continues, passing (with positions relative
to Delaware Point (39°22′⋅6N, 75°31′⋅0W)):
NE of Delaware Point on which stands a tower,
thence:
NE of Liston Point (2¾ miles NW), on which stands
a monument (reported destroyed 1967); remains
of the structure may exist up to 30 m offshore, and
may be covered during high tide. Thence:
7 SW of Hope Creek Jetty from which a light
(green square over white diamond, orange
border, marked DANGER SUBMERGED
JETTY, on red conical structure on tripod) is
exhibited (4 miles N). Hope Creek Monument
(reported destroyed 1983) stands 1 mile NE.
And:
8 SW of the SW end of Artificial Island (5 miles
NNW), an area of reclaimed land fronted on
its W side by Baker Shoal. Several wrecks
are grounded close off the S end of Artificial
Island and numerous research light-buoys are
moored off its SW side.
US Charts 12304; 12311
(HH. 614/535/03) [01/05]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 4 South -East Alaska Pilot (1993 Edition) —
Supplement 3 -2003
Resurrection Bay - Blying Sound — Depths;
directions
344
After R46Insert:
12.40a
A submerged buoy, with 25 m (14 fm) over it, lies
E of Chiswell Island (12.27) in position 59°36′⋅4N,
149°32′⋅3W. A second submerged buoy, with
18⋅3 m (10 fm) over it, lies W of Rugged Island
(12.23) in position 59°51′⋅0N, 149°30′⋅0W.
345
L1-2Replace by:
Clear of a submerged buoy (8¼ miles SSW)
(12.40a); thence:
W of the N extremity of Rugged Island (6¾ miles S);
thence:
US Notice 47/16682/04
(HH. 611/425/04) [50/04]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2003 Edition)
Peru - Paracas National Reserve —
Area to be avoided
300
After Paragraph 9.183 Insert:
Area to be avoided
9.183a
1 Paracas National Reserve
To avoid risk of pollution and damage to the
environment in the Paracas National Reserve, all
vessels greater than 200 gt carrying hydrocarbons or
hazardous liquids in bulk should avoid the area
bounded by the coast and the following positions as
shown on the chart:
13°47′⋅3S, 76°17′⋅7W
13°46′⋅9S, 76°17′⋅7W
13°46′⋅9S, 76°30′⋅0W
13°26′⋅7S, 76°30′⋅0W
13°26′⋅7S, 76°00′⋅0W.
301
Paragraph 9.188 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons or hazardous liquids
in bulk should keep to seaward of the area to be
avoided in Paracas National Reserve. See 9.183a.
From a position SW of Islotes Infiernillos (14°39′S,
75°55′W), the track continues NW passing (with
position relative to Islotes Infiernillos):
4.1
[50/04]
303
Paragraph 9.225 1 line 6 Replace by:
...pillar or nine-pin, and:
NNW of the area to be avoided in Paracas National
Reserve (9.183a), thence:
304
Paragraph 9.229 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 El Boquerón, a passage about 2½ miles wide, lies
between Isla San Gallán (13°50′S, 76°27′W) and the
mainland E. The passage is within the area to be
avoided in Paracas National Reserve (9.183a) and
should not be used by vessels carrying hydrocarbons
or hazardous liquids in bulk.
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 643/440/03) [50/04]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Finland - Approaches to Oulu —
Authorised draughts
318
Paragraph 8.122 3 line 2 For 6⋅3 m Read 5⋅0 m
Paragraph 8.122 4 line 2 For 6⋅1 m Read 5⋅8 m
Paragraph 8.134 1 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
...(65°00′⋅7N, 25°20′⋅5E) a branch channel leads NNE and
then N to the anchorage...
319
Paragraph 8.135 1 lines 4 -5 Replace by:
...through a buoyed channel into Toppilansalmi, the narrow
passage between...
Finnish Chart 57
(HH. 321/450/03) [50/04]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2002 Edition)
Jersey - Approaches to Saint Helier -
Western Passage — Dangerous wreck
373
After Paragraph 11.252 2 Insert:
3 Caution. A dangerous wreck lies ¾ cable S of the
alignment in position 49°09′⋅3N, 2°13⋅3W.
BA Chart 1137
(HH. 027/200/02) [50/04]

NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2002 Edition)
Bristol Channel - Nash Point To Barry —
Anchorages
114
Paragraph 4.32 1-2 Delete
Paragraph 4.32 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 Barry Roads. An anchorage can be found in the N
part of Barry...
Paragraph 4.32 4 Delete
BA Chart 1182
(HH. 037/200/01) [50/04]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Malacca Strait - Permatang Sedepa
(One Fathom Bank) — Wreck
60
After Paragraph 2.65 2 line 3 Insert:
Clear of wreck (2°56′⋅5N, 100°50′⋅5E) with 16 m
over it, thence:
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore Notice 11/90/04
(HH. 520/500/04) [50/04]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Glitne Oil Field — Well; wreck
66
After R 14 Existing Supplement amendment Add:
A second well lies in position 58°41′⋅6N, 1°40′⋅4E
1¼ miles SSE of Petrojarl 1 and is connected to it by
a submarine pipeline. A wreck lies close SSW of the
well in position 58°41′⋅2N, 01°40′⋅1E.
BA Chart 274; Norwegian Notice 21/1024/04
(HH. 310/590/03) [50/04]
Hardangerfjorden - Bondesund —
Overhead cable
131
R 16 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of
50 m, crosses Bondesund 2¼ miles NE of Bondesund
Light (7.135).
Norwegian Chart 22
(HH. 310/435/03) [50/04]
IV
4.2
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Tromsø - Tromsøysundet — Anchorage
142
L 59 -60 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Anchorage (220°, 1 mile) depth 14 m, coral.
Two recommended anchorage areas (014°,
1½ miles and 012°, 1¼ miles) are situated ESE
and SE of Breidvika as shown on the chart.
Attention is drawn to the submarine cable and
pipelines (025°, 2⋅3 miles) which cross
Tromsøysundet between Nygård and Kroken.
Norwegian Notice 20/958/04; BA Chart 3751
(HH. 309/430/04) [50/04]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II
(1984 Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Santa Cruz Islands - Duff Islands; Mitre Island
—Depths
199
L 66 -R 27 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Hawkins Shoal (10°18′⋅1S, 167°22′⋅0E), was
reported (1882) by the vessel Lord of the Isles when
the bottom was seen. A depth of 18⋅3 m was obtained
(1883) by the same vessel about 10 miles E of
Taumoko Island.
A bank, with a least charted depth of 15 m, extends
38 miles SE from Loveta Islands (7.64). Shoaler
depths may exist.
A 17⋅3mshoal (9°37′⋅9S, 167°31′⋅6E).
A 9 m shoal (9°43′⋅5S, 167°36′⋅0E), reported
(1943), the existence of which is doubtful.
Charts 4624, 4633
A 10⋅8mshoal (9°54′⋅8S, 168°09′⋅9E).
200
R43For 2901 Read 4633
201
L 1 -3 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
A 9 m shoal (11°00′⋅6S, 169°54′⋅4E), reported
(1935).
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 061/200/01) [50/04]

NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (2004 Edition)
IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
South Shetland Islands - Deception Island - Port
Foster — Directions
154
Paragraph 4.104 6 line 5 Replace by:
...Neptunes Bellows. This track leads close S of a 7⋅0 m
(23 ft) patch lying ¾ cable SSW of Petes Pillar. From a
position about 1 cable S of...
Navarea VI Warning 0306/04
(HH. 694/400/06) [49/04]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Sarawak - Sungai Sarawak - Tanjung Boya —
Wreck
94
After Paragraph 4.82 1 line 3 Insert:
Caution. A lighted, stranded wreck lies in the SW
corner of the anchorage, as shown on the chart.
Sarawak Marine Department Notices 91, 93/04
(HH. 519/450/04) [49/04]
NP 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
(2003 Edition)
Newfoundland - Trepassey Bay — Dangerous
wreck
88
After Paragraph 2.97 1 line 9 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 4 cables S of
Powles Head.
Canadian Notice 10/4844/04
(HH. 603/415/03) [49/04]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Ytterholmen to Indreleia - Dønnessundet —
Submarine cables
60
After R 27 Existing Supplement amendment Insert:
Submarine cables are laid across Dønnessundet
close E of the pipeline.
Norwegian Notice 20/953/04; BA Chart 3529
(HH. 310/530/06) [49/04]
4.1
[49/04]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (1984
Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Reef Islands — Forrest Reef; Nalongo; shoals
197
R 65 -70 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
7.47
Forrest Reef (10°15′⋅0S, 165°47′⋅3E) reported
(1899). In 1900, HMS Ringdove examined the reported
position and found a bank about 2 cables long in an
E/W direction, with depths from 82 to 88 m over it.
As the bottom was reported to be clearly seen in
1899, it is probable that there are shallower depths in
the vicinity.
198
L 4 -5 Including existing Supplement amendment Replace
by:
7.48
Caution. A reef was reported (1899) to lie about
10 miles SSW of Nalongo Islet (10°04′⋅8S,
165°44′⋅6E); being an area of volcanic...
L 46 -57 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
A shoal, charted as a dangerous rock (9°53′⋅2S,
165°32′⋅7E), reported (1943) whose existence is
doubtful.
Brougham Shoal (9°38′⋅1S, 165°27′⋅4E), comprises
of two areas, charted as dangerous rocks, 4 miles
apart, over which the sea breaks heavily.
A shoal, charted as a dangerous rock (9°42′⋅9S,
165°15′⋅8E), reported (1943) whose existence is
doubtful.
Chart 4624
Discoloured water (8°39′S, 165°01′E), 5 cables in...
199
L43For Nalogo Read Nalongo
L45For Nalogo Read Nalongo
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 061/200/01) [49/04]

NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot (2002
Edition)
Port Sudan — Development
167
After Paragraph 6.63 5 Insert:
Development
6.63a
1 The Green Port Development is a group of new
berths being constructed (2004) E of East Town. There
will be five berths handling bulk cargo.
Mariners are warned that there are also changes to
the position of the coastline, new port developments,
jetties, wrecks, coral patches, rocks and obstructions.
The port authorities should be contacted for the latest
information.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 473/400/04) [49/04]
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2004 Edition)
Maine - Petit Manan Island to Isle au Haut —
Directions
42
Paragraph 2.34 3 lines 1 -3 Delete
Paragraph 2.34 4 lines 4 -6 Delete
US Notice 34/13312/04
(HH. 614/405/03) [49/04]
Maine - Frenchman Bay and adjacent waters —
Directions
45
Paragraph 2.63 1 Replace by:
1 South -east approach. From position 44°12′⋅6N,
67°50′⋅4W the recommended track leads NW to FB
Light-buoy (44°19′N, 68°07′W), passing (with
positions relative to Egg Rock Light (2.64)):
Paragraph 2.63 3 Replace by:
3 South approach. From position 44°02′⋅6N,
68°09′⋅7W the recommended track leads N to FB
Light -buoy (preferred channel to port) (44°19′N,
68°07′W), passing (with positions relative to Egg Rock
Light):
US Notice 34/13312/04
(HH. 614/405/03) [49/04]
Massachusetts - New Inlet — Approaches
129
Paragraph 4.151 2 lines 2 -3 Replace by:
Approaches. An obstruction marked by USGS
Buoy (special) lies 3 miles E of the...
US Notice 35/13246/04
(HH. 614/440/06) [49/04]
IV
4.2
Massachusetts - Muskeget Channel — Directions
142
After Paragraph 5.57 1 line 3 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (4¾ miles S), thence:
E of No 1 Buoy (port hand) (3½ miles S), thence:
US Notice 43/13233/04; BA Chart 2456
(HH. 614/445/04) [49/04]
Massachusetts - Buzzards Bay — Directions
154
Paragraph 5.169 2 line 4 For Buoy Read Light -buoy
Paragraph 5.169 3 lines 4 -8 Replace by:
SE of a shoal with a depth of 9⋅1 m (30 ft) (7 miles
E), marked on its SE side by No 9 Light -buoy
(port hand), thence:
NW of a shoal with a depth of 7⋅0 m (23ft)
(9½ miles ENE) marked by No 10 Light -buoy
(port hand). A dangerous wreck lies a farther
1 mile ENE. Thence:
NW of No 2 Light -buoy (11 miles ENE).
Thence to the W entrance to Cape Cod Canal
(5.188) (11½ miles ENE).
BA 2456
(HH. 614/450/05) [49/04]
Rhode Island - Providence River — Bridges
171
Paragraph 5.327 1 Replace by:
1 There are no bridges over the Providence River
between the mouth of the river and the principal
wharfs. In 2004 a bridge, with a design vertical
clearance of 10⋅7 m, was under construction close S of
the hurricane barrier (5.326). Point Street Bridge, with
a vertical clearance of 2⋅1 m, crosses the river about
3 cables above Fox Point.
US Notice 15/13225/04
(HH. 614/455/04) [49/04]
New York - Long Island, South Coast —
Directions
215
After Paragraph 7.24 2 line 6 Insert:
SSE of a beacon (7 miles WSW), thence:
US Chart 12353
(HH. 614/490/03) [49/04]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India - Coromandel Coast - Kºverippattinam —
Dangerous wreck
53
R30Add:
A dangerous wreck lies in position 11°07′⋅1N,
79°54′⋅1E, 2¾ miles ESE of Kºverippattinam.
Indian Notice 19/377/04
(HH. 503/420/03) [45/04]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2001 Edition)
China, South Coast - Zhuhai approaches —
Dangerous wreck
258
Paragraph 8.47 3 Replace by:
3 To the S entrance of a buoyed channel. The
channel has a width of 100 m and is dredged
to 8 m. The alignment (329°) of a pair of
light -beacons leads through the centre.
One-way traffic is in operation for large
vessels. A dangerous wreck, position
approximate, lies close to the leading line
about 2 miles NNW from No 1 Light -buoy
(port hand) (22°09′⋅4N, 113°38′⋅2E).
BA Chart 341 Chinese Notice 36/735/04
(HH. 551/400/03) [45/04]
NP 38 West Coast of India Pilot (2001 Edition)
India, West Coast - Mormugao — Depths; Vessel
Traffic Service; anchorage; pilotage; hazard
1
214
Paragraph 6.183 1 Replace by:
Controlling depths
6.183
The buoyed approach channel, which leads to the
berthing areas and the inner anchorage, has a
maintained depth of 14⋅4 m, but less water was
reported in 2002. The maintained depth in the turning
circles off the berths is 13⋅1 m. The port authority
applies an under-keel clearance of 1⋅2 m and a swell
allowance of 0⋅5 m.
Before Paragraph 6.189 Port radio Insert:
Vessel Traffic Service
6.188a
1 A Vessel Traffic Management System controls
traffic in the approaches to Mormugao, see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4) for details.
4.1
[45/04]
Paragraph 6.192 2 Delete
Paragraph 6.193 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory. The charted boarding
position is 3¼ miles W of the breakwater, off the
entrance to the buoyed channel to the port (6.203). In
adverse weather conditions, when the pilot cannot
embark, a launch will guide vessels until boarding
becomes possible.
215
Paragraph 6.196 1 Replace by:
1 Approaches. See 6.183.
Paragraph 6.198 Including heading Replace by:
Spare
6.198
1
216
Paragraph 6.203 1 Replace by:
The port is approached through a buoyed channel
about 3 miles long and 1¼ cables wide marked by
light-buoys (lateral); the port hand buoys are
3
positioned N of the charted channel limit. For depths
see 6.183.
Paragraph 6.203 3 line 1 Replace by:
N of ODAS SW3 Light -buoy (2 miles WSW).
Vessels should not anchor or trawl within
500 m of the buoy. Thence:
Indian Notice 16/330/04; BA Chart 492; Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (4); Navarea VII Warning 617/04
(HH. 502/480/05) [45/04]
NP 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2003 Edition)
Malacca Strait — Lumut Maritime Terminal;
Lekir Bulk Terminal
4
171
After Paragraph 6.57 3 Insert:
Lekir Bulk Terminal (6.104a) is approached direct
from sea passing S of Pulau Pangkor.
After Paragraph 6.59 2 line 4 Insert:
3 There is a reported (2004) minimum depth of 20 m
in the approach to Lekir Bulk Terminal.
Paragraph 6.60 1 Replace by:
Pilotage
6.60
1 Pilotage is compulsory for the passages to Lumut
Maritime Terminal and Lekir Bulk Terminal. The
boarding position for Selat Dinding is at 4°10′⋅5N,
100°35′⋅0E, as shown on the chart, and for Lekir Bulk
Terminal at 4°09′⋅0N, 100°37′⋅3E.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4).

172
After Paragraph 6.74 1 Insert:
Directions for Lekir Bulk Terminal
6.74a
1 From the pilot boarding position (4°09′⋅0N,
100°37′⋅3E) 4 cables S of Pulau Katak Light (6.74),
the berth (6.104a) is approached directly.
175
Paragraph 6.104 2 lines 3 -8 Replace by:
Lumut Maritime Terminal (4°15′·3N, 100°39′·6E)
has a maintained depth alongside of 10 m, although
less water may be found at times; however it is
reported (2004) that the N of the two berths handles
vessels up to 280 m LOA and 12 m draught. They are
multi-purpose berths designed to handle dry bulk,
1
break bulk, heavy lift and container cargoes.
After Paragraph 6.104 3 Insert:
6.104a
Lekir Bulk Terminal (4°09′N, 100°38′E), is an
L-shaped jetty (not charted) extending SW from an
artificial island close off the mainland, and is for the
import of coal for the power station on the island; it
also handles bulk dry and liquid cargoes. The reported
(2004) minimum depth in the approaches to the berth
is 20 m. The S side of the jetty is 530 m in length and
can handle vessels up to 180 000 dwt and 20 m
draught; the N side is 250 m in length and can handle
vessels of 180 000 dwt and 18 m draught.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 517/831/02) [45/04]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2002 Edition)
Tunisia - Port de Ghannouch — Dangerous
wreck
334
Paragraph 7.271 1 line 5 For W Read E
After Paragraph 7.271 1 line 9 Insert:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies in approximate
position 33°56′N, 10°10′E, about 1½ miles SSE of
No 0 Light-buoy.
French Notice 38/54/04
(HH. 407/540/03) [45/04]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II (2004
Edition)
Italy - Vado Ligure — Wreck
150
After paragraph 4.75 1 line 3 Insert:
Caution. A wreck with 12⋅6 m over it lies close W
of Molo di Sopraflutto, 1½ cables S of Molo di
Sopraflutto Head Light.
Italian Notice 18.4/04
(HH. 369/430/03) [45/04]
IV
4.2
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
Scotland, East Coast - River Tay — Buoyage
1
72
Paragraph 3.173 1 lines 1 -7 Replace by:
From the vicinity of the Fairway Light -buoy (safe
water) (56°28′⋅3N, 2°36′⋅6W), the route leads WSW
thence W to a position in the channel S of Buddon
Ness, passing (with positions from Buddon Ness):
Over the Bar (3 miles E) between Middle
Light -buoys (lateral) which are 13 cables apart,
thence:
Paragraph 3.173 3 After line 3 Insert:
Between Inner Light -buoys (lateral) (1 mile SE),
thence:
Paragraph 3.174 2 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...S of the channel for a distance of 2 miles, thence:
Port of Dundee Notice 15/04
(HH. 262/400/13) [45/04]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Karlsøyfjorden - Kjerringøy — Anchorage
188
R60-63Delete
R 70 Existing Supplement amendment For Another... Read
An...
Norwegian Notice 19/905/04
(HH. 310/550/03) [45/04]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2001 Edition)
Denmark - Storebælt - Østerrenden — Traffic
Separation Scheme
278
After Paragraph 8.15 1 Insert:
Vessels must reduce speed to a maximum of
20 knots before entering the appropriate lane of the
scheme.
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 333/540/08) [44/04]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Sweden - Skutskär -Harnäs — Depths
357
Paragraph 9.193 4 line 2 For 7⋅1 m Read 6⋅5 m.
Paragraph 9.194 2 line 4 For 6⋅8 to6⋅2 m Read 6⋅5 m.
Swedish Notice 34/2089/04
(HH. 318/550/04) [44/04]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Pescara — Limiting
conditions
521
Paragraph 11.334 2 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
2 Maximum permissible size of vessel:
Passenger and cargo vessels, draught less than
3⋅8 m.
Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes,
draught less than 3⋅2 m.
Italian Notice 17.28/04
(HH. 370/520/06) [44/04]
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Porto Potenza Picena —
Marine farm
529
After Paragraph 12.41 2 Insert:
Marine farm
12.41a
1 A marine farm, marked by buoys, is situated about
2½ miles NE of Porto Potenza Picena (12.43).
Navigation, anchoring and fishing are prohibited in
this area.
Italian Notice 17.30/04
(HH. 370/520/06) [44/04]
4.1
NP 54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2003 Edition)
[44/04]
River Humber - Humber International Terminal
— Works in progress; buoyage
178
After Paragraph 7.90 1 Insert:
2 In 2004 work was in progress to construct Terminal
2 between the existing terminal and Immingham Gas
Terminal, 2 cables upstream.
Paragraph 7.98 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 See 7.5.
In 2004 work was in progress to extend Humber
International Terminal (7.90). A prohibited area, as
shown on the chart, has been established around the
site. Vessels are required to pass it with caution and at
the slowest possible speed. Vessels proceeding in the
river should keep within the buoyed channel. See
7.101.
179
After Paragraph 7.101 1 line 8 Add:
ENE of HIT1 and HIT2 Light -buoys (port hand) (1
and 1¼ miles NNW respectively), and:
Associated British Ports Humber Notice H.73/04
(HH. 252/410/14) [44/04]
Approaches to Great Yarmouth - Scroby Sands
— Wind farm
213
After Paragraph 9.41 1 Insert:
Wind farm
9.41a
1 Scroby Sands Wind Farm is located on Middle
Scroby Shoal within a rectangular area about 2 miles
long and 8 cables wide centred on 52°38′⋅6N,
1°47′⋅3E. It comprises 30 windmotors; those at the
four corners and additionally two at the middle of the
rectangle exhibit lights (special) and are equipped with
red obstruction lights and radar reflectors. All the
windmotors are interconnected by submarine cables.
2 The wind farm is located in shoal water where the
depths are liable to frequent change. Mariners in small
craft are advised not to pass through the wind farm
area.
Submarine cables
9.41b
1 Submarine cables are laid across Yarmouth Road
from the SW corner of Scroby Sands Wind Farm
(9.41a) to the mainland as shown on the chart.
Mariners are advised not to anchor or fish in the
vicinity of these cables. See 1.36.

214
Paragraph 9.47 3 line 11 Replace by:
...light-buoys to their N and W and a conspicuous
mast (9.44) stands between North and Middle
Scroby. Scroby Sands Wind Farm (9.41a) stands
on Middle Scroby. Scroby shoals are...
Vestas -Celtic Wind Technology Ltd.
(HH. 242/067/01) [44/04]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Charts
5
After Paragraph 1.34 3 Insert:
1 A detailed review of the charting of Norwegian
waters has been conducted between the Norwegian
Hydrographic Service and the United Kingdom
Hydrographic Office (UKHO). This notification, which
describes the changes resulting from the review, is to
provide mariners with advanced notice ahead of the
formal announcement of changes by Notices to
Mariners as they are implemented.
2 In broad summary the changes are as follows:
South of Mongstad (60°48′⋅5N, 5°01′⋅6E). The
UKHO will, over a 12 -18 month period,
progressively enhance its existing chart coverage
of southern Norway through the adoption of
additional Norwegian 1:50 000 and larger scale
charts and will also update the existing 1:200 000
series of charts.
3 North of Mongstad. The UKHO will restrict its
chart coverage to a scale of 1:200 000 to
enable coastal navigation and allow passage
planning. These charts will be updated and
amended to include reference to all relevant
larger scale Norwegian charts. A programme
of consequential withdrawal of existing larger
scale Admiralty charts (without replacement)
will coincide with the scheduled publication
of the updated 1:200 000 series charts.
4 For further information see Admiralty Notices to
Mariners Weekly Edition 32/04.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 310/970/02) [44/04]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Charts
6
After R3Insert:
A detailed review of the charting of Norwegian
waters has been conducted between the Norwegian
Hydrographic Service and the United Kingdom
Hydrographic Office (UKHO). This notification, which
describes the changes resulting from the review, is to
provide mariners with advanced notice ahead of the
formal announcement of changes by Notices to
Mariners as they are implemented.
In broad summary the changes are as follows:
IV
4.2
South of Mongstad (60°48′⋅5N, 5°01′⋅6E). The
UKHO will, over a 12 -18 month period,
progressively enhance its existing chart coverage
of southern Norway through the adoption of
additional Norwegian 1:50 000 and larger scale
charts and will also update the existing 1:200 000
series of charts.
North of Mongstad. The UKHO will restrict its chart
coverage to a scale of 1:200 000 to enable coastal
navigation and allow passage planning. These
charts will be updated and amended to include
reference to all relevant larger scale Norwegian
charts. A programme of consequential
withdrawal of existing larger scale Admiralty
charts (without replacement) will coincide with
the scheduled publication of the updated
1:200 000 series charts.
For further information see Admiralty Notices to
Mariners Weekly Edition 32/04.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 310/970/02) [44/04]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Charts
2
R64Insert:
A detailed review of the charting of Norwegian
waters has been conducted between the Norwegian
Hydrographic Service and the United Kingdom
Hydrographic Office (UKHO). This notification, which
describes the changes resulting from the review, is to
provide mariners with advanced notice ahead of the
formal announcement of changes by Notices to
Mariners as they are implemented.
In broad summary the changes are as follows:
South of Mongstad (60°48′⋅5N, 5°01′⋅6E). The
UKHO will, over a 12 -18 month period,
progressively enhance its existing chart coverage
of southern Norway through the adoption of
additional Norwegian 1:50 000 and larger scale
charts and will also update the existing 1:200 000
series of charts.
North of Mongstad. The UKHO will restrict its chart
coverage to a scale of 1:200 000 to enable coastal
navigation and allow passage planning. These
charts will be updated and amended to include
reference to all relevant larger scale Norwegian
charts. A programme of consequential
withdrawal of existing larger scale Admiralty
charts (without replacement) will coincide with
the scheduled publication of the updated
1:200 000 series charts.
For further information see Admiralty Notices to
Mariners Weekly Edition 32/04.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 310/970/02) [44/04]

Trondheimsleia - Ramsøygalten — Light
134
R52Replace by:
10.27 A light (lantern on cairn) stands on Ramsøygalten,
on...
Norwegian Notice 18/851/04
(HH. 310/505/05) [44/04]
Ramsøyfjorden - Breiflua — Light
172
L 43 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Breiflua, a3⋅5 m patch marked by a light (lantern on
tripod), lies 8 cables E.
Norwegian Notice 18/852/04; BA Chart 3395
(HH. 310/505/05) [44/04]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Charts
3
After R48Insert:
A detailed review of the charting of Norwegian
waters has been conducted between the Norwegian
Hydrographic Service and the United Kingdom
Hydrographic Office (UKHO). This notification, which
describes the changes resulting from the review, is to
provide mariners with advanced notice ahead of the
formal announcement of changes by Notices to
Mariners as they are implemented.
In broad summary the changes are as follows:
South of Mongstad (60°48′⋅5N, 5°01′⋅6E). The
UKHO will, over a 12 -18 month period,
progressively enhance its existing chart coverage
of southern Norway through the adoption of
additional Norwegian 1:50 000 and larger scale
charts and will also update the existing 1:200 000
series of charts.
North of Mongstad. The UKHO will restrict its chart
coverage to a scale of 1:200 000 to enable coastal
navigation and allow passage planning. These
charts will be updated and amended to include
reference to all relevant larger scale Norwegian
charts. A programme of consequential
withdrawal of existing larger scale Admiralty
charts (without replacement) will coincide with
the scheduled publication of the updated
1:200 000 series charts.
For further information see Admiralty Notices to
Mariners Weekly Edition 32/04.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 310/970/02) [44/04]
IV
4.3
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 8 -2002
Charts
3
After R27Insert:
A detailed review of the charting of Norwegian
waters has been conducted between the Norwegian
Hydrographic Service and the United Kingdom
Hydrographic Office (UKHO). This notification, which
describes the changes resulting from the review, is to
provide mariners with advanced notice ahead of the
formal announcement of changes by Notices to
Mariners as they are implemented.
In broad summary the changes are as follows:
South of Mongstad (60°48′⋅5N, 5°01′⋅6E). The
UKHO will, over a 12 -18 month period,
progressively enhance its existing chart coverage
of southern Norway through the adoption of
additional Norwegian 1:50 000 and larger scale
charts and will also update the existing 1:200 000
series of charts.
North of Mongstad. The UKHO will restrict its chart
coverage to a scale of 1:200 000 to enable coastal
navigation and allow passage planning. These
charts will be updated and amended to include
reference to all relevant larger scale Norwegian
charts. A programme of consequential
withdrawal of existing larger scale Admiralty
charts (without replacement) will coincide with
the scheduled publication of the updated
1:200 000 series charts.
For further information see Admiralty Notices to
Mariners Weekly Edition 32/04.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 310/970/02) [44/04]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2001 Edition)
Greenland, West Coast – Frederikshåb —
Submarine outfall
126
After Paragraph 2.252 6 Insert:
7 Caution. A submarine outfall extends about
5 cables SW from the quay S of Pakhus (61°59′⋅8N,
49°40′⋅8W).
Danish Notice 876(P)04
(HH. 337/420/05) [41/04]
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2002 Edition)
Thames Estuary, Northern part - Foulger’s Gat
— Buoyage
239
Paragraph 11.83 lines 3 -6 Replace by:
...connecting Knock Deep to Black Deep. The channel is
marked by Long Sand Outer Light -buoy (safe water)
(51°36′⋅0N, 1°26′⋅3E) at its S end and Long Sand Inner
Light -buoy (safe water) (51°38′⋅8N, 1°25′⋅6E) at its N end.
Trinity House
(HH. 244/430/09) [41/04]
NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2001 Edition)
China - Daxingshan Jiao — Dangerous wreck
323
Paragraph 10.72 4 line 11 Replace by:
...N of Jingyu Yan. Another dangerous wreck,
position approximate, lies 2 miles E of
Daxingshan Jiao. Thence:
Chinese Notice 29/589/04
(HH. 548/448/07) [41/04]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2004 Edition)
Île de La Réunion - Port Réunion —
Anchorages; regulations
252
Paragraph 11.14 2 Replace by:
2 Anchorage. Vessel of 25 m LOA or longer are only
permitted to anchor in authorised anchorage areas or
regulated anchorage areas (11.49). Authorisation to
anchor must be obtained from COSRU (MRCC
Réunion), see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 5, in the following circumstances:
4.1
[41/04]
Prior to anchoring in a regulated area.
By any foreign vessel which does not intend to enter
port or use port services.
3 Vessels of less than 25 m in length are authorised to
anchor anywhere except in the prohibited anchorages,
see 11.49a. Further details may be obtain from
COSRU.
1
254
Paragraph 11.29 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
General information. Baie de Saint-Paul (20°59′S,
55°16′E) provides anchorage for vessels waiting to
enter Port Ouest of Port Réunion (11.39); see also
11.47.
Paragraph 11.30 1-3 Replace by:
1 Mooring buoy. Vessels using Port Réunion may
secure to the mooring buoy 8 cables W of Saint-Paul
Light.
Landing in Baie de Saint-Paul, on a pebble beach
around the bay, is always difficult.
2 Communication. A tug is available from Port
Ouest for communication with shore.
255
Paragraph 11.47 1-4 Replace by:
Outer anchorages
11.47
1 Port Ouest. The usual anchorage for vessels
awaiting entry to Port Ouest is in Baie de Saint-Paul,
5 miles SW of the port entrance or 2 miles farther SW
off Cap la Houssaye, both in depths over 20 m, see
11.47.
2 Temporary anchorage may be found, with prior
authorisation from the Harbour Master, in a depth of
40 m, black sand, in the restricted anchorage, 3 cables
SW of the port entrance with the light on the head of
the N breakwater (20°56′⋅1S, 55°16′⋅9E) (11.60)
1
bearing 045° and a mark (23 m in height) 5 cables
SSE of the head of the N breakwater, bearing 116°, as
shown on the plan.
Paragraph 11.48 1-2 Replace by:
11.48
Port Est. Vessels awaiting entry to Port Est should
anchor NE of the port, in Baie de la Possession
(11.49) in depths of over 20 m.
Paragraph 11.49 1 Replace by:
11.49
1 Authorised and regulated anchorages, see 11.14,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, are as
follows (with positions from Pointe des Galets
(20°55′⋅4S, 55°17′⋅3E)):
La Possession authorised anchorage area, 5 miles
ENE.
Baie de Saint -Paul authorised anchorage area,
6 miles SW.
Baie de Saint -Paul regulated anchorage area,
5 miles SSW.
Cap la Houssaye regulated anchorage area, 8 miles
SW.

After Paragraph 11.49 1 Insert:
11.49a
1 Prohibited anchorages extend 1½ miles NNE of
the Baie de Saint -Paul regulated anchorage area
(11.49), and between the coast and the 50 m depth
contour from Cap la Houssaye (21°01′S, 55°14′E) to a
point 7 miles SSE as shown on the chart. For
regulations see 11.14.
French Notice 49/02; French Chart 7736
(HH. 078/195/02) [41/04]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II (2004
Edition)
Sardegna, East Coast - Approaches to Arbatax
— Seaplane operating area
312
After Paragraph 10.144 5 line 6 Insert:
Seaplane operating area. Seaplanes, collecting
water to fight forest fires, operate in an area 2 miles
long and ¼ cable wide between the following
positions:
39°57′⋅0N, 9°41′⋅4E
39°56′⋅5N, 9°44′⋅2E.
Navigation, stopping, anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in this area.
Italian Notice 17.40/04
(HH. 078/292/01) [41/04]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Croatia - DrevniÅki Kanal and approaches - Rt
PloÅa andOtoÅiÆ Malta — Lights
272
Paragraph 7.657 1 line 10 Replace by:
...heavy seas, lies 5 cables ESE. A light (green tower,
gallery on pedestal, 8 m in height) is exhibited from Rt
PloÅa. Thence:
Croatian Notice 8/3/04
(HH. 377/470/05) [41/04]
273
Paragraph 7.658 1 line 10 Replace by:
...1 mile WSW of OtoÅiÆ Malta. A light (white tower and
gallery, 7 m in height) is exhibited from the island. Thence:
Croatian Notice 8/4/04
(HH. 377/470/05) [41/04]
IV
4.2
Croatia - Uvala Englez — Recommended
anchorage
368
Paragraph 9.68 4 lines 9 -10 Delete
Croatian Chart 22
(HH. 377/630/04) [41/04]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Mexico - Yucatan - Progreso — Wreck
120
Paragraph 6.48 1 line 2 Add:
A stranded wreck, marked close N by a light -buoy
(isolated danger), lies 13½ miles NW of Progreso Light
(6.29).
123
Paragraph 6.72 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 S of a stranded wreck (21 miles NE), marked
close N by a light -buoy (isolated danger),
thence:
NNW of Sisal Light, thence:
Mexican Notice 8/99/04
(HH. 622/405/05) [41/04]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Cuba, North Coast - Bahía Naranjo —
Restricted area
176
Paragraph 7.77 including heading Replace by:
Traffic regulations
7.77
1 Traffic separation schemes. See 7.10.
Restricted area. A marine park, in which there are
numerous obstructions and mooring buoys, has been
established 1¾ miles ENE of Punta Barlovento (7.79)
for recreational purposes.
2 The area is defined by the following positions:
21°07′⋅9N, 75°51′⋅2W
21°07′⋅9N, 75°50′⋅6W
21°07′⋅3N, 75°50′⋅7W
21°07′⋅3N, 75°51′⋅3W.
Vessels of 20 gt or over, or draughts of 4 m or over,
should avoid the area.
Paragraph 7.79 2 lines 4 -7 Replace by:
NNE of Punta Barlovento (26 miles ESE), the E
entrance point to Bahía Naranjo (7.110), from
which a light (7.110) is exhibited. A restricted
area lies 1¾ miles ENE of the light; see 7.77 for
details. Thence:
Cuban Notice 6/41/04
(HH. 681/410/04) [41/04]

Cuba, North Coast - Punta Cobarrubia —
Wreck
176
Paragraph 7.79 4 lines 4 -6 Replace by:
NNE of Punta Mastelero (13 miles W), the W
entrance point to Bahía de Puerto Padre (7.86),
from which a light is exhibited, thence:
NNE of Punta Cobarrubia (20 miles WNW). A
dangerous wreck lies 2¼ miles ESE. Thence:
Cuban Notice 6/40/04
(HH. 681/410/04) [41/04]
Cuba, North Coast - Cayo Piedras del Norte —
Restricted area
183
Paragraph 7.136 8 line 5 Add:
Vessels of 20 gt or over, or draughts of 4 m or over, should
avoid the area.
Cuban Notice 6/37/04
(HH. 681/420/04) [41/04]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 5 South America Pilot Volume I (2002 Edition)
Brazil - Baía de Guanabara — Prohibited area
223
Paragraph 7.42 2 line 7 Add:
An area surrounding Ilha do Mocanguê (22°52′⋅3S,
43°08′⋅1W) extending 100 m from the island by
day and 200 m by night, within which entry and
anchorage are prohibited.
228
Paragraph 7.76 4 lines 7 -8 Replace by:
An area extending 1¼ miles SSW from Ilha do
Mocanguê (2¾ miles NE), see also 7.42.
229
Paragraph 7.96 1 Replace by:
1 See 7.35 to 7.42
Brazilian Notice 14/83/04
(HH. 656/423/02) [40/04]
NP 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and
United States Pilot (2004 Edition)
Oregon - Columbia River - Sand Island —
Dangerous wreck
419
Paragraph 13.29 1 line 5 Add:
S of a dangerous wreck (3 miles W), thence:
US Notice 38/18521/04
(HH. 612/445/05) [40/04]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2002 Edition)
Queensland – Lads Passage — Two -way route
297
After Paragraph 10.54 1 line 5 Insert:
From the vicinity of King Island (14°06′S,
144°20′E) an alternative two-way route leads generally
NW then NNW, through Lads Passage to the vicinity
of Cape Direction (12°51′S, 143°32′E). Directions for
this route are given at 10.77a and 10.77b.
302
After Paragraph 10.77 2 line 5 Insert:
Directions for the alternative route through
Lads Passage
(continued from 9.210)
King Island to Diamond Reign Reefs
10.77a
1 From a position within the two-way route about
3 miles NW of Cape Melville (14°10′S, 144°31′E)
(9.209), the track leads WNW to a position 4¼ miles
4.1
[40/04]
E of King Island Light (14°05′S, 144°20′E) (10.70).
The track then leads NW and follows the alternative
two-way route, shown on the chart, passing (positions
from the W point of Joan Reef (13°57′S, 144°20′E)):
NE of King Island (8¼ miles S) (10.70), thence:
2 SW of Wilson Reef (2¼ miles SSE) (10.30), its
W extremity marked by a beacon, thence:
SW of Rodda Reef (1¾ miles N) (10.30), thence:
NE of the N tip of Corbett Reef (7¾ miles WNW), a
light-buoy (E cardinal) is moored 1½ miles SE
from the N tip of the reef and marks the W side of
Fairway Channel (10.22), thence:
SW of an isolated shoal patch (15 miles NW),
marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger), thence:
3 To a position S of Creech Reef (23 miles NW)
(10.34) whence the track continues NNW, passing
(positions from Diamond Reign Reefs Light-beacon
(13°11⋅6′S, 143°47⋅6′E)):
WSW of First Three Mile Opening (19¾ miles SE)
(10.35), thence:
ENE of the NE tip of Ogilvie Reef (16½ miles S)
(10.75), thence:
WSW of the S tip of Tijou Reef (9½ miles ESE)
(10.39), thence:
To a position ENE of Diamond Reign Reefs (10.39),
marked on their E side by a light-beacon (white
GRP tower on white piles, 20 m in height).
Diamond Reign Reefs to Cape Direction
10.77b
1 From the position ENE of Diamond Reign Reefs,
the track continues NNW, passing (positions from
Hudson Light-beacon (12°59′⋅7S, 143°43′⋅4E)):
ENE of Jubilee Reef (10½ miles SSE) (10.39),
thence:
WSW of Franklin Reef (11 miles ESE) (10.39),
thence:
ENE of Colclough Reef (5½ miles SSE) (10.39), on
which stands a light-beacon (white hut on white
pile, 11 m in height), thence:
2 WSW of Derry Reef (7¾ miles ESE) (10.39),
thence:
ENE of Hudson Light-beacon (white hut on white
pile, 11 m in height), which marks the E edge of a
shoal bank with a least depth of 4 m over it, a
dangerous underwater rock lies 3¼ cables farther
SW, thence:
ENE of a drying reef (3 miles NW), which lies at the
N end of a shoal bank with a depth of 1⋅4 m over
it.
3 From the position ENE of the drying reef, the track
leads NW, then WNW, passing (positions from
Chapman Island (12°53′S, 143°36′E)):
SW of Robin Reef Light-beacon (white GRP tower
on white piles, 20 m in height), (5½ miles E),
which marks a drying reef lying on a shallow
bank, thence:
NE of Frederick Patches (1½ miles ENE), a shoal
bank, lying E -W, with a depth of 1⋅8 m over its W
end. A light-beacon (white hut on white pile)
marks the N end.

4 The track then continues WNW:
SSW of Sunk Reef (3 miles NE), with a least depth of
0⋅3 m over it and marked on its S side by a
light-beacon (white hut on white pile), thence:
NNE of Chapman Island (10.114), thence:
To a position 3 miles E of Cape Direction (12°51′S,
143°32′E) (10.114).
5 Useful marks:
Light-beacon (white GRP hut on white pile, 13 m in
height) (13°26′S, 143°58′E), standing at the NW
end of a drying reef, which marks the NW side of
First Three Mile Opening (10.35).
Wye Reef Light-beacon (12°48′S, 143°36′E)
(10.116).
(Directions continue at 10.116)
Australian Notice 15/572/04
(HH. 571/080/03) [40/04]
NP 19 Baltic Pilot Volume II (2002 Edition)
Poland – Stolpe Bank — Dangerous wreck
338
Paragraph 8.14 5 Replace by:
5 Clear of Stolpe Bank (54°55′N, 16°39′E)
(8.327), noting a dangerous wreck in position
54°45′⋅9N, 16°33′⋅0E.
373
Paragraph 8.327 1 line 4 Replace by:
...coast is cliffy and on which stands a light; a
dangerous wreck lies 13½ miles N of the light.
Thence:
Polish Notice 29/469(T)/04
(HH. 323/450/04) [40/04]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I (2001
Edition)
Juan de Fuca Strait — Fishing
61
Paragraph 2.17 1 Replace by:
1 For general information on fishing vessels see 2.6.
Sport fishing boats. The area 4 miles SSW of
Swiftsure Bank (48°33′N, 125°00′W), known locally
as the Chicken Ranch, is frequented by many small
sport fishing boats from June to September. These
boats may not be well equipped, may have
inexperienced crews and may not be maintaining an
adequate lookout or radio watch. Vessel movements
may be unpredictable and extra caution must be
exercised in this vicinity to avoid collision and
possible loss of life.
Canadian Notice 8/3602/04
(HH. 600/405/05) [40/04]
IV
4.2
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2002 Edition)
Isola di Pantelleria - Porto di Pantelleria —
Directional light
344
Paragraph 8.27 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 From a position NNE of Punta San Leonardo
(36°50′⋅2N, 11°56′⋅6E), a low point at the NW
extremity of the island from where a light (8.16) is
exhibited, the line of bearing, (232°), or the white
sector (228½° -235½°) of a directional light (post) on
Molo Cidonio leads SW for 7½ cables passing, (with
positions given from Punta San Leonardo):
Italian Notice 16.7/04
(HH. 373/400/03) [40/04]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Croatia - Pakleni Otoci - OtoÄiÆ Parýanj —
Historic wreck
257
After paragraph 7.514 1 line 8 Add:
2 Caution. An historic wreck lies close off the NW
side of OtoÄiÆ Parýanj within a prohibited area, radius
300 m, centred on position 43°10′⋅4N, 16°19′⋅9E.
Croatian Notice 8/5/04
(HH. 377/450/03) [40/04]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Norway, West Coast — Offshore operations and
hazards
3
R 47 -67 Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph 1.24
Oil and gas fields Add:
Kvitebjorn 61°04′⋅8N, 2°30′⋅0E 14.8
Visund 61°22′⋅2N, 2°27′⋅6E 14.8
208
L 12 -26 Existing Supplement amendment Kvitbjorn Oil
Field paragraph Replace by:
Kvitebjorn Gas Field (61°04′⋅8N, 2°30′⋅0E), is
marked by a lighted platform and connected to Visund
Oil Field (see below) by a pipeline.
L12 -26 Existing Supplement amendment Add:
Visund Oil Field (61°22′⋅2N, 2°27′⋅6E) is marked
by a lighted platform and connected to a satellite well,
4⋅8 miles NNE, by two pipelines.
BA Chart 299/ Statoil
(HH. 314/471/01) [40/04]

NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (1984
Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Fiji Islands - Vitu Levu - Nadi River approaches
— Rock; depth
225
R26-29Replace by:
Cautions:
Seaplanes. Light seaplanes may be encountered
landing, taking off or taxi-ing during daylight hours in
the area between Yakuilau Islet (17°45′⋅6S,
177°21′⋅8E) and Denarau (Ndenarau) Islet 6 cables
SSE.
Rock. A rock awash, position approximate, lies
about 7 cables SW of Alacrity Cays Beacon
(17°44′⋅8S, 177°22′⋅5E) as shown on the chart. An
isolated shoal, position approximate, with a depth of
1⋅8 m over it lies about 4 cables SE of the beacon.
Fiji Notice 26/04
(HH. 586/550/04) [40/04]
Samoa Islands - Durham Shoal — Depth
353
R 34 -39 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
16°05′S,
173°50′W
8m(26ft) Durham Shoal;
discovered by
MV Durham in
1956.
French Chart 7166
(HH. 587/410/03) [40/04]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Cuba - North coast - Bahía de Cayo Moa —
Anchorage; wreck
171
Paragraph 7.22 1 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
...(20°41′N, 74°54′W). Puerto de Moa (20°39′⋅3N,
1
74°54′⋅5W) (7.27) lies within the bay.
Paragraph 7.22 2 lines 3 -5 Delete
Paragraph 7.22 3 lines 3 -4 Replace by:
Port Authority. Puerto de Moa is a sub-port of
Puerto Baracoa (7.18).
Paragraphs 7.25 -7.26 Replace by:
Anchorages
7.25
Three anchorages are available (with positions from
Punta Pájaro (20°40′⋅6N, 74°53′⋅9W)):
No 1: 8¾ cables ESE.
No 2: 3¾ cables SE.
No 3: 2½ cables SSW. A dangerous wreck lies
2½ cables W of this anchorage.
IV
7.26
1 Offshore mooring. A CBM berth is situated
8½ cables SE of Punta Pájaro (7.25); a submarine
pipeline extends SSW from the berth to a position on
the shore 1½cables W of Punta La Fábrica.
Paragraph 7.28 Replace by:
Spare
7.28
4.3
Cuban Chart 1786; Cuban Notice 45/04
(HH. 681/405/04) [40/04]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2001 Edition)
Denmark - Storebælt — Pilotage
277
Paragraph 8.8 2 line 2 For 13 m Read 11 m
International Maritime Organization
(HH. 330/080/03) [39/04]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India, East Coast - Vishºkhapatnam Inner
Harbour — Development
64
R43Add:
A newly constructed (2004) multi -purpose berth,
East Quay No 8, can accommodate vessels of up to
180 m LOA, 32 m beam and 10 m draught on a rising
tide of 0.9 m. Mariners are advised to contact the local
port authority for further details.
Indian Notice 17/355/04(P)
(HH. 503/450/04) [39/04]
NP 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2002 Edition)
BristolChannel—VesselTrafficService
86
After Paragraph 3.81 1 Insert:
Vessel Traffic Service
3.81a
1 See 4.6a.
92
After Paragraph 3.134 1 Insert:
Vessel Traffic Service
3.134a
1 See 4.6a.
96
After Paragraph 3.162 2 Insert:
Vessel Traffic Service
3.162a
1 See 4.6a.
101
After Paragraph 3.202 1 Insert:
Vessel Traffic Service
3.202a
1 See 4.6a.
4.1
104
After Paragraph 3.228 3 Insert:
Vessel Traffic Service
3.228a
1 See 4.6a.
107
After Paragraph 3.248 3 Insert:
Vessel Traffic Service
3.248a
1 See 4.6a.
[39/04]
111
Paragraph 4.6a 1 Existing Section IV Notice Week 24/04
Replace by:
BristolChannelVesselTrafficService
4.6a
1 A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) Scheme is in
operation for the control of shipping within the Bristol
Channel. The VTS scheme is mandatory for vessels of
more than 50 gt, with operational centres at Severn
VTS and Bristol VTS. The VTS is operational in the
area inshore of a line joining the following points:
Port Eynon Point (51°32′⋅1N, 4°12′⋅5W).
SW corner of Port Talbot deep water anchorage
(51°25′⋅0N, 4°09′⋅7W).
Nash Point (51°24′⋅0N, 3°33′⋅0W).
Hurlstone Point (51°14′⋅0N, 3°35′⋅0W).
2 For details and list of reporting points see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (1).
Associated British Ports South Wales Notice 4/04
(HH. 214/450/08) [39/04]
NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Shiogama Kë — Pilot boarding positions
189
L51-55Replace by:
Pilots normally board about 1½ miles ESE of the
quarantine anchorage. When a swell from S prevents
boarding in this area, pilots board about 1½ miles W
of the quarantine anchorage after consultation with the
vessel concerned.
Japanese Sailing Directions 301
(HH. 563/455/04) [39/04]
Ishinomaki Kë — Pilot boarding position
192
R49-53Replace by:
Pilotage is available during daylight hours; the pilot
is based at Shiogama Kë, and normally boards about
2¼ miles S of the head of Hibarino Breakwater except
in bad weather, when special arrangements will be
made with the vessel concerned.
Japanese Sailing Directions 301
(HH. 563/456/04) [39/04]

Kamaishi Kë — Pilot boarding position; harbour
limit
208
L 32 -37 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
...quarantine anchorage, 1 mile SW of Mada Saki.
Harbour limit. The harbour limit is a line joining
the SE point of Mada Saki and a position on the S
shore of the bay, 1½ miles SE. The harbour is divided
into No 1 and No 2 Areas as indicated on the chart.
BA Chart 3374
(HH. 563/462/03) [39/04]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Amami Gunto - Yoron Shima - Yoron Ko —
Light -buoys
84
L 66 -70 Existing Supplement amendment After:
⋅⋅⋅ channel, dredged to 5⋅5 m, to Chabana Port. Add:
The channel is marked by two light -buoys (port hand) on
its NE side.
Japanese Notice 33/864/04
(HH. 566/420/09) [39/04]
Ise Wan – Irago Kë — Submerged jetty
199
After L15Insert:
A detached submerged jetty has been constructed
4½ cables SSW of the light -tower at the head of the
groyne. It lies parallel to the coast about 1 cable
offshore.
Japanese Notice 34/884/04
(HH. 563/405/06) [39/04]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2001
Iran - Shah Allum Shoal — Light -tower; racon
97
R 62 -64 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
The wreckage of a former light -tower, consisting of
the stumps of the legs of a tripod, 2 -3 m high, stands
near the NW end of the shoal.
RFA Bayleaf
(HH. 496/430/03) [39/04]
IV
4.2
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2002 Edition)
Leeward Islands - Montserrat — Exclusion
zones
243
Paragraph 5.361 1 Replace by:
1 As a result of volcanic activity from the Soufrière
Hills Volcano, exclusion zones have been established
around the E and S coasts of Montserrat, as shown on
the chart:
Between 16°45′⋅9N, 62°09′⋅7W and 16°41′⋅8N,
62°08′⋅7W within 2000 m of the coast.
Between 16°40′⋅5N, 62°10′⋅9W and 16°41′⋅3N,
62°12′⋅5W within 2000 m of the coast.
Off Plymouth (16°42′N, 62°13′W) within 500 m of
the coast.
Paragraph 5.362 2 line 4 Replace by:
SW of the exclusion zone (3½ miles SE) (5.361).
247
Paragraph 5.408 1 Replace by:
1 As a result of volcanic activity an exclusion zone,
extending 2000 m offshore, has been established off
the E coast of Montserrat (5.361).
Paragraph 5.410 1 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 16°48′N, 62°05′W, the passage
passing E of Montserrat leads generally S, in deep
water, passing E of Roche’s Bluff (16°42′N, 62°09′W),
and the exclusion zone extending 2000 m offshore
(5.361).
248
Paragraph 5.413 3 Replace by:
3 WNW of Bransby Point (14 miles SSE) (5.362).
Montserrat Port Authority
(HH. 671/460/06) [39/04]
Windward Islands - Martinique — Pilotage
302
After Paragraph 7.11 2 Insert:
Pilotage
7.11a
1 Pilotage in Martinique is provided from
Fort -de -France and pilots board off the relevant ports
or passages as shown on the chart. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (5).
303
Paragraph 7.23 3 lines 3 -5 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 m in
length for anchoring or berthing and is only available
by day. Pilots are provided from Fort-de-France (7.58).
Paragraph 7.29 3 lines 2 -4 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory and the pilot boards 1 mile
NW of the berth or at Fort-de-France; for details see
7.58 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (5).

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (1980 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Mombasa — Buoyage
229
R 46 -50 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...Reefs. The Fairway Light -buoy (red and white,
spherical) (4°05′⋅5S, 39°42′⋅8E) is moored about 2 miles
SE of Ras Serani. Thence the channel is marked by leading
lights and light -buoys in accordance with IALA Maritime
Buoyage System (Region A).
MV Saint Rafael A
(HH. 464/410/03) [33/04]
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2003 Edition)
Ecuador - Balao — Anchorages
369
Paragraph 11.292 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in designated
anchorages, the positions of which are shown on the
plan as follows, (with positions relative to the head of
the breakwater (0°59′⋅7N, 79°38′⋅8W)):
Esmeraldas:
Quarantine anchorage — 2¾ miles NNE.
2 Balao Terminal (see also 11.295):
Quarantine anchorage — 6½ miles WNW.
Anchorages A to F — 2¼ to 4½ miles NW —
Handysize tankers.
Anchorage H — 5¼ miles WNW — Aframax
tankers.
Anchorages Q and R — 6 miles WNW — Aframax
and Suezmax tankers.
Anchorages S and V — 6¾ miles WNW — VLCCs
and Suezmax tankers.
3 Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited in
two areas, the limits of which are shown on the plan,
as follows:
An area in the approaches and entrance channel
to the harbour between the head of the
breakwater and a position NE of the
light-buoy (safe water) (1°01′⋅2N, 79°39′⋅7W)
moored in the anchorage and pilot area.
4 Balao Terminal Area (11.295) except for the
designated anchorages listed above.
Ecuadorean Notice 4/04
HH. 642/431/04 [33/04]
4.1
NP 12 Arctic Pilot Volume III (2001 Edition)
[33/04]
Greenland, West Coast - Arsuk Fjord - Søndre
Løb — Napassut Light
120
Paragraph 2.211 1 line 6 Replace by:
...(red cabinet, 12 m in height) (61°06′⋅4N,...
Danish Notice 29/717/04
(HH. 337/420/05) [33/04]
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
Russia - Baltic Sea Coast - Approaches to
Vysotsk — Channel; new pier; useful mark
192
After Paragraph 5.202 Insert:
Side channel
5.202a
1 From a position 7 cables ENE of Mys Teykarniyemi
(5.200) and within the safety fairway, a channel swept
depth 11⋅7 m (2003), marked by buoys, leads E
towards No 2 pier (60°35′⋅5N, 28°33′⋅0E), located on
the W side of Ostrov Vysotskiy.
Useful mark:
VTS tower (60°35′⋅5N, 28°33′⋅6E).
Russian Notices 19/2830(T)/04; 24/3498/04
(HH. 304/620/04) [33/04]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Coromandel Coast - Nizampatnam — Light
60
L 36 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Storm signals are displayed; the general system is
in use (1.16).
Nizampatnam Lighthouse (white tower, red bands,
30 m in height) (15°53′⋅02N, 80°38′⋅30E) became fully
operational in July 2004.
Indian Hydrographic Office
(HH. 503/440/04) [33/04]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2002 Edition)
France - Approaches to Brest — Pilotage
253
Paragraph 8.68 4 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
4 Notification for a pilot. Send initial request for a
pilot 48 hours in advance of ETA at Charles -Martel
Light -buoy (48°19′N, 4°42′W) through the agent.

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II (1993
Edition) — Supplement 3 -2002
Chile - Tierra del Fuego - Punta Malvinas —
Leading beacons; anchorage
231
L53-62Replace by:
Leading beacon:
An unlit beacon (cylindrical pillar, white with red
band, 4 meters in height) (52°26′⋅7S, 69°32′⋅9W)
is situated on Punta Malvinas.
The line of bearing (288°) of the beacon leads to
the anchorage passing SSW of a 2 m patch 9 cables
ENE of Punta Delgada Light (7.89).
Anchorage can be obtained on the line of
bearing,...
Chilean Notice 6/78/04
(HH. 648/420/04) [35/04]
NP 7A South America Pilot Volume IV (1983
Edition) — Supplement 8 -2003
Venezuela - Entrance to Río Orinoco — Punta
Barima Light
78
L66Add:
A light (white GRP tower, orange bands, 12 m in
height) is exhibited from a position 6 cables SSE of
the disused lighthouse; a racon transmits from the
structure.
Venezuelan Notice 14/04
(HH. 668/400/02) [35/04]
NP 15 Australia Pilot Volume III (2002 Edition)
Papua New Guinea, South -west Coast - Port
Moresby — Exclusion zone
352
After Paragraph 12.162 1 line 3 Insert:
Exclusion zone, as shown on the chart, has been
established in the vicinity of Napa Napa (12.181).
Australian Notice 14/535/04
(HH. 532/420/03) [35/04]
4.1
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
[35/04]
Finland, West Coast - Hailuoto - Keskiniemi —
Beacon; leading line
317
Paragraph 8.114 2 - 3 Replace by:
2 Thence the fairway leads 2½ miles ENE, thence
1 mile NNE and then about 5 cables N on the line of
bearing (184°) astern of Keskiniemi Light (8 m in
height) (65°04′⋅8N, 24°39′⋅5E). The channel then
divides, joining the main channel (8.109) into Oulu,
either close W of Oulu 3 Light -tower (65°08′⋅8N,
24°39′⋅7E) (8.109), or 6 cables NW of Liberta
Light -beacon (65°08′⋅1N, 24°42′⋅5E) (8.110).
Finnish Notice 20 -21/435/04
(HH. 321/460/03) [35/04]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
India, East Coast - Vishºkhapatnam Outer
Harbour — Development
64
L61 -R35 Paragraph 2.85 Existing Supplement
amendment Outer harbour Add:
A new private container terminal, Vishºkha
Container Terminal (VCT), has been established in
position 17°41′⋅60N, 83°18′⋅05E.
Indian Notice 15/324/04
(HH. 503/450/04) [35/04]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2002 Edition)
Hamburg — Finkenwerder Leading Lights
225
Paragraph 6.232 2 Replace by:
2 Finkenwerder Leading Lights:
Front light (square daymark on red mast, 14 m in
height) (53°32′⋅6N, 9°51′⋅4E).
Rear light (similar structure, 12 m in height)
(5 cables W of front light with which it is
synchronised).
Paragraph 6.232 3 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
3 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding/exchange
position the alignment, (272½°) astern, of these lights
leads about 1½ miles E along the main fairway which
is 250 m wide,...
German Notice 30/(21)48/04
(HH. 328/570/06) [35/04]

NP 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume I
(1988 Edition) — Supplement 6 -2003
Solomon Islands - New Georgia Island - Viru
Harbour — Leading beacons; beacons
110
L11-L26Replace by:
From a position S of the entrance the track leads
NNE between two reefs, thence ENE, thence NNE to
the anchorage.
Australian Government Survey 2004
(HH. 583/410/03) [35/04]
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (1984
Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Segond Channel, South -east approaches —
Anchorages
173
L 13 -14 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Chart 1638 Plans in Northern Vanuatu
L 17 -26 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Abokisa Island (15°35′⋅7S, 167°14′⋅3E), 5 m high,
lies in the channel between the SW extremity of
Tutuba Island (6.380) and the E extremity of Aoré
Island.
Dives Passage, 4 cables wide at its narrowest, and
Fabert Passage, 6½ cables wide at its narrowest, lie on
the E and W sides respectively of Abokisa Island;
both are deep, and clear of charted dangers.
Useful marks:
Chapuis Point Light (6.382).
A white rock (4 m high) on the shore 4 miles NNW
of Abokisa Island, shows up well...
L 31 -33 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
Aïsari Bay (15°34′⋅4S, 167°11′⋅8E) on the E side
of Aoré Island, as shown on the chart. Anchorage is
afforded to small craft in the bay, but it is encumbered
with...
L 36 -43 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
6.379
Spare
L 50 -51 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...Tutuba Island, densely wooded and 36 m high near its S
end, and the main island of...
L 58 Including existing Supplement amendment Replace
by:
...height) (15°28′⋅7S, 167°15′⋅0E) on Naoréuré
Point...
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 061/200/01) [35/04]
IV
4.2
Pago Pago Harbour — Buoyage
373
L 6 -8 Including existing Supplement amendment Replace
by:
NE of No 4 light -buoy (port hand) (4½ cables SW).
US Notice 24/83484/04
(HH. 588/490/03) [35/04]
NP 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf
of Mexico Pilot (2003 Edition)
Mexico - Tampico — Artificial reef
149
After Paragraph 6.334 1 line 6 Insert:
E of a fish haven (centre 10¾ miles NNE)
surrounding an artificial reef marked by a light -buoy
(isolated danger), thence:
Mexican Notice 6/38/04
(HH. 622/420/05) [35/04]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2002 Edition)
Leeward Islands - Antigua - Jolly Harbour —
Marina; plan
259
Paragraph 5.532 centre heading Replace by:
Inshore approach to Five Island Harbour
and Jolly Harbour from south
After Paragraph 5.535 Insert:
(Directions for Jolly Harbour continue at 5.541b)
260
After Paragraph 5.541 Insert:
Jolly Harbour
Chart 2064
General information
5.541a
1 Jolly Harbour (17°04′·2N, 61°53′·1W), in the N
part of Morris Bay (5.544), is a modern marina and
small craft development approached via a dredged
channel through the outer shallows of Mosquito Cove
(5.550).
Directions (continued from 5.535)
5.541b
1 South approach. From a position WSW of Reeds
Point (17°04′⋅3N, 61°53′⋅7W) (5.535) the track leads
NE to the entrance channel.
West approach. The track leads ESE between Irish
Bank (17°04′⋅3N, 61°55′⋅4W) (5.526) and Five Islands,
6 cables NE (5.526), to a position about 4 cables S of
Five Islands, thence E to the entrance channel.

2 Entrance channel is marked on its S side by a
light (orange pile, 6 m in height) 3 cables SSE of
Pearns Point (17°04′⋅7N, 62°54′⋅3W) (5.540). The
dredged entrance channel, marked by buoys, leads
ENE then SE as shown on the accompanying plan of
Jolly Harbour. The channel has a reported depth
3
(2002) of 4⋅0 m. Vessels with a draught over 3⋅3 m
should obtain up to date depth information from the
marina prior to entry.
The plan of the approaches to Jolly Harbour is for
guidance only and is not updated for changes. It
should not be used for navigation.
Note: The plan of Jolly Harbour, mentioned above, can be
found at the rear of this week’s Admiralty Notices to
Mariners Section II Blocks. The plan forms part of this
Notice and should be inserted after page 260.
Harbour
5.541c
1 Port of Entry. Jolly Harbour is a port of entry.
Anchoring is not permitted in the harbour but
moorings are available.
Berths. The marina has berths for about 120 yachts,
plus berths outside the marina.
Facilities
5.541d
1 Fuel, fresh water, provisions and chandlery are
available.
Repairs. The marina has a 70 tonne travel hoist;
boat and engine repairs can be carried out.
Deratting exemption certificates can be issued.
Before Paragraph 5.542 Delete
Chart 2064
Paragraph 5.552 Delete
Satellite Imagery November 2003; The 2002 -2003
Cruising Guide - Leeward Islands
(HH. 671/455/04) [35/04]
IV
4.3

Thereafter send request for a pilot 12 hours and
3 hours in advance of ETA at the waiting area S of
Saint Mathieu, by VHF to Vigie de Saint Mathieu.
MV Boxer; United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 353/410/05; HH. 078/171/04) [33/04]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2004 Edition)
Sarawak - Bintulu — Wrecks
110
Paragraph 4.281 1 Replace by:
1 Dangerous wrecks and a spoil ground lie within the
General Cargo Anchorage, about 5 miles WSW from
the Fairway Light -buoy (4.270).
Sarawak Notice 51/04
(HH. 519/650/04) [33/04]
NP 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume I (2002 Edition)
Indonesia - Java Sea - Pulau Simedang
northwards — wreck.
139
After Paragraph 6.23 4 line 2 Insert:
E of a dangerous wreck (3°10′⋅0S, 107°10′⋅3E),
thence:
Indonesian Notice 18/126/04
(HH. 525/575/05) [33/04]
NP 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2001 Edition)
Île de La Réunion - Port de la Pointe des Galets
— Regulations; anchorages
248
After Paragraph 11.14 1 Insert:
2 Anchorage. Vessel of 25 m LOA or more are only
permitted to anchor in authorised anchorage areas or
regulated anchorage areas (11.48a). Authorisation to
anchor must be obtained from COSRU (MRCC
Réunion), see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 5, in the following circumstances:
Prior to anchoring in a regulated area.
By any foreign vessel which does not intend to enter
the port or use port services.
3 Vessels of less than 25 m in length are authorised to
anchor anywhere except in the prohibited anchorages,
see 11.48b. Further details may be obtained from
COSRU.
250
Paragraph 11.29 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
1 General information. Baie de Saint-Paul (20°59′S,
55°16′E) provides anchorage for vessels waiting to
enter Port Ouest of Port de la Pointe des Galets (Port
Réunion) (11.39). For limits of anchorages see 11.48a.
Paragraph 11.30 1 Replace by:
IV
4.2
1 Mooring buoy. Vessels using Port de la Pointe des
Galets may secure to the mooring buoy 8 cables W of
Saint-Paul Light.
251
Paragraph 11.47 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Port Ouest. The usual anchorage for vessels
1
awaiting entry to Port Ouest is in Baie de Saint-Paul
(11.48a), 5 miles SW of the port entrance or 2 miles
farther SW off Cap la Houssaye (11.48a).
Paragraph 11.47 1 lines 10 -11 Delete
Paragraph 11.48 Replace by:
Port Est. Vessels awaiting entry to Port Est should
anchor NE of the port in Baie de la Possession
1
(11.48a) in depths of over 20 m.
After Paragraph 11.48 Insert:
11.48a
Authorised anchorages (not charted), see 11.14,
are defined by lines joining the following positions:
La Possession anchorage area:
20°51′⋅5S, 55°23′⋅1E
20°52′⋅7S, 55°23′⋅5E
then along the 20 m depth contour to:
20°55′⋅1S, 55°20′⋅3E
20°53′⋅9S, 55°19′⋅9E
20°51′⋅5S, 55°23′⋅1E
2 Baie de Saint -Paul anchorage area:
21°00′⋅6S, 55°15′⋅1E
then along the 20 m depth contour to:
21°00′⋅8S, 55°14′⋅6E
21°00′⋅6S, 55°14′⋅3E
21°00′⋅6S, 55°12′⋅0E
20°58′⋅6S, 55°12′⋅0E
20°58′⋅6S, 55°12′⋅6E
20°59′⋅7S, 55°14′⋅5E
21°00′⋅6S, 55°15′⋅1E
3 Regulated anchorages (not charted), see 11.14, are
defined by lines joining the following positions:
Baie de Saint -Paul anchorage area:
20°59′⋅7S, 55°14′⋅5E
20°59′⋅7S, 55°15′⋅1E
21°00′⋅2S, 55°15′⋅9E
then along the 20 m depth contour to:
21°00′⋅6S, 55°15′⋅1E.
20°59′⋅7S, 55°14′⋅5E
4 Cap la Houssaye anchorage area:
20°59′⋅1S, 55°10′⋅2E
20°58′⋅6S, 55°12′⋅0E
21°00′⋅6S, 55°12′⋅0E
20°00′⋅6S, 55°13′⋅7E
21°01′⋅9S, 55°12′⋅0E
21°00′⋅5S, 55°12′⋅0E
21°00′⋅5S, 55°10′⋅2E
20°59′⋅1S, 55°10′⋅2E
11.48b
1 Prohibited anchorages (not charted) extend
1½ miles NNE of the Baie de Saint -Paul regulated
anchorage area and between the coast and the 20 m
depth contour from Cap la Houssaye to a point 7 miles
SSE. For regulations see 11.14.
French Notice 49/02; French Chart 7736
(HH. 078/195/02) [33/04]

NP 41 Japan Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Aomori Kë — Breakwaters; development.
159
L 34 -39 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...New North Breakwater.
R 3 -25 Existing Supplement amendment Caution Replace
by:
Caution. A considerable area of land, enclosed by
a retaining wall, is being reclaimed close E of North
Breakwater. Entry into the S part of this area, between
the S spur of the retaining wall and the shore, is
prohibited. Because of this prohibition, it is not
possible to obtain access to Chuo Wharf (40°49′⋅8N,
140°44′⋅8E).
Japanese Chart W1191
(HH. 563/470/05) [33/04]
Hitachinaka Kë — Developments
179
R 58 Existing Supplement amendment 6⋅59a including
heading Replace by:
Hitachinaka Kë
6.59a
Hitachinaka Kë (36°25′⋅0N, 140°38′⋅5E) is a
Principal Port, still under construction (2004),
approximately 3 miles S of Hitachi Kë breakwater.
Quays on the S and N wharf areas have been
completed, the central area remains under construction
(2004).
The port is protected by a detached breakwater
2½ miles long marked by lights. It is approached from
a position 1 mile ESE of Iso Saki (6.57) through a
channel leading NNE and marked by light -buoys. In
the harbour there are numerous light -buoys (special).
Two detached breakwaters, which shelter the Outer
Trade Quay on the N wharf area, are marked by
lights. One is located 4 cables E of the central wharf
area, the other is situated 2½ cables S of the Outer
Trade Quay.
Principal mark:
Hotel (white, three storey) (36°22′⋅9N, 140°37′⋅5E),
close S of Iso Saki Light (6.57).
IV
4.3
Berths. The following berths exist (2004):
Position Length
(m)
North
Wharf
39°26′⋅2N,
140°37′⋅7E
36°25′⋅9N,
140°37′⋅5E
36°25′⋅9N,
140°37′⋅4E
36°25′⋅9N,
140°37′⋅2E
36°25′⋅9N,
140°36′⋅9E
36°25′⋅9N,
140°36′⋅7E
36°25′⋅9N,
140°36′⋅5E
South
Wharf
36°24′⋅3N,
140°36′⋅8E
36°24′⋅3N,
140°36′⋅6E
36°24′⋅4N,
140°36′⋅6E
Depth
(m)
Capacity
dwt x
vessels
400 18 130 000 x 1
310 14 -15 40 000 x 1
250 12 30 000 x 1
170 10 10 000 x 1
390 7⋅5 5000 x 3
200 7⋅5 2000 x 2
300 5⋅5 2000 x 3
260 6⋅5 -7 5000 x 2
180 3 -5 2000 x 2
270 5⋅5 2000 x 3
In addition to the above, there is a basin
(36°24′⋅6N, 140°36′⋅7E) situated on the N side of the
inshore part of the S wharf.
Japanese Chart W1345
(HH. 041/200/01) [33/04]
NP 42A Japan Pilot Volume II (1979 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Kyøshø, East Coast –Hososhima Kë —
Submarine cable
167
L 28 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
Traffic. In 2003 the port was used by 34 vessels
with a total of 2 106 269 dwt.
A wave recorder (32°26′⋅6N, 131°43′⋅7E) is
connected to the the shore 2½ miles W by a
submarine cable. Off the port a wave recorder is
moored in position 32°26′⋅6N, 131°41′⋅3E.
Japanese Notice 27/7078/04; BA Chart 676
(HH. 564/442/03) [33/04]

NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II (2004
Edition)
Principality of Monaco - Port de Monaco —
Breakwaters; prohibited anchorages
136
Paragraph 3.179 3 Replace by:
3 Two breakwaters have been established (2004) E of
the original harbour entrance. The breakwaters extend
the harbour, providing an outer basin and protection
from the E.
The outer basin is contained within the N
breakwater, which extends ¾ cable SSE from Pointe
Focinane and the S floating breakwater, which extends
2 cables NE from Pointe Saint -Antoine. A light (green
pylon) is exhibited from the N breakwater head, a
further light (red pylon) is exhibited from the S
breakwater head.
Paragraph 3.180.1 lines 5 -7 Replace by:
Anchorage. A prohibited anchorage area, shown on
the chart, encloses the approaches to Port de Monaco
harbour entrance and contains the pattern of anchor
moorings securing the floating breakwater. A further
prohibited anchorage area encloses Port de Fontvieille
harbour approaches (3.183) and contains three outfalls
extending SE from the shore either side of the harbour
entrance, as shown on the chart.
BA Chart 149
(HH. 046/200/01) [33/04]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Italy - Isole Tremiti — Restricted area
515
After Paragraph 11.277 4 Insert:
5 An area 3 miles wide and 13 miles long, lying N of
the archipelago, has been designated a conservation
area where fishing is prohibited.
Italian Notice 6.19/04
(HH. 370/510/04) [33/04]
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Risavika and Tananger - Tananger approaches
— Buoyage
77
L 23 -24 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...least depth of 6⋅5 m.
Norwegian Notice 13/556/04
(HH. 310/410/03) [33/04]
IV
4.4
NP 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume II (1984
Edition) — Supplement 7 -2001
Aoba Island — Principal marks
183
R55-58Replace by:
Ngwala Rock (15°27′⋅0S, 167°39′⋅8E), a high
column with a little foliage on its summit, lying
off Vatu Tangaloï, the SW extremity of the island.
184
R54-60Replace by:
A prominent hill, 171 m high, rising over Vatu
Tangaloï, the SW extremity of the island.
Ngwala Rock (15°27′⋅0S, 167°39′⋅8E) (6.496).
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 061/200/01) [33/04]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Approaches to Delaware Bay — Depths
69
Paragraph 3.74 including heading Replace by:
Depths
3.74
1 East Traffic Separation Scheme:
In-bound: least charted depth 11⋅6 m(38ft).
Out-bound: least charted depth 12⋅1 m(40ft).
South-east Traffic Separation Scheme:
In-bound: least charted depth 18⋅0 m(59ft).
Out-bound: least charted depth 15⋅5 m(51ft).
Two-Way Route:
Least charted depth 9⋅1 m(30ft).
BA Chart 2563
(HH. 614/535/03) [33/04]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2002 Edition)
Leeward Islands - Guadeloupe - Basse -Terre
and Pointe -à -Pitre — Pilotage
278
Paragraph 6.67 Replace by:
1 Port radio details are given in Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (5).
Notice of ETA should be confirmed 24 hours in
advance via the agent or the Port Authority in
Point -à -Pitre (6.180).
2 Pilotage, which is available 24 hours, is compulsory
for inbound vessels over 120 m LOA and outbound
vessels over 160 m LOA. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (5) for details.
3 Tugs are available.

289
Paragraph 6.190 Replace by:
1 Pilotage, which is available 24 hours, is compulsory
for vessels over 50 m LOA. Pilots are also provided
for other ports in Guadeloupe. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (5) for details.
2 Pilots board in the following positions:
2½ cables SSE of PP Light -beacon (safe water)
(16°10′⋅4N, 61°30′⋅5W) as shown on the chart.
Between PP3 and PP8 light -buoys (lateral),
1½ miles WNW, for a vessel whose Master is
familiar with the port.
1 cable E of MC Light -buoy (E cardinal), 9½ cables
NW, for vessels with a draught of less than 7⋅0 m.
French Notice 19/2004
(HH. 071/200/01) [33/04]
IV
4.5

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 3 Africa Pilot Volume III (1980 Edition) —
Supplement 10 -2001
Mozambique - Porto de Angoche — Buoyage
153
R55Replace by:
...Enes, is 11 miles from P Boía de espera Light -buoy
(5.183) and is...
154
L16-21Replace by:
P Boía de espera Light -buoy (red) (16°14′S,
40°03′E) is moored about 7 miles NNE of Ilha de
Mafamede Light, seaward of the bar in the approach
to Canal do Norte.
Between P Boía de espera Light -buoy and a
position 1½ miles...
Mozambique Notice 04MOZ/04
(HH. 455/440/04) [26/04]
NP 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (1978 Edition) —
Supplement 12 -2004
Approaches to Karnaphuli River —
Stranded wreck
83
L38Add:
Wreck. A stranded wreck (22°09′⋅0N, 91°37′⋅8E)
(position approximate) lies about 10½ miles WSW of
Patenga Point (4.31).
Mercantile Marine Department Chittagong, Notice
15 -2004
(HH. 508/400/04) [26/04]
NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II
(2002 Edition)
Prince Rupert — New berth
136
Paragraph 4.115 2 Replace by:
4.115a
1 Northland Cruise Dock, situated 6 cables NE of
Ocean Dock, is 340 m in length and has a pontoon
40 m in length for handling passengers. The berth is
for vessels with a maximum length of 300 m and a
maximum displacement of 100 000 grt.
Canadian Sailing Directions PAC205 (2002) Correction
05/04
(HH. 078/048/01) [26/04]
4.1
NP 28 Dover Strait Pilot (2002 Edition)
[26/04]
Western part of The Swale — Kingsferry Bridge
2
310
After Paragraph 16.39 1 Add:
Caution. A new high -level road bridge is under
construction ½ cable NW of the existing bridge.
Mariners are advised to navigate with great caution in
this area. Further information can be obtained from
Medway Navigation Service (16.8). See Admiralty List
of Radio Signals Volume 6 (1).
Medway Ports Notice 11/2004
(HH. 242/430/06) [26/04]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2002 Edition)
Isola di Pantelleria - Cala di Tramontana —
Anchorage deleted
Paragraph 8.32 2 Delete
345
Italian Notice 9.5/2004
(HH. 373/400/03) [26/04]
NP 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume V
(2002 Edition)
Libya - Az Zºwiyah Oil Terminal — Berths
62
1
Paragraph 2.44 Replace by:
Offshore loading berths are as follows (positioned
from head of jetty (32°47′·6N, 12°40′·8E)):
No 1 Berth (1¼ miles NE) consists of a SBM for
vessels of up to 140 000 dwt and 19·0 m draught.
No 2 Berth (1½ miles ENE). Vessels berth using two
anchors with the stern secured to three mooring
buoys. For vessels of up to 25 000 dwt, maximum
length 175 m and draught of 10·0 m.
2 No 3 Berth (8 cables NNE) consists of a SBM
for vessels of up to 100 000 dwt and
17·0 m draught..
Lights are exhibited from each SBM.
MT Kanata Spirit
(HH. 406/180/02) [26/04]

Israel - Ashqelon Southwestwards —
Restricted area
2
236
Paragraph 7.253 1 lines 11 -12 Replace by:
Security Area K extending 20 miles NW from
the coast at 31°35′N, 34°29′E. Vessels may
cross this area, keeping at least 3 miles
offshore and parallel to the coast, only with
prior permission from the Israeli Navy.
For further details on requirements for vessels
navigating in Israeli territorial waters see 1.44.
Israeli Notice 5/2004
(HH. 403/420/04) [26/04]
NP 55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2002 Edition)
Friesche Zeegat — Outer fairway buoy
111
Paragraph 4.258 1 line 3 Replace by:
...(53°32′⋅5N, 6°11′⋅0E). See 4.260.
Paragraph 4.260 1 line 2 Replace by:
...6 miles SW from Light -buoy WG (safe water)
(3½ miles...
Netherlands Notice 23/293/04
(HH. 340/710/05) [26/04]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 8 -2002
Eastern channel of Austertana — Leading lights
289
R5For 111° Read 106°
Norwegian Chart 110
(HH. 309/480/03) [26/04]
NP 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
(2002 Edition)
Porto de Viana do Castelo — Arrival information
121
Paragraph 5.23 Replace by:
1 Port radio station. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Notice of ETA 6 hours.
Anchorage may be obtained 3 miles SW of the port
entrance in the area shown on the chart. Contact
should be made with port control before using the
designated anchorage.
2 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The
boarding position is 1 mile SSW of Molhe Exterior.
The pilot station (tower with cupola) is situated on S
side of Castelo de Santiago (5.21). For general
remarks on pilotage see 1.28.
IV
4.2
Tugs are available.
Prohibited anchorage area is situated, as shown
on the chart, at the entrance to the port.
Quarantine. See 1.36
Portuguese Notice 9/192/04
(HH. 363/400/05) [26/04]
NP 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume II (2003 Edition)
Saint Johns River to Cape Canaveral —
Missile debris
293
Paragraph 9.174 1 line 2 For 25 Read 40
US Coast Pilot 4 (2003) Correction 12/04
(HH. 078/553/07) [26/04]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Port Canaveral and approaches — Missile debris
121
Paragraph 5.37 2 line 2 For 25 Read 40
US Coast Pilot 4 (2003) Correction 12/04
(HH. 078/553/07) [26/04]
South coast of Jamaica - Portland Bight and
approaches — Stetton Hall Light
269
Paragraph 10.195 3 Replace by:
3 Conspicuous gable on white bungalow at Stetton
Hall (17°50′N, 77°10′W).
Major light:
Portland Light — as above.
Paragraph 10.197 1 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 17°45′N, 76°59′W thelineof
bearing, 297°, of Pigeon Island Front Leading Light
(17°47′N, 77°04′W) (10.199), leads WNW in the
fairway of East Channel, passing (with reference to the
front light):
Paragraph 10.205 1 line 2 Replace by:
...(17°49′N, 77°09′W). A light -buoy...
270
Paragraph 10.208 Replace by:
Landmarks
10.208
1 Conspicuous water tower (10.195).
Conspicuous gable (10.195).
BA Chart 257
(HH. 678/415/03) [26/04]

NP 136 Ocean Passages for the World
(2004 Edition)
Singapore ⇒ Hong Kong – Routes —
Low -powered vessels; distance
168
Paragraph 7.88.2 line 4 For 1460 Read 1925
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 074/200/01) [26/04]
IV
4.3

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 7 South America Pilot Volume III
(2003 Edition)
Colombia - Pacific Coast - Buenaventura —
Pilotage
1
380
Paragraph 12.77 1 lines 1 -6 Replace by:
Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 250 nrt and
available 24 hours a day. The pilot boards near the
fairway light-buoy as shown on the chart, or between
Nos 1 and 2 Light-buoys, 1¼ miles E.
Paragraph 12.77 2 lines 1 -3 Delete
Paragraph 12.79 1 lines 1 -4 Delete
Paragraph 12.86 1 lines 1 -4 Replace by:
Fairway-light buoy to Punta Bazán
12.86
1 From the vicinity of the fairway light-buoy
(3°47′⋅6N, 77°19′⋅1W) (12.85) the track leads initially
E thence ENE, for about for about 9 miles to Punta
Bazán, through a channel marked by pairs of...
381
Paragraph 12.87 2 line 1 Replace by:
2 Thence the track leads to a...
Paragraph 12.88 heading Replace by:
Punta Bazán to harbour approach
MV Stolt Durham
(HH. 614/411/04) [22/04]
NP 9 Antarctic Pilot (1997 Edition)
Antarctica - Crystal Sound — Depths
173
Paragraph 6.54 2 Add:
In 2004 it was reported that a shallow ridge with
rock pinnacles and depths less than those charted have
been found in a shoal area 3½ miles E of Gagge Point
(6.36).
MV Endeavour
(HH. 697/430/03) [22/04]
4.1
NP 20 Baltic Pilot Volume III (2003 Edition)
[22/04]
Finland South Coast - Approaches to Kantvik —
Maximum authorised draughts; directions
1
139
Paragraph 4.158 1 line 1 For 7⋅9 m Read 5⋅5 m
Paragraph 4.159 1-4 Replace by:
Mäkiluoto Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe) (59°54′⋅8N,
24°20′⋅3E) stands on Makiloharun, 3 cables SW
of the main island, Mäkiluoto.
Rear light (similar structure) (8 cables NE of front
light) on Norr Mäkiluoto, an islet close N of the
main island.
2 The alignment (033°) of these lights leads 3 miles
NE to the Stora Träskö leading line, passing (with
positions from Porkkala Light):
NW of Porkkala Kallbådan Reef and a rock awash,
which lies 6 cables SW and is marked by a buoy
(W cardinal); thence:
Between Grytkobben and Sankbådan shoals
3
(1½ mile N), marked by buoys (cardinal).
Stora Träskö Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (59°56′⋅9N,
24°21′⋅8E).
Rear light (similar structure) (1½ cables NNE of
front light).
4 The alignment (023½°) of these lights leads
1½ miles NNE to a position W of Mäkiluoto, and E of
a shoal with a depth of 8⋅4 m over it which lies
5 cables W of Mäkiluoto Rear Leading Light, passing:
ESE of the rocks awash (2½ miles N) at the NE
extremity of Grytkobben, marked by a buoy (E
cardinal); thence
WNW of Makiloharun (2¾ miles N).
Finnish Notices 3/51(P)/04, 9/179/04: BA Chart 1079
(HH. 322/460/04) [22/04]
Finland South Coast - Påsalofjärden - Entrance
channel — Authorised draughts
168
Paragraph 5.31 1 Replace by:
1 Depths. This section of the route is authorised for a
draught of 6⋅0 m as far as a position 4 cables SE of
Klovholmen (60°24′N, 26°06′E), where the maximum
draught reduces to 4⋅2 m. The channel divides E of
Landbo Björkholmen (60°24′N, 26°04′E); the NNW
branch to Pernaja and the WSW branch to Isnäs are
authorised for 4⋅2 m.
Finnish Notice 12/239/04
(HH. 322/510/03) [22/04]

NP 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume II (2002
Edition)
Ocean Falls — Outfall
69
Paragraph 2.158 1 line 3 Replace by:
...depths of 37 to 46 m (20 to 25 fm). An outfall, marked by
buoys which are privately maintained, extends 4 cables
WNW from the shore between Docks D and E (2.162).
Canadian Western Notice 4/3781/04
(HH. 600/455/04) [22/04]
NP 27 Channel Pilot (2002 Edition)
Eastern Approaches to Solent - Nab Channel —
Buoyage
1
203
Paragraph 7.101 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 49/03 Replace by:
Nab Tower to Spithead; deep -draught vessels
7.101
From a position S of Nab Tower (50°40′N, 0°57′W)
in the deep-draught vessels approach area the track
leads N passing (with positions given from Nab
2
Tower):
Between Outer Nab No 1 Light -buoy (W cardinal)
(2 miles SSE) and Outer Nab No 2 Light -buoy (E
cardinal) (1¾ miles SSW); thence:
E of Nab Tower (6.200), and dependent upon
draught, clear of the 12·5 m depth (6½ cables
E) and 12⋅4 m depth (8 cables ENE); thence:
Between N2 Light-buoy (special) (1 mile NNE) and
N1 Light-buoy (special) (1¼ miles NNE)
3
marking the seaward entrance of Nab Channel.
The track then leads NNW through Nab Channel,
buoyed, passing:
ENE of New Grounds Light-buoy (E cardinal)
(2 miles NNW).
From a position WSW of No 7 Light -buoy (special)
(2¼ miles N) at the N end of Nab Channel, the track
leads NW thence WNW passing:
4 Between Dean Tail Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(3¼ miles NNW) and Nab End Light-buoy
(port hand) (3 miles NNW); thence:
SSW of Dean Tail S Light-buoy (S cardinal)
(50°43′·0N, 0°59′·6W) which marks a prohibited
entry area (7.96). A wreck, with a swept depth of
13·1 m over it, lies in the middle of the fairway
about 2½ cables S of the prohibited area.
Paragraph 7.103 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 49/03 Replace by:
Nab Tower to Spithead; non deep -draught vessels
7.103
1 From a position S of Nab Tower (50°40′N, 0°57′W)
the route for vessels, other than those defined in 7.89
leads N passing (with positions given from Nab
Tower):
Clear of Nab Tower.
IV
4.2
2 The track then leads NNW passing:
WSW of N2 Light-buoy (special) (1 mile NNE)
keeping clear of Nab Channel; thence:
Between New Grounds Light-buoy (E cardinal)
(2 miles NNW) and N7 Light-buoy (special)
(2¼ miles N).
3 The track then leads WNW to join the main route
from Nab Channel between Nab End Light-buoy (port
hand) (3 miles NNW) and Dean Tail S Light-buoy (S
cardinal) as given above.
Trinity House
(HH. 232/570/07) [22/04]
NP 31 China Sea Pilot Volume II (2001 Edition)
Sarawak - Batang Lupar approaches — Wreck
98
Paragraph 4.104 2 lines 3 -4 Delete
Malaysian Notice 3/58/04
(HH. 519/550/03) [22/04]
NP 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume III
(2002 Edition)
Porto Civitanova — Maximum draught
530
Paragraph 12.46 1 line 5 Replace by:
...depths. The maximum recommended draught (2004) for
the port entrance is 3⋅5 m.
Italian Notice 8.17/04
(HH. 368/007/04) [22/04]
NP 56 Norway Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Pilotage
8
After Paragraph 1.57 3 Insert:
4 Vessels to which PECs apply are required to notify
the appropriate Pilot Booking Centre, or the nearest
VTS, when entering and leaving c ompulsory pilotage
waters. For details of Pilot Booking Centres/VTS see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Terje Alling, Kystverket Vest
(HH. 308/130/04) [22/04]

NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Pilotage
IV
8
L 1 -70 Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph 1.45b
Pilotage Exemption Certificate (PEC) Add:
Vessels to which PECs apply are required to notify
the appropriate Pilot Booking Centre, or the nearest
VTS, when entering and leaving c ompulsory pilotage
waters. For details of Pilot Booking Centres/VTS see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Terje Alling, Kystverket Vest
(HH. 308/130/04) [22/04]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Pilotage
4
R 28 -70 Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph 1.43
Pilotage Exemption Certificate (PEC) Add:
Vessels to which PECs apply are required to notify
the appropriate Pilot Booking Centre, or the nearest
VTS, when entering and leaving c ompulsory pilotage
waters. For details of Pilot Booking Centres/VTS see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Terje Alling, Kystverket Vest
(HH. 308/130/04) [22/04]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Pilotage
5
R 8 -50 Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph 1.49
Pilotage Exemption Certificate (PEC) Add:
Vessels to which PECs apply are required to notify
the appropriate Pilot Booking Centre, or the nearest
VTS, when entering and leaving c ompulsory pilotage
waters. For details of Pilot Booking Centres/VTS see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Terje Alling, Kystverket Vest
(HH. 308/130/04) [22/04]
4.3
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 8 -2002
Pilotage
5
L 4 -R 55 Existing Supplement amendment Paragraph 1.41
Pilotage Exemption Certificate (PEC) Add:
Vessels to which PECs apply are required to notify
the appropriate Pilot Booking Centre, or the nearest
VTS, when entering and leaving c ompulsory pilotage
waters. For details of Pilot Booking Centres/VTS see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).
Terje Alling, Kystverket Vest
(HH. 308/130/04) [22/04]
NP 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
(2002 Edition)
Boosaaso — Anchorages; depths; lights; berths
410
After Paragraph 14.233 Insert:
Arrival information
Outer anchorages
14.233a
1 An open anchorage may be obtained off Boosaaso;
the best berth is about 1¼ miles offshore, in depths of
about 18⋅3 m (60ft).
Depths decrease regularly from this position to the
shore and anchorage is reported to be good about
6½ cables offshore in depths of about 12 m (39 ft).
2 Anchorage may also be obtained about 2 cables
NW of the molehead light in a depth of about 8⋅0 m
(26 ft), as shown on the plan.
Harbour
General layout
14.233b
1 The Port of Boosaaso consists of an inner basin,
aligned N/S, protected from N by a mole which
extends about 420 m W; a light (red column with
ladder) is exhibited from the head of the mole. On the
W side of the port a breakwater extends about 200 m
NE from the shore.
Paragraphs 14.234 and 14.235 Replace by:
Directions for entering harbour
Approach
14.234
1 From a position in the vicinity of 11°30′N, 49°10′E
the approach leads about 12 miles S to a position on
the line of the leading lights (14.235).

1
Entrance channel
14.235
Leading lights:
Front (red triangle, point up, white bands; on white
post with platform) (11°17′⋅1N, 49°10′⋅8E).
Rear (red triangle, point down, white bands; on
similar structure) (about 90 m SSE).
2 The alignment (138°) of these lights leads to a
position W of the harbour entrance. Mariners should
note that the former 148° leading line shown on the
plan is no longer in use; the lights have been
3
extinguished, although the structures remain. The track
passes (with reference to the front light):
SW of a shoal patch (8 cables NNW) with a least
depth over it of 10⋅4 m(34ft),thence:
Between the seaward ends of the mole and the
breakwater (3 cables NW).
Caution. Mariners are advised to keep slightly NE
of the leading line to avoid a shoal with depths of less
than 2 m (6 ft) over it extending NE from the end of
the breakwater.
Paragraph 14.238 Replace by:
14.238
Spare
Paragraph 14.239 Replace by:
14.239
Spare
Paragraph 14.240 including heading Replace by:
Berths
Anchorage
14.240
1 Small vessels with local knowledge may obtain
anchorage about 2 cables NNW of the front light in
depths of between 2⋅4 m and3⋅4m (8 ft and 11 ft),
sand and soft mud.
Alongside berths
14.240a
1 The main berth is on the S side of the mole and is
153 m in length with a depth of 6⋅5 m alongside.
There is also a Ro-Ro berth with a similar depth
alongside.
In the inner basin are three berths, each with an
alongside depth of 3⋅5 m.
Marinstall; R Facey
(HH. 483/400/03) [22/04]
NP 71 West Indies Pilot Volume II (2002 Edition)
Puerto Rico - Bahía de San Juan — Depths
147
Paragraph 4.52 1 line 3 For 11 m (36 ft). Read 12⋅2 m
(40 ft).
149
Paragraph 4.75 1 Replace by:
1 Bar Channel, which is the entrance channel, is a
dredged channel with a width of 244 m, maintained at
or near its project depth of 12⋅2 m (40ft).
See caution at 4.52.
IV
150
Paragraph 4.79 1 line 2 For 152 m Read 183 m
Paragraph 4.81 1 lines 1 -3 Replace by:
1 Graving Dock Channel is a dredged channel with a
least width of 106 m, maintained at or near its project
depth of 11.0 m (36 ft).
Paragraph 4.82 1 line 3 For 11 m (36 ft). Read 12⋅2 m
(40 ft).
Paragraph 4.83 1 lines 1 -5 Replace by:
1 Puerto Nuevo Channel is a dredged channel with a
width of 106 m, maintained at or near its project depth
of 11.9 m (39 ft) as far NE as No 5 Light-beacon (port
hand) (18°26′·5N, 66°05′·4W); thence a least charted
depth of 9⋅4 m (31 ft) in the fairway.
4.4
151
Paragraph 4.83 3 line 5 Replace by:
...alongside (1993 and 2002) between 7⋅3 mand10⋅3 m
(24 ft and 34 ft).
US Notice 14/25670/04
(HH. 675/415/04) [22/04]
Windward Islands - Saint Lucia - Port Castries
and Vieux Fort — Depths
323
Paragraph 7.190 1 Replace by:
1 The controlling depth in the harbour channel and
turning basin (7.207) is 12⋅0 m, with less water off the
berths and approaches.
330
Paragraph 7.233 1 lines 1 -2 Replace by:
1 Least depth in the approach to the main berths is
12⋅0 m, although all the berths are within the 10 m
depth contour.
BA Chart 499
(HH. 671/460/06) [22/04]
NP 72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More
Pilot (1996 Edition) — Supplement 2 -2002
Kandalakshskiy Zaliv - Port Kandalaksha —
Pilot boarding position
139
L 24 -25 Including existing Supplement amendment
Replace by:
...the pilot boarding position (67°03′⋅1N, 32°39′⋅0E) about
1 mile SE of Gorelyy Light (5.267).
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 303/420/04) [22/04]

NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Appendix VII — United States Marine
Sanctuary, Wildlife and Fisheries Regulations -
Extracts
298 -322
Existing Appendix VII Replace by:
NATIONAL MARINE SANCTUARY
PROGRAM -EXTRACTS
Extracts from subpart P PART 922 -NATIONAL MARINE
SANCTUARY PROGRAM REGULATIONS. For a
complete description of this part see 15 CFR 922.
Subpart P -Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary
§922.160 Purpose.
(a) The purpose of the regulations in this subpart is
to implement the comprehensive management plan for
the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary by
regulating activities affecting the resources of the
Sanctuary or any of the qualities, values, or purposes
for which the Sanctuary is designated, in order to
protect, preserve and manage the conservation,
ecological, recreational, research, educational,
historical, and aesthetic resources and qualities of the
area. In particular, the regulations in this part are
intended to protect, restore, and enhance the living
resources of the Sanctuary, to contribute to the
maintenance of natural assemblages of living resources
for future generations, to provide places for species
dependent on such living resources to survive and
propagate, to facilitate to the extent compatible with
the primary objective of resource protection all public
and private uses of the resources of the Sanctuary not
prohibited pursuant to other authorities, to reduce
conflicts between such compatible uses, and to achieve
the other policies and purposes of the Florida Keys
National Marine Sanctuary and Protection Act and the
National Marine Sanctuaries Act.
§922.161 Boundary.
The Sanctuary consists of an area of approximately
2900 square nautical miles (9,800 square kilometers)
of coastal and ocean waters, and the submerged lands
thereunder, surrounding the Florida Keys in Florida.
Appendix I to this subpart sets forth the precise
Sanctuary boundary.
§922.163 Prohibited activities -Sanctuarywide.
(a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) through (e)
of this section, the following activities are prohibited
and thus are unlawful for any person to conduct or to
cause to be conducted:
(1) Mineral and hydrocarbon exploration,
development and production. Exploring for,
developing, or producing minerals or hydrocarbons
within the Sanctuary.
(2) Removal of, injury to, or possession of coral or
live rock. (i) Moving, removing, taking, harvesting,
damaging, disturbing, breaking, cutting, or otherwise
injuring, or possessing (regardless of where taken
from) any living or dead coral, or coral formation, or
attempting any of these activities, except as permitted
under 50 CFR part 638.
IV
4.2
(ii) Harvesting, or attempting to harvest, any live
rock from the Sanctuary, or possessing (regardless of
where taken from) any live rock within the Sanctuary,
except as authorized by a permit for the possession or
harvest from aquaculture operations in the Exclusive
Economic Zone, issued by the National Marine
Fisheries Service pursuant to applicable regulations
under the appropriate Fishery Management Plan, or as
authorized by the applicable State authority of
competent jurisdiction within the Sanctuary for live
rock cultured on State submerged lands leased from
the State of Florida, pursuant to applicable State law.
See §370.027, Florida Statutes and implementing
regulations.
(3) Alteration of, or construction on, the seabed.
Drilling into, dredging, or otherwise altering the
seabed of the Sanctuary, or engaging in prop -dredging;
or constructing, placing or abandoning any structure,
material, or other matter on the seabed of the
Sanctuary, except as an incidental result of:
(i) Anchoring vessels in a manner not otherwise
prohibited by this part (see §§922.163(a)(5)(ii) and
922.1 64(d)(1)(v));
(ii) Traditional fishing activities not otherwise
prohibited by this part;
(iii) Installation and maintenance of navigational
aids by, or pursuant to valid authorization by, any
Federal, State, or local authority of competent
jurisdiction;
(iv) Harbor maintenance in areas necessarily
associated with Federal water resource development
projects in existence on July 1, 1997, including
maintenance dredging of entrance channels and repair,
replacement, or rehabilitation of breakwaters or jetties;
(v) Construction, repair, replacement, or
rehabilitation of docks, seawalls, breakwaters, piers, or
marinas with less than ten slips authorized by any
valid lease, permit, license, approval, or other
authorization issued by any Federal, State, or local
authority of competent jurisdiction.
(4) Discharge or deposit of materials or other
matter.
(i) Discharging or depositing, from within the
boundary of the Sanctuary, any material or other
matter, except:
(A) Fish, fish parts, chumming materials, or bait
used or produced incidental to and while conducting a
traditional fishing activity in the Sanctuary;
(B) Biodegradable effluent incidental to vessel use
and generated by a marine sanitation device approved
in accordance with Section 312 of the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, as amended, (FWPCA), 33
U.S.C. 1322 et seq.;
(C) Water generated by routine vessel operations
(e.g., deck wash down and graywater as defined in
section 312 of the FWPCA), excluding oily wastes
from bilge pumping; or
(D) Cooling water from vessels or engine exhaust;
(ii) Discharging or depositing, from beyond the
boundary of the Sanctuary, any material or other
matter that subsequently enters the Sanctuary and
injures a Sanctuary resource or quality, except those
listed in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(A) through (D) of this
section and those authorized under Monroe County
land use permits, or under State permits.
(5) Operation of vessels. (i) Operating a vessel in
such a manner as to strike or otherwise injure coral,

seagrass, or any other immobile organism attached to
the seabed, including, but not limited to, operating a
vessel in such a manner as to cause prop -scarring.
(ii) Having a vessel anchored on living coral other
than hardbottom in water depths less than 40 feet
when visibility is such that the seabed can be seen.
(iii) Except in officially marked channels, operating
a vessel at a speed greater than 4 knots or in a
manner which creates a wake:
(A) Within an area designated idle speed only/no
wake;
(B) Within 100 yards of navigational aids indicating
emergent or shallow reefs (international diamond
warning symbol);
(C) Within 100 feet of the red and white “divers
down” flag (or the blue and white “alpha” flag in
Federal waters);
(D) Within 100 yards of residential shorelines, or;
(E) Within 100 yards of stationary vessels.
(iv) Operating a vessel in such a manner as to
injure or take wading, roosting, or nesting birds or
marine mammals.
(v) Operating a vessel in a manner which endangers
life, limb, marine resources, or property.
(6) Conduct of diving/snorkelling without flag.
Diving or snorkelling without flying in a conspicuous
manner the red and white “divers down” flag (or the
blue and white “alpha” flag in Federal waters).
(7) Release of exotic species. Introducing or
releasing an exotic species of plant, invertebrate, fish,
amphibian, or mammals into the Sanctuary.
(8) Damage or removal of markers. Marking,
defacing, or damaging in any way or displacing,
removing, or tampering with any official signs,
notices, or placards, whether temporary or permanent,
or with any navigational aids, monuments, stakes,
posts, mooring buoys, boundary buoys, trap buoys, or
scientific equipment.
(9) Movement of, removal of, injury to, or
possession of Sanctuary historical resources. Moving,
removing, injuring, or possessing, or attempting to
move, remove, injure, or possess, a Sanctuary
historical resource.
(10) Take or possession of protected wildlife.
Taking any marine mammal, sea turtle, or seabird in
or above the Sanctuary, except as authorized by the
Marine Mammal Protection Act, as amended,
(MMPA), 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq., the Endangered
Species Act, as amended, (ESA), 16 U.S.C. 1531 et
seq., and the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, as amended,
(MBTA) 16 U.S.C. 703 et seq.
(11) Possession or use of explosives or electrical
charges. Possessing, or using explosives, except
powerheads, or releasing electrical charges within the
Sanctuary.
(12) Harvest or possession of marine life species.
Harvesting, possessing, or landing any marine life
species, or part thereof, within the Sanctuary, except in
accordance with rules 46 -42.001 through 46 -42.003,
46 -42.0035, and 46 -42.004 through 46 -42.007, and
46 -42.009 of the Florida Administrative Code, and
such rules shall apply mutatis mutandis (with
necessary editorial changes) to all Federal and State
waters within the Sanctuary.
(13) Interference with law enforcement. Interfering
with, obstructing, delaying or preventing an
investigation, search, seizure, or disposition of seized
IV
4.3
property in connection with enforcement of the Acts
or any regulation or permit issued under the Acts.
(b) Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this section
and in §922.164, and any access and use restrictions
imposed pursuant thereto, a person may conduct an
activity specifically authorized by, and conducted in
accordance with the scope, purpose, terms, and
conditions of, a National Marine Sanctuary permit
issued pursuant to §922.166.
(c) Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this section
and in §922.164, and any access and use restriction
imposed pursuant thereto, a person may conduct an
activity specifically authorized by a valid Federal,
State, or local lease, permit, license, approval, or other
authorization in existence on the effective date of these
regulations, or by any valid right of subsistence use or
access in existence on the effective date of these
regulations, provided that the holder of such
authorization or right complies with §922.167 and with
any terms and conditions on the exercise of such
authorization or right imposed by the Director as a
condition of certification as he or she deems
reasonably necessary to achieve the purposes for
which the Sanctuary was designated.
(d) Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this section
and in §922.164, and any access and use restrictions
imposed pursuant thereto, a person may conduct an
activity specifically authorized by any valid Federal,
State, or local lease, permit, license, approval, or other
authorization issued after the effective date of these
regulations, provided that the applicant complies with
§922.168, the Director notifies the applicant and
authorizing agency that he or she does not object to
issuance of the authorization, and the applicant
complies with any terms and conditions the Director
deems reasonably necessary to protect Sanctuary
resources and qualities. Amendments, renewals and
extensions of authorizations in existence on the
effective date of these regulations constitute
authorizations issued after the effective date of these
regulations.
(e) (1) All military activities shall be carried out in
a manner that avoids to the maximum extent practical
any adverse impacts on Sanctuary resources and
qualities. The prohibitions in paragraph (a) of this
section and §922.164 do not apply to existing classes
of military activities which were conducted prior to the
effective date of these regulations, as identified in the
Environmental Impact Statement and Management Plan
for the Sanctuary. New military activities in the
Sanctuary are allowed and may be exempted from the
prohibitions in paragraph (a) of this section and in
§922.164 by the Director after consultation between
the Director and the Department of Defense pursuant
to section 304(d) of the NMSA. When a military
activity is modified such that it is likely to destroy,
cause the loss of, or injure a Sanctuary resource or
quality in a manner significantly greater than was
considered in a previous consultation under section
304(d) of the NMSA, or it is likely to destroy, cause
the loss of, or injure a Sanctuary resource or quality
not previously considered in a previous consultation
under section 304(d) of the NMSA, the activity is
considered a new activity for purposes of this
paragraph. If it is determined that an activity may be
carried out, such activity shall be carried out in a
manner that avoids to the maximum extent practical

any adverse impact on Sanctuary resources and
qualities.
(2) In the event of threatened or actual destruction
of, loss of, or injury to a Sanctuary resource or quality
resulting from an untoward incident, including but not
limited to spills and groundings caused by the
Department of Defense, the cognizant component shall
promptly coordinate with the Director for the purpose
of taking appropriate actions to prevent, respond to or
mitigate the harm and, if possible, restore or replace
the Sanctuary resource or quality.
(f) The prohibitions contained in paragraph (a)(5) of
this section do not apply to Federal, State and local
officers while performing enforcement duties and/or
responding to emergencies that threaten life, property,
or the environment in their official capacity.
(g) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section
and paragraph (a) of §922.168, in no event may the
Director issue a permit under §922.166 authorizing, or
otherwise approve, the exploration for, leasing,
development, or production of minerals or
hydrocarbons within the Sanctuary, the disposal of
dredged material within the Sanctuary other than in
connection with beach renourishment or Sanctuary
restoration projects, or the discharge of untreated or
primary treated sewage (except by a certification,
pursuant to §922.167, of a valid authorization in
existence on the effective date of these regulations),
and any purported authorizations issued by other
authorities after the effective date of these regulations
for any of these activities within the Sanctuary shall
be invalid.
§922.164 Additional activity regulations by Sanctuary
area.
In addition to the prohibitions set forth in §922.163,
which apply throughout the Sanctuary, the following
regulations apply with respect to activities conducted
within the Sanctuary areas described in this section
and in Appendix (II) through (VII) to this subpart.
Activities located within two or more overlapping
Sanctuary areas are concurrently subject to the
regulations applicable to each overlapping area.
(a) Areas To Be Avoided. Operating a tank vessel
or a vessel greater than 50 meters in registered length
is prohibited in all areas to be avoided, except if such
vessel is a public vessel and its operation is essential
for national defense, law enforcement, or responses to
emergencies that threaten life, property, or the
environment. Appendix VII to this subpart sets forth
the geographic coordinates of these areas.
(b) Existing Management Areas. -(1) Key Largo and
Looe Key Management Areas. The following activities
are prohibited within the Key Largo and Looe Key
Management Areas (also known as the Key Largo and
Looe Key National Marine Sanctuaries) described in
Appendix II to this subpart:
(i) Removing, taking, damaging, harmfully
disturbing, breaking, cutting, spearing or similarly
injuring any coral or other marine invertebrate, or any
plant, soil, rock, or other material, except commercial
taking of spiny lobster and stone crab by trap and
recreational taking of spiny lobster by hand or by
hand gear which is consistent with these regulations
and the applicable regulations implementing the
applicable Fishery Management Plan.
(ii) Taking any tropical fish.
IV
4.4
(iii) Fishing with wire fish traps, bottom trawls,
dredges, fish sleds, or similar vessel -towed or
anchored bottom fishing gear or nets.
(iv) Fishing with, carrying or possessing, except
while passing through without interruption or for law
enforcement purposes: pole spears, air rifles, bows and
arrows, slings, Hawaiian slings, rubber powdered
arbaletes, pneumatic and spring -loaded guns or similar
devices known as spearguns.
(2) Great White Heron and Key West National
Wildlife Refuge Management Areas. Operating a
personal watercraft, operating an airboat, or water
skiing except within Township 66 South, Range 29
East, Sections 5, 11, 12 and 14; Township 66 South,
Range 28 East, Section 2; Township 67 South, Range
26 East, Sections 16 and 20, all Tallahassee Meridian,
are prohibited within the marine portions of the Great
White Heron and Key West National Wildlife Refuge
Management Areas described in Appendix II to this
subpart:
(c) Wildlife Management Areas. (1) Marine portions
of the Wildlife Management Areas listed in Appendix
III to this subpart or portions thereof may be
designated “idle speed only/no -wake,” “no -motor” or
“no -access buffer” zones or “closed”. The Director, in
cooperation with other Federal, State, or local resource
management authorities, as appropriate, shall post
signs conspicuously, using mounting posts, buoys, or
other means according to location and purpose, at
appropriate intervals and locations, clearly delineating
an area as an “idle speed only/no wake”, a
“no -motor”, or a “no -access buffer” zone or as
“closed”, and allowing instant, long -range recognition
by boaters. Such signs shall display the official logo of
the Sanctuary.
(2) The following activities are prohibited within
the marine portions of the Wildlife Management Areas
listed in Appendix III to this subpart:
(i) In those marine portions of any Wildlife
Management Area designated an “idle speed only/no
wake” zone in Appendix III to this subpart, operating
a vessel at a speed greater that idle speed only/no
wake.
(ii) In those marine portions of any Wildlife
Management Area designated a “no -motor” zone in
Appendix III to this subpart, using internal combustion
motors or engines for any purposes. A vessel with an
internal combustion motor or engine may access a
“no -motor” zone only through the use of a push pole,
paddle, sail, electric motor or similar means of
propulsion.
(iii) In those marine portions of any Wildlife
Management Area designated a “no -access buffer”
zone in Appendix III of this subpart, entering the area
by vessel.
(iv) In those marine portions of any Wildlife
Management Area designated as closed in Appendix lll
of this subpart, entering or using the area.
(3) The Director shall coordinate with other Federal,
State, or local resource management authorities, as
appropriate, in the establishment and enforcement of
access restrictions described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) -(iv)
of this section in the marine portions of Wildlife
Management Areas.
(4) The Director may modify the number and
location of access restrictions described in paragraph
(c)(2)(i) -(iv) of this section within the marine portions

of a Wildlife Management Area if the Director finds
that such action is reasonably necessary to minimize
disturbances to Sanctuary wildlife, or to ensure
protection and preservation of Sanctuary wildlife
consistent with the purposes of the Sanctuary
designation and other applicable law governing the
protection and preservation of wildlife resources in the
Sanctuary. The Director will effect such modification
by:
(i) Publishing in the Federal Register, after notice
and an opportunity for public comments in accordance,
an amendment to the list of such areas set forth in
Appendix III to this subpart, and a notice regarding
the time and place where maps depicting the precise
locations of such restrictions will be made available
for public inspection, and
(ii) Posting official signs delineating such
restrictions in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this
section.
(d) Ecological Reserves and Sanctuary Preservation
Areas. (1) The following activities are prohibited
within the Ecological Reserves described in Appendix
IV to this subpart, and within the Sanctuary
Preservation Areas, described in Appendix V to this
subpart:
(i) Discharging or depositing any material or other
matter except cooling water or engine exhaust.
(ii) Possessing, moving, harvesting, removing,
taking, damaging, disturbing, breaking, cutting,
spearing, or otherwise injuring any coral, marine
invertebrate, fish, bottom formation, algae, seagrass or
other living or dead organism, including shells, or
attempting any of these activities. However, fish,
invertebrates and marine plants may be possessed
aboard a vessel in an Ecological Reserve or Sanctuary
Preservation Area, provided such resources can be
shown not to have been harvested within, removed
from, or taken within, the Ecological Reserve or
Sanctuary Preservation Area, as applicable, by being
stowed in a cabin, locker, or similar storage area prior
to entering and during transit through such reserves or
areas.
(iii) Except for catch and release fishing by trolling
in the Conch Reef; Alligator Reef; Sombrero Reef,
and Sand Key SPAs, fishing by any means. However,
gear capable of harvesting fish may be aboard a vessel
in an Ecological Reserve or Sanctuary Preservation
Area, provided such gear is not available for
immediate use when entering and during transit
through such Ecological Reserve or Sanctuary
Preservation Area, and no presumption of fishing
activity shall be drawn therefrom.
(iv) Touching living or dead coral, including but not
limited to, standing on a living or dead coral
formation.
(v) Anchoring in the Tortugas Ecological Reserve.
In all other Ecological Reserves and Sanctuary
Preservation Areas, placing any anchor in a way that
allows the anchor or any portion of the anchor
apparatus (including the anchor, chain or rope) to
touch living or dead coral, or any attached living
organism. When anchoring dive boats, the first diver
down must inspect the anchor to ensure that it is not
touching living or dead coral, and will not shift in
such a way as to touch such coral or other attached
organism. No further diving shall take place until the
IV
4.5
anchor is placed in accordance with these
requirements.
(vi) Except in the Tortugas Ecological Reserve
where mooring buoys must be used, anchoring instead
of mooring when a mooring buoy is available or
anchoring in other than a designated anchoring area
when such areas have been designated and are
available.
(vii) Except for passage without interruption
through that area, for law enforcement purposes, or for
purposes of monitoring pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of
this section, violating a temporary access restriction
imposed by the Director pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)
of this section.
(viii) Except for passage without interruption
through that area, for law enforcement purposes, or for
purposes of monitoring pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of
this section: entering the Tortugas South area of the
Tortugas Ecological Reserve; or entering the Tortugas
North area of the Tortugas Ecological Reserve without
a valid access permit issued pursuant to §922. 167 or
entering or leaving the Tortugas North area with a
valid access permit issued pursuant to §922. 167
without notifying FKNMS staff at the Dry Tortugas
National Park office by telephone or radio no less than
30 minutes and no more than 6 hours, before entering
and upon leaving the Tortugas Ecological Reserve.
(ix) Tying a vessel greater than 100 feet
(30⋅48 meters) LOA, or tying more than one vessel
(other than vessels carried on board a vessel) if
combined lengths would exceed 100 feet
(30⋅48 meters) LOA, to a mooring buoy or to a vessel
tied to a mooring buoy in the Tortugas Ecological
Reserve.
(2) The Director may temporarily restrict access to
any portion of any Sanctuary Preservation Area or
Ecological Reserve if the Director, on the basis of the
best available data, information and studies, determines
that a concentration of use appears to be causing or
contributing to significant degradation of the living
resources of the area and that such action is
reasonably necessary to allow for recovery of the
living resources of such area. The Director will
provide for continuous monitoring of the area during
the pendency of the restriction. The Director will
provide public notice of the restriction by publishing a
notice in the Federal Register, and by such other
means as the Director may deem appropriate. The
Director may only restrict access to an area for a
period of 60 days, with one additional 60 day renewal.
The Director may restrict access to an area for a
longer period pursuant to a notice and opportunity for
public comment rulemaking under the Administrative
Procedure Act. Such restriction will be kept to the
minimum amount of area necessary to achieve the
purpose thereof.
(e) Special -use Areas. (1) The Director may set
aside discrete areas of the Sanctuary as Special -use
Areas, and, by designation pursuant to this paragraph,
impose the access and use restrictions specified in
paragraph (e)(3) of this section. Special -use Areas are
described in Appendix VI to this subpart, in
accordance with the following designations and
corresponding objectives:
(i) “Recovery area” to provide for the recovery of
Sanctuary resources from degradation or other injury
attributable to human uses:

(ii) “Restoration area” to provide for restoration of
degraded or otherwise injured Sanctuary resources;
(iii) “Research -only area” to provide for scientific
research or education relating to protecting and
management through the issuance of a Sanctuary
General permit for research pursuant to §922. 166; and
(iv) “Facilitated -use area” to provide for the
prevention of use or user conflicts or the facilitation of
access and use, or to promote public use and
understanding, of Sanctuary resources through the
issuance of special -use permits.
(2) A Special -use Area shall be no larger than the
size the Director deems reasonably necessary to
accomplish the applicable objective.
(3) Persons conducting activities within any
Special -use Area shall comply with the access and use
restrictions specified in this paragraph and made
applicable to such area by means of its designations as
a “recovery area,” “restoration area,” “research only
area,” or “facilitated -use area.” Except for passage
without interruption through the area or for law
enforcement purposes, no person may enter a
Special -use Area except to conduct or cause to be
conducted the following activities:
(i) in such area designated as a “recovery area” or
a “restoration area”, habitat manipulation related to
restoration of degraded or otherwise injured Sanctuary
resources, or activities reasonably necessary to monitor
recovery of degraded or otherwise injured Sanctuary
resources;
(ii) In such area designated as a “research only
area”, scientific research or educational use specifically
authorized by and conducted in accordance with the
scope, purpose, terms and conditions of a valid
National Marine Sanctuary General or Historical
Resources permit, or
(iii) in such area designated as a “facilitated -use
area”. activities specified by the Director or
specifically authorized by and conducted in accordance
with the scope, purpose, terms, and conditions of a
valid Special -use permit.
(4)(i) The Director may modify the number of,
location of, or designations applicable to, Special -use
Areas by publishing in the Federal Register, after
notice and an opportunity for public comment in
accordance with the Administration Procedure Act, an
amendment to Appendix VI to this subpart, except
that, with respect to such areas designated as a
“recovery area,” “restoration area,” or “research only
area,” the Director may modify the number of,
location of, or designation applicable to, such areas by
publishing a notice of such action in the Federal
Register if the Director determines that immediate
action is reasonably necessary to:
(A) Prevent significant injury to Sanctuary resources
where circumstances create an imminent risk to such
resources;
(B) Initiate restoration activity where a delay in
time would significantly impair the ability of such
restoration activity to succeed;
(C) Initiate research activity where an unforeseen
natural event produces an opportunity for scientific
research that may be lost if research is not initiated
immediately.
(ii) If the Director determines that a notice of
modification must be promulgated immediately in
accordance with paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, the
IV
4.6
Director will, as part of the same notice, invite public
comment and specify that comments will be received
for 15 days after the effective date of the notice. As
soon as practicable after the end of the comment
period, the Director will either rescind, modify or
allow the modification to remain unchanged through
notice in the Federal Register.
(f) Additional Wildlife Management Areas,
Ecological Reserves, Sanctuary Preservation Areas, or
Special -Use Areas, and additional restrictions in such
areas, shall not take effect in Florida State waters
unless first approved by the Board of Trustees of the
Internal Improvement Trust Fund of the State of
Florida.
(g) Anchoring on Tortugas Bank. Vessels 50 meters
or greater in length, are prohibited from anchoring on
the portion of Tortugas Bank within the Florida Keys
National Marine Sanctuary west of the Dry Tortugas
National Park that is outside of the Tortugas
Ecological Reserve. The boundary of the area closed
to anchoring by vessels 50 meters or greater in length
is formed by connecting in succession the points at the
following coordinates (based on the North American
Datum of 1983):
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
5
24°32⋅00′N
24°37⋅00′N
24°39⋅00′N
24°39⋅00′N
25°32⋅00′N
83°00⋅05′W
83°06⋅00′W
83°06⋅00′W
83°00⋅05′W
83°00⋅05′W
§922.165 Emergency regulations.
Where necessary to prevent or minimize the
destruction of, loss of, or injury to a Sanctuary
resource or quality, or minimize the imminent risk of
such destruction, loss, or injury, any and all activities
are subject to immediate temporary regulation,
including prohibition. Emergency regulations shall not
take effect in Florida territorial waters until approved
by the Governor of the State of Florida Any temporary
regulation may be in effect for up to 60 days, with
one 60 -day extension. Additional or extended action
will require notice and comment rulemaking under the
Administrative Procedure Act, notice in local
newspapers, notice to Mariners, and press releases.
Appendix I to Subpart P of Part 922 -Florida Keys
National Marine Sanctuary boundary coordinates
(Appendix based on North American Datum of 1983).
(1) The boundary of the Florida Keys National
Marine Sanctuary -
(a) Begins at the northeasternmost point of
Biscayne National Park located at approximately
25°39′N, 80°05′W, then runs eastward to the point at
25°39′N, 80°04′W;
(b) then runs southward and connects in succession
the points at the following coordinates:
(i) 25°34′N, 80°04′W,
(ii) 25°28′N, 80°05′W, and
(iii) 25°21′N, 80°07′W,
(iv) 25°16′N, 80°08′W.
(c) then runs southwesterly approximating the 300
foot isobath and connects in succession the points at
the following coordinates:
(i) 25°07′N, 80°13′W,
(ii) 24°57′N, 80°21′W,
(iii) 24°39′N, 80°52′W,

(iv) 24°30′N, 81°23′W,
(v) 24°25′N, 81°50′W,
(vi) 24°22′N, 82°48′W,
(vii) 24°37′N, 83°06′W,
(viii) 24°46′N, 83°06′W,
(ix) 24°46′N, 82°54′W,
(x) 24°44′N, 81°55′W,
(xi) 24°51′N, 81°26′W, and
(xii) 24°55′N, 80°56′W;
(d) then follows the boundary of Everglades
National Park in a southerly then northeasterly
direction through Florida Bay, Buttonwood Sound,
Tarpon Basin, and Blackwater Sound;
(e) after Division Point, then departs from the
boundary of Everglades National Park and follows the
western shoreline of Manatee Bay, Barnes Sound, and
Card Sound;
(f) then follows the southern boundary of Biscayne
National Park to the southeastern most point of
Biscayne National Park; and
(g) then follows the eastern boundary of Biscayne
National Park to the beginning point specified in
paragraph (a).
(2) The shoreward boundary of the Florida Keys
National Marine Sanctuary is the mean high -water
mark except around the Dry Tortugas where the
boundary is coterminous with that of the Dry Tortugas
National Park, formed by connecting in succession the
points at the following coordinates:
(a) 24°34′N, 82°54′W,
(b) 24°34′N, 82°58′W,
(c) 24°39′N, 82°58′W,
(d) 24°43′N, 82°54′W.
(e) 24°43′N, 82°52′W,
(f) 24°43′N, 82°48′W
(g) 24°42′N, 82°46′W
(h) 24°40′N, 82°46′W
(i) 24°37′N, 82°48′W, and
(j) 24°34′N, 82°54′W,
(3) The Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary
also includes the area located within the boundary
formed by connecting in succession the points at the
following coordinates:
(a) 24°33′N, 83°09′W,
(b) 24°33′N, 83°05′W,
(c) 24°18′N, 83°05′W,
(d) 24°18′N, 83°09′W, and
(e) 24°33′N, 83°09′W.
Appendix II to Subpart P of Part 922 -Existing
Management Areas boundary coordinates
(1) The boundary of each of the Existing
Management Areas is formed by connecting in
succession the points at the following coordinates:
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,
KEY LARGO -MANAGEMENT AREA:
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
5
25°19⋅45′N
25°16⋅02′N
25°07⋅05′N
24°58⋅03′N
25°02⋅02′N
80°12⋅00′W
80°08⋅07′W
80°12⋅05′W
80°19⋅08′W
80°25⋅25′W
6 25°19⋅45′N 80°12⋅00′W
IV
4.7
LOOE KEY MANAGEMENT AREA: (Based on
differential Global Positioning Systems data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
24°31⋅62′N
24°33⋅57′N
24°34⋅15′N
24°32⋅20′N
81°26⋅00′W
81°26⋅00′W
81°23⋅00′W
81°23⋅00′W
5 24°31⋅62′N 81°26⋅00′W
United States Fish and Wildlife Service:
GREAT WHITE HERON NATIONAL WILDLIFE
REFUGE: (Based on the North American Datum of 1983):
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
24°43⋅8′N
24°43⋅8′N
24°49⋅2′N
24°49⋅2′N
24°48⋅0′N
24°48⋅0′N
24°49⋅2′N
24°49⋅2′N
24°43⋅8′N
24°43⋅8′N
24°43⋅2′N
24°43⋅2′N
24°42⋅6′N
24°42⋅6′N
24°41⋅4′N
24°41⋅4′N
24°43⋅2′N
24°43⋅2′N
24°43⋅8′N
24°43⋅8′N
24°43⋅2′N
24°43⋅2′N
24°43⋅8′N
24°43⋅8′N
24°43⋅2′N
24°43⋅2′N
24°42⋅6′N
24°42⋅6′N
24°41⋅4′N
24°41⋅4′N
24°40⋅8′N
24°40⋅8′N
24°41⋅4′N
24°41⋅4′N
24°40⋅8′N
24°48⋅0′N
24°39⋅6′N
24°39⋅6′N
24°39⋅0′N
24°39⋅0′N
24°37⋅8′N
24°37⋅8′N
24°37⋅2′N
24°37⋅2′N
24°36⋅0′N
24°36⋅0′N
24°35⋅4′N
24°35⋅4′N
24°36⋅0′N
24°36⋅0′N
81°48⋅6′W
81°37⋅2′W
81°37⋅2′W
81°19⋅8′W
81°19⋅8′W
81°14⋅4′W
81°14⋅4′W
81°08⋅4′W
81°08⋅4′W
81°14⋅4′W
81°14⋅4′W
81°16⋅2′W
81°16⋅2′W
81°21⋅0′W
81°21⋅0′W
81°22⋅2′W
81°22⋅2′W
81°22⋅8′W
81°22⋅8′W
81°24⋅0′W
81°24⋅0′W
81°26⋅4′W
81°26⋅4′W
81°27⋅0′W
81°27⋅0′W
81°29⋅4′W
81°29⋅4′W
81°30⋅6′W
81°30⋅6′W
81°31⋅2′W
81°31⋅2′W
81°32⋅4′W
81°32⋅4′W
81°34⋅2′W
81°34⋅2′W
81°35⋅4′W
81°35⋅4′W
81°36⋅0′W
81°36⋅0′W
81°37⋅2′W
81°37⋅2′W
81°37⋅8′W
81°37⋅8′W
81°40⋅2′W
81°40⋅2′W
81°40⋅8′W
81°40⋅8′W
81°42⋅0′W
81°42⋅0′W
81°48⋅6′W
51 24°43⋅8′N 81°48⋅6′W

KEY WEST NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE:
(Based on the North American Datum of 1983)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
24°40′N
24°40′N
24°27′N
24°27′N
81°49′W
82°10′W
82°10′W
81°49′W
5 24°40′N 81°49′W
When differential Global Positioning Systems data
becomes available, these coordinates may be revised by
Federal Register notice to reflect the increased accuracy of
such data.
Appendix III to Subpart P of Part 922 Wildlife
Management Areas access restrictions
Area and Access Restrictions
Bay Keys: No -motor zone (300 feet) around one
key; idle speed only/no -wake zones in tidal creeks.
Boca Grande Key: South one -half of beach closed
(beach above mean high water closed by Department
of Interior).
Woman Key: One -half of beach and sand spit on
southeast side closed (beach and sand spit above mean
high water closed by Department of Interior).
Cayo Agua Keys: Idle speed only/no -wake zones in
all navigable tidal creeks.
Cotton Key: No -motor zone on tidal flat.
Snake Creek: No -motor zone on tidal flat.
Cottrell Key: No -motor zone (300 feet) around
entire key.
Little Mullet Key: No -access buffer zone (300 feet)
around entire key.
Big Mullet Key: No -motor zone (300 feet) around
entire key.
Crocodile Lake: No -access buffer zone (100 feet)
along shoreline between March 1 and October 1.
East Harbor Key: No -access buffer zone (300 feet)
around northernmost island.
Lower Harbor Keys: Idle speed only/no -wake zones
in selected tidal creeks.
Eastern Lake Surprise: Idle speed only/no -wake
zone east of highway U.S. I.
Horseshoe Key: No -access buffer zone (300 feet)
around main island (main island closed by Department
of Interior).
Marquesas Keys: (i) No -motor zones (300 feet)
around three smallest keys on western side of chain;
(ii) no -access buffer zone (300 feet) around one island
at western side of chain; (iii) idle speed only/no -wake
zone in southwest tidal creek:
Tidal flat south of Marvin Key: No -access buffer
zone on tidal flat.
Mud Keys: (i) Idle speed only/no -wake zones in
the two main tidal creeks; (ii) two smaller creeks on
west side closed.
Pelican Shoal: No -access buffer zone -out to 50
meters from shore between April I and August 31
(shoal closed by the Florida Game Freshwater Fish
Commission).
Rodriguez Key: No -motor zone on tidal flats.
Dove Key: No -motor zone on tidal flats; area
around the two small islands closed.
Tavernier Key: No -motor zone on tidal flats.
Sawyer Keys: Tidal creeks on south side closed.
Snipe Keys: (i) Idle speed only/no -wake zone in
main tidal creek; (ii) no -motor zone in all other tidal
creeks.
IV
4.8
Upper Harbor Key: No -access buffer zone (300
feet) around entire key.
East Content Keys: Idle speed only/no -wake zones
in tidal creeks between southwesternmost keys.
West Content Keys: Idle speed only/no -wake zones
in selected tidal creeks; no -access buffer zone in one
cove.
Little Crane Key: No -access buffer zone (300 feet)
around entire key.
Appendix IV to Subpart P of Part 922 -Ecological
Reserves boundary coordinates
Coordinates.
(1) The boundary of the Western Sambo Ecological
Reserve is formed by connecting in succession the
points at the following coordinates:
WESTERN SAMBOS
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°33⋅70′N 81°40⋅80′W
2
24°28⋅85′N 81°41⋅90′W
3
24°28⋅50′N 81°43⋅70′W
4
24°33⋅50′N 81°43⋅10′W
(2) The Tortugas Ecological Reserve consists of two
discrete areas, Tortugas North and Tortugas South.
(3) The boundary of Tortugas North is formed by
connecting in succession the points at the following
coordinates:
TORTUGAS NORTH
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
24°46⋅00′N
24°46⋅00′N
24°45⋅80′N
24°43⋅53′N
24°43⋅53′N
24°43⋅00′N
24°39⋅00′N
24°39⋅00′N
24°46⋅00′N
83°06⋅00′W
82°54⋅00′W
82°48⋅00′W
82°48⋅00′W
82°52⋅00′W
82°54⋅00′W
81°58⋅00′W
83°06⋅00′W
83°06⋅00′W
(4) The boundary of Tortugas South is formed by
connecting in succession the points at the following
coordinates:
TORTUGAS SOUTH
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
5
24°33⋅00′N
24°33⋅00′N
24°18⋅00′N
24°18⋅00′N
24°33⋅00′N
83°09⋅00′W
83°05⋅00′W
83°05⋅00′W
83°09⋅00′W
83°09⋅00′W
Appendix V to Subpart P of Part 922 -Sanctuary
Preservation Areas Boundary Coordinates
The boundary of each of the Sanctuary Preservation
Areas (SPAs) is formed by connecting in succession
the points at the following coordinates:

ALLIGATOR REEF
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°50⋅98′N 80°36⋅84′W
2
24°50⋅51′N 80°37⋅35′W
3
24°50⋅81′N 80°37⋅63′W
4
24°51⋅23′N 80°37⋅17′W
5
24°50⋅98′N 80°36⋅84′W
Catch and release fishing by trolling only is allowed in this
SPA.
CARYSFORT/SOUTH CARYSFORT
REEF
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
5
25°13⋅78′N
25°12⋅03′N
25°12⋅24′N
25°14⋅13′N
25°13⋅78′N
80°12⋅00′W
80°12⋅98′W
80°13⋅77′W
80°12⋅78′W
80°12⋅00′W
CHEECA ROCKS
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°54⋅42′N 80°36⋅91′W
2
24°54⋅25′N 80°36⋅77′W
3
24°54⋅10′N 80°37⋅00′W
4
24°54⋅22′N 80°37⋅15′W
5
24°54⋅42′N 80°36⋅91′W
COFFINS PATCH
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°41⋅47′N 80°57⋅68′W
2
24°41⋅12′N 80°57⋅53′W
3
24°40⋅75′N 80°58⋅33′W
4
24°41⋅06′N 80°58⋅48′W
5
24°41⋅47′N 80°57⋅68′W
CONCH REEF
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°57⋅48′N 80°27⋅47′W
2
24°57⋅34′N 80°27⋅26′W
3
24°56⋅78′N 80°27⋅52′W
4
24°56⋅96′N 80°27⋅73′W
5
24°57⋅48′N 80°27⋅47′W
Catch and release fishing by trolling only is
allowed in this SPA.
IV
4.9
DAVIS REEF
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°55⋅61′N 80°30⋅27′W
2
24°55⋅41′N 80°30⋅05′W
3
24°55⋅11′N 80°30⋅35′W
4
24°55⋅34′N 80°30⋅52′W
5
24°55⋅61′N 80°30⋅27′W
DRY ROCKS
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
25°07⋅59′N 80°17⋅91′W
2
25°07⋅41′N 80°17⋅70′W
3
25°07⋅25′N 80°17⋅82′W
4
25°07⋅41′N 80°18⋅09′W
5
27°07⋅59′N 80°17⋅91′W
GRECIAN ROCKS
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
25°06⋅91′N 80°18⋅20′W
2
25°06⋅67′N 80°18⋅06′W
3
25°06⋅39′N 80°18⋅32′W
4
25°06⋅42′N 80°18⋅48′W
5
25°06⋅81′N 80°18⋅44′W
6
25°06⋅91′N 80°18⋅20′W
EASTERN DRY ROCKS
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°27⋅92′N 81°50⋅55′W
2
24°27⋅73′N 81°50⋅33′W
3
24°27⋅47′N 81°50⋅80′W
4
24°27⋅72′N 81°50⋅86′W
5
24°27⋅92′N 81°50⋅55′W
THE ELBOW
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
25°08⋅97 N 80°15⋅63′W
2
25°08⋅95′N 80°15⋅22′W
3
25°08⋅18′N 80°15⋅64′W
4
25°08⋅50′N 80°16⋅07′W
5
25°08⋅97′N 80°15⋅63′W
FRENCH REEF
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
25°02⋅20′N 80°20⋅63′W
2
25°01⋅81′N 80°21⋅02′W
3
25°02⋅36′N 80°21⋅27′W
4
25°02⋅20′N 80°20⋅63′W

HEN AND CHICKENS
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°56⋅38′N 80°32⋅86′W
2
24°56⋅21′N 80°32⋅63′W
3
24°55⋅86′N 80°32⋅95′W
4
24°56⋅04′N 80°33⋅19′W
5
24°56⋅38′N 80°32⋅86′W
LOOE KEY
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°33⋅24′N 81°24⋅03′W
2
24°32⋅70′N 81°23⋅85′W
3
24°32⋅52′N 81°32⋅70′W
4
24°33⋅12′N 81°24⋅81′W
5
24°33⋅24′N 81°24⋅03′W
MOLASSES REEF
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
25°01⋅00′N 80°22⋅53′W
2
25°01⋅06′N 80°21⋅84′W
3
25°00⋅29′N 80°22⋅70′W
4
25°00⋅72′N 80°22⋅83′W
5
25°01⋅00′N 80°23⋅34′W
NEWFOUND HARBOR KEY
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°37⋅10′N 81°23⋅34′W
2
24°36⋅85′N 81°23⋅28′W
3
24°36⋅74′N 81°23⋅80′W
4
24°37⋅00′N 81°23⋅86′W
5
24°37⋅10′N 81°23⋅34′W
ROCK KEY
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
5
24°27⋅48′N
24°27⋅30′N
24°27⋅21′N
24°27⋅45′N
24°27⋅48′N
81°51⋅35′W
81°51⋅15′W
81°51⋅60′W
81°51⋅65′W
81°51⋅35′W
IV
4.10
SAND KEY
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°27⋅58′N 81°52⋅29′W
2
24°27⋅01′N 81°52⋅32′W
3
24°27⋅02′N 81°52⋅95′W
4
24°27⋅61′N 81°52⋅94′W
5
24°27⋅58′N 81°52⋅29′W
Catch and release fishing by trolling only is
allowed in this SPA.
SOMBRERO KEY
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°37⋅91′N 81°06⋅78′W
2
24°37⋅50′N 81°06⋅19′W
3
24°37⋅25′N 81°06⋅89′W
4
24°37⋅91′N 81°06⋅78′W
Catch and release fishing by trolling only is
allowed in this SPA.
Appendix VI to Subpart P of 922 -Special -Use Areas
Boundary Coordinates and Use Designations
The boundary of each of the Special -Use Areas is
formed by connecting in succession the points at the
following coordinates:
CONCH REEF (RESEARCH ONLY)
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°56⋅83′N 80°27⋅26′W
2
24°57⋅10′N 80°26⋅93′W
3
24°56⋅99′N 80°27⋅42′W
4
24°57⋅34′N 80°27⋅26′W
5
24°56⋅83′N 80°27⋅26′W
EASTERN SAMBOS (RESEARCH ONLY)
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
5
24°29⋅84′N
24°29⋅55′N
24°29⋅37′N
24°29⋅77′N
24°29⋅84′N
81°39⋅59′W
81°39⋅35′W
81°39⋅96′W
81°40⋅03′W
81°39⋅59′W
LOOE KEY (RESEARCH ONLY)
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°34⋅17′N 81°23⋅01′W
2
24°33⋅98′N 81°22⋅96′W
3
24°33⋅84′N 81°23⋅60′W
4
24°34⋅23′N 81°23⋅68′W
5
24°34⋅17′N 81°23⋅01′W

TENNESSEE REEF (RESEARCH ONLY)
(Based on differential Global Positioning Systems
data)
Point Latitude Longitude
1
24°44⋅77′N 80°47⋅12′W
2
24°45⋅57′N 80°46⋅98′W
3
24°44⋅68′N 80°46⋅59′W
4
24°44⋅95′N 80°45⋅74′W
5
24°44⋅77′N 80°47⋅12′W
Appendix VII to Subpart P of Part 922 -Areas To Be
Avoided Boundary Coordinates In the Vicinity of the
Florida Keys
Point Latitude Longitude
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25°45⋅00′N
25°38⋅70′N
25°22⋅00′N
25°06⋅38′N
24°56⋅37′N
24°37⋅90′N
24°29⋅20′N
24°22⋅30′N
24°28⋅00′N
24°28⋅70′N
24°29⋅80′N
24°33⋅10′N
24°33⋅60′N
24°38⋅20′N
24°43⋅20′N
24°46⋅10′N
24°51⋅10′N
25°57⋅50′N
25°09⋅90′N
25°24⋅00′N
25°31⋅50′N
25°39⋅70′N
25°45⋅00′N
80°06⋅10′W
80°02⋅70′W
80°03⋅00′W
80°10⋅48′W
80°19⋅26′W
80°47⋅30′W
81°17⋅30′W
81°43⋅17′W
81°43⋅17′W
81°43⋅50′W
81°43⋅17′W
81°35⋅15′W
81°26⋅00′W
81°07⋅00′W
80°53⋅20′W
80°46⋅15′W
80°37⋅10′W
80°27⋅50′W
80°16⋅20′W
80°09⋅10′W
80°07⋅00′W
80°06⋅85′W
80°06⋅10′W
In the Vicinity of Key West Harbor
(Reference Chart; United States 11434, 21st
Edition -August 11, 1990)
Point Latitude Longitude
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
24°27⋅95′N
24°23⋅00′N
24°26⋅60′N
24°27⋅75′N
24°29⋅35′N
24°29⋅35′N
24°27⋅95′N
81°48⋅65′W
81°53⋅50′W
81°58⋅50′W
81°55⋅70′W
81°53⋅40′W
81°50⋅00′W
81°48⋅65′W
IV
4.11
Areas Surrounding the Marquesas Keys
(Reference Chart; United States 11434,21st
Edition -August 11, 1990)
Point Latitude Longitude
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
24°26⋅60′N
24°23⋅00′N
24°23⋅60′N
24°34⋅50′N
24°43⋅00′N
24°38⋅31′N
24°37⋅91′N
24°36⋅15′N
24°34⋅40′N
24°33⋅44′N
24°31⋅20′N
24°28⋅70′N
24°26⋅60′N
81°59⋅55′W
82°03⋅50′W
82°27⋅80′W
82°37⋅50′W
82°26⋅50′W
81°54⋅06′W
81°53⋅40′W
81°51⋅78′W
81°50⋅60′W
81°49⋅73′W
81°52⋅10′W
81°56⋅80′W
81°59⋅55′W
Area Surrounding the Dry Tortugas Islands
(Reference Chart; United States 11434,
21st Edition -August 11, 1990)
Point Latitude Longitude
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
24°32⋅00′N
24°32⋅00′N
24°39⋅70′N
24°45⋅60′N
24°45⋅60′N
24°42⋅80′N
24°39⋅50′N
24°35⋅60′N
24°32⋅00′N
82°53⋅50′W
83°00⋅05′W
83°00⋅05′W
82°54⋅40′W
82°47⋅20′W
82°43⋅90′W
82°43⋅90′W
82°46⋅40′W
82°53⋅50′W
WILDLIFE AND FISHERIES
REGULATIONS — EXTRACTS
DESIGNATED CRITICAL
HABITAT -EXTRACTS
Extracts from Title 50 Wildlife and Fisheries Chapter II
PART 226 -DESIGNATED CRITICAL HABITAT. For a
complete description of this part see 50 CFR 226.
PART 226 -DESIGNATED CRITICAL HABITAT
Subpart A -Introduction
§226.1 Purpose of regulations.
The regulations contained in this part identify those
habitats designated as critical under section 7 of the
Endangered Species Act, as amended, by the Assistant
Administrator for Fisheries, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration, for those endangered and
threatened species under the jurisdiction of the
Secretary of Commerce. The list of these species is
found in 50 CFR 222.23(a) for endangered species and
50 CFR 227.4 for threatened species.
§226.2 Scope of regulations.
(a) The critical habitat designations contained in
this part apply only to the endangered and threatened
species listed in this part.
(b) Regulations implementing section 7 of the
Endangered Species Act, as amended, are found in 50
CFR part 402.
(c) The provisions in this part are in addition to,
and not in lieu of other regulations of parts 217
through 227 and 402 of this chapter.

Subpart Critical Habitat for Marine Mammals
§226.13 North Atlantic Ocean.
Northern Right Whale (Eubalaena glacialis)
(c) Southeastern United States. The coastal waters
between 31°15′N. and 30°15′N. from the coast
out 15 nautical miles; and the coastal waters
between 30°15′N. and 28°00′N. from the coast
out 5 nautical miles.
GENERAL ENDANGERED AND
THREATENED MARINE
SPECIES -EXTRACTS
Extracts from Title 50 Wildlife and Fisheries Chapter II
PART 222 -GENERAL ENDANGERED AND
THREATENED MARINE SPECIES. For a complete
description of this part see 50 CFR 222.
§222.32 Approaching North Atlantic Right Whales.
(a) Prohibitions. Except as provided under
paragraph (c) of this section, it is unlawful for any
person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States
to commit, attempt to commit, to solicit another to
commit, or cause to be committed any of the
following acts:
(1) Approach (including by interception) within 500
yards (460 m) of a Right Whale by vessel,
aircraft, or any other means;
(2) Fail to undertake required Right Whale
avoidance measures specified under paragraph
(b) of this section.
(b) Right Whale avoidance measures. Except as
provided under paragraph (c) of this section, the
following avoidance measures must be taken if within
500 yards (460 m) of a Right Whale:
(1) If underway, a vessel must steer a course away
from the Right Whale and immediately leave the
area at a slow safe speed;
(2) An aircraft must take a course away from the
Right Whale and immediately leave the area at a
constant airspeed.
(c) Exceptions. The following exceptions apply to
this section, but any person who claims the
applicability of an exception has the burden of proving
that the exception is applicable:
(1) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply
if a Right Whale approach is authorized by NMFS
(National Marine Fisheries Service) through a
permit issued under subpart C (Endangered Fish
or Wildlife Permits) of this part or through a
similar authorization.
(2) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply
where compliance would create an imminent and
serious threat to a person, vessel, or aircraft.
(3) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply
when approaching to investigate a Right Whale
entanglement or injury, or to assist in the
disentanglement or rescue of a Right Whale,
provided that permission is received from NMFS
or a NMFS designee prior to the approach.
IV
4.12
(4) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply
to an aircraft unless the aircraft is conducting
whale watch activities or is being operated for
that purpose.
(5) Paragraph (b) of this section does not apply to the
extent that a vessel is restricted in her ability to
manoeuvre, and because of the restriction, cannot
comply with paragraph (b) of this section.
US Code of Federal Regulations
(HH. 070/200/01) [16/04]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Appendix X — New and Altered Names
332
Section entitled NEW AND ALTERED NAMES Delete
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 070/200/01) [16/04]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 6 South America Pilot Volume II (1993
Edition) — Supplement 3 -2002
Argentina - Bahía San Sebastian — Development
128
R41Insert:
Development. Installation of the Cruz del Sur oil
terminal is in progress (2004) in Bahía San Sebastian,
within the existing restricted area (4.12) N of Cerro
Laucha. The terminal consists of an SBM (53°16′⋅4S,
68°12′⋅9W), connected to the shore about 2½ miles
SSW by a submarine pipeline.
129
R15Replace by:
... Laucha, clear of the restricted area (4.12) reserved for
tanker operations. This anchorage is the only one which
affords...
Argentine Chart H -425; Argentine Notice 6/54/06
(HH. 650/480/04) [16/04]
NP 51 New Zealand Pilot (2001 Edition)
Kaikoura Peninsula — Caution
285
After Paragraph 10.20 5 line 11 Insert:
6 Caution. Mariners without recent local knowledge
should only approach Kaikoura Peninsula during
daylight and in good visibility.
NZ Notice 60/04
(HH. 580/530/03) [16/04]
NP 52 North Coast of ScotlandPilot (2003 Edition)
Balta Sound — Entry channels
247
Paragraph 6.380 3 lines 7 -9 Replace by:
Approach and entry. Balta Sound is normally
entered by South Channel, the main approach, passing
S of Balta. North Channel may be used but see 6.381.
Shetland Islands Council
(HH. 270/410/06) [16/04]
4.1
[16/04]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Trondheimsleia - Magerøysundet — Fish haven;
anchorage
141
L11Replace by:
...Magerøysundet. A fish haven lies in the fairway 1 cable
W of the light.
L17-21Replace by:
10.81 Small vessels may find anchorage on the W side of
the sound in a small bay on the E coast of Mageröya about
3½ cables NW of Magerøy Light. Mooring rings are placed
on both sides of the sound.
Norwegian Chart 18
(HH. 310/500/05) [16/04]
NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 8 -2002
Sørøya - Langstrandfjorden — Submarine
cables
229
L5Add:
Caution. Attention is drawn to four separate
submarine cables laid across the fjord, as shown on
the chart.
Norwegian Chart 101; Norwegian Notice 5/228/04
(HH. 309/460/03) [16/04]
NP 70 West Indies Pilot Volume I (2003 Edition)
Totugas Bank - Traffic regulations — Prohibited
anchorage
149
Paragraph 5.276 2 line 2 Replace by:
...area surrounding Tortugas Bank; see 5.6.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 070/200/01) [16/04]

IV
AMENDMENTS TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP 1 Africa Pilot Volume I (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2002
Abo Terminal
294
L63Insert:
12.73a
Abo Terminal (05°42′⋅5N, 04°29′⋅0E), consists of
the FPSO Abo, 280 m in length (loaded draught;
15⋅3 m, storage capacity; 148,188 m3 ), spread moored
in a depth of about 550 m. The terminal is open
throughout 24 hours except in adverse weather
conditions.
Mooring operations are conducted during daylight
hours only and, where possible unmooring also takes
place during daylight hours. In order to ensure that all
mooring activities take place during daylight hours,
mooring operations do not commence unless at least
three hours of daylight remain. Stern tugs are available
to assist in these operations.
A vessel arriving at the terminal is moored in
tandem, bow to stern, and loading is by means of a
floating hose arrangement between the FPSO and the
loading tanker. A tug remains secured to the stern of
the export tanker during the entire loading operation.
The maximum pumping rate of the FPSO is
6500 m3 /hr.
Maximum size of vessel handled: 350 000 dwt.
Arrival; not less than 25 per cent of summer dwt,
clean ballast only and, trim not exceeding 3 m, with
the propeller fully immersed.
Arrival information. An initial ETA 7 days before
arrival should be followed by 72 hours, 48 hours,
24 hours and 4 hours notice. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).
Pilotage is compulsory within a 2 mile radius of the
terminal and is provided by the Mooring Master who
boards 3 miles NE of the FPSO.
Vessels waiting. If an export tanker is not
scheduled to moor on arrival or when the terminal is
closed due to adverse weather, a vessel will be advised
by radio to drift in the neighbourhood, downstream of
the FPSO.
Facilities: None available. The FPSO is not
equipped to receive dirty ballast.
Regulations:
The terminal is bounded by a maritime exclusion
zone of 2 miles centred on the FPSO; vessels are not
permitted to enter without having first obtained
permission from the FPSO.
All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian National
flag during daylight hours, whilst moored at the
terminal.
MT Estelle Maersk; ABO FPSO Terminal Handbook
(HH. 440/180/13) [14/04]
4.1
NP 18 Baltic Pilot Volume I (2001 Edition)
[14/04]
Denmark Islands - Storebaelt - Kalundborg
Fjord — Wreck
283
Paragraph 8.55 2 line 4 Add:
SSW of a wreck (2 miles NNE) with a depth of
14⋅8 m over it, thence:
Danish Notice 10/312/04
(HH. 333/530/06) [14/04]
NP 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume I (2001
Edition)
1
Fraser River — Cautions; controlling depths
209
Paragraph 6.74 Replace by:
Depths
6.74
Cautions. The dredged channels are narrow and the
buoys do not indicate the width of the channel; merely
staying within the buoyed area may result in
grounding. Vessels waiting for pilots at the river
2
entrance must ensure that they do not drift outside the
dredged channel and run aground.
Owing to frequent changes in depth due to silting,
scouring and dredging, the charts do not show the
latest conditions.
211
Paragraph 6.88 Replace by:
Controlling depths
6.88
1 Outer Channel, about 200 m in width, is designed
for two -way traffic of vessels with 10⋅7 m draught.
Inner Channel, which lies wholly within the outer
channel, is 130 to 170 m in width, and can handle
vessels with 11⋅5 m draught. There are reaches
throughout the channel that allow meeting or
overtaking of vessels at the pilot’s discretion.
2 Surveys are conducted annually by the Department
of Public Works and Government Services Canada.
The Fraser River Port Authority maintains channel
parameters by carrying out an annual maintenance
dredging programme and should always be consulted
for the latest information on controlling depths in the
river.
3 Dredging is also carried out from time to time at
the various wharfs in Fraser Port; for up–to–date
information, particularly when a critical draught is
concerned, the owner of the wharf should be
consulted.
Between Douglas Island and Whonnock, 14 miles
farther upstream, the channel was reported to have a
least depth of 3⋅6 m (2004).
Canadian Sailing Directions, British Columbia South
Vol 1, Correction 02/04
(HH. 078/050/03) [14/04]

NP 30 China Sea Pilot Volume I (2001 Edition)
Zhujiang Kou approaches and Dangan Shuidao
— Defined routes and prohibited areas
277
Paragraph 9.55 5 lines 4 -7 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 12/04 Replace by:
...Dangan Shuidao. Thence;
Chinese Charts 15379; 15435
(HH. 548/080/01) [14/04]
NP 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume I
(2002 Edition)
Islas Baleares - Puerto de Ibiza — Outer
anchorages
200
Paragraph 4.72 1 lines 4 -5 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 45/03 Replace by:
Outer anchorages. Two designated anchorages,
shown on the chart, are:
Anchorage A, centred about 1¼ miles WSW from
Isla Grossa;
Anchorage B, for hazardous cargoes, centred about
1¾ miles SSE from Isla Grossa.
Spanish Notice 3/17/04
(HH. 362/400/04) [14/04]
NP 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume II (1978
Edition) — Supplement 10 -1998
Golfo di Follonica - Portovecchio di Piombino —
Warping buoys
184
R 49 Including existing Supplement amendment Replace
by:
There is a warping buoy in Darsena Italsider and
two more are moored SE of the dredged area SE of
Molo Magona d’Italia extension.
Italian Notice 2.36/04
(HH. 369/550/03) [14/04]
IV
4.2
NP 57A Norway Pilot Volume IIA (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2003
Åna -Sira – Egdeholmen — Light; overhead
cable
66
R35-36Replace by:
Egdeholmen light (white lantern on base)
(58°16′⋅5N, 6°23′⋅0E) is exhibited from Løyodden on
the mainland close E of the islet. The channel between
the islet and the mainland is spanned by an overhead
cable with a vertical clearance of 32 m.
Norwegian Notice 2/66/04; Norwegian Chart 14
(HH. 310/405/04) [14/04]
NP 57B Norway Pilot Volume IIB (1979 Edition)
— Supplement 11 -2004
Hemnskjeldet Bridge — Light
145
R 19 -32 Including existing Supplement amendments
Replace by:
...Trondheimsleia into Hemnefjorden.
The waterway is spanned by Hemnskjeldet Bridge
(63°29′⋅8N, 9°10′⋅1E), with a vertical clearance of 8 m.
The fairway under the bridge has a depth of 6 m and
a width of 20 m. Hemnskjeldet Bridge Light is
exhibited from a tripod under the bridge, from which
the positions of the following features are given:
Lille Skogøya lies 2½ cablesN.
Ystholmen lies 1 mile NNE.
Meholmen lies 6 cables NNE.
Store Skogøya lies 5 cables NE.
Meholmgrunnen a3⋅5 m patch marked by a spar buoy lies
5½ cables NNW.
R 61 -67 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by:
10.127 Submarine cables and a submarine pipeline have
been laid across Hemnskjelsundet (10.124). Two overhead
cables span the sound SW of Hemnskjeldet Bridge, both
with a vertical clearance of 18 m.
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 310/500/05) [14/04]
NP 58A Norway Pilot Volume IIIA (1982 Edition)
— Supplement 9 -2004
Skrova — Anchorages
259
Existing Supplement amendment For R33-36Read L
33 -36
United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
(HH. 58A/200/01) [14/04]

NP 58B Norway Pilot Volume IIIB (1984 Edition)
— Supplement 8 -2002
Bygda — Depth
88
L39Insert:
A depth of 8⋅3 m has been reported (2004) to lie
WSW of Ånstad in position 68°49′⋅4N, 17°09′⋅5E.
R23Add:
Clear of a shoal (1⋅8 miles N) with a depth of 8⋅3 m
over it (reported 2004), thence:
HMS Albion
(HH. 309/410/04) [14/04]
NP 63 Persian Gulf Pilot (1982 Edition) —
Supplement 8 -2001
Iran - JazØreh -ye Qeshm - Khørºn — Koveh
approach channel; jetty
110
R 11, R18 For Ra’s -e Kuveh Read Ra’s -e Koveh
R 13, R 21 For Kuveh Read Koveh
R15Add:
A jetty has been constructed, which extends 300 m
N from the shore at Ra’s -e Koveh, then 300 m farther
NE.
111
L68-R5Replace by:
From the vicinity of No 15 Light -buoy (safe
water), moored 2¾ miles N of Ra’s Miln, a channel
500 m in width and marked by light -buoys (lateral)
leads 9 miles WSW, passing SSE of Bostºnø East and
West Banks. The marked channel then leads 1¾ miles
SW, whence access to Koveh Jetty is obtained. The
least charted depth in the channel is 10⋅7 m.
From this position at the SW end of the marked
channel, 5 cables NNE of Koveh Jetty, the route
through Khørºn continues WSW, passing S of Middle
Banks.
Iranian Chart P.G. 3004
(HH. 496/450/03) [14/04]
IV
4.3
NP 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume I (2001 Edition)
Chatham Harbor — Approach; caution
119
Paragraph 4.81 2 and 3 Replace by:
2 Approach. The harbour may be entered through a
break in Nauset Beach opposite the town.
Caution. Local knowledge is essential as the break
is unmarked, extremely dangerous and subject to
frequent change. Anchoring and mooring are not
recommended throughout much of Chatham Harbor.
3 The waters inshore of Nauset Beach, which extend
N for 6 miles from Chatham Harbor, are used by small
craft. There are a number of small craft facilities in
this area.
USCoastPilot2
(HH. 078/551/05) [14/04]